XCVI. SERMONS BY THE …

XCVI. SERMONS BY THE RIGHT HONORABLE AND REVEREND FATHER JN GOD, LANCELOT ANDREWES, late Lord Bishop of Winchester.

Published by His MAJESTIES speciall Command.

ANCHORA SPEI

LONDON, ❧ Printed by George Miller, for Richard Badger. MDCXXIX.

TO HIS MOST SACRED MAIESTIE CHARLES, By the grace of GOD, KING of Great Britaine, France and Jreland, DEFENDER OF THE FAITH, &c.

Most Gracious and Dread SOVERAIGNE:

WE here present to Your most Sacred Majestie, a booke of Sermons. We need not tell whose they are, the Sermons are able to speake their Author. When the Author dyed, Your Majesty thought it not fit his sermons should dye with him. And though they could not live with all that elegancie which they had upon his tongue, yet You were graciously pleased to thinke a paper-life better then none. Vpon this Your Majesty gave us a strict charge, that we should overlooke the Papers (as well Sermons as other Tractates) of that Reverend and Wor­thie Prelate, and print all that we found perfect. There came to our hands a world of Sermon notes, but these came perfect. Had they not come perfect, we should not have ventured to add any limme unto them, lest mixing a penn farre inferiour, we should have disfigured such compleat bodies.

Your Majesties first care was for the Presse, that the worke might be pub­licke. Your second was for the worke it selfe, that it might come forth worthy the Author; which could not be, if it came not forth as he left it. In pursuance of these two, we have brought the worke to light, and we have done it with care and fidelitie; for as the Sermons were preached, so are they published. When he preached them, they had the generall approbation of the Court, and they [Page] made him famous for making them. Now they are printed, we hope they will have a [...] generall liking of the Church, and inlarge and indeare his name, to them that knew not him.

We know there is a great prejudice attends the after printing of dead mens workes. For the living may make the dead speake as they will, and as the dead would not speake, did they live. And many worthy Authors in all professions, have had such unsutable peeces stitched to their former workes, as make them speake contrarie to themselves, and to their knowne Iudgement while they lived. As if they had seene some vision after death, to crosse or recall their Iudgement in their life. We would be loath to suffer under the suspiti­on of this. And therefore in a full obedience to Your Maiesties Comman [...] as we have printed all that we could finde perfect, and worthy his Name: so have we not added or detracted in the least, to alter or divert his sense. That so the worke may not only be his, but as himselfe made it. And the honour Your Maiesties that so carefully Commaunded it: And the faithfulnesse ours in our obedience to Your Maiestie, and our love to his memorie.

And now will Your Majesty graciously be pleased to give us leave, to com­mend this worke to Your Protection, which would have needed none, had not Your Majesty commanded it to be publike. For, publike view is as great a search as many eyes can make. And many eyes can see what two cannot, be they never so good. And among many eyes, some will ever looke asquint upon worth, and maligne that which they cannot equall. And if ever any mans patience and temper could prevent this evill Eye, we hope his may: And yet, even whil'st we hope the best, we humbly begge your Majesty's pro­tection against the worst, Eph. 5.16. because the day's are evill.

VVe have but two things to present to Your Majestie. They are the Person to your memorie; And this his worke to your eye. For the person, we can add nothing to him. To name him, is enough to all that knew him; and to read him, will be enough to them that knew him not. And though Vertue have but 'its due, when 'tis commended, yet we conceive not how praise may make vertue better then it is, especially when [...]he person in whom it was, is dead to all encouragement or comfort by it. And yet though vertue cannot thus be bettered,Pate [...]c. Lib. 2. Hist. it may be righted thus. For, Vivorum ut magna admiratio, ita censura difficilis. Tis easie to admire the living, and we doe it, but 'tis hard to censure them any way. Both because there will be no preferring one before a­nother without offence. And because, as we know not what may come upon them before death, so the censure may be so good, as they will ner'e deserve; or so bad, as though they doe deserve, they will not beare. Twas Bibulus-his case. The admiration of men had carried him up to heaven, Cice [...] [...]. ad A [...] ­tic. Ep. 19. Bibulus homi­num admira­tione in Coelo est, nec quare scio. no lower place would serve him. Yet when it came to a wiseman's censure, he professed, he knew no ground for that admiration, and lesse worth in him for such a height. But when men have payd all their rights of nature to death, and are gone into their silence; then where admiration ceaseth, censure beginns. Now if the censure be heavy (as it is too oft upon the best) yet then it should be sparing for [Page] humanitie's sake. For that humanity, which forbids the rifling of a grave; bidds forbear him that is shut up in it, and cannot answere. But if the censure be good, you may be bold with the grave: And you cannot prayse any so safely as the dead; for you cannot humor them into danger, nor melt away your selfe into flattery.

The Person therefore, whose workes these are, was from his youth, a man of extraordinarie worth and note. A man, as if he had been made up of Lear­ning and Vertue. Both of them so eminent in him, as 'tis hard to judge, which had precedency and greater interest. His Vertue, (which we must still judge the more worthy in any man) was comparable to that which was wont to be found in the Primitive Bishops of the Church. And had He lived among those an­cient Fathers, his Vertue would have shined, even amongst those vertuous men. And for his Learning, that was as well, if not better knowne abroad, then respected at home. And take him in his Latitude, we which knew him well, knew not any kinde of Learning to which he was a stranger; but in his profession admirable. None stronger then he, where he wrestled with an Adversary. And that Bellarmine felt, who was as well able to shift for himselfe, as any that stood for the Roman party. None more exact, more judicious then he, where he was to instruct and informe others. And that, as they knew, which of­ten heard him preach, so they may learne, which will reade this which he hath left behinde him. And yet this fulnesse of his Materiall Learning, left roome enough in the temper of his braine, for almost all Languages learned and mo­derne to seat themselves. So that his Learning had all the helpes Language could affoord; and his Languages learning enough for the best of them to expresse. His Iudgement, in the meane time, so commanding over both, as that neither of them was suffered idly, or curiously to start from, or fall short of, their inten­ded scope. So that we may better say of him,Paterc. Hist. lib. 2. then 'twas sometimes said of Clau­dius Drusus; He was of as many, and as great vertues, as mortall nature could recieve, or industrie make perfect. And since we are both taught, and see it by experience, that wise men also dye, Psal. 49.10. and perish togither as well as the ignorant and foolish, and though they leave their riches, yet cannot dis­pose their wisdome to others: 'tis fit we should be conversant in the writings of wise and religious men, that we may in part learne that in their workes, which the dying Authors had not power to bequeath unto us.

These workes then comming from so Grave, Learned, and Religious an Authour, have but two things to do in their publishing to the world. The one is, to teach the world, what a treasure they have of them. And the other, to tell this Church, what a Iewell she lost, when she lost their Author. The worke is a Body of Sermons. To them he had been most bred, and in them he most excelled. And he was not a greater Preacher in his age, then he was both great and frequent, in his younger and stronger time. As for the body of the worke it selfe, were it not that we like not to disparage any mans indeavours by comparing, we would say, the Christian world hath not many such Bodies of Sermons, as we here present, under Your Majesties favor, to the view, and use of this Church. And if another Nation had them, they would as highly value them.

[Page]And heere we humbly begge leave to tell Your Maiestie, that these Sermons are in this, like their Author, mixed of Religion and wisedome. I [...] is an excellent thing for a man to speake wisely, and eloquently, both at once: but where these perfections meet not, there saith Saint Augustine, Dicat sapi­enter, quod non potest eloquenter. Let the Preacher (of all men) speak that wisely, which he cannot utter eloquently. And if Saint Augustine in his time found that fit, out of all doubt 'tis necessarie now, that men of our profession, set themselves to preach with more wisedome, then eloquence. VVith Christian and religious Wisedome; D [...] doct. Christ. 4. Chap. 28. which alone knowes how to preserve truth and peace togither. For as all other Churches in the world, are most happy when these meete; so is this too. But too many among the people, choose rather to have their humor fedd, then their soules edified. And carry partiall eares even to the house of that God, who is no accepter of persons. To settle therefore the peace of the one, and to abate the humor of the other, nothing certainly under God, Act. 10.34. would be of greater efficacie, then Conciones sapientes, wise, and dis­creete Sermons, which yet may be as zealous and devout as any other. For he that is zealous according to knowledge, is not lesse zealous for his knowledge sake. And true wisedome, which is not true if it be not Christian, carries no water about it to quench zeale, but onely to sprinkle it, that it may burn within compasse, and not fire that house which it intended but to warme.

VVe have neither purpose, nor Commission to step aside heer, and complaine of the Times. All times have somewhat amisse in them, els Preachers should have the lesse worke. And if these times have more then many others, which our Fore­fathers have seene, we must needs be sorry there is so much worke for Prea­chers: and more, if they which live by the Gospell of peace, should make any. For after the building up of the Faith of Christ, their chiefe worke should be, to beate down those strong Holdes, which any sinnes have built up in the hearts of men, to pollute or defame Christianitie. And true Preachers indeed are, as Saint Hierome speakes,in Thren. 1. Maxillae Ecclesiae, the Iawbones of the Church, which by preaching, beate downe the carnall life of man. Now all hatred, con­tention, va [...]iance, all sedition and disobedience to Lawfull Authoritie is (as 'tis reckoned by the Apostle) among the workes of the flesh. And there­fore since all Preachers are the Iawes of the Church, and the sinnes of the people are,Gal. 5.10. as it were, to be grownd inter Maxillas, betweene these Iawes, be­fore the People themselves can be made fit to nourish the Church, or the Church them: How can this be done, especially done as it ought, if the Iawes be weake or fallen, and cannot doe their office?

But our hope is that God will so blesse Your Majestie in Your government, Your people in their loyalty, the Preachers in their wisedome added to zeale and diligence; that the hearts and hands of all sorts of men, shall be joyned to­gither to preserve God's worship in truth, Your Maiestie's throne in honour, the Church in religious devotion, and all Your People in obedience and union, the onely meanes to make both Your Maiestie, and Your People happy in this life, and blessed in that which is to come. And we humbly desire men of all sorts [Page] to thinke seriously of this; that if the Publike suffer either in Church or State, no mans private pleasure, or profitt can stand firme unto him. No mans. And Ci­cero had reason enough to laugh at the folly of those men, Quiamissâ Repub: Lib. 1. Ep. 15 Piscinas suas fore salvas sperare videntur, which in his time seemd to con­ceive such a windy hope, that their fish-ponds and places of pleasure, should be safe, when the Common-wealth was lost.

These Sermons when they were preached, gave great contentment to the re­ligious, and judicious eares of Your Royall Father, of ever blessed memorie, the most hable Prince that ever this Kingdome had, to judge of Church-worke. And therefore we hope that the printing of them, shall be as acceptable to your Majestie, as the preaching of them was both to your selfe and him. We conceive, if your liking had not continued to them, Your Majestie would not have commaunded us the printing of them. And we assure our selves, since the Lines are the same, the Presse which hath made them legible, hath made no blot upon your gratious favours. Wee have beene only Servants, as we are many waies bound to be, to Your Majestie's Commaund, in making them ready for the Presse, but Authors of nothing in them. And we heartily pray, that the publishing of them, may be Honour to Your Majestie; Good to the Church; and meanes of Comfort and salvation, to them which read them. And in these, and all other praiers for Your Majesties long life, and happy Government, we humbly beseech You to conceive of us, as wee are, and shall ever be

Your MAIESTIE'S most loyall, and humbly devoted Subjects and Servants: GVIL. LONDON. IO. ELIENS.

A Table of the Contents.

Sermons of the Nativitie, preached upon Christ-masse-day.

  • I. HEb. 2.16. ‘He in no wise tooke the Angels: But, the Seed of Abraham He took.’ p. 1.
  • II. Esai. 9.6. ‘Vnto us a Child is borne, and unto us a Sonne is given, &c.’ pag. 10.
  • III. 1. Tim. 3.16. ‘Without controversie great is the Mysterie of Godlinesse, which is, God is mani­fested in the flesh, &c.’ p. 17.
  • IV. Gal. 3. v. 4.5. ‘When the fulnesse of time was come, God sent His Sonne, &c.’ p. 23.
  • V. Luk. 2. ver. 10.11. ‘The Angel said unto them; Be not afraid, for behold I bring you good tydings &c. That there is borne unto you this day, a Sa­viour, &c.’ p. 33.
  • VI. Ioh. 1.14. ‘And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, &c.’ p. 44.
  • VII. Heb. 1. v. 1.2.3. ‘At sundry times, and in di­verse manners, God spake in the old time, &c. In these last daies, He hath spoken by His Sonne, &c.’ p. 53.
  • VIII. Ioh. 8.56. ‘Your father Abraham reioyced to see my day, &c.’ p. 62.
  • IX. Esai. 8.14. ‘Behold a Virgin shall conceive, &c. and she shall call His name Immanuel. p. 72.
  • X. Mic. 5.2. ‘And thou Bethlehem Ephrata, &c. out of thee shall He come forth, &c.’ p. 83.
  • XI. Psal. 85. v. 10.11. ‘Mercy and truth shall meet, &c. Truth shall budd out of the earth, &c.’ p. 96.
  • XII. Luk. 2. v. 12.13. ‘And this shall be a signe unto you: you shall find the Child swadled, &c.’ p. 108.
  • XIII. Luk. 2.14. ‘Glorie be to God in the high hea­vens, and peace upon earth, &c.’ p 119.
  • XIV. Matt. 2. v. 1.2. ‘When Iesus was borne, &c. Behold there came Wise men, &c.’ p. 129.
  • XV. Matt. 2.2. ‘Saying, Where is the King of the Iewes, &c For we have seen His Starr, &c.’ p. 139
  • XVI. Ephes. 1.10. ‘That in the dispensation of the fulnesse of the times, He might gather together in­to one all things, &c. in Christ. p. 148.
  • XVII. Psal. 2.7. ‘I will preach the Law, whereof the Lord said to me; Thou art my Sonne, this day have I begotten thee.’ p. 159.

Sermons of Repentance and Fasting, prea­ched upon Ashwednesday.

  • I. Psal. 78.34. ‘When He slew them, then they sought Him, &c.’ p. 173.
  • II. Deut. 23.9. ‘When thou goest out with the Host against thine enemies, keepe thee then from all wickednesse.’ p. 183.
  • III. Ier. 8. v. 4.5.6.7. ‘Thus saith the Lord, shall they fall and not rise? &c.’ p. 193.
  • IV. Ioel. 2. v. 12.13. ‘Turne you unto me with all your heart, and with fasting, &c.’ p. 203.
  • V. Matt. 6.16. ‘When you fast.’ p. 214.
  • VI. Ibid. ‘Looke not sowre, as the Hypocrites, &c.’ p. 227.
  • VII. Matt. 3.8. ‘Bring forth therefore fruits wor­thy repentance.’ p. 238.
  • VIII. Ibid. p. 249.

Sermons preached in Lent.

  • I. Psal. 75.3. ‘The earth and all the inhabitants thereof are dissolved, &c.’ p. 263.
  • II. Psal. 77.20. ‘Thou didst lead thy people like sheepe, &c.’ p. 273.
  • III. Mar. 14. v. 4.5.6. ‘Therefore some disdeigned, &c. and said: To what end is this wast of oint­ment? &c.’ p. 285.
  • IV. Luk. 17.32. ‘Remember Lot's Wife.’ p. 299.
  • V. Luk. 16.25. ‘Sonne remember, that thou in thy life time, receivedst thy pleasures, &c.’ p. 309.
  • VI. 2. Cor. 12.15. ‘And I will gladly bestow, and be bestowed for your soules, &c.’ p. 321.

Sermons of the Passion, preached upon Good friday.

  • I. Zach. 12.10. ‘They shall looke upon Me, whom they have pierced.’ p. 333.
  • II. Lam. 1.12. ‘Have ye no regard, &c.’ p. 349.
  • III. Heb. 12.2. ‘Looking unto Iesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith, &c.’ p. 365.

Sermons of the Resurrection, preached upon Easter day.

  • I. Rom. 6. v. 9.10.11. ‘Knowing, that Christ, being raised from the dead, dieth no more, &c.’ p. 383.
  • II. 1. Cor. 15.20. ‘But now is Christ risen from the dead, and was made the first fruits of them that sleepe.’ p. 394.
  • III. Mar. 16. v. 1, to the 8. ‘And when the Sabbath day was past, Marie Magdalen, and Marie the mother of Iames, and Salome brought sweet oint­ments, that they might come and embalme Him, &c.’ p. 403.
  • IV. Ioh. 20.19. ‘The same day then at night, &c. came Iesus and stood in the midst and said, Peace be unto you. p. 414.
  • V. Iob. 19.23. to the 28. ‘Oh that my words were now written, &c. For I am sure that my Redee­mer liveth, &c.’ p. 423.
  • VI. 1. Cor. 5. v. 7.8. Christ our Passe-over is sacri­ficed for us, Therfore let us keep the Feast.’ p. 44 [...]
  • VII. Psal. 118.22. ‘The Stone which the builde refused, &c.’ p. 43 [...]
  • VIII. Col. 3. v. 1.2. ‘If ye be risen with Christ, seek the things which are above, &c.’ p. 459.
  • IX. Phil. 2. v. 8.9.10.11. ‘He humbled himself, &c. For this cause God hath exalted him, &c. That at the name of IESVS, every knee should bow, &c.’ p. 469
  • X. Ioh. 2.19. ‘Dissolve this Temple, and within three daies I will raise it.’ p. 481.
  • XI. 1. Pet. 1. v. 3.4. ‘Blessed be God, &c. which hath begotten us againe to a lively hope by the resur­rection of Iesus Christ, &c. p. 493.
  • XII. Matt. 12. v. 39 40. ‘As Ionas was three daies and three nights in the whales belly, So shall the Sonne of man be, &c.’ p. 50 [...].
  • XIII. 1. Cor. 11.16. ‘If any man seeme contentious, we have no such custome, &c.’ p. 517.
  • XIV. Ioh. 20.11. to the 17. ‘But Marie stood by the Sepulcher weeping, &c.’ p. 531.
  • [Page] XV. Ioh. 20.17. ‘Touch me not.’ p. 543.
  • XVI. Ibid. ‘Go to my brethren and say to them, I ascend to my father and your Father, &c.’ p. 553.
  • XVII. Esai. 63. v. 1.2.3. ‘Who is this that commeth from Edom? &c. I have troden the winepresse alone. &c.’ p. 566.
  • XVIII. Heb. 13 v. 20.21. ‘The God of peace, that brought againe from the dead our Lord Iesus Christ &c. Make you perfect, &c.’ p. 577.

Sermons of the Sending of the Holy Ghost, preached upon Whit-sunday.

  • I. Act. 2. v. 1.2.3. ‘When the Day of Pentecost was come, &c.’ p. 595.
  • II. Act. 2.4. ‘And they were all filled with the Ho­ly Ghost, and began to speake, &c.’ p. 608.
  • III. Ioh. 14. v. 15.16. I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, &c. p. 617.
  • IV. Ioh. 16.7. ‘It is expedient for you that I goe away: For, I go not away, the Comforter will not come, &c.’ p. 628.
  • V. Act. 19. v. 1.2.3. Paul came to Ephesus and found there certaine Disciples, And he said, &c. Have you received the Holy Ghost? &c. p. 638.
  • VI. Ephes. 4.30. ‘And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, &c. p. 650.
  • VII. Psal. 68.18. ‘Thou art gone up on high, Thou hast ledd captivitie captive, &c.’ p. 662.
  • VIII. Luk. 3. v. 21.22. ‘Now it came to passe, when all the people were baptized, and that Iesus also was baptized and did pray, the heaven was ope­ned, And the H. Ghost came downe upon him in a bodily shape like a Dove, &c.’ p. 674.
  • IX. Ioh 20.22. ‘He breathed on them, and said, Re­ceive the Holy Ghost. p. 686.
  • X. Luk. 4.18.19 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He hath annointed me, that I should preach, &c. p. 698.
  • XI. Act. 2. v. 17. to the 22. ‘But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Ioel: And it shall be in the last daies (saith God) I will poure out of my Spirit upon all flesh, &c.’ p. 710.
  • XII. Act. 10. v. 34.35. ‘Then Peter opened his mouth and said, Of a truth I perceive, that God is no ac­cepter of persons, &c.’ p. 723.
  • XIII. 1. Ioh. 5.6. ‘This is that Iesus Christ that came by water and blood, &c. And it is the Spi­rit that beareth witnesse, &c.’ p. 755.
  • XIV. Iam. 1. v. 16.17. ‘Every good thing and every perfect Gift is from above, &c.’ p. 745.
  • XV. 1. Cor. 12. v. 4.5.6.7. ‘Now there are diversi­ties of gifts, but the same spirit, &c.’ p. 755.

Sermons preached upon the V. of August.

  • I. 2. Sam. 18.32. ‘And Cushi answered, The ene­mies of my Lord the King, &c be as that young man is.’ p. 773.
  • II. 1. Sam. 16. v. 8.9. ‘Then said Abisai to David: God hath closed thine enemie into thine hand this day, &c.’ p. 784.
  • III. 1. Chr. 16.22. ‘Touch not mine Annointed’ p. 795
  • IV. Psal. 89 v. 20.21.22.23. ‘I have found David my servant, &c.’ p 815.
  • V. Ps. 21. v. 1. to the 4. ‘The King shall reioyce in thy strength, ô Lord, &c.’ p. 830.
  • VI. Esth. 2. v. 21.22. ‘In those daies, when Mardo­chei sate in the King's gate, two of the King's Eunuchs (Bigthan and Teresh) were wroth, &c.’ p. 844.
  • VII. 1. Sam. 24. v. 5.6.7.8. ‘And the men of David said unto him: See, the day is come whereof the Lord said unto thee, &c.’ p. 859.
  • VIII. Gen. 49. v. 5.6.7. Simeon and Levi brethren in evill, &c.’ p. 870.

Sermons preached upon the V. of November.

  • I. Psal. 18. v. 23.24. ‘This is the Lords doing, &c. This is the day which the Lord hath made, &c.’ p. 889.
  • II. Psal. 126. v. 1.2.3.4. ‘When the Lord brought againe the captivitie of Sion, we were like them that dreame, &c.’ p. 901.
  • III. Luk 9 v. 54.55.56. ‘And when his Disciples Iames and Iohn saw it, they said; Lord, wilt thou that we command that fire come downe, &c.’ p. 911
  • IV. Lament. 3.22. ‘It is the Lords mercies that we are not consumed, &c.’ p. 923.
  • V. Prov. 8.15. ‘By me Kings reigne.’ p. 933.
  • VI. Prov. 24. v. 21.22.23. ‘My Sonne, feare thou the Lord and the King, and meddle not with them that are given to change.’ p. 945.
  • VII. Psal. 145.9. ‘His mercies are over all his works.’ p. 959.
  • VIII. Esai. 37.3. ‘The children are come to the birth, & ther is not strength to bring forth.’ p. 971.
  • IX. Luk. 1. v. 74.75. ‘That we being delivered &c. might serve him without feare &c.’ p. 983.
  • X. Esth 9.31. ‘To confirme those dai [...]s of Purim, ac­cording to their seasons, &c.’ p. 997.

Sermons upon severall occasions.

  • I. At the Spital. 1. Tim 6. v. 17.18.19. ‘Charge them that are rich, &c.’ p. 1.
  • II. Of the worshipping of imaginations, upon the II. Commandement. p. 25.
  • III. Ier. 4.2. ‘Thou shalt sweare, The Lord liveth, in truth, in iudgement, & in righteousnesse.’ p. 34.
  • IV. Ioh. 20.23. ‘Whose-soever sinnes ye remitt, they are remitted, &c.’ p. 49.
  • V. Ier. 23.6. ‘This is the Name, whereby they shall call upon him, The Lord our righteousnesse.’ p. 67.
  • VI. Matt. 22.21. ‘Give to Caesar, the things which are Caesar's. p. 87.
  • VII. Num. 10. V. 1.2. Of the right of calling Assem­blies. p. 99.
  • VIII. On the Coro [...]ation day. Iudges 17.6. ‘In those daies, there was no King in Israel, &c.’ p. 115.
  • IX. Iam. 1.22. ‘And be ye doers of the Word, and not hearers onely, &c.’ p. 129.
  • X. At the opening of the Parliament. Psal. 82.1. God standeth in the Congregation of Princes, &c.’ p. 143.
  • XI. Psal. 106. v. 29.30. ‘Thus they provoked him to anger &c and the Plague was great among them, &c.’ p. 159.

A Sermon preached at the Funerall of Lancelot late Bishop of Winchester, by the Bishop of Elie.

SERMONS OF The Nativitie, PREACHED VPON Christmasse Day.

Academiae Cantabrigiensis Liber

A SERMON Preached before the KINGS MAIESTY, AT WHITE-HALL, on Tuesday, the XXV. of December, A.D. MDCV. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

HEBR. CHAP. II. VER. XVI.

For, He in no wise tooke the Angells: But, the Seede of ABRAHAM He tooke.

AND, even because, this day, He tooke not the Angells Nature vpon Him, but took our Nature, in the seede of Abraham: therefore hold wee this Day, as a high Feast: therefore meet we thus, every yeare, in a ho­ly Assembly; even, for a solemne memorial, that He hath, as this day, bestowed vpon vs a dignity, which vpon the Angells, He bestowed not. That He (as in the Chapter before, the Apostle setteth him forth) that is the brightnesse of His Fathers glorie, Heb. 1. [...]. the very Cha­racter of his substance, the Heire of all things, by whom He made the world: He, when both needed it, (His taking vpon him their nature:) and both stood before him, Men and Angells: the Angells He tooke not, but Men he tooke; was made man, was not made an Angell: that is, did more for them, then he did for the Angells of Heaven.

Elsewhere the Apostle doth deliver this very point positively; (and that) not without some vehemency: Without all question, Great is the mysterie of Godlines, God is manifested in the flesh. 1. Tim 3.16. Which is in effect, the fame, that is here said; but that, heere it is delivered by way of com­parison. For, this speech is evidently a comparison. If he had thus set it downe: Our na­tur [...] He tooke; that had beene positive. But, setting it downe thus; Ours He tooke, the An­gells He tooke not, it is (certainely) comparative.

[Page 2]1. Now, the Masters of speech tell vs, that there is power in the Positive, if it be giuen forth, with an earnest asseveration. But nothing to that, that is in the Comparative. It is nothing so full, to say; I will never forget you: as, thus to say it: Can a mother forget the child of her owne wombe? Esa. 49.15. well, if she can, yet will not I forget you. Nothing so forcible, to say thus; I will hold my word with you: Luk. 19.17. as thus, Heaven and earth shall passe, but my word shall not passe. The Comparative expressing is (without all question) more significant: And this heer is such. Theirs, the Angels, nusquam, at no hand He tooke: but, ours he did.

2. Now, the comparison is, as is the thing in nature, wherunto it is made: If the thing be ordinarie, the comparison is according: But, then is it full of force, when it is, with no meane or base thing, but with the cheefe, and choise of all the Creatures; as, heere, it is: even with the Angells themselues. For then, it is at the highest. 1. That of Elihu, in Iob: That God tea­cheth vs more then the beasts, Iob. 35 11. and giveth vs more vnderstanding then the foules of the ayre; (that is) that God hath been more gratious to vs, then to them, being made of the same mould that we are; that (yet) He hath given vs a priuiledge, above them; this, is much: 2. That of the Psalmist: Ps. 147.20. He hath not dealth so with every nation; nay, not with any other nation, in giving vs the knowledge of his heavenly truth and lawes; Even, that we have a prerogative, if we be compared with the rest of mankind: (More then the beasts; much: more then all men besides, much more:) 3. But this heere, Nusquam Angelos, &c. that he hath given vs a praeeminence above the Angells themselves; granted vs that, that he hath not granted the Angells; that, is a Comparison at the very highest, and further we cannot goe.

3. One degree yet more: And that is this. As, in comparisons making, it skilleth much, the excellencie of the thing, wherwithall it is compared, so doth it too, the maner, how the comparison is made, the pitch that is taken in it. It is one thing, to make it in tanto; another, in toto. One thing, when it is in degrees; (that more, this lesse: this not so much as that, yet that, somwhat though:) Another, when one is, the other is not at all. So is it heere: Assump­sit; non assumpsit: Vs He did take; The Angells, [...], not in any wise; not, in a lesse, or a lower degree then vs: but them, not at all. So, it is with the highest, and at the highest. So much is said heere; and more cannot be said.

The only exception that may be made to these comparisons, is; that, (most-what,) they be odious: it breedeth a kind of disdeigne in the higher, to be matched with the lower; Especially, to be over-matched with him. We need not feare it, heer. The blessed spirits, (the Angells) will take no offense at it;Gen 28.17. they will not remove Iacobs ladder for all this; or descend to vs, or as­cend for vs,Ioh 1.51. ever a whit the flower, because He is become the Sonne of man. There is not, in them, that envious mind, that was, in the elder brother, in the Gospell, when the younger was received to grace after his riotous course.Luk. 15.28.

1. Tim. 3.16.When the Apostle tells vs of the great mysterie, that God was manifested in the flesh; im­mediatly after, he tells, that He was seene of the Angels: And (lest we might thinke, they saw it,1. Pet. 1.12. as we do many things heere, which we would not see) Saint Peter tells vs, that desiderant prospicere; that, with desire, and delight, they saw it; and cannot be satisfied with the sight of it, it pleaseth them so well. And, even this day, the day that it was done, and Angel was the first,Luk. 2.10. that came to bring newes of it, to the shepheards; and he no sooner had delivered his message,14. but presently there was with him a whole Quier of Angells, singing and ioying, and making melodie, for this [...], this Good-will of God towards men. So that, without dread of any disdeigne or exception, on the Angells parts, we may proceede in our Text.

The DivisionWherein, first of the parties compared: Angells, and Men,

I 2. Then, 1 of that, wherein they are compared, (assumption, or apprehension;) in the II word taking: 2 And, not every taking, but apprehensio seminis, taking on Him the seed.

1 2 3. Lastly, of this terme [Abrahams seed:] the choise of that word, or terme, to ex­presse III mankind by, thus taken on by Him. That he saith not: But men He tooke: or, But, the seed of Adam; or, the seed of the woman He tooke: But, the seed of Abraham He tooke.

1. OF the parties compared; Angells, and Men. These two we must first compare,I. The Parties compared. Men, with Angells. that we may the more cleerly see the greatnesse of the grace and benefit, this day, vouchsafed vs. No long processe will need, to lay before you, how farr inferior our Nature is, to that of the Angells: It is a comparison without comparison. It is too apparant, if we be layed toge­ther, or weighed together, we shall be found minus habentes, farr too light. They are, in expresse termes, sayd, (both, in the Old, and in the New Testament) to excell vs in power: Psal. 103 20. 2. Pet. 2.11. And, as in power, so in all the rest. This one thing may suffice; to shew the ods: That our Nature; that we, when we are at our very highest perfection, (it is even thus expressed, that) we come neere, or are therin like to, or as an Angell. Perfect beauty, in Saint Stephen: They saw his face, as the face of an Angell. Perfect wisedome, in David: Act 6.15. 2. Sam. 14.2 [...]. My Lord the King is wise, as an Angell of God. Perfect eloquence, in Saint Paul: 1. Cor. 13.1. Though I spake with the tongues of men, nay of Angells. All our excellencie, our highest and most perfect estate, is but to be, as they: therefore, they aboue vs farr.

But, to come neerer: what are Angells? Surely, they are spirits; Glorious spirits; Heavenly spirits; Immortall spirits. For their Nature or substance, Spirits: For their Quality, Heb. 1.14. Heb. 9.5. Mat. 24.36. Luk. 20.36. or pro­pertie, Glorious: For their Place, or abode, Heavenly: For their Durance, or continuance; Im­mortall.

And, what is the seed of Abraham, but, as Abraham himselfe is? And, what is Abraham? Let him answere himselfe; I am dust and ashes. What is the seede of Abraham? Let one answere,Gen. 18.27. in the persons of all the rest; Dicens putredini, &c. saying to rottennesse, Iob 17.14. thou art my mother and to the wormes, yee are my brethren. 1. They are spirits; Now, what are we, what is the seed of Abraham? Flesh. And what is the very harvest of this seede of flesh? what, but corruption, and rottennesse, and wormes: There is the substance of our bodies.Gal. 6.8.

2. They, glorious spirits: We, vile bodies (beare with it, it is the Holy Ghosts owne terme; Who shall change our vile bodies.) And not only base and vile, but filthy and vncleane: Phil. 3.21. Iob 14.4. ex im­mundo conceptum semine, conceived of vncleane seede: There is the metall. And, the moulde is no better: the wombe, wherein we weare conceived vile, base, filthy, and vncleane. There,Ps. 51.6. is our qualitie.

3. They, heavenly Spirits, Angells of heaven: that is, their place of abode is in heaven above. Ours is heere below, in the dust; inter pulices, & culices, tineas, araneas, & vermes; Our place is heere among fleas and flies, mothes and spiders, and crawling wormes. There, is our place of dwelling.

4. They, immortall spirits; that is their durance. Our time is proclaimed in the Prophet: Flesh, All flesh, is grasse, and the glorie of it, as the floure of the field; (From Aprill, to Iune. Esa. 40.6.) The scithe commeth; nay, the wind but bloweth, and, we are gone. Withering sooner then the grasse, which is short: Nay, fading sooner, then the flower of the grasse, which is much shorter:Iob 4.19. Nay (saith Iob) rubbed in peeces more easily, then any moth.

This we are, to them, if you lay vs together. And, if you weigh vs vpon the ballance, Men, by themselues. Psal. 62.11. Psal. 144.14. we are altogether lighter then vanitie it selfe: There is our weight. And, if you value vs; Man is but a thing of nought: There is our worth. Hoc est omnis homo; This is Abraham, and this is Abrahams seede: And who would stand to compare these with Angells? Verily, there is no comparison; They are, incomparably, farr better then the best of vs.

Now then: this is the rule of reason, the guide of all choice, Evermore to take the better and leave the worse. Thus would man do; Haec est lex hominis. Heer then commeth the mat­ter of admiration: Notwithstanding these things stand thus, between the Angells and Abra­hams seed: (They, Spirits, glorious, heavenly, immortall;) yet tooke He not them; yet, in no wise, tooke He them; But the seede of Abraham. The seed of Abraham, with their bodies, vile bodies, earthly bodies of clay, bodies of mortalitie, corruption, and death: These He tooke, these He tooke for all that. Angells, and not men; So, in reason, it should be: Men, and not Angells; So it is: And, that granted to vs, that denied to them. Granted to us, so base; that denied them, so glorious. Denied, and strongly denied; [...]; Not, not in any wise, not at any hand, to them. They, every way, in every thing els, above, and before vs; in this, beneath and be­hind vs. And we (vnworthy, wretched men that we are,) above and before the Angells, the Cherubim, the Seraphim, and all the Principalities, and Thrones, in this dignitie. This being [Page 4] beyond the rules and reach of all reason, is surely matter of astonishment: [...], &c. (saith S. Chrysostome,) this, it casteth me into an extasie, and maketh me to imagine, of our Nature, some great matter, 1. Sam. 3.18. I cannot well expresse, what. Thus it is. It is the Lord, let him doe what see­meth good in his owne eyes.

II. Wherein they are cō ­pared.And, with this, I passe over to the second point. This little is enough, to shew, what odds between the Parties heer matched. It wil much better appeare (this) when we shall weigh the word [...], that, wherin they are matched. Wherin, two degrees we obserued: 1. Ap­prehendit, and 2. apprehendit Semen.

I. In apprehen­dit, he took.1. Of apprehendit, first. Many words were more obvious, and offered themselves to the Apostle (no doubt,) Suscepit, or Assumpsit, or other such like: This word was sought for (certein­ly,) and made choise of (saith the Greeke Scholiast: And he can best tell vs, It is no com­mon word,O [...]cumen. in locum. And tell vs also, what it weigheth:) [...] (saith he) [...]: This word supposeth a flight of the one partie, and a pursuit of the other: A pursuit, eager, and so long, till he overtake; and when he hath overtaken, [...], appre­hendens, laying fast hold, and seizing surely on him. So, two things it supposeth; 1 a flight of the one, and 2 a hot pursuit of the other.

It may well suppose a flight. For, of the Ind v. 6. Gen. 3.8. Angells there were that fled, that kept not there 1 originall, but forsooke and fell away from there first estate. And Man fell, and fled too; and hid himselfe in the thicke trees, from the presence of God. And this is the first yssue. Vpon the Angells flight, he stirred not; satt still; neuer vouchsafed to follow them: Let them goe, whither they would; as if they had not been worth the while. Nay, He never assumed ought, by way of promise, for them: No promise, in the Old, to be borne and to suffer; No Gospell, in the New Testament, neither was borne nor suffered, for them.

But, when Man fell, He did all. Made after him presently, with Vbi [...]s: sought to re­claime him, What haue you done? Why haue you done so? Protested enmitie, to him, that had drawne him thus away:Gen. 3.9. Made his assumpsit of the Womans seede.

And (which is more,) when that would not serve, sent after him still, by the hand of his Prophets, to sollicit his returne.

And (which is yet more,) when that would not serue neither; went after him (Himself) in person: left his ninety and nine in the fold, and gott him after the lost sheepe: Neuer left, till he found him, Luk. 15.5. layed him on His owne shoulders, and brought him home againe.

It was much, even but to looke after us; to respect vs, so farr, who were not worth the cast of His eie: Much, to call vs backe, or vouchsafe vs an Vbies.

But more, when we came not for all that, to send after vs. For, if He had but onely been content, to give vs leave, to come to Him againe; but given vs leave, to lay hold on Him, to touch but the hemme of His garment; (Himselfe sitting still, and neuer calling to vs, nor sending after vs;) it had been favour enough: farr above that we were worth. But, not only to send by others,Psal. 40 7. but to come Himselfe after vs; to say, Corpus apta mihi, Ecce venio; Gett me a bodie, I will my selfe after him: this, was exceeding much. That we fled, and He fol­lowed vs flying.

2 But yet, this is not all; This, is but to follow. He not onely followed, but did it so, with such eagernesse, with such earnestnesse, as, that is worthy a second consideration. To follow, is some­what; yet, that may be done faintly, and a farr of: But, to follow through thicke and thinn; to follow hard, and not to give over; never to give over, till he overtake: that, is it.

And, He gave not over His pursuit, though it were long and laborious, and He full wearie; though it cast Him into a sweate, a sweate of bloud. Angelis suis non pepercit (saith S. Peter, 2. Pet. 2.4.) The Angells offending, He spared not them: Man offending, He spared Him, and to spare Him (saith S. Paul,) He spared not His own Son: Nor His own sonne spared not Himself; but fol [...]owed his pursuit, through danger, distresse, yea, through death it selfe. Followed, and so followed, as nothing made Him leave following, till He overtooke.

3 And, when He had overtaken (for those two are but presupposed, the more kindly to bring in the word: [...]:) When (I say) he had overtaken them, commeth in fitly and properly, [...]. Which is not every taking; not suscipere, or assumere: But, manum injicere, arri­pere, apprehendere; to seize vpon it with great vehemencie, to lay hold on it with both hands, as vpon a thing, we are glad we haue got, and will be loth to let goe againe. We [Page 5] know, assumpsit, and apprehendit, both, take; but, apprehendit, with farre more fervor and zeale, then the other. Assumpsit, any common ordinarie thing; apprehendit, a thing of price, which we hold deare, and much esteeme of.

Now, to the former comparison, of what they, and what we, (but specially, what we,) add this threefold consideration. 1. That He denied it the Angells, [...]: denied it peremptorily, [...]; Neither looked, nor called, nor sent, nor went after them: Neither tooke hold of them, nor suffered them to take hold of Him, or any promise from Him: Denied it them, & denied it them thus. 2. But, graunted it vs; and graunted it, how? That He followed vs first; and that, with paine: And seized on vs, after; and that with greate desire: We flying, and not worth the following: and lying, and not worth the taking vp. 1 That he gave not leave for vs to come to Him: or, satt still, and suffered vs to returne, and take hold: (yet, this He did.) 2 That He did not looke after vs, nor call after vs, nor send after vs only: (yet, all this He did, too.) 3 But, Himselfe rose out of his place; and came after vs; and with hand and foot, made after vs: Followed vs, with his feet; and seized on vs, with his hands; and that, per viam, non assumptionis, sed apprehensionis, (the maner, more then the thing it selfe.) All these, if we lay together, and, when we haue done, weigh them well, it is hable to worke with vs. Sure­ly, it must needs demonstrate to vs, the care, the love, the affection, He had to vs, we know no cause why; being but (as Abraham was) dust, and (as Abrahams seede (Iacob) saith,Gen. 18.25.32.10. lesse; and not worthy of any one of these: No, not, of the meanest of his mercies. Especially, when the same thing so gratiously graunted vs, was denied to no lesse persons, then the Angells, farr more worthy then we. Sure, He would not have done it for vs, and not for them; if He had not esteemed of vs, made more acompt of vs, then of them.

And yet, behold a farr greater then all these: Which is, apprehendit semen. He took not 2 the person, but he took the seed, (that is) the nature of man. Many there be,In Appre­hendit Se­men. that can be content to take vpon them the persons, and to represent them, whose natures, nothing could hire them once to take vpon them. But, the seed is the Nature; yea (as the Philosopher saith) naturae intimum, the very internall essence of nature is the seed. The Apostle sheweth, what his meaning is, of this taking the seed, when (the verse next afore, save one) he saith, that forasmuch as the children were partakers of flesh and bloud, He also would take part with them, Ver. 14. by taking the same. To take the flesh and bloud, He must needs take the seed: for, from the seed, the fl [...]sh and bloud doth proceed: which is nothing els but the blessed apprehension of our na­ture, by this days Natiuitie. Wherby, He, and we, become not only one flesh, (as man and wife do, by coniugal union:) but, even one bloud too, (as brethren, by naturall union: Ephes. 5.28.29.) Per om­nia similis (saith the Apostle, in the next verse after againe) sinne only set aside: Alike and sutable to vs in all things; flesh, and bloud, and nature and all. So taking the seed of Abra­ham, as that he became (himselfe) the seed of Abraham: So was, and so is truly termed,Verse 17. in the Scriptures. Which is it, that doth consummate, and knit vp all this point, and is the head of al. For, in all other apprehensions, we may let go, and lay down, when we will; but, this, this taking on the seed, the nature of man, can never be put of. It is an assumption, without a de­position. One we are, He and we, and so we must be; One, as this day, so for ever.

And, emergent, or issuing from this, are all those other apprehendings, or seisures of the persons of men, (by which, God layeth hold on them, and bringeth them back from error to truth, and from sinne to grace,) that have been, from the beginning, or shalbe to the end of the world. That, of Abraham himself, whom God layed hold of, and brought from out of Vr of the Chaldeans, and the Idolls, he there worshipped. That,Gen 1 [...].7. Act. 9.4. Luk. 22.62.62. of our Apostle S. Paul, that was apprehended in the way to Damascus. That, of Saint Peter; that in the very act of sinne, was seized on with bitter remorse for it. All those: and all these, wherby men dayly are layd hold of in spirit, and taken from the by-pathes of sinne, and error, and redu­ced into the right way; and so their persons recovered to God, and seized to his vse. All these apprehensions, (of the branches,) come from this apprehension (of the Seed:) they all have their beginning and their being, from this dayes taking, even Semen appr [...]hendit. Our receiving His Spirit, for His taking our flesh. This seede, wherewith Abraham is made the sonne of God, from the seed, wherwith Christ is made the soone of Abraham.

And, the end, why He thus took vpon him the seed of Abraham, was, because He tooke vpon Him, to deliver the seede of Abraham. Deliver them He could not, except He [Page 6] destroyed death, Ver. 14. and the Lord of death, the devill. Them, He could not destroy, vnlesse He dyed: Dy He could not, except He were mortall: Mortall He could not be, except He tooke our nature on Him, that is, the seede of Abraham. But, taking it, He became mor­tall, dyed, destroyed death, delivered vs; was (Himselfe) apprehended, that we might be lett goe.

One thing more then, out of this word Apprehendit. The former toucheth His love, whereby He so layd hold of us, as of a thing very precious to Him: This (now) toucheth our daunger; whereby, he so caught us, as, if He had not, it had been a great venture, but we had suncke and perished. One, and the same word, [Apprehendit] sorteth well, to expresse both his affection, wherby He did it; and out great perill, wherby we needed it. We had been (before) layd hold of, and apprehended, by one, mentioned in the 14. verse, he that hath power of death, even the Devill: We were in daunger, to be swallowed vp by him; we needed one, to lay hold on us fast, and to plucke us out of his jawes. So He did. And I would have you to marke: It is the same word, that is used, to Saint Peter, in like daun­ger, (Matt. 14.13.) when, being ready to sinke, [...], Christ caught him by the hand, and saved him. The same heere, in the Greeke; that, in the Hebrue, is used (Gen. 19.16.) to Lot and his daughters, in the like daunger; when, the Angells caught him, and by strong hand plucked him out of Sodom. One delivered, from the water; the other, from the fire.

And it may truly be sayd (in asmuch as, all Gods promises, as well touching temporall, as, eternall deliverances;1. Cor. 1.20. and as well corporall, as spirituall; be in Christ yea and Amen: Yea, in the giving forth; Amen, in the performing) that even our temporall delivery, from the daungers, that daily compasse us about; even from this last, so great, and so fearefull, as the like was never imagined before; all have their ground, from this Great apprehension: are fruits of this Seede, heere, this blessed Seede, for whose sake, and for whose truthes sake, that we (though unworthily) professe, we were by Him caught hold of, and so plucked out of it:Rom. 9.29. And but for which Seed, facti essemus sicut Sodoma, We had been even as Sodome, and pe­rished in the fire; and the powder there layed had even blowen us up all.

Heb. 8.9.And may not I add to this [apprehendit, ut liberaret,] the other (in the 8. Chapter following) apprehendit, ut manu duceret: to this [of taking us by the hand, to deliver us,] that, [of taking us by the hand, to guide us:] and so, out of one word, present Him to you, not only, as our Deliverer, but as our Guide, too? Our Deliverer, to ridd us from him, that hath power of death; Our Guide, to Him, that hath power of life. To leade us, even by the way of truth, to the path of life; by the stations of well doing, to the mansions in His Fathers house. Ioh. 14.2. Ioh. 14.3. Seeing, He hath signified, it is His pleasure not to let goe our hands, but to hold us still, till He have brought us, that, where He is, we may also be. This also is in­cident to apprehendit; but, because it is out of the compasse of the text, I touch it only, and passe it.

The reasons of this ap­prehendit.And, can we now passe by this, but we must aske the question, that Saint Iohn Baptists Mother sometime asked, on the like occasion? Luk. 1.43. Vnde mihi hoc? (saith she:) Vnde nobis hoc? (may we say:) Not, quòd mater Domini; but, quòd Dominus ipse venit ad nos; Whence commeth this unto us, that the Lord himselfe, thus came unto us, and tooke us, letting the Angells go? Angells are better then the best of vs; and, reason would, ever, the better should be taken: how then were we taken, that were not the better?

Sure, not without good ground, (say the Fathers,) who haue adventured to search out the Theologie of this point: such reasons, as might serve for inducements, to Him, that is pronus ad miserendum, naturally enclined to pitie; why, upon us, He would rather have compassion. And, diverse such I find: I will touch onely one or two of them.

First, Mans case was more to be pitied, then theirs, because man was tempted, by ano­ther; 1 had a tempter. The Angells had none, None tempted them; None, but themselves. Et levius est alienâ mente peccâsse, quam propriâ (saith Augustine.) The offense is the lesse, if it grow from another, then if it breed in ourselves: And, the lesse the offense, the more pardonable.

2 Againe, of the Angells, when some fell, other some stood; and so, they (all) did not perish. But, in the first man, all men fell; and so, euery mothers child had died, and no flesh been saved. For, all were in Adam; and so, in, and with Aadam, all had come to nought. Then com­meth [Page 7] the Psalmists question; Nunquid in vanum, &c. Psal. 87.47. What hast thou made all men for nought? That cannot be: So great wisedome cannot do so great a worke, in vaine. But, in vaine it had been, if God had not shewed mercie; And, therefore was Mans case rather, of the twaine, matter of commiseration. (This is Leo.)

And thus have they traveiled, and these have they found, why He did apprehend us, rather 3 then them. It may be, not amisse. But, we will content our selves, for our vnde nobis hoc? whence commeth this to us, with the answer of the Scriptures: Whence,Luk. 1.78. Esa. 9.7. but from the tender mercies of our God, wherby this day hath visited us? Zelus Domini (saith Esay,) The zeale of the Lord of Hosts shall bring it to passe: Propter nimiam charitatem (saith the Apostle:Eph. 2.4. Ioh. 3.16. Luk. 10.21.) Sic Deus dilexit (saith He, He himselfe;) And we (taught by him) say, Even so Lord, for, so it was thy good pleasure, thus to do.

All this while are we about taking the Seed: the Seed in generall. But now,III. The Choise. Why Abrahams Seed. why Abra­hams seed? Since it is Angells, in the first part, why not Men in the second, but Seed? Or, if Seed, to expresse our nature; why not the Seed of the woman, but the Seed of Abraham? It may be thought, because he wrote to the Hebrews, he rather used this terme of Abrahams seed; because, so they were, and so loved to be stiled, and he would please them. But, I find, the ancient Fathers go further; and, out of it, raise matter, both of comfort, and of direction: and that, for us, too.

1. Of comfort, first; with reference to our Saviour, who taking on Him Abrahams seed, 1. For our comfort must withall take on Him the signature of Abrahams Seed, and be, as he was, circumcised. There is a great matter dependeth even on that. For, being circumcised, He became a debtor, Gal. 5.3. to keepe the whole Law of God: which bond we had broken, and forfeited, and incurred the curse annexed, and were ready to be apprehended, and committed for it. That so, He, kee­ping the Law, might recover backe the chirographum contra nos, Col. 2.14. the hand-writing that was against us; and so, set us free of the debt. This Bond did not relate, to the Seed of the wo­man; it pertained (properly) to the seed of Abraham: therefore, that terme fitted us bet­ter. Without faile, two distinct benefits they are: 1 Factus homo, and 2 Factus sub lege; and, so doth Saint Paul recount them. Made man; that is, the Seed of the woman: and,Gal 4.4. made under the Law; that is, the Seed of Abraham. To little purpose, He should have taken the one, if He had not also undertaken the other, and, as the Seed of Abraham, entred bond for us, and taken our debt upon Him. This first.

2. And, besides this, there is yet another; referring it to the Nation, or People, whom He took upon him. It is sure, they were, of all other people, the most untoward; both, of the hardest hearts, and of the stiffest necks; and (as the Heathen man noteth them) of the worst na­tures. God himselfe telleth them so; It was, for no vertue of theirs,Deut. 9.6. or for any pure naturalls in them, that He tooke them to Him, for, they were, that way, the worst of the whole earth. And so then, the taking of Abrahams seed amounteth to as much, as that of S. Paul, 1. Tim. 1.15. (no lesse true, then worthie of all men to be receiued,) that He came into the world, to save sin­ners; and that, che [...]fe sinners, as (it is certaine) they were; even the Seed of Abraham, of all the Seed of Adam.

But, not for comfort onely, but for direction two, doth He use Abrahams name heere.2. For our Di­rection. Even, to entaile the benefit comming by it, to his Seed; that is, to such as he was. For, for his sake, were all nations blessed. And Christ, though He tooke the seed of the woman, Gen. 22.18. yet doth not benefit any, but the seed of Abraham; even those, that follow the stepps of his faith. For, by faith, Abraham tooke hold of Him, by whom, he was in mercie taken hold of:Gen. 15.7. Et tu mitte fidem & tenuisti (saith Saint Augustine.) That faith of his, to him, was accounted for righte­ousnesse. To him was, and to us shall be (saith the Apostle,Rom. 4.23.) if we be in like sort apprehensive of Him. Either, as Abraham; or, as the true Seed of Abraham (Iacob) was, that took such hold on Him, as he said plainely, Non dimittam te, nisi benedixeris mihi; without a blessing,Gen. 32.26. Rom 9.7. he would not let Him go. Surely, not the Hebrues alone; nay, not the Hebrues, at all, for all their carnall propagation: They onely are Abrahams seed, that lay hold of the word of promise. And, the Galatians so doing, though they were meere heathen men, (as we be,Gal. 3.6.) yet he telleth them, they are Abrahams seed, and shall be blessed together with him.

But, that is not all; there goeth more to the making us Abrahams seed, (as Christ himselfe, [Page 8] the true seed, Iohn 8.39. Rom. 4.12. teacheth both them and us.) Saith He; if ye be Abrahams sonnes, then must you do the workes of Abraham. Which, the Apostle well calleth, the stepps, or impressions of Abrahams faith; Or, we may call them, the fruits of this seed, heer. So reasoneth our Savi­our: Hoc non fecit Abraham; This did not He; if ye do it, yee are not His seed: This did He; do ye the like, and His seed ye are. So, heer is a double apprehension: 1 one of S. Paul; 2 the other of S. Iames;Iam. 2.22. Gal. 5.6. 1. Tim. 6.19. Work, for both hands to apprehend. Both, 1 Charitas, quae ex fide; and 3 fides, quae per charitatem operatur. By which, we shall be able (saith Saint Paul) to lay hold of aeternall life; and so, be Abrahams seed heere at the first; and come to Abrahams bosome there, at the last. So have we a breefe of Semen Abrahae.

The Vse of the Text. 1 For Meditatiō.Now, what is to be commended to us out of this Text, for us to lay hold of? Verily, first, to take us to our meditation; the meditation, which the Psal. 84. Psalmist hath, and which the Apostle, (in this Chapter,) voucheth out of him (at the sixt Verse.) When I consider (saith he) the Heavens, (say we, the Angells of Heaven,) and see those glorious Spirits passed by, and man taken, even to sigh with him, and say, Lord what is man, either Adam, or Abra­ham,) that thou shouldest be thus mindfull of him, or the seed, or sonnes of either, that thou shoul­dest make this doe about Him! The case is heer farr otherwise, farr more worth our conside­ration. There, Thou hast made Him a little lower: Heer, Thou hast made Him a great deale higher, then the Angells. For they, this day first, and ever since, daily have, and doe adore our Nature, in the personall Vnion with the Deitie. Look you (saith the Apostle;) when He brought His onely begotten Sonne into the world, this He proclaimed before Him, Let all the Angells worship Him: Heb. 1.6. and so they did. And upon this verie daies taking the seed, hath ensued (as the Fathers note) a great alteration. Before, in the Old Testament, they suf­fered David to sit vpon his knees before them:1. Chr 21.16. Since, (in the New) they endure not, Saint Iohn should fall downe to them,Apoc. 22.9. but acknowledge, the case is altered, now; and, no more superioritie, but all fellow seruants. And, even in this one part, two things present them­selves unto us: 1 His humilitie, Qui non est confusus (as, in the eleventh Verse, the Apo­stle speaketh) who was not confounded, thus to take our Nature. 2 And withall, the Honor and happinesse of Abrahams seed, vt digni haberentur, that were counted worthie to be taken,Luk. 20.35. so neere unto him.

2 For Resolution.The next point: That, after we have well considered it, we be affected with it; and that, no otherwise,Ioh. 8.56. then Abraham was Abraham saw it, even this day, and but a farr of, and He reioyced at it: And so shall we, on it, if we be His true seed. It brought forth a Benedictus, and a Magnificat, from the true seed of Abraham; If it do not the like, from us, certainely it but flotes in our braines; we but warble about it: But, we beleeve it not, and therefore, neither do we rightly vnderstand it. Sure I am, if the Angells had such a feast to keepe, if he had done the like for them, they would hold it with all ioy and iubilee. They rejoyce of our good; but, if they had one of their owne, they must needs doe it after another manner; farre more effectually. If we do not, as they would do, (were the case theirs,) it is, because we are short, in conceiving the excellencie of the benefit. It would have (surely) due obser­vation, if it had his due and serious meditation.

Luk. 12.48.Further, we are to vnderstand this: That, to whom much is given, of them will much be re­quired; and (as Gregorie well saith) Cum crescunt dona, crescunt & rationes denorum, As the gifts grow so grow the accompts too: Therefore, that, by this new dignitie befallen vs, Necessitas quaedam nobis imposita est (saith Saint Augustine) there is a certeine necessitie layd upon us, to become, in some measure, suteable unto it; in that we are one; one flesh, and one bloud, with the Sonne of God. Being thus in honor, we ought to vnderstand our estate, and not fall into the Psalmists reproofe,Psal 49 13. that we become like the beasts that perish. For, if we do (indeed) thinke, our Nature is ennobled by this so high a conjunction, we shall henceforth hold our selves more deare, and at a higher rate, then to prostitute our selves to sinne, for every base, trifling, and transitorie pleasure. For tell me, men that are taken to this degree, shall any of them proove a Deuill (as Christ said of Iudas:) or ever (as these with us, of late) have to do with any divelish, Ioh. 6.76. Psal. 32.9. or Iudasly fact? Shall any man, after this assumption, be as horse or mule, that have no vnderstanding; and, in a Christian profession, live a brutish life? Nay then, Saint Paul tells us further, that if we henceforth walke like men, (like but even carnall or naturall men,2. Cor. 3.3.) it is a fault in us. Some-what must appeare, in us, more then in ordinarie men, who [Page 9] are vouchsafed so extraordinarie a favour. Some-what, more then common, would come from us, if it were but for this Daies sake.

To conclude, not onely thus to frame meditations and resolutions,1 For Practise. Phil. 3.12. but even some pra­ctise too, out of this act of apprehension. It is verie agreeable to reason, (saith the Apostle) that we endevor and make a proffer, if we may by any meanes, to apprehend Him, in His, by whom we are thus, in our Nature, apprehended, or (as He termeth it) comprehended, even Christ Iesus; and be vnited to Him, this day, as He was to us, this day, by a mutuall and re­ciprocall apprehension. We may so, and we are bound so: verè dignum & justum est. And we do so, so oft, as we do (with Saint Iames) lay hold of, apprehend, or receive insitum ver­bum, the word which is daily grafted into us. For, the Word He is; and, in the word, Iam. 1.21. He is received by us. But, that is not the proper of this day, vnlesse there be another ioyned vnto it. This day, Verbum caro factum est; and so, must be apprehended, in both. But speci­ally, in His flesh, as this day giueth it, as this day would have us. Now,Ioh. 1.14. the bread which we breake, is it not the partaking of the bodie, of the flesh, of Iesus Christ? It is surely; and by it,1. Cor. 10.16, (and by nothing more,) are we made partakers of this blessed vnion. A little before, he said; Because the children were partakers of flesh and bloud, He also would take part with them; May not we say the same? Because He hath so done, taken ours of us, we also,Verse 14. ensuing his stepps, will participate with Him, and with His flesh which he hath taken of us. It is most kindly, to take part with Him, in that, which He tooke part in, with us; and that, to no other end, but that He might make the receiving of it by us, a meanes, whereby He might dwell in us, and we in Him. He taking our flesh, and we receiuing His spirit; by His flesh, which He took of us, receiving His spirit, which He imparteth to us; That, as He, by ours, be­came consors humanae naturae; so we, by His, might become consortes Divinae naturae, 2. Pet. 1.4. par­takers of the Divine nature. Verily, it is the most streight and perfect taking hold that is. No vnion so knitteth, as it. Not consanguinitie; Brethren fall out: Not marriage; Man and wife are severed. But, that which is nouri­shed, and the nourishment, wherewith, they never are, never can be severed; but remaine one, for euer. With this Act then of mutuall taking, taking of His flesh, as He hath taken ours, let us seale our dutie to Him, this day, for taking not Angells, but the Seed of ABRAHAM, Almighty GOD grant, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Wednesday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCVI. being CHRIST-MASSE day

ESA. CHAP. IX. VER. VI.

For, unto us a Child is borne, and unto us a Sonne is given; and the Government is upon His shoulder; and He shall call His Name WONDERFVLL, COVN­SELLER, THE MIGHTY GOD, THE EVERLASTING FATHER, THE PRINCE OF PEACE.

THE words are out of Esay: and, if we had not heard him named, might well haue been thought, out of one of the Evangelists, as more like a storie then a Prophecie. Is borne, is given, sound, as if they had been written at, or since the Birth of Christ: yet were they written more then six hundred yeares before.

There is no one thing so great a stay to our faith, as that we find the things, we beleeve, so plainly fore-told, so many yeares before. Is borne, is given? Nay, shall be; speake like a Prophet: Nay, is; lo­quens de futuro per modum praeteriti; speaking of things to come as if they were already past.Rom. 4.17. This cannot be, but God, who calleth things that are not, as if they were, and challengeth any other, to doe the like. It is true; miracles move much: but yet,Es. 41.23. even in Scripture, we reade of lying miracles: and the possibility of false dealing lea­veth place of doubt, [...]. Thes. 2.9. even in those that be true. But, for one, six hundred yeares before He is borne, to cause prophecies, plaine direct prophecies to be written of Him; that passeth all conceit; cannot be imagined, how possibly it may be, but by God alone. Therefore Ma­homet, and all false Prophets came, (at least, boasted to come) in signes. But, chal­lenge them at this; not a word, no mention of them in the world, till they were borne. True therefore, that Saint Iohn, saith: The testimonie (that is, the great principall testimonie) of Iesus, Apoc. 19.10. is the spirit of prophecie. It made Saint Peter, when he had recounted what he himselfe had heard, in the Mount (yet, as if there might be, even in that, deceptio sensus) to adde,2. Pet. 1.19. Habemus etiam firmiorem sermonem prophetiae: We have a word of prophecie, besides; and that, firmiorem, the surer of the twaine.

This Prophecie is of a certaine Childe. And, if we aske, of this place, (as the Eunuch did, of another, in this Prophet) Of whom speaketh the Prophet this? we must make the answer, that (there) Philip doth;Acts 8.34. of Christ: and the testimonie of Iesus is the spirit of this prophecie. The ancient Iewes make the same. It is but a fond shift, to draw it (as the latter Iewes do) to Ezekias: it will not cleave. It was spoken to Ahaz, Ezekias Father, now king: and that, after the great ouerthrow he had, by the kings of Syria and Israel, in the fourth of his raigne. But, it is deduced, by plaine supputation, out of the eighteenth of the second of Kings: Ezekias was nine yeare old, before Ahaz his Father came to the crowne. It was, by that time, too late, to tell it for tidings, (then) that he was borne; he, then, being thir­teene yeares of age.

Verse 7 [...].Beside, how senslesse is it, to applie, to Ezekias, that in the next verse; that, of his govern­ment and peace there should be none end, that his throne should be established from thence forth for ever: whereas his peace and government (both) had an end within few yeares.

[Page 11]To us it is sufficient, that the fore-part of the Chapter is, by Saint Matthew, Mat. 4.15. expressely applied to our Saviour: and that, this verse doth inseparably depend on that, and is alleaged as the reason of it; For, unto us. Of Him therefore, we take it, and to Him applie it, that can­not be taken of any, or applied to any other, but Him.

But, how came Esay to speake of Christ, to Ahaz? Thus.The occasion of this Pro­phecie. Ahaz was then in very great distresse; he had lost in one day eighty thousand of his people; and two hundred thousand of them (more) carried away captivès. And now, the two Kings were raising new power against him: The times grew very much overcast. And, this you shall ob­serue: The chiefest prophecies of Christ came ever, in such times: That,2. Pet 1.19. Saint Peter did well, to resemble the word of prophecie to a candle, in loco caliginoso, a darke roome. Iacobs, Gen. 49.10. Dan 9.24.25. of Shilo, in Egypt, a darke place: Daniel's, of Messias, in Babylon; a place as darke, as Egypt: This of Esay, when the ten Tribes were on the point of carrying away, vnder Hoshea. That of Ieremie (A Woman shall enclose a man) when Iuda, in the same case,Ier. 31.22. under Iecho­nias. Ever, in darke times, who therefore needed most the light of comfort.

But, what's this to Ahaz case? He looked for an other message from him; How to escape his enemies. A cold comfort might he thinke it, to be preached to, of Immanuel. Indeed, he so thought it; and therefore he gave over Esay, and betooke him to Shebna, who wished him to seeke to the King of Ashur for helpe, and let Immanuel goe. Yet, for all that, even then to speake of Christ, being looked into, it is neither impertinent, nor out of season. With all the Prophets it is usuall, in the calamities of this people, to have recourse still, to the fundamentall promise of the Messias. For that, till He were come, they might be sure, they could not be rooted out; but must be preserved, if it were but for this Childs sake, till He were borne. And yet, if they could beleeve on Him, otherwise it is no match: Nisi credideritis. Then, thus the Prophets argue: He will not denie you this favour,Esa. 7. [...]. for He will grant you a farr greater then this, even his owne Sonne; and, by him, a farr greater deliverance; and, if He can deliver you from the devouring fire of Hell, much more from them: and, if give you peace with God, much more with them. So, teaching those, that will learne, the onely right way, to compasse their owne safetie, is by making sure worke of Im­manuel, God with us. To the true regard of whom, God hath annexed the promises as well of this, as of the other life. All are, as lines drawne from this center; all in Him, yea and Amen. 1. Tim 4 8. 2. Cor. 1 20. Iohn 8 56. Which all serve, to rayse Ahaz up, and his people, to receive this Childe, and to reioyce in His day, as their Father Abraham did.

Thus, the Occasion you have heard. The parts, ad oculum evidently, are two: 1 a Child-birth: and a 2 Baptisme. 1 The Child-birth, in these: For, unto you, &c. 2 The Baptisme, The Division in these: His name, &c.

In the former; 1 First of the maine points, The Natures, Person and Office; 2 Natures, I in these: Child and Sonne. 2 Person, in these: His shoulders, His Name, 3 Office, in these; His 1 Government. 2. Then of the deriving of an interest to us in these [To us,] two times. And that 2 is of two sorts: 1 By being borne; a right, by His birth. 2 By being given: a right, by a deed of guift.

In the latter, of His Baptisme, is set downe His stile consisting of fiue peeces, conteining II five vses, for which He was thus given: each to be considered in his order.

IT is ever our first care, to begin with, and to settle the maine point of the mysterie: 1 Na­ture,I 2 Person and 3 Office: and after, to looke to our owne benefit by them.The Childbirth. 1. The Maine points. 1 His Natures. To be­ginne with the Natures, of God, and Man: They be Mat. 16.18. super hanc petram: vpon them lyeth the weight of all the rest; they are the two shoulders whereon this Government doth rest.

We have two words, Child, and Sonne: neither, wast. But, if no more in the second, then in the first, the first had been enough: if the first enough, the second superfluous. But, in this Book, nothing is superfluous. So then, two diuers things they import.

Weigh the words. Child is not said, but in humanis, among men. Sonne may be,As Man. As God. Mat. 17.5. in divinis: from heauen, God spake it, This is my Sonne: May; and must be, heer.

Weigh the other two: 1 borne and 2 given. That, which is borne, beginneth then (first) to haue his being. That, which is given presupposeth a former being: for, be it must, that it may be given.

[Page 12]Againe, when we say borne; of whom? of the Virgin His Mother: when we say Given; by whom? by God His Father.

Esa. 7.11. Esay promised, the signe, we should have, should be from the deep heer beneath, and should be from the height above: both, a Child, from beneath; and a Sonne, from above. To conclude: it is an exposition decreed by the Fathers assembled in the Councell of Sevill: who, upon these grounds, expound this very place so: The Child, to import His Humane; The Sonne, Cant. 2.13. His Divine Nature.

All along His life, you shall see these two. At His birth: A Cratch for the Child; a Starre for the Sonne: A companie of Shepheards viewing the Child; A Quire of Angels cele­brating the Son. In His life: Hungry Himselfe, to shew the nature of the Child: yet feeding five thousand, to shew the power of the Sonne. At His death: dying on the Crosse, as the Sonne of Adam; at the same time disposing of Paradise, as the Sonne of God.

If you ask, why both these? For that, in vaine had been the one, without the other. Some-what there must be borne (by this mention of Shoulders:) meet it is, every one should beare his owne burden. The nature, that sinned, beare his owne sinne; not, Ziba make the fault, and Mephibosheth beare the punishment. Our nature had sinned, that there­fore ought to suffer: The reason, why a Child. But, that which our nature should, our nature could not beare; not the weight of Gods wrath due to our sinne: But, the Sonne could: The reason, why a Son. The one ought, but could not: the other could, but ought not. Therefore, either alone would not serve; they must ioyned, Child and Son. But that He was a Child, He could not have suffered: But that He was a Sonne, He had sunck in His suffering, and not gone through with it. God had no Shoulders; Man had; but, too weake, to susteine such a weight. Therefore, that He might be lyable, He was a Child; that He might be able, He was the Sonne: that He might be both, he was both.

2. His Person Gen. 3.22.This, why God. But, why this person, the Sonne? Behold, Adam would have become one of us; the fault: Behold, one of us will become Adam, is the satisfaction. Which of us would He have become? Sicut Dij, Scientes, the person of knowledge. He therefore shall become Adam: Gen. 3.5. Colos. 2.3. A Sonne shall be given. Desire of knowledge, our attainder; He, in whom all the treasures of knowledge, our restoring. Flesh, would have been the word; as wise as the word;Ioh. [...].4. the cause of our ruine: meet then, the word become flesh, that so, our ruine repaired. There is a touch given, in the name COVNSELLOR, to note out unto us, which Person; as well, as the Sonne.

3 One more; if these ioyned, why is not the Sonne first, and then the Childe; but, the Childe is first, and then the Sonne. The Sonne is farr the worthier, and therefore to have the place.Chap. 7.14. And thus too it was, in his other name Immanuel, (CHAP. VII.) It is not Elimanu; not Deus nobiscum; but, Nobiscum Deu [...]. We, in His name stand before God. It is so,Luk. 3.31. [...]8. in the Gospell: the Sonne of Dauid, first, the Sonne of God after. It is but this still, zelus Domini Exercituū fecit hoc: Vers [...] 7. but to shew His zeale, how deare He holdeth us, that He preferreth, and setteth us before himselfe; and, in His verie name, giue us the precedence.

The Person, briefely. The Child, and the Sonne: these two make but one Person, cleerely, for; both these have but one name, His name shall be called: and both these have but one payre of shoulders, Vpon His shoulders. Therefore, though two natures, yet but one Per­son, in both. A meet person, to make a Mediator of God and Man, as symbolizing with either, God and Man. A meet person, if there be division betweene them, (as there was, and great thoughts of heart for it) to make an Vnion: Ex vtroque vnum, seeing He was vnum ex vtro­que. Ephes. 2.14. Not man onely; there lacked the sholder of power: Not God onely; there lacked the shol­der of Iustice: But, both together. And so have ye the two Supporters of all, 1 Iustice, and 2 Power: A meet person, to cease Hostilitie, as having taken pledges of both heaven & earth; the chiefe nature in heaven, and the chiefe on earth: To set forward commerce betweene heaven and earth,Gen. 23.12. by Iacobs Ladd [...]r, one end touching earth, the other reaching to heaven: To incorporate either to other: Himselfe, by His birth, being become Sonne of man; by our New-birth giuing us a capacitie, to become the sonnes of God.

Ioh. 1.12. 3. His Office.His Office: The Kingdome on His shoulders. For, He saw, when the Child was borne, it should so poorely be borne, as (lest we should conceive of Him too meanely) He tells us, He commeth cam Principatu, with a Principalitie; is borne a Prince: and beautifieth Him [Page 13] whith such names, as make amends for the manger? That He is not only Puer, a Child, and Filius, a Sonne; but Princeps, a Prince.

Truth is, other Offices we finde besides. But, this you shall observe, that the Prophets spea [...]ing of Christ, in good congruitie, ever apply themselves, to the state of them they speake to; and use that Office, and Name, which best agreeth to the matter in hand. Heer, that which was sought, by Ahaz, was protection: that (we know) is for a King: As a King therefore, he speaketh of Him. Elswhere he is brought forth by David, as a Priest: and againe elswhere, by Moses, as a Prophet. If it be matter of sinne, for which sacrifice to be offered, he is a Priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek. If the Will of God, Psal. 110.4. if His great counseile to be reveiled, A Prophet will the Lord raise, &c. Heare Him. Deut 18.1 [...]. But heere is matter of delivery (only) in hand: heer therfore, he represented Him, Cum Principatu, with a Principalitie.

A Principalitie, not of this world. Herod need not feare it, nor envy it. If it had, His officers, as they would have seen Him better defended at His Death, so would they have seen him better lodged at His Birth, then in a stable with beasts: for, if the Inne were full, Luk. 2.7. the stable (we may be sure) was not empty. Of what world then? of that, He is Father; Futuri saeculi Of that He is Father; He is a Prince of the government, that guideth us thither.

Yet, a Prince He is, and so He is styled: borne, and given, to establish a gouernment: That none imagine, they shall live like libertines under Him; every man beleeve, and live, as he list. It is Christ, not Belial, that is borne to day: He bringeth a government with Him: they, that be His, must live in subiection under a government: els, neither in Child, nor Sonne; in Birth, nor Gift, have they any interest.

And this government is, by name, a Principalitie: Wherin, neither the popular confu­sion of many; nor the factious ambition, of a few, beare all the sway: but, where one is Soveraigne. Such is the government of heaven: Such is Christs government.

With a Principalitie, or Government; and that vpon His shoulders: Somewhat a strange situation. It is wisedome, that governes: That is, in the head; & there is the Crown worn: What have the shoulders to do with it? Certainly, somewhat, by thi [...] Description. The Shoulder (as we know) is the bearing member: and unlesse it be for heavy [...]hings, we use it not. Ordinary things we carry in our hands, or lift at the armes end: It must be very heavie, if we must put shoulders and all to it. Belike Governments have their weight; be heavie; And so they be: they need not only a good head, but good shoulders, that susteine them. But that not so much, while they be in good tune and temper; then, they need no great carriage: but when they grow un-weldy, (be it weaknesse, or waywardnesse of the governed;) in that case they need: And in that case, there is no Governor, but, at one time or other, he beares his government vpon his shoulders. It is a morall, they give, of Aarons appareile: He car­ved the 12. Tribes in his brestplate, next his heart; to shew,Exod. 28.29. Exod. 28.12. &c. that in care he was to beare them: But, he had them also engraven in two Onyx stones, and those set upon his very shoulders; to shew, he must otherwhile beare them in patience too. And, it is not Aarons case alone; it was so with Moses too. He bare his government as a Nurse doth her child, (as he saith Num. XI.) that is, full tenderly. But,Num. 11.12. when they fell a murmuring (as they did often,) he bare them upon his shoulders, in a great patience, and long suffering. Yea he complayned, Non possum portare, I am not hable to beare all this people &c.

It were (sure) to be wished, that they, that are in place, might never be put to it.Num. 11.1 [...] Beare their people only in their armes, by love; and in their breasts, by care. Yet if need be, they must follow Christs example and patience, heer; and even that way, beare them: not on­ly beare with them; but even beare them also.

Yet is not this Christs bearing, (though, this He did too:) There is yet a further thing. He hath a patience paramount, beyond all the rest. Two differences I find, betweene Him and others. 1. The faults and errors of their government, others do beare, and suffer (indeed,)1 suffer them; but, suffer not for them. He did both: Endured them; and endured, for them, heavy things: A strange Superhumerall, the print whereof was to be seen on his shoulders. The Chaldee Paraphrast translateth it thus, The Law was upon His shoulders: (And so it was too:) A burthen (saith Saint Peter) neither He nor the Apostles, Acts 15.10. nor their Fathers were hable to beare. This he did: and bare it so evenly, as He brake, nay bruised not a Commaundement. [Page 14] But, there is another sense, when the law is taken for the punishment due by the law. It is that, which our Prophet meaneth (in the 53. Chap.) when he saith,Esay 53.4. &c. Posuit super humeros, He hath layed vpon His shoulders, the iniquities of us all. And, not against His will: Come (saith He) you that are heavy loden and I will refresh you, Mat. 11.28. by loding my selfe; take it from your necks, and lay it on mine owne. Which His suffering, though it grew so heavy, as it wroong from him plentie of teares, Luc. 22.44. a strong cry, a sweat of bloud, (such was the weight of it;) yet would He not cast it of, but, there held it still, till it made Him bow downe his head and give up the ghost. Ioh. 19.30. If He had discharged it, it must have light upon us; (it was the Yoke of our burthen, as in the 4. verse he termeth it:) If it had light upon us, it had pressed us downe to hell; so in supportable was it. Rather then so, He held it still, and bare it; and did that, which ne­ver Prince did, dyed for his government. It was not for nothing (we see) that, of the Child borne, no part but the shoulders is mentioned: for, that (we see) in this Child, is a part of speciall imployment.

2 The other point of difference between Him and other Governors. When we say, [On His shoulders,] this we say; on no other shoulders, but His. For, others, (by Moses example, upon Iethroes advise,Exod. 18.23. and Gods owne allowance,) may, and do lay of, and translate their burthen, (if it be to heavy) upon others, and so ease it, in part: Not so, He: It could not be so, in His. He, and He alone: He, and none but He: Vpon His owne shoulders, and none but his owne,Esay. 63.3. bare He all. He trod the wine-presse, and bare the burthen Solus, alone; Et vir de Gentibus, and, of all the nations, there was not a man with Him. Vpon His only shoul­ders did the burthen only rest.

3 Now, from these two doth the Prophet argue to a third: to the poynt (heere) of prin­cipali intendment. That if, for his government sake, He will beare so great things; beare their weaknesses, Mat. 18.13.14. Levit. 16.8.9. Deut. 32.11. as the lost sheepe; beare their sinns, as the scape goate: He will, over the government it selfe, (as in Deut 32. he maketh the Simile,) stretch forth his wings, as the Eagle over her young-ones, and take them, and beare them between his pinnions; Beare them, and beare them through. They need take no thought: No man shall take them out of His hands;Ioh. 10.28. no man reach them of His shoulders. He had begun so to carry them; and through he would still carry them: At least wise, till this Child Immanuel were borne. Till then, he would: and not waxe weary, nor cast them of. And (like the scape goate) beare their sinns;Gal. 4.4. and (like the Eagle) beare up their estate, till the fulnesse of time came, and He, in it, with the fulnesse of all grace and blessing. And this poynt I hold so materiall; as, Puer natus, nothing, and Filius datus, as much, without Princeps oneratus: For, that is all in all, and, of the three, the chiefe.

II. The se [...]ond main point. The Benefit. To Vs.ANd now, what is all this to us. Yes; to us, it is; and that, twice over, for failing. We come now to looke another while into our interest to it, and our benefit by it. Nobis is acquisitivè positus: We get by it; we are gainers by all this.

To us; not to himselfe. For, a farr more noble nativitie had He, before all worlds, and nee­ded no more birth. Not to be borne at all; specially, not thus basely to be borne. Not to Him therefore; but to us, and our behoofe.

Heb. 2.16. To us, as in barr of Himselfe, so likewise of his Angells. Nusquam Angelos, not to the Angells was He borne, or given; but, to us He was both. Not an Angell in heaven can say Nobis. Luk. 1.31. &c. 2.11. Vobis, they can: The Angells said it twise. Nobis natus or datus, they can­not; but we can, both.

I Nobis exclusivè, and Nobis inclusivè. Esay speaks not of himselfe only, but taketh in Ahaz. Both are in Nobis; Esay, a holy Prophet; and Ahaz, a worse then whom you shall hardly reade of. Esay includeth himselfe, as having need, though a Saint; and excludeth not Ahaz, from having part, though a sinner. Not only Simeon the iust; but Paul the sinner, Luk. 2.25. 1. Tim. 1.15. of the Quorum, and the first of the Quorum.

Inclusivè: not only of Esay, and his Countrimen the Iewes; It is of a larger extent. The Angell so interpreteth it, this day, to the shepheards: Gaudium quod erit omni popu­lo, Luk. 2.12. Ioy that shall be to all people, Not the people of the Iewes; or the people of the Gen­tiles; but simply to all people. His name is IESVS CHRIST, halfe Hebrew halfe Greek: Iesus Hebrew; Christ, Greek: So sorted, of purpose, to shew, Iewes and Greeks have equall interest [Page 15] in him. And now, so is his Fathers name too, Abba, Father: To shew the benefit e­qually intended by him, to them, that call him Abba, that is the Iewes; to us,Mar. 14.36. Rom. 8.15. that call him Father, that is the Gentiles.

But yet, it is inclusivè of none, but those that include themselves;Rom. 3.22. that beleeve and therefore say, Nobis, to us He is borne, to us He is given. Which excludes all those, that include not themselves. Saint Ambrose saith well: Facit multorum infidelitas, ut non om­nibus nasceretur, qui omnibus natus est: Want of faith makes, that He, that is borne to all, is not borne to all, though. The Turkes, and Iewes, can say, Puer natus est: The Devill can say, Filius datus est, too: But neither say, Nobis; but Quid Nobis et tibi? They have not to do with Him; and for lack of it, of this, neither Child nor Sonne, birth nor gift doth availe them: We must make much of this word, and hold it fast; for, there­by, our tenure and interest groweth. Which interest groweth by a double right, (and therefore is Nobis twice repeated:) 1 The one, of his birth, Natus: 2 the other, by a deed of gift, Datus. Of which, the one (his Birth) referreth to himselfe: the other (the gift) to his Father: To shew the ioynt consent and concurrence, in both, For our good.Ephes. 5.2. Ioh. 1.11. Ioh. 3.16. So Christ loved us, that he was given: So God loved us, that He gave his Sonne.

By his very birth, there groweth to us an interest in him, thereby partaker of our nature, our flesh, and our bloud. That which is de nobis, He tooke of us, is ours: flesh and bloud is our owne; and, to that is our owne, we have good right.

His humanitie is cleerly ours; good right to that. But, no right to his Deitie. There­fore his Father, (who hath best right to dispose of him,Ioh. 3.16. Gal. 4.4.) hath passed over that by a deed of gift. So that, what by participation of our nature, what by good conveighance; both are ours. Whither a Child, He is ours: or whither a Sonne, He is ours. We gave Him the one; His Father gave us the other. So, both ours: and He ours, so farr as both these can make Him. Thus, God, Heb. 6.17. willing more aboundantly to shew to the heires of pro­mise the stablenesse of His Counseile, tooke both courses; that, by two strong titles, which it is impossible should be defeated, we might have strong consolation, and ride (as it were) at a double anchor.

I want time, to tell of the benefit which the Prophet (Verse III.) calleth the har­vest, or booty of his Nativitie. This it is in a word. If the tree be ours, the fruit is: If He be ours, His Birth is ours; His Life is ours; His Death is ours; His Satisfaction, His Merit, all He Did, all He Suffered is ours. Further, all that the Father hath is His, Heb. 1.2. Ioh 3.35. Mat. 21.18. 1. Cor. 3.22.23. Rom. 8 32. He is Heire of all; then, all that is ours too. Saint Paul hath cast up our accompt: Having given Him, there is nothing, but He will give us with Him: So that, by this Deed, we have title to all, that His Father, or He is worth.

And now, shall we bring forth nothing for Him that was thus borne? Our Dutie. Psal 116.12. 2. Cor. 9.14.15 Colos 1.12. Iam. 1.17. no Quid retri­bvam, no giving backe, for Him that gave Him us? Yes, thanks to the Father; for His great bounty in giving. Sure, so good a giving, so perfect a gift there never came downe from the Father of lights. And to the Sonne, for being willing so to be borne, and so to be burthened as He was. For Him to condescend to be borne, as Children are borne; To become a Child; great humilitie: Great, ut Verbum, infans; ut tonans, va­giens; ut immensus, parvulus: that the word, not be hable to speake a word; He, that thun­dereth in heaven cry in a cradle; He, that so great and so high, should become so little as a Child, and so low as a manger. Not to abhorre the Virgins wombe, not to abhorr the beasts manger, not to disdaine to be fedd with butter and hony; All, great humilitie. All great, and very great: But, that is greater, is behind. Puer natus, much; Princeps one­ratus, much more: That, which He bare for us, more; then that He was borne for us: For, greater is Mors crucis, then Nativitas praesepis: Worse to drinke vinegar and gall, Phl. 2.8. then to eate butter and hony; worse, to endure an infamous death, then to be content, with an inglorious birth.

Let us therefore sing to the Father (with Zacharie) Benedictus:Luc. 1.68.46.2.14. and to the Sonne (with the blessed Virgin) Magnificat: and (with all the Angells,) Gloria in Excelsis, To the Prince with His government on His shoulders.

Nothing but thanks? Yes; by way of duty too, to render, unto the Child, confidence; Pu [...]r est, ne metuas: To the Sonne reverence; Filius est, ne spernas: To the Prince, obedience; [Page 16] Princeps est, ne offendas. And againe; To Natus; is He borne? then cherish Him. (I speake of His spirituall birth, wherein, we, by hearing and doing His word, are (as himselfe saith) His Mothers. Mat. 12.49.50. To Datus; is He given? then keepe Him. To Oneratus: is He burthe­ned? favour Him; lay no more on, then needs you must.

This is good morall counseile. But, Saint Bernard gives us politique advise; to looke to our interest, to thinke of making our best benefit by Him. De Nobis nato & dato fa­ciamus id, ad quod, natus est & datus; utamur nostro, in utilitatem nostram; de Servatore nostro, salutem operemur: With this borne and given Child, let us then do that, for which He was borne and given us: Seeing He is ours, let us use that, that is ours, to our best be­hoofe; and even worke out our salvation, out of this our Saviour. His counseile is, to make our use of Him: but, that is not, to do with Him what we list; but, to employ Him to those ends, for which He was bestowed. Those are foure.

1 He is given us (saith Saint Peter) [...] for an example, to follow. In all; but (that which is proper to this day,1. Pet. 2.21.) to doe it, in humilitie. It is that, which the Angell set up, for a signe and sample, upon this very day. It is the vertue appropriate to His birth. As faith, to His conception, (Beata quae credidit;) So humilitie, to His birth, (et Hoc erit sig­num:) Fieri voluit in vitâ primum, quod exhibuit in ortu vitae, (it is Cyprian) That, He would have us, first to expresse in our life, that He first shewed us, in the very entrie of His life. And to commend us this vertue the more, Placuit Deo maiora pro nobis ope­rari, It hath pleased Him to do greater things for us, in this estate, then ever He did, in the high degree of His Maiestie: as, (we know) the work of redemption passeth that of creation, by much.

2 He is given us in pretium, for a price. A price, either of ransome, to bring us out de loco calignoso:2. Pet. 1.19. or a price, of purchase, of (that, where, without it, we have no inte­rest,) the kingdome of Heaven. For both, He is given; offer we Him for both. We speake of Quid retribuam; We can never retribute the like thing. He was given us, to that end, we might give Him backe. We wanted, we had nothing valuable; that we might have, this He gave us, (as a thing of greatest price,) to offer for that, which needeth a great price, our sinns, so many in number and so foule in qualitie. We had nothing worthie God; this He gave us, that is worthy Him, which cannot be but accepted, offer we it never so often.Mat. 7.7.8. Mat. 14.6.7. Let us then offer Him; and, in the act of offering, aske of Him what is meete: for we shall find Him no lesse bounteous, then Herod, to graunt what is duly asked upon His birth day.

3 He is given us (as Himselfe saith) as the living bread from Heaven: which bread is His flesh, Ioh [...] 6.53. borne this day, and after given for the life of the world. For, look how we do give back that He gave us, even so doth He give back to us that which we gave Him, that which He had of us. This He gave for us, in Sacrifice; and, this He giveth us, in the Sacrament; that the Sacrifice may, by the Sacrament, be truly applied to us. And let me commend this to you;Mat. 25.26. 1. Co. 11.24. He never bade, Accipite, (plainly, take,) but in this only: and that, because the effect of this Daies union is no wayes more lively represented, no way more effectu­ally wrought, then by this use.

4 And lastly, He is given us in praemium: (Not now to be seen, only in hope;) but heer­after, by His blessed fruition, to be our finall reward; when, where He is, we shall be; and what He is we shal [...] be; In the same place, and in the same state of glory, ioy, and blisse, to endure for evermore.

At his first comming, you see, what He had on His shoulders. At His second, He shall not come empty,Apoc. 22.12. Ecce venio &c. Lo I come, and my reward with me; that is, a Kingdome on His shoulders. And it is no light matter; but, (as Saint Paul calleth it) [...], an everlasting weight of Glorie. 2. Cor. 4.17. Glorie, not (like ours heer) fether Glorie; But, true; that hath weight, and substance in it: And that not transitorie, and soone gone; but everlasting, to continue to all eternitie, never to have end. This is our state in expectancie. Saint Augustine put all foure together, so will I, and conclude: Sequamur 1 exemplum; offeramus 2 pretium; sumamus 3 viaticum; expectemus 4 praemium: let us follow Him for our patterne, offer Him for our price, receive Him for our sacramentall food, and wait for Him as our end­lesse and exceeding great reward, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Thursday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCVII. being CHRIST-MASSE day

I. TIM. CHAP. III. VER. XVI.

And without controversie, great is the Mysterie of Godlinesse, which is, GOD is manifested in the flesh, iustified in the Spirit, seene of Angells, preached unto the Gentiles, beleeved on in the world, and received up in glorie.

THE Mysterie (here mentioned) is the mysterie of this Feast; And, this Feast, the Feast of this Mysterie: for, as at this Feast, GOD was manifested in the flesh. In that it is a great Mysterie, it maketh the Feast great. In that it is a Mysterie of Godlinesse, it should make it likewise a Feast of godlinesse. Great, we grant; and godly too, we trust: Would God, as godly, as great; and, no more controversie of one, then of the other.

The manifestation of God in the flesh, the Evangelists set downe, by way of an Historie: The Apostle goeth further, and findeth a deepe Mysterie in it; and for a Mysterie, commends it unto us. Now, there is diffe­rence betweene these two; Many: This, for one; that a man may heare a Storie, and ne­ver wash his hands; but, a Mysterie requireth both the hands and heart to be clean, that shall deale with it.

SPeaking of it then, as a Mysterie, the Apostle doth here propound two things, 1 First,The Division that it is one: Without controversie, &c. 2 Then, what it is: God manifested, &c. 3 And,I out of these, a third will grow necessarily; (Because Mysteries will admit a fellowship,) how to order the matter, that we may have our fellowship, in this Mysterie. Ephes 3.9.

In the first part, foure things he affirmeth. 1 That it is a Mysterie: 2 A Mysterie of godlinesse: 3 That it is a great one: 4 A great one, without controversie.

Then doth He (as it were) rend the veile in sunder, and shew us, what it is: 1 GOD,II manifested: 2 Manifested, in the flesh.

Which Mysterie, how it may concerne us, will be our third, and last consideration. And III that two waies: 1 by the Operation of it, in us: 2 by the Initiation of us, into it.

A Mysterie it is: presented to us in that terme, by the Apostle, I. A Mysterie it is. to stirr vp our atten­tion. Omnes homines naturâ scire desiderant, All men, even by nature, love to be knowing: The Philosopher hath made it his ground, and set it in the front of his Metaphysiques. So saith Philosophie.

And, even to this day (saith Divinitie,) doth the Tree of knowledge still work in the sonnes of Eve; we still reckon, the attaining of knowledge, a thing to be desired, and,Gen. 3.6. be it good, or evill, we love to be knowing, all the sort of us. Knowing: but, what? Not, such things as every one knoweth, that goeth by the way; vulgar, and triviall. Tush, those are nothing. But, Metaphysiques, that are the Arcana of Philosophie; Mysteries, 1. Sam. 6.19. that are the Se­crets of Divinitie; such, as few besides are admitted to: Those be the things we desire to know. We see it, in the Bethshemites; they longed to be prying into the Arke of GOD: They were Heathen. We see it in the People of God too: they pressed to neer the mount: Exod. 19.12. [Page 18] Rai [...]es were faine to be set, to keepe them backe. It is, because it is held a point of a deep wit, to search out secrets: Gen. 41.45. as, in Ioseph. At least, of speciall favour, to be received so farr, as Vobis datum est, nosse Mysteria. All desire to be in credit. The mention of Mysteries will make us stand attentive:Luc. 8.10. 1. Cor. 15.51. Why then, if our nature like so well of Mysteries, Ecce ostendo vobis Mysterium, Behold I shew you a Mysterie (saith the Apostle.)

2. A Mysterie of Godlinesse. A Mysterie of Godlinesse. The World hath her Mysteries in all Arts and Trades, (yea, Mechanical, pertaining to this life;) which are imparted to none, but such, as are filij sc [...] entiae, apprentices to them. These have their Mysteries: have them, nay are nothing but Mysteries. So, they delight, to stile themselues, by the name of such and such a Mysterie. Now,Verse 8. Pietas est quaestus, (Chap. VI. Ver. 6.) and (in the next Chap.) ad omnia vti­lis, a Trade of good returne; to be request with us; wither we looke to this life present (saith he,) or to that to come. Therefore, to be allowed her Mysteries: At least, as all other Trades are. The rather, for that, there is Mysterium iniquitatis: And, it were some­what hard,2. Thess 2.7. that there should not be Mysterium pietatis, to encounter and to match it: That Babylon should be allowed the name of a Mysterie, Apoc. 17.5. and Sion, not. It were an evident Non se­quitur, that there should be profunda Satanae, deepe things of Sathan's; and there should not be deepe and profound things of God and Godlinesse, 2.24. for the Spirit to search out. But, such there be; Mysteries of Godlinesse. And we will (I trust) stand affected, as in all other Trades,1. Cor. 2.10. Heb. 6.19. so in this, to be acquainted with these; and (as the Apostle speaketh) to pierce ad interiora Velaminis, to that which is within the veile; to the very Mysterie of Godlinesse.

3. A great My­sterie.It is not onely a Mysterie of Godlinesse; but a Great one. The Apostle, (where he saith, 1 Cor. 13.3. Ephes. 3.18. 2. Pet. 1.4. If I knew all Mysteries) giveth us to vnderstand, there be more then one; there is a plura­litie of them. And, (here, in this place) telleth vs; they be not all of one scantling; there is magis and minus in them: some little, some great. 1 Some Great; (if you wil [...]) according to all the dimensions, length and breadth, &c. Or, Great, Virtute, non mole, of greater value, more pretious then other: 3 Or Great, a third way, that is, gravida Mysterijs; one Mysterie, but hath many Mysteries within it. That such there are, and that this here is one of them) Great. Now, that, which leadeth us to make account of Mysteries, will likewise leade us to make Great account, of Great Mysteries; such, as this is.

4. A great one, without con­trouersie.Yet have we not all, one point further. It is a great one; a great one, Without controversie. For, even of those Mysteries, that are great, all are not great alike. Many great there are; yet is not the greatnesse of all generally acknowledged, in confesso. Doubts are made, questions arise about them: all are not manifestè magna. We see, in our daies, how men lan­guish about some points, which they would have thought to be great; and great contro­versies there be, and great books of controversies about them. Well, howsoever it is, with other, it is not so with this. This is [...], taken pro confesso, Great; Great without con­troversie: the manifesting of GOD in the flesh, is a Mysterie manifestly great. Being then one of the Mysteri [...]s of Religion; a great one among them; so great, as though que­stions grow about the greatnesse of others, none may, about this: I hope, there will be no more question, or controversie, of our account, and our great account of it, then there is of the Mysterie it selfe, and the Greatnesse of it.

But, before we go any further, to remove the veile, and shew what it is, let us pause here a while, till we have rendred thanks to GOD and said with Nazianzen, [...], &c. Now yet, blessed be GOD, that, among diuerse other Mysteries, about which ther are so many mists and clouds of controversies raysed, in all Ages, and even in this of ours; hath yet left us some cleere, and without controversie; manifest, and yet great; and againe, great, and yet manifest. So Great, as no exception to be taken: so manifest, as no que­stion to be made about them.

Withall, to reforme our iudgements in this point. For, a false conceit is crept into the minds of men, To think, the points of Religion, that be manifest, to be certaine pettie points, scarce worth the hearing: Those, yea, those be great, and none but those, that have great Disputes about them. It is not so: [...], &c. Those that are necessa­rie He hath made plaine ▪ those, that not plaine, not necessarie. What better proof, then this here? This here, a Mysterie, a Great one, (Religion hath no greater,) yet manifest, and in confesso, with all Christians. Zacharie's Prophecie and promise, touching CHRIST, [Page 19] wherewith he concludeth his Benedictus, (we heare it every day,) shall not deceive vs, for this Mysterie: He came, to guide our feet into the way of peace. A way of peace then,Luk. 1.79. there shall be, whereof all parts shall agree, even in the middst of a world of controversies. That, there need not such a do in complaining, if men did not delight, rather, to be treading mazes, then to walke in the waies of peace. For, even still, such a way there is, which lyeth faire enough, and would lead us sure enough to Saluation; if, leaving those other rough labyrinthes, we would but be shod with the preparation of the Gospell of peace. Epes. 6 15.

Yea further, the Apostle doth assure us, that if, wherevnto we are come, and where­in we all agree, we would constantly proceed, by the Rule, those things,Phil. 3.15. wherin we are otherwise minded, even them would GOD reveale vnto us. That is; He maketh no controversie, but controversies would cease, if conscience were made of the practise, of that, which is out of controversie. And I would to GOD it were so; and that this here, and such other manifestè magna were in account. With the Apostle himselfe it was so. He sheweth plainely, what reckoning he made of this plaine Mysterie; in that, hauing beene ravisht in spirit up to the third heavens, and there heard wonderfull high Mysteries, past mans vtterance; yet reckened he all those nothing, in comparison of this plaine Mysterie here;2. Cor. 12.2. nay esteemed himselfe not to know any thing at all, but this.

And, as he esteemed it himself, so would he have us. It is his expresse charge, we see,1. Cor. 2.2. (in the Verse next before) where he tells his Bishop Timothee, how he would have him, his Priests, and Deacons occupie themselves, in his absence: This he commends to them; wills them, to be doing with this Mysterie. That you may know what to doe (saith he,) What? do but deale with this point; throughly, deale with it. Howsoever it is mani­fest, it is great: Great regard to be had to it, great paines to be bestowed about it. And, even so then let us do, and see now another while, this Mysterie, what it is.II. What this Mysterie is GOD is ma­nifested in the flesh, &c.

GOD is manifested in the flesh. Being one of the Mysteries of godlinesse, it cannot be, but GOD must be a part, and a chiefe part of it. And, GODS being a part maketh it great. For, great must that needs be, whereof He is a part, of whose Greatnesse there is no end. And marke first, that it is not aliquid Dei, but DEVS; not any thing divine, or of GOD, but GOD himselfe. Diverse things,1. GOD. diverse invisible things of GOD had been formerly made manifest: Rom. 1.20. His eternall Power, Wisedome, Providence, in, and since the Crea­tion. They be no Mysteries: But, this is; that, not the things of GOD, but GODS owne selfe: not the [...], the beames of His brightnesse; but,Heb. 1 3. the very Charater of His substance, the very nature and Person of GOD. This, is a great Mysterie. 2. GOD mani­fested. 1. Tim. 6.16. Exod. 32.1.

Of GOD, the Prophet Esay saith (Chap. XLV. Ver. XV.) Verè, Deus abscon­ditus es tu: GOD is, of himselfe, a Mysterie, and hidden; and (that which is strange) hidden with light, which will make any eyes past looking on Him. But, a hidden GOD our nature did not endure. Will you heare them speake it plainely? Fac nobis Deos, Make us Visible gods, who may go before us, and we see them. Mysticall, invisible GODS we cannot skill of. This we would have; GOD to be manifested: Why then, GOD is manifested.

Manifested; Wherin? Sure, if GOD will condescend to be manifested, 3. Manifested in the flesh. there is none but will thinke, it is meete to be, and it would be, in the most glorious Creature, that is vn­der or above the sunne: None, good enough. Yea, in what thing soever, be it never so ex­cellent, for GOD to manifest himselfe in, is a disparagement too. What say you to flesh? is it meet GOD be manifested therein? Without controversie it is not. Why, what is flesh? It is no mysterie to tell what it is: It is dust (saith the Patriarch Abraham: Gen 18 27. Esay 40.6. 1. Cor. 15.54.) It is grasse (saith the Prophet Esay;) Faenum, grasse cut downe, and withering: It is corruption, (not, corruptible, but even corruption it selfe, (saith the Apostle Paul.) There being then (as Abraham said to him, Luc. XVI.) [...], so great a gulfe, so huge a space, Luk. 16.26. so infinite a distance, betweene those two, betweene GOD, and dust; GOD, and Hay: GOD, and Corruption; as, no comming of one at the other; sileat omnis caro, talke not of flesh. Zach. 2.13. Were it not a proud desire, and full of presumption, to wish things so remote to come together? to wish, that the Deitie, in the flesh, may be made manifest? Yet we see, wished it was, by one in a place (CANT. VIII.) in reasonable expresse termes:Cant. 8.1. O that thou wert as my brother, that sucked the breasts of my mother! That is, O that He might be manifested in [Page 20] the flesh. O that He might be! and so He was. Not onely manifest, at all; (that, is great:) but manifest in the flesh; (that, is greater.) For, if gold mixed, though it be with silver, is abased by it; what, if it be mixed with the rust of yron or drosse of leade? This must needs be great, in it selfe: But greater, with us: With us especially, that make such adoe at any, though never so little, disparagement; and that, if any, (though not much our infe­riour) be ranked with us, take our selues mightily wronged. We cannot choose, but hold this Mysterie for Great, and say (with S. Augustine.) DEVS: quid gloriosius? Caro: quid vilius? DEVS in carne: quid mirabilius? GOD: what more glorious? flesh: what more base? Then, GOD in the flesh: what more mervailous?

But, I aske further: Manifested in the flesh; what flesh? Or, how manifested? In what flesh? Manifested ad ignomini­am. As a Child. What, in the pride and beauty of our nature? No: but, in the most disgrace­full estate of it that might be. And, how manifested? Ad gloriam, for His credit or glorie? No: but, ad ignominiam, to His great contempt and shame. So to have been manifested, as in the holy mount, (His face, as the sunne; His garments as lightning; betweene MOSES and ELIAS,Mat. 17.2. in all glorie, and glorious manner:) This had not been so great an im­peachment. Was that the manner? No: But how? In clouts, in a stable, in a manger. The GOD, whom the heavens, and the heaven of heavens cannot conteine, in a little Childs flesh not a spanne long: and that flesh of a Child not verie well conditioned, as you may read in the XVI. of Ezekiel. Ezek. 16.4.5. &c. As a condē ­ned person.

So, to day: but after, much worse. To day, in the flesh of a poore Babe, crying in the Cratch, in medio animalium: After, in the rent and torne flesh, of a condemned person, hanging on the Crosse, in medio latronum, in the midst of other manner persons, then MO­SES and ELIAS; That, men even hid their faces at Him; not, for the brightnesse of His glorie, but for sorrow and shame. Call you this manifesting? Nay, well doth the Apostle call it,Heb. 10.20. the Veile of His flesh; as whereby He was rather obscured, then any way s [...]t forth; yea eclipsed, in all the darkest points of it. Verily, the condition of the flesh was more then the flesh it selfe: and the Manner of the manifestation, farr more, then the manifestation it selfe was. Both still make the Mysterie greater and greater.

The Manner of this Ma­nifestation.And now, to weigh the word Manifested, another while; because, that may seeme to be terminus diminuens, a qualified terme, rather abating then any way tending to make great the Mysterie; In that, a thing may be manifested, and not be that, for which it is ma­nifested; be manifested for one thing, and be another. Would to GOD, we had not too plaine examples of these, even in that we are about, in godlinesse it selfe: That there were not,2. Tim. 3.5. that manifested themselves [...], in the vizor, or mask of godlinesse, but be nothing lesse. Well, this, how or wheresoever it may be with men, with GOD it is not: He is not like to us: And, howsoever, not heer in this. For first, it is not in the shaddow, shew, or shape of flesh: but, in very flesh it selfe. Then, it is not (saith the Greek Scholiast) [...], but [...], which importeth but an apparition, transitorie, for a season, and then vanisheth againe; but [...], a manifestation; such, as is (say they) permanent, which passeth not, but lasteth for ever. And, to put all out of question, (that here is nihil personatum, but even persona,) He that here is said to be GOD manifested in the flesh, is, in another place,Ioh 1.14. said to be Verbum caro factum, the word made flesh. So manifested, that made: so taking our nature, as, His, and it are growen into one person, never to be severed, or taken in sunder any more. And, in signe thereof, that flesh, wherein He is manifested, (in the beginning of the Verse; in the end of the Verse,) in the very same flesh, He is received vp into glorie; And in the same, shall appeare againe, at his second manifestation.

And yet, to go further; I say, that this word [manifested,] is so farr from being Terminus diminu [...]ns, that it doth greatly ampliate and enlarge the Mysterie yet still. To be, and, to be manifested; Esse, & vid [...]ri; Dici de, & esse in, are two things. And, as, in some cases, it is more to be, then to be manifested; so, in some other, it is more to be manifested, then to be: And namely, in this heer. More, for GOD, to be manifested, then to be, in the flesh. It is well knowne, when a great high Person doth fall into low estate, he careth not so much for being so, as for appearing such: Manifest him not, and you do him a pleasure. More it is, for Him, to be made knowne, then to be, that, He is. O it is naturally given us, to hide our abasing, what we can. Our miserie must be kept in a mysterie, and that mysterie not manifested in any [Page 21] wise. Blow a trumpet in Sion, if any good come to us. But, whisht,2. Sam. 1.20. let is not be heard in Gath, nor in Ascalon, if any evill fall vpon us. Not so much as Naomi (we see,Ruth 1.20.) but when she was fallen into poverty, shee could not endure to be called by that name: No, her name was Mara; as if she had been some other partie: So loth shee was, to have her mis [...]rie made manifest. Humilitie intrinsecall is not so much: it is the manifesting our humi­litie that poseth us. That DAVID should have been humble in heart before GOD, and his Arke; that, Mical could have borne well enough: This was the griefe;2. Sam. 6.20. that DAVID must make it manifest, vncover himselfe, weare an Ephod, and thereby (as shee thought) mightily disgrace, and make himselfe vile in the eyes of his seruants. That was it, she took so ill: Not, to be, so much; as, to be manifest: That same manifesting mar­red all. And, why would NICODEMVS come to CHRIST,Iohn 19.39. but not but by Candle-light, but that, to be seene manifestly to come, was (with him) a farr greater matter, then to come. By all which it appeareth, that, in case of abasement, to seeme; is more then to be; dicide, then esse in: And so, (heer) nosci, more then nasci. And I make no questi­on, but we may reckon these two, as two distinct degrees: 1 He abhorred not to become flesh: 2 He abhorred not to have it manifestly knowne. It was not done (this) in a corner, Acts 6.26. Luk. 2.4. in an out-corner of Galilee; but, in the Citie of DAVID. His poore clouts manifested, by a Starre: His shamefull death published, by a great Eclipse: Yea, (that it might be manifest indeed, (as it followeth after in the Verse) He would have it preached over all the world.

But, when we have done and said all that ever we can, if we had all Mysteries, and no love, The Apostle tells us, it is nothing. We can have no Mysterie, 1. Cor. 13 1. except Love be mani­fest. So is it. Two severall times doth the Apostle tell us 1 (Tit. II.) apparuit Gratia: 2 (Tit, III.) apparuit Amor erga homines: At the opening of this mysterie, Tit. 2.11.3.4. there appea­red the 1 Grace of GOD, and the 2 Love of GOD toward mankind. Velatio Deitatis, reve­latio charitatis: As manifest as GOD was in the flesh, so manifest was His Love vnto flesh. And then, because great Love, a great Mysterie Dilexit goeth never alone, but with Sic; (so, CHRIST:) Ecce quantam charitatem; (so, Saint Iohn.) Sure,Ioh. 3.16. 1. Ioh. 3.1. how great and appa­rant Humilitie, so great and apparant Love. And His Humilitie was too apparant. So, we have GOD manifested in the flesh, DEVS charitas: for, if ever He were Love, 1. Ioh. 4.8. or shewed it; in this, He was it, and shewed it both. GOD, (that is Love,) was manifested in the flesh.

To make an end, one question more. To what end? Cui bono? The End of this manife­station. who is the better for all this? GOD, that is manifested; or the flesh, wherein He is manifested? Not GOD: To Him, there groweth nothing out of this manifestation. It is for the good of the flesh, that GOD was manifested in the flesh. 1. For the good present: for, we let go that of the Psalmist, now, [Thou that hearest the prayer, to Thee shall all flesh come;Psal. 65.2.] and much better and more properly say; Thou that art manifested in the flesh, to Thee shall all flesh come: With boldnesse entering into the holy place, by the new and living way prepared for us, Hebr. 10.19.20. through the veile, that is, His flesh. 2. And, for the good to come; For, we are put in hope, that the end of this manifesting GOD in the flesh, will be the manifesting of the flesh in Him, even as He is: And, that which is the end of the Verse, be the end of all, The receiving us vp into His glorie. To this haven arriveth this Mysterie, of the Manifestation of it.

The end of this Second part is but the beginning of the third. For,How this Mysterie concerneth vs. 1 By the Opera­tion of it, in us. hearing that it is so III great, & of so great availe rising by it, that it is quaestus multo vberrimus, a trade so beneficial, it makes us seek, how to incorporate our selves (as in the Ephes. 3.6.9. III. of the Ephesians he speaketh;) how to have our part and fellowship, in this Trade or Mysterie. And that may we do (saith he, in the same place) Ephes. 3.7. si operetur in nobis, (that is) if it prove to us, as it is in it selfe, a My­sterie. I know, it were a thing very easy, for a speculative Divine, to lead you along, and let you see, that this Mysterie is the Substance of all the Ceremonies, and the fulfilling of all Prophecies: That all MOSES veiles, and all the Prophets visions, are recapitulate in it. But, it is a point of speculation; We heare those points too often, and love them too well: Points of practise are lesse pleasing, but more profitable for us; namely, how we may get in­to the partnership of this Mysterie.

There is this difference, betweene a Caeremonie and a Mysterie: A Caeremonie represents [Page 22] and signifies; but, works nothing: A Mysterie doth both. Beside that it signifieth, it hath his operation; and, work it doth; els, Mysterie is it none. You may see it, by the Mysterie of iniquitie;2. Thess. 2.7. That doth operari; was at work in the Apostles time; And it is no way to be admitted, but that the Mysterie of Godlinesse should haue like operative force.

If you ask, what it is, to work? It is to do, as all other Agents; Vt assimulet sibi passum, to make that, it workes on, like it selfe; to bring forth in it the very same qualitie. This, the rather, for that, this day being a Birth day, and the Mysterie of it, a Birth, or generati­on; in that, (we know) the naturall and most proper work is Sui simile procreare, to beget and bring forth the very like to it selfe. And, what should the Mysterie of godlinesse beget in us, but godlinesse? What, the Mysterie of godlinesse (in this Chapter,) but the Exercise of godlinesse (in the next?Verse 7.) To shew, we must make Saint Basils [...] of it: For, his [...], and Saint Pauls [...], I take to be all one.

Within; the Mystery. 2. Pet. 3.11.First, Within, (after the manner of a Mysterie,) by entering into our selves, and say­ing (with Saint Peter,) Seeing then, GOD hath so dealt with us, what manner of persons ought we to be, in all holy conversation and godlinesse? How ought we to esteeme Him, that so esteemed us? How to esteeme our selves, whom He hath so esteemed? How, without soile,Iam. 1.27. or spot to keepe that flesh, wherein GOD hath manifested himselfe, That nothing come from it but such as may become that flesh, which is now all one with the flesh of the SONNE of GOD.

Without: the Manifestation.Provided, that it be not all Within: For, we deale not with a Mysterie alone, but with a Manifestation too. That therefore our godlinesse be not onely mysticall, but manifest, as GOD was. As the Mysterie, so the Godlinesse of it; Great, and conspicuous, both. For, that is the complaint; that, in our godlinesse, now adaies, we go very mystically to work indeed; we keepe it vnder a veile; and nothing manifest, but opera Carnis. Which ma­keth Saint Iames crie,Galat. 5.19. Iam 2.18. 2. Cor. 4.10.11. Ostende mihi, shew it me: and Saint Paul tell us, that the life of IESVS must not onely be had in our spirit, but manifest in our flesh. For, Godlinesse is not onely Faith, which referreth to the Mysterie (as we have it directly, at the IX. Verse, the Mysterie of Faith:) But, it is Love too; which referreth to the Manifestation. For, in hoc cognoscimus (saith Saint Iohn,) By this, we know, ourselves; and, in hoc cognoscent om­nes (saith CHRIST,1. Ioh. 3.14.4.13. Ioh. 13.35.) By this shall all men know, that we are His. And, if Faith work by Love, the mysterie will be so manifest in us, as we shall need no perspective glasses, or other optique instruments, to make it visible; all men shall take notice of it.

And yet remaineth there one point; then which, there is not one more peculiar to a Mysterie. 2 By the Ini­tiation of us, into it. That which the Apostle (Hebr. X. Verse XX.) calleth Initiating: whereby we grow into the fellowship of this, and what Mysteries soever. For, this we are to vnderstand, that Mysteries go not all, by hearing; No, they be dispensed also: And men are to esteeme of us (saith he,1. Cor. 4.1.) not onely, as of the Vnfolders, but, as of the Stewards (or Dispensers) of the Mysteries of GOD. Operari mysterijs, is a phrase well knowne, to the very Heathen them­selves: That, mysteries, as they work, so they are to be wrought. That, they are to be hand­led; and that our hands are to be cleane washed, yer we offer to touch them.

By which, I understand the Mysterie of godlinesse, or Exercise of godlinesse (call it whether yee will,) which we call the Sacrament: the Greek hath no other word for it, but [...]:) whereby the Church offereth to initiate us, into the fellowship, of this daies My­sterie. Nothing sorteth better then these two Mysteries one with the other; the Dispen­sation of a Mysterie, with the Mysterie of Dispensation. It doth manifestly represent; it doth mystically impart, what it representeth. There is in it, even by the very Institution, both a Manifestation, and that visibly, to set before us this flesh; and a mysticall Communication, to infeof us in it, or make us partakers of it. For the Elements: What can be more proper­ly fit, to represent unto us the union with our Nature, then things, that do unite them­selves to our Nature? And, if we be to dispense the Mysteries in due season; what season more due; then that His flesh and blood be set before us, that time, that He was manifested in flesh and blood for us. Thus we shall be initiate.

You looke to heare of a Consummation of it too; And consummate it shalbe, but not yet: Not,Apoc. 10.7. till the daies of the voice of the Seventh Angell. Then shall the Mysterie of GOD be finished. So we find it directly, but not before. When, He that was, this day, mani­fested [Page 23] in the flesh, shall manifest, to the flesh, the fullnesse of this Mysterie, His eternitie, glo­rie, and blisse. So, still it remaineth a Mysterie in part; A part thereof there still remai­neth behind, to be manifested. What He is, appeareth; what we shall be, doth not yet appeare; but shall, at the second appearing. Two veiles we reade of:1. Iohn 2.2. 1 The veile of His flesh (Hebr. X. Verse XX.) 2 And the veile where our hope hath cast anchor, even within the veile, meaning heaven it selfe. The first is rent; these mysteries are remem­brances of it. The second also shall be, and we also with it; and as He, (in the end of the Verse) so we, with Him, in the end, shall be received vp into glorie. To the consummation of which great Mysterie, even that Great Manifestation, He vouchsafe to bring us all, that was, this day, for us all, manifested in the flesh, IESVS CHRIST the righteous, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Moonday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCIX. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

GALAT. CHAP. III. VER. IIII. V.

When the fulnesse of time was come, GOD sent his Sonne, made of a woman, made vnder the Law.

That, He might redeeme them that were vnder the Law, that we might receive the Adoption of Sonnes.

IF, when the fullnesse of time commeth, GOD sent his Sonne: then, When GOD sent his Sonne, is the fullnesse of time come. And at this day, GOD sent his Sonne. This day therefore (so oft as by the revolution of the yeare it commeth about) is to us a yeerely representation of the fullnesse of time. So it is: and a speciall ho­nour it is to the Feast, that so it is. And we our selves seeme so to esteeme of it. For we allow for every moneth a day, (Look how many months so many dayes,) to this Feast, as if it were, and we so thought it to be, the full recapitulation of the whole yeare.

This honour it hath, from CHRIST, who is the substance of this, and al other Solemnities. Peculiarly, à Christi missa, from Christs sending. (For, they that read the ancient Writers of the Latine Church (Tertullian, and Cyprian) know, that Missa, and Missio, and Remissa, and Remissio, with them, are taken for one. So that, Christi missa, is the sending of CHRIST.) And when then hath this Text place so fit, as Now? Or what time so seasonable to en­treat of it, as This? Of the sending of his Sonne; as, when GOD sent his Sonne: Of the fulnesse of time; as, on the yearely returne and memoriall of it.

To entreat of it then. The Heads are two. 1. Of the fulnesse of time. 2. And of that, wherewith it is filled. 1. Times fullnesse, in these, When the fullnesse of time came. 2.The Division Times filling in the rest, GOD sent his Sonne, made of a woman, made vnder the Law, &c.

In the former, (Quando venit plenitudo temporis), there be foure points. 1. Plenitudo tem­poris: I That, time hath a fulnesse; or, that there is a fulnesse of time. 2. Venit plenitudo: [Page 24] That, that fulnesse commeth, by steps and degrees; not all at once. 3. Quando venit: That; it hath a Quando, (That is,) there is a time, when time thus commeth to this fulnesse. 4. And, when that When is? And that is, When GOD sent his Sonne. And so passe we over to the other part, in the same Verse, Misit DEVS; GOD sent his Sonne.

II For the other part, (touching the filling of time.) There be Texts, the right way to consider of them, is to take them in peeces. And this is of that kind. And if we take it in sunder, we shall see, as it is of fulnesse, so a kind of fulnesse there is in it: every word, more full then other: every word, a step in it, whereby it riseth still higher, till by seven severall degrees it commeth to the top, and so the measure is full. 1. GOD sent, the first. 2. Sent his Sonne, the second. 3. His Sonne made, the third. 4. And that twice made, Made of a wo­man, the fourth. 5. Made vnder the Law, the fift; every one fuller then other, still.

And all this, for some Persons, and some Purpose, The Pe [...]sons, Vt nos, that We. The Pur­pose, Reciperemus, that we might receive. Nay, (if you marke it) there be two Vt's, 1 Vt ille, 2 Vt nos, that He might, and, that We might. He might redeeme; and We might receive: that is, He, pay for it, and, We reape the benefit. 6. A double benefit, of 1 Redemption (first) from the state of persons cast and condemned, vnder the Law, which is the sixt. 7. And then, of 2 Tran­slation into the state of adopted children of GOD, which is the seventh; and the verie filling vp of the measure.

III All which, we may reduce to a double fulnesse. GODS, as much as He can send. Ours, as much as we can desire. GODS, in the five first. 1. GOD sent. 2. Sent his Sonne. 3. His Sonne made. 4. Made of a Woman. 5. Made vnder the Law. And Ours in the two latter; 6. We are redeemed, the sixt. 7. We receive adoption, the seventh.

In that of GODS, everie point is full. The thing sent, full. The sending, and the manner of sending, full. The making, and the two manners of making, 1 Of a woman, and, 2 Vnder the Law, both full. And our fulnesse in the two latter, (the effects of these two Acts, or ma­kings, 1 of a woman, 2 vnder the Law,) Redemption and Adoption, which make vp all. That when we were strangers from the Adoption; and not that onely, but lay vnder the Law, as men whom sentence had passed on: From this latter, we are redeemed, (He vnder the Law, that we from vnder the Law,) That, (being so redeemed) we might further receive the adoption of children, (and as He the Sonne of man: So we might be made the Sonnes of GOD.) Which two are as much as we can wish. And this is Our fullnesse.

IIII And to these, I will crave leave to add another fullnesse of Ours, rising out of these, and to make a motion, for it. That, as it is the time, when we from GOD, receive the fullnesse of his Bounty: so it might be the time also, when He from us, may likewise receive the fullnesse of our Dutie. The time of His Bounty-fullnesse, and the time, of our Thank-fullnesse: That it may be Plenitudo temporis, quà ad illum, quà ad nos; downeward, and vpward; from Him to vs, and from vs to Him againe: and so be, both waies, The fullnesse of time.

Quando venit plenitudo temporis.

1. Plenitudo temporis. Sap. 11.17. Ephes. 4.13.FIRST there is a fullnesse in Time. The terme, [Fullnesse,] carrieth our conceit to Mea­sure, streight, from whence it is borrowed: which, is then said to be full, when it hath as much, as it can hold. Now, GOD hath made all things in Measure: and if all things, t [...]en Time. Yea, Time it selfe is by the Apostle called, Mens [...]ra temporis, The Measure of Time. As then, all other Measures haue theirs; so the Measure of time also hath his fullnesse, when it receiveth so much, as the capacity will containe no more. So, Time is a measure: it hath a capacitie: That hath a fullnesse. That, there is such a thing as the fullnesse of time.

But, nothing is full at first: no more is Time by and by. Venit plenitudo, it commeth, not at once,2. Venit pleni­tudo. or straight waies, but by steps and paces, neerer & neerer: Fills, first a quarter, and then halfe, till at last it come to the brim. And degrees there be, by which it commeth. Ecce palmares posuisti dies meos, (Psalm. 39.6.) From which word [palmares] it is an obser­uation of one of the Fathers, a man may reade his time. In his owne hand, visi [...]ly, there is an ascent,Alcuin. the fingers rise still, till they come to the top of the middle finger; and when they be come thither, downe againe by like descent, till they come to the little, which is the lowest of all. So is it in our time. It riseth still by degrees, till we come to the full pitch of [Page 25] our Age, and then declineth againe, till we grow to the lower end of our dayes. But how­soever it may be (as it oft falls out) the descent is sudden, we go downe headlong without degrees, go away in a moment; yet, ever this holdeth; to our fullnesse we come not, but by degrees.

Now thirdly, this comming hath a Quando venit, a time, when it commeth thither.3. Quando ve­nit. As a time there is a great while, when we may say, Ioh. 7.6. Nondum venit hora, the time is not yet come, while the measure is yet but in filling: So at the last, a time too, that we may say, Ioh 12.23. Venit hora, the time is now come, when the measure is full: That is, A time there is, when time commeth to the full. As in the day, when the Sun commeth to the Meridian Line: in the moneth, when it commeth to the point of opposition with the Moone: in the yeare, when to the Solstice: In man, when he commeth to his full yeares: for that is the fullnesse of time the Apostle alledgeth in three verses before.

And, when is that When, that time thus commeth to his fullnesse? Quando misit Deus, when GOD sends it: for, Time receives his filling from GOD. Of it selfe, time is but an empty measure, hath nothing in it: Many dayes and moneths runne over our heads, Dies inanes, (saith the Psalmist:) Menses vacui, (saith Iob:) Empty dayes, Psal. LXXVIII. v. 33. Voyd moneths, without any thing to fill them, Iob. VII. v. 3.

That which filleth time, is some memorable thing of Gods powring into it,4. Quando. or (as it is in the Text) of His sending, to fill it withall. Misit Deus is it: and so commeth Time to be more or lesse full; thereafter as that is, which God sends to fill it.

Now, many memorable missions did God make before this heere; whereby in some mea­sure, He filled up certaine times of the yeare under Moses, and the Prophets: all which, may well be termed, The implements of time.

But, for all them, the measure was not yet full: filled perhaps to a certaine degree, but not full to the brimme: full it was not (seeing it might be still fuller) till God sent That, then which, a more full could not be sent.

And, That He sent, when He sent His Sonne, a fuller then whom, He could not send, nor Time could not receive. Therefore, with the sending Him, when that was, Time was at the top, that was the Quando venit, then it was plenitudo temporis, indeed.

And, well might that time, be called the fullnesse of time. For, when He was sent into the 1 world, in whom the fullnesse of the God-head dwelt bodily: Col. 2.9. Ioh 3.34. Ioh. 1.14. Ioh. 1.16. In whom the Spirit was not by measure: In whom was the fullnesse of grace and truth: Of whose fullnesse we all receive: When He was sent, that was thus full, then was time at the full.

And well also might it be called the fullnesse of time, in another regard. For, till then, all 2 was but in promise, in shadowes, and figures, and prophecies only, which fill not, God knowes. But when the Performance of those promises, the body of those shadowes, the substance of those figures, the fulfilling or filling full of all those prophecies came, then came the fulnesse of time, truly so called. Till then, it came not: then it came.

And well might it be called the fullnesse of time, in a third respect. For, then the Heire,3 (that is the World) was come to his full age: and so, that the fittest time, for Him to be sent. For to that, compareth the Apostle their estate then; that, the former times under Moses and the Prophets were as the Nonage of the world; sub Paedagogo, in the III. Chapter. Ver. XXIIII. [...], at their A. B. C. or rudiments, (as in the very last words before these.) Their estate then, as of Children in their minority, little differing from servants. For, all this while, nondum venit, the fullnesse of time was not yet come. But a time ther was, as for man, so for mankind to come to his full yeeres: That time came with Christs comming, and Christs comming with it, and never till then, was the fulnesse of time; but then it was.

And let this be enough, for this point; more there is not in the text. But if any shall fur­ther aske, why then, at that age of the world, the world was at his full age, iust then, and neither sooner nor later? I know, many heads have been full of devises, to satisfie mens cu­riosity in that point. But, I hold it safest, to rest with the Apostle (in the second verse) on GODS [...]. Let that content us. Then was the time, for that was Tempus praefinitum à Patre, the time appointed of the Father. For, even among men, though (the Father be­ing dead) the Law setteth a time, for the Sonne to come to his heritage: yet, the Father living, no time can be prefixed, but only when it liketh Him to appoynt; and the Father [Page 26] heer liveth;Acts 1.7. and therefore let his [...] stay us. The times and seasons He hath put in His owne power, it is not for us to know them. This is for us to know, that, with His appoyntment, we must come to a full point. So doth the Apostle, and so let us, and not busie our selves much with it, time is but the measure or caske, that where-with it is filled, doth more con­cerne us. To that therefore let us come.

2. GOD sent. The degrees are seven (as I sayd.) To take them, as they rise. Misit Deus. God sent. That standeth first; and, at it, let our first stay be. That, will fall out, to make the first de­gree. 1 For, even this, that GOD sent at all, Ipsum mittere Dei, this very sending it selfe, is a degree. It is so; and so we would reckon of it, if we knew the Sender, and who He is; the Maiestie of His presence how great it is, and how glorious, how farr surpassing all we can see on earth.

For Him, for such an one as He, to condescend, but to send; is sure a degree. For, e­nough it had beene, and more then enough, for Him, to be sent to; and not to send, Himselfe. To have sit still, and been content, that we might send to Him, and have our message and petition admitted, and not He send to us. That had beene as much as we could looke for, and well, if we might have beene vouchsafed but that. But it was He that sent: not we to Him first, nay, not we to Him at all, but, He to us.

He to us? And what were we, that He to us? Vs, (as else-where He termeth us) meere A­liens from Him, Ephes. 2.12. and His Houshold: Not that only, but Vs, in case of men, whom the Law had passed upon. (So is our estate described in the end of the Text.) For Him, to send to Vs, so great as He, to such as we; to thinke vs, tanti, so much worth, as to make any mission, or motion, or to disease any about vs; This, may well be the first. Be it then so; that to us, or for us, or concerning us, GOD would trouble Himselfe, to make any sending: A fullnesse there is in this. Full He was; a fullnesse there was in Him, (even the fullnesse of compassion in His bowels over our estate,) els, such a Sender would never once have sent.

2. His Sonne,GOD sent: Sent, and sent His SONNE: That, (I make no question,) will beare a second. Others He might have sent; and whosoever it had beene He had sent, it might well have ser­ved our turnes. If, sent by the hand of any His Servants, any Patriarch, Prophet, any ordi­nary messenger, it had beene enough. So, hitherto had beene His Sending. So, and no o­therwise, ever till now.

Then, if to send by any may seeme sufficient, to send His SONNE, must needs seeme full. For ever the more excellent the Person sent, the more honourable the sending: the greater He, the fuller it. Now, greater there is not, then His SONNE, His first, His only begotten SONNE,Col. 2.9. in whom the fullnesse of the God-head dwelt; In sending Him, He sent the greatest, the best, the fullest thing He had.

To heape the measure up yet more, with the cause of His sending, in the word [...] It was voluntarie. He sent Him not for need: but for meere love to us, and nothing els. There was no absolute necessitie, that He should have sent Him. He might have done what He intended, by the meanes and ministery of some besides. GOD could have enabled a Creature; a Creature enabled by GOD, and the power of His might, could soone have trod downe Sathan under our feet. But, if it had beene any other He had sent, His love and regard to us, had not shewed so full. It had beene Ostendit DEVS charitatem, but not, Ecce quan­tam charitatem ostendit DEVS.1. Ioh. 3.1. Whomsoever He had sent besides, His love had not been full: at least, not so full, as it should have been, if He had sent His SONNE. That therefore it might be full, and so appeare to us for full, Misit Deus Filium suum. Enough it was, in compassion of our estate, to have releeved us, by any: Men that are in neede to be relee­ved, care not, who they be that doe it. Enough then, for compassion: but not enough, to manifest the fullnesse of His love, unlesse, to releeve us, He sent His owne SONNE.

3. Made.This is full one would thinke: Yet, the Manner of His sending Him, is fuller still. Mi­sit Filium; Filium factum. Sent His SONNE; His SONNE made. Sent Him, and sent Him made: This is a third. For, if He would have sent Him, He should not have sent Him, made: but as He was, neither made nor created, but like Himselfe, in His owne estate, as was meet for the SONNE OF GOD, to be sent. To make Him any thing, is to marre Him, be it what it will be. To send Him made, is to send Him marred, and no better. There­fore, I make no doubt, CHRISTS sending is one degree, His making is another: So to [Page 27] send, as withall to make, are two distinct measures, of this filling. As He is, He is a Ma­ker, a Creator: If GOD make Him any thing, He must be a thing made, a Creature; and that is a great disparagement. So that, howsoever the Time is the fuller, for this; He is the emptier: [...], The fullnesse of time, is His emptinesse; The exalting of that, His abasing. And, this very Exinanivit seipsum, emptying Himselfe, for our sake,Phil. 2.7. is a pressing downe the measure: and so, even by that, still the measure is more full.

Yea, the very manner of this making, hath his encrease too, addeth to it still. In the word [...]: which is not every making, but making it His Nature. To have made Him a body and taken it upon Him for a time, till He had performed His Embassage, and then layd it of againe, that had beene much: But so to be made, as once made and ever made; so to take it, as never lay it of more, but, continue to still [...], it to become His very nature; so to be made is to make the vnion full. And to make the vnion with us full, He was content, not to be sent alone, but to be made; and that [...], to be made so, as never vnmade more. Our Man-hood becomming His nature, no lesse then the God-head it selfe. This is Filium factum indeed.

Made, and twice made, (for so it is in the VERSE,) 1 Factum ex, and 2 Factum sub; made of, and made under: Of a woman; under the Law. So, two makings there be; either of them, of it selfe, a filling to the measure, but, both of them maketh it perfectly full.

Made, first of a woman: that, I take cleerly to be one. For, if He, 4. Made of a wo­man. if the SONNE of GOD must be made a Creature: it were meet, He should be made, the best creature of all. And if made of any thing, (if any one thing, better then another) of that: made some glorious Spi­rit, Some of the orders of the Angells. Nay, made, but made no Spirit;Ioh. 1.14. Heb. 2.16. Verbum caro factum est, The WORD became flesh: Made, but made no Angell; Nusquam Angelos, He in no wise tooke the Angells nature upon Him.

But made man. First I will aske with DAVID, Domine, quid est homo? Lord,Psal. 144.3. what is man? And then, tell you His answer: Homo quasi res nihili, Man is like a thing of nought. And this he was made, this he became, made man, made of a woman: did not abhorre the Vir­gins wombe, (as we sing daily, to the high praise of the fullnesse of His humilitie, to which His Love brought Him for our sakes.) For, whatsoever els He had been made, it would have done us no good. In this then, was the fullnesse of His Love, as before of His Fa­thers, that He would be made, and was made, not what was fittest for Him, but what was best for us: not, what was most for His glory, but what was most for our benefit and behoofe.

Made of a woman. For, Man He might have been made, and yet have had a body framed for Him in Heaven, and not made of a woman. But when He saith, Factum ex mu­liere, it is evident, He passed not through Her, as water through a Conduit Pipe, (as fondly dreameth the Anabaptist.) Made of, Factum ex: Ex, dicit materiam. Made of her; She ministred the matter, Flesh of her flesh. Semen mulieris, The seed; and, Semen intimum sub­stantiae, that, is the principall and very inward cheefe part of the substance. Made of that,Gen. 3.15. made of her very substance.

And so have we heere now in one, both twaine His Natures. GOD send His Sonne, There His Divine: Made of a woman, Heer His Humane Nature. That, from the bosome of His Father, before all worlds; this, from the womb of His Mother, in the world. So that, as from eternitie, GOD His Father might say that verse of the Psalme, Filius meus es tu, Psal. 2.7. ho­die genui te, Thou art my Sonne, this day have I begotten thee: So, in the fullnesse of time, might the Virgin His mother, no lesse truly, Filius meus es tu, hodie peperi te, Thou art my Sonne, this day have I brought thee into the world.

And heer now, at this word, made of a woman, He beginneth to concerne us somewhat. There groweth an alliance betweene us: For, we also are made of a woman. And our hope is, as, He will not be confounded, to be counted inter natos mulierum;Heb. 1.11. Rom. 8.19. No more will He be, (saith the Apostle) to say, in medio fratrum; to acknowledge us, His Brethren. And so by this Time He groweth somewhat neere us.

This now, is full for the union with our nature, to be made of a woman. But so to be made of a woman, without He be also made under the Law, is not neere enough yet. For,5. Made vnder Lawe. if He be out of the compasse of the Law, that the Law cannot take hold of Him, factum ex muliere will do us small pleasure. And He was so borne, so made of a woman; As the verity [Page 28] of His conception, is in this factum ex muliere: So, the purity is in this, that it is but ex muliere, and no more; Of the virgin alone, by the power of the HOLY GHOST, with­out mixture of fleshly generation. By vertue whereof, no originall soile was in Him. Iust borne He was,1. Tim. 1.9. and Iusto non est lex posita, No law for the Iust, no law could touch Him. And so we, never the better, for factum ex muliere.

For, if one be in debt and danger of the Law, to have a Brother, of the same bloud, made of the same woman, both (as we say) lying in one belly, will little availe him, except he will also come vnder the Law, that is, become his Surety, and vndertake for him. And such was our estate.Col. 2.14. As Debtours we were, by vertue of Chirographum contra nos, The hand-writing that was against us. Which was our Bond, and we had forfeited it. And so, factus ex mu­liere, to us, without factus sub Lege, would have been to small purpose.

No remedy therefore, He must be new made; made againe once more. And so He was, cast in a new mold; and at His second making, made vnder the Law; Vnder which if He had not beene made, we had been marred; even quite vndone for ever, if this had not been done for us too. Therefore, He became bound for us also, entered bond anew, took on Him, not onely our nature, but our Debt; our Nature, and Condition both. Nature: as men, Conditi­on, as sinfull men; expressed in the words following, [Them that were vnder the Law:] for, that was our Condition. There had indeed been no capacitie in Him, to do this, if the former had not gone before, factum ex muliere; if He had not been, as we, made of a woman: But, the former was for this; Made of a woman He was, that He might be made vnder the Law: Being ex muliere, He might then become sub Lege, which before He could not, but then He might and did: And so, this still is the fuller.

And when did He this? when was He made under the Law? Even then, when He was circumcised. Gal 5.3. For, this doth Saint Paul testifie, in the third of the next Chapter; Behold, I Paul testifie unto you, whosoever is circumcised, Factus est debitor universae Legis, He becomes a debtor to the whole Law. At His Circumcision then, He entred Bond anew with us; and, in signe that so He did, He shed then a few drops of His blood, whereby He signed the Bond (as it were,) and gave those few drops then, tanquam arrham universi sanguinis effun­dendi, as a pledge or earnest, that when the fullnesse of time came, He would be ready to shed all the rest; as He did. For, I would not have you mistake, though we speake of this, [sub lege,] being under the Law, in the termes of a Debt, sometimes: yet, the truth is, this debt of ours was no money debt; we were not sub Lege pecuniariâ, but Capitala: and the debt of a Ca­pitall Law, is Death: And under that, under Death He went, and that the worst death Law had to inflict, even the Death of the Crosse, the most bitter, reprochfull, cursed death of the Crosse. So that vpon the matter, factus sub Lege, and factus in Cruce, come both to one; one amounts to as much, as the other. Well, this He did vndertake for us, at His Circumci­sion: and therefore then, and not till then, He had his name given Him, the name of IESVS a SAVIOVR.Lak 2.21. For then, took He on Him the Obligation to save us. And look, what then at His Circumcision He undertook, at His Passion He paid even to the full: and hauing paid it, delevit Chirographum, Col. 2.14. cancelled the sentence of the Law, that till then was of record, and stood in full force against us.

Howbeit, all this, was but one part of the Law; But He was made sub Lege vniversâ, vn­der the whole Law; and that, not by his death only, but by his life too. The one halfe of the Law, (that is, the Directive part,) He was made under that, and satisfied it, by the Innocency of His life, without breaking so much, as one iot or title of the Law: and so answered that part (as it might be, the Principall.) The other halfe of the Law, which is the Penalty: He was under that part also, and satisfied it, by suffering a wrongfull Death, no way deserved, or due by Him; and so, answered that (as it might be the Forfeiture.) So, He was made under both, vnder the whole Law. Satisfying the Principall, there was no reason, He should be lyable to the forfeiture, and penalty: yet, under that He was also. And all, that the whole Law might be satisfied fully, by His being vnder both parts; and so, no part of it light upon us.

These two then, (1 Made of a woman, 2 Made vnder the Law,) ye see, are two se­verall makings, and both very requisite. Therefore, Either hath a severall Feast, they di­vide [Page 29] this Solemnitie betweene them. Six dayes a peece, to Either; as the severall moities of this fullnesse of time. This day, Verbum caro factum, The word made flesh: That day,Ioh 1.14. Him that knew no Sinne, He made Sinne, (that is) made Him undertake to be handled as a Sinner, to be under the Law, and to endure what the Law could lay upon Him.2. Cor. 5.21. And so now, the thing sent is full: and fully sent, because made: and fully made, because made once and twice over: fully made ours, because fully united to us. Made of a woman as well as we: Made under the Law as deepe as we: Both ex muliere, and sub Lege. So of our nature (of a woman,) that of our condition also (under the Law:) So, fully united to us in nature, and condition both.

And so we are come to the full measure of His sending. And, that we are come to the full, ye shall plainely see, by the overflowing, by that which we receive from this fullnesse;Verse 5. which is the latter part of the verse, and is our fullnesse, even the fullnesse, of all that we can desire. For, if we come now to aske, For whom, is all this adoe, This Sending, This ma­king, over and over againe? It is for vs. So is the conclusion, vt nos, that we might from this fullnesse, receive the full of our wish. For in these two behind, 1 Redemption, and 2 Adoption; to be redeemed, and to be adopted, are the full of all, we can wish our selves.

The transcendent Division, of Good and Evill, is it, that comprehendeth all. And heer it is. Our desire can extend it selfe no further then to be rid of all evill, and to attaine all that good is. By these two, (being redeemed, and being adopted) we are made partakers of them both. To be redeemed from vnder the Law, is to be quit of all Evill. To receive the Adoption of children, is to be stated in all that is Good. For, all Evill is, in being vnder the Law, from whence we are redeemed; and, all Good, in being invested, in the heavenly In­heritance, whereunto we are adopted. Thus stood the case with vs: Aliens we were from GOD,Ephes 2 12. his Covenant, and his Kingdome: More then that, Prisoners we were, fast layed vp vnder the Law. From this latter we are Freed: of the former, we are seised: And what would we more?

Onely, this you shal observe, that in the Idiom of the Scriptures, it is vsuall; two poynts be­ing set downe, when they are resumed againe, to begin with the later, and so end with the for­mer. So is it heer, At the first, made of a womā, made vnder the Law. At the resuming, He begins with the later, made vnder the Law, That he might redeem them, that were vnder the Law And then comes to the former, made of a woman, made the Son of man, That we by adoption might be made the Sons of GOD. But, this we are to marke, it is He that is at all the cost and paine: & we, that have the benefit by it. At the redeeming it is, Vt Ille: At the receiving it is, Vt Nos.

Briefly of either: And first, of our Redeeming. 6. That he might redeeme them that were vn­der the Law. Redeeming (as the word giveth it) is a second buying, or buying backe of a thing, before aliened or sold. Ever, a former sale is presupposed before it. And such a thing there had gone before. A kind of alienation had formerly been, whereby we had made away our selves, (for, a sale I cannot call it, it was for such a trifle:) Our Nature aliened in ADAM, for the forbidden fruit; a matter of no moment. Our Persons like­wise; daily we our selves alien them, for some trifling pleasure, or profit; matters not much more worth. And, when we have thus passed our selves away,Rom. 7.14. by this Selling our selves vnder sin, the Law seizeth on us, and vnder it we are [...] (Chap. III. v. 23.) even lockt vp, as it were, in a Dungeon, tyed fast with the cords of our sins, (Pro. V. v. 23.) The sentence passed on us, and we waiting but for execution. What evill is there not, in this estate, and on every soule that is in it? Well then, the first Vt the first end is, To get us rid, from vnder this estate.

He did it: Not by way of entreaty, step in and beg our pardon: That would not serve. Sold we were, and bought we must be: A price must be layd downe for us. To get us from under the Law, it was not a matter of Intercession, to sue for it, and have it. No, He must Purchase it, and pay for it. It was a matter of Redemption.

And, in Redemption or a Purchase, we looke to the Price. For if it be at any easie rate, it is so much the better. But with a high price, He Purchased us; it cost Him deare to bring it about. Non auro, nec argento, Neither of them would serve; At a higher rate it was,1. Pet. 1.18, 19. e­ven Pretioso sanguine. His precious blood, was the price, we stood Him in. Which He pay­ed, when He gave His life a ransome for man [...].

It stood thu, betweene Him and vs, in this point of Redemption. Mat. 20.28. Heer are certaine malefactors vnder the Law, to suffer, to be executed: What say you to them? Why, I will [Page 30] become vnder the Law, suffer that they should, take vpon me their execution, vpon condi­tion, they may be quit. In effect so much, at his Passion. He said, Si ergo me quaeritis, (Ioan. XVIII. Verse VI.) If you lay hold on me, if I must discharge all, Sinite hos abire, Let those goe their way, Let the price I pay be their Redemption: and so it was. And so we come to be redeemed from vnder the Law.

And this is to be marked, that Them that were vnder the Law, and, We that are to re­ceive, are but one, one and the same persons both: But being so redeemed, then we are our selves. Till then, the Apostle speakes of us, in the third person, (Them, that were vnder the Law,) as of some strangers, as of men of another world, none of our owne. But now be­ing redeemed, the style changeth. He speaketh of us, in the first person vt Nos, that We: For, till now, we were not our owne, we were not our selves; but, now we are: Till this, it was the old yeare still with us; but with the new yeare, commeth our new estate.

7. That we might receive the Adoption of Children.Being thus redeemed, we are got from vnder the Law: and that is much. Till a party come to be once vnder it, and feele the weight of it, he shall never vnderstand this aright; but then he shall. And if any have beene vnder it, he knowes what it is, and how great a benefit to be got thence. But is this all? No, He leaves us not heer; but to make the mea­sure compleat, yea, even to flow over, He gives us not over, when He had rid us out of this wretched estate, till He have brought us to an estate, as good, as He himselfe is in. After our Redemption, we stood, but as Prisoners enlarged; that was all: But still we were as strangers; no part, nor portion in GOD, or His Kingdome: nor, no reason, we should hope for any. He now goeth one step further, which is the highest and furthest step of all. For further then it, he cannot go.

That we might receive the Adoption, (that is) from the estate of Prisoners condemned, be translated into the estate of Children Adopted. Of Adopted: for, of Naturall, we could not: That is His peculiar alone, and He therein onely above us, but els, fully to the ioynt fruition, of all that He hath, which is fully as much, as we could desire. And this is our Fieri out of His Factum ex muliere. We made the Sonnes of GOD, as He the Sonne of Man; We made partakers of His Divine, 2. Pet. 1.4. as He of our Humane nature. To purchase our pardon, to free us from death, and the Lawes sentence, this, seemed a small thing to Him: yet this is Lex hominis. 2. Sam. 7.19. Mans goodnesse goeth no farther; and gracious is the Prince, that doth but so much. For, who ever heard of a condemned man, Adopted afterward; or that thought it not enough and enough, if he did but scape, with his life? So farr then to exalt His boun­tie, to that fullnesse; as Pardon, and Adopt both, Non est Lex hominis haec; No such measure amongst men;Esa 9.7. Zelus Domini Exercituum, The zeale of the Lord of Hosts, was to performe this: The fulnesse of the God-head dwelt in Him, that brought this to passe.

For (to speake of adopting:) We see it daily; No father adopts, vnlesse He be orbe, have no child; or if he have one, for some deepe dislike, have cast him of. But GOD had a SONNE, The brightnesse of His Glorie; The true character of His Substance. And, no displeasure there was:Heb. 1.3. Mat. 17.5. Heb. 2.10. No, In quo complacitum est, In whom He was absolutely well plea­sed: yet, would He, by adoption, for all that, bring many Sonnes to Glory. Is not this full on His part?

We see againe, no Heire will endure to heare of Adoption, nay, nor divide his Inheri­tance, no not with his naturall Brethren. Then, that the Heire of all things, should admit joynt Heires to the Kingdome He was borne to;Heb. 1.3. Rom. 8 17. and that admit them, not out of such, as were neere him, but from such as were strangers, yea such as had been condemned men vn­der the Law; Is not this full on His part? To purchase vs, and to purchase for us, both at once? And not to do this for us alone, but to assure it to us: For, as his Father, (in this Verse,) sends Him; So, (in the next Verse,) He sends the Spirit of His Sonne, to give us seisin of this our Adoption: whereby we now call Him, the Iewes Abba, the Ge [...]tiles Pater, as Children all, and he our Father, which is the priuiledge of the Adoption, we heer receive.

And now, are we come to the fullnesse indeed. For this Adoption, is the fullnesse of our option: We cannot extend; We, our wish; or He, his love and goodnesse any further. For, what can we aske, or He give more, seeing in giving this, He giveth all He is worth? By this time, [...]zek. 47.3, 4, 5. it is full Sea: All the bankes are filled. It is now as, EZEKIELS waters that [Page 31] he saw flow, from vnder the threshold of the Temple: that tooke him to the ankles first, then to the knees, after to the loynes; at last, so high risen, there was no more passage.

1. From the fullnesse of His Compassion, He sent to release us: 2. From the fullnesse of His Love, He sent His Sonne: 3. In the fullnesse of Humility, He sent Him made: 4. Made of a Woman, to make a full vnion with our nature: 5. Made vnder the Law, to make the vnion yet more perfectly full with our sinfull condition: 6. That we might ob­taine a full deliverance, from all Evill, by being redeemed: 7. And a full estate of all the Ioy and Glory of his heavenly inheritance, by being Adopted. So, there is fullnesse, of all hands. And so much, for the fullnesse of the Benefit, we receive.

Now, for the fullnesse of the Duty, we are to performe this day. For, in the fullnesse of time, all things are to be full. Plenitudo temporis, tempus plenitudinis. And, seeing GOD hath suffered us to live, to see the year run about, to this plenitudo temporis: if it be so, on GODS part; meet also, it be so on Ours: and that we be not empty, in this fullnesse of time: It is not fit, if He be at the brinke, that we be at the bottom. But, as we be willing, to yeeld Him of ours againe; of our duty (I meane:) that it, to Him, in a measure, and proporti­on be like full; as his Bounty, hath been full above measure, toward us. That so from us, and on our parts, it may be plenitudo temporis, or tempus plenitudinis, the fullnesse of time, or time of fullnesse, choose you whither.

1. And, a time of fullnesse it will be, (I know) in a sense: of fullnesse of bread, of fullnesse of bravery, of fullnesse of sport, and pastime: and this it may be. And it hath been ever, a ioyfull time in appearance, for it should be so. With the ioy (saith Esay, a verse or two be­fore, Puer natus est nobis, vnto us a Childe is borne) that men rejoice with, in harvest: Esa. 9.3. Not to goe from our Text heer, With the ioy of men that are come out of prison; have scaped the Law; With the ioy of men, that have got the reversion of a goodly heritage. Onely, that we forget not the principall; that this outward ioy eat not vp, evacuate not our spiri­tuall ioy, proper to the Feast: that we have in minde, in the middest of our mirth, the cause of it, CHRISTS sending; and the benefits that come thereby. And, it shall be a good signe vnto us, if we can thus reioyce, if this our ioy can be full, if we can make a spirituall blessing, the obiect of our mirth. Beatus populus, qui scit iubilationem, Blessed is the people,Psal. 89.15. that can reioyce on this manner.

And, after our ioy-fullnesse, or fullnesse of ioy, our fullnesse of thankes, or thanke-fullnesse, is 2 to ensue: For, with that fullnesse, we are to celebrate it likewise. Our mindes first, and then our mouthes, to be filled with blessing, and praise, and thanks, to Him, that hath made our times, not to fall into those empty ages of the world, but to fall within this fullnesse of time, which so many Kings and Prophets desired to have lived in, but fell short of; and lived then,Luk. 1 [...].34. when the times were full of shadowes, and promises, and nothing els. How instantly they longed, to have held such a Feast, to have kept a Christmas, it is evident, by David's Inclina coelos, by Esaye's Vtinam disrumpas Coelos, Bow the Heavens, and Breake the Heavens: Psal. 144.5. Esa. 64.1. How much (I say) they longed for it: And therefore, that we make not light account of it.

To render our thankes then, and to remember to do it fully, To forget none: To Him that was sent, and to Him, that Sent; Sent his Sonne, in this; the Spirit of his Sonne, in the next verse. To begin with Osoulamini Fitium, it is the first duty enioyned us this day,Psal. 2.12. to kisse the Babe new borne, that when his Father would send Him, said, Ecce venio, so readi­ly: and when he would make Him, was content with Corpus aptasti mihi, Psal. 40.7. to have a body made Him, meet for Him to suffer in: who willingly yeelded to be our SHILO;Gen. 45. [...]0. to this [...] heere; yea to be not onely CHRIST, but an Apostle for us, (Heb. III. v. 1.) even the Apostle of our profession.

And not to Him that was sent and made alone: but to the FATHER that sent Him, and to the HOLY GHOST that made Him, (as by whom He was conceived.) To the FA­THER, for his mission; The SONNE, for his Redemption; The HOLY GHOST, for his Adoption; For, by Him it is wrought. He that made Him the Sonne of man, doth like­wise regenerate us, to the state of the Sonnes of God. And this for our thankfullnesse.

3. And, to these two, (to make the measure full) to ioyne, the fullnesse of duty, even whatsoever dutifull minded persons, may yeeld to a bountifull minded and a bountifull han­ded [Page 32] Benefactor. And with this to beginne, to consecrate this first day of this fullnesse of time: even with our service to Him at the full; which, is then at the full, when no part is missing: when all our duties of preaching, and praying, of hymnes, of offering, of Sacrament, and all, meet together. No fullnesse there is of our Liturgie, or publique solemne Service, without the Sacrament. Some part; yea, the cheefe part is wanting, if that be wanting. But our thanks are surely not full, without the Holy Eucharist, which is by interpretation, Thanks­giving it selfe.Psal. 116.12.13. Fully we cannot say, Quid retribuam Domino? but we must answer, Cali­cem salutaris accipiam, we will take the cup of salvation, and with it in our hands give thanks to Him, render Him our true Eucharist, or reall Thankesgiving indeed. In which Cup is the Bloud, not onely of our redemption, of the Covenant, that freeth us from the Law, and ma­keth the Destroyer passe over us: Mat. 26.28. but of our Adoption, of the New Testament also, which entitles us, and conueyes vnto us (Testament-wise, or by way of Legacie) the estate we have in the ioy and blisse of his heavenly Kingdome, whereto we are adopted. We are then made partakers of Him, and with Him of both these His benefits. We there are made to drinke of the Spirit, 1. Cor. 12.13. Ephes. 4.30. by which we are sealed to the day of our Redemption and Adoption both. So that, our freeing from vnder the Law, our investiture into our new adopted state, are not fully con­summate without it.

And what? Shall this be all? No, when this is done, there is allowance of twelve dayes more, for this fullnesse of time: that, we shrinke not vp our duty then into this day alone, but in the rest also remember, to redeeme some part of the day, to adopt some houre at the least, to bethinke our selves of the duty, the Time calleth to us for: that so, we have not IOBS dies vacuos, no day quite empty in this fullnesse of time. Heerof assuring our selves, that what we do in this fullnesse of time, will have full acceptance at His hands. It is the time of His Birth, 2. Cor. 6.2. which is ever a time, as accepted, so of accepting; wherein, what is done, will be ac­ceptably taken to the full: Fully accepted, and fully rewarded by Him, of whose fullnesse we al [...] [...]eceive: Ioh. 1.16. With this condition, of grace for grace, ever, one grace for another.

And so, growing from grace to grace, finally from this fullnesse, we shall come to be par­takers of another yet behind, to which we aspire. For, all this is but the fullnesse of time: But that, the fullnesse of eternitie, when time shall be runn out, and his glasse empty, Et tempus non erit amplius;Apoc. 10.6. which is, at His next sending. For yet once more shall GOD send Him, and He come againe. At which comming, we shall then indeed receive the fullnesse of our Redemption, not from the Law (that we have already,) but from Corruption, to which our bodies are yet subiect; and receive the full fruition of the Inheritance, wher [...]to we are heer but adopted. And then it will be perfect, compleat, absolute fullnesse indeed, when we shall all be filled with the fullnesse of Him that filleth all in all. Ephes. 1.23. For, so shall all be, when nothing shall be wanting in any:1. Cor. 15.23. for GOD shall be all, in all. Not, as heer He is, something, (and, but something) in euery one; but then, omnia in omnibus. And then, the measure shall be so full, Mat. 25.21. as it cannot enter into us, we cannot hold it: We must enter into it; Intra in gaudi­um Domini tui.

To this we aspire, and to this, in the fullnesse appointed of every one of our ti [...]es, Almighty GOD bring us, by Him, and for His sake, that in this fullnesse of time, was sent to worke it for us, in His person: and worke it in us, by the operation of His Blessed SPIRIT. To whom, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Tuesday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCX. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

LVKE CHAP. II. VER. X. XI.

The Angell sayd unto them: Be not afraid, for behold, I bring you good tidings, of great ioy, which shall be to all people.

That, there is borne, unto you, this day a SAVIOVR, which is CHRIST, the LORD, in the Citie of DAVID.

THere is a Word in this Text, and it is Hodiè, by vertue whereof, this Day may seeme to challenge a speciall propertie in this Text, and this Text in this Day. CHRIST was borne, is true any day: but, this day CHRIST was borne, never, but to day onely. For, of no day in the yeare can it be said, Hodiè natus, but of this. By which word, the HOLY GHOST may seeme to have marked it out, and made it the peculiar Text of the day.

Then, it will not be amisse, Donec cognominatur hodiè, Heb. 3.13. (as the Apostle speaketh) while it is called, to day, to heare it. To mor­row, the word Hodiè will be lost: This day, and not any day els, it is in season. Let us then heare it this Day, which we can heare no day besides.

IT is then the first report, the very first newes, that came (as this day) of that, which maketh this day, so high a Feast; The Birth of CHRIST.1. Dixit Angelus.

It came by an Angel then: No Man was meet to be the messenger of it. And looke how it came then, so it should come still; and none but an Angel bring it: as, more fit for the tongues of Angels, then of men. Yet since, GOD hath allowed sinfull men, to be the Reporters of it at the second hand; and the newes never the worse; for that Good newes is good newes and welcome, by any,2. Reg 7.9. though the person be but even a foule Leper that brings it. Yet, that the meannesse of the messenger offend us not, ever we are to remember this; Be the party who he will, that brings it, the newes of CHRISTS Birth, is a mes­sage for an Angel.

This had been newes for the best Prince in the Earth. That these Illis heer,2. Dixit illis. these parties were Shepheards, that this Message came to them, needs not seeme strange: It found none els (at the time) to come to: The Angel was glad to find any to tell it to; even to tell it the first he could meet withall: None were then awake, none in case to receive it, but a sort of poore Shepheards; and to them he told it.

Yet, it fell not out amisse, that Shepheards they were; the newes fitted them well. It well agreed, to tell Shepheards of the yeaning of a strange Lamb: such a Lamb, as should take away the sinnes of the world: such a Lamb, Ioh 1.29. as they might send to the Ruler of the world for a present, Mitte Agnum Dominatoriterrae: ESAY's Lamb.Esa. 16.1. Or (if ye will) to tell Shep­heards, [Page 34] of the birth of a Shepheard;Ezek. 34.23. EZEKIELS Shepheard: Eccesuscitabo vobis PASTOREM; Behold, I will raise you a Shepheard: the 1. Pet 5.4. Chiefe Shepheard, the Heb. 13 20. Great Shepheard, and the Ioh. 10.11. Good Shepheard, that gave His life for his flocke. And so, it was not vn­fit newes, for the Persons to whom it came.

3. Dixit, Evange­liz [...].For the Manner: the Angell delivereth it Evangelizando, Church wise, (and that was a signe, this place should ever be the Exchange for this newes:) Churchwise (I say) for he doth it by a Sermon, heere at this Verse: and then, by a Hymne or Antheme after, at the XIIII. Verse. A Sermon: the Angell himselfe calls it so, Evangelizo vobis, I come to E­vangelize, to preach you a Gospell: that first. And presently after he had done his Sermon, there is the Hymne, Gloria in excelsis, taken up by the Queere of Heaven. An Angell makes the one: A multitude of Angells sing the other. The whole Service of this day, the Ser­mon, the Antheme, by Angells, all.

4. Evangelizo gau­dium magnum.Now, the end of both Sermon and Antheme, and of the Angells, in publishing it, and of the shepheards, and us, in hearing it, is gaudium, Ioy, for the Benefit, and Honour; Gau­dium magnum, great Ioy, for the great Benefit, and great Honour vouchsafed our Nature, and us, this day. Ioy, is in the Text, and if ioy be in the time, it is no harme: We keepe the Text, if we hold the Time with Ioy, Forso the Angell doth warrant us to hold it.

The DivisionOf this Angelicall, or Evangelicall message, or (as not I, but the Angell calleth it) Sermon; these two Verses, I have read, are a part. Whereof the former is but an Ecce, exci­ting 1 them to heare it, by magnifying the message, as well worth their hearing, Be not a­fraid, 2 for behold I bring you good tydings, of great Ioy, which shall be to all people. The later, is the very message it selfe, That, there is borne, unto you, this day, a SAVIOVR, which is CHRIST, the LORD, in the City of David.

1 In the former, are these points. 1. Feare not, (it is no ill newes, I bring you) 2. Nay, it is good newes. 3. Good, for it is newes of Ioy. 4. Ioy, and that no ordinary, but great Ioy. 5. Not to some few, but to the whole people. 6. And not toti populo to all one people, but omni populo, to all people whatsoever. 7. And them, not for the present, but Quod erit omni populo, that is, and so shall be, to all, as long as there shall be any people, vpon earth. And, by vertue of this [Quod erit,] to us, heer, this day. Ecce, Behold, such is the newes I bring.

2. The Message it selfe.In the later, the Message it selfe. The summe whereof is, the Birth of a Childe, A Child is borne. Three things are proposed of Him. 1. This Child is a SAVIOVR. 2. A Saui­our, which is CHRIST. 3. Christ the LORD, Christus Dominus. For, every Saviour is not CHRIST,1. The Names. nor every Christ, CHRISTVS DOMINVS, CHRIST the LORD, or the LORD CHRIST. He, is all three.

Then have we besides, three circumstances, of the 1 Persons, 2 Time, and 3 Place. 1. The Persons, 2. The Circum­stances. for whom all this is: twice repeated; 1 Evangelizo vobis in the first Verse, 2 Natus vobis in the second. But this, I make some doubt of, whether it be a Circumstance or no: I rather hold it a principall part of the Substance, 1. The Persons. as, the very word of conveyance, whereby it passeth to us. And sure, there is no Ioy either in Evangelizo, the Message; or Natus, the Birth, 2. The Time. without it; without Vobis. But, if the Message, and the Birth it selfe both, be ours; then it is Gaudium magnum indeed. Specially, if we adde (2.) the Time when, not many daies hence,3. The Place. but even this very day. And (3.) the Place where, that it is in no remote Re­gion farr hence, but in the Citie of DAVID,3. Our duty reci­procall. even heer hard by.

And then lastly in a word; what our parts are to performe, to these two parts, 1 this dayes Message, and 2 this dayes Birth of our SAVIOVR, CHRIST, the LORD.

Be not afraid.

They were afraid.HEre is a stop, that the Message cannot proceed: For the sight of the Messenger, hath almost marred the hearing of the Message. The Parties, to whom it comes, be in such feare, as they be not in case to receive it. They were afraid, and that sore afraid (as is said in the Verse before) at the sight of the Angel, that came with the newes.

And this was not the case of these poore men onely: Others, and other manner of peo­ple were so,So were others as well as they. This Gospell of Saint Luke is scarse begun; we are yet but a [Page 35] little way in the second Chapter; and we have already, three Noli timere's in it: and all, as heere, at the comming of an Angell. 1 Feare not Zacharie, (Chap. I. 13.) So, he was afraid. 2 Feare not Marie, (Chap. I. 30) So, she was afraid. 3 And now, Feare not, these here, That it seemes to be generall, to feare, at an Angel's appearing.

What was it? It was not the feare of an evill Conscience: They were about no harme.Of what not. Zacharie was at Church at his Office; The blessed Virgin (I doubt not) blessedly emploied: These here, doing their dutie; watching over their flockes by night: Yet feared, all.Of what. What should the matter be? It is a plaine signe, our Nature is fallen from her originall: Heaven, and we are not in the termes we should be: not the best of us all.

Angels are the Messengers of Heaven. Messengers ever come with tydings;Why of the Angel. but whi­ther good or bad, we cannot tell. Here comes an Angell with newes from Heaven: what newes he brings, we know not, and therefore we feare, because we know not. Which shewes, all is not well betweene Heaven and us; that upon every comming of an Angell, we promise our selves no better newes from thence; but still are afraid of the messages and messengers that come from that place.

That the Message then may proceed, this feare must be removed. In a troubled water,Be not afraid. no face will well be seene: nor, by a troubled mind, no message received, till it be setled. To settle them then for it; no other way, no other word to begin with, but Nolite timere, feare not, and that is ever the Angells beginning. Such is our infirmity, ever he must be­gin with these two words, Noli timere, feare not: And so he doth seven times in this Gospell.

But, feare will not be cast out with a couple of words, till they see some reason to quiet them. And no better reason, then to shew, they have no reason to feare. For,1. For, no ill [...]y­dings. feare is the expectation of evill, and there is no evill toward them: and so they have no reason to feare; quòd trepidaverunt timore, vbi non erat timor. As if he should say;Psal. 53.5. Angells have come vvith weeping newes, as Iud. 11. ver. 5. If I were such an one, if I came with sad tidings, ye had reason, ye might feare. But now, your terrour groweth out of error. You are mistaken in me, I am no such Angell; I am Angelus Evangelizans, an Angell with a Gospell, one that comes with no bad newes. Feare not then. There is no evill toward.

No evill: and that were enough for feare not. But here is a further matter;2. But good tidings Not onely privativè, I bring no ill; but positivè, I bring you good newes. And good newes is Nolite timere, and somewhat besides, (that is) Feare not, but, Be of good cheere. They be two degrees plain­ly, though one be inferred of the other. Feare no ill, there is none to feare; there is no ill, nay there is good towards. For, good newes is good, in that, it represents the good it selfe to vs, before it come. It is but words: true: But such words made IACOB revive againe, Gen. 45.17. when he was more then halfe dead, even the good newes of IOSEPHS welfare. If I might but heare good tidings (saith David when his bones were broken) it would make me well againe: Psal. 51.8. Pro. 13 17. That SALOMON sayd well, A good messenger is a good medicine.

Specially this heere, which is so good, as it carrieth away the name from the rest, to be called The Gospel, or, The glad tydings, as if none so glad, nay, none glad at all without it. It is (saith the Apostle) odor suavitatis, a comfortable sweet savour.2. Cor 2 1 [...]. It is (saith the Wise man) dulcedo animae, & sanitas ossium, the sweetnesse of the soule, the very health of the bones. It is such (saith the Prophet) as the lipps are precious, and the feet beautifull, Pro. 16.24. Esay 52.7. Col. 1.20. of them that bring it, that a Saviour is borne, as by vvhom, things in heaven and things in earth, men and Angells (vvhich vvere in feare one of another) are set at peace, and love: 1. Ioh. 14.18. and Love ca­steth out feare, giveth the true Noli timere.

Good newes of Ioy: For, of good newes, there are more sorts then one.3. Tydings of ioy. Good newes it had been, if it had been but, Evangelizo vobis Spem. Newes of good Hope: that had been e­nough, for Nolite timere. This is more, it is of Ioy. I wot well, there is a Ioy in hope,Rom. 12 13. Ioh. 16.24. Gal. 4 4. Spe gaudentes, saith the Apostle: But that ioy is not full, till the fullnesse of time come. Nor it is not perfect, for it is allaied somewhat, with an unpleasing mixture, which is Spes differtur, and that (as the Wise man saith) áffligit animam: Hope deferred afflicteth the soule. Pro. 13 12. Gaudium Spei is nothing to Gaudium Rei: the hope de futuro, of a thing to come heerafter, nothing to the actuall fruition, of a thing present.

And indeed, till this dayes newes, it was ever Evangelium Spei: ever in the future tense, before. Even the very last before this, to the blessed Virgin, Ecce concipies, Thou shalt con­ceive: Luk. 1.31. [Page 36] Shalt. So it was yet to come. This, is the first in the present tense: Not, is to be borne, is to be sent, is to come, but, Natus est, Missus est, Venit, is borne, is sent, is come. Hodiè, even to day, takes no time: In the City of David, not farre hence, but even hard by. This is E­vangelizo gaudium: This is ioy indeede,

4. Of great Ioy.But even in Ioy, there be diverse degrees: All are not of one size: Some there are les­ser; some (as this heer) Gaudium magnum. The fire is, as the fuell is; and the Ioy is as the matter is. There is not like ioy to a shepheard, when his Ewe brings him a Lamb, as when his Wife brings him a Sonne; (yet that of a Lamb, is a Ioy, such as it is) But then, if that Sonne should prove to be Princeps Pastorum, the Cheefe Shepheard in all the land, that were some-what more: But then, if he should prove to be a CYRVS, or a DAVID, a Prince, then certainely it were another manner of ioy, Gaudium magnum in­deed. As the matter is, so is the Ioy. If great the Benefit, great the Person, then great the Ioy. And heere the Benefit is great, none greater, as much as the saving of us all, as much as all our lives and soules are worth; therefore great. And the Person great, none so great, (it is the LORD Himselfe) therefore primae magnitudinis, great even as He is. Indeed so great it is, that the Prophet bids us plainely, remember no more former things, nor regard matters of old:Esa. 45.18. This passeth them all, the Ioy of it puts them all downe: so that none of them shall once be mentioned with it. Therefore well sayd the Angell, Evangelizo Gau­dium magnum.

5. Ioy to the peo­ple.And great, it may be intensivè, in the parties themselves: yet not great extensivè, nor extend it selfe to many, not be gaudium m [...]gnum Populo. Yes, even that way also it is great; it is publique ioy, it is ioy to the people. And, well fare that Ioy where it is merry with all. It is added purposely, this, that they might not mistake, when he sayd, Evangelizo vobis, he brought them good newes; That though he brought it them; yet not th [...]m onely, it was not appropriate to them, it was common to others: They had their parts in it, but so should others have no lesse then they. And every good shepheard, will like it the better for that; will be pro grege, and still preferre the ioy of the whole flocke.

In other ioyes, it falles out as Esay tells, Multiply the Nation, and ye shall not encrease their ioy;Esay 9.3. for, that which one winnes, another loses: But, this Ioy, the Ioy of Puer natus est nobis, in it, they shall all reioice before Thee, as men make merry in harvest, and be ioyfull as men that divide the spoile. In Harvest; And a good Harvest all the Countrey is the better for. At a spoyle; wherein every one hath his share. That is gaudium Populi, And such is this. Well figured, in the place of His birth, an Inne, which is domus Populi, open to all Passengers that will take it up; Iuris publici, wherein every one hath right. Yea and the most com­mon part of the Inne. For, though they sort themselves, and have every one their severall Chambers;Luk. 2.7. in the stable all have interest; that, is common. And as the Place publique, so is the Benefit, and so is the Ioy Publique of His Birth: Christmas ioy right; All fare the better for this day. Salus populi is the best; and so is Gaudium populi too; and every good minde,6. Ioy to all people. will like it so much the better, that All the people have their part in it.

And this were much, toti populo, to the whole people, if it were but one: But it is omni populo (say Theophylact and Beda) that is, to All people, which is a larger extent by farr. And if ye speake of great ioy, this is great indeed, for it is vniversall, it is as great as the world is great: when, not the Iew onely but the Gentile, nor the Gentile but the Iew, not one people, but All, keepe a feast. And at this word, omni populo, Nec vox hominem sonat, It is not man that speaketh now, whose goodnesse commonly, when it is at the greatest, extendeth no further, but to one Nation: But with GOD, it is never great, till it come to omni populo. It is but a small thing (saith He by ESAY) to raise the Tribes of Iacob, or to restore the decayes of Israel: Esay 49.6. I will give thee a Light to the Gentiles, and a Salvation to the end of the world.

As we said of the Inne, even now, the place of his Birth: So say we heer, of the time of it.Luk. 1.1. It is well set downe by Saint Luke, to have been at the Description of the whole world; for, that was a meet time for the SAVIOVR of the whole world to be borne: The dew of whose Birth is of the womb of the morning, Psal. 110.3. (the Psalmist in passion of ioy misplacing his words,) the meaning is, his Birth from the womb, is as the morning dew, which watereth and refresheth the face of the whole earth:Iudg. 6.37. Not Gedeon's fleece alone, but the whole earth; [Page 37] Not one part, not the Iewes onely: No partition now, but Ephes. 2.14. vtraque vnam one of two: Nay, one of all: 1.10. all recapitulate in Himselfe, and from Him as a Center, lines of ioy drawen to all, and every part of the Circle.

And we may not passe by Quod erit, which shal be; which not onely is, but shalbe. 7. To all people that shall be. For by this word, we hold; It is our best tenure. Not onely to All that then were, (then had we been out:) but that were, or ever should be, to the worlds end. Omni populo, all people, is the latitude or extent: Quod erit, that shall be, is the longitude or continuance of the ioy. Quoderit, that it shall be a feast of ioy, so long as any people shall be, to hold a feast on the face of the earth. In a word, That same Evangelium aeternum, that St. IOHN saw in the Angells hand, we now heare from the Angels mouth,Apoc. 14.6. to be preached to every nation, kindred, tongue and people, that be, or shall be, while the world endureth.

So, if we read Quod erit, with omni populo. But some read gaudium, with quod erit;2. Ioy that shall be. gau­dium quod erit; and make a note of that: The ioy, quod erit, that is and shall be. For com­monly, all our earthly ioy, is gaudium quod est, & non erit, that is, for the present, but con­tinueth not; is, but shall not be; like the blaze of a brush faggot, Eccles. 7.8. all of a flame and out a­gaine suddenly, in a moment. Gaudium quod erit, the ioy that so is, as it shall be still, is grounded upon the ioy of this day, CHRIST and His Birth. Without which, our ioy, is as the ioy of men in prison, merry for a while, but within a while, sentence of death to passe upon them. Without which, Extrema gaudij luctus occupat, Pro. 14.13. the end of all our mirth. will be but mourning. All ioy els is, but shall not be within a while: At leastwise e­rit, quando non erit, A time shall be when it shall not be. Sed gaudium Meum, nemo tol­let a vobis; But My ioy, Mine, grounded on Me, none shall ever take from you;Ioh. 16 22. not sicknesse, not death it selfe. Other it shall, this is shall not; but, now ye shall, this Day, and ever [...]ore ye shall reioice in the holy comfort of it.

And this is the magnifying of the message. 1. No evill newes, Feare not. 2. Nay good, Be of good cheere. 3. Good newes of ioy. 4. Of great ioy. 5. Publique ioy, toti Po­pulo. 6. Vniversall ioy, omni populo. 7. Ioy to all, that are or shall be; And againe ioy, which now is, and shall be so for ever.

Now, upon all these He setteh an Ecce, and well he may; And, that is never set by the HOLY GHOST, but super res magnae entitatis, upon matters of great moment. But, up­on this Hill, upon the top of it, that hath so many ascents, a Beacon would do well. For looke, how many Ecces in the Scriptures, so many Beacons; And between them, as be­tween these, ye shall observe a good correspondence still. This Ecce heere, to the last Chap. 1.31. Ec­ce concipies of the blessed Virgin; That, to Esay's Esa. 7.14. Ecce concipiet Virgo; That, to David's Psal. 132.11. Ecce de fructu ventris tui; That, to Abraham's Gen. 2 [...].18. Ecce in semine tuo; and so up, till ye come to 3.15. Semen mulieris: There they first beginn, and take light one from another, till they come to the Ecce natus est hodiè, the Ecce of all Ecce's, the last and highest of them all. And as a Beacon serveth to call and stirre up men to have regard: so is this heer to excite them (and in them, us all) with good attention to heare, and to heed these so great good tidings. And indeed, who is not excited with it? whose eye is not turned to behold this Ecce? whose eare standeth not attent, to heare this Evangelizo? whose heart doth not muse, what manner of message this should be. Chap 1.29.

This it is then, Quod natus est. The Birth of a Child: that there is one borne this Day, 2. That there is borne, the cause of all this ioy.

There is ioy at every birth. Sorrow in the travaile (saith our Saviour;) but after the deli­verie, the anguish is no more remembred, for ioy, that a man is borne into the world.

But the greater he is that is borne, and the more beneficiall his birth, the greater a­do is made. And among men, because there are none greater then Princes, and great things are looked for at their hands, their Births are ever vsed to be kept with great triumph.Gen. 40 20. Mar. 6.21. Pha­raoh's, in the Old; Herod's in the New; both their Natus est's, daies of feasting.

Now of Him, that is borne heer, it may truly be sayd, Ecce maior hîc, Behold a greater is borne heer. One, whose birth is good newes, even from the poorest Shepheard, Mat. 12.24. to the richest Prince upon the earth.

Who is it? Three things are said of this Child by the Angel. 1. He is a SAVIOVR, [Page 38] 2. Which is CHRIST. 3. Christ the LORD. Three of His Titles, well and orderly infer­red one of another by good consequence. We cannot misse one of them; they be necessary all. Our methode, on earth, is to begin with great: In heaven, they begin with good first.

A SAVIOVR.First then a SAVIOVR, that is His name: IESVS, Soter; and in that name, His bene­fit, Salus, In Verrem IV. saving health, or Salvation. Such a name as the great Oratour himselfe saith of it, Soter, Hoc quantum est? Ita magnum est, vt latino vno verbo exprimi non possit. This name Saviour is so great, as no one word can expresse the force of it.

But we are not so much to regard the Ecce, how great it is, as Gaudium, what ioy is in it; that is the point we are to speake to. And for that; men may talke what they will, but (sure) there is no ioy in the world to the ioy of a man saved: no ioy so great, no news so wel­come, as to one ready to perish, in case of a lost man, to heare of one, that will save him. In danger of perishing, by sicknesse, to heare of one will make him well againe: By sen­tence of the Law, of one with a pardon to save his life: By enemies, of one that will rescue, and set him in safety. Tell any of these, assure them but of a Saviour, it is the best newes he ever heard in his life. There is ioy in the name of a Saviour. And even this way this Child is a SAVIOVR too. Potest hoc facere, sed hoc non est opus Eius, This He can do, but this is not His worke: a further matter there is, a greater Salvation He came for. And it may be, we need not any of these; we are not presently sicke, in no feare of the Law, in no dan­ger of enemies. And it may be, if we were, we phansie to our selves to be releeved some other way. But, that which He came for, that saving we need all; and none but He can helpe us to it. We have therefore (all) cause to be glad for the Birth of this SAVIOVR.

I know not how, but when we heare of saving, or mention of a Saviour, presently our mind is carried to the saving of our skin, of our temporall state, of our bodily life, and fur­ther saving we think not of. But, there is another life, not to be forgotten; and, greater the dangers; and the destruction there, more to be feared then of this heer; and it would be well, sometimes we were remembred of it. Besides our skinne and flesh, a soule we have, and it is our better part by farr; that also hath need of a Saviour; that hath her destruction, out of which; that hath her destroyer, from which she would be saved; and those would be thought on. Indeed our chiefe thought and care would be for that; how to escape the wrath, how to be saved from the destruction to come, whither our sinnes will certainely bring us.

Sinne it is, will destroy us all. And (to speake of a Saviour) there is no person on earth hath so much need of a Saviour, as hath a sinner: Nothing so dangerous, so deadly unto us, as is the sinne in our bosome; nothing, from which we have so much need to be saved, whatsoever account we make of it. From it, commeth upon us all the evill of this life: and from it, all the evill of the life to come: in comparison whereof, these heer are not worth the speaking of. Above all then, we need a Saviour, for our soules; and from our sinnes; and from the everlasting destruction, which sinne will bring upon us in the other life, not farr from us, not from him of us, that thinketh it farthest off.

Then, if it be good tidings to heare of a Saviour, where it is but a matter of the losse of earth, or of this life here: how then, when it commeth to the losse of Heaven; to the dan­ger of Hell, when our soule is at the stake, and the well doing or vndoing of it for ever? He that could save our soules from that Destroyer, were not the birth of such an one good newes trow? Is not such a Saviour worth the harkening after? Is he not? It is then because we have not that sense of our soules, and the dangers of them, that we have of our bodies: nor that feare of our ghostly enemies, nor that lively apprehension of the eternall torments of that place, and how neere we are to it, (nothing being betwixt us and it, but this poore puffe of breath which is in our nosthrills:) Our carnall part is quicke and sensible; our spirituall is dead and dull. We have not the feeling of our sinnes, that we have of our sicknesse: if we had, we would heare this newes with greater cheerefullnesse, and hold this Day of the birth of such a SAVIOVR, with ioy indeed. We cannot conceive it yet, this destruction is not neere enough to affect us.Ier. 30.24. But, in novissimo intelligetis planè, in the end, when the Destroyer shall come, and we shall finde the want of a Saviour, we shall plainly vnderstand this, and value this benefit and the ioy of it, as we ought; and finde, there is no ioy in the earth to the ioy of a Saviour.

[Page 39] There is borne a Saviour, is the first. The Angel addeth further,2. Which is CHRIST. A Saviour which is CHRIST. For, many Saviours had been borne, many had GOD sent them, that at di­verse times had set them free from diuerse dangers of their enemies; MOSES, from the Aegyptians; IOSHVA, from the Canaanites; GEDEON, from the Madianites; IEPTHA, from the Ammonites; SAMPSON, from the Philistims. And indeed, the whole story of the Bible is nothing els, but a Calender of Saviours, that GOD from time to time still stir­red them up.

But these all were but petie Saviours; there was one yet behind, that was worth them all. One, that should save his people from their Sinnes; Save, not their bodies for a time, Mat. 1.21. but their soules for ever, which none of those Saviours could do. One therefore much spoken of, wished for, and waited for, a Saviour which was CHRIST: when He came they looked for great matters, as said the Woman at the Wells sideIoh 4.25. For He was the most famous and greatest SAVIOVR of all. And this is He, A Saviour which is CHRIST. He, of whom all the Promises made mention, and He the performance of them all: of whom all the Types vnder the Law were shadowes, and He the substance of them all: Of whom all the Prophecies ranne, and He the fulfilling of them all: He, of whom all those inferiour Saviours were the figures and forerunners, and He the accomplishment of all, that in them was wanting. This is He: IACOB's Gen. 49.10. Shiloh, ESAYE's Esa. 7 14. Immanuel, IEREMIE's Ier. 23.5. Branch, DANIEL's Dan 9.29. Mes­sias, ZACHARIE's Zach. 6 12. Chap 1 27. Oriens ab alto, AGGEI's A [...]ge. 2.9. Desideratus cunctis Gentibus. The De­sire of all the Nations, then; and now, the Ioy of all Nations: a Saviour, which is CHRIST.

And what is meant by this terme CHRIST? A Saviour annoynted; or (as in another place it is said more agreeable to our phrase of speaking) a Ioh. 6.27. Saviour sealed; a Saviour under GODS Great Seale. That is, not as those other were, Saviours raised up of a sudden, upon some occasion; to serve the turne for the present, and never heard of till they came: but a Saviour in GODS fore-counsell resolved on, and given forth, from the beginning; pro­mised and foretold, and now signed and sen [...], with absolute Commission and fullnesse of power, to be the perfect and compleat SAVIOVR of all.

And to be it, ex Officio; His Office, His very profession, to be one, that all may have right to repaire unto Him, and find it at His hands. Not a Saviour incidently, as it fell out: but one, ex professo, Annoynted to that end, and by vertue of His Annoynting appointed, set forth, and sent into the world, to exercise this function of a SAVIOVR: Not for a time, but for ever, not to the Iewes, (as did the rest,) but even to all the ends of the earth. So runnes his bill,Mat. 11.23. Venite ad me omnes, Come all: and Ioh 6.37. Qui ad me venerit non ejiciam for as, of them that come to me, I will cast none out. 1. Tim 4.11. Servator omnium hominum, the Saviour of all men (and as the Samaritans said of him, Ioh. 4.42. Servator mundi. The Saviour of the world,) of Samaritans, Iewes, Gentiles: of Kings, of Shepheards and all.

And there is yet more particularitie in this word CHRIST: Three Offices did GOD from the beginning erect to save His people by; and that, by three acts, (The very Hea­then tooke notice of them,)1 Purgare, 2 Illuminare, 3 Perficere. 1 Priests, to purge or expiate: 2 Prophets, to illuminate or direct them; 3 Kings, to set all right, and to keepe all right, in that perfection, which this world admitteth. And all these three had their severall Annoyn­tings. Aaron the Priest, (Levit. 8.12.) Elisha the Prophet, (1. Reg. 19.16.) Saul the King, (1. Sam. 10.1.) In the Saviour which is CHRIST, His will was, all should meet, that nothing in Him might want, to the perfecting of this work. That He might be a per­fect Saviour of all, He was all. A Priest, after the order of Melchisedek, (Psal. 110.4.) A Pro­phet, to be heard when MOSES should hold his peace, (Deut. 18.18.) A King, to save His people, whose name should be IEHOVA Iustitia nostra, (Ierem. 23.6.) David's Priest, Mose's Prophet, Ieremie's King.

And these formerly had met double, two of them in some other; Melchisedek, King and Priest; Samuel, Priest and Prophet; DAVID, Prophet and King. Never all three, but in Him alone; and so, no perfect Christ but He: but He all, and so perfect. By His Priest-hood, to purge, expiate, & save us from our sins, being a propitiation to God for them: By his Prophecie, 1. Ioh. 2.2. to illuminate and save us from the by-paths of errour, guiding our feet in the way of peace. Chap. 1.79. By his Kingdome, protecting and conducting us through the miseries of this life, till He perfect us eternally by himselfe in the ioyes of His heavenly Kingdome. Rightly then, a Saviour which is CHRIST.

[Page 40]Now, as in the name SAVIOVR there was, so is there likewise Ioy in this Name CHRIST; and that, many wayes. 1. First, that we shall hang no more in expectation, We shall be no longer, Vi [...]cti sp [...]i; Hopes prisoners. He that should come, is come. The pro­mised SAVIOVR,Zach. 9.12. The Saviour, which is CHRIST, is now borne, and when spes becomes [...], then our ioy is full. 2. That now, there is a Saving Office erected; one Annoynted to that end, a professed Saviour, to whom all may resort. We shall not be to seeke, there is a Name given vnder Heaven, Act. 4.12. whereby we may be sure of salvation, the name of CHRIST. 3. That to this our saving, we have the ioynt consent and good will of all parties; in this Name CHRIST. CHRIST (that is) the Annointed, what person is He? The SONNE, the second Person. Annointed, by whom? By [...]he FATHER: Quem vnxisti, (Acts 4.27.) the first Person. Annointed, with what? With the HOLY GHOST, (Acts 10.38.) the third Person. So a concurrence of all Persons in this Name; all willing and well pleased, with the worke of our Salvation. 4. If we would be saved, we would be saved, vnctione, by oyle, not by vineger.Cant. 1.2. Et vnguentum effusum, Nomer Eius: And His Name is CHRIST, one that saveth by annoynting. 5. And if by Oyle, (there be hot Oyles) with a gentle b [...]ni [...]tive Oyle. And the Oyle which Hevseth, wherewith He is annoynted, is, the Oyle of gladnesse. Gladnesse therefore must needs go with this Name. Which Oyle of gladnesse is not for Himselfe, but for vs: not for His vse, but for ours. So he saith himselfe, in his first Sermon at Nazareth, upon his Text out of Esay 61.2. The annoynting (this Oyle of gladnesse) was vpon Him to bestow it upon us, and of us: Vpon them especially, that through a wounded conscience, were trou­bled with the spirit of heavinesse, to turne their heaviness into ioy. Glad then; that He is come, that by His Office is to save: and come with the good liking of all: to save us by Oyle: and that, the oyle of gladnesse.

3. Christ the LORD.And yet to make our ioy more full, the Angel addeth the third. A Saviour which is Christ; Christ the Lord. For neither is this all. He is not Christ only. We must not stay there. For, the Name Christ will agree, hath been and may be imparted to others besides. Many a King, in Scripture, hath had the honor to carry the Name of Christ, But with a difference. The King, Christus Domini, the Lords Christ: He, Christus Dominus, the Lord Christ, or Christ the Lord. Consider then, Heb. 7.4. how great this Child is, whose Annoynted, Kings themselves are. For if they be Christi Domini, the Lords Annoynted, His they are, for He is the Lord. The Lord absolute, without any addition; ye may put it to what ye will, Lord of men and Angels, Lord of heaven and earth, and all the Hosts of them, Dominus Christorum, and Dominus Dominorum, Lord paramount ouer all.

But why The Lord? Because this name of CHRIST will sort with men. Nay, as He is CHRIST (that is Annointed) He is man only. It is his name as man, for GOD cannot be Annointed. But he that should save us would be more then Man; and so, more then CHRIST. Indeed, CHRIST cannot save us. He that must save us must be the LORD. For,Heb. 7.28. such a Saviour it behooveth us to have, as might not begin the worke of our Salvation, and leave it in the middest, but goe through with it, and make an end too; which the for­mer Savio [...]rs could not do. Formerly, ever their complaint was, that their Saviours, their Christs dyed still, and left them to seeke: their Kings, and Priests, and Prophets dropt away still;Heb 7.23.24. for, they were not suffered to endure by reason of death. But this Saviour, this CHRIST, because he is the LORD, endureth for ever, hath an everlasting Priesthood, Kingdome and Prophecy, and so is able perfectly to save them, that come to GOD by him. This is one rea­son, why, hither we must come at the last, to Christ the LORD, and till we be at it, we be not where we should. Els, our Saviours will dye, and leave us destitute.

But, the maine reason is set downe by Esay, Ego sum, Ego sum, (saith GOD himselfe) & praeter me, Esay 43.11. non est Servator: It is I, I that am the Saviour, I am, and besides Me, there is no Saviour. None indeed, no true Saviour, but the LORD. All other are short, Vanasa­lus hominis, saith the Psalme, mans salvation is vaine, any salvation is vaine, if it be not the LORDS. 1. Those Christs, that were not the LORD, could save but the bodie, and not one of them quicken his owne soule: CHRIST, that is the LORD, can save soules and bodies, His owne and others both. 2. Those Christs, that were not the LORD, could save but from carnall enemies, with armes of flesh: He, from our ghostly enemies, even spiritiuall wickednesses in heavenly places, from Abaddon the great destroier of the bottomlesse pit. [Page 41] 3. They, that were not the LORD, could save but from worldly calamities, could but prune and take of the twigs, (as it were:) He, from sin it selfe, and so plucketh it up by the roots. 4. They, that were not the LORD, put it of but for a time, and after it came a­gaine, Temporall onely. He for ever, once for all: and is become Authour of eternall salva­tion, to all that depend on Him. And marke that word [eternall:] For,Heb. 5.9. none but the LORD can worke eternall salvation. 5. They all had need of a Saviour themselves, and, of this Saviour: He needs none, receives of none, imparts to all; as being not a Saviour onely, but Salus ipsa in abstracto, Salvation it selfe,Verse 30. Ioh. 1. (as Simeon calleth him) of whose fulnesse wee all receive. To save may agree to man: To be salvation, can agree to none but to CHRIST the LORD. To begin, and to end; to save soule and bodie, from bodily and ghostly enemies; from sin the root, and miserie the branches; for a time, and for ever; to be a Saviour, and to be Salvation it selfe: CHRIST, the LORD is all this, and can doe all this. Now then we are right, and never till now. A Saviour, which is Christ the LORD.

But the Name [LORD] goeth yet further: not onely to save us, and set us free from dan­ger, to deliver us from evill; but to state us in as good and better condition, then we forfei­ted by our fall; or els though we were saved, we should not save by the match. To make us then savers, and not savers onely, but gainers, and that great gainers by our salvation, He doth further impart also the estate annexed of this last title, even whatso [...]ver he is Lord of himselfe. And He is Lord of Life, (saith Saint Peter, Acts 3.15.) Life then He imparts. And He is Lord of Glorie, (saith Saint Paul, 1. Cor. 2.8.) Glorie then He imparts. And He is Lord of Ioy, (Intra in gaudium Domini, Enter into the ioy of the Lord, Mat. [...]5.21.) Ioy then He imparts. Life, and Glorie, and Ioy; and makes us Lords of them, and of whatsoe­ver is within the Name, and title of Lord. For, having thereto a double right, 1 by Inheri­tance as the Sonne, (Hebr. 1.2.) 2 And by purchase as a Redeemer (for, therefore He died, and rose againe, that He might be Lord of all, Rom. 14.9.) contenting Himselfe with the former, He is well pleased to set over the latter to us, and admit us with Himselfe into His estate of ioynt purchase of heaven, or whatsoever He is owner of; that, in right of it, we may enter into the Life, Glorie, and Ioy, of our Lord; and so be saved and be savers, and more then sa­vers every way. This also, is in the word Lord: this benefit further we have by it.

And now, if we will put together, Natus and Servator, Servator and Christus, Christus and Dominus, Dominus and Natus: Borne and Saviour, Saviour and Christ, Christ and the Lord, the Lord and Borne: take them which way ye will in combination, any of the foure, then have we His two Natures in one Person. In Servator, His God head: None but GOD is a Saviour. In Christus, His Man-hood: GOD cannot be Annoynted, Man may. In Do­minus, His Divine againe, the Lord from heaven. In Natus, His Humane nature, directly, borne of a woman. Both (ever) carefully ioyned, and to be ioyned togither. When Saint Mat­thew had begun his Gospell thus:Mat. 1.1. The booke of the generation of IESVS CHRIST the sonne of DAVID, one nature, His humanity: Saint Marke was carefull to begin his thus;Mark. 1.1. The beginning of the Gospell of IESVS CHRIST the sonne of GOD, the other nature, His Divinity. But Saint Iohn, he ioynes them, Verbum carofactum est, the Word became flesh. Ioh. 1.14. Verbum the Word, there is Dominus; and Caro the Flesh, that is, Natus.

And even this very coniunction is a new Ioy. For, that such an one, that the LORD would condescend to be borne, (besides the benefit,) there is also matter of Honour. Even that He, so great a person, would become such as we are, would so esteeme our Nature, as to take it upon Him; This certainely is a great dignity and exaltation of our Nature; And it is matter of new Ioy: That He would so highly value it, as to assume, associate, and vnite it into one person, with the Sonne of GOD. By this, we see, why a SAVIOVR: why CHRIST: why the LORD. A SAVIOVR, His name of benefit, whereby He is to de­liver us. CHRIST, His name of Office, whereby He is bound to undertake it. The LORD, His Name of power, whereby He is able to effect it. We see also why Man, and why GOD. First, So it should be; for, of right, none was to make satisfaction for man, but man. And in very deed, none was able to give satisfaction to GOD, but GOD. So that being to satis­fie GOD for Man, He was to be GOD and Man. Secondly, So we would wish it our selves: If we would be saved, we would be saved by one of our Nature, not by any stran­ger. He is borne, and so one of our owne nature. Againe, if we would be saved, we would [Page 42] be saved, by no inferiour, but by the best: He is the LORD, and so the very best of all. And so, our desire is satisfied every way.

This blessed Birth of this Saviour which is CHRIST the LORD, thus furnished in eve­ry point, to save us throughly, bodie and soule, from sinne the destruction, and Sathan the de­stroyer of both, and that both heer, and for ever; this blessed, and thrice blessed Birth, is the substance of this Dayes solemnity, of the Angels Message, and of our Ioy.

The Circum­stance of the Persons to whom.And now, to the Circumstances: and first of the Persons, vobis; I bring you good ty­dings; That to you is borne, &c.

We find not any word through all, but there is ioy in it: and yet all is suspended, till we come to this one word [vobis:] this makes vp all. This word therefore we shall doe well ever to looke for, and when we find it, to make much of it. Nothing passeth without it; it is the word of application. But for it, all the rest are loose; this girds it on, this fastens it to vs, Mat. 8.29. and makes it ours. But for it, we are but in their case, Quid nobis & tibi, What have we to do with thee? This Saviour CHRIST the LORD, in this good time and fit place, Quid ad nos? What are we the better? Omni populo, is somewhat too generall, and the hundreth part of them, shall not be benefited by Him. We would heare it in more parti­cularity. Why, vobis, for you it is, Borne for you: Yea, now ye say somewhat.

Evangelizo vo­bis, and Natus vobis.And twice it is repeated for failing, in either verse once. Evangelizo vobis, and natus vobis, that ye may know, the Message is yours and the Birth is yours; therefore, the message is sent to you, because the birth concerneth you. But yours they be, both.

The Vse we have of it.May we then be bold to change the person, and vtter it in the first, which he doth in the se­cond, and say Nobis? We may sure, Puer natus est nobis; Esay 9.6. ESAY hath said it before us. And thereby, lieth a mystery: The Angels they say, Vobis; The Prophets were men; men say, Nobis. Bid the Angel say, Nobis, he cannot, neither sing nor say it: Angelis he cannot, to Angels,Heb. 2.16. Verse 14. Nusquam Angelos: but Hominibus vnto men, he can and doth. And this is a speciall high Prerogative; that which the Angels can neither sing nor say, we can do both.

If then He be borne to us, it is to some end. ESAY tels vs, what it is, when he expoun­deth Natus, by Datus, Borne to us, by Given us. Borne, to be bestowed upon us. And if given us, bestowed upon us, then He is ours. Ours His Benefit, His Office, His Power: His Benefit to save us, His Office to vndertake us, His Power to assure us. Ours, His salvation, as IESVS; His annointing, as CHRIST; His Dominion, as the LORD. And if He be ours, then all His are ours: Luk. 15.31. Omnia Eius nostra sunt: His Birth ours, and if His Birth, all that fol­low His Birth, ours too.

Now then, seeing He and they be ours, will it not be well done, to make our entry, to take seisin of Him and them, and dispose them to our best benefit? And how can we do that bet­ter, Then, as GOD hath offered Him to us this day, that He was borne for us: so we recipro­cally this day, that He is borne, offer Him againe to GOD, as the best pleasing Oblation that we can offer Him. To day, as in the Temple alive, for our morning oblation: And when the time commeth of His death, offer Him as on the Crosse, slaine for our evening Sacrifice. So shall we, as Bernard wisheth us, vti nostro, in vtilitatem nostram, & de Salvatore salutem ope­rari, Employ, or make vse of Him for our best behoofe: draw His proper extract from Him, and work salvation out of this our Saviour.

Our duty reci­procall.Now, a word onely, what is to be done on our parts, and that respectively to these two points, what we are to returne to them; what to this Message, and what to this Birth.

To the Message, Evangelizo vobis, this we are to returne, this is due to a message, to heare it. And, that we do, and that is all: we come to the Sermon, we heare it, and little we do besides.1. To heare the message. But we heare it but heavily, with a faint affection (GOD knoweth:) we heare it not as an Ecce, as matter of high admiration: we heare it not as Gaudium Magnum, with that alacrity and cheerfulnesse we should. We heare it not as Nobis, as if it neerely touched us, but as a matter that little concerned vs, it skilled not much, whither we heard it or no. Many meaner things affect us more, but this should be the ioyfullest hearing that we ever heard.

2. To receive Him.And shall we not likewise performe some duty to Natu [...]est? yes even to that also. And not heare of Him, and let Him alone: heare his tydings, and let Himselfe go.

[Page 43]He was borne for us, and given us, Natus nobis, and Donatus nobis (both go together in the Prophet.) To a gift the duty that belongeth properly, is to receive it. If He be Natus Nobis, and Donatus Nobis, I trust we will take order, He be Acceptus à nobis. If borne us, and given us, it is our part then, we can do no lesse then receive Him. We evacuate the gift, disgrace both the Giver and it, if we vouchsafe not to accept of it.

How is that? how shall we receive Him? who shall give Him us? That shall one, that will say unto us within a while, Accipite, Take, This is my Body, by the offering whereof ye are sanctified. Take, this is my Bloud, by the sh [...]dding whereof ye are saved. Heb. 10.10: Both, in the holy Mysteries ordained by GOD, as pledges to assure us, and as Conduit pipes to conueigh into us, this and all other the benefits, that come by this our Saviour.

Verily, upon His memorable daies, (of which this is the first) we are bound to do some­thing in memory, or remembrance of Him. What is that? Will ye know what it is? Hoc facite, Doe this in remembrance of me.

Something would be thought on, to returne Him for all His benefits, and this day for this first, the fountaine of all the rest; His Birth: Some thanks would be rendred Him for it. And how can we do that better, then as we are taught by him, that studied the point of Quid retribuam, and resolved it thus; no way so well, as by Accipiam Calicem: I will take the cup of salvation. And so do it: So, with it taken into our hands,Psal. 116.12. give thanks to the name of the LORD. And when better then to day? Hodiè, as we are heer directed. What better Day then on this Day? the very Day He was bestowed on us. To deferr Him, no longer, then He did us. He deferred no [...]us at all, but assoone as He was borne, sent us word the same in­stant: and shall we deferr Him to heare of us another time; and not be as ready on our part to receive Him instantly, as He was on His, to bestow Himselfe, even presently, assoone as He was borne? Sure, somewhat would be done more then ordinary, this day of His Birth; the day it selfe is more then ordinarie.

And let this move us. If ever there be a day of salvation, Ecce hic est dies salutis, Behold, this is it, when a Saviour is borne unto us. If ever an accepted time, Ecce tempus acceptum, Behold, now it is, this is that time. The Birth day hath ever been a time accepted. Then, one King forgave the trespasse of his Servant, and received him to Grace. Another,Gen. 40.21. being pleased, was ready in his bountie to have given away the one halfe of his Kingdome. Our Sa­viour CHRIST, Our LORD, on His Birth day, will be no worse then they. His bountie,Mar. 6.23. then, no lesse then theirs.

Let us then make this so accepted a time in it selfe, twice acceptable, by our accepting: which, He will accetably take at our hands. Let us honour this day, with our receiving: which He hath honored by His first giving: Yeelding Him evermore, (but this day, the day of it, cheefly,) our vnfained heartie thankesgiving for this so good newes; for this so great a Gift; both of them this day vouchsafed us: in Him and for Him, who was Himselfe the gift, our SAVIOVR, CHRIST, the LORD. To whom, with the FATHER, and the HOLY GHOST, three Persons, one immortall, ever living, invisible, onely wise GOD; be all Honour, Glory, Blessing, Praise, and Thanksgiving, this day and for ever.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Wednesday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXI. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

IOAN. CHAP. I. VER. XIIII.

And the VVORD was made Flesh, and dwelt among us: (and we saw the Glorie thereof, as the Glorie of the Onely-be­gotten SONNE of the FATHER) full of Grace and Truth.

THERE is, in the Old Testament. (in the X. of Ezekiel) and in the New (in the IIII, of the Revelation,) a Vision of foure sundry shapes,Ezek. 10.14. Apoc. 4.6.7. A man, a lyon, an oxe, and an Eagle. It hath been vsual­ly received, to applie these foure to the foure Evangelists, and of them, the Eagle, to Saint Iohn. The nature of the Eagle is, by GOD himselfe,Iob. 39.30.33. described (Iob 39.) by two properties, 1 elevari ad ardua, no foule vnder heaven to wreth so high: 2 and vbicunque fuerit cadaver statim adest; None so soone or so sodainly downe vpon the bodie,Mat. 24.28. as he. Both these do lively expresse themselues in Saint Iohn: and no where more lively, then in this Gospell. Wherin, as an Eagle in the clouds, Gen. 1.1. Verse 1. he first mounteth wonderfully high, beyond MOSES and his In principio, with an higher In principio then it; beyond Genesis and the worlds Creation: That the Word was then wi [...]h GOD and was GOD. This may well be termed the Eagles flight; so exceeding high, as the cleerest eye hath much adoe, to follow him. Yet, so farr as they can follow him, the very Philosophers have been driven, to admire the penning of this Gospell. But af­ter this,Luk 17.37. as an Eagle againe, (vbi corpus, ibi Aquila,) downe he commeth directly, from the height of heaven, and lights vpon the body of His flesh, the mysterie of His incarnation: and tells us, that He, that in the beginning, was apud Deum, and Deus, He, in the fullnesse of time, was apud homines, and Homo. He dwelt not long aloft; he knew, it was not to pur­pose: Verbum DEVS is farr above our reach. Verbum caro, that concernes us. No time, but it concernes us: but, this time, above others. This Feast is held, this Assembly met, for no other end, but to celebrate the contents of the Text, that the Word, being made flesh, this day, came to dwell among us.

The DivisionTwo parts there be in the Text sensibly 1 parted, by a Parenthesis. 2 That without the Parenthesis, is, that he would have us beleeve, Verbum caro, &c. 3 That, within, is the Affi­davit, I Vidimus, &c. In the former three things are affirmed of the Word. 1 2 3 1 Factus è nobis; 2 habitavit in nobis; 3 plenum pro nobis: 1 That the Word was made flesh of us; 2 dwelt with us; 3 was full for us.

II Then followeth the Affidavit of these. That S. Iohn, (and other more, besides,) saw; [Page 45] and so spake no more then they knew; nor testifie no more, then they had seen. 1. Ioh 1.2. The best Proofe that can be. They saw (though, not the Word himselfe, yet) His glory: We saw His glory. And that glory such, as would suit with none but Him; and so, every Way suffici­ent, to demonstrate Him, the only Sonne of God.

And, after all this, one more there is, without which, His making, Dwelling, and Seeing were to little purpose: That is, that as He came not obscurely, but was seen; so He came not empty, but full of grace and truth. This fullnesse was not for Himselfe, but for us:Verse 16. Et de plenitudine Eius omnes accepimus.

There is not any thing, that concerneth this Mysterie, but is within this Text. His two Natures, The word, and flesh: 1 Word, Divine; 2 Flesh, Humane. The Vnion of them in factum est; union into a Person, in Habitavit: Habitare, est Personae. 3 Then, His office also. [...] which is not onely habetavit, but castrametavit in nobis: not onely, tooke a house, but pitched a pavilion in us: Not onely, factus Incola, made our Neighbour; but, made a Champion, for us, to undertake our quarrell, and to fight a combate. 4 And last, the Be­nefit: Made, that He might Dwell; and Dwell, that He might impart to us, and we derive from Him) that, whereof He was full, and we were empty; we had need, and He had store; grace, and truth.

I

All reducible to these three: 1 Quod Verbum, Caro: 3 Quid Verbu, Carni: 3 Quid II Ca [...]o, Verbo1 That the Word became flesh; the Mysterie: 2 What the Word did for III flesh; the Benefit: 3 And, what flesh is to doe to the Word againe; the Duety.

We are in a deepe point, and a dangerous. It will not be amisse,I. Quòd Verbum, Caro. Verbum, The Word. to pause a little on the three termes, Verbum, Caro, and factum est. The Word. 1 There be, that take this Name to be given Him, as who should say: He, of whom so many excellent words are spoken, all along this Booke; so many words of promise, and prophesie, and all of 1 Him: So, the Word, Obiectivè. 2 Others: for that He discloseth to us all Gods counsaile,2 even as the Word openeth the minde of man; by whom as His word, we know whatsoe­ver we know of the Fathers mind. So, the Word, Effectivè. 3 A third; for that He 3 commeth, not only as IESVS, to save us; but, as the Word, to teach us: We, as to ho­nor Him; so, learne His word, as the way to our Salvation. So, the Word, Prae­ceptive.

4 These are all well, and true all: but, all short. We may have use of them;The Word, and The onely be­gotten of the Fa­ther. but 4 there is a further matter, then all these. This Word (as we finde, in the Affidavit) is the Only begotten of the Father. These two are one, and the same; but, need to be set in two termes, that what is wanting is the one, may be supplied by the other: (So high is the Divine nature above our reach, as no one terme is hable to expresse it: It is well, if diverse will doe it.) In this they agree: As the Sonne is, to the Father; so is the Word, To shew His proceeding. to the Minde. The Sonne, Proles Parentis; the Word, Proles mentis: They proceed, both: the Sonne, from the Father; the Word, from the minde: and so note out unto us, a Par­ty proceeding, a second Person, from the first: from Him that begetteth, the Sonne; from him that speaketh, the Word; Against Sabellius.

The Sonne referreth to a living nature: The Word addeth further an intellectuall na­ture: Generare est vi [...]enti [...]m, Loqui intelligentium: That, there is in Him, not only the Nature, and Life, but the Wisedome of the Father.

Both Pro [...]eed. The word sheweth the Manner; The Sonne, the truth of His procee­ding. With us the Sonne is not begott, but by flesh, by propagation: The word ther­fore requisite, to shew, His proceeding was after no carnall manner; but, as the word from the minde. A better terme could not be devised. For, there is not in all the World a more pure, simple, inconcrete procreation, then that, whereby the minde conceiveth the word within it, by dixit incorde. For, in it selfe, and of it selfe, doth the minde produce it, without help of any mixture of ought, without any passion stirring or agitation at all. Such was the issue of the Word eternall. But then, lest we might imagine GODS Word to be, to Him, no other, then ours is to us; not of our substance; He makes amends for [Page 49] that, and tells us, He is the Only begotten, and so of the substance of His Father, (very God, of very God,) as all begotten Sonnes be. The Word, to shew His proceeding pure, and meer­ly spirituall: the Sonne, to shew, that for all that, it is true and substantiall. Truly consub­stantiall with the Father, as the Sonne; but, in all cleane and pure manner conceived, as the Word.

The Sonne, though He be consubstantiall, yet the person of His Father may have a be­ing long before Him. The Word makes amends for that. For, the minds conceiving, and the minde cannot be severed a moment: if one be eternall, both are. So then, as the Sonne, He is consubstantiall: as the Word, He is coëternall.

But, he beginnes with the Word. His care being, first to tell us of the purenesse of His generation, before of His generation it selfe: but after, by little and little, unfol­deth himselfe and tells, He is so the Word, as the SONN [...] also. Indeed, it was best beginning with the Word. That terme the Heathen Wise men, the Philosophers, would never stumble at, but brooke it well enough: As (indeed) they did, (not with approba­tion only, but with high admiration) read and magnifie the beginning of this Gospell. Witnesse Tertul. in Apol. Euseb. in praepar. August. de Civit. 10. and Theodoret. It was conforme to their reason: Quòd Deus ab aeterno intelligit, and that [...] and [...], the conceiving of the mind, and the minde must needs be coëternall: the minde never with­out it:Mic. 5 2. as the Prophet sayth, Egressus Ejus à Diebus aeternitatis. This for the Word, of much more, that might be sayd of it.

Became flesh. 1. Caro.As the Word, and the Onely Begotten referre to one: so doth Caro, and in nobis, Flesh and in us; that is, such flesh as is in us, Humane flesh. 1. To expresse the Vnion 1 fully, a better word could not be chosen. It is a part, for the whole; and the worser part, for the whole, of purpose. For, in this case, our nature is best set out, by the worser part. For, this we know; if the worse be taken, the better will not be left be­hinde. If He abhorre not the flesh, of the Spirit there will be no question. More for­cible it is, to say, He was made flesh, then He was made man; though both be true. He vouchsafed to become man, nothing so much, as to become flesh, the very lowest and basest part of man.

2 Besides, from the Flesh (as from Eve) came the beginning of transgression, longing after the forbidden fruit, refused the Word quite; so, of all other, least likely to be taken. The Word not refusing it, the rest have good hope.

3 But, there is a kinde of necessitie, to use the terme flesh. If he had sayd man, man may be taken for a Person. He tooke no Person, but our Nature He tooke: flesh, is no Person, but Nature only; and so b [...]st expresseth it. And if soule, it might have been taken, as if He tooke not the flesh, but mediante animâ; but, So He did not, but as immediately, and as soone, the flesh, as the soule: in one instant, both.

4 Yet one more. It will not be amisse to tell you; The word, that is Hebrew for flesh, the same is also Hebrew, [...] in Piel. for good tydings, (as we call it, the Gospell:) Sure, not without the Holy Ghost so dispensing it. There could be no other meaning; but that, some Incar­nation, or Making flesh, should be generally good newes for the whole world. To let us know, this good tydings is come to passe, he tells us, the VVord is now become flesh.

2. Verbum caro, The Word be­came fl [...]sh.Thus, why flesh: now, why the Word, flesh. Caro Verbum was our bane; flesh would be the Word; nay, wiser then the Word, and know what was evill, better then it. If caro Verbum, our bane; then, Verbum caro, our remedy.

2 Surely, if the Word would become flesh, it were (so) most kindly. The Word was pars lae­sa, 2 the party that was most offended. If He would undertake it; if He, against whom the offense was, would be Author of the reconciliation, there were none to that: It were (so) most proper.

3 But, in another respect, He were fitt too. He had sayd above: All things were made by Him:verse 3. Colos. 1.16.17 a kinde of meetnesse there were, ut per quem facta omnia, per eundem refecta, He that first made them, should restore them; He that built, repayre; So is best, ever.

4 And indeed, Sic oportet implere omnem iustitiam, that were the way to fulfill all iustice; If the Word would take flesh, Ioh. 5 16. he might make full amends for the fleshes fault, in reiecting [Page 47] the word. So is iustice; that, flesh for flesh; and, not the flesh of oxen and sheepe; but even that flesh, that sinneth, (our flesh) should suffer for it, and so suffering make satisfaction to Iustice.

Why then, factum est caro; the Word is made Flesh: This makes up all. For,3. 1. Factum est caro. Was made. factum est, ergo, est; He is made flesh, therefore, is flesh: Fieri terminatur ad esse, the end of making, is being. And per modum naturae: (so is [...], the Greeke word:) this being is naturall, Et nativitas est via ad naturam, and nativitie is the way to nature. So, to be borne: as, this day, He was: Venit per carnem, sanat per verbum, Luk. 3.6. that all flesh may see the Salvation of GOD. Made it was; against Manicheus holding that he had noe true body: as if, factum had been fictum, or making were mocking. Made it was: but, how made? Not convertendo, the Word converted into flesh, (as Cherinthus;) or flesh converted into the word, Verbum caro facta est (as Valentinus:) for, the Deitie cannot be changed into any thing; nor any thing, into it. Nor made conciliando, (as freinds are made,) so as, they continue two severall persons still: and while the flesh suffered, the Word stood by and looked on; (as Nestorius.) That is cum carne, not caro; made with flesh, not flesh: And, never was one person sayd to be made another. Nor made, by compounding; and so, a third thing produced of both (as Eutyches:) For so, He should be neither of both, [...]ord nor flesh, neither GOD, nor man.

But, made He Was: Saint Paul tells us, how: assumendo, by taking the seed of Abra­ham (Heb. XI.) His generation eternall, (as verbum Deus) is, as the enditing the Word, Heb. 2.16. within the heart. His generation in time (verbum Caro) is as the uttering it forth with the voice. The inward motion of the minde taketh unto it a naturall body of ayre, and so becommeth vocall; It is not changed into it, the Word remayneth still, as it was; yet they two become one voice. Take a similitude from our selves. Our soule is not turned into, nor compounded with the body: yet, they two, though distinct in natures, grow into one man: So, into the God-head, was the man-hood taken; the Natures pre­served, without confusion; the Person entire, without division. Take the definition of the fourth Generall Council: Sic factum est caro, ut maneret verbum; non immutando, quod erat, sed suscipiendo; quod non erat: nostra auxit, sua non minuit; nec Sacramentum pietatis, Detrimentum Deitatis: He was so made flesh, that He ceased not to be the Word; never changing that He was, but taking that He was not: We were the better, He was never the worse; the Mysterie of Godlinesse was no detriment to the God head, nor the honour of the creature wrong to the CREATOR.

And now, being past these points of beleife, I come to that, which I had much rather stand on, (and so it is best for us;) that which may stirr up our love to Him, that thus became flesh for us.

First, comparing Factum with Dictum. For, if we were so much beholden for verbum 1 dictum the word spoken, the Promise; how much more for verbum factum, the Perfor­mance? If, for factum carni, the Word that came to flesh; how then for factum caro, be­came flesh

Then, taking factum absolutely. The Word, by whom all things were made, to come 2 to be made it selfe. It is more for Him, fieri, to be made any thing, then facere, Verse 3. to make a­nother World, yea many Worlds more. There is more a great deale, in this factum est, then in omnia per Ipsum facta sunt: In He made, then in All things by Him were made.

Factum est, with VVhat He was made. For, if made; made the most compleat 3 thing of all, that ever He had made: Made a Spirit, for God is a Spirit;Ioh. 4.24. Psal. 3.4. Heb. 2.7. some degree of neerenesse between them: But what is man, that he should be made him, or the Sonne of man, that He should take his nature upon Him!

If man, yet the more noble part, the immortall part, the soule: what els? There are some points of His Image in that: It understandeth, i [...] loveth, hath a kinde of capacitie of the VVord. So hath not the flesh: It is res bruta, common to them with us, neither a­ble to understand, or love, or in any degree capable of it. Make it the Soule, the precious soule (so calleth it Salomon;) not the bodie, the vile bodie (so the Apostle calleth it.Pro. 6.26. Phil. 3.21.) Of the VVord he sayd ever, vidimus gloriam Ejus, we sawe the glorie of it: of the flesh [Page 48] we may say, vidimus sordes ejus, we daily see that comes from it, as non est vilius ster­quilinium, on the dung-hill, worse is not to be seene. Set not so pretious a stone in so base mettall.

5 But this is not all. If He must be made, for love of God, make Him something wherein is some good: For, in our flesh (Saint Paul sayth) there dwelleth no good: yea, the very wisedome of the flesh at flat defiance with the VVord. Rom. 7.18. Rom. 8.7. Make it somewhat els. For, there is not only a huge distance, but maine repugnancie betweene them. Yet, for all this,Ioh. 10.35. non potest solvi Scriptura: The VVord was made flesh.

I adde yet further: what flesh? The flesh of an Infant. What, Verbum Infans, the VVord an Infant? the VVord, and not be able to speake a word? How evill agreeth this? This He put up. How borne, how entertained? In a stately Palace, Cradle of Ivo­rie, Robes of estate? No: but a stable for His Palace; a manger for His Cradle; poore clouts for His array. This was His beginning. Follow Him further, if any better after­ward: what flesh afterward? Sudans & algens, in cold and heat; hungrie and thirstie; faint and wearie. Esay 53.5. Is his end any better, (that maketh up all:) what flesh then? Cujus livore sanati, blacke and blew; bloudie and swolne; rent and torne; the thornes, and nayles sticking in his flesh: And such flesh He was made. A great factum certainly, and much to be made of. To have been made caput Angelorum had been an abasement: To be Heb. 2.7. minoratus Angelis is more: But, to be Esay 53. v. 3. novissimus Virorum, in worst case of all men, nay Psal. 22.6. a worme, and no man: So to be borne, so arrayed, and so housed, and so handled; there is not the meanest flesh but is better. So to be made, and so unmade; to take it on, and lay it off, with so great indignitie; Weigh it and wonder at it, that ever He would endure to be made flesh, and to be made it on this manner. What was it, made the VVord thus to be made flesh? Non est lex hominis ista, flesh would never have been brought to it.Ioh. 3.16. 1. Ioh. 5.1. 2. Reg. 19.31. It was GOD, and in GOD, nothing but Love: Dilexit with Sic, Cha­ritas with an Ecce: Fecit amor, ut Verbum caro fieret: Zelus Domini exercituum fecit hoc. Love only did it. Quid sit, possit, debeat, non recipit ius amoris: That only cares not for any exinanivit, any humiliavit se, any emptying, humbling, losse of reputation: Love re­spects it not, cares not, what flesh he be made, so the flesh be made by it.

2 Habitavit, and dwelt. And dwelt. Factum est is the word of Nature; Habitavit, of Person: Habitare est, 1 Personae. And, two there are not. It is not Habitaverunt: therefore, but one Per­son.

2 And, habitavit is a word of continuance: that which was begunne in factum, is con­tinued in habitavit. Not only made, but made stay, made His abode with us: Not appeared, and was gone againe streight; but, for a time tooke up His dwelling; Factus caro, Fac­tus incola. And this word concernes this day properly. This is the day, the first day of habitavit in nobis. Incarnate He was in the Virgins wombe; His taking flesh could not be seen: but this draweth after it a vidimus; dwelt and was seen visibly.

3 And this leadeth us to a third: conversatus est. Factum, and factum familiare: that he withdrew not himselfe into some solitarie place, but was verbum prope nos, neer us, neer neighbors to us.Rom. 10.8. Phil. 2.7. Habitu inventus ut homo, In his habit, and in his habitation, found as a man. One might aske him (as they, at Ver. XXXVIII) ubi habitas, Sir where dwell you? and He invited them to come and see.

4 [...], dwelt, as in a Tent.And [...] is not every dwelling, but a dwelling in [...] a tent, that is, but for a time. Not a house, to stand for ever; but a tent, to be taken downe againe. Which, as it sheweth His Tabernacle, of the nature of ours, mortall; so withall, that He came but of an errand, to sojourne till He had done it: A worke He had for which He was sent; that being done, He layd his Tabernacle of againe.

5 [...], pitched his tent as a Sol­dier.And, even that worke it selfe, is in [...]: For, it is a word militar: Souldiers dwell in tents: As if He were now factus caro, incola, miles; as if some battaile were to­ward. And (indeed) from the beginning, (the very third of Genesis,) there was warre proclaimed,Gen. 3.15. Rom. 7.23. betweene the womans seede, and the Serpents. An enemie we had, strong and mightie, had, and have still: not one, but many, a whole campe of them. They had prevailed, and let us away captive under the Lawe of sinne. Dux nobis opus est, A [Page 49] Champion we stood in need of, to rescue us. And heer we have one now, even Dux Mes­sias, as Daniel calleth Him. He, as this day, came into the campe, Dan. 9.25. set up His pavilion among us. The Tabernacle of GOD was with men. He might not stay eight dayes in the campe, but He must take Sacramentum militare: So He did. And the ceremonie of it was to be stroken, and to bleed some small quantitie: So he was, at his Circumcision: And after, He performed the battaile at his Passion. Where, though it cost Him His life, yet the victorie fell on His side, Captivitie was led captive, and we were delivered.Ephes. 4.8. His Tent was but a fore-runner to His combate. This for His dwelling. Now the Affidavit.

As the word Habitavit pointeth us to this first day of the feast, and His Tent, The Affidavit, Vidimus, We Saw. to the middle day; when He vndertook our quarrell: So vidimus (now) is proper to the last day the day of Manifestation, or Ep [...]phanie. He dwelt; and not invisibly, or obscurely, but so, as He might be (and was) seene. Even, this very first day, vidimus, might the Shep­heards say, we saw His Angels, and heard them sing, and then went to Bethlem and saw Himselfe. Vidimus, might the VVise men say: we saw His starre in the East;Mat 2.2. Act. 26.26. and we are come to see Himselfe. This they might say, and truly: for, these things were not done in o [...]scuro. But (as we said) This clause is the Affidavit it is inferred as a Proofe. You tell us of His making, and His dwelling: Quomodo constat? How shall it appeare? Vidimus is the best proofe that can be; He saw it;Ioh. 19.35. was an eye-witnesse of what he testi­fied. 2

An [...] it is not vidi, but vidimus; more eyes then one: Not he alone,Vidimus, not vidi. W [...] saw. others more saw it, besides him. In the mouth [...]at 17. 1. Ioh 1 3. of two or three witnesses: Peter, Iames, and He, (vidimus) were in the holy mount together, and saw Him transfigured. Nay, a whole Act. 1.9. Hebr. 12.1. cloud of witnesses (CXX,) saw him taken up into heaven out of their sight, in the mount of Olives. Well might He say, vidimus. 3

And that not per transennam, at a blush, passing by; but had a full sight, [...]. Saw it in [...]en­tively. looked well upon Him, at leysure; did it throughly, for a good time together. It is not [...], but [...] (the word, whence a theater is derived:) As men with good heed behold things t [...]ere: so did we, intenti [...]ely, all the acts and scenes of His life.4

But I ask: what saw they? The flesh peradventure: The Word, they could not see.Saw His glory. He is GOD; and GOD hath no man ever seene. True: that, they could not; yet His glorie they might, and did.Ver. 18. Which glorie was an infallible demonstration of His pre­sence, there. Through the veile of His flesh; such beames He cast,Heb. 10.30. as behind those clouds, they might know, there was a Sunne; as, that way onely, could He be made visible to the eyes of flesh, which otherwise could not behold Him.5

But it may be it was some wrong, this; but such, as was seene in MOSES,5. Quasi unigenti Dei. or in STEPHENS countenance. He answers that and tells us: It was not, quasi Servi, like a Servant; nay nor quasi Filij, like any adopted Sonnes: but, this glorie was every way such, as well might it beseeme the Word, or Onely Sonne: but could agree to no crea­ture, though never so glorious. To none but Him: and so being proprium quarto modo, might be a medius terminus, in a demonstration.6

And if you ask, what that glorie might be? With a word, What this gl [...] ­rie was. to say to the winde and storme Mar. 4.39. Obmutesce: and to diseases, Mat. 8.3. Volo mundare: And to Death it selfe, Luke 7.14. Tibi dico, Surge. His Miracles, they shewed His glorie, is expressely said (in the next Chap. v. II.) The Starre at His birth; the eclípse at His death; the glorie of His changing in the mount: but, above all, His glorious Ascension, and receiving up in [...]o heaven. All which they saw; as being in the theatre all the while, from the Epitasis to the very Catastrophe. Therfore he [...]ells us heer, (and againe in his Epistle,) he writes nothing, but what he saw and beheld, and even his hands had handled of the VVord of Life. 1. Ioh. 1.3. We may beleeve him: He, and his Contestes, suffered many things for the truth of their witnesse: and the whole world (since) hath beleeved this their Affidavit. Now are we past the Parenthesis.

[Page 50]But what, is all that a vidimus? Nothing but a maske, to be seene? Came He onely to make a glorious shew to them all?The Conse­quence. Full of grace and truth. No: but as He came not obscure, but was seene: so, He came not emptie, but full, and was felt of them, that saw him not. Vidi­mus is not all: a Verse after there is accepimus; To see His glorie they receive of his full­nesse: They, and we.

Full of Grace and Truth both.Many are the perfections, whereof He is full: Two onely heere chosen out, as two streames, 1 Grace and 2 Truth. With them He commeth, with the fullnesse of them: Not of one of them, but of both. Grace referreth to the Sonne: Truth to the VVord. Grace is to adopt us:Iam. 1.18. Truth, to beget us anew; for, of His owne will He hath begotten us, by the word of Truth.

2 And these do very fitly follow after glorie. Glorie of it selfe terrifies, and makes stand aloofe; Grace invites: And His glorie is such, as is full of grace. His Mercie, as great as His Maiestie full out. A blessed thing it is, when these two meet; and they that are in glorie are full of grace, too. It is not so with every one, that is in glorie: But, though there be Grace, vnlesse there be Truth too, all is nothing. For Grace, because it is plau­sible, and pleaseth the people, it is affected: there is a taking on grace in face and phrase, but when all is done, it wanteth sound truth. That is right grace, that hath truth ioy­ned to it. Verbum gratiae, and verbum charitatis both, and it is both. Yea verbum ca­ro, His word is not wind, it hath flesh on it: His Truth is (as it were) the flesh of His Grace. Thus may be the consequence.

3 But of these two choise is made, as of those, our nature stood most in need of. Out of grace we were; and without grace, as Sinners, and in errors, wandring up an downe; as e­ven the best of our nature did at his comming into the flesh. This is the state He found us in, when He came among us.

Eph. 1.6. Ver. 16.Against the first, gratificavit nos in Dilecto, He brought us in grace againe, through His Beloved SONNE: Gratiam pro gratiâ (he saith after streight,) for the grace His Sonne had with Him, He received us to grace.

Against the later, He brought us Truth, to set us in the right way. Via Veritas, & Vita; Veritas betweene both: Via, & veritas, or veritas viae, the true way: Vitae & ve­ritas, or veritas vitae, Ioh. 14.6. the true life (that is) Life eternall: We cannot be without either.

4 This for our need. But, within a verse after, I finde these two set in opposition to the Lawe, Ver. 17. and the Lawe to them: as if S. Iohn pointed us whereto we should refer them. The Lawe full of rigour, many threats, and curses in it: CHRIST bringeth the word of Grace, opposeth to that. The Lawe full of emptie shadowes, and Ceremonies; which Truth is set against: Corpus autem CHRISTVS, CHRIST the very body, to Lex habens vm­bram: So,Colos. 2.17. Heb. 10.1. requisite to quit us of the Lawe; The Lawe, the Word, that marred flesh.

The bringing of these two together is a great matter; and together they must be. Grace, take it from Truth, and it is fallax, but a vizour, but a meere illusion: Truth, sever it from grace, and it is ingrata, but an unpleasing thing. Grace and Truth kept in sun­der, and never met before: but, when the Word and flesh met, then did they meet and kisse each other (sayth the Prophet, P [...]al. 85.10. and doth with a whole psalme celebrate this mee­ting.)

5 They must meet, and Grace be first; as here. We shall never endure the severitie of His Truth, Grace first: then Truth. unlesse Grace come before, and allay it. But, when Grace hath brought us to Him, Truth will hold us with Him. By Grace we shall accomplish, what Truth requi­reth at our hands: that so, receiving Grace, and walking in Truth, we may come to the third, the reward of both, Glorie.

6 Full of both. Luke 1.2 [...]. Act. 7.55. Ioh. 3.34. Full of them; and the word would not be passed. Wee finde others full of grace, as his Blessed Mother, and as S. Stephen. Theirs reacheth not to us: None of them have more then serves for themselves. For, the Spirit is given them, but, by measure; but ple­ [...]ndo vasis, in them, the fulnesse of a Vessell; if ye take any thing out, to poure into another, it is the lesse for it. But, His is plenitudo fontis, the fulnesse of a fountaine, which is never drawne drie; qui implet abyssum, & non minoratur, fills a great poole and it selfe never the lesse. Of which fulnesse they all received, and He never the emp­tier. [Page 51] We shall not need to goe to any other store-house, or helpe to supply, or fill up CHRIST with any other; as if he were but halfe full. He is full, full of both. Our care is to be, to make ourselves fit Vessells, and there is all.

Thus farre, Quòd Verbum factum caro. Now, Quid Verbum carni, the Benefite, II. Quid Verbum, Carni, The B [...] ­nefit. and (that which the Benefite ever draweth with it) the Duety, Quid Caro Verbo. 1. Fa­ctus caro benefaciet carni, being made flesh He will be a Benefactor to it. No man ever hated his fl [...]sh, and no more can He us, who are flesh of His flesh, or rather, He of ours.Ephes. 5.29. He seeth us daily in Himselfe, He cannot looke upon His flesh, but He must thinke upon us. And GOD the Father cannot now hate the flesh, which the Word is made; which is now taken into one person with His onely Sonne, and united to the Deitie it selfe. If He love the Word, He must love it too, for the Word is become it; either love both, or hate both. But, love it certainly: for, as this day, When He brought His Sonne clothed with it, into the World, He gave expresse commandement,Heb. 1.6. all His Angells should worship Him so clothed, and our flesh in Him: A new dignity which is this day accrued to our Nature, to be adored of the blessed Angells. Our Nature questionlesse is set in high favour with GOD; GOD send our persons so too, and all shall be well.

Besides, good hope we now have, that He being now flesh, All flesh may come to 1 Him, to present Him with their requests. Time was, when they fled from Him;Ps. 65.2. but ad factum carnem, jam veniet omnis caro. For, since He dwelt amongst us, all may resort un­to Him: Yea, even Sinners; and of them it is sayd, Hic recipit peccatores, Luc. 15.2.2. & comedit cum eis; He receiveth them, receiveth them even to His Table.

A second hope, that seeing He hath made our flesh His Tabernacle, He will not suffer this of ours, the same with that of His, to fall downe quite and come to nothing; the same, He dwelleth in himselfe, not to perish utterly; but repaire it againe,Psal. 16.9. and raise it out of the dust. So that insuper Caro nostra requiescet in spe, our very body may rest in hope, to be restored againe, and made like to His glorious bodie. Phil. 3.21.

A third; that where it was, flesh and bloud shall not inherit the Kingdome of God, it is 3 reversed; flesh a [...]d bloud shall; for flesh and bloud alreadie doth. It is that,1. Cor. 15.50. Saint Iohn is about, to inferre the former verse out of this,Ver. 12. vz. to them gave He power to be made the Sonnes of God: For, Ex quo hoc verum est, Filium Dei filium hominis fieri potuisse, non est incredibile, &c. Since, sure it is, that the Sonne of God is made the sonne of man, it is not incredible, but that the sonnes of men may be made the Sonnes of God. Not incredi­ble, nay Securitas nobis data est, a kind of bond is entred, security given; Seeing this Verse is true, so is the last, Dedit potestatem, He gave power; and well might. Why? for, the Word is made flesh, and therefore flesh may have reciprocall hope to be regenerate by the Word, and adopted through grace, and so exalted to the glorious dignitie of the Sonnes of God.

And because Grace and Truth do this, we shall faile of neither of them. He is full; and not for himselfe; He needs them not. He hath them for us, and hath sufficient. Neither shall be wanting, if we be not wanting to our selves. His grace shall prevent us, and His truth follow us, all the dayes of our life. Psal. 23.6.

So we see quid Verbum carni, what He hath done for us: Now our Duety reciprocall,III. Quid Caro Verbo. Our duety. Quid caro verbo, what we for Him againe. If the Word become flesh, we to take or­der, that flesh of ours, that the Word hath taken, we take it not,1. Cor. 6.16. and make it una caro with you know whom, or may read (1. Cor. 6.) God forbid: Knowe ye not, the WORD is become flesh? That flesh is then so to be preserved, that, as he saith, we sawe the Glorie; so may we, we saw His flesh, as the flesh of the only begotten Sonne of God. Kept with such care, and in such cleannesse, as it might beseeme His flesh to be kept. And as much may be sayd, for habitavit: the house would be somewhat handsome; as handsome as we could, that is to receive Him: We blame them, that this day received Him in a stable; take heed we doe not worse our selves.

But the Fathers presse a further matter yet, out of verbum caro factum: that we also are (after our manner) verbum carnem facere, to incarnate the Word. We have a Word, we

[...]

[Page 54] II This, for the Comparative. But then, fearing, it might be, we would not conceive high enough, of this SONNE, or weigh Him, as He is worthy; He goeth to it, Posi­tivè; and (as it were) setts up His Armes, consisting of eight severall Coats; or pro­claimeth His stile, of as many severall Titles. Which we may reduce, to foure severall combinations. 1 Sonne and Heire: 2 the Brightnesse and Character: 3 Maker, and Sup­porter of all things: 4 That purgeth our sinns, and, that is sett downe in the throne. And 1 these againe may be abbridged to these two: 1 what He is, in Himselfe; 2 and, what, to 2 us. 1 In Himselfe, all the rest: 2. To us, 1 made Heire: 2 purgeth our sinns; 3 and so clen­seth our Nature; that, being so clensed, He may exalt it. For, it is for us, and not for Himselfe, He taketh up the place mentioned, at the right hand on high.

III Then, our duetie: Bona si sua nôrint, If we can skill of our owne good, to finde our estate greatly dignified by it; and, to honour this day, the beginning of this dig­nitie to us; wherein, GOD gave His SONNE, to speake, vivâ voce unto us: to purge our sinnes; and to exalt us to His throne on high.

I. The compara­tive part and difference. GOD in times past spake to the Fathers; and His speech was [...], of many se­verall parcells; to severall persons; at severall times; some, at one time, some at another: And as the time grew, so grew their knowledge (peece and peece) of the great mysterie,1. In the Matter. this day manifested.

God in times past, &c. in many parts, spake, concerning His Person. First, one peece: Man, He should be; Gen. 3.15. of the Womans seed; That, should bruize the Serpents head; and, there was all: Gen. 3. Then another peece: Of what Nation He should be; Gen. 22.18. of the seed of ABRAHAM, (Gen. 22.) Then, another yet: Of what Tribe, Gen. 49.9 10.11. &c. of the Tribe of IVDA: (Gen. 49.) Then againe, a fourth peece, of what Family; Psal. 132.11.1 [...], &c. of the house of DAVID: (Psal. 132.)

So likewise GOD, in times past spake of His Offices. To MOSES, one peece: He should be Deut. 18.18. a Prophet: (Deuteron. 18.) TO DAVID another; He should be Psal. 110·4. a Priest: (Psal. 110.) TO IEREMIE, a third; He should be Ier. 23.5.6. a King, and his Name, IEHOVA justitia nostra: (Iere. 23.)

And, (not to hold you long in this) GOD, in times past, in sundrie parts, spake con­cerning this Dayes worke: That, came by peeces, too. One parcell, to Esay 9.6. Esai, of His Birth: (Esa. 9.) To Mic. 5.2. Mica, the Place of it: (Mic. 5.) To Dan 9.25.26, &c. Daniel, the Time of it, by weekes: (Dan. 9.) So you see, it was by peeces, and by many peeces, they had it. Well said the 1. Cor. 13.9. Apostle, that, Prophecying is in part: One may now, in a few houres, come to as much, as came to them in many hundred yeares. This, for the Matter.

2. In the Manner.Now, for the Manner. It was multiformis. GOD, &c. many manner waies.

One manner, by dreames in the night (Iob 33.) Another manner, by visions; And those againe of two manners:Iob 33.15· 1 Either presented to the outward sense as Esay VI. 2 Or, in an extasie,Esay 6.1. Dan. 10.7. &c. 1. Reg 19 12. represented to the inward; as Dan. X. Another yet, by Vrim, in the brest of your Priest. And yet another, by a small still voice, in the eares of the Prophet. I. Reg. 19. And sometime, by an Angel, speaking in him (Zach. I.) But, most what, by His SPI­RIT.Zach. 1.9. And, (to trouble you no more) very sure it is; that as, for the Matter, in many broken peeces: so, for the Manner, in many diuerse fashions, spake He to them.

But then, if, in [...], you understand Tropos, figures; Then were they yet many more. The Paschall Lamb: Exod. 12.4, [...], &c. (Exod. 12.) the Scape-goat: Levit. 16.10. (Levit. 16. The Red Cow: Num. 19 1, 2, &c. (Num 19.) and, I know not, how many, even a world of them. Many they were; and tropes they were; shadowed out darkly, rather then cleerly expressed. Theirs, was but candle-light, to our day-light; but Vespertina cognitio, in comparison of ours, whom the Day hath visited, sprung from on high. This, for the Matter, and Manner: Now, for the Men. Luk. 1.78.

[Page 55]GOD, in times past, spake by Prophets: and but by Prophets, He spake not,3. In the Men. from MO­SES, to Iohn Baptist (who was the Horizon of the Law and Gospell.) I will not stand, to runne through them all. And now, the Apostle, when he is to come to us in the last dayes; when he should oppose three more, to match the former three, he doth not; but, passeth by the two first, the Parts, and the Manner: leaveth out [...] and [...], and so insinuates thereby thus much; that, He hath spoken to us entirely, without reser­vation; and vniformely, without variation. But, those two he waiveth; and insisteth, onely on this last, (as the fairest marke of difference,) the Prophets, and His SONNE.

The Prophets were holy men; but, men. And, there is a nature more perfect,2. Pet. 1.21. Heb. 3.6. Mat. 21.35. then that of man; even the nature of GOD. And, in the House of GOD, they were faith­full Servants; but yet, Servants: and, that (we know) is but an vnperfect condition in comparison of a SONNE. To us in the last dayes is given, that, what we have, we have not from any Prophet, though never so excellent; but, from the Lord of the Prophets: Not from any Servant, though in never so great place; but,Mat. 21.38. from the SONNE: And, not from any of the sonnes of men; but, from His own Sonne, the SONNE of GOD. From His mouth we have received notice of GODS will: He Himselfe, ore tenus, imparted it to us.

But then, If any aske: Seeing, GOD, in times past, and GOD, in these last dayes, is the same GOD; He, that spake to the Fathers, and He, that, to us, but one Speaker: why not, by His SONNE, at first? I will give a reason, fit for this place. A Decorum was to be kept, and some kind of correspondence with State. That as, at the proceeding of a great Prince, before He himselfe commeth in sight, many there be, that go before Him, and those, of diuers degrees; and at last, Himselfe doth appeare: So, this Prince, that Sits in the Throne, should not start out at the first, and shew Himselfe; but be allowed His traine of Patriarks, and Prophets, to be His Ante­ambulones; and, in the fullnesse of time, Himselfe should come,Gal. 4.4. Ioh. 1.14.16. with the fullnesse of grace, and truth, and establish one entire vniforme way, to continue for ever.

From this Comparison, these are the points, we learne: We must ferri ad perfectio­nem. And, these are notes of imperfection: There be too many parts, and too many manners, in that, to be a perfect State. If the Matter were full, no more would be ad­ded: If the Manner were perfect, it would no more be altered. Never then, to rest in these. MOSES himselfe pointeth us, to one after him, by his Ipsum audite (Deut. 18.) Who is that? GOD Himselfe, in the Mount, tells us, by His Ipsum audite. And,Deut. 18.18. Mat. 17.5. when GOD said it, MOSES and ELIAS were there in the Mount, and resigned up both their severall audiencies: MOSES, for himselfe; and ELIAS, as well in his owne name, as in the name of all the Prophets.

This, against the Iewes; that will, no further then MOSES: that will rest in the Law. For, nihil ad perfectum adducit Lex, the Law brings nothing to perfection:Rom. 10.4. But Finis le­gis, CHRISTVS. And, all Prophecie hangs in suspense (as imperfect,) till the full­filling of it; which was done by CHRIST, to whom they all gave witnesse. Now, when that, is perfect, is come; that, that is unperfect, must away. Not to rest, in them, then: But, to CHRIST; and, never rest, till we come to Him.1. Co. 13.10.

And, as never to rest, till we come to Him: So, there to rest, when we are come to Him: As soone as His voice hath sounded in our eares, that they itch no more after any new revelations. For, in Him, are all the treasures of wisedome, and knowledge. Colos. 2.3.

GOD spake once and twice: A third time, He will not speake. This, is His last time: He will speake no more. Looke for no more peeces, nor phansie no more fashions:Psal. 62.12. Con­summatum est, there are no more, to looke for. He is the truth: and,Ioh. 19.30.14.6. he that hath found the truth, and seekes further, no remedie, he must needs finde a ly; he can finde nothing els. To gett us therefore to CHRIST; and never be gott from Him; but, there, hold us.

We cannot follow a better patterne, then the Apostle heere: We see, what hast he makes. For, (as if he were upon thornes, till he were with CHRIST,) without any Exordium, or preamble, heere, in the beginning of his Epistle, he hitts on the Point [Page 56] streight; as if, all time were lost, till he were there. Yea, having named the parts, and manners of the times past, for very hast to be at Him, he forgetts both parts and man­ners; only for desire, to be with Him, the sooner.

II. The Positive part.And (so, with him) I hast and passe to the second Positive part. Wherein being care­full, we should take perfect notice of Him; and fearing we would not weigh these words [by His SONNE] as were meet, but heare them sleightly, and passe them lightly over; the rest of the Text he spends, in making a cōmentarie of this word SONNE: That we may consider; how great this Partie is; and consequently, how much it imports us, to regard His speech, and to esteeme of His feast with no meane accompt. And, (to say [...]ruth) it was more then needfull, considering the meanesse of His birth to day; that He should thus proclaime His stile of eight titles, and, over the place of it, sticke them up, as so many scutcheons, to give us true notice of the greatnesse of the Partie.

But withall, his meaning was to describe CHRIST at all points: as (indeed) these eight conteine a perfect description, of His Natures, His Person, His Offices, His A­gencie.

1 His Natures, in the very beginning: Quem fecit, is Man; Per quem fecit, is GOD. Not, quem onely, Man alone; but, Per quem saecula, GOD also. But, for His Divine Nature, He is more full yet; That, He is His SONNE, the Splendor of His glorie, the Character of His substance, the Maker and Vpholder of the world and all in it.

2 His Person: in this word semetipso; He did it Himselfe, (that is,) in His owne per­son. Himselfe, is ever sayd of a Person,

3 His Offices: In His speaking, His Prophecie; by which, He unfoldeth the Mysteries of GOD. In His purging our sinnes, is His Priesthood: And, His Kingdome, in the throne of Maiestie, wherein He sitts

4 His Agencie, (or quid ad nos,) In locutus est nobis. To us, He speaketh: and, purgans peccata nostra; Our sinnes He purgeth. Nobis, and nostra: To us, and for us, He is, that He is. All His speaking, and doing, propter nos homines, & propter salutem nostram, for us men, and for our salvation: and, our part, in Him, and His.

I What Christ is in Himselfe.We reduced all these eight, to two. 1 What in Himselfe; 2 and what, referendo to us. In Himselfe: what by Nature; Sonne and heire: What, by excellencie; Splendor and Character: What, by power; Maker and Vpholder of all. To us; What, in love alrea­dy performed; He hath purged our sinnes: In hope yet expected; He is sett, and in pos­session of the throne of glorie; which is, in our names, and to our behoofe, and not His owne.

His Divine Nature hath no lesse then three, to expresse it: 1 Sonne, 2 Brightnesse, and Character: In his Divine nature. and two, to prove it, the 1 making and 2 supporting of all.

I have heertofore remembred you, that the high perfections of that Nature are such and so many, as, no one terme will suffice, to set it forth: we are glad to borrow from many, to do it; and yet, but brokenly, too. And that, though there be not any resemblance translated from the creatures, (though never so excellent,) that will hold full assay, yet withall, this we are to thinke, that, since the HOLY GHOST hath made choise of these termes, they are no idle speculations, that are drawen from them.

1 Sonne.Of these three then: 1 Sonne, 2 Brightnesse, 3 Character. 1 In Sonne, there is a true iden­titie of Nature: upon it is grounded, [...], being of one substance; even as the Sonne is with the Father. 2 But the Sonne commeth after the Father, in time, and that, a good time:2. Brightnesse. Amends is made for that, in the next terme, (Brightnesse.) For, it is not to be imagined, that ther ever was, or could be, a light body, but, in the very same instant, theremust streame from it, a brightnesse. So, upon this is grounded Coëternall.

But then, there is some inaequalitie, between the light body it selfe, and the beame or brightnesse of it:3. Character. The Beame not full out so cleere. This, is the imperfection in the terme Brightnesse. But, that is su [...]plied, by the next, Character: For, that, is (ever) iust aequall; neither bigger, nor lesser, then the type, or stampe, that made it. Vpon this [Page 57] (then) is grounded Coaequall, and like per omnia, [...]: So like, as,Ioh. 14.8. Shew us the Father (saith Philip:) why, He that sees the Character, never desires to see the stamp; if ye see the one, ye see the other: He that seeth me, seeth the Father, Verse 9. whose expresse forme I am.

Agreeable to these three, we beleeve of Him, that He is consubstantiall, as the SONNE; Coëternall, as the Brightnesse; Coequall as the Character: Against the new heads of the old Hydra sprung up againe in our daies.

This terme (SONNE of GOD) is sometime communicated to Saints; sometime to Magistrates. Lest we might vnderstand it, as we do in Saints, or as we do in Ma­gistrates, he addeth two words; 1 the one, Glorie; 2 the other Substance. Of which, Glorie is imparted to others: Substance, to none but Him. His glorie on earth He impar­teth to Magistrates; and they are called the Sonnes of the most High. His heavenly Grace, Psal. 82.6. (which is Glorie inchoate) He imparteth to His Saints; and, to them, gave He power, Ioh. 1.12. to be Sonnes of GOD.

But, His substance is in neither. For, the first (Magistrates) are, by Ego dixi: Psal. [...].7. but He, by Ego genui. And, the second (Saints,) to them He giveth privilege, or prerogative, so to be. So, they, [...]; but He, [...]: Per praestantiam, they; Per substantiam, He.

He, the brightnesse of His glorie, and Character of His substance: that is, not in glory onely, which may be imparted to another; but even, in His very substance (too) it selfe.

And againe: not in substance of the Deitie alone, but (in that, which belongeth to it,) the glorie also. Substance, is Deus; Glorie, is Dei. All, that He is; and all, that He hath; Substance and Glorie, both.

The Brightnesse of His Glorie: He was such a Sonne, as did no way eclipse His Fa­thers glorie; but (as a beame) made it shine more bright. The Character, the true stampe of His substance: Nor, He rendered not a broken image, as if the stampe had been set on, or driven awry: but, was His very true expresse forme.

Another mysterie, yet. These three note a proceeding: The Sonne, from the Fa­ther: the Brightnesse, from a Light: the Character, from the Type: And so,Ioh. 16.28. a second person. I proceeded, and came from the Father, (He saith it Himselfe.)

First, a true and naturall proceeding, from Him, as the Sonne. Secondly, (to take away all conceit of grosse or carnall generation,) by a pure and cleane proceeding, as De luce, lux; in which, there is nothing but pure, and vndefiled. Thirdly, Character-wise, from His hypostasis, (it is the word in the Text, marke it well:) Not, from His [...] (that is) not from His Substance at large; but, from His determinate Personall essence; (for, so is hypostasis, properly:) That is, Not from the Deitie, or essence of it, (which neither begets, nor is begotten;) but, from a Person in the Deitie.

Now, these three, if we referr them to Olim, the times past; Then, as the Sonne, He is opposed, to His Servants (that is) the Prophets. As He is a Beame of light, to the many parts (as it were many sparkes:) That, was all the light before. As the Character (or firme impression,) to the many vanishing shadowes vnder the Law.

But if, to the present, we referr them: As He is the Sonne: we shall find no estate, but servitude; no adoption, but in Him. As the Brightnesse: no cleere light of know­ledge, nothing but mists and darknesses, but by Him. And, as the Character: no true soundnesse, or sound truth, but figures and flitting shadowes, without Him. From Him, as the Sonne, receive we grace, whereby we are adopted: As the Beame, Ephes 1.5. the cleere­nesse of faith, whereby lightened: As the Character, the true signature of charitie,Ioh. 1.9. whereby stamped, to know (our selves) and be knowne of others, that we have heard Him ari [...]ht, and are His true Disciples.

These three expresse His Divine Nature: Two more, to prove it. In them,The two to prove it. Ioh. 1.3. His excellencie: in these, His Power. Which is set out, two waies. 1 In the Creation: Om­nia per Ipsum facta, & sine Ipso nihil, all made by Him; nothing without Him. 2 And againe, in the Preservation, (by vertue of His Et ego usque operor, Ioh. 5.27.) which is His work [Page 58] to this day; to continue and uphold in their being, all that He hath made to be. One, by His word spoken;Psal. 148.5.6. So, made: the other, by His Law given: So, made fast to con­tinue. In a word: all had been nothing, but for Him: and, all would fall to nothing, without Him.

Now, in that He thus made all, and makes all to last, the meetest person, He was, to make all new; to restore that, He had made. And, it was a conveniencie, that He should; and it was an inducement, that He would vndertake the businesse, and go through with it.

2. What Christ is to us.All this He is, in Himselfe: Yet not so, but, in all His splendor and glorie, He mindeth us. And that so, as He is desirous to bring us, to the ioynt partaking of His in­heritance, as Sonne; of His glorie, as the Brightnesse; yea, of the very Divine nature, as the Character of His Substance. The ground whereof is laid, in [quem fecit haeredem,] whom He made heire; and that was, as man: For, per quem fecit (we said) is GOD; Quem fecit, is man.

1 He is made Heire. Made him heire.] Heires, are either borne, or made: So borne, by nature; or, so made, by purchase. He was His Sonne; and, His onely Sonne: and so, borne His heire. He was borne, and yet He would be made. There is a mysterie, in this: we are to looke to it; It will fall out, to concerne us. Heire borne. He was; and so, claimeth all, as His in­heritance, by due of birth-right. But, it is further (heer) said, He was made: what meanes this? Quem fecit? Nay, quem genuit. That, is true: But, quem fecit is true likewise. Fecit haeredem, qui prius fuit haeres: So borne, and so made, too; Haeres natus, and haeres factus: So commeth He to a double right, two titles. How so? He needed but one: He would have two. To what end? Not, for Himselfe; for Himselfe, one was enough. Beli [...]e, His meaning was to have two, that He might set over one to some body els. There, is the point. He was borne Heire, for Himselfe: but, made heire, for us. Haeres natus, that, serveth Him; that He reteines to Himselfe; Haeres factus, that, He disposeth of, to us. By this, we hold; euen by Quem fecit: that, is our tenure, and best hope. He is, and ever was, in the bosome of His Father, as haeres natus: He now is, but, on our behalfe, and to our behoofe, at the right hand of His Father, as Hae­res factus. And now followeth, He purged our sinnes.

He purgeth our sinnes.For, He could not bring us to sit with Him in His throne (thus purchased) being so spotted and foule, as we were, by meanes of the pollution of our sinnes. He was then to purge and make cleane our Nature first, that He might exalt it to partake His pur­chase, being so clensed. Where first our case is set downe, wherein He found us, and wherein we are, without Him. A sinners case (how gloriously soever he or she glister in the eyes of men) being in GODS eyes, as the case of a foule diseased person: And we thereby taught, so to conceive of sinnes, as, of foule Spots, without; or, of such hu­mours (within) as go from us,2 Cor. 7.1. by purging. Inquinamenta carnis & Spiritus (as Saint Paul termes them right) defiling both flesh and Spirit: which vnlesse they be purged, there is no entring into the heavenly Ierusalem (where, the throne is;) into which, ni­hil inquinatum, Apoc. 21.27. no polluted thing shall ever enter.

Exalt us He could not, being in that plight: for love or pitie therefore, purge us He would. And heer now, is the topp, or highest point of elevation, in this Text. Who being the Brightnesse (or, though He were the Brightnesse) that is, a Partie so excellent in Nature, Glorie, Person, and Power; Nature, as Sonne; Glorie, as Brightnesse; Per­son, as Character; Power, as maker and supporter of all: who, though He were all this, did not abhorre, to come and visit us, being in that foule and wretched case. This, will teach us,Psal 84. Luk. [...].78. Domine quid est homo? what is man, that Thou shouldest visit him? Visit him; not, as the day-spring from an high doth the earth; but visit him, as if a great Prince should go into an Hospitall, to visit and looke on a lothsome diseased creature▪

2 And, not onely visit him; but, not refuse the base office, to looke to his pur­ging from that his vncleannesse.

3 And thirdly, not cause it to be done by another; but to come and do it in Semetipso, by his owne selfe, in person.

4 And fourthly, in doing, not to stand by, and prescribe; but Himselfe to minister and make the medicine.

[Page 59]5. And fiftly, to make it Himselfe, and make it of Himselfe; in semetipso, and de semet­ipso; to make the medicine, and be the medicine.

6. And how, or of what? Spots will out with water; Some will not, with any thing, but with blood: Without shedding of blood, there is no taking away Sinne, as Chap. IX. v. 22. And not every blood will serve; but, it must be lambs blood; And a lambe, 1. Pet. 1.19. without spot. And not every lamb neither; but the Lamb of GOD: or (to speake plaine­ly) a Lamb, that is GOD: His blood, and nothing els, will serve to do this.Ioh. 1.29.

7. And seventhly, not any blood of His; not, of a veine, (one may live still, for all that:) but, His best, most pretious, His heart blood, which bringeth certaine death with it. With that blood, He was to make the medicine. Dy He must, and His side be opened, that there might issue both the water and the blood, that was to be the Ingredients of it. By Himself; His own selfe; and by Himselfe slaine: by His death, and by His blood-shedding, and by no other meanes: Quis audivit talia? The Physitian slaine; and, of his flesh and blood, a receipt made, that the patient might recover!

And now, we may be at our choise, whither we will conceive, of sinne, as of some out­ward soile, in the soule; And then, the purging of it, to be per viam balnei, needs a bath, with some cleansing ingredients, as the Prophet speakes, of the herb Borith: Ier. 2.22. (And, this way purged He us; made a bath of the water that came out of His side, to that end opened,Zach. 11.1. that from thence might flow a fountaine for sinne and for vncleannesse (Zach. 11 1.) Water, and mixed with His blood; as forcible, to take out the steines of the soule, as any herb Borith in the world, to take away the soile of the skinne.

Or, whither we will conceive of sinne, as of some inward pestilent humour, in the soule and conscience, casting us into perill of mortall (or rather, immortall) death: Then, the purging of us, to be by way of some Electuarie, or Potion: (And so, He purgeth our sinnes, too.) To that end He hath made an Electuarie of His owne bodie, [Take, Mat 26.26.27. eate it:] and tempered a cup with His owne blood, [Drink ye all of it:] which, by the operation of His eternall Spirit in it,Heb. 9.14. is able effectually to purge the conscience from dead works (or actuall sinnes) and from the deadly effect of them: No balsame, or medicine, in the world, like it.

The Summe of all is: There be two defiling sinnes, and two waies He purgeth them. Cleane we are, from the first, as washed from the originall vncleannesse of our Nature, and that, by the Laver of regeneration. And, whole we are, as purged within,Tit 3 5. from the actuall sinnes of our persons; and that, by the cup of the New Testament, 1. Cor. 10.16. which we blesse in His Name, And the blood of IESVS CHRIST purgeth us from our sinnes. 1. Ioh 1.7. By both, He purgeth us from both. And this, for His purging.

And is set downe.] Of which, we are not to conceive,3 And sitteth at the right hand, &c. as of a thing meerely tou­ching Him; (that, His labour being done, He took his rest; and there is all:) But, that this His sitting downe is, a taking possession of that His deare made purchase: And that, not in His owne name. He had it before; He was in glorie, and in the selfe same glorie with His Father, before ever the world was.

This Haeres factus pertaineth to us, as, done for us; not, for Himselfe, who needed it not, nor could have any vse of it.

These two (between them) comprehend all, even all we can wish: 1 to be purged of the one; 2 and, to be seised of the other. They follow well: For, to what end purged He us? To leave us, there? No: but, for some further matter: which, though it be last in execution, was first in intention. Having so cleansed us, not content with that, it was His purpose further, to bring us to glorie; that is, to no lesse matter, then to fit on His throne with Him, purchased by Him for no other end.

And these two, Purging, and Sitting downe in the throne, as the Alpha and Omega, the first and the last of that, He doth for us. And so, in them, is all well represented; Purging our sinnes, the first; Sitting in the throne, the last. To purge our sinnes, He be­gan, this day, the first day, the day of His Birth: wherein He purified and sanctified, by His holy Nativitie, the originall vncleannesse of ours. And, Sit in the throne, was His last work, on the last day of His Ascension: Then tooke He possession, in our names, [...] (saith the Apostle) as forerunner for us.C. 6. Ver. ult.

[Page 60]The degrees of this Exaltation, be these: 1 First, A throne it is: and, that is not every seate; but, a speciall, and cheife, and honorable seate 2 And secondly, of thrones, there be some inferiour, as, the thrones of Iustice: This, is the highest; for, it is a throne of Maies­tie. 3 Thirdly, It is in excelsis; and that maketh up all. For, the thrones heer below (e­ven of Maiestie) sooner or later, they that sitt in them, must come downe from them. But, the throne on high, Thy seat ô GOD, is for ever and ever: Not fading, and tran­sitory,Psal. 45.7. as ours heer. 4 Fourthly, in this throne, Set He is: And, Sitting is the site or po­sition of rest: that is, rest in glory. Heer, where most glorie, least rest. 5 And fiftly, on the right hand, which is, on the throne, the best, and next place to GOD Himselfe. And, by this,Verse 13. are we above the Angells: for, to which of them (as the Apostle after deduceth) said He at any time, Sitt on my right hand? No: but, stand before me, as ministring spiritts, all.Verse 14. Or, when they rest, it is on the other hand: the right hand is kept for us, and posses­sed already, by one in our Nature, who, in this seat will not sit alone, Sed consedere nos secum fecit, in coelestibus, (Eph. 2.6.) Even now, we sit there, in Him; and shall there sit with Him in the end. So He promiseth, in expresse terms (Apoc, 3.21.) that we shall sit with Him in His throne, as He doth in His Fathers. And so, not in the throne, will He be above us but onely, that; He, in the middest, and we, on His right hand.

III. Our duty to Christ.Our duety then is, for His excellencie, to honor Him; for His Power, to feare Him; for His love shewed, reciprocally to love Him againe; for His hope promised, truly to serve Him. GOD, for His part, would have His servants the Prophetts will used: but, how ever they, in times past, were regarded by them, this He makes full accompt of, if He send His Sonne, we will not faile but reverence Him. Specially, such a SONNE; of such glorie,Mat. 21.37. such power, and, above all, of such love towards us, to provoke ours againe. And againe, of such ability, to reward with eternall glorie, as He will even buy our ser­vice, at Who gives more: and pay us for it to the full, with no lesse wages then a throne of glorie.

1. As a Prophet, speaking.This, in generall. More particular: In three termes, He is sett out to us (heer) in the text: 1 Speaking, 2 Purging, and 3 Sitting: as a Prophet, He speakes; as a Priest, purges; as a King, sits. Speaking; our duty is to heare Him, to lay up His sayings in our heart. Two markes His word hath heer, 1 fecit, and 2 sustinet; made, and makes continue: Let it have the same, in us. In the Sermon time something is begunn to be made in us, but, it con­tinueth not: which sheweth, it is not verbum virtutis, to us. Againe, let it not be, as a Brightnesse, only to be seen by us; but, as a Character too, to leave a marke behinde it, to be seen on us; and then, it is right.

Now, hodie si vocem, To day if yee will heare His voice, yee can heare none but vagitum infantis, Psal. 95.8. such a voice as useth to come from a new borne babe. And, even so, He speaks to us, if we can understand. For, even this Verbum to be infans, and Tonans to be va­giens; He, to send forth such a voice; it speaketh humilitie, (I am sure) and great love, that so would humble it self; it we have eares to heare it. When, He, that was the brightnesse of His Fathers glorie, should be so eclipsed: He, that sitts on the throne, thus be throwen in a manger.

2. As a Priest, pur­ging.Prophetts spake; but purged not. Purging was ever the Priests office. It is true: the word, He speakes, hath a mundifying vertue: Iam mundi estis, Now are ye cleane. It clenseth then. But, not that only, nor principally. For, the medicine, which purgeth ex proprietate, His flesh and bloud goe to it. By which will we are sanctified, even by the offering of the bodie of IESVS.C. 10.10. That blood of IESVS CHRIST, cleanseth us from all Sinne (1. Ioh. 1.7.) These, the true ingredients into this medicine. But better yet, if both goe to­gither. And, this day, they first came togither, the Word, and Flesh: therefore, (of all daies,) this day, they would not be parted. For, will you sever the flesh from the Word, that day, on which GOD joyned them? GOD forbid. There is a corre­spondencie, between the Word, and His brightnesse; and, between the Sacrament, and His Character. The Word giveth a light, and His brightnesse sheweth in it ad horam, and not much longer. The parts of the Sacrament, they are permanent, and sticke by us: [Page 61] they, are a remembrance of the Characters made in His skinne and flesh. And, if yee seeke to be ridd of your sinnes, this was broken for you, and this was shed for you, for that very end, for the remission of sinns. And so, yee receive His Person; even Semetipsum: And, in Semetipso, in His Person it was, He purged our sinns. And so, that, a sure way.

Lastly, for Sitting: that, is His kingdome;3. As a King, Sit­ting, &c. that is kept for dies novissimorum novissi­mus, the last day indeed. That, is yet in hope only. The same flesh that cleansed our sinnes, the same now sitteth on the throne; and so, hath both vertues: for the present, a power to purge; for the future, a power likewise to exalt. The same blood, is the blood of sacrifice for remission of sinns; and, the blood of the New Testament, for the pas­sing to us the bequest, which is, the right of His Purchase, for which, He was made Heire. And the very Angells, who (this day) adored Him in our flesh; and it, in Him; therby, shewed plainely, not the purging onely, but the exalting of it also,Luk. 2.13.14. by this Dayes worke. And that, to day, wherein they sang alowd in the skie, we have cause, to make much of, and to rejoyce in it; the Day of the greatest Glorie to GOD, peace to the earth, and goodwill towards men, that ever rose upon the world.

GOD grant, that we may so hold this first feast with Christian joy, as we may hold that last, with like joy; and be found as cheerefull in it.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Saturday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXIII. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

IOHN CHAP. VIII. VER. LVI.

ABRAHAM Pater vester exultavit ut videret Diem meum: & vidit, & gavisus est.

Your Father ABRAHAM rejoyced, to see my Day: and he saw it, and was glad.

HEER is Ioy, Ioy at a sight, at the sight of a Day, and that day CHRISTS. It is CHRIST that calleth it, heer, diem meum His day: And, no day, so properly His, as His Birth Day. So, the Text comes full upon the Day.

But, to deduce it poynt by poynt.

First, CHRIST hath a Day, proper to Him, which in ex­presse termes, He calleth (heere) diem meum, my day.

Secondly, This Day, to be seen, is a day of Ioy. Double ioy; 1 Exultavit, and 2 Gavisus est: both, in the Text.

And thirdly, (which is somewhat strange,) It was so, to the Patriarch ABRAHAM. Him we finde (heer) doing that, which we now are about; Seeing, and rejoycing, at the sight of CHRISTS Day: taking notice of it; and taking Ioy in it.

Lastly, all this nothing displeasing to our SAVIOVR CHRIST: for it is spoken by Him, to the praise of Abraham that did it; and, to the dislike of the Iewes, that did it not. To them is this speech: CHRIST tells them of Abrahams doing it: and blames them, for not doing the like.

And, what are we (now) disposing ourselves to do, but even the very same, that is in the Text heer, to rejoyce, to see CHRISTS Day?

And, a threefold warrant we have, in this Verse, to do, as we do. 1. The Patriarch's doing it. 2. CHRISTS allowance of the doing of it. 3. And His dislike of the Iewes, for not doing it.

We have ABRAHAM for our example; we do but as he did. In his time, CHRIST's Day was a Day of Ioy; and a Day of Ioy is a Feast, and so holden by Him, we see. Which falls out much to our content. For, the same Feasts, the same Religion. So, we find by this, that he and we are of one Religion. One, in substance, which is CHRIST: One in circumstance, which is His Day. CHRIST himselfe, Abrahams Ioy; Nay, His Day Abrahams Ioy too. The same meum; that is, CHRIST: the same Diem; that is, Christmasse.

Then (which is another degree) Abrahams Example approved of, by CHRIST; [Page 63] and that, after somewhat a strange manner: For, it is not heer (if you mark it) Exulta­vit, vt videret Me; But, vt videret Diem meum. He makes His Day, the object of all this exultation and Ioy. His Day (I say) and not Himselfe: commends him, that he re­ioyced at the sight, not of Himselfe, but of it. Verily, this speech of His is much to the honour of His Day; and the very solemnity of the Feast, and all the Ioy and gladnesse thereon, may well be thought, to have been founded upon this speech of His. Alwaies, if Exultavit vt videret, were a praise, to Him; We may be sure, Exulta­vit cum videret, can be no dispraise, to us.

Add thirdly: Abrahams example approved by CHRIST. Not so approved, as he leaves it at liberty: They, that will, may do the like. But that, He reproves them, that do it not. For, He blames the Iewes heer, for not doing herein as Abraham: Your Fa­ther Abraham did it, you do it not. Which is against them, that have a spleene at this Feast: that think, they can Ioy in Him well enough, and set His Day by; Nay, and abro­gate it quite: and, in so doing, they Ioy in Him all the better. Nay; love Him, love His feast: Ioy not in it, nor in Him neither.

You shall see, how they are mistaken. Therefore they do so (they tell us,) lest obser­ving dayes and times, they should seeme to Iudaïze. It falls out quite contrary. For,Gal. 4 10▪ who are they, whom CHRIST heer blameth? are they not Iewes? And, wherefore blameth He them? for not doing, as Abraham: And, what did Abraham? Reioyce on his Day. So, upon the point, it will fall out, that, not to rejoyce on His Day, that, is in­deed to Iudaïze, and they little better, than these Iewes, that follow them in it.

Nay, heer is another thing yet, will grieve them more: Iewes they shall be; But, none of Abrahams Children; No more, than these were. Observe it well. It is the Occasi­on of this speech, the very issue CHRIST takes with them: Pater noster Abraham was still in their mouthes (in the 33, 39.53. Verses:) If (saith CHRIST) you were His Children (mark that If,) ye would patrissare; desire what He desired, and Ioy what He Ioyed in. Now, My Day he so highly esteemed, as glad he was, that He might see it: And you, that would so faine father your selves, upon Him, are so farr from that, as what He desired absent, ye despise present: what He would have been the better to see; ye are the worse, that ye see it. Now then, how are these Abrahams Children, that have nothing of Abraham in them? Before, (at the 40. Verse,) Ye seeke to kill me, for telling the truth. This did not Abraham, and ye do it. Heer now againe: He rejoyced in my day; And, ye do it not. Do that, he did not; do not that, He did: How can these be Abraham's sonnes? Verily, as it is in Esay 63. Abraham nescivit nos: Abraham would never know them for his. None of his sonnes, these. Those are his sonnes,Esa. 63.16. that doe, as he did. And, heer now, come in we. They, Iewes; but, not Abraham's Children: We, Abraham's children; but not Iewes: For, as He did, so do we. There is Ioy with us, at the sight of His day: we renew our Ioy, so oft, as, by the Revolution of the yeare, it commeth about. And, for this very point, we find our selves the neerer to Abraham: Even, for the ioy of His day. Alwaies, sure we are, since 1 Abraham did it, and 2 CHRIST allowed it, and 3 disallowed the contrary: by these three, we have good warrant to do, as we do: To make it a time of Ioy. And so, a time of ioy, GOD make it to us.

Thus it stands, for the Order. There be, in the Text, three acts specified, from one,The Division issuing; from Abraham all: All directed, to one marke; falling all upon one Object. That I Object is Diem meum, My day: Of that then first. The three Acts be, 1 Exultavit, vt II videret: 2 Vidit: and 3 gavisus est. 1 First, would be glad, vt videret, that He might see; that is, was desirous to see it: 2 Then, had his desire, did see it: 3 And lastly, seeing it, took ioy of his sight.

Of which three, the first and last, Desiderium and gaudium, desire and ioy are two affections attending upon Love; and are euer sure signes of it. Desire, when we want and have not, what we love. And Ioy, when we now possesse, or (as the terme is) enioy it. The middle, which is Sight, that, pertaines to faith: Faiths light it was, he saw it by. So, heer is sides per Charitatem operans: Abraham's faith right.Gal. 5.6.

[Page 64]But I keepe the Order in the Text, I change it not, it cannot be mended. All goes by a right line. 1 Desire first, that, is the way, to see.2 Seing next; that, brings ioy. 3 And ioy is the end; and, a good end it is, to end in ioy.

These three, with reference, first, to Abraham; And then after, to our selves.

I. The Obiect, Diem meum My day.TO find our mark first, that, all this desire is, to see; all this ioy when it is seene; It is Diem meum, CHRISTS Day. CHRIST is GOD and Man; Sonne, to both: His day,1. Not, as the Sonne of GOD. Mic. 5.3. 1. Tim. 1.16. as the Sonne of GOD; or as the sonne of Man, Which of these?

Not as the Sonne of GOD, As the Sonne of GOD, He hath no day. Day and night are parts of time; And Egressus Ejus, His goings out are from all eternitie. 2. If we would improperly call it a Day; no day, to be seen: The light of it is inaccessible, not to be approched to; it would strike any man blind, to behold it. 3. If we could see it, and Him, in His Deity; yet, there is small ioy, to see CHRIST so: Small ioy to see Him, but, by the light of this Day. All the desire was, that He might be; All the ioy, that He was to be seene, as the Sonne of Man. As the Sonne of Man, then: His day, 2. But, as the Sonne of Man. Luk. 17.22. so.

But as the Sonne of man he hath more daies then one: So He saith, (Luk. 17.) They shall desire to see one day of the Sonne of man: one, of many; any one of them. But this (heer) notes some one eminent Day, above the rest: It is a day, with a double article, [...], That Day; That same Day: That, if any one day Mine, more than other, I would, by speciall prerogative cal [...], [...], Mine indeed.

Now, there be but two such eminent daies, to stand for this: 1 The first, and the 2 last. First, of His Genesis: or last, of His Exodus. Genesis, His comming into the world; or Exodus His going out. That is: the first, of His Nativity: or the last of His Passion. Which of these?

Not the day of His Passion. Luk. 22.53.Not of His Passion. First: that, was none of His. For, He saith, to them that took him: Haec est hora vestra, Yours: So, theirs it was; not, His. Secondly, It was not His Day; Nay, it was no day, neither, but Tenebrarum, as he there addeth: So, night, rather then day. But thirdly, without all question, no Day of ioy. The Heavens are darkened; the Earth quaking; the stones renting; every one going their wai [...]s beating their brests, for sorrow: That, was no sight, to rejoyce at; That, no day, to reioyce in.

But, of His Birth. Luk. 2.11.Then is it, of necessity, to be His Birth day That was a Day; the Angell calls it To day: To day is borne. And His day it was: for every man claimes a kind of propertie, in his Birth day. Men, in the day of the beginning of their life: As Kings, in the day of the beginning of their Reignes: As Cities, their Palilia, when the trench is first cast: As Churches, their Encaenia when they are first dedicate: So Men their [...], when they first come into the world. It is too plaine, this. His Day then: And sure, a day of ioy, Luk 2.14. withall. Ioy, in Heaven; Ioy, in Earth. In Heaven: for, a day of Glorie to GOD on high. In Earth: for, a day of Peace heer below, and for good-will towards men; as ever, nay more then ever, was any. The Angel so proclaimed it, Gaudium omni populo, A day, Luk. 2.10. of Ioy to all People: And proclaimed, why? Quia hodiè natus est. And, this omni po­pulo (as appeares now,Luk. 2.11. by this Text) was not onely all People, then, in being, or after to be: But, (as LEO well expresseth it) in praeteritas se refudit aetates, the ioy of it went back, up to the Ages past; up, even to Abraham's time, two thousand yeares and more, before ever it came. I know well, this Day may be taken, for the whole time of His life: But, it must be by a figure then. And, no man but seeth, that a Day doth, more literally & proper­ly, signifie a day; then the time of ones whole life, at large. Yet, that time too had his be­ginning, on a day: And, that day, even for that very beginning, may wel challenge a better right, and neerer propertie in this word [day] then any longer time what soever. As, the very Day, whereon He was first seene, first shewed to the world, as the Sonne of Man; As, the very day, whereon the first fruits of all the ioy then, and ever since: sure I am, the Fathers fix it all upon one day, and upon this day by name. So Iren. 4.15. Irenaeus, Aug. Hom. 43. Augustine, Cyr. 6.11 Cyril set it downe; that, this day it was. This day then be it: the day of His Hirth. So have ye the Obiect.

[Page 65]Now to the three Acts: And first of Desire. Exultavit vt: that [Vt] is Desire. II. The Acts of Abraham. 1. His Desire: exultavitut. Glad and faign, Vt, that, he might see; that is, he desired, he longed much, to see it. Gaude­re vt, and vellem vt, expound one another. This day then, is dies desiderij, or desidera­bilis. To be desired, even of Abraham; and, if of him, of all. Of the Cause first, Why: and then, of the Manner, How, he desired it.

The Cause: why should Abraham so desire to see this day,1 The cause of it two thousand yeares and more, after his dayes were at an end, and he in his grave? what was it, to him? how was he concerned, in it? We say; Omnia bonum appetunt: what good had he, by it? We say againe, Indigentia desiderij parens: what need had he, of it, that he should so desire it? Yes: Christs Birth he needed; he had good by; and, consequently, His Birth day.

Ye remember Iob's EASTER; that, in all his heavinesse, this was specs in sinu, his on­ly comfort and ioy, That well yet, his Redeemer should rise againe one day.Iob. 19. [...]. The ioy of Iobs EASTER, the same is the ioy of Abraham's Christmasse: Even, that a day should come, wherein his Redeemer should come into the world. For, Abraham's case was not such, but that, a Redeemer he stood in need of. One he stood in need of, and one he had: you may read it totidem verbis (Esay 29.22.) Thus saith He that redeemes ABRAHAM. That party; Him, he needed: and Him he desired: And desired His day, for His sake: Diem for Meum; the Day for Him that was borne on the day.

Will, ye heare it from his own mouth? Thus he setteth down his own case, Gen. 18. (that very time, when he had this day first shewed him, the first glimpse of it:) Thus complaines he there, of his need, (& complaining, implies his desire:) Et ecce ego pulvis & cinis: And lo I am but dust and ashes. Dust, is plain: it refers us to Pulvis es, & in pulverem: He was that,Gen. 18.27. Gen. 3.19. by nature; by his very creation. But, why ashes? how come they in? Ashes, he was not made of; That, is not naturall: That (sure) refers to somwhat els. Ashes (we know) come of fire, with­out it, they are not made; ever presuppose a fire precedent. So that, besides death to resolve Him into dust, he saw a fire to turne Him into ashes. He saw it in his vision, Gen. 15. when the sun was downe, & it was night; and a great feare, or Horror fell upon Him;Gen. 15.17. he saw Clibanū fumantem, a fiery furnace. Blame him not, if, after such a night, he desired to see day; and this day; dies contra noctem, a day to visit him from on high, after so fearfulll a night, as this. But, this was but a vision of the night: But, when all daies & nights should be at an end, he saw,Luk. 1.78. there was yet a day, to succeed that day, which Enoch taught the world, wherin the Lord should come with thousands of his Saints, to execute iudgement upon sinners. Iud. 14.15. Which day (it seemes) Abraham took notice of. For speaking to God, (in the same Ch.) he calleth Him by this title Iudge of the world. Of which day, a visible signe he had, before his eyes, waking, in the consuming of the five Cities, immediately after. No mervaile then,Gen. 18.25. though he desired dies contra diem, a day that should quit him, of the fear of that day. Inasmuch then as dust he was, & ashes he was to be; dust by creation, ashes by condemnation; (and both these he confesseth himself lyable unto;) He needed one, as to restore the ruines of the first; so to prevent the danger of the second. Being in need, he desired; desiring, he was glad to heare of; but more glad would be, to see that day, that should bring him into the world: And, ô when shall that day be? And sure, the sun must go down with us too, &, what fear we shall then be in, or whither we shall see the furnace, I know not: but, sure I am, that ioyfull it will be then, to have a comfortable sight and apprehension of the benefit & beginning of this day: When the world shall bid us good-night, then (as S. Austin expresseth it) videre in nocte saeculi, diem CHRISTI.

This, for the Cause, why Abraham himself should desire this Vt; to see this day:2 The Manner of it. Why but for this day, Abraham had been but ashes of the furnace. Which sheweth, it is a benefit to see this day: And as a benefit, desired by him; and as a benefit, and no small benefit vouchsafed him, (the sight of this day.) Now, for his Manner how, how greatly he desired it. We may take measure, of the greatnesse of the day, by the greatnesse of his Desire. It was no day of small things: for, Exultavit vt is no small desire: there is vigour, there is both passion and action in it. The nature of the word [exultavit] is, He did even fetch a Spring for ioy that he should see it. And it is not exilijt neither, but exultavit. And that is a frequenta­tive: and so, he did it more then once. To give a spring; and not once, but often; this, was much, if al be wel considered. For one to do it, one in yeares, fast upon an hundred, as Abra­ham then was; for such a one to do it, it was very much.

[Page 66]1. Much. First, that he should not containe his affection; not keepe it in, but, out it must, even breake forth into an externall act, into a bodily gesture, that all that stood by, must see him do it.

2. Into a bodily gesture (I say;) But then againe, that, into such a bodily gesture; a gesture on this fashion. It must needs be, he was greatly, yea strangely affected with it, that it made him forget his gravitie, and put a kind of indecorum upon his age, at those yeares, to fall on springing. All men will easily know, that (such as he was) stayed, discreet, grave men will never be so exceding moved, as to be brought to fetch a spring, but, upon some verie exceeding great occasion.

3. Thirdly, to do all this, but onely in desire, and nothing but desire, is yet more strange, then the rest. In the fruition, to ioy is kindly; but, in the desire, altogether vn­usuall; Exultavit, cum videret may well be understood: Exultavit, ut videret; not so well. For, desire, of it selfe, is a restlesse thing, vnquiet, and complaining: but a ve­ry affliction of the soule. It makes men, yea the very creature it selfe (saith the Apo­stle) ingemiscere (which is farr,Rom. 8.22. from exultare) to grone for griefe, not, to spring for Ioy; Sad rather then glad, in that they want their desire. Iudge then, how great a good is the good of this Day; that, not in the enioying, but, even in the desiring; and that, against the nature of desire, did put old father Abraham into this passion; and brought from him this act, the act of exultation, and made him even young againe.

But I will tell you yet of another as strange. For, the same word, you shall observe is vsed, of the Baptist, while he was yet but an Embryo, and in his mothers belly. That, at the enter-view,Luk. 1.44. and voice of the Blessed Virgin MARY, He (then, a babe) gave a spring in the womb of Elizabeth His Mother. So that we see, both old and young, Abra­ham and Iohn Baptist, from the eldest in yeares to the child vnborne; it concernes all; All need it: All are bound to be glad of it: All is for the ioy and honour of this Day.

And this for his first act, and first ioy, ioy of desire, for there be two. There is another in the last word [...]. As there be two sights; 1 vt videret, and 2 Et vidit: so, two ioyes answerable; either hath his Ioy. And, this first is but Iohn Baptist's fore-run­ner, to the second. For, all this is but the Apostles Spe gaudentes, yet; but the ioy of hope onely,Rom. 12.12. anticipating the other, before it come; and ioying (as it were) that it shall ioy, when that ioyfull time shall be.

And, with this, we must begin; even with desire; and seeke to possesse our soules of it. This carrieth the next, the eye: for, where the desire is, there will the eye be also: and, where it is not, no prospect thitherward; no window open, that way. Therefore, set that (as the needle point) right, and all the rest will follow. For, the truth is; therfore we ioy not, because we see not; and therefore we see not, because we desire not. True it is, and pitie it is; Milli­ons there be, never have true sight of Him: Why? they have no desire to Him. We must then begin there, with desire, with vt videret, or we shall never come to Et vidit. And, for our comfort, the very desire of this day, or of any other good things els, (if it be true, and vncounterfeit,) a first degree it is, and it is not lightly to be accompted of. It is not nothing, to say, (if one can say, and say it true) exultarem vt viderem. For, of this de­sire, Exultarem vt is (among other) one Character. Three there be besides; (and lightly they go together,) and they be Succedanea (as we call them) to any good thing, which we have not, but wish that we had, or that we might have. As, if we cannot re­pent, cannot absteine, cannot beleeve, or live as we ought, these come in place, and ex­presse yet, how we stand inwardly affected toward them: Even these foure: 1 Exultarem or gauderem si: 2 vellem vt: 3 metuo ne: 4 doleo quod non. Gauderem si, Glad I would be, if it were: Vellem vt, and I heartily wish, that it were; Metuo ne, but sure I doubt, it be not: and Doleo quod non, sorry I am, that it is not. Characters they be all: and, if they be heartie and true, a signe it is, the flaxe smoketh yet: Et linum fumigans (so gracious He is) the flax, Esa. 42.3. if it do but smoke, He will not quench it. But, of all the rest, specially if it be this. For there is vigour and vehemencie, in Exultarem vt. It is a fer­vent desire, a kind of hunger and thirst, a desiderio desideravi, this. Exultarem vt, I would do any thing; I would give any thing, to have a sight of it. And, such a desire shall never be frustrate: It shall see certainely.

[Page 67]Of Exultare vt videas, the Reward shall be videre vt exultes: of desiring that, we see not; to see that, we desire. We have Abraham, the Father, in the Text; Take Zachee, the sonne, for an example of it, too. He,Luk. 19. out of a desire to see CHRIST, at His comming to Iericho, and could not for the preasse, exultavit gave a spring, got him up into a tree, so to have a sight of Him. It was so well taken,Verse 3. Verse 4. this very desire, as, he not onely saw Him, but received Him to house. And our SAVIOVR pronounceth, this Text was fulfilled in him;Luk. 19.9. He was even thereby become the Sonne of ABRAHAM. For, howsoever in things temporall, it may be, and is oft defeated; In things pertaining to CHRIST, and His sight, Exultauit vt videret shall ever end (as heer it doth) in Et vidit. And so we passe to the next point of Et vidit.

It is heer (first) directly avouched, the Patriarchs (and Abraham, II. Abrahams se­cond Act. Et Vidit. And he saw it. by name) they did not onely desire to see this Day; but, see it they did. See it, though they did but see it and salute it Heb· 11.13. [...] a farr of; or, 1. Cor. 13.12. [...] as in a perspective glasse; yet see it they did. It is but Vidit; Vidit, in genere. Any sight, any descrying will serve to verifie the Text. I say not, they did precisely know the very day of the moneth; I would not, so, be vnderstood. But, this they did: They knew and saw in genere, such a day there should come, and then, come when it would; or what day of the yeare, it would; all ioy they wished to that day, for the ioy, it was to bring them. This was enough, for them in their estate: And, more particular notice had they had, of the Moneth and Day, this I am sure, they would never have scraped it out of their Kalendar.

He saw it. But then, if you aske, how he saw it? Sure, not (as they were mistaken,How, he saw it. in the Text) as if Abraham could not see His Day, vnlesse CHRIST had been in the flesh, in the dayes of Abraham. That, is one kind of seeing, indeed. For, so Simeon saw: (For mine eyes have seene.) But, this Text must be true: vidit Abraham. Luk. 2.30. Then, another there is beside. This is sure, what Simeon saw, the same saw Abra­ham: What Simeon saw, (I say;) but, not, as Simeon saw. The same CHRIST, both; and the same Day: though, not both, in the same manner.

But let me tell you, this of Abrahams was the better. And, if Simeon had not seene Him, in the same manner,Abraham did, for all his viderunt oculi, he had beene ne­ver the neerer. No more than were the Iewes heer, that hurled stones at Him, Verse 59. and so saw Him; but, to no benefit, no matter of Exultation, at all; of condemnation, rather.

Then, if not with his eyes, how? Yes; with his eyes too, though not of the bo­dy. Which to conceave, we are to take notice, that there is in every man of us two men: (Plato had seene so much, and set it downe: And (it is thought) the Apostle tooke it from him:) 1 An outward, and 2 an Inward man: (Rom. 7.22. 2. Cor. 4.6.) Now, if there be an inward man, we must allow him senses, as a man; he must have eyes. So he hath: (Ephes. 1.18.) Having the eyes of your vnderstanding lightened. Heer are eyes: by them did Abraham; and, even by them (and by no other) do we see Him.

Those eyes many have beside, but see Him not, for want of light. By what light saw He? He was a Prophet; and, as a Prophet, he might be in the Spirit and have the vision clearely represented before him, in luce prophetiae. But, without all que­stion, a faithfull man he was, and so, certaine it is, he saw it in lumine fidei, the light of faith, which faith is the clearnesse or evidence of things not seen, (Ye know the place.Gal. 3.9. Heb. 11.1.) Not seen: Nay even of things invisible. In the 27. Ver. of the same Chapter, it is said, Moses was as if he had seen the Invisible. By faith, that was: And,Rom. 4.11. in Abraham the Father of the faithfull, the same faith was. Both saw, by the same light, and by it CHRIST was as verily present unto them, as if they had seen Him, this day, in the manger with the Shepheards; or, with Simeon, had had him in their armes, and beheld him. Thus, He; and thus we. For it is all the light, he had, or we have, to see Him by.

But, where was this, and when? The Text is enough, so it was, If we rest not in that, but would know what the Fathers have conceived of the place and time; This they [Page 68] hold: That he saw His Birth, at the valley of Mamre, (Gen. 18.) And he saw His Passi­on in the Mount of Moria, (Gen. 22.) But, this Day he saw at Mamre. (Gen. 18.) Then was CHRIST, in person, there; one, of the three: Then made Abraham the con­fession,Gen. 17.19.18.10. we before spoke of. Then is twice mention of the time of life: which is this time, if ever any. Then Isaac was delivered as a gage; And then was his feast of ioy, downe went his fat heyfer: So, all meet at the time iust.

And, so certainly He then saw it there, as after (we see) he sware his servant on his thigh: His thigh became Ad sancta Dei Evangelia: Gen. 24.2. He bad his servant lay his hand on his thigh, and sweare by the GOD of Heaven. Et quid vult Deus Coeli, ad femur Abrahae? What hath the GOD of Heaven to do with Abrahams thigh? (sayth Saint Augustine:) And his an­swere is, Nisi quia, But only, because he saw (certeinly) the SONNE of GOD was, from thence, to take flesh: Semen Abrahae, de femore Abrahae: and so, to make us this blessed day. And this, of CHRIST's visus: And now of Abraham's gavisus, the end of his sight and desire both.

3. Abrahams third Act, Et gavisus est. Pro. 13.12.He that was glad, he should see it, must needs be glad, when he did see it. If Exultavit, ut videret; then Vt vidit, Vt exultavit? when he saw, how glad a man was He, now his desire was accomplished? And the desire accomplished (saith Salomon) is a tree of Life; And the tree of life (we know) is in the middst, Gen. 2.9. is the very center of all the ioyes of Paradise. Now, we cannot possibly take a view, of these his ioyes better, than out of the promise; which was the very list (or briefe) of all, he was eyther to see, or to ioy in.

Gen. 26.4.We begin with the blessed ioy of Benedicentur omnes gentes in semin [...] tuo: Benedi­centur, shall be blessed. And that is of two sorts: 1 Blessed from: And 2 blessed with: and ey­ther hath his ioyes.

1, 2 Blessed from: from pulvis et cinis; dust of the grave, and ashes of the furnace. His soule blessed from the Clibanus fumans, Psal. 16.9. which he saw. Moreover also his flesh should rest in hope; hope of rising againe, from the dust. Els, how could GOD be called the GOD of Abraham:Mat. 22.32. GOD is not the GOD of the dead, but of the living. Abraham then being dead should live againe, and then Nunc dimittis may he say, no lesse then Simeon. These two ioyes first.Luc 2. And these two fit well the words of Ioy in the Verse: 1 Exultavit, that is a motion of the bodie; for the bodies deliverance from dust: 2 Gavisus, that, is a fruit of the Spirit; for the Spirits redemption from the furnace. These are his two first ioyes.

3 4 Then two more, in blessed with, or concerning. Concerning first his two gages, Isaac and Canaan: Isaac, of CHRIST; Canaan, of the Kingdome of Heaven. And, this Ioy was surely great; And, if the ioy of the Pledge, (or Gage,) were great, farr greater was the ioy of the Inheritance it selfe which he so greatly desired. For, both he was (saith the Apostle) and he bare himselfe like a stranger heere upon Earth:Heb. 11.13. shewing thereby that he sought for another, a better, an abiding Citie, whose builder is GOD, and that in Heaven. For, that it was no earthly thing, which was the obiect of his joy, nothing but Heaven; thence it may appeare, that when GOD promised him, his seed should be as the dust of the Earth, Gen. 13.16. (Gen. 13.) It never moved him; it was no obiect, that, of his faith, or desire: not so much as a Credidit followes upon it. But after, (in the .15. Chap.) when GOD bade him, Gen. 15.5. Looke up and told him, they should be as the starrs of heaven: then presently followes, Credidit Abraham Deo, Verse 6. He caught hold of that; beleeved that, straight; and it was coun­ted to him for righteousnesse: euen that his faith, touching (no dust of the Earth, but tou­ching) heaven, and heavenly blessings. And these are the two next Ioyes, of blessed with: And these two answere the two sights, Vt videret, the Pledge: and Et vidit, the Inheri­tance.

5 Now these foure, had they been graunted to himselfe, and to his owne house, well might it have been gavisus, with him: how much more then, that it should, by him, have his extent,Gen. 26.4. and stretch to Omnes familiae, Omnes gentes, All kindreds, All nations of the Earth: be gaudium omni populo; be a day of joy to both Hemispheres; the ioy of gene­ralitie; That all the world should be the better for him? And this, his fifth, the ioy of Omnes gentes.

[Page 69]And glad might he have been, to have receaved all these, by whomsoever: yea, though 6 a meere stranger. That all these then should come to him not, by any strange partie, but by one to come out of his owne bowells; that his seed should be his Saviour, and, out of his roote, should rise his Redeemer; All his ioy should grow from the fruit of his own body: That He, that Nusquam Angelos, in no wise, them;Heb. 2.16. would take on Him the seed of Abraham: This may (I doubt not) be reckoned, for the sixth, even the ioy of in semine tuo.

Now, to in Semine Abrahae, adde in sinu Abrahae, and so have we seaven com­plete:7 That His bosome should be the receptable of all, that should enter into blisse: Whosoever there entertained, in sinu Abrahae it is to be. This, is the last;Luc. 16.23. that Se­men Abrahae shall bring us to sinus Abrahae, and make us partakers of his heavenly joyes there. But, we must begin with in Semine, to day; that after, in his good time, in sinu may follow. And this for Gavisus est, and for Abraham.

Now to our selves. And the first point is, whether we will be out with the Iewes, The Refe­rence to us. 1. Our desire. or in with Abraham, in the fellowship of this Dayes joy. In, with Abraham, we sure. If all be well weighed, we have greater cause to desire the day, then he; we have more need of it (I am sure:) Dust, as he; but more in danger to be made ashes than he, by Manasse's argument, in his prayer. The benefit of his Day, and the like, they do no­thing so much concerne the lust, (such as Abraham,) as they do sinnefull Manasses and such as he. And such are we: And ever, the more sinner, the more it imports him, to love the dawning of this day. Greater cause we have, than he.

And for our sight we have that clearer than he by much. For, though we see, as he;2. Our sight. and he, as we; both by the light of Faith: yet, he in the faith of Prophecie, yet to come; we in the faith of Historie, now past: And there is great oddes betweene these two. We have the record of humane Writers, many; but, of Divine, all; that this day is come and gone: Even, of such, as saw Him with th [...] eyes, both of the inward and out­ward man.

The greater cause, and the better sight: Then is our joy also to abound,3. Our Ioy. and be a­bove his. So it should, (sure.) And we would seeme as if it so were; we multiply the dayes, and where he had but one, we hold twelve togither, as if we would exceed him, twelve to one, in this joy. Being then so bound, joy agreeth well with us at this time. The Text invites us to it, the whole streigne from the first word to the last. It beginnes with Exultavit, and ends in Gavisus est.

Only, that from whence we take our joy, from thence we take the rules of it: Which be three. 1 One of the two parts, Exultavit, and Gavisus est: 2 One of the end, Diem meum: And 3 the last of our patterne, sicut ABRAHAM pater noster, to expresse it as he did.

Heere be two sorts: 1 One, Exultation a motion of the bodie: 2 The other, Ioy a I fruit of the Spirit: I am for both. I speake not against Exultavit;1. The first rule of it. That Exultavit exceed not Gavisus est. let the bodie have his part. Reason would, the bodie and the flesh should be allowed their parts, since all the joy is for Corpus aptasti mihi, and that Verbum caro factum est, the Word is become flesh: that CHRIST hath gotten him a bodie. But, let not Exultavit be all whole and sole. Then, we ioy but by halves: we lose halfe our joy; and the better halfe: for, the joy of the spirit is the better part, when all is done. The f [...]sh fades dayly; so do the joyes of it: The spirits is the better part, that shall not be taken from us. Luc. 10.42. That of the spi­rit should exceed the joy of the outward man, as farr, as Et vidit (to which it is joyned,) doth exceed ut videret. If should so: Well, in the meane while, I would they might but part aequally: At least, not to stay so long, not to make so large allowance of time, and cost, for the flesh, as we leave little or nothing, for the spirit's part. Sure some-what would be done; some speciall use of this Feast, that may tarry by us, when these, of the flesh, we shall eyther have forgotten, or remember but with small joy. Time will come, that one lesson in this kind, learned this day, and laid up well, will do us more plea­sure, [Page 70] than all the sports we shall see, the whole twelve dayes after: That we come not behinde Abraham halfe in halfe.

2 The second: that it be for Diem meum.Our next Caveat would be, that we looke this our joy be for Diem meum, and that our Ioy in Diem, be for Meum. For, Meum is heere the Substantive, it is CHRIST: and Diem, but an accident, or adjective to it. That is, that we joy in it, as it is His, (CHRISTS). As His; doe we not so? As whose els? To speake plainely the com­mon sort generally all (some few except) wish for it, and ioy in it; not, as it is CHRISTS; but, as it is somewhat els: That is, as it is a time of cheare, and feasting, as it is a time of sports and revelling. Exultavit ut Videret, what? why that we shall now fare well▪ looke you, that is it: As it is dies epuli, not CHRISTI. What farther? that we shall now see pastimes: that is, as it is dies ludi, not CHRISTI. Put both togither; downe they sate to feast, Exod. 32.6. up they rose to play: so have you the golden Calves Holyday right. As it is dies vituli, not CHRISTI. This is not diem, for meum: In very deed, this is to desire Him, for the Day; not the Day, for Him. CHRISTS day is not desired for CHRIST, CHRIST is the least part of his owne Feast. If it be but matter of the belly, the Iewes heer could have been entreated to have kept this Day, so as dies E­puli. For, before (at the .6. Chap.) When there bellyes were filled, then, (and never but then,) This is the Prophet, This is He that should come into the world. This was all, they then made; all that many now doe make, of CHRISTS comming into the world: That they may fill their bellyes. Never care for Benedicentur, no more than Esau: but for bene vescentur; and, if benè vestientur too, then all is well.

Or, if it be but shewes and matter of sight, Herod he was glad to see CHRIST, too: and it is the same word,Luk. 22.8. which is heere, glad, and very glad [...]: But, why was it? Because he hoped to have seen him done some straunge feats. This pertayneth rather to Sara's laughter, than Abrahams joy. There is a difference betweene Sara's laughter, and Abrahams joy. Take heed, that we change not Abrahams joy, into Sara's laughter.

The III. Rule, Sicut Abraham.Now last, sicut Abraham. He is propounded heere to us, as our patterne; we to express our joy, as he did his, upon the day of his sight, at the plaine of Mamre. So we shall begin right. Two things he did: First he got them (the three) to turne into him. The same would CHRIST do,1 Gen. 18.3. to us, this day. That our ioy may be sutable, to turne in hither: The beginning of the joy of His Day would be, in His House, So the Place and the time would agree well.Esa. 96.7. So He saith Himselfe, laetificabo eos in domo mea, The first thing I will doe, I will make them joyfull in Mine House. There first to satisfie us with the pleasures of His house, wherewith (GOD He knowes) we are soone satisfied. Well, this is done; Heere we are, (and much adoe too, and long it is first) but, heer we are.

The next was, when they were turned in, Abraham sayd, Let me set some-what before you, 2 Gen. 18.5. Ideo enim declinâstis, For, even for this, are ye turned in hither: And so made his Feast. There is indeed no solemne entertainement, or Ioy, without a Feast. CHRIST will be, in all respects, as courteous as Abraham. He saith, let me set some-thing before you too, for therefore are you turned in hither, He invites us, to His Feast, (His Church (so) doth in His name:) Even, this day, prepares and setts CHRISTS Feast before us, wherein He offers Himselfe to us. Not, as the obiect of one sense only, (of sight,) as to Abraham in the Text:Psal 34.8. but, as the obiect of two; Sight and Tast; Gustate & Videte, both. And we may not take the one, and leave the other; but, since both be offered, receave both. For, we are come hither for this cause: Heer then, shew your Ioy, in His Feast day, by partaking His Feast, on His Day, the only Feast, of all the rest, for which the soule is the bette [...] ▪ Thus shall we with joy keepe this Day aright.

And heer now one day calls another: this day of His calls to minde another day of His, called so in twenty places (His Day:) And called [That day,] in plaine refe­rence to this. So to joy this day, as, that day, we may joy also. As this, His day, because it is the Day of His first comming: so that, His likewise, because it is the Day of His com­ming againe. A Day (howsoever we do with this) which we must all see: Abraham, the Iewes, we and all. Only, that we see that Day with joy: that we so demeane our selves, in this, as, that also may prove a Festivall with us, even the last, and greatest day of the Feast now begunn in this. All will be, how to make that a Day of Ioy, to us, when we [Page 71] see it: To have that day rise cleare and chearefull to us, will be the ioy of all ioyes. For, heer, first as we see but in part, so we can ioy but in part: as our sight, so our ioy vn­perfect. But, there, we shall see as we are seene; our sight being perfect,1. Cor. 13.12. so shall our ioy be: Perfect Sight, and perfect Ioy. And besides, that, is another manner of day, then this, or any day heer: a day, that shall never goe downe: No more shall the Ioy of it. And it shall not indure for twelue daies, or be a feast of a fortnight; but shall be from moneth to moneth, from Iubilee to Iubilee, for ever and ever. To the ioy of which Feast; or to the Feast of which ioy, by, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Sunday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXIIII. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

ESAY CHAP. VIII. VER. XIIII.

Ecce, Virgo concipiet, & pariet filium, & vocabitur nomen Ejus IMMANVEL.

Behold, a Virgin shall conceive, and beare a Sonne; and she shall call His name, IMMANVEL.

OF all the Writers of the Old Testament, the Prophet ESAI hath the honour, to be the first, that is vouched in the New. And, of all the places, this place, the honour, to be the first of all;Mat. 1.23. even, in the first Evangelist, Saint Matthew; and, in the very first Chapter of him. We may well thinke, Saint Mat­thew would be carefull, to make choise of a verie prime and pregnant place, to set it (as it were) in the front of his Gos­pell. This, is much honour, S. Matthew doth it.

But, the Angel GABRIEL doth it more, (Luc. 1.) who takes this verse,Luk. 1.31. as it stands, word for word, and makes it serve for his Annuntiation, or Message, to the Blessed Virgin without any alteration: Not so much, as the Ecce left out.

The tenour of it is, all about a Child to be borne; a child, with an Ecce: in whom, and in whose birth, God should be with us: So, with us, as, never before. On [...] so being with us, depends all our well or evill being, heere, and for ever. For, better not be at all, then be without Him: and, having Him, we need nothing els: for, in Ip­so omnia, in Him is all.Col. 1.17.

The Eunuch's question falls fittly in, heer: Of whom speakes the Prophet this? Who is His Mother? Act. 8.54. Who, the Child? Saint Matthew will be as good to us, as Saint Philip was, to him: Who, where he enrolls it, tells us, Who the Mother, the blessed Virgin: Who, the Child, our Blessed SAVIOVR. Who els? No Virgin ever bare child, but She: No Child, ever, nobiscum Deus, (and, so Deus) but He. There is none other to lay clayme to it, but they.

The Division Ecce hath in it, two Powers. 1 One, for the eare; to awake it to some matter more then ordinarie. 2 Another, for the eye; to direct it, by poynting to some certeinty: As heer; to two certayne persons: the Mother, and the Child. And shewes us, two strange I sights, in them, Mater, Virgo; and Deus, homo: A virgin, to become a mother; GOD, II to become man. A Virgin, to beare; GOD, to be borne. In both, and in eyther of them, three [Page 73] points are offered to us. 1 Ecce concepiet: 2 Ecce pariet: 3 Ecce vocabit nomen. Our Sa­viour 1 2 3 CHRISTS first triplicitie: 1 The Mysterie of of His holy incarnation, in concipiet: 2 His holy Nativitie, in pariet: 3 His Circumcision, in vocabit nomen. And, every one, of these three, makes a severall feast. Ecce concipiet, the Annunciation: Et pariet, this Feast, of the Birth of our LORD: Et vocabit nomen, New-yeares Day, when His Name was given.

But, we apply it, to this Feast. So doth Saint Matthew, in his Inspeximus of it: To the Birth of CHRIST. The birth of CHRIST (saith he) was on this fashion: And then, brings in this Record out of ESAY. As if, this Ecce did in particular point at this day.Mat. 1.18. As (in truth) we stand not much upon His conceiving, (now He is borne specially, as, borne He is:) Ecce pariet, is the Point. For, then we see Him, take Him in our armes; then, He is with us, indeed. And, when was that? Ecce pariet (saith the Text:) Ecce peperit, (saith the day,) this very day. This is the cheife.

But, finding them heer all, we will deale with them all. 1 CHRIST, as Embryo, in his conception: 2 CHRIST as [...], a new-borne babe, but yet [...] with­out a name: 3 And CHRIST with His full Christendome, as named; and named with this name heere in the Text, the Name of Immanuel.

Of which three, yee may reduce the first two [conceived, and borne] to His Nature: And (to make two, to two) of the later, make two more; Vocabit, and Nomen, His Name, and His Vocation, (For, in His Name, is His Vocation,) To bring GOD to us; to make GOD with us: Him, to be with us; that we may be with Him for ever. No­biscum Deus, the way: Nos cum Deo, the end: which is (and so may be) the end of the text, and of the day, and of us all. Nothing more worth our sight then this Birth: Nor more worth our hearing, then this Name.

Ecce spreads it selfe over the whole Text, may be repeated, at every point of it: But,I. Ecce Virgo-concipiet 1 Ecce Virgo. it first points to Ecce Virgo. There, we may make a stay: there, is a block in our way, by the Iewes. In no one place, doth that of the Apostles speech appeare, that, at the reading of the prophecies of CHRIST, the veile is layd over their hearts: no where,2. Cor. 3.15. how true the Proverb is, that Malice will even blind a man, as, heer in this. This Verse so dazles them, as, feigne would they turne another way, and not see, that they doe. They see no virgin heer: Esai's word [Alma] say they, is but a young woman; and, not a Virgin, properly. But, they say against their owne knowledge, in so saying. For, first:1 Beside the nature of the word, the very energie gives as much. For, it is, of Alam, and, that is, to cover: and so (properly) is one, that is yet covered, and never yet knowen: opposed to them, that have been uncovered, and knowen, after the Hebrew phrase.

And, beside the use of the word, for a virgin, in other places. Rebecca (then, a virgin)2 called by this name, Gen. 24: And Miriam (then, but six yeare old) called by it,Gen. 24 43 55.57. likewise. Exo. 2.Exod. 2.8.

And, beside their owne taking of the word, they themselves (the more auncient of them, so) in their Targum, Cant. 3.2. this very word Alamoth (Can. 2.) they glosse and pa­raphrase 3 it by Betulo [...]h, the proper word, for virgins: where it stands, this day, to be seen.

Besides all this, See, whither their malice carryeth them, by denying this; even, to 4 overturne Prophecie, and Prophet and all. For, he calls us, to see a signe; and that with an Ecce: And, what is that? If it be but a young woman, to conceive, and, no virgin; where is the signe? what is become of the Ecce? It is no signe, or wonder, unlesse it be beside the course of Nature: And, is it any whit, beside the course of Nature, for a young woman, to be with child? Therefore take away Virgo, and away with the Ecce; downe with the signe. Thus, rather then to beare wittnesse to the truth, stickt they not, to expose the Word of GOD (and so, GOD Himselfe) to scorne: Make the Prophet, or (as Saint Matthew, well saith) GOD, by the Prophet, to speake idly:Mat. 1.22. give them a [Page 74] signe, that is no signe; tell them, of a mervaile, not to be mervailed at.

Mat. 1.22.Reiect them then, and read confidently, as Saint Matthew doth, Behold, a Virgin: With him, rest hardly, on the skill and integritie of all the Seventy; that, more then a hundred yeares, before it came to passe, turned it [...] (in Greeke) that is, a Virgin; who could skill of their owne tongue, better then any Kimchi, or Albo, or any Rabbin of them all. This, for Ecce Virgo.

2. 2. Ecce conci­piet.And, looke what worke we had with the Iew, about Ecce Virgo, the like shall we have with the Gentile, about Virgo concipiet. To conceive this conceiving; to ioyne these two, a Virgin, and yet conceive, or beare; or, conceive and beare, and yet be a Virgin. For, before the birth; yea, before the conceiving come, the Virginitie is gone. True, in Nature: But, this is a signe; and so, above Nature. And, in Reason, so: but, this, is nisi credideritis, non intelligetis, to be beleeved, otherwise not to be understood, (as, a little before was sayd.) For, what GOD can doe, Faith can beleeve; reason cannot comprehend. But, this, it can: that, we doe GOD no great favour (as, well saith Saint Augustine) Si Deum fatemur &c. If we confesse, GOD can doe some-what, which we confesse, our reason cannot reach.

Luc. 1.34.The Blessed Virgin her selfe, while she stood upon a reason, upon quia non cognosco virum, asked, How it might be? But, rested in the Angells resolution: and so let us. Which was of two sorts.Luc. 1.35. First, That the HOLY GHOST should be Agent in it, and the Power of the most High bring it to passe. That, which, of it selfe, seemeth not cre­dible, put the Author to it, put to Ex Spiritu Sancto, and it will seeme not in­credible.

2 Specially (and, that is the second) If we set another by it, as unlikely as it, and done, though: As, this Ecce of the Virgin's, the Angell exemplifies, by another Ecce, of Zacharie's, in a manner, as hard; which yet fell out, at the same time. For, Elizabeth, being barren, first by nature, then by age; and so, wanting power, to conceive; she, was (then) gone six monethes with child. Luc. 1.36. Now, the want of power to conceive, is no lesse materiall, to hinder the conception, every way; then, want of the soile, no lesse, then the want of seed. He, that could supply that; could also, this. He, that doe it, without one; doe it, without the other. They were Cousines, (the Bles­sed Virgin, and shee:) And, their Signes were so, too. One of them made credible, by the other.

Act. 26.8.But, I aske Saint Paul's question: Why should it be thought a thing incredible, this to the Gentiles; If, (as their Religion taught them) they admitted, of Minerva's birth, or Pirrha's progenie, they need not make strange, at this. If they say, the GOD of Nature is not bound to the rules of Nature: we say the same. And yet, even in Nature, we see it made not altogether incredible. The light passing through a body, the body yet re­mayning whole: And it is put therefore into the Verse, to patterne this, Luce penetra­tur &c. The light commeth through the glasse, yet the glasse is not perished. No more, then the light of heaven, passing through, breaketh the glasse; No more, did the GOD of heaven, by His passage, violate any whit, the Virginitie of His Mother; if we will allow GOD the maker of the light, to do as much, as the light, He hath made.

But, I hold ever best, to let every thing rest upon his owne base, or bottome: Na­turall, upon reason; Supernaturall, upon faith. And, this is Supernaturall: In which, tota ratio facti est in potentiâ facientis: the power of the doer, is the reason of the thing done. GOD is the doer; cujus dicere, est facere, to whom, it is as easy to do it, as to say it.Luc. 1.37. As the Angell concluded, so doe I: With GOD is nothing impossible: And that of CHRISTS,Mat. 9.23. To faith, all things are possible: And heer are both: and, where they meet, they make no lesse a miracle then Mater and Virgo, or Deus and Homo; Even Fi­des and Ratio. And this, for Virgo concipiet.

[Page 73]Now, to the three particulars: and first, concipiet. To make Him man,II. 1. Christ [...]an Embryo. Et Concipiet. it is wells knowen, there wanted not other wayes: From the mold, as Adam: from a rib of flesh, as Eve. No need then, of concipiet. Yes: for, He was not to be man only; but, to be the SONNE of man; the name in the text, Filius, and the name that, for the most part, He giveth Himselfe, and seems most to delight in. But, Adam was not sonne to the mold; nor Eve, daughter to Adam. And, a Sonne, no way but by concipiet. And, howsoever, of the body of man, there may engender that, which is not of the same kinde: yet by way of conception, there commeth of man, nothing but man; nothing, but of the same nature and substance, with that, he was conceived of.

This, we are to hold: To conceive, is more, then to receive. It is, so to receive, as we yeeld somewhat of our owne also. A vessell is not sayd, to conceive the liquor, that is put into it: why? because it yeeldeth nothing, from it selfe. The Blessed Virgin, is; and therefore is, because she did: She did both give, and take. Give, of her owne substance, whereof His body was framed: and take or receive power, from the HOLY GHOST, whereby was supplyed the office and the efficacie, of the masculine seede. This is concipiet.

And this word is the bane of diverse haeresies. That of the Manichee; that held, He had no true body. That had been, virgo decipiet, not concipiet: Not, conceive Him, but deceive us. And that of the Valentinian (revived lately in the Anabaptist) that held, He had a true body; but made in heaven, and sent into her. That had been, recipiet, but, not concipiet: Received Him she had; conceived, she had not.

From which His conceiving, we may conceive His great love to us-ward. Love, His lov [...], in so being. not only condescending, to take our Nature upon Him; but to take it, by the same way, and after the same manner, that we doe; by being conceived. That, and no other better beseeming way. The wombe of the Virgin is (surely) no such place, but He might well have abhorred it. He did not: pudorem exordij nostri non recusavit (saith Hi­larie,) He refused not that, our selves are ashamed of: Sed naturae nostrae contumelias transcurrit, but, the very contumelies of our Nature (transcurrit is to quick a word,) He ran through them: Nay, He stayed in them; in this first, nine monethes. I say, the con­tumelies of our Nature, not to be named, they are so meane. So meane (indeed,) as it is verily thought, they made those old Haeretiques (I named) and others mo (who yet yeel­ded Him to be man) to runn into such phansies, as they did; only to decline those soule indignities (as they tooke them) for the great GOD of heaven, to under­goe.

This therefore, even this, would He have set downe, in termes terminant, of concipi­et and pariet. Trusting, we would wisely judge of them and love Him never the lesse, but the more even for these. [...]:Nazianz. Honour Him never the lesse, because He layed downe His honor for thy sake. No: but,Gregor. quantò ille minus debita, tantò ego magis debitor: the lesse due He tooke on Him, the more due from me to Him. In a word, quanto pro me vilior tantò mihi charior: The lower, for me;Bernard. the dea­rer to me. It brings to minde King David's vilior adhuc fiam; and how GOD, even for that, regarded him the more. Concipiet et pariet, to conceive, and bring forth, in us,2. Sam. 6.22. love, honor, and due regard, even for them. It reaches both.

This (sure) is matter of love: But, came there any good, to us, by it? There did.Our benefit thereby. For, our conception being the roote (as it were) the very groundsill of our nature; that He might goe to the roote, and repaire our Nature from the very foundation, thither He went: that what had been there defiled and decayed, by the first Adam; might, by the second, be cleansed and set right againe. That, had our conception been steined, by Him? Therefore, primum ante omnia, to be restored againe. He was not idle, all the time He was an Embryo; all the nine monethes, He was in the wombe; but then, and there, He even eat out the coare of corruption, that cleft to our Nature and us, and made both us and it, an unpleasing obiect, in the sight of GOD.

And what came of this? We, that were abhorred by GOD,Eph. 2.3. (Filij irae, was our title) [Page 76] were, by this meanes, made beloved in Him. He cannot (we may be sure) accompt evill of that Nature, that is now become the Nature of His owne SONNE: His now, no lesse then ours. Nay further, given this priviledge to the children of such as are in Him (though but of one parent beleeving) that, they are not, as the seede of two infidells; but,Tit. 3.5. are, in a degree, holy eo ipso; and have a farther right to the Laver of regeneration, to sanctifie them throughout by the renewing of the HOLY GHOST. This honor is to us, by the dishonor of Him: This, the good, by CHRIST an Embryo.

2 Christ a new-borne Babe: Et pariet. Et pariet: And this, no more then needs. There may be concipiet, and no pariet fol­low. Venerunt filij ad partum &c. (saith the Prophet) Esa. 37.3. The children came to the birth, and no strength to deliver: Pariet makes all sure.

And pariet makes all appeare. We could not tell, it was Filium; knew not, what it was, or what it would be. Till He came into the world, He was as thesaurus absconditus, though we had it, we had it not. But, when He was borne; when, come into the world; we see Him and handle Him: then, He was with us, indeed. With us; not, as conceived of the same nature with us; but, as borne, and now a person among us. That which was potentiall in concipiet, made actuall by pariet.

So that, this is the [...], when He came forth, as a bridegroom out of His cham­ber;Psal. 19.6. or, as the Sunne from His tabernacle, to runne His race. And, it was with a Visitavit ab alto. Luc. 1.78. Thence, an Angell cried Ecce, and sounded it on earth: and a starr cried Ecce, and proclaimed it from heaven. Poets, in the West, write of it: and Wise men, in the East, saw it, and came a long iourney upon it, to see Him. And what did this Pariet bring forth?Luc. 2.13. No sooner borne, but a multitude of heavenly Souldiers sung, Peace to the earth (belike there had been warr, before; but) Peace, now: Nay, more then peace, [...]; That, GOD had conceived a good liking, was well pleased with men. The same terme, to men, that He useth, to CHRIST Himselfe, In whom I am well pleased: [...] to both.Mat. 3.17. And, what would we more? What lack we now? His name.

3. Christ christe­ned; & vocabi­tur nomen.And now He is borne, might we not leave heer, and goe no further? Rem tenemus: what care we for the name. Yes, we must: For, CHRISTVS anonynus will not serve. Therefore Esay, therefore the Angell are carefull, to beare Him to His baptisme, to add His name: The Prophet, to intimate it: Saint Matthew, to interpret it. For, though we have sayd much of CHRIST an Embryo; and CHRIST, a new-borne namelesse babe; yet, nothing to that that followeth; to the Ecce of His Name.

1. His Name gi­ven by God.This Name, if it had been of mans giving, I wote well, litle heed had beene to be ta­ken of it. Men, sett great titles upon empty boxes. Nay, many times, the Names, gi­ven by wise men, fall out quite contrary. Salomon called his sonne Rehoboam, the Enlar­ger of People: Mat. 1.22. He enlarged them from ten to two. But, His name (Saint Matthew tells us) the Prophet but brought; It was GOD, that sent i [...]. And, the Names of His imposing, there is no surer place, in Logique, then from them. His Nominalls be Realls: As His dicere, facere; so His dici, fieri: what is said, in them, comes surely to passe.

2. That name Immanuel. Gen. 49.10.Now, there were diverse names given Him, at diverse times. To expresse all His per­fections, no one name was enough. There was Iacob's Name SILO; That was, in re­spect of His Father, by whom, and from whom, He was sent. There was Paul's name, MESSIAS,Heb. 1.9. CHRIST: That was, regard had to the HOLY GHOST, by or wher­with He was anointed. But, what were these? quid ad nos? We have no part in them: In this we have: And, till this came, all was in nubibus (as they say.) But, in this Im­manuel, Nob scum Deus, (heer) come we in first. For, in Immanu, is Anu; and, in No­biscum, Nos. And, this is the first Nobis, and the first Cum, we find, in any Name of His: and therefore of all other, we are to make much of it. A Virgin, to beare; GOD, to be borne, matter of wonder, but no benefit at all. But when we heare, It is with us, and for us; that Ecce makes us looke up to it.

1 Two Doubts abou [...] it. 1. How Imma­nuel and not IESVS.Before I come to it, I would cleare a doubt or two of it. 1 One of the Name it selfe: 2 The other of the interpretation, or meaning of the Name.

[Page 75]1. It will be sayd; This, was not His Name in the end, for all this, but IESVS. True:1 How Imma­nuel, and not IESVS. and Saint Matthew knew that well enough; for he setts it down so. Yet, even in that place He setts it so downe, presently he vouches this of ESAY, of Immanuel: as if Immanuel, and IESVS both came to one; as (indeed) they doe; One inferres the o­ther. Immanuel, GOD with us: Why? to what end? To save us from our sinnes, and from perishing by them. If there be any odds, it is in Immanuel, which is, of larger com­passe. GOD with us, to save us; though that be worth all, yet, not that way onely, but, with us, other waies, besides; And all, in Immanuel.

2. GOD with Vs; Why, was He not also with the Patriarchs, and Prophets, 2. How with us, more then the Patriarks. and Esay himselfe, as well, as with Vs? He was: but, not, as well. Some Prerogative we must allow this Name, if be but fo [...] the Ecce. No Ecce belongs to these. Somewhat more, to Saint Matthewes Gospell, then to Esay's Prophesie. This name must needs implie a secret antithesis to His former being with us. We say nothing, in saying, He is now with us, if He be not so with us now, as never before. With them, in types and figures of Himselfe; His shadow was with them; but now, He himselfe. With them He was, even thus, in this very Immanu: but how? in the future tense, concipiet, pariet; as things to come are made present to hope. But now, conceptus est, partus est; Re, not in spe; all is past and done. So that, now, Ita nobiscum, ut, de nobis; Nay, ut ipsi nos: So with us, as even of us now; of the same substance, Nature, flesh, and bone, that we: With us, in concipiet; conceived, as we: With us, in pariet; borne, as we. Now true, as never till now: Now so, as never so before.

And, now, to look into the Name. It is compounded, and to be taken in peeces. First,The parts of that Name. 1 El, Deus. into Immanu, and El: Of which, El, (the latter) is the more principall by farr: for, El, is GOD. Now, for any thing yet said in concipiet and pariet, all is but man with us: Not, GOD with us, till now. By the name, we take our first notice, that this child is GOD: And, this is a great addition, And heer (lo) is the wonder: For, as for any child of a woman, to eat butter and honey (the words that next follow) where is the Ecce? Verse 15. But, for El, for GOD, to do it; that, is worth an Ecce indeed.

El, is GOD: And, not GOD, every way; but (as the force of the word is) GOD, in His full strength and vertue: GOD, cumplenitudine potestatis (as we say) with all that ever He can do: And that is enough, I am sure.

For the other, Immanu: though El be the more principall, yet, I cannot tell,2 Immanu, No­bis [...]um: where­in 1 Anu, Nobis. whe­ther it, or Immanu, do more concerne us. For, as, in El, is might: So, in Immanu, is o [...]r right, to His might, and to all He hath, or is worth: By that word, we hold; there­fore, we to lay hold of it. The very standing of it, thus before; thus, in the first place, toucheth us somewhat. The first thing ever, that we to look for, is Nos, Nobis, and No­ster the Possessives: For, they do mittere in posses [...]ionem, put us in possession. We looke for it first; and lo, it stands heer first: Nobiscum, first; and then, Deus, after.

I shall not need to tell you, that, in nobiscum, there is mecum; In nobiscum for us all, a mecum, for every one of us. Out of this generalitie, of with us, in grosse, may every one deduce his owne particular; with me, and me, and me. For, all put together make but nobiscum.

The wise man (Prov. 30.) out of Immanuel (that is,Pro. 30.1. nobiscum Deus) doth deduce Ittiel, (that is,) Mecum Deus, GOD with me; his owne private interest. And Saint Paul, when he had said to the Ephesians, of CHRIST, Who loved us, Ephes 5.2. and gave him­selfe for us: might with good right, say to the Galatians, Who loved me, Gal. 2.20. and gave himselfe for me.

This Immanu is a Compound againe: we may take it, in sunder, into Nobis, and cum: And so then have we three peeces. 1 El, the mighty GOD: 2 and Anu, we, poore we; (Poore indeed, if we have all the world beside, if we have not Him to be with us:) And Im, which is cum, And that cum, in the midst betweene nobis and Deus, GOD and Vs; to couple GOD and us: thereby to conveigh the things of the one, to the other. (Ours, to GOD: Alas, they be not worth the speaking of:) Chie­fly then, to conveigh to us, the things of GOD. For, that is worth the while: they are (indeed) worth the conveighing.

[Page 76] Im, Cum.This Cum we shall neuer conceive to purpose, but carendo: the value of With, no way so well, as by Without: by stripping of Cum, from nobis. And so, let nobis, (us) stand by ourselves, without Him, to see, what our case is, but for this Immanuel; what, if this Virgins child had not this day been borne us: Nobiscum (after) will be the bet­ter esteemed. For, if this child be Immanuel, GOD with us; then, without this child, this Immanuel, Ephes. 2.12. we be without GOD. Without Him, in this world (saith the Apostle;) And, if without Him, in this, without Him, in the next: And, if without Him there, if it be not Immanu-el, it will be Immanu-hell; and that, and no other place, will fall (I feare me) to our share. Without Him, this we are: What, with him? Why, if we have Him; and GOD, by Him; we need no more: Immanu-el, and Immanu-all. All that we can desire is, for us to be with Him, with GOD; and He to be with us: And we, from Him, or He, from us, never to be parted. We were, with Him, once before, and we were well: and when we left Him, and He no longer with us, then be­gan all our miserie: Whensoever we go from Him, so shall we be; in evill case: and ne­ver be well, till we be back with Him againe.

Then, if this be our case, that we cannot be without Him; No remedie then, but to get a Cum, CHRIST, that Cum: by whose meanes, Nobis and Deus may come together againe. And, CHRIST is that Cum, to bring it to passe. The parties are, GOD, and We: And now, this day, He is both. GOD, before, eternally; and, now to day, Man: and so, both, and takes hold of both, and brings both together againe. For, two Natures heer are in Him: If conceived and borne of a woman, then, a Man: If GOD with us, then, GOD. So Esay offered His signe, from the height above, or from the depth beneath: Heer, it is.Ver. 11. From above, El; From beneath, Anu; one of us, now: And so, His signe, from both. And, both these Natures in the Vnitie of one person, called by one Name, even this name Immanuel.

Vocabit nomen: I told you, in His Name, is His Vocation or Office, to be Cum, to come betweene,It is His Voca­tion, to be with us: 1 In Nature. Gal. 3.20. (that is) to be a Mediator, to make Him, that was contra nos, nobiscum againe. A Mediator is not of one, but GOD is one. GOD and Man, are two; and they were two (as they say:) Were two, and two will be, till He make them one; recapitulate and cast up both into one summe: to knit Anu, (that is, We) and, El (that is, GOD) with His Im, into one: One word, and one thing, vnivocè, againe.

So, upon the point, in these three peeces, there be three persons; so, a second kind of Trinitie: GOD, We, and CHRIST. El, is GOD: Anu, We: for CHRIST, nothing left but Im, that is Cum, or With. For it is He, that maketh the Vnitie in this Trinitie; maketh GOD with us, and us, with GOD: and both, in and by Him, to our eternall comfort and ioy.

In Name.Thus is He with us: And yet, all this is but Nature still. But, the nobiscum of His Name, bodeth yet a further matter. For (indeed) the With us, of His Name, is more then the With us, of His Nature. If we make a great matter of that (as, great it is, and very great,) behold, the Ecce of His Name, is farr beyond it. With us in His Nature, that is, with us, as Man; that is short: We are more; sinfull men: A wretched condition added to a Nature corrupt: Will He be with us, in that too? Els, this (of Nature,) will smally availe us.

What, in Sinne? Nay,Heb 4.15. in all things, sinne onely except. Yea, that is, in being like us; but not,In Sinne as Surety. in being with us. For, in being with us, except sinne and except all: The rid­ding us of our sinne, is the onely matter, (saith Esay, after.) Therefore, to be with us, in all things, sinne is selfe not except. Saint IOHNS Caro factum est, will not serve: Saint PAVLES Fuit peccatum;Ioh 1.14. 2. Cor. 5.21. must come too. In, with us, there too. I say it over againe: Vnitie of Nature is not enough; He is to be with us, in Vnitie of Person, like­wise. So, He was. The Debtor and Surety, make but one person, in Law. That, He was: and then, He was cum, with us throughly, as deepe in, as we.

And this is the proper Immanu, of His Name. And this, the Immanu indeed. And, till he was thus with us, no name He had; He was Christus anonymus, CHRIST vn­christened (as it were.) For, His Name came not, till He became one with us in person: [Page 77] Not, till His Circumcision: Not, till for us, and in our names, He became debtor of the whole Law; Principall, Forfeiture, and all. To the hand-writing He then signed,Col. 2.14. with the first fruits of His blood. And then, name the child, and give Him this Name, Immanuel. For, thus He was a right Immanuel; truly, With us: With us, as men: With us, as sinfull men: With us, in all things, sinne it selfe not excepted.

May I not add this: It is said in the Text, She shall call: She, that is, His Mother.This Name given by his Mother. Why, She? To let us vnderstand, that she might give Him the Name, while He vnder­took this for us. But, His Father, til all was discharged, and the hand-writing cancelled; till then, He suspended, He gave it Him not. His Mother, She did; when He dropped a little blood, at the sealing of the Bond. But, He was fain, not to drop blood, but to sweat blood, and to shed His blood, every drop of it, yer this With us were full answered. And then, His Father did it too; Dedit illi nomen super omne nomen: [...]h [...]l. 2.9. Then, and not be­fore. His Mother, now: His Father, not till then. But, then, He had proved him­selfe fully with us, per omnia, when neither Womb nor Birth, Cratch nor Crosse, Crosse nor Curse could pluck Him away from us, or make Him not to be with us. Then, vocabit illi nomen, both She and He: Mother, Father, and all. With us, to eat butter and honey, seemeth much: And it is so, for GOD. What say ye,Ve [...]se 15 [...] to drink vinegar and gall? That is much more, (I am sure:) yet, that He did:Ps [...]l 6 [...]. [...]2. Ma [...]. 27 48. I cannot (heer) say with us, but for us. Even, drunk of the cup with the dreggs of the wrath of GOD: which passed not from Him, that it might passe from us, and we not drink it.

This, this is the great With us: For, of this, follow all the rest. With us, once thus, and then, with us in His oblation on the altar of the temple; With us in His sacrifice, on the altar of the Crosse: With us, in all the vertues and merits of His lif [...]; with us, in the satisfaction and satis-passion (both) of His death: With us, in His Resu [...]rection, to raise us up from the earth; With us, in His ascension, to exalt us to heaven: With us, even then, when He seemed to be taken from us: That day, by His spirit; as, this day, by His flesh. Et ecce vobiscum, and lo, I am true Immanuel, With you, Mat. 28.20. by the love of my Man-hood; With you, by the power of my God-head, still to the end of the world.

One more yet. He woon it, and He weares this name; and, in it, He weares us.It is Immanuel and therein W [...], with h [...]m. And it is both a comfort to us, and a glorie, that so He weares us. That, He is not, cannot be named, without us: that when He is named, Et no [...] unà t [...]cum Domine, we also are named with Him. In Immanu, is anu, and that is we. This is not it;Not Elim [...]anu [...] but [...] him. but this: That He hath set us in the fore-part of it; Immanu before El, Nobis­cum before Deus. This note is not out of place, in this place, where precedence is made a great matter of: That Immanu is before El: That is, We first, and GOD last.

Good manners would, in a name compound of Him and us, that He should have stood before us, and it have been Elimmanu, (at least,) Deus nobiscum, and Deus be­fore nobiscum; Not, Immanuel, Nobiscum, before Deus. He, before us; He the priori­tie of the place, in all reason: Booz, Ru. 2 4. he placed them so (Ruth 2.) and so should we (I dare say) if it had been of our imposing, Elimmanu: It had been great arrogancie otherwise. But, He giving it himselfe, would have it stand thus; Vs set before Him. There is a meaning in it. And what can it be but this: That, in the very name we might read, that we are dearer to Him, then Himselfe; that He so preferred us; and that His owne name doth praese ferre no lesse, but give out to all the world, the Ecce of Saint Iohns Gospell, Ecce quomodo dilexit! the Ecce of his Epistle, Ecce quantam charitatem habuit! See, how He loved them! Behold, Ioh. 11.36. 1. Ioh. 3.1. how great love He bare to them! See it, in His very name: We are a part of it; We are the forepart of it, and He the later; He, behind, and we, before: Before himselfe, and that by order from himselfe: He would have it Immanuel. O, whither was greater, humilitie, or charitie in Him! Hard, to say whither, but both vnspeakable.

Let us examine this, Sine nobis, a little. How came GOD from us? Nay,We made it Sine nobis. aske not that: but, how we came from Him? For, we went from Him; not He from us: [Page 78] We forsook Him,Ion. 2.8. first. Ionas tells us, how: By following lying vanities, we forsook our owne mercie.

If we went from Him first, then should it be (in reason) nos cum Deo; Not, Nobis­cum Deus: Nobiscum from Deus. We, to Him, not He to us. Did we so? No indeed: We sought not Him, He was faine to seeke us. Nos cum Deo, that would not be: It must be nobiscum Deus first, or Nos cum Deo will never be. This second, then: That, we began the sepa­ration; that, long of us: But, He begins the reconciliation.

Who hath the hurt, if GOD be without us? We, not He. Who gets by Nobiscum? What gets GOD by nobiscum? Rom. 3.2. Nothing, He: What get we? Multum per omnem modum. Why then doth He beginne, doth He seek to be with us? No reason, but Sic dilexit, And no reason of that.

But, when He sought, and offered to be with us, did we regard it? Nor that neither. You see, the Prophet (heer) offers Ahaz a Signe; bids him, ask it: Ahaz would none. And, as he, to the Signe; So we, to the Signatum, the thing signified: Care as little for Him,Ver. 12. or His being with us, as Ahaz did for His signe. We can be content, He in any sort will cease from us, come not at us, so long as the world can be with us, or we with it: Care not for His being with us, till world and all forsake us. How he was faine even to force it on him!

Cast up these then: That, He forsakes not, but being forsaken first. That, being forsaken, yet He forsakes not, though. That He, which should be sought to, seekes first: And seekes us, by whom He shall get nothing. Yea, when we neglect Him so seeking, when Ahaz will no signe,Ver. 14. initio. tells him, He will give him one, whether he ask or ask not: that is, will do us good, not onely without our seeking, but even in a manner against our wills. And tell me, if there be not as much love in nobiscum, as, in all the rest.

The end Wherefore Nobiscum, with us. With us; how, we see. Now, With us, why; or, to what end? To more, then I have now time, to tell you of. Two onely I name. 1 One, that of the place; To save them from their enemies: As them, for us. Them, from Razin and Romelie's sonne: Vs, from the sonne of Romelie, 1 To save us from our ene­mies. or Romulus, or whomsoever. If He with us, on our side, then will He be against them, that are against us: and, that let us never feare. Neither our owne weaknesse, nor the enemies strength. For, though we be weake, and they be strong, yet Immanuel (I am sure) that is with us, is stronger then they.

Our feare most-what groweth, both in sinne and in danger, that we look upon our selves: As if it were onely nobis; as if, never a Cum; or, that Cum were not El, the mighty GOD. As if, with that great EL, all the inferior El's were not attendant, Micha-el, and Gabri-el; and (if he will) twelve legions of Angells. Or, as if He alone, with one word of his mouth,Mat. 26.53. Ioh. 18.5. one Ego sum, could not blow them all downe, could not make them all, as those in the Text, as the tailes of a couple of fire-brands that have spent themselves, smoke a little, and there is all. No: if He be with us, we need not feare, what these two, Nay, not what all the fire-brands in hell can do against us.

And (sure) strange it is, The Saints of GOD, what courage and confidence they have taken, from this very name, Immanuel. Go to (saith Esay, in the next Chapter) Take your counsell, Esay 8.10. it shall be brought to nought; Pronounce a Decree, it shall not stand: Why? For, Immanuel, GOD is with us: Nothing but this Name. For, as it is a Name,Esay 50.8. so, it is a whole Proposition, if you will. And after (in the 50. Chapter) he seeks for enemies; calls them out, Who will contend with me? where is my adversarie? let him come neere: So little doth he feare them. And, these were ghostly enemies: And this was, in the point of Iustification. This, for the Prophet.

Now, for the Apostle. Never did Champion, in more couragious manner, cast his glove,Rom 8.39. then doth he to his ghostly enemies, to height, to depth, to things present, to things to come, to all, that none of them shall be able, to sever him, from this Cum, from His love. And all, in confidence of Si Deus nobiscum: in whom hee makes full accompt, to conquer; Nay, conquer, will not serve: more then conquer, he,Rom. 8.37. [...]

Pro. 30.1.The reason is set downe, Prov. 30. where, he betakes himselfe to Ittiel first, (which [Page 79] is, but a slip of Immanuel) Deus mecum; And then, to Ittiel, streight ioines Vcal, I shall prevaile; not I, but El with me. Ittiel goeth never alone: Vcal attends it still. Get Ittiel, if Ittiel be with us, Vcal will not be away: For, Ittiel and Vcal part not.

Is this all? No: there is another in the very body of the word it selfe:2 To make us the [...]onnes of God. With us, to make us that to GOD, that He was (this day) made to man. And this (indeed) was the chiefe End of His being with us; To give us, a posse fieri, a capaci­tie, a power, to be made the Sonnes of GOD, by being borne againe of water and of the Spirit: For, Originem, quam sumpsit ex utero Virginis, posuit in fonte Baptismatis, Ioh. 1.12. The same Originall, that Himselfe took, in the wombe of the Virgin, to us-ward; the same hath he placed, for us, in the fountaine of Baptisme, to GOD-ward. Well therefore cal­led the womb of the Church [...] to the Virgins womb, with a power given it of conci­piet & pariet filios, to GOD. So, His being conceived, and borne the Sonne of man, doth conceive, and bring forth (Filiatio, filiationem,) our being borne, our being the Sonnes of GOD. His participation of our humane, our participation of His di­vine Nature.

And, shall He be with us, thus many waies; and shall not we be with Him,Our Duty To be with him. (as many, I say not, but) some, as many as we can? We, with Him; as, He with us? Specially, since upon this issue, the Prophet puts King Asa, The Lord is with you, if you be with Him: With you to save you, if you with Him to serve Him.2 Chron. 15. [...]. It holds reci­procè, in all duties of love (as, heer was love, if ever,) Immanuel, GOD with us, re­quires Immelanu, Vs with GOD, againe.

He with us, now (I hope:) For,In pra [...]er &c. Matt. 18.20. where two or three are gathered together in His Name, there is He with them. But, that is in His God-head. And, we are with Him; our Prayers, our Praises are with Him: But, that is in our spirits, whence they come.

These are well: but, these are not all, we can: And, none of these,In the Sacra­ment. the proper with Him of the Day. That, hath a speciall Cum of it selfe, peculiar to it. Name­ly, that we be so with Him, as He (this day) was with us: that was, in flesh; not, in spirit onely. That flesh that was conceived and this day borne, Corpus apiasti mihi, Psal. 40 7. Heb 10 5. that body, that was (this day,) fitted to Him. And, if we be not with Him, thus; If this His flesh be not with us; If we partake it not; which way soever els we be with Him, we come short of the Im, of this day. Im, otherwise it may be; but not that way, which is proper to this Feast. Thy Land ô Immanuel, (saith the Prophet, Esay 8.8. in the next Chapter) And may not I say, This thy Feast, ô Immanuel. Sure, no be­ing with Him, so kindly, so pleasing to Him, so fitting this Feast, as, to grow into one, with Him; as, upon the same day, so, the very same way, He did with us.

This, as it is most proper; so, it is the most streight and neere that can be: the surest being withall, that can be: Nihil tam nobiscum, tam nostrum, quam alimentum nostrum, Nothing so with us, so ours, as that, we eat and drink downe; which goeth, and groweth one with us. For, alimentum & alitum doe coalescere in unum, grow into an vnion; and that vnion is vnseparable ever after. This then, I commend to you: E [...]en the being with Him, in the Sacrament of His Body: That body, that was con­ceived, and borne, (as for other ends, so) for this specially, to be with you: And, this day, as for other intents, so even for this, for the Holy Eucharist. This, as the kind­liest, for the time; as, the surest, for the manner, of being with.

And, this is the furthest: And this is all, we can come to heer; heere upon earth.In Heaven. B [...]t, this is not all: there is a further to come still. For, we are not together: we are parted, He and we. He, in heaven; and we, in earth. But, it shall not alway so be. Beside this day, Immanuel hath another day: And, that day will come: And when it doth come, He will come, and take us to himselfe. That, as He hath been [Page 80] our Immanuel upon earth, So He may be our Immanuel in heaven; He with us, and we with him, there, for ever.

This (of the Sacrament) is a Preparative to that; will conceive and bring forth the other. For, immediately, after He had given them the holy Eucharist, He prayed streight, that they, that had so been with Him in the Blessed Sacrament, Father, my will is, my prayer,Ioh· 17.24. my last prayer, that where I am, they may be also.

And He is in Heaven, in the joy and glorie there: and there He would have us. So, nobiscum Deus in terris, brings us to nos cum Deo in coelis, even thither. Thither may it bring us; and thither may we come, and there be; He with us, and we with Him for ever. Immanuel, is the end of the Verse: The same be our end, that so we may be happie and blessed without end.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Moonday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXV. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

MICA CHAP. V. VER. II.

Et tu BETHLEHEM EPHRATA, parvulus es in mil­libus IVDA: ex te mihi egredietur qui sit [...]. Domina­tor in ISRAEL; & egressus Ejus ab initio à diebus aeternitatis.

And thou BETHLEHEM EPHRATA art little to be a­mong the thousands of IVDA; yet, out of thee shall He come forth vnto me, that shall be the Ruler in Israel: whose goings forth have been from the beginning, and from everlasting.

THE Prophet ESAY had the honor, to be the first,Esa. 7.14. that is vouched, and whose words are enrolled, in the New Testa­ment. The Prophet Mica hath the honour to be the Se­cond. That of Esay;Mat. 1.23.2.6 Ecce virgo &c. in the end of the first Chap­ter. This of Mica; Et tu Bethlehem, &c. in the beginning of the second, of the first of all the Evangelists Saint Mat­thew.

They follow one the other: and they follow well, one on the other. That, of Esay, His Birth: This, of Mica, the place of His Birth, Behold a Virgin shall beare (saith Esay:) and, Bethlehem shall be the place, where she shall do it (saith Mica:) His name (saith Esay) shall be GOD with us: With us (saith Mica) to be our Guide, and conduct us. He, with us, in Bethlehem, in the beginning of the Verse; that we, with Him, in aeternitie, in the end of it.

Whe have (first) a most Sure word and warrant of the Evangelist, that the testi­monie of IESVS is the spirit of this Prophecie: that, this day, this Scripture was fulfilled, Apoc. 19.10. when He was borne at Bethlehem. In Saint Matthewes stepps we tread, when we so applie it: and, so treading alwaies, (sure we are) we tread safely. No [...],Matt. 2.1. 2 Pet. 1.20. private interpretation of our owne head; but, Mica, by Matthew, the Prophet, by the Evange­list: ever the best.

To say truth, there is no applying it to any, but to CHRIST: None, to give it away to, from Him.

1. From David, to the SONNE of DAVID, (that is, to Him.) We read not of any other borne at Bethlehem. No Record to be shewed, but of them two.

[Page 84]2. But, what ever become of that, this is sure: None had ever His out-goings from everlasting, but He. None, of whom those words can be verified, but of Him onely: as, who onely is the Sonne of the ever-living GOD.

3. These might serve: But, it is yet more cleare, (this:) For, howsoever, about Esay's Ecce virgo, the Iewes and we are not of one mind: yet, for this (heer) of Mi­ca, the coast is cleere: the Iewes will not quareile us, touching it: there is, on all sides, betweene them and us, good agreement.

Matt. 2.4·For, upon the comming of the Wise men, from the East, there was a Synod of the High Priests and Scribes, called at Ierusalem, (the very first, that we read of, in the New Te­stament:) and called, by the King; to resolve the point, about the place of CHRISTS Birth. Matt. 2.5. And, then and there, it was resolved, Conciliariter, that, at Bethlehem; And re­solved, from this very place, for that, these words were a knowne prophecie, of the Birth of CHRIST.

Vpon which so famous an occasion, this resolution grew so notorious, as it did ma­nare in vulgus; the very people could tell this: They argue, in the Seaventh of Iohn, against our Saviour, Io 7.42. by it, that He could not be the CHRIST: for, CHRIST was to come out of Bethlehem (that was taken, as granted:) and He came out of Galile (as they, in error, thought.) But, that was plaine ignoratio elenchi: For, though He were there brought up, He might be borne at Bethlehem: and so, He was. But so: Priest and Peo­ple (both) knew, Bethlehem was CHRISTS natale solum; and that this Prophecie was the evidence for it.

4. Though these be enough: yet have we a greater Witnesse, then all these, from heaven: even, the Starr. For, whether this Scripture doth send us, thether the Starr doth lead us:Mat. 2.9. to Bethlehem, streight. Never stood still, till it came thither; and there, it stood directly over the place (as much to say, as) Psal. 87.4. Lo, there He is borne. And, in this will we rest: since Mica and Matthew, Prophet and Apostle, Priest and People, Christians and Iewes, Heaven and Earth are all with us; all testifie, this Text pertaines to CHRISTS Birth; and so, to this day, properly.

It is, of a place: And place and time are held weighty circumstances. (Specially, in matter of fact, or storie,) Vbi & Quando, materiall questions. The Apostles asked them both:Luk. 17.37. Mat. 13.4· Vbi Domine? Where Lord? (Luk. 17.) Quando, & quod erit Signum? When and what shall be the Signe? (Mark. 13.)

1 Of the time, when, some other time may give occasion, if it so please GOD. Now, of Vbi Domine? the place where: There, we are to day; whereto, this is a direct an­swer, Bethlehem is the place. That, first.

2 But then secondly, this circumstance leads us further, to matter of Substance: the place of the Birth, to the Birth it selfe; and the Birth, to the Partie borne: who is (heer) set forth, as a person: He comes forth once and againe, He leads, He feeds; all, acts of a per­son entire.

3 Thirdly, this person is heer said to have two commings forth: 1 Egreditur ex te, one: 2 Egressus Ejus ab aeterno, the other. In which two are expresly set downe His two Na­tures. Ex te, from Bethlehem, on earth; thence, He came, according to His Man-hood: A diebus aeternitatis, from everlasting, or, from aeternitie; thence, He came, accor­ding to His God-head.

4 And last (to make it a full and complete Christmas, in Text:) Besides His Place, Per­son, and Natures (in these two commings forth:) Heer is His Office also, to be [...],Mat. 2 6. (So doth Saint Matthew turne [...] the Prophets word; I follow no other; for, sure, I am, I cannot follow a better Translator,) Dux, qui pascet. One to 1 lead us, and to 2 feed us; and so, to conduct us, from Bethlehem (where, this day, we come first ac­quainted with Him) to the state of aeternitie, whence He came out, to bring us in; there, to live and reigne with Him, for ever.

The Division I So: 1 of the Place: 2 Person: 3 Natures: and 4 Office of CHRIST. 1. The place of His Birth, Bethlehem; with her two Epithets or twinnes (as it were) 1 Parvula, lit­tle; II III and 2 Ephrata, fruitfull. 2. Then, of His Person, that did come forth. 3. After, of IIII both His Natures: 1 As man, from Bethlehem: As GOD, from everlasting. 4. Last, [Page 85] of His Office. 1 To be our guide, to lead us (saith Mica:) 2 Dux, qui pascet; Lead us, and feed us (saith Matthew) both. And, so leading and feeding us, Matt. 2.6 to conduct and bring us, to the ioyes and ioyfull dayes of aeternitie: whether, without Him, we can never come: and, whether till we come, we shall never be, as we would be, (that is) truly happie indeed. This is His Office. And, as His Office to lead, and to feed us: so, our Duty, to be led and to be fed by Him. That, followes of it selfe.

ET tu Bethlehem. A word, of the Character, or manner of the speech. For,The Manner of th [...] speech: Et tu Bethlehem this Verse hath no dependence at all, on that, went before. The Prophet breaks of the discourse, he was in, and breaks into this of Bethlehem (heer,) all of a sodeine. This, we call an Apostrophe; and, it is one of the figures, that be stirrers of at­tention.

For, this we find; that, while one goes on still with a tale in a continued tenor of speech, attention growes dull; and, no readier way, to awake it, (as the Masters of t [...]at Art tell us) then, sodenly to breake of the point, we were in hand with, and turne us to quite another matter; which with the strangenesse, will affect the hearer, and make him lis [...]en afresh, whether he will or no.

The Prophet doth so, in this. He was (but the Verse before,) mustering garrisons and 1 laying Siege to Ierusalem: and, in the midst of his tale, falls from that, and presently is at Bethlehem: tells us, of a new matter; about a Child to be borne, there. This must needs move attention. Any Apostrophe will do it, more or lesse.

But, of all, none to that, which is framed in the Second person: as, this is. For, it is not a 2 speech of, or concerning Bethlehem, in the third person, (as that of ESAY, Behold a Virgin; so heer, Behold, out of Bethlehem, shall come:) Not, Enuntiativè. But, it is a speech, to Bethlehem, in the Second person: Et tu, And thou Bethlehem, out of thee, shall there come: Annuntiativè; which hath more vigour in it. If Esay had said [And thou Virgin shalt conceive,] it had been more effectuall, then [Behold a Virgin shall con­ceive;] More, a great deale.

But more specially yet; if, in the second person, we turne our speech ad inanimata, to 3 things that can neither heare, nor vnderstand. Not, that we hold them capable of that which is spoken: but that, if in any degree they were so, it is such, as surely would move them. Such is the Prophets heer: turnes him to the Towne-walls of Bethlehem; makes a set speech to them; tells them of all this matter: And thou Bethl [...]hem, to thee be it spo­ken, out of thee, shall there come. And this is very forcible, and full of life. For, it in­tends, that, if the very walls and stones in them could heare, or could reioyce, there is good cause, they should doe both: in that there should come, out of them, One, for whom, Ierusalem and all the Cities of Iuda, Nay, all the world should be the better. Weigh it well, and you shall find, thereis more in this [Et tu] then is, or can be, in any Ecce of them all. And this for Et tu, the Manner of the speech.

For the Mat [...]er: It is an answer to the question, (Vbi natus est,) of the Wise men, The Matter of it. Where is He that is borne? Borne He was, (that they knew:) Where borne, I. The Place: Bethlehem. (that they knew not:) The Starr told them one; the Prophet, the other. Et claritas claritatem clarificat, and, a cleer Starr is made more cleere, by a Prophecie as cleer, or cleerer then it. For, very cleere it is (the prophecie) without all circuitie, noting, naming, and (in a manner) pointing to it: And thou Bethlehem.

And, because were two Bethlehems, One, in the Tribe of Zabulon, 1. Bethlehem Ephrata. Ios. 19.13. Matt. 2.6. (Ios. 19.13.) Another, in the Tribe of Iuda: He saith, it was Bethlehem Ephrata, which is that in the Tribe of Iuda, as Saint Matthew (rather giving the sense, then standing on the words) cites it. There can be no error: Rachels Sepulcher was there by: Rachel was buried, by Ephrata; Ephrata, the same is Bethlehem, (Moses tells us,Gen. 35.19. more then a [Page 86] thousand yeares before,Gen. 48.7. Gen, 48.7.) As plaine (this) as plaine may be: No oracle of Delphos; without any equivocation at all.

2. Bethlehem, parva.We haue the Place: Now, what manner place is it? Et tu Bethlehem, parvula. Parvula, This little, doth a little trouble us: Why, it is a sorrie poore village, scarce worth an Apostrophe; Specially, to turne from Ierusalem, to turne to it. And, as little likelihood, that so great a State as the Guide of the whole world should come creeping out of such a corner: Locus, & locatum (ever) are equall. That Birth is (sure) too big for this place. The Prophet dissembles it not; saw, what flesh and blood would except streight: As, (ever) they carrie a conceit, against some Places and Persons. And, can any great matter come from them?Ioh. 7.52.1.46. What, from Bethlehem? What, out of Galile? Nay, if so great a State, He would come from another maner place, then that. Et tu Ierusalem, from Ierusalem, Damascus, Caesarea; from some stately Citie, much better beseeming Him. These are Dictata carnis.

First, He denies not, Little it was; and, not [...], but [...], not parva, but parvula; diminutively little. So little (saith the Prophet) that it was not to be reckoned una demilli­bus, not one of a thousand, for the meannesse of it. And the Evangelist makes it rather worse,Matt 2.6. then better: for, the Prophets word parvula, he turnes [...], that is minima, even the very least of all.

This he confesses: but then, joynes this issue, that, though the Tu be little, the Ex te may be great. Ex te parvâ egredietur non parvus: As little as it is, no little Person shall come out of it. Though it be not una de millibus, for the meannesse, (as saith Mica:) Notwithstanding, He that is to come out of it, may be, and is electus unus de millibus, Cant. 5.10. One of a thousand, for his choise, for his excellencie. Though it, not worthy to be one of the Thousands of Iuda, it should send forth one, that should rule the thousands of Iuda, and the ten thousands of Israel: And not of Israel onely, after the flesh, (but a handfull, in comparison of them, He should lead,) but, the Israel of GOD, His faithfull chosen people, all the world over. Indeed, He had answered the objection, before he made it, in Ephrata: that, little it was, but fruitfull, and not a little fruitfull.

Which two counterpoints make (in shew) a conflict, or contradiction, betweene the Prophet, and the Evangelist. The Prophet saith, Thou ar [...] the least: The Evangelist (citing him) saith the cleane contrarie,Matt. 2.6. Thou art not the least. Bethlehem, minima, & non minima; least, and not least; how may both be? well enough, both: So, both be not said, regard had to one and the same thing.

Least (saith Mica, and saith true,) for the compasse of the territorie, least; for the small number of the Inhabitants, least; for the thinnesse and meannesse of the buildings, (as was seen at CHRISTS Birth, not hable to give Lodging to any number:) So, least. But then againe, not least (saith S. Matthew, and saith truly, too:) Not, in regard of any of the three now mentioned; but, of another, hable (of it selfe alone) to weigh them all downe: in that it should yeeld Alumnum tam grandem, so great a Birth, as the great MES­SIAS of the world: One, whose only comming forth of it was hable to make it, not the least, nay, the greatest and most famous of all the dwellings of IACOB; of the whole land; Nay, of the whole world, then. And thus, not the least. Though minima, for the Tu: non minima, for the ex te: Non minima, if it were but for Him, and for nothing els.

What shall we make of this? Nothing, but what commeth from it of it selfe, with­out streyning. That, with GOD, it is no new thing; (Nay, very familiar, as even the Heathen have observed; so familiar, as GOD seemes to take delight in it;) to bring maxima, de minimis; great, out of little; CHRIST, out of Bethlehem. Which is plaine, even in Nature. How huge an Oke, from how small an acorne! (But, that askes great time:Matt. 13.32.) From how little a graine of mustardseed (the very Bethlehem minima, the least of all seeds) how large a plant! of how faire a spread! and that, in a little time, a moneth or two at most.

But, we are not in Nature, now: In this very point (heer) of Guides and Rulers, therein (too) it hath been no vnusuall thing with Him, out of small beginnings, to raise mighty States. Their first Guide (MOSES,) whence came he? out of a basket of bull-rushes, Exod. 2.3. forlorne and floting among the flaggs; taken up, even by chance. The [Page 87] great beginner of their Monarchie: and not of theirs alone, but the two beginners of the two mighty Monarchies of the Persians, and Romans, (Cyrus, and Romulus) from the Shepheards scrip, from the sheepcote, all three: Those great Magnalia, from parva ma­palia. And, as the Kingdomes of the Earth from a sheepcote: So, His owne (of the Church) from a fisherbote. We may well turne to them, with this Apostrophe: And thou sheepcote, out of thee have come mightie Monarchs: And thou fisherbote, Matt. 4.18.21. out of thee, foure of the chiefe and principall Apostles.

Even so Lord (saith our SAVIOVR) for, so is thy pleasure. And,Matt. 11.26. since it is His plea­sure so to deale, it is His further pleasure, (and it is our lesson, out of this Bethlehem mi­nima, Even this,) Ne minima minimi, that we set not little by that which is little, vnlesse we will so set by Bethlehem, and by CHRIST and all. He will not have little places vili­fied; little Zoar will save the bodie; little Bethlehem, the soule. Nor have (saith Za­charie) dies parvos, little times despised; vnlesse we will despise this Day, Gen. 19.20. Zach. 4.10. the feast of Humilitie, Nor have one of these little ones offended: Why? for,Matt. 18.6. Ephrata may make amends for parvula; Ex te, for tu.

This is on GODS behalfe. On CHRISTS yet further, (to stay a little upon this little.) For though there want not diuerse other good congruences, why CHRIST should come from Bethlehem, rather then from another place: 1. For that, it was the Towne of DAVID; and He was the Sonne of David;Ioh. 7.42. and so a place not vn­meet for Him to come from, even in that respect, being sedes avita. Out of thee came David, and (well) therefore, out of thee shall come Davids Sonne; Davids Sonne, and Davids Lord, both.

2. The Surname of Ephrata puts me in mind of another; Lo, Psal. 132.6. we heard of it at Ephrata (saith the Psalme) there, the first newes of the Temple: And, Lo we heard of him, at Ephrata (to day by the Angell.) there,Luk. 2.11. the first word of the Lord of the Temple. The Temple was the Type of the Church; and that was heard of, at Ephrata first; and, no wayes incongruent, that, where the Church, there, the Head of the Church; CHRIST, and CHRISTS Church (both) at one place.

3. There is a third, in the very name of Bethlehem (that is) the house of bread. For, He that was borne there, was bread. But, that will be more proper anon at Qui pascet.

But these, though they agree well, yet none of them, so well, as this, that it was minima: the very miniminesse (as I may say) of it. For, in so being, it was a place well suting with His estate now, (at His egredietur exte,) which was the state of Humilitie; eminent, in His, (if ever, in any) Birth. Bethlehem was not so little, but He as little, as it. Looke, what Apostrophe Mica made to the Towne, may we make to Him; and that, with better reason: And thou Bethlehemite, thou wert as little, among the sonnes of men: as ever was Bethlehem, among the villages of Iuda. So,Esay 53.3. novissimum oppidorum (as Mica calls it) suits well with novissimus virorum, (as Esay calls Him.)

And, it was not the Place alone, but, all were little then. The time, in solstitio brumali, the deep of Winter, when the dayes are at the shortest and least. And the peo­ple, (He came of) lit [...]le: Amos saith, Who shall raise up Iacob for he is small? Small,Amos 7 2.5. ever: but, never so small, never so low brought, as, at His comming forth. Then, at the lowest, and the very least: as being (then) brought vnder the bondage of a stran­ger: and He, one of the children of Edom, that cryed, Downe with them, Psal, 137.7. downe to the ground. One, that made Rachel mourne in her grave (her grave was there hard by) for the slaughter of the poore innocents, within a while after. So, Place, and Time,Matt. 2.18. and Peo­ple and all, little: and, He himselfe lesse then all.

For, even in the place, Mica hath not said all: for, He is lesse yet. If little Bethlehem offend: what could have been said, if he had gone further (and yet not further, then Saint Luke,) And thou, the stable, in the Inne at Bethlehem, Luk. 2.7. And thou the manger in the stable, Ex te egredietur, out of thee shall He come. These are beyond Bethlehem parva; lesse, yet: yet thence did He come too, at His entrance into the world. And, all these, nothing, to his going out: Another manner of diminution, there, then all these. Such was His Humilitie, on this feast of Humilitie.

[Page 88] And ô thou little Bethlehem, And ô thou little Bethlehemite how do you both (both Place, and Person) confound the haughtinesse of many, that (yet) would be cal­led Christians, and even neer CHRIST himselfe. There is in both of you (if it were, well taken to heart) enough to pricke the swelling, and let out the apostemed mat­ter of pride, from a many of us, whose looke, gesture, gate, and swelling words of va­nitie are too big for Bethlehem: whose whole carriage and course is, as if they were to be saved, by one that came out of the great Cittie Ninive or Grand Cayre, rather, then out of the little hamlet of Bethlehem.

But, all this was done, to bring that vertue in credit. I find no reason rendred of it, but this: That, by what manner place, He made choise of, to be borne at, He would teach us, what manner of spirits, He doth affect, to take up his residence, and to rest in. The high and excellent (saith Esay) that inhabites aeternitie, Esay 57.15. He also will rest with the lowly; with those, that be no bigger then Bethlehem, in their owne eyes. Esay 66 2. To them He lookes: Pro 3.34. gives grace to them: Matt 11.25. Matt. 25.40 to them He reveiles, what He keeps from the great ones of the world And, when He shall sit in all His glorie, He shall say, Quod minimis hijs, & mihi. Say it forward, affirmativè: And say it backward negativè, Quod non minimis hijs, nec mihi: What to these minims, to me: What not to them, not to me neither.

To end this point, then: For little Bethlehems sake, to love the vertue that is like it: And for the vertues sake, to honor it. Honor it, there is a Starr over it, there is a Saviour in it: Honor it, for that which comes out of it; for the fruit it yeelds: More good comes forth out of that poore Towne, (mihi, saith the Prophet, to me: nobis, may we say, to us all) then from all the great and glorious Cities in the world. What good, Nazianzen tells us: Bethlehem honor a parvam, quae te inducit in Paradisum, It gives us our introduction, to Paradise (Bethlehem:) it gives us a Guide, to day, if we will follow Him, will bring us thither, to our originall happinesse: Nay, further then so, to the dayes of aeternitie. And, Him we must follow, and it we must honor, (even this vertue,) if ever we meane, to come there.

II. The Person.This for the Place. Now for the Person, that commeth from this place. For, being in speech of a place, he continues in locall termes fit for a place, Egredietur ex te. Egredi, is to come forth; and that is (properly) from, or out of a Place. And, the ra­ther he doth it, because withall, it is a terme that fitteth His Birth well: So, the Scripture saith, Naked came I forth (that is) was I borne. The child that first comes forth (that is) the first,Iob 1.21. Gen. 38.28. is borne. This word is twise repeated: 1 Once, out of Bethlehem, Ex te: 2 Another, from everlasting, Ab aeterno. These two set out to us His two com­mings forth (that is) His two Nativities: (Nativitie is nothing but a comming forth.) Those two, His two natures: since, Nativitas est ad naturam via, Nativitie is but the way that leads to Nature. 1 Egredietur ex te, as the Sonne of man, as DAVIDS Sonne: Egressus Ejus ab aeterno, as the Sonne of GOD, as Davids Lord.

III. His Natures. 1 As Man from Be [...]hle [...]em Egredietur ex te Egredietur is the tense of the time to come: To come, when Mica wrote this, and in the Future: but come, when Matt. 2.1. Saint Matthew cited it, and in the Praeter: When IESVS was borne at Bethlehem. But, future and praeter (both) are in time: So, this, His Birth in time.

But, the other hath neither Future nor Praeter, neither mood, nor tense; nay, no Verbe, at all. It is expressed by a Substantive: to shew His subsistence before all time, from all aeternitie.

2. Ex, is a Place; out of it He came; so, in it, He was: and this Birth, locall, as (before) temporall. So was not His other; that hath no ex: that, is ab, ab aeterno: For, as aeternall, no place conteines Him; He is every where; fills both heaven and earth.

3. Te; that place is Bethlehem; a place upon earth. According to which it is said, there [Page 89] shall come a Root out of Iesse (Esai's terme, Chap. XI. Ver. 1.) and out of it, a Branch, Esay 11 1. Ier. 23.5. Zach 6.12. Luk. 1.42. (Ieremie's, Chap. XXIII. v. 5.) Thence, Germen, a Floure or blossome, (Zacharie's, Chap. VI. v. 12.) and from it this Fruit of Ephrata, the Fruit of the Virgins womb. Root, branch, blossome, and fruit, all of the earth, earthy. But there came forth, at the same time, a Starr, too: to shew, He had another more high and heavenly being.

For, this of Bethlehem was not His first flight (as we say:) the other,2. As GOD, f [...]om everlasting Psal. 110 3. though it stand behind in the verse, was before that, by farr: Ex utero, ante luciferum: Ante luciferum, before the Starr of His Birth; nay, before any morning starr came forth, He was come forth. A principio (saith Mica) And it is Saint Iohn's In principio, (the two first words of his Gospell,) long before Mose's In principio (the two first words of Genesis.) But, to leave no place to doubt of his meaning, he glosseth his a principio, with ab aeter­no, (that is) from everlasting. By which very words [from aeternitie] Arius error (of erat, quando non erat) falls to the ground. For, nunquam erat, quando non erat aeternitas: Never was there (call it, what you will) when aeternitie was not. For, as everlasting, for­wards, is, to quando tempus non erit amplius, there shall be no more time: So, everla­sting, backward, is, to quando tempus non erat adhuc, when there was yet no time at all.

Now, let it not trouble you, that this His aeternall, is the plurall number (outgoings) 1 as if they were more then one: It is but the Hebrew phrase: They vse, to expresse the Superlative, (ever) by the Substantive of the plurall number: to call that man [...], bles­sings, whom they meane to be most blessed. So, that, outgoings, which is but one; but, so high, after such a manner, so past our reach, as Esay askes,Esay 53.8. Generationem Ejus quis enarra­bit, Who shall declare His generation? No one, no singular will reach it: and so, it is ex­pressed plurally.

So vse they also, to note out continuance. And so, it sets out to us, the continuall ema­nation, 2 or proceeding of Him, from His Father, Heb. 1.3. [...] (the Apostles word) as a beame of brightnesse streaming from Him vncessantly: Never past, (His generation;) but, (as the Schoolemen call it) actus commensuratus aeternitati. For,Hodiè genui te, Psal. 2.7. is true of every day: yet, because it hath co-existence with many revolutions of time (though it be indeed, in it selfe, but one drawne out along, yet) according to the many ages it la­steth, it seemeth to multiplie it selfe into many: And so is expressed plurally.

Though, (the principall sense alwaies saved) we may referr this Plurall to both His 3 outgoings; both, as Sonne of GOD, before all times, and as Sonne of man, in the fullnesse of time. For, this later (though executed in time) had His outgoing (that is, the Decree for it went forth) ab aeterno. Even, that out of Bethlehem He should come; be the Sonne of man; the SAVIOVR of mankind, and their Guide, to aeternitie. Even that way al­so (in a sense) it may be said; As Man, He came forth A principio, A diebus aeternitatis: A principio, for the efficacie; ab aeterno, for the Decree. From the beginning there went venue forth of Him, which wrought, even then, when He was but forth-comming (as we say,) and not yet come forth. His life, His death, ab origine mundi. So, for the efficacie, a prin­cipio. As for the Decree; that, was gone forth, from before the foundations of the world, Apoc. 13.8, Ephes. 1.4. from all aeternitie.

So now have we this Partie, twise come forth; compound of Bethlehem, and aeternitie. III. His Office. And, now we have Him, what shall we we do to Him? But first, what shall He do to us? With GOD, Officium fundatur in beneficio: He first doth for us, before he require ought of us. This He shall do for us: He shall be, to us, [...] is the word of the Text; Saint Matthew turnes it [...]. 1 Which, in the first and native sense, is a Guide for the way, (Dux viae) to lead us:: 2 In a second, is a Captaine, (Dux militiae) to guard us. 3 And, to these two, by way of paraphrase, Saint Matthew adds, [...], qui pascet, a Guide that shall feed us. 1 To lead us in the way. 2 To guard us in the way. 3 To feed us in the way. In these three, His Office. From a place, He came to be our Guide, to a place: Still he holds on with his locall termes, he began with. For,1. A Guide to lead us. a guide serves properly, to bring one to a place. There is, in that word, both the Office, He to performe to us; and the Benefit, we to receive, by Him, (guiding.) And it implieth also, our [Page 90] Duty to Him againe: for, if He to lead; we to be led by Him: He is become the Author of aeternall salvation (Heb. V. saith the Apostle) to them, as will obey him, and be guided by him, Heb. 5. [...]. and, to none other.

Will ye see (first) the necessitie of both those His commings forth, for this Office, to be our Guide? Egredietur ex te, first; He was to be of us, being to guide us: for being of us, He would the better vnderstand our wants, and have the more compassion on them: (Heb. 4.15.) Therefore,Heb. 4.15. Deut. [...]8.18. if a Prophet: A Prophet shall the LORD raise up unto you, from among your brethren: (MOSE's Egredietur ex te.) If a Prince: Your noble Ru­ler shall be of your selves, Ier. 30.21. Heb. 5.1. even from the midst of you: (Ieremie's: So he, Egredietur ex te.) If a Priest: then, to be taken from men, and be ordained for men, in things pertaining unto GOD: (the Apostles egredietur ex te) To every one of these: And these three be the three great Guides of mankind.

And againe: As meet, He should come forth from aeternitie, if thither He to bring us. None can bring to a place, so well, as He, that hath been there. There He had been;Esay 57.15. had enhabited aeternitie (saith Esay:) thence He came; and, comming thence, best knowes the way thither againe. So, neither of His outgoings more then needs.

Now, to our Guide. Where, the termes of way, and of walking, and leading, meet us so thicke, are so frequent, all along the Scripture; as, plaine it is, our very life is held as a Iourney; and we (as the Schoolemen terme us) viatores, in state of wayfaring men, or travellers, all, from our comming into the world, to the going out of it againe, still going on, in the way, or out of the way; tone or tother. If so: in a journey two things we have to looke to; 1 Our Quò, and 2 our Quà: 1 Quo, our end, whither; 2 Quâ, our way, by which. Saint Thomas said well; Lord, we know not whi­ther thou goest;Ioh. 14.5. and how then can we know the way? Right: for, Ignoranti quem portum petat nullus secundus est ventus, No wind is good for him, that knowes not, for what port, he is bound: he that knowes not, whither he goes, wanders, and is never in his way; is never in it for he hath none, to be in.

1 First then, Quo; whither? Now, the end of the Verse, is our journeyes end, Aeternitie. Where, if we may arrive, happy we: that is agreed on presently. So is not the way thither.

2 But yet, this (I take) is agreed; that, if it be a ready way, we care the lesse for a guide: but if hard to it, then Dux nobis opus, we need one.

And sure, the way is not readie to hit; not so easie, a foole may find it: It is but a foolish imagination, so to ween of it. By waies there be diverse; many crosse paths, and turnings in and out; and we like enough to misse it, if we venture on it, without a guide: If there be not one,Esay 30.21. to call to us, ever and anon, (as Esay 30.21.) Haec est via, ambulate in eâ, This is the right way, keepe it: if not, you go, you know not whither.

The first point then is, to find our owne want; to thinke, we are in case, to need a Guide. For, if we need none, this Text is superfluous: And thou Bethlehem, and thou CHRIST, ye may both well be spared. If we be hable to go the way, without a guide; to be guides to our selves; Nay, to be guides to our guides, then: (the world is come to that, now.)

Well he was a wise man, and a great Counseller, that said, when time was, How can I, without a Guide? Acts 8.31. And the Wisemen, at this feast, were not so well perswaded of their own skill,Matt 2 2. but they sought and tooke directions. Let us follow them.

To get us one then. And, not any one, but one that is skilfull in the way: (no one thing need we so to be aduised of, as this.) For, strange it is, but true it is; even they, that be blind themselves, will take upon them to be guides to others. You know, who said,Matt. 15.14. Si caecus caecum: that (Si) was no vaine (Si,) no idle Supposition: usque hodie, it is done daily. But the end (there) is, in foveam, a place, we would not come to; and GOD keep us from it.

One then, that is skilfull: And where shall we have any so skilfull, as this; this of ours? He cannot but be so. It is sure; there were no better guide, then the way it selfe, if the way could speake to us, and tell us when we were right or wrong in it. Now, He, [Page 91] He is the way: The Way and the End both. As GOD, He is the End: Ioh. 14.6. (the fruition of the God-head, the end of our iourney.) As man, He is the Way: both Way, and Guide too. His Doctrine, our guide; His example, in the whole tract of His life, the ve­ry way thither.

Nothing remaineth, but that we now set forward in this way. For (as we daily sing in the Benedictus) He came, (not to whet our witts, or to file our tongues,Luk. 1.79. but) to guide our feet, into the way. And, into what way? Not of questions and controversies, whereof there is no end, about which we languish all our life long: but, into the way of peace, even of those duties, about which there is no disagreement. Looke but to this Feast, (it is S. Augustines note) didicerunt Magi, et abierunt: docuerunt Scribae & remanserunt, The Wise men, they learnt the way, and on they went: The Scribes, they taught the way, but they tarried still behind. O do, as did the Wise men, dimittunt Scribas inaniter lectitare, ipsi pergunt fideliter adorare, let the Scribes sitt still, and scan and read lectures of the way; On went the Wise men on their way, and performed their worship, the end of their ior­ney: and so let us. This for Dux viae.

And, this would serve for the way; if there were nothing but the way: if that were all. But, if there be enimies besett the way, to stop our passage;2. A Captaine, to guard us. then will not dux (a guide) serve our turne, we must have dux (a Captaine,) then, (the second sense of the word [...]:) one to guard us, and to make way for us. For, we are not only to be led surely, without error: but safely, without daunger also. Such a Guide we behove to have, as will see us safe, at the Place, we would be at. And, Bethlehem breeds such. Out of little Bethlehem came he, that fetched downe great Golias. And againe, out of it, this day, He, that shall tread downe Sathan under our feet: dux Messias;1 Sam. 17.49. Captaine Messias, (as the Angell, in DAN. 9.25, calls Him.Rom. 16.20. Dan. 9 25.)

And, for qui pascet, we may not misse that neyther. For, say, we be guarded from eni­mies; yet shall we goe our journey but evill, if we faint by the way, for hunger or thirst,3. A Shepheard to feed us. and have not to releeve us. He is not a good Guide, that, in that case, cannot lead us, where we may be purveyed of necessary food, for our releife. It is all one, to perish, out of the way, by error; and to perish, in the way, by want of needfull refreshing. Saint Matthew therefore, to make Him a complete Guide, by way of supply adds, Qui pascet: Such a one, as shall Lead, more Pastoritio, as a Shepheard doth his flock: not, lead them the way only: but lead them also to good greene pasture, besides the waters of comfort; see, they want nothing. Dux qui pascet, or Pastor, qui ducet, choose you whither; for, He is both.Psal. 23.2,

Of all the three, the name of the Place (He was borne in) seemes to favor this most; to be ominous toward qui pascet. Beth, is a house; Iehem, bread; and Ephrata, is plen­tie: Bread, plentie. And, there was, in Bethlehem, a well of such water, as King David (we reade) longed for it, (the best, in all the Countrey.) Bethlehem then (sure) a fitt place,1. Chro. 11, 17. for Qui pascet to be borne in: And, Qui pascet as fitt a person, to be borne in Bethlehem. He is not meete to be Ruler (saith Esai) that saith, in domo mea non est panis: He can ne­ver say, that Bethlehem is his house: and that is domus panis:Esay 3.7. and in domo panis sem­per est panis. Never take Him without bread, His house is the house of bread, inasmuch as He Himselfe is bread: that, in the house, or out of it; wheresoever He is, there is Bethlehem. There can no bread want.

These three habilities then, are in CHRIST our Leader: 1 Skill, to be a Guide: 2 Va­lour, to be a Captaine: 3 and, for Qui pascet, Bethlehem, the house of bread, is His house. Of which, 1 Skill serves for direction; 2 Strength, for defence; 3 Food, for refreshing.

1. Luce Sacerdotalis scientiae, by the light of His Priestly knowledge; So, He guides us: for, the Priests lipps are to preserve knowledge.

2. And, brachio Regalis potentiae, by the arme of His Royall power; So, He guards us:Mal. 2.7. for Power perteines to the Prince Principally.

3. And, for qui pascet, He is Melchisedek, King and Priest;Gen 14.18. ready to bring forth (as He did) bread and wine. But, in another manner farr, then he did. The bread and wine, Mel­chisedek brought forth, were not His body and blood; CHRISTS are: Both qui pascet, and quo pascet. As before, Dux, & via, the guide, and the way: So, now, heer, pastor, et pabulum, the feeder and the food, both.

[Page 92]You may see all this represented, in the Shadowes of the Old Testament. There is a booke (there) called Exodus, of Israels egredietur out of Egypt: Therein, they had MO­SES for their Guide; and he led them to the borders of the Holy land, and there he left them:Heb. 7.19. Heb. 4.8. To shew, the law brought nothing to perfection. Then comes Iosua (whom the Epistle to the Hebrewes calls IESVS,) the figure of ours heer, and by his conduct, they were led and put in possession of the Land of promise.

Ier 31.31. Heb. 8.6.All this but in type of another Testament, after to be made (saith Ieremie;) and upon bet­ter promises (saith the Apostle:) Namely, our Spirituall leading, through this vale of vanitie,Gal. 4.26. to the true land of promise, the heavenly Ierusalem, that is from above; whither this our IESVS undertakes to bring all those, that will be guided by Him.

1 Observe but the correspondence, betweeen the type & the truth. Moses, when he came to lead the people,Exod. 5.12. found them, how? scattered over all the land of Egypt, to seeke stubble for bricke, to build him a City, that sought the ruine of them all. Our case right: the very patterne of it: when our Guide findes us wandring in vanitie, picking up strawes, things that shall not profit us;Sap. 1.12. seeking death in the error of our life, till we be so happy, as to light into His guiding.

2 Secondly, Moses was to them, not alone Dux viae, a Guide for the way; but, when e­nimies came forth against them, Dux militiae, a Captaine for the warr. CHRIST was so too: and farr beyond MOSES; For, He made us way with the laying downe of His life:Esa 53 12. So did neyther MOSES, nor Iosua. Would die for it, but He would open us a pas­sage to the place, He undertooke to bring us to. Was Dux, a Guide, in His life: Dux, a Captaine, in His death.

3 Thirdly, MOSES, when they fainted by the way, obteined, in their hunger, manna from heaven;Ioh 6 32. 1. Cor. 10.4. and, in their thirst, water out of the rocke for them. CHRIST, is (himselfe) the true Manna; CHRIST, the spirituall rocke: whom He leads, He feeds: carries Bethlehem about Him.

Heb. 13.9. Ioh. 6.33.48. Psal. 116.13.Plaine, by the ordeining of His last Sacrament, as the meanes to re-establish our hearts with grace, and to repaire the decaies of our Spirituall strength: Even, His owne flesh, the bread of life; and His owne blood, the cup of Salvation. Bread, made of Himselfe the true granum frumenti, Ioh. 12.24.15.1. wheat corne (Io. 12.24:) Wine, made of Himselfe the true vine: Went under the Sickle, Flaile, Milstone, and Oven, even to be made this bread: Trode (or was troden) in the winepresse alone, Esa. 63.3. to Prepare this cup for us.

And in this respect, it may well be sayd, Bethlehem was never Bethlehem right; had never the name truely, till this day, this birth, this Bread was borne, and brought forth there. Before, it was the house of bread; but, of the bread that perisheth: but then,Ioh. 6.27. of the bread, that endureth to everlasting life. That, it might seeme (inter alia) to have beene one of the ends of His being borne there, to make it Bethlehem, veri nominis, Bethlehem truely so called.

The manner of His leading.And this is His Office. Now, all the doubt will be, how He can performe this Office to us; goe before us and be our Guide; Seeing, He is now in Heaven, at His journies end; and we, in Earth, by the way, still. No matter for that: He hath left us (first) the way traced by the steppes of His blessed life; which we keeping us to, sure we are,Psal. 77.20. we cannot goe amisse. And then, as, before He came in the flesh, He led them by the hand of MOSES and AARON, (Guides chosen, and sent by Him;) So doth He, us, now, by the hands of those, whom the Apostle, (three severall times, in one Chap­ter, Heb. 13.7.17.24. Heb. 13.) calleth, by this very name [...] [...]punc; our Guides: by whom He leades us, if He leade us at all: And other leading we are not to looke for any. Only to pray, they may leade us right; and then all is well.

And, they cannot but leade us right, so long as they but teach us, to follow the LAMBE whither He goeth. Apoc. 14.4. For, their Office is, but to lay forth before us, the way traced by the steppes that He went. Those Steps, when all is done, are ever our best directions. And, I mean to do but so, now: as heer (not to go a step out of the text) there are foure or five of these steps, as many as we shall well carry away at once. And these they be.

[Page 93]The maine point is: It is a place, and so to be gone to. We take this from the Shepheards, directed thither by the Angel, to resolve of Transeamus usque Be [...]hlehem, Luc. 2.15. that we get us to Bethlehem. There is the Rendez vous, to day: there, He will be first seen, and saluted: there He begun with us; there we to begin with Him: Where He set forth, there our setting forth to be also. Indeed, there is no finding Him but there, this Feast. There, the Shepheards found Him, this day, the first: There, the Wisemen, on Twelfe day, the last. But, thither they came both; Both the Shepheards, Luk. 2.12. Mat. 2.9. directed by the Angell; and the Wise men, guided by the starr. The Shepheards, in them, the Iews: The Wise men; in them, the Gentiles. The Shepheards; in them, unlettered persons: The Wise men; in them, the profoundest clerks. The Shepheards; in them, meane men: The Wise men; in them, great States. Be, what we will be, at Bethlehem to begin, all. Thither to goe to Him; thence, to sett out after Him. Transeamus usque Beth­lehem.

How shall we do that? What, shall we go in pilgrimage to the place? We learne a shorter course of the Apostle, (Rom. 10.Rom. 10.6. [...].) The righteousnesse of faith (saith he) speaketh on this wise: say not thou in thy heart, who shall goe over the sea for me, that were to bring CHRIST againe into Earth. But, What saith it? The word is neer thee, in thy mouth, and in thy heart. And, this it is: Bethlehem hath heer two twins: an Epithete, a Vertue, or two. Get but them, get but your soules possessed of them, it will save you a iorney: you shall never stirr hence, but be at Bethlehem, standing where you doe.

Parvula, is the first: you know, Bethlehem is little. And, looke what little, and low is in quantitie: that, is little in our own eyes, and lowly in qualitie. Get that first,1. B [...] Humility: Pa [...]vula. (humi­litie:) it is the Bethlehem of vertues; where, He, in great humilitie was found, this day. If we begin not there, we lose our way, at the first setting out For this is sure: where Eternitie is the terminus ad quem, there, Humilitie is the terminus a quo. Humilitie, in the first Comma of the sentence, where Eternitie is the periode (as, in this Verse, it is.) And even heer now at the first, is CHRIST like to lose a great part of His traine. The Pha­risees are gone: all, too big, for Bethlehem, they: and with them, all that are [...],Act. 8.9. some great matter, in their owne sight. Touching whom we may use the Apostrophe: And thou Bethlehem art to little, for these great conceits: None of them will come out of thee, or come at thee, by their will: Every one of them is a cunning Guide, himselfe; and, no guide, they, but sequuntur spiritum suum, their owne bold spirit: Ezech. 13.3. bid Bethlehem farewell; At it, they come not. Well, parvula is the first.

The next Station, is to the next vertue, and that is Ephrata, fruictfullnesse;2. By f [...]ui [...]ful­nesse: Ephra [...]a. (so it sig­nifies:) Little it is, but fruictfull. Fruictfull, first, that it brought forth Him: for, He hath brought forth, seen come of Himselfe (saith Esai) longaevum semen, a lasting seed: the fruict whereof, to this day, shaketh like Libanus, Esa. 53.10. P [...]al. 72.16. and as the green grasse covereth all the earth. I meane, the Christians, that were, are, or ever shalbe: how great an Ephrata, of how little a beginning! It is not only little, but Ephrata too; and, by that, know it. For indeed, good heed would be taken, that we goe not to the wrong Bethlehem: Not to Bethlehem Zabulon, that is,Bethlehem on the Sands (So lay Zabulon, by the Sea,) Bethlehem the barren: But, to Bethlehem Iuda, Bethlehem Ephrata, (that is) Bethlehem the fruictfull. That is, to Humilitie to add Fruictfulnesse, (I meane,) Plenteousnesse in all good workes. Els, it is not Ephrata; not right: Not right Repentance, unlesse it be E­phrata, bring forth fruicts of repentance: Nor Faith, without the Worke of faith: Nor,Luc. 3.8. 1. Thess 1. [...]. Love, without the Labour of love: Nor any other vertue, without her Ephra a. Ephrata is not the Surname of Humilitie only, but even of the rest too: Repentance Ephrata, and Faith Ephrata; Et sic de caeteris, if they be true: Els be they but vites frond [...]sae, leaves, and nothing els: Simulachra virtutum, and not vertues indeed: Of Zabulon, Hos. 10.1. not of Iuda; and so, not the right.

Fruictfull them: and of what fruict? That is in the very name it selfe,3. In good works Beth-lehem. [of Bethle­hem.] Not the fruict of the lipps (a few good words) but the precious fruict of the earth (as Saint Iames calleth it) lehem, good bread: that fruict. Such fruict,Iam. 5.7. as Saint Paul carried to the poore Saints at Ierus [...]lem, Almes and offerings; that, is the right fruict; Cum signavero fructum hunc; it hath the Seale on it, for right. Such,Rom. 15.28. as the Philippians [Page 94] sent him,Phil. 4 18.10. for supply of his want: whereby he knew, they were alive againe at the roote; in that they thus fructified, yeelded this fruict, of a Sweet odour, and wherewith GOD was highly pleased (as, there, he tells them.)

Psal. 132.6.It was not (sure) without mysterie, that the Temple was first heard of at Ephrata, at this fruictfull place. No more was it (that which the Fathers observe) of the trees, that were used about it: Not a post of the Temple, not a Spar, nay, not so much as a pin, but was made of the wood of a fruit-bearing tree: No barren wood at all, in it. No more was it,2. Sam 18.25. that the very Altar of the Temple was founded upon a threshing floore (Areuna's) where, good come was threshed. All, to shew, it would be plenteous in feeding, and clothing, and such other pertaining to this of Ephrata. Which (how ever they be with us,Matt 25.35.36 42 43.) will be the first, and principall point of enquiry at the day of Doome; even about feeding, and clothing, and other workes of mercie.

4 By both ioyned. Bethlehem parvula, & Ephrata.Now, if we could bring these two together; make a coniunction of them in Ge­mini, it were worth all. For, (I know not how, but) if there be in us ought of Ephra­ta; if we happen to be any thing fruitfull, but in any degre [...]; away goes parvula, streight: Streight, we cease to be little: We begin to talke of Merit, and Worth, and I wote not what. Indeed, if we be all barren and bare, it may be, then, (and scarce then neither, but peradventure, then) we grow not high-minded. But so, we fall still upon one extreme or other: if fertile, then proud: if humble, then barren. We can­not get, to be humble, yet not fruitlesse; or to be fruitfull, yet keepe our humilitie still: Not Ephrata, Psal 87.4. and parvula together: But, that is the true Bethlehem, and there was He borne. And thus far, (I hope) we have beene led right, and are in our way.

His manner of feeding. By the Sacra­ment, Beth-le­hem. Gen 3 6 Ioh 6 48.But, leading is not all: Heer is qui pascet too, and we may not passe it. For, to that He leads us, also: Dux, qui pascet. We followed a false Guide, at first, that led us to the forbidden fruit, the end whereof was morte mor [...]emini. This (now) will lead us to a food of the nature of the Tree of life, even the bread of life; by eating whereof, we shall have life in our selves, even life immortall. That, is His food, He leads us to. And, if we would forget this, both the Person and the Place (the Person, qui pascet, that shall feed; and the Place, Bethlehem, the house of bread,) would serve to put us in remembrance of it. Even of the breaking of bread, which the Church, as this day, ever hath, and still vseth, as the Child-house feast.

We spake of Transeamus usque Bethlehem, going thither: that may we, even locally, doe, and never goe out of this Roome: inasmuch as, heer is to be had the true bread of life, Ioh [...] 51. that came downe f [...]om heaven. Which is, His fl [...]sh, this day borne, which He gave for the life of the world, Ioh 6.32 41.31. (called by Him so, the true bread, the bread of heaven, the bread of life:) And where that bread is, there is Bethlehem, ever. Even strictè loquendo, it may be said and said truly, the Church, in this sense, is very Bethlehem, no lesse then the Towne it selfe. For that, the Towne it selfe never had the name rightly, all the while there was but bread made there, bread (panis hominum) the bread of men: Not, till this Bread was borne there,Psal. 78.25. which is Panis Angelorum (as the Psalme calleth it,) and man did eate Angells food. Then, and never till then, was it bethlehem: and that is, in the Church, as truly as ever in it. And accordingly, the Church takes order, we shall never faile of it: There shall ever be, this day, a Bethlehem, to go to: a house, wherein there is bread and this bread. And, shall there be Bethlehem, and so neer us, and shall we not go to it? Or, shall we goe to it, to the House of bread, (this bread,) and come away without it? Shall we forsake our Guide leading us to a place so much for our benefit?

Luk. 17.37. Vbi Domine, was the Apostles question; and His answer, Vbi corpus, ibi aquilae, where the bodie is, there the eagles will be. Let it appeare, we are so: For, here is the Bodie.

Els doe we our duty to Him, but by halves, For, as our duty to Dux, is to be led: So, our duty to qui pascet, is to be fed by Him. To end: And thus, ducendo pascit; and pascendo ducit; leading He feeds us, and feeding He leads [Page 95] us, till He bring us, whither? Even to A principio, backe againe to where we were at the beginning: and at the beginning, we were in Paradise. That our beginning shall be our end. Thither He will bring us: Nay, to a better estate then so: to that where­vnto, even from Paradise, we should have been translated, to the State of aeternitie, to the ioyes and ioyfull dayes there: even, to glorie ioy and blisse aeternall. To which He bring us, even our blessed Guide, that, this day, was in Bethlehem borne, to that end, IESVS CHRIST the Righteous.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Wednesday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXVI. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

PSAL. LXXXV. VER. X.XI.

Misericordia & Veritas obviaverunt sibi: Iustitia & Pax osculatae sunt.

Veritas de terra orta est: & Iustitia de coelo prospexit.

Mercie and Truth shall meet: Righteousnesse and Peace shall kisse one another.

Truth shall budde out of the earth; and Righteousnesse shall looke downe from Heaven.

I Have here read you two Verses, out of this Psalme, which is one of the Psalmes selected of old, by the Primitive Church, and so still reteined by ours, as part of our Office, or Service of this day: As being proper and pertinent to the matter of the Feast, and so to the Feast it selfe. For, the meeting here speci­fied was to be, at the birth of the MESSIAS: So saith Rabbi MOSES, and other of the Iewes. Was, at the birth of our SAVIOVR: So say the Fathers with uniforme consent, and co nomine, have made this a CHRIST-MASSE day Psalme.

As his manner is, the Psalmist, in it, under one, compriseth the type, and the truth, both. By those things which befell the people of the Iewes, the Church typicall, shadow­ing out of those things, which were to befall the Antitype of it, CHRIST and His Church, For, primâ & propria intentione, it cannot be denied, but the Psalme was first sett, accor­ding to the letter, upon the turning back of the captivitie of Babel. But, the Prophet knew well, that was not their worst captivitie, nor should be their best delivery: There was another yet behind, concerned them more (if they understood their owne state a­right) which was reserved, to the MESSIAS, to free them from. To that, he points. Even that,Rom. 7.23. the Apostle complaines of (Rom. 7.) wherein the soule is led away captive under sinn and Sathan (the very true Babell, indeed, as which bringeth with it everla­sting confusion:) From which, CHRIST (the true Zorobabel) is to sett us free: us, and them both.

[Page 97]There is a Meeting, heer. A meeting at a Birth. A birth, The Summe. that did them in Heaven (Righteousnesse by name) good to behold. The Meeting, in obviaverunt: The Birth, in orta est: The pleasure to behold it, in prospexit de coelo. Prospexit is to see with delight, as, when we looke into some pleasant prospect.

A meeting qualified, for the manner. For, they do not meet, and passe by; but, meet, and Salute as friends, with an osculatae sunt, a signe of love begun, or renewed.

This meeting is of foure. Foure, which of them selves (propriè loquendo) are nothing but Attributes, or Properties, of the Divine Nature. But, are (heer) by the Psalmist brought in, and represented to us, as so many Personages. Personages (I say) inasmuch as they have heer personall acts ascribed to them. For, to meete, to kisse, to looke downe, are all of them acts personall. And, looke how the Psalmist presents them, so we treat of them; in the same termes, the Text doth.

At a Birth, at Orta est, these foure meet heer: At orta est Veritas, the birth of Truth; de terrâ, from the earth. For, two Ortus there were: and this, not His antesaecularis ortus de coelo, His Birth before all worlds from heaven; but, His ortus de terrá, His temporall birth, from the earth.

Lastly, the birth of this Birth (as I may say;) the effect it wrought. Of which, more there are in the neighboring verses: Heer, in these (besides the meeting occasio­ned by it) there is but one. That, such a spectacle it was, as it drew Righteousnesse it selfe from heaven, to looke at it. Time was, when Righteousnesse would not have done so much; not have vouchsafed a looke hitherward: Therefore respexit nos Iustitia, is good newes: That, then, and ever since, She hath beheld the earth and the dwellers in it, with a farre more favorable regard, then before. And all, for this Births sake.

And when was all this? When He that saith of Himselfe I am the Truth, Ioh. 14.16. when He was borne upon earth: For, orta est Veritas, and natus est CHRISTVS will fall out to be one Birth. What day soever that was, this meeting was upon it. And that was, this day, of all the dayes of the yeare. The Meeting, and the Day of this meeting, heer, all one: and the Birth of CHRIST, the cause of both. So, being this dayes worke; this day, to be dealt with most properly.

Onward we have heere foure Honors of this Day, Every one of the foure giving it a blessing. 1 It is the day of ortus Veritatis, Truths birth: 2 And the same, the day of occur­sus Misericordiae, the Meeting heer mentioned: 3 And, of osculum Pacis, the Kisse heer expressed: 4 And of prospectus Iustitiae, Righteousnesse's gratious respect of us. These, from each of them in severall. And generally, the day of reconciling them all.

Holding us to these, we are to speake of the 1 Meeting, the 2 Parties, 3 the Birth, The Division. and I the 4 Effect heer specified to come of it. Of this Meeting, in CHRIST: Then, in II Christianitie, not to be broken of by us, but to be renewed, and specially this day.

HEer is a Meeting: And that is no great matter, if it be no more.I. 1. The Meeting. Not casuall. How many meet we, as we passe to and fro dayly, and how little do we regard it? But that meeting is casuall.

Somewhat more there is, in Sett Meetings. It was not, by hap: not obviaverunt, But of pur­pose. simply; but, obviaverunt sibi. Sibi sheweth, they had an entent; they came forth, on both sides; Not to meet any fift person, but to meet one another.

But, not every Sett meeting is memorable: This, is. I find a Psalme (heer) made,And that me­morable. in remembrance of it. And (lightly) Songs be not made, but de rarò contingentibus; not, of ordinary, but of some speciall great Meetings.

The greatnesse of a Meeting groweth three waies. 1 By the Parties, Who: 2 The Oc­casion, Whereon: and 3 the End, Whereto they meet. All three are in this. The Par­ties, in the first Verse: the Occasion, and End, in the second. The Occasion, a birth; an occasion oft, of making great Persons meet: And the End that comes of it, that Righ­teousnesse, [Page 98] who is to be our Iudge, and to give the last sentence upon us, beholds us with an aspect, that promises favor.

3 The Parties.The Occasion, and the End, we shall touch anon: Now, of the Parties. If the Par­ties great, the Meeting great. The conjunction of the Great Lights in heaven, The enterview of great States on earth, ever bodes some great matter. Who are the Parties heer? Foure, as high, as excellent Attributes, as there be any in the God-head: Or (to keepe the style of the Text) foure, as great States, as any in the Court of Heaven.

The Manner of their meeting.These meet: and, in what manner? Great States meet otherwhile, in a pitched field: Not so heer, This is an obviaverunt, with an osculatae sunt: they run not, one, at another, as enimies: they run, one, to another, and Kisse, as loving friends. And that which makes it memorable indeed, is, that these Parties, in this manner thus meet, who (if all were well known) were more like to turne taile, then to meet: one to run from a­nother; Nay, one to run at another, to encounter: rather then run one to another, to embrace and kisse. Not meet at all: at least, not meet thus, standing in such termes as they did.

Not, Mercie & Peace, or Truth and Righteous­nesse; Mercie and Peace, if they two had mett; or Truth and Righteousnesse, they two, it had not been straunge. But, for those, that seeme to be in opposition, to doe it, that is it, that makes this Meeting marvelous in our eyes.

Will yee stay a little, and take a view of the Parties. Foure they are: These foure, 1 Mercie, and 2 Truth, 3 Righteousnesse, and 4 Peace. Which quaternion, at the first sight, divides it selfe into two and two. Mercie and Peace, they two Paire well: they be collec­taneae (as Bernard saith of them in one place) bedfellowes, But Mercy and Truth, Righte­ousnesse and Peace. sleepe together: collactaneae (as, in another place) sucked one milke, one breast, both. And, as these two; so, the other two (truth, and righteousnesse) seeme to be of one complexion and disposition, and commonly take part togither. Of these, Mercie seemes to favor us; and Peace, no ene­mie to us, nor to any: (seeing we must speake of them as of persons) mild, and gentle persons, Rom. 13.4. both. For Righteousnesse, I know not well what to say: Gestat gladium, and (I feare) non frustrà. Nor of Truth, who is vera, and severa; severe too, otherwhile. These (I doubt) are not like affected. The reason of my doubt. Of one of them (Righteousnesse) it is told, heer, for great newes, that She (but) looked downe hitherwards, from heaven. Before then, She would not have done that. A great signe it is, of heart burning, when one will not doe so much as looke at another; not endure his sight: We cannot pro­mise our selves much of her. No, nor of Truth. One was so bold, in a place, to say, Omnis homo mendax, Rom. 3.4. and feared no challenge for it. By that, it seemes, all stands not well with her, neyther. So then; two, for us; two, against us.

Their order, Mercie first, Peace last.For their order: Mercie is first, and Peace last. With both ends, we shall do well e­nough: GOD send us to do but so with the midst. Yet, this is not amisse, that they, which favor us lesse, are in the midst; hemmed in on both sides, closed about, with those that wish us well; and, they between us and them. On the one side, Mercie, before: On the other, Peace, behind.

Their sorting, Mercie and Truth.Another; that, in this double meeting, Mercie sorts not her selfe, goes not to Righteousnesse: nor Righteousnesse, to her, but to Peace. A kind of crosse meeting (as it were) there is: the better hope of accord. Mercie, and Righteousnesse have no Symbo­lizing qualitie at all; no hope of them: but, Truth, with Mercie, hath. There is Truth as well, in the Promise of Mercie: as, in the threat of Iustice.

Righteousnesse and Peace. Heb. 7.2.6.20.And it stands yet better, between the other two (Righteousnesse, and Peace.) Melchise­dek, which is by interpretation King of Righteousnesse, the same is King of Salem, (that is) of peace. He, that is after the order of Melchisedek, King of both, like enough, to sett accord between them two: both of them his lieges. This, for the view of the Parties.

These meet heer:The Occasion. but, what is obviaverunt, without osculatae sunt? Better, let them stand in sunder still, and never meet. There seemes to be two Meetings implyed. One obviaverunt, without: and another, with osculatae sunt.

Before they mett heer, they were parted, the one from the other. For, they that meet, come from diverse coasts. Before this meeting, they have been in diverse quar­ters, one from the other, and not come together thus a good while.

[Page 99]Their distance; in place, grew from their distance, in affection estranged one from the other. That they mett not, I will not say: but, that they mett not thus, ever before. Els, what remarkable thing were there in this Meeting, or worth the composing of a Psalme, if it had been familiar with them, thus to meet every other, nay, any other day?

How came they then asunder, that it should be a marveile to see them meet?Of their seve­ring: Not from themselves. Since (naturally) they are not strangers; all foure, in the bosome of GOD from all eternitie; Attributes (all foure) of His undivided essence. So, not divided, of themselves: Not, of themselves, then. That they were divided, it was about us; the quarrell ours, that made them part company. Thus I gather it: If, at CHRISTS birth they mett: at Adams fall, they parted, If, when Truth was borne on earth, they came together:But, from A­dams fall. when Truth perished from the earth, they fell in sunder: That was, when the first lye was told, and beleeved, (and that was nequaquam moriemini, by Adam,) and thereby GOD much wronged. So that Adams cause it was, (and so,Gen. 3.4. ours) that first divided hea­ven; yea, the very Attributes, in GOD (we see,) and so (in a sort) GOD Himselfe. So they parted first.Col. 1.20. It could not be sayd (by the Apostle) that CHRIST pacified all things in heaven and in earth: if there had not, in heaven, been somewhat to be taken up.

For all this yet, I deny not, but they might and did meet, once before, But,So their first meeting was in opposition. it was an obviaverunt, without an osculatae sunt: Never, both these, till now. Out of CHRIST, and before His birth, they mett in opposition: In CHRIST, and at his birth, did these foure Lights come to meet, and to be in conjunction, now. They mett before, obvia­verunt: but, instead of osculatae, it was altercatae sunt. While Mercie and Peace would have Adams and our case relieved, Righteousnesse and Truth would by no meanes en­dure it. The plea is drawen up and reported at large, by Bernard; in his first Sermon upon the Annunciation. Mercie began: (for out of her readinesse to doe good, she is, heer;Mercies Plea. she is ever formost:) Her inclination is, or rather, she herselfe is an inclination, to pitie such, as are in miserie; and, if she can, to releive them: yea, though they deserve it not. For (which is the comfort of the miserable sinner) she lookes not to the partie, what he is, or what he hath done, or deserved; but, what he suffers, in how woefull and wretched a case he is. And her plea is: Nunquid in vanum?Psal. 89.47.30. [...] What hath GOD made all men for nought? What profit is in their blood? It will make GODS enimies rejoice, Thither it will come, if GOD cast them cleane of: What then, Will He cast them of for ever, Psal. 74.18. will He be no more entreated? Hath GOD forgotten to be gratious? With these and such like pij susurri (as he calls them) did she enter into GODS bowels, and make them yerne,Psal. 77.7, 8. and melt into compassion. And certainly, if there were none to stand against us, there were hope, Mercie had prevailed.

But, Truth must be heard too, and she layes in just matter of exception: Pleades,Truth's Reply. Ioh. 1 1. Deus erat Verbum; What is God but His Word? and His word was, as to ADAM, morte morieris; So, to his Sonnes, anima quae peccaverit, The soule that sinneth, Gen. 2.17. that soule shall dye. GOD may not falsifie His word: His word is the truth: Ezek. 18.20. falsifie the truth? that may not be.

And then steppes up Righteousnesse, and seconds her:Righteousnesse seconding her. Psal. 145.17. that GOD as He is true in His word, so is He righteous in all His workes: So, to reddere suum cuique, to render each his owne, to every one, that, is his due; and so, to the sinner, stipendium peccati, the wages of sinne, (that is) death. God forbid, Rom. 6.23. the Iudge of the world should iudge un­justly: that were, as (before) to make Truth false, so (heere) to do Right wrong.

Nay, it went further, and they made it their owne cases. What shall become of me (said Righteousnesse?) What use of Iustice, if GOD will doe no justice, if He spare sinners? And what use of me (sayth Mercie,) if He spare them not? Hard hold there was, inasmuch as, Perij, nisi homo moriatur (sayd Righteousnesse) I dye, if he dye not: And Perij, nisi Misecicordiam consequatur (sayd Mercie) if he dye, I dye too. To this it came: and in those termes brake up the meeting, and away they went one from the other. Truth went into exile, as a stranger upon earth:The first mee­ting broken up.Ter­ras Astraea reliquit, she confined her selfe in Heaven: where, so aliened she was, as she would not so much as looke downe hither upon us.

Mercie, she staid below still: ubi enim Misericordia esset (sayth Hugo well) si, [Page 100] cum misero, non esset? Where should Mercie be, if with miserie she should not be?

As for Peace, she went betweene both, to see, if she could make them meet againe in better termes. For, without such a meeting, no good to be done for us.

For, meet they must, and that in other termes, or it will goe wrong with us; Our Salvation lies a bleeding, all this while. The Plea hangs, and we stand, as the prisoner at the barre, and know not what shall become of us. For, though two be for us, there are two against us, as strong and more stiffe then they. So that, much depends upon this se­cond Meeting; upon the composing or taking up this difference. For, these must be at peace betweene themselves, before they at peace with us, or we with GOD. And this is sure: we shall never meet in heaven, if they meet no more.

And, many meanes were made for this meeting, many times; but, it would not be. Where stayed it? It was not long of Mercie, she would be easily entreated, to give a new meeting: (no question of her.) Oft did she looke up to heaven, but Righteous­nesse would not looke downe: Not look? not that? Small hope, she would be got to meet, that would not look that way-ward.

Indeed, all the question is of her. It is Truth, and she, that holds of: but, specially She. Vpon the Birth (you see) heer is no mention of any in particular, but of Her; as much to say as, the rest might be dealt with; she only it was, that stood out. And yet, she must be got to meet, or els no meeting.

No meeting, till Iustice satisfi­ed.All the hope is, that she doth not refuse simply, never to meet more: but, stands vp­on satisfaction: Els, Righteousnesse should not be righteous. Being satisfied; then, she will: remaining vnsatisfied; so, she will not meet.

All stands then on her satisfying; how to devise, to give her satisfaction to her mind, that so she may be content, once more (not to meet and argue, as yer-while, but) to meet, and kisse; meet in a ioynt concurrence to save us, and set us free.

And (indeed) Hoc opus, there lies all: how to set a song of these foure parts, in good harmonie; how to make these meet, at a love-day; how to satisfie Iustice, upon whom all the stay is.

Not in any, but the Christi­an Religion.And this (say I) no Religion in the world doth, or can doe, but the Christian. No Queer sing this Psalme, but ours: None make Iustice meet, but it. Consequently, None quiet the conscience soundly, but it: Consequently, no Religion but it. Withall religi­ons els, at odds they be; and so, as they are faigne to leave them so; For, meanes in the world have they none, how to make them meet: Not hable for their lives to tender Iustice a Satisfaction, that will make her come in. The words next before are, that glorie may dwell in our land. Verse 9. This glorie doth dwell in our land indeed: And great cause have we all highly to blesse GOD,Psal. 16.6. that hath made our lott to fall in so faire a ground: That we were not borne, to enherit a lie; that we were borne, to keepe this Feast of this Mee­ting. For, bid any of them all but shew you the way, how to satisfie Iustice soundly, and to make her come to this meeting; how GODS Word may be true, and His worke just, and the Sinner find mercie and be saved for all that: They cannot. The Christian onely can doe it, and none els. All beside, for lack of this, passe by the wounded man, and let him lie still and bleed to death. Luk. 10.31.32.

Bid the Turke: All he can say, is, Mahomets prayer shall be upon you. Mahomets prayer, what is that? Say he were (that, he was not) a just man, a true Prophet; What can his prayers doe, but move Mercie. But GODS Iustice, how is that answered? Who shall satisfie that? Not prayers; Iustice is not moved with them; heares them not; goes on to sentence, for all them. He can goe no further: he cannot make justice meet.

Bid the Heathen; he sayes better yet, then the Turke. They saw, that without shed­ding of blood there was no satisfying Iustice;Heb 9.22. and so, no remission of sinne. To satisfie her, sacrifices they had, of beasts. But, it is impossible (as the Apostle well notes) that the blood of bulls or goats should satisfie for our sinnes: Heb. 10.4. A man Sinne, and a beast dye? Iu­stice will none of that. What then, will ye goe as farr as some did, the fruit of my bo­dy, for the sinne of my soule? Mic. 6.7. Nor that neither. For, if it were the first borne, the first borne was borne in Sinne; and Sinne, for Sinne, can never satisfie. This Meeting will not be there.

[Page 101]Bid the Iew, he can but tell you, of his Lamb, neither. And, while time was, that was not amisse; while it stood in reference, to Saint Iohn Baptists Lamb, Ioh 1.29. the LAMB of GOD, this day, yeaned: as having the operation, the working, in the vertue of that. That being now past, there is no more in the Iewe's, then in the Gentiles sacrifice. Beasts, both: both, short of satisfying. So, for all that these can doe, or say, no meeting will there be had.

Onely the Christian Religion, that shewes the true way. There is One, there, thus speaketh to Iustice: Sacrifice and sinne-offerings thou wouldest not have; then said I, Lo I come. He, of whom it was written, in the volume of the booke, Psal. 40.6. &c. that He should do that feat; Corpus autem aptasti mihi, Make him a bodie to doe it in, and He will doe it. Give Him an ortus est, let Him be but borne, He will make them meet streight; Iustice, and all. For, all the world sees, if order could be taken, that He, that the Sonne of GOD, the Word and Truth eternall, would say Lo I come; would take our nature up­on Him; and, in it, lay downe His soule, an offering for sinne; there were good hope of contenting Iustice, and that the Meeting would goe forward. Deus sanguine in suo, Ephes. 5.2. GOD with his blood; What sinne in the world would not that serve for? What Iu­stice, in heaven or earth, would not that satisfie? If ye speake of an expiation, a ransome, an [...] (CHRISTS owne word) a perfect commutation, there it is. This had,Matt. 16.26. Iustice will meet, embrace, kisse Mercie, shake hands, joyne (now) friends;Iob 33. [...]. Inveni enim in quo repropitter, I have found that now, wherewith I hold my selfe fully content and plea­sed. This way, ye shall make them meet; or els, let it alone for ever.

VER. XI. Truth shall budde out of the earth; and Righteousnesse shall looke downe from Heaven

ANd this is it, the Christian Religion setts before us: how the Sonne of the most High GOD of heaven and earth took on Him our Nature, that, in our nature, 1 The Birth. V [...]ritas o [...]ta est de terr [...]. for our nature, He might make to GOD (even stando in terminis justitiae suae, as the Schoolemen speake, standing on the termes of his most exact strict justice) a compleate, full, every way sufficient satisfaction. And this (lo) makes the meeting. This honour hath the Christian Religion above all other; this glorie doth dwell in our land; that these foure, by CHRISTS Birth, in it, are brought, not onely to obviaverunt sibi, but even to & osculatae sunt.

And, if this be the glorie, be not they the shame of Christian profession, that cherish in their bosomes, and entertaine with stipends such, as are come to this (phrensie, I will call it) to say; what needs any satisfaction? what care we, whither Iustice meet or no? that is (in effect) what needs CHRIST? Cannot GOD forgive offenses to Him made, of His free goodnesse, of His meere mercie, without putting his SONNE to all this paine? Fond men! If He would quit His Iustice, or waive His truth, He could: But, His justice and truth are to Him as essentiall, as intrinsecally essentiall, as His Mercie: of aequall regard, every way as deere to Him. Iustice otherwise remaines vnsatisfied: and, satisfied it must be, either on Him, or on us. For, with beasts, or prayers, it will not be: And it will hold of, till it be. If Iustice be not so mett with, it will meet with them: And, they had better meet a shee-beare robbed of her whelpes, Prov 7.12. then meet Iustice out of CHRISTS presence.

To us, they meet, this day, at the Child-house. For, these great Lights could not thus meet, but they must portend some great matter, as it might be some great Birth to­ward. The Astrologers make us beleeve, that in the Horoscope of CHRISTS Nativitie there was a great Trigon of (I wote not what) Starrs met together. Whither a Trigon or no; this Tetragon (I am sure) there was, these were all (then) in coniunction, all in the ascendent, all above the horizon at once, At Orta est the Birth, of Veritas the truth, de [...] from the earth; The Occasion of drawing these foure together.

[Page 102] Christ the Truth: Veritas prima. Veritas will fitt CHRIST well, who, of himselfe said, Ioh. 14.6. Ego sum veritas, I am the truth. So is He: Not that of the former Verse, which is but veritas secunda, the truth spo­ken or vttered forth: He, the veritas prima, the first truth, within. That depends up­on this. Then are the words vttered true, when there is an adaequation betweene them and the mind. So, the first Truth He is.

And Veritas secunda, too.The first and last both. For now, by His comming, He is the adaeaeqation of the Word and the Work, the Promise and the Performance. That way, He is truth too: The truth of all Types, 2. Cor. 1.2. the truth of all Prophecies: For, in Him, are all the promises Yea and Amen: Yea, in the first truth; Amen, in the last. That actuall verifying is the truth, when all is done: and, that He is, by His birth.

Christ de terrá.And, as the truth fits His Nature, so doth earth, Man. Of whom, GOD; Gen. 3 19 Earth thou art: To whom, the Prophet thrise over; Ier. [...]2.29. Earth heare the Word of the LORD: By whom, the Wise man,Eccles. 10.9. Quid superbis? Why should earth be proud? Esay 45.8. Germinet terra Salva­torem, Let this earth bring forth a SAVIOVR, be the terra promissionis, the Blessed Vir­gin, who was, in this, the Land of promise. So was this very place applied by Irenaeus in his time,Iren lib 3. cap 5. Lact. l. 4. cap. 12. who touched the Apostles times: So, by Lactantius. So, by Saint Hierom and Saint Augustine. Those foure meet in this sense, as doe the foure in the Text: Quid est veritas de terrâ orta? est CHRISTVS de faeminâ natus; Quid est Veritas? Filius Dei: Quid terra? Caro nostra: What, the truth? CHRIST: What the earth? Our flesh. In those words they find this Feast all.

Christs [...]rta est double. 1 De Coelo.For Orta est, it is double: Therefore, de terrâ is well added. Another Ortus he had, de coelo: to wit, His heavenly Divine Nature, which, as the day, sprung from on high; and He, in regard of it, called Oriens, by Zacharie, in the New Testament. But this (heer) is de terrâ;Luc. 1.78. 2 De terra. for, the word (properly) signifies, the shooting forth of a sprigg out of the ground: and He, in regard of this Ortus, called the Branch, by Zacharie in the Old.Zec. 3.8.

Orta de.2. And, there is more in Orta. For, (it is Rabbi Moses note,) that is (properly) when i [...] springeth forth of it selfe, as the field flowers doe, without any seed cast in by the hand of man; so (saith he) should the MESSIAS come: Take His nature not onely in, but de, of the earth. Not bring it with Him from heaven (the error of the brainesick Anabaptist, Gal. 4.4. Esa. 11.1.) but take it of the earth: be the womans Seed, made of a woman, out of the loines of DAVID: Virga de radice Iesse, the Roote of Iesse: Nothing more plaine.

Orta est.3. And yet more, from orta est. For that, the truth, while it is yet vnaccomplisht, but in promise onely, it is but (as the Seed vnder ground) hid and covered with earth, as if no such thing were: assoone as ever it is actually accomplished (as, this day) then doth it spring forth (as it were,) is to be seene above ground; then Orta est, de terrâ, in very deed,

4. The Effect.Of the effect, now. Births are, and have been, diverse times, the ending of great dissentions: As was this heer: For, by this Birth, took end the two great Howses: An vnion of them by it.

First, by this, Truth is gained; Truth will meet now. That truth will come to this truth, On Truth: she is gained. tanquam minus dignum, ad magis dignum, as the Abstract to the Arc [...]etype. And, Truth, being now borne of our Nature, it will never (we may be sure) be against our Na­ture: being come of the earth, it will be true to his owne countrie; being made man, will be for man now, all He can.

By this meanes, one of the opposites is drawne away, from the other: Got to be on our side. It is three to one, now Righteousnesse is left all alone; and there is good hope, she will not stand out long. For (lo) heer is good newes; first, that respexit de coelo, she yet lookes downe from heaven, now.

On Righteous­nesse.So as, this birth in earth (you see) workes in heaven; and, by name, upon Righ­teousnesse, there. For, though there were none in heaven, but it wrought upon them; yet, the Psalme mentions none, but Righteousnesse. For, (of all) she the least likely: and, if she be wrought on, the rest there is no doubt of. How can there? they are all woon to us already.

[Page 103]With Righteousnesse, it works two waies: First, downe she lookes. Whither it was,1 She l [...]kes d [...]wne. that she mi [...]sed Truth, to see what was become of her, and not finding her in heaven, cast he [...] eye to the earth. But there, when she beheld Verbum caro factum, the Word [...]esh, Ioh 1.14. the Truth freshly sprung there, where it had been a strange plant long time before, Aspexit and Respixit, she looked and looked againe at it. For, a Sight it was, to move, to dr [...]w the eye; yea, a fight, for Heaven to be a Spectator of; for the Angells, to come downe and looke at; for Righteo [...]snesse it selfe, to do so too [...] is the Angells word (in Saint Peter:) [...] the Septuagint's word heer: both meane one thing.1 Pet. 1 12. The Greeke word is to look (as we say) wishly as it, as if we would looke [...], even through it; the He­brew word, (that) is, as if Righteousnesse did beat out a window: So desirous was she, to beho [...]d this Sight.

And no mervaile; for, what could Righteousnesse desire to see, and satisfie her selfe with, that, in Him, was not to be seene? A cleane birth, a holy life, an innocent death; a Spirit and a mouth without guile; a Soule and a bodie without Sinne. In Him, she be­he [...]d t [...]em all. Them, and whatsoever els might yeeld her full satisfaction: Lay judge­ment to the rule and righteousnesse in the ballance, nothing oblique, will be found in Him, nothing, but streight for the rule; nothing minus habens, but full weight for the balla [...]ce.

Thus, when Truth, from the earth; then, Righteousnesse, from heaven. Then: but not before. Before, Righteousnesse had no prospect, no window open this way. She tur­ned away her face; shut her eyes; clapt to the casement; would not abide so much as to looke hith [...]r, at us, a sort of forlorne sinners: not vouchsafe us once the cast of her eye. The case is now altered. Vpon this sight, she is not one [...]y content, in some sort, to con­descend to do it, but she breaks a window through, to do it. And then, and ever since this [Orta est,] she looks upon the earth with a good aspect; and a good aspect, in these cae­lestiall lights, is never without some good influence withall.

B [...]t then (within a verse after,) not onely downe she looks, but downe she comes. 2 Downe she comes Verse 13. Such a power attractive is there, in this Birth. And, comming, she doth two things:1 To meet. Meets first; for, upon the view of this birth, they all ran first, and Kissed the Sonne: 2 To kisse. And that done, Truth ran to Mercie, and embraced her; and Righteousnesse to Peace, and kissed her. They that had so long been parted, and stood out in difference, now meet, and are made friends: Howsoever (before) removed, in ortu veritatis, obviaverunt sibi; howsoever (before) estranged, now, osculatae sunt.

And, at that birth of His, well met they all, in whom they meet all: The Truth He is; and per viscera Misericordiae He came, through the tender mercies of our GOD;Luk. 1 7 8. 1. Cor. 1.30. Ephes. 2.14. and He is made to us Righteousnesse; and He is our Peace. All meet in Him; for indeed, all He is; that, no mervaile, they all foure meet, where He is, that is all foure.

And, at this meeting, Righteousnesse, she was not so of-ward before, but she is now as forward; as forward, as any of the rest. Mark these three.

Letts not P [...]ace prevent her (as Mercie did Truth;) but, as Mercie to Truth, first; so, she (first) to Peace: as forward as Mercie every way.

2 Nay, more forward then Mercie: for, Mercie doth but meet Truth, and there is all; but she, (as more affectionate) not only meets Peace, but kisses her. And (indeed) Righteousnesse was to doe more, (even, to kisse,) that it might be a pledge of forgetting all former un [...]indnesse; that we may be sure she is perfectly reconciled now.

3 And one more yet (to shew her the most forward of them all,) out of the last Verse. At this meeting, she followes not, drawes not behind,Verse 13. she will not goe with them: She is before, leaves them to come after, and beare the traine: She (as David) is before the Arke: puts S. Iohn Baptist from his office, for the time; Righteous­nesse is his forerunner: Righteousnesse shall goe b [...]fore, tread the way before Him; the formost now of all the companie. By all which, ye may know, what a looke it was, she looked with from Heaven.

Thus ye see, CHRIST, by His comming, hath pacified the things in Heaven. A peece of Hosanna, is pax in coelis: There cannot be pax in terris, till there it be,Colos. 1.20. first. But, no sooner there it is, but it is peace in earth streight, which (accordingly) was, [Page 104] this day proclaimed by the Angells. Luc. 2.14. So, by the vertue of this birth, heaven is at peace with it selfe: and heaven, with earth, is now at peace. So is earth too, with it selfe, and a fulfilling of the Text by this meeting is, there, too.

The Iewes, they represent truth; to them it belongeth properly. For, Truth was, where were Eloquia Dei, Rom. 9.4. the Oracles of GOD: and they were with the Iew. The Gentiles they claime by Mercie, that is their vertue: Where was Mercie, but where was mise­rie? and where was mise­rie, Luc. 1.79. but with them that lay in darknesse in the shadow of death? And, that was the Gentiles case, before this orta est. But, when the partition wall was bro­ken downe, and the two met in one, then also (in a sense) Mercie and Truth met togi­ther. So, these two.

And so, the other two likewise. For, Righteousnesse, she was where the Law was, (for, that, the rule of righteousnesse,) where the Covenant of the Old Testament was, doe this and live (the very voice of Iustice:) But, Peace was, where CHRIST was, in the Gos­pell; Ipse est Pax nostra, for He is our Peace: Peace, and Peace-maker both, Qui fecit utrun­que unum, that hath made the Lawe and the Gospell, the Old Testament and the New, to be bound togither (now) both in one volume.

II. Of this meeting in Christianitie.Thus we have done with CHRIST. I would now apply this meeting to our selves another while. For, I aske; did this hold; did these meet only in CHRIST? Doe they not in Christianity likewise? Yes, there, too. With CHRIST came Christiani­tie: looke, what in His birth, now; in the new birth of every one, that shall be the better by it; even the same meeting of the very same vertues, all.

Mercie and Truth (first) to meet. Truth of confession; confession of our sinnes; which if with figge-leaves we seeke to cover,1. Ioh. 1.8. and confesse not, there is no truth in us. And, some truth there is to be (at least this truth) or, no meeting with Mercie. But, when this truth commeth forth, mercy meeteth it streight. Will ye see the meeting? Peccavi (said DAVID) there is truth: 2. Sam. 12.13. Transtulit Dominus peccatum (saith Nathan,) there is mercie; Mercie and Truth met togither. Homo in terris, per veritatem stimula­tus, peccásse se confitebatur; & Deus in coelis, per misericordiam flexus, confitentis mise­rebatur. Truth pricked man to confesse his sinnes; and Mercy moved God to pitie him con­fessing, and send Mercy to meet Truth.

Will ye goe on to the other Verse? It holds there too (this.) For, where a true con­fession is by man made, Veritas de terrâ orta est, Truth is budded out of the earth. And so it must, yer Righteousnesse will give us a good looke from Heaven. But will, assoone as it is: for, when this truth springs freely from the earth, to our owne condemnation; im­mediatly upon it, Righteousnesse shewes her selfe from Heaven, to our justification. Will ye see this too?Luc. 18.14. Lord be mercifull to me a sinner, (there is Truth from the earth;) descen­dit domum suam justificatus, (there is Righteousnesse from Heaven.)

But, (will ye marke:) Here are two truths, and in either Verse, one. This later, is the truth of Veritas orta est, of CHRISTS Religion. And in this treaty, it was an article of Inprimis, mercy not to meet any, but them that professe the truth of CHRISTS birth from the earth. Both these were borne togither: By and by, upon the birth of CHRIST (the Truth,) the other birth also, of Christian truth, did flourish and spread it selfe all over the earth. The whole world (before) given over, and even growne over, with Idolatry, quite covered with the mist of error and ignorance, began then to entertaine the Chri­stian profession, (and by it, to worship God in spirit and truth, the true Religion, which is ne­ver true, if it have not this meeting: And this meeting it cannot have, if it have not the meanes of it, ortus veritatis de terrâ.

The same say we likewise, for the Righteousnesse which looked downe, and shewed her selfe. It was not that of the Lawe, (which never came past the top of Mount Sinai,) but a new righteousnesse, cast in a new mould; a heavenly one, which never saw the earth (nor the earth it) before, before this birth; which is, the righteous­nesse of CHRIST reveiled in His Gospell, when that Truth sprang, this Righteous­nesse looked downe upon it.

[Page 105]Now, as this of Mercie and Truth enter us; so truth (not truth alone, but truth with truth's paire,) with righteousnesse, carrie us forward to God. Truth is not e­nough; not the truth of Religion, never so knowne, never so professed; not with­out Righteousnesse. Truth is but the light, to guide us; Righteousnesse is the way, to bring us thither. A light is to see by: A way is to goe in: So is righteousnesse. It followes streight, ponet gressus in viâ, Verse 13. Righteo [...]snesse shall set us in the way of His steppes: Steppes, that is, the course of life. For, scienti (by knowledge of the truth,) and not facienti, (by the practise of righteousnesse,) peccatum est illi (saith S. Iames;Iam 4 17. Luc. 12.44.) and plagaemultae, saith S. Iames his Master. Sinne, in that man that severs these two, is lesse pardonable, and more punishable, then in any other.

And then, turne Righteousnesse to Peace, and they will not meet barely, but (more then meet) Kisse, in signe, there is betweene them more then ordinarie affection. Fac justitiam, & habebis pacem, (Saint Augustine stands much on this.Psal. 34.14.) Eschew evill and doe good, saith he, (there is Righteousnesse:) and then, seeke Peace, and ye shall not be long in seeking it; She will come forth, her selfe, to meet Righteousnesse and kisse her. And this he ass [...]res us, as a certeine signe, to know, on the one side, true righteousnesse, (for, that tends to peace, not to questions and brabbles, wherof there never will be end:) So, on the other side, true peace; that kisses righteousnesse, comes not togither (like Samsons foxes) by the tailes, by indirect meanes, but cleerly and fairly; Such meanes,Iud. 15.14. as all the world will confesse, to be right and good.

Now marke the order, how they stand. Mercie leads to Truth, and the knowledge of it; and Truth to Righteousnesse, and the practice of it; and Righteousnesse to Peace, and the waies of it, Guides our feet (first) into the way of Peace. And,Luc. 1.79. such a way shall there alwaies be (do all the Controversie Writers what they can:) a faire way agreed upon of all sides, questioned by none, in which, who so orders his steppes aright, may see the sal­vation of our God. Even the way heer chalked out before us: To shew mercy, and speake truth; do righteousnesse, and follow peace. And by this rule proceeding, in the points whereto we are come already, even those truthes, wherein we are otherwise minded, would in due time be reveiled unto us.

This is Zacharies peace; and this of his well followed, in the end will bring us Sime­ [...]ns peace, Nunc dimittis in pace; to be dismissed, to depart hence in peace: Luc. 2.29. and Pax in no­vissimo, Peace at the latter end, is worth all. Peace, in the end, is a blessed end; and the beginning of a Peace, which never shall have end. Mercy our beginning, and Peace our end. This for the meeting; as in CHRIST, so in Christianitie, or the course of a Christian mans life.

Now a word, for the continuance of this meeting. For, I aske againe: Met they to part? By no meanes; but, as they be togither (now) so to continue still.The continu­ance of this meeting. We had much adoe to get them togither thus: Now we have them so, let us keepe them so in any wise. For, as this meeting made Christianitie first: So, there is nothing marres it, but the breaking it of againe: No greater bane to it, then the parting of these.

Let me tell you this: Saint Augustine is very earnest upon this point, of the kee­ping of righteousnesse and peace, (upon this Psalme and this Verse;) and of truth and mercie togither, (in the next,) upon misericors and verax, against them that would lay hold on mercie, and let go truth. O (saith he) that will not be: they mett together, they will not part now; Either, without either, will not be had. And so, of the two others. There be, that would have Peace, and passe by Righteousnesse: Tu fortè unam habere vis, & alt [...]ram non vis (sayth he,) you would gladly have one (Peace;) and for Righteous­nesse, you could be contented to spare it. Aske any, would you have Peace? With all my heart, he will answere. There is no having one without the other; Osculantur hae, amant hae; why they kisse, they love togither. Si amicam pacis non amaveris, non amabit to pa [...]e, if ye love not [...]er friend (that is, Righteousnesse) she will none of your love. Take that from Saint Augustine.

Set this downe then; Christianitie is a meeting: One cannot meet: Two there must be, and they may. But it is not a meeting of two; but, of two with two: so, no [Page 106] lesse then foure. As CHRIST Himselfe was not one nature, So neither doth Christi­anitie consist of any one vertue: Not, under foure. There is a quaternion in CHRIST, His 1 Essence, and His 2 Person, ( [...], and hypostasis,) in divinis: His 3 Flesh, and His 4 rea­sonable Soule, in humanis. Answerable to these foure, are these heer: these foure, to His foure.

And, as it is a meeting, so a crosse meeting, of foure Vertues, that seeme to be in a kind of opposition, (as hath been noted.) No matter for that. They will make the better refraction; the coole of one, allay the heat; the moist of one, temper the drought of the o­ther. The soft vertues need to be quickned; the more forward, to be kept from Altum sape­re. So are the elements, of which our bodie: So are the foure winds, of which our breath doth consist, which gives us life. And these (in the Text) have an analogie, or corre­spondence,Psal. 93.1. Esa. 66.12. Psal. 46.4. with the elements, observed by the Auncients. 1 Truth as the earth, which is not moved at any time: 2 Quasi fluvius Pax (saith Esay,) Peace as a water-streame, the quills whereof make glad the Citie of GOD. 3 Mercie, we breath and live by, no lesse then we doe by aire: Esa. 66.16. and 4 Righteousnesse, she ventura est judicare saeculum per ignem, in that element.

You may happen find one of these, in Scripture, stood much upon, and of the other three nothing sayd there, but all left out; Conceive of it, as a figure (Synecdoche they call it.) As, ye have (heer) man called earth; yet is he not earth alone, but all the other three elements as well. No more is Christianitie any one, but by Synecdoche: but, in very deed, a meeting of them all foure.

Ioh. 17.3.It deceived the Gnostique, this place: This is aeternall life, to know thee. Knowledge (saith he) is it; As if, it were all: and so, he bad care for nothing els, but to knowe, and knowing, live as they list. The Encratite, he was as farr gone the other way; He li­ved streightly, and his tenet was, non est curandum quid quisque credat, Id curandum modò quod quisque faciat: So that ye hold a streight course of life, it skills not, what ye hold in points of faith. No meeting, with these: Single vertues all.

Yes, it skills. For, both these were wrong; both goe for Heretiques. Christianitie is a meeting; and to this meeting, there goe Pia dogmata, as well as Bona opera; Righte­ousnesse, aswell as truth. Err not this error then, to single any out, (as it were) in disgrace of the rest; Say not, one will serve the turne, what should we do with the rest of the foure; Take not a figure, and make of it a plaine speech; Seeke not to be saved by Synec­doche. Each of these is a quarter of Christianity, you shall never while you live make it serve for the whole.

The truth is; sever them, and farewell all; take any one from the rest, and it is as much as the whole is worth. For (as Bernard well observed) non sunt virtutes si separen­tur, upon their separation, they cease to be vertues. For, how loose a thing is Mercie, if it be quite devoid of Iustice? We call it foolish pitie. And how harsh a thing Iustice, if it be utterly without all temper of mercie? Summa injuria then, (that is) Iniustice at the highest. Mercie, take truth away, what hold is there of it, who will trust it? Truth, take Mercie from it, it is Severitie, rather then veritie, then Righteousnesse, without Peace; certeinly wrong is much better; better then perpetuall brabbling: And Peace, without Righteousnesse; better a sword far. This, if you sunder them. But, temper these togither, and how blessed a mixture! Sett a song of all foure, and how heavenly a melodie!

Enterteine them then all foure; 1 Hope in mercie; 2 Faith in truth: 3 Feare of righ­teousnesse; 4 Love of peace: O quam praeclara concordia! O how loving a knot! how by all meanes to be maintained! how great pitie to part it!

The Time of this meeting.A little, of the Time (now,) when this meeting would be. No time amisse: no day in the yeare, but upon entreaty, they will be got to meet. Yet, if any one day have a prerogative more then another, of all the daies in the yeare, on this day most kindly; the day we hold holy to the memorie of this meeting; the day of orta est, the occasion of it. In remembrance of the first meeting, then, they are apt and willing to meet upon it againe; forward (ever) to meet, the day, they first mett of themselves. But, CHRIST this day being borne, this day, to meet of course. One special end, that He was borne, was [Page 107] that, at His birth, this meeting might be. If to day then they should not meet, that were in a sort to evacuate CHRISTS birth: if there should be a Veritas orta, without an obviaverunt sibi: So that if we procure it not, we had as good keepe no Feast at all.

What is then the proper worke of this day, but still to renew this meeting on it? For, CHRISTS birth we cannot entertaine, but all these we must too; Necessarie atten­dants upon it, every one. They be the vertues of His Nativitie, these. At His birth, CHRIST bethought Himselfe of all the vertues, which He would have to attend on Him, then; and these He made choise of, then, and for ever, to be the vertues of this Feast.

The sooner and the better to procure this meeting, the Church meets us (as Melchise­dek did Abraham) with bread and wine; but, of a higher nature then his, farr: pre­pares (ever) this day a love-feast, whereat they may the rather meet. Where, Truth from the earth may looke up to heaven and confesse; and Righteousnesse from heaven, may looke downe to earth and pardon: where we may shew Mercie, in giving where need is; and offer Peace, in forgiving where cause is; that so, there may be an obviave­runt, a meeting, of all hands.

And even so then let there be. So, may our end be as the end of the First Verse in peace; and as the end of the Second, in Heaven. So, may all the blessings that came to mankind by this meeting, or by the birth of CHRIST (the cause of it) meet in us and remaine upon us: till, as we now meet together, at the Birth; So we may then meet in a perfect man, in the measure of the fulnesse of the age of CHRIST:Eph. 4.13. As meet (now) at the LAMBES yeaning; so meet then, at the LAMBE: marriage; be caught up in the cloudes (then) to meet Him, 1. Th [...]s. 4.17. and there to reigne for ever with Him, in His Kingdome of GLORIE.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Fryday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXVIII. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

LVK. II. VER. XII.XIII.

Et hoc erit vobis Signum, &c.

And this shall be a Signe vnto you: ye shall find the Childe swadled, and layed in a cratch.

And streightway there was, with the Angell, a multitude of heavenly souldiers, praising GOD, and saying, Glorie be to GOD on high, &c.

OF these three verses, the points be two: 1 The Shepheards Signe; and 2 the Angells Song. The Signe is a remaine of Angelus ad pastores, the Angells speech to the Shepheards: We called it, as the Angell himselfe called it, a Sermon: Evan­gelizo (the word, he vseth) is, to preach.

Of which Sermon there are two parts: 1 His Birth (the verse before,) 2 His Finding, (in this.) For, this is a double Feast: not onely, the Feast of His Nativitie; but the Feast of His Invention also. Therefore the Angell makes not an end, with [unto you is borne:] but, tells them further; It is not enough, CHRIST is borne; but, to take benefit by His Birth, we are to find Him. Natus est, His part; Invenietis, ours.

Of natus est somewhat hath formerly been said: Invenietis (now) followes; and fol­lowes well. For, what is Natus est, without Invenietis? Such a one there is borne; what shall we be the better, if we find Him not. As good, not borne, as, not knowne: To us, all one. Nobis nascitur, cum a nobis noscitur. Borne He may be, before; but, nobis, natus, to us He is borne, when to us He is knowne, when we find Him; and not before. CHRI­STVS inventus is more then CHRISTVS natus. Set downe invenietis then first.

Invenietis leads us to Hoc erit Signum. For, how shall they find Him without a Signe? So come we from CHRISTVS natus, to CHRISTVS signatus. Natus, [Page 109] borne, to be found; Signatus, signed or marked, that He may be found. Borne He is, that they know: And, when, they know; (hodiè.) And, where, they know, in Bethlehem. To Bethlehem they will: but when they come there, how then? In such resort, the towne so full of strangers, as no roome in the Innes, whither should they turne them? What could they wish, but O quod erit Signum! Natus est, ô that He were Signatus! O that we had a signe to find Him by!

Their wish is honest and good: And pitie,The Division any that seeks CHRIST should want a signe, to find Him by: the Angell will not suffer that; But, before he end his speech,I he takes order for their Signe: and This it is. When ye come to Bethlehem, never search in any house, or chamber; In a stable, there, shall you finde a Babe swadled and laid in a manger; You would little think it, but that is He. And so, Signo dato, this Signe given, the Sermon ends. For, to find CHRIST is all: All, in all.

A Sermon would have an Antheme of course; It hath so. And one suitable, if it might be: An Angell preached it, and no man: It would be a Queer of Angells, and not of men, to sing it. So it is: Gloria in excelsis, all the Fathers call it Hymnum Angelicum, the Angells Hymne, or Antheme.

This is set downe in the two later verses: the 1 Queer that sing it, in the former: the II 2 Song it selfe (the dittie of it so) in the later. 1. The Queer: in it five. 1. Who?1 That there were certaine heavenly Personages first. 2. In what habit? that in the habit of souldiers to see to. 3. What number? that a great multitude of them. 4. What they did: That they tooke up this Hymne and fell on praising GOD. 5. And fiftly, When? That they did it instantly, upon the speech ended.

The Song: That consists of three streines. There are in it 1 GOD, 2 Earth, and 2 3 Men, these three first. And then, three to these three: 1 Glorie, 2 Peace, 3 Good-will: Each sorted to other: 1 Glorie, to GOD; 2 Peace, to the Earth; 3 To Men, a Good-will.

So have you the Signe and the Song: the one to ballance or counterpeize the o­ther; the Song, to sing away the Signe; to make amends, for the manger. The Signe, very poore and meane; the Song, exceeding high and heavenly. Paupertas in imis, the Signe; povertie at the lowest: Gloria in excelsis, the Song, Glorie at the highest. That, well might Leo ask, Quis est iste puer, tam parvus, tam magnus? What Child is this so little, and so great withall? Tam parvus, ut in praesepi jaceat: Tam magnus, ut Ei co [...]cinant An­geli. So little, as He lyes in a cratch: So great though, as He hath Angells to sing to Him; the whole Queer of heaven, to make Him melodie. It is a course (this) the HOLY GHOST began it (heer,) at His Birth, and after, observed it all along, Sociare ima summis, & insolita solitis temperare; to couple low and high together, and to temper things mean and vsuall, with others as strange every way.

Out of these we shall learne, 1 First, what our dutie is, To find CHRIST. The 3 Angell presupposes this; that, being borne, we will not leave, till we have found Him; till we can say, (it was the first word of the first Apostle) [...], We have found, Ioh. 1.41. found the MESSIAS. Invenietis: by all means, to find CHRIST 2 Then, how to find Him, at what Signe. 3 And last, when we have found Him, how to salute Him, with what words to praise GOD, for Him. For Him: both for His Birth; and for His In­vention. All considered, His invention, to us, no lesse behoofull, then His Nativitie. And, this day to be no lesse solemnized, for invenietis His finding, then for natus est His very Birth it selfe. It is more often found, in the first Fathers, by the name of Theophania, His appearance or being found; then by the name Genethlia, of being borne into the world. The Angells Evan [...]lizo reacheth to both: their Gloria in excelsis is soong for both.

[Page 110] I THe worke of the day is invenietis, to find CHRIST. We shall not be the better for natus est, if we find Him not. Find Him we cannot, if (first) we find not a Signe to find Him by. Erit vobis Signum, and Hoc erit (saith the Angell) a Signe ye shall have; and this shall be it: Ye shall find Him swadled, and laid in a manger.

I. The Signe. Signes never come amisse; but, are (then) so necessarie, as we cannot misse them, when we should misse without them: when, no Signe, no invenietis: As, heer. For, if a Signe; if this Signe had not been given; no invenietis: CHRIST had not been found. Not been found; for, never had been sought, in such a place. Had not the An­gell thither directed the Shepheards; Had not the Starr thither pointed the Magi, neither tone, nor tother would ever, there, have sought Him. A Non est inventus had been retur­ned by both.

And reason: For, some kind of proportion there would be betweene Signum, and Signatum; And, if the Signe be a place (as heer) betweene Locus, and Locatus. A chiefe Person, in a chiefe Place; a LORD and SAVIOVR, something Lord and Savi­our-like. To Bethlehem they will. Set the Signe by, let them alone, say nothing to them: When they came thither, they would never go to an Inne, or Ostrie, but to the very best house in the Towne. Or, if to an Inne, to the fairest Chamber in it: Or, to a Chamber, at least: Never, to the stable; there to look, in the manger, for CHRISTVS DOMINVS. To the stable we goe, to looke for an horse; To the Crib for bos cog­novit & afinus;Esay. 1.3. for one of them: Never, thither, to seeke for the SAVIOVR of the world.

Nay, if in their search passing by by hap, they had lighted upon such a Birth; a Child so lying; it may be, they would have pitied the poore Babe, and the Mother; but have gone on their way, and sought farther: Never (I dare say) taken Him, for CHRIST the LORD. And, if one should have bid them, Stay, for this is the Child, the Angell spake of; they would haue shaken him of, and said, with as great skorne as they,1. Sam. 16.27. I. Sam. X. Nunquid poterit iste salvare nos, what shall this be our SAVIOVR trow? For, invenietis is not all, to find Him: but, finding Him, to applie the Angells words unto Him; to beleeve, of this Child thus there lying, that He should be CHRIST the SAVIOVR, Gaudium omni populo, the joy of the whole earth. It goes hard, this.

We said (when time was) this message was so high, as no man meet to bring it, but an Angell of heaven. We say now, ex alio capite, this signe was so vnlikely, no man was meet to give it, but an Angell onely. And it was well, it was an Angell: if it had been any els, His Birth would have seemd (as his Resurrection did) [...], a fai­ned tale: No mans Affidavit would have been taken for it.

What were the Shepheards like to thinke of this? Sure, thanke him for Natus est, the newes of His Birth; but, not for His Signe. Erit Signum, they like well: but not, Hoc erit. If He had given them no Signe, it would have troubled them: Now, the Signe given troubles them worse. For, this Signe, they know not what to make of it; It is so poore a one, it is enough, to make them halfe in the mind to give over their jour­ney, as not caring for invenietis, whither they find Him or no: If His Signe be no better, as good lost, as found. Alwaies, this is out of the Evangelizo vobis; no part of it; for, no good newes, thus to find Him.

And we, if we admit a conference with flesh and blood, when we lay together the Signe, and of whom it is the Signe; we find, to our thin [...]ng, a great disparagement, and (I know not how) thoughts arise in our hearts, as if [...]me better Signe would have done better. The meaning is, we would find CHRIST (faign;) but we would find Him, in some better place. Halfe Iewes we are all in this point; we would have a MESSIAS in state. Hoc erit, this it shall be (saith the Angell.) Shall be: but should it be this? No: how should it be, let us see; Why, this shall be the Signe; Ye shall find the Child, not in these clouts or cratch, but in a crimsin mantle; in a cradle of ivorie: That (lo) were somewhat Saviour like: Hoc erit Signum.

[Page 111]But, in vaine take we upon us, to teach the Angell: We would have we know not what. We forget Saint Augustines, Distingue tempora: as the time is, the Angell is right; and a fitter Signe could not be assigned. Would we have had Him come in pow­er, and great glorie? and so He will come; but not now. He, that commeth heer in clouts, He will come in the clouds, one day: But (now) His comming was for another end; and so, to be in another manner. His comming (now) was, (as we say in the Col­lect) to visit us in great humilitie: and so, His Signe to be according.

Nay then, I say: First, goe to the nature of a Signe, if CHRIST had come in His 1 excellencie, that had been no Signe, no more then the Sunne in the Firmament shining in his full strength: Hoc non erit Signum. Contrarie to the course of Nature it would be, els it is no Signe. The Sunn eclipsed; the Sunn in Sackcloth:Luk. 31.25 that is Signum in sole, the Signe indeed: And that is the Signe heere, the Sunn of righteousnesse entering into his eclipse, beginns to be darkened, in his first point, the point of His Nativitie. Mal 4.2. This is the Signe (say I:) and, that had been none.

I say againe: It is not onely Signum; that is not all, it is Signum Vobis: We shall do well to look to Vobis. There is a matter, in that: For whom, this Signe was given:2 (Not the persons so much, as the condition.) For, if He had been so gloriously borne, such, as these, should never have been suffered to come neere Him. But, this is a Signe, for You: You, that keepe sheep, and such other poore people; you have a SAVIOVR too. He is not the Saviour of Great States onely; but, even of poore shepheards. The poorest of the earth may repaire to Him, being no other place but this; and by this Signe to find Him: And so, hoc erit Signum Vobis.

I say thirdly, Vobis, and take in our selves too. So, Hoc erit Signum. For, what praise 3 or thanks had it been for us, to have beleeved in Him, borne in all glorious manner? But, being thus borne, with this Signe, if now we doe it,1. Pet. 2.19.20. [...] (to speake in S. Peters phrase) this hath thanks and praise with GOD: And so, Hoc erit Signum.

Fourthly, without regard of them, or of us, I say, that even in regard of Himselfe,4 Hoc erit Signum. Would there be a proportion betweene the Signe and the Signatum? There is so. This, holds good proportion with the ensuing course of his life, and death. And, (all considered,) it is even Signum adaequatum. We may well beginne with CHRIST in the Cratch: We must end with CHRIST on the Crosse. The Cratch is a Signe of the Crosse. They that write, de re rusticâ, describe the forme of making a Cratch Crosse-wise. The Scandal of the Cratch is a good preparative, to the Scandal of the Crosse. To be swadled thus, as a Child, doth that offend? What then, when ye shall see Him pinion'd and bound as a Malefactor? To lye in a manger, is that so much? how then, when ye shall see Him hang on the Crosse? But so, —primo ne discrepetimum; that His beginning and His end may suit well and not disagree; Sic oportuit Christum nasci, Thus ought CHRIST to be borne and this behoved to be His Signe.

But then, to remove this Scandal, I say fiftly: That the lesse glorious, the more 5 glorious; the lesse glorious His Signe, the more glorious He. And even in this respect of His glorie, He was to be borne vnder this Signe. Had he come in the power and great glorie, we spake of, what great matter had it been for Him (then,) to have done things powerfull, and glorious? But, comming in this sort, these same panni and praesepe were an evident Signe, of the power of His might, in nothing so manifest, as in this, that, from so poore a beginning, He was hable to advance so glorious a worke. It was much,Exod. 2.3. from a babe floting in the flaggs of Nilus, in a basket of bulrushes (MOSES) to gather himselfe a people, even the Nation and Kingdome of the Iewes, and to deliver His Law. It was infinitely much more, from this babe (heer) lying in the Cratch, to worke the bringing in of the Gentiles, and the turning about of the whole world, and to publish His Gospell, the power of GOD to salvation. Heerein, is power: from His Cratch, to doe this. There to lay Him; and, there lying, to make so many nations come, and adore Him, as since He hath. That if ever in His humilitie, His judgement were exalted;Act. 8.33. 2. Cor. 12.9. 1. Cor. 1.25. if His power were ever made perfect in weakenesse; if ever He shewed, that infirmum Dei for­tius est hominibus, GOD at the weakest, is stronger then men in all their strength; Hoc erit Signum, in this Signe it was..

[Page 112]A signe, cum externa rejicit, quòd sibi sufficit; in that, He casts from him all out­ward signes and meanes, that He is, of himselfe, all sufficient; & nullo indiget nisi se, and needs no power but His owne. His Cratch and He will bring this work to passe. His gloria in excelsis will be hoc ipso excelsior; His glorie on high, so much the higher, for this. Ever; But, now, more then ever: And, in all His signes; but, in this, more glorious, then in any, nay then in all of them. And so Hoc erit signum this shall be the Signe: shall be, and should be, both.

6 But, I waive all these, and say sixtly: Make of the Signe, what ye will; It skills not what it be; never so meane: In the nature of a Signe, there is nothing, but it may be such; All is, in the thing signified. So it carrie us to a rich Signatum, and worth the fin­ding, what makes it a matter, how meane the Signe be? We are sent to a Crib; Not, to an empty Crib; CHRIST is in it. Be the Signe never so simple, the Signatum it carries us to, makes amends. Any Signe, with such a Signatum.

And, I know not the man so squemish, but if, in His stable, and vnder His manger, there were a treasure hid, and he were sure of it; but, thither he would, and pluck up the planks, and digg and rake for it, and be never a whit offended with the homeli­nesse of the place. If then CHRIST be a treasure (as, in Him are all the treasures of the wisedome and bounty of God) what skills it,Colos. 2.3. what be His Signe. With this, with any other, CHRIST is worth the finding. Though the Cratch be not worth the go­ing to, CHRIST is worth the going for. He is not worthy of CHRIST, that will not go any whither, to find CHRIST.

7 Lastly, I would faine know, why should the shepheards, why should any be ashamed, of this Signe? the Angells are not: Non erubescit quis quod praedicat, No man pro­claimes or preaches of that; makes a Hymne of that, he is ashamed of. And (indeed,) why should the Angells be ashamed to report it, seeing CHRISTVS non est confusus, CHRIST is not a shamed to weare it. And if He be not, so to be found, never let us be, so to find Him.

I conclude then: They that will have a SAVIOVR without such a Signe, best stay for the Iewe's MESSIAS, or get them, for their Signe, to some body els. The Angell hath none; The Gospell knowes none, but this: We must take CHRIST as we find Him; Cratch and all. The invention of the cratch, and the invention of CHRIST fall both upon one Feast; this day, both: No severing of them. All which (I trust) by this, shew plainely; the Signe was well assigned, by the Angell: and so (I hope) we will not let the shepheards go alone, but goe along with them too, for companie, to find CHRIST, in hoc Signo, by this Signe.

But the cratch is gone, many yeares agoe: What is our Signe now? Why, what was this Signe a signe of? There needs no streining at all; of humilitie (cleere:) Signum humile, Signum humilis. Not alwaies so; not with us; where, the highest minds will vse the lowest signes: but, with CHRIST, with such in whom is the mind of CHRIST, there is no odds at all. Ye may strike a tally betweene the Signe and the Signatum. Hu­militie, then: We shall find Him, by that Signe, where we find Humilitie, and not faile: and where that is not, be sure we shall never find Him. This day, it is not possible to keep of of this theme: we cannot but we must fall upon it; it is so woven into every Text, there is no avoyding it: But, of all, into the Signe, most of all. Such a Signe, of such Humilitie, as never was.

Mat. 12.38. Signes are taken for wonders: (Master we would faine see a Signe, that is, a mira­cle.) And, in this sense, it is a Signe, to wonder at. Indeed, every word (heer) is a won­der: [...] an infant; Verbum infans, the Word without a word; the aeternall Word not hable to speake a word;Iob 38 9. 1 A wonder sure. 2 And the [...], Swadled; and that a wonder too. He, that (as in the 38. of Iob. he saith) taketh the vast bodie of the maine Sea, turnes it to and fro, as a little child, and rolls it about with the swadling bands of darknesse; He, to come thus into clouts, himselfe! 3 But yet, all is well; All children are so: But, in praesepi, that is it, there is the wonder. Children lye not there; He doth: There lieth He; the LORD of glorie, without all glorie. Instead of a Palace, a poore stable; of a cra­dle of state, a beasts cratch; No pillow, but a lock of hay; No hangings, but dust [Page 113] and cobwebs; No attendants, but in medio animalium (as the Fathers read the third of Abakuk:) For, if the Inne were full, the stable was not empty, we may be sure.Abac. 3.2. A Signe this, (nay three, in one,) able to amaze any.

And is it true (saith SALOMON, and makes a wonder of it) will GOD accept a place in earth to receive Him? (When he had built Him a stately sumptuous Temple, and meant it by that.) And is that a wonder, if in such a Temple? What is it then,1. Reg. 3.27. if in a corner of a stable, in a cratch there? Will He accept of that trow? If He will, Hoc erit Signum indeed. O LORD O LORD (saith King DAVID (his Father) rapt with admiration) how wonderfull! What? why, minorasti Eum ab Angelis, Psal. 8.4. Thou mad'st Him lower then the Angells (for, to CHRIST,Heb. 2.6. Esay 53.3. doth the Apostle applie that verse Heb. II.) Lower then the Angells? Nay lower yet (saith Esay in his LIII.) Novissimus virorum the lowest of men: Nay, lower yet (saith the Angell heer,) lower then the lowest of men. For, a stable, a cratch, is a place for beasts, not for men. So low. Well may this be said a Signe, in this sense, to wonder at: If it be well looked into, it is hable to strike any man into an extasie.

But, if we stand but gazing, and wondering at this Signe, the Angell will blame us at the Nativitie, As they did the Apostles, for the like, at his Ascension. Acts 1.11. What learne we by it?

For, loquitur Signis; Signes have their speech: And, this is no dumb Signe. 2. Vobis, To you. What saith it then to us? CHRIST (though as yet He cannot speake, as a new borne babe, yet) by it, He speaks, and out of His crib (as a pulpit) this day, preaches to us; and His theme is Discite à me; Learne of me, for I am humble: Humble, in my birth, Matt. 11.29. ye all see. This, is the Praecipe of the Praesepe (as I may call it;) the lesson of CHRISTS cratch.

A Signe it is; but, not a Signe at large, indefinitely: Nothing, but hoc erit Signum. But, Signum, Vobis (for you:) limited, to some; Not, to all. For, not to some others; But, to you, and such as you are, a Signe it is: a Signe it is, how to find Him. A Signe, for whom He was borne, that thus was borne: To whome He, to whom His birth belongs. Sure, humilis nascitur humilibus. So He was borne; and, for them that are so, He was borne. Such He was found; and, of such He will be found, and of none but such.

But then, (as S. Augustine saith well) Signum Vobis, si Signum in Vobis: A Signe for you, if a Signe in you. For, in this sense also, it is a Signe to signe us with; a Signa­ture, to make a mark on us. Theirs, (in the IX. of Ezekiel) that were saved, Ezek. 9.4. they were marked with the Signe of Tau in their foreheads: That, is this very Signe, the marke of Humilitie, as being the last and lowest letter of the whole Alphabet.

And, this Signe shall follow them that beleeve; and by this marke will He know them. By the Signe, we find Him; by the same will He find us:Mark 16.17. Invenietis and inveniemini, by one and the same signe both. For, nunquam erit aliud Serva­toris Signum, aliud Servati; Never, He that saves, one Signe; they, that saved, ano­ther. At least, not a quite contrarie, but the same signe, both. By the same, that CHRIST found, by the same a Christian: Or, to speake more neerely to the day, by the same that CHRISTS Birth, by the same, the Christians new birth. For, as Faith is the vertue appropriate to His Conception (by faith He was conceived, Beata quae credidit:) So is Humilitie, as proper to His Nativitie: In great Humilitie, this day,Luk. 1.45.28. was He borne, and brought into the world. Then, if the Signe of CHRISTS Birth be the proper Signe of a Christians new birth, Gal. 4 19. wherein CHRIST is fashioned in us anew; Hoc erit Signum, that they, who to faith have not joyned Humilitie, are not yet come so farr, as to be babes in CHRIST;2. Pet. 1.56. Matt 18.3. not yet (as Saint Basil speakes) come to [...]h [...]ir [...], their swadling clouts, in the state of salvation. And what time (trow ye) will these be come to the measure of the full age in CHRIST,Ephes 4.13. that yet are no further forward? Many a [...] are there among us, if this Signe hold.

But then, if it be Signum vobis, to some; It is for some others, Signum contra vos: and that is the proud. For, the Word of GOD hath two edges: and, if it go one way thus for Humilitie; it cutts as deepe the contrarie, against Pride. And withall, vnder [Page 114] one leads us to the cause streight, and shewes us the malignitie of the disease of pride. for the cure whereof, this so pro [...]ound humilitie was requisite in CHRIST. There was one,Esa. 14.14. Gen. 3.5. when time was, tooke the disease of Ero similis Altissimo: And He breathed upon our first parents, with his Eritis sicut Dij, and infected them with it. To make themselves aequall with GOD,Phil. 2.6. is plaine robberie (saith the Apostle, Phil. 2.) For that robberie of theirs, was the SONNE of GOD robbed (as I may say) and quite spoyled of His glorie. Phil. 2.7.8. For their puffing up, [...], He was made empty: For their li [...]ting up, [...], was He brought thus low: For their comparing with GOD, came He to be com­pared to the beasts that perish: Psal. 49.12. lay in their manger, we see.

Never blame the Angell, for geving this signe; he had no other to give. As CHRIST was borne, so was He to tender Him. Aske CHRIST, why He would be so borne. Of any other child, this could not be asked: They are borne, they neither know where nor how.Esa. 53.7. Of CHRIST it may: He knew both. For, as oblatus est, quia voluit: So, natus est, He was so borne, because He would so be. And why would He so be? His Ecce venio, Zach. 2.10. His comming was to recover man. Man was to be recovered by the contra­rie of that, by which he perished. By pride he perished, that is confessed. Then, by humi­litie, to be recovered, according to the rule, Contraria curantur contrarijs. So, He to come,Gen. 3.5. Psal. 49.12. in humilitie. The pride was high; Eritis sicut Dij: the contrarie, as low, factus est sicut jumenta, as low as they; lye in their cratch.

It is strange, this point of CHRIST in the cratch, how taedious, how harsh it is to be stood on. Harsh; but, to none more, nay none so much, as to the proud: And they, of all other, have least cause to be offended with it: It is they, that were the cause of it. They should not (one would thinke) be offended with their own doing: It is long of them, all this. If there they find Him, It is they, and none but they, that there layd Him. If He be otherwise then He should, their pride is to blame for it. But for it, we had found Him in a better place. And fie upon pride (say I,) if it were but for this only: Enough, to make us loath this vice, that layd this so great a disgrace (as we count it) upon the Sonne of GOD.

But, mervaile not, if this be signum contra, to them, a signe against them; they are against it. Well sayd Bernard: In signum, positum est praesepetuum Domine, sed in sig­num cui a multis contradicitur; Thy cratch ó LORD is set for a signe; but, for a signe, which of many is spoken against (done against I am sure:cap. 2.34.) alluding to that of Simeon (at the 34. Ver. after) that CHRIST should be a signe (and, if CHRIST, His cratch sure) to be spoken against. Ose. 5.5. By many, Whose pride (saith the Prophet) testifies to their faces; you may take up the [...]dges of their garments, and shew it them; yea, that, even this day, come hither, to make a shew of it, as it were to affront this signe, and the Angell that gave it: come, to celebrate the Feast of Humilitie, in excesse of pride. Should the Angell ever have perswaded one of these, to have gone into the stable, and have sought their SAVIOUR there? Never: Doe but looke upon them; you would thinke they had some other SAVIOVR by themselves, that lay in an ivory cradle; and never looked to be saved by Him that this day lay in a mang [...]r.

Sure, it is no good signe, to be ad oppositum to this Signe. If signum vobis, to the one; signum contra vos to the other. For, if humilitie be the signe of finding CHRIST; pride must needs be the signe of losing Him; and who so loseth Him, is (himselfe) even the child of perdition: and therefore looke to this signe, well.

But, humilitie is not all, we find in this signe. The Philosopher saith, Signes are ei­ther indicant, or co-indicant. Indicant it is, of humilitie: Co-indicant of that which, in Him, and on His part, (as pride, on ours) was the cause that made Him stoope to this humilitie, and that was His Love. He left gloriam in excelsis, for [...]; His glorie on high, for His goodwill towards men. It was a signe of Love too (this.) A signe, nay an ensigne, Cant 2.4. His very colors as (in the 2. of Cant.) He termes it, love His banner, or ensigne over us. Signall love indeed; that for our sakes, refused not, first our nature, our mortalitie (that alone had been love enough:) But, not the basest estate of our na­ture, not povertie: Povertie, and such povertie, as the like was never heard of, usque ad squalorem & foetorem stabuli, to be found, where He was found; there to lye.

[Page 115] Thou didst not abhorr the Virgins wombe (so we sing:Hym. Ambros.) Thou didst not abhorr the beasts manger, (so we may sing too:) And is not this Hoc erit Signum, a very Ensigne of love?

Two waies take we measure of Love. 1 Of quanti fecit nos (first) by quanta fecit pro nobis; how much He made of us, by how much He did for us, (the ordinary way of the worlds measuring.)

2 But there is another, and that is, quanti fecit nos, by quantillus factus est pro nobis, how much He made of us, by how little He was made for us. This later we hold to be the more, by how much it is easier for Him many times, to make great, then once to be made little.

3 But then, will yee take in (this in the Text) nobis (to make up a third) For us. Vs, that, even at that time, when He shewed so great love to us, shewed so little to Him; that, if the beasts had not been better to Him, then we, He had found no place to be borne in. For us He came, and we thrust Him out from us, and from all place with us, into the place of beasts. And, if He had not borrowed their stable, caruisset tecto, He had had no roofe to cover Him: if He had not borrowed their crib, caruisset lecto, He had lyen on the cold ground, at this time of the yeare. Nobis (sure) is somewhat.

And now, to quanta fecit pro nobis. For, all this was not so much, to shew the love in Himselfe, as to worke in GOD [...], Goodwill toward men, (the foot of the Angells song;) to regaine His Fathers love: to make Him well pleased toward men, by His humilitie, with whom, for their pride, He was iustly displeased. Thus unlovely He became, to make us beloved; thus poore, to make us rich: rich in the grace and fa­vour of GOD, more worth (when the time comes) then all the riches of the world.

This (lo) is the co-indicant signe of love, these the colors of it. The cratch is the cradle of His love, no lesse then of His humilitie, and hable to provoke our love againe. The lesse He made for us, the more we to make of Him: and that, not so much, for that He was made; as for the love, by which He was made it. And, these two Signatures made in us, This signe erit signum nobis, and nobis signum, in bonum: A signe it shalbe, and to us, and to us for our good. And this for the Signe.

Will yee now, to this inglorious Signe, heare a glorious Song;II. The Song. to this cratch of humi­litie, a hymne of caelestiall harmonie? If the Signe mislike you, ye cannot but like the Song, and the Queer that sing it. The song I shall not be hable to reach to, will ye but see the Queer? and that shall serve for this time: For, by all meanes, before I end, I would deale with some-what, that might ballance this Signe of His low estate.

This, the Evangelists, never faile to do; Ever, they looke to this point carefully: If they mention ought, that may offend, to wipe it away streight, and the Scandall of it, by some other high regard. See you a sort of poor Shepheards? Stay, and ye shall see a troope of GODS Angells. Heare yee one say, layd in the cratch below? abide, and yee shall heare many sing, Glorie on high, in honor of Him that lyeth in it.

Vidisti vilia (saith Saint Ambrose) audi mirifica: Were the things meane, you have seene? Wonderfull shall they be, ye now shall heare, and see both. Vilescit praesepe, & ecce Angelicis cantibus honoratur: Is the Cratch meane? Meane as it is, it is honoured with the musique of Angells; it hath the whole Queer of Heaven, to sing about it. This also will prove a signe, if it be well looked into; a counter-signe to the o­ther: That, of His humilitie; this, of His glorie.

Surely, seeing the other three Evangelists omitted this signe, one would wonder, why S. Luke did not so too. In discretion, small credit there was in it; better have con­cealed it, (one would thinke:) a great deale better. But, Saint Luke knew what he did; He would never have mentioned the signe, but that sure he was, when he had laid Him so low, he was able to up with Him againe, and sing away all the disgrace of the signe with a strange Carroll, and as strange a Queer sent from Heaven to sing it.

[Page 116] 1. The Queere 1. Who?To the Queer then. Who were they? Where, the first I pitch on, is the word Heavenly. For, thence they came, and thither they went againe, (15. Ver.) Quid prae­sepi & coelo? What hath Heaven or heavenly Personages to do here, with the Cratch? It should seeme, some coelestiall thing there is in it: as low as it seemes, it reacheth high, as high as Heaven; heavenly things, and heavenly Personages both. About it here comes divers from Heaven: For it, there goes Glorie up to Heaven. So that, the signe is also,Esay 7.11. signum de coelo sursum, from on high, by reason of the Queer: as well as a signe, from the earth beneath, in respect of the Cratch here.

2. In what habit.How appeare they? These Personages were Angells. It is said expresly, (15. ver.) Yet are they here said to be Souldiers. What? shall we have warre then? (for they are in the habit of warre:) True, of warre; but, it is warre (not, that now is, or hereaf­ter should be, but of warr) that had been before even to the day of this Birth; but now, to cease (witnesse Pax in terris.) There had been no Peace with heaven, but plaine hos­tilitie,Ephes. 2.3. Gen. 3.24. between earth and it; No goodwill toward men, but filij irae, children of wrath all. Ever since the Cherubin first drew upon Adam, and with a shaken sword kept the entry of Paradise; Ever since, in armes, till this very day. Their habit shewes, what was before: Their song, what now should be. By vertue of CHRISTS nativitie, Peace to earth, from Heaven; Good-will, to men, from GOD. So now, upon His Birth, they were to dis­arme: but, before they put their armor of, yet being in it, they would have a Paean, and sing of the new world, that was now to ensue. A signe this, and a strange one, (this coniunction,) species praeliantium, and voces cantantium, the habit of warre, and the song of peace. Souldiers make a camp, come to fight: These make a Queer, come to sing. They are not, in the habit of Queer-men, yet they sing: They are, in the habit of men of warre, yet sing of peace.

3. What number?What number? A multitude there was of them. First, for the more authoritie: that, in the mouthes of many, this truth might be established: many, to witnesse it. 2 Then, for the better musique; if, a full Queer, many to sound it out. It was a matter of great weight; so, diverse to testifie it: It was a matter of high praise; diverse therefore, to celebrate and set it forth.

When we heare of a multitude, we feare a confusion. But (you will observe,) this multitude was multitudo Militiae; No confused rout: No; but acies ordinata, a well ordered armie. There is order, in an armie: There is order, in a Queer: There is order among Angells: coördinate among themselves, subordinate to their head and lea­der. So, a multitude without confusion.

And yet, there is a further matter in this same multitude. For, that there were not some few of them, but a great many; that was a signe, it was no petie SAVIOVR, that was borne.Iude 13.15. Gen. 18.2. To have Angells come, by one, and by two, as at the birth of SAMSON, or ISAAC, and others; But the grand SAVIOVR of all, by his troops of them; the LORD of hosts Himselfe, as attended by the whole Armie.

Heb. 1.6.For, at His Birth was fulfilled that, the Apostle speaks of (Heb. 1.6.) When He brings His only begotten SONNE into the world, He saith, Let all the Angells of GOD worship Him, Let the whole Host of Heaven do Him honor: As, honor Him (heer) they do. For,Psal. 50.23. they that offer Him praise, honor Him; and praise they offer Him, (the next word is laudan [...]ium.) And, even now they do it: Even, heer, is this honor done; Even to Him, in his cratch, is it done. And Heaven it selfe, for a while, left emptie, that it may be done. All which is but a signe, to shew, what a shew He could have made, if He had listed:Mat. 26.53. that he might have had the Legions, he speakes of at his Death, that had them in such a multitude, to day, at his Birth. A signe, He was not weake (what ever he seemed) that had these militarie forces, if He would, to take armes for Him. That He was not to be despised, how ever He appeared, that had these consorts of Angells, to sing about His cratch, and to praise GOD for Him.

[Page 117]What did they? Praised GOD. For Angells to praise GOD, is no new thing.4. What they did. Iob. 38.7. From the beginning, it was their occupation, so to do (Iob. 38.7.) But, to praise Him for a child in a cratch, that (lo) is new; A new thing; A new song, and (if you will) a new signe, too. For, never the like seen before. Before (in Iob,) their praise was for the creating; they had that only, then, to praise Him for: now, for the restoring of all things. For the birth of the world then; for the new birth of it now, by the birth of Him, by whom the world at first was made, and now (ne perderet quod condidit,) made againe, created anew, and many a new creature in it. To Him, sitting in the throne, sing they their Sanctus, Esai. 6. (For, to CHRIST was the Sanctus soong,Esay 6 3. Ioh. 12.11. saith Saint Iohn directly in his 12. & 41.) Now, to Him, heer lying in the manger; which is great odds: But indeed, to both; in imis puero, in excelsis Deo: For, He was both. And His being both, was an Ecce signum, if ever there were any upon earth.

And lastly all this [...], that instantly: No pause between; betweene Amen, 5. When? and Halleluja. No sooner the speech ended, but streight, as if the word cratch had been their rest, immediately tooke they up the hymne, and begoon it. A plaine signe, that one of these did depend on the other. This the antheme, that properly belongs to that Ser­mon: And back againe, this the Sermon, that requireth this antheme: and both to the Child in the manger. The dittie meant by Him, and none but Him. For Him, this glorie: By Him, this peace; Through Him, this good-will. Glorie, peace, and good-will, from Him, all three. And marke, that the word Cratch is the last word, in the Sermon; and the word Glorie the first, in the Song; and nothing comes between, to part these two. No­thing, to part Humilitie below, from Glorie on high. 2. Cor. 4.6. Even as He drew light out of dark­nesse, so doth He Glorie on high, from Humilitie below, by a sequence. Which when we heare, and heare it from the mouthes of Angells, sure we are; all that before seemed to tend to His disgrace, were but the Auspicia of His Glorie: All that beneath appeare in Ignominia in imis, is pronounced gloria in excelsis, and for such celebrated by the whole Queer of Heaven. And this for the Queer, and for this time.

But I aske; do the Angells praise GOD for this Birth? Vt quid illis concio, vel cantio, What do they preaching of Him or praising GOD for Him? For them, all this is not: they put it not in the first, but in the second person, Vobis. Heer is now Vobis, the third time. 1 Evangelizo Vobis (saith the Angell first:) 2 Natus est Vobis (saith he second:Verse 10.11.) And now Erit Vobis signum, third. 1 Vobis, the newes; 2 Vobis, the Birth; 3 and Vobis, the Signe; all three. And who are these Vobis? In the Song it is expresly set downe, In hominibus, For men. What meane the Angells then, to make this adoe, with lau­dantium, and dicentium, and it concernes not them at all? What then; The blessed Angells, they rejoice and sing at the good of others, at the conversion but of one poore sinner: Hoc Angelicum est. As, on the other side, the Devills manner is, to howle,Luc. 15.7. and to grieve at others good; if CHRIST come to save men, to cry,Mar. 8.24. He is come to torment them: Hoc est diabolicum.

But well; from this yet, that the Angells thus sing (whom in their owne particular it concernes not,) I rise to make this inference; that they, whom it concernes, are to do it, with farre greater reason: And that is, our selves, to whom solely and wholly this Birth, and the benefit of this Birth redounds. Shall they, for us, and not we, for us, for our selves? Shall we be in at the other three, 1 at the Newes, 2 at the Birth, and at the Signe; and be out at this of laudantium Deum? No, I trust. The Queer of Heaven did it, but to set us in; We, to beare a part: and it should be a cheife part, since the best part of it is ours. They but tooke it up; we to keepe it up; and never to let it go downe, or dye on our hands, but from yeare to yeare, as we have occasion, still to renew it. The Angells began heer; The Shepheards they follow, and praise GOD, for that they had heard and seene; the Sermon they had heard, the Signe they had seen. We,Verse 20. to come in at our turne, and to do the like.

[Page 118]You say well, for that we have heard, we may; but, not for any Signe, (we.) Yes: For that too. The Sacrament we shall have besides, and of the Sacrament we may well say, Hoc erit Signum. For a Signe it is; and by it, invenietis puerum ye shall find this Child. For finding His flesh and blood, ye cannot misse, but find Him too. And, a Signe, not much from this heer. For, CHRIST, in the Sacrament, is not altogether vnlike CHRIST in the cratch. To the cratch we may well liken the husk or outward Symboles of it. Outwardly, it seemes little worth, but is rich of contents; as was the crib, this day, with CHRIST in it. For, what are they, but infirma & egena elementa, weak and poore elements of themselves: yet, in them find we CHRIST. Even as they did, this day, in praesepi jumentorum, panem Angelorum, in the beasts crib the food of Angells: Which very food our signes both represent, and present vnto us.

Let me say this further; It is the last word in the Sacrament, This is a Sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving: and the whole Text resolves into laudantium DEVM, to praise GOD: And not to praise Him alone, but to praise Him with this Hymne of the Angelle. Now, being to praise Him with the Angells Hymne, it behoves, to be in, or as neere the State of Angells as we can; of very congruitie, to be in our very best state, when they and we to make but one Queer. And when are we so? if at any time, at that time when we have newly taken the holy Sacrament of His blessed body and most precious blood; when we come fresh from it. And, as if there were some neere alliance betweene this Song of the Angells, and these Signes; to shew that the Signes or Sacrament have a speciall interest in this Hymne; therefore is it, that even then, upon the administration of it, hath the Church ordered this very Hymne, ever to be soong or said, what ever day it fall, in the whole yeare. For then (sure) of all other times, are we on earth most neere to Angelique perfection; then, meetest to give glorie unto GOD; then, at peace with the whole earth; then, a good will and purpose in us, if ever.

But, as the time falleth out, we have more inducements then one. The day it selfe is one most proper: For, it is the very day, this Hymne was first soong on. And, the celebra­tion of the Sacrament, that is another. But the Sacrament now falling on the day, a dou­ble. Either of these, of it selfe apart; but, together, much more. For, the Sacrament, that comes at other times; the day, but once a yeare, On this Day, they both meet; and never but on this: Not to slip it then; but then, when it is most proper, most kindly, then to do it. I would to GOD, we were as meet to doe it, as the Sa­crament is to doe it at, and as the Time is, to doe it on. But as we may, let us endeavor to doe it. So enuring ourselves to record it, as oft as we may (specially, when most meetly we may) heer on earth among men; that, in His good time, we may be counted worthy to doe it on high, with the Angells in the Blisse of HEAVEN.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Saturday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXIX. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

LVK. II. VER. XIIII.

Gloria in altissimis DEO, & in terra pax, hominibus bo­nae voluntatis (vel, Vel in ho­minibus. in homines bona voluntas.)

Glorie be to GOD in the high Heavens, and peace upon earth, and Or, in men. towards men good will.

THE Antheme of the Queere of Heaven for this day. For, having heard the Angells Sermon at twise; 1 Of the Nativitie, 2 Of the Invention of CHRIST: and seene the Queere of Angells set, with their nature and condition: there remains nothing but the Antheme, to make up a full ser­vice for the Day.

This is it. Saint Luke, besides that he is an Evangelist, hath the honour further, that he is the Psalmist of the New Testament: foure Hymnes more hath he added to those of the Old. Of which foure, this is so much the more excellent then the rest, in that it is not of any mans set­ting, though never so skilfull: the Dittie and it are both Angelicall; from the Angells both. That, we praise GOD with the tongue of Angells, whensoever we praise Him with this, with Gloria in excelsis.

The Summe of it is: that though, all dayes of the yeare, and for all benefits;The Summe. yet, this day, and for this (now) above all, GOD is highly to be glorified: More high­ly then in others; Nay most highly then; for, it is in altissimis, the highest of all.

That Heaven and Earth, and men are to joine in one consort: Heaven and Earth first; Heaven on high, Earth beneath to take up one hymne: both in honour of His birth, both are better by it; Heaven hath glorie, Earth peace, by meanes of it. Hea­ven hath glorie; laetentur coeli: Earth, peace; exultet terra, at thy Nativity, O LORD.Psal. 96.11. Warranted by this Song, at thy Nativity, O LORD, let the heavens rejoice for the glorie, let the Earth be glad for the peace, that come to them by it.

And men, hominibus, though they rest, and come in last after both, yet they to do it as much; Nay, much more then both, for Gods good will toward them, which brought [Page 120] all this to passe in Heaven and Earth both: restoring men to Gods favour and grace, and all by meanes of this Child, their Reconciler to GOD that hath beene; their Paci­fier on earth, that is; their Glorifier in Heaven that shall be. They therefore, if any; nay more then any: and now, if eve r; nay more then ever, to beare their part in this glorious hymne at the cratch side.

Ita, canunt in Nativitate, quae per Nativitatem: Thus sing they at His Nativitie, of those things, that came by His Nativitie. Came to Heaven, to Earth, to Men: Glorie, to Heaven; Peace to Earth; Grace and favour to men.

The DivisionTo take a Song right, it behoveth to know the parts of it. And they are easily knowne; They divide themselves into the number blessed above all numbers, because it is the number of the Blessed Trinitie; and the mysterie of the TRINITIE do the Fathers finde in the parts of it:Eph. 2 14. 1 In GOD on high, the Father: 2 In peace, Ipse est Pax nostra, the SONNE: 3 And in Good will, the HOLY GHOST, the Essentiall Love and Love-knott of the God-head; and, this day, of the Man-hood and it.

Being Ode natalitia, if we consider it as a Nativitie, they that calculate or cast Nativi­ties, in their calculations stand much upon Triplicities, and Trigons, and Trine aspects. And heer they be all: A triplicitie of things: 1 Glorie, 2 Peace, 3 and Good-will. A Tri­gon of Parties: 1 GOD, 2 Earth, and 3 Men. And a trine aspect, r [...]ferendo singula sin­gulis; 1 To GOD, glorie; 2 to Earth, peace; 3 to Men, favor, grace, or goodwill.

I But if (as it is most proper) we consider the parts, as in a Song, The three will well II agree with the Scale in Musique: 1 In excelsis, on high, Hypate: 2 On earth, Nete: III 3 And men, howsoever they come in last, they make Mese, the Meane: Most fittly; for they (as in the midst of both [...]he other) partake of both: 1 Their soule, from on high; 2 Their body, from the earth. Not the heathen, but did confesse, the soule divinae parti­culam aurae. And, for the body, there needs no p [...]oofe, that earth it is: Earth to earth we heare, we see before our eyes every day.

1 Of these three parts then, asunder. And after, (as the nature of a Song requireth) of 2 their 1 Conjunction, 2 Order, and 3 Division. 1 Co [...]junction: Glorie on high, and in earth 3 Peace. 2 Then, the order, or Sequence: But, first glorie; then Peace. 3 And last, the division, sorting them suum cuique, each to his owne: 1 To GOD, glorie; 2 Peace, 4 to the earth; 3 [...] to men. 4 Last, of the singing of the Hymne, 1 When, the time: 2 and by Whom.

I. The s [...]verall ac­c [...]ption of the Text.There are in this Hymne (as the Greekes read, and we with them) three Rests. The ground of which three, are three Parties. 1 In excelsis Deo, GOD on high; 2 In terrâ, earth; 3 and Hominibus, men. To th [...]se three, other three; 1 Glorie, 2 Peace, 3 Good-will, as it were three streames having their head or spring in CHRISTS cratch, and spreading themselves thence,By the Gre [...]es three sundry wayes, having their influence into the three former; One of these into some one of them. Glorie upward, in excelsis: Peace, downward to the earth: Good-will to men, in the middest between both, compound of both.

You will marke: The Child (heer) is GOD and Man. GOD, from on high; Man, from the earth. To heaven, whence He is GOD, thither goeth Glorie: To earth, whence man, thither Peace. Then, as GOD and Man is one CHRIST; and as the reasonable soule and fl [...]sh is one man: So, CHRIST consisting of these two brings [...] the fullnesse of GODS favour, the true and [...]eall cause of both; yeilding them peace, while heer on earth, and assuring them of glorie, when there on high; as thither on high, we trust to be delivered, after our time heer spent in procuring Heaven glorie, and [...]arth peace. Thus, three Rests.

2. By the Latines.But, let me not keepe from you, that the Latine hath but two Rests, and of the Greeke some likewise: To two they reduce all, and well. The Places are but two; 1 On high, 2 and in earth: The Persons but two: 1 GOD, and Men: So, the Parts to be but two; 1 Glorie on high, to GOD; 2 Peace, on earth, to Men. But then what [Page 121] shall become of Good-will? Good-will is a good word; would not be lost or left out.

No more it shall. And indeed, the diverse reading of that one word makes the parts to be either two, or three. The Greeks read it in the Nominative, [...], which referres to men: then there must needs be three; there are two besides. The Latines seeme to have read it in the Genitive, [...]; (but a [...], but one letter more:) And so they make it of the nature of a limitation, Peace on earth to men: What, to men promiscuè, good and badd, elect and reprobate? No: but to such as perteine to His [...], GODS Bene­placitum, His good-will and purpose: to the children of it.

[...], or [...], Nominative or Genitive, let it not trouble you: To men, a good will; or, To men of good-will; no great matter, whither; so long as [...] referres to GOD, and to His good pleasure; Nor, to Men, or any will of theirs. And that so it is to be referred, I will use no other witnesse but Cardinall Tolet himselfe; who, in his Readings at Rome, and in the Popes owne Chappel, and upon this very place, confesseth asmuch, that so is the native signification of the word; and so, and no otherwise to be taken heer, but in that sense.

And in that sense being taken, it goes well. Glory from us, to Him: Peace, from Him, to us: From men on earth, to God on high, Glory; From God on high, to men on earth, Peace. Men, I say, toward whom He is now appeased, and with whom (now) He is well pleased; and both, for this Childs sake heer in the cratch, Mat. 3 [...]7.17 [...] [...] in whom He is so absolutely well pleased, as, of the fullnesse of His favor we all receive. GOD spake it once, and twise: 1 Once at His Baptisme; 2 and againe in the Holy Mount.

And Hoc [...]rit signum, This may be a sure signe, that He is well pleased with our Na­ture, that He hath in this Child taken it, and united it to His owne; which, if He had not been highly well pleased, He would never have done. What greater good will can there be then this? If passeth the greatest, (even that of Marriage,) union of Nature, unitie of Person.

Then riseth there another doubt, what Verbe to put to heere? For, never a Verbe there is at all. Whether some Indicative, Glorie is, or shall be: and then, it is an Hymne of Gratulation, and agreeth well with laudantium, a praise to GOD, that these (now) are. Now, hath GOD glorie: Now, earth peace: Men are now received to favour and grace. Thus: Or whether sit or esto, in the Optative: and then, it is Votum benè omina­tum, a Vow or wish, that Glorie may be to GOD; and so to the rest.

I say againe heere (as before I said: it skill'd not then, whether Nominative or Genitive;) it skills not now, whether Indicative or Opta [...]ive. Tehilla (a Praise, it is) and Tephilla (a Wish it may be) do commence. Either is well; But, both are best: for, both are most true.

By way of Gratulation: Glorie now is, or shall be to GOD, for this Birth. Before,1. By way of Gra [...]ulation. Glory is to God. it was not: at least, not so, as after. Before it was Gloria in excelsis, but DEO was left out. All Nations (in a manner) worshipping the host of Heaven, the superiour bodies; deifying the creature, passing by the CREATOR quite: Excelsa, they did; but DEVM in excelsis they did not. But, by this Birth now, downe should all Ido­latrie goe; as, downe it went, wheresoever Christian Religion tooke place. From the creature, there, all to the CREATOR. To none on high, but GOD on high. The point of Glorie much mended; GOD more Glorie, then before.

And the Earth more at peace, if you take peace in things spirituall,2. Peace is in Earth. matters concer­ning the soule. One onely I will mention. There was (as out of Varro, S. Augu­stine reckons them) no lesse then two hundred sixty and odde severall Opinions, and that of the wisest then on the earth, touching mans Sovereigne Good, or chiefe End. The verie highest point, and that did most concerne them; and, least peace, most variance in it. This mist also was scattered, and that point well cleered, by Him that was the Way and the Truth: That this [...] heere is it; the favour of GOD it is,Ioh. 14.6. and the assurance of it, and nothing but it, that makes a man truly happy, when all is done.

As for the point of GOD's good will, and favour, that was never in kind,3. And Good will toward men. till this [Page 122] Day. Many favours, much good will, before; Never so, as when GOD and Man, the God-head and Man-hood meet both in one. GOD never so pleased, as when He was pleased to assume it, into one person with Himselfe, uniting both with the streigh­test union that can be. Never that, till this day, when, for [...] good will to­ward men, He forsooke gloriam in excelsis, to come into the cratch for them. So that, for GOD's favour, the gratulation is most just; more then both the rest.

Bishop Bradwardine did joine a good issue: Let that be the Religion, let that pre­vaile, as best and most true of all other; that is Deo honorabilior, brings more honour to GOD; Paci amicabili [...]r, bestfriend to the earths peace; and Homini favorabilior, most favourable to man, as, shewing GOD better affected to him, and making men better affected to GOD, better one to another. That Religion is Christian Religion: None sings this Hymne in time, in true note, but it; all other are out. So that, we have a compendium of true Religion, and three notes of it, out of the three notes of the Song in this Antheme. And this, if it be the Indicative; or by way of Gratulation.

II By way of wish.But I confesse, it is more usuall, per modum voti, by way of wish; by sit, then by est. (Sit doth better become the Church militant: Est is more fitt for the Ch [...]rch triumphant.) Glorie be to GOD, Peace be to the earth &c. Exoptando that these may be so; and, so being, continue still, and be dayly more and more: And so taking it, to the triplicitie againe.

Glorie be to God on High.First, glorie we wish to GOD. On high stands in the midst, you may either cast it to the first word Glorie, Glorie on high, and then the point, (that is, high glorie:) Or, (with the point, after glorie,) and cast [on high] to GOD. A third varietie, (but, ea­sily reconciled) if we take in both: Glorie on high, to GOD on high. One [on high] may serve for the reason, why we wish glorie to GOD: for, GOD being Altissimus, the most High (as Melchisedek first stiled Him;Gen. 14.18.) and glorie being the altitude, or high­est pitch, we can flie or performe; by good reason, we wish Him that is Highest, the highest thing we have.

But, not every glorie do we wish, but wish it Him at the highest. All glorie is high: yet is there one glorie higher then another.1. Cor. 15.41. If any be so, that, they wish to GOD, the very height of it, even glory in altissimis, as high as it can goe.

Now, the more He is glorified, the higher His glorie: Higher, if, by Heaven and Earth, on high and below, by Men and Angells; then by either alone.

Psal. 148.This then they wish, when they say, Glorie be in the highest; that high and lowe, Heaven and Earth, Men and Angells would do their parts, to make His praise glori­ous, glorious at the highest. On earth, sound it out farre and wide, all the world over, to the ends of the earth;Psal. 150.4.5. and lift up our voices, and help them with instruments of all kinds, and make them to be heard up to the very Heavens, that so it may be in altissimis indeed. Yea, that all creatures, in both, ravished with the consideration of the great favour and good will of GOD, in this daies Birth testified, would take occasion to fill their mouthes with the praise of His goodnesse, in resolving; His wisdome in contriving; His mercie in promising; His truth in p [...]rforming the worke of this Day, the blessed Birth of his Sonne.

For the worke of the Day, to make the day of the worke a glorious day: causing it to be attended with a number of daies, according to the number of the moneths of the yeare; as no Feast els. Glorious in all places, as well at home with Carolls, as in the Church with Anthemes. Glorious in all Ages; even this day, this yeare, as on the very day, on which He was borne. Glorious in habit, in fare: But specially, (as we see the An­gells here doe) with the service of GOD, the most solemne service, the highest, the most melodious Hymnes, we have: and namely with this heere of the Queere of Heaven. In a word: all the waies [...]e can; all the waies, God can have any glory from us, to let Him have it; and have it even at the height, in altissimis.

And good reason, we should so wish: CHRIST lost His glorie, by being thus in the cratch. We tooke some from Him: to wish Him some for it againe. That was ignominia in infimis: to wish Him gloria in altissimis, in liev of it.

[Page 123]Againe, we get glorie by it; our Nature, so. For the glorie, we get by GOD heer below, to returne some glorie to GOD there on high. This is votum gloriae; this wish we, when we wish gloria in altissimis.

The next is votum pacis; they wish, Peace may be upon earth. 2. Peace in Earth. 1 Even Augustus his peace, first, (that is the first, commeth to our minds, when we heare that word;) the shutting of IANVS: for, that also was a blessed fruict of this Birth. Esay fore-told it; There should then be a bridge from Ashur to Egypt, Esa 19.23. and from Canaan to them both; that is from every nation to other, to traffique, and to trade togither.

That: but not only that, but the taking downe also of the partition wall, Eph. 2.14. which for­merly MOSES had set up, between the Iew and the Gentile; the making of them both one in the body of his flesh: Saint Pauls peace.

And yet further. For, both these are peace upon earth, of earth with earth: Au­gustus can, the world can give that peace, though many times they will not. But he speakes in a Place of the peace which the world cannot give, that is, peace with heaven. That there should not be ESAIS bridge only,Gen. 28.10. but IACOBS ladder set up from Bethel to heaven; a peace-able entercourse with that place, by the Angells descending and ascen­ding between us and them.

And further yet, peace at home with our selves, and with our owne consciences. Psal. 116.7. Turne againe [...]o thy rest ô my Soule; for, in finding Him, we shall find rest to our Soules.

And last, (to answere Gloria in altissimis) Pax in novissimis, peace at the parting, which is worth all; Simeons pe [...]ce, a good Nunc dimittis in pace, Ver. 29. a departing hence in peace. And all, by meanes of viderunt oculi, the sight of the Salvation of this Day. All these are in voto pacis.

The third is, there may be, in GOD, a good-will toward men. And,3. Good wil toward men. good-will is a kind of Peace; but, somewhat more, with an extent or prorogation; a kind of peace peculiar to men, which the other parts of the earth are not capable of. So, a further mat­ter to men, then bare peace: Even [...], to thinke well, to beare good-will, to be well pleased with men. And, what greater wish can there be then In quo complacitum est? CHRIST hath no more, then [...]. It is His high glorie,Mat. 3.17. that for His (and this His births sake, which we now celebrate) that which is verified of His Person, is verified of both His Natures: of Him, not only as SONNE of GOD, but even as SONNE of man too. And, what is verified of Him, as SONNE of man, may be verified also of the Sonnes of men, of all Mankind. This wish is at the highest, and more cannot be wish­ed, then that this favour to day begunne may still and ever continue to us all. So have you now the three parts of the Angells wish, Summa votorum, Glorie be to GOD. &c.

What is now to be done? Three things more: To see the 1 Connexion copulative, I. The Connexion copulative. Glory & Peace. 2 the Sequence, 3 and the Division. 1 The Connexion copulative, (a blessed couple) Glorie and Peace. 2 The Sequence: but, first glorie, and then Peace. 3 The Division, which to which: 1 One, to GOD; 2 The other, to earth; 3 The third, to man.

Glorie and Peace are coupled togither with an [and:] And in earth peace: That, Glorie would not be soong alone, but Peace togither with it. We will not, we may not skip the Copulative: that, couples togither high and low, heaven and earth, and in them GOD and Man: But, (that which I respect specially,) Glorie and peace must be soong togither. If we sing Glorie without Peace, we sing but to halves. No Glorie on high will be admitted, without Peace upon earth. No gift on His altar (which is a speciall part of His glorie,) but, lay downe your gift, and there leave it,Mat. 5.24.55. and first goe your way and make peace on earth, and that done come againe, and you shall then be accepted, to give glorie to heaven; and not before. And ô, that we would go and doe the like, have like regard of His glorie, that He hath of our peace. But, this knott of Gloria et Pax, is against those, that are still (ever) wrangling with one thing or other; and all for the [Page 124] Glorie of GOD (forsooth,) as if these two could not ioyne; GOD could not have His glorie, if the Church were at peace: as if, (no remedie) the Angells Et must out.

2. The Sequence: Glorie before Peace. Glorie, and Peace: but, Glorie first, and then Peace, There is much in the order. Glorie to be first, els you change the Cleff; the clef is in Glorie; that, the key of the Song. That is to be first, and before all: Peace, to give place to her; Glorie is the elder Sister: And no Pax in terris, vnlesse it be first considered, how it will stand with gloria in excelsis. To set Peace before Glorie, is to set earth above heaven. Keepe the order then; each in her place. So goeth the Song: The Child borne is GOD and Man; GOD, from on high; Man, from the earth; Coelestem primò, dein & terrestrem celebrant: They keepe the right order in singing of Him; we to doe the like: Heavens part ever to be first.

But then, next after His glorie, nothing more deere, more precious; nay nothing so deere, so precious to us then, as peace. Set Glorie safe, and then by all meanes Inq [...]i­re pacem (saith the Psalmist,) Seeke peace;Psal. 34 15. (If she hide her selfe, Seeke her out;) Et persequere eam, and pursue her; (If she flie away, follow her hard.) Peace is not sought; No man followes her, to make any pursuit; they know not the value of Peace, that lose her so easily, that follow her so faintly. Nay, insteed of pursuit, persecute her, and drive her away, and make the chasing her away, the seeking of GODS glorie. The second thing in the world is Peace: Onely one, One onely before it, the Glorie of GOD.

3. The Division of the Song.But, the Aire of the song is in the division, wherein each is sorted to his owne: GOD, to His; The earth, to hers; Men, to theirs. Iustices division (which makes peace in Heaven and Earth) skored here out so plainly, as it is easily seene, which per­teines to which. And we by all meanes so to distribute and deale them; and by all means to preserve and hold up this division. Els, we change the note, which is asmuch as the whole Harmonie is worth.

1 Glori [...] to God.Now, in this partition, Glorie goes whither? Vpon high. To whom there? To GOD, and to none but GOD. The Place and the Person are both set forth. On high, there is the Place: To God, there is the Person. Earth is not the place of Glorie: It is in excelsis, on high: Earth is not on high. Heer below it is, as it were the Celler or Vault of the world: Where though there be Exce [...]sa and Exc [...]lsi, high places and high persons both, yet the word is [...] in altissimis;E [...]cles 5.7. and Altissimi they be not; there be higher then they.

And, as Earth is not the place; So man is not the person: For, man is upon earth, and is earth. No glorie to man then; Especially, none this day, of all daies. Glorie to him, for what? For enterteining CHRIST, and lodging Him in in a stable? Confusion rather; somewhat to be ashamed of, nothing to glorie of. Had men deserved it, some to them: Now, let GOD above have the glorie of this day.

Yet, conceive it aright: we wish it, as our duty; not as any longing of His. It were a seely conceit to imagine of GOD, as if he were avidior gloriae, did hunger or thirst for our glorie. What is He the better for it? Onely, nothing we have but that; and so, either that or nothing: for, nothing but that can He receive from us. But, we have no­thing to render Him for all His goodnesse, for His [...], but [...]. Give it Him then; but, give it entirely; give it none but Him. Soli Deo (saith Saint Paul:) Soli, (saith Saint Iude: 1. Tim. 1.17. Iud. 25. Psal. 115.1.) Soli, let us all say. Not vnto us ô LORD, not vnto us: (It is DAVID, as if he were afraid to touch any part of it:) No: But, as PAVL and BARNABAS, rend our clothes,Act. 14.14. if any Divine honour be forced upon us.

Yet, glorie, we may, (I grant;) but not this, heer: Gloria in altissimis, if we sing to any b [...]t Him, we sing a false note. Men doe so, now and then; but the Angells are never out: And thus sing they, and set out Glorie for GODS part.

2 On earth, Peace.Let earth be content with Peace: Peace is her portion; and a blessed portion, if she may well hold it: a faire portion, a rich wish. For, I would faine know, what could be sai [...] more, to the prais [...] of this portion, then is heere in this song? First, that in gene­rall it reacheth to the whole earth: (Not, to men alone, though they have their share [Page 125] too, in whatsoever good commeth to the earth, but) it reacheth to all on earth: Omni animantium or vegetantium generi, to all the beasts, all the greene things on the earth; All are the better for it.

Secondly, what more for the credit of peace, then that it is Votum militare, it comes 2 from the mouthes of Souldiers that were there in their militar habit. Even they sing of peace, and praise it, and wish it, where they wish any good; and know now what better thing to wish to the earth, then it. It is the earths happinesse, Peace; it flourisheth by it. Before, was the earth as the garden of Paradise (saith the Prophet) behind, Ioel. 2.3. it was a wast and barren wildernesse, all spoiled and burnt up.

Thirdly, that it is Votum Angelicum, An Angells wish, Peace. They, being hea­venly 3 Spirits, wish not anything at any time, but heavenly: So that, a havenly thing is Peace. And so it is, as Nazianzene heere well observed, Pugnas & dissidian scire Deum & Angelos; No broiles no brabbles in heaven: nothing but peace, there. And, a kind of heaven there is upon earth, when there is peace upon earth: and iustly are they blessed, and rightly are they called the Children of GOD, the most blessed that are, or shall be at any time, that are the procurers of it. This (lo) is the Angells division, they sing.

But heere we are like to have no little adoe to maintaine this: As we said before, Huic signo à multis contradicitur; as the Signe, so the song is gainesaid of many. Verse 34. The di­vell doth all he can, to marre the Angells musique, to bring in his, his owne blacke San­ctus, to procure contempt to GODS glorie on high, to bring GODS glorie as low as he can, to make garboiles upon earth, to workemen all evill will, mischiefe, and malice that he can.

And first, to make a confusion in this division, perswades earth not to stand content with the Angells partition, but earth (forsooth) must have glorie, must be dealing with heavens part. It is well said, to GOD on high: There be certaine GODS, heere below, aspire to glorie. And, glorie we would allow, but no glorie will serve, vnlesse gloria in altissimis be soong to it. Sicut Dij cannot be gotten out of us.Gen. 3.5. We cannot yet get Dominus Deus noster Papa out of the Glosse, no, not now, after it is reformed. And King Herod would be content to be made more then a man, and to heare —Nec vox hominem sonat. And we beneath are too ready to sing it, otherwhile; to deifie those,Acts 12.22. that are on high, and give that belongs to GOD on high, to GODS below. Now, that earth is thus willing to entitle her selfe to heavens part, this brings all out of tune.

But, in tune, or out of tune, to die for it, have it we will. What the Apostles rent their clothes to put from them, we would rend our skinnes to pluck to us.Acts 14.14· So greedy are we, to be held for Gods upon earth. Nay, earth is content to thrust from her her owne part (that is, peace) to invade GODS part (that is, glorie;) Et dum gloriam usurpant, pacem turbant, to vsurpe glorie, they lose peace: we can dispense with that. Shift GODS glorie how it can, rather then our owne should suffer the least disgrace, away with peace, moveatur terra, let all the world be on a welter.

What comes of this? Pacem contemnentes & gloriam appetentes, & gloriam perdunt & pacem: Even this peace (their owne part) they set light by, Glorie (GODS part) they gape after, and lose glorie and peace (both) by the meanes; and when they have brought all to confusion, set downe by their losses. For first, by seeking glorie, glorie is lost. The heathen man well observed; Glorie is one of those things, that to seek them, is the very next way to lose; and to neglect them, the way to gaine them: Quaerendo amittitur, No readier way to misse it, then eagerly to seeke it. And againe, by see­king glorie, Peace is lost cleere. Yeelding glorie to GOD doth bring with it pacem in terris: diverting it from Him doth take pacem de terris. In very deede, Peace up­on earth, as it stands after it, so it hath a dependence vpon Gods glorie; comes (as it were) in exchange for it. Da gloriam & accipe pacem (saith God:) Let men on earth send glorie vp to God on high, and God on high will send downe peace to men on earth, and will not faile: Heavens peace, for earths glorie. Whereby we see, if we misse peace on earth at any time, what it is long of. It is that, which makes the Angells here keepe on their ar­mour still: vpon glorie deteined from God, or transferred whither it should not, they are [Page 126] vp in armes streight, haue power to take peace from the earth, till the point of glorie be set right againe. The setting right of which point is the way to recover it. Let heaven, let GOD be well served with their part, peace will not long be away. It is coupled to it (you see,) it followeth close, Et pax in terris. So much for that division.

3 Goodwill to­ward men. To men a good will. For, besides Earths peace, wherein they entercommon, Men have a part by themselves, which is their prerogative. And first, I would have you 1 to note, that here it is entered first into the Musique of heaven. In the Angells Hymne, in Esay, Esay 6.3. in the Old Testament, Men are out there: No mention at all, not a word of them, in that. Heaven is in, and Earth; but, no Men, there. In the Angells Hymne, heer, in the New Testament, heere, men are in: that, all may know, that for this Childs sake now made man, Men are now come into the Angells song; to be a part, and a prin­cipall part there, who before were left out.

2 A principall part (I say:) for, marke againe: They have never an Et, they stand by themselves. For, both those former resolve into this of Men; They, the Epitome of heaven and earth; The parties, from whom this glorie, to whom this peace is princi­pally intended to come. Glorie to GOD; Glorie and Peace: Why both? For, GOD hath received men to grace: Men are now in favour againe.

But heaven and earth and men and all resolve into the free grace and good will of GOD. How shall they performe either peace or glorie, but if there be toward them first; and secondly, but if there be in them this third of good will. Thence issues GODS glo­rie; thence the Earths peace. The fountaine of both, that: Nay, of CHRIST and all. For Him, this glorie; for CHRIST: Through Him, this peace; through CHRIST: But, CHRIST himselfe whence? Whence, but from the goodwill of GOD toward men. From whence also, the good will in men, to GOD, and one to ano­ther, if any be in them. That if we goe higher yet, even of this Birth, GODS good will was the cause; and, because His will was, men should be restored, therefore His will was, CHRIST should be incarnate & borne. Can we go any higher? are we not in altissimis? Verily, as we said, the humilitie of the Signe was so deepe, we could not sound it; so may we now, that the sublimitie of this point is so high, we cannot reach it. There is a part of Divinitie that dazles: if we look too long on it, we may well lose our sight.

Toward men, and in men.Then to [...] last. It may be turned two waies, it will beare both: (and, for my part I wish no word ever narrowed by a translation, but asmuch as might be, left in the latitude of the Originall tongue.) 1 [...] will beare [...], in homines, to, or toward men. So we turne it, and we turne it well. 2 But [...] is also in hominibus, in, or among men; [...], as well as [...], and no lesse properly. And, no hurt, if we turne it so, in hominibus; provided, in or erga homines goe first, be soong be­fore it. In hominibus so ever, as comming from in homines. For then, Donum magnum bonae voluntatis Dei, bona voluntas in hominibus; it is Augustine: Of the good will of GOD towards men, a speciall gift it is, this good will in men, to GOD and man, both. The best way is, where there are two, to take in both: So we shall be sure, to leave out neither.

1 But Toward men, first.Yet, in their sequence. To, or toward men then first: But, to, or toward them for this Childs sake. In whom He is so well pleased, as, for His sake, He is pleased, first to receive men to pardon, though grievous sinners, and so vtterly vnworthy of it.

Secondly, He is pleased to reward their works also, otherwise (but for this good will in GOD, in accepting them) that might justly be excepted to, for their many imperfections: to take them well in worth, though they want worth; and to vouchsafe them a reward, and that a high reward; for, it is your heavenly Fathers good pleasure to give you a Kingdome. Chap. 12.32.

Thirdly, beyond both these, He is further pleased, in some case to accept even of this [...] at our hands; and though skill and power both faile, and be wanting; yet a wil­ling minde if there be, if there be but that, a man is accepted, according to that, he hath, 2. Cor. 8.12. Mar. 14.8. Mar 12.44. not according to that, he hath not. MARIE MAGDALEN's quod potuit fecit; the poor widowe's quod habuit dedit (and GOD wot, it was but two mites) yet well taken [Page 127] though: One [...] by another. That He placeth not acceptance, neither in [...], deepe capacitie of witt; nor in [...], great habilitie of power; but in [...], readinesse of good will, an honest true meaning, an vnfeigned hearty desire: Vt si sit actio­nis infirmitas, at si sit voluntatis integritas, though there be weakenesse in the act, yet, if there be soundnesse in the will, out of His good will toward men, He will accept this good will in men. Neh. 1.11. NEHEMIA's desire to feare Him; 2. Reg 20.3. EZEKIA's setting his heart to seek; The Luk. 11.42.47. Servants but preparing to doe His Masters will: And even in DAVIDs secun­dùm cor meum, his honest true heart was the fairest flower in his garland.1. Sam. 13.14.

And this, if it were well weighed and digested aright; If CHRIST, if all that comes by CHRIST (and that is all in all) be by His free grace and favour; If men were but rightly conceited in this point, it would soone bring them out of conceit with their owne I wote not what; It would make them truely humble: And it is the humble man that gives GOD the true glorie, that sings this song right, when all is done. The glorie, that comes to GOD, is [...], the first word, for the last. With glorie it beginnes, with good will it ends; and with good will it beginnes, and with glorie ends: And the first shall be last, and the last first. Mat. 19.30.

But, when we have fixed bona voluntas in homines, what hurt will it doe,2 Then, In men. to wish bo­na voluntas in hominibus? Sure, none. Bona voluntas in homines is to worke this bo­n [...]m voluntatem in hominibus, and that, by very course of kind. For, Suum Simile, grace t [...] b [...]g [...]t his owne like, is most naturall: Beneplacitum Dei, to beget Beneplacitum Deo; Who, out of His good pleasure worketh in us both to will and to do;Phil. 2.13. and whose only worke it is, Vt resp [...]ndeat bonae voluntati Dei, bona voluntas hominis.

What harme then, if the Angell should wish it or commend it to men, in whom if it be, it comes from that of GOD meerely, and from no other. Verily, what is praise-worthy in GOD, cannot but be so in men too. Summa Religionis est, assimilari Ei quem colis, To become like to Him, we worship, is the pitoh of all Religion.

Now, an [...] at the second hand there is in men. The word it selfe is ascribed to them of Achaia, Rom. 15.26.10.1. Phil. 1.15. towards the poore Saints at Hierusalem (Rom. 15.) To Saint Paul towards the Iewes (Rom. 10.) To the Philippians towards Saint Paul (Phil. 1.) and in other places.

To wish then in men this [...] toward GOD; which, where it is,1 In men to­wards GOD. makes men to [...], have a good conceit or opinion of GOD; which will bring forth a good affection to GOD. It is well observed, it is not [...] (which is properly Greeke for good will) but [...], which is rather a good thinking, if we goe to the very nature of the word: But, it will come all to one. Onely, the affection that beginnes in the opinion, is noted for good; and the opinion, that is bred in the affection, not so.

From that good conceit of GOD, accepting well whatsoever it pleaseth Him to send: If good, receiving it thankfully; if otherwise taking it patiently; ever praising GOD for all. But, no waies enterteining, of Him, that opinion, for which they can­not but love him the worse, if, as of a Tyrant sentencing men to death, onely for His pleasure, before they have offended Him at all. That would prove no [...], as it may be handled. And the Apostle tells us, the [...], that is in GOD, is [...]; it is not,2. Thess. 1.11. but regulate by His goodnesse (2. Thess. 1,) for which ever may there be glorie as­cribed to Him.

Then, to wish it in men towards men: An [...] also, which, where it is,2 In men to­ward men. breeds an inclination to [...], to take all in the better part; and if possibly we can, and as much as in us lieth, to have peace with all men. Which if it were on earth, would make hea­ven on earth. Peace is not said (as glorie) to be [...], but [...]; and [...] is over: For,Rom. 12.13. (indeed) it doth but hover aloft over the earth, would light, but cannot otherwhile. The Raven can, but the Dove cannot, for want of this Bona voluntas in hominibus, or these homines bonae voluntatis. It finds them not well willing to peace, while every one stands more for his owne reputation, or other ends, then either for Churches or Countries peace. Banish the opposites of [...],Rom. 10 2. Phil. 1.15. Envie (Rom. 10,) Malice (Phil. 1.) and peace will be no stranger upon earth. It would then be [...] where it is [...]; the same Praeposition in both. All depends upon the cadence [...]: performe that well, and it will be Musique for an Angell.

[Page 128]And, now ye have heard all the parts, what shall we do with this song? Sing it. But we have no Angells to sing it, and it will be Musique for an Angell. Angells it would be, as at first it was: But, when it is not, it will please them well, that men sing it, whom it most concernes. But, if by men, of very congruitie, and Angells song would be, by men, when in some degree they drew something neer to the Angells estate. At least, when neerer then at other times.

And when is that, that men on earth come so? at what time? Sure, if ever men doe rise above themselves, and approach in any sort neer to those blessed Spirits; if ever they be in state with Angells and Arch-angells to lawd and magnifie His glorious name; if in all their lives they be in peace and charitie, the bond of perfection, the bona voluntas we speake of; if at any time it be in men, and they homines bonae voluntatis; upon the ta­king of the Sacrament it is: At that time, then, or never, they lift up their hearts in true devotion. So, then in best case, that in all our lives, to sing it: if CHRIST dwell in our hearts by faith; if we be temples of the HOLY GHOST.

And, that we might be in that case, and so sing it, the Church is never unprovided, this day, of this meanes of elevating our minds: And it is operae pretium worth the while, if it were but for that; and ther may be joy among the Angells in heaven, to heare their Hymne kept still alive. Though, there is another congruitie for the Sacrament; That the great Mysterie of Godlinesse, 1. Tim. 3.16. which is GOD manifested in the flesh, might not be ce­lebrated without the Mysterie of His flesh: that, the day, He came among us to be par­taker of flesh and blood, we also might be partakers of the flesh and blood which He tooke from us, to give them us againe.

But otherwise, this Day, in this Hymne, and this hymne, in this Day continually have a speciall interest. Time in Musique is much. And, if we will keep time with the An­gells, do it when they do it, this day they did it: And what fitter time to sing it, then the day, it was first soong, the day of the first singing of it, Canticum diei, in die cantici? When should the hymne of CHRISTS birth be better soong, then on CHRISTS birth day?

But, because it is not Vox but Votum; the voice is not all, but the hearts desire and wish it is, that GOD chiefly respecteth; to add that. And, what should we wish from our hearts, but, that the Angells may have their wish; Every one may have his due, as it is heer sett out.

And, for that Nihil aequius est, quam ut pro quo quis oret, pro eo laboret, what we wish for, we should not stand wishing only, but endeavour with-all, it may come to passe; that it be our labour too, with all our endeavours, to procure the glorie of heaven, and the peace of the earth: To find peace in the goodwill of GOD, and to give Him all glorie for it, who hath appoynted peace our portion heere, and glorie our hope layd up there. Assuring our selves, that the same [...] that was hable to bring the SONNE of GOD from heaven into earth, shall have the like power to lift up the Sonnes of men from earth to the glorie of heaven: There, with the blessed Angells, to sing this glorious Hymne eternally. No more, of wish then, but of fruition, and so of everlasting Gratulation.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Moonday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXX. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

MATT. II. VER. I. II.

Cum ergo natus esset IESVS in Bethlehem Iudae, in die­bus Herodis Regis, Ecce Magi ab Oriente venerunt Ierosolymam, dicentes,

Vbi est qui natus est Rex Iudaeorum? Vidimus enim stellam Ejus in Oriente, & venimus adorare Eum.

When IESVS then was borne at Bethlehem in Judaea, in the daies of Herod the King, Behold, there came Wise men, from the East to Jerusalem, saying,

Where is the King of the Jewes that is borne? For, we have seene His starre in the East, and are come to worship Him.

WE passe now this yeare, from the Shepheards, and the Angells, to the Wise men, and their Starr. This Starr, and their com­ming no lesse proper to this Day, then those other were. For, though they came not to Hierusalem, this day; yet, this day venerunt ab Oriente, from the East they came: They set forth, this very day. For, they came when IESVS was borne; And, this day, was He borne. Howsoever the Starr brought them not to their journeys end, till twelve dayes hence; yet, this day, it first shewed it selfe: how soone IESVS was borne, vidimus stellam, it appeared streight. For which very appearing, you shall find, the Fathers of the East Church doe call this first day [...], aswell as the last. This first, wherein His Starr appeared, and they began their journey: That last, wherein He ap­peared himselfe, and their iourney was at an end. First, and last, an Appearing there was. One beginnes, the other ends the Feast.

We passe from one of them, to the other; but, from the lesse, to the greater: [Page 130] For, of the twaine this is the Greater. Greater, in it selfe: Greater, to us. Two waies greater, in it selfe. Th' other (of the Shepheards) a poore one: poore and meane. This (of the Wise men) a Signe of some State: high and heavenly.

Esay 7.11.GOD bad Ahaz ask a Signe; Ask one from heer below, or one from the height above: He would aske neither, but GOD gave both. From below, Hoc erit Signum, you shall find the babe in a manger: Luk. 2.12. Low enough: (That we have done withall.) Now, from above, Ecce vidimus stellam, The Signe from Heaven: His new Starr.

Besides (to speake vprightly) one might in some sort complaine, of the private­nesse of the Angells appearing: Somewhat obscure it was; few priuy to it: passed over in the night, betweene the Angells and them. And, upon it, three or foure She­pheards got them into the stable; and, what there they did, no man could take no­tice of.

More famous, and more Manifestation-like was this heer. A new Light kindled in heaven, A Starr, never seene before. The world could not but looke up at it, and ask what it meant.Mal. 19.4. Nothing appeareth there, but, the Sound of it goeth out into all lands, and the newes of it to the vtmost parts of the earth.

This made another manner venerunt: upon this came there to Hierusalem (not a rout of Shepheards, but) a of troope Great Persons. And not from a heath, or Sheep. common hard by; but, from a farr, from the East, twelve daies journey of. All Hie­rusalem rang of it. The King, Priests, and People busied with it. To this day, remem­bred in all Stories. It cannot be forgotten: For this was not done in a corner. This was (indeed) a Manifestation. Acts 26.26. Better, in it selfe, thus.

And, for us, Better: For us all. For we (all) hold by this. It was a brack in the former; The Sermon was made, and the Antheme soong, and none at it but the Shepheards. And what were they? Iewes: What is that to us? This Scripture offereth more grace. Iam. 4.6. These (heer) that came from the East, first, they were Gentiles. Gentiles; that concernes us, for so are we. We may then looke out, if we can see this Starr. It is ours, it is the Gentiles Starr. We may set our course by it, to seeke, and find, and wor­ship Him, as well, as they.

This is for us all. But there is yet more grace offered to some in particular. The Shepheards were a sort of poore simple men altogether unlearned; But, heer come a troope of men of great Place, high account in their countrey: And withall, of great Learned men (their name gives them for no lesse.) This (lo) falls somewhat proper to this Place and Presence, that will be glad to heare it. It is faustum & salutare Sydus to such; that wealth, worth, or wisedome shall hinder none, but they may have their parts in CHRISTS birth, aswell as those of low degree. It is not onely Stella Gentium, but Stella Magorum: The Great Me [...]s, the Wise mens Starr, this.

So, quoad nos, for us, it fitteth well. And, quoad se, of it selfe, it is fit every way. This Starr leads us to another Starr;Esay 11.1. 2 Pet. 1.19. Psal. 110.3. even the Root and Generation of DAVID, the bright morning Starr. He of whom Zach. 6.12. Zacharie saith, in the Old Testament, Ecce Vir, Oriens nomen Ejus: Yea, Oriens ab alto (saith Luk. 1 78. Zacharie, in the New:). Visits those of the East, whence the day springeth; takes them that are neerest Him; and His ri­sing works upon the place first, that beares His name. The Wisedome of GOD the be­ginning of all His waies is found by wise men, Pro. 8.22. of all other (because they be Wise) most fit to find Him.

The DivisionTwo verses I have read. In the former, after the Matter of the Feast first remem­bred, I (When IESVS was borne,) accompanied with the two circumstances of Place and Time, (The Place where, Bethlehem Iuda; The Time when, the dayes of Herod the King:) There is a memorable accident (that then happened) set downe: A Venerunt, A Comming or arriuall at Hierusalem. And they, that so came, were a companie of Magi, from the East. And this (lo) hath the Ecce on the head of it: Ecce, venerunt Magi ab Oriente, Behold, there came, &c. As the speciall point, in the Text: and so, we to make it.

II In the later, is set downe their Errand: Both the 1 Occasion, and the 2 End: best expressed by themselves, out of their owne dicentes. 1. The Occasion: Vidimus stel­lam; [Page 131] They had seene His starre. 2. The End, Venimus adorare, They are come to worship Him. Viderunt, Venerunt, Adorârunt.

That they may come to their finis vltimus, they must have a medius finis: That is, to wo [...]ship, they must finde Him where He is.

So they aske, Vbi est? Not, whether He be borne; but, Where He is borne. For, borne He is, they are sure, by the same token they have seene His Starre: His Starre is up; that is risen; therefore He is risen too.

So, the Starre in heaven kindled another Starre in earth, (S. Peter calls it the Day-starre which riseth in the heart, that is, faith) which shined, and manifested it selfe,2. Pet. 1.19. by their labor in comming, diligence in inquiring, duty in worshipping.

CHRISTS birth made manifest, to them, by the starr in heaven: Their faith (the starr in their hearts) made manifest to CHRIST, and to all, by the travaile of it, which shewed it manifestly.

That (upon the matter) there falls a three-fold Manifestation, (you may call them three starrs, if you please:) 1 The starr in heaven: 2 the day starr, in their hearts: 3 and, CHRIST Himselfe, the bright morning starr, whom both the other guide us to: the Starr of this morning, which makes the Day, the greatest Day in the yeare.

The summe of all riseth to this. That GOD hath opened a door of faith to the Gen­tiles: And, among them, to Wise men and Great men, as well as to the simpler sort.Act. 14.27. But with this condition; that they say with them, venite adoremus: And so, come, and seeke, and find, and worship Him; that is, doe as these did.

WHen IESVS was borne: That (when) is now.The Matter. His Birth is the ground of the Feast, and the cause of our Venimus, our comming togither. Where, this we note first. It is the verie first time, the first (was borne) in the Bible: was borne, never till now. Heere, the tide turnes; the sense changes, from shall be to was. A blessed change; and, the day is blessed, on which it happened.

Before He was borne, it was so sure He should be borne, as ESAY sayd, Puer natus est nobis. But for all that, there is some oddes between ESAI's natus est, Esa. 9.6. and Saint MATTHEVVE's. That was but virtually; as good as borne: This, actually; borne indeed.

IESVS CHRIST yesterday, and to day, and the same for ever. The same, yet not altogither after the same manner. There is as much betweene IESVS CHRIST,Hebr. 13.8. yes­terday, not come; and IESVS CHRIST, to day, cum natus esset; as is betweene a state in reversion, and one in being.

The Fathers aptly resemble their case, that were the ante-nati before CHRIST, and ours that came after, to the two men (Numb. 13.) that carried the great cluster of grapes, upon a staffe betweene them. Both carried; but,Num. 13.24. he that came behind saw that he carried: So did not he that went before. The post-natti (sure) are of the surer hand: And so, for cum natus esset (the day and time) to hold a Feast: for When IESVS was borne.

Weighty circumstances are ever matter of moment; in a storie specially.The Circum­stances. Three there are in the first Verse: 1 The Place: 2 the Time: 3 the Persons. 4 I adde a fourth (out of the S [...]cond Verse) the Occasion. The place (Vbi,) Bethlehem Iuda. The time (Quando,) the dayes of Herod the King. The Persons (Quibus,) Wise men from the East. The Occasion (whereupon) A new Starre appearing; Every one of the foure having a severall Prophesie running of it; and every Prophesie, a filling of it, in these words.

The Place: He was borne in Bethlehem Iuda: Mica. 5.2. And thou Bethlehem Iuda (saith the Prophet Mica) out of thee shall He come. And now, come He is.

The Time: the dayes of Herod the King. The Scepter shall not quite depart from Iuda, till SILO come (sayd old Father Iacob in his prophecie:) SILO then is (now) come.Gen. 49.10. For, the Scep [...]er is in Herods hand: His Father, an Edomite; His mother, an Ismaelite: Iuda cleane gon.

[Page 132]The Persons: Psal.72 10. Esa. 60.6. Magi ab oriente, Kings from the East. The Kings of Arabia and Saba shall come and bring gifts (saith David:) And Esai specifies them, Gold, mirrhe, incense. These Kings are come: Heer they are; they, and their Gifts, both.

Numb. 24.17.The Occasion, whereupon: A starr risen. A starr shall rise of IACOB (saith Balaam, no very good man, yet a true Prophet, in this) and his prophesie true, and for such recor­ded in the Books of Moses.) This Starr is, this morning, up to be seen. Prophesies of all foure: and, all foure accomplished.

1. CHRISTS Vbi.Of the Place, of Bethlehem, (out of MICA) it hath formerly beene treated: I but touch it and passe it, now. It was the place, where DAVID himselfe was borne. And, what place more meete for the Sonne of DAVID, to be borne in? It was the place, where was heard the first newes of the Temple: And, where could the Lord of the Temple more fittly be heard of?Ioh. 6·51. It is interpreted Domus panis, the House of Bread: What place more proper for Him, who is the living bread, that came downe from heaven, Mica. 5.2. to give life to the world? It was the least, and the lowest, of all the thou­sands of Iuda: What litle and low is, in things naturall; that, lowlinesse, and humilitie is, in spirituall. This naturall birth-place, of His, sheweth His spirituall. Humilitie is His place; Humilitie (as I may call it) the Bethlehem of vertues: Where you find it, Lo, there is He borne. So borne in us, as borne for us. Passe we CHRISTS Vbi; And now, to His Quando. 2. CHRISTS Quando.

Of the Time: the dayes of HEROD the King. And those were evill dayes; Dayes of great affliction,Psal. 137.7. to that land. Iuda's scepter cleane broken: not a lawgiver left be­tween his feet. Edom (that is HEROD the Edomite) cried, downe with them, downe to the ground. Ier. 31.15. Not so much as a sort of seely babes, but barborously slaine in their mothers armes: enough, to make Rachel mourne, as she lay in her grave. Dismall dayes, cetein­ly: Why, Then comes SILO: When mans help furthest of, then GODS neerest: When it is dark, then rises the Starr.

Gen. 49.10. Num. 24.17.What one prophecie of Him, but came even so; even, at such a time, when they were most out of heart, and needed comfort most. IACOB's, when they were in Egypt, the house of bondage. Balaam's, when in the wast and barren wildernesse, among fiery Ser­pents. Esai's, Dan. 9 25. Agg. 2.9, 10. when they were ready to be over-runn with the two Kings of Syria, and Israel. Daniel's, when in Babylon, the land of their captivitie. Agge's, when they built the wall with the trowell in one hand, 2. Pet. 1.19. and the sword in the other. As His Prophecies came (still,) So came He: His Prophecies (saith Peter,) as a candle: Himselfe, as a starr: in the darke, both. For all the world, like the time of the yeare His birth fell in; in the sharpest sea­son, in the deep of Winter. As humilitie, His place: So, affliction, His time. The time and place fitt well. For, the time of affliction makes the place; makes humilitie: Which place CHRIST is borne in. I passe this also, and come to the third; of the Persons.

3. CHRISTS Quibus.For, there stands the Ecce; upon it. Which Ecce points us to it, as to the chiefe point of all: As (indeed) it is. And our chiefe endeavour, to include our selves, to have our parts, in this Venerunt, in comming to CHRIST.

Heer is a comming, Venerunt: And they that come, Magi. In which Commers we consider foure points: they susteine foure Persons: 1 Of Gentiles; 2 Gentiles, from the East; 3 Great Persons, Great Princes, (for, so we may be bold to call them, as the Prophecie calls them, Kings:) 4 Of great Learning and wisedome; So [Magi] their name gives them.

1 Gentiles.To Bethlehem came the Shepheards. Nothing to us they were Iewes. But, thither came these too,Act. 14.27. and they were Gentiles: and, in this Gentiles, we: So come we in. Then hath GOD also, to the Gentiles, sett open a door of faith. At which door we enter; We with them, and they with us: For, they and we Gentiles both. This starr is stella gen­tium, the Gentiles starr: And so, ours; and we to direct our course by it. All, that e­ver write, call them Primitias Gentium, the first fruicts; Antesignanos, the standard-bearers, [Page 133] to all the Gentiles, that came in after. Vpon this, I begg leave to stand a little, since it is our tenure, We hold by.

And, that GOD would thus doe, call the Gentiles in, there was some little Ecce (still) some small Starr-light from the beginning.

By way of Promise. So much promised, by the Patriarchs. NOE; that Iaphet 1 should at the last dwell in the tents of Sem. ABRAHAM; that,1. Gen. 9.27.22.18. in his Seede (not any one Nation, but all the nations of the earth be blessed. IACOB; that, SILO's comming should be expectatio (say some, and some, aggregatio) Gentium: 49.10. All na­tions looke for Him; all be gathered to Him.

By way of Figure. Asmuch was shadowed in the Law, the Tabernacle, and the 2 Temple: all, figures of things to come. The Law: Where was it given?2. Heb 16.1. Gal. 4. [...]5. Was it not in Sinai, a mountaine in Arabia (saith the Apostle) and so upon heathen ground? I trust, we may have leave to come upon our owne ground. And by whom? Was it not by MOSES? And we claime to him by alliance: His wife was the daughter of the Priest of Madian: So, of a heathen woman; and his children,Exod 2.22. hea­then of halfe blood.

The Tabernacle; Was not the silk, and gold, and riches, it was made of,Exod. 12 36.25.2. &c. the spoyles of Egypt, and so heathen stuffe?

The Temple: 1. Chro. 21.18. Was it not founded upon the threshing floore of ORNAN the Ie­busite, a heathen man? So, on heathen soile; and, aedificium cedit solo. The timber and materialls of it, came they not from Hirams countrey, a Heathen King? And,1. Reg. 6.10.7 13. &c. the chiefe workman, in it (the sonne of a man of Tyre) Heathen also. So, the Heathen were never wholly out. Venerunt, they came, they made their proffers. Some Ecce, some little starre still.

Now the Prophets, when they came, had we not hold there, too? At the same time, that GOD gave MOSES to the Iewes, who wrote of CHRIST, did he not likewise 3 give BALAAM, to the Gentiles, who, in the mountaines of the East, Num 24.17. prophesied of CHRISTS Starr, heer? Great odds (I know) betweene the men; None, betweene their Prophesies: Both, alike true: both their places alike, in the Librarie of the HOLY GHOST. After that, IONAS: howsoever his Book stand in the volume of the Pro­phets, yet (when time was) it was shewed, that, in time, he was the first of the sixteene Prophets; before, and ancient to them all. And this was a faire Starr, that His first Prophet of all GOD sent to Ninive, the Great Citie of the Gentiles, then: And sent him, before He sent any of the other fifteene to his owne people (then) in shew,Ion 1.2. the People of the Iewes.

But, even of them He sent to the Iewes, saith not Esay directly, the Roote of IESSE should be as a Standard, all the Nations gather vnto Him? Saith not GOD there,Esay 11.10. It was too poore a seruice for CHRIST to doe to Him, to draw to Him a sort of seely Shepheards; He would give Him, as a Light to lighten the Gentiles, to bring them, Esay 42.6. even the very best of them, from the ends of the earth. That Light to lighten the Gentiles was this Starr (heer;) Simeon had it reveiled to him, whereto this, Starr referred, and what it meant; For,43.5. Luk. 2.31. it lighted them indeed. And this, standing the first Temple. And, saith not Aggee, (standing the second Temple) The desire of all nations should come, (meaning CHRIST;) the desire, not of one Nation alone, but even of all. So,Agg 28. the Prophets will not be against this venerunt: they are (all) for it.

And was not also this venerunt dayly soong in their Queer? The Psalme of the Nativitie: I will thinke vpon Rahab (that is Aegypt) and Babylon, among such as 4 shall know me. Behold ye the Philistims also, and them of Tyre, with the Morians;Psal. 87.4.5. Lo, there was He borne. Borne, in all those places; that is, His birth concernes them all; all, their interest in it. In the Psalme of His Passion: All the ends of the earth shall remember themselves, and shall turne vnto the LORD,Psal. 22.27. And all the kindreds of Nations shall worship before Him. In the Psalme of the Resurrection: That, He should then become the Head-stone of the corner, and joyne both Iewes and Gentiles in one coigne, or angle. And, in the Psalme of His Ascension: Psal. 118.22. That the Princes of the Nations should be joyned to the People of the GOD of ABRAHAM.Psal. 47.10. [Page 134] And,Psal. 72.11. in the Psalme of His Exaltation: That all Kings should kneele before Him, all Nations doe Him service.

That which (then) was thus promised, to, and by the Patriarchs; shadowed forth, in the figures of the Law, the Temple, and the Tabernacle; That, which was foresaid by the Prophets, and foresoong of in the Psalmes; that, was this day fulfilled: Venerunt, heer they are come: And Venimus; We, in them, and with them. Who, not onely in their owne names, but in ours, make heere their entrie; came, and sought after, and found, and worshipped their SAVIOVR, and ours, the SAVIOVR of the whole world.

A little wicket there was left open before, whereat diverse Gentiles did come in. Many a Venit there was: Venit Iob 1.1. Iob, in the Patriarchs daies. Exod. 18.5. Venit Iethro, in Mo­se's: Ios. 2. Rahab, in Iosua's: Ruth. 1.4. Ruth, in the Iudges time: 2. Sam. 18.2. Ittai (the King of Gaths sonne,) in David's: 1 King. 10.1. The Queen of Saba, in Salomon's: The 1. King 17 9 Widow of Sarepta, in Elia's: 2. King. 5.15 Naaman (the Syrian) in Elisa's time. Each of these, in their times, had the favour to be let in. This was but a Venit: a little wicket, for one or two. Now, a venerunt; the great Gate set wide open, this day, for all: For these heere, with their camells and dro­medaries, to enter, and all their carriage.

In the setting downe His Genealogie (the Chapter before) That Salmon espoused Ra­hab the Canaanite;Matt. 1.5. that Booz likewise, Ruth the Moabite; it is plaine, that CHRIST descended (according to the flesh) of Heathen. Descending of Heathen, He will never disdeigne them, of whom He is descended; Never shut them out, but invite them to His Child-house; As (we see) this day by His Starr, He did.

And (if you mark it) of His first Sermon, the Widow of Sarepta, and Naaman the Sy­rian were the theme;Luk. 24.25.27 which made, His Sermon was not liked. Yet, that Theme He chose purposely.Matt. 12.42.41 And the Queen of the South, and the men of Ninive much in his mouth: He mentioned them willingly. And (to end this point;) He that, at His Birth (now) received these of the East;Ioh. 12.20. a little before his death, in like sort, received Graecians from the West, to See and to salute Him: And, streight upon it (upon the receiving them) brake out and said,23. The houre is come now, that the SONNE of man is glorified; when East and West are come in, both.

I have a little stood on this, because it is the Ecce point. I conclude; The Place, He was borne in,Luk. 2.7. (an Inne, which is for all passengers of what countrey soever;) The Time, He was borne in, (of the Taxe, when all the world came up to be taxed;) The very Starr, which (as the nature of Starrs is) is common to all Coasts and Climates,Luk. 2.1. peculiar to none; All shew, that from all coasts they may now come; that, the Gentiles are now to be (as the Apostle in three pregnant termes delivers it) [...],Ephes 3.6. fellow-members, fellow-partners, and fellow-heires of one body; Co-partners and Co-heires of CHRIST, and His birth. This, for Stella Gentium, the Gentiles Starr; So, both theirs and ours.

There came Gentiles: 2. Gentiles, from the East. And they came from the East. This may seeme to set us back againe; for, we are of the West, the contrarie Climate. That is no matter. For, in that they came from the East, there lyeth yet further hope for us; even, from that point of the compasse.Gal. 2.15. For, that is not onely Gentiles, but sinners of the Gentiles: Sin­ners, and that chiefe sinners. For, so were they of the East; greater, farr greater sinners, then the rest. For tell me, what sinne was there, that came not from thence? There was the Tower set in hand, Gen. 11.2. that should have confronted GOD; and of it came Babel, and from it, confusion. 2 Thence, came all tyrannie and oppression among men, from Nim­rod, that hunted and ranged over men, Gen 10.9. as over beasts in a forrest. 3 Thence, all Idolatrie, and Worship of false Gods; both, in earth, from Belu's toomb, first: And, in heaven, from the Starr of their God Rempham (which Saint Stephen speaks of.) 4 Thence (from the mountaines of the East) the posteritie of Balaam, Act. 7.43. false Prophets, that love the wages of vnrighteousnesse;Num. 23.7. 2. Pet. 2.15. and, from them, all that naught is. And, if in all these it did, It cannot be denied, but that the whole world received their infection that way, from the East.

[Page 135]And herein appeared the grace of GOD, which bringeth salvation to all men, Tit 2.11. and to all sinners, as faire and cleere, as the Starr it selfe; that, thence (out of the mountaines of the East) GOD called these to seek, and guided them to find CHRIST: that, whence the poyson first came, thence might come the Triacle: and that, as they were the first that went out, so they should be the first that came in.

So the East sets us not further backe, but brings us neerer. For, if the East may come, which are the greater; much more may the West, which are the lesse: if the Se­ducers, the Seduced. From the East, to the West, is a majore ad minus. That, if venerunt ab Oriente, venient ab Occidente: if the greater, much rather the lesser. This,Matt. 8.11. for the Starr of the Gentiles, first, And now, the Starr of Sinners, and chiefe Sinners of the Gentiles, even Orientall Sinners.

But, they susteine yet a third person, these: (to come neerer,3. Great Persons. and to make it come neerer us, even to this place.) For, Great men they were in their Countries, of the high­est place and account there, as all Stories testifie.Psal 72.10 Ver 34 [...]1. The Psalme calls them Kings of Sheba and Seba: and, so may we. It may appeare, by Herods respect to them: His calling a Synode to resolve them; his privy conference, with them. So may it, by their treasures they opened, and by their presents they offered (presents, for a King,) which give them for no lesse. So, this is (now) thirdly, Stella Magnatum, the Starr of Princ [...]s and No­bles also. Yea, Stella Regia, the Starr Royall: Kings themselves have their hold and claime by it.

CHRIST is not onely for russet clokes, Shepheards and such; shewes himselfe to none but such. But, even the Grandez, Great States, such as these; Venerunt, they came too: and, when they came, were welcome to Him. For they were sent for, and invited by this Starr (their Starr properly.)

These, at His birth, at His welcome into the world; And others such as these, at His death, at his going out of it. Then, Ioseph of Arimathea, an honourable Counsailor, Matt 27.60. be­stowed on him a faire new toomb: and others came, with their hundred pound of sweet odors. So that, comming and going, He was beholden to such. The Tribe,Ioh. 19.39. CHRIST came of, was the Royall Tribe, to whom the Scepter belonged; And, in the Prophesie it followes, A starr shall rise over IAAKOB, and a Scepter out of ISRAEL.Num. 24.17. To Kings, to Scepters CHRIST cannot but be well inclined.

Among his Prophets, I find AMOS, an heardman: True: but, I find ESAY,Amos 1.1. Dan. 1.6. and DANIEL, (both) nobly descended, and of the blood Royall.

In his descent, there are BOOZ, and IESSE, plaine countrie men; But, there are DAVID, and SALOMON too, and a list of Kings withall; that so,Matt 2 6. there may be a mixture of both. It is true, Saint PAVL saith: You see your calling;1. Cor. 1. [...]6. Not many mighty, not many noble after the flesh: Not many, he saith: Not any, he saith not: he should (then) have spoken contrarie to his owne knowledge. Some pertained to this Starr, went by it. The Act 13 7. Lord Deputie of Cyprus; the great Act. 17.34. Iudge in Arcopago; diverse of the 11. nobler sort at Beroea; And diverse of Phil 4 22.. CAESARS houshold came in, and had all their calling, by and from him. As like­wise, the great Act. 8.27. Lord Treasurer, by Saint PHILIP; and the 2. Ioh. 1. Elect Ladie, by Saint IOHN. Those (all) were of this troope, heere, Vnder this Starr, all of them, Stella Magnatum. To conclude, from our SAVIOVR CHRISTS owne mouth: As there is in Heaven, roome for poore Lazarus; So, that roome was in the bosome of one that was rich (that is) of ABRAHAM; a great Man, yea a great Prince in his time.

1 Stella Gentium; 2 Stella Peccatorum de gentibus; 3 Stella Magnatum. 4. Wise men. But yet all this while, we have not touched Stella Magorum: Not yet delt with Ma­gi, the very word of the Text, and the chi [...]fe person they represent. For, beside that they were great States, they were also great Learned men; And (being both) they are stiled rather by the name of the skill and Learning, then by that [Page 136] of their Greatnesse; to point us, to the qualitie in them, we are principally to regard.

You shall not need startle, when you heare the word Magi, as if they were such as Simon Magus was. Of later times it sounds not well (this name:) Of old, it was a name of great honour, as was the name of Tyrannus, and Sophistes; all, in the like case. Evill and vnworthy men tooke them up after, and so, they lost their first reputation. But, originally, Magus was a title of high know­ledge.

I add, of Heathen knowledge; and comprehend in it this very knowledge, that they were well seene in the course of heaven, in the Starrs and bodies caelestiall. Their Vidimus Stellam shewes as much. The Starrs GOD hath given, for Signes (saith the Booke of Genesis: Gen. 1.14.) Even, the ordinarie. And, if them, the extra­ordinarie (such as this) much more. For, Signes they are, open the Signature who can.

This learning of theirs made them never the further from CHRIST (we see;) It did them no hurt, in their comming to CHRIST. No more then it did Moses, that he was well learned in all the Wisedome of the Aegyptians (saith Saint STEPHEN, Acts 7.22.) Nor no more then it did Salomon, that he passed all the children of the East, in their owne learning, (I. Reg. 4.30.) No more then it did Daniel, that he was brought up and well seen, in the cunning of the Chaldaeans (Dan. 1.4.) No more these; then the gold and spoyles of Aegypt, did the Tabernacle hurt, that was hoong all over with them. They, that are seene in these learnings of Aegypt, of Chaldaea, of the East, are not thereby barred at all. This is their Starr, their guide; a guide apt and proper for them, that knew the Starrs; for them, that were learned. CHRIST applieth him­selfe to all; disposes all things: what every one is given to, even by that, CHRIST calleth them. Saint PETER, ANDREVV, IAMES, and IOHN, Fishermen, by a draught of fish. These, that were studious in the Starrs, by a Starr for the pur­pose.

And note, that the apparition to the Shepheards was no sooner over, but this Starr appeared presently, if not the very same houre: (that is) both at once. In like manner, CHRIST, at first (to shew the glorie of His greatnesse) took and imploy­ed Fishermen, such as had no bringing up in Schooles. But, it was not long after, but Learned men came in apace: Learned men of all sorts; Tit. 3 13. Zenas, in Law; 1. Tim. 4.11. Luke, in Physique; Act. 18.24. Apollo, with his Eloquence; Act 17.34. Dionyse, with his Philosophie; Act. 26.24. S. Paul, with his [...] much learning, (which he had at Tharsus, as famous an Vniversitie for Asia, as Athens was for Greece.) Which Learning (for all Festu's phansie) turned not his braines, nor did them any hurt at all.

There is no Starr, or beame of it; There is no truth at all, in humane Learning or Philosophie, that thwarteth any truth in Divinitie; but sorteth well with it, and serveth it,Ioh 14.6. and all, to honour Him, who saith of himselfe, Ego sum Veritas, I am the Truth. None, that will hinder this Venerunt, keepe backe any Wise man, or make him lesse fit for com­ming to CHRIST.

So, you see your calling; all foure. 1 Gentiles may come, 2 Sinners of the Gentiles may come, (yea, though they be peccatorum primi, of the primer sort:) 3 Men of place, 4 Men of Gifts, Learned and Wise may come. In Magis insunt omnes hij, all are in Vene­runt Magi: The Starr goes before them, guides them (all) to CHRIST.

The Applica­tion.It remaineth, that what we may doe, we will doe; that is, come. (For, further then Venerunt, we are not like to come, at this time.) And, though we goe no further, it skills not, so we doe but that; come; Even that will serve. For, it is all in all. We shall goe in the companie of Wise men, that is on [...]. And, if the Shepheards were too homely to sort with, these are companie for the best; they were companie for CYRVS, and DA­RIVS, and all the great Monarchs of Persia.

[Page 137] Ecce Venerunt it is, in the Text: And (indeed,) not onely the Persons, (Ecce Magi,) but their very comming deserved an Ecce. It is an Ecce Venerunt, theirs (indeed) if we weigh it well, Whence they came, and Whither. Whence; from the East, their owne countrie: Whither; to Hierusalem, that was (to them) a strange Land: That was somewhat. 2 They came a long journey, no lesse then twelve dayes together. 3 They came an vneasy journey, for their way lay through Arabia Petraea, and the craggy rockes of it. 4 And they came a dangerous journey, through Arabia Deserta (too,) and the black tents of Kedar there,Psal. 120. [...]. then famous for their robberies, and even to this day. 5 And they came, now, at the worst sea­son of the yeare. And all, but to doe worship at CHRISTS birth. So great ac­count they made; So highly did they esteeme their being at it, as they tooke all this great travaile, and came all this long iourney, and came it, at this time. Stayed not their comming, till the opening of the yeare, till they might have bet­ter weather and way, and have longer dayes, and so more seasonable and fit to tra­vaile in. So desirous were they to come with the first, and to be there, as soone as possibly they might: broke through all these difficulties, Et ecce Venerunt, And behold, come they did. And we, what excuse shall we have, if we come not? if, so short and so easy a way we come not, as from our hambers hither, not to be called a way indeed? Shall not our owne Venerunt have an Ecce, Behold, it was but stepping ouer the threshold, and yet they came not?

And these were Wise men; and never a whit the lesse Wise, for so comming: Nay, [...]ever so truly Wise, in any thing they did, as in so comming. The HOLY GHOST recordeth them for Wise, in capite libri, even in the beginning of the New Testament. Of CHRIST, when He came into the world (that is, when He was borne) the Psalme saith, In the beginning of the Booke it was writ of Him, Psal. 40. [...]. He said, Ecce venio, Lo I come: Of these, in the same words, when they came to meet Him (so borne,) it is said heere, in the beginning of the Gospell, Ecce ve­nerunt, Behold they came.

And we, if we beleeve this, that this was their wisedome; if they and we be Wise by one Spirit, by the same principles; we will follow the same Starr, tread the same way, and so come (at last) whither they are happily gone be­fore us.

Nay, not onely that [come;] but this withall; To thinke and set downe with our selves, That, to come to CHRIST, is one of the wisest parts, that ever these Wise men did; or we, (or any els) can doe in all our lives.

And how shall we that doe? I know not any more proper way left us, then to come to that, which Himselfe by expresse order hath left us, as the most spe­ciall Remembrance of Himselfe, to be come to. When He came into the world (saith the Psalme) that is, at his birth (now) He said, Ecce venio, Lo I come: What then? Sacrifice and burnt offerings thou wouldst not have, but a bodie hast thou ordeined me: Marke (saith the Apostle) He takes away the first, Ibid. ver. 6. Heb. 10.9. Heb. 10.10. to establish the second, (that is) to establish His bodie, and the comming to it. By the offe­ring, breaking, and partaking of which bodie, We are all sanctified, so many as shall come to it. For, given it is, for the taking away of our sinnes. Matt 26.28. Nothing is more fit, then at the time, His bodie was ordeined Him (and that is, to day,) to come to the body so ordained. And, in the Old Rituall of the Church we find, that th [...] cover of the Canister (wherein was the Sacrament of His Bodie,) there was a Starr ingraven; to shew us, that (now) the Starr leads us thither; to His bodie, there.

And what shall I say now, but (according as Saint Iohn saith) and the Starr, Apoc 22.17. and the Wise men say, come. And He, whose the Starr is, and to whom the Wise men came, saith come. And let them, that are disposed, come. And let, whosoever will, take of the bread of life, which came downe from heaven, this day, Ioh. 6·35. into Bethlehem the house of bread. Of which bread, the Church is (this day) the House; the true Bethlehem, and all the Bethlehem, we have now left to come to, for the bread of [Page 138] [...] of that life, which we hope for in heaven. And this, our neerest com­ [...]g that (he [...]) we can come, till we shall (by another Venite) come unto H [...]m, in His heavenly Kingdome. To which, He grant, we may come, that (this day) came to us in earth, that we thereby might come to Him, and remaine with Him for ever, IESVS CHRIST the RIGHTEOVS.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Wednesday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXXII. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

MATT. II. VER. I.II.

Behold there came VVISE MEN, from the East to Hierusalem;

Saying, Where is the KING OF THE IEVVES, that is borne? For, we have seene His starre in the East, and are come to worship Him.

THere be, in these two Verses, two principall Points, (as was observed, when time was,) 1 The Persons, that arrived at Hierusalem: 2 And their Errand. The Persons, in the former Verse: whereof hath been treated heretofore. Their Errand, in the lat­ter: wherewith we are now to deale.

Their Errand we may best learne from them­selves, out of their Dicentes &c. Which (in a word) is, To worship Him. Their Errand, our Er­rand, and the Errand of this Day.

This TEXT may seeme to come a little too soone, before the time, and should have staied till the day, it was spoken on, rather then on this day. But, if you marke them well, there are (in the Verse) foure Words, that be Verb [...] Dici hujus, proper and peculiar to this very Day. 1 For first, Natus est is most proper to this Day of all daies, the Day of His Nativitie. 2 Secondly, Vidimus Stel­lam: For, this Day, it was first seen; appeared first. 3 Thirdly, Venimus: For▪ this Day, they set forth, began their iourney. 4 And last, Adorare Eam: For when He brought His onely begotten Sonne into the World, He gave in charge, Heb. 1.6. Let all the An­gells of GOD worship Him: And when the Angells to do it, no time more proper for Vs to do it, as then. So these foure appropriate it to this Day, and none but this.

The maine Heads of their Errand are 1 Vidimus stellam, the Occasion: The Divisi [...] 2 And Veni­mus [Page 140] adorare, [...] of their [...]. But, for the better conceiving i [...], I will take another course to set forth these point [...] to be handled.

I Their Faith [...]: Faith; in that they never aske, Whither He be; but, Where He is borne: For that B [...]r [...]e He is, that, they stedfastly beleeve.

II Then, the Worke, or Service of this Faith, (as Saint Paul calleth it;) the Touch, or trial [...], Phil. 2.17. 1. Pet. 1.7. Iam. 2.18. [...] (as S. Peter;) the Ostende mihi (as Saint Iames) of this their Faith in these five, 1 Their Confessing of it, i [...] venerunt dicentes. Venerunt, they were no sooner come, 1 but dicentes, they tell it out: Confesse Him and His Birth to be the cause of their com­ming. 2 2 Secondly, As confesse their Faith ▪ So, the Ground of their Faith; Vidimus e­nim, For, they had seen His starr: And, His starr being risen, by it they knew, He must 3 be [...]isen too. Thirdly, (as Saint Paul calls them, in Abraham's) Vestigia fidei, the steps of their faith, Rom. 4.12. in venimus, their comming; Comming such a iourney; at such a time; with 4 such spe [...]. 4 Fo [...]rthly, When they were come, their Diligent enquiring Him out by Vbi 5 est? (For, heer, is the place of it:) asking after Him, to find where He was. 5 And last, when they had found Him, the End of their seeing, comming, seeking; and all, for no o­ther end, but to Worship Him. Heer, they sayi [...]: At the XI. Verse, they do it, in these two Acts, 1 Procidentes, their Falling downe: 2 And, Obtulerunt, their offering to Him. Worship Him with their Bodies; Worship Him with their Goods: Their Worship, and ours; the true Worship of CHRIST.

The Text is of a starr: And we may make all runn on a starr; that so, the Text and Day may be suitable, and Heaven and Earth hold a correspondence. S. Peter calls faith, the Day-starr rising in our hearts: 2. Pet. 1.9. Which sorts well with the starr, in the Text, rising in the Skie. That, in the skie, manifesting it selfe from above, to them: This, in their hearts, manifesting it selfe from below, to Him, to CHRIST. Manifesting it selfe, by these five. 1 By Rom. 10.10. Ore fit confessio, the Confessing of it: 2 By Heb. 11.1. Fides est substantia, the Ground of it: 3 By Rom. 4.12. Vestigia fidei, the Stepps of it, in their painfull comming: 4 By their Vbi est? Carefull Enquiring: 5 And last, by Adorare Eum, their devout Wor­shipping. These five, as so many beames of Faith, the day-starr risen in their hearts. To take notice of them. For, every one of them is of the nature of a Condition; So as, if we faile in them, non lucet nobis stella haec, we have no part in the light, or conduct of this Starr. Neither, in Stellam, the Starr it selfe; Nor, in Ejus, in Him whose the starr is; that is, nor in CHRIST neither.

We have now gott us a starr on earth, for that in heaven: And these (both) lead us to a third. So as, upon the matter, three starrs we have; and each, his proper manife­station. 1 1. The first, in the firmament: That appeared unto them, and in them, to us: (A figure of Saint Paules [...], Tir. 2.11. the Grace of GOD appearing, and bringing salvati­on 2 to all men; Iewes, and Gentiles and all.) 2. The second, heer on earth, is Saint Peter's Lu­cifer in cordibus: 2. Pet. 1.9· And, this appeared in them, and so must; in us. Appeared, 1 in their Eyes, Vidimus: 2 in their Feet, Venimus: 3 in their Lipps, Dicentes, ubi est? 4 in 3 their Knees, Procidentes, Falling down: 5 in their Hands, Obtulerunt, by Offering. These five, every one a beame of this starr. 3. The third is CHRIST Himselfe (Saint Iohn's starr,) The generation and root of DAVID, the bright morning starr, CHRIST. And He, His double appearing: 1 One, at this time, now, when He appeared in great humilitie; and we see, and come to Him, by faith. 2 The other, which we waite for; e­ven, the blessed hope, and appearing of the Great GOD, and our SAVIOVR, in the Majes­tie of His Glorie. Tit. 2.13.

These three: 1 The first, that manifested CHRIST to them: 2 The second, that manifested them to CHRIST: 3 The third, CHRIST Himselfe, in whom, both these were (as it were) in conjunction. CHRIST, the bright Morning starr of that Day, which shall have no night; The Beatifica visio, the blessed sight of which Day, is the Consummatum est of our Hope, and happinesse for ever.

Of these three starrs, the first is gone; the thi [...] yet to come; the second only is present. We, to looke to that; and to the five beames of it. That is it, must do us all the good, and bring us to the third.

SAint Luke calleth Faith, the Act. 14.27. Doore of Faith: At this Doore let us enter.I. Their Faith. Here is a comming: And He that commeth to GOD (and so, He that, to CHRIST) must believe, that CHRIST is: so do these. They never aske, An sit; but, Vbi sit? Not, Whither, but where He is borne. They that aske Vbi, qui natus, take natus for granted: praesuppose, that borne He is. Herein is faith: Faith, of CHRIST's be­ing borne, the third Article of the Christian Creed.

And, what believe they of Him? Out of their owne words heere: 1 First, that Natus, that Borne He is; and so, Man He is: His Humane Nature. 2 And, as His Nature, so His Office, in natus est REX, Borne a King: They beleeve that too, 3 But, Iudaeorum may seeme to be a Barr: For then, what ha [...] they to do with the King of the IEVVES? They be Gentiles, none of His Lieges; No relation to Him, at all; What do they seeking, or worshipping Him? But, weigh it well, and it is no Barr. For, this they seeme to beleeve: He is so Rex Iudaeorum, King of the Iewes, as He is adorandus a Genti­bus, the Gentiles to adore Him. And, though borne in Iewry, yet, whose Birth concer­ned them, though Gentiles, though borne farr of in the Mountaines of the East: They, to have some benefit by Him and His Birth; and for that, to do Him worship, seeing officium fundatur in Beneficio ever. 4 As thus borne in earth, so a starr He hath in hea­ven of His own: stellam Eius, His starr; He the owner of it. Now we know, the starrs are the starrs of Heaven; and He, that Lord of them, Lord of Heaven too; And so, to be adored of them, of us, and of all. Saint Iohn putts them togither:Rev. 22.16. The Root and Generation of DAVID, His Earthly; and, The bright Morning starr, His Heavenly or Divine generation. Haec est fides Magorum, this is the Mysterie of their faith. In Natus est, Man; In stellam Eius, GOD: In Rex, a King, (though of the Iewes, yet) the good of whose Kingdome should extend, and stretch it selfe farr and wide, to Gentiles and all; and He, of all to be adored. This, for Corde creditur, the day-starr it selfe in their hearts. Now, to the Beames of this starr.

Next to Corde creditur is Ore fit Confessio, the Confession of this Faith. II. The Worke of their Faith. 1. Their Con­fession, Dicentes. It is in ve­nerunt dicentes, they came with it in their mouthes. Venerunt, they were no sooner come, but they spake of it so freely, to so many, as it came to Herod's eare, and troubled him not a little that any King of the Iewes should be worshipped, beside himselfe. So then, their faith is no bosome-faith, kept to them-selves, without ever a dicentes, without say­ing any thing of it to any body. No: Credidi, propter quod locutus sum; They belee­ved, and therefore they spake. Psal 116.10. The starr in their hearts cast one beame out at their mouthes. And though Herod, who was but Rex factus, could evill brooke to heare of Rex natus; must needes be offended at it; yet they were not afraid to say it. And, though they came from the East (those parts, to whom and their King, the Iewes had long time been captives and underlings,) they were not ashamed neither, to tell, that, One of the Iewes Race they came to seeke; and to seeke Him to the end to worship Him. So, neither afraid of Herod, nor ashamed of CHRIST: but professed their Errand, and cared not who knew it. This for their confessing Him boldly.

But, Faith is said (by the Heb. 11.1. Pro. 14.15. Apostle) to be [...], and so, there is a good Ground;2 Their Ground: Vidimus enim. and [...], and so, hath a good Reason for it. This, puts the difference betweene Fide­lis, and Credulus, or (as Salomon termes him fatuus, qui credit omni verbo: between Faith, and Lightnesse of beliefe: Faith hath (ever) a Ground; Vidimus enim, an Enim, a Reason for it; and is ready to render it. How came you to believe? Audivimus enim; For, we have heard an Angell (say the Shepheards:) Vidimus enim, Luc. 2.20. for we have seene a Starre, (say the Magi:) And, this is a well grounded Faith. We came not of our owne heads; We came not, before we sawe some reason for it; saw that, which set us on comming; Vidimus enim Stellam Ejus.

[Page 142] Stellam Ej [...]s. Vidimus stellam: We can well conceive that: Any, that will but looke up, may se [...] a sta [...]. But, how could they see the [Ejus] of it, that it was His? Either, that it be­longed to any; Or that, He it was, it belonged to. This passeth all Perspective: No Astronomie could shew them this. What, by course of Nature, the starrs can pro­duce; that they, by course of Art or Observation, may discover. But, this Birth was above Nature. No Trig [...]n, Triplicitie, Exaltation could bring it forth. They are but idle, that set figures for it. They starr should not have been His, but He, the starr's, if it had gone that way. Some other light their, they saw this [Ejus] by.

Now (with us, in Divinitie) there be but two in all: 1 Vespertina, and 2 Matutina lu [...]. Vespertina, the Owle light of our Reason, or skill, is too dimm to see it by. No re­medie then, but it must be (as ESAY calls it) Matutina lux: The Morning-light, the Light of GOD [...] Law must certifie them of the Ejus of it. There, or not at all, to be had, whom this starr did p [...]end.

And, in the Law, there, we find it (in the XXIV. of Numbers.) One of their owne Prophetts, that came (from whence they came) from the Mountaines of the East, was ra­vished in spirit, fell in a trance, had his eyes opened, and saw the Ejus of it, many an hundred yeares,Num. 24.17. Ibid. before it rose. Saw Orietur in IACOB, that there it should rise; Which is as much, as Natus est, heer. Saw stella, that He should be the bright Morning-starr; and so, might well have a starr to represent Him. Saw Sceptrum in ISRAEL (which is just as much as Rex IVDAEORVM,Ibid.) that it should portend a King there: Such a King, as should not only smite the corners of Moab (that is) Balaac their enimie, for the pre­sent; but, should reduce and bring under Him all the sonnes of SETH (that is) all the World: For, all are now SETH's sonnes; CAIN's were all drowned in the Flood. Heer now is the Ejus of it, cleer. A Prophetts eye might discerne this: Never a Chaldaean of them all could take it, with his Astrolabe. BALAAM's eyes were opened to see it: and he helped to open their eyes, by leaving behind him this Prophecie, to direct them how to apply it (when it should arise) to the right Ejus of it.

But, these had not the LAVV: It is hard to say, That the Chaldee Paraphrase was ex­tant long before this. They might have had it. Say, they had it not: If MOSES were so carefull to record this Prophecie in his Booke, it may well be thought, that some memorie of this so memorable a Prediction was left remaining among them of the East, his own Countrey where he was borne and brought up. And, some helpe they might have from DANIEL too, who lived all his time in Chaldaea, and Persia, and prophecied among them of such a KING, and set the just time of it.

And this (as it is conceived) putt the difference between the East, and the West. For I aske, Was it vidimus in Oriente, with them; Was it not vidimus in Occidente? In the West, such a starr, it or the fellow of it was seen, nigh about that time, or the Romane Stories deceive us. Toward the end of AVGVSTV's reigne, such a starr was seene, and much scanning there was about it. Plinie saith, It was generally holden, that starr to be Faustum Sydus, a Lucky Comet; and portended good to the World; which, few or no Comets doe. And Virgil (who then lived) would needs take upon him; to set downe the Ejus of it,—Ecce Dionaei &c: Entitled Caesar to it. And verily, there is no man, that can (without admiration) read his sixt Eglogue, or a Birth, that time expected, that should be the Ofspring of the GODDS, and that should take away their sinns. Where-upon it hath gone for current, the East and West, Vidimus, both.

But, by the light of their Prophecie, the East, they went streight to the right Ejus. And, for want of this Light, the West wandred, and gave it a wrong Ejus: As Virgil, applying it to little Salonine; and (as evill hap was) while he was making his Verses, the poore Child died; and so, his starr shott, vanished, and came to nothing. Their vidimus never came to a venimus: They neither went, nor worshipped Him, as these (heer) did.

But, by this we see, When all is done, hither we must come, for our Morning-light; to this Booke, to the Word of Prophecie. All our vidimus stellam is as good as nothing, without it. That starr is past and gone, long since: Heaven and earth shall passe, but [Page 143] th [...] Word shall not passe. Heere, on thi [...], we to fixe our eye, and to ground our faith. Having this, though we neither heare Angell, nor see starr, we may (by the Grace of GOD) do full well. For, even they, th [...]t have had both those, have been feign to re­solve into this, as their last, best, and chiefest point of all. Witnesse Saint Peter: 2. Pet. 1.17. He saith, he (and they with him) saw CHRIST's Glorie, and heard the voice from Heaven, in the Holy Mount: What then? After both these, Audivimus and vidimus (both senses) he comes to this, Habemus autem firmiorem &c, We have a more sure Word of Prophecie then both these: Firmiorem, a more sure, a more cleer, then them both. And,Verse 19. Si hîc legimus (for, legimus is vidimus,) If heer we read it written, it is enough to ground our faith, and let the starr goe.

And yet (to end this point,) Both these the starr, and the Prophecie, they are but circumfus [...] Lux: Without, both. Besides these, there must be a Light Within, in the eye: Els, (we know) for all them, nothing will be seen. And, that must come from Him, and the enlightening of His Spirit. Take this for a Rule: No knowing of E­jus, absque Eo; of His, without Him, whose it is. Neither, of the starr, without Him, that created it; Nor, of the Prophecie, without Him, that inspired it. But, this third comming too; He sending the light of His Spirit, within, into their minds; they then saw cleerly, This, the starr; Now, the Time; He the Child, that this day was borne.

He, that sent these two without, sent also this third within: and then, it was Vidimus indeed. The light of the starr, in their eyes, the Word of Prophecie in their eares, the Beame of His Spirit in their hearts; these three made up a full vidimus. And, so much for vidimus stellam Ejus, the Occasion of their Comming.

Now, to Venimus, their Comming it selfe. And it followe [...] well. For,3. Their Comming: Venimus. it is not a starr only, but a Lode-starr: And, whither should stella Eius ducere, but ad E [...]m? whi­ther lead us, but to Him, whose the starr is? The starr; to the Starr's Master.

All this while we have been at dicentes, saying and seeing: Now we shall come to Facientes, see them do some-what upon it. It is not saying, nor seeing will serve Saint Iames: He will call, and be still calling for Ostende mihi, Iam. 2.18. shew me thy Faith by some Worke. And, well may he be allowed to call for it, this Day: It is the day of Vidi­mus, Appearing, Beeing seen. You have seen His starr; Let Him now see your starr, another while. And, so they do. Make your Faith to be seen: So it is: Their Faith, in the stepps of their Faith. And, so was Abraham's first, by comming forth of his Countrey; As, these heer do, and so walke in the stepps of the faith of Abraham;Rom. 4.12. do his first worke.

It is not commended, to stand gazing up into Heaven too long, Not on CHRIST Himselfe ascending: Much lesse on His starr. For, they sat not still gazing on the starr. Acts. 1.11. Their Vidimus begatt Venimus; their seeing made them come; come, a great iourney. Venimus is soone sayd; but a short word: But, many a wide and weary stepp they made, before they could come to say Venimus, Lo, heer we are come; Come, and at our jorneys end, To looke a little on it. In this their Comming, we consider, 1. First, the distance of the Place, they came from. It was nor hard by, as the shepheard's (but a step to Bethlehem, over the fields:) This was riding many a hundred miles, and cost them many a dayes journey. 2. Secondly, we consider the Way, that they came: If it be plea­sant, or plaine and easy: For, if it be, it is so much the better. 1 This was nothing plea­sant; for, through deserts: all the way wast and desolate. 2 Nor (secondly) easy neither: For, over the Rocks and craggs of both Arabies (specially Petraea) their journey lay. 3. Yet, if safe: But, it was not; but exceeding dangerous, as lying through the middest of the Bl [...]ck Tents of Kedar, [...] Nation of Thieves and Cut thro [...]es;Cant. 1.4. To passe over the hills of Robbers; Infamous then, and infamous [...]o this day. No passing, without great troop, or Convoy. 4 Last, we consider the time of t [...]eir comming, the season of th [...] yeare. It was no summer Progresse. A col [...] comming they had of it, a [...] this time of the yeare; just, the worst time of the yeare, to take a [...]ou [...]ey, and specially a long iourney, in. The [...]aies d [...]ep, the weather sharp, the daies [...] of in sol [...]itio [...], the very [Page 144] dead of Winter. Venimus, We are come, if that be one; Venimus, We are (now) come, come at this time, that (sure) is another.

All these difficulties they overcame, of a wearisome, irksome, troublesome, dange­rous, unseasonable journey: And for all this, they came. And, came it cheerefully, and quickly; As appeareth, by the speed they made. It was but Vidimus, Venimus, with them; They saw, and they came: No sooner saw, but they set out presently. So, as upon the first appearing of the Starre (as it might be, last night) they knew, it was Balaam's starre; it called them away, they made ready streight to begin their journey this morning. A signe, they were highly conceited of His Birth, believed some great matter of it, that they tooke all these paines, made all this haste, that they might be there to worship Him, with all the possible speede they could. Sorie for nothing so much, as that they could not be there soone enough, with the verie first, to do it even this day, the day of His Birth. All considered, there is more in Venimus then shewes at the first sight. It was not for nothing, it was said (in the first Verse) Ecce Venerunt; their comming hath an Ecce on it: it well deserves it.

And we, what should we have done? Sure, these men of the East shall rise in Iudgement against the men of the West, Mat. 8.11. that is, us: and their faith, against ours, in this point. With them, it was but Vidimus, Venimus: With us, it would have been but Veniemus at most. Our fashion is, to see and see againe, before we stirre a foot: Spe­cially, if it be to the worship of CHRIST. Come such a Iourney, at such a time? No: but fairely have put it off to the Spring of the yeare, till the dayes longer, and the waies fairer, and the weather warmer; till better travailing to CHRIST. Our Epiphanie would (sure) have fallen in Easter-weeke at the soonest.

But then, for the distance, desolatenesse, tediousnesse, and the rest, any of them were enough to marte our Venimus quite. It must be no great way (first) we must come: we love not that. Well fare the Shepheards yet, they came but hard by: Rather like them then the Magi. Nay, not like them neither. For, with us, the neerer (lightly) the fur­ther off: Our Proverbe is (you know) The neerer the Church the further from GOD.

Nor, it must not be through no Desert, over no Petraea. If rugged, or uneven the way; if the weather ill disposed; if any never so little danger, it is enough to stay us. To CHRIST we cannot travaile, but weather and way and all must be faire. If not, no journey, but sit still and see further. As indeed, all our Religion is rather Vi­dimus, a Contemplation, then Venimus, a Motion, or stirring to doe ought.

But, when we do it, we must be allowed leisure. Ever, Veniemus; never Venimus: Ever, comming; never, come. We love to make no very great haste. To other things, perhapps: Not, to Adorare, the Place of the worship of GOD. Why should we? CHRIST, is no wild catt. What talke you of twelve dayes? And it be fortie dayes hence, ye shall be sure to finde His Mother and Him; She cannot be churched till then: What needes such haste? The truth is, we conceipt Him and His Birth but slen­derly, and our haste is even thereafter. But, if we be at that point, we must be out of this Venimus: they like enough to leave us behind. B [...]st, get us a new Christ-masse in September: we are not like to com [...] to CHRIST at this Feast. Enough, for ve­nimus:

4. Their Enquiry: Vbi est?But, what is Venimus without Invenimus? And, when they came, they hit not on Him, at first. No more must we thinke, as soone as ever we be come, to finde Him str [...]ight. They are faigne to come to their Vbi est? We must now looke backe to that▪ For, though it stand before in the Verse, here is the right place of it. They saw before they came; and came, before they asked: Asked, before they found; and found, before they worshipped. Betweene Venimus (their comming) and Adorare (their wor­shipping) there, is the true place of [Dicentes, Vbi est?]

Where (first) we note a double use of their Dicentes, these Wise men had: 1 As to manifest what they knew, Natus est, that He is borne; so, to confesse and aske what they knew not, the Place, Where. We, to have the like.

2 Secondly, set downe this: That, to finde where He is, we must learne of these, [Page 145] to aske Where He is: Which we full little set our selves to do. If we stumble on Him, so it is: But, for any asking we trouble not our selves: but sit still (as we say) and let Na­ture Worke; And so let Grace too; and so, for us, it shall. I wote well, it is said (in a place of Esai) He was found à non quaerentibus, of some that sought Him not, Esa 65.1. never asked, Vbi est? But, it is no good holding by that place. It was their good hap that so did. But, trust not to it: it is not every bodies case, that. It is better advise, you shall read in the Psalme, Haec est generatio quaerentium: Psal. 20.6. There is a Generation of them that seeke Him. Of which, these were: And, of that Generation let us be. Regularly, there is no Promise of Invenietis, but to quaerite; of Finding, but to such as seek. It is not safe, to presume, to find Him otherwise.

I thought there had been small use (now) of [vbi est?] Yet there is: Except we hold the ubiquitie, That CHRIST is ubi non? any where. But, He is not so. CHRIST hath His ubi His proper Place, where He is to be found: And, if you misse of that, you misse of Him. And well may we misse (saith CHRIST Himselfe) there are so many will take upon them, to tell us Where: And tells us of so many vbis: Ecce hîc, Mat. 24.23. Look you Heer He is; Ecce illîc, Nay then, there. In deserto, in the desert: Nay In penetralibus, in such a privie Conventicle, you shall-be sure of Him. And yet, He (saith He Himselfe) in none of them all. There is then (yet) place for [ubi est?] I speake not of His Naturall body, but of His Mysticall: That, is CHRIST too.

How shall we then do? Where shall we get this [Where] resolved? Where these did. They said it to many, and oft, but gat no answere, till they had got togither a Convo­cation of Scribes; and they resolved them of CHRIST's ubi. For, they (in the East) were nothing so wise, or well seen, as we in (in the West) are now growen. We need call no Scribes togither, and get them tell us, Where: Every Artisan hath a whole Sy­node of Scribes in his braine, and can tell Where CHRIST is, better then any learned man of them all. Yet, these were Wise men: Best, learne, where they did.

And how did the Scribes resolve it them? Out of Mica. As before, to the starr they joyne Balaam's Prophecie: So now againe, to His Orietur (that such a one shall be borne) they had putt Mica's [et tu Bethlehem,] the Place of His Birth. Still helping, and gi­ing light (as it were) to the Light of Heaven, by a more cleer light, the Light of the Sanctuarie.

Thus then, to doe. And, to doe it our selves: and not seeke CHRIST, per alium; Set others about it (as Herod did these) and sit still our selves. For so, we may hap never find Him, no more then He did.

And now we have found Where, what then? It is neither in seeking nor finding,5. Their End: Adorare Eum. Ve­nimus nor Invenimus: the End of all, the Cause of all is, in the last words, Adorare Eum, to Worshipp Him. That, is all in all: And without it, all our seeing, comming, seeking, and finding is to no purpose. The Scribes, they could tell, and did tell, Where He was; but, were never the neerer for it: For, they worshipped Him not. For this End, to seeke Him.

This is acknowledged: Herod (in effect) said as much. He would know, where He were (faigne) and, if they will bring him word where, he will come too and worshipp Him,Ver. 1 [...]. that he will. None of that worshipp. If he find Him, his Worshipping will prove Worry­ing: As did appeare, by a sort of seely poore Lambes, that he worryed, when he could not have his will on CHRIST. Thus he, at His Birth.

And, at His death, the other Herod, He sought Him too: but it was, that he and his Soldiers might make them-selves sport with Him. Such seeking there is otherwhile.Luc. 23.11. And such worshipping; As they, in the Iudgment Hall, worshipped Him, with Ave Rex, and then gave Him a bobb blind-fold. The Worlds worship of Him, for the most part.Ioh. 19.3.

But, we may be bold to say, Herod was a foxe. These meane as they say:Luc. 13.32. To wor­shipp Him they come, and worship Him they will. Will they so? Be they well ad­vised, what they promise, before they know, whither they shall find Him in a worshippfull taking, or no? For, full little know they, Where, and and in what case, they shall find Him. What if in a stable, layd there in a manger, and the rest suitable to it; in as poor [Page 146] and pitifull a plight as ever was any: More like to be abhorred then adored of such Per­sons? Will they be as good as their word (trow?) Will they not step back at the sight, repent themselves of their iourney, and wish themselves at home againe? But, so find Him, and so finding Him, worshipp Him for all that? If they will, verily then, Great is their Faith. This, the cleerest beame of all.

Mat. 12.42.The Queen of the South, (who was a figure of these Kings of the East) she came as great a iourney, as these. But when she came, she found a King indeed, King Salomon in all his Royaltie. Saw a Glorious King, and a Glorious Court about him. Saw him, and heard him: Tried him, with many hard questions, received satisfaction of them all. This, was worth her comming. Weigh, what she found, and what these heere: As poor and unlikely a birth, as could be, ever to prove a King, or any great matter. No sight, to comfort them; Nor a word, for which they any whit the wiser: Nothing, worth their travaile. Weigh these togither, and great odds will be found between her faith, and theirs. Theirs, the greater farr.

Well, they will take Him, as they find Him: And, all this notwithstanding, worship Him for all that. The starr shall make amends for the Manger: And, for stella Ejus, they will dispense with Eum.

And, what is it to Worship? Some great matter (sure) it is, that Heaven and Earth, the starrs and the Prophetts (thus) do but serve to lead them, and conduct us to. For, all (we see) ends in Adorare: Scriptura et Mundus ad hoc sunt, ut colatur qui creavit, et adoretur qui inspiravit; The Scripture and World are but to this end, that He, that created the one, and inspired the other, might be but worshipped. Such reckoning did these seem to make of it,Act. 8.27. heer. And such, the Great Treasurer of the Queen Candace. These came from the Mountaines in the East; He, from the uttermost part of Aethiopia came, and came for no other end, but only this, To worship: and, when they had done that, home againe. Tanti est Adorare. Worth the while, worth our comming, if (comming) we do but that; but worship, and nothing els. And so I would have men accompt of it.

To tell you, what it is in particular, I must put you over to the XI. Verse, where it is set downe, what they did, when they worshipped. It is set downe in two Acts [...], and [...]; Falling downe, and Offering. Thus did they; thus we to doe: We to do the like, when we will Worshipp. These two are all: and more then these, we find not.

We can worship GOD but three wayes: We have but three things, to worship Him withall: 1 The Soule, He hath inspired; 2 The body, He hath ordeined us; And, the Worldly Goods, He hath vouchsafed to blesse us withall. We, to worship Him, with all, seeing there is but one reason for all.

If He breathed into us our Soule, but framed not our Body (but some other did that) Neither bow your knee, nor uncover your head, but keep on your hatts, and sitt even as you do hardly. But, if He have framed that Body of yours, and every mem­ber of it, let Him have the honour both of head, and knee, and every member els.

Againe, if it be not He, that gave us our worldly goods, but some bodie els; what He gave not, that with-hold from Him, and spare not. But, if all come from Him, all to returne to Him: If He sent all, to be worshipped with all. And this (in good sooth) is but Rationabile obsequium (as the Apostle calleth it.Rom. 12.1.) No more, then Reason would, we should worship Him withall.

Els, if all our worship be inward onely; with our hearts, and not our hatts (as some fondly imagine;) we give Him but one of three: We put Him to His Thirds; Bid Him, Be content with that, He getts no more but inward worship. That is out of the Text, quite. For, though (I doubt not, but) these heere performed that also; yet, here it is not. Saint Matthew mentions it not: It is not to be seene: No Vidimus on it. And the Text is a Vidimus; and, of a Starre; that is, of an Outward visible worship, to be seene of all. There is a Vidimus upon the worship of the Bodie, it may be seene: Procidentes. Let us see you fall downe. So is there, upon the worship with our worldly goods, that may be seene and felt: Offerentes. Let us see, whither, and what you offer. [Page 147] With both which (no lesse, then with the soule) GOD is to be worshipped. Glorifi [...] GOD with your bodies, for they are GOD's (saith the Apostle. 1 Co [...]. [...]. [...]0.) Honour GOD with your substance, for He hath blessed your store (saith SALOMON.Pro. 3 9) It is the Precept of a Wise King; of one, there: It is the Practise of more then one; of these three, heere. Specially, now: For, CHRIST hath now a bodie; for which, to do Him wo [...]ship with our bodies. And, now, He was made poore, to make us rich: and so, offe [...]en [...]s will do well, comes very fitt.

To enter further into these two, would be too long; (and indeed, they be not in our Verse heere;) And so, for some other treatise, at some other time.

There now remaines nothing, but to include our selves, and beare our part with them, and with the Angells, and all who this day adored Him.

This was the Lode-star of the Magi: And, what were they? Gentiles: So are we. But,The Applica­tion. Luc. 10.37. if it must be ours, then we are to go with them: Vade, & fac similiter, Go, and do likewise. It is Stella Gentium; but idem agentium: The Gentiles starre; but, such Gentil [...]s, as over­take these and keepe company with them. In their [Dicentes,] Confessing th [...]ir faith freely: In their [Vidimus,] Grounding it throughly: In their [Venimus,] Hasting to come to Him speedily: In their [Vbi est?] Enquiring Him out diligently: And in their [Adorare Eum] worshipping Him devoutly. Per omnia doing as these did: Worship­ping, and thus worshiping; Celebrating, and thus celebrating the Feast of His BIRTH.

We cannot say, Vidimus stellam: The starre is gone long since; Not (now) to be seene. Yet (I hope) for all that, that Venimus adorare, we be come hither to wor­ship. It will be the more acceptable, if not seeing it, we worship (though.) It is enough, we read of it in the Text; we see it, there. And indeed (as I said;) It skills not for the starre in the firmament, if the same Day-star be risen in our hearts, that was in theirs; and the same b [...]ames of it to be seene, all five. For then, we have our part in it, no lesse; nay, full out as much as they: And, it will bring us, whither it brought them, to CHRIST. Who, at His second appearing in glorie, shall call forth these Wise men, and all those that have ensued the steppes of their Faith; and that upon the reason spe­cified in the Text: For, I have seene their Starre shining and shewing forth it selfe by the like beames: And, as they came to worship me, so am I come to do them worship. A Ve­nite, then; for a Venimus, now. Their starre I have seene, and give them a place above, among the starres. They fell downe: I will lift them up, and exalt them. And, as they offered to me; so am I come to bestow on them, and to reward them, with the endlesse joy, and blisse, of my Hea­venly Kingdome. To which, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Thursday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXXIII. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

EPHES. I. VER. X.

In dispensatione plenitudinis temporum, instaurare om­nia, in CHRISTO, quae in coelis, & quae in terra sunt, in Ipso.

That, in the dispensation of the fullnesse of the times, He might gather together into one all things, both which are in heaven, and which are in earth, even in CHRIST.

SEeing the Text is of Seasons, it would not be out of season it selfe. And though it be never out of season to speake of CHRIST, yet even CHRIST hath His seasons. Your time is alwaies (saith He,Ioh 7.6. Iohn. VII.) So is not mine; I have my seasons. One of which seasons is this, the season of His Birth, whereby all were recapitulate in heaven and earth: Which is the season of the Text. And so, this, a Text of the season.

There is (for the most part) in each Text some one Predominant word. That word (in this) is the word [...], heere turned gathering together into one againe. To know the nature and full force of it, we may consider it three waies: 1 As it is properly taken: 2 As it is extended: 3 As it is de­rived.

1. As it is taken properly. So, it signifies to make the foot of an account. We call it the foot, because we write it below at the foot: They of old writ theirs above over the head, and so called it [...]: In capite libri Scriptum est de me: the Summe in the top.Psal. 40.7.

2. As it is extended. So, it is the short recapitulation of a long Chapter; the compendi [...]m of a booke or of some discourse. These are all like the foot of an Account, and are vsually called, the Summe of all that hath been said.

[Page 149]3. As it is derived: So shall we have the native sense of it. It comes of [...] and that, of [...] (Greeke for a head.) Best expressed in the word recapitulate; that is, to reduce all to a head. Each of these is a gathering together into one (as, we read.) Which of the three, you take; nay take them all three, you cannot doe amisse. They be all true: all tend to edifie. CHRIST is the 1 Summe of our account; 2 The Shut­ting up of our discourse; 3 The Head of the body mysticall, Colos. 1.18. Ephes 4.15.16 wherein this gathering (heere) is. We shall make no good audit without Him: no, nor good Apologie. Whatsoever be the premisses, with CHRIST we must conclude: As we do the care with Christmasse, so conclude all with in CHRISTO.

The old Division is —Vt res, ita tempora rerum. Heer it holds:The Division Heere are both Seasons, and Things: Things, for seasons; and Seasons, for things.

Two parts heere be: 1 Seasons, first; Seasons, more then one. 2 Heere is a fullnesse I of them: 3 Heere is a dispensation of that fullnesse: 4 And that by GOD: That He (that is, GOD) That in the dispensation of the fullnesse of times, He might. This is the first part.

The Things. For first, heer are all things: Things in heaven, Things on earth; All, II in both. 2. Of these, a Collection or gathering them all together: or rather, a Recol­lection or gathering them together againe. 3. A gathering them all into one: All into one [...], one Summe; Or all to one [...] one head: And these two are one; and that one is CHRIST.

You observe, that, as the things answer the seasons and the Seasons them; So doth the fullnesse answer the gathering, and the gathering, it. 1. To fill the seasons, to make a fullnesse of them, heere is a gathering 2. A gathering, whereof? Of all in hea­ven, and all on earth (a great gathering sure, and able to fill the seasons full up to the brimme.) 3. But, this is not a gathering at the first hand, but a gathering againe; that is, a new, at second hand. 4. A gathering, whereto? To one: One, either one summe, or one head (both are in the body of the word:) and these two are one, and that one is CHRIST. 5. A gathering, how? (that is in the word too:) By way of contracting or recapitulation. 6. And when? When GOD dispensed it; and that is, at CHRISTS Birth. 7. Now last, what we are the better by this gathering, what fruit we gather by or from it, what our share is in this Summe, which is Summa dividenda. 8. And then, how we may be the better for it: if we divide, as GOD, and when GOD did it. 9. As GOD; gather things in heaven, first: 10. When GOD; and that is, this season of the yeare, the gathering time, with GOD, and with us. So shall we dispense the season well.

Find the things, they will bring you to the season: find the fullnesse of things, you shall find the fullnesse of Seasons. Find the gathering, you shall find the fullnesse: find CHRIST, and you shall finde the gathering (for, the gathering is full and whole, in CHRIST.) So, upon the point, find CHRIST, and find all. And this is the first day, we can find Him; for, this day, was He borne, and so first to be found by us.

WE have heeretofore dealt with the At Christ­masse A.D. 1609. fullnesse of time: and now are we to I deale with the fullnesse of Season. Time and season are two,1 Tempora, the Seasons. and have in all tongues, two different words, to shew, they differ. In Hebrew [...] In Greeke, [...], and [...]: In Latine, Tempus and tempestivum.

And, differ they doe as much, as a time, and a good time. It is time alway, all the yeare long: So is it not Season, but when the good time is. Time is taken at large, any time: Season, not so; but is applied to that, with which it suites, or for which it serves best. Heer, it is applied to gathering: the Season of gathering.

These seasons be [...] in the plurall: for, —Vt res, ita tempora rerum; as the things to be gathered are many, so are the S [...]asons, wherein they are to be gathered, many like­wise. Each, his severall season, to be gathered in.

[Page 150] 2 Their full­nesseNow, as the things (Res) have their Autumne of maturitie: So (tempora) the Se [...]sons have their fullnesse: And, when the things are ripe and ready to be gathered, then is the Season full.

3 The Dispen­sation.Now, of these seasons and their fullnesse, there is a dispensation, an Oeconomia (the word in the Text) which is a word of Husbandrie; a great part whereof consisteth in the skill of Seasons; of taking them, when they come, allotting the thing to the season, and the season to it.

4 The Dispen­ser, GOD. Psal. 104 27.28 Psal. 145.15.16Which dispensation is heere ascribed to GOD: That He (that is) that GOD in whos [...] hands our times are (saith the Psalme) and our seasons, both. He, that can make them full, by giving us kindly seasons; or empty, by making them vnseasonable: and ha­ving made them full, is to dispose of them of very right. There is none of these but is sen­sible in the course of the yeare, in things upon earth.

But, are there seasons for the things on earth and their fullnesse, and are there not al­so seasons for the things in heaven, and for the filling of them? All, for reliefe of the bo­dily wants heere below; none, for the supplie of Spirituall necessities above? All, for the body, and never a season for the Soule? If we allow them to the World, shall we not to the Church, the [...] or abbridgment of the world? If it be sensible in the natu­rall things; (though not so easily discerned, yet) it is as certaine in the maine revolu­tion of Annus magnus, the great periodicall yeare of the worlds endurance.

It can never enter into any man, to thinke, that the great Oeconomus or Steward of this great houshold (the world) should so farr forget himselfe, but, if for all matters He had appointed a season, Eccle. 3.1. then, for the greatest matter: If, for every purpose vnder hea­ven; then, for the highest purpose of all, that (as we see) concerneth all the things in hea­ven, and earth, both. Above Salus populi (this) Salus mundi, the saving the whole world. Shall not these have their seasons, and the seasons their fullnesse there, and that fullnesse the due dispensation (of all other) most worthy of GOD, the greatest worke, of the greatest person? Set this downe then (to beginne with:) There are seasons; as in our common yeare (of twelve moneths) So, in the great yeare, whereof, every day is a yeare (by Daniel's) nay,2. Pet. 3 8. a thousand yeare (by Saint Peter's calculation.)

And, which be the seasons, and when, in the common yeare? Our SAVIOVR sets them downe (Mar. IV.) 1. The season, Mar. 4.28. when the earth bringeth forth the blade; 2. When, the stalke; 3. When, the eare; 4. When, the full corne, in the eare. And, when the eare is full, and full ripe, the season is full: then, is the season of fullnesse, Psal. 129 7. the fullnesse of Season. Then, the reaper fills his hand, and he that bindeth up the sheaves, Pro. 3.10. his bosom: Then, are the Barnes filled with plenty; and the Presses runne over with new wine. And, when all is full, then, to gathering we goe.

Such like seasons do we finde in Anno magno: 1 The time of Nature, all in the blade: Of Moses, in the Stalke: 3 Of the Prophets, in the eare: 4 And, when the full corne? When, but at this great gathering heere mentioned, When all in heaven, [...]nd all in earth gathered, that (I thinke) was the fullnesse of things (Plenitudo rerum;) and the fullnesse of Seasons (Plenitudo temp [...]rum) may be allowed for it.

II 1 Res: the things.This sets us over to the second part, from the Seasons to the things; from the fullnesse of Seasons, to the gathering of things. And first, whereof, of what things? Of [...], even all. All: And (to shew the extent of it) subdivided, into all in heaven, all in earth: and that (I trow) is All. It was not amisse, he should thus sever them, and ex­presse things in heaven by name: Els, we should little have thought of gathering things there so high. No farther then earth, we: There, is all our gathering; and there onely. The Apostle points up to heaven (Sursum corda) to lift up our hearts, Colos. 3.1.2. to set our affections on things there, above; to gather them. There is a gathering of them, also.

Of which gathering into one, I know not, what the things in heaven have; the things in earth (I am sure) have good cause to be glad. In heaven is all good, and no­thing but good. In earth, to say the least, there is much evill. Yet, upon the reckoning, [Page 151] Heaven is like to come by the losse: we (on earth) are sensibly gainers by it. It is a good hearing for us, that both these shall be thus gathered together. For, if heaven and earth be so gathered, it is, that heaven may advance earth higher; and no meaning, that earth should draw it downe hither. Magis dignum semper ad se trahit minus dignum, is the old rule.

But well: betweene them both, heere is a great gathering toward;2 The gathering well expressed by the Apostle, in the termes of a Summe. For, it is Summa Summarum, a summe in­deed; Heaven, and earth, and the fullnesse of them both.

All these to be gathered: and well. Gathering, GOD favours: for it ends in Vni­tie, To gather into one: And Vnitie GOD loves, Himselfe being principalis vnitas. GOD favours it sure; Himselfe is the Gatherer. Scattering GOD favours not: that tends to division, and division upon division. Gathering is good for us: Vnitie preserves; division destroyes. Divisum est (be it house, or be it kingdome) ever ends in desolabitur. Matt. 12 25. Ezek. 33.11. 2 Pet. 3.9. GOD delights not in destruction, would have none to perish. The kite, he Scatters: The hen, how feigne would she gather!

But stay a while, and take with us what kind of gathering? It is not [...],1 Gathering againe. a gathering; but [...], a gathering together againe: (We must not lose [...], there is force in it.) It is not a Collection, but a Recollection. Re imports, it is a new collecti­on againe; the second time. You see it, in re-call, re-turne, re-duce; that is, to call, turne, bring back againe.

Now our Rule is: [...] ever presupposeth [...] presupposeth [...]: that is, a returning to, implies a departing from: a gathering together againe, a scatte­ring in sunder before: a dispensation, a dissipation. So, a dissipation, a departure, a scat­tering there had beene.

Yet one degree more. [...] (that is, from) ever implies [...]. that is, a former be­ing with. One cannot be said to be gone from, that was never with; or to fall out, that was never in: One cannot be said to be so againe, that was never so befor [...]. So then, together we were first, and in sunder we fell after. Which falling in sunder required an [...], to bring us together againe; to restore us to that the second time, that we had before lost, to our former estate.Acts 3.21. It is Saint Peter's word [restoring] the same with S. Paul's [gathering together againe] heere,

Now these three set forth vnto us our threefold estate. 1 Together ( [...]) our first Originall, which we had in Adam, while he stood with GOD together. 2 In sunder ( [...]) there came our miserie, by Adam's not keeping his first estate, but Scattering from GOD. 3 But then comes [...] about, and makes all well againe, by bringing us where we were at the first. There was a former Capitulation; The articles were broken: Then came this Recapitulation (heere) anew: An account was cast, but it was mis-cast; and so it is heer cast new over againe.

But, when all is done, [...] is it, we must hold by. The fist is gone: All perished, by being Scattered from. All must be recovered, by being gathered to againe. Our Sepa­ration, our ruine; Our Reparation, our [...], our gathering againe: And not ours alone but Salus mundi, of all in heaven, all in earth.

By this we may see (by the way) 1 what case, all were in: 2 what case, all are in still, that he loose and vngathered, and whom [...] hath not recollected againe.

We see, what, and how gathered: Now (quò?) the next point is, whereto? 4 Into one. In­to one. Every thing, that is gathered, is so. But, there is more ones, then one. One heap, as of stones: One flock, as of sheepe: One pile, as of the materialls of a building. All are good: but to take the word in the native sense, the gathering, heer, is either to one [...], one Summe (as, many numbers:) Or (to go neerer) to one [...], one Head (as, many members;) and, that is it, the Apostle pursueth to the Chapters end. Both these (Summe, and Head) are in the body of the word [...]; and they both serve, and suit well. The body: the Head is (as it were) the Summe of all; all 1 sense, 2 mo­tion, [Page 152] 3 speech, 4 vnderstanding, all recapitulate into the Head. This (of Head, or Sum­me) fitteth it best. For (to speake properly) many heaps, flocks, piles there may be: Head there can be but one: De ratione capitis est, unum esse. And so, of a Summe: but one true summe, were there never so many, so diverse waies cast.

So then, into one, that is not enough: It is not co-adunation will serve. It is reca­pitulation, and, in that word, there is caput: It is [...], and in that word there is [...] such a reducing all to one, as that, one be the Head. A headlesse gathering, the Apostle cannot skill of. And indeed, say there were an entire body, and every member in his right place, and all streictly knit together; yet, if the head should had to be away, as good the members all in sunder, for, all were to no purpose. So; a Head, or no­thing.

This gathering then (you see) is to the chiefe Member; to the Member, that weares the Crowne. Thither, upward, the true gathering goes. There is a Vnion down­wards;Iud. 15.4. (as, of Samson's foxes, that were together by the tailes;) That, is not the right: but, by the head. The oxen, that plough, are joyned together by the head: The foxes, that are tied by the tailes, they set all on fire. The Vnitie of the head GOD send us: That, is the true Vnitie.

And yet are we not where we should. We may gather upward too, and make a head, and not the right head. That, to a head, is not enough, if it fall out to be a wrong head (suppose Romelie's sonne.) Humano capiti, &c. do but paint (saith the Poet) any body,Esay. 7.9. with a wrong head, it will but move laughter and scorne. The right, the owne head it would be. A strange head will not suite, nor doe us any stead. The right head, then.

And, which is the right head? He adds: Recapitulati, in CHRISTO: It is CHRIST. There (lo) is the right head, now. To that, let all gather.

And now we are arrived at CHRIST, we are, where we should; our gathering is at the best. All in heaven; All in earth: gathered together: together againe: Againe into one: One Summe, whereof CHRIST is the Foot: One body, whereof CHRIST is the Head. Gather then, and be gathered to Him: Gather then, and be gathered with Him: Luk. 1 [...].23. He that gathereth not with Him, scattereth.

And so were all, scattered without CHRIST; till He came with his [...], and got them againe together. The seasons were (all) empty; The things, all on heapes.

Gen. 3.24. Things in heaven, from things in earth; Angells, with drawne swords at men: Things on earth, Iud. 13.22. from things in heaven; Men, at but the sight of an Angell, ready to fall downe dead. The members, from the head; the head, from the members: The members one from another: Neither vnion with the head, nor among themselves. Pec­cata vestra, Ier. 5.25. it was sinne, that divided betweene GOD and them; and, divided once and divided ever, divided in semper divisibilia, till they were quite past all division: No longer divided (now) but even scattered. The case of the world, then.

Scattered, in point of Religion: Gods scattered all over; as many Gods as Cities: All the hosts of heaven;Ie [...]. 2.28. all the beasts and creeping things of the earth.

Scattered, in point of moralitie, or morall Philosophie: I know not, how ma­ny scattered opinions Augustine reckons, de Summo Bono, the chiefe point of all.

The Iewes scattered from the Gentiles, and the Gentiles from the Iewes: A maine Wall betweene.Ephes 2.14.

The Gentiles scattered from themselves grossely; all, in fractions, they. Nothing of a body; Never a head: And yet many heads, but never a right one among them all.

No, not the I [...]wes themselves: For, the Tabernacle of DAVID was then downe, and the ruines of it scattered into many Sects (as the Prophet AMOS complaines.Amos 9.11.) And Saint IAMES alledgeth it out of him,Act 15.16. [...] Gen. 1.2. Gen. 11.8. (Act. XV.) In a word: the whole world then was but a masse of errours, a Chaos of confusion, Tohu, and Bohu: empty and void of all saving grace or truth. Well likened, to them that were scattered at the tower of [Page 153] Babel, where no man vnderstood another: Exod. 5.12. Or to the people that were scattered all over the land of Egypt, to gather stubble, to pick up Strawes. All (then) wandering hither and thither, and seeking death, in the error of their life. By all which, you see,Wisd. 1.12. what need there was of this gathering, this [...].

Now then, if, for the divisions of Reuben, Iud. 5·15. there were great thoughts of heart (as it is in Debora's song) for but one Tribe scattered from the rest; shall there be no thought or course taken for these; such, so generall, so many (not divisions, but plaine dispersions) scatterings all abroad? Great pitie, that all these should lie thus loose and vngathered, as if they were not worth the taking up.Io. 6.12. He that (in Ioan. VI.) took order for the broken meat, for the fragments, willed them to be gathered, [...], that nothing might be lost no not of them; He (certainely) were no good Oeconomus, if He would let all these be lost for lack of gathering.

But could not this gathering be absque CHRISTO, in some other? It appeares, no. Seasons there were more then one, but all empty: proffers were made in them, but nothing full, nor any thing neere full. A season of the Law vnwritten: Then came the Patriarchs. But, they had much adoe, to keepe themselves from scattering: they gathered none.

A season of the Law written. Then, the Priests and Levites: but, the gathering lit­tle the fuller, for them.

Then came all the Prophets: To no great purpose they neither: Some few Pro­selytes they made; that was all. But in the end, all these (as they in the Parable of the wounded man) passed by, looked on him, but let him lie: Little was done,Luk. 10.31.32. till the good Samaritane came. The things in heaven and earth (the generalitie of them, so) in not much better case for all these, could not be recapitulate, in the Patriarchs, MOSES, the Prophets. So that, to this plunge it was come, that the Psalmist even asked GOD, Where­fore hast thou made all men for nought? It was time for Him to come,Psal. 80.47. Heb. 10.37. qui venturus erat.

It was time; More then time, when that which was the onely knowne way (when one was scattered from GOD, how to gather him to GOD againe, which was, Let him smell a sacrifice;) when that grew out of season, when that failed.1. Sam 26.19. And that it did. Sacrifice; burnt offering; burnt offerings for sinne (sinne, Psal. 40.6. that made all the Scattering) noluisti (that is plaine) thou wouldst not (It is CHRIST now speaketh) then said I, lo I come. I, of whom it is written, [...], in the top or front of the booke, that I should fulfill thy will and gather these together againe. Lo, I come to do it

By this Ecce venio of His, a way was found, those that were thus distracted and scattered before, how to bring them together againe. What way was that? It fol­lowes in the same place, what He meant by Ecce venio. He goes it over againe; No sa­crifice thou wouldst; No: Corpus autem aptasti, But, a body hast thou ordained me. Psal. 40.6. The incorporating CHRIST; the ordeining Him a body; that, is the new and living way, Heb. 10.20. through the veile, that is His fl [...]sh. With that He comes this day, and gathers all againe.

How, or in what manner, that? The manner is set [...]owne in the word:3 The Manner, Recapitulando. by way of R [...]capitulation. We are not to conceive, there was such a great Sh [...]et, as Saint Peter saw let downe from heaven (Act. X.) and that all these were put into it,Act. 10.11. and so gathe­red. No: it was recapitulando, by reducing to lesse roome (as we doe many diffused matters, to a few heads) as we contract great mapps to a small compasse; as great plots, to a small module: for, that is (properly) to recapitulate. There are two words in the verse, set it out well: 1 [...], 2 and [...], this fullnesse will come into a lit­tle [...], as the particulars of many leaves come into a Totall of not halfe a line.

If then we be to proceed by way of recapitulation, then are we to reduce all to heads So let us reduce these things to these two heads. 1 First, heaven, and all in it, to GOD; Earth, and all in it to Man. Gather these two into one, and there is the [...] in short. To conceive it the better, you shall vnderstand, this was [Page 154] on a good way onward, before. You have heard Man called the little world, the [...], of the great one, a compendium of all the creatures. And so he is, of both. He participates with the Angells, and so much things in heaven, by His soule: He participates with the elements, and so with things on earth, by His body. The Poet had it by the end: Fertur Prometheus &c. That to the making of mans body, there went a peece of every of the creatures. So, there was in man, a kind of recapitulation, before.

But, that was not full: yet lacked there one thing. All in heaven were not gathered into Man. Of GOD we say, Qui et in coelis: He was one of the things in heaven, and He was out all the while. But, if He could be gatherd in too, then were it a full gathering indeed. All, in heaven, recapitulate into one; that is, GOD: All, in earth, recapitulate into one; that is, Man. Gather these two now, and all are ga­thered; all the things, in either. And now, at this last and great Recollection of GOD and Man; and in them, of heaven and earth; and in them of all in heaven, and earth; are all recapitulate into the unitie of one entire Person. And how? Not so, as they were gathered at first; Not, as the [...] the first gathering) so the [...] (the second gathering.) When things were at the best, GOD and Man were two in number: Now, GOD and Man are but one CHRIST. So, the gathering, neerer then before: So, surer then before: So, every way better then before.

In Man, there was onward an abridgement of all the rest. Gather GOD and him into one, and so you have all. There is nothing, not any thing, in heaven, or earth, left out. Heaven is in, and earth: the creatures in heaven and earth; the Creator of heaven and earth. All are in now: All reconciled (as it were) in one masse, all cast into one summe: Recapitulate (indeed) truly and properly.

Heerin is the fullnesse, that GOD Himselfe comes into this [...]. The Apostle (I. Cor. XV.) where the Psalme saith [He hath put all things in subjection under His feet] It is manifest (saith the Apostle) that He was excepted,1. Cor. 15.27.that so put them under: But, heer, it is manifest (say we) that He is not excepted, that did gather; but, He (the very Collector) is, in this collection, Himselfe and all.

2. Cor. 5.19. Col. 2.9.1.21.22.For, GOD was, in CHRIST, reconciling the world: The World, that is, all things; All in heaven, all in earth. And, in CHRIST did dwell the fullnesse of the God-Head bodi­ly, when He did so reconcile them; in the body of His flesh. In a word: certain it is, that, by vertue of this recapitulation, we are one with CHRIST; CHRIST, as Man: GOD is one with CHRIST; CHRIST, as GOD. So, in CHRIST, GOD and Man are one. And, ther is good hope, they that are one, will soone be at one: where unitie is, union will be had with no great adoe.

And even besides this, there is yet another Recapitulation; that, well might it have that name. For (if you mark it) it is not Recapitation, but Recapitulation; and that comes of Capitulum, which is a Diminutive. So was it: verbum in principio, the aeternall, migh­ty, Rom. 10.28. great Word became verbum abbreviatum, as the Apostle saith (Rom. X.) to bring this to passe.Esa. 40.12. He, that the heavens are but His spann, abbreviate into a child of a spann long: He, that Caput the Head of men and Angells principalities and powers, became capitulum: He, that [...], a little diminutive head. Head? Nay, became the foote, Pes computi (the Text is) the foot, the lowest part of the accompt; and of the lowest accompt.

6. The Season when. And now (because we are in seasons, we speake of seasons) When was this, at what sea­son of the yeare? when was it, that He was so capite minutus? Sure, never lesse, never so little, never so minorated, so minimated (I am sure) as now. When was Ecce venio full­filled? we may know that, by all the foure Sundayes in Advent now past, that, to day, it is Ecce venio. Psal. 40.7. His comming, the Psalme expounds, by ordeining Him a body: A body there was ordeined Him, in the wombe: But, to us, things are, when they appeare. That, though the Word were made flesh before,Ioh. 1.14. yet GOD was not manifested in the flesh; came not and dwelt among us visibly to be seen, till this day. So that, if you aske [of In CHRISTO] what, or when? In CHRISTO nato, then, was this gathering of things in heaven, and earth.

[Page 155]And, in signe it was then, looke there comes a Queer of Angells down,Luk. 2.13. there comes a new Starr forth to represent the things in heaven: There comes togither a sort of Shepheards, and there is gathering to them a troop of great Princes from the East, Mat. 2.1. to repre­sent the things on earth, which consist (as these do) of high and low, noble and base, wise and simple: All, to celebrate, and make shew of this gathering, of this great [...] into this small [...]. And, in their heavenly Hymne, there is mention of this gathering: Luc. 14. In excelsis, and in terris sett togither; as if, all (in both) were now in full and perfect harmonie.

Now, when the seasons had travailed with, and at last brought forth Him, that was the best thing, they had, or should ever bring forth, then were they at the best. When Him, in whom it pleased the FATHER, all fullnesse should dwell, then were they at the full. The gathering of the things, so full, as it made plenitudo rerum: The gathering of the seasons, so full, as it made plenitudo temporum. And so have we brought both parts (seasons, and things) togither.

The Summe is at the foot; the Oration, at the periode; the Building, at the head-stone; the Tide, at the full: the fullnesse of the Gentiles are come in into His Church, Rom. 11.25. Verse 23. which is His body, the fullnesse of Him that filleth all in all.

But, why GOD, in the dispensation of the seasons, did so order,The Appli­cation of the Tex [...] to the time, and to us. In earthly things that at such a yeare of the world, such a moneth of the yeare, such a day of the moneth, this should fall out just; this is more, then I dare take upon me to define. But, this I may: that the Christian world hath ever observed diverse good congruities of this Feast, with this Text.

The Text is of a Recapitulation: The feast is so. Twelve monethes recapitulate 1 to twelve daies. Sixe, for the old; In sixe daies was the creation of the old. And, when the old things are past, as many for the new; For, behold all things are new; And,2. Cor. 5.17. if any be in CHRIST, he is a new creature. Both these recapitula [...]e in one season [...]qually divided. Aequally divided between both; yet so, as the dayes of the last are set before the first, Mat. 19.30. that so erunt novissimi primi is verified even of the season, and the last, first, there also.

The Text is of a gathering: and that falls fitt with the season; and giveth us great 2 cause to admire the high wisedome of GOD, in the dispensation of seasons; That, now at this season, when we gather nothing, when nothing groweth to be gathered, there should be a gathering (yet) and a great one: nay, the greatest gathering, that ever was, or will be: And so by that meanes, the poorest and emptiest season in nature, become the fullest and richest in grace.

Now we do, our selves (in effect) expresse as much as this comes to. For, we also make it a season of gathering togither; of neighbourly meeetings, and invitations. Wher­in we come togither, and both (our selves) have, and we make each other partakers of what we have gathered, all the yeare before.

In which sense also, we may call it the season of dispensation; in that, we then dis­pense 3 the blessings, GOD hath sent us; and that is, in good house keeping, and hospitalitie.

And (if you will) of fullnesse too. For, the most part do then use to be better filled, and 4 with better fare, that are not so full againe, all the yeare beside. That one may truly say, there is more fullnesse in this season, then any other. And so, it is the season of fullnesse then; For, the hungry are then filled with good things; then,Psal. 107.9. of all the seasons of the yeare.

And last, there is in the Text (and it as the maine word in the Text) [...], which 5 (in the Primitive sense) is the making the fo [...]e of an accompt: which agreeth well with the foot of the yeare, for, at the foot of the lea [...]e S [...]mmes use to be set. Sett it at the head, or set it at the foot; it is the [...] of the Old; and the head of the New: and so, the fit­test season, to celebrate it in. [...]or, [...]e it head, or be it foot, CHRIST it is. So, recapi­tulation, or gathering, fullnesse, or dispe [...]tie [...], or Summing all up, the Text is season­ble.

But, these (I have spoke of) are of things on ear [...]h. W [...]e it not to be wishe [...],In heavenly things. [...] [Page 156] would endevour to have some fruition, and to gather some fruit, for the heavenly part, from this gathering, this fumming up of CHRIST's?

CHRIST is but [...], a short summe; but there is in Him [...], a fulnesse of all: CHRIST is but the Contents of a Chapter, some thre [...] of foure lines; but a great long Chapter followes, long and large. For, what shall you see in this Shulamite, but Choros cast rorum, Cant. 6.13. legion [...], whole armies of good things, to gather. Such, so great a summe, as twelve daies will not [...]er [...]e to cast them up. But yet, somewhat let us gather, that, the seasons being full, we our selves be not sent empty away.

Our Accompt­ing.The time failes: I will therefore name but one; and that (the maine word of the Text) [...], which referreth properly to the making up an accompt. The Fathers, taking the Verse into their considerations, pitch upon it: (As Saint Ierome; who thinks it chosen of purpose to that end.) But, the word and thing both, we may have good vse of,Luc. 16.2. seeing we all are to be Accountants (Redde rationem, said to us all:) seeing, to an accompt we must all come.

And thus he followeth it, goes no further then the Text, for the particulars of our accompt; makes them consist of quae in coelis, and quae in terris. Which two, as they are principally taken for the creatures in both; So may they also (and not amisse) be taken, for the things done in them both: Specially, our gatherings in them referring to either.

1 For quae in coelis. Act 10.4. Things in Heaven to stand for our good Deeds, our Almes, Fasts, and Prayers, that ascend up thither, (the Angell tells Cornelius so,) and will receive us up thither into everlasting Tabernacles. Of which, gather we as many as we can all our life long.

2 For qua in terris.As for these on earth, we gather but too fast; meaning our evill deedes, which smell of the Earth, whence they are, and where they were done.

Now, when we come to give up our accompt, it should seeme, by the word [...], we had cast them once before, and cast them false; that we must to it againe, and see, if we can find our summes right. There is no danger, but in casting our quae in coelis (our good) left we cast them over; and our quae in terris (our badd) lest them we cast under. The other way, the error is nothing so perilous.

Our quae in coelis (our good) howsoever our new Auditors cast them so, as they find GOD in their debt, for that we have layed out more then ever GOD required; I doubt, will not prove so at the Auditt. But, of our quae in terris, our evill, there is no great feare of [...]vercasting them; their summe will rise but too high, if we deceive not our selves.

Both to be in CHRISTO.But, whither it be of both; we shall find our selves wrong in both, if they be not recapitulate In Christo. For our quae in coelis; Having done all we can, CHRIST bids us say servi inutiles sumus: Luc. 17.10. and so we must say then: (And what accompt can be made of inutile? Rom. 8.18. Luc. 3.16.7.4.) Having suffered all we can, Non sunt condignae (saith Saint Paul:) So, both come not home. The good Centurion, he that built the Synagogue; Nay then, Saint Iohn Baptist himselfe, both cast them selves to a Non sum dignus; Even the best of our nature. That, when we have done, we must begin againe, and cast and cast till we be weary, unlesse we cast in CHRIST; faile still, unlesse our Totall of quae in coelis, be re­capitulate in CHRISTO.

But then, come to the other accompt of qua in terris: to that, there is our fullnesse, and the fullnesse of our seasons. Many a broken reckoning shall we find there; such surd numbers, such fractions we shall meet with, we shall not tell how or when to gett through, we shall want compters. They are so infinite and intricate with-all, that (I feare) we shall be found in a mighty arrear, Mat. 18.24. a huge debt of thousands and ten thousands of talents: we shall not tell, which way to turne us, no [...] which way to satisfie it, though all we have were sold, and we our selves too. To ballance this accompt, CHRIST is most need­fu [...]; For,Iob. 9.3. Ioh. 15.5. Su [...]mis conjunctis cast both these togither, and Iob being our auditor, he finds, we shall not be liable to answere GOD one, 1 for a thousand, that He can charge us with. [...] (if ever) we shall find, in this, most true. For, gather hea­ven and earth, and all that is in them, all togither, and leave Him out, they will never be l [...]ble to make our discharge: Not the, best Auditor of them all.

[Page 157]But He, out of the fullnesse of His satisfactions, can relieve us that way, to take of (or strike of) a great part of our Onus. And He can cast in, of the fullnesse of His merits, to make up that, is found minus habens, or defective, in ours that way. For, the short is; He is both Pes, and Caput computi, the [...], and the [...]; He is called both, in the Text. His [...] must helpe us, if ever we come to our Audit.

But foreseene, that this be no hinderance to our gathering. No:Yet, not to hin­der our gathe­ring. Gal. 6.10. gathering we must be still, those of heaven (Spirituall;) and turne as much of our earthly, as we can into them. And still order the matter so, as while we have time, we be doing good. We shall but evill summe up all, in CHRIST, if we have no particulars to raise our summe of; if we have nothing, but what is out of CHRIST, to recapitulate, in CHRIST. To ga­ther, I say; Els are we like to have but an empty season of it.

And even to beginne, now: To imitate GOD, in His time, when; and His or­der, how. His time: this is the time, GOD made His in; Now, we to take the same time, to fall on gathering. His order: this is the order, GOD made His by; He be­ganne with heavenly things; we to keepe the same order, follow His methode, beginne, where He beginnes: Beginne with the things, that have the prioritie of place in the Text; beginne with them: Make Regnum ejus, our primum quaerite, Matt. 6.31. and the things that pertaine to it. And not pervert GOD's order, and be so wholy given to the fullnesse of the things on earth, that we fall to them, first. Nay, I pray GOD, it be not first, and last, and all. We shall the better dispense the season, if we gather, to Prayers, to GOD's Word: If we beginne with them: If with the dispensation of His holy mysteries: Gather to that, specially.

For, there, we doe not gather to CHRIST, or of CHRIST; but,The applicati­on to the Eu­charist. we gather CHRIST Himselfe: and, gathering Him, we shall gather the tree, and fruit, and all upon it. For, as there is a recapitulation of all in heaven and earth, in CHRIST: So, there is a recapitulation of all in CHRIST, in the holy Sacrament. You may see it cleerely: There is in CHRIST, the Word aeternall, for things in heaven; There is 1 also Flesh, for things on earth. Semblably, the Sacrament consisteth, of a Heavenly, and of a Terrene part (It is Irenaeu's owne words:) the Heavenly, there the Word too (the abstract of the other;) the Earthly, the Element.

And, in the Elements, you may observe, there is a fullnesse of the Seasons of the na­turall 2 yeare; Of the corne-floore (or harvest) in the one, Bread: Of the wine-presse (or vintage) in the other, Wine. And, in the heavenly, of the wheate corne, whereto He compareth Himselfe (Io. XII.) Bread, Ioh. 12.24.6.51.49. even the living bread (or bread of life) that came downe from heaven; the true Manna, whereof we may gather each his Ghomer. And againe, of Him, the true Vine (as He calls himselfe;Ioh. 15.1.) the blood of the grapes of that Vine. Both these issuing out of this daies recapitulation; Both, in corpus autem ap­tasti mihi, of this day.Psal. 40.6.

And the gathering or Vintage of these two, in th blessed Eucharist, is (as I may say)3 a kind of hypostaticall vnion of the Signe, and the thing signified, so vnited together, as are the two natures of CHRIST. And, even from this sacramentall vnion, do the Fathers borrow their resemblance, to illustrate, by it, the personall vnion in CHRIST: I name Theodoret for the Greek, and Gelasius for the Latine Church, that insist upon it (both) and presse it against Eutyches. That even as, in the Eucharist, neither part is euacuate or turned into the other, but abide each still in his former nature and substance; No more is either of CHRISTS natures annulled, or one of them converted into the other (as Eutyches held;) but, each nature remaineth (still) full and whole, in his own kind. And backwards: As the two Natures in CHRIST, so the Signum and Signatum in the Sacrament, è converso. And this later devise, of the substance of the bread and wine, to be flowen away and gone, and in the roome of it, a remainder of nothing els but Accidents to stay behind, was to them not knowen; And (had it been true) had made for Eutyches, and against them. And this, for the likenesse of Vnion in both.

Now, for the word gathering together in one. It is well knowne, the holy Eucharist it selfe is called Synaxis (by no name more vsuall, in all Antiquitie) that is, a Collection 4 [Page 158] or gathering. For, so it is, in it selfe: For, at the celebration of it (though we gather to Prayer, and to Preaching, yet) that is the principall gathering, the Church hath, which is (it selfe) called a Collection too (Heb. X.) by the same name,Heb. 19.25. Luk. 17.37. from the Chiefe: For, where the body is, there the Eagles will be gathered: And so, one Synaxis begets ano­ther.

5 And last, there is a Dispensation: that word, in it too: That, most cleerely. For, it is our Office, 1. Cor. 4.1. we are styled (by the Apostle) Dispensers of the mysteries of GOD; and, in and by them, of all the benefits that came to mankind, by this dispensation in the full­nesse of season, of all that are recapitulate in CHRIST.

1 Which benefits are too many to deale with. One shall serve, as the Summe of all: That the very end of the Sacrament is, to gather againe to GOD and His favour, if it happen (as oft it doth) we scatter, and stray from Him. And to gather us, as close and neere, as alimentum alito (that is) as neere, as neere may be.

2 And as, to gather us to GOD; so likewise, each to other mutually: Expressed lively, in the Symboles, of many graines into the one, and many grapes into the other. The Apostle is plaine,1. Cor. 10.17. that we are all one bread, and one body, so many as are partakers of one bread: So, molding us (as it were) into one loafe all together. The gathering to GOD referrs still to things in heaven: This other, to men, to the things in earth heere. All vnder one Head, by the common faith: All into one Bodie mysticall, by mutuall charitie. So shall we well enter into the dispensing of this season, to beginne with.

And, even thus to be recollected at this Feast, by the holy Communion, into that blessed Vnion, is the highest perfection, we can in this life aspire unto. We (then) are at the highest pitch; at the very best, we shall ever atteine to on earth; what time we newly come from it: Gathered to CHRIST; and, by CHRIST, to GOD; stated in all whatsoever He hath gathered, and layed up against His next comming. With which gathering heere in this world we must content and stay our selves, and wait for the consummation of all,Apoc. 22.12. at His comming againe. For, there is an Ecce venio, yet to come.

This gathering thus heere begun, it is to take end and to have the full accomplish­ment,Matt. 25.32.24.31. at the last and great gathering of all, which shall be of the quick and of the dead. When He shall send his Angells, and they shall gather His Elect from all the corners of the earth: Matt. 13.30. shall gather the wheat into the barne, and the tares to the fire. And then (and never till then) shall be the fullnesse indeed, when GOD shall be, not (as now He is) somewhat in every one,1. Cor. 15.28. Apoc. 10.6. but all in all. Et tempus non erit amplius, and there shall be neither time, nor season any more. No fullnesse then, but the fullnesse of aeternitie, and in it the fullnesse of all joy. To which, in the severall seasons of our being gathered to our fathers, He vouchsafe to bring us; that (as the yeare, so) the fullnesse of our lives may end in a Christmasse, a merry joyfull Feast, as that is. And so GOD make this to us, in Him, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KINGS MAIESTIE, at White-hall, on Saturday, the XXV. of December, A. D. MDCXXIIII. being CHRIST-MASSE day.

PSAL. II. VER. VII.

Praedicabo Legem, de qua dixit ad me DOMINVS: Filius meus tu, hodiè genui te.

I will preach the Law, whereof the LORD said to me: Thou art my sonne, this day have J begotten thee.

THIS Text, the first word of it is Praedicabo, I will preach. So, here is a Sermon toward. And it is of Filius; Filius meus genuite; of the begetting, or bringing forth a child. And that, Hodiè, this verie day.

And let not this trouble you, that it is (be­gotten) in the Text, and (borne) on the day. In all the three Tongues, one word serves for both. In Latine, Alma Venus genuit: Venus did but beare Aeneas; yet it is sayd, genuit. In Greeke, [...]: He was but borne of the Vir­gin; yet He was sayd [...], genitus. And I re­port me to the Masters of the Hebrew tongue, whether the originall word in the Text, beare not, be not as full, nay do not more pro­perly import His Birth, then His Begetting. It is sure, it doth. So, it may be used; and so; we will use it indifferently. And let this serve once for all. We returne to our Sermon.

Praedicabo. Heer is one saith, he will preach. Hath he a licence? Yes: Dixit ad me, 1 he was spoken to, or (indeed) he was commaunded. (Amar is to commaund. [...]) Com­maunded, by whom? By Him, that hath lawfull authoritie so to do, Dixit Dominus. He stept not up of his owne head; He came to it orderly: made no suite for the place; was appoynted for it.

What will he preach of? Whence will he take his Text? Out of Dixit Dominus, 2 out of the Word of GOD. And that is right. So doe we take, ours; for, so did he take his, To Dixit Dominus he held him; preached not voluntarie: but, as he preached the law, so, he had a law to preach by (the Word of GOD.) Dixit Dominus.

[Page 160] 3 And what was his Text? Filius meus tu, hodiè genui te. This Text he preached on: As it might be, at the bringing forth of a Sonne. And that (as it should seeme by the word, Hodiè) this very day. This day, the Birth; this day, the Sermon. And, if so: by the same aequitie, the same Text may well be preached on againe, whensoever that day comes about, by the circling of the yeare.

4 It useth to be the first question (I kept it last) Who preacheth? (For, if we like him, we will heare him, els not.) Sure, he, to whom this is spoken, Filius meus tu, he it is, that saith, Praedicabo. And he to whom it is said, Filius meus tu, is CHRIST. CHRIST then preacheth. And CHRIST is worth the hearing. There will lie no exception to the Preacher, that I am sure of.

And indeed, so it was most meete, that He should. He, that was the Law-giver, most meete to read upon his owne law; He, that the Sonne, most meet to preach upon Filius meus tu; He, that was borne, upon his owne Birth.

Vpon His owne Birth. And if upon it, any day, that day especially, whereon He was borne. So is the Text. The day He preach't on, He was borne: The day He was borne, He preach't on. No time so kindly to preach de Filio hodiè genito, as Hodiè. So shall you have CHRIST preach; of CHRISTS Nativitie; and that, upon the ve­ry day of his Nativitie; (which, according to the Christian account, is this day of all the daies of the yeare.)

The applying to this Birth.And, first I must tell you, this same Hodiè (heere) is said Signanter, that CHRIST was begotten to day. For, He was begotten besides this: had more Begettings, then one. Two natures He had, and so, two Nativities. One aeternall, as the Sonne of GOD: the other temporall, as the Sonne of Man. And, as it falls out, this very place (heere) I find vouched for both. Vouched for His begetting, as the Sonne of GOD, by the Apostle (Heb. 1.5.) For to which of the Angells said he at any time, thou art my SONNE, This day have I begotten thee? Alledging this place to prove His Deitie; as one, whose nature was farre above, farre more excellent, then the Angells.

But, of the twaine, more properly we apply it to this daies Birth: (His Birth, as the Sonne of Man.) And for our so applying it, we have the warrant, not of one, but of all the Apostles at once; and, even of the whole Church assembled in prayer (Acts IV. 27.) Where, to GOD himselfe they say, that the Prophecie of this Psalme was fulfilled, when Herod, the High Priests and the rest tooke counsell against His Holy Child IESVS: And, that (we know) was at this Birth. So, applying it to this Birth, sure we are, we apply it aright.

And indeed, it cannot be otherwise. For, in the very next words, GOD bidds him, Ask, and He will give him the Heathen, and the vttermost parts of the earth. T [...]is must needs be said to Him, as the Sonne of Man; and can no waies be said to Him, as the Sonne of GOD. As the Sonne of GOD, He asked not; He needed not aske; He had all:Phil 2.6. All aequo jure with His Father, as being in forme of GOD. Nothing was; nothing could be given to Him: He was not a person capable of any gift: All was His owne. So, it was spoken, as to the Sonne of Man, this day borne. And so, to the Sonne of Man, this day borne, we apply it.

The DivisionOf this Sermon, these be the parts. The matter of it at large, or in generall: I That it is a Law first. Then, what manner of Law, or how qualified: 1. A Law to be preached, as other lawes use not to be. 2. A Law, de quâ dixit DEVS, where other lawes are, de quâ dixit homo: Which is the reason, why it is to be preached 3. And then (out of the very body of the word in the Text) that it is not a Law at large, [...] but a Statute Law (for so is Elchok) which, but by publishing, none can take no­tice of. A second reason, why it is to be preached. And this is the first part.

II The second, is the very Text it selfe, or the bodie of the Law, in these words, Thou art my Sonne, this day have I begotten thee. The points in it are five 1 Of a Sonne. Of my Sonne (that is) the Sonne of GOD. Genui, the Sonne of GOD begotten. 4 Hodiè, the Sonne of GOD, this day begotten. 5 And Dixit genui (that [Page 161] is) dicendo genuit, begotten onely by saying; onely said the word, and it was done, and the Word became flesh. This is the second part.Ioh. 1.14.

The third is the hardest. For it would make one studie (Filius meus tu) how this III should be a Law, as heere it is called. It lookes not like one. But, Said it must be, which CHRIST hath said: A Law He calls it, and a Law we must find it. Now, there be but two Lawes (as the Apostle tells us Rom. III. 27.) Lex fidei, and Lex factorum: if, both these waies, a Law it be, a Law we shall find it. And both these waies a Law it is.

1. Lex fidei. A Law limiting what to beleeve of Him. Of Him (that is) of His Person: His Natures: and His Offices. His Person, out of the words, Ego, and Tu. His Natures, out of Hodiè, and Genui. His Offices, out of Praedicabo, and Legem.

2. Then, Lex factorum. Setting out, first, what He doth for us; and then, what we are to doe for Him. What He doth for us (Filius meus tu) to us he conveigheth all Filiall rights. What we to doe for Him (Filius meus tu) we to returne to him all Filiall duties. Which duties are comprised in Praedicabo legem. And legem, that law is no more, then Filius meus tu: for, Filius meus tu goes through all, and is all in all. These are the parts. Of these, &c.

PRaedicabo Legem (saith CHRIST) And we like it well, that He will preach. Legem. But I He hath not chosen so good a Text: Legem were a fitter Text for MOSES to preach on. We had well hoped, CHRIST would have preached no law; all Gospell, He. That He would have preach't downe the old law, but not have preach't 1 up any new. We see, it is otherwise. A law He hath to preach, and preach it He will: He saith it himselfe, Praedicabo Legem.

So, if we will be His Auditors, He tells us plainely, we must receive a Law from His mouth. If we love not to heare of a law, we must goe to some other Church: For in CHRISTS Church (there) a law is preached. CHRIST began, we must follow, and say, every one of us (as He saith) Praedicabo Legem.

Nay, there is another point yet more strange. These very words heere [Filius 2 meus tu, &c.] are as good Gospell as any is in the New Testament; yet are heere (as we see) delivered by him vnder the terme of a Law. And we may not change His word: we may not learne CHRIST how to vse His termes. The words are plaine, there is no avoiding them: a law He calls it, and a law it is.

First then, to take notice of both these. 1. That CHRIST will preach a law; 1 and that they that are not for the law, are not for CHRIST. It was their quarrell above (at the third verse) they would none of CHRIST, for this very cause, that Christ comes preaching the law, and they would live lawlesse: they would endure no yoke: they were the Sonnes of Belial; Belial (that is) no yoke: [...] But what agreement hath Christ with Belial? 2. Co. 6.15.

And then: that these words Filius meus tu, are a law; and so, as a law by Christ prea­ched.2 So as, in the very Gospell it selfe, all is not Gospell: some law among it. The very Gospell hath her law. A law Evangelicall there is, which Christ preached: and, as he did, we to doe the like. (Whereof, more is to be said by and by.)

In the meane time, it is not without danger to let any such conceit take head, as though Christian Religion had no law-points in it, consisted onely of pure narratives: beleeve them, and all is well: Had but certaine Theses to be held, dogmaticall points, matters of opinion. [...]nd true it is, such points there be; but they be not all. There is a law besides, and it hath praecepts, and they to be preached, learned, and (as a law) to be obeyed of all.

Looke but into the Grand Commission (by which we all preach) which Christ gave at his going out of the word: Go, Mat. 28.19. (saith He) preach the Gospell to all nations teaching [Page 162] [...]hem. What? to observe the things that I have commanded you. Lo, heere is comman­ding, and heere is observing. So, the Gospell consists, not onely of certaine Articles to be beleeved: But of certaine Commandements also, and they to be observed. And what is that, but Praedicabo legem?

Now (I know not how, but) we are fallen cleane from the terme, Law; nay, we are even fallen out with it. Nothing but Gospell now. The name of Law we looke strangely at: we shun it in our common talke. To this it is come, while men seeke to live, as they list. Preach them Gospell as much as you will: but (heare ye) no Praedicabo legem, no law, to be preached, to hold, or keepe them in. And, we have gospelled it so long, that the Christian Law is cleane gone with us; we have lost it; if Praedicabo Le­gem (heer) get it us not againe. But, got it must be: for as CHRIST preacheth, so must we; and Law it is, that CHRIST preacheth.

I shall tell you, what is come by the drowning of the terme, Law. Religion is even come to be counted res precaria; No law, no, no: but a matter of faire entreaty, gen­tle perswasion, neither jura, nor leges, but onely Consulta Patrum, good fatherly coun­sell, and nothing els. Consilia Evangelica were a while laid aside: now there be none els. All are Evangelicall counsells, now. The reverend regard, the legall vigor, and power, the paenalties of it are not set by. The rules, no reckoning made of them, as of Law-writs, none; but onely, as of Phisique bills, if you like them, you may vse them: if not, lay them by. And this comes of drowning the terme, Law. And all, for lack of Praedicabo Legem.

I speake it to this end: to have the one terme retained, as well as the other, to have neither terme abolished; but, with equall regard, both kept on foot. They are not so well advised, that seeke to suppresse either name. If the name once be lost, the thing it selfe, will not long stay; but goe after it, and be lost too.

They that take them to the one terme onely, are confuted once a moneth. For, every moneth, every first day of every moneth, this verse failes not, but is read in our eares. And heer, a law it is. And so was the Christian Religion called in the very best times of it, Christiana lex, the Christian law; and the Bishops, Christianae legis Episcopi, the Bishops of the Christian law. And all the ancient Fathers liked the terme well; and tooke it upon them.

To conclude. Gospell it how we will: if the Gospell hath not the legalia of it ac­knowledged, allowed, and preserved to it: if once it lose the force, and vigor of a law; it is a Signe it declines, Heb. 8.13.7.18. it growes weake and vnprofitable: and, that, is a signe, it will not long last. We must goe look our salvation by some other way, then by Filius meus tu: if Filius meus tu (I say not, be not preached, but) be not so preached, as CHRIST preached it; and CHRIST preach't it, as a Law. And so much for Legem.

1. Praedicabo Le­gem.Now, of this law, three things are heer said. First, Legem turnes back upon Praedica­bo. And this priviledge it hath, that it is materia praedicabilis, a law which may; nay, a law which is to be preached. And that, Lawes vse not to be: Not to be preached. To be read upon at times privately: but, to be preached, not any law, but this. But, this is: and it serves for a specificall difference, to sever it from other lawes, and make it a kind by it selfe. Even this, that it is to be preached.

To be preached: and that even to Kings themselves, that make lawes: to Iudges themselves that are presumed to be best seene in the law: yet they to learne, they to be learned, in this law. Erudimini (is the word) qui judicatis terram, in the X. verse after.

2. De quâ dixit Dominus.And the reason is: for this is a law, de quâ Dixit Deus. And so is none els. And that is a second difference. There is a law de quâ dixit homo, quam sanxerunt homines, which men among themselves make for themselves (as by-law [...] are made.) This is of a higher nature. This, GOD himselfe made; is a Law of His owne making. De quâ dixit, or rather edixit, for so is (Amar;) which GOD enacted first, and then gave com­mandement, it should be preached.

And to whom? Dixit ad me. Who is that? CHRIST. First, and before all [Page 163] others to be preached by his Sonne. His preaching, He thought it worth, and gave it Him in charge, and accordingly (wo see) He performed it, and professed, Praedicabo, that He will preach it.

But, the third is a reason, why it could not be otherwise; why it could not,3. Dixit, or edixit. but be preached. Because (as I told you, out of the very bodie of the word) it is not a law at large: but a Statute law. And the nature of that law is, without publishing, it cannot be knowne.

GOD hath his Law in the same division that man hath his: His Statute, and his Common law, The law of Nature, which is written in the hearts of all men, that,Rom. 2.14. is the Common law of the world. Of that, every man is to take notice at his perill. But this law, heer, is no part of that law: Filius meus tu, is not written in the heart; it must be preached to the eare. No light of nature could reveale it, from within; Preached from without, it must be. And so, and no otherwise, come we to the knowledge of it. The very word gives it for such, which is properly a Statute (as this is) enacted, and decreed in the high Court of GODS Counsell above, and reserved to be revealed in the latter times; And of that we cannot heare without a Preacher: Ephes, 3.5. Rom. 10.14. and the preaching thereof was committed to CHRIST. He began, and we follow. And so much for Praedicabo Legem, de quâ dixit Dominus ad me. (The matter at large.) And now to his Text, wherein is the letter of the Law it selfe.

I reckoned up to you five particulars in this Law. 1. Filius, a Sonne. 2. Filius II meus, my Sonne (that is) the Sonne of GOD. 3. Filius meus genui; the Sonne of GOD begotten. 4. Hodiè, genui the Sonne of GOD begotten this day. 5. And fiftly, Dixit genui, (that is) dicendo genuit, begotten by saying, as the WORD should be.

Of a Sonne, first. Which plainely sheweth, it is not the old;1. Filius. it is a new law (this.) The old runs Ego sum Dominus, which must needs imply, Servus meus tu. This is, Filius meus tu (in another style) which necessarily doth imply, Ego sum Pater tuus. A FA­THER to be the giver of it. According to the former, He saith, Ego sum Dominus, and we say, Dominus meus tu. According to this latter, He saith, Filius meus tu, and we say Pater meus tu. This, the better by farr: as farr as the condition of a Sonne: is bet­ter, then that of a servant. And indeed, the maine difference betweene the two lawes, is but this: Doe it (saith the one) Servus meus tu, the vnperfect law of feare, 1. Ioh. 4 18. Heb. 7.9. Iam. 1.15. and servitude. Doe it (saith the other) Filius meus tu, the perfect law of love and li­bertie.

Of a Sonne. Whose Sonne? Filius meus. And He that speakes it,2. Filius meus. that saith meus, is GOD; and so, He, to whom it is spoken, the Sonne of GOD. And the Sonne of GOD is a high title, and of speciall accompt. Salomon, before his Crowne or Scep­ter prised that speech of GOD: I will be his Father, and he shall be my Sonne. 2. Sam. 7.1 [...].

But nothing makes it more cleare, then this place. The last verse, He saith, Posui te Regem, I have set thee a King: that, He speakes not of, thinks it not fit. But heere, now, Filius meus tu, this (loe) preach He will; this He thinks worth the preaching Filius meus tu, rather then Posui te Regem, to be the Sonne of GOD, then to be a Prince in Sion.

The Sonne of GOD: and the Sonne of GOD begotten. For,3. Genui. Sonnes of GOD there be, that are not begotten; that come in another way, that come by adoption. To be­get, is an act of nature, and is ever determined, in the identitie of the same nature with him, that did beget. And this putteth the difference.

Otherwise, GOD speakes of Angells, as of His Sonnes: Iob. 38.7. When all the Sonnes of GOD praised Him. Speakes it of Israel, his people: Out of Aegypt have I called my Sonne. Speakes it of Rulers and Governors: Ye are all the Sonnes of the most High. Hos. 11.1. Psal. 82.6. To every of these, as much in effect is said, as Filius meus tu. But to which of them all, to which of the Angells said He at any time, Genui te, I have begotten thee? Not to any. Filij they were, but not geniti, none of them all. So, Filius meus tu is commu­nicated to others; but Genui te, to no creature, either in heaven or earth. Of none, is [Page 164] Genui to be verified in proper termes, but of CHRIST, and of CHRIST only.

Hodie Genui. Begotten; and this day begotten: Genui, and Hodiè genui: for, begotten He had been before. Another begetting besides this, Two Genui's. A Genui before Hodiè: Ex utero ante Luciferum genui te, Psal. [...].113. sayd the LORD to my LORD, in the GX. Psalme. Twice begotten He was: This day begotten, and begotten ante Luciferum, before there was any morning starr; and so, before there was any day at all; and so, before any, quod cogno­minatur Hodiè, any time, that is called, To day.

We are to take notice of both these generations, 1 Of CHRISTVS ante Luciferum, and of 2 Lucifer ante CHRISTVM. To take notice of both: but, to take hold of this latter. For, that, ante Luciferum was not for us. His second begetting, His Hodiè genui, His this dayes begetting is for us,Mic. 5.2. is it we hold by. Not, by His going out from everlasting: not by His olim, ante Luciferum, ante secula genitus: None of these. Hodiè genitus is the law, that we are to preach: (that is) not His aeternall, but His hodiernall generation, Not as GOD, of the substance of His Father, begotten before all worlds: but as man of the substance of his Mother, Gal. 4.4. borne in the world: when in the fullnesse of time, GOD sent His SONNE, made of a woman. And that, was the Hodiè genui of this day.

5. Dixit genui.Now the speculative Divine pierceth yet deeper, he finds a further mysterie in these two words. Dixit genui (that is, saith he) dicendo genuit. He sayd He begatt (that is) by His very saying, He begatt. Wherein, the very manner of His begetting, is set forth unto us.

There is a very neer resemblance betwixt Dixit, and Genui; betwixt begetting, and speaking. To begett, is to bring forth: so, is to speake, to bring forth also. To bring forth a word, and CHRIST (you know) is called the Word. Now, when we speake, either we do it within, to our selves, or without, to others. Either of which two, may well be compared to a like severall begetting.

1 When we thinke a word in our thought, and speake it there, within, to our selves (as it were in silence) and never utter it: this (if you marke it well) is a kind of concei­ving or generation: the mind, within, of it selfe ingendring a word, while (yet) it is but in notion, kept in, and knowne to none, but to our selves. And such was the genera­tion of the Aeternall Word, the SONNE of GOD, in the mind of His Father before all worlds; and even to that doth the Apostle apply the Genui of this verse. And this is the first begetting, Heb. 1.5. or speaking.

2 Now, as the word, yet within us in our thought, when time comes that we will ut­ter it, doth take to it selfe an aierie body (our breath by the vocall instruments being fra­med into a voice) and becōmeth audible to the outward sense: (And this we call the se­cond begetting, or speaking.) Right so, the aeternall WORD of GOD, by DOMINVS dixit, by the very breath of GOD, the Holy Spirit (which hath His name of Spiro, to breath) corpus autem aptasti mihi, had a body framed Him, and with that body was brought forth,Heb. 10.5. and came into the world. And so, these words Genui te, this very day, the second time, verified of Him. Genui, and Dixit genui; sayd, and by saying, begott Him: For, how soone the Angells voice sounded in the blessed Virgins eare, instantly was He incarnate in the wombe of His Mother.

Of both which words, Dixit, and Genui, we can spare neither. There is good use 1 of both. Of Genui: to shew the truth of the identitie of His nature and substance, with His FATHER that begatt Him, and with His [...]her that bare Him. For, to be­gett, is when one living thing bringeth forth another living thing, of the same nature, and kind, it selfe is.

2 But (I know not how) the terme of begetting, the very mention of that word, carryeth our conceit to a matter of carnalitie: therefore, is the word [Dixit] well set before it, to shew, this Genui, was not by any fleshly way; to abstract it from any mixture of carnall uncleanesse. That the manner of it was, onely, as the word is purely and spiri­tually conceived in the mind. The one word [Genui] noting the truth: The other word [Dixit] the no way carnall, but pure, and inconcrete manner of His generati­on. And so I have gone over, the five termes of this Law, or (if you please) the five points of his Text.

[Page 165]The hardest is yet behind: For it will not sinke into our heads, how this should III be called a Law. It seemes nothing lesse: rather a Dialogue between a Father and his Sonne. But a law (sure) it cannot be. A law tunnes in the Imperative; this is meerly Narrative: declares some-what, injoynes nothing; gives not any thing in charge, as lawes use to doe.

Sed non potest solvi Scriptura, GOD must be true in all His sayings. Ioh. 10.35. Ro. 3.4. CHRIST may not preach false doctrine. A law He hath called it; and we may not give it any other name.

There be, that thinke, this verse is but the preaamble, and that the body of the law doth follow, and reacheth to the end of the Psalme.

But, the better sort are of mind, that even this verse, taken by it selfe, conteynes in it a law full and whole. Let us see then, whether we can find it so.

We picth't upon the Apostle's division of the law, into Lex fidei, and Lex factorum. If both these be found in it, we may well allow it for a law.

We will begin with Lex fidei: what we are to beleeve of Him. Of Him (that is) of these three. 1 Of His Person. 2 His Natures. 3 and His Offices.

And then come to Lex factorum. 1 First, what He doth for us, the benefit of this law. 2. And then, what we are to do for Him againe, our dutie out of this law. The for­mer of which (the benefit) is the Gospell of this law. The latter (the dutie) is the law of this Gospell.

Of His person first. That He is, of Himselfe, a person subsisting. Plaine,1. Lex fidei 1 Of His Person. by the two persons that are in the Text, Ego and Tu; the first, and second person in Grammar: and the same, the first and second person in Trinitie. Heer is, Ego genui, the person of the Father; and Filius meus tu, the person of the Sonne. Heer is one begetts: And (sure it is) nemo generat Seipsum, none begetts himselfe; but he, whom he begetts, is a person ac­tually distinguished from him, that begetts him.

But, of these two persons, this you will marke. That, the first that is named, is Fi­lius meus tu. He stands first in the verse before Genui te. We heare of Filius, before ever we heare of Genui: For, that is the Person we hold by. By nature, Ioh. 14.6. Genui te should go before Filius meus; but quoad Nos, Filius meus is before Genui: To shew, there is no comming to the FATHER, but by Him; no interest in the Father, but from, and thorough Him. This, for His person.

And, in His person, we beleeve two Natures, sett downe heer in the two words,2. Of His Natur [...]s. Hodiè and Genui. If you do observe, there is some what a strange conjunction of these two words. One is present, Hodiè: the other, is perfectly past, Genui. In proprietie of speech it would be a present act, for a present time: or it would be an act past with an adverbe of the time past: and not joyne a time in being (Hodiè) with an action ended and done (Genui.)

The ioyning of these two togither, the verifying them both, of one and the same person, must needs seeme strange. And indeed, could not be made good, but that, in that one partie, there are two distinct Natures. To either of which, in a different re­spect, both may agree, and be true, both. Some little difference there wilbe about the sorting of the two words: which to referr to which. But, that will easily be accorded, for they will both meet in the end.

There be: that, because Hodiè (the present) is yet in Fieri, and so not come to be perfect: understand by it, His temporall generation (as man) which is the lesse per­fect, as subiect to the manifold imperfections of our humane nature, and condition. And then, by Genui, which is in factum esse (and so, done and perfect) understand His aeternall generation (as the SONNE of GOD) in whom are absolutely all the perfections of the Deitie.

There be other, and they fly a higher pitch, and are of a contrary mind: For, whatsoever is past, is in time (say they) and so Genui is temporall: and, that Hodié (that) doth best expresse His aeternall generation: For tha [...], nothing is so properly affirmed of [Page 166] aeternitie it selfe, as is Hodiè. Why? For, there, all is Hodiè: there, is neither Heri, nor Cras; no yesterday, not to morrow. All is, To day, there. Nothing past; nothing to come: all present. Present (as it were) in one instant, or center; so in the Hodiè of Aeternitie. Past, and to come argue time; But, if it be aeternall, it is neither: All there is Present. To day then, setts forth aeternitie best (say they) which is still present, and in being. But, Genui (that, being past) cannot be His aeternall at any hand, but must needs stand for His temporall.

But whether of these it be; Genui, His aeternall (as perfect) and Hodiè (as not yet perfect) His temporall; Or, vice versa, Hodiè represent aeternitie best, and Genui, time, as being spent and gone: Between them both, one way or other, they will shew His begettings. You may weave Hodiè with Genui, or Genui with Hodiè, and between them both, they will make up the two Natures of Him, that was the Hodiè genitus of this day. Concer­ning whom, we beleeve; as first, that He is one entire person, and subsists by Himselfe; So, second, that He consists of two distinct Natures, aeternall, and temporall. The one, as perfect GOD: the other, as perfect man.

3. Of his Offices.Now, for His offices. Them, we have likewise in the two words, Praedicabo, and Le­gem. Praedicabo: By that, it is plaine, He doth preach. And that seemes strange: for the last newes we heard of Him (in the verse before) was, that He was sett a King in Sion. And the word legem imports as much: For, lawes (with us) are the King's lawes.

A King to preach? Let that alone for the Priests. That, is their Office; they shall teach Iacob His iudgements, Deut. 33 11. and preach to Israel His law. But, preach He wil (as he saith.) So, Filius meus will prove a Priest (as it seemes:) A Priest, indeed. And, which is yet more strange, by vertue of these very words, Filius meus tu. No words (one would thinke) to prove Him a Priest by; and we should hardly beleeve it, but that (in Heb. 5.4.) the Apo­stle deduceth His Priest-hood from these very words: No man (saith he) taketh unto him this honour (that is, the honour of the Priest-hood) but he, that was called of GOD, as was Aaron. And then he adds, No more did CHRIST, He tooke not this honour upon Him, to be our high Priest: but He, that sayd to Him [Filius meus tu, hodiè genui te] He gave it Him. So, that by vertue of these words, CHRIST was consecrate a Priest; as by vertue of the other [Posui te Regem] He was sett a King in Sion.

And the place (Sion) suites well with both. For Mount Sion had two topps. On the one was the Temple built: on the other was the Kings Palace situate. The one for Praedi­cabo: the other for Legem. In the one (as King) he makes a law: in the other (as Priest) preacheth it. First, Posui Regem; and then Praedicabo Legem.

And indeed, the Kings, that were His types, were mixt of both. Melchisedek; him, the Apostle stands on at large, in Heb. 7. And, if this Psalme be David's (as question­lesse it is, for, his it is avowed to be Acts 4.25.) why then, he preach't too. And for Salo­mon, it is too evident; we have his booke of the Preacher. The like, may be sayd of Eze­kias, and the rest, by whom, this King (heer) was in any sort represented. And, by ver­tue thereof, they all had a greater care of publishing this law, heer, then of any of their owne lawes: as, on the contrarie, Ahab, and his race had more care of the keeping the statutes of Omri, Mic. 6.16. then they had of the lawes of GOD.

We beleeve then, for His Offices; that, He is both King, and Priest. Hath a King­dome to rule: Hath a Dioecese to preach in. His Kingdome, the Heathen, to the uttermost parts of the earth: His Dioecese, as large. His Auditorie, all States, even the highest, Kings, and Iudges: for Praedicabo legem concernes them all. And this, for lex fidei: what it binds us to beleeve of Him.

2. Lex factorum. 1 What he doth for us. The benefit.Now, for Lex factorum. First, what shall be done to them, that live by and under this law. They speake of lawes of grace: This is indeed, a law of grace; nay, it is, The Law of grace: not only as it is opposite to the law of nature; but even, because it offe­reth grace, the greatest grace, that ever was. For, what greater grace, or favour can be done to any, then to have these words [Filius meus tu] sayd unto him? This law doth it: for, Ioh. 1.12. to them, that receive it, it giveth power to be made the Sonnes of GOD.

[Page 167]The words seeme to be spoken to one person onely: but (as lawes of grace use to be) are to receive ampliation, and to be extended, to the most benefit.

Dixit ad me. Said He it to Him, and said he it, to Him alone, and said he is to no 1 other, but to Him? No: For, he gave it Him in charge to preach it; and to preach it, is to say it to others. Therefore it is, Dixit ad me, vt ad alios, per me: it was so said to Him, as that by Him, it might be said to others. Praedicabo makes it plaine.

Praedicabo. When CHRIST doth preach, He is not to be vnderstood to preach 2 to himselfe: no man doth so at any time; but to others more or lesse, that may be, or should be the better for his preaching. For, what needed it be preached, if it concerne none, but Him? if none to have benefit, but He? if they, that heare it preached shall re­ceive no benefit by it?

So say we, of Legem. This law was not made for CHRIST: it needed not for Him 3 (any law.) He was Filius meus tu [...], needed no law to make Him that, which by nature He was The law was for others, which, by this law, were to be made that, which, by nature, they were not (that is) the Sonnes of GOD.

Take the very words. You see, His Text is not in the first person, Filius tuus ego: His 4 Text is, Filius meus tu. And, who is that, Tu? It cannot be CHRIST himselfe by common intendment. The Father saith to Him, Thou art my Sonne: But, to whom is it, that CHRIST saith, Thou art my Sonne? For Filius meus tu, is His Text; that, He must preach on: He may not goe from the words, or change the tenor of His Text. Who is then, that Sonne? To whom applieth He his Text? To some other cer­tainely.

The Apostle saith, He was sett and sent, that He might bring many Sonnes unto GOD,Heb. 2.10. to whom GOD also might say, Filius meus tu. And Himselfe likewise saith of Him­selfe in the Prophet: Behold heere am I, and the children which GOD hath given me. Esay. 8.18.

And who be those Children? Those, whom He shall regenerate,The Birth. 1. Pet. 1.23. Iam. 1.18. and beget anew by His Praedicabo Legem, the immortall Seed: For, of His owne good will begat He us, by the Word of truth, that We might be the first fruits of His creatures. These are the chil­dren, that are heere meant. Of whom it shall be said, quòd, per Filium, filij, that in and by this Sonne, they shall be His Sonnes, all. And, what was said to CHRIST, shall be said to them, and every of them, Filius meus tu.

Of Sion saith the LXXXVII. Psalme, It shall be said, He was borne in her And that,Psal 87.4. is true, for so He was. But he goes on further, and saith, He did remember himselfe of Rahab, and Babylon, the Philistims, and the Morians land, for, loe, there He was borne. Borne there? How can that be? Yes, borne there, and heer, and every where; where, by this Praedicabo Legem, He begets children to GOD. The power, and vertue of His Birth reacheth even thither. Every place that receiveth His law (where ever it be) even, there He is borne. This for His Birth.

To this Birth there belongs a Birth-right. They talke much of the law, The Birth-right as of a Birth-right: but (loe) this heer, is a Birth-right, indeed; and that, veri nominis; and amounts to more, then a Childs part. And it growes out of the double title, or interest, which He hath to all that is given Him. For, as He is twise a Sonne, twise begotten, 1 Ante luciferum, and 2 Hodiè: so hath He a double right growes to Him, expressed in two distinct words (in the next verse) 1 one of inheritance, 2 the other of possession, or purchase; for, Ahuzza is true Hebrew for a purchase. Of which two, One contents Him: His title, as Heire. The other He transcribes and sets over to us, which is that of His purchase, [...] as Hodiè genitus.

But we need not so much as to goe to the next verse for it. Filius meus tu will serve; Which was said twise to Him. 1 Once at His Baptisme, Hic est Filius meus. Matt. 3.17. And so it is likewise at ours, to us; for therein we are made members of CHRIST, and the children of GOD. 2 And againe, Hic est Filius meus, at His Transfiguration in the Mount. Matt. 17.5. And we keeping the law of our Baptisme, the same shall be said to us likewise, the second time, and when time comes,Phil. 3 21. we also shall be transfigured into the glorious Image of the Sonne of GOD. And this is, Lex factorum on His part: this shall be done for us by Him. This we called the Gospell of this Law.

[Page 168] What we to do for Him: The dutie.And what shall be done by us for Him? Which is the law of dutie on our part requi­red; and which, we called the law of this Gospell: implyed in the two first words, Praedi­cabo, and legem. Either word hath his condition. First, if he preach, that we bestow the hearing of Him. And then Legem, that we know it is a law He preacheth: and there­fore so, and no otherwise then so, to heare it.

1. Praedicabo.Heare Him preach? That we will be entreated to, easily. If that be all, we will ne­ver stick with Him for that. Nay, Gods blessing on his heart, for (as the world goes) we are now, all, for preaching.

2. Legem.But take Legem with you too. It is so Praedicabo, as it is Legem. Preached, and so prea­ched, as it is Law, His Sermons are so many Law-lectures: His preaching is our law to live by; And law binds, and leaves us not to live, as we list. And, if that which is preached be law; it is to be heard, as a law; kept, as a law; to be made our Lex factorum, as well as Lex fidei. If we heare it otherwise, if we heare it not so, if we lose Legem; we may let go Praedicabo too, and all.

And heere now, we breake. As a law? Nay none of that. The hearing we will give Him: but soft, no law (by your leave.) Our case is this. So long as it is but Preadicabo, but preaching, we care not greatly, though we heare it: but, if it once come to Legem, to be pressed upon us, as a law; farewell our parts: we give Him over: for law binds, and we will not be bound. Vpon the point, we are fast at Praedicabo, and loose at Legem. Leave CHRIST his booke to preach by; but keepe the law in our owne hands. But (to be short) if we heare it, not as a law; heare it not, but as newes; if we bring our Sermons to an end, Psal 90.9. as a tale, that is told; if, that be all: we forfeit all that followes, all our part and portion in Filius meus, and Hodiè genui and all.

By Legem, what law is meant.Now, if you aske, what law it is, is heere meant? No other, but the law, of these words, Filius meus tu: For, Flius meus tu, in the body of it, carrieth the law; That, con­teines all filiall duties, which is the perfectest law, when all is done.

For, the law of a Sonne is more, then all lawes besides. For, besides that it is lex fa­ctorum, that a Sonne will doe anything that is to be done; he will further doe it, out of filiall love and affection, which is worth all. And this law (indeed) is worth the preaching. It is Exibit de Sion lex, Esay 2.3. the law that came from Sion.

Gal. 4.24.The law of Sinai, that begins with Ego sum Dominus; it is a law of servitude; a law for the bond-woman, and her brood. Never preach it: at least, not to children. That law is to give place: and in place thereof, is to come the law of Sion, which we preach; the law of the free-woman, Gal. 4.28. Rom. 8.15. and the children of promise: the law of love, of filiall love, procee­ding, not from the spirit of bondage, but from the Spirit of adoption.

There is lex factorum in both: But, as Gregorie well expresseth it. Si servus es, metue plagas, if thou be bond (as Ismaël) doe it, out of servile feare, for feare of the whip. Si mercenarius, expecta mercedem: if thou be an hireling (as Balaam) do it, out of mercena­rie respect. Sed, si Filius meus tu; then doe it, out of true, naturall affection; per­forme all duties of a kind Sonne to Him, that said, genui te, as did Isaac the Sonne of the free-woman, to ABRAHAM,Gen. 22.9. Phil. 2.20.22. that begot him, even to the laying downe of his life. None, to Timothee (saith Saith Paul) none like minded to him: for, as a Sonne with his Father, So hath he laboured with me in the Gospell. So: (that is) so freely, so sincerely, so re­spectfully, as a loving, kind, naturall Sonne could doe no more. And that, is lex factorum, indeed. And so much for lex factorum on our part: what we to doe for him: the fili­all duties: the law of this Gospell.

1. The time. Hodiè. Heb. 3.13.15.We lack nothing now, but the time. And as legem, is the condition; so, Hodiè, is the time. We are willed by the Apostle to insist upon this word, Hodiè, to call upon men for this duty, while it is called, To day. Not to deferr, or put it of, or make a morrow matter of it. We are all inclined to be Crastini, or Perendini, for to morrow, or next day, or, I know not when; but, not to be Hodierni. Hodiè is no adverb with us: for, where shall we find one, but will take daies for any matter of dutie? To looke to this Hodiè, and not deceive our selves: for, no time, but Hodiè, hath any promise: Witnesse, Hodiè, Psal. 95.7.8. si vocem; To day if you will heare his voice; which every day sounds in our eares.

[Page 169]But Hodiè genui, is more then Hodiè: for every day in the yeare, while it lasts, is Hodiè, To day: but every day is not Hodiè genui. There is but one of them in the whole yeare;2. Hodiè genui. and that, is this day. This day then to take: of all other Hodiè's, not to let slip the Hodiè of this day. A day, whereon this Scripture was fulfilled: whereon, Dixit, & factum est, He said it, and did it; whereon, this Sonne was borne, and given us: A day, whereon as it is most kindly preached; so, it will be most kindly practised of all others. And so, I hold you no longer; but end.

Praying to Him, that was the Hodiè genitus of this day, Him, that was begotten, and Him, by whom, He was begotten; that we may have our parts, as in Praedicabo, preaching; so likewise in legem, the lawe: in both, legem fidei, to believe aright, and legem factorum, to live according: That, we performing the filiall duties required, may attaine the filiall rights promised, and may be in the number of those, to whom first, and last Filius meus tu shall be said, to our everlasting com­fort, and to the praise of the glorie of His grace, Ephes. 1.6. through CHRIST our LORD.

SERMONS PREACHED VPON Ash-wednesday.

A SERMON Preached before QVEENE ELIZABETH, AT WHITE-HALL, On the IV. of March, A. D. MDXCVIII. being ASH-VVEDNESDAY.

PSAL. LXXVIII. VER. XXXIV.

Cum occideret eos, quaerebant Eum: & revertebantur, & diluculò veniebant ad Eum.

When He slew them, then they sought Him: and they returned, and enquired early after GOD.

THIS Psalme is a Calendar, or Roll of reports, how, from MOSES to DAVID, the Iewes carried them­selves to GOD, in matter of Religion. And this verse, a report, how, in the matter of repentance (ex­pressed heere, vnder the termes of seeking and turning to GOD.) Wherein, this they did, this was their fa­shion: While He spared them, they sought Him not; When He slew them, then they sought Him, Cum &c. These words then are a report.

A report: but such a one, as when Saint Paul heard of the Corinthians, he could not commend it: What shall I say? Shall I praise you in this? No: 1. Cor. 11.17. I praise you not. Neither he them, for that: Nor I these, for this. Rather, as old Father Eli said to his sonnes: Non est bonus Sermo hic, qu [...]m audio de vobis; This is no good report, I heare, Cum occîderet, &c. 1. Sam. 2.24.

[Page 174]Whither good or whither evill, it perteineth to us. For, to us of the Gentiles hath Saint Paul entailed whatsoever well or ill befell the dissolved Church of the Iewes: 1. Cor. 10.11. These, all these came vnto them for examples, and are enrolled, to warne us that grow neerer and neerer to the [...]nds of the world.

Both pertaine unto us; the Scripture hath both: And, in it, draweth out our duty to us, in both, in good and evill Reports; as it were, in white worke, and black work. And we to have use of both: Yet, not of both reports alike, but diversly, as our in­structions upon them are diverse. For, we are not so much to regard the bare Report, as the instruction of it. For which cause, Asaph hath intitled this Psalme, not Asaph's re­port, but Asaph's instruction.

Now, we have heere our report: May we find, what our instruction is touching it? We may. Asaph expressely hath set it downe at the VIII. verse before. That this, and other errors of th [...]irs are heere upon the File, Ne fiant [...]icut Patres eorum, That we should not be like our forefathers, a crosse and crooked generation. Not like them, in other indignities: and among other in this Cum occîderet, &c Never to seek GOD but when He kills us.

In which soule indignitie, our Age is (certeinely) as deepe, as ever was that: And we need Asaph's instruction, no lesse then they.

For, as if there were no use of Religion, but onely Cum occîderet, so spend we all our whole time, in the search of other things. Not caring to aske, or seek, or conferr about the state of our soules, even till occîderet come. And then (peradventure) sending for Asa [...]h, and hearing him speake a few words about it, which we would faigne have called seeking of GOD. I can say little to it: I pray GOD, it prove so: but sure (I feare) it will be found Minus habens, Dan. 5.27. farr short of it.

Which is so vsually received, that, take a survey, not one of an hundred ever thinke of it, before. So securely practised, as if we had some Supersedeas lying by us, not to doe it till then: As if there were no such Scripture as this upon record; which turned to their destruction, and must needs ly heavy upon us, when we shall remember it. Cum occîde­ret, &c.

Now sure, this course must needs be prejudiciall to our soules: and a number perish in it daily before our eyes. Yet we sitt still, and suffer this custome to grow and gather head. Neither delivering their soules, or (at least) our owne, by telling them seriously, this is not the time: and, then, to seeke, is not the seeking, GOD will allow. That this is a Ne fiant, such a thing, as should not be done in Israel. That it is upon record [...], to their disgrace and destruction: And, it cannot be to our comfort or com­mendation, to doe the like. Out of which their destruction, Asaph frameth an instruction for us: and (as it is well said, and fitly to this day) ex cinere Iudaeorum lixivi­um Christianorum, of the Iewes ashes maketh a lie for Christians, to clense us from this foule indignitie. Vt, videntes cadentes, videant ne cadant, that, heeding their fall, we take heed we fall not: that is, seeke, not as they sought, lest we perish, by like example of seeking too late.

Therefore, that we set our selves to seeke, before this Cum come: that is (in a word) seeke GOD, as by repentance and the fruits; so by vndelayed repentance, and the timely fruits of it:Iude 12: and be not like the Apostle IVDE'S [...] our seeking, all sum­mer, withered and drie, and beginning to shoot out a littl [...], about Michael-masse spring: Of which kind of shooting, fruit can never come. This is the summe.

The DivisionThe words consist of two parts. Two parts: but, these two evill matched, or (as Saint Paul) vnaequally yoked together. For, where our chiefe actions (of which I take it,2. Cor. 6.4. our seeking of GOD is one) should have the chiefest time; Heere, is the first and and best of our actions sorted, with the last and worst part of our time: Quaerebant Eum, with Cum occideret.

And, not onely miss-sorted, but miss-placed. For, cum occîderet, His killing stan­deth before our seeking: whereas our seeking should be first, and His killing come after This, was never GOD's Fiant: they must have a Ne fiant.

[Page 175]Of these two, then. First by way of Report, joyntly: that, de facto thus it is: thus,I they; and thus, we seeke.

Then will we take them in sunder, and (as Ieremie saith) Ier. 15.19. Separate the precious from II the vile: Quaerebant Eum the flower of our actions, from cum occîderet, the drosse, dreggs, and very refuse of our time. Consider them apart, and shew 1. That this time is not the time: 2. And that this seeking, thus sorted and thus placed, is no see­king, nor ever shall find. Therefore, with Asaph's instruction, to settle our seeking upon some other time; and to resolve, to beginne it before.

TWo powers there are in Cum. 1. A Privative, of all times before:Of both de facto joyntly; 1 Cum occideret. 2. A Positive I of that instant time, then. No time, before, we seeke: At that instant time, then, we doe. On which two consisteth Theatrum vitae, the very theater for our life. Our case, before that time, is lively expressed in the words immediately precedent: They spent their daies in vanitie, and their yeares in turmoile in the world. Our case, then,Verse 33. at that time, in these words, cum occîderet eos. Yea, by implication, they are both in this verse: By what they do now, is implied waht they did before. 1 Now, they sought Him: So that, before, they lost Him. 2 Againe, Then, they turned to: So that, be­fore, they turned away, and not once looked toward Him. 3 Now they rose up early: so that, before, they put it of till twilight. 4 Now, they remembred: so that, before, they forgat Him cleane; No speech, no question; nay, not thought about Him.

Thus it was (saith Asaph) vnder Moses. While His hand was not upon them,1 they regarded Him not; as not worth the seeking: Perdebant Eum, it was their losing time. But, when He slew them, they fell to seeke; and well was He that might find: Quae­rebant Eum, it was their seeking time.

Before, Quaerebant alia, they found themselves other matters more meet to seeke:2 Then, Quaerebant Eum, they gave over all, to seeke Him onely.

Before, He sought them; and they gave Him good leave, so to doe. Then, all is tur­ned 3 out and in: As He, them, before; So they, Him, now.

And is it not thus with us, that are now in theatro upon the stage? Yes indeed: and more, if more may be. This, is but vetus fabula, per novos histriones; the same Play againe, by other Actors. For, in Publique: when, in the daies of safety, plentie, and peace, we are in the VI. of Amos, and are best at ease when Quaerebant is farthest from us; but, if Warr, Famine, or Contagion come, then we runne to the II. of Ioel, Ioel. 2.15. Sanct [...]fie a Fast, and call for the Arke, and grow all godly on a sodaine: What is this, but Cum occîderet? And, in Private: When, while youth and strength and health doth last, while the evill day is farr of,Esay 30.11. we are even at cessare fac Sanctum Israël à nobis, Cause the Holy One of Israël to cease from us; But, when distresse, danger, or death come, when Rabsakeh is before the walls, then we crie,Esay 37.3.1.4. Now is the day of tribula­tion and anguish; now the children are come to the birth, and there is no strength to be deli­vered; Now, Send to Esay; Now, lift up thy prayer for the remnant that is left: What is this, but Cum occîderet? Surely, this is our case: Our seeking goeth wholy by our killing: waxeth and waineth; is out and in, as that is neere at hand or farther of. I need not tell it, your eares and eyes are daily witnesses, that this is a true saying, Cum oc­cîderet eos, &c. No killing, no seeking.

This is a true saying: but, all true sayings are not by all meanes (Nay some,Of each seve­rally. not by any II meanes) to be received. The report (indeed) is, Thus it was: But, the instruction is, Ne fiant, That it should not be. To the end then, we may know, what to receive and what to refuse, we will take it in peeces, and melt the drosse from the silver mettall. Quae­rebant Eum, by it selfe is good: Put occîderet to it; it is base. Of these then in order.

[Page 176] Qu [...]rebant E­um, our fiat.Of quaerebant Eum, we shall soone agree (if it be quaerebant Eum) that it is a Fiat, a thing to be done. Which, many other waies might be made to appeare, but by none better then this, heer: That, at last, all come to it: Sooner or later, all seeke it: All men, if not before, yet cum occîderet, then, certeinly.

Quaereb [...]nt, They sought: they, and all.All seeke: And among all, They sought: which word is not without his weight heer. For, what are these, that Asaph heer meaneth, by they? Not Saints: Not, generatio quaerentium, the generation of them that seeke GOD. But they, that (in the verse before) wasted all their dayes in vanitie, Psal. 24.6.1. and their yeares in turmoiling in the world. They, idle, riotous persons: Ver. 33.2. They sought.

They, that (in a verse after) flattered Him with their lipps, and gave Him all the good words that might be,Ver. 35.3. and meant no such thing. The Hypocrites: They sought.

Ver. 19. They, that (a little before) grievously provoked the most HIGH GOD, with spee­ches little better then blasphemie: Can GOD do this? Is there a GOD amongst us, or is there none? And so, insteed of quaerebant Deum, quaerebant, An Deus, made a question, whither there were any to seeke: That is, even the very wicked, and (of all wicked, the worst) the prophane Atheists, They sought: Even, at last, They sought. This, is the triumph of Religion: The Riotous person, The Hypocrite, The Atheist, all shall seeke.

And heer-in is folly comdemned even of her own children, and wisedome iustified of her very enimies: That they that greedily seeke sinne, at last would be glad to be ridd of it: and they, that merrily scorne Religion, at last, are glad to seeke to it.

They shall seeke: And, the time is sett downe, when they shall seeke; and when you shall not faile, but see them seeke, that never sought before. In diebus juventutis, not then: Sanus factus est, nor then, neither: But, cum occîderet, then, certeinly. Cum oc­cideret, Marke this Cum, when it commeth, and you shall see them, that stood out all their life long, then come in.

The heathen man saw it with his eyes. O (saith the Persian Messenger in Aeschylus) 1 when the Graecian forces hotly pursued our Host, and we must needs venter ouer the great water Strymon, frozen then, but begining to thaw, when an hundred to one, we had all died for it (that is cum occîderet;) with mine eies, I saw (saith he) when [...], &c. of those Gallants whom I had heard (before) so boldly mainteine, There was no GOD to seek [...], then every one of them on their knees, and full devoutly praying, the yee 2 might hold till they gott over. Moses saw it, with his eyes. Pharao (who was at high termes,Exo. 5.2. Who is the LORD you talke of? (and answered himselfe, he knew none such, nor nothing would doe for him:) When Cum occîderet came, he tooke notice, there was a LORD higher then he: that that LORD was righteous, and he a wretched sinner, 3 that sought for grace at His hands. Marke but the shutting up of dixit insipiens (their owne Psalme. Psal 53.1.) When (saith David) they have in heart sought to perswade themselves, Non est: seeke none, None there is: and thereupon corrupted themselves, and became 4 most loathsome in their lives;Psal. 53.3. eate up their tenants, as they would do so many morsells of bread; made a mock of such holy men, as sett themselves seriously to seeke GOD: When all is done, and occîderet come, trepidabunt timore, ubi non erat timor, they shall 5 beginne to be afrayd, where (they held before) no feare needed: And heer shalbe the 6 last verse of their Psalme; quis dabit è Sion salutem, to wish for the salvation of Sion, which they have so oft derided. They shall seeke; and, then they shall seeke. Till then (possibly) you shall but lose your labour, if you tell them of seeking of GOD and how good it is. They are (saith Ieremie) like the Dromedarie of the wildernesse, a beast of ex­ceeding swiftnesse,Ier. 2.24. (the female specially:) Over hill and dale she g [...]eth (saith the Pro­phet) and snuffeth up the aire at her pleasure, and who can over-take her? They, that seeke her, will not weary themselves, till her moneth: And, in her moneth, when shee is bagged, then they will finde her, and deale with her well enough. The case is like. Age, sicknesse, death are farre of: Youth, health, and strength possesse them: there is no comming to them, then. The moneth, cum occîderet, is not yet come: But, come that once (as, once it will, to all) you shall since, quaerebant will have his place, Fiat. It is therefore GOD's owne resolution; Thus He resol­veth: [Page 177] I will goe (saith He) and returne to my place, till they acknowledge their faults, Hos. 5.15. and seeke me: And when will that be? He addeth: In novissimo quaerent me diligenter, An end will come: and when that commeth, they will seeke me diligently, even the best of them. And, even so we are faigne to resolve: For, our lott is GODS lott, and when He sought to them, we goe to our place, and there stand, till their moneth,Ioh. 5.4. Expectantes aquae motum, waiting till the destroying Angell come and stirre the water, and then quaerent Eum wilbe worth the seeking after.

Then, according to Saint Paul's disjunctive, we,2. Co. 5.18. that all other times mente excedi­mus Deo, at that time sobrij sumus vobis. Divinitie, which (in our ruffe) is sophisme and schoole points, and (at the best) a kind of extasie about GOD, is and shalbe, then, the words of truth and sobernesse. For, GOD, and His seeking will have their time; Before, if it may be: but if not before, then, at the farthest. First or last; all shall confesse, by seeking, GOD is to be sought. Some, before He kill; and happy are they: But, when He killeth, all: Hypocrites, Heathens, Atheists and all.

And I would pray you (in a word) but to note, in seeking then, how many things they confesse. For, there be (I take it) foure potentiall Confessions in it.

That, such a one there is to be sought. A Power above us, whose being and sovereig­nety,1 all, first or last shall seeke.

That somewhat there is to be found: some good to be done, in seeking (as Esay 2 saith) Non frustra dixit, He hath not in vaine sayd to the seed af Iacob, seeke ye me. Esa. 45.19. For were it to no purpose, they would not then do it; but, as at other times they did, so let it alone then, too.

That, whatsoever that good is, hit upon it, or stumble on it, we shall not: It will 3 not be had in parergo, but seeke it we must. For, without seeking, it will not be had. If it would, they might sit still, and let it dropp into their lapps.

That, seeking at this time when He slayeth them, they shew what that good is, they seeke: Even that, the Psalmist saith, seeke the LORD, and your soule shall live: that,Psal. 69.32. whatsoever become of their body, at least their soule may live: that we lose not both; that He kill not both, and cast both into hell fire. And this, even when we come within the hemisphaere of the other life, the sence we then have of somewhat that should have been sought before; the mis-giving of our hearts, they shall come to a reckoning, for not seeking sooner: And this, that not one of us would dye suddenly by our good-wills, but have a time to seeke GOD, before we loose our selves: This, that we desire to dye seeking, howsoever we live; all shew certeinly, it is a Fiat, a thing to be done; a good thing to seeke GOD, even the enimies of it, being Iudges of it.

So then: quaerebant Eum is as it should be. But, I add: 1 If it be quaerebant, seeking indeed. 2 And, if it be quaerebant Eum, and not aliud in Eo: Seeking, not Him, but somewhat els by Him.

If it be seeking indeed. For they, to whom the Prophet Esai sayd,Esa. 21.12. Cant. 3.1. Si quaeritis, 1. It must be Quaerebant, see­king indeed. quae­rite, If ye seeke, why then doe it; sought so, as (it seemeth) their seeking deserved not the name of seeking. So loosely, so slightly, so slenderly they did it; as if, that, they sought, were as good lost as found. So sought the party that sayd, In lectulo quaesivi quem diligit anima, that lay in bed and sought. So he, that asked our SAVIOVR,Ioh. 18.30. quid est veritas? (a very good question:) and when he had asked it, another thing tooke him in the head, and up he rose, and went his way, before CHRIST, could tell him, what it was. Such is our seeking, for the most part. Some idle question cast; Some table talke moved: Some quid est veritas, and goe our way: All by the way, in transcursu: and never, as if it were about some matter of speciall moment, sit about it and seeke it out indeed.

1. They turned them (saith the Text:) as if, before, they sought, without so much as turning them about.

2. They rose up: as though, before, they sat still and sought.

3. They did it early, and did not tarry till Cum occîderet, the sunne were sett, and no light to seeke by, but their feete stumbled in the darke mountaines.

[Page 178]4. They enquired: So that, before, if you had ought to say to them, you might; they had nothing to say to you. To seeke then, is To Turne, To rise, To rise early, To enquire after it. Esa. 21.12. O Si quaeritis, quaerite (saith Esay) the morning commeth, and so doth the night: that is: our daies spend apace; and we say, we will seeke: If we will seeke, let us once doe it indeed.

2. It must be Eum Him.Secondly, if it be quaerebant, and if it be Eum: Another point to be rectified. 2. Cor. 12.14. Non vestra, sed vos (saith the Apostle) is the right seeking. Not, seeke Him, for some-what we would have of Him: but to seeke Himselfe, for Himselfe. It is one thing (say the Schooles) to seeke GOD, for fruition: another, to seeke Him, to make use of Him. One thing (saith CHRIST) to seeke for the miracle;Ioh. 6.26. Psal. 105 4. another, for the loaves. One thing, to seeke His face; another, to seeke His fingers ends. One thing, to consult with Him only for conscience, to know and doe; another, to consult with Him, if it hit our humor to make our advantage of it; if it goe against us, to set light by it. Such is our seeking, for the most part : Cum occîderet, to have our turne served; to have our health restored, that we may seeke Him no longer,Esay 56.12. but to our former riot againe, and to morrow may be as yesterday, and much more.

Seeke Him, indeed: Seeke Him, for Himselfe. These two points being agreed of, we shall throughly agree of quaerebant Eum. And so much for it, and for our fiat. Now, to our Ne fiat.

2. Our Ne fiat: cum occideret, the time.For, when we have agreed of our seeking, we have not done. With 2 diligence, it would be, and due respect. Our seeking (as all things, the best things under the Sunne) must have [...], their due time and place. Wherein appeareth the aba­ting power of Circumstances: Hos. 5.6. Ioh. 8.21. that they are hable to bring down the substances. Name­ly, of the time: And that, misse-timing marreth not onely Musique, but all things els. The thing is right; The Cum is wrong; and so, all is wrong.

1. God seeking to have a time.To find out the time, we agree first, that, as every weighty thing hath, so the seeking of GOD is to be allowed a time, too.

What time is that? Verily, we should doe it absolutely, all our life long: quaerite faciem Eius semper. Psal. 105.4. Not, When? But, when not? without limitation, con­tinually.

And, in this sense we graunt Cum occîderet: then, and at other times too. But, not (as Asaph) then, and never till then: So, we denie it.

2. A sett time, Cum.GOD (indeed) is so to be sought: but, we cannot so seeke Him: Other our affaires crave allowance out of our time, and we are well content to yeild it largely. Only, that GOD have a sett time left, when to seeke Him. That is but reason: all will yield to it. All graunt a Cum.

But, come to know, when that when shalbe; heer, we varie, first We cannot be brought to sett downe any certeinty, but love to be left at large. Do it we will; but (in­deed) we cannot shew when;Act. 24.26. but even Foelix his when, [...] when we have leasure. I cannot now stand to seeke (saith he) I hope one day to be at leasure to doe it: but, that day never came.

Vrge them, presse them, When? No other resolution, but, omnis peccator dicit, Aliquando Deum sequar; Sed non modo: Sometime still; but not this time. Never, in the present; but, sometime heerafter.

Follow them all along their life, they find not this Cum, but put it from one Cum to another, till there be none left, but only Cum occîderet, Even that very time, against which GOD layeth His exceptions. Every time before, we say, Nondum tempus, it is not time yet: Every houre before, Nondum venit hora, the houre is not yet come.

Not to leave GOD's seeking thus at randome: But to grow to some certein­ty. I demaund, Will any time serve? Is GOD at all times to be found? It is certaine,Esa. 55.6. Not. The very limitation (of dum invenire potest) sheweth playnly, that other times there be, wherein, Seeke Him you may, but finde Him you shall not.

[Page 179]Then, if, at all times, He is not to be found, we are to make choise of a certaine Cum, Cum inveniri potest, when He may be found, and then seeke Him.

Many returnes there be, in the terme of our life; Many Cum's: All are reduced to two: 1 Cum Servaret; and 2 Cum occideret. Or (if we, will needs be wedded, to a Cum occideret) 1 Cum occîderet hostes eorum; 2 not, eos: When He scattereth and slayeth our enimies, and saveth us. One of these two it must needs be.

Cum occîderet, it is not. CHRIST Himselfe expresly limiteth it, before:It would be 1. Cum serva­ret. Apoc. 2.21. Ver. 22.23. dedi ei tempus ad poenitendum (saith he) I gave her a time to repent. What time is that? Lest we might mistake it, to be cum occîderet, He adds; If we doe it not, in that time, so by Him given, He will cast us downe on our bedds, the bedds of affliction and sicknesse, and there kill us with death. So that, the time, he alloweth us to repent, is before we come thither. For, thither we come, because we did it not in the time, he gave us to do it in. Indeed, our bedd is not the place: In lectulo quasivi, I sought Him in by bedd: Cant. 3.1. quaesivi, sed non inveni: I sought Him, but, I found Him not. The place of slaughter is not the place: Nor, the time of killing is not the time. We may take that time; but it is not dedi illis, none of His giving. The time, He giveth us, is, be­fore we come there.

Then, if when He kills us, is not it: when He saveth us, it is. It is indeed: and a cluster of it, an houre of cum servaret, then, is better then a vintage, a whole day of Cum occîderet.

Vpon these two, the whole Psalme standeth: and the part (before) sheweth, when it should have been. When He overwhelmed the Aegyptians in the Sea: Ver. 13.14.24.27. When the Pillar of the clowd was over: When, He not only saved them, but served them, raining downe Manna, for their neede, and giving them Quailes for their lust: then, was the time with them: and then, is the time with us.

For (sure) as we seeke GOD, to save us: so, He saveth us, to seeke Him. If, when we seeke Him, we are saved; when we are saved, we should seeke Him. The time of His saving is the time of our seeking: And, one houre, then, is better then foure and twenty.

All that while, what seeke we?Ier. 45.5. Why (as Ieremie saith) we doe then quae­rere grandia. Other greater matters we have in hand: Matters of more weight then the seeking of GOD. As if His seeking were some petie businesse: Slightly to be sought, and lightly to be found. Any time good enough for it.

Nay, not that: but, so evill are we affected to seeke Him, then, that quaerebant is occîderet: we endite Him of our death; it is death to do it: as leefe dye, as seeke: It maketh us old; it killeth us before our time. We digest not them, that call on us for it, but seeke our selves (as the Apostle speaketh) Magistros secundùm desideria, 2. Tim. 4.3. that may enterteine us with Speculations, of what may be done by miracle, at the houre of death: that may give us dayes and elbow roome enough, to seeke other things, and to shrinke up His seeking into a narrow time, at our end; and tell us, time enough then. For, thus (then) we reckon: all the time we spend in it, we lose the fruict of our life, and the joy of our hearts shall be taken from us. As if the fruict of life were not to find GOD; Or as if, any true hearts joy, GOD being not found. Call we this our fruict and joy, not to seeke GOD? Call it not so:Psal. 105.3. Laetetur cor quaerentium De­um (saight the HOLY GHOST) Let the heart of them rejoice, that seek the Lord. Yea, in lachrymis peccatorum, in the very teares of a paenitent, there is (saith S. Augustine) more found joy, then in risu theatrorum, in all the games, the theater can affoord: Da Christianum, et scit quid dico. But, our tast is turned, and we relish not this Seeking. By our flesh-potts we have lived, and by them we will dye, and so we do. Lust hath been our life, and we wilbe buried in the graves of lust: And so we shall, and never know, what that ioy meaneth, Laetetur cor quaerentium Deum.

Cum Servaret then, will not serve. Nay, cum occîderet will scarse serve,2. Cum occîde­ret alios. it hath much adoe: Let Him draw His sword, and come amongst us. For if (as, of His good­nesse, He doth not) He rush not on us at first, but begin with others: If it be cum oc­cideret alios: we seeke not. See ye the XXXI. Verse: He took away others, before their [Page 180] faces; and those, not weake or sickly persons, but the goodliest and strongest of all Israël, and least likely to die. Heere is occîderet. Now, did this move? No: (See the XXXII. verse:) for, at this they sinned yet more, and went about their seeking never the sooner. It must be cum occîderet eos, 4. 3 Cum caede­ret eos. themselves, their owne selves, or it will not doe it.

Come then to themselves, and smite them with the edge, not with the poynt: with the edge, to wound; not with the point, to dispatch out-right: will that serve? Cum cae­deret eos, when He wounded them, with some mortall sicknesse the messenger of death, would they seeke Him then? No: not then, not for all that, would they frame to it. For,2. Chr. 16.12. Quaerebant medicum, then. I say, as Asa sought medicos, & non Deum: Not, GOD and them; but them first, and let GOD stay till they be gone. And, till they give us over, and tell us plainely, occîderet is now come indeed: no smiting or woun­ding will send us to seeke. So that, it is not either 1 Cum Servaret eos, or 2 Cum Ser­viret eis, His saving, or serving us: Nay it is not, 3 Cum occîderet alios, or 4 Cum caederet, His killing others, or wounding us with any but our deaths-wound, will doe it.

It is Cumocci­dere [...], which is a Ne fiat. Tandem then, when we are come to the very last cast, our strength is gone, our spirit cleane spent, our senses appalled, and the powers of our soule as numme as our senses: when a generall prostration of all our powers, and the shadow of death upon our eyes: Then, something we would say or doe, which should stand for our seeking: but (I doubt) it will not serve. This, is the time, we allow GOD, to seeke Him in.

Is this it? would we then seeke Him, when we are not in case, to seeke any thing els? Would we turne to Him then, when we are not hable to turne our selves in our bed? Or, rise early to seeke Him, when we are not hable to rise at all? Or enquire after Him, when our breath faileth us, and we are not hable to speake three words togither? Nei­ther before, nor with, but even at the end of occîderet? No houre, but the houre of death; No time, but when He taketh time from us, and us from it, & tempus non erit amplius? Apoc. 10.7· What shall I say? Shall I commend this seeking, turning, rising, enqui­ring? No: I cannot commend it, either in it selfe, or to any. I commend it not.

That that may be said is this, and it is nothing. True: some one or two of a thou­sand and ten thousand, that have. How then? Shall we not therefore follow our in­struction and seeke Him before?Esay 65.1. Nay then, Some have found and never sought: Let us not seeke Him at all, if that will hold. Thus it is: Some, going a journey, have found a purse by the way: It were madd counsell, to advise us to leave our money be­hind, upon hope of like hap in ours. No: this is safe and good: Though some one or two have found and not sought, yet let us seeke for all that. Though some one or two have, then, sought, and found, yet let us seeke before. Though some have found a purse in their way, let us not trust to like hap, but carry money with us. This, is a privy deore, on speciall favour open to some few.Esay 30.21. There lieth no way by them. This is the way (you have heard) Walke in it, and you shall find rest to your soules.

1 As not CHRIST [...] time of see­king.To speake then of safe seeking, and sure finding, I say (as Asaph saith) it is a Ne fiant. This time is not the time CHRIST giveth us: he assigneth us another. Yea, we condemne our selves, in that we would seeme to allow it our selves. If we were put to it, to say plainely; Not, till He kill me: it would choke us. We neither have heart nor face, we would not dare to answer so; we dare not avow it. And if it be a ne dicant, it is a Ne fiant. The time of GODS quaerite is Primum quaerite. This Cum is the last of all our Cum's;Matt. 6 33. all other before it. First, and last are flatt ad oppositum. This is not it.

The time of seeking GOD must be [...], such as is meet to be received. This, is not: Not the ac­ceptable time. Therefore (I hope) we will not offer it GOD. If we doe, take heed He scorne not this time, as He doth their price, in Zacharie: A goodly time, that I have assigned me. Zach. 11.13. Take heed He stand not upon His reputation (as in Malachie) and bid us Offer our service, Mal. 2.8. at this houre, to any Great man and see, whither he will be content with it, and not reiect both us and our seeking, then. This, is not; cannot be but a great Ne fiant; To offer GOD that, no man is so meane, but would take in evill part.

[Page 181]This time, is the time, when all Hypocrites, Atheists, tag and ragg come in, and seeke Him in a sort: And shall not we be confounded, to see our selves in their number? Nay, to say that must be said (for, true it is) It is past the Divell's time. They be his words [Cur, ante tempus?] and he seeketh to make them ours,Matt. 8.29. that it is ever too soone to seeke GOD. At the hardest (I trust) we will not keepe time with him.

And, to seeke Him then, is not to seeke Him: Not quaerebant Eum. No:3 No time of seeking, but of dissembling. Verse 25. they seeke Him not, they dissemble with Him (saith Asaph, in the next verse.) For, when GOD, to trie them, reprieved them never so little time, they fell to their old byas; and when as He ceased killing, their seeking was at an end. So are all forced Seekings: like to a bow­string brought to his full bent, but remitt you never so little, it starteth backe againe.

Nay, it is not quaerebant, no kindly seeking, but a base ignoble creeping to, without all ingenuitie, when we must either die or doe it. Neither [...], nor [...], to doe it then.

But, in very deed, it is no seeking at all,4 No seeking at all. as before we defined quaerebant to seeke in­deed. There is a diameter betweene occîderent and quaerebant, and therefore, betweene it and quaerebant Eum. Men cannot then seeke: If they must rise up, and turne them that must doe it; they are not hable for their lives, to turne or stirr themselves to doe it. Nay, nor to enquire. For, what is our seeking, then? Is it not, to lie still on our bedd, and suffer a few words to be spoken in our eares? Have a little opiate divinitie ministred to our soules, and so sent away? Sure, this is rather to be sought, then to seeke. There goeth more to Quaerebant, then thus. We must then seeke, when we are in case, to give sentence and to doe judgement on our selves: When we are hable to take up our crosse, before it be laid on us. Quaerebant Eum must stand before cum occîderet.

Lastly, it would be knowne, What became of this Quaerebant? The ill successe of it. Hos. 5.6. What they found that sought thus; and then, and not before? They found not Him, the Prophet saith plainely: They goe then, with sheepe and bullocks, and all manner of sacrifice, to seeke the Lord, but find Him not; for, He hath withdrawen himselfe before.

And justly they find Him not, ex lege talionis. GOD himselfe answers them; nay their owne hearts answer themselves: Go, whom you have spent your life in seeking, seek to them now. Let them save you, at this, whom ye sought, at all other times. As for me, it shall come to passe, as I cryed and you would not heare; So, you shall crie and seeke, and shall not find or be heard (saith the LORD.)

Yes: they found Him; but, with a doore shut betweene Him and them. But, what found they? The Parable of the ten virgins tells us (which is the Gospell for this Psalme:) Matt. 25. [...]2. they found (that, which we, I hope, shall never find) a Nescio vos. Where (that we may see, that this course is folly, and therefore indeed a ne fiant sicut) that which putteth the difference of those that be wise and goe in, is, that they had sought and looked to their oyle, yer the Bridegroome came: And those that were foolish and shut out,Matt 25.4. when the Bride­groome was even comming (that is cum occîderet) were to seeke their oyle then; had not looked to it, till then. Nescio vos is their answer, He knoweth them not: they tooke too short a time, to breed acquaintance in. Nescio vos they find, that so seeke. Profectò ad hoc tonitru, &c At this clapp, he that waketh not, is not a sleepe but dead.

To conclude then, with our Instruction. If this time,Our Instruction. and this seeking have so many evill marks: the time so vnseasonable; the Seeking so many waies to seeke: If the suc­cesse to this seeking be no better, but Nescio vos: Why then Ne fiat. If these heere were not well advised: If those Virgins were foolish: why then, Ne fiant sicut, not to be like.

Secondly, To sever the silver from the drosse; The seeking is good, keep it: the time is wrong, change it; Either into Antequam occíderet, or into Cum Servaret. Fiat, 2 to the action: Ne fiat, to the time.

Thirdly, As we confesse, that there is one to be sought: And that, with the turning of a ginne we cannot have Him, when we list, but seeke Him we must: That His seeking 3 is worth the while: And that it is not dispatched in a minute, but must have time: So, [Page 182] to thinke His seeking worthy a better, and to allow it a better time then this, to do it in.

4 Fourthly, seeing yet is the acceptable time; Yet, He may be found; Yet, it is cum ser­varet; occideret is not yet come; (How neer it is, it is hard to say: Our SAVIOVR CHRIST saith,Luk. 12 46. it is quâ horâ nescis, it may be neerer then we are aware:) Lest it come upon us before we seeke, let us seeke, before it come upon us. So seeking, we shall safe­ly seeke. Safely seeke, and surely finde GOD; and with GOD, whatsoever is worth the finding. But (that which we seeke) we shall, after occideret is past, find our selves in His presence,Psal. 16.11. and at His right hand, In whose pres [...]nce, is the fullnesse of joy; (Not as ours heer, joyes halfe empty:) and, at whose right hand, there are pleasures for ever more; (Not as ours heer, for a time, and a short time, GOD knoweth.) That, which heer we seeke and cannot finde, with Him, we shall; if we shall heer, indeed, and in due time seeke Him, by the timely fruits of an vndelayed repentance. Almighty GOD lighten our minds, kindle our affections, settle our hearts so to seeke, &c.

A SERMON Preached before QVEENE ELIZABETH, AT RICH­MOND, On the XXI. of February A.D. MDXCIX. being ASH-VVEDNESDAY: At what time the Earle of ESSEX was going forth, upon the Expedition for IRELAND.

DEVT. CAP. XXIII. VER. IX.

Quando egressus fueris adversus hostes tuos in pugnam, custodies te ab omni re mala.

When thou goest out, with the Host against thine enemies, keepe thee then from all wickednesse.

TO entitle this time to this Text, or to shew it pertinent to the present occasion, will aske no long Praeface. When thou goest forth, &c: This When, is Now. There be enemies: and we have an Host: It is going forth. CHRIST's owne application (which is the best) may well be applied heere: This day, Luc 4. [...]. is this Scripture fulfilled in your eares. This our Host so going forth, our hearts desire and prayer unto GOD is, that they may happily goe, and thrise hap­pily come againe; with ioy and triumph, to Her Sacred Majestie; honour to them­selves; and generall contentment to the whole Land. So shall they goe, and so come, if we can procure the Lord of Hosts, to goe forth with, and to take charge of our Hosts. It is He that giveth victorie to Kings (sayth DAVID:) It is He, that is Triumphator Israël (saith Samuel. Psal. 144 10. 1. Sam. 15.29.) Victorie and triumph never faile, if He faile not.

Now then, that GOD may not faile them, but goe in and out before them, and bring them backe with victorie and triumph, and that, we all desire and pray for, may so [Page 184] come to passe; Moses doth heer, out of his owne experience, bestow an advise upon us: (And Moses could skill what belonged to warr, as one that forty yeares togither was never out of campe.) Which advise is: that among our militar points we would reckon the abatement of sinne for one: That now, this time of our going forth, we would goe forth against sinne too; and keepe us, from it, as we would keepe us from our enimie. If we could be but perswaded to reforme our former custome of sinne, it would (certeinly) do the iourney good. That therfore, with other courses, some re­membrance, some regard be had of this; that, at this time, sinne doe not so over flow among us, be not so very fruictfull as before time it hath.

And this is an use of Divinitie in warr. And, as this an use of Divinitie, in warr: So have we withall an use of warr, in Divinitie. For, MOSES telling us, that when our forces goe forth against the enimie, that we, Then, at that time, are in any wise to keepe us from wickednesse: by sorting these thus togither, doth playnly intimate, that, when the time of warr is, then is a fitt time, a very good opportunitie, to draw from sinne and to returne to GOD. These former years, this time of the fast, and this day, the first day of it (both) ministred an occasion to call for an abstinence from sinne: This day, and this time being sett out by the Churches appoyntment to that end. Now, besides that ordinarie, of other yeares, GOD, this yeare, hath sent us another the time of Warr: and that, a very seasonable time too, wherein to repent and retire from sinne. As if he should say: If you would forsake sinne, now you may doe it: For behold, now is an acceptable time, and a fitt season. This time to concurre with that time; and both to cöoperate to the amendment of our lives.

And what shall I say? O that one of them, the former or the latter, or both might prevaile so much with us, that, as the forepart, this day is fulfilled in our eares, so, the later part might be fulfilled in our lives: that it might not be singly regarded, that is thus doubly commended: That the fast at hand might keepe us; or the warr at hand might keepe us; or both might keepe us; that we might be kept from sinne. That either Ioel's trump proclaiming a fast; or Amo's trump proclaiming warr, might serve to sound this retraite, might serve to awake us from that (now) more then sleepe, even almost that Lethargie of sinne, which the securitie of our so long peace hath cast us in.

This is the Summe. These, the double use 1 Of warr, in Divinitie: That our go­ing forth might procure the giving over sinne. 2 Of Divinitie, in warr: that our giving over sinne might procure good speed to our going forth; even an honorable and happy returne.

The Divisi­on.The parts are two: (For, the verse parteth it selfe by when, and then.) These two: 1 the Going forth of the Host. 2 The keeping from sinne. To expresse them in the I termes of the present businesse: 1 The former, the Commission authorizing to goe. II 2 The latter, the Instruction directing, so to goe, that we may prosper and prevaile. In which latter will come to be considered these three points. 1. The Conjunction and Cohaerence of these two. 2. The Consequence. 3. The Contents of the later; How to keepe us from sinne.

I The Commission. WHen thou goest forth &c. In the first is the commission, which is ever the corner-stone of all proceedings. If we take the verse entire, both parts togither, it riseth thus: If they which goe to warr must keepe themselves from sinne, then is warr no sinne, but lawfull; and, without sinne, to be undertaken. Or, if we take the first part by it selfe; in saying, when thou goest, he implieth, a time will come, when they may goe forth. For, vaine were the supposall and farre unwor­thy the wisedome of GOD's Spirit to say, when; if never and such time would come: if there were no time for warr, of GOD's allowance. We cannot better paterne it, then by the Gospell of this day [When ye fast, Matt. 6.16. be not like hypocrites] by all Divines resol­ved [Page 185] this. Fast ye may sometimes: and then fasting, looke you fall not into hypo­crisie. And as in that, so in this: Goe ye may, sometimes: Only, When ye goe, see ye refraine from sinn, and then goe and spare not. Out of which match of these two, Fast, and warr, we may rise higher.

It is no lesse usuall with the prophetts, to say Sanctificate proelium (as Ioel. 3.) then to say Santificabo jejunium. (Ioel. 2.) Sanctifie a warr, as well as a fast. And in another,Ioel. 3.9. Ioel. 2.15. Exo. 32.29. Conse­crate manus vestras hodie Domino, consecrate your hands, this day unto the LORD. Which sheweth, warr is not so secular a matter, but that it hath both his lawfulnesse & his holinesse: and that the very hands may be sacred or hallowed, by fighting some batteils. And therefore, in the Calendar of Saints, we have nominated, not Abel, Enoch, Heb. 11. Verse 4.5.7. and Noë alone, men of peace and devotion, who spent their time in prayer and service of GOD: But Gedeon Iepthe, Samson, worthies & men of warr, who (saith the Apostle) through faith were valiant in batteile, and through faith put to flight the armies of Aliens. Verse 32.34. Warr there­fore hath his time and commission from GOD

Secondly, I add that this kind of warr; Not only defensive warr, but offensive too hath his when. And that, out of this very text: which is (if we marke well) not when they come forth against thee, but when thou goest forth against them, [...] (say the Seaventy) to invade, or annoy them. Both these have their time: The former to main­teine our right: the latter, to avenge our wrong. By both these wayes, doth GOD send His people forth: Both have warrant. Before Moses: Abraham's warr,Gen 14.1 [...]. to rescue Lot his allie, was Defensive and Lawfull: Iacob's warr,Gen 48.2 [...]. to winne from the Amo­rite by his sword and bow, Offensive and Lawfull too. Vnder Mose's: The warr against Amalek, who came out against them: and the warr against Madian, Exo. 17.8. Num. 31.2. against whom they went forth, to wreake themselves for the sinne of Peor; both lawfull. After Moses: King David, in the batteile of Pas-dammim keeping the enimie from their gates;1. Chro. 11.15. 2. Chro. 20.6. In the batteile of Gath, seeking the enimie at his owne gates, and giving him batteile in his owne territorie. And this, as good Law; so Egredere, & compelle eos intrare;Luc. 14.23. Goe forth and compell them to come in is good Gospell too. So that, warr, and this kind of warr hath his commission.

Thirdly: And to strengthen the hands of our men of warr yet further. As warr, and To goe forth to warr; Against our enimies, any enimies, whither forreigne foes, or re­bellious subiects: So, of all enimies, against the latter, against them to goe forth, hath ever been counted most iust & lawfull. Many Commissions are upon record in the Law, of iourneys in this kind. Against the tribe of Reuben; for erecting them an Altar, beside that of Moses: And, that have these of ours done too.Ios 22 12. Iud. 20.1. Against the tribe of Benjamin for a barbarous, and brutish outrage committed at Gibea: And, that, have these too; And not one, but many. Against Seba, for blowing a trumpet and crying, No part have we in David, no inheritance in the sonne of Isai: And,2. Sam. 20.1. so farr hath their madnesse procee­ded. And the Gospell is not behind neither. Against them that sent word,Luc. 19 14.27. Nolumus hunc regnare super nos, producite & occîdite (saith our SAVIOVR CHRIST Himselfe.) In effect, these say as much as Nolumus: and as much may be sayd and done to them. Nay, if once he say no part in David; if he were Absalom, 1 Kin. 2.23. or Adoniah (of the bloud royall) he hath spoken that word against his own life; Much more, if but such a one as Seba, the sonne of Bichri. And yet, even he was nothing so deep as this. For, neither had King David vouchsafed him any favour, any time before; neither offered him peace, or to receive him to grace, after he had lift up his heel against him. But heer, heer have been diverse Princely favours vouchsafed, and most unkindly rejected: meanes of Clemencie many times most graciously offered, and most ungraciously refused: yea, faith falsified, and expectation deluded; contempt upon contempt heaped up, that the measure is full. These then are the enimies against, and This the time when. When, not only we may, but must; and that, not with GOD's leave only, but with His liking and full commis­sion, Goe forth in this cause. So that, warr is lawfull: and this kind, to goe forth: and against these enimies, most iust and most lawfull. At this time, against these enimies, it is a warr sanctified, they shall consecrate their hands, they shall praeliari praelia Domini, that fight against them. So much for the Commission.

[Page 186] II. The Instruction.The Commission being had, we are not to depart, but to stay and take our Instructions also with us: Which is the later part, of keeping from wickednesse. IOSVA had his Commission from GOD, to goe up against AI: Yet, for leaving out this later and not looking to Acan better, had not so good speed. This therefore must accompanie, and keepe time with the former, as a Then to that When.

1. The Coniuncti­on; that it is needfull.1. Wherein first, of the joyning these two, 1 that they must goe together; 2 and (of the reason) why they must goe together.

2. And after, of the manner; how we may and must keepe our selves from this wic­kednesse.

The meeting of these two within the compasse of one verse, 1 Going forth with an ar­mie, and 2 Forbearing of sinne, is worth the staying on.

Leading an armie, pertaineth to Militar policie: Forbearing of sinne, is flat divi­nitie.

For, what hath the leading an armie to doe with forbearing of sinne? Yet, GOD hath thus sorted them, as we see. Therefore Policie of Warre, whereto the former; and Divinitie whereto the later belongeth, are not such strangers one to the other, as that, the one must avoid while the other is in place. But that, as loving neighbours and good friends (heere) they meet together, they stand together, they keepe time, consequence, and correspondence, the one with the other. GOD himselfe, in whose imperiall style (so oft proclaimed in the Prophets) they both meet, The LORD of Hosts, The holy one of Israël: GOD (I say) himselfe in the great Chapter of Warre (the twentieth of this book) assigneth an employment to the Priests, as well as to the Officers of the Campe: even to doe that (which yer while was assayed) to animate the Companies in the LORD and the power of His might; letting them see the right of their cause, and how ready God is to receive the right, vnder the banner and power of His protection. And, from GOD himselfe (no doubt) was that happie and blessed combination, which in most Warres of happie successe, we find, of a Captaine and a Prophet sorted together: Exod. 17. Iosua with Moses a Prophet; Iud. 4.9. Baruk, with Debora a Prophetesse: Esay 37. Ezekias, with Esay: 1. Chr. 20.14. Iosaphat, with Iaaziël: 2 Kin. 13.14. Ioas with Elisha: And one of these doing the other no manner of hurt, but good. Iosua lifting up his hand, against Amalek: Moses lifting up his hand, for Iosua. The one leading against the enemie and annoying him; the other leading against sinne and annoying it; Against sinne (what some reckon of it, it skills not, but) certainely the most dangerous enemie both of private persons and of publique States.

These two then, 1 Going forth with the Host, and 2 Departing from sinne, being thus linked by GOD, our suit is, Breake not this linke: GOD hath ioyned them, that we should ioyne them. And this is a needfull suit. For, it is one of the diseases vnder the sunne; in Warre, all our thoughts run upon the Host; Looking to the Host onely, and nothing but the Host: and letting sinne runne whether it will without any keeper. I know well; I both know and acknowledge, that the Armies going forth is mainly to be regarded: It hath the first place in the Verse; and it hath it not for nought. IOSVA must choose out men first:Exod. 17.9. Iud 20.10. 1. Cor. 9.7. Victualls must be supplied (Iudg. 20.) And nemo militat stipendijs suis, Pay must be thought of. We must goe forth with our Host; (They be the words of the Text:) Goe; not sit still: And, With an Host; not a heape of naked, or sterved men. We must helpe, and not tempt GOD. To helpe GOD, is a strange speech; yet, said it may be, seeing an Angell hath said it. Curse ye Meroz (saith the Angell of the LORD) curse the inhabitants thereof;Iud. 5.23. Why? because they came not to helpe the LORD, to helpe the LORD against the mighty. This must first be done. But, when this is done, all is not done: (We are not at a full point; We are but in the middest of the sentence yet. As that part (of the Host) is to be regarded: so, this (of sinnes restraint) is not to be neglected. As, that hath the first place: so must this have the second, and second the former, or we shall have but a broken sentence without it. There is not, there cannot be a more preiudiciall conceipt, then to say in our hearts: If the [Page 187] first be well, all is well; then, sinne on and spare not; it skills not greatly, for the la­ter. Si putas, in robore exercitus bella consistere, 2. Chro. 25.7.8 faciet te Dominus cadere coram inimicis tuis (saith the Prophet to Amazia) If this be your conceipt, so the Host be well, all is well: GOD will teach you another lesson (saith he) which I list not english. A proofe whereof we have, before Gibea. Iud. 20.17. Where the whole power of Israël (400000 strong) trusting, in their going out so strong, fell before a few Benjamites, a small handfull in comparison; and shewed plainely to all ages to come, that it is but a part, it is not all, to goe forth with an Host, though never so well appointed.

Let us then (as advise leadeth us) make up our period with taking a course for re­straint of sinne. For, what sinne vn-restreigned can worke,Iud 7. [...]. the Valley of Achor may teach us; where, the inhabitants of the poore towne of AI, put to flight IOSVA with all his forces; and all, because this second point was not well looked to.

Now, this second point being within the compasse of our profession, and yet having so necessarie a vse in Warre, as the sentence is not perfect without it, may serve to an­swer the question (more vsually then advisedly oft cast out) What good do these Church­men? What vse is there of them (now) at such times as this? Yes, there is a vse of them; and that in Warre, we see. The Campe hath vse of this place; and they that serve there, of them that serve heere. Which GOD shewed plainely, in the first field that ever his people fought: and, when he had shewed it,Exod. 17.14. caused it to be recorded ad perpetuam rei memoriam (they be GOD's own words) that the same course might be ever after holden in all. Where it is thus written (and, if we beleeve not we shall not be established) that IO­SVA'S having the better, or going to the worse, depended not a little on the steddinesse of MOSE's hands: and, that MOSES, staying behind and striking never a stroke, did his part toward the attaining of the victorie, not much lesse then Iosua, that went forth and fought manfully. Prayer then is of vse:Ephes. 6 18. and though we be (saith Saint PAVL) armed at all points from hand to foot, yet must we super omnia, over all, draw this; and arme even our very armor with prayer and supplications.

But what availeth prayer, without keeping from sinne? Therefore, to that armor of Saint PAVL's, we must add Saint PETER's too,1 Pet. 4.1. To arme our selves with this mind of ceassing from sinne, that our prayers may be effectuall. Therfore MOSES himselfe joy­neth not to our going forth, his exercise of keeping up our hands at prayer; but, this ra­ther of keeping our feet from sinne. Num. 22 5. The King of Moab (Balak) When he observed what prayer had wrought in the battaile of Amalek, thought to take the very like course, and sent for Balaam into his Campe; to match Prophet with Prophet, and to op­pose Prayer vnto Prayer. But, when all his altars and rammes would doe no good; Balaam knowing well, there is, in sinne, a power to defeat any prayer, he commeth to the dangerous counsell of causing Israël to sinne with the daughters of Moab: Which was found too true. For, it turned to their ruine, and all their prayers would then doe no good. Heere is then another vse. For, the chariots and horses of ELISHA,2 King. 13.14. 2. Cor. 10 4. the weapons of our warfare (as the Apostle termeth them) though not carnall (if GOD enable them, to cast downe such sinfull thoughts and wicked desires, as exalt themselves daily, and to captivate them to the obedience of CHRIST) have (certainely) their vse to second the former: and we, in our turnes, serviceable, as by crying vnto GOD by prayer, and drawing Him to the Host, who is our chiefest and best friend; so, by crying also against sinne and chasing it away, which is our chiefest and worst enemie. Since then these two have this mutuall vse either of other, let this be our petition (and withall, the conclusion of this part) That we single them not, or leane to either alone, but suffer them, as they stand together in the verse, so, in our care and regard, joyntly to keepe time and goe together. So much for them.

And now to enquire into the reason of this coupling. Why, now? Why, III. 2. The Reason of the coniun­ction. at this time (in Warr) a giving over sinne. For that (indeed) they be not barely ioyned; but, so ioyned, as one is made the antecedent, the other the consequent. One, the time, and (as it were) the reason to infer the other. Truly MOSE's word [ [...]] will beare both, [Page 188] either Quando or Quia: When thou goest, then keepe, or Because thou goest, therefore, [...]e [...]pe thy selfe from sinne. With the same word speaketh the vertuous Ladie to King DAVID,2. Sa [...]. 1 [...].28. Quia praeliaris praelia Domini, id [...]o non invenietur in te iniquitas, Because thou sightest the LORD's Battailes, therefore let there not any iniquitie be found in thee, all thy dayes.

Sinne (certainely) at all times is to be forborne. When it is Warr; and not onely when it is Warr,Luk. 21.34. but when it is peace too. Take ye heed, lest, at any time (saith CHRIST) Your hearts be overlayed with surfetting, with drink, &c.. Not allowing us any time, to be wicked in. But, though at all times we be to refraine sinne: Yet, not at all times alike (saith MOSES) heer. For it is, as if he should say: Be it at other times, sinne may better be borne with; It is lesse perillous: But, when thou goest forth with an Host: Then, then, with an high accent, with an Emphasis (that is) then especially; then, above all other times, then, if ever, it importeth you to have least to doe with it. Good LORD, how crosse and opposite is mans conceit to GOD's, and how contrarie our thoughts vnto his! For, even ad oppositum, to this position of His, We see (for the most part) that even they, that are the Goers forth, seeme to perswade themselves, that, Then, they may doe what they list; that at that time, any sinne is lawfull: that, Warr is rather a Placard, then an Inhibition to sinne. A thing so common, that it made the Heathen man hold, that betweene Militia and Malitia, there was as little difference in sense, as in sound: And the Prophet DAVID, to call Saul's Companies in his daies,2. Sam. 22.5. Torrentes Belial, the Land-flouds of wickednesse. Which being well considered, we may cease to murmure or to mervaile, if our going forth have not beene ever with such successe, as we wished. GOD, who should give the successe, commanding then a restraint; and man, that should need it, then, taking most liberty. Verily, if we will learne of GOD, if He shall teach us, Sinne is never so vntimely, as in the time of Warre: never so out of season, as then: for, that is the time of all times, we should have least to doe with it. To insist then a little upon this point, because it is the maine point, and to shew the vigor of this consequent.

1. From the very nature of Warre, first: Which is an act of Iustice, and of Iustice cor­rective, whose office is to punish sinne. Now then, consider and iudge, even in reason; What a thing this is, how great, grosse, and foule an incongruitie it is, to powre out our selves into sinne, at the very time, when we goe forth to correct sinne: To set forth, to punish rebells, when we our selves are in rebellion against GOD, His Word, and Spirit. Which, what is it but to cast out divells by the power of Belzebub? Sure, our hearts must needs strike us in the middest of our sinne,Matt. 12.24. and tell us, we are in a great and grievous prevarication; allowing that, in our selves, that we goe to condemne and to stone to death, in others. Therefore, since to goe to Warre, is to goe to punish sinne: Certainely, the time of punishing sinne is not a time to sinne in.

2. Secondly, from Warre, in respect of GOD. I know not, what we reckon of Warre: Peace is His blessing (we are sure) and a speciall favour it is from Him (as the Prophets account it) for a land to spend more yron in scithes, and plough-shares, then in sword-blades or speare-heads. And, if peace be a blessing, and a chiefe of His blessings, we may deduce from thence what Warre is. To make no otherwise of it then it is, the rodd of GOD's wrath (as Esay termeth it:)Esay 10.5. Am [...].3. Ier. 50.23. 2. Sam. 2.14. his yron staile (as Amos:) the hammer of the earth (as Ieremie) whereby He dasheth two Nations together; One of them must in peec [...]s; both, the verse for it. Warre is no matter of sport. Indeed, I see Abner esteeme of it as of a sport; Let the young men rise (saith he to Ioab) and shew us some spo [...]t. But I see the same Abner, before the end of the same Chapter, wearie of his sport, and treating with Ioab for an end of it:Verse 26. How long shall the sword devoure (saith he) shall it not be bitternesse in the end? So, it may be sport in the beginning: it will be biternesse in the end, if it hold long. Warre then being GOD's rod, His fearefull rod, and that so [...] that King Davi [...] (though a Warr [...] to) when both were in his choise, preferred the Plague before it, and desired it of the [...]waine: When GOD's hand, with this [...], thi [...] His fearefull rod, is [...]ver [...], to be so farre from feare, and all due regard, as, then, not to [...] any whi [...] [...]he more, but to fall to i [...] as fast as ever: it cannot be, [Page 189] but a high contempt; yea, a kind of defiance and despite, then, to doe it: Doe we pro­voke the LORD to anger, are we stronger then He? Then, since Warre is GOD's rod, 2. Cor. 10.22. choose some other time: vnder the rod, sinne not; then, forbeare it. Certainely, that time is no time to sinne.

3. The rather, for that, sinne it is, and the not keeping from sinne, but our keeping to it and with it, that hath made this rodd, and put it into His hand. For, sure it is, that for the transgression of a people, GOD suffereth these divisions of Reuben within; GOD stirreth up the spirit of Princes abroad, to take peace from the earth: thereby to chasten men, by paring the growth of their wealth, with this His hired razor; by wasting their strong men (the hand of the enemies eating them up;) by making widdowes and fatherlesse children; by other like consequents of Warre. If then our sinnes (com­mon unto us, with other nations) and that Our Vnthankfullnesse (peculiar to us alone) have brought all this upon us; if this enemie have stirred up these enemies; if Warre be the sicknesse, and sinne the surfeit; should we not (at least-wise now, while the shivering fit of our sinnes is upon us) diet our selves a little and keepe some or­der? but drinke iniquitie as water, and distemper our selves as though we were in per­fect state of health? Shall we make our disease desperate, and hasten our ruine by not conteining from sinne, that hath cast us in it? Know we, what time this is? Is this a time of sinne? Certainely, we cannot devise a worse. In the time of Warre, it is high time, to keepe us from sinne.

4. But, above all (which will touch us neerest, and therefore againe and againe must be told us over,) that the safe and speedie comming againe of them that now goe forth (whose prosperitie we are to seeke with all our possible endevours) that their good speed dependeth upon GOD's going forth with them: And GOD's going, or staying dependeth very much upon this point. Most certaine it is, the event of Warre is most vncertaine. When Benhadad went forth with an armie, that the dust of Samaria was not enough to give every one in his campe a handfull, it was told him (and he found it true) Ne glorietur accinctus, &c. He that backleth on his armor must not boast, 1. King. 2 [...].11. as he that putts it of. They that fight can hardly sett downe, what name the place shall have that they fight in: It may be the valley of Anchor (that is, sorrow) by reason of a soyle,Ios 7.26. as that of Iosua;2 Chr. 20.26. It may be the valley of Beracha (that is, blessing) by meanes of a victorie, as that of Iosaphat. All is, as GOD is, and as He will have it. Psal. 44.6.20.7. Once, Pro. 21 31. twise, and 2. Chr. 20.15. thrise, by David, by Salomon, by Iosaphat, we are told it, that It is neither sword nor bowe; It is neither Chariot nor horse; It is neither multitude nor valour of an Host will serve: But that the battaile is GOD's, and He giveth the up­per hand. We need not be perswaded of this; we all are perswaded (I hope;) and we say, with Moses, If thy Presence goe not with us, carrie us not hence. Then, if we shall need GOD's favour and helpe in prospering our iourney, and to make that sure which is so vncertaine; it will stand us in hand, to make sure of Him, in this, this needfull time; and to keepe Him sure, if it may be. For, if He keepe with the Host, and take their parts, Rebelles tui erunt quasi nihil (saith Esay;Esay 1.11. Esay 7.4.) and these smoking tayles of firebrands shall quickly be quenched. But, if GOD either goe not with them, or retire from them; If there were among them but naked or wounded men; (what speake I of men? If but froggs or flies) they shall be sufficient to trouble them.

Now then, we are at the point. For, if we will have hold of GOD, make Him sure, be certeine of Him; we must breake with sinne, needs. Sinne and Satan are His enimies; and no fellowship nor communion, no concord, no agreement, no part, no portion between them: If we will draw Him into league,2. Cor. 6.15. we must professe our selves enimies unto His e­nimies, that He may do the like to ours. At one and the same time enter, as an outward warr with wicked rebells, so an inward hostilitie with our wicked rebellious lusts. For that if we keepe our selves from the one, He will keepe us from the other; and these being suppressed, those shall not be hable to stand. Thus doing,Iud. 7.20. the sword of the LORD shalbe with the sword of [...] ▪ GO [...] shalbe with us, [...]iel; and we shall prevaile,Pro [...]. [...]0.1. [...]. For where I [...]iel is, [...] will not be away. But if we will needs hold on our [Page 190] le [...]e with hell, and continue our wonted entercourse with wickednes still, and go forth [...]to it when it beckens or calls, and be so farr from keeping from it, that we keepe it as the apple of our eye, and cherish it between our breasts: if we reteine the marke of it in our very fore-heads, and the price of it in the skirts of our garment: for not keeping from it, He will keepe from us, and with-draw His helpe from us, and put us cleane out of His protection.

Therfore, without keeping from sinne, there is no keeping GOD; out of whose keeping, there is no safety.

3. The Contents of the Instruction, to keepe from sinne.This advise being so full of behoofe, so agreeable to reason and religion both, so eve­rie way for their and for our good; it remaineth, we sett our selves to thinke of it and keepe it. 1. King. 8.38. Every one returning to his owne heart, to know there (as Salomon saith) his owne plague, even the sinnes wherewith he hath grieved GOD; and to make a covenaunt with Him selfe, from henceforth more carefully to stand upon his guard; and to goe forth to sinne, or entertayne it as a friend, but to repute it as an enimie, and to keepe him from it.

First, for the terme of keeping. When thou goest forth against thy enimie, goe forth against sinne. We should indeed goe forth against sinne, and practise those militar impressions, that are done in camp against the enimie: Give it the assault, annoy it, pursue it, never leave it till we have driven it away. These we should do against it. But, the Scripture offereth more grace; and bidds us (if we list not goe forth against it, only not to goe forth it) but keepe our selves (that is) stand upon our defense, to keep good watch,Rom. 6.12. that it surprise us not, that it get not dominion over us: doe but this against sinne, and it shall suffice.

But, this must extend to all wickednesse. Wherein yet, we do humanum dicere, prop­ter infirmitatem nostram, Rom. 6.19. speake after the manner of men, because of our infirmitie: retching this [All] no further, then humane infirmite, then the failty of our nature will beare; then this corruptible flesh wherewith we are compassed, and this corrupt world in the middst whereof we live, will suffer and give us leave. In the bodie, we put a difference betweene the soyle, which, by insensible evacuations goeth from our bo­dies, keepe we our selves never so carefully; and that, which is drawne forth by chafing or sweat, or otherwise gotten by touching such things wherewith we may be defiled: That, cannot be refraind; This, falleth within restraint. And even so, there is a soyle of sinne, that of it selfe vaporeth from our nature (let the best doe his best:) I say not, we should keepe our selves from this. But, from provoking it, by suffering our minds to wander in it; by not keeping our eares from such company, and our eyes from such occasions,Ezek. 14.3. as will procure it (as the Prophet speaketh) by putting the stumbling block of iniquitie before our faces. From that, by the helpe of GOD, we may keepe our selves well enough. From sinne's lighting upon our thoughts, it is impossible; it cannot be: but, from making there a nest, or hatching ought; that, we are willed to looke to, and that (by God's grace) we may. And the word that Moses useth heer [...] is not with­out a Dixit (at least) incorde; not, without a saying within i [...], This, or that, I will do. It must be dictum, or condictum, sayd to and sayd yea to; or els it is not [...]. The heart not resolving or saying, content; but keeping it selfe, from going forth to any act: though wickednesse be not kept from us, because of the temptation; yet we are kept from it, because of the repulse: and with that, will Moses be content at our hands, as our estate now is.

But, with these proviso'es. We say generally. They that goe forth, keepe from all: from all such, both deeds, and words, as iustly may be censured to be wickedly, eyther spoken, or done. Words (I say) as well as deeds. For the word [...] beares both. And indeed, if in good words (as in prayers) there be force to help. I make no question, but, in wicked words (as; blasphemies, irreligious sayings, l [...]cis f [...]lmine dignis) there is force also, to doe mischiefe. Therefore keepe from all: All those especially (as very reason will lead us) which have been the ruine of armies in former times: a view whereof we [Page 191] may take, when we will, out of Liber [...] of GOD's batt [...]iles.

Wicked Words first, Presumptuous termes of trust in our owne strength: I will goe: I will pursue and overtake: I will divide the spoyle: Phara [...]'s words, the cause of his peri­shing and all his host (Exo. 15.) To keepe them from that.Exo. 15.9. Rabsakeh's black mouthed blasphemie: Let not Hezekiah cause you to trust in GOD over much: the eminent cause of the overthrow of the host of Asshur (Esai. 36.) To keepe them from that.Esa. 36.15.

And, if from words; from wicked works much rather. Achan's sinne, that is, Sacri­lege: Anathem [...] in medio tui, non poteris stare coram hostibus tuis, (GOD's owne words to Iosua:) The cause of the armies miscarrying, before Ai. To keepe them,Iosu. 7.11 12. from that wickednesse. Such shamefull abuses as was that at Gibea: the expressed cause of the destruction of a whole Tribe. To keepe them from that.Iud. 1 [...]. Prophaning holy vessells or holy places, with unholy usage: the ruine of Balthasar, Dan. 5.2. and with him of the whole Chal­dean Monarchie. To keepe themselves from that. Corrupting our compassion, Amo. 1.11. and casting of pitie quite, and spilling bloud like water: the sinne of Edom, and the cause he tooke such a foile, as he was never a people since. To keepe them from that wickednesse. From these and from the rest; you shall have a time to read them, I have not, to speake them. Arming themselves with a mind to cease from sinne; keeping their vessells holy: having pay wherewith they may be content; and being content with their pay: Luk. 3.14. Et neminem concutientes (saith Saint Iohn Baptist:) nor being Torrentes Belial, land-flouds of wicked­nesse. Or, if this will not be, that private conformity will not keepe them; at least, that Publique authoritie do it: that kept they may be, one way or other from it. If Achan will so farr forget himselfe, as to sinne in the execrable thing: Or Zamri, to play the wretch, and abuse himselfe in the camp: Let Iosua find out Achan, and see him have his due; and Phinees follow Zamri and reward him for his desert. That the ravine of the one, and the villanie of the other be removed, as it is committed; and so kept from polluting and pulling downe GOD's wrath upon the whole host. For, sure it is,Psal. 106.30.106.23. Phinee's stan­ding up and executing iudgement, hath the force of a praier, no lesse then Mose's standing in the gapp, to make intercession: and both alike forcible, to turne away GOD's anger, and to remove evill from the midst of Israël.

This advise is to take place, as in them that goe (as before hath been touched) so, in us likewise that stay at home: that what the one build, the other destroy not. Not, by Mose's excercise of prayer, and uncessant praier; or Iosaphat's excercise of fasting and absti­nence, 2. Chro. 20. (both, are out of the compasse of the text:)2. Chro. 20.3. but (that which is in it) by turning from sinne to GOD, and that, with a serious, not shallow, and an in­ward, not hollow repentance. Not confessing our sinnes to day, and committing them to morrow: But every one saying, Dixi Custodiam I have sayd, I will henceforth more narrowly looke to my wayes; at least, while the sound of warr is in our eares.Psal. 39.1. Thin­king with our selves, it is now warr, it is now no time to offend GOD, and separate be­tween Him and us, in this needfull time of His helpe and protection: By entring into that good and vertuous consideration of VRIA's:2. Sam. 11.11. The Arke of the Lord and all Is­raël and Iuda dwell in Tents, Ioah and the servants of our Sovereigne abide in the open fields, and shall we permit our selves as much as we would, in the time of peace, and not conforme our selves, in abridging some part of our wonted libertie, and forbearing to enjoy the pleasures of sinne for a season? To conclude, if we shall, or when we shall be tempted to any of our former sinnes, to thinke upod GOD's owne counsaile, even GOD's owne counsaile from GOD's owne mouth, Memento belli & ne feceris. Iob 40.27. To remember the Campe, and not to doe it: To think upon them in the fields, and their danger; and for their sakes, and for their safeties to forbeare it.

Thus, if we shall endevour our selves, and eschew our owne wickednesse, our hosts shall goe forth in the strength of the Lord, and the LORD shall goe with them and or­der their attempts to an happie issue.

He that made our forreine enemies like a wheele, to goe round about us,Psal. 83.23. and not to come neere us; shall make these as stubble before the wind: Ibid. causing feare and faintnesse of heart to fall upon them as upon Madian: sending an evill spirit of dissension among them as upon Abimelech, and the men of Sichem: Num. 22.3. Iud. 9.23. causing their owne woods to de­voute [Page 192] [...] them, as [...] owne waters to sweepe them away, as it [...] Sofera: Iudg. 5.20 [...] courses, is fight against them, as under DEBORA' [...] conduct, He did. Many such things are with Him; many such He hath done, and can doe againe, if, to our going forth, we ioyne a going from sinne.

Even so Lord, so let it be. Those whom thou now carriest forth, by thy mercie bring them bac [...]e: by thy might, in this place, the place of thy holy Habitation. That Deb [...]r a [...] thee for the avenging of Israel, Iudg. 5.2.9. and for the people that offer themselves so willingly: For letting her eare heare, and her eye see the fall of the wicked that rise up a­gainst her:Psal. 18.46.. That she may praise thee and say, The Lord liveth, and blessed be my strong helpe and praised be the GOD of my Salvation.

47.48. Even the God that seeth. I be avenged, and subdueth the people unto me. It is He that de­livereth me from my cruell enemies, and setteth me up above all my adversaries.

50.Great prosperity giveth He unto His Hand-maid, and sheweth still, and continually His loving kindnesse to his Annointed: Praysed be the LORD for evermore.

To this GOD glorious in Holinesse, fearefull in Power, doing Wonders, The FATHER, SONNE, and HOLY GHOST, &c.

A SERMON Preached before QVEENE ELIZABETH, AT WHITE­HALL, On the XVII. of February A. D. MDCII. being ASH-VVEDNESDAY.

IEREM. CHAP. VIII. &c.

4. Thus saith the Lord: shall they fall and not arise? shall be turne away, and not turne againe?

5. Wherfore is this people of Ierusalem turned back by a perpetual rebellion? they gave themselves to deceit, and would not returne.

6. J hearkened and heard, but none spake aright: no man repen­ted him of his wickednesse, saying, what have J done? Every one turned to their race, as the Horse rusheth into the battell.

7. Even the Storke in the aire knoweth her appointed times; and the Turtle, and the Crane, and the Swallow observe the time of their comming; but my people knoweth not the judgement of the LORD.

THE Apostle's counsaile is, Qui stat, videat ne cadat, He that stands, let him take heed lest he fall. And,1 Cor. 10.12. Esay. 30.21. there is (saith Esay) a voice behind us that crieth Haec est via, this is the right way, keepe it, turne not from it. Good counseiles, both; to those, Quorum vita, via vitae, whose life is a iourney, and a iourney to another, a better life: To looke to their feet, they fall not; to looke to their way, they erre not. Good counseiles indeed; but, of which, we must say (with CHRIST) Qui potest capere capiat;Matt. 19.12. Follow them that may.

For, true it is, that. Not to fall not erre, nor doe amisse at all, is an higher perfection, then our nature (in state it is) can atteine to. Being men (saith Chrysostome) [...] ▪ and [...] [Page 194] [...] bearing about us this bodie of flesh, the stepps whereof are so vnstaied; [...], and walking in this world, the waies whereof are so slipperie. It is an Apostle that saith it,Iam. 3.2. In multis, omnes, &c. In many things we offend, all: and, it is another that saith, that, whosoever saith otherwise (not, he is proud, and there is no humblenesse;1. Ioh. 1.8. but) he is a lyar, and there is no truth in him.

Iam. 4.6.Our estate then (as it is) needeth some Scripture, that offereth more grace: And, such there be (saith Saint Iames) and, This, is such. That they which have not heard the Apostle and his counseile, Qui stat, &c. may yet heare the Prophet heere and his Qui cecidit, let him up againe. That they, which have not heard Esaie's voice, Am­bulate; You are in the way, turne not from it; May yet heare Ieremie's voice, Qui aver­sus est, &c He that is out, let him get into it againe.

So that, this is the summe of that, I have read. If we have not been so happie, as to stand and keepe our way;The Summe. let us not be so vnhappie, as not to rise, and turne to it againe. Best it were, before we sinne, to say to our selves, Quid facio, what am I now about to doe? If we have not that, yet it will not be amisse, after to say: What have I done? GOD will not be displeased, to heare us so say. We should not follow those foules; we should have no wings, to fly from GOD: but, if in flying away, we have followed them; then, that we follow them too, in the retrive or second flight. In a word: Yesterday, if we have not heard His voice,Psal 95.7.8. To day if we will heare His voice, not to harden our hearts, when He calleth us to repentance.

2 This is the summe. The manner of the deliverie is not common, but somewhat vn-usuall and full of passion. For seeing, plaine poenitentiam agite doth but coldly affect 1 us, It pleaseth GOD, hâc vice, to take vnto Him the termes, the style, the accents of passion; thereby to give it an edge, that so it may make the speedier and deeper im­pression.

2 And, the Passion, He chooseth, is that of Sorrow: For, all these verses are to be pro­nounced, with a sorrowfull key. Sorrow (many times) worketh us to that, by a mel­ting compassion, which the more rough and violent passions cannot get at our hands.

3 This sorrow He expresseth, by way of complain [...]: (For, all the speech is so.) Which kind of speech maketh the better nature to relent; as mooved, that by his meanes any should have cause to complaine and not find redresse for it.

4 That, He complaines of is (not that we fall and erre, but) that we rise not, and returne not; that is, still delay, still put of our Repentance. And that 1. Contrarie to our own course and custome,Verse 4. in other things: We doe it every where els; yet heere we doe it not, 2. Contrarie to GOD'S expresse pleasure. For, glad and faigne He would heare, we doe it,Verse 8. yet we doe it not. 3. Contrarie to the very light of nature. For, the foules heere fly before us, and shew us the way to doe it, yet we doe it not for all that.

Which three He vttereth by three sundry waies of treatie. 1. The first, by a gentle yet forcible expostulation (Verse 4.) Will you not? Why will ye not? 2. The second, by an earnest protestation (Verse 5.) How greatly He doth hearken after it. 3. The third, by a passionate Apostrophe (Verse 7.) by turning Him away to the foules of the ayre, that doe that naturally every yeare, which we cannot be got to, all our life long.

Of which passions, to say a word: It is certaine, the immutable constancie of the 3 Divine nature is not subiect to them, howsoever heere or elsewhere He presenteth him­selfe in them. I add, that as it is not proper, so neither it is not fitting for GOD, thus to expresse himselfe. But that He (not respecting what best may become Him, but what may best seeme to move us and doe us most good) chooseth of purpose that dialect, that Character, those termes, which are most meet and most likely to affect us.

And because, good morall counseile plainely delivered enters but faintly, and of pas­sionate speeches we have a more quick apprehension, He attireth His speech in the habit, vttereth it in the phrase, figure, and accent of anger, or sorrow, or such like, as may seeme most fit and forcible to prevaile with us.

1. Tertullian saith, the reason (this course is vsed) is ad exaggerandam malitiae vim, to make the haynousnesse of our contempt appeare the more.2. Act. war. GOD (indeed) cannot [Page 195] complaine: it falleth not into His nature to doe it. But, if He could; if it were pos­sible by any meanes in the world, He might; such are our contempts, so many, and so mighty, that we would force Him to it.

2. But, Saint Augustine's reason is more praised: Exprimit in Se, vt exprimat de te, In himselfe He expresseth them, that from us He may bring them: Sheweth him­selfe in passion, that He may move us; and even in that passion ▪ whereto He would move us. As heer now: As in greefe, He complaineth of us, that we might be greeved and complaine of our selves, that ever we gave Him such cause: And so consequently, that we might bethink our selves to give redresse to it; that so, His complaining might ceasse.

And from the complaint, it is no hard matter to extract the redresse. 1.The Division To yeeld to but even as much, for Him (for Him? Nay for our selves) as, every where els, we vse to doe. 2. To speake that, which GOD so gladly would heare. 3. To learne that, which the poore foules know, the season of our returne; and to take it, as they doe. Three waies to give redresse to the three former greevances: (These three:) and the same the three parts of this Text, orderly to be treated of.

TO make His motion the more reasonable, and His complaint the more iust, He 1 makes them Chancelors in their owne cause: And, from their owne practise other­where, GOD frameth and putteth a Case; and putteth it question-wise: and therefore question-wise, that they may answer it, and answering it condemne themselves by a verdict from their owne mouth. Will they (this people) themselves fall &c? Is there any, that if he turne, &c? In effect, as if He should say: Goe whither you will, farre or neere, was it ever heard or seene, that any man, if his foot slipped and he tooke a fall, that he would lie still like a beast and not up againe streight? Or if he lost his way, that he would wittingly goe on, and not with all speede get into it again?

I proceed then. Men rise, if they fall: and sinne is a fall. We have taken up the terme our selves, calling Adam's sinne, Adam's fall. A fall indeed; for, it foules as 2 as a fall; for it bruises as a fall; for it bringeth downe as a fall; downe, from the state of Paradise, downe to the dust of death; downe to the barre of iudgement, downe to the pitt of hell.

Againe: Men turne, when they erre; And, sinne is an error. Nonne errant omnes &c (saith Salomon) make you any doubt of it? I doe not: No sure, an error it is.Prov. 14.22. What can be greater, then to goe in the wayes (of wickednesse) they should not, and come to the end (of miserie) they would not. It is then a fall, and an error.

Vpon which he ioyneth issue, and inferreth the fifth verse, Quare ergo? and why then? If there be no people so sottish, that when they fall will lie still, or when they 3 erre, goe on still, why doe this people that, which no people els will doe? Nay, see­ing they themselves if they be downe, gett up; and, if astray, turne backe; how com­meth it to passe, it holds not heere to? That (heere) they fall, and rise not? stray, and returne not? Fall, and stray (peccando) and not rise and returne (poenitendo?) Will every people, and not they? Nay, will they, every where els, and not heer? Eve­rie where els, will they rise, if they fall; and turne againe, if they turne away; and heere, onely heere, will they fall, and not rise, turne away and not turne againe? In every fall, in every error of the feet, to doe it, and to do it of our selves; and in that fall, and that error, which toucheth GOD and our soules, by no meanes, by no entreatie to be got to do it? What dealing call you this? Yet, this is their strange dealing (saith the LORD.) Both theirs and ours: Which GOD wonders at and complaineth of; and who can com­plaine of His wondering, or wonder at His complaining?

But what speake we of a fall, or an error? There is a word, in the fifth verse, (the word of rebellion) maketh it yet more greevous. For it is (as if he should say) I would it were nothing but a fall, or turning away: I would it were not a fall, or turning away into a rebellion. Nay, I would it were but that; but rebellion; and not a perpetuall rebellion: But, it is both: and that is it which I complaine of.

[Page 196]There is Sinne, a fall: men fall against their wills: that, is sinne of infirmitie. There is Sinne, an Error: men erre from the way, of ignorance: that, is sinne of igno­rance. The one, for want of power; The other, for lack of skill. But rebellion, the third kind (that hatefull sinne of rebellion) can neither pretend ignorance, nor plead infirmitie; for, wittingly they revolt from their knowne allegiance, and wil­fully sett themselves against their lawfull Soveraigne: That is the sinne of ma­lice.

Take all together, Sinne, a fall, an error, a rebellion: (We see, sinne, aboundeth: will you see, how grace over-aboundeth?) Yet, not such a fall, but we may be raised; nor such a departure, but there is place left to returne; no, nor such a rebellion, but (if it sue for) may hope for a pardon. For behold: He, even He, that GOD, from whom we thus fall, depart, revolt, reacheth His hand to them that fall; turneth not away from them, that turne to Him; is readie to receive, to grace them; even them, that rebelled against Him. It is so: for He speaketh to them, treateth with them, asketh of them, why they will not rise, retire, submit themselves.

Which is more yet. If ye marke, He doth not complaine and challenge them, for any of all those three; for falling, straying, or for rebelling: The point he pres­seth, is not, our falling, but, our lying still: not our departing, but our not retur­ning; nor our breaking of, but our holding out. It is not: why fall, or stray, or revolt? But, why rise ye not? Returne ye not? Submit ye not your selves? Thus might He have framed his interrogatories: Shall they fall and not stand? He doth not; but, thus: Shall they fall and not rise? Shall they turne from the right and not keepe it? No: But, shall they turne from it, and not turne to it? As much to say as; Be it you have fallen, yet lie not still; erred, yet goe not on; Sinned, yet continue not in sinne, and neither your fall, error, nor sinne erunt vobis in scan­dalum, shall be your destruction or doe you hurt.

Nay which is farther, and that beyond all. It is not these, neither; (though this be wrong enough, yet upon the point, this is not the verie matter.) Neither our lying still, nor our going on, nor standing out, so they have an end, they all, and every of them, may have hope. Perpetuall is the word, and Perpetuall is the thing. Not, why these, any of these or all of these; but, why these perpetuall? To doe thus; to doe it and never leave doing it; To make no end of sinne, but our own end; To make a perpetuitie of sinne; Never to rise, returne, repent (for repentance is opposite, not to sinne, but to the continuance of it:) that is the point.

In sinne are these: 1 The fall, 2 The relapse, 3 The wallow: it is none of these. It is not falling; not, though it be recidiva peccati, often relapsing. It is not lying still; not, though it be Volutabrum peccati, the wallowe: It is none of all these: It is [...], the never ceasing, the perpetuitie the impenitencie of sinne. To speake of sinne, that is the sinne out of measure sinfull; that, is the offense, that not onely maketh culpable but leaveth inexcusable. That fall, is not ADAM'S, but LVCIFER'S fall; not to erre, but to perish from the right way; not SHEMEI'S rebellion, but the very Apostasie and gainsaying of COREH.

This then, to add sinne to sinne, to multiplie sinne by sinne, to make it infinite, to eternize it as much as in us lyeth; that, is it, to which GOD crieth, O quare? Why doe you so? Why perpetuall?

Why perpetuall? Indeed, why? For, it would pose the best of us to finde out the Quare? a true cause or reason for our doing?

Before, shew but an example: Now heere, shew but a reason, and carie it. But, they can shew no reason, why they will not. It were to be wished, we would repent or shew good cause to the contrarie.

But as (before) we violate our owne custome, so (heer) we abandon reason; we throw them both to the ground (order, and reason) and stampe upon them both, when we make perpetuities. Verily, true cause, or good reason there is none. Being called to shew cause why? They tell not: we see, they stand mute; they cannot tell, why: GOD himselfe is faigne to tell them. Why, all the cause that is, is in the latter part [Page 197] of the verse Apprehenderunt, &c. that is, some Non causa pro causâ, some lye or other they lay hold of, or els they would returne and not thus continue in it. To flatter it selfe that it may not repent, Mentita est iniquitas sibi, saith the Psalmist. Psal. 26.12. Sinne doth even coosen it selfe, telling a faire tale to it selfe, which is (in the XI. verse) Pax, Pax; Peace, well enough; and that is a lye: for, there is no peace for all that. It is (saith the Apostle) the deceitfullnesse of sinne, that hardneth men in it; that is,Heb. 3.13. if there were not some grosse error, strong illusion, notable fascinatio mentis, it could not be, that sinne should proove to a perpetuitie. There is some error sure.

But why is not that error removed? GOD answereth that, too. But, the error hath not taken hold of them, for then it might be cured; but, they have taken hold, of it; fast hold; and will not let it goe. That is: it is not in the weakenesse of their witts, but in the stubbornenesse of their will. For, so is His conclusion. Not, Non potuerunt, they could not: but, Noluerunt, they would not returne. So saith David: Psa. 95.10. It is a people that doe erre, in their hearts: Their error is not in their heads, but in their hearts; and if it be there, fourtie yeares teaching will do them no good. If they had a heart to vnderstand, they might, soon: but, they assot themselves; they will not conceive aright of their estates. If they did, they could not choose but returne: But now, returne they will not: that, is resolved: therefore they get them some lewd, irreligious, lying positions, and with them close up their owne eyes; even hood-winke themselves. Is it not thus? Yes sure: Rather then returne, to apprehend a lye. This, is a wofull case: but let it be examined, and thus it is. It is a lye, they apprehend; that maketh, they lie still. Peradventure, That error, inter alias, may be such an illusion as this: that if they should make meanes,V [...]se [...]. it would be to no purpose; GOD would stop His eares, He would not heare of it. May it not be this? Despaire of pardon hath made many a man desperate. Yes sure. And if that were it; if they would, and GOD would not, they had some shew of reason, to abandon themselves to all loosenesse of life. But, it is contrarie: They would not re­turne. For, I for my part faine would (saith GOD:) It is their Not: and not mine. My Nolo is, Nolo vt Moriatur: My Volo is, Volo vt convertatur, I will not their death;Ezek. 18.32.33.11. Matt 23 37. I will their conversions: This is my Volo. Nay, quoties volui? How often would I? Et no­luistis, and ye would not.

My outward calling by my word, my inward movings by my Spirit, my often exhorta­tions in your eares, may no lesse often inspirations in your hearts; Tactus [...]ei & tractus, my touches and my twitches; my benefits not to be dissembled, my gentle chastisements, my deliverances more then ordinarie, my patience while I held my peace; such periods, as this, when I speake; my putting you to it by Quid debui facere? to set downe,E [...]ay 5 4. what I should have done and have not: these shew, Quoties volui, that many times I would, when you would not. The two verses past, His compassionate complaint in them: And, Is there no hope? Will you not? O why will you not? Other where you will, and not heere; why not heere? You have no reason, why you will not. Why will you not? If not, why fall, or erre, or revolt, yet onely, why perpetuall? These are eviden­ces enough, He is willing enough therewithall. But (to put it out of all doubt) we see, He breaketh out into a protestation, that if this be the lye, we lay bold of, we may let it goe when we will. And sure, how earnestly GOD affecteth the sinner's conversion, we might be thought to mis-informe, and to blow abroad our owne conceits, if this and such places were not our warrant. I not heare? Why, I stand wishing, and waiting, and longing, and listening to heare of it. Wishing, O that my people! Waiting, Expectat Dominus vt misereatur; Longing, even as a woman, that is great, Esay 30.18. Mic 7.1. after greene fruit (Mic. 7.1.) Listening, that I might but heare two good words from them, that might shew, that they were but thus forward as to thinke of this point. It is not all one; it is not neither heer nor there with me, whither you doe it; it is a speciall thing, I hearken after: No merchant, for his commoditie; no Athenian, for his newes, more oft or more earnest.

Then, lay not hold on that lie, that I would not heare. Be your error what it will be, let it not be, that; let not the charge be mine, but yours, if you will needs cast away that, I would have saved.

[Page 198]Should not this move us? Now truly, if all other regards failed, and men for them would not returne; yet, for this, and this onely, we ought to yeeld to it, that GOD should be listening so long for it, and in the end be deluded.

2 GOD hearkeneth and listeneth: and (after) there is a kind of pause, to see what will come of it. And lo, this commeth of it, this vnkinde vn-naturall effect: After all this, not so much as locuti sunt rectè, a good honest confession. Nay, not so little as this, Quid feci? What have I done? He expecteth no great matter; no long processe; but two words, but three Syllables: and those, with no loud voice, to spend their spirit or breath; but, even softly said, for He layeth His eare and listeneth for it.

Thus saith the LORD. But, what say they? None of them, either audibly (for, I hearkened;) or softly (for, I listened,) said (no long solemme confession, but not this) Quid feci? GOD wot, this is not repentance: erre not, this is farre from it.

From whence yet, this we gaine: What GOD would heare from us, and what we saying,Mica. 7.1. may give Him some kinde of contentment. This, is but Mica's fruit (we spake of:) which yet, He so much desireth, that He will take it, greene and vnripe as it is. This, is but a stepp vnto a proffer; but yet beginne with this. Say it; Dic, Dic (saith Saint Augustine) sed, intus dic: say it, and say it from within; say it as it should be said: not for forme, or with affectation, but, in truth and with affection. Doe but this onward, and more will follow. Indeed, as (before) we said of the Quare; so (heere) we may say, of the Quid: If either of them; If but this later were well weighed, rightly thought on, or rightly spoken, there is much more in it then one would thinke. What have I done? 1 What, in respect of it selfe: What a foule, deformed, base ignominious act! which we shame to have knowne; which we chill upon, alone and no body but our selves. 2 What, in regard of GOD, so fearefull in power, so glorious in Maiesty! 3 What, in regard of the object: for what a trifling profit; for what a transitorie pleasure! 4 What, in respect of the consequent: To what prejudice of the state of our soules and bodies, both heere and for ever! O what have we done! How did we it? Sure, when we thus sinned, we did we knew not what.

Sure, to say it with the right touch; with the right accent, is worth the while. Say it then: say this, at least. Lest, if you will not say quid feci? what have I done? when He hearkens; you may come into the case, you know not what to doe; and say to Him, What shall I doe? And, if you heare not, when He complaines; one day, when you complaine, He refuse to bow downe His eare and hearken to you, at all.

3 Yet one step further. Nothing they sayd: Is that all? have we done? Nay: He heares and sees (both) a worse matter. For, instead of this, He sees heares, that forth they runne to their carelesse course of life, tanquam equus ad proelium. We saw (before) their slownesse, in that: Now see we their vigor, in this. Wherin observe: Heer, they goe not; It is no soft pace; they runne: Not, as men; but, as horses: And, not every kind of them neither; but, as the barbed horse for service: and he, not every way considered; but when he is enraged by noise and other accidents of warr, [...], rather rusheth, like a violent breach of waters (from whence it is taken) then runneth: [...] (say the Seaventy) as a horse all of a white fome, into the batteile, where, a thousand to one, he never commeth out againe. That is, with as great furie, and as little consideration, as a warr-horse runneth upon his owne destruction. And all this, when GOD hearkeneth and listeneth to heare and receive them; even then, and at no other time; then, so fling they from Him. All returne to sinn is brutish: Recidiva peccati, that, is tanquam Canis ad vomitum: Prou. 26.11. 2. Pet. 2.22. Volutabrum peccati; that, is tanquam sus ad lutum: But, this furie and fiercenesse of sinne is tanquam equus ad praelium. Verse 7. Should there be no more regard in the rider, then, in the beast, he rides on? Should such a mind as this, be in men?

No, verily: we be now gone from men: We be come among beasts. And, thi­ther, doth GOD follow us. And, even among them (if we will but looke to the lesse brutish sort) He hopes to doe it: even among them, to point us to those, that, if we [Page 199] will learne, it will teach us as much as this commeth to. This is His Apostrophe of the last verse. Where breaking of (occasioned by their abrupt breaking of) He even setts downe Himselfe upon the light of nature. Well yet, the storke &c.

Two kinds of forcible reasons (or Apostrophe's) there are to move us. 1. One, To send the people of GOD, to heathen men, that would shame to deale with their Idolls, as we do dayly with the GOD of heaven: Ier 2.10. Get you to Chittim & to the Isles (saith Ieremie 2. chap.) See, if the like measure be offered by them, to their GODS. Then, the Conclusion is Quis audivit talia? GOD's people, worse then the heathen? This is such a thing, as the like was never heard. This was done in the first verse, If any fall &c.

2. Yet, more effectuall is it, when He goeth yet further; thus farr. That, not finding, among men, with whom to sort them, because they keepe no rules of men, He is forced, to a second Apostrophe, to seeke among beasts, with whom to suite them.

3. But then, if it come to this, that the beasts be not only compared with us (as in the last, tanquam equus;) but preferred before, as better advised or disposed, then we (as in this, the Swallow doth know, my people doth not:) that we, in the comparison, goe not even with them, but are cast behind them; that, is [...] (indeed) a foule check to our na­ture. And, to that the Prophet crieth, Audite Coeli, Ier. 2.12. Heare ye heavens and be asto­nished at it. O the damp and mist of our sinnes! so great, that it darkeneth not only the light of religion, which GOD teacheth; but even the light of nature, which her instinct teacheth even the reasonlesse creature it selfe. With a very patheticall conclusion doth the Psalmist break of the XLIX. Psalme: Psal 4 [...]. Man being in honor &c. but becommeth meet to be compared to the beasts that perish. Which is no small disgrace to our Nature, so to be matched. Profectò (saith Chrysostome) Pejus est comparari jumento, quam nasci jumentum, Now (sure) it is farr worser to be matched with a beast; then to be borne a beast. To be borne, is no fault: we, nor they, make our selves. But, to be borne a man, and to become matchable with beasts, that, is our fault; our great fault: and therefore, the worse certeinly.

Well; this Interrogate Iumenta, in the Old; this Respicite Volatilia, in the New;Iob 12.7. Matt 6.2 [...]. this Apostrophe, thus sending us to beasts, and foules to schoole; setting them before us, as patternes; setting them over us, as Tutors, to learne of them how to carry our selves, is (certeinly) a bitter Apostrophe, a great upbraiding, to us; a great aggreeving our sinne, or our folly, or both.

Especially in them, who (as, in the next verse he saith) would hold it great scorne, to be reputed of, otherwise then as deep wise men; that they, should passe their lives,Verse 8. with as little consideration (not, as Heathen men, for they be men; but, with as little) yea lesse, then the beasts in the field, or the foules in the ayre. Thus speaketh GOD, often, and with diverse. The slothfull body He setteth to schoole, to the Ant (Pro. 6.Pro. 6 6. Esay 1.3. Luk. 12.24. 2 Pet. 2.15.16.) The un­thankfull person, to the Oxe: the distrustfull man, to the young Ravens: the covetous wretch, to that beast which reprooved the madnesse of the Prophet, who for the wages of unrigh­teousnesse, was ready to make sale of his soule (that is) Balaam's beast, the Asse (2. Pet. 2.16.) And, heer now in this place, the wilfull impenitent sinner, one so farr gone, as He appoynteth him not one (as to all the former) but, no lesse then foure at once. Belike, either the number is great, that so many Vshers need (and so, it is:) Or, their capacity very dull and hard to take, that no fewer will serve them (and so, it is too:) Or, He sorteth them thus, that every country may be provided for, of one to teach in it. For though, in some places, all are not; yet, in all places, some of them are to be found.

The lesson, with these foure (all of them, from the Storke in the toppe of the firre tree, to the Swallow that buildeth under every pent-house) would take us forth, is, that which they themselves are so perfect in, that they may be professors of it. And, it is of foure sorts. 1. They have a time, to returne in. 2. That time, is certein and certeinly knowen. 3. They know it. 4. They observe it.

They have a time. The place, the Climate, which the cold of the weather maketh them to leave, they faile not but find a time to turne back thither againe. This they [Page 200] teach us, first: Who, in this respect lesse carefull, and more senselesse then they, find a time and times many, oft and long, to take our flight from GOD; occasioned, by no cold or evill weather (for commonly, we do it when times are best and fairest:) But we can find no time, not so much as half a time, to make our returne in. This must be learned.1. Cor. 7.5. 2. Pet 3.9. Sure, we must (saith Saint Paul) [...], take some time of vacancie and leysure: we must (saith Saint Peter) [...], take some severall retiring place, where and when to do it to purpose; and entend it not as a slight matter, but as one of the chiefest and most important affaires of our life. Sure, this doe that GOD keeps about it, these passions, complaints, protestations, apostrophes give it for no lesse.

2 They have a time certeine: When, if you waite for them, you shall be sure to see them come; and come at their appointed season: they will not misse. It will not be long, but you shall see the Swallow heer againe. This they teach us, second: Vs, who have sometime, some little perswasions, In modico (like Agrippa's) to do as Christian men should do,Act. 26.28. Act. 24.26. but (as Foelix) we can never [...] find a convenient sett time for it. Returne we will, that we will; but, are still to seeke for our season: and ever, we will doe, and never we doe it. Verily though no time be amisse (but Ezech. 18.21. at what time soever we repent, that is the acceptable time, that the day of Salvation:) Yet, Esau's Gen. 27.38. Heb. 12.17. teares when the time was past; and the Matt. 25.11.12. five Virgins that came too short, and but a little too short; and that very word of GOD to Saul, 1. Sam. 13.13. Now was the time, Now, if thou haddst taken it: these playnly shew, that (as, for Eccles. 3.1. all things under the sunne, so) for this great and weigh­ty businesse, there is not only [...] but [...]; not only [...] but [...]; not only a time, but a sett season. Which season is in time, as the joint, in a member: If you hitt on the joint, you may easily divide; if on this side or beyond, you shall not do it, or not do it so well; therefore, to discerne it, when it is.

3 They have their certeine time, and they know it. What time of the yeare the time of their returne is, is commonly knowen: who knowes not, when Swallowes time is? And our ignorance, in not discerning this point, doth GOD justly upbrayd us with all; and bidds us, if we know not what time to take, to gett us to these foules, and to take their time, the time they r [...]turne at; (that is) now, even this time, this season of the yeare; to returne with the Swallowes, and to take our flight back, when they do theirs. Rather doe thus, then waste our lives (as we do [...]) and take none at all; neither faire nor foule, neither hott nor cold, neither Fall nor Spring, to do it in. This is the third they teach us.

The last lesson is, to observe it. Opportunity (it selfe) is a great favour, even to have it; 4 but a second grace it is, to discerne it when we have it: and, a third (better then both) when we discerne it, to observe and take it. And many are the errors of our life, but all the errors of our repentance come from one of these: either, our ignorance; that while we have it, discerne it not: or our negligence, that when we discerne it, observe it not. Luc. 19.41.42. The one (our ignorance) CHRIST with bitter teares lamenteth: the other (our negligence) doth GOD (heer) complaine of. This is the last lesson.

There want not, that stretch it farther: that by these foure foules, there is not only taught the time, but even the manner also, how to performe our Repentance.

1. That vox turturis, which is gemebam, a mournfull note: 2. That the very name and nature of the storke [...] of [...] full of mercy and compassion: 3. That the Swal­lowe's nest, Psal. 84.3. so neere the Altar of GOD, (Psal. 84:) 4. That the painfull watching, and ab­stinence of the Crane, specially when they take their flight, so credibly recorded in the Naturall Histories: That these (Embleme-wise) teach us the 1 mournfull bewailing of our life past;Dan. 4.24. 2 the breaking of our former sinnes, by workes of mercie; 3 the keeping neere this place, the house, and Altar of GOD; 4 the abstinence and watching to be performed, during this time of our returne: That is, that all these are allyed to the exercise of our Repentance, and are meet vertues to accompanie and attend the practise of it.

This, the Turtle Dove mourneth; the Swallow chattereth: this, all of them sound as well as they can: This, if they serve not (as Masters) to teach us, they shall serve [Page 201] (as a Quest) to condemne us, whom neither our owne custome, reason, religion, be­fore, nor (now) the light of nature can bring to know so much as they: either to learne it our selves, or to be taught it by others. This we should learne, but this we do [...] not; therefore He taketh up his last complaint, But my people, &c.

The word iudgement receiveth two constructions. For, either by Iudicium Domini 1 is meant that within us, which is answerable to that secret instinct, wherby the fowles are inclined to do this, which is, the prick & dictamen of our conscience [...] (the impression whereof is apparant in the most miscreant on earth; in whom nature it selfe shrinketh and sigheth, when it hath done amisse; and ioyeth and lifteth up it selfe, when it hath well done: and by which we are moved inwardly, as they by their instinct, to returne, but that the motion (with us) passeth, and with them, not:) And then, the complaint is, that their parva naturalia carrie them further, then our great judicialls doe us in this point:

Or els, by Iudicium Domini, is meant His visitation hanging over our heads; 2 (called therefore judgement, because it commeth not casually but judicially proceedeth from GOD; (that is) when GOD calleth to judgement by invasion, by scarsitie, by gentile, generall diseases and such like:) and then, the complaint is, that where we should imitate these foules, and returne against the sweet spring, and faire time of the yeare (that is, while the dayes of peace and prosperitie last) we are so farr behind them, as, not against faire, nay not against foule (against neither) we can be brought to it: Not in the dayes of adversitie, no, not against the winter of our life.

That they regard Natures inclination, so as, every spring, sure to come: We have lost our regard so even of judgement and all, as neither vernall nor by ber [...]all repentance we bring forth. Nay, not the everlasting iudgement of the LORD do we regard; to which, sooner or later, we must all come, and there receive the sentence, under execu­tion whereof we shall lye eternally.

[...] (saith Saint Chrysostome) I embrace both senses: Both be good and profitable to men: Take whither you will, or both, if you will, you shall not take amisse: and if both, you shalbe sure to take right. Regard iudgement, when, either it awaketh from within, or when it threateneth, from without. And when any of these sum­mons us before the great Iudge, know (for a certeinty) that, the time of returning is come: the Angell is descended, the water is mooved, let us have grace to goe in; Even then,Ioh. 5.3. adaquae motum: We know not how long it will be, or whither ever it will be stirred againe.

And thus we be come to an anchor, at this last word, iudgement. A word, which if with iudgement we would but pause on, and rowle it a while up and downe our thoughts, duely weighing it and the force of it, it would bring us about, and cause this whole scrip­ture to be fulfilled; make us fly as fast backe, as any foule of them all.

For indeed, the not judiciall apprehending of this one word; the sh [...]llow conceiving & sleight regard of it, is the cause, we foreslow the time. The foreslowing the time, the cause, we come not to quid feci? the not comming to that, the cause, why we runne on still tanquam equus; why we rise not, returne not, yeeld not, but stand out in perpetuall rebellion. Did we heare this word; heare it and regard it aright; and scire terrorem hunc, know the terror of it; that, GOD hath fearefull iudgments in store, even heer, to meet with us: Or (howsoever, heer, we scape) He hath (there) a perpetuall iudgement behind; and that, so streight, as the righteous shall scarce escape it; so heavie, as the mightiest shall not endure it: Did we regard this one Point,1. Pet. 4.1 [...]. we would find a with-drawing time, for this so serious a worke; we would say, and say that GOD should heare it, what have I done? We would rise, returne, repent; and so, His whole complaint should ceasse. O Iudgement! of the very mention of this word Iudgement, if a perfect view were taken of it, that only were enough. But, without iudgement or regard, we heare it; and there­fore the complaint continueth still.

To conclude: we sayd at the beginning, GOD therefore sheweth Himselfe in pas­sion, that He might moove us; and in that passion, whereto He would moove us: Thus complayneth GOD, that we might thus inferr, and say: And doth GOD thus [Page 202] complaine?Iob. 22.3. Why it toucheth not GOD, it toucheth me; He needeth not our repen­tance, and our vnrighteousnesse hurteth Him not. It is I, that shall winne or lose by it; even the best thing I have to lose, my soule: He is in no danger; it is I, the hazard of whose eternall weale, or woe, lyeth vpon it. And yet doth GOD shew Himselfe sorrie for me, and shall not I be sorrie, for my selfe? Doth GOD thus complaine of my sinne, and shall not I be moued, to do as much for mine owne sinne? From this me­ditation to proceed, to propound the same questions, which GOD here doth, and to aske them of our selves. What then, shall I continually fall and neuer rise? turne away and not once turne againe? Shall my rebellions be perpetuall? Do I this any where els? can I shew any reason why not to do it, here? Shall these Swallowes flie over me and put me in mind, of my returne; and shall not I heed them? Shall GOD still, in vaine, hearken for quid feci? and shall I never speake that, He so faine would heare? Shall I never once seriously set before me, the Iudgements of the Lord? Aske these: aske them and answer them, and upon them, come to a resolution, saying: I will rise, and returne, and submit my selfe, and from my heart say quid feci? I will consider volatilia coeli; I will not see them flye, but I will thinke of the season of my returning: but, above all, I will not be without regard of GOD's iudgement, then which, nothing (in this world) is more to be regarded.

Because the time; the time is the maine matter, and (ever) more adoe about it, then the thing it selfe; to have speciall care of that: knowing, that it was not but upon great cause,Luk. 19.41 42. that our SAVIOVR complaining of this point cried: ô if thou hadst but knowen, that this day had beene the day of thy visitation! and so was faine to breake of, the teares comming so fast, that He was notable to speake out, but forced to weepe out the rest of his sentence. O those teares shew, what time is; shew that oppo [...]tunitie it selfe is a grace, even to have it; that it is a second grace, to know it; and a third better then them both, to lay hold of it and vse it. That the greatest errours in this matter of repentance come from our ignorance, in not discerning of the time, when we way have it; or our negligence, in not vsing it, when we discerne it. Therefore, rather then faile, (or rather, that we may not faile) to take the time of the text. And that time, is at this time, now: Now, do these foules returne: Who knoweth whether he shall live to see them returne any more? It may be the last spring, the last Swallow- time, the last wednesday, of this name or nature, we shall ever live, to heare this point preached. Why do we not covenant then with our selves, not to let this time slip? Surely, lest no time should be taken, the Prophet pointeth us at this; and (ensuing the Prophet's mind) the Church hath fixed her season at it. And nature it selfe seemeth to favour it, that at the rising of the yeare, we should rise; and returne, when the Zodiake returneth to the first signe.

Let the Prophet, let the Church, let nature, let something prevaile with vs. Et Dominus qui sic instat praecepto, praecurrat auxilio, and ALMIGHTY GOD the vpholder of them that stand, the lifter up of those that be downe; that GOD, who is thus instant upon this point by His complaint, pre­vent us with His gratious helpe, that we may redresse it. Following, with his Spirit, where his word hath gone before, and making it effectuall to our speedie conversion.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE KING JAMES AT WHITE-HALL, On the X. of February, A.D. MDCXIX. being ASHWEDNESDAY.

IOEL CAP. II. VER. XII, XIII.

Nunc ergo dicit DOMINVS: Convertimini ad Me in toto corde vestro, in jejunio, & in fletu, & in planctu.

Et scindite corda vestra, & non vestimenta vestra, & convertimini ad DEVM vestrum.

Therefore also, now (saith the LORD;) Turne you unto Me, with all your heart, and with Fasting, and with Wee­ping and with Mourning.

And rend your heart, and not your clothes, and turne unto the LORD your GOD.

FOR this time hath the Church made choise of this Text. The Time, wherein, howsoever we have dispensed with it all the yeare beside, she would have us seriously to entend, and make it our time of turning to the LORD. And that, Now (the first word of the Text.)

For, she holds it not safe, to leave us wholly to our selves, to take any time, it skills not when; lest we take none at all.Act. 24 25. Not now (saith Foelix) but when I shall find a convenient time; and he never found any: and many (with him) perish, upon this not now. Take heede of [...], when I shall finde a convenient time: It un­did Foelix, that.

She hath found, this same keeping of continuall Sab­boths and Fasts, this keeping the memorie of CHRIST's Birth and Resurrection all the yeare long, hath done no good: hurt, rather. So, it hath seemed good, to the HOLY GHOST, and to Her, to order, there shall be a solemne set returne, Act. 15.28. once in the yeare at least. And reason: for, once a yeare, all things turne. And, that once is now at this [Page 204] time: For, now at this time, is the turning of the yeare. In Heaven, the Sunne in his Equinoctiall line, the Zodiaque, and all the Constellations in it, do now turne about to their first point. The earth and all her plants, after a dead Winter, returne to the first and best season of the yeare.Ier. 8.7. The creatures, the Fowles of the Aire, the Swallow and the Turtle, the Crane and the Storke know their seasons, and make their just returne at this time, every yeare. Every thing now turning, that we also would make it our time to turne to GOD in.

Then, because we are to turne cum jejunio, with fasting; and this day is knowen by the name of Caput jejunij, the first day of Lent; it fitts well, as a welcome into this time: a time lent us (as it were) by GOD, set us by the Church, to make our turning in.

And, besides the time, Now; the manner (How) is heer also set downe. For, as it is true,2. Tim. 2.25. that repentance is the gift of GOD, (Si quo modo det Deus poenitentiam, saith the Apostle) and we by prayer to seeeke it of Him, that it would please Him to grant us true repentance;Heb. 6.1. So, it is true withall, there is a Doctrine of Repentance from dead works (as saith the same Apostle) and that is heer taught us.

The Church turnes us to these words heer of the Prophet Ioël; Which, though they be a part of the Old Testament, yet, for some speciall vertue in them (as we are to beleeve) She hath caused them to be read, for the Epistle of this day.

And surely, had there been a plainer then this, wherin the nature of true repentance had been more fully set forth, it behooveth us to thinke; the Church inspired by the wisedome of GOD, would have looked it out for us, against this time, the time sacred by her to our turning.

Againe, that the Church carying to her children the tender heart of a mother, if there were a more easy or gentle repentance then this of Ioël, She would have chosen that rather. For, this we are all bound to think, She takes no pleasure to make us sad, or to put upon us more, then needs She must. Which in that She hath not, we may well presume, this of Ioël is it, She would have us hold our selves to: and that this is, and is to be, the mold of our Repentance.

I wote well, there is in this text, some-what of Sal terrae, something of the graine of mustard-seed in the Gospell: Mat. 5.13.13.31. The points be such as well list not heare of. Fasting is durus Sermo, Io. 6.60. Verse 11. an un-welcome point to flesh and bloud: but, as for weeping and mourning, and renting the heart, who can abide it? The Prophet (it seemes) foresaw, we would say as much; and therefore he takes up the word before us. They be the words next before these, Who can abide it? Abide what? These dayes, the abstinence in them? No, but the great and fearfull Day of the LORD. If you speake of not abiding, who can abide that? As if he should say, If you could abide that Day when it comes, I would trouble you with none of these. But, no abiding of that. Turne it away you may: turne it into a ioyfull day, by this turning to the LORD. Thus you may: and, but thus, you cannot. Now therefore you see, how therefore comes in. Heer is our choise: One of them we must take. And, better thus turne unto GOD in some of these little dayes, then be tur­ned of by Him in that great Day, Mat. 8.12. to another manner weeping then this of Ioël: Even to weeping, 2. Cor. 10.11. and wailing, and gnashing of teeth. Scientes igitur terrorem hunc, knowing therefore this feare, and that upon this turning, Cardo vertitur, the hinge turnes of our well or evill doing for ever; to be content to come to it, and to turne the Heathen mans Non emam, into emam tanti poenitere. To this turning then. Our charge is to preach to men, non quae volunt audire, sed quae volunt audisse, not, what for the present they would heare; but, what another day, they would wish they had heard.

Rep [...]ntance it selfe is nothing els, but redire ad principia, a kind of circling; to returne to Him by repentance, from whom, by sinne, we have turned away. And much after a circle is this text: beginns with the word turne, and returnes about to the same word againe. Which circle consists (to use the Prophet's owne word) of two turnings; (for, twise he repeats this word;) which two must needs be two different motions. 1 One, is to be done with the whole heart: 2 The other with it broken and rent: So as, one and the same it cannot be.

[Page 205]First, a turne, wherein we looke forward to GOD, and with our whole heart resolve to turne to Him. Then, a turne againe, wherein we looke backward to our sinnes, wherein we have turned from GOD; and with beholding them, our very heart brea­keth. These two, are two distinct, both in nature and names: One, Conversion from sinne; the other, Contrition for sinne. One, resolving to amend that which is to come: the other, reflecting and sorrowing for that which is past. One, declining from evill to be done heerafter: the other, sentencing it selfe for evill done heertofore. These two between them, make up a compleate repentance, or (to keepe the word of the text) a perfect revolution.

And this and none other, doth Ioël teach the Iewes: and this, and none other doth Ionas teach the Gentiles. None other, the Prophets; nor none other the Apostles: For, Saint Iames comes iust to this of Ioël, Enioining sinners to cleanse their hands, Iam. 4.8.9. and to purge their hearts; which is the former: and then with all, to change their laughter into mourning, and their ioy into heavinesse: Where [...] & [...], are as full for the New, as Flanctus and Fletus are for the Old. These two: both these, and neither to spare: and we have not learned, we hold not, we teach not any other repentance. I speake it for this. There is a false imputation cast on us, that we should teach, there goeth nothing to repentance but amendment of life: that these of fasting and the rest, we let runn by, as the wast of repentance: Nay, that (for fasting) we do indicere jejuni­um jejuniis, we proclaime a fast from it; and teach a poenitence with no penall thing in it. That therefore, this text by name, and such other, we shunn and shift, and dare not come neer them. Not come neer them? As neer as we can, by the grace of GOD, that the world may know, and all heer beare wittnesse, we teach and we presse both.

Indeed (as Augustine well saith) Aliud est quod docemus, aliud qued sustinemus, What we are faine to beare with, is one thing; What we preach, and faigne would perswade, is another. Et vaetibi flumen moris humani (saith he, and we both) Wo to the strong current of a corrupt Custome, that hath taken such a head, as doe what we can, it caries all headlong before it. But, whatsoever we beare, this we teach, though.

I forgett my selfe. I entend to proceed as the words lye. 1 To turne, first:The Divisi­on. 2 and to GOD; 3 To GOD, with the heart; 4 and with the whole heart. Then I the Manner, with these foure: 1 Fasting, 2 Weeping, 3 Mourning, 4 and a Rent II heart. Of which, the two former are the bodies taske; Fasting and weeping: the two later, the soule's; mourning, and renting the heart. The former (mourning) the affection of sorrow: the later (renting) from anger, or indignation: Of both which affections, Repentance is compound, and not of either alone. This for the manner, how. III

Then last, for the time, when: Now to doe it; Now therefore.

DIversly, and in sundry termes doth the Scripture set forth unto us the nature of repentance. Of renewing, as from a decay (Heb. 6.6.) Of refining, I. Repentance a Turning. 1. Turne. as from drosse (Ierem. 6.29.) Of recovering, as from a maladie (Dan. 4.24.) Of cleansing, as from soile; Of rising, as from a fall (Ierem. 8.4.) In no one, either for sense more full; or for use more often, then in this of turning.

To turne is a counseile properly to them that are out of their right way. For, going on still, and turning, are motions opposite. Both of them with reference to a way. For, if the way be good, we are to hold on: if otherwise, to turne and take another.

Whither a way be good or no, we principally pronounce, by the end. If (saith Chrysostome) it be to a Feast, good; though it be through a blind lane: if to execution, not good, though through the fairest street in the City. Saint Chrysostome was bidden to a [Page 206] marriage dinner; was to go to it through diverse lanes, and alleys; crossing the high street, he mett with one ledd through it to be executed: he told it his Auditorie, that Non quà, sed quò was it.

If then our life be a way (as a way it is termed, in all Writers both holy and humane, via morum no lesse, then via pedum;) the end of this way is to bring us to our end, to our sovereigne good, which we call Happinesse. Which happinesse, not finding heer, but full of flawes, and of no lasting neither, we are sett to seeke it, and put in hope to find it with GOD,Psal. 16.11. in whose presence, is the fullnesse of Ioy, and at whose right hand, plea­sures for evermore.

From GOD then, as from the journeys end of our life, our way, we are never to turne our stepps,G [...]n. 5.22. or our eyes, but with Enoch (as of him it is sayd) still to walke with GOD, all our life long. Then should we never need to heare this convertite.

We are not so happy. There is one that maligneth, we should goe this way, or come to this end: and therefore, to divert us, holdeth out to us some Pleasure, Profit, or Preferment; which to pursue, we must stepp out of the way, and so do, full many times; even turne from GOD, to serve our owne turnes.

And this is the way of sinne, which is a turning from GOD. When having in chase some trifling transitorie I wote not what; to follow it, we even turne our backs upon GOD, and forsake the way of His commaundenents. And heer now we first need His counseile of Convertite.

For, being entred into this way, yer we goe too farr in it, wis [...]ome would, we stay­ed and were advised, whither this way will carry us, and where we shall find our selves at our iourneys end. And, reason we have to doubt: For, after we once left our first way, which was right, 1. Sam. 25.31. there takes us sometimes that same Singultus Cordis (as Abigail well calls it) a throbbing of the heart; or (as the Apostle) certeine accusing thoughts pre­sent themselves unto us,Rom. 1.15. which will not suffer us to goe on quietly: our mindes still mis-giving us, that we are wrong.

Besides, when any daunger of death is neer: Nay, if we doe but sadly thinke on it, a certeine chilnesse takes us, and we cannot (with any comfort) thinke on our iournyes end:Esa. 30.21. And heare (as it were) a voice of one crying behind us, Haec est via; that, is not the way, you have taken; this, that you have lost, is your way, walke in it. Which voice if we heare not, it is long of the noise about us. If we would sometimes goe aside into some retired place, or in the still of the night hearken after it, we might per­adventure heare it.

A great blessing of GOD it is; for, without it, thousands would perish in the error of their life, and never returne to their right way againe. Redite praevaricatores ad cor, that sinners would turne to their owne hearts.Esa. 46.8. And this is the first degree, to helpe us a little forward to this turning.

Being thus turned to our hearts, we turne againe, and behold the [...] (as Saint Iames termeth it) the wheele of our nature, Iames 3 6. that it turneth apace, and turnes of dayly some, and them younger then we; and that within a while, our turne will come, that our breath also must goe forth, and we turne againe to our dust.

Psal. 94.15.And, when that is past, another of the Prophet, That Righteousnesse shall turne againe to iudgement: Mercie that now sitts in the throne, shall rise up and give place: Iustice also shall have her turne. Psal. 9.18. And, then comes the last turn, Convertentur peccatores in infer­num, the sinners shal be turned into hell, and all the people that forget, in time, to turne unto GOD. There was wont to be a ceremonie of giving ashes this day, to put us in mind of this convert [...]ris. I feare with the ceremonie, the substance is gone too. If that conversion into ashes be well thought on, it will helpe forward our turning.

This returning to our heart, the sad and serious bethinking us there, of Nature's con­version into dust; of sinne's, into ashes (for, ashes ever presuppose fire:) that the wheele turns apace, and if we turne not the rather, these turnings may overtake us: GOD's Spirit assisting, may so worke with us, as we shall thinke Ioel's counseile good; that, if we have not been so happy, as to keepe the way; yet, we be not so unhappy, as not to turne againe from a way, the issues whereof surely will not be good.

[Page 207]And would GOD, these would serve to worke it. If they will not, then must Conver­sus sum in aerumnâ, dum configitur spina; some thorne in our sides,Psal 32.4. some bodily or worldly griefe must come and procure it. But, that is not to turne, but, to be turned: And, there is great odds between these two. As, one thing it is, to take up the crosse; ano­ther, to have it layd upon us.

To be turned I call, when, by some crosse of body or mind (as it were; with a ring in our nose) we are brought about, whither we will or no, to looke how we have gone astray.

To turne I call, when the world ministreth unto us no cause of heavinesse; all is ex sententiâ: yet, even then, the grace of GOD moving us, we set our selves about; and representing those former conversions before us, we worke it out, having from with­out, no heavy accident to force us to it.

We condemne not Conversus sum in aerumnâ: Many are so turned; and GOD is gracious and reiects them not. But, we commend this later, when (without wrench or skrew) we turne, of our selves. And that man, who being under no arrest, no bridle in his iawes, shall in the dayes of his peace, resolve of a time to turne in, and take it; that man hath great cause to rejoice, and to rejoice before GOD. And thus much for Conver­tite, or (if it may not be had) for Convertimini.

Turne, and turne to Me: and He that saith it, is GOD. Why,2. To Me, that is GOD. Ier. 4 [...]. whither should we turne from sinne, but to GOD? Yes, we may be sure, it is not for nothing, GOD set­teth downe this. In Ieremie, it is more plaine: If ye returne, returne to Me, saith the LORD: Which had been needlesse, if we could turne to nothing els; w [...]re it not possible, to find diverse turnings; leaving one by-way to take another; from this ex­treme, turne to that, and neuer to GOD at all. They that have been fleshly given, if they cease to be so, they turne: but, if they become as worldly now, as they were fleshly before, they turne not to GOD. They, that from the dottage of superstition, runne into the phrensie of prophanesse: They, that from abhorring Idols, fall to commit sacri­ledge; howsoever they turne, to GOD they turne not.Rom. 2.22.

And this is even the motus diurnus, the common turning of the world (as Moses expresseth it) to add drunkennesse to thirst: from too little to too much; from one extreme to runne into another.Deut. 29.19. Would GOD it were not needfull for me to make this note. But, the true turne is ad Me: So from sinne, as to GOD. Els, in very deed, we turne from this sinne, to that sinne; but, not from sinne: Or (to speake more properly) we tu [...]ne sinne, we turne not from sinne, if we give over one evill way, to take another.

To Me then: and with the heart. And, this also is needfull. For (I know not how,3. W [...]th the heart. but) by some, our conversion is conceived to be a turning of the braine only (by doting to much on the word resipiscere) as a matter meerly mentall. Where before, thus and thus we thought, such and such positions we held; now, we are of another mind then before; and there is our turning. This of Ioël's is a matter of the heart, sure. This? Nay (to say truth) where is conversion mentioned, but it is in a manner attended with in corde? And so requireth not only an alteration of the mind, but of the will: a change, not, of certaine notions only in the head, but of the affections of the heart too. Els, it is vertigo capitis, but not conversio cordis.

Neither doth this [in corde] stand only against the braine; but is commonly in opposi­tion to the whole outward man. Els, the heart may be fixed like a Pole, and the body (like a sphaere) turn round about it. Nay, heart and all must turne. Not the face, for shame, or the feete, for feare; but the heart, for very hatred of sinne also. Hypocrisie is a sinne: being to turne from sinne, we are to turne from it also; and not have our body in the right way, and our heart still wandring in the by-pathes of sinne. But, if we forbeare the act, which the eye of man beholdeth, to make a conscience of the thoughts too; for unto them also, the eye of GOD pierceth. Thus it should be: Els, Conversion it may be, but heart it hath none.

[Page 208] 4. With the whole heart. With the heart; and with the whole heart. As, not to divide the heart from the body; So, neither to divide the heart in it selfe. The divell, to hinder us from true turning, turnes himselfe (like Proteus) into all shapes. First, turne not at all, you are well enough. If you will needs turne, turne whither you will, but not to GOD. If to GOD, leave your heart behind you, and turne and spare not. If with the heart, be it in corde, but not in toto; with some ends or fractions, with some few broken affections, but, not entirely. In modico (saith Agrippa) somewhat;Act. 26.28.29. there is a peece of the heart. In modico, & in toto (saith S. PAVL) somewhat and altogether; there is the whole heart. For which cause, as if some converted with the brimme, or upper part only, doth the Psalme call for it, de profundis;Psal. 130.1. and the Prophet, from the bottome of the heart.

To rent the heart in this part, is a fault; which is a vertue in the next. For, it makes us have two hearts, hovering (as it were) and in motu trepidationis: and feigne we would let goe sinne, but not all that belongs to it: And turne we would, from our evill way; but not from that which will bring us backe to it againe, the Occasion, the Object, the Companie: from which, except we turne too, we are in continuall danger, to leave our way againe, and to turne backe to our former folly; the second ever worse then the first.

When the heart is thus parcelled out, it is easily seene. See you one would play with fire, and not be burned; touch pitch, and not be defiled with it; love perill, and not perish in it;Eccl. 13.1. Eccl. 3.27. dallying with his conversion; turning, like a door upon the hinges, open and shutt, and shutt and open againe; with vult, & non vult, he would, and yet he would not? Be bold to say of that man, he is out of the compasse of conversion: back againe he will ad volutabrum luti.

And as easily it is seene, when one goes to his turning with his whole heart. He will come to his Quid faciemus? Luc. 3.10. Set him downe, what he should do, and he will do it. Not come neere the place where sinne dwelleth: Refraine the wandring of his sense, whereby sinne is awaked; fulnesse and idlenesse, whereof sinne breedeth: but chiefly, corrupt companie, whither sinne resorteth. For, conversion hath no greater enemy, then conversing with such, of whom our heart telleth us, there is neither faith nor feare of GOD in them. To all these he will come. Draw that mans apologie, pronounce of him, he is turned, and with his whole heart turned to GOD. And so may we turne: and, such may all our conversion be: 1 Voluntary, without compulsion: 2 To God, without de­clining: 3 With the heart, not in Speculation: 4 With the whole heart entire, no purpose of recidivation.

II. The manner of it.All this shall be done: we will turne, with the heart, with the whole heart. Is this all? No; heere is a Cum, we must take with us; Cum jejunio, With Fasting. Take heed of turning Cum into sine: To say, with it, or without it, we may turne well e­nough: Since, it is GOD himselfe, that to our turning joineth jejunium, we may not turne without it. Indeed (as I told you) this is but the halfe-turne. Hitherto, we have but looked forward, we must also turne back our eye, and reflect upon our sinnes past, be sorie for them, before our turning be, as it should. The Hemisphaere of our sinnes (not to be under the Horizon, cleane out of our sight) must ascend up, and we set them before us; and we testifie by these foure that follow, how we like our selves for committing of them.

I know, we would have the sentence end heere, the other stripped of; have the matter between our hearts and us, that there we may end it, within, and no more adoe: and there, we should do well enough. But the Prophet tells us farther (or GOD him­selfe rather; for, He it is, that heer speaketh) that our repentance is to be incorporate into the bodie, no lesse then the sinne was. Her's hath been the delight of sinne, and, she to beare a part of the penaltie: that the heart within, and the bodie without may both turne, since both have gone astray. It is a taxe, a tribute, it hath pleased GOD to lay upon our sinnes, and we must beare it.

I speake it for this. It is a world, what strange conceits there are abroad, touching [Page 209] this point. To the animalis homo, flesh and bloud reveiles a farre more easie way, not encombred with any of these. To turne, and yet not lose a meale all the yeare long; and not shed a teare; and not rent, either heart or garment: and yet doe full well. And with this conceipt, they passe their lives; and with this they passe out of their lives; as it seemes, resolved to put their soules in a venture, and to come to heaven after their owne fashion, or not come there at all: Change Ioël into Iaël; take a draught of milke out of her bottle, and wrappe them warme, and lay them downe, and never rise more.Iudg. 4·17.

And (that which is worse) they would not, by their good-will, have any other spoken of. For, this is a disease of our nature: Looke how much we are (of our selves) disposed to doe, just so much, and no more, must be preached to us. For, more then we have a liking to performe, we cannot at any hand abide, should be ur­ged as needfull. But these conceipts must be left, or els we must tell IOEL, we can turne to GOD, without any of these. But, it is not IOEL; GOD it is, that speaketh, who best knoweth, what turning it is, that pleaseth Him best: and whom we must needs leave to prescribe the manner, how He would have us to turne unto Him.

To speake after the manner of men, in very congruitie, when after a long aversion, we are to turne and present our selves before GOD, there would be a forme sett downe, how to behave our selves, in what sort to performe it. This is it; how for our chear, our countenance, how for our carriage every way. Very duty will teach us, if we will not breake all the rules of Decorum, we should doe it suitably to such as have stood out in a long rebellion, and being in just disgrace for it, are to approch the highest MAIESTIE upon earth. Now, would they (being to returne) make a feast the same day they are to doe it, with light merry hearts, with cheerefull lookes? and not rather, with shame in their countenance, feare in their hearts, griefe in their eyes? As they would, so let us. Still and ever remembring what the Prophet saith, Magnus Rex IEHOVA, GOD is a more High and mighty Prince then any on earth: stands on His State, will not be thus turned to, thus sleightly; with, or without, it skills not. But, we in our turning, to come before Him, all abashed and confounded in our selves; that, for a trifle, a matter of nothing, certaine caracts of gaine, a few minutes of delight (base creatures that we be) so and so often, Sic & sic faciendo, by such and such sinnes, have offended so presump­tuously against so Glorious a MAIESTY; so desperately against so Omnipotent a POVV­ER; so vnkindly against so Sovereigne a BOVNTY of so gracious a GOD and so kind and loving a SAVIOVR.

To take them as they stand. Fasting: Which, were there nothing els but this,1. With Fas [...]ing. that the Church maketh this time of our returne a time of fast, it shewes plainely, in her opi­nion, how neere these two are allyed, how well they sort together. Which Fast, the Church prescribeth, not onely by way of regiment to keepe the body low, that it may be a lesse mellow soile for the sinnes of the flesh (for, this perteineth to the former part) so to prevent sinne to come; but awards it, as a chastisement for sinne already past. For, to be abridged, whether by others or by our selves, of that which otherwise we might freely vse, hath in it the nature of a punishment. They be the words of the Psalme, I wept and chastened my selfe with fasting: Chastened himselfe; So,Psal. 69.10. a chastisement it is.

And thus preach we Fasting: 1 Neither as the Physitians enjoyne it in their Apho­rismes, to digest some former surfett. 2 Nor, as the Philosophers in their Moralls, to keepe the sense subtile. 3 Nor, as the States Politique in their Proclamations, to preserve the breed of Cattell, or encrease of strength by Sea. But, as the holy Prophets of GOD, as Ioël streight after, we do Sanctificare Iejunium, prescribe it, and that to a religious end: Even to chasten our selves for sinne by this forbearance. So, no Physicall, Philosophicall, Verse 15. Politicall; but a Propheticall, yea an Evangelicall fast. For, if in very sorrow, we are to fast, when the bridegroome is taken away; Much more, when we our selves by our sinnes committed, have beene the cause of His taking, nay,Matt. 9.15. of His very driving away from us.

[Page 210]And must we then fast? Indeed we must; or gett us a new Epistle for the day, and a new Gospell too. For, as GOD heere (in the Epistle) commands it; So CHRIST (in the Gospell) presupposeth it with His Cum jejunatis, Matt. 6.16. taking it as granted, We will fast. That sure, fast we must, or els wipe out this cum jejunio, and that Cum jejunatis, and tell GOD and CHRIST they are not well advised; we have found out a way be­yond them, to turne vnto GOD without any fasting at all.

But, how fast? To relieve all we may: When we speake of Fasting, Humanum di­cimus propter infirmitatem vestram;Rom 6.19. Psal. 109.24. we entend not, mens knees should grow weake with fasting. Two kinds of fasting we find in Scripture. 1. David's, who fasted, tasting neither bread nor ought els,2. Sam. 3.35. till the Sunne was downe: No meat at all: That is too hard.Dan. 10.3. 2. What say you to Daniel's fast? He did eat and drinke, but not cibos desyde­rij, no meats of delight, and (namely) eat no flesh. The Church (as an indulgent mo­ther) mitigates all she may:Matt. 19.12. Enjoynes not for fast, that of David (and yet, qui potest capere capiat, for all that:) She onely requires of us that other of Daniel, to forbeare cibos desyderij (and flesh is there expressely named) Meates and drinks provoking the appetite, full of nourishment, kindling the blood: Content to sustaine Nature, and not purvey for the flesh, Rom. 13.14. to satisfie the lusts thereof. And thus (by the grace of GOD) we may: if not David's yet Daniel's. For, if David's we cannot, and Daniel's we list not, I know not what fast we will leave: for, a third I find not.

1. Tim. 5.25.And yet, even this also doth the Church release to such as are in Timothee's case; have crebras infirmitates. It is not the decay of nature, but the chastisement of sinne she seeketh. But, at this doore, all scape through: we are all weake and crasie, when we would re­pent;Matt. 16.22. but, lusty and strong, when to commit sinne. Our Physitians are easy to tell us, and we easy to beleeve any that will tell us, Propitius esto tibi, favour your selfe, for it is not for you.

Take heed, GOD is not mocked, who would have sinne chastened. Who sees (I feare) the pleasing of our appetite is the true cause; the not endangering our health is but a pre­tense. And He will not have his Ordinance thus dallyed with, fast or loose. Said it must be, that Ioël heere saith: Turne to GOD with fasting, or be ready to shew a good cause why: And to shew it to GOD. It is He (heere) calls for it (the pen is but Ioël's:) He best knowes, what turning it is will serve our turne, will turne away Ira ventura, which Quis poterit sustinere, who is hable to abide? And, take this with you: when fasting and all is in,Ver. 14. if it be, Quis scit, si convertatur Deus? If we leave, what we please out, then it will be Quis scit? indeed.

2. With Weeping.The next point (and GOD send us well to discharge it) is Weeping. Can we not be dispensed with that neither, but we must weepe too? Truly, even in this point, somewhat would be done too: Els Ioël will not be satisfied, but call on us still. There is (saith the Psalme) a flagon provided by GOD of purpose for them:Psal. 56 8. Therefore, some would come; some few droppes at least. Not, as the Saints of old: No; humanum dicimus heere too. Iob. 16.20. Iob's eyes poured forth teares to GOD: Ps. 119.136. David's eye gushed out with water, He all to wet his pillow, with them: Luk. 7.38. Marie Magdalen wept enough to have made a bath. We vrge not these. But if not poure out, Ier. 13.17. not gush forth, Nonne stillabit oculus noster (saith Ieremie) shall not our eye affoord a drop or twaine?

Stay a little, turne and looke backe vpon our sinnes past: it may be, if we could get our selves to doe it in kind, if set them before us and looke sadly, and not glance over them apace:Esa. 38.16. Thinke of them not once; but (as EZEKIA did) recogitare, thinke them over and over; consider the motives, the base motives; and weigh the cir­cumstances, the grievous circumstances; and tell over our many flittings, our often re­lapsing, our wretched continuing in them: It would sett our sorrow in passion, it would bring downe some; Some would come: Our bowells would turne, our repentings rowle together; and lament we would the death of our soule, as we do otherwhile the death of a friend; and for the vnkindnesse, we have shewed to GOD, as, for the vn­kindnesse we doe, that man sheweth us.

[Page 211]But, this will aske time. It would not be posted through, as our manner is: we have done streight. It is not a businesse of a few minutes:2. Pet. 3.9. 1. Cor. 7.6. It will aske Saint Peter's [...], retired place, and Saint Paul's [...], vacant time. It would aske a Nazarites vow, to doe it as it should be done: Even a sequestring our selves for a time, as they did: In other respects (I grant;) but, among others, for this also, even to performe to GOD, a Votive repentance. This (I wish) we would trie. But, we seeke no place; we al­low no time for it. Our other affaires take up so much, as we can spare little or none for this; which, the time will come, when we shall thinke it the weightiest affaire of all.

And yet it may be, when all is done, none will come though. For, who hath teares at command? Who can weepe when he lists? I know it well, they be the overflo­wings of sorrow; not of every sorrow, but of the sensuall parts: and being an act of the inferiour parts, reason cannot command them at all times, they will not be had.

But, if they will not, the Prophet hath heere put an [...] insteed of it (for,3. With m [...]ur [...]ing so doe the Fathers all take it: Mourne.) If weepe we cannot, mourne we can: and mourne we must. Et vos non luxistis (saith the Apostle:) He saith not,1. Cor 5 2. Et vos non fle­vistis, and you have not wept; But, and you have not mourned; as if he should say, that you should have done at the least. Mourning they call, the sorrow which reason it selfe can yeild. In Schooles, they terme it Dolorem appretiativum, valuing what should be; rating, what the sinnes deserve, though we have it not to lay downe: yet, what they deserve, we should; and, that we can. These, and these sinnes I have committed, so ma­ny so heynous, so oft iterate, so long lyen in: these deserve to be bewailed even with tears of blood.

2. This we can: and this too,Ier. 9.1. wish with the Prophet (and so let us wish) O that my head were full of water, and my eyes fountaines of teares, to doe it as it should be done! This we can.

3. And pray we can, that He which turneth the flint stone into a springing well, Psal. 114.8. would vouchsafe us (even as dry as flints) gratiam lachrymarum (as the Fathers call it) some small portion of that grace to that end. Though weepe we cannot, yet wish for it, and pray for it we can.

4. And complaine we can, and bemone our selves (as doth the Pro [...]het) with a very little variation from him: My leannesse, my leannesse (saith he) woe is me: My drinesse, Esay 24.16. my drinesse (may each of us say) woe is me. The transgressors have offended, the trans­gressors have grievously offended. Grievously offend we can; grievously lament we cannot; My drinesse, my drinesse, woe is me. Nay, we need not varie, we may even let leannesse alone, his owne word. For, drie and leane both is our sorrow (GOD wot) GOD help us. This mourne we can.

5. And lastly, this we can: even humbly beseech our mercifull GOD and Father, in default of ours, to accept of the strong crying and bitter teares, which in the dayes of His flesh, His Blessed SONNE, in great agonie shedd for us: for us ( [...] say) that should, but are not hable to doe the like for our selves: that what is wanting in ours, may be sup­plied from thence. These (by the grace of GOD) we may doe, in discharge of this point. These let us doe, and it will be accepted.

And so now to the last: Rent your hearts, You see, first and last,4. With renting your hearts. to the heart we come. For indeed, a meale may be missed, a teare or two let fall, and the heart not af­fected, for all that. Gen. 27.38. Esau wept; 1. King. 21.27. Ahab gave over his meat; their hearts (both) swel­ling and apostemate still. To shew, that though these be requisite (all;) yet, that the passion of the heart is caput poenitentiae: to the heart He commeth againe alwaies, to verifie, that, in both and in all, quod cor non facit non fit; if it be not done with the heart, if the heart doe it not, nothing is done. As in conversion, the purpose of amendment must proceed from the heart: So in our contrition, the sorrow, the anger, for our turning away must pierce to the heart: Some cardiaque passion to be; the heart to suffer.

[Page 112]And, what must it suffer? Contrition: It should even conteri, be ground to powder. A contrite heart, it should be: If not that, not contritum, yet cor confractum, a broken heart, Psal. 51.17. broken in peeces, though not so small. If neither of these; yet with this quali­fying heere, cor con-scissum, with some rent, or cleft. Solutio continui, somewhat there is to be opened; Not onely that the apestemate matter may breath forth, but much more (which is the proper of this part) that feeling the smart there, we may say, and say it with feeling,Ier. 2.19. Quòd malum & amarum, that an evill thing it is, and a bitter, to have turned away and forsaken the LORD. Some such thing is the heart to feele, or els nothing is done.

Now, this renting (if we marke it well) doth not so properly pertaine to the passion of sorrow: but rather to another; even, to that of anger. Act. 7.54. Their hearts rent for anger (it is said Act. 7.) And, it easily appeareth; For, we vse violence to that we rend. Ier. 31.19. Ephraim's smiting his thigh, Luk. 18.13. the Publican's his brest: both, the Acts of anger, ra­ther then heavinesse. The Apostle putts into his repentance, indignation and revenge, no lesse then he doth sorrow. 2. Cor. 7.11.

To say truth, they are to goe together. Sorrow, if it have no power to revenge, growes to be but a heavy dull passion: But, if it have power, indignation and it go together. One cannot truly be said to be grieved with the thing done, but he must be angry with the doër, And we, if we be sory indeed for our sinne, will be angry with the sinner. So was Iob: Iob. 42. [...]. Therefore I abhorr my selfe. My selfe (saith he:) Not so much the sinne, which was done and past, and so vncapable of anger; as my selfe, for the sinne. Which if it be in­dignation indeed in us (and not a gentle word) will seeke revenge some way or other: Grind to powder, breake in peeces, at least make a rent. Contritio, Confractio, Conscissio, Compunctio, Somewhat it will be.

But, when we returne to enquire, whether and which of these two acts hath in it the very true essence of Repentance? In Conversion I find it not: Why? For, after I con­verted, Ier. 31.19. I repented (saith Ieremie;) and Nihil prius aut posterius seipso, Nothing is after it selfe. Conversion then, is not it. And, when we seeke for it in this latter: First, in Sorrow it is not:2. Cor. 7.10. Why? for tristitia operatur poenitentiam (saith the Apostle) Marke that [operatur;] workes it, therefore is not it: For, nihil sui causa. It remaines then, of force, that it is in this now of indignation. So that, now (and not before) are we come to the essence of it indeed. And, sett downe this: that [...], indignation is the essentiall passion; and [...], revenged (or this renting heere) the principall and most proper act of a true turning unto GOD.

Now, if you aske, how or which way we can come to make a rent in the heart, since no hand may touch it and we live? the meaning is not literall: but that, the heart by re­flecting on it selfe, is hable to make such an impression on it, as the Prophet may well call a rent in the heart. As first, even by good morall respects, wherewith the very hea­then sett themselves in passion against vice. That it is a brutish thing; So against the noblenesse of reason: that a shamefull; So, against publique honestie: that, ignominious; So, against our credit and good name: That pernicious, as shutting us out of heaven (whither we would come) the greatest losse and poena damni; and pressing us downe to hell (which we faignest would flie) the greatest torment, and poena sensus: (For, even the heathen beleeved the joyes and paines of another world:) And yet we for all this, so evill advised as to commit it.

But, these are but [...], drawen from man: the Christian man's is to be [...]; his eye to GOD. Who, with great indignation cannot but abhorr himselfe, for the manifold indignities offered to GOD thereby. To the Law of His Iustice, to the aw of His Maiestie, the reverend regard of His Presence, the dread of His Power, the Long-suffe­ring of his Love: That (being a creature of so vile and brittle consistence) he hath not sticked, for some lying vanitie, some trifling pleasure or pelting profit, to offend so many wayes at once; all, odious in themselves and hable to make a rent in any heart, that shall weigh them aright.

Sure, if we take the impression right, So GOD may worke with us, as these may worke in us, a just indignation: which, if once it be in fervor, what the hand can come [Page 213] to it will smite; and would, the heart also, if it could reach it. And, if it be in kind, it will award the body to fast, and the mind to spend some time, in these meditations. And, this is the Act of renting (as the Prophet;) of revenge (as the Apostle:) And, these two, betweene them both, in Ioël and in Paul, make up the full power and consummatum est of our Conversion and Contrition both.

It remaines, that we sett not the Church to teach us that, which we never meane to learne: but, that we intend and indeavour to doe, as we have beene taught.

And, to doe it now. III. The Time, Now therefore. For (as in a circle) I returne to the first word [Now] which gi­veth us our time, when we should enter our first degree: Now therefore. And, when all is done, we shall have somewhat to doe, to bring this to a Nunc, to a time present. But besides that, now at this time, it is the time that all things turne; Now, is the onely sure part of our time. That which is past, is come and gone. That which is to come, may perad­venture never come. Till to morrow, till this Evening, till an houre hence, we have no assurance. Now therefore. Or, if not now, as neere now, with as little distance from it, as may be; If not this day, this time now ensuing.

For, though no time be amisse, to turne in; yet seeing many times go over our heads, and still we cannot find a time to do it in, the Church (as I said) willing to reduce the diffusednesse of our repentance at large, to the certainty of some one sett time, hath placed this [now] upon the time now begun, and commends it to us for the time of our turning to GOD.

And we, by a kinde of forme which we performe, by the altering of our diet to a lesse desirefull; by oftener resort hither to Sermons, then at other times (every weeke twise;) these make, as if we did agree; seeme in a manner to promise, as if we would performe somewhat now, that we have not all the yeare before.

Sure, the Christian Church ever looked otherwise, had another manner face: going in the street, you should have seen by mens countenances, what time of the yeare it was; more grave, more composed, then at other times.

Performe it then: And when our turne is done, GOD shall begin His, Et poeniten­tiam suam gratificabitur nostrae, Our Repentance shall begett His. If we turne from the evill we have done, He will turne from us the evill that should have been done to us. Where there was Commination read, with many curses; He shall turne them away, and instead of them, shall leave a blessing behind Him. We shall turne His very stile, which at first was, ad Me, and in the end is, ad Dominum Deum vestrum: and so make a change in Him.

In nullo detrimentum patiemini (saith the Apostle) we shall be no losers by it.2. Cor. 7.9. A lesse sorrow shall turne away a greater, by a great deale. Weigh the endlesse sorrow we shall escape by it, it admits no comparison. The Contristation is but [...] (saith he) for an houre; the Consolation is, for ever and ever. 2. Cor. 7.8.

To this lugentes there belongeth a Beatie, Blessed they that thus mourne. To this hunger and thirst, a saturabimini. Matt. 5.4.6. It is so set by the Church (the time of it) that our Lent shall end with an Easter, the highest and most solemne Feast in the yeare; the memorie of CHRIST's rising, and the pledge of our blessed and ioyfull Resurrection. To which, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE KING JAMES AT WHITE-HALL, On the XIIII. of February, A. D. MDCXXI. being ASH-WEDNESDAY.

MATTH. CAP. VI. VER. XVI.

Cum autem jejunatis, nolite fieri sicut hypocritae tristes; exterminant enim facies suas, ut appareant homini­bus jejunantes: Amen dico vobis, quia receperunt mercedem suam.

Moreover, when you fast, Or be not like sowre hyprocrites. looke not sowre as the hypocrites; for, they disfigure their faces, that they might seeme vnto men to fast: Verily J say vnto you, that they have their re­ward.

THE Lessons, which this day have beene, and yeare­ly, as upon this day, are read in our eares, doe all speake to us of Fasting. The Lesson of the Old Te­stament: Turne to me with fasting. The Lesson of the New, Ioel. 2.12. as you have heard: When you fast, &c. All, either (as the Epistle) telling us, what we should doe (Fast:) Or (as the Gospell) taking it for granted, that we will fast, and teaching us, how to fast, so as we may receive a reward for it at GOD'S hands.

These being the Lessons, this the tenor of them; by them there is intimation given us, that the mat­ter of these Lessons, that a Fast is at hand: that, this When is now. How in our practise it will fall out, I know not; but certainely, in the Churches meaning, now. Who would not (we may be sure) looke out an Epistle for us, beginning with Turne to me, Cum jejunio, with fasting; and a Gospell beginning with Cum jejunatis, When ye fast, &c but when She presumeth, we meane to fast, to dispose our selves that way. It were all out of season, [Page 215] to seeke and select Scriptures, what to avoyd, how to behave our selves in our fasting, if we meane no such matter; if it shall be with us, as yesterday and the day before it was, and no otherwise.

This being the Churche's intent; this, her Time; and this her Text; What She commends to us, we commend to you, that you would take notice of it, and prepare your selves for it accordingly: that the Epistle be not sent, and the Gospell brought you, and both, in vaine.

The Church thus reaching it forth, I tooke this Text: And I tooke it the rather (if it might be) to stopp the mouthes of them that maligne it; at least to remove from it the slander of an vntrue imputation. They preach it, they print it, and (no remedie) so they will have it, that the Locusts (Apoc. 9.) must needs meane us heere. Why? The Locust is all bellie, and we all for the bellie; hostes jejuniorum, the profest enemies of fasting and of all abstinence. That we (the Preachers) en­tertaine you with nothing but with discourse about the mysterie of godlinesse: but never with exhortation to the exercise of it. That, you (the Hearers) fall sadd, and (as the hypocrites heere in the Text) looke sowre, not at the act, but at the very name and mention of fasting, at the reading of a Text that tends but that way, as it might be, of this, now.

Sure, for Fasting, how we practise it, every one is to answer for himselfe: But, that we preach it, I take, this day, you all to witnesse. Ioël shall beare record with his Cum jejunio; And now CHRIST, with his Cum jejunatis, that we call for it. If it come not, it is not our fault, it is not for want of calling for. We speake to a thing that hath no eares; but, we speake though: Liberamus animas nostras, Ezek. 3.19. we deliver our owne soules, and we deliver our Church from that false slander of theirs.

To follow then, whither this Scripture leads us, we are to vnderstand,The Summe. that as the Mo­rall Law of GOD (in the Chapter before;) and as Almes and Prayers (in this Chapter) going through the Pharisee's hands, had gathered much drosse; So had the exercise of fasting likewise. It is the manner of the world, and so it is of the Prince of the world, to sophisticate ever the best things with hypocrisie, with superstition, with a thousand devises more. Our SAVIOVR then, as He had done to the other of the Law, to Almes and Prayer; So, heere now He comes to fasting: and comes with his fan in his hand, Chap. 3. ver. 12. to doe to it, as He had done to them before: to sever the precious from the vile; the corne in his floore, from the chaffe. Cum jejunatis, is his floore; nolite, his fanne; hypocrisie, the chaffe to be blowen away.

His purpose is, He would have all stand and continue in force; as the Law it selfe, so the lawfull and laudable practise of almes, prayer, and fasting, all three. And it is, as if He should say: That you give almes, pray and fast, I like it well: doe so still. Onely, take this Cavcat from me, When ye fast, beware of the sowre levin of hypocrisie in your lookes, Luk. 12.1. and of the love of videamini ab hominibus, to be seene of men, in your hearts, and all is well:Verse. 5. Fast on and spare not. To GOD it is, you fast; and GOD your heavenly Father shall see it in secret, and shall reward you for it, openly.

The parts arise of their owne accord; and, at the first view, give forth themselves,The Division Two. 1 For fasting, one: 2 Against hypocrisie, the other. As it were a blast of the trum­pet of Sion, to the former: A retreit, from the later. Cum jejunatis is sett downe, to be kept: Nolite esse sicut is fanned away, to be left; the levin of the Pharisees (which is hypocrisie) is cast out.

In the former, we are to doe two things, to settle the duty in both words, 1. In jejuna­tis I (first) fasting it selfe: 2. After, in Cum, the time when.

In the later, two things more. 1. The act of separation and casting out the old levin, II first. 2. And then, the danger, if we doe it not. The Separation: that we be not like hypo­crites, 1 or, not like sowre hypocrites. Not like them in two things. 1 Not, in making it our labour to compose our outside or countenance. 2 Not, in making it our end, Vt vi­deamini, To be seene of men.

[Page 216]But, what if we doe? Then followeth the punishment: You have received your re­ward. A gentle punishment (one would thinke) to receive a reward: but a Punish­ment, and a grievous one, when we shall weigh, how seely a thing it is, they receive, Men's breath: and how great a one they lose by it, GOD's reward.

Thus stand the parts. Of which, the former (I feare) will take up this time, Cum jeju­natis onely, and no more.

I. Ieiunatis, The duety of fasting. CVm Iejunatis. Two questions there be. 1 One, about ieiunatis; whither we will fast at all: 2 The other, about Cum, When we will do it. Best get us a fast first; and get us a time, after. If the thing, if fasting it selfe be loose, the time wilbe to seek: GOD knowes, when. The first thing then we are to doe, is to possesse mens mindes with a true conceit touching it. Men seeme but faintly perswaded of it, as it were no needfull part of a Christian mans duetie. When ye fast: yea, when we fast: What make you of this?a Commanded. This leaves us to our selves: When, is no precept, to enioyne it. Take it right: Heer is Cum jejunio, in the Epistle: Cum jejunatis, in the Gospell. The Prae­cept is in Ioël, Ioel 2.15. Turne to Me with fasting: And (within a verse after) Sanctifie Me a fast: That, is a Praecept (I am sure.) Heer, it stands thus: What Ioël imposeth, CHRIST supposeth; implies the thing out of the Prophet, and supplyeth the manner how, from Himselfe.

By the Lawe.But, if we stand upon a Praecept, we may go higher then Ioël: Even ad Legem (saith Esay) Goe to the Law it selfe,Esa. 8.20. and there is one. Nay there are more then one. One, for a standing fast every yeare, enioyned with a severe paine: he that fasted it not was to be cut off from the people of GOD (Numb. 29.) One, Num. 29.7.30.2.13. for a voluntarie fast (Num. 30.) For, whatsoever is votive, is voluntarie of it selfe, but who so tooke it on him by vow, was bound to performe it. One for (both) Integrale, an entire fast from all, upon the Kipparim day (Levit. 1 [...].29. Levitic. 16.) And another for Portionale jejunium, the Nazarites fast, from some and not from other (Numb. 6.3.4. Numb. 6.) Exod. 24.18.34.28. The Law wilbe for it: The Law it selfe was given at a fast to Moses; a fast of fourty dayes.

The Prophetts are for it too:2 By the Prophets Vnder them, and by their direction, to the standing fasts in the Law, you have five more added. One, in Est. 4.16. Esther: foure in Zac. 7.5.8.19, &c. Zacharie: all enioyned.

It went then, as now it does; The common sort (by their good wills) would nei­ther have holy day nor fasting day. Amo. 8.11. In Amos they complaine of the Sabboth, Quando transibit? When will it be over? They thought it as long as any two dayes, that they might be at vendamus merces, Zac. 7.3. opening their shops and selling their wares. In Zacha­rie, they shrugg at their fasts, What and must we fast still? Yet more fasting? have we not fasted enough, and have done it thus and thus long? A signe, they would have been ridd of their fasting. Willingly, had the shambles open, as well as the shops. But it would not be, they could not obteine it: The Prophet held them to it, and would not release them.

By CHRIST himselfe.But, this is Old Testament: When the New came, what then? I had rather you heard Saint Augustine then my selfe: Ego (saith he) animo revolvens &c. I going over in my mind, the writings of the Evangelists and Apostles in the New Testament [video jejuntum esse praeceptum,] see fasting is commanded, there is a precept for fasting. So, fast­ing is in precept there, if we will trust Saint Augustine's eyes. And we may: He that (in this place) saith [Cum jejunatis] when ye fast:Mark. 2.20. saith, in another, Tum jejunabunt, Then they shall fast: and that amounts to a Precept (I trow.)

Heer you see Cum jeiunatis a part of the Gospell, a head in CHRIST'S first and most famous sermon, His sermon in the mount.

So that, if there should be a meeting about it (such as happened in the holy mount at the transfiguration of CHRIST) of Moses, for the Law, Elias for the Prophetts, CHRIST, for the Gospell, famous all three for their fasts, and for one kind of fast, all (the fast we [Page 217] now beginne) all would be for it: at no time to be left, but, in all three estates to be reteined; to have the force of a precept in all.

But lawes and their precepts doe often sleepe and grow into dis-use.1 Vnder the Law How is jejunatis for practise? Hath it been vsed, and when hath it? The fast of Ios 7.6. Ai, vnder Iosua; And practised Iud [...]0.26. At Gibea, vnder the Iudges; At 2. Sam 3.35. Mizpa, vnder Samuel; 36. At Hebron, vnder Da­vid; Ier. 36.9. Of Ieremie, before the Captivitie; Dā 1.8:10.3. Of Daniel, vnder it; Of Zach. 7.5. Zacharie, after it: Ioel. 1.14· At Hierusalem, of the Iewes, at the preaching of Ioel; Ion. 3.5. At Ninive, of the Gentiles, at the preaching of Ionas: All of these shew when, and that it was no stranger with GOD's people, so long as the Law and Prophets were in force.

And what was it, when the Gospell came in? Vnder the G [...]spell. At Act 13.2.3. Antioch (where the Disciples were first called Christians) we find them at their fast: the Prophets of the New Testa­ment there, as well as the Prophets of the Old. Our SAVIOVR said to them, Mar. 2.10. When He was gone they should fast. So, they did. Saint Paul for one;2. Cor. 11.27 he did it oft (2. Cor. 11.) And for the rest, they approved themselves for CHRIST'S Ministers (inter alia, by this proofe for one) 2 Cor 6 5. by their fasting (2. Cor. 6.) And, what themselves did, they ad­vised others to doe; even to 1. Cor. 7.5. [...], to make them a vacant time to fast in. So that, where the Church for this day (otherwise then her custome is, on other dayes) hath sorted us an Epistle out of the Old Testament, and a Gospell out of the New (both vse to be out of the New) She did it for this end, to shew, that fasting hath the wings of both Cher [...]bins to cover it: both Testaments, Old and New; Ioël, for the one; CHRIST, for the other. So at all hands to commend it to us.

Sure, in the prime of Christianitie, it cannot be denied, it was in high esteeme (fasting) in frequent practise, of admirable performance. Which of the Fathers have not Homilies yet extant in the praise of it? What Storie of their lives, but reports strange things of them, in this kind? That, either we must cancell all Antiquitie, or we must acknowledge the constant vse and observation of it in the Church of CHRIST. That CHRIST said not heere [Cum jejunatis] for nothing. They that were vnder Grace, went farr beyond them vnder the Law, in their Cum, and in their Iejunatis, both.

Precept then, or practise it wanted not. Neither did they want a ground. The ground of it. It was then holden (and so may yet, for ought that I know) that, when we fast, we exercise the act of more vertues then one. First, an act of that branch of the vertue of Temperance that 1 consists (not in the moderate vsing, but) in absteining wholly. Abstinence is a vertue. Sure I am, the primordiale peccatum, the primordiall sinne was Gen. [...].5. not absteining. Secondly, an act 2 or fruit of repentance: there is paena in paenitentia, in the very body of the word; some­thing poenall in paenitence: And of that paenall part is fasting: And so an act of Iustice corrective, reduced to Saint Paul's [...]. Cor. 7.11. vindicta or his 1. Cor. [...].27. Castigo corpus meum. Third­ly,3 An act of humiliation to humble the soule, which is both the first and the most vsuall terme for fasting, in the Law and Prophets. For sure, keepe the body up, you shall but evill, you shall have much adoe to bring or keepe the soule downe, to humble it. Fourth­ly,4 Gal. 5.24. They that are CHRIST'S (saith the Apostle) have and doe crucifie the flesh with the lusts of it (Fasting, is one of the nailes of the crosse, to which the fl [...]sh is fastened, that it rise not, lust not against the Spirit: At least, fasting, we fulfill not the lusts of the flesh. Fifthly, Nay they goe further, and out of Ioel's Sanctificate jejunium, and out of 5 Luk. 2.37, where the good old Widow is said to have served GOD (and the word is [...]) by fasting and prayer (not by prayer onely, but by fasting and prayer) they have not doubted, but that there is Sanctitie in it, nor the entitle it an act of the service of GOD: that we serve GOD by it. Sixthly, And serve Him with the chief service 6 of all; even of Sacrifice. For sure, they are all of one assay (these three) Almes, Prayer, and Fasting. If the other two, if Almes be a Sacrifice (Heb. 13.16. with such Sacrifices GOD is pleased;) If Prayer be one (one, and therefore called Hos. 14.2. the calves of our lipps;) no reason, to denie Fasting to be one too. If Psal 51.17. a troubled spirit be a Sacrifice to GOD, why not a troubled body likewise? (And it troubles us to fast, that is too plaine:) [Page 218] Since we are to Rom. 12.1. offer our bodies as well as our soules, both a Sacrifice to GOD: As our soule by devotion, So our body by mortification. And these three, to offer to GOD our 1 soule by prayer, 2 our body by abstinence, 3 our goods by almes-deeds, hath been ever counted tergemina hostia, the triple or threefold Christian Holocaust or whole burnt offering. Seventhly, and last, the exercise of it, by enuring our selves to this part of true Christian Discipline, serves to enhable us to have ventrem moratum, the masterie of our belly against need be: The Fathers call it [...] and those that vsed it [...] Saint Paul gave it the word first (Act. 24.16.) and saith, he tooke it himselfe, (1. Cor. 9.27.

Vse is much; for, if before we need, we be not vsed in some sort, at times, to abridge our selves, but still fill and farce our bodies, weekes, moneths, yeares together; habi­tuate our selves in it; what need soever there should be, what occasion though never so pressing (suppose GOD should call us to fast as Esay 22.12. Say, the dayes should come,Chap. 9.14. of the losse of the Bridegroome) we should not be hable for our lives, to breake our selves of that, which all our lives long we have been accustomed unto. But, as it is said of DIONYSIVS lying at a siege and forced to keepe order, he fell sicke be­cause he kept order and surfeited not still (that, having been the corrupt custome of his former life) So should we. Or, for lack of it, grow as impatient as Esau, rather then lose our broth, Gen. 25.30. sell our birth-right. Or, as they in Num. 11.5. not part with our fleshpots to die for it, but sit by them, and die by them, and so with them also be buried in the graves of lust.

The want of which enuring, you see what it hath brought us to. We are so evill hable to doe it, as we are scarse hable to heare of it. Our SAVIOVR, when he speakes of fasting, points at this: Having been so long at our old wine, we cannot away, not re­lish new. Chap. 9.17. We see the experience, in our preaching it. Our bottles are so vsed to the old, that they leake with the new; as fast as we powre it in, it runnes out againe. We must provide us new vessells: Els, all we speake of this theme, will be spoken into the aire. But, I forget my selfe.

1 To come to the Text: Cum jejunatis, When ye fast: To worke out of it a little. I say first, this very when shewes CHRIST's liking of it; that there is a time allowed. Els, would He allow it no Cum, Luk. 21.34. no when, no time at all. For, Videte nequando, not a moment for ryot, or for any thing, GOD hath not required. And, if for no idle word, for no idle act (we may be sure) is there any Cum allowed.

2 Againe, When ye fast: This when, is a presupposing at least: and qui supponit, po­nit. For, can any man phansie, that CHRIST would presuppose ought that were not required of us by GOD? to be asked by the Prophet (or rather by GOD himselfe) Quis ista quaesivit de manibus vestris? Esay 1.12. who ever required of you to doe any such thing?

3 Nay, His manner of the deliverie, thus breaking into it with a Cum autem, But when you fast (as, fast you will, I make no doubt;) heere, But when, is plaine positive: Nay, it is of the nature of a Postulatum; takes it as granted, layes it for a ground. This (say I) is a precept and more then a praecept; more binding. Ever more forcible is that which is pre­sumed, then that which is enjoyned. One, we are confident, will be yielded to streight; needs no injunction. The other, we must vse our authoritie, and well if we so get it.

4 The very things he consorts it with (to wit) Almes and Prayer (for, them and this He marshalls in one and the same ranke, cares for them all alike, rewards them all alike) and they (I trust) are in precept: Yet, they are no otherwise but presupposed, even as this is, when ye give Almes, When ye Pray.

5 Then, the paines He takes with it, to fanne it, to purge the old levin from it, to rectifie and reduce it to the right manner and end: He would never have taken these paines, but that He held it worth His paines; but that He would have us vse it, and vse it not sel­dome. For, things seldome to happen the Law takes no order for.

6 The Parties to whom he speaks this; they be His Disciples. Whereby it will fall out to be, not a duty onely, but a Christian duty; because they were Christians, the first Christians of all, to whom this Cum jejunatis heere is spoken. It is for them too; they are not exempted from it.

[Page 219]Nay, He likes it so well, as he goes about to prepare even hypocrites, and to frame 7 them fitt for it. A signe, it was not their double fast, but their double face (that is) their dissembling first, and then their disdeigne of other, He found fault with.

And (to conclude) the double promise he annexeth: First to answer their complaint 8 (Esa. 58.3.) Why do we fast and Thou seest it not, punish our selves and Thou regardst it not? that they shall never need to feare, their fasting shall be begged fo [...] [...]cealed; though it were never so secret done, though not a man on earth see them, He from heaven will cast his eye on them and regard them.

And second, as He shall not want an eye to see, so neither shall He a hand to reward 9 them for it: They shall not fast for nothing. His heavenly Father that sees them in secret, shall reward them openly: then vpshot of all.

All these, 1 The manner, He delivers it in, 2 The Parties, He delivers it to, 3 The things, He matches it with, 4 The honor, He doth it, 5 The Care, He shewes of it: 6 That He frames his Disciples: 7 That He frames even hypocrites for it, 8 9 The double pro­mise, He assureth upon it: All these are as so many passings through the furnace. Would He doe all this and not hold it a duty required by GOD, and acceptable to Him? Have we a Precept, a Practise, a Promise; a flatt precept, constant Practise, and an ample Promise, and doubt we yet, whether we should doe it or no? No sure. As long as these words shall stand in Saint Matthew, Iejunatis must stand, and have a Cum, a time when allow­ed for it. And now to that Cum let us come.

Allowing jejunatis, the thing, we cannot but allow it a time, when. For,II. Cum. The time for fasting. Eccl. 3.1. there is a time when, for every thing under the Sunne. Onely, when that when shall be, we shall not so easily agree. We would feigne have our fast, loose; be left to our selves for the time: This when to be, when our selves please. And, when will it be? Indeed, the practise of the world would make one thinke, this when to be without a then; a time (as they say) in nu­bibus. A case but putt; When (that is) when we list, and if we list, and not els. As if CHRIST had said; If ever you doe, if at any time you feele your selfe disposed, then to observe this caution. Otherwise, left to our owne liberty, when that shall be, and whither it shall be, or no.

If this should be so, I have hitt upon a verie happie text. For, if this be all, It is no sooner said then done; done every where all this Land over. Nay, we may say with the Young-man in the Gospell, All this have we done, from our youth up. For, when we fast, Luk. 1 [...].21. we looke not sowre, we disfigure not our faces, we never seeke to be seene of men. I say, when we fast: for, the truth is, we fast not at all: But, when we fast, all this is kept. That, if this should be the meaning, we have done, before we beginne.

To destroy a Text, is not so evill, as to make a Text destroy it selfe; which, by this sense, will come to passe. But, if this sense be senselesse, this glosse (as a viper) eats out the bow­ells of the Text. We must then resolve, this is no case putt; it is a ground layd. No Hy­potheticall fast, If you shall; but Categoricall, when you doe. For, except it be, all that fol­lowes is to no purpose. To what purpose is it, to direct what not to doe, what to doe in our fast, if we never meane to fast? for CHRIST to sett us downe instructions how to carrie our selves, in that, we never meane to goe about? Plaine dealing were, to tell Him, we will vse his counsell in some other matter: as for fasting, we find our selves no waies disposed to it. But, by the grace of GOD, we are not so farr gone yet. We see, His will is, we should doe it; and take a time to doe it we will, and when is that? When ye fast; when fast ye? A time (we said) there is, if for all things vnder the Sunne, then for that.

Let us speake but after the manner of men, goe to it but naturâ tenus (as saith Ter­tullian) and nature it selfe will reach us when. Marke but when nature will yield to it; when and in what case, the naturall man will fast, without eye to GOD, or CHRIST, or Religion at all. So shall we be within the Apostle's Doth not Nature it selfe teach you? 1. Cor. 11.14.

The time of feare is a time of fasting with the naturall man,1. Natures time. 1 When in feare Nec est cibi tempus in [...], [Page 220] [...] in time of danger men have no mind of meat. They in the ship with Saint [...] they looked every [...] be call away (the tempest was such) there was (saith Saint Luke) [...] no spending of [...], [...] all that while. Will we natural­ly [...] of the [...]rac [...] of our ship, and [...]or be afraid as much of the wrack of our soules by sinne, [...] for that▪ Doth not nature teach us this? There is one when.

2. When in griefe.When the [...] man is in any inward griefe of heart, it will take away his stomach, he will fast, [...], or sequela [...], vt taetitiae accessio fagina (saith Tertullian) fasting followeth mourning, as feasting doth mirth. The Eccle. 3.4. time of mourning is one of Salomon's [...]: Why that is our time of fasting. Ioel. 4.12. Fasting and mourning, Ioel joynes them both. The afflicted soule, in his prayer (Psal. 102.4.) My heart was smitten with heavinesse, how then? So that I forgat to eate my bread. Our SAVIOVR CHRIST shewes i [...] best. He was asked, Why fast not your Disciples? He answers not, How can they fast? (as he should, for that was their question:) but, how c. 9.14. &c. can they mourne, while the Bridegroome is with them? As much to say as, if they could mourne, they would nor faile but fast certainely. So (we see) did Anna, 1. Sam. 1.10.15. Flebat & non capiebat cibos. So (we see) did 2. Sam. 1 12.15. David, for the death of Ionathan: and againe when his child lay a dy­ing; mourned and fasted for both. Vpon sorrow for the death of a friend, or a child, can we fast then, dictante naturá and can we not doe as much for our sinnes, the death of our soules? Doth not Nature teach us that? Nor, for the death of CHRIST neither, which our sinnes were the cause of? There is another, a second, when.

3. When [...].Thirdly, Anger him throughly, the naturall will to his fast, 1. King. 21.4 Ahab, for curst heart, that he could not have his will, Naboth would not let him have his vineyard: to bedd he goes, and no meate would downe with him. Could he, out of his pure naturalls, for curst heart, leave his meat and fast, and cannot we doe the like for iust indignation at our selves, for provoking GOD's anger, with the cursed thoughts of our heart, and words of our mouth, and deeds of our whole body? cannot we be got to it? Will not nature teach us, this? A third when.

4. When in a lon­ging desire.Fourthly, The naturall man, when he is in the fervor of his desire (if it be an earnest de­sire) he will pursue that he desires so hard, as he will forget his meate quite. Not a man so hardy as to eat any thing till Sun sett, saith Saul, when he had his enemies in chase: Such was his desire of victorie. 1. Sam. 14.24.

What speake we of victorie? we see, Esau so eager in following his sport, that he came home at night so faint, as he paid deare for his Supper; yet felt it not all day, while he was hote on his game.

Did we hunger and thirst for the recoverie of GOD's favour (as did Saul for his vi­ctorie, or Esau for his sport) we would not thinke it much to fast, as they did. Will not Nature teach us this neither? A fourth when. Put the naturall man into any of these passions kindly, you shall need proclaime no fast for him, he will doe it of himselfe.

Now, marke these foure well: 1 feare, 2 sorrow, 3 anger, and 4 desire, and looke into 2. Cor. 7.11. if they be not there made (as it were) the foure elements of repentance, the con­stitutive causes of it. 1 Feare, the middle point, the center of it. 2 Sorrow, that workes it, And if sory for sinne, then of necessity, 3 Angry with the sinner (that is our selves) for com­mitting it. It is there called indignation, and no sleight one, but proceeding ad vindictam, to be wreaked on our selves for it. 4 And Desire is there too, and Zeale joyned with it to give it an edge. These foure, the proper passions all of repentance, and these foure carry eve­ry one (as we say) his fast on his back. Much more, where they all meet, as, in true earnest repentance, they all should.

It is sure, GOD planted these passions in our nature, to be bestowed chiefly upon their chiefe objects. And their chiefe objects are: 1 Of feare, that which is most fearefull, the wrath of GOD. 2 Of Anger, that which most certainely procureth it (that is) our sinne. 3 Of De­s [...]e, that, then which nothing is more to be desired, GOD's favour. 4 Of Sorrow, that we have most cause to be s [...]rie for, the losse of it. There then to shew them, there to bestow the [...] which if we did in kind, we need never take thought for a Cum to our jejunatis.

For griefe of heart, for worldly losse, for bodily feare of drowning, for bitter anger we can doe [...], for griefe of our grievous offenses? for feare of being drowned in per­dition [Page 221] aeternall? why not, for indignation of our many indignities offered GOD? Alas, it but shews out affections of sorrow, anger, feare, desire; are quick, have life, are very affections (indeed) in secular matters: but, dead and dull, and indeed, no affections at all, but plaine counterfetts, in things perteining to GOD, or that concerne the estate and hazard of our soules.

To take downe a peccant humour (as we call it) in our body, whereby we feare empaire of our health, we can and do enter into a streict and tedious diet, and hold out well: We can forbeare this and that, as we are bidden (though we love it well) if we be but told, it will doe us hurt. If for the health of our body, we will doe that, which, for our soules health, we will not, I cannot tell what to say to us.

What speake I of health? To winne but a prize, at a running, or a wrestling, Abstinct se ab omnibus (saith the Apostle, 1. Cor. 9.) they will absteine from all things, 1. Cor. 9.25. and undergoe a streict regiment for a long time before: and all is but for a poore Silver gam [...]. What shall I say then, if we cannot be got to endure so much, to obteine the heavenly prize, which is in part done (as there he saith) by casti­go corpus meum? This for the naturall mans Cum, when he will fast. Ibid. ver. 27.

Will ye now see the Scripture's When, when that setts us out our time? The Scripture's When. They be in a manner the very same: Scripture and Nature varie not, dictate to us the same time, both.

Our first When: What time any great danger hangs and hovers over our heads;When in dan­ger. that, is GOD's time (saith Esai. 22.12.) GOD Himselfe doth then call us to fasting. No time then, to kill oxen or dresse sheep, eat flesh and drinke wine: A great paine is there sett upon it. GOD must needs take it ill, if when He bidds us fast, we fall to feast. And this when, is of greatest example: None so frequent in all the Bible, as fasts of this nature. Never came there danger toward them, 2. Sam. 24. of plague, but David: Ioel. 2.12. of famine, but Ioël: 2 Chro. 2.3. of warr, but Iosaphat: Est. 4.16. of any destruction threatened, but not onely good Queene Hester, but wicked 1. Kin. 21.27. Ahab; nay even the heathen King of Ion. 3.5. Nini­ve, to their fasts streight; flying to it as to a forcible meanes (and so they ever found it) to turne away GOD's wrath, and so the danger, the matter of their feare. This is a time When: and we (then) to do it.

Now, if for the effect we fast; for the cause, much more. Of these,2. When in Sinne: 1. To punish it. of all other our miseries, the cause is within our selves. Our sinne, whereby GOD's anger is kindled, and these ever follow upon it. When therefore we would proceed against our selves for sinne, Levit. 16.29. humble our selves (the phrase of the Law) Psal. 35.13. chasten our selves (of the Psalme) Ezra. 8.21. p [...]nish our selves (of the Prophetts) 2. Cor. 7.11. take revenge of our selves (the Apostle's phrase) tum iciunab unt in die illo: this, is a way; then, is a time to doe it. Fasting is a punishment to the flesh; 1. Reg. 22.27 Modicum panis et pauxillum aquae was a part of Michea's punish­ment. By it, as to amerce our selves (as it were) for abusing our libertie before, and ma­king it an occasion to the flesh, and thereby to prevent His iudgement by iudging our selves: Do de me poenas, ut ille parcat (It is Augustine.) This so proceeding of ours to take punishment on our selves, it is illex misericordiae (saith Tertullian) it allures, inclines GOD to mercie; when He sees us angry with our selves in good earnest, and do some­what, His anger ceasses: Nam, qui culpâ offenditur poenâ placatur, whom the fault offends the punishment, appeases; whither His punishment, or ours. But, He had rather, ours then His: that we should do it, then He.

And this to extend to the body also, and to the chastening of it. For, doth the soule onely sinne? Doth not the body also? And shall the soule suffer sorrow for sinne, and shall the body suffer nothing, and yet was in the fame, transgression? If it shall, then at least poena damni (for, poena sensus I am sure, we would be more loth to come to.) And what poena damni but abstinere a liciti [...] quia illicita [...], To deny our selves that we might, for doing that, we might not. There is a another [...].

Secondly, As it is a chasti [...] for [...] when it is done.3. 2. To prevent it. So hath it alwaies been held to have in it a medicinable for [...]; a speciall good [...] to prevent [...], when it is not yet fallen on us, or we into it; [...] onely (as it [...]) and [...] [Page 222] [...] are like to fall, for that we are now leading, even entring into tentation. This also, is a time When. Ma [...]. 4.1. [...]. And this time we ground upon CHRIST's time of fasting: His fasting went immediately before His tentation.

No wayes needfull for Himselfe was CHRIST's fast. None is so simple as to thinke, the Tempter would have prevailed against Him, though He had taken His meales; eat, and drunke the fourty dayes before. It was not for Himselfe, it was for us His fast: Exemplarily to teach us, it will be a great vantage, if (prepared by this exer­cise) we shall encounter the evill Spirit. Specially, if it be some kind of them, if an un­cleane spirit: Ch. 17. ver. 21. For, that kind is not cast out (no nor kept out) but, either by jejunatis, or not at all. CHRIST's-fasting then, before His tentation, is to shew us, it is good fasting against tentation. At least, this way we shall weaken his forces, by keeping downe our fleshly lusts, 1. Pet 2.11. which (saith Saint Peter) fight against the soule, and lying in our owne bosome, oft betray us to the fiend. For, when all is sayd that can be, Bernard's saying wilbe sound true; that Nutriuntur cum carne & vitia carnis. And, if Religion did not, Experience teacheth us, that. Plye the body apace, let it be kept high, how mel­low a soile it proves for the sinnes of the flesh! And that, if by abstinence we cropp not the budds of Sensualitie, they will ripen and seed to the ruine of our soules. So, there is use both wayes of it.1. Cor. 9.27. 1 Vse of castigo corpus, for the time past: Vse 2 of in servitutem redigo, for the time to come. Ieiuna, quia peccâsti; Ieiuna, ut ne pecces, both (saith Chrysostome.) One, as a punishment, with reference to sinne already committed: The other, as a preservative for noli amplius peccare, that we commit it not againe. Two causes more, and two times, When.

4. When in want of some good.But, hath fasting his use in evill things onely, and repelling them? hath it not also in good things, and procuring them? Yes sure. I demaund, doth there never happen us, that we have some cause more then ordinarie, the procuring of GOD's favour whereto, and the successe whereof, with more then ordinarie prayer we would commend to GOD?Hest. 4.16. Neh. 9.1, 2. Why there then, is another Cum. As, when Hester would move the King, for the safety of her people: or Nehemias, for the new building of the wall of Hierusalem; Both found good of this, that when there is use of earnest and hearty prayer, it will be the more earnest and hearty, if cum j [...]iunatis doe also goe with it. We have other while ex­traordinarie occasions in our worldly affaires, and then, we make no accompt of a meales losse: have we none such in spiritualibus to GOD ward? None but vulgar, there? Never any, but such as we can enterteine with our common dull devotion? Need none other, but as if the businesse, between GOD and our soule, were the seeliest and poorest businesse we had to goe about?

5. When in spiri­tuall exercise.But, say we have none; shall we at no time sequester our selves, and, for some small time [...] (it is 2 Pet. 3.7. Saint Peter's word) get us a withdrawing place; [...] (it is 1. Cor. 7.5. Saint Paule's) make us a vacant time, of purpose, to entend devout and ghostly medita­tion thoroughly? A case, which Saint Paul presumes, at one time or other, every good Christian man and woman will not faile but doe. Then, hath fasting a time too; and one vacancie to serve for both.

It is a speciall friend to prayer; to feather it, to put a vigor or fervor into it. There­fore, where (almost) shall you find them, but coupled, fast and pray, one following streight in the neck of another? Even heer, presently before, was CHRIST in a treaty of prayer: and heer now, immediately after it, He falls to speake of fasting. This was not for nothing: But, as if He should give thereby a speciall Item, that there is a mutuall reciprocall correspondence; nay an alliance between them, to sanctifie and sup­port either the other. And namely, a speciall vertue in fasting, to awake up and quic­en our devotion, thereby the better to elevate our mindes unto GOD. We feele this, or we feele nothing; that [...]ull is our devotion, and our prayers full of yawning, when the br [...]ine is thick with the vapour, and the heart pressed downe with the charge of the sto­mach: And that our devot [...]on and all els, [...]s perform [...]d (as Tertullian saith) p [...]llentior [...] mente, and o [...] v [...]c [...]ore corde, [...] more fl [...]sh, our spirits more about u [...], while we are in virgn [...] [...], ye [...] in our [...]as [...]ing [...]; when fasting and prayer are not asunder, but we serve GOD in both. O [...]r Mor [...]ni [...]g P [...]ayer, that, that is the I [...]cense (saith the [Page 223] Psalme:) Our Evening, is but the stretching out of our hands, in comparison of it,Psal. 141.2. faint and heavie.

These then: the time 1 Of feare of the danger sinne will draw upon us: 2 Of indig­nation at our sinne, the cause of it: 3 Of Sorrow for that we have done: 4 Of care, that we do so no more: 5 Of taking downe the flesh: 6 Of lifting up the spirit: 7 Of averting evill: 8 Of procuring good: 9 Of giving our selves wholly to Spirituall exercise: These are all causes Why: These are all times, When; all, of the Scriptures limiting; all, of the Saints practise, there.

And indeed, all, of CHRIST's owne assigning. For, venient dies, Chap. 9.15. there will come 1 dayes (saith CHRIST.) Do those dayes never come? When come they? Verily when evill daies come upon us, we may hang up our harpes then,Psal. 137.2. the marriage feast is at an end with us, and we then to fast (saith CHRIST) according to the letter.

But, goes He from us onely corporally by adversitie? Goes he not spiritually also?2 Yes: and whensoever we fall into any grievous sinne, though the piping may continue (perhaps) yet the Bridegroome is gone; assure your selfe, gone He is; Et tum jejuna­bunt, and then fast we must: Why? even for verie griefe, that by our wretched folly, we have set Him gone. For, if when He is taken from us, fast we must: must we not much more, when we our selves, by our lewd carriage have been the cause (I say not, of His taking, but) even of His very chasing and driving away from us?

Thirdly, against tentation, we need to fast; for, against His tentation CHRIST fasted, 3 that needed it not.

And last, His so close joyning, and so oft, of these two (1 fasting and 2 prayer) so to­gither 4 still, makes that the time of fervent prayer is a time of CHRIST's appointing too; and that so intimated, even in this very place heere.

But, all this while we have been speaking of When we are to fast at large; or when, The Application to the ti [...] of Lent. upon some occasion: In the meane time, we say nothing of this time now at hand. This is not upon any occasion: it is a yearely recurrent fast: Will this also come within the lists of Cum jejunatis? I take it, it will. For, shall our fasting be altogether when we will our selves? shall it not also be some time when the Church will? May we bind our selves, and may not she also bind us? Hath she no interest in us, no power over us? The Synagogue of the Iewes (we see) had power to prescribe fasts, and did: Hath the Church of CHRIST none? Is she in worse case then the Synagogue? No indeed▪ If Recab might enjoine his sonnes; She may Her's. She is our Mother, Ier. 35.6. She hath the pow­er of a Mother over us; and a Mother hath power to give lawes to her children. And so, Cum jejunatis is, When you fast by the Churche's appointment, also the Churche's Cum. This is sure: No man hath GOD to his FATHER, that hath not the CHVRCH for his Mother: and that, once and twise in the Proverbes, order is taken,Pro. 1.8.17.25. as to keepe the precepts of our Father; so not to set light by the lawes of our Mother. Ira Patris, and dolor Matris are togither in one verse: He that grieves her, angers Him. And he cannot but grieve her, that little setts by her wholesome Orders. The Apostles (we see) Saint Paul by name, though he had been in the third heaven, 1. Cor. 11.1 [...] yet he deferred to talem consue­tudinem, the Churche's custome, and rests in it. We must learne to doe the like, and not sett light by them, as our manner is.

This I may say for this Cum, It is no Custome lately taken up: No L [...]w of the Church our Mother that now is. She is growen old, and her senses faile her: She errs, or at least is said to erre, at every bodies pleasure. It is a custome (this) of the Church, while it was a Christo recens, yet fresh and warme from CH [...]ST, The Church which was the Mother of the Apostles themselves, at all times kept; every where observed then, and ever since. Some, to shift it, frame to themselves a feare of (I wot not what) super­stition, where no feare is. Before a [...]y superstition wa [...] stirring, any Popery [...]tched, i [...] wa [...]; this fast was. Lex abstineam in Q [...] semp [...]r [...] Ec [...]lesiâ (with [...] Ora [...] of Antiquitie, Theophilus Alexandrinus [...] was [...] in the Church. Nos [...] [Page 224] dragestmam, secundùm traditionem Apostolorum, we have but one Lent (the Montanists had three) but, that one was delivered us by the Apostles (saith S. Hierome.) Why should I weary you with reckoning them up? What one more ancient Writer then other is there, but you shall finde it in him expressly, even up to Ignatius, who lived with the Apostles themselves. Apostolique then, it is; and for such Saint Hierome a­vowes it; and when that is sayd, enough is sayd for it, I thinke. Yet (it is good you know it) the fast so delivered, and by the Church ever and every where so kept, the Councell of Gangra hath layd an Anathema on them that keepe it not, avoyd it how they can that keepe it not.

And sure, in generall, that this power should remaine in the Church, to prescribe us sett times, was most behoofull. Every man (so we would have it) to be left to himselfe, for prayer, fasting, sacrament, Nay for Religion too (now) and all? For GOD's sake, let it not be so: let us not be left altogether to our selves; No, not in prayer. Private prayer doth well; but, let us be ordered to come to Churc [...] ▪ and to doe it there, Pharisee's, Publican's, Peter and Iohn and all: Let us have our dayes appoynted and our houres sett for it. If all were left to us, GOD knowes, I durst not promise, what should become of Prayer it selfe. The like say I for the Sacrament: Let us have a cum when to come to that, too. And so for Fasting: Fast privately in GOD's name: But heare you, let not the Church trust to that. Nor She hath not held it wisedome so to doe: but, as in both them (Prayer, and the Sacrament) So, in this, holds us to our order of dayes and times established. Them, if we keepe, So it is: Otherwise, were it not for the Chur­ches times, I doubt, there would be taken scarce any time at all. Now yet, somewhat is done: but, leave us once at libertie, libertie hath lost us some already, and will lose us the rest, if it be not looked to in time.

The rest, are matters of Discipline, rather then Doctrine: 1 The number of four­ty: 2 The season of the yeare: 3 The manner of abstinence. Somewhat may be sayd to content us: But remember, it came from the Apostles: that is it that binds us; that is it, that setts it fast.

The cause of it.That which hath been said, is for some sett time at large, for a Cum: but, why this Cum, at this time, now? Why fortie dayes? Why before Easter? Why this fast? It is of all hands confest, that ordeined it was, as a part of the Discipline of Repen­tance: And much was done in it, about publike Penitents. Yet, not for them onely. But, even with them, out of the bowells of a Mother, the Church her selfe would be­come a Penitent, and have all her Children do the like. Her selfe become one; For, the whole bodie of the Church hath her faults (beside the private offenses of everie parti­cular member) for which there was a severall set sacrifice in the Lawe. For us: to be­come penitents likewise: For, who knows whether we be not as faulty in private, as they (the open Penitents) in publike? As great sinners as they, though not knowne for such?

So, the cause is generall, that she with them, and we with her and with them: with them and for them: For them, and for our selves, in whole and in part, all in one, uni­formely might perform a solemne annuall Repentance to GOD.

1. The number of 40. daies.As to the number of dayes: GOD saith (in the Revelation) Apoc. 1.2. Dedi ei tempus ad poenitendum, He gave a time for to repent in: What time was that He gave? The time that GOD gave was Ion. 3.4. fortie dayes, in the famous Repentance of Ninive: Happie for the issue, recommended by CHRIST's owne mouth, and propounded to us as a patterne. Other sett time (save this) she found not: She tooke the same then: She could not tell how; or when to take a better, then that of GOD's owne giving. The rather, that MOSES, ELIAS, and CHRIST himselfe had hit upon the same num­ber in their fast. It is not nothing that it conteineth, though it be but an imper­fect expre [...]ing of the patterne of so worthy authors; of CHRIST's specially. Ignatius hath sayd it befo [...]e me: I dare say it after him.

[Page 225]For the season: The Prophet hath said it, if we know not when to lay our fast, 2. The Season: In the spring. our returning to GOD, lay it with the Ier. 8.7. Storke and the Swallow; take their time, doe it cum hirundinibus, rather then faile.

But, besides that,Against Easter. the Church hath layd it most conveniently to end with the feast of CHRIST's rising, and so to goe immediatly before it: that against that time (as the Fathers in the first great Councell of Nice wish it) all being restored, and all prepared by it, we may of all hands celebrate that high Day, and bring to GOD a pure offering (the very words of the Councell.) Then, to end with that high feast, Zach. 8.19. that the saying of ZA­CHARIE may be fulfilled, that our fast shall be to us turned into high feasts: as, that is the highest and greatest of our Religion; for which cause this fast is called, jejunium Paschale, with reference to it: For EASTER and LENT stand upon one base; both stand and fall together.

As to the manner of our abstinence. It is sure, the fast in kind was in these three,3. The Manner. 1 Panem non comedit, 2 potum non bibit, 3 advesperam: neither eat nor drink at all till night. But, non omnes capiunt sermonem hunc, all are not capable of this saying: Yet, he that can, let him. But for them that cannot, the Church (as a tender indulgent Mother vnto all) that she may winne somewhat, is content to remitt of the rigor of this; turnes her on all sides, to lay no more on us then we can endure, if she can find ought in Scriptures to re­lieve us. And that doth she three waies.

1. Non panem, No manner meat: None at all: Nay,1 Daniel's fast. not no manner meat at all (too hard that) What say you to non talem, not altogether none, but not such or such meat? Non panem desiderabilem, no dainty alluring meates, and namely,Dan 10.3. no flesh (Dan. 10.) Now we doe alter the quality yet. Daniel's fast we termed it, on which the Church did ground her [...] and ours may ground her eating of fish (say what we will) a lesse pleasing diet, and lesse desired by us.

2. Againe, Non comedit, Not eat at all not altogether any? That were too strict.2 Tobie's fast. What say you to Non tantum? To some, but not so much? Before, altered the qualitie: heer, abates of the quantitie. Not in that quantitie, not so much, not so oft as at other times. To cutt of one meale, if both you cannot. They call it Tobie's fast, Tob. 2.4. Quando derelinque­batur prandium, he left his dinner: (Dinner or supper, all is one, so one be left;) nec ven­trem cibo oneres duplicato (It is S. Hierome and we doe not double ballast our bellies.) And these two we call portionale ieiunium: Takes not away all, takes some and leaves some; leaves us an honest portion, leaves us a meale. Some kind and some measure (only) abrid­ged.

3. Not usque ad vesperam, Not till night, forbeare:3 Corneliu's and Peter's fast. (too long that.) What say you to (as before not so oft, so heer) not so soone, as at other times? Put of the time of our repast: Make our molestus cliens breake his houres a little: if not ad vesperam, as neer vesperam as we may. Corneliu's fast they call it: he was fasting at the ninth houre (that is) our three at afternoone: till then, Peter's fast they find, and that is the lowest;Act. 10.13. he was fa­sting till past the sixt houre: till then. Thus indulgent she is: for these are not without example in Scripture (we see) nor vnknowne to Antiqu [...]tie. But, for Antiquitie, then,10.9. they pressed forward as much as they could; and we draw backward all that ever we can. These then, or as many, or as much of these as we can; so to make some manner shew, some countenance toward it: that, if not keepe pace with the ancient Church, yet no to give them over cleane; not to fall behind them so farr, till we lose the sight of them quite, and so fall to abandon Cum jejunatis altogether. And thus much for this Cum, this very time, and the manner of jejunatis, our fasting in it.

And, now we have found us a time for our fast, GOD send us to get a fast for our time, a jejunatis for our Cum. For, this Cum is now come. Heere then is the place and time to answer CHRIST's when ye fast; to aske When fast we? Every one to enter into his owne heart and convent himselfe about the taking of these times, how oft we have taken them. How oft? I would it were come to that. I feare, it must be, whether we have [Page 226] [...] them at all or no? Whether any of them? And, [...] if this question should be put us, [...] me to our consciences (a many of us) whether it would not appose us to tell, when this when last was.

But if (as I doubt) we have not taken them, then I ask, Why have we not? Have we no sinnes to be consured? are we in no feare of wrath to come? Our case (sure) is fearefull, if we feare not.

Are our soules so very humble, our bodies so in subiection, we need it not? I mervaile, it should be so: it should be needfull for S. Paul; his body should need chastening; ours none. What, is the Bridegroome alway with us? He with us, and we with him alwayes? do we never part? doth that time never come? Never, all our life long? Yes, yes: we want no times, nor we want no causes: we want wills. Whereof sure we should do well to be. think our selves better, lest we be out of the Ghospell quite. CHRIST cannot say to us, when ye fast, if we fast not at all. Somewhat would be done (sure) if it were but to make CHRIST speake to some purpose: Somewhat; or all that hath beene said, and all that shalbe is to no purpose. No use of it, of a caution, how to do that, we have no meaning ever once to do at all.

I should now come to the Cautions: and (if GOD will) so I will: but at some other time. But as our times are, enclined to leave sensualitie to our owne (which we would faine haue called Christian) libertie; we had need to bend, and to spend our whole exhortation, not so much against hypocrisie, as for fasting, to keepe life in it. As our Age falls out, that is not so necessary. Time was, when fasting was in credit: And when a thing is in request, then is counterfeiting to be feared, then take heed of hypocrisie. But now, when little is attributed to the true, then (should I think) there needs little feare of the false. So that, it were not altogether without reason, as the world goes, not to stand on the later so much, but euen let it go; and, so men would fast, let their countenances be as pleased them; let them looke as sowre as they list.

Should I say so, I might well enough, for any feare, fasting will now be made matter of vaine-glorie. But, that were to exceed my Commission: I dare not; but leave it as CHRIST hath left it, and say with the Apostle, Quod accepi à DOMINO, [...] 11.23. What I have received of the LORD, that and no other thing; and, as I have received it of the LORD, so, and no otherwise, deliver I it vnto you; And perswade, exhort, entreat, and even beseech you to doe it, but not as hypocrites: and backe againe, not as hypocrites to doe it; not so; yet in any wise to doe it; to fulfill, to make good CHRIST's Cum jejunatis.

Iejunatis, you know what tense it is. In the present tense He hath putt it, for at the present time He requireth it. It is not, Cum jejunabitis, or cum jejunaturi estis, when you shall fast, but when you doe. He speaks, as if He would have us fall in hand with it pre­sently, and make no future fast of it. The Cum, is already come; and we to doe it, now it is come: to make answer to CHRIST's When you fast, with, Now we fast, now we are at it, this day, commonly called Caput jeiunii, the head of it: to which head (I trust) we will allow a body, and so make a fast of it.

And even so then, let us doe. And He that saith it, will see it, and seeing it will see, it shall not goe without a reward at His hands; See, that, any hunger or thirst, for Him and upon His word suffered, shall be satisfied at His heavenly table, at the great EASTER-Day, the Day of the last Resurrection; where there shall be no fasting any more, but a Feast with all joy and jubilee for ever.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE KING JAMES AT WHITE-HALL, On the VI. of March, A. D. MDCXXII. being ASH-WEDNESDAY.

MATTH. CAP. VI. VER. XVI.

Cum autem jejunatis, nolite fieri sicut hypocritae tristes; Exterminant enim facies suas, ut appareant homini­bus jejunantes: Amen dico vobis, quia receperunt mercedem suam.

Moreover, when you fast, Or be not like sowre hypocrites. looke not sowre as the hypocrites: For, they disfigure their faces, that they might seeme unto men to fast: Verely I say unto you, that they have their reward.

OVR last yeares endeavours were out of the two first words, Cum jejunatis, When ye fast; to settle a true conceipt, what every good Christian man is to hold, both of Iejunatis, fasting it selfe; and of Cum, the time when. And that not without great need; the most part seeme so faintly perswaded of fa­sting, as if it were no needfull part of a Christian mans duety: And, of the time, as if CHRIST's Cum did never come.

And this we did, as for liberâsti animam tuam, to deliver our owne soules; so to deliver the Doctrine of our Church, from a malitious slaunder cast on it, as if it favoured any way the filling or farcing our selves, at this, no lesse then at other times; and did not require and enioyne a more streict and penitentiall kind of life, at this time, then all the yeare beside.

Wherein, if GOD have so blessed our endeavours, that these two points be setled, we may then goe forward to the rest; that is, Be not like hypocrites. If we resolve, that CHRIST's when shall have a then; and then, fast we will.

The next point is a Caveat, what we are to take heed of, when we fast: That we fast in secret, make no shew of it: Our fast be to GOD and not to men: that we fast not for vaine glorie, as Hypocrites doe.

I confesse, I proceed to this second part, as to that, whereof there is not so much need; And, but that I take my selfe bound, to prosecute the text, I have begoon; I would [Page 228] [...] rather to spend the houre in speaking again for the duty, to have it done; then to de [...]le with the Caution, what to eschew in the doing. We cannot get men to it (to fast:) wha [...] [...] we then spend any speech, how they should not do it, when they doe it not?

We divided the Text into two parts: One, for fasting; the other, against hypocri­sie. As our times are, there is more need, to speake for fasting, then against hypocrisie. And yet against that too: (GOD forbidd, that, or any vice should be favoured:) but, no [...] against hypocrisie, in fasting. There is little feare of that. Men fast not like hypo­crites, when they fast not at all.

But, you wilbe pleased to call to mind how we then left, and wherewith we conclu­ded the last yeare. That we must not think any thing more then needs, in any speech of CHRIST'S: That, what we have received of the LORD, that, and no other thing; And, as we have recieved it of the LORD, so, and no otherwise are we to deliver it unto you. And, from Him we have received both Cum jejunatis, and Ne Sitis; the one, as well as the other. And so, we sett forward, to Ne Sitis sicut, the Caution. Yet so, as our first caution ever be, we omitt not to fast. Not, at other times: but, not at this specially, when the Church, or rather, GOD, by the Church her ancient order and cus­tome calls us to it.

For, when are we to looke to all this, what time? Why, When we fast: That when is still to be kept in mind: to that we must come. That, the ground of all; thither we must returne againe in the end.

We say then, Cum jejunatis is the good seed-corne which CHRIST Himselfe hath sowen. [...] All besides, is but chaff to be blowen away. And, now He takes His fann in His hand, to fann away this chaff. For, quid paleae ad triticum (saith GOD, in Ieremie) wheat and chaff, what should they do togither? These must be severed: One to be layd up in the Garner, the other to be burnt with unquenchable fire.

1. The fann in these words, Nolite fieri sicut, Be not like. The chaff, is in the word Hypocrites. First then, hypocrisie in generall to be avoyded.

2. But, heer is a speciall kind, sicut hypocritae tristes, Not sowre, like hypocrites: Or, not like sowre hypocrites. Not like them.

3. Not like them, wherein? In two poynts upon which the fanne goes. 1 Not like them, in their Sicut: 2 Not like them, in their Vt. Not, in their manner how: Not, in their end, why. 1 Not in their manner How: Why, what do they? they are all for the countenance; and, that, they disfigure. In making it their labour, to have it appeare in their countenance. 2 And, why do they so? that so, men may know them for fasters. In making it their end, to be seen of men. These two He fanns away.

[...]4. But, what if one could find in his heart to fast, and yet would have men see it, and commend him for it, Ad quod damnum, what hurt will come of it? One would thinke, none: CHRIST sayes Amen to it. They make it their reward, to be seen of men: Why, it shalbe their reward, they shalbe seen of men: that is all, they would have to come. Why, this, one would never thinke a punishment: But, it is one. And, thinke it not a small one, For, though it seeme no great harme to receive a reward of prayse: yet, when we shall lay togither, how poore a thing it is, they receive Man's prayse: And, how great a one they lose by the meanes, GOD's reward: they had better be without it. For, when they have that, there is all; all that shall come of their fast­ing: Acceperunt suam, amiserunt meam, They have received their reward, they have lost mine; and CHRIST to say Amen to it; This, say I, is sure a heavy punishment. Therefore, looke to it.

[...]And, when the chaffe is blowen away, and the floor purged: when the old levin which is hypocrisie, is cast out; of the rest, we are to make our sweet-bread, now against the great Feast of our Passover, we make ready for.

WHen we have got past the two first words; when the thing is woon,I. The Fanne. Be not like. and the time; and we resolved, that fast we will; and when we will; and we sett our selves seriously to it: What, is all safe? Will the devill be gone his way? Shall we heare no more of him, as soon as he sees us so sett? No, indeed: but, hovers about us still, as if there were yet somewhat for him to do. Our Blessed SAVI­OVR, when the Spirit led Him into the wildernesse, and He fell to His fast, it is sayd, that then, the Tempter came to Him: So, we must make reckoning, he will to us.Matth 4.3. It is exceeding behoofull for us, to take notice of this: as they say, to know the length of the Devills chaine: That, neither full nor fasting, we are out of his reach, but he wilbe busy with us in them both. Attends our Feasts, to make Psal 69.22. our table a snare: Attends our Fasts, to turne them (as well as our prayers) [...] 109.7. into sinne. Eating, he is busy with us, to make us eat like Gen 25.30. Esau. Fasting, no lesse busy, to make us fast like the Luc. 18.12. Pharisee. And looke what in this, in the rest: Both Almes and Prayer too, are subiect to it. Therefore, in and through all, whither we give Almes, pray, or fast, to have an eye to him, in all. Praying, Fasting, giving Almes, he leaves us not; gives us not over, till he have corrupted the manner; perverted the end: till, one way or other, he have sett them awry. His first assay is, Ne bonum, we do not that which is good, we fast not at all: His second is, Ne bonum benè, we do it not, as we should; by putting to it a wrong sicut, an undue manner; or a wrong Vt, an undue end; that so, we may do what GOD commaunds us, for the devills end. Sure, it is not enough to be exercised in doing good; we must looke to both the Sicut, the manner how we do it; and to the Vt, the end, why we doe it; or he may happ goe beyond us; and both spoile them, and spoile us of our reward for them.

But then againe, take heed, ye be not caught heer; and, for doubt ye may doe it amisse, be brought, not to do it at all, but let all alone. That is another of his tricks: For his method or manner of proceeding, in this point, is well worth our observing:Revel. 2.24. Nôsse haec Salus est. It is one of the Profunda Satanae (as the Revelation calls them) the deepe fetches, or policies of Sathan. For, would any man thinke, he would use this text, these very words of our SAVIOVR, [Be not like hypocrites] to draw men from fasting? He doth. For, finding heer, fasting and hypocrites thus close togither; and so, that hypo­crites use to fast; he perswades some (and such, as weene themselves no fooles) to think, they cannot fast, but they must ipso facto prove hypocrites. Sets up this for a scarr-crow, to raise up a vaine feare in them, and so to chase them from it. Will ye fast? Gods Lord take heed what you do; doe it not: why? Ne sitis sicut hypocritae; for, and you doe, you wilbe taken for an hypoc [...]ite.

And marke the double taking of Ne sitis: Ne sitis, Be not like (saith CHRIST:) Ne sitis, Lest you be like (saith He.) Now, the belly is apt and easy enough to apprehend any feare in this kind; any opposition, or exposition, any thing that makes for it.

Nay heereby he prevailes with them, not only to give over fasting themselves; but drawes them further to grow jelous, lest every one that fasts, be not tainted that way: and, lest every one that preaches for it, be not justly to be suspected, as that way given; as having in him some sparkes of a Pharisee. Thus doth he.

And, will you see how compendious a way he deviseth, to rid us clean of all hypo­crisie? Thus: to keepe no Lent; not to fast at all: and so, he will warrant us, we shalbe sure, to be cleer from being any hypocrites. So, to avoyd hypocrisie, he voids fasting quite.

But, what is this, but to cast out devills by the power of Beelzebub, Matt. 12.24. one devill with another? To cast out hypocrisie by gluttonie? To cast out superstition, with the propha­nesse of Esau? Who, rather then offend his belly, Heb. 12.16. cared not what became of his birth­right. To being in Ne jejunetis, Fast not; under colour of Ne sitis hypocritae, not being [Page 230] like hypocrites. To cast out Ne sitis hypocritae, Be no hypocrites, with sitis Epicuri, Die not in debt to your bellies. The devill's only way, to ridd hypocrisie, by engrossing Epicurisme.

But (alas) what will this availe us? what is gotten by this? Small ease will it be (GOD knowes) for any, not to be condemned as an hypocrite, Seeing he that fell to eat, and drinke with good fellowes (in the XXIIII. Chapter after) had his portion given him with hypocrites, Matt. 24.51. as good a trencher-man as he had been, all his life time. So that, both come into one room, both lye togither, and fry togither in one place of torments. And, thither it is he would bring us, he cares not, whither way. This is his first assay: and much hurt he hath done this way.

I know not how, but fasting is layd aside: In a manner cleane gone: Few, or none keepe it. How is it gone? What is pretended, or given out for it? but for feare of doing that, which persons do that are superstitiously given; feare, of being like them. For, no feare of hypocrisie, now: Sicut hypocritae is now gone. But, by this one praecedent, this one ne sitis sicut, he can make more. As now, in place of Be not like hypocrites, is come a feare of, Be not like Papists: we shalbe like Papists, if we do. And, not to fast, is made a supersedeas to all Poperie; as if that alone were enough, to make us truely reformed. This is all our feare now.

Psal. 14 5.But, ibi trepidaverunt timore, ubi non erat timor, There were they afrayd where no feare was. This is but a scarr-crow neither. 1 First set down this: we must do something, that hypocrites and superstitious persons doe, or we must give over Almes too, and Prayer as well as fasting; for, they have a like Ne sitis upon them. You shall find Hypocritae in, at all three.

2 Then the second: we may doe what hypocrites doe, and yet not doe it, as they doe it. And it is the sicut, the manner (not the thing it selfe) that CHRIST heer excepts to. So, that feare is at an end.

3 Lastly, these words being directed by CHRIST, and by Him spoken to His Disci­ples, by the grace of GOD, all be not hypocrites, or superstitious, that fast; For, CHRIST's disciples were neither. We may fast then like CHRIST's disciples; we may be of their nu [...]ber. And indeed the trueth is; CHRIST's disciples are onely truly seise [...] of it. Hypocrites doe but encroch upon it, or rather on the outside of it, as doth the woolfe upon the sheeps clothing. But, neither is the sheep to leave or lay downe his [...]; nor the Chr [...]stia [...] man, his fast; because otherwhile, the woolfe is found in the o [...]e, or the hypocrite, at the other.

In three short words CHRIST teacheth us a way to answere both. His ne sitis sicut, will make both fly away, as chaffe before the fann, and Cum jejunatis never be stir­red, but ly still. Doe the Hypocrites fast, to be seen, do they? And doe the Papists fast, with opinion of merit? Why, Be not like Hypocrites, but yet fast: Nor, be not like Papists, no more then like hypocrites, yet fast though. CHRIST's ne sitis will serve for these, and for as many as the devill can devise. Fast not like them; fast like CHRIST's disciples, and all is well. And this, for his first way of turning CHRIST's Cum jejunatis into Ne jejunetis, upon feare of being like Hypocrites, if we so doe.

But if, this way, he succeed not, to keep us from it, but fast we will; then comes he about, with a new stratageme. And that by way of good wholsome counsell; that, if we will needs fast, we would doe it, to some purpose: (that is) doe it so, as we may be known [...] to doe it▪ in any wise. For, to what purpose will it be to doe it in tenebris? It is no worke of darkenesse; or, as good in a blind corner, where no man can take notice of it; as if we were ashamed to be seene about so good a worke. Nay, in any wise, take heed of concelemen [...] of your fast, Chap. 5. [...]er. 15 of hiding it under a bushell. And, good reason; they be workes of light (all three) Almes, Prayer, and Fasting; and so love to be brought to light, to be sett on a Candle-stick, and to be seene. Therefore, as before, in our Almes, he had devised we should call our Almes-folke about us with a Ver. 2. Trum­pett: and, as in Prayer, that we should doe it in Ver. 5. choise places, where folke may come by, and see us at it; and to be a good deale longer then ordinarie, that so, we may seeme [Page 231] somewhat singular, and to have more in us, then our fellowes: So, heere now, when it is Fasting-day with us, to get us a fasting-day face, at any hand. For that, except we be somewhat altered in countenance, no man will looke at us, or marke us; ther will be no notice taken of it; and so, as good not fast at all: But if it appeare in our faces, we shall both get reputation to our selves, and our Profession shall receive cre­dit besides. Thus doth he medle his chaffe; mold in his soure levin into CHRIST's nova conspersio; to make us doe, what GOD would have us, for his owne;1. Cor. 5.7. Ioël 1.14.2.15. to doe GOD's worke for the divell's end. Sanctifie me a fast (as I told) shewes, there is san­ctitie in it; a holy duetie it is, and he seekes to breed mothes in it. For, so the Fathers call hypocrisie (tineam sanctitatis) the moth that fretts in sunder all, that holy or good is; and so by that meanes, make it a meere moth-eaten fast.

Thus, whither-soever we turne our selves, he meets with us still. These are his designes: this doth he, diversis itineribus, by contrary wayes, seeke to circumvent us. First, downe he sitts in his Court, and offers us a licence, not to keepe Lent; to keepe what diet we will: And if we refuse it, threatens us, he will get us presented for hypocrites. But, if that move us not, but we stand out resolute for all his scarr-crow, then, out he comes in a new style; falls to commend us, as good orderly men: but (withall) to advise us friendly, to doe all so, as may be for our best behoofe: which is, to have it seen in any wise. And (that which is strange) scarrs us with that, in the beginning, which he brings us to in the end: Even, to do that in hypocrisie, that (before) he wished us, in no wise to doe, for feare of hypocrisie. So as, upon the matter, now it is come to sitis hypo­critae, though not, in so broad termes; but, so is his meaning, doe it like hypo­crites, to be seen.

This, is the proper place: heer now comes CHRIST with his fann, II. The Chosse. 1. Not like Hy­pocrites, in generall. and severs the precious from the vile, with Ne sitis sicut. And thinke it never a whit the worse for this Ne sitis. Almes hath the same before; and so hath Prayer the very same: And many a Ne sitis belong to these, and to every good duety. They are not the worse; the better rather, for the fanning: they are ridd by it of much refuse stuffe. And, even to this of fasting, there belongs more Be not like's then one. Not like the Manichee's, that thought the creatures uncleane. Not like them, whose fast is a Commutation of Gluttonie. Not like them, that fast to save charges. Not like them, that make it an opus operatum: and, so it be done, it skills not how with them; it skills not for any Sicut. Not like any of these. One ne Sitis serves them all, sends them all going one after another, as many as come. Ne Sitis to them all, and to every, or any of them all. And so, you shall not need give over your fasting for any of them all. I would fast, but for being like one of these: why, be not like any one of these, and yet fast notwithstanding.

Not like any one of these. But specially (saith CHRIST heer) not like Hypo­crites. Why, not like them? For, then, the Pharisies fasted, and their disciples: Mar. 7.18. and Iohn fasted, and his disciples: there was, then, fasting on all hands. And then is the time of hypocrisie: Then, doth it abound most, when things are in request, when most used; then, is most daunger of counterfaiting. And hypocrisie is but a kind of counterfaiting (as I shall shew you.) Therefore, as those times were, Be not like Hypocrites.

Not like them? and them, of all other, one would choose to be like; they of all others are most like to fast; they looke as if they fasted; they carry their fast, in their face, they. Why, that, CHRIST likes not; the carrying it in their face: tells us plainly, they be not the men, we take them for: no true fasters, they; they be but hypocrites.

Hypocrites? What is that? We must needs stay a little,Hypocrites: that is, stage-players. to search out the true sense of that word: They be so baited, all the Gospell through; there be so many Woes cried against them. The word Hypocrite is neither English nor Latine, but as a Deni­son. Originally, it is a known Greeke word; and is (in that tongue) the ordinarie and [Page 232] proper name for those, whom the Latine terme Histriones, and we in English, Stage-play­ers: Such as in disguised attire and haire present themselves on a stage, and there oft re­present those, whom (GOD knowes) they are farre from; but yet, outwardly take up­on them their persons, as if they were.

And, the ground of the word is, they are therefore called Hypocritae, for that, to give a true judgement of them, you must [...] judge them (not by their Player's coat above, but) by that, they are underneath in their owne, when their gorgeous and gay attire is of. That, may be gallant and brave: they themselves are, it skills not what; Peradventure, he that plaid the Souldan, but a Sowter.

The word (in the tongue CHRIST spake) is as much to say, as one in a vizour, Assumens vultum, a face-taker; one that hath got him a taken-on-face, which is none of his owne, nor nothing like it; as in Playes and Shewes, the manner is. But, we hold us to the word Hypocritae. The native sense of the word you see: and it is, as if he had said in plaine English; When ye fast, be not like these same Stage-players. So, it signi­fies at the first. And at the second hand, all others, which do off of the stage, that which they doe upon it; and in Court, Citie, or Countrie, carrie themselves with other faces then their owne, as these do on the Stage, at Play-houses.

The Heathen man long since observed, that Mundus, scena; that, in his conceipt, the world, for all the world, was like a stage, or theater; scarse a true face in it: all in a manner persona [...]e. And the actions in the world, not much unlike to their acting of their parts in the Acts and Scenes of a Stage-play. But our SAVIOVR CHRIST, he goes further: he tells us heere, of a stranger matter. That, there want not, that make His Church a very Stage; and play with Religion, and play Religion and every part of it: So carrying themselves in things pertaining to GOD, as if they had some Player Pageant in hand. It is but too true, this. If you will set up a stage, I will find you Actors for it enough.

Will you see Almes playd? Out comes Iudas sagely, with a sentence in his mouth, Matt. 26.8. Ioh. 11.5. Vt quid perditio haec? Alas, it would have been better bestowed, upon a many of poore people: why should there be such wast upon CHRITS's head? right, the Supplication of b [...]ggers.

Will you see Prayer playd? Looke upon the Players in the XXIII. Chapter after, that under colour of Matt. 23.14. a long prayer, now and then prey upon the houses and goods of a fort of seduced widowes: and make as good gaine of their Prayers, as Iudas would have done of his Almes.

But, Sermons goe away with it now: The Church is, then, full: and (GOD knowes) a few true hearers: the rest are but a sort of Sermon-Hypocrites. The Scene is in the 33. of Ezekiel: Ezek. 33.30.31. O let us goe heare the Word: and the Prophet addes, So, was the fashion then, and for fashion, it was. And thither they come, and when they are come, heere sit they, but their heart is else-where, wandring where it will. Either they attend not: or,Verse 32. if they doe, it is to make jests. Or, at the b [...]st, it is but, as they heare a song of one that hath a pleasing voice; and no more comes of the Sermon then of the song. Or, if you love the New Testament better, there have you (in the 6. of Marke) Mar. 6.20. Herod sen­ding for IOHN BAPTIST oft, and hearing him full devoutly, till (for a Ver. 18. Non licet tibi, in one of his Sermons) he made his Head flye off his shoulders. And in verie d [...]ed, the Marriage at Gen. 34.13. Sichem, and the Circumcision for it; 2. S [...]m. 15.7. Absolons vow; 2. [...] 10.1 [...]. Iehu's s [...]r [...]fic [...], what w [...]re they but verie playes, meere, maskes, imitations of him that is Roscius [...], the Master Hypocrite of all, who (in the Old Testament) got him on a man­tle, and plaied 1 Sam. 28.14. Samuel at Endor: and (in the New) got him wings, and bright ray­ment, and came forth 2. Cor. 11.14. transformed into an Angell of light. To whose companie they belong, and whose they are, that get them 2. Tim. 3.5. Saint Paul's [...], the vizer, or maske of godlinesse; and make of it 1. Pet. 2.16. Saint PETER's [...], a cloke or cover, for every bad intent. They do no better, but even play religion. And of this Scenicall, theatricall, histrionicall godlinesse, there is good store abroad in the world: GOD grant it be not found in Israël. Be not then like stage-players, when about any religious act; Not, when about any.

[Page 233]But, of all parts of Religion, our SAVIOVR (heer) may seeme to have made choise of the worst. To say, when ye fast, be not like players, not then, of all times. For a Play and a fast suit not. A Play is lightly had at feasts. Men, when they fast are in heavinesse: Not like them in fasting. these agree not well. Well, as evill as they agree, for all that, fasts have been played too. There was a Fast played, to gett 1. Kin. 21.9. Naboth's vineyard: It cost him his vineyard, and his life too. There was another played (Act 23.14. Act. 23.) to have got S. Paul made away. And they say, there was one played against the fifth of November; and a Procession too; and all, to have made us all away. From such fasts playing the LORD deliver us. But so, you may have a fast played too, for a need.

That we may not mervaile, these hypocrites that play in Fasts (CHRIST tells us) are a speciall sort by themselves. Be not like hypocrites at all: but, of all other,2. Not like sowr [...] Hypocrites. not like them. Why? the common sort of Hypocrites abroad, seeke to put on a better face then their owne: But, heere have you a Monster, exterminans vultum, out-lawing (as it were) and banishing his owne naturall countenance; [...] is CHRIST's word, defacing his face, as you can hardly know, it is he: taking to himselfe a worse face farr, then ever GOD made him. To lay on a little (I wott not what) to the end, to looke the more faire, the better coloured, of a cleerer complexion; that, is not strange: But, to affect a looke more dimme, more hollow, more evill-favoured; and to be levin his face to that end, that passes; that, is a new kind of hypocrisie perse; a kind by it selfe, that. Yet, such there be. There were, that wore a coorse garment to deceive (saith Zacharie:) So,Zach. 1 [...].4. there is not onely gay, but ragged hypocrisie. And, there were (saith CHRIST heere) that rough-cast their countenance, and that, to deceive too. That, there is not onely fu­cus, but fermentum pietatis; Not onely steering, but lowring; Not onely well complexio­ned, but pale-colored hypocrisie. Such are they, that play in CHRIST's fast, heere; tristes torvi, austeri, the word is [...]; which is (properly) the looke of a wild-beast (a Lyon, or a beare robbed of their whelpes) grimme and ghast; one would be afraid to looke on them. These, would CHRIST have us, not be like; As indeed who would be like them, but such hypocrites as they?

Not like them? Why, how doe they? Exterminant vultum. 1 Not like them, in their Sicut, their manner. We begin with vultum. The hypocrite's whole labour i [...] about his looke. Blame him not; for he is nothing but looke. Nothing but face and case; but a very outside onely. As for any inward mat­ter, he never lookes after.

In which point, they suit well with Players, whose names they beare. It is a very fitt re­semblance for thm, that are nothing but resemblance. In the very true and lively person of a Prince, the outward pomp or shew is the lesse part, by farr. The Regall qualities, the Princely vertues are they, we chiefly admire; A religious heart, high wisedome, heroicall courage, Cle­mencie, like that of GOD, without measure or end. In him that playes the King, it is quite otherwise. No Royall qualitie is required at all; No Princely vertue needs, he never cares for them. But, gesture and gate, the carriage of his countenance, to say his part, to pronounce and to act it well; that is all that is cared for by him, or that is looked for at his hands. And even so it fares heer: Contrition of spirit, a broken heart, unfeigned humilitie, Psal. 51.6. truth in the inward parts; these are most requisite in the true fast. It skills not a whit for any of these, in the stage-fast; So he can sett his countenance well, have the clowds in his fore­head, his eyes somewhat hollow, certaine wrinckles in his cheeke, carrie his head like a bull-rush, and looke like lovin; all is well. As for any inward accomplishment, he never takes thought for any. Vultum onely is it; He goes no further. Onely to be like, to be sicut; as one, though (indeed) none.

But, why doe they take all these paines to disfigure themselves? That doe they,2 Not like them in ther Vt, their end. Vt videantur, that they might be seene of men, and seeme to men, appeare to them in the likenesse of such as fast indeed. The levin of hypocrisie, in their lookes, is from the love of a Videantur in their hearts. Vaine-glorie, the ground of hypocrisie, ever. And, heere now, they match againe. The Hypocrites end, is as the Players end; Both, to be seene [Page 234] You never see the play beginne till the Spectators be come, so many as they can gett: Not, no more shall you see this fast acted, vnlesse there be some, to eye and to note it. He will not fast on the ground; there must be a Stage sett up for him; where I dare say, they wish the scaffolds full to see them: the more, the better.

Both match in videantur; and it must be ab hominibus, of men. Angells eyes, GOD's eyes will not serve the Hypocrite's turne. Other eyes then, there must be entreated, to gaze on them, or ye gett no fast.

Why, is there any harme in mens eyes, that they may not see, nor we may not be seene of them? Verè oculi hominum (saith Bernard) basilisci sunt bonorum operum: Now truly there is in mens eyes venome, like that of the Cockatrice, to infect our well-doing, with a well-weening of our selves. O now, I am seene! O ego quantus Sum, mundo censore! O what a holy mortified man, am I taken for! It troubled Almes before (this:) it [...]rou­bled Prayer; and now, fasting: It troubles all. In all, this, is the point, this is the Vt, to be seene of men. Not, that it is vnlawfull to be seene well-doing: You will easily putt a difference, betweene, to be seene to doe well; and, to doe well, to be seene: betweene facere & videri; and facere, ut videare. Doe, and be seene, may be casuall, never thought on by us. Doe, to be seene, that is the Vt (and that Vt is it) the very end, we doe it for, and otherwise we should not doe it. It happens otherwhile, many good people do well, and are seene so doing as it falls out; but, beside their purpose quite. But, none, save this masked crew, sacrifice themselves and their fasts to the eyes of men; and doe, what they doe, for no other end but that.

Matt. 4.1. Luk. 5.16.You shall easily discerne them. You shall not gett one of them, to doe as CHRIST did, gett him aside out of the way into the wildernesse; fast there: No: CHRIST was not so well advised, to doe it there, in a desert desolate place, where there was no body to meet him, or see him at it. They be all for the eye (these:) a perspective fast, or not at all. Nothing out of sight; never, by their good will, where no body to looke on. Iejunium oculare, [...], this. The Heathen man said well: Ergo iste, in tenebris, non servaret hominem; Such a one would not be entreated to save a mans life in the darke (if he might:) Not, but by torch-light. For, all is lost, he is cleane vndone, if no body see or looke vpon him.

Luk. 4.1.Well, if it were the SPIRIT of GOD ledd CHRIST into the wildernesse to fast there, like an Heremite; you may well know, what Spirit it is, that setts one up a stage, there, to fast like an Hypocrite. To be seene then, is their Vt, the very butt they aime at.

And, wherefore to be seene? In the play, that they may have a plaudite: So plaine, as they even crave it in their last words. So, in this eye-serving fast, seene they must be: And why must they be s [...]ene? To be given out, for Such a one is a great Faster. And why that?Matt. 5.16. That men seeing that good worke of theirs, might glorifie GOD? No in­deed; but, them: the earthly child; not, the heavenly FATHER. And, marke it, when you will: There is no animal so ambitious, no Chamaeleon so pants after aire, as doth the hypocrite after popular praise. For it, he fasts; and so hungry and thirsty he is after it, as you shall heare him even begg for it: Honora me coram populo hoc, saith one of them (It is SAVL:) O grace me, 1. Sam. 15.30. for the love of GOD; seeme to honor me, in the peoples eyes.Iud. 9.2.Loquimini in auribus populi hujus, saith another (It is ABIMELECH:) O give it out in the peoples eares, I am thus and thus. Marke: the Peoples eyes, and the Peoples eares; for, hypocrisie is ever popular: for their, for mens applause, all in all.

Nay then, will ye heare them expostulate for it, and that, even with GOD himselfe? Wherefore (say they,Esay. 58.3. in the LVIII. of Esay) fast we, & thou seest it not? So, they would be s [...]en [...]. And, why doe we pinch and punish our selves, and thou regardest it not? So, they must be regarded, or they will not take it well. To be short: the putting forth of the finger (as Esay there calls it) or (as the Poët) Digito monstrari, Ver. 9. to be pointed at, and dicier Hic est, and said, Looke ye, there he goes: To have it whispered, That is He: To be magnified up and downe the Peoples mouth, that, is even the consumma­tum est of all this Stage-devotion.

[Page 235]Which very point makes the fast loose; and indeed, makes it to be no fast at all: They extermine their countenances so long, that they extermine fast and all. This ve­ry Vt videantur makes, that it seems to be, but is (indeed) none. For, in the true fast, it is as DAVID saith of his; I sorrowed, and my soule fasted: Psal. 69.10. It is an humbling of the soule. Els, if it go no further then the body, it is a fast without a soule. But, these, though their stomachs be empty, yet their soules doe feed and feast all the while. Nam est quaedam sagina laudis (saith the Heathen man:) Praise will feed and fill both. And, it is our meate and drink (and so we call it) that we take delight in. And sure, if Esay be right, that one may be drunke, and no cup come at his head; it is like possible,Esay. 51.21. one may surfett, and yet no meat come in his belly: And, with pride both. As for meat and drinke the divell never takes any; keepes a perpetuall fast for that matter: but, feeds on pride, as one doth on his meale; and surfetts that way, as much as any Epicure. And even so (for ought I know) one may eat and drink no more then the divell, and yet be as proud as the divell; why not? So as, upon the matter, their fast is but even the divell's fast, and no better.

Fasting then, being an act of humilitie, if the divell can make it matter of pride, ha­betur propositum, he hath what he would; he will give you good leave to fast and spare not. And, even matter of pride, he makes it. The Pharisees, whom CHRIST would have us Non sicut, they were, in their owne conceits, the Non sicut's of the world. They tell it GOD, Non sicut alij, Not like other men. Others did but fast once a wee [...]e, Luk. 18.12. if that: they twise, and never missed. And, in the Ecclesiasticall storie, there is a rare example of it. He, that same IOHN the Patriarch of Constantinople, that first tooke vpon him the proud title of Vniversall Bishop, that very man was called and knowne by the name of [...]. Ioannes Iejunator, Iohn the great Faster. So, pride will grow of fasting. Being then ordained to take downe the soule, if he can bring it to puffe it up, and so, turne our fast into sinne; that, is even a Fast of the divell's owne choosing. One, which (he is sure) GOD will never looke at. The Prophet gives the reason:Zach. 7.5.6. If we fast for men's eyes, we fast for men, not for GOD. If we fast for our owne praise, we fast for our selves, not for GOD neither. Now, what GOD should reward, should be done for GOD. And, with GOD, a righteous thing it is, to put men over to receive their rewards, at their hands, for whom they fasted: that they pay them their wages, that sett them on worke: For, at His hands, they are like to receive none, seeing, for Him they did it not: He was not the Vt of their fasting. And this is the last point. As before, not like them in their Sicut; So, not heer in their Vt neither: Neither in their manner, nor in their end.

Suppose now, one may be so in love with the praise of men, III. The Danger of it. Verily they have &c. as he is altogether out of love with an invisible fast; must needs looke a little that way; what harme will come of it? Amen dico vobis, quia receperunt mercedem suam: This must needs be their punishment; for, there is none other but this. And sure, as strange a punishment, as you shall read of: To say Amen to that, one desires; to say, one shall receive a reward. Can it be a punishment to receive, to receive a reward, and a reward of our owne desiring? It is surely none. You doe it, to be seene; you shall be seene: to be praised; why, you shall be praised: This is your end; your end be it. You hunger and thirst for mens praise, faine you would have it; you shall have it, There it is, take it to you, much good doe it you with it. Call you this a punishment, to receive a reward, to have ones desire? Surely, it seemes but an easy one, if it be one.

True, if the reward be worth the while, first. And secondly, if by receiving it, we forfait not one incomparably greater. But, in these two cases, 1 If the reward be but some sleight thing, little worth: 2 And then, if by getting it, we lose another above all worth, then have we no great cause to rejoyce at our receiving: then, insteed of a reward, it is a punishment, say I; and that a heavy one, whensoever both these cases meet.

[Page 236] I. [...] Reward [...] praise) [...].Now, both these cases meet heer. First, it is but a poore thing, they receive. Shall we value it, as it is? I meane this goodly reward of popular praise, which they so itch after. What is the popularitie, but a sort of men nothing judiciall? Not one among a hundred. Not praising, but out of passion (lightly) if that: and not constant in that pas­sion neither.

[...] not iudicial Praise if it be judiciall, is somewhat worth; and so worth the desiring. The popular is not so. [...]. 6.26. CHRIST saith; they have alwaies spoken all good of the false Prophets: as for the true, they have ever followed them with all disgrace: And then, what judgement is there in them? CHRIST himselfe will ye heare their verdict of Him? Some there was said, He was a good man; but some other (and the greater summe) said, No, but a very seducer, [...]. 7.12. a coosener of the people: And then, who can thinke, there is any judgement in them? In the XIX. of the Acts, the whole multitude was together, and when Deme­trius had sett them in, [...]. 19.28.32. for two houres together they never left crying, Great is Diana: and the most part of them never knew, why they were come together, nor why they cried so: And then; what iudgement is there in them? No sure: out of lightnesse of mind; out of passion it is, they praise or dispraise, magnifie or vilifie a man, for the most part.

[...] Not durable.But is this (be it passion, or what it will) of any endurance? will it hold? No in­deed: Sicut luna mutatur, Every new moone, a new mind; nay every quarter. No better witnesse of this, [...] Chap. 21.9. [...] Chap. 27 21 [...]. 18.40. [...]. 2 [...].4.6. then our SAVIOVR himselfe, who heard H [...]sanna in the highest, and Not him but Barabbas, both, within the space of a sevenight. Saint Paul's was yet shor­ter; for, he was first a murtherer, and sodenly, a GOD and no lesse, in a manner with one breath. There is their constancie; this, the hold you can have of it. No lock nor key, to shutt up our reward in: No tenendum to our habendum, to hold it when we have it. And who then would much esteeme it?

But, say there were both lock and key; yet, what is praise but words? and words but wind? what is speech but breath? breath, but aire? tennissimus fructus, a thin reward (GOD wott.) For, what is more thin, then aire? This is sure, no great reward: Mihi pro minimo est: [...] Cor. 4.3. So, Paul makes but a minim of it, we make so much of.

And yet even this,2. [...] is their finall [...] Reward. sleight as it is, were it onely to receive it, and that were all, there were no great hurt in it. But, now comes the hurt. For, when it shall come to this, that we are so to receive it, as in full payment: (for, so it is; not [...] have it; but [...], have it for all, that ever they shall have:) So to receive it, tanquam mercedem, as it shall be our last pay, our finall and full recompense and satisfaction, for all that ever we have done; then it goes hard.

And that is it, CHRIST meaneth: And that is it, every good mind feareth: That heere shall be all; a few good words, a little warme breath, a blast of vaine praise, of a sort of vaine men. And when we have this, we have no more for ever to receive or looke for, besides this. That, as CHRIST tells us (in the first Verse of the Chapter) this acceperunt inferrs an amiserunt: Acceperunt suum heere, an Amiserunt meum elsewhere. And that, where (of all) we would least be without it. That the receiving of this, cuts us of from another, infinitely above and more worth then this. The reward we receive; no­thing lesse to be regarded: the reward we lose, the damage we incurre; nothing more to be feared. Lay these together, mercedem juxta mercedem, we shall finde it a punishment; such a punishment, as no man would ever wish his verie enemie more.

Of this Amen heere, of these words [they have received their reward] you shall reade in Saint Gregorie, that, never did any saying so sound in his eares, so runne in his head, reigne in his heart, worke upon his conscience (as he deeply protests) as did these. This, he tooke for one of the most fearefull sayings in the whole Bible: that, what he did heer receive (were it praise, or preferment, or what other earthly thing) it should be his) last receipt, his finall reward, his portion for ever, his Amen: for, Amen is the last word (we know) that, ends all. For, so are we in a manner proceeded against, and deprived of all hope of further reward, at the last great receipt of all.

[Page 237]The praise of men, which we heer sought and found, shall deprive us of hearing Euge Serve bone; One syllable whereof is more worth, then all the Panegyricks that ever were. And not onely of that, but of Intra in gaudium Domini besides,Matt. 21.23. much more to be esteemed then all the Euge's in the world, nay then the world it selfe. That the win­ning of one shalbe the losing of the other.

And now judge, whither this receiving be not a losse un-valuable; this reward a pu­nishment un-sufferable; this Amen, to be prayed against of all. Nay, whither there be any so penall a punishment, so heavy a censure: This shalbe your punishment, that this shalbe your reward; and, never more but this.

For, doe but aske: why doe they this wrong to their faces? To seeme to men to fast. And what then? Then they shalbe commended of men. And what then? Nay, there is all. And GOD comes to a point with them: saith, Let them be commen­ded for it: And they have no wrong, they making it their end, if GOD make it so too.

To punish one by his own desires;Ose. 8.1 [...]. to say (as GOD doth in Osee) Because Ephraim will have altars to Sinne, they shallbe to Sinne; because you make this your reward, it shalbe your reward, take it for your reward: To say So be it, to have our fast conclude with the Hypocrite's Amen: No more fearefull punishment in the world.

1. Cor. 5.11. Knowing then this feare, we perswade, exhort, entreat men (and no otherwise,The Application. then CHRIST heer doth) to fast. And the Cum is now come: Now then to doe it. Not to doe it as these, yet in any wise to doe it. To fast to GOD; not to the world: to our owne hearts, not to other mens eyes: to conscience, not to forme. Not, to set us up a stage to do it; but (with CHRIST) to do it apart, in secret. And thinke not, if m [...]n see it not, it shall not be seen (be it never so secret:) that you shall doe it without wit­nesse. Beside the witnesse,Iob. 16.19. Testis in corde (set by the Heathen man at a thousand witnes­ses) there is (as Iob calls Him) Testis in coelo, One in heaven who sees it; needs no light to see it by: whose theater is the darke, and beholds us as cleerly when the candle is put out, as when it burnes. Fast then, doe it to be seen of Him.: and being done not for men, but for Him, Him shall you be sure of, to cast His eyes to looke on it, to like it; to regard it and reward it, both.

So much doth CHRIST undertake in the verse following; and that, in His Father's name: and seales it with His Verily, that most certaine it shalbe so. Our secret fast shall have His open reward. It may be, even heer upon earth,Esa. 58.8. he will make our light breake forth as the Morning. If heere, He doe not; there, He will. The lesse earth an­swereth, the more heaven reserveth. Matt. 25.21. Euge serve bone, in that day, is another manner praise, if praise be it: Mat. 21.23. Intra in gaudium Domini, another manner reward, then earth hath any. Both together Gen. 15.1. Merces magna nimis, ABRAHAM's reward, an exceeding great reward: 1. Cor. 29. sed non ascendit in cor hominis, it exceedeth the heart of man, to think, now exceeding great.

Which reward Almighty GOD grant we may sett before us, and seeke it in all our doings: So seeke it heere on earth, in this life, as we may there finde it in heaven, in the life to come, to our endlesse comfort and content, through CHRIST our LORD.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE KING JAMES AT WHITE-HALL, On the XXVI. of Februarie, A.D. MDCXXIII. being ASH-WEDNESDAY.

MATTH. CAP. III. VER. VIII.

—Progenies viperarum quis demonstravit vobis fugere a ventura ira?

Facite ergo fructum dignum poenitentiae (Vel, Profer­te igitur fructus dignos poenitentia.)

O generations of vipers, who hath fore-warned you to flee from the anger to come.

Bring forth therefore fruits worthy Or Repen­ [...]ance.amendment of life.

TO speake of repentance, at the time of fasting, or of fa­sting, at the time of repentance, is no way out of sea­son: As tree and fruit, they stand. Of these fruits, fasting is one. And this, we now begin, a worthy fruit, ever from yeare to yeare, religiously brought forth in the Church of CHRIST. That, we goe not from one, when we fall upon the other. The time of repentance will fall out to be a Cum jejunatis.

Repentance is heere brought in, and presented to us, as a tree with fruit upon it. The tree of GOD's plan­ting; The fruit medicinable; of the nature of a coun­ter-poison, against our bane taken by the fruit of ano­ther tree. Gen. 3.6. The fruit of the forbidden tree had en­venomed our Nature: the fruit of this tree, to expell it, to recover and cure us of it.

Now, this Metaphore (of trees and fruit) putts us in mind, that the manner of fruit trees is, once a yeare, they beare fruit. All doe so; once at least: And if all, this tree likewise, within the same compasse, to bring forth hers.

And, though at no time repentance comes amisse; good all the yeare long; it may [Page 239] be taken every day (for, repentance would be as familiar to us, as sinne it selfe; and, as the one, so the other, daily:) Yet at sometime, more then other; and at this time, most proper, for then we have speciall vse of it. That the body and the soule may keepe time: and, when we take physique for the body, we may doe it likewise for the other. If all were well knowne, of the twaine, the soule hath more need.

This medecine is to be taken fasting; as the rules of Physique are, and as medecines vse to be. Men come neither eating nor drinking to take physique: when we will take that, we take nothing els. Thus, fasting is a friend to Physique both of soule and bo­ [...]y. When we repent, no man will advise us to doe it upon a full stomach, but Cum j [...]junatis.

Of this tree and fruit, GOD (knowing the great need we have) hath a speciall care, we be not without it: that it be planted and growing still in our gardens; and that it beare us fruit, whereof we have so continuall vse. As that in Paradise, was ter­med the forbidden fruit; So may this (as truely) the fruit bidden, it is so enjoyned, so called for of us.

And that, first called for, and before all other,Matt. 22, 36.37 as the first fruits of the Spirit retur­ning to GOD. There was a first Commandement in the Law: This, I may justly say, was the first Commandement of the Gospell.

Goe no further, but even where we are, where the Booke opens: Saint Iohn is at it, at first. It is his very first word [Repent] Sermo in a [...]ertione oris, Verse 2. the opening of his mouth. So beginns He: And so beginns CHRIST; takes it up after him, word for [...]ord the same: Repent, for the kingdome of heaven is at hand: Chap 4 11. neither more nor lesse. It is the first fruit of their lipps both. And as our SAVIOVR CHRIST begoon with it himselfe; So gives he it in charge to his Apostles; they with it,C [...]ap 10.7· to beginne like­wise. Both, when he sent them to preach to the Iewes first; And againe after, when, at His Ascension, he renewed and enlarged their Commission, and sent them to all Nations. Luk. 10 9. That, repentance first; (first that;) and then, remission of sinnes (after) should be prea­ched in His name.

Which was accordingly by them pursued. Ever, they stood on it, as the ground-work, the fundamentall point of all the rest. So, it is expressely termed,Heb. 6.1. Heb. VI. the foundation of repentance from dead workes. On which foundation, would GOD, more cost were bestowed: that, while we are busy aloft on the Scaffolds, in our high points, the ground [...]ills of Religion decay not for want of looking to. To lay them surely: Which S. Iohn doth heere, and we may all learne of him.

For, having begoon (above at the II. ver.) with his paenitentiam agite: Verse 2. when he saw, in the throng of his Auditorie, diverse Scribes and Pharisees hypocrites, he knew where they would be streight: (we should have an Agite; a repentance with a paeni­tentiall face, and all acted:) Repent? Yes, in any wise, that they would, and could doe it full well, and never trouble themselves with any such matter as fruit. This made him lay it anew; to his Agite, to put a Facite; to Agite poenitentiam, a Facite fructus. Els, he disclaimes fruitlesse repentance. It is none of his: it will doe them no good: it will never quitt them of the wrath to come. Verse 7.

Where, we see the good of repentance, what it is: To free us from ira ventura propter p [...]ccata praeterita: Which, theirs will never doe: Which none will ever doe, vnlesse, be­side paenitentiam agite (that is, the Act) there be also fructum facite, matter of fact be­si [...]es; some reall fruicts. And S. Iohn askes, Who did it? and marvailes much that any should doe it: teach them any other way, how to escape wrath to come. Tells them di­rectly, there is no other way: but, that they doe but beguile themselves, while they vainely imagine, to slip through GOD's wrath with this fruitlesse, formall, sleight kind of repentance.

If they will goe to it indeed, and doe it, and so doe it, as it may be available to rid them of wrath to come, then must it not be barren, but bring forth: and that; fruit: and that, not such sleight and slender fruit, as they commonly post it over with, but worthy fruits, and such as may well be seeme repentance indeed.

[Page 240] [...] SummeThe points, we are to take into our consideration, are: 1 That there is wrath to come; 2 but, it is yet but to come. That it will come. There is no falling into it when it comes: nor no abiding, till it comes. Fly from it we must; and fly from it we may. It may be fled from, is in the text: we may be shewen a way, how. Who shall shew it us? That will Saint Iohn heer; who well can: He was sent to prepare it. But (it seemes) we may be shewed a wrong way too; the Pharisee's way: But Saint Iohn's is the right. He that takes any other, the wrath of GOD will come on him, which is to come upon all impaenitent sinners.

[...] DivisionAll which may be reduced to these two heads, which Saint Iohn would have imprin­ted in them and us. 1. There is no flying GOD's wrath, but by a true repentance. 2. There is no true repentance, without fruicts, and those worthy, and well becomming it. Bring forth fruicts therefore.

Of which words there is not any one wast or to spare. Every one of them is verbum vigilans (as Saint Augustine speakes) awake all; never a one asleepe among them. Each hath his weight. [...] 25.11. Nor, never a one out of his place, but (as Salomon speakes) upon his right wheele, standing just where it should. We will take them as they II III lie. 1. Bring forth. 2. Bring forth fruict. 3. Bring forth fruict therefore: wherefore? That you may flie the wrath to come: There, will that fall in. It is the IV onely true way: Let no man teach you any other way to flye it. 4. Then, f [...]uicts of repentance. And, if repentance beare fruicts, then it is a tree. Of the tree then first, V that beares them. 2 Then, of the fruicts it beares: Repentance's fruicts. 5. And last, that they be worthy fruicts of repentance. Bring forth fruicts therefore &c. So fall they in order, of themselves. To order them otherwise, were but to dis-array them and do them wrong.

I. [...] forth: [...] not in. BRing forth. At which, at the very first, we shall have some sticking, as the world goes. All, in carrying in: little in bringing forth. For, to take our Age at the best, and our ordinarie Professors in the prime of their profession, and this is our vertue; we carry well in; we are still carrying in: but nothing, or as good as nothing comes from us, bring we forth. So, this word comes very opposite to our times. All our time, is spent in hearing; in carrying in Repentance seeds, and other good seeds many. All, in hearing in a manner; none, in doing what we heare: None, in bringing forth repentance or any other good fruict.

[...]. 17.20.At Athens they sayd to Saint Paul: Nova quaedam infers auribus nostri [...]. It is our case right, infers auribus: but, it is an infers without a profers; any profers at all In, at our eares, there goes I know not how many sermons: and every day more and more, if we might have our wills. Infers auribus, into the eares they goe; the eare and all filled, and even farced with them: but there, the eare is all.

[...] Cor. 12.17.It puts me in mind of the great absurdity, as Saint Paul reckons it. What, is all hea­ring? (saith he) All hearing? Yes: all is hearing with us. But, that all should be hearing is as much as if all one's body should be nothing but an eare, and that were a strange body. But, that absurdity are we fallen into. The corps, the whole body of some mens profes­sion; all godlinesse with some, what is it, but hearing a sermon? The eare is all; the eare doth all that is done: and but by our eare-marke, no man should know us to be Christians. They were wont to talke much of Auricular Confession: I cannot tell, but now, all is turned to an auricular Profession. And (to keep us to Proferte) Our Pro­fession is an inning Profession. In it goes, but brings nothing out; nothing comes from it againe.

But, Proferte, Bring forth (saith Saint Iohn;) be not alwaies loding in. And there is reason for it. [...]. 13.3. As, there is a time for Exijt qui seminat seminare semen suum (in the [Page 241] Parable) wherein the Sower goeth forth and carryeth with him good seed, and casts it in· So is there a time too (saith the Psalme:) for Redijt messor ferens manipulos secum, Psal 126.6. that the Reaper comes backe and brings his sheaves with him; the sheaves, which the seed (he caryed in) brought forth. But, with us, it is otherwise. For, a wonderfull thing it is, how many Sermons, and Sermons upon Sermons (as it were, so many measures of seed) are throwen in daily; and what becomes of them, no man can tell. Turne they all to wind? or runne they all through? fo [...], fruit there comes none. Omnia te adversum, all in: Nulla retrorsum, None out. It went hard (saith Aggee) when,Agg 2.16. for twenty measures of seed, there came but ten of graine; but halfe in halfe: Why, we would thinke our selves happy, if that were our case. Nay, it was worse with Esay;Esay 5.10. an Homer of seed yeelded but an Epha of corne; that, was but one in ten. It were well with us, might one but say that: for, that were somewhat yet. To be wished, we might see more: but, till more come, see but even that.

Now, that ground (saith the Apostle) that receives such a quantitie of Seed, Heb 6.8. and re­turnes no more for it, is neere a curse. And that tree (saith the Gospell) that was w [...]ll leaved, and no fruit found on it, was so neere, that it had a curse. Chap 21. [...]9. And those eares that have (I know not how many) Sermons and Lectures, and all in a manner sine fructu, with­out any fr [...]it that can be seene, are not farr from it, from a curse.

Which I would not have drawen to be spoken any way against hearing; but against our evill proportioned hearing: Not to slake our devotion in receiving good Seed; but, to make a conscience, in some degree to proportion our fruit to our seed: To reduce our i [...]fert [...] and our profe [...]te to some analogie. For, if there be an analogie of faith; So is there of hearing also. Sure, if the body thrive not with it, and yet be allwaies hungry, it is no good signe. It is a disease, which they call [...] or Canina appetentia; and would be looked to.

Well; there hath been old carrying in, and little els: let us have some bringing forth another while. Be not alwaies lading in: Bring forth somewhat: Els, we stumble at the very threshold of the Text; and are not come to the first word of it, Proferte, Bring forth.

Bring forth fruit. With much adoe, at last somewhat there comes.II. Bring forth fruit [...] not leav [...]s Forth they bring; but what is it? It is well knowne, trees bring forth somewhat els, before fruit. And, somewhat brought forth there is, but it is but leaves. Fruit it should be, leav [...]s it is: there is all our product. So that heer, we shall be staid againe. Leaves come of the kernell, as well as the fruit: So doth chaff, of the Seed, as well as good graine. What of that? We plant not for leaves; nor we sow not for chaff. We count that no bringing forth. Quid palcae ad triticum? (saith the Prophet: Ier 13.2 [...].) And Quid folijs ad fructum, may we say? It is not chaff, or leaves; fruit it is, we are willed to bring forth.

Vitis frondosa Israël we finde in HOSEE, and Ficus frondosa, we have in the Gospell. Hos 10.1. Chap 21.19. A Vine and a figg-tree, that brought forth, both; and so passed the first; but stumble at this second: For, fruit it was not: But, as for leaves, well taken both; store of them. And so, to many a tree shall CHRIST come among us, and finde leaves possibly; but, that will not serve. It is Bring forth fruit. What became of HOSEA's Vine, Verse 6.7. we may there read: what, of the Figg-tree, we all know.

Will you know, what these leaves be?What the leaves be. Saint Augustine tells us (No man can do it better:) It is, to heare a Sermon, and to praise the Preacher: There comes some­what; some leaves. His words are: Audistis, laudâstis, Deo gratias; Semen accepi­stis, verba reddidistis. Laudes vestrae gravant nos potius, & in periculum mittunt. Tolera­mus illas, & tremimus jnter illas. Tamen fratres mei, laudes vestrae folia sunt: modò fru­ctus quaeritur. You heare, and you commend (saith Augustine:) well, thankes be to GOD. Good seed you receive, good words you give backe. These good words profit us not; perad­venture, doe us hurt otherwhile. Beare with them we must; tremble at them we should. Yet, when all is done (good Brethren) good words, are but leaves; and it is fruit, fruit is [Page 242] it, we preach for. Not the fruits of your lipps; they be but leaves: but, fructus operi [...], that fruit.

Now, if you marke, what it is our best Sermons bring forth, we shall easily ob­serve, the most is a few good words of some point or other in the Sermon, handled (per-adventure) not amisse: and (heare you) well, if that: but, if that, looke for no more; ther's all. And this leafe, it lasts not long neither; fades quickly, as did the leaves of IONA's gourd: Ion 4.7. One day greene, the next drie.

Chap. 6.2.And, is this the fruit of our labours? Is not this the Pharisee's Accepistis merced [...]m vestram? If the fruit of our labours be but the fruit of mens, lippes, we are like to make but a cold reckoning of it,Pro. 11.29. to enherit the winde. As if we came hither to bring forth a leafe of praise; to preach art, and not Spirit: Art, to draw from men a vaine applause; And not Spirit, to bring forth the fruits of the Spirit, fructifying to newnesse of life, by fructus facite; fruit, that may abound to your accompt and ours: Yours, that did; Ours, that preached to have them done.

The onely true praise of a Sermon is, some evill left, or some good done, upon the hearing of it. One such fruit, so brought forth, were a more ample commendation, then many mouthes full of good words spent, and copies taken, and printing, and I wote not what. And sure it is, On whom a Sermon workes aright, it leaves him not leysure to say much, to vse many words,Act. 2 37. but makes him rather full of thoughts. And when all comes to all, fructus factus, the deed done, is it. And, it is no good figne in a tree, when all the sapp goes up into leaves; is spent that way: Nor, in an auditor, when all is verball that comes, and nothing els: No reality at all.

Verse 9. Saint Iohn himselfe (in the next words following) tells us, the fruit he meanes, it is not Dicentes: And beginne not (saith he) to Say: For, it is no matter of saying, either to your selves, or to others. This is but a greene leafe; and, with the fruit, doth not amisse; without it, is little worth. It is not repentance in the leaves, but with the fruit, he calleth for.

I will shutt up this point with Saint Augustine's prayer, before one of his Sermons: That GOD would vouchsafe, quod utiliter meditatum est cor meum, what my heart hath profitably thought on, to bring it thence into my tongue, and from thence into your [...]ares, and from thence into your [...]earts, and from thence into your deeds; that so, all may end in Proferte fructus, Bring forth fruits.

III. [...]. May 37.31. Profer [...] fructus igitur. Igitur, ever where you finde, slip it you must not: the whole weight of the sentence lieth upon it. There is in it, the ground and reason, wherefore; And so is indeed the root, all these fruits must grow from. And the Pro­phet's Rule is, To looke to the roote downeward, before to the fruit upward. First then, to find a wherefore for this therefore. Therefore, is the knowne note of a conclusion: Then must there be a Syllogisme: and heere it is, Quicunque vult, Whosoever of you will fly from the wrath to come, he is to bring forth fruit worthy of repentance: But you are all of this min [...]e, that you would fly from the wrath to come; Bring forth fruit ther [...]fore.

[...].We must then c [...]t our eye backe to this flying f [...]om the wrath to come, which is the m [...]ius [...]ermi [...]u [...] or [...]rdo, wherevpon all the argument runnes, and the very life of the whole inducement. There is wrath to c [...]me: That must you flie from: Fly from it you cannot, but by this igitur: Pr [...]f [...]rte fructus igitur.

Many are the Th [...]fores, why we should repent, and of diverse natures. The goodnesse of GOD (saith the Apos [...]le) doth (even) lead us to repentance: Rom. [...] 4. And well is him that will be l [...]dd. But, these (heere) would not lead. Saint Iohn had vsed that before (Ver. 2.) Doe it;Verse 2. Repent, and the Kingdome of heaven is at hand, hard by you. One would thinke, this would have done it; have even ledd them to it. It stirred them not: He is faine to lay heaven by, and the life, joy, glorie to come; And to take him to hell, to the anguish, tribulation, torments there (for, all these are in the wrath to come) So, to drive them (if it may be) to it, since leading will not serve.

[Page 243]Strange: but such is our indoles. The Kingdome of heaven workes not with us, as doth Wrath to come: So doth sinne bewitch us. For the losse of heaven, if that were all, we would never absteine from it: if no ira ventura, never care for the losse of heaven, Repent, or you lose Heaven, will not: Repent, or you must to hell (the place of wrath to come) that bites soone; that makes an Igitur; that will move us: And, to fly from it, make us fly to Repentance.

Saint Iohn takes the course to shew us somewhat to come: He chooseth ventura: Ventura, It is something to come. For, the things present cary us and keepe us from repentance. Present good cheere, pre­sent sport and mirth, present good company, present twenty things els, they make us no fitt soile, for these fruits to grow in. But then (as GOD would have it) besides these present things, there are ventura, some other to come, that would be thought on. For, in all our jollitie, before we venture too farr, it will not be amisse, to looke to those ventura, and what will come of it. There is an ira ventura for peccata prae­terita.

Knowing the vertue of this peece of perspective, Moses doth wish but this, ô Si, O that men would but looke [...], looke but that way, to the hindmost dayes,Deut. 32.29. to the later end! There is somewhat, there, worth our sight. The Prophets doe the like: Populus meus dilexit talia (it is Ieremie:) My People, this sinne they like;Ier 5 31. and that sinne they love, Sed quid fiet in novissimo, but what will be the End of this? what will become of it, at the last? Yea, our Blessed SAVIOVR himselfe (and He should move us) most earnestly with teares in his eyes: O that thou hadst knowen in this thy day! Luk. 19 41.42. and could not speake out the rest for weeping: His meaning was, the ventura, what was to come upon them. So much doth it import us, sometime to open a window that way. The clapping it to, and the putting them from us out of our sight, makes us, we care not, ne­ver looke after the tree, or the fruit. Ventura would much helpe forward this Proferte fructus igitur.

These Ventura (three of them) follow heer close in the tenth and twelfth verses: What that ventura is. 1 The Axe, 2 the Fann, 3 and the Fire: I will onely touch them. The Axe first:1. The Axe. For sure, our dayes be numbred: there is a line stretched upon every one of our lives, and it is no long line neither, quia velox est depositio tabernaculi huius, 2 Pet 1.14. the taking down of this tabernacle is not farre hence: death will come with his axe and downe we goe. For, it is not (saith Saint Iohn) layd to the branches, but, to the roote; and then, we are past fruit-bearing for ever. Proferte fructus igitur. Verse 10.

After the Axe, comes the Fann, to shew whither our bringing forth be corne or chaff;2. The Fann. Verse 12. Iude 14. which is our doome after death. So long agoe told of by old Enoch in his Maranatha, that the LORD will come, come to judgement: Et omnes stabimus, and we shall all stand before His judgement Seat, and the fann go over us: And there, by these fruits heere; and by these fruits onely, all shall goe: for, none is in heaven, but by it. Sinners, both they in heaven, and they in hell: Onely, this difference; they in heaven had these fruits, they in hell had them not. And then, seeing they will be all in all, Proferte fructus igitur.

These two ventura, come they will to all, and to all alike: we heare not of wrath yet? But, heere it comes. I goe further and ask, Ventura, to come: to come, what? Ira ventura, wrath to come. Whose wrath? His, who when he hath killed the body, Luk. 12.5. can cast both body and soule into hell fire.

For, after the Fann comes the Fire. The fann divides the corne and the chaff, sends each to his owne place, the Corne to the Garner, the chaff to the fire;3. The Fire. Verse 12. and every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit, thither too. Proferte fructus igitur ▪ Els, how will you scape the wrath to come (saith Saint Iohn) How will you scape the damnation of hell (saith CHRIST) and meane the same thing.Chap 22 33. That of CHRIST is but a Commen­tarie of this of Saint Iohn. Ire and fire are but one thing.

Now the noise of fire will startle any of us even at midnight, out of his dead sleepe. Of any fire: but, much more, of this: Non est iste ignis sicut qui ardet in foco tuo (saith Augustine) This fire is another manner fire, then that on our harthes. Why? ours may be quenched: that, is (saith the twelfth verse) unquenchable fire. A worme ever [Page 244] gnawing, Mar. 9.44.46. and never dying: So doth our SAVIOVR describe it: a flame ever bur­ning and never going out.

Esay. 33.14.Now will I but aske the Prophet Esay's question (Chap. 33.) Who of us ca [...] dwell in consuming fire? That, is our fire, which as it consumes, so will it be consumed it s [...]lfe: But then, he comes over againe, But who is hable to abide in everlasting burnings? That can none do: Proferte fructus igitur. This (lo) is the wrath, the very dreggs of the wrath to come. But who regardeth the power of this wrath? They (I feare me) least, that shall feele it most.

I have purposely stood upon this a little, For that, as upon this day they were wont, by the-ceremonie of giving ashes, to put men in minde of this fire. For, ashes were not gi­ven to putt men in minde of their mortalitie: dust had beene more proper to have done that. Our mortalitie is grounded upon Pulvis es & in pulverem. But, ashes, they come not without fire: where they are, fire must have beene first. And so, they most meet to re­present fire and make us thinke of it. The ashes, they be blowen away; but, not the me­morie of them (I hope.) Whatsoever becomes of the ceremonie, the substance would not be blowen away after it. Sure, these ashes laid well to the root of the tree, it hath beene thought, will make it beare the sooner. The present feare of future wrath for sinnes past, will putt some force into this Igitur: If this will not, nothing will. This, or nothing make the sapp to ascend: This, or nothing bring them forth.

T [...]e [...]omfo [...]t of vertura, it may be fled from. 2 Cor. 5 11. Scientes igitur terrorem hunc: you have seene the terror: Shall I open you a Hos. 2.15. doore of hope in the valley of Achor? All is not terror in ventura: there is some comfort, that it is but to come (this wrath;) it is yet to come. So, while it is yet to come, there is time given us to take order for it, before it come: That the fruit may come before the wrath and not the wrath before the fruit: for, then we are gone for ever.

There is another comfort: That though the axe and the fanne shall come upon all; and none fly from either of them, so shall not wrath. That shall not come upon all; but all may and some shall flie from it. Fly from it (I say) for, there is no meeting it, no abi­ding of it when it comes: No standing it out, but flie from it we must (saith the Text;) and fly from it we may. There is a right way, if we may be shewd it; and there is no right way, but one, and who will shew us that? That will Saint Iohn teach us. He prepares it, and he [...] hable; and He knowes no way but by Proferte igitur.

But if there be a flight, there is no flying it, not with the wings of an Eagle; not with the six wings of a Seraphin: By Proferte. Onely the wings of repentance will fly from it. But, there is no flight entended: Proferte igitur will serve: Onely stand and beare this fruit, and it shall be a supersede [...]s to all wrath to come. You need not fly; you need not stirr, no more then a t [...]ee; but keepe your standing, and beare your fruit, and it shall not come neere you, but fly over you, as did the destroying Angell, their houses in Aegypt. To come, it is (this wrath: [...]. 2, 23.) fly from it we may: This, the way to doe it.

Yea, this is one Way: but, is there no way but this? It seemes, there was some body shewing some other way besides, that Saint Iohn was a little stirred, and asked, Who hath sh [...]w [...]d you it, who? Whosoever he was, he had shewed them a wrong way. So that, even then, even in CHRIST's time and Saint Iohn's, some there were that tooke a phansie, they had found a neerer way to cutt betweene, to fly this wrath, and yet let tree and fruit alone, and care for neither. And (as it followes) by a dicentes intra se, said within them­selve [...] somewhat strange things men will say there) Fruits are for them, [...] that have not Abraha [...] for their Father, but we have him for our father: and so tooke themselves privi­ledged from fruit-b [...]aring, by that. CHRIST shewes them their folie: Have you so, have you Abraham to your father, then do the works of Abraham: that is, Bring forth the fruits that he did.Ioh. [...].39. For, Abraham himselfe brought forth these fruits; went no other way but this, by Proferte igitur.

The same may be said to another Dicentes intra se of some of us. We have ABRA­HAM to our father, So they: We have CHRIST to our SAVIOVR, so we: and make a short cutt and stepp to CHRIST streight, and lay hold on Him by faith, without any more adoe: Thrust by Saint IOHN BAPTIST; him, and his repen­tance, both. Indeed, so some goe (but, with more hast then good speed) that vaine­ly [Page 245] imagine to come to remission of sinnes, per saltum, over repentance head. But, it will not be: Esai's qui crediderit, ne festinet, is good counsell in this sense; Not to cast away all, with making too much hast, but take Saint IOHN in their way. To him it is said, Thou shalt goe before His face to prepare his way: And, but by that way he prepares, Luc. 1.76. CHRIST will not be come to. If he prepare one way, and you goe another, you will never come at CHRIST. Therefore he wonders Quis ostendit? who had shewed them any other way. Saint IOHN knew it not; CHRIST knew it not: and I canno [...] tell what to say, but, they that goe it, I pray GOD, it deceive them not.

But, for this [of no other way] CHRIST Himselfe is more peremptorie then S. Iohn. See you any, Heare you of any that perish? Nisi &c. unlesse you repent, Luc. 13. [...].5. and scape that way, so shall you too: that is flatt. There is no iron, no adamant bindes so hard, as CHRIST's Nisi. If any but CHRIST had sayd it, we might have sought some eva­sion: Now when it is He that tells us, there are but two wayes. 1 Repent, or 2 Perish, choose you whither; Repent heer, for a time, or Perish there under GOD's wrath for ever; Not to repent, and not to perish, is not possible.

Which Dilemma of CHRIST's (no way to be avoided) makes, of the twaine to choose this fruit of Repentance, rather then to fall into the Wrath to come: To flye to the one, to flye from the other: which otherwise we are of our selves but coldly affe­cted to. For, though it be somewhat bitter (this fruit) yet (sure we are) if it were tenne times more, the bitter paines of ira ventura, are farre beyond it. Now, the Physique of the bodie and soule stand upon one Maxime both, Melior est modica ama­ritudo in faucibus, quàm aeternum tormentum in visceribus: Better the bitter Electuarie then a burning Ague: Better a short distaste in the mouth, then a perpetuall torment in the bowells. Better Repent NINIVE for fourtie, Ion. 3.4. then no NINIVE at fourtie dayes end.

Shall we conclude then with the Psalmist,Psal 34.32. What man is he that would deliver his Soule from the wrath to come? And they all began at once to say; That would I: Yea, even they that shall not escape it, will yet say, That would I. Why, by the bringing or not bringing forth of this fruit all goes; depends the comming, or not comming of this wrath: Comming if you doe not; Not comming, if you doe bring them forth. Proferte fructus igitur.

And, now we have been at the root downe-ward, to come up ward to 1 the tree, 2 the fruits, 3 the worth of the fruites, (three points yet behind) which will aske more time then is left; Nay, more then hath been alreadie spent; and so, the worke of some other time. A word or two, of Proferte, and I have done.

First, take it not (this Proferte) by way of advise, 1. Proferte, a Precept Mar. 1.21. Chap. 8.9. or as the wish of a well-willing friend. No: Saint IOHN delivers it, quasi autoritatem habens, as a Precept, or Injunction: the word will warrant it. To say, Do this, belongs to authoritie; (the Cen­turion will tell you so:) and requireth obedience; Do this, and He doth it.

Then, beside authority to enjoine us, there is reason, to conclude us. It is not made a Proposition barely, Doe; It is (beside) a binding Conclusion, Bring forth therefore;2. Proferte igitur, a Conclusion. whereto we, in reason, to conforme our selves, and conclude, we will so bring them.

Last, besides both these, it bindes the harder by the penaltie annexed to it,3. Proferte an in­junction with a penaltie. As you will avoid the wrath to come: And falling into it, you fall from the fruition of Hea­ven to the damnation of hell. Which is poena poenarum, the penalty of all penalties most penall. This is the three-fold cord that bindes it about: Let some, or all of them pre­vaile with us, to bring them forth.

But oft it falls out, when we are agreed of the thing, we are not so, for the time. 4. The Time: now, Proferte, in the Present Tense. Will we at all bring them forth? If we will, we will take some time to doe it in. Some time: yes; that we all agree to. At what time then? It is not proponite, or promittite, purpose or promise to doe it, hereafter to bring them forth; but, Proferte. What Tense is proferte? The Present: Do it then in present. It requires an act instantly to be done, bring them forth out of hand. This is a small note: but, it is no small matter, to gett this small note borne well away; to get our Repentance into the Present Tense.

[Page 246]Nay then it fitts neerer: For; to tell you the trueth as it is, The word, is not [...]ring forth, In the [...]. at this time, now; then, it should be [...], in the Present: But, it is not: It is [...], in the Aerist; (a [...]ense the Latine hath not, nor our Tongue n [...]ither.) It signifies rather, Have done bringing forth; rather, then Bring forth presently. And I would to GOD we had even done so; had done bringing them forth; for then, all feare were past. Ventura is to come, but come it will; and, when we know not. Both, are yet to come (for ought I see) wrath, and our fruict. If the fruict come before the wrath come, it is well: But, if the wrath come, before the fruict come, where are we then? We are past recoverie.

But, what speakes he to us, of having done? We have scarse yet begoon: scarse sett the roote that should beare this fruict. Well yet, this shewes us, it is time we were about it, seeing Saint Iohn saith, it is more then time, we had done bringing them forth.

But well, to take no advantage of that tense, we wilbe content with the present, if we may obteine that. And so would he have it, now: For, now (saith he) is the axe layd to the root: Now then, or not at all. Nay, not now: this is not a time; we have appointed other businesse which we cannot put off. Well, one question more will make an end; if not at this time, at what time? If not now, when? But then, this must be set downe, now before we stirr hence; And so set downe, as if it be not now, it be as neer now, as may be, for feare ventura come not too soon, and take tree and all. This is sure; the sooner the better, because the more likely; the later, the worse because the lesse certaine.

That time more then a moment.But, when we speake of the present, we shutt it not up in ipso nunc, in a day or two, or three. Fruicts require a time to bring them forth: who ever heard of fruicts brought forth on a sodaine? Saw ever any man such a thing? (It is Esai) Shall the tree bring, Esa. 66.8. or the fruict be brought forth at once? A gourd or a mushrome may shoot up in a night; So cannot fruict: It askes time. I take it to be an error, and that of dangerous consequence; teaching repentance, to thinke it a matter of no more moment, then to be be dispatched in a moment. Commonly, our repentance is too soone done.

Application to Lent. Apoc. 2.21. Ion. 3.4.GOD knew it well; and therfore He allowes a time for it: Ecce dedi ei tempus (saith He to the Church of Thyatira) He gave a time to repent, to bring forth these fruicts. What time might that be? He never gave certaine time, but to Nini­ve; and that was fourty dayes. You know, where we are now, and what that meanes.

We are not against allowance of time, so it be not to slippe the collar, to be still uncertaine. Act. 24.25. But, I like not his saying [...], yea, when I finde a convenient time, then. He that sayd it, never found it: had it then, never found it after.

But, if we meane, as we say, would do it at a convenient time, we cannot find so convenient a time as this. Take it first, as the time of the Fast; that time may seem to claym a property in it.Levit. 16.29. They goe alwaies togither; In the Law, their solemne repen­tance was ever at the time of their generall Fast. In the Prophetts, Ioel tells us, the best turning to GOD (that is,Ioel. 2.12. repentance) is cum jejunio. They that had not the Lawe (at Ninive) Nature it selfe taught them to doe it fasting;Ion. 3.5. when they tooke this fruict, to tast nothing. In the Gospell, Iohn Baptist the Preacher of repentance, came neither eating nor drinking. And our SAVIOVR though He did both, yet this fast He kept,Chap. 11.18, Ioh. 13.15. though not for any need He had of it Himselfe, but (as in other) for Exemplum dedi vobis, to give us an example, and to point us that had need, what time to doe it in. Which hath ever since, from yeare to yeare been religiously observed; both, as a time of publique penance, and as time of Generall abstinence in the Church of CHRIST. Convenient, for the time of Fast.

Psal. 1. [...].And, convenient, for the time of the yeare. For, if it will be the tree in the I. Psalm, to bring forth fruict in due season, this way it fits our turne: that season is at this season. It is now tempus proferendi: when can we better say Proferte fructus igitur? You can never bring forth [...]t a better time. The season is now come; and bringing forth will shortly be in season, of which the Poet saith—Nu [...]c omnis ager, nunc omni [...] parturit arbos, [Page 247] when the trees will fall in traevaile, and they and the earth (both) make proffer toward, and give pledges in their budds and blossomes, of fruict that is comming, and will follow in du [...] time.

We are made these offers, choose which we will; If we will keepe time with the heavens, Now the heavens returne againe to their first degree: It is turning time in heaven. Chap. 6.26. If with the foules of heaven (and then CHRIST bidds us looke to) they know their times just, and just at this time make their returne; the poor swallowes and all: And so let us; that the prophet Ieremie upbrayd us not with them. So,Ier. 8.7. whi­ther we will goe by heaven and the foules of heaven; or, by earth and the f [...]uicts of the earth, they all invite us to the dispensation of this season. Yea, if we will give our soules leave to keepe time with our bodies, the time we take physique for one, may be (if we wil) allowed in like sort for the other: The opening of the yeare for both. Equall need is of both: if any odds, on the soule's side.

Nay, it hath so fallen out, that Repentance, Fasting, and the very Season of the yeare (for the most part) hitt togither. That of Ninive the most famous: by the sprin­ging up of Iona's gourd, we may ghesse, what time it was: we know what time it is, when gourds spring. And, for our SAVIOVR CHRIST's, if we will take up His time, it is supposed, He layd His also much about this time. For, when the people were baptized, then was CHRIST also with them, as Saint Luke saith:Luc 3.21.4.1. And immediate­ly after His Baptisme, He was carried away into the wildernesse, and there began His fourty dayes fast. Exemplum dedi vobis, A paterne for us; both for our fast, and for our time of it.

It is true, the solemne fast in the Law, was in Tisri, which answers our September: But then, take this withall; when it was so in Tisri, Tisri was with them their first moneth. So they also began their repentance with the beginning of the yeare.

And, take this besides, that, in that first moneth, the trumpetts first blast of all, was to assemble them to their Kipher, their great Repentance- day, That, was their first worke of all.

Now I shall tell you, how it was. Between the Fast and the Sabboth, it is well knowen, there was neer allyance, insomuch as the Fast is called a Sabboth, and both are said to be sanctified. Sanctifie a fast, as well as Sanctifie the Sabboth. Ioel. 2.15. Their Sabboth was the seaventh day; their Fast was the seaventh moneth. And it may well be thought, by whom and when the Sabboth was removed from the seaventh day to the first; by the same persons, and at the same time, was the Fast removed from the seaventh moneth to the first, from Tisri to Nisan the first moneth of all. Now Nisan is also called Abib of the first bringing forth fruicts in it.

Now, in Nisan, was the time when their Paschall Lambe was slaine and eaten. The same is also the time of the killing of ours; of Saint Iohn Baptist's Lambe, Ioh. 1.29. 1. Cor. 5.7. the Lambe of GOD; when CHRIST our Passover was offered; Offered for us in Sacrifice; Offered to us in Sacrament; to whom Saint Iohn Baptist will point us, to take speciall notice of Him, and of His time both.

And we, now at this time, to sett those sowre hearbes and see them come up,Exod. 12.8. where­with the Passover is to be eaten; which are nothing els but these fruicts of repentance. Now, to sett them; that, then, we may gather them, to serve us for saulse to the Pas­chall Lambe. Thus, every way, we may say (with the Apostle) Ecce &c. 2. Cor 6.2. Behold this is the due season, Behold, now is the convenient time. Now then, Bring them forth.

And, now all that hath been spoken, would GOD, it might bring forth but this; that, seeing the time serveth so well, we can no way except to it, we would not slipp it. If we did but truely apprehend the words ira ventura, our eyes should not sleepe, nor our eye-lidds slumber, nor the temples of our head take any rest, Psal. 132.3.4. till we had taken streight order with our selves, for the when, when it should be; At what time we would not faile but do it; and nothing should lett us, but performe it once to purpose, and seale to our selves this fruict; that, yet once we may assure our selves, we are in good ear­nest, and that done it is, and such and such were the f [...]uicts, we had of it.

[Page 248]A time, whensoever it shall happen, which will be to us no lesse memorable, then the day of our birth, or the day of our comming to any place or dignitie. And as much joy and comfort shall we take in the remembrance of it, as of any of them. The rest and re­pose, our spirits shall finde upon the accomplishment of it, will be worth our paines, and abundantly recompense our going through with it.

And, when you come backe againe to Saint Iohn Baptist, and to bring him word, you have brought forth this fruit, he will then shew you AGNVS DEI: And, then is (indeed) the shewing of Him in kind, and the right time of Seeing Him. And, that fight shall be worth all: we will thinke, we never saw Him before.

We shall be sure to fly the wrath to come. Nay, it shall fly from us; By us, or over us, but, from us sure. Wrath shall fly; and insteed of it, the Kingdome of heaven shall come neere to us, and we to it. For, Repent, and it is at hand, say Saint IOHN and CHRIST, both. It is our daily prayer, it may come; and, this is the way to make it come. What shall I say? we shall sanctifie thereby this time of fast; and as it hath ever beene counted, make it an holy time: Rom. 6.22. And we in it, shall have our fruit in holinesse, and the end ever­lasting life.

A SERMON Prepared to be Preached, on the X. of FEBRVARY A. D. MDCXXIV. being ASH-VVEDNESDAY.

MATTH. CAP. III. VER. VIII.

Proferte Fructus igitur dignos Poenitentiae.

Bring forth Fruits, therefore, worthie amendment of life (or, Repentance.)

OF this Text, three Points we have gone through; these three, 1 Proferte, Bring forth, be not alwaies carrying in: 2 Proferte fructus, Bring forth fruit; Leaves will not serve: 3 Proferte fructus igitur, Bring forth fruits therefore: Wherefore? That so you may escape the wrath to come. There is no way to escape it, but that. Now we goe on.

Bring forth fruits therefore. What fruits? Fruits of Re­pentance; fruits growing on a tree called Repentance: For, the fruits ever carrie us to the tree that carries them. If we be to have fruit, it must be brought forth: If brought forth it must be, there must be a tree to bring it forth. That tree is Repentance.

The reason, that Saint IOHN in his whole Sermon runnes all upon this metaphor of tree and fruits, and axe, and roote; that he brings in Repentance as a tree, I have touched formerly. It seemes to referre us (this tree) to another, the forbidden tree. That tree had fruit: This tree to have so too. Tree for tree, fruit for fruit. Gen. 2.17. The wor­thie fruits of Repentance, for the unworthie fruits of disobedience. The fruit of that tree was our bane; the fruit of this to be our medicine. The fruit of that made ira ven­tura to come; The fruit of this will turne it away.

It is true; the fruits of this tree of Repentance, they were not prima intentionis, first or principally intended. There was another, a more excellent plant, called the tree of Innocence; the fruit whereof was, Ne peccetis, not to sinne at all. There were no fruit to that, if it were to be had. But, where shall we finde that?Rom. 3.23. Where growes the tree that beares that fruit? Who is there that sinneth not? The forbidden fruict was no sooner taken, but, that tree withered and dyed, could never be got to grow in our nature since. No talking of that.

[Page 250]That tree failing, it pleased GOD, of His great Goodnesse, to graft upon a new stocke, this second plant, the Plant of Repentance: To the end it might serve for a Counterpoyson: the fruict of it against the venim of the forbidden fruict. To the end also that it might serve to supply that other of Innocencie (they be Elihu's words in Iob) to restore unto man his innocencie. Iob. 33.26. For, quem paenitet peccâffe poene est innocens, (could the Heathen man say) the next degree to Innocencie, is Penitencie. That, if we cannot present GOD with the fruict of innocencie at the seat of His Iustice, yet, with the fruict of Repentance, we may at the throne of His grace.

And this Tree will grow in our soile; our soile will beare it, and with good tending, bring forth fruicts, worthy fruicts, which we may offer unto GOD, and He will take it in good worth. And this is the tree we must trust to, now: and blessed b [...] GOD, that so we may.

The DivisionTo keepe us close to our metaphore. We say first, that Repentance, if it be I right, as no logg, no dry peece of wood: A tree it is; hath life in it; vegetable life at the least.

II 2. A tree, and that no barren tree: Such there be, that for all their root, bring forth no fruit at all. This tree is a bearing tree, you may say Proferte to it. It will bring forth.

III 3. Bring forth, and what? That, it was sett for. It was not set for shadow, nor for fewell. It was planted for fruit, and fruit it is to bring.

IV 4. But, will any fruit serve? No: trees there be that carry fruit, but fruit of no worth; porcis comedenda, for swine (perhaps) not for men. Neither for meat nor medecine. Nei­ther meet to be presented to GOD nor vsefull for the service of men. So 1 a tree: 2 a bearing tree: 3 a fruit-bearing tree; and 4 the fruit it beares worthy the tree that beares it. 1 If it be a dead stocke, and no live tree. 2 If it be a tree, but bare and barren; No proferte; Bring not forth. 3 If it bring forth, be it what it will, if it be not fruit. 4 If it be fructus and not dignos, fruit, but such as is nothing worth, it comes not hence: Saint Iohn acknowledges it not. None of his tree, some bastard slipp it is: None of his setting. His, lies faire before us. Bring forth therefore, &c. Of these foure we are to proceed. 1 Of the tree, 2 The bearing of the tree, 3 The fruit it beares, 4 The worth V of the fruit: and a word (if you will) of the fruit time, the time of all this: which will fall out to be at this very time.

I. Of the Tree.WE are to treat of Repentance, as a tree, first. To speake properly, Repentance is a Vertue, a morall Vertue, a branch of Iustice, of Iustice corrective; and so should be delivered in morall termes, as (in the Ethiques) other Vertues use to be. It is not, though: you shall seldome finde it so: but most-what set out in the termes of some one passion of the mind or other. And why so? For no other cause, but that we are so dead and dull, when we are about it (this businesse) as if Repentance were a very logge, and no quicke or live tree. Which cannot be; Repentance being from dead workes, H [...]b. 6.1 and therefore cannot be a dead thing it selfe, but have life in it. Marke it when you will, the HOLY GHOST (as it were of purpose) still chooseth to ex­presse it, under some terme of passion (as sorrow, feare, anger, and the like) rather then the other way: Rather in Patheticall then in Ethicall termes. And this he doth in a manner continually. For, Passions be quicke; there is life in them. Therefore, their termes He chooseth, to put life in us. To shew He would have us affectionate, when we are about this worke: and not so cold and so calme, as we use to be. And indeed, these affections be the very radicall humour or sapp: If they goe up, there is hope of some fruit: If downe, and rise not, no proferte to be looked for.

Now, if affections give life, the quicker the affection, the more life it gives. And [Page 251] there is none quicker then that of Anger. For which cause, when time was, you may remember, we made it the chiefe Ingredient into Repentance. Even, Anger at our selves, we were so evill advised as to bring our selves into the anger of GOD Whose anger when it comes, Quis poterit, who can, who is hable? (that is, none can,Psal. 129.3. none is hable) to abide. And why found we it so? Because most life and spirit appeares in that: Feare and Sorrow and the rest, are but dull and heavy, in comparison of it.

And this, I now mention the rather, because the passion of Anger (if you mark it) strikes upon ira ventura in the Text: doth even in a manner leade us by the hand vnto it. One anger, to another: GOD's anger, to ours: GOD's to come, to ours for the present. For, by our anger for the present, we turne away His to come. Our anger is a supersedeas to His. Or, if you will have it in termes of Iustice, judging our selves we shall not be judged of the LORD.

But our anger, and (generally) all our affections are well compared to lime. Out of the water, where they should be hott, no heate appeares in them: in water where they should be cold, there they boile and take on. Vsed there most, where they should be least: and againe least, where they should be most. For, take me a worldly man, and let him but over-reach himselfe, in some good bargaine, in matter of profit, you shall see him so angry, so out of patience with himselfe, as oft it casts him into some disease. There (lo) is repentance in kind: there, is that which makes it a tree, the Spirit of life. Ours (for the most part) towards GOD is dull and blockish; Neither life nor soule in it.

But we may not stand thus about the tree: We are called on for Proferte, II. The Bearing of the Tree. to bring somewhat forth: Els, how shall we know, it is a tree, and no logg? Small odds or none at all, betweene a dead stock and a barren tree; one brings forth as much as the other. It is the bringing forth, that makes the difference.

Bringing forth is opposite to keeping in, we must have no kept-in repentance. Forth it must come; forth it must be brought. From whence? from within. Carying in (before) Keeping in (now) all within's are against, vtterly against Proferte.

Saint Iohn saw well, which way the world would goe. Men would have their repen­tance prove res intus peragenda, a matter to be spedd, dispatched, shuffled up within, be­tweene their conscience and them (forsooth.) And then they would tell you great matters, what they are within. There, within, they have it, that they have;Matt. 5.15. where no body can see what they have. Vnder the bushell much, but nothing on the candlesticke, that any man can see. So, instead of Proferte, we should have Praeferte, nothing but pretending. Nay, no Praeferte: Proferte (saith Saint Iohn:) No bosome repentance: Bring it out, Iam. 2.18. shew it. For, upon Saint Iohn's Proferte is grounded Saint Iame's Ostende mihi, Shew me thy faith: And it holds, in repentance too. Tell them not of a repentance vnder the ground; downe in the root; within, in the hollow of the barke; They will not heare of it, Vt in poenitentiâ, sola conscientia praeferatur, sed ut aliquo etiam externo actu administretur: Not onely a pretense or faire shew to be made of our conscience within, but some outward thing to be done and executed upon it: Somewhat to be brought forth. Take heed of this error, as if repentance were a matter meerely mentall or intentionall. It is not, good notions in the braine, nor good motions in the minde will serve, these are but the sapp within: Looke to the branches, what see you there? Looke to Proferte, what is brought forth.

Bring forth then: And what? Many things doth a tree bring forth,III. The fruit is beares. and diverse of them as fore-runners to the fruit, as boughs, and leaves, and budds, and blossomes. Saint Iohn mentions none of them; passeth by them all: stayes at none, till he come to the fruits. That is it, the tree was planted for. Not to make materialls, not to give shadow: Not for the greene boughs, nor the gay blossomes, nor for any thing but for the fruit. The tree is for the fruit; and, but for the fruit, there had beene no tree. Fruit it was, for which it was first sett, and for which it is let grow: and when there is no longer hope [Page 252] of bringing forth fruict, Luc. 13.7. downe with it (saith the Lord of the soile) why troubles it the ground any longer? And then comes Iraven [...]a with his axe, layes it to the roote, and downe it goes, and into the fire it is cast: and seeing it will not serve for fruict, makes it serve for fewell; the end of all unfruictfull trees. Marke it well, this. It is the fruict of repentance; not repentance it selfe, but the fruict it is, is sought for. That, is all in all. So, not only a bearing, but a fruict-bearing repentance.

And, good reason. For, if the one tree (sinne) if that have brought forth fruict, so must repentance (the other tree) doe likewise. It is true, in sinne, the sense (and so, the soule) is first in fault. In at that gate it first comes, and out at that, it must first goe. But, sinne hath her fruict in the body: So, is repentance to have hers too. Repen­tance is to be incorporate, and bring forth her fruits in the body. The foule alone, not to be put to paenance; all layd upon it: The body to share, as in the pleasure, so in the paine.

Perhaps, in the sinne, that lyes smoothering in the thought within, never comes in actum, there may be some question, whither repentance alone may not serve. But, if it have brought forth the forbidden fruict (the body;) the body must have her fruict in repentance also. To both, sayd it is, sayd it must be, Proferte igitur fructus.

That fruit is workes.And what be these fruits? To let goe the metaphore, if you would know in plaine termes what fruits meane, Saint Paul will tell you without any figure. He saith (Act. 26.20) he preached, Men should turne to GOD and do workes worthy of repen­tance. Looke yee: Saint Iohn's fruits (Saint Paul being his Commenter) are no­thing but workes. Both meane the same thing: Saint Paul's workes are Saint Iohn's fruites: fruites and workes are all one. In omni opere bono fructificantes (It is the Apostle's, Col. 1.10.) Every good worke is a good fruite. To do a worke then of repen­tance, is to bring forth the fruites of repentance.

There is no vertue at all but hath her proper act or worke; but not any vertue of them all, so proper as repentance. For, of repentance it is said, agere poenitentiam: So, it is not, of any besides. That in a worke, it may seeme to claime a propertie, above and be­fore all the rest. And that it so requires an Act, as, no Act, no Repentance. Now because we have taken up a distinction, that an Act is but a thing transient, but a fact, that is permanent. Therefore (to make all sure) besides paenitentiam agere, you have quae fructum non fecerit. So, both agere and facere, Act and Fact both. And the fact, that is the fruict; that, hath some reality in it. So some fruict is to come; Some­thing to be done: Not, thought or sayd; but done, actually done. Otherwise, fingitur non agitur poenitentia (It is Augustine) we doe but dally, all is but counterfait: No seri­ous repentance, if somewhat be not done.

For, that somewhat is to be done, is so sure, as yee shall not finde any man in the mind or way to repent, but (ever) his first question is What must I doe? And that, even by the very instinct of reason. Act. 9.6. LORD what wilt thou have me to doe (Saint Paule's first words,Act. 16.30. when he began:) Quid oportet me facere? The Gaolors first words (being now a Convert) to Saint Paul, when he begann. As much as to say: Somewhat I am to doe, Luc. 3.10.12.14. if I knew what. Thrise togither you have this question heer immediately after. Quid faciemus? Say the Publicans, What shall we doe? Say the Souldiers. What shall we doe? Say all the People to Saint Iohn, when they came to the baptisme of repentance. All agreeing in this, all implying, somewhat there was to be done, whatsoever it was: that the fruit of repentance is in the worke:

And, what is that worke? I will answere first in generall. In morall Divinitie (if we goe that way) the proper worke of Iustice, is to give to each his due. Of corrective Iustice, to doe justice, to inflict correction, where it is due: And to sinne it is due. The difference onely is: Correction (for the most part) is done upon others: in repentance, it reflects, and is done upon our selves.

If you will put more life into it, and uttter it more pathetically, goe by the way of [Page 253] affections Anger is the predominant affection (we said.) The proper worke of anger is to be avenged. What, shall I not visit? shall not my soule be avenged on such an indignitie? Ier. 5.6. saith Indignation. As anger then the chiefe Passion; so, that, the chiefe action. The Apo­stle therefore leaves not of, till he have asked, Yea, but quae vindicta? what revenge? 2. Cor. 7.10. what punishment? That, is his last question: Comes not to his period till he have shutt up all with that. For, till that be done, all is not done. That is the very Consummatum est of all true repentance.

To grow to more particulars. We sort the workes of repentance, What these workes are. as they may best answer and suite with the workes of sinne. Now,In particular 1. Ioh 2.10. all sinnes grow out of these three heads, and may be reduced to one of them, the 1 Spirit, the 2 Flesh, 3 and the World: and are corrected each of them, by his contrarie. In Physique it holds, Every thing is cured: In Iustice it holds, Every thing is best corrected by his contrarie. Now, it is contrarie, much against each of these, to be deprived of that, it loves and de­lights in.

The Spirit loves to be at libertie, 1. Prayer, &c. to range and to scatter it selfe in many manner thoughts: Or, if it fixe, to doe it, upon some pleasing obiect. Confine the Spirit, make it vndertake some taske of devotion, set it to pray, to read, to meditate which is a drie ob­iect and nothing pleasing to it: fixe it so, and you punish it. For, nothing is more irk­some. It is vexatio spiritus.

The Flesh, that loves to fare well; put it to fast: loves to sleepe and take her ease;2. Fasting, &c. put it to watch, or to lie hard: loves vestiri mollibus; gird it with sackcloth: loves mirth and good companie; make it retire and sit pensive: abridge it of these all or any, and you punish it more or lesse, I warrant you.

The World and the worldling they love to part with as little as they can.3. Almes. Charge them with any thing that shall be to them chargeable, it punisheth them shrewdly, and is to them a punishment.

Thus then these three they may be mett with, each of them if they have made a fault. For neglect of serving of GOD, with some taske of devotion more then ordi­narie. For fullnesse of bread, with that truely sacra fames, the exercise of fasting. For loosenesse of life, with workes tending to the taking downe of the flesh and making it lesse fleshly. For taking that which was others, to depart with that which is our owne. For want of bowells, with workes of mercie. In a word, with suffering what we would not, for doing what we should not. So, punishing our evill concupiscence, in that it is so bent to; and making it leave that, for which it left GOD. So the triplicitie stands thus: for spirituall sinnes; Prayer and workes of devotion: for fleshly;1. Cor. 9.27. workes perteining to castigo corpus meum: for worldly; Almes, and workes of charitie and compassion. Let me shew you them briefly.

For the first. Simon Magus went not through with his bargaine; did but thinke 1 the HOLY GHOST had beene ware for his money; all was but thinking; went no further then the Spirit. Saint Peter prescribes him what to doe, To fall to Prayer: Pray (saith he) if it be possible, this thought of thy heart may be forgiven thee. Act. 8.22. Prayer serves, where it goes no further then thought.

For the second. The King of Ninive and his people, they fell to fasting on all hands.2 What was their sinne? Nahum will best tell us that: He wrott the burden of Ninive. Ion. 3.5. Nahum. 1.1.3.4. This it was: Because of the fornications of the harlott. For that kinde of fleshly sinne, that was the proper fruit.

For the third. Our example shall be the King of Babylon. He had beene a mighty 3 oppressor of his people. There have ye now a worldly sinne. Dan. 4 7. Breake of thine iniquity with mercie to the poore, is Daniel's prescript to him. That is the right fruit for sinnes of that nature. All may be comprised vnder these three: 1. Workes of devotion, as Pray­er: 2. Workes of chastisement of the body, as Fasting: 3. Workes of mercie, as Almes. These three, betweene them, make up the corrective or penall part of repen­tance.

Prayer is a fruit of Repentance. Psal. [...]27. For this cause (saith the Peniten [...]iall Psalme) even 1 for this and for no other cause, shall every one that is so disp [...]sed mak [...] his prayer unto thee. [Page 254] The penitent Publican's first moving was,Luk. 18.10.13 Ier. 2.17. he went up to the Temple to pray. Let them pray and say: Spare thy People ô LORD, and give not over thine inheritance to be a re­proch unto the heathen: Ion. 3.8. (saith IO [...]L, in his repentance.) Let them crie mightily unto the LORD, (say they of Ninive, in theirs.) And the prayers of DAVID, IONAS, MANASSES for their owne sinnes: of DANIEL, EZRA, NEHEMIAS, for the sinnes of the Land; and in a word, the Penitentiall Psalmes shew this, that were chosen for no other end but to be a taske for penitentiall persons. There is one fruit.

2 Almes is another. A fruit, and so (by the name of fruit) expressely called Rom. 15.28. For, by mercie shewed, sinnes are forgiven (saith SALOMON:) He that seekes mercie is to shew mercie,Pro. 11.17.Pro. 16.6. DANIEL (you heard) did prescribe it to no lesse person then the King himselfe at Babylon. And the same at Ierusalem was a fruit too: witnesse Esay 58.Esay 58.7. Breake thy bread to the hungry, made by him, there, a part of true re­pentance. And Zachee shewed as much in his owne happy practise upon himselfe, of our SAVIOVR CHRIST's high approbation. Luk. 19.8. There is another fruit.

Fasting is a third fruit: and that a speciall one, and so hath alwaies been reputed. It 3 appeareth by the three Kings. King DAVID who was a religious Prince: Not one­ly by him,1. Sam. 12.16. 1. Reg. 21.27. Ion. 3.6. but by King AHAB who was scarce found in religion. Nor by them onely, but by the King of NINIVE a heathen man, who, even by the light of Nature, brought forth this fruit.

We name it last, but it is (indeed) first: First in Nature: first quoad nos. First, in nature, Gen. 3.6. as opposite to the first transgression, which was by eating. First (I am sure) quoad nos, speaking of us and our country. Excesse that way, in fare and feeding, hath beene and is counted our Gentile vitium, our Nationall fault. So, no fruit, that our Nation is more bound to bring forth, then it. For Esca ventri, and venter escis, meat for the belly and the belly for meate, it no where reigneth so much. This is a third fruit.

A fruit, which if we would frame our selves to bring forth in kind, there would come with it both the other fruits besides. For, if we could so fast as we should, it would abate lust certainely; which otherwise, keepe the body high, you shall hardly bring lowe: (that fruit.) And if we could so fast, it would mend our devotion much; our prayers would not be so full of yawning as we find them: (that fruit.) And if we could so fast, there would be the more left to enable us to be so much the more plentifull in Almes then we be: (that fruit.) So as, a good encrease or yeeld would come of this third fruit well brought forth.

b What these workes are in generall.These three in speciall are chosen out; but in generall, any as well as these. There is a way, how it is possible, there is not a vertue of them all, but you may make the worke of it a fruit of repentance. In morall matters it holds ever: Finis dat formam, the end (that) gives the forme, and so the true essence to every worke: Insomuch as the worke is recko­ned a fruit, not of that vertue from whence it proceeds, by which it is done; but of that vertue to which it referrs, for whose end it is done.

Nay it falls out often so, as an act of vertue (as Prayer, Fasting, Almes) done for a vitious end (suppose, for vaine-glorie) loseth his owne kind, and becomes the proper act of that vice, it is done for. So powerfull a thing is the End, in moralibus. Whereby it comes to passe, the worke of any vertue, be it what it will, vndertaken with a mind and intent (or, as we say) animo corrigendi, enjoyned eo nomine, referred to that, alters the nature and becomes a worke of Iustice corrective, and so a fruit of repen­tance.

For, even in these three before remembred, so it goes. Almes, of it selfe, is a worke of charity: Fasting (properly) an act of the vertue [...], abstinence: Prayer of his owne nature, a worke of religious worship. But, Almes done some way to amerce our selves: Fasting done animo castigandi corpus: Prayer imposed as a task-worke, to spend so much time, to stand so long bent at it: all these thus referred still with an eye to that, change their nature and become acts penall, and so fruits of Repentance.

[Page 255]Of fruits, we said at first, two Vses there are: First, to be offered as a present: So,The Vse of this fruit. 1. As an Offering IACO [...] sent them to the Gen. 43.11. Governour of Aegypt. For the first: we have (in all) but three things to offer unto GOD to present, to honour Him with; The 1 Spirit (or Soule) 2 the body, and 3 our worldly goods. 1 The offering of the soule is, the powring it out in prayer, and other workes of that kind. 2 Of the body, the chastening it by exercises that way tending. 3 Of our goods, by distributing and doing good with them in Almes and offerings.

Supposing the sinne-offering in the Law best to suite with repentance (as it doth) 1 A sorrowfull spirit is a sacrifice to GOD (that we know;Psal. 51.17.) 2 and no reason but a chastened body should be so likewise; 3 and why the price and charges of the Sacrifice should not come into the reckoning, I see not, which was part of their worldly State; which being distributed and done good withall, in meat and drinke offerings, this the Apostle calleth a sacrifice wherewith GOD is well pleased. Phil. 4.18. The first Vse of these fruits brought forth.

The second Vse we spake of was, as they are medicinable. 2. As a Medecine. This difference there is be­tweene the punishment of Iustice, and repentance. Iustice otherwhiles destroyes the delin­quent; so doth repentance never, but saves alwaies. So, it is more like the punishment of Physique then of Law. For, Physique, though it be a cure, yet a penance it is to the body, if we deale with it throughly, and goe through with it. And repentance is the Physique of the soule and body both.Dan. 4.27. Sit obsecro sanatio (saith DANIEL) Let there be a cure done, when he exhorted him to repent. Both are a cure: as Corrective of what is past, so preservative (or if you will, you may call it corrective too) of what is to come. When the sinner is corrected, hath correction given him, for the former, he correcteth his waies, amends his life for ever after.1. Cor. 9.27. Castigo corpus serves for what hath beene done: In servitutem redigo serves, that he doe it no more. Both to wreake our selves for so often offering so soule indignities to heaven and the GOD of heaven, in our former bad course of life: And to keepe vnder the flesh, and hold the concupiscence in awe that it runne not againe into the former ryot. This later, we call amendment of life; which is not repentance, for it perteines rather to [...] then to [...] (being yet to come) but it never failes to follow it infallibly, in so much as if it doe not, nothing is done.

For I report me to you: Let it be but knowen to the flesh that this same light or sleight repentance shall not serve the turne, but to a round reckoning it shall come and make full accompt to taste of these fruits throughly, without hope of being dispensed with; whi­ther it will not take of the edge of our appetite, and make it more dull and fearefull to offend? On the other side, let it be considered, whether this be not to lay the bridle on the neck of concupiscence to powre it selfe into all riot, if (sinning) it know, it shall be dispatched with any repentance never so short and shallow, as doe no more so, and all is well? Whither (I say) this will not make all the sapp goe downe, as we shall never see fruit come: Nay, whither it be not to destroy fruit and tree and all?

Verily, they that for pure zeale and indignation at themselves for their sinnes, never shedd a teare, nor misse a meale, nor breake a sleepe, nor doe nor suffer nor part with ought; it may seeme a question, whither they thinke not Saint IOHN heere over­seene in pressing that for so needfull, which they can so easily dispense with.

But if when we come to Castigo corpus, there we leave Saint PAV [...];1. Cor. 9.27. Matt. 11.18.26.79. when to neither eating nor drinking, there we leave Saint IOHN; and when to flevit amarè, there we leave Saint PETER, and when to [...] and [...], changing our mirth into pensive [...]esse, there we leave Saint IAMES, I mervaile, what man­ner repentance we will leave, before we have done, or what shall become of our fruits heere?

[Page 256] IIII [...] W [...]th of this fruict.In our repen [...]ing (commonly) we make such h [...]st, as we take away before the fruits come. But if ther [...] [...] any, is not this even our case? Our Teares, if any, [...]: Our Prayers, [...]; quickly tedious: Our Almes, indeed pitifull: Our Fasts [...] upon any the [...] occasion:1. Cor. 7.10. And so our Repentance (if any) paenitentia p [...]nitenda; a repen [...]nce needi [...]g [...]no [...]her; a [...] a second repentance, to repent us of it. To repent us, of our repentance, no lesse then of our sinne it selfe. So that, if any fruit, fruit of no worth. And if the fruit be of no worth, no more is the tree: vnworthy one, vn­worthy both. Thus we are not yet where we should be, till vnto fructus we have added dignos.

Nay then, if you [...] to t [...]lke of worthinesse, we shall have satisfaction up againe. And had we not [...] then [...], are there any worthy? For, if there be none such, [...] Saint IOHN beware how we talke of worthy fruits: bid Saint PAVL beware how he speake of worthy workes of repentance. If none such be, they did ill to clogg the [...] with any such word.Act. 2 [...].20. But, they knew well; what they said: therefore, such there be (sure) ge [...]t them where we can.

How it is wor­thie.Onely, when we say worthy, it would be vnderstood cum grano salis. How worthy? in what sense? whither referred? that we mistake not. I demand then first, shall we put them into the balance; to weigh the worthinesse of our fruits, with the vnworthinesse of our sinnes, and the consequent of our sinnes the wrath of GOD? the dignitie of the one, with the indignitie of the other, and thinke by their dignitie to satisfie GOD's just in­dignation? I trow not. At this beame, no fruits of ours will hold weight: None, so, found worthy: No, not if we could (I say no [...], shedd, or poin [...]e out, but) even melt into rea [...]es, and every teare a drop, of blood. No: Non sunt condign [...] passiones (saith the Apo­stle) we can suffer nothing worthy our sinnes but (that, we cannot suffer) ira ventura, the wrath of GOD. The infinite incomparable high worth of Him, that in our sinne is wronged; the foule contempt that is therein offered, are farre above the worth of any our fruits; weigh them downe as any fether. Why, all Libanon (saith the Prophet) is not sufficient to find wood; nor, all the Psal. 50.10. beasts upon a thousand hills not enough for a Sacrifice, Dan. 5.27. Tekel, tekel, too light all. Take them out of the scales, away with them, Non sunt digni, in that sense. In which sense, not the wicked Luc. 15.21. prodigall child only, but even the good Mat. 8.8. Centurion; nay then, even Saint Iohn Baptist heer himselfe cry all, Ver. 11. Non sum dignus; neither their fruits, nor they. The honor of dignos (in this sense) belongs to the fruit of no tree, but the tree of the Crosse of CHRIST; to His sufferings, and to none but His.

Yet (I wore well) there hath been another manner estimate by some men of their owne fruits; but they weighed them with their own false weights, and made them a discharge both from poena and from culpa, and that toties quoties. Nay then, inventus est plus habens, they found a further surplussage too of I know not what besides. What of that? CHRIST's Caveat is heer to take place that weeding out the tares, we take heed, we pluck not up togither good corne and all. That, to avoyd certaine wormes, that may happ breed in the fruict, if it be not the better looked to, we beat not all the fruite of the tree, and leave it all naked and bare; nor fruits at all: and, for feare of teaching a proud, teach a fruit-lesse repentance. Well, though not so compared, not this way, yet must we have fructus dignos.

How worthy thee? referred whither? As worthy, as the possibilitie of our Nature will reach to; as [...] soile will bear, or hath ever yeilded; as the Saints and Servants of GOD are reported to have brought forth in former ages: what say you to that [...] Th [...] (indeed) were somewhat worth, if it might be had. They? they have be [...]ome Psal. 119.83. like [...] in the smoake, 109.14. their knees have growen weake through fasting, they have 6.7. all to w [...] [...] pill [...]es with their teares; they have Luk. 19.8. restored b [...]ibes, and that four-fold; given in almes at once, halfe of all that ever they had. This were (indeed) some­what worth: But, of this (I doubt) our worthinesse wilbe found short: Or rather I doubt not: I dare not put it upon this dignos neither.

And yet, were there in us any portion of that heroïcall free spirit, of that Christian [Page 257] magnanimitie that was in the Fathers of our faith; (The Apostle beares them wit­nesse, that to their powers, 2. Cor. 8.3. nay and beyond their powers they shewed themselves wil­ling;) any never so poore fruite would not content us. But we, neither to our power, nor a great deale short of i [...], endevour our selves: any never so sleight, and slender will serve us well enough.

I wonder what we thinke? Doe we thinke to post GOD of with any, it skills not what fruite? with wind-falls, with woorm-eaten stuffe? Esai's sowre grapes? Esa. 5.2. Ierem. 24. [...]. Ieremie's rotten figgs? Nothing comes amisse. Hold we Him in so vile accompt, as any is good enough for Him; it is well with Him, if he gett any? Malachi tells us other­wise,Mal. 1.8. That He holds it in great scorne: bidds us Goe offer such fruict to our Prince: and see if he will take it well. Zacharie tells us so likewise:Zac. 11.13. A goodly price (saith he) they value me at. Goodly fruict, is it not, they present me with? Nay (sure) we must have dignos too: Some worth there would be.

Is there any other way to take our dignos by? Compared with the Iustice of GOD; Not so: Nor with the great Heroës of our nature; Not so neither. Nor (indeed) are they said worthy, of either of these; but how? Only, fruits worthy of repentance: that is, such as may well beseeme persons, as be truly penitent. Referred, not to ought, but to repentance it selfe. Laying by sinne, as it is an aversion from an infinite good: (For, so it is infinite; admitts no measure or degree;) but, considering it, as it is a con­version to the creature, and that more or lesse: so, it falls within compasse of more or lesse worthy.

Say I this of my selfe?Levit 5.1 [...]. Saith not GOD's Law the same secundùm mensuram aesti­mationemque delicti, and pro mensurâ peccati? Is it not a clause there,Deut. 25.2. Rom. 12.6. repeated more then once? If there be a measure of the one, so is there of the other: If an analogie of faith, of repentance too, why not? And, to that, we to apply our selves, in the magis or minus dignos of our fruits. This is once: Repentance may be too much, one may goe too farr in it: That, wilbe graunted (I know.) And, if too much, then too little; and we may fall too short the other way (that, I am sure of.) Which part we should of­fend on (to choose) [...] in [...] will soone teach us, that it would be home: rather, with the more then with the lesse. In the Corinth [...]an's case, there, it was too much;2. Cor. 2.7. he was in danger to be swallowed up with sorrow. In Miriam's case againe,Num. 12.15. it was too little: For, though she were right paenitent for her folly committed, yet because the qualitie of her offense required a larger and more worthy repentance, she was shutt out of the host yet seven daies longer, and then, and not before received to pardon. If there be an ultra and a citra, then is there a tenus: If too much and too little, then is there a sufficit, enough: And, that, is the dignos we seeke for.

But, who shall tell us, this tenus what it is? Who shall say Sufficit? I thinke it is not best to say it to our selves; It is not safe, that. We are like enough to give eare to propitius esto tibi, to spare and favour our selves, and to thinke that worthy, Matt. 16.23. that is not: to dismisse the matter with a doe no more so, never to follow it to sentence. Or, if we doe, to reprive our selves, and stay the execution. It hath been held no way safe for us, to make our owne assessment: and as safe a way as could be, would ever be taken for the soule. Better, some other body doe it: and, who shall that other body be?

In the Law, every man was not left to himselfe. The offering for sinne (which was to them a fruict of repentance) it was rated ever, ever taxed [...] by the Priest.Levit 5.18. Accor­ding to his ordering, so it went: he made the estimate, how much was enough, what would serve. And heer now, in Saint Iohn's time (which was the intervall or passage, as it were, between the Law and the Gospell;) at the baptisme of Iohn, they knew not what to do, they were not so well skilled; to Saint Iohn they come,Luc. 3.10.12.14. with their quid faci­emus? What shall we do? And what shall we do? All three one after another, the Pub­licans, the Souldiers, the Commo [...] sort; and they had all their answers severally: One answere served not all: Severall kindes of sinne require severall sorts of fruite. And, under the Gospell, there (we see) for the Corinthian, Saint Paul said, s [...]fficit viro huic: 2. Cor. 2.6. This [...] be though, this shall serve: his conscience m [...]y be quiet, I restore him to [Page 258] the Churches peace. And the Canons poenitentiall which were made in the times under persecution, the very best times of the Church, lay forth plainly, what is to be followed and observed in this kinde.

And (sure) I take it to be an error to be added to the former, to thinke, the fruits of repentance and the worth of them to be a matter, any common man can skill of well enough; needs never aske Saint Iohn, or Saint Paule, what he should doe; knowes, what he should do, as well as Saint Paul, or Saint Iohn either: And that it is not (ra­ther) a matter, wherein we need the counseile and direction of such, as are professed that way. Truely, it is neither the least nor the last part of our learning, to be hable to give answere, and direction in this point. But, therefore laid aside, and neglected by us, because not sought after by you. Therefore not studied, but by very few, quia nemo nos interrogat, because it is growen out of request quite.

We have learned (I know not where) a new, a shorter course, which flesh and blood better likes of; to passe the whole course of our life, and, in the whole course of our life, not to be hable to set downe, where, or when, or what we did, when we did that, which we call repenting: what fruits there came of it; what those fruits might be worth. And, but even a little before our death (and, as little as may be) not, till the world have given us over, then (lo) to come to our quid faciemus? to aske, what we should doe, when we are hable to doe nothing. And then must one come, and (as we call it) speake comfortably to us, that is, minister to us a little Divinitie Ladanum, rather stupefactive for the present, then doing any sound good: and so, take our leaves to go meet with ira ventura.

This way, this fashion of repenting, Saint Iohn knew it not: it is farr from his fructus dignos: Saint Paule knew it not; it is farr from his opera digna: And I can say little to it, but I pray GOD it deceive us not. It is not good trying conclusions about our soules. Heer is the playne way; this is the streight path layd out before us, by him that was sent to prepare the wayes of the LORD,Esa. 40.3.30.11. and to make His pathes streight: and go we which way we will, we shall heare the voice behind us, crying to us. Haec est via, ambulate in eâ. Set your tree; bring forth your fruits; see to them: altogether unworthy they would not be; Som [...]what worth; raised to some degree of worthinesse.

Mar. 14.8. Mar. 12.44. Quod potuit fecit, did CHRIST accept in M. Magdalen's case; and quod ha­buit dedit, in the poore Widowe's case, with her (but) two mites. We doing our inde­vours to raise them, to what degree we can, He for His part, will not be behind, but relieve and helpe us out.Esa. 30.18. For, expectat DOMINVS, ut misereatur nostri; GOD (even) waites that He may have mercie on us. And therefore, laying away His rigour, will not go exactly to worke, but be ready to relieve, and repute that worthy, that is not all out so.Revel. 3.2. So, in the Church of Sardi, we finde, He saith, Non invenio opera tua plena, their workes were not found to have the full poyse, yet notwithstanding He saith, digni enim 4 sunt, the Parties found worthie for all that.

All the worth is not intrinsecall, to the thing it selfe: When all is sayd that can be sayd,Luk. 20.35.21.36. that which makes all full, the chiefe part of their worth lyeth in digni habebun­tur. It is therefore CHRIST's counsaile, Orate, ut digni habeamini, Pray, they may be found in so good a degree towards it, as GOD may compt them, and so accompting make them: Quanquam sat digni si quos dignatur (saith the Christian Poet.) In one Chapter, we have them both (in the II. Thes. I.) counted worthy at the 5. verse made worthy, at the II. ver. Both come to one. Two words there are in the Greek [...] and [...]: Two, in Latine, dignitas, and dignatio: And, as there is dignatio ex dignitate; So is there dignitas ex dignatione. And, that is it: Worthy is the fruict, He so esteemeth: But, upon the point, rather dignatione Ejus, then dignitate suâ, rather by His deigning or dig­nifying them; then, by the intrinsecall, by their owne dignitie, they have in themselves.

Yet, let [...]s never thinke, be so base as to conceive, He will hold for such, any at all, let them b [...] what they will, it skills not how worthlesse, how farr from all degrees toward it. No, But such, as wherein, He seeth some conscience made, some care taken, some zealous desire, some earnest endeavour appeare. Some pr [...]ffer [...] (at least) toward those [...] degrees, 2. Cor. 7.11. in 2. Cor. 7. which may serve to assure our selves and to shew the world, [Page 259] we dally not with repentance, but make a serious matter of it, and go to it in good ear­nest; In witnesse whereof this and this fruict we have brought forth. Somewhat like yet, somewhat beseeming persons truely penitent, whereto He would say,2. Cor. 12.9. sufficit tibi gra­tia mea, My grace is sufficient for thee. And, in that, we may rest.

It remaines, we examine our selves, touching these points: 1 Our repentance, is it like a live tree, and not a dull heavy mood, neither life nor soule in it? 2 Have we sett it on growing, brings it forth at all? 3 Is it fruict, it brings forth? For, whatsoever els it is, it is not for Saint Iohn's turne. 4 The fruict it brings, is it ought worth, for the quantitie, the qualitie, the well lasting of it? GOD graunt it be so: and thankes be to GOD, if it be so.

But this Proferte will aske some time. Iona's repentance was not like Iona's gourd. V. The fruit-time Ion. 4.6. His gourd was up in a night, sodenly: Trees come not up so quickly: they require more time then so. Never trust a repentance repentine; no sodein flash or brunt. It is altogether an error, to thinke; Repentance is a matter of no more moment, then to be dispatched in a moment.

There be two words (words of weight:) One is Saint Peter's, 2. Pet. 3.9. and that is [...], to withdraw, goe aside, to retire and be private, to sequester our selves to our repen­tance: The other is Saint Paule's, [...], to take us a time, nay to make us a time, a vacant time, a time of leisure to intend fasting and prayer, 1. Cor. 7.5. two fruits of re­pentance. I ask then, did we ever [...], withdraw our selves to that end? what was the place, where we so did? did we at any time [...], take any such vacant time? what was the time and when, when we so did? I doubt, ours hath beene rather a flash, a qualme, a brunt, then otherwise; rather, a gourd of repentance, then any growing tree. A time there must needs be taken for this Proferte.

Now the time, S. IOHN gives, is, but while Ira ventura, the wrath to come is in comming. Ira, ventura, are two words: In that it is wrath, and GOD's wrath, there is just matter of feare: In that it is ventura, to come, but to come, and not yet come; there is hope yet, some good may be done, before, venit quae ventura, that come that is to come.

If these fruits come, the wrath (when it comes) shall not come upon us, but passe by us, and not touch any fruit-bearing tree. To take a time then.

Now, there cannot be a fitter time then that, the Church hath set us forth; that is, (now) at this time of the yeare. For, now, is the time of the yeare to plant in. In the picture of the moneths, in this next moneth at hand, you shall see nothing but men grafting and setting trees: It is the Husbandrie and businesse of the moneth: won­derfull fitly chosen therefore, that this tree may keepe time with the rest. And, now is the time that the sap goes up: So as, there could not be a fitter time for S. IOHN to call upon us. Looke abroad, they begin now to bring forth: now, best speaking for Pro­ferte. To which Proferte, Differte is cleane contrarie. Differr it not then, but take the time while it is in season.

And with high wisdome is this time so sett, that the time of our Repentance, the fortie daies of it end in the Passeover, in the passing of Ira ventura over us, as did the destroying Angell over the houses in Aegypt. Exo. 12.1 [...]. That the mortifying of sinne might end in the rising of CHRIST in us. The use of fruit is fruition: And this is the fruition in this life, even the fruits of the Spirit, feare and love and joy in the HOLY GHOST. And in the life to come, the fruict of the Tree of Life in the middest of Paradise: Instead of Ira ventura, vita ventura, gaudia ventura, the glorie and joyes eternall of the life to come. To which LIFE, GLORY and IOY, bring us ALMIGHTY GOD.

Printed at London, for RICHARD BADGER.

SERMONS PREACHED IN LENT.

A SERMON Preached before QVEENE ELIZABETH, AT GREEN­VVICH, on VVednesday the XI. of March, A. D. MDLXXXIX.

PSALME. LXXV. VER. III.

Liquefacta est terra, & omnes qui habitant in ea: Ego confirmavi Columnas ejus.

The earth, and all the Inhabitants thereof are dissolved: but I will establish the Pillars of it.

IT was MOSES the Man of GOD, that, by speciall direction from GOD first began, and brought up this order, to make Musique the conveigher of mens duties into their mindes (Deut. 31.19.Deut. 31.19.) And DAVID sithence hath continued it, and brought it to perfection, in this Booke, as having a speciall grace and felici­tie in this kinde: He, for Songs; and his Sonne SALOMON for Proverbs. By which two (that is) by the vnhappy Adage, and by a wanton song, Sathan hath ever breathed most of his infection and poison into the minde of man.

In which holy and heavenly vse of his harpe, he doth, by his tunes of Musique, teach men how to sett themselves in tune (Psal. 15.) How not onely to tune themselves, but how to tune their housholds (Psal. 10 [...].) [Page 264] And not onely there, but (heer) in this Psalme, how to preserve harmonie, or (as he termeth it) how to sing Ne perdas, to a Common-wealth. So saith the Inscription, which Saint Augustine very fittly calleth the key of every Psalme.

For, the time of setting this song (by generall consent of all Expositors) being the later end of the long dissension, between the Houses of David and Saul; evident it is, the estate of the Land was very neer to a Perdas, and needed Ne Perdas to be soong unto it.

For, besides the great overthrow in the Mountaines of Gilboa, given by the eni­mie, wherin the King and three of his sonnes were slaine, and a great part of the Coun­trey surprised by the Philistin; the Desolation of a divided kingdome, was come upon them too. 1. Sam. 31.7. For, within themselves, they were at Cujus est terra? (2. Sam. 3.12.) even at Civill warrs: At the beginning, but a play; (So Abner termeth, it 2. Sam. 2.14.) but bitternesse at the end, as the same Abner confesseth, ver. 26. Surely, it was a weake State and low brought: So much doth David implie (in the fore-part of the verse) that he found the Land a weake land, by meanes, the strength and Pillers of it, were all out of course, by the mis-government of Saul. But then withall (in the later part of the verse) he professeth, he will leave it a land of strength, by re-establish­ing the Pillars and re-edifying the State new againe. The earth &c.

The stile whereof runneth in the termes of Architecture: very aptly resem­bling the government, to a frame of building; the same sett upon and borne up by certaine Bases and Pillers (the strength whereof assureth, or the weaknesse endange­reth the whole:) and David himselfe to a skillfull Builder, surveying the pillers, and searching into the decayes; repairing their ruines and setting them into course a­gaine.

The DivisionWhereout ariseth naturally the entrety of these foure points.

1 That the weaknesse, or strength of a Land, is a Point of important conside­ration.

2 That the strength of a Land is, in the Pillers: And, what they are.

3 That the upholding of those Pillers apperteineth to David.

4 How, and in what sort Saul weakened them in his time; and David, in his, made them fast.

I FIrst, David had read, that, among the instructions delivered by Moses to the spies (Numb. 13.19.) the very first and chiefe of all was, Whither the Land were weake or strong. So he had read; and so he beleeved it to be: and, so it is. For sure, in such Lands, where this is their song, The earth is weake; their Musique is all out of tune. For, the note is such, as affecteth the Inhabitants with feare.Ps. 22.14, 15. 1. Feare in the inhabitant, for these two, 1 Virtus testacea, and 2 Cor cereum, strength like a potsheard; and a heart like waxe: A weake land, and a fearefull inha­bitant go togither. 2. Courage, in the enimie: For, where RABSAKETH know­eth but so much, that the land is weake, you shall not entreate him to speake any thing but Hebrew (Esa. 36.12.)

This Musique is heavy: and therefore David saw, the song must be new sett. And so, he doth sett it new, changing it into a more pleasant note, But I will streng­then it. And, when the note is so changed, in that day shall this Song be soong in the Land of Iuda, Esa. 26.1. We have a strong Citie; Salvation hath GOD sett, for the walls and bullwarkes of it.

This Musique hath life in it, and hearteneth the inhabitant afresh; quaileth the enimie and resolveth the neighbour to say (1. Sam. 12.18.) Thine are we, [Page 265] ô DAVID, and on thy side, thou Sonne of IESSE. When a Prince may say of his Land, as MOSES did of IVDA (Deut. 33.7.) His owne hands are sufficient for him (if the LORD helpe him) against all his enemies: And the Land may say of the Prince, that which SALOMON setteth downe, as the high commendation of a Prince, that he is Rex Alkum (that is) Ne surgito, Rise not; No rising, against him;Pro 30.31. for that, they which have risen, had better have satt still. And they both may send word to the enemie (if he threaten to come and visit them) the word that Ioas sent (2. Reg. 14.10.) Tarry at home, and provoke not evill against thy selfe. This Mu­sique is blessed; and such hath hitherto beene the song of our Nation.

What SAMVEL said, when he pitched the Stone of Help (1. Sam. 7.12.) we can­not denie, but we may say the same, Thus farre hath GOD holpen us: whose arme is not shortned though PHARAOH's heart be hardned. Hitherto, Salvation hath GOD sett for our walls and Bulwarkes, and our Prince, Prince Alkum; and our enemie hath not boasted himselfe at the putting of his armour, as at the buckling it on: 1. Reg. 20.11. [...] and our Neighbours glad to lay hold of our skirts and say, We will be yours, for we see, GOD is with you (Zac. 8.10.) The great blessing of GOD having been upon us (Deut. 28.12) Thou shalt lend to many Nations, but shalt borrow of none. Such hath hitherto been our song: and, such may it long be; yea, ever, O LORD. And, that it may so be, DAVID teacheth the way of keeping it so still; Namely, by Setting fast the Pillars of it. Which is the second principall point: What this strength is; and what the Pillers are that beare it up.

The HOLY GHOST speaking of strength, nameth two (Gen. 32.28.) as (in­deed)II the Scripture knoweth no more: 1 The strength of IACOB; and 2 the strength of ISRAEL: 1 Of IACOB, supplanting, or prevailing over men: 2 and of ISRAEL, prevailing with GOD.

IACOB'S strength I call, whatsoever the counsell or might of man affoordeth; 1 His prudent forecast, whereby he over-reached ESAV (Gen. 27.36.) and LABAN (30.37.) And his bow and sword, whereby he wanne from the Amorite (Gen. 48.10.) Vnder these two, I comprehend all humane strength, the strength of IACOB.

But, when all is done, we must reserve and keepe a strength for GOD, saith DA­VID (Psal. 59.9.) Who, if he forsake Alexandria, 2. Nahum. 3.8. though it have the Sea for his ditch, it shall be carried captive: who if he forsake Ephraim, though they be well har­nessed and carie bowes, they shall turne themselves back in the day of battell. Therefore,Psal. 77.9. ever DOMINVS commeth in: (Deut. 33.7.) Iuda's owne hands are sufficient to helpe, Si tu DOMINE, If thou LORD helpe him against the enemie: And Nisi Dominus, If that the LORD doe not keepe the house and watch the house and make fast the Pil­lars, all is in vaine (Psal. 127.1.) Ioine (saith the Wiseman) Ittiel (that is,Pro. 30.1. Dominus mecum) and then, Vcal (that is, Praevalebo) will not tarry from you: Vcal and He goe ever together. Sever (saith DAVID) Hij in curribus, Hij in equis, from In no­mine Domini, the next newes, you shall heare of them, is Psal. 20.8. Ibi ceciderunt, &c There they are brought downe and fallen. Therefore we must allow Israël a strength, also; with­out which, Iacob's forecast shall faile: (for, He casteth out the counsells of Princes, Psal. 33.10.) and his sword too: For, He can rebate the edge of the sword, Psalme 89.43.

Two strengths then there are: and these two DAVID (heere) termeth two Pil­lers (that we may know what be the Pillers of the Land.) For, such was the manner of the Iewish building: arch-wise, upon two maine Pillers to set it. We may see it by Samson's desire, Ind. 16.29. so to be placed, as the two Supporters of the Temple might be in his two hands, that bowing them, all the Church might come downe upon their heads. Such an arch of government doth DAVID heere devise, & two Pil­lers bearing it up. He telleth us, they be two: and he telleth us what they be; for, he hath already named them, in the two former Vses: 1 Celebrabimus te IEHOVA in the first: And, 2 Iustitias judicabo, in the second. GOD, and Right, the Pillers.

[Page 268] III Yet, these two Pillers as strong and as steddy as they are, except they be looked to, and vpheld; except they have an Vpholder, and that a good one, Religion will cleave, and Iustice bend, and they both sinke, and the whole frame with them. Therefore mention is made heere of a person, put in trust, with the bearing them up; which is the third point.

Which Person is heere, Ego autem, the first; that is, DAVID: the first and the chiefe Person in any governement. He it is, upon whom both these leane: He is the Head, 2. Sam. 15.17. that guideth these two armes: He the breath of life in both these nosthrills: Yea, of all the body (saith Ieremie, Lam. 4.20. of Iosias.) Even Christus Domini, the Annointed of the LORD, is the breath of all our nosthrills.

Familiar it is, and but meane, but very full and forceable, the Simile of Esay: wherein he compareth the Prince to a naile driven into a wall, Esa. 22.23. whereon are hanged all, both the vessells of service, and the Instruments of Musique; (that is) He beares them up all. And great cause to desire GOD, fast may it sticke and never stirre (this naile:) for, if it should, all our Cuppes would batter with the fall, and all the Musique of our Quire be marred: (that is) both Church and Countrey be put in danger. Which GOD willing to shew (saith Philo Iudaeus) He did place the fifth Commandement (which is the Crowne-commandement) [...], as it were, in the middle, and confines of both Tables; Those touching Religion, and those touching Iustice; that, with one arme He might stay Religion, and with the other stay Iustice, and so uphold both.

And, where such support hath wanted, both have lyen on the ground. For, both of Mica's Idolatrie (that is, corrupt Religion) and of the villanie offered at Gibeah, and of the outrage committed by them of Dan, both in rifling houses, and sacking whole townes (that is) of open injustice, GOD rendereth no cause but this, Non erat Rex: the Pillers went downe: Ego wanted. Without which (that is, an established go­vernement) we should have no Common-wealth,Gen. 10.5. but a wild forrest, where Nimrod and his crew would hunt and chase all others: No Common-wealth, but a Pond, where the great fish would devoure the small:Abac. 1.15. Nothing but a sort of sheepe scattered without a Shepheard (saith MOSES.)Num. 27.17. Psal. 95.7. Psal. 44 22. No more Oves Pascuae, sheepe of the Pasture, when their Governor is gone, but Oves occisionis, sheepe for the slaughter. Non po­pulus, sed turba, No People, but a Rout; No building, nor Pillers, but a heape of stones.Num. 23.21. Therefore a joyfull noise is the shout of a King among them.

Ioyfull indeed, every way; but joyfull especially, if this Ego, be not Saul, but David. David, which giveth strength vnto the Pillers; and not Saul, an empairer or weakner of them. It is David's complaint, in the forepart, he found the land weake when he came to it. So, Saul had left it. It is his promise that, as Saul by his slack­nesse, had brought the estate low; So he, by his vigilancie, would raise it up againe. And this is the last point, how Saul decayed, and David restored the Pillers againe.

IIII E [...]l 1 [...].18.The Wise man saith, that evill looking to, will decay the principalls of any building: and that was Saule's defect (as the Scripture recordeth.) Religion first: Instead of Celebrabimus, 1. Chr. 13 3. Negligimus IEHOVAM. King David, in his oration to the States of his Realme before his first Parliament, testifieth, the Arke was not sought to in the dayes of Saul: That Piller, was not looked to. Sought to it was, after a sort (Religi­on: 1. Sam. 14.18.19) but, nothing so, as it should. Come, let us have the Arke (saith he) And then, Goe to, it skills not greatly, carry it backe againe: which, what was it, but, to play fast and loose with Religion?Act. 24.25. To entend Paul (as Foelix saith) at our idle time; and not to redeeme time, to that end? Iudge of Religion's case, by the reverence of the Ephod: 1. Sam. 6.20. A daughter of his owne bringing up (Micall) saw David, for honor of the Arke, weare it, and despised him in her heart. Iudge of it, by the regard of the [Page 269] Priest, the keeper of the Arke: For very love to it, that calling was kept so low and bare, that they were tyed to the allowance of their Shew-bread, 1. Sam 21 4. the High Priest had no [...] a loafe in his house besides. This was the first rott of his kingdome: The Arke not sought to; The Ephod in contempt; The Priest-hood impoverished:Acts 18.17. Et Saulo ni­hil horum curae, and Saul regarded not any of these things.

Such another indifferencie for Church matters, we finde in Ieroboam. Hos. 13.2. Tush (saith he jestingly) let them kisse the calves and spare not. Let it goe which way it will. But, therefore GOD sends him word by Ahijah, that Israël should be as a reed in the wa­ter, bowing to and fro, at the devotion of every wave, and every wind,1. Reg. 14.15. without any steaddinesse. And was it not so? Search the Chronicles. So, GOD saw this minde in Saul to his Arke and was wroth; withdrew from him His religious and good Spirit, and sent upon him a prophane and furious Spirit; which carried him on, first to a sin­full life, and never left him, till it had brought him to a shamefull death. And God was even saying his Disperdas, to the Kingdome,Deut. 33. [...]. but David (heere) intreated for a Ne perdas, and promised a better care of Celebrabimus Iehovam.

Now where Religion thrives not, the other (of Iustice) will not hold long: when one staff is broken, the other holdeth not whole, long after.Zach. 11.4. And surely his Iustice was suitable to the former, to his weake regard of Religion; That also was weake too.

1. Weake toward the enemie. It is said, there was want of necessarie furniture of armor and munition, in his daies. And there had beene defect, in teaching them to shoot: which David supplied, at his entrance. 3. Weake at home too:1 Sam. 13.22. 2 Sam. 1.18. where, he did not justitias, but injurias judicare.

The parts of Iustice are two (as we finde in the tenth verse) 1 To exalt the hornes of the righteous; 2 and to breake the hornes of the wicked.

1. For the first. Reason was, and so was promise too, that David should have been rewarded with Meroë his eldest daughter's marriage. I know not how,1. Sam. 18.17.19. one Adriel (an obscure fellow, never to have been nam'd, but to shew, such a one put David by) had his horne exalted above him. This for reward.

2. And his Punishment was no better.1. Sam. 15.9. Mercifull to Agag (whose hornes should have beene broken) and in Abimelech's case, too rigorous, putting him, and eightie foure more, to the sword for a douzen of bread. 2. Sam. 22 17.

And whereas, in kindly Iustice, the rigour of frangam cornua commeth not at first, but Clemencie giveth gracious warning, with Dicam imprudentibus (verse 4.) So without regard heerof, as, upon any displeasure, without any word at all,1. Sam 18.11.19.10.20.33. his Iavelin went streight, to naile men to the wall, they knew not, wherefore. Thus did Iustice decay after Religion, and one Piller fall upon another, whereof ensued his overthrow, and the Land dangerously sick of the Palsey. Whereof David complaineth, and pray­eth, Heale the sores thereof, for it shaketh. Psal. 60.2.

Now, David, as when he read Abimilek's mis-hap in the Booke of the Iudges, he made his vse of it, as appeareth 2. Sam. 11.21. So heere, when he saw, what had tur­ned Saul to domage, tooke warning by it (Ruina praecedentium, admonitio sequenti­um) and, to make the Land strong, falleth to vndersett the Pillers.

And first, of the first (that is) the stone which Saul and his builders cast aside. For, comming to the Kingdome, he consecrates all his Lawes, with his Act De Arcá re­ducendi: whereat, he would needs be present in his owne person,1. Chron. 13 2. because it touched Cel [...]br [...]i [...]us Iehovam; and that with some disgrace, as Mical imagined: but he was resolute in that point, He could receive no dishonor, by doing honor to God's Arke. And, when it was brought backe, sett such an order for the Service of it, by the Le­vit [...]s; for maintenance so bountifull; so reverend for regard; so decent for order;1. Chron. 26. so every way sufficient, as the care of the Temple might seeme to reigne in his heart. As indeed it did; and as he professeth, he could not sleepe, till he had sett a full order for God's matters, and brought this Piller to perfection.Psal. 132.3. Which his care was se­cun [...]um cor Dei, and God would signifie so much, by the ceremonie in the Corona­tion [Page 270] of the Kings of Iuda. Wherein, putting not onely the Diademe Imperiall, but the Booke of the Law also,2, Reg. 11.12. upon the Kings head; it was entended, that Booke should be as deare to them as their Crowne, and they equally studie to advance it. And in putting the Scepter of Iustice in their hands,Esay 22.22. and in laying the key of the house of David on their shoulders, what els was required, but, as they executed the one with their hand, so they should putt to the other, arme and shoulder and all? that is (as David heere ex­presseth it) two Celebrabimu's, to one Iudicabo.

Thus was strengthened the first Piller: and for the second, the HOLY GHOST giveth him an honourable testimonie (I speake not of his Militarie Iustice, I need not,2 Sam. 8.15. Psal. 9 9.4. therein he was trained up; (but that in peace, he ex [...]cuted Iudgement and Iu­stice to all his people. The Kings power (saith he) loveth Iudgement: Not Power in in­jurie, 2. Cor. 13.10. but Power in Iudgement (saith David:) Power to aedification (saith Saint Paul) not to destruction: that is, to build up, not, to decay the Building. Therefore, Ver­tue and Valor wanted not their reward in his time. He professeth after, in this Psalme, The wind should blow no man to preferment, out of what Quarter soever it came, but GOD,Verse. 6. by his graces, should point them to it. And sure, the diligent description, the HOLY GHOST vseth of his Worthies, 1. Chron. 11. 2. Sam. 23. and men of Place, sheweth him to have been most exact in this point: First, his Three; and then after, his thirtie in their order; and that those thirtie atteined not unto the first three, but every one esteemed and re­garded, in his worthinesse.

And for depressing the wicked, it was his morning worke, as he testifieth Psal. 101.8. and that (as himselfe heere setts downe) in a most heavenly order, with Dicam first, as being sett over men, Hos. 11.4. and therefore willing to lead them with the cords of men (that is) faire and gentle, yet eff [...]ctuall perswasions. And Never did the dew of heaven more sweetly refresh the grasse, Pro. 19.12. then doth a favourable saying pierce the inferior, from the mouth of a Prince. Therefore, there was no estate in the land, but, in this Booke (I will not say, he mildly said, but) he even sweetly soong their severall duties unto them. To his Court (Psal. 101.) his Church (Psal. 45.) his Iudges (Psal. 82.) his Commons all in one (Psal. 144.) I will add this, that if David offended in ought, heerein it was, in that he vsed Dicam too much, and Frangam not oft enough.2 Sam. 15.3. Absalon could object it, when it served his turne: And, when David was to leave the world, it lay on his conscience, his Clemencie vsed in Ioab's and She­mei's case.1 Reg 2 5. Psal. 72.14. A deare and pretious thing is the meanest blood in the eyes of David (so he saith:) And that made his people more afraid for him, then of him, and to value his life at ten thous [...]nd of their owne:2. Sam. 18.3. and that, so many Subjects, so ma­ny of his Guard: Not, so many Subjects, so many Conspirators, as SAVL com­playned.1. Sam. 22 4.

Pr [...] 20. [...]8.Yet, because Clemencie is but one foot of the throne; and Severitie, at some other time (for,Verse 2. Cum accepero tempus, time must be kept in this Musique) doth no lesse support it: Therefore, where saying will not serve, nor singing, Frangam must some­times be vsed;Ezek. 21.9.10. where the Rod contemned, let the Sword be drawen. It is GOD's owne course. If he, for all dicam, lift up his horne against GOD or good orders, sawe of his horne; if he doe still mut [...]l [...] fronte minitari, Caput [...]jus mittetur ad te, was Da­vid's justice,2. Sam [...]0.21. Take of his head. For dicam is the charme he speaketh of: which (if the viper stop not his eare) will doe him good:Psal. 58.5. If it doe not, contunde in theriacam, he must be bruised and made into Mithridate, that others may be amended by him, seeing he would not be amended by others.

Thus did D [...]vid repaire Saul's ruines; these are his stepps, thus did he shew him­selfe as good as his promise (heere) a skillfull Vpholder of these two maine Pillers, which beare up and give strength to every Land. And by this meanes, he changed both the nature and name of his Countrie; finding it Iebus (that is) conculcata (and so, indeed, it was a Citie contemned and troden downe with every foot:) And leaving it a new name, Ierusalem; and so it was, Salem Ieru, a citie to be feared and envied of all round about it. So, the Land grew strong, and the Pillers fast; and [Page 271] David, for his fastening, in favour with GOD and man. GOD, whom he praised, graciously assisting him; and men, whom he preserved, willingly serving him. The LORD who hath sent forth the like strength for our Land, Stablish the good thing which He hath wrought in us. The LORD so fasten the Pillers of our earth, that they never be shaken. The LORD mightily uphold the Vpholder of them, long and many yeares: That we may goe forth rejoycing, in His strength, and make our boast of his praise, all our life long. Which our gracious GOD, &c.

A SERMON Preached before QVEENE ELIZABETH, AT GREEN­VVICH, the XXIIII. of February, A. D. MDXC. being S. MATTHIA'S day.

PSALME. LXXVII. VER. XX.

Thou diddest leade thy People like Sheepe, by the hand of MOSES and AARON.

SOme, either present or imminent danger, and that no small one, had more then usually distressed the Pro­phet at the writing of this Psalme: wherewith his spi­rit, for a while, being tossed to and fro in great anguish (as may appeare by those three great billowes, in the 7.8.9. verses) yet at last he commeth to an Anchor (in the 10. Verse.) upon the remembrance of the right hand of the most High. Which right hand, in one even tenor, throughout all Ages, not only to that of David's, but even to this of ours, hath ever shewed it selfe a right hand of pre-eminence and pow­er, in the two points in the later part of the Psalme specified, the especiall matter of his and all our comfort. 1. The finall confusion of His enimies, though for a while exalted (untill this verse.) 2. The finall deliverance of His people, though for a while (distressed in this verse.) Which twaine, of many Psalmes are the substance, and of this now before us; and indeed, all the whole story in a manner is nothing els but a Calendar of these two. That the Lord of Hosts the GOD of Israël is El Nekamoth, a GOD of ven­geance against His enemies; and but a letter changed, is El Nechamoth, a GOD of com­fort unto His people. That His Cherubims hold a flaming sword to represse the one, and have their wings spread to shadow and succour the other. That His creatures; the cloud from above, is a mist of darknesse to confound the Egyptians;Exod. 14.22. and the same cloud a piller of light to conduct the Israëlites. That the water from beneath, to the Aegyp­tian is a gulfe to devoure them, but to the Israëlite, a wall of defense on their right hand and on their left. We need not to seeke farr; in the Psalme next before, and a­gaine in the Psalme next after this, you shall find these two coupled; as (indeed) for the most part they go still together.

[Page 274]And as they goe still togither, so still they end in the safeguard of the Church. Of All prophecies, of all iudgements, of all miracles past or present new or old, that is the key and conclusion. The last verse (If I may so say) of the Deluge was the Rainbow; of the Aegyptian bondage was the feast of Passeover; and even heer in this Psalme, after it hath, in the foure verses next before, rayned and powred downe, and lightened and thundered, and heaven and earth gone togither, there doth in this verse ensue a calme to GOD's people. This is the blessed period, that shutteth up the Psalme: Them that hated thy people or dealt unkindly with thy servants, them thou drownedst and destroyedst. But Thy people thou leaddest like sheepe by the hands of MOSES and AARON.

And in these two, may all kingdomes and countreys read their owne destinies, what they are to hope for, or to feare, at the hands of GOD. If they be Lo-ammi, not His people, they may looke back, what they finde in the verses before, and that is storme and tempest. If they be His (and we I trust are His; and more and more His, He daily make us) this verse is for us, that is, safe and quiet conduct: Thou diddest lead thy &c.

The Summe.In which verse there is mention of three persons. 1. GOD. 2 GOD's hand. 3. GOD's people. 4. And of a blessing or benefit issuing from the first (that is) GOD: conveighed by the second (that is) GOD's hands, Moses and Aaron: and received by the third (that is) GOD's people: And it is the benefit of good guiding or government. This is the summe of the verse.

The DivisionAs for order, I will seeke no other, then as the HOLY GHOST hath marshalled the words in the text it selfe. Which of it selfe is right exact: every word, in the bo­dy of it, conteining matter worth the pausing on.

1 First in the formost word. Tu, GOD, who vouchsafed this benefit.

2 And secondly, in Duxisti: The benefit it selfe of guiding from Him de­rived.

And thirdly, derived to His people, the parties that receive it.

4 And fourthly, derived to His people by His hands, which hands are Moses and Aaron, the meanes that conveigh it.

I. Thou leadest thy people &c.

The fir [...]t pa [...]. Thou.TO beginn with GOD, who beginneth the verse, by whom and to whom we lead and are ledd, and in whom all right leading both beginneth and endeth. It is Thou (saith the Psalmist) that leadest thy people, and (in the next Psalme) it is He tha [...] carried His pe [...]ple in the wildernesse like a flocke, who is that He or this Thou? It is GOD, saith the Prophet in the sixteenth verse.

That is: whosoever be the h [...]nds, GOD is the person, He is the Tu. Whose [...], soever we heare; whose hands soever we feele; whose countenance soever we behold, we m [...]st yet looke up higher, and see GOD in every Government. To Him we must make our Apo [...]rophe and say, Thou leaddest &c. For He it is that leadeth proper [...]y: and, in strict proprietie of speech, Moses and Aaron lead not; but GOD, by the hand [...] of M [...]ses and Aaron. And that thus it is, that GOD is the per­son that leadeth, and all other but hands under Him and unto Him, the Pro­phet g [...]veth us in this same vo [...]se, matter of three markes of difference, betweene Him and them.

I The first is in Duxisti. Thou diddest lead (saith the Prophet:) diddest and doest [Page 275] lead; diddest then and doest still: But, Thou diddest lead by Moses and Aaron, so doest. Thou not now. The hands are changed. Then, Moses and Aaron; after, Iosue and Eleazar; after, Othoniel and Phineës; after, others: Sed Tu idem es, But Thou art the same still, and thy yeares shall not faile, As if he should say:Psal 102.27. Their yeares (indeed) faile and come to an end; within so many yeares they were not so ledd, and within so many more they shall not be. But GOD hath a prerogative, that He is Rex a Saeculo, and Rex in Saeculum, Psal. 74.12.146.10. was our King of old and shalbe our King for ever and ever.

The second is in populum tuum, Thy people: another limitation. For, this people 2 are (in the 15. verse before) said to be the sonnes of Iacob and Ioseph: so farr stretcheth Mose's line, and no further. But, Tu duxisti, GOD's line ivit in omnem terram, Psal. 19.4. goeth over all nations, even to the uttermost parts of the world. GOD's leading hath no marches. This people and all people are His: and He by speciall prerogative is Rex universae terrae, King (not of one people, or of one countrie or climate,Psal 47 7. but) of all the people of the whole earth.

The third is, Permanus, By the hands. For as He guideth the people by the hands, 3 so He guideth the hands themselves, by whom He guideth; Ruleth by them, and ru­leth them; ruleth by their hands and ruleth in their hearts: Is both the shepheard of Israël, leading them like sheep,Psal. 80.1. and further leadeth Ioseph also (their leader) tanquam ovem, like a sheep. That is, they be Reges gentium, kings of the nations, but He is Rex Regum, King over Kings themselves.1. Tim 6.15. Moses and they with him be [...],Heb 13 24. Heb. 1 [...].3. Guides (as Saint Paul calleth them;) but IESVS CHRIST is [...], the Arch­guide. Aaron and his familie be [...] Shepheards (as Saint Peter termeth them:) but IESVS CHRIST is [...], the high and sovereigne Shepheard over all.1 Pet. 5.4. Why then Dicite in Gentibus, Psal. 69.10· Tell it out among the Nations (saith the Prophet) that GOD is King; that He is the Tu, the Leader, the perpetuall, the universall, princi­pall Leader of His people.

From which plaine note (that the LORD is Ruler) the Psalmist himselfe draweth a double use, conteining matter both of comfort and feare.

1. Of Comfort; (in the 97. psalme:) Dominus regnavit, exultet terra;Psal. 97.91. The LORD is Ruler (or Leader) let the earth rejoice.

2. Of feare; (in the 99. psalme:) Dominus regnavit, contremiscat populus;Psal 99 1.The LORD is Ruler (or Leader) let the people tremble.

First from GOD'S ruling, matter of joy. For if we wilbe ruled by Him, He will 1 appoint over us, a Ruler according to His owne heart, 1. Sam. 13.1 [...] Psal. 21.4. Psal 132 18. Psal. 89 29. He will prevent her with the blessings of goodnesse: He will deliver the power of Si [...]ara into her hands: He will cloth her enimies with shame and make her crowne flourish on her head, and set the dayes of her life, as the dayes of heaven.

Secondly, matter of feare too. The Lord is Ruler, let the people tremble. For if 2 they fall to be un-ruly, He can vindemiare spiritum principum, Psal. 99.1. Psal, 76.13. as easily gather to Him the breath of a Prince, as we can slipp of a cluster from the vine. He can send them a Rehoboam without wisedome; or a Ieroboam without religion; or Asshur (a stran­ger) to be their King; or (which is worst of all) Nullum Regem, Hos 1 [...].3. a dis-ordered Anar­chie, quia non timuimus Ieho [...]ah. Therefore exultantes & trementes, in joy and trem­bling let us acknowledge GOD and His supreme leading, that our parts may be long in DOMINVS regnavit, exultet terra, The LORD doth lead us, let the Land rejoice.

Yet one point more, out of this Tu. By comparing it with the verses before, on which it dependeth: that as it is the Person, and Power of GOD that is chiefe in every Rule: So, not every power, but even that very power of His, whereby He wor­keth wonders. For the Prophet (in the foureteenth verse) having said of GOD,Verse 14.18.19. Thou art the GOD that doest wonders, and so particularizing, thou thunderest from heaven, Thou shakest the earth, Thou dividest the Sea; at last commeth to this Thou, Thou leaddest the people. Very strange it is, that He should sort the leading of the people with GOD'S wonders; and that not onely among them all, but after them all, as chiefe [Page 276] of all. Recount the Government of the people, as if it were some speciall miracle. And indeed, a miracle it is; and whosoever shall looke into the nature and weight of a Monarchie, will so acknowledge it. The Rod of Government is a miraculous rod: both that of Moses, Exod. 4.3. Numb. 17.8, for it would turne into a serpent, and back againe: and Aaron's rod too, for, of a dry and feare sticke, it came to blossome againe and to beare ripe al­monds: To shew, that every Government is miraculous, and conteineth in it matter of wonder, and that in two respects.

1. Ezek. 11.3. Gen. 4.9.For, whereas there is naturally in every man a seeking his own ease; to lye soking in his broth (as Ezekiel speaketh;) not to be custos fratris, nor to afflict and vexe his soule with the care of others: it is surely supernaturall, to endure that carke and care, which the Governours continually do (a matter that we inferiours can little skill of;) but to read Eâ nocte dormire non potuit rex, Est. 6.1. Dan. 6.18. Such a night the King could not sleepe; And againe, Such a night no meat would downe with the King, and he lifted not to heare any Musique: To endure this (I say) is supernaturall, and it is GOD, which a­bove a [...]l nature, by His mighty spirit worketh it in them.

2. Num. 16.12.Againe, whereas there is, in every inferiour, a naturall wildnesse or unwillingnesse to brooke any Ruler, or Iudge over them (as was told Moses flattly to his face:) For, by nature, the people are not like sheepe: It is not (certainly) any power of man, but a meer supernaturall thing, to keepe the nations of the earth in such awe and order, as we see them in.1 Reg [...].9. Quis potest (saith Salomon) who is hable to mannage this mightie multitude,Ioh. 19.10. so huge in number, so un-ruly in affection? Nonne potestatem habeo? Have not I power (saith Pilate?) But our SAVIOVR CHRIST very fittly telleth him,Ioh. 19.11. Power he hath indeed, but it is not innata, but data desuper; and ex [...]ept it were given him from above, he should have none at all. It is Tu duxisti that doth it: even Thou O LORD, and thine allmightie power, that holdest them under. And very fitly from the wonder in appeasing the sea (in the last verse before) doth the Pro­phet passe (in this) to the leading of the people:Verse 19. Their natures are alike: Himselfe, in one verse, Psal. 65.7. matcheth them; Thou rulest the raging of the Sea and the noyse of the waves, and the madnesse of the people. That is: no lesse unruly and enraged, by nature is the multitude, Psal. 2.3. Luc. 1 [...].14. then the Sea. No lesse it roreth, Dirumpamus vincula eorum, and Nolumus hunc regnare super nos, when God unlooseth it. Of one and the same power it proceedeth, to keepe them both within their bankes: Thou that calmest the one, charmest also the other.

Num. 11.12.Wherefore when we see that carefull mind in a Prince (I will use Mose's owne words) to carie a people in her armes, as if she had conceived them in her wombe, as no nurse, no mother more tender: and againe, when we see this tumultuous and tem­pestuous bodie, this same Sea of popularitie kept in a quiet calme, and infinite millions ebbing and flowing (as it were) that is, stirring and standing still, arming and disarming themselves, killing and being killed and all at the monosyllables of one person, Go and they go, Come and they come, Doe and they doe it: Let us see God sen­sibly in it,Mat. 8.9. and the power of God, yea the miraculous power of God; and say with the Prophett, Thou art the God, that doest wonders, Thou leaddest thy people like Sheep by the hands of MOSES and AARON. And so much for the first part, first word and person.

II The second word compriseth the benefit issuing from God, which is a leading or conduct,The second Part. Duxisti. Exod. 17.15. Esa. 9.6. Psal. 82, 1. the second part. A word of great compasse, and includeth many leadings under it. For, to be our Iehovah Nissi, our standard-bearer, and to leade our For­ces in field; To be our wonderfull Counseiler, and to lead that honorable Boord. To sit in the middest of our Iudges and to lead them in giving sentence; All these and more then these are all in duxisti. And all these are especiall favours: but the chiefe of all, and that whereof all these are but the traine, is the leading us in His hea­venly truth, and in the way of His Commaundements, to the land of the living. All the rest attend upon this: this is chiefe, and therefore the leading of principall entend­ment.

[Page 277]And in this leading there be these foure points. For that it be a leading, it must be orderly without straying, skilfully without erring, gently without forcing, and certeinly without missing our iourneys end. First, orderly, without straying: led and not wander. Second, skilfully without erring: led and not missed. Third, gently without forcing: led, and not drawen. Fourth, certenly without missing: led, and not led about, ever going but never comming to our place of repose.

In the first whereof we are but let see, the wandring and staylesse estate we 1 were in, till GOD vouchsafed to send us this gracious conduct: sicut oves, like Eze­kiël's stray sheepe, stragling upon every Valley and upon every Hill. Ezech 34.5.6. The very case, these people heer were in, when GOD in mercie sent them these two Guides, scatte­red all over the land to seeke stubble. Which estate of theirs,Exod. 5.12. is the expresse patterne of the world, wandring in vanitie, picking up strawes, and things that shall not profit them, seeking death in the error of their life, Sap. 1.12. till GOD looke mercifully upon them, and from this wild wandring, reduce them into the right way.

Which right way is the second point; For els, it is not Duxisti; but Sedux­isti; 2 and as good no leading at all, as mis-leading. Now this right way if we ask where it lieth, the P [...]ophet will tell us, Thy way ô GOD is in the Sanctuarie:Ver. 13. (that is) it is the word of God which is the Lode-starr, when God is the Leads-man. Sicut oves it must be, and this is the voice of the true Shepheard, to be listened to of all His flock, that will not rove and runne headlong into the wolfes denne. This is the piller of the cloud in regard of this people heer,Exod. 14. to be kept in view of all those that will not perish in the wildernesse, wherein is no path. Indeed it is both: 1 the pillar of the cloud before, directing us in the way; 2 and the voice of the Shepheard behind us (as Esai saith) telling us when we misse, and crying, Haec est via ambulate in ea, Esai 30.21. This is the way, the right way, walke in it.

And in this way, our guiding must be mild and gentle: Els it is not Duxisti, but 3 traxisti; drawing and driving, and no leading. Leni spiritu non durâ manu, rather by an inward sweet influence to be led then by an outward extreme violence to be forced forward. So did God lead this people heer. Not the greatest pace (I wis) for they were a yeare marching that,Deut. 1.2. Exod. 13 18. they might have posted in eleven dayes (as Moses saith.) No not yet the neerest way neither, as Moses telleth us. For, He fetched a compasse diverse times; as all wise Governors by His example must doe, that desire rather safely to lead, then hastilie to drive forward. The Spirit of God leadeth this people (saith Esai) as a horse is ridden downe the hill into a valley;Es. 69. [...]. which must not be a ga [...]opp, lest horse and ruler both come downe one over another; but warily and easily. And sicut oves still giveth us light, seeing the text compareth it to a sheepe gate. Touching which kinde of Cattell to very good purpose, Iacob (a skilfull shepheard) answereth Esau (who would have had Iacob and his flocks have kept company with him in his hunting pace) Nay not so Sir (said Iacob) it is a tender cattell, Gen 33.13. that is under my hands, and must be softly driven, as they may endure; if one should over-drive them but one day, they would all d [...]e or be layd up for many daies after. Indeed,1. Reg. 10.11. Rehoboam left ten parts of his flocke behind, onely for ignorance of this very point in Duxisti. For, when in boysterous manner he chased them before him, telling them what yo [...]es he would make for them (a farre unmeet occupation for a Prince to be a yoke­maker) they all shrunk from him presently, and falsified his prophecie cleane. For wher [...]as he told them sadly, His little finger should be as bigg as his Fathers whole bo­dy, it fell out cleane contrarie; for, his whole body prooved not so bigg as his Fathers little finger. A gentle leading it must be; and in the beginning, such was the course. Therfore yee have the Kings of Canaan in Genesis, for the most part called by the name of Abimelech (that is) Pater Rex, a King in place, a Father in affection. Such was M [...]ses our leader heer, a meeke man above all the men on the earth. Num. 12.3. Such was David himselfe, who full bitterly complaineth, Ah these sonnes of Zervia are too hard, 2. Sam. 3.39. too full of execution for me. And (to end this point) thus describeth he his good Prince (in the 72. Psalme) He shall come downe (not like hail-stones on a house top,Psal. 72.6. but) like the dew into a flecce of wooll (that is) sweetly and mildly, without any noyse or vio­lence at all.

[Page 278]Last of all. All this reducing and right leading and gentle leading, must end in an end; they must not goe and go still in infinitum; that, is no leading but trying out­right.Psa. 23.2. It must be sicut oves, whom the good Shepheard (in the 23. Psal.) leadeth to a place, and to a place meet for them, where there is green pasture by the waters of comfort. So was it in this people heer. They were led out of Aegypt to sacri­fice to GOD, and to learne His Law in the mount of GOD Sinai; and from thence also to Sion it selfe His owne rest, and holy habitation. And even so our people are led from the wandrings of this world, unto the folds of GOD's Church, where (as the Prophet saith in the 73. Psalme) first GOD will a while guide them with His counseile and after will receive them into His glorie. Psa. 73.24. And this is the end of all leading. To bring us all from the vaine proffers of the world, which we shall all finde (as Salomon found it) vanitas vanitatum & omnia vanitas, to the sound comfort of His word in this Booke,Eccles 1.2. which is indeed veritas veritatum & omnia veritas: in the knowledge and practice whereof when they shall have fulfilled their course heer, GOD will bring them to His owne rest, to His heavenly Ierusalem, where is and ever shalbe faelicitas faelicitatum & omnia faelicitas.

But in this life heer, we come no further then the borders of His Sanctuarie (as he telleth us in the next Psal.) in the way whereof if GOD lead us constanter, constant­ly,Psal. 78.54. not after our wanton manner, out and in when we list, all the other inferiour leadings shall acompanie this one. For, this leading leadeth them all. He shall lead our Counselors, that they shall advise the counseiles of his owne heart: He shall lead our Iudges, that they shall pronounce the judgements of His owne mouth: He shall lead our forces into Edom, the strong cities and holds of the enemie: He shall lead our navie in the sea, by unknowne pathes, to the place it would goe; and I can say no more. Through all the dreads and dangers of the world, through the perills of the red sea, through the perills of the desert, through the malice of all our enimies, He shall safely lead us, and sure [...]y bring us to His promised kingdome, where we shall see the goodnesse of the Lord in the land of the living. And this is the benefit, Psal. 27.17. and thus much for that part.

The third part Popalum tuum.The value of which benefit we shall the better esteeme, if we consider the state of the Parties, on whom it is bestowed, set downe in these words Populum tuum: which is the third part.Populum. Deut. 32.6. That all this good is for the people, worthy not so much as the least part of it. For, what is the people? Let Moses speake (for, he knew them) Siccine popule stulte & insipiens? And Aaron too (for, he had occasion to trie them) This people is even set on mischiefe. Exod. 32.22. Psal. 68.3 [...]. Exod. 32.9.33 3. And (if you will) David also, Inter Belluas populorum. And to conclude, GOD Himselfe, Populus iste durae cervicis est. This is the people. We may breefly take a view of all these.

Act. 19.32.Will you see the folly and giddinesse of this multitude? ye may, Act. 19. there, they be at the Towne-house, some crying one thing some another; and the more part knew not why they were come togither. Therefore Moses truly sayd, it was a fond and giddy-headed people.

Will yee see the brutishnesse of the people? In the 22. Acts, you shall see them taking up a crie,Act. 22.23. upon a word spoken by Saint Paule, and casting of their clothes and throwing dust into the ayre, as if they were quite decayed of reason; that David truly might say, inter belluas populorum.

Will ye see the spight and malice of the people. In the 16. Numbers, for Coreh's death they challenge Moses and Aaron, Num. 16.41. yee have persecuted and killed the people of the Lord. Yet neither did Moses once touch them, but GOD Himselfe from heaven, by visible judgement, shewed them to be as they were. Neither were Coreh and his crew the people of GOD but the sonnes of Belial. But that is their manner, in despight of Moses, if for ought they like him not, presently to canonize Coreh and his complices, and make them the Saints of GOD. That Aaron said truly of them, This people is even set on mischiefe.

[Page 279]Lastly if ye will see their head-strongnesse, look upon them in the eighth of the 1. of Samuci, where having phansied to themselves an alteration of estate,1. Sam. 8.19, 20. though they were shewed plainly by Samuel, the sundry inconveniences of the government, they so affected, they answer him with, No (for that is their Logique, to deny the con­clusion) but we wilbe like other countreys about us, and be guided as we thinke good our owne selves. That (of all other) GOD's saying is most true, It is a stifnecked and [...]ead strong generation.

And yet, for all these wants, so well weening of themselves, as they need no lea­ding, they: every one among them is meet to be a leader, to prescribe Moses and con­troll Aaron in their proceedings. So that, where GOD setteth the sentence thus, Thou leaddest thy people like sheepe by the hands of Moses & Aaron; might they have their wills, they would take the sentence by the end, and turne it thus, Thou leaddest Moses & Aaron like sheepe by the hands of thy people.

And this is the people, Populus. Tuum. And surely, no evill can be sayd too much of this word people, if ye take it apart by it selfe, Populus without Tuus, The people and not Th [...] people. But then, heer is amends for all the evill before, in this word Tu­us; Which qualifieth the former and maketh them capable of any blessing or benefit.

A common thing in Scripture it is, thus to delay one word with another.Mat. 18.15. Si pecca­veri [...] in re frater tuus: Peccaverit stirres our choler streight; but then, Frater makes us hold our hand againe. Tolle festucam ex oculo: Festucam, a mote? Luc. 6.41.42. our zeale is kindled presently to remove it: but then Ex oculo, the tendernesse of the part tem­pers us, and teacheth us to deale with it in great discretion. And so it is heer: Po­pulus so un-ruly a rout, as Moses and Aaron would disdaine once to touch them; but when Tuus is added, it will make any of them, not onely to touch them, but to take them by the hand. For, it is much that lieth upon this pronoune Tuus; indeed, all lieth upon it: and put me Tuus out of the verse, and neither GOD respecteth them, nor vouchsafeth them either Moses to governe, or Aaron to teach, or any heavenly benefit els. For, Populus is unworthy of them all: But, for Tuus, nothing is too good.

For there is, in Tuus, Not onely that they be men, and not beasts; Freemen, and not villains; Athenians or Englishmen (that is, a civill) not a ba [...]barous people (the three considerations of the heathen Ruler:) but, that they be GOD's owne people and flock; and that is all in all. Hi [...] people, because He made them; and so, the lot of His inheritance. Psal. 1 [...]0.3. His p [...]ople againe, because He redeemed them from Aegypt with His mightie arme;Verse 15. and so, His peculiar people. His people the third time, because He redeemed their soules by His suff [...]rings; and so, a people purchased most dearly, purchased even with the inva­luable high price of His most precious bloud. This is that, that sets the price on them.1. Pet. 1.9. For, over s [...]ch a flock, so highly priced, so deerly beloved, and so deerly bought, it may well beseem any, to be a Guide. Moses, with all his learning; Aaron, with all his eloquence; yea even Kings to be their foster-Fathers; and Queens to be their Nourses. No leading, No lead [...]r too good for them.Esai. 42.2 [...]. I conclude (with Saint Au­gustine upon these words) Quamdiu minimis istis fecistis fratribus meis, fecistis & mihi: Audis minimis (saith he) & contemnis, Thou hearest they be the base people, the minims of the worl [...], and thou settest thy foote on them; Audi et fratribus, Take this with thee too, that they be CHRIST's brethren, thou leadest: Et mihi crede, non est minima gloria horum minimorum salus, And trust me, it is no poor praise to protect this poor [...] flocke, but a high se [...]vice it is, and shalbe highly rewarded. CHRIST will take and reward it, as done to Himselfe in person.

Sicut Oves standeth doubtfull in the Verse; and may be referred,Sicut oves. either to the man­ner of leading, thus; Thou leadest like sheepe: Or to the persons ledd, thus; Thy peo­ple, like sheepe. There [...]e touched it before, in Duxisti, in every of the foure man­ners of leading; and here now we take it in againe, with the people, to whom it may have reference. And indeed, there is no terme, that the HOLY GHOST more [Page 280] often sendeth for (then this of His flocke) to expresse his people by; for, in the e­state of a flocke they may best see themselves. As heer it is added respectively to Dux­isti, to let them see, both what interest they have in it, and what need they have of it. I meane of government.

1 Lo-ammi.First, as a note of difference betweene Ammi and Lo-ammi: Thy People, and The People: GOD's People, and strange children: Every People is not Sicut Oves; nor every one among the People.Psal. 32.9. There is a People (as the Psalmist speakes) Si­cut Equus & Mulus, like the untamed Horse or Mule, in whom is no understanding: And among the people, there be too many such. Surely, by nature we are all so: wilde and unbroken,Iob. 11.12. as the Asse colt (saith Iob.) Which wildnesse of nature when they are untaught, and taught to submit themselves to government; to become gen­tle and easie to be led, Sicut Oves, led to feeding, led to shearing, to feede those that feed them; tractable of nature, and profitable of yeeld: It is a good degree and a great worke is performed on them. For, by it, as by the first step, they become GOD's people. For, His people are populus sicut Oves, and they that are not His, are populus sicut Hirci, a people like Hee-Goates, in nature intractable, in use unser­uiceable.

Now, being H [...]s people, they come to have an interest in Duxisti, the benefite. For, populus si [...]ut ov [...]s must be led gently; but populus sicut hirci must be driven for­cibly. Duxisti is not for both: It is a priviledge. And if there be any retaine their wild nature, or degenerate from sheepe into goates (as diverse do daily:) for them. Aaron hath a rod to sever them from the fold, by censure of the Church. And if that will not serve, Moses hath another, which he can turne into a serpent and sting them: Yea, if need so require, sting them to death, by the power secular. For Na­chah is leading, and (the sound remaining) Nacah is smiting; and a necessarie use of both. The one, for thy people, like sheepe, who will be led; the other for the strange children like goates, who will not stirre a foot, further then they be forced. And this is the i [...]terest.

2 But now againe, when they be brought thus farre, to be like sheepe; they are but li [...] sheepe, though: that is, a w [...]ake and unwise cattell, farre unable to guide thems [...]l [...]es. Which sheweth them their need of good government, and though they be the p [...]o [...]le of GOD, yet that Moses and Aaron be not superfluous. For, a feeble poore bea [...]t (we all know) a sheepe is; of little or no strength for resistance in the w [...]rld, and therefore in danger to be preyed on by every Woolfe. And, as of li [...]tle stren [...], so of little reach. None so easily straieth of it selfe; None is so easily l [...]d awrie by others. [...]. 2 [...].2 [...]. Everie strange whistle maketh the sheepe; Everie Ecce hîc m [...]keth the p [...]o [...]le cast up their heads, as if some great matter were in hand.

These two d [...]f [...]cts do mainly enforce the necessitie of a Leader. For, they that want sight (as blind-men) and they that want strength (as little children) stirre not without great perill, except they have one to lead them. And both these wants are in sheep [...], and in the people too.

If then they be sicut Oves, like sheepe: What is both their wisedome? Sure to be in the uni [...]ie of a flocke; and what is their str [...]ngth? Truly, to be under the conduct of [...] Sh [...]pheard; In these two is their safetie. For, if either they single themselves and st [...]a [...] from the fol [...]; or if they be a fold, and yet want a shepheard; none more mise [...]a [...]e th [...]n they. And indeed, in the HOLY GHOST's phrase, it is the ordi­narie n [...]te [...]f a private mans miserie, [...]. to be Tanquam ovis erratica, as a stray sheepe fr [...]m the [...]; [...]. 9 36. and of the miserie of every Estate politique, to be Tanquam grex ab [...]ue Pa [...]o [...]e, as a f [...]ocke without a Shepheard. Therefore, guiding they need: both the [...] u [...]itie (Band [...]) to reduce them from straying, [...]. 1 [...].7. and the staffe of order (Beau­tie) to lea [...] them so reduced. And would GOD they would see their owne feeble­ness [...] an [...] shallownesse, and learne to acknowledge the absolute necessitie of this benefit; [...] Oves. Ducti sumu [...] sicut Oves. in all dutie rec [...]iving it, in all humility praying for the continuance of it, that GOD breake not the fold, and smite not the Shepheard, for the flockes un­tha [...]kf [...]lnesse.

[...]

[Page 281] By the hands of Moses and Aaron.] This part of the verse that is behind,The fourth Part. Per manus MOSIS & AARONIS. and conteineth the Meanes by whom GOD conveigheth this benefit to His people, had had no use, but might well have been left out, and the verse ended at populum tu­um, if [Author alienae potentiae perdit suam] had been GOD's rule. For, He needed no meanes, but immediatly from Himselfe, sine manibus, could have conveighed it, without any hands (save those that made us; that is, His almighty power, but) with­out any arme or hand of flesh; without Moses or Aaron, without men or Angells, He was hable (Himselfe) to have ledd us. And a principio fuit sic; For a time, He did so; Of Himselfe immediately, and of His owne absolute sovereigntie, held He court in the beginning, and proceeded against Adam, Eve, Cain, the old world; and there was none joyned in commission with Him. He onely was our King of old (saith the Psalmist:) and for a space, the justice that was done on earth, He did it Himselfe. Psal. 74 12. And as He held court before all, so will He also hold one after all. Veniet, Veniet qui ma­lè judicata rejudicabit dies: There will come a day, there is a day comming, where­in all evill judged eases shalbe judged over againe. To which all appeales lye, even from the daies of affliction in this world (as sometimes they be) to the day of judge­ment in the world to come.

This estate of guiding being wholy invested in Him, there being but one GOD and one Guide, He would not keepe it unto Himselfe alone, as He might, but it pleased Him to send Moses His servant, and Aaron, whom He had chosen, Psal. 105.26. to associate them to Himselfe, in the Commission of leading, and to make hominem homini Deum, One man a Guide and God to another.

And those, whom He thus honoreth, 1 First the Prophet calleth God's hands, Per manum. by whom He leadeth us: 2 and secondly telleth us, who they be; MOSES and AA­RON.

God's hands they be: For that, by them He reacheth unto us Duxisti, and in it Religion, and counseile, and justice, and victorie, and whatsoever els is good. He sendeth His word to Moses first, and by him (as it were,Psal. 103.7. through his hand) His statutes and ordinances unto all Israël.

And not good things only, but (if they so deserve) sometimes evill also. For as, if they be vertuous (such as Moses and Aaron) they be the good hand of God for our benefit, such as was upon Ezra: so, if they be evill (such as Balaac and Balaam) they be the heavie hand of GOD for our chastisement, such as was upon Iob. But the hand of GOD they be both. And a certaine resemblance there is betweene this government and the hand: For, as we see the hand it selfe parted into diverse fingers, and those againe into sundry joints, for the more convenient and speedy service thereof; so is the estate of government, for ease and expedition, branched into the middle Offices, and they againe (as fingers) into others under them. But the very meanest of them all, is a joint of some finger of this hand of GOD. Nazianzen (speaking of Rulers, as of the Images of GOD) compareth the highest, to pictures drawne cleane through, e­ven to the feet: the middle sort, to halfe pictures drawn but to the girdle: the meanest, to the lesser sort of pictures drawn but to the necke or shoulders. But all, in some de­gree, carie the Image of GOD.

Out of which terme (of the hands of GOD) the people first are taught their dutie; so to esteeme of them, as of GOD's owne hands: That as GOD ruleth them by the hands of Moses and Aaron (that is) by their ministerie; so Moses and Aaron rule them by the hands of God (that is) by His authoritie. It is His name, they weare; it is His seate, they sitt in; it is the rod of God, that is in Mose's and Aaron's hands. If we fall downe before them, it is He that is honored, if we rise up against them, it is He that is injuried: and that Peccavi in coelum, & in te must be our confession,Luc. 15.27. against heaven, and them; but first, against heaven and God himselfe, when we commit any contempt against Moses or Aaron.

1. And the Rulers have their lesson too. First, That if they be God's hands, then 1 His Spirit is to open and shut them, stretch them out, and draw them in, wholy to guide and governe them; as the hand of man is guided and governed by the spirit [Page 282] that is in man. Heavenly and divine had those hands need be, which are to be the hands and to worke the worke of God.

2. Againe, they be not only hands, but Manus per quam (that is) hands in actu. Not to be wrapped up in soft furr, but by which an actuall dutie of leading is to be performed. Mose's owne hand (in the fourth of Exodus) when he had lodged it in his warme bosome, Exod. 4.6 became leprous; but being stretched out, recovered againe. Hands in actu then they must be: not loosely hanging downe, or folded toge­ther in idlenesse; but stretched out: not onely to point others, but themselves to be formost in th'execution of every good worke.

3. Thirdly, Manus per quam ducuntur: That is, as not the leprous hand of Mo­ses, 1. Reg. 13.4. so neither the withered hand of Ieroboam stretching it selfe out against God, by mis-leading His people and making them to sinne. Leading backe againe into Aegypt (a thing expresly forbidden) either to the oppression and bondage of Aegypt;Deut. 17.16. or to the ignorance and false worship of Aegypt, from whence Moses had ledd them. For as they be not entire bodies of themselves, but hands; and that not their owne, but God's: so, the People they ledd, are not their owne but His, and by Him, and to Him to be ledd and directed. So much for God's hands.

Moses & Aaron.This Honorable title (of the hand of God) is heere given to two parties, Moses and Aaron, in regard of two distinct duties performed by them. Ye heard, how we said before, The people of God were like sheepe, in respect of a double want, 1 want of strength by meanes of their feeblen [...]sse, 2 and want of skill by meanes of their simplenesse. For this double want heere commeth a double supplie, from the hand, 1 of strength, and 2 of cunning: For, both these are in the hand.

1. It is, of all members, the chiefe in might; as appeareth by the diversitie of vses and services,Psal. 20.6 it is put to. In Potentatibus dexterae (saith the Prophet.)

2. And secondly, it is also the part of greatest cunning; as appeareth by the variet [...] of the works, which it yeeldeth, by the pen, the pencill, the needle, and instruments of musique. Psal. 78.72. Psal. 137.5. In intellectu manuum (saith the Psalmist, in the end of the next Psalme: and let my right hand forget her cunning.)

This hand of God then, by his strength affordeth prot [...]ction to the feeblenesse of the f [...]ock: and againe by his skill affordeth direction to the simplenesse of the flocke. And these are the two substantiall parts of all leading.

These twaine (as two armes) did God appoint in the wildernesse, to lead His people by. Afterward, over these twaine did He yet set another, even the power and authority Regall, 1. Sam. 15.17. in place of the Head (as himselfe termeth it;) and to it, as su­preme, vnited the regiment of both. The consideration of which Power, I med [...]le not with (as being not within the compasse of this vers [...]) but o [...]ely wit [...] the hands or regiments Ecclesiasticall and Civill. Which (as the t [...]o Ch [...]ubim [...] did the Arke) over-spread and preserve every estate.2. Chron 19.6 One (saith Iehosa [...]hat) dispensing Res Ie­hovae, the Lord's businesse; the other dealing in Negotio regis, the [...]fai [...]es of Estate. One (saith David) inten [...]ing the worship of the Tribes;2. Chron. 19.11 Ps [...]l. 1 22.4.5. the ot [...]er, [...] t [...]rones for iustice. One (saith Paul) being for us in [...], things perteini [...]g to, God; the other, in [...],Rom. 15.17. 1. Cor. 6.3. matters of this present life. The one Pro aris, the other P [...]o focis, as the very Heathen acknowledge.

1. These two are the hands, necessarie to the bodie, and necessarie each to other. First, they be (both) hands: and the hands (we know) are payres. Not Moses the hand, and Aaron the foot; but either, and each the hand. And as they be a paire of hands, so be they also a payre of brethren. Not Moses de primis, and Aaron de novissimis populi;Esay 22. Not Mos [...] the Head, and Aaron the tayle: Not Moses a Quis (as Saint Hierome speaketh, out of the twenty two of Esay) and Aaron a quasi quis; but, both of one parentage, both one mans children.

2. Secondly, being (both) hands, neither of them is superfluous; no more to [Page 283] be spared, then may the hands: but both are absolutely necessarie; and a maymed and lame estate it is, where either is wanting. The Estate of Israel (in the seven­teenth of the Iudges) without a Civill Governor prooved a very masse of con­fusion. The very same Estate (in the second of Chron. Chap. XV.Iudg. 17.6. 2. Chron. 15.3) Sine sacerdote do­cente, no lesse out of frame. Miserable first, if they lacke Iosua, and be as sheepe wanting that Shepheard. And miserable againe, if they lacke IESVS,Num. 27.17. Matt. 9.36. and be as sheepe wanting that Shepheard. Moses is needfull, in the want of water, to strike the rocke for us, and to procure us supplie of bodily relee [...]e.Exod. 17.6. Aaron is no lesse: For he in like manner reacheth to every one food of another kinde (which we may worse be without) even the bread of life, and water out of the spirituall Rocke, Ioh. 6.48.51. 1 Cor. 10.4. Exod 17 8. Ephes. 6.1 [...]. which is CHRIS [...] IESVS. Moses we need, to see our forces ledd against Ama­leck, for safegard of that little we hold heere in this life: and Aaron no lesse, to preserve our free-hold in the everlasting life: For the great and mightie [...], the legions of our sinnes, the very forces of the Prince of darknesse are ouerthrowne by the spirituall weapons of Aaron's warfare. Moses may not be spared from sitting and deciding the causes which are brought before him. No more may Aaron, whose Vrim giveth answer, in doubts no lesse important; and who not onely with his Vrim and Thummim, gi [...]eth counseile, but by his incense and sacrifice obteineth good successe for all our counseiles. In a word: If Moses rodd be requisite to sting and de­voure the wicked; Aaron's is also, to revive the good, and to make t [...]em to fructifie. If Mose's hand want, with the sword to make us a way: Aaron's hand wants too, with the key to give us an entrance. And thus much will I say for Aaron (for the Divell hath now left to dispute about Mose's bodie, and bendeth all against him) that, the very first note of difference in all the Bible, to know God's people by, is, that as Cain and his race begoon at the City-wa [...]ls first, and let Religion (as it might) come after, any it skilled not what:Gen 4.26. So the posterity of Seth (the people of GOD) begoon at the Church (Et coeptum est invocari) at the worship of GOD and His Taberna­cle; as the point of principall necessitie in their accompt, and (as CHRIST rec­koned it) Vnum necessarium And truly, if we be not Populus a people,Luk. 10.42. but Populus Tuus, GOD's people, we will so esteeme it too. For, as for i [...]stice and law and exe­cution of them both, Taliter fecit omni populo, it is everie where to be had,Psal. 76.1 even among the verie Heathen and Turkes themselves. So is not GOD's truth an [...] Re­ligion and the way of righteousnesse. No: Natus in Iudaea Deus (saith the Pro­phet in the last Psalme) that, is onely to be had in the Church, and Non talit [...]r f [...]cit om­ni populo, he hath not dealt so with every people. [...]very people have not knowledge of His lawes. So that, if the Governor be not meerely Pastor agresti [...], a rurall shepheard, such as are in the fields, and the people of GOD, in his eyes, no better then Pecora campi; so that, if he keepe them one from goring another with their hornes, and one from eating up the others locke of hey, all is well, and no more to be cared for of Ga [...]lio. But, that he be like the great Shepheard, the good Shephea [...]d, the [...]rince of Shepheards,1. Pet. 2.25. who was Pastor animarum (as Saint Peter calleth him) a Shepheard of soules; to see also that they be in good plight, that they be ledd in the way of truth. It will easily be yielded to, that per manum Mosis, is no full point, but needeth [and Aaron] to be ioyned to it.Exod 4.14. Moses himselfe saw this and therefore (in the fourth of Exodus) when he had diverse times shifted of this sole leading, while GOD stood still upon Ecce mittam te; At last, when GOD came further and sai [...], Ecce Aaron frater tuus, mittam eum tecum, that conte [...]ted him, and [...]hen he vndertooke it; as knowing, these were like hands, maimed, the one without the other, but that, Moses and Aaron make a compleat Government.

3. And what should I say more? They be hands and the bodie needeth them both: They be hands and they ne [...]d each other. Moses needeth Aaron: For, Moses hands are heavy and need a stay: and Aaron it is, that keepeth them steddy, by continuall putting the people in remembrance, that they be subject to principalities; by winning that at their hands by his continuall dropping his word upon them, which Moses, for the hardnesse of their hearts, is faine to yeeld to. By strengthening mainely Mo­se's [Page 284] Debita legalia, duties of Parliament and common law, by his Debita moralia, du­ties of conscience and Divinitie. And whatsoever action Moses doth imprison, Aaron imprisoneth all the thoughts any waies accessarie to the action. Which thoughts if they may runne at libertie, the action will surely be bayled, or make an escape, and not be long kept in durance. And so many waies doth Aaron support and make both more easie, and more steadie, the hands of Moses.

And Moses (for his part) is not behind, but a most jealous preserver of Aaron's honour and right every where. Every where mild, save in Aaron's quarrell, and with those only, that murmured against Aaron, and said, he tooke too much upon him. Take but his prayer for all (because I would end;) his prayer made for Aaron by name (in the 33. Deut.) and these three points in it.Deut. 33.11. Blesse, O Lord, his substance: ther­fore he would never have heard, Vt quid perditio haec? that all is lost that is spent on Aaron's head. Then, Accept the worke of his hands: therefore he would never easily have excepted to, or with a hard construction skanned all the doings of Aaron. Last of all, Smite through the loynes of them that rise up against him: therefore he would ne­ver have strengthened the hand of his evill willers,1. Sam. 22.18. or said (with Saul to Doëg) Turne thou and fall upon the Priests.

To conclude, Moses and Aaron (both) have enemies: as Aaron hath Coreh and Dathan, 2. Tim. 3.8. that repine at him; so hath Moses (too) Iannes and Iambres, that would withstand him. And he that at one time disputes about the bodie of Aaron, may also hereafter (for he hath done it heretofore) dispute about the bodie of Moses. Iude 9. It is good therefore, they be respective each to other: Aaron helpe Moses in his lott; and Moses, Aaron in his; that they stand in the gap one for another; that so, their unitie may be hand in hand, as the unity of brethren, strong and hard to breake as the barres of a palace.

The LORD, by whose Almighty power all governments do stand; those especi­ally wherein the people are led in the way of his Sanctuarie; as he hath graciously be­gun to lead us in that way, so leave us not, till we have finished our course with joy. Knitt the hearts of Moses and Aaron, that they may joine lovingly: Teach their hands, and fingers of their hands, that they lead skilfully: Touch the hearts of the people that they may be led willingly: that, by meanes of this happy conduct, surely without error, and safely without danger, we may lead and be l [...]dd forward, till we come to the fruition of his promise, the expectation of our blessed hope, even the eternall joies of his coelestiall Kingdome, through IESVS CHRIST our LORD. To Whom, &c.

A SERMON Preached before QVEENE ELIZABETH, AT SAINT IAME'S, on Wednesday being the XXX. of March, A. D. MDXCIII.

MARKE CHAP. XIV. VER. IV.V.VI.

Erant autem quidam indignè ferentes intra semet-ipsos, & dicentes, Vt quid perditio ista unguenti facta est? &c.

Therefore some disdeigned among themselves, and said: To what end is this wast of ointment?

For, it might have beene sold for more then three hundred pence, and been given to the poore: And they grudged against her.

But IESVS said: Let her alone; why trouble ye her? She hath wrought a good worke on Me.

THIS action of wast, (which by some is brought, and, by CHRIST our SAVIOV [...], traversed) was against a woman (saith Saint MARKE, th [...] verse before: which woman (as Saint IOHN hath it Chap. XI. Ver. 2.) was MARIE MAGDALEN; now, a glorious Sa [...]nt in heaven, sometime, a gree­vous sinner vpon earth.

Saint AVGVSTINE noteth; Of all those, that sought to CHRIST, She was the onely sinner, that for sinne onely, and for no bodily griefe or maladie at all, sued and sought to Him. Of whom being re­ceived to grace, and obteining a quietus est for her many sinnes (a benefit in-estimable, Et quod nem [...] [...], nisi acceperit, which they onely know, and none but they, that haue received it) [Page 286] as,Luk. 7.47. much was forgiven her, so, much she loved. And, seeking by all meanes to ex­presse her multam dilectionem propter multam remissionem (as CHRIST saith, Verse 8.) [...]; nothing she had, was too deare. And having a pretious confection or ointment, of Nardus, the chiefe of all ointments; and, in it of [...], the chiefe of all Nardi; and in it too, not of the leafe, but (of the very choise part thereof, of) the Spike, or flower; both, for the making, true; and for the value, costly; that did she bestow. And that frankly: For, she did not drop, but powre; not a dramme or two, but, a whole pound; not reserving any, but breaking boxe and all: And that, not now alone, but three severall times, one after another.

This she did: and (as it may seem) the coherence fell out not amisse: This outward ointment and sweet odour, Psal. 45.7. 1. Ioh. 2.20. 2. Cor. 2.15. she bestowed on CHRIST, for the vile of glad­nesse; for the Spirituall annointing (as Saint Iohn;) and the comfortable savour of His knowledge (as Saint Paul calls it) He bestowed on her.

This, as it was well done, so, was it well taken of CHRIST: and so should have beene, of all present, but for Iudas (saith Saint Iohn.) Who, liking better odorem lucri ex re qualibet, then any sent in the Apothecarie's shop, seeing that spent on CHRIST's head, that he wished should have come into his purse; repined at it. But that, so cunningly, in so good words, with so colorable a motion (1. That it was a needlesse expense, indeed a wast: 2. That it might have beene bestowed much better, to the reliefe of many poore people:) as that he drew the Disciples (some of them) to favour the motion, and to dislike of Marie Magdalen and her doing. So that, both they and he joyned in one Bill: but he, of a wretched covetous minde; they, of a simple plaine intent and purpose, thinking, all that was well spoken, had beene well meant.

Which Action of theirs, for that it was brought, Not onely against her that be­stowed it; but even, against CHRIST also that admitted it, though not so directly; (as it were, against her, with Vtquid perditio? against Him, with Vtquid permis [...]io?) for that also, it might be a dangerous precedent in ages to come, if nothing were said to it; and shutt all boxes and barre all ointments forever: Our SAVIOVR himselfe taketh on Him, to plead her cause. Not onely excusing it in (Sin [...]te illam) as no wast; but also commending it (in bonum opus) as a good worke: Th [...]t the oint­ment was not so pleasant to his sense, as her thankfullnesse acceptable to His Spi­rit: That the ointment, which then filled the house with the sent, should fill the whole wor [...]d with the report of it; and as far and wide as the Gosp [...]ll was preached, so far and wide should this act be remembred, as well for her c [...]mmendation that did it, as for our imitation that should heare of it.

We see, both the occasion, and summe of these words read. Which may apply be said, to conteine in them a disputation or Plea, about Ma [...]ie Magdalene's act, whe­ther it were well done, or no. Whereof there are two pri [...]cipall parts: Iudas, with Some other ad oppositum against it; to have Marie Magdalen reformed, and her box converted to better vses: CHRIST for it, and against them: Sinite, that He would have it stand; yea, that He would have it acknowledged for that, it was, Bonum opus.

The DivisionIn the intreating whereof, these three points I purpose. 1. First of Iudas his Mo­tion: I and in it 1 The speech it selfe, Vtquid perditio, &c. 2 The Speaker, Some of them: 3 The Minde, or aff [...]ction; thought much.

II 2. Secondly, of CHRIST's Apologie; and in it 1 That it is sufferable: 2 That it is com [...]enda [...]le: 3 The reason of both, In Me; for that on Him.

III 3. Last of all, laying both together: (The former, That it is a good worke; The later, That yet grudged at:) that good actions oft times meet with evill con­structions; ther [...]fore, 1 though we doe well, yet we shall be euill spoken of: and againe, 2 th [...]ugh we be evill spoken of, yet we must proceed to doe well. The vse, we shall make, is (briefly) Ex factis facienda discere, by report of that which hath been done heretofore, to learne, what to doe in like case, heereafter. Whereof, that I may so speake, &c.

OF the tongue, the Psalmist saith,I. Iuda's Motion. 1 The speech. Vtquid Perditio. it is the best member we have (Psal. 108.1.) and Saint Iames (Chap. 3.6.) it is the worst, and that it marreth all the rest. The nature of the tongue (thus being both good and bad) maketh, that our speech is of the same complexion, Good and bad likewise. Whereof this speech (heere) is a pregnant example, Good in substance, as I shall shew presently: Evill, in circumstance (as we shall afterward see) as neither well meant, nor well ap­plied.

In the speech, I commend two good things 1 The Abuse noted Vtquid, &c. 2 The Vse sett downe, Potuit, &c. Not onely, the Defect; Not thus wasted: but, the Provision how; Turned into money, and distributed to the poore.

We beginne with the first: Vtquid perditio, &c. Surely, a good speech, and of good vse, and to be reteined. Religion and Reason (both) teach us, In all things, to regard both Quid, and Vtquid: No lesse, to what end we doe, then what we doe: And, both of them censure, Not onely what is done to an evill end, wickedly; but, what is done to no end, vainely. Quem fructum, Rom. 6.21. What fruit (saith Saint Paul) A good question: and, if it have none, Vtquid terram occupat, Luk. 13.8 Why trou­bleth it the ground? (saith CHRIST.) So that Religion alloweth not wast; cen­sureth idlenesse; and in all things calleth us to our Vtquid haec?

And this, as in all things (in wast of time, wast words, addle questions:) so yet chief­ly, in that which we call Bonum vtile. The very goodnesse of which things is, in their vse; and they, no longer good, then they have a vse, which if they lose, they cease to be good. So that in them, not only those things that are mis-spent upon wicked vses; but, even those also that are idlely spent to no vse, they are lost, lavished, and no good commeth of them. And therefore, in them, Vtquid perditio, indeed? is well said. This they learned of CHRIST himselfe:Ioh 6.12. who in the gathering of the broken meate, gave charge, ut nequid perdatur, that no wast should be made. Indeed, Vtquid perditio ulla? whereto, either this or any wast at all? So that. Religion is an enemie to riott; and good husbandry is good divinitie.

It is GOD's will, that, of our goods Iustitia condus sit, Iustice should be Purvey­or; and they rightly gotten: Temperantia, promus; Temperance, the steward; and they, not wastfully spent. Consequently, Neither wast, in buing: I. Ioh 13.29. but (as CHRIST) [...]: (Not [...] but [...]; Not, whereof we may have vse, but, whereof we have need, and cannot be without it.)

Neither wast in spending: [...], a dispensation, not a dissipation; a laying 2 forth, not [...] a casting away; a wary sowing, not a heedlesse scattering; and a sowing [...], by handfulls, not by basketfulls (as the Heathen man well said.)

Neither wast in giving; Not, making [...], the Graces (which be Virgins)3 not prostituting them, and making them common; but (as the Apostles rule is) [...], as need shall require. So that, to all, to needlesse laying out, Act. 2.45. to su­perfluous expe [...]se, to vnnecessarie largesse, Vtquid perditio? may be said. The rea­son whereof is well sett downe: That, if we wast it in needlesse expenses, we shall not have enough for necessarie charges: If we lavish out in wasting, we shall leave but little for well doing. Whereof, our times doe yeeld plenteous testimonie: In which, Naball's wast, which, being a subiect, makes a feast like a King;1. Sam. 25.36. The Assy­rian's wast, every meane person, in apparell, like a yong Prince; Esau's wast, Gen. 34.1. Ier. 22.15. in carying a retinue of foure hundred at his heeles; Shallum's wast, in inclosing our selves in ceder, and lifting up our gate on high: (Once for all, I protest, and desire it may be graciously received, I doe not, so much as in thought, once ayme at the estate of the Highest, whose glorie I wish to match, yea, to surpasse Salomon in all his royalty: but) This riotous mis-spending, where no need is, hath eaten up, our [Page 288] Christian bestowing, where need is. Lesse waste we must have, if we will have more good workes. It is truely called perditio: It is the losse and destruction of all our good deeds; and I pray GOD, it be not also, of our reward for them.

Vtquid perditio, is a fault: But, vtquid perditio haec, is a greater. For [haec] wanteth not his emphasis; but is, as if he should say: If the summe had been little, or the value small, it might have been borne: if twenty or thirty pence, it might have been winked at: But, if it come once into the hundreds; so great a summe, so much; verily, it may not, it ought not to be suffered.

Thus much for Perditio, the idle wast, the abuse. Now followeth Iuda's plott, the use he wisheth it put too. For first, he maketh a perfect valuation and estimate of what it would rise too; (and it may seeme strange how he should be so skilfull an Au­ditor of the price of rich ointments; But, he hitt it well; for, so (saith Plinie) the best Nardus was so worth:) And that is a materiall point. For, the greater the summe, the more colour of complaint; Vtquid perditio ulla; but specially, utquid perditio haec unguenti, of so rich an ointment? Then, from his audit, he commeth to his Motion, Potuit vendi &c. Sale to be made, the mony to be divided, and the poore to be re­leeved. This is his Supplication: and, this second is better then the former. Indeed, utquid perditio, may be the speech of a Niggard: But, this second that followeth, cannot but proceed from a liberall mind, Potuit vendi &c In that He speaketh not, to have it spared; but, to have it converted to better uses. And, this is a blessed con­iunction, when honest sparing and charitable releeving; when, frugalitie and liberali­tie go togither. Such is this Motion: whereto no man can take exception. Natu­rally, our bowells yerne, and we have an inward compassion, at the miserie of our bretheren: and, GOD's Law willeth not to hide our selves from our own flesh, but, when we have served our need, to give to the poore.

The motion then, is both frugall and charitable: and besides, if we looke more narrowly into it, there appeareth great zeale in it. All wast things, he wisheth, the poore had. Yea, it seemeth, he reckoneth it wast, that the poore is not the better for: that, to be mis-spent, that might be better spent, and is not. And very exactly driveth to this point: That our goods may go, not, to some end; nor, to some good end; but, to the very best e [...]d of all, The relief of the poore. Sure, when I consider the sobrie­tie, bounty, zeale of the speech, I thinke, ma [...]y wise heads coul [...] not, in so few words, have contrived a better or more pithy motion: That that which is otherwise lavi­shed upon one, may be imployed to the benefit of many: that these so many hun­dreds may be bestowed rather in nourishment, then in ointment; rather on necessarie relief, then upon needlesse delight: rather on a continuall good, then on a transito­rie smell: rather, that many hungry bellies filled, then that one head annointed. Sure, howsoever it was meant, or applied, the speech (in it selfe considered) is to very good purpose: even IVDA's speech, without IVDA's application.

2. The Persons that speak. Some of them.We be now to enquire, of the person, by whom; and after, of the entent where­with it was spoken.

We are naturally carried, of a good speech to enquire the author: partly, in an honest inclination (as Salomon saith) to kisse the lippes of him that answereth upright words: Pro. 24.26. Partly, because it is a matter of importance, not onely to weigh quid dica­tur, but also quis dicat. [...]: Many times, we be more per­swaded with the mind of the speaker, then with the body of the speech; and their Posi­tions move not so much, as do their Dispositions. It is very materiall, in all (and so, in this) to aske, quis hic loquitur? For, who can choose, but speake all good of the speech? Surely, if we had not been told otherwise, Zelotae vocem, wen ust needs have thought it, to have been Simon Zelotes. Zelotae vocem putas, Iscariotae est: One would imagine, it was Simon the Zealous: It is not so, it was Iudas the covetous. Some of them (saith Saint Marke: Matth. 26.8.) Of His Disciples (saith Saint Matthew:) and [Page 289] namely Iudas (saith Saint Iohn) who first stood up, and tooke this exception; and,Iob. 12.4. after him, some others. So that, it was Iudas; and, by his perswasion, Some besides: For, if he had not stirred, they would have taken it well enough: Such is the dan­ger of sinister speeches. Let us beginne with Iudas.

And heere first, we beginne somewhat to suspect, that it commeth from Iudas. Iudas, it is well knowne what he was. At that very instant, that this Vtquid was in his mouth, his fingers were in CHRIST's cofers, and one might have said it to him, Vtquid, &c. And, for all he spake against wast, he wasted and made havock of his Masters good: And a little after, he might have beene charged, with a worse matter: And yet, he, preferrs motions. CHRIST telleth us, what he was (Iohn 17.12.) Filius perditionis: and this terme marreth all; that the child of perdi­tion should find fault with perdition. The case is like, when they, that have wasted many pounds, complaine of that penny wast which is done on CHRIST's body, the Church. Or, when they, that in their whole dealings (all the world sees) are vn-refor­med, seriously consult, how to reforme the Church. When they, that doe no good with their owne, devise what good may be done with Marie Magdalen's: they, that have spent and sold and consumed themselves, and never in their whole lives shewed any regard of the poore; when they talke of charitable vses, O dolor! (saith Augustine) Quis tulerit? (saith the Poët.) Vtquid perditio? doth but evill fitt their mouthes. GOD help us, when Iudas must reforme Marie Magdalen.

This, is a griefe: would, this alone. But, a greater griefe it is to see, how he is matched in this complaint: That, in this murmuring, some other; diverse well dis­posed and of the better sort of CHRIST's Disciples ioyne with him, and take part against Marie Magdalen. Who, rather carried with the speech, then heeding the Speaker, were drawen into the societie of the same repining. And this (sure) is Scandalum magnum, when evill counsell meeteth with easy beliefe, and subtiltie findeth credulitie. When the Pharisees can perswade Iohn's Disciples to muster with them, and say, Why doe we and Iohn's Disciples fast? whom you cannot but say,Mar. 2.18. are good men, whatsoever you thinke of us. When Iudas can say: Why doe I, and CHRIST's owne Disciples reprove this? So is it with us; Not, to see homines per­ditos queri de perditione, them speake of wast, that have wasted themselves; (for, that might be digested:) but, to see grave and good men erre the same error, and draw, in the same line with them. But (no doubt) that which caried these heere, leadeth them too, Pr [...]tenses: that, which was hable to deceive CHRIST's Disciples, decei­veth them too. And, this is the difference: That the Disciples, in a good mea­ning, went with him, because they saw, he said well: But Iudas, upon a greedy covetous minde, to have his owne turne served. For, cui bono? if it had come to the poore, who should have had the distribution? It was his office: so that it may be, he spake for himselfe. Which did plainely appeare by the issue. For, upon bet­ter information given by CHRIST, the Disciples were answered and remained content. But Iudas grew enraged, and fell from evill to worse; from covetise, to ma­lice; from sacrilege, to treason: Even to this dangerous resolution, Vendere nar­dum, or (if not) Vendere Christum; and to subvert Him, that he might not spoile. For all the world, as some in our time, that sought helpe of authority, while they had hope, that way to prevaile: but, when that came not; since, beginne to hold, they will and may doe it, without stay for authority; and seeke to subvert the State, they cannot forme to their phansie. My hope is, and so is my prayer; That those which have hitherto beene caried with their plotts and pretenses, now they be enfor­med and see what the truth is, may doe (as the Disciples) leave Iudas in his mur­muring, and let Marie Magdalen be quiet.

That which we learne of this part, is: 1. From Iudas; That a good speech may 1 drop out of an evill mouth. As (sure) setting aside that the hands be Esau's, the voice might-become Iacob well enough. This instruction we have from Iudas: Gen 27.22. It was GOD's will, that even he should preach, and we learne some good lessons by him. And, this we may learne: That, No wast is to be made: and if we learne it, even [Page 290] he shall co-operate to our good. And, as from him we have this speech for our Oeconomie;Ioh. 11.50. so, from Caiphas (as bad as he) we have another full as good, for our Policie. That speech (which Saint Bernard can never enough commend:) Me­lius est ut pereat unus quàm vnitas. Both, evill meant (I grant:) but, both well spoken, where their place is. So, it pleaseth GOD, that we should heare His wisedome justified (not onely out of the mouth of her owne children, Matt. 11.19. but) even out of the mouthes of the children of follie. That He might condemne evill things, even by evill men;Luk. 19.22. and evill men, non ex ore suo, not from His owne, but from their owne mouthes; and so their condemnation be iust.

Pro. 14.15.From the Disciple's too easy beliefe, we learne Credit omni verbo, not to trust phrases and oyled speeches too fast: Never, by the list, to conclude of the cloth. Seeing, not onely Vasa electionis, but filij perditionis, say well. But, if we heare much adoe about Vtquid perditio, to stay and thinke; May not this be Iudas that speaketh now, as once it was? And if it be, to suspect, when he speakes well. Of this assuring our selves (what Saint Paul telleth us of sadly;) that, not onely Marie Magdalen shall be reformed, and her ointment maligned, and the poore opposed,Phil. 1.18. but even CHRIST himselfe preached, obtentu, vnder pretense. Therefore, it standeth us in hand, to looke to the Disposition, as well as the Position: and not to runne headlong, to say streight Vtquid, as fast as they. So much for the Speaker.

3. The [...]ffection wherewith it was spoken. Indigne ferente [...]. & intrase di­centes.With the Person by whom, we propound the affection, wherewith it is spoken. For, as the Person is a presumption: So, if this can be had, it maketh a full evi­dence. And that is, in these words, [...], that he thought much with himselfe.

The speech, for the poore (if it be kindly) doth naturally come from the com­passion of charitie, and not from the grudging of a greedy desire; as this is said to doe. And so should we have conceived of this; that, from the care of the poore (no doubt:) but that, the Spirit of GOD maketh a window in his brest, and lets us see the secrets of his heart, and telleth us, it was not the care of the poore; Non quia pertinebat ad eum de pauperibus, Ioh. 12. [...]. but, quia fur erat, because he bare the bagg, and tooke order, it should never be over heavy, but that he might well beare it; and thought all too much that went beside it.

Which, is a point of great vse to be vnderstood. It is one of the mysteries of ini­quitie, that, Ever there be two Quia's belonging to bad purposes (as Saint Marke saith:) 1 One, [...], within, in heart: 2 the other, [...], without, in speech. Another quia they thinke in their hearts; and another, they speake in our eares, which is the non quia. 1 The one, a true cause inwardly entended: 2 The other, onely a colour, outwardly pretended. As, in this: the true quia ( [...]) a wret­ched humor to provide for himselfe: The preten [...]ed quia ( [...]) a charitable affecti­on to provide for the poore. Ioh. 12.19. Ioh. 11.48. All sinnes have so. Mundus sequitur Eum, the true cause (envie [...];) but, they told another quia; ( [...]) Vement Romani, the safety of the State.Matt. 2.16. [...]. Herod would learne where he might find CHRIST; the cause (indeed) to murther Him; the cause (in shew) to worship him.

In [...]ra s [...].It is no new thing but common and vsuall, in all exceptions to Religion, the true cause, is [...], a thinking all too much; a thinking all is perditio, all lost that commeth not to us, that we gaine not by. We see, if was the true reason, the men of Sichem made among themselves, why they would become of Iacob's religi­on,Gen 34 [...]4. and be circumcised: Nonne omnia quae habent, nostra erunt? Shall not all they have be [...]om [...]? It was the very reason, whereby Haman went about to perswade Ahasue­rus to suppresse the Iewe's Religion: Let it be done, and I will weigh so many thou­sands to the Kings cofers.Ester. 3 [...]. And, in the New Testament, it was the very reason. De­metrius there [...] vseth:Act. 19.25. O, cry for Diana, Magnifie her, Quia inde nobis erit acquisitio, we shall be all [...] by it. GOD knowes, this is the true cause, and the Analogie [Page 291] of Religion to many: It was so to Iudas: and, GOD graunt, the like be not found in Israël.

Now, though this be the true, yet this in no wise must come into [...],Dicentes. and be spoken. If Iudas had dealt plainly, he should thus have framed his speech: Vtquid perditio? potuit vendi & mitti in crumenam meam: but, that had been too harsh; for, that had been plaine sacrilege: And, of Sacrilege, Saint Paul seemes to say, (Rom. 2.22.) it is (if not worse, yet) as bad as Idolatrie: Thou that pullest downe Idolls, Rom. 2.22. com­mittest thou sacrilege? As if he held, as good a false religion, as a spoiling religion. Therefore, that must be kept [...] and not come into [...], but it must be shrow­ded; as indeed, the heathen man said, [...], Bad attempts need onely a handsome pretense: for, with the rest they can dispense: with GOD, and His word, and feare, and conscience and all: and, so a pretense had, it is all they desire.

Now, no pretense more fitt (to make them perfect Maskers) then Saint Paule's vizor [...]; and Saint Peter's cloke [...]; the vizor of godlinesse, 2. Tim. 3.5. and the cloke of Religion. And, such was Iuda's heer; a charitable carefull provision for the relief of the poore. Whom,Ioh. 12.6. though (the HOLY GHOST saith expressly) he cared not for one jote, yet maketh he them his stalking horse; and Pauperibus is the point: that, is it, he seeketh for, and (GOD knoweth) nothing els.

This his sacrilegious wicked humour he covereth under zeale of the poore: And so, to hide one fault, committeth two. First; Sacrilege; then, hypocri­sie.

And,P [...]o. 26.23. it is now thing under the Sunne (as Salomon tells us) to gild a pot-sheard with gold-foile (that is) to over-lay a false heart, with zealous lipps. Absolom's vow was the maske for his conspiracie against David. Iezabels fast, her vizor, 2. Sam. 15.7. 1. King 21.9. for the oppressing of Naboth. And heer, we have an Invective against wast, a sup­plication for the poore, in IVDA's mouth, and yet seven abominations in his heart. Pro. 26.25.

Is it not heavinesse unto death, to consider this? Well said the Wise man: O wicked abomination, whence art thou come to cover the earth with deceit!

But, more need had we to beware, then complaine. And indeed, all we learne from this point, is Novisse & Odisse, to know and avoyd. To know, such there be, as cover sacrilege with zeale; and with good uses, cover no good entents. To know them, and to avoyd them. And, the better to doe that, to marke the end of him, that heer used it, and see, what became of him: How, from this sinne, by GOD's iust iudgment, he fell to proditio; and from it (after) to make away himselfe. To whom, in that case, truly might have been said, Vtquid perditio, indeed? But, this was his end in this life, and in the other, he hath his portion with hypocrites, and they, with him, in the lake of fire and brimstone. Matt 24 5 [...].

So much for the Speech it selfe; 2 for the Speaker; and, in him, both his per­son, 3 and his entent.

Now, as Iustice would, let us heare alteram partem. II. CHRIST's Apologie. These are shrewd presump­tions: yet let us not resolve, but stay, till CHRIST have sayd; And if He mislike it too, Sell it and spare not.

But IESVS &c. There was (saith Saint Gregorie) no error of the Disciples, praesente Magistro, while CHRIST was present with them, but is was Salutaris er­ror quia totius Mundi sustulit errorem, a wholesome and profitable error, for it ridd the world of an error for ever after. We may well apply it to this. We should have been of Iuda's mind; and, that that carried the Disciples, have gone for currant, had not our SAVIOVR CHRIST over-ruled the case, and stayed the sale of Marie Magdale [...]'s ointment; and in staying it, sayd enough to stop their mouthes for ever, that make the like motions.

Which to do the more firmely, albeit CHRIST might well have excepted to Iuda's person, as unfitt: (what, the Sonne of perdition talke of perdition?) Or, layd [Page 292] open his entent, as wicked and execrable (Vtquid hoc sacrilegium; Vtquid haec hypocri­sis?) Yet, the more sufficiently to do it, He waives both, and ioines issue upon the very point it selfe; admitting, all had been simply and honestly both sayd and meant.

Wherein, He keepeth this order: First, propoundeth, That, what was done, it was sufferable, and she not to be troubled for it: Sinite illam &c. Secondly it was a good worke: and therefore she not onely to be excused but to be commended, for it. Thirdly, the reason and warrant of both (In Me) for that, it was done upon Him: On whom, nothing that is bestowed can be said to be lost, but must and ought to be said, to be we [...]l bestowed. So that, there is a full answere to every point of Iuda's bill; Vtquid for Vtquid: Vtquid molestia haec? for V [...]quid perditio? Potuit vendi, is an­swered with Sinite, let alone: Perditio, with bonum opus: and Paupe [...]ibus with In Me, who is of more value then many poore; after whom it may well become the poor to be served.

1. It is suffera­ble: Sinite illam.To beginn then, with the first. Sinite illam (saith CHRIST.) Not, as they hoped, fistite illam, Stay her, indeede it is but a wast worke she is about: but, Sinite illam, let her alone, the worke is good, suffer her to proceed. His mea [...]ing is: Such acts as this was, are to be let alone, and they, that so disposed, not to be trou­bled. Sure, He fore-saw, many would be medling; many Vtquid's would be fra­med, and many Potuit's de [...]ised, an [...] much businesse be made, about [...]arie Magda­len's ointment, and about w [...]rkes of that nature: That every ot [...]er while, some Mo­tions, Petitions, Plotts would be framed about the altering of it. To this day they will not let her alone, but disquiet her stil [...]. He hath therefore le [...]t in His Gospell these words, as a fit answere, to stay their hands and stop their mouthes, for ever: Sinite illam, let them be; suffer them to remaine: Vtquid molestia haec? a meet reply to Vtquid perditio haec? to the worlds end.

And this request (to my poore co [...]ceit) is very reasonable: (If in this kind, any thing may be allowed for reasonable.) It is not, Imitamini illam; or, adjuvate illam: Doe ye the like, contribute to her charge; further and helpe her, what you may; (which yet, he would have us:) That, would Iudas never be gott to: If CHRIST had. wi [...]h [...]d him to like cost, what adoe then would there have been? But this: d [...]e but let [...]er alone. [...]f you will not further, yet hinder her not; trouble her not. That, she h [...]th s [...]ent, of [...]er h [...]i [...]itie she hath done it: she hath not had of you, one penny toward her thr [...]e hundr [...]d; nor she asketh you none. Seeing you are at no cost, why should it grieve you? If [...]ou like not to follow her, [...]et let h [...]r alone.

And, may not the same in like reason be said and entre [...]ted, a [...] this day? That, what our Fa [...]hers and Elders in the CHRISTIAN [...]aith boun [...]eously empl [...]yed on CHRIST; what they (I say) have that w [...]y dedicate, i [...] we wi [...]l not add to it and imit [...]te them, yet we will let it alone, and not trou [...]le them; and at least be not with Iudas. if we like not or list not to be with Mary Magdal [...]n (On CHRIST, it is, I dare boldly say; and if I say it, I shall have all the anci [...]nt Fat [...]ers on my side: and if I say it, Saint PAVL will warrant me; who (in 1. Cor. 12. [...]2.) expresly cal­l [...]th the Church CHRIST's Bodie: Act. 9.4. And he might w [...]ll do it: the first speech, CHRIST ever spake to him, Himselfe calleth the Church, Me (the word He heere useth.) On CHRIST, it is spent, any part of CHRIST, be Hi [...] glorie more then other;2. Cor. [...].2 [...]. and, on that Office and calling of the Church, which S. PAVL (who best knew the dignitie of it) calleth the glorie of CHRIST.) This (I say) under correction, is, as me thinketh, not unreasonable; that seeing, what su [...]erstition hath de­filed, is removed and gone; touching that which is remaining, it be sayd, Sinite illam.

2. It is commen­d [...]le. Bonum opus ope­rata e [...]t.From this first degree of Sinite, our SAVIOVR CHRIST ascendeth to a higher: an [...], lest we should mistake, as if, He bare with her good mind and meaning, rather then allowed the worke: He tells us, the very worke it selfe is good: and so pleads and justifies it, not as sufferable onely, but as commendable. For, that is the me [...]ning of, Bonum opus operata es [...].

[Page 293]Wherein, first, He answereth the principall reason, Perditio est. You may sell (saith Iudas) it is but waste: You must let it alone, (saith CHRIST) it is Bonum opus. So that, as His former (of Sinite) crossed the Motion; So, this (of bonum opus) o­verthroweth the Reason, Perditio.

In which, our SAVIOVR CHRIST looseth the knott, and teacheth us a point: to enquire first, E [...]quid perditio, whither it be a wast? before we come to Vtquid, To what end is it? If it be wast, it is well and truly sayd: But, this (He plea­deth) is not any: unlesse (which GOD forbidd) good workes be wast, with us. And therefore joineth issue upon the word haec: that this, that is done upon Him, is no wast at all, as Iudas termeth it; but (as He christeneth it by a new name) Bonum opus. Therefore, his reproofe is nothing, tanquam cadens in materiam indebitam, as lighting upon an unmeet matter, which deserveth no reproofe, but rather com­mendation.

Indeed if Iudas, sometime before, had sayd it to Marie Magdalen, in the daies of her former vanitie, when she wasted thus much and (peradventure) many a penie more, on her ryott and wantonnesse; then (indeed) Vtquid perditio haec? had hitt right. But, now it was not on her selfe, but on CHRIST's head, it is out of season. As, if our age (now) would apply to Naball's riotous feasts; to the Assirian superflu­ous suits; to Esau's superfluous retinue; to the endlesse building, Ieremie findeth fault with; to our manifold idle excesses, many waies; to every and each of these, an Vtquid perditio? there now, it were right: there indeed were the true place of Vtquid perditio? But, this is (among many) a strong illusion of these daies: that, whereas there are abroad in the world, so many true wasts; so much, in ointments, and perfumes upon our selves; so many hundred denarij (indeed, no man can tell, what) daily lavished; we can neither see (our selves) nor patiently heare of others, utquid perditiones hae? Heer, all is well: all is well bestowed. Neither Vtquid, nor potuit dari pauperibus; the poore, never comes in our head. No where, but in CHRIST, ought is amisse. Onely, in that that is meant to Him, and spent on Him, there comes out our Vtquid, there comes the poore into our mind. No way, to provide for them, but by sale of CHRIST's ointment. That, is the wast: and, none but that: and, none but that is maligned. We are perfect auditors, we can exactly reckon, how many hundreds CHRIST wasteth: but who keepeth any accompt of his owne? To our selves, too much is too little: To Him, too little is too much. And three hundred pence, that way bestowed, is a greater ey-sore then three hundred pounds (I dare be bold to say) to not so good uses.

Thus it is: and, it is to be lamented, that thus it is. But, CHRIST tea­cheth us better, if we will learne of Him, and let Iudas go, that we may better bestow our Vtquid any where, then upon Him. And we shall find it true: The day will come, when that onely, that goeth to Him, shalbe found to be no perditio; and all els perditio indeed, whatsoever, or upon whatsoever. To be lost indeed, and no fruict to come of it. That, which is sowen in the flesh, to be lost in corruption; that,Gal. 6.8. which on the bellie [...]; that, which on the backe, in ragges; that, which on building, in rubbish; that, which to our heires, in prodigalitie, riott, and excesse: And that, which is In Me, shall prove no perditio, wast, lost, or lavisht, but bonum opus, a good deed; to be rewarded with a blessed remembrance on earth, and with a Crown of glorie, in the Kingdome everlasting.

Thus (you see) Iudas is answered, and the worke quitt from the name of perditio. So farre from perditio, that it is Bonum opus. A good worke, indeed; as, procee­ding from a good mind, possessed with the vertue of vertues, thankfullnesse. For, mer­cie, bestowed on Him, who onely is good, and goodnesse it selfe: who heer alloweth it for good; causeth it to be registred, in His Gospells, for good; in the day of Iudge­ment, shall pronounce it, good: Rewardeth it for good, in this world, with a good name; in that to come, with all the good of His Kingdome, where no good is wanting.

[Page 294] 3. The reason: In Me.The third remaineth [Vpon Me] wherein (properly) is meant His naturall body of flesh, which should not alway be with us. But they, of whom we have learned to interpret the Scriptures (in a manner, all) extend it to His Mysticall body too: and (as they thinke) by good consequence. That, seeing He gave His naturall body to be bought and sold, rent and torne, crucified and slaine for His body mysticall; His body mysticall is (certenly) deerer to Him, and better He loveth it: And then, if He will accept that, is done to the lesse, and make it Bonum opus; He will much more, that, which is done to the more beloved; and it shall never goe for lesse: Never did, I am sure. The Scriptures record (as a good worke) that that was laid downe at the Apostle's feet, Acts. 5. no lesse then this that was laid upon CHRIST's owne head: And, in them, Ana­nias a Church-robber, and Iudas a Christ-robber, both, in one case. Sathan is said to have filled both their hearts in that act:Luk. 22.3. Acts 5.3. And like evill end came to both: And both are good remembrances for them, that seeke and say, as they did. Yea, which would not be content to deteine a part (Ananias and Iudas went no farther:) but would seise of all gladly, if a Gracious Lady did not say, Sinite.

To conclude: it is Saint Augustine (and, so say all the rest:) Tu intellige & de Ec­clesiâ, Quia qui aliquid de Ecclesiâ praedatur Iudae perdito comparatur: Vnderstand this of the Church, and spare not: For, he that taketh any thing (I say, any thing) from it, is in Iuda's case: For the sinne, certeinly; for the punishment, as it pleaseth GOD.

Now, we know what is meant, by In Me: it is no wast word. We will con­sider it (first) as a reason of the two former: and then, as a speciall answer to that, of the poore.

It answereth Vtquid: To what end? why, In Me, to Me, and for My sake.

It answereth Perditio: In Me, why it is spent on CHRIST, on Me, on whom nothing that is spent, is mis-spent.

It yeeldeth a reason of Sinite: Spare her; if not her, yet spare Me, trouble Me not. Ye cannot scrape of the ointment, but with my trouble.

And a reason of Bonum opus est: For, His [In me] is warrant sufficient, why the worke is to be reckoned good. Yea, in saying, it is not onely good done, but done to Him, He giveth it a dignitie, and lifteth up this worke above.

But especially, it answereth the weight of Iuda's reason (Pauperibus, the Poore.) Our SAVIOVR CHRIST plainely sheweth, that Iudas is mistaken, that draw­eth a diameter, and maketh opposition betweene devotion toward CHRIST, and Almes to the poore. Tabitha was good to the poore: Marie Magdalen, to CHRIST. Must we put Marie Magdalen to death, to raise Tabitha againe? and is there no other way? Yes indeed: Sinite illam (saith CHRIST, in this verse) let this stand: [...]e [...]se 7. and yet, do those good too, Date eleemosynam (in the next.) There be other meanes to provide for the poore, then by sale of CHRIST's ointment: And we are not, in pretense of them, to omitt this, or any office or duty vnto CHRIST.

Pauperibus, is not the onely good worke: this, is also. And, of the two, if any to be preferred, it is In Me: He (certainely) to be served first. To which worke, not onely those of wea [...]th (Marie Magdalen with her three hundred pence;) but, even poore and all (the poore Widow with her mites) is bound,Mar. 12.42. as we see: Even, to add something to the offerings of GOD: And, if not, with Nardus, yet with oile to annoint His head, as Himselfe requireth. This, I say: if both could not stand. But, thankes be to GOD, there be waies, they may both stand; and not one fall, that the other may rise. Malachie telleth us a way; and it is a speciall one: to doe as this vertuous woman heere,Mal 3.10 Inferte in Apothecas meas, bring into mine (that is, my Churche's) treasures, and I will breake the windowes of heaven and send you such plenty, as you and the poore (both) shall eate and have enough and yet leave in abundance. So that (we see) the next and kindliest way, to have Iuda's complaint redressed, is, to speake and labour, that Marie Magdalen's example may be followed.

Secondly, by In Me, it plainely appeareth, how CHRIST standeth affected to [Page 295] workes of this kind. For, permitting them; standing for them; defending and com­mending them, He sheweth plainely, He will be content with such as it is. For, albeit He were the very patterne of true frugalitie, and an enemie to all excesse, yet this ser­vice (chargeable as it was) He well alloweth of. Shewing us this: that as He is Chri­stus Patris, annointed by GOD His Father (quem unxit Dominus, Acts 10.38. Act. 10.) so al­so He will be Christus noster (and that, passively) annointed by us (Quem unxit Ma­ria, Iohn II.) That, as heer He commendeth Marie Magdalen, Ioh 11.8. for the supply of it:Luk. 7.46. So (in Luke 7.) he giveth Simon an Item (oleo caput meum non unxisti) for being defective in this duty.

I would gladly aske this question: If the ointment may be sold (as Iudas saith) and bought lawfully; and they that buy, may lawfully vse; if they may vse it, why may not CHRIST? Num solis stultis apes mellificant, do Bees make honey, and Nardus beare oin [...]ment for wicked men onely? May any that payes for it, and may not CHRIST? Is He onely, of all other vncapable or vnworthy?

If it be, because it is more then needs: Let that be a reason of all. Let the law hold us, as well as Him. But, if no man, but allowes himself a more liberall diet and propor­tion of port, then in strict termes is needfull, for all the poore; why should we bind CHRIST alone to that rule? Except we meane to goe further with Him; and not onely except to Marie's ointment, but even to Simon' [...] feast also: Vtquid unguentum hoc? then, V [...]quid convivium hoc, too? seeing, a smaller repast might serve, and the rest be given to the poore. So that, His allowance shall be just as much, and no more then will serve to hold life and soule together. But, as He, without any barr or Vtquid, alloweth us, not onely indumenta for nakednesse, but ornamenta for come­linesse; not onely alimenta for emptinesse, but oblectamenta for daintinesse: So, good reason it is, we thinke not much of His Nardus, and tie Him onely to those rules, from which our selves pleade exemption.

I demand againe, if ointment might be spent on Aaron's head, vnder the Law; seeing a greater then Aaron is heere, why not on His too? I finde, that neither vnder the Law, He liked of their motion, what should the Temple doe with Cedar? neither, vnder the Gospell, of theirs, what should CHRIST's head doe with Nardus. But that, to his praise, he is recorded in the Old Testament, that said;1. Chron. 17. [...]. Shall I dwell in my seeled house, and the Arke of GOD remaine vnder Gotes-skinns? And she, in the New, that thought not her best ointment too good for CHRIST's head. Surely, they, in Aegypt, had their service of GOD, it may be in a barne, or in some corner of a house. Yet when Moses moved a costly Tabernacle, no man was found that once said, Our fathers served GOD well enough, without one, Vtquid perditio haec? After that, many Iudges, and Prophets, and righteous men were well, when they might wor­ship before the Arke: yet, when Salomon moved a stately Temple, never any was found, that would grudge and say, Why the Arke is enough; I pray GOD, we serve God no worse then they, that knew nothing but a Tent; Vtquid perditio haec? Only, in the dayes of the Gospell (which, of all other, least should) there stepps up Iudas, and dareth to say that against CHRIST's Church that no man durst ev [...]r, either against Mose's Tent, or Salomon's Temple.

And, if CHRIST had taken it well, or passed it in silence, or said Sinite illum, suffer Iuda's motion to ta [...]e place, we might have had some shew. But seeing, He saith Molestus est, to Iudas; Sinite illam, Suffer Marie to go forward; and not that only, but Bonum opus, too: why should any, after Iudas, be thought worthy the answering?

Surely, as the Gospell (in this duty) hath, and so ought to exceed the Law: So, in the Gospell, we heere and our Country, above all other. I will but say with Chry­sostome, Appende Christum ô homo: doe but construe these two words [In Me] aright: Peize and prize Who it is; Et sufficit. It is CHRIST IESVS: Who hath not spared to annoint us with His own blood; and our soules, with all the comforts and graces of His Holy Spirit. If, toward us, neither blood nor life were too deer, on His part; shall, on ours, any Nardus be too deere, or any cost too much, that is on Him bestowed?

[Page 296]Perhaps, our particular will more move us. It is CHRIST, that created for us, Nard and all other delights whatsoever, either for vse and necessitie, we have; or, for fruition and pleasure, we enjoy. It is He, that hath enriched us, that we be hable to bestow it, by this long prosperitie, plenty and peace, as no other Kingdome vnder heaven: Is there any good mind can thinke, that this is an indignitie? that He is not worthy, hath not deserved, and double deserved this, and ten times more at our hands?

An extraordinarie conceipt is entred into the world (by a new found glosse) to make, whatsoever we like not or list not to doe our selves, exrtraordinarie: and so, some deeme of this, as extraordinarie, and whereof no example is to be made. (No ancient Writer is of that minde;Luk. 11.37. but that, for us it was written; and that, Vade tu & fac simi­liter, may be written upon her box.) But, be it so. Why may not I wish on our parts, Let us be extraordinarie. For, GOD hath not dealt ordinarily with us of this land: He hath not beene to us, a wildernesse or a barren land: but hath (even our enemies being Iudges) been extraordinarie in His goodnesse toward us all. And sure, in us, ordinarie common thankfullnesse is not enough. Shall I sett my selfe to re­count His benefits? An easy matter to find entrance; but when then should I make an end? In one, I will abbridge them all. We spake of ointment: Verily, CHRIST hath annointed over us, and given us a most Gracious Soveraigne, by whose hap­py and blessed reigne, we long have (and longer may we, He grant) enioyed both the inward and outward annointing: the inward, the holy and heavenly comfort of GOD's truth,Psal. 45.7. and true oyle of gladnesse; the outward, of earthly plenty and delight, which Nard or any rich confection may affoord; and (in a word) whatsoever hap­pinesse can fall to any Nation vnder heaven. From the holy oyle of whose an­nointing (as the dew of Hermon on Sion, Psal. 133.2. and as Aaron's ointment upon the skirts of his clothing) there daily droppeth upon this whole Realme, pure Nard, or if any thing els be more precious, whether, in these earthly, or in those heavenly blessings. I speake no more then we all feele. This, is that one, I spake of; and in this one, is all, Even the Lord's Annointed. Whom (I make no question, but) the Lora hath, and will more and more blesse, for that Her Highnesse hath said, as Himselfe said, Sinite illam. And, blessed be GOD, that hath putt into her heart, so to say; to like well of Vtquid perditio; but, to have it so applied. I doubt not, but this Heroicall ver­tue, among many others, shall make her Scepter long to flourish; shall make her re­membrance to be in blessing to all posteritie; and shall be (among other) her reioy­cing in the day of the Lord, and an everlasting crowne of glory upon Her head.

This is that ointment, I spake of; that it selfe alone may make us all confesse, we have received from Christ, extraordinarie mercie, and are therefor to returne more then ordinarie duty. Psal. 147.20. Non taliter fecit omni; Nay, non taliter fecit ulli populo: He hath not dealt so with every; Nay, not so with any people, as with us: and therefore not any people, to deale so thankfully with Him againe.

This, if it were extraordinarie. Howbeit, if Antiquitie may be admitted Iudge, this (as a good worke) is to be ordinarie with us. Since, every thing done in this kinde to Christ's Church, only upon a thankfull regard, is (with them) reckoned a dramme of Marie Magdalen's ointment.

At least, if we will not come so farre as operata est, we doe yet thus farre favour it, as to yield to Sinite illam: Seeing, Marie Magdalen that gave it, paid for it; and it ne­ver came out of our purse.

And now, this question being thus dilated, it is every mans duty (saith Theophylact) to set downe, cujus partis sit, whose part he will take, whose mind he wilbe of. Whi­ther, with Iudas, Perditio est; or, with CHRIST, Bonum opus est: whither Potuit vendi; or, Sinite illam.

But (I trust) we will stand to CHRIST'S judgement; and rather take part with Him, for Marie Magdalen, then with Iudas, against her: that we may be with Marie Magdalen, that are of her mind; which, at the houre of death, we all shall desire.

[...]

[Page 297]The entrance I make.III. The D [...]ct [...]n [...]. 1. That Good w [...]rk [...]s are ma­l [...]gn [...]d. From this unhappy conjunction of Marie's good worke, and Iuda's evill speech, this first consideration offereth it selfe (nothing pleasant, but wholesome and requisite to be called to mind, of all that meane to do well.) That, things well done shal be evill taken: and often, good actions have no good constructions; and, that received with the left hand, that is reached with the right.

For, this her act, that was well done, (if CHRIST knew, what it was to do well) Yet, we see, it is disdeigned, grudged at, and she molested for it: (all three, are in my Text.) Whence we learne: Be a thing done to never so good purpose, yet some Iudas will mutter, and maligne, and come forth with his Vtquid? Some Iudas will cast his dead fly into Mary Magdalen's box of ointment.

No one creature had so good experience of this, as this poor woman had. Three speciall vertues of hers, the Gospells record: and, in every one of the three, she was repined at. 1. When, in the bitternesse of her soule, she shewed her repentance with teares, Simon the Pharisee did what he could to disgrace her (Luc. 7.) 2.Lu [...]. 7 [...] 9. When in a hungry desire to receive comfort, by the word of grace she, shewed her devotion in sitting at CHRIST's feet, Martha (her owne sister) mad complaint of her.Lu [...]. 10 40. 3. And now heer againe, the third time: when, in an honest regard of her duty, s [...]e sheweth her thankefullnesse for comfort received, CHRIST's owne Disciples both [...]udge and speake against her. So that, if she washeth His feet with teare [...], it con­tent not: If she an [...]oint His head with balme, it is matter of mis-like: If she sit s [...]il [...], and say nothing, it is all one: Still, Marie is found fault with; ever, her doing [...] stand a [...]ry.

This is the lott and portion of all those, that will follow their st [...]pps. Not onely we of private estate, but even great Personages; As, Nehemias, by Geshem, Ne [...]. 6.6. to bring detriment to the state, by favouring the Churches case. Even Princes: David by Sh [...]mei, to be a bloody Persecutor, when (if in any thing he offended) it was,2. Sam. 16. [...]. in too much lenitie. Even CHRIST Himselfe the SONNE of GOD; who neither cou [...]d have His feet, but Simo [...] the Pharis [...]e; nor His head an [...]inted, but Iud [...] (His Apostle) maligne and speake against it.

So that not onely R [...]gium est (as the Heathen said) bene cum f [...]ceris, audire mal [...], to have evill speech for good deeds; but Divinum, Io. 1 [...].32. a heavenly t [...]ing (as CHRIST saith) de [...]o [...]o opere lapid [...]i.

This, is their lott. And it serveth us to two purposes. 1. For judgement▪ to see thi [...] [...]vill dis [...]ase un [...]er the Sunne: The evill aspect which the world lookes with, on Marie Magd [...]le [...]. Where [...]y many times, that which is commended in heaven, is condemned in earth: and Iuda's bagg c [...]rrieth away even from CHRIST's. Wh [...]reby many times, all good is said of them, by whom little good is done; and some mens flagiti [...] (which the heathen storie lamenteth, in Drusus) shall find more favour and be b [...]tter rewarded then Drusu's optimè cogi [...]ata, the good counsell and course of many a better man.

Such is the deceit [...]ull [...]sse of the sonnes of men upon the weights. [...] 62.1 [...]. It serveth us (I s [...]y) to s [...]e, and to sorrow at, and to say with Augustine: Vae tibi miser, bonus od [...]r oc [...]i­dit te. Miserable man that thou art, ho [...] art thou choked with so good a sent? To [...]orrow it, and to prepare our selves to it, and resolve, that though we do well, yet we sh [...]l be evill s [...]oken of.

T [...]at, fir [...]t: and second, this, for practise. That, though we be evill spoken of,2. Yet, to be done. yet [...]ot to be dismaied or troubled with this hard measure; but to goe on and doe, as [...]arie Ma [...]dal [...]n did; not once, or twice, but three severall times one after ano­ther: Neither to hold our hand, or shutt our box, nor spare our ointment, if things well d [...]ne be evill taken. To looke, not to Iudas on earth, who disliketh; but to Christ in he [...]ven, who approveth it, and in all three cases, made answer [...]or Ma­rie Magdalen, ag [...]inst Martha, Simon, and Iudas and all her accusers. To know, that that, which in Iu [...]a's divinitie is perditio, in Christ's divinitie, is bonum opus. In re­gard [Page 298] therefore of our owne duty,2. Cor. 11.12. to be resolute with the Apostle, Quod facio, hoc & faciam, What I doe, that will I doe: In respect of misconstruction with them, Mihi pro minimo est;1. Cor 4.3. 2. Cor. 6.8. because we may truly say and in the sight of GOD, Sicut deceptores, & veraces, As deceivers, yet, true: Or (with Marie Magdalen) as wasters, yet well­doers. Assuring our selves, that it is well done; and shall be both commended in earth and rewarded in heaven. On earth: For, posteritie shall better like of the shedding, then of the sale of this ointment. In heaven: for the day will come, qui malè judicata rejudicabit, when all perverse judgements shall have judgement against them, and Ma­rie Magdalen shall looke cheerefully on Him, on whom she bestowed it; and Iudas rufully behold Him, from whom he sold it.

This is Marie Magdalen's part, as CHRIST telleth: that howsoever Marie Magdalen be, in Simon's house or in a corner, found fault with, amends shall be made her;Verse 9. and as wide as the world is, and as farr as the Gospell shall sound, she shall be well spo­ken of. Yea, when the great and glorious acts of many Monarchs shall be buried in silence, this poore box of Nardus shall be matter of praise, and never die. And con­trarie, howsoever Iuda's motion may finde favour and applause in the present, yet Po­sterity shall dislike and discommend it: And he be no lesse infamous and hatefull, then Marie famous and well spoken of, in all ages to the end of the world.

This, is her portion from CHRIST: her soule refreshed with the sweete ioyes of heaven; and her name, as Nardus throughout all generations. This is his lott from the LORD: A name odious, and lothsome to all that heare it; and his portion with hypocrites, in the lake of fire and brimstone. Ma [...]t. 24.51. From which, &c. To which, &c.

A SERMON Preached before QVEENE ELIZABETH, AT HAMP­TON Court, on Wednesday, being the VI. of March, A. D. MDXCIIII.

LVKE CHAP. XVII. VER. XXXII.

Memores estote Vxoris LOT.

Remember LOT's Wife.

A Part of the Chapter read this Morning, by order of the Church, for II. Lesson.

THe words are few, and the sentence short; no one in Scripture so short. But it fareth with Sentences as with coynes: In coines, they that in smallest com­passe conteine greatest value, are best esteemed: and, in sentences, those that in fewest words comprise most matter, are most praised. Which, as of all sentences it is true; so specially of those that are mar­ked with Memento. In them, the shorter, the bet­ter; the better, and the better caried away, and the better kept; and the better called for when we need it. And such is this heere; of rich contents, and with all exceeding compendious: So that, we must needs be without all excuse, it being but three words, and but five syllables, if we doe not remember it.

The Sentence is our SAVIOVR's, uttered by Him upon this occasion. Before, (in V [...]rse 18.) He had sai [...]: that the dayes of the Sonne of man should be as the dayes [...] LOT, in two respects. 1 In respect of the sodeinesse of the destruction that should come: and in respect of the securitie of the people, on whom it should come For, the Sodomites laughed at it; and Lot's wife (it should seeme) but slightly re­garded it. Being then in Lot's storie, verie fitly, and by good consequence, out of that storie, He leaveth us a Memento, before He leaveth it.

There are in Lot's storie, two very notable monuments of GOD's judgement. 1 The Lake of Sodome, 2 and LOT's Wive's Piller. The one, the punishment of reso­lute [Page 300] sinne; the other, of faint vertue. For, the Sodomites are an example of impe­nitent wilfull Sinners: and Lot's wife of imperseverant and relapsing righteous per­sons.

Both these are in it: but CHRIST, of both these, taketh the latter onely. For, two sorts of men there are, for which these two Items are to be fitted. 1 To those in state of Sinne that are wrong, the Lake of Sodome: 2 To those in state of Grace, that are well (if so they can keepe them) Lot's wive's Piller. To the first in state of Sinne,Deut. 32.32. Moses propoundeth the Vine of Sodome and grapes of Gomorra, quae con­tacta cinerescunt, that if ye but touch them, turne to ashes. To the other in state of grace,Ier. 8.4. CHRIST heere, Lot's wive's Piller. To the one, Ieremie crieth, Qui ceci­dit, adjiciat ut resurgat. To the other, Saint Paul: Qui stat videat ne cadat. Agar, that is departed from Abraham's house,1. Cor. 10.12. Gen. 21.18. with her face toward Aegypt, the Angel calleth to returne, and not to persevere: Lot's wife, that is gone out of Sodome, and in the right way to ZOAR,Gen. 19.17. the Angell willeth to persevere and not to returne. So that, to them this Memento is by CHRIST directed, that being departed from the errors of VR, are gone out from the Sinnes of Sodome, are entred into the pro­fession of the truth, or into the course of a vertuous life. So that, if we lay it to our selves we shall lay it aright; that Lot's Wife be our example, and that we sprinkle our selves with the salt of her Piller, ne putescamus, that we turne not againe to folly, or fall away from our owne stedfastnesse. And, if it be meant to us, needfull it is, that we receive it. A point (no doubt) of important consideration and neces­sitie, as well for Religion, to call on; as for our Nature to heare of. First, for Religion: her glorie it is, no lesse, to be hable to shew antiquos Discipulos, old Professors, as Mnason was, then daily to convert and make new Proselytes. And therefore, with CHRIST, we must not ever be dealing with Venite ad me; but sometimes too, with Manete in me;Matt. 11.28. Iohn. 15.4. That, hath his place: Not ever with stimuli, goades to incite men to; but, otherwhile, with Clavi, neyles to fasten them in. For, as Nature hath thought requisite as well the Brests to bring up, as the Womb to bring forth: And Philosophie holdeth tueri of no lesse regard then quaerere: And with the Lawyers, Habendum is not the onely thing, but Tenendum needfull too: And the Physitian as carefull of the regiment, and fearefull of the recidivation, as of the d [...]s [...]ase and cure: So Divinitie is respective to both; both, to lay the groundworke surely Ne corruat, that it shake not with Esay's Nisi credideritis;Esay 7.9. and, to roofe it carefully, Ne perpluat, that it rain not through and rott the principalls,Rom. 11.2 [...]. with Paul's, Si perma [...]seris, alioquin excidéris & tu.

Needfull then for Religion, to call on this vertue: and, as for Religion, to call on; so, for our Nature to be called on: Wherein, as there is tenellum quid, a tender part not hable to endure the crosse, for which we need the vertue of Patience: So is there also [...], a flitting humor, not hable to endure the taediousnesse of any thing long; for which we no lesse need the vertue of Perseverance. The Prophet (in the 78.Psal. 78.57. Psal.) saith, our Nature is as a Bow, which when it is bent to his full, except it be followed hard, till it be sure and fast, starts back againe, and is as farr of as ever it was. The Apostle compareth it to fl [...]sh (as it is) which will sine sale putescere;Rom. 7.1. and if it be not corned, of it selfe bring forth corruption. And to help this our evill inclination for­ward, there be in all Ages dangerous examples, to draw us on. The Is [...]aëlites, after they had passed the red Sea and all the perills of the desert, & were now come even to the borders of Canaan, Exod. 16.3. Num. 11.18.14.4. even there, say Benè nobis erat in Aegypto, we were better in Aegypt: Let us make a Captaine and returne thither. The Romanes (in the New) at the first, so glorious Professors, that Saint Paul saith, All the world spake of their faith: After,Rom. 1.8. when trouble arose, and Saint Paul was called coram, of the same Romanes he saith,3. Tim. 4.16. Nemo mihi adfuit, sed omnes deseruerunt, None stood by me, All shrunke away. And in these dangerous dayes of ours, The falling away quite of diverse, and some such,Matt 26.33. as ha [...]e said of themselves (with Peter) Etsi omnes, non ego; and others have sayd of them, Etsi omnes non ille: The declining of others, which (as Daniels image) decay by degrees;Dan. 2.32. from a head of fine Gold fall to a silver brest, and from thence to loines [Page 301] of brasse, and thence to Leggs of iron, and last to feete of clay: The wavering and amaze of others that stand in the Plaine (with Lot's wife) looking about, and cannot tell, whither to go forward to little Zoar, or back againe to the ease of Sodom; shew plainly that Lot's wife is forgotten, and this is a needfull Memento, Remember Lot's wife. If then it be ours, and so neerly concerne us, let us see, quantum valent hae quinque Syllabae.

1. First, CHRIST sending our memorie to a storie past;The Division of the use of remem­bring stories in generall.I

2. Secondly, Of this particular of Lot's wife, and the Points to be remembred II in it.

3 Thirdly, How to apply those points, that (as Saint Augustine saith) Condiant III nos, & Sal Statuae sit nobis condimentum vitae, that the Salt of this Piller may be the Season of our lives.

THe Prophet Esai doth call us, that stand in this place, the Lord's Remembrancers: I. The [...]. Esay [...]2.6. As to GOD, for the People, by the office of Prayers; So from GOD, to the Peo­ple, by the office of Preaching. In which office of Preaching, we are imployed as much about R [...]cognos [...]e, as about cognosce; as much in calling to their mindes the things they know and have forgott, as in teaching them the things they know not, or never learnt. The things are many, we have Comm [...]ssion to putt men in mind of. Some touching themselves: For, it is, many times, too true, which the Philosopher saith: Nihil tam longè abest a nobis quam ipsi nos; Nothing is so farr from our minds, as we our selves. For, naturally (as saith the Apostle) we do [...] leake, and runne out;H [...]b. 2 1. and when we have looked in the glasse, we streight forgett our fashion againe. Iam. 1.23. There­fore we have in charge to put men in minde of many things, and to call upon them with diverse Memento's. Memento quia sicut lutum tu, Io [...] 10.9. Remember the basenesse of our mold what it is: Memento quia vita ventus, Remember the frailnesse of our life how short it is. Memento tenebrosi temporis, Remember,Iob 7.7. Ec [...]les. 11.8. the dayes of darkenesse are comming, and they be many. All which we know well enough, and yet need to be put in mind of them.

But, the store-house, and the very life of memorie, is the Historie of time; and a speciall charge have we, all along the Scriptures, to call upon men to looke to that. For, all our wisedome consisting either in Experience or Memorie; Experience of our owne, or Memorie of others; Our daies are so short, that our Experience can be but slender, Tantùm hesterni sumus (saith Iob;Iob 8.9.) and our own time cannot affoord us ob­servations enough, for so many cases, as we need direction in. Needs must we then (as he heer adviseth) interrogare generationem pristinam, aske the former Age, what they did in like case: search the Records of former times; wherein, our cases we shal be hable to match, and to paterne them all. Salomon saith excellently, Quid est quod fuit? Quod futurum est; What is that that hath been? That that shalbe: [...]c [...]les 1.9 and back againe, What is that that shalbe? That that hath been: Et nihil novum est sub Sole, and there is nothing under the Sun of which it may be said, it is new, but it hath been already in the former generations. So that, it is but turning the wheele, and setting before us some case of Antiquitie, which may sample ours, and either remembring to follow it, if it fell out well; or to eschew it, if the successe were therafter. For example, By Abimelech's storie, King David reproveth his Captaines, for pur­suing the enemie too neer the wall, seeing Abimelech mis-caried by like adventure;2. Sam 11 21. and so maketh use of remembring Abimelech. And by David's example (that, in want of all other bread,Mar. 2.25. refused not the Shew-bread) CHRIST our SAVIOVR defen­deth His Disciples in like distresse, and sheweth, that, upon such extremitie, Necessitas doth even legem Legi dicere, give a Law, even to the Law it selfe.

[Page 302]Seven severall times we are called upon to doe it: 1 Deut. 33 7. 2 Esay 46.9. 3 Ier. 6.16 4 Iob 8.8. 5 Iam. 5.10. 6 Heb. 10.32. 1 Memento dierum an­tiquorum (saith Moses:) 2 Recordamini prioris Seculi (Esai:) 3 State super vias antiquas, (Ieremie:) 4 Investiga patrum memoriam (Iob:) 5 Exemplum sumite Prophetas, (Iames:) 6 Rememoramini dies priscos, (Paul:) 7 Remember Lot's wife, CHRIST, heer; that is, To lay our actions to those, we finde there, and of like doings, to looke for like ends. So read stories past, as we make not our selves matter for storie to come.

II. Of this of Lots Wife.Now, of and among them all, our SAVIOVR CHRIST after a speciall manner commendeth unto us, this of Lot's wife. Of which thus much we may say, That it is the onely one storie, which, of all the stories of the Old Testament, He maketh His choise of, to putt in His Memento; which He would have them, which have forgotten, to remember, and those that remember, never to forget. Oft to repaire to this storie, and to fetch salt from this Piller: that they lose not that they have done, and so perish in the recidivation of Lot's wife.

Then to descend into the particulars: I find, in stories, two sorts of Memento. 1. Mem [...]nto & fac, Remember to follow: 2. Memento & fuge, Remember to flie the like. Marie Magdalen's ointment, an example of one; Lot's wife's Salt Stone, an example of the other. Or (to keepe us, to this storie) Lot looked not back, till he came safe to Zoar: m [...]mento, & fac. Lot's wife did, and died for it: memento & fuge.

The verse before sheweth, why CHRIST layd the memento upon her. [...], that we s [...]ould not turne or returne back, as she did: that we should not follow her, but, when we come at this Piller, turne at it and take another way. That is, we should remember Lot's wife, but follow Lot; remember her, but fol­low him.

Now, in either of both memento's, to follow, or to fly, we alway enquire of two points (and so, heer) 1 quid fecit, 2 quid passa est: what they did, whose storie we read; and, how they spedd: The Fact and the Effect. The Fact, Vice or Vertue: The Eff [...]ct, Reward or Punishment.

Both which, concerning this unfortunate woman, we find sett downe in one verse (in the XIX of Gen.) what She did;Gen [...]9.2 [...]. that She drew back or looked back: this was her Sinne. The effect, that She was turned into a Salt stone: this was her Punishment. And these two, are the two Memorandum's concerning her, to be remembred. First of her fault.

1. [...]The Ang [...]ll had given charge to Lot and his companie (in the seventeenth of that Chapter) Scape for thy life: Stay not in the plaine: Looke not once behind thee lest thou perish. Scape for thy life: She trifled for all that, as if no perill were. Stay not in the plaine, yet stayed she behind. Looke not back lest thou dye; she would, and did looke back, to dye for it. So that, she did all that, she was forbidd, and reg [...]rded none of the Angels words, but despised the counsell of GOD against her own [...] soul [...]. This was her sinne, the sinne of disobedience; but consisteth of su [...]ry d [...]grees by which she fell: Needfull, all, to be remembred.

[...].1. The first was: That she did not S [...]verè custodire mandatum Dei, strictly keepe [...]er to the A [...]g [...]lls charge, but, dallied with it, and regarded it by halves; that is, sa [...] wh [...]t he would, she might use the matter as she would; goe, or stay and looke about as she list. Such light regard is like enough to have growen of a wandring distru [...]t; lest happly, she had left Sodome in vaine, and the Angell feared them, with that which never should be. The Sunne rose so cleer, and it was so goodly a morning, she repented, she came away. Reckoning her Sonnes in Law more wise in staying still, th [...]n Lot and herselfe, in so unwisely departing. Which is the sinne of unbelief, the bane both of Constancie and Perseverance. Constancie, in the pur­ [...]ose of our mind; and Perseverance in the tenor of our life.

[...] [...]inting.2. From this grew the second, That she beg [...]nn to tire, and draw behind, and kept not pace with Lot and the Angells. An evill signe. For (ever) fainting is next [Page 303] step to forsaking; and Sequebatur a longè, a preparative to a giving cleane over: Occasionem quaerit (saith Salomon) qui vult discedere ab amico, Pro. 18.1. He that hath no list to follow, will pick some quarrell or other to be cast behind.

3. This tiring had it growen of weaknesse, or w [...]arinesse, or want of breath,3 Looking back might have been borne with; but, it came of another cause, which is the third degree. It was (saith the text) at least to looke back and to cast her eye to the place, her soule longed after. Which sheweth, that the love of Sodom sticketh in her still: that though her feet were come from thence, her heart stayed there behind: and that, in looke and thought she returned thither, whither in body she might not; but (possibly) would in body too, if, as NINIVE did, so SODOM had still r [...] ­mained.

4. Looking back might proceed of diverse causes; So might this of hers,4 Preferring So [...]om to Zoar. but that CHRIST'S application directs us. The verse before saith, Somewhat in the house, somthing left behind affected her: Of which He giveth us warning. She grew weary of trouble, and of shifting so oft: From Vr to Haran; thence, to Canaan; the [...]e, to Egypt; thence to Canaan againe; then to Sodom; and now to Zoar; and that, in her old daies, when she would fainest have been a [...] rest. Therefore, in this wearisome conceit of new trouble now to beginn; and withall rem [...]mbring the con­venient s [...]at, she had in Sodome, she even desired to die b [...] her flesh-p [...]ts, and to be bu­ried in the graves of lust: wished them at Zoar, that would, and her selfe at Sodo [...] againe: desiring rather to end her life with ease in that Stately city, then to remove and be safe perhapps, and perhapps not, in the d [...]solate [...]. And this was the sinne of restinesse of soule, which affected her eyes and knees, and was the cause of all the former. When men wery of a good course, which long they have hold [...]n, for a little ease or wealth, or (I wote not what) other secular respect, fall away in the end: so losing the praise and fruict of their form [...]r perseverance, and relapsing into the danger and destruction, from which they had so neer escaped.

Behold, these were the sinnes of Lot's wife; A wavering of mind: Slow stepps: the convulsion of her neck: all these caused her wearin [...]sse and feare of new trouble, she preferring SODOM's case before ZOAR's safety. Re­member Lot's wife.

This was her sinne: and this her sinne was, in her, [...]. ma [...]e much more heynous by a double circumstance, well worth the remembring: as (ev [...]r) weighty circum­stances are matter of speciall regard, in a storie specially. 1 One, that she fell, aft [...]r she had stood long. 2 The other, that she fell, even then, when GOD, by all [...]an [...]s offered her safety, and so forsooke her owne mercie.

Touching the first.1 Af [...]r so long stan [...]ing. These [...] winter brookes (as Iob term [...]th flitting desultorie Chistians) if they drie; these Am 8.1. [...]. Summer f [...]uicts (as Amos) if they pu [...]rifie; these [...] [...].4. morning clouds (as Hosea) if they scatter; these [...]at. 1 [...] 22. shallow [...]o [...]ted cor [...]e, if they wi­ther and come to nothing, it is the lesse grief. [...]o [...]an looked for other. [...] 8. P [...]a­rao with his fitts, that at every plague sent upon [...] [...]o [...]ly on a s [...]d [...]ine, and O pray for me now; and when it is gone, as prophane as ev [...]r he was; beginning nine times, and nine times breaking of againe; he moves not much. To go further: Saul, that for two yeare; Iudas, that for three; Nero, that for fiv [...] kept well, and th [...]n fell away, though it be much, yet may it be borne. But, this woman had conti­nued now thirty yeare (for, so they reckon from Abraham's going out of V [...], to the destruction of Sodom:) This, this is the grief, that she should persist all this time, and after all this time fa [...]l away. The rather, if we consider yet further, that not onely she continued many yeares, but susteined many things in her continuance, as being companion of Abraham and Lot, in their exile, their travaile, and all their affliction. This is the griefe, that after all these stormes in the broad Sea well past, she should in this pitifull manner, be wracked in the haven. And when she had been in Egypt, & not poisoned with the superstitions of Egypt; when lived in Sodom, and not defiled with the sinnes of Sodom; Not fallen away for the famine of Canaan, nor taken harme by the fullnesse of the Cities of the Plaine; after all this she should lose the [Page 304] fruict of all this, and doe and suffer so many things all in vaine: This is the first: Remember it.

2 Now, when best meanes of standing.The second is no whit inferiour: That, at that instant she wofully perished, when GOD's speciall favour was profered to preserve her: and that, when, of all other times she had meanes and cause to stand; then, of all other times, she fell away. Many were the mercies she found and felt at GOD's hands, by this very title, that she was Lot's Wife. For, by it, she was incorporated into the House and familie, and made partaker of the blessings of the faithfull Abraham. It was a mercie, to be deli­vered from the errors of Vr; a mercy, to be kept safe in Egypt; a mercy, to be pre­served from the sinne of Sodome; a mercy, to be delivered from the Captivitie of the five Kings; and this the last and greatest mercy, that she was sought to be delivered from the perishing of the five Cities. This (no doubt) doth mightily aggravate the offense, that, so many waies before remembred by GOD in trouble, she so coldly remembred Him: and that now presently, being offered grace, she knoweth not the day of her vi­sitation: But, being brought out of Sodom, and warned of the danger that might ensue; having the Angells to goe before her, Lot to beare her companie, her daughters to attend her, and being now at the entrance of Zoar, the haven of her rest; this very time, place and presence, she maketh choise of, to perish in, and to cast away that, whic [...] GOD would have s [...]ved; in respect of her selfe, desperately; of the Angells, contemptuously; of her husband and daughters, scandalously; of GOD and His favours, unthankef [...]lly; forsaking her owne mercie, and perishing in the sinne of willfull defection.

Remember Lot' [...] wife, and these Two, 1 That she looked back, after so long time, and so many sufferings: 2 That she looked back, after so many, so mercifull, and so mighty prot [...]ctions. And remember this withall, That she lookt back onely, and went not back: Would, it may be, but that it was all on fire. But, whither she would or no, or whither we do or no, thi [...] fore [...]hinking our selves, we be gone out of this faint proceeding, this staying in the plaine, this convulsion of the neck, and writhing the eyes back; this i [...]resolute wavering whither we should choose, either bodily pleasures in perishing So­dom, or the safe [...]y of our soules in little Zoar, was her sinne; And this is the sinne of so many as stand as she stood, and looke as she looked, though they goe not back: but, if they goe back too, they shall j [...]stifie her, and heape upon them­s [...]lves a more heavy condemnation. So much for the sinne, which we should remember, to avoid.

3 Her Punish­ment.Now for her punishment, which we must remember, to esca [...]e.

This relapse in this manner, that the world might know it to be a sinne highly displeasing His M [...]jestie, GOD hath not onely marked it for a sinne, but salted it too, that it might never be forgotten.

The wages and punishment of this sinne of hers, was it, which is the wages of all sinne, that is,D [...]a [...]h. Rom. 6.23 Death. Dea [...]h, in her (sure) worthily, that refused life with so easy conditions, as the holding of her head still, and would needs looke back and dye.

The sound of d [...]ath is fearefull, what death soever: yet it is made more fearfull foure wai [...]s; w [...]ich all be in this of hers.

1. We desire to die with respite; and sodeine death, we feare and pray against. Her death was sodein,1 [...]. back she looked, and never looked forward more. It was her last looke.

2 I [...] the a [...]t [...]f s [...]n [...]e.2. We desire to have remorse of sinne yet we be taken away; and death, in the very act of sinne is most dangerous. Her death was so. She died in the very convulsion; She died with her face to Sodome.

3. We would die the common death of mankind, and be visited after the visitation of other m [...]n: 3 Vnusuall. and an un usuall strange death is full of terror. Hers was so. GOD's own hand from heaven, by a strange and fearefull visitation.

4 Without bury­all.4. Our wish is, to dye, and to be buried, and not remaine a spectacle above ground which Nature abhorreth: She so died, as she remained a spectacle of GOD's wrath [Page 305] and a By-word to posteritie, and as many as passed by. For, vntill CHRIST's time, and after, this monument was still extant and remained vndefaced so many hundred yeares. Iosephus (a Writer of good accompt, which lived after this) saith [...]: I my selfe have seene and beholden it, for it stands to be seene to this day. A reed she was, a Piller she is; which she seemed to be, but was not. She was melting water: She is congeled to salt. Thus have we, both her fault and punishment: Let us remember both: To shun the fault, that the penalty light not on us.

Now, this Piller was erected, and this verdure given it, for our sakes. For,III. Our Lesson [...]om this. among the many waies that the wisedome of GOD vseth to dispose of the sinne of man, and out of evill to draw good, this is one, and a chiefe one, that He suffereth not their evill examples to vanish as a shadow, but maketh them to stand as Pillers for Ages to come, with the Heathen mans inscription, [...], Looke on me, and learne by me, to serve GOD better.

And, a high benefit it is for us, that He not onely embalmeth the memorie of the Iust, for our imitation; but also powdreth and maketh brine of the Evill, for our admonition: that, as a Sent, from Marie Magdalen's ointment; So, a relish, from Lot's wive's piller, should remaine to all posterity.

Prophane persons, in their perishing, GOD could dash to peeces, and root out their remembrance from of the earth. He doth not, but suffereth their Quarters (as it were) to be sett up in stories, Vt paena Impij sit eruditio Iusti, that their punishment may be our advertisement. Powreth not out their blood, nor casts it away, but saves it, for a Bath, Vt lavet Iustus pedes in sanguine peccatoris, Psal. 58.10 that the Righteous may wash their footstepps in the blood of the vngodly: Rom. 8.28. that all (even the ruine of the wicked) may co-operate to the good of them that feare GOD. This woman, in her incon­stancie, could He have sunke into the earth, or blowen up as salt-petre, that no re­membrance should have remained of her: He doth not; but, for us, and for our sakes, he erecteth a Piller: And not a Piller onely, to point and gaze at; but a Pil­ler or rock of salt, whence we may and must fetch, wherewith to season whatsoever in vnsavorie in our lives. And this, this, is the life and soule of memorie: this is wisedome, The art of extracting salt, out of the wicked; Triacle, out of vipers; our owne happinesse out of aliena pericula: and to make those that were vnprofita­ble to themselves, profitable to us. For (sure) though Lot's wife were evill, her salt is good. Let us see then, how to make her evill, our good; see, if we can draw any savory thing from this example.

1. That which we should draw out, is Perseverance,1 P [...]severance. Mu [...]ia virtutum (as Gregorie calleth it) the Preserver of vertues, without which (as Summer fruits) they will pe­rish and putrifie: The Salt of the Covenant; without which, the flesh of our Sacrifice will take winde and corrupt. But Saint Augustine (better) Regina virtutum, the Queene of vertues; for that, how ever the rest runne and strive, and doe masteries, yet Perseverantia sola coronatur, Perseverance is the onely crowned vertue.

2. Now Perseverance we shall attaine,2 Car [...]. if we can possesse our soules with due care and ridd them of securitie. Of Lot's Wive's securitie, as of w [...]ter, was this Salt heer made. And, if securitie (as water) doe but touch it, it melts away presently. But Care will make us fix our eye, and gather up our feet, and, forgetting that which is behind, tendere in anteriora, to follow hard toward the prize of our high calling.Phil. 3.13.

3. And, to avoid Securitie, and to breed in us due care, Saint Bernard saith, Feare will do it: Vi [...] in timore securus esse? securitatem time;3 [...]eare. The only way to be secure in feare, is to feare securitie. Saint Paul had given the same counsell before; that, to preserve Si permanseris, no better advise, then Noli altum sapere, sed time. Rom. 11.22.

Now, from her Storie, these considerations are yeelded,Considerations out of her fault. each one as an handfull of salt, to keepe us, and to make us keepe.

First, that we see; as of CHRIST's twelve, which He had sorted and selected 1 [Page 306] from the rest, one miscaried; Et illum gregem non timuit lupus intrare, and that the Woolfe feared not to seise, no, not upon that Flock: and as of Noah's eight that were saved from the flood, one fell away too; So, that of Lot's foure, heere, and but foure in all, all came not to Zoar, one came short. So that, of twelve, of eight, of foure; yea, a little after (verse 35.) of two, one is refused: that we may remem­ber, few there be that scape from Sodome in the Angels companie; and of those (few though they be) all are not safe neither: Who would not feare, if one may pe­rish in the companie of Angells?

2 Secondly, that as one miscarieth; so, not every one, but one that had continued so long, and suffered so many things, and after all this continuance, and all these suffe­rings, falls from her estate, and turnes all out and in; and, by the inconstancie of one houre,Ezek. 18.24. maketh void the Perseverance of so many yeares, and (as Ezekiel saith) in the day, they turne away to iniquitie, all the former righteousnesse they have done, shall not be remembred.

3 Thirdly, that, as she perisheth; So, at the same time, that Sodome: She, by it; and it, by her. That, one end commeth to the sinner without repentance, and to the just without perseverance. One end, to the abomination of Sodome, and to the recidiva­tion of Lot's Wife; Et non egredientes, & egredientes respicientes: They that goe not out of her, perish; and they that goe out of her, perish too, if they looke backe. La­cus Asphaltites, is a monument of the one; Lot's Wive's salt stone, a memoriall of the other.

4 Lastly, that as one perisheth, and that such a one; So, that she perisheth at the gates, even hard at the entry of Zoar: which of all other, is most fearefull; So neere her safety, so hard at the gates of her deliverance. Remember, that neere to Zoar gates, there stands a salt stone.

These very thoughts, what her case was, these foure waies; and what ours may be (who are no better then she was) will search us like salt, and teach us, that as, if we re­member, what we have beene, we may (saith Saint Bernard) erubescere; so, if we remember what we may be, we may contremiscere: that, we see our beginnings, but see not our ending: we see our Stadium, not our dolichum. And that, as we have great need to pray (with the Prophet) Thou hast taught me from my youth up, Psal 71.18. untill now, fors [...]ke me not in mine old age, now when I am g [...]ay headed; So, we had need stirr u [...] our care of continuing, seeing we see, it is nothing to beginne, except we con­tinue; nor to continue, except we doe it, to the end.

Remember, we make not light accompt of the Angel's Serva animam tuam: bles­sing our sel [...]es in our hearts and saying,Matt. 16 22. Non fiet tibi hoc; we shall come safe, goe we never so soft: Zoar will not runne away.

Remember, we be not wery to goe whither GOD would have us; not to Zoar, though a little one, if our soule may there live: and never buy the ease of our body, with the hazard of our soule, or a few daies of vanitie with the losse of aeter­nitie.

Rememb [...]r, we slacke not our pace, nor stand still on the Plaine. For, if we stand still, by still standing, we are meet to be made a Piller, ever to stand still, and never to re­move.

Remember, we looke not back, either with her, on the vaine delights of Sodome left; or with Peter on Saint Iohn behind us,Ioh 21.20. to say, Domine, Q [...]id iste? both, will make us forget our following. None that casteth his eye th'other way, is [...], meete as he should be,Luk. 9. [...]2. meet for the Kingdome of GOD.

But specially remember, we leave not our heart behind us, but that we take that with us, when we goe out of Sodome: for if that stay, it will stay the feet, and writhe the eye, and neither the one nor the other will doe their duty. Remember, that our heart wander not, that our heart long not. This Care, if it be fervent, will bring us Per­severance.

Out of her pu­nishment.Now, that we may the better learne somewhat out of her punishment too: Let us [Page 307] remember also, that as to her, so to us, GOD may send some vn-usuall visitation, and take us sodenly away, and in the act of sinne too.

Remember the danger and damage: It is no lesse matter, we are about, then per­det animam. Which if we doe, we frustrate and forfeit all the fruit of our former well continued course; all we have done, is vaine. Yea, all that CHRIST hath done for us is in vaine; whose paines and sufferings we ought specially to tender, knowing that Supra omnem laborem labor irritus, No labour to lost labour; and CHRIST then hath lost His labour for us.

Remember the folly: that beginning in the Spirit we end in the flesh: Gal. 3.3. turning our backs to Zoar, we turne our face to Sodome: joyning to a head of fine gold, feet of clay; and to a precious foundation, a covering of thatch.

Remember the Disgrace: that we shall lose our credit and accompt, while we live, [...]uk. 14.30 Matt 11.7. and shall heare that of CHRIST, Hic homo; and that other, Quid existis in deser­tum videre? A zeed shaken with the winde.

Remember the Scandall: That, falling our selves we shall be a blocke for to make others fall: a sinne no lighter nor lesse, nor lighter then a mill-store.

Remember the Infamie: That we shall leave our memorie remaining in stories,Matt. 18 6. among Lo [...]'s Wife, and Iob's Wife, Demas and Ecebolius and the number of Relaps [...]d, there to stand to be pointed at, no less [...] then this heape of Salt.

Remem [...]er the Iudg [...]ment that is upon them after their relapse, though they live, that they doe even (with her heer) obrigescere, wax hard and numme, and ser [...]e others for a cavea [...], wholy vnprofitable for themselves.

Remember the difficultie of re [...]laiming to good: Seven evill spirits [...]ntering in­steed of one, that their last state is worse then the first. Matt. 1 [...].45.

And lastly, Remember that we shall justifie Sodome by so doing; and her frozen sinne, shall condemne our melting vertue. For, they in the wilfullnesse of their wickednesse persisted till fire from heaven consumed them: And, they being thus obdurate in sinne, ought not she (and we much more) to be constant in vertue? And, if the drunkard hold out, till he have lost his eyes; the vncleane person, till he have wasted his loines; the contentious, till he have consumed his wealth, Quis pudo [...] quòd infaelix populus Dei non habet tantam in bono perseverantiam, quantam mali in malo [...] What shame is it, that GOD'S vnhappy people should not be as constant in vertue, as these miscreants have beene, and be in vice!

Each of these by it selfe; all these putt together, will make a full Memento: which if she had remembred, she had beene a Piller of light in heaven, not of salt in e [...]rth. It is too late, for her: we, in due time yet, may rem [...]mber it.

And, when we have remembred these, Remember CHRIST too, that gave the Meme [...]to: that He calleth himselfe Alpha and Omega;Ap [...]. [...] [...]. not only Alpha for his happy be­ginning; but Omega, for His thrife happy ending. For that He left us, not, nor gave over the worke of our redemption, till He had broug [...]t it to Consummatum est: And that, on our part, Summa Religionis est, imitari quem colis, The highest act of Religion, is, for the Christian to conforme himselfe, not to Lot's Wife, but to CHRIST, whose name he weareth. And though Verus amor non sumit vires despe, True love (indeed) receiveth no manner strength from hope, but, though it hope for nothing, loveth ne­verthelesse; yet, to quicken our love, which oft is but faint, and, for a full Memento, Remember the Reward. Remember, how CHRIST will remember us for it; which shall not be the wages of an hireling, or (lease-wise) for time, and terme of yeares, but [...] Eternity it selfe, never to expire, end, or determine, but to last and en­dure for ever and ever.

But this reward (saith Ezekiel) is for those, whose foreheads are marked with Tau, Ezek. 94. which (as Omega in Greek) is the last letter in the Hebrew Alphabet, and the mar [...]e of consummatum est, among them: They onely shall escape the wrath to come. And this crowne is laid up for them, not of whom it may be said,Gal. 5.7. Currebatis benè Ye did runne well; but, for those that can say (with Saint Paul) Cursum consummavi, I have finished my course well.2. Tim. 4.7

[Page 308]And (thanks be to GOD) we have not hitherto wanted this salt, but remembred Lot's wife well. So, that, this exhortation, because we have prevented and done that which it calleth for, changeth his nature and becommeth a commendation, as all others do. A commendation (I say:) yet not so much of the people (whose onely faelicitie is to serve and be subiect to one that is constant; for otherwise, we know how wavering a thing the multitude is) as of the Prince, whose constant standing giveth strength to many a weake knee otherwise. And Blessed be GOD and the Father of our LORD IESVS CHRIST, that we stand in the presence of such a Prince: who hath ever accompted of Perseverance, not onely as of Regina virtutum, the Queen of vertues; but, as of virtus Reginarum the vertue of a Queen. Who (like Zo­robabel) first, by Princely magnanimitie, layd the Corner-stone, in a troublesome time: and since, by Heroicall constancie, through many both alluring proffers and threat­ning dangers, hath brought forth the head-stone also, with the Prophett's acclamati­on, Grace, grace, unto it: Grace, for so happy a beginning; and Grace, for so thrice happy an ending. No terrors, no enticement, no care of her safety hath removed her from her stedfastnesse: but, with a fixed eye, with streight stepps, with a resolute mind, hath entred her selfe, and brought us into Zoar. It is a little one, but therein our soules shall live; and we are in safety, all the Cities of the Plaine being in combustion round about us. Of whom it shalbe remembred, to her high praise, not onely that of the Heathen Illaque virgo viri;2. Chro. 13.5. but, that of David, that, all her dayes she served GOD, with a covenant of Salt, and with her Israël, from the first day untill now. And of this be we perswaded, that He which begann this good worke in her, will performe it unto the day of IESVS CHRIST, to her everlasting praise comfort and ioy; and, in her, to the comfort, ioy and happinesse of us all.

Yet it is not needlesse, but right requisite, that we which are the LORD's Re­membrancers put you in mind, that as Perseverance is the Queen of vertues, quia ea sola coronatur; so is it also, quia Satanas ei soli insidiatur, for that, all Satan's malice, and all his practises are against it: The more carefull need we to be, to carry in our eye this example. Which GOD graunt we may, and that our hearts may seriously regard, and our memories carefully keepe it, Vt haec columna fulciat nos, et hic sal condiat nos, that this Piller may prop our weaknesse, and this salt season our sacrifice; that it may be remembred, and accepted, and rewarded in the day of the LORD. Which, &c.

A SERMON Preached in the COVRT AT RICHMONDE, on Tuesday, being the V. of March, A.D. MDXCVI.

LVKE CHAP. XVI. VER. XXV.

Fili recordare, &c.

Sonne, remember, that thou, in they life time, receivedst thy pleasures (or, good things;) and likewise LAZA­RVS paines: Now therefore is be comforted, and thou art tormented.

THIS Scripture hath the name given it in the very first words, Recordare Fili, Sonne remember: It is a Remembrance.

There be many Sermons of remembrance heere on earth: this, is one from heaven, from the mouth of Abraham. Not now on earth, but in heaven, and from thence beholding (not in a glasse or darke speech, but) intuitive, 1 Cor. 13.2. that which he tel­leth us: and He that saw it bare witnesse, and His wit­nesse is true. Ioh. 19.35.

Which may somewhat move attention: Or, if that will not, lett me add further, That it is such a remembrance, that it toucheth our estate in ever­lasting life; That is, the well or evill hearing of this Recordare, is as much as our aeternall life is worth. For, we finde both in it. That our Comfort or Torment aeter­nall (Comfort, in Abraham's bosome; Torment, in the fire of hell) depend upon it: and therefore, as much as we regard them, we are to regard it.

This Remembrance is directed to a Sonne of Abraham's; not so much for him, as for the rest. For, it is to be feared, that both the sonnes of Abraham, and [Page 310] the daughters of Sara forget this point overmuch; and many of them (with this partie heere, to whom it is spoken) never remember it, till it be too late.

To Abraham's sonnes then, all and every one. But specially, such of his sonnes, as presently are in the state, that this Sonne (heere) sometime was, of whom it is said: He had received good things in his life. By vertue whereof, I find, this Recordare will reach home to us; for that, we are within the compasse of this Recepisti. For truly, the summe of our Receipt hath been great; No Nation's so great: And, our Re­cordare, little; I will not say, how little, but (sure) too little for that, we have recei­ved.

Now, albeit it be all our case (for, we all have received yet, not all our case alike; but of some, more then other. For, some have received in farr more plentifull man­ner, then other some; and they therefore more deepely interessed in it. And looke, who among us have received most, them it most concerneth: and they (of all other) most need to looke to it.

If you aske, why they, more then others? For that (besides the duty) to whom a great Recepisti is given, of them a great Recordare will be required. The danger al­so helpes them forward. For, so it oft happeneth vnhappily: that, whereas Recepisti is made (and so may well be) a motive, for us to remember: so crosse is our nature, none is so great an enemie to Recordare as it. Our great receiving is oft occasion of our little remembring. And, as a full diet in the vessells of our body; s [...], a planteous receipt breeds stoppings in the minde, and memorie, and the vitall parts of our soule.

We have heereof a lively example before our eyes: And such an one, as if it move us not, I know now what will. A Receipt, for memories that suffer obstructions.

Our SAVIOVR CHRIST vnlocketh hell gates to let us see it. In discovering what sighs and what sufferings are in the other world, he sheweth us one lying in them, to whom Abraham objecteth, that this frank receiving had marred his me­morie. And, as he sheweth us his fault, so (withall) what came to him for it, in that strange and fearefull consequent: Now therefore thou art tormented.

This example is told by our SAVIOVR (in the XIIII. verse) to other rich men, and troubled with that same lethargie. Who, when He put them in minde, It would not be amisse,Verse 9. while they were heere, to make them friends of that they had received, that, when this failed them (as, faile them it must) that might receive them into ever­lasting tabernacles: forgat themselves so farre, as they derided his counsell, not, in words, but per my [...]terismum. Which maketh Him fall from Parables, to a plaine storie (for, so it is holden by the best Interpreters, both old and l [...]ter:) and, from everlasting tabernacles, to everlasting torments: That, howsoever they regarded not his Recordare on earth, they had best give better care to Abraham's, from heaven.

It is His intent, in reporting of it, that our remembring of it should keepe us from it. Non vult mortem & minatur mortem, ne mittat in mortem (saith Chrysostome:) He would not have us in that place; yet he telleth us of that place, to the end we never come in that place.

Yea, it is Abraham's desire too, we should not be overtaken, but thinke of it in time; and prevent it, before it prevent us. And therefore, he lifteth up his voice, and crieth out of heaven, Recordare fili.

And, not onely Abraham, but he that was in that place it selfe, and best knew the terror, because he felt it; felt that, in it, as he heartily wisheth and instantly sueth, that they,Verse 27.28. whom he loveth or any way wisheth well to, may some way take warning, Ne & ipsi veniant, That they also come not into that place of torments.

This vse, CHRIST on earth, Abraham from heaven, and he out of hell, wish we may have of it. And we (I trust) will wish our selves, no worse then they: and therefore looke to our Recordare, cary it in minde, and (in Recordare, there is Cor, too) take it to heart; and by both, in time take order, Ne & ipsi veniamus.

[Page 311]The verse it selfe (if we marke it well) is, in figure and proportion,The Division an exact Crosse For, as a Crosse, it consisteth of two barrs or beames so situate, as the one doth quar­ter the other. Thou receìvedst good things, and Lazarus received evill. These two lie cleane contrarie: But meet both, at the middle word, Now therefore: and there, by a new Antithesis, crosse each other: [...], He that received evill, is comforted: and [...], thou that didst receive good, art tormented. And, to make it a perfect Crosse, it hath a title or Inscription too, set over it: and this it is, Recordare fili. And sure, next to the Crosse of CHRIST and the memorie thereof, this Crosse of Abra­ham's invention and exaltation, is (of all others) most effectuall. And I verily per­swade my selfe, if we often would fixe it before our eyes, and well marke the Inscripti­on, it would be a speciall preparation to our Passeover (meaning, by our Passeover, our end) whereby passe we must, yer long, into another state, either of miserie or blisse: but, whither of miserie, or blisse, it will lie much in the vse of this word Recordare.

First then we will create, 1 of the Crosse: After, 2 of the Title. I

We have, in the Crosse, two Barres: But, with both, we will not meddle. For,II why should we deale with Lazarus? This place is not for him; nor he no roome in this Auditorie. Therefore, waiving his part, in this other (of the Rich man's) we have two quarters, representing vnto us two estates: a The upper part, or head, Re­cepisti bo [...]a, invitá, his estate, in this life. b The nether, or foot; Iam verò tor­queris: his estate, in the other.

Of these two: 1 That, two they are: 2 which they be: 3 and how they be faste­ned, or tenanted the one to the other, with the Illative, Now therefore.

TO quarter out this Crosse: Two parts it stands of;I. Of the Crosse. which two parts are two estates; 1 One past, 2 The other, present: The one, in memorie: The other, in experience. Now, both memorie and experience (Memorie of things past, and Experience of things present) are (both) handmaids to Providence, and serve to provide for things to come. And, of all points of providence, for that which is the highest point of all, that our memorie of it, keepe us from experience of this place, this conclusion.

These two are sett downe: 1 The one estate, in the words Vitâ tuâ: 2 The other,1. The upper part of it; The Present estate In vitá tuá re­cepisti. in the words I am verò, But now. The former, past with him, and yet present with us: For, we yet receive. The later, present with him, but (with us) yet to come, or rather (I trust) never to come: Iam verò torqueris.

1. The first is the life in esse, which we all now live: which though it be one and the same, yet is there in it a sensible difference, Pauper & dives obviaverant, of some poore, and some rich, every day meeting each other.

2. But, Nemo dives, semper dives: and againe, Nemo pauper, semper pauper. They that be rich in it, shall not ever be rich; nor they that are poore, poore alway. It came to passe (saith the Scripture) that the begger died (verse 22.) Mortuus est etiam & dives, and the rich man (for all his riches) died also. There ends the first estate.

3. But, that end is no finall end. For, after Vitá tuá there is a I am verò, still: a se­cond state in reversion, to take place when the first is expired. Our hearts misgive us of some such estate: and (and as the Heathen man said) they, that put it of, with Quis scit? who can tell, whither such estate be? shall never be hable to ridd their minds of Quid si? but, what if such a one be, how then? But, to putt us (that be Christians) our of all doubt, our Saviour CHRIST, by this storie, openeth us a Casement into the other life, and sheweth us, whether we goe, when we goe hence.

1. First, That, as in this life (though but one, yet) there are two diverse estates; [Page 312] to death (though it be, but one neither) hath two severall passages: And, through it, as through one and the same Citie gate; the honest subject walketh abroad for his recreation, and the lewd malefactor is caried out to his execution

2. Two states then there be, after death; and these two dis-ioined in place dislike in condition: both set down within the verse; One, of comfort: 2 The other, of torment.

3. And, that both these take place jam, presently. For, immediately after His death, and, while all his five brethren yet lived, and yet any of them were dead, he was in his torments, and did not expect the generall judgement, nor was not deferred to the end of the world.

4. And (to make it a compleat crosse, for so it is) as the poor and rich meet heer, so do they, there, also, otherwhile; and go two contrary waies, every one to his owne place. LAZARVS, to his bosome; the rich man, to his gulfe [...]: and, ones miserie endeth in rest; the others purple and fine linnen in a flame of fire. Verè stu­pendae vices (saith CHRYSOSTOME) verily, a strange change, a change to be wondered at: to be wondered at and feared, of those whom it may concerne any manner of way, and (at any hand) to be had in remembrance.

1 To applie these two, to the party, we have in hand, and to beginne with the first estate, first. Two things are in it sett downe by him: 1 The one, in the word Fili: 2 The other, in the word Recepisti.

1 Fili.First, that he was Abraham's sonne, and so, of the religion onely true: and one, that (as himselfe saith of himselfe) had had MOSES and the Prophets, though tanquam non habens, as though he had them not. For, little he used, and lesse he regarded them; yet, a Professor he was.

2 Recepisti.Secondly: as by nature, ABRAHAM's sonne: so by condition or office, one of GOD's Receivers. Receivers we are, every one of vs, more or lesse: but yet, in receipts, there is a great latitude. Great, betweene her, that received two mites; and him, that received a thousand talents. Between them, that receive tegumenta onely, covering for their nakednesse; and them, that receive ornamenta, rich attire also, for comelinesse: and againe, that receive alimenta, food for emptinesse; and oblectamenta, delicious fare for daintinesse. Now, he was not of the petie, but of the maine receipt. It is said: He received good things; and it is told, what these good things were, Purple of the fairest, and linnen of the finest; and quotidie splendi­dè, every day, a double feast. Which one thing, though there were nothing els, asketh a great Receipt alone. Heer, rich; in this life; and who would not sue to succeed him in it? One would thinke, this wood would make no crosse, nor these premisses such a now therefore. But, to him that was thus and had thus, all this plentie, all this pleasure; post tantas divitias, post tantas delicias; to him, is this spoken, but now thou art tormented. Which first estate, as it was rich, so it was short: therefore, I make short with it, to come to cruciaris. Which, though in syllables it is shorter, yet it is in substance, that peece to which he is fastened, in length of continuance farre beyond it.

2. The [...] of the crosse. The second state cruciaris. Cruciaris is but one word, but much weight lieth in it: therefore it is not sleigh­tly to be passed over, as being the speciall obiect of our Recordare, and the principall part of the crosse indeed. Two wayes our SAVIOVR CHRIST expresseth it: 1 One while, under the terme [...] which is torture: 2 Another, under the terme [...] which is anguish of the Spirit: referring this, to the inward paine; and that, to the outward passion. The soule being there subiected by GOD's iustice, to sensuall paine, for subiecting it selfe willingly to brutish sensualitie, in this life, it be­ing a more noble and celestiall substance.

Of which paine, Saint CHRYSOSTOME noteth, that because many of us can skill, what torment the tongue hath, in extremitie of a burning ague; and what paine our hand feeleth, when from the hearth some sparke lighteth on it: CHRIST chose to expresse them in these two. Not, but that they be incomparably greater [Page 313] then these: yea, farre above all we can speake, or thinke: but that flesh and bloud conceiveth but what it feeleth, and must be spoken to, as it may vnderstand. And it is a ground, that, in termes (here and els where) proportioned to our conceit, tor­ments are uttered farre beyond all conceipt: which, labouring to avoid, we may; but labouring to expresse, we shall never do it.

Yet, to helpe them somwhat, we shall the more deeply apprehend them, if we do but compare them: as we may, and never go out of the confines of our owne verse.

With Recepisti, first. To consider this: that his torment is in the present tense,1 now upon him, Cruciaris: His good, all past and gone, Recepisti. Marke (saith Saint Augustine) of his pleasure, omnia dicit de praeterito; Dives erat, vestiebatur, Epulabatur, Recepisti: He was rich, did goe, did fare, had received: was, did, and had; all past, and vanished away; all (like the counterpane of a Lease) expired, and our Abraham likeneth it to wages, received and spent before hand.

Secondly, If we lay togither his torments, and bona tua in vitâ. For, we shall find, they are of a diverse scantling. The one had an end with his life; and ô quam subito! The other, when it beginneth once, shall never have an end. That life is not like this. No: if all the lives of all (I say not, men women and children, but) of all, and every of the creatures, that ever lived upon the earth or shall live to the worlds end, were all added, one to another, and all spunn into one life, this one exceedeth them all. This then (I make no question) will make another de­gree, to thinke, quod delectabat fuit momentaneum, quod cruciat est aeternum.

Thirdly, if we match it with Lazarus autem; that is, with the sight of others in 3 that estate, whence he is excluded: and in them, with sorrow to consider, what him­selfe might have had and hath lost for ever.Chap. 13.2 [...]. There, shalbe (saith CHRIST of this point) weeping, and gnashing of teeth, to see Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob and all the Prophetts, in the kingdome of GOD, and your selves thrust out of doores. Not onely, weeping, for grief that themselves have lost it; but, gnashing of teeth also, for very in­dignation, that others have obteined it. And, of others, not some other; but, that Lazarus iste, one of these poor people, whom we shunn in the way, and drive our coaches apace to escape from: that, of them, it may fall, we may see some in blisse, when they shall lie in hell like sheep (saith the Psalmist) that walked on earth like Ly­ons. Will not this beare a third?Psal 48▪ 15.

But beyond all these, If we counterpeise it with the word [...], is comforted, 4 with which Abraham hath set it in opposition: Torment opposed to comfort; (that is) torment comfortlesse, wherein, no manner hope of any kind of comfort. Neither of the comfort of mitigation;Ver. 24. for (in the verse next before) all hope of [...] re­lief, is denied, even to a drop of water: Neither of the comfort of deliverie at last;Ver. 26. for (in the verse next following) he is willed to know, that, by reason of the great par­tition, their case is such, ut non possunt that they cannot presently, or for ever, looke for any passage from thence, but must there tarrie in torments everlastingly. So, neither comfort of relief, nor of deliverie: nor the poor comfort, which, in all mi­series (heer) doth not leave us, —dabit Deus his quoque finem, An end will come: Nay, no end will never come. Which [never] is never deep­ly enough imprinted, nor seriously enough considered. That this [now] shalbe still now, and never have an end: and this cruciaris be cruciaris for ever, and never declined into a preter tense, as Recepisti was. This, is an exaltation of this crosse, above all els: None shall ever come downe from it: none shall ever beg our body, to lay it in our sepulchre.

Fiftly, If we lay it to Recordare. For, may I not add to all these, that, being in 5 this case, he heareth Recordare, and is willed to remember, when his remembring will do him no good: but though he remember it, in sorrow, and in the bitternesse of his soule: yea, though his sorrow be above measure sorrowfull, it will profit him nothing? I say, Grief both utterly comfortlesse, and altogether unprofitable.

[Page 314]These five makes him that feels it (heer) wish, that none of those, he wisheth well, may ever come there to know, how hote that fire, or how terrible that torment is.

These five words are (all) within the compasse of the Verse it selfe; and may serve (every one) as a naile, to fasten our memory to this crosse: that, we may ever remember it and never forget it, and, never forgetting it, never feele it.

This then is his crosse. We long (I know) to have it taken down; our eares are deinty and the matter melancholique, and we little love to heare it stood on so long. But, Chrysostome saith well of that fire: Nunquid, si tacuimus, extinximus? If we speake not of it, will it goe out? No, no: five loquamur, sive taceamus, ardet ille: speake we, or keep we silence, it burneth still, still it burneth. Therefore, let us speak, and think of it, and let it stand in the name of GOD: Et exerceamus auditum (saith the good Father) ne ita mollescat, and keepe our eares in exercise, that they grow not nice. If, to heare of it, be painfull; to feele it wilbe more. The invention is to keepe the exaltation, to take it up. For, none so neer it as they, qui non tollunt, donec super-im­ponitur, that take it not up, till it be layd upon them.

3. The ioining, or Tenon. Iam ver [...].Thus, we have severally seen the counterpoints of this crosse: the top, which is in vitâ, in this life; and the foot, which reacheth ad novissima inferni, to the bot­tome of hell. It remaineth we tenon both these togither, as Antecedent, and Con­sequent: Thou didst receive: Now therefore. 1 First, that they may be: 2 And then, how they may be ioined.

First then we find, that Recepisti is, as it ends: and that, by this example, it 1 may end in cruciaris, and prove the one end of a heavy Crosse. Which first brin­geth us out of admiration of the riches of this life. When we see, that these good things, which (after the taxe of the world) are counted, and (in a manner) stiled the onely good things, and in the deceitfull balance of this world, weigh down Abraham's bosome; be not ever demonstrative signes of GOD's speciall liking: Nor they, ipso facto highest in His favour, that receive them in greatest measure: Nor peradventure (as CHRIST saith) so highly accompted of in heaven,ver. 15. as they be on earth. There­fore, they that have them, not to reflect too much on them; nor be ideo inflati (as saith Saint Augustine) quia obsericati; as much pride in their soule, as purple on their body. And they that have them not, not to aemulari, vexe and grieve themselves at Nabal's wealth, Haman's preferment, this man's table; seeing there commeth a Iam verò; and when that commeth, we shall see such an alteration in his state, as he that wisheth him worst, shall wish, that for every good thing he received heer, he had received a thousand; and (with Saint Bernard) Vt omnes lapides converterentur in rosas, that every stone under his feet heer had been turned into a rose. Such is his case, now: and such theirs, that come where he is.

2 Is this all? No. But, as it bringeth us out of admiration, so it bringeth us into feare. For, two things it offereth, either of which is, or may be matter of feare 1. First, in that he is Abraham's sonne. That Abraham hath, of his seed, in hell: and that all his sonnes shall not rest in their Father's bosome. Which offereth us occasion to feare, for all our Profession. For, though he were a sonne too, and so acknowledged by Abraham, yet, there he is, now.

2. In that he is of, Abraham's rich sonnes, and one that received good things in his life.Esa 30.33. Which ministreth new matter of feare: that (as the Prophet saith) Tophet is prepared of old, and that even for great ones; for such as goe in purple, and weare fine linnen, and fare full daintily: Even for such, is it prepared. Not, as every pri­son, for common persons; but, as Tophet (or the Tower) for great Estates. So that it may seeme, either of both these have their danger at their heels; For, that, they to him were; to many, they are: and to us, they may be, as antecedents to an evill consequent.

Men verily may flatter themselves: But sure, I can never thinke but there is more, in this Now therefore, then the world will allow. And that this Recordare of [Page 315] Abraham's is not a matter so sleightly to be slipped over. There is some danger (no doubt) and that more then will willingly be acknowledged, to such as are wealthy, and well at ease in Sion. Saint Gregorie confesseth by himselfe,Amo. 6.1. that never any sentence entered so deepe into his soule as this. And that, as Surgite mortui was ever in Saint Hierom's eare: And Non in comessationibus, not in surfetting, in Saint Augustine's, Rom. 13.3. by which he was first converted: So, this was with him; and he could not get it out of his minde. For, he sitting in the See of Rome, when it was growen rich and of great receipt, was (as he saith) still in doubt of Recepisti: whither his exalting into that Chaire might not be his recompense at GOD's hands, and all that ever he should receive from Him, for all his service. And ever he doubted this Recepisti (which we so easily passe over) and whither his case might not be like Thus did the good Father; and (as I thinke) not vnwisely: And, would GOD, his example heerein, might make due impression, and worke like feare, in so many as have, in the eyes of all men, received the good things in this life. For, this may daily be seene every where, that diverse, that received them, if ever any did; and that, in a measure heaped up and running over; carry themselves so without remembrance or regard of this point, as if no such Simile were in the Scripture, as that of the Needle's eye: No such example, as of this Rich man: No such Recordare, as this of Abraham, Matt. 19.24. which we have in hand. It should seeme, they have learned a point of divinitie, Abraham never knew: Balaam's divinitie (I feare) to love the wages of vnrighte­ousnesse and a gift in the bosome, and yet to crie Moriatur anima mea, 2. Pet. 2.15. Num. 23.10. His soule should goe streight to Abraham's bosome for all that: And so, in effect, to denie Abraham's Consequence.

We must then joyne issue upon the maine point, we cannot avoid it: To enquire, how this Now therefore commeth in: And how farre, and to whom, this Consequent holdeth. I demand then: was he therefore tormented, because he received good things? Is this the case of all them that weare purple and fare well in this life? Shall every one, to whom GOD reacheth such good things as these, be quit for ever from Abraham's bosome? By no meanes. For, Cujus est sinus, whose is the bosome? Is it not Abraham's? And, what was Abraham? Looke Gen. XIII. Verse II. Abraham was rich in cattell, in silver, and gold. There is hope then for rich men, in a rich man's bosome. Then, the bosome it selfe is a rich man's, though a Lazarus be in it. Yea, though we finde heer Lazarus in it: yet elsewhere, we finde, he is not all. For, the great Act. 8.27. LORD, that bare rule vnder Queene Candaces: The 2. Ioh 1. elect Ladie: Ioseph of Arimathea, and Act 17.34. the Areopagite (grave and wise Coun­seilors:) The 16.14. Purple seller (and if the purple seller, why not the Purple wearer?) Yes the Dan. 5.29 Purple wearer too, were in earth, Saints (as we reade) and are (we doubt not) in Abraham's bosome also.

It was not therefore, because he was rich: for then must Abraham himselfe have beene subiect to the same sentence. Nay, one may so be rich, and so vse his riches to­gether, as they shall conclude in the other figure and end in solaris; and no waies hin­der, but helpe forward his accompt; and bring him a second recipies of the good things of that aeternall life. And (if you marke it well) we have heere, in this Scripture, two rich men: 1 One, that giveth the Recordare: 2 The other, to whom it is given. The example of a rich man, which rich men to avoid: The sentence of a rich man, which rich men to remember.

It is evident: It was not, for that he had received good things in this life: Seeing,1 as truly as Abraham said to him, Sonne remember, thou didst receive good things: So truly might he have rejoined, Father remember, thou didst receive, &c. It was not that.

Neither was it, because he came by them vnduely, by such waies and meanes, as 2 the soule of GOD abhorreth: For, it is (saith Bernard) Recordare quia recepisti; not quia rapuisti, or quia decepisti, by ravine, or deceit.

Neither was it, because he received them, and wrapped them up. For, as his receipts 3 [Page 316] are in this verse: So his expenses, in the XIX. So much in purple, and linnen; So much, in feasting.

4 Neither was it, because receiving plenty, he tooke his portion of that, he received, in apparell or diet. For, Num solis stultis apes mellificant (saith the Philosopher) doe Bees make honey, or Wormes spinne silke for the wicked or reprobate onely? (Howbeit, it cannot be excused, that being but Homo quidam, he went like a Prince: for, purple was Princes weare.) Or, that he feasted, and that not meanely, but [...], in all sumptuous manner; and that, not at some sett times, but [...], day by day: (for, this portion was beyond all proportion.)

None of these it was. Yet we hold still, some danger there is; there is some: and this Recordare is not idle or needlesse.

What was it then, that brought him thither, or (as Saint Bernard calleth it) what was his Scala inferni, the ladder by which he went downe to hell? that we may know, what is the difference betweene Abraham's receipt and his: and when Recepisti shall conclude with Cruciaris.

Saint Chrysostome doth lay the weight on the word Recepisti, in his nature or pro­per sense. For, it is one thing (saith he) [...] (that is, accipere) to perceive or take; another, [...] (that is, recipere) to receive it, as it were in full discharge and finall satisfaction. (And, the same distinction doth CHRIST himselfe observe in [...] and [...],Matt. 6.16. in the VI. Chapter of Saint Matthew.) Both have, and both receive: But, they that doe [...], receive them, as a pledge of GOD's further favour: But they that doe [...], receive them, as a full and compleate reward, and have no more to receive, but must therevpon release, and quite claime all demands, in whatsoever els. Tan­quam arrham, and tanquam mercedem, is the distinction in Schooles.

1 With GOD verily it is a righteous thing, to let every man receive, for any kind of good, he hath done heere. Yea even the heathen, for their morall vertues (as Saint Augustine holdeth of the Romanes, and the victories they received.)

2 But, righteous it is also, that the Reubenites, which choose their lot in Gilead on this side of Iordan, and there seate themselves, should not after claime their part too, in the land of Promise. Even so, that they that will have, and have their receiving time, heere, should not have it heere, and elsewhere also.

3 Then, all is in the choise, where we will lay our Recepisti: whether heere or there, in this or that life: In purple, and silke, and the delights of the world: or, in the rest and comfort of Abraham's bosome. Whither we will say: Lord, if I may so receive, that I may be received: If I may receive so the good of this life, that I be not barred the other to come; tanquam arrham, as the earnest of a better inheritance, Ecce me. But if my receiving heere, shall be my last receipt: If I shall receive them tanquam mer­cedem, as my portion for ever; I renounce them. Put me out of this receipt, and re­serve my part in store for the land of the living. And, of evill: If it must come heere, or there (with Saint Augustine) Domine, hîc ure, hîc seca; Ibi parce: Let my seering and smart be heere; there let me be spared: And, from Cruciaris, the torment to come, Libera me Domine.

To very good purpose said the Ancient Father: Quisque dives, quisque pauper, Nemo dives, nemo pauper: Animus omnia facit. It is somewhat, to be rich, or poore; it is nothing, to be rich, or poore; It is, as the minde is: The minde maketh all. Now (saith Saint Chrysostome) what minde he caried, is gathered out of Abraham's doubling, and trebling, Tu, tua, and tuâ: Recepisti tu, bona tua;, in vitâ tuâ: which words are working words (as he taketh them) and conteine in them great Emphasis. Vnderstanding (by tua) not so much that, he had in possession; as that, he made speciall reckoning of: For, that, is most properly termed ours: Animus om­nia facit.

1 This life is called his life; not, because he lived in it, but because he so lived in it, as if there had beene no other life but it. And in his accompt, there was no other; [...], Give him this life; let this day be his day; take to mor­row who will.Ioh. 8.56. This did not Abraham: For, he saw a day, and that after this life, that rejoyced him more then all the daies of his life.

[Page 317]This life as it was his life; So the good of it, his good, Bona tua. This, his life: these,2 the portion of his life: these he chose for his good: they, his; and he, theirs. They that make such a choise, their Recepisti may well end in Cruciaris.

This way, Saint Chrysostome: by the minde. Saint Augustine taketh another, by the memorie, more proper to the Patriarch's meaning: And that foure waies.

1. For (saith he) Abraham willing him to remember, he had received such things; implieth (in effect) that he had cleane forgotten, that any such things he had ever re­ceived. Looke how Esau speaketh, Habeo bona plurima, I have enough, my Brother: Gen. 33.9. And, as his pew fellow heere, Luk. XII. Anima habes, Soule, thou hast goods enough: Luk. 12.19. Even so for all the world, it seemeth, this party heere, he had them: Sure he was, he had them: but, that he received them, he never remembred. Now, he is put in minde, quia recepisti: Now therefore, thou art tormented.

2. Now, not remembring he had received them, no mervaile if he forgat, why he received them, or with what condition: Forgetting GOD in heaven, no marvell if he remembred not Lazarus on earth. Verily, neither he nor any man received them, as Proprietaries; but as Stewards, and as Accomptants, as CHRIST telleth us, above in this Chapter. Not, for our selves onely, or for our owne vse; but for others, too: And among others, for Lazarus by name. If Lazarus receive not, it was his fault, and not GOD's, who gave him enough to supplie his owne vses, and Lazaru's want too. For both which two, he, and all receive, that receive at GOD's hands. But he (it see­meth) received them to and for himselfe alone, and no body els: That Abraham saith truly, Recepisti tu; tu & nemo alius: You, and yours, and no body besides. For, his Recepisti ended in himselfe, and he made himselfe Summam omnium receptorum. For, if you call him to accompt by the writt of Redde rationem, this must be his Audit: In purple and linnen, so much; and in belly-cheere so much: So much on his backe, and so much on his board, and in them endeth the Totall of his Receipt: Except you will put in his hounds too, which received of him, more then Lazarus might. This is indeed Recepisti tu solus. This did not Abraham: For, his receipt reached to strangers, and others besides himselfe; and, Lazarus he received in his bosome on earth, or els he had never beene in heaven, to have him there.

Will you see [now therefore] the Consequent in kind? Therefore is this party now in the Gulfe, because (living) himselfe was a gulfe: It is now Gurges in gurgite, but one Gulfe in another. While he lived, he was as a Gulfe swallowing all: Now therefore, the Gulfe hath swallowed him. Remember this, for it is a speciall point. For, if our purple and fine linnen swallow up our almes: If our too much lashing on, to doe good to our selves, make us in state to do good, to none but our selves: If our riotous wasting on expenses of vanitie, be a gulfe and devoure our Christian imploying in workes of charitie, There is danger in Recepisti, even the danger of [Now therefore] Gurgeseras & in gurgitem projicieris, a Gulfe thou wert, and into the gulfe shalt thou go. Ever, for the most part, you shall finde these two coupled. In Sodome; Pride, and fullnesse of bread, with not stretching the hand to the poore. In Iuda: Great bolls of wine,Ezek. 16.49 Am 6.4.and rich bedds of ivorie, with little compassion on the miseries of Ioseph. And heere: Going richly and faring deintily, with Lazaru's bosome and belly, both empty. The saying of Saint Basil is highly commended, that [...], Pride is prodigalitie's whetstone. And so it is (sure;) and setts such an edge upon it in our expenses, that it cutts so deepe into our receipt, and shares so much for purple and linnen, as it leaves but a little for La­zaru's portion. Sure, so it is: lesse purple must content us; and somwhat must be cut of from quotidie splendidè, if we will have Lazarus better provided for.

This, I have stood a little on, that it may be remembred. It is CHRIST'S speci­all drift, both in the Parable before, and in this Storie heer: and remember it we must, if either (as, in that) we will be received into everlasting tabernacles; or (as, in this) we will be delivered from everlasting torments.

3. Now I add, that, in thus forgetting Lazarus, to remember himselfe, he remembred not himselfe neither, but failed in that too. For, whereas he con­sisted of two parts 1 a body, and 2 a soule, he remembred the one so much, as he [Page 318] quite left the other out of his memento. For, his Recepisti tu was his body; and nothing els. Now reason would, the bodie should not take up the whole Receipt; but that the poore soule should be thought upon too. Purple and silke, and Ede, bibe; they are but the bodie's part: But almes and workes of mercie, they, they be the soules'. May not our soules be admitted suitors, that we would remember them (that is) remember Lazarus? for, that is the soule's portion: For, the other part, he and we all remember fast enough.

4. Thus, remembring neither GOD nor Lazarus, nay, nor his owne soule; his me­morie thus failing him, GOD provided, and sent some, to put him in minde. Sure, as he had received those former good things, so also had he received Moses and the Pro­phets, by his owne confession: And, in receiving them, he had received a great be­nefit, and (peradventure) greater in this then the other: And, Moses had told him as much as Abraham tells him now:Deut. 32.29. Vtinam novissima providerent, Would GOD (saith Moses) men would remember the foure Novissima; 1. That there is a death; 2. there is a Iudgement; 3. there is a heaven; 4. there is a hell: But, of all the foure, Novissima inferni (in the same Chapter) the nethermost;Deut· 32 22. Nunc igitur cruciaris, the place of torments. The Prophets said as much: Ieremie, Ever thinke, that an end there will be,Ieremie 5.31. Esay. 33.14. Et quid fiet in novissimo, what shall become of us in that end? Who among us (saith Esay) can endure devouring fire? who can dwell with ardores sempiterni, everla­sting burnings? These he had: and if he had heard these, it is plainely affirmed, Audiant ipsos would have done it; they would have kept him, for ever comming in that place. But, these also, living he strove to forget, and (as ingenderers of melan­cholie) to remove them farr away. And, that he might the more easily doe it, it was thought not amisse, to call their authoritie in question, whither they were worth the hearing or no. It is (in effect) confessed by him: that his five brethren and he were of one opinion; that the hearing of Moses and the Prophets was a motive farre vnworthy to carry such men as they. An Angel from heaven, or one from the dead might (per­haps:) but, the bookes of Moses should never move them. It was not, for nothing, he complaineth of his tongue: Illâ linguâ, with that tongue, he had scorned the Holy Oracles: peradventure, that place, wherein he now lay, with that tongue which, in that place, feeleth the greatest torment; and, from that place, the smallest comfort: both which it had before prophanely derided.

Thus then you see his Scalam inferni, the briefe of his faults, for which his R [...]ceipt endeth in this bitter Recipe of torments without end. 1 Epicurisme: no life but this: No good but these heere, Good attire, good cheere. 2 This was his reward: Amen, dico vobis, Matt 6.2. recepistis: (Saint Chrysostome's two.). 1 Remembring neither GOD in hea­ven, nor Lazarus on earth; 2 but being a Gurges, a Gulfe of all that he received, him­selfe: 3 No not his owne soule; 4 nor (last of all) this place of torments, before he was in it; and scorning at Moses for remembring him of it. This you see: And, in him, you see who they be, over whom Abraham shall reade the like sentence: Qui habet aures, &c.

II. The title: Recordare fili.Now then, we have set up both sides of this Crosse, and fastened each part to other with Now therefore: Let us affixe the Inscription, and so an end. That, is Recordare fili: The want of which brought him thither; The supplie of it shall keepe us thence.

Fili recordare: optimè dictum sed serò, Exc [...]llently well said, but too late (saith Saint Bernard.) For, alas! commeth Abraham in now, with Recordare? doth he now affixe the title? why, it is too late. True, it is so: But, till now, he would not suffer any to set it up. Before, while it was time, and when it might have done him good, then he would not endure it: Now then he is faigne (when it is out of time) to know, what in time might have done him good: and may doe others, if (in time) they looke to it. Indeed, to him now, it is of no vse in the world; but onely to let him see, by what Iustice he is where he is; and what he suffereth, he suffereth deservedly. The best is, Abraham hath more sonnes then this sonne; and they may take good by it, and have vse of that, whereof he had none. With this sonne it is too late; with some other, [Page 319] it is not. Not with us: we are yet upon the stage: Our Iam verò is not yet come. And for us, is this Inscription set up; and, for our sakes, both CHRIST reported, and Saint Luke recorded this Recordare.

If you aske, What good is that? What is the good of exemplarie Iustice? What good is it, to see a malefactor punished, or to read in a paper the crime wherefore? What, but onely that by reading what brought him thither, we may remember what will keepe us from thence. The neglect of Recordare is the cause, he is there: why then, Recordare fili, and keepe thee from thence. So, with one view of this Inscription, we reade both his ruine and our owne remedie.

This is the right vse of this title: GOD forbidd, we should have no vse of it, till we come where he is. But, it is therefore set over his head in that life, that we may reade it in this: reade it, and remember it: remember it and never have title set over ours.

It will be good then, sometimes to keepe some day holy to the exaltation of this Crosse, and to set this title before our eyes: to approch it and read it over: Yea, not once, but often to record this Recordare. Indeed, it is that, Saint Gregorie saith: Recor­datione magis eget versus iste quàm expositione: Indeed, it more needs a disposition to remember it, then an exposition to vnderstand it.

We are yet: how long we shall, we know not, nor how soone vitâ tuâ will be gone; nor, how quickly this Iam verò will come in place. This we know: between his state and ours, there is only a puffe of breath in our nosthrills. That this life (short though it be, and in a manner, a moment, yet) hoc est momentum, unde pendet aeternitas: On it, no lesse matter dependeth then our aeternitie: or blisse or bane, comfort or torment. That in that place, without all hope either of relief escape or end: and that from thence, neither our profession of truth, nor the greatnesse of our receiving shall deliver, but onely this Recordare. It standeth us then in hand, to take perfect impression of this Recordare: and (as Saint Augustine saith) Oblivisci quid simus, attendere quid futuri simus, to forget, what we now be, to consider what we shall be without all question yer long, but we know not how soone: but, oft it falleth, the shorter and sooner, the lesse we thinke of it.

Three things then I wish, for conclusion: 1 that we may remember: 2 remember in time: 3 remember effectually. That we may remember the fire, the thirst, and the 1 torments; and know what they meane, by memorie, rather then by sense. Abraham, from heaven calls to us to that end: The party in hell crieth Neveniant & ipsi.

That we doe it in time: that we be not in his case, never lift up our eyes, till we be in 2 hell; nor remember that may doe us good, till it be too late.

That we doe it effectually from the heart: For, there is a heart in Recordare: And 3 that, this being our greatest businesse, we make it not our least care.

Our Remembring will be effectuall, if we pray to GOD daily, we may so receive, as we may be received. And our remembring shall be effectuall, if it have the effect, that is, make us remember Lazarus. Quotidiè Lazarus: You may find Lazarus, if you seeke him, every day: Nay, you shall finde him, though you seeke him not. Our pre­sent estate, by present occasion of the dearth now upon us, makes the memorie more fresh, then at other times it would be. Remember then our being remembred there, lieth on this their remembrance heere; and, upon their receiving, our recipies, or rather recipieris. And remember that day, wherein what we have received shall be forgotten; and what He hath received of us shall be remembered; and nothing els shall be remembred by quod uni ex minimis. The atteining everlasting tabernacles, the avoiding everlasting torments lie upon it.Matt. 10.42. That which we remember now in La­zaru's bosome, shall be remembred to us againe in Abraham's bosome. To which, &c.

A SERMON Preached in the COVRT AT GREEN-VVICH, on Sunday, being the IV. of April, A.D. MDXCVI.

II. COR. CHAP. XII. VER. XV.

Ego autem libentissimè impendam, & super-impendar ipse pro animabus vestris: etsi licet plus vos diligens minus diligar.

And I will most gladly bestow, and will be bestowed for your soules; though, the more J love you, the lesse J am loved.

THE Words be Saint Paule's; and to the Corinthi­ans. And, if we neither knew, whose they were, nor to whom; yet this we might know by the words themselves, that it is Love that speakes, and unkind­nesse, that is spoken to. Impendam; Super-impen­dar; libentissimè: this must needs be love; and that, unkindnesse, that requireth such love, with such an Etsi, Etsi minus diligar, Though, the more I love, the lesse I be loved.

Many wayes it may be manifest,1. Cor. 5.10. Act 18.11. ver. 14. that Saint Paul 1 loved the Church of Corinth more then many other; (loved them, for he laboured more for them.) By the time he spent with them, a yeare and a half full: S [...]ors [...] with any so much. By his visiting them three severall times: Not any so oft. By two of his largest Epistles sent to them: Not, to any the like. And in t [...]e one of them we see heer, how frank and how kind a profession he maketh, in quâ [...] ve [...]bum c [...]aritatis igne vaporatur, wherein, everie word carrieth a sweet sent of Love's perfume: (it is Saint Gregorie.) These, each of these; but all these t [...]gither, may prove his magis diligam, the abundance of his love to Corinth.

Now there should be, in love, the vertue of the Load-stone, the vertue attractive, to 2 [Page 322] draw like love to it againe. There should be: but was not. For, their little love appeared, by their many unloving exceptions which they tooke to him. To his Of­fice: That, he was but an Apostle of the second head, and no waies to be matched with the Chief Apostles, Ver. 11. To his Person: That he was one of no presence: Somewhat good at an Epistle, but his person (or presence) nothing worth (Chap. 10.10.) To his preaching: Chap. 11.6. that he was but [...] not so eloquent by much, as diverse of them were; nor his Sermons ex opere Corinthiaco, of the Corinthian fashion. In­deed, I know not how, but he could not hitt on their veine.

3 This cold infusion of so faint regard on their parts, might have quenched his love. It did, Apollo's. For Apollo was once at Corinth, but found them so diverse to please, as he waxed weary and got him away; and when he was moved to returne to them [...], his mind was not at all to come there againe as yet, saith Saint Paul (1. Cor. 16.) It made Apollos give over.1. Cor. 16.12. So might it Saint Paul too But, him it did not: Charitas quâ aedificabat, the love wherewith he built, was like lime, slac­ked not, but rather kindled with water. For, notwithstanding all these, such was his zeale, and he Tantus zelator animarum, that we see his affection, and we heare his reso­lution what it is: unkind they might be, but no unkindnesse of theirs, or verdict ne­ver so hard, or censure never so sharp; no minus diligar should move him, or make him love their soules a whit the lesse.

4 Wherein, lest they might be jealous, he sought to Corinth so oft, for the ore of it, because the soile was rich, there was good to be done (as men are ever that way quick-eyed:) he appealed to all his former course with them, that he had sought no­thing hitherto. Nothing he had sought, nor nothing he would seeke: And (to come to this our verse) not onely seeke nothing;Chap. 11.8.9. 1 But he would bestow: 2 Bestow, and be bestowed himselfe: 3 and that, most willingly (indeed it is higher, [...], most gladly) 4 and all this (to use Chrysostome's words) not, [...], for those that had not begoon to love him first, but [...], for those that being loved first did not love him againe. 5 And that, not [...] in equall measure (that, is not his complaint) but such, as the more (it is fuller, in the Greeke, [...] the more abundantly) they were loved, loved him the lesse for it. The degrees are many: and looke how many degrees, so many severall points of elevation.

5 All which when I consider, I cannot choose but marveile at his love; which truly is right admirable: And more, at their minùs, then his magis: But, at his heroicall spirit, most of all, whom such and so great unkindnesse could not over-come. The rather, when I lay it to, and compare it with ours in these times in which, a kind of love we have (such as it is) but such as will not endure Saint Paul's assay; Or, if in some degrees it doe, if it be not respected streight (not, as it deserveth, for so haply it is, but as it supposeth it selfe to deserve) if it be crossed with any unkindnesse, it grow­eth abrupt. Every minus diligar makes it abate; and farr we are from this Chri­stian magnanimitie, to resolve with him (in the 11. Chap.) quod facio, hoc & faciam, what I doe,Chap. 11.12. that I will do still: Or, heer: Love I will still; though, the more I love, the lesse I be loved.

The thing loved, is the Corinthian's soules. And (as Corinth it selfe was situate in a narrow land, between two Seas) so are they, in the verse: having, on the one side, the Sea of self-love (in the former part:) and, on the other, the Gulf of unkindnesse (in the latter.) Through either of which, Saint Paul maketh a first and second navi­gation, if happly he may so adire Corinthum, gaine their soules to CHRIST, more precious to him, then Corinth it selfe and all the wealth in it.

The DivisionIn the Love two things are offered, For, in the former moitie of the verse, he I is encountred with self-love, 1 which bestoweth nothing; 2 but, least of all, his life: 3 Or if it doe, it is not most gladly; nay, not gladly at all. These three he beateth down: the first, with Impendam; the second, with Impendar: the third, with liben­tissimè. Thus having vanquished the love of himselfe in the former; in the latter moity, Vnkindnesse riseth up. Vnkindnesse, in them, for whom he had done all the [...] [Page 323] Over which second enemie having a second conquest also, and triumphing over it, with his Etsi; he sheweth, his love to be a love of proof, to have all the perfections and signatures of Love: all which are within compasse of this verse. Amor (as in Schooles we reckon them) 1 Impensivus 2 Expensivus; 3 Intensivus and 4 Extensivus. The two former, in the two verbes; 1 Active, Impendam; and 2 Passive, Impendar; Be­stowing, or spending; Bestowed, or spent it selfe. The two latter, in the Adverb and the Conjunction: 3 Intensive, streining it selfe to the highest degree, most gladly: and 4 Extensive, stretching it selfe to those that are furthest from Love, and lest deserve it Etsi minus diligar. 1 To spend; 2 To spend and be spent; 3 To spend and be spent most willingly. If the full point were there, it were enough. 4 But, not onely li­bentissimè; But, libentissimè, Etsi; most gladly, yea though the more he, the lesse they, that is all in all.

But then, lest we mistake our terme of love (as, easily we may, and confound it II with lust) we must looke to our Pro, in the second part. It is, Pro animabus; soul-love, he meaneth, all the while. Love, the fruict of the Spirit; Not lust, the weed of the flesh. Not, of this flesh sister to wormes, and daughter to rottennesse; but,Gal 5.22. Iob 17.14. 2. Pet. 1.4. of the Spirit allied to the Angells, and partaker, in hope, of the Divine nature it selfe. And, not of one onely; but animabus, of Soules: more then love of one soule; many soules, many thousands of soules, of a whole State or country. Them to love, and to them thus to prove our love, is it, which Saint Paul would teach; and it, which we need to learne. These be the two parts. Whereof &c.

TO enter the treaty of the first part. We beginn at the foure points,I. The Love. Cant. 6.3. 1 Impen­dam, 2 Impendar, 3 Libentissimè, and 4 Etsi. If Love be an Ensigne (as, Can. 6.) the Colours; If it be a Band (as, Hos. 11.) the twistes; If a Scale (as Chrysostome) the ascents; If an Art (as Bernard) the Rules of it. Indeed,Hosc. 11.4. they talke much of an Art of Love, and Bookes of verses have been written of it: but, above all verses, is Carmen hoc amoris. This verse hath more art then they all: and of this it may be said, Me legat, & lecto carmine doctus erit: Learne it, and say you learned Love. To take them as they lye, and with the first, first. Ego vero impendam.

1. There was a world, when one said, da mihi cor tuum & sufficit: 1. Amor impensi­vus. Impendam. Bestow your heart on me, and I require no further bestowing; and the bestowing of Love, though nothing but love, was somthing worth.

2. Such a world there was: But, that world is worne out. All goeth now by Impendam: Love and all is put out to interest. The other empty-handed Love, is long since banished the Court, the Citie and the Country. For, long since it is, that King Saul saw it, and said it, to his Courtiers, that he was not regarded, but because he gave them fields, and vine-yards, and offices over hundreds and thousands. 1. Sam. 22.7. Nor yet Diana in the Citie of Ephesus, magnified there by the Crafts-men, but, because by her Silver Shrines, they had their advantage. Act. 19.24. Nay nor CHRIST Himselfe neither, in the Country, but because they eat of the loaves and were filled. For,Ioh. 6.26. ma­ny miracles had they seen much greater then that, yet never professed they so much, Sicut tunc exaturati, as when He bestowed a good meale on them

3. Such is now the world's love, but specially at Corinth, where they doe caupo­nari amorem indeed; set love to hire, and love to sale; and at so high a rate; as *some were forced to give over, lest paying for love, they might buy repentance too; and both too deer.

4. There is no remedie then: Saint Paul must apply himselfe * to time and place, wherein (as all things els, so) love depends upon Impendam, Yeilding and Paying.

[Page 324]5. Now, there is nothing so pliant as Love; ever ready to transforme it selfe, to whatsoever may have likelyhood to prevaile; and if it be Liberalitie, into that too. For, that Love is liberall (nay prodigall) the Greeke Proverb noteth it, that saith, The Purse-strings of Love are made of a Leeke blade; easily in sunder, and wide open with no great adoe.

Ver. 14.6. Saint Paul therefore commeth to it; and, as he maketh his case a Father's case towards them (in the verse next before:) So he saith with the kind Father (Luc. 15.) Ecce omnia mea tua sunt. Luc. 15.31. Father's love and all must be proved by Be­stowing.

7. Yea I will bestow: Now alas, what can Paul bestow? Especially upon so wealthy Citizens?2. Tim 4.13. What hath he to part with, but his Bookes and his parchments? Ware, at Athens perhapps somwhat; but at Corinth, little used and lesse regarded. Indeed, if silver and gold be all, and nothing els worth the bestowing, nothing will come under Impendam, but it: his bestowing is stalled. But, by the grace of GOD, there is somthing els. There be talents (so, the world will call them when they lift, howsoever they esteem them scarse worth pence a peece.) And there be treas [...]res of wisedome and knowledge, Col 2.3. in CHRISTO IESV (saith Paul.) Indeed, so had Saint Paul need to say; he had best magnifie his own Impendam, for he hath nothing els to make of. Nay, it shall not stand upon his valuation. They that had both; both the wealth of Cori [...]th, and the wisedome of Paul, and both in abundance, as be­ing both of them Prophe [...]ts: The one of them (King David) preferreth this Impen­dam of Pa [...]le's, Psal. 19.1 [...]. 119.72. Pro. 20.15. before gold, fine gold, much fine gold; and that we may know how much that much is, b [...]fore thou [...]ands of gold and silver. This, was no poore Apostle. The other (King Solomon) saith directly: There is gold, and a multitude of rich stones; but, the lipps of knowledge, that, is the precious Iewel. And, not Policie; but Scientia Sacrorum prudentia: Pro. 9.10. the knowledge of holy things, is the wisedome he meaneth. And, it was no flourish: he was in earnest: For, it is well knowen, he himselfe chose th [...]m before the other,1. Reg 1.9.12. when he was putt to his choise; and, that his liking in that choise, was highly approved, by GOD'S own liking. The truth is, Men have no sense of their soul [...]s, till they be ready to part with them; and then is Saint Paul [...]'s Impendam called for (and never seriously before;) when their case is such as they can little feel, what the bestowing is worth.

And, because t [...]ey would not seeke to feele it before, it is GOD's just punish­ment they feel it not then. But, if men will la [...]our to have sense of that part in due time, t [...]ey should find and feel such an est [...]te of mind, as none know, but such as have felt: surely such, as they would acknowledge to be worth an Impendam. In­deed, this it is, Saint Paul can bestow; and this it is, Corinth needs; and the more wealthy it is, the more. The other, as he hath it not, so they need it not, that is, Act 3.6. Auram & Argentum: Quod autem habet, but, that he hath, he is ready to bestow. What would we have more. Marc 14.8.12.44. Fecit quod potuit, saith our SAVIOVR in Marie Magdalen's case; and Luc. 2 [...].4.2 dedit quod habuit, in the case of the poore Widowe's mites; and, that is as much as GOD doth, or man can require. But, be it little, or be it much, he that giveth all, leaveth nothing ungiven, and therefore his im­pendam is at the highest.

2. Amor ex [...] [...].But, when it is at the highest, the Passive Impendar, is higher then it. Much more, to be b [...]st [...]wed, then to bestow. And therefore it hath a Super-impendar bestow­ed on it. 1. For first, they that bestow, give but of their fruicts; but, he that is be [...]ow [...], giveth fruict, [...]ice, and all. In that, the bestower remained unbestowed: heer, he himselfe is in the deed of gift too. 2. Secondly, before, there was but one act (of b [...]st [...] onely;) heer, in one, are both bestowing and being bestowed; and there being h [...]h must nee [...]s be better then one. 3. Thirdly, before, that which was bestowed, what was it? our good, not our blood; our living, not our life: Non-duon ad sanguinem, not ye so farr, as to the shedding of blood: Then, there is som­what behind:Hebr 12.4. But, if to the shedding of that, then is it love at the farthest: if it be [Page 325]as Salomon saith, Fortis sicut mors; dare throw death his gauntlet.Canr. 8.6. Ioh. 15.13. Majorem hoc ne­mo (saith CHRIST) Greater love hath no man, then this to bestow his life. 4. And indeed, we see, many can be content to bestow frankly; but at no hand, to be be­stowed themselves: Yea, that they may not be bestowed, care not, what they bestow. For, Selfe-love crieth to us, spare our living; but in any wise, Propitius esto tibi, Matt. 16.22. Ieb 24. to spare our life. Skin for skin is nothing but impend [...]ene impendamur; to spend all we have, to spare our selves. But, hither also, will Saint Paul come from [...], to [...], without any reservation at all of himselfe: To doe or suffer; to spend or be spent.

How to be spent? will he die? Yea indeed: What, presently heere at Corinth? No; for, at this time, and long after he was still alive: and yet he said truly Impendar for all that. For, as before we said, so say we in this: If there be no way to be bestow­ed, but by dying out of hand: they that, in field, receive the bullet; or they that, at the sta [...]e, have the fire sett to them; they and they onely may be said to be bestowed. That, is a way indeed, but not the onely way: but, other waies there be beside them too. As that is said to be bestowed, not onely that is defray'd at one entire payment; but, that, which by severall su [...]s, is paid in; especially, if it be, when it is not due, nor could not be called for. This I meane: The Patriarch Lot, or the Prophet Ieremie, that dwelling where sinne abounded, and seeing and hearing vexed their right [...]ous soules with the daily transgressions of the People, and for their vnkindnesse too;2. [...]. [...].7.8. and thereby pre [...]ente [...] their te [...]e and paid. Nat [...]re's debt, yer their day come, b [...]stowed themselves (say I) though, not at once (For, hearts griefe and heavinesse doe more then best [...]w. [...] they even [...] and wast a mans life.) And Timothie, that by giving attend [...]ce to rea [...]ing,1. [...]. meditati­on, and studie, grew into an [...] and often [...], and thereby shortened his time by much, bestowed himselfe (say I) though not at one instant. He that knew it, bare witnesse, that that course of life is a wearying, yea and a wearing of it too;Eccles. 12.12. and spends another manner substance then the sweat of the Browes. This then, for the pre­sent, was Saint Paul's impendar: By intentive meditation (for, his Bookes and Parch­ments tooke somewhat from his Summe;) By sorrow and griefe of heart;2. Cor. 11.20. 1. Cor. 15.31. for Quis scandelizatur & ego non uror? that, he said (and said truly) Q [...]tiche [...], He bestowed himselfe by inch meale; and might avow his [...] before GOD or man. And so farr, it is the case of all them, that be in his case: [...] [...] CHRIST termeth them; which Sa [...], by giving season, [...] selfe away, and ceaseth in short time to be that it was. Lux [...], the light of the [...] ministra [...]do, [...] others and wasting themselves; [...] heir [...] course, and drawing on their vntimely diseases and death, before their race be halfe runne.

But, to make it a perfect impendar and to give it his Super; after all this he came to that other too. For so he did: in that point, [...]ike the poore labouring [...] to which, in the IX. Chapter of the former Epistle, he resembleth his state) spending his time,1. Cor. 9.9. in caring the ground for corne, in [...] the corne, in treading out the corne; his neck yoked and his mou [...]h muzzled; and, in the end when all is done, off [...]red [...] the altar too and made a sacrifice of. It was his case, and thither he came at [...] and therefore in both cases, he might truly say Impendar, and Super impendar both.

But, to elevate it yet a point higher, we say, that as either of these are much;2. Amor [...]. and both, exceeding much: yet above both these is that, which (though we handle third, it) standeth first, the adverbe Libentissimè. True it is, which in divinitie we say: With GOD, the Adverbe is above the Verbe; and the inward affection (where­with) above the outward action or Passion of Impendam or Impendar, either. With men, it is so too: When a displeasure is done us, Say we not, we weigh not so much the iniurie it selfe, as the malicious minde of him that did offer it? And, if in evill it hold, why not in good much more? Not so much Impendar, the thing which; as [Page 326] Libentissimè, the good heart, wherewith it is bestowed. And, will you see the minde wherewith Saint Paul will doe both these? By this adverbe [...], you may looke into his very heart. Bestow he will, and be bestowed too; and that, not Vicunque, in any sort, be contented to come to it; but willingly: willingly, Nay readily; Readily, nay gladly (and the degree is somewhat, [...]) most gladly, in the very highest of all, in the [...]erlative degree. To spend, and spending to make no more reckoning of it, then of chaffe: Nay (it is more) to be glad of our losse; more glad, then others would be of their gaine. To be spent, and in being spent, not to hold our life preci­ous: Nor so, but to rejoyce in it, and as if death were advantage; In hoc est charitas, cer­tainely. Death (of it selfe) is bitter, and losse is not sweet: Then, so to alter their natures, as to find sweetnesse in losse, whereat all repine; and gladnesse in death, which maketh all to mourne; verily, heerein is love: Or, if not heere, where? Nay, heer it is indeed; and before now, we had it not. For, in flat termes, he avoweth (in the XIII. Chapter before, of his former Epistle) if we sever this from the other two: One may part withall his goods to feede the poore, and yet have no love: One may give his body to be burnt, and yet have no love: And then, though he doe impendere, bestow all he hath; and though he doe impendi, be bestowed himselfe, nihil est, he is nothing, if he want this affection, which is love indeed, the very soule of love, and the other but [...], but the skinne and bones, and indeed nought els but the carcasse, without it. Therefore it was, that Saint Paul set this in the first place before the other two, because the other two be but ciphers, and after this (the figure) set, they be tenn's and hundreds, and have their valuation: but without it, of themselves they be put ciphers, just nothing. Thus much Saint Paul hath said, in saying these three words 1 Impendam, 2 Impendar, 3 Libentissimè. Thus much they amount to.

And now must we pause a little, to see, what will become of all this, and what these three will worke in the Corinthians.

We marvell at the Love: we shall more marvell, when we see, what manner of men, on whom it is bestowed. What his proofs are, we have heard; how large and how loving; and thus farre is he come, only to winne favour and like mutuall love at their hands,Ver 14. without eye to any other thing in the world. No Vestra: (no) but Vos onely. This is all. And, not this; not so much; Nay not so little, as this, will come. Which if it did come, what singular thing were it? since the very Publicans doe the like; love him, Matt. 5.46. that loveth them. Which we gather by his Etsi. Wherein (as he may) in no lowd and bitter manner he complaineth, but complaineth though; that, seeking their love, and nothing els, so hard was his hap, he found it not: Not, in a greater, or as great a measure, as his; but, minus for magis, and so he a great loser by it. The more, the higher, the neerer, his; the lesse, the lower, the further off, theirs: so that, little likelihood of ever meeting.

This is S. Paul's case, to meet with unkindnesse: and not only his, but CHRIST met with nine for one, Luk. 17.14.15. &c. too. Indeed, it is common, and not to be noted, but for com­monnesse. De ingratis etiam ingrati queruntur, They that are vnkind themselves in­veigh against the vnkindnesse of others. And, as it was said of them that made Cae­sar away; Oderunt tyrannum, non tyrannidem, so may it truly heere: The Persons (that are vnkind) they hate, rather then the vice itselfe. Yet even to know this, doth no hurt, what Saint Paul met with in the Corinthians; and this too, that all vn [...]in [...] persons dwell not at Corinth. And, as he to be pitied, so they to be blamed. All other commodities returne well from Corinth; onely Love is no traffique. Saint Paul cannot make his owne againe, but must be a great loser, withall. We cannot but pity the Apostle in this Minus of his. Saint Augustine saith well: Nulla est maios ad amorem provocatio, quam praevenire amando: Nimis enim durus est animus, qui amorem etsi nolebat impendere, nolit tamen rependere. No more kindly attractive of love, then in loving to prevent: For, exceeding stony is that heart, which, though it like not to love first, will not love againe neither; neither first, not second. Yet so hard were theirs that neither one way nor other, rectè nor reflexè, would [Page 327] either beginne, or follow. No not, provoked by all those so many forcible meanes, that Saint Chrysostome maketh a wonder at it Quomodo non conver­terentur in amorem, that they were not melted and resolved into love it selfe.

Which cold successe openeth a way to the last point,4. Amoa Extensi­vus: Etsi minus [...]. the point indeed of highest admiration, and of hardest imitation of all the rest, in the coniunction Etsi. Which Conjunction is situated (much like Corinth it selfe) in a narrow land (as it were) be­tweene two seas; beaten, upon the one with selfe-love, on th'other with vnkindnesse. Hi­therto we have had to doe, but with selfe-love, and his assaults: but now, vnkindnesse also is up. These Corinthians (saith Saint Paul) my affection standeth toward them in all love: Love them and spare not (saith Self-love) but tene quod habes. Nay sure, Impendam, I will bestow it. Well; if there be no remedie: But (heare you?) Propitius esto tibi, for all that. Nay, nor that neither: Impendar, I will be bestowed my selfe too. Potèsne bibere calicem hunc (saith Selfe-love?) and, can you get it downe,Matt. 16.22. Mar. 10.46. thinke you? Yea: Libentissimè exceeding gladly. There is the Conquest of Selfe-love.

But, all this while, he lived still vnder hope, hope of winning their love, for whose sakes, he had trodd vnderfoot the love of himselfe: Hope, that it had beene but im­pendam all the while; he should have had returned his owne againe at least. But, at this Etsi, all is turned out and in. For, this is as much to say, as, All is to little pur­pose: for (to his griefe) he must take notice, they care for none of them: nor for him ever a whit the more: yea, rather the lesse by a great deale. So that, all three be in vaine: Et supra omnem laborem labor irritus, No labour to lost labour; Nor expense of life or goods, to that is spent in vaine. For, that is not impendam, but perdam, not spent, but cast away. Therefore the former, though it were funiculus triplex, a threefold cord, and not easily broken, would not hold, but fly in peeces, but for this Etsi. To have then an Etsi in our love: this Etsi, this [...], though in vaine, though our impendam prove a perdam: That is it. To be hable to turne the sentence and say, Though the more I love, the lesse I be loved, Yet will I bestow; yea be bestowed, and that most gladly, for all that. It is hard, I confesse: but, Solus amor erubescit nomen difficultatis, Love endureth not the name of difficultie, but shameth to confesse any thing too hard or too dangerous for it. For verily, vnkindnesse is a mighty enemie, and the wounds of it, deepe. Nay there be, that of themselves are most kind, in all the three degrees before remembred, as was King David, and as all noble natures are: why Selfe-love is nothing in their hands. But, let them be encountred with vn­kindnesse (as David was in Nabal) they cannot stand the stroke; it woundeth deepe: and the fester of discontentment more dangerous then it.1. Sam 25.15.21.22. Indeed (saith David) this fellow, I see, I have done all in vaine for him; for he rewardeth me evill for good: So and so, doe GOD to me, if he be alive to morrow by this time. Marke it in him; and in others infinite; and you shall see, whom Selfe-love could not, vnkindnesse hath overcome: and who passed well along the other three, at minùs diligar their Love hath wracked, and from kind love, beene turned [...]o deadly hate.

But, neither can this appall the Apostle, or dis [...]lodge his love: but through all the rest, and through this too, he breaketh with his Etsi, and sheweth, he will hold his resolution maugre all vnkindnesse. Minus diligar shall not doe it; Vnkind­nesse must yeeld, Love will not.

And now we are come to the highest, and never till now: but, now we are; that fur­ther we cannot goe. The very highest pitch of well-doing, the Heathen man saw in part: for, he could say, Beneficium dare & perdere, to bestow Love, and lose it,Seneca. is well done: but, that is not it. This is it; B [...]neficium perdere, & dare, to lose the first, and yet bestow the second; Etsi, yea though the first were lost.

Yea, the Love of Loves, CHRIST's owne love, what was it?Iohn 15.13. Majorem hâc cha­ritatem nemo habet, quàm ut vitam quis ponat pro amicis. Whereto Saint Bernard re­ioyneth well, Tu majorem habuisti Domire, quia tu vitam posuisti etiam pro inimicis: Greater love then this hath no man, to bestow his life for his friends: Yet LORD [Page 328] (faith Saint Bernard) Thou hadst greater, for thou bestowedst thy life for thy verie enemies. And, to this love it is, that Saint Paul aspireth; and neere it he commeth; that in some sort, we may likewise say to him, Tu majorem habuisti Paule, yes, thy love (Paul) was greater: for, thou art ready to doe the like; not for thine enemies, but for thy vnkind friends, the next degree to professed enemies. 1 To spend, 2 To spend and be spent: 3 To spend and be spent and that most gladly: 4 Not onely Most gladly; but most gladly, Yea though.

Thus you have now his double conquest: Over the Love of himselfe first; and now, over Minus diligar, an vnkind repulse too. And, in signe of victorie, he setteth up his colours, even these foure. 1 Impendam, 2 Impendar, 3 Libentissimè, and 4 Etsi. But, Etsi is the chiefe; it is CHRIST's colour; and, that no perfect Love, that wanteth Etsi.

II. The Object of his Love.Thus we have seen Love in his highest ascendent, and heard Love in his Magisteri­um, the hardest and highest, and indeed the Master-point of this Art. Which set­teth us new on worke, to passe over into the second part, and to enquire, what this object may be so amiable, whereon Saint Paul hath sett his affection so, that for it, he will doe and suffer all this; and that, so willingly without any exception, so con­stantly, without any giving over. All this, is nothing but the zeale of soules, Zelus animarum faciet hoc: It is, for their soules, all this. For their soules; and let their bodies goe.

1. Pro animabus, for your soules.Which (first) draweth the diameter that maketh the partition between the two Loves: The love which Saint Paul found; and the love which Saint Paul left at Co­rinth. For, he found that which is Scelus corporum, the bodies unruly affection, and infection too otherwhile; (if ever in any place, there, it abounded:) but, he left Zelus animarum, the Soule's perfection. Indeed, it falleth out somtimes, that, in carnall love (or rather lust, then love) we may patterne all the former; and find (as the Wise man speaketh) some one destitute of understanding, wasting his whole substance, hazarding his life (and that, more willingly then wisely) perhapps to gaine nothing but a scorn for his labor; and yet persisting in his folly still: and all this, in t [...]e p [...]ssi­on of concupiscence, to a vain creature; pleasing his phansie to the displeasing of GOD, and to the percing of his soule one day with deep remorse for it: and ex­cept it do, to the utter ruine both of body and soule. We have, heer at Corinth, a strange example of it, OfLAIS. Demosthenes. one, —Ad cuius iacuit Graecia tota fores, at whose doors, sundry of all sorts waited, suing and seeking, and (as one of them said) buying repentance at too deare a rate. But, what need we saile to Corinth? Even in our own Age, we have enough fond examples of it: of Love set awry and sorted amisse; diverted from the soule, where it should be bestowed, and lavished on the body, where a great deale lesse would serve. It is Saint Augustine's wish: O si excitare possemus homines & cum ijs pariter excitari, ut tales amatores &c.! O that we would in this kind stirr up others, and our selves (with them) be stirred up, but even to bestow so much love on the immor­tall soule, as we see daily cast away on the corruptible body! What, but so much? and no more? Absit ut sic: sed utinam vel sic: Till it might be more, would GOD, it were but as much in the meane time. Yet, more, and much more it should be. Sed infoelix Populus Dei non habet tantum fervorem in bono, quantum mali in malo, is Saint Hierome's complaint. But the People of GOD (unhappy in that point) hath not that courage or constancie in the love of the Spirit, that the wicked world hath, in the lust of the flesh. 1. Cor. 6.5. That courage? Nay, nothing like: Ad erubescentiam nostram dico, to our shame it must be spoken. Looke but to the first point, Impendam: doth not the body take it wholly up? And, if we faile in the lowest, what shall be­come of the rest? Well: Saint Paule's love is; and ours must be, if it be right, pro animabus, Soule-love, which may serve for the first point of the sequestration.

2. The Reason.But, why Pro animabus, what is there in the soule so lovely, that all this should be [Page 329] said or done for it? Why for Soules? Why? 1. Why, take the soule out of the body which so much we dote on, but even half an houre, and the body will grow so out of our love, so deformed, so ugly, so every way lothsome, as they that now admire it, will then abhorr it; and they that now cannot behold it enough, will not then, endure once to come neer it, not within the sight of it. This a naturall man would answer: The soule is to be regarded of the body, for it maketh the body to be regarded. 2. But, a Christian man will say more for it. That the Love of CHRIST must be the rule of the Love of Christians, and ours suitable to His. And CHRIST hath valued the soule, above the world it selfe, in direct affirming, that he that to winn the world hazards his soule, makes but an unwise bargain:Mat. 16.26. which bar­gain were wise enough, if the world were more worth. Appende animam homo (saith Chrysostome) & Impende in animam: If you would prize your soules better, you would bestow more on them. This is nothing: CHRIST hath valued your soules; valued and loved them above Himselfe; Himselfe, more worth then many worlds, yea if they were ten thousand. I come now to the point. Is CHRIST to be loved? Why, all that Saint Paul hitherto hath professed, all and every part of it, it was but to the Soules at second hand. His eye was upon CHRIST, all the time of his profession. But, because CHRIST hath, by Deed enrolled, sett over His love to mens soules, and willed us, toward them to shew, whatsoever to Him we professe; therefore, and for no other cause, it is, that he standeth thus affected. For that, those soules CHRIST so loved, that He loved not Himselfe, to love them. Dilex­isti me Domine plus quàm te, quando mori voluisti pro me (It is Augustine:) Dying for my soule (LORD) thou shewdst, that my soule was deerer to thee, then thine own selfe. In love then to CHRIST, we are to love them that CHRIST loved; not sicut seipsum as Himselfe, but plusquam seipsum more then Himselfe: and therefore, hath changed the Sicut of the Law, Sicut teipsum, as they selfe,Mat. 19.19. Ioh 13.34. into a new Sicut, Sicut ego vos, as I have loved you. And, how did He love us? Even that He was the first that ever professed these foure to us. 1 Did bestow, 2 was bestowed, 3 most gladly, 4 yea though the more He loved, the lesse we loved Him, Or (to give Him His right) a degree higher then Paul: Not, when we loved Him little, as faint friends; but hated Him greatly, as sworn enemies. For, He it was,Ioh. 15.2.4. that professed this art, first. The words are indeed CHRIST's own: The primitive and most pro­per uttering them, belongeth to Him. None ever so fully or so fittly spake or can speake them, as the SONNE of GOD, on the Crosse, Luc. 23.34. from the chayr of His profes­sion. And, of Him there, Saint Paul learned Hoc carmen amoris. Himselfe con­fesseth as much (in the V. Chap. of this Epistle) that, it was love; Not, his owne love, but CHRIST's love (Charitas CHRISTI extorsit) that brought these words from him. His, they be not, but ore tenus: the tongue his, but CHRIST the speaker. His they were; His they are, out of whose mouth, or from whose pen soever they come.

We are come then now, where we may read Love in the very Originall: even in the most complete perfection, that ever it was: Profitente CHRISTO, CHRIST Himselfe, the Professor saith 1. Impendam first: Bestow He will. If you will make port-sale of your love, none shall out-bidd Him. Even whatsoever Himselfe is worth, He will bestow; His Kingdome, and the fullnesse of joy and glorie in it for ever.

2. Impendar. That? why Consummatum est; it is done already: all,Ioh. 19.30. hands and feet, head and heart opened wide; and all, even to the last drop of blood bestowed for us, on His Crosse: where, the love of soules triumphed over the love of His own life.

3. Libentis [...]imè, most gladly. Witnesse that speech:Luc 12.5 [...]. A Baptisme I have to be baptized with, and quomodo coarctor, how am I pained, till I be at it! And, that too, That to him that moved Him, not to bestow, but favor Himselfe, he used no other termes then to the devill himselfe, Avoyd Sathan. Matt 16 23. Proof enough (say I) how willingly He went, and how unwillingly He would be kept from it.

[Page 330]4. And for His Etsi: would GOD, it were not too plaine: Both at His Crosse; where, the lowder their Crucifige, with the more strong crying and teares He prayed Pater ignosce: Luk. 23. [...]4. And ever since, usque hodiè, till now, when (all may see) our regard is as little, as His Love great; and He respected, as if He had done nothing for us. Every part of His Love, and the profession of His Love; but specially the Etsi of His love passeth all. For, CHRIST, by deed enrolled, hath sett over his love to them. Which is that, that setteth such a price upon them, and maketh them so amiable, if not in their owne kindnesse and lovelinesse, yet in the love of CHRIST, himselfe. And it is the answer,Psal. 132.4. Exod. 18.14.18. &c. that David, when he loseth his sleepe, to thinke upon the people of GOD; that Moses, when he wearieth himselfe in hearing causes from morning to night; that Iosua, when he fighteth the Lord's battells, and jeopards his life in the high places of the field; that any, that weares and spends himselfe in the common cause, may make, as well as Saint Paul: Why it is pro animabus, it is for soules; for safegard of soules, those soules, which CHRIST hath so dearely loved, and so deerely, bought, and to our love so carefully commended: Sicut ego vos, as He did or ever shall doe for us, that we doe for them. Whereto, if not the soules themselves (for the most part vnthankfull) yet, this motive of love, of CHRIST's love, doth in a manner violently constreine us. For, though nothing is lesse violent in the man­ner, yet, in the worke, nothing worketh more violent then it.

I conclude then, with Saint Bernard's demaund: Quae vero utilitas in sermone hoc? What use have we of all that hath been said?The Applica­tion. For, he that wrott it, is dead; and they, to whom it was written, are gone: But the Scripture still remaineth, and we are to take good by it.

It serveth first, to possesse our soules of that excellent vertue, Major horum, the 1 greatest of the three; Nay, the vertue, without which, the rest be but ciphers; the vertue that shineth brightest in CHRIST's example, and standeth highest in His commendation,1. Cor. 13.13. Love.

But, Love, the action of vertue; not the passion of vice. Love, not of the body, 2 the vile body (So, the HOLY GHOST termeth it (Phi. 3.) but of the soule, the precious soule of man (Prov. 6.) Love of soules;Philip 3.21. Pro. 6.26. the more, the more acceptable: If of a City, well; If of a County, better; If of a Country or Kingdome, best of all.

And for them and for their love, to be ready to prove it by Saint Paule's triall; to 3 open our Impendam, to vow our Impendar, and as neere as may be, to aspire to the same degree of Libentissimè. Verily, they that either (as the Apostle) for the winning of soules; or for the defense and safety of soules, many thousands of soules, the soules of an whole Estate, in high and heroicall courage, have already past their Impendam; and are ready to offer themselves every day to Impendar, and with that resolute forward­nesse, which we all see (for, it is a case presently in all our eyes:) They that doe thus, no good can be spoken of their love answerable to the desert of it. Heavenly it is, and in heaven to receive the reward.

But, when all is done, we must take notice of the world's nature. For, as Saint 4 Paul left it, so we shall finde it (that is) we shall not perhaps meet with that regard, we promise our selves. Saint [...]aule's magis diligam mett with a Minus di­ligar.

Therefore above all, remember his Etsi. For to be kind, and that to the vnkind: to know, such we shall meet with; yea, to meet with them, and yet hold our Etsi, and love neverthelesse. This certainely is that Love, Maiorem quiá nemo; And, there is on earth no greater signe of a soule throughly setled in the love of CHRIST, then to stand thus minded: Come what will come, Magis or Minus, Si or Etsi, frown or favour; Respect or neglect; Quod facio, hoc & faciam, What I doe, I will doe, with eye to CHRIST,Chap. 11.12. with hope of regard from Him, let the world be as it is, and as it ever hath beene.

Samuel (this day in the first Lesson) when he had spent his life in a well ordered [Page 331] Government, that his very enimies could no way except to, in his old daies was requi­ted with Fac nobis Regem; onely upon a humor of innovation. What then?1. Sam. 8.5. Grew he discontent? No: Non obstante, for all their ingratitude (Good man) this he professeth: GOD forbidd (saith he) I should sinn in ceasing to pray for you; yea I will shew you the good and right way of the LORD, for all that. 12.2 [...]. That may serve to match this, out of the Old Testament. For, heer in like sort, we have Paul's Minùs diligar, before our eyes; and we see, he is at his Libentissimè, Etsi, for all that. You learne then; as, that Minùs diligar may come; so, in case it doe come, what to do; even to consummate your Love with a triumph over unkindnesse. Learne this, and all is learned: Learne this, and the whole Art is had.

And we have, in this verse, and in the very first word of it, that, will enter us into this Lesson.

First, from Ego verò: from his, and from our own persons, we may beginn to 1 raise this duty. When we were deep in our Mi [...]ùs diligar, and smally regarded CHRIST;Rom. 5.10. Nay Cum inimici essemus (to take it as we should) when we were His eni­mies, of His over-abundant kindnesse it pleased Him to call us from the blindnesse of error, to the knowledge of His truth; & from a deep consumption of our soules by sinn, to the state of health and grace. And, if S. Paul were loved, when he raged, and brea­thed blasphemie against CHRIST and His Name, is it much,Act 9.1. if for CHRIST's sake, he swallow some unkindnesse at the Corinthian's hands? Is it much, if we let fall a duty upon them, upon whom, GOD the Father droppeth his raine, and GOD the Sonne dropps, yea shedds His blood, [...], Luc. 6 35. upon evill and unthanke­full men?

Surely, if Love, or well-doing, or any good must perish (which is the second Mo­tive) and be lost through some bodies default (where it lighteth) much better it is, that 2 it perish in the Corinthians hands, then in Paule's; by them, in their evill receiving, then by him, in his not bestowing; through their unkindnesse, then through our ab­ruptnesse. For so, the sinne shalbe theirs, and we and our soules innocent before GOD. Impendatur per nos: Pereat per illos.

But, perish it shall not (which is the third point) though, for them, it may. For 3 howsoever, of them it may be truly said; The more we love, the lesse, they: Of CHRIST, it never can, nor ever shalbe said. For, Saint Paul, for the little love at their hands, found the greater at His Though, the more he loved, the lesse they loved him; yet, the lesse they loved, the more CHRIST loved him. Of whom to be lo­ved, even in the least degree, is worth all the love of Corinth, and all Achaia too. So that, heer we find (that we missed all this while) a tamen for our Etsi: Though not the [...], yet CHRIST. Which tamen maketh amends for all. [...]t vigilanti verbo usus est Apostolus; that Saint Paul spoke not at adventure, but was well advised when he used the word Impendam. For, it is Impendam indeed, not Perdam; Not lost, but layd out; Not cast away, but imployed, on Him, for whose love, none ever hath or shall b [...]stow ought, but he shall receive a super-impendar of an hundred-fold. And indeed, all other loves, of the flesh, or world, or whatsoever els, shall perish and come to nothing; and of this, and this onely, we may say Impendam, truely.

So that (to make an end) though true it be, that S. Bernard saith, Perfectus amer vires non sumit de spe, Perfect love receives no manner strength from hope; yet, for that our Love is not without his imperfections, all under one view, we may with one eye behold CHRIST's Magis diligam, when we were s [...]arse in our Minùs, nay scarce loved Him at all: and with the other, looke upon Impendam; that, what we do herei [...], though at mens hands we finde no returne, at CHRIST's we shall, and it shal be the best bestowed service, that ever we bestowed, that we bestow in this kind.

Now, would GOD, the same Spirit, which here wrott this verse, would write it in our hearts, that those things are thus; That, such a Rependam there shall be, and we well assured of it, ut & nos converteremur in amorē, that we might be transfor [...]ed into this Love. Which blessing, Almighty GOD bestow on that which hath been sayd, for CHRIST's &c.

Printed for RICHARD BADGER.

SERMONS PREACHED VPON Good-Friday.

A SERMON PREACHED AT THE Court, on the XXV. of March, A.D. MDXCVII. being GOOD-FRIDAY.

ZACH. CHAP. XII. VER. X.

Respicient in Me, quem transfixerunt,

And they shall looke upon Me, whom they have pierced.

THat great and honourable Person the Eunuch sitting in his Chariot, and reading a like place of the Prophet Esai, asketh S. Philip: I pray thee, Of whom speaketh the Prophet this? Act 8.3 [...] of himselfe, or some other? A question verie materiall, and to great good purpose; and to be asked by us, in all Propheci [...]s. For, knowing who the Partie is, we shall not wander in the Prophe [...]'s meaning.

Now, if the Eunuch had been reading this of Z [...]h [...]rie (as then he was, that of Esai) and had asked the same question of S. Philip, he would have made the same answere. And as he, out of those words tooke occasion; so may we, out of these, take the like, to preach IESVS unto them. For neither of himselfe, nor of any other, but of IESVS, speaketh the Prophet this: and the testi­monie of IESVS is the Spirit of this Prophecie. Apo [...]. 1 [...]. [...].

That so it is, the Holy Ghost is our warrant; who, in S. Iohn's Gospell [Page 334] reporting the Passion, and the last act of the Passion (this opening of the side, and piercing the heart of our Saviour CHRIST) saith plain­ly, that in the piercing, the very words of the Prophecie were fulfilled, Re­spicient in me quem transfixerunt. Ioh. 19.37.

Which terme of piercing we shall the more clearely conceive, if with the ancient Writers, we sort it with the beginning of Psalme 22, the Psalme of the Passion. For, in the verie front or inscription of this Psalme, our Saviour CHRIST is compared Cervo matutino, to the mor­ning Hart: that is, a Hart rowsed early in the morning, (as from his very birth he was by Herod) hunted and chased all his life long, and this day brought to his end, and (as the poore Deere) stricken and pierced tho­rough side, heart and all: which is it, we are here willed to behold.

There is no part of the whole course of our Saviour CHRIST's life or death, but it is well worthy our looking on; and from each part in it, there goeth vertue to do us good: But, of all other parts, and above them all, this last part of his piercing, is here commended unto our view. Indeed, how could the Prophet commend it more, then in avowing it to be an act of grace, as in the fore-part of this Verse, he doth: Effundam super eos spiritum Gratiae, & respicient, &c as if he should say: If there be any grace in us, we will thinke it worth the looking on.

Neither doth the Prophet onely, but the Apostle also, call us unto it,Heb. 12.2. and willeth us [...] to looke unto and regard IESVS the Author and Finisher of our faith. Then specially, and in that act, when for the Ioy of our Salvation set before Him, He endured the Crosse, and despised the shame; that is, in this spectacle, when He was pierced.

Which (surely) is continually, all our life long, to be done by us; and at all times, some time to be spared unto it: But, if at other times, most requisite at this time; this very day, which we hold holy to the memorie of his Passion, and the piercing of His precious side. That, though on other dayes, we employ our eyes otherwise, this day at least, we fixe them on this object, Respici [...]ntes in Eum. This day (I say) which is dedicated to none other end, [...] Ioh. 3.14. but even to lift up the Sonne of man, as Moses did, the serpent in the wildernesse, that we may looke upon Him and live: When every Scripture that is read soundeth nothing but this unto us: when by the office of preaching, IESVS CHRIST is lively described in our sight, and (as the Apostle speaketh) is visibly crucified among us: Gal. 3.1. when in the memoriall of the holy Sacrament, His death is shewed forth untill He come, 1. Co [...] [...]1 26. and the mysterie of this His piercing, so many waies, so effectually represented before us. This Prophecie ther­fore, if at any time, at this time to take place, Respicient in Me, &c.

The Division.The principall words are but two, and set downe unto us, in two points. 1 The sight it selfe, that is, the thing to be seene: 2 and the sight of it; that is, the act of seeing or looking. Quem transfixerunt is the Object, or spe­ctacle propounded. Respicient in Eum, is the Act, or duety enjoined.

[Page 335]Of which, the Obiect though in place latter, in nature is the former, and first to be handled: for that, there must be a thing first set up, before we can set our eyes to looke upon it.

OF the Object, generally first. Certaine it is,I. The sight or ob­iect generally 1. CHRIST. that CHRIST is here meant: Saint Iohn hath put us out of doubt for that point. And Zacharie (here) could have set downe His name, and said, Respice in Christum: for, Daniel (before) had named his name,Dan. 9 26. Occide­tur MESSIAS; and Zacharie being after him in time, might have ea­sily repeated it. But, it seemed good to the Holy Ghost and to Him, ra­ther to use a circumlocution; and suppressing His name of CHRIST, to expresse Him by the stile or terme, Quem transfixerunt. Which be­ing done by choise, must needes have a reason of the doing, and so it hath.

First, the better to specifie and particularize the Person of CHRIST, by the kind, and most peculiar circumstance of his death. Esay had said, Morietur, Dye He shall, and lay downe His soule an offering for sinne. Esa. 53.10. 2. Die, but what Death? a naturall, or a violent? Daniel tells us,Dan 9.26. Occîde­tur: He shall die, not a naturall, but a violent death. 3 But many are slaine after many sorts; and divers kinds there be of violent deaths: The Psalmist the more particularly to set it downe, describeth it thus:Psal. 22.10. They pierced my hands and my feet: which is onely proper to the death of the Crosse. 4 Die, and be slaine, and be crucified: But, sundry els were crucified; and therefore, the Prophet (heere) to make up all, ad­deth, that he should not onely be crucifixus, but transfixus; not onely have his hands and his feet, but even his heart pierced too. Which very note severs Him from all the rest, with as great a particularitie as may be: for that, though many besides at other times, and some at the same time with Him were crucified; yet, the side and the heart of none was o­pened, but His, and His onely.

2. Secondly, as to specifie CHRIST himselfe in person, and to sever him from the rest; so, in CHRIST himselfe, and in his Person,2. CHRIST pierced. to sever from the rest of his doings and sufferings, what that is, that chiefly con­cerneth us, and we specially are to looke to: and that, is this daies worke, CHRIST PIERCED. S. Paul doth best expresse this: I esteemed (saith he) to know nothing among you, save IESVS CHRIST, and Him crucified: That is, the perfection of our knowledge, is CHRIST:1. Cor. 2. [...]. The perfection of our knowledge in, or touching CHRIST, is the knowledge of Christ's piercing. This, is the chiefe Sight; Nay (as it shall after appeare) in this sight, are all sights: So that, know this and know all. This generally.

[Page 336] 2 The Obiect spe­cially. 1. The Passion it selfe Quid.Now, specially: In the Obiect, two things offer themselves. 1 The Passion, or suffering it selfe; which was, to be pierced. 2 And the Persons, by whom. For, if the Prophet had not intended, the Persons should have had their respect too: he might have said Respicient in Eum qui transfixus est, (which Passive would have carried the Passion it selfe full enough:) but, so, he would not; but rather chose to say, Quem transfix­erunt; which doth necessarily imply the Piercers themselves too. So that we must needs have an eye in the handling, both to the fact, and to the persons; 1 Quid, and 2 quibus, both what, and of whom.

1. The Degree thereof: Trans­fixerunt.In the Passion, we first consider the degree: for, transfixerunt, is a word of gradation: more then fixerunt, or suffixerunt, or confixerunt, ei­ther. Expressing unto us the piercing, not with whipps and scourges; nor of the neiles and thornes; but, of the speare-point. Not, the whipps and scourges, wherwith His skin and flesh were pierced; nor the nailes and thorns, wherewith his feet, hands and head were pierced; but, the Speare-point, which pierced and went through his very heart it selfe: for, of that wound, of the wound in his heart, is this spoken (Io. 19.34.) Therefore trans, is heer a transcendent; through and through: through skin and flesh; through hands and feet; through side and heart and all: the deadliest and deepest wound, and of highest gradation.

2. The Extent, Me.Secondly, as the Preposition (Trans) hath his gradation of divers de­grees; so, the Pronoune (Me) hath his generality of divers parts; best ex­pressed in the Originall. Vpon Me: not, upon my body and soule: Vpon Me, whose Person, not whose parts, either body without, or soule within: but Vpon Me, whom wholly, body and soule, quicke and dead, they have pierced.

1. His [...].Of the bodie's piercing, there can be no question; since, no part of it was left unpierced. Our senses certifie us of that, what need we further witnesse?

2. His Soule.Of the Soule's too, it is as certaine; and there can be no doubt of it neither: that we truly may affirme, CHRIST, not in part, but wholly was pierc [...]d. For, we should do injury to the sufferings of our Saviour, if we should conceive by this piercing, none other but that of the Speare.

And may a soule then be pierced? Can any Speare-point go through it? Truly Simeon [...]aith to the Blessed Virgin, by way of prophecie, that the swor [...] should go through her soule. Lu [...]. 2 35. at the time of His Passion. And as the sword thr [...]u [...]h h [...]r's; so, I make no question, but the Speare through His. And, if through her's, which was but anima compatientis; through His, much more, which was anima patientis; since Compassion, is but Passion at rebound. Howbeit, it is not a sword of steele, or a Speare-head of iron, that entreth the soule, but a metall of another temper: the dint whereof no lesse goreth and woundeth the soule in proportion, then those doe the [Page 337] body. So that, we extend this piercing of CHRIST further, then to the visible gash in His side, even to a piercing of another nature, whereby; not His heart onely was stabbed, but his very spirit wounded too.

The Scripture recounteth two: and of them both, expressly saith, that they both pierce the soule. The Apostle saith it, by Sorrow: 1. Tim. 6.10. And pier­ced themselves through with many sorrowes: The Prophet, of Reproach: Psal. 64.34. There are, whose words are like the pricking of a sword: and that, to the soule both: for, the body feeles neither. With these, even with both these, was the Soule of CHRIST IESVS wounded.

For sorrow: it is plaine through all foure Evangelists; With Sorrow. Matt. 26.38. Mar. 14.34. undi (que) tristis est anima mea us (que) ad mortem; My soule is invironed on every side with sorrow, even to the death: Mar. 14.33. Coepit IESVS taedere & pavere, IESVS began to be distressed and in great anguish. Luc. 22.44. Factus in agoniâ, being cast into an agonie. Ioh. 12.27. Iam turbata est anima mea; Now is my soule troubled: Avowed by them all; Confest by Himselfe. Yea, that His strange and never els heard of sweat; dropps of bloud plenteously issuing from Him all over his bo­dy, what time, no manner of violence was offered to his body, no man then touching him, none being neere him; that bloud came certainly from some great sorrow, wherewith his soule was pierced. And, that his most dreadfull crie, which at once moved all the powers of heaven and earth; My God, My God, &c was the voice of some mighty Anguish, Matt 27.46. where­with His soule was smitten; and that in other sort, then with any materiall speare. For, Derelinqui à Deo, the body cannot feele it, or tell what it meaneth. It is the soule's complaint; and therefore without all doubt, His soule within him was pierced, and suffered, though not that, which (except charity be allowed to expound it) cannot be spoken without blasphemy; Not, so much (GOD forbid:) yet much, and very much; and much more then others seeme to allow; or how much, it is dangerous to define.

To this edge of sorrow, if the other of piercing despight, With Reproach be added as a point (as, added it was) it will strike deepe into any heart; especially, being wounded with so many sorrowes before. But, the more noble the heart, the deeper; Who beareth any griefe more easily then this griefe, the griefe of a contumelious reproach. To persecute a poore distressed soule, Psal. 69 26. and to seeke to vexe him that is already wounded at the heart, why it is the verie pitch of all wickednesse; the verie extremity that malice can doe, or affliction can suffer. And to this pitch were they come, when after all their wretched villanies and spitting, and all their savage indignities in reviling Him most opprobriously, He being in the depth of all his dis­tresse, and for verie anguish of soule crying Eli, Eli, &c they stayed those that would have relieved Him; and (void of all humanity) then scorned, saying: stay, let alone, let us see, if ELIAS will now come & take him downe. Matt. 27.49. This barbarous and br [...]tish in [...]m [...]nitie of theirs, must needs pierce deeper into his soule, then ever did the iron into his side.

[Page 338]To all which if we yet add, not onely that horrible ingratitude of theirs, there by him seen, but ours also no less then theirs by him foreseen at the same time; (Who make so slender reckoning of these his piercings, and (as they were a matter not worth the looking on) vouchsafe not so much as to spend an houre in the due regard and meditation of them: Nay, not that onely, but further, by uncessant sinning, and that without remorse, do most unkindly requite those His bitter Paines, and as much as in us lies, Heb. 6.6. even crucifie afresh the SONNE OF GOD, making a mocke of Him and His piercings.) These, I say (for, these all and every of them in that instant were before his eyes) must of force enter into, and go tho­row and thorow his Soule and Spirit; that, what with those former sor­rowes, and what with these after indignities, the Prophet might truly say of Him, and he of himselfe, In Me, Vpon Me; not whose body, or whose soule; but, whom entirely and wholly both in body and soule, alive and dead, they have pierced and passioned this day on the Crosse.

2. The Person, à quibus.Of the Persons: which as it is necessarily implied in the word, is ve­ry properly incident to the matter it selfe. For, it is usuall, when one is found slaine (as heere) to make inquirie, by whom he came by his death. Which so much the rather is to be done by us, because there is com­monly an error in the world, touching the Parties that were the causes of CHRIST's death. Our manner is, either to lay it on the Souldiers, that were the Instruments; Or if not upon them, upon Pilate and Iudge that gave sentence; Or, if not upon him, upon the people that importuned the Iudge; Or lastly, if not upon them, upon the Elders of the Iewes that animated the People: And this is all to be found by our Quest of In­quirie.

But the Prophet heere inditeth others. For, by saying, They shall looke &c, whom They have pierced, he entendeth by very construction, that the first and second [They,] are not two, but one and the same Parties: And that they that are here willed to looke upon him, are they, and none other, that were the authors of this fact, even of the murther of IESVS CHRIST. And (to say truth) the Prophet's entent is no other but to bring the ma­lefactors themselves that pierced Him, to view the body and the wounded heart of Him, whom they have so pierced.

In the course of Iustice, we say and say truly; when a party is put to death, that the Executioner cannot be said to be the cause of his death; nor the Sherif, by whose commandement he doth it; neither yet the Iudge by whose sentence; nor the Twelve men, by whose verdict; nor the Lawe it selfe, by whose authoritie it is proceeded in. (For, GOD for­bid we should endite these, or any of these, of murther:) Solum pecca­tum homicida: Sinne, and Sinne onely is the murtherer. Sinne (I say) either of the Party that suffereth: or of some other, by whose meanes, or for whose cause, he is put to death.

[Page 339]Now, CHRIST's owne sinne it was not, that he died for. That is most evident. Not so much by His owne challenge,Ioh. 8·46. Quis ex vobis a guit me de peccato? as by the report of his Iudge, who openly professed, that he had examined Him, and found no fault in Him: No nor yet Herod, for, Luc. 23.14, 15. being sent to him, and examined by him also, nothing worthy death was found in Him: And therefore, calling for water, and washing his hands, Matt. 27.24. he pro­testeth his owne innocencie of the bloud of this IVST MAN: Thereby pronouncing him Iust, and void of any cause, in himselfe, of his owne death.

It must then necessarily be the sinne of some others, for whose sake CHRIST IESVS was thus pierced. And if we aske, who those others be? or whose sinnes they were? the Prophet Esai tells us,Esa. 53.3, 4. Posuit super Eum iniquitates omnium nostrûm, He laid upon Him the transgressions of us all: who should (even for those our many, great, and grievous trans­gressions) have eternally been pierced, in bodie and soule, with torment and sorrowes of a never dying death, had not he stept between us and the blow, and receiv'd it in his owne body; even the dint of the wrath of GOD to come upon us. So that it was the sinne of our polluted hands, that pierced his hands: the swiftnesse of our feet to do evill, that nailed His feet: the wicked devises of our Heads, that gored his head: and the wretched desires of our hearts, that pierced his heart. We that looke upon, it is we that pierced Him: and it is we that pierced Him, that are willed to looke upon Him. Which bringeth it home to us; to me my selfe that speake, and to you your selves that heare; and applieth it most effectually to e­very one of us, who evidently seeing, that we were the cause of this his piercing, if our hearts be not too too hard, ought to have remorse, to be pierced with it

When for delivering to DAVID a few loaves, Ahimelech and the Priests were by Saul put to the sword, if David did then acknowledge with griefe of heart, and say, I, 1. Sam. 22.22. even I am the cause of the death of th [...] Fa­ther an [...] all his house, (when he was but onely the occasion of it, and not that direct neither:) may not we (nay, ought not we) much more ju [...]ly and deservedly say of this piercing of CHRIST our Saviour, that we ve­rily, even we, are the cause thereof: as verily we are, even the principalls in this murther; and the Iewes and others, on whom we seeke to derive it, but onely accessaries and instrumentall causes thereof. Which point, we ought, as continually, so, seriously to thi [...]k of; and that no lesse then the former. The former, to stirre up compassion in our selves, over him that thus was pierced: the latter, to worke de [...]p [...] remorse in our hearts, for being authors of it. That he was pierced, will make our bowells melt with compassion, over CHRIST. That he was pierced by us, [...]hat looke on Him, if our hearts be not flint (as Iob saith) or as the nether mil-stone, Iob. 41.15. will breed remorse over our selves, wretched sinners as we are.

[Page 340] II. The Act. To looke upon Him.The Act followeth in these words: Respicient in Eum. A request most reasonable, to looke upon Him; but to looke upon Him; to bestow but a looke and nothing els; which even of common humanitie we cannot denie, Quia non aspicere, despicere est. It argueth great contempt, not to vouchsafe it the cast of our eye; as if it were an Obiect utterly unworthy the looking toward. Truely, if we marke it well, nature it selfe, of it selfe enclineth to this act. When Amasa treacherously was slaine by Ioab, and lay weltring in his blood by the waies side, the storie saith, that not one of the whole Armie, then marching by, but when he came at him,2. Sam. 22.12. stood still and looked on him.

In the Gospell, the party that going from Ierusalem to Iericho vvas spoiled and wounded and lay drawing on, though the Priest and Levite that passed neere the place relieved him not, as the Samaritan after did: yet it is said of them,Luc. 31 32. they went neere and looked on, and then passed on their way. Which desire is even naturall in us: so that even Nature it selfe enclineth us to satisfie the Prophet.

Nature doth; and so doth Grace too. For, generally vve are bound to regard the worke of the LORD,Psal 28.5. and to consider the operations of His hands: and specially this vvork; in comparison whereof GOD himselfe saith,Esa. 43.18. the former workes of His, shall not be remembred; nor the things done of old once regarded.

Yea CHRIST himselfe, pierced as he is, inviteth us to it. For, in the Prophet heere, it is not In cum; but In me: not, on Him; but, on Me, whom they have pierced. But more fully in Ieremy: for, to CHRIST himselfe do all the ancient Writers apply (and that, most properly) those words of the Lamentation:Lam 1.12. Have ye no regard all ye that passe by this way? Behold and see, if there be any sorrow like my sorrow, which is done unto me, wherewith the LORD ha [...]h afflicted me, in the day of His fierce wrath.

Our owne profit (which is wont to perswade vvell) inviteth us: for that,Num 21.8, 9. as from the brazen Serpent no vertue issued to heale, but unto them that steddily b [...]held it; so neither doth there, from CHRIST, but upon those, that vvith the eye of faith have their contemplation on this object: vvho thereby drawe life from him; and vvithout it may and do perish, for all CHRIST and his passion.

And, if nothing els move us, this last may: even our danger. For, the time vvill come, vvhen vve our selves shall desire, that GOD loo­king with an angry countenance upon our sinnes, vvould turne his face from them and us, and looke upon the face of his CHRIST, that is, respicere in Eum: which shall justly be then denied us, if we our selves could never be gotten to do this duty, respicere in Eum, vvhen it was called for of us. GOD shall not looke upon him, at ours; whom vve would not looke upon, at his request.

In the Act it selfe are enjoined three things. 1. That we do it with [Page 341] attention: for, it is not Me, but in Me: Not onely Vpon Him, but Into Him. 2. That we doe it oft, againe and againe; with iteration: for, Respicient, is re-aspicient. Not a single act, but an act iterated. 3. That we cause our nature to do it, as it were, by vertue of an Iniunction, per actum elicitum, as the Schoolmen call it. For, in the Originall, it is in the commanding Coniunction, that signifieth, facient se respicere, rather then Re­spicient.

First then, not slightly, superficially or perfunctorily, but stedfastly,1 With Atten­tion. Respicient In Eum. and with due attention, to looke upon Him. And, not to looke upon the out-side alone; but, to looke into the verie entrailes; and with our eye to pierce him that was thus pierced. In Eum beareth both.

1. Vpon him, if we looke, we shall see so much, as Pilate shewed of him, Ecce Homo, that He is a Man. And, if he were not a man, but some other unreasonable creature, it were great ruth to see him so handled.

2. Among men we lesse pitie Malefactors, and have most compas­sion on them that be innocent. And, he was innocent, and deserved it not (as you have heard) his enemies themselves being his Iudges.

3. Among those that be innocent, the more noble the person, the greater the griefe, and the more heavy ever is the spectacle. Now, if we consider the Verse of this Text well, we shall see, it is GOD himselfe, and no man that here speaketh (for, to GOD onely it belongeth, to poure out the Spirit of grace; it passeth mans reach, to do it:) so that, if we looke better upon him, we shall see as much as the Centurion saw,Matt. 27.54. that this partie thus pierced is the SONNE of GOD. The Sonne of GOD slaine! Surely, he that hath done this deed is the Child of death, 2. Sam. 12.5.7. would every one of us say: Et tu es homo, Thou art the man, would the Prophet answere us: You are they, for whose sinns the SONNE of GOD hath his very heart-bloud shed forth. Which must needs strike into us remorse of a deeper degree then before: That, not onely, it is we that have pierced the Par­tie thus found slaine; but, that this Partie, whom we have thus pierced, is not a principall person among the children of men, but even the One­ly begotten SONNE of the most High GOD: which will make us crie out (with S. Augustine) O amaritudo peccati mei, ad quam tollendam necessaria fu­it amaritudo tanta! Now sure, deadly was the bitternesse of our sinnes, that might not be cured, but by the bitter death and blood-shedding passion of the Sonne of GOD. And this may we see looking upon Him.

But now then, if we looke in Eum, into Him, we shall see yet a grea­ter thing, which may raise us in comfort, as farre as the other cast us downe. Even the bowels of compassion and tender love, whereby he would and was content to suffer all this for our sakes. For that, whereas Ioh. 10.18. no man had power to take His life from Him, (for he had power to have commanded Matt 26.52. twelve Legions of Angells, in his just defense: and, without any Angell at all, power enough of himselfe, with his Ioh 18.6. Ego sum, to strike [Page 342] them all to the ground.) He was content notwithstanding all this, to lay downe His life for us sinners. The greatnesse of which love passeth the greatest love that man hath for Ioh. 15.13. greater love then this, hath no man, but to bestow his life for his friends; whereas, He condescended to lay it downe for His enemies. Even for them that sought his death, to lay downe his life, and to have his bloodshed for them that did shed it; to be pierced for his Piercers. Look how the former In Eum worketh griefe, considering the great iniuries offered to so great a Personage; So, to tem­per [...]he griefe of it, this latter In Eum giveth some comfort, that so great a Person, should so greatly love us, as, for our sakes, to endure all those so many injuries, even to the piercing of his very heart.

2. With Iterasion: Re-aspicient.Secondly, Respicient (that is) Re-aspicient: Not, once or twise, but oftentimes to look upon it: that is (as the Prophet saith here) iteratis vicibus, to looke againe and againe: Heb. 12 3. or (as the Apostle saith) Recogitare; to thinke upon it, over and over againe, as it were to dwell in it for a time. In a sort, with the frequentnesse of this our beholding it, to supply the weaknesse and want of our former attention. Surely, the more steadily and more often we shall fixe our eye upon it, the more we shall be enured: and being enured, the more desire to doe it. For, at every looking, some new sight will offer it selfe, which will offer unto us occasion, either of godly sorrow, true repentance, sound comfort, or some other reflexion, issuing from the beames of this heavenly mirror. Which point, because it is the chiefe point, the Prophet here calleth us to; even, how to looke upon CHRIST often, and to be the better for our looking. It shall be verie agreeable to the Text, and to the HOLY GHOST's chief entent, if we prove how, and in how diverse sorts, we may with profit behold and looke upon Him, whom thus we have pierced.

1. Respise & transfigere.First then, looking upon Him, we may bring forth for the first effect, that which immediatly followeth this Text it selfe, in this Text, Et plan­gent Eum: Respice & plange. First, looke and lament, or mourne: which is indeed the most kindly and naturall effect of such a spectacle. Looke upon Him that is pierced; and with looking upon Him, be pierced thy selfe: Respice & transfigere. A good effect of our first looke, if we could bring it forth. At least wise, if we cannot Respice & transfigere, looke and be pier­ced; yet, than it might be Respice & compungere, that with looking on Him, we might be pricked in our hearts; Act [...] 2.37. and have it enter past the skinne, though it go not cleane through: Which difference in this Verse, the Prophet seemeth to insinuate, when, first he willeth us to mourne, as for one's onely sonne, with whom all is lost. Or, if that cannot be had, to mourne, as for a first begotten sonne; which is, though not so great, yet a great mour­ning: even for the first begotten, though other sonnes be left.

Verse 11.And, in the next Verse, if we cannot reach to naturall griefe; yet he wisheth us to mourne with a Civill; even with such a lamentation as was [Page 343] made for Iosias. And Behold a greater then IOSIAS is heere. Comming not (as he) to an honourable death in battell; but to a most vile death, the death of a Malefactor: And not (as Iosias) dying vvithout any fault of theirs; but mangled and massacred in this shamefull sort, for us: even for us and our transgressions. Verily, the dumbe and senselesse creatures had this effect wrought in them (of mourning) at the sight of his death; in their kind sorrowing for the murder of the SONNE of GOD. And we truly shall be much more senselesse then they, if it have in us no worke to the like effect. Especially, considering it was not for them, He suffered all this; nor they no profit by it: but, for us it was; and vve by it saved: And yet, they had compassion, and vve none. Be this then the first.

Now, as the first is Respice & transfigere, Looke upon him,2. Respice & tran [...]fige. and be pierced: so, the second may be (and that fitly) Respice & transfige; Look upon him, and pierce: and pierce that in thee, that was the cause of CHRIST's piercing: (that is) sinne and the lusts thereof. For, as men that are pierced indeed vvith the griefe of an indignity offered, vvithall are pricked to take revenge on him that offers it: such a like affection ought our second looking to kindle in us; even to take a wreake, or re­venge upon sinne, quia fecit hoc, because it hath been the cause of all this. I mean (as the HOLY GHOST termeth it) a mortifying or crucifying; a thrusting thorow of our vvicked passions and concupiscences, in some kind of repaying those manifold villanies, vvhich the SONNE of GOD suffered by meanes of them. At leastwise (as before) if it kindle not our zeale so farre aginst sinne; yet, that it may slake our zeale and affe­ction to sinne: that is, Respice, ne respicias: Respice CHRISTVM, ne re­spieias peccatum. That we have lesse mind, lesse liking, lesse acquaintance vvith sinne, for the Passion-sake. For that, by this means vve do in some sort, spare CHRIST; and (at least) make his wounds no wider: Wher­as by affecting sinne anew, we do, vvhat in us lieth, to crucifie Him afresh, and both increase the number, and enlarge the widenesse of his wounds.

It is no unreasonable request, That, if we list not wound sinne, yet, seeing CHRIST hath wounds enough, and they wide and deep enough, we should forbeare to pierce him further, and have (at least) this second fruit of our looking upon Him: either to look and to pierce sinne; or to looke and spare to pierce him any more.

Now, as it was sinne that gave him these wounds: so,3. Respice & dilige. it was love to us that made him receive them, being otherwise hable enough to have avoided them all. So that, He was pierced with love, no lesse then with griefe: and it was that wound of love; made him so constantly to endure all the other. Which love we may read in the palmes of His hands (as the Fathers expresse it, out of Esa. 49.16.) For, in the Palmes of his hands, He [Page 344] hath graven us, that he might not forget us. And the print of the neiles in them, are as Capitall letters to record his love toward us. For, CHRIST pierced on the Crosse is liber charitatis, the very booke of love laid open before us. And againe, this love of His we may read in the cleft of His heart, Quia Cla [...]us penetransfactus est nobis Clavis reserans (saith Bernard) ut pateant nobis viscera per vulnera. The point of the Speare serves us instead of a key, letting us, through his wounds, see his verie bowells, the bowells of tender love and most kind compassion, that vvould for us endure to be so entreated. That, if the Iewes (that stood by) said truely of him, at LAZARVS's grave,Ioh. 11.36. Ecce quomodo dilexit Eum! when He shed a few teares out of his eyes; much more truly may we say of him, Ecce quomodo di­lexit nos! seeing him shedd, both Water and Blood; and that in great plentie; and that, out of his heart.

Which sight ought to pierce us with love too, no lesse then before it did with sorrow. With one, or with both: for, both have power to pierce; but specially Love: Which except it had entred first and pierced him, no neile or speare could ever have entered. Then let this be the third, Respice & dilige. Look, and be pierced with love of him, that so loved thee, that he gave himselfe in this sort to be pierced for thee.

4 Respice & credeAnd forasmuch as it is CHRIST his owne selfe, that, resembling his passion on the Crosse to the Brazen Serpent lift up in the wildernesse, maketh a correspondence between their beholding and our beleeving (for, so it is Ioh. 3. 14.) vve cannot avoid, but must needs make that an effect too: Even Respice & crede. And, well may we beleeve and trust him, whom looking a little before, we have seene so constantly loving us. For, the sight of that love maketh credible unto us, whatsoever in the whole scrip­ture, is affirmed to us of CHRIST, or promised in his name: So that, beleeve it, and beleeve all. Neither is there any time, wherein with such cheerefulnesse or fulnesse of faith we crie unto him,Ioh. 20.28. MY LORD and MY GOD, as when our eye is fixed upon the print of the neiles, and on the hole in the side of him that vvas pierced for us. So that, this fourth duty CHRIST himselfe layeth upon us, and vvilleth us from his own mouth, Respice & Crede.

5 Respice & [...]pera.And, beleeving this of him, what is there, the eye of our hope shall not look for from him? What would not he do for us, that for us would suffer all this?Rom. 8.32. It is S. PAVL's argument, If GOD gave his Sonne for us, how shall he denie us any thing with Him? That is, Respice & Spera. Looke upon him, and his heart opened, and from that gate of hope promise thy selfe, and looke for all manner of things that good are. Which our ex­pectation is reduced to these two: 1 The deliverance from the evill of our present miserie: 2 and the restoring to the good of our primitive felicitie. By the death of this undefiled Lambe, as by the yearely Passeover, looke [Page 345] for, and hope for a passage out of Egypt: which spiritually is our redemp­tion from the servitude of the power of darknesse. And, as by the death of the Sacrifice, we looke to be freed from whatsoever evill: So, by the death of the High Priest, looke we for and hope for restitution to all that is good; even, to our forfeited estate in the land of Promise, which is Heaven it selfe, where is all joy and happinesse for evermore, Respice & Spera, Looke, and Looke for: by the Lambe that is pierced, to be freed from all miserie; by the High Priest that is pierced, fruition of all felicity.

Now, inasmuch as His heart is pierced, and his side opened;6 Respice & Re­cipe. the opening of the one, and the piercing of the other, is, to the end, somewhat may flow forth. To which end (saith Saint Augustine) Vigilanti verbo us [...]s est Apostolus, the Apostle was well advised, when he used the word opening; for, there issued out water and blood which make the sixt effect, Respice & Recipe. Marke it running out, and suffer it not to runne waste, but receive it. Of the fo [...]mer (the water) the Prophet speaketh in the first words of the next Chapter, that out of his pierced side Zach 13.1. GOD opened a fountaine of water to the house of Israel for sinne and for uncleannesse: Of the fulnesse whereof we all have received, in the Sacrament of our Baptisme. Of the later (the blood) which the Prophet (in the Zac. 9.11. IX. Ch [...]pter before) calleth the blood of the New Testament, we may receive this day: for, it will runn in the high and holy Mysteries of the Body and Blood of CHRIST. There, may we be partakers of the flesh of the Psal 116.13. Morning-Hart, as upon this day killed. There may we be partakers of the 1. Pet. 1.19. Cup of salvation, the precious blood Matt 26.28. which was shedd for the remission of our sinnes. Our part it shall be, not to accompt the Heb. 10.29. blood of the Testament an unholy thing, and to suffer it to runne in vaine for all us; but with all due regard to receive it so run­ning: for, even therefore was it shedd. And so to the former, to add this sixt, Respice & Recipe.

And shall we alway receive grace, 7 R [...]spi [...] & Reti [...]ont. even streames of grace issuing from Him that is pierced, and shall there not from us issue something backe a­gaine, that he may look for and receive from us, that from him have and do daily receive so many good things? No doubt there shall; if love which pierced Him, have pierced us aright. And that is (no longer to hold you with these effects) Respice & Retribue. For, it will even be­hove us no lesse then the Psalmist, Psal. 116.13. to enter into the consideration of Quid retribuam: Especially, since we, by this day, both see and receive that, which he and many others desired to see, and receive and could not. Or, if we have nothing to render, yet (our selves) to returne with the Sama­ritan, and falling downe at his feet, with a loud voice, to glorifie His goodnesse, who finding us in the estate, that other Samaritane found the forlorne and wounded man, healed us, by being wounded himselfe, and by his owne death restored us to life. For all which his kindnesse, if nothing will [Page 346] come from us, not so much as a kind and thankfull acknowledgement, we are certainly worthy, He should restrein the fountaine of his bene­fits, (which hitherto hath flowen most plenteously) and neither let us see, nor feels him any more.

But, I hope for better things: that, love, such and so great love will pierce us, and cause both other fruicts, and especially thoughts of thank­fulnesse to issue from us. Thus many; and many more, if the time would serve: But, thus many severall uses may we have of thus many severall respects, or reflexed looking upon HIM whom we have pierced.

3. With enforce­ment of them­selves. Respicere se facient.Thirdly, facient serespicere. For, the HOLY GHOST did easily fore­see, vve would not readily be brought to the sight, or to use our eyes to so good an end. Indeed, to flesh and blood it is but a dull and heavy spectacle: And, neither willingly they begin to look upon it; and having begun, are never well, till they have done, and looke off of it againe. Therfore is the Verbe (by the Prophet) put into this Coniugation of purpose: which to turne in strict propriety is Respicere se facient, rather then Respicient: They shall procure or cause, or even enioine or enforce themselves to looke upon it; or (as one would say) looke, that they looke upon it.

For some new and strange spectacle (though vaine and idle, and which shall not profit us how strange soever) we cause our selves sometimes to take a journey, and besides our paines, are at expenses too, to behold them: we will not only look upon, but even cause our selves to look upon vanities; and in them, we have the right use of facient se respicere. And why should we not take some paines, and even enioine our selves to looke upon this? being neither farre off, nor chargeable to come to; and since the looking on it may so many waies, so mainly profit us? Verily it falleth out oft,Matt. 11.12. that of CHRIST's: violenti rapiunt illud. Nature is not enclined; and where it is not enclined, force must be offered; which we call in Schooles, Actumelicitum. Which very act by us undertaken, for GOD, and (as here) at His word, is unto him a Sacrifice right acceptable. Ther­fore, facias, or facfacias; do it willingly, or do it by force: Do it, I say; for, done it must be. Set if before you and looke on it: or, if you list not re­move it, and set it full before you, though it be not with your ease, Respice, Looke backe upon it with some paine: for, one way or other, looke upon it we must. The necessity whereof (that we may the better appre­hend it) it will not be amisse, we know, that these words are in two sun­dry places,Ioh. 19.37. two sundrie waies applied: 1 Once, by S. Iohn in the Gospell; 2 and the second time againe, by CHRIST himselfe in the Revelation. By S. Iohn to CHRIST, at his first comming, suffering (as our Saviour) upon the Crosse. By CHRIST to himselfe, at his second comming, sit­ting (as our Iudge) upon His throne, Apoc. 1.7. in the end of the world. Behold He commeth in the Cloudes, and everie eye shall see Him, yea even they that pierced Him. Et plangent se super Eum omnes Gentes terrae. The meaning whereof [Page 347] Him. Et plangent se super Eum omnes Gentes terrae. The meaning whereof is, Looke upon Him, here, if you will: Enjoine your selves if you thinke good: Either here, or some where els; either now or then, looke upon Him you shall. And, they which put this spectacle farre from them heere, and cannot endure to look upon Him whom they have pierced, & plangere Eum, and be grieved for Him, while it is time: a place and time shall be, when they shall be enforced to looke upon Him, whether they will or no, Et plangent se super Eum, and be grieved for themselves, that they had no grace to doe it sooner. Better, compose themselves to a little mourning heere, with some benefit to be made by their beholding; then to be drawne to it there, when it is too late, and when all their looking and grieving will not availe awhit. For, there Respicientes respiciet, & despici­entes despiciet: His looke shall be amiable to them that have respected His piercing heer; and dreadfull on the other side, to them that have neglec­ted it. And, as they that have enured themselves to this looking on (heer) shall in that day, Looke up, and lift up their heads with ioy, the day of their Redemption being at hand. So, they that cannot bring themselves, Luc. 21.28. to looke upon Him heere, after they once have looked upon him there, shall not dare to do it the second time; but crie to the mountaines, fall upon us, and to the Hills, Hide us from the face of Him that sitts upon the throne. Apoc. 6.16. Therefore, Respicient is no evill counsell. No, thought it be facient se re­spicere.

In a word; if thus causing our selves to fixe our eyes on Him, we ask, how long we shall continue so doing, and when we may give over? Let this be the answere, Donec totus fixus in corde, qui totus fixus in cruce. Or, if that be too much or too hard, yet saltem at the least, Respice in Illum, Luc. 22.6 [...]. do­nec Ille te respexerit. Looke upon him, till He looke upon you againe. For so he will. He did, upon PETER; and with his look, melted him into teares. He that once and twise before denied Him, and never wept, because CHRIST looked not on Him; then denied, and CHRIST looked on him, and he went out and wept bitterly. And, if to Peter thus he did, and vouchsafed him so gracious a regard, when Peter not once looked toward HIM; how much more shall he not denie us like favour, if, by looking on Him first, we provoke him in a sort to a second looking on us againe, with the Prophet, saying, Proposui Dominum coram me, Psal. 16.8. Psal. 119.132. I have set thee, O LORD, before me: and againe, Respice in me, &c O looke thou upon me, and be mercifull unto me, as thou usest to doe to those that love thy Name. That love thy name, which is, IESVS a SAVIOVR; and which love that sight, wherein (most properly) thy Name appeareth, and wherein thou chiefly shewest thy selfe to be IESVS a Saviour.

And (to conclude) if we aske, how we shall know, when CHRIST doth thus respect us? Then truely, when fixing both the eyes of our me­ditation upon Him that was pierced (as it were) one eye, upon the griefe; the other, upon the love wherewith he was pierced, we find by both, or [Page 348] one of these, some motion of grace arise in our hearts: the considerati­on of his griefe, piercing our hearts with sorrow; the consideration of his love, piercing our hearts with mutuall love againe. The one is the mo­tion of compunction, which they felt, whom when they heard such things were pricked in their hearts. Act. 2 37. The other, the motion of comfort, which they felt, who when CHRIST spake unto them of the necessitie of his pier­cing, Luc 24.32. said; Did we not feele our hearts warme within us? That, from the shame and paine he suffered for us: This, from the comforts and benefits, He thereby procured for us.

These have been felt at this Looking on; and these will be felt. It may be, at the first, unperfectly; but after, with deeper impression: and that, of some, with such as Nemo scit, None knoweth, but he that hath felt them. Which that we may endevour to feele, and endevouring may feele, and so grow into de­light of this looking, GOD, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL on the VI. of Aprill, A. D. MDCIIII, being GOOD-FRIDAY.

LAMENT. I. VER. XII.

Have ye no regard, ô all ye that passe by the way? Consider, and behold, Jf ever there were sorrow, like my Sorrow, which was done unto me, wherewith the Lord did afflict me in the day of the fiercenesse of His wrath.

AT the very reading or hearing of which Verse, there is none but will presently conceive,A complaint. it is the voice of a party in great extremity. In great extremity two waies: 1 First, In such distresse, as never was any, If ever there were sorrow like my sorrow: 2 And then, in that distresse, having none to regard him: Have ye no Regard all ye?

To be afflicted, and so afflicted, as none ever was, is very much: In that af­fliction, to find none to respect him or care for him, what can be more? In all our sufferings,1. Cor. 10 13. it is a comfort to us that we have a Sicut that nothing hath befallen us, but such as others have felt the like: But, here Si fuerit sicut; If ever the like were, (that is) never the like was.

Againe, in our greatest paines, it is a kinde of ease, even to find some regard. Naturally we desire it, if we cannot be delivered, if we cannot be relieved, yet to be pitied: It sheweth, there be yet some, that are tou­ched with the sense of our misery; that wish us well,Iob. 19 21. and would give us ease if they could: But this afflicted, here, findeth not so much, neither [Page 350] the one nor the other: but is even as he were an out-cast both of Hea­ven and Earth. Now verily a heavy case, and worthy to be put in this booke of Lamentations.

I demand then, Of whom speaketh the Prophet this? of himselfe, or of some other? CHRIST's complaint. This I finde; there is not any of the ancient Writers, but do apply, yea, in a manner appropriate this speech to our Saviour CHRIST: And that this very day, the day of his Passion, (truly termed here the day of GOD's wrath:) And wheresoever they treat of the Passion, ever this verse commeth in. And (to say the truth) to take the words strictly as they lie, they cannot agree, or be verified of any but of him, and him onely. For, though some other, not unfitly, may be allowed to say the same words: it must be in a qualified sense: for, in full and perfect pro­priety of speech, He, and none but He: None can say, (neither Ieremie, nor any other) Si fuerit dolor sicut dolor meus, as CHRIST can: No day of wrath, like to his day: no sorrow to be compared to his (all are short of it;) nor his to any, it exceedeth them all.

And yet, according to the letter, it cannot be denied, but they be set downe by Ieremy, in the person of his owne people, being then come to great miserie; and of the holy Citie, then laid waste, and desolat [...] by the Chaldees. Hos. 11.1. What then? Ex Aegypto vocavi Filium meum, Out of Ae­gypt have I called my Sonne, was literally spoken of this people too: yet is by the Evangelist applied to our Saviour CHRIST.Matt. 2.1 [...]. Psal. 22.1. Matt. 27.46. My GOD, my GOD, why hast thou forsaken me? at the first uttered by David; yet, the same words our SAVIOVR taketh himselfe, and that more truly and properly, then ever David could: and of those of David's, and of these of Ieremie's, there is one and the same reason.

1. Cor. 10.11.Of all which the ground is, that correspondence which is betweene CHRIST and the Patriarchs, Prophets, and People before CHRIST, of whom the Apostle's rule is, Omnia in figurâ contingebant illis: That they were themselves Types: and their sufferings, forerunning figures of the great suffering of the SONNE OF GOD. Which maketh Is [...]ak's offe­ring, and Ioseph's selling, and Israel's calling from Aegypt, and that com­plaint of David's, and this of Ieremie's, appliable to him; That he may take them to himselfe, and the Church ascribe them to him, and that in more fitnesse of termes, and more fulnesse of truth, then they were at the first spoken by David, or Ieremy, or any of them all.

And this rule, and the stepps of the Fathers proceeding by this rule, are to me a warrant to expound and apply this Verse (as they have done before) to the present occasion of this time; which requireth some such Scripture to be considered by us, as doth belong to his Passion, who, this Day, powred out his most precious Blood, as the onely sufficient Price, of the deare purchase of all our Redemptions.

Be it then to us, (as to them it was, and as most properly it is) The speech of the SONNE of GOD, as this day hanging on the Crosse, to a [Page 351] sort of carelesse people, that goe up and downe without any manner of regard of these his sorrowes and sufferings, so worthy of all regard. Have ye no regard? ô all ye that passe by the way, Consider and behold, if ever there were sorrow like to my sorrow, which was done unto me, wherewith the LORD afflicted me in the day of the fiercenesse of his wrath.

Here is a Complaint, and here is a Request. A complaint, that we have not: A Request, The Parts. that we would have the Paines and Passions of our Sa­viour CHRIST in some Regard. For first he complaineth (and not with­out cause) Have ye no regard? And then (as willing to forget their for­mer neglect, so they will yet doe it) he falleth to entreat, O consider and behold!

And what is that we should consider? The Sorrow which he suffereth: and in it two things: The Quality, and the Cause. 1. The Quality, Si fu­erit sicut; If ever the like were: and that either in respect of Dolor, or Dolor meus, The Sorrow suffered, or the Person suffering. 2. The Cause: that is GOD, that in His wrath, in his fierce wrath, doth all this to him. Which cause will not leave us, till it have led us to another cause in our selves, and to another yet in him: All which serve to ripen us to Regard.

These two then specially we are moved to regard. 1. Regard is the maine point. But because therefore we regard but faintly, because either we consider not, or not aright; we are called to consider seriously of them. As if he should say, Regard you not? If you did consider, you would: if you considered as you should, you would regard as you ought. Certainly the Passion, if it were throughly considered, would be duly regarded. Con­sider then.

So the Points are two: 1 The Qualitie, and the 2 Cause of his suffering.I II And the Duties two: 1 To Consider, 2 and Regard. So to consider, that we III regard them, and him for them.IV

Have ye no Regard? &c.

TO cease this Complaint, and to grant this Request, we are to regard: and that we may regard, we are to consider the paines of his Passion.

Which,The Parties to whom. O all ye that passe by the way, Consider. that we may reckon no easie common matter of light mo­ment, to doe or not to doe, as we list: First, a generall stay is made of all passengers, this day. For, (as it were from his Crosse) doth our SAVIOVR addresse this His speech to them that goe to and fro, the day of His Passion, without so much as entertaining a thought, or vouchsafing a looke that way. O vos qui transitis! O you that passe by the way, stay and Consider. To them frameth He His speech, that passe by: To them, and to them all, O vos omnes, qui transitis, O all ye that passe by the way, stay and Consider.

[Page 352]Which very stay of his, sheweth it to be some important matter, in that it is, of all. For as for some to be staied, and those the greater some, there may be reason; the most part of those that go thus to and fro, may well intend it, they have little els to doe. But to except none, not some speciall Person, is hard. What know we their haste? Their occasions may be such, and so urgent, as they cannot stay. Well, what haste, what bu­sinesse soever, passe not by, stay though. As much to say, as, Be they never so great, your occasions; they are not, they cannot be so great as this: How urgent soever, this is more, and more to be intended. The regard of this, is worthy the staying of a iourney. It is worth the considering of those, that have never so great affaires in hand. So materiall is this sight in his account. Which serveth to shew the exigence of this dutie. But as for this point, it needeth not be stood upon to us here at this time: we are not going by, we need not be staied; we have staied all other our af­faires, to come hither, and here we are all present before GOD, to have it set before us, that we may consider it. Thither then let us come.

Sorrow.That which we are called to behold and consider, is his Sorrow: And Sorrow is a thing which of it selfe Nature enclineth us to behold, as being our selves in the body, Heb. 13.3. which may be one day in the like sorrowfull case. Therefore will every good eye turne it selfe, and looke upon them that lie in distresse.1. B [...]hold. Luc. 10.32. Those two in the Gospell, that passed by the wounded man, before they passed by him, (though they helped him not, as the Sama­ritane did) yet they looked upon him as he lay. But, this party (here) lieth not,Ioh. 3 14. he is lift up, as the Serpent in the wildernesse, that unlesse we turne our eyes away purposely, we can neither will nor choose, but behold him.

Act. 1.11.But because, to Behold, and not to consider, is but to gaze; and gazing the Ange [...] blameth in the Apostles themselves, we must do both: both Behold, and Consider: 2. Consider. looke upon, with the eye of the body, that is, Behold; and looke into, with the eye of the mind, that is, Consider. So saith the Pro­phet here. And the verie same doth the Apostle advise us to do. First, [...] to looke upon him (that is,Heb 12 23. to Behold) and then [...], to thinke upon him, that is, to Consider his Sorrow Sorrow (sure) would be considered.

The quality, If ever the l [...]ke.Now then, because, as the qualitie of the Sorrow is, accordingly it would be considered, (for if it be but a common sorrow, the lesse will serve, but if it be some speciall, some very heavy case, the more would be allowed it: for, proportionably with the suffering, the consideration is to a­rise:) To raise our consideration to the full, and to elevate it to the highest point, there is upon his Sorrow set a Si fuerit sicut, a note of highest e­minency: for, Si fuerit sicut, are words that have life in them, and are able to quicken our consideration, if it be not quite dead: For, by them we are provoked (as it were) to Consider, and considering, to see whether ever a­ny Sicut may be found, to set by it, whether ever any like it.

For if never any, Our nature is, to regard things exceeding rare and strange; and such as the like whereof is not else to be seene. Vpon this [Page 353] point then, there is a Case made, as if he should say, If ever the like, Regard not this; but if never any, be like your selves in other things, and vouchsafe this (if not your chiefest, yet) some Regard.

To enter this Comparison, and to shew it for such. That, are we to do,In the three parts of his Sorrow. three sundry waies: For, three sundry waies, in three sundry words, are these Sufferings of his here expressed: all three within the compasse of the Verse.

The first is [...] Mac-ob (which we read Sorrow,) taken from a wound 1 or stripe, as all do agree.

The second is [...] Gholel; we reade Done to me, taken from a word 2 that signifieth Melting in a fornace; as S. Hierome noteth out of the Chal­dee (who so translateth it.)

The third is [...] Hoga; where we read Afflicted, from a word which 3 importeth Renting off, or Bereaving. The old Latine turneth it, Vindemi­avit me, as a Vine whose fruit is all plucked off. The Greeke (with Theo­doret) [...], as a Vine or tree, whose leaves are all beaten off, and it left naked and bare.

In these three, are comprized His Sufferings, Wounded, Melted, and Bereft, leafe and fruit, (that is) all manner of comfort.

Of all that is poenall, or can be suffered, the common division is,1 Of the qu [...] ­litie. F [...]rst, of his Passion. Sen­sus & Damni, Griefe for that we feele, or for that we forgoe. For that we feele, in the two former, Wounded in body, Melted in soule: for that we forgoe, in the last; Bereft all, left neither fruit, nor so much as a leafe to hang on him.

According to these three, To consider his Sufferings,1. Poe na se [...]sus, in the bodie. and to begin first with the first. The paines of his Body, his wounds and his stripes.

Our verie eye will soone tell us, no place was left in his Bodie, where he might be smitten, and was not. His skin and flesh rent with the whips and scourges, His hands and feet wounded with the miles, His head with the thornes, His very heart with the speare-point; all his senses, all his parts loden with whatsoeuer wit or malice could invent. His blessed Bo­dy given as an Anvile to be beaten upon, with the violent hands of those barbarous miscreants, till they brought him into this case, of Si fuerit sicut. For, Pilate's (Ecce Homo!) his shewing him with an Ecce, Io [...]. 19 5. as if he should say, Behold, looke if ever you saw the like ruefull spectacle: This very shewing of his sheweth plainly, he was then come into woful plight: So wofull, as Pilate verily believed, his verie sight so pitifull, as, it would have moved the hardest heart of them all to have relented, and said, This is enough we desire no more. And this for the wounds of his body, (for on this we stand not.)

In this one peradventure some Sicut may be found,2. Poena s [...]nsus in the Soule. in the paines of the bodie: but, in the second, the Sorrow of the Soule, I am sure, none. And indeed, the paine of the Body is but the Body of paine: the verie [Page 354] Soule of Sorrow and Paine is the Soule's Sorrow and Paine.Syra. 15.57. Pro. 18.14. Give me any griefe, save the griefe of the mind, saith the Wise-man: For (saith Salomon) the spirit of a man will sustaine all his other infirmities, but a wounded spirit, who can beare? And of this, this of His soule, I dare make a Case, Si fuerit sicut.

Ioh 12.27. Luc 22.44. Mar. 14 35. Mat 26.38 He began to be troubled in Soule, (saith S. Iohn:) To be in an agonie, saith S. Luke:) To be in anguish of mind and deepe distresse, (saith S. Marke.) To have his Soule round about on every side invironed with Sorrow, & that Sorrow to the death. Here is trouble, anguish, agonie, sorrow and deadly sor­row. But, it must be such, as never the like: So it was too.

The aestimate whereof we may take from the second word of Melting, that is, from his sweat in the Garden; strange, and the like whereof was never heard or seene.Luc. 22.44.

No manner violence offered him in body; no man touching him, or being neer him; in a cold night (for they were faine to have a fire within dores) lying abroad in the aire, and upon the cold earth, to be all of a sweat, and that sweat to be Blood; and not as they call it, Diaphoreticus, a thin faint swea [...], but Grumosus, of great Drops; and those, so many, so plenteous, as they went through his apparell and all; and through all, streamed to the ground, and that in great abundance: Read, enquire, and Consider, Si fuerit sudor, sicut sudor iste; If ever there were sweat like this sweat of his? Never the like Sweat certainly, and therefore never the like Sorrow. Our translation is, Done unto me: but we said, the word properly signifieth (and so S. Hierome and the Chaldee Paraphrast read it) M [...]lted me. And truly it should seeme by this fearfull sweat of his, he was neere some fornace, the feeling whereof, was hable to cast him into that sweat, and to turne his sweat into drops of blood. And sure it was so: For see, even in the very next words of all to this verse, he complaineth of it, Ignem misit in ossibus meis, Vers. 13. That a fire was sent into his bones which melted him, and made that bloudy sweat to distill from him. That houre, what his feelings were, it is dangerous to define: we know them not, we may be too bold to determine of them. To very good purpose it was, that the ancient Fathers of the Greek Church in their Liturgie, after they have recounted all the particular Paines, as the [...] are set downe in his Passion, and by all, and by every one of them, called for mercie; doe, after all, shut up all with this, [...], By thine un­knowne Sor [...]owes and sufferings, felt by thee but not distinctly knowen by us, have mercie upon us and save us.

Now, though this suffice not, nothing neer; yet let it suffice (the time being short) for His paines of Body and Soule. For those of the Bo­dy, it may be, some may have endured the like: but the sorrowes of His Soule are unknowen sorrowes: and for them, none ever have; ever have, or ever shall suffer the like; the like, or neere the like in any de­gree.

[Page 355]And now to the third. It was said before, To be in distresse,3. Poena [...]mni. such di­stresse as this was, and to finde none to comfort, nay not so much as to regard him, is all that can be said, to make his sorrow a Non sicut. Com­fort is it, by which, in the midst of all our sorrowes, we are Confortati, that is, strengthened and made the better able to beare them all out. And who is there, even the poorest creature among us, but in some de­gree findeth some comfort, or some regard at some bodies hands? For, if that be not left, the state of that partie is (here) in the third word said to be like the tree, whose leaves and whose fruit are all beaten off quite, and it selfe left bare and naked both of the one and of the other.

And such was our SAVIOVR's case in these his Sorrowes this day,1. Leaves. & that so, as what is left the meanest of the sonnes of men, was not left him: Not a leafe. Not a leafe! Leaves I may well call all humane comforts & re­gards, whereof he was then left cleane desolate. 1. His owne, they among whom he had gone about all his life long, healing them, teaching them,1. W [...]thered l [...]aves. Ioh 18 40. and 19.15 [...]at 27.25. Mar. 15.29.36. feeding them, doing them all the good he could, it is they that cry, Not Him, no, but Barabbas rather; away with Him, His blood be upon & us our chil­dren. It is they, that in the middest of his sorrowes, shake their head at him; and crie, Ah thou wretch: they, that, in his most disconsolate estate, crie, Eli, Eli; in most barbarous manner; deride him, and say, Stay, and you shall see Elias come presently and take Him downe. And this was their Re­gard.

But these were but withered leaves. They then,2. Green lea [...]es. that on earth were nee­rest him of all, the greenest leaves and likest to hang on, and to give him some shade: even of them, some bought and sold him; others denied and forswore him; but all fell away, and forsooke him. [...] (saith Theodoret) not a leafe left.

But, leaves are but leaves, and so are all earthly staies.Frui [...]t. The fruit then, the true fruit of the Vine indeed, the true comfort in all heavinesse, is De super, from above, is divine consolation. But Vindemiavit me, (saith the Latine Text) even that was, in this his sorrow, this day, bereft him too. And that was his most sorrowfull complaint of all others: not that his friends upon earth, but that his FATHER from Heaven had forsaken him; that neither heaven nor earth yeelded him any regard; but that, between the passioned powers of his soule, and whatsoever might any waies refresh him, there was a Traverse drawne, and he left in the estate of a weather-beaten tree, all desolate and forlorne. Evident, too evi­dent, by that his most dreadful crie, which at once moved all the powers in heaven and earth, My GOD, my GOD, why hast thou forsaken me? Mat 27.46. Weigh well tha [...] crie; consider it well, and tell me, Si fuerit clamor sicut clamor iste, if ever there were cry, like that of his: Never the like crie, and therefore never the like sorrow.

It is strange, very strange, that, of none of the Martyrs, the like can be read; who yet endured most exquisite paines in their Martyrdomes: [Page 356] yet we see, with what courage, with what cheerfulnesse, how even sing­ing they are reported to have passed through their torments. Will ye know the reason? S. Augustine setteth it downe, Martyres non eripuit, sed nunquid deseruit? He delivered not His Martyrs; but, did he forsake them? He delivered not their bodies, but he forsooke not their soules, but di­stilled into them the dew of his heavenly comfort; an abundant supply for all they could endure. Not so here, Vindemiavit me (saith the Pro­phet) Dereliquisti me (saith he himselfe:) No comfort, no supply at all.

Leo it is, that first sayd it, (and all Antiquitie allow of it,) Non sol [...]itu­nionem, sed subtraxit visionem. The union was not dissolved; True, but the beames, the influence was restrained; and, for any comfort from thence, his Soule was, euen as a scorched heath-ground, without so much as any drop of dew of divine comfort: as a naked tree, no fruit to refresh him within, no leafe to give him shadow without: The power of darknesse let loose to afflict him: The influence of comfort, restrained to relieve him. It is a Non sicut, this: it cannot be expressed as it should, and as o­ther things may: in silence we may admire it, but all our words will not reach it. And though to draw it so farr, as some do, is little better then blasphemy; Yet on the otherside, to shrinke it so short, as other some do, cannot be but with derogation to his love, Who, to kindle our love and loving Regard, would come to a Non sicut, in his suffering: For, so it was, and so we must allow it to be. This, in respect of his Passion, Dolor.

[...], of the quality of [...].Now, in respect of his Person, Dolor meus. Wherof, if it please you to take a view, even of the Person thus wounded, thus afflicted and for­saken, you shall then have a perfect Non sicut. And indeed, the P [...]rson is here a weighty circumstance: It is thrice repeated, Meus, Mihi, Me, and we may not leave it out. For, as is the Person, so is the Passion; and any one, even the very least degree of wrong or disgrace, offered to a Person of excellency, is more then a hundred times more, to one of meane con­dition: So weighty is the circumstance of the Person. Consider then, how great the Person was; And I r [...]st fully assured, here we boldly chal­lenge, and say, Si fuerit sicut.

1 Ecce Homo, saith, Pilate first, A man he is, as we are: And were he but a man;Io [...] 19. [...] nay, were he not a man, but some poore dumb creature, it were great ruth to see him so handled, as he was.

2 A m [...]n, saith Pilate, and a Iust man, saith Pilate's wife. Have thou nothing to doe with that Iust Man. Mat. 27.19. And that is one degree further. For, though we pitie the punishment even of Malefactors themselves: yet ever, most compassion we have of them, that suffer and be innocent. And he was Innocent: [...]uc. 2 [...] 14. & [...]5. Ioh. 14.30. Pilate and Herod, and the Prince of this world (his very ene­mies) being his Iudges.

3 Now, among the Innocent, the more noble the Person, the more heavy the spectacle. And never do our bowels yerne so much as over [Page 357] such. Alas, alas for that noble Prince, Ier. 22.18. saith this Prophet (the stile of mour­ning for the death of a great Personage.) And, he that suffered heer, is such; even a principall Person among the sonnes of men, of the race roy­all descended from Kings: Pilate stiled him so, in his Title;Ioh. 19.22. and he would not alter it.

Three degrees. But, yet we are not at our true Quantus. For he is 4 yet more: More, then the highest of the sonnes of men: for, he is THE SONNE OF THE MOST HIGH GOD. Pilate saw no further,Ioh. 19.5. Mar. 1 [...].39. but Ecce Homo; The Centurion did, Verè, FILIVS DEI erat hic, Now truly, this was the SONNE of GOD. And heer, all words forsake us, and every tongue becommeth speechlesse.

Wee have no way to expresse it, but à minore ad Majus; (Thus.) Of this book, the book of Lamentations, one speciall occasion was, the death of King Iosias: But behold, a greater then Iosias is heer.

Of King Iosias (as a speciall reason of mourning) the Prophet saith,Cap. 4.10. Spiritus oris nostri, CHRISTVS DOMINI, The very breath of our no­strills, The LORD's Annointed (for so are all good Kings, in their Sub­ject's accompts) He is gone. But behold, here is not CHRISTVS DO­MINI, but CHRISTVS DOMINVS, The Lord's CHRIST, but the LORD CHRIST himselfe: And that not comming to an Honourable death in battaile, as Iosias did; But to a most vile reproachfull death, the death of Malefactors in the highest degree. And not slaine outright as Iosias was: but mangled and massacred in most pitifull strange man­ner; wounded in body, wounded in Spirit, left utterly desolate O con­sider this well, and confesse, the Case is truly put, Si fuerit Dolor sicut Dolor meus. Never, never the like Person: And if, as the Person is, the Passion be, Never the like Passion to His.

It is truly affirmed, that any one, even the least drop of blood, even the least paine, yea of the body onely, of this so great a Person, any Do­lor with this Meus, had been enough to make a Non sicut of it. That is enough; but that is not all: for adde now the three other degrees; Add to this Person, those Wounds, that Sweat, and that Crie, and put all toge­ther: And, I make no manner question, the like was not, shall not, cannot ever be. It is farr above all that ever was, or can be. Abyssus est: Men may drowsily heare it, and coldly affect it: But Principalities and Powers stand abashed at it. And for the Quality, both of the Passion and of the Person, That Never the like; thus much.

Now to proceéd to the Cause, and to consider it: for, without it,1. Of the cause. we shall have but halfe a Regard, and scarce that. Indeede, set the Cause aside, and the Passion (as rare as it is,) is yet but a dull and heavie sight: we list not much looke upon spectacles of that kinde, though never so strange: they fill us full of pensive thoughts, and make us Melancholique. and so doth this, till upon examination [Page 358] of the cause, we finde, it toucheth us neere; and so neere, so many waies, as we cannot choose, but have some regard of it.

1 VVhat was done to Him, we see. Let there now be a quest of Inqui­ry to finde,GOD. Luc. 22.53. who was doer of it. Who? who, but the Power of darknesse, wicked Pilate, bloody Caiaphas, the envious Priests, the barbarous Souldiers? None of these are returned heer. We are too low, by a great deale, if we think to finde it among men. Quae fecit mihi DEVS, It was GOD that did it. An houre of that day was the houre of the pow­er of darknesse: but, the whole day it selfe, is sayd heer plainly, was the day of the wrath of GOD. GOD was a doer in it; wherewith GOD hath af­flicted me.

GOD's wrath.GOD afflicteth some in Mercie: and others in Wrath. This was in his wrath. In his wrath GOD is not alike to all; Some he afflicteth in his more gentle and milde; others, in his fierce wrath. This was in the verie fiercenesse of his wrath. His Sufferings, his Sweat and Crie, shew as much: They could not come, but from a wrath, Si fuerit sicut: (For, we are not past Non sicut, no not here in this part: it followeth us still, and will not leave us in any point, not to the end.)

2 The Cause then in GOD, was wrath. What caused this wrath? GOD is not wroth,Sin [...]e. but with sinne; Nor grievously wroth, but with grievous sinne. And in CHRIST there was no grievous sinne: Nay, no sinne at all.Not His. GOD did it, (the text is plaine.) And in his fierce wrath, he did it. For what cause?Ioh. 18 22. For, GOD forbid, GOD should do, as did Annas the high Priest,Gen. 18 25. cause him to be smitten without cause. GOD forbid (saith Abraham) the Iudge of the World should doe wrong to any. To any, but special­ly, to his owne Sonne: That his Sonne, of whom, with thundering voice from Heaven, he testifieth, all his joy and delight were in him, in him on­ly He was well pleased. And how then could his wrath wax hot, to doe all this unto him?

There is no way to preserve GOD's Iustice, and CHRIST's Innocen­cie both, but to say as the Angell said of him to the Prophet Daniel, The MESSIAS shall be slaine, Dan. 9.26. [...] ve-en-lo, shall be slain, but not for himself. Not for himselfe?But o [...]her mens. for whom then? For some others. He took upon him the person of others; and so doing, Iustice may have her course and proceed.

Pitie it is, to see a man pay that, he never took: but if he will become a Surety, if he will take on him the person of the Debtor, so he must. Pitie, to see a silly poore Lamb lie bleeding to death; but, if it must be a sacri­fice (such is the nature of a sacrifice) so it must. And so CHRIST, though without sin in himselfe, yet as a Surety, as a Sacrifice, may justly suffer for others, if he will take upon him their persons; and so, GOD may iustly give way to his wrath against him.

Ours.And who be those others? The Prophet Esay telleth us, and telleth it us seven times over for failing,Esa. 53.4, 5, 6. He took upon Him our infirmities, and bare our maladies: He was wounded for our iniquities, and broken for our transgressions. [Page 359] The chastisement of our peace was upon him, and with his stripes were we healed. All we as sheepe were gone astray, and turned every man to his owne way: and the LORD hath layd upon him, the iniquity of us all. All, all: even those that passe to and fro, and for all this, regard neither him nor his Passion.

The short is: It was we, that for our sinnes, our many, great and grie­vous sinnes, (Si fuerit sicut, the like whereof never were) should have swet this Sweat, and have cried this Crie; should have been smitten with these sorrowes by the fierce wrath of GOD, had not he stept between the blow and us, and latched it in his owne body and soule, even the dint of the fiercenesse of the wrath of GOD. O the Non sicut of our sinnes, that could not otherwise be answered!

To returne then a true verdict. It is we, (we, wretched sinners that we are) that are to be found the principalls in this act; and those, on whom we seeke to shift it, to derive it from our selves, Pilate and Caiaphas and the rest, but instrumentall causes only. And it is not the executioner that killeth the man properly, (that is, They:) No, nor the Iudge, (which is GOD, in this case:) Onely sinne, Solum peccatum homicida est, Sinne only is the murtherer, to say the truth; and our sinnes, the murthe­rers of the SONNE of GOD: and the Non sicut of them, the true cause of the Non sicut both of GOD's wrath, and of his sorrowfull sufferings.

VVhich bringeth home this our text to us, even into our owne bo­somes; and applieth it most effectually, to me that speake, and to you that heare, to every one of us: and that with the Prophet Nathan's appli­cation; Tu es homo, Thou art the Man, even thou,2 Sam. 12.7. for whom GOD in his fierce wrath thus afflicted him. Sinne (then) was the cause on our part, Why we, or some other for us.

But yet, what was the cause, why He, on his part? what was that,Love of us. that 3 moved him thus to become our Surety, and to take upon him our debt and danger? that moved him thus to lay downe his Soule, a sacrifice for our sinne? Sure, Oblatus est quia voluit (saith Esay again;Esa. 53 7.) Offered he was for no other cause, but because he would. For, unlesse he would, he nee­ded not. Needed not, for any necessity of Iustice: for, no Lamb was ever more innocent: Nor for any necessity of constraint; For, twelve Legions of Angells were ready at his command: but, because he would.

And why would he? No reason can be given, but, because he regar­ded us: (Marke that reason.) And what were we? Verily, utterly un­worthy even his least regard; not worth the taking up, not worth the looking after. Cum inimici essemus (saith the Apostle) we were his enemies, Rom. 5.8. when he did it; without all desert before, and without all regard, after he had done and suffered all this for us: and yet he would Regard us, that so little regard him. For when he saw us (a sort of forlorne sinners) Non priùs natos, quam damnatos, Damned as fast as borne;Eph. 2.3. as being by nature children of wrath, and yet still heaping up wrath against the day of wrath, Rom. 2 5. by the errors of our life, till the time of our passing hence; and then, the [Page 360] fierce wrath of GOD, ready to overwhelme us, and to make us endure the terror and torments of a never-dying death, (another Non sicut yet:) When (I say) he saw us in this case, he was moved with compassion o­ver us, and undertooke all this for us. Even then, in his love he regar­ded us, and so regarded us, that he regarded not himselfe, to regard us.

Bernard saith most truly, Dilexisti me Domine magis quàmte, quando mori voluisti pro me: In suffering all this for us, thou shewedst (LORD) that we were more deare to thee, that thou regardest us more, then thine owne selfe: And shall this Regard finde no regard at our hands?

It was Sinne then, and the hainousnesse of sinn in us, that provoked wrath and the fiercenesse of his wrath in GOD: It was love, and the great­nesse of his love, in CHRIST, that caused him to suffer the Sorrowes, and the grieuousnes of these Sorrowes, and all for our sakes.

And indeed, but only to testifie the Non sicut of this his Love, all this needed not, that was done to him. One, any one, even the very least of all the paines he endured, had been enough; enough, in respect of the Meus; enough, in respect of the Non sicut of his Person. For, that which setteth the high price on this Sacrifice, is this; That he, which of­fereth it unto GOD, is GOD. But, if little had been suffered, little would the Love have been thought, that suffered so little; and as little regard would have been had of it. To awake our regard then, or to leave us ex­cuselesse, if we continue regardlesse, all this he bare for us: that he might as truely make a Case of Si fuerit Amor, sicut Amor meus, as he did before, of Si fuerit Dolor, sicut Dolor meus. We say, we will regard Love; if we will, heere it is to regard.

So have we the Causes all three: 1 Wrath in GOD: 2 Sinne in our selves: 3 Love in Him.

Our Benefit by it Pertaines it not to us?Yet have we not all we should. For, what of all this? What good? Cui bono? That, that is it (indeed) that we will regard, if any thing: as being matter of Benefit, the only thing (in a manner) the world regardeth: which bringeth us about to the very first words againe. For, the very first words which we reade, Have ye no regard? are in the Originall, [...] lo alechem, which the Seventy turne (word for word) [...]; and the Latine likewise, Nonne ad vos pertinet? Pertaines it not to you, that you regard it no better? For these two, (Pertaining, and Regarding) are folded one in another, and goe together so commonly, as one is taken often for the other. Then to be sure to bring us to Regard, He urgeth this: Pertaines not all this to you? Is it not for your good? Is not the benefit yours? Matters of benefit they pertaine to you, and vvithout them, LOVE, and all the rest may pertaine to whom they will.

Consider then, the inestimable benefit that groweth unto you [Page 361] from this incomparable Love. It is not impertinent this; Even this; That to us hereby, all is turned about cleane contrary: That by his Stripes, we are healed: by his sweat, we refreshed: By his forsaking, we received to Grace. That, this day (to him,2. Cor. 6.2. the day of the fiercenesse of GOD's wrath) is to us the Day of the fulnesse of GOD's favour, (as the Apostle calleth it) A Day of Salvation. In respect of that he suffered, (I deny not) an evill day; a day of heavinesse: But, in respect of that, which he, by it hath obtai­ned for us, It is, (as we truly call it,) A good Day, a day of ioy and Iubilee. For it doth not only ridd us of that wrath, which pertained to us for our sinnes: but further, it maketh that pertaine to us, whereto we had no manner of right at all.

For, not onely by his death, as by the death of our sacrifice, by the blood of his Crosse, as by the blood of the Paschal Lambe,Exod. 12.1 [...]. the Destroier passeth over us, and we shall not perish: But also, by his death, as by the death of our High Priest (for he is Priest and Sacrifice both) we are re­stored from our exile,Nam. 15.28. even to our former forfeited estate in the land of Promise. Or rather (as the Apostle saith) Non sicut delictum sic donum: Rom 8.15. Not to the same estate, but to one nothing like it: (that is) One far bet­ter, then the estate, our sinnes bereft us. For they deprived us of Para­dise, a place on earth: but by the purchase of his blood, we are entitled to a farre higher, even the Kingdome of Heaven: And his blood, not only the blood of Remission, to acquite us of our sinnes;Mat. 26.28. but the blood of the Testament too, to bequeath us, and give us estate, in that heavenly inhe­ritance.

Now whatsoever els, this (I am sure) is a Non sicut: as that, which the eye, by all it can see; the eare, by all it can heare; the heart, by all it can conceive, cannot patterne it, or set the like by it. Pertaines not this unto us neither? Is not this worth the regard? Sure, if any thing be worthy the regard, this is most worthy of our very worthiest and best regard.

Thus have we considered and seene,The recapitula­tion of all. not so much as in this sight we might or should, but as much as the time will give us leave. And now, lay all these before you, (every one of them a Non sicut of it selfe) the paines of his body, esteemed by Pilate's Ecce; the sorrowes of his Soule, by his sweat in the Garden; the comfortlesse estate of his sorrowes, by his crie on the Crosse: And with these, his Person, as being the SONNE of the great and ETERNALL GOD. Then ioyne to these, the Cause: In GOD, his fierce wrath: In us, our hainous sinnes deserving it: In him, his exceeding great Love, both suffering that for us, which we had de­served; and procuring for us, that we could never deserve: Making that to appertaine to himselfe, which of right pertained to us; and ma­king that pertaine to us, which pertained to him onely, and not to us at all, but by his meanes alone. And after their view in severall, lay them all [Page 362] together, so many Non sicut's into one, and tell me, if his Complaint be not just, and his request most reasonable.

The compl [...]int. The mat [...]e [...] ju [...]t.Yes sure, his Complaint is just, Have ye no regard? None? and yet never the like? None, and it pertaines unto you? No regard? As if it were some common ordinary matter, and the like never was? No re­gard: As if it concern'd you not a whit, and it toucheth you so neere? As if he should say: Rare things you regard, yea though they no waies pertaine to you: this is exceeding rare, and will you not regard it? A­gaine, things that neerely touch you, you regard, though they be not rare at all; this toucheth you exceeding neere, even as neere as your soule toucheth you, and will you not yet regard it? Will neither of these by it selfe move you? Will not both these together move you? What will move you? Will Pitie? Heer is Distresse, never the like: Will Dutie? Heer is a Person, never the like: Will Feare? Heer is Wrath, never the like: Will Remorse? Heer are sinnes, never the like: Will Kind­nesse? Heer is Love, never the like: Will bounty? Heer are Benefits, never the like: Will all these? Heer they be all, all above any Sicut, all in the highest degree.

The manner ea [...]nest.Truely the Complaint is just, it may move us: it wanteth no reason, it may move: and it wanteth no affection in the delivery of it to us, on his part to move us. Sure, it moved him exceeding much: For among all the deadly sorrowes of his most bitter Passion; this, e [...]en this seemeth to be his greatest of all, and that which did most affect him, even the griefe of the slender reckoning most men have it in; as little respecting him, as if he had done, or suffered nothing at all for them. For lo, of all the sharpe paines he endureth, he complaineth not, but of this he com­plaineth, of No regard: That which grieveth him most, that which most he moaneth, is this. It is strange, he should be in paines, such paines as never any was, and not complaine himselfe of them; But of want of regard only. Strange, he should not make request, O deliver me, or Relieve me: But only, O consider and regard me. In effect, as if he said; None, no deliverance, no reliefe do I seeke: Regard I seeke. And all that I suffer, I am content with it: I regard it not: I suffer most willingly, if this I ma [...] finde at your hands, Regard.

The [...] of [...]t.T [...]uly, This so passionate a Complaint may move us; it moved all but us: For most strange of all it is, that all the Creatures in heaven and earth, seemed to heare this his mournfull Complaint, and in their kind, to shew their regard of it: The Sunne in heaven shrinking in his light; the earth trembling under it; the very stones cleaving in sunder, as if they had sense and Sympathy of it: and sinfull men only, not moved with it. And yet, it was not for the Crea [...]ures, this was done to Him; to them it pertaineth not: But for us, it was, and to us it doth; and shall we not yet r [...]gard it? Shall the Creature, and not we? Shall we not?

[Page 363]If we doe not, it may appertaine to us, but we pertaine not to it:The benefit, if· It pertaines to all, but all pertaine not to it. None pertaine to it, but they that take benefit by it; and none take benefit by it, no more then by the brazen Serpent, but they that fixe their eye on it. Behold, Consider, and Regard it: the profit, the benefit is lost without Regard.

If we do not, as this was a day of GOD's fierce wrath against him,The perill, if not. onely for regarding us; so there is another day comming, and it will quickly be heer, a day of like fierce wrath against us, for not regarding him.Psal. 90.11. And who regardeth the power of his wrath? He that doth, will surely Re­gard this.

In that day, there is not the most carelesse of us all, but shall cry as they did in the Gospell; Domine, non ad Te pertinet, si perimus? Mar. 4 38. Pertaines it not to Thee, Carest thou not that we perish? Then would we be glad to pertaine to him, and his Passion. Pertaines it to us then, and pertaines it not now? Sure, now it must, if then it shall.

Then, to give end to this Complaint, let us grant him his request, The Request, Have some R [...]gard. and Regard his Passion. Let the Rarenesse of it: The Neerenesse to us: Let Pitie, or Dutie: Feare, or Remorse: Love, or Bounty: Any of them, or all of them: Let the justnesse of his Complaint: Let his affectionate manner of Complaining of this, and only this: Let the shame of the Crea­ture's regard: Let our Profit, or our Perill: Let something prevaile with us, to have it in some regard.

Some regard! Verily, as his sufferings, his Love, 1. Our best Re­ga [...]d. our good by them are; so should our regard be, a Non sicut too: That is, a regard of these, and of nothing in comparison of these. It should be so: For, with the be­nefit, ever the regard should arise.

But GOD helpe us poore sinners, and be mercifull unto us. Our regard is a Non sicut, indeed: but it is backward, and in a contrary sense: That is, no where to shallow, so short, or so soone done. It should be o­therwise, it should have our deepest consideration, this; and our high­est regard. 2. At least, s [...]me Re [...]rd.

But if that cannot be had, (our nature is so heavy, and flesh & bloud so dull of apprehension in Spirituall things) yet at least wise, some regard. Some, I say: The more, the better; But in any wise, some: And not as here, No regard, none at all. Some waies to shew, we make accompt of it, to with-draw our selves, to void our minds of other matters, to set this be­fore us, to thinke upon it, to thanke him for it; to regard him, and stay and see, whether he will regard us or no. Sure he will, and we shall feele our hearts pricked with sorrow, by consideration of the cause in us, our Sinne: And againe, warme within us, by consideration of the cause in him, Act. 2.37. Luc. 24.32. his Love; till by some motion of Grace he answere us, and shew that our regard is accepted of Him.

And this, as at all other times, (for, no day is amisse,3. This Day speci­ally. but at all times, some time to be taken for this dutie) so specially on this Day; [Page 364] this Day, which we hold holy to the memorie of his Passion, this day to do it: to make this Day, the Day of GOD's wrath and CHRIST's suf­fering, a Day to us of serious consideration and regard of them both.

It is kindly to consider Opus diei in die suo, The worke of the Day, in the Day it was wrought: and this Day it was wrought. This Day ther­fore, whatsoever businesse be, to lay them aside a little; whatsoever our haste, yet to stay a little, and to spend a few thoughts in calling to minde and taking to regard, what this Day the SONNE of GOD did and suffe­red for us: and all for this end, that what he was then, we might not be; and what he is now, we might be for ever,

Which Almightie GOD grant we may doe, more or lesse, even every one of us, according to the severall measures of His Grace in us.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KING'S MAIESTIE AT Greenwich on the XXIX. of March, A.D. MDCV. being GOOD-FRIDAY.

HEBR. CHAP. XII. VER. II.

Aspicientes in Authorem fidei, & Consummatorem IESVM; qui proposito Sibi gaudio, sustinuit Cru­cem, confusione contempta; atque in dextera Sedis DEI sedet.

Looking unto IESVS the Author and finisher of our Faith; who for the joy that was set before Him, endured the Cross, and despised the shame; and is set at the right hand of the Throne of GOD.

SAint Luke, though he recount at large our SAVIOVR CHRIST's whole storie, yet in plaine and expresse termes he calleth the Passion [...], a Theorie or Sight, Luc. 23.48. which Sight is it, the Apostle heer calleth us to looke unto.

Of our blessed SAVIOVR's whole life or death, there is no part but is a The­orie of it selfe, well worthy our looking on; for, from each part thereof, there goeth vertue to do us good. From each part: but of all, from the last part, or act of His Passion. Therefore hath the HOLY GHOST honored this last part only, with this name; and none but this. This, is the theorie ever most commended to our view. To be looked on he is, at all times, and in all acts: but, then, and in that act, spe­cially, [Page 366] When for the ioy set before Him, He endured the Crosse, and despised the shame. Then, saith the Apostle, looke unto him. Saint Paul being else­where carefull to shew the Corinthians (and with them, us) CHRIST; and as to shew them CHRIST, So to shew them, in CHRIST, what that is, that specially concerneth them to know, or look unto, thus he saith: That, though he knew many, very many things besides; yet he esteemed not to know anything, 1. Cor. 2.2. but IESVS CHRIST, & Hunc crucifixum, Him, and Him crucified. Meaning respective (as they terme it) that the perfection of our knowledge, is CHRIST: and the perfection of our knowledge, in, or touching CHRIST, is the knowledge of His Crosse, and Passion. That, the chiefe Theorie: Nay in this, all; so that, see this, and see all.

The view whereof, though it be not restreined to any one time; but, all the yeare long, yea all our life long, ought to be frequent with us; (and blessed are the houres, that are so spent:) yet, if at any time more then other, certainly, this time, this day may most justly challenge it. For, this day was this Scripture fulfilled, and this day, are our eares filled full with Scriptures about it. So that, though, on other daies, we employ our eyes otherwise; yet, that this day at least, we would (as exceeding fitly the Apostle wish [...]th us) [...] cast our eyes from other sights, and fixe them on this object,Ioh. 12 32. it being the day dedicate to the lifting up of the SONNE of MAN on high, that He may draw every eye unto Him.

The occasion of the speaking, is (ever) the best key to every speech. The occasion then, of this speech, was this. The Apostle was to encourage the Hebrewes (and, in them, us all) [...]o hol [...] on the well begun profession of CHRIST and His faith. This our profession he expresseth, in the former verse, in the termes of a Race, or Game; borrowing his similitude from the Games of Olympus. For, from those Games (famous then, over all the world) and by termes from them taken, it was common to all Writers of that Age, both Holy and Humane, to set fo [...]th, as, in the running, the laborious course; so, in the price of it, the glorious reward of a vertuous life.

Which race, truely Olympique (because they and we (the most of us) either stand still, or if we move, doe it but slowly, and are ready to faint upon every occasion) that we may runn the sooner, and attein the b [...]tter, two sights he setts before us, to comfort us and keep us from fainting. One, a Cloud of Witnesses, in the first Verse, that is, the Saint [...] in Heaven: Witnesses, as hable to depose, this race may be runne, and this prize may be wonne, for they have runn the one, and wonne the other long agoe. These looke on us now, how well we carrie our selves; and we to looke to them, that we may carrie our selves well in the course we have undertaken.

On which Cloud when we have staid our eyes a while, and made them fitt for a cleerer Object, he scattereth the cloud quite, and setts us up a se­cond, even our blessed SAVIOVR his owne selfe. And heer he willeth us, [...], to turne our eyes from them, and to turne them hither, and to fa­sten them here, on IESVS CHRIST, the Author and finisher of our faith. [Page 367] As if he should say; If you will indeed see a sight once for all, looke to Him. The Saints, though they be Guides to us, yet are they but fol­lowers to Him. He, the [...] the Arch-guide, leader of them, and us all: Looke on Him. They but Well-willers to our faith, but neither Authors nor Finishers of it: He, both. Both Author to call us to it, and set us in it; and Finisher to helpe us through it, and reward us for it: Looke to Him. Hunc aspicite, is the Apostle's voice, the voice that commeth out of this cloud; for, it is the wish of them all, even all the Saints, Hunc aspicite. At His appearing therefore, the cloud vanisheth. There is a time when S. Iames may say, Take (my brethren) the Prophets for an example: Iam. 5.10. But when He commeth forth that said, Exemplum dedi vobis, Ioh. 13.15. I have given you an example; Exemplum sine exemplo, an example above all examples; when He commeth in place, Sileat omnis caro, Let all flesh keepe silence. Zac. 2.13. Let all the Saints, yea the Seraphins themselves cover their faces with their wings, Esa. 6.2. that we may looke on him, and let all other sights goe.

Let us then turne aside to see this great Sight. The Division. The principall parts thereof are two. 1 The sight it selfe (that is) the Thing to be seen: 2 and the I Sight of it (that is) the Act of seeing it, or looking on it.

The whole verse (save the two first words) is of the Obiect or Spe­ctacle propounded. IESVS the Author, &c. The two first words [...], is the other, the Act, or Duety enjoined.

But as in many other cases, so heer, Et erunt primi novissimi, the first must be last. For, though the Act (in the verse) stand formost, yet (in nature) it is last, and so to be handled. We must have a thing first set up before our eyes, before we can sett our eyes upon it.

Of the Obiect then first. This Obiect is IESVS: Not barely, but with his double addition of 1 the Author, 2 the Finisher of our faith, IESVS: And in him more particularly, two theories or Sights: 1. Of His Passion: 2. Of his Session. 1. His Passion, in these words: Who for the ioy, &c. 2. His Session, in these: And is sett, &c.

In the Passion, two things he pointeth at: 1 What He suffered, 2 and what moved him to it. 1. What he suffered: The Crosse and Shame: the Crosse he endured; the shame he despised. 2. And what moved him; For a certaine ioy sett before him.

Then is to follow the Act or Duety of looking on this sight, [...].II 1. Wherein first, the two Propositions, 1 [...] and 2 [...], From and To: To looke from, and to look to. 2. Then the two Verbes: 1 One in the verse expressed (that is) [...] in [...]. 2 The other of necessitie implied: for, we have never a Verbe in all the verse. [...] is a Participle, and but suspendeth the sentence, till we either looked backe to the Verse be­fore; and so it is 1 Vt curramus: or to the verse next after; and so it is 2 Ne fatigemur. In the one, is the Theorie or Sight we shall see, thus looking. In the other, the praxis of this theorie; What this sight is to work in us: and [Page 368] that is a motion, a swift motion Running: So to looke on it, that we runne; and so to runne, that we faint not.

And, if the time will give leave, if our allowance will hold out, then we will take a short view of the Session: That He is sett downe: Wherein is 1 rest and ease opposed to his Crosse, where He hoong in paine. 2 And in a throne: wherein is glorie opposed to shame. 3 And at the right hand of GOD, wherein is the fulnesse of both the joy wherein he sitteth, and the joy which was set before him, and which is set before us.

I. The Object. The Au [...]hor, & Finish [...]r of our faith, IESVS.TO give the better aspect to the Party whom he presenteth to our view, that with better will we may behold him, before he name his name, he giveth him this double addition, as it were displaying an Ensigne, proclaiming his Stile before him: whereof these two are the two colours, 1 The author, 2 The finisher of our faith, IESVS.

Author and Finisher are two titles, wherein the HOLY GHOST oft setteth him forth, and wherein he seemeth to take speciall delight. In the very letters, he taketh to him the name of Apoc. 1.8.11. Apoc. 21 6.22.13. Alpha the Author, and again of Omega the Finisher of the Alphabet. From letters go to words: there is he Ioh. 1.1. Verbum in principio the Word at the beginning: And he is Apoc. 3.14. Amen too, the word at the end. From words to books: Psal. 40.7. In capite libri scriptū est de me, In the very front of the book he is: and he is Eph. 1.10. [...], the recapitulation, or con­clusion of it too. And so, go to Persons: there he is Apoc. 1.17. Primus and novissi­mus, the first and the last. And from Persons to Things: and there he is, the Apoc. 1.8. Beginning and the end; whereof [...] the beginning is in [...] the Au­thor; and [...],Colos. 1.16. the end is in [...] the Finisher. The first beginning, à quo, he; by whom all things are made: and the last end he; Per or propter quem, by, for, or through whom all things are made perfect.

Both these He is, in all things. And, as in all things else, so in faith, whereto they are heer applied most fully and fitly of all other. There­fore looke not aside at any in heaven or earth, for matter of Faith; looke full upon Him: He is worth the looking on, with both your eyes: He hath matter for them both.

The honor that Zorobabel had in the materiall, is no lesse truly His in the Spirituall Temple of our faith:Zac. 4.9. Manus Ejus, His hands have laid the cor­ner stone of our beliefe, and his hands shall bring forth the head-stone also, gi­ving us the end of our faith, which is, the Salvation of our Soules.

Of our faith, and of the whole race of it he is the Author, casting up his glove at the first setting forth: He is the Finisher, holding out the price at the gole end. By his authoritie it is, our course is begunn: we runne not without warrant. By his bounty, it shall be finished and crowned in the end: we runne not in vaine, or without hope of reward.

[Page 369]But, what is this title to the point in hand? So, as nothing can be more. Author and Finisher, they are the two points that move us to looke to Him. And the very same are the two points, wherein we are moved to be like to Him.

To fixe our eye, to keepe it from straying, to make us looke on him full, He telleth us, He is both these. In effect, as if he said; scatter not your fight, looke not two wayes, as if He (I shew you) were to beginne, and some other make an end. He (I shew you) doth both.

His maine end being to exhort them, as they had begunn well, so, well to persevere; to very good purpose, he willeth them to have an eye to Him, and his example, who first and last, [...], from the cratch to the Crosse, from S. Luke's time Act. 1.1. quo coepit IESVS facere & docere, that He began to doe and teach, to Ioh. 19.30. S. Iohn's time, that he cried con­summatum est, gave them not over Ioh 13.1. sed in finem us (que) dilexit eos, but to the end loved them. And so must they him, if they doe him right. Both, sett out with him, as Author by a good beginning; and hold out with Him, as Finisher, to a farre better end; and follow Him, in both, who is both. Were He Author onely, it would serve to stepp forth well at the first. But he is Finisher too: therefore, we must hold out to the last. And not rend one of them from the other, seeing he requireth both: not either, but both: and is (indeed) IESVS, a SAVIOVR of none but those, that follow him as Finisher too, and are therefore marked in the I [...]. 9.4. fore­head with TAU the last letter of the Hebrew, as he himselfe is OMEGA, the last of the Greeke Alphabet. This is the Party, he commendeth to our view; IESVS, the Author, and the Finisher of our faith. For these two, to looke upon Him: and, in these two, to be like unto Him.

Our Sight then is IESVS: and in IESVS what?1. Hi [...] Passion. You have called us hither (say they in the Canticles) to see your Shullamite, Cant 6.13. what shall we see in him? What? (saith the Espouse) but as the companie of an armie (that is) many legions of good sights, an Ocean or bottomlesse depth of manifold high perfections. We shall lose our selves, we shall be con­founded to see in him, all that may be shewed us: the Object is too great. Two peeces therefore he maketh choise of, and but two; and presenteth him to our eye in two formes onely; 1 As hanging on the Crosse; 2 As sitting on the throne. 1 His Passion, and 2 his Session; these two. And these two, with very good and perfect correspondence to the two former. By the Crosse, He is Author: By the Throne, he is Fi­nisher of our faith. As Man on the Crosse, Authour: As GOD on the Throne, Finisher. Author, on the Crosse: there he paid the price of our admitting. Finisher, on the throne: there he is the prize to us of our course well performed, of the well finishing our race, the race of our faith.

And sure, with right high wisedome hath the HOLY GHOST, be­ing to exhort us to a race, combined these twaine. For, in these twaine, [Page 370] are comprised the two maine motives, that set all the world on running, 1 Love, and 2 Hope. The Love he hath to us, in his Passion on the Crosse. The Hope we have of Him, in His Session on the Throne. Either of these alone, able to move; but, put them togither, and they will move us, or nothing will.

1. The Motives thereto. 2 Love.1. Love first: What moveth the Mother to all the travaile and toyle shee taketh with her Child? Shee hopes for nothing, shee is in yeares (suppose;) she shall not live to receive any benefit by it: It is love and love only. Love, first.

2 Hope.2. And then hope: What moveth the Merchant & so the Husband-man, and so the Military-man, and so all the rest? All the sharpe showres and stormes they endure, they love them not: It is hope and hope onely of a rich returne.

If either of these will serve us, will prevaile to move us, heer it is. Heer is Love;Eph. 5.2. Love in the Crosse: Who loved us and gave himselfe for us, a sacrifice on the Crosse. Apoc. 3.21. Heer is Hope; hope in the Throne: To Him that o­vercommeth will I give, to sit with me, in my throne. If our eye be a Mother's eye, heer is Love worth the looking on. If our eye be a Merchant's eye heer is hope worth the looking after. I know, it is true, that verus amor vires non sumit de spe, (It is Bernard:) Love if it be true indeed, as in the Mother, receiveth no manner strength from hope. Ours is not such; but faint and feeble and full of imperfection: Heer is hope therefore, to strengthen our weake knees, that we may runne the more readily, to the high price of our calling.

2 Wha [...] be suffered.To beginn then with his Love, the love of his Passion (the peculiar of this day.) In it, we first look, to what he suffered; and that is of two sorts. 1 The Crosse, he indured: 2 The shame, he despised. 3 And then with what mind: for, the mind is worth all; and love in it, sheweth it selfe (if not more) as much as in the suffering it selfe: but certainly, more. And this is his mind, proposito sibi gaudio, as cheerfully as if it had been some mat­ter of joy. Of both first jointly under one. Then severally each by it self.

1. The Crosse & [...]me j [...]i [...]tly.Two things are to us most precious, 1 our Life and 2 our Reputation: Pari passu ambulant (saith the Lawyer) they goe arme in arme, and are of ae­quall regard, both. Life is sweet: The Crosse cost him his life. Honor is deare: Shame bereft him his honour. In the race, which before us and for us our Blessed SAVIOVR rann, these two great blocks, 1 Death and 2 Dis­grace were in his way. Neither stayed him: to testifie his Love, over both he passed. Put his shoulders under the Crosse and endured it, to the losse of his life. Set his foot upon shame and despised it, to the losse of his honour. Neither one nor other, life or honour, held he dear, to do us good. O, if we should hazard but one of these two, for any creature li­ving, how much adoe would we make of it, and reckon the party aeter­nally obliged to us! Or if any should venture them for us, we should [Page 371] be the better, every time we saw him. O that it might be so heer! O that we would mete this Love with the like measure! Certainly, in his Pas­sion, the love of us triumphed, over the love of his life, and honour both.

One view more of both these under one, and we shall by these two 2 discover two other things in our selves, for which, very agreeable it was, he should suffer these two, that by these two of His, for those two of ours, he might make a full satisfaction. It will shew a good congruitie between our sicknesse and his salve, betweene our debt and his discharge.

The Mother-sinne then, the sinne of Adam and Eve, and their motives to it, are the lively image of all the after-birthes of sinne, and the baites of sinne for ever. Now, that which moved them to disobey, was part­ly pleasure, and partly pride. Pleasure;Gen. 3.6.5. O the fruit was delightfull to see and to taste. Pride: Eritis sicut Dij, it promised an estate aequall to the High­est. Behold then (in his Passion) for our pleasure, his paine; and for our pride, his shame and reproach. Behold him, in his patience, enduring pain, for our wicked lust; in his humility, having shame powred on him, for our wretched pride. Act. 3.15. The LORD of Life suffering death; 1. C [...]r. 2.8. The LORD of glo­rie, vile and ignominious disgrace. Ier. 11.19. Tanquam Agnus, (saith the Prophet of him) as a Lambe, pitifully slaughtered: Psal. 22.6. Tanquam vermis (saith he of him­selfe) as a worme, spitefully trodd upon. So, by his enauring paines and painfull death, expiating our unlawfull pleasure: and, by his susteining shame, satisfying for our shamefull pride. Thus may we, under one, behold our selves, and our wretched demerits, in the mirror of his Passion. Gre­gorie saith well: Dicendum erat, quantùm nos dilexit, ne diffidere; Dicendum erat & quales, ne superbire & ingrati esse: How greatly he loved us, must be told us, to keep us from distrust: And, what we were when he so loved us, must be told us, to hold us in humilitie, to make us everlastingly thank­full. Thus farre both under one view.

Now are we to part them,2. The Cr [...]sse [...]nd shame se­verally. to see them apart. We shall have much adoe to doe it, they are so folded and twisted togither. In the Crosse, there is shame; and in shame, there is a Crosse, and that a heavy one.

The Crosse, the Heathen termed, Cruciabile lignum, a tree of torture: but they called it also, arborem infoelicem, & stipitem infamem, a wretched infa­mous tree withall. So it was in his Crowne, the thornes pricked him; there was paine: the Crowne it selfe was a meere mockerie, and matter of scorne. So, in his Robe; his purple bodie underneath in great paine certainly: His purple robe over it, a garment of shame and disgrace. All along the Passion, thus they meet still togither. In a word: the prints of His Passion, the Apostle well calleth Stigmata CHRISTI: Both, are in that word:Gal. 6.17· not onely wounds and so grievous; but base and servile markes, and so shamefull; for, so are stigmata. Thus, shame and Crosse, and Crosse and shame runne interchangeably.

Yet, since the HOLY GHOST doth shew us them severally, so to see [Page 372] them, as he shewes them. Enduring is the act of patience; and patience hath paine for her object. Despising shame is the propertie of humilitie, even of the highest humilitie; Not onely spernere se, but spernere se sperni. First then we must see the paine, The Crosse. His patience endured; that is meant by the crosse: and then see the despising, His humilitie despised; that is meant by the shame. First then of His crosse.

It is well knowne, that CHRIST and his Crosse were never parted; but that, all his life long was a continuall crosse. At the very Cratch, his Crosse first began. There, Herod sought to doe that which Pilate did; e­ven to end his life before it began. All his life after (saith the Apostle in the next Verse) was nothing but a perpetuall gain-saying of sinners: Verse 3. which we call crossing; and professe, we cannot abide, in any of our speeches or purposes to be crossed. He was. In the Psalme of the Passion (the XXII.) in the very front of inscription of it, he is set forth unto us under the terme of a Hart, Cervus matutinus, a morning Hart (that is) a Hart rowsed early in the morning: As, from his birth he was by Herod, and hunted and chased all his life long; and this day brought to his end, and as the poore Deere, stricken and wounded to the heart. This was his last; last and worst: and, this we properly call his Crosse, even this daye's suf­fering. To keep us then to our day, and the Crosse of the day. He endured the Crosse.

He endured. Very enduring it selfe, is durum: Durum pati, Especially, for Persons of high power or place, as the SONNE of GOD was. For great Persons to do great things, is no great wonder. Their very Genius naturally enclineth to it. But, to suffer any small thing, for them, is more then to do many great. Therefore, the Prophet placeth his morall forti­tude; and the Divine, his Christian obedience, rather in suffering then in doing. Suffering is (sure) the more hard of the twaine. He endured.

If it be hard to endure, it must be more hard to indure hard things: And of all things hard to be endured, the hardest is death. Of the Philosopher's [...], five fearfull things, it is the most fearfull: And what will not a man; Nay what will not a woman weak and tender, in Physique, in Chirur­gerie indure, not to endure Death? He endured death.

And, that, if he endured, and no more but that, it might suffice; it is worth all we have; for, all we have, we will give for our life. But, not death only,Phil. 3.8. but the kind of death is it. Mortem, mortem autem Crucis (saith the Apostle, doubling the point:) Death he endured, even the death of the Crosse.

The Crosse is but a little word; but of great contents: but few letters; but in those few letters, are conteined, multa dictu gravia, perpessu aspera, heavy to be named, more heavie to be endured. I take but the foure things ascribed by the HOLY GHOST to the Crosse, answerable to the foure ends or quarters of it. 1 Sanguis Crucis (Colos. 1.20.) 2 Dolores crucis (Acts 1.2.) 3 Scandalum Crucis (Gal. 5.11.) 4 Maledictum Crucis (Gal. 3.13.) [Page 373] that is, The death of the Crosse is all these foure, a 1 bloody, 2 dolefull, 3 scan­dalous, 4 accursed death.

1. Though it be but a cold comfort, yet a kind of comfort it is (if dye we must) that our death is mors sicca, a drie; not sanguis Crucis, not a bloodie death. 2. We would dye, when we dye, an easie, (not [...]) not a tormenting death. 3. We desire to dye, with credit, if it might be; if not, without scandall, (scandalum crucis.) 4. At least-wise to go to our graves, and to dye by an honest, ordinary, and by no meanes, by an accur­sed death, (maledictum Crucis.) In the Crosse, are all these; all foure. The two first are in the Crosse: The two latter, in the shame. For, the Crosse and the shame are (in very deed) two Crosses: the shame, a second Crosse of it selfe.

To see then, as in a short time, shortly. That of the Poët [nec siccâ mor­te 1 Tyranni] sheweth plainly, it is no poore priviledge, to dye without ef­fusion of blood. And so it is. 1. For, a blessing it is, and our wish it is, we may live out our time, and not dye an untimely death. Where there is effusion of blood, there is ever an untimely death.

2. Yet every untimely death is not violent: but a bloody death is violent 2 and against nature; and we desire to pay Nature her debt by the way of Nature.

3. A violent death one may come to, as in warre (sanguis belli, best 3 sheweth it) yet by valor, not by way of punishment. This death is poenall: not (as all death) stipendium peccati; but (as evill men's death) vindicta sce­leris, an execution for some Capitall offense.

4. And not every crime neither: Fundetur sanguis is the punishment of 4 Treason and other more heynous crimes, to dye embrued in their owne blood. And even they that dye so, dye not yet so evill a death, as do they that dye on the Crosse. It is another case, where it is sanguis mortis, the blood and life go away togither at once; another, when it is sanguis crucis, when the blood is shedd, and the party still in full life and sense, as on the crosse it was: the blood first, and the life a good while after. This, is sanguis Crucis, an 1 vntimely, 2 violent, 3 poenall, 4 poenall in the highest degree: there, bleeding out his blood before he dye, and then dye.

When blood is shed, it would be no more then needs: shed it would be, not poured out. Or if so, at one part (the necke or throat:) not at all parts at once. But, heer was fundetur, havock made at all parts. His Pas­sion (as he termeth it) a second Baptisme, a River of blood;Mar. 10 3 [...]. and he even hable to have been baptized in it, as he was in Iordan. And where it would be Summa parsimonia etiam vilissimi sanguinis, no waste, no not of the ba­sest blood that is; waste was made heer. And of what blood? Sanguis IESV, the blood of IESVS: and who was He? Sure, by vertue of the union Personall, GOD; and so, this blood, blood of GOD's owne bleeding; every dropp whereof was precious, more precious then (that, whereof it was the price) the world it selfe: Nay, more worth then many worlds; yea, if [Page 374] they were ten thousand. Yet was this blood wastfully spilt, as water upon the ground. The fundetur and the qui heere, will come into considera­tion, both. This is sanguis Crucis: and yet, this is not all neither; there is more yet.

For, the blood of the Crosse, was not onely the blood of Golgotha, but the blood of Gabbatha too. For, of all deaths, this was peculiar to this death, the death of the Crosse; that they that were to be crucified, were not to be crucified alone (which is the blood of Golgo [...]ha:) but they must be whipped too, before they were crucified, which is the blood of Gabbatha; a second death, yea worse then death it selfe. And in both these places He bledd, and in either place twise. They rent His body with the 1 whipps, they goard His head with the 2 thornes: both these in Gabbatha. And againe, twise in Golgotha; when they 1 nailed his hands and his feet; when he was 2 thrust to the heart with the speare. This is sanguis Crucis. It was to be stood on a little: we might not passe it: It is that, whereon our faith de­pends,Rom. 3.25. Coloss. 1.20. Per fidem in sanguinem Ipsius: By it, he is Author of our faith. Faith in GOD, and Peace with GOD, both: Pacificans in sanguine Crucis, Pacify­ing 2 all with the blood of the Crosse.

Now this bloody whipping and neyling of His, is it which bringeth in the second point of paine: that it was not blood alone without paine, as in the opening of a veine; but it was blood and paine both. The tearing and mangling of his flesh, with the whipps, thornes and nailes, could not choose but be exceeding painfull to Him. Paines (we know) are increased much by cruell, and made more easie by gentle handling, and even the worst that suffer, we wish their execution as gentle, and with as little rigour as may be. All rigour, all crueltie was shewed to Him; to make His paines the more painfull. In Gabbatha, they did not whip Him (saith the Psalmist) they ploughed his back, and made (not stripes, but long furrowes) upon it. They did not put on His wreath of thornes, Psal. 129.3. and presse it downe with their hands, but beat it on hard with batts, to make it enter through skinne, flesh, skull, and all. They did not (in Golgotha) pierce his hands and feet, but made wide holes (like that of a spade) as if they had been digging in some ditch.Psal. 22.16.

These were paines; and cruell paines: But yet these, are not [...] (the Holy Ghost's word in the Text;) Those are properly streining paines, paines of torture. The Rack is devised as a most exquisite paine, even for terror. And the Crosse is a rack, Psal. 22.14. whereon he was stretched, till (saith the Psalme) all his bones were out of joint. But even to stand (as He hung) three long hours togither, holding up but the armes at length, I have heard it avowed of some that have felt it, to be a paine scarse credible. But, the hands and the feet being so cruelly nailed (parts, of all other, most sensible, by reason of the texture of sinnews, there, in them most) it could not but make His paine out of measure painfull. It was not for nothing, that dolores acerrimi dicuntur cruciatus (saith the Heathen man) that the most sharpe and bitter paines of all other, have their name from hence, and are called Cruciatus, [Page 357] paines like those of the Crosse. It had a meaning, that they gave Him, that He had (for his welcome to the Crosse) a cup mixt with gall or myrrhe; and (for His farewell) a spoonge of vinegar: to shew by the one, the bitternesse; by the other, the sharpnesse of the paines of this painfull death.

Now, in paine (we know) the only comfort of gravis, is brevis; if we be in it, to be quickly out of it. This, the Crosse hath not; but is mors pro­lixa, a death of dimensions, a death long in dying. And it was therefore pur­posely chosen by them. Blasphemie they condemned Him of; then was He to be stoned: That death would have dispatched him too soone. They indited him anew of Sedition; not, as of a worse fault, but only be­cause crucifying belonged to it: For, then He must be whipped first, and that liked them well: and then, he must dye by inch-meale; not swallow his death at once,Chap. 2.9. but taste it (as Chap. 2.9.) and take it downe by little and little. And then he must have his legges and armes broken; and so was their meaning, his should have been: Els (I would gladly know) to what purpose provided they to have a Vessell of vinegar ready in the place (Ioh. 19.29.) but onely, that he might not faint with losse of blood, but be kept alive till they might heare his bones crash under the breaking, and so feed their eyes with that spectacle also. The providence of GOD (in­deede) prevented this last act of cruelty: Their will was good though. All these paines are in the Crosse: but, to this last specially, the word in the Text hath reference [...], which is, He must [...], tarrie, stay, abide under it: So dye, that he might feele himselfe dye, and endure the paines of an enduring death.

And yet, all this is but halfe, and the lesser halfe by farre, of Cruciatus crucis. All this, His body endured: was his soule free the while? No; but suffered as much: As much? nay more, infinitely much more, on the spiri­tuall; then his body did, on the materiall Crosse. For, a spirituall Crosse there was too: all grant a Crosse, beside that which Simeon of Cyren did helpe him to beare. Great were those paines, and this time too little to shew, how great; but, so great, that in all the former, he never shrunk, nor once complained, but was, as if he scarce felt them. But when these came they made him complaine and crie aloud, [...], a strong crying. Heb. 5.7. In all those, no blood came, but where passages were made for it to come out by: but in this, it strained out all over, even at all places at once. This was the paine of the Presse (so the Prophet calleth it, Torcular:) wherewith,Esa. 61.2.1. as if he had been in the wine-presse, all his garments were stained and goa­red with blood. Certainly, the blood of Gethsemane was another manner of blood then that of Gabbatha; or that of Golgotha either; and that was the blood of his internall Crosse. Of the three Passions, that was the hardest to endure: yet that did he endure too. It is that, which beliefe it selfe doth wonder, how it doth beleeve; save that it knoweth, as well the Love as the Power of GOD to be without bounds; and his wisedome as able to find, [Page 376] how through love it might be humbled, as exalted through power, beyond the uttermost that mans witt can comprehend.

The Shame.And this is the Crosse He endured. And if all this might have been en­dured, salvo honore, without shame or disgrace, it had been so much the lesse. But now, there is a further matter yet to be added, and that is shame. It is hard to say, of these two, which is the harder to beare; which is the greater Crosse, the crosse or shame. Or rather, it is not hard. There is no meane party in miserie, but, if he be insulted on, his being insulted on more grieves him, then doth the misery it selfe: But, to the noble generous nature, to whom Interesse honoris est majus omni alio interesse, the value of his honour is above all value; to him, the Crosse is not the Crosse: shame, is the Crosse. And any high and heröicall Spirit beareth any griefe more ea­sily, then the griefe of contemptuous and contumelious usage. 1. Sam. 31 4. King Saul shewed it plainly, who chose rather, to runne upon his owne sword, then to fall into the hands of the Philistines, who (he knew) would use him with skorne,Iud. 16.25.30. as they had done Sampson before him. And even he (Sampson too) rather then sit downe between the pillars and endure this, pulled down house and all, as well upon his owne head, as theirs that so abused him. Shame then, is certainly the worse of the twaine. Now in his death, it is not easie to define, whether paine or shame had the upper hand: whether greater, Cruciatus or scandalum Crucis.

1 Was it not a foule disgrace and scandall to offer him the shame of that servile base punishment of the whip; not to be offered to any but to slaves and bond-men? Loris? liber sum (saith he in the Comaedie, in great dis­deigne: as if being free-borne, he held it great skorne to have that once named to him.) Yet, shame of being put out of the number of free-borne men,Phil. 2.7. he despised; even the shame of being in formâ servi.

2 That, that is servile, may yet be honest: Then, was it not yet a more foule disgrace and scandall indeed, to appoint him, for his death, that dis­honest, that foule death, the death of Malefactors, and of the worst sort of them? Morte turpissimâ (as themselves termed it) the most shamefull op­probrious death of all other, that the persons are scandalous that suffer it? To take Him as a thiefe, to hang Him between two thieves: nay, to count him worse then the worst thiefe in the Gaole; to say and to crie, Vivat Barabbas, pereat CHRISTVS, Save Barabbas and hang CHRIST? Yet, this shame He despised too, of being in formâ malefici.

3 If base, if dishonest, let these two serve: use him not disgracefully, make him not a ridiculum Cap [...], poure not contempt upon him. That did they too: and a shame it is to see the shamefull cariage of themselves all along the whole Tragaedy of His Passion. Was it a Tragaedie, or a Passion trow? A Passion it was: yet, by their behaviour it might seeme a may-game. Their shou [...]ing and out-cries; their harrying of him about, from Annas to Caiaphas; from him to Pilate; from Pilate to Herod; and from him to Pilate again: [Page 377] One while in purple, Pilate's suit; another-while in white, Herod's livery: Nipping him by the cheekes, and pulling off his haire; blindfolding Him and buffeting Him; bowing to Him in derision, and then spitting in his face, was, as if they had had not the LORD of glorie, but some idiot or dizard in hand. Died Abner, as a foole dyeth? 2. Sam. 3.33. (saith David of Abner in great regrett) ô no. Sure, our blessed SAVIOVR so died; and, that he so died, doth aequall, nay surpasse even the worst of his torments. Yet this shame also He despised, of being in formâ Iudibrij.

Is there any [...]orse yet? There is. For, though contempt be bad, yet despight is beyond it, as farre as earnest is beyond sport: that, was sport; this, was malice. Despight, I call it, when in the middst of his miserie, in the very depth of all his distresse, they vouchsafed him not the least com­passion: but, as if he had been the most odious wretched Caitive and abject o [...] men, the very out-cast of Heaven and Earth; stood staring and gaping upon him, wagging their heads, writhing their mou [...]hes, yea blearing out their tongues; rayling on him, and reviling him, scoffing at him and scor­ning him: yea, in the very time of his Prayers deriding him, even in his most mournefull complaint and crie for the verie anguish of his Spirite. These vile indignities, these shamefull villanies, so void of all humanitie, so full of all despight; (I make no question) entred into his soule deeper, then either naile or speare did into his bodie. Yet all this he despised: to be in fo [...]mâ reprobi. Men hid their faces at this; nay, to see this sight, the Sunne was darkened, drew back his light, the earth trembled, ran one part from the other; the powers of Heaven were moved.

Is this all? No, all this is but Scandalum: there is a greater yet remaining, then scandalum; and that is maledictum Crucis: That the death he died, was not only servile, scandalous, opprobrious, odious; but even execrable and accursed. Of men, held so. For, as if he had been a verie re­probate, in his extreame drought, they denied him a drop of water (never denied to any but to the damned in hell) and instead of it, offered him vi­negar in a spoonge: and that in the very pangs of death, as one for whom nothing was evill [...]nough.

All this is but man, and man is but man; his glorie is shame oftentimes, and his shame glorie: But, what GOD curseth, that is cursed indeed. And this death was cursed by GOD Himselfe, His o [...]ne mouth, as the Apostle deduceth, Galath. 3. [...]3. When all is sayd we can say, this, this, is the hardest point of his shame, and the highest point of his love in bearing it. CHRISTVS factus est maledictum. The shame of a cursed death, cursed by GOD, is a shame beyond all shames; and he that can despise it, may well say consummatum est: there is no greater left for him to despise. O what contempt was powred vpon him, O how was he in all these despised! Yet he despised them all, and despised to be despised in them all. The highest humilitie, Spernere Se sperni: these so many waies, spernere Sesperni.

[Page 378]So have we now the Crosse [...], the two maine barres of it 1 Paine and 2 Shame: And either of these againe, a Crosse of it selfe; and that double, 1 outward, and 2 inward. Paine; bloody, cruell, dolorous and enduring: Paine He endured. Shame; servile, scandalous, opprobrious, odi­ous: Shame He despised. And beside these an internall Crosse: the passion of Gethsemane, and an internall shame; the Curse it selfe of the Crosse, Male­dictum Crucis. Of these, he endured the one; the other he despised.

3. Quo animo.These, all these: and yet there remaineth a greater then all these, even Quo animo, with what mind, what having in his mind, or setting before his eyes, he did and suffered all this. That he did it not utcun (que), but proposito sibi, with an eye to somewhat he aimed at.

We handle this point last, it standeth first in the Verse. And sure, if this, as a figure, stand not first, the other two are but Ciphers: with it, of value; nothing without it.

To endure all this is very much, howsoever it were. So, to endure it, as to make no reckoning of it, to despise it, is more strange then all the rest. Sure, the shame was great, how could he make so small accompt of it? and the Crosse heavie; how could he sett it so light? They could not choose but pinch him, and that extreamly: and how then could he in­dure, and so indure, that he despised them? It is the third point; and in it, is adeps arietis, the fatt of Rammes, the marrow of the Sacrifice; even the good heart, the free forward minde, the cheerfull affection, wherewith he did all this.

There be but two senses, to take this [...] in: Neither amisse; both very good; take whither you will. Love is in both, and Love in a high measure. [...], even either Pro or Prae: Pro, instead; or Prae, in com­parison.

[...] pro, instead of the joy sett before him. What joy was that? [...] (saith Saint Chrysostome) for he was in the joyes of Heaven: there he was, and there he might have held him. Nothing did or could force him to come thence, and to come hither thus to be entreated. No­thing but Sic dilexit, [...]. or Propter nimiam charitatem quà dilexit nos; but for it. Yet was he content, being in the forme of GOD, [...] instead of it, thus to transforme, Phi. 2 6. yea to deforme himselfe into the shape of a servant, a felon, afoole; nay, of a Caitive accursed: Content to lay downe his crowne of glo­rie, and [...] instead of it, to weare a crowne of thornes: Content, what we shun by all meanes, that to endure (losse of life;) & what we make so great a matter of, that to despise (losse of honour.) All this, with the losse of that joy and that honour, he enjoyed in heaven (another manner joy, and Honour, then any we have heere) [...] for this, or instead of this.

But, the other sense is more praised, [...], Prae, in comparison. For in­deed, the joy he left in heaven, was rather [...] then [...], joy wher­in [Page 379] he did already sit, then joy sett before him. Vpon which ground, [...], they turne Prae; and that better, as they suppose. For, that is, in compa­rison of a certaine joy: which He comparing with the Crosse and shame and all, chose rather to go through them all, then to goe without it. And can there be any joy compared, with those he did forgoe? or, can any joy countervaile those barbarous usages, he willingly went through? It see­meth, there can. What joy might that be? Sure, none other, but the joy He had to save us, the joy of our salvation. For, what was his glorie, or joy, or crown of rejoicing, was it not we? Yes truly, we were his crowne and his joy. In comparison of this joy, he exchanged those joyes, and en­dured these paines: this was the honey that sweetned his gall: And, no joy at all in it, but this, to be IESVS, the SAVIOVR of a sort of poore sinners. None but this: and therefore pitie he should lose it.

And, it is to be marked, that though to be IESVS, a SAVIOVR, in proprietie of speech, be rather a title, an outward honour, then an inward joy, and so should have been prae honore, rather then prae gaudio; yet he expresseth it in the terme of joy, rather then that of honour, to shew, it joyed him at the heart to save us; and so, as a speciall joy, he accounted it.

Sure, some such thing there was, that made him so cheerfully say to his Father in the Psalme, Psal 40.7. Ecce venio, Loe I come: And to his Disciples in earth, This, this is the the Passeover, that Luc. 22.15. desiderio desideravi, I have so longed for (as it were embracing and even welcomming his death:) And which is more, Luc. 12.50. quomodo coarctor! how am I pinched, or streightned, till I beat it! as if He were in paine, till he were in paine to deliver us. Which j [...]y if ever he shewed, in this he did, that he went to his Passion with Palmes and with such triumph & solemnity, as he never admitted all his life before. And that this his lowest estate (one would thinke it) he calleth his Exal­tation, Cum exaltatus fuero. And, when any would thinke,Io [...]. 12.3 [...] he was most imperfect, he esteemeth (and so termeth) it his highest pe [...]fection, Tertio die perficior. In hoc est charitas, heere is love: If not heere, where?Luc. 13.32. But here it is and that in his highest elevation.1 [...]. 4.1 [...]. That the joyes of Heaven sett on the one side; and this poore joy of saving us on the other; he quitt them, to choose this. That those paines and shames set before him, and with them this joy, he chose them rather then forgoe this.

Those joyes he forsooke, and this he took up; and to take it, took upon him so many, so strange indignities of both sorts; took them and bare them with such a mind, as he not only endured, but despised; Nor that neither, but even joyed in the bearing of them, and all to do us good. So to alter the nature of things, as to finde joy in death, whereat all do m [...]urne; and joy in shame, which all do abhorre, E [...]od. 3. is a wonder l [...]ke that of the bush.

This is the very life and soule of the Passion; and all besides, but the [...] only, the anatomie, the carkasse without it.

[Page 362] II. The Act, or Duetie.So have we now the whole Object; both what, and with what mind. And, what is now to be done? Shall we not pause a while, and stay, and looke upon this Theorie yet we goe any further? Yes, let us. Pro­per to this day is this sight of the Crosse. The other (of the throne) may stay yet his time a day or two hence.

We are enjoined to looke upon him: How can we, seeing he is now higher then the Heavens, farre out of our sight, or from the kenning of any mortall eye? Yes, we may for all that. As (in the 27. of the Chap­ter next before) MOSES is said to have seen Him that is invisible: Not with the eyes of flesh; so, neither he did, nor we can: But (as there it is) by faith. So, he did, and we may. And, what is more kindly to behold the Author of faith, then faith? or more kindly for faith to behold, then her Author heer at first; and her Finisher there at last? Him to behold first and last; and never to be satisfied with looking on Him, who was content to buy us and our eye at so deare a rate.

Our eye then is the eye of our mind, which is faith: And our aspicien­tes in this, and the recogitantes (in the next Verse) all one; our looking to Him heere, is our thinking on Him there: On Him and His Passion over and over againe, Donec totus fixus in corde, qui totus fixus in Cruce, till he be as fast fixed in our heart, as ever he was to his crosse; and some impression made in us of Him, as there was in Him for us.

In this our looking then, two acts be rising frō the two praepositions: One before, [...] in [...], looking from: the other after, [...] looking upon, or into.

I. 1. Looking [...]. [...].There is [...], from, abstracting our eye from other Objects to looke hi­ther sometime. The praeposition is not idle, nor the note, but very need­full. For, naturally we put this spectacle farre from us, and endure not ei­ther oft or long to behold it. Other things there be, please our eyes bet­ter, and which we looke on with greater delight. And we must [...], looke off of them, or we shall never [...] looke upon this aright. We must (in a sort) worke force to our nature, and per actum elicitum (as they terme it in Schooles) inhibite our eyes, and even weyne them from other more plea­sing spectacles that better like them, or we shall do no good heer; never make a true theorie of it. I meane, though our prospect into the world be good, and we have both occasion and inclination to look thither oft; yet, e­ver and anon to have an eye this way; to looke from them to him, who, when all these shall come to an end, must be He that shall finish and con­summate our faith and us, and make perfect both. Yea, though the Saints be faire marks (as at first I said) yet even to look off from them hither, and turne our eye to Him, from all; even from Saints and all. But chiefly, from the baits of sinne; the concupiscence of our eyes, the shadowes and shewes of vanity round about, by which death entereth at out windowes: which un­lesse we can be got to look from, this sight will do us no good; we cannot look on both togither.

[Page 363]Now our theorie, as it beginneth with [...], so it endeth with [...].2. Looking unto: [...], into. Ther­fore looke from it, that looke to Him: or (as the word giveth it rather) into him, then to Him. [...], is into, rather then to. Which proveth plainly, that the Passion is a peece of Perspective; and, that we must set our selves to see it, if we will see it well; and not looke superficially on it: Not on the out-side alone, but [...], pierce into it, and enter even into the inward workmanship of it; even of his internall Crosse which He suffered, and of his entire affection wherewith he suffered it.

And we may well look into Him; Cancellis plenum est corpus, His bodie is full of stripes, and they are as l [...]tteses: Patent viscera, per vulnera, his wounds, they are as windowes, through which we may well see all that is within Him. Clavus penetrans factus est mihi clavis reserans (saith S. Ber­nard:) The nailes and speare-head serve as keyes to let us in.Esa. 49.16. We may looke into the palmes of His hands, wherein (saith the Prophet) He hath graven us, that He might never forget us.Ioh. 19.34. We may look into his side (S. John u­seth the word) opened. Vigilanti verbo (saith Augustine) a word well chosen, upon good advise; we may through that opening, look into his very bow­ells, the bowells of kindnesse and compassion, that would endure to be so en­treated. Yea, that very heart of His, wherein we may behold, the love of our salvation to be the very hearts joy of our SAVIOVR.

Thus looking from, from all els, to look into Him, what then?2. Too see [...]. then fol­loweth the participle, we shall see. What shall we see? Nay, what shall we not see? What theorie is there worth the seeing, but is there to be seene? To recount all, were too long: Two there are in especiall.

There is a theorie medicinall, like that of the brazen serpent; and it ser­veth for comfort to the conscience, stung and wounded with the remorse of sinne. For, what sinne is there or can there be so execrable or accursed, but the curse of the Crosse; what so ignominious or full of confusion, but the shame of it; what so corrosive to the conscience, but the paines of it; what of so deep or of so crimsin a dye, but the blood of it, the blood of the Crosse will do it away? What sting so deadly, but the sight of this Serpent will cure it? This is a principall theorie; and elsewhere to be stood on, but not heer. For this serveth to quiet the mind; and the Apostle (heer) seeketh to move it, and make it stirre.

There is then another theorie besides, and that is exemplarie for imita­tion. There He died (saith S. Paul) to lay downe for us [...],1. Tim. 2.6. our ran­some: that is the former. There he dyed (saith S. Peter) to leave unto us [...], relinquens nobis exemplum, a patterne an example to follow,1. Pet. 2.21. and this is it; to this he calleth us; to have a directory use of it, to make it our pat­terne, to view it as our idea. And sure, as the Church under the Law nee­ded not; so neither doth the Church under the Gospell need any other praecept then this one, Inspice & fac, Exod. 25.40. See and doe according to the theorie [Page] shewed thee in the Mount: To them in Mount Sinai; to us in Mount Calvarie.

Were all Philosophie lost, the theorie of it might be found there. Were all chaires burnt (Moses's chaire and al) the chaire of the Crosse is absolutely hable to teach all vertue new againe. All vertues are there visible: All, if time would serve: Now, I name only those five, which are directly in the Text.

1 Faith is named there: It is, it was most conspicuous there to be seene: when being forsaken of GOD, yet He claspeth (as it were) his armes,Mat 27.46. fast about him, with Eli, Eli, My GOD, My GOD, for all that. 2 Patience, in enduring the Crosse. 3 Humility, in despising the shame. 4 Perse­verance, in that it was nothing for him to be Author, unlesse he were Fini­sher too. These foure. But above these and all, that which is the 5 ratio idealis of all, the band and perfection of all, Love, in the signature of love, in the joy, which he found in all this: Love, Majorem quâ nemo, to lay down his life:Ioh. 15.13 nay, parem cui nemo, in such sort to lay it down. Majorem quâ nemo, to do this for his friends: Parem cui nemo, to do it for his enemies. Notwith­standing their unworthiness antecedent, to do it; and notwithstanding their unkindnesse consequent, yet to do it. This the chiefe theorie of all; but of Love (chiefly) the most perfect of all. For sure, if ever ought were truly said of our SAVIOVR, this was; that being spread and laid wide open on the Crosse, He is Hab 2.2. Liber charitatis: Wherein, he that runneth by may read Ioh. 3.16. Sic dilexit, Eph 2 4. and Propter nimiam charitatem, 1. Ioh. 3.1. and Ecce quantam cha­ritatem, Love all over, from one end to the other. Every stripe as a letter, every naile as a Capitall letter. His Esa. 53.6. livores, as black letters; His bleeding wounds, as so many rubriques, to shew upon record his Love toward us.

Of which Love the Apostie when he speaketh, he setteth it out with height and depth, Eph. 3.18. length and bredth (the foure dimensions of the Crosse) to put us in mind (say the ancient Writers) that, upon the extent of the tree, was the most exact Love, with all the dimensions in this kind, represented, that ever was.

2. 2. That w [...] may run [...]e.Having seene all these, what is the end and use of this Sight? Ha­ving had the theorie, what is the praxis of this theorie? what the conclusion of our contemplation? Looking into, is a participle; it maketh no sentence, but suspendeth it only, till we come to a verbe, to which it relateth. That verbe must be either the verbe in the verse before, Vt curramus; or the verbe in the verse following, Vt ne fatigemur: that, thus looking, we runne; or that thus looking, we tire not. This, is the practise of our theorie.

We said, the use was (and so, we see, it is) to move us, or to make us move: to work in our feet, to work in them a motion: not any slow, but a swift motion, the motion of running; to runne the race that is sett before us. The operation it hath (this sight) is in our facultie motive; if we stand still, to cause us stirr; if we move but slowly, to make us runn apace: if we [Page 381] runn already, never to tire, or give over, till we doe attaine. And by this we may know, whither our theorie be a true one: if this praxis follow of it, it is: if not, a gaze it may be; a true Christian theorie, it is not.

And heere first our [...] (that is) our looking from, is to worke a tur­ning from sinne. Sure, this spectacle, if it be well looked into, will make, sinne shall not looke so well favoured in our eyes, as it did; it will make us, while we live, have a lesse liking to looke toward it, as being the onely procurer and cause of this Crosse and this shame. Nay, not onely, [...], to turne our eye from it, but [...] to turne our feet from it too; and to runne from, yea to flie from it, quasi à facie colubri, as from the face of a Serpent.

At least-wise, if not to runne from it, not to runne to it, as we have: to naile downe our feet from running to sinne, and our hands from commit­ting sinne, and (in a word) have Saint Peter' [...] practise of the Passion, 1. Pet. 4.1. to Cease from sinne. This abstractive force we shall find and feele: it will draw us from the delights of sinne. And not onely draw us from that, but draw from us too, something; make some teares to runne from us, or (if we be drie-eyed, that not them, yet) make some sighes of devotion, some thoughts of grace, some kind of thankfull acknowledgements to issue from our soules. Either by way of compassion, as feeling that, He then felt; or by way of compunction, as finding our selves in the number of the parties, for whom He felt them. It is a proper effect of our view of the Passion, this (as S. Luke setts it downe, at the very place where he termes it [...]) that they returned from it smiting their brests, as having seene a dolefull Spectacle, Luc. 23.48. them­selves the cause of it.

Now, as the looking from, worketh a moving from; so doth the looking to, a moving to.

For, first, who is there that can look unto those hands and feet, that head and that heart of His, that endured all this, but must primâ facie at the first sight see and say, Ecce quomodò dilexit nos? If the Iewes (that stood by) said truly of him at Lazarus's grave, Ecce quomodo dilexit eum! when he shedd but a few teares out of his eyes; how much more truely may it be said of us, Ecce quomodò dilexit eos! Ioh. 11.36. for whom He hath shedd both water and b [...]ood; yea, even from His heart, and that in such plenty? And he lo­ving us so, if our hearts be not iron; yea, if they be iron, they cannot choose but feele the magneticall force of this load-stone. For, to a load-stone doth he resemble himselfe, when He saith of himselfe, Were I once lift up, Ioh. 12 3 [...] Omniatra­ham ad me. This vertue attractive is in this sight, to draw our love to it.

With which (as it were the needle) our faith being but touched will stirr streight. We cannot but turne to Him, and trust in Him, that so many waies hath shewed himselfe so true unto us. Quando amor confirmatur, fides incho­atur (saith S. Ambrose:) Prove to us, of any, that he loves us indeed, and we shall trust him streight, without any more ado: we shall believe any good affirmed of him. And what is there (tell me) any where affirmed of [Page] CHRIST to-us-ward, but this love of his, being believed, will make it cre­dible.

Iam. 2.22.Now, our faith is made perfect by workes, or well-doing (saith S. Iames:) it will therefore set us in a course of them. Of which, every vertue is a sta­dium, and every act, a stepp toward the end of our race. Beginning at humili­tie, Phil. 2.5. the vertue of the first setting out: Let the same mind be in you, that was in CHRIST IESVS, who humbled himselfe: And so proceeding from vertue to vertue, till we come to patience and perseverance, that keep the gole end. So saith S. Peter, 1. Pet. 5.10. Modicum passos perficiet, suffering somewhat, more or lesse; some crossing, if not the Crosse; some evill report, though not shame; So, and no otherwise we shall come to our race end, our finall perfection.

And, as the rest move us, if we stand still, to runne: So, if we runne already, these two (Patience and Perseverance) Patience will make us, for all our encounters [...] (sai [...]h the Apostle in the next verse) not to be weary;Ver. 3. Not in our minds, though in our bodies we be: And Perseverance will make us [...]; not to faint or tire, though the time seeme long and never so te­dious: (Both these, in the Verse following.) But, hold on our course till we finish it, even till we come to Him, who was not onely Author but Fi­nisher; who held out, till he came to Consummatum est. And so must we fi­nish,Gal. 5.7. not stadium, but dolichum: not like those, of whom it was said, Curr [...] ­batis benè, ye did well for a start; but like our Apostle, that said (and said truely) of himselfe,2. Tim. 4.7. Cursum consummavi, I have finished my course, I have held out to the very end.

3 That we faint not.And in this, is the Praxis of our first theorie or sight of our love. But our love without hope is but faint: That then, with better heart we may thus doe, and bestirre our selves, it will not be amisse, once more to lift up our eyes, and the second time to looke on Him. We have not yet seen the end: the Crosse is not the end: There is a better end then so, And is set downe in the Throne. As the Prophet saw him, we have seen him: in such case, as we were ready to hide our faces, at him, and his sight. Heer is a new sight: as the Evangelist saw him, so we now may: even his glorie as the Ioh. 1.14. glorie of the onely begotten SONNE of GOD. Ioh. 19.5. Ecce homo, Pilate's sight we have seene: Ioh. 20.18. Ecce Dominus & DEVS meus, S. Thomas's sight, we now shal. The former, in his hanging on the Crosse, the beginning of our faith. This latter, sitting on the Throne, the consummation of it.

Wherein, there is an ample matter of hope, as before of love; all being turned in and out. He sitts now at ease, that before hoong in paine. Now, on a throne, Zac. 3.1. that before on the Crosse. Now, at GOD's right hand, that before at Sathan's left. (So Zachary saw him: Satan on his right hand, and then must he be on Satan's left.) All changed: His Crosse, into ease; his shame, into glorie.

Glorie and rest, rest and glorie, are two things that meet not heere in our world. The glorious life hath not the most quiet; and the quiet life is (for the most part) inglorious. He that will have glorie must make ac­compt [Page 382] to be despised oft, and broken of his rest: and he that loveth his ease better, must be content with a meane condition farre short of glorie. Heere then, these meet not; there (our hope is) they shall: even both meet togither, and glorie and rest kisse each the other: So the Prophet calleth it a glorious rest. Esay. 11.10.

And the right hand addeth yet a degree further. For, dextera est pars potior. So that, if there be any rest more easie, or any glorie more glorious, then other; there, it is, on that hand, on that side; and He placed in it, in the best, in the chiefest, the fulnesse of them both. At GOD's right hand is not only power; power, while we be heer to protect us with His might outward, and to support us with His grace inward: but at His right hand also is the fulnesse of joy, for ever (saith the Psalme:) Ioy, and the fulnesse of joy, Psal. 16.11. and the fulnesse of it for evermore.

This is meant by his Seat at the right hand on the Throne. And the same is our blessed hope also, that it is not His place only and none but His; but, even ours in expectation also. The love of His Crosse, is to us a pledge of the hope of his throne, or whatsoever els, He hath or is worth. For, if GOD have given us CHRIST, and CHRIST thus given himselfe, what hath GOD, or CHRIST, they will denie us? It is the Apostle's owne deduction.Rom. 8.32.

To put it out of all doubt: heare we His owne promise, that never brake his word. To him that overcommeth, Apoc. 3.21. will I give to sit with me in my Throne. Where to sit, is the fulnesse of our desire, the end of our race, omnia in omnibus: and further we cannot go. Of a joy sett before Him, we spoke yer-while: heer is now a joy sett before us; another manner joy then was before Him: The worse was sett before Him; the better, before us: and this we are to runne to.

Thus do these two theories (or sights) th'one worke to love, th'other to hope; both to the well performing of our course, that in this Theater, be­tween the Saints joyfully beholding us in our race, and CHRIST at our end ready to receive us, we may fulfill our course with joy, and be parta­kers of the blessed rest of His most glorious Throne.

Let us now turne to Him, and beseech Him by the sight of this day, by himselfe (first) and by his Crosse and Throne both (both which He hath sett before us, th'one to awake our love, the other to quicken our hope) that we may this day and ever, lift up our eyes and hearts; that we may, this day and ever, carie them in our eyes and hearts, look up to them both: so look that we may love the one, and waite and hope for the other: so love and so hope, that by them both we may move, and that swiftly, even runne to Him; and running not faint, but so constantly runn, that we faile not final­ly to atteine the happy fruition of Himselfe, and of the joy and glory of His blessed throne: that so we may find & feele Him as this day here, the Au­thour; so, in that day, there, the Finisher of our Faith, by the same our LORD, IESVS CHRIST. Amen.

Printed for RICHARD BADGER.

SERMONS OF THE Resurrection, PREACHED ON EASTER-DAY.

A SERMON Preached before the KINGS MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the VI. of Aprill, A. D. MDCVI. being EASTER-DAY.

ROM. CHAP. VI. VER. IX.X.XI.

Scientes, quod CHRISTVS, &c.

Knowing, that CHRIST, being raised from the dead, dieth no more; death hath no more dominion over Him.

For, in that He died, He died once to sinne: but, in that He li­veth, He liveth to GOD.

Likewise think (or accompt) ye also, that ye are dead to sinne; but are alive to GOD, in Iesus Christ our Lord.

THE Scripture is, as the Feast is; both of them of the resurrection: And this we may safely say of it, it is thought by the Church, so pertinent to the feast; as it ever hath beene and is appointed to be the very entry of this daies Service; to be founded forth and soong, first of all, and before all, upon this day, as if there were some speciall correspondence betweene the Day and it.

Two principall points are sett downe to us, out of the two principall words in it: One, Scientes (in the first verse) Knowing: the other, reputate (in the last verse) Compt your selves: Knowing, and Compting: Knowledge, and calling our selves to accompt for our Knowledge.

Two points very needfull to be ever joyntly called upon: and more then needfull [Page 384] [...] our times, [...]eing, [...] much we know, and [...] we compt: oft we heare and when we have heard, sm [...]ll reckon [...]ng we make of it. What CHRIST did on Easter day w [...] know well; what we a [...]e [...] to do, we give no great regard: our Scientes is with­o [...]t a Reputantes.

Now this Scripture, ex tot [...] Substantiâ, out of the whole frame of it teacheth us o [...]herwise; that C [...]tia [...] k [...]ledge is not a knowledge without all manner of accompt; but that we are accomptants for it: that we are to keepe an Audite of what we heare, and take accompt of our selves of what we have learned. [...], is an Auditor's tearme: thence the HOLY GHOST hath taken it; and would have us to be Au­ditors in both Senses.

And this to be generall, in whatsoever we know: But specially, in our knowledge touching this F [...]st of CHRIST's resurrection; where there are speciall words for it in the Text, [...]herein expresse termes an accompt is calld for at our hands as an es­sen [...]all du [...]y of the Day. The benefit, we remember, is so great, the Feast, we hold, so high; a [...], though at other times we might be forborne, yet on this day, we may not.

Ver. 11.Now the summe of our accompt is set down in these words [Similiter & vos:] that we fashion our selves like to CHRIST, dying and rising: cast our selves in the same molds; expresse Him, in both, as neere as we can.

To accompt of these, first: that is, to accompt our selves bound, thus to doe.

To accompt for these, second: that is, to accompt with our selves, whither we do so.

First, to accompt our selves bound, thus to doe: resolving thus within our selves; that to heare a Sermon of the Resurrection, is nothing; to keepe a feast of the Resurrection is as much, except it end in Similiter & vos. Nisi (saith Saint Grego­rie) quod de more celebratur, etiam quoad mores exprimatur, Vnlesse we expresse the matter of the Feast in the forme of our lives; Vnlesse, as He from the grave, So we from sinne: and live to godlinesse, as He vnto GOD.

Then to accompt with our selves, whither we doe thus: that is, to sit downe and reflect upon the Sermons we heare, and the feasts we keepe; how, by knowing CHRIST's death we die to sinne; how, by knowing His Resurrection, we live to GOD; how our estate in soule is bettered: how the fruit of the words we heare, and the feasts we keepe, doth abound daily toward our accompt against the great Audite. And this to be our accompt, every Easter-day.

The division.Of these two points, the former is in the two first verses, what we must know: the later, is in the last, What we must accompt for. And they be joyned with Similiter: to shew us, they be and must be, of aequall and like regard: and we, as know; So accompt.

But because, our knowing is the ground of our accompt, the Apostle beginneth with knowledge. And so must we.

I Knowledge, in all Learning, is of two sorts: 1 Rerum, or 2 Causarum; [...], or [...]; That, or, in that. The former is in the first Verse: Knowing that CHRIST, &c. The later, in the Second: For, in that: &c. And because we cannot cast up a Summe, ex­cept we have a particular; the Apostle giveth us a Particular of either: A particu­lar 1 of our Knowledge, Quoad res; which consisteth of these three. 1. That Christ is risen from the dead. 2. That now, He dieth not. 3. That from henceforth death hath no 2 dominion over Him. All, in the first Verse. Then, a particular of our Know­ledge, Quoad causas. The cause of His death, Sinne, He died to sinne: 2 Of His life, GOD; He liveth to GOD. And both these, but once for all. All, in the second Verse.

II Then followeth our Accompt (in the third Verse.) Wherein we consider first. 1 The Charge; and then the Discharge. 1. The charge first, Similiter & vos: That 1 we be like to Christ. And then, wherein: 1 Like, in dying to Sinne; 2 Like, in living to GOD. Which are the two moulds, wherein we are to be cast, that we may come forth like Him. This is the Charge: 2. And last of all, The meanes we have to 2 helpe us to discharge it, in the last words: in Christ Iesu our Lord.

BEfore we take view of the two Particulars, I. Our Knowing: The Meanes of it. it will not be amisse to make a little stay at Scientes, the first word: because it is the grownd of all the rest. Knowing that Christ is risen. This, the Apostle saith, the Romans did: knowing. Did know him­selfe (indeed) that Christ was risen, for He saw him. But how knew the Romanes, or how know we? No other way then by relation, eyther they or we: but yet we, much better, then they: I say, by relation, in the nature of a verdict, of them that had seene him, even Cephas and the twelve; which is a full Iury, hable to finde any matter of fact and to give up a verdict in it. And that CHRIST is risen, is matter of fact. But, if twelve will not serve in this matter of fact (which in all other matters with us,1. Cor. 15.6. will) if a greater Enquest farr, if five hundred will serve, you may have so many; for, of more then five hundred at once, was He seene; many of them then living ready to give up the same verdict, and to say the same upon their othes.

But to settle a knowledge, the number moveth not so much, as the qualitie of the Parties. If they were persons credulous, light of beleefe, they may well be challen­ged; if they tooke not the way to ground their knowledge aright. That is (ever) best knowen, that is most doubted of: And never was matter caried with more scruple, and slownesse of beleefe, with more doubts and difficulties, then was this of Christ's rising. Marie Magdalen saw it first, and reported it. They beleeved her not. Mar. 16.11. Luk. 24.13.36.11.36. The two that went to Emmaus, they also reported it: They beleeved them not. Diverse women together saw him, and came and told them: Their words seemed to them [...], an idle faigned fond tale. They all saw him; and even seeing him, yet they doubted. When they were put out of doubt, and told it but to one that happened to be ab­sent (it was S. Thomas;) you know, how peremptorie he was: Not he, Ioh. 20.25. vnlesse he might not onely see with his eyes, but feele with his fingers, and put in his hand into his side. 27.28. And all this he did. Saint Augustine saith well: Profectò valde dubitatum est ab illis, ne du­bitaretur a nobis: All this doubting was by them made, that we might be out of doubt, and know, that Christ is risen.

Sure, they tooke the right course to know it certainly: and certainely they did know it, as appeareth. For, never was thing knowen in this world, so confidently, constantly, certainly testified, as was this, that Christ is risen. By testifying it, they got nothing in the earth. Got nothing? Nay, they lost by it: their living their life, all they had to lose. They might have saved all, and but said nothing. So certaine they were; so cer­tainely they did accompt of their knowing; they could not be got from it: but to their very last breath, to the very last drop of their blood, bare witnesse to the truth of this Article: and chose rather to lay downe their lives, and to take their death, then to denie; nay, then not to affirme His rising from death. And thus did they know, & knowing testifie, and by their testimonie came the Romanes to their knowing: and so doe we: But (as I said before) we, to a much surer knowing then they. For, when this was written; the whole world stopt their eares at this report; would not endure to heare them; stood out mainly against them. The Resurrection! why, it was with the Graecians at Athens, [...], a very skorne. The Resurrection! why, it was,Act 17.32. with Festus the great Romane, [...], a sicknesse of the braine, a plaine phrensie. That world,26.24. that then was, and long after, in such opposition, is since come in: and (upon better examination of the matter, so strangely testified, with so many thousand lives of men (to say the least of them) sadd, and sober) hath taken notice of it, and both knowen and acknowledged the truth of it. It was well foretold by Saint Iohn, haec est victoria, quae vincit mundum, 1. Ioh. 5.4. fides vestr [...]. It is proved true since: That this faith of CHRIST's rising hath made a conquest of the whole world. So that, after all the world hath taken knowledge of it, we come to know it. And so, more full to us, then to them, is this scientes, knowing. Now to our particulars: what we know.

[Page 386] The Partic [...] ­lars Qu [...]d [...]n. a That Christ is risen from the dead.Our first particular is: That CHRIST is risen from the dead. Properly, we are s [...]id to rise from [...] fall [...]. and, from death, [...] revive. Ye [...] the Apostle rather vseth the terme of rising then reviving, [...]s serving better to set forth his purpose. That death is a fall, we doubt not: that it came with a fall, the fall of Adam. But, what manner of fall? for it hath beene holden a fall, from whence is no rising. But, by Christ's rising, it falls out to be a fall, that we may fall, and yet get up againe. For, if CHRIST be risen from it, then is there a rising; if a rising of one, then may there be of another: If He be risen in our nature ▪ then is our nature risen; and if our nature be, our persons may be. Especially seeing (as the Apostle, in the fourth Verse before hath told us) He, and we, are [...], that is, so grafted, one into the other, that he is part of us, and we of Him: So that (as Saint Bernard well observeth.) Christus, etsi solus resurrexit, tamen non to­tus, That Christ, though He be risen onely, yet He is not risen wholly, or all, till we be risen too. He is but risen in part: and that He may rise all, we must rise from death also.

This then we know first; That death is not a fall like that of Pharao, into the sea, that sunk downe like a lump of leade into the bottome, Exod. 15.10. and never came up more: but a fall like that of Iona's, Ion. 1.17.2.10. Matt. 12.40.25 41. Esay 26.19. into the Sea, who was received by a fish, and after cast up againe. It is our Saviour Christ's owne Simile A fall, not like that of the Angells, into the bot­tomelesse pitt, there to stay for ever: but like to that of men into their bedds, when they make accompt to stand up againe. A fall, not as of a log or stone, to the ground, which where it falleth, there it lyeth still; but, as of a wheate corne, into the ground, which is quickned and springeth up againe. 1. Cor. 15.36.

The very word which the Apostle vseth ( [...]) implieth the two later; 1 either of a fall into a bed in our chamber; where though we lye (to see to) little better then dead for a time; yet in the morning we awake and stand up notwithstanding: 2 Or of a fall into a bed in our garden; where though the seede patrifie and come to nothing, yet we looke to see it shoote forth anew in the spring. Which spring is (as Tertullian well calleth it) the very resurrection of the yeare: and Christ's resurrection falleth well with it: And it is (saith he) no way consonant to reason, that man, for whom all things spring and rise againe, should not have his Spring and rising too. But, he shall have them, we doubt not, by this daies worke. He that this day did rise, and rising was seene of Marie Magdalen in the likenesse of a gardiner: Ioh 20.15. this gardiner will looke to it, that man shall have his spring. He will (saith the Prophet) drop upon us a dew like the dew of herbs, and the earth shall yeeld foorth her dead: And so, as CHRIST is risen from the dead, Esay 26.19. even so shall we.

That Christ now dieth not. Luk. 7.11.14 8.54. Ioh. 11.43.Our second Particular is: That as He is risen; so, now he dieth not. Which is no idle addition, but hath his force and Emphasis. For, one thing it is, to rise from the dead; and another, not to die any more. The Widowe's Sonne of Naïm; the Ruler's daughter of the Synagogue; Lazarus; all these rose againe from death, yet they died afterward: But, Christ rising from the dead, dyeth no more. These two are sensibly different, Lazaru's resurrection, and Christ's: and this second is (sure) a higher degree then the former. If we rise, as they did, that we returne to this same mortall life of ours againe; this very mortalitie of ours, will be to us, as the prisoners chaine, he escapes away withall, by it we shall be pulled back again, though we should rise a thousand times. We must therfore so rise, as Christ, that our resurrection be not reditus, but transitus; not a returning back to the same life,Ioh. 5.24. but a passing over to a new. Transivit de morte ad vitam (saith he.) The very feast it selfe puts us in minde of as much: It is Pascha (that is) the Passeover, not a comming back to the same land of Aegypt: Deut. 17.16. but a passing over to a better, the land of Promise; whither Christ our Passeover is passed before us, and shall in his good time, give us passage after Him.1. Cor. 5.7. The Apostle expresseth it best, where he saith, that Christ by His rising hath abolished death, 2. Tim 1.10. and brought to light life and immortalitie: not life alone, but lif [...] and immortalitie: which is this our second particular. Risen, and Risen to die no more, because risen to life, to life immmortall.

[Page 387] [...], the third is yet beyond both these: more worth the knowing, 3. That from hence forth death hath no more dominion over Him. more worthy [...] acc [...]mp [...]: death hath no dominion over him. Where, as we before sayd, one thing it was to rise againe, another to dye no more: so say we now; it is one thing not to dyes another, not to be under the dominion of death: For death, and deaths do­ [...]nion, are two different things. Death it selfe is nothing els, but the very separa­tion of the life from the body: death's dominion, a thing of farre larger extent. By which word (of dominion) the Apostle would have us to conceive of death, as of some great Lord, having some large Signiorie: Ver. 14.17.21. Even as three severall times (in the Chapter before, he saith) Regnavit mors, death reigned; as if death were some mighty Monarch, having some great dominions under him. And so it is: For looke how many dangers, how many diseases, sorrowes, calamities, miseries there be of this mor­tall life; how many paynes, perills, snares of death, so many severall provinces are there of this dominion. In all which, or some of them, while we live, we still are un­der the jurisdiction and arrest of death, all the dayes of our life. And say that we scape them all, and none of them happen to us, yet live we still under feare of them, and that is deathe's dominion too.Iob. 1 [...] 14. For He is (as Iob calleth Him) Rex pavoris, King of feare. And, when we are out of this life too; unlesse we pertayne to CHRIST and His resurrection, we are not out of his dominion neyther. For Hell it selfe is secunda mors (so termed, by Saint Iohn) the second death, Apoc 20.14.21.8. or second part of death's dominion.

Now, who is there that would desire to rise againe to this life, yea though it were immortall, to be still under this dominion of death heer; still subject, still lia­ble to the aches and paynes, to the greefs and gripings, to all the manifold miseries of this vale of the shaddow of death? But then, the other, the second region of death, the second part of his dominion, who can endure once to be there? There they seeke and wish for death, and death flyeth from them.

Verily, Rising is not enough; rising, not to dye againe is not enough, except we may be quit of this dominion, and rid of that, which we either feele, or feare, all our life long. Therefore doth the Apostle add (and so it was needfull, he should) death hath no dominion over Him. No dominion over Him? No; for He, domini­on over it. For, lest any might surmise, He might breake through some wall, or gett out at some window, and so steale a resurrection, or casually come to it; He tells them, no: it is not so. Ecce claves mortis & inferni: see heer,Apoc. 1.18. the keyes both of the first and second death. Which is a playn proof, He hath mastered, and gott the dominion over both death & him that hath power of death, that is the devill. 1. Cor. 15.55. Both are swallowed up in victorie, and neither death any more sting, nor hell any more domi­nion. Sed ad Dominum Deum nostrum spectant exitus mortis: Psal. 68 20. but now unto GOD our LORD belong the issues of death: the keyes are at His girdle; He can let out as ma­nie as he list.

This estate is it, which he calleth, Coronam vitae; not life alone,Apoc. 2.18. but the Crowne of life, or a life crowned with immunitie of feare of any evill, ever to befall us. This is it, which (in the next verse) he calleth living unto GOD,Ver. 11. the estate of the children of the resurrection, to be the sonnes of GOD, aequall to the Angells, subject to no part of death's dominion, but living in securitie, joy, and blisse for ever.

And now is our particular full. 1 Rising to life first; and life freed from death, and so immortall; 3 and then exempt from the dominion of death, and every part of it; and so happy and blessed. Rise againe; so may Lazarus, or any mortall man doe; that is not it. Rise againe to life immortall: so shall all doe, in the end, as well the uniust, as the just; that is not it. But, rise againe to life immortall, with freedome from all miserie, to live to, and with GOD in all joy and glorie evermore, that is it; that is CHRIST's resurrection. Et tu (saith S. Augustine) speratal [...]m resurrectionem, & propter hoc este Christianus, Live in hope of such a resurrection, and for this hope's sake, carie thy selfe as a Christian. Thus have we our particular, of that we are to know touching CHRIST risen.

[Page 388]And now we know all these, yet do we not accompt our selves to know them per­ [...]ctly, untill we also know the reasons of them. And the Romans were a people, that loved to s [...]e the ground of that, they received, and not the bare Articles alone. Indeed, it might trouble them, why CHRIST should need thus to rise againe, be­cause they saw no reason, why He should need to dye. The truth is, we can not speake of rising well, without mention of the terminus à quo, from whence He rose. By meane [...] whereof, there two, 1 CHRIST's dying and His rising are so linked togither; and their Auditis so entangled one with another, as it is very hard to sever them. And this you shall observe, the Apostle never goeth about to do it, but still (as it were of purpose) suffers one to draw in the other continually. It is not heer alone, but all over his Epistles; ever they runne togither, as if he were loth to men­tion one without the other.

1 And it cannot be denied, but that their joyning serveth to many great good pur­poses. These two, His death and 2 His rising, they shew His two Natures, Humane and Divine. His Humane nature and weaknesse, in dying, 2 His Divine nature and power, in rising againe. 2. These shew His two Offices; His Priesthood and 2 His Kingdome. His Priesthood, in the sacrifice of His death: 2 His Kingdome, 3 in the glorie of His resurrection. 3. They set before us, His two mayn Benefits, 1 Interitum mortis, 2 and principium vitae. 1 His death, the death of death; 2 His rising, the reviving of life againe: the one, what He had ransomed us from; the other, what He had purchased for us. 4. They serve as two Moulds, wherein our lives 4 are to be cast, that the daies of our vanitie may be fashioned to the likenesse of the SONNE of GOD: which are our two duetyes, that we are to render, for those two benefits proceeding from the two offices of His two natures conioyned. In a word: they are not well to be sundred; for, when they are thus ioyned, they are the very abbridgement of the whole Gospell.

1. The cause of His dying. 1 His dying once.Of them both then briefly. Of His dying first: In that He died, He died once to sinne: Why dyed He once, and why but once? Once He died to sinne, that is, sinne was the cause, He was to dye once. As, in saying, He liveth to GOD, we say, GOD is the cause of His life: so, in saying, He died to sinne; we say, sinne was the cause of His death. GOD, of His rising: sinne, of His fall. And looke how the resur­rection leadeth us to death, even as naturally doth death, unto sinne, the sting of death.

To sinne then He died: Not simply to sinne; but with reference to us. For, as death leadeth us to sinne; so doth sinne to sinners, that is, to our selves: And so will the oppo­sition be more cleer and full: He liveth unto GOD; He died unto man. With refe­rence (I say) to us: For first, He died unto us: and if it be true, that Puer natus est nobis, it is as true,Esay. 9.6. that Vir mortuus est nobis: If being a child, He was borne to us; becomming a man, He died to us. Both are true.

To us then first, He died, because He would save us. To sinne, Secondly; because els He could not save us. Yes, He could have saved us, and never died for us, ex plenitudi­ne potestatis, by His absolute power, if He would have taken that way. That way, He would not; but proceed by way of Iustice; do all, by way of Iustice. And, by Iustice, Sinne must have death; death, our death; for the sinne was ours. It was we, that were to dye to sinne. But, if we had dyed to sinne, we had perished in sinne; perished heer, & perished everlastingly. That, His love to us could not endure: that we should so pe­rish. Therfore, as in Iustice He iustly might, He tooke upon Him our debt of sinne, & sayd (as the Fathers apply that speech of His) Sinite abire hos, Io. 18.8 let these go their wayes. And so, that we might not dye to sinne, He did. We see, why He died once.

Why but once? because, once was enough, ad auferenda (saith S. Iohn;) ad abolenda (saith S. Peter; And but once Ioh. 1.29. Act. 3.19. Hebr. 9.28.) ad ex [...]auri [...]da (saith S. Paul:) To take away: To abolish: To draw dry, and utterly to exhaust all the sinnes, of all the sinners, of all the world. The excellency of His [...]erson; that performed it, was such; The excellencie of the obedience, that He per­formed, such, the excellencie both of His humilitie and charitie wherewith He per­formed it, such; and of such valew every of them; (and all of them much more;) as made, that His once dying, was satis superque, enough, and enough againe: [Page 389] which made the Prophet call it, copiosam Redemptionem a plenteous Redemption. But the Apostle he goeth beyond all, in expressing this: in one place terming it [...], in another [...], in another [...]: mercy, rich, exceeding, Eph. 2.7. Eph. 1.8. 1. Tim. 1.14. grace overaboun­ding, nay grace superfluous (for so is [...]:) and superfluous is enough and to spare; superfluous is (cleerely) enough and more then enough. Once dying then, being more then enough, no reason He should dye more then once. That, of his death.

Now of His life: He liveth unto GOD.2. The cause of His living. The Rigor of the law being fully satisfied by His death: then was He no longer justly but wrongfully deteyned by death. As therefore, by the power He had, He layd down His life, so He tooke it againe, and rose againe from the dead. And not onely rose Himselfe; But, in one concurrent action, GOD, who had by His death, received full satisfaction, reached Him (as it were) His hand, and raised Him to life. The Apostles word [...], in the native force doth more properly signifie, raysed by another, then risen by Himselfe. And is so used, to shew, it was done, not only by the power of the Sonne, but by the will, consent, and co-operation of the Father; and He the cause of it, who for the over-abundant merit of His death, and His humbling Himselfe, Phil. 2.8.9. and becomming obe­dient to death, even the death of the Crosse, not onely raysed Him, but propter hoc even for that cause, exalted Him also, to live with Him, in ioy and glorie for ever. For, as when He lived to man, He lived to much miserie; so, now He liveth to GOD, He liveth in all foelicitie. This part being oppositely set down to the former: living, to exclude dying againe; living to God, to exclude death's dominion, and all things perteining to it. For, as with GOD is life, & the fountaine of life, against death;Psal. 36.10. (even the fountayne of life never failing, but ever renewing to all aeternitie:) so with him also, is torrens deliciarū, a maine river of pleasures, even pleasures for evermore; never ebbing, but ever flowing, to all contentment; against the miseries belonging to deathe's dominion. And there He li­veth thus: not now; as the SONNE of GOD, as He lived before all worlds, but as the Sonne of man, in the right of our nature: to estate us, in this life, in the hope of a reversion; and, in the life to come, in perfect and full possession of His own, and His Fathers blisse and happinesse: when we shall also live to GOD, and GOD be all in all; which is the highest pitch of all our hope. We see then, His dying and rising, and the grounds of both, And thus have we the totall of our Scientes.

Now followeth our accompt. An accompt is either of what is comming to us, II. Our Accompt. 1. Of our com­ing in: the be­nefit. and that we like well: or what is going from us, and that is not so pleasing. Com­ming to us, I call matter of benefit: Going from us, matter of duety: where (I doubt) many an expectation will be deceived, making accompt to heare from the resurrec­tion matter of benefit onely to come in, where the Apostle calleth us to accompt for matter of duety which is to goe from us.

An accompt there is growing to us by CHRIST's rising, of matter of bene­fit and comfort: such a one there is and we have touched it before. The hope of gayning a better life, which groweth from CHRIST's rising, is our comfort against the feare of losing this. Thus do we comfort our selves against our deathes: Now blessed be GOD that hath regenerated us to a lively hope, 1. Pet. 1.3. by the resurrection of IESVS CHRIST: Thus do we comfort our selves against our friend's death; Comfort your selves one another (saith the Apostle) with these words: what words be they?1. Thes. 4.18. Even those of our SAVIOVR in the Gospell, Resurget frater tuus, Thy brother (or thy Father, or thy friend) shall rise againe. And not only against death, Ioh. 11.23. but even against all the miseries of this life: It was Iob's comfort on the doung-hill: well yet, videbo Deum in carne mea: I shall see GOD in my flesh. Iob. 19.25. And not in our mi­series alone, but when we do well, and no man respecteth us for it: It is the Apostle's conclusion of the Chapter of the resurrection: Be of good cheer yet,1. Cor. 15.58. labor vester non erit inanis in Domino: your labour is not in vaine in the LORD: you shall have your reward at the resurrection of the just. All these waies, comfort commeth unto us, by it.

[Page 390] [...]. Of our [...]. 1. The duty [...].But this of ours is another manner of accompt, of duety to goe from us, and to be answered by us. And such a one there is too, and we must reckon of it. I adde, that this heer is our first accompt; you see it heer called for, in the Epistle to the Ro­mans; the other commeth after, in the Epistle to the Corinthians.

In very deed, this of ours is the key to the other, and we shall never find sound com­fort of that, unlesse we doe first well passe this accompt here. It is (I say) first, because it is praesent, and concerneth our soules, even here in this life. The other is future, and toucheth but our bodies, and that in the life to come. It is an error certainly, which runneth in mens heads, when they heare of the resurrection to conceive of it, as of a matter meerely future, and not to take place till the latter day. Not only CHRIST is risen, Colos. 3.1. but if all be, as it should be, We are already risen with him, (saith the Apostle, in the Epistle this day, the very first words of it:) and even here now (saith S. Iohn,) is there a first Resurrection, Apoc. 20.6. and happie is he that hath his part in it. A like error it is to conceit the resurrection as a thing meerely corporall, and no waies to be incident into the Spirit or Soule, at all. The Apostle hath already given us an Item to the con­trarie, in the end of the fourth Chapter before: Where he saith; He rose againe for our Iustification: Chap. 4.25. and, Iustification is a matter spirituall: Iustificatus est spiritu, (sayth the Apostle) of CHRIST himselfe. Verily, here must the spirit rise to grace, or els neither the bodie, 1. Tim. 3.16. nor it shall there rise to glorie. This then is our first accompt; that accompt of ours, which presently is to be passed, and out of hand; this is it, which first we must take order for.

1. To be like CHRIST.The summe or charge of which accompt, is sett downe in these words, Similiter & vos: That we be like CHRIST, carie his Image who is heavenly, as we have caried the Image of the earthly: Be conformed to his likenesse; that what CHRIST hath wrought for us, the like be wrought in us: What, wrought for us, by his flesh; the like wrought in us, by his Spirit. It is a Maxime or maine ground, in all the Fa­thers, that such an accompt must be: The former, what CHRIST hath wrought for us, Deus reputat nobis, GOD accompteth to us: For the latter, what CHRIST hath wrought in us; Reputate vos, we must accompt to GOD. And, that is, Simi­liter & vos, that we fashion our selves like him.

Like him, in as many points, as we may: but namely, and expresly, in these two here sett downe, 1 In dying to sinne, 2 In living unto GOD, in these two first: and then secondly, in doing both these, [...], but once, for all.

1. In dying to sinne. Eph. 5.1. 1. Pet. 2.21.Like him in these two: 1 In His dying. For He died not onely to offer a Sacrifice for us (saith Saint Paul) but also to leave an example to us (saith Saint Peter.) That ex­ample are we to be like. 2 In His rising. For He arose, not onely that we might be regenerated to a lively hope, 1. Pet. 1.3. saith Saint Peter: but also, that we might be grafted in­to the similitude of His Resurrection; saith Saint Paul, a little before, in the fifth verse of this very Chapter: That Similitude are we to resemble. So have we the exemplarie part of both these, wherevnto, we are to frame our Similiter & vos.

He died to sinne, there is our paterne: Our first accompt, must be Compt your selves dead to sinne. And that we do, when, there is neither action, nor affection, nor any signe of life, in us, toward sinne; no more, then in a dead bodie: when, as men crucified (which is not onely his death, but the kind of his death too) we neither moove hand, nor stirr foot, toward it: both, are nayled downe, fast. In a word, to die to sinne (with Saint Paul heer) is, to ceasse from sinne (with S. Peter (1. Pet. 4.1.)

To ceasse from sinne (I say) understanding by sin, not from sin altogither (that is a higher perfection, then this life will beare) but, as the Apostle expoundeth him­selfe, in the very next words,Verse 12. Ne regnet peccatum, that is, from the dominion of sinne, to ceasse. For, till we be free from death it selfe (which in this life we are not) we shall not be free from sinne altogither: onely we may come thus farr, ne regnet, that sinne reigne not, weare not a crown, fit not in a throne, hold no Parliaments within us, give us no lawes; in a word (as in the fourth verse before) that we serve it not. To dye, to the dominion of sinne; that, by the grace of GOD we may: and that we must accompt for.

[Page 391]He liveth to GOD. There is our similitude of His resurrection: In living to GOD. our second ac­compt: must be, Compt your selves living unto GOD. Now, how that is, he hath al­ready told us (in the fourth verse) even, to walke in newnesse of life. To walke, is to move; moving is a vitall action, and argueth life. But, it must not be any life; our o [...]d will not serve; it must be a new life; we must not returne backe to our former course, but passe over, to another new conversation. And in a word (as before) to live to GOD (with Saint Paule heer) is to live secundùm Deum, according to GOD, in the spirit (with Saint Peter. 1. Peter 4.6.) And, then live we according to Him, when His will is our law, His word our rule, His Sonnes life our example, His Spirit, rather then our owne soule, the guide of our actions. Thus shall we be grafted into the similitude of his Resurrection.

Now, this similitude of the resurrection, calleth to my minde, another similitude of the resurrection, in this life too, which I finde in Scripture mentioned; it fitteth us well: it will not be amisse, to remember you of it, by the way, it wil make us the bet­ter willing, to enter into this accompt.

At the time that Isaac should have been offered by his Father, Isaac was not slaine:Gen. 22.7. very neere it he was; there was fire, and there was a knife, and he was appointed readie to be a Sacrifice. Of which case of his, the Apostle, in the mention of his Father Abraham's faith (Heb. 11.) Abraham (saith he) by faith [...],Heb. 11.19. made full ac­compt, if Isaac had beene slaine, GOD was able to raise him from the dead: And even from the dead, GOD raised him, and his Father received him, [...], in a certaine similitude, or after a sort. Marke that well: Raising Isaac, from imminent danger of present death, is (with the Apostle) a kind of resurrection. And if it be so, and if the Holy Ghost warrant us to call that, a kind of resurrection; how can we, but on this day, the Day of the Resurrection, call to minde, and withall render vnto GOD our vnfeigned thankes and praise, for our late resurrection [...], for our kind of resurrection, He, not long since, vouchsafed us. Our case, was Isaac's case, without doubt: there was fire; and in stead of a knife, there was powder enough, and we were designed all of us, and even ready to be sacrificed, even Abraham, Isaac, and all. Certainely if Isaac's were, ours was a kind of resurrection: and we, so to acknow­ledge it. We were as neere as he; we were not onely within the Dominion, but with­in the Verge, nay even within the very gates of death. From thence hath GOD rai­sed us, and given us, this yeare, this similitude of the resurrection, that we might, this day of the Resurrection of His SONNE, present him, with this (in the Text) of ri­sing to a new course of life.

And now (to returne to our fashioning our selves, like to Him, in these:) As, there is a death naturall, and a death civill; so is there a death morall, both in Philosophie, and in Divinitie: and, if a death, then consequently, a resurrection too. Every great and notable change, of our course of life, whereby we are not now any longer, the same men, that before we were, be it from worse to better, or from better to worse, is a morall death: A morall death, to that, we change from; and a morall resur­rection, to that, we change to. If, we change to the better, that is sinn's death: if we alter to the worse, that is sinn's resurrection: when we commit sinne, we die, we are dead in sinne; when we repent, we revive againe: when we repent our selves of our repenting, and relapse back, then sinne riseth againe, from the dead: and so toties, quoties. And even upon these two, as two hinges, turneth our whole life. All our life is spent in one of them.

Now then, that we be not, all our life long, thus off and on, fast or loose, And that, once for all. in docke out nettle, and in nettle out docke: it will behoove us, once more yet, to looke backe upon our similiter & vos; even upon the word [...], semel, once. That is, that we not only dye to sinne, and live to GOD; but dye and live, as He did, (that is) once for all: which is, an utter abandoning, once, of sinn's dominion: and, a continuall, con­stant persisting, in a good course once begoon. Sinn's dominion, it languisheth some­times in us, and falleth haply into a [...]: but it dyeth not quite, once for all. Grace, lifteth up the eye, and looketh up a little, and giveth some signe of life; but [Page 392] never perfectly reviveth. O, that [...]nce, we might come to this; No more deaths, no more resurrections, but one! that, we might [...]nce, make an end of our daily continuall reci­divations, to which we are so subiect: and, once, get past these pangs and qualmes of godlinesse, this righteousnesse, like the morning cloud, which is all we performe: that we might grow habituate, in grace; radicati & fundati, rooted and founded in it: [...] steddie, Ephes. 3.17. 1. Cor. 15. vlt. and [...] never to be remooved! that so we might enter into, and passe a good accompt, of this our Similiter & vos.

The Discharge and meanes of it: I [...] Iesus Christ our Lord.And thus, are we come to the foot of our accompt, which is our Onus, or Charge. Now we must thinke of our discharge, to goe about it: which maketh the last words no lesse necessarie for us to consider, then all the rest. For what? is it in us, or can we, by our owne power and vertue, make up this accompt? We cannot (saith the Apo­stle: 2. Cor. 3.5.) nay, we cannot (saith he) [...], make accompt of any thing, no not so much as of a good thought toward it, as of our selves. If any thinke otherwise, let him but prove his owne strength a little, what he can do, he shall be so confounded in it, as he shall change his minde (saith Saint Augustine) and see plainely, the Apostle had rea­son, to shut up all, with In Christo Iesu Domino nostro: otherwise, our accompt will sticke in our hands. Verily, to raise a soule from the death of sinne, is harder, farr har­der, then to raise a dead bodie, out of the dust of death. Saint Augustine hath long since defined it: that Marie Magdalen's resurrection, in soule, from her long lying dead in sinne, was a greater miracle, then her brother Lazaru's resurrection, that had lyen foure daies in his grave. If Lazarus lay dead before us, we would never assay to raise him our selves; we know, we cannot doe it. If we cannot raise Lazarus (that is the easier of the twaine) we shall never, Marie Magdalen (which is the harder, by farre) out of Him, or without Him, that raised them both.

But, as out of Christ, or without Christ, we can doe nothing toward this accompt: Not, accomplish or bring to perfection; but not do: not any great or notable summe of it;Ioh. 15.5. but nothing at all; (as saith Saint Augustine, upon Sine me nihil potestit facere.) So, in Him, and with Him, enhabling us to it, we can thinke good thoughts, speake good words, and doe good workes, and dye to sinne, and live to GOD, and all: Omnia possum (saith the Apostle. Phil. 4.13.) And, enable us He will, and can; as not onely ha­ving passed the resurrection, but being the resurrection it selfe; not onely had the effect of it in himselfe; but, being the cause of it, to us. So He saith himselfe: I am the re­surrection, Ioh. 11.25. and the life: the resurrection, to them that are dead in sinne, to raise them from it; and the life, to them that live vnto GOD, to preserve them, in it.

Where, beside the two former (1 the Article of the resurrection, which we are to know: 2 and the Example of the resurrection, which we are to be like:) we come to the notice, of a third thing; even a vertue or power flowing from Christ's resurrecti­on, whereby we are made able, to expresse our Similiter & vos, and to passe this our accompt, of dying to sinne, and living to GOD. It is, in plaine words, called (by the Apostle himselfe) virtus resurrectionis, Phil. 3.10. the vertue of CHRIST's resurrection, issuing from it, to us: and he praieth that, as he had a faith of the former, so he may have a feeling of this: and as, of them he had a contemplative; so, he may of this have an experimentall knowledge. This enhabling vertue proceedeth from Christ's resurrection. For, never let us thinke, that if in the daies of His flesh, there went vertue out, from, even the verie edge of his garment, Luk. 8.46. to doe great cures (as in the case of the woman with the bloudie issue, we reade:) but that, from His owne selfe, and from those two most prin­cipall and powerfull actions of His owne selfe (his 1 death, and 2 resurrection) there issueth a divine power: from His death, a power working on the old man (or flesh) to mortifie it; from His resurrection, a power working on the new man (the Spirit) to quicken it. A power, hable to r [...]ll backe any stone of an evill custome, lye it never so heavy on us: a power, hable to drie up any issue, though it have runne upon us twelve yeare long.

And this power, is nothing els, but that divine qualitie of grace, which we re­ceive from Him.2. Cor. 6.1. Receive it from Him we doe, certainely; (onely let us pray, and [...] [Page 393] ou [...] sel [...]es, that we receive it not in vaine:) the Holy Ghost, by waies to flesh [...] vnknowne, inspiring it, as a breath; distilling it, as a dew; deriving it, as a se­cret infl [...]ence, into the soule. For, if Philosophie grant an invisible operation in us, to the c [...]lestiall bodies; much better may we yeeld it, to His aeternall Spirit: whereby, [...] a vertue, or breath, may proceed from it and be received of us.

Which breath, or Spirit, is drawen in by Prayer, and such other exercises of devoti­on on our parts: and, on GOD's part, breathed in, by and with the Word: (well there­fore termed by the Apostle, the Word of grace.) And (I may safely say it,Act. 20.32. with good warrant) from those words especially and chiefly; which (as He himselfe saith of them) are Spirit and Life: even those words, which ioyned to the element, Ioh. 6.63. make the blessed Sacrament.

There was good proofe made of it, this day. All the way, did He preach to them, even till they came to Emmaus, and their hearts were whot within them (which was a good signe:) but their eyes were not opened, but at the breaking of bread;Luk. 24.31. and then they were: That, is the best and surest sense (we know) and therefore most to be ac­compted of. There we tast, and there we see; Tast and see, how gratious the Lord is. Psal. 34.8. 1. Cor. 12.18. Heb 13.9. Heb 9.14. There we are made to drinke of the Spirit. There our hearts are strengthened and sta­blished with grace. There is the bloud which shall purge our consciences from dead works, whereby we may die to sinne. There, the bread of GOD, which shall endue our soules with much strength; yea multiplie strength in them, to live vnto GOD:Ioh. 6.33. yea to live to him continually; for, he that eateth His flesh and drinketh His bloud, Ioh. 6.56. dwelleth in Christ, and Christ in him: not inneth, or sojourneth for a time; but dwelleth con­tinually. And, never can we more truly, or properly say, In Christo Iesu Domino nostro, as when we come new from that holy Action, for then He is in us, and we in Him, in­deed. And so, we to make full accompt of this service, as a speciall meanes, to further us to make up our Easter daye's accompt, and to sett off a good part of our charge. In CHRIST, dropping upon us the annointing of His grace. In Iesus, who will be readie, as our SAVIOVR, to succour and support us, with his Auxilium speciale, His speciall helpe. Without which assisting us, even grace it selfe is, many times, faint and fee­ble in us: And both these, because He is our Lord, who having come, to save that which was lost, will not suffer that to be lost, which He hath saved. Thus, vsing His owne ordinance of Prayer, of the Word, and Sacrament, for our better enhabling to discharge this daies dutie, we shall (I trust) yeeld up a good accompt, and celebrate a good Feast of His Resurrection. Which Almighty GOD grant, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, On the V. of Aprill, A. D. MDCVII. being EASTER DAY.

I. COR. CHAP. XV. VER. XX.

Nunc autem CHRISTVS resurrexit a mortuis pri­mitiae dormientium.

But, now is CHRIST risen from the dead, and was made the first fruicts of them that sleepe.

THE same Apostle, that, out of CHRIST's Resur­rection taught the Romanes matter of duty; the same heere, out of the same resurrection, teacheth the Corinthians matter of hope. There, similiter & vos, by way of patterne, to conforme our selves to Him in newnesse of life: Rom. 6.4. Phi. 3.21. An [...] heer, similiter & vos, in another sense, by way of promise; that, so doing He shall heerafter conforme us to Himselfe; change our vile bodies, and make them like His glorious body. That former is our first resu [...]rection, from sinne: This later, our second resu [...]rection, from the grave: This, the reward of that. In that, the worke, what to doe: In this, our reward, what to hope for. These two, Labour and Hope, the Church joyneth in one Antheme to day, her first An­theme. They sort well; and being soong together, make a good harmonie. But, that without this; labour without hope, is no good musique.

To rise and to reclaime our selves, from a sinfull course of life, we have long li­ved in, is labour (sure) and great labour. Now, labour, of it selfe, is a harsh un­pleasant thing; unlesse it be seasoned with hope. Debet, qui arat, in spe arare (saith the Apostle) above,Chap 9.10. at the IX. Chap. in the matter of the Clergie's maintenance) [Page 395] He that plowes must plow in hope: his plough will not goe deepe els; his furrowes wilbe but shallow. Men may frame to themselves what speculations they please; but the Apostle's saying will prove true: sever hope from labor, and you must looke for labor and labourers accordingly; sleight, and shallow (GOD knoweth) Labour then, leades us to hope.

The Apostle saw this; and therefore is carefull, whom he thus presseth to new­nesse 2 of life and the labour thereof, to raise for them, and to set before them matter of hope. Hope, heer in this life, he could set them none. They were, as he was him­selfe, at quotidiè morior (Ver. 31.) every houre, in danger to be drawen to the block. It must therefore be from another; or at least, as the Text is, by a hope of being restored to life againe. It was their case at Corinth, heer in this chapter, plainly; If we must die to morrow, if there be all, that shall become of us, then let us eat and drinke while we may. If we be not sure of another life,Ver 32. let us make sure of this. But, when in the sequele of the chapter, he had shewed there was a restoring; and that, so sure he was of it, that he falls to insult over them in these termes, they gird up their loynes again, and fall to their labours a fresh, as knowing, their labour should not be in vaine in the LORD. This hope leades us to our restoring.Ver. 32.

Our restoring is but a promise, shall be restored: that, necessarily re­ferrs 3 to a Party that is to make it good. Who is that? CHRIST:Eccles 9.4. CHRIST is our hope, Why, hope is ioyned to the living (saith the Wise-man): CHRIST is dead; buried, last Fryday. If He be our hope, and He be dead; our hope is dead too: And, if our hope be dead, our labour will not live long: nay, both are buried with CHRIST in His grave. It was their ease this day,Luc. 24.21. that went to Em­maüs: say they (supposing CHRIST to be dead) nos autem sperabamus, we were once in good hope, by Him, that is, while He lived: as much to say, as, now He is in His grave, our hope is gone; we are even going to Emmaüs. But then after, as soon as they saw, He was alive againe, their hope revived; and with their hope, their labour: and presently back againe to Ierusalem, to the Lord's worke, and bad Emmaüs farewell. So He leads us to labour; labour, to hope; hope, to our restoring; our re­storing, to CHRIST's, who, as He hath restored Himselfe will restore us also to life. And this keeps us from going to Emmaüs. It is used proverbially; Emmaüs signifieth a people forlorne: all that are at sperabamus, have lost their hopes; are sayd to goe thither: and thither we should all goe, even to Emmaüs, but for the hope that breathes from this verse: without which, it were a cold occupation to be a Christian.

This then is the hope of this text, spes viva spes beata; worth all hopes els whatso­ever. All hopes els, are but spes spirantium, hopes, while we breath: This, is spes ex­pirantium, the hope, when we can fetch our breath no longer. The carnall man, all he can say, is, dum spiro spero: his hope is as long as his breath. The Christian aspi­reth higher; goeth further (by vertue of this verse) and saith, dum expiro spero:Iob. 29▪ 17. his hope failes him not, when his breath failes him. Even then (saith Iob) reposita est mihi spes in sinu meo; this hope, and onely this, is layd up in our bosome: that though our life be taken from us; yet (in CHRIST) we, to it; and it, to us, shall be restored againe.

Our case is not, as theirs then was: No persecution; nor we at quotidiè morior; and therefore, not so sensible of this doctrine. But yet, to them that are daily fal­ling toward death, rising to life is a good text: Peradventure, not when we are well and in good health; but the houre is comming, when we shall leave catching at all other hopes, and must hold onely by this: in horâ mortis, when all hope, save the hope of this verse, shall forsake us. Sure it is, under these very words, are we layd into our graves, and these the last words that are sayd over us, as the very last hold, we have: and we therefore to regard them with Iob, and lay them up in our bosome.

There is in this text. 1 a Text, and an 2 Exposition. 1. The Text, we may well call the Angell's text: for, from them it came first. 2.The Division The Exposition is Saint Paule's. These words, CHRIST is risen, were first uttered by an Angell, [Page 404] this day, in the Sepulcher; All the Mat. 28.6. Mar. 16.6. Luc. 24.6. Evangelists so testifie.

This Text is a good text, but reacheth not to us, unlesse it be helped with the II Apostle's Exposition: and then it will. The Exposition is it, that giveth us our hope, and the ground of our hope. CHRIST is risen, saith the Angell: CHRIST, the first fruicts, saith the Apostle. And, marke well that word first fruicts: For, in that word, is our hope. For, if He be as the first fruicts in His rising, His rising must reach to all, that are of the heape, whereof He is the first fruicts. This is our hope.

III But, our hope must have a reason (saith Saint 1. Pet. 3.15. Peter) and we be ready with it. Heb. 11.1. The hope that hath a ground (saith Saint Paul) that, is Rom. 5.5. spes quae non confundit. Having then shewed us this hope, he sheweth us the ground of it. This: That, in very aequitie, we are to be allowed to be restored to life, the same way we lost it. But, we lost it, by man: or, to speake in particular, By Adam, we came by our attainder. Meet therefore, that, by man (and to speake in particular) that, by CHRIST, we come to our restoring. This, is the ground or substance of our hope.

IV And thus he hath sett before us this day, life and death, in themselves and their causes; two things, that, of all other doe most, concerne us. Our last point shall be to applie it to the meanes, this day, offered unto us toward the restoring us to life.

I. The text, Christ is risen.THe doctrine of the Resurrection, is one of the Foundations, so called by the Apostle, Heb. 6.1. It behooveed him therefore (as a skilfull worke-man) to see it surely layd. That, is surely layd, that is layd on the rocke: and the rocke is Christ. Chap. 10.4. Therefore, he layd it on Christ, by saying first, Christ is risen.

Of all that be Christians, Christ is the hope: but, not Christ every way conside­red; but, as risen. Even in Christ, un-risen, there is no hope. Well doth the Apostle beginn heer: and, when he would open to us a gate of hope, carry us to Christ's sepul­cher emptie; [...]os. 2.15. to shew us, and to heare the Angell say, He is risen. Thence after to deduce; If He were able to do thus much for Himselfe, He hath promised us as much, and will do as much for us. We shalbe restored to life.

Thus had he proceeded, in the foure Verses before, destructivè. 1 Miserable is that man,Ver 19.18.17. that either laboureth, or suffereth in vaine. 2 Christian men seem to do so, and do so, if there be no other life but this. 3 There is no other life but this, if there be no resurrection. 4 There is no resurrection, if CHRIST be not risen; for, ours depen­deth, on His. And now he turneth all about againe. But now (saith he) 1 CHRIST is risen. 2 If he be, we shall: 3 If we shall, we have (as Saint PAVL calleth it) a blessed hope, Tit. 2.13 and so a life yet behinde. 4 If such hope we have, we, of all men, la­bour not in vaine. So, there are foure things: 1 CHRIST's rising, 2 our restoring, 3 our hope and 4 our labour. All the doubt is, of the two first: The two other will follow of themselves. If a restoring; we have good hope: if good hope, our labour is not lost. The two first are in the first: the other, in the last words. The first are; Christ is risen: the last, we shalbe restored to life. Our endeavour is, to bring these two togither: But first, to lay the corner-stone.

CHRIST is risen, is the Angell's Text: A part of the great mysterie of God­linesse;1. Tim. 3 16. which, as the Apostle saith, was seen of Angells, by them delive­red, and beleeved on by the world. Quod credibile primum fecit illis viden­tium certitudo, post merientium fortitudo, jam credibile mihi facit credentium multitudo. It became credible at first, by the certainty of them that saw it; then, by the constancie of them that died for confession of it; and to us now, the huge multitude of them, that have and do beleeve it, maketh it credible. For if it be [Page 397] not credible, how is it credible, that the world could beleeve it? the world (I say) be­ing neither enjoyned by authority, nor forced by feare, nor inveigled by allurements; but brought about by persons, by meanes lesse credible, then the thing it selfe. Gama­liel said, If it be of GOD, it will prevaile. And, though we cannot argue,Act. 5 37. all that hath prevailed, is of GOD: yet, thus we can: That which hath beene mightily impugned, and weakly pursued, and yet prevailed, that was of GOD certainly. That which all the Powers of the earth sought, but could not prevaile against, was from heaven cer­tainely. Certainely, Christ is risen: for, many have risen, and lift up themselves against it, but all are fallen. But the Apostle saith, it is a foundation; that he will not lay it againe; No more will we, but goe forward, and raise upon it: And so let us doe.

CHRIST is risen: Suppose, He be: what then? Though Christ's rising did no way concerne us, or we that; yet 2 first, in that a man, one of our owne flesh and blood hath gotten such a victorie, even for humanitie's sake: 2 Then, in that, one that is innocent, hath quit himselfe so well, for innocencies sake: 3 Thirdly, in that He hath foiled a common enemie, for amitie's sake: 4 Lastly, in that He hath wiped away the ignominie of His fall, with the glorie of His rising againe, for vertue and valour's sake: for all these, we have cause to rejoyce with Him. All are matter of gratu­lation.

But, the Apostle is about a further matter: that Text (the Angel's Text) he saw,II. The Apostle's exposition Christ, [...]s the first f [...]uits. would not serve our turne, further then I have said. Well may we congratulate Him, if that be all: but, otherwise it perteines not to us, Christ is risen. The Apostle there­fore enters further, telling us, That Christ did thus rise, not as Christ onely, but, as Christ the first fruits. Christ is risen, and in rising, become the first fruits: risen, and so risen: that is (to speake after the manner of men) that there is in Christ a double capa­citie. 1 One, as a body naturall, considered by himselfe, without any relative respect vnto us, or to any: (In which regard, well may we be glad, as one stranger is for ano­ther, but otherwise His rising concernes us not at all.) 2 Then, that He hath a second, as a body Politique, or chiefe part of a Companie or Corporation, that have to him and he to them, a mutuall and reciprocall reference: In which respect, His resurrection may concerne us, no lesse then himselfe: It is that, he giveth us the first Item of, in the word Primitiae; that Christ in His rising, commeth not to be considered as a Totum in­tegrale, or body naturall alone; as Christ, onely: but (that which maketh for us) He hath besides another capacitie, that He is a part of a corporation, or body, of which bo­die we are the members. This being woon; looke what he hath suffered or done, it per­teineth to us, and we have our part in it.

You shall finde (and,A [...] a part of the whole. ever when you finde such words make much of them) Christ called a Ephes. 1.22. Head; a Head is a part: Christ called a Apoc. 22.16. Root, a Root, is a part: and heer, Christ called first fruits, which (we all know) is but a part of the fruits, but a handfull of a heape, or a sheafe; and referreth to the rest of the fruits, as a part, to the whole. So that, there is (in the Apostles conceipt) one masse or heape of all mankinde: of which, Christ is the first fruits; we, the remainder. So as, by the Law of the body, all His concerne us no lesse, then they doe Him: whatsoever He did, He did to our be­hoofe. Die He, or rise; we have our part, in His death, and in His resurrection, and all: why? because He is but the first fruits.

And, if He were but Primus, and not Primitiae dormientium, there were hope. For, Primus is an ordinall number, and draweth after, a second, a third, and GOD knoweth how many. But, if in that word, there be any scruple (as, sometime it is, Ante quem non est, rather, then post quem est alius) if no more come but one: all the world knowes, the first fruits is but a part of the fruits: there are fruits beside them, no man know­eth how many.

[Page 398] As a part for the whole.But, that which is more; The first fruicts is not every part; but, such a part, as representeth the whole, and hath an operative force over the whole. For the better under­standing whereof, we are to have recourse to the Law, to the very institution or first beginning of them, Levit. 23.10. (Ever, the Legall ceremonie is a good key to the Evangelicall mysterie.) Thereby we shall see, why saint Paul made choise of the word first fruicts, to expresse Himselfe by: that he useth verbum vigilans, a word that is awake (as Saint Augustine saith) or (as Salomon) a word upon his own wheel. Pro. 25.11. The Head, or the root would have served: for, if the head be above the water, there is hope for the whole body: and if the Root have life, the braunches shall not long be without: yet, he refuseth these, and other that offered themselves, and chooseth rather the terme of first fruicts. And why so?

This very day (Easter day) the day of CHRIST's rising, according to the Law, is the day or feast of the first fruicts: the very Feast carieth him to the word; nothing could be more fit or seasonable for the time. The day of the Passion, is the day of the Passover;Chap. 5.7. and CHRIST is our Passover: the day of the Resurrection, is the day of the first fruicts; and, CHRIST is our first fruicts.

And this terme thus chosen, you shall see, there is a very apt and proper resem­blance between the resurrection and it. The rite and manner of the first fruictes, thus it was. Vnder the Law, they might not eate of the fruicts of the earth, so long as they were prophane. Prophane they were, untill they were sacred: And, on this wise were they sacred.Levit. 23.10.11.14. All the sheaves in a field (for example's sake) were unholy. One sheaf is taken out of all the rest, which sheafe we call the first fruicts. That, in the name of the rest, is lift up aloft and shaken to and fro, before the LORD, and so consecrated. That done, not onely the sheafe so lifted up, was holy (though, that alone was lift up) but all the sheaves in the field were holy, no lesse then it: The rule is Ro. 11.16. If the first fruicts be holy, all the lumpe is so too.

2. Co. 5.14.And thus (for all the world) fareth it in the Resurrection. We were all dead (saith the Apostle;) dead sheaves, all. One, (and that is CHRIST) this day, the day of first fruits, was (in manner of a sheafe) taken out of the number of the dead, and in the name of the rest, lift up from the grave (and in His rising, He shooke; for there was a great Earth-quake: Matt. 28.2.) By vertue whereof, the first fruits being restored to life, all the rest of the dead, are in Him entitled to the same hope; in that, He was not so lift up for himselfe alone, but, for us and in our names: And so the substance of this Feast fulfilled in CHRIST's resurrection.

Not, of the dead but, Of [...]hem that sleepe: Our Hope.Now, upon this lifting up, there ensueth a very great alteration, if you please to marke it. It was even now, CHRIST is risen from the dead, the first fruits (it should be, of the dead, too; for, from thence He rose; it is not so, but, the first fruits) of them that sleepe: that, you may see, the consecration hath wrought a change. A change, and a great change (certainly) to change [...] into [...], a buriall place, into a coemeterie, that is, a great Dortor: Graves, into beddes; Death, into sleepe; Dead men, into men layd downe to take their rest; a rest, of hope; of hope, to rise againe. If they sleepe, Ioh. 11.12 they shall doe well.

And, (that, which lyeth open in the word) Dormientium, the very same is en­folded, in the word first fruits: Either word affordeth comfort. For, first fruits im­ply fruits: And so we, as the fruits of the earth, falling, as do the graines or ker­nells into the ground, and there lying to all mens seeming, putrified, and past hope, yet on a sodeine, against the great Feast of first fruits, shooting forth of the ground againe. The other of Dormientium, the Apostle letteth goe, and fastens on this of fruits, and followeth it hard, through the rest of the Chapter: shewing, that the ri­sing againe of the fruits sowen,Ver. 36. would be no lesse incredible, then the resurrection, but that, we see it so, every yeare.

These two words of 1 sleeping and 2 sowing would be layd up well. That, which is sowen, riseth up, in the spring: that, which sleepeth, in the morning. So conceive, [Page 399] of the change wrought in our nature; that feast of first fruits, by CHRIST our first fruits. Neither perish; neither that, which is sowen, though it rott; nor they, that sleepe, though they lye as dead, for the time. Both, that shall spring, and these wake, well againe. Therefore, as men sowe not grudgingly; nor lye downe at night unwilling­ly; no more must we: seeing, by vertue of this Feast, we are now Dormientes, not mortui: now, not as stones, but, as fruits of the earth: whereof, one hath an annuall; the other, a diurnall resurrection. This, for the first fruits, and the change by them wrought.

There is a good analogie or correspondence, betweene these,III. The ground of our hope. it cannot be deni­ed. To this question, Can one man's resurrection worke upon all the rest? it is a good answer. Why not, as well as one sheafe, upon the whole harvest? This Simile serves well to shew it: To shew, but not prove. Symbolicall Divinitie is good: but, might we see it in the rationall, too? We may see it in the cause, no lesse: in the substance, and let the ceremonie goe. This, I called the Ground of our hope.

Why (saith the Apostle) should this of the first fruits seeme strange to you? that by one mans resurrection, we should rise all, seeing by one mans death we die all? By one man (saith he, Rom. 5.12.) sinne entred into the world, and by sinne, death: to which sinne we were no parties, and yet we all die, because we are of the same na­ture, whereof he, the first person: Death came so, certainely; and it is good reason, life should doe so likewise. To this question, Can the resurrection of one, a thousand sixe hundred yeares agoe, be the cause of our rising? it is a good answer, Why not, as well as the death of one, five thousand sixe hundred yeares ago, be the cause of our dy­ing? The ground and reason is, that there is like ground and reason of both. The wisest way it is (if Wisedome can contrive it) that a person be cured by Mithridate made of the very flesh of the viper bruised, whence the poison came; that so, that which brought the mischiefe, might minister also the remedie: The most powerfull way it is (if Power can effect it) to make strength appeare in weakenesse; and that He that over­came, should by the nature which He overcame, be swallowed up in victorie: The best way it is (if Goodnesse will admit of it) that as, next to Sathan, man to man oweth his destruction; so, next to GOD, man to man might be debtor of his recoverie. So, agreeable it is to the Power, Wisedome, and Goodnesse, of GOD, this; the three At­tributes of the Blessed and Glorious Trinitie.

And, let Iustice weigh it in her ballance, no iust exception can be taken to it, no not by Iustice it selfe; that, as death came, so should life too: the same way at least. More favour for life, if it may be: but, in very rigour, the same at the least. Ac­cording then to the very exact rule of Iustice, both are to be alike: If, by man, one; by man, the other.

We dwell too long in generalities: Let us draw neerer to the persons themselves, in whom, we shall see this better. In them, all answer exactly; word, for word. Adam is fallen, and become the first fruits of them that die: CHRIST is risen, and became the first fruits of them that live (for, they that sleepe, live.) Or you may (if you please) keepe the same terme, in both, thus: Adam is risen (as we vse to call rebellions, risings:) He did rise against GOD, by Eritis sicut Dij: Gen 3.6. He had never fallen, if he had not thus risen: His rising was his fall.

We are now come to the two great Persons, that are the two great Authors, of the two great matters in this world, life and death. Not, either to themselves, and none els: but, as two Heads, two Roots, two first fruits; either of them in reference to his companie, whom they stand for. And of these two, hold the two great Corp [...]rations: 1 Of them that die; they are Adam's: 2 Of them, that sleepe and shall rise; that, is CHRIST's.

To come then to the particular: No reason in the world, that Adam's transgressi­on should draw us all downe to death, onely for that we were of the same lump; and, that CHRIST's righteousnesse should not be availeable to raise us up againe to life, [Page 400] being of the same sheaves, whereof He the first fruits, no lesse then before of Adam. Looke to the things, Death and Life: Weakenesse is the cause of death; Raising to life commeth of Power. 2. Cor. 13.4. Shall there be in Weakenesse more strength to hurt, then in Power to do us good? Looke to the Persons, Adam and CHRIST: shall Adam, being but a living soule, Ver. 45.47. infect us more strongly, then Christ (a quickning spirit) can heale us againe? Nay then, Adam was but from the earth, earthly; CHRIST the LORD from heaven: Shall earth doe that, which heaven cannot vndoe? Ne­ver: it cannot be, Sicut, Sic: As, and So: so runne the termes.

But the Apostle (in Rom. 5. where he handleth this very point) tells us plain­ly, Non sicut delictum, Rom. 5.15. ita & donum; Not, as the fault, so the Grace: Nor, as the fall, so the Rising: but, the Grace and the Rising, much more abundant. It seemeth to be, A pari; it is not, indeed: It is under value. Great odds between the Persons, the Things, the powers, and the meanes of them. Thus then, meet it should be: Let us see, how it was.

Heer againe, the very termes give us great light. We are (saith he) restored: Restoring doth alwaies presuppose an attainder going before; and so, the terme, signi­ficant: For the nature of attainder is, One person maketh the fault, but it taints his blood, and all his posteritie. The Heb. 9.27. Apostle saith, that a Statute there is, All men should dye: But, when we go to search for it, we can finde none, but Gen. 3.19. Pulvis es, wherin, onely Adam is mentioned; and so, none die but he. But, even by that Statute, death go­eth over all men; even those (saith Saint Paul) that have not sinned after the like man­ner of transgression of Adam. By what law? By the law of Attainders.

The Restoring then likewise was to come, and did come after the same manner, as did the attainders: That, by the first; this, by the second Adam (so He is called, Ver. 45.Lev. 18.5.) There was a Statute concerning GOD's commaundements, qui fecerit ea vivet in eis: He that observed the commaundements, should live by that his obedience, Death should not seise on him. CHRIST did observe them exactly; there­fore should not have beene seised on by death: should not, but was: and that sei­sure of his, was deathe's forfeiture. The laying of the former Statute on CHRIST, was the utter making it void. So, Iudgement was entred, and an Act made, CHRIST should be restored to life. And because, He came not for Himself, but for us, and in our name and stead; did represent us, and so, we, virtually in Him, by His restoring we also were restored: By the rule, si Primitae, & tota conspersio sic: as the First fruicts go,Rom. 11.16. so goeth the whole lumpe: as the Roote, the branches. And thus we have gotten life againe of mankind, by passing this Act of Restitution, whereby we have hope to be restored to life.

But, life is a terme of latitude, and admitteth a broad difference, which it be­hooveth us much that we know. Two lives there be: In the holy Tongue, the word which signifieth life, is of the duall number; to shew us, there is a dualitie of lives: that, two there be, and, that we to have an eye to both. It will helpe us to under­stand our Text. For, all restored to life: All, to one: not, all to both. The Apostle doth after (at the 44 Verse) expressly name them both. 1 One, a Naturall life, or life by the living soule: The other, a Spirituall life, or life by the quickening Spirit. Of these two, Adam (at the time of his fall) had the first, of a living soule; was sei­sed of it: and, of him, all mankind, Christ and we all receive that life. But, the other the Spirituall (which is the life cheifly to be accompted of) that, he then had not, not actually; Onely, a possibilitie he had (if he had held him in obedience, and wal­ked with GOD) to have been translated to that other life. For, cleer it is, the life which Angells now live with GOD, and which we have hope and promise to live with Him,Luc. 20.36. after our restoring (when we shall be aequall to the Angells:) that life, Adam at the time of his fall, was not possessed of.

Now Adam, by his fall, fell from both, forfeited both estates. Not onely, that, he had in reversion, by not fullfilling the conditions: but, even that, he had in esse too. For, even on that also did Death seise after, Et mortuus est.

[Page 401]CHRIST in his restitution, to all the sonnes of Adam, to all our whole nature, re­storeth the former: therefore, all have interest, all shall partake that life. What Adam actually had, we shall actually have, we shall all be restored. To repaire our nature, He came; and repaire it He did: all is given againe really, that in Adam really we lost, touching Nature. So that, by his fall; no detriment at all, that way.

The other, the second, that, He restoreth too; but, not promiscuè (as the former) to all. Why? for, Adam was never seised of it; performed not that, whereunto the possibilitie was annexed; and so had in it but a defeicible estate. But then, by His speciall grace, by a second peculiar act, He hath enabled us to atteine the second estate also, which Adam had onely a reversion of, and lost, by breaking of the condition whereto it was limited. And so, to this second, restored so many, as (to vse the Apo­stle's words in the next verse) are in Him: that is, so many, as are not only of that masse or lump, whereof Adam was the first fruits (for, they are interessed in the for­mer onely) but, that are besides, of the nova conspersio; whereof CHRIST is the Primitiae.

Ioh. 1.12. They that beleeve in Him (saith Saint Iohn) them He hath enabled, Ioh. 20.17. to them He hath given power to become the sonnes of GOD: to whom therefore, He saith, this day rising, Vado ad Patrem vestrum: In which respect the Apostle calleth Him Rom. 8.29. Primo­genitum inter multos fratres. Or (to make the comparison even) to those that are (to speake, but as Esay 8. [...]. Esay speaketh of them) His children; Behold, I and the the children GOD hath given me. The terme, He vseth (Himselfe) to them, after His resurrecti­on, and calleth them Children: And they, as His familie, take denomination of Him. Christians, of CHRIST.

Of these two lives, the first we need take no thought for. It shall be, of all; the vn­just as well as the iust. The life of the living soule, shall be to all restored All our thought is to be for the later; how to have our part in that supernaturall life: for, that is indeed to be restored to life. For, the former, though it carie the name of life, yet it may well be disputed, and is, Whether it be rather a death, then a life; or a life then a death? A life it is; and not a life: for, it hath no living thing in it. A death it is; and not a death: for it is an immortall death. But, most certaine it is (call it life if you will) they that shall live that life, shall wish for death, rather then it, and (this is the miserie) not have their wish: for, death shall flie from them.

Out of this double life, and double restoring, there grow two Resurrections, in the world to come, set downe by our SAVIOVR in expresse termes (Ioh. 5. [...]9.) Though both be to life, yet, 1 that is called condemnation to judgement: and 2 this onely,Heb. 11.35. to life. Of these, the Apostle calleth one, the better resurrection: the better, beyond all comparison. To atteine this then, we bend all our endeavours; that, seeing the other will come of it selfe without taking any thought for it at all, we may make sure of this.

To compasse that then, we must be in CHRIST: So, it is in the next verse: To 1 all, but to every one in order; CHRIST first, the first fruits, and then, they that be in Him.

Now, He is in us by our flesh; and we in Him, by His Spirit: and it standeth with 2 good reason, they that be restored to life, should be restored to the Spirit: For, the Spirit is the cause of all life; but specially, of the Spirituall life, which we seeke for.

His Spirit then we must possesse our selves of: and we must doe that heere: for,3 it is but one and the same Spirit, that raiseth our soules heere from the death of Sinne, Rom. 8.11. and the same that shall raise our bodies there, from the dust of death.

Of which Spirit there is first fruits (to reteine the words of the Text) and a full­nesse: 4 But, the fullnesse, in this life, we shall never atteine: Our highest degree (heer) is but, to be of the number, whereof he was, that said, Et nos habentes primitias Spi­ritus. Rom. 8 23.

These first fruits we first receive in our Baptisme, which is to us,Tit. 3.5. our Laver 5 [Page 402]of regeneration, and of our renewing by the holy Spirit; where we are made and conse­crate Primitiae.

6 Heb. 12.1.But, as we need be restored to life, so (I doubt) had we need to be restored to the Spirit, too. We are at many losses of it, by this sinne that cleaveth so fa [...]t to us. I doubt, it is with us, as with the fields, that we need a feast of first fruits, a day of con­secration, every yeere. By something or other, we grow un-hallowed, and need to be consecrate anew, to re-seize us of the first fruits of the Spirit again. At least, to awake it in us, as Primitiae dormientium, at least. That which was given us, and by the fraud of our enemie, or our owne negligence, or both, taken from us, and lost, we need to have restored: that which we have quenched, to be light anew: that which we have cast into a dead sleepe, 1. Th. 5..19. Ephes. 5.14. awaked up from it.

If such a new consecrating we need, what better time then the feast of first fruits? the sacring time under the Lawe; and in the Gospell, the day of CHRIST's rising, our first fruits, by whom we are thus consecrate. The day wherein He was himselfe resto­red to the perfection of His Spirituall life (the life of glorie) is the best for us, to be restored in, to the first fruits of that spirituall life, the life of Grace.

IV. The Appli­cation to the Sa­crament.And, if we aske, what shall be our meanes of this consecrating? The Apostle telleth us (Heb. 10.10.) we are sanctified, by the Oblation of the bodie of IESVS: That, is the best meanes to restore us to that life. He hath said it, and shewed it him­selfe; He that eateth Me, shall live by Me. The words spoken concerning that, are both Spirit and Life;Ioh. 6.57.63. whither we seeke for the Spirit, or seek for Life. Such was the meanes of our death, by eating the forbidden fruit, the first fruits of death: and such is the meanes of our life, by eating the flesh of CHRIST, the first fruits of life.

And herein, we shall very fully fit, not the time only and the meanes, but also the manner. For, as by partaking the flesh and blood, the substance of the first Adam, we came to our death; so, to life we cannot come, unlesse we do participate with the flesh and blood of the second Adam, that is CHRIST. We drew death from the first, by partaking his substance: and so must we draw life from the second by the same. This is the way; become branches of the Vine, and partakers of his nature, and so of his life and verdure both.

So, the time, the meanes, the manner agree. What letteth then, but that we, at this time, by this meanes, and in this manner, make our selves of that conspersion, where­of CHRIST is our first fruits: by these meanes, obteining the first fruits of His Spirit, of that quickning Spirit, which being obteined, and still kept, or in default thereof, still recovered, shall heer begin to initiate in us, the first fruits of our restitu­tion in this life, whereof the fulnesse we shall also be restored unto, in the life to come: As Saint Peter calleth that time, the time of the restoring of all things. Then shall the fulnesse be restored us too,Act. 3.21. when GOD shall be all in all; not some in one, and some in another, but all in all. At (que) hic est vitiae finis, pervenire ad vitam cujus non est finis: This is the end of the Text, and of our life, to come to a life, whereof there is no end. To which, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KING'S MAIESTIE, AT VVHITE-HALL, on the XXVII. of March, A. D. MDCVIII. being EASTER DAY.

MAR. CHAP. XVI.

Et cum transisset Sabbatum, &c.

VER. 1. And, when the Sabbath day was past, Marie Magdalen, and Marie the mother of Iames, and Salome bought sweet ointments, that they might come, and embalme Him.

2. Therefore, early in the morning, the first day of the weeke, they came unto the Sepulcher, when the Sunne was yet rising.

3. And they said one to another, Who shall roll us away the stone from the doore of the Sepulcher?

4. And when they looked, they saw, that the stone was rolled away (for, it was a very great one.)

5. So they went into the Sepulcher, and saw a yong man sitting at the right side, clothed in a long white robe: And they were afraid.

6. But, he said unto them, Be not afraid: Ye seeke IESVS OF NAZARET, which hath beene crucified, He is risen, He is not heere: Behold the place, where they put Him.

7. But, goe your way and tell His Disciples, and PETER, th [...]t He will goe be­fore you into Galilee: there shall ye see Him, as He said vnto you.

THE Summe of this Gospell is, a Gospell: that is,The Summe. a message of good tydings. In a message, these three points fall in naturally: 1 The Parties, to whom it is brought. 2 The Partie, by whom: 3 And, The Message it selfe. These three: 1. The Parties, to I whom; Three women; the three Maries. 2. The Partie, by II whom; an Angell. 3. The Message it selfe, the first newes III of Christ's rising againe. These three make the three parts in the Text. 1 The Women, 2 The Angell, 3 The Message.

Seven verses I have readd ye. The first foure concerne the Women. The fifth, the Angell. The two last, the Angell's message. In the Women, we have to consider:The Division [Page 404] 1 Themselves, in the first: 2 Their Iourney, in the second and third: and 3 Their Suc­cesse, in the fourth.

In the Angell, 1 The manner of his appearing, 2 and of their affecting with it.

In the Message, The newes it selfe: 1. That CHRIST is risen: 2. That He is gone before them to Galilee: 3. That there they shall see Him: 4. Peter and all: 5. Then, the Ite & dicite, The Commission Ad Evangelizandum; not to conceale these good newes, but publish it: These, to his Disciples: they, to others, and so to us: we to day, and so to the worlds end.

I. The Parties to whom: Three Women.AS the Text lyeth, the part that first offereth it selfe, is The parties, to whom this message came. Which were three Women. Where, finding that Women were the first, that had notice of Christ's resurrection, we stay. For, it may seeme strange, that passing by all men, yea the Apostles themselves, Christ would have His Resurrecti­on first of all made knowne, to that sexe. Reasons are rendred, of diverse diversly. We may be bold to alleage that, the Angell doth, in the Text (Verse 5.). Vos enim quae­ritis, for they sought Christ. And, Christ is not vnrighteous, to forget the worke and labour of their Love, Heb. 6.10. that seeke Him. Verily there will appeare more Love, and Labour in these Women, then in Men; even the Apostle's themselves. At this time (I know not, how) Men were then become Women, and did animos gerere mu­liebres;Ioh. 20.19. and Women were Men: Sure, the more manly, of the twaine. The Apo­stles, they satt mured up, all the doores fast about them; sought not, went not to the Sepulcher.Ioh. 21.15.20. Neither Peter that loved Him, nor Iohn whom He loved; till these Wo­men brought them word. But these Women (we see) were last at His Passion, and first at His Resurrection: stayd longest at that, came soonest to this: Even in this re­spect, to be respected. Sure, as it is said of the Law, Vigilantibus & non dormientibus succurrit lex; so may it no lesse truly be said of the Gospell. We see it heere, it com­meth not to sleepers; but, to them that are awake, and up and about their businesse, as these Women were. So that, there was a capacitie in them to receive this prero­gative.

Marie Magda­len, first.Before I leave this part, of the Parties, I may not omit, to observe Marie Magdalen's place, and precedence among the three. All the Fathers are carefull to note it. That she standeth first of them: For, it seemeth no good order. She had had seven divells in her (as we finde,Luk. 7.37. Verse 9.) She had had the blemish to be called Peccatrix, as one famous, and notorious in that kinde: The other were of honest report, and never so stained: Yet, is she named with them. With them, were much: but, not onely with them; but before them. With them: (and that is to shew, Christ's resurrection (as well as His Death) reacheth to Sinners of both sexes: And that, to Sinners of note, no lesse then those that seeme not to have greatly gone astray.) But, before them, too; And that is (indeed) to be noted; that, she is the first, in the list of Women: and Saint Peter, in that of men. These two: the two chiefe Sinners, either of their sexe. Yet they,Col. 1.12. the two, whose lots came first forth in Sorte Sanctorum, in pertaking this newes. And this, to shew, that chiefe Sinners (as these were) if they carrie them­selves,Luk. 15.22. as these did, shall be at no losse, by their fall: shall not onely be pardoned, but honored (even as he was) like these, with stolâ primâ, the first robe in all the Ward­robe; and stand foremost of all. And, it is not without a touch of the former reason; In that, the Sinner, after his recoverie, for the most part seeketh GOD more fervent­ly: Whereas they, that have not greatly gone astray, are but even so so; if warme, it is all. And with GOD, it is a Rule: Plus valet hora fervens quàm mensis tepens, An hower of fervor, more worth then a month of tepor. Now, such was Marie Mag­dalen; heere, and elsewhere, vouchsafed therefore this degree of exaltation, to be of the [Page 405] first three: nay, to be the first of the three, that heard first of His rising: Yea (as in the ninth Verse) that first saw Him risen from the dead. This of the Persons. 2. Sam. 23.19.

And now, because their endeuours were so well liked,2. Their iourney: and therein, th [...]ir love. as they were (for them) counted worthy this so great honor, it falleth next to consider, what those were: that we being like prepared may partake the like good happ. So, seeking as they, we may finde as they did. They were foure in number: The first and third in the II. the second, in the I. and the last, in the III. verse. All reduced (as CHRIST re­duced them, in Marie Magdalene) to Dilexit multum, their great Love; Of which these foure be foure Demonstrations: Or (if love be an Ensigne, as it is ter­med Cant. 2.) the foure Colours of it. 1. That they went to the Sepulcher: Love, Cant. 2.4. to one dead. 2. That they bought pretious odours; Love, that is at charges. 3. That out they went early, before breake of day: Love, that will take paines. 4. That for all the stone, still they went on: Love, that will wrestle with impediments. The first is constant, as to the dead. The second bounteous, as a [...] expense. The third diligent, as up betimes. The last resolute, be the stone never so great. Accor­ding to which foure, are the foure denominations of Love: 1 Amor, [...] morte, when it surviveth death: 2 When it buyeth dearely, it is Charitas: When it sheweth all diligence, it is Dilectio: 4 When it goeth per Saxa, when stones can­not stay it, it is Zelus, which is specially seene, in encount [...]ing [...]. It shall not be amisse to touch them severally: it will serve to touch our Love, whe­ther ours be of the same assay.

The first riseth out of these words [They went to the Sepulcher: 1 Love to the dead: Amor.] And (in­deed) ex totâ substantiâ, out of the whole Text. For, for whom is all this adoe; is it not for CHRIST? But, CHRIST is dead, and buried three daies since, and this is now the third day. What then, though He be dead; to their love, He liveth still: Death may take His body from their eyes, but shall never take His remembrance, from their hearts. Heerein is Love, this the first Colour (saith a great Master in that facultie) Fortis sicut M [...]rs, Love,Cant. 8 6. that death can­not foile: but continueth to the dead, as if they still were alive. And, when I say the dead, I meane not such, as the dead hath left behind them (though that be a vertue, and BOOZ worthily blessed for it,Path 2 20. that shewed mercie to the living for the dead's sake:) but I meane performing offices of love to the dead himselfe: To see, he have a Sepulcher to goe to: Not, so to burie his friend, as he would burie his Asse being dead. To see, he have one: and, not thither to bring him, and there to leave him, and burie him and his memorie both in a grave. Such is the world's love. SALOMON sheweth it,Eccle 9.4. by the Lion and the Dog, All, after CHRIST living: But, goe to His Sepulcher who will, not we. The love that goeth thither, that burieth not the memorie of Him that is buried, is Love indeed.

The iourney to the Sepulcher is Iter amoris: a Love that was a [...] charges: [...]aritas. [...]on. 11.31. had it beene but to lament as Marie Magdalen to Lazaru's (Iohn 11.) But then, heer is a farther matter. They went to annoint Him. That, is set for another signe: that they sp [...]red for no cost, but bought pretious odours wherewith to embalme Him.

1. To goe to annoint CHRIST, is kindly: It is to make him CHRIST, that is, Annointed. That terme referreth principally, to His Father's annointing (I grant:) but what if we also annoint Him, will he take it, in evill part? Cleerely, not: Nei­ther quick nor dead. Not quick: Luk. 7. M [...]r. 14. Not dead; this place is preg­nant; it is the end of their journey, to doe this. He is well content to be their,Luk. 7.46. Mar. 14.3. and our Annointed; Not His Father's onely: yea, it is a way to make Him Christum nostrum, Our CHRIST, if we breake our boxes, and bestow our odours vpon Him.

[Page 406]2. To Annoint Him; And, not with some odd cast ointment, lying by them, kept a little too long; to throw away upon Him: But to buy, to be āt cost, to doe it, Emptis odoribus, with bought odours.

3. This to doe, to Him alive; that would they with all their hearts: But, if that cannot be, to doe it to Him dead, rather then not at all. To doe it, to whatsoever is left us, of CHRIST, to that to doe it.

4. To embalme CHRIST, CHRIST dead, yea, though others had done it be­fore: for,Ioh. 19.39. so is the case. Ioseph and Nicodemus had bestowed Myrrh and aloes to that end already: What then? Though they had done it, it is not enough: nay, it is nothing: Nay, if all the world should have done it, vnlesse they might come with their odours and doe it too, all were nothing. In hoc est charitas, heerein is love, and this a signe of it. A signe of it every where els; and, to CHRIST, a signe it was. Indeed, such a signe there was; but it is beaten downe; now. We can love Christ, absque hoc, and shew it some other way well enough. It sheweth, our love is not Charitas, no deare love; but Vilitas, love, that loves to be at as little charges with CHRIST, as may be: saint love. You shall know it thus: Ad hoc signum se contrahit, At this signe it shrinks; at every word of it. 1. They bought; that is charge: we like it not; we had rather heare potuit vendi. 2. Odours: what need odours? Mar. 14.5. An vnnecessarie charge: We like no odour, but Odor Lucri. 3. To CHRIST: Nay, seeing it is vnnecessarie, we trust, CHRIST will not require it. 4. Not, alive; but especially, not dead: There was much adoe, while He lived, to gett allowance for it; there was one of His owne Apostles (a good charitable man, Pater pauperum) held it to be plaine perditio. Yet, to annoint the living;Mar. 14.4. that, many doe: they can annoint us againe: But, to the dead, it is quite cast away. But then, if it had beene told us, He is embal­med already; why then, take away their odours; that, at no hand would have beene endured. This sheweth, our love is not Charitas. But, so long as this is a Gospell, it shall sound every Easter day in our eare, That the buying of odours, the embalming of whatsoever is left us of Christ, is (and will be still) a signe of our lo­ving and seeking Him, as we should: Though, not heretofore, yet now: Now especially, when that obiection ceaseth; He is embalmed enough already. He was (in­deed) then; but, most of the myrrh and aloes is now gone. That, there is good oc­casion left, if any be disposed in hoc signo signari, with this signe to seale his love to Christ, anew againe.

Love, that takes paines: Dilectio.From this of their expense [Charitas] we passe to the third, of their Diligence [Di­lectio:] sett downe (in the second verse) in these words Very early, &c. And but marke, how diligent the Holy Ghost is in describing their diligence. The very first day of the weeke: The very first part of that first day, In the morning: The very first houre of that first part, Very early, before the Sunne was up, they were up. Why good LORD, what need all this hast? CHRIST is fast enough vnder His stone. He will not runne away (ye may be sure:) ye need never breake your sleepe, and yet come to the Sepulcher time enough. No; if they doe it not, as soone as it may be done, it is nothing worth. Heerein is Love, Dilectio: whose proper signe is Diligentia, in not slipping the first opportunitie of shewing it. They did it not, at their le [...]sure: they could not rest, they were not well, till they were about it. Which very speed of theirs doubleth all the former. For Citò (we know) is esteemed as much, as Bis. To doe it at once, is to doe it more then once, is to doe it twise over.

Yet, this we must take with us [ [...].] Where falleth a very strange thing: that, as we have commended them for their quicknesse, so must we now also for their flownesse (out of the very first words of all:) When the Sabboth was past, then, and not till then, they did it. This diligence of theirs, as great hast as it made, stayed yet, till the Sabboth were past: and, by this, meanes, hath two contrarie commen­dations: 1 One, for the speede; 2 another, for the stay of it. Though they faine would [Page 407] have been embalming Him, as soone as might be, yet not with breach of the Sab­both: Their diligence lept over none of GOD's commandements for hast. No, not this Commandement, which (of all other) the world is boldest with; and, if they have hast, somewhat els may; but sure, the Sabboth shall never stay them. The Sabboth, they stayed: for then, GOD stayed them. But, that was no soo­ner over, but their diligence appeared streight. No other thing could stay them. Not their owne Sabboth (Sleepe;) but before day-light, they were well onward on their way.

The last is in the third verse, in these words, As they went, they said, &c. 4 Love that v [...]estles with impediments: Zelus. There was a stone (a very great one) to be rolled away yer they could come at Him. They were so rapt with love, in a kinde of extasie, they never thought of the stone; they were well on their way, before they remembred it. And then, when it came to their minds, they went not backe though; but on still, the stone non obstante. And heerein is love; the very fervor of it, zeale: that word hath fire in it. Not onely diligence (as lightnesse) to carrie it upward; but zeale (as fire) to burne a hole and eate it selfe a way, through whatsoever shall oppose to it. No stone so heavie as to stay them, or turne them backe. And this is Saint Iohn's signe: For as pellit timorem, Love (if it be perfect) casts our feare; Et erubescit nomen difficultatis, 1. Ioh 4.18. shames to confesse any thing too hard for it. Ours is not so: we must have (not great stones (GOD wot) but) every scruple removed out of our way, or we will not stirr. But as, if you see one Qui laborem fingit in praecepto, that makes a great deale more labour in a precept, then needs; that is afraid where no feare is; Of Leo in viâ, a Lyon, Pro. 26.13. or (I wott not what) perillous beast in the way, and no such matter: It is a certaine signe, his love is small; his affection cold to the businesse in hand. So, on the other side, when we see (as in these heere) such zeale to that, they went about, as (first) they forgot, there was any stone at all; and, when they bethought them of it, they brake not of, but went on though: ye may be bold to say of them, dilexerunt multùm, their love was great, that per saxa, through stones and all, yet goeth forward: that neither cost nor paines nor perill can divert. Tell them, the Partie is dead, they goe to: It skills not, their love is not dead; that will goe on. Tell them, He is embalmed already, they may save their cost: It is not enough, for them, except they doe it too; they will doe it neverthelesse, for all that. Tell them, they may take time then, and doe it: Nay, vnlesse it be done, the first day, howre, and minute, it contents them not. Tell them, there is a stone, more then they remember, and more then they can remove: No matter, they will trie their strength, and lift at it, though they take the foile. Of these thus qualified, we may truly say: they that are at all this cost, labour, paines, to annoint Him dead, shew plainely, if it lay in them, to raise Him againe, they would not faile, but doe it: Consequently, would be glad to heare, He were risen: And so, are fit hearers of this Gospell: Hearers well disposed, and every way meet to receive this Messenger, and this Message. Now to the successe.

We see what they sought; we long to see what they found. Such Love, 3. Their Successe. and such labour would not be lost. This we may be sure of, there is none shall an­noint Him alive, or dead, without some recompense or consideration; Which is sett downe, of two sorts. 1. They found the stone rolled away, as great as it was: That which troubled them most, how it might be removed, that found they removed, yet they came. They need never take paines with it; the Angel had done it to their hands. 2. They found not (indeed) whom they sought, Christ: but, His Angell they found, and heard such a Gospell of Him, so good newes, as pleased them better, then if they had found His body to embalme it. That newes, which of all other they most longed to heare; that, He (they came to annoint) needed no such office to be done to Him, as being alive againe. This was the Suc­cesse.

[Page 408]And, from this successe of theirs our lesson is. 1. That, as there is no ver­tue, no good worke, but hath some impediment, as it were some great stone, to be lifted at, Quis revolvet? So, that it is (oft times) the lot of them, that seeke to doe good, to finde many imaginarie stones removed to their hands: GOD so providing, Vt quod admovit Satanas, amoveat Angelus, what Sathan layes in the way, a good Angell takes out of the way: That it may, in the like case be a good answer to Quis revolvet? to say, Angelus DOMINI, the Angell of the LORD, he shall doe it; done it shall be: so did these here: and, as they did, others shall finde it.

2. Againe, it is the hope, that all may have, that sett themselves to doe CHRIST any service; to finde his Angell at least, though not himselfe: to heare some good newes, of Him, though not see Him at the first. Certaine it is, with Vngentes, vngentur; None shall seeke ever to annoint Him, but they shall be annointed by Him againe, one way or other: and finde, though not alwaies what they seeke, yet some supplie, that shall be worth the while. And, this we may reckon of; it shall never faile us.

II. The Pa [...]tie by whom: the Angell.To follow this further. Leave we these good Women, and come first to the Angell the Messenger, and after to his Message. An Angell was the messen­ger: for, none other Messenger was meete for this message. For, if His Birth were tydings of so great ioy, Luk. 2.10. as none but an Angell was meete to report it; His Resurrection is as much: As much? nay, much more. As much: for, His Resurrection is (it selfe) a birth, too. To it doth the Apostle applie the Verse in the Psalme, This day have I begotten thee (Acts 13.33.) Even this day, when He was borne anew Tanquam ex vtero Sepulchri, from the wombe of the grave. As much, then; yea, much more. For, the newes of His Birth might well have beene brought by a mortall; it was but His entrie, into a mortall life: But this, heere,Matt. 22.30. not properly, but by an Angell: for that, in the Resurrection, we shall be like the Angells, and shall die no more: and therefore an immortall Messen­ger was meetest for it.

1. The Vision.We first begin with what they saw, the Vision. They Saw an Angell in the Sepulcher. An Angell, in a Sepulcher, is a verie strange sight. A Sepulcher is but an homely place; neither savorie, nor sightly, for an Angell to come in. The place of dead mens bones, of stench, of wormes, and of rottennesse, What doth an Angell there? Indeed, no Angell ever came there, till this mor­ning. Not till CHRIST had beene there: but, since His bodie was there, a great change hath ensued. He hath left there Odorem vitae, and changed the grave into a place of rest. That, not onely this Angell heere now: but, af­ter this, Ioh. 20.12. two more yea diverse Angells, upon diverse occasions, this day did visit, and frequent this place. Which very finding of the Angells, thus, in the place of dead bodies, may be, and is to us a pledge, that there is a possi­bilitie and hope, that the dead bodies may come also into the place of Angells. Why not the bodies in the grave to be in heaven, one day; as well as the An­gells of heaven to be in the grave this day?

The manner of his appea­ring.This for the Vision; The next for the manner of his appearing; in what forme he shewed himselfe. A matter worth our stay a little; as a good intro­duction to us, in him, as in a mirrour, to see, what shall be the state of us and our bodies in the Resurrection: In-as-much as it is expresly promised, we shall then be [...], like and equall to the Angells themselves.

Matt. 22 30. a As a Yong man.1. They saw a young man, one in the vigor and strength of his yeares: And such shall be our estate then: All age, sicknesse, infirmitie removed cleane away. Therefore it was also, that the Resurrection fell in the Spring, the freshest [Page 409] time of the year [...]; and, in the Morning, the freshest time of the day, when (saith Esay) the dew is on the herbs. Therefore,Esay 26.19. that it was in a Garden (so it was) in IOSEPH of Aramathia's garden: that, looke as that garden was, at that time of the yeare, the spring; so shall our estate then be, in the verie slower and prime of it.

They saw him sitting: Which is (we know) the site of rest, and quietnesse;2 Sitting. of them that are at ease. To shew us a second qualitie of our estate then; that, in it, all labour shall cease, all motions rest, all troubles come vtterly to an end for ever; and the state of it, a quiet, a restfull state.

They saw him sit on the right side. And,3 On the right side. that side is the side of pre-eminence and honour. To shew, that those also shall accompanie us rising againe That, we may fall on the left side, but, we shall rise on the right;1. Cor. 15.43. be sowen in di­shonor, but shall rise againe in honor; that honor, which His Saints and Angells have and shall have for ever.

Last, they saw him clothed all in white. And white is the colour of gladnesse,4 Clothed in white. as we finde (Eccl. 9.8.) All to shew still, that it shall be a state, as of Strength, Rest, and Honour; so, of Ioy likewise. And that, robe-wise: not short or skant, but (as his stoale) all over, downe to the ground.

Neither serves it alone to shew us, what then we shall be; but withall, what now we ought to be, this day, the day of His Rising. In that we see, that,Matt. 27.45. as the heavens at the time of His Passion, were in black; by the great Eclipse, shew­ing us it was then a time of mourning: so, this day, the Angells were all in white, to teach us thereby, with what affection, with how great Ioy, and glad­nesse, we are to celebrate and solemnize this Feast of our SAVIOVR's ri­sing.

Their affection (heere) was otherwise: And that is somewhat strange.3. Their aff [...]cting therewith. In the Apparition, there was nothing fearefull, as ye see; yet is it said, they were afraid. Even now, they feared nothing: and now, they fall to be afraid, at this so comfortable a sight. Had they beene guilty to themselves of any evill, they came to doe, well might they then have feared. GOD first, as the Malefactor doth the Iudge; and then His Angell, as the Executioner of His Wrath. But their comming was for good. But (I finde) it is not the Sinner's case one­ly, but even the best's of our nature. Looke the Scripture: Gen. 15.12. Abraham, and 28 17. Iacob, in the Old: Luk. 1.12. Zacharie and the [...]9. Blessed Virgin in the New, all strooken with feare still, at the sight of good Angells; Yea, even then, when they came for their good.

It fareth with the Angells of light, as it doth with the light it selfe. Sore eyes and weake, cannot endure it: No more can Sinners, them: No more can the strongest sight neither beare the light, if the Object be too excellent; if it be not tempered, to a certaine proportion: Otherwise, even to the best that is, is the light offensive. And that is their case; Afraid they are, not for any evill, they were about, but for that, our verie nature is now so decayed, Vt l [...]cem, ad quam na­ta est, sustinere nequeat, as the Angell's brightnesse, for whose societie we were created, yet (as now we are) beare it we cannot, but need to be comforted at the sight of a comfortable Angell. It is not the Messenger Angelicall, but the Message Evangelicall that must doe it.

Which leadeth us along, from the Vision that feared them,III. The Message. to the Message it selfe that releeved them: which is the third part. The stone lay not more heavie on the grave, then did that feare on their hearts, pressing them downe hard. And no lesse needfull was it, the Angell should roll it away (this spirituall great stone) from their hearts, then he did that other materiall, from the Sepulcher it selfe. With that, he beginnes.

[Page 410] 1. Feare not.1. Feare not. A meet Text for him, that maketh a Sermon at a Sepulcher. For,Heb. 2.15. the feare of that place maketh us out of quiet all our life long (Heb. 2.). It lyeth at our heart like a stone: and no way there is, to make us willing to goe thither, but by putting us out of feare; by putting us in hope, that the great stones shall be rolled away againe, from our Sepulchers, and we, from thence, rise to a better life. It is a right beginning, for an Easter day's Sermon, Nolite timere.

2. And, a good reason he yeelds, why not. For, it is not every bodies case (this) Nolite timere vos, feare not You, Why not? For You seeke IESVS of NAZARETH, which hath beene crucified. Nazareth, might keepe you backe (the meanesse of His Birth;) and Crucified, more (the reproch of His Death:). In-as-much as these cannot let you, but ye seeke Him; are ashamed neither of His poore birth, nor of His shamefull death, but seeke Him: And seeke Him, not (as some did) when He was alive, when good was to be done by Him, but even now, dead, when no­thing is to be gotten: And, not to robb or rifle Him, but, to embalme Him, an office of love and kindnesse (this touched before;) feare not You, nor let any feare that so seeke Him.

Now, that they may not feare, he imparts them his Message full of comfort. And, it containeth foure comforts of Hope, answerable to the foure former proofes of their Love; 1 He is risen; 2 But, gone before you; 3 Ye shall see Him; 4 All his Disciples, Peter and all: Goe tell them so.

1 He is risen.In that you thus testifie your love in seeking Him, I dare say, ye had rather, He, ye thus come to embalme, that He were alive againe: and, no more ioyfull tydings could come to you, then that He were so: Ye could (I dare say) with all your hearts be content, to lose all your charge you have beene at, in buying your odours, on condition it were so. Therefore I certifie you, that He is alive, He is risen. No more then Gaza gates could hold SAMSON, or the Whale, Iud. 16.3. Ion. 2.10. IONAS; no more could this stone keepe Him in the Sepulcher, but risen He is.

First, of this ye were sure, heer He was; ye were at His laying in; ye saw the stone sealed, and the Watch sett: so that heere He was. But, heere He is not, now: Come see the place, trust your owne eyes, Non est hic.

But, what of that, this is but a lame consequence, for all that: He is not heere, therefore He is risen. For, may it not be, He hath beene taken away? Not, with any likely-hood; though such a thing will be given out, that the Disciples stole him away while the watch was asleepe: Matt. 28.13. But your reason will give you, 1. Small probabilitie there is, they could be asleepe, all the ground shaking and tottering vnder them by meanes of the Matt. 28.2. earth-quake. 2. And secondly, if they did sleepe for all that, yet then could they not tell (sleeping) how, or by whom, He was taken away: 3. And thirdly, that His Disciples should doe it; they (you know) of all other were vtterly vnlike to doe any such thing: So fearefull, as miserably they forsooke Him yet alive, and have ever since shut themselves up since He was dead. 4. And fourthly, if they durst have done such a thing, they would have taken Him away, linnen clothes, and all (as, fearefull men will make all the hast they can possibly) and not stood stripping Him and wrapping up the clothes, and laying them every parcell, one by one in order, as men vse to doe that have time enough and take deliberation, as being in no hast, or feare at all. To you therefore (as we say, ad hominem) this consequence is good, Not taken away, and not here, therefore risen He is.

He is gone be­fore.But, to put all out of doubt: you shall trust your owne eyes; Videbitis, you shall see, it is so; you shall see Him. Indeed, Non hic would not serve their turnes: He knew their question would be, Where is He? Gone He is; Not, quite gone, but only [Page 411] gone before, Which is the second comfort: For, if He be but gone before, we have hope, to follow after: I prae, sequar; so is the nature of Relatives. But, that we may follow then, Whither is He gone? Whither, He told ye himselfe, a little before His Passion (c. 14.28.) into Galilee.

1. No meeter place, for IESVS of Nazareth to go, then to Galilee: there He is best knowne: there, in Mat 2.23. Nazareth He was brought up; there, Io. 2.11. in Cana He did His first miracle, shewed His first glorie; meet therefore to see His last: there in Capernaum, and the coasts about, preached most, bestowed most of His labour.

2. Galilee; it was called Galilee of the Gentiles; for,Mat. 4 15. it was in the confines of them: To shew, His Resurrection (tanquam in meditullio, as in a middle indifferent place) reacheth to both; concerneth, and benefitteth both alike. As Ionas, after his resurrection, went to Ninive; so, Christ, after His,Ion. 3.4. to Galilee of the Gen­tiles.

3. Galilee; that, from Galilee (the place, from whence, they sayd, No good thing could ever come) He might bring one of the best things, and of most comfort,Ioh 1 46. that ever was; the sight and comfort of His Resurrection.

4. Galilee last, for Galilee signifieth a Revolution or turning about to the first point; Whither they must goe, that shall see Him, or have any part or fellowship in this feast of His resurrection. Thither is He gone before: and, thither if ye follow, there ye shall see Him.

This is the third comfort: and, it is one, indeed. For,3. Ye shall see Him. Sight is the sense of certaintie; and all that they can desire: And there they did see Him. Not these here only, or the Twelve only, or the 120. names (in Acts 1.) only;Act 1.15. 1. Cor. 15 6. but even 500. of them at once (sayth the Apostle, 1. Cor. 15.) a whole Cloude of VVitnesses, to put it cleane out of question. And, of purpose doth the Angell point to that apparition, which was the most famous and publike of all the tenne.

This was good newes for those here; and they were worthy of it, seeking Him, 4. And his Dis­ciples, Peter and all. as they did. But, what shall become of the rest; namely, of his Disciples that lost Him alive, and seeke Him not dead? They shall never see Him more. Yes: (which is Evangelium, good tydings indeed, the chiefe comfort of all) they too, that left Him so shamefully, but three dayes agoe; them He casts not off, but will be glad to see them in Galilee. Well, whatsoever become of other, Peter (that so foully forsooke, and forsware Him both) he shall never see Him more. Yes: Peter too, and Peter, by name. And indeed, it is more then needfull, He should name him: He had greatest cause of doubt; the greatest stone upon Him, to be rolled away, of any; that had so often, with oathes, and execrations, so utterly renounced Him. This, is a good message, for him: and Marie Magdalen as fit a messenger, as can be,Mar. 14.71. to carrie it; one great Sinner to another. That not only CHRIST is risen: but content, that his forsakers, deniers, forswearers, PETER and all should repaire to Him, the day of His Resurrection: That, all the deadly wounds of His Passion have not killed His compassion over sinners: That, though they have made wracke of their duetie, yet He hath not lost His mercie, nor left it in the grave; but is as readie to receive them as ever. His Resurrection hath made no change in Him: dying, and rising, He is, to sinners, still one and the same; still like himselfe, a kinde, loving, and mercifull SAVIOVR. This is the last: PETER and all may see him.

And with this he dismisseth them, with Ite & dicite, 2. Their com­mission. with a Commission and precept; by vertue whereof, He maketh these Women Apostolos Apostolorum; Apostles, to the Apostles themselves, (for, this Article of the Resurrection, did they first learne of these VVomen; and they were the first of all, that preached this Gos­pell:) [Page 412] giving them in charge, that, seeing this day is a day of glad tydings, they would not conceale it, but impart it to others; even to so many as then were, or would ever after be Christ's Disciples.

They came to embalme Christ's bodie naturall: that needs it not; it is past em­balming, now. But, another body He hath; a mysticall body, a company of those, that had beleeve in Him, though weakly: that they would goe and annoint them, for they need it. They sitt drying away, what with feare, what with re­morse of their unkind dealing with Him: they need to have some oile, some balme, to supple them. That, they doe, with this Gospell: with these foure: Of which foure ingredients is made the balme of this day.

Thus we see, these that were at cost to annoint CHRIST, were fully recom­pensed, for the costs they had beene at; themselves annointed with oyle and odours of a higher nature, and farr more pretious, then those they brought with them, Ole­um laetitiae (saith the Psal. 45.7. Psalme) O dor vitae (saith the 2. Cor. 2.16. Apostle). And that, so plen­teously, as there is enough for themselves; enough too, for others, for His Dis­ciples, for Peter and all.

The Application.But, what is this to us? Sure, as we learned by way of duty, how to seeke Christ' after their example; so, seeking Him in that manner, by way of reward, we hope to have our part, in this good newes, no lesse then they.

1. CHRIST is risen; that concerneth us alike. Ephe. 4.15. The Head is gott above the water; Rom. 11.16. The Roote hath received life and sapp: 1 Cor. 15.23. The First fruicts are lift up and consecrate: We, no lesse then they, as His members, His branches, His field, reco­ver to this hope.

2. And for His going before; that which the Angell said heer once, is ever true: He is not gone quite away, He is but gone before us: He is but the antece­dent; we, as the consequent, to be inferred after. Yea, though He be gone to Gali­laea superior, the Galilee that is above (Heaven) the place of the Celestiall Spheres and Revolutions; even thither is He gone, not as a party absolute, of or for him­selfe;Heb. 6.20. but as a Herbenger (saith the Apostle) with relation to others, that are com­ming after, for whom He goeth before to take up a place. So, the Apostle there; So,Ioh 14.2. the Angell heere: So He Himselfe, Vado; not Vado alone, but Vado parare locum vobis, I go to prepare a place, wherein to receive you, when the number of you and your brethren shalbe full.

3. To us likewise pertaineth the third videbitis: that, is the Gospell indeed. He is risen: Rising, of it selfe, is no Gospell: But, He is risen & we shall see Him: that, is it. That the time will come also, that we shall see Him, in the Galilee Coele­stiall, that is above; yea, that all shall see Him, even they that pierced Him. But, they that came to embalme Him,Ioh 19 37. with joy & lifting up their heads, they shall see Him: with that sight shall they see Him, that shall ever-more make them blessed.

4. Lastly (which is worth all the rest:) That we shall not need to be dis­mayed with our unworthinesse; in that, willing He is, Peter should have word of this, and Marie Magdalen should carry it. That (such as they were) sinners, and chief sinners should have these tydings told them, this Gospell preached them: that He is as ready to receive them to grace, as any of the rest; and will be as glad to see them, as any others in Galilee.

But then are we to remember the condition; that (heer) we gett us into Ga­lilee, or els, it will not be. And Galilee is a revolution, or turning ad principia to the first point, as doth the Zodiaque, at this time of the yeare. The time of His Resurrection is Pascha, a passing over: The place Galilee, a turning about: It remaineth then, that we passe over, as the time; and turne, as the place putteth us in mind. Re-uniting our selves to His body and bloud, in this time of His rising; of the dissolving and renting whereof our sinnes were the cause: [Page 413] The time of His suffering, keeping the feast, of CHRIST our new PASSEOVER offered for us; Leaving whatsoever formerly hath beene amisse, in CHRIST's grave, as the weeds of our dead estate, and rising to new­nesse of life, that so we may have our parts in the first resurrection: Which they are happie and blessed that shall have; for,Apoc. 20.5.6. by it they are sure of the second. Of which blessing and happinesse, He vouchsafe to make us all parta­kers, that this day rose for us IESVS CHRIST the RIGHTEOVS, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, On the XVI. of Aprill, A. D. MDCIX. being EASTER DAY.

IOHN. CHAP. XX. VER. XIX.

Cum ergo serò esset die illo, una Sabbatorum, et fores essent clausae, ubi erant Discipuli congregati propter metum Iudaeorum: venit IESVS, et stetit in medio, & dixit eis, PAX VOBIS.

The same day then, at night, which was the first day of the weeke, and when the doores were shutt, where the Disciples were as­sembled for feare of the Iewes, came IESVS and stood in the middest, and said to them, Peace be unto you.

THis is the first enter-view of CHRIST and His Dis­ciples: and this, His first speech, at His first enter­view: Both, this day; the very first day of His rising.

1 Mar. 16. [...].Five sundrie times, appeared He, this day. 1 To Marie Magdalen: Mat [...] 2 [...] 9. 2 To the VVomen comming from the Sepulcher: Luc. 24.1 [...]. 3 To the two that went to Em­maiis: Luc. 24.34. Ix [...]ext [...]. 4 To Saint Peter: And heere now, to the Eleven and those that were with them. The two first, to Women; the three last to men: So, both Sexes. To Peter, and to Mary Magdalen: So, to Sinners of both Sexes. To the Eleven, as the Cler­gie; to those with them, as the Laïtie: so to both Estates. Abroad, at Emmaüs: at home, heere. Be­times; and now, late. When they were scattered, severally; and now jointly, when they were gathered togither. L [...]c. 1.78. That no Sexe, Sort, Estate, Place or Time excepted: but, as Visitavi: nos criens ab alto; so Visitavit, occidens ab imô: Rising from above, [Page 415] at His Birth; Rising, from beneath, at His Resurrection, He visited all.

But, of all the five, this is the chiefe. Those were, to one; as Peter: Or two; as those of Emmaüs: Or three, as the Women: This, to all: The more, the more Witnesses; the better for faith. Those, when they were scattered: this (heer) when they were all togither: The more togither, the more meet for this salutation heer, Peace be to you.

Which Salutation is the very substance of the text: the rest but appendent, all.The Division.

In it, two things give forth themselves: 1. The Persons, to whom, Vobis. 2. The I Matter of the Wish it selfe, Peace. The Persons are thus sett downe: Discipuli, congregati, conclusi: 1 His Disciples they were; 2 gathered; 3 and the doores shutt on them, for feare of the Iewes.

There will fall out besides, foure other points. 1 CHRIST His Site; that, He stood, when He wished it: 2 His Place; that, in the middst, He stood: 3 The Time; All this, the same day, the first day of the weeke, Sunday, Easter day: 4 and, the very time of the day; that, it was late.

The speech, of it selfe, is a Salutation: any will so conceive it, at the first hearing.II And, if it were but so, and no more; that, were enough. CHRIST's salutations are not (as ours be) formall; but, good matter in them.

But, it is more then a Salutation, say the Fathers, for this reason. At meeting, men use to salute but once: within a verse, He repeateth it againe. So, it keeps not the law of a salutation: but, it is (certeinly) somwhat, besides. Votum CHRISTI, they call it. Votum pacis, votum CHRISTI: Christ's Vow, or wish: His Vow; and His first Vow.

Now, every Vow implieth an advise, at the least. What Christ wisheth to us, He wisheth us to. Every wish, so: But, if it be the wish of a Superior, in His Optative, there is an Imperative; His Wish, is a commaund, if he have witt that heares it. So that, these words (rightly understood) are both an Advise, and an Injunction to it; of the nature of an Edict. Pax vobis, is as much, as Pacem habete in vobis, Be at peace among your selves.Mar. 9.50.

We are then, to joine with Christ; to follow Him, in His Wish. To whom He wisheth it: To all Christ's disciples, togither, even to His whole Christian Church; and, even them, that (it may be) as little deserve it, as these heer did. 1 To make it Caeput voti, our first Vow: yea, first & second; as Christ heere did. 2 Oportet stantem optare, to wish it, standing. 3 And, standing where Christ stood (that is materiall) in the midst. 4 This day to do it; and thinke it pertinent to the time: It is Votum Paschale. As for Serò, we shall never need to take thought for it: It is never too soone; late enough, alwaies: if it be not too late; that, is all the feare.

THe chiefe point, first: Pax vobis. The words are but two; yet,I. The personal [...] part of Christ's Salutation. Pax and vobis, reconciled, even be­tween them, there seemeth to be no peace: but one (in a manner) opposite to the other. Looking to Vobis (the Persons) this should not be a salutation for them, Pax. Looking to the Salutation (Peace) it should not be, to those Per­sons; Vobis, to you. So, that, our first worke will be, to make peace between the two words.

Vobis, to You. Will you know, who they be? To you, Peter, & Iohn, and the [...]est. To you, of whom none stood by me: To you, of whom some ranne away, Matt. 26.56.72. Mar. 14·53. some denied, yea, forsware me. To you, of whom, all, every one shrunke away and forsooke me. How evill doth this greeting agree with this Vobis? Yet, even to these, Venit, & stetit, & dixit; He came, stood, and said, Peace be to you.

[Page 416]Vsed by them, as He had been, no cause, He should come, or stand, or speake at all: Or, if speake, not thus. Not come to them, that went from Him: nor stand amo [...]gs [...] them, that had not stood to Him: nor speake to them, that had renounced Him. I [...] is said,Mar. 14.50. Ioh. 9.22. they feared the Iewes: All things considered, they had more cause to feare Him, and to looke for some reall revenge, at His hands: If not that, some verball repro [...]f; a salutation, of another stile or tenour: And well, if they might scape so. Consite­mini Domino, Psa. 106.1. quia bonus; It is not so: No evill deed, for all this: No, not [...]o much as an vnkind word. Above that, they could looke for; farr above that, t [...]ey deserved, it is; Pax vobis. You and I are at peace, you and I are friends; Peace be unto you. This is His first goodnesse: His making a peace between Pax and Vobis.

Illo die, that is Primo die.This Speech to these Persons, is much mended, by adding the Time in the text; that, it was illo die; the day of His rising. Pax Vobis, is a good speech, for Good-friday, then, men grow charitable, when ready to dye. But, on their Easter day, at their rising,Phil. 2.9. the day when Exaltavit Eum Deus, the day of their exaltation, they use to take other manner spirits, and remember former disgraces, with a farr other congie. Haec est lex hominis; Men doe thus: but, not CHRIST. Neither their indignitie, Vobis; nor His own dignitie changeth Him. [Rising, exalted, the very day of His exaltation, illo die, He saith, Peace be unto you.

Primâ Sabbati. Luc. 24.1.Another yet: That, it was Primâ Sabbati, the very first day of the weeke: tooke no long day for it: Nay, no day at all, but the very first day. Ioseph (exalted) dealt well with his brethren; but, not the first day: it was some time, first. He kept them in feare, a while; but shewed himselfe, at the last. CHRIST doth not so; hold them in suspense: illo die, primo die, the same day, the first day, He came, and shewed Himselfe, and sayd, Peace be unto you.

Dixit. not, respondit.Yea, not so much as dixit (heer) but (as it falls out) will beare a note. Even, that it is dixit, and not Respondit; a Speech, not an Answere. That He spake it, unspoken to: He, to them first; yer they, to Him. He might well have stayed till then: and reason would, they should first have sued for it. Yer they aske it, He giveth it:Psal. 21.3. and prevents them with the blessing of peace. They first, in falling out: He first, at making friends.

A great comfort for poor sinners, when, the many indignities, we have offered CHRIST, shall present themselves before us, to thinke of this Vobis. That, when the Disciples had done the like, yet He forgatt all; and spake thus kindly to them, this day: That He will vouchsafe us the like (specially, if we seeke it, He will) and say to us Pax Vobis.

Will ye remember now, to extend your wish of Peace, 1 to them, that (it may be) deserve it as evill, as these, heer: Even, his qui longè. 2 To doe it, at our rising, at our high day, when it is Easter with us: 3 Not, to make their hearts to pant, and eyes to faile first; but, even primâ Sabbati, to doe it. 4 And, not to take stare up on us, and be content, to answer, Peace; and not speake: be moved for it; but, not move it: yes, even move it, first. If we do, we joine with CHRIST, in His first-part, the personall part of the wish.

2. The persons to whom. Illis, and illo die, and primo die, what they were, we see; and in what sort. Yet, (not to grate on this point altogither) some smoke yet was there in the flaxe; some small remainders, illices misericordiae (as Tertullian) to move his mercie: In these words, 1 Discipuli, 2 congregati, 3 conclusi, 4 propter timorem Iudaeorum: That, His Disciples (yet) they were; and, togither they were; and, in feare of the Iewes, they were shutt up.

1. His Disciples.Whatsoever, or howsoever they were els, yet, they were His Disciples: Vnprofitable servants,Luc. 17.10.15.24. yet Servants: L [...]st sonnes, yet Sonnes: forgetfull Disci­ples, yet Disciples. His Disciples they were: and, howsoever they had made a [Page 417] fault (as it seemeth) so meant to hold themselves, still; and heerafter to learne their lesson better.

And, I like well their feare: that, they were afrayd of the Iewes. It shewes,2. For, In feare of the Iewes. there were no good termes betwixt them; and that they shutt their doores upon them, therefore they meant not to go out to them, or seeke Pax vobis of the Iewes. They had no meaning (it seemeth) to give over CHRIST. If they had, what need they feare the Iewes? The Iewes would have done them no harme, they might have sett open their doores, well enough.

And Congregatis (I take it) is no evill signe. It would have been Ex aliâ causâ;3. Assembled. for love, rather then feare: And againe, for feare of GOD, rather then of the Iewes. Yet, even thus, I mis-like it not: And, much better this feare, then that at the Passion: That, scattered them one from another; every man shift for one. This, makes them draw togither, and keepe togither, as if they meant to stand out afresh. Which very [Congregatis] makes them fitt for this Salutation. It cannot well be sayd, disgregatis, to them that are in sunder. Vnà, is a disposition to unitie; and gathering, to the binding up in the band of peace. CHRIST (that sayd,Mat. 23.37. Quo­ties volui congregare!) liked it well, to finde them thus togither: And, His com­ming was, as to take away their feare; so, to continue their gathering, still.

And, shall we learne this, of the Disciples: 1 If a fault fall out, not to give over schoole, but to continue our Disciple-ship, still. 2 And, not to goe over, to seeke our Pax vobis, at the hands of His Enimies: To shutt out both them, and their peace, too. 3 And lastly, not to forsake the fellowship; to keepe togither, still. For, being so togither, we are neerer our Peace. This shall make CHRIST come and say it to us the sooner, and the more willingly.

The reall part, Voti summa, that which He wisheth, is Peace. First, Why peace: II. The reall part. Then, What peace.

Why, Peace? Is there nothing more worth the wishing? Nothing more,Why Peace. of 1 it selfe; Nothing more fit for these persons, this place, and this time.

Of it selfe: Votum pacis, Summa votorum. It is, all wishes, in one; Nothing more to be wished. For, in brevi voce Breviarium, this little word is a Breviarie of all, that good is.

To shew how, a little: quàm bonum, how good, how worth the wishing it is.1 As, good. Psal. 133.1. Pro. 1 [...].16.17. Pro. 17.1. It is tam bonum, so good, as, without it, nothing is good. With it (saith Salomon) an hand-full of herbes; without it, an hous-full of sacrifices, is not good. With trouble and vexation, nothing is good; nothing is to be wished.

And as, without it, nothing is to be wished: so, all that is to be wished (all good) is within it. Evangelizantium pacem, evangelizantium bona; quia, Rom. 10.1 [...]. in pace, omnia bona: To bring newes of peace, is, to bring newes of all good things; for, all good things are, in peace. Bona, is the true glosse or expositi­on of peace.

Psal. 133 1. Quàm bonum, you know: And, quàm jucundum, too: Both good and pleasant;2. Pleasant. and pleasant, not onely, as Aarons ointment (which was, onely pleasant:) but,3. Profitable. Psal. 72.7. as Hermon dew, which brings profit with it. Abundantia pacis (saith the Psalme) Peace, and Plentie goe togither.

And yet, how much it is to be wished, this sheweth, Pacem te poscimus omnes: 4. Wished by all. All wish it: Angells wish it (Heaven, to Earth) Pax in terris: And Men wish it (Earth, to Heaven) Pax in coelis. GOD wisheth it: most kindly for Him;Luc 2 14. Deus pacis, pacem Dei; the GOD of peace, the peace of GOD. Yea,2 Cor. 13.11. Phil. 4 7. Luc 4.34. the enemie of all peace wisheth it: for, he complaines, Venisti nos inquietare, are ye come to trouble us? So, he would not be troubled, that troubles all; but, sett all togither by the eares, and sitt quiet himselfe.

But, it is much for the honor of peace, that, cum bellum geritur, pax quaeritur: Even militar persons, with sword in one hand and fire in the other give this for their [Page 418] Embleme, Sic quaerimus pacem, Thus with sword and fire, seeke we peace. As, seeke it, at last, they must; we must, all. Best, primâ Sabbati: but, Serò, sooner or later, come to it we must: If it be not the first, it must be our last.

2 And by Christ, o [...]ten.But, if there were nothing els, this onely were enough; and, though there be many, this chiefly doth shew it: That our SAVIOVR CHRIST, so often, so diverse waies,Ioh. 14.27. so earnestly wisheth it. Going, He did it, Pacem meam do vobis: And now comming, He doth it. Sitting, He did it (Chap. 16.) and now, standing. Living, when He was borne,Ioh 16.33. Luk 2.14. Chap. 14 28. Pax in terris, Xenium Christi, It was CHRIST's New-yeares-gift: Dying, when He was to suffer, Pacem meam relinquo vobis, it was Legatum Christi, CHRIST's Legacie. And now (heere) rising againe, it is His wish, still. To shew, not only the good of this life, but of the next, to be in peace. Prayed for it (Chap. 17.Chap. 17.21. [...]uk. 19.42.) Payed for it (Chap. 18.) Wept for it; O if thou hadst knowen the things that pertaine to thy peace! Wept for it; and bledd for it: therefore, immediately (the very next words) He sheweth them His hands and His side: As much to say; See, what I have suffered, to procure your peace: Your peace cost me this: Pax vobis cost Crux mihi; See, you hold it deere. Now (sure) if there were any one thing better then other, those hands would not have with-held it, and that heart would wish it. And, Peace it doth wish: therefore, nothing more to be wished. Complete it is, Votum pacis, Summa votorum.

I [...]n 1.12.There need no other signe be given, but that, of the Prophet IONAS; that CHRIST wished his wish: So the tempest may cease, and peace (as a calme) ensue, spare me not; take me, cast me into the Sea; make me a Peace-offering, and kill me. This, is enough to shew, it is to be wished; to make it pretious in our eyes. For, we vnder-value it, at too low a rate, when (that, which cost so deere) for every trifling ceremonie, we are ready to lose it. Our faint perswasion in this point, is the cause, we are faint in all the rest.

Well, though this be thus good; yet good it selfe is not good, vnlesse it be in season, come fitly. Doth this so? Every way fitly 1 For the Persons: 2 For the Place: 3 and for the Time.

1. And now, fitly for the Persons. 1 By whom; CHRIST. Ephes. 2.14.The Persons: both 1 CHRIST by whom; and 2 they, to whom: it is wished. 1. CHRIST, by whom: Decet Largitorem pacis haec salutatio (saith Cyrill) It is meet, for Him, to give peace, that made peace: Nay, Ipse est Pax nostra (saith the Apostle;) and, for Peace, what fitter salutation, then Peace?

To whom: The Disciples.2. They, to whom: for, they needed it: with GOD, they had no peace, whom they had provoked: Nor peace with men; not with the Iewes about them: Nor peace with themselves, for they were in feare, and night-feare, which is the worst of all others. Fit for them; and they, for it: for, together they were, and so, not vnfit to entertaine it.

2. For the place.And, with the Place, it suiteth well. For, they were shut up, as men envi­roned and beleaguered with their enemies: Conclusi, & derelicti, shut up and forsa­ken: And to such, Peace is ever welcome.

3. For the Time.And, for the time, seasonable. For, after a falling out, Peace is so: And, after a victorie, Peace is so. Fitt therefore, for this day, the day of the Resurrection: for, till then, it was not in kind. The great battaile was not fought: The last enemie (death) was not overcome. 1. Cor. 15.26. Never, till now: but, now the last enemie is conquered, now it is in season.4. For the thing i [...] selfe: p [...]a [...]e, a resur­rection.

And, for the thing it selfe, Peace, is a kind of Resurrection. When CHRIST was risen, His Disciples were dead. Those dead affections of sorrow and feare, when they seise throughly upon men, what are they, but Mors ante mortem? Vpon good newes of IOSEPH,Gen 45.27. IACOB is said to revive: as if, before, he had beene given for dead. It was their case, heere. The house was to them, as their grave; and the doore as the grave-stone; and they buried in feare: when they saw Him, in the next verse, and were thus saluted by Him, they gatt hope, were glad (that is) revived [Page 419] againe. For, if those were the pangs of death, peace (after a sort) is a resurrection: and so, a fit wish for the time.

And, to say truth, Peace is never kindly, till then. They define solicitie shortly,Never kindly till then. to be nothing els but Pax desiderij. For, give the desire perfect peace, and no more needs, to make us happy. Desire hath no rest; and will let us have none, till it have what it would; and, till the Resurrection, that will not be.

1. Pax & pressura, our SAVIOVR opposeth (Chap. 16.Chap 16.33.) If we be pinched with any want, Desire hath no peace. 2. Let us want nothing (if it were possible) No peace, yet: Pax & Scandalum (the Psalmist opposeth:Psal 119.16 [...].) When we have what we would, somewhat commeth to us, we would not; somewhat thwarts us: Till non est eis scandalum, till that be had away, desire hath no peace. 3. Let that be had away, yet a new warre there commeth. Peace and feare, are (heere) opposed. We are well: neither pressura, nor Scandalum: but, we feare tolletur a vobis, that it will not hold, or we shall not hold. The last enemie will not let us be quiet. Till he be overcome, our desire hath no perfect peace. That, will not be, till the Resur­rection. But, then, it is Pax plena, pura, perpetua: full without want; pure, without mixture of offensive matter; and perpetuall, without all feare of forgoing, of tolle­tur a vobis. And that, is pax desiderij; and that, is perf [...]ct f [...]licitie: The state of the Resurrection; and the wish of the Resurrection day.

Thus (we see) good it is: and, fit it is. It remaines, we see, What it is; What, 2 What peace? peace. When we speake of Peace, the nature of the word leadeth us, to aske, With whom? And they be diverse. But, as diverse as they be, it must be vnderstood of all; though, of someone, more especially then the rest.

There is a peace aboue us in heaven, with GOD: that, first.1 Peace wit [...] GOD. They were wrong, heere: their feare ran all upon the Iewes: It should have looked high­er. The Iewes they kept out, with shutting their doores: Against GOD, no doore can be shut. First, peace with Him: and, with Him, they have peace, to whom CHRIST saith Pax vobis.

There is another peace, within us, in sinu, with our heart. For,2 With our own [...] h [...]arts. betweene our spirit and our flesh, there is in manner of a Warre: The lusts of the f [...]sh, even Militant, wage Warre (saith Saint Peter) against the soule: And,1 Pet. 2.11. where there is a warre, there is a peace, too. This is peace with feare, heere. Which warre is some­time so fearefull, as men, to ri [...]d themselves of it, ridd themselves of life and all; Conclude a peace there. This, followeth of the first: If all be well above, all is well within.

There is a peace without us, in earth, with men, with all men: 3 With all men. The Apostle warrants it; peace with the Iewes heere and all. I will never feare, to make civill peace, a part of CHRIST's wish; nor, of his Beati Pacifici, neither.Matt. 5.9. He will be no worse at Easter, then at Christ-masse, He was: at this, His second; then, at that his first birth. Then, Ianus was shut, and peace over all the world.T [...]rtull [...]an. Apo­l [...]g. O [...]bem pacatum was ever a clause in the prayers of the Primitive Church; that the World might be quiet.

Yet is not this the peace of CHRIST's principall entendment; but, their peace, 4 Among them­s [...]l [...]es. to whom CHRIST spake: Pax Discipulorum; Pax vobis, intervos: Peace among them, or betweene themselves. It was the ointment on AARON'S head: AARON, that had the care of the Chu [...]ch. It was the dew that fell upon SION: SION,P [...]l 133.2. the place, where the Temple stood. The peace of Ierusalem; that it may be once,Psal 122.3. as a citie at vnitie within it selfe. The primitive peace; that the multitude of Beleevers may be of one heart and one minde. All the rest depend upon our peace with GOD; and,Act. 4 32. our peace with Him, upon this: Marke 9.50. Phi. 4.9. Pacem habete inter vos, and Deus pacis erit vobiscum. The peace of Ierusalem; Psa 122.6. they shall prosper that love it, (saith David.) Pro. 12.20. Ioy shall be to them that counscile it (saith Salomon.) Matt. 5.9. Bl [...]ssed shall they be, that make it (saith CHRIST.) How great a reward should he finde in heaven; how glorious a name should he leave on earth, that could bring this to passe!

[Page 420] 1 Peace, Christ's w [...]sh.This, is CHRIST's wish: And, what is become of it? If we looke upon the Christian world, we see it not; it is gone, as if CHRIST had never wished it. Betweene Iehu and Ieroboam, Salomon's feed went to wracke. Iehu, his procee­dings (like his chariot wheeles) headlong and violent. But Iehu is but a brunt; too violent, to last long. Ieroboam is more dangerous: who makes it his wisedome, to keepe up a Schisme in Religion; they shall sway both parts more easily. GOD for­bid, we should ever thinke Ieroboam wiser then Salomon. If peace were not a wise thing,Matt. 12.42. Mat. 9.50. the Wisest man's name should not have beene Salomon. A greater then Salomon would never have said, Habete salem & Pacem; If you have any salt, you will have peace. Sure, when the Disciples lost their peace, they lost their wise­dome: Their wisedome, and their strength both. They were stronger, by congre­gatis, then by clausis foribus; more safe, by their being together, then any door could make them.

It is, as CHRIST told us (Luk. 10. where, He prescribes this forme of saluta­tion) it speeds, or it misses, thereafter, as it meets with the Sonne of peace: Speeds, if it finde him;Luk. 10·5.6. if not, comes backe againe, and takes no place.

Well, though it doe not, we must still hold us to CHRIST's Wish: and, when all failes, still there must be Votum pacis in corde; though enmitie in the act, yet peace in the heart still. Still, it must hold, Amicus, ut non alter; Inimicus, ut non idem: friends, as if never otherwise; Enemies, as if not ever so. Quasi torrens, bellum: warre, like a land-flood, that will be drie againe: Quasi fluvius, pax; Peace, as a ri­ver, never drie, but to runne stil and ever.

But yet, many times we aske, and have not, because we aske not aright (saith Saint Iames: Iam. 4 [...]3.) We know not the things, that belong to our Peace; we erre in the order, man­ner, site, place, or time.

1. The order of it. first wished.The Order: which helpeth much, first it is; first, Primum & ante omnia; Capu [...] fidei; the prime of His wishes. No sooner borne, but Pax in terris: No sooner risen, but Pax vobis: Apertio labiorum, the very opening of his lipps was, with these words: The first words: at the first meeting: On the very first day. It is a signe, it is so in His heart. That, which most greeveth us, we first complaine of: and, that which most affecteth us, ever soonest speake of. This, is the first error. That which was first with CHRIST, is last with Christians: and, I would it were so (last:) for, then, it were some: Now, scarce any at all, as it seemeth.

2. The M [...]nner: th [...]se wished.In the Manner: for, first is but first, that is but once. This, is first, and second. Heere, He saith it: and, with in a verse, He is at it againe. Nay, first, s [...]cond, and third: 1 in this, 2 the XXI, and 3 XXVI. verses: As if (like Actio, in Rhetorique) all in all.

All CHRIST's vowes are to be esteemed; specially, His solemne vowes: And His speeches; chiefly, those He goeth over and over againe. That which, by Him, is dou­ble and treble said, would not, by us, be singly regarded. He would have it better marked: therefore He speaketh it the second time. He would have it yet sinke dee­per; therefore, the third also. We fault, in the manner. Once, we doe it (it may be:) but, upon any repulse, we give over: if it come not at first, we go not to it Secundo & t [...]rtiò, repetitis vicibus. We must not leave at once, that CHRIST did so oft.

1 His [...]ite in wishing it. S [...]e [...]t.The second error is; we aske it, sitting (I feare;) and CHRIST stood: His stan­ding imports something. Standing, is the site of them, that are ready to goe about a matter: as they, to take their journey, in the XII. of Exodus. That Site, is the Site of them,Ex [...]d. 12.11. that wish for peace: Oportet slantem optare. A Sedentarie desire (it may be) we have; but, loth to leave our cushion: We would, it were well; but, not willing, to dis­ease our selves. Vtinam hoc esset laborare, said he, that lay along and stretched him­selfe. So say we: Peace we would; but, standing is painfull. Our wish hath lipps, but no leggs.

Esay 5 [...].7. Rom. 10.15.But, it could not be said: Beautifull are the feete of them that bring Peace, if the feet [Page 421] had nothing to do, in this businesse. With sitting and wishing, it will not be had. Psal. 34.14. Peace will hide it selfe; it must be sought out: It will fly away, it must be pursued. This then, is a point, wherein, we are to conforme our selves to CHRIST: as well to use our leggs, as to open our lipps for it. To stand, is Situs voventis: To hold up the hands, Habitus orantis. The meaning of which ceremonie, of lifting up the hands with prayer, is, Vt, pro quo quis oret, pro eo laboret, what we pray for, we should la­bour for: what we wish for, stand for. We see, CHRIST sheweth His hands and His feet; to shew, what must be done with both, for it. If we should be put to doe the like, I doubt, our wish hath never a good legg, to stand on.

To stand then: But, to stand, in a certain place. Every where to stand,3. His Place: In medio. Luc. 1.79. will not serve the turne. Stetit in medio, that standing place is assigned for it, thus guiding our feet into the way of Peace. And, the Place, is materiall, for peace. All bodies naturall never leave moving, are never quiet, till they recover their proper places; and, there, they find peace. The midst is CHRIST's place, by Nature. He, is the second person in divinis; and so, the middle-most of the other two. And,By nature. on earth, follow Him (if you will) you shall not (lightly) find Him out of it: Not, according to the letter, speaking of the materiall place. At His birth;Luc. 2.7.46. In medio ani­malium, in the Stable. After (a child) In medio Doctorum, in the Temple. After (a man) Medius vestrûm stetit (saith Iohn Baptist) in the midst of the people;Ioh. 1.26. saith He of Himselfe, Ecce Ego in medio vestri, in the midst of His Apostles. At His death, Luc. 22.27.23 35. it fell to His turne likewise, that place; even then, He was in the midst. And now (rising) there He is (we see.) They, in the midst of the Iewes: and He, in the midst of them. After this, in Pa [...]mos, Saint Iohn saw Him in heaven,Apoc. 7.17. in the middst of the throne: in earth, walking in the middst of the Candlesticks. 1.13. And, at the last day, He shalbe in the midst, too, of the sheepe on His right hand, and the goates on His left. All which shew, the place and He, sort very well.Matth. 25.33.

But, were it not naturall for Him, as the case standeth, there, He is to stand, By office, as a Mediator. being to give peace. No place so fitt, for that purpose: None, so kindly, as it. His Office being, to be a Mediator, Medius between GOD and man, where should a Mediator stand, but in Medio? 1. Tim. 2.5.

Besides, the two qualities of good, being to be Diffusivum and Vnitivum; that, is the fittest place, for both. To distribute; best done, from the center. To unite, The reason of it. likewise; soonest meet, there. The place it selfe hath a vertue specially to unite: which is never done but by some middle thing. If we will conclude, we must have a Medi [...]s terminus: Els, we shall never gett Majus and Minus extremum to come togither. Nor, in things naturall; either combine two elements disagreeing in both qualities, without a middle symbolizing with both: Nor flesh and bone, with­out a cartilage between both. As for things morall; there, the middle is all in all. No vertue without it. In Iustice; encline the ballance, one way or other, the even peize is lost: Et, opus Iustitiae, pax: Peace is the very worke of Iustice. And the way, to peace, is the mid way: neither to the right hand, too much; nor, to the left hand, too little. In a word; all analogie, symmetrie, harmonie, in the world, goeth by it.

It commeth all to this: The manner of the Place doth teach us, what manner of Affection is to be in them, that wish for, or stand for peace. The place is indifferent, aequally distant, alike neer, to all. There, pitch the Arke; that, is the place for it. Indifferencie in carriage, preserveth peace: By forgoing that, and leaning to extremi­ties, it is lost. Thither we must get againe, and there stand, if ever we shall recover it. Discessit a medio lost it: Setit in medio must restore it.

Therefore when you heare men talke of peace, marke whither they stand where they should. If with the Pharisee, to the corners, either by partialitie one way, or prejudice, another; no good will be done. When GOD will have it brought to passe, such minds He will give unto men; and make them meet, to wish it, seeke it, and find it.

[Page 422]A little (now) of the time. This, was Christ's wish, at this time: And Christ never speakes out of season. 4. The Time: in illo die. Therefore, a speciall interest hath this Feast, in it. It is Votum Paschale, and this is Festum pacis.

And sure, Habemus talem consuetudinem, & Ecclesiae Dei: Such a custome we have, and so,1. Cor. 11.16. the Church of GOD hath used it; to take these words of CHRIST, in the nature of an Edict for pacification, ever at this time. That, whatsoever become of it, all the yeare beside, this time should be kept a time of peace; we should seeke it, and offer it: seeke it, of GOD; and offer it, each to other.

There hath not, these sixteen hundred yeares, this day passed, without a Peace-offering. And, the Law of a Peace-offering is; he, that offers it, must take his part of it; eat of it, or it doth him no good. This day therefore, the Church never failes, but setts forth her Peace-offering: the Body, whose hands were heer shewed; and, the Side, whence issued Sanguis crucis, the blood that pacifieth all things in earth & heaven: that we,Col. 1.20. in and by it, may this day, renew the Covenant of our peace. Then can it not be, but a great grief, to a Christian heart, to see many, this day, give Christ's peace the hearing, and, there is all; heare it, and then turne their backs on it; every man go his way, and forsake his peace: insteed of seeking it; shunn it; and, of pursuing, turne away from it.

We have not so learned CHRIST: Saint Paul hath not so taught us. His Rule it is: Is CHRIST our Passover offered for us (as,Ephe. 4.20. 1. Cor. 5.7.8. now, He was?) Epulemur itaque (That, is his Conclusion) Let us then keep a Feast, a Feast of sweet bread, without any sowre le­vin, that is, of Peace without any malice.

So to doe: and, even then (this day) when we have the peace-offering in our hands, then, to remember, and alwaies (but then, specially) to ioine with Christ, in His wish; to put into our hearts, and the hearts of all, that professe His name (theirs specially, that are of all others most likely to effect it) that CHRIST may have His wish, and there may be peace through the Christian world: That we may once all partake togither, of one peace-offering; and with one mouth, and one mind, glorifie GOD, the Father of our LORD IESVS CHRIST.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, On the VIII. of Aprill. A.D. MDCX. being EASTER DAY.

IOB. CHAP. XIX.

Quis mihi tribuat, ut scribantur, &c.

VER. 23. Oh that my words were now written! Oh that they were written even in a booke!

24. And graven with an iron penne, in leade, or in stone for ever!

25. For J am sure, that my Redeemer liveth, and He shall stand the last on the earth (or, and I shall rise againe in the last day from the earth.)

26. And though, Or, And I shall be compassed again with my skinne. after my skinne wormes destroy this body: J shall see GOD in my flesh.

27. Whom I my selfe shall see, and mine eyes shall behold, and none other for me, though my reines are consumed within me. (Or, and this hope is layed up in my bosome.)

THIS day calleth us, to say somewhat of CHRIST's Re­surrection. To finde CHRIST's Resurrection, in the New Testament, is no masterie: Out of many places, you have thence heard of it heeretofore, many times; and many times may, heerafter, out of many places [...]o. If it be but for varietie, it will doe well, not to dwell still on the New; but, otherwhiles to see, if we can finde it, in the Old. It will give us good satisfaction to see IESVS. CHRIST to day and yesterday, the same: yesterday, to them, to day, to us.Heb. 13. [...]. To read Resurget in [Page 424] IOB, He shall rise; as we reade Resurrexit, in IOHN, He is risen: To see their Creed, and ours differ but in tense, shall rise, and is risen: Shall and is: but, the RE­DEEMER all one, in both. Much adoe is made by our Antiquaries, if an old stone be digged up with any dimme letters on it. In this Text, I finde mention of a stone to be graven, so that, I shall present you, this day, with an Antiquitie; an old stone digged up in the land of Hus, as old as Iob's time, and that as old as MOSE'S; with a faire inscription, the Characters of it yet legible, to prove the faith of this Feast, so ancient, that it began not with the Christians; the Pa­triarchs had it, as many hundred yeares before CHRIST, as we are after. This Text is a monument of it. And, it will be never the worse welcome to us that are Gentiles, that is commeth from one that is a Gentile (as IOB was) and not of IACOB's line. It is the stronger, for that MOSES and IOB, the Iew and Gentile beleeved it:Psal. 90.5. MOSES put it, in his ordinarie prayer (the ninetieth Psalme) as it were, his Pater [...]oster; and IOB heere, in his Creed.

Saint Hierom saith of IOB: Nullum tam apertè post CHRISTVM, quàm iste hîc ante CHRISTVM, de Resurrectione loquitur CHRISTI & suâ: No man, ever since CHRIST, did so cleerely speake of CHRIST's Resurrection, and his owne, as IOB did heere, before CHRIST: That his Redeemer liveth and shall rise againe. Which is as much to say as,Ioh. 11.25. He is the Resurrection and the life: (Saint Iohn could say no more.) It is his hope; He is by it regenerate, to a livelyhope: (Saint Peter could say no more.)1. Pet. 1.3. Enters into such particulars, this flesh; and these eyes: (Saint Paul could doe no more.)1. Cor. 15.53. There is not in all the Old; nay, there is not in all the New, a more pregnant direct place.

There is then, in this monument of antiquitie, a direct prophesie; or (if you will) a plaine Creed, of the substance of this Feast, of his Redeemer's rising, and of his hope to rise by Him; the one positivè, the other illativè. There is a patheticall Poëme sett before it; and there is a close or farewell, by way of Epiphonema, after it, no lesse patheticall.

The Summe and DivisionThe two first verses, we may well call the Parasceue, or preparation to the Feast of I Passeover: which serve to stirre up our regard, as to a Mysterie or matter of great moment; worthie not onely to be written or enrolled in a booke, but to be cutt in stone; a monument to be made of it, ad perpetuam rei memoriam, Oh that, &c.

II Then followeth (in the third) His Redeemer and his rising; his passing over from death to life: I know &c. and out of it (in the last) by way of inference, his owne: Et quòd ego, &c. set downe with words so cleere, and so full of caution, as, in the Epistle to the Corinthians, it is not fuller expressed.

III Vpon these two, there be two Acts heere sett downe, 1 Scio, and 2 Spero. He beginnes with Scio, for the truth: and ends with Haec mihi spes for the comfort, or vse of this knowledge. Graven, that it may be knowne: knowne, that it may be our hope. His it was, and ours it must be: reposita, with him; reponenda, with us, to be lodged and layed up in our bosomes, against we be layd into the bosome of the earth. Indeed, [sculpsit in lapide] is nothing without [reponi in sinu;] Graving in stone will doe no good, without laying it up in the bosome.

IOB, fearing (it should seeme) if he had but barely propounded the point follow­ing,I. The Pa [...]as [...]ue or prepara­tion. Iobs wish. it would have been but slenderly regarded; doth enforce himselfe, to sett it downe with some solemnitie, to make the deeper impression, (which I call the Parasceue:) that we might not reckon of it, as a light holy-day; but, as a high feast. He would have the Scio of it stamped in stone, as worthie everlasting remembrance; and the Spero of it carefully laid up, as worthie pretious accompt. It is as much as Saint Paul had sayd: It is a faithfull saying and by all meanes worthie to be received: 1. Tim. 1.15.4.9. For the Scio, faithfull; for the spero, worthie all receiving: For the truth, to be gra­ven in marble; for the comfort, to be lodged in the bosome.

For the first, thus he proceedeth. He was dying now; and seeing he must dye, one thing he had, he would not have dye with him: It was that, when he had lost all, he kept in his bosome still; when all comforters, and comforts forsooke him, and (as he saith) his Physicians grew of no value, he found comfort in. This, he thought, it was pittie should perish: but, though de dye, it live. It was certaine words; and, because they had been cordiall to him (had been, to him; and might be to othe [...]s) he desires they might remaine to memorie; and because writing serves to that end, they might be written.

Which his wish of writing consists of three degrees; is as it were three wishes in one.

1. They be words;1 That it were written Chap 6.26· and because words be but winde (his owne Proverbe) that they might not blow away with the winde, he wisheth they were written: Quis mihi tribuat, Who will helpe him to a Clerke, to set them downe in writing?

2. But then, he bethinks himselfe better: they were no common ordinarie mat­ter, therefore not be committed to common ordinarie writing. 2. Written in a booke. So, they might be rent or lost: they be more worth then so. Therefore now secondly, he mends his wish: he would not have them to be barely written, but registred in a booke, enrolled upon record, as publike instruments, mens deeds, judiciall proceeding; or (as the verie word gives it) Acts of Parliament, or what [...]oever is most authenticall.

3. And yet, upon further advise, he calls backe that too, by a third wish. [...]. Written in s [...]on [...], with a pen of [...]on f [...] ever. If they were upon record, Records will last long, yet, even them, time will iniure. No inke, no parchmene, but will decay with time. Now, these he would have last for ever: therefore he gives over his Scribe, and in stead of him wisheth for a Graver: no paper, or parchmene will serve; it must be stone, and the hardest stone, the rocke. For this paper, he must have a penne of iron: that he wisheth too. But, here is mention of lead: what is to be done with that? If we beleeue the Hebrewes (that best knew the fashion of their Countrie Monuments,) when it is graven, the gra­ving may be choked with soile, and the edges of the letters, being rough, and un­even, may be worne in, or broken and so defaced; to provide for that, the graving he would haue filled with leade, that so it might keep smooth and even, from de­facing; and full, from choking up. That it be [...] (the l [...]st word) that is, last for ever, to the last Ages and Generations to come, never to be worne but to hold for ever. If it were t [...]e best in the world, more c [...]nnot be done, or wished, then this: and this he wisheth and not coldly but earnestly. Oh that it were, would God it were: Qu [...] [...]ihi tri [...]ua [...]? Who will do so much, Who? as if he were ear­nest begging of God and man to have it done.

Now in the name of GOD, what may this be, that all this worke is kept about? It is the worke of this day. And why would not a booke serve for this?Why, in stone &c. Why no remedy but it must be in sto [...]e? There want not reasons: Let me touch some few. M [...]s [...]s and Iob are holden to ha [...]e lived at one time. Mose's law was graven in stone, 1. Reason. Exod. 34 1. 1. Cor. 15.14. we know. This of Iob (heer) is Gospell, the substance, the chief article of it. No [Page 426] reason, the law, in tables of stone; and the Gospell, in sheets of paper. Good reason, Iob, as zealous for the Gospell, as Moses, for the Law. If that wrought in stone, this no lesse; as firme and durable, as it, every way. And the same reason is for the yron penn. As the stone for the law, so the penn for the Prophetts. If, in the Prophett, Ier. 17.1. mens sinnes be written with a penn of yron; meet, the discharge should be written no lesse deepe, with as hard a penn, as it; that so, the characters of one, may match the other at each point.

2. Reason. 1. Cor. 10 4.This for Moses: now for our Redeemer. There it was meet, ut de Petrâ, in petrá: Petra autem CHRISTVS, Our Redeemer is a Rock: O LORD my Rock & my Re­deemer (saith David) or my Redeemer of the Rock, Psal. 19.15. alluding to this of Iob: Kindly it is, it should be wrought in the Rocke, that is of the Redeemer, who is the Rocke. And so the resurrection, 1. Cor. 15.54. being a putting on incorruption, would not be written in corruptible stuffe, but in that commeth neerest to incorruption, and is least of all subiect to corrupt and decay: The words would be immortall, that treat of immortalitie.

3. Reason.A third, in respect of those Works, that are usually wrought of stone, as Grave­stones, as Arches Triumphall. The resurrection is mors mortis (saith Osee) ô death I will be thy death:Hos 13.14. 1. Cor. 15.54.55. for the death of him that is the death of us all, heer is a grave­stone allowed, and an Epitaphe graven on it. Heer it is, and so doth Nazianzen call this Scripture,Esa. 25.8. 1. Cor. 15.54. Death's Epitaphe. Either (if as Esay saith) Death by CHRIST's rising be swallowed up in victorie:) a trophee of this victorie would remaine; and that, as all victories, in a Pyramis of stone: and that Arch-wise on two pillers, 1 One for CHRIST's; 2 One for our resurrection.

4. Reason.One more: That Iob needed this wish, in regard of those, that were to receive this doctrine. It will not well be written, there is such unbeleife and hardnesse of heart, yea even in the Disciples, and so generally in our nature; as, enough to doe, to grave it in us: yet so necessarie withall, as where it will not be written, he wishes it graven. Written, where it may; but graven, where it must. But written, or graven, one of them in us all.

II. The Object I [...]b [...] R [...]deemer, and his resur­rection.This for Iob's wish. Shall we now passe to the third verse, and see what these words be, that no paper will serve, but stone; nor penn, but yron; nor ynke, but lead? Great expectation is raised with this so stately an entrie. The words be Iob's: His Scio, and his Spero, touching the two articles of this day, 1 His Redeemer, and His rising; 2 and the traine of it, His owne rising, and his seeing GOD. They beginn with Scio the piller of this faith, and end with Haec mihi spes the arch of his hope; ever, hope, gi­ving the assumption to faiths proposition.

1. Quòd Re­demp [...]or.Lett's b [...]ginn with the obiect of his knowledge. The first is newes of a Redeemer. We owe this word to Iob: he, the first, in the bible, that ever named Him so. Of the creation, we read, in Moses: and GOD provided well for us, that we should no sooner heare of a Creator by Moses, but we should, of a Redeemer, by Iob. For, though GOD by right of creation were (as saith Melchisedek) owner of heaven & earth, Gen 14 19. yet the creature being subject to vanitie shewed they were gone, aliened from GOD. But this is good newes,Rom. 8.20. that seeing we were GOD's & not our own, he would not see that c [...]ri [...]d away that was his owne, but would be content one should redeeme it back.

But, it is newes to heare, that Iob is at his Redeemer; Iob with all his innocencie, with his so just, Iob. 1.8.9.2 3.4. and holy life, as GOD himself bare witnesse unto it, as Sathan him­selfe could not except against it; yet he is not at Scio quòd Iudex; but Scio quòd Re­demptor: doth deprecari [...]udicem; and, for all his vertues, a Redeemer will doe well though; and he in the number of those, that are glad to say Scio, to take notice of Him.

From which his Scio, his notice taking, we take a true estimate of Iob's estate. For, if he looke after a Redeemer, then is he, either sold for a Servant; or caried away for a Captive: one of these. For, these two only we read of; redeemed from Egypt the h [...]use of bondage: or redeemed from Babylon the land of their captiviti [...]. Saint Paul [Page 427] confesseth both by himselfe; Sold under sinne, & led away captive under the law of sinne. Rom. 7.14.23. Iob. 7.20.6.20. Iob confesseth as much: Peccavi, quid faciam? sinned he had and by committing of sinne was become Servus peccati. Sold by himselfe, and made subiect to sinne; and sold by GOD, and made subiect to corruption: from both which he needed a Redeemer. Whither servant, or captive, one or both, it falleth out well, that both states are redeemable; neither past redemption. Sinned; that he needs a Re­deemer: not so sinned, but a Redeemer will serve.Chap. 3 [...].24.26.34.31. GOD is willing (saith Elihu) to receive a reconciliation, to admitt of a Redeemer: if we can get us one, to lay downe the price, there is hope, we may be restored, to see GOD againe. A Redeemer will doe it.

Why the, Scio quòd, he knowes of one. Good tydings, to all that need to know, there is one, presently in being. For then, Nunc dimittis, may Iob say; he may depart in peace, dye when he will, his Redeemer lives, who will never see that pe­rish, he hath payd the price for; but, since He came to redeeme that which was lost, will not suffer that to be lost which He hath redeemed.

This of his Redeemer. Now, what he beleeves of Him. First, live he must:2. Quòd Vivit. be a living, quick thing; not dead, or without life. Silver, gold will not doe it; our redemption is personall: not reall, to give somewhat and save himselfe. But such a Redeemer, as must answer body for body, and life for life; give himselfe, for Iob, and those he redeemes: so is the nature of the word: so, the condition of our redeeming. There is His person.

Of what nature, out of the word Redeemer. Sure, if a Redeemer, GOD.His Natures: GOD. Psal. 49.7.8. Vers. 15. Chap. 15.15.16.25.4.5. The Psalme deduceth at large: Man cannot redeeme his brother, nor give an attonement unto GOD for him. It cost more to redeeme soules: so that, he must let that alone for ever. Then tells he us plainly: It is GOD shall redeeme our soule from the hand of hell. Iob saith the same in effect: In His Saints He found folly, and in His Angells pravitatem, somewhat awry: They (both) need a Redeemer, themselves. That, they want themselves, they cannot performe to others: and, if neither Saint, not Angell; then no Redeemer, but GOD.

On the other side, if a Redeemer, man he is to be, of necessitie.And Man. So is the flatt law of redemption of persons. He must be frater, or propinquus, Levit. 25.25. Ruth. 3.12. a brother or next of bloud: els, not admitted to redeeme a person. That he may be admitted then, he must be flesh of our flesh; and then he may. The very word sheweth it, which doth as properly signifie, to be next of kinne, as to redeeme. [...] Vpon the point then, both He must be. Man cannot; GOD may not: But, GOD and man both, may and can.

But what stand we strayning the word Redeemer, or the conditions of it,Deum, in carne. when we have both twaine (his natures) in formall termes, immediately in the verse follow­ing, videbo Deum in carne? There is GOD in plaine termes; and His flesh is hu­mane flesh; and that is man. I know, in carne (there) may be construed two waies: But (I know) both waies, well; and both waies it is taken, by the Fathers: 1 I, in my flesh, shall see GOD: or 2 I shall see Deum in carne, that is, Deum incarna­tum, GOD having taken flesh upon Him. This later way, I finde, Saint Au­gustine taketh it: Videbo Deum in carne; quod, ad id tempus pertinet cum CHRISTI Deïtas habitu carnis induta est. I shall see GOD in my flesh. this perteines to the time, when the God-head of CHRIST was clothed with the habit of flesh. And well both: For, one depends on the other; our seeing GOD in the flesh, upon GOD's being seen in our flesh. But, Deus, in carne, are the two natures.

Now His office is Redeeming: How discharges He that? How brings He the worke of our redemption to passe? Many were His workes concurring to it.Quod resurg [...]t. His Office. Iob singles out, and makes choise of one among them all, which is the chiefe of all, the accomplishment of all, and where He shewed Himselfe a compleat Redeemer. For, then, a Redeemer right, when He had brought His worke to perfection: and that He did, when He rose againe.

So I read; rise againe; and not stand. It is well knowen, it is the proper word [Page 428] for rising, and not standing. The LXX. so turne it; not [...], shall stand; but [...], shall rise againe. The Fathers so read it: Nec dum natus erat Dominus (saith Saint Hierome) & Athleta Ecclesiae Redemptorem suum videt a mortuis resurgen­tem, He was not yet borne, and the Churche's champion, Iob, saw his Redeemer ri­sing from the dead. Victurum me certâ fide credo, Liberâ voce profiteor, quia Redemp­tor meus resurget, qui inter impiorum manus occubuit: with assured faith I beleeve, and with free courage confesse, that rise I shall, inasmuch as my Redeemer shall rise, who is to dye by the hands of wicked men: (saith Gregorie, upon these very words.)

Rise againe then shall our Redeemer from the dead. There he was then, or he could not rise thence. How came he there? So that, heere is His death implyed evidently, that brought him thither. Rise he cannot, except first he fall: Fall therefore he must, and be layd up in the earth, before he can rise from thence againe. Specially seeing, we finde him first alive (in the fore-part of the verse;) and then rise againe (in the latter.) For how can that be, vnlesse death come betweene?

Yea, the Fathers goe further: and, from the words [carne mea] set downe the very state of his death. In my flesh, that is (say they) such flesh as mine, rent and torne. As (to say true) betweene CHRIST's flesh, when Pilate shewed Him, with Ecce Homo, Ioh. 19.5. and Iob's, no great odds: Vnum in toto corpore vulnus: One resem­bled somewhat the other; scarse any skinne left on Him, no more then Iob: post­quam pellem meam contriverunt, might CHRIST as truly say.

In his case, he saw Him; brought to the dust: and thence he seeth Him rising againe: and so now, it is Easter day with Iob. For, this Text, this day, was fulfilled. Then, He rose againe: and rising, shewed Himselfe a perfect Redeemer. Then: for, till then, though the price were payd, nothing was seene to come backe. Now, His soule was not left in hell;Psal. 16.10. Act. 2.31.13.35. and so, that came backe: Nor His flesh, to see corruption; and so, that came backe. And, having thus with a mighty hand redeemed and raised Himselfe, He is able to doe as much for us. Quam in Se ostendit, & in me facturus est (saith Gregorie) Exemplo hîc monstravit, quòd promisit in praemio: What He shewed in himselfe, He will performe in us; and what we see now in this example, then we shall feele in our owne reward.

But, thus have we, in this verse comprised, His Person, His two natures, God-head, and Man-hood; His Office, His Death, and his Resurrection, and his Second comming: (for, at his first, Iob saw Him not, as Simeon; but, at His second, shall.) What would we more? with a little helpe, one might make up a full Creed.

IOB'S owne resurrection.Very well then, on He goeth, and out of this [Scio quòd Redemptor] he inferreth [Scio quòd ego;] arguing, from His Redeemer to himselfe. Eâdem catenâ revincta est CHRISTI resurrectio, & nostra; One chaine they ate linked with, His and ours: you cannot stirre one end, but the other moveth with it. The sinewes of which rea­son are in this; that the Redeemer doth but represent the person of the redeemed. For, a Redeemer is res propter alium; all he doth, is for another: Lives not, dyes not, rises not, to or for himselfe; but, to or for others: him or them, he vndertakes for. His life, death, resurrection, theirs; and the consequence (so) good: Scio quòd ille, & quòd ego. So, there is no error, in reading as we doe, in our Office of the dead, I shall rise againe at the last, Though it be the third person, in the Text, the first is as infallibly deduced by consequence, as if it were there expresly set downe; as sure as He shall rise, so sure He shall raise: for, to that end, is He a Redeemer.

The Benefit.We see the coherence; let us see the Benefit: which standeth of these foure points. First, He shall see GOD: Secondly, See Him in his flesh, and with his eyes: Thirdly, in the same fl [...]sh, and with the same eyes and no other: Fourthly, and he shall see Him, sibi, for his owne good, and benefit: and all this, non obstante the case, he was in, which gave but small likely-hood of it.

[Page 429]The first and maine benefit, His Redeemer will raise him to, is to see GOD. That,Videbo Deum. 1. I shall see GOD. he lost, when he became aliened: that, he recovers, being redeemed. Heere beginns all miserie, to be cast out of His presence: heere, all happinesse, to be restored to the light of His countenance. Visio Dei, all along the Scriptures, is made our chiefe good; and our felicitie still set forth, vnder that terme. In Thy presence, Psal. 16.11. Ioh. 14 8. is the fullnesse of ioy (saith the Psalme:) Ostende nobis Patrem & sufficit, and we will never desire more. A conjecture we may have, of the glorie of this sight, from Moses: he saw Him; and not His face neither; and that but at a glimpse, and but as He passed by; yet,Exod. 33.22.23. got he so glorious a brightnesse in his countenance, he was faine to be veiled; no eye could en­dure to behold Him. And, a like coniecture of the joy, by the transffiguration: they did but looke up at it, they desired never to be any where but there;Matt. 17.2. never to see any sight but that: so were they ravished with the beholding of it.

See GOD: and so he may in spirit, as do the soules of the righteous departed:2. Vid [...]bo in Carne. See him in my fl [...]sh. it skils not for the flesh. Yes; see him, in the flesh. That, as proper to this text, and this day, which offers more grace. This day, CHRIST rose in the flesh, and this Text is, we shall see Him in the flesh. It is meet, the flesh partake the redemption wrought in the flesh; and He be seen of flesh, that was seen in the flesh. He will doe it for the flesh; it is (now) His nature, no lesse then the God-head: He will not forgett it, we may be sure. It were hard, the Redeemer should be in the flesh, and the flesh never the better for it.

For, the soule is but halfe; though the better half, yet but half;1. Reason. and the redeem­ing it, is but a half redemption; and if but half, then unperfect. And our Redeemer is GOD, and GOD's workes are all perfect: if He redeem, He doth it not by halves. His redemption is a compleat redemption, certainly. But, so it is not, except He redeem the whole man, Soule, Flesh and all: his soule from hell, his flesh from the grave, both, to see GOD. His redemption is unperfect, till it extend so farr. Ther­fore, at His comming againe, they are willed to lift up their heads, their redemp­tion is at hand, their full redemption; then full, Luc. 21.28. when both soule and body shall enioy the presence of GOD.

And, what we say of GOD's worke, the same we say of the soule's desire: 2. Reason. It is not full neither, without this. Every man, yea the Saints, Saint Paul, by name, professeth all our desire, Nolimus expoliari s [...]d supervestiri, We would not be stripped of this flesh, but be clothed with glorie immortall, upon soule & fl [...]sh both: which desire,2 Cor. 5.4. be­ing both naturall, and having with it the concurrence of God's Spirit, cannot finally be disappointed.

I add further, that it is agreeable, not only to the perfection of His work;3. Reason. but even to His iustice, that Iob's flesh should be admitted, upon the Septuagint's reason, in the forepart of the verse, [...], that it hath gone through, ioyned in the good, endured all the evill, as well as the soule. For God is not unrighteous, Heb. 6.10. to deprive the laborer of his hire; but, with Him, it is a righteous thing, to reward them ioi [...]tly, that have ioyntly done s [...]rvice; and not sever them in the reward, that in the la­bour, were not severed. But, the flesh hath done her part, either in good or evill; her members have been members, either waies. In the good, the flesh hath kneeled, Rom. 6.13. pray [...]d, watched, fasted, wasted and wearied it selfe, to and for God: In evill, it hath done, I need not tell you what: and that, to and for sinne. Therefore, even iustice would, they should share in the reward of the good; and in the evill, take like part of the punishment. This may serve for the flesh.

And sure, the very same may be sayd and is no lesse strong for the third degree:3 In carne meâ &c. In my owne flesh and with the same eyes. as, for the flesh, and the eyes; so that the same flesh should participate, and the same eyes, and no other for them. No iustice, one flesh should labour, & another reape that, it never laboured for. What comfort can it be for the poor body, to abbridge it selfe of much pleasure, and to devoure much tediousnesse and many afflictions; and ano­ther strange body shall step up, come between, and carry away the reward. Nay, if these [...]yes of Iob's, have drop [...]en many a teare, it is reason the teares be wip't from them, not from another payre of new-made eyes. If they have restrained themselves,Chap. 16.20. [Page 430] even,Chap. 31.1. by covenant, from straying after obiects of lust; it is meet, they be rewarded with the view of a better obiect.

But, to say true: so should there be no resurrection indeed; a rising up, rather, of a new, then a rising againe of the old. Iob should not rise againe, this Iob; but, another new Iob, in his place, and stead. Therefore is this point ever most stood on,1. Cor. 15.53. Ioh 2.19· of the rest. Saint Paul: not a corruptible, or a mortall, at large, but Hoc, this cor­rupt [...]ble, this mortall. Yea, our SAVIOVR Himselfe, solvite Templum h [...]c, this v [...]ry Temple: and to shew, it was that very one indeed, it pleased Him, to retaine the print, both of the nayles & speare. And Iob most plaine of all, using not onely the word His, as it were pointing to it with his finger, positivè; but by adding this, & no other, exclusivè too, to expresse it the more fully above exception.

4. Vid [...]bo [...]hi. I my selfe shall &c.But now, these all, 1 seeing God, and 2 in the flesh, and 3 in the same fl [...]sh, all are as good as nothing, without the fourth. Videbo mihi, a little word, but not to be little regarded. In the translation, it is left out sometimes, never in the treaty. To see Him for our good; els, all the rest is little worth. For, all shall see Him and in the flesh, and in the same flesh; but all, not sibi; but many, contra se: not to their good, all; but many, to their utter destruction.

This very word is it, which draweth the Diameter, between the resurrection of life, & the resurrection of condemnation; the right hand, and the left; the sheepe, and the goates. They that see them sibi; to them, Esay: Arise & sing. They that, contra se;Esay. 26.19. of them Saint Iohn: Videbunt & plangent: see they shall & mourne. Tho [...]e shall fly,Apoc. 1 7. [...]uc. 17.37.23.30. as Eagles, with all speed to the body: These other draw back, and shrinke into their graves; creepe into the clifts & holes, to avoyd the sight; cry to the hills, to fall up­on them, & hide them from that sight. One shall rapi in occursum, be caught up to meet: 1 Thess. 4.17. Psal. 9.17. the other shall converti retrorsum, be tumbled backward into hell, with all the people that forget God. So that, this word is all in all: which God after expounds, Videbit faciem meam in iubilo, with ioy & iubilee, shall he behold my face; as a r [...]dee­mer, Chap 33.26. not as a revenger: and, as it followeth, with hope (and not with feare) in his bosome.

And the very next point was it, that revived him; and in very deed, the tenor of his speech, so often iterating the same thing, and dwelling so upon it, sheweth as much. Once had been enough; I shall see God: He comes over it againe, and againe; as if he felt some speciall comfort even by speaking it. Three severall times he repeats this s [...]eing; and, three other, his person I, and I my selfe, and I & none other but I: And as if, he were not enough, he reckons up three parts, his skinne, flesh, & eyes; As if, being once in, he could not tell how to get out. Blame him not; it seemes, he felt some ease of his paynes; at least forgatt them, all the while, he was but talking. It did so ravish him, having begunn he knew not how to make an end.

III The tw [...] Acts [...] His [...]wledge.Thus much for the object. Now to his Scio, his knowledge first; and then his Spe­r [...], his hope after. For his knowledge: there be foure things, I would note out of foure words. 1 His certainty out of Scio: 2 His proprietie, out of meus: 3 His patient waiting, out of Tandem: 4 and His valour or constancie, in non obstante.

Scio, his certainty: That he did not imagine or conceive, it might be; but knew it for certaine,1. His ce [...]t [...]inty, S [...]i [...]. even for a principle. Quis scit, Who knowes (saith one, Eccl. 3.21.) Who kn [...]weth, whither men dye as b [...]asts. Quis scit? Scio: Who knowes. I know (saith Iob.) P [...]tas [...]ne (saith he, Chap. 14.) Thinke you, one that is d [...]ad may rise againe? Thinke? I know it (saith Iob.) It was res facta, even this day, to His Disciples. It was res certa, to him, many hundred yeares before: It is much to the praise of his faith: so much was not found, no not in Israël. And we shall not need to trouble our selves to know,Mat. 8.10. how he knew it: Not by any scripture; he had it not from Moses, but the same way that Moses had it; he looked in the same myrror, Abraham did,Io [...] 8.56. when he saw the same Person and the same day, and rejoiced to see it.

[Page 431]Out of Scio his certaintie; and, out of Meus, his peculiar, as it were.2. His Proprietie: Meus. 1. Tim. 4.10. Ephes. 5.2. Gal 2.20. The Redee­mer of the world would not serve him, nor Saint Pauls maximè fidelium, of the faithfull chiefly. This (of the Ephesians) would not content him, That loved us, and gave himselfe for us: Not but (2. Gal.) That loved me, and gave himselfe for me. My Redeemer; which they call Faith's Possessive.

In Tandem, the third word, his patient enduring. For,3. His patient waiting: Tandem. Heb. 12.6. Tit. 2.13. Esay 28.16. Hab 2.3. patience is not onely shewed in suffering the Crosse, but in waiting also for the promise. It will not be done by and by, this: but Tandem, at the last it will. He shall rise againe at the last: He shall; and we shall. Qui crediderit ne festinet, He that beleeveth, let him not be in all hast. No: Si moram fecerit, expecta eum; If he stay, stay his leasure. Tarry his Tandem.

And last, all these, Non obstante, or Tametsi; the resolute courage, 4. His courage: Tam [...]tsi. or valour of his faith; that this he saith, being in case he was, small likely-hood of it in appa­rance, seeing and feeling, that he saw and felt. These sat he falling away by peece-meale, Vivum cadaver. For him then to talke of Scio, and Meus thus, ha­ving no better signes and arguments then he had; in the sense of his anger, to be­leeve his favour; brought to the day of death, to promise himselfe so glorious an estate: this is Abrahams faith, Contra spem in spe credere; faith without, nay,Rom. 4.18. faith against feeling. His state, in sense of miserie, want of comfort; his friends dismaying him; for all that, he keepes to his Scio, and to his Meus still. All els, even all he hath (his righteousnesse too) they may take from him: Salutem non auferent, his REDEEMER they should never get: non obstante, he would hold him fast.

This for his Scio and now to his Spero, which word leadeth us to the vse, he did,2 Act. Spero: His Hope. and we are to make, of this knowledge. Not, know, to know; or to be knowne to know; but, know, to lodge in our bosomes true hope: It is the generall vse of all our knowledge of the Scriptures, whatsoever is written for our learning, Rom. 15.4. that we by patience and comfort in the Scriptures may have hope. Generally of all; but, above all, of these, of CHRIST our REDEEMER: He is our hope; and His rising, that is Caput bonae spei, our cape of good hope, the most hopefull of all other.

The vse of hope is, to expell feare. No feare, to the feare of death: Sp [...]s reposi [...]a Hope layed up. what shall become of us, after our short time heere, which makes us never quiet, but in the valley of Achor, all our life long:Hos. 2.15. Mar. 16.6. Luk. 24.38. The resurrection opens us a gate of hope. Therefore, this day, Noli timere, say the Angells: Nolite timere (saith CHRIST.) That our proper salutation of the day. This, a day of hope. And this vse made DAVID of it: my flesh shall rest in hope, Psal. 16.9. though he were not in IOBS case, but in all his royaltie. For, even Kings, in all their royaltie, some­times have before them the hand-writing on the wall: Numeravit, Dan. 6.5.26. he hath num­bred thy daies; and even then, they rest on this hope, and read this inscription not unwillingly. The same vse doe the Apostles: Who hath regenerated us, in spe, to a liv [...]ly hope, by the resurrection of CHRIST (it is Saint Peter.) Rest in hope (saith DAVID) a lively hope (PETER;) Rest in hope of rising, 1 Pet 1.3. and living a­gaine.

And the terme, that IOB heere gives hope, is worth a note: he calls it the kidneyes of the soule. It made the Translator misse, that knew not this idiome. [...] For, as in that part of the body is bred, and from thence doth issue that same ge­ [...]a [...]ivus humor, whereby we propagate our kinde, and live heere (in a sort) after we be [...]. In like manner, by this hope (saith IOB,1. Pet. 1. 1. Cor. 1 [...]. and so saith Saint Peter) we are [...] a new; we are sowen (saith Saint Paul) and of that seed, rise againe in power, [...], a [...]d immortalitie.

A [...] t [...]is is haec spes, this hope. For, hope at large heareth evill, hath no good [...]me; Many our hopes prove Vigilantis Somnia, waking dreames: we cannot lay t [...]em up, and if we would; they are not worth the laying up, no more then our dreames be. That the Heathen man made it his happinesse, to say: Vale spes, farewell all [Page 432] hoping. This is true, where the rest of our hope is vanishing, as man, whose breath is in his nosthrills;Psal. 146.5. and when that goeth, all his thoughts perish. But this hope is of another nature:Rom. 5.5. Heb. 6.19. Luk. 6.48. Non confundet, it will not make you ashamed. Ther's a realitie in it, an anchor-hold; it is built on the rocke, it will endure, as the rock, on which it is built, and on which it is graven heere: There will come an end, and his hope will not be cut of, of all other: You may make a Depositum of it, lay it up: Repone illam, & repone te in illâ;1. Pet. 1.3. you may rest on it, it is spes viva, a living hope, in Him that li­veth, and shall restore us all to life.

Reposita in Sinu: In my bosome.Now, the place is much, where we lay it: Every thing is best kept in his proper place. IOB saith, he bestowed it in his bosome, and would have us doe the like. Of that place, he made choise: of none without us, behind us. That we might ever carrie it about us, ever have it before us, and in our sight; ever at hand: not to seeke, but readie and easie to be had, when we call for it: and these, for the continuall vse we are to have of it, in all the dismayes and discomforts of our life. Beside, there it will be safely; that, being the surest place, as being within the fold of our armes, where our strength lyeth, and whence, hardest to take it from us. And there it will be best cherished, in the warmth, and vitall heate of the bosome. There, the nurse car­rieth her childe: Deut. 13.6. and the wife is called the wife of the bosome: And what is dee­rer to us then these two? But, above all, there it will be next the heart (for the bosome is but the cofer of the heart) and there IOB would have it. As well, for that, that place is the best place, and so best for the best hope: as that, there is in this hope, a speciall cordiall vertue against the fainting of the heart: as (indeed) it is cor cordis, the very heart of the heart, and whereby the heart it selfe is more heartned. IOB found it so: So did Saint Paul, when he grew out of heart. Put his hand in his bosome, tooke out this Hope, lookes upon it, presently saith: propter quod non deficimus. 2. Cor. 4.16. And when Timothee was in the like deliquium, he applies to him: (What man! Memento, Remember, CHRIST is risen, and we shall rise and see GOD;2. Tim. 2.8. an amends for all, we can suffer:) as a speciall receipt against all cardiaque passions.

But, in choosing this place; Iob's minde was specially, to except to the braine, where (commonly) men lodge it, and are mistaken: it is not the right place. Scio, there (if you will;) in the braine; It is the place of memorie: But Spero, in the heart, the place of affection (namely feare:) and till the heart be the lesse fearefull, and the more cheerefull for it; it is not where it should be; not layed in the right place. Nay, not Scientia cerebri; knowledge is not best neither, not in the braine: Scientia Sinus, and corde creditur; best, when it hath his rest there. When knowledge in the heart, and hope in the reines;Rom. 10 10. and He that searcheth heart and reines, may there finde them. Erre not then in laying it up in the head, or any where, but whither Iob carried it, and where he layed it, in the bosome.

To end; because we be speaking of a hope to be layed up in our bosome, it falleth out very fitly, that, even at this time (festum spei) the Church offereth us a notable pledge, and earnest of this hope there to bestow.Ioh. 6 24. Even the holy Eucharist, The flesh wherein our Redeemer was seene, and suffered, and payed the price of our redemption; and toge­ther with it the holy Spirit, E [...]hes. 4.30. whereby we are sealed to the great day of our redemption. To the laying up of which earnest of our hope, and interest in all these, we are invited at this time, even literally, to lodge, and lay it up in our bosome. We shall be the neerer our Scio, if we tast & see by it, how gratious the Lord is; the neerer our Spero, if an earnest or pledge of it be layed up within us: the neerer our redemption, if we have within us the price of it: and the neerer our resurrection; they be his owne words, He that eateth my flesh and drin­keth, Ioh. 6.54. &c. hath eternall life, and I will raise him up at the last day. So dwell we in Him, and He in us; we, in Him by our flesh in Him; and He, in us, by His flesh in us. Thereby draw­ing life from Him, the second; as we doe death, from the first Adam.

But this hope hath this propertie (saith S. Iohn) it will mundifie the place where it ly­eth (Every one that hath this hope clenseth himselfe;1. Ioh. 3.3.) which place by vertue of it, we shall so cleane, Vt videatur in carne nostrâ Deus, that the life of Iesus may be manifest in [Page 433] our flesh; and all men see the vertue of His resurrection, to have His worke in us, by our rising out of the old dustie conversation, to newnesse of life: His resurrection and the power of it being exemplarily seene in our flesh, our end shall be, to see Him in our flesh; and that, nobis (not, contra nos) for our eternall ioy and comfort. And then have we the feast in kinde, and as much fruit of it, as either Patriarch, or Apostle can wish us. Which that we may, pray we to Him, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XXIIII. of March, A. D. MDCXI. being EASTER DAY, and being also the day of the Beginning of His Maiestie's most Gracious Reigne.

PSAL. CXVIII. VER. XXII.

The Stone, which the Builders refused, the same Stone is be­come (or made) the Head of the Corner.

THE Stone, which the Builders refused: saith the Pro­phet 1 David. This is the Stone which ye Builders refused: saith the Apostle Peter. And saith it,Act. 4 11. of CHRIST our SAVIOVR, Hic est lapis, He is the Stone. And saith it, to Caiaphas and the rest, that went for Builders. We know then, who this Stone is, and who these Builders be, to begin with.

And in the very same place,Act. 4.10. the same Apostle telleth us further, what is meant by Refused, and what, by made Head of the Corner. Quem vos, whom ye denied and crucified: that was, His refu­sing. And then, Quem Deus, whom GOD hath raised againe from the dead; that was His making Caput Anguli. Refused, when? Three daies agoe. Made Head, when? This very day: for, Hic est dies, followeth straight, within a verse, This is the Day. Ver. 24. Which Day, there is not one of the Fathers, that I have read, but interpret it of Easter Day.

And so we have brought the Text, and the Time togither. We know, who is the Stone: CHRIST. Who the Builders: Caiaphas and those with him. When refused? In His Passion. When made Head? at His Resurrection, that is, this day, which day is therefore (at the 27. verse) said to be, Constitutus dies solennis, made a solemne Feast day: In condensis, on which the Church to stand thick and full: Vsque ad cornu [...] Altaris, even up to the very Corners of the Altar.

[Page 436]This (I take it) is a good warrant, for our Church, to make this Psalme, a select choise Psalme, for this Day; as peculiar and pertinent to the Feast it selfe. And a good warrant, for us, so to applie it. It is the HOLY GHOST's owne applica­tion, by the mouth of Saint Peter: we may boldly make it, ours.

2. [...] 19.But though this be the cheef sense: yet, is it not, the onely. The cheefe it is: for the Spirit of Prophecie is in it, which is the testimonie of IESVS. Yet, not the onely: for according to the letter, we cannot deny, but that originally, it was meant of David. He was a Stone too, and in His time refused: yet after, raised by GOD to the highest place, even to be King over His people. The Chaldee Paraphrast (the ol­dest we have) is enough for this, thus, he turneth the verse. [...] &c. The Child, whom the chiefest men oppugned, He of all the sonnes of I s [...]ai, was made Ruler of Israël. A second sense then it hath, of David.

3 And, by analogie, it will beare a third; and will sort with Ours, or with any Prince, in like manner banded against, and sought to be putt by, as He: and yet after, brought by God, to the same place, that David was. To any such it will well agree, and be truly verified of him, and rightly applied to him. And, I confesse, I chose it the rather for this third. Because (as this yeare falleth out) upon one day (and Hic est dies, This is the day) We have in one, a memoriall of two benefits; 1 of our Savi­ours exalting, by His Resurrection: 2and of our Sovereignes exalting, and making Head of this Kingdome Both, lighting togither, we were (as me thought) so to remember the one, that we left not the other out. And this Text, will serve for both. Both, may in one be set before us: and so we reioice and render thankes to God for both: For the Lord CHRIST; and for the Lord's CHRIST, under one.

Three senses then, there are in the Text, and (to doe it right) we to touch them all three. 1. CHRIST in prophecie. 2. David in historie. 3. Our owne in analo­gie. But we will give CHRIST the precedence. Both for His Person, He is Da­vid's Lord, and the Head of all Head-stones: It is meet, He have Primatum in om­nibus, Col. 1.18. He in all things, have the prae-eminence: And, for that the truth of the text, never was so verified in any, as in Him. We may truly say, None ever, so low cast downe: None ever, so high lift up againe, as He. Others refused, but none like Him: and their heads exalted, but nothing in comparison of His. 1. First then of Christ's, 2. after, of David's briefly: 3. and last, of our owne.

I To applie it to CHRIST. The Stone, is the ground of all. Two things befall it: two things as contrary as may be. 1. Refused, cast away: 2. then, called for againe, and made Head of the Building. So, two parts there are, to the eye. 1. The refusing. 2. and the raising: which, are His two estates, His humiliation: and His exaltation.

1 In either of these ye may observe two degrees. A quibus, and Quousque: By whom, and How farre: By whom refused? We weigh the word, Aedificantes: Not by men unskillfull, but, by Workemen, Builders professed: It is, so much the more.

2 How farre? We weigh the word, Reprobaverunt: usque ad reprobari, even to a reprobation. It is not improbaverunt, disliked, as not fit, for some eminent place: but reprobaverunt, utterly reprobate, for any place at all.

II Againe, exalted, by whom? The next words are, á Domino, by God, as good a 1 Builder, nay better then the best of them; which makes amends for the former.

2 And, how farre? Placed by Him, not in any part of the Building: but, in the part most in the eye (the Corner:) and, in the highest place of it (the very Head).

So, Reiected, and that by the Builders, and to the lowest estate: And from the lowest estate, Exalted in Caput Anguli, to the chiefest place of all; and that by GOD Himselfe. This for CHRIST.

And David is a Stone, and so is Ours, and so is every good Prince, Lapis Israël (as Iac [...]b, Gen 49 24.3. [...]sal. 62.4. in his Testament, calleth them.) And Builders there be, such as by office, should, but many times doe not their office, no more then Caiaphas heer. Reprobaverunt is, when they d [...]vise to put Him by, whom God would exalt: And Factus Caput, when God, for all that, doth them right, and brings them to their place, the Throne Royall.) [Page 437] As, This was the day, when God so brought David (as appeareth by the 24. verse:) And Hic est dies, This is the day, when He brought His Majestie to be Head of this Kingdome. Of these in their order.

The Stone which the Builders refused, &c.

THe estate of mankind, as they are in Societie, either of Church or Kingdome, is, in diverse termes set forth to us in Scripture: Sometimes of a Flocke: sometimes of Husbandry: otherwhile, of a Building. Ye are His flocke, diverse times in the Psalmes. You are God's Husbandry, You are God's building, both in one verse. Now,1. Cor. 3.9. the Style of this Text, runnes in termes of this last, of Building, or Architecture. For heer are Builders, and heer is Stone, and a Coigne or Corner, and a Topp or Turret over it.

Of this Spirituall Building, we all are Stones: and (which is strange) we all are Builders too: To be built, and to build, both Stones; in regard of them whom God hath set over us; who are to frame us, and we so to suffer them. Builders, in regard of our selves first: then, such as are committed to us, by bond, either of duety, or cha­ritie; Every one, being (as Saint Chrysostome saith well) de subditâ sibi plebe, quasi do­mum Deo struere, of those under his charge, to make God an house. As Stones; it is said to us, by Saint Peter, Super-aedificamini, Be ye Built up, or framed. As Builders;2 Pet. 1.5. Iud 20. 1. The. 5.11. it is said to us, first, by S. Iude, build your selves in your most holy faith. Then, by Saint Paul, Edifie ye, or build ye one another. Be built; by obedience and conformity: Build your selves, by encrease in vertue and good workes: Build one another, by good example, and wholesome exhortation. The short is: This is to be our study, all: if we be, but our selves, every one in himselfe, and of himselfe, to build GOD an Orato­rie. If we have an Houshold, of them, to build Him a Chappell. If a larger circuit, then a Church. If a Country or Kingdome, then a Basilica, or Metropolitan Church: which is properly, the Prince's Building.

This in the text (the Builders heer were in hand with) as a Basilica: for it was the frame of the Iewe's Governement: but, is applied, to all States in generall. For, Iew­ry was the Scene or Stage, whereon the errors or vertues of all Governments, were represented to all posterity.

Foure words there be in the Text. 1. Aedificantes, Builders. 2. Lapis, Stone 3. Angulus, a Corner, and 4. Caput, the Head. From the first word Aedificantes, this we have: That States would not be, as tents: set up, and taken downe, and re­moveable. They would be buildings, to stand steddy and fixed. Nothing so oppo­site unto a State, as not to stand.

2. From the second, Lapis: That, this building would be, not of clay and wood, or (as we call them) Paper-walls: but, Stone-worke, as strong, as defensible, as little subject to concussion, or combustion, as might be.

3. From the two parts specified, first, Anguli: This Stone-worke, is not a wall forthright, to part in sunder, or to keepe out: but, it consists of diverse sides: those sides meete in one Angle: where if they meete, and knit well, all the better will the building be.

4. Caput. And they will knitt the better, if they have a good Head. For, where they meete, no place so much in danger of weather going in, and making the sides fly off, if it want a Covering. A head it would have, to cover it: It is a speciall defense, and besides, it is a Sovereigne beauty, to the whole building.

And that Head, would not be of playster, to crumble away: or of wood, to warp or rot with the weather: or of lead, to bow or bend, and to cracke: but of Stone, and the principalest Stone, that could be. The chiefe part it is, the head: the chiefe care, and consultation would be, what Stone meet for that place: for indeed, it is all in all.

[Page 438] The first [...] CHRIST.That, is the consultation heer. Heer is C [...]IST, what say you to him? He i [...] a Stone. 2. A Building Stone. 3. A Corner Stone. 4. A Head Stone: A Stone. So the Prophetts terme Him.D [...]. 2.3 [...]. Zach. [...].9. Esa [...]& [...].1 [...]. Dan. 2.34. Zachar. 3.9. Esay 28.16. And so the Apostles, Peter, Act. 4.11. Paul, I Cor. 10.4. 1. In His Birth: Daniel's stone, cut forth without hands. 2. In His Passion: Zacharie's stone, graven & cut full of eyes, all over. [...]: Esay's stone, Layd in Si [...]n Qui crediderit non confundetur, He that beleeveth in Him then, shall not be confounded, saith S. Peter, I. Pet. 2.6.Act. 4.11. 1 Cor. 10.4. Hic est lapis. He is the Stone of our faith, saith S. Peter, Lapis erat Christus. And Petra erat Christus, saith S. Paul. He is the Stone of our Sacraments, the Water of our Baptisme and of our Spirituall drinke (both) issue from Him. A Stone: first, for His nature, of the earth as Stones are, out of Abraham's Quarry (saith Esay) to shew His Humanity.Esa. 51.1. Ephes. 4.9. Psal 22.6. And, out of [...] the very lowest part of the earth (saith the Apostle;) to shew his Humility. Indeed, nothing so subiect to contempt, to be troden on, to be spurned aside, as it. And such was His condition, Vermis, nón homo, and, Lapis, non homo. A Worme, or a Stone, and no man.

2 A Stone will endure much sorrow, nothing more. And, who did ever suffer like Him? or in His suffering, who more patient, or still, or stone-like, then He?

3 But the chiefe vertue of a Stone is, that it is firme and sure: And so is He. Yee may trust Him, ye may build on Him. He will not faile you. What ye lay on Him, is sure. Psal. 40.3. David may have sure footing, and rest his feet; Exo. 17.12. Moses, his hands; Gen. 28.11· Ia­cob, his head, on this Stone. This is it He hath His denomination from. He that trusts in Him,Mat. 16.18. nothing, not the gates of hell, shall prevaile against him. Trustinesse, with non confundetur, the chiefe vertue of a Stone: of CHRIST: and of those, that are Head-stones by, and under Him.

But, there are Stones, that lye scattered, that will neither head well, nor bed well (as they say) not meet, to build withall: meet, for nothing but to hurle, and to do hurt with. But CHRIST is a Stone, to doe good with, to build with. Lapis ad aedificae­tionem. And, He loveth not to scatter, or be by Himselfe, His delight is, to be with the Sonnes of men:Pro. 8.31. and to grow with them, into one frame of building.

A Corner Stone. Of all the places in the building, that one speciall place, liketh Him:3. Ephes. 2.14. Where the sides meet, there He is. To ioine togither, to make two one, He loveth it above all: stretching Himselfe, to both walles, that both may rest on Him.

4 And lastly, Lapis primarius, a Headstone. For, there He should be, there, is His right place, and it will never be well with the Building, till He be in that place, till CHRIST be [...], Caput, in omni procuratione, The highest and chiefest end of all. This He is, and in the end, This He will be: if not by Men, yet by GOD.

But now, we have to doe with Men: and we are to put it to voices, their voices, with whom He lived, what they thinke of CHRIST, for Caput Anguli. It is re­turned, Quem reprobaverunt: He is refused. Will ye heare it, from themselves? Nolumus hunc regnare, Luc. 19.14. We will not have Him King; Not in that place; no Head, in any wise.

1 But à quibus, Who were these? These were foolish people, that knew not the ver­tue or value of a Stone: no heed to be taken what they cry. We will get us, with Ieremie, Ier. 5.4. Ier. 5.5. to men of skill, that know, what Stone is for every place; professed builders, by their trade: But these also, were no better conceited of Him, then the other: for, doe any of the Rulers make any account of Him? Iohn 7.48. As who say, None of them neither, The very Builders refuse Him too.

2 Well, we will make the best of it: It may be, not for the Head: But, there be more places then that: If not allow Him there, yet He may be in some els. Im­probaverunt, it may be, but not reprobaverunt: disallowed, but not cast a side quite. We aske then, how farr? Will ye put Him up the second time, and (to see the Qu [...] ­usque in kind) will ye put vp Barrabas with Him?Ioh. 1 [...].40. Non Hu [...]c, sed Barrabam. So it went: That was their verdict. Now, by this time it is reprobaverunt (as flat as may be) a refuse i [...]deed, and that with a foule indignity.

[Page 439]But these, were but the Vulgar, againe. What say the Builders to this? He, of them, that tooke him selfe for a very Vitruvius, such a Workman, as he sayd, all the rest understood nothing at all, the Master-builder Caiaphas, he was flat, Expedit, Ioh. 11.49.50 It was expedient He should dye; be cast aside into the heap of rubbish, be put out of the buil­ding, cleane. That, is his doom.

Now, lay these togither. To be refused, is not so much; it may be, it is of such,1 as are ignorant. But, to be refused of Builders, and those the chiefe, is much; for, they are presumed to be skilfull. Againe, to be disliked for the chiefe place, not so 2 much; if not for that, he may be for another: But, to be utterly reprobate (that is) not refused, for the Head, nor refused for the Corner, but refused simply for any room at all: not in the topp, nay not in the bottome: not in the Corner, nay not in any ranke of the Building: that, is as much as may be. And this, was CHRIST's lot.

Yet this was all but in words, nothing was done to Him. But there is a reprobation, in deed, and that is yet farr worse. And to that, they proceeded, even to actuall matters, to reall reprobation. Before they cast Him aside (this poo [...]e Stone) they hackt & they hewed it, & mangled it piteously; they shewed their malic [...] even in that, too. Coelaverunt Sculpturam eius (saith the Prophet) their tooles walked on Him,Zacha 3.9 they grav [...]d Him, and cut Him with a witnesse, and made Him full of eyes, on every side. What skilled that? What disgrace, or what sorrow is done, to a Stone? the Stone feeles it not. The cry, of Non hunc, or the edge of the graving toole, affect it nothing. True: But He was Lapis vivus, a living Stone (as Peter calleth Him, 1 Peter 2.5.) a Stone that hath life; life and sense, and felt all: Felt His graving, the edge and point both: felt His despising, the scorne, and malice both: (of the twaine, this the more, but) both He felt. When they made furrowes on His backe, Psal. 129.3. Mat. 27.29. with the scourges: when they platted the Crowne of Thornes, & made it sit close to His head; when they digged His hands, & feete, He felt all. He endured it patiently,Psal. 22.16. tanquam lapis: but He felt it sensibly, tanquam vivus. Had quick sense, of His paine in gra­ving: had lively apprehension, of His contempt in refusing.

And these very two words (in the Text) Lapidem, and Reprobaverunt, set out unto us, both parts of His Passion fully: As if He had been Stone, so layd they on Him: As if He had been a Reprobate, so powred they all disgrace upon Him. And, even as a Stone He was, in His Passion. For, as the Stones give against the weather: so, was there not to be seen upon Him, a bloudy sweate? Did He not give (as it were) of Himself,Luc. 22.44. against the tempest came? And when it came, was it not so strange (even that, which this living Stone suffered) as the dead Stones, that had no life, as if they had had life and compassion of His case, rent in sunder with it? Lapidem then, is true.

And, for reprobaverunt, that, is as true. For how could they have intreated a repro­bate, worse then they entreated Him? In His thirst, In His prayer, Mat 27.51. Ioh. 19.20. Mat 27.47.49. Phil. 2.8. In the very pangs of death, what words of scorne and spitefull opprobrie? What deeds of malice and wret­ched indignitie? Of Himselfe, it is said (and by way of exaggeration) He humbled Him­selfe to death, the death of the Crosse: of them, it may be no lesse, Reprobaverunt ad mor­tem, mortem crucis, they rejected Him to death, the death of Reprobates; the death, whereunto a Curse is annexed, the death of the Crosse. And never gave Him over, till they brought Him, Lapis ad lapidem, into a grave of Stone, Mat. 27.60. and rolled a Stone upon Him, and there left Him And thus much, for Lapis quem reprobaverunt.

It is the Feast of the Passover: we now passe over, to His other estate; His Exal­tation,2 ad Caput Anguli. Were it not strange, the stone should be rolled away, and this Stone should be digged up againe, and set up in the Antes, the place most con­spicuous (that is) made a Corner-stone: and that, in the very top, the highest part of all (that is) made a Head-stone? Were not this a strange Passeover, from death, to life; from lowest reprobation, to highest approbation; from basest reproach, to grea­test glorie?

But, seeing builders (we see) may be deceived, and that in Capite (as we finde heer;) and that, though Caiaphas be one of them: and a stone may have wrong; Would it [Page 440] [...]ot b [...] well, we called to scrutinie againe? Is there any builder yet left, before whom, we may bring the matter? [...] Yes, there is. Every house is built of some man (saith the Apostl [...]) but He that is the builder of a [...]l, i [...] GOD. He that sett up this great vaulted worke,Io [...] [...].6. P [...]al. 104.3. Iob. 26.7. of Heaven over our hea [...]: that layed the Corner-stone of the earth, He is a Builder. But, He that laieth His Chamber-beames in the waters, Et appendit terram super nihilum, hangs this great Masse, no man knowes upon what: He that begin­neth at the topp, and build [...] downewards, Heaven first, and then Earth (as He did:) He passeth all ours, He is a skilfull Builder indeed. Is He of the same minde? Offer CHRIST to His probation. He will reprobare reprobantes, condemne them, that so refused Him: And all will turne, quite contrarie. Saint Peter saith it: He was [...].1. Pet. 2.4. reprobate with men, but [...], chosen of GOD [...] nothing worth, with them, but [...] pretious, with Him Meet to be in the building; Nay, no build­ing, meete to be, without Him. And in the building, if any part more obiect to the sight, then other, there. And in that, if any place higher then another; there. In aedificio, Angulo aedificij, Capite Anguli: In the Building, the Corner of the building, the He [...]d of the Corner: (that is) in the highest place, of the chiefest part of all. This, He tho [...]ght Him, and as He thought Him, so He made Him: and made Him so this day, the day of His Resurrection. Whom they cast downe, GOD lift up, from the grave: whom they vilified, He glorified; glorified, and made Him Caput Anguli, The Head of the Corner.

An [...]uli.How of the Corner? The Corner, is the place, where two walls meete: and there be many two's in this Building: The two walls of Nations, Iewes and Gen­tiles: The two, of Conditions, Bond and Free: The two, of Sexe, Male and Fe­male: the great two (which this day we celebrate) of the Quicke and the Dead: above all, the greatest Two of all, Heaven and Earth.

The two first meete in Him: There was a partition, but He downe with it: Et fe­cit utraque unum, Ephes. [...].14. So that, there is neither Iew nor Greeke, neither Bond nor Free, Gal. [...].28. neither Male nor Female, but all one in CHRIST IESVS: Yea, the Quick and the Dead, both live to Him. And all these, so many Combinations, as in the Center, meet in Him: and He in the midst of all, drawes all, and knitts all, in one holy Faith, and blessed hope of His Comming; one mutuall unfained love to­wards each other.Zach. 10.4. Ex te Angulus, well said Zacharie.

Caput.And as Vnitie is in the Angle; so Order, is under the Head. As all, one, in Him; so, He is Head of all. Head of the Iewes, Iesus in their tongue: Head of the Gentiles,Col. 1.18. Col. 3.10. CHRIST in their tongue: Head of the Church: Head of all Principality & Power. Therefore, this day, CHRIST that dyed rose againe, that He might be Lord, both of Quick & Dead, Rom. 14.9. And of the great Angle of all, consisting of Heaven and Earth;Mat. 28 18. for, all Power was given Him in heaven and earth, and He made Head of both.

1 Now then: will ye lay these togither? There can come to a stone no greater dig­nity, 2 then, there to be (in the Head.) To any stone: but it is much increased, by that Circumstance, that it is not onely, Lapis (barely;) but, Lapis quem reproba­verunt, that now is there in the Head: Not any stone, but a stone so refused (as we heard) for such a stone, there to be; from that Terminus à quo, to come to this Ter­minus ad quem; from so base an estate, there to be, that is a great encrease to it. 3 And thirdly, by such a person, a Builder so match-lesse, there to be: that is yet a de­gree higher: And this triplicity e [...]alteth much His Exaltation. That by God, and not God's suffering, but His doing: and that, factum mirabile, His wonderfull doing, it came to passe: As indeed, wonderfull it is to see, that which all the world now seeth: CHRIST, that (for the present) was so strangely dei [...]cted; since, to be so exceeding­ly glorified:Phil. 12.19.10.11. So many knees to bow to Him, so many tongues to confesse Him, His Name to be above all Names, he [...]ven & earth to be full of the Majestie of His glorie.

Now, from these words, Caput, Anguli: that which we learne morally, is: to make [...] of the two vertues comm [...]ded to us in these two words: Virtu [...] Anguli; and Anguli, s [...]b Capite.

[Page 441] [...] of two walles united in one Angle, that is, Vnity. For Christ [...] Cap [...]t Maceriae, of a Partie-wall, but of an Angle ioined. He is not of [...], that, so they may be Head, care not, though it be never so broken [...].

[...], not every Vnity, but Vnitas ordinata, that hath, or is under a Head. For [...] is [...], Cujus v [...] Anguli, but Anguli, cui Caput: not of every Angle, but of an Angle, the unity whereof, is neither in the tayle, nor in the sides, but in the Head: [...] is, commendeth to us, as Vnity against Division; so Order against Confusion. They that ca [...] be content to corner well, but would be Acephali, Head-lesse, have no Head, [...] Him not: No more do they, that would ioine, but would be Poly cephali, [...] Consistorie of heads, many heads; as many as the Beast of Babylon. For [...] it is, an Angle can have no more heads but one. To love an Angle well, but an Angle that hath a Head, and but One head. To love a Head well; but a head, not of a single wall, but of an Angle. Both these, and both to be regarded. They be Zacharie's two staves, Bands, & Beauty, which vphold all government; breake one,Zach 11.7.10.1 [...]. and the other will not long be unbroken. The head, without Vnity: Vnity, with­out th [...] head: either without other will not long hold.

Both then: but especially Vnity, for that commeth in heer, not necessarily (as doth the head) but extraordinarily. And therefore, extraordinary regard to be had of it. For I was thinking, why He should heer in this second part; say, that He was made Head of the Corner? Why should it not suffice, to have sayd, factus est Caput, and no more? Or if more, factus est Caput Aedificij? To have said, He was made the Head: at least wise, made the Head of the whole Building? Why must Anguli, [...]e added? What needed any mention of the Corner? No occasion was given, no mention was made of it, in His Refusing: The word [Head] would have served fully, to have sett His Exaltation forth. Some matter there was, that this word must come in. And sure, no other, but to shew CHRIST's speciall delight and love of that place. At His rising, this day, Stetit in medio: and heer He is come to His place againe: for, Stetit in medio, and Caput Anguli, come both to one. Therefore, that like love, like speciall regard be had by us of that place,Iohn. 20.19. and of the vertue of that place (vnitie;) that it be sought and preserved carefully, that the sides flie not of, the well knitting whereof, is the very strength of the whole Building.

By Bede, it is rendered, as a reason why the Iewish builders refused our SAVIOVR CHRIST, for the head place, Quia in uno pariete, stare amabant. They could en­dure no Corner; they must stand alone, upon their owne single wall; be of them­selves; not ioyne with Gentile, or Samaritane. And CHRIST they endured not, because they thought, if He had been Head, He would have inclined that way.Ioh. 10.16. Alias [...]ves oportet me adducere: Alias, they could not abide. But sure, a purpose there must be alias oves adducendi, of bringing in others, of ioyning a corner, or els we doe not facere secundùm exemplar, build not according to CHRIST's patterne; our fashion of Fabrique, is not like his. They that thinke,Heb. 5.8. to make CHRIST Head of a Single wall, are deceived: it will not be. They that say, so the head, all is well; it skills not for the Corner; erre too He is [...], a Corner-stone first, and then [...] a Head-stone after. And they that had rather, be a Front in a wall, then in a meaner place sub lapide Angulari; And they, that stand upon their owne partition, and will not endure to heare of any ioining; care not what become of Angulus, Philp. 2.5. if it were stroo­ [...]en out; the same minde, is not in them, in neither of them, which was in CHRIST IESVS. His mind we see. He lookes to the Angle, as to the Head; and to the Head, as to the Angle. And they build best, that build likest Him, Wisedome is iusti­fied of all her Children. Luc. 7.35.

And last; the duty of the whol [...] Second part, and so, this daies duty, is [...]. When, the [...] is brought forth, [...] (as to day it was) we are to pro [...]ecute it,1 with [...], and [...]e [...]edictus qui venit (as [...] way followeth in th [...] [...]). with [...] of [...], Grace [...] is. Fo [...] [...] the Prophet) Lap [...] [...] would be [...], with r [...]ioycing: Reioyci [...]g [...] Hi [...] [...]egard,Z [...]ch. 4.7. that [...] [Page 442] [...]: so, even in the [...]uilding's, that h [...]th got [...] a Head: Such, and so gratious a Head, as could endure, th [...] [...]o be [...] and yet admitt, yea even those, th [...]t [...]o refused Him (if the [...] in themselves) to be Stones in His building, for all that: and to be me [...]bers of the Body, whereof He is the Head.

2 Then secondly, as GOD hath: so we to make Him, Head. Actually, we can­not; He is made to our [...]: but, in account, we may: Giving Him, the high­est place in all our respect [...]Magnifying His Name, & His Word, above all things: His Word;Psal. 138.2. maki [...]g it our chief ground: His Name, and the Glorie of it, making it our chiefe [...]nd. Th [...] other considerations cary us not away, as these Builders heer it did,Ioh. 11.48. of V [...]ient [...], or, I wot not what; but that ever (as the Heathen Lawyer said) it be F [...]ti [...]r rati [...], qu [...] facit pro Religione, the best reason, that maketh best for Reli­gion, and for the good of the Body of this Head (that is, the peace of His Church.) And this, for, Lapis erat CHRISTVS.

1 But, Lapis erat David, is likewise true. Therefore, that we doe King David no wrong,The second se [...]se, David. let us shew, how it fitts him too: but briefly, because, this, is not His day. David was a stone. The Iewes say, it was his Nic-name, or name of disgrace; that, in scorne they called him so. For that, all his credit (forsooth) came, by casting a stone, and hitting Goliah, by chance, right in the forehead: and so, they thwited him with that name. They gave it him, in scorne: but he bare it, in earnest. For sure, much sorrow he endured: had, that propertie of a Stone. And nothing could re­move him, or make him shrinke, from his Trust in GOD, or from his Allegiance to Saul his liege-Lord: that qualitie also.

2 And, refused he was: not as CHRIST, we must not looke for that, neither in him, nor in any. GOD forbid, that any, ever should be so refused, as He. As Christ, none, but CHRIST. No: but yet, in his degree refused he was, though. A hard time he had, and many hard termes, and hard usages he endured, for many yeares togither; pursued, and followed, and should have been no Head, nay, should have had no head, if He had been gotten.

3 Refused, and by whom? Even by Saul, all his life time: and when Saul was dead, Abner refused him,2. Sam. 2.8. 1. Sam. 29 4. 1. Sam. 17.28. 1. Sam. 16.6. and set up another against him. And when he was out of his Country, in Gath, refused there too, by the Princes of Achis. And even at home, by his owne brethren, and fathers house. Yea Samuel himselfe, had given it away (the Head-place) from him, to Eliah, and so refused him; but, for GOD. And these, went then, for the chiefe Builders in Israël, at that time. So, the Builders refused him.

But, after all this, all this not-withstanding, this Stone became the Head (that is) 4 David got the Crowne, and was King at last. For (Head) is the King's Name. So doth Samuel call the King, Chap. 2.38. 1. Sam. 15.17. So doth Esay, Chap. 7.4. So doth Ho­se, Chap. 1.11. But especially, so Daniel, in expresse termes, Tu es Caput aureum speaking to the King, Thou art the Head of gold.

Head, and of the corner: that is (as some interpret it) of Iuda, and Israël. But, that is thought somewhat hard. For, those two, were not two Kingdomes, nor ever so reckoned, till R [...]boam's time. And, what if David had not happened to have been first King of one Tribe, and after, of all; should he have lost this name then? Should he not have been [...] Shall no King be Caput Anguli, if he have but one entire kingdome? Shall not Salomon, as well as David? No question but he shall.

The better part therefore thinke good, to give it that sense, which never failes in any State: and which sundry times ye shall finde pointed at by David himselfe, as in the Verse. [...].1 [...].12. [...].15. before, and in the Verse 1 [...]. 135. after: Yea even heer in V [...]rse 2. [...]. this Psalme at the beginning, Dom [...] Iseaël, and Domu [...] Aaron, the house of Israël, and the house of Aa­ron; that is, the two estates, Ci [...]ill and Ecclesiasticall, which maketh the maine Angle, in every Government. GOD Himselfe hath severed [...]em, and made these, two; [...] me [...]e in one: Not [...] to maligne and con [...]me the other. And, the happy [Page 443] [...] of c [...]ase two, is the strength of the Head, and the strength of the whole [...] If it beare but upon one of them, it will certainly decay. It did so in Saul's [...]: He li [...]tle regarded the Arke, and lesse the Priests. David saw Saul's errour, [...] his Psalme [...] where he singeth Ne per das, to a Commonwealth promiseth to [...] of both pillars; and to uphold them both. Psal. 75 3.

The first Booke of Chronicles, is sufficient to prove, and perswade any, he dealt in both, as chiefe over both. Not by right of Priest-hood, for none he had. And that, of his Pr [...]phesie ▪ is as cold. Others also did the like, Asa, Ios [...]phat, Ezekias, Iosias, that were no Prophetts, nor ever so accounted.

In the Law (it is Philo's note) both Tables meet in the fift Commaundement (which is the Crowne-Commaundement) as it were in an Angle; which Commaundement, is placed (saith he) [...] as it were in the middle, or confines of both tables, that of Religion, and this other of Iustice Civill: That, with the right arme, the Prince may support that, and with the left, this; and so uphold both. And in the Gospell, Christ applieth this very verse, to Himselfe, as heire of the Vine-yard. Heire He was not, but as King, not as Priest: He could not; for, of that Tribe He was not borne, but was cal­led to it, as was Aaron.

Since then, heer we finde both, and that David was both, it is no error (I trust) to call a King, Caput Anguli; No more is it, to call him Lapidem primarium, or an­gularem, choose ye whether. The Persian (by the light of nature) called the King Ahashu­crosh (that is) Sovereigne head. The Graecian (by the same light) called the King, [...] that is, [...] the Base or Corner-stone of his People.

Shall I add this? This word (Stone) which is heer affirmed, of David, in this verse: is, in the new Testament, five severall times, turned by the Syrian Translator, Cepha: 1 Mat. 21.42. 2. Mar. 12.10. 3. Luc 20.17 thrice in the three Gospells: once in the Act. 4.11. Acts: and once in 1. Pet. 2.7. Saint Peter. So that, he did not thinke it strange, to call King David Cephas. So Cepha; as well said of David, as of Peter. And 2 Sam 5.2. 1 Chro 11. Tu pasces, as well said to David, as Pasce to Peter. And Zach. 4.10. Zorobabel hath in his hand, the Line, as well as Iosua the high Priest, towards the building of the Temple. The thing, the duty it selfe, and the bounds of it, let us lay forth and agree of, as we can: but sure, the Name is not to be stood on; it cannot be denied Him.

And now to our selves: to whom, as This is the day which the Lord hath made, 3. The third sense. His Maiestie. touching CHRIST, and His Resurrection; so is it, likewise, the day that He hath made, the second time, by making on it, His Majestie, Head of this Kingdome, the very Name whereof, hath affinitie, and carrieth an allusion to the terme, Anguli, in the sound of it.

And, neither were Your Majestie, without your part of refusing, in a kinde:1 but did participate, somewhat of it, with David, though in a lesse degree. Good, and firme, and sure, though your Right were, as any Stone; yet allegations were studied, to subiect it to question, yea, to refusing. For, did no body ever see a pro­iect drawen, wherein some other stone was marked out, to have beene Caput An­guli? Yes; it is well knowen, Titles were raised, and sett on foote, and Bookes written, to that end.

And, they tooke themselves for no meane Worke-men, that were the devisers of 2 them: that, both at home and abroad, contrived it another way: and plotted, to have put You by, and to have had some other Head-stone, of their owne hewing out, in Your roome.

Yea, to make Your case, yet more like to CHRIST's case: even the High 3 Priest, he that claimeth Caiapha's place, He and his crue, had their hands in it. We may no lesse truly, say to them, then Saint Peter did to Caiaphas; Quem vos, Whom ye would have cast aside, if ye might have had your wills. And to that end, had your first Breve's ready drawen, and sent abroad; and others, in a readinesse, to se­cond them.

[Page 444] [...] for all [...]heir Br [...]ve's, and B [...]lls; this Stone is the He [...]d, for all [...]hat. Factus, made he is, and made by GOD. Fo [...], [...], GOD'S doing it was, evidently; tha [...] after so much plo [...]ing, so many [...] togither, at the very time, GOD bowed the hearts, of so many thousands, as it [...] beene the heart of one man, to agree in one: as that, all that foresaw [...], thought it had not been possible; and all that saw it, confessed it admirable, and all men said, This hath GOD done: for they saw evi­dently, Psal. 64.9. it was His worke.

4 The Head, You were t [...]en made: And Head, not of One Angle, as You were be­fore (for, Caput Anguli, I hold a King to be, though he have but one Kingdome) but Caput Tri [...]ng [...]li, Head now of three, even of a whole Triangle. So, their titles were dashed; their plotts disappointed, and all their devises, as the Potters clay. Yours it was of right, and GOD hath brought You to it. So it is: and our eyes doe see it, Esa. 29.16. and our hea [...]ts doe ioy in it, and our tongues blesse GOD for it; and heer we are, this day, with all praise and thankes to acknowledge it, that so it is. It is a part of this Daye's duty, that so we should acknowledge it, and give Him thankes for it, that brought it to passe.

And, may I not further put you in minde, of another making yet? And it is not 2 impertinent neither: to this day, especially. For, after the first making or pla­cing, looke, how many after attempts are made, to un-make or displace the Head-stone againe; so many times, as it is heaved at, to that end, and those attempts de­feated: so many new placings, so many new makings, are we to reckon of. David was made Head, not onely, when Saul and Abner sought to put him downe, and were put downe themselves; which was, before he came to the Crowne: but, even after he had it, and had worne it long, when Absalon and Sheba refused Him (being their Head) and cried, No part in David, and so, sought to set him besides the Throne.2. Sam. 20.1.

15.30.9.30.And Builders there wanted not in that designe: Absalon had Achitophel and A­masa, two as principall Master-builders, as then were any. When GOD brought DAVID backe to his Seat againe, and delivered him from them, that sought to remove him from it: He did as good, as place him in it, anew. DAVID himselfe saith so, before (at the 13 Verse.) He was shrewdly lifted at, and ready to turne over: but GOD stayed him, and set him right in his Seate againe. And in verie deed, the Verse next before, (the XXI.) where he saith, GOD had hea [...]d him, and was be­come his Deliverer, makes the Writers to thinke, this Psalme was endited rather for this Second, then for his first placing.

Now, a like Second making, we may well remember: and we cannot doe it bet­ter, then upon this day. This day (as we shall see) hath an interest in it. That, since Your setting in the Seat of this Kingdome, Some there were, Builders one would have taken them to be, if he had seene them, with their tooles in their hands, as if they had been to have laid some foundation; where their meaning was, to under­mine, and to cast downe foundations and all: Yea, to have made a right Stone of you, and blowne you up among the Stones, You, and Yours without any more adoe.

2 And, Master-builders they had amongst them, (so they will needs be accounted) that encouraged their hearts, and strengthened their hands to the Worke. And that, they might do, there was no Seale to hinder it: But disclose it, that, they might not, for feare of breaking a Seale: there was a Seale for that. And thus did they aedificare ad Gebennam: edifie their followers to Hel-ward, to set them forward and send them to their owne place. Acts 1.25. That Day, which GOD undid that wretched designe, and brought 3 their mischiefe upon their owne heads, That Day, did GOD make you Caput trian­guli; the second time. That Day, that He brought You backe (if not from death it selfe, yet) from death's dore, from the very gates of destruction, That Day, was a very Easter day to You, though it were in November. And, [...], after a sort, a very Resurrection: Heb. 11.19. as very a resurrection, as Isaac's was, which the Apostle there speaketh of: That Day, the destroying Angell (I am sure) past over You, and so, it was truely the Feast of the Passover. Fit therefore to be remembred this Day, [Page 445] [...] Di [...]s, This is the day of the Passe-over, This is Easter day, the day of the [...]rection.

Bu [...] ▪ to returne to the first making of all. By the true course of the yeare, this [...], being the very Moneth, this day being the very day, of that, of the first lay­ing of this Head stone: we are (as before in CHRISTO Domino, so againe heer) in CHRISTO Domini, to prosecute it with David's cry of Hosanna, and Benedictus: and with Zacharie's acclamation, of Grace, Grace unto it, even to this Head-stone. Grace, in His eyes that so made You: And againe, Grace in their eyes and hearts to whom He so made You: But above all, the Grace of all Graces, that you may make Him ever Yours [...] Your stone of chief trust, & Your marke of highest regard, in all Your Coun­sells and purposes, that so made You: And, seeke to reduce the disjecta latera, the sides and walls flyen of, of this great Building (for which the world it selfe was built) His Church, and reduce them to one Angle: The greatest Service, that can be done Him, on earth.

And so: He that this day made You the Head, so make You, and so keepe You long, and many daies. He that refused them, that refused You (refused them, with reprobation) still may He so doe, toties quoties, to their continuall confusion: That, the Head over the Triangle, and the Triangle under the Head, may many yeares stand fast, and flourish, in all peace, plenty and prosperitie, health, honour, and happinesse. And, after all: He that hath crowned You heer, with two Crownes, already; crowne You also with the third, of Glorie and Immortalitie, in His Hea­venly Kingdome.

I have now done. Onely I would move one thing, and it shall agree well with that, hath been said of the Corner stone: and it shall serve to further our duty of thankes; and be a good closing up of the whole. Many waies, was CHRIST our blessed SAVIOVR a Corner-stone: among others; especially in this, saith Saint Hierome: Quando agnum, cum pane conjunxit, finiens unum, inchoans alterum, utrumque perficiens in semetipso. One chiefe Corner-point of His, was: when He ioned the Lambe of the Passe-over, and the Bread of the Eucharist: ending the one, and beginning the other, recapitulating both Lambe and Bread into Himselfe: ma­king that Sacrament (by the very institution of it) to be, as it were, the very Corner-stone of both the Testaments.

No Act then, more fit for this Feast (the Feast of the Passe-over) then that Act, which is it selfe the passage over, from the Old Testament to the New. No way, bet­ter, to expresse our thankes, for this Corner-stone, then by the holy Eucharist, which it selfe is the Corner-stone, of the Law, and the Gospell.

And, there is in it, a perfect representation of the substance of this verse and Text, 1 set before our eyes. Wherein, two poor Elements of no great value in themselves, but that they might well be refused, are exalted by GOD, to the estate of a Di­vine Mysterie, even of the highest Mysterie in the Church of CHRIST.

And, a kinde of resurrection there is in them, and therefore fit for the day of the 2 Resurrection (as ever, in CHRIST's Church,1. Cor. 15.43. Easter-day hath pleaded a speciall pro­pertie in them.) Sowen, as it were, in weaknesse & dishonor: and (after they be consecrated) rising againe, in honour & power.

And that, a great honour and power: not onely to represent; but to exhibite 3 that, it representeth: nor to set before us, or remember us of; but even to serve us for a Corner-stone. First, uniting us to CHRIST the Head, whereby we grow into one frame of Building, into one body mysticall, with Him. And againe, uniting us also, as living stones, or lively members, omnes in id ipsum, one to another, and altogither in one, by mutuall love and charitie. Qui comedit de hoc Pane, & bibit de hoc Calice; manet in Me, & Ego in illo. Io [...]. 6.56. He that eateth of this Bread, and drinketh of this Cup, abideth in Me, and I in him. There is our Corner with Him. And againe,1. Cor. 10.17. Vnum corpus omnes su­mus, qui de uno Pane participamus: All we, that partake of one Bread, or Cup, growe all, into one Body mysticall. There is our Corner, either with other. By [Page 446] [...] e [...]pressing our thankes for it; and by the same, possessing our [...] of it: Seal [...]ng up both waies our duty to GOD for making CHRIST the [...] and chiefest: and for making His Annointed this day, [...] und [...]r Him, either in their sever [...]ll degr [...]es, our [...] our Chiefe, or Head Corner-stone. For which, togither with all other His benefitt [...], but specially, as the time calleth to us, for these two, [CHRIST'S rising] and [Our So­veraigne's raysing to his Royall place] ren­der we, as we are bound, to GOD the FATHER, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XII. of April, A. D. MDCXII. being EASTER DAY.

I. COR. CHAP. V.

Expurgate vetus fermentum, &c.

VER. 7. Purge out therefore the old levin, that yee may be a new lumpe, as yee are vnlevined: For, CHRIST our Passe-over is Sacrificed for us.

8. Therefore, let us keepe the Feast, not with old levin, nei­ther with the levin of maliciousnesse and wickednesse; but, with the vnlevined bread of Sinceritie and truth.

THERE be two things, give themselves forth up­on the very first view of this Text. 1 First, heere is newes, that we Christians, we also have our Passe-over: 2 Then, that in memorie of it, we are to keepe a Feast. Pascha Iudeorum, the Iewes Passe-over we find, in Iohn. Chap. II. & XI. Pascha nostrum, our Passe-over, never till now. And indeed, to finde a Passe-over, in Saint Paule's Epistles, and his Epistle, not to the H [...]brewes, but to the Corinthians; their Passe-over as well as his: For him to call, not his Countriemen the Iewes at Ierusalem, but the Gentiles at Corinth, to keepe such a Feast, is newes indeed. But, Pascha nostrum; the words be plaine: One we have. Itaque, and therefore let us bold a feast, for it.

[Page 448] [...] [Celebre [...]mus] may this Feast of our EASTER seeme [...] a [...], but an [...] for the making it a feast. [...] it will all [...] feasts, this of Easter, if there were [...] but the Contr [...]ersie, that was about the time of keeping it, in the [...] prime of the Primitive Church, even immediately after the Apostles, it were enough to shew, it was then generally agreed of all, Such a feast was to be kept. And the alledging on either side (one, Saint Iohn's manner of keeping; the other, Saint Peter's) prove plainely, it is Apostolicall (this feast;) and that the Apostles themselves kept it. Itaque celebremus, therefore let us keepe it.

The DivisionThe word Itaque, in the later Verse, is ever a note of a Conclusion: And where a Conclusion is, there is an Argument: And so is the Text. It standeth of an 1 Antecedent, and a 2 Consequent. 1 The Antecedent, in these words: CHRIST our Passe-over, &c. 2 The Consequent, in these: Itaque Celebremus, &c. Supplie but this Maxime of reason and law; If we have one, we are to hold one; The Text will make up a compleat Argument: But, one we have; therefore we are to hold it. Habendum & tenendum, as our Tenures runne.

I In the Antecedent there rise these five points. 1. The maine word Passe-over, what is ment by it: Pascha. 2. That we have one, in the word nostrum. 3. Who it is expresly: CHRIST. 4. CHRIST how, or when? not every way, nor at every time considered; but, as, and when He was offered up; Immo­latus, offered up as a Sacrifice. 5. And lastly, the word of our interest, Propter nos, For us; that so, we might passe over our sinnes, and be passed over by the punishment due to them.

II In the Consequent, there arise two points. 1. There is an Itaque, to conclude us to keepe this feast. 2. And there is a Non, and a Sed, to direct us how to keepe it. The former binds us to Celebremus, to celebrate a feast; or to Epulemur, to make a feast. Both are read; and both well, for both are due. The later, by Non in fermento, sed in azymis (not so, but thus) teacheth us, how to hold it: How to keepe a Passe-over? but as a Passe-over should be kept. How was that? not with levin, but with sweet bread. And then he takes of the veile from MOSE's face, that vnder the legall types of Levin, and Sweet bread, these Evangelicall dueties are expressed unto us: By levin, is meant Malice and lewdnesse: and so, we may not. By sweet bread, is meant Sinceritie and Truth: and so, we are (with them) to celebrate our feast.

So, in the Antecedent, there is the 1 Benefit, and the 2 Meanes: that is CHRIST's part. In the Consequent, 1 the Feast, and the Duty: that is Ours. Indeed, to the word Passe-over, ye may reduce them all. 1. The Benefit: for it is a Passe-over; even the passing over of the Destroyer. 2. The Meanes: that is CHRIST, by the Sacramen­tall figure called the Passe-over, as the meanes of it. 3. The Feast: whither that we solemnize, or that we are invited to, either is a Passe-over. 4. And last our Duety: for, that is also a kinde of Passe-over, from Vetus fermentum, to Nova conspersio. So, the Benefit, the Meanes, the Feast it selfe, and 4 the Duty of it, all are recapitulate, in this one word, Passe-over.

The Summe of all is, that we performe the duty, that we so may partake of the bene­fit: all is but to conclude us ad hoc Festum, ad hoc epulam, to the Feast, and the feast of the Feast; that we passe not them over. This is all, that Saint Paul (heere) pleades for, and all that me. Enough, to let you see the Text, in the feast; and the feast, in the Text: in the Text, the parts and the order of them.

[...], a Pass [...]ver. I. The Antece­dent. 1 What is meant by Pascha Exod. 12.26. Qua nam est haec Religio (saith GOD) shall be our question? What is the meaning of this observance, and what good is there in it?

For, every Feast is in remembrance of some benefit ( [...].) Passing over it (of it selfe) a thing indifferent; good or badd, thereafter as that is, which passeth over us, or we over it. For, if any good over passe us, we lose by it; but, if any danger, we are the better. Againe, if we passe from better to worse, it is a detrim [...]t: But, if from a worse case or place, to a better, it is a benefit. And this is a benefit: for, heere is a Feast holden for it. Then did some evill passe over us; or we our selves passe over into some better state.

The Law must be our line, to lead us all along this Text; the Character of it is legall. How was it there? Evill passed them; a destroying Angell, Exod. 12.29. that slew the first borne in every house through Egypt, but passed them over, and touched them not. And yet there was another: They passed out of Egypt, to the Land of pro­mise, over the Redd sea. They passed it well: as for Pharao and his host, they pe­rished in it. Ye shall finde both these thus set downe together (Heb. XI. in the 28. verse) the Destroyer did passe over them: (In the 29. verse) they did passe over into Canaan. The Egyptians perished in both; had no Passeover: GOD's peo­ple had.

But what is this to us? Heere is Pascha, but where is Nostrum? Our Passeover What it is. We are not in Egypt, no feare of our first borne; heere is no destroying Angell: And we are farre enough from the redd sea. What then, if our case fall out to be like, if our danger as great: And so it will. Heere we live, we call it a vale of miserie;Psal. 84.6. in a world, whereof Egypt is but a corner, and was but a Type: Nor their Pharao but a limme of the great Pharao, that tyrannizeth heere in this world. 2 We have every one a soule; it is not our first borne, it is more; even Vnicam meam (as the Psalmist calleth it) the first, and all that we have. 3 It skills not for the Angell: Psal. 22.10. GOD's wrath is still readie to be revealed on our sinnes: from that, commeth all de­struction. The Angells doe but carrie the phialls of it. 4 And death will match the Redd sea: all must through it, and some passe well,Apoc. 16. but the most part perish.

Now then for Nostrum. Our abode heere is as dangerous, as theirs in Egypt: as many destroyers, yea as many Crocodiles too; and therefore we need a Pascha, to escape GOD's wrath, to have it passe over us heere.

And yet, there rests another besides. For, how well we shall doe with that for­mer, I know not; but, to the later we must all come, to death, to the Redd-sea brinck: and there, either perish, or passe well over, one of the twaine. Sure, Pascha nostrum is not more then needs; Pascha nobis opus est, we need one (a Passeover) no lesse then they.

Nay, I goe further: Ours is such as theirs. Theirs is nihil ad nostrum, nothing to ours. For, what talke we of a deliverie of one poore Nation; and that, but from a bodily danger; and but one neither? Call ye that a Passeover? How much more then, ours, the great, and generall Passeover, that freeth us? that freeth all mankind, from the totall destruction both of body and soule; and that by an eternall deliverie, both heere and for ever? How to escape that, GOD's wrath, ira ventura;Matt. 3.7. that is the true Passeover. And what mention we Canaan? Is there any comparison, between the two kingdomes, of Canaan, and Heaven, whither CHRIST shall make us passe? Indeed, Pascha nostrum is it: ours, and none but ours. Theirs, but a shaddow; Ours, the substantiall, very Passeover indeed. When all is done, Pascha nostrum is it.

Will ye give me leave, to present you with a meditation upon this point: it will [Page 450] fi [...]e the feast well, and serves us for a preparation to our Passe-over, and I will not fetch it farre, but even from the word Passe-over. For, all the labour is, but to make us feele the worie of it.

[...] Est sapientis querela, transire generationem, aliam succedere, aliam quoque transire. It is that, the Apostle tells us, and we feele it, Mundus transit, that the world passes:Chap. 7.31. 1. Ioh. 2.17. [...] (saith Saint Paul) [...] (saith Saint Iohn) in the Active and Passive both, the world passeth away. Et en Pascha, en transitus, a kinde of Passe-over of the world it selfe, of this transitorie world (as we terme it) Vbi non habemus manentem &c where we cannot long have any abode.Heb. 13.14.

2 Psal. 90.10.But then, if we looke home to our selves, we shall finde another Passe-over there; even that of the Psalme, Catò transit & avolamus, we passe as a shaddow, as a dreame, when one awaketh; we bring our yeares to an end, as it were a tale that is told. Citò tran­sit, Iam. 3.6. so soone passeth it and we are gone. Saint Iames very excellently expresseth it: [...], a very wheele of our nature whirling about: That the world passeth; but we, faster then it.

3 But the third is the complaint indeed: that transitorie though this world be, and we yet more transitorie; yet we cannot passe it quietly for all that. But, some wipe we have of the Angell's sword; at least-wise, in feare we live still, of those in the Psalme, Psal. 91.5.6. Sagitta volans, or Terror nocturnus, or Incursus, or Daemon meridianus; one of Egypt's ten plagues: One of the Angell's phialls, or of the Horses, redd, black, or pale, Apoc. 6.4.5.8. are still abroad; much adoe we have, without some mis-hap, to passe this life that passeth so fast.

4 But lastly, say that we have the good hap, to scape well heere; yet, hence we must yer long, to the redd sea banck: we must come to death all: and death is not Interitus (a finall end) but Transitus (a passage over to a new estate.) There, is the maine perill, that we miscarrie not; (great odds there is, for many doe;) but passe well over into the land of promise.

These foure Passe-overs it will not be amisse to thinke of. And, in all these, need we not one, to helpe us well through, that these perills may well passe us over? Need we not one, that may make the redd sea passable for us, that we may well come to the land of the living?

And now then, tell we, what is the summe of all our desires? Is it not Bonum Pascha? While we are heere, the Destroyers may passe, and when we goe hence we may well get over? Is it no, Sic transire transitoria, vt transeundo perveniamus ad aeterna? So to passe these transitorie things, that we may well come to those, that shall never passe? A good Passe-over is our wish; and against we shall need it, a good one GOD send us. Vpon the point, if we weigh well, Salus ipsa nihil est, nisi Pascha. The benefit of all benefits (salvation it selfe) is comprised, in this word; is nothing but a Passe-over: As much, in one word, as the other, transire à malo, to be saved from evill; transire ad bonum, to be sett safe in good: To these two may all be reduced. This is all we need, and all we seeke. And this Parasceue (or Preparation) will set us in hand to seeke it,Luk. 22.15. and make us say (with our SAVIOVR) desiderio desideravi vt &c earnestly to desire, to have our part in this Passe-over.

3 Who it is.The next point; if we need one, and if we desire one, where shall we have one? Quis revolvet nobis hunc lapidem? Who will rolle us away this stone (said the Women this day.Mat. 16.3.) To our line againe, the law. How did they there, in the Type? (for, so it must be, in the truth.) They had a means, that helped them through both, which (per Metonym [...]an causae) they called their Passe-over. And it was a Lamb.

CHRIST the Lamb of GOD.Have we so? yes: Ecce AONVS DEI (said the Baptist, at the first fight.) But every Lamb will not serve; it must be a Paschall Lamb. Is CHRIST that Lamb? Saint Iohn puts it out of question: That which was said of the Paschall lamb [ye shall not breake a bone of him] he applies to CHRIST;Ioh. 1.29. Ioh. 19.36. and saith, in Him the Scripture was fulfilled. Eodem tempore, illorum, & nostrum: adductus in Festo ipso.

[Page 451] [...] Paschall lambe He is; and so, in case, to be made a Passe-over of. But,4 CHRIST. offered in sacri­fice. Esay 53.7. a Passe- [...]ver: He is not, till He be Offered. For (if ye marke it) offering is a passing over of [...] is offered, to Him, we offer it to: Offered He must be. Et oblatus est (saith Esay) offered He was.

Oblatus; so He may be, and yet alive: but, the word is [...], immolatus, offered, and offered in Sacrifice. A live lamb is not it; it is a lamb slaine must be our Passe-over. And CHRIST is a Lamb slaine (saith Saint Iohn) from the beginning, Apoc. 5.12.13.8. and the sprin­kling of His bloud in Baptisme, maketh the Destroyer passe over us.

There be many kinds of offerings: This determineth,As a Peace-offe­ring. which of them CHRIST was. Such a one, as we must epulari; that is, the Peace-offering. For, of the Peace-offering, the flesh was to be eaten: Part GOD had;Levit 7.15. and part the offerer eate; in signe of perfect peace, and reconciliation betweene them. CHRIST's bloud not onely in the Bason, for Baptisme; but, in the Cupp, for the other Sacrament. A Sacrifice; so, to be slaine: A propitiatorie Sacrifice; so, to be eaten.

Thus CHRIST is a Passe-over. But, where is nostrum, 5 Our interest. P [...]opter nos. without which all this is nothing? Propter nos, for us, that maketh it ours. That which is for us offered, is ours: and we so reckon it. The lamb was not slaine, for it selfe:Exod. 13.15. Luk. 23.4.14.15. (Quid agnus com­mittere?) but for the first borne: So CHRIST; not for himselfe (Nothing worthy death in him, witnesse Pilate;) but, for us.

For us, that is for our salvation, to save us: Save us, from what? from our sinnes. To save us from our sinnes. And heere now, we are come to the point of the Passe-over indeed: the quitting us, and the manner of quitting us from our sinnes. All the businesse whereof was carried in the very manner of a Passe-over.

First, sinne it selfe, what is it but a transgression, [...]. or passing over the lines and li­mits 1 of our Dutie, set us, in the law of GOD. And why hovers the destroying An­gell over us? Why goeth he not on his way, but seekes to bring destruction upon our heads? What is the marke, he striketh at? What, but our sinnes? But for them, no Destroyer should ever have power over us. But for them, that hang so heavie on us, and so presse us downe, we should goe through well enough.

Why then, Hic est omnis fructus, ut auferatur peccatum: All is but this, to have 2 our sinnes taken away. And who shall take them away? Ecce qui tollit peccata mundi;Ioh. 1.29. that taketh away ours; nay, the sinnes of the world.

How taketh away? GOD hath taken away thy sinne (saith Nathan to David:)3 the word is not abstulit, but transtulit (that is) transferendo abstulit;2. Sam. 12.13. [...] or (as the He­brew word is) transire fecit: To take it from David, make it passe from him upon some other; (that is) even the Sonne of David. Him GOD hath given us, to passe our sinnes over, from us to Him.

And when that? when He was offered, made a Sacrifice for us. It is the nature of eve­ry 4 Sacrifice, transferendo auferre: He, that offers it, lay's his hands on the head of it, Levit. 1.4.3.2.8.13. con­fesses his sinnes over it, and his iust desert to be smitten by the Destroyer; but prays, he may put this offering, in his owne place, and what is due to him (that is, death) may be transferred from him, and light on the offering; that may serve, and he scape.

In all offerings thus it was: but, in the Paschall lamb specially: that it hath car­ried 5 away the name, from all the rest, to be called the Passe-over onely. In it (evidently) the death of the first borne was translated over upon the poore lamb. The lamb died, Exod. 13.15. the first borne was saved; his death passed over vnto the lamb: that it was iustly cal­led the Passe-over, for so it was.

But, much more iustly CHRIST: who (sure) was even a Passe-over throughout,6 from the first to the last. At the first: His birth, what was it but a Passe-over, from the boso [...]e of His Father, to the womb of His Mother, to take our nature? And His Cir­cumcision what, but a Passe-over, from the state of one free, to the condition of one [Page 452] bond, to vndertake our debt? And at the last, His Resurrection (this day) what was it, but a passage, from death to life? and His Ascension another, de mundo ad Pa­trem, from the world to his Father? First and last, a Passe-over ▪ He was.

7 But, above all, His death, His offering was it: then, He was Pascha pro nobis, in­deed. For then, He passed over into the estate of us wretched sinners, layd of His own (as it were) and tooke upon Him our person; became tanquam vnus è nobis, nay tanquam omnes nos. Esay 53.6. For, GOD tooke from us, and layd them on Him, Posuit super Eum iniquitates omnium nostrûm, Layd upon Him (our Passe-over) the transgressions of us all. 2. Cor. 5.21. Fecit peccatum, made Him sinne for us; there, our Sinnes passed from us; fecit maledictum, Gal. 3.13. made Him a Curse for us; there the Punishment of our sinnes passed from us to Him. Then, and there, passed the Destroyer over us.

Over us, to Him. But, when He came at Him, he passed Him not: Transeat à me calix would not be heard;Matt. 26.39. and it was Pascha, non pascha; a Passe-over to us, No passe-over to Him. We had one: He had none. Him it passed not, but light upon Him so heavie,Luk. 22.44. that it made a sweat of bloudie dropps, passe from Him; yea life and soule and all, yet it left Him. At which His Passion, He was a right Passe-over; Christus [...] Chri­stus pascha. Then, He was pro nobis; then, He was nostrum: CHRIST, CHRIST offered, offered for us. Of which passing our sinnes to Him, and GOD'S wrath over us, this day and the action of this day, is a memoriall.

II. The ConsequentAnd so let us passe over from the Antecedent, to the Consequent: which is, Itaque Celebremus, Therefore let us keepe a feast. A Feast, and Christ slaine, and so handled as He was? A fast rather, one would thinke. True: but that, we heard againe of ours; so did not they, of theirs. For, this, He came againe safe; and opened unto us a new passage, by His second Passe-over. All we spake of right now, was done the third day since: But, we hold not our Feast, till this day. For, till this day, we knew not, what was become of Him. Passed He was hence; but, whither in His passage He had miscarried or no, we knew not. But now, this day, by His Resurrection (we know) He is well passed over; and so, omni modo a true Passe-over. So now, we hold our Feast, as a feast should be holden, with joy. And, a double Feast it is: 1 One, that by His suffe­ring, He passed from life to death for our sinnes. 2 A second, that by His rising againe, this day, Rom. 4.25. He passed from death to life for our iustification. And so, two Passe-overs in one. He died, and by His death made the Destroyer passe over us: He rose againe, and by it, made death (as the redd sea) passable for us. Itaque celebremus, Itaque epulemur.

[...], [...] Epulemur. [...] the word is one, but two waies it is turned. 1 Some read, Celebremus. Some other, Epulemur. Both well: for first, it is kindly, when we keepe a feast, we make a feast. But this, this feast is not celebrated sine hoc epulo. If CHRIST be a pro­pitiatorie sacrifice, a Peace-offering, I see not how we can avoide, but the flesh of our peace-offering must be eaten in this feast by us, or els we evacuate the offering vtterly, and lose the fruit of it: And was there a Passe over heard of, and the lamb not eaten? Time was, when He was thought no good Christian, that thought, he might doe one without the other. No Celebremus, without Epulemur in it.

Immol [...]u [...] and Cele [...]r [...]mu [...]But first, will ye lay the former and this together, Immolatus and celebremus; and see how well it falleth out with us. Immolatus is His part, to be slaine: Celebremus is ours, to hold a Feast. Good-friday, His; Easter day Ours. His premisses, bitter; our conclusion joyfull: a loving partition, on His part; a happie, on ours.

Immo [...]atu [...] and Ep [...]le [...]r.Againe, will ye lay Immolatus to epulemur. That the Passe-over doth not conclude in the sacrifice, the taking away of sinne onely; (that is) in a pardon, and there an end: But, in a feast; which is a signe, not of forgivenesse alone, but of perfect amitie, full propitiation: Ye may prepius ire, draw neere vnto Him; ye are restored to full grace, and favour,Heb. 10.22. to eate and drinke at His table.

Besides, there was an offering in Immolatus: and heere is another (a new one) in Epulemur: Offered for us, there; offered to us, [...]eere: There, per modum victim [...], [Page 453] [...]per modum epuli. To make an offering of; To make a refreshing of. For us, [...] to us, in the Sacrament. This makes a perfect Passe-over. We read both in the Gospell, [...], to sacrifice the Passe-over; and [...], to eate it.Luk. 22.7. Matt. 26▪ 17. Ioh 18.28. It [...] (the paschall lamb) and it was a sacrifice: It cannot be denied, there is a [...] sent for it, Exod. 12.27. Both propounded heere, in the termes of the Text: The Sacrifice, in Immolatus: The Supper, in Ep [...]le [...]ur.

Celebremus, and Epulemur. There be, that referre Celebremus to the Day; Epulemur, to the Action: and so it may, well: Both Day, and Action have interest in this Text. And then, the Text is against them, that have never an Easter day in their Ca­lendar. But the Fathers vsually referre both to the Action. Their reason: Because (in truth) the Eucharist now, in the Gospell, is that, the Passe-over was, vnder the Law: The Antitype answering, to their type of the Paschall lamb. It is plaine by the immediate passage of it from the one to the other: that, no sooner done, but this began. Looke, how soone the Paschall lamb eaten, presently the holy Eucharist instituted, to succeed in the place of it forever. And yet more plaine, that this very Scripture of my Text was thought so pertinent, and so proper to this Action, as it was alwaies said, or soong at it. And, I know no cause, but it might be so still. Two things CHRIST there gave us in charge: 1 [...], Remembring, Chap 21.25. Chap. 11.29. and 2 [...] Recei­ving: The same two, Saint Paul (but, in other termes) 1 [...] shewing forth; 2 [...] communicating. Of which, Remembring and Shewing forth referre to cele­bremus: Receiving and Communicating, to epulemur heere.

The first, in remembrance of Him, CHRIST: What of Him? Mortem Domini, 1 Celebremus In the Sacri­fice. 1. Cor. 11.26. His death (saith Saint Paul:) to shew forth the Lord's death. Remember Him, that we will, and stay at home; thinke of Him there: Nay, shew Him forth ye must. That we will, by a Sermon of Him: Nay, it must be Hoc facite. It is not mentall thin­king, or verball speaking: there must be actually somewhat done, to celebrate this Memorie. That done, to the holy symboles, that was done to Him, to His body, and His bloud, in the Passe-over: Breake the one, po [...]re out the other; to represent [...], how His sacred body was broken; and [...], how His pretious bloud was shedd. And in Corpus fractum, and Sangus fusus there is Immolatus. This is it, in the Eu­charist, that answereth to the Sacrifice, in the Passe-over ▪ The memoriall, to the figure. To them it was, Hoc facite in Mei praefigurationem, do this in praefiguration of Me:Luk. 22.19. 1. Cor. 11.26. To us it is, Doe this, in commemoration of Me. To them, Prenuntiare; to us An­ [...]untiare: there is the difference. By the same rules, that theirs was; by the same, may ours be termed a Sacrifice. In rigor of speech, neither of them:Heb. 10.4. for (to speake after the exact manner of Divinitie) There is but one onely sacrifice, veri nominis, properly so called: That is CHRIST's death: Heb. 9.28. And that sacrifice but once actually per­formed, at His death: but ever before represented, in figure, from the beginning; and ever since repeated, in memorie, to the world's end. That only absolu [...]e; all els relative to it, representative of it, operative by it. The Lamb, but once actually slaine, in the fulnesse of time: but virtually, was from the beginning, is, and shall be, to the end of the world. That, the Center, in which their lines and ours, their types and our anti-types doe meet. While yet this offering was not, the hope of it was kept alive, by the prefiguration of it, in theirs. And after it is past, the memorie of it is still kept fresh in minde, by the commemoration of it, in ours. So it was the will of GOD; that so, there might be with them a continuall fore-shewing, and with us a continuall shewing fo [...]h the LO [...]D'S death till He come againe. Hence it is, that what names theirs caried, ours doe the like, and the Fathers make no scruple at it; no more need we. The Apostle (in the X. Chapter) compareth this of ours, to the Immolata of the Heathen: 1 Cor. 10 21. &c. Heb. 13.10. And (to the Hebrewes) Habemus Aram, ma [...]cheth it with the Sacrifice of the Iewes. And we know the rule of comparisons. They must be eiusdem generis.

Neither do we stay Heere, but proceed to the other [Ep [...]lem [...]r.] For, [...] Ep [...]lemur In the Sacra­ment. there is an­other thing yet to be done, which dot [...] present to u [...] that, which Celebremus [...]oth [Page 454] represent. From the Sacrament, is the applying the Sacrifice. The Sacrifice, in generall Pro omnibus. The Sacrament, in particular, to each severall receiver, Pro singulis. Wherein, that is offered to us, that was offered for us; that, which is common to all, made proper to each one, while each taketh his part of it; and made proper by a com­munion, and vnion, like that of meat and drinke, which is most neerely and inwardly made ours, and is inseparable for ever. There, Celebremus passeth with the representation: But heere, Epulemur (as a nourishment) abideth with us still. In that we see; and in this we taste, Psal. 54 8. how gratious the Lord is, and hath beene to us. And so much for these two, as two meanes, to partake the Benefit, and we to vse them: and as Duties required of us, and we to performe them.

Will ye marke one thing more: That Epulemur doth heere referre to Immolatus. To Christ, not every way considered, but as when He was offered. Christ's body that now is; True: but not Christ's body as now it is, but as then it was, when it was offe­red, rent, and slaine, and sacrificed for us. Not as now He is glorifed; for so, He is not, so He cannot be immolatus; For He is immortall, and impassible. But, as then He was, when He suffered death (that is) passible and mortall. Then, in His passible estate, did He institute this of ours, to be a memoriall of His Passibile, and Passio, both. And we are, in this action, not onely carried up to Christ (Sursum corda) but, we are also carried back, to Christ; as He was at the very instant, and in the very act of His offering. So, and no otherwise, doth this Text teach. So, and no otherwise, doe we represent Him. By the incomprehensible power of His eternall Spirit, not He alone, but He, as at the very act of His offering, is made present to us, and we incorpo [...]ate in­to His death, and invested in the benefits of it. If an host could be turned into Him now glorified as He is, it would not serve: Christ offered is it: Thither we must looke. Io [...]. 3.14. To the Serpent lift up, thither we must repaire, Luk. 17.37. even ad cadaver: we must 1. Cor. 11.24. hoc facere, doe that, is then done. So, and no otherwise, is this Epulare to be con­ceived. And so (I thinke) none will say they doe or can turne Him.

1. Itaque: We bound to keepe it.Now, all we have to doe, is to shew, what we thinke of this Itaque, whither it shall conclude us or no: and, that we shew it by our practice; for, other answer, the Apo­stle will take none. If we play fast or loose with it on this fashion (as divers doe) up­on the matter as good to say, The Holy Ghost cannot tell, how to make an argument: Christ is offered, but no Itaque epulemur, for all that. Thus we will not say, for very shame. What then? will we dispensare contra Apostolum (which we blame as a foule abuse in the Pope? (and yet, I cannot see, but every meane person takes upon Him Papall authoritie, in this case;) and, as oft as we list, dispense with the Apostle and his Itaque; exempt our selves from his conclusion? That we will not seeme to do. No: it is not at Itaque: The truth is, it is at Non in fermento, we stick: we love our levin so well (be it malice, or be it some other levin as bad:) so well we love it, we will not part with it; we loath the Lamb, rather then the levin shall out. But, in the meane time, there is no trifling with this conclusion; there is no dispensing with the Apostle: there is no wanton wilfull dis-abling our selves will serve. Itaque will not be so answe­red: Not, but with Epulemur. It layeth a necessitie upon every one, to be a guest at this feast. The Iewes (we know) were held hard to theirs, upon a great paine, to have (not their names, Exod. 12.19. but) their soules cut out from GOD's people. And is it a lesse trespasse for Christians to passe by this Passe over? or hath the Church lesse band, to exact like care at our hands? No indeed: we must know, the Holy Ghost can tell how to inferre: And that this Itaque of the Apostle's is a binding conclusion. To the next point.

2. Direction how to keepe it.Absolutely, we are to keepe this feast: but not to keepe it Quovis modo: No mat­ter how: prepared, vnprepared: in any garment in any sort. No: this Non and this Sed; Not on that manner, but this; shew plainely every manner will not serve. What then is the Manner? Not in old levin. With the Passe-over he began, and he holds him to it still: that, if it be a Passe-over, reason would, it should be kept like a Passe-over, [Page 455] even in the same manner. Now, the Passe-over was not a loose lawlesse thing; to hold it in any fashion, it skilled not how. No: it had his lawes. Even that, Haec est lex Paschalis (ye shall read it, Exod. 12.43.) This is the law of keeping it.

Indeed, diverse lawes it had in type, that concerne us in truth: Among the rest this, for one, in the Text. The Lamb would not be eaten, with every kind of bread: 1 No [...] in s [...]r­men [...]o. Not with the o [...]d Le [...]in. Every past was not for this feast; not levined, in any wise. Such an antipat [...]ie there was, betweene levin, and it, as it might not (I will not say, come to the board; but not) be endured in the house, all the feast long, though it were neither tasted nor touched. If it were not throw'n out; if any never so little of it remained in any corner,E [...]od. 12.19. the law was broken, the feast illegitimate. To ma [...]e it up then a perfect P [...]se-o [...], heere is another yet (which I called our Passe-over-duety:) the not s [...]aying still, in our old levin; but passing over (as it were) to a new paste, a necess [...]rie c [...]ndition for the right holding this f [...]ast. For sweet bread was so proper to the Pa [...]- [...]ver. as (Luk. 22.) ye shall finde, they be but two diverse nam [...], Luk 22 7. of one and the same thing.

Omnia in figuram illis saith the Apostle) With them, all was in type: 1. Cor. 10 11. What is the Spirit of this letter? what meant by l [...]vin? The Apostle tells us, the old levin of Egypt, is our former vitious course of life, sowred with the levin of the old Adam; and Nova [...]o [...]spersio is newnesse of life. The time of off [...]ring the [...], is the time of casting out this. Meet, if we would have our sinnes passe from us, we should passe from them also, and throwe their levin out.

And well is Sinne resembled to levin. Levin wi [...]l grow [...]oysome ▪ if it be kep [...] lon [...] and sinne, if it have lyen long in us, or we in it, turnes to a certaine sow [...]nesse, that w [...] our selves feele an unpleasant favour or upbrayding of it, in our soules. O [...]r SAVI­OVR felt it so (I am sure;) the Vin [...]gar He took, shewed the relish of it. By which up­braiding, we finde, we need an Expurgate for it, as it were a corrupt humor in our soules, that needed to be purged out.

Generally, all old levin whatsoever: namely, two s [...]rts of it, 1 [...] and 2 [...], turned, Naughtinesse and Malice. The words, in their owne nature (as they properly signifie) 1 One noteth a loose licentious lewdnesse, lightly ending in Lust. 2 The other, an vnquiet working wickednesse, that will take paines to doe a shrewd turne, commonly the effect of M [...]lice. The sinnes of lust are well set out, in old corrupt levin ▪ for, so they end, most what in corruption, and rottenesse. The sinnes of [...]alice likewise. For, as lev [...]n, it makes men swell one against another, as if th [...]y would burst; and sowre are the fruits of it, and vnpleasant, as any l [...]vin in the world

These two to be cast out, as those that have a speciall antipathie with this feast and Offering. For, no agreement betweene a foule life, and the feast of an vnd [...]filed Lamb. Nor, no fellowship, betweene sowre malice, and the feast of Sweet b [...]ad. And these two are specially named, because they were the faults, wherewith the Corinthians spe­cially were levined, to whom he writes. Incest (at the first Verse:) as (we know) Co­rinth heard evill for loosnesse. There is N [...]quitia. And againe, sw [...]lling one against an­other (at the second) there is Malice.

As, to ridd our selves of this levin; so to furnish our selves (as with new past) with the two levin-lesse vertues, Sinceritie, and Truth. Sinceritie (that is) cleanes [...]e of life: Sed. &c. (a word thought to be taken from honie, which is then mel sincerum, when it is sine cerâ, vnmingled, without wax, or any baggage in it.) [...] the Greeke word is (proper­ly) of vncounterfeit wares; such, as we may [...], bring forth, and shew them in the sunne; as need not the false light of a close shop, to vtter them. But, Truth, that, runnes through all; flat against all kind of levin: if it have any manner levin, true it is not: and so, out it must.

[Page 456] 1. The levin of Doctrine. Matt. 16.6.Of levin, in the Gospell, I finde three sorts interpreted to our hands, that we can­not mistake. CHRIST willed His Disciples, to beware of the levin of the Pharisees and Sadducees. It is after said, He meant it of their doctrine, that was full of corrup [...] levin. 12. 1. The Pharisees; of the levin of superstition consisting in phylacteries, phra­ses, and observances and little els. 2. The Sadducees; of a levin that smelt strong of prophanesse, in their libertie of prophesying, calling in question Angells, and Spirits, and the Resurrection it selfe. 3. And a third levin CHRIST names, the l [...]vin of Herod;Mar. 8.15. ware that too: Many times, it is the bane of true Religion, when GOD's truth and worship must be moulded up with Ieroboam's, and with Herod's ends; squa­red to them just, as is fittest to doe their turnes; that Ieroboam may be safe. No su­perfluous Caveat: many times, this marreth all. Let all be abandoned; Pharisee's, Sadducce's, Herod's; and the truth take place.

2. The levin of life. Luk. 12.1.Now, as in that place, the Pharisee's levin, is doctrine: so, in another, I finde, that CHRIST expounds it hypocrisie: and that is meerly opposite to truth, in mea­ning, speaking, and dealing. The Pharisee was a great dealer with this l [...]vin. He had it on his face, Matt. 6.16. Matt. 23.7. to make him looke soure; men might take notice, when they fasted. He had it on his tongue; Rabbi, O you teach the truth you respect no mans person; when they sought to cut his throat. He had it in his whole course; all for shew; to seeme that, they were not:27. Gabbatha, without; and Golgotha, within.

But yet, even they, though they vsed it, they taught it not for a doctrine; nor avowed not the lawfull vse of it; that one might speake the one halfe without, and the other halfe within: (as our Pharisees now doe.) Men, ye shall never have any sincere truth from them. Search them, they have still a peece of levin in their bosome: speake so, and deale so, as if they would take the sentence by the end, and turne it cleane against the Apostle; to purge out all his sweet bread, all sinceritie, and truth; and hold their Passe-over in levin, or not at all. Antichrist's goat may be so eaten: The lamb CHRIST cannot. To the lamb's nature (that is sincere) nothing so contrarie, as this,3. The levi [...] [...]f com [...]anie [...]r­rupt in las [...]. to meane, speake, or deale vn-sincerely.

You see a levin of Doctrine, and Life: (that is, the levin of the Gospell.) A third there is (the l [...]vin of the Epistle) and that is of Corrupt companie: and that is (in ve­ry deed) the l [...]vin of this Text. For, when the Apostle would have this levin heere purged, what meanes he? To have the incestuous Corinthian removed, and cast out of the f [...]llowship of the faithfull, by the Censures of the Church. True: but those, not in every mans power. But, this is: To avoid, and shunne them, and their companie: so, we may; and so, we are bound to cast them out.

There is very great danger in persons so levined; great scandal, even to the well disposed: but, farre great danger, to the most, that will soone take this l [...]vin: Our nature is apt to take it; it is easily fermented that way. As much good levi [...], as will serve three pecks, so much evill will doe more then serve three bushells, and never leave till it have sowred them all. That, except this be looked to, all the rest will be to small purpose.

In Reli [...]ion.Now, when Saint Paul speakes of persons thus levined, he meanes not onely such, as are lewd of life, tainted that way: but, even such also, as are unsound in matter of Religion, and have a soure savour that way. Heere (to the Corinthians) he would have the incestuous person cast out,Gal. 5.3. [...], &c. 9. with his levined life: But (to the Galathians, after) he presseth the same point against another kinde; such as levined the Gospell, with MO­SE 's c [...]r [...]mo [...]ies, 12. and so corrupted the truth in Religion; and them he would have cut of: both Co [...]inthian and Galathian levin, both must out. And marke: upon the same reason, both; and in the very same words. That a little levin doth not a little hurt; but, otherwhile,Gal. 5.9. ma [...]reth the whole batch of br [...]ad. Evill doctrine is against Truth: Evill life, against walking in the truth: Evill companie will bring us to both. Therefore, away with them: but, away with this especially. If they will not purge out their le­vin, purge them out. And that especially, against this Feast, in the nature whereof, there is a contrarietie to all levin.

[Page 457]Now then, this is our Conclusion: Come we must, and Itaque celebremus. This is our Caution: Thus we must come, Non in fermento, sed azymis. If we say; it skills not, whither we come; Itaque meets with us: If we say; it skills not, how we come; Non in fermento meets with us too. It is, with us heere, as with [...]he Prophet;Hos. 7.1. when we would heale one, the other breaketh forth. If we presse Non in f [...]rmento, we lose Itaque epulemur, they come not at all: No Feast. If we vrge Itaque epulemur, they come; how? levined, and unlevined, all; clap them downe together. We need a Quomodo intrasti huc? to keepe some backe: And yet, we need a Compelle intrare, Matt. 22.12. [...]uk 1 [...] 23. to bring others in. But, the manner, but the caution, remember that. The maine con­clusion is, that we come. The other we must not leave und [...]ne: But, this (peremptorily) we are bound to doe.

The Apostle binds us to doe it: The time to doe it, now. For, if this follow: CHRIST is offered, Ther [...]for [...] we are to come to His f [...]ast: This wi [...]l follow as strongly, CHRIST is now offered, therefore let us now come. Goe by degrees: The Christian Passe-over (our Passe-over) a time it must have; sometime it is to be kept. We would doe it, at that time, when it were best for us to doe it. When b [...]st for us to doe it, but at the time, He did it Himselfe? And that did He, even at this f [...]a [...]t, now. Now then, at this f [...]ast, it is most kindly to doe it: most like to please Him, and to prosper with us.

And inde [...]d, if at any time we will doe it, Quando Pascha, [...] in Pa [...]cha, what time is the Pas [...]e-over so proper▪ as at the f [...]ast of the Pa [...]e- [...]v [...]r? [...] quando tempus im [...]oland [...], When the time of His receiving, as at the time of His of [...] ­ring? Therfore they both, the feast & the lam [...], have on [...] n [...]me; to shew the neer con­iunction, that should be betweene them. When the da [...] c [...]mmeth, to remember what was done on the day; and so, what we to doe, on that day. Pas [...]a quod cel [...]bramus, to put us in minde, of Pascha quod epulamur. For, tell me, will the sa [...]rifi [...]e comm [...]mo [...]a­tive, or the sacrament communicative ever fall more fit, then, when that was off [...]red, which we are to commemorate, and to com [...]unicate withall? Is not the fittest time of doing it, the time when it was done? of Hoc facite, then, when Hoc factum est? So that without any more adoe, the se [...]son it selfe pleadeth for this effectually.

And now is the time of Ex [...]u [...]ga [...]e, for our [...]odies: th [...] corrupt humours, that levin it, now we cast them out. An [...] why not▪ now likewise t [...]ose that ly s [...]ur [...] in our soules? And even Nature's Pa [...]e-o [...]r, the gen [...]rall P [...]e-ov [...] is even at thi [...] time, both in heaven and earth. Above, in heav [...]n: where, the [...] ha [...]ing [...] over all the sig [...]es is come about, and renewes his course, at the first signe in the [...]. And bene [...]th in earth, from the sharp time of winter, and f [...]rmenti [...]g time of the e [...]rth, to the r [...] ­newing sweet time, the time of the S [...]ing, wherein th [...]re is [...], in n [...]ture it selfe. And why should not the Pass [...]-over of grace be now lik [...]wi [...]e in s [...]ason, and have due concurrence with nature?

Sure, all agree w [...]ll, if we but agree our selves. An [...] if we agree, for our parts, to doe the daye's duty, CHRIST will not be behind with His, t [...]e day's benefit. But, du­ring our time, and in the hower of death, be our true Pass [...]-ov [...]r; shielding us from all deadly mis-happs, while we heere live; and giving us a sure and safe passage at our end, even a passage to the last and great Pa [...]se-over of all, the truth of that, wh [...]reof their [...] was the shaddow, and ours the image now. For, we have not y [...]t done with our La [...]b; nor the work of this Pa [...]se-ov [...]r is not yet fully accomplished.

There is a further matter yet behind: for as this feast loo [...]eth back, as a m [...]oriall of that, is alreadie past and done for us: so doth it forward, and is to us a pl [...]dge of an­other, and a better yet to come, The f [...]ast of the marriag [...] of the Lamb heer,Apoc 19.7. that is our Pa [...]se-over: where, whosoever shall be a guest, the Angells pronounce h [...]m happie and bl [...]ssed for ever. 9.

That, is the last and great Feast indeed, when all Destroyers and all destructions shall cease and come to an [...]nd for evermore; and we heare that joyfull voice,Matt. 25.21. T [...]ansi in gaudium Domini; Passe over into the ioy of the LORD; the ioyes of heaven: Ioyes not min­gled with any sour [...] levin (as this world's ioy is) but pure and entire: nor transient (as [Page 458] that of this world) and ever flitting and forsaking us then soonest, when we t [...]inke, we have best hold of them; but permanent, and abiding still. A Passe over, that will never be passed over, but last and continue a Feast to all eternitie. Of that, this heere is a pledge, if we neglect it not, as if it were not worth the taking. And He, that at this time gave us this pledge, in His good time a [...]so, bring us, to the Passe-over, whereof this is the pledge, even to the never passing, but everlasting ioyes, and happinesse, of His heavenly kingdome, through the offe­ring of His blessed SONNE the very PASCHAL LAMB. To whom with, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XVIII. of April, A.D. MDCXIII. being EASTER DAY.

COL. CHAP. III.

Igitur, si con-surrexistis &c.

VER. 1. If ye then be risen with CHRIST, seeke those things which are above, wh [...]re CHRIST sitteth at the right hand of GOD.

2. S [...]t your affe [...]ions (or minds) on things which are above; and not on things which are o [...] the earth▪

[...] of t [...]e [...]urc [...] hath so disposed of her [...] g [...]e [...]t F [...]ast [...]; as (lightly) the [...], w [...]at w [...]s done on the day, [...] a [...]d the [...], what is to be done [...] (saith the [...] & vos, and you are [...] s [...]it [...] the Epis [...]le.)

2. Th [...]t which is in the G [...]s [...]ell ▪ is CHRIST'S A [...]t, wh [...]t He did: That w [...]ich in t [...]e Ep [...]s [...]le, our Agendum, what we to doe.

3. Or rather, both ours: 1 what He did, mat­ter of faith: 2 what we to doe, matter of duety; our A [...]dum upon His Act.

T [...]e Common sort looke to East [...]r day, no further, then Eas [...]r-day fare, and Easter-day [Page 460] day appareile: and, other use they have none of it. The true Christian enquireth further, what is the Agendum of the feast, what is the proper Act of Easter-day? The Church hath hers; & we have ours. Nothing more proper to a Christian, then to keep time with CHRIST: to rise with Him, this day, who this day did rise. That so it may be Easter-day with us, as it was with Him: the same, that was the day of His, be also the day of our rising.

The Summ [...].Thus then it lieth: CHRIST is risen: And, if CHRIST, then We. If we so be, then we seeke: and, that we cannot, unlesse we set our minds. To set our minds then. On what? On things above. Which above? Not on earth (so is the Text) but, where Christ is. And why there? Because, where He is, there are the things, we seeke for, and heer cannot finde. There, He is sitting; So, at rest: And at the right hand; so, in glorie: God's right hand, and so, for ever. These we seeke; rest, in eter­nall glorie. These CHRIST hath found: and so shall we, if we make this our A­gendum; begin, this day, to set our minds, to search after them.

Because it is to the Colossians, the Colossus, or capitall point of all, is, To rise with CHRIST: That is the mayne point. And, if you would doe a right East [...]r-da [...]es worke, doe that. It is the way to entitle us to the true holding of the Feast. That so we may, these two Opera Paschalia are commended to us. Things above, 1 to make them our search, 2 to fixe our minds on them. These two we read, quaerite, sapi [...]e, in the Imperative: we may, in the Indicative, as well: [...] is quaeritis, as well as quae­rite; and [...] sapitis, as well as sapite. If ye reade them imperative, thus: This ye are to doe, to seeke, to set your minds; then be they in praecepto, and per modum Of­ficij, by way of precept, and in nature of a duety. If you read them indicative, thus: If you be risen, then you doe seeke, and set your minds; then, they be in elencho, and per modum signi, by way of triall, and in nature of a signe. Both well; and a good use of both.

The DivisionThe Parts lye thus. Two things are supposed: Two other inferred: And a I 1 third Two, we are referred to, or given hope of. The two sup [...]posed, these: Christ 2 is risen, 2 and We with Christ: If ye be risen with Christ. The Two inferred, these: II 3 If risen, then 1 to seeke; 2 then to set our minds above, on things there, where Christ is. 4 The two he referreth to, or giveth hope of; Rest with Him in glorie. 1 Rest, to sitt: III 5 2 Glorie, at the right hand. And GOD maketh up all (the perfect number of se­ven:) 6 For, aeternall is the rest, and aeternall the Glorie, that is at His right 7 hand.

Hebr. 1.These we heard of at His Birth, in the Epistle then. This we heare of againe, at His Rising, Act. 1.11. or second Birth, from the grave, in the Epistle, now. This we shall heare of againe at His Ascension too. This is remembred in all, as the fruit of all; at every Feast, set before us, as our hope, and all we seeke, To sit with CHRIST, at the right hand of GOD.

I. The two suppo­sitions. IF Ye be risen. This seemeth prima sac [...]e to be but a single Supposition: but being well looked into, resolves into two risings: 1 CHRIST'S and 2 Ours: 3 He, 1. Christ's rising. and 4 we with Him. Of which, the first (Christ's) doth immutabiliter su [...]pone­re; His, needs no If. It is not, If Christ be: but, If we, with Christ. For, Christ is certainly. Three hundred yeares the World opposed it: thirteen hundred (ever since) the World hath supposed it. And so let us: and so passe to our owne, and begin every yeare, to lay our grounds anew; every Easter, to be teaching our rudi­ments over againe.

[Page 461]There is an [If] that supposeth but mobiliter; may be, or not be, thereafter as we seeke, and our minds be set. But yet (if ye marke it) is not His supposed, by it selfe, and ours inferred upon His; but ours supposed likewise: His, and ours (both) suppo­sed under one: under one and the same If. And as they are close lincked, that one supposition serveth for them: so are they woven togither that one Preposition ( [...]) holdeth them: under one Si, and one [...] both. The Apostle hath framed a new word heer, for the purpose [con-surrexistis.] The resurrection, we have heard of: The con-surrection we are now to heare, and take notice of.

To set our Suppose right, I aske two questions: 1 the one of these [If you:] 2 the other of these [If you be risen.] Si vos, if you: Why,2. Our Rising. 1. Si Vos, If you. doth the Resurrection pertaine but to some certaine vos? Is it not Si omnes? concernes it not all? As Christ died; so is He risen for all: and shall not all rise with Him? What do we then do with Si vos? Yes, all rise with Him, out of their graves: but, not all rise to the right hand after mentioned. A great part rise, to stand on the left: not to sit on the right hand of God. With that, the Apostle heer dealeth. The Resurrection reacheth to all: This resurrection, to such onely as Seeke, and sett their mindes.

The other, be risen (the tense) is that right?2. Si consur [...]x­istis, If you be risen. For (ever) when we heare of the R [...]surrecti [...], we are carried streight, to that of the dead, from their graves, at the later day. We conceive: Well, if He be risen, we shall rise: Shall, in the future tense. But, heer is newes of another, in the preter tense: (For, so it is; Be risen, not shall rise; be alreadie, not shall heerafter.) It cannot be taken of that, which is to come: It should then be, Si consurgetis. But needs, of one present, or past: it is, Si con­surrexistis.

How then? Fall we in with them, qui dicunt resurrectionem jam esse factam, 2. Tim. 2.18. that say the resurrection is already past? Nor that neither. We are no Sadducees: Nor we are not of Hymenaeu's sect neither. But, this we beleeve: as there is one to come, of the body, at the last and great resurrection, which he treats of, to the Corinthians: so is there also one, which we are to passe heer, of the minde's;1. Cor. 1 [...]. which heer he com­mendeth to the Collossians.

And these two leade us directly to the two Resurrections, which Saint Iohn (after) doth more expressly deliver, vnder the termes of first and second (Apoc. 20.6.) And this withall, that all the good or evill, of that of the Corinthian's, doth depend much upon the well, or [...]vill passing, of this of the Colossian's.

This we are to looke after, to rise before; a resurrection now in being. This of ours imports us (we see) no lesse, then Christ's own (which, I wish, well layd up in minde) since both are under one If, supposed alike, one no lesse then the other. Christ is risen, is not enough; nay, is nothing at all, if that be all; if He be risen without us; He risen, and we by still: if, with this daies r [...]surrection on His part, there be not also a [...]surrection on ours.

Now then we are to looke to our If; that is supposeth aright. And, if He be risen, to cry to Him Trahe nos post Te, to draw us with Him, Can [...]. 1.3. and not leave us still in our [...] sinne. He sayd of Himselfe, that if once He were exalted, He would make His m [...]netica [...]l vertue to appeare, and draw all to Him. All, but not all at once:Ioh. 12.32. but as the [...] Apostle saith) each in his order. And that order is to beginn with the [...] first, and draw it. For,1. Cor. 15.23. the soule being (as the very Philosophers have acknowledg­e [...] (it is Aristotle's owne word) [...] from above) will the more easily be drawen to [...] things above. It is kindly, it is con-naturall for it, to draw thither-ward. And then after, in the second place, togither with it selfe, to elevate and lift up the flesh thither with it. For (as well observeth Chrysostome) these two were not thus ioined the Spirit, and the flesh, I meane) that the flesh should pull downe the spirit to earth, but that the Spirit should exalt the flesh to heaven. And this subliming or lifting up the S [...]irit, is the rising with CHRIST, heer in the Text. The other, in His time an [...] [...]rne, to follow. But, if this goe not before, the other will not come after, [Page 462] take that for certaine. This then to endeavour; and this day to set in hand with it. For, this is the maine point, that we finde our selves risen with CHRIST; finde it, or procure it: finde it already, or procure it, as soone as may be.

II. The double In­ference. 3. If we seeke. 4. If we set our minds, &c. on things above.Now, thus we shall know, if we be risen, and thus procure it, if we be not: If we seeke, if we set our minds on things above: which is the double inference, upon the for­mer double Suppose: which I divide into the 1 Act, and the 2 Object. The 1 Act, Quae­rere, and sapere: the 2 Object, quae sursum.

Of the two acts, one referreth to action: (seeking, is a matter of endeavour.) The other to the affection: (set your affection, or minde;) it is both. There be two works arguing the Spirit: 1 Motion, and 2 Sense. Motion, in the one, Seeking: Sense, in the other, so is it turned (Phil. 2.5.) Idem sentite, let the same minde be in you. There is Motus laesus, in them that seeke not: and Sensus laesus, in them that savour not. To these, two reduce all: 1 Quaerenda sapere, 2 and Sapienda quaerere: To minde, what we are to seeke; and to seeke; 1 what we mind. Of these two 1 jointly first: 2 then seve­rally; and 3 last of their order.

1. The two Acts, iointly: Seeke, and Set your mindes. Matt. 16.23. Ioyntly: for, dis-ioyned they may not be. One is little worth, without the other. There be, that seeke, and be very busie in it, and yet savour not the things that are of GOD. So sought a great Apostle once: and our SAVIOVR did not lett to tell him of it; [...] (the very word heer) thou savourest not. Men, that are possessed with false principles, and yet fall a seeking; zealous in their way, but want true know­ledge, to fixe their minds aright. Now, without knowledge, (saith Salomon truely) the minde is not good: Pro. 19.2. and we know, Mala mens, malus animus, the minde mis-led, will set the affections awry streight.

Will ye see them in kinde? Looke but to the end of the last chapter before. There,Cap. 2.21. they seeke so, as they will neither tast, handle nor touch. So seeke, as downe they goe to worshipp, Verse 18. Verse 23. not onely GOD, but the Angells too. So seeke, as spare not their owne bodies, and yet, wrong all the while; and yet with all their seeking, not risen with Christ, for all that. Why? For, quaerunt, non sapiunt.

On the other side: there be, that sapiunt, non quaerunt; that sapiunt quae Christi, quaerunt quae sua, Savour Christ, but seeke themselves. Of whom the Apostle (Phil. 2.21.) they have knowledge competent, but without so much as a sparke of true en­deavour: Pariter intelligunt nobiscum (saith Augustine) pariter non diligunt; Vnderstand well enough, but coldly affected: So, Sit still, and seeke not.

So that, both would be kept togither; Quaerite, and Sapite both. For, as in the body naturall, it fareth between the stomach and the head: (a rh [...]umatique [...]ad [...]poyles the stomach with distillations; and a distempered stomach fills the head with raw va­pours, and soone marrs the other:) So is it heer: our minde mista [...]ing, mis-leads the affection: and a wrong sett affection puts the minde out of frame. That, in sunder they would not be, but joyned ever. Sapere, without quaerere, will not rise, but ly still; and quaerere, without sapere, will rise, but lead you astray.

2. The Acts seve [...]ally. 1. Seeke.Now, severally. If we be risen, to move, and to seeke: that is, to resolve, that with sitting still without seeking, what we are heer willed to seeke, will not be had. We shall not stumble on it, or hit upon in unawares; there needs a seeking. If our Savi­our knew the way well,Mat. 7.14. it is hard to hit, and few there be that finde it. The short: there goeth search and enquiry to it; paynes, and diligence are requisite: we shall not come thither, with the turning of a ginne. It were great folly (when we see dayly, things heer beneath, without travaile, will not be come by) once to thinke, things above will dropp into our lapps, without any seeking.

To seeke then: but, to doe it to purpose. For, that which we call seeking, is nothing lesse. Those, to whom the Prophet Esay sayd (chap. 21.12.) Si quaeritis, quae rite, If ye will seeke, why then seeke; doe it, in earnest; it seemes, they sough▪ [Page 463] so slightly, so slenderly, as it deserved not the name of seeking. Pilate asked,Ioh. 18.38. Quid est veritas? and then, some other matter tooke him in the head, and so up he rose and went his way, before he had his answere: He deserved never to finde what truth was. And such is our seeking most-what; seldome or never seriously: but some question, that comes crosse our braine, for the present: Some Quid est veritas? so sought, as if, that we sought were as good lost as found. Yet, this, we would faine have go for seeking: but it will not be. O si quaeritis querite (sayth ESAY;) looke the place:Esay 21.12. The morning comes, so doth the night, that is, our dayes spend apace; and we say, we will seeke: If we will let us once do it indeed: seeke it, as they did, this day;Ioh. 20.4. follow it hard, make it our race, with the one; our morning-worke with the other.

But, we shall never seeke, as we should, unlesse we put to the other word,2. Set your minds. Set our minds on them. For, will a man ever kindly seeke that, he hath no minde to? Never. The minde is all. Be it what it will, or whence it will, above, or beneath, if we affect it not, we shall seeke it but faintly. That we may seeke things above, as it is meete, we must prize them; prize them, as a silver mine (saith Salomon: Pro 3.14. Mat. 13.44.) as a treasure hid in a field (saith our Saviour) and goe sell all, to compasse them. Then shall we seeke to some purpose.

But in the word [...] there is more. There is (I told you) idem Sentite, the sense; (He that seekes, should have as well eyes to discerne, as feete to goe about it: It is no businesse for a blinde man, no more then for a lame, to seeke:) And that is knowledge, which would be had too. To seeke, we know not what, is but to erre, and never finde that we seeke for. To quaerere then; but, Sapere, to be wise in our seeking, to get us true directions; els, for all our seeking, we may be to seeke still.

Which [...] is a word, the Apostle much useth, as being very significant, full, and forcible. Foure things are in it. 1. To sett the minde; the minde, not the phan­sie: not to take up a phansie, and fall to seeking, as we see many now a daies; no ground in the world, but their owne conceipts. Yet seeke they will needs, and have all the world follow them, and have nothing to follow themselves, but their owne folly. So as, being very idiots, they take themselves, for the onely men; And till they came in­to it, never was wise man in the world, that knew what to seeke, or how.

2. It is then an act of the understanding ( [...]) but not of it alone: for then, [...] were enough. Yet, the greatest part make no matter of it, but even noëma. It is as to set our minde, not our phansie; so, our minde, not onely to know it, but to mind it. It is Sentire, and Sapere; And it is best seen in Sapite, which is not onely to distin­guish tasts; but, in and with the tast, to feele some delight, to have a sense of the sweetnesse withall, which will make us seeke it againe plus magis: and without it, our seeking will be but unsavorie.

3. So to savour it, as we hold quaerere, to be Sapere; that, to seeke, is our wise­dome; that we doe not rectè Sapere, unlesse we doe hoc sapere. Haec erit sapientia vestra (saith Moses) This shalbe your wisedome before GOD and man, Deut. 4. [...]. and you so to reckon of it: even this, to seeke things above; and to thinke, when ye are about that busi­nesse, ye are about a point of high wisedome; and that, to performe it well, is the wi­sest action of our life.

4. To hold it our wisedome: and (last) I aske what wisedome? Not that, which doth contemplate, that is [...] but the active wisedome, for that is [...], rerum agendarū. To shew, that not onely our Grounds, for Iudgement; but our Rules, for Action, are to be fet thence. Thither to get us, thence to derive our reasons, why we doe things, or leave them undone. Thus to cast with our selves: this, that now I am about, He that sitteth on high, at GOD'S right hand, what will He say or thinke of it? May I offer it to Him? Will He allow of it? Will He helpe me forward with it? Will He in the end reward me for it? Yea even our [...] (as to the Philipian's) is to be from thence, even the wisedome, that swayeth there, to be from above, de sursum. Philip. 3.20. Iam. 3.15. If it be not, Saint Iames is somewhat homely with it.

[Page 464] 3 The Order. Quarite, First.By this time, we know, what it is to seeke, and what to set our mindes. But, in the marshalling these, there is somewhat, that quaerite is called on first. 1. To teach us, that it is the first thing,1. Mat. 6.33 we are to have care of; Christ's primùm quaerite makes quaerite, to be primùm, to stand first. That we then doe it the honour, to make it our first act, our rising with Him; at this feast, the rising of the yeare; & on this feast, in the mor­ning, the rising of the day. For, then He rose.

2.2 It is first called on, because (to say truth) there is more need of diligence, in this businesse, then ought els. Alwaies, we have more adoe, to quicken the aff [...]ction, then to enforme the judgement. And that did they, this day, know: who sought, be­fore they had light, while it was yet darke. So much did they know, diligence to import, in this businesse. The greatest defect is in that point: therefore it needs first to be urged. For, though wee see, yet wee sitt still and seeke not.

III. The thing re­ferred to, or the Obiect. Quae sursum. Psal. 24.6.And now to the Object. Of seeking we shall soone agree: Generatio quaerentium we are all (saith the Psalme:) even a generation of searchers. Somewhat we are search­ing after still. Our wants, or our wanton desires finde us seeking-worke enough, all our lives long. What then shall we seeke, or where?

He (saith the Apostle) that will thus bestow his paynes, let it be, where? Above. On what? The things there: Quae sursum he repeates in both; tells it us twise over: 1 Quae sursum quaerite; 2 quae sursum sapite. Above it must be.

And, of this also, we shall not varie with Him, but be easily enough entreated to it. We yeeld presently (in our sense) to seeke to be above others, in favour, honour, place, and power, and what not? We keepe the Text fully in this sense: we both seeke, and set our whole minds upon this. Altum sapimus omnes; all would be above, Bramble and all,Iud. 9.1 [...]. and nothing is too high for us.

It is true, heer; for on earth, there is a Sursum, above: there be high places, we would not have them taken away; we would offer in them, and offer for them too, for a need. And, there is a right hand heer too, and some sitt at it; and almost none, but thinkes so well of himselfe, as why not he? Our SAVIOVR CHRIST, when it was phansied, that He should have been a great King upon earth, there was suing streight, for His right-hand-place. Not so much as Good-wife Zebe­dee's two sonnes (that smelt of the fisher-bote) but,Mat. 20.21. meanes was made for them, to sitt there.

But, all this while, we are wide. For, where is all this? Heer, upon earth. All our above, is above one another, heer; and is Ambition's above; and further it moun­teth not. But, this is not the Apostle's; not the above, nor the right-hand, he mea­neth. No: not CHRIST'S right-hand upon earth: but, that right-hand, He sitts at, Himselfe, in heaven. The Apostle saw cleerly, we would erre this errour: therefore, to take away (as he goes) all mistaking, he explaines his above, two waies. 1. Privative: Non quae supra terram, Heare you, not upon earth: His Above, is not heer, upon earth. This is, where not? 2. Then positivè: to cleer it from all doubt, where; he points us to the place it selfe, above, there above, where CHRIST is (that is) not on earth. Earth is the place, whence He is risen. The Angells tell us,Luc. 24.6. non est his & seeke Him not heer now, but in the place, whither He is gone, there seeke Him; In heaven. Heaven is a great circle; where, in heaven? In the chiefest place: there where GOD sitts, and CHRIST at His right hand. That place seeke: there sett your minds.

So that, upon the matter, the fault he findes, the fault of our [above] is; it is, not above enough: It is too low, it is not so high, as it should be. It should be higher, above the hills; higher yet, above the cloudes; higher yet, higher then our eye can carry, above the heavens. There now, we are right.

[Page 465]And indeed,1. The reasons. the very frame of our bodyes (as the heathen Poët well observed) gi­veth thither, upward:—Coelumque tueri, Iussit, and bidds us looke thither. And, that way, should our soule make; it came from thence, and thither should it draw againe: And we doe but bow, and crooke our soules, and make them Curvae in terras animae, against their nature, when we hang yokes on them, and sett them to seeke nothing but heer below.

And, if Nature would have us no mowles, Grace would have us Eagles, to mount,2. Luc. 17.37. where the bodye is. And the Apostle goeth about to breed in us, a holy ambition; telling us, we are ad altiora geniti, borne for higher matters then any heer: therefore, not to be so base minded, as to admire them; but, to seeke after things above. For contrary to the Philosopher's sentence, Quae supra nos nihil ad nos, Things above, they concerne us not; he reverses that: Yes (and we so to hold) Ea maximè ad nos, they chiefly concerne us.

Come to the last now. And why this place, above? I shall tell you: For, there 3 is CHRIST, and Him we seeke, to day, if it be Easter-day with us; and if we seeke where He is, He is above, certainly. But he implieth a further reason yet: Because, in very deed, there, with Him, are the things which we, of all other, seeke for; and when all is done, all our seeking is to them referred, as to the end. We would not ever travaile but after our laborious toyling course heer, finde a place of rest, and this we seeke. But, not this alone: but a seate of glorie withall. Sitt we would; but in some eminent place; not, at the left foot, but at the right hand; in light, and ho­nour, as much as might be.

We seeke rest: Specially, they that are tossed in a tempest,what the things above are. Rest. Psal. 120.5. Psal. 55.6. how doe they desire a good haven, a harbour of rest! And sure, heer we dwell in Mesech, meete with much disquietnesse. None but, sometime, hath sense of the verse in the Psalme: Oh that I had wings like a Dove! then would I flye, and be at rest. And the more our incola­tus is prolonged, the more we seeke it, finde it how we may.

And, it is not the body's trouble so much, but Invenietis requiem animabus, Mat. 11.29. to finde rest to our soules; that, is it. And, the soule is from above; and but in her owne place, never findes it. Turne thee to thy rest ô my soule, that is worth all. But, both are best: and not, after all our turmoiles heer in this world,Psal. 116.7. to heare non introibunt in requiem meam, in another world, but to be cast into that place,95.11. where there is no rest day nor night: but, enter into His rest, which (in the Epistle to the Hebrewes) he so much beats upon.

And verily, if we seeke rest; glorie we seeke much more. For, for it,Chap. 3.11.18 19. we are con­tent to deprive our selves of all rest, which otherwise we love well enough. And, a restlesse course we enter into, and hold out in it, all our life long, and all to winne it,6th Glorie. though it be but a little before our death. For, no rest will satisfie, or give us full con­tent, unlesse it be on the right hand.

These two then we seeke for; where are they to be found? Not in quae supra ter­ram: Not heer therefore: but folly to seeke them heer. We are by all meanes to avoyd their errour, that sought, this day; to seeke the living among the dead; a thing,Luc. 24.5. where it is not to be had.

Never seeke, to sett up our rest heer, in this tumultuous troublesome place, this Hos. 2.15. vale of Achor right (as Hosee;) this Iam. 3 6. [...] (as Saint Iames) a wheele ever whirling about, Mat. 12.43. quarens requiem & non invenit eam. Where, we shall soone be diseased with a Surgite postquam sederitis, after we sitt a little, quickly disquieted againe. The Pro­phet Mica tells us plaine, Non habetis hîc requiem, heer we cannot have it, this is not our rest. Mic. 2.10.

Nor never seeke for true glorie heer: Why? Locus est pulicum & culicum. It is, the place of fleas and of gnatts, this. In the garden, the place of our delight, we meet with wormes; and there be Spiders, even in the King's Palace. This place of wormes [Page 468] and Spiders, call ye this the place of glorie, in dust and cobwebbs?

Say it be: yet such is the nature of these two (such as they be) the rest, and the glorie heer, as they divide still: have ye one, ye must quitt the other. They that are in glorie, have not the quietest life: And they that are most at rest, fardest of from be­ing glorious. Rest is heer, a thing inglorious: and glorie, a thing restlesse. Thus it stands with us:Gen. 49.14. Isachar's condition likes some; Rest is good, though it be be­tween a payre of panniers: If that like us, we must live in this estate, the most obscure of all the Tribes. But, if we will have a name among the great ones of the earth, if be glorious, then farewell rest: We must take our lott among them, that live not most at ease, certainly. For, heer they meet not, but are in sunder still.

7 At the right hand of God.But say yet, we could make them meete; Be at all ease, and in all glorie togither: seated, and seated at the right hand both. (Now come we to weigh the word Dei.) The right hand (heer) super terram is not the right hand of GOD, but of a man, which shall wither,Ioh. 31.22. and within a certaine of yeares (as the Prophet's terme is) fall from the shoulder, And so this rest, and this right hand, we can have no hold of ei­ther. It is sayd in the Acts, After two yeares, Foelix went his way, and another came Governour in his place.Act. 24.2 [...]. And then the places were changed; some were diseased: and so is the case of all foelicitie heer.

Vpon the point then. Rest, and glorie, we seeke not barely: but, we seeke them so as they may endure: and our wish is, if it might be, even for ever. And this may be had: but, it wilbe had at no right hand, but ad dexteram Dei; GOD'S only. Then, seeke them there. Not heer: where either we shall seeke and not finde them; or find one from the other; or, if both togither, yet have no hold of them, but soone lose them againe. Seeke, where we may; nay where we shalbe sure to finde them; where, both wilbe had; and both togither, and good assurance of both, even to eternitie, as, at God's right hand, a right hand that withereth not. If ye seeke rest, lett it be in His holy hill;Psal. 15.1. Luc. 2.14. if glorie, Gloriae in excelsis, where CHRIST is already: Set, so at rest; at the right hand, so in glorie; at God's right hand, and so, in both, for ever. There they be, there seeke, there sett your minds.

To withdraw ourselves, to sequester our mindes from things heer below, to thinke of Him, and of the place where now He is, and the things, that will bring us thither.

The Applica­tion to the time.It is a prerogative, that a Christian hath: to make it Easter, any day in the yeare, by doing these dutyes on it. They come no day amisse. But, no day so fit, as this day, the very day of His rising. Then, of very congruity, we to rise also. For, no reason in the world, if He rise, that we should lye still. Nor is it good for us, that He should rise, without us, and leave us behinde in the grave of our sinnes still. But, when He, then we too.

Rising is not so proper to the day, but the two signes, or two dutyes (call them which ye will) are as proper. For, this day was (indeed) a day of seeking. I know whom you seeke, ye seeke Iesus that was crucified (saith one Angell:) Why seeke ye the living among the dead (saith another.) To rise, Mat. 16.6. Luc. 24.6. when He rose; to seeke Him, when He was sought. This day, He was sought by men, sought by women. Women, the three Marie's; Men, the two Apostles. The Women, at charges; the Apostles at paynes. Early by the one, earnestly, by the other. So, there was seeking of all hands.

Luc. 24. [...]3.And they which sought not, went to Emmaüs, yet they set their minds on Him; had Him in minde, were talking of Him by the way. So that, these doe very fittly come into the Agendum of this day: Thus to seeke, and sett our mindes. At least, not to lose Him quite, that day, we should seeke Him; nor have our minds farthest from Him, that day, they should be most upon Him.

[Page 467]The Church, by her Office, or Agendum, doth her part, to help us heerin,To the Sacra­ment. all she may. The things, we are willed to seeke, she setts before us; the blessed Mysteries. For, these are from above: the bread that came downe from heaven; the bloud that hath been carried into the holy place. And I add, ubi CHRISTVS: For, ubi Corpus, Ioh. 6.50. Heb. 9.12. ubi san­guis CHRISTI, ibi CHRISTVS, I am sure. And truly, heer, if there be an ubi CHRISTVS, there it is. On earth, we are never so neer Him, not He us, as then and there. There, in efficaciâ; and, when all is done, efficacie, that is it, must doe us good; must raise us heer, and raise us at the last day, to the right hand: and the lo­call ubi, without it, of no value.

He was found in the breaking of bread: that bread She breaketh,Luc. 24.30.35. that there we may finde Him. He was found by them, that had their mindes on Him: To that end, She will call to us, Sursum corda, lift up your hearts: which when we heare, it is but this Text iterated, Set your minds, have your hearts, where CHRIST is. We answer, We lift them up; and so (I trust) we doe; but (I feare) we lett them fall too soone againe.

Therefore (as before, so after) when we heare, Thou that sittest at the right hand of the Father; and when againe, Glorie to GOD on high all is but to have this. But especially, where we may Sentire and Sapere quae sursum, and gustare donum caeleste, tast of the heavenly gift (as, in another place he speaketh:) see in the breaking, Heb. 6.4. and tast in the receiving, how gracious He was and is; was, in suffering for us; is, in rising a­gaine for us too, and regenerating us thereby to a lively hope. And gracious, in offering to us, the meanes (by His Mysteries and grace with them) as will rayse us also and sett our minds, where true rest, and glorie are to be seene.

That so, at this last and great Easter, of all (the Resurrection-day) what we now seek, we may then finde; where we now sett our minds, our bodyes may then be sett; what we now but tast, we may then have the full frui­tion of: Even of His glorious God-head, in rest, and glorie, ioy, and blisse, never to have an end.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XXIV. of April, A.D. MDCXIV. being EASTER DAY.

PHIL. CHAP. II.

VER. 8. He humbled Himselfe, made obedient, unto death, even the death of the Crosse.

9. For this cause, hath GOD also highly exalted Him; and given Him a Name, above every name.

10. That, at the Name of IESVS, every knee should bow, of those in Heaven, and in earth, and vnder the Earth.

11. And that, every Tongue should confesse, that IESVS CHRIST is the Lord, to the glory of GOD the Father.

FOR this cause, The Summe. GOD hath exalted Him (saith the Text:) Him (that is) CHRIST. And, for this cause are we now heere, to celebrate this exalting. Of which His exalting, this is the first day: and the Act of this day, the first step of it: even, His rising againe from the dead. Haec est clarificatio Domini nostri IESV CHRISTI, quae ab Eius resurrectione sumpsit exordium (saith Saint Augustine upon this place:) This now, is the glorifying of our LORD IESVS CHRIST, which tooke his beginning, at His glorious resurrection.

Thus, is the summe and substance of this Text, set downe by that learned Father.

By him also, is it likewise divided to our hands: Into Humilitas Claritatis meritum;The Division 1. [Page 470] I and, Claritas humilitatis praemium. Humilitie, the merit of glory (in the first verse of the foure.) And glory, the reward of humilitie (in the other three.) Which two, heere and ever, are so fast linked together, as, there is no parting them. I cannot, but touch; and I will, but touch the Merit (in the first verse:) It properly pertaines, to another day. And so, come to Opus dici.

II The matter of this dayes exultation, is called here, His Exaltation.

And is, of two sorts. By GOD (in the ninth verse:) And by us (in the two last.)

1 By GOD; And that, is double: Of his Person: Of his Name. Two Super's, either, one. Super exaltavit Ipsum, His Person; there is one (in the forepart of the ninth verse.) And Nomen super omne nomen, His name; there is the other (in the latter part of it.) And this is GOD'S.

2 Then commeth ours. For, GOD exalting it Himselfe; He will have us to doe the like. And not to doe it inwardly, alone: but even outwardly to acknowledge it for such: And sets downe precisely this acknowledgement, how, He will have it made by a. us. Namely, two waies: By the Knee, by the Tongue. The Knee, to bow to it (verse b. 10.) The Tongue, to confesse it (verse 11.) And both these, to be generall; Every Knee, every Tongue. And not in grosse, but deduced into three severall rankes: All in Heaven, All in earth, All vnder the earth: which comprehends all (indeed) and c. leaves none out. This acknowledgement, thus, but onely insinuated by the Knee, is by the Tongue more plainely expressed: And this it is, That IESVS CHRIST is d. the LORD, LORD of all those three. This, to be done, and so done, as it redound all, to the glory of GOD the Father.

But then last, take the Vse with us: that, since in Him, His humiliavit se-ipsum, ends in Super-exaltavit Deus; His humbling Himselfe, in GOD's Exalting; That, the same minde be in us: Verse 5. And, the same end shall come to us. As His end was, so ours shall be, in the glory of GOD the Father.

Propter quod, For this cause.

I. Ve [...]se 8.WE touch first upon this word. It is the Axis and Cardo, the very point, whereupon the whole Text turneth.

1. Prop [...]er.First, Propter; A cause there is. So GOD exalts ever, for a cause. Heere, on earth, otherwhile, there is an Exaltavit, without a Propter quod. Some, as Sobna, Plaman, Esay 22.15. Est. 3.1. Nehem 4.1. Sanballat, sometimes exalted; no man knowes, wherefore. With GOD, there goeth ever; with men, there should goe, a Propter quod, before Exalta­vit.

2. Propter quod. For a cause: for what? for this cause. And this now, casts us backe to the former verse, where it is set downe, Humiliavit: There it is, for His Humilitie.

Humiliavit.Now, of all causes, not for that: if we goe by this world, which (as the Proverbe is) was made for the presumptuous. Not for the vertue of all others. A vertue (be­fore CHRIST thus graced it) so out of request, as, the Philosophers (looke into their Ethiques) you shall not so much as finde the name of humilitie, in the list of all their vertues. Well, this cast vertue, of no reckoning: is here made the Propter quod, of CHRIST's exalting. Luk. 1.48. As, Respexit humilitatem, the ground, of His Mothers Magnificat. And He, that, by Him brought light out of darknesse, at the first: wil by Him, bring glory out of humilitie at last, Or this booke deceiveth us. With GOD, it shall have the place of a Propter quod;2. Cor. 4.6. how poore account soever, we make of it here.

IpseBut, this Quod, is a Collective; there be in it more points then one. I will but point at them.

[Page 471] H [...]mili [...]vit ipse, He humbled. (He) which many times is idle, but here, a circum­stance of great waight. He: so great a Person; being in the forme of GOD, and with­out any disparagement at all, equall to GOD (as he tels us a verse before) He humbled. Verse 6. Vbi, Majestatem praemisit; vt humilitatem illustraret: That discourse of His High Ma­jestie, was but to set out, to give a lustre to His humilitie. For, for one of meane estate, to be humble, is no great praise: It were a fault, if he were not. But, In alto nihil altum sapere: For a King (as David) to say, I will yet be more humble: 2. Sam. 6.22. for the King of Kings, for Him, to shew this great humilitie; that is a Propter quod indeed. Humi­liavit Ipse.

Then secondly, that Humiliavit Ipse se. Ipse se, and not alius ipsum;2 Se. that He was not brought to it by any other, but of his owne accord, He humbled himselfe. There is a difference betweene humilis, and humiliatus. One may be humbled,Exod 10.16. Matt. 27.32. and yet not humble. Pharao was humbled, brought downe, by his ten plagues: Simeon of Cyrene, a [...]gariatus, to humble his necke vnder the Crosse. This was, alius ipsos. But Ipse se, is the true humilitie. For then, it is laudabili voluntate, not miserabili necessitate: of a willing minde; and that is, commendable: not of force and constraint; for that, is miserable. For this cause, that He humbled himselfe.

And thirdly, Humiliavit ipse se (Obediens.) It was not Absalom's humility, 3 Obediens. 2. Sam 15.5. in shew and complement; and his heart full of pride, disobedience, yea rebellion. (And yet it is a glory for humilitie, that even proud men take a pride, to shroud themselves in her mantell: that pride weares humilitie's livery.) But it is not humble courtesie, but humble Obedience, that is the Propter quod. Till it come to that, many beare them­selves in tearmes and shew, low, ad humum, even touch the ground. But come once thither, to obedience; then, give lawes they must, but obey none; make others obe­dient (and ye will) but not factus obediens, not made themselves so. CHRIST was so made. And for this cause.

And something strange it is, why Humiliavit ipse se Obediens, would not serve, and no more; but (factus) must be added. Somewhat there was, in that.4 Factus.. An Obedi­ence there is, that commeth from the dictamen of naturall reason: in some things we so obey; we will doe it, because our reason so moveth us. That, is Obediens natus. But, some other there be, wherein there is no other reason, to leade us to doe it, but onely this, that is enioyned us by a lawfull Superiour, and therefore we doe it, and for no other cause. This is Obediens factus; and that in true proper termes, is the right obe­dience indeed. All, looke to the former; and very few obey, thus. But even so obeyed CHRIST, & erat subditus illis. And for this cause then,Luk. 2.51. that He was factus Obediens.

And obediens factus (vsque) is a fifth. For the very size,5 Vsque. Act. 26.28. 1. Sam. 15.9. the extent of our obedi­ence is a matter considerable. For if we come to any, it is Agrippa's, in modico, in some pety small matter. Or Saul's, in the refuse of the spoiles little worth. And, that obe­dience is little worth, that is so shrunk up. The drawing out, the vsque of it, is all in all. How farre obedient? vntill what? Vsque quò? Which very Extent, or vsque, is many times as much worth as the Obedience itselfe. This also will come into the Propter quod.

Now many Vsque's there be, in this, of His. 1. Vsque naturam hominis, Thither.Verse 7. His very humanity had beene humility enough. 2. Vsque formam Servi, is more: How? Even to wash the feet of they servants (said Abigail;1. Sam 25.41. Ioh. 23.5. and tooke herselfe to be very humble in so saying. (Thither He came too.

What say yee to vsque mortem (the sixth point?) Mortem? 6 Mortem. Iob. 2.4. Rom. 6.23. that will stagger the best of us. We love Obedience in a whole skin: Vsque any thing, rather then that. And (to say troth) no reason in the world, obedience should come to that. Death is the wages of sinne, of disobedience. Factus obediens? what, and factus reus too? Obedient, and yet put to death? heaven and earth should ring of it, if the case were ours. Well, even thither came His obedience: Et, ne perderet obedientiam, perdidit vitam, And rather then to lose His obedience, lost his life. This is indeed, a great Propter quod.

[Page 472] 7 [...]ortem a [...] ­tem Cruci [...].Enough now: For, death is vltima linea (we say.) Nay, there is yet an Autem more behinde, to make it up full seven. For, One death is worse then another. And His, was Mortem autem, the worst death of all: the death of malefactors: and of the worst sort of malefactors, Mortem Crucis.

Nay, if he must die, let him die, an honest, a faire death. Not so: nay Morte turpissimâ (said they of it, that put him to it) the foulest death of all other: vsque mortem, Chap. 2.20. mortem autem Crucis.

Died, and, so died. Ever the (So) the manner is more then the thing it selfe, in all of CHRIST. To be borne (So) to be borne, vsque praesepe, to the Cratch: To die,Luke [...].7. nay (So) to die, vsque Crucem, to the Crosse. Vsque naturam hominis; vsque formam Servi; vsque mortem malefici. 1. So great a Person: 2. Thus to humble: 3. Humble his own selfe: 4 To be obedient: 5. To be màde obedient: 6. Obedient with an vsque, so farre; 7. So farre, as to death: 8. And to a death, so opprobrious: These Extensives, and Intensives put together, will (I trust) make up a perfect Prop­ter quod. And this, for humilitas claritatis meritum (in the first verse.)

II. Verse 9.Now, for Claritas humilitatis praemium (in the rest.) And, will yee observe how they answer one another? For humiliavit there, heere is exaltavit: For Ipse there; DEVS, GOD heere: For Ipse se, DEVS ipsum. He, humbled himselfe; GOD, exalted him. For humiliavit vsque, there: heere is exaltavit super. For, factus obediens there; heere factus Dominus. For mortem crucis, the death of the Crosse there: here, is the glory of GOD the Father.

Super-exalta­vit Ipsum.This exalting, we reduced to two: 1 Of His Person; 2 Of his Name. Of His Person, in super-exaltavit Ipsum: Of His Name (in the rest of the verse.)

To begin with His personall exaltation. Super-exaltavit, is a de-compound. There is, Ex, and Super (both) in it. His exalting hath an Ex, whence, or out of what: His exalting hath a super, whither or whereunto.

Ex. Ex, from whence? from the two very last words, Mortem Crucis. His raising to life opposed to Mortem, the sorrowes of death. The giving of His Name; to Cru­cis, the shame of the Crosse. This dayes (Ex) was from death. His humiliavit, had beene ad humum, to the ground: Nay further, into the ground: Nay further yet,Ephes. 4.9. Psal. 9.13.49.15. Pro. 7.27. Matt. 28.3. [...] into the very lowest parts of it. His exaltavit then, was from thence, from death: and nor the gates of death (then, He was not in:) nor the iawes of death (then, He was not, quite downe:) but from inferiora, and interiora, the lowermost, and innermost roomes of death. From vnder the Stone; thence: from the Dungcon, with Gen. 40.15. Ioseph; From the bottome of the Denne, with Dan. 6.23. Daniel; From the Bellie of the Whale, with Ionas 2 10. Ionas: (All three, Types of Him.) There is His Ex.

Super.Now then, whither? From Death, to life: From shame, to glory: From a death of shame, to a life of glory. From the forme of a servant, in factus obediens; to the dignitie of a Soveraigne, in factus Dominus.

But will ye marke againe? For, Non sicut delictum, sic donum (saith he, els-where.) So here, not as His humbling, so was His exalting: but more. That, of His humbling, was dispatched in one verse.Rom. 5.15. This, of His exalting, hath no lesse then three. So the amends is large, three to one.

But, that is not it I meane: But this: Super is not thither onely, but above and be­yond it. From death to life: Nay, Super; more then so: Not to Lazaru's life, to die againe,Ioh. 1 [...].44. but to life immortall: ut vitam babeat, & abundantius habeat: That abun­dantius, Ioh. 10.10. is immortalitie. From shame to glory: onely that? Nay, Super, to the glory of the Father (that is) glory, that shall never fade, as all here shall. So, downe­ward,1. Pet. 1.4. it was but vsque, had his stint, so farre, and no farther: upward now, it is, Su­per, no stint, but higher and higher still.

Levit 23.10.This day is the feast of the first fruits. On it, He had no more, but the first fruits of His exalting. Ioh. 2.10. 2. Reg. 2.11. He was exalted, but with Iona's exaltation onely, from the lower parts, to the upper parts of the earth. But we shall follow Him higher, to the exaltation of [Page 473] [...]lias, Super, above the clouds: Nay, Super, above the Starres, above the Heavens, and the heavens of the heavens: till we have brought Him, from de profundis, to in [...]:, from the lowest parts of the earth, to the highest place in Heaven, even to the right hand of GOD. And higher, we cannot goe.

Will ye observe yet once more, a kinde of Omen or presage, of both these exaltings; and that, at the very time of His humiliation? For, even that His humiliation was acted, after the manner of an exalting (though in a meer mockerie.) For, to all their disgra­ces, they added this, of scorne: They lift Him up, upon His Crosse, for all the world,Iudic. 16.25. as the Philistines did Samson; set Him aloft▪ betweene the two pillers, to make sport at Him. This was His exaltation. And they gave Him a Name too, Pilate's title over His head;Mar. 15.16.19.18. And bowed their Knees; And cried, Ave Rex (a kinde of Confession.)

This, as they performed it, was grande ludibtium; but as GOD turneth it, it was grande mysterium. For, to earnest, GOD turneth both. A kinde of strife, there see­med to be: the lower they, the higher GOD: the more odious they sought to make Him; the more glorious, GOD: He Exalted His Person, in stead of the Crosse, to His owne high throne of Maiestie. And in stead of Pilate's title, gave Him a Title of true honour, above all the Titles in the world.

And this, for Super-exaltavit Ipsum: And so, I passe from the exalting of His person (the amends for Mortem.) And come to the exalting of His Name (the amends for Crucis, (in the latter part of the same verse.)

He gave him a Name. For, without a Name, what's exalting? Dedit Ei No­men. What is His Na­tivitie without an Epiphanie? For, to those two, may these two here well be compared. His Resurrection, is a very Nativitie. To it, doth Saint Paul apply the verse of the Psalme, Hodiè genuite, Acts 13. And this Name giving, Acts 13.33. is as the Epi­phanie, to make it, apparant and knowen to the world. And indeed, why are things exalted or lift up, but that they may be in view, and notice taken of them? So that, they which be exalted, seeme not so to be, till their so being be made publique, and, there goe a Name of it abroad in the world.

And sure, when men are so high, as higher they cannot be (as Kings) there is no other way to exalt them, left us, but this; to spread abroad, to dilate their names. Which every noble generous spirit had rather have, then any dignity, though never so high. For, being in their dignities, how farre will they venture; even to ieopard dignity, life and all: and all, but to leave a glorious Name-behinde them? That, To g [...]ve a Name, is even to exalt His very exaltation it selfe; and to make him, that is at the highest, higher yet.

A Name He gave Him: what Name? not (inter) among the famous names on earth; but (Super omne nomen) above them all. Heere is, Super upon Super: Super omne No­men. an­other Super to His Name, no lesse then His Person. That, above all Persons; and this, above all names whatsoever. And now, by this time, His exaltation is compleate, and not one (Super) to be added more.

This Name, is named in the verse, and it is the Name of IESVS. Of the giving first, And then of the Super of it.

Of the giving, three doubts arise. 1. How given Him, and others had it also? 2. How given now, and He had it before, even in the womb of his Mother?Dedit ei. 3. How given Him of grace, and yet He deserved it? Propter quod.

How is this Name said to be given Him,1. Others had it. Heb. 4.8. Agg. 1.1. (as some speciall dignitie) and others had it beside, and before Him? Iesus the Worthie, the sonne of Nun, Iesus the high Priest, the son [...]e of Iesedeck ( [...]o say nothing, of Iesus the sonne of Sirach.). They had it (it is true): but not given them by GOD, as He, by the month of the A [...] ­gell, God's deputy) But they, by men, had men to their God fathers. As, now,Matt. 1.21. we have a Sect o [...] Societie of Iesus: but they give themselves the Name: GOD never gave [...] He gave it heere, for humiliavit, a v [...]rtue they little [...]: For he that [...] but she [...] of it, in [...]psa, [...] meane to be of the Companie. Other [...], th [...].

[Page 474] [...] a Chris [...]. 1610. Zac. 8.23.I have before this, told you, of foure maine differences, betweene this Iesus, and all others. This one now, shall serve for all. All those Iesu's, and every one of them, had need of, and were glad, to layhold of the skirts of this Iesus, to be saved by Him: otherwise, they had beene falsely so called; lost men all. And so, will be willing, to resigne this Name to Him; that He, may beare it (at least) with a maine difference from them all.

Dedit [...]i. 2. He had it beforeBut what tell yee us of it, now, after the Resurrection? doe not we know, it was given Him, being yet in the wombe? It was so, but by a kinde of anticipation. For, it never had the perfect verifying, the full Christendome (as they say) till this day. Not yet full three dayes since, they upbraided Him with it: IESVS, a SAVI­OVR, A wise SAVIOVR,Mat. 27.42. and cannot save Himselfe! For, He seemed to perish then, to lose His life, in their sight: but, now, this a day taking it againe, He shewed, He did but lay it downe, Ioh. 10.18. He lost it not: He was not IESVS indeed, able to save himselfe: and able to save all those, that trust Him with their salvation. So; it was never in kinde till now:Heb. 5.9. but now, it was.

Dedit [...]i. 3. He did merit it.But, if He gave it Him, and [...] gave it Him, of grace: where is the merie then, the Propter quod we spake of, what is become of that? Safe enough, for all this. That, which is otherwise due, it may be so cheerefully parted with, as if it were a franke and free gift indeed.1. Cor. 7.3. The Apostle, els-where, hath taught us to ioyne debita and benevolentia, in one: They will stand together well enough.

In many things, we suffer slander by the Church of Rome: In this among many; as if we pinched at CHRIST's merit, and were loth, He should be allowed Him­selfe to merit ought, because of this [...], that foundeth all upon grace. Where­in, it is well knowne, take the most that can be made of it, and we say no other thing, then doe their owne Schoolemen. It is not gratia adoptionis, this; the grace of adop­tion (as in us) that is; here spoken of: It is gratia unionis, the grace of union. And that grace CHRIST had? For, seeing, in the humanity of CHRIST, there was not, there could not be, any possibility of merit, to deserve the uniting it selfe, or the being assumed into the God-head: To be so assumed, and so vnited, was that grace, we terme, the grace of vnion. Other grace, we know none in CHRIST. But be­ing once so vnited, there was in Him, to deserve, and deserve againe, and that, amply. Propter quod, might then be truly said of Him, every way.

Super omne, Above all names.This, for the giving. But now, how is this Name, said to be above all names? what, above the Name of GOD? We may say, with the Apostle, Where he faith, GOD did give it Him, it is manifest, He is excepted, that did give it Him. But we need not so say. For, this is one of GOD'S owne Names. I am (saith He) and beside me, there is no SAVIOVR.1. Cor. 15, 27.

Esa. 43.11.How is it then given Him: Accept vt home, quod h [...]bebat vt Deus. What, as GOD, He had; as Man, He received: With His nature, His Name; and the chiefe of all His Names, the Name of a SAVIOVR. For above all, it is: Above all, to Him; Above all, to us.

Above all to Him.To Him: for, though many Titles of the Deitie, sound and seeme, be more glo­rious; Yet, [...]e es [...]ed [...]s them all, not like this: Why? For no other reason, but that, they had not; [...] ho [...]os; and nostram sa [...]ut [...]m, in them. No Name He sets by; like that [...] wherein, with His glory, is ioyned, our safet [...]. And this, of all, He made choise of (as to Him, [...]) [...] accordingly esteeme of Him, that esteeme it above all, onely for our [...]alies.

Above [...] Acts 4.12.But howsoever, to H [...]: To [...] sure, above all. For no Name, d [...]e [...] hold b [...], No name vnder heaven, given us, whereby we may be sa [...]ed, but [...]. To us more [...]orth it! [...] all yea ( [...] [...]y) [...] [...]he very name of GOD. For, GOD [...];2. Cor. 5.19. without Hi [...], [...], and to us. [...] i [...] comfort in the Name of GOD; without it, none at all. The Name (s [...]ed which [...] of, above all. For it is the Na [...], which, i [...] the [...] all our distresse, by sinne or by misery, we even adiure Him by, ut rem nominis impleat, that he in [...] good [Page 475] His owne Name; shew, He beares it not for nought, and so, save us: That, He would never so remember our wretched sinnes, as that thereby to forget His owne blessed Name ▪ That Name specially, which He of all other most esteemeth: and so, of all other will least forget. To Him then, and to us both; it is Nomen super omne nomen. And, so let it be: even Suprema lex, Salus; and supremum nomen, Iesus. To save, the highest Law: And the Name of a Saviour, the Highest Name. Let it so be, let it ever stand Highest, and let no name whatsoever, get above it. And so, I come to the tenth verse.

That at the Name of IESVS, &c.Verse 10.

To give Him such a Name, is one gift: To give Him, that for such a one,At the Name of IESVS. it should be reputed and taken, is another: For, given it may be, on His part; and not acknowledged on ours. So that, this is a new degree.

That GOD, though He have so exalted it, yet reckons it not exalted, vnlesse we do our parts also, vnlesse our exaltation come too. At which words, comes in our duty: The part, that concernes us. Thus to esteeme it Super omne nomen, above all: And in signe we so doe, to declare as much. And there in, He leaves us not to our selves, but prescribes the very manner of our declaration, how He will have it: Name­ly, these two waies: The Knee to bow to it; the tongue to confesse it.

Now, these are outward acts, both. So then: first we are to set downe this,Knee & Tongue. for a ground; that the exalting of the soule within, is not enough. More is required by Him: more to be performed by us. He will not have the inward parts onely, and it skills not for the outward members, though we favour our Knees, and locke up our lippes. No: Mentall devotion will not serve: He will have, both corporall and vocall, to expresse it by.

Our body is to affoord her part, to His glory: And the parts of our body: And name­ly, these two, the Knee, and the Tongue. Not onely the upper parts, the Tongue in our head: but even the nether also, the Knee in our legge. The words be plaine, I see not how we can avoid them.

For the Knee, two things. 1. He would have it bow. 2.Knee bow. He would have it bow to His Name. Bow, first: For, what better way, or more proper, then by our humilitie 1 to exalt Him, who for His humilitie was exalted? Or what way more fit, to expresse our humilitie by, then by this signe of humblenesse? For, a speciall way it is of ex­alting, or making a thing high, by falling downe, and making our selves low be­fore 2 it. Then secondly, That GOD careth for our knees: will be served with them. Negatively; He will not have them 1. Reg. 19.18. bow to Baal. Positively; He will have them bow to Himselfe. Will ye beleeve Him, if He binde it with an oath? I have sworne (saith He) by my selfe, that every Knee shall bow to me. Esa. 45.23. And will ye make GOD for sworne? And it cannot be said, this is Old Testament: For even in the New, Rom. 14.11. these very words are applied to CHRIST, as meant to be fulfilled in, and to Him.

But, this here is the Text, is more strong: that, It is assigned Him (this honour) as a part of His reward, for Mortem Crucis. And shall we rob Him, or take from Hi [...] the reward of His Passion?

We begin our Liturgie every day, with the Psal. 95.6. Psalme: (and we had it from the Pri­mitive Church, they did beginne theirs with the same.) Wherein we invite our selves to it: Come, Let us worship, and fall downe, and kneele before the LORD our maker. Shall we ever say it, and never doe it? Is not this to mocke GOD?

FLEXIS GENI [...]VE Orantes Reges. David. Psal. 95.6. Salomon. 1. Ki [...]. [...].54. Ezechias. 2. Chr. 29.30. Prophetae. Daniel. Dan. 6.10. Esdra [...]. [...]s [...]. 9.5. Mica. Mic. [...]. Christus Ipse Luc. 22.41. Apostoli. Petrus. Act. 9.4. Paulus. Eph. 3.14 Jacobus. He go [...]p. 5 [...] pud Hi [...]. Sup [...].. Act. 7.60. Ecclesia. [...]. Ips [...] P [...] ­co [...] Act. 20.36.21.5. They in the Scripture, They in the [...] l. 5. c. 3. To [...]w. c [...]. Mar. 1. 3. c. 18. De [...]aro [...]. [...]el. Ath [...]a [...]. in Vitâ A [...]t [...], B [...]s [...]l, [...] Hi [...]r [...]m 2. [...] ad Ipsi. [...] de co [...] [...]. gerr [...]. c. 5. T [...]ph. Alex. Pasch. 2. C [...]s [...] Ar [...]. [...] 30. Primitive Church, did so; did bow. And verily, He will not have us worship Him like Elephants, as if we had no ioynts in our [Page 476] [...]nees; He will have more honour of men, then of the pillers in the Church. He will have us bow the knees. And let us bow them in GOD's Name.

Bow to His Name. To bow the Knee, And to His Name, to bow it. For, This is another prerogative. He is exalted, so whose Person, Knees doe bow: but He, to whose Name onely, much more.Acts 1.9. Psal. 16.2. But the cause, is heere otherwise. For, His Person is taken up out of our sight: all we can doe, will not reach vnto it. But, His Name, He hath left behind to us, that we may shew by our reverence and respect to it, how much we esteeme Him;Psal. 111.9. how true the Psalme shall be, Holy and reverend is His Name.

But if we have much adoe, to get it bow at all: much more shall we have, to get it done to His Name. 1. There be, that doe it not.

2. What speake I of not doing it? There be, that, not onely forbeare to do it them­selves, but put themselves, to an evill occupation, to finde faults where none is, and cast scruples into mens mindes, by no meanes to doe it.

3. Not to doe it at His Name? Nay at the holy Mysteries themselves, not to do it: Where, His Name is (I am sure) and more then His Name, even the body and bloud of our LORD IESVS CHRIST: And those, not without His soule: Nor that, without His Deitie: Nor all these, without in-estimable high benefits of grace, attending on them. And yet they, that would be glad and faine, a Pardon for this life,C [...]sa Ar [...]l. [...]. 30 or some other Patent, with all humilitie to receive upon their knees: This, so great, so high, so heavenly a Gift, they straine, and make dangerous, to bow their Knees to receive it: as if it were scarce worth so much. But, it hath ever beene the manner in CHRIST's Church, whether we Mat 2.11. offer to Him, Chrysost. hom. ad P [...]p. A [...]ioch. 61. Ambros. in Psa. 98. Iob. 3. c. 12. De Spir. S. Aug. in Ps. 22 & 8. & Epist. 120. c. 27. or receive ought offered from Him, in this wise to doe it.

But, to keepe us to the Name: This is sure, The words themselves are so plaine, as they are able to convince any mans conscience: And there is no Writer (not of the Ancient) on this place,Am [...]ros. Hexam. lib. 6. c. 9. Hiero. in Esa. 45. Cyril. in Esa. l. 4. c. 3 Theodor in Phil. 2. that I can finde (save he, that turned all into Allegories) but literally vnderstands it, and likes well enough we should actually performe it.

Yet will yee see, what subtilties are taken up, to shift this duty?

All Knees are called for, and all have not Knees. Heere are three rankes recko­ned: 1 and two of them have none. What is that to us? we have: To us, it is pro­perly spoken, and we to looke to it. And if this were ought, that the spirits in Hea­ven and Hell have no bodies, and so no Knees: Why, they have no Tongues neither properly, and then by the same rule, take away confessing too, and so doe nei­ther.

But the Apostle, 1. Cor. 13.1. that in another place, gives the Angells, tongues (with the tongues of men and Angels;) might aswell in this place, give them Knees: they hav [...] one, as much as the other. And in both places humanum dicit, he speakes to us, after the manner of men: Rom. 6.19. that we by our owne language, might conceive, what they doe. For, sure it is, the spirits of both kindes, as they doe yeeld reverence, so they h [...]ve their waies, and meanes, to expresse it; by somewhat, [...] to the Knee. They doe it, their way: we to doe it, ours. And this is ours: let us looke to our owne then, and not busie our braines about theirs. But for us, and for our sakes, they are divers times expressed in the Revelation, Reuel 4.10.5. [...].14.7.11. even doing thus, falling downe before Him.

2. The Name of IESVS.Secondly, why to this Name, more then to the Name of CHRIST? There want not reasons why.

CHRIST, is not, cannot be, the Name of GOD: GOD cannot be annoi [...]ed. But, I [...]SV [...] is the Name of GOD, and the chiefe Name of GOD (as we have heard.)

The name C [...]IST, is communicated, by Him to others, namely, to Princes: So is not IESVS that is proper: [...]. 4 [...].1 [...]. Ego sum, & praeter me non est alius. And ever, that which is proper, is above that which is holden in common.

CHRIST is annointed, to what end? to be our SAVIOVR. That is the end, then. And ever, the end is above the meanes: ever the name of health, above the name of any medicine.

[Page 477]B [...]t, [...]hen we finde expressely in the verse, this Name is exalted above all names, and this act, limited to it, in direct words; and so, this name above them, in this very peculiar: Why seeke we any further?

Thirdly, What? to the two syllables, or to the sound of them? What needs this?3 We speake of sound or syllables? The Text saith, doe it to the Name. The name is not the sound, but the sense. The caution is easie then, doe it to the sense; have minde on Him, that is named, and doe His Name the honour, and spare not.

Fourthly, But it cannot be denied, but there hath superstition beene vsed in it.4 Suppose there hath. And almost, in what not? In hearing of Sermons now, is there not superstition in a great many? What shall we doe then? Lay them downe? aban­don hearing, as we doe Kneeling? I trowe not; but remoove the superstition, and re­taine them still; Doe but even so heere, and all is at an end.

Indeed, if it were a taken-up-worship, or some humane iniunction; it might per­haps, be drawen within the case of the brazen Serpent. 2. Reg 1 [...] 4. But being thus directly set downe by GOD himselfe; in us, there may be superstition; in it, there can be none. And, if it be in us, we are to mend our selves, but not to stirre the act, which is of GOD'S owne prescribing. It was never heard in Divinity, that ever superstiti­on could abolish a duty of the Text.

That we set our selves to drive away superstition, it is well: But it will be well too, that we so drive it away, as we drive not, all reverent regard and decencie away with it also. And are we not well toward it? we have driven it from our head: for; we keepe on, of all hands: And from our Knees; for, Kneele we may not: we vse not (I am sure.) Sure, heed would be taken, that by taking heed, we prove not superstitious, we slip not into the other extreame, before we be aware: Which, of the two ex­treames, Religion worse endureth; as more opposite vnto it. For, beleeve this, as it may be superstitiously vsed; so it may irreligiously be neglected also.

Looke to the Text then, and let no man perswade you, but that GOD requireth a reverent cariage, even of the body it selfe: And namely, this service of the Knee; And that, to His Sonne's Name. Ye shall not displease Him by it, feare not: Feare this rather, for the Knee, if it will not bow; that it shall be stricken with somewhat, that it shall not be able to bow. And for the Name, that they; [...]hat will do no honour to it; when time of need comes, shall receive no comfort by it. And so I leave this point.

For, the Knee is no [...] all: He further requires somewhat, from the Tongue. And,The [...] reason: That member, of all other, the Psalmist cals our glory: a peculiar, we have more then the beasts: They, will be taught to bow, and bend their ioynts: We have Tongues besides, to doe something more, then they. And indeed, the Knee is but a dumbe acknowledgement; doth but signifie implicitè: but, a vocall confession, that doth vtter our minde plainely. And so, is looked for, at our hands.

This he calls, [...]. Three things are in it. First, [...]: speake we must,To [...] say somewhat. And secondly, [...]: doe it together; not, some spea [...]e, and some sit mute. And thirdly, [...] speake out, not whispering, or betweene the teeth; but clearely and audibly. And this is [...]. And it was the praise of the Primitive Church, this, that iointly they did it, and alowd: that their Amen (as Saint Hierome saith) was like a clap of thunder; And their Allelluja, as the roring of the Sea: And, no praise it is to us; who, as our ioynts are stiffe to bow, so our voyces are hoarse to confesse. We can neither see the former; nor scarce heare the latter: as if (there beeing but two duties in the Text) we meant to suppresse them both.

The Knee, and the Tongue: Why the Knee first? why begins he there? [...]. They be marshalled right. For, having by our Knee bowed, put our selves in minde of due regard of Him in feare and reverence; we are then the fitter to speake of Him, and to Him, with that respect is meete: And, not be so homely with Him, as in their gesture and speech both, some are: as if they were haile fellow, even familiar with GOD. And all (forsooth) as they call it, to cast out the spirit of bondage. From a heart possessed with the humble feare of GOD, from such a heart, Confession, is over most kindly: Faith being, as the heart; and feare being as the lungs; (so the Fa­thers [Page 478] compare them:) It will get an heate, and an over-heate (our faith;) if by feare, at coole ayre, it be not tempered: But, faith and feare together, make the blessed mixture.

[...] Knee. Every Tounge.The Tongue and every Tongue; as the Knee, and every Knee: they to bow all, and these all to confesse. 1. Revel 4.10. Luk 2.14. Revel 1 5.3.4.8.5.9. But for all that, not all alike. They, in heaven, cast downe their crownes, and fall downe themselves of their owne accord: And confesse: Him, singing, as at His birth, and in the Revelation divers times. They, vnder the earth doe it too, but not vltrò, are throwen downe, [...]nd even made his foot-stoole. So; downe they goe, though sore against their wills: And confesse Him too, though roaring, and as it were upon the racke.2. Psal. 110 1. Mark. 9.26. They, on Earth (as in the midst) partake of both. The better sort, with the Angels, get them to their Knees, gladly; and cheerefully confesse Him: The rest (as Infidels,3. Iohn 18.6. Revel 16.10. and some Christians little better) are forced to fall backward, and made in the end to crie Vicisti Galilaee, though they gnaw their Tongues when they have done.

So, we see our lot: One way, or other, we shall come to it, all: if not now, in die illo: Which is the reason, that Rom. 14.11. the Apostle applieth this place in Esay, to CHRIST's sitting in Iudgement, at the latter day. Exalted, He shall be, with our good wills; or whether we will or no. Either fall on our Knees now; or be cast flat on our faces then: Either confesse Him Cantando, with Saints and Angels, or vlulan­do, with divells and damned spirits. For, the Father will be glorified in the Sonne, by the glorious Confession, of them that yeeld; or the glorious confusion, of them that stand out.

Every Tongue.The Tongue, and every Tongue: that is, every Speach, Dialect, Idiome, Language, in the world, stand charged with this Confession. Omnis spiritus, every spirit to give breath;Psal. 150 vlt. and Omnis Lingua, every Tongue, to be as a Trumpet, to sound it forth. And, where are they then, that denie any Tongue the facultie here granted; Or barre any of them the duty here enioyned? That locke up the publique Confession (the chiefe of all other) in some one Tongue or two, and send foorth their Supersedeas to all the rest? No, His Title heere, hath more Tongues then Pilate's on the Crosse: That, had but three; this, hath every Tongue, what, where, whose-soever, none except. A Praeludium whereof, was in the Ton [...]es sent from Heaven, whereby, every Nation vnder Hea­ven, Acts 2.6. heard, each in their owne Tongue spoken, Magnalia Dei, the glad tidings of the Gospell.

Confesse that IESVS CHRIST is the LORD.But, though thus many Tongues, yet one Confession. Even this: that IESVS CHRIST is the LORD. And, a blessed Confession is it (this) that IESVS (that is) a SAVIOVR, that He, that such a one, is the LORD: that not a fleecer, or a flaier, but a SAVIOVR, hath the place. 2. That CHRIST (that is) one which saveth, and cureth vnctione, non punctione, with annointing, not with fearing or pricking, that we acknowledge Him, to be the Lord. Lord: before, by that He is Sonne: And now Lord againe, by vertue of His Proper quod.

Lord, whereof? Nay not qualified, of such a Place, Baronie, Countie, Segniorie, but Lord in abstracte. But, if we will qualifie Him, we may. Lord of these three rankes of Confessors (here in the Verse) and of those three places and Regions, that con­teine them:Matt. 16.19. 1. Lord of heaven, He gave the Keyes of it: 2. Lord of earth: He hath the Key of David (and,Revel 37. if of His, of every Kingdome else:) 3. Lord of hell, for, lo, the Keyes of Hell and Death, Apoc. 1.18. Of Death, to unlocke the graves; Of Hell, to locke up the old Dragon, and his crew, into the bottomelesse pit. A great Lord: For, whither shall one goe,Revel 20 3. to get out of His dominion?

Well, if it be but to confesse this, that is no great matter, we will not sticke with Him; who cannot say, Iesus CHRIST is the Lord? That can no man (saith the Apostle) say it, 1. Cor. 12.3. as it should be said, but by the Holy Ghost. For, confessing Him Lord, we confesse more things by Him, then one. For, two things goe to it. 1. Saint Peter gives us one;Matt. 14.30. Acts 9.6. 2. Saint Paul, the other. 1 Domine salva, pereo, saith Saint Peter. Save Lord, I sinke: A Lord to save 2. Domine quid me vis facere? saith Saint Paul. Lord what service wouldest thou I should doe? A Lord, to serve.

[Page 479] Saint Peter's, we like well; to succour and save us, when we are in any danger: He shall heare of us, then. But Saint Paul's Quid me vis facere? when it comes to that, then our confession fumbles, and sticks in our teeth: Nay, then,Psal. 12.4. Quis est Dominus no­ster? we have no LORD (we) then. So, we play fast and loose, with our confession; fast, at succor, loose at service; in, at one, out, at the other?

But what speake I of doing His will? when, if He doe not ours, in each respect; if we have not this or that when we would, we fall from confessing, and fall to murmu­ring. And it fareth with us, not as if He were Lord, and we to doe His will: but as if, we (indeed) were the Lords, and He to doe ours: As if, there were nothing be­tweene us and Him, but He to doe our turnes, and then Tu autem Domine, His Lord­ship were expired and at an end.

Vpon the point, thus it is: we confesse it, the wrong way; the Lord to be Iesus: but not, Iesus to be the Lord. O Lord be Iesus: but not, O Iesus be Lord. O Lord be Iesus to save us: but not, O Iesus be Lord, to command us. So that, all our humiliavit still, is without factus obediens.

Ye see then, it is worth the while, to confesse this, as it should be confessed. In this wise none can doe it, but by the Holy Ghost. Otherwise, for an Ore tenus onely, our owne ghost will serve well enough. But that, is not it. Quid me vis facere? is it, that makes the Lord. He tels us so Himselfe, and with a kind of admiration, that any should thinke otherwise: How call ye me Lord (saith He) and doe not as I will you? Luk. 6.46. As much to say, as, It is to no purpose, though you say Domine, Domine, double it, and treble it too, it will goe for no confession, if a factis negant come in the necked of it: if,Matt. 7.21. Tit. 1.16. Saint Paul's Quid me vis facere? be left out.

And this, is yet more plaine, by the last words of all. Namely,Confesse to the glory of GOD the Father. that this confession is so to be made, as it redound to the glory of GOD the Father. Whose great glory, it is, that His sonne is Lord of such servants: That men shall say, See what ser­vants He hath! how full of reverence to His Name! how free, how forward to doe His will! Herein is His Name much magnified. As on the other side, it must needs be evill spoken of, and that among the very heathen, when, not a Knee, Rom. 2.24. got to bow; when this syllable (LORD) comes out of our mouth, but no Quid me vis facere? to follow it. When they see, how vn-service-like, our service is; how rude, our behaviour toward Him, and his Name, whom we terme Lord (indeed) but vse Him, nothing so. But, come hither into His presence, and carie our selves here, for all the world, as the fellow did before Augustus, of whom, Mecaenas well said: Hic homo erubescit timere Caesarem. And so, we: as if we were ashamed, to seeme to beare any reverence, at all, to Him, or His Name. It would not be thus. I am privie, there is no one thing, doth more alien those, that of a simple minde refuse the Church, then this; that they see so vnseemely behaviour, so small reverence shewed this way. But sure, the Apostle tels us, our cariage there, should be such, so decent, as if a stranger, or vnbeleever should come into our assemblies, the very reverence He there seeth, should make him fall downe, and say, Verily GOD is among us; to see us,1 Cor. 14.25. so respectively beare our selves, in the manner of our worship.

This Confession that Iesus is the Lord, is to be, to the glory of GOD the Father: IESVS is the Lord, to the glory of GOD the Father. So we take it one way. Or, this Confession is to be, that Iesus is the Lord to the glory of GOD the Father: so another way. And both well. To confesse: that He is the Lord, that all His Lordship is, not to His owne glory; but to His Father's. Thinke not then, that Gloria filio, shall abate ought of Gloria Patri. The Sonne is Lord, to the glory of His Father, and not otherwise. Let that feare then be farre from us, that in exalting the Sonne, we shall in the least minute eclipse the glory of His Father. Here is no feare of emulation, that it will prove the case, of Iupiter and Saturne. No, so blessed is the accord of this Father, and this Sonne, as the Father thinketh it some blemish to His glo­ry, it so profound humilitie, so complete obedience, He had not seene highly rewarded, with Super upon Super. And the Sonne, will admit of no glory, that shall impaire His Fa­ther's in the least degree: For loe, He is Lord to the glory of God His Father. This, is the end of His (of CHRIST's:) And the same may be the end of all Exaltations; [Page 480] that a SAVIOVR ever may be LORD, hold that place: and hold it, and be Lord, not to His owne, but to the Glory of GOD, even GOD the Father.

The conclu­sion. Matt. 11.26. Ioh. 13.15. Luk. 2.12.The end of all: And, we must needs know and take that, with us; for which, all this heere is brought. And it is a Lesson; even, His Discite a me: and it is a Paterne; even, His Exemplum dedi vobis, to commend vnto us, the vertue of the Text; the Prop­ter quod of the Feast; even Humilitie: Hoc erit signum, it is His signe at Christmas: As His signe then, so His Propter quod now, at Easter. So, the vertue of both Feasts: I will offer you but three short points touching it.

1. Humiliavit.It is no humble man is set before us here, it is the Sonne of GOD, and Himselfe GOD: Et quomodo non humiliatur homo, coram humili Deo? How is not the Sonne of man humble, CHRIST'S Person. and the Sonne of GOD is? Even for Him, to love it; for His very Person.

2. Worke.And, in this vertue, He is not barely set out to us, but in it, and by it, bringing to passe the worke of our redemption: Which, cannot but extraordinarily commend this vertue to us; in that it hath pleased GOD, to doe more for us, in this His Humili­tie, Ioh. 10.38.14.11. then ever He did, in all His Maiestie: even, to save and redeeme us by it. To love it then; if not for Him, yet for the worke's sake.

3. Reward.But specially (which is the third) for the Propter quod, in the Text: if not for the worke, yet for the Reward's sake. That, as CHRIST, was no loser by it, no more shall we: For, all this Glory here, the way to it, is, by the first verse. Humiliavit, is the beginning, and the end of it is Exalting. That, the mother; this the daughter: all riseth from Humiliavit ipse se. Iames 4.10. 1. Pet. 5.6. Humiliamini ergo, saith Saint Iames: Humiliamini ergo, saith Saint Peter; and after it there followeth still, & exaltabit vos Deus, a promise of a like glorious end. And what saith the Apost [...]e here? This minde (saith he) was in CHRIST;Verse 5. and it was [...], a wise mind: That, we count it a wise minde, and worth the carying, and carie it; and it shall carie us, to the same iourneys end, it brought Him: even to the glory of GOD the Father. This for Humilitie.

Obediens Do­mino.And what? Shall we not give some light triall, of our Obedience also, to averre our Confession, that, He is our Lord? It would be, by, Domine, quid nos vis facere? (that is the true triall.) Say then, Domine quid nos vis facere? And, He will answer us; Hoc fa­cite in Mei memoriam. Will ye know, what I would have you doe? Doe this, in re­membrance of Me: In signe that I am Lord, doe but this: Here is a case of instance, and that now; even at this very present, a proofe to be made. By this, we shall see, whe­ther He be Lord or no. For, if not this; but slip the collar here, and shrinke away: Si rem grandem dixisset, 2. Reg. 5.13. in a farre greater matter, how would we stand with Him, then? We were wrong before, here is the sound and syllables (we spake of) here it is. For, all is but sound and syllables, if, not this.

But of us, I hope for better things, that by our humble cariage, and Obedience (at least,Heb. 6.9. in this) we will set our selves, some way to exalt Him, in this His day of Exalta­tion: Which, as it will tend to His glory; so will He turne it to matter of our glory: and that, in His Kingdome of glory: or (to keepe the word of the Text) in the glory of GOD the Father. That so we may end, as the Text ends. A better, or more blessed end there cannot be. And, to this blessed end, He bring us, that by His Humilitie and Obedience, hath not onely purchased it for us: but set the way open, and gone it before us, IESVS CHRIST the Righteous, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the IX. of April, A. D. MDCXV. being EASTER DAY.

IOHN. CHAP. II. VER. XIX

Respondit IESVS & dixit, Solvite Templum hoc, & in tribus diebus excitabo illud.

IESVS answered and said, Dissolve (or, destroy) this Tem­ple, and within three days I will rayse it up againe.

HE answered and said this, to the Pharisees. Who sought a Signe of Him (the Verse next before.)The Occasion A Signe. Vers. 18. A Signe they would have; And (He tells them) a Signe they should have. Themselves, should minister Him occasion, to shew a Signe; the like was never shewen. For, destroy Him they should (His bodie, so) and He within three daies, would raise it againe, from death to life.

But this Answere of His,The speech. figurative. is a figurative speech, and runnes under the termes of the Tem­ple. The reason whereof was: they were then in the Temple; there fell out this Ques­tion. And (as it appeareth in the Verses before) much adoe there hath been be­tween them, and that a long time, about the Temple.

Now, His manner still was; the Place, the Time, the Matter in hand, ever to frame the Tenour and termes of His speech, according to them. And so, now being in the Temple, He takes His termes from thence; Even from the Tem­ple.

But He doth (as I may say) Solvere Templum hoc, The figure in­terpreted. Vers. 2 [...]. loose and [...] this terme for us: For (within a Verse) we are told, this Temple is no other, then the Temple of [Page 482] His bodie. (Now the rest followes of it selfe.) The Solvite, is a taking Him in [...]oder, His soule from His bodie: The excitabo, is the setting them togither, and raising them up againe. And both these, within three dayes (the onely word in the Text, wherein there is no figure.)

How a Sign in the true sense.And this now was His Signe. And a great Signe it was. Great, even in their sense, if it had been, but of the Pile of Building (as they tooke the word Temple.) But grea­terfar, far another manner Signe in His sense, in the true.

For, as for that Temple, Zorobabel, and Herod had raised it: and other great Per­sons, as great Buildings as that. But, the Temple of the bodie, if that were once down, all the Temple builders that ever were, with all their care and cost could never get it up more. Therefore, in His (in CHRIST'S sense) it is farr the greater signe, then as they phanfied it.

Indeed, so great a Signe, as he, that was in hell fire, could not devise, nor did not desire a greater.Luc. 16.30. If but Lazarus, if but one come from the dead: then; then regard him: That signe, out of question. Why, heer is one come from the dead, and this day come, and a greater then Lazarus: I trust then, we will regard Him, we will regard this signe, and not be worse, then he in hell was. Let vs then regard it.

The Division.The ground of the signe (and of all heer) is Templum hoc. About it, two maine Acts, they shew forth themselves: The razing of it downe, in Solvite; The raising. of it up, in Excitabo. These in figure. Answerable to these, This Temple, is Christ's bodie. The razing it downe, is CHRIST crucified and slaine. The raising it up, is Chri [...] restored to life.

Of which two (to divide it by the Persons) Solvite is their part: Excitabo, His. That, His Passion by their act (Solvite:). This, His Resurrection, by His owne, (Excitabo.)

Now, this (He saith) shalbe done: And saith further, shall not be long in doing: No longer then three dayes. And within the compasse of the time limited He did it: For, this is now the third day; And to day, by Sun-rising, it was done.

I So upon the matter, there come to be handled these foure points. 1. That Christ's II III bodie is Templum hoc. 2. The dissolution of it by death, in Solvite. 3. The rea­ring IV it up againe by His resurrection, in Excitabo. 4. The time to doe it in, three dayes.

By which circumstance of three dayes, and this day the third of them, commeth this time, to claime a kind of propertie in this passage of Scripture. And that, two waies.

For first: at this Feast, were these words heer spoken: (you may see, they were so, at the thirteenth verse before: at the Feast of Easter.)

And secondly: at this Feast againe, were they fullfilled after: the Solvite, three dayes since; the Excitabo, this very day. So, at this Feast, the promise, and at the very same, the accomplishment of it. The accomplishment, once: the memoriall, ever.

Being then, at this very time, thus spoken and done: Spoken, heer now, done, three yeares after: Being (I say) spoken, and done, and at this time spoken and done; Neverso fit as now.

I. The two sen­ses of Templ [...] [...]oc. Ver. 20. Solvite Templum hoc, Templum hoc, we begin with. It is a borrowed terme. But we cannot misse the sense of it. For, both are set downe heer to our hand: the wrong sense, and the right. The wrong (the next verse of all) for the materiall Temple. So the Pharisees tooke it, and mis-tooke it. The right (the next Verse after) [Page 483] for the Temple of His body. So, they should have taken it. For so He meant it:Ver. 21. Ipse autem dicebat &c But He spake of the Temple of His Body. And He know his owne meaning best; and reason would, should be His own Interpreter.

And this meaning of His, it had been no hard matter for them to have hitt on: but they came but a byrding, but to catch from Him some advantage, and so were willing to mistake Him. As, this they caught as an advantage (we see) and layd it up for a raynie day, and three yeares after, out they came with it, and framed an Inditement upon it, as if, He had meant to have destroyed their Temple. Mat. 26.61. Mar. 14.58. The Pharisees sense could not be true. Ver. 18.

But was it likely, or could it once be imagined, He meant to destroy it? It was GOD'S house, And the zeale of God's house (but even a verse before) consumed Him. And doth His zeale now (like the zeale of our times) consume God's house? What, and that so quickly? but a Verse between? But even very now, He purged it: And did He purge it to have it pulled downe? That were preposterous. Now it was pur­ged, pull it downe? Nay pull it downe, when it was polluted: Now it is cleansed, let it stand. To reforme Churches, and then seeke to dissolve them, wilbe counted a­mong the errours of our Age. CHRIST was farr from it. He that would not see it abused, would never endure to have it destroyed; specially, not, when He had reformed the abuses: And yet more specially, not even presently upon it (they might be sure.)

But, that, which must needs lead them to the right meaning, was: that, these words (Templum hoc) He could not say them, but, by the manner of His uttering them, by His very gesture, at the delivery of this particle (hoc) they must needs know what Temple it was, He intended. It was easy to marke, whither He carried His hand, or cast His eye up to the fabrique of it; or, whither He bare them, to His bodie: Which one thing onely, was enough to have resolved them of this point, and to quit our Saviour of aequivocation.

We will then wayve theirs as the wrong meaning, And take it (as he wisheth,The true sense. Chap. 13.23. who leant on his breast and best knew His minde) of the Temple of His bodie.

But what resemblance is there, between a bodie and a Temple? 1. A Bodie, a Temple. Ver. 16. or how can a bodie be so termed? Well enough: For, I aske, why is it a Temple? What makes it so? Is it not, because it is Domus Patris mei (as He said, a little before) because GOD dwel­eth there? For, as that, wherein man dwells, is a house: So, that, wherein GOD, is a Temple properly. That (I say) wherein; be it place, or be it bodie. So come we to have two sorts of Temples; Temples of flesh and bone, as well as Temples of lime and stone. For, if our bodies be termed houses, because our soules (tenant wise) abide and dwell, in them; If, because our soules dwell, they be houses; if GOD doe so, they be Temples; why not? Why not?1. Cor. 6.1 [...]. why know yee not this (saith the Apostle) that your very bodies (if the Spirit of GOD abide in them) eo ipso, Temples they be (such as they be?) But then they be so specially, when actually we imploy them in the ser­vice of GOD. For, being in His Temple, and there serving Him, then, if ever, they be Templa in Templo, Living Temples in a Temple without life. A bodie then, may be a Temple: Even this of ours.

And if ours, these of ours (I say) in which,2. CHRIST's body a Temple. Col. 2.9. the Spirits of God dwelleth onely by some gift or grace: with how much better right (better infinitely) His bodie (Christ's) in whom the whole God-Head, in all the fulnesse, of it dwelt corporally? Corporally: (I say) and not Spiritually alone (as, in us:) By nature; by personall union: not (as, in us) by grace, and by participation of it, onely. Againe, if ours, which we suffer oft to be polluted with sinne, that many times they stand shutt up, and no service in them for a long season togither; how much more His, that never was defiled with any the least sinne, never shut but continually taken up, and wholly imployed in His Father's ser­vice? His, above all exception; His, without all comparison, certeinly. Alas, ours but Fathers ac [...]es under goat skinns; His, the true, the Marble, the Cedar-Temple: in [...]en [...] in CHRIST'S bodie then, a Temple.

But, a Temple at large, will not serve: It must be Templum hoc, that very Temple, 3. Christ's body. This T [...]le, or [...]. they too heat for. And so we to proceed yet further, and to seeke a congruitie of [Page 484] His bodie with the materiall Temple (it was taken for) to which, there is no doubt, His intent was to resemble it.

The Rabbins, in their Speculative Divinitie, doe much busy themselves, to shew, that, in the T [...]mple, there was a modell of the whole world, and that all the Sphaeres in heaven, and all the Elements in earth were recapitulate in it. They were wide. The Fathers tooke the right, and bestowed their time and travaile more to the point: to shew, how, that Temple and all that was in it, was nothing els, but a compendious representation of CHRIST, for whom, and in whose honour, was that and all other true Temples. And this they did by Warrant, from the Apostle, who (in Heb. IX.) aimeth at some such thing.Heb. 9.5.

Christ's bodie & Templum hoc wherein like.Now the points of congruitie, they found, were many, they may be reduced to these foure. 1. Whither you looke to the composition or parts of it. 2. Or, to the furniture, and vessells of it. 3. Or, to what was done in it. 4. Or, to what was done to it (that is) what, first and last, befell it. In all which, they hold, that Tem­plum hoc might more truely be affirmed of Him, that was in the Temple; then of the Temple, He was in.

The last of the foure (what was done to that Temple, what befell it, and so what be­fell the Temple of Christ's bodie) that (I take) to be most proper to this Text, and to that we have in hand. (For, to goe through all foure, would take up a whole sermon.) So, I take my selfe to the Congruitie onely.

Marke then what befell either: by that, shall you best find, that Fata utriusque Tem­pli, the destinies of both Temples were alike.

Psal. 132.6. Mat. 2.1. Like in Solvite, & excitabo.They began alike. The first newes of the Temple was heard at Ephrata (which is Bethlehem.) So was it of Him; for, there was He borne.

Like, in their beginnings: and in their ends, no lesse. I appeale to this Text, and content me with those two, He insists on Himselfe. Both were destroyed, both were reared againe; that in all things, His Bodie, and His Temple might be suitable.

2 Chro. 36.19. Psal. 137.7.That Temple was destroyed by the Chaldees; downe with it even unto the ground. Imitated by them heer: downe with it, even into the ground. For they never left, till they had Him there: past Excitabo (as they thought) past rising any more. But, as the Temple, Agge. 1.14. after it was so razed, had an Excitabo; was raised againe up by Zorobabel: So was this too. Solvite, tooke place: but, there came an Excitabo after, that made amends for it. And, as the glorie of the second House, was greater, then the first: So the estate,Agge 2.10. He rose to, farr more glorious then that, He was in before.

And marke (I pray you) if these two were not to be seen as brim, in the little glas­ses about it, as in the great Mirrour it selfe. For, the Temple was as a great Mirrour, and the furniture, as so many little glasses round about it. Take but the Arke (the Epitome as it were of the Temple.) The two Tables in it, the type of the true treasures of Wisedome & Knowledge hid in Him:Col. 2.3. Exod. 32.19.34.4. they were broken first, there is Solvite; but they were new hewen, and written over againe, there is excitabo. The Pot of Manna (a perfect resemblance of Him; the Vrna, or the vessell being made of earth, so earth­ly; The Manna, the contents of it, being from heaven, so heavenly:) The Manna (we know) would not keepe past two daies at the most,Exod. 16.20.24. Exod 16 32. there is Solvite: but, being putt into the Vrna, the third day it came againe to it selfe, and kept in the Pott without pu­trifying ever after; there is Excitabo· Aaron's rod (the type of His Priesthood and of the rule of soules annexed to it) that Rod, Num. 17.8. was quite dead and drie; but revived a­gaine & blossomed, yea brought forth ripe Almonds. In every and in each of them, His destinie whom they represented; Solvite and Excitabo in all.

But, the End is all in all; and in respect of that (of the end) well saith Ambrose, of His bodie, Verè Templum, in quo nostrorum est purificatio peccatorum. Truly a Temple He, no Temple ever so truely, as wherein was offered up the true propitiation for, and the true purification of our sinnes; and of us from them: which is the end of all Tem­ples that ever were or shall be; and was but shaddowed in all besides, but in this truly performed.

There, the onely true Hol [...]caust of His entire obedience, which burnt in Him bright [Page 485] and cleare, from the first to the last, all His life long.

There, the onely true Trespasse-offering of His Death and Passion (the Solvite of this Temple) satisfactorie to the full, for all the trespasses and transgressions of the whole world.

There, the Meat-and-drinke-offering of His blessed Bodie and most precious blood.

And the Exta of this sacrifice, the fat of the entrailes of it, that is the Love where­with He did it; the desire, the longing desire He had to it; that, that,Luc. 12.50.22.15. Col. 1.20. was the perfect Offering, that sett at one all things both in heaven and earth. That, what ever was Sub figurâ in Templo illo, was really and in truth exhibited in Templo hoc.

And iudge now, whither the Signe were not well layd by our SAVIOVR in the Temple, which was it selfe a Signe of Him. And whither, as He sayd in a place, Ecce maior Templo hîc: So He might not have sayd Ecce maius Templum hîc, Mat. 12.6. when He was in the Temple; Behold, a greater, a truer Temple now, in the Temple, then the Temple it selfe.

Now to the second maine point, Solvite. II a Solvite, the saying. a The saying it first, b The executing it after. The Solvite, and the Solutum est.

1. First, by Solvite (that is) dissolving, is meant death. Phil. 4.23. Cupio dissolvi, ye know,1 S [...]lvi [...]e, Death a loosing. what that is: And T [...]mpus dissolutionis meae instat, the time of my dissolution (that is my death) is at hand. For, death, is a very dissolution: a loosing the caement, the soule,2. Tim 4.6. and bodie are held togither with. Which two, as a frame or fabrique, are compa­ginate at first; and after, as the timber from the lime, or the lime from the stone, so are they taken in sunder againe. But death, is not, this way onely, a loosing; but a further then this. For upon the loosing the soule from the bodie, and life from both, there followes an universall loosing, of all the bonds and knotts, heer: of the Fa­ther from the Sonne; and otherwhile, of the Sonne from the Father first: Of Man from Wife, of friend from friend, of Prince from people: So great a Solvite is death; makes all, that is fast, loose: makes all knotts flye in sunder.

2. And all this in naturall death. But a further matter there is in Solvite. 2 Solvite Violent. For that is against nature, alijs solventibus, by the hands of other, that are the Solventes (them, to whom this is spoken.) This Temple, dropps not downe for age, or weakenesse; dis­solves not of it selfe: Others (they to whom, Solvite is heer sayd) they, pull it downe. It is then no naturall, but a violent death, this. Well therefore turned (Solvite destroy it:) there is no destruction, but with force or violence.

3. So violent though, on theirs; as voluntarie yet, on His part.3 Solvite Valuntarie. Not against His will quite, not by constraint: For, He Himselfe, that is to be dis [...]olved, He it is, doth heer say Solvite. He could have avoyded it, if He would; He would not: In signe He would not (we see) Himselfe saith Solvite. And Solvite He must have sayd; He must have sayd it, or they could not have done it. It had passed all their cunning and strength, to have undone this knott ever, but that He gave way to it.

4. Gave way to it (I say) that we take not this Solvite otherwise, then He meant it. It is not of the nature of a charge, this; nor we, so to conceive it. Very expedient it is, that we know the nature of Solvite Templum.

Solvite Templum is no Commaundement (be sure) in no sense;2 Solvite Tem­plum No com­maundement. Rom. 2.17 He commaunds not any Temple; not that, they themselves meant, to be destroyed; It were Sacrilege that, and no better. And Sacrilege the Apostle rankes with Idolatrie; as being full out as evill, if not worse then it.

But indeed worse: for, what Idolatrie but pollutes, Sacrilege pulls quite downe. And easier it is, to new hallow a Temple polluted; then, to build one anew, out of an heape of stones.

And if, but to spoyle a Church, be sacrilege: (as, it is graunted:) yet, that leaves somewhat; at least, the walls and the roofe (so it be not lead:) To leave nothing, but downe with it, is the cry of Edom, the worst cry, the worst sacrilege, of all:Psal. 137.7 and never [Page 486] given in charge by GOD, to any (we may be sure.)

1. Reg. 8.18. 2. Chron. 6.8.For, GOD himselfe, said to David with his owne mouth, Whereas it was in thine heart, to build me an House; thou didst well, that thou wast so minded. Didst well? well done, to thinke of building? then, à sensu contrario, Evill done, to thinke of dis­solving. And, that which is evill, CHRIST will never enjoigne.

But, what is to be thought of Solvite Templum, I would have you, to judge by these two (they be both in the Text.) 1. To whom this is spoken. 2. And what is meant by it.

1 To whom Solvite Tem­plum is layd.1. To whom, this is spoken: Distingue Tempora, is a good Rule; So is, Distin­gue Personas. Distinguish the persons then, give every one his owne, it will make you love Solvite Templum the worse, as long as you know it. Solvite? To whom is this spoken? who be they? The Pharisees. To them, is this speech directed. That, is made their worke, work for a Pharisee, to dissolve Churches. And so it was. For, as whote and holy as they seemed,Matt. 23.5.14.17. with their broad phylacteries & long prayers, our SAVIOVR saith; they loved the gold of the Temple, better then the Temple. So doe their posterity, to this day. To the Pharisees then with them; to their marrowes: that would faigne heare Solvite, given in charge. The other person, is CHRIST: CHRIST's word and worke both, is excitabo: Excitator Templorum He, a Raiser of them; a Rayser of them, when they be downe (we see heere.) They will not let them stand when they be up. CHRIST, he setts them up, for His part: When you will have them downe, you must bespeake some Pharisee: And they will doe it, leviter rogati. For, as His speech to them, is Solvite, & excitabo; So, theirs to Him may seeme to be, Excita, & solvemus. Set up, as many as He will, they will downe with them; first with Templum hoc, then with Templum illud; and so, one after another (if they may have their will:) they lacke but one, to give the Solvite to them, and to set them on worke. Distingue per­sonas then, And they, to whom Solvite is said, are but bad persons certainly, and fit for a bad businesse.

What is meant by Sol­vite Templum.2. Will ye marke againe, what is meant heere by it, by destroying the Temple? what, but even the killing of CHRIST? Now the suiting and sorting of these two thus, hath but an evill aspect neither: but, this worse then the former, though. And, I wish but this one point well printed in all mens minds. Solvite Templum: quid vult dicere? Solvite Templum (id est) Occidite CHRISTVM: that he, that goes about to dissolve the Church, it is all one, as if he went about to make away CHRIST. One of these is implied under the other. Enough (I thinke) to take of the edge of any that are glad to heare, and ready to catch Solvite Templum out of CHRIST's mouth, but quite besi [...]s His meaning. For His meaning was (And it was one spe­ciall end of CHRIST's comparing His body to the Temple;) to shew, He would have us so to make account of the Temple, and so to vse it, as we would His owne very bodie: And to be as far from destroying one; as we would be, from the other. This may suffice, to let you know the nature of Solvite Templum once for all, that you be not mistaken in it.

3 Solvite Tem­plum hoc. Not by way of commandement.3. Of Solvite Templum (I say:) But now, to come to Solvite Templum hoc, to the Temple of His bodie. Concerning it; that it should enter into any mans heart, to thinke, CHRIST would open His mouth to command, or to counseile His owne making away; (that is, the committing the most horrible soule murther that ever was) GOD forbid. It was a sinne, out of measure sinfull, t [...]at, if ever any were. And give me any Religion, rather then that, that draweth GOD into the societie of sinne: makes Him, or makes CHRIST, either Author or Adviser, Commander or Counseilor, of ought that is evill. Eny (I say) rather then that.

But by way of praediction.1. How then? if no command, what is it? All that can be made of it (say the Antient Fathers) is, but either, a prediction (in the style of the Prophets) Come downe Babel;Esay 47.1. (that is) Babel shall be brought downe: So Solvite, ye shall destroy; to warne them, what He saw, they were now casting about, and whither their malice would carry them in the end,Act. 7.52. even to be the destroyers and muderers of the SONNE of GOD.

[Page 487]2. Either this; Or (at most) but a permission; which, in all tongues,By way of permission. is ever made in this mood, (in the Imperative.) So, we vse to say; Goe to, doe and ye will; or, doe wh [...]t ye will with my bodie; when, we meane but sufferance, for all that, and no com­mand at all. For all the world, this Solvite to them, as Pac citò, to Iudas after.Ioh. 13.27. Quod facis, that, which you are resolved to doe, and have taken earnest upon it; Fac, D [...]e it; and, Fac citò, Doe it out of the way; which yet (it is well knowen) was nothing but a permission and not a iote more.

2. But, should such, so foule an evill, as that, be permitted though? No, nor that neither, simply; It is not a bare permission, but one qualified;Permitted for a greater good. and that with two limi­tations, Will ye marke them? 1. For first He would not suffer any evill at all (least of all, that) but that, out of the evill He was hable (hable and willing both) to draw a farre greater good. Greater, for good (I say) then, that was, for evill. And that was Solutionem peccati, ex Solutione Templi.

For, we are not to thinke, that He would, thus downe with it and up with it againe, onely to shew them feats and tricks (as it were) to be wondred at, and for no other end. No, the end was the destroying of sinne, by the destroying this Temple. It went hard, Et vae tibi atrocitas peccati nostri, and woe to the heynousnesse of our sinnes, for the dissolving whereof, neither the Priest might be suffered to live, nor the Temple to stand; but the Priest be slaine, and the Temple be pulled downe, Priest and Temple and all be destroyed. But, sinne was so riveted into our Nature: And againe, our Nature so incorporate into His, as no dissolving the one, without the dissolution of the other. No way to over-whelme sinne quite, but by the fall of this Temple. The ruine of it like that of Samson's: That, the destruction of the Philistines; this,Iudic. 16.30. the dis­solving of all the workes of the Divell. It is Saint Iohn's owne terme,1. Ioh. 3.8. Vt Solveret opera Diaboli.

2. But, neither was this enough yet: Neither would He, for all this,Permitted, for another a [...] good. have at any hand let it goe downe, but that withall He meant to have it up againe presently. Ne­ver have said Solvite, but with an Excitabo streight upon it; which is a full amends; so that the Temple loses nothing, by the loosing.

The World with us, hath seene a Solvite, without any excitabo; Downe with this but nothing raised in the stead. But, that is none of His: Solvite without excitabo, none of CHRIST's. We see, with one breath, He vndertakes, it shall up againe, and that in a short time: There is amends for Solvite.

And so now with these two limitations, vnder these two conditions; 1 One of a grea­ter good by it; 2 the other, of another as good or better, in liew of it; may Solvite be said permissivè: and otherwise not, by any warrant from CHRIST or from His ex­ample.

And thus, you have heard what He saith. Will ye now see, what they did: Solvite, the doing. what became of this Solvite of His? Solvite (saith he) and when time came, they did it. But he said Solvite, that is loose; and they cryed Crucifige, at the time (that is) fa­sten; fasten Him to the Crosse: but that fastening was His loosing; for it lost Him and cost Him his life, Which was the Solutum est of this Solvite.

For indeed, Solutum est Templum hoc, this Temple of His bodie, the spirit from the flesh, the flesh from the bloud was loosed quite. The roofe of it (His head) loosed with thornes: the foundation (His feet) with nayles. The side Isles (as it were) His hands both likewise. And His bodie, as the bodie of the Temple, and His heart in the midst of his bodie, as the Sanctum Sanctorum, with the Speare: Loosed, all. What He said, they did, and did it home.

Nay, they went beyond their commission, and did more then, Solvere. More then Solvite. A thing may be loosed gently, without any rigour: They loosed Him not, but rudely they rent and rived Him, one part from another, with all extremitie; left not, one piece of the con­tinuum whole together. With their whippes, they loosed not, but tore His skin and flesh all over; with their hammers and nailes, they did not Solvere, but fodere His hands and feet: With the wreath of thornes, they loosed not, but g [...]red His head round abou [...]: [Page 488] and with the Speare point rived the very heart of Him: as if He had said to them, Dila­ [...]iate, and not Solvite. For, as if it had come è laniena, it was not Corpus Solutum, but lacerum: 1. Cor. 11.24. Matt. [...]6. [...]8. His bodie not lo [...]sed, but mangled and broken (Corpus quod frangitur:) And His blood, not easily let out, but spilt and powred out (Sanguis qui funditur) even like water upon the ground. Well is it turned, Destroy: It is more like a destruction, then a solu [...]i [...]n: More then Solvite it was, sure.

The Solvite of this Temple sensible.Now, will ye remember? This was a Temple of flesh and bone, not one of lime and stone. Yet the ragged ruines of one of them demolished, will pitie a mans heart to see them; and make him say Alas poore stones, What have these done? yet the stones neither feele their beating downe, nor see the deformed plight, they lye in. But He, Sic solutus est, vt se solvi sentiret, the Solution of His skin, flesh, hands, feet and head, He was sensible of all; He saw the deformitie, He felt the paines of them all.

The Solvite of his Sweat.So saw, and so felt, as with the very sight and sense, before it came, there befell Him another Solvite, a strange one: Solutus est in sudorem, the orifices of the veines, all over the texture of His bodie, Luk. 22.44. were loosed, and all His blood let loose, that He was all over in a strange sweat, stood full of great droppes of blood. A Solvite, never heard of, nor read of, but in Him onely.

The Solvite of the Veile.And yet another Solvite. For (that Solvite Templum hoc might every way be true; in all senses verified) what time the Veile of His flesh rent, that His soule was loosed and departed: at the very same instant, the Veile of the materiall Temple, that split al­so in two, Matt. 27.51. from the top to the bottome: as it were for companie, or in a sympathie with Him: That, it was literally true (this Solvite) and of the Temple, that they meant. And so, two Solvite's, of both Temples, together at once.

The great Sol­vite at his Passion.One more yet (and I have done with Solvite) and that is, a Solvite in a manner of all; of the great Temple of heaven and earth. For the very face of Heaven, then all black and darke at noone day, yet no Eclipse (the Moone was at the full) the Earth qua­king, Matt. 27.51.52, the stones renting, the graves opening, as they then did, shewed plainely, there was then toward, some vniversall Solvite, some great dissolution (as the Di [...]. Ar [...]op. Philosopher then said) either of the frame of nature, or of the GOD of nature.

Cast your eye thither, looke upon that, and there you shall see Solvite Templum hoc plainely, and what it meanes. And, it had beene enough, if they had had eny grace, even to have pointed them to the time, when this Solvite Templum hoc, was fulfilled by them. And this for both Solvite, and Solutum est (their part:) which was His pas­sion, by their Act.

III. [...]. Excitabo the saying.Now (to answer them two) to Excitabo, and Excitavit (His part:) His resurrection, by His owne.

And first to Excitabo. Hitherto, we are not come; but now, we come to the Signe: for the Signe is in Excitabo.

Et Excitabo, And I will raise it up. Which is spoken (as it were) by way of triumph, over all, they could or should doe to Him. Goe to, dissolve it, destroy it, downe with it; when you have done your worst, it shall be in vaine; Excitabo illud, my power shall triumph ouer your malice; I will raise it, I will up with it againe.

Excitabo how opposed to Sol­vite.But, to loose and to raise, these two are not opposite: Rather, to loose and to set to­gether againe. Raysing is opposed to falling; and resurrection to ruine, properly. But it comes all to one. Vpon the dissolving of any frame, streight downe it dropps. This goodly Temple of our bodie (on the decking and trimming whereof, so much is daily wasted) loose the soule from it but a moment, and downe it falls, and there it lies, like a log (we all know.) In opposition to this fall, it is said He will raise. But, He will doe both: as it was loosed yet it fell; so will He set it together, yet He raise it againe.

Excitabo illud. Three points there are in it. 1 The Act, And the Person, in Ex­citabo; and the Thing it selfe in illud.

[Page 489]1. The act. The word He useth for it [...], in proprietie, is a raising from sleepe:Excitabo, the act, As from sleepe. And s [...]eepe (we know) is farr from destruction. It is, to shew us first, what a strange metamorphosis He would make in Death: turne it, but into a requiescet, & a requi­escet in spe, and there is all. So made He His owne; so will He make ours.Psal. 16.9. This day CHRIST is risen again, the first fruits of them that sleepe;1. Cor. 15.20. Dan. 12.2. and the rest that sleepe in the dust, when their time comes, shall doe the like.

2. To shew (secondly) they should misse of their purpose quite. They reckoned indeed, to destroy Him; they were deceived; they made him but ready for a night's rest or two. They made full account, Death, had devoured and digested him too: they were deceived, it was not so:Ion. 2.10. Death had but swallowed Him downe (as the Whale did Ionas) upon the third day to cast him up againe.

3. To shew (thirdly) not onely that, this He would doe, but, wit what ease He would doe it. With no more difficulty, then one is waked up, after a nights rest; with no more adoe, then a knot, that is but loose and untyed, is tyed, againe.

But besides the Act, Excitabo, the person. He him­selfe. we are to looke to the Person, in Excitabo. It is not, destroy you, and some other shall raise it; but, I; even I my selfe, and none but my selfe, will doe it: Nec alienâ virtute, sed propriá, and by none others beside, but, by mine owne proper vertue and power. An argument of His Divine nature. For, none ever did; none ever could doe, that. Raised some were, but not any by himselfe, or by his owne power; but by a power imparted to some Prophet by GOD for that time and turne: CHRIST, by none imparted from any other, but by His owne from Himselfe. And let it not stumble any, that elswhere, the Father is said to raise and exalt Him: That is all one. Both will stand well. The same power, the Fa­ther doth it by, by the same doth it, He. There is but one power of both; Of both, or of either of them, it is alike truly verified. This for the Person.

Now for the thing: Illud. Templum hoc before, and illud heer:Illud. The same Temple In sub­stance. Hoc and Illud are not two, but one, and the same. Not Solvite hoc, & suscitabo aliud; downe with this, and I will up with another in the stead. No: but idem illud, the very same, again. The very same you destroy, that, and no other, will I reare up againe. With us, with the world, it is not so; when we fall to dissolve a frame of Governement (suppose of the Church) it is not Solvite hoc, & excitabo illud; no, but excitabo aliud. We raise not the same, but another, quite another, nothing like it; a new one never heard of before. But let them keepe their aliud, and give us illud againe. Illud we love; It is CHRIST'S excitabo, that: and if we follow CHRIST, in His raising, the same againe, or not at all.

But, though illud be the same againe, in substance;Not the same In qualitie. yet not in qualitie the same for all that: but so farr different, as in that respect, it may seeme aliud, another quite. At least, well may it be now called illud, as it were with an Emphasis, as qualified far beyond that it was before, when it was but Templum hoc. And, to say truth, if it be but the same just, and no whit better; as good save His labour, and let the first stand. For, it is but His labour for His traveyle, if nothing woone by it.

But if (though the same) yet not in the same, but in a farr better estate, then be­fore; (Cedar, for Mulberry; marble for bricke, as the Prophet speakes:) then,Esai. 9.10. ye say som­what, and then we will be content, to have it taken downe.

And such was the estate of this Temple after the raising. And such was it to be: For, the glorie of the second House was much greater then of the first. Agge. 2.10. Which encrease or bettering is implied in the word excitabo. It is (I told you) a Rising up after sleepe. Now, in the morning, after sleepe, the bodie riseth more fresh, and full of vigour; then it was over night, when it lay downe. The Apostle speakes it more plainly: Tem­plum hoc (saith he) at the loosing, it was in weakenesse, dishonour, mortalitie;1. Cor. 15.42.43. Templum illud, at the raising it, is in power and honour, & to immortalitie.

And sure, one speciall reason of the dissolving this Temple was, that, as then it was, [Page 490] Solvite might be said of it; It was dissoluble. But, being now raised againe, it is f [...]ster wrought; indissoluble, now: No Solvite to be said, not to be loosed ever any more. This for Excitabo illud. Now the last point, of the Time. The Signe is in that, too.

IV. The Time. Three daies.And when this? Within what time? Within three daies. Which words, seemed to affect them most. All their exception lay to them. He looked not like one that would build Churches. But (let that passe) were He never so likely, He takes too small a time, for s [...] great a worke (as they thought.) But, if we agree once of His power to raise from death, the time will slide, we shall never sticke at it much, but a­gree of that quickly. He that can raise from the dead (ten thousand Churches will be built one after another, before one be raised thence:) To Him, that is hable to do that, fourty sixe houres are as good as fourty sixe yeares: all one. Nay, even fourty sixe minutes; (but that it was held fitt, He should lye longer in His grave then so, that there might be the surer certeinty of His death:) Otherwise, yeares, daies, or minutes, to Him, are all alike. The Signe is in both: but (to say truth) in Excitabo, rather then in the three daies. For, to the power of Excitabo, Nullum tempus oc­currit.

Why three.But, why three daies, iust? Neither more nor lesse? Because, elswhere He saith, No other time but Iona's: that, should serve Him. No other, then Mose's time (four­tie daies) in His fasting. No other then IONA's time (three) in His rising. Con­tent to keepe time with His Prophetts before him. Far from the humour of some, that must varie (no remedie.) If Ionas three, they must foure, or three and a halfe, at least. If Moses fourtie, they must be, a day under or [...]ver; have a number, have a tricke by themselves, beyond others still: Els, all is nothing worth. Far from them (I say;) and to make us farr from them: by His example, to keepe us to that, which others before us, have well and orderly kept.

Excitavit, the doing.Now to the excitavit, of this Excitabo. Thus He said it should be, Et fuit sic, and so it was. He would raise it, dixit: And He did raise it, factum est. His disso­lution lasted no longer then His limitation before hand set. That, was not, post tres, but in tribus; not after, but within the compasse of three daies. And He came with­in His time: For, this is but the third day, and this day, by breake of day, was this Temple up againe.

a Our duty upon these. To rei [...]ice.This then being the day, not onely of Excitabo, but of Excitavit illud (of the set­ting it up:) accordingly we, this day, to celebrate the Encaenia, or new dedicating of this Temple. A dedication was ever a Feast of Ioy, and that great Ioy. Every Towne had their Wake in memorie of the dedicating of their Church. That we then hold it as a Feast of ioy; that we be glad on it: as glad, nay more glad to see it up againe, this day; th [...]n the third day since, we were sorry, to see it downe in the dust. To Solvite, downe with it (Edom's cry) belongs Ieremie's Lamentation: to Excitabo (this dayes worke) Zacharie's ioyfull shout, or acclamation, Gratiam, Gratiae, grace upon grace, and ioy upon ioy, Zach. 4.7. and thanks upon thankes: Grace, Ioy, and thankes with an Emphasis; for, it is now illud, with an Emphasis indeed,

For our good. Rom. 3.2. By Solvite.But, our ioy will quickly quaile, if we no good by it. I aske then, what is all this to us? And I answere (with the Apostle) Multum per omnem modum. 1. For, first, this Solvite of His, is a Solvite to us: a loosing us, not onely from our sinns, the c [...]rds of our sinnes heer,Prov. 5 22. Iud. 6. as Salomon calls them; but the chaines, the everlasting chaines of darkenesse, and of hell, there, due to them, and to us for them.

By excitabo.2. Then, this excitabo, is not to end in Him: What, we beleeve, He did for that Tem­ple, of His Bodie naturall; the same, we faithfully trust, He will do for another Tem­ple, the Temple of His Bodie mysticall. For it is mysticall, as much as for His naturall; for whose sake He gave Hi [...] naturall Bodie, thus to be dissolved. Of which mysti­call [Page 491] Bodie, we are parts (and the whole cannot be without his parts:) Every of us, memb [...]rs of this Bodie for his part: Every one living stones of this spirituall Temple. Dis­sipentur illa, restaurabit denuò (saith Origen:) scattered we may be, He will gather us againe; loosed, He will knitt us; fall downe and die, He will set us togither and set us up againe. After two daies, He will revive us, and in the third day raise us, Hos. 6.2. And we shall live in His sight, saith the prophet Hosea, of us all.

And this, is to us all, matter of great Ioy. For, to this Solvite, in the end we must all come; Statutum est hominibus, Heb 9.27.There is an Act passed for the dissolution of these our earthly tabernacles. Loosed they shalbe, Spirit from flesh, Flesh from bone, each bone from other; No avoyding it.

All our care, to be this; how to come to a good excitabo. Our morall du­ty. Good (I say:) for, ex­citabo, we shall never need to take thought for: we shall come to that, whither we care for it or no. But to a good Excitabo: such a one, as He, as CHRIST, as this Temple is come to (that is) to a joyfull resurrection (as we call it.) That, is worth our care: For, in the end, that wilbe worth all.

That, shall we come to, if we can take order, that while we be heer,To make our bo­dies T [...]mples. before we goe hence, (our bodies) we get them Templified (as I may say:) procure, they be framed after the similitude of a Temple, this Temple in the Text: For, if it be Solvite Tem­plum; at the dissolution, a Temple; a Temple it will rise againe, there is no doubt of that.

Our bodies (as we use the matter many of us) are farr from Temples; rather Pro­stibula then Templa; brothel-houses, brokers shopps, wine-caskes (or I wote not what) rather then Temples. Or, if Temples, Temples the wrong way, of Ceres, Bacchus, Ve­nus: or (to keepe the scripture phrase) of Camos, Ashtaroth, Baalpeor; and not Do­mus Patris mei (as this heer, He speakes of.)

But, if this be the fruict of our life, and we have no other, but this; to fill and farce our bodies, to make them shrines of pride, and to mainteyne them in this excesse; to make a money-change of all besides, Common wealth, Church and all: I know not well, what to say to it: I doubt, at their rising, they will rather make blockes for hell fire, then be made Pillars in the Temple of GOD,Apoc. 3.12. Heb. 9.11. in the holy places made without hands.

Otherwise, if they prove to Temples heer, let no man doubt, then, let them be loosed when or how they will, He that raised this Temple (so they be Temples) will raise them likewise; and that, to the same glorious estate, Himselfe was raised to.

A course then must be taken, that while we are heer, we doe Solvere Templa haec, The morall sol­vite of them. dissolve these Temples (of Camos and Ashtaroth;) and upon the dissolution of them, we raise them up, very Temples to the true and living GOD: That we downe with Beth­aven, this house or shop of vanitie (as by nature they are;) and up with Bethel, God's house, as by grace they may be.

For, a Solvite, and an excitabo, we are to passe heer in this life: and this,The morall. Excitabo. Apoc. 20.6. this excitabo, is the first resurrection heer to be passed: He that hath his part in this first, He shall not faile but have it in the second.

If then, Temples they would be, that we so make them: for, to make them so, is the Excitabo of this life.

And so shall we make them, even Temples: and no way sooner, then if we love this place (the Temple) well, and love to resort to it, and to be much in it.That they may be Temples. By being much in it, we shall even turne into it. And sure, if ever we have aliquid Templi, any thing of a Temple in us; then it is, when we are duly and devoutly occupied, and employed, they and we, in His worship and service. Then are we Temples.

But, to be Temples, is not all; we are further to be Templum hoc, this Temple: Temples Cor­poris sui. and this, was the Temple of His bodie. And that are we, if at any time, then certeinly when, as if we were Temples in very deed, we prepare to receive, not the Arke of His presence but Himselfe, that He may come into us and be in us: Which is, at what time, we present our selves, to receive His blessed bodie and blood: that bodie, and that blood, which for our sakes was dissolved; dissolved three daies since, when it suffered for our [Page 492] sinnes. Rom. 4.25. And this day raised againe, when it [...]se for our iustification.

Which, when we doe; (that is) receive this bodie, or this Temple: (for, Templum hoc, and Hoc est Corpus meum are now come to be one: for, both Templum hoc; and corpus hoc, are in Templum corporis s [...]i:) and, when the Temples of our bodie, are in this Temple; and the Temple of His bodie in the Temples of our's; then are there three Temples in one, a Trinitie, the perfectest number of all. Then, if ever, are we, not Temples onely, but Templa Corporis sui, Temples of His bodie; and this Scripture fulfilled in us.

This Feast a fit time for it.This are we, when we receive. Now, at no time, is this act of receiving, so proper, so in season, as this very day (so hath CHRIST'S Church thought it, and so practised it, ever) the very day of this His Excitabo; the day of His Rising: And by meanes of it, of our raising; our raising first, to the life of righteousnesse (to the estate of Tem­ples) heer in this world: And after, of our raising againe, to the second, the life of glorie and blisse (of glorious Temples) in the world to come; which is the Excitabo when all is done. What time, they and we shalbe loosed: as now, from sinne; so then, from corruption. And raised, and restored: as now, to the state of grace; so then, to the state of glorie, and glorious libertie of the sonnes of God, To which happy and blessed estate, may He raise us all in the end, that this day, was raised for Vs. &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XXXI. of March, A.D. MDCXVI. being EASTER DAY.

I. PET. CHAP. I. VER. III. IV.

Benedictus Deus, &c.

Blessed be GOD, and the FATHER of our Lord Iesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercie, hath begotten us a­gaine vnto a lively hope, by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead.

To an inheritance incorruptible, and vndefiled, and that fa­deth not away, reserved in heaven for you.

THE Summe of this Text,The Summ [...]. and (if ye will) the Name of it too, is set downe in the very first word of it. It is a Benedictus: The first word is so. The first word Bene­dictus: and (if you looke) the last word is [for You.] Give me leave to reade it, for Vs; to put in our selves: Seeing to us, and for us, it was written. So, a Benedictus it is; from us, to GOD, for something comming from GOD, to, or for us.

Something? Nay many. Bene­dictus is but one word, but the first word: the rest of the words, of both the Verses, are for us, all.

And, many they are: We reduce them to three. 1 Our regeneration which is past: 2 Our hope, which is present: 3 and [Page 494] our Inheritance, which is to come. 1. Regenerating, or begetting, is (of it selfe) a benefit: We get life by it, if nothing els. 2. But, to beget to an Inheritance, is more then simply to beget: 3. And yet, more then that, to beget, to Such an Inheritance, as this; of which, so many excellent things are heere spoken.

Three then, in this: 1 To be begotten: 2 To be begotten to Inherite: 3 To be be­gotten to Inherite, such an Inheritance.

But then, an inheritance is no present matter. All heires be heires, under hope, Vsque dum, Tit. 3.7. till the appointed time. So comes hope in. Therefore, first to hope. After, to the thing hoped for, the Inheritance it selfe. There is a resemblance of both these, in the two Seasons of the yeare. At this time, the time of CHRIST's Resurrection, and of our celebrating it, to hope; as to the blossome or blade, rising now in the Spring: To the Inheritance; that, as the crop or fruit to come after, at harvest: And the har­vest of this crop (saith our SAVIOVR) is the end of the world. Matt. 13.39.

We are not yet come to the point. Regenerate, whereto? to a lively hope: Hope, whereof? of an Inheritance: Inheritance, what manner one? Such as is heere set downe.

But, all these, whereby? Per resurrectionem, by the Resurrection of CHRIST. All, by Him: All, by that. This By, is the maine, heere. This [...] the [...], that runnes through all this Text. For, all arise, from CHRIST arising from the dead.

Now, if from CHRIST rising, then from CHRIST, at this Feast. For, this is the Feast of CHRIST'S rising: And so, this the proper Benedictus, for this Feast. We had a Benedictus made by Zacharie, Luk. 1.68. Saint Iohn Baptist's Father, for His Birth, for Christmasse day (knowne by the name of Benedictus:) We have heere now ano­ther, for His rising, for Easter day, of Saint Peter's setting. And, this it is.

The DivisionFor the Order, we will put the words in no other, for we can put them in no better, then they stand: Every one is in his due place, from the first to the last.

1. GOD first: and the true GOD, the Father of our LORD IESVS CHRIST. 2. Then, His mercie, the cause moving. 3. Then, CHRIST'S Resurrection, the meanes working. 4. Then, our regeneration the act producing.

Producing 1 hope (first) of the Inheritance: a then after, the Inheritance, we hope for. Of which, two points there are. 2 How it is qualified: Vncorrupt, undefiled, not fading: Every one hath his weight. 3 Then, how Seated: Even, in heaven: There it is; there kept it is. And, which is the Capitall chiefe point of all, kept, for us, there.

Now then, for these. 1 For His Mercie, first. 2 For our Regenerating, by His Mer­cie. 3 For the Hope, of this Inheritance; 4 but more, for the Inheritance it selfe: Spe­cially such a one, so conditioned, as heere is set downe. 5 For keeping it for us in hea­ven (in this verse:)Verse 5. 6 For keeping us for it, on Earth (the next verse.) For these all: but above all, for the meanes of all, the rising of CHRIST (this dayes worke) the dew of this new birth, the gate of this hope, the pledge of this Inheri­tance. For these, owe we this Benedictus, to GOD. And, this day, are we to pay it, every one of us. It is a Sinne of omission, not to doe it; he that doth not, is a deb­tour.

To GOD the Father, the Qui; and to CHRIST our LORD, the Per quem, by whom and by whose rising, lose this life when we will, we have hope of a better; betide our Inheritance on Earth what shall, we have another kept for us in heaven. Thus, every one naturally ariseth out of other.

BLessed be GOD. Yea, blessed and thanked, and praised; Benedictus, Magnificat, I. The Act Benedictus: Blessed be God. Inhilate, and all. All; But, heere, blessed suits best: that, the best, and most proper returne, for a blessing. That, we Inherite, is the Blessing (Chap. III. verse 9.) The hope, is a blessed hope (Tit. II. 13.) But, the Inheritance is, the State of blessed­nesse it selfe. Therefore, Benedictus benè dicitur, Benedictus is said well. Said well,2. The Partie, GOD. Rom 9.5. of GOD, who is above all blessed for ever: well also, of a Father; Benedictus, a fit terme, for him. And GOD, in the Tenour of this whole Text, is brought in, as a Father, a father begetting; begetting us first by nature; begetting us againe, in it, by grace.

But, thereby hangs a Scruple: For, what are we,Blesse GOD we may. that we should take upon us to blesse GOD? Saint Peter saies it, heere: Saint Paul seemes to gaine-say it, Without all question (saith he) the lesse is blessed by the greater. And is He lesse, or we greater, Heb. 7.7. that we should offer to blesse Him? And, if not as GOD; not, as a Father (the next word.) For, shall the Child presume to blesse his Father? It becomes him not. He, us, then: and not we, Him.

Yes, He us; and we Him, too. We have so many Texts for it, I make no doubt, but there is blessing both waies. Of the many, I remember that one of Saint Paul's (Ephes. 1.) Benedictus Deus qui benedixit nos, Blessed be GOD for blessing us. Ephes 1.3. As if they were reciprocall, these: One, the Echo, the reflexion of the other. Aequall they are not. It were fond, to imagine, the Father gives the child no other blessing, but the childe can give him as good againe. No: aliter nos Deum, aliter Deus nos; Otherwise, GOD blesseth us; and the Parent, who represents GOD, in begetting our bodies; and the Priest, who represents Him, in begetting againe our soules: Other­wise, we them. GOD'S is reall: ours, but verball. His, cum effectu, ever: Ours, if it be but cum affectu, that is all. His, Operative; ours, but Optative. What then? he, that wisheth heartily, would doe more then wish, if his power were according. Even that then, in want of power, to shew a good will (I know not how, but) we take it well, ever. GOD doth, I am sure: as appeareth, by the goates haire of the Old Testament, and by the Widowe's mites in the New. And this is Saint Peter's, but ex­pressing a good minde onely. And, without all question, thus, the Greater may be bles­sed, even of the lesse: Not, tanquam potestatem habens, but tanquam vota faciens. So, we may say Benedictus Deus: And let us then say it.

What say we then, when we say Benedictus? It is a word compound:How we may blesse GOD. Take it in sunder, and Dicere, is, to say somewhat, to Speake; and, that we can: and bene, is (speaking) to speake well; and, that we ought. To Speake, is Confession: To speake well, is Praise: And Praise becommeth Him, and us to give it Him.

Put together in one word, and then, Benedicere to blesse, in the phrase of ours, and of all tongues els, is, not so much omnia bona dicere, to speake all good of Him, as omnia bona vovere to wish all good to Him. And, that becomes Him too: not one­ly Laus, but Votum: specially, where Votum is totum, where we have little els left us, but it.

And, what good can we wish Him, that He hath not? Bonorum nostrorum non eget (saith the Psalmist) nor Benedictionum neither. We can add nothing to Him,Psal. 16.2. by our Benedictus: Say we it, say we it not, He is blessed alike.

True, to Him, we cannot wish; not, to His person: But, to His Name, we can:In His Name. (And He is blessed, when His Name is blessed: We can wish His name more blessedly vsed, and not in cursing, and cursed othes, as daily we heare it.

And, to His Word, we can: We can wish it more devoutly heard, and not,In His Word. as a few streines of wit, as our manner is.

[Page 496] In His Person as united to his Church.Yea, even to His person, we can: There is a way, to doe that, inasmuch as He, and His Church, are now growne into one, make but one person; what is said or done to it, is said or done to Himselfe; Blesse it, and He is blessed.

In a word then: to blesse GOD, is to wish, His Name may be glorious; to wish, His Word may be prosperous; to wish, His Church may be happie. By wearing of which Name, and by hearing of which Word, and by being in, and of which Church, we receive the blessing heere upon earth, that shall make us for ever blessed in heaven. This we say, if we marke what we say, when we say Blessed be GOD.

GOD, and the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ: the Style of the New Testament.1. Cor. 1.3. Ephes. 1.3.GOD, and the Father of our LORD IESVS CHRIST. This is stylo novo, the style of the New Testament; ye read it not in the Old: No, nor in Zacharie's nei­ther. Betweene that of Zacharie's, and this of Saint Peter's, it fell out, this. The Sunne was yet under the Horizon, when Zacharie made his: But (now) up, and of a good height. And thereupon, this taken up by Saint Peter, heere: by Saint Paul, 1. Cor. 1. Ephes. 1. and upon great reason.

1. To fever Him from all false Gods.1. Blessed be GOD: Say that, and no more, and never a Iew, Turke, or Pagan, but will say as much. Blessed be GOD, we; Blessed be GOD, they. It is never the worse, for that. But yet, seeing the world then was, still is, full of many Gods, and many Lords (1. Cor. 8.) It would be knowne,1. Cor. 8.5. which GOD. For, we would not be­stow our Benedictus upon any, but the true GOD: neither they, nor we, I dare say. Which is then the true GOD? Pater Domini nostri Iesu Christi: and He that is not so, is a false fained God; is an Idoll. Put them to it then, put this addition to, and neither Turke, Iew, nor Pagan will say after you: None, but the Christian. For, this is the Christen man's Benedictus.

Now, ever since Idolatrie first tooke head, it hath beene held fit, they that are GOD's chosen People of all the people upon Earth, they should have some marke of severance, to distinguish, as theirs, the true GOD; so themselves, the true worship­pers, from the false. So, to settle our Benedictus right, upon the right GOD, this is added.

2. As His best Title.2. For this cause: but, not for this alone. When we blesse Him, I dare say, we would blesse Him, with His best Title. So hath it ever beene. You shall observe: in Titles, Ier. 23.7.8. ever, upon the comming of a greater, the lesse is laid downe. No more, the Lord liveth that brought thee out of Egypt; but, the Lord liveth that brought thy cap­tivitie from the North. And now, no more that neither; For, heere is one, that af­ter it came, putts them downe all, as being indeed the greatest of them all, the grea­test that ever was, or that ever shall be. One, which when we add, we set our Bene­dictus at the highest.

For, if this be to be GOD, to be bounteous, beneficiall (as we seeme to thinke, when we say homo homini Deus:) In nothing, was GOD ever so beneficiall, so boun­teous; and so,Ioh. 3.16. in nothing ever so GOD, as in sending His onely begotten Sonne into the world. In that, GOD, specially; and, for that, specially to be blessed. And because, a greater then His Sonne He hath not, and so a greater then this shall never come, therefore this shall never be layd downe. This shall be His Title, for ever. For ever to have a place, and a chiefe place, in our Benedictus.

1 To bring CHRIST in, too.And yet there is another, on CHRIST's behalfe, Our Lord: even to bring Him in too. For, seeing all that which followes comes not, but by the rising of Christ, and so, by CHRIST; I see not, how (well) we can leave Him out. All the good, that comes to us, as it comes to us from God, so it comes to us, by Christ. God, the Qui; Christ, the Per quem. God, the cause; from Him commeth all, Christ and all: Christ the meanes; by him commeth all, God and all. All things from God; and nothing from GOD immediately, but mediante Christ [...]. He, the cause mediate, the Mediator, the Medium. No benefactus (and so, no benedictus) without Him.

This is most plaine, in this heere. Benedictus Deus, qui generavit Christum: first, that did generate Christ; before Benedictus Deus, qui regeneravit nos, that did regenerate [Page 497] [...]. If He not generate, we not regenerate: then, no children; then, no Inheritance; then, all this Text voyd. For, in Him, this Text and all other Texts are Yea and Amen.

By this time we see, why this addition. 1 It is His Title of Soverance: 2 It is the highest Title of His honour: 3 It takes in CHRIST; who would not be left out; in our Benedictus, Dixit Dominus, Domino meo, The Lord said to my Lord, Psal. 110.1. to take both Lords in, and leave neither out. And so shall we knit it well to that, which followes.

From the Partie whom, we passe to the cause, why. For,3. The cause why we say not this Benedic­tus, as we say many a one heer, without any cause: Benedictus, for nothing: Nay, otherwhile a Benedictus, for a malefactus, for a shrewd turne; yea, and glad and faine too. No, heer is a Qui, and in this qui, there is a quia. That doth it (that is) for do­ing it: that regenerates us (that is) for regenerating us. For, GOD is ever aforehand with us: Regeneravit, is the Preter; that is past, before any Benedictus can come from us.

Pater, qui Regeneravit followes well, is kindly. For, Generation, 1 Mercie. it is Actus pa­ternus, the proper act of a Father. But, before we come to it, let us not stride over that, which (in the Text) stands before it, Secundum misericordiam. GOD did this, did all that followes, but upon what motive? According to what did He it? Ac­cording to His mercie. And Mercie accords well with a Father: No compassion, no bowells like His. And as well, with regeneravit; for, of His owne good will begat He us. How els? when as yet we were not, what should move Him, but His meer mercie? Well therefore sayd, regeneravit secundùm: for regeneration is but secun­dum, but a second, not a first: Would ye have a primum, a first for it? that first, is His Mercie, ever.

But the benefitts ensuing are too great to runn in the common current of Mer­cie. As they then are, so is the mercie that goes to them: Great: His abundant (or great) mercie. Therefore ac­cording to His great Mercie. Mercie, the thing; Great, the measure. And, great would not be passed by, lest we passe not greatly by it; lest we conceive, and count of it, as but of some ordinarie matter.

But (indeed) [...] is rather Multa, then Magna; a word of number, His manifold mercie. rather then Magnitude. The meaning is: no single mercie would do it; no, though Great: there must be many. For, many the defects to be removed, many the sinnes to be for­given, many the perfections to be attained: Therefore, according to His manifold Mercie.

According is well said. For, that indeed is the chord, to which this and all our Benedictusses are to be tuned. That, the Center, from which all the lines are drawen. The line of CHRIST'S Birth, in Zacharie's Benedictus, through the tender mercies of our GOD, whereby the day-spring from on high did (lately) visite us. The line of CHRIST's Resurrection, in Saint Peter's Benedictus, according to His manifold mercies, whereby, this day sprung from on high doth now visite us. The line of all the rest, if we had time to goe through all the rest.

At all times, mercie commeth in; at no time out of time (I trust;) we shall dye with it, in our mouthes: let us make much of it while we live: Never passe by it, but say it; say it, as oft as we can; blessed be GOD: blessed be His mercie. GOD, that doth it: His mercie, according to which He doth it. Doth it, and doth all els, at this and all other Feasts: at Easter, at Christmas, the fifth of November, and all, Blessed be He for His merice: Yea, many times blessed, for His manifold mercies.

Mercie then first: Regeneravit secundùm, the act, of this mercie, the second,4. Regeneravit nos. Hath begot­ten us againe. that is Rege­ravit. Regeneravit may be said, with reference to CHRIST. Generavit Christum, regeneravit nos; and not amisse. But, better and more properly, both to us. Gene­ravit nos begot us first, in Adam, to this: regeneravit nos, begot us againe, in Christ the second Adam, to the hope of a better life.

[Page 498]But, why is it not so then, qui generavit without re? Why begin we not with that? Verily, even for that, even for our naturall generation, we owe Him a Benedic­tus. But, what should I say? Vnlesse (beside our first generavit) we be so happy, as to have our part in this second regeneravit, the former (I doubt) will hardly prove worth a Benedictus. But, if this come to it, then, for both, a benedictus indeed. Other­wise (as our SAVIOVR said to Nicodemus) No man, vnlesse he be thus borne againe, by his first birth, be it never so high or noble, is a whit the neerer this Inheritance following. For all our goodly generavit, we so much boast of, it would goe wrong with us, but for this. Well therefore, may we all say, Benedictus qui regene­ravit.

Againe, that is the second time Gal. 6.15.Now Re hath in it [...] powers. Re is, againe, the second time: So, it suits well with Secundùm, it is the second, For, two there be: 1 that old creation; 2 and the new creature in CHRIST: And, two birthes; (We see it daily:) A child is brought into the world, but it is carryed out againe, to the Church, there to be borne and brought forth anew, by the Sacrament of Regeneration.

Againe, that is upon a lesse.But Re is not onely againe, but againe (as it were) upon a losse. Not, a second onely but a second, upon the failing of the first. So doth Re imply, ever. Red-empti­on, a buying againe, upon a former aliening. Re-conciliation, upon a former falling out. Re-stitution, upon a former attainder. Re-surrection, upon a fall taken formerly. Re-generation, upon a former degenerating, from our first estate.

Our first would not serve; it was corrupt, it was defiled, it did degenerate. Degene­rating, made us Pilios irae: Ephes. 2.3. Pro. 16.14. And, ira principis (much more ira Dei) mors est. So, chil­dren of death, death and damnation: and there left us, and all by meanes of the cor­ruption and soile of our former degenerate generation.

Never aske then Quid opus est re? Re cannot be spared. There was more then need of a new, a second, a re-generation, to make us children of grace againe, and so of life: which He hath given us power to be made, by the washing of the new birth, the foun­taine which He hath opened to the house of Israël for sinne and uncleannesse;Tit. 3.5. Zach. 13.1. even, for the sinne and uncleannesse of the first. Will ye have it plainely? Benedictus Deus, qui generatos ad mortem, regeneravit ad vitam: or qui generatos ad timorem mortis, regenera­vit ad spem vitae. That we, we, that were begotten to the feare of death, or to a deadly feare; Vs, He hath begotten anew, to the hope of life, or to a lively hope.

This act of regenerating is determined doubly: [...] is twice repeted. 1 To hope first: In Spem. To Hope. then, to the Inheritance: ye may put them together, to the hope of an Inheri­tance. But, thus parted, they stand, because of our two estates, to serve them both: In Spem. To Hope. Hope, in this life; In Spem. To Hope. Inheritance, in that to come: Hope, while heere, in state of grace; Inheritance, when there, in state of glorie.

But because (as we said) an Inheritance is no present matter: It is to come, and to be comen to: From begetting, we step not streight to entring upon our Inheri­tance; but, the state of heires, is a state of expectancie, and so a fit object for hope, Donec, till the time come: therefore we beginne, with that: Regeneravit in Spem.

There needs no great Benedictus for in Spem: Hope, is no great matter. For, what is hope? What, but vigilantis somnium, a waking mans dreame? And, such a hope indeed it may be: for, such hopes there be many, in the world. But, this is none such.

To shew, it is none such, it is severed by two termes: 1 Regeneravit, and 2 Vivam. They are worth the marking, both.

Spem genera­tion.1. Regeneravit, first: that it is Spes generata; which implies, there is another but inflata, but blowne into us, or we sprinckled or perfumed with it. Such there is; but, not this: but this is per viam generationis, and Generatio (we know) terminatur ad substantiam, brings forth a Substance. So, this, a substantiall hope; called therefore by Saint Paul, 1. Thess. 5.8. Heb. 6.19. the Helmet of Hope (I. Thess. V.) the Anchor of hope (Heb. VI.) things of substance, that will hold; that have metall in them.

[...].2. Then marke Vivam. And, vivam followes well, of regeneravit. For, they [Page 499] that are begotten, are so, to live, to have life. Vivam, also imports, there is a dead, or a dying hope: but, this is not [...]uch, but a living.

Nay, Viva is more then Vivens; lively, then living. Where, Viva is said of ought (as, of stone, or water) the meaning is, they spring, they grow, they have life in themselves. And, such is the Water of our regenaration: not from the brookes of Teman (in Iob VI.) that, in Summer, will be drie; but the water of Iordan, Iob. 6.15.16. a run­ning river. There, CHRIST was himselfe baptized: there, He began,Matt. 3.13. and laid the Sacrament of our New birth; to shew, what the nature of the hope is, it yeelds: even viva, with life in it.

And indeed, Regeneravit is a good Verbe, to joyne with hope. There is, in hope, a kind of regendrìng power: It begets men (as it were) anew. And, Viva is a good Epithet for it. When one droopes, give him Hope, his spirits will come to him afresh; it will make him alive againe, that was halfe dead. As Iacob, when he was put in hope to see Ioseph alive, it is said, Revixit spiritus Iacob, his spirit revived in him: he shew­ed,Gen. 45.24. Spes was viva, hope was a reviver.

Never so well seene (this) as this day, in them, that went to Emmaus: With cold hearts; cold and dead (God wote) till they heard the Scriptures opened to this point: and then, Did we not (said they) feele our hearts warme (nay whot) within us? Luk. 24.32. Such a vitall heat, they found, and felt, came from this hope. For (to say truth) what is it, to give life, to them that have it already; dum spiro, that are alive, that can fetch their breath? it is not worthy (that) to be called Spes viva: Spes viva (in­deed) is that, which, when breath, and life, and all faile, failes not: that, that then puts life into us, dum expiro, when life is going away: that, when this life we must forgoe, bidds, let it goe; when that is gone, shewes us hope of another.

This is Viva indeed. Nay, this is Vita; for, the hope of that life immortall, is the ve­ry life of this life mortall. And, for such a hope, Benedictus Deus, Blessed be GOD.

And, whence hath it this life? The next word shewes it, vivam, 2. Vivam, Per Resurrectio­nem Iesu Christi. per Ressurectio­nem. The Vivenesse (as I may say) the vivacitie, the vigor it hath, from CHRIST) rising, and by His rising, opening to us the gate of life at large. What life? Eny life? this life? No: vivam, per resurrectionem. Not this (heere) falsi seculi vita (as even the Heathen man called it;) but, the other, the life by the resurrection, the true life indeed. Not to live heere still, as we doe: But, to rise againe, and live, as CHRIST (this day) did. That so, we mistake not the life, and take the wrong, for the right. For, so shall we mistake, in our hope also, as commonly we doe.

For, shall we doe hope no wrong? The truth is, Hope heares evill without a cause. The fault is not hope's, the fault is our owne; we put it where we should not, and then lay the blame upon hope; where we should blame our selves, for wrong putting it. For, if ye put it not right, this is a generall rule: As is that, we hope in; so is our hope. Esay 36 6. Ye leane on a reed (saith Esay.) Iob. 8.14. Ye take hold by a cobweb, (Iob.) Eccles. 34.2. Ye catch at a shadow (saith the Wise man.) And can it be then, but this hope must deceive you?

We for the most part, put it wrong: for we put it in them, that live this transitorie perishing life; we put it in them, that must die, and then must our hope die with them, and so prove a dying hope. Miserable is that man, Sap. 1.3 10. that among the dead is his hope (saith the Wise man.) The Psalme best expresseth it: our hope is in the Sonnes of men;Psal. 145.3. and they live by breath, and when that is gone, they turne to dust; and then, there lies our hope in the dust. For, how can (ever) a dying object yield a living hope?

But, put it in one that dies not, that shall never die, and then it will be Spes viva, indeed. No reed, no cobweb-hope then; but helmet, anchor-hope; hope, that will ne­ver confound you.

And who is that, or where is he, that we might hope in Him? That is I [...]SVS z[Page 500] CHRISTVS spes nostra, IESVS CHRIST, our hope: so calls him Saint Paul (1. Tim. 1.1.) Such shall their hope be, that have CHRIST for their hope.

Yet, not CHRIST every way considered; not, as yesterday, in the grave; nor, as the day before, giving up the Ghost upon the Crosse: dead and buried yields but dead hope. But, in IESVS CHRISTVS hodiè, IESVS CHRIST today, that is, CHRISTVS resurgens, CHRIST rising againe; CHRIST not now a living soule, but a quickning spirit.

In CHRIST's life then: But, not in His mortall life. They, that so hoped in Him, to Emmaus they went, this day, with Nos autem sperabamus, we did hope: Did, while He was alive;Luk. 24.21. but, now, now He is dead, no more hope now. And, for two daies, as He was, so was their hope; dead, and buried: and if He had risen no more, had been quite dead for ever. But, this day, He revived and rose againe: So did their hope, too.

To this life we are regenerate, by the resurrection of Christ: Right. As, to death generate, by the fall of the first Adam: So, to life regenerate, by the rising againe of Christ, the second.

And, these two, Resurrection, and regeneration match well. The Regeneration of the soule, is the first Resurrection. And, the Resurrection of the bodie, is the last Regeneration. So doth our SAVIOVR CHRIST terme it (Mat. 19.Matt. 19.28.) In the regeneration, when the Sonne of Man shall sit, that is, at the generall resurrection. So was His owne; His resurrection, His regeneration. This day have I begotten thee (the verse of the Psalme) the Apostle applies to Christ's aeternall generation (Heb. 1.5.Psal. 2.7.) But, so doth he, to his Resurrection also (Act. 13.33.) For, then was Christ himselfe regenerate (as it were) begotten in a sort anew, and brought forth out of the grave, as out of the wombe, the very wombe, wherein He was borne to the immortall, that is, to the true life.

By His resurrection: and if ye aske how, Esay tells vs; There goeth from His resurrection an influence, which shall have an operation like that of the dew of the spring;Esay 26.19. which, when He will let fall, the earth shall yield her dead, as at the falling of the dew, the herbs now rise, and shoot forth againe. Which terme therefore [of regenerating] was well chosen, as fitting well, with His rising, and the time of it. The time (I say) of the yeare, of the weeke, and (if ye will) of the day too. For, He rose in the dawning:Luk. 24.1. then, is the day regenerate: and in primá Sabbati, that, the first begetting of the Weeke: And, in the spring, when all that were winter-sterved, withe­red, and dead, are regenerate againe, and rise up anew.

In h [...]editaete. To an inheri­tance.We passe now to the Inheritance. But, as we passe, will ye observe the situation first. It is well worth your observing, that the Resurrection is placed in the midst, be­betweene our Hope, and our Inheritance. To hope before it; before the resurrection, hope: But, after, to the Inheritance it selfe, to the full possession and fruition of it. So, from the state of hope, by the resurrection (as by a bridge) passe we over, to the en­joying our Inheritance. And, that falls well with the feast, which is the feast of the Passe-over. The Resurrection is so, too; passe we doe, from spes, to res. So pas­sed CHRIST: So, we to passe. Every word stands exactly in his place and order.

An Inheritance accords well with according to His mercie. We have it not of our selves, or, by our merits, by the [...] of them; but, of Him, and by His mercies, and the [...] of them: Els were it a purchase, and no Inheritance. It comes to us free­ly; as the Inheritance, to children.

Well, with Mercie: and well, with Regeneravit. For, the Inheritance is of Chil­dren, perteines to the Children, either of generation, by Nature; or of Regeneration, by Grace: By the former, He is Pater Domini nostri; by the later, He is Pater noster.

[Page 501]But yet, for all that, Ad haereditatem is a new point. Begetting is (properly) but to life, and nothing els: The greater part, by far, are begotten so. To Inherit, besides, not one of a thousand. Aske poore mens children: Aske yonger brethren. But this (heere) not in Vivam onely; but in Haereditatem also, and these are two. 1 To be be­gotten, vivam: 2 To be heires, haereditatem. It is not Lazarus resurrection; to rise againe to the condition, he had before. It is Christ's; rising, to receive an Inheritance withall.

Nor shall we need to doubt eny prejudice to GOD, from whom it comes, by our comming to this Inheritance. Vivam and Haereditatem (there) will stand well toge­ther. Heere, they will not. Heere, the Inheritance comes not, but by the death of the partie in possession: But there, no prejudice to the Ancestor; he dies not, for the heire to succeed. There is Successio minorum sine recessione majorum. A succession, as of lights; the second burnes cleere; yet the first goes not out, but burnes as cleere as it.

Nor no prejudice to the Heire neither: To us, by Him; nor to him, by us. It is not, as heere: One caries it from all, and all the rest goe without; Or, if they come in, his part is the lesse. No: it is of the nature of light, and other such spirituall things (as sounds, and smells) which be Omnibus una, & singulis tota. If there be a thousand together, every one sees, heares, smells as much, as he should doe, if there were no more but himselfe alone. Such is this: not, erga aliquos vestrûm, but erga vos.

And (as we said) one thing it is to be borne; another, to be so, to Inherit: So say we againe now; One thing, to be borne to an Inheritance; Another, to such an Inhe­ritance as this heere. For, in Inheritances, there is great odds; one much better then another, even here with us: But this, better, incomparably better; another manner Inheritance farre, then any with us heere. We would know, what manner one, and Saint Peter gives us a little overture, how it is conditioned, that we may know, it is worth a Benedictus. E Theologiâ negativâ he doth it; there is no other way to de­scribe things to come, but by removing from them such defects, as (we complaine) are incident and encomber all, we can Inherit heere.

Three they are 1 Corrumpt, 2 Contaminari, 3 Marcescere; Corruption, Soile, and Fading; to which nos nostraque, we and all ours are subiect. Of which three 1 Cor­ruption referrs, to the very being it selfe: 2 D [...]filing, to the sincere and true being, with­out all forreigne mixture: 3 Fading, to the beauty, the prime and florishing estate, that each thing hath.

The Substance, that corrupts and comes to nothing: suppose, by death: (for,1 Incorruptible. Corruption is contrarie to generation.) The vndefiled pure estate, that is soiled, and embased, by some bad thing comming to it from without: (as it might be, by infection or sicknesse.) And though both these hold, the best estate long will not; but lose the lustre [...]y and by, and fade away of it selfe. Saint Peter enlarges this, after, in this Chap­ter: taking his theme from the voice in Esay XL. All flesh is grasse, [...]r. 24. Esa. 40.6. and all the glorie of it as the flower of the grasse. The grasse it selfe lasts not long; but, the flower of the grasse, nothing so long, as the grasse it selfe. Let there be no blasting to corrupt it; no canker to defile it; yet, of it selfe, it falls of and leaves the stalke standing.

It is (now) the time of floures, and from floures, doth the Apostle take his terme, of Marcescere. It is properly the fading of the Rose. Streight, of it selfe, doth the Rose marcere, and the violet livere, wax pale and wan. Their best, their flourishing estate they hold not long; neither the flowers, that are worne, nor they, that weare them either: they, nor we: but decay we doe, (GOD wot) in a short time.

And, as we, so they; as the heires, so the Inheritances themselves.1. Cor. 15.53. Their corruptible hath not put on incorruption neither. They corrupt daily (we see) from one to another. One mans Inheritance corrupts, by another mans purchase; To them, that had them, and have them not, they are corrupt. And, not that way alone: diverse other excheat, for want of heires; confiscate, for some offenses; riotted and made away, by vnthriftinesse; the heire stripped, and turned cleane out: the Inheritance wasted, and quite brought to nothing. At least, if not they, to us; We, to them, corrupt: which comes all to one.

But say, they stand and corrupt not: another complaint there is: Their soile, Vndefiled. [Page 502] their [...] is but too evident. They soile us; their soile we brush of, wipe, rub, wash of daily: in Summer, dust; in Winter dirt; These, and sundry like inquinamenta mun­di: Nothing, in this region, but subject to soile. Why, the Inheritance it selfe, we call it soyle; and how can it then, but soile us? or how can there be (heere) eny vnde­filed Inheritance?

That sedeth not Ion. 4.7.But, make them and kepe them as cleane as you can, take them, even at the best, yet fade they doe sensibly: Iona's worme, once a yeare, bites them by the roote, and they wither. Every yeare, at least, they fall into a Marasmus, lose flowers and leaves and all; till they be regenerate by a resurrection, or rise againe, by a regeneration, as it were: Till this time, the time of the spring come about, and bring them forth new againe.

So, whatsoever, we (heer) can inherit, is subiect to one, nay, to all of these. It cor­rupts, takes soile, fades. Is it not so? find we not, Saint Peter saith true? find we it not by proofe daily? One or other, are we not still complaining of, specially of the fading? For, though they fade not of themselves; yet, to us, they fade. The fading, to us, even before themselves fade. We are hungry, and we eat: Eat we not, till that fades, and we as weary of our fullnesse, as we were of our fasting? We are wery, and we rest; rest we not, till that fades, and we as weary of our rest, as ever we were of our wearinesse?

Yes indeed, so it is: and that so it is, is the very faithfullnesse of the creature to us. Thus by these defects, to tire us, and not suffer us to set up our rest upon them, upon any Inheritance, heere; but to chase us from themselves, and force us up to GOD the Creator, with whom, there is an Inheritance layed up, in danger of none of these. But vncorrupt, that shall hold the Being, and none ever dis-herit or disseise us of it: 2 Vn­defiled, that shall hold the assay, and never be embased, by eny bad mixture: 3 And that shall never fade or fall into eny Marasmus, but hold out in the prime perfection, it ever had. And if there be, upon Earth, a state like this, it is now at this time: Now, all things generate anew; the Soile of Winter is gone, and of Summer, is not yet come: Now, nothing fades; but all springs fresh and greene. At this time, heere; but, at all times, there: A perpetuall spring; no other Season, there, but that. For, such an In­heritance, Blessed be GOD.

In heaven.But, where may this be? For, all this while, we know not that. Onely, this we know; where ever it is, it is not heere; upon Earth, no such seate. All (heere) sa­vor of the nat [...]re of the soile; corrumpt, contaminari, marcescere, are the proper passi­ons of Earth, and all earthly things: But, in heaven, it may well be. There, is no con­trarie, to corrupt; Nihil inquinatum, nothing to d [...]file, there. And there, all things keepe and continue, to this day, in their first estate, the originall beauty, they ever had. There then, it is: and we thither to lift up our hearts, whither the very frame of our bodies gives, as if there were somewhat remaining for us there.

It is thought, there is some further thing meant, by Saint Peter. He writes to the dispersed Iewes. And that, by, in Coelo, he gives them an Item, this Inheritance is no new Canaan, heere on earth; Nor CHRIST, eny earthly Messias, to settle them in a new land of promise: No, that was for the Synagogue, [...], was it self mortall (is dead and buried since) and so had but mortall things, to promise to her children, whom she did generate to mortalitie. The Church of CHRIST, the heaven­ly Ierusalem, Gal. 4.26. hath other manner of promises, to her children regenerate by the immor­tall seed of the Word, and Spirit of GOD: To them She holdeth forth things immor­tall, and heavenly; yea, heaven, and immortalitie it selfe.

Reserved in Heaven. In heaven then. There, it is first; and there it is kept: the being there, one; the keeping, another. For, that there it is kept, is happie for us. Earth would not keepe it: Heere, it would be in hazard, there is great odds. For my part, I give it for lost, if, in this State, we were possessed of it. It would goe the same way, Paradise went. Since it would be lost in Earth, it is kept in heaven. And▪ a Benedictus for that, too: as, for the regenerating us to it heere on Earth; [Page 503] so, for the keeping, the preserving of it there, in heaven.

Kept, and for us kept; Els, all were nothing: that, makes up all,For us. that it is not one­ly preserved, but reserved for us, there. As Benedictus, the Alpha; so this the Omega of all.

But reserved (as the nature of the word is, and as the nature is,Rom 8.24. of things hoped for) yet under the veile: for, Spes quae videtur non est spes. But, time shall come, when the veile shall be taken of, and of that, which is now within it, there shall be a reveiling (as followeth in the next verse.) And so, all begins and ends, as the Bible doth.Verse 5. As the Bible, with Genesis; So this Text, with Regeneration: as the Bible ends, in the Apo­calypse; So, this heere, with a Revelation.

Onely, it stayeth, till the worke of regeneration be accomplished. Generation, and it, take end both together; and when generation doth, then shall corruption likewise, and with it, the state of dishonor, which is in foulenesse, and the state of weakenesse, which is in fading; And instead of them, incorruption come in place with honour and power. And these three 1 incorruption, 2 honour, and 3 power, make the perfect estate of blisse: To which, CHRIST this day arose; and which shall be our estate, at the Resurrection. That, as all began with a resurrection, so it shall end with one. Came to us, by CHRIST's rising now, this first Easter; and we shall come to it, by our owne rising, at the last and great Easter, the true Passe-over indeed: when, from death and miserie, we shall passe to life and felicitie.

Now, for this Inheritance, which is Blisse it selfe, and in the interim for the blessed hope set before us, Which we have as an Anchor of our soule, stedfast and sure, Heb. 6.18.19 20. Which en­tereth even within the veile, where CHRIST the forerunner is already seized of it in our names and for our behoofes: For these, come we now, to our Benedictus.

For, if GOD, according to His manifold mercie, have done all this for us; we also, according to our duty (as manifold as his mercie) are to doe (or say, at least) some­what againe. It accords well, that, for so many beneficia, one Benedictus, at least. It ac­cords well, that, His rising should raise in us; and our regenerating beget, in us, some praise, thankes, blessing at least: but, blessing fitts best with Benedictus.

First then, dictus, somewhat would be said, by way of recognition, This hath GOD done for us, and more also: But, this, this very day. Then, Benè let it be: to speake well of Him, for doing thus well by us; A verball Benedictus, for a reall blessing, is as little as may be. For the Inheritance, which is blessing; for the hope, which is blessed; for the blessed cause of both, GOD'S mercie, and the blessed meanes of both CHRIST's Resurrection, this blessed day, Blessed be GOD.

But, to say Benedictus, eny way, is not to content us; but, to say it, solemnely. How is that? Benedictus in our mouth, and the holy Eucharist in our hands. So, to say it. To seale up, as he (in the old) his quid retribuam with calicem salutaris, Psal. 116.12.13. 1. Cor. 10.16. the Cup of sal­vation: So we (in the new) our Benedictus, with Calix benedictionis, the Cup of bles­sing, which we blesse in His name. So, shall we say it, in kind; say it, as it would be said. The rather, so to do; because, by that Cup of blessing, we shall partake the blood of the New Testament; by which, this Inheritance, as it was purchased for us, so it is passed to us. Alwaies making full accompt, that, from the Cup of blessing, we cannot part, but with a blessing.

And yet, this is not all; We are not to stay heere, but to aspire farther; even to strive to be like to GOD: and, be like GOD we shall not, vnlesse our dicere be facere as His is; vnlesse somewhat be done withall. In very deed, there is no blessing, but with levatâ and extensâ manu, the hand stretched out; So, our SAVIOVR himselfe blessed, Luk. 24. The vocall blessing alone is not full; nor the Sacramentall alone,Luk. 24 50. without Benedictio manus, that is, the actuall blessing. To leave a blessing behind us, to bestow somewhat, for which the Church (the poore, in it, so) shall blesse us, and blesse GOD, for us. In which respect, the Apostle so calleth it expressely (2. Cor. 9.) [...],2. Cor. 9.5. be­nedictionem, and by that name, commends it to th [...] Corinthians. And, that is the bles­sing of blessings, when all is done: That is it,Matt. 25.33. for which Venite benedicti shall be said [Page 504] to us. Even, for parting with that heere, which shall seed, cover, and set free the hun­grie, naked, and them in prison. That, shall prove the blessing reall, and stick by us, when all our verball benedictions shall be vanished into aire.

So, for a treble blessing from GOD, 1 Our regenerating, 2 Our hope, 3 Our In­heritance, we shall returne Him the same number; even three for three. 1 Benedictus of the voice and instrument, 2 Benedictus of the Signe and Sacrament, 3 and Benedictus, of some blessed deed done, for which, many blessings upon earth, and the blessing of GOD from heaven shall come upon us. So, as we say (heere) Benedictus Deus, Blessed He: He shall say, Benedictivos, Blessed Ye. The hearing of which words, in the end, shall make us blessed without end, in heaven's blisse. To which, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTY, IN THE CATHEDRAL Church at Durham, on the XX. of Aprill, A.D. MDCXVII, being EASTER DAY.

MATTH. CHAP. XII. VER. XXXIX. VER. XL.

Qui respondens ait illis: Generatio &c.

But He answered and said unto them; An evill and adulterous generation seeketh a signe, but no signe shalbe given unto it, save the signe of the Prophet Ionas.

For, as Jonas was three daies and three nights, in the Whale's belly; so shall the Sonne of man be, three daies and three nights, in the heart of the earth.

THE Signe of the Prophet Ionas, is the signe of the Resurrection: And, this is the Feast of the Resurrection. Being then the Signe of this Feast, at this Feast to be set up: Signum Temporis, in Tempore Signi, The Signe of the time, at the time of the signe, most properly, ever.

The words are an answere,The Summe. of Christ's (in this verse) to a motion, of the Pha­risee's (in the last) They would see a Signe. The answere is negative, but qualified. There is in it, a Non, and a Nisi [...] Non dabitur, none shalbe given th [...]. Indeed none should: They were worthy of none. Yet saith He not, Non simply. His Non, is with a Nisi, Non da­bitur, nisi; it is with a limitation, with a but: None, but, that. So, that: So, one [Page 506] shalbe. In the Non, is their desert: in the Nisi, His goodnesse: that, though they were worthy none, yet gives them one, though.

Gives them one: and one, that is worth the giving. Put Non and Nisi togither, it is a Non nisi. If you speake of a Signe, None to it: a Signe, instar omnium.

This Signe, is the Signe of the Prophet Ionas. Of him, diverse other waies, and namely this: That as he was in the Whale's belly, so was CHRIST in the heart of the earth. There they were, either.

And, that which makes up the Signe, Three daies apeece: Three daies, and no longer.

And then, as Ionas cast up by the Whale; so Christ rose againe from the dead; and both, the third day. So that, upon the matter, the Substance of this Signe, is Christ's resurrection; and the Circumstance of it, is this very day.

The Division.We will divide it no otherwise, then already we have: 1 into the Non, Non dabi­tur: 2 the Nisi, Non dabitur nisi: 3 & the Non nisi, Non nisi Signum Ionae.

I The Non, the deniall first: Non dabitur eis. And the reason is, in Eis, in the par­ties. For, they 1 an evill, and 2 adulterous, and a 3 generation of such (three brands sett upon them:) Eis, to them, to such as them, no Signe to be given: none at all.

II Then the Nisi: Non dabitur, Nisi. For, though they were such, as little deser­ved any, yet CHRIST, of His goodnesse, will not cast them quite of. None He will give, but. So, one He will give: A Signe they shall have.

III And that, no triuiall, or petie Signe (to give it His due) but, in very deed, a Signum non nisi; Non nisi Signum Ionae, that is, insigne Signum, a Signe signall: marke them all, None like it.

And that is, the Signe of the Prophet Ionas, comming forth of the Whale's jawes, half out and half in. In which Signe, there are (upon the point) three Sicuts.

1. The Parties first; as Ionas, so the Sonne of man (that is) himselfe.

2. Wherein, the Place. That as the one was in the Whales bellie; so was the other in the bowels of the earth.

3. Last, in time. Either, three daies and three nights iust, and but three daies, and then forth againe. There they were, and there (both) and same time: the Places diverse; the time, the same.

So, Ionas, the Signe of CHRIST: and the Whale's bellie, the signe of CHRIST's grave. Iona's three daies, the Signe of CHRIST's three daies, 1 Goodfriday, 2 Yester­day, 3 and to day.

Which three daies, when we shall come to calculate them, they will give us three stands, and make (as it were) three Signes in one; each day, his severall Signe.

The letter of the Text saith, there they were: 1 we are caried then, to aske, how came they thither. The text saith, there they were, but three daies: 2 We are caried then to aske, how came they thence.

Iona's state before he came into the Whale: 2 His state while there: 3 His state getting thence.

Conforme in CHRIST. 1 Goodfriday, when, as Ionas went downe the Whale's throat, so CHRIST layd in His grave: 2 Easter eve, while there He lay: 3 And this (which is now the third day) when, as Ionas cast up on drie land; So Christ risen from death, to the life immortall.

So have you (as in a signe) set forth 1 CHRIST's death, by Iona's drowning: 2 CHRIST'S buriall, by Iona's abode there: 3 CHRIST'S resurrection, by Iona's e­mersion again.

As Christus sepultus, by Ionas absorptus: So Christus resurgens, by Ionas emergens. 1 Ionas going downe the Whales throat, of Christ put into His sepulcher: 2 Iona's appea­ring againe, out of the Whale's mouth, of Christ's arising out of His Sepulcher. All, in Ionas, shadowed: And, in Christ, fullfilled.

In these three daies, these three Signes: And, in them, three Keyes of our faith, three Articles of our Creed, Mortuus, 2 Sepultus, and Resurrexit, 1 Christ's death, 2 buriall, and 3 rising again.

[Page 507]And last, what this Signe portends, or signifies. That, whatsoever it was, to them; to us, it is Signum in bonum, a Signe boding good to-us-ward:Psal. 86.16. A signe of favour and good hope, which we have by the resurrection of our SAVIOVR. Specially, if we have the true Signature of it, which is true repentance.

TO aske a Signe, is (of it selfe) not evill; Good men, holy Saints have done it.The deniall of a Signe. Non dabitur. Iud 6 36. 2. King. 20 8. Gedeon asked one of God and had it: He is painted with the fleece (that is, the Signe given him) in his hand. Ezechias asked one and had it too: In the Sun­diall of Ahaz, the shadow went ten degrees backe. Yet, this suit heer is denied by Christ: And Christ denieth nothing that is good: Specially, not with hard termes as heer (we see) He doth.

Somewhat is amisse sure: and it is not in the Signe, or in the suite, but in Eis, The reason, in E [...], the men. the men: the suit was not evill, the Suitours were. In three words, three brands sett up­on them: 1 Evill, 2 adulterous, 3 a generation of evill and adulterous.

1. Evill. There be markes of evill minded men, even in their very suit.They were Eviil. They would see a Signe: If they had never seen any before, it had not beene evill: but, they came now, from a Signe; they had scarse wiped their eyes,Vers. 22. since they saw one (the Signe of the blind and dumbe man, made to see and speake) immediately before: It was Spirans adhuc, yet warme, as they say. That, they saw; and saw they not a Signe? A little before, even in this very Chapter, a withered hand was restored to an­other: What, could not they see a Signe, in that, neither?Vers. 10. Goe backe to the Chap­ters before, ye shall have no lesse then a dozen signes, one after another: and, come they now with a Volumus videre? They would have that shewed them, that, when it is shewed, they will not see: A bad minde this, certeinly.Vers. 38.

2. Nay worse yet:Nay maliciously evill. For ye shall note malice in them (which is the worst kinde of evill.) For, if ye marke, this Volumus of theirs, is, with a kinde of spite, with a kinde of disgrace, to those he had shewed before. They would see one: as who should say; those were none, they had seene: that was none they saw, even now. Maliciously: If He shewed none, then He was no bodie; could not indeed shew any; and so vilifie Him with the people: If He shewed one, then carp and cavill at it, as they did at that even now: Say, it was done by the black art. So, cavill out one; and call for another, to deprave that too.

3. Nay (which is worst of all) Evill and absurd men (saith the Apostle.)And absurdly evill 2. Tim 3 13. Psal. 55.9. When is that? Vidi iniquitatem & contradictionem, saith the Psalmist. Ye shall see, how ab­surdly they contradict themselves. But even now, they charged Him, to worke by the devill: and heer now, they come, and would have Him shew a miracle. The devill cannot shew a miracle; a tricke of Sorcerie he can: Such may be done by the claw of the devill: miracles not, but by finger of God, by power divine. Him then, Him, whom they even now had pronounced, to deale with the devill; Him come they to now, for a miracle. So absurdly maliciou [...], as they cared not, in their malice, to contradict themselves. To men, so evill, so maliciously evill, so absurdly evill, Signum non dabitur eis.

Well: howsoever they might erre that way, the men otherwise to be respected, they were so vertuous men, so streight livers. See ye not their phylacteries, how broad they weare them? Nor that neither (saith CHRIST;) but, evill, and adulterous too. As, of evill minds, so of evill lives, too. Ye shall come now, to the uncasing of a Pharisee. For, CHRIST lifts up their phylacteries, and shewes what lurkes under them.

For, by adulterous, I understand not, as if He charged them, they were borne of adulterie, came into the world the wrong way: the seed of Canaan, and not of Iuda: [Page 508] As, having nothing in them of the Patriarchs; So nothing lesse, then their children, of whom they bare themselves so much. This, is adulterina rather, then adulte­ra: children of the adulterers, rather then adulterous themselves. And, that was no fault of theirs: And CHRIST upbraideth no man, but with his owne faults.

Nor, I understand it not, of spirituall adulterie; though, that way, they might be charged, as leaving Him the true Spouse, the true Messias; taking no notice of Him, passing by Him, went after such as had adulterate the truth of GOD, by devises of their owne taking up: Not with Idolatrie (perhapps) but (which is as evill, and dif­fers but a letter) with idiolatrie: For, to worship images, and to worshipp men's own imaginations, comes all to one. That, they were faulty of: (and I pray GOD we be free.) But this, is mysticall adulterie, and I would make, as no more miracles, so no more mysteries, then needs I must.

For my part, I see no harme, to take the word in the native sense, without figure, for men given to commit that sin, the sin of adulterie. For (for all their deepe fringes) all was not well that way:Ioh. 8.1. as is plaine, by Iohn. VIII. Where, not one of them durst take up a stone, to cast at the woman taken in adulterie: but slunck away one after an­other, till there was not one left. CHRISST toucheth upon that string: to shew, what heavenly men these were, that would have a signe from heaven, and none els serve them. Were not these meet men, to sue for a signe? Were not a signe even cast away upon them?

A generation of such.But, this is not all. For, this they were (saith our SAVIOVR) not heer and there a man of them; but the whole bunch was no better: not the persons onely, but the Generation so: not a good, of them all. And such, you shall observe, there be: Not onely, such men, but such Generations of men, and faults (suppose of lying, swea­ring, and such like) rooted in a stocke; kept even in traduce (as it were) and derived downe ab avis atavisque, from the father to the sonne, by many descents, in a kinde of hereditarie propagation.

Pro. 30.11.12.13.14. Salomon in his time noted foure of them: 1 One, a generation unkind to their parents, and their children, so to them for it: 2 Another, pure in their owne eyes: 3 A third of high eyebrowes: 4 A fourth, cruel hearted, whose teeth were as knives to shred the poor of the earth, shred them small.

Such were these: and adulterie made way for such. For, ubi corrupta sunt semi­na, where a generall corruption that way, no good to be hoped for; the Countrie will not last long. By this, Christ had said enough; and shewed, that non dabitur cis, is a fit answer for these.

Now, this ye shall marke; the worse the men, the more importune ever, and the harder to satisfie. They must have signes, and signes upon signes, and nothing will serve them: As, no lesse then foure severall times were they at Christ. 1 Heer: 2 in the XVI. Chapter: 3 Mar. VIII. 4 Luc. XI. And still to see a signe. As oft as they came,Chap 16.4. Mar 8.11. Luc. 11.29. this had been their right answere: to dispatch them, with a Non dabitur, and no more adoe. Other answere let them have none: Even absolutely none at all: For, none they should have had.

II The deniall qualified Non Nisi.Yet saith He not, None they shall have. He wilbe better to them, then they deserve: Christ wilbe Christ: Redit ad ingenium: Forgetts now all, He had said erewhile. And, an evill and an adulterous generation though they be, yet a signe they shall have, for all that. Not simply None then, but Non nisi, None save; the Negative is qualified: so qualified, as upon the matter it proves an Affirmative. The Nisi destroyes the Non: Non dabitur nisi (that is) dabitur. So, one they shall have: Though not now present­ly, at their volumus, at their whistling (as it were) but after, when He saw the time: And, though (perhapps) not such a one, as they would have phansied, yet such a one, as they rather n [...]ed, and would doe them more good: (that is) one for their want, not for their [...]a [...]ton desires.

[Page 509]And that is the reason, why none but it: For, no Signe needed, but it. For with­out others, well they might be; without this, they or we, could not well be. For, opor­tuit Christum pati; It behooved Christ, Christ ought to dye and rise againe.

None but that? Why afterward, between this and His passion,Luc. 24.26. He shewed di­verse others: and how then saith He, none but it? Signes (indeed) He shewed: yet, not any of them so pregnant for the purpose, they sought, as was this. They sought a Signe of the season, as by the XVI. Chapter is plaine: that this was the time, the Messia [...] was to come. To put them out of doubt of that; to that point,Chap. 16.4. none so for­cible, as. His death and rising againe, figured in that of Ionas. That, and none but that. All He did els, the Prophetts had done the like: Given Signes from heaven (which they heer sought;) yea even raised the dead. But raise Himselfe being dead, get forth of the heart of the earth, when once he was in; that passed their skill: Ne­ver a Patriarch or Prophet of them all, could doe that: Non Nisi, None but He. So as, therein He shewed Himselfe indeed, to be the true and undoubted Messias, and ne­ver so els, in any signe of them all.

For, Signes being compounded of Power and Goodnesse (not Power alone, but Pow­er and Goodnesse, that is, the benefit or good of them, they be done for:) Never so ge­nerall, so universall, so great a Good, as by CHRIST'S death (as it might be Iona's casting in:) Nor ever so great, so incomparably great a Power, as by raising Him­selfe from death to life (set forth in Iona's casting up againe:) Those twaine, by these twaine, more manifest, then by any other. The Signe of the greatest Love and power (Love, to die; power, to rise) that ever was wrought.

This Nisi then, is a Non nisi in a new sense: A None such, This Signe. Signum non nisi a signe para­mount. a Signe paramount All els nothing in comparison of it. I keepe you too long from it.

The Signe is laid in the Prophet Ionas, Sicut Ionas: and we are much bound to God, for laying it in him: they, and we both. And Ionas is a Non nisi: such a Signe, for us, and (besides) so many peculiars of CHRIST, in him, as (in effect) no signe but he.

First, for them, for an evill and adulterous generation, For them, Pro­pheta peccator. no signe so meete to be given as he. For, Ionas, and non nisi Ionas, was Propheta peccator, the trespasser or Sinning Prophet, among them all. Sinners (I know) they were all: they confesse as much themselves: But, for transgressing the expresse Commaundement of GOD, in not obeying God's immediate call; therein, none of the rest to be tainted: He onely was Propheta fugitivus, fled touch, was in the transgression; sent to Ninive and went to Ioppe; sent east, & went flat west: & was even taken with the manner (as we say) and arrested in the very flight. For an evill and an adulterous generation, this was a good signe (say I:) and so might they, if they knew their own good. For them, and for us, and (in a word) for all sinners; for he is Propheta peccator, and so Propheta peccatorum. And CHRIST is pleased to picke out His fugitive Prophet, His run­away, and make him (a Sinner, and such a Sinner) His Signe. As to come Himselfe in the similitude of sinfull fl [...]sh; so, to make sinfull flesh His similitude, to come into a sicut with. All, that sinfull fl [...]sh might have hope in the Signatum, in Him,Rom. 8 3. of whom this was the Signe. This, theirs, and ours.

The next is ours, and we highly to blesse GOD for it:For us Prophe­ta gentium. that being to set His signe in a Prophet, He would doe it in him; choose him out, to make him His patterne, who was Propheta Gentium, the Prophet of the Gentiles, sent to prophecie to Ninive, that were heathen, as we and our fathers were. And in that, a Non nisi too: For, none but he was so; never a Prophet of them all, sent to the heathen: the rest, to the Iewes, all. This sending of his, to the Gentiles, was, to us of the Gentiles, a gate of hope, that in former ages, and long before Christ came in the flesh, Hos. 2.45. we Gentiles were not forgot­ten. Even then, sent GOD a Prophet to Ninive. And what was Ninive? the head Citie of the Assyrians, the greatest Monarchie then in being, and so the prin­cipall [Page 510] place of all Paganisme. That thus, in Signo, we were not forgotten, a signe it was, no more should we be in Signato; but CHRIST be, to us, as Ionas to them, a light to lighten the Gentiles, [...] 2.32. [...] 49.6. and His salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth.

[...].Let me add this yet more, to our comfort. This Ionas, whom He thus sent on this errand to the Gentiles, what was he? Of all the Prophets, all, whose prophecies we have remaining on recond in the Bible, the foure great, the twelve lesse, of them all, all the sixteene, [...] 14.25 He was the first in time, Senior to them all. Plaine by 2. Kings 14. that he prophesied long before eny of them. For, it is there said, that his prophesie came to passe, in the daies of Ieroboam the Second, who lived the same time with Vzzia in Iuda. And, in Vzzia's time, the eldest of all the rest, did but begin to prophesie. So, his was doon, before theirs was begoon. Him, that was thus first in the ranke of them all, did GOD send to us. Gentiles; to us first, before eny, to the Iewes. A Signe, we were not last; nay first in His care: in that, visited by Him first, as to whom He sent the first of all the sixteene: And, I may say to you, this was to them an Item, as if GOD were now to turne Gentile, as looking that way, having a minde to them then, even in Iona's time; they to come in shortly, and the Iewes to be shut out: and that, as they had then prioritie in Signo, so should they no lesse, in Signato; and the fullnesse of the Gentiles come in, [...]. 11.25. before the conversion of the Iewes. This, to us Sinners, to us Gentiles, to us Sinners of the Gentiles, was Salutare Signum, a healthfull Signe, eve­ry way.

These three are put, on the by. In the maine point of the Text, and of the time, two more.1. [...] Signum [...] Non nisi, [...] piacularis [...].

He, and non nisi, none but he, had the honor to be a piacularis hostia (as it were) for, the casting him into the sea, served (in a sort) as a kind of expiatorie sacrifice, as farr, as to the temporall saving of the ship, he sailed in. And therein, as a meet Signe he expressed Him, whose death was (after) the full and perfect expiation of the sinnes of the whole world.

2. [...] Propheta [...]..Then againe Ionas, and non nisi, onely he was propheta redivivus; that, his pecu­liar, above them all. He the onely Prophet, that went downe into the deepe into the Whale's bellie and came forth againe alive. Dead he was not, but (lege viventium) after the law of the living, one throwen overboord, into the Sea in a tempest, to all intents, may be given for dead; and so (I dare say) all the mariners in the ship gave Io­nas. That he came out againe alive, it was by speciall grace, not by course of nature. For, from the Whale's bellie he came (for all the world) as if one should have come out of his grave; risen againe.

Among the Iewes, it goes for currant, the Rabbines take it up one after another, that this Ionas was the Widow of Sarepta's sonne; the childe, whom Elias raised from death to life (1. Reg. 17.) If so: [...]eg. 17.23. then well might he be a Signe; A Signe, dead in his cradle once: as good as dead in the Whale's bellie, now againe: In both, resembling Him, whose Signe he wa [...], if both be true: But, one is most certaine; and, to that, we hold us. And this is (indeed) the maine Sicut, the Sicut of the Text, and of the Day.

3. [...], three daies [...] three nights, [...] Whales [...]. Gen 39 20. Dan. 6.16.One more, and I have done; and that is, of the time: precise three dayes and three nights. For, in this a Non nisi. For, none but he, so: just three, neither more nor lesse. For, I aske, why not the signe of Ioseph, or of Daniel? a Ioseph was in the dun­g [...]on, among condemned persons to die: b Daniel, in the lion's den, as deadly a place, as the Whale's bellie: yet, neither of them, made the signe of CHRIST. Why? Ioseph was in his dungeon too long: Daniel, too short, but a night; not long enough, to represent CHRIST being in his grave. Onely Iona's time, just. And the time is it, heere. Els might the others have beene his Signe well enough, for the matter, if that had beene all.

But, the time is still stood on, and the daies numbred ▪ that His Disciples, that all might know, how long, He would be from them, and not a day longer. And this, not without good cause. This day, was but the third day: and, this day, they were at spe­rabamus, [Page 511] did hope; did, but (now) doe not; their hope was fallen into a tertian: that,Luk. 24.21. it was time, He were up againe. This Signe set, that they might know for a surety, by this day at the fardest, they should heare of Him againe.

Of which three. To verifie His being there three dayes, it is enough, if He were there but a part of every one of them: for, it is not three whole daies. As, in common phrase of speech, we say, the Sun shone, or it rained these three daies past, though it did not so, all day long, but some part onely of each. And if it rained at all, in every of them, we say true: It is enough. And so heere, the first day of the three, Ionas was in the ship, and CHRIST on the Crosse, till friday, somewhat before the Sun-sett. All the second day, Ionas was in the Whale, CHRIST in His Sepulcher. The third day, Ionas came out of the Whale, and CHRIST out of His grave, as it might be about the Sun-rising; for, this day, both Sunnes rose together.

To verifie the three nights: that doe we, reckoning as did the Iewes (and that, by warrant out of the Gen. 1.) the evening and the morning but for one; so,Gen. 1.5.8. &c. drawing still the precedent night, and compting it with the succeeding day. So doe they still: the night past, with the day following, as (in Genesis) they are taught; and we doing so, it will fall outright.

To the Sicut then, of these three daies. There is in each of them,The Sicut of these three daies set downe a seve­rall state of Ionas; and so of CHRIST. 1 Their going thither: 2 Their being there: 3 And their comming thence. 1 In their going thither. Good friday. Ion. 1.4.5.

Thus fell it the first day: Ionas was at sea, in a ship: A great tempest came; so great, as the ship was upon casting away.

Of tempests, some are of course, have their causes in nature; and, in them, art and strength will doe good. With Ionas (heere) it did not prevaile a whit. Thereby, they knew it to be one out of course, of GOD'S immediate sending.

GOD sends not such tempests, but He is angrie. He is not angrie, but with sinne. [...]. Some great Sinner then, there is in the ship, and if the ship were well ridd of him, all would be calme againe.

To lotts they went: Ionas was found to be the partie.

Being found, rather then all should be cast away, he bid franckly, Tollite me, Ion. 1.12. & projicite, Take me, cast me into the Sea.

Cast in he was, and the storme ceased streight, the ship came safe home.15. And the Evening and the morning were the first day.

Will ye see now, what was acted in Ionas, actually fulfilled, in CHRIST? But (first) will ye note, that what is (in the Old Testament) written of Ionas, Ephes. 5.32. is not onely historia vera, but Sacramentum magnum, not a bare Storie onely, but besides the storie, pregnant also with a great Mysterie. Not onely, a deed done, but further, a Signe of a deed to be done, of a farre higher nature; Dico autem in CHRISTO, I speake it as of CHRIST and His Resurrection: Of that historie, this the Mysterie, this, the Sacramentum magnum.

Will ye note againe; it is on CHRIST'S side with advantage. Sicut Ionas (saith this verse)▪ But ecce plus quàm Ionas (saith the next;) and both may stand; There may be a Sicut, where yet there may be a plus quàm; a likenesse in qualitie, Verse 41. where an exceeding in degree, though. Indeed, Sicut makes not a non nisi; Plus quàm doth: and we then, so to remember the Sicut in this, as we forget not the Plus quàm, in that. No more will we.

And now, weigh them over well, and whithersoever ye looke, ye shall finde a plus quàm. Plus, in the ship, in the tempest, in the cause, in the danger, in the casting in, in the comming out againe: In every one, a plus quàm. All that was, in Ionas, in CHRIST more conspicuous, and after a more excellent manner; in Signato, then in Signo. That so, in this, as in all els, CHRIST may have the praeeminence. Col. 1.18.

To beginne then. It is no new thing to resemble the Church, the Common-wealth, yea the World, to a Ship. A ship there was, not a small barke of Ioppe, but plus quàm, a Great Arke, or Argosy, wherein were imbarqued all Mankind, having their course [Page 512] through the Maine Ocean of the world, bound for the Port of Aeternall blisse. And, in this great Carrick, among the sonnes of men, the Sonne of Man (as He termes Himselfe) became also a passenger, even as did Ionas, in his small bottome of Ioppe.

Then rose there a tempest. A tempest it selfe, and the cause of all tempests (the hea­vy wrath of GOD, ready to seise upon sinners) which made such a foule Sea, as this great Ship, and all in it were upon the point to be cast a way. The plus (heere) is plaine: take it, but as it was indeed litterally. For, what a tempest was there at CHRIST's death!Chap. 27.51.52. It shooke the Temple, rent the veile, cleft the stones, opened the graves, put out the Sunne's light, was seene and felt all the world over; as if heaven and earth would have gone together. But, the miserable storme, then, who shall declare?

And, no mervaile: there was a great Plus, in the cause. For, if the sinne of one poore passenger (of Ionas) made such a foule Sea: the sinnes of the great Hulke, that bore in it all Mankind together in one bottome, what manner tempest (thinke you) were they like to raise? In what hazard, the vessell, that loaden with them all? But one fugitive, there: heere; all runne-awaies, from GOD, Master, Mariners, Passengers and all.

Now, the greater the Vessell▪ the more ever the danger. With Ionas, but a handfull like to miscarrie: In this, the whole masse of Mankind like to perish. So, in the pe­rill, Plus too.

The storme will not be stayed neither, till some be cast into the Sea: and, some great Sinner it would be: And heer the Sicut seemes, as if it would not hold: heer, the only Non Sicut Ionas. For, Ionas there, was the onely sinner; all besides, in the ship, in­nocent poore men. Heere, CHRIST onely, in the ship, innocent, no sinner; all the ship besides, full [...]raught with sinners: Mariners, and Passengers, grievous sinners, all. Heere it seemes to halt.

And yet, I cannot tell you neither, for all that. For, in some sense, CHRIST was not unlike Ionas; no, not in this point: but, like Ionas, as in all other respects, so, in this too.2. Cor. 5.22. Esa. 53.6. Not, as considered in Himselfe; for so, he knew no sinne: But, Him that knew no sinne, for us made He sinne: How? by laying on Him the iniquities of us all, even of all the sonnes of men, upon this Sonne of Man. And, so considered, He is not onely Sicut, but Plus quàm Ionas heere. More sinne on Him, then on Ionas: for, on Him, the sinnes of the whole Ship, yea Iona's sinne and all.

For all that, heere is another Plus, though. For what Ionas suffered, it was for his owne sinne,Luk. 23.41 and meritò haec patimur might he say (and we both) with the Theefe on the Crosse. But CHRIST, what had He done? It was not, for his owne; it was, for other mens sinnes, He suffered, He paied the things he never tooke. So much the more likely was He,Psal 69.4. 1. Pet. 3.18. to satisfie; the just, for the uniust, the LORD, for the Servant: Much more, then if one sinner or servant should doe it for another.

Ion. 1.12. Ioh. 18.8.Yet was CHRIST, as was Ionas, content to be throwen in. Tollite me (said Io­nas;) Sinite hos abire (said CHRIST) Let these goe. Take me, my life shall answer for theirs; as it did. As content (said I?) Nay, Plus more. For, with Ionas, there was no other way, to stay the storme, but overboord with him. But, CHRIST had other waies; could have stayed it with His word, with His Obmutesce, as He did (the VIII. Chapter, Cha. 8.26. Mat. 3.15. Esa. 53.7. before.) Needed not to have beene cast in: Yet, to fulfill all righteous­nesse, condescended to it (though;) and in He was throwen, not of necessitie (as Io­nas) but, quia voluit: and Voluit, quia nos salvos voluit, would have us safe, and His Father's justice safe, both.

Now to the effect. Therewith the storme stayed, GOD's wrath was appeased, Mankind saved: Heere, the Plus is evident. That of Ionas was but Salus phaseli, no more: This, was Salus mundi, no lesse. A poore boat, with the whole World, what comparison? And the evening and the morning were Good-friday, CHRIST's first day.

In their bee­ing there. Easter Eve.To Ionas, now, secundo: He was drowned by the meanes. Nay, not so: GOD (be­fore, angry) was then pacified: Pacified, not onely with the ship, but pacified with [Page 513] Ionas too: provided a whale, in shew, to devoure him; indeed not to devoure, but to preserve him; downe he went in [...]o her belly.

There he was; but tooke no hurt there. 1. As safe, nay more safe there, then in the best ship of Tharsis: no flaw of weather, no foule sea could trouble him there. 2. As safe, and as safely carried to land: The ship could have done no more. So that upon the matter, he did but change his vehiculum; shifted but from one vessell to another; went on his way still. 3. On he went, as well, nay better then the ship would have carried him; went into the ship, the ship carried him wrong, out of his way cleane, to Tharsis-ward: Went into the whale, and the whale car­ried him right, landed him on the next shore to Ninive; whither (in truth) he was bound, and where his errand lay. 4. And all the while, at good ease, as in a cell or study; For, there, he indited a Psalme, expressing in it, his certaine hope of getting forth againe. So as, in effect,Ion. 2.2.6. where he seemed to be in most dan­ger, he was in greatest safety. Thus can God worke. And the evening and the mor­ning, were Iona's second day.

The like now, in CHRIST: but still with a plus quàm. Doe but compare the whale's bellie, with the heart of the earth, and you shall finde, the whale that swallow­ed CHRIST (that is, the grave) was another manner whale, farr wider throated then that of Ionas. That Whale caught but one Prophet, but Ionas; This, hath swouped up Patriarchs, and Prophets and all; yea and Ionas himselfe too. None hath scaped the iawes of it.

And, more hard getting out (I am sure;) witnesse Ionas. Into the whale's belly he went, and thence he gat out againe. After he gat thence, into the heart of the earth he went, and thence he gat not: there he is still.

The Signe lyes, in this, by the letter of the Text. And, in CHRIST, the Signe greater. For, though to see a whale tumble with a Prophet in the bellie, were a strange sight: yet, more strange, to see the SONNE of GOD, lye dead in the earth: and, as strange againe, to see the Sonne of man, to rise from the grave againe, alone. A double signe in it.

The heart of the earth (with Iustine Martyr, Chrysostome, Augustine) I take for the grave: though (I know) Origen, Nyssen, Theodoret take it for hell, for the place, where the Spirits are (as, in the bodie, that is the place of them.) And, thither he went in Spirit, & triumphed over the powers and principalities there, in His owne per­son. But for His bodie, it was the day of rest, the last Sabboth that ever was:Col. 2.15. and then His bodie did rest, rest in hope, hope of what? that neither His soule should be left in hell, nor His flesh suffered to see corruption. For, CHRIST had His psalme too, as well as Ionas. David composed it for him long before (the XVI. psalme, Psal. 16.10. the psalme of the resurrection.) And so the evening and the morning were CHRIST'S second day, Easter eve.

Now to Iona's ultimò. Ionas his hope failed him not; the Whale's bellie, 3 In their com­ming thence: Easter day. that seemed his toomb, proved his wombe, or second birth place. There he was: not, as meat in the stomach; but, as an Embryo, in the matrice of his mother. Strange! the Whale to be as his mother, to be delivered of him, and bring him forth into the world againe. So, forth he came, and to Ninive about his businesse. Ion. 2.10.3 3 Thither he went, to bring them out of the whale's bellie too. And the evening and the morning were Iona's third day.

Now the whale could not hold Ionas, no more could the grave Christ, longer then this morning, after breake of day: But, forth came He too. And, with a plus quam, in respect of Ionas. It was in strict speech, with Ionas, no resurrection: For, the truth is, he was never dead: never he, but putativè. But, Christ was dead, starke dead indeed, slaine outright upon the crosse, His heart pierced, Ioh. 19.34. Mat. 7.6 [...]. His heart blood rann out. And, for dead taken downe, layd in, sealed up in His grave, a stone [Page 514] rolled on Him, a watch set ever Him. Made sure (I trow) and yet rose for all that.

Another. Ionas rising, the whale gaped wide, and streigned hard, and up came Ionas. It was long of the whale, not of him or any power of his. But, Christ, by His owne power, broke the barrs of death, and loosed the sorrowes of hell, of which it is impossible He should be holden. [...]. 2.24.

A third. Ionas rose but to the same state, he was in before; but mortall Ionas still: When he scaped, he drew his chaine after him, and by the end of it was plucked back againe afterward. But, Christ left them, and linnen clothes and all, in the grave be­hind Him; rose to a better, to ultra non morietur, never to die more, He.

[...]. 6.9.And (in a word) the great Plus quàm. Ionas was but ejectus in aridam: But, Christ was receptus in gloriam. And, in signe of it, the place whereon Ionas was cast, was drie land, or cliffes, where nothing growes. The place, wherein Christ rose, was a well-watered garden, wherein, the ground was in all her glorie, fresh and green, and full of flowers, at the instant of His rising, this time of the yeare. So, as He went lower, so He rose higher, then ever did Ionas, with a great Ecce plus quàm.

And yet, behold a greater then all these. For, Ionas, when he came forth, came forth, and there was all; left the whale, as he found it. But, Ecce plus quàm Ionas hic, plus quàm indeed. [...] 1.41. Christ slew the whale that devoured Him, in the comming forth; was mors mortis: He left not the grave, as He found it, but altered the propertie, nay changed the very nature of it, by His rising.

Three changes He made in it, very plainely. 1. Of a pit of perdition, which it was be­fore, He hath made it now an harbor of rest, Rest in hope. Hope of a new; not the same, it was before, but a better farr, with a great Plus quàm.

[...]. 2.26.2. Made it againe (as the whale, to Ionas, was) a convoy, or passing bote, to a better Port, then any is in our Tharsis heer; even, to the haven of happinesse, and heaven's blisse without end. This for the soule.

3. And, for the body, made the grave, as a womb for a second birth, to traveile with us anew, and bring us forth to life everlasting; Made cor terrae ventrem c [...]ti, the heart of the earth, to us, as the bellie of the whale was to Ionas, which did not still reteine him. That, did not him, nor this shall not us; shall not hold us still, no more then the whale did him, or the grave did Christ. There shalbe a comming forth out of both. And, when GOD shall speake to the earth (as to the whale He did) the Sea and Grave both shall yield up their dead, and deliver them up alive again. [...] 20.13.

The very terme [of the heart of the earth] was well chosen. There is heart in it. For, if the earth have an heart, there is life in it; for, the heart is the fountaine of life, and the seate of the vitall spirits, that hold us in it. So, there is (we see:) for, the earth, dead for a time (all the winter) now, when the waters of heaven fall on it, shewes, it hath life, bringing forth hearbs and flowers againe. And, even so, when the waters above the heavens, and namely the dew of this day distilling from Christ's rising, [...]. 26.19. shall in like sort drop upon it, it shalbe (saith Esai. Chap. XXVI.) as the dew of the herbs, and the earth shall give forth her dead. Dead men, as it doth dead plants now fresh and green againe, in the spring of the yeare. And so, the evening and the morning were Christ's third day, this day, Easter day morning.

Thus many waies doth this sicut hold, and hold with a plus quàm. Were it not great pitie now, that CHRIST, who is so many waies plus quàm Io [...]as, for all this should come to be minus quàm Ionas, in this last, the chiefe of all? For, this is the chiefe. Ionas, after he came out of the whale, brought to passe that famous repentance the repentance of Ninive. [...] 3.5. At Iona's preaching, they repented at Ninive; at Christ's they did not, in Ierusalem.

We shall mend this, if we be as the Ninivites; repent as they. As they? Ab­sit ut sic (saith Saint Augustine; but adds then) sed utinam vel sic. As they? God forbid we should be but, as they: As CHRIST was more then Ionas, so Christians [Page 515] should be more then Ninivites. Well, in the meane time, I would we were, but as they; but so farr onward: never plead for a plus, but be content with Sicut, and never seeke more: But, that, we must: For, lesse (sure) we cannot be. Christ to be plus quàm Ionas, we to be minus quàm Ninivitae, it will not fit, it holds no proportion.

The Sicut (ye see) and the plus quàm, both. Now,What this signe portends. Psal. 86.16. what is the profitt of this Signe of the Prophet? This Signe being of CHRIST's giving, CHRIST gives no Signe, but it is Signum in bonum, a Signe for good, a good Signe; and a good signe is a signe of some good. Of what good is this a Signe? Of hope of comming forth (sure.) Comming forth, whence? From a whale. What is meant by the whale? (the dliverance (most-what) is, as the whale is.) And, three whales we finde heer: 1 Iona's whale: 2 CHRIST's whale: 3 and a third: And, hope we have, to come forth of all three.

First, Iona's whale; death it was not, it was but danger; but, danger as neer death as could be; never man, in more danger to scape it, then he; if not in death, in Zal­maveth, in the vale of the shadow of death, it was.Psal 23.4.

Of any, that hath beene in extreme perill, we use to say; he hath beene where Io­nas was; By Iona's going downe the whale's throat, by Him againe comming forth of the whale's mouth, we expresse, we even point out the greatest extremitie, and the greatest deliverance that can be. From any such danger, a deliverance is a kinde of resurrection, as the Apostle plainly speakes of Isaac, when the knife was at his throte, he was received from the dead [...], though yet he did not.Heb. 11.19. This for the feast of the Resurrection.

And thus, was Ionas a signe, to them of Ninive. As he scaped, so they: he his whale, they theirs (destruction:) which even gaped for them, as wide as Iona's whale. And, as to them a Signe, this; so, to us. And, this use we have of it; When at any time, we are hard bestead, this signe then to be set up for a token. And there is no dan­ger so deadly, but we may hold fast our hope, if we set this signe before us, and say, What, we are not (yet) in the whale's belly; why, if we were there, from thence can GOD bring us though, as Ionas He did.

Iona's whale was but the shadow of death: CHRIST'S, was death. And, even there, in death, to be set up. And we, no not in death it selfe, to despaire,Iob 13.15. but (with Iob) to say, yea though He kill me yet will I trust in Him. My breath, I may; my hope, I will not forgoe: expirare possum, desperare non possum. Heer now is our second hope: to come forth, to be delivered, from CHRIST'S whale, from death it selfe.

But, if the whale be, or betoken the death of the bodie; it doth much more, the death of the soule. So shall we finde another whale yet, a third. And that whale is the red dragon, that great spirituall Liviathan, Satan. And sin,Apoc. 1 [...].3. the very iawes of this whale, that swoupeth downe the soule first, and then the bodie, and in the end both. Ionas has been deepe downe this whale's throte, before ever he came in the others: The land-whale had devoured him, before ever the Sea whale medled with him. In his flight, he fell into this land-whale's iawes, before ever the Sea-whale swallowed him up. And, when he had got out of the gorge of this ghostly Liviathan, the other bodily whale could not long hold him. And, from this third whale was Ionas sent, to deliver the Ninivites: which when he had, the other (of their temporall de­struction) could do them no hurt. Their repentance ridd them of both whales, bodi­ly and ghostly, at once.

Heer then is a third Cape of good hope: that, though one had been downe as deep in the entrailes of the spirituall great Liviathan, as ever was Ionas in the Sea-whale's, yet, even there also, not to despaire. He that brought Ionas, from the deepe of the Sea, and David from the deepe of the Earth (his bodie, so▪) He also delivered his soule from the nethermost hell, where Ionas and He both were,Psal. 71.20. Psal. 86.13. while they were in the transgression.

[Page 516]And now, by this, are we come to the very Signature of this signe, even to Repentance, which followeth in the very next words, for they repented, at the preaching of Ionas. Io­nas preached it:Ver. 41. and (indeed) none so fit to preach on that theme (on repentance) as he, as one that hath been in the whale's bellie; in both the whale's, the spirituall whale's too (for Ionas had been, in both.) One that hath studied his sermon there, been in Satan's sive, well winnowed (cribratus Theologus) he will handle the point best; as be­ing, not onely a preacher, but a Signe of repentance (as Ionas was both) to the Nini­vites.

And, as Ionas, so Christ: how soon He was risen, He gave order streight, that repentance (as the very vertue, the stamp of His resurrection) and, by it, remission of sins should be preached in His name to all nations. Luc. 24.47.

But (indeed) if you marke well, there is a neer alliance between the Resurrection, and Repentance; reciprocall, as between the Signe, and the Signature. Repentance is nothing, but the soule's resurrection: Men are dead in sinne (saith the Apostle:) their soules are.Ephe. 2.1. From that death, there is a rising: Els were it wrong with us. That rising, is repenting: And when one hath lien dead in sinne long, and doth eluctari, wrastle out of a sinne, that hath long swallowed him up, he hath done as great a mas­terie, as if (with Ionas) he had got out of the whale's belly; Nay, as if (with Lazarus) be had come out of the heart of the earth. Ever holding this, that Marie Magda­len raised from sinne, was no lesse a miracle, then her brother raised from the dead.

And sure, Repentance is the very vertue of Christ's Resurrection. There, it is first seen, it first sheweth it selfe, hath his first operation, in the soule, to raise it.

This first being once wrought on the soule, from the ghostly Liviathan, the like will not faile, but be accomplished on the bodie, from the other of death; of which Ionas is heer, Mysterium magnum, dico autem in Christo. For, in Christ, this Signe is a Signe, Ephe. 5.32. not betokening onely, but exhibiting also what it betokeneth, as the Sacra­ments doe. For, of Signes, some shew onely, and worke nothing, such was that of Io­nas, in it selfe Sed Ecce plus quàm Ionas hîc: For, some other there be, that shew and worke-both;Ver. 42. worke what they shew, present us, with what they represent; what they sett before us, set or graft in us. Such is that of Christ. For, besides that, it setts be­fore us, of His: it is further a seale or pledge, to us, of our owne, that, what we see in Him this day, shall be accomplished, in our owne selves, at His good time.

And even so passe we to another Mysterie. For, one Mysterie leads us to ano­ther: this in the Text, to the holy Mysteries we are providing to partake, which doe worke like, and doe worke to this: Even to the raising of the soule with the first re­surrection. Apoc 20.5. And, as they are a meanes for the raising of our soule, out of the soile of sin; (for, they are given us and we take them expressly for the remission of sinnes:) so are they no lesse a meanes also, for the raising our bodies out of the dust of death. The signe of that Bodie, which was thus in the heart of the earth, to bring us from thence, at the last. Our Saviour saith it totidem verbis, Who so eateth My Flesh and drin­keth My Bloud, Ioh. 6.54. I will raise him up at the last day: raise him, whither He hath raised himselfe. Not to life onely, but to life and glorie, and both without end. To which &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the V. of Aprill, A. D. MDCXVIII, being EASTER DAY.

I. CORINTH. CHAP. XI. VER. XVI.

Si quis autem videtur contentiosus esse, nos talem con­suetudinem non habemus, neque Ecclesiae DEI.

But if any man seeme to be contentious, we have no such cus­tome, neither the Churches of GOD.

THIS is no Easter Text, as we are wont to have: Nothing of the Resurrection in it. It is not for the day.

It is not, directly:1 How the Text may serve for Ea­ster. But if it should happen, there were any contention about Easter, that would bring it within the word [contentious] heere. Specially, if that contention about Easter were, whe­ther it hath bene ever a custome in the Church of GOD; for that would bring it within the word [custome] here mentioned: And so would it both wayes fall within the compasse of the Text. The Custome of Easter, made a contention, would make it an Easter-day Text.

I say not, any such contention ther is:The Text two wayes qualified. I desire to proceed (as the Apostle doth) without the least offense. 1 He saith not, there be any contentious; but if any seeme to be. That any be contentious, it may not be said. They will deeply protest, that from their hearts they abhorre all contentions, 1 Videtur Seemes. and desire to walke peaceably. Be no, then: but, seeme to be.

Nay, not seeme to be, neither: Saint Paul sayes not so much: sayes onely, Si quis, 2 Si quis If any. if any; puts but a case (and there is no harme in that.) No more will we, goe no [Page 518] [...]ther, then the Text: If any such seeme to be, this Text tells what to doe: If none be;All upon sup­positi [...]. none seeme to be, it is but a case put. And so, by way of supposition, be all said, that shall be.

The DivisionVpon the view, three points give forth themselves. 1 Heere are contentious; and 2 here are customes; and 3 customes, opposed to the contentious. These the three heads.

I Contentions.To breake them yet further, into certaine Theses or propositions; to proceed by. 1 First, it should seeme, there were contentions in the Apostle's times. 2 Con­tentions, about what? About matter of circumstance. So was this here, Whether men were to pray vncovered, and women veiled, or no? 3 And that there were, which did not onely contend, but (which is more) were even contentious about these. 4 For those that were so, here is a si quis set up, If any seeme to be such, what to doe to them.

II Not to passe them in silence, and say nothing to them: But this to say: We have no such custome, nor the Churches of GOD. And so oppose the Churche's custome to con­tention.

In which saying, there are these heads. 1 First, that the Church hath her customes. 2 As she hath them,The Church, customes. so she may, and doth alledge them. 3 And alledge them finally (as the Apostle here, we see, resolveth the whole matter into them, as into a finall reso­lution.) 4 And all this, by Scripture confirmed: even by this Scripture: on which, the customes of the Church are grounded, and the power that shall be ever in them, to over-rule the contentious.

Non habemus talem, Matt. 12.39. The Text the last yeere. Negative in shew; Affi [...]mative, in effect.And let not this move you, that it seemes to be negative, Non habemus talem. As (this time twelve month) Non dabitur nisi (a negative in shew) proved an affirma­tive, Dabitur, sed non nisi: So will this Non habemus talem, prove to Habemus, sed non talem. Custome we have, but none such. To apply it to the Apostle's purpose: None, to sit covered at prayer, Non talem, None such; But the contrary rather; To be un-co­vered then, talem, Such is our custome; Such a one, the Church hath.

Where, because the negative referrs not to habemus, but to talem, And, a custome is not therefore good, because we have it, but because it is talem, so qualified; The talem to be:The Two markes of a right custome. 1 First, If we (that is) the Apostles have had it, if it were Apo­stolique: The non talem to be, if our new Maste [...]s have taken it up the other day, and 1 the Apostles never knew it. 2 The talem to be, if the Churches of GOD in generall have had it, if it be Catholique. The non talem to be, if the Church of Corinth, or some one Church perhaps had it, but the rest never had any such.

III Then, will we descend to shew the keeping of Easter, to be such: Ever in vse with the Churches of GOD,The Church custome for keeping Easter. from the time of the Apostles themselves. Which, if we can make plaine, heere is a plaine Text for it: That if one should aske, What Scripture have you, why Easter may not be laide downe? It may well be answered, Non habe­mus talem consuetudinem, nec Ecclesiae Dei, Custome to keepe it, we have; the Apo­stles, the Church had it: but to abolish it, such custome have we none; we depart from them both, if we doe.

There wants not Scripture for Easter. Ep [...]st. 119. Cap. 14.Protesting yet, that we have no purpose to waive Scripture quite, for the keeping of Easter. Saint Augustine is plaine; Hoc ex authoritate divinarum Scripturarum, per anniversarium Pascha celebratur. Even by authoritie of divine Scripture it is, that eve­ry yeere, Easter is kept solemnely. We have touched two Scriptures heretofore: The day, which the LORD hath made (118. Psalme) applied ever to this Feast. That Text for the Old.Psal. 118.24. And for the New Testament, that verse in this Epistle, CHRIST our Passe-over is offered, 1. Cor. 5.7 8. let us therefore keepe a Feast.

But the Chur­ches custome is more kindly.But every thing standeth safest and surest, upon his owne base: And the right base of this, I take to be Custome. We doe but make our selves to be pitied otherwhile, when we stand wringing the Scriptures, to straine that out of them, that is not in them, and so can never come liquide from them: when yet we have for the same point, the Churche's custome cleare enough. And that is enough, by vertue of this Text. There is, and shall be enough ever in this Text, to avow any Custome; The Apostles, [Page 519] the Churches of GOD had it: to disavow any; The Apostles, the Churches of GOD, had it not.

The fruit of our labour will be this (I hope) at least,The use of the third point about Easter. to confirme vs in the keeping of it. We keepe Easter, many of us, we know not upon what ground. By this, we shall see, we have a ground for that we doe. We doe no more, then the Churches of GOD, then the Apostles have done before us. So, our eares shall heare the voice in Esay behinde us, Haec est via, This is the way: Ambulate in eâ, Walke in it,Esa. 30.21. as you doe, you are in the right, and there hold you.

IF any. This (if) I take it, is no idle if, no vaine supposition; to say, if there be I any, where there were none. No: contentions there were. When? when (we:) who be they? Saint Paul and his fellow Apostles, when they lived.1. Contentions in the Apostle's time. And the Chur­ches: what Churches? the Churches under them, of their times. In the very prime of the Primitive Church, then were there Contentions.

And those not with an enemie without (Iew or Gentile;) that, were [...], warre abroad: this is [...], but a jarre at home, among themselves. That former (abroad) they represent by Ismaël and Isaac, and they were of two venters. Gal. 4 29. Gen. 25.23. This latter (at home) by the two twinnes in Rebecca's wombe. (I feare the time: els could I let you see this strife, in every Church of them.)

This I note first,1. Pet. 4.12. that we may not [...] (to vse Saint Peter's terme) thinke it strange, if there be contentions in our times. They shall be no strangers with us, in ours: They were not with them, in theirs. Neither contentions (in this verse:) Nor schismes (in the next, the 18.) Nor haeresies (in the 19. next to that.) It is of the fiery triall, Saint Peter speakes it (of persecution:) It is as true, of the watery triall (of con­tention.) As true it is of the last, as of the first Church: Psal. 81.7. I prooved thee also at the waters of strife. Those waters, the waters of Meriba, will hardly be dreined ever.

There were contentions then: About what? For, though peace be precious,2. Contentions a­bout matter of circum­stance. Verse 4, 5. yet of such moment may the matters be, as they are to be contended for, yea even to the death. For what then were these? for nothing, but a matter of Rite: Men praying, whether they should be un-covered; women, whether veiled or no. For a Hat and a Veile, was all this adoe. It was not about any the high Mysteries, any of the vitall parts of Religion, Preaching, Prayer, the Sacraments: Onely, about the manner, how; the gesture and behaviour, wherewith; in what sort, to cary themselves, at Preaching, Prayer, the Sacraments: about matter of circumstance meerely, and nothing els.

And even these, even the meanest things would be done for the better, not for the worse (saith the Apostle, in the next verse) And the more order, the better. So the Apostle had set order for them, and inter alia, for this too.Verse 2. Other his ordinances (he saith) they remembred well, but not this: This was opposed. For, with some, all is not worth a rush, if they see not further then their fellowes, nay their betters, then: If they finde not somewhat to finde fault with, if it be but a ceremonie. And to picke a quarrell with a ceremonie, is easie. A plausible theame, not to burthen the Church with ceremonies: the Church to be free: which hath almost freed the Church of all decencie.

About such points as these, were there, that did not onely contend, but that grew contentious. [...] is one thing, to contend: [...] another, to be contentious. 3. Yea, contenti­ousnesse, which is more then contention. The Apostle saith not, if any contend: but, si quis contentiosus. And (osus) is full: [...]. is one that loves it, is given to it. Strange, any such should be: But the Apostle's if, proves to be no if. We see it daily, in persons but meanely qualified (God wote) [Page 520] yet so peremptorie, as if the word of God had come, if not from them, yet to them onely, and none besides. 1. Cor. 14.25. Good Lord! Why should any love to be contentious? Why? It is the way to be some bodie. In time of peace, what reckoning is there of Wat Ti­ler, or Iacke Straw? Make a sedition, and they will beare a braine with the best. Pri­mianus and Maximianus were the heads of the two factions of Donatists in Saint Au­gustine's time. He saith, it was well for them, that faction fell out: Els, Primi­anus, might have been Postremianus, and Maximianus be Minimianus, well e­nough: But now, in schisme, either of them was a jolly fellow, head of a party. This makes, we shall never want contentious persons, and they will take order, we shall never want contentions.

4. Such [...]on [...]ention [...] to be neg­lected.Well, if any such should happen to be, what is to be done in such a case? What saith the Apostle? Saith he thus? Seeing it is no greater matter, it skills not greatly whether they do it or no, covered or bare, sit or kneele, all's one: sets it light, and lets it go. No: but calls them backe to the custome of the Church, will not have them swerve from that; makes a matter of it. For (we see) he presses the point hard; spends many words, many verses, even halfe the Chapter about it.

Not any con­tention.Why doth he so? For two reasons. 1. First, he likes not contention at all. Why? If it be not taken at the first, within a while (within one verse after) ye shall heare of a schisme (looke the 18. verse:) And within a little after that (looke but to the 19.) ye shall have a flat heresie of it. The one drawes on the other: if the contentious humor be not let out, it will fester streight, and proove to an aposteme.

No, not in these small matters.2. Nor, he likes not the matter, wherefore; (though it seeme but small.) Saint Paul knew Sathan's methode well: he seemes somewhat shamefast at first, asks but some small trifle: Give him but that, he will be ready for greater points. If he win ground in the Ceremonies, For, from Cere­monies to Sa­craments. then have at the Sacrament: If he can disgrace the one, it will not be long, but ye shall heare of him at the other.

Speake I beside the booke? was it not so here? At the very next verse, there he falls in hand with an abuse of the Sacrament, and that takes up the rest of the Chapter.

For, when they had sit covered at Prayer a while, they grew even as unreverent, as homely with the Sacrament: Eate and drunke there, as if they had bene at home, in triclinio; that the Apostle is faine to tell them (at the 22. verse) They had homes to be homely at: the Church, the House of GOD, they were to be used with greater reverence. He did not commend them for this their rude cariage, at the Sacrament. Did not commend them? you know what that meaneth (minus dicitur, plus intelligitur) He blamed them much for it.

Then, are we to make stay at these lesse matters at first (as the Apostle doth.) To thinke the Wise mans counsell worth the following, Ne sit tibi minimum, non negligere minima, Count it no small matter, not to neglect small matters. What so small as an haire?Iudg. 16.19. when these small haires were gone from Samson, his strength left him. In it selfe, in his owne nature, a Rite is not so much: This is much; that by it, they learne to breake the Churche's orders; and that thereby they are fleshed, to goe on to grea­ter matters.

II To these con­tentions, the Church custome opposeth.Opposing then to these, what course takes he? Layes for his ground, this, Non ha­bemus talem. The force of his reason is, If we, if the Churches of GOD, had any such custome, it were somewhat; that were warrant enough, for a Rite. But now, we and they both, have none such; nay, we and they, have the quite contrary; therefore, let us heare no more of it.

1. The Church hath her cus­tomes.Where, it is plaine, the Apostle is for the Church-customes. 1 And first, that she hath them. Every Societie, beside their Lawes in bookes, have their customes also in practise: and those, not to be taken up, or laid downe, at every mans pleasure. The Civill Law saith this of Custome, Imào magnae authoritatis hoc ius habetur▪ quod in tantum probatum est, Pa [...]d. 1. Tit. 3. de [...]egth 35. vt non fuerit scripto comprehendere necesse ▪ Men (it seemes) had a [Page 521] gr [...]at good liking to their customes, that they remembred them without booke, that they never needed to be put in writing, as their Lawes and Statutes did. Now, as every Societie, so the Church, besides her habemus legem, hath her habemus consue­tudinem too. There is such a thing, as mos populi Dei.

And feare not traditions a whit. Those respect credenda, points of doctrine: These, but agenda, matter of practise: And that, not in points of substance; reach onely to matter of circumstance, goe no further. Nor doe we even them with, much lesse oppose them to, that which is written. Never any custome, against that: No custome, that comes frome the will or wit of man, against Scripture, which comes from the wise­dome and will of GOD. But, haec oportet facere, & illa non omittere. Mat. 23.23. One­ly so.

The Church then, hath her customes. I adde,The Apostles and their Churches had their cus­tomes. these (we) heere (that is) the Apostles had them; and the Churches under them, had theirs. It was but early day then, yet had they their customes, even then. At the writing of this Epistle, it was not (at the most) thirty yeares from CHRIST's Ascension. If that were time enough, to make a custome: Now, after these twenty times thirty yeares, and thirty times thirty yeares, and a hundred yeares to spare, shall it not be a custome now, by much better right? A custome is susceptible of more and lesse: The further it goeth, the longer it runneth, the more strength it gathereth; the more gray haires it getteth, the more venerable it is: for indeede, the more a custome it is.

Now then, as the Church hath them, so she stands upon them:2. The Church alledgeth her customes. feares not (we see) to alledge them, to say habemus, or non habemus. Habemus, to uphold an ancient good one: Non habemus, to lay downe an evill one, new taken up.

Heere, negativè, Non habemus talem. As our SAVIOVR likewise,In the Nega­tive. Matt 19.8. A principio non fuit sic. And yet, by implication, this here is, One we have, but not such a one. And our SAVIOVR'S there, A way there was from the beginning, but this was not it.

But otherwhere, it is positivè also, to affirme, and to maintaine a good:In the Affir­mative. And men positively referred, to know, what hath beene the use in former times.

Higher then Moses, we cannot goe. Moses as Law-giver, one would thinke,Hath ever so alledged. Moses. Deut. 4 12. would be all for Law. He is positivè full, for custome too. Enquire (saith he) of the dayes that be past, how it hath gone, since the day, GOD created the earth. (And that, in the second edition, or setting forth of the Law.)

Iob is for it too. Enquire, I pray you, of the former Age, Iob. 8.8. and set your selves to aske after the Fathers (for we are but of yesterday) shall not they tell you, thus, and thus it was, in their times?

And, say not the Prophets the same?The Prophets. Ier. 6.16. Stand upon the wayes (it is Ieremie) and there loooke for the good old way, and that way take, it is the onely way to find rest for your soules.

To all which, agreeable is that wherewith I will shut up this point;The Fathers. which all the Fathers in the first Nicene Councell tooke up, and which, ever since, hath beene the Churche's crie, [...], Mos antiquus obtineat. Let old customes prevaile, let them carie it. By this you see, Habemus consuetudinem, hath beene counted a sound allegation, not onely from the Apostle's, but even from MOSE'S time.

And now, for the talem. For, it is not the habemus that binds, but the talem. 3. The Badges of a right cus­tome, two. Not, because we have it, but because it is so qualified. It is not every custome, hand over head, we may stand on. Why bindes not this? 1. Because though it may be, it was at Corinth (Ecclesia Dei, a Church of GOD one Church) yet Ecclesiae Dei, the other Churches of GOD, had it not; the word is plurall. 2. Because, though it hath liked some, not long since to like well of it; yet the Apostles never knew it: or (the other way) if it have liked them to dislike it, and lay it downe; yet the Apostles li­ked it well enough.

Non talem (saith the Apostle) none such. Qualem then? How shall we doe to [Page 522] know the right talem? Thus. Non talem is here opposed, to two: To the Churches of GOD: To nos (that is) the Apostles.

If it the Ecclesia­rum Dei.If it be but of some one Church, but at Corinth alone, it is too narrow; not large, not generall enough. If it be but taken up by some of our masters of late, it is too fresh, it is not ancient enough: Non talem, No such.

But, by these two, we know our right qualem. If it be Ecclesiarum (that is) if it be generall: If nos come to it (that is) the Apostles, if it be ancient: then it is rightly qualified; then it is as it should be; then it may be alledged, and stood upon, then it will binde: and then, if any oppose, videtur contentiosus esse.

I beginne with the Churches (in the plurall.) Every Church hath power to beginne a custome: and that custome, power to binde her owne children, to it. Provided, her private custome affront not the generall, received by all others: for then binds it not. By the Rule in the Mathematiques, Ever Totum est parte maius: And by the rule in the Moralls, Ever turpis parsomnis, totinon congrua.

As neither is any particular Church bound to the private custome of another, like particular, as it selfe it. But if the other Churche's custome, have also beene the ge­nerall custome of the Church: then it binds, and may not be set light: For then said it must be,Epist. 118. ca. 5. that Saint Augustine doth say, If the whole Church vsually have observed ought: to goe from that, or to question, whether it be to be observed, insolentissimae in­saniae est. It savors of a distemper comming of a heat, or humor of pride: For, onely by pride (saith Solomon) commeth contention. Pro 13.10. This for the Churche's custome.

If nos (that is) the Apostles had it.But, if to this we adde, or rather, if before this we set, this (nos) the Apostles had it too, that it is Apostolike: we have then said asmuch, as in this point can be said, asmuch as may content any, that is not contentious, that is not more wedded to shew his wit, then to seeke the truth: and more set [...], to maintaine his owne position, then to regard the Churche's peace. For sure, if a custome be to be esteemed by antiquitie; such a custome is ab heroicis vsque temporibus: for they be our Heroës. 2. If it be to be esteemed by the author: what authors more worthy in them­selves, more worthy of our imitation, then they? Nothing can be devised more reasona­ble, then that in the 118. quest. ad Orthod. in Iustin Martyr, That, of and from whom we, received [...], to pray: of and from them, we should also receive [...], how and when, at what time, at what feasts to do it. Their example (that is, the Apostle's) the Church commended to her children to practise (a better She could not:) that practise, in time grew to a custome. That custome is talem, may safely be al­ledged.

4. The Vse of this argument from custome.Lastly, as this sheweth it may be alledged for a good argument in Divinitie: So doth it, 1 what the men are against whom: 2 what the matters, wherein: 3 what the penaltie, whereupon it may be alledged.

Against what par [...]ies.1. Whom against. This may be alledged against si quis videtur contentiosus esse, such as are, or at least seeme contentious. Habemus, or Non habemus consuetudinem, is their proper answer. No reasoning with such, it will be to small purpose they will be fine fine dicentes. Saint Augustine saith well, they cannot distinguish betweene respondere posse, and tacere nolle: They take them, for all one. So they crie lowdest, and have the last word, they take it they have answered sufficiently. Against these it lieth most properly. None so ready a way, to stop their mouthes: for custome is mat­ter of fact, Habemus or Non habemus may be put to twelve men, and there's an end. Saint Paul then vsing it heere against these, teacheth us to use it against the like. Against such parties; against si quis videtur contentiosus esse, to put it upon this; Is there a custome, or is there none?

In what mat­te [...].Specially, if the matter be of the nature of this here in the Text, where the question seemed to concerne but matter of circumstance, and outward order; there hath it his right use; that, the proper place of it. You will say; But had it not beene good though, to have used some reason for it? It had: And the Apostle used divers (if that would have served:) from the signification, at the third verse; from decencie, at [Page 523] the thirteenth; from nature, at the fourteenth. But (to say the truth) such, as (he saw) a wrangling wit would elude. The nature of the question affoorded none other. It was well observed, and set downe for a rule by the Philosopher, That in morall matters, men may not looke for Mathematicall proofes: The nature of the subject will not beare them. If not in morall, in rituall much lesse: they of all other, least susceptible of a demonstrative reason.

The Apostle saw this, and therefore finally resolves all, into the Churche's practise by custome confirmed: in matters of this kinde, enough of it selfe, to suffice any that will sapere ad sobrietatem. In so doing, as he tooke the right course (we are sure) so he taught us by his example, in points of this nature, of ceremonie or circumstance, ever to pitch upon habemus or non habemus talem consuetudinem. This to be finall.

3. And then followes upon what poenalty. Vpon no other paine,Vpon what poenal [...]ie. but to be pro­nounced to be fallen into the Apostle's Si quis; to be taken and declared, pro conten­tioso. Then if any, for every point of rite that takes him in the head, will hazzard the Churche's peace, will not acquiescere, but set himselfe against the Churche's custome; he knoweth his doome heere. For it turnes backe reciprocè. As, if any be contentious, the Churche's custome is against him: So, if any turne upon the Churche's custome, be against it, it is no good signe; videtur (saith Saint Paul) to the Apo­stle he seemes so (and he had his eyes in his head.) And what such seemed to him, they may well seeme to [...]; and we take them for no lesse, that are alike stirring in matters of no more weight. And so an end of this matter. For the Apostle, The argument finall. when he had said this, thought he had said enough, needed to say no more. The Chur­che's custome shall ever be of force, to over-rule such as are contentious. And when Saint Paul had said this, he had said. And so have we.

This then being set downe, That Customes so qualified are to be kept:III. The keeping [...]aster is such a c [...]stome. Shall we now goe on to the hypothesis, that the keeping of Easter is such? (And now I would the houre were to beginne againe, so much is to be said for it.)

One foot of our compasse we fixe in the Apostle's times. The other, where?The time to make this custome. They appoint us Gelasin's time, who was fast upon the five hundredth yeare. Be it so.

From the Apostle's Age (which ended with Saint Iohn, who survived CHRIST sixtie eight yeares, and dyed the yeare CII. under Trajan) to Gelasin's Age.How long the Apostles. 100. Of these five hundred, the first hundred yeares are for (Nos) the Apostle's time. From thence, the foure hundred yeares following, are for the Churche's. How long the Churches. 400. Which foure hundred we may divide againe, into two even moities, two hundred under persecution: two hundred under peace.

To prove (then) our habemus consuetudinem: We cannot better beginne,Proofes for the custome of the Chur [...]hes. 1. Proo [...]e. From contenti­ons about it. 2. The Church tooke part with Easter. 3. Censured ever for Haere­ticks, that a­gainst it. Tert. de praes [...] ­c. 53. Epiphan. He­res 70. Syn. Antioch. Can 1. The Contention not about the Feast, but the time onely. then with this in the Text, the contentions, that from the beginning rose about it. Those very contentions proove it. It must be, that must be contended for: and then it must be, when it is contended for. These three things in this one proofe. 1 The contenti­ons that were about it, even presently upon the Apostle's times: 2 The great care had, and continuall paines taken, to lay them downe; that is, the Churche's conten­ding for the Feast: 3 The censuring of those that tooke them up, with Saint Paule's contentiosus heere, and with somewhat more: (Of Blastus, at Rome in Europe; Of Crescentius in Egypt, for Afrique: Of Audaeus, in Syria, for Asia:) These were the principalls, these were all written up in the blacke booke, by those that registred the Hereticks; by Tertullian, Epiphanius, Philastrius, Augustine, and Theodoret (all five.)

But as GOD would have it, the question never was of the Feast it selfe, but of the time of it onely. All kept Easter, though not all at one time. For the keeping, they had the Churche's custome: for the time of keeping, they had their owne: the Feast of the Christians; the time of the Iewes.

[Page 524] How the c [...]n­tention first came.And I will tell you how this came, first. From Saint Iames (who was the first) there were successively one after another, fifteene Bishops of Hierusalem, all of them of the Circumcision. These (the sooner to winne their bretheren the Iewes) condescended to keepe their Easter, XIIIIo. Lunae, as they did. That which was by them thus done by way of condescension, was after, by some, urged as a matter of necessitie, as if it were not lawfull, but on that day to hold it.

The first that it tooke thus in the head (Tertullian in the end of De praescrip. saith) was one Blastus, Chap. [...]3. about the daies of Commodus. He began a schisme. And Irerae­ [...]s presently wrote deschismate contra Blastum. Hie. deser. 35. Epiphan. haer. 50 But after, from schisme Blastus sell to haeresie, and began that of the Quartodecimani: to whose manner of keeping it, for the most part, other heretiques did cleave, leaving the Churche's custome of purpose, since they were departed from her.

Great pitie, some in our daies had not been then living, to have advised the Church to have saved her paines, and never have striven so about it: the shortest way was, to have made no more adoe, but kept none at all. But, non habemus talem consuetu­dinem, would have beene their answere. For you will easily guesse: if these, for not keeping it at the right time, were scored up for heretiques; what would become of them, that had been against the [...]eeping of it at all.

Till now in our daies, there was never any such, but Aërius; he tooke it away cleane,None again [...] Easter, but Ae [...]tus. Epiphan. Haeres. 75. 1. Cor. 5 7. as Iewis [...]. His reason was (saith Epiphanius, scorning it) because CHRIST our Passeover is offered. CHRIST our Passeover is offered, l [...]t us therefore keepe a Fea [...]t (saith Saint Paul:) Let us therefore keepe none (saith Aërius) holden for so saying, for little better then crazed. There was never any Council called about him: but as Aërius was his name, so was his opinion, and so it vanished into aire, and was blowen over streight.All els keepe Easter, the old Puritans, the Novatians and all. Socr. l. 5. c. 20. Otherwise, all heretiques, an Easter they had: Not so much as the Novatians, that called themselves Cathari (that is, the Puritans of the Primi­tive Church) but one they had: but like good fellowes (by their Canon adiaphorus) they left every one at libertie, so he kept one, to keepe it whither way he listed▪ but keepe one he must. This contendi [...]g about this custome from the beginning, shew­eth, from the beginning, such a custome there was.

Proofe from the C [...]c [...] Pas­ [...]ha. es.Next we avouch the Cycli Paschales (for the keeping it right) which were indeed the Churche's yearely Calendar (which to this day the Greeke Church call their [...]) made of purpose for the just keeping it, at the very time. A pregnant proofe for 1 this custome, if there were none but it. By Hippolytus first a famous Bishop and ho­ly Martyr (His was the sixteen-yeare Canon) set forth by him so timely, as it ended in the first yeare of Alexander Severus.

2 And after him, that of eight yeares, devised by Dionysius Bishop of Alexan­dria, who was a Martyr also, and of high account ever in the Church. (And both these, under the persecution.)

3 Then came Eusebius, whose devise the Golden number was, or Cycle of nineteene 4 yeares. His held, till Theophilus of Alexandria's began. Now the time of the setting his, is recorded to have been the yeare 380.

5 6 Prosper came after him, and he set another. And last came Victorinus of Aquitaine about the yeare 460, (not much before Gelasius.) Two more came after these, before it was fully settled; (but we will not passe our bounds.) If no such custome were what needed all these paines, all this adoe, in these Cycles setting, and calcula­tion of times? 1. Victo [...] Cap [...] ­anu [...].. 2 D [...]c [...]ys. Exi­ [...]u [...]. The use of the Cycli P [...]sc [...]les. It shewes the great esteeme, the Church had the Feast in, that it was so carefull of the precise time of it, every yeare.

And there was reason for it. Otherwhile they were at an after-deale, about the time. The yeare 454. (within a yeare or two, after the Council of Chalcedon) all were at a stand. Easter fell so high in April, they were in a doubt, they had beene wrong: Yea Leo himselfe (that then lived) and all. Presently fell Leo to writing of letters about, to all, reputed any thing seen that way. To the Bishop of Pas [...]hasi [...]u [...] Lilybaeum in Sicil.. To the Bishop of the Isle [...] [...]p. 6 [...]. Caos. To the Ep. 64. Emperour Martian himselfe (and to the Ep. 65. Empresse to sollicite him) that he would not faile, but send to Proterius [Page 525] Bishop of Alexandria to help them out: As he did. And the like fell out in Saint Ambrose's time. Damasus and all, were to seeke about it, and he then faine to clear it by his LXXXIII. Epistle, to the Bishops of Aemylia.

Now, upon the consulting of the Bishop of Alexandria, there hangs a third proof.3 Proofe. Frō the Pascha­les Epistolae, of [...] of the Bishop of Alexandria. The Paschales epistolae, yearely sent abroad by that See, to this end. Leo confesseth to the Emperour, That because, they of Egypt were held for the most skilfull in the Ma­thematiques, best at calculations; it was by the first Councill at Nice laide upon them (this trust) yearely to calculate the day exactly, and to give notice of it in time to other Churches, yea to Rome and all.

And it was antiqua consuetudo, saith Cassian (who lived with Chrysostome, Collat. 10.2. and was his Deacon) that every yeare, the morrow after their Epiphania, the Bishop of Alex­andria sent abroad his Paschales epistolae, to warne Easter, over the world. And, when (after) by reason of warres in the spring time, in many places they were intercepted, that they came not time enough: Order was taken anew by the great Councill of Aphrique, that letters for warning Easter should come forth sooner, by the 21. of August every yeare, that so they might have time to come,Conc. Carthag. Can. 74. whither they were sent soone enough.

These Paschales epistolae were ever famous, and of high account, for other good matter conteined in them. Three of them of Theophilus, we have extant, so highly esteemed by Saint Hierome, as he tooke the paines to turne them into Latine, and to him we owe them. But, though by the Nicene Councill this was layd upon the Bishop of Alexandria; I would not have you conceive, it began then. Ruffin saith,L. 1. c. 6. the Councill did but antiquum Canonem tradere, deliver the old Canon, that had beene before in use. For, long before, Eusebius mentioned those Paschales epistolae sent about,L. 7. c. 20. Niceph l. c. 11. by Dionyse Bishop there, even under the persecution.

Now if we will follow Iob. 8 8. From the Fa­thers in the Churche's peace, the lat­ter 200. yeeres. By the Homi­lies upon Ea­ster-day. Iob's advise, and set our selves to aske of the Fathers:4. Proofe. we shall finde habemus talem consuetudinem, cleer with them for it. Those first, that li­ved after the Churche's peace: 2 Then those, that during the persecution. Those in the Churche's peace, foure waies. 1. By the Homilies or Sermons made purposely by them, to be preached on this Day. We have a full Iurie, Greeke and Latine, of them; and that of the most chiefe and eminent among them. Saint Basil, Nazianzen, Chry­sostome, Nyssen, Theophilus Alexandrinus, Cyrill, Chrysologus, Leo, &c. And yet I deale not with any of those in Ambrose, Austin, Maximus, now extant; I know, they are questioned. I relie onely on the report of Saint Hierome and Gennadius, who saw the right copies, and what they saw, have reported.

I will give you a tast of one. It shall be Nazianzen, surnamed the Divine, and so one, that knew what belonged to Divinitie. Thus beginnes he a Sermon of his up­on it. Easter-day is come, GOD's owne Easter-day: and againe I say, Easter-day is come, in honour of the Trinitie: the Feast of Feasts,1. in Pascha. the solemnitie of all solemni­ties, so farr passing all other Feasts, holden not onely by or for men, but even in ho­nour of CHRIST Himselfe, as the Sunne doth the Starres

And, in his funerall Sermon for his father, having occasion but to name it by the way (for that his father once, brought to the last cast, in a sickenesse of his, suddenly (as it were by a miracle) recovered upon an Easter-day morning) It was (saith he) Ea­ster, the great and famous Feast of Easter, the Queene and the Sovereigne of all the dayes in the yeare. That, in his daies they had (sure) such a custome.

(An so it seemes they had in Ignatiu's daies: for, from him borrowed he that terme of Lady and Queene of daies, out of his Epistle ad Magnesianos.)

2. By the Hymnes set for this day, to be sung on it.By the Hymnes upon Easter-day. By Prudentius that lived in Saint Ambrose's time. By Saint Ambrose himselfe. Before him by Saint Hilarie. But, Paulinus I insist on. He, in his Panegyrick for Foelix, setts downe in particular all the Feasts in the yeare, as they were then in use among them: Easter for a chiefe Feast. He lived with Saint Augustine. A pregnant Record, for the Churche's custome then.

3. By their writings. By their wri­tings tou­ching Easter. 1 Some of them in their Commentaries (as Saint Hierome) [Page 526] and namely on the Galatians, and on that place (yee observe dayes: If that be a fault (saith he) we Christians doe incurre that fault, all. For we keepe (by name) Easter, but not the Iewe's Easter, of vnlevined bread (which the Apostle excepts to) but the Christian Easter of the Resurrection of CHRIST. 2 Some, by way of Epistles and answers: as S. Ambrose, LXXXIII. Epistle, full to it S. August. CXVIII. CXIX. set Epi­stles concerning questions about it. 3 Some, by their [...]: As Epiphanius (the Treasure of antiquitie) in his L.LXX. and LXXV. heresie, ad oppositum. Positive­ly in his Compendium of the true Churche's orders, at the end of his Pannarium, where­of one is [...]. The great solemnitie upon Easter day.• As S. August. expre [...]sly contra Adimantum, the 16. Chap. And the 32, booke against Faustus (that found fault, the Church kept it, yet kept it not, as the Iewes:) confesseth the one, (the Churche's keeping:) traverses the other, that she ought, neither at that time, nor in that manner to keepe it, as they did: and that at large. 4 Some, by short treatises, as Ambrose de mysterio Paschae. And some by full bookes, as Eusebius, who wrote a booke of the whole Order of the Churche's Service then, dedicated it to Constantine, was by the Emperour highly commended for it.

4. Lastly, as by writing, so by matter of fact. As Chrysostome, who when he was deposed,By matters of fact. Of Chrysostome Sacrat. l [...]b. ca. 18 and so enjoyned not to come in any Church: yet Easter-day comming, so loth he was not to keepe it, as he got him in Thermas Constantini (a spacious great building, for the publique bath of the Citie) and there held his Easter, with a very great company,Of Athanasius. Apolog. ad Constantium. that would not forsake him. As Athanasius, who being accused to Constantius the Emperour, for keeping the Feast of Easter in the great Church at Alexandria (then but newly finished, and as yet not dedicate) he layes the blame from himselfe upon the people, that would have it kept there, doe what he could, the other Churches were so narrow, and the concourse to the Feast so great, as he saith, it would have done the Emperour's heart good, to have seene it.

And, in his Epistle ad Africanos; with open mouth, he cryeth out upon the Arri­ans, that came in militarie manner to instal their new Bishop, and the many outrages by them done. Above all, that not onely they did those outrages, but did them (of all dayes) upon Easter-day, Et ne ipsum quidem Dominicum diem sanctissimi Festi ulla in reverentiâ habuere, And had not in any reverence, not the very Sunday of that most holy Feast.

Custome for the three Holy-dayes at Easter. Cap. 8. Hom. 1. in Pasch.Not the Sunday: for we are to know, the custome that is continued with vs still, they then had, to keepe two dayes beside the Sunday, three in all: For the Latine Church, plaine, by Saint Augustine de Civitate Dei. 22. In 3um Festi diem. For the Greeke, by Nyssen, who expressly termeth it, [...].

Thus, all these wayes, by singing, by saying, by writing, by doing, all beare wit­nesse to it: and I may safely say, there is not one of them, but one of these wayes or other, he hath his hand in it, and among them they make up a full proofe, of this habe­mus consuetudinem.

5 Proofe From the Coun­cils. The Nicene.From the Fathers, I passe to the Councils, and plead it by all the foure. The Ni­cene first.

1. Two causes there were (saith Athanasius de Syn. Arim. & Sel.) of the assem­bling that Council. Nam & claudicabant circa Festum (and he makes that the first cause) They halted about the Feast, kept it not vniformely: and that was set streight, against Crescentius. And, the Deitie of the SONNE of GOD was questioned, and that was put into the Nicene Creed,Theod l. 1. ca. 9. Socrat. l. 1▪ c. 9. against Arrius. You have the Council's Epistle for the setling it: you have the Emperour's Sacra for the ratifying it, directed ad omnes Ecclesias (in the third booke of his life, by Eusebius.)

2. For the 2. General at Constantinople. As Constantine in the first; so Theodosius at this,The 2. of Constant. was not behind. His Law remaines, whereby he provided, that for fifteene dayes, from the Sunday before the day, till the Sunday after, no processe should goe forth, none should be arrested; a generall cessation of all both processes and procee­dings, in honour of the High Feast. That you have Easter-day, and the custome of holding it solemnely, in the body of the Law too, in Theodosiu's Code.

[Page 527]3. At the third of Ephesus, there have you (in the 2. Tom. c. 32.) Rudius. Hesychius, At Ephesus. and Ruffin, three Quar todecimani heretiks, publikely in the face of the Council, recan­ting their errour, subscribing, and promising ever after to conforme and keepe their Easter, after the custome of the Churches of GOD.

4 And at the fourth of Chalcedon, At Chalcedon. the sixt Session (the Emperour being there then present in person) the whole Council with one voyce made this acclamation, Vnum Pascha orbi terrarum: Thankes be to GOD, one Easter now, and but one, all the world over.

But before all these (the Nicene and all) by a doozen yeeres at least,Custome in England. was the Coun­cil of Arles, and in it, this custome proclaimed. I mention it, not so much for the an­tiquitie, as that by it appeareth, how the custome of Easter went heer with us in this Realme; for, at it was present and subscribed, the Bishop of London, Restitutus. A plain argument, We had such a custome then.

And for the other Realme, Gelasius shall speake. In a Synod of seaventy Bishops, where he and they decreed, what bookes were to be read, what not: they say,Custome in Scotland. there was then a Poeme of venerable Sedulius (who had the addition of Scotus for his nati­on) which they doe insigni laude praeferre, (that is) very highly commend.Sedulius· Sedulius intitles it, his Opus Paschale, and begins it, with Paschales quicunque dapes— as it were inviting his Readers (his countreymen, I dare say, specially, if they will come to it) to a Feast, upon Easter-day.

But for both, none so worthy a witnesse, as the Emperour Constantine, Custome in both. Constantine. who in his Rescript about Easter, directed to all Churches, expressely nameth this Isle, the Isle of Brittannie, among those places, where this custome was duly and or­derly observed.

All this while the Church had rest: during the persecution, how went it?6. Proofe. From the Fa­thers in the first 200. yeeres of per­secution. Two, between p [...]ace and per­secu [...]ion Lactantius. Pierius. Hier. de Ser. 76. Two we will take in, in the passage betweene the times of peace, and perse­cution.

1 Lactantius, the most part of his life, lived under the persecution, but dyed in the Churche's peace. 2 So did Pi [...]rius of Al [...]xandria (for his excellent learning, called Origen the vonger.) In Lactantius 7, booke, 19. Chapter, there is a plaine testimony for the solemne keeping of East [...]r-Eve. And Pierius (saith S. Hierom) hath a long Sermon vpon the Prophet Hosee, made by him, and preached at the solemne assembly on Easter-Eve. And if the Eve were so held, we make no doubt of the day.

1. Now in the midst of the persecution,Vnder the persecution. The fact of Philip the Emperour L. 6. c. 34. there fell out a speciall case of Philip the Emperour, (supposed to have giuen his owne and his sonne's name to the Christian profession, as Eusebius reporteth:) in signe thereof, He, on Easter-Eve offered to ioyne himselfe at the Church-service, as knowing that to be their chiefest solemnitie: which they failed not to keepe, no not then, when their case was at the hardest.

2. And even then at Alexandria, Dionysius the Bishop there, held this custome. Euseb. 1.7. cap. 22 Dyonis. Alexan. Thus writes he to Hierax (a Bishop too) and to others: out of prison, That, though the persecution then raged much, and the plague more; yet were the Christians, even then, so carefull not to breake this custome, as they kept their Easter, some, in woods, some on shipboard, some in barnes and stables; yea, they in the very goale, keepe it they did even then, persecution and plague both notwithstanding

3. Cyprian held this custome: Not by his Homily (I waive it, as doubtfull:Cyprian Epist. 21.24.40.) but in foure of his Epistles I finde it. I name but one, his LIII. Some had consulted him, in a question of some difficultie. He writes backe, It was now Easter, his brethren were from him, every one at his owne charge, solemnizing the Feast with their people. So soone as the Feast was over, and they mett againe, they should heare from him, he would take their opinions, and returne them a sound answer.

4. Origen had this custome. In his VIII. against Gelsus, frankely he confesseth,Origen. That other Feasts, Easter by name, the Christians held them; and that (as he saith) [...], in more solemne manner, then Celsus, or any heathen-men of them all, held theirs.

[Page 528]5. Tertullian had this custome. Tertullian [...] de coronà [...]il. c. 3. ad v [...]em l. 2. c. 4 contr. Marc. 4 3.5.4.Many places in him. Onely one I cite, in the 14. chap. de Iejunio: Quod si omnem in totum devotionem dierum erasit Apostolus, cur Pascha celebramus annuo circulo? If it were the Apostle's mind, to raze out all deuout obser­ving of dayes quite, how comes it to passe, we celebrate Easter yeerely, at the circle of the yeere turning about?

Irenaus.6. Irenaus had this custome: His Epistle to Victor sheweth it: to Victor, and to ma­ny more (saith Eusebius) about that question, (vnderstand still the question of the time, not of the Feast.) A booke also (we finde) he wrote de Paschate, in the 115. quest, in Iustin Martyr. So, he will be for it, certeinly.

7. And it is strange, even during the persecution, how many bookes we find writ­ten,Seven bookes then written for it. Euseb. l 7 c. 32. Hier. de Scrip. 43. Hieron de Scriptor 44. Ibidem 61. Ibidem 38. Ibidem 24. 7. Proofe. From Councils in the persecu­tion. 1 Palestine.2 Pontus.3 Osr [...]ëna.4 Italie.5 France.6 Graecia.7 Asia minor Euseb. l. 5. c. 23. to deduce the custome by. 1 Beside that of Irenaeus, 2 One by Anatolius the great learned Bishop of Laodicea: 3 By Theophilus Bishop of Caesarea, and 4 by Bacchyllus Bishop of Corinth, eyther of them one. 5 Another by Hippolytus, that made up the first cycle. Yet 6 another by Clemens Alexandrinus. And last, which indeed was first in time of all, two bookes, 7 by the holy Martyr and Prophet Melito Bishop of Sardis, (in the next Age to the Apostles themselues) set forth by him (as he saith) at the time of the Feast, and in the very holy-dayes of it.

Nay, there wanted not Councils then neither, and that in seven severall parts of the world at once: all in the midst of the fervor of the fiery tryall, when the Church (GOD wote) could but evill intend it. It was no time to contend, then. But it shewes, they made a matter of it, and no slight reckoning of the reteining it. Els might they have slipt it, without any more a doe.

Enough (I trow) to shew, such a custome there was in all the Churches, these parties lived in, which were all the Churches GOD then had. They must needs seeme contenti­ous, that will contend against all these. I see not how they can scape the Apostle's Si quis, that doe. And this I say, if some one example of some eminent man of worth, will serve to make an authoritie: If, that: Then this cloud of witnesses, and those 1 not per­sons, but whole Councils and Churches: 2 not in some one Region, but in divers, all the world over: 3 and that not for one time, but so many Ages successively continued, from generation to generation: what manner of authoritie ought that to be? the greatest sure, and none greater, but of GOD himselfe.

Proofes, That this cu­stome was Apostolique. 1. Proofe by testimony. Augustine.Now to (Nos) that is, to the Apostles themselves. First, that it was a custome Aposto­lique and so taken, Saint Augustine is direct in his CXVIII Epistle to Ianuarius, who had purposely sent to him, to know his opinion touching certaine questions, all of them about Easter. Thus saith he there. For such things as come to us not by writing, but by practise (and yet such as are observed quite through the world) we are given to un­derstand, they come commended to us, and were instituted either by the Apostles themselves, or by generall Councils, whose authority hath ever beene accounted of, as wholesome in the Church. Now what be those things so generally observed toto orbe terrarum? These: that the Passion, the Resurrection, the Ascension of CHRIST, and the comming of the HOLY GHOST from heauen, anniversariâ solennitate celebrantur, are yeerely in so­lemne manner celebrated. And (saith he) if there be any beside these: for these, are most cleer.

First, he is cleer, It was the custome of the Church, farr and wide the world through. Then, that it must either by the Apostles be instituto, or by some Council. Not by any Council: Many mett about the time: about the Feast never any: that, not questioned at all: taken pro confesso ever, and so, Apostolique. They be his owne words (lib. 4. de Bapt. contra. Donat. cap. 24.) If the whole Church observe any thing, not having beene or­dained by some generall Council, rectissimè creditur, we are to beleeve, rectissimè, by as good right as any can be, right in the superlative, that it came to us, non nisi ab Aposto­lis, from the Apostles, and from none else, nor by any other way. So Saint Augustine is for nos habemus talem. So he held it.

Constantine. Euseb l. 3. vita Constantini.An hundred yeeres before him, Constantine is as direct in his Epistle ad omnes Eccle­sias. Many remarkeable things there are in that Epistle. 1 The most holie Feast of Ea­ster, foure times he calleth it. That is the good Emperour's style. In so great a [Page 529] matter, in so High a feast of our Religion to disagree [...] vtterly vnlawfull. And [...], what more honest, what more s [...]emely, then that this Feast should bee inviolably kept, by which, we hold our hopes of immortalitie? (Marke that reason well.)

But, for Apostolique: Be it lawfull for us Christians (saith he) rejecting the Iewish manner, That day, [...], which day ever since the very first day of His passion, we have to this present kept; to transmit the due observing of it, to all ages to come. Marke the words, 1 They had kept Easter from the first day of CHRIST'S passion, till that present time. 2 And after that, We have received it of our SAVIOVR. 3 And yet againe, which our SAVIOVR delivered to us. And concludes, that4 accor­dingly, when he came among them, he and they would keepe their Easter together. No­thing can be more full, that in his time this custome was, and that it was reputed to have come from the Apostles, as begun from the very day of CHRIST'S Passion. Which, Leo shortly, but fully expresseth, Legalis quippe festivitas dum mutatur, Leo Hom 7. de Passione. im­pletur. The legall Feast of the Passeover, at the fulfilling of it, was changed both at once. Fulfilled and changed, at one time, both. No distance betweene. And fulfilled (I am sure) it was in the Apostle's time, and so changed then also.

If you will see it deduced in storie, that may you too. Thus,2 Proofe, by Storie. Euseb 4 c. 14. Of himselfe Irenaeus writeth, that he was brought up in Asia under Polycarpus; and that he (yong though he were) observed and remembred well all his course of life. And namely, how com­ming to Rome in Anicetu's time, he kept his Easter there. Not when Anicetus kept it,Iren. l. 3. c. 3. Tertul. de prae­s [...]ript. c. 32. Polyca [...]pus kept Easter with S. Iohn and the rest of the Apo­stles. [...]. Eus [...]b. l. 5. [...]4. S. Philip the Apostle kept it 3 Pr [...]o [...]e f [...]om the Lords d [...]y. Apoc 1.10. Psalme 1.88. Aug. Ep. 119. [...]3. Dies Dominicus Christianis Re­surrectione Do­mini declaratus est, & ex illo ha­bere capit s [...]sti­vitatem suam. but keepe it he did though. In the keeping they agreed: in the time they differed. Ei­ther held his owne.

Polycarpus then kept Easter. Now Polycarpus, had lived and conversed with the A­postles, was made Bishop by them, Bishop of Smyrna, (Irenaeus and Tertullian say it directly) and he is supposed to be the Angel of the Church of Smyrna, Revel. 2.8. And Polycarpus (as saith Irenaeus) kept Easter with S. IOHN, and with the rest of the Apostles, totidem verbis. Euseb. lib. 5. c. 26.

Polycrates in his Epistle there (in Eusebius) expressly saith, that S. Philip the Apo­stle kept it. If S. Philip and S. Iohn (by name) If the rest of the Apostles had it, then nos habemus is true; then it is Apostolique.

But yet we haue a more sure ground then all these: The LORD's DAY hath testimo­nie in Scripture, I insist upon that; that Easter-day must needs be as ancient as it. For how came it to be the LORD's day? but that, as it is in the Psalme, the LORD made it! And why made He it? but because on it, the Stone cast aside (that is CHRIST) was made the Head-stone of the corner? that is, because then the LORD rose, because his Re­surrection fell upon it?

Now, what a thing were it, that all the Sundayes in the yeere that are but abstracts (as it were) of this day, (the very day of the Resurrection) that they should be kept: and this day, the day it selfe, the prototype and archetype of them all, should not be kept, but laid aside quite, and be cleane forgotten? That, the day in the weeke we should keepe; and the day in the moneth it selfe, and returne of the yeere, we should not keepe? Even of very congruitie, it is to be as they, and somewhat more.

Take example by our selves. For His Majestie's deliverance the fift of August: for His Majestie's, and ours, the fift of November (being Tuesday both:) for these a kinde of remembrance we keepe, on Tuesday every weeke in the yeere. But when by course of the yeere in their severall moneths, the very originall dayes themselves come a­bout; shall we not, do we not celebrate them in much more solemne manner? what question is there? weigh them well, you will finde the case alike. One cannot be, but the other also must be Apostolique. 4 Proofe of the C [...]ur [...]hes custome for Easter. 1 The custome of Baptisme. 2 The custome of the censures then determi­ning.

1 For the last proofe I have yet reserued, one: or rather, three in one. The custome of Baptisme, knowne to have beene ministred as upon that day, all the Primitive Church through. A thing so knowne, as their Homilies de Baptismo were most up­on that day. Saint Basil's I name. In his upon Easter-day, he shewes the custome of baptizing then, and the reason for it.

2 The use of the keyes, at that time specially. Then, were the censures inflicted: [Page 530] then were they released. 1 Inflicted. Against that time, did S. Paul cut off the incestu­ous person, that a little levin might not sowre them all. Even against the time that CHRIST our Passeover was offered, 1 Cor. 5.7, 8. Can 5. and they therefore to hold this Feast. 2 Released. So you shall find the Council of Ancyra (elder then that of Nice) order, the censures should determine all, endure no longer then the Great Day (so, in their common speech they termed Easter) and then,Can. 5. all to be restored. 3 To which purpose the Coun­cill of Nice tooke order, there should be in Lent, a Synode yeerely to this end: that by it, all quarrells being taken up, and all things set streight, they might be in better case, to come with their oblation at Easter, to the Sacrament.

3. The custome of a Communion.And last, by the never broken custome of a solemne Eucharist, ever upon this day. Origen in his seventh upon Exodus, he saith, Our Easter-day farr passeth the Iewish Easter. They had no Manna on theirs: (The Passeover was eaten in Aegypt: Manna, came not till they were in the wildernesse:) But we (saith he) we never keepe our Passeover, Iohn 6.50, 58. but we are sure of Manna vpon it, the true Manna, the bread of life that came downe from Heaven. For they had no Easter then, without a Communion.

Leo ioynes both; (he might well all three.) Paschalis quippe solennitatis hoc est pro­prium, Hom. 6. de Quadrag. This is a peculiar that Easter-day hath, vt in eâ tota Ecclesia, remissione gaudeat peccatorum: That on it, all the whole Church obtaineth remission of their sinnes. One part, qui sacro Baptismate renascuntur, by vertue of the solemne Baptisme then mini­stred: The rest, by benefit of the Eucharist they then receive; ad rubiginem mortalitatis (it is his terme) to the scouring of the rust, which our mortalitie gathereth by the sinnes and errors of the whole yeere.

I will conclude all, with the words which Saint Ambrose concludes his LXXXIII, (his Paschall Epistle, with) to the Bishops of Aemilia: Ergo, cum tot veritatis indicia concurrant, juxta majorum exemplum, Festum hoc publicae salutis, laeti exultantèsque cele­bremus. Since then there be so many proofes for this truth that thus meet: according to the example of our forefathers, let us with ioy and gladnesse keepe this Feast of our common salvation. How? Sumamus spiritu ferventi Sacramentum in azymis sincerita­tis. Let us receive the holy Sacrament, with the sweet-bread of sinceritie. Postes no­stros, vbi est ostium verbi, sanguine CHRISTI, in fide passionis, coloremus. The posts of the doore of our mouth (that is, our lipps) let us dy them with the Blood of CHRIST, in the faith of his blessed Pas­sion. Ensuing the steps of the Apostles and the Chur­ches of GOD (all:) with whom joyning in both, let us expect the bles­sing of GOD up­on us, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XVI. of Aprill, A. D. MDCXX, being EASTER DAY.

IOHN. CHAP. XX.

Ver. 11. But Marie, stood by the Sepulcher, weeping: and as she wept, she stou­ped, and looked into the Sepulcher.

12. And saw two Angells, in white, sitting, the one at the head, the other at the feete, where the Bodie of IESVS had lyen.

13. And they sayd to her, Woman, why weepest thou? She said to them, They have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have layd Him.

14. When she had thus sayd, she turned her selfe about, and saw IESVS stan­ding, and knew not, that it was IESVS.

15. IESVS saith to her, Woman, why weepest thou? Whom seekest thou? She (supposing He had beene the gardiner) said to Him, Sir, if thou have borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast layd Him, and I will take Him thence.

16. Iesus saith to her, Marie: She turned her selfe, and said to Him, Rabboni; that is to s [...]y, Master.

17. Iesus saith to her, Touch me not, for I am not yet ascended to my Father: But, goe to my brethren, and say to them, I ascend to my Father and to your Father, and to my God and your God.

This last verse was not touched.

IT is Easter da [...] abroad: And it is so in the text. We keep Salomon's rule, Verbum diei in dic suo: For, all this (I have read) is nothing els, but a report of CHRIST's rising,1. Reg. 8.59. and of His appearing this Easter day morning, His very first appearing of all. Saint Marke is expresse for it,Mar. 16.9. that CHRIST was no sooner risen this day, but, He appea­red first of all to Marie Magdalen: which first appea­ring of His, is heere by Saint Iohn extended, and set downe at large.

The summe of it is, 1. The seeking CHRIST dead; 2. The finding Him alive.

[Page 532]The manner of it is, That Marie Magdalen staying still by the Sepulcher, first she saw a vision of Angells: and after, she saw CHRIST Himselfe. Saw Him, and was her selfe made an Angell by Him; a good Angell, to carrie the Evangell, the first good and ioyfull tidings of His rising againe from the dead. And this was a great honour (all considered) to serve in an Angel's place. To doe that at His Resurrec­tion (His second birth) that,Act. 13.33. at His first birth an Angell did. An Angell first publi­shed that; Marie Magdalen brought first notice of this. As he, to the Sheep­heards; so she, to the Apostles, the Pastours of CHRIST's flocke; by them to be spread abroad to the ends of the world.

To looke a little into it. 1. Marie is the name of a woman: 2. Marie Mag­dalen, of a sinfull woman.

That, to a woman first; it agreeth well, to make even with Eve; that, as by a woman came the first newes of death; so, by a woman also might come the first no­tice of the Resurrection from the dead. And the place fits well: for, in a garden, they came, both.

That, to a sinfull woman first; that also agrees well. To her first that most needed it: most needed it, and so first sought it. And it agrees well, He be first found of her, that first sought Him: Even in that respect she was to be re­spected.

In which two, there is opened unto us a gate of hope, two great leaves (as it were:) one,Hos. 2.15. [...]hat no infirmitie of sexe (for a woman we see:) the other, that no enormi [...]ie of sinne (for a sinfull woman, one that had the blemish, that she went under the com­mon name of peccatrix, as notorious and famous in that kind:) That, neither of these,Luc 7.37. shall debarre any to have their part in CHRIST, and in His Resurrecti­on; any, that shall seeke Him in such sort, as she did. For, either of these non ob­stante, nay notwithstanding both these, she had the happinesse; To see His Angells (& that was no small favour:) to see CHRIST Himselfe: And that, first of all, be­fore all others, to see and salute Him: And, to receive a commission from Him of Vade & dic, to goe and tell (that is, as it were) to be an Apostle, and that to the Apostles themselves, to bring them the first good newes of CHRIST'S rising againe.

There are three Parties that take up the whole Text: and if I should divide it I would make those three Parties the three parts; 1 Marie Magdalen, 2 the Angells 3 and Christ our SAVIOVR.

I Marie Magdalen beginns her part in the first verse, but she goes along through them all.

II Then the Angell's part in the two verses next. 1 Their appearing, 2 and their speech to her: Appearing, in the twelfth; Speech, in the thirteenth.

III And last Christ's part in all the rest. 1 His appearing, 2 and Speech likewise. Ap­pearing, first unknowen, in the foureteenth, and His speech then, in the fifteenth.

After, His appearing, and speech againe, being knowen, in the sixteenth and seven­teenth. 1 Forbidding her, mane & tange, to stay and to touch; 2 and bidding her, Vade & dic, to get her quickly to His brethren, and tell them, His resurrection was past, for (ascendo) He was taking thought for His ascension, and preparing for that. Thus lieth the order, and the parts.

The use will be, that we, in our seeking, cary our selves as she did: and so may we have the happinesse, that she had, to find Christ, as He is now to be found in the vertue of His Resurrection.

VER. XI. But Marie stood by the Sepulcher, weeping: and as she wept, she stouped, and looked into the Sepulcher.

OF the favours vouchsafed this same faelix peccatrix (as the Fathers terme her) this day, 1 To see but CHRIST's Angells, 2 To see CHRIST at all, To see Him first of all, 4 But, more then all these, to be imploied by Him in so heavenly an errand; reason we can render none, that helped her to these, but that, which in a place Christ Himselfe renders, Quia dilexit multùm, because she loved much.Luc. 7.47.

She loved much: we cannot say, She beleeved much. For, by her sustulerunt thrice repeated (the second, thirteenth, fitfeenth verses) it seemes, she beleeved no more, then iust as much as the High Priests would have had the world beleeve, that He was taken away by night. Mat. 28.13.

Defectus fidei non est negandus, affectus amoris non est vituperandus: It is Origen. We cannot commend her faith; her love, we cannot but commend; and so do: Commend it in her, commend it to you. Much it was, and much good proofe gave she of it. Before, to Him living: now, to Him dead. To Him dead, there are diverse: 1 She was last at His Crosse, and first at His grave: 2 Staied longest there, was soonest heer: 3 Could not rest, till she were up to seeke Him: 4 Sought Him, while it was yet darke, before she had light to seeke Him by.

But, to take her as we finde her in the Text, and to looke no whither els. There are, in the Text, no lesse then ten, all arguments of her great love: all, as it were, a commentarie upon dilexit multù [...]. And even in this first verse, there are five of them.

The first, in these words; stabat juxta monumentum, that she stood by the grave.1 A place, where faint love loves not to stand. Bring Him to the grave, and lay Him in the grave, and there leave Him: but come no more at it, nor stand not long by it. Stand by Him, while He is alive, so did many; stand, and goe, and sit by Him. But, stans juxta monumentum, stand by Him dead; Marie Magdalen, she did it, and she onely did it, and none but she. Amor stans juxta monumentum.

The next in these, Maria autem stabat. But Marie stood. In the autem, the but (that, helpes us to another.) But Marie stood (that is as much to say, as) others did not, But, she did. Peter and Iohn were there but even now. Thither they came, but not finding Him, away they went. They went: But Marie went not,Vers. 8. she stood still. Their going away commends her staying behinde. To the grave she came before them, from the grave she went to tell them, to the grave she returnes with them, at the grave she stayes behinde them. Fortior eam figebat affectus, saith Augustine, a stronger affection fixed her; so fixed her, that she had not the power to re­move thence. Goe who would, she would not, but stay, still. To stay, while others doe so, while company stayes, that is the worlds love: But Peter is gone, and Iohn too: all are gone, and we left alone; then to stay, is love, and constant Love. Amor manens, alijs recedentibus, Love, that when others shrinke and give over, holds out still.

The third in these, she stood, and she wept: and, not a teare or two; but she wept 3 a good (as we say;) that the Angells, that CHRIST Himselfe pitie her, and both of them, the first thing they doe, they aske her, why she wept so? Both of them begin with that question. And, in this, is love. For, if, when CHRIST stood at Lazarus's [Page 534] gr [...]ve's side and wept, [...] 11.3 [...]. the Iewes said, See how He loved him: may not we say the very [...]me, when Marie stood at Christ's grave and wept: See, how she loved Him? Whose [...]resence she wished for, His misse she [...] for, whom she dearely loved, while she [...]. Amor amarè flens, Love run­ning downe the chec [...]es.

4 The fourth in these, And as she wept, she stouped, and looked in, ever and anon. That is, she did so weep [...], as, she did seeke withall. Weeping without seeking, is but to small purpose. But, her weeping hindred not her seeking; Her sorrow dulled not her diligence. And, diligence is a character of love, comes from the same roote, [...] Amor diligentiam diligens.

5 To seeke, is one thing: not to giver over seeking, is another. For, I aske, why should she now looke in? Peter and Iohn had looked there before; nay, beene in [...] makes no matter: she will not trust Peter's eyes, nor Iohn's, nei­the [...] [...] she her selfe had before this, [...] looked in (too.) No force, she will not [...] will suspect her owne eyes, she will rather thinke, she looked not well befo [...]e, th [...] leave of her looking. It is not enough for love, to looke in once. Thus we use, this is our manner when we seeke a thing seriously; where we have sought al­ready, there to seeke againe, thinking we did it not well, but, if we now looke a­gaine, better, we shall surely finde it, then. Amor quaerens ubi quaesivit: Love, that never thinkes, it hath looked enough. These five.

And, by these five, we may take measure of our love, and of the true multum of it. Vt profit nobis ejus stare, ejus pl [...]rare, & quaerere (saith Origen) that her standing, her wee [...]ing, and seeking, we may take some good by them.

I doubt, ou [...]s will fall short. Stay by Him alive, that we can, juxta mensam: but jux [...]a monumentum, who takes up his standing there? And our love it is drie-eyed, it cannot weept: it is stiff ioynted, it cannot stoupe to seeke. If it doe, and we hit not on Him at first, away we goe, with Peter and Iohn; we stay it not out with Marie Magdalen. A signe, our love is little, and light, and our seeking sutable, and so, it is without successe. We finde not Christ, no mervaile: but, seeke Him as she sought Him, and we shall speede, as she sped.

VER. 12. And saw two Angells, in white, sitting, the one at the head, the other at the feete, where the bodie of Iesus had lien.

For what came of this? Thus staying by it, and thus looking in, againe and again, though she saw not Christ at first, she sees His Angells. For so it pleased Christ to come by degrees: His Angells before Him. And, it is no vulgar honour, this, to see but an Angels: what would one of us give to see but the like sight?

We are now at the Angell's Part. Their appearing, in this verse. There are foure poi [...]ts in it. 1 Their place, 2 Their habit, 3 Their site, 4 and their order. 1 Place, in the [...] 2 Habit, in white, 3 si [...]e, they were sitting, 4 and their order in sitting, one at the head, the other at the feete.

1 The Place, In the grave she saw them: and Angells in a grave, is a strange sight, a sight never seen before; not till Christ's body had beene there, never, till this day; this the first newes of Angells in that place. For, a grave, is no place for Angells (one would thinke▪) for wormes rather: Blessed Angells, not but in a blessed place. But since CHRIST lay there that place is blessed. There was a voice heard from heaven,Rev. 14.13 [...]. Psal. 116.15. Blessed be the dead: Precious the death, Glorious the memorie now, of them that [...] in the Lord. And, even this, that the Angells disdained not now to come thi­the [...] and to sit there, is an [...]spicium of a great change to ensue in the state of that pl [...]ce. Quid gloriosi [...]s Angelo? quid vilius vermiculo? saith Augustine. Qui fu­is [...] locus est & Angel [...]rum. That which was the place for wormes, is become a place for Angells.

[Page 535] [...], Habit, In white. So were there diverse of them, diverse times, this day,2 [...] white, all; in that colour. It seemes to be their Easter day colour; for at [...], they all doe their service in it. Their Easter day colour, for it is the [...] Resurrection. The state whereof when Christ would represent vpon the [...] His raiment was all white, no Fuller in the earth could come neer it. And [...] it shalbe, when rising againe, we shall walke in white robes, and follow the Lambe whither soever He goeth. Revel. 7.9.

He [...]en mourned on Good-fryday; the Eclipse made all then in blacke. Easter day, [...] [...]eioiceth, Heaven and Angells, all in white. Salomon tells us, it is the [...]. And that is the state of ioy,Eccles. 9 8. and this the day of the first ioyfull [...] of it, with ioy ever celebrated, even in albis, eight daies togither, by them th [...] found CHRIST.

In white, and sitting: As the colour, of ioy; so, the situation, of rest. So we s [...]y, sit downe, and rest. And so, is the grave made by this morning's worke,3 a place of rest. Rest, not from our labours onely, so doe the beasts rest when they [...]he: But as it is in the XVI. Psalme (a Psalme of the resurrection) a rest in hope;Psal. 16.9. hope, of rising againe, the members in the vertue of their head, who this day is risen. So, to enter into the rest, which yet remaineth for the people of GOD,Heb. 4.9. even the Sabbath eternall.

Sitting, and in this order sitting, at the head, one; at the feete, another, where His bodie had lien. 4

1. Which order may well referre to CHRIST Himselfe, whose body was the true Arke indeed, In which it pleased the GOD-head to dwell bodily;Col. 2.9. and is there­ [...]ore heere between two Angells, Exod. 25.19. as was the Arke (the type of it) between the two Cherubims.

2. May also referr to Marie Magdalen. She had annointed His head, she had an­nointed His feete: at these two places, sit the two Angells, Mat. 26 7. Ioh. 11.3. as it were to acknowledge so much for her sake.

3. In mysterie, they referr it thus. Because Caput Christi Deus, 1. Cor 11.3. Gen. 3.15. the God-head is the head of CHRIST, and His feete (which the Serpent did bruise) His manhood; that either of these hath his Angell. That, to Christ man, no lesse then to Christ God, the Angells doe now their service. In principio erat verbum, His God-head; there, an Angell: Verbum caro factum, His man-hood; there, another.Heb. 1.6. And let all the Angells of God worship Him in both. Even in His man-hood, at His cradle (the head of it) a queer of Angells; at His grave (the feete of it) Angells likewise.Luc. 2.13.

4. And lastly, for our comfort (thus.) That, henceforth even such shall our graves be, if we be so happy as to have our parts in the first resurrection, Revel 20.6: which is of the soule from sinne. We shall goe to our graves in white (in the comfort, and colour of hope) lie between two Angells, there: they guard our bodies, dead, and pre­s [...]t them alive againe at the resurrection.

1. Yet before we leave them, to learne somewhat of the Angells: specially, of the Angel that sate at the feete. That, betweene them there was no striving for pla­ces. He that sate at the feete, as well content with his place, as he that at the head. We, to be so, by their example. For, with us, both the Angels would have beene at the head, never a one at the feete: with us, none would be at the feete by his good will; Head Angels all.

2. Againe, from them both. That, inasmuch, as the head ever stands for the be­ginning, and the feete for the end, that we be carefull, that our beginnings onely be not glorious (O an Angel at the head in any wise;) but that we looke to the feet, there be mother there, too. Ne turpiter atrum Desin [...]t, that it end not in a blacke Angel, that began in a white. And this for the Angel's appearing.

VER. 13. And they said to her, Woman, why weepest thou? She said to them, They have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him.

[...]Now to their speech. It was not a dumbe shew, this, a bare apparition, and so vani­shed away. It was visio & vex, a vocall vision. Heer is a dialogue, too: The Angels speake to her.

And they aske her, Quid ploras? Why she wept? what cause she had to weepe. They meane, she had none (as indeed, no more she had.) All was in error, piae lachry­niae, [...]. [...], teares of griefe, but false griefe, imagining that to be, that was not, Him to be dead, that was alive. She weepes, because she found the grave empty, which God forbid she should have found full, for then CHRIST must have beene dead still, and so, no Resurrection.

And this case of Mary Magdalen is our case oftentimes. In the error of our conceit to weepe, where we haue no cause; to ioy, where we have as little. Where we should, where we haue cause to ioy, we weepe: and, where to weepe, we ioy. Our ploras hath never a quid. False ioyes, and false sorrowes, false hopes, and false feares this life of ours is full of, God helpe us.

Now because she erred, they aske her the cause, that she alledging it, they may take it away, and shew it to be no cause. As the elench, à non causâ pro causâ makes foule rule among us, beguiles us, all our life long.

[...] answer.Will ye heare her answer to, Why weepe you? Why? sustulerunt, that was the cause, Her Lord was gone, was taken away.

1 And a good cause it had beene, if it had beene true. Any have cause to grieve, that have lost, lost a good Lord, so good and gracious a Lord, as He had beene to her.

2 But that is not all: a worse matter, a greater griefe then that. When one dieth, we reckon him taken away, that is one kind of taking away. But his dead body is left; so, all is not taken from us; That, was not her case. For, in saying (her Lord) she means not, Her Lord alive, that is not it: she meanes not, they had slaine Him, they had ta­ken away his life (she had wept her fill for that, already.) But, her Lord, that is, his dead body. For, though His life was gone, yet His body was left. And, that was all, she now had lest of Him (that, she cals Her Lord) and, that, they had taken away from her, too. A poore one it was, yet some comfort it was to her, to have even that left her, [...] to visite, to annoint, to doe other offices of love, even to that. Etiam viso ca­davere recalescit amor, at the sight, even of that, will love revive, it will fetch life of love againe. But now, heer is her case; that, is gone, and all, and nothing, but an empty grave, now left to stand by. That S. Augustine saith well, sublatus de monumento, grieved her more, then occisus in ligno, for, then something yet was left; now, nothing at all. Right sustulerunt, taken away quite and cleane.

And thirdly, her nescio vbi. For though He be taken away, it is some comfort yet, if we know where to fetch Him againe. But heer, He is gone without all hope of re­covery, or getting againe. For they (but she knew not who) had carryed Him (she knew not whither) laide Him (she knew not where) there to do to Him (she knew not what.) So that now she knew not, whether to goe, to finde any comfort. It was nescio ubi, with her, right. Put all these together, His life taken away, His body taken away, and carryed no man knowes whether; and doe they aske, why she wept? or, can any blame her for it?

[...].The truth is, none had taken away Her Lord, for all this: for, all this while Her Lord was well, was, as she would have had Him, alive and safe. He went away of [Page 537] [...] him thence. What of that? Non c [...]edens [...], credidit s [...]blat [...]m, for want of beleefe He was risen, she beleeved, He was carryed away. She [...] the [...]e was on [...] in her love, but there was love in her errour [...]

[...] leave to lay ou [...] [...] a [...]guments of her love,Yet, her love. ou [...] of this verse (to make up eight, towards the making up of her [...].)

The very [...] gives Him of Dominum [...], is one, My Lord, that she 1 give [...] [...] that terme. For, it shewes her love and respect was no whit abated, by [...] of His death. It was a most opprobrious, ignominious, shamefull death [...] [...]uch as in the eyes of the world, any would have beene ashamed to own [...] say [...] Him, Meum:) but, any would have beene afraid to honour him with th [...] [...] to style Him, Dominum. She was neither: Meum, for her [...]; Dominum meum, for her Lord, she acknowledgeth Him, is neither ashamed, nor afraid to continue that [...] sca [...]alo non [...].

Another (which I [...]ake to be far [...] beyond this.) That, she having looked into the 2 grave a little before, and seene never an Angel there; and of a sudden looking in now, and seeing two, (a sight; able to have amazed any; any, but her) It mooves not her at all. The suddennesse, the strangenesse, the gloriousnesse of the sight, yea even of Angels, moove her not at all. She seemes to have no sense of it, and so to be in a kind of extasie all the while. Domine propter te est extra se, saith Bernard. Amor extasin patiens.

And thirdly, as that strange sight affected her not a whit: so neither did their com­fortable 3 speech worke with her at all. Comfortable, I call it, for they that aske the ca [...]se, why, (why weepe you?) shew, they would remoove it, if it lay in them. Neither of these did, or could moove her, or make her once leaue her weeping: she wept on, still (Christ will aske her, quid ploras? by and by againe.) If she finde an Angel, if she finde not her Lord, it will not serve. She had rather finde his dead body, then them in all their glory. No man in earth, no Angell in heaven can comfort her, none but He that is taken away, CHRIST, and none but CHRIST; and, till she find Him againe, her soule refuseth all manner comfort: yea, even from hea­ven, even from the Angels themselves: These three. Amor super amissum tenuens c [...]nsolari.

Thus she, in her love; for her supposed losse, or taking away. And what shall be­come of us, in ours then? That lose Him 1 not once, but oft; 2 And not in sup­pose, as she did, but in very deed; 3 And that, by sinne (the worst losse of all;)

And that, not by any others taking away, but by our owne act, and wilfull default; and are not grieved, nay not mooved a whit, breake none of our wonted sports for it, as if we, reckoned Him, as good lost, as found. Yea, when CHRIST and the holy Ghost, and the favour of GOD, and all is gone, how soone, how easily are we comforted again for all this? that, none shall need to say, quid ploras? to us, rather, quid non ploras? aske us, why we weepe not, having so good cause to do it, as we then have? This for the Angel's part.

VER. 14. When she had thus said, she turned her selfe about, and saw Iesus standing, and knew not that it was Iesus.

Alwayes the Angels (we see) touched the right string, and she tells them the wrong cause, but yet the right, if it had beene right.

Now, to this answer of hers, they would have replyed, and taken away her er­rour touching her Lord's taking away; that if she knew all, she would have left her [Page 538] seeking, and sit her downe by them: and left her weeping, and beene in white as well as they.

But, here is a supersadeu [...] to them: The Lord himselfe comes in place. (Now come we from the seeking Him dead, to the finding Him alive.) For, when He saw, no An­gels, no sight, no speech of theirs w [...]uld serve, none but her Lord could give her any comfort; Her Lord comes Christu [...] adest.

Adest Christu [...]; nec ab eis vnqu [...]m abest, à quibus quaeritur, saith Augustine, Christ is found, found by her; And this case of hers, shall be the case of all that seriously seeke Him. This woman heer, for one, she sought Him (we see.) They that went to Em­mau [...] to day, they but talked of Him sadly, and they both found Him. Why, Hee is found of them that seeke Him not. Esa. 65.1. but, of them that seeke Him, never but found. For, thou Lord never fastest them that seeke Thee. Psal. 9.10. God is not unrighte­ous, to forget the worke and about of their love that seeke Him. Heb. 6.10.

So, finde Him they shall, but happily not all so fully at first, no more then she did. For, first (to try her yet a little further) He comes unknowne, stands by her, and she little thought it had beene He:

[...]cts 17.27. [...]ob 9.11.A case that likewise falls out full oft. Doubtlesse, He is not farre from every one of us, saith the Apostle to the Athenians. But He is neerer us many times then we thinke; even hard by us, and we not aware of it, saith Iob. And, O sicognovisses & tu, O if we did know (and it standeth vs in hand to pray that we may know) when He is so, [...]uke 19.42, for, that is the time of our visitation. [...]uke 19.44.

Saint Iohn faith here, the Angels were sitting: Saint Luke saith, they stood, Luk. 24.4. They are thus reconciled. That, Christ comming in presence, the Angels which be­fore were sitting, stood up. Their standing up, made Mary Magdalen turne her to see who it was they rose to. And so, Christ she saw, but knew Him not.

Not onely not knew Him, but mis-knew Him, tooke him for the Gardiner. Teares will dim the sight, and it was yet scarse day, and she, seeing one, and not knowing what any one should make in the ground so early, but he that dressed it, she might well mistake.Luke 24.16. Mat 16.12. But it was more then so: Her eyes were not holden onely, that she did not know Him, but over and beside, He did appeare [...], in some such shape, as might resemble the Gardiner, whom she tooke Him for.

Proper enough it was, it fitted well the time and place (this person.) The time, It was the Spring: The place, It was a garden (that place is most in request at that time) for that place and time, a Gardiner doth well.

Of which her so taking Him, Saint Gregory saith well, Profecto errando non erravit. She did not mistake in taking Him for a Gardiner: though she might seeme to erre in some sense, yet in some other she was in the right. For, in a sense, and a good sense, CHRIST may well be said to be a Gardiner, and indeed is one. For, our rule is, Christ, as He appeares, so He is, ever: No false semblant in Him.

1. A Gardiner He is then. The first, the fairest garden that ever was (Paradise) He was the Gardiner, it was of His planting. So, a Gardiner.

2 And ever since it is He that (as God) makes all our gardens greene, sends us yeere­ly the Spring, and all the herbs and flowers we then gather; and neither Paul with his planting, nor Apollo with his watering, could doe any good without him. So a Gardiner in that sense.

3 But not in that alone; but He it is that gardens our soules too, and makes them, as the Prophet saith, Like a well watered Garden, weedes out of them whatsoever is noysome or unfavourie,Ier. 31.11. sowes and plants them with true rootes and seedes of righte­ousnesse, waters them with the dew of His grace, and makes them bring forth fruit to eternall life.

But it is none of all these, but besides all these, nay over and above all these, this day (if ever) most properly He was a Gardiner. Was one, and so after a more peculiar man­ner, might take this likenesse on Him. Christ rising was indeed a Gardiner, and that a strange one, who made such an herbe grow out of the ground this day, as the like was never seene before, a dead body, to shoote foorth alive out of the grave.

[Page 539] [...], was He so this day alone? No, but this profession of His, this day begun, He will follow to the end. For, He it is, that by vertue of this morning's ac [...], shall garden our bodies, too: turne all our graves into garden-plots: Yea, shall one day tu [...]ne land Sea and all into a great garden, and so husband them, as they shall in [...] time bring foorth live bodies, even all our bodies alive againe.

Long before did Esai see this and sing of it, in his song Esa. 26.19. resembling the Resurrection to a Spring-garden. Awake and sing (saith he) ye that dwell for a time are as it were sowen in the dust, for His dew shall be as the dew of herbes, and the earth shall shoot foorth her dead. So then: He appeared no other, then He was: A Gardiner He was; not in shew alone, but opere & veritate, and so came in His owne likenesse. This for Christ's appearing. Now to His speech (but, as vnknowne still.)

VER. XV. Iesus saith to her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She (suppo­sing he had beene the Gardiner) said to Him; Sir, if thou have borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast laid Him, and I will take Him thence.

Still shee weeps: So He begins with quid ploras? Christ's quest­ion unknown. askes the same question the An­gells had before; onely quickens it a little with Quem quaeris, Whom seeke you? So, quem quaeris, quaerit à te quem quaeris, whom she sought, He askes her whom she sought? Si quaeris, cur non cognoscis? si cognoscis, cur quaeris? saith Augustine. If she seeke Him,Augustine. why knowes she Him not? If she know Him, why seekes she Him still? A common thing with vs (this also.) To seeke a thing, and when we have found it; not to know, we have so; but even Christum à Christo quaerere, to aske Christ for Christ. Which however it fall in other matters, in this seeking of Christ, it is safe. Even when we seeke Christ, to pray to Christ, to help vs to finde Christ; we shall do it full evill with­out Him.

This quid ploras? it comes now twise. The Angells asked it, we stood not on it then. Now, seeing Christ askes it againe, the second time, we will thinke there is some thing in it, and stay a little at it. The rather, for that it is the very opening of His mouth, the very first words that ever came from Him, that he spake first of all, after His rising againe from death. There is sure some more then ordinarie matter in this quid ploras? if it be, but even for that.

Thus say the Fathers; 1 That Marie Magdalen standing by the grave's side, and there weeping, is thus brought in, to represent unto us, the state of all mankind before this day, the day of Christ's rising againe, weeping over the dead, 1. Thess. 4.13. as doe the heathen that have no hope ▪ comes Christ with his quid ploras, Why doe you weepe? As much to say, as ne plores; Weepe not, why should you weepe? There is no cause of weeping now. Hence­forth none shall need to stand by the grave to weepe there any more. A question veri [...] proper for Easter-day, for the day of the Resurrection. For, if there be a rising againe, quid ploras? is right, why should she, why should any weepe, then?

So that this quid ploras of Christ's, wipes away teares from all eyes, and as we sing in the 30. Psalme (whose title is, the Psalme of the Resurrection) putts off our sackcloth, that is our mourning weeds, girds vs with gladnesse, putts vs all in white with the Angells.

Plora [...] then leave that for Good-friday, for His Passion: Weepe then, and spare not. But, quid ploras? for Easter-day, is in kin [...] (the Feast of the Resurrection) why should there be any weeping vpon it? Is not Christ risen? Shall not Her [...]ise vs with Him? Is He not a Gardiner, to make our bodies owne to grow againe? Ploras, leave that to the heathen that are without all hope; but to the Christian man, quid ploras? Why should he weepe? he hath hopes; the Head is alreadie risen▪ the memb [...]rs shall, i [...] their due time follow Him.

[Page 540]I observe, that foure times this day, at foure severall appearings, 1 at the first (at this heere) He askes her, quid ploras? Why she wept? Of them that went to Emmaeus, quid tristes estis? Luc. 24.17. Why are ye sad? Within a Verse following (the 19.) He saith to the Eleven, Pax vobis, Peace be to them: And to the women that met Him on the way,Mat. 28.9. [...], that is, Rejoice, be glad. So, no weeping, no being sad: now; nothing this day, but peace and joy: they do properly belong to this feast.

And, this I note the more willingly, now, this yeare, because the last Easter we could not so well have noted it. Some wept then; all were sad, little joy there was, and there was a quid, a good cause for it. But blessed be GOD that hath now sent us a more kindly Easter, of this, by taking away the cause of our sorrow then, that we may preach of Quid ploras? and be far from it. So much for quid ploras? CHRIST's question. Now to her answere.

[...]er answer.She is still where she was; at sustulerunt before, at sustulisti, now: si tu sustulisti: we shall never get that word from her.

But, to CHRIST she seemes somewhat more harsh, then to the Angells. To them she complaines of others, They have taken. CHRIST she seemes to charge, at least to suspect of the fact, as if He looked like one that had been a breaker up of graves, a carrier away of Corses out of their place of rest. Her (if) implies as much. But pardon love: as it feares where it needs not, so it suspects oft, where it hath no cause. He, or any that comes in our way, hath done it, hath taken Him away, when love is at a losse. But Bernard speakes to CHRIST for her; Domine, amor quem ha­bebat in te, & dolor quem habebat de Te, excuset eam apud Te, si fortè erravit circa Te: That the love she bare to Him, the sorrow she had for Him, may excuse her with Him, if she were in any error concerning Him, in her saying Si Tu sustulisti.

And yet, see how GOD shall direct the [...]ounge! In thus charging Him, Prophe­tat & nescit, Origen. She sayes truer then she was aware. For indeed, if any tooke Him away, it was He did it. So, she was not much amisse. Her si tu, was true, though not in her sense. For, quod de ipso factum est, ipse fecit. All that was done to Him, He did it Himselfe. His taking away, virtus fuit, non facinus, was by His owne power, not by the act of any other:Chrysologus. Et gloria, non injuria, No other mans iniurie it was, but His owne glorie, that she found Him not there. This was true, but this was no part of her meaning.

I cannot heere passe over two more Characters of her love, that so you may have the full ten I promised.

1 One, in si [...]a sustulisti Eum, in her Eum, in her [Him.] Him? Which Him? Her affection seemes so to transport her, as she sayes no man knowes what. To one, a meer stranger to her, and she to him, she talkes of one thrice under the terme of Him, If thou hast taken Him away, tel me where thou hast layd Him, and I will fetch Him; Him, Him, and Him, and never names Him, or tells who He is. This is Solaecismus amoris, an irregular speech, but love's owne dialect. Him, is enough with love, who knowes not who that is? It supposes every body, all the world bound to take notice of Him whom we looke for, onely by saying, Him, though we never tell His name, nor say a word more. Amor, quem ipse cogitat, neminem putans ignorare.

2 The other is in her ego tollam; If he would tell her where he had layd Him, she would goe fetch Him (that she would.) Alas poore woman, she was not hable to lift Him. There are more then one, or two either, allowed to the carrying of a corps. A [...] for His, it had more then an hundred pound weight of myrrhe and other odours upon it, beside the poise of a dead body.Ioh. 9.39. She could not doe it. Well, yet she would doe it, though. O mulier, non mulier (saith Origen) for ego tollam seemes rather the speech of a Porter, or of some lustie strong fellow at least, then of a silly weake woman. But love makes women more then women, at least it makes them have [...] the courage above the strength, farr. Never measures her own forces, no burden too heavie, no a [...]ay too hard for love, & nihil crubescit nisi nomen difficultatis; and is not ashamed of any thing, but that any thing should be too hard or too heavie for it. Affectus sine mensurâ virium propriarum. Both these argue dilexit multùm. And so now, you have the full number of ten.

VER. 16. IESVS saith to her, Marie: She turned her selfe, and said to Him, Rabboni; that is to say, Master.

Now magnes amoris amor. Nothing so allures, so drawes love to it,Christ's second speech. as doth love it selfe. In CHRIST specially, and in such, in whom the same minde is. For, when her Lord saw, there was no taking away His taking away from her, all was in vaine, neither men, nor Angels, nor Himselfe (so long as He kept Himselfe Gardiner) could get any thing of her, but her Lord was gone, He was taken away; and that for the want of IE­SVS, nothing but IESVS could yield her any comfort: He is no longer hable to containe, but even discloses Himselfe; And discloses Himselfe by His voice.

For, it should seeme, before, with His shape, He had changed that also. But now, He speakes to her in His knowen voice, in the wonted accent of it, does but name her name, Marie, no more, and that was enough. That was as much to say, Recogn [...]sce à quo recognosceris, she would at least take notice of Him,Augustine. that shewed He was no stranger, by calling her by her name. For, whom we call by their names, we take particular notice of. So GOD sayes to Moses, Te autem cognovi de nomine, Exod. 33.17. Thou hast found grace in my sight, and I know thee by thy name, As GOD, Moses; So Christ, Marie Magdalen.

And this indeed is the right way to know Christ; to be knowen of Him first. Gal. 4.9. the Apostle saith, Now we have knowen GOD (and then correcteth him­selfe) or rather have beene knowen of GOD. For, till He know us, we shall never know Him aright.

And now, loe, Christ is found; found alive that was sought dead. A cloud may be so thick, we shall not see the Sunne through it. The Sunne must scatter that cloud, and then we may. Heer is an example of it. It is strange, a thicke cloud of heavinesse had so covered her, as, see Him she could not, through it: this one word, these two syllables [Marie] from His mouth, scatters it, all. No sooner had His voice sounded in her eares, but it drives away all the mist, dries up her teares, lightens her eyes, that she knew Him straight, and answeres Him with her won­ted salutation, Rabboni. If it had lien in her power to have raised Him from the dead,Her answer. she would not have failed, but done it (I dare say.) Now, it is done to her hands.

And with this, all is turned out and in. A new world, now. Away with sustule­runt; His taking away, is taken away quite. For, if His taking away were her sorrow; Contrariorum contraria consequentia. Si de sublato ploravit, de suscitato exultavit, we may be sure: If sad for His death, for His taking away; then glad for His rising,Augustine. for His restoring againe. Surely, if she would have been glad but to have found but His dead body; now she finds it, and Him, alive, what was her joy, how great may we think? So that, by this she saw, Quid ploras was not asked her for nought, that it was no impertinent question, as it fell out. Well now, He that was thought lost, is found againe: and found, not, as He was sought for, not a dead body, but a living soule; nay, a quickening Spirit, then. And that might Mary Magdalen well say. He shewed it,2. Cor. 15.45. for He quickned her and her Spirits, that were as good as dead. You thought you should have come to CHRIST's Resurrection to day, and so you do. But not to His alone, but even to Mary Magdalen's resurrection, too. For, in very deed, a kind of resurrection it was, was wrought in her; revived, as it were, and raised from a dead and drooping, to a lively and cheerefull estate. The Gardiner had done his part, made her all greene, on the suddaine.

And all this, by a word of His mouth. Such power is there in every word of His; so easily are they called, whom CHRIST will but speake to.

But, by this we see, when He would be made knowne to her after His rising, He did choose to be made knowne by the eare rather then by the eye. By hearing rather [Page 542] then by appearing. Opens her eares first, and her eyes after. Her eyes were holden, till her eares were opened; [...] 14. [...]6. Psal. 40.6 comes aures [...] aper [...]sti mihi, and that opens them.

With the Philosophers, hearing is the sense of wisedome. With us, in divinitie, it is the sense of faith. So, most [...] CHRIST is the Word, hearing then (that sense) is CHRIST's sense; vice quam visu, more proper to the Word. So, sicut au­divimus goes before,Psal. 48.8. and then, sic vidimus comes after. In matters of faith the eare goes first, ever, and is of more use, and to be trusted before the eye. For, in many case [...] fait [...]h [...], sight faileth.

Psal. 95.7.T [...]eir [...] a good [...] to come to the knowledge of Christ, by Hodiè si vocem, to hea [...]e [...] voice. Howbeit, it is not the onely way. There is another way to take notic [...] of Him by bes [...]s, and we to take notice of it. On this very day we have them both.

Fo [...], twis [...] this day came Christ; unknowne first, and then knowen, after. To Ma­rie Magdalen, heer; and to them at Emmaus. Luc. chap. 24. To Marie Magdalen unknowen, in the shape of a Gardiner. To those that went to Emmaus, unknowen, in the li [...]enesse of a Travailer by the way side. Came to be knowen to her by His voice, by the word of His mouth. Not so, to them. For, many words He spake to them; and they felt them warme at their hearts, but, knew Him not for all that. But,Luc. 24.3 [...].35. He was knowen to them in the breaking of the bread. Her eyes opened by speaking a word: their eyes opened by the breaking of bread. There is the one and the o­ther way, and so now you have both. And now you have them, I pray you make use of them. (I see, I shall not be hable to goe further then this verse.)

It were a folly to fall to comparisons, commitere inter se, to set them at oddes to­gither, the [...]e two waies: as the fond fashion now adaies is, whether is better, Prayer or Preaching: the Word, or the Sacraments. What needs this? Seeing we have both, both are ready for us; the one now, the other by and by. We may end this question, soone. And this is the best and surest way to end it, to esteeme of them both to thanke Him for hath, to make use of both, having now done with one, to make tri­all of the other. It may be (who knowes) if the one will not worke, the other may. And if by the one or by the other, by either, if it be wrought, what harme have we? In case it be not; yet have we offered to GOD our service in both, and committed the successe of both to Him. He will see they shall have successe, and in His good time (as shall be expedient for us) vouchsafe every one of us, as He did Marie Mag­dalen in the text,Philip. 3.10. to know Him and the vertue of His Resurrection; and make us par­takers of both, by both the means before remembred, by His blessed word, by His holy mysteries; the means to raise our soules heer, the pledges of the raising up of our bodies heerafter. Of both which He make us partakers, who is the Author of both, I [...]SVS CHRIST. the Righteous, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the I. of Aprill, A. D. MDCXXI, being EASTER DAY.

IOHN. XX. VER. XVII.

Dicit ei IESVS, Noli me tangere.

IESVS saith unto her, Touch me not.

MAry Magdalen, because she loved much, and gave divers good proofes of it, had this mor­ning divers favours vouchsafed her: To see a vi­sion of Angells: To see CHRIST himselfe:Verse 12. Verse 14. Verse 16. To see him before any other, first of all: He spake to her, MARY; she spake to him Rabbo­ni: Hitherto all was well. Now, heer, after all this love, after all these favours, even in the necke of them (as it were) comes an unkind word or two, a Noli me tangere, and marres all; turnes all out and in. Make the best of it, a re­pulse it is: but a cold salutation for an Easter-day morning.

A little before He asked, Why she wept? This is enough to sether on weeping afresh.Verse 15. For if she wept for sustulerunt Dominum, that others had taken away her Lord: Much more, now, when her Lord takes away Himselfe from her, that she may not so much as touch Him.

We observed, that (this morning) CHRIST came in two shapes; and at either of them spake a speech. At first, he came unknowne, taken for a Gardiner: the latter, he spake in his owne voyce, and became knowne to her. I know not how; but, un­knowne, CHRIST prooves better to her, then when he came to be knowne: better for her, he had kept himselfe unknowne still. For, then unknowne, he asked her kind­ly, [Page 544] Why she wept? as much to say as, weepe not, Noli te angere, noli me plangere: there is [...] on the sodaine, and [...], what she [...] to touch him; which must [...] be much [...] once to come neere or touch her SAVIOVR [...] his owne mouth.

But there is a good [...] plangere; and noli me tangere, both. One, we [...] touched [...] now. One would little thinke it, but they sort well: Quid pl [...]r [...]? [...]nd Noli m [...] tangere. Quid ploras? To reioyce at his rising: noli me tangere, Psal. 2.11. to doe it with reverence. They amount to exultate in tremore.

The division.The verse of it selfe, falls into two parts. We may divide it (as the Iewes do the Law) into [...] not, and Do: somewhat forbidden there is, and somewhat bidden. Forbidden, doe not, not touch me: Bidden, but doe, Goe your wayes and tell. The forbidding part stands of two points: 1 a Restraint; and 2 a Reason, 1. The Restraint in these: Noli I m [...] tangere, &c.: 2. The Reason in these: Nondum enim, &c. for I am not yet ascen­ [...]ed &c.

II The Bidding part, of three, 1. a Mission or Commission, to goe doe a message Vade & dic. 2. The Parties to whom: to my Brethren, that is, to his Disciples. 3. The Message it selfe; I ascend to my Father, &c. And this latter is as it were an amends for the former: That the text is like the time of the yeer: the morning somewhat fresh, but a faire day after: Noli me tangere, the Repulse, is the sharpe morning: Vade & dic, the welcome Message, the faire day (we spake of) that makes all well againe.

Either of these will serve for a sermon, the former Noli me tangere, &c. it is so full of difficulties; but withall, of good and needfull caution. The latter of the Message, it is so fraught with high Mysteries, and beside, with much heavenly comfort. They call it MARY MAGDALEN'S Gospell: (for, glad tydings it containes; and what is the Gos­pel els?) The first Gospell or glad tydings after Christ's Resurrection. The very Gospell of the Gospell it selfe, and a Compendium of all the foure. Of which (if God will) at some other time. Now, I will trouble you no further, but with Touch me not, for I am not yet ascended to the Father.

I. The Restraint, Noli me tangere.No sooner had CHRIST'S voice sounded in her eares, but she knew streight Rabboni, it was He; and withall (as it may be gathered by this Noli me, &c.) she did that which amounted to a Nolo te tangere: that is, she made toward Him, stretched forth her hand, and offered, would have touched Him, but for this Touch me not. Touch not? why not? What harme had there been, if he had suffered her to touch Him? The speech is strange to be spoken, either by Him, or to her: the reason, the For, yet more strange: Many difficulties in both, GOD send us well through them. There be but three words, 1 Noli, 2 me, and 3 tangere; touch, at which of these three you will; tan­gere the thing; noli and me, the two Parties: Me, Him, CHRIST, Noli, her, MARY MAGDALEN: you will finde some what strange this speech of His.

1. T [...]ngere the thing forbid­den. Mat. 9.21. Tangere, the thing. Not touch? Why, it is nothing, to touch; and because it is no­thing might have beene yeelded to. And yet to touch CHRIST, is not nothing. Ma [...]y desired, yea str [...]o [...], [...]o touch [...]im: there went vertue from Him, even while He was mortall: But, now He is immo [...]all, by all likelihood, much more. That was not her case; to draw ought from Him: it was for pure love, and nothing els, she desired i [...]. To love, it is not enough, to heare, or see; it is carried farther, to touch and take hold: It is affectu [...] [...]ni [...]nis; and the neerest vnion is per contactum.

2. The parties.Secondly the Parties. Me: not Me, not CHRIST. Why not Him? CHRIST was [...] to be so dainty of it. Diverse times, and in diverse places, He suffered the [Page 545] [...] to throng and to thrust Him. What speake we of that? when, not [...], He suffered other manner of touches and twitches both. Then, Noli [...] would have come in good time; would have done well on Good-Friday. [...] He them then? why suffered He not her, now? She (I dare say for her) [...] have done Him no hurt, she. Noli, is to her: Not she: Not Mary Magdalen. Marke 14.3. Luke. 7.46. [...] [...]uched Him before now; touched His head, touched His feet; annoynted [...]: what was done, she might not, now? She hath even now, this morning, brought [...] in her hand to embalme Him: and with these, and with no other hands,Marke 16.1. doth she offer to touch Him at this time: she might have beene borne with. It was [...] early as it was, she had this morning given many good proofes of her [...] That she was so early up; 2 came to the Grave first: 3 stayed there last: 4 had [...] cost: 5 had taken such paines: 6 had wept so many t [...]ares: 7 would not be [...], no not by Angells, till she had found Him, And, now she hath found Him, [...] touch Him? All these might have pleaded for as much as this comes to. For all t [...]es [...]; one poore touch had beene but an easie recompense. Of all other, this prohibi­tion [...] not against her: of all times, not at this. The more we looke into it, the fur­ther of we finde it, to be spoken either by Him, or to her.

But if we goe further, and looke the Reason, we shall finde it yet more strange:II. The Reason. it will increase the doubt. Touch me not, for I am not yet ascended: What a reason is this? As who should say: when He was ascended, she should, then. But, then when He was ascended, one would thinke, she should be further of, then now. Si stans in ter­râtam propè non tangitur, receptus in coelum quomodo tangetur? If standing on earth by Him, He is not to be touched, when He is taken up into heaven, no arme will then teach Him: past touching, then. That if not till then, never. The reason makes it yet [...] from reason. No remedie, but we must pray a consultation (as they call it) upon this Prohibition.

It cannot be denyed, but for Noli me, there is a time and place. It is worth the no­ting: the world began with a Noli me tangere; both the worlds. The old world: the first words (in a manner) GOD spake then, were a kind of a No­li me tangere; Touch not the Forbidden fruit. And as in the old, so heere at the beginning this new, (for, with CHRIST'S rising, began the New creature) it is CHRIST'S first speech, we see. CHRIST rising, it is His first precept: His first Law is negative: it is the first thing. He forbiddeth us: the first, he thought good to warne us of. Of His first words, we will have speciall care, I trust. The rule is: Things that will hurt us, best not touch. Best, not touch? nay, sound and good [...]his Arsenius the Eremite his advise touching those: Impera Evae & cave Serpentem, & totus eris: Tutior autem, si arborem non aspexeris. Can you command Eve, can you so; and can you beware the Serpent? well: doe so then, and you shall be safe: But (heare you) Tutior, you shall be yet more safe, if you see not, looke not upon, come not [...] the reach; nay, not within the sight of the forbidden tree. But CHRIST [...] forbidden tree: the tree of life rather; to be touched and tasted, that we may live by Him. No place in CHRIST for a Noli me tangere. Ioh. 11.25.

Of those that hurt us, some we have no sense of at the first. Such are all things un­lawfull and forbidden: which, though for the time they seeme pleasant, yet they have their stings in their taile: sooner, or later, we shall find, they will hurt us; any fruit of the forbidden tree.

Other things we feele hurt us, we forbeare easily. An angry inflammation there is, the name of it is a Noli me tangere; and not that onely,Verse 27. but any bile or sore indures not the t [...]chi [...]g. What? had CHRIST any sore place about Him, since His passion? No [...] S. THOMAS put his finger, nay, his whole hand into the place of His [...]o [...]nds, and put Him [...]o no paine at all. No place in CHRIST for this Noli me [...], neither.

[...] to hold you long: Noli me tangere can rise but one of these wayes:I. Not on Chris [...]s part. Either out [Page 546] [...] or out of Me: Ex p [...]rte tacti; or Ex parte tangentis; His that was touched; or [...], that did touch Him. 1 Touch me not, you will hurt me, I am sore; Ex parte tacti: or, Touch me not, I shall hurt you; I am hot or sharpe; Ex parte tangentis: Fire, I shall [...]e [...]rch you: an edge toole, I shall wound you: Pitch, I shall defile you: some conta­giou [...] thing, I s [...]all infect you. Every one of these cryes, Noli me tangere. But neither of these hath place in CHRIST. CHRIST rising; was not now in state, to receive any hurt; and neither now, nor ever in case to doe any; to pricke or to burne the fingers of any that touch Him.

2. But on Mary Magd [...]ene's.We resolve then; it was not on CHRIST'S part, this Touch me not. It should then more properly hav [...] beene Nolo me tangi: But, it is, Noli me tangere, and so on hers. No let in Him, but He might be touched: the let, in her; she might not touch Him. That it was never CHRIST'S meaning, after He was risen, He would not be touched of any at all, it is evident. This very day, at even, appearing to the XI, He not onely suffered, but invited them to touch Him; nay more, Palpate me, which is; touch me throughly. Luke 24.39. This very CHAP. at the XXVII. verse, He calls to S. Thomas; Infer digitum, put in your finger: Nay, affer manum, hand and all: which is to touch, and touch home (I am sure.)

How then? would He have Men touch Him, and not Women? nor that, neither. This is His first appearing: at His second, and next to this, certaine Women met Him on the way:Mat. 28. [...]. Luke 7.47. He suffered them to touch Him, and take Him by the feet. Some ver­tuous Women it may be: But, Mary Magdalen had beene a notorious sinner, and so unworthy of it. No, nor that: for that, of the women that so met Him, and so tou­ched Him, she was one. See Matth. 28. Mary Magdalen touch, and Mary Magdalen not touch? the difficulties grow still. For I aske: if at the second appearing, why not at the first? Why after, and not now? Why, there, touch and spare not; and heer, No­li me tangere, not come thither?

Let me tell you what we have gained yet: These three things. 1 The Prohibition is not reall: the touch, the thing is not forbidden: it is but personall. 2 Nay, not perso­nall neither absolutely; not she simply, but not she, as now at this time. She might touch (it seemes) for she did, not long after. Mary Magdalen might: but not this Mary Magdalen. 3 And last, that it is not finall; there is life, there is hope in it. Not, never to touch; but not, Stando in his terminis, standing in the termes, she doth. What termes are those? And now (lo) we are come to the point, to that we search for.

Three senses I will give you, and they have great Authours, all three, Chryso­stome, Gregorie, Augustine. I will touch them all three; and you may take your choice of them; or, if you please, take them all: for, they will stand well toge­ther.

One is (it is Chrysostome's) That, all was not well; somewhat amisse; she some thing to blam [...] in the manner of her offer,To correct her want of due [...]: S. Chry­sost [...]es sense. which was not all, as it should. The most we can make, she failed in somewhat. Not, that she did it in any immodest or unde­cent manner. GOD forbid: never thinke of that. But onely a little too forward, it may be: Not with that due respect that was meet.

We see by that is past, how the world went. CHRIST said, MARIE: She an­swers Him, with her wonted terme, with a Rabboni. And, as she saluted Him with her wonted terme, so after her wonted fashion, she made toward Him, to have [...]ched Him: not in such manner; as was fit to have beene observed; not with that regard, which His new glorified estate after His resurrection, might seeme iustly to reb [...]e. It is in Me: no [...] the same Me, He was. That that was enough to CH [...]IST, [...] few dayes ago, was nothing neer enough, today, for Him. He that three dayes since [...] so much, the day is now come, He wilbe touched after another fashion: Propter hoc exaltavit Eum DEVS,Phil. 2, [...]. For, to this end GOD so highly exalted Him. I tell you plainely, I did not li [...]e her Rabboni: it was no EASTER day salutation, [Page 547] [...] beene some better terme expressing more reverence. So, her offer [...] beene in some more respective manner: her touch no Easter-day touch: [...] had a tang in it (as we say.) The touch-stone of our touching CHRIST, all regard and reverence that may be: Bring hers to this, and her touch was [...] right touch; and all, for want of expressing more regard; not, for want of [...] [...]to: not, of reverence at all; but of reverence enough.

Two ca [...]ses they give of this faile. One, a defect in her judgement: The other, an [...] in her affection. Her amisse in the manner grew, out of her amisse in the mind; [...]; He had beene but even Rabboni still. As it should seeme, it seemeth to her, [...] with Him no otherwise, then with Her brother Lazarus: that CHRIST had [...] qui prius, neither more nor lesse, but just the same, He was before. To [...], approched, touched, as formerly He had beene. Formerly, He might have [...]ne touched: She thought, He might have beene even so still. Whereas, with [...], the case was quite altered: He risen, in a farre other condition then so. His [...] had now put on incorruption; and His mortall immortalitie. 1. Cor. 15.53.43. He died in weake­ [...]es [...] and dishonour: Rose againe, in power and glorie. And, as in another state, so to [...]ther end: Not to stay upon earth or converse heere any longer, but to ascend up in­to heaven. There was no ascendi in her mind.

His reason imports as much. You touch me, not as if I were upon ascending; but, as if to stay heer still. For, in saying I am not yet; His meaning is, ere long, He should. Nondum ascendi; yet, I am not: but ascendo, presently I am to doe it: to leave this world and all heer beneath, and to goe up and take possession of my Kingdome of glorie. To this new glorious condition of His, there belonged more then Rabboni; another manner approach then more solito. He being so very highly exalted, and farr otherwise then He was, her accesse to have been according: Not being so, it made her unmeet to touch Him, now. Nay, if you be but at Rabbo­ni, and make toward me in no other sort then thus, Noli me tangere, Touch me not.

Hence we learne, that when He sees, we forget our selves, CHRIST will take a little state upon Him; will not be saluted with Rabboni, but with some more seem­ly terme. Saint Thomas his, My Lord, and my GOD, a better farr then Rabboni. Ver. 28. Not be approached to, after the old accustomed fashion, but with some more seemly respect, sicut decet sanctos. They that so preasse to touch Him, Ephes. 5.3. and be somewhat too homely with Him, they are in Marie Magdalen's case. Her noli me tange­re, touches them home. And, their punishment shall be, that touch Him they shall not.

It is no excuse to say, all was out of love: Never lay it upon that. Love, Christ loves well: but, love, if it be right, [...], nihil facit perperam (saith the Apostle) [...], doth nothing uncomely, keeps decorum; forgetts not, what belongs to duty and decencie; carryes it selfe accordingly. And, such love, Christ loves. Other­wise, Love may, and doth forget it selfe otherwhile: and then, in that case, the hea­then man's saying is true, Importunus amor parum distat a simultate: such love is not love. A strange kinde of love, when, for very love to Christ, we care not how we use Him, or carry our selves towards Him. Which being her case, she heard, and heard iustly, Noli me tangere: you are not now in case, till you shall have lear­ned to touch after a more regardfull fashion.

This may truly be said: she was not, before, so carried away, with sorrow (that Passion;) but she was now as farr gone in the other of joy: and so like enough to forget her selfe, in offering to touch Him no otherwise then heri and nudius tertius, as two or three daies agoe she might have done. Saint Peter's case in the Mount, Mar. 9.6. was just her case heer: He knew not what he said, nor she, what she did: so surprised with the sodaine ioy, as she had no leysure to recollect herselfe, and to weigh the wonderfull great change, this day wrought in him.

O [...] of which our lesson is, that in the sodaine surprise of any passion, Christus non est tangibilis, no touching Christ then. But, when the passio [...] is over, and we come to [Page 548] ou [...] selves, [...] wilbe with [...]s, as with her: her affec [...]on [...]; her iudgement set­led bett [...], then now on the sodeine it was (as it [...],) she will be then fitt, and then she may be admitted: and so, she was, and did touch Him: but, that time, [...]hen s [...]e did so touch Him; she was upon her knees, downe at His feete, another man­ner of g [...]sture,Matt▪ 23.9. then heer she offered.

Say, she were unfit, yet [...]angs there a clowd still: all is not cleer. For, why then did others touch, to our seeming as unfit as she? Thomas with his faith in his fin­gers ends? The rest, in whose teeth, He cast their unbeleefe and hardnesse of heart, they touched Him at first: why not she, as well as they? They were unfit, [...] graunt; but their [...] grew ex alio capite, another way, then did hers. They beleeved not, were in doubt;Luk 24.38.37. thought, He had beene but a ghost. To rid them of that doubt, that they might be sure it was He, and be hable to say another day, which our hands have [...] of the Word of life;1. Ioh. 1.1. they were suffered to touch Him. Touching was the proper cure for their disease. So, was it not, for hers. She never doubted a w [...]it; was sure, He whose voice she heard was Rabboni. She had no need to be confirmed in that. Her disease grew another way. Not from want of faith; of feare, rather: from want of due regard. To touch would not have cured her disease; but made it worse. So, they touched, because they beleeved not: she touched not, because she mis-beleeved; beleeved not of Him aright. They touched, that they might know, He was risen: She touched not, that she might know, He was not so risen, as she wrongly imagined, that is, as in former times, she had knowen him.

Out of that hath beene spoken, we learne: That they be not so well advised, who if they heare one speake of Noli me tangere, imagine streight, it must needs be meant of a bile, ulcer, or some dangerous fore. Every noli me tangere is not so: CHRIST'S hee [...]e is not so. Learne heere, there doth to Excellencie belong a Noli me tangere, in­ducing reverence; no lesse then biles or sores procuring indolencie. Touch me not, come not neere me,Levit. 13 45. I am uncl [...]ane: (saith the Leper.) Stand backe, touch not my skirts, I am holier then you (saith one,Esay 95.5. Esay 65.) that is, Touch me not, I am so pure and cleane; as if to his excellent holinesse there belonged this priviledge, not to be touched.

The truth is, in the Naturall body, the eye is a most excellent part; but withall, so tender, so delicate, it may not indure to be touched; no, though it aile nothing, be not sore at all. In the Civill body the like is: There are in it, both Persons and Mat­ters, whose excellencie is such, they are not familiarly to be dealt with by hand, tongue, or penne, or any other way. The Persons, they are, as the apple of GOD's owne eye: CHRISTI DOMINI.Psal. 105.15. They have a peculiar Nolite tangere, by themselves. Wrong is offered them, when after this, or in familiar or homely manner, any t [...]uch them. The Matters likewise, Prince's affaires, Secrets of State, David calleth them magna & mirabilia super se, Psal. 131.1. and so super nos: points too high, too wonderfull for us to deale with. To these also, belongs this Touch not.

And, if of King's secrets this may truely be said, may it not as truely, of GOD, of His secret Decrees? May not they, for their height and depth, claime to this Noli, too? Yes sure: and I pray GOD, He be well pleased with this licentious touching, nay tossing His Decrees of late; this sounding the depth of His Iudgements with our line,Psal. 16 7. Rom. 11.33. and lead; to much presumed upon by some, in these dayes of ours. Iu­dicia Ejus abyssus multa (saith the Psalmist) His judgements are the great deepe. Saint Paul, looking downe into it, ranne backe, and cried, O the depth! the pro­found depth! not to be searched, past our fadoming or finding out. Yet are there in the world, that make but a shallow of this great deepe: they have sounded it to the bot­tome. GOD's secret Decrees, they have them at their fingers ends, can tell you the number and the order of them just, with 1.2.3.4.5. Men, that (sure) must have beene in GOD's cabbinet, above the 2 Cor. 12.2. third heaven, where Saint Paul never came. Marie I Magdalen's touch was nothing to these.

This was but upon the by. The maine of the Text, that it beareth full against, ex totâ substantiâ, is undue and undutifull cariage: and against them that vse it. Not, that Marie Magdalen's was such: Hers, was but Tekel, certaine graines too light, minus [Page 549] [...] altogether without regard, but not, altogether so full of regard as it might [...] have beene. Make it as little as you will, CHRIST saith Noli to it: [...] word of unwillingnesse. CHRIST is not unwilling with ought that is [...] what he saith Noli to, is eo ipso, not good, would be forborne: would not be offered [...], be it no more then hers was. She (it may be) shewed more regard then we: [...], if we shew not more regard then she, we shall hardly escape this Noli me tangere.

But, from this we rise. If CHRIST said Noli to her, that failed but in tanto; what 2 shall be [...] to them that faile both in tanto and in toto? The Noli to her given, rea­cheth [...] in a higher degree. Greater must their fault be, now, then hers was, [...]. She had no Noli to warne her: they have hers to warne them, and will take no warning by it. CHRIST, as He saw, she was, so, He [...], others would be as (yea, more) defective this way. The Noli that was given [...] was (in her) given to them all. Even to this day, CHRIST crieth still, Noli me tangere: Even to this day, there is vse of it, to call upon us for a better touch.

If the Text be against rudenesse, to restreine it; then, is it for reverence, to enjoyne 3 [...]. If He say Noli, to the want of regard; we know, what He will say Volo to: that the more respectively, the better we carry our selves, the better He will like us. This is sure: He will be approched to, in all dutifull and decent sort; and He will not have us offer Him any other. Whatsoever is most or best in that kind, if there be any one better then other, be that it. The best, we have (I am sure) is not too good for CHRIST. It is better to render accompt to Him of a little too much, then of a good deale too little.

Take this with you: CHRIST can say Noli, then. For (I know not how) our 4 ca [...]iage, a many of us, is so loose; covered we sit; sitting, we pray; standing, or wal­ling (or as it takes us in the head) we receive: as if CHRIST were so gentle a per­son, we might touch Him, doe to Him, what we list, He would take all well: He hath not the power, to say Noli to anything. But, He hath, we see; and saith it; and saith it to one highly in his fauour: and saith it, but for a touch a little awry, otherwise then it should.

As the Heathen said, vultu; so the Text saith, tactu ledi pietatem. One may 5 offend CHRIST, onely by touching Him; such the touch may be. We will allow him greater then the Arke: That, would not indure Vzza's touch;2. Sam. 6.7. He died for it. We will hold us to our Text: if we touch Him unduely, we shall doe it nolenti; it shall be much against His will; He likes it not: Witnesse this noli heere.

Which, though it goe but to the touch, yet à paritate rationis, it reacheth to all the 6 body, and to every member of it. To our very feet (saith Salomon: Eccles. 4.17.) We to looke to them when we draw neere to Him.Luk. 11.31. To our very fingers (saith a Greater then Salomon) we to looke to them, when we touch Him. And, as not with the foot of pride, nor the hand of presumption; so, along through the rest: neither with a scornefull eye, nor a stiff knee: All are equally forbidden, under one; all to be farre from us.

It reacheth to all: but yet for all that, the native word of the Text (the touch) is 7 to have a kind of pre-eminence. Most kindly, to that. To CHRIST it is every way; but most of all, to CHRIST as He is tangibilis; comes under our touch. To all parts of His worship; but, other parts will not come under tangere so fitly, as the Sacrament. So as, the vse may seeme properly to have relation to that: and we, there, to shew our highest reverence. If we doe so, Dicite justo quiabenè, we do well.Esay 3 10. But, diverse have too much of Marie Magdalen in them. I know not, how they would touch CHRIST, if they had Him: that, which on earth doth most neerely represent Him, His highest memoriall, I know not how many both touch and take, otherwise then were to be wished.

But, thus are we now come to the day, the very day, it was given on. CHRIST gave this Noli me tangere, that it might be verbum Diei, a watch-word for this day. Take heed, how you touch: for, He easily foresaw, this would be tempus tangendi, the [Page 550] time whereon,Ioh. 6.56. touch we must: Nay, more then touch Him, we must; for, eat His flesh, and drinke His blood we must; and, that can we not doe, but we must touch Him. And this we must doe by vertue of another precept, Accipite & man­ducate. Matt 26.26.

How will Accipite & manducate, and noli me tangere cleave together? Take, eat, and yet touch not? If we take we must needs touch, one would thinke: If we eat, gustus est sub tactu (saith the Philosopher:) so, that comes under touching too.

It seemes the Text was not so well chosen, these points considered. Nay, set the day aside we have no need (God wot) to be preached to of not touching: we are not so forward that way.Verse 27. It would rather have beene that of Saint Thomas, Affer manum. This, is now out of season.

But, you will remember still, I told you, this Noli was not generall. It was but to Marie Magdalen: And, to her, but till she had learned a little better manners. Not to any, but such as she, or worse then she, that in unbeseeming manner preasse and prof­fer to touch Him (the onely cause of her repulse.) But, at another time, when she was on her knees, Matt. 28 9. fell downe at His feet, then did she touch Him, without any checke at all. Be you now, but as she was then, and this noli me tangere will not touch you at all.

It is the case of the Sacrament right. There is place in the taking it, for Noli me tan­gere: So is there, for Affer manum. To them, that with Saint Thomas, in a feeling of the defect of their faith, or of any other spirituall grace, cast themselves downe, and cry,Verse 27. My LORD, and My GOD, Affer manum to them: I set them free; I give them a discharge from this Noli me tangere. But, for them that are but at Rabboni, and scarse so farre; bold guests with Him; base in conceipt, and homely in behavi­our: to them, and to them properly, belongs this Noli me tangere: More properly, then ever it did to her. And so, that point reconciled. Thus farre for Saint Chrysostome, and his taking

2. To hasten the Message. S Gregorie's se [...]se.There is a second, and it is Saint Gregorie's: That the Vade & dic, was the cause of Noli me &c and that all was but to save time, that she was not permitted it. CHRIST was not willing to spend time in these complements (it was no other;) but, to dispatch her away, upon an errand, better pleasing to Him, that required more hast. As if He should have said: Let us have no touching now; there is a matter in hand, would be done out of hand; and therefore for this time hands of, Touch me not.

And the reason will follow well, so: Nondum enim ascendi. You need not be so ha­stie, or eager to touch me; I am not yet, ascended: though I be upon going, yet I am not gone. You may doe this, at some other time, at some other meeting: & quod differtur non aufertur, at better leysure, you may have your desire: forbeare it, now.

Why, what hast was there of doing this errand? Might she not have touched Him, and done it time enough? Peradventure, she might thinke so: She, knew CHRIST was risen; She, was well. But, they that sate in feare and sorrow, that knew not so much; they would not thinke so: Not, to them. To them Nihil satis festinatur, No hast was too much; all delay too long.

Nor to CHRIST neither. Who was (we see) so desirous to have notice gi­ven with all speed, that He would not take so much time from it, as wherein Marie Magdalen might have had but a touch at Him. So carefull, they might receive comfort with the first, that He saith, Goe your wayes with all speed; Get you to them, the first thing you doe: It will doe them more good to heare of my rising, then it will doe you, to stand and touch me.

Yet, a touch and away would not have taken up so much time. True: but He easily soresaw, in the termes she stood, if He suffered her to touch, that would not serve the turne; She would have taken hold too. And, if she had [Page 551] taken hold once, nor that neither: She would have come to a Non dimittam; with her in the Canticles, Tenui Eum & non dimittam: Cant. 3.4. She would not have let Him goe; or beene long, yer she had: So, much time spent in impertinencies, which neither He nor she the better for. So, she to let her touching alone, and put it of till another time, being to be imployed in a businesse of more hast, and importance.

The third place is Saint AVGVSTINE's: That, CHRIST in these words,3. To weine her from sensuall touching: S. Augustine's sense. had a further meaning; to weine her from all sensuall and fleshly touching, and teach her, a new and a true touch; truer then that, she was about. This sense groweth out of CHRIST'S reason: Touch me not for I am not yet ascen­ded; as if, till He were ascended, He would not be touched; and, then, He would. As much to say: Care not to touch me, heere. Stand not upon it: Touch me not till I be ascended; Stay till then, and then, doe. That, is the true touch; that, is it, will doe you all the good.

And, there is reason for this sense. For the touch of His body, which she so much desired; that, could last but forty dayes in all,Act. 1.3. while He in his body were among them. And, what should all, since, and we now, have beene the better? He was to take her out a lesson, and to teach her another touch, that might serve for all, to the world's end: that might serve, when the body and bodily touch were taken from us.

CHRIST himselfe touched upon this point (in the sixth Chapter, at the 62. verse) when at Capernaum they stumbled at the speech of eating His flesh: What (saith He) finde you this strange now? How will you finde it, then, when you shall see the Sonne of man ascend up where He was before? How, then? And yet, then you must eat, or els, there is no life in you.

So, it is a plaine Item to her, that there may be a sensuall touching of Him, heere; but that is not it; not the right; it availes little. It was her error, this; She was all for the corporall presence; for the touch with the fingers. So, were His Disci­ples, all of them, too much addicted to it. From which they were now to be weined: That if they had, before, knowen CHRIST, or touched Him after the flesh; yet now from henceforth, they were to doe so no more, but to learne a new touch; to touch him, being now ascended. Such a touching there is; or els His rea­son holds not: And, best touching Him, so; Better farre then this of hers, she was so eager on.

Doe but aske the Church of Rome; Even, with them, it is not the bodily touch, in the Sacrament, that doth the good. Wicked men, very reprobates, have that touch, and remaine reprobates, as before. Nay, I will goe further: It is not that, that toucheth CHRIST at all. Example,Mar. 5.31. the multitude that thronged and thrust Him; yet, for all that, as if none of them all had touched Him, He askes, Quis me tetigit? So that, one may rudely thrust Him, and yet not touch Him, though: Not, to any purpose, so.

CHRIST resolves the point, in that very place. The flesh, the touching, the ea­ting it, profits nothing. The words He spake, were spirit: So, the touching, Iob 6.63. the eating, to be spirituall. And Saint Thomas, and Marie Magdalen or whosoe­ver touched Him heere on earth, nisi faelicius fide quàm manu tetigissent, if they had not beene more happy to touch Him with their faith, then with their fingers end, they had had no part in Him; no good by it at all. It was found better with it, to touch the hemm of His garment; then, without it,Matt. 9.20. to touch any part of His body.

Now, if faith be to touch, that will touch Him no lesse in heaven then heere: One, that is in heaven, may be touched so. No ascending can hinder that touch. Faith will elevate it selfe, that ascending in spirit, we shall touch Him, and take [Page 552] hold of Him. Mitte fidem & te [...]wisti. It is Saint Augustine. It is a touch, to which there is never a Noli: feare it not.

So, doe we then: Send up our faith, and that shall touch Him, and there will vertue come from Him: and it shall take such hold on Him, as it shall raise us up to where He is; bring us to the end of the verse, and to the end of all our desires; to Ascendo ad Patrem, a joyfull ascension to our Father and His, and to Himselfe, and to the Vnitie of the Blessed SPIRIT. To whom, in the Tri­nitie of Persons, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KINGS MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XXI. of Aprill, A. D. MDCXXII, being EASTER DAY.

IOHN. CHAP. XX. VER. XVII.

Dicit ei IESVS &c.

IESVS saith to her, Touch me not: For, I am not yet ascen­ded to my Father: But, goe to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my Father and your Father, and to my God and your God.

OF noli me tangere the former part, you have for­merly heard. Marie Magdalen might not touch: at least-wise, not, as thus; not, as now.

The reason: 1. On her part, she forgat her selfe a little in her touch, as in her terme, toward Him, who, though nondum He were not yet, was presently to ascend, and be taken up into heaven, and would be touched in some better manner. And, till she had learned, so to touch, Noli me tangere.

2. On CHRIST'S part. She need not be so eager; Nondum enim Ascendi: that i [...], though He were going, yet He was not gone. Some other time might serve her, to touch Him in. Now, He had matte [...] of more hast, to send her about, and would have no time taken from it. And so, for saving of time, Noli me tangere.

3. On the touch it selfe. He was not yet ascended: And, to touch Him before He [Page 554] were so, was not the true touch; not the touch that would doe her, or us, any good. For these all, or some of th [...]se, Noli me tangere, no touching, now.

But what, shall she be quite cast of in the meane time? Denied touching; denied it, graunted nothing for it? That were hard. Nothing to comfort her, in liew of it?Heb. 6.10. Yes: CHRIST is not unrighteous, that He should forget the worke and labour of her love, which she, this day, made, so many waies to appeare. Somewhat He devi­seth to comfort her, somewhat: in that He will have her doe somewhat for Him. So, the old rule was: quen [...] non honoro, non onero. He will imploy her in a mes­sage; and such a message, as was to the present joy of them, it was sent to, and should be to the generall joy and good, not of them onely, but of us all.

Now the [...] this must needs be reckoned as a speciall favour shewed her by our bles­sed SAVIO [...]R. For, otherwise, He could as easily, Himselfe, have appeared to them, he sent her; as, to her, He did: but that, His will was, to vouchsafe her the honour of the [...]irst hearing of these so ioyfull tydings, to them, and in and by them, to the whol [...] world.Ioh. 12.3. When time was, she brake her boxe of pretious ointment, and the sent of it filled the whole house: The breaking of this boxe now, of the tydings of CHRIST;2. Cor. 2.16. and His rising, with the sweete savour of life unto life hath filled, and still filleth the whole world, from one end to the other.

The Summe.The Summe of the Text is; A dispatch of Marie Magdalen by CHRIST, to deliver a message to His Disciples. It is in effect, as if he should have said: You know, I am risen, now; you are well for your part: There be others, that know not so much; and, because they know it not, sit in sorrow, heavy and halfe dead at home: It would comfort them much, revive them, put life into them againe, to know what you know. Now you are well, thinke upon them that are not. Remember, what was your owne case but even now. You cannot doe a better deed, then carry comfort to the comfort­lesse. I would they knew of it; I wish them well: They be my brethren, how-ever they forgat themselves when time was.

But, this is not all; that they might know of it: but, they must know of it with all speede. For, that she may the sooner goe tell them, she must not touch. For, if you marke it, It is not vade & dic; but, Sed vade & dic: It is not, barely, Goe and tell them; It is, Touch me not, But, goe and tell them, That is, instead of touching, she must be gone in all hast to tell them. As if he should say; Goe to, let us have no touching now: Get you to them, the first thing you doe, and tell them of it. It will doe them more good to be told of this, then it will doe you to stay heere and touch me never so oft.

This so great hast of the carrying it, is much for the credit of the message: Much for it; I cannot but note it. That CHRIST thought the notice of it so necessarie, the bearing of it so every way important, as (we see) He is carefull, no time be taken from it: but with all possible speed, with the very first, they acquainted with it. So carefull, as He would not take so much (or rather, so little) time from it, as wher­in Marie Magdalen might have had but a touch at Him; but takes her of, and sends her away in all hast. As if, some matter had lien in it, if they should not have heard of His rising, before the Sun-rising.

Much for the honour of the Feast, on which it was done. That He would for ever have a Feast celebrated in memotie of this Day, whereon these tydings came to the world first.

Most of all, for His owne honour; Who sheweth himselfe so desirous, that they that are in heavinesse may receive comfort, as He thinketh no hast too much, no hast enough, till they heare of it, till they heare of His loving kindnesse betimes in the morning. Psal. 143.8.

[Page 555]To take the Text in sunder. The parts be two: The Divis [...] 1 A Commission to carry a message; 2 And the Message it selfe.

1 The Commission: Vade ad fratres meos & dic eis, 2 The Message: Ascendo ad Patrem meum &c.

In the Commission againe, there are two 1 the Parties first: and then, the Charge. 1 the Pa [...]ies, Fratres meos: The Charge, Vade & dic eis.

In the Message, two likewise: 1 First, that He is upon ascending: Then, the Par­ty, to whom. That Party, to whom, is but one; yet represented heer, under two names, 1 Father and 2 GOD. And (that which, to us, is the capitall point of all, and which we to lay hold of specially) His Father, but ours, withall: and His GOD; but, ours, as well as His. The last and best part of the message: For, in it lyeth the joy that commeth to us this morning.

On which foure, 1 My Father, and 2 your Father, and 3 my God, and 4 your God, as it were so many wheeles, is His ascendo drawen: Vpon the same, is ours likewise to be, and is therefore the Consummatum est of the Text, and of the Feast, and of this, yea (I dare add) of the whole Gospell.

And, let not this move you a whit, that His Father and our Father, His God and our God (who are the end to which we ascend) are made the chariot by which we as­cend. This is no strange thing in Divinitie. Ad CHRISTVM non itur, nisi per CHRISTVM (saith Saint Augustine) and so, neither ad DEVM, nisi per DEVM. With us nothing is more certaine, then that the end of our way, which we come un­to, is also the way it selfe whereby we come thither. One and the same ad quem and per quem ascenditur.

We shall make foure stands. 1 One, at fratres meos, the Parties. 2 Another, at Diceis, the Commission. 3 The third, at Ascendo, the Motion. 4 And the last, at My Father your Father, My God and your God, the Terminus ad quem, which gi­veth the perfection to all our motions, and so, to this, the last end of all our motions; For, after ascendo, we shall move no more, but rest for ever.

VAde ad fratres meos, Goe to my brethren. Our first stand is to be at fratres meos, I. Fratres [...] The [...] my brethren, the Parties He sent to.

Who be they? They she went to. To whom went she? To His Dis­ciples (in the next verse:) They then the Parties, He meant: They,Ver. [...] His bre­thren.

A strange terme to begin with, considering how they had dealt with Him, scarse like brethren, not long before. We shall therein doe the worke of the Sabboth, which is to tell of His loving kindnesse betimes in the morning; and this morning,Psal. 59 [...] more then ever any.

Yet then we goe any further, let us touch a little at this terme, He gives them. It is no noli me tangere (this) It is a word to be touched and taken hold of: It was so, when time was, by Benhadad's servants, this very word.1. King [...] Is Benhadad alive (saith the King of Israël) Frater meus est, He is my brother: which they presently caught hold of, yea, thy brother Benhadad is yet living. So they.

And so we, Fratres meos. Let us not let this word fall to the ground, but say (with Bernard) Salvum sit verbum Domini mei, GOD save this word; blessed be the lipps that spoke it. Yea thy brethren, Good LORD, if so thou wilt vouchsafe to call them.

[Page 556]Out of it first I note, heer is nothing that favours of any displeasure, of remem­bring any old grudge. Not so much as an harsh terme in all the message; no mention they had fled from Him, forsooke Him, forswore Him (full un-brotherly.) He hath for­gotten it all, all is out of His minde: Casts not them of, as they did Him, but sends to them; and, by the name of brethren, sends to them: They be my brethren, and I theirs, and by that name commend me to them. Nothing, heer, that favours of any anger:

Nor nothing, that favours of any pride. But, even as Ioseph in the top of his ho­nor; So he, in this, the day of his glorious exulting from the dead, claymes kindred of them, a sort of poore forlorne men: and (as the Apostle expresseth it) non est con­fusus vocare, Heb. 2.11. is not a whit ashamed of them that were ashamed of Him. Disdeignes not, poore as they were, unkinde as they were, but vouchsafes to call them bre­thren for all that.

Which word [brethren] implies two things: 1. First, Identitie of nature. His na­ture is not changed by death. The nature He died in, in the same He rises againe. Thereby lies a matter. For, If He rose, as man, then man also may rise: If one be risen, there is hope for others: If the nature be risen, the persons, in it, may. So it was with the first Adam. In his person was our nature; and, in him, it died; and we, in it. So is it in the s [...]cond. In His person our nature is risen; In our nature, we all. This first: Risen in the same nature, He had before: Not changed it.

2. And second, Risen with the same love and affection, He had before: Not chan­ged it, neither. Yes, changed it: (I said not well in that:) but, changed it for the better. Before this, when He said most, He said but, I will call you my friends: The highest terme He came to,Ioh. 15.15. before. But heer, being risen, He riseth (we see) higher, as high as Love can rise, to compt them and style them fratres meos. And so much for that, Goe to my brethren.

II. Dic ei [...]. The Commis­sion.Well, when she comes to His Brethren, what then? Et dic eis, and say to them, or te [...]l th [...]m. By which words, He gives her a Commission. Vade, is her Mis­sion: Dic eis, her Commission. A Commission, to publish the first newes of His ri­sing, and (as it falls out) of His ascending too.

The Fathers say, that, by this word, she was, by CHRIST, made an Apostle. Nay Apostolorum Apostola, an Apostle to the Apostles themselves.

An Apostle: For, what lacks she? 1. Sent first, immediatly from CHRIST Himselfe: And what is an Apostle but so? 2. Secondly Sent to declare and make knowen:Mat. 28.19. And what difference between Ite praedicate, and Vade & dic, but onely the number? the thing is the same. 3. And last, What was she to make knowen? CHRIST's rising and ascending: And what are they but Evangelium, the Gospell, yea the very Gospell of the Gospell?

This day, with CHRIST's rising, beginns the Gospell: Not, before. Cruci­fied, dead & buried, no good newes, no Gospell they, in themselves. And them, the Iewes beleeve as well as we. The first Gospell of all, is the Gospell of this day, and the Gospell of this day is this Marie Magdalen's Gospell, [...], the prime Gos­pell of all, before any of the other foure. That CHRIST is risen, and upon His ascending? and she the first, that ever brought these glad tydings. At her hands the Apostles themselves received it first: And, from them, we all.

Which, as it was a speciall honour (and wheresoever this Gospell is preached, shall be told for a memoriall of her: Mat. 26.13.) so was it withall, not without so [...]e kinde of enthwi­ting to them (to the Apostles) for sitting at home, so drowping in a corner, that CHRIST not finding any of them, is faine to seeke Him a new Apostle: And, find­ing her, where He should have found them, and did not, to send by the hand of her, that He first found at the Sepulcher's side, and to make Himselfe a new A [...]ostle. And send her to them, to enter them (as it were) and catechize them, in the two Articles [Page 557] of the Christian faith, the Resurrection, and Ascension of Christ. To her, they and we (both) owe them, the first notice of them.

And, by this (lo) the amends (we spake of) is made her for her Noli me tangere: Full amends. For, to be thus sent, to be the messenger of these so blessed tydings, is a higher honour, a more speciall favour done her, a better good turne, every way bet­ter, then if she had been let alone, had her desire, touched Christ, which she so longed for, and so eagerly reached at. Better (sure:) for I reason thus. Christ (we may be sure) would never have enjoined her to leave the better, to take the worse: To leave to touch Him, to goe to tell them, if to goe to tell them had not beene the better.

So that, hence we inferr, that to goe and carry comfort to them that need it, to tell them of Christ's rising, that doe not know it; is better then to tarry and doe no­thing but stand touching Christ. Touching Christ gives place to teaching Christ. Va­de & dic better then mane & tange. Christ (we see) is for Vade & dic. That, if we were in case where we might touch Christ, we were to leave Christ untouched, and even to give our selves a noli me tangere, to goe and doe this: And to thinke our selves bet­ter imployed in telling them, then in touching Him.

Will you observe withall how well this agrees with her offer (a little before) of Ego tollam Eum? She must needs know of the Gardiner, Ver. 15. Tell me where you have layd Him, Et ego tollam, and she would take Him and carry Him, that she would. Why, you that would so faine take and carry me being dead, goe take and carry me now alive: that is; carry newes, that I am alive: And you shall better please me with this ego tollam a great deale: It shall be a better carrying, Ego tollam in a bet­ter sense, then ever was that. Stand not heer then touching me: Goe and touch them; and, with the very touch of this report, you shall worke, in them, a kinde of (that you see in me, a kinde of) a resurrection from a dolefull and dead, to a cheer­full and lively estate.

Tell them: What? Tell them, that I ascend; that is, am about to ascend, III. Ascendo. The Motion. am up­on the point of it, am very shortly to doe it. Quod prope abest ut fiat, habetur pro facto, that that is neer done, we reckon as good as done.

Tell them that I ascend. Why how now, What day is to day? It is not Ascen­sion day: It is Easter, and but early Easter yet. His Ascension is fourty daies of. This were a Text for that day. Why speakes He of that now? Why not rather, Tell them I am risen (more proper for this day?) Why, He needs not tell her that:1 She could tell that of her selfe, she saw it. And besides, in saying, I ascend, He im­plies fully as much. Till He be risen, ascend He cannot: He must ascend out of the grave, yet He can ascend up to heaven. Resurrexit must be past, yer ascendo can come. Ascendo then puts His resurrection past all peradventure: He needs say no more of that, of His rising. But, as she saw by his rising that He had the keyes of hell and death, had unlocked those doores and come out from thence; So, by ascendo, Apoc. 1.18. He tells her farther, that He hath the Keyes of heaven-gates also, which He would now unlock, and so set open the Kingdome of heaven to all beleevers. 2

And yet, there is a further matter in ascendo, to shew us, what was the end of His ri­sing. CHRIST did not rise, to rise; no more must we. The resurrection it selfe is for an end; it is not the end: it is but a state yet unperfect, but an entry to a greater good, which unles it lead us & bring us to, non habetur propositum, it is short, short of that it should be. We must not then set up our rest upon our rising. There is somewhat more required then barely to rise. What is that? Ascendo: Christ rose to ascend; so are we to doe. And rising is no rising, no right rising, we rise not on our right sides (as we say) if that follow not upon it; if we ascend not withall. For, to rise from the bottome of the grave to the brinke of it, to stand up upon our feete againe and tread on the grave-stone, and no more, is but half a rising; is but Lazarus's rising. To rise up, up as high as heaven, that is to rise indeed; that is Christ's rising: & that to [Page 558] be ours, As to rise, is nothing but to ascend out of the grave: So, to ascend, is nothing but to rise as high as heaven: And, then we are truely risen, when so risen. Before, I said, there was no Gospell till the resurrection: I now say, the resurrection it selfe is no Gos­pell; (not, of it selfe) unlesse ascend follow it. Resurrexit, tell that to all world: All that die in Adam, shall rise in Christ, Miscreants, Iewes, Turks and all: No Gos­pell that, properly. Tell the Christian of more then so: tell him of ascendo too, that goes withall, that pertaines to it. You must take that with you too, if it be Christ's, if it be the right rising, the Resurrection to life and not to condemnation.

Marke this well: it is a materiall point. Better ly still in our graves, better never rise, then rise and rising not to ascend. Of them that shall rise, they that see they shall not ascend, shall with themselves in their coffins againe: Nay they shall pray the mountaines to fall on them and the hills to cover them and bury them quick.Luk. 23.30. So much doth this concerne us, that these two part not; that ascendo attend us at our rising. And therefore, this you shall obeserve, that, in all this speech or Text; CHRIST doth not so much as mention, as once name the word rising or resurrection, as if. He made no great reckoning of it: But, in this one short verse heere, in these few words, He is, at ascendo, twise; speaks of that, mentions that, over and over againe. All to teach us, ascendo, is all in all. That resurrexit is nothing, if it be nothing but resurrexit; nor any accompt to be made of it, if ascendo goe not with it, but, if ascendo go with it, then it is. And, that it may goe with it, that to be all our care. Never take care for resurrexit; that will come of it selfe without any thought taking. Never trouble your selves with that. Take thought for ascendo, set your minds there. Ascendo, looke well to that: Resurrexit let that goe.

3 A third reason there is of ascendo. For, He saw, upon these tydings, as she did thinke, so they would say; O is He risen, then shall we have his companie againe, as heertofore we had. But, by sending them word of His ascending, He gives them war­ning betimes; He rose not, to make any abode with them, or to converse with them on earth, as formerly he had; that so, they might have timely notice of it and know what they were to looke for. For, this, He knew, would be a hard lesson. His rising they would like well, but His ascending be against: would not abide to heare of that, to lose his companie at any hand. It was a conceit, that troubled them much: they were still and ever addicted to his bodily being with them. Heere, they would have kept Him,Matt. 17 4. built him a tabernacle, heere; and by their good will never have let him gone from hence,Luk. 24.29. Ioh. 11.32. All for maine nobiscum, and for Domine si tu fuisses hîs; all in Ma­rie Magdalen's case, had Him heere to see him and to touch him; and then, all had beene well, as they thought.

This was their error: And to ridd them of it, of this earthly mind of theirs, thus striving to affixe and keepe Him heere on earth, and that then all should be well, He shewes them, that they were quite wrong, and setts them right. That, for Him to be heere below on earth, that is not it: But for them to be with Him there above in hea­ven, that is it: There it is right. And, never shall they, or we, be well, till there we be with Him. And thither would He raise them and us, with this His ascendo.

4 Yet, one more. For, this very point, that christ riseth with ascendo in his mouth; that no sooner risen, but makes ready for his ascending streight; this (I say) if there were nothing but this (the so immediate joyning it, so close upon His rising, one hard to the other, no meane betweene) were of it selfe, enough to make the idle dreame of the old and new Chiliasts to vanish quite, that phansie to themselves I wote not what earthly kingdome heere upon earth, somewhat like Mahomet's Paradise and will not heare of ascendo, after they be risen, till a thousand yeares at least. This is none of Christ's rising, I am sure: So, to be none of ours. As with him, So with us, rising and ascending are to follow streight one upon the other.

CHRIST then doth ascend. And our of what CHRI [...]T did we learne what we to doe. Seeing, Christ stayed not heere, we not to set up our stay heere neither; not to make earth our heaven, not to place our felicitie heere below.

[Page 559]The Gospell is (we see) when Christ was risen, his minde was upon ascendo presently. The Epistle is framed fit for it, That if we be risen with Christ, Col. 3.1. we would set our mindes and seeke the things above where Christ is: that is, if we be risen with Him, make no more adoe but ascend with Him also.

All things in heaven and earth doe so; rising, they ascend presently. In heaven, the starres they be no sooner risen above the horizon, but they are in their ascendent, eo ipso, and never leave ascending, till they be in the highest point, over our heads, in the very topp of the skie. In earth, the little spires that peepe out of the ground, now at this time (nature's time of her yearely resurrection) they be no sooner out, but up they shoot, and never leave to aspire, till they have atteined the full pitch of their highest growth; they can ascend to. In our selves, though (I know) for earthly men to have earthly minds it is not strange [...] having clay to our father, and [...] dust to our Sire, we should have [...] our soules should cleave to the dust, as N [...]zianzen excellently saith. Not strange (I say) that, so it is with us; yet, so it should not be. The very Heathen saw, that, though we be made of the earth, yet we are not made for the earth: That the heavenly soule was not put into the earthly body, to the end, the earthly body, should draw it downe to the earth; but rather, to the end, the soule should lift it up to heaven. And so much they gathered out of our Os sublime, and vultus ad sydera, the very frame of our body that beares up thitherward, and bodes (as it were) a kinde of ascending whither it lookes, and gives naturally. Na­ture doth teach this.

But, grace by Christ's example much better. If Christ rise, that we rise with Christ, Not, in body yet; but to compt our selves dead to sinne, and rise from that, and live to GOD (the first resurrection.) And, if Christ ascend, we likewise to ascend: Apoc. 20.5. not to part with Him, but to follow Him as we may. Not yet in body; it cannot be sursum corpora yet; it may be sursum corda, we may lift up our hearts thither, though. There our treasure is, if Christ be our treasure: there, our hearts to be; there we in heart to be at least, which is the first ascension, the [...] of it, the prae­ludium, so.

There are two words in the Text, 1 Nondum ascendi, I am not yet ascended; and, 2 ascendo, yet I ascend though: which will very well fitt us, if, while we are not at ascendi yet (that is, in body ascended) we be, for all that, at ascendo (that is, ascend in mind) even as Christ heere did.Psal. 84.5. And Blessed is the man (saith the Psalme) cui in corde ascensiones, that hath the ascension in his heart, or his heart on it; That, while it is nondum ascendi with him, yet at times it is ascendo, lifts up his eyes, sends up his sighes, exalts his thoughts otherwhile, represents (as Christ doth) anticipates the ascension, Voto & desiderio in will and desire, before the time it selfe come of the last and finall ascension. Thus much for ascendo.

Ascendo is a motion. Every motion hath an Vnde, and a quò;IIII. Ad [...]atrem meum: The Ad qu [...]m. a whence and a whi­ther; a terminus à quo, and a terminus ad quem. The ad quem is (heere) ad Pa­trem.

To ascend is, to Christ, His naturall motion: Heaven is his naturall place. Thence He came, Thither He is to goe againe. Specially, His worke being done, He came for. That was consummatum est, with us, three dayes since. But, till He be in hea­ven againe, it is not consummatum est, with Him. So,Chap 19 30. the motion is na­turall.

And the Ad quem, ad Patrem, no lesse. Seeing, for the Sonne, to goe to the Fa­ther, is very kindly too; we may not be against it. Christ said, If you loved me, Chap. 14.28. you would verily rejoyce, because I said, I goe to the Father. For very love to Christ, we can­not but rejoyce with Him. In the ad quem, all is well, if we consider that. But, so, is not, in the à quo. For, when all is said, make the best of it we can, ascendo is disce­do, to goe up is to goe from; from them: And this is no good newes. For Him, no soo­ner to come, but gone againe, and leave them to the wide world, it might trouble [Page 560] them, for all Tell my Brethren. For, by Brethren He might meane false brethren, that had left Him; and so would He them, now: and peradventure doe their errand in heaven to His father, and make them have but little thankes for it, at His hands. So that, this ascendo implying a nolo manere (in a manner) was as evill to them, as noli me tangere was to her.

Et Patrem vestrum.What is then become of the Gospell we spake of? where, or what is their comfort, or ours, in these tydings? To deale plainely: when we seeke it in ascendo, we find it not: Nor, in ad Patrem: Nor, in ad Patrem meum. None of these is it. But, in His & ad Patrem vestrum, there, we find it; there it is. There was (you will say) as much as this comes to, in fratres meos. It is true; it implied no lesse. But, CHRIST would not deliver this implicitè by way of implying, but explicitè, as explicate and plainely, as He could. And not once but twise. And it is a happy turne for us, He did so: For, this point can never be too plainely spoken to, too often repeated, too much stood upon. All the joy of the morning is in this vestrum. Tell them, I goe to the Father, that is not all: Tell them this too, As I goe to the Father, so the Father I go to, is their father, as well as mine; Not mine alone, but theirs also. And tell them againe, that, if Patrem meum be the cause of my ascending (as heere is none other set downe;) If I go to Him thus, because He is my Father; because He is theirs also, they also shall come after me, the same way, to the same place, upon the same reason.

And He doth expresse heere the terminus ad quem by the Party to whom, rather then by the Place to which, because the Party will soone bring us to the Place, and to somewhat besides. To the Place: For, you shall see, what will follow of this: that His house, that heaven is now become Paterna domus to us, as our father's house; And who shall keepe us from our father's house? No more strangers now, but of the houshold of GOD. And, in the Houshold, not servants but children; and have thereto as good right and title, shall be as welcome thither every way, as any child to his owne father's house heere useth to be. GOD, through Him, standing no otherwise affected to us, then as a father to his child; as well disposed, as willing, as ready to receive us. CHRIST his beloved Sonne, Matt. 3.17. in whom He is so absolutely well pleased as He alwaies heares him, hath prayed to Him and obtained of Him, Chap. 14.3. that where He is, we may be also, and, in due time, ascend up, whither He is now ascended, Pandens iter coram nobis, opening the passage for us to follow Him.Mic. 2.13.

But, I told you, there was somewhat in the Person, more then in the Place. For, by vertue of this Patrem vestrum, Ro [...]. 8 15. while we are heere, if we cry Abba father (as now we may) He is ready to receive our prayers: and when we goe hence, ready to receive our persons. While we are heere, if at any time we repent, and say Ibo ad Patrem (with the child in the Gospell) ready to receive us to grace: And, when we goe hence, we may say with CHRIST,Luk. 15.18. Vado ad Patrem, ready to receive us to glorie. So, of ad Pa­trem v [...]strum, there is use heere and there, both.

And, all this by meanes of CHRIST's resurrection: besides the generall vertue whereof, to make all men rise (all, in the second Adam that die in the first) there is further a second speciall vertue for us Christians, to make us rise, not onely from the grave, but rise highes then so, even as high as to heaven it selfe. And that we may have good right so to doe, to make His Father ours, and his Father's house ours, that there we may dwell together fratres in unum. On which dependeth, and from whence riseth all our hope of happinesse for ever. And this is the joy of the Feast we celebrate, the loving kindnesse of this morning, the glad tydings of Marie Magdalen's Gospell. It is evangelium parvum (so they call it) but a little one, but it hath in it, in these few words couched, much matter both of high mysterie and of heavenly comfort.

There be of the Fathers, that, telling the words of the Message (which are fifteene in number) make them as so many stepps or rongs (as it were) of Iacob's Ladder, which we to ascend by. There be others, that more properly and to the Text more agreeable observe therefore, Patrem meam, Patrem vestrum, 3 Deum meum, 4 Deum vestrum, [Page 561] as to m [...]ny [...]heeles, as it were of Elias his chariot, in which he w [...] carried up to heaven Ascend [...] the chariot; these, the foure wheeles of it.2. King. 2.

The truth is, there lie faire before us in it, foure paires or combinations, by which foure [...]scend [...] is heer drawen in the [...]ext. 1 T [...]o single: Patrem and Deum, one: Meum and vestrum, the other. Two double; Patrem meum and Patrem vestrum, one: and 4 Deum meum Deum vestrum, the other. I will but touch them briefly.

Faith and GOD at large first without any Pronounes putt to them at all.1. Patrem Deum: The first [...] Exod. 20.2. It was not so, Stylo veteri. There, in the Law, it was Domi [...]us Deus. To change this, and to make it, Stylo novo, Pater Deus; in place of Domi [...]us putting Pater, ma­king of GOD a Lord, GOD a Father; is worth the while. It mends the terme, and it mends the matter much; as much as Father is better then a Lord. Bonum Pascha, bonus transitus: and we bound to our blessed SAVIOVR, for making this P [...]sse [...]ver, for working but this change or alteration in GOD's style.

A Father: How a father? For,Io [...]. 38.28. a Father in a sense (we know) He may be said and is, to all things whatsoever. Father of the raine and of the drops of dew (in Iob.) But, of us men, of mankinde, more specially, in that we beare His image. But, that is not is neither, that heere is meant. That, is heer meant, is ascendo ad Patrem, a Father to ascend to. Not for our prayers onely, but even also for our persons to ascend to. So, a Father He is to none, but to CHRIST, and to the true Christian.

And this now, a Father to ascend to, is it that putts the difference between Him and all other fathers beside Him. Fathers to ascend to, such Fathers there are none: None such heer. Our fathers heer, we descend to, goe downe to them; downe, downe to the grave. Him, and Him onely, we goe up to, up to heaven, up even where CHRIST is sitting at the right hand of GOD; and He; to that end, a father, Heb. 10.12. even to make us ascend thither to Him.

Why would not Father suffice? Why is GOD added? Father is a name of much good will: But many a good father wants good meanes to his good will. GOD, is added, that He may not be defective that way; have meanes to his mea­ning. For, if he be a Father, first it is the voice of a father to his sonne (in the Gos­pell) omnia mea tua sunt. Now then, if this father be also GOD, and all His be ours, Luc. 15.32. what can we desire more, then all GOD hath, all that ever GOD is worth; hable to satisfie never so vast a desire (this.) For so, if heaven and the joyes of it be His, they be ours too; and then there lacks nothing but ascendo, to goe up and take possession of them: and heer (lo) it is, Ascendo ad patrem.

Bound to Him for this first, Patrem Deum. No whit lesse bound for the second;2. Meum, vestrum: The second paire. for putting to these Pronounes possessives, Meum, and vestrum (which is the second single combination.) For, till they came, till they in this wise, were put to, Meum was meum, and Vestrum was vestrum His; was his, and Ours was ours: His, his owne; and ours, to our selves, and there an end. No relation either to other, no interest either in other. But, now, Meum is made vestrum; and vestrum, meum. His, ours; and ours His, enterchangeably. A blessed change may we say: His great Meum for our little vestrum: Little ours for great His. Every one will see the odds between these. That (indeed) we are as much bound for meum and vestrum, as for Patrem and Deum. Nay, more. For, as there is no comfort in heaven, without GOD; nor, in GOD, without a Father: So, is there not any either in Father, heaven, or GOD, without [ours] to give us a property in them. This then for the second single. Now to the two double.

Patrem meum stands first, and is first every way.3. Patrem meum, Patr [...]m vestrum The third paire But Patrem meum will doe us no good. That which must doe us the good, is the second in place, but (to us) the first. Patrem vestrum, that will serve; that alone will serve us, we need no more. Ostende nobis Patrem & sufficit (saith Saint Philip.) But, how that should be compassed,Ioh. 14.8. [Page 562] and hi [...] meum should be our vestrum, that He should be ours, hic labor est, that is all the matter.

D [...]um meum. Deum vestrum. The IV. Paire.This leads us to the other, the l [...]st combination of all, of Deum meum and ves­trum. For, that His Father may be our father, no remedie, but our GOD must first be His [...]OD. So, this fetches in that. One would not serve: there behooved to be twaine: els the chariot will not goe.

It will be best, ante omnia, to set forth, in these termes, what is proper and what [...]; what CHRIST's; and what ours. Much light we shall receive thereby.

Patrem meum. Deum meum.CH [...]IST, on His part, saith My Father: and He saith also, My God. For Him to say, My Father, is proper; we see reason for it. But, for Him, to say My GOD, no reason at all, altogither improper. For, how can GOD have a GO [...]

Deum vestrum. Patrem vestru [...].CHRIST, on our part, saith Deum vestrum, your GOD; right and true (that) we are His poor creatures, He our GOD; so knowen, so acknowledged to be. But He saith further Patrem vestrum, your Father: how that can be said, we see not. Alas we are but dust and ashes: Our lignage is well set forth by Iob: We must say to rottennesse, Thou art my father; And to the wormes Ye are my mother, Ye are my sister. No father of ours He,Iob. 17.14. not properly.

In exact proprietie of speech then, Father heer referrs to Christ: God to us. His Father, Patrem meum. Deum vestrum. is right: so is our God. We will never spend a world on them, let them goe. But, His God, no way right; no more then, our Father. These two, it is sure, are un­proper,Deum meum. Deum vestrum. And if ever they shall be verified one of the other, it must be brought about by some other waies and meanes. And, so it is; and by the same way that the one by the very same the other. His father, our father, by His meanes. Our God His God, by ours.

Deum meum.To sett the min right method, in their true order, Erunt novissimi primi, the last is to be first owe [...] begin at Deum vestrum the very last word of all, as it were the foot of the ladder, or the two smaller wheels that go before. To make meum, vestrum; His, ours, Vestrum is to be made meum, ours to be made His. Our God to become His God, first, that His Father may become our Father after. Him, that was our God, we to make His God; that him, that was his father, He may make to be our father.

That his might proceed, He that doth heer ascend was to descend. Descend, whi­ther. Even to be one of us: and we were creatures; and so, being one of us, He to be a creature as well as we. So He was, and so He is. For, even the soule and body of Christ are in the ranke of creaturess; and, relation had to them, a creature He is, a God He hath, the same, that we (for there is but one:) and so He may truly say Deum meum, Our God, is his God. That we might ascend to the highest heaven, He was to de­scend [...],Ephe. 4.9. Rom. 8.15. to the lowest partts of the earth: and so did. Descendo ad matrem with him, that ascendo ad Patrem with us. That we might crie Abba Father, He was con [...]ent to crie that strange crie Eli Eli, Mat. 27.46. My God My God, on the crosse.

So CHRIST might then say, and truly say, My God, no lesse then My father: His father, as God; His God, as man. As the Sonne of God, a God He hath not; a fa­ther He hath: As the Sonne of man, a father He hath not; a God He hath. A God (I say) then, He hath; but, never till then; never till He medled with us. But then, He had: and since He hath. He, that was ours, not His; is now his, as well as ours. These two wheeles are set right.

Patrem vestrumWe have brought it to this, that CHRIST may say Deum meum. After we have brought Him to Deum meum, we are halfeway; Our God is His But now, how shall we get his father to have Him to be our father? First, his fathers He was from all a [...]ternitie: He, and none but He can say, and say properly, Patrem meum. But He is content to quit that (none but he) and to take us in; and He being our brother be­fore, [Page 563] to make us His, now. Ours, in our estate of this mortall: His, in His estate of immortall life. For, heer (now) rising, and upon His ascending, He adopts us; and, by adopting, makes us; and by making, pronounces us his brethren, and so chil­dren to his father. Vs his children; Him, our father, witnesse fratres meos, and pa­trem vestrum, both from His owne mouth. Salvum sit verbum Domini mei, by vertue whereof, it is now Abba pater with us. Now Vado ad patrem we a Father of God (even as CHRIST that spake it) to pray to, to goe to. Meum and vestrum both now in one. Then we had a Father of Him, and since we have: But, till then, a God we had, but not a father: at least, not such a father of Him as since we have. This, the bonum pascha, the faelix transitus, the blessed enterchange we spoke of.

Who getts by this? Deum meum, His, his God, was his humiliation. D [...]um meum. Patr [...]m vestrum. He as low as we, nay lower then the lowest of us, when He cried My God My God. Deum me­um, his humiliation, and patrem vestrum our exaltation; by it, we are made, in case, as he, to rise, to ascend: to goe whither, to be where he is, for [...]ver; to say Ibo ad patrem; to say Vado ad patrem; to say with Him, Father forgive; and againe,Luc 23.34.46. Father, into thy hands I commend My spirit. In Patrem vestrum are all these.

So by this time, we see the necessitie of both these combinations, of both paire of wheeles; and that to our great comfort.

But we are not so to looke to our owne comfort,Meu [...] a4d [...]es­t [...]u [...], not Nos­t [...]um. but that withall we be carefull to preserve his honour; that so, both may goe hand in hand togither. And there is or­der taken for that too, by severing of each paire; that it is not nostrum in one word ours: but meum, and vestrum (in two words) mine, and yours: Yet, otherwise his and otherwise ours; Both, as Father, and as GOD.

As father. His, by nature, by very generation: Ours, by grace, by meere adop­tion. As GOD (and there we are before him) our GOD, by nature. His no other­wise, then as he tooke upon him our nature.

But, his honour thus set safe, by this partition kept on foote, then let the wheeles runne, pursue the rest as far as you please, make of it the most you can, for your best availe. That one and the same is both his and ours. One Father, one Go [...], to him and us both. Father, to him; God, to us; God, to him; Father, to us. If we, a God; he one. If he, a Father; we, one. Our God, Christ's God, Christ's Father, our Father. There is asc [...]ndo your cha [...]iot, and these are the foure wheeles on which it moveth, and is carried up to h [...]aven.

But, where is Easter-day, what is become of it all this while? For, me thinks, all the time, we are thus about Father and Sonne, and taking our nature and becom­ming one of us, it should be Christmas by this, and not Easter (as it is) that this a mee­ter Text (one would thinke) for that Feast; and that (now) it comes out of season. Not a whit. It is Christ that speaketh, and he never speaketh but in season; never, but to the purpose; never, but on the right Day.

A brother-hood (we graunt) was begunne then, at Christmas, by His birth, as upon that Day, for lo then was He borne. But, so was he now also, at Easter: borne then, too: and after a better manner borne. His resurrection was a second birth, Easter a second Christmasse. Hodiè genui te, as true of this day, as of that. The Church appointeth, for the first Psalme this day, the second Psalme, Psal 2.7. the Psalme of hodiè genui te. The Apostle saith expresly (Act. 13.33.) When He rose from the dead, then was hodiè genui te, fulfilled in Him, verified of him. Then he was primo­genitus a mortuis, God's first begotten from the dead. And upon this latter birth doth the brother hood of this day depend.Col. 1.18.

[Page 564]There was then a new begetting, this day. And if a new begetting, a new Paterni­tie, and fraternitie, both. By the hodiè genui te of Christmasse, how soone He was borne of the Virgin's wombe, He became our brother (sinne except) subject to all our infirmities; so, to mortalitie, and even to death it selfe. And, by death, that brother­hood had beene dissolved, but for this daye's rising. By the hodiè genui te of Easter, as soone as he was borne againe of the wombe of the grave, he beginns a new brother­hood, founds a new fraternitie streight; adopts us (we see) anew againe, by his fraetres meos; and thereby, He that was primogenitus à mortuis, becomes primogenitus inter multos fratres: when the first begotten from the dead, then the first begotten in this respect,Rom. 8.29. among many brethren. Before, he was ours: now, we are His. That was by the mother's side; so, he ours: This is by patrem vestrum, the father's side; So, we His. But halfe-brothers before; Never, of whole blood, till now. Now, by Father and Mother both, Fratres germani, Fratres frat [...]rrimi, we cannot be more.

To shutt all up in a word: that of Christmasse, was the fraternity rising out of Deum meum, Deum vestrum; So, then, brethren. This of Easter, adop­ting us to His Father was the fraternitie of Patrem meum, Patrem vestrum: So, brethren, now.

This daye's is the better birth, the better brother-hoood by farr: the fore-wheeles are the lesse, the hinder, the larger ever. For, first, that of ours was when he was mortall: But, his adoption he deferred, he would not make it, while he was mortall: reserved it, till he was risen againe, and was even upon his ascending, and then he made it. So, mortall he was, when he ours: But, now (when we his) he is immortall, and we brethren to him, in that state, the state of immortalitie. Brethren, be­fore; but not to ascendo: now, to ascendo and all. Death was in danger, to have dissolved that: But, death hath now no power on him, or on this, this shall never be in danger of being dissolved any more. That, without this, is nothing.

But we shall not need to stand in termes of comparison: since, then, it was but one of these; now, it is both. His Father, is now become Our Father, to make us joynt-heires with Him of his heavenly Kingdome: His GOD likewise, be­come our God, to make us partakers, with them both, of the Divine Nature. Patrem meum and Patrem vestrum, Deum meum, and Deum vestrum runne both merrily togither, and ascendo upon them both.

Whereof (I meane of the partaking of his divine nature) to give us full and per­fect assurance, as he tooke our fl [...]sh and became our brother, flesh of our flesh then; so he gives us his flesh, that we may become his brethren, flesh of his flesh, now: And, gives it us now upon this day, the ve [...]y day of our Adoption into this fraternitie. By taking our flesh; so begoon His: By giving His flesh; so, begins ours. For, re­quisite it was, that, since we draw our death from the first Adam, by partaking his substance; semblably and in like sort, we should partake the substance of the Se­cond Adam, that so we might draw our life from Him; Should be ingrafted into Him, as the branches into the vine that we might receive His sapp (which is his Similitude:) Should be flesh of his flesh, not he of ours, as before, but we of his now: that we might be vegetate with his Spirit, even with his Divine Spirit. For, now in Him, the Spirits are so vnited, as partake one, and partake the other with­all.

And it hath beene, and it is therefore an ordinance in the Church for ever, that, as upon this day, at the returning of it continually, his flesh and blood should be, in Sa­crament, exhibited to us; As to make a yearely solemne renewing of this fraternitie, so likewise to seale to us the fruit of it, our rising; and not rising onely, but, so rising, as ascendo goe withall. A badge of the one, a pledge of the other. For which cause, as it is called the living bread, for that it shall restore us to life and raise us up in [Page 565] the last day: So is it also, the bread that came downe from heaven; came downe from the [...]ce, to make us goe up thither, and in the strength of it to ascend into God's holy bill, and there rest with Him in his tabernacle for ever. That so, the truth of the Feast, and of the Text both, may be fulfilled in us everlasting­ly, with GOD (Patrem vestrum) our Father: and with CHRIST (fratres meos) our Brother: and with the Blessed Spirit, the Love of them both one to the other, and of them both to us.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XIII. of Aprill, A. D. MDCXXIII, being EASTER DAY.

ESAI CHAP. LXIII. VER. I. II. III.

Quis est Iste qui venit de EDOM &c

Who is this that commeth from EDOM, with redd gar­ments from BOZRA? He is glorious in His apparell and walketh in great strength: J speake in righteousnesse, and am mighty to save.

Wherefore is thine apparell redd, and thy garments like him that treadeth in the wine-presse?

J have troden the wine-presse alone, and of all the people there was none with me: for, J will tread them in mine anger, and tredd them under foot in my wrath, and their blood shall be sprinkled upon my garments, and J will steine all my rayment.

EVer when we read, or heare readd any text or passage out of this Prophet, the Prophet ESAI, it brings to our mind the Noble man Act. VIII. that sitting in his chariot readd another like passage out of this same Prophet. Brings him to mind: and with him, his question,Act. 8 34. Of whom doth the Prophet speake this? of himselfe or of some other? Not of himselfe, that's once: It cannot be himselfe. It is he, that askes the question. Some other then it must needs be, of whom it is; and we to aske who that other was.

The tenour of Scripture, that Noble man then read, was out of the LIII. Chapter, and this of ours, out of the LXIII. ten Chapters between. But, if S. PHILIP had found him [Page 567] reading of this heer, as he did, of that; he would likewise have begun, at this same Scripture, as that he did, and preached to him CHRIST: Onely with this diffe­rence, out of that CHRIST's Passion; out of this, His Resurrection. For,Esa. 53.7. For, He that was ledd as a sheep to be slaine, and so was slaine there; He it is, and no other, that rises and comes heer back like a Lion, from Bozra, imbrued with blood, the blood of His enemies.

I have (before I was aware) disclosed, who this Party is, It was not amisse, I so should; not to hold you long in suspense, but to give you a little light at the first, whom it would fall on. CHRIST it is. Two things there are that make, it can be no other but He. 1 One is without the text, in the end of the Chapter next before: There is a proclamation, Behold heer comes your SAVIOVR, and immediatly,Chap. 62.11., He that comes, is this Party heer, from EDOM. He is our SAVIOVR, and besides Him there is none. Even CHRIST the LORD. 2 The other is in the text it selfe, in these words: Torcular calcavi solus, I have trode the wine-presse alone. Words, so proper to CHRIST, so every where ascribed to Him, and to Him onely, as you shall not read them any where applied to any other: no, not by the Iewes themselves. So as; if there were no more but these two, they shew it plainly enough, it is, it can be none but CHRIST.

And CHRIST, when? Even this day, of all dayes. His comming heer from EDOM, will fall out to be His rising from the dead. His returne from BOZRA no­thing but his vanquishing of hell. (We may use His words in applying it, Thou hast not left my soule in hell, but brought me back from the deep of the earth again. Psal 16 10.71.20. No­thing but the act of His rising again. So that, this very morning was this Scripture fulfilled in our eares.

The whole text entire is a dialogue between two, 1 the Prophet, and CHRIST. There are in it two Questions; and to the two questions two Answers. 1 The I Prophets first question is touching the Party himselfe, who he is; in these words Who is this? To which, the Party himselfe answers, in the same verse, these words, that am I, one that &c

The Prophets second question is about his colours, why He was all in red (in the II second verse:) Wherefore then is thy apparell &c The answer to that is (in the third verse) in these: I have troden &c For I will tread them downe.

Of CHRIST: Of His rising or comming back: of His colours: of the wine-presse, that gave Him this tincture, or rather of the two wine-presses: 1 the Wine-presse of Redemption, first; 2 and then, of the other Wine-presse of Vengeance.

THe Prophets use to speake of things to come, as if they saw them present before their eyes. That makes their Prophesies be called Visions. In his vision heer,I. The first Que­stion touching the Partie: Who it is. Psal. 60.9. the Prophet being taken up in spirit, sees on comming. Comming, whence? From the Land of countrey of IDVMAEA or EDOM. From what place there? From BOZRA the chiefe Citie in the land, the place of greatest strength. Who will lead me into the strong Citie? That is BOZRA: Who will bring me into EDOM? He that can do the first, can do the latter. Winn BOZRA, and EDOM is woon.

There was a cry in the end of the Chapter before: Behold heer comes your SAVIOVR. He looked; and saw one comming. Two things he descries in this Party. 1 One, his habite, that He was formosus in stolâ, very richly arrayed. The other, his gate: that He came stoutly marching, or pacing the ground very strongly. Two good familiar notes, to descrie a stranger by: His Apparell, whether rich or mean: which the world, most commonly takes notice of men, by. His Gate: for, [Page 568] weake men have but a feeble gate. Valiant strong men tread vpon the ground so, as, by it, you may discerne their strength.

Now, this Party He came so goodly in his apparell, so stately in his march, as if, by all likelyhood, he had made some conquest in EDOM (the place He came from; had had a victorie in BOZRA (the Citie where he bad been.) And the truth is, so He had. He saith it in the third verse, He had troden downe his enemies, had trampled upon them, made the blood even start out of them; which blood of theirs had all to stained his garments. This was no evill newes, For ESAI's countrimen, the people of GOD; EDOM was their worst enemie they had.

With ioy then: but, not without admiration, such a Party sees the Prophet come toward him. Sees him; but knowes him not: thinks him worthy the knowing: so thinking, and not knowing, is desirous to be instructed, concerning him. Out of this desire, askes, quis est? Not, of himselfe, (he durst not be so bold) Who are you? but of some stander by, Whom have we heer? Can you tell, who this might be? The first question.

But before we come to the question, a word or two of the place where he had beene, and whence he came: EDOM, and BOZRA, what is meant by them? For,What is meant 1 by Edom. Mat: 2.14. if this Party be CHRIST; CHRIST was in Aegypt a child: but never in EDOM, that we read; never at BOZRA in all His life. So as heer, we are to leave the letter. Some other it might be the letter might meane: we will not much stand to look after him. For how ever possibly some such there was, yet it will plainly ap­peare by the sequele, that the testimonie of IESVS, as it is of each other, so it is the spirit of this prophesie. Apoc. 9.10.

Go we then to the kernell, and let the huske lie: let go the dead letter, and take we to us the spirituall meaning that hath some life in it. For, what care we for the literall Edom or Bozra, what became of them: what are they to us? Let us com­pare spirituall things with spirituall things: that, is it must do us good.

I will give you a key to this, and such li [...]e Scriptures. Familiar it is with the Prophets (nothing more, then) to speak to their People, in their owne language; then to expresse their ghostly enemies, the both mortall and immortall enemies of their soules, under the titles and termes of those Nations and Cities, as were the knowen sworne enemies of the Common-wealth of ISRAEL. As, of Aegypt where they were in bondage: as of Babylon, where, in captivitie: elswhere, as of EDOM heer, who maliced them more then both those. If the Angell tell us right Rev. XI. there is a spirituall Sodome and Aegypt, where our LORD was crucified: and, if they, why not a spirituall Edom too,Apoc. 11.8. whence our LORD rose again? Put all three together, Aegypt, Babel, Edom: all their enmities, all, are nothing to the hatred, that Hell beares us. But yet, if you aske, of the three which was the worst? That, was EDOM. To shew, the Prophet, heer, made good choise of his place: EDOM upon earth, comes neerest to the kingdome of darkenesse in Hell, of all the rest. And that, in these respects.

1 First, they were the wickedest people under the Sunne. If there were any devils upon earth, it was they: if the devill, of any countrey, he would choose to be an Edomite. No place on earth, that resembled hell neerer: next to hell on earth, was EDOM, for all that nought was. MALACHIE calls EDOM, the border of all wicked­nesse;Mal. 1.4. a people with whom GOD was angrie for [...]ver. In which very points, no ene­mies so fitly expresse the enemies of our soules, against whom the anger of GOD is eternall,Apoc. 14.11. and the smoke of whose to [...]ments shall ascend for [...]ver. Hell, for all that nought is. That, if the power of darkenesse, and hell it selfe, if they be to be expressed by any place on earth, they cannot be better expressed th [...]n in these, EDOM and BOZRA.

2 I will give you another. The Edomites were the posteritie of ESAV: the sam [...] is EDOM. So, they were neerest of kin to the Iewes, of all nations: so, should have been their best friends.Gen. 36, 2. The Iewes and they came of two brethren: EDOM was the elder: and that was the griefe; that the people of ISRAEL comming of IACOB [Page 569] the yonger brother, had enlarged their border; got them a better seate and country by farr, then they (the Edomites) had. Hence grew envie: and an enimie out of en­vie, is ever the worst. So were they: the most cankred enimies that Israël had. The case is so betweene us and the evill spirits. Angels they were (we know) and so, in a sort, elder brethren to us. Of the two intellectuall Natures, they the first created. Our case (now) Christ be thanked, is much better then theirs: which is that, enrageth them against us, as much and more, then ever any Edomite against Israël. Hell, for ran­cour and envie.

Yet one more: they were ready to doe God's people all the mischief, they were hable; 3 and, when they were not hable of themselves, they shewed their good wills, though; set on others. And when they had woon Ierusalem, cried downe with it, Psal. 137.7. downe with it, even to the ground: no lesse would serve. And, when it was on the ground, insul­ted and rejoiced above measure: Remember the children of Edom. This is right the devill's propertie quarto modo. He that hath but the heart of a man, will even rue, to see his enimie lying in extreme miserie. None but very devills, or devills incarnate will doe so: corrupt their compassion, cast of all pitie; reioice, insult, take delight at ones destruction. Hell for their [...], insulting over men in miserie.

But will ye go even to the letter. None did ever so much mischiefe to David, as did 4 Doëg: he was an Edomite. Nor none so much to the Sonne of David, CHRIST; none bore more malice to Him, first and last, then did Herod; and he was an Edomite. So,1. Sam. 22.9. which way soever we take it, next the kingdome of darknesse was Edom upon earth. And CHRIST comming from thence, may well be said to come from Edom.

But, what say you to Bozra? This: that if the countrey of Edom, 2 By Bozra. do well set before us the whole kingdome of darknesse, or region of death; Bozra may well stand for Hell it selfe. Bozra, was the strongest hold of that kingdome: Hell, is so of this. The whole countrey of Idumea was called and knowne by the name of Vz, that is of strength; And, what of such strength, as death? all the sonnes of men stoope to him. Bozra was called the strong citie: Hell is as strong as it every way. They write,Psal 60.9. it was invironed with huge high rockes on all sides: one onely cleft to come to it, by. And, when you were in, there must you perish: no getting out againe. For all the world like to hell, as Abraham describes it to him that was in it: They that would go from this place to you, cannot possibly; neither can they come from thence to us;Luk. 16 26. the gulfe is so great, no getting out. No habeas corpus, from death; No habeas animam out of hell; you must let that alone for ever. Psal. 49.8.

Now then, have we the Prophet's true Edom, his very Bozra, indeed. By this, we understand, what they meane. Edom, the kingdome of darkenesse and death: Bozra, the seat of the Prince of darkenesse (that is) Hell it selfe. From both which CHRIST, this day, returned. His soule was not left in hell: His flesh saw not (but rose from) corruption. Psal. 16.10.

For, over Edom, strong as it was, yet David cast his shoo over it (that is,Ps [...]. 108 9. after the Hebrew phrase) set his foot upon it, and trod it downe. And Bozra, as impregnable a Hold as it was holden, yet David woon it; was ledd into the strong citie: ledd into it, and came thence againe. So did the Sonne of David, this day from His Edom, death, how strong soever, yet swallowed up in victorie, this day. And, from Hell, 1 Cor 15.54. his Bozra: how hard soever it held (as he that was in it, found there was no getting thence;) CHRIST is got forth, we see. How many soules soever were there left, His was not left there.

And, when did He this? when, solutis doloribus inferni, He loosed the paines of hell; Act 2 24. 1. Cor. 15.55. trod upon the Serpent's head, and all to bruised it; tooke from death his sting; from hell his victorie (that is) his standard:Col. 2.14. alluding to the Romane standard that had in it the image of the Goddesse Victorie. Seised upon the Chirographum contra nos, the Rag­man Roll, that made so strong against us; tooke it, rent it, and so rent, nailed it to His Crosse; made His banner of it (of the Law cancelled) hanging at it banner-wise.Col. 2.15. And having thus spoiled Principalities and Powers, He made an open shew of them, triumphed over them in semet ipso, in his owne person: (All three are in Col. 2.) and triumphantly came thence [Page 570] with the keyes of Edom and Bozra both, of hell and of death, both at His girdle, as He shewes himselfe, Apoc. 1. And when was this? if ever, on this very day. On which, having made a full and perfect conquest of death, and of him that hath the power of death, Heb. 2.14. that is, the Divell (Heb. 2.) He rose and returned thence, this morning, as a mighty Conqueror, saying as Debora did in her song: O my soule, thou hast troden downe strength, Iud. 5.21. thou hast marched valiantly.

And comming backe thus, from the debellation of the spirituall Edom, and the brea­king up of the true-Bozra indeed, it is wondred, Who it should be. Note this: that no body knew CHRIST at his rising; neither Marie Magdalen, nor they that went to Emmaus. Ioh. 20.14. Luc. 24.16. No more doth the Prophet heere.

Now, there was reason to aske this question, for none would ever thinke it to be 1 CHRIST. There is great odds; it cannot be He. 1. Not He: He was put to death, and put into his grave, and a great stone upon Him, not three daies since. This Party is alive and alives like. His Ghost it cannot be: He glides not (as Ghosts, they say, doe) but paces the ground very strongly.

2 Not He: He had his appareile shared amongst the souldiers; was left all naked. This Party hath gotten him on glorious apparell, rich scarlet.

3 Not He: for, if He come, He must come in white, in the linnen, He was lapped in, and laid in His grave. This Partie comes in quite another colour, all in red. So the co­lours suit not.

4 To be short, not He: for, He was put to a foile, to a foule foile, as ever was any: they did to Him even what they listed;Luc. 22.53. scorned, insulted upon Him. It was then the houre and power of darknesse. This Party, whatsoever He is, hath gotten the upper hand, wonn the field; marches stately, Conqueror-like. His, the day sure.

The first an­swer. That Partie [...] Christ.Well; yet CHRIST it is. His answer gives Him for no other. To His answer then. The Party (it seemes) overhead the Prophets asking, and is pleased to gi [...]e an answer to it himselfe: we are much bound to Him for it. No man can tell, so well as He himselfe, who he is. Some other might mistake him, and mis-enforme us of him: Now, we are sure we are right. No error personae.

His name indeed, he tells not; but describes himselfe by two such notes, as can agree to none properly but to CHRIST. Of none can these two be so affirmed, as of Him they may. That, by these two, we know, this is CHRIST, as plainely, as if His name had beene spelled to us. 1. Speaking righteousnesse; and righteousnesse referrd to speech, signifieth truth ever. No guile to be found in His mouth: and, Omnis homo is,1. Pet. 2.22. Psal. 115.11.60.13. you know what. 2. Mighty to save: and, Vana salus hominis, vaine is the helpe of man. Who ever spake so right as He spake? Or who ever was so mighty to save as He? And this is his answer to quis est iste.

That, am I. One that speake righteousnesse, and am mighty to save. Righteous in speaking; mighty in saving, whose word is truth: whose worke is salvation. Iust and true of my word and promise; Powe [...]full and mighty in performance of both. The best description (say I) that can be of any man: by his word, and d [...]ed both.

His Natures.And see how well they fitt. Speaking is most proper; that, referrs to Him, as the Word: (In the beginning was the Word:) to His Divine Nature. Saving, that re­ferrs to His very name IESVS,Ioh 1 1. Mat. 1 21. given Him by the Angell, as man, for that He should save his people from their sinnes: from which none had ever power to save, but He. There have you His two Natures.

Speaking referrs to his Office of Priest: the Priests lipps to preserve knowledge; the Law of righteousnesse to be required at his mouth His Offi [...]es. Mal. 2 7. Dan. 9.15. Saving (and that, mightily) per­taines to Him as a King; is the office (as Daniel calls Him) of Messias the Captaine-Righteousnesse He spake, by His preaching. Saving, that belongs first to His miracu­lous suffering: It being farre a greater miracle for the Deitie to suffer any the least in­jurie, then to create a new world, yea many. But, secondly (which is proper to the [Page 571] Text and time) in his mighty subduing and treading downe hell and death, Luc. 22.64. and all the power of Sathan. Prophetiza nobis (they said, at His Passion) speake who hitt you, there: and Ave Rex, they said too: Both in scorne; but most true,Matt. 27.24. both.

You may referre these two, if you please,3 His Benefits. to His two maine Benefits redounding to us from these two. Two things there are that undoe us: Error, and Sinn [...]. From His Speaking, we receive knowledge of His truth, against error. From His Saving, we receive the power of grace, against Sinne, and so, are saved from Sinne's sequele, Edom and Bozra, both. This is His description; and this is enough. A full description of His person, in His Natures, Offices, Benefits; in word and in deed. He it is, and can be none but He. To reflect a little on these two.

You will observe, that His speaking is set downe simply, but in His saving, 1. Mi [...]hty, not in speaking. He is said to be mighty, or (as the word is) multus ad servandum. So, marke, where the mult [...]s is. He is not multus ad loquendum, one that saith much; and paucus ad se [...]van­dum, and then does little, as the manner of the world is. Multus is not there, at His Speech. It is put to servandum; There, He is much, and His Might much. Much of might to save.

That His might is not put, in treading downe or destroying. No,2. But, in saving. Esay 55.7. but multus ad ignoscendum, in the fiftie five Chapter before: and, multus ad servandum, heere. Mighty to shew mercie, and to save. Yet, mighty He is too, to destroy and tread downe: Els had He not atchieved this victorie in the Text. Mighty to save, implieth ever mighty to subdue; to subdue, them, whom He saves us from. Yet, of the twaine, He chooseth rather the terme of saving (though both be true) because saving is with Him primae intentionis: So of the twaine, in that, would He have his might appeare rather. Mighty to destroy, He will not have mentioned or come in His style: but migh­ty to save, that is His title; that, the qualitie, He takes delight in: delights to describe himselfe, and to be described by.

You will yet marke also,3. Yet he teach [...]th too: and that fi [...]st. as the coupling of these two in the description of CHRIST (for, not either of these, alone will serve; but betwene them both, they make it up) so, that they goe together, these two, ever. He saves not any, but those He teaches. And, note the order of them too. For, that that stands first, He doth first; first teaches. Mighty to save He is; but whom to save? whom He speakes righteousnesse to, and they heare Him, and returne not againe to their former follie. There is no phansying to our selves, we can dispense with one of these; never care, whither we deale with the former, or no; whither we heare Him speake at all: but take hold of the later, and be saved with a good will. No: you cannot, but if you heare Him speake first. He saith so, and setts them so himselfe.4. We to be like Him in both.

And put this to it, and I have done this point. That, such as is himselfe, such, if we heare Him, will He make us to be. And the more true and sooth fast any of us is of his word, the more given to doe good and save, the liker to him, and the liker to have our parts in His rising. We know, quis est iste, now. This for the first part.

Now, the Prophet hearing Him answer so gently, takes to Him a little courage,II. The second question: Why His appa­rell is red. to aske Him one question more, about His colours: He was a little troubled with them. If you be so mighty to save, as you say, how comes it then, what ailes your garments to be so redd? and adds, what kind of redd; and he cannot tell, what to liken them better to, then as if he had newly come out of some wine-presse; had beene treading grapes, and pressing out wine, there. He cals it wine: but the truth is, it was [...]o wine: It was very blood. New wine, in shew; blood indeed; that upon His garments. So much appeareth in the next verse following. Where He saith himselfe plainely, that Blood it was, that was sprinkled upon his clothes, and had steined them all over. We know well, our reason leads us, there could be no vintage, at this time of the yeare, the season serves not▪ Blood it was.

[Page 572] The Answer.But because the Prophet made mention of a wine-presse, had hit on that Simile; ta­king occasion, upon the naming it, He shapes him an answer accordingly: That (in­deed) He had beene in a wine-presse. And, so He had. The truth is, He had beene in one: Nay, in two then. In one He had beene, before this heere. A double wine-presse (we lose nothing by this) we find; CHRIST was in both. We cannot well take notice of the one, but we must needs touch upon the other. But, thus they are di­sting [...]is [...]ed. In that former, it was in torculari calcatus sum solus: In this later, it is Torcular calcavi solus. In the former, He was himselfe troden and pressed: He was the grapes and clusters himselfe. In this later heere, He that was troden on before, gets up againe, and doth heere tread upon, and tread downe, calcare and conculcare (both words are in the verse) upon some others (as it might be the Edomites.) The Presse he was troden in, was his Crosse and Passion. This, which He came out of, this day, was in his descent and resurrection: Both, proper to this Feast; One to Good-friday; the other, to Easter-day.

The first wine-presse. Christ's calca­tus sum. Ioh. 15.5.To pursue this of the wine-presse a little. The presse, the treading in it, is to make wine: Calcatus sum is properly of grapes, the fruit of the vine. CHRIST is the true vine, He saith it himselfe. To make wine of Him, He, and the clusters, He bare, must be pressed. So He was. Three shrewd streignes they gave Him. One, in Gethse­mane, Matt. 26.36. that made Him sweat blood: The wine, or blood (all is one) came forth at all parts of Him.Ioh 19.13. Another, in the Iudgement Hall, Gabbatha; which made the blood runne forth at His head, with the thornes; out of his whole body, with the Scourges; 17 out of his hands and feet, with the nailes. The last streine, at Golgothae: where, He was so pressed, that they pressed the very soule out of his body, and out rann blood and water both. Haec sunt Ecclesiae gemina Sacramenta (saith Saint Augustine) out came both Sa­craments, the twin Sacraments of the Church.

Out of these pressures ran the blood of the grapes of the true Vine; the fruit where­of (as it is said Iudg. 9.) cheereth both GOD and man. Iud. 9.13. GOD, as a libamen, or drink-offering to Him. Man, as the cup of salvation to them. But, to make this wine, His clusters were to be cutt; cut, and cast in; cast in, and troden on; troden and pressed our: all these, before He came to be wine in the cupp. As likewise, when He calls himselfe,Iob. 12.24. granum frumenti the wheat-corne, these foure, 1 the sicle, the 2 flaile, the milstone, 4 the oven, He passed through: All went over him, before He was made bread: The Shew-bread, to GOD; to us, the Bread of life.

But, to returne to the wine-presse, to tell you the occasion or reason, why thus it be­hoved to be. It was not idly done; What need then was there of it, this first pressing? we find (1. Cor. 10.) Calix Daemoniorum: 1. Cor. 10.21. Gen. 3.5. The Divell hath a cup. Adam must needs be sipping of it: Eritis sicut Dij, went downe sweetly, but poisoned him; turned his nature quite. For, Adam was, by GOD, planted a naturall vine, a true root; but, thereby, by that cup degenerated into a wilde strange vine, which, insteed of good grapes, brought forth labruscas, wild grapes, grapes of gall: bitter clusters, Moses calls them:Esay 5.24. Deut 32.32. 2 Reg. 4 [...]0. Coloquintida, the Prophet, Mors in ollâ, and mors in calice: by which is meant, the deadly fruit of our deadly sinnes.

But, (as it is in the fifth Chapter of this Prophesie) where GOD planted this vine first, He made a wine-presse in it: So, the grapes that came of this strange vine were cut and cast into the presse; thereof came a deadly wine; of which (saith the Psalmist) In the hand of the LORD there is a Cupp;Psal 75.8. the Wine is redd, it is full mixt, and He poures out of it; and the Sinners of the earth are to drinke it, dreggs and all. Those Sinners were our Fathers,Matt. 16.27. and we. It came to Bibite ex hoc omnes: They and we, were to drinke of it all: One after another round. Good reason, to drinke as we had brewed; to drinke the fruit of our owne inventions; our owne words and workes, we had brought forth.

About, the cup went: all streigned at it. At last, to CHRIST it came: He was [Page 573] none of the sinners, but was found among them. By his good will,Esa. 53.12. Mat. 20.39. He would have had it passe, Transeat a me calix iste; you know who that was. Yet, rather then we, then any of us should take it (it would be our bane, He knew) He tooke it; off it went, dreggs and all. Alas, the myrrhe they gave Him at the beginning, the vine­gar at the ending of his passion, were but poor resemblances of this cup, such as they w [...]re. That, another manner draught. We see it cast Him into so unnaturall a sweat of blood all over; as, if He had been wroong and crushed in a wine-presse, it could not have been more. This (lo) was the first wine-presse, and CHRIST in it, three dayes ago; and, what with the scourges nailes and speares, besides, so pressed, as forth it ranne (blood or wine, call it what you will) in such, so great quantitie, as never ran it more plenteously out of any wine-presse of them all. Heer is CHRISTVS in torculari, CHRIST's calcatus sum.

Of which wine so pressed then out of Him, came our Cup, the Cup of this day, the cup of the New Testament in His blood, represented by the blood of the grape.Luke 22.20. Gen. 49.11. Where­in long before, old IACOB foretold, SHILO should wash his robe; as, full well He might have done; there came enough to have washed it over and over again. So, you see now, how the case stands. That former, our cup due to us, and no way to Him, He drank for us, that it might passe from us, and we not drink it. Ours did He drink, that we might drink of His. He, the cup of wrath, that we,Esa. 51.22. 1. Cor. 10.16. the cup of bles­sing: sett first, before GOD as a Libamen, at the sight or sent whereof He smelleth a favour of rest, and is appeased. After, reached to us, as a sovereigne restorative to recover us of the Devill's poison (for, we also have been sipping at calix daemoniorum more or lesse, wo to us for it; and no way but this, to cure us of it.)

By this time you see the need of the first presse, and of His being in it. Into which, He was content to be throwen and there troden on; all, to satisfie His Father, out of His justice, requiring the drinking up of that cup, by us, or by some for us: and it came to His lott. And never was there Lambe so meek before the shearer, nor Worme so easie to be troden on; never cluster lay so quiet and still to be bruised, as did CHRIST in the Presse of His Passion. Ever be▪ He blessed for it.

Now come we to the other of this day in the text. This is not that,The second winepresse, CHRIST's 1 calcavi. we have tou­ched, but another. Wherein the style is altered: no more calcatus sum; but calcavi and conculcavi too. Vp (it seemes) He gatt; and downe went they, and upon them He trode. His enemies of Edom lay like so many clusters under His feet; and He cast His shooe over them, sett His foot on them, and pashed them to pieces.

If it Had meant His Passion, it had beene His owne blood: but,Psal. 108.9. this was none of His now, but the blood of His enemies. For, when the Year of redemption was past, then came the Day of Vengeance: then, came the time for that, and not before.

For, after the consummatum est of His own pressure, (sic oportuit impleri omnem justitiam) and that all the righteousnesse He spake had been fulfilled: then rise up, Mat. 3.15. Esa. 51.9. rise up thou arme of the LORD (saith the Prophet) and shew thy selfe mightily to save: He tooke Him to his second attribute, to be avenged of those that had been the ru­ine of us all, the ruine everlasting, but for Him. To Edom, the kingdome of death, He went, whither we were to be led captiues: yea, even to Bozra, to hell it selfe, and there brake the gates of brasse, and made the iron-barrs flie in sunder. He that was weake to suffer, became mighty to save. Of calcatus, He became Calcator. Esa 45 2. He that was throwen himselfe, threw them now another while, into the Presse, trode them downe, trampled upon them, as upon grapes in a fatt, till He made the blood spring out of them, and all to sprinkle His garments, as if he had come forth of a wine-presse indeed. And we, before, mercifully, rather then mightily, by His Passion; now mightily also saved, by his glorious resurrection.

Thus have you two severall wines, the naturall and the strange vine: the sweet and the wild: two Presses, that in lewrie, that in EDOM: two Cupp [...], the cursed Cupp, and the Cupp of blessing. Of Wine or Blood. His owne, His enemie's blood: One sanguis agni, the blood of the lambe slaine: the other sanguis Dr [...]conis, the blood of the dragon, the red-dragon (Apoc. XII.) [Page 574] trode upon. One of His Passion, three dayes since: the other of his victorie, as today. Between His buriall and His rising, some doing there had beene; somewhat had been done; somewhere He had been: in some new wine-presse, in Bozra, that had given a new tincture of redd to His raiment all over.

Both these shall you find together set downe in one and the same Chapter, in two verses standing close one to the other,Apoc. 5.6. Apoc. V. 1 CHRIST represented first, as a Lambe, a lambe slaine, died in His owne blood: this is the first Presse. 2 And im­mediately, (in the very next verse) streight represented againe in a new shape, as a Lyon, 5.5. Gen. 44.9 11. all be bloody with the blood of his prey: A Lyon of the tribe of Iuda; which comes home to this heer. For Iuda (it is said) he should wash his robe in the blood of the blood of the grape. And so much for Torcular calcavi.

We must not leave out solus in any wise: that, both these He did alone; so alone, 2. Solus, alone. as not any man in the world with him in either.

Mat 26.56.27.46.Not in the first; there, pressed He was alone. All forsooke Him: His Disciples first; alone for them. Yet, then, He was not alone; His Father was still with Him: but after, Father and all: as appeared by His crye, Why hast thou forsaken me? Then, was he all alone indeed.

Verse 5.Not in the second neither. The very next verse, He complaines, how that He looked about Him round and could not see any, would once offer to helpe Him. Out of Bozra He gott alone; from death He rose, conquered, triumphed in semet ipso, Him­selfe alone. The Angell indeed rolled away the stone: but, He was risen first, and the stone rolled away after.

Accordingly, we to reckon of Him: that since in both these Presses He was for us; He, and none but He: that His, and none but His be the glory of both. That, see­ing neither we for our selves, nor any for us, could bring this to passe, but He and He onely; He and He onely might have the whole honour of both; have no partner in that which is onely His due, and no creature's els at all, either in heaven or earth.

And, is CHRIST come from-Bozra? then, be sure of this, that He returning thus in triumph (as it is in the LXVIII. Psalme, the Psalme of the Resurrection he will not leave us behind, for whom He did all this, but His owne will He bring againe as He did from Basan: Ps [...]l. 68.22. as from Basan, so from Bozra: as from the deep pitt of the sea, so from the deep pitt of hell. He that raised IESVS, shall by IESVS raise us up also from the Adama of Edom, 2. Cor. 4.14. the redd mould of the earth, the power of the grave: and from the Bozra of hell too, the gulph whence there is no scaping out. Will make us in Him (saith the Apostle) more then conquerors, and tread downe Satan under our feet. Rom. 8.37.

CH [...]IST's garments why redd?You see, how CHRIST's garments came to be redd. Of the wine-presse that made them so, we have spoken; but not of the colour it selfe. A word of that too. It was His colour at His Passion. They put Him in purple: then it was His weed in derision: and so was it in earnest. Both r [...]dd it was it selfe, and so, He made it more with the die of His owne blood. And the same colour He is now in againe, at His Rising. Not with His owne, now; but, with the blood of the wounded Edomites; whom treading under His feet, their blood besteined Him and His apparell. So, one and the same colour at both: Dying and Rising, in redd; but, with difference, as much as is between His owne, and His enemies blood.

The Spouse in the Canticles, asked of her Beloued's colours, saith of Him; My beloved is white and redd, whit [...], of His owne proper: So He was, when He shewed himselfe in kind,Cant. 5.10. Mat. 17 2. Mar. 9 3. transfigured in the Mount; His apparell then so white, no fuller in the earth could come neer it. White of himselfe: how comes he redd then? Not of himselfe, that, but for us. That is our naturall colour, we are borne polluted in our owne blood. Lam 4.14. It is sinne's colour, that: for, shame is the colour of sinne. Our sinnes, (saith ES [...]I,Esa. 1.18. Chap. 1.) are as crimsin, of as deep die as any purple. This, the true [...]incture of our sinnes: the Edomi [...]es colour right: for, Edom is redd. The tincture [Page 575] (I say) first of our sinne originall, died in the wooll; and then againe of our sinnes actu­all, died in the cloth too. Twise died: so was CHRIST twise. Once in His owne: againe, in His enemies: right dibaphus, a perfect full colour, a true purple, of a double die, His too. So was it meet for crimsin sinners to have a crimsin Savi­our: a Saviour of such a colour it behooved us to have. Comming then to save us, off went His White; on went our Redd: layd by His owne righteousnesse, to be clothed with our sinne. He, to weare our colours; that we, His. He, in our Redd; that we, in His white. So we find (Apoc. VII.) our robes are not onely washed cleane, but died a pure white in the blood of the Lambe. Yea,Apoc. 7.14. He died and rose againe both, in our colours; that we might die and rise too, in His. We fall now againe upon the same point in the colours, we did before, in the cupps. He to drinke the sowre vinegar of our wild grapes, that we might drinke His sweet in the cup of blessing. O cup of Blessing, may we say of this cup! O stolam formosam, of that co­lour! Illi gloriosam, nobis fructuosam: glorious to Him, no lesse fruitfull to us. He, in mount Golgotha, like to us; that we, in Mount Tabor, like to Him. This is the sub­stance of our rejoycing in this colour.

One more: how well this colour fits Him, in respect of His two titles,From loquens justitiam; as a Doctor. Loquens justitiam, and Multus ad servandum! Loquens justitiam, is to weare redd: Potens ad servandum is so too. The first. To whom is this colour given? Scarlet is allowed the degree of Doctors. Why? for their speaking righteousnesse to us, the righteousnesse of GOD, that which CHRIST spake. Nay, even they which speake but the righ­teousnesse of mans Law, they are honoured with it too. But CHRIST spake so as never man spake, and so, call ye none on earth Doctor, but one: Ioh 7 46. none in comparison of Him. So, of all, He to weare it. This ye shall observe; in the Revelation, at the first appearing of the Lambe, there was a Booke with seven seales. No man would med­dle with it: the Lambe tooke it, opened the seales, readd it, readd out of it a Lecture of righteousnesse to the whole world; the righteousnesse of GOD,Reu. 5.6. that shall make us so before Him. Let Him be arrayed in scarlet, it is His due: His Doctor's weed.

This is no new thing. The Heathen King propounded it for a reward to any that could read the hand-writing on the wall. DANIEL did it, and hat it. Sed ecce major Daniele hic. Thus was it in the Law. This colour was the ground of the Ephod; a principall ingredient into the Priest's vesture. Why? For,Dan. 5.7. his lipps were to preserve knowledge; all to require the Law from his mouth. And indeed,Mat. 2 7. the very lipps themselves, that we speake righteousnesse with, are of the same colour. In the Can­ticles it is said, his lipps are like a scarlet threed. And the fruict of the lipps hath GOD created peace: and the fruict of peace is sowen in righteousnesse: and, till that be sowen and spoken, never any hope of true peace. Can 4.3.

Enough for speaking. What say you to the other, Potens ad servandum, 2 From potens ad servandum as a Captaine. which (of the twaine) seemes the more proper to this time and place? I say, that way, it fitts Him too, this colour. Men of warre, great Captaines, mighty to save us from the enemies, they take it to themselves, and their colour it is, of right. A plaine text for it Nah. II. Their valiant men (or Captains) are in scarlet. And I told you,Nahum 2 3. Dan. 9.15. CHRIST, by Daniel, is called Captain MESSIAS, and so well might. So, in His late conflict with Edom, He shewed himselfe: fought for us, even to blood. many a bloudy wound it cost Him, but returned with the spoile of His enemies, stei­ned with their blood: And, who so is hable so to do, is worthy to wear it. So, in this respect also, so in both; His colours become Him well.

Shall I put you in mind, that there is in these two, in either of them, a kind of wine-presse. In mighty t [...] save, it is evident: Troden in one presse, treading in another. Not so evident in the speaking of righteousnesse. Yet, even in that also, there is a presse going. For, when we read, what do we but gather grapes heer and there: and when we studie what we have gathered, then are we even in torculari, and presse them we do, and presse out of them that which daily you tast off. I know, there is great [Page 576] odds in the liquors so pressed,Iudges 8.2. and that a cluster of Ephraim is worth a whole vintage of A [...]IEZE [...]: but, for that, every man as he may. Nay, it may be further said, and that truely, that even this great title, [Mighty to save] comes under loquens justitiam. There is in the word of righteousnesse a saving power. Take the word (saith S. IAMES) graft it in you, Iam. 1.21. it is hable to save your soules: even that, wherein we of this calling,1. Tim. 4.16. in a sort, participate with CHRIST, while, by attending to reading and doctrine, we save both our selves and them that heare us; we tread downe sinne, and save sinners from seeking death in the error of their life.

But, though there be in the Word a saving power; yet is not all saving power in that, nor in that onely: there is a presse beside. For, this presse is going continually among us; but, there is another that goes but at times. But, in that, it goes at such times, as it falls in fitt with the wine-presse heer. Nay, falls in most fitt of all the rest. For, of it comes very wine indeed, the blood of the grapes of the true Vine, which in the blessed Sacrament is reached to us; and with it, is given us that, for which it was given, even remission of sinnes. Not onely represen­ted therein, but even exhibited to us. Both which when we partake, then have we a full and perfect communion with CHRIST, this day: of His speaking righteous­nesse in the Word preached: of His power to save in the holy Eucharist ministred. Both presses runn for us; and we to partake them both.

I may not end, till I tell you, there remaineth yet another, a third Wine-presse: that you may take heed of it. I will but point you to it: it may serve as soure herbs to eat our Paschall Lambe with. Mat. 28.2. The Sun (they say) danced this morning at CHRIST's resurrection: the earth trembled then (I am sure:) there was an earthquake at CHRIST's rising.Psal. 2.11. So, there is trembling to our joy: Exultate in tremore, as the Psalmist wills us. The vintage of the earth, when the time of that is come, and when the grapes be ripe and ready for it,Apoc. 41.18.19 20. One there is, that crieth to him with the sharpe sickle in his hand (Apoc. XIIII.) to thrust it in, cutt off the clusters, and cast them into the great Wine-presse of the Wrath of GOD. A dismall day, that: a pitifull slaughter, then. It is there said, the blood shall come up to the hors ebridles by the space of a thou­sand six hundred furlongs. Keep you out; take heed of comming in that presse.

We have a kind Item given us of this, heer in the text, in the last verse. There be two acts of CHRIST:Ver 4. one, of being troden, the other of treading downe. The first is, for his chosen: the other, against his enemies. One is called, the Yeare of Redemp­tion: The other, the Day of Vengeance. The Yeare of Redemption is already come, and is now; we are in it; during which time, the two former wine-presses runne, 1 of the Word, 2 and Sacrament. The Day of vengeance is not yet come: It is but in his heart; so the text is: that is, but in his purpose, and intent yet. But certainely, come it will, that day; and with the day, comes the last wine-presse with the blood to the bri­dles: yer it come, and during our yeare of redemption, that year's allowance, we are to endeavour to keep our selues out of it, for, that is the day of vengeance of ira ven­tura, GOD's wrath for ever. So as, all we have to studie is, how we may be in at the first two, out at the last presse: and the due christian use of the first, will keep us from the last.

Psal. 95.7.While then it is with us the year of Redemption; and before that day come; while it is yet time of speaking righteousnesse, that is, to day if ye will hear His voice: while the cup of blessing is held out, if we will take it; lay hold on both. That so, we may be accounted worthy to escape in that day, from that day and the vengeance of it: and may feele the fulnesse of His saving power in the word engrafted, which is hable to save our soules; and in the cup of salvation which is joyned with it; and that to our end­lesse joy. The yeare of redemption is last in the verse: with that the Prophet ends. With that, let us end also: and, to that end, may all that hath been spoken arrive and bring us.

A SERMON PREPARED to be Preached, on EASTER day, A. D. MDCXXIV.

HEBR. CHAP. XIII.

DEVS autem pacis, &c.

VER. 20. The GOD of peace, that brought againe from the dead, our Lord Iesus Christ, the great Shepheard of the Sheepe, through the blood of the everlasting Testament.

21. Make you perfect in all good workes, to do His will, working in you that which is pleasant in His sight, through Iesus Christ, to whom be praise for ever and ever, Amen.

THESE words [who hath brought CHRIST againe from the dead] make this a Text proper for this Day. For, as this day, was CHRIST brought againe from thence.

And these words [the blood of the everlasting Testament] make it as pro­per every way for a Communion. For, there, at a Communion, we are made to drinke of that blood. Put these toge­ther: The 1 bringing of CHRIST from the dead, 2 and the blood of the Testament, and they will serve well for a Text, at a Communion on Easter-day.

I will touch in a word, 1 the Na­ture of the Text, 2 the Summe, and 3 the partition of it.

For the Nature: It is a Benediction. The use,1. The Nature of the Text. the Church doth make of it and such other like, is to pronounce them over the Congregation, by way of a blessing. For, not onely the power to pray, to preach, to make and to give the Sacrament; but the power also to blesse you, that are GOD's people, is annexed, and is a branch of our, of the Priest's Office. You may plainely read the power committed, the act en­joyned, [Page 578] and the very forme of words prescribed all in the VI. of Numbers. Num. 6.23. There, GOD saith, Thus shall you blesse the people: (that is) doe it you shall; and, thus you shall doe it, in haec verba. Neither was this act Leviticall, or then first taken up: It was long before:Chap 7.10. While Levi was yet in the loynes of Abraham, even then, it was a part of Melchisedek's Priesthood, and (if the bread and wine were no more but a refreshing) the onely part, that we read of, to say Benedictus over Abraham, as great a Patriarch as he was. There is nothing els mentioned, to shew he was as a Priest, but that.

This blessing they used first and last: but rather last. For (lightly) then, the peo­ple were all togither. They be not so, at first: but onely a few, then. And heere (you see) the Apos [...]le makes it his farewell. With this he shutts up his Epistle; and, with some other such, all the rest. And that, by CHRIST's example. The last thing, that CHRIST did in this world,Luk. 24 50. was: He lift up his hands, blest his Disciples, and so went away to heaven. And so you shall find, it was the manner in the Primitive Church: at the end of the Liturgie, ever to dismisse the assembly with a blessing. Which bles­sing, they were then so conceited of, they would not offer to stirr (not a man of them) till bowing downe their heads, they had the blessing pronounced over them. As if some great matter had lyen in the missing of it: as if they had beene of Iacob's mind, Non dimittam te nisi benedixeris mihi: Gen. 32.26. they would neither let the Priest depart, nor de­part themselves, till they had their blessing with them: Such a vertue they held in it. The blessing pronounced, they had then leave to goe with [...], in the Greeke; M [...]ssa [...]st fidelibus, in the Latine Church; and none went away before.

An evill custome hath prevailed with our people: Away they go without bles [...]ing, without leave, without care of eith [...]r. Marke if they runne not out, before eny blessing; as if it were not worth the taking with them.

Verse 17. Matt. 25.34.I mervaile, how they will be inheritors of the blessing, that seeme to set so little by it. If they meane to heare Come ye blessed, they should (me thinkes) love it better then, by their running from it, they seeme to doe.

This would be amended. We are heerein departed from the Primitive Christians, with whom it was in more regard. Sure, there is more in the neglect of it, then we are aware of.

This blessing could not be delivered in better termes, then in those, that came from the Apostles themselves: which accordingly have beene sought up heere and there in their writings; and, by the Church, sorted to severall dayes, which they seemed best to agree with. As [...]his heere, having Easter-day in it, was made an Easter day-bene­diction. For, the speciall mention in it of CHRIST brought againe from the dead, doth in a manner appropriate it to this Feast. Vtter it but thus: The GOD of peace, who did now, as upon this day, bring againe CHRIST from the dead: doe but utter it thus, and it will appeare most plainely how well they suite, the Time, and the Text. 2. The Summe.

For the Summe. It is no more in effect, but shortly this. That GOD would so bl [...]sse them, and us, as to make us fit for, and perfect in all good workes. A good wish, at any time. But, why at this time specially, upon mention of CHRIST's rising, he should wish it, is not seene at first. Yet there is some matter in it; that, at CHRIST's rising, he doth not wish our faith increased, or our hope strengthened, or any other grac [...] or vertue revived: but onely, that good workes might be perfected in us, and we in them. Surely, this sorting them thus together, seemes to implie, as if CHRIST's r [...]surr [...]ction had some more peculiar interest in good workes: as (indeed) it hath. And, there hath ever beene, and still are, more of them done now, at this time, then at any other time of the yeare.

A generall reason may be given. That, what time CHRIST doth for us some principall great work (as, at all the Feasts, He doth some: and now at this time, sensibly;) we to take occasion by it, at that time, to do somwhat more then ordinarie, in memo­rie and honour of it. More particularly, some such, as may in some sort suit with and resemble the act of Christ then done. As it might be, when Christ died, sinne to die in us: when CHRIST rose againe, good workes to rise together with Him. Christ's Passion, [Page 579] to be Sinne's passion: Christ's Resurrection, good worke's resurrection. Good-friday is for Sin: Easter, for good workes. Good-friday, to bring Sinne to death: Easter, to bring good workes from the dead. And we, that were dead before to good workes, by occasion of this, to revive againe to the doing of them: And not (as the manner is with us) Sinne to have an Easter, to rise, and live againe; and good workes to be crucified, ly dead, and have no resurrection.

For the Partition. Two Verses there are, and two Parts accordingly.3. The Division 1 The Prae­misses, and 2 the Sequele. The Praemisses are GOD; and the Sequele, Good-workes. The former verse is nothing but GOD, with His style or addition: The GOD of peace, who hath brought againe, &c. The latter is all for good workes, Make you perfect, &c We may consider them thus. Of the two, 1 One a thing done for us, in the for­mer verse. 2 The other a thing to be done by us, in the latter verse. The bringing back Christ, the benefit done vs by GOD: The applying good workes, our duety to be done to Him for it.

The thing done is an Act (that is) a bringing backe. Which act is but one, but I implieth another precedent necessarily. For, [...] (which is a bringing backe) im­plieth [...] (which is a bringing thither.)

To this Act there is a concurrence of two Agents. 1 One, the Partie, that brought: 1 2 The other, the Partie that is brought. The Party that brought is GOD, vnder the 2 name or title of the GOD of peace. The Party, that was brought, is Christ; set forth heere under the Metaphore of a Shepheard, the great Shepheard of the Sheepe.

The GOD of peace did bring againe this Shepheard; from whence? and how? 3 3 From whence? From the dead. Then, among the dead He was, first. First, brought thither: 4 How from thence? by what meanes? By the blood of a Testament everla­sting. 4 All which is nothing els, but the Resurrection of Christ extended at large through all these points.

The thing to be done. That GOD would so blesse them, As to make them,II 1 First, fitt to doe; 2 and then to doe good workes. 1 Fitt to doe, in the word [...]. To doe: Wherein we consider two things: 1 the doing, To which doing there is a concurrence of two Agents [...], what we to do: And [...], what He to doe, 2 And then the worke it selfe expressed in two words, 1 [...], and 2 [...] (that is) His Will: [...], that which is well pleasing in His sight. These two be holden for two degrees: and the later of the twaine to have the more in it.

And last of all, the Sequele. Where is to be shewed, how these two hang to­gether,III and follow one upon the other. First the GOD of peace, and the brin­ging of CHRIST from death. Then, how the bringing of Christ from death con­cernes our bringing forth good workes. Which being shewed; what this Feast of Easter hath to doe with good workes, will fall in of it selfe. That with Christ now ri­sing, they also should now rise: They are thought as good as dead; that there may be a Resurrection of them, at Christ's Resurrection.

I. The thing done for us. The Party, by whom. THe GOD of peace, &c Heere is a long processe. What needs all this setting out His style at length? Why goes he not to the point roundly? And, seeing good workes doing is his errand, why saith he not shortly, GOD make you given to good workes, and no more adoe? But tells us a long tale of Shepheards, and Testa­ments, and I wote not what (one would thinke, to small purpose?) But sure, to pur­pose it is, The HOLY GHOST vseth no wast words, nor ever speakes but to the point (we may be sure.)

His title. The GOD of peace.Let us see, and beginne with his first title, the GOD of peace. GOD's titles be diverse, as be His Acts: and His acts are, as His properties be, they proceed from. And (lightly) the title is taken from the propertie which best fits the Act it produceth. As,Exod. 9.27. 2. Cor. 1.3. Psal. 89 8. when GOD proceedeth to punish, He is called the righteous GOD: When, to shew favour, the GOD of mercie: When to doe some great worke, the GOD of power. Now then, this seemes not so proper; Should it not rather have beene, the GOD of Power which brought againe, &c To bring againe from death, seemes rather an act of power, then of peace. One would thinke so. But, being well lookt into, it will be found to belong rather to peace. No power of His will be set on working will ever bring againe from death, unlesse He be first pacified and made the LORD of peace. Of His power there is no question: Of His peace, there may be some. I shall tell you, why. For, all the Old Testament thorough, you shall observe, GOD's great Title is the LORD of HOSTS; which, in the New, you shall never read: but, ever since He rose from the dead, Rom. 15.13. Phil. 4.9. 1. Thess. 5 23. 2. Thess. 3.16. it is, instead of it, the GOD of peace To the Romanes, Phi­lippians, Thessalonians, &c and now heere, to the Hebrewes, and still the God of peace. It is not amisse for us, this change. For, if the Lord of Hosts come to be at peace with us, His hosts shall be all for us, which were against us, while it was no peace. So as, make but God, the God of peace, and more needs not. For, His peace will command His power streight.

When His hosts were so about Him, it seemed hostilitie: How came He then to lay away that title of the Lord of Hosts, to become Deus pacis? That did He, by thus doing: He brought againe one from the dead; and that bringing brought peace, and made this change Stylo novo, the God of peace.

The second Party, Our LORD IESVS Pastorem, The Shepheard.This brings us to the other, the second Party: He is not named till all be done; & then He is, in the end of the verse: our Lord and SAVIOVR IESVS CHRIST. But, at first, He is brought in as a Shepheard. Thinke never the meaner of Him for that. Moses and David, the Founders of the Monarchie of the Iewes; Cyrus, and Romulus, the Foun­ders, one of the Persian, the other of the Romane Monarchie, were taken al from the Sheep­folds. The heathen Poet calls the great Ruler of the Graecian Monarchie, but [...] (that is) the Shepheard of the people. CHRIST gives it to himselfe: and GOD doth not disdeigne it in the LXXX. Psalme. Psal. 80.1. And the name (howsoever it falls to us of the Clergie now) ab initio non fuit sic. Secular men, Ioseph, Iosua, and David were first so termed; and are more often so termed, in the Bible, then we.

The terme of Shepheard is well chosen, as referring to the God of peace. Peace is best for Shepheards and for sheepe. They love peace: then, they are safe; then, they feed quietly. Yet, not so, but that Shepheards have ventured farre, to rescue the Sheepe from the Beare, and from the Lion, as did King David; and as the Sonne of David heere that ventured further then any, who is brought in (heere) in Sanguine, bleeding, howsoever it comes.

But, this Title was not so much for GOD, as for us: (Pastorem ovium) and, in Ovium, are we;1. Sam. 17.36. there come we in: we hold by that word. For so, there is a mutuall and reciprocall [Page 581] relation betweene him and us: that we thereby may be assured, by this very terme relative, whither, and whensoever he was brought; all he did or suffered, it was not for himselfe. For then, an absolute name of his owne would have beene put. All was for his Correlative, for Ovium (that is) for us. He is no waies considered, in all this, as absolutely put, or severed from us, His flock; but still, with reference and relation unto us.

But, because, others enter common in this and other his names with him,Pastorem mag­num, the g [...]eat Shepheard. he bears it with a difference; Pastor Magnus, the great Shepheard. Not (as Diphilus said, to Pompeius Magnus) nostrâ miseriâ Magnus es; Great, by making others little: but, Misericordiâ suâ Magnus, by making Himselfe little, to make us great.

The graduall points of his greatnesse, in respect of others are these. Great first,1 For, Totum is parte majus, Greater is he that feeds the whole, then they, that but certain parcells of the flock. All els feed but peeces: So, they be but petie shepheards to Him. But he, the whole, maine entire flock: He, and none but he. So, He the great Shep­heard, of the great Flock.

Againe, Greater is he that owes the sheepe he feeds, then they that feed the sheep they 2 owe not. All others feed his sheepe: None can say Pasce oves meas. His they be:Iob 21 16. Psal. 94.2.100.3. and reason. For, He made them, they be the sheep of His hands: He feeds them; so the sheep of His hands, and of his pasture both.

But, this is not the greatnesse heer meant. But Ecce quantam charitatem, see the 3 great love to his sheepe! Others sell and kill theirs: He is so farr from selling,1. Ioh. 3 1. or kil­ling, as he (this Shepheard) was sold and slai [...]e for them, though they were his owne. Paid for them, bought them againe; and then he brought them againe. It may be, there were others had ventred thir lives; but not lost them, and so lost them, as he did. Which makes him not onely Great, but Primae magnitudinis (that is) simply the Grea­test that ever was.

Of which Greatnesse two great Proofes there are, in the two words 1 Sanguis, and 2 Testamentum. Sanguis, a great Price; Testamentum, a great Legacie. Sanguis, what He suffered; Testamentum, what He did for them.

The next word is in sanguine, a Shepheard, in His blood. So,In sanguine, through the blood. this Shepheard sweatt blood, yer He could bring them back. It was no easie matter; i [...] cost blood: and, not any blood (such, as He could well spare) but, it cost Him His life-blood. It could not be the blood of the Testament, but there must be a Testament: and, a Testa­ment there cannot be, but the Testator must dye. So, He died, He was brought to the dead, for it. This blood brought Him to His Testament, which is further then blood.

We said, there were two Acts: 1 One exprest, brought Him thence, [...],The two Acts. 2 The other implied, brought Him thether, [...]: But first, brought thither, before brought thence. We vvill touch them both. 1 Why brought thither, and how? 2 and why brought thence, and how?

If, when He was brought thence, it was peace: when He was brought thither, Bought thither. it was none. How came it, there was none? What made this separation? That did sinne: Sinne brake the peace.

Why, sinne touched not Him, He knew no sinne. True: it was not for Himselfe,2. Cor. 5.22. nor for any sinne of His. Whole then? heere are but two, 1 Pastor, 2 and Ovium: Pas­tor, He, Ovium, we. If not the Shepheard's, then the Sheep's sinne: if not His, ours.Esa. 59.2. And so it was: peccata vestra (saith God, in Esay) and speakes it to us. No quarrell He had to the Shepheard: nothing to say to CHRIST, as CHRIST. But He would needs be dealing with Sheepe, and His Sheepe fell to straying, and light in­to the Wolve's denne [...] and thither He must goe, to fetch them, if He will have them.

For Ovium then, is all this adoe; and that is for us. For, all we (as Sheepe) had gone astray. I may say further; all we (as sheepe) were appointed to the slaughter. So it was, we, should have beene carried thither,Esa. 53.6. and the Lord layd upon Him the trans­gressions [Page 582] of us all; and so, He was carried for us: This Pastor became tanquam ovis, as a sheepe, for His sheep; and was brought thither, and the wolves did to Him, what­soever they would.

As if God had said: away with these sheepe; Incidant in lupos, quia nolunt regià pas­tore, to the wolves with them, seeing they will be kept in no fold. But, that, the Shepheard endured not: but rather then they should, He would. When it came to this; who shall goe thither, Pastor, or Ovium, the Sheepe, or the Shepheard? Sinite hos abire (they be His owne words) Let them goe their way; let the Sheepe goe, and smite the Shepheard;Ioh. 18.8. Sentence Him to be caried thither. The Sheepe were to be, they should have beene: but, the Shepheard was. In sanguine nostro, it should have beene, In sanguine suo, His Blood, it was. So, to spare ours, He spilt His owne.

2. Brought [...] thence.Thither now He is brought. Brought thither, by His owne bloodshedding. We can understand that, well: but not, how He should be brought thence by His blood. Yet, the Text is plaine, how He was brought againe, in sanguine, by His blood.

First then, let us make God, the GOD of peace: and, when He is so, you shall so one see Him bring Him back againe. That, which broke the peace (as we sayd) the very thing that carried Him to the Crosse, tooke Him downe thence dead, carried Him to His grave, and there lodged Him among the dead, was sinne. Away with sinne then, that so there may be peace. But, there is no taking away sinne, but by shedding of blood; Chap 9.22. the blood, either of Pastor, or of Ovium, one of them.

3. In Sanguine, By the blood.Why then, heer is blood; even the Shepeheard's blood: and shedd it is; and, by the shedding of it, sinne is taken away, and with sinne God's displeasure. It is the Apostle's owne word (Ephes. XI. XVI.) Hatred was slaine; and so, hatred being slaine,Ephes. 2.14. Col. 1.20. peace followed of her owne accord. He was our peace (saith the Apostle) in one place: He made our peace, or pacified all by his blood, in another.

Now then, upon this peace, He, that was before carried away, was brought backe againe: And so, well might be. For, all being discharged, He was then to be inter mortuos liber, Psal. 88.5. no longer bound, but free from the dead: not to be kept in prison any longer, but, to come forth againe. And, by his very blood, to come forth againe. For, it was of the nature of a Ransome; which being layd downe, the Prisoner, that was brought thither, is to goe thence, whither He will. For, a Ransome hath potesta­tem eductivam or reductivam, a power to bring forth, or bring back againe from any captivitie.

1. Sam. 2.6.In both these bringings, God had His hand: God bringeth to death, and bringeth back againe. True (if ever) in this Shepheard. Brought him to the dead, as the Lord of hosts: brought him from the dead, as being now pacified, and the God of peace. Out of His justice, God smitt the Shepheard; out of His love to His sheepe, the Shepheard was smit­ten. But, quem deduxit iratus, reduxit placatus, whom, of His iust wrath against sin, He brought thither; now having fulfilled all righteousnesse, He was to bring thence againe. And so, brought back He was; and, the same way that He was carried thi­ther. Carried, the way of justice, to satisfie for them, He had undertaken for. And having fully satisfied for them, was, in very Iustice to be brought back againe. And so He was: GOD accepted his passion in full satisfaction, gave present order, for His raising againe.

And, let not this phrase, of God's bringing back, or of CHRIST's comming back; of GOD's raising Him, or of CHRIST's rising, any thing trouble you. The Re­surrection is one entire Act of two joint Agents, that both had their hands in it. As­cribed one while to CHRIST Himselfe, that He rose, that he came back: to shew, that he had power to lay downe his life, and power to take it againe. Another while, to God;Ioh. 10.18. that he raised him, that he brought him back: to shew, that God was fully [Page 583] satisfied and well pleased with it; reacht him his hand (as it were) to bring him thence againe.

To shew you the Benefit that riseth to us, by this his rising. Brought thither he was, to the dead: so, it lay us upon: if he had not, we should. We were even car­rying thither; and that we might not, he was. Brought thence he was, from the dead: So, it stood us in hand: if he had not beene brought thence, we should never have come thence, but beene left to have lien there world without end. Brought thither he would be: he, and not we: he, without us. So carefull he was, not to spare him­selfe, that we might be spared. Brought thence he would not be; not, without his sheepe we may be sure: he would bring us thence too, or he would not be brought thence without us. You may see him, in the Parable, comming with his lost sheepe on his shoulders. That one sheepe is the image of us all. So carefull he was,Luc. 15.5. as he layd him on his owne neck, to be sure: which is the true pourtraiture or representati­on of his [...]. That, if the God of peace bring him back, he must bring them also: For he will not come back without them. Vpon his bringing back from death, is ours founded: in him, all his were brought back. In his person, our Nature: in our Nature we all.

Thinke you, after the payment of such a Price, He will come back himselfe alone, He will let the sheepe be carried thither, and not see them brought backe againe? He did not suffer all this (we may be sure) to come away thence, and leave them behinde Him. It was never seene, that any that paid after so high a rate for any, be it what it will, that when he had done would not see it brought away, but lose all his labour and cost. No: as sure as Himselfe was brought, so sure He will bring them, whom He would not part from: (He will dye first.) Nothing shall part them now. Pastor and Ovium, sheepe and Shepheard now, or no bargaine. He with his flock, and His flocke with Him; it with him, and He with it: He and they, or not he himselfe, both togither, or not at all. Will you heare himselfe say as much? Father, my will is, that whither I goe, whence I come, where I am, thither, thence, and there, these be also.

But, when he had brought us thence,4. Sanguine Testa­menti, the blood of the Testament. what shall become of us (trow?) Will he leave us at randome, to wander in the mountaines? No: but, Vbi desinit Pastor, ibi incipit Testator, where the Shepheard goes out, the Testator comes in. Which we finde plainely in the word Testament. For (though peace be a faire blessing in it selfe, if no more but it; and bringing back be worth the while, yet) heere is now a greater matter then so. There is more in the blood, then we are aware of. This is also meant: that there is the blood of a Testament, which bodeth some further matter. There should need no Testament, if it were for nothing but to make peace. A Covenant would serve for that: My Covenant of peace would I make with thee (saith GOD.Ezek. 37.26.) Sanguis foederis would have done that, if there had beene no more but so. But heer, it is the blood of a Testament.

It is Sanguis cum Testamento annexo, Blood, with a Testament annexed. Beside the, pacification and back-bringing, this Scripture offereth more grace: even a Testamenta­rie matter to be administered for our farther behoof.

For, I aske. Every drop of this blood is more worth then many worlds: Shall this blood then so precious, of so great a Person, as the Sonne of GOD, be spent, to bring forth nothing but pardon and peace? Being of so great a value, shall it produce but so poor an effect? Pitie it should be shed, to bring forth nothing, but a few sheep from death. There is enough in it, to serve further, to make a purchase; which he may dispose of to them, he will vouchsafe to bring againe from the dead. For, when he hath brought them thence, how he will dispose them, that would be thought on too.

I finde then ascribed to his blood, a Price: not onely of [...] (that is) a Redem­tion or Ransome; but also [...] (that is) of Perquisition, or Purchase. And I finde them both in one verse (Ephes. 1.14.) So that, this blood availed, as to pay our debt; [Page 584] so, over and above, to make a purchase: Served, not only to procure our peace, but, to state us in a condition better then ever we were before. Not onely brought us, but bought us: Nay, not onely bought us, and brought us backe; but bought for us fur­ther an everlasting inheritance, and brought us to it.

Two powers were in it: 1 as Sanguis faederis, the Blood of the Covenant, the Cove­nant of Peace: for, in blood, were the Covenants made; that, with Abraham, in Gen. XV. that with Moses, Gen. 15.9. Exod. 24.8. in Exod. XXIV; in blood both: And among the Heathen men, never any Covenant of peace, but in blood. 2 Now, for peace, this were enough: But, it is Sanguis Testamenti too, the blood of a Testament. Which is founded upon better promises; bequeathes legacies; disposeth estates: Matter farre of a higher nature, then bare peace. As the blood of the Covenant, so it pacifieth and appeaseth: As the blood of the Testament, so it passeth over and conveigheth besides.

But say, it did not; it were for nothing els, but our peace: Yet, it is much better for us, that our peace goe by Testament, rather then by a Covenant. Leagues, Cove­nants, Edicts of Pacification have oft beene, and are (wee see) daily broken. Small hold of them: A stronger hold then so, behooved us. A stronger hold there is not, then that of a Testament. That is holden inviolable, never to be reversed. No­thing in rebus humanis is held more sacred. So as, peace by a Testament, is farre the surer of the twaine.

Testamenti at erni, Of the ever­lasting Testamēt. Mic. 5.2.Of which Testament and the greatnesse of it, there is much to be said. For, it is not, as other Testaments, to be fully administred: This shall never be so; it is ever­lasting. Everlasting: For, so is He that made it: His goings out are from everla­sting. Everlasting: For, so is the Testament it selfe: Though it be executed in time, it was made ab aeterno, and lay by Him all the while. Everlasting: For, so is the blood where with it is sealed: the vertue and vigor whereof, doth still continue as a fountaine in exhaust, never dry; but flowing still as fresh, as the very first day, His side was first opened. We, that now live, come to it, of even hand with the Apostles themselves, that were then at the opening. And they that come after us, shall not come too late, but to full as good a match, as either they or we. Ever­lasting: For, the legacies of it are so. Not, as with us, of things temporall: Nor as of the former Testament of the land of Canaan, now growen a barren wilder­nesse: but, of aeternall life and joy, and blisse; of aeternitie it selfe. And lastly, everlasting: That we may looke for no more: Our Gospell is Evangelium aeternum (Revel. XIV.) None to come after it. This is the last: and so to last for ever.Revel. 14.6.

Now lay these together and tell me: Was He not the Great Shepheard indeed, that indured this carying thither, whence this day He came? that paid this great Ransome; purchased this great estate; made this great will; disposed these great Legacies, even His heavenly kingdome to His little flock? was He not every way as good, as Great (which is the true Greatnesse, [...]) Heere with us, Men be good, because they be great: with GOD they be great because they be good: For this His great Love, His great Price, His great Testament, was He not worthy to weare His title of Pastor magnus, of Pastor, and of Testator, both? For so, both He was: And we, not onely His sheepe, but His Legataries: both, in His Pastor-ship, and in His Testator-ship: in His bringing forward, and in His bringing backward: No wayes to be severed from us. He procured no peace, shedd no blood, made no Testament; was neither brought to the dead, nor from the dead for himselfe, but for His flock: for us still. All He did, all He suffered; all He bequeathed, all He was, He was for us.

And now, when all is done, then now (loe) he is the LORD IESVS CHRIST. Till then, a Shepheard wholy and soly: The more are we beholden to him. Then (loe) He tells us His name, that He is the great Shepheard, He that was brought back: the blood, His; His, the Testament. Truely called the Testament: There can no In­ventarie be made of this. It hath not entred into the heart of man to conceive, what things GOD hath prepared for those, that have their part in this Testament: above all [Page 585] that we can desire or imagine. Vpon earth, there is no greater thing then a kingdome: and, no lesse then a kingdome, it is His Father's will to dispose unto us. But,Luk. 12.32. a King­dome eternall, all glorious and blessed: farre above these heere.

All this a good hearing. Hitherto we have heard nothing, but pleaseth us well.II. The thing to be done by us, 1 The fitting or doing. GOD at peace: The Shepheard brought to death, that we might not: and brought from death, that we also might be brought from thence: and not brought, and left to the wide world; but further, to receive those good things which are comprised in his Te­stament. This is done: done by Him for us. Now, to that which is to be done; to be done by us. Not, for Him: (I should not do well to say so) but indeed, for our selves. For so, for us, in the end, it will prove. Both what He did, and what we doe our selves.

That, which, on our part, the Apostle wisheth us, is, that we may be so happy, as that GOD would in effect doe the same for us, He did for Him: (that is) bring us backe; backe from our sinfull course of life, to a new, given to doe good workes.

The Resurrection is heere termed [...], a bringing backe. So that, any bringing backe from the worse to the better, carieth the Type, is a kind of a Resurrection, referrs to that of CHRIST: who died, and rose, that sinne might die, and that good workes might rise in us. Both the time, and the Text lay upon us this duty, to see, if good workes that seeme to be dead and gone, we can bring life to them, and make them to rise againe.

The rule of reason is: Vnum quodque propter operationem suam; every thing is, and hath his being, for the worke, it is to doe. And, these are the workes, which we were borne, and came into the world to doe. The Apostle speakes it plaine­ly: we were created for good works, to walke in them (Ephes. II.X.) And againe: That we were redeemed, to be a people zealously given to good workes (Tit. II. 14.) So, they come doubly commended to us, as the end of our Creation and Redemption, both.

In this Text (we see) it is GOD's will, it is His good pleasure, we doe them: if we anything regard either His will, or pleasure.

In this Text, the Apostle prayes, that we may be made perfect, in them. So, un­perfect we are, without them: unperfect we, and our faith both. For, by workes is our faith made perfect (I am. II.) even as Abraham's faith was. And, the faith, Iam. 2 22. that is without them, is not onely unperfect, but starke dead: so as, that faith needs a Re­surrection, to be brought from the dead againe.

And, whatsoever become of the rest, in this Text it is, that He hath not left them out, nor unremembred in his Testament. They are in it: and diverse good legacies to us for them. Which, if we meane to be Legataries, we must have a care of. For, as His blood serveth for the taking away of evill workes; So doth His Testament, for the bringing againe of good. And, as it is good Philosophie: Vnumquodque propter operationem suam: So, this is sure; it is sound divinitie; Vnusquisque recipiet secun­dùm operationem suam. At our comming backe from the dead (whence we all shall come) we shall be disposed of according to them: Receive we shall,Matt 16.27. every man accor­ding to His workes. And, when it comes to going, they that have done good workes shall goe into everlasting life; and they (not, that have done evill, but they) that have not done good, shall goe, you know, whither. Let no man deceive you: the Root of immortalitie, the same is the root of Vertue: But one, and the same root, both. When all is said, that can be: Naturally, and by very course of kind, good workes (you see) do rise out of CHRIST's resurrection.

Make you perfect (so we read it:) which shewes, [...], to make perfect. We are (as indeed we are) in state of imperfection, till we do them. Nay, if that be all, we will never stick for that Cognosci­mus imperfectum nostrum, we yeeld our selves for such, for un-perfect: And, that is well.Psal. 51.4. But, we must so find and feele our imperfection,Chap. 6.1. that as the Apostle tells us (in the VI. [Page 586] Chapter before) we strive to be caried forward to perfection, all we may. Els, all our cog­noscimus imperfectum will stand us in small stead.

Why, is there any perfection in this life? There is: Els, how should the Apostle's exhortation there, or his blessing (heere) take place. I wote well, Absolute com­plete, consummate perfection, in this life, there is none: It is agreed of all hands: None may be out of it.Phil. 3.13. Non puto me comprehendisse (saith Saint Paul) I compt not my selfe to have atteined: No more must we, not atteined. What then? But, this I doe (saith he, and so must we;) I forget that which is behind, and endeavour my selfe, and make forward still, to that which is before. Which is the perfection of Travailers, of way-fa­ring men: the farther onward on their journey, the neerer their journeye's end, the more perfect: Which is the perfection of this life: For, this life is a journey.

Now, good workes are, as so many stepps onward. The Apostle calls them so; the stepps fo the faith of our father Abraham, Rom. 4.12. who went that way, and we to follow him in it. And the more of them we doe, the more stepps doe we make, the further still shall we find our selves to depart from iniquitie, the neerer still to approach unto GOD in the land of the living: whither to atteine, is the totall, or Consummatum est of our perfection.

[...], To make fill or even.But, not to keepe from you the truth, as it is: The nature of the Apostle's word [ [...]] is rather to make fit, then to make perfect. Wherein, this he seemes to say. That, to the doing of good workes, there is first requisite a fitnesse to doe them, before we can do them: [...], and [...] are both in the Text. Fitt, to do them, yer we can doe them. We may not thinke to doe them hand over head, at the first dash. In an unfit and indisposed subject, no Agent can worke: Not GOD himselfe, but by miracle. Fitt then we must be.

Now, of ourselves, as of ourselves, we are not fit, so much as to thinke a good thought: It is II. Corinth. III.V. Not so much as to will: For, it is GOD, that worketh in us to will (Phil. II. XIII.) If not these two, Neither thinke, nor will; then, not to worke. No more we are: Neither to beginne (Phil. I.VI.) nor having begoon, to goe forward, and bring it to an end. Fitt, to none of these. Then, made fitt we must be. And, who to reduce us to fitnesse, but this GOD of peace heere, that brought againe Christ from the dead.

[...], To set in joint.Now, if I shall tell you, what manner of fittnesse it is, the Apostle's word [...] (heere) doth import: It is (properly) the fittnesse, which is, in setting that in, which was out of joint: in doing the part of a good Bone-setter. This is the very true and native sense of the word; Set you in joint, to doe good workes. For the Apostle (Ephes. IV. and Colos. II.) tells us,Ephes 4.16. Col. 2.19. that the Church and things Spirituall goe by joints and sinnewes, whereof they are compact, and by which they have their action and motion. And, where there are joints, there may be (and otherwhiles, there is) a dis-jointing or dis-location: no lesse in things Spirituall, then in the naturall body. And that is, when things are mis-sorted, or put out of their right places.

Now, that our Nature is not right in joint, is so evident, that the very Heathen men have seene and confessed it.

And, by a fall, things come out of joint: and (indeed) so they did: Adam's fall we call it, and we call it right. Sinne, which before broke the peace; which made the going from or departure, which needed the bringing backe; the same sinne, heere now againe, put all out of joint. And, things out of joint are never quiet, never at peace and rest, till they be set right againe. But when all is in frame, all is in peace: And so, it referrs well, to the GOD of peace, who is to doe it.

And marke againe. The putting in joint, is nothing, but a bringing backe againe to the right place, whence it slipt; That still there is good cohaerence with that which went before: The peace-maker, the bringer-backe, the bone-setter are all one.

[Page 587]The force or fullnesse of the Apostle's Simile (of out of joint) you shall never ful­ly conceive, till you take in hand some good worke of some moment: and then you shall, for certaine. For, doe but marke me then, how many rubbs, letts, impediments, there will be, as it were so many puttings out of joynt, yer it can be brought to passe. This wants, or that wants: one thing or other frames not. A sinnew shrinkes, a bone is out, somewhat is awry: and what a doe there is, yer we can get it right? Either the will is averse, and we have no mind to it; or the power is shrunke and the meanes faile us; or the time serves not; or the place is not meet, or the parties to be dealt with, we finde them undisposed. And the miserie is, when one is got in, the other is out againe. That, the wit of man could not have devised a fitter terme, to have expressed it in. This for the disease.

What way doth GOD take, to set us right? First, by our Ministerie and meanes. For, it is a part of our profession under GOD, this same [...], to set the Church in, and every member that is out of joint. (You may reade it, in this very terme (Ephes. IV.XII.) [...].) And that we do, by applying outwardly this Testament & the blood of it: Two speciall Splints (as it were) to keep all streight. Out of the Testa­ment, by the word of exhortation (as, in the next Verse he calls it:Ver. 22.) praying us to suffer the Splinting. For, it may sometimes pinch them, and put them to some paine, that are not well in joint, by pressing it, and putting it home. But both by denouncing, one while the threats of the Old Testament, another while by laying forth the promises of the New, if by any meanes, we may get them right againe. This, by the Testa­ment, which is one outward meanes. The Blood is another inward meanes. By it, we are made fit and perfect (choose you whither:) and that so, as at no time of all our life, we are so well in joint, or come so neere the state of perfectnesse, as when we come new from the drinking of that blood. And thus are we made fit.

Provided, that [...] do end (as heere it doth) in [...] and [...]: that, [...] The first Agent. all this fit making do end, in doing and in a worke: that some worke be done. For, in doing it is to end, if it end aright; if it end, as the Apostle (heere) would have it. For, this fitting, is not to heare, learne, or know; but to doe His will. We have beene long at Teach me thy will, at that lesson: There is another (in Psalme CXLIII.Psal. 143.10.) Teach me to doe thy will; we must take out that also. Teach me thy will; and Teach me to doe thy will, are two distinct lessons. We are all our life long about the first; and never come to the second, to [...]. It is required, we should now come to the second [...]. We are not made fit (when we are so) to doe never a whit the more: [...] is to end in [...] (which is) doing: and in [...] (that is) in a worke.

In worke, and in every good worke. We must not slip the collar there, neither. For, [...] In all good workes. if we be hable to stirre our hand but one way and not another, it is a signe, it is not well set in. His, that is well set, he can move it to and fro, up and downe, forward and backward; every way and to every worke. There be, that are all for some one worke; that single some one peece of GOD's service; wholy addicted to that, but cannot skill of the rest. That is no good signe. To be for every one; for all sorts of good workes, for every part of GOD's worship alike: for no one more then another: that (sure) is the right. So choose your Religion; so practice your worship of God. It is not safe, to do otherwise; nor to serve GOD by Synecdoche: but [...], to take all before us.

But, in the doing of all or any, beside our part ( [...]) heere is also [...], [...], The second Agent. a Worker besides. For, when GOD hath fitted us by the outward meanes, there is not all. He leaves not us to our selves for the rest: but, to that outward application of ours, joines His [...], an inward operation of His owne inspiring, His grace; which is nothing but the breath of the Holy Ghost. Thereby enlightening our minds, inclining our wills, working on our affections, making us homines bona voluntatis: that when we have done well, we may say with the Prophet; Domine universa opera nostra operatus es in nobis: Lord, all our good workes thou hast wrought in us. Esay 26.12. Our workes they be: yet, of thy working. And with the Apostle: We did them; yet not we, 1. Cor. [...]5.10. but the grace [Page 588] of GOD that was with us. Both wayes, it is true: what He workes by us, He workes in us; and, what He workes in us, He workes by us. For, [...] take not away one the other, but stand well together. This for the doing.

2. The worke.Now for the worke. In every good worke we do His will: yet (it seemeth) degrees there are. For, heer is mention of [...], His will; and besides it, of [...], His good pleasure, and this latter sounds, as if it did import more then a single will. Ones good pleasure is more,Chap 12.28. then his bare Will, So, in the Chapter before, He wish­eth [...], (that is) we may serve and please: (that is) may so serve, as that we may please. Acceptable service then, is more then any, such as it is. There is no question, but that, as of evill workes some displease GOD more then other; so, of good workes, there are some better pleasing, and that He takes a more speciall delight in.

And, if you would know, what they be: above, at the XVI. Verse, it is said, that, to do good and to distribute (that is) distributive doing good. It is more then an ordinarie service: it is a sacrifice every such worke. It is of the highest kind of ser­vice, and that with that kind [...] (our word heer) GOD is highly pleased. So doth S. Paul call the bounteous supplying of his wants from the Philippians, [...], a sacrifice right acceptable and pleasing to GOD, and [...], a most delightfull sweet savour. And, that you may still see, he lookes to the Resurrection, he saith: the Philippians had lyen dead, and drie a great while, as in winter, trees do use. But, when that worke of bounty came from them,Phil. 4.12. they did [...] (that is) shoot forth, wa [...] fresh, grow green againe, as now at this season plants do. That so, the very vertue of CHRIST's resurrection did shew forth it selfe in them. So, fitting Nature's re [...]ur­rection-time (the time of bringing things, (as it were) from the dead againe) with this of CHRIST. Which time is therefore the most pleasing time, the time of the greatest pleasure of all the times of the yeare. So, we know, how to do that, is plea­sing in His sight.

Yet, even this pleasing, and all els, is to conclude (as heer it doth) with through IESVS CHRIST our LORD: He is in, heer too. In, at the doing: In, at the making them to please GOD, Vt faciat quis (que) per CHRISTVM quod placeat per CHRISTVM, that, what by CHRIST is done, by CHRIST may please when it is done. In, at the doing, infundendo gratiam, gratiam activam, by infusing or dropping in His grace active; making us hable and fitt to do, and so to do them. In, at the pleasing; affundendo gratiam, gratiam passivam, by powring on His good grace and favour passive, as it might be some dropps of His blood, whereby it plea­seth being done. Gracing His worke (as we use to say) in GOD's sight, that so, He of Ais grace may crowne it.

III. The sequele.We have gone through with both points. Now comes the hardest point of all, the sequele, to couple them and make them hang well together.

1 First then, they be ascribed to the GOD of peace. There are but three things to be done in the Text, and Peace doth them all. And, if Peace; then, GOD, by no other title then the GOD of peace. 1 Peace bringeth from death: For, Warre (I am sure) bringeth to death many a worthy man. There is little question to be made of this: that the GOD of peace doth the one; but the Devill of Discord doth the other.

2 Secondly, Peace setts in joint, Warre brings all out of joint: Warre is not good for the joints, as we see daily. Peace doth them no hurt.

3 Thirdly, Peace makes us fitt for good: Warre, for al manner of evill workes (saith S. IAMES in the III. Chap. Ver. XVI.) Therefore the GOD of peace, say we. (And, if He take it from us for a time, that He bring it quickly back to us againe.) For, when He was first brought into the world, among the living, at His birth, IANVS was shutt:Luke 2.14. the Ange [...]s, they soong Peace upon earth. And, when He was brought again [Page 589] from the dead, this day, He was no sooner risen, but the first newes was, the Souldiers ranne all away: A signe of peace. And indeed, when He had slaine hatred, it was most kindly then, to bring peace. As, this evening, with His owne mouth, He spake it once and twise, Pax vobis, over and over againe.Ioh. 20.19.21. Which is the Apostle's benediction heere. So, Resurrection and Peace, they accord well.

Now for the sequele of good workes upon CHRIST's bringing from the dead. Being to inferr good works, he would never put in all this, of CHRIST's bringing backe againe from the dead, if there had not beene some speciall operative force to or to­ward them, in CHRIST's Resurrection. If CHRIST's rising made not for them, had not some speciall reference to them, some peculiar interest in them, all this had not beene ad idem, but idle, and beside the point quite. We must take heed of this error, to thinke, the Passion, or Resurrection of CHRIST (though it be actus transiens, that with the doing passeth away) that it hath not a vertue and force permanent; that it left not behind it a vertue and force permanent to worke continually some grace in us; as, to thinke, his Resurrection to be Actus suspensus, an act to have his effect at the lat­ter day, and in the meane time to serve for nothing, but to hang in nubibus (as they say.) But that, this day, it hath an efficacie continuing, that sheweth forth it selfe: And, as the rule is, in the soule, before it doth on the body. We will leave the Heathen to their habits, and habitualities: But, with us Christians, this is sure: Whatsoever, in us, or by us is wrought, that is pleasing to GOD; it is so wrought? by the vertue of CHRIST's resurrection. We have not thought of it perhaps; but, most certaine it is, it is so. So GOD hath ordeined it. Whatsoever evill is truly mortified in us, it is so, by the power of CHRIST's death; and thither to be referred properly. And, whatsoever good is revived or brought againe anew from us, it is all from the vertue of CHRIST's rising againe. All do rise, all are raised, thence. The same power, that did create at first, the same it is, that makes a new creature. The same power, that raised Lazarus the brother, from his grave of stone: the same raised Marie Magdalene the sister, from her grave of Sinne. From one, and the same power, both. Which keepeth this methode: Worketh first, to the raising of the soule, from the death of sinne; and af­ter, in the due time, to the raising of the body, from the dust of death. Els, what hath the Apostle said, all this while?

Now, this power is inhaerent in the Spirit as the proper subject of it: even the aeter­nall Spirit, whereby CHRIST offered himselfe first unto GOD, and after raised him­selfe from the dead. Now, as in the texture of the naturall body, ever there goes the Spirit with the blood: ever, with a veine (the vessell of the one) there runnes along an arterie (the vessell of the other:) So is it in CHRIST; His blood, and his Spirit al­waies goe together. In the Spirit is the power: in the power, virtually, every good work it produceth, which it was ordeined for. If we get the Spirit, we cannot faile of the pow­er. And, the Spirit, that ever goes with the blood, which never is without it.

This carries us now to the blood. The very shedding whereof upon the Crosse, pri­mùm & ante omnia was the nature of a price. A price: first, of our ransome from death due to our sinne, through that His satisfaction. A price againe, of the purchase, He made for us, through the value of His merit, which by His Testament, is by Him passed over to us.

Now then, His blood, after it had, by the very powring it out, wrought these two effects, it ranne not wast, but divided into two streames.Tit 3.5. 1. One into the Laver of the new birth (our Baptisme) applied to us outwardly to take away the spotts of our sinne.Luk. 22.20. 2. The other, into the Cup of the New Testament in His blood, which inwardly admini­stred, serveth, as to purge and cleanse the conscience from dead workes, Chap. 9.14. that so live works may grow up in the place: So, to endue us with the Spirit, that shall enhable us with the power to bring them forth. Haec sunt Ecclesiae gemina Sacramenta: these are (not, two of the Sacraments, but) the two twin-Sacraments of the Church (saith S. Augustine.) And with us there are two Rules. 1. One, Quicquid sacrificio offertur, Sacramento confer­tur; 1 what the Sacrifice offereth, that the Sacrament obteineth. 2. The other, Quicquid 2 Testamento legatur, Sacramento dispensatur; What the Testament bequeatheth, that is dis­pensed in the holy Mysteries.

[Page 590]To draw to an end. If this power be in the Spirit, and the blood be the vehiculum of the Spirit; How may we partake this blood? It shall be offered you streight, in the Cup of blessing, which we blesse in His name. For, is not the Cup of blessing which we blesse, the Communion of the blood of CHRIST (saith S. Paul?) 1. Cor. 10.16. Is there any doubt of that? In which blood of CHRIST is the Spirit of Christ. In which Spirit is all Spirituall power: and namely this power, that frameth us fit to the workes of the Spirit. Which Spirit we are all made, there, to drinke of.

And what time shall we doe this? What time is best? What time better then that day, in which it first shewed forth the force and power, it had in making peace, in bringing back CHRIST, that brought peace back with Him, that made the Testament, that sealed it with his blood; that died upon it, that it might stand firme for ever? All which were, as upon this day. This day then, somewhat would be done: somewhat more then ordinarie, more then every day. Let every day, befor every good worke, to doe His will: But, this day, to doe something more then so, something that may be well pleasing in His sight. So, it will be kindly: So, we shall keepe the degrees in the Text: So, we shall give proofe that we have our part and fellowship in CHRIST, in CHRIST's resurrection, in the vertue of CHRIST's resurrection: Grace rising in us; workes of grace rising from it. That so, there may be a resurrection of vertue, and good workes, at CHRIST's resurrection. That, as there is a reviving, [...] in the earth, when all and every herbs and flowers and brought againe from the dead: So, among men good workes may come up too, that we be not found fruitlesse, at our bringing backe from the dead, in the great Resurrection: But have our parts, as heere now, in the blood, so there then in the Testament, and the Legacies thereof; which are glorie, joy, and blisse for ever and ever.

Printed for RICHARD BADGER.

SERMONS OF THE SENDING OF the Holy Ghost, PREACHED VPON VVhit-Sunday.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT GREEN­VVICH, on the VIII. of June A. D. MDCVI, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

Acts CHAP. II. VER. I. II. III. IV.

And when the Day of Pentecost was come (or, when the fifty daies were fulfilled) they were all with one accord, in one place.

And there came sodeinly from heaven the sound of a mighty Winde; and it filled the place where they sate.

And there appeared tongues cloven, as they had beene of fire, and sate upon each of them.

And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, & they began to speake with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.

WE are this day (beside our weekly due of the Sab­both) to renew, and to celebrate the yearely memorie, of the sending downe the Holy Ghost. One of the Magnalia Dei (as they be termed after in the XI. Verse;) One of the great and wonder­full Benefitts of GOD; Indeed,Ver, 11. a Benefit so great and so wonderfull, as there were not tongues e­nough, upon earth, to celebrate it withall, but there were faine to be more sent from heaven, to help to sound it out throughly: Even a new supply of tongues from heaven. For, all the tongues, in earth, were not sufficient to magnifye GOD for his goodnesse, in sending downe to men the gift of the HOLY GHOST.

[Page 596]This we may make a severall benefit by it selfe, from those of CHRIST's: And so the Apostle seemeth to doe.Gal. 4.4.4.6. Gal. 4. First, GOD sent His Sonne, in one verse; and then after GOD sent the Spirit of His Sonne in another.

Or we may hold our continuation still and make this the last of CHRIST's Bene­fitts: For, Ascendit in altum, is not the last; there is one still remaining, which is Dona dedit hominibus. Psal. 68.18. And that is this daye's peculiar; wherein were given to men, many and manyfold, both graces and gifts, and all in one gift the gift of the Holy Ghost.

Howsoever we make it, sure it is, that all the rest, all the Feasts hitherto, in the re­turne of the yeare, from his Incarnation, to the very last of his Ascension, though all of them be great, and worthy of all honour in themselves; yet, to us, they are as no­thing, any of them, or all of them (even all the Feasts in the Calendar) without this Day, the Feast, which now we hold Holy to the sending of the Holy Ghost.

CHRIST is the Word; and all, of Him, but words spoken, or words written: there is no seale putt to, till this day, The Holy Ghost is the Seale, or Signature, In quo signati estis (Ephes. 4 30.) A testament we have,Ephes. 4.30. and therein many fayre legacies; but, till this day, nothing administred; The Administrations are the Spirit's (1. Cor. 12.4.) In all these of CHRIST's, 1. Cor. 12.4. there is but the purchase made, and payd for; and (as they say) Ius ad rem acquired: But, Ius in re, Missio in Possessionem, Liverie, and sei­zin; that, is reserved till this day: For the Spirit is the Arrha, the earnest, or the in­vestiture of all,2. Cor. 5.5. that CHRIST hath done for us.

These if we should compare them, it would not be easy to determine, whether the greater of these two; 1 That of the Prophet, Filius datus est nobis; 2 Or that of the Apostle, Spiritus datus est nobis: Esa. 9.6. Rom. 5.5. The ascending of our flesh; or the descending of His Spirit: Incarnatio Dei, or Inspiratio hominis; The Mysterie of His incarnation, or the Mysterie of our inspiration. 1. Tim. 3. ult. For, Mysteries they are both, and great Mysteries of Godlinesse both: and, in both of them, GOD manifested in the flesh: 1 In the former by the union of His Sonne: 2 In the latter, by the communion of His blessed Spirit.

But we will not compare them: they are both above all comparison. Yet, this we may safely say of them: without either of them, we are not compleat, we have not our accomplishment; But, by both, we have; and that fully, even by this daies royall exchange. Whereby, as before, he of ours; so now, we of his are made par­takers. He, clothed with our flesh, and we invested with His Spirit. The great Pro­mise of the Old Testament accomplished; That He should partake our humane na­ture: and the great and precious Promise of the New, That we should be Consortes Divinae naturae; partake his divine nature:2. Pet. 1.4. Both are, this day, accomplished. That the Text well beginneth with Dum Complerentur; For, it is our Complement indeed: and not onely ours, but the very Gospell's too. It is Tertullian: Christus, Legis; Spiritus Sanctus, Evangelij Complementum: The comming of Christ was the fullfil­ling of the Law: The comming of the HOLY GHOST, is the fulfilling of the Gospell.

The DivisionOf which comming of the Holy Ghost, the Report is heer set downe by S. Luke; I both of the 1 time, and the 2 manner of it. 1. The Time, in the first words: When the day of Pentecost was come. 2. The Manner, in all the rest of the foure Ver­ses.

II And the Manner, first on their parts, to whom He came: Of the preparation for his comming in the first Verse. And then, the manner of His comming in the other three.

1 On their parts, to whom He came, how they stood prepared, how they were found framed and fitted to receive him when He came, in these three. 1. They were all of one accord. 2. They were all in one place. 3. And both these (dum compleren­tur) even so long, till the fiftie daies were fulfilled.

2 On His part, the manner of his comming to them thus prepared. 1 First as it is [Page 597] propounded in Type or Figure, in the second and third Verses. 2 And then, as it is ex­pounded in truth and indeed, in the fourth.

1. In Type or figure Symbolicè; and that is two waies, agreeable to the two chiefe senses 1 the hearing and 2 the sight. To the hearing, by a sound, in the second verse, 2 To the sight, by a shew in the third.

1. To the hearing, by a sound, in the second: A sound of a winde; A winde sud­daine, 2 vehement, 3 That came from heaven, and 4 filled that place where they sate.

2. To the sight, by a shew in the third: There appeared, 1 Tongues; 2 cloven; 3 as it were of fire; 4 which sate upon each of them. Thus farr, the Figure.

2. Then in the fourth, followeth the thing it selfe. Which verse is (as it were) a Commentarie of the two former. I. Of the Winde inward, in the first part of it, and these words: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost. 2. Of the Tongues outward, in the latter, and these words: They begann to speake with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.

The one, to represent the inward operation. The other, the outward manifestation of the Spirit. Thus standeth the Order; These are the Parts.

THe first point is the Time of His comming (that is) The day of Pentecost. I. The [...]. Wh [...]n th [...] d [...]y of Pentec [...]st wa [...] come.

1. Why that day? The day of Pentecost was a great Feast under the Law: And meete it was, this Comming should be at some great Feast. 1 The first De­dication of Christ's Catholique Church on earth; 2 The first publishing the Gospell; The first proclaiming the Apostle's Commission, were so great matters, as it was not meete, they should be obscurely carried; stolne as it were, or done in a corner. Much lay upon them: and fit it was, they should be done in as great an Assembly as might be. And so they were: even in a Concourse (as in the V. Verse it is) of every Nation under heaven; That so, notice might be taken of it, and by them carried all over the world, even to the utmost corners of the earth. Saint Paul sayd well to King Agrippa: This is well enough knowen; This was not done in a corner. Act. 26.26:

2. At a great Feast, it was meete: but, there were many great Feasts; why at this Feast, the Feast of Pentecost?

It is agreed by all Interpreters old and new; ( Cy [...]i [...]t, Ser. de [...]. Cyprian is the first, we finde it in) That it was to hold harmonie, to keepe correspondencie bet [...]een the two Testaments, 2 A [...] th [...] f [...]a [...]t of [...] the Old and the New. So it was, at Christ's Death (we see.) He was slaine, not onely, as the Lambe was; but even, when the Lambe was slaine too: On the Feast of the Passeover, then was Christ our Passeover offered for us.1. C [...]r 5 7.

Now, from that Feast of the Passeover, reckoning fiftie daies, they came to Sinai: And there on that day (the day of Pentecost) received they the Law: (a memorable day with them, a high Feast; even for so great a Benefit: and is therefore by them called the Feast of the Law.)

And, even the very same day (reckoning from Christ our Passeover, fiftie dayes) that the Law was given in Sinai, The very same day doth the new Law heere goe out of Sion (as the Prophet Esai foretold, exibit de Sion Lex;) which is nothing els,Esai. 2.3. Iam. 2.8. but the pro­mulgation of the Gospell. The Royall Law (as Saint Iames calleth it) as given by CHRIST our King: The other, but by MOSES, a servant: And savou­reth therefore of the Spirit of bondage, the feare of Servants; As this doeth, of the Princely Spirit, the Spirit of ingenuitie, and adoption, Psal. 51.12. Rom. 8.15. the Love of Chil­dren.

On the Feast of Pentecost then; because then, was given the Law of Christ written in our hearts by the Holy Ghost.

[Page 598] The feast of be­ginning of Easter.To this doeth CHRISOSTOME joine a second harmonie. That as, un­der the Law, at this Feast, they first put their sicle to the Corne; (Harvest, in that Climate, beginning with them in this Moneth:) the first fruicis whereof they of­fered at Easter; and was called therefore by them Festum messis: In like sort we see, that this very day (the Lord of the harvest so disposing it, who not long before lifting up His eyes and looking en the regions round about, saw them white & read [...] to the harve [...] His first Worke-men,Ioh. 4.35. the Apostle's, did put in their first sicle into the great Har­vest, Cuius ager est Mundus, Mat 13.38. whereof the world is the field, and the severall furrowes of it,Ver. 5. all the Nations under heaven. On the feast of Pentecost, then second, because then begann the great Spirituall Harvest.

To these two doth August. epi. 119. Saint Augustine add a third, taken out of the number in the very name of Pentecost, The feast of Iubi­l [...]e. and that is fiftie. Which, being all along the Law, the number of the Iubilee (which was the time of forgiving of debts, and restoring men to their first estates) it falleth fit with the proclaiming of the Gospell (done presently heere in the 38. Verse of this Chapter) which is an Act of GOD's most gratious generall free pardon of all the sinnes, of all the sinners in the world.

Cyrill. Cal. 17. Psal. 104.30.And no lesse fit falleth it for our Restitution, whereunto Cyril applieth excel­lently the XXX. Verse of the CIIII. Psal. E [...]itte Spiritum tuum & creabuntur & renovab [...]s faciem terrae. Shewing, there was first an emission of the Spirit into man, at his Creation; Which, be [...]ng since choked with sinne, and so come to no­thing: this day, there is heer a second emission of the same Spirit into man, fully to restore, and renew him, and in him the whole Masse of the C [...]eation. On the day of Pentecost then last, because therein, is the true number and force of the true Iubilee. This for the choise of the time.

II. The Manner.The Number thus settled, we descend to the second point, of the Manner. And first on their parts on whom the HOLY GHOST came:1. On their parts, Their prepara­tion. how he found them framed, and fitt to receive such a Guest. It is called by the Fathers, Parascene SPIRITVS, The preparation (as there was one for the Passeover, so heere) for Pentecost.

It is truly said by the Philos [...]pher, That A [...]us activo [...]um, sunt in pa [...]iente disposi­to; if the pati [...]nt be prepared aright, the Ag [...]t will have his worke, both the sooner and the better. And so consequently, the Spirit, in his comming; if the parties to whom he commeth, be made perspirable.

And this is three-fold, set downe in these words, I. They were all with on [...] ac­cord. 2. They w [...]re all in one place. A double Vnitie: 1 Vnitie of minde (so is [...]:) or of hearts (so is accord, cordium.) 2 And secondly, unitie of plac [...]. 3. And thirdly, these two, dum compl [...]re [...]tur: Patiently expecting, while the fiftie dayes were accomplished.

1 They we [...] all of one acc [...]r [...].Vnitie is the first: unitie of minde. And for it, take but any spirit, that is to give life to a naturall body; Can any spirit animate or give life to members dismembred, unlesse they be first united and compact togither? It cannot: Vnitie must prepare the way to any spirit, though but naturall. A faire example we have, in Ezekiel. Chap. XXXVII. A sort of scattered dead bones there lay: They were to be re­vived. Ezek. 37. [...].8.9. First, the bones came togither, every bone to His bone; then, the sine [...]es grew and knitt them: then, the fl [...]sh and skinne, and c [...]vered them: and then, when they were thus united, then and not before, called He for the Spirit from the foure winds, to enter into them and to give them life. No Spirit, Not the ordinarie, naturall Spirit will come, but where there is a way made and prepared by ac [...]ord and unity of the body.

Now then take the Holy Ghost, the Spirit of all spirits, the third Person in Trinitie: He is the very essentiall Vnitie, Love, and Love-knott of the two Persons, the Fath [...]r and the Sonne; even of GOD with GOD. And He is sent to be the union, Lov [...] and [Page 599] Love-knott of the two Natures united in CHRIST; even of GOD with man. And can we imagine, that He will enter (Essentiall unitie) but where there is unitie? The spirit of unitie, but where there is unitie of spirit? Verily there is not, there cannot possible be a more proper and peculiar, a more true and certaine disposition, to make us meete for Him, then the qualitie in us, that is likest His nature and essence, that is unanimitie. Faith, to the Word; and Love to the spirit, are the true Preparatives. And there is not a greater barre, a more fatale or forcible opposition to His entrie, then discorde, and dis-united mindes, and such as are in the gall of bitternesse:Act. 8.23. They can neither give nor receive the Holy Ghost. Divisum est cor eorum, iam iam interibunt (saith the Prophet) their heart is divided, their accord is gone, that C [...]rde is untwisted;Hos. 10.2. they cannot live, the Spirit is gone too.

And doe we mervaile, that the Spirit doth scarsely pant in us: that we sing and say, Come Holy Ghost, and yet He commeth no faster? Why, The Day of Pen­tecost is come, and we are not all of one accord. Accord is wanting: The very first point is wanting, to make us meete for His comming. Sure, His after­comming will be like to His first: to them, that are (and, not to any, but them that are) of one accord.

And who shall make us of one accord? High shall be his reward in heaven, and happy his remembrance on earth, that shall be the meanes to restore this accord to the Church: that once we may keepe a true and perfect Pe [...]t [...]ost, like this heere Erant omnes unanimiter. I passe to the second.

But suppose we were of one accorde; is not that enough? May we not spare this other, of one place? If our mindes be one, for the place it skills not:2 In one place. it is but a cir­cumstance or ceremonie, what should we stand at it? Yes sure; seeing the HOLY GHOST hath thought it so needfull, as to enter it; we may not passe it over, or leave it out. Not onely, of one minde (that is) unanimitie: but also, in one place too (that is uniformitie.) Both, in the unitie of the Spirit, that is inward; and in the bond of peace too, that is outward. An Item, for those,E [...]h [...]s. 4.3. whom the A [...]ostle calleth Filij Substractionis, that forsake the Congregation (as, even then,Heb 10 39 in the Apostle's Times, the manner of some was) and doe withdraw themselves, to their perdition, to no lesse matter. GOD's will is, we should be,Heb. 10 25. as upon one foun­dation, so under one roof: That, is His doing, Qui facit unanimes &c He that maketh men of one minde to dwell in one house. Therefore it is expresly noted,Psal. [...]8.6. of this Companie heer (in the Text) where they prayed, they prayed all togither (Chap. 4.24.) When they heard, they heard all togither (Chap. 8.6.) When they brake bread, they did it all togither (Verse 46.) All togither, ever: not, in one place, some; and some in another: but, all [...], all in one and the selfe same place. For, say what they will, Division of places will not long be, without division of mindes. This must be our ground. The same Spirit, that loveth unanimitie, loveth vniformitie; unitie even in matter of circumstance, in matter of place. Thus the Church was begunn; thus it must be continued.

To these, doe the Fathers joine a third: which they raise out of the word,While the [...] d [...]y [...]s were ful­fi [...]led. I [...] complerentur. A disposition in them, whereby they held out, and stirred not, even till the fiftie dayes were fulfilled. That farmer, unanimitie; this latter, long animi­tie. There is in us, a hott hastie spirit, impatient of any delay: what we would have, we would have out of hand: and these same Dum, and Donec, and such like words we love them not. This Spirit was even in these heer (the Apostles themselves) at the first, as we may see in the last Chap. Verse. 6. where they shew it: Domine iam nevis? Lord will thou now? even now? by and by? But that Spirit He cast out, with Non est vestrum &c Manet [...]vos, dum. After which charge given, though at the instant of His ascending, He promised He would send them the Holy Ghost;Chap 1.7. yet [Page 600] they did not looke for Him, the same afternoone; nor stayed but till the morrow after Ascension Day; not (as the Bethulian's stint was) foure or five daies, at the far­thest,Iudith. 7.30. and then waxed weary, and would wayte no longer: But, as He willed them to wayte, so they did wayte; not five dayes, but five: and five: And so continued wayting, even usque dum Complerentur, till they were accomplished: And then brake not up neither, to keepe Holy-day, but held on their wayting, holy-dayes, and all.

We say before, this Feast had diverse names: 1 The Feast of the Law, 2 The Feast of harvest, Deut. 16 9. 3 The Feast of Pentecost: We may put to a fourth (out of Deuter. 16.9.) It is there called 4 the Feast of Weekes. It is not houres will serve the turne, not yet dayes: it must be weekes, and as many weekes as be dayes in a weeke, to make it Pentecost (that is) fifty dayes. Thus long they satt by it (as it is in the next verse) and tarried patiently the Lord's leasure, till He came unto them. Qui crediderit ne fes­tinet (saith the Prophet Esai) He that beleeveth, Esai. 18.16. Aba. 2.3. let him not be hastie: And, si moram fecerit, expecta Eum (saith Abacuk) If He happen to stay, stay for Him. And so we shall, if we call to minde this, that He hath wayted for us and our conversion, more yeares,Aba. 2.3. then we doe dayes for Him. And this withall, veniendo veniet; stay He may for a time, but if we wayte, come He will certainly; and when He commeth, Ma­nebit vobis in aeternum, Ioh. 14.16. He will never forsake us, but continue with us for ever. Dum complerentur shall have his accomplishment.

And in this manner doth the Scripture beare witnesse of them, they were prepared, and that they sped of the Spirit; and let us of like preparing, looke for like successe.

The Manner, On His part. 1. His comming in type.And now we come to the Manner, of His comming. And that, first in type sensibly; thus described. 1 There came a sound; 2 There were seene tongues, which is a sensible kind of Comming.

And that is a comming rare, and nothing usuall with the Holy Ghost; which as an invisible Spirit, commeth (for the most part) invisibly. So sayth Iob: He com­meth to me, Iob. 9.11. and I see Him not; He passeth hard by me, and I perceive Him not. It was thus heere,Ch. 10. Ver. 24. for this once: But after, we see (in the 10. chap.) He came upon Cornelius and His company;Chap. 9.6. And after that upon the twelve at Ephesus (in the 9. chapt.) But on neither, that ought could be seen or heard: Onely discerned by some effect, He wrought in them. He that best knew the Spirit (CHRIST) setts us downe the manner of His comming; Spiritus spirat, sed nescis vnde aut quo, He doth come and in­spire, Io [...]. 3.8. but how or which way, that know you not.

Yet heere, in this present case, for this once, it was meete, He should thus come in state; and that there should be a solemne, sett, sensible descending of it.

1. Meete: that no lesse honour done to this Law of Sion, then to that of Sinai, which was publique, and full of Maiestie; and so was this to be.

2. Meete: That having once before beene, and never but once, upon Christ the Head: it should be so once more, on the Church too, the Body. It pleased Him to vouchsafe to grace the Church His Queene with like solemne inauguration, to that of His owne, when the Holy Ghost descended on Him in likenesse of a Dove; that she might no lesse, then He Himselfe, receive from heaven like solemne attestation.

3. Lastly, meete it was, it should remaine to the memorie of all ages testified, that a day there was, when even apparently to sense, Mankind was visited from on high: And that this Winde heere, and these Tongues came not for nought, at so high a Feast, in so great an Assembly.

This Comming then of His, thus in State, is such, as it was both to be heard and seene. To the eare and the eye both. So saith Saint Peter of it after (Verse 33.) Be­ing thus exalted (saith he of Christ) and having received the promise of the Father, He hath shedd forth this, which you now both see and heare. And with good reason, both: To both senses is the Holy Ghost presented. To the eare which is the sense of faith: To the eye, which is the sense of love. The eare, that is the ground of the word, which is audible: the eye, which is the ground of the Sacraments, which are visible:

[Page 601]To the eare, in a noise; To the eye, in a shew: A noise, of a mighty Wind. A shew, of fiery Tongues. The noise, serving as a Trumpett, to awake the World, and give them warning, He was come. The fiery Tongues; as so many Lights, to shew them, and to lett them see the Day of that their visitation.

To beginne with the first: There came a sound. Which very so [...]nd, is to shew,There came a sound. that the Spirit, whereof it is the forerunner, is no dumbe spirit but vocall. And so it is: the sound thereof is not onely gone into all lands: but hath beene heard, Rom. 10 18. in all ages; before the flood it sounded in Iud 14. ENOCH a Prophet, and 2 Pet. 2.5. NOE a Preacher of righteousnesse, All the Law long, it sounded in them, by whom Chap. 15.21. MOSES was prea­ched every Sabboth day. The very beginning of the Gospell, was with a sound, Mat. 3.3. Vox clementis: and but for this sound S. PAVL knoweth not, how we should do;Rom. 10.14. How should they beleeve (saith he) in Him, of whom they have not heard? and without a sound, there is no hearing. But, we shall come to this againe in the apparition of the tongues.

There came a sound: and not any sound; it will not be amisse,A sound Echo­wise. to weigh what kind of sound is expressed in the word here used [ [...]] you know, what sound an Echo is: a sound at the second hand, a sound at the rebound. Verbum DOMINI venit ad nos; The word of the LORD commeth to us: there is the first sound, To us: and ours is but the Echo the reflection of it to you. GOD's first, and then ours second. For, if it come from us directly; and not from Him to us first, and from us then to you (echo-wise) it is to be suspected. A sound it may be; the HOLY GHOST com­meth not with it: His fererunner it is not; for, that is [...].

There came a sound, and it was the sound of a wind: and this too, very fitly. For, the Wind, which is heer the type of the HOLY GHOST, of all the creatures,A sound of a Wind. doth best expresse it. 1. For first, of all bodily things, it is the least bodily, and commeth neerest to the nature of a spirit: invisible as it is.

2. And secondly, quicke and active, as the spirit is. Of the Wind it is said, Vs (que) adeo agit, ut nisi agat non sit: so active it is, as no stirring the ayre, no action, no wind: even so, no operation, no spirit. So like, as both have but one name: nay, all three but one; 1 The wind in the wide world, 2 the breath in our bodies, 3 and the Spirit in the mysticall Bodie (the Church:) and much adoe we have, to distinguish them in many places; they be taken so one for an other.

Now, this Wind that came and made this sound, is heer described with foure pro­perties. 2 It fell sodainly: 2 It was mighty or violent: 3 It came from heaven;1. It came sodenly. 4 It filled that place where they sate; that place, and no other. Of which, the two first are ordi­narie, and (like the wind) common, 1 To be sodaine, 2 and to be violent. The other two, not so, but dislike : 3 To come from heaven, 4 and to keep it selfe within one place; and that of no great compasse.

It fell sodainly, [...]: so doth the wind.A wind 1 That cam [...] so [...]ainly. It riseth oftentimes in the middest of a calme; giveth no warning, but rusheth up of a sodaine, and even so doth the SPI­RIT: For, that commeth not by observation neither (saith our SAVIOVR;Luke 17.20.) you can make no sett rules of it; you must waite for it, as well when it commeth not, as when it comes. Esa. 65.1.Many times it is found of them that seek it not; and therefore little ac­count make of it; and therefore little deserve it; 1. Sam. 10.10.16.13. Chap. 10.44. Cecidit super eum Spiritus, is so common in both the Old, and New Testament, as we can make no doubt of this. Which sheweth, it falls sodainly; it creeps not: serpentis est serpere. Commonly, motions that come from the Serpent, creep upon us: but, nescit tarda molimina Spi­ritus Sancti gratia (saith AMEROSE.) Psal. 147 15. Velociter currit sermo Ejus, His Word runneth very swiftly, and Psal. 18.10. His Spirit commeth with the wings of the Wind. And therefore so­daine (saith GREGORIE) because, things, if they be not sodaine, awake us not, affect us not; but Repentina valde mutant, sodaine things start us, and make us looke up. And, therefore sodaine (saith he againe) that men may learne, not to despise present motions of grace, though sodainely rising in them; and though they can give no certaine reaso [...] of them: but take the Wind while it bl [...]weth, and the water, while the Angell mooveth it; as not knowing, when it will, or whether ever it will blow [Page 602] Againe, or stirre any more. It is [...], it fell on a sodaine.

2. A vehement Wind.It was a mighty or vehement wind. The Wind is so; and the Spirit is so: both, in this well sorted together.

Of the Wind, it is a common observation, that being nothing els but a puffe of aire, the thinnest, the poorest, and (to our seeming) of the least force of all creatures, yet groweth it to that violence, and gathereth such strength, as it Psal. 48.7. ratt [...]es togither the great ships of Tharsis, as 1. Reg 19.11. it rents and rives in sunder mountaines and rocks: pulls up trees; blowes downe huge piles of building: hath most strange and wonderfull ef­fects, which our eyes have often seene: and all this but a little thinne ayre.

And surely, no lesse observable, or admirable (nay, much more) have been and are the operations of the SPIRIT. Even presently after this, this SPIRIT, in a few poore weake and simple instruments (GOD knoweth) waxed so full and forcible, as it 2. Cor 10 4. cast downe strong holds, brought into captivity many an exalting thought, 1. Ioh. 5.4. made a con­quest of the whole world, even then, when it was bent fully in mayne opposition against it: as it hath sett all men in a maze to consider, how so poore a beginning should grow to such might, that, Wisdome, and Learning, and Might, and Majestie, and all have stooped unto it: and all was but GOD's Luke 11.10. little finger; all 2 Thes. 2 8. the breath of His mouth. Verily, the Wind was never so vehement, as the SPIRIT hath beene and is, in His proceeding.

These two are common with the Wind; and for these two, it might have been no more, but even a common wind. The other two are not so; but shew it to be more then a wind: 3 The comming from heaven, 4 the filling but of that one place. In these two, it is dislike; as, in the former two, li [...]e the ordinarie wind that bloweth.

3. It came from heaven. It came from heaven. Wines (naturally) come not from thence, but out of the caves and holes of the earth: they blow not downeward, but moove laterally from one coast or climate to another. To come directly downe, not onely de sursum, from above (so it may be, from the middle region of the ayre) but de caelo, from heaven it selfe;Psal. 13 5.7. that, is supernaturall, sure: that, is a Wind out of GOD's owne Treasurie indeed: that, points us plainely to Him, that is ascended up into heaven, and now sendeth it downe from thence.

And therefore sendeth it from heaven, that it may fill us with the breath of heaven. For, as the wind is, so are the blasts, so is the breath of it: and, as is the spirit, so are the motions, it useth; so are the reasons, it is carried by.

To distinguish this Winde from others, is no hard matter. If our motions come from above; if we fetch our grounds there, de coelo, from heaven, from Religion, from the Sanctuarie; it is this wind: but those, that come from earthly respects, we know their cave; and that there is nothing but naturall in them. This wind came thence, to make us heavenly minded, Col. 3.1. sape [...] quae sursum, to sett our affections on things heavenly, Phil. 3.21. and to frame the rules of our conversation agreeable unto heaven. So we shall know, what wind blowes;Mat. 21.25. whether it be de coelo, or de hominibus: whether it be defluxus coeli, or exhalatio terrae; from heaven or of men, a breath from heaven, or a terrene exhalation.

4. It filled that place onely.And like to this is the fourth: It filled that place where they satt. That place, where they: That place, not the places about. That place it filled: the other felt it not. And this is another plaine dissimile, To blow but in one place: and sheweth it to be more then ordinarie. The common wind, all places within his circuite, it ayreth all alike; one as well as another, indifferently. This heer seemeth to blow Elective; as if there were sense in it, or it blew by discretion. For, it blew upon none of the neighbour houses, none of the places adjacent, where these men were not. That. and onely that roome it filled, where they were sitting.

And this [of blowing upon one certaine place] is a propertie very well fitting the Spirit, Iohn 3.8. Vbi vult spirat. To blow in certaine places, where it selfe will; and upon cer­taine persons, and they shall plainely feele it, and others about them, not a whit. There shall be an hundred or more in an auditorie; one sound is heard, one breath doth blow: at that instant, one or two and no more; one heere another there; they [Page 603] shall feele the Spirit, shall be affected, and touched with it sensibly: Twentie on this side them, and fourtie on that, shall not feele it; but sit all becalmed, and go their way no more moved then they came. Vbi vult spirat, is most true.

And that Vbi is not anywhere, but where these men sat; that is, it is a peculiar Wind, and appropriate to that place where the Apostles are, that is, the Church: else-where to seeke it, is but follie: The place, it bloweth in, is Sion: and, in Sion, where men be so disposed, as we shewed ere while; that is, where there is concord and vnitie, the dew of Sion, Ibi mandavit Dominus benedictionem; There, GOD sendeth this Wind;Psal 133.4. and there He sendeth His blessing with this wind, which never leaveth us till it bringeth us to life for evermore, to eternall life.Eccl. 1.6. So doth Salomon describe the nature of the Winde: That it goeth forth, and that it compasseth round about, and then last, That it returneth, Per circuitus suos: So doth this, it commeth from heaven and it bloweth into the Church, and through, and through it, to fill it with the breath of heaven: and as it came from heaven to the Church, so it shall returne from the Church, into heaven againe, per circuitus suos: and whose sayles it hath filled with that winde, it shall carrie with it along per circuitus suos; even to see the goodnesse of the LORD in the land of the living, there to live with Him and His Holy Spirit for ever.

So we have briefly the foure properties of this Winde, and of the Spirit whose Type it is: 1 That it is sodaine, in the first comming; 2 That it is mightie in proceeding; 3 That it commeth from heaven; 4 That it commeth into the Church; to fill it with the spirit of heaven, and to carrie it thither whence it selfe commeth. Thus much for the second, The first Type.

This winde brought downe with it tongues, even imbrem linguarum, 2 To be Seene. There appea­red Tongues, &c a whole shower of them, which is the next point, Of the shew which appeared. By which appearing, it appeareth plainely, that the Wind came not for themselves onely, but for others too beside: In that heere is not onely sent a Winde, which serveth for their own inspiration; but there be also sent tongues with it, which serve for eloquution (that is) to impart the benefit to more then themselves.

It sheweth, that the HOLY GHOST commeth and is given heere, rather as gratia gratis data, to do others good; then as gratia gratum faciens, to benefit themselves. Charitas diffusa in corde would serve them, Charitie powred into their hearts;Rom. 5.5. Psal. 45.2. but gratia diffusa in labijs. Grace powred into their lipps, that is not needfull for themselves, but needfull to make others, beside them, partakers of the benefit. The Wind alone, that is to breath withall; the grace of the Holy Ghost whereby our selves live: but, the Wind and Tongues, that is to speake withall; the grace of the Holy Ghost, whereby we make others live, and partake of the same knowledge to life. And union of the Winde and Tongue heere on earth, expressing the unitie of the Spirit and Word in hea­ven: that, as the Winde or breath in us is to serve the Tongue; so is the Spirit given, to set forth the Word, and the Holy Ghost to spread abroad the knowledge of CHRIST.

Where, it is not unworthy your observing neither, that as in the naturall body, one and the same breath of ours, is Organon both vitae and vocis, is the instrument both of life and voyce; the same that we live by, is the same that we speake by: Even the very like is, in the body mysticall; and both the vitall breath, and the vocal, come both (as we heere see) from the Holy Ghost.

This also standeth of foure parts, as did the former. For, there appeared 1 Tongues, 2 cloven, 3 as it it were of fier, 4 sitting upon each of them.

The tongue is the substantive, and subiect of all the rest. It is so: And GOD can send from heaven no better thing; nor the Divell from hell no worse thing, then it.1 Tongues. The best member, we have (saith the Prophet;) The worst member, Psal. 108.1. Iam. 3.6. we have (saith the Apostle:) Both, as it is imployed.

The best, if it be of GOD's cleaving; if it be of his lighting with the fire of hea­ven; if it be one that will sitt still, if cause be. The worst, if it come from th [...] Divell's hands. For, he, as in many other, so in the sending of tongues, striveth to be like GOD; as knowing well they are every way as fitt instruments, to worke mischiefe [Page 604] by, as to doe good with. There be tongues of Angels (in 1. Cor. 13.1.) and if of good Angels, I make no doubt but of evill; and so, the Divell hath his tongues.

And he hath the art of cleaving. He shewed it in the beginning, when he made the Serpent, linguam bisulcam, a forked tongue, to speake that, which was contrarie to his knowledge and meaning,Gen. 3.4. They should not die; and as he did the Serpent's, so he can doe others.

There is fier in hell, as well as in heaven; that, we all know.

Onely, in this, they agree not, but are unlike; his tongues cannot sitt still, but flie up and downe all over the world, and spare neither Minister, nor Magistrate no nor GOD himselfe.

Psal. 108.2.But if we shall say to our tongue, as David did to his, Awake up my glory (that is) make it the glory of all the rest of our members; it can have no greater glorie then this, to be the Organ of the Holy Ghost: to set forth, and sound abroad the knowledge of CHRIST, to the glorie of GOD the Father. And, so vsed, it is hea­venly; no time, so heavenly as then; in no service, so heavenly as in that.

Not to inlarge this point further, there is no new matter in it. This heere (of the Tongues) is as that before of the sound; both are to no other end, but to admonish them of their Office, whereto they heere received Ordination: even to be Tongues, to be trumpets of the Counsaile of GOD, and of his Love to mankinde, in sending His Sonne to save them.

Heere is winde to serve for breath; and heere are Tongues now, and what should let them to doe it?Mar. 16.15. That which before they received in charge audibly, Ite Praedicate; the very same they heere receive visibly, in this apparition, which is after expounded thus; Coeperunt loqui, by vertue of these tongues they begann to speake.

Cloven tongues Tongues and cloven tongues. And that very cleaving, of right necessarie use, to the businesse intended. For, that of theirs was but one whole intire tongue, that could speake but one poore language, the Syrian, they were bred in. There was not a cleft in it. So, could they speake their mind to none but Syrians; and by that meanes, should the Gospell have beene shut up, in one corner of the world.

[...] is the goodnesse of all that is good; even the imparting it to the good of the common. To the end then, this great good of the knowledge of the Gospell, might be dispersed to many Nations, even to every nation under heaven; To that end, clove He their tongues: to make many tongues, in one tongue; to make one man to be able to speake to many men, of many Countries, to every one, in his owne language; If there must be a calling of the Gentiles, they must have the tongues of the Gentiles, wherewith to call them.Chap. 20.21. If they were debters, not onely to the Iewes but to the Graeci­ans; nay, not onely to the Graecians, but to the Barbarians too; then must they have the tongues not onely of the Iewes, but of the Graecians and of the Barbarians too, to pay this debt, Rom. 1.14. Mar. 16.15. to discharge the duty of Ite Praedicate, to all.

And this was a speciall favour from GOD, for the propagation of His Gospell farre and wide this division of tongues: and it is by the ancient Writers (all) reckoned a plaine reversing of the curse of Babel, by this blessing of Sion: since they account it all one (and so it is) either, as at the first, for all men to speake one language; or, as heere, one man speake all. That is heere recovered, that there, was lost; and they in­abled for the building up of Sion in every nation, to speake so, as all might understand them of every nation.

But this withall we are to take with us: that, with their many tongues, they spake, one thing, Rom. 15.6. Chap. 4.24. and that Vnivocè. With one mouth (Rom. 15.6.) With one voice (Chap. 4.24.)

With diverse tongues to vtter one and the same sense, that is GOD's cloven tongue; that, is the division of Sion, serving, to edification.

With one tongue, aequivocè, to utter diverse senses, diverse meanings; that, is none of GOD's it is the Serpent's forked tongue, the very division of Babel, and tendeth to nothing but confusion.

Tongues a [...] of fier. Tongues cloven, and as they bad beene of fire. As they had beene: to keep a difference in these (as before, in the Winde;) and to shew, that they were not of our el [...]mentarie [Page 605] fier. For, it is added; they satt upon them: which they could not have done, without some hurt; without skorching them, at least; if it had beene such fier, as is in our chimneys. But it was [...], as it were ours: (that is) in shew, earthly; indeed, coelestiall: And as the Winde, so the fier from heaven;Exod. 3.2. of the nature of that (in the III. of Exod.) which made the bush burne, and yet consumed it not.

Where first we are to observe againe, the conjunction of the tongue, and fire. The seate of the tongue is in the head; and the Head of the Church is Christ. Ephes. 1.22. The native place of heate (the qualitie, in us, answering to this fire) is the heart: and the Heart of the Church is the Holy Ghost. These two ioyne, to this worke: Christ, to give the tongue; the Holy Ghost, to put fier into it. For, as in the body naturall, the next, the immediate instru­ment of the soule, is heate, whereby it worketh all the members over; even so, in the my­sticall body, a vigor there is, like that of heate, which we are willed to cherish, to be Rom. 12.11. fer­vent in the Spirit, to 1. Thess. 5.19. stirre and to 2. Tim. 1.6. blow it up: which is it, that giveth efficacie to all the spirituall operations.

To expresse this qualitie, it appeareth in the likenesse of this element; even to shew, there should be an efficacie, or vigor, in their doctrine, resembling it; Quòd igneus est illis vigor, that the force of fier should shew forth it selfe in their words: both in the splendor; which is the light of knowledge to cleere the mist of their darkned understanding; and in the fervor, which is the force of spirituall efficacie, to quicken the dulnesse of their cold and dead affections.

And indeed, the world was then so overwhelmed with ignorance and error; and so overgrowen with drosse, and other badd matter, by Paganisme, it long had beene,Es. 6.6. that their lippes did need, to be touched with a cole from the Altar. Tongues of flesh would not serve the turne, nor words of ayer: but there must be fire put into the tongue, and spirit and life into the words, they spake; a force more then naturall (that is) the force of the Spirit: even to speake sparks of fire in stead of words, to drive away the darkenesse, and to refine the drosse of their heathenish conversation so long conti­nued.

Our SAVIOVR CHRIST saw this, and said:Mar. 9.49. Every sacrifice then had need to be seasoned with fire: but, there was no fire to do it with. Therefore he addeth, in ano­ther place: I came to send fire upon earth; and, this day, He was as good as His word,Luk. 12.49. and sent it.

And with such a tongue, spake He himselfe, when they said of Him, Did not our hearts burne within us, while He spake unto us by the way? With such a tongue, S. Peter, Luk. 24.32. heere in the Chapter: for sure, there fell from Him something like fire on their hearts, when they were pricked with it and cryed, Men and brethren, what shall we doe? Ver. 37.

And even to this day yet, in them, that move the dead and dull hearts of their hearers, and make them to have a lively apprehension of things pertayning to GOD, there is a remainder of that, which this day was sent; and they shew plainely, that yet, this fire is not cleane gone out.

But this is not alwaies, nor in all, with us; no more was it with them; but, in those of their hearers, which had some of the annointing, and that will easily take the fire;1. Ioh. 2.27. in them good will be done: Or at least, where there was some smoking flax, some re­mainder of the Spirit, which without any great adoe will be kindled anew. Them,Mat. 12.20. it doeth good: the rest, it did not. This for the fire.

These satt upon each of them. In which sitting, is set downe unto us,4 And sat on each of them. their last qua­litie, of continuance and constancie. The vertue is [...], fiery tongues sitting: the vice opposite [...], fierie tongues flitting. They did not light, and touch, and away, after the manner of butterflies; but both they satt, Verse 2. Verse 3. themselves (in the former Verse;) and the tongues satt on them (that is) they abode still, and continued stayed and steddie, without stirring or starting aside (saith the Psalmist) like a swarving bowe. Psal. 78.57.

Of our SAVIOVR CHRIST himselfe, how to know Him, GOD himselfe gave S. Iohn Baptist a privie signe; and it was this: On whomsoever thou seest the Spirit lighting, and abiding on Him, That is He: Lighting is not it,Ioh. 1.33. though it be the Holy Ghost: but, lighting, and abiding; that is the true Signe.

[Page 606] Psal. 68.18.19The same our SAVIOVR is, this day, said: That ascending on high, He gave gifts unto men: and to what end? that the LORD their GOD might dwell among them. Marke that; Dwell: not, might stay and lodge for a night, as in an Inne, or H [...]stry, and then be gone in the morning; but, Dwell (that is) have His habitation, take up His residence among them.

The GOD, or that person of the Deitie, he there faith, shall dwell, is the Holy Ghost: One of whose chiefe Attributes (in the Psalme) is, that He is [...] a constant Spirit: Psal. 51.10. (and, A Sanctus come of Sancio, there is as much said in the latine word as in the Hebrew:) Constant, not desultorie: and His fire not like the foolish meteor, now in, now out; but permanent still; like the fire on the Altar.

Levit. 6.12.So in vigor, as His vigor is not brunts onely, or starts, impetus; but, habitus; that it holdeth out habit wise. Not onely like the sparks, before, which will make a man stirr for the present; but, leaving an impression, such an one as yron redd hot leaveth in vessells of wood; a fire-marke never to be got out more. Such doth the Holy Ghost leave in the memories:Psal. 119.93. In aeternum non obliviscar, I shall never for­get it.

And such did it leave in the hearts of the first Christians, that could never be got out of their hearts by their persecutors, till they plucked out hearts and all.

Mar. 9.49. With this Salt, as well as with that fire (saith CHRIST) must every sacrifice be seasoned: Not onely with that fire, to stirr it up; but with this salt, to preserve it; By this vertue (in the former verse) they were disposed to the Spirit: and now heere, you see againe, by the Spirit, they are disposed to this vertue: And not onely disposed to it, but rooted, and more and more confirmed in it; that we may learne to esteeme of it ac­cordingly.

And thus have we (as before, heard what the sound, so now) seene, what the sight can shew us, even all foure: 1. Tongues, that they might preach: 2. Cloven, that they might preach to many: 3. Fire, that they might doe it effectually: 4. And Sitting, that so effectually as not flittingly, but that it might be an efficacie, constant, abiding, and staying still with them: So forcible, that continuall.

Now are we to know, what all this amounts to; what is the Signatum or thing sig­nified of both these signes: What was wrought in them, by inward concurrence with this outward resemblance. And that followeth, in the fourth verse; wherein, there is a Commentarie of this Winde, and a Glosse of these tongues. Of the Winde, in the fore­part: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost. Of the Tongues, in the latter; They be­gan to speake with other Tongues, as the Spirit gave them vtterance.

But, the time being already spent, I will not so farre presume, as to enter into it: It would aske too long a treaty.

It remaineth now, that first we offer up our due praise and unfayned hearty thanks­giving to Him that is ascended up on high, for sending, this day, this blessing upon that His Church, the Mother of us all. The fruit whereof, even of this Winde, and of these tongues, in the effect of them both (the blowing of the one, and the speaking of the other) we all feele to this day, so farre as Christendome is wide. It is the duty of the day.

First then this: and then withall secondly, to endeavour that we may have this day some feeling of this dayes benefit, our selves; and some way finde our selves visited with the same Spirit.

I told you, after this first, there is no more visible comming to be looked for: but that, after His accustomed vsuall manner, invisibly He ceaseth not to come still, nor will not to the world's end.

Even in this booke, after this time heere, three severall times (in the fourth, tenth, and ninteenth Chapters;) and at three severall places (Ierusalem, Coesarea, Ephesus) The [...]ame Spirit came upon the faithfull people, and yet nothing heard nor seene; onely discerned after, by the impression, it left behind it. And this comming [Page 607] is still vsuall with Him; and this we may hope for; hope for, and have, if we labour and di [...]pose our selves for it.

And wee may direct ourselves, how to doe this, by those three places, I even now al [...]eadged. 1 In the fourth Chapter, 31. Verse; As they prayed, the Spirit came upon them: 2 In the tenth, Verse 44. While PETER yet spake, the Spirit fell upon them: 3 In the nineteenth Chapter, Verse 6. As they received the Sacra­me [...]t, the Spirit was sent on them. In which three, are plainely set downe to us, these three meanes to procure the Spirit's comming: 1 Prayer, 2 The Word, 3 The Sacraments.

I know well, it was the Sacrament of Baptisme in the place last alleadged: but that is all one. In one Verse, doth the Apostle name them both, as of aequall power (both) for the purpose; (1. Cor. 12.13.) Vn [...] Spiritu baptizati estis; (and, before he ends the verse) & vno Spiritu poti. Baptized in the Spirit, There is theirs at Ephesus; but made drinke of the same Spirit, that is this of ours heere. For, ex si­milibus sumus & alimur. Ours heere (I say) where we doe drinke of the Spirit, if aright we receive it; in which respect he calleth it the Spirituall drinke (1. Cor. 10.3.) because we doe even drinke the spirit with it.

And even in this very Chapter before the end, it is noted by Saint Luke, as a speciall meanes, whereby they invited the Spirit to them againe and againe; Their continuing in the Temple with one accord, and breaking of bread. Of one ac­cord, we spake at the first, as an eff [...]ctuall disposition thereto: And this Sacrament of breaking of Bread is the Sacrament of accord; as that, which representeth unto us perfect unitie in the many graines kneaded into one l [...]afe, 1. Cor. 10.17. and the many grapes pressed into one Cupp; and what it representeth lively, it worketh as effectually.

Howsoever it be, if these three 1 Prayer, 2 The Word, 3 The Sacraments be eve­ry one of them as an arterie, to conveigh the Spirit into us; well may we hope, if we vse them all three, we shall be in a good way to speede of our desires. For, many times we misse, when we use this one, or that one, alone; where it may well be, GOD hath appointed to give it us by neither, but by the third. It is not for us, to limit or appoint Him, how, or by what way, He shall come unto us, and visit us: but, to offer up our obedience, in vsing them all; and vsing them all; He will not fayle but come unto us, either as a winde, to allay in us some vnnaturall heate of some distempered desire in us to evill; or as a fire to kin­dle in us some luke-warme, or some key-cold affection in us to good: Come unto us, either as the Spirit of truth, lighting us with some new knowledge; or as the Spirit of Holinesse, reviving in us some vertue or grace; or as the Comforter, ministring to us some inward contentment, or ioy in the HOLY GHOST; or, in one or other certainely He will come. For, a compleate obedience on our part, in the use of all his prescribed meanes, never did goe away emptie from Him, or without a blessing: Never did, nor never shall.

Never: but not on this day, of all dayes; the day, wherein Dona dedit hominibus, He gave gifts unto men. It is Dies donorum, His giving day, His day of Donatives: Some gift He will give, either from the Winde, inward; or from the tongue, outward; some gift He will give.

There be nine of them set downe,1 Cor. 12.8. Gal. 5.22. Nine manifestations of the Spirit (1. Cor. 12.) some of them nine. There be nine more set downe, nine fruits of the Spirit (Gal. 5.) some of them nine: Some gift He will give.

Onely let us dispose our selves, by the use, not of this one, or that one, or two, but of all the meanes, to receive it by. Inwardly, by vnitie, and patient waiting. His ley­sure, as these heere: Outwardly, by frequenting those holy duties, and offices all, which (we see) succeeded with those there in the three places remembred.

And, in these, the blessed Spirit so dispose us, and in them so blesse us, as we may not onely by outward celebration, but by inward participation, feele and f [...]de in our selves, that we have kept to Him, this day, a true feast of the comming of His Spirit, of the sending downe the Holy Ghost, Which Almightie GOD graunt, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT GREEN­VVICH, on the XXIV. of May A. D. MDCVIII, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

ACTS CHAP. II. VER. IV.

Et repleti sunt omnes SPIRITV SANCTO, & coe­perunt loqui varijs linguis, prout SPIRITVS SANCTVS dabat eloqui illis.

And they were all filled with the HOLY GHOST, and began to speake with other tongues, as the SPIRIT gave them utterance.

THis day hold we holy to the HOLI GHOST, by whom all holy dayes, per­sons, and things are made holy. And 1 with good reason, hold we it: He that maketh all holy dayes, it is meet should be allowed one, himselfe. And if we yeeld this honour, to this and that Saint; much more to the Saint-maker; to Him, that is the onely true Canonizer of all the 2 Saints in the Calendar.

2. This honour were we bound to yeeld Him, if there were nothing be­sides: but, seldome shall ye find a feast, wherein, with His honour, there is not joyned the remembrance of some me­morable benefit then vouchsafed us; as ( [...]eer) this feast is not to the HOLY GHOST simply; but, to the sending or com­ming of the HOLY GHOST: to the HOLY GHOST sent.

[Page 609]3. Sent: not, as in former times, qualified or by measure, but even in plenitudine, in plenteous manner, fully. It is sayd, They were filled with the HOLY GHOST.

4. Filled: not to hold, but to sett over. For, so many tongues, so many pipes to derive it to others, that, by preaching, they might impart the Spirit they received: preaching being nothing els (as the Fathers observe,Num. 11.25. out of the Num. XI.) but the ta­king of the spirit of the Preacher, and putting it on the hearer: or (to expresse it by the type of fire) the lighting of one torch by another; that so, it might passe from man to man, till all were lightned.

For this Holy Spirit thus sent, plenteously sent, sent to them, and by them, to all and to us, are we heer mett to render our thanks to GOD: even to imitate Him; to send, this day, tongues into heaven, there to laud and magnifie Him, who as this day, sent these tongues into earth.

Now, of this benefitt, (so farre as the two types in the former verses) At Pentecost, A. D. 1606. hath formerly been treated: and we are now to supplie what was then left in remainder.

This fourth verse then, is nothing els but a Commentarie of the former; what in them was sett forth in figure, is heer expressed in plaine termes.The Summe. The types were of two sorts, according to the two chiefe senses; 1 Audible to the eare, in the sound of wind; 2 Visible to the eye, in the shew of tongues. These two are expounded in the two moi­ties of this Verse. The former, the Commentarie of the wind, in these words: They were filled with the Holy Ghost. The latter, the glosse of the tongues, in these: And they began to speake with other tongues as the Spirit gave them utterance.

For the first. The place was filled with a wind from heaven. The Diuision The filling of the place was a signe of the filling the persons in the place; the wind was a signe of the Spirit; the I wind from heaven, of the Holy Spirit: which Spirit filled the Persons, no lesse then did the Wind, the roome they satt in. Two points there be in it. 1 One of the 1 Gift it selfe, in Spiritu sancto. 2 The other of the measure of the gift, in Repl [...]ti 2 sunt.

For the latter: foure things were in the type, 1 Tongues, 2 cloven, 3 sitting, 4 of II fire; all foure heer expressed, and suited. 1 Tongues: they began to s [...]eake. 2 Cloven:1 2 with other tongues. 3 Sitting: as the Spirit gave them. 4 Fire: [...], (utte­rance, 3 4 it is turned; it is more.) These are the Heads. But, for that there is no spea­king of the Spirit, without the Spirit, no hearing neither; to the end that speaking and hearing of Him, He may helpe our infirmities. &c

THe truth answering the type per omnia, as there were in that, two; 1 the Wind, I. The Commen­tarie of the Wind. Of both Parts jointly: Spirit and Speech both. and 2 Tongues: so are there heer, two; 1 the Spirit, 2 and speech. Spirit, be­cause speech without spirit, is but a dead sound like the 1 Cor. 13.1 [...]. tinckling of a cymball. Speech; because spirit without Speech, is but as the spirit that CHRIST cast forth, Luke 11.14. Et illud erat mutum, a dumbe spirit; none the better for it. Which made the HOLY GHOST come in spirit and speech: not in spirit onely, but, in spirit and speech.

But in spirit first, and then speech. So is the order.But Spirit first in order. The Holy Ghost begins with­in, à centro, and worketh outward: alters the mind, before it change the speech: gi­veth another heart, before another tongue: works on the spirit, before on the phrase or utterance: ever, so. It is preposterous, and all out of order, to have the tongues come, before the wind; where they do, it commonly falls out in such, all their religi­on is in common phrases and termes well gott by heart, and nothing els. This for their joyning, and for their order.

[Page 610] I. Of the parts severally 1. The G [...]ft. 1. It was a Spirit. A spirit, not an hum [...]r.Now of either, apart. Of the Spirit first, which they were filled with; After, of their filling; that is, 1 first of the Gift it selfe; 2 then of the Measure. That, they were filled with, is sett downe in two words; 1 Spiritu and 2 Sancto. First, that it was a spi­rit; then, that that spirit was holy. A spirit; for, men may be filled, and not with the spirit: Holy; for, there is a spiritu without sancto. We must needs put the difference; Spirit and Holy, are two diverse things.

With the spirit: for, men may be filled, and not with the Spirit. That which enfor­ceth this note, is, a speech at the XIII. verse; there, they sticke not (some,) this, that was the Spirit indeed, to reproach with the terme of new wine: These men are full (say they;) full, they grant: but, with wine, a liquor though full of spirit, yet no spirit though. It was false, as it fell out: yet, this it worketh, that if the Spirit may be ta­ken for a humor, why not a humor for the Spirit likewise? And not the humor of the vine onely: but, the Philosopher (in his Problemes) tells us, that looke whatsoever ope­ration wine hath, the same have some humors in our bodies, with a little fermenting. The Prophet ESAI seemeth to say the same in two places:Esa. 29.9.51.52. that men may be drunk, and not with wine; their owne humor will do it as well.

I wish, it were not true, this: that humors were not sometimes mistaken, and mis­termed the Spirit. A hott humor flowing from the gall, taken for this fire heer, and termed (though untruly) the spirit of zeale. Another windie humor proceeding from the spleene, supposed to be this Wind heer, and they that filled with it (if no bodie will give it them) taking to themselves the style of the godly brethren. I wish, it were not needfull, to make this observation. But, you shall easily know it, for an humor: Non continetur termino suo; It owne limits will not hold it. They are ever mending Churches, States, Superiors; mending all, save themselves: alieno, non suo, is the note to distinguish an humor.

2. The Holy Spirit. Not our owne spirit. With the spirit; yet, not every spirit. I told you, there was a spiritu, without sancto; and I meane not the wicked spirit (away with him, we will not once mention him;) but, two other. 1 There is a spirit in a man (saith Iob 31.8. ELIHV) that is, our owne spi­rit; and many there be Ezek. 13.13. qui fequuntur spiritum suum, that follow their owne ghost, in stead of the HOLY GHOST: for, even that ghost taketh upon it, to inspire, Mat. 16.2. and flesh and blood (we know) hath their revelations.

2 Not the World's spirit.The other is, that the Apostle calleth 1 Cor. 2.12. spiritum mundi, the world's spirit (or worldly spirit) Eccles. 3.11. qui posuit mundum in corde suo (saith Salomon) hath sett up and shrin'd the world in his heart: thence rise all his reasons, by them he frames and measures Religion. Vp shall the golden calves, to uphold the present estate: downe shall CHRIST, Iohn 11.48. ne ve­niant Romani, that the Romans come not, and carrie us all away. Either of these is peradventure Sacer spiritus, as the Poet called auri sacra fames; but neither is sanctus. 2. Pet 1. ult. S. PETER opposeth the first (of private resolution) to the HOLY GHOST: 1. Cor. 1.12· S. Paul the second (of worldly wisdome) to the Spirit of GOD. The wind (before) had foure qualities: two of them (1 suddennesse and 2 vehemencie) are passed by. Every winde, every spirit hath them. And commonly, other spirits are more violent, and make a greater noise, then the true Spirit. The other two, 1 of comming from heaven, 2 com­ming for the Church; from the holy heaven, to the holy Church; are both, in sancto: and sapere quae sursum, being wise from thence, and regard to religion and the Church, are the two best Characters to discerne the Holy spirit by.

The Holy Spirit, that is, His Graces.Now ye will understand of your selves (I shall not need to tell you;) when we speake of the Holy Spirit, as it filleth us, we meane not the Essence or person of the Holy Ghost, that fill [...]th heaven and earth (saith the Prbohet;) and there is no going from it (saith the Psalmist:) But onely certaine impressions of the Spirit. Ier 23.24. Psal. 19 7. The Psalmist calleth them gifts (Psal. LXVIII. XVIII.) The Apostle, Graces (I. Cor. XII. VII.) which carrie the name of their Cause: so that (in the Dialect or Idiom of the Scriptures) to be filled with them, is to be filled with the Spirit. To shew this, otherwhile they be joyned: the spi­rit and power of ELIAS (that is) the power of the spirit;Luke 1.17. the Wisdome and [Page 611] spirit of STEPHEN, (that is) the wisdome of the Spirit. Acts 6.10.

And, because these Gifts, and Graces be of many points (more Points of this Wind then there be of the Compasse) and as it were many spirits in one, sixe, (saith Esay 11.6. Esai;) se­v [...], (saith Apoc 1 4.3.1. S. IOHN:) they are all recapitulate under these two. 1 Vnder the Wind is represented the saving grace, which all are to have (so to serve GOD, that they may please Him;) as necessarie to all, and without which, we can be no more, in our spi­rituall life, then we can, without our breath, in our naturall. This is generall to all. It is said repleti sunt omnes: the hearer must have it, as well as the speaker. It must ayre and drie up the superfluity of our nature; els, the fire will not kindle in us, but turne all to smoke. Of this Spirit are those nine points (Gal. V. XXII.) 2 The other,Gal. 2.22. (represented in the Tongues,) sett forth unto us another kind of Grace, principally meant and sent for the benefit of others: given therefore in Tongues, which serve to teach; and in fire, which serveth to warme others: to shew, are given and received, for the good of others, rather then of themselves. And of this Spirit are the Points rec­koned up, (I. Cor. XII.VII.)

And now we know, what it was they were filled with, let us come to the measure,2. The measures Repleti sunt. Repleti sunt. It was not spiritus transiens, but implens: a wind, not that blew through them, (as it doth through many of us, I know not how oft) but, that filled them they were the fuller for it. Which word [of filling] wanteth not his speciall force: referre we it to their estate now, compared with what it was before, repleti sunt; or to their estate in this point, compared with other since, and namely with our selves, Repleti sunt illi,

With thei [...] owne estate first. For, there is no question,1. Repleti sunt compared with their former estate. Ioh. 20.22. they were not emptie or void of the Spirit, before this comming. They had not beene baptized by CHRIST; H [...] had not breathed on them, and bidd them receive the HOLY GHOST, in vaine: If, before this, they had died, none would have doubted of the estate of their soules. This filling then (first) sheweth us, there be diverse measures of the Spirit: some single, some double portions, as appeareth by ELISAE'S petition: not all of one size or scantling. That, as there are degrees in: he wind, Aura, ventus, procella; a breath, 1. Reg 2.9. a blast, a stiffe gale: so are there in the Spirit. One thing, to receive the Spirit, as on Easter-day; another, as on Whit-sunday. Then, but a breath: now, a mighty wind: Ioh 20.22. Ezek. 20.46. Ioel 2.28. then, but received it; now, filled with it. Sprinkled before, as with a few dropps, Ezeki­el's stillabo Spiritum; but, now comes Ioel's Effundam spiritum (which very text is allea­ged at the XXVIII. verse after by S. Peter) powred out plenteously, and they baptized (that is) plunged in it. Imbuti Spiritu, covered with some part of it; so were they before: heer now, they be induti Spiritu, clothed all over with power from above, as CHRIST pro­mised (Luke XXIV.XLIX.) To conclude: the HOLY GHOST came heer (saith Leo) [...]umulans, non inchoans; nec novus opere, sed dives la [...]gitate: rather, by way of augmenting the old, then beginning a new. Though (to say the truth) both wayes He came heer. The rule of the Fathers is (Hierome and Cyrill have it) where the HOLY GHOST was before, and is said to come againe, it is to be understood, one of these two wayes: 1 Either of an increase of the former, which before was had; 2 or, of some new not had before but sent now for some new effect. Breath they had before: breath and wind are both of one kind: differ onely secundùm magis & minùs: to be filled, is but to receive onely in a greater measure: therefore greater, because their worke was now greater Before, but to the lost sheep of Israël: Mat. 10.6. Ioh. 16.16. now to all the stray sheepe in all the mountaines of the whole earth.

But, beside that increase, heer is a new forme too. Which is a signe of a new gift, utterly wanting in them before; and wherewith now, and never till now, they were furnished; to speake to all nations, of all tongues under heaven. Thus farre, compared with themselves.

[Page 612] Repleti sunt il­li, with refe­rence to o­thers.Now, repleti sunt illi. Illi, with reference to others since, and (if you will) to our selves. They, in the succeeding ages, and we, to this day, receive the Spirit too, or els it is wrong with us. But, both they before us, short of the Apostles; and we short of them, by much. It fareth heerin, as it doth in the powring forth of an ointment (the Psalme so likeneth it:Psal. 133.2.) No ointment at the skirts, or edges of a garment, doth runne so fresh, and full, as on the head and beard, where it was first shed: ever, the fur­ther it goeth, the thinner and thinner the streames be. Therefore it is sayd, Repleti sunt illi; and even illi wants not his force, they were filled, they. We, but a Hin, to their Epha; but an handfull, to their heape; but a rantisme, to their Baptisme. They filled: had as much, as they could hold: We have our measure, such as it is; but, full we are not. None of us so full, but we could hold more.

1 Reason.And, two reasons there are rendred. 1 One, such a Pentecost, as this, never was but this; never the like before, nor since. It was CHRIST's Coronation day, the day of placing Him in His throne, Psal. 68.18. Ephes. 4.8. when He gave these gifts unto men. That day, all mag­nificence was shewed, the like not to be looked for ever after.

2 Reason.Then againe, to say truth, our task-worke is not so great, that we need require such a filling. We have to deale but with an handfull of men, in comparison; & those brought up in religion, and (as it were) broken, to our hands. They, with the fulnesse of the Gentiles, all mankind; wilde as then, and enraged; filled full of malice against them, and their doctrine by the evill spirit: that, they needed the good spirit, to fi [...]l, to en­counter such opposition. The case (you see) differs much. It was happy for the world, they had this overflowing fulnesse of the Spirit. It is enough for us, we have the measure spoken of. 2. Cor. 12.9. Sufficit tibi gratia, grace sufficient for us: and let that content us. And thus much for the commentarie of the winde. Now, to the glosse of the tongues.

The glosse of the tongues. And they spake. They were filled; and, in signe they were filled, it is added, they ranne over. The Psal. 39.3. fire was kindled in them, by this winde; and in signe thereof, they spake with their tongue. Indeed, pitty they should be thus full, and have no meanes to vent it: have a spirit to fill, and not a tongue to empty, or impart it. Therefore, the tongues were requisite. The winde would have served them, if they had beene to be Christians onely: But, they were to be Apostles (that is Ambassadors) and such must have tongues, needs. But, two imperfections were in their tongues: 1 They were but single: He cleft them, and made them hable to deale with many. 2 Their tongues, were waterish and weake: He gave them, the force and operation of fire, to kindle such a light, as should burne to the world's end. In a word: where they knew neither how nor what to speake, He gave them both: both sicut, how; and [...], what: He gave them both, and so made them perfect Apostles. These foure, 1 courage, 2 language, 3 discretion, and 4 learning.

The depen­dence of Re­pleti, and lo­qu [...]ti, their skil. First, a word of the dependance of Repleti, and loquuti: They were filled, and then they begann to speake. It is well, they begann not before; but were filled first, and then spake after. This, is the right order. Somewhere, some fall a speaking, I will not say before they be full, or half full; but while they be little better then empty, if not emp­ty quite. There, is not repleti sunt, & coeperunt loqui: coeperunt loqui beginns the verse with them; Repleti sunt is skipped over. Ever emptying presupposeth filling: Re­pleti hath reference to the cisterne; Loquuti to the cock. The cisterne would be first loo­ked to, that it have water store, before we be too busy to ply the cock; Els, follow we not the Holy Ghost's methode: Els, it may be coeperunt loqui, but not sicut dedit Spiritus: He giveth leave to none, to speake, empty.

It is but a Grammar note (that of Hierome's) but it is to the purpose, upon the word quem docebo scientiam (Esai. 28.) that doceo, if it have his right, would have a double Accusative: not onely, quem, whom (that is) an auditorie; but scientiam, what (that is) [Page 613] [...]. So as, he that hath not scientiam, should not have quem; and they that g [...]t themselves whom to teach, and have not scientiam what to teach, go they never so oft into the Pulpit, it is not sicut dedit Spiritus, the Holy Ghost gave them neither [...] no [...] c [...]mmission. He ever taketh order for replett, before He giveth licence for c [...]perunt loqui.

And this for their skill. But, he that reads the Fathers writings,1 Caeperunt lo­qui. Their courage. shall find they referre this coeperunt loqui, no lesse to their boldnesse, then to their habilitie: began, not onely, posse, to be hable, in respect of their skill, but audere, to dare, in regard of their courage. Before, neither courage, nor skill; now, both: that any man might see, there was a new spirit come into them. In saying [they began] it is, as if before they had beene tongue eyed; had never spoken. No more they had: never, as they spoke now; never, with that confidence. Before, they did not speake out, they durst not; they spake between the teeth, hoarsly, as if they had lost their voice. A poore D [...]mosell did but aske Saint Peter a question, he faultered presently,Matt. 26.69. could not speake a right word. Every thing, then, tooke away their voice. But, after this mighty Winde, had filled them and blowen up the fire, and they warmed with it, then (saith Augustine) In omni praetorio, in omni Consistorio, in every Iudgement-place, in every Consistorie, then, they spake what they had heard and seene, even before Kings, and were not abashed. It confirmed them; it gave them sides, and strength. Which so sud­daine change, from so great pusillanimitie, to so great courage and constancie, was sure mutatio dexterae Excelsi, a change wrought by the hand of the most High. Psal. 77.10. No other hand could worke it.

And (that we may know, that not onely the tongues wrought in them, Lin [...]uis, &c. Their lan­guage. but even the cleaving also had his effect) they began, not onely to speake; but, with other tongues: other, then ever they had learned. For, looke what tongue so ever it was, beside the Syriack, it was another tongue, it was not theirs: they had but one till now; any other, they could not skill of. But now, on a sudden, Greeke, Latine, Arabique, Per­sian, Parthian, none came amisse: yet, never were they taught them; but came to them, as it were with a cleft onely. A great miracle, in it selfe: And a great inabling to them. For, by this meanes, every Apostle, looke how many tongues he could speake, so many Apostles was he, as serving for so many sundrie men, as must els have beene vsed for the speaking so many sundry tongues, to so many sundry nations. Whereby, as the line of the Creator is said to have gone into all lands (Psal. 19.4.) so is the sound of the Apostles said likewise to have gone as farre (Rom. 10.) The one, to proclaime the creation; the other, the redemption of the world. And so,Rom. 10.1 [...]. by speaking all tongues, they have gathered a Church, that speaketh all tongues; a thing much tending to the glorie of GOD. For, being now converted to CHRIST, they [...]nd up daily to heaven, so many tongues, there to praise His name; as He, this day, sent downe to earth, to convert them withall to His truth. And indeed, it was not meet, one tongue onely should be imployed that way, as (before) but one was: It was too poore, and slender; like the musick of a monochord. Farre more meet was [...], that many tongues; yea, that all tongues should doe it; which (as a consort of many instruments) might yield a full harmonie. In which, we behold the mightie Wo [...]ke of GOD: that the same meanes of diverse tongues, which was the destroying of [...]abel, the very same is heere made to worke the building of Sion: that meanes,Gen. 11.7. tha [...] scattered them, from the toure of confusion; the very same, to reduce them, to the fold of [...]nitie: that so, the curse might be taken away, and a blessing come in place, the confused tongues being united into GOD's glorie; and there being neither spe [...]h [...]ur language, but His praise is heard among them. The nations being once converted to the faith (most of them) this gift is ceased: cea [...]ed so farre, as by immediate inspi­ration [...] though, in part to attaine it, by our indeavours▪ & GOD's blessing upon them, is found still of good use. For, even to this day, it is holden for requisite, there be one [...]left (at least) in the tongue; and we able to spea [...] one tongue [...]ore, then our [Page 614] mothers taught us. Better yet, if the cleft; which GOD hath made in his word, in the tongues of the Old and New Testament, be in our tongues too. That, hath still a ne­cessarie service; and maymed are we; without it: For, we must (els) receive the em­bassage from G [...]o [...]ng by an Interpreter, which is [...] so convenient. But, enough of the cleft of the tongues.

Their discre­tion. Sicut dedit spiritus.Now, that this might not prove to vaine glorie (as it did, after, in some at Corinth) it is well added, Sicut dedit Spiritus (which is the third:) that they began to speake, not, as their owne vanitie carried them, but as the HOLY GHOST directed them. Their tongue was but the pen; He, the Writer. His wind blew the fire, slaked it, and made it more or lesse,Psal. 45.1. as need was. The tongues satt on them, and He in the tongues, holding (as it were) the resignes in His hand; guiding, and moderating their speeech; making them keepe time, measure; and manner: time, when; measure, how much; manner, how to speake. Which Sicut is the gift of discretion; many times as much worth as dedit; the Gift it selfe. Sure, these are two: 1 Dedit is one thing, the Gift: 2 Sicut another, the vse of the gift. To many is given to speake, but not with the right Sicut. Two distinct things be they: and howsoever we doe with the one, we shall finde a needfull use of prayer to obtaine the other. We may begin to speake when we please: but, who shall give us our Sicut? Sure, none but the Spirit: Of Him we must re­ceive this, or els we shall never have it. Let that suffice.

4 Their lear­ning: As the spirit gave them utterance.Last then, that we mistake not, what it was He gave them to speake; (for, all this while, it is not said, what.) That they began to speake, is said; and wherewith, with other tongues; and how, as the Spirit gave them vtterance. Lest therefore we might mistake, it was quicquid in buccam, any thing that tooke them in the head, it skilled not what; he tells us, what it was, in the last word; that He gave them [...], Vtterance, we read; it is of larger contents, a more pregnant word, and more full of significancie.

They began to speake as the Spirit gave them. Why not there stay, what needed any more? Yes: more (it seemes) needed; there goeth more unto it, then so. Spea­king will not serve the turne: els, [...] had beene enough, and not any word more put to it. He foresaw, that to speake, and onely to speake, would be enough for some. So we goe up for an houre and speake, be it to the purpose or no, it is all one. For the common man, it skills not, it contents him well enough: But, the Holy Ghost is not content with [...]: It is not every speaking; but, a kinde of speaking it must be, and that kinde is [...].

The word, I wish well weighed. Chrysostome, Oecumenius, the Interpreters (all) weigh is; and assure us, it is no slight, or light word, but verbum talenti, a word of weight, of a talent-weight. To tell you, what it is: You have heard of Apophthegmes ▪ (So doth both Greeks, and Latines call wise and weighty sententious speeches:) that word [apophthegmes] is the true and proper derivative, of this [...] heere. Such the Spirit gave them to utter. Not the crudities of their owne braine, idle, loose, undiges­ [...]d geere (GOD knoweth:) No, but pithie and wise sentences: those be sicut dedit Spiritus, such as the HOLY GHOST gave them. It is after sayd (in the II. Vers [...]) that by vertue of this, when they spake, they spake Magnalia: Magnalia, great and high Points; not Trivialia, base and vulgar stuff, not worth the time it washeth, and taketh from the hearer. Yet now, all is quite-turned: and we are come to this, that this kinde of speaking is onely from the Spirit of GOD▪ and the other (said heere to be given by the Holy Ghost) is studie, or [...]ffectation, or I wote not what; but Spi­ritus non dedit, that is certaine.

Well, Saint Luke saith [...] is that, the Spirit giveth. So saith Saint Paul, [...],Tit. 1.9. 1. Pet. 4.11. Speech according to learning: so Saint Peter, such speech [...]s may [...], or besee [...]e the very crac [...]s of GOD: as may worke light in the understanding, or [...] in the [...]ffection: those two shew it fire. The fire of the Old Testament, the [...],Esa. 6.7.50.4. wherewith the Seraphi [...] touched Esaie's [...]outh, and gave him (as [Page 615] [...]e [...]ith) linguam eruditam, a learned tongue; not onely a tongue, but a learned tongue. [...] f [...]re of the Old, so, of the New. So (I am sure) was our SAVIOVR'S promise, [...] as & sapientiam, He would give them a mouth and wisdome. Luke 21.15. Not a mouth [...], but, a mouth and wisdome. Put these two together, 1 a mouth and wisdome, [...] a learned tongue, and you know, what is [...], and you know what is meant by a tongue of fire. For, fire cannot speake chaffe, it consumes it (we see;) therefore, if it be chaffe, it is no fiery tongue that speaks it.

And where it is required, that not onely the tongue have this fire, but that it sitt and bide by us; sure it is, that volubilitie of utterance, earnestnesse of action, streining the [...]ice in apassionate deliverie, phrases and figures, these all have their heate, but they be but blazes. It is the evidence of the Spirit, in the soundnesse of the sense, that leaves the [...] impression: that, is the tongue, that will sitt by us; that, the fire, that will keepe still alive. The rest come in passion; moove for the present, make us a little serm [...] in arme for the while; but, after, they flitt and vanish, and go their way; true mad [...] leave they none. It is onely verba sapientum clavi (saith the Wise-man) the wisdome of the speech, that is the nayle, the nayle redd hott, that leaveth a marke behind,Eccle. 12.11. that will never be gott out. Enough (I trust) to serve them that do [...], as their owne spirit; from them that do [...], as the Spirit of GOD giveth them: and to stop their mouthes for ever, that call it not speaking by the Spirit, unlesse never a wise word be spoken. So have we the Glosse of the tongues: 1 The tongues themselves in coe­perunt loqui: 2 Cloven, in linguis alijs: 3 fitting, in the Spirit's sicut: 4 Fire, in [...]: the truth answering the type, in every point: shewing us, what was in them; and what they should be, that hold their places: able to speake more tongues then one; to speake discreetly; and to speake learnedly.

And now, to draw to an end. Let us returne to our Pentecost-duty,The Applicatiō. to glorifie f [...]o [...], for the HOLY GHOST thus, sent, these two wayes. 1 As the Spirit (within) [...]lling; As the tongues (without) uttering. The tongues, they are a peculiar to one kind of men, though all now invade them, and talke even too much. Of them first. Where the Apostle expoundeth that of the Psalme [Going up on high, Eph 4.8.11.12.13. He gave gifts into men;] he tells us what those Gifts were: He gave some Apostles; some Prophetts, some Evangelists: and he stayes not there, but tells us, that part of that gift were Pa­stors, and Teachers, whereof there were none at CHRIST's Ascension, but they were ordained after, for the succeding ages. Intending (as it seemeth) a part of our Pentecost all dutie should be, not onely to give thankes for them, He first sent, on the very day; but even for those, He sent ever since; and for those, He still sendeth, even in these dayes of ours. To thank Him, for the Apostles; thank Him for the ancient Doctors, and Fathers; thank Him for those we have, if we have any so much worth. And are these the Gifts, which CHRIST sent from on high? was S. PAVL well ad­vised? Must we keep our Pentecost in thanksgiving for these? Are they worth so much, now?Zach. 11.12. We would be loth to have the Prophet's way taken with us (Zach. XI.) that it should be said to us, as there it is: If you so reckon of them indeed, let us see the wa­ges, you [...] but them at; and when we shall see, it is but eight pound a yeare; and having once so much, never to be capable of more; may not then the Prophett's speech there well be taken up: A goodly price these high Gifts are valued at by you! And may not he justly (in [...] of Zacharie, and such as he is) send us a sort of foolish sheepheards; and send us this se [...]slessenesse withall, that, speake they never so fondly, so they speake, all is well; it shall serve our turne as well as the best of them all? Sure, if this be a part of our duty, this day, to praise GOD for them, it is to be a part of our care too, they may be such, as we may justly praise GOD for. Which, whether we shalbe likely to effe [...], by some courses as of late have been offered, that leave I to the weighing of your wise considerations.

[Page 616]But leaving this, which is peculiar but to some, let us returne to the HOLY SPIRIT common to all, and how to be filled with it. A point which impor­teth every one of us: this day especially; when first, certaine it is, we are not to content our selues (as BERNARD well saith) quibusvis angustijs, with every small beginning, and there to sticke s [...]ill; to think, if we have never so small a breath of it, and that but once in all our life, that that is enough; we may sitt us downe securely, and take no more thought, but relie upon that, for that will do it: but to aspire still, as we may, neerer and neerer, to this measure heere; and know, that repleti sunt was not said for nothing. Which how to do, we may take some light from the text. The two types, He came in, being bodily, serve to teach us, we are not to seek after meanes meerly spirituall, for attaining it; but trust, as heer He visited these, so will He us, and that per signa corporea (saith Chrysostome.) For had we been spirit, and nothing els, GOD could and would immediatly have inspired us that way: but consisting of bodies also (as we do) it hath seemed to His Wisdome most agreeable, to make bodily signes, the meanes of conveying the graces of His Spirit into us. And that, now the rather, ever since the Holy one Himself and fountaine of all holinesse (CHRIST, the Sonne of GOD) partaketh of both bodie and Spirit;1. Tim. 4 4. is both Word and flesh. Thus it is: that, by the word we are sanctified, & per linguam verbi patrem (saith Chrysostome) even by those tongues heer, Ioh. XVII.XVII. But no lesse, by His flesh and bodie, Heb. X.X. And indeed, this best answereth the terme filling, which is proper to food; et Spiritus est ultimum alimenti, the uttermost perfection of nourishment. In which respect He instituted Escam spiritualem, 1. Cor. 10.3. Ioh 6.63. 1. Cor. 12.13. spirituall food, to that end: so called spirituall, not so much for that it is received spiritually; as for that, being so received, it maketh us, together with it, to receive the Spirit, even potare Spiritum (it is the Apostle's owne word.)

In a word: our Pentecost is to be, as these types heer were. They were for both senses: 1 The eare, which is the sense of the word; 2 and the eye, which is the sense of the Sacrament, visibile verbum, so it is called. Meant thereby, that both these should ever go together, as this day; and as the type was, so the truth should be. And, for our example, we have themselves and their practice in this very Chapter: who, on this feast, joined together the Word (at the XIV.) and the breaking of bread (at the XLII. verse.) And so let us too: and trust, that by filling up the measure of both types, we shall sett our selves in a good way, to partake the fulfilling of His promise, which is, to be endued with power from above, as they were: at least, in such sort, as He knoweth meet for us. Which Almightie GOD grant we may.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KING'S MAIESTIE AT White-Hall on the XXVII. of May, A. D. M D C X. being VVHIT-SVNDAY.

IOHN. CHAP. XIV. VER. XV.XVI.

Si diligitis Me, mandata mea servate,

Et ego rogabo Patrem, & alium PARACLETVM dabit vobis, ut maneat vobiscum in aeternum.

Jf ye love Me, keepe my Commandements,

And J will pray the FATHER, and He shall give you another COMFORTER, that He may abide with you for ever.

THEY are CHRIST's words to His Apostles: they touch the comming of the Holy Ghost. Of whose comming this Text is a promise: A promise of a prayer to procure the Comforter sent them. Which Comforter, who it is, is told us, verse 26. the Comforter which is the Holy Ghost. Let this be said to the honour of it. An Angel served to annunciate CHRIST's comming: No Angel would serve for this Annunciation; CHRIST himselfe did it: thought not Himselfe too good to do it. A speciall high benefit therefore it is, we may be sure. And this Comforter (the Holy Ghost) was by the Father sent, and by them received; and so, the prayer heard, and the promise performed all as this day. Which day we yearely hold holy in thankfull remembrance of the Holy Ghost promised to be sent, and sent.

The Holy Ghost is the Alpha and Omega of all our solemnities. In His comming downe, all the feasts beginn; at His Annunciation, when he descended on the Blessed Virgin: whereby the SONN [...] of GOD did take our nature, the nature of man. And, in the Holy Ghost's comming they end, even in His descending this day upon the sonnes of men; whereby they actually become partakers [...] of His nature, [Page 618] the nature of GOD.2. Pet. 1.4. Of which his last and great comming; in this Text is the promise, and at this time the performance: that, as Promise and Performance, so the Text and Time agree.

Every promise is glad tydings; but every promise is not Gospell: nor is it good to make a Text of it, while it is in suspense: But, when it is dixit & factum est, so said and so done, then it is a Gospell, and may be preached on. Being then made good this day, the Church hath made it the Gospell of this day; it being Festum solutionis, the Feast whereon it was to be, and whereon it was paid.

This promise grew thus. They were to be deprived of Christ's presence: He to be gone. They were toubled with it: troubled at the very heart. In that state, they nee­ded comfort. A Comforter He promiseth them. His promise is in manner of a Deed; not absolute, but as it were with Articles on both parts per modum Syngraphae. A Co­venant on His part; A Condition on theirs. He covenants two things: the one supposed, love: If ye love me. The other imposed, Then keepe my Commandents. These two on their part well and truly performed and kept, He stands bound to pray, and pray­ing to procure them a Comforter, another in His stead: And, that they might not be every other while to seeke for a new, one that should not leave them, as He did, but abide with them for ever.

Many are the benefits that come to us by the Holy Ghost; and so, His titles many: He is heere expressed in the title of a Comforter. Comfort never comes amisse: but it is most welcome to men in their estate (heere) troubled in mind. It may be, our state is not yet, as theirs was; and we have our terrenas consolatiunculas, which yet serve our turne well enough. But, there is none of us, but the day will come, when we shall need Him and His comfort. It will be good to looke after Him: and the sooner, the better.Act. 2.15. He came heere (we see) before the third houre of the day, that is, IX. in the morni [...]g: let us not put Him of, till IX. at night. It will be too late, to seeke for our oile, Matt. 25. when the Bridegroome is comming.

Those Articles were heer drawne, for them: but, he that liketh the same conditions, may have title to the same covenant to the worlds end. For, to the worlds end, this co­venant heere holdeth; and the Holy Ghost offered to be sent (though not in visible manner, as this day; it was meet, it should be, with some solemnitie at His first com­ming for the more credit, yet) sensibly to them, that receive Him. No day excepted: yet this day pleadeth a speciall interest.

It will then not be amisse, if we take instructions, what is required on both parts, so many as are desirous to be partakers of his heavenly comfort, which (I trust) is the desire of us all, that so with comfort we may celebrate this Festum Paracleti, this Feast of the Comforter.

The Division.Thus, they will rise to be treated of. 1. The condition first: 1 Their Love, their I looking to His Commandements keeping. 2. Then the Covenant: 3 Christ's interces­sion: II 4 His Fathers giving: 5 Giving the Comforter: 6 Another Comforter. Where, both will come to be touched: but, His diversitie. 7 And last His perpe­tuitie or abode with them for ever.

THe Condition stands first, as first commended to our care. For,I. The [...] of our part we had need to have care: On His, we need not. And, let me say this of it: No condi­tion could have beene devised more proper and fit for this Feast:1. Their [...] Both parts of it. First If you love me, Love; and this is Festum charitatis, the Feast of Love; and He whose the feast is (the Holy Ghost) Love it selfe, the essentiall love and love-knot of the two persons of the God-head, Father and Sonne. The same the love-knot be­tweene GOD and Man; and yet more specially betweene CHRIST and his Church. Properly, as faith referreth to CHRIST the Word; So doth Love, to the Spirit, and comfort to Love. It is the Apostle: Siquod solatium charitatis, Phil. 2. [...] If there be any comfort, it is in Love. What condition could be more fit?

And the second is like unto it; as fit every way: Keepe my Commandements. For ye shall reade in Exodus, that, at this Feast of Pentecost, the Commandements were given. The very feast it selfe institute, in remembrance of the Law then given: then very meet they be remembred of them at this Feast. And the Holy Ghost sent, inter alia, that they may be written not in stone, but in their hearts; not with the letter, but with the Spirit: and the Spirit not of feare, but love; as, by whom the love of GOD is shedd abroad in our hearts. Which love is the fulfilling of the Commandements, and they all abbridged in this one word Diliges. So, whither we regard the Feast,Rom [...] or the Person, or the Office of Him to whom we hold the Feast, the Condition is well chosen.

To beginne then with the first: If ye love me. Love is not so fit heere, [...] as If is un­fitting. For, If, is as if there were some if, some doubt in the matter; whereof, GOD forbid there should be any. It would be without if. Thus rather: Forasmuch as you love me, Keepe my, &c. That they and we love Him, I trust, shall not need to be put in Hypothesi-Et erat tum dignus amari: seeing He is so well worthy our love, that we too blame, if we endure any if, any question to be made of it.

It grieveth me to stand long on this condition; to make an If of it, at Pentecost. Take the Feasts all along, and see, if by every one of them, it be not putt past If. Christ­masse day; for us, and for our love He became flesh, that we might love him,Ioh. [...] because like us He tooke our nature on Him. New-yeares day; knowing no sinne, He was made sinne for us, sealed the bond with the first dropps of His blood; wherewith the debt of our sinne light upon Him. Candle-masse day; He was presented in the Temple, Luk [...] offered as a live oblation for us, that so the obedience of His whole life might be ours. Good-friday; made a slaine sacrifice on the Crosse that we might be redeemed by the benefit of His death. Easter-day; [...] opened us the gate of life as the first fruits of them that rise againe. Ascension-day; opened us the gate of heaven; thither, as our fore-run­ner entered, to prepare a place for us. And this day seales up all by giving us seisin of all he hath done for us, by His Spirit sent downe upon earth. And after all this, come ye in with If ye love me? Shall we not out with Si, strike out (If) and make the con­dition absolute? Shall we not to Saint Paul's If, [...] If any man love not the LORD Iesus let Him be Anathema Maranatha, All say, Let him be so?

If we love them that love us, what singular thing doe we, [...] since the very Publicans doe the like? That, if our love be but as the Publican's, there would be no If made of it, for He loved us.

And not because we loved Him, but He love us first. Et nulla majora ad amorem provocatio quàm praevenire amando: Nimis enim durus est, qui amorem etsi nolebat im­pendere, noli [...] rependere. No more kindly attractive of love, then in loving to pre­vent: For, too hard metall is he of, that though he like not to love first, will not re­quite it and love againe, either first or second.

[Page 620] 1. Ioh. 3.1: Ioh. 15.13.Specially, since His love was not little, but such as S. Iohn makes an Ecce quantam charitatem of, see how great love! How great? So, as none greater. For, greater love hath no man, then this, to give his life for his friends. No man greater, but he: For His was beyond. To give his life, is but to die any sort of death; But morte crucis, to die as he died, that is more. And, for such as were his friends is much: But, cum inimici essemus, Rom. 5.10. is a great deale more. And yet is it If? Put it to the Prophet's question,Esai. 5.4. quid debuit facere? And add to it (if ye will) quid debuit pati? What should He have done, and what suffered? If He did it not, if He suffered not, make an If of His love: but, if He did both, out with it.

But the Publican will be the Publican, and the world the world: their love is mercenarie sale ware; si nihil attuleris, no profit, no love. To take away that If, even thither he will follow us, and applie himselfe to that. And if we will make port­sale of our love, and let it goe by who gives more? He will out bid all. All, by the last word, In aeternum. For, whatsoever we may have heere, if it were a kingdome, it is not for ever. But this Comforter that shall abide with us, is but a pledge of that blisse and kingdome of His wherein we shall a bide with Him aeternally. Let any offer more for our love, and carry it.

Verily Bonum, si non amatur, non cognoscitur, said the Heathen. But more true of CHRIST, If we love Him not, we know Him not. If we did but know, what He is in Himselfe; what, to us: what He hath already done, what He is redie to doe for us still, we would take it evill, a case should be put, and yeild to it without more adoe.

Why so we doe: take it evill, an if is made: yeild to it, we love Him all. Yet great reason there was, we shall see, CHRIST should so putt it, being to inferr the second. For, at that, there wilbe some sticking: which would not be if we were not defective in this former, of love. If our love were not light, His commaundements would not be heavie. If love were as it should be, nothing is heavy to it. Amor erubescit nomen difficultatis, Love endures not the name of difficultie, but shames to confesse any thing too hard for it. De internis affirmare tutum (saith the Heathen) It is safe affirming of any thing, within us, where no man can convince us; for, none is pri­vy to it but our selves. How many shall we heare say, I have ever affected, wished you well, borne you good will, and never a word true. Forasmuch then, as there be two loves (saith Saint Iohn) one in word and tongue,1. Ioh. 4. [...]0. and that is feigned; and another in deed and truth, and that is right: and that CHRIST conditioneth not, If ye say ye love me; but if ye love me indeed: We must come to Saint Iame's assay, Ostende mihi, shew me thy faith:Iam. [...].18. and as well, shew me thy love, by some ostensive signe. So did CHRIST to us.1. Ioh. 3.1. Ecce quantum charitatem ostendit! Behold how great love (not, He verbally protested, but) really shewed: and so, they to doe the like; to shew it.

Why, thus they shew it: He is going away, and they be very sadd for it: which sheweth, they love Him, and would keepe Him still. But, that may be a signe, they love themselves, in that they are to have some good by His stay with them.

2. Their keeping His commaun­dements.That may deceive you. But, will you have a signe infallible? Take this: His commaundements, His word. He that keeps it, loves Him: true in the affirmative. He that keeps it not, loves Him not: true in the negative. This then is the second con­dition: If ye love me (not, keepe me still; but) Keepe My commaundements. Let your heart be troubled, not, if yee keepe not me, but, if you keepe not them: Not, if not me; me, that is my flesh: but, not me; me, that is, my word, whereof the Com­mandements are an abstract. The word is the better part of me, better then my flesh: strive to keep that, be troubled, for not keeping that; and then, your love is past If, true indeed.

And is this the other part of the condition? This somewhat troubleth us: for who can doe this, keepe the commaundements? as good condition with us, to flie or [Page 621] [...] on the Sea. We are even as well able to doe the one, as the other. So, upon the matter, all this promise falls out to prove nothing: the Condition cannot be kept, and so, the Covenant void. No Holy Ghost, or Comforter to be hoped for, or had: we are but deluded.

Deluded! GOD forbid: CHRIST loves us too well, to delude us. He will never doe it. A melius inquirendum would be had, to looke a little better into it, and not so lightly lose our interest in such a gift as the Holy Ghost. It stands us so in hand to get the condition made good: els we forfeit our estate in the pro­mise.

If we be to be releeved, it is, by the word Mea; that they be His. And some altera­tion there is plainely in them, by Him, and His comming. It is not said for nought (and that, by way of opposition) that the Law came by Moses, but grace came by Him, and grace for grace; that is, not onely grace active which we receive,Ioh. 1.17.16. which releeveth us in the keeping them; but grace passive too, which we finde with Him, which re­leeves in abating the rigor, when we are called to accompt about them. You shall finde an alteration, in this very point. The Apostles would not presse the Gentiles to be circumcised: being circumcised, Saint Paul testifieth, they become debters, Gal. 5.3. Act. 15.10. to keepe the whole Law: A yoke (saith Saint Peter) that neither they (the Apostles) nor their fathers were hable to beare, it was so heavy. This, as they came by Moses. But, after CHRIST, with His grace, came; and His grace with Him; when they came to be His, Mandata Ejus (saith Saint Iohn) gravia non sunt, they are not heavy. And himselfe, that best knew the peize of it, saith plainely of His yoke, that it is easy;1. Ioh. 5.3. and it were hard to gaine say Him.

This qualifying then groweth two waies. 1. One, that the Law, at the very giving it by Angels, was (saith Saint Paul) ordinata in manu Mediatoris, Gal. 3.19. ordeined to be in the Mediator's hand (that is, CHRIST) whose hands are not so heavy, as Mose's were. 2. The other, that Pater omne judicium dedit Filio (saith himselfe) His Father hath made Him Iudge of the keeping or not keeping them. All judiciall power and pro­ceeding concerning them, is committed over to Him.

By the first, that they are ordained to be in His hand, He may take them into His hands when He will; and having them in His hands, order them and ease them as plea­seth Him. Lex in manu Mediatoris, is it, we must hold by. If a bruise in the reed, Mo­ses, would breake it quite. If the flex smoake [...]nd flame not out, he would quench it streight. So will not He: His hand will not breake the one; nor his foot tread on the other. To Marie Magdalen, He ordained, that fecit quod potuit should serve, and He would require no more. Credo Domine, adjuva incredulitatem meam, I beleeve LORD, helpe my unbeliefe, a beliefe mixed with unbeliefe, would never have endured Mose's assay: In manu Mediatoris, it did well enough. Thus He ordeineth; He that nei­ther doth them, nor prepareth himselfe, Non fecit, neque praeparavit (Luk. 12.) he shall be punished: But, if he prepare, stirr up himselfe, have a care, a respect unto them, that (it seemeth) in manu Mediatoris, will be taken.2. Cor. 8.12. That if there be (saith the Apo­stle) prompta voluntas, a ready will; a man shall be accepted according to that, he hath; and not according to that, he hath not. For, the Mediator is man, Heb. 4.15▪5.2. and hath had expe­rience of man's infirmities: He knoweth our metall and our mold, and what our condi­tion will beare, He knoweth, there is that conflict in us, we cannot doe what we would. And indeed, why should concupiscence to evill be reputed sinne, on the worse part; and a like desire (concupivi desiderare mandata tua) not be as well reckoned,Psal. 119.4 [...]. for as much on the better part, though it be not full out according to the purification of the Sanctuarie? Thus, as, in His hands ordained.

Then againe, as, in His Court, to be judged. For, the Court may alter the matter much, as with us heere it doth. Sedens in felio justitiae (as, to some) in His tribunall seat and strict justice, there sitting▪ sentence will proceed otherwise, then Si adeamus [...]bronum gratiae, if we have accesse to Him in his throne of grace, Heb. 4. vlt. Iam. 2.13. where we may obteine mercie and finde grace. And S. Iames brings us good tydings, that Super-exaltat, &c the throne of grace is the Higher Cou [...]t; and so an Appeale lieth thither, to whom [Page 622] he will admit. To cruell men (saith He) there shall be judgement without mercie: which sheweth, judgement with mercie shall be to some other, to whom He will vouch­safe it.

And thus, it must stand upon Mea, and manu Mediatoris, and the throne of grace, or els, even those heere (the Apostles) it will go wrong with them, they will hardly be re­leeved in their claime of a Comforter. For, within twentie foure houres and lesse, it came indeed to an If, their love: They loved Him not so well, but they loved their owne safety better: fell away, and fledd away, and denied Him; even he, that said, he loved Him best. Matt. 26.33.69.

And what, kept they His Commandements? Sinned they not? In multis, omnes (faith Saint Iames) in many things,Iam. 3.2. all: and if they should say otherwise (saith Saint Iohn) that they had no sinne (not, they were somwhat proud, and there were no humi­litie, 1. Ioh. 1.8. but) they were very liers, and there were no truth in them: So that, keeping the Commandements, and having of sinne, must stand together, or els they kept them not.

But, this they kept (and so may we too;) they were troubled, their hearts were trou­bled for not keeping them: and at the throne of grace, that was accepted; and the not keeping not reckoned a breach of the Commandement if we be troubled for it.

Againe (as, well saith Saint Augustine) Amongst His Commandements this is one, which we must not faile duely to keepe; and that is, the Commandement of dai­ly praying Dimitte nobis, forgive us our not keeping, which helpes all the rest. We keepe (Lord) helpe our not keeping, Mar. 9.24. as well as I beleeve (Lord) helpe my unbeliefe. A true endeavour with an humble repentance (for so he resolves) and then Omnia man­data facta deputantur, quando quod non fit ignoscitur: All are accounted as kept, when, what is not, is pardoned out of His mercie; and so the rest rewarded out of His bounty, that alloweth a daye's wages for an houre's worke, Matt. 20.6. as to them that came at the eleventh houre to the vineyard, that is, at five of the clocke after noon. This will it be with us in hope: Thus was it with them. For, the Covenant held, and the Prayer went forward, and the Comforter came notwithstanding.

II. The Covenant.Now to CHRIST's part, Rogabo Patr [...]m & dabit: that CHRIST will pray, and His Father give. And there is nothing more effectually sheweth, they were short in their Condition, then these two words 1 Rogabo, and 2 Dabit. The Father shall give: It is his free gift, not due debt, upon desert of the former. And Dabit Roganti give it to Christ's prayer, rather for Rogation weeke's sake with Him, then for any worke of Supererogation with them. But, it commeth from GOD's bounty, and Christ's entrea­ty; without which, our love and commandement-keeping would not carry it: They are not sufficient to weigh it downe pondere meriti; it must come rogatu Christi, or not at all. Then, not to leane on them: Christ it is, and His interces [...]ion, we take to. Not, you shall love and keepe my Commandements, and then my Father shall be bound; but, and then Christ shall pray; and the Father will give, if Christ pray; and not other­wise.

But, a doubt heere ariseth: May we love Christ, or keepe His Commandements, be­fore we have the Holy Ghost, without whom first had, it is certaine, we can do neither▪ How shall we love Christ, 1. Cor. 12. [...]. 1. Ioh. 4.2. or keepe His Commandements, that we may receive they Holy Ghost; when, unlesse we first receive, we can neither love Him nor keepe them, nay not so much as say,2. Cor. 3.5. IESVS is the Lord, but by the Holy Ghost? Nay, not so much as thinke that, or any other thought that is good? How saith He then, Keepe and I will give, when He must give or we cannot keepe?

This scruple will soone be removed by Habenti dabitur. A promise may be made tam habenti quàm non habenti, Matt. 13.12. as well to him that hath a thing alredy, as to him that hath it not at all. To him that hath it already, in a lower or lesse; may be promised to have it in a more ample measure or more high degree, then yet he hath; or to him, that hath it in one kind, that he may have it in some other. To all (save Christ) the [Page 623] [...] given in measure ▪ Where there is measure, there are degrees: Ioh. 3.34. where there be degree [...] of more and lesse; the more may well be promised to him that hath the lesse. To him that hath it in the degree of warme breath, it may well be promised in tongues of fire. To him that hath it as the first fruits, which is but an handfull, it may well be pro­mised as in the whole sheaf, which filleth the bosome. But (that which is more agreea­ble to this Text heer) we consider the Spirit (as S. Peter) multi ferme [...]1. Pet 4.10. the Spirit in his grace [...]; or the graces of the Spirit, as of many kinds; Of many kinds for, our wants and defects are many. Not to go out of the Chapter: In the very next words, He is cal­led the Spirit of truth: and that is one kinde of grace, to cure us of error. In the XXVI. verse after, the Spirit of holinesse, which is His common name, which serveth to reduce us from a morall honest life, to a holy and wherein the power of Religion doth appeare, And heere He is termed the Comforter, and that is against heavinesse and trouble of minde. To him that hath Him as the Spirit of truth, which is one grace, he may b [...] promised as the Spirit of Holinesse, or comfort, which is another. It is well knowen, many partake Him, as the Spirit of truth in knowledge, which may well be promi­sed them (for sure, yet they have him not) as the Sanctifying Spirit. And both these waies may He be had of some, who yet are subject to the Apostle's disease heere hea­vy and cast downe, and no cheerefull-spirit within them. So, they were not cleane destitute of the Spirit at this promise making, but had Him; and so well might love Him, and in some sort keepe His commandements, and yet remaine capable of the pro­mise of a Comforter for all that. So that, Christ may proceed to His Prayer, that His Father would send them the Comforter.

Where, we beginne with matter of faith. For,3. CHRIST's Int [...]rc [...]ssion. we have heere the Article offe­red to us and set downe in the three Persons 1 Ego, 2 Ille, and 3 Alium: 1 I, 2 He, and 3 Another. 1 I will pray the Father, that is, Christ the Sonne. 2 And He shall give it that is, the Father (His Person is named.) 3 Alium, another third Person besides, that is, Paracletum the HOLY-GHOST. 1 One praying; 2 the other prayed to; 3 the third prayed for. 1 Filius orans; 2 Pater donans; 3 Spiritus consolans. The Sonne praying; the Father granting; the Spirit comforting: A plaine distinction.

And Christ's prayer setts us to seeke His other nature. For, heere He intreats, as inferior to His Father, in state of man: But (in the twentie sixt verse) as aequall to His Father, in the nature of GOD, joines in giving with like authoritie. Rogabo, as Man: Dabo, as GOD.

Finding the Father giving heere, and the Sonne giving there; we have the procee­ding of the Holy Ghost from both; quem mittet Pater, whom the Father shall send, in the twentie sixt of this; quem ego mittam, whom I will send, in the twentie sixt of the next. Called therefore the Spirit of the Father (Mat. 10.20.) and againe called the Spirit of the Sonne (Gal. 4.6.) the Spirit of both, as sent and proceeding from both.

And last the aequalitie of the Holy Ghost. For, sending and procuring, He must send and procure them one aequall to Himselfe; as good every way; or els, they had changed for the worse, and so pray Him to let him prayer alone; they were better as they were; they shall be at a losse.

CHRIST will pray: and if He pr [...]y, great likely-hood there is, He will speed.4. His Father's giving. He that is sued to, is easy to entreate; He is a Father: and He that doth sue is grati­ous to prevaile, He is a Sonne. Patera Filio-rogatus, great odds, the suit is halfe ob­tained, yer begunne. Specially, His suit being not faint or cold, but earnest and instant, as it was. He sued by word, and it was clamore valido, Heb. 5.7. with strong crying in an high key: & lachrymis, and he added teares (saith the Apostle) and they have their voice. And yet staid not there, but His blood speakes too; cries higher and speakes bet­ter things then the blood of Abel. And the effect of His prayer, 12.24. Luk. 23.34. was not onely Pater con­dona, Father forgive them; but Pater dona, Father give them the Holy Spirit to teach, [Page 624] sanctifie and comfort them (Chap. XVII. XVII.) This was his prayer; and his prayer prevailed: as good as His word He was. His Father should send, He said; and His Fa­ther did send, and the HOLY GHOST came: witnesse this day.

5 Giving the Comforter.And came in that sort, He undertooke: even in that kind, whereof they had most need: (most welcome to them, as their case then stood) under the terme of Paracletus a Comforter. If we aske, Why under that terme? To shew the peculiar end for which He was sent, agreeable to the want of their private estate, to whom He was sent.

If they had been perplexed, He would have prayed for the Spirit of truth. If in any pollution of sinne, for the sanctifying Spirit. But they were (as Orphans) cast downe and comfortlesse: Tristitia implevit cor eorum, their hearts full of heavinesse: no time, to teach them now, or frame their manners: they were now to be put in heart. The Spirit of truth or holinesse would have done them small pleasure. It was comfort, they wanted; a Comforter to them was worth all.

Many good blessings come to us by the Holy Ghost's comming: and the Spirit in any forme, of truth or holinesse (or what ye will) by all meanes worthy to be received, even all His gifts: but a gift in season goes beyond all; carrieth away the name from all the rest. Every gift then, in his time. When troubled with erroneous opinions, then the Spirit of truth: when assaulted with tentations, then the Spirit of holinesse: but, when appressed with feare or sorrow, then is the time of the Holy Ghost the Comfor­ter. Sorrow doth chill, and make the spirits congele: therefore he appeareth in fire, to give them warmth; and in a tongue the instrument of comfort, by ministring a word in due season; and cloven, that it might meet with dismayes of all sorts, and comfort them against all.

And so did it: and that apparantly. For, immediatly upon the receiving it, they were thought to be full of new wine. That, was but an error: but so comforted they were, as before being exceeding fearfull, they grew exceeding full of courage and Spi­rit; so as,Act 5.41. even when they were scourged piteously, ibant gaudentes, they went away, not patiently induring, but even sensibly rejoycing; not as men evill entreated, but as persons dignified, having gott a new dignitie, to be compted worthy to suffer for CHRIST's Name.

6 Another Comforter.A Comforter then: and two things are added: 1 Alium, and 2 qui manebit in ae­ternum. Another Comforter, and 3 that shall abide with them for ever. Both which are verified of Him, even in regard of CHRIST: but much more in regard of other earthly, fleshly, worldly comforts and Comforters whatsoever. Another: which word presupposes one besides: so that two there be. 3One they have already: and now another they shall have (which is no evill newes.) For, thus in stead of a single, they find a double comfort. But both they needed.

This setts us on worke to find the first: and we shall not need to seek farr for Him. Speake to them of a Comforter, and they understood it not but of CHRIST: all their comfort in Him: lose Him, and lose all. Indeed, CHRIST was one: was and is still.1. Ioh. 2.1. And the very terme of Paracletus is given Him by S. Iohn: and though it there be turned an Advocate, upon good reason; yet the word is the same in both. CHRIST had been their Comforter, while He was their Bridegroom and they the children of the Bride-chamber. Mat. 9.15. But, expedient it was, He should go: for, expedient it was, they had one in heaven; and expedient withall, they had one in earth, and so another in His stead.

For the first: even now absent, He is our Comforter still, that way, we named right 1 now: that is, our Advocate, to appeare for us before GOD, there to answer the slan­derous allegations of him that is the accuser of us and our brethren. Apoc. 12 10. And a comfort it is, and a great Comfort, to have a good Advocate there, in our absence: For, then we be sure, our cause shall take no harme.

2· Ioh. 5.45.But secondly. If as an Advocate, He cannot defend us, because the accusation oft falleth out to be true, if MOSES accuse us too; yet a second comfort there is, that as a [Page 625] [...] Priest for ever. He is entered into the holy places made without hands, Heb. 7.17.9.11. there by His [...]ercession, to make atonement for them as Sinners, whose innocencie, as an Ad­vocate, He cannot defend.

And to both these, He addeth a third, at the beginning of this Chapter: That His 3 leaving them, is but to take up a place for them, to be seised of it in their names, whom, He will certainely come againe and receive to it; there, to be for ever with Him.Verse 2.

And in the meane time, He will take order, we shall have supplie of another: in ab­sence of His body, the supply of His Spirit. That, if we looke up, we have a Comfor­ter in heaven, even Himselfe: and if we looke downe, we have a Comforter on earth, His Spirit: and so are at an anchor in both.

For, as He doth in heaven, for us; So doth the Spirit on earth in us, frame our peti­tions and make intercession for us, with sighes that cannot be expressed. And,Rom. 8.25.26. Rom. 8.16. as CHRIST is our Witnesse in heaven; so is the Spirit heere on earth, witnessing with our Spirits that we pertaine to the adoption, and are the children of GOD. Evermore in the midst of the sorrowes that are in our hearts with his comforts refreshing our soules. Yet not fil­ling them with false comforts; but (as Christ's Advocate heere on earth) soliciting us daily, and calling upon us, to looke to His Commandements and keepe them; wherein standeth much of our comfort, even in the testimonie of a good conscience. And thus these two; this one, and this other; this second, and that first yield plentifull supplie to all our wants.

A second note of difference, is in the tenure they shall have of this other;7 To abide fo [...] ever. that He shall stay with them still; which, of Christ they had not. For, this is the g [...]iefe; when we have one that is our comfort, that we cannot hold Him: and this their feare, that when they have another, still they shall be changing, and never at any certainty. Christ, as man, they could not keepe. Given He was by the Father; but, given for terme of yeares; that terme expired, He was to returne. Therefore his abode is (Chap. 1. ver. 14.) expressed by the word [...], the setting up of a Tent or Tabernacle to be taken downe againe, and removed within a short time: No dwelling of continuance. But, the HOLY GHOST shall continue with us still, and therefore He is allowed a Temple, which is permanent, and never to be taken downe. We have in Him,1. Cor. 3.16.6.19. a state of perpetuitie, to our endlesse comfort.

Howbeit, it may well be thought, Alium and manebit in aeternum, are not put so much, for Christ, to make a difference from Him; as for these same other terrenae con­solatiunculae, petie poore comforts and solaces of the world: which GOD hath given us and we may use; but we must looke after Paracletum alium, another and another manner Comforter, when all is done. For, of these, it may be, we shall feele some com­fort, while we be in health and meetly good estate, and in case not much to need it. But, let us come into their cases heere, the heart troubled, the minde oppressed, the Spirit wounded; and then, what earthly thing will there be, can minister any sound comfort to us? It will not be: we must needs seeke for this Paracletum alium heere, at any hand. What speake I of the mind? If but ache come into a joint, we know, we have tried them and found them, they are not hable to drive away the least paine from the least part. And how then, when sicknesse commeth, and sorrow, and the pangs of death, what comfort in these? Comfort! Nay shall we not finde discomfort in the bitter remembrance of our intemperate using them, and little regard of the true Com­forter? Shall we not finde them (as Iob found his friends) like winter-b [...]ooks, Iob. 6.15 16. full of raine in winter, when no need of it, when it raines continually; but, in Summer, when need is, not a drop in them. So, when our state of body and mind is, that we can susteine our selves without it, then (perhapps) some they yield: but,Iob 16.2. when sorrow sei­seth on the heart, then none at all. In the end, we shall say to them as he did, mise­rable comforters are ye all. Wherefore another Comforter we are to seeke, that may give us ease in our disease of the minde, and in the midst of all our sorrowes and sufferings make us ire gaudentes, go away rejoycing. No other will do it but this: that, when we have Him, we need looke no further.

[Page 626]The other is likewise a difference: of staying with us for ever. For ever? the weak poore comfort we have by the creatures heere (such as it is) we have no hold of it: it stayes not, not for ever, nay not for any long time. There be two degrees in it: 1 Non in aeternum, that is too plaine; Nay, not manent nobiscum, they stay not with us: fugi­unt a nobis, they fly from us many times in a moment; as Salomon's fire of thornes, a blaze, and out streight.

Nay, if they would tarry with us, would they not tire us? Even Manna it selfe, did it not grow lothsome? Num. 11.6. Doe we not finde, that when we are ready to starve for hunger, and have meat to drive it away; if we use it any while, the meat is as yrksome as the hunger was, and we are as hungry for hunger, as ever we were for meat? That we may not be cloyed, we change them; and even those, we change them for, within a while, coy us as fast. What shall we doe? where shall we finde comfort aright? Ever Per quod fastidio occurritur, fastidium incurritur: so that, if they would tarry, we must put them away: the not tarrying of them with us, that is, the change of them, is it that makes us hable to endure them.

Well then; comfort us they cannot, when we need it: we must pray for Alium. If they could, they cannot stay: not, for any space; much lesse, for ever. If they could, their very stay would prove fastidious and yield us but discomfort. Seeing then, we cannot entreat them to stay with us; and if we could, in the evill day, they could not stead us; but, then faile us soonest, when our need is greatest; Let us seeke for another, that through sicknesse, age and death, may abide with us to all aeternitie, and make us abide with Him in endlesse joy and comfort.

The Applica­tion to the Sa­crament.Such is this heere, which CHRIST promised, and His Father sent this day: and which He will send, if Christ will aske: and Christ will aske, if (now we know the Co­venant and see the Condition) we will seale to the deed.

To a Covenant, there is nothing more requisite, then to put to the Scale. And we know, the Sacrament is the Seale of the new Covenant, as it was of the old. Thus, by undertaking the duty He requireth, we are entitled to the comfort which heere He pro­miseth.Luk. 22.19. And, doe this, He would have us, as is plaine by His Hoc facite.

And sure, of all the times in our life, when we settle our selves to prepare thither­wards, we are in best termes of disposition to covenant with Him. For, if ever we be in state of love toward Him, or toward one another; then, it is. If ever troubled in Spirit, that we have not kept His commandements better; then, it is. If ever in a vowed purpose and preparation, better to looke to it; then, it is. Then therefore of all times, most likely to gaine interest in the promise, when we are best in case, and come neerest to be hable to plead the condition.

Besides, it was one speciall end, why the Sacrament it selfe was ordained, our comfort; the Church so telleth us; we so heare it read, every time to us: He hath ordained these Mysteries, as pledges of His love and favour, to our great and endlesse comfort. The Father shall give you the Comforter: Why He giveth Him, we see: How, He giveth Him, we see not. The meanes, for which, He giveth Him, is Christ: His entreaty by his Word, Heb. 12.24. in prayer; by His flesh and blood in Sacrifice: For, His blood speakes; not, his voice onely. These, the meanes for which: And the very same, the meanes, by which, He giveth the Comforter: by Christ the Word; and by Christ's body and blood, both. In tongues, it came: but the tongue is not the instrument of Speech only, but of tast, we all know. And, even that note hath not escaped the Ancient Divines; to shew, there is not onely comfort by hearing the Word, Psal. 34.8. 1. Cor. 12.13. but we may also tast of His goodnesse, how graci­ous He is, and be made drinke of the Spirit. That not onely by the letter we read, and the word we heare; but by the flesh we eat, and the blood we drinke at His table, we be made partakers of His Spirit, and of the comfort of it. By no more kindly way, passeth His Spirit then by His fl [...]sh and blood, which are Vehicula Spiritus, the proper carriages to conveigh it. Corpus aptaevit sibi, ut Spiritum aptaret tibi: Christ fitted our body to Him, that He might fitt his Spirit to us. For, so is the Spirit best fitted, made remeable, and best exhibited to us, who consist of both.

[Page 627]This is sure: where His flesh and blood are, they are not exanimes; spirit-lesse, they are [...], or without life; His Spirit is with them. Therefore was it ordained, in those very elements, which have both of them a comfortable operation in the heart of man. One of them (bread) serving to strengthen it, or make it strong:Psal. 104.15. and comfort commeth of [...], which is to make strong. And the other (wine) to make it cheerefull or [...]nd: and is therefore willed to be ministred to them that mourne, and are opprest with griefe. And all this, to shew, that the same effect is wrought in the inward man, by the holy Mysteries, that is, in the outward, by the Elements: that there, the heart is esta­blished by grace, and our soule endued with strength, and our conscience made light and cheerfull, that it faint not, but evermore rejoice in His holy comfort.

To conclude: where shall we find it, if not heere, where, under one, we finde CHRIST our Passe-over offered for us, and the Spirit our Pentecost thus offered to us? Nothing remaineth, but the Father himselfe: And of Him, we are sure too. Filium in pretium dedit; Spiritum, in solatium: Se servat in prae­mium. His Sonne He gave, to be our price; His Spirit to be our comfort: Himselfe he keepeth, to be our everlasting reward. Of which reward there, and comfort heere, this day and ever may we be partakers, for Him that was the price of both, IESVS CHRIST.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT VVIND­SORE, on the XII. of May A.D. MDCXI, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

IOHN. CHAP. XVI. VER. VII.

Sed ego veritatem dico vobis: expedit vobis, ut Ego vadam: si enim non abiero, PARACLETVS non veniet ad vos; si autem abiero, mittam Eum ad vos.

Yet J tell you the truth: Jt is expedient for you, that J goe a­way: For, if J goe not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but, if I depart, I will send Him unto you.

BVT If I goe, I will send Him to you. And He did goe, and He did send Him; and, this day, He did send Him. So that, between this Text and this Feast, there is that mu­tuall reference and reciprocation, that is, between pro­missio missionis, and missio promissionis; the promise of the sending, and the sending of the promise: The pro­mise of the sending, the substance of the Text; and the sending of the promise, the substance of the Solemnitie: It being the solemnitie of mittam, and veniet (both in the Text) the sending and comming of the HOLY GHOST.

CHRIST's words they be: and all is nothing els, but a setting forth or demon­stration of the non veniet: Of non veniet, the not comming, and of Expedit the Expe­diencie of Christ's going, and consequently of this Feast.

[Page 629]There seemes to be a question heer, whither best, the Comforter come, or not come: that is, whither any Whit-suntyde, or no. The question of His comming grew out of another of CHRIST's going; whither best CHRIST goe: or not go; That is, whither any Ascension-day, or no. The Apostles were all mainly against His g [...]ing, and so opposed hard against the Ascension. But CHRIST heere resolveth the point thus: If they were against the Ascension, they lost Festum Paracleti, a feast, which they might not misse, out of their Kalendar: and so, with promising them this, perswades them, to beare with that; to yield to the Ascension, in hope of Whit­suntyde.

Which two Feasts are both in the Text, and the two maine points of it. Heere is an [...]beam, a going; and heere is a veniet, a comming: CHRIST's going, that is the Ascension; The Holy Ghost's comming, that is Pentecost (the day which we now ce­lebrate) as it were [...], one to make amends for the other. And ye shall ob­serve, it is usuall. Anon after Christmasse-day, and the poore estate of Christ's birth, there commeth the Epiphanie with a starr, and great men's oblations, as by way of com­pensation. Presently after Good-friday, and the sorrow of His passion, Easter-day followeth streight, the day of His triumphe, to revive us againe. And even so heer, upon His ascension, or going from us, there ensueth Whit-sunday, the mends togither withall. No impedit, without an expedit: no abeam, but a mittam: no going away, to bring a losse; but a comming too, to make a supply.

The truth is: Ascension-day, though to Him it were a day of glory; yet, to them, it could not be, but a day of sorrow. It was a going, to His Father; but, it was a going, from them. Going from them, they were to lose Him; and losse breeds sorrow; and a great losse (as this was) great sorrow. It did so: the very next words before these are, Your hearts are full of sorrow. And good reason.Ver. 6. 1. To part with, to forgoe any friend, is a griefe. Not without some griefe, doth the A­postle recount, that even Demas was fallen of, and had forsaken Him. 2. And,2. Tim. 4.10. if any friend; how much more, of such a friend, as CHRIST was to them? It was a festivall, all the while; and they the children of the Bride-chamber, so long as He was with them. To forgoe such an one, must fill up the measure, a good way.Mat. 9.15. 3. But to fi [...]l it full; if to part with such an one be grevious, at any time; then, to part with Him; then, He to leave us, and we Him, when we have most need of Him, when troubles are at hand, is above measure grievous. And at hand they were (ver. 2.) persecutions to rise, and they to be in that case, that they that cutt their throats, should thinke they did GOD good service. If needs He would leave them, He should stay, till faire weather: Now, a tempest is toward; then, to be left, is the worst time that may be

Now, joine all these, 1 of a friend; 2 of such a friend; 3 at such a time, to be depri­ved; and tell me, if there were not great reason, ut tristitia impleret cor eorum, their hearts should be full of sorrow, for His going: Non expedit ut abeas. This for them.

Now, for CHRIST: we shall see, quàm incertae providentiae nostrae. It falleth out many times, men are grieved with that, which is for their good: and earnestly are set on that, which is not expedient for them. It was their case, in desiring, CHRIST might not goe. All was, out of mistaking. Therefore Christ beginns: But I tell you the truth: (as much to say) you are in an error all this while: your hearts be full of sorrow, because your heads are full of error. You conceive of my stay as beneficiall to you, but falsly: I tell you true, it is so farr from that, as, impediet, it will hinder you, turne to your losse. You apprehend my going, as an hinderance; but erre. 1. I tell you true, Expedit vobis, it wilbe your gaine. 2. This gaine, and losse, are set downe both: 1 The losse, in the not comming: 2 the gaine, in the comming of the Comforter, this day. 3. This comming, or not comming, depends upon Christ's going, or His stay: Non veniet nisi, if Christ goe not, He commeth not: veniet si, if Christ go, He commeth. Seeing then, ye shalbe losers by my stay, and gainers by my going, be not for my stay: My stay will deprive you of Him: non veniet. Be not against [Page 630] My going, my absence will procure you Him: Mittam. I love you not so evill, as to stay with you for your hurt. Be not you grieved; be not against that, which is for your good.

The manner of this answer is 1 first retorquendo (holden ever to be the best.) You think, it will hinder you: I say [...], it will benefit you, that I goe. 2 Then, to prove it, He proceeds, abdacendo ad absurdum. For why, if I goe not, there will follow a maine inconvenience, which by no meanes is to be admitted, and that is, Non veniet Para­cletus. The expedience of veniet, we deduce out of the inconvenience of non ve­niet.

This inconvenience, if He goe not. What if He goe? He will come certainly: For, He will be sure to find Him. Now choose, whither I shall goe; and you have Him: or stay, and you want Him. The answere is cleer: have Him ye must; want Had ye may not. So, if this be the case; If no Ascension, no Pentecost; we yield, Ascendat CHRISTVS, ut descendat PARACLETVS.

The DiuisionWhere we have to consider of these 1. Of the reason: It is expedient, expedi­ent I for you, I goe.

II Then, of these two. 1The inconvenience of non veniet, the HOLY GHOST's not comming. 2 And of the necessitie of si non abiero, that CHRIST must goe, that He may come.

III And last, of Veniet and Mittam, His comming, and Christ's sending. Where, we are to treat, of Paracletus, His name and nature first; 2 and then of the time, and manner of His sending.

I. The Reason. It is expedient.THere is no act of our Saviour Christ's but ever, at the first view, there sheweth forth; nor speech but ever at the first hearing, there soundeth some vertue in it. As heer, in this; that vertue which the Apostle (2. Cor. 1.10.) calleth [...], His mildnesse and aequitie; the beames of that vertue breake forth in this. 1 Heerin is aequitie: This very first, that He would yield them a reason of His departure: Not use his authoritie (as well He might;) come, and goe at his pleasure, who could aske him why? but even condescends to render them (though farr his inferiours) a reason of His going and comming; which (sure) He was no way bound to doe.

2. And what reason? that is next. It is not Licet, what is lawfull for him; but Expedit, what is expedient or meet to doe.

3. And thirdly, his expedit is not expedit mihi, but expedit vobis: meete or expe­dient, not for himselfe, but for them, to whom he renders it.

1. Are [...] given.There was, amongst the heathen, one, that would have his will stand for reason. And was there none such, among the people of GOD? Yes: we finde (1. Sam. 2.) one,1. Sam. 2.16. of whom it was said: Thus it must be, for Hophni will not have it so, but thus. His reason is, for, he will not: And GOD graunt, none such be found among Christians.

2. Not licet; but expedit. 1. Cor. 6.12.10.23.But, among Christians, there were, that stood with Saint Paul, upon licet: what they might doe, this was lawfull for them, and who should abbridge them of it? Saint Paul, may well seeme to have had relation there, to his Master's reason heer, where he teacheth them a better rule, if they could hitt of it: That licet is not it; expedit is CHRIST's and is the true Christian's reason.3. Not expedit mi­h [...], but exped [...] vobis.

And not expedit; at large. For so, we know not whom it referrs to. It my be [...] [Page 631] Himselfe, expedit mihi; as, all the world's reasons tread inward. No: but expedit vobis, for them, their profit and benefit, rather then his owne. We finde one before, in this gospell (Chap. 11.) and he was the High Priest, that made his, from expedit;Chap. 11.50. but, it was expedit nobis: so reasons Caiaphas, there. But, CHRIST our High-Priest taketh it the other way. I doe it, because it is expedient for you, that I doe it. And, the Apostle followeth him in that too: Heb. 13. Vse your Rulers (your spiri­tuall Rulers) so, as they may doe their office with ioy, not with griefe; [...], Heb. 13.17. for that is not good for you: not, for you (heare you) and lett them goe. Well, certainly heerin is aequitie; heerin is mildnesse, in these two first words. It was, to His Father, and to His glorie, He went: He would not doe it, but acquaint them with the reason of it: and that reason was, He would not doe it, but that it was for their good. I have enough, from these three, if we learne to avoyd 1 Hophnie's non vult enim, to make our vult our enim; And the 2 Corinthian's standing with him, upon his licet; 3 And frame our Rule, by expedit: and that, not Caiapha's expedit nobis, but CHRIST's expedit vobis: for you, it is good; you the disciples: and make that the rule of our going out and comming in. This for Expedit vobis.

If it be good, and good for them, they will not hinder it; Nemo impedit, II. The inconve­nience of non veniet. quod expe­dit: That lesson will soone be learned, to yeild to that, which is for our behoof. All the matter will be, to bring [expedit vobis] and [ut ego abeam] togither: to under­stand that good; how [Ego abeam] can be expedient for them. Indeed it is hard to conceive. This we can well conceive: Expedit vobis, ut ego veniam, expedient it is, that I come; and say with the Apostle, etiam vent, yea come Lord; come quickly. Apoc. 22 20. And this we can also, Expedit vobis, ut ego maneam, expedient it is, that Ita [...]ry, and say with them (Luk. 24.) mane nobiscum Domine; yea, tarry with us good Lord. Luc. 24.29. It is more then expedient, for thee, so to doe. But Expedit vobis ut ego abeam, expedient, I goe my way and leave you, Durus est hic sermo, it is a hard saying and who can en­dure it, That it should be good for them, or for any, to have CHRIST goe from them or forsake them?

And sure, the proposition is not so hard, but the reason, that induceth it, is as hard, and more, if more may be: The Comforter will not come. Be it so: let him not come; stay you. In te satis nobis, we are well enough, we desire no other Comfor­ter. And the other moveth not neither, unlesse I goe: why, may He not stay, and He come notwithstanding? What hinders it, but we may enjoy both togither? Two difficulties, which must be cleered, or we cannot proceed.

Non veniet, that may be answered with, Ne veniat. But, He is a Comforter. No com­forter, to CHRIST: no losse so great, as to lose Him: if we may keepe Him, we care not: ne veniat. Stay His ascension, we feare not Pentecost. But, He is in ear­nest, and tells us for a truth, It is altogither expedient, the Holy Ghost come: So ex­pedient, Vt expedit, ut ego abeam, potius quàm ille ne veniat: Better I goe, then He not come; of the twaine, better I spared, then He. So it must be; els, He saith nothing: els, the ballance hangs even; one, as good as the other; they may take which they will; say, they are well enough, as they are. But weigh the Feasts togither, As­cension, and Pentecost; the expedience of Ego abeam, and the expedience of Ille veniet; better CHRIST depart, then the HOLY GHOST stay from us. This setts before us and shews us the greatnesse of this Dayes's benefit: consequently, the highnesse of this Feast: not onely, that it is aequall, to any of those praecedent; (that the Holy Ghost is aequall to Christ, els should we be at an after deale, and change for our losse: No, Saint Augustin prayeth well, Domine da mihi alium te, alioqui non dimittam te, give us another as good as your selfe, or we will never leave that, or consent that you leave us:) But, that some inaequality there is, els they might stand, as they are, see­ing they should be never the better: but sure, as the case standeth, more for their be­hoof, then CHRIT Himselfe.

[Page 632] I. The inconve­ [...]nce of non [...].We shall never see it in kind, the expedience of veniat, the absolute necessity of His comming, till we see the inconvenience of non veniet; that it by no meanes may be admitted; we cannot be without Him. First then, absolute necessity it is; in both the maine principall works of the Deitie, all three persons co-operate, and have their concurrence. As, in the beginning of the creation, not onely dixit Deus was requi­red which was the Word; [...] 1.3. [...]. 1.2. but ferebatur Spiritus, the motion of the Spirit, to give the Spi­rit of life, the life of nature. As, in the Genesis, so in the Palingenesie of the world, a like necessity: not onely the Word should take flesh; but flesh also receive the Spirit, to give li [...]e, [...]oh 1.14. even the life of grace to the new creature. It was the Counsaile of GOD, that eve­ry person in the Trinitie, Gal. 6.15. should have his part in both; in one worke, no lesse then the other, and we therefore baptized into all three.

But I add secondly; more then expedient it is, the worke of our salvation be not left halfe undone, but be brought to the full perfection; which, with non veniet, can­not be: if the Holy Ghost come not, CHRIST's comming can do us no good; when all is done,Ioh. 19.30. nothing is done. No, said not He Consummatum est? Yes: and said it truly in respect of the worke it selfe; but, quod nos, in regard of us and making it ours, non consummatum est, if the HOLY GHOST come not too. Shall I follow the Apo­stle, and humanum dicere, Rom. 6.19. speake after the manner of men, because of our infirmitie? GOD himselfe hath so expressed it: A word is of no force, though written (which we call a deed) till the seale be added: that, maketh it authenticall. GOD hath bor­rowed those very termes from us: CHRIST is the Word; the HOLY GHOST the Seale, in quo signati estis, Eph. IV.XXX. Nisi veniat, if the Seale come not too, no­thing is done

2. Yea, the very will of a Testator, when it is sealed, is still in suspense, till admini­stration be granted:Heb. 9.15. CHRIST is the Testator of the new Testament: The administra­tion is the SPIRIT's, 1. Cor. 12.5.11. I. Cor. XII. If that come not, the Testament is to small purpose.

3. Take CHRIST as a Purchaser: the purchase is made the price is payd; yet is not the state perfect, unlesse there be investiture, or (as we call it) liverie and seisin: that, maketh it compleate. Perquisitio, that very word is CHRIST's: but, the in­ve [...]titure is by the Spirit, II. Cor. V.V. If He come not, we lack that: that, we may not lack; and so, not lack Him. What will ye, that I say? Vnlesse we be joined to Him, as well as He to us; as He to us, by our flesh; so we, to Him by His Spirit: no­thing is done. The exchange is not perfect, unlesse, as He taketh our flesh, so He give us His Spirit: as He carrieth up that to heaven, so He send this down into earth. Ye know, it is the first question the Apostle asked:Act 19.2. Iude ver. 19. Have ye received the HOLY GHOST since ye beleeved? If not, all els is to no purpose: without it, we are still (as Iude calleth us) ani­males, Spiritum non habentes, naturall men, but without the Spirit. And this is a certain rule,Rom. 8.9. Qui non habet, he that hath not His Spirit, is none of His; CHRIST profiteth him nothing.

Shal I lett you see one inconvenience more, of non veniet. As nothing is done for us, so nothing can be done by us, if He come not. No meanes on our part, availe us ought. 1 Not Baptisme; for, nisi ex Spiritu, if He come not, well may it wash soile from our skinne, but no steine from our soule: no Laver of regeneration, without re­newing of the Holy Ghost. 2. Cor. 3.6. 2 No Preaching, neither; for, that is but a letter that killeth, except the Spirit come too, and quicken it. 3 No Sacrament; we have a plaine Text for it: The flesh profiteth nothing, if the Lord and giver of life (the Spirit) be away.Ioh. 6.63. 4 To conclude, no prayer: for, nisi, unlesse the Spirit helpe our infirmitie, and make intercession with us, R [...]m. 8.26. we neither know how, nor what to pray. So the Spirit must come to all: and it goeth through; neither can ought be done for us, or by us without it. Away then with ne veniat: we cannot say it; we may not thinke it. We cannot spare this first. Another veniat there must be; a second Advent, be­sides CHRIST's. CHRIST's Advent beginns all: this, ends all our solemni­ties. Come He must: and we must all agree, to say Veni Creator Spiritus: the in­convenience of non veniet we cannot endure.

[Page 633]But then, there ariseth a new difficultie upon Si non abiero. 2. The necessitie of Si non abiero We see a necessitie of His comming: but, we see no necessitie of CHRIST's going. Why not CHRIST stay, and yet He come? Why may not CHRIST send for Him, as well as send Him? Or, if He go, come againe with Him? Before, it was, Ne veniat ille, mane Tu: now, it is, Veniat ille, et mane Tu. Why not? Are they like two buckets; one cannot go downe, unlesse the other go up? If it be so expedient, He come, CHRIST (I trust) is not impedient, but He may come.

CHRIST (sure) and He are not [...], in-compatible: they may be, and abide to­gether, well enough. We beleeve, He was conceived by the Holy Ghost: then, no an­tipathy between them. At His Baptisme, He was knowne by this,Ioh. 1.32. that the Spirit rested and stayed upon Him: why not now, as well? We see not, how this holdeth: If I go not, He will not come. It cannot be denied, they two can stay together, well enough; and the time shall come, we shall enjoy them both together, and the [...]ather with them. That time is not yet: now, it is otherwise. Not, for any lett in themselves; that is not all: but, for some further matter and considerations noted by the Fa­thers, for which, it was expedient, CHRIS should go, that the Holy Ghost might come.

First, for veniet. The Holy Ghost cannot come, as He should.1. On the Ho [...]y Ghost's part. He should come as GOD. The stay of CHRIST would have been a let of the manifestation of His God-head. To manifest His Godhead, being to shew great Signes, and work great Wonders, if CHRIST had still remained and not gone His way, they would not well have been distinguished, and great odds have been ascribed to CHRIST. So, the Holy Ghost have wanted that honour and estimation due to Him: an impeachment it would have been, to his Divinitie. But CHRIST ascending, all such imaginations cease.

From mittam Eum: a little empeachment it would have been,2. On Christ' [...]. to CHRIST's aequalitie with His Father. For, He not going to send Him, but staying still heer, the sending of the Spirit would have been ascribed to the Father alone, as His sole act. This would have been the most: that the Father, for His sake, had sent Him; but he, as GOD, had had no honour of the sending Being ascended a [...]d glorified, mittam will streight be conceived: Quem mittet Pater, et quem mittam a Patre; that with the Fa­ther, He sends Him, equally, and we alike beholden to them both.I [...]h. 14 26.15.2 [...].

A third is in vobis, on their part also. As their case was to be, it was (so) meet,3. On theirs, [...]s their case was to be. even in regard of them. They were to be sent abroad into all coasts; to be scattered all over the earth to preach the Gospell, and not to stay together still, in one place, His corporall presence would have stood t [...]em in small stead: He could have beene resi­dent but in one place, to have comforted some one of them; S. Iames at Ierusalem: as for Iohn at Ephesus, or Thomas in India, or Peter at Babylon; as good (for them) in heaven as in earth; all one. The Spirit, that was to succeed, was much more fitt for men dispersed. He could be, and was present with them all, and with every one, by himselfe, as filling the compasse of the whole world.

This, as their case was to be. But, the Fathers rather pitch upon their estate as pre­sently it was: Vobis, that is, vobis sic dispositis: for you, that is, you so disposed, as I find,4. On the [...]rs, as th [...] case was t [...]en. 1. For [...]is bo­dily presence. you are. So, it is ad homines: to them, affected in such sort, as then they were. Whereby he giveth us to understand; some are in that case, as it is expedient, CHRIST withdraw Himselfe from them, And is there any vobis, can any man be in that case, it should be good for CHRIST to depart from him? It seemeth so. We see often­time, the case so standeth, even in regard of this life, that, from some, it is good their meate be taken, and yet is meat the stay of their life; that, from some, it is good their bloud be taken, yet bloud is nature's treasure, and that holdeth us in life; that, from some, light be taken, in some disease of the eyes, yet is light the comfort of this life. All this we conceive, Expedit, ut cibus, ut sanguis, ut lux abeat; and all this better, then expedit ut Christus abeat; we may spare them all, better then Him.

Yet CHRIST it is, that telleth it us, and telleth it us for a matter of great truth: [Page 634] these were: (and whose case is better then these?) But, if these, some there are, in that case, it may be said to them truly, It is expedient I be gone. And what case may that be? Even that case, that maketh the mother many times withdraw her selfe, from her yong child, whom (yet) she loveth full tenderly, when the child groweth foolishly fond of her: which grew to be their case just. Christ's flesh, and His fleshly presence, that, and none but that. So strangely fond they grew of that, as they could not endure, He should goe out of their sight: Nothing, but his carnall presence, would quiet them.Iob. 11.21. We know, who sayd: If thou hadst beene heer Lord: as if, ab­sent, He had not beene as hable to doe it, by his Spirit, as present by his bodie. And a tabernacle they would needs build Him, Matt. 17.4. to keepe him on earth still; and ever and anon they were still dreaming of an earthly kingdome, and of the chiefe Seates there, as if their consummation should have beene in the flesh. These phansies (indeed, errors) they fell into, about the flesh: they had need have it taken from them. The Spirit was gone quite: they had more need, to have Him sent. This was, at no hand, to be cherished in them: they were not to be held as children still, but to grow to mans estate, to perfect age and strength; and so consequently to be weined from the cor­porall presence of His flesh; nor to hang all by sense, to which (it is too true) they were too much addicted. The corporall therefore to be removed, that the spirituall might take place: the visible, that the invisible: and they, not in sight or sense, as hither­to; but, in spirit and truth, henceforth to cleave unto him. To say (with the Apostle) If we have knowen Christ after the flesh, 2. Cor. 5.16. yet now henceforth we know Him so no more. This was for them: And we should have beene no better, as now we are; the flesh will but hinder the spirit; even the best.

1 For His spiri­tuall presence.This, for His bodily presence. But, the Fathers goe yet further; and enquire, whi­ther this also be not true, in His spirituall presence: and resolve, that, even in regard of that, it is no lesse true. To some Vobis, it is expedient, that, even after that man­ner also, CHRIST goe from them. And who are they?

As growen saint Cant. 3.1.1. One Vobis, when men grow faint in seeking, and carelesse in keeping Him (as in Cant. 3.) ly in bed, and seeke Him. Gone He was; and, meet He should so be, to teach them to rise and seeke; to watch and keepe Him better.

As over-wee­n [...]ng. Psal. 30.7. Matt. 26.33.2. Another Vobis, when men grow high conceited and overweening of themselves, and their owne strength; and say (with David) non movebor, as if they had CHRIST pinned to them; and (with Peter) Et si omnes non ego. It is more then time, CHRIST be gone from such; to teach them to see and know themselves better.

But, if CHRIST leave us, if He withdraw His spirituall presence, we fall into sinne; and that cannot be expedient for any. Good, that I have beene in trouble; for, before I was troubled, Psal. 119.67. I went wrong: but, not good for any, to fall into sinne. Yes in­deed: Audeo dicere (saith Saint Augustine) I dare avow it, Expedit superbo, ut in­cidat in peccatum (there are the very termes) it is expedient they fall into some noto­rious sinne (as David, as Peter did) that their faces may be filled with shame, and they, [...]. Cor. 12.7. by that confusion, learne to walke with more humilitie. The messenger of Sathan, that was sent the Apostle, to buffet him, was of this nature, and to no other end sent, but to prevent this maladie. In a word: CHRIST must withdraw (no remedie) that we may grow humble and being humble, the HOLY GHOST may come: for, He commeth to none,Esay. 57.15. 1. Pet. 5.5. rests on none, giveth grace to none, but the humble. So we see, CHRIST may be, and is, even according to His spirituall presence, withdrawne from some persons, and for their good. Christus abit, ut Paracletus veniat: and that many waies meet it is,Psal. 108.6. it so should be. This makes us say, Go LORD, Sett up thy selfe above the heavens, and thy glory, over all the earth.

III. Of Mit [...]am Eum: Eum, the Per­son.If He goe not, the HOLY GHOST will not come. But, if CHRIST goe, will He come? shall we not be left to the wide world, without both? will the Comfor­ter come? He will: for, CHRIST will not faile but send Him. If He take His bo­dy from our eyes, He will send His Spirit into our hearts. But, sent He shall be; heere [Page 635] is mittam Eum, And so He did. CHRIST sent Him, and He came; and in memo­rie of this Veniet & mittam, hold we this Day. He did, to them: but, will He also to us? He will. And, shall we see fiery tongues? That, is not Christ's promise, to send fierie tongues; but Illum, Him, the Comforter. And, comfort it is, we seeke. It is not the tongues, or fire, we care for, or will doe us good. We conceive (I trust) after two manners, He came, as this day: 1 One visible, in tongues of fire, that sat upon their heads: 2 The other invisible, by inward graces, whereby He possessed their hearts. The former was but for ceremonie at first; the other is it, the reall matter, Illum Him. And Him, this day as well as that, this day and ever, He will not faile to send. Al­waies, we are to thinke, His promise and his prayer were not for these onely, but for all that should beleeve on Him, by their word, to the world's end.

Now this last point (these two, 1 mittam, 2 Illum) we are specially to looke to.1 Illum, that [...] Sp [...]ritus sanctu [...]. CHRIST is gone, once for all. We have no hold now, but of this promise, I will send Him. That we take heed, we forgoe not Him, and lose our part in the promise too. A great part of the world is (sure) in this case: Christ is gone, and the Comforter is not sent. Not this: for I speake not of the world's comfort, the rich man's (Luk. 16.) qui habebat hîc consolationem, who had his comfort, heere, in good fare and braverie, [...]uc. 16.25. and all manner delights of the flesh; flesh-comforts: but, this heere, is Paracletus, qui est Spiritus.

And because all Religions promise a Spirituall comfort; it is said further, Paracle­tus qui est Spiritus veritatis: No Spirit of error, but the Spirit of truth. 2. [...]. And be­cause all Christians (though counterfeite) claime an interest in Spiritus veritatis; yet further, it is added, Paracletus qui est Spiritus sanctus: He is no uncleane Spirit, but one sanctifying, and leading us into an holy and cleane life. This is the true Comforter (and none other) that Christ promiseth to send.

Christ will send Him. But (that we mistake him not) not, unlesse we call for Him, and be ready to entertaine Him: For [cletus] is in Paracletus. Of which let me tell you, these three things. It is the chiefe word of the Text, and chiefe thing of the Feast. It is translated Comforter: that translation is but ad homines, for their turne, to whom he speakes; for, as their case was, they needed that office of His, most. But, the true force of the word Paracletus is Advocatus (not the Nowne but the Partici­ple) one called to, sent for, invited to come, upon what occasion, or for what end soever it be. For what end soever it be, the person sent for, is Paracletus (properly) pro e [...] vice; for that time and turne, Advocatus. But, because the spirit of the world, ruleth in this world, the worldly affaires come thickest, our affections in that kinde so many and oft; it is come to passe, that the Lawyer hath carried away the name of Advocatus from the rest; and they growen to be the Paracleti of this world, called for even from the Prince to the Peazant, and consulted with, none so often. The Physitian, he hath his time and turne of advocation, to be a Paracletus too; but, nothing so oft: as for Barnabas (which is interpreted the sonne of consolation) never,Act. 4.3 [...]. till both Zenas the Law­yer, and Luke the Physitian have given us over; never called for, but when it is too late.

But first, from mittam Paracletum, this we have. Mittam, Christ will send:1. Our due [...]y, to c [...]ll for Him for Comfort. but Paracletum, if you send for Him. Veniet, come He will, but not come, unlesse called: nor sent, but sent for. If we call him, veniet, He will come: if we send for Him, He will send Him. That, is our duty; but what is our practise? We misse in this first; we call not for Him. We finde no time for Him, He is faine to call for us, to ring a bell for us, to send about to get us; and then are we Advocati, not He. When we send for Him, He is Paracletus: when He, for us, then we are, and not He: (if we be that, if we be Advocati, and not rather avocati; every trifling occasion being e­nough, to call us away.) Thus we stumble at the very threshold: and doe we yet mervaile, if CHRIST send him not, nor He come?

Men are sent for, for some end: and diverse are the ends, thereafter as our need is.2. For counseile. We send not for them, onely when we are in heavínesse, to comfort us; but when [Page 636] we are in doubt, to resolve us: which is the second signification, and so [Paracletus] is turned advocate, or counselor (1. Ioh. 2.1.) And the Holy Ghost looketh to be sent for, for both: for counseile, as well as for consolation: for both; he is good for both. Yea, many are his uses: and therefore he thinketh much to be sent for, but for one, as if He were good for nothing els. If we be in doubt, He is hable to resolve us: if perplex­ed, to advise and to guide: if we know not how, to frame our petition for us: If we know not, to teach; if we forget, to remember us: And not onely one use (as we phan­sie) if we be out of heart, to comfort us.

And, because his uses be many, his types are so. Io. 3.5. Water sometimes, sometimes Act. 2.3. fire: One while Io 3.8. winde, one while Io. 2.20. ointment: and according to our severall wants, we to send to him, for fire to warme; for winde, to coole; for water, to clense us; for oyle, to supple us. And, as His Types, so his Names: the Io 15.26. Spirit of truth, the Esai 11.2. Spirit of counseile, the Spirit of holinesse, the Spirit of comfort: And according to His severall faculties, we to invocate (or call for) Him, by that name, that is most for our use or present occasion. For all these, He looks, we should send for Him.

Our error is, as if he were onely for one use or office; for comfort alone: so, in all others, we let him alone; &, if never in heavines, never looke after him, or care once to heare of him. But, He is for advise, and direction also. No lesse Paracletus, a counselor, then Paracletus, a comforter: He is not sent by CHRIST, to comfort onely. Ye may see, by the very next words: the first thing he doth, when He commeth, is, He shall reprove;Vers. 8. which is far from comforting. But, sent He is, as well to mediate with us, for GOD: as, with GOD, for us. GOD's Paracletus, His Sollicitor, to call on us for our duety; as our Paracletus, or Comforter, to minister us comfort, in time of need.

Our manner is, we love to be left to our selves, in our consultations; to advise with flesh and blood; thence to take our direction, all our life: and, when we must part, then send for Him, for a little comfort, and there is all the use, we have of Him. But, he that will have comfort from Him, must also take counseile of him; have use of him as well against error and sinfull life, as against heavinesse of minde. If not, heere is your doome: where you have had your counseile, there seeke your comfort: he that hath beene your Counseilour, all the time of your life, let him be your Comforter, at the houre of your death And good reason: he will not be Paracletus at halves; to stand by at all els, and onely to be sent for, in our infirmitie.

Base it is, to send for him, never but when in extreme need: but, even otherwise extra casum necessitatis, for entertaining of acquaintance and to grow familiar, as we use to doe those, we delight in. The word [ [...]] giveth as much: He should be neer us, by us, one ordinarie; not a stranger, to call or send for a great way of. It is so ex­pedient, and he may know us throughly, and we him: the best and neerest way to finde sure comfort, when most we shall need it. For be that should minister it sound­ly indeed, had need be familiarly acquainted with the state of our soules, that he may be ready and ripe, then. To goe to a Lawyer's reading, and not heare it, serves us not for our worldly doubts: nor to heare the Physique lecture, for the complaints of our bodyes. No: we make them Paracletos, we call them to us, we question with them in particular, we have private conference, about our estates. Onely, for our soule's affayres, it is enough to take our directions in open churches, and there delivered in grosse: private conference we endure not; a Paracletus there, we need not. One we must have, to know throughly the estate of our lands or goods: One we must have, intirely acquainted with the estate of our body: In our soules, it holdeth not. I say no more: it were good in did. We make him a stranger, all our life long; He is Paraclitus (as they were wont to pronounce him;) truly Paraclitus, one whom we declined, and looked over our shoulders at: And then, in our extremitie, soden­ly He is Paracletus; we seek, and send for him, we would come a little acquainted with him.Mat. 25.12. But, take we heed of Nescio vos; It is a true answer: We take too little a time, to breed acquaintance in. Ne [...]cio vos (I feare) they finde, that so seeke him: Paracle­tus, they doe not; Paraclitus, rather.

[Page 637]This, of Paracletus. Now, of Mittam, the 1 time, and the 2 manner: 2. His sending: 1. The time. Mitta [...]. both are to the purpose. The time, that when He sends, we make ready for Him. The time of the ye [...]re was this time, in the Spring, the fairest and best part of it. The time of the moneth, the third day: (so they deduce, from the fifteenth day the day, of the Passeover, and so fifty dayes, it will so fall out by calculation:) that is, the beginning of the moneth. The time of the day: it was before the third houre (that is,Act. 2.15. nine of the clock in the morning plainly.) So it was still prime. These teach us, it would be in our prime, the time of health and strength, when we lay the grounds of our comfort; not to tarry, till the frost and snow of our life; till the evill dayes come, Eccles. 12. and the yeares approach, whereof we shall say, we have no pleasure in them. He, in the spring: we in the end of the yeare. He, in the beginning of the moneth: we, in the last quarter; nay, even pridiè calendas. He, before nine in the morning: we, not till after nine at night. If we will keepe time with him, we know what His time is of sending.

The manner is best: and, it is in the body of the word. As the Spirit of truth, The manner. Per Paraclesi [...]. by preaching: as the Holy Ghost, by prayer; the Paracletus (we know, what he mea­neth) per Paraclesin, by invitation. As the Dove to baptisme, the Winde to prayer (Asper [...]ios & attraxi Spiritum, Psal. 119.131.) the tongue, to a sermon; the Pa­racletus, to Paraclesis, as it were a refreshing: (so,1. Cor. 10.3.4. friends meete and nourish love and amitie one with another.) And, even humanum dicere, after naturall men, when our spirits are spent and we wax faint, to recover them (or never) in the naturall man, it is done, no way more kindly, then by nourishment: specially, such as is apt to b [...]eed them (as, one kinde is more apt then other.) There is a spirituall meat, and a spiri­tuall drinke (saith the Apostle:) in which kinde, there is none so apt to procreate the Spirit in us, as that flesh and blood, which was it selfe conceived and procreate by the Spi­rit, and therefore full of spirit and life, to them that partake it. It is sure; to invite and allure the Spirit to come, there is no more effectuall way; none, whither Christ will send Him, or whither He will come, more willingly, then to the presence of the most holy Mysteries. And namely, at this feast; concerning which, our Saviour CHRIST's voyce is to sound in our eares, Si quis sitiat, veniat ad me: If any thirst let him come to me and drinke:Ioh. 7.39. Which He meant and spake (saith Saint Iohn) of the spirit, which was to be given at that time of especially, when He was newly glorified. De meo accipiet (saith CHRIST of Him:) and it is no where more truly fulfilled, that He shall take of CHRIST's, and give it us, then it is done, of that,Ver. 14. which is His most intrinsecally. That was, this very day; and no better opportunitie, no fi­ter time, to receive the Spirit, then the Day of the Spirit; the Day of CHRIST's sending, and of His comming. When shall He be sent or come; if then, He doe not? But, keeping the time, and observing the manner, we trust in His promise, and call up­on Him, that so He will send Him; and upon the Holy Ghost, that so He will come. And, as we be his Paracleti, his guests; so He wilbe ours, dwelling with us with his assistance, and being in us by his graces, to life eternall. Which Almighty GOD graunt &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT VVHITE-HALL, on the XXXI. of May A. D. MDCXII, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

ACTS CHAP. XIX. VER. I.II.III.

And it came to passe &c, that PAVL came to EPHE­SVS, and found there, certaine Disciples.

And sayd unto them, Have ye received the HOLY GHOST, since ye beleeved? And they sayd unto him, we have not so much as heard, whither there be a HOLY GHOST.

And He sayd unto them, Vnto what were ye then baptized? and they sayd, Vnto IOHN's baptisme.

HEer is a question. Have ye received the Holy Ghost? And heer is an answer to it: Nay, not so much as heard, whither any Holy Ghost or no. There is no fitter time, to aske and resolve this question of His receiving, then this day, the day, He was received visibly: nor to amend this answer (Not, whither any or no,) then this day, on which He declared himselfe to the world, when it was both heard and seene, Acts 2 33. The part Narra [...]ive. that there was a Holy Ghost.

The Narrative is thus, briefly. S. PAVL came to Ephesus, and there he found certaine Disciples. At the first meeting, the very first question he askes,The first Question. is S [...]rec [...]sits, Whither they had received the Holy Ghost? Marke it well. It is the first point, he thinks meet to be enquired of, or to enforme himselfe concerning,

[Page 639]The Apostle (no doubt) hoped for an answer affirmative from them:The answer. That they had received Him. Their's is a strange negative: That, not onely they had not recei­ved Him; Sed neque, But were so farre from that, as they had not so much, as heard, whither there were any to receive: whither, there were any, at all. Whom they should have received, Him they had not heard of. This was a great rudenesse. And yet Dis­ciples they were, and Disciples that had beleeved, and beleeved a good while since. And they were twelve (it is said at the seventh verse) that is, a full Iurie; and yet put the Ho­ly Ghost upon their Verdict, that, they returne, is an Ignoramus.

The Apostle, little looked for such rudenesse, at Ephesus, The second question. the most eivill place of all Asia. This answer almost posed him; yet, he gives not them over. Nay He must not leave them thus. Whither one, or no: This answer (of force) begetts another que­stion, to finde where the error was. Disciples they were, and therefore baptized; bap­tized, and yet had not heard of the Holy Ghost? He muses how, or into what they had beene baptized, and askes them that. They tell him, into Iohn's baptisme, The answer. and further they had not gone. Of Iohn's Baptisme I will not now stand to enlarge: This is cer­taine, a Baptisme it was, wherein (it seemes) there was no mention, nor no hearing of the Holy Ghost.

Now, by this time, their rudenesse, that seemed strange at the first, is not now strange,The error. when the reason of it is knowne. And it might seeme in some sort of excuse them, in that, they were but at Iohn's Baptisme: and so it did. But yet, to accuse them withall, that they were but at Iohn's Baptisme (for it was now more then twentie yeares since Iohn was dead) that, all this while, they were no further; that (as He saith to the He­brewes) considering the time, whereas they might have beene Teachers, Heb. 5.1 [...]. they had need to be catechised, in the very rudiments of Religion.

Yet Matt. 12.20. quencheth he not this flax, though it did but smoke; beares with them,The rectifying. rates them not, but teacheth them; first, that as Iohn was to Christ, so was Iohn's baptisme to Christ's baptisme, in manner of a Parate viam, or introduction, in venturam, to one that was to come, and they, no otherwise to conceive of it.

It was Apollo's case (in the Chapter before, verse 25.) H [...] knew not, but Iohn's bap­tisme neither, at the first. And these (it may well be) were his Disciples. But as Aqui­la there taught him: So doth the Apostle these heere, [...]he way of truth more exactly. And so, being taught, they were baptized with a baptisme, where, they both heard of, Verse 5.6. and received the Holy Ghost.

Thus doth end the Narrative part. And therein,The Apostle's patience. 2. Tim. 4.2. He gives us an example in Him­selfe, of his owne rule to Timothee. If we meet with such, as these at Ephesus, raw and evill catechised Christians, that we grow not abrupt; but, exercise our office, in all long suffering and doctrine: not in doctrine alone, but in long suffering and doctrine: For without suffering, and suffering long, otherwhiles, all our doctrine will doe but lit­tle good.

Out of all this, we gather these points. First, the necessitie of receiving the Holy Ghost: in that, it is his first care, his first question he ask's.The part dispositive. Of the other Persons in the God-head, it is enough we heare of them, and beleeve in them: Of the Holy Ghost it is not so. To heare of Him, or beleeve in Him, will not serve; but we are to receive Him too. To know, not only Quòd sit, that He is; but to certifie our selves, Quòd insit that He is in us: For He shall remaine with you and shall be in you (it is CHRIST.Ioh. 14.17.)

But then, receive we cannot, unlesse first we heare: heare, that there is one to receive, or ever we receive Him. First, notice of His being; and then, sense of His receiving. And indeed, the hearing of Him is a way to His receiving. For, though, not everie one that heares, receives, yet none receives, but he heares first. So, That ground must first be layd.

And to lay that ground, no better way, then the Apostle heere directs us to, by his second question; gett us to our Baptisme. Aske, Into what we were baptized? There we shall not faile, but resolve our selves, that one there is: receive him after, as we may.

[Page 640] The right or­der.Now, but that the Apostle had a better con [...]eit of these, heere, then there was cause, and so erred of charitie, supposing these Disciples better Scholar's then they were; he would have begunne with the latter, and first asked them, If ever they had heard of Him: And then after, if they had received Him. For, that is first in nature, An sit, then An insit.

There then let us beginne. I am sorrie and ashamed, that we shall need deale with An sit: Yet (I know not how) as these dayes of ours grow from evill to worse, and from worse to worst of all; it is no more then needs. Not, that I doubt of any such, who (as these heere at Ephesus) have not heard of the Holy Ghost: For (no doubt) long yer this,Rom 10.18. His sound is gone out into all lands: but rather, such other (as Saint PAVL found at Ephesus too) I can call them no better, then he doth, Beasts in the shape of men. 1. Cor. 13.30. That have heard, and yet take to themselves (a Christian libertie (they call it) and that forsooth, humbly, simply, and modestly; but indeed) an unchri­stian licentiousnesse, proudly, leudly, and malapertly, to call in question what they list; and, to make Quaere's of that, which the Christian world hath long since resolved, and ever since beleeved, concerning GOD, CHRIST and the Blessed Spirit: no l [...]sse matters.

The DivisionSo then, to these two parts, we reduce all. 1 The Hearing of Him first: Then 2 the I receiving of Him. 1. The Hearing: and therein, 1 Where we shall heare of Him? and 2 What we shall heare of Him? 1 Where we shall heare of Him? At our Baptisme: 2 And What we shall heare of Him there: That one there is (at least) and I trust, somewhat els besides.

II 2. Then, the Receiving of Him. And in it, three points. 1. First, that this que­stion must be answered too, and so we bound to receive him. And that, either affirma­tive, or negativè. We have, or we have not. 2. Then, Have we received Him? How to know, if we have. 3. Have we not received Him? How to procure, if we have not. In the former, of Hearing: is matter of faith. In the latter, of Recei­ving: matter of morall duty. Both, meet to be intreated of, at all times; but at no time so fit, and so proper, as at this Feast.

I. The hearing.THere is no receiving of Him, that is not. Therefore, no talke of receiving, no place, for the first question, Have ye received? till the latter be first resolved, Is there one to receive? For resolution whereof, He might have sent them, to the very beginning of Genesis, where they should have heard, the Spirit of GOD moved on the face of the waters. Gen. [...].2. Or to the Law; where the same Spirit came downe upon the seventie Elders. Num. 11.26. Psal. 104.30. Or, to the Psalmes; where, they should have heard David say of Him, Emit [...]e Spiritum & creabuntur, Send forth thy Spirit and all shall be made. And Stiritum Sanctum ne aufer a [...], Take not thy Holy Spirit from me. Or, to the Prophets: Psal. 51.11. Esay 61.1. The Prophet Esay; CHRIST's first Text, Luk. 4. The Spirit of GOD it upon me. The Prophet Ioël: Saint Peter's Text this day, I will powre My Spirit upon all flesh. Ioel. 1.28.

Or, if ever they had heard of our SAVIOVR CHRIST, Saint Paul might have sent them,Luk. 1.35. Luk. 3.22. to his Conception: Where, they should have heard the Angel say, Spiritus Sanctus superveniet in te, to the Blessed Virgin. To Christ's Baptisme, where, He came upon Christ in a visible shape. To his promise so Ioh. 14.26.15.26.16.7. often iterate, of Sending them, the Holy Ghost. To his Caveat, Not to sinne against the Matt. 12.31.32. Holy Ghost in any wise, it was a high and heynous offense, it could not be remitted.

Or, if they had heard of the Apostles: Of Ioh. 20 22. Christ's breathing on them, and willing them to receive the Holy Ghost. Or but of this day, and in what sort Act. 2.3. He was visibly [Page 641] sent downe, like fierie tongues, upon each of them. Or of their solemne meeting and Councell at Ierusalem, and Decrees there, the tenor whereof was, Act 15.28. It seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and us. Or but of the strange end, that hapned to Ananias, they could not choose, but have heard his offense told him, by Saint Peter, He had lyed to the HOLY GHOST: and straight upon it; he had lyed, not to man, Act. 5.3.4. but to GOD di­rectly.

All this, he might; yet, this he did not, but takes a plaine course, sends them to their baptisme, 2. At Baptisme. 1 That one there is. (still supposing it, to be CHRIST'S Baptisme, they were baptized with, the onely true Baptisme.) And, seeing the Apostle, upon good advise, tooke that for the best way; we cannot follow a better direction: and so, let us take it. We meane not (I trust) to renounce our Baptisme. By it, we are, that we are. And, at it, we shall not fayle, but heare, There is a Holy Ghost. Expresse mention of Him, is directly given in charge, in the set forme of Baptisme, praescribed by our SA­VIOVR: That All should be (as we all are) baptized, in the name of the Father, Matt 28 19. the Sonne, and the Holy Ghost.

Yea, I add further: He could not better referre them, then to Baptisme. For, a speciall praerogative hath the Holy Ghost, in our Baptisme, above the other two Per­sons. That Laver, is His Laver properly; where,Tit. 3.5. we are not onely to be baptized into Him (as into the other two) but also, even to be baptized with Him: which is proper to Him alone. For, besides the Water, we are there,Ioh. 3.5. to be borne anew of the Ho­ly Ghost also; els is there no entring for us into the kingdome of GOD.2

This for Baptisme. But, let me also tell you a saying: It is Saint Basil's, and well worth your remembring. He beginneth with, In hoc baptizamur, 2. Cont Fonom. l. 2. De Spirit. Sanct. and proceedeth three degrees further, all rising from thence naturally: they be but the traine of Bap­tisme.

1. First. Et quomodo baptizamur, ita & credimus. As we are baptized, so we be­leeve. As is our baptisme, so is our beliefe. And our beliefe, is there (at our bap­tisme) repeated from point to point. A point whereof, is, I beleeve in the Holy Ghost. And we desire to be baptized in that faith. There He is now againe, at our baptisme.

Yea, before we come so farre: even, at Christ's conceiving, there we heare of Him first, Who was conceived by the Holy Ghost. So, three severall times, we there heare of Him. 1 Which was conceived by the Holy Ghost, 2 I beleeve in the Holy Ghost, and 3 In the name of the Holy Ghost: At our Baptisme, all three.1. Cor. 13.1. And in the mouth of three witnesses, is every point sufficiently established.

2. Saint Basil proceeds. Et quomodo credimus, it a & glorificamus. As from Bap­tisme, to Beliefe: So from believing, to giving glorie. And there, he flatly avoweth (which all the Christian world knew to be true, nor was there ever Heretique found, so bold, as to denie it) That the [...] (as they call it) that is, the use of saying, Glorie be to the Father, the Sonne and the Holy Ghost; and forme of concluding Psalmes, and Hymnes, and Thanksgivings, was ever received, and retained in the Church, from the beginning; as, with us, still it is. So was Baptisme, so was thankes, for the baptized partie (the new member of the Church;) so, all concluded. So That way, we heare of Him there, againe.

3. Yet one more, and it is his last. Et quomodo glorificamus, sic & benedicimus. As we glorifie. GOD, so we blesse men: As we give glorie to Him: so we receive blessing from Him. How? the forme is often heard, and well knowne, it is the Apostle's: The Grace of Christ our Lord, the love of GOD His Father, Communio, 2. Cor 13.13. and the fellowship of the Holy Ghost, to be with us. So, after Baptisme; So, after Sermon; So, is the Con­gregation ever dismissed. Then, there we glorifie Him. And in Him we there are bles­sed. And so, we heare of Him, once more, quòd sit, that a HOLY GHOST there is.

Vpon the matter: no Baptisme, no Beliefe, GOD no glorie, men no blessing, but still [...] beare of Him. So as, if any but see Baptisme, heare but the Creed, be at the daily [Page 642] [...] the, [...] Church [...] glorie to GOD, receiving blessing from the Bi­shop [...]: by [...] of these; [...], they cannot choose, but heare of the [...] Ghost. There is [...], Sod neque [...]n de [...]imus: Away with that, [...], there [...]e beginne, Et quemodo 1 baptiza­m [...] sic credem [...], 2 [...] sic glorificanius, 3 Et quomodo glorificamus sic benedicimus. So, we [...], in Him; 2 and as we are baptized, so we beleeve; and as we beleeve so glorifie we GOD; and 4 as we glorifie God, so blesse we men; blesse, and [...], they are all there, and they are not farre set, they have no [...], they will serve for any honest and good hearted Christian, to [...] goe no further, then In, que ergò baptizatiestis.

That He is GOD. [...], and we know, where we are sure to heare of Him. But, if we [...] and looke better into it, this is not all, but [...], not onely that such an one there is, but take more perfect [...]: And first, that He is GOD. And by no other, but by the same stepps [...].

1 GOD, first. For that, we cannot be baptized into any name, but GOD'S alone. The Apostle disputes in at large [...] that it cannot be, that it is not lawfull, to be [...]prized into Saint Peter's name, or into his, or into any name els, but GOD's on­ly. But in His name, we are baptized: Even in the name of the Holy Ghost: that, proves Him, GOD.

2 GOD, secondly. For we beleeve in Him. We there professe it. Et nemini Christia­norum vnquam dubium fuit, nos in Deùm, non in Creaturam, credere (saith Athanasius ad [...] Afric.) Never any Christian doubted of this, that we beleeve not many [...], but in GOD alone. Beleeving then in Him, we acknowledge Him to be GOD.

3 GOD, thirdly. For, we ascribe to him glorie. And glorie is proper to GOD onely: So proper,Esay. 42.8. that he saith expresly. Alteri non dabo, He will not part with it, to any [...]. But we rend [...]r Him glorie, and, With the Father and the Sonne, pariter [...]. He is worshipped and glorified: Therefore, GOD with them, even in that [...].

4 Lastly, GOD, from blessing also: for, that is one of GOD'S peculiars: To blesse in His [...]: by putting His name, upon Children, old, and young, upon the Congre­gation, to blesse them But, with His name, we blesse, no lesse then with the rest. Therefore,Num. 6.27. as they so He, GOD above all, as to blesse, so to be blessed, for ever.

And, upon these foure we rest. These foure, 1 To be baptized into Him, To be­leave in Him, To ascribe glorie to Him, To blesse by Him, or in His name, They are [...] be given to any, but to GOD onely▪ and so, evidently, we there [...] of Him, that He is GOD also. And such are the two acts, in the Creed of [...], To [...]e LORD and giver of life, and To speake by the Prophets. Such are to any [...] [...]ributes, and workes (that cannot [...] any, but GOD) ascribed to [...] which might be, and which, else where have beene alledged: But now, [...] us to [...] Baptisme, and goe no f [...]ther.

GOD in [...]. [...], but a little, at our Baptisme; and [...] well: as, we heare that He is GOD; so shall we, that, He is GOD i [...]nitie. For there, we heare but, [...]. Now, as the Apostle [...] (Gal. 3.16.) Abrahae [...] quasi in mal [...]is; sed ianquan: [...]. He saith not, [...] baptized, Non in [...] the names, as of many; but in [...] (saith Christ) [...] This, [...] we heare [...].

[...] So, from [...]: yet [...] [Page 643] [...] themselves. Distinct in number, as in our baptisme. The Father, Sonne, [...] And that number, distinct to the sense, as at CHRIST's Baptisme, [...] in the voyce, the Sonne in the floud, the Holy Ghost in the shape of a Dove. [...] s [...]ewed to be, a distinction of persons, in CHRIST's promise.Ioh. 14.16. 1 Ego the [...] CHRIST: 2 Patrem the Person of the Father, 3 and Paracletum, the Person [...] GHOST. The HOLY GHOST (I say) distinct from the Father, [...] and His Spirit hath sent me, Es. 48.16. From the Sonne, In Person. Ioh. 14.16. Paracletum [...], the Sonne one, He another. And distinct, as a Person: 2. Co. 3.17.18 For (to omitt [...], which properly agree to none but a reasonable nature [...] To be the Lord, Act. 11.12.13.2. To speake, 1. Ioh. 2.27. teach, Ioh. 14.16.16.7.8. reprove, comfort, Rom 8.16. be a witnesse, Act. 20 28. place [...] make Decrees in Council: 15 28.) That which we heare of at our Baptisme, [...], to conceive the humane nature of CHRIST, is an act so personall, as, in [...] of speech, can agree to none, or be affirmed of none, but of an entire [...] [...]his we heare.

[...] then, distinct by Himselfe, yet (as a person) not,4. Proceeding. of or from [...] and, this we heare, from the very terme it selfe [of Spiritus.] For even [...] [...]alicuius, so Spiritus alicuius, est, ab aliquo: proceed from Him, whose Sonne; [...] they are. So the Sonne of GOD, and Spirit of GOD, doe from GOD: [...] GOD, either. Eo ipso then, that He is Spiritus Domini, He proceeds [...] adoe.

Proceeds: and from Both. 1 From the Father, The Constantipolitan Councell, [...]. From the Fa­ther and the Sonne Ioh. 15.26. Ioh. 20.22. Ioh 16.13.14. from [...] expresse words, who proceedeth from the Father: 2 From the Sonne; The Councell [...] Toledo the eighth, from the visible signe, where the Sonne breathed on the [...] and willed them, from Him to receive the Holy Ghost. And Non à semetipso [...] de meo accipiet, sheweth fully as much. Briefly: Sent by the Father [...] 26. Filioque, and by the Sonne too. Ioh. 15.26. And so, the Spirit of the [...] Mat. 10.30. Filijque, and of the Sonne too. Gal. 4.6.

[...] from them; and not by way of generation: (That is Christ's proper;6. Breath-wise. [...] termed, the Onely begotten, and so, none but He:) but by way of, Emitte [...], Emission, sending it forth:Psa. 104.30. that is (out of the very body of the word Spirit) [...], or breathing. One breathing, yet from both: even as the breath (which [...] the name and resemblance of it) is one, yet from both the nostthrills, in the [...] naturall.

All these, are expressed, or implied, in our Baptisme. And now lastly (to returne [...] to our purpose) proceeds from them, to come to us: is breathed from them, to [...]: Sent, by them, to be given us: Per Spiritum sanctum qui datus est nobis, [...] the Holy Ghost which is given us: given to receive, and so, to be received of us.Rom. 5.5. [...], openeth the way and maketh the passage over, to the second question, si [...] Have ye received? And so, (as we see) the two parts, follow well and kindly, [...] the other. For, this now, is the last thing, to be heard of Him; that, it is not [...], to heare of Him: but, that we are to receive Him also: and to give account [...] Paul, that we have so done.

[...]hen, we have now cleered the first question, at our Baptisme: and have heard, [...] such a one there is. 2. And that He is GOD. 3. GOD, in unitie of name. 4. Yet, [...], distinct; and distinct as a person by Himselfe. 5. A person by Himselfe, yet [...] Himselfe, but proceeding. 6. Proceeding from both Persons, that stand before [...] the Father and the Sonne. 7. And that breath-wise. And so, we have done [...]. But yet, we have not done, though. For, the other question must be [...]; no remedie, it imports us. For, as good not heare of Him at all, as heare, [...] Him.

[...] then, I come. Si recepistis? Have ye received the Holy Ghost?II. The second part. Wherein [...] points. 1. That we are lyable to this question, and to the affirmative part [...], and so are bound to receive Him: For so, si, presuppsoeth. 2. If [...], how to know it. 3. If we have not, how to compasse it.

[Page 644] [...]. [...], we may esteeme, by this, that S. [...] his [...], at the first, as the most needfull point.

1 Two thing [...] [...] we must. Secondly, that it must be [...] [...]

[...] any Spirit, or receive at all? May we not, out of our selves, [...] our [...]urnes? No: For holy we must be, if ever we s [...]ll rest [...] for,Heb. [...]. [...]4. without h [...]linesse, none shall over see GOD. But holy we cannot be▪ [...] or acquisite. There is none such in all morall Philoso­phie, [...] s [...]ith, by illumination: so, have we our holinesse, by inspira­ti [...]: [...] both; [...] without.

[...] Philosophers came, and so Christians may: but that will not serve, [...] furthe [...]. Our habits acquisite, will lift us no further, then they did the [...]: no further then the place, where they grow, that is, earth and nature. [...] c [...]not worke beyond their kind (nothing can;) nor rise higher, then their spring. 2 [...] therefore Si habitu [...] acquisistis: but, si Spiritum recepistis, we must go by.

Of rec [...]i [...]ing the Holy Ghost. [...] then, why recepistis Spiritum Sanctum, the Holy Ghost? No receiving will serve, but of him. The reason is; [...] nothing heer below, that we seek: but, to heaven we aspire. Then, is to heaven we shall, somthing from heaven, must thither exalt us. If, Partakers of the divine nature, 2. Pet. 1.4. we hope to be (as, great and pretious promises we have that we shalbe) that can be no otherwise, then by receiving one, in whom the divine nature is. He being received, imparts it to us, and so makes us Consortes divinae natu­rae; and that, is the Holy Ghost.

For; as an absolu [...]e [...]ecessity there is, that we receive the Spirit, els can we not live the life of [...] so, no lesse absolute, that we receive the holy Spirit, els can we not live the life of [...]; and so [...]onsequently, never come to the life of glorie. Recepistis Spiritum, gives the life [...]turall. Recepistis Spiritum Sanctum, gives the life spirituall.

1. Cor. 1 [...].45.1. There holdeth a correspondence, between the naturall and the spirituall. The same way, the [...] as made, in the beginning, by the Spirit mooving upon the waters of the d [...]ep ▪ the very same, was the world new made, (the Christian world, or Church) by the s [...]me Spirit mooving on the waters of baptisme.

2. And [...], how in the first ADAM, we come to this present life, by sending the breath of life, into our bodies. So, in the second, come we to our hold, in the other life, by sending the Holy Ghost into our soules.

3. By that Spirit, which CHRIST was conceived by, by the same Spirit, the Chri­stian also must be▪ Not to be avoided, absolutely necessarie all these, it cannot be otherwise.

Another [...] of His [...]ceiving. For, 2. Luke 11.24. the house will not stand emptie long. One Spirit of other, holy, or unholy, will enter and take [...] up. We see, the greatest part of the [...] are entered upon, and held, some by the Esa. 29.10. spirit of slumber; that passe their [...]ime ( [...]s it were in a sleepe) without any sense of GOD, or religion at all. Others by the Esa. 19.14. spirit of giddinesse; that reele to and fro, and every yeare are of a new [...] Others▪ by 1. Tim. 4.1. the spirit of error; given over to beleeve lies through strong illu­s [...]. And they that seeme to know the truth, some with the Luke 11.24. uncleane spirit, some [...], Iam. 4.5. or some such (for they are many:) that, a kind of necessitie 3 there is to [...] and receive the good Spirit; that some or other evill spirit, from GOD, [...]. From which GOD deliver us.

A third [...] [...]e receive Him: for that, with Him, we shall receive, what ever we [...] need [...], for our soule's good. And heer, fall in all His Of [...]i [...]es. By Him, Tit. [...].6. we are regenerate at the first, in our baptisme. By Him after Heb. [...].2. con­ [...]rmed, in the imposition of hands. By Him after 1. Tim. 5.1 [...]. renewed to repentance; when we fall [...], by a second imposition of hands. By Him, [...] taught all our life long, that we [...] [...] [...] forget; [...] stirred up in what we are dull; [...] [...] [...] [...] infirmities; comforted in our heavinesse: in a [...] day of [...], and [...] r [...]sed up againe in the last day. Go all [Page 645] [...] our Baptisme, to our very Resurrection, and we cannot misse Him, [...] we must.

[...] other side, Si non recepistis, without Him received, receive what we will, [...] good. Receive the Word, it is but 2. Cor. 3.6. a killing letter; receive [...] IOHN's Baptisme, but a Gal. 4 9. barren element; receive His flesh, Ioh. 6.63. it profiteth [...] CHRIST, it will not do, for Rom. 8.9. Qui non habet Spiritum Christi, bic [...], He that hath not His Spirit, is none of His. So, CHRIST renounces [...] no part in him. To receive CHRIST, and not the Holy Ghost, is to no [...] [...]o conclude, if we receive not Him, we be but Iud. 19. animales, Spiritum non [...] men of soule, having not the Spirit. 1. Cor. 2.19. Et animaelis homo, the naturall [...] ever received the Spirit, neither perceiveth nor receiveth the things of GOD, [...] to do with them. So that, Spiritum non habentes, is enough, and there [...] more (but onely that) to condemne us. All this, layd together, we see, [...] [...]piritum, is no more then needs; and it must needs have an answer.

[...] point is, how to certifie our selves, whither we have received this Spirit,2. If we have re­ceived, how to know it. [...] say 1 Whither the Spirit, first: 2 And then, whither that Spirit be the Holy [...].

[...] Spirit, the signes are familiar. For if it be in us, (as the naturall Spirit doth) [...] Heart it will beat: At the mouth it will breath: At the pulse it wilbe felt. 1. Whither re­ceived the Spirit. Some [...] these may; but all these will not deceive us.

[...] the Heart we begin; for that is first, Ezek. 36.26. Dabo vobis Cor novum & Spiritum novum. 1 The Heart. [...] heart and a new Spirit we shall find. Eph. 4.23. We shalbe renewed in the Spirit of our mind. [...] supervenisse Spiritum, nova desideria demonstrant (saith Bernard:) That a [...] is received, no better way, to know, then by new thoughts, and desires. That [...] watches well, the Current of his desires and thoughts, may know, whither, and [...] it is, he is ledd by, old or new. Therefore our Saviour CHRIST breathed [...], when He first gave them the Holy Ghost, that they might receive Him, there [...] even Ier 31.33. in vis ceribus, in the inward parts. Esa. 26.18. A timore tuo Domine concepimus [...] salutis: We shall know the Spirit is conceived, by the feare of GOD in our [...] it is, as the Systole or drawing in, to refraine us from evill. And, we shall know [...] Charitas Dei diffusa est in cor dibus nostris, the love of GOD there shed abroad,Rom. 5.5. [...] hearts. Which is, as the diastole or dilating it out, to all, that good is.

[...] then, this every one may say; all is well within:1 The Speech. and their word must be [...] we cannot gaynsay them. For no man knowes, in so saying, whither they say [...] no. Therefore we go yet further, and say: Idem est vitae & vocis organon, the [...] that serves us for life, or to live by; the same serves us also for the voice, or to [...] So, that way ye shall know it. For if Psal. 115.7. in ore ipsorum non est spiritus, no breath [...] perceived in their mouthes; if they g speak not through their throats, they are but [...] no better. Will ye see it at the mouth? Psal 116.10. Credidi, propter quod locutus sum, [...] And 2 Cor. 4.13. habentes eundem Spiritum, if we have the same Spirit, (saith the [...] shall do no lesse. This we know for certaine, that upon this day; the Holy [...] in shape of tongues, and they are for speech. And this likewise, that, upon [...] the Holy Ghost, these (heer in the Text) and generally all other, speak, and [...] new tongues; not such as they spake with before. The miracle is ceased: but [...], holdeth still; where the Holy Ghost is received, there is ever a change in the [...] a change from Eph. 4 31. cursed, uncleane, corrupt communication, unto 5.3. such as [...].

[...]hen againe, because even birds too may be, and are somtimes taught, to speak, The Worke. [...] holy phrases for a need;) therefore further yet, to the pulse we go, and [...] to the hand, to the worke, and enquire of that. The Holy Ghost was first [...] received by the Ioh. 20.22. breath inward, for the Heart. Then, by Acts 2.3. fierie tongues, for [...] But ever after, and heer in this place; the Holy Ghost (we know) was given [...] by Acts 1.17. laying on of hands ▪ and that, to admonish us, that by imposita, and [...], by lifting up, and laying to our hands, we may know, we have recei­ved [Page 646] [...] we have had [...]aying on of [...] laying or putting our hands to any go [...]d [...]rke.

[...] 7.9. [...]? who knowes it? Not we our [...]: our own [...] And there is a [...] virbi [...] confitentur, confesse at [...] with the deeds: and that deceives too. But there [...] Gal. [...].6. sides quae operatu [...], saith that worketh, that is [...] shew it selfe by his working, that is, S. IAME's saith: [...] be [...]he Spirit.Iam. 2.18. But without workes, there, it may not [...] S. IAMES is [...]la [...], it is but Iam. [...]. [...]. a dead faith, the carcasse of [...] Spirit in it. No Spirit, if no worke. For us (que) adeò proprium est, [...] in [...]roperet [...], nec sit: so kindly it is, for the Spirit to be working, [...] is not. There is none, to worke: Spectrum est, non Spiritus, a flying [...] it is not, if worke it do not.

[...] yet, I cannot denie, workes there may be and motion, and yet no Spirit: as, in [...] engins, Watches, and Iacks, and such like. And a certaine artificiall thing [...] is in religion (we call it Hypocrisie) that by certaine pinnes and ginnes, makes [...] of certaine works and motions, as if there were Spirit, but surely Spirit there is none in them. Vaine men they are, that boast of the Spirit, without the worke: Hy­pocrites they are, that counterfeit the worke, without the Spirit. You shall easily dis­cover these works, [...] Ver. 20.12. that they come not from the Sp [...]rit, by the two signes, in Psal. LI. [...], and [...], 1 constant, and 2 free. They that come from cunning, and not from the Spirit, ye shall know them by this, they be every foot out; they are not constant, they con [...]inue not uniforme long, [...]es. 6.4. and when the barrell is about, or the plummets downe, they stay. But how soever, long they will not hold, but vanish like the cloud, dry [...] like the dew of the morning, [...] no constancie.

And ye shall [...] them againe, by the other note [...]. Which makes the diffe­rence, between the Creatures, and the Spirit. For the Creatures are produced from [...]: The Spirit doth emanare, proceed from within. So these, they have principi­ [...] m [...]tus ab extra, that that makes them go, is something, some engine without; they s [...]ow not freely, they come not kindly, as from within [...], no naturall motion, [...]genions but not ingenuous. Ingenuitie and constancie, the free proceeding, the con­stant continuing of them, will soone disclose, whither they come from a Spirit or no; will soon shew, they come from the art of Hypocrisie, not from the Spirit of true pietie.

2. Whither re­ceived the Holy Ghost.And these will serve, to know whither from a Spirit. Now, whither that Spirit be Holy or no. For, diverse times doth the Apostle distinguish, and say: We have not received this Spirit, but that; as Rom. VIII. XV. II. Tim. I. VII. and namely, I. Cor. II. XII, that we have not received the Spirit of the world, but the holy Spirit which is of GOD. This same Spirit of the world, it is Sacer Spiritus (for there is no touch­ing it) but not Sanctue. Sacer, as he called sacra fames: for, sancta fames he could never have called it. That spirit of the world, be it from policie, or be it from philosophie, [...]oth are res sacrae (and sanctae also may be, as they may be used) but of themselves [...] [...]ey are, and from men: Holy, or from heaven they are not. But this Spirit, this [...] from heaven, Acts 2.2. not from our caves heer beneath. And so you shall [...]. Do but marke the coasts, whence and whither it bloweth, the motive and the [...], and you shall distinguish it streight. For if, from a secular reason; if, [...] it may be, virtus ab al [...] it is not.

For example, I do forbeare to sinne: what is my motive? Because (as Micah saith) it is against [...], [...] I shall incurre such a poenaltie, be [...] to such an [...] It is [...]; but all this, is but the Spirit of the [...] of Westminster-Hall, not out of the [...].

[...] further, to a [...] Though there were no paenall law, I forbeare to [...] it is [...] and so ag [...]n [...]t reason: and ignominious, and so [...] yet; because, I shall thereby [Page 647] [...] s [...]le, for that it will barr me of heaven, or be a meanes to bring me to [...] the Heathen men tooke notice of both those places:) all this while, this is [...] the Spirit of the Philosophie schooles will teach: no more then might be [...] schoole of Tyrannus, before Saint Paul over came in it. It bloweth (this [...] Aristotle's Galerie, not out of the sanct [...]arie yet:C. Ver. 9. E [...], non [...], if with eye to GOD, I forbeare: because, in so doing, I shall offend [...] evill, against the rule of His Iustice, the reverence and Majestie of His [...] awfull regard of His Power, the kinde respect of His Bounty and [...], commeth from the sanctuarie, this wind bloweth from heaven; [...] sanctus indeed.

[...] the Line. Againe, looke to the Levell. If it be Demetrius's end, heer in [...] estucquisitio nobis, by this we have our advantage. If it be theirs,Ver. 25. Gen. 11.9. [...] [...]bis nomen, so I shall make my name famous upon earth, or any of that [...] of the world: sacer Spiritus, not sanctus. But, if of our well doing, [...] the Center, and His glorie the circumference: we doe it, not that our will, [...] done; not, our name, but His be hallowed: the act is holy, and the spirit [...] kind. Otherwise, philosophicall, politique, morall it may be: [...] religious, holy it is not. Our line and our levell, or inducements or [...] doings, marke them, what coast they come from, and whither they bend, [...] easily conclude; as before, whither recepistis spiritum; so heer, whither [...] sanctum or no.

[...]nd thus we know, whither we have received. But, if we have not, how then?3. If we have not received, how to procure it. [...] may we (by the grace of GOD) so dispose our selves, as we may receive [...] And now we are come to the duety of the day: For this, is the day of His [...].

[...] wayes are two. 1 One, that we lay no barrs to keepe Him from [...]. The other, that we use all good meanes to allure Him, to us.

[...], that we fall not into Saint Stephen's challenge,1. The remo­ving impedi­ments. that we Act. 7.51. resist not the Holy [...] and His comming. And resist Him we doe, if we lay any impediments in His [...], if we remove them not: As the manner is, as they doe, that draw the [...] ▪ or open the Casements, that would take in breath.

Of these, I finde three of note: quitt they must be all, or no receiving [...].

[...], and a chiefe one, is Pride. For the Holy Ghost, will not Esa. 57 15. rest,1. Pride. but upon the [...] saith Esay: nor GOD, give grace, but to the humble (saith Salomon. Pro. 3.34.) That we [...] pray to Him, that giveth grace to the humble, to give us the grace to be [...] so we may be meete to receive Him. For, at his first comming He came as [...] and did Mat. 3.16. light upon Him, that was himselfe Mat. 11.29. humble and meeke, like a Dove, [...] us to learne that lesson of him, as that, which will make us meete to [...] Dove which He received, whose qualities are like His, of a meeke and [...]; which howsoever the world reckon of it,1. Pet. 3.4. is with GOD a thing much [...].

In the beginning, the Spirit moved on the waters, and at Baptisme, it doth so: And [...]OV [...] CHRIST speaking of the graces of the Spirit, doth it,Ioh. 7.39. in [...] water: and water (we know) will ever to the lowest place. Pride then [...] and humilitie a disposing meanes, to the prime receiving the HOLY [...]IT.

[...] impediment, is Carnalitie. For spirituall, and carnall, are flatt opposite.2. Carnality. [...] est, mandum est, [...]: No holinesse, without cleannesse. So that, the [...] spirit must be cast out, yet the Holy Ghost received. 1. Ioh. 2.27. A cleane boxe it must [...] [...]o hold [...]. The Dove lights on no carrion. Into our Bodies,1. Cor. 6.19. [...] ▪ He is to come: as into a Stewes, He will not. And, that which we said [...] we heer repeate againe. The Spirit in the beginning moved there, [...] againe; and his gifts are as streames of water: and water [Page 648] [...]; to poure our selves [...] farre away from us.

[...] Holy Ghost: and that is, the spirit in [...], or malice, or whatsoever [...] whosoever are, S. Peter saith plainly, they [...] the Holy Ghost. Act [...] 1.2 [...]. The Holy Ghost, [...], and in that forme given by CHRIST: [...] ▪ which is (as it were) the lives-breath, [...] and so is his signe:Gen. 8.11. the Dove brought an Olive [...] signe of love and amitie: and so is His Office, to shedd abroad [...] that he received,Rom. 5.5. if malice be not first of all voided [...] heaven, Act [...] [...].13. Iam. 5.6. and S. Iame's fire from hell: [...] the other will not [...].

2. The [...]sing the m [...]a [...]es. [...] 1 Pride, 2 I [...]st, and 3 Malice, and so a place made; [...] the spirit, by all good meane [...] He loveth, and as it were to gather [...]. To that and to get us to the place, and to visit it oft, where [...] and, that in (as we find, Num. XI. XVI.) the doore of the [...] ▪ If any be s [...]irring, if any be to be found, there it is. No place on earth, which the Holy Spirit more frequenteth, hath duer commerce with, then the Holy [...] where,Exod. 19.24. the remembrance of His name is putt; for, thither He will come to us, and blesse us, with His blessing.

Prayer. Psal. 119.1 [...]. Zac. 12.1 [...].Being there, it is but an easie lesson, yet David thinks meet to teach it us, by his [...], et Spiritum attraxi, To open our mouth and draw it in. And that [...]pening, [...] by p [...]yer▪ Z [...]e [...]ar [...]e calleth it Spiritum precam: the Spirit, that [...], or attraction of it, whereby we expresse our desire to draw Him in. Which very attraction or desire, hath a promise, by the mouth of our Saviour [...] Himselfe;Luke 11.13. that His Heavenly Father will give the Holy Ghost [...] to them that will [...] petition, s [...]eke and fire, [...]pen their m [...]uth, and pray for it.

2 The Word.Then secondly, looke, how the Breath and the Voice in [...]aturalibus go together; [...] so do the Spirit and the Word in the practice of Religion. The [...] Holy Ghost is CHRIST's Spirit, and Ioh. 1.14. CHRIST is the Word. And of that Word, the word 1 Pet. 1. [...]5. that is preached to us, is an abstract. There must then needs be, a neernesse, and alliance, between the one and the other. And indeed (but by our default) The Word and the Spirit (saith Esay) shall never faile, or ever part; but one be received, when the other is.Esa. 59.21. We have a plaine example of it this day, in S. Peter's auditorie (Acts II.) and another, in C [...]r [...]lin [...] and his familie (Acts X) even in the sermon-time, the Holy Ghost fell upon them, and they so received Him.

Yea, we man see it by this that, in the hearing of the word, where He is not recei­ved, and yet He maketh proffers, and worketh somewhat onward. Vpon Faelix, tooke him with a shaking, and further would have gone, but that he put it over to a conveni­ent time, Acts 26.28. which con [...]enient time never came. And upon Agrippa likewise, somwhat it did move him, and more it would, but that he was content to be a Christian [...], to [...] his religion, by a little (as it were upon a knive's point) and was afraid to be a Christian [...] too much a Christian.

That [...] effect, that with the word the Spirit is not received as it [...] gotten, th [...]n it is lost. We should find this effect [...] we could gett on a little out of the noyse about us, and withdraw our selves some whither, where we might be by our selves, That, when we have hea [...]d [...] He would speake in us. [...] When [...] ▪ we might [...] the other behind us, Haec est vi [...]. [...]: [...] there, heare [...]. Vpon which [...] grounded the [...] spirits which [...] by the Antients, to [...] or meditation, the [...] it is: that [Page 649] [...] for want of this, goe out againe streight: for, as fast as it, is [...] againe: [...] fast as the [...] [...]owne, it is picked up [...], and so our receiving is in vaine, the word and the Spirit are [...] would keep together.

[...] the word and the Spirit; so the flesh and the Spirit go together.3. The Sacrament Not [...] this flesh, the flesh that was conceived by the Holy Ghost, this is never [...] Holy Ghost, by whom it was conceived: so that, receive one, and receive [...] with this bloud, there runneth still an arterie, with plentie of Spirit in it: [...], that we eate there, escam spiritualem, a spirituall meat;1. Cor. 10.3.12.13. and that in that [...] made drinke of the Spirit. There, is not onely impositio manuum, but after [...] m [...]nus; p [...]tting on of the hands, but putting it into o [...] hands. Im [...]ositio [...], putting on of hands, in Accepit panem & calicem: [...]nd positio in [...]anus, [...] it into our hands, in Accipite, edite, bibite. And so, we in case, to receive [...] blo [...]d Spirit and all, if our selves be not in fault.

[...], if we will invite the Spirit indeed; and if each of these, by it selfe in [...] be thus effectuall to procure it: put them all, and bind them all together.All together jointly. [...], take to you words, Hose's words, words of earnest i [...]vocation. Hos. 14.7. S [...]scipi [...]e [...] bum, receive, or take to you the word (S. Iame's word) grafted into you, by [...] of preaching. Accipite corpus, accipite sanguinem;Iam. 1.21. take the holy [...] of His body and bloud, and the same, the holy arteries of His blessed Spirit. Take [...]ll these in one, (the attractive of Prayer; the word, which is Spirit and life; the [...] of life, and the Cup of salvation:) and is there not great hope, we shall answer [...] Paul's question, as he would have it answered, affirmativè? Have ye received? Yes; [...] have received Him. Yes sure. Then, if ever; thus, if by any way. For on earth, [...] is no surer way, then to joine all these: and He, so to be received, if at all.

[...], we began with hearing outward, and we end with receiving inward. We [...] one Sacrament, Baptisme; we end with the other, the Eucharist. We began [...] that, where we heard of Him; and we end with this other, where we may and shall (I trust) receive Him. And Almightie GOD grant, we so may receive Him at this good time; as in his good time, we may be received by Him, thither, whence He this day came of purpose to bring us, even to the Holy places made with­out hands, which is his heavenly kingdome, with GOD the Father who prepared it, and GOD the Sonne who purchased it for us. To whom, three Persons &c

A SERMON P [...]ached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT VVHITE­HALL, on the XXIII. of May A.D. MDCXIII, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

EP [...]ES. CHAP. IIII. VER. XXX.

Nolite contristari, &c.

And greeve not (or, be not willing to greeve) the HOLY SPIRIT of GOD; by whom ye are sealed unto the Day of Redemption.

THIS Request, or Counseile, or Caution, or Praecept (or what ye will call it) of the Apostle's is sure very reasonable: The Holy Ghost, by whom we are sealed to the Day of Redemption, that we would not greeve Him.

Not the Holy Ghost. He is the Spi­rit of the Great and High GOD: And so, for His Dignitie's sake. Not Him againe, as by whose meanes we have our signature against the great Day of Redemption: And so, even for his benefit's sake. These two, 1 For His Greatnesse, or 2 for His Goodnesse; Gr [...]atnesse in Himselfe, Goodnesse to us: For either of these, or for both of [...], we would be so respective of Him, as Not to gre [...]ve Him.

[...] Him. He might well, and (as one would thinke) should rather have [...] all c [...]se of joy and c [...]tentment: It had beene but reason, so. Now, that [...] more: onely [...] that we would not minister unto Him any cause of [...] ▪ And what could He say lesse? To such a Person, and for such a Benefit, [Page 651] [...] small pleasure. If not rejoyce Him, yet Greeve Him not. And it is so [...] ▪ I see not how well it can be denied Him.

[...] as we see it is but reasonable (this Request;) So is it exceeding fit for [...] It is for the Holy Ghost: And this is the Holy Ghost's Feast. It [...] (for a reason:) And this is (as I may call it) His first Sea [...]ing-day: [...] on which the Spirit of GOD first set his S [...]ale upon the Fathers of our [...] Apostles. On which He then did, and on which He ever will, though [...], yet in like effect (it being His owne day) visit vs from on high, if [...] or other, we dis-appoint Him not, and so drive Him away.

[...] Request then this, Nolite contristari? And what fitter time to move [...] Ghost, then upon His owne Feast and upon His Sealing-day? And this is [...].

[...]arts fall out evidently two, 1 The Partie, for whom this Request is preferred:The Division [...] Duty, or (it is not worth making a duty) rather a common ordinarie [...] done Him. 1. The Partie, The Holy Spirit of GOD, by whom we are sealed, [...] of Redemption. 2. The Duty (or what ye will call it) Nolite contristari.

[...] Partie, two Motives there be: 1 His Person, and 2 His Benefit. 1. His I [...] in these: The Holy Spirit of GOD. 2. His Benefit in these: By whom ye are [...] the Day of Redemption. His Person set forth in the originall, with very great energie: 1 [...], as our tongue is not able to expresse it fully enough. For it is not [...], [...] with greater emphasis; but three words, and three Articles, every word severall [...] by it selfe, [...]. The Spirit, not a Spirit; and not Holy, but The [...] ▪ nor of GOD, [...]; but of [...], The GOD, that is, the onely living and true [...]. All, The's; never an A among them.

Then, His Bountie or Benefit vouchsafed us: By whom, we have our sealing to the Day 2 [...]. Wherein, these foure points come to be weighed. 1. Of Redempti­ [...]. [...], What and how it is. 2. Then, that it hath a Day; the Day of our Redempti­ [...]. 3. That, against that Day, we are to be Sealed. 4. That, The Holy Ghost [...] that Seale, and His Office it is to passe it to us. This is the Benefit.

Now, either of these is a Motive of it selfe. 1 His Person: Greeve not the Holy [...] of GOD, and there stay: for, that, of it selfe, is reason enough: 2 Or, leave out [...] Person, set that by, and say, but even, Him, who seales unto you, so great a favour, as [...]save you, at the great Day: Him (be He what he will, GOD or Man, Spirit or [...], holy or common) greeve Him not. This is reason enough too: Greeve Him not, [...] His owne: If not for his owne, yet not, for His Seale's sake.

The Duty followeth. To this Person great, and of so great bountie beside (to II [...] as Naaman's Servants did to Him) Si rem grandem dixisset Apostolus; if the [...] had enjoyned us some great peece of Service, we ought not to have thought [...] it. How much more then, when he saith, but this, Doe not greeve Him (and [...] [...]ll?) which is no positive, or actuall peece of service, of paynes, or of perill; one­ly [...], of dis-service (as they call it) which is ever, as little as can be requi­red; [...] contristari.

[...] contristari: or at least, Nolite contristari; for, there be two degrees. 1. That 1 [...] not. 2. That willingly we doe it not. That we have a will not to do it. Which 2 [...]offers more grace. For, much depends, upon our willingnesse or [...].

[...] which, we have 1 first to weigh, whither we can greeve Him, or He be [...] so we may understand the phrase, and take it right.) 2 Then, how it is, we [...] what those greevances be; that so, we may take notice of them, and be [...] avoid them.

[...] of all, 'the fitting it to the Time and shewing it seasonable. For, by [...] Person, His Feast; and by occasion of the Day of Redemption, the Day of 3 [...] fall in; and the intended action, with it. Which (as we shall shew) [...] of Signature. Doe it not; This time, doe it not: It is His owne [Page 652] [...] now; It is [...] then, Nolite contristari. Thus lie the parts. Of which, that [...], &c.

I. Greeve not.TWo [...] Persons there be, that (if we be well advised) we would be loth to [...] Persons; and such a carry the reputation of being Good. Not [...] regard of their power: They may doe us a displeasure: The motive of fe [...]re. Not good, in regard of their bountie: Others are, and we may be, the better for them: The motive of hope. If He be Great, though He Seale us nothing, no [...] to offend Him. If He be to Seale us a favour (though otherwise he be not [...] for his favour's sake favour him so much, as greeve Him not. Either of these [...]; but where they meet, there is vis vnita. Specially, if we add, In quo, vos; th [...] our parts be in it; and Signati estis, that either He alreadie hath, or is readie to doe it for us: The motive of love, and of the greatest love, the love of our selves. Then it comes home indeed. These three meete all in this Partie. 1. He is [...] 2. Sigillum habet. 3. In quo vos.

1. Not the Spirit of GOD.I beginne with Quantus, how great. He is The spirit of GOD. And were it but the Spirit of man, our owne Spirit; Sinnes of the greater size, would be for borne, as for other diverse, so even for this reason, that they be gravamina Spiritus, gree­vancot against our owne Spirit; which, every one feels, whose conscience is not seared. And if the Apostle had sayd, Eschew them, for that they breed Singultum & scrupul [...], the up-brayding or yexing of the heart (as 1 Sam 25.31. Abigail excel­lently termeth it;) or (as Pro 18.14. Salomon) vulnus spiritus the wound, or gall of the Spirit; or (as Es. 29.10. Esay) compunctionem, the pricke or sting of conscience; or (as our Mat. 9.44. SAVIOVR himselfe) a worme which once bredd, never dies, nor, never leaves gnawing: he had said enough. But this, even the Heathen could have said too.

The Apostle doth like an Apostle; tells us truly, there is a greater matter' longs to it then so. There is a farre higher Spirit then ours, then any in man (our Spirit is nothing to it) the Spirit of GOD: they be greevances against it.

The Spirit of GOD.To speake then of the Spirit of GOD: Ioh. 4.24. GOD is a Spirit; and Es. 48.16. GOD hath a Spirit. Hath many, created, in his power, and at his command: but hath one, one above all, uncreated, intimum substantiae, of His owne substance: Knowen ever, by the article [...] (as Saint Basil observeth) The Spirit, the Sovereigne Spirit: Styled ever, with this addition, His owne Spirit; the Spirit not of any Saint, in concreto or in abstracto, but even of GOD Himselfe.

Ioh. 3 8.Our SAVIOVR CHRIST teacheth us, to take notice of Him, as we doe of the Winde; By his effect. For the winde: it is a body of ayre, but so thinne and subtile, as i [...] is [...]ext neighbour to a Spirit. We see foule rule heere in the world sometimes, houses blowne downe, trees blowne up by the roots. When we see this, we know streight, this cannot be done with out some power. And that power (we are sure) cannot subsist of it selfe (it is an accident:) must (needs) have his inhaerence in some substance. That substance, if it be visible, we call it a body: if invisible, a Spirit. So our SA­VIOVR tells us, Spiritus est qui spirat. It is the winde did this, blew all these downe.

And even so, of the Spirit of GOD, when (as upon this day) they that could scarce speake one tongue well; o [...] a so [...]ein, were able perfectly to speake to every nation un­ [...]r he [...]ven, every [...] in his owne tongue: This (we know) could not come to passe, but by some power. And sure we are, that power must have for his Subject, some substance: And [...] any visible or bodily; Then, some Spirit it must be: And no Spirit in the [...] effect this: And so, [...] Spirit of GOD.

[...] of these [...], depends upon S. Luke's credit. There was after, a [...], which in all Stories we finde. The Temples of [Page 653] [...] downe all the world lover: yea, the world it selfe blowne quite about, [...] downe (as it were) from pagarri [...]me, and the worship of Heathen [...] of Christian Religion. And that, [...]augre the Spirit of the World, [...], and bent it selfe against it, totis viribus. This we finde: And for [...] and this power could not come from any other Spirit, but the Spirit [...]. Thus, we take notice of Him, by His effects: and of His Greatnesse, [...] of His effects.

[...] of GOD; and The Holy Spirit: The Holy Spirit. what needs this▪ To make Him great [...] goes) what needed Holy? Or, if a title must be added, to that end, there [...] [...]tyles many, in the eye of flesh, more magnif [...]cent and likely to shew Him [...] this of Holinesse. The Spirit of Principa [...]ie, of Courage, Power, [...]; diverse other. And all these, are from Him too; He the fountaine of all. [...] tells us, I. Cor. XII. And, though the Spirit be all these;Ver. 4.11. yet choyse is [...] none of all these, but onely of this one [Holy] from among them all, [...]. [...] title, is not The High and mightie: nor, The Great and Glorious: but only, [...] Spirit. Nor, do the Seraphins and Powers of Heaven cry, Magnus, or Celsus, [...], t [...]rise; but Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus; Holy and thrice Holy, to GOD himselfe:Es. 6.3. [...] choise (I doubt not) of His Soveraigne Attribute, to laud and magnifie His [...] Name, by. Which teacheth us a lesson (if we would learne it:) That, it is, the [...]ribute in GOD, which of all other, He doth; & which of all other, we should most [...] of. And by vertue of this (if we kept right) Places, and Times, and Persons, and [...] Sacred, should be in regard accordingly: For this we may be sure of: were there [...]od's titles, a title of higher account; the Spirit of GOD, should have been styled by [...] in GOD, Holy, Holy; is before Lord of Hosts: His Holinesse, first; His Power, after.Es. 6.3. [...].

Thus, have we two reasons de non gravando. The Holy Spirit of GOD. First, were He but the Holy Spirit, [...], He would be spared. For, without all question, He is the more to be set [...] reason of that Attribute: It is GOD's chiefe, as ye may see, in the High [...] forehead; as ye may heare, out of the Angel's mouthes. Exod. 28.36. Es. 6.3.

Then againe, that He is God's; and not a Spirit, but The Spirit of God; we will [...]beare Him somewhat (I trust) for His sake, whose He is. Put these two together.

And to these two for a surplussage joyne that, He is not onely Dei, but Deus; Of GOD, but God also: and then, we have our full weight for this part, for His Greatnesse.

And this we shewed, last Feast. We are baptized into Him: We beleeve in Him: [...] yeeld Him aequall glorifying: We blesse by Him (or, in His name) no lesse then [...] t [...]e other two: So, in the Deitie, He is. And a Person He is: For, to Seale (which [...] said heere to doe;) to seale, is ever an act personall. Thither then, I now come, [...] from His Greatnesse to His Goodnesse.

He is not great, as the Great CHAN: but, He is Good withall. And great, 2. The Holy Spirit of GOD, By whom sealed. and [...], that carries it ever: If, In quo Vos come to it, that this goodnesse reach to us. [...], this, Partie (His Greatnesse set apart) is, to us, the Author of many a [...] No person of the three, hath so many, so diverse denominations as He; And [...] be all; to shew the manifold diversitie of the gifts, He bestoweth on us. They [...] 1. Gen. 1.2. His [...], or agitation, which maketh the vegetable power in the [...]. His Gen. 1.20. [...], Spirit or soule of life, in the living Creatures. 3. His Gen. 2.7. [...] [...] Spirit of a double life, in mankind. 4. Then, that in Exod. 31.13. Bezaleel, that gave [...] of art. 5. That in Num. 11.26. the LXX Elders, that gave them excellencie of [...] governe. 6. That in Num. 24.14. Balaam and the Sibylls, that gave them the word [...], to foretell things contingent. 7. That of the Act. 2.5.8. Apostles (this day) that [...] skill, to speake all tongues. All these are from Him. All these he might, [...] reckon up, any of them. And that, because, though they be from the [...], GOD, yet not from Him, as Holy; but, as the Spirit of God only, without [...] to this Attribute [Holy] at all.

[Page 654] [...] the [...] Spirit (or the spirit, [...] H [...] i [...] Holy) commeth the gr [...]tum faciens, [...] on His Saints and Servants, and [...], all the gratis datae, & take our selves [...] come in upon us, as many more. 1. The [...] ( [...]hen they are ready to goe astray) [...],Ioh. [...].2. Act. 16.6.7. [...] suffering them to goe into Asia or Mysia (when they [...] there) but making them even wind-bound as it were. 2. Spiritus [...] [...]inde with them, Ioh. 16.13. guiding them, and giving them a good passe [...] [...] teaching them, what they knew not, and calling to their [...] (And so, Spiritus difflans blowing away [...] were, the mis [...]s of [...] forgetf [...]lnesse.) 4. The grace 2. Cor. 3.6. [...] them up, when they grow dull, and even becalmed. 5. The [...]; and Rom. 8.26. [...] their requests▪ [...] they know not what, or how to pray. [...] his love in their hearts: Rom. 5.5. which makes [...] the spirit, and (as it were) with full fayle to Ierusalem (when it is [...] service.) 7. And last,Act. 20.2 [...]. the spirit 1. Cor. 1.22. sealing them an assurance, of their estates to [...]: which is the most soveraigne of all the seven; as that; which doth sanctifie (that [...] and set us apart, from the rest of the world, and proprios dicare, make us His owne peculiar.

Now, this Benefit we finde (heer) woven and twisted with another: For, two are mentioned, 1 Re [...]eming, and 2 Bealing. We must looke to, suum cuique. Both, are not the Holy [...]: One belongs to CHRIST. His, the Office to redeeme, and [...] day (the day of Redemption) His. The other, to the Holy Ghost. The seale is Hi [...]; [...]. We are to passe both these Offices. To be redee­med, questionlesse: But, take this withall; it is not enough, that (to be redeemed) if by [...] be not passed to us.

Of these the [...] ▪ 1. Redemption there is. 2. That, hath a day. 3. Against th [...]t day, we [...] be sealed. 4. The Holy Ghost hath that Seale: He is to doe it; that office is His.

CHRIST'S, is first: we must then, goe a little from the Holy Ghost: we will come to Him againe, streight.

1. Redemption.Oft we have heard; in Redemption, there is emption (a buying) and Re (that is) back: a b [...]ying back of that, which formerly hath been lost, or made away.

It is of two sorts. 1 Reall, and 2 Personall. Redemption reall, of our estates, lands, or goods: Redemption personall, of our owne selves, soules and bodies. This, in the Text, seemeth to be personall: In quo, vos, by whom you; you your selves: There is not mention of any possessions. An ever, of the twaine, this is the greater. You know, who sayd Skinn for skinn, all that a man hath, to redeeme Himselfe. But in­deed,Iob. 2.4. upon the matter; this Redemption, is of both. For, Christ's redemption, is not of one halfe▪ but, a totall entire redemption both of Persons and Estates.

[...] man' [...] persons come to need redeeming, by Captivitie: And in that case, [...]. Men's estates, come to need it, upon a Sale outright: and in that, [...] new Purchase.

We [...] both waye [...]. Both, are in the VII▪ to the Rom. At the XXXIII. Ver. [...] members leading us captive: when, either we are taken, [...] by strong hand, with a ten [...]ation: or over-raught, by the sleights of [...], Carnall and sold under sinne: when, [...] (but many times, scarse valuable) we make away [...].

[...]. His [...] ye shall finde. 1. Tim. 2.6. [...]. [...]; that is of Purchase, plaine. His [...], [...] as the High Priest's, freed us from [...], as the [...], that cleered our estate, [...] bargaines and sales.

[Page 655] [...] hath a Day. But by this reckoning, The Day of Redemption. that Day should be past [...] Passion, was the Day of that payment, and that is past: How can we [...] then? But (if ye marke it well) Lightly, there are more dayes, [...] to a full Redemption: Two, at least: And, till the second come, the [...] compleat.

[...]: there is one day of 1 paying the money; another, of 2 putting in [...] That (lightly) is not the same day; but sometimes, a good while [...]

[...]: 1 One day, when concerning a Prisoner, a condemned man, it is [...], by His Majestie, He shall not dye. 2 Another, when this is put [...] brought to the prison, for his release: And possibly, a good distance, [...] these.

[...], all is counted as good as done, when the money is payd, or the word spoken: [...] Prisoner lyeth by it still; and the possession is out of our hands, till the second [...]: So, that is the Day of Redemption consummate.

[...]: so, stands it with us. The Ransome was payed downe; The Sentence [...] day of His Passion. The putting us in possession, the perfect setting us free; [...] another day, not yet come. For, out of possession we are as yet; and, in a [...] of prison, we are still. The first day, the pay-day, is past; we hold a memorie of [...] all dayes, on Good-friday. But himselfe tell us, of another day after that (the [...] His second appearing) and, when that comes, Luk. 21.28. then He bidds us lift up our heads [...]ke up cheerfully; for then our Redemption drawes nigh, is even hard at hand; (that [...] full perfect, plenarie Redemption, indeed. And till that come, for all the first [...] of the Spirit, We grone still, as subject to vanitie and corruption (our prison-yrons, Rom. 8.22.23. [...] and all the Creatures together with us, do the like. Thus farre Redemption, [...] Day of it: And thus farre CHRIST's office.

Now betweene these two Redemption-dayes (the first and the second) commeth in [...]. And, against that second day come (which is in truth,3 Ye are Sealed against that day. the very Day of full [...]) it will stand us in hand, to provide, we be Sealed, and have this marke of [...]. It is exceeding materiall. No claime of redemption without it. In [...] shall we say, we are redeemed; unlesse, we then have this Seale to shew. [...], not to rest upon Redemption with a blanck, or the conceipt of that: but know, [...] is a further matter still (even obsignati estis) and looke to that. For, when that [...] comes, all will goe by it. In very deed (upon the point) the Day it selfe goes by [...], if sealed, then a Day of Redemption: If otherwise, then no Day of [...] Day of utter desolation.

[...] have a Type of this, in the Old Testament Ezek. 9.) Six fellowes came forth [...], to make havock and destroy. There goes one before, and makes a Tau, Ezek 9.4. in [...] of some certaine persons: They, and none but they, spared: The rest, [...], every mother's Sonne.

[...] againe, in the New Testament (Apoc. 7.) The foure Angels hold the [...], readie to destroy the earth. But first goeth one with a Seale;Revel 7.2. and a [...] is, to make stay, till he have Sealed some: and (that done) as for the [...] them and spare not. As much to say: These with the Seale, are they, to [...] redemption shall be applied, and for whom onely, it is avaylable. Passe [...] These are mine, I see my Seale upon them. The rest, nescio eos; I finde [...], I know them not. Doe with them, what ye will.

[...] I spake of passing over) In the Passe-over, it was so; both acts, there. [...], There is Redemp [...]on: The posts stroken with byssop dipped in the blood, Exod. [...].6.7. [...] [...]ignature. Answerable to these two, with us; Redemption by the [...] GOD, at Easter: And the Sealing by the HOLY GHOST, at [...].

[...] yet: These with the Seale, not onely [...] them, destroy them not: [Page 656] [...] them also e [...]ter into my rest, [...] my [...]. I did not onely ransome their [...] purchased an estate of blisse, for [...], by the FATHER, redeemed by the [...], and [...] sealed by the HOLY GHOST: Let them possesse [...].

And by this, ye see, [...] g [...]eat [...]a [...]ter: both personall and reall, depend upon this s [...]ale: [...] us, not to misse it. What reckoning we now make of it, how [...]: The day will come, if we had the whole world to give, we would to be [...] this seale upon us.

4. By whom yee [...]re sealed. [...] makes up all, and without which nothing is authenticall) is in the [...] [...]posing of the Holy Ghost. We are therefore of necessitie to passe His [...] also: that so, all the Trinitie may co-operate, and every Person have a hand [...] wo [...]ke of our Salvation. I remember, I have told you heertofore, [...], without the Holy Ghost, is as a deed, without a seale; as a Testa­t [...]r, without an Exequutor. It is so: For, all he hath done; Redemption, or no re­de [...]pti [...]n goeth by this seale: all, that CHRIST hath wrought for us; by that, the Hol [...] Spirit doth worke in us. And the Apostle, as he saith heer, He the partie, by whom ye are sealed, to the day of redemption: So he might have added, and without whom, ye are left blanck, for the day of destruction. For, by and from Him we have it: and by and from any other, we have it not.

And, if it be not to be had, from any other: We may well thinke it excludeth our selves, and our owne spirit. There were (I wote well) in the heathen, and may be in the Christian, other good morall vertues: But, they will not serve, to seale us a­gainst the day [...] [...]eer specified. One may have them all, and be never the neerer, at the day of redemp [...]i [...]n. That, which is, then, to stand us in stead (let us not deceive our selves) we spinne it not out of our selves, as the Spider doth her webb: It is of the nature, of an aspiration, or of an impression. It is from without; as breathing, and, as sealing is. And it is the breath of this Spirit (the Spirit of GOD:) and the print of His seale, must doe this. From without, it commeth, from the Spirit of GOD, not our owne spirit. That we phansie not, we may have it, some other way, from our owne selves. It is He, that hath made us, and not we our selves, GOD the Father: It is He, that hath redeemed us, and not we our selves, GOD the SONNE: and, it is He that hath sealed us; and not we our selves, GOD the Holy Ghost: That the whole glorie may redound to the blessed Trinitie, and he, that rejoyceth, may re­joyce in the Lord.

Then, to end this point. 1. There is a day in comming. 2. A day of re­demption to some it is; and may prove so, to us. 3. To us it may, if we be found sealed. 4. Found sealed we cannot be, but by the HOLY GHOST's meanes, we must be beholden, to Him: He keepes the seale: He setts it to. 5. To Him we shall be beholden, and He will sett it to, If we grieve Him not. Why then, this brings us directly to the duety, Nolite contristari, Grieve Him not.

II. The duty. 1. Grieve not.This Parti [...] ▪ whose favour may thus much stead us; and that, against a time we shall [...]n much stoo [...] in need of it; what can we say, or doe, worthy of Him? We (no d [...]ubt) will ris [...] s [...]eight, in our magnificall loftie style, and say, What? Why, worke Him all [...] and j [...]ilee; and all, too little. Sure, it were so to be wished. But heare you, Into [...] I would (saith the Apostle) we would, but doe thus much for Him, [...], grieve Hi [...] ▪ Even at, in [...]nother place, touching GOD's Name; we in our [...]ising veine, would s [...]y, GOD's Name? What, but glorifie it, make it famous, [...] every where. Ye s [...]y well saith He; In the meane time, I would His Name, [...] [...]ot be evill sp [...]ken [...]f by [...] meanes. [...]. Tim. [...]. [...]. Let your latificat, and glorificat alone, and [...] Nolite contristari. The Apostle pleads but for that; that will content Him: [...] He might no [...] [...] that, [...]ill the other come.

[Page 657] [...] (I trust) he shall not faile of, Non contristari. We will never stand with [...] this. It is but a small matter, this; but even rationabile absequium, Rom. 12.1. a [...] modestie; rather a courtesie, then a duty, Not to grieve.

[...] grieve?1 Not any man. Pro. 3.29· Why reason would (saith Salomon) we should not greeve any of [...], seeing they dwell by us, and doe us no hurt. But (as I said) not the [...] there be any wisedome: nor the Good, if there be either grace, or good nature [...]

[...] [...]owsoever we deale with men, heere (high or low,2 Not GOD. Es. 7.13. good or otherwise) in [...] heed of offering it, to GOD. Why (saith Esay) Is it not enough for [...] men, but will ye greeve my Gold also? Provoke we Him (saith the Apostle) [...] [...]tronger then He? As if he should say; That were extreme folly.

[...] one stepp further: I say, and CHRIST saith as much: If God, 3 Not the Spi­rit of GOD. yet not the [...] [...]pirit of God though; not that Person. Sinnes and greevances against the other [...] and shall; Sinne against Him, shall never be forgiven. Greeve not Him then,Matt. 12.32. [...] hand.

[...] I aske: Can we greeve the Spirit of God, that is, God? Can He be greeved? 1 Whether we can greeve. [...] they be two Quaestions: 1 Can we? and 2 Can He? I should answer some­wh [...] [...]angely (but truly) to say, We can, and He cannot. For we may (on our [...] greeve; (that is) do what in us lyeth, to greeve Him. And with Him, the en­d [...]v [...]r is all; and to doe what we can, habetur profacto, though the effect follow not. [...], we can: So badly demeane our selves; as, if it were possible by any meanes in [...] world, that griefe could be made to fall into the divine Essence (let Him looke [...]) we would doe that, should provoke it in Him; that, should even draw it from [...]. Let Him thanke the high super-eminent perfection of His nature, that is not able of it: If it were, or any way could be, we would put Him to it.

[...]ow,Matt. 5 28. I finde in the Gospell (from our SAVIOVR's owne mouth) He that looketh [...] an with lust after her, hath (on his part) committed adulterie with her: (the [...] in the meane while, remaining chast, as never once thinking of any such mat­ [...].) Then, if the one Partie may be an adulterer, and the other (as I may say) not [...]tured ▪ why not, in like sort, one greeve, and yet the other not greeved? Alwaies, [...]use we may make of it, ad exaggerandam peccati malitiam, to aggravate some [...], and shew the heynousnesse of some sinners, that doe (on their part) all they [...] to do it; and that is all one, as if they did it. This is Centra Mar­cion. l 2. Tertullian.

[...], GOD forbid, it should lie in the power of flesh, to worke any griefe in God: How to under­stand this phrase. [...] that we should once admit this conceipt, the Deitie to be subject to this, or the [...] [...]turbations, that we be. And yet, both this passion of griefe, and diverse other [...] [...]ger, repentance, jealousie) we read them ascribed to God in Scripture: And, as [...] in one place, so denied as flatly in another. One where it is said, It repented [...] [...]e had made Saul King: In the same place by and by after,1. Sam. 15.11. The Strength of [...] g [...]t as man, that He can repent. One where, GOD was touched with griefe of [...] [...]nother, There is with Him the fullnesse of all joy for ever; which,Gen. 6.6. Psal. 16.11. excludeth all griefe [...]ite.

H [...] is it then? How are we to understand this? Thus: That, when they are deni­ [...] that, is to sett out unto us, the perfect steddinesse of the Nature Divine, no waies [...] to these our imperfections. And that, is the true sound Divinitie.

[...] when they are ascribed, it is for no other end, but even humanum dicere, for our [...], to speake to us our owne language, and in our owne termes;Rom. 6.19. so to worke [...] better. Lightly, men doe nothing so seriously, as when they doe it in [...] indeed, any thing thoroughly at all, or (as we say) home, unlesse it be edged [...] kind of affection. Consequently, such is our dull capacitie, we never [...] impression, GOD will doe this, or that to purpose; except He be so [...], as we use our selves to be, when we goe through with a matter. [...] may not home, unlesse we be angrie: When GOD then is to punish, He [...] unto us, as angrie, to note to us, He will proceed as effectually, as if He [Page 658] [...] so indeed. We are not carefull enough (we thinke) of that we love, unlesse th [...]re be with our love, some mixture of jealousie: When GOD then, would shew, how charie He is of the entiren [...]sse of our [...]ee towards Him; He is said, to be a jealoue GOD. We altern [...]t what once we have set downe, but when we repent: When GOD then, changeth his [...] formerly held, He is made, as if He did repent (though, so to [...], were are this purpose.) And so heere: we withdraw not our selves, from whom we have conversed with before, but upon some greevance: When the Spirit of GOD them, withdraweth Himselfe for a time, and leaves us, He is brought in a [...] gree [...]. For that, if it were other wise delivered, it would not so affect us, no [...] make [...] impression, that this way it doth. So that, Greeve Him not, that is (in direct [...]) Give Him not cause to doe that, which in griefe men use to doe, to with [...] Himselfe, and to forsake you. If ye doe, beleeve this; He will as cer­tainly give you over, as if He were greeved in earnest. This is from Saint Au­gurt [...]m.

How to have use of this phrase.By this time, we know how to conceive of this phrase aright. Now, how to have use of it. And of this humanum dicit, this use we may have. First upon these places, where we thus finde affections attributed to GOD, Our rule is ever, to reflect the same affection upon our selves, which is put upon Him; to be jealous over our selves, to be angrie, or greeved with our selves, for that, which is sayd to anger, or to greeve GOD, And that, upon this Soliloquie with our selves, That, how light soever we seeme to make of sinne, yet in that, it is said, thus, to greeve GOD's Holy Spirit, it must needs be some greevous matter certainly. And yet (me thinkes) it toucheth not the Spirit of GOD though: He shall lose nothing by it. He needs not to greeve at it. Of the twaine, it should rather seeme to concerne us, we may come short of our Redemption, by the meanes; and (a worse matter then that) be cast into eternall perdition. The losse is like to be ours. And is this sayd to greeve the Holy Spirit of GOD, and shall it not greeve us, whom it more neerely concerneth? Shall we be said to greeve Him with it, and not our selves be greeved for it? This, or some, to like effect.

2 Then, it teacheth us (this phrase) withall, what in this case we are to doe, when it happeneth. Sure, even that, which we would doe, to one, greeved by us (whom we make speciall account of, and would be right loth to lose his favour:) never to leave, but to seeke, by all meanes, to recover him; by shewing our selves sorrie, and greeved, for greeving of him; by vowing, never to doe the like more; by undertaking any thing, that may winne Him againe. The onely way to remedie it, is, to take us to the same affection: As heere, that it greeve us to doe any thing, may turne Him to griefe, or, if we have done it, never cease to be greeved with our selves, till we have recovered Him; His favour, and His grace againe.

2 Are we do [...] greeve Him.Now then, were it not well, to take notice of these greevances, that we might avoid, not offer them: and so fulfill the Apostle's Nolite contristari? Diverse there be. But one [...] them, we cannot but take notice of (This verse, is so hemmed in with it, on both sides.And greeve not.) Our verse beginnes with [And] which couples it, to the former. And the very same, that is in the former, is repeated over againe, in the next after. And this it is: To se [...]t a [...] upon our lipps, from soule language, bitternesse, cursing, swearing with­out any [...] at all. That these, come not out of our mouthe [...]. That we leave these in any case; and then, followes our verse, And greeve not the Holy Spirit: as if he poin­ted a [...] to these, [...], These are such, whereby we greeve the Spirit of GOD, and all good men, that [...] them (And that is one speciall way to greeve the Spirit, to greeve [...] men, in whom it is.) His very comming ( [...]) i [...] shape of tongues, sheweth, [...] have the point of His [...] upon that [...] upon the tongue: and His fire from [...], [...]. breath; not this [...] from it. Saint Iames makes short [...]. If any would be [...], and [...] not his tongue from these, that [...] be [...] from [And] the first word, the [...].

[Page 659] [...] rather, to hold my selfe to the point of Sealing, within the Text;How in the act of Sealing. and [...] against it: which I reduce to these two: 1 Either, Before, when we [...] Sealed, but are to be; when He offers to do it: 2 Or, After, when we are [...] His hand, and His Seale upon us. There are greevances, both waies.

[...] Spirit of GOD doth come, and offer to Seale us:1 Before it. our part were to invite [...], if He did not; but, if He come, to be glad it; but, in any wise, to 1 [...] withall. Otherwise, Ipsum nolle, contristari est. For if we be not willing, [...] and shift Him of still, is it not justum gravamen? But, even as there were, [...] CHRIST set his foot on land and offered to come to them, entreated Him, [...] gone againe: So, when the HOLY GHOST makes the like proffer,Matt. 8.34. He [...] [...]tergesites too, that can spare Him and His Seale both. Men are (I know not [...] loth, and (as it were) afraid; thinke it a disgrace to them, many (and, that would [...] of Spirit) that any Seale or marke of holinesse; should be set, or seen [...] Content with a Labell, without any Seale to it, all their life long. And of [...] Labell, Christians, we have meetly good store. As the Spirit of GOD, they like [...] enough, to have their breath, and life, and moving from Him: yea, arts and [...], if He will: But, as the Holy Spirit, not once to be acquainted with Him. [...] is this plaine, but their speech; Cause the Holy One to cease from us? Es. 30.11. But yet I [...] say [not at all:] For, if He will come and Seale them, some quarter of an [...] before they dy; for that, they will not stand with Him. But they desire to weare [...] Signature of the flesh, or of the world, of pride, or of lust, as long as they are able to [...] on their leggs. Animales, all their life: and Spiritum habentes, Iud. 19. at the hower of [...] death. Clinici Christiani, beddered Christians (as the Primitive Church called [...]) when the flesh leaves them, let the Spirit take them and Seale them: Then, the [...] (and ye will;) but, not before. But, this, is an indignitie, and cannot be well [...] He will not endure, thus to be trifled with and shifted of, when He would: and [...] He Seale us not; when we would, we have our mends in our owne hands.

[...]condly, Say we be willing He come: Is it not our part, against He comes, to 2 [...] our selves, and be readie wrought, to receive the figure of His Seale? Then, if [...] He finde us so indurate, in malice and desire of revenge, or sinnes of that sort; [...] good offer Him a flint to Seale, which will take no print: Or, on the other [...] us so dissolved (as it were) and even molten in the sinnes of the flesh, that, as [...] offer him a dish of water to Seale, that will hold no figure: Both come to one: [...] to suffer Him, to doe it; and not to be in case, to receive it: 1 Not disposed [...], 2 indisposed for it. And can He choose, but reckon this as a second gravamen [...] His way, and leave us as He found us?

[...] two, before we be: Two more, when we be Sealed. For, After it. when we have well [...] received it; then doth it behoove us, carefully to keepe the Signature 1 [...] facing or bruising: If we doe not, but carrie it so loosely, as if we cared [...] became of it; and, where we are Signati to be close and fast, suffer every [...] [...]ccasion to break us up; have our soules ly so open, as, all manner of thoughts [...] and repasse through them: Is not this a third? When one shall see a [...] [...]ountrie-man, how sollicitous he is, if it be but a bond of no great value, to [...] Seale faire and whole: But, if it be of higher nature, as a Patent, then to have [...] and leaves, and wooll, and all care used, it take not the least hurt: And on the [...] on our parts how light reckoning we make of the Holy Ghost's Seale; [...] that care, do not so much, for it, as He, for his Bond of five nobles, the matter [...] such consequence: This contempt, must it not amount to a greevance? Yes, [...] a grave gravamen, a greevous one. For, this, is even Margaritas porcis right. [...] f [...]rther: If having received this Seale upon us, we so farre forget our selves,2 [...] [...]ught, to let His amulus, the fiend, the evill Spirit (whom He can by no [...]) even to Super-sig [...]lare, set his marke over it, Seale upon Seale; put his [...] his image and Superscription, above and upon the HOLY GHOST's: [...] disgrade, as He can never brooke it. And shall we once conceive, [...] use go as this, He will do, what m [...]re greeved use to do, say presently, [Page 660] [...], aw [...]y; he [...]re is [...] place to [...] so leave us, with our new image [...].

[...] so; a [...] matter, [...] all y [...]r. For, He no sooner gone, but in His place, [...], so Sence on us: and, not alone neither, [...] comp [...]nie wi [...]h Him, [...] then himselfe, and the end of that man, worse then his b [...]gin [...]ing [...].Luk [...]. [...]6. These they be then, these foure: Not to offer thes [...]; is [...].

[...]. [...] so evill, as we do; yet, that we remember, Nolite, doe it not [...], not to doe it. If we fall into any of the former foure, 2 neglect [...] He commeth: dispose not ourselves, as we should, against He brutz or marr our Seale: Yea 4 admit a Sealing upon it (of the [...] GOD, the flesh upon the Spirit, Prophane upon Holy:) yet let not [...]: At least, not our whole will; not our full consents. Let it but happen per [...] (as we say) either surprised with the violence, or weried with the [...] the tentation; or circumvented with the sleights of the Serpent: but ever c [...]me [...]luntatem (if it may be;) or els (as in the Schooles they call it) vellëitatem de [...] co [...]istando. A great matter depends on this: For, wilfully to do it, that is indeed, to greeve;Heb. 10.29. if it be not more, even to worke despite to the Spirit of Grace.

Application to the [...]Now, to draw to an end. This request never comes so fit, as on this Day. For there is in the Text, a day of redeeming; And there is by like analogie, a Day of Sealing. As that, CHRIST's: So this, the HOLY GHOST's Day. Now, if the Sealing-Day, be the Holy Ghost's; then, reciprocè, the Holy Ghost's Day, that is the Day of Sealing. And this, is the Holy Ghost's Day. And not onely, for that originally so it was; But for th [...]t it is to be entended, ever, He will doe His owne chiefe worke, upon His owne [...]hiefe Feast; and opus Dici, the daye's worke, upon the Day it selfe. So that, now we [...]re come about, to our first greevance, Not to refuse Him: not at any time; but not, [...]t His owne Time; not then, when He sits in His Office, and offers to set His Seale on us.

Application to the Sacrament.And, that, He now doth. For, when we turne our selves every way, we finde not (in the Office of the Church) what this Seale should be, but the Sacrament; or, what the pri [...]et of it, but, the grace there received, a meanes to make us, and a pledge or earnest to assure us,2. Cor 5.5. that we are His.

The outward Seale should be a thing visible, to be shewed: And the Sacrament, is the onely visible part of Religion, and nothing subject to that sense, but it. This I finde, that the Schoole-men, when they numbred, Seven, those seven, were the Seven Seales: So, for Seales, they have beene ever reputed. But what doubt we? One of them, is by the Apostle, [...]. 4.12. named a Seale, in expresse termes: The seale of righteousnesse. And, if one, then the other: Both are of like nature. Onely this difference betweene them (for which we have great cause, highly to magnifie the goodnesse of GOD:) That, where the [...] Seale, (the Seale of Baptisme) can be set to but once, and never repeated more; thi [...] [...] should supplie the defect thereof, as whereby, if we have not preserved the [...] and whole, we might be (as it were) new signed over againe. And that, [...] no more; but, that it should be iterable: whereby it commeth to passe, [...] S [...]ling, there be many dayes; many dayes, to Seale us well, and make us [...] th [...]t one Day, the Day of Redemption. GOD therein providing, for our [...]. As ind [...]ed, without it, a great many of us, I know not how we should have done.

[...].Thi [...] th [...]n, is the Se [...]le. I add fr [...]her, that i [...] maybe rightly called, the Seale of our Re­d [...]ption, as whereby, th [...] me [...]nes [...] of our Redemption, is applied unto us: the Bodie [...], [...]. one [...], the [...] shed, of Him; whom GOD Sealed to that end, even [...].

[...]. [...] with these, [...] imp [...]rte [...] to us; which grace is the very breath [...] of His Seale, to the renewing in us, [Page 661] [...] of GOD, whereunto we are created. And with grace, which serveth [...] substania) to and for the whole substance of the soule, the two streames [...] the understanding part; the other into the Seate of the affections. [...] [...]derstanding part, the assurance of faith and hope: Into the part affective, the [...] charitie, the ostensive part of this Seale, In quo cognoscent omnes, Ioh. 13.35. by which [...] know, and, sine quo cognoscet nemo, without it no man, that we are sealed [...] are truely His. This grace we are thus to receive there: Only, that we 2. Cor. 6.1. [...] not in vaine: Heb. 12.15. Be not wanting to it, after: 1. Tim. 4.15. neglect it not: 1. Thess. 5.19. Quench it Galat. 5.4. [...] not from it: but Rom. 5.2. Act. 13.43. stand fast, and continue in it; Be carefull to 2. Tim. 1.6. stirre it [...], 2. Pet. 3.18. to grow and encrease in it, more and more, even to be consummation of [...] is glorie. Glorie, being nothing els, but grace consummate: the figure of this [...] His full perfection.

[...] then, not to send Him away (on his owne Day) and nothing done; but, to [...] H [...]s Seale, and to dispose our selves, as pliable and fitt to receive it. And, that [...] but evill doe, nay not at all, unlesse it please Him, to take us in hand, and [...] worke us readie for it. To pray Him then, so to doe, to give us hearts [...] of wax, that will receive this impression: And, having received it, to give us carefull mindes withall, well to looke to it, that it take as little harme, as our infirmitie will permit. That so, we may keepe our selves, from this un­kinde Sinne, of Greeving Him, that hath beene and is so good to us. Which, the GOD of mercie grant us, for his SONNE and by HIS SPIRIT, To whom, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT GREEN­VVICH, on the XII. of Iune A.D. MDCXIIII, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

PSAL. LXVIII. VER. XVIII.

Ascendisti in altum &c.

Thou art gone up on high; Thou hast led captivitie captive, and received gifts for men: yea, even Or, for thine enimies. the rebellious hast Thou ledde, that the LORD GOD might dwell or, among men. there.

THIS is CHRIST (the Prophet heer spea­keth to.) That He it is, the Apo­stle is our warrant (Ephes. 4.8.) There, he applies it to CHRIST: Thou art gone up (saith the Prophet heer) in the second person: He is gone up (saith the Apostle there, of Him) in the third.

To Christ then: And to Christ gone up, or ascended: and therefore ascen­ded, they be the last words of this Verse that GOD, might dwell among us. Which cannot be applied to Christ Himselfe in person; for then, He was not to goe up on high, from us: but to stay heer still below with us. Ther­fore, GOD heer, is GOD the HOLY GHOST: who this day, came downe, af­ter Christ was gone up, to be not onely among us, but even in us (saith our Saviour:) To be in us and abide with us for ever. Ioh. 14 17.16. So, the Text beginns, with the ascending of Christ: and ends, with the descending of the HOLY GHOST. And, that was [Page 663] upon this day: And so, we are come, to CHRIST's hodiè impleta est, This [...] is this Scripture fulfilled; the best application of every Text.Luc. 4.21.

Our bookes tell us, the Scripture will beare foure senses: All foure be in this;The Summe. and a kinde of ascent there is in them.

First, after the letter, and in due consequence to the word immediately next before 1 this (the last word of the verse) which is, Sinai. It is a report of Moses's ascending thither. For, he, from the bottome of the red Sea, went up to the top of Sinai, leading with him the people of Israël, that long had beene captive to Pharao: and there received gifts, the Law, the Priest-hood (but above all) the Arke of the Cove­nant, to be the pledge of GOD's presence among them. This is the Literall.

This of Moses, by analogie, doth King David applie to himselfe. To his going 2 up to Mount Sion, and carrying the Arke up thither. For all agree, this Psalme was sett, upon that occasion.2. Sam. 6. The very beginning of it [Let GOD arise &c] sheweth as much: The acclamation ever to be used, at the Arke's removing, as is plaine by Num. X. Ver. XXXV. Now, this was done immediately upon his conquest of the Iebusites: whom, a little before he had taken captives, and made tributaries there.2. Sam. 5. What time also, for honour of the solemnitie, dona dedit, he dealt bread and wine, 2. Sam. 6.19. 1. Chro. 16.3. to all the people, gift-wise (as we finde I. Chron. XV.) This is the Analogicall: As Moses to Sinai; to David, to Sion.

From these two, we arise to the Morall sense: thus. That, as whensoever GOD's 3 people are carried captive, and made thrall to their enemies; as then, GOD seemeth to be put downe and lye foyled for a time, that one may well say, Exurgat DEVS to Him: So, when He takes their cause in hand, and workes their deliverance, it may well be said, Ascendit in altum, He is gone up (as it were) to His high throne, or judgement-seate, there to give sentence for them. Ever, the Churche's depressing is (as it were) GOD's owne humiliation; and their deliverance (after a fort) His exal­tation. For, then He hath the upper hand. And, this is the Morall.

Now, from this we ascend to the Propheticall sense, to the testimonie of Iesus, which is 4 the Spirit of all Prophecie. For, if in any Captivitie (as of Egypt, of Babylon) GOD,Revel. 19.10. besayd to be downe: And, in any strange deliverance (such as those were) to be g [...]tt up on high: in this of Christ, of all other, it is most pregnantly verified. That, the highest up-going; higher then Sion, or Sinai tarr: That, the most glorious Tri­umph, that ever was. When the Principalities and Powers, that had carried, not Israël, but mankind, all mankind into Captivitie; they, as Captives, were led before His Chariot: attended, as it is in the next verse before,Ver. 17. with twenty thousands of Angells. What time also, the gifts and graces of the Holy Ghost were shedd forth plenteously upon men; which was, this very day: and GOD, not by a wooden Arke, but by His owne Spirit, came to dwell among them.

And, in this sense, the true propheticall meaning of it, doth the Apostle deliver it to us; and we, to you. That, GOD, which ever, and at all times; doth then, and at that time did most specially shew the valour of His victorie, and the bounty of His triumph, when He went upon high &c.

To put that in other order, which is it selfe, well ordered already,The Division. were but to con­found it. The order, as it stands, is very exact. 1 Christ's ascending, first: Then,I the Manner: 3 And last, the end of it. The Ascending, in these: Thou art gone II up &c. The Manner, is triumph-wise; and that two wayes: 1 Leading His Cap­tives before Him: Scattering His gifts about Him. 3 And then thirdly, all to the end, that GOD, by His SPIRIT (the true Arke of His Presence indeed) might rest with us for ever. Or, you may (if you please) of these foure, make two moities: and give the two former, to Christ's ascending; the two later, to the Holy Ghost's de­scen [...]ing,III in dona dedit hominibus; the peculiar of this Day.

[Page 664] I. Christ's ascen­ding: The mo­tion. THou art gone up, a Motion: and, on high, a Place. Christ, in His ascendent, goi [...]g up; Christ, on high, is a good sight. A better sight to see Him so, tanquam aquila in nubibus, then tanquam vermis in pulvere; an Eagle in the clowds, then a worme in the dust,Act. 1.9. as a great while we did. To see a clowd to receive Him, then a grave-stone to cover Him. Better, leading Captivitie, then himselfe led captive: Better, recei­ving gifts for men, then receiving wrong from them. Yet, it is strange, Saint Paul (Ephes. 4.) commenting upon this verse (whereto we shall often have recourse;) as we are looking at His going up on high, 1. From wh [...]nce. pulls us back, and tells us of His being heere downe below:Ephes. 4.9. In that He ascended, what is it (saith He) but that he descend [...]d first? A note, out of season, one would thinke. But, he best knew, what was proper, and pertinent; and that is, that CHRIST's going up, is ascensus pest descensum.

And this, as it is for His glorie: (For, when one hath been downe, then to get up, is twise to get up. Farr more, for his glorie, then if he never had been downe. And, the lower he hath been downe, the more glorious is his getting up. Bis vi [...]cit qui vic­tus vincit; Being overcome, to overcome, is twise to overcome: For so, he over­comes his overcomers, and that is a double victorie.) As, for His glorie; so, for our good. For, His being above, before He was below, is nothing to us. But be­ing below first, and then, that He went up, that is it we hold by. As the Sonne of GOD, He came downe: As the Sonne of man, He went up. If, as the Sonne of man; there is hope, that the Sonnes of men may do the like.

But, alwaies remember, there must be a descent before. Ascendit Angelus & factus est diabolus: Why? He never descended first, and therefore is now in the bot­tome of hell. But, He that first descended, and ascended after, is now in the topp of hea­ven. To reach us, this high top must have a deepe root. He that is thus high now, was once low enough. We to be as He was, before we be as He is. Descending, by humilitie; con-descending, by charitie. For, he that so descendeth with Him. He it is, and none other, that shall ascend up after Him. This is Saint Paul, upon Ascen­disti, His Mot [...]on.

The place whither, On h [...]gh. 2. King. 2.16.Now, will you heare him upon in altum, on high, the pitch of his motion? On high, is somewhat a doubtfull terme: if it be but to some high mountaine (as they thought of Elias) it is on high, that. How high then? The Apostle takes the true altitude for us. Neither, to Sion, nor to Sinai, set one upon the other, and Pelton up­on Ossa too; it is higher yet. So high (saith Saint Luke) till a clowd came and tooke him out of their sight. Luc. 1.9. Ephes. 4.10. And what became of Him then? That, the Apostle supplies: He came [...] above, [...] aloft: [...], above all th [...] heavens, even the very highest of them.

Keeping just correspondence between his high, and his low. That, was ad ima terrae, to the lowest parts of the earth, then which none lower, none beneath them. This was all summa [...]oeli, the highest top of the heavens, then which none higher, none above them.

So, Exurg [...]t Deu [...], the first verse is not enough: that was but from the lower parts of the earth, [...]o the upper parts of it. Ascendat in altum, Let him goe up on high; Set up thy selfe LORD above the heavens;Psal. 57.5. there is His right place. And so now, He is where He should be: This for in altum.

But, we must not stand taking altitudes: This is but the gaze of the Ascension. The Angels blamed the Apostles;Act. 1.11. that blame will fall upon us, if we make but a gaze of it. What is there in it, hominibus, for us men?

First, is he gone upon high? We may be sure then, all is done and dispatched heer below. He would not hence re infectâ, till his errand were done, He came for. [Page 665] All is dispatched: for looke to the Text: He went not up till the battell fought, and t [...]e victorie go ten. For, the next point is, Captivitie is led captive. So,Ioh. 19.30. Luke 13.32. no more for [...] heer to do: Consummatum est. And after it was consummatum est for us, no rea­son but it should be consummatus sum with Him also.

But though all be done heer, all is not there; there above, whither He is gone. 2 There is somewhat still to be done for us. We have our cause there to be handled, and to be handled against a false and slanderous adversarie (so Iob found him.Iob 1.10.2.5. 1. Ioh. 2.1.) By means of His being there on high, Habemus Advocatum (saith S. Iohn) we have an Advo­cate, will see it take no harme. And what were such a one worth in place where?

But as our case is (for the most part) we rather stand in need of a good High-Priest, 3 to make intercession; then of a ready Advocate, to put in a plea for us. And He is there likewise to that end: on high within the sancta sanctorum, as a faithfull High-Priest, for ever to appeare,Heb. 2.17. and to make an atonement with GOD for our transgressi­ons. Thus, there, all is well.

But, how shall we do heer, if He be gone up on high from us? Not a whit worse:4 Ascensor caeli, auxiliator (saith MOSES, Deut. XXXIII.XXVI.) By being there, He is the better hable to helpe us: to helpe us against our enemies. For, in that He is on high, he hath the vantage of the high ground; and so hable to annoy them, to strike them downe, and lay them flat (S. Paul found it:) yea,Act. 9.4. Psal. 11.6. to raine downe fire and brimstone, storme and tempest upon them.

To help us against our wants. Wants, both temporall; (for, from on high He can 5 send downe a gracious raine vpon His inheritance to refresh it:) and spirituall; for from on high, He did send downe the gifts and graces of the Spirit, Ver. 9. the dona dedit of this Feast, and of this text, both. Looke to the Text. He is so gone up, that our ene­mies are his captives: we shall not need to feare, they can go no further then their chaine. And, though He be gone; dona dedit, He is ready to supplie us, upon our need, with all gifts requisite. We shall not need to want: for, no good thing will He with­hold from them, that have ascensiones in corde, Psal. 84.5. that have their hearts upon Him and up­on His ascension: that lift up their hearts to Him there.

There is yet one, and I keep that (for it shall be the last.) In that He is ascended into 6 heaven, Heaven is to be ascended to: By the new and living way that is prepared through the veile of His flesh, a passage there lieth thither. They talke of discoveries, Heb. 10.20. and much adoe is made of a new passage found out to this or that place: what say you to this discoverie in altum, this passage into the land of the living? Sure, it passes all.Psal. 27.1 [...]. And this discoverie is heer: and upon this discoverie, there is begun a commerce, or trade of entercourse, between heaven and us. The commodities whereof, are these gifts: (we shall after deale with them.) And a kind of agencie: CHRIST being there, for us; and the Spirit heer, for GOD; either Agent for other. It is the happiest n [...]wes, this, that ever came to mankind. For, hominibus, for mankind it is, He is gone up: for, that is to be repeated to all three, and every of them [...] 1 He is gone up on high, for men; 2 Led captivitie captive, for men, 3 as well, as received gifts for men.

His going up then, is not all for Himselfe; some part (and that no small part) for us. For, thither He is gone,Heb. [...].20. ut Praecursor noster (Heb. VI.) as our fore-runner or Her­benger, Pandens iter ante eos (saith the Prophet Mica) to make way before us. Mica 2 13. To pre­pare a place, and and to hold possession of it in our names (saith He Himselfe.) Till (say the Angels) as He was seen to go up, so shall He likewise be to come downe againe. Acts 1.11. Once more to descend (it is His last:) and upon it, His last ascending into His high Tribunall-seate; there, as our favourable Iudge, to give us the Ite benedicti, Mat 25.34. the immediate war­rant for our ascensions. And so he shall take our persons thither, where He now is in our persons, that where He is, we may be there also. And thus much, for His going up on high.

Now, the Manner, how He went. Ascendit DOMINVS in jubilo, II. The [...] of His ascending. In Iubilee Psal. 47. [...]. saith the XI.VII. Psalme, a proper and peculiar Psalme for this day, For, this is the fiftieth day, [Page 666] [...]nd fifty i [...] the number of the I [...]bilee: We must looke for a Iubilee ever at Pentecost. H [...] went up in Iubilo: Now, to a Iubilee, there got two acts: 1 The releasing of Priso­ner's; one. And the new giving or granting estates gra [...]is. (don [...] dedit) the other. And both are heer.

In triumph.He went up in triumph, as a [...]oman Victor up to the Capitol; as David, after his conquest, [...]p to [...]: so He, to the Capitol in heaven, to the Sion that is above, the high and holy plac [...]s made without hands. Now, two actus triumphales the [...]e were: One, Captives led bound before the Chariot: 2 The other, casting abroad of new coine, or (as they called them) missilia, among the multitude. And these two are in this. This, the man [...]er of His going up, like the Iewe's Iubilee, like the Heathen's [...]riumph. 1 First then, of His valour, in His victorie; leading His captivitie. 2 Then, of His bounty, in His Triumph; dispersing His gifts.

1. Leading capti­vitie captive.Of the first. Heer is a Captivitie led in triumph. A Triumph is not but after a victo­rie: not a victorie; but upon a battell: and (ever) a battell presupposeth b [...]stilitie; and that, some quarrell, whereupon it grew. His ascension is His triumph; His Re­surrection, His victorie; His death, His battell; His quarrell is hominibus, about us men, for another captivitie of ours, that had happened before this.

I aske then, what was this Captivitie heer? Of whom? when taken? when ledd? (For, taken it must be, before it can be ledd in triumph.) Some interpret it by Satan; lay, it was by Him, and the power of darkenesse. Some other, that it was Adam and all his progenio: and so, we are in it too. And both say well: they and we were taken together. For, when they were taken captives, we that then were in their hand and power, as captives to them, were taken together with them. So, both were taken; and by CHRIST, both: but not both alike. Both were taken, but not both led. They were taken, and led: we are taken and let goe. And not let go barely, but re­warded with gifts, as it is in the Verse. Both these are within the compasse of this Psalme.

To begin with this of the Verse: we find it more particularly set downe, Colos. II. There,Col. 2.15. of the Principalities and powers of hell, it is said, CHRIST spoiled them, made a shew of them, triumphed over them in His owne person.

With these He had battell at His death, and then He seemed to lose the fi [...]ld But, up againe He got at His Resurrection: and then got the day, carried the victorie cleare.1 Cor. 15.54. For lo, as with a trumpet, the Apostle soundeth the victorie, Abs [...]rpta est mors in victoriâ, death is swallowed up in victorie.

But what was the quarrell? That, began about us, hominibus: (In every branch, we must take in that word.) For, no other quarrell had He, but that these, whom He leads away captive heer, had led us captive away before.

Psal. 138.8. Esa. 64.8. 1. Cor. 6.20. 1. Pet. 1.15.19And the quarrell was just: for, we w [...]re His: twise His, 1 His once, by creation, the worke of His hands. 2 His againe now, by redemption, the price of His bloud. He had no reason to lose that, was His, quite. It stood not with his honour, to see them carried away without all recoverie.

Gen. 3.6. Rom. 7.23. 1. Pet. 2 11. 1. Pet. 2 19.But, how came we captives? Looke to Gen. III. There ye find Lex memb [...]orum, (as S. Paul calleth it;) fleshly lusts (as S. Peter;) a garrison, that lieth in us, even in our loines, and sight against our soules. They surprised Adam (and, of whom one is overcome, his captive he is.) So was he led away captive, and in him all mankind. The effect whereof ye see, at CHRIST's comming. The spirit of error had (in a manner) seised on all the world. And, if Errour had taken his thousand; Sinne had, his ten thou­sand (we may be sure.) And this was the first captivitie, under the power of Satan. For, Sinne and Errour are but leaders under him; take to his use: and so all mankind held captive of him at his pleasure. And, O the thraldome and miserie, the poore soule is in, that is thus held and hurried under the servitude of sinne and Satan! The Heathen's pistrinum, the Turkie-Galleyes are nothing to it. If any have felt it, he can understand me, and from the deep of his heart will crie, Turne our captivitie O Lord. Psal. 126.4.

[Page 667]Will ye then see this Captivitie turned away, and those, that tooke us, taken themselves? Looke to His resurrection. Agnus occisus est, is true; like a lamb He died;Revel. 5.11. but that was, respect had to His Father. To Him, He was a Lamb in all meekenesse, to [...] His justice, and to pay Him the ransome for us, and for our enlargement, whose prisoners justly we were. That paid, and justice satisfied, the hand-writing of the Law, that was against us, was delivered Him, and He cancelled it. Col. 2.14. Then had He good right to us. But death and he that had the power of death, the divell, for all that,Heb. 2.14. would not let Him goe, but deteined Him still wrongfully. With them, the lamb would do no good: So, he tooke the lyon. Died a lamb, but rose a Lyon, and tooke on, like a Lyon indeed; broke up the gates of death, and made the gates of brasse flie in sunder: trod on the Serpent's head and all to bruised it; came upon him, Luk. 11.2 [...]. tooke from his armour wherein he trusted, and divided his spoiles. (So it is in the Gospell; So, in this Psalme.) Till He had right, He had no might; was a lamb. But, he had no sooner right, but He made his might appeare; was a Lyon: Et vicit Leo de tribu Iuda. Revel. 5.5. His right was seene in his death; His might, in his Resurrection.

Ye see them taken: Now, will ye see them ledd. Of this victorie, this (heere) is the triumph. And, if ye will see it more at large, ye may,Hosee 13.14. 1. Cor. 15 55.56. in the Prophet Hosee 13. and out of him, in the Apostle (I. Cor. XV.) death ledd captive without his sting: Hell ledd, as one that had lost the victorie: The strength of sinne (the Law) rent, and faste­ned to His Crosse, ensigne-wise: The Serpent's head bruised borne before Him in tri­umph, as was Golia's head by David returning from the victorie. And, this was His triumph.

So then, upon the matter, heere is a double captivitie, a first and a second. 1. A first, and in it captivans, they; and captivata, we. 2. A second, and in it captivans, He; and captivata, they. They tooke us, and He tooke them. And this is the Iubilee; that He, that was overcome, did overcome; and they, that had overcome, were overcome themselves. That captivans is become captivata, and captivata is brought out of Cap­tivitie and set at libertie. For, the leading of this Captivitie, was the turning away of ours.

The five Kings (Gen. XIV.) tooke Sodome, and caried Lot away prisoner: Comes me Abraham upon them, takes the five Kings, and Lot in their hands: So Lot, and they (both) became Abraham's captives. The Amalekites (1. Sam. XXX.) tooke Ziklag, David's towne, his wives, children, and all his people. David makes after them, takes Amalek, and with them, his owne flocke too: and so became master of both. So did the Sonne of Abraham, and the Sonne of David, in this captivitie, heere.

For all the world, as an English ship takes a Turkish Galley, wherein are held many Christian Captives at the oare. Both are taken, Turkes, and Christians; both become prisoners to the English ship. The poore soules in the galley, when they see, the En­glish ship hath the upper hand, are glad (I dare say) so to be taken: they know, it will turne to their good, and in the end, to their letting goe. So was it with us, we were the children of this captivitie. They, to whom we were captives, were taken captive them­selves, and we with them. So, both came into CHRIST's hands: They and we His prisoners both. But with a great difference. For, they are caried heere in tri­umph, to their confusion (as we see) and after condemned to perpetuall prison and torments. And we, by this new captivitie, ridd of our old,Rom. 8.21. and restored to the libertie of the Sonnes of GOD. So that, in very deed, this captivitie fell out to prove our feli­citie: we had beene quite undone, utterly perished, if we had not had the good hap, thus to become CHRIST's prisoners.

It is not good (simply) to be taken captive: but thus, it is. For, faelix captivitas capi in bonum: He is taken in a good houre, that is taken for so great a good. A happy captivitie then, may we say: indeed, so happy; as no man can be happy, if he be not thus [...] prisoner by CHRIST. It is the only way to enjoy true liberty. And this, for this great Captivitie heere ledd

Other inferior Captivities there be, in this life, and those not lightly to be regarded [Page 668] neither. But, this of Mankinde is the maine: the rest, all derived from this, and but pledges of it. We have lived to see, that Ascensor Coeli, was Auxiliator noster, and Ductor captivitatis nostrae, even this way.

In LXXXVIII, the invi [...]cible Navie had swallowed us up quick, and made full accompt to have led us all into captivitie. We saw them ledd, like a sort of poore Cap­tives round about this Isle, sunke and cast away, the most part of them, and the rest sent home againe with shame. Eight yeares since, they that had vowed the ruine of us all; and, if that had been, the thraldome of this whole land: they were led captives in the literall sense (we saw them) and brought to a wretched end before our eyes. So, He, that heer did; still can, and still doth lead captivitie captive for the good of His. Take these as remembrances heer below; but looke up beyond these to our great cap­tivam d [...]xisti heer: And make this use of both, that we, both these waies, bei [...]g deli­vered, Luc 1.74.75. out of the hands of our enimies, and from the slavery of Satan, might serve Him, whose service is perfect freedome, in righteousnesse and holinesse before Him, all the daies of our life.

And this for the first point of Ascendit in Iubilo (a principall part where­of was the releasing of captives.) And so much for the triumph of His victo­rie: Now, for the bounty of His Triumph. In that, His valour; valour in lea­ding captivitie: In this His magnificence, magnificence in dist [...]ibuting Hi [...] gifts.

Scattering His gifts. Accepit dona. All this while, there hath beene nothing, but going up: Heere now, there is something comming downe, even Love, with his handfull of gifts, to bestow them on us: which is the second part; even His largesse or boun­ty, as it were the running of the Conduits with wine, or the casting abroad of His new coyne, among the lookers on, on this, the great and last day of the Feast, the conclusion or shutting up of His triumph. This is the day of dona dedit in kind, and dona dedit, the high honour of this Feast. Alwaies, the height of his place, the glo­rie of his triumph, makes him not forget us, we see by this. He sends these for a to­ken, that he is still mindfull of us.

Foure points there be in it. 1 Received, first: 2 Then, gifts: 3 Thirdly, for men: 4 And last, an enlargement of this last word men; for such men, as of all men, seemed least likely to get any of them, Even for His enimies.

Accepit, Dedit. Received. The Prophet heer saith, Dona accepit; the Apostle he saith, Ephes. 4.8. dona dedit; and both true: Accepit & dedit; for, accepit ut daret: He did give, what he received; for, he received to give. So, what he received with one hand, he gave with the other. For, he received not for himselfe, but for others; Not, to keep, but, to part with them againe. And, part with them he did, witnesse this day, the day of the giving.

Received, from whom? Whosoever the party was, he received them from, he seemes to stand well affected to us. It is the Father. And we see, he said true of him, I goe up to my Father, and to your Father; that is, yours as well as mine.Ioh. 20.17. Which appeareth, in His Fatherly goodnesse, ready to part with them to us. Yet, not immediatly to us; but, by him, to us: that, seeing by whose hands they come, we might know, know and acknowledge both, for who [...]e sake, both he giveth, and we receive them. We, of him: he, of his Father; but, for us, and for our use.

2. Dona.Received gifts. Alas poore captives! Never thinke of any: Tantùm libera nos is all, they say. Free us onely, and we desire no more. This one gift is enough, will richly content them; Even the gift of liberty, we even now spake of. E­nough for them; but, not enough for Him, The Scripture offereth greater grace. He will let them goe,I [...]. 4.6. but not let them goe away empty; send them away rewarded, and not with one gift, but plurally, dona; with many. So many, as in the [Page 669] [...]ext verse, He saith, they be even laden with them. And, not give them again their former estate freely (the Iubilee of the Law;) but, a farr better then that was, even in heaven, which is farr beyond the Lawe's, and is (indeed) the Iubilee of the Gospell.

To spea [...]e of these gifts in particular, one houre-glasse will not serve, they be so many. To recapitulate dona in Dono, all in one: It is the gift of gifts, the Gift of the Holy Ghost, the proper Gift or Missile of this day. O si scires Donum Dei (saith our Saviour of it) if we but knew this Gift! And GOD graunt,Ioh. 4.10. we may know it (that is) that we may receive it; for, then we shall, but otherwise, we shall never know in: For, nemo seit, nisi qui accep [...]rit; but he that receiveth it, Revel. 2.17. no man know­eth it.

But, GOD it is, this Gift. The Text is direct: This giving is, to the end, GOD may dwell with us. That cannot be, if He that is given, were not GOD. So then, Man He carried up to heaven: GOD He sent downe to earth: Our flesh is there, with GOD; His Spirit, heer, with us. Foelix captivitas, we said before; Foelix cambium, may we now say: A happy Cap [...]ivitie, that; a blessed exchange for us, this.

This is but one: it is expressed plurally; Dona, many: There be many in it. It is, as the Arke of the Covenant: the Arke was not empty, no more is this. The two Tables, that teach the hea [...]t; the hidden Manna, that feedeth the soule; the Cen­ser, that perfumeth all our prayers; the Rodd, which makes us do (as it selfe did) of withered, and d [...]ad, to revive and flou [...]ish againe. Great variety of gifts there are in it, and all are f [...]athers of the Dove mentioned in this Psalme (ver. 14.) either, the silver feathers of her wing; or the golden of her neck; For, all are from her. They are reduced all to two: 1 The Gifts (1 Cor. 12.) 2 The Fruicts (Galat. 5.1 Cor. 12 4. Galat. 5.22.) The gifts knowen by the terme gratis data: The fruicts perteining to gratum faciens. But the gratum faciens being to every man for himselfe: The gratis data, for the benefit of the Church in common. These later are ever reckoned the proper, and most prin­cipall dona dedit of this day. And indeed, they are all in all. For, by them are the Si­ents planted, on which the other (the f [...]uicts) doe grow.

And so it is. For, what were the true and proper gifts this day sent downe, were they not a few tongues? And those tongues had heads, and those heads belonged to men, and those men were the Apostles. Vpon the point, these gifts, in the end,Act 2.3. will [...]all out, to prove men: The Gift even leading us to the Office, and the office to the P [...]r­sons, by whom it is borne.

In the place (Ephes. 4.) where the Apostle comments upon this verse,Ephes. 4.11 and upon this word gifts: aske him, What the gifts be? He will tell us, Ipse dedit quosdam Apostolos, He gave some Apostles, some Prophetts, some Evangelists: These were of the Gifts. These three now are gone, their date is out. But, in the same periode, He putts Pastors and Doctors too; and them we have sti [...]l, and they are all the re­maines, that are now left, of the dona dedit of this day. A point, I wish to be well thought on: that, for these gifts, this Feast is holden; that for these, we keepe this high Holy-day.

What, and are these such goodly Gifts? Yea, the Apostles, Prophetts, Evange­lists, we graunt: For, we love to build Sepulchers, as well as the Pharisees: They must be dead, yet we esteeme them. O if we had lived in the Apostle's dayes, we would have made other gates account of them, that we would. We know, how our Fathers then did; we would even have done the same. For, those, we have left, it is dayly heard and seene, how poore a ra [...]e we set on them. This we finde: The Apostles themselves, were faigne to magnifie their own Apostleship, and to say: Well they ho­ped, the day would come, when their people's faith were as it should be,2. Cor. 10.15. that they also should be esteemed according to their measure; that is, better then they were. So that, they were undervalued. I will not say the same of these, which are all, that are now left of this dona dedit: that, of these Holy-day gifts, there is but a working-day ac­ [...]ompt. Yet, these are they, that dayly doe rescue men and women laden with sinnes, [Page 670] and so captives to Sathan, from Sathan's captivitie, and take them prisoners to C [...]rist. These they, by whose meanes and ministerie, are wrought in us those impressions of grace, which we call the fruicts of the Spirit, the price whereof is above all [...]o [...]dly gifts whatsoever. And, if GOD dwell among us, these be they, by who [...]e [...] and exhortation, we are edified, (that is) framed and reared up, a meete bu [...]lding [...]or Him.

Act. 20.28.Truely, if we did but seriously thinke of Ipse dedit, who gave; of Spiritus Sanctus posuit, who placed them; Nay, if but of the Feast it selfe we hold; it would be bett [...]r then it is, if not for theirs, for the very feast's sake. For, why keepe we it? For th [...]se dona dedit, plaine. And how prize we them? I list not tell, how mean [...]ly▪ Th [...]s I say then: Either esteeme them otherwise, or what doe we keeping it [...] Feast, wipe the day of Pentecost out of the Kalendar, keepe it no mo [...]e [...]ard [...]y. N [...]v [...] keepe so high a Feast, for so low a matter. But, if we will keepe it, make better recko­ning of Dona dedit hominibus, then hitherto we have, or presently we doe.

3. Hominibus.Now, the Parties for whom all these: Hominibus. Ascendit, d [...]xit, d [...]dit, all for hominibus, for men. For men, He ascended up on high; For men, He ledd captivitie; For men, He received these Gifts. They, the cisterne, into which all these three streames doe flow. As GOD, of GOD, He received them; that, as Man, to Man, He might deale them. I will tell you Saint Paule's note upon this word (and indeed, it is the onely cause, for which He there bringeth in this verse:) The num­ber, that it is, Hominibus, not Homini. To men, among them: To every one, some; Not to any one, all. For, no one man is hominibus; and hominibus it is, He deal [...] them to. None, so compleate, but He wants some: none so bare left, that He wants all. A note (if well digested) which would cause this fastidious disdeigne to cease, we have one of another. The spoiles are divided to them of the houshold (Ver. 12.) come not all to one mans hand:Heb. 2.4. They be [...] (Heb. II.) by proportion and measure, part and part. So that, any man, though he want this gift or that; have not all; if he have but some to doe good, and doe good with that some, need not be dismayed. He is within the verge of CHRIST's bountie, of Dona dedit hominibus.

4. E [...]iam inimicis.The last, is the enlargement of His largesse of this clause in the Graunt: For men; Yea, for some men, some speciall men (may some say) such as Abraham, and David, GOD's friends: but not for His enemies; nor for such, as I. Yes: [...] [...]en for His enemies; even for His Rebells (so is the nature of the word) even to them, this day, is He willing to part with His gifts. His enemies? why, the divels themselves are no more, but so, but his enemies: what, for them? No: it is hominibu [...], [...]tiam inimicis; It is not daemonibus: So, they are out cleere. But, for men, though His ene­mies, there is hope in this clause. And ó the bountifullnesse of GOD, that there is hope even for them, that He so farre enlargeth the gifts of His feast!

Will ye but heare His Commission given about this point? This it is: That remis­sion of sinnes (the chiefe gift of all) in His Name, Luk 14.47. be proclaimed to all Nations. (And, all Nations then (in a manner) were within the Apostle's Cum inimici ess [...]mus.) But, that is not it, but the last words that follow: That this Proclamation should be made, beginning at Ierusalem. At Ierusalem? why, there, all the injuries were done Him, all the indignities offered Him, that could possibly be offered Him, that could pos­sibly be offered by one enemie to another. Begin there? why the stones were yet moist with His blood, so lately shedd, so few dayes before, as scarse drie at the Proclamation-time. Well yet, there beginne: This is etiam inimicis indeed. En [...]ugh, to shew, He would have His enemies should be the better for this day: Festum charita [...]is, this right.

And will ye now see this put in execution? This very day, so soone as ever these gifts: were come, Saint Peter thus proclaimes, That Holy and Iust One ye have beene the be­trayers and murtherers of Him (that is inimicis (trow I) in the highest degree.) Well yet, repent and be baptized, and your sinnes (yea even that sinne also) shal [...] be done away, [Page 671] and ye shall receive the gift of the HOLY GHOST. They, that had layd Him full low, past ever ascending (as they thought) even they have their parts in His Ascen­sion. They, that bound Him as prisoner, He looses their captivitie. They, that did dam­na d [...]re to Him, He doth dona dare to them. All, to shew, Etiam inimicis is no more then the truth: and what would we more? Then, let no man despaire of his part in these gifts; or say, I am shut out of the Graunt: I have so lived, so behaved my selfe; never dwell with GOD, I. Why, what art thou? A captive? Nay, art thou an enimie? Why, if de hominibus, etiam inimicis; if a man, though an enimie, this Scripture will reach him, if he put it not from him. The words are so plaine: for men, yea though His very enimies.

See then, what difference is betweene the two Feasts: The Resurrection (the first verse of the Psalme) Let GOD arise, and let His enimies be scattered, (that is) Inimici daemones, or men, that putt Him from them. But now, at this, Let GOD arise, and let His enimies (that were, and would not be) be gathered, Ver. 1. and let those that hate Him (and now hate themselves for it) flye unto Him. It is the feast of Pen­tecost to day. This is the day for etiam inimicis: To day, He hath gifts, even for them too. And thus much for the latter part, and so, for the whole Tri­umph.

The end now, why all this. Hominibus, for men, that GOD may dwell among men. III. The end, that G [...]d m [...]ght d [...]l [...]m [...]ng men. GOD, that is, the whole Trinitie, by this Person of it. Why? dwelt He not among men before? He did. I know not well, whither it may be called dwelling; but sure never so did before, as since these gifts came from Him.

Did not dwell (they call it visiting) then: went and came, and that was all. But, since, he came to settle himselfe, to take his residence; not, to visit any longer,1. Dw [...], n [...]t visit but even to dwell among them.

Nor among men, before; but, among some men. He was cooped up (as it were:2. Amon [...] men, at large Psal▪ 76.1. Gen. 9 27. Eph [...]s. 4.10.) Notus in Iudae â Deus, and there was all. Since, the fulnesse of the Gentiles is come in; Iaphet into Shem's tents: All nations, his neighbours; all interessed in Him and His Gifts, alike. Saint Paul upon this verse, He ascended, Vt imple [...]et omnia. Impleret, His: omnia, ours. Filled with His gifts, He: full, all; that is, all the compasse of the earth full of His fullnesse.

It is for love, even [...], for His love of men, that makes him desire thus to dwell with us. This is evident, by this captivitas soluta, and these dona distributa; by this Captivitie led (that is) by His fighting for it: by these gifts given (that is) by His bidding for it; that all this He doth, and all this He gave, and all for no other end, but this. So as, quid requirit Dominus? on his part; quid retribuam Domino? on ours, all is but this, ut habitet nobiscum Deus, that the true Arke of His Presence (His Holy Spirit) may finde a place of rest with us.

What shall we doe then? shall we not yield to Him thus much, or rather,Our duty. thus little? If He have a minde to dwell in us, shall we refuse Him? It will be for our be­nefit: we shall finde a good neighbour of Him.1. Ch [...]o. 6.41. Shall we not then say (as they did to the Arke) Arise, O Lord, into thy resting place?

But first, two things would be done. 1 The Place would be meet: 2 And the usage or entertainment according. For the Place, Never looke about for a soile, where:To prepare Him a place. The place, are we our selves. He must dwell in us, if ever He dwell among us. In us (I say) not beside us: [...] is the word, and so it signifieth, Sic inter nos, ut in nobis.

And if so, then Locus and Locatum would be suitable. A Dove He is: He will not come but ad tecta candida, to no foule or sooty place. Ointment He is: powred He will not be, but into a cleane, and sweet; not into a stinking or loathsome phiall. To hold us to the word: GOD He is; and Holy is His title: So would His place be, an holy place; and, for GOD, a Temple. You know, who saith, Templum Dei estis vos: 1. Cor. 3.16. Know ye [...]ot, ye are the Temples of GOD, if He dwell in you?

[Page 672] 2 To enterteine Him.But, it is not the place (though never so commodious) makes one so will [...]g to dwell, as doth the good usage, or respect of those, in the middst of whom it is. He [...]e will I dwell, for I have a delight (saith He.) It would be such, as to delight Him (if it might be:Ver. 16.) but such, as at no hand to grieve Him. For then, He is gone againe▪ Migremus hinc streight, and we force Him to it. For, who would dwell, where he can­not dwell, but with continuall griefe?

And, what is there, will sooner grieve Him, and make Him to quit us, then disc [...]rd or dis-union? Among divided men, or minds, He will not dwell. Not, but where unitie and love is. In vaine, we talke of the Spirit without these. Aaron's ointment, and the dew of Hermon (both types of Him) ye know what Psalme they belong to: It beginns with, habitare fratres in unum. It is in this Psalme before (ver. 9. [...] w [...]e men are of one mind in an house, Psal. 133.1. there He delights to be. This very day, they that re­ceived Him, were [...], with one accord, in one place. That [...] is the Adverb of the Feast. And the Apostle, in his comment on this verse: No better way (saith he) to preserve the unitie of the Spirit (or the Spirit of unitie, choose you whither) then in the bond of peace. To say truth; who would be hired to dwell in Mesech, Ephes. 4.3. Psal. 120.5. where nothing is but continuall jarrs and quarrells? Such places, such men, are even as torrida Zona, not habitable by the Spirit, by this Spi [...]it. But for the other spirit, the spirit of division, they are: Vt habitet daemon inter eos, a f [...]t place for the Devill, to dwell among such. Thinke of this seriously, and sett it downe, that, at Salem is His Tabernacle: Psal. 76.2. and Salem is peace, and so the Fathers read it, In [...]ace f [...]ctus est locus Ejus. Make Him that place, and He will say, Heer is my rest, heer will [...], for I have a delight therein.

We said even now: to dwell among us, He must dwell in us: And, in us, He will dwell, if the fruicts of His Spirit be found in us. And, of His fruicts, the very first is Love. And the fruict is, as the tree is. For, He himselfe is Love, the essentiall Love, and Love-knott of the undivided Trinitie.

By the Sacra­ment. Now, to worke love (the undoubted both signe and meanes of His dwelling) what better way, or how sooner wrought, then by the Sacrament of love, at the Feast of l [...]ve, upon the Feast-day of Love; when Love descended with both his hands full of gift [...], for very love, to take up His dwelling with us?

You shall observe: there ever was and will be, a neer alliance, betweene His do [...]a dedit hominibus, and His dona reliquit hominibus; The Gifts He sent, and the Gifts He left us. He left us the gifts of His body and blood. His body broken, and full of the characters of love, all over. His blood shedd, every drop whereof is a great drop of Love. To those which were sent, these which were left (love, joy, peace) have a spe­ciall con-naturall reference, to breed and to maintaine each other. His body, the s [...]irit of strength; His blood, the spirit of comfort: Both, the Spirit of Love.

This Spirit (we said) we are to procure, that it may abide with us, and be in u [...]. And what is more intrinsecall in us, abideth surer, groweth faster to us, then what we eat and drinke? Then, if we could get a spirituall meat, or get to dri [...] of the Spirit, 1. Cor. 10.3.4. 1. Cor. 12.13. there were no way to that. And behold, heer they be. For, heer is, [...] meat, that is, breeding the Spirit; and heer we are all made drinke of one S [...]i [...]it, th [...]t there may be but one spirit in us. And we are all made one bread, and one b [...]y, knead togither, and pressed togither into one (as the Symboles are, the bread, and the wine;) So many as are partakers of one bread, Ioh. 5.33· 1. Cor. 10.16. 1. Chro. 16.3. and one cup, the bread of life, and the cup of [...], the communion of the Body and Blood of CHRIST. And, in figure of this, even King David dealt these two (bread and wine) in a kinde of resemblance to ours, when the Arke was to be brought home, and seated among them; the Arke in type. And we to doe the same, this day, when the Arke in truth did come, and will come to take up His rest in us.

Will ye now heare the end of all? By this meanes GOD shall dwell with us (the perfection of this life:) and He dwelling with us, we shall dwell with Him (the last and highest perfection of the life to come.) For, with whom GOD dwelleth heer, they shall dwell with Him there, certainly. Grace He doth give, that He may dwell with us; [Page 673] and glorie he will give, that we may dwell with Him. So may He dwell; He with [...]s: so may we dwell; we with Him, aeternally. So, the Text comes about round. It beg [...]n with an ascension, and it ends with one: began with CHRIS's: ends with [...] He ascended, that GOD might dwell with us; that, GOD dwelling with us, we might, in the end, ascend and dwell with GOD. He went up on high, that the SPI [...]IT might come downe to us below; and, that comming downe, make us goe the same way, and come to the same place, that He is. Sent Him downe to us, to bring us up to Him.

Where, we shall no lesse truly then joyfully say: This is our rest for ever. To which rest, Ascensor caeli, Ductor captivitatis, Largitor donorum, He that is gone up to heaven, the Leader of Captivitie, the Great Receiver, and Giver of these Gifts, vouchsafe to bring us: That, as this Feast is the periode of all the Feasts of the yeare, So this Text, and the end of it, to dwell with GOD, may be the end of us all: of our desires, heere; of our fruition there. Which &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT GREEN­VVICH, on the XXIX. of May A.D. MDCXV, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

LVKE CHAP. III. VER. XXI. XXII.

Now it came to passe, when all the people were baptized, and that IESVS also was baptized, and did pray, the heaven was opened:

And the HOLY GHOST came downe upon Him, in a bodily shape like a Dove, and there was a voice from hea­ven, saying, Thou art my beloved SONNE, in whom J am well pleased.

THis is the Feast of the Holy Ghost. And heer have we in the Text,The Feast of the H. Ghost. a visible de­cending of the Holy Ghost.

The comming downe of the H. Ghost upon Christ. Dignius.Another there was, besides this, Asts II. But this hath the vantage of it, three wayes. 1 The worthinesse of the Person. Heere, it descends upon CHRIST, who alone is more worth then all those there. 2 The prioritie of time;Antiquius. This heer was first, and that other, the Holy Ghost but at the second hand.Communius. 3 The generalitie of the good: That other was proper but to one cal­ling (of the Apostles) onely. All are not Apostles; all the Christians. This of CHRIST's concernes all Christi­ans; and to the more generall by farre.

The [...] of bapt [...]me.That it is of baptisme, is no whit impertinent neither: for, this is the Feast of [Page 675] Baptisme. There were three thousand, The baptisme-day of the first Christians. Acts 2.41. this day baptized by the Apostles (the first Christi­an [...] that ever were.) In memorie of that Baptisme, the Church ever after held a sol [...]mne custome of baptizing, at this Feast. And many, all the yeare, reserved themselves till then; (those except, whom necessitie did cause to make more hast.The baptisme-day of the Apostles. Acts 2.3.41. Christ's baptisme a high mysterie.)

But, upon the point, both baptismes fell upon this day. That, wherewith the Apo­stles themselves were baptized, of fire. And that, wherewith they baptized the People, of water. So that, even this way, it is pertinent also.

To looke into the Text, there is no man but at the first blush will conceive there is some great matter in hand. 1 First, by the opening of heaven: for, that opens not, for a small purpose: 2 Then, by the solemne presence of so great Estates at it: for, heer is the whole Trinitie in person. The Sonne in the water, the Holy Ghost in the Dove, The presence of the whole Tri­nitie. the Father in the voice. This was never so before, but once: Never but twise, in all; in all the Bible. Once in the Old Testament, and once in the New. In the Old,1 At the Crea­tion. Gen. 1.1.2.3. at the creation, the beginning of Genesis. There find we GOD, and the Word with GOD creating, and the Spirit of GOD moving upon the face of the waters. And now heer againe, at CHRIST's christening in the New.2 At Christ's Christening. Exod. [...]5.20.

The faces of the Cherubins are one toward the other: (that is) there is a mutuall cor­respondence between these two. That, was at the creation: this, a creation too;That, a n [...]w creation. 2. Cor. 5.17. That, a new generation. Tit 3.5. If any be in CHRIST, he is a new creature of this new creation. That was the Genesis, (that is) the generation of the World: this, the [...] (the Apostle's word) that is, the regeneration, or spirituall new birth, whereby we be borne againe the Sonnes of GOD. And better not borne at all, then not so borne againe.

This then, being every way as great; (indeed, the greater of the twaine) meet it was, they all should present themselves at this, no lesse then at that; and every one have His part in it (as we see, they have.) All (I say:The Commission for it. Mat. 28.19. The execution of it.) seeing the Commission for Baptisme was to runne in all their Names, and it selfe ever to be ministred accor­dingly.

To lay forth the members of the division: A double Baptisme we have heer: Dou­ble for the Parties, and double for the Parts.The Division 1 Christ's. 2 The People's Christ's and the People's In water. In the H. Ghost.

For the Parties; we have heer two Parties. First the People. Then CHRIST.

For the Parts; we have heer two parts. For this first (both of CHRIST and the People) was but Iohn's Baptisme, was but Baptismus fluminis (as they call it) water-bap­tisme. But, there is another part besides to be had, even Baptismus Flaminis, the Bap­tisme of the Holy Ghost,

The second part is sett downe in a sequele of foure.

1 For first, after Iohn's baatisme, CHRIST prryes. 2 Then, after His prayer, hea­ven opens. 3 After heaven open, the Holy Ghost descends. 4 Lastly, after His descent, comes the voice. And these foure make up the other part, and both together a full Baptisme. 1

Of these then in order. 1. Of the People's baptisme. 2. Of CHRIST'S bap­tisme. 2 CHRIST's 1 by water, and then 2 by the Holy Ghost. In which, the foure: 1 CHRIST's prayer, 2 heaven open, 3 the Dove, and 4 the Voice.

I. The Peopl [...]'s baptisme. IT came to passe, that when &c Two Baptismes we have heer: 1 The Peoples first. 2 Then CHRIST's. How it should come to passe, the People should be baptized, we see good reason: but not how it should come to passe, that CHRIST also. The People; they cam [...] confessing their sinnes; and so needed the baptisme of repentance: so was Iohn's baptisme. Mat 3.6. For their Sinnes. Act. 19 4. 1. Tim. 6.9. 2. Pet. 2.22. For, the People not being [...] baptized, but (to use the Apo­stle's word) [...] even soused over head and eares in their sinnes, in many foolish and noysome lusts, which drowne men in perdition, Tanquam sus a volutabro, they had need to be washed from the wallow of their sinne, they had long lyen in.

For their very righteousnesse.And not onely for their sinne: even their righteousnesse (take it at the best) even that, was not [...]o cleane, but it needs come to baptisme: V [...]pote stillantes quotidie super telam justitiae, in quari [...] Sentent. saniem concupiscentiae (they be Pope Adrian's owne words) As drop­ping every other while, upon the web of those few good works we do, such stuffe; the Prophet resembles it to so homely a thing, as I list not tell you; what it is: but it is pannus menstruatus, Esa. 64.6. english it who will. Reason then, for the People: And not onely for f [...]xpopuli, but even s [...]os populi, to be baptized. It might well come to passe, that.

The People's children's bap­tisme. 1 Pet. 2.2. Iob. 14.4. Psal [...] 1.5. Ezek 16.6.Yea reason, that even they, who of all the rest, seeme least to need it, the People's children, [...], the poore new-borne babes. For, being concerved of uncleane seed (Iob:) and, warmed in a sinfull wombe (David:) at their birth, polluted no lesse in sinne, the [...] bl [...]ud (Ezechiel;) there is not Iob 14.5. Infans unius diei super terram (as the Seventy read it) Nov a ch [...]ld a day old, but needs baptismus lavacri, if it be but for baptismus uteri; the baptisme of the Church, if it be but for the baptisme, it had in the wombe. Lett the People then be baptized in GOD's name: good and bad, men and children and all.

II. Christ's baptisme Sed quid facitis baptizant [...]s IESVM? (As Bernard askes at his circumcision, Quid facitis circu [...]c [...]aentes P [...]ru [...]h [...]sn [...]? What do you circumcising Him, in whom no­thing superfluous?It may seeme Chr [...]st was not to be bap [...]iz [...]d. 1. Pet. 1.19. 1 Pet 2.22. 2. Cor. 5.21. So heer) What do you baptizing Him, in whom nothing un­cleane? What should He do being baptized? How comes that to passe? Go wash your spotted lambs and spare no [...]: this Lamb [...] is immaculate, hath not the least spott upon Him. Qui non fec [...]i p [...]ccatum (it is Paul;) Qui non novit peccatum (it is Peter:) Neither did, nor knew sinne. He hath none to repent of; what should He do at the baptisme of repentance? Acts 19.4.

One might well aske, Why did not the Baptist repell Him finally? Not say: I have need to be baptized of thee:Mat. 3.14. (that is) Thou hast no need to be baptized of me: that was too [...]; that, was not enough: But, Thou hast no need to be baptized at all. Yea, one might well aske the water (with the Psalmist;Psal. 114.5.) Why it [...] not, and Iordan, why it was not driven backe, at this baptisme?

Yet Christ was baptiz [...]d.Yet the Verse is plaine: that, with the People, CHRIST also was baptized.

How came this to passe? Why baptized? Why with the People?

It may seem of very humi [...]itie. Iohn 13.15.Was it this; though He needed it not, yet for Exemplum dedi vobis, He would condescend to it, to give all a good example of humilitie; as He did, at His Maundie, when He washed His Disciple's feet?

Indeed, I must needs say, great Humilitie there was in it; as at His Circumcision, to take on Him, the brand of a Malefactor: so heer, to submit himself to the washing pro­per to sinners onely 2 Then again, not to take it alone, but to take it at the hands of one so farre inferiour to Him, as he reckoned not himself worthy to stoop and unloose His shoe­latchet. Ver. 16. 3 Again, that not baptized onely, but baptized with the People. Not, S. Io [...]n [Page 677] come and baptize Him at home; but, with the multitude, the meanest of them: they, and He together. And when? Not upon a day by himselfe, but, when they. And where? not in a basin by himselfe, but even in the Common River, with the rest of the meiny. When, and where, they; Then, and there, He.

This (sure) was great Humilitie; and to it we well might,N [...]t of humili­ti [...], but of [...]. Matt. 3 15. and gladly we would as­cribe it: but that, himselfe will not let us so do. For when the Baptist streyned cour­tesie at it, He bad, let be, Thus it behoved, implere omnem justitiam. Iustitiam (marke that:) No courtesy but justice; He makes a matter of justice of it; as if justice should not have beene done (at least, not all justice) if He had not beene baptiz [...]d.

Why, what justice had beene broken? what piece of it? if He had not.The j [...]ic [...] in Ch [...]i [...]t two wajes [...]. 1. Cor 15. [...]. To shew you, how this comes to passe; we are to consider CHRIST, as having two capacities (as they terme them.) So are we to consider Him (the second Adam:) For so doe we the first Adam: as, a person of himselfe; and, as the Author of a Race or Head of a Societie. And, even so do we, CHRIST: Either as totum integrale, a person entire (they call it a bodie naturall;) or, as pars communitatis (which they call a bodie politiqu [...]) in conjunction, and with reference to others: Which others are His Church; which Church, is His bodie. They His bodie and He their Head (so told us often,Ephes. 1.2 [...].23. by the Apo­stle.) And, as by himselfe considered, He is Vnigenitus, the onely begotten, hath never a brother: so, as together with the people, He is Primogenitus imer multos, Ioh. 3 16. Rom [...].22. the first begot­ten among many brethren.

To applie this, to our purpose. Take CHRIST by himselfe, as severed from us;Not as [...]. and no reason in the world, to baptize Him. He needed it not. Needed it not? Nay, take Him so; Iordan had more need come to Him, then He to Iordan, to be cleansed. Lavit aquas Ipse, non aquae Ipsum, the waters were baptized by Him, they baptized Him not: He went into them, Vt aquae nos purgaturae priùs per Ipsum purgarentur (it is Epi­pha [...]ius) that they which should cleanse us, might by Him first be cleansed.In [...]. It is cer­taine; so, He received no cleannesse, no vertue; but vertue He gave, to Iordan, to the waters, to the Sacrament it selfe.

But then, take Him the other way, as in conjunction cum populo, they and He one body, and the case is altered. For, if He be so cum populo with them, [...]. as He be one of them; as He be, a part of a bodie with them (a principall Part I grant, yet a part though) reason would, He doe as they doe, part and part alike. Inasmuch (saith the Apostle) as the children were partakers of flesh and blood, He also tooke part with them. And so,H [...]b 2 14. in­asmuch as they baptized, He also tooke such part as they, both went to baptisme toge­ther. For (ut pars toti congrua) a kinde of justice there is in it, they should so doe.

But if we looke a little further, then shall we finde greater reason yet. A part He is;Not on [...]ly as part [...], but [...] also. and parts there be, that in some case undertake for the whole; as the arme, to be let blood, for all the bodie. And it came to passe, that such a part He was; He undertooke for us. For, in His baptisme He putt us on; as we putt Him on, in ours. Take Him then,Gal. 3 27. not onely as cum populo, but as pro populo; not onely, as nobiscum, but as pro nobis: Put Him in the case, the Prophet doth, Pesuit super Ipsum iniquitates om [...]iū nosirum, Esay. 53.6. put upon Him the transgressions of us all: Put Him as the Apostle putts Him, Factus est peccatum pro nobis, make him sinne, for us; put all our sinnes upon Him; and then,2. Cor. 5 21. it will come to passe, He will need baptizing: He will need that, for me and thee, that for himselfe He needed not, and baptisme in that case,To wash of, our sinnes. may well be ministred unto Him.

Nay them, as in another case the Prophet saith,Esay. 40.16. that all Lebanon was little enough to finde wood for a Sacrifice: So may we in this, that all Iordan is little enough to finde wa­ter to His baptisme. A whole River too little, in that case. For, being first baptized (as I may say) in so many millions of sinnes, of so many millions on sinners (in so foule a [...];) well might He then, be baptized, if it were but to wash away that His for­mer soule baptisme. Well might it come to passe then.What baptisme washeth sinns of. Not water.

[...] onely scruple remaines: How Iordan or any water could doe this; wash away sinne? To cleare it shortly; the truth is, it could not. It is no Iob 9.30. water-worke, with­out [Page 678] somewhat put to it, to helpe it scoure. But, nothing on Earth: Not, if you put to it Ier. 2.22. nitre, much sope, fullers earth, the hearb borith (say the Prophets) all will not do; it will not of, so. Therefore, this of His in Iordan did not, could not doe the feat, otherwise, then in the vertue of another to follow. For, after this was past, He spoke of another baptisme; Chap. 12.50. Zach. 13.1. he was to be baptized with. And that was it indeed: That, the foun­taine, that was opened to the house of Israël, for sinne and for uncleannesse: that was bapti [...] ­mus sanguinis. Heb 9.22. For, without blood, without the mixture of that, there is no doing away sinne.

But the bap­tisme of b [...]ood.And so was He baptized. And He had trinam mersionem: 1 One in Gethsemane, 2 one in Gabbatha, 3 and a third in Golgotha. Matt. 26 36. In Gethsemane, in His sweat of blood. Ioh. 19 13. In Gabbatha, in the blood, that came from the scourges and thornes: and in Mar. 15.22. Golgotha, that which came from the nailes and the speare. Specially, the speare: There, met the two streams, of Ioh. 19.34. water and blood, the true Iordan, the bath or laver, wherein we are 1. Ioh. 1.7. purged from all our sinnes. No sinne, of so deepe a die, but this will command it, and fetch it out. This in Iordan, heere, now, was but an undertaking of that, then; and in vertue of that, doth all our water-baptisme worke. And therefore, are we bap­tized into it: not into His water-baptisme, but into His Crosse-baptisme; not into His baptisme, but into His death. So many as are baptized, are baptized into His death: It is the Apostle, Rom. VI. 3.

Our duty out of Ch [...]ist's baptisme.To take our leave of this point. This may be said: If it be justice, that CHRIST come to baptisme; much more, that the People. And how then comes it to passe, that there is such sacrilegious pride in some of the People, that (as if no such thing were) set so light by it as they doe? and that, not Iohn's (as this was;) but CHRIST's own baptisme? Be sure of this, if CHRIST thus did, to countenance and credit Iohn's baptisme;Chap. 7.30. because it was the ordinance of GOD: much more His minde is, to give countenance, and to have countenance given, to His owne, which is GOD's ordi­nance, of a farre higher nature.

And, if the LORD, thought not much, to come to the baptisme of His servant: He will thinke much, if the servant come not, to the baptisme of his LORD. This of His then, is but a lesson to us, to invite us thereto: and we take it as the voice, that spake to Saint Paul (Act. XXII. 16.) Et nunc quid moraris? Surge, ablue peccata tua: And now why stay you? why protract you the time? Vp, wash away your sinnes, with all the speed you may. For, if when the People was baptized, CHRIST was so: much more strongly it holds; when CHRIST himselfe is so, that then, the People should and ought to be baptized.

The second part of Christs baptisme.Now CHRIST is baptized. And no sooner is He so: but, He falls to His Prayers. Indigentia mater orationis (we say:) Want begetts prayer: Therefore, yet there wants somewhat.1. Christ's prayer for somwhat yet wanting. A part, and that a chiefe part of baptisme, is still behinde.

There goes more to baptisme, if it be as it should be: then baptismus f [...]umi [...] is: yea (I may boldly say) there goes more to it, if it be as it should, then baptismus san­guinis: 1 Ioh. 5.6. For the bap­ti [...]me of the Holy Ghost. 1. Ioh 5 7 8. Deut. 19.15. CHRIST, came in water and blood, not in water onely, but in water and blood: that, is not enough, except the Spirit also beare witnesse. So baptismus Flaminis, is to come too. There is to be a Trinitie beneath, 1 water, 2 blood, and 3 the Spirit, to an­swer to that above: but (the Spirit's baptisme comming too) in the mouth of all three, all is made sure, all established thoroughly. This is it, He prayes for, as man.

The baptisme of blood we are quit of.For, the baptisme of blood, that was due to every one of us (and each of us to have been baptized in his own blood; to have had three such immersions;) that, hath Christ, quitt us of. When He was asked, by the Prophet, How His rebes came so red? He sayes, He had been in the wine presse; but, there He had beene, and that He had trode, alone: Et vir de gentibus non fuit mecum, Esay 6 [...] 2.3. And not one of the People with Him, none but He, there; in that: spares us, in that.

[Page 679]But the other two parts, He setts downe precisely to Nicodemus (and in him,But not, either of water, or of the Holy Ghost. Ioh. 3.5. 1. Cor. 10.2. to us all:) 1 Water, 2 and the HOLY GHOST: Now, the HOLY GHOST we yet lacke. So doth Saint Paul, baptized in the Sea, and in the Cloud: by the Sea meaning the ele­me [...]tarie part, by the Cloud the celestiall part of baptisme. Now, that of the cloud, we have not yet. So doth Saint Peter: the doing away the soile of the fles [...] (that,2. Pet 3.21. Iordan can doe) but that, wherewith the conscience (or soule) should be presented before GOD; that, is still wanting. And the baptisme of the bodie, is but the bodie of baptisme; the soule of baptisme, is the baptisme of the soule. Of the soule, with the blood of CHRIST, by the hand of the Holy Ghost: as, of the bodie, with water, by the hand of the Baptist: without which, it is but a naked, a poore, and a dead element. Gal 4.9.

Saint Paul tells us (Col. II.) that besides the circumcision, that was the manufacture, there was another, made without hands: There is so, in baptisme, Col. 2.11. besides the hand seene, that casts on the water; the vertue of the Holy Ghost is there, working with­out hands, what heere was wrought.

And for this, CHRIST prayes: that, then it might, might then, and might ever,CHRIST'S pra [...]er for the H [...]ly Ghost. Ioh. 17. [...]0. be joyned to that of the water. Not in His baptisme onely, but in the People's; and (as he afterwards enlarges His prayer) in all others, that should ever after, beleeve in His name. That, what in His (heere) was, in all theirs might be; what in this first, in all following; what in CHRIST's, in all Christian's: Heaven might open, the Holy Ghost come downe, the Father be pleased to say over the same words, toties qu [...]ties, so oft, as any Christian man's child, is brought to his baptisme. CHRIST hath prayed, now.

See the force of His prayer. Before it, Heaven was mured up,2. The [...]pening of h [...]aven. no Dove to be seene, no voice to he heard, Altum silentium. But streight upon it (as if they had but waited the last word of His prayer) all of them follow immediately.

Heaven opens, first. For, if, when the lower heaven was shutt three yeares, Chap 4.25. Iaco. [...].18. Elias was hable with his prayer to open it (it is our SAVIOVR, in the next Chapter following) and bring downe raine: The prayer of CHRIST (who is more of might, then many such as Elias) shall it not be much more of force, to enter the Heavens of the heavens, For the bringing downe▪ the wa­ters above the heavens. Ioh. 7.39. the highest of them all, and to bring downe thence, the waters above the heavens, even the heavenly graces of the Holy Spirit?

For so, when our SAVIOVR cryed (Iohn VII.) If eny be a thirst, let him come to me, and I will give him of the waters of life: This (saith Saint Iohn) He spake of the Spi­rit. For, the Spirit and His graces are the very supercoelestiall waters: one drop where­of, infused into the waters of Iordan, will give them an admirable power, to pie [...]ce even into the innermost parts of the soule: and to baptize it; (that is) not onely take out the steynes of it, and make it cleane; but further, give it a tincture, lustre, or glosse: for, so is baptisme properly, of [...], taken from the Dyer's fatt, Apoc. 7.14. and is a dying or giving a fresh colour, and not a bare washing onely.

Alwaies, the opening of heaven, opens unto us, that no baptisme without heaven, 2 To shew baptisme i [...] from he [...]ven. Chap 20.4. By a doore open. open: and so, that baptisme is de caelo, non ab hominibus, from heaven not of men. So was it heere: So is it, to be holden, for ever. 2. And from heaven: not clanculum (as Prometheus is said to get his fire) but [...], orderly, by a faire doore set open; in the view of much people: for, all that were present, saw the impression in the skie. Which doore, was not mured up againe: For, we finde it still open, Apoc. 4.1. Matt. 16.19. To shew out right to enter heaven. Apoc. IIII. and we finde, that keyes were made, and given of it, after this. 3. And all this; that, there might not onely be a passage for these downe: but for us up. For, heaven gate, ab hoc exemple, doth ever open at baptisme; in signe, he that new com [...]eth from the Font, hath then, right of entrance in thither. Then (I say) when, by baptisme he is cleansed: For before, Nihil inquinatum, Nothing defiled, can enter there. Apoc. 21.27.

Out of heaven now open, somewhat is seene, and somewhat heard. 1 Seen: 3. Out of heaven open, what. a Dove descend; the Apparition. 2 Heard; Tu es filius meus; the Voice. Vnder one, the testimo­nie Visus & Vocis, of hearing and sight both: that, Sicut audivimus, Psal. 48 8. sic & vidimus [Page 680] that, as we see, we heare; and backe againe, as we heare, see: which is, as much as can be to make full faith.

The app [...]rition. 1 The H. Ghost.1. The Apparition. Wherein the points are six. 1. The Holy Ghost ▪] First, that person: For, the Person, by whom CHRIST was conceived; by the same, it was most convenient, Christians should also be. But to go higher: The Person, that was Author of Genesis the generation, meetest to be Author likewise of regeneration. The same person, and in the same element: The element, wherof all were made, and where­with all were destroyed after;2· Pet. 3.5.6. 1. Pet. 3.20.21. that, with the same, all should be saved againe: the wa­ter it selfe, now becomming the arke; the drowning water, the saving arke, as S. Peter noteth. That, as then by His moving on the waters, He put into them a life and heate to bring forth: so now, by His comming downe upon them, He should impregnate them to a better birth.Ioh 3.5. Tit. 3.5. Symbol. Nicen. That, as His Title is, the Lord and Giver of life, He might be the Giver of true life (that is) aeternall life: whereto this life of ours, is but a passage or entrie; and not otherwise, to be accompted of.

2 Came downe. Psal. 139.7.2. The Holy Ghost came downe:] that is to say, in His signe of symbole, the Dove. Otherwise, the Spirit of GOD neither goes up, nor comes downe: it is every where; beneath, as well as above: but (by a familiar phrase in Scripture) what the Dove did, that represented Him; that, is He said, to do.

3 Vpon H [...]m. Gen. 1.2. Ioh. 1.33.3. Came downe upon Him:] which, is a degree yet further, then that in Gen [...]sis. There, He did but move or flutter over the waters (enough, for that effect, them) heer, He commeth neerer; lights and abides upon Him: (which argues a greater worke in hand.) And which argues too, a greater familiaritie to grow, between the Spirit and our nature· For, a bird (we know) is familiar, when it doth so; light upon one, and stay too. But, all this He doth, not to make Him to be ought; but to shew Him onely, to be. Vpon us when He comes, it is to conferre something: Not so, upon Him: from the first minute of His Conception, he had the Spirit without measure. To con­ferre nothing;Ioh. 3.34. onely, to declare, that this was He, that to Iohn's water-baptisme, should have power, to add the Holy Ghost, and so make it His owne for ever after.

4 In a bodily shape Ioh. 1.33.4. Vpon Him in a bodily shape.] For, His comming being to beare witnesse to Iohn, and to all, that this was He: Convenient it was, He should appeare, and so have a bo­dily shape, to come into the face of the Court, and there to be seene, and taken notice of, as Witnesses use to be. And one end it was, why His baptisme was sett, at the time when all the People's was: that so, all the People might see, and so take notice of the Holy Ghost, and indeed of the whole Trinitie.

In the shape of a so [...]le. Exod. 25.20. Esa 6.2. Ioh. 3.8. Psal. 18.10.5. What shape then? of what creature? All things quicke in motion, as Angels, as the Wind (whereto He is elsewhere compared) are sett forth with wings: the wings of the wind. Of one with wings then; as most apt, to expresse the swiftnesse of His o­peration, in all His works; but specially, in this None of the other kind of creatures, though never so light of foot, can sufficiently sett forth the quicknesse of His wor­king. He goes not; He flies, He: Nescit tarda molimina; that He doth, He is not long in doing: therefore, in spee [...]e volatilis, in the shape of a thing flying.

In the shape of a Dove. Cant. 5.12.6. And among those of that kind, in the shape of a Dove, as fittest for the pur­pose in hand. Not so much, for that, it is noted to love the waters well (specially cleare waters, as these now be, after CHRIST hath purified them;) That, is not all: But indeed, speciall choyse is made of it, so sett forth to us the nature and properties of the Holy Ghost: which have many wayes resemblance with those of this creature.

And I will not go to Plinie for them, nor to any heathen Writer of them all. For the Word of GOD,1. Noa's Dove, for the olive branch Gen 8.11. Rom. 8 23. Gal. 5.22. the word of GOD hath sufficient. To that, we will hold us.

There, the first Dove we find, is Noah's Dove with the Olive branch in her bill, a sign of peace; peace, which is the very first fruits of the Spirit. It is Tertullian's note, this: That, as after the deluge (the world's baptisme, as it were) the first messenger of peace, was the Dove: So is it heer againe just; after CHRIST's baptisme, the deluge or drowning of that which indeed drowned the world (that is) of sinne, the very same ap­parition of the Dove, and with another manner of peace then that; but, with peace, in both.

[Page 681]2. Next have you David's Dove, for the colour: Pennae Columbae de-argentatae, 2 David's Dove for the colour. Psal 68.13. Ier. 12 9. Salomon's, for the eye. Can [...] 1 14.4.1.5.12. with feathers silver-white: to note candor Columbinus, white as a Dove, not speckled as a bird of diverse colours. And (to the same effect) Salomon's Spouse, for the eye: three seve­rall times, there said to have, oculos Columbarum, eyes single and direct as a Dove; not le [...]ring as a Fox, and looking diverse wayes: Oculos Columbinos, not Vulpinos.

3. Then Esaye's Dove, for the voice: Gemebat ut Columba, in patience mourning, not in impatience murmuring or repining: For, carmen amatorium, her voice.3 Esa [...]'s Dov [...] for the voice. Esa. 38.14. And no other voice to be heard, from the first Church. Now, they are ashamed of that voice: it is not gemebant ut Columbae, but rugiebant ut Vrsi; to groyne they begin like Beares, but not mourne any more like Doves. No such voice to be heard now: that,Esa 59 11. put to silence.

4. And last our Saviour CHRIST's owne, that is, innocent as Doves: 4 Christ's Dove for [...]ill and [...]law. Mat. 10.16. The [...] of the Spirit, l [...]ke. Acts [...]. [...]. S [...]p 1.5. harme­lesse, both for bill and claw: not bloudy or mischievous. Who ever heard of a Dove, that drew bloud, or did any mischiefe to any?

Now, qualis species, talis Spiritus, such as the shape was, such is the Spirit: and these all foure properties of it, in the Holy Ghost. 1 He a Spirit, that loves [...] men of one accord (as was seen this day.) 2 Et qui fugit fictum, cannot abide these new trickes, meere fictions indeed, feigned by feigned Christians; partie propositions, halfe in the mouth, and halfe in the mind. 3 And when He speaketh,Rom. 8.26 Acts 2.4. speaketh for us with sighs not to be expressed, such is His Love, and so earnest. 4 And hurts none: not when He is a Dove (as heer:) No not, when He was fire; but innoxius ignis, even then.The like pro­perties were in Chr [...]t. Ioh 1.29.

2. And as these in the Spirit, that came downe: so the very same, in CHRIST, upon whom He came downe. The Spirit a Dove, and CHRIST a Lambe, like natured both; what the one, in the kind of Beasts; the other, in the kind of Foules: that we may see, the Holy Ghost lighted right. Super quem? Vpon whom shall my Spirit rest? Esa. 57.1 [...]. [...]. [...]. saith GOD in Es [...]ie: and he answers, Super humilem, On the humble and meeke. Humble and weeke? Why, Discite a Me, Mat 11 29 Learne both those of Me (saith CHRIST) For I am both, and a Master professed in them both. 2 The Spirit of the olive-branch (that is) peace, on Him: For Ipse est pax nostra, He is our Peace. Eph. 2.14. 3 The Spirit that loves omni fictione carentes (that is) all that hate aequivocations, on Him: For, never was there guile found in His mouth. 4 And lastly, the harmelesse Spirit, on Him: for, He was so,1· Pet. 2.22. too; would not breake a bruised reed (He) nor quench flaxe, though it did but smoke. Mat. 12 20. Do no hurt at all.

3. Thirdly, what He is in himselfe: and what He is, on whom He descended: that, the very same, such for all the world, doth He make his Church,The [...] pro­perties to be in Christians. homogenea cum homo­gentis, like nature, like properties, per omnia. And, it is not so much (all this) to shew His nature, as to shew His operation: Nor, what He found in CHRIST, as, what He works in Christians: Quâ animâ animet, quos spiritus spiret, what soule he puts into them, what manner Spirit He makes them of. That, He even endues them, with these qualities of the bird, whose shape He made choyse of, to present himselfe in. Quá spe­cie, in Him: shewes quo spiritu, in us. To wit, It makes them peaceable, to love sin­glenesse in meaning, speaking and dealing, to suffer harme, but to do none

Peace, sinceritie, patience, and innocencie, these be the silver-feathers of this Dove:Psa [...] 8.13. They be vertues, and (which is more) virtutes Baptismales, the very vertues of our Bap­tisme: No Christian, to be without them: to be found in all, where the humidum ra­dicale of Baptisme, is not cleane dried up.

The Holy Ghost is a Dove, and he makes CHRIST's Spouse (the Church) a Dove:Ch [...]ist' [...] Church, a Dove Cant. 2.10.14.5.3.6.1. Mat. 16.1 [...]. a terme, so oft iterate in the Canticles, and so much stood on, by S. Augustine and the Fathers, as they make no question, no Dove, no Church. Yea let me add this: S. Pe­ter, when the keyes were promised, never but then, but then (I know not how) he is called by a new name, and never but there, Bar-jona, that is, [...]ilius Columbae. But so he [...], if ever he will have them. And His Successours, if they claime, by any o­ther fo [...]le; painted keyes they may have, true keyes they have none. For sure I am, [...] out of that Church, that is such and so qualified, non est Columba, [Page 682] there is no Holy Ghost;Ioh. 20.22.23. and so no remission of sinnes. For, they go together, Receive the Holy Ghost, whose sinnes ye remit, they are remitted.

They that make the Church no Dove.And, what shall we say then, to them, that wilbe Christians (that they will) and yet have, nihil Columbae, nothing in them of the Dove; quit these qualities quite, nei­ther bill, nor eye, nor voice, nor colour: what shall we say? This; that Iesuites they may be, but Christians (sure) they be none. No Dove's eye; Fox-eyed they: Not silver-white feathers, but particoloured: No gemitus Columbae, but rugitus Vrsi: not the bill or foot of a Dove, but the beake and clawes of a Vulture: No Spirit of the Olive-branch, Iudic. 9.15. but the Spirit of the bramble, from whose roote, went out fire to sett all the Forrest on a flame.

A chasing away of this Dove.Ye may see, what they are, they even seeke and do all, that in them lies, to chase a­way this Dove, the Holy Ghost. The Dove (they tell us) that was, for the baby-Church; for them, to be humble, and meeke, suffer and mourne, like a Dove: Now, as if with Montanus, they had yet, Paracletum alium, another Holy Ghost to looke for, in ano­ther shape, of another fashion quite, with other qualities; they hold, these be no qua­lities for Christians, now: Were indeed (they grant) for the baby-Christians: for the three thousand first Christians, Acts 2.41.46. this day; (poore men) they did all in simplicitate cordis. And so, to Plinie's time: harmelesse People they were (the Christians) as he writes, did no bodie hurt. And so, to Tertullian's; who tells plainly, what hurt they could have done, and yet would do none. And so, all along the Primitive Churche's time, even downe to Gregorie, who in any wise, would have no hand, in any man's bloud. But the Date of these meeke and patient Christians is worne out; long since expired: and now, we must have Christians of a new edition, of another, a new fashion'd Holy Ghost's making; Gregorie the seventh (Saint Gregorie the seventh forsooth) who in­deed, was the first, that in stead of the Dove, hatched this new misshapen Holy Ghost, and sent Him into the world.

For, do they not begin to tell us in good earnest (and speake it in such assemblies and places, as we must take it for their Tenet) that they are simple men, that thinke, Christians were to continue so still: they were to be so, but for a time; till their beaks and talons were growne, till their strength was come to them, and they hable to make their partie good: and then, this Dove heer, might take her wings, fly whither she would,Psal. 55.6. and take her ease: then, a new Holy Ghost to come downe upon them, that would not take it, as the other did: but take armes, depose, deprive, blow up: in­stead of an Olive-branch, have a match light, in her beake, or a bloudy knife.

A calling into question of this shape of a Dove.Me thinks, if this World go on, it will grow a question problematique, In what shape it was most convenient, for the Holy Ghost to have come downe? Whither, as He did, in the meeke shape of a Dove? Or whither, it had not been much better, He had come in some other shape, in the shape of the Roman Eagle, or of some other fierce foule, de Vulturino genere?

Sure, one of the two they must do: either call us downe a new fashion'd Holy Ghost, and institute us a new baptisme (and if both these new; I see not, why not a new CHRIST too:) Or els, make a strange metamorphosis of the old; clap Him on a crooked beake, and sticke him full of Eagle's feathers, and force Him, to do contrary, to that He was wont, and to that, His nature is.

But lying men may change; may, and do: but the Holy Ghost is Vnus Idemque Spi­ritus (saith the Apostle) changes not,1. Cor. 12.4. casts not His bill, mouts not His feathers: His qualities at the first; do last still, and still shall last to the end, and no other notes of a true Christian, but they.

A renouncing of this baptisme. 1. Sam. 15.23.It is rather like to proove true, that Samuel long since said, Rebellion, is as the sinne of witchcraft: For Witches (they say) begin, are initiated, with renouncing of their baptisme. And sure, these prick pretily towards it: For, (say what they will) they be in the way to it, when they plainly disclaime, and renounce His qualities, that was the Author of it. For these baptismall vertues, they, that take them away, do what in them lyeth, to take away Holy Ghost, and baptisme, and all.

I know, they will flie to the fire (of this day) and say, He came in another shape. [Page 683] True, but for another purpose. It was to make Apostles, that; not Christians, as this beer. Christians are made in a cooler element. And, we have no Apostles to make now: GOD send us to make good Christians; to yield no worse soules to GOD, then this Dove heer did, so many hundred yeares togither, till new Iesuits came up, and old Christians went downe.

But, give them their fire: it will do them small pleasure, it will not light them a match, nor give fire to their traine. When it came (that) it did no hurt; It sate up­on them all, but not so much as sindged, any one of them. Let them shew, this fire, Act. 2.4. ever blew up any. True, it gave them courage (they needed it, they were to undertake the whole world) but within the bounds of modestie, still (we ought to obey GOD rather then man:) Not in saucie and traytorous termes, of old hatts or rotten figgs: Act. 3.29. Esa. 59.11. Non est vox columbae haec; rugitus ursi, rather.

In a word, this was none of Elia's fire: and you remember, they that harped upon that string, who said to them, You know not what Spirit you are of; Not, Luc. 9.54.55. Gen. 8.7. what shape appea­red at your baptisme: Not Noah's raven, that delights in dead carcases; but his dove. That shape came downe upon CHRIST: the same, comes downe upon all that are baptized, with His baptisme; and are inspired, with the same Spirit, that He was. This for the apparition.

Now to the Voice. Accedat verbum, ad elementum. 4. The voice. The Dove was but a dumb shew, and shews, what is done to us: The Voice, that speakes plainly, and de­clares, what is done for us, in our baptisme. The Dove, what the Spirit makes us: The Voice, for whom the Father takes us.

We saw CHRIST's humilitie before, in yielding to be baptized. This hea­venly oracle heer, pronounced of Him, is in a sort, a reward for His former humilitie. There, He was among a rabble of sinners, even in the midst of them. One, that had seene Him so, would have taken Him, for none other. This Dove, and this Voice from heaven, testifying so great things of Him (no sinner, no servant, but the very Sonne of GOD, His Love, His Ioy, the In quo, for whom we all fare the better) this so honourable an elogie, makes full amends, for that. He lost nothing by His humilitie. No more did the Baptist, by his No [...] sum dignus neither. That hand, which he held not worthy to touch His shooe; was dignified, to touch His head, and to powre water on it. Thus they both of them fulfilled righteousnesse: and both of them had a glorious reward for it.

But first marke. Till the Spirit is come, the Voice comes not: all depends,1. First the Ho [...]y Ghos [...]'s com­ming, then the voice. on this daye's worke (the Holy Ghost's comming.) He is the medius terminus, between Christ in Iordan, and the Father in heaven. He it is, that makes the Father speake. Tu (that is) Tu super quem Spiritus, Tues filius. Thou (that is) Thou, on whom the Spirit in this shape comes downe, Thou art my Sonne: that, to goe before. So was it in Genesis: The Spirit moved upon the face of the waters, and then Et dixit Deus: but, no dixit Deus, before the Spirit be there first.Gen 1 3 4.

Then,2. This [...] not for [...]hrist, but for us. Ioh 12.30. that non propter Me vox ista (as Christ els-where saith) This voice came not for Him, but for us. Spoken to Him indeed; but, to Him, not in His owne, but sustei­ning our persons. It were fond, to imagine otherwise: that this Voice, or any of the rest, He needed for Himselfe. Either to have heaven opened to Him: it was no time shut. Or the HOLY GHOST come downe to Him: as GOD, the Holy Ghost pro­ceeded from Him; as man, He proceeded from the Holy Ghost, they never parted company. Least of all the Voice, Tues Filius: who knew not that? It was said, and fung, long before, in the Psalme, Thou art my Sonne. So, all were for us; Voice, and all. Indeed, His whole baptisme, is not so much His, as ours.Psal. 2.7.

The meaning is, Thou (Christ) in their persons, art this: Thou art; and for thy sake,The meaning of Thou art my Sonne. Gala [...]. 3.27. all that are in Thee, all, that by baptisme have put Thee on, all and every of them, are to Me, as Thou thy selfe art: Filij. dilecti, complacentes.

Will ye see what is in them? In Filij first.

1. Enemies we were, Rom. V. Now are we no enimies: but in league with Him,Rom. 5.10. [Page 684] in the new league (or Covenant) never to be altered, Heb. 8.9. as the former was. So may we be, and yet, strangers still: Nay 2 no strangers, but naturalized now, and of the Com­mon-wealth of Israël. Eph. 2.12.19. Eph 2.19. 3 And, that may we be too, and yet forreigners though, and no citizens; without the Franchise: Yes 3 now enfranchised also, and citizens with the Saints. 4 Well, though of the Citie; not of the familie though: Yes 4 Domestici DEI, Eph. 2.19. of His very Houshold, now. Of His Houshold? so we may, and yet be but servants there:Iohn 8.35. Gal 5.7. Nay, no servants now, but Sonnes, by vertue of this Tu es Filius. So many degrees do we passe, yer we come to this Filius. Go forward now. 6 All sonnes are not beloved, Gen. 9.25. Cham was not; Sonnes, and beloved Sonnes, a new degree, a sixt. 7 And yet againe, all we love, we take not pleasure in. Even beloved Sonnes, offend sometime,C. 15.20. and so please not. The Father (in the XV. Chapter after) loved his wild rio­tous sonne, but too well; yet, small pleasure tooke he, in him, or his courses. But Com­placitum est (the seventh) that makes up all: a sonne, a beloved Sonne, his Father's de­light and joy; there is no degree higher. And such are we, by baptisme, made to GOD in CHRIST, through the renewing of the Holy Ghost.

The Change of the style from ser [...]us. Exod. 20 2. Filij. This is a new Tenour now; the old style is altered. The Voice, that came last from heaven before, ran thus; Ego sum DOMINVS, and that inferrs, Tu es Ser­vus (that is the best, can be made of it.) But heer now, it is Tu es Filius, and that ne­cessarily inferrs, Ego sum Pater: For, haec vox Patrem sonat, this is a Fath [...]r's voice to his Child. A great Change: Even, from the state of servants (as by creation and gene­ration we were;Gal 5.5. 2. Cor. 5.17. Rom. 5.2. and so still, under the law) into the state of Sonnes, as now we are, being new creatures in CHRIST, regenerate and translated into the state of Grace, wherein we stand.

The rise from a sinner to an heire.And not onely a great Change, but a great Rise also. At the first, we were but wa­shed from our sinnes, (there was all:) but heer, from a baptized sinner, to an adopted Sonne, is a great ascent. He came not downe, so low; but we go up, as high for it. For,Gal 5.7. Rom 8 17. if Sonnes, then Heires (saith the Apostle) so goes the tenure in heaven: Heires and joint-heires of heaven, with CHRIST, (that is) for the possession and fruition of it, full every way as himselfe: and this He brings us to, before He leaves us.

We speake much of adoption: would you know, when it was, where, and by what words?Rom. 8.15. Gal. 5.5. Why, now; Heer it is: These, the very adopting words; by them, the act of adoption, actually executed. This, the very Feast of Adoption. A feast therfore, to be held in high accompt with us; as high as we hold this, (to be the ad­opted children of GOD.)

In whom I am well pleased.But we must remember, not onely what we are, but In quo, all this: to whom we owe it all (that is) to CHRIST (the true naturall Sonne.) In Him it is, and out of Him, it proceeds to come to us.

In wh [...]m, more then wit [...] whō.The Fathers do ponder this (In quo) to good purpose: that it is not, Qui placet, Who pleases me well, or (which is all one) With whom, I am well pleased: (yet so He might have said) but In whom. And, that is more, then both. Who pleases me, or With whom I am pleas [...]d, goeth no further then himselfe, His owne person: But, In whom, (that is) for whose sake, with others. To whom, I beare such favour, as not onely hims [...]lfe pleaseth me: but in Him, and for Him, others please me also.

Who, or with whom, His nature. In whom, His endAgaine. If it had been, Qui, it had shewed, but what, by nature He is: But this, In quo, sheweth to what end, He was sent; to be, the In quo, to bring all this about; E­ven, that in Him (the Sonne beloved, and well pleasing:) we, that neither were sonnes, but servants (and those but bad ones neither:) Nor beloved, but full unlovely: and, in whom no pleasure at all, displeasure rather: that, in Him we might be received to grace, and made by adoption, what He himselfe is.

The In quo, what we are in Him; we shall best conceive, by the sine quo, what we are without Him. In whom best s [...]en by with [...]t wh [...]m. Iod 1.18. [...]. Sam. 1 [...].14· Mat. 25.30. For sine qu [...], but that He, with the People; none of all these, had come to them. Heaven shut [...] still: no D [...]ve seene: No, Tu es Filius ever heard: we had rotted away in our sinns, without baptisme: the [...]vill spirit had seised on us, in stead of the Holy Ghost: No Sonnes, but cast out, with the evill servant, into utter darknesse.

But, In qu [...], GOD so highly well pleased with Him, as, at the very contemplation [Page 685] of Him, but turning to Him, and beholding Him, He layes downe all His displeasure,Psal. 84.9. and is pleased to accept us, and our poore and weake obedience; and further, to be so ple [...]sed with it, as even to reward it also, In quo complacitum est.

Complacitum est; and heer Baptisme leaves us, and would GOD,A turning from [...]aptisme to [...]he Euc [...]a­rist. there we might hold us; and it might never be, but complacitum est. But, when we fall into sinne, speciall some kind of sinne, we put it in hazard: for He is not, He cannot then, be well pleased with us. How then? His favour we may not finally lose; and, to bap­tisme we may not come againe. To keep this Text in life: Complacitum est, It hath please [...] [...] Holy Ghost, as he applyed CHRIST's blood to us in baptisme, one way: so out of it, to applie it to us, another way; as it were, in supplement of baptisme. In one verse, they be both sett downe, by the Apostle, 1 In uno Spiritu baptizati;1. Cor. 12.13. 2 in u­no Spiritu-potati. And whom He receiveth so, [...]o His table, to eate and to drinke with Hi [...], (and every one that is well prepared, He so receiveth) with them, He is well plea­sed againe, certainely. On this day of the Spirit, every benefit of the Spirit, is sett forth and offered us; and we shall please Him well, in making benefitt of all. Speci­ally of this, the onely meanes, to renew His complacencie, and to restore us thither, where our baptisme left us.The same voi [...] the [...] f [...]r u [...] al [...] Mat 17

I end; onely this: This Voice, it came once more. Two severall times, it came. 1 Once heer at His baptisme: 2 and againe, after, at His transfiguration in the mount: Where He was not onely said to be, but then and there, shewed to be, in glorie, as the Sonne of GOD indeed; His face like the Sun, His rayment like the lightening. Mat 17. And both of these, pertaine to vs likewise: the first is spoken of us, when by baptisme we are re­ceived into Him, for the possibilitie and hope, we have of it, thereby: But time will come, when this second shall be spoken, and verified of us, likewise. What time, He shall change our vile bodies, Phil. 3.21. and make them like to His glorious bodie, as then it was, and as now it is: and hea­ven shall open, and He receive both them, and us, to aeternall blisse: where we in Him, and He in us, shall have a perfect complacen­cie for ever.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT GREEN­VVICH, on the XIX. of May A.D. MDCXVI, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

IOAN. CHAP. XX. VER. XXII.

Haec cum dixisset, insufflavit; & dixit eis: Accipite SPIRITVM SANCTVM.

And, when He had said that, He breathed on them; and said unto them: Receive the HOLY GHOST.

EVER, as upon this day, somewhat we are to speake of the HOLY GHOST, and of His comming. And this also, heere, is a comming of the HOLY GHOST. And, not a comming on­ly, but a comming in a Type, or forme, by the sense to be perceived. And so, suits well with the comming of this Day. For so, this Day He came.

Three such commings there were in all. Once did our Saviour receive the HOLY GHOST, and twise did He give it. Give it, on earth, in the Text; and after, from heaven, on the day. So, three in all. At CHRIST's baptisme, it came upon Him, Luk. 3.22. Acts 2.3. in the shape of a Dove (Luk. III.) At this Feast, it came upon His Apostles, in the likenesse of tongues of fire (Act. II.) And heere now, in this, comes breath-wise; ha­ving breath for the Symbolum to represent it. The tongues have beene heard speake: The Dove hath had his flight: And now, this third of breath falleth to be trea­ted of.

It is the middle (this) of the three. That of Baptisme went before it: That, serves to make Christians. This of breath comes after it: This, serves to make them (as I may say) Christian-makers: such, whose ministerie CHRIST would use, to make Chri­stians: [Page 687] make them, and keepe them: make them so, by baptisme; and keepe them so, by the power of the keyes, heere given them (in the next words) for the remission of sinnes. Verse 21.

And, as it followes well after that of baptisme; So it goes well before the other of tongues. For, first there must be breath, before there be tongues, wherewith the speech is to be framed. The tongues but fashion the breath into certaine sounds, which with­out breath they cannot, and when that failes, their office is at an end. So, first breath; then, tongues. And another reason yet. It is said in the VII. Chapter, Chap. 7.39. the Spirit was not to be given them till CHRIST was glorified: and glorified He was in part, at his Resur­rection. Then therefore given in part, as heere we see. But much more glorious, after by his Ascension: Given therefore then, in fuller measure. Heere, but a breath; there, a mightie winde. Heere, but afflatus, breathed in; there, effusus powred out. The Spi­rit proceeding gradually. For, by degrees they were brought on, went through them all, all three. Baptized, and so made Christians; breathed into, and so made what we are; had the tongues sitt on them, and so made Apostles properly so called.

But three things may be said of this heere. 1. That, of all the three commings (first) it is the most proper. For, most kindly it is for the Spirit, to be inspired; to come, per modum spirationis, in manner of breath: Inasmuch as it hath the name à spirando; and is (indeed) it selfe, flamen the very breath (as it were) proceeding à Patre Filio (que). So, one breath by another.

2. Then, the most eff [...]ctuall it is. For, in both the other (the Dove, and the tongues) the Spirit did but come, but light upon them. In this, it comes (not upon them, but) even into them, intrinsecally. It is insufflavit, it went into their inward parts; and so made them indeed [...], men inspired by GOD, and that within.

3. And last, it is of the greatest use. Both the other were but for once, Baptisme, but once for every one: the tongues but once, for all. This is toties quoties; so oft as we sinne (and that is oft enough) we need it: look how oft that, so oft have we use of this breath heere breathed (as the next verse sheweth) for peccata remiseritis, the remission of sinnes.

Now, what is here to doe, what businesse is in hand, we cannot but know,The Summe. if ever we have beene at the giving of Holy Orders. For, by these words are they given, Receive the Holy Ghost: whose sinnes ye remit &c. Were, to them; and are, to us, even to this day, by these and by no other words. Which words, had not the Church of Rome reteined in their Ordinations, it might well have beene doubted (for all their Accipe po­testatem sacrificandi pro vivis & mortuis) whither they had eny Priests at all, or no. But, as GOD would, they reteined them, and so saved themselves. For, these are the very operative words, for the conferring this power, for the performing this act.

Which act is heere performed, somewhat after the manner of a Sacrament. For, heer is an outward Caeremonie (of breathing) instar elementi; and heere is a Word comming to it, receive ye the Holy Ghost. That some have therefore yielded to give that name or title to Holy Orders. As (indeed) the word [Sacrament] hath beene sometime drawne out wider, and so Orders taken in: and other some, plucked in narrower, and so they left out; as it hath pleased both the old and the later Writers. And, if the grace heere given had beene gratum faciens (as, in a Sacrament, it should:) and not (as it is) gratis data, but in office or function: And againe, if the outward Cae­remonie of breathing had not beene changed (as it hath plainely) it had been somwhat. But, being changed after into laying on of hands, it may well be questioned. For we all agree, there is no Sacrament but of CHRIST's owne institution: And that, nei­ther matter nor forme, He hath instituted, may be changed.

Yet, two parts there be evidently: 1 insufflavit, and 2 dixit: 1 He breathed, The Division and 3 He said. Of these two then, first joyntly, and then severally. From them jointly, two I points. Of the God-head of our SAVIOVR first: and then, of the proceeding of the Holy Ghost from Him.

[Page 688] II Then severally. First insufflavit: And in it, three points: 1. Of the breath, and the symbolizing of it with the Holy Ghost. 2. Secondly, of the parties: 2 He that breathed, CHRIST: b They, that breathed into, the Apostles. 3. And last, of the act it selfe: a sufflavit, breathing, b insufflavit, breathing into them. After of dixit, the Word said: 1 Accipite, of the receiving. 2 Then, of the thing received, which is a Spiritum, the Spirit. b And not every, or eny spirit, but Sanctum, the Holy Ghost. c And (be­cause, that may be received many waies) which way of them, it is heere re­ceived.

I. Of the two parts jointly.WE proceed first jointly out of both, and begin with matter of faith. Two Articles of it. 1 The God-head of CHRIST; 2 the P [...]oceeding of the Holy Ghost from the second Person.

1 The God-head of CHRIST: Dixit.The first, rising out of the two maine parts: For, as insufflavit argues His Man­hood: So, dixit doth His God-head; His saying, Receive the Holy Ghost: For, haec vox hominem non sonat: No man, of himselfe, can so say. Verus Homo, qui spira [...]e; True Man, by His breathing. Verus Deus, qui Spiritum donare: True GOD, by his bidding them take, and so giving them the Holy Ghost. To give that gift, to breath such a breath, is beyond the power of men, or Angels: Is more, then any can do, save GOD onely.

For, that We say them also, in our Ordering; the case is farre different. We say them not, as in our owne, but as in His person. We bid them, from Him receive it; not, from our selves. This point will againe fall in afterwards.

2 The Procee­ding of the Ho­ly Ghost.Next, we argue for the Holy Ghost's proceeding from Him; and that evidently. For, as He gave of His breath: so did He, of the Spirit. The breath, from His Humanitie: the Spirit from His D [...]itie. The breath into their bodies: the Spirit, into their soules. The outward act teaches visibly without, what is invisibly done within.

Thrise was the Holy Ghost sent, and in three formes, 1 of a Dove: 2 of brea [...]h: 3 of Cloven Tongues. From the Father, as a Dove; From the Sonne, as Breath; From both, as Cloven Tongues. The very cleft shewing, they came, from two. At CHRIST's bap­tisme, Luk. 3.22. the Father sent Him from heaven, in shape of a Dove. So, from the Father He proceedeth. After (at His rising heere) CHRIST, by a breath, sends Him into the Apostles. So, from the Sonne He proceedeth. After, being receive [...] up into the glo­rie of his Father, He, together with the Father, the Father and He both, sent Him this day downe,Act. 2 3. in tongues of fire. So, from both, He proceedeth. Proceeding from the Fa­ther, totidem verbis (Chap. 15.26.) And proceeding (heere) from the So [...]ne, ad oculum, really. Not, in words onely: we may beleeve our eyes: we see Him so to proceed. Enough, to cleere the point, à patre filioque.

With Refe­rence to quo­rum remiseriti [...].This proceeding, as it holds each other where, so specially, in this of quorum remise­ritis, the remission of sinnes, For which, it is heere given. For, in that, of all other, the Holy Ghost proceeds from CHRIST, most properly. For, inasmuch as the r [...]mis [...]ion of sinnes came from and by CHRIST, very meet it was, He should have the dispen­sing of his owne benefit, and the Remitter of sinnes proceed from Him also. One, by the blood out of his veines; The other, by the Spirit out of his arteries; and He, as bleed the one, so breath the other. He, that should seale the acquittance, from Him that laid downe the money. That (howsoever in other respects, in this sure) from Him and none but Him, the Holy Ghost to proceed.

Proceed: and proceed by way of Breath, rather then eny other way: that, to be the caeremonie, or symbolum of it.

[Page 689]I proceed now to the second Combination, of breath, and the HOLY GHOST.II. Of the Parts severally. 1 Of insuffla­vit: The breath. It is required in a signe, that choise be made of such a one (as neere as may be) as may best suit and serve, to expresse that, is conferrd by it. Now, no earthly thing comes so neere, hath such alliance, is so like, so proper for it, as the breath. (I make two stands of it:) 1 Breath and the Spirit: 2 CHRIST's breath and the Holy Spirit.

First, breath is aire; and aire,1 The symbo­lizing of breat [...] [...]ith the Spirit. the most subtle and (as I may say) the most bodilesse bodie that is; approching neerest to the nature of a spirit, which is quite devoyd of all corporeitie. So, in that, it suits well.

But, we waive all, save onely the two peculiars of the HOLY GHOST, set down in the Nicene Creed. 1 One, the Lord and Giver of life; 2 the other, who spake by the Prophets.

For first, the Spirit giveth life: and breath is the immediate next meanes subordi­nate to the Spirit, for the giving it: for the giving it, and for the keeping it, both. Gi­ving; at the first, GOD breathed into Adam, spiraculum vitae, Gen. 2 7. and streight factus [...]st in animam viventem, he became a living soule. Keeping; for, if the breath goe away, away goes the life too: both come, both goe together.

And as the Spirit it is, that quickneth: so, it is the Spirit, that speaketh, evidently. Of Christ's br [...]ath with t [...]e Holy Ghost. Dead men be dumb, all. And, the same breath, that is organum vitae, is organum vo­cis, too. That, we live by, we speake by also. For, what is the voice, but verbum spi­ritu vestitum, the inward word (or conc [...]t) clothed with breath or ayre, and so presented to the sense of hearing? So, vehiculum spiritûs it is, in both.

And, as the Breath, and the Spirit: So CHRIST's breath, and the Holy Spirit. Accipite Spiritum gives to man the life of nature: Accipite Spiritum Sanctum gives to the Christian man the life of grace.

And the speech of grace too. For, this breath of CHRIST was it, by which the cleven tongues (after) had their utterance. He spake by the Prophets: and the Apo­stles, they were but as Trumpets, or Pneumatica, Wind-instruments; they were to be win­ded. Without breath they could not; no breath on earth hable so to wind, that their sound might goe into all lands, be heard to the uttermost parts of the earth. Rom. 10.18. None but CHRIST's, so farre; So, that was to be given them. This breath hath in it (you see) to make a good Symbole for the Spirit: And CHRIST's b [...]eath, for the Holy Spirit.

It may be, at large, all this: but, how, for the purpose, it is heere given for (remis­sion of sinnes?) What hath breath to do with sinne? Not nothing. For, if you be ad­vised, per afflatum spiritús nequam it came; by an evill brea [...]h: and per afflatum Spi­ritus Sancti, it must be had away. The breathing, the pestilent breath of the Serpent, that blew upon our first parents, infected, poysoned them at the first: CHRIST's breath entring, cures it: and (as ever His manner is) by the same way it was taken, cures it: breath, by Breath.

For the better conceiving of the manner, how, Yee may call to minde that the Scriptures speake of sinne sometime, as of a frost: otherwhile, as of a mist, Esay. 44.22. or fogg that men are lost in, to be dissolved, and so blowen away. For, as there be two proceedings in the wind, and according to them, two powers (observed by Elihu, Iob. 37.9. Iob. 37.) forth of the South, a wind to melt and dissolve: out of the North, a wind to dispell and drive away. And, as in the wind of our breath, there is flatus, a blast, which is a cooler, and which blowes away: and halitus, a breath, that is warme, and by the temperate, moist heat, dissolves: Answerable to these, there is in this breath of CHRIST, a double power conferred; and both, for the remission of sinnes: and that, in two senses, sett downe by Saint Iohn, the one of Ne peccetis, astringent, to keepe men from sinn [...], and so remessio peccandi: 2 The other Si quis autem peccaverit, but if eny doe sinne, 1. Ioh. 2.1. to loose men from it, and so remissio peccati. Shewing them the way, and ayding them with the meanes to cleere their conscience of it (being done;) remitting that is past, ma­king that more remisse, that is to come: As it were to resolve the frost first, and [Page 690] turne it into a vapour: and, after it is so, then to blow it away.

1 And, other reasons there be assigned (why thus, in breath) apt and good: 1 One, to shew the absolute necessitie, the great need we have, of this power; how evill we may be without it: As evill as we can be without our breath, so evill can we be without a meanes for remission of our sinnes; [...]. It is Saint Basil. The Christian man he lives not by the aire that he breathes, more than he doth by it. Our owne breath not more needfull,Psal. 63.3. then this breath of CHRIST's: His loving kindnesse in it, better then the life it selfe, and we no longer to draw our breath, then to give Him thanks for it. This for the necessitie.

2 A second, to shew the qualitie; which is mild, of the same temper, the breath is. No spiritus protellae (which some would thinke perhaps, more meet) to carrie all before it. They know not the Holy Ghost, that so thinke: they remember not the Dove. Violence, in this worke, He could never skill of; His course hath ever beene otherwise. And, not His onely, but theirs, whom He proceeds from.

1. King. 19.11.12.Let them but goe to Elia's vision and informe themselves of this point. There came first a boisterous whirle-wind (such a one, as they wish for) but no GOD there. After it, a ratling earth-quake: And after it, crackling flashes of fire: GOD was in none of them all. Then came a soft still voice: There comes GOD. GOD was in it; and, by it, you may know where to finde Him.

And as GOD, so CHRIST: How comes He? He shall come downe like the dew into a fleece of wooll, Psal 72.6. and that is scarce to be heard. He, He shall not roar [...] nor crie, nor his voice be heard out into the street. Esay. 42.2. How unlike them, and their Novices, that will needs beare his Name!

And how the Holy Ghost comes heere, we see. None of all the three Persons, but in gentle milde manner.

It is against them (this) that take delight in these blustering Spirits, and thinke them the onely men; cannot skill of any other. No river they, but the great Euphra­tes, Esay. 8.6. that runnes with a huge noyse. The waters of Silo, run too soft for them. Well, the waters of Silo (though) the Prophets commend to us: and to them CHRIST sends us, and it is they,Psal. 46.4. when all is done, whose streames shall make glad the Citie of GOD. This is sure, no spirituall grace is ever so truely wrought by these spirits, that take so on, till they be out of breath. The aire they beat, the heart they pierce not. The quiet calme breath shall doe it to better purpose,Eccl 7.8. then these that crackle like tho [...]nes under a pott. This breath will thither, to the heart dir [...]ctly: and sinne, never so kindly dissolved, as by audivi vocem in silentio (that way.Iob. 4.16.) Tell me not of them mightie winde and the fir [...]; that, was for Apostles. We are none; three degrees lower. And that wind they used very seldome (though:) once or twise perhaps: but, this they used continual [...]y. I report me to their Acts, and to their Epistles. For, the wind comes but at times; but, the breath is continuall at all times. And this is sure, when the mightie wind and the fire came, it may be, Peter used it once or twise, and Saint Paul as oft: but, this of the breath, they used more, nay most of all, and by it did more good, then by the other.

For as for this, let it not trouble you, that it is but breath; and breath, but aire, and so (one would think) too [...]eeble; (As indeed what feebler thing is there in man, then it?) the more feeble, the more fit to manifest His strength by. For, as weake in appearance as it is, by it were great things brought to passe. By this puffe of breath, was the World blowne round about. About came the Philosophers, the Orators, the Emperors. Away went the mists of error, downe went the Idols, and their Temples, before it.

2. Of the Partie. 1 From whom: CHRIST.Which gives us a good passage from the Breath to the Breather, Him that is the Nominative case to insufflavit. For, we are not to looke to the breath altogether, but somwhat too, from whose mouth it comes, whose breath it is. And CHRIST's it is. He it is, that gives the vigor and vertue to it. The touch of His finger, the breath of His mouth, vertue goes from it, sinne cannot stand before it, it sends it going, blowes it away li [...]e a little dust.

[Page 691]Take this with you too. It is not CHRIST's breath, any breath of His,Ch [...]ist aft [...] His re [...]urecti [...]n. Mat 27. [...]0. but His breath now, after His rising, and so His immortall breath. A mortall He had, which he breathed out, quando emisit Spiritum, when He gave up the Ghost upon the Crosse. All the while he was mortall, he held his breath. Till it was more then so, he breathed it not; till it had in it, the vigour and power of immortalitie: which neither sinne can endure, but scatters streight; nor the man of sinne, for he also shall be consumed with the breath of His mouth. Otherwise, unlesse it be this of Christ's, 2. Thes. 2.8. there is nothing in our breath to worke this effect: not in any mans, to thaw a frost, or to scatter a mist. The soyle of sinne is so baked on men, they so hard frozen in the dreggs of of it, our winde cannot dissolve it. Heare the Prophet, after he had beene long blowing at the sins of the people: The bellowes (saith he) ar [...] burnt, the iron of them consumed, the Founder melts in vaine; for all his blowing, the drosse will not away (Ier. 6.29.) But I (saith God) let me take it in hand, let me but blow with my winde, and I scatter thy transgressions as a mist, and make thy sinnes like a morning clowd to vanish away. Turne we then to Him, whose divine power, whose immortall breath can doe it: doe it by himselfe, and if by himselfe, by others also, into whom he will inspire it; whom in that regard, the Prophet calleth GOD'S mouth, to separate the precious from the vile. I [...]r. 1 [...] 19.

Which being of His breath immortall, doth further shew, both that there is nothing in this power, but perteines rather to another life, then to this mortal of ours (even to that, which is the life of the world to come:) and that it shall never die (this power) but hold, as long as there is any sinne to be forgiven. Had it beene His mortall breath, we might have feared the failing, now it shall never faile, so long as there is any, to open his mouth to receive it. It is His immortall b [...]eath.

This for the Partie from whom. Now for in eos, those into whom it came.2. [...]. Much bound we are to our Blessed Saviour, for thus sending; and to the Holy Ghost for be­ing thus sent, for seeing us furnished with a power, we so much stand in need of. For, sinning as we do, and even running our selves out of breath in it, and the wages of that being aeternall death: what case were we in, but for this br [...]ath? I see not how we should doe without it. To say therefore with them in the Gospell, Ro [...]. 6 23. Benedictus D [...]us qui dedit talem potestatem, Bless [...]d be GOD for s [...]nding such a pow [...]r, [...] 9.8. for sending it at all.

But then secondly, qui dedit tal [...]m potestatem hominibus, that he gave it to m [...]n. 1 To m [...]n. For, as the Sonne of man he gave it; and as man, to men he gave it; to the Sonnes of men upon earth, that we need not send up and downe and cast, Who shall go up to hea­ven for us and fetch it thence. That if an Angell should come to us,R [...]m. 1 [...].6. as to Cornelius there did, he hath not this power to impart, he can but bid us send to Ioppa, for Pet [...]r. A [...]t 10 32. He hath it, men have it, Angels have it not.

In eos, is more yet: to men, and to such men, such simple men(for so they were,2 In eos, t [...] sim­pl [...] m [...]n. GOD wott) a full unfitt and indisposed matter to receive it. Idiotes (it is Saint Luke's word) men utterly unlearned: And of no spirit or courage at all (the breath but of a Damosell, quailed the b [...]st of them.) Probatur Deus per Apostolos (say the Schoolemen:Act 4.13.) if there were nothing els, his very Apostles were enough to prove him to be GOD. For O Lord our Saviour, how excellent is thy Name in all the world! Thou, Psal. 8.1.2. that out of the mouthes of those that were little better th [...]n babes, hast ordeined thy praise, and s [...]illed thine enemies, and put them all to silence.

But, there is a worse matter then that. Not onely Simple;3 To s [...]nfull men. Luc 5.8. 1. Tim. 1.5. Iam. 3.2. 1. Iob. 1.8. but (which is further of yet) sinfull men they were. Take their owne confessions. Saint Peter's: Goe forth from me ô Lord, for I am a sinfull man. Saint Paule's: Sinners, whereof I am the chiefest. S. Iam [...]'s: In many things we offend all; put himself in the number of them that offend many [...]imes. S. Iohn's: If we (I for one) say we have no sinne (what then, we are proud, there is no humilitie? No; but) we are liers, and there is no truth in us. Even, to such, to [...] this power given to forgive sinnes: to them, that for sinne, were in feare themselves to be condemned.

Nay (which is not lightly to be passed by) all this done, even at the very time, [Page 692] when they were scarse crept out of their sinne, but three dayes before committed, in so wretchedly forsaking Him: and some, more then so, and after would scarse beleeve, He was risen, when they saw Him: that even then, did He thus breath on them, and made them, that He did. Now blessed be GOD, that at all gave such power to m [...]n, to such men, such simple, such sinfull men, insufflavit in eos. To secure us, be the men what they will, that have received it, No sinne of man, shall make the power of GOD of none effect. This, for in eos.

3. Of the Act.To the Act now. It is first sufflavit, breathed; and that was, to keep correspondence with His Father at the first.Sufflavit. By breathing into Adam, the Father gave the soule; the author of the life naturall: Ad idem exemplum, the Sonne (heer) by breathing gives the Holy Ghost, the Author of the life-spirituall, the same passage, and the same ceremo­nie held by both.

But insufflavit is more; breathed it in, into them. This (in) shewes, it pertaines with­in, Insufflavit. to the inward parts, to the very conscience, this act. His breath goeth (saith Salo­mon) ad interiora ventris, Pro 18.8. Heb. 4.12. and His word with it (saith the Apostle) through, to the di­vision of the soule and Spirit: Thither goeth this breath: and thither, is further then man can go. For, howsoever the acts and exercises of outward Iurisdiction may be disposable, and are disposed by humane authoritie: yet, this not so, of forum internum. Somwhat there is still that comes from CHRIST, and none but CHRIST; some­what, that as it comes higher, so it goes deeper, then any earthly power whatsoever. This inward inspiring brings us to CHRIST's Deitie againe. The Kings of the Na­tions, send they can, and give power they can, but inspire they cannot. Array whom they will (as Assuerus) with rich attire; arme them at all points, induere, in that sense; but not endue the soule with gifts and graces within, not arme their minds with valour and vertue; at leastwise, not with virtus ex alto: Onely GOD, whom He calls, He gives the inward talents to; and CHRIST, whom He sends, He sends His Spirit into. This argueth GOD plainly, and so CHRIST to be GOD.

Alwaies this insufflavit shewes, as wherewith He would do it (the Spirit;) so, what it is He would worke,Eph. 4.3. worke upon, and renew. For, if we be renewed in the Spirit of our minds, the whole man wilbe so, streight upon it. There is no indication to that: for, the change of the whole man is a certaine signe, the Spirit is come into us. As of Saul, it is written, when the Spirit came into him, he was changed into quite another man; no more the same Saul, he was before: A new, another Saul then. Which holds, not onely in particular men, but even in the whole world. For, when this breath came into it, in interiora, it was cast into a new mold presently, and did even wonder at it selfe, how it was become Christian. For, the outward rigorous meanes of fire, imprisonment, of the whip, of the terrour of the Magistrate's sword: Pilate's Have not I power to crucifie thee, Ioh. 19.2. and power to loose thee? These daunt men, make them asto­nished, make metum peccati, feare to commit the outward act of sinne. But, edium o­portet peccandi, non metum facias, if sinne shall ever truly be left, it must come of hatred, not of feare. So, it goes away indeed. And there it is, sinne must be mett with; if ever it shall rightly be put away, the Spirit to be searched, and inward hearty compunc­tion wrought there. And that is, by this breath of CHRIST, piercing thither or not at all. So much for the [in.]

And now to, et dixit. The words be three, the points according, three, too. 1 Acci­pite, Et dixit. it is to be received: Spiritum, a Spirit it is, that is to be received: 3 Sanctum, and that Spirit is the Holy Ghost. 4 Whereto we add; the Holy Ghost after what manner; for there be more then one.

1. Accipite: Accipite, agrees well with breath. For, that is received, we open our mouthes and draw it in; our Systole, to meet with His Diastole.

[Page 693]For this Accipite: it is certaine, that at the breathing of this breath, the Spirit was gi­ven. He gave them what He bad them take; He mocked them not. They received the Holy Ghost then, and (if ye will) really. Yet was not the substance of His breath transubstantiate into that of the Holy Ghost: None hath ever imagined that: yet said He truely Accipite Spiritum; and no lesse truely in another place, Accipite Corpus. Truly said by Him, and received by them, in both. And no more need, the bread should be changed into his bodie, in that; then, His breath into the Holy Ghost, in this: No, though it be a Sacrament (for, with them both are so) yet, as all confesse, both truely said, truely given, and truely received, and in the same sense without eny difference at all. This for them.

For us, Accipite sheweth first, it comes from without; it growes not within us;1 Accipite not concipite. Psal. 90 9. a breath inspired, not a vapour ascending; not educta è, but inducta in. It is not medi­tati sumus sicut aranea, we spinne it not out of our selves, as the spider doth her webb. It is not concipite, but accipite: Receive it we do; Conceive it we doe not. It were too fond to conceive (seeing our breath is made of aire, and that is without us) that the Spirit should be made of eny thing that is within us.

We say againe: it is Accipite, not assumite. Assumit, qui nemine dante accipit, 2 Accipite not assumite. Heb. 5.4. He assumes, that takes that, is not given. But, nemo assumit honorem hunc, This honor no man takes unto him, or upon him, till it be given him. As, quod accipitur non habetur, in the last; So, quod accipitur, datur, in this. And both these are against the Voluntaries of our Age, with their taken-on Callings. That have no mitto vos; unsent, set out of themselves. No accipite, no receiving; take it up of their owne accords, make them­selves what they are: Sprinkle their owne heads with water; lay their owne hands on their owne heads; and so take that to them, which none ever gave them. They be hypostles: (So doth Saint Paul well terme them as it were the mock-Apostles:) And the terme comes home to them, for [...] they be, Filij subtractionis right:Heb. 10.39. work all to subtraction, to withdraw poore soules, to make them forsake the fellowship (as even then, the manner was.) This brand hath the Apostle set on them, that we might know them and avoid them.

We may be sure, CHRIST could have given the Spirit without eny caeremonie; held his breath, and yet sent the Spirit into them without eny more adoe: He would not: An outward caeremonie He would add; for, an outward calling He would have. For, if nothing outward had beene in His, we should have had nothing but Enthusiasts (as them we have notwithstanding:) But then we should have had no rule with them: All by divine revelation: Into that they resolve. For, Sending, breathing, lay­ing on of hands have they none. But if they be of CHRIST, some must say mitto vos; sent by some; not runne of their owne heads. Some, say accipite; receive it, from some; not find it about themselves; have an outward calling, and an outward accipite, a testimonie of it. This for accipite.

Spiritum. A Spirit it is, that is to be received, and much is said in this word (Spirit: Spiritum. The Spirit. Ioh 6.63. 2. Cor. 3.6. Iude 10. Ephes. 4.23.) it stands as opposed to many. 1 The Spirit and flesh (CHRIST, Ioh. 6.) 2 The Spirit and the Letter. (Saint Paul. 2. Cor. 3.) 3 The Spirit and the Soule (Saint Iude.) 4 The Spirit and the minde (Ephes. 4.) 5 The Spirit and a habit. 6 The Spirit and a Sprite Spiritus and Spectrum. 7 The Spirit and Hero's Pneumatica, that is some artificiall mo­tion or piece of worke with ginnes within it. To All these.

1. Not the flesh (saith our SAVIOVR:) and if not the flesh, not eny humor,1 Not the [...] for they are of the flesh: Neither they, nor their revelations profitt ought to this worke.

2. Not the Letter (saith Saint Paul:) not the huske or chaffe: we have too much of them every day. Quid paleae ad triticum, they rather take away life then give it:2 Not the [...]etter Ier. 22.13. A handfull of good graine were better then ten load of such stuffe.

3. Nor animales Spiritum non habentes (saith Iude) men that have soules onely;3 Not the soule. and they serve them, but as Salt to keepe them, that they rot not. They to have no part or [Page 694] fellowship in this businesse; meere naturall men; no Spirit in them at all. Somewhat there is to be in us, more then a naturall soule. [...], is one thing: [...] is another. Some inspiring needs; somewhat of Accipite.

4 Not the mind.4. Nay saith Saint Paul, Be ye renewed in the Spirit of your mindes. For, the minde is not all: Nor men to thinke so, if they once have got true positions, true Maxims in their mind, then all is well. If the Spirit be not also renewed, it is nothing.

5 Not an habit.5. The Spirit, not a habit gotten with practise, and lost againe with dis-use (as are the Arts▪ and morall vertues) against the Philosophers. For, though this be vertue, yet is it not virtus ex alto (this.) No habituall but a spirituall ver­tue, this.

6 Not a Sprite.6. Spiritus, non spectrum: for, that is a flying Shadow voyd of action; doth nothing. But the Spirit, the first thing we read of it, it did hover and hatch and make fruitfull the waters, Gen 1.2. and fitt to bring forth something of substance.

7 Not Hero's Pneumatica.7. And last (which is by Writers thought to be chiefly entended) CHRIST's Spirit, not Hero's Pneumatica; not with some spring or devise, though within yet from without; artificiall, not naturall: but the verie principium motus to be wit [...]in. Of our selves, to move: not wrought to it, by any gin or vice or skrew made by art: Els, we shall move but while we are wound up, for a certaine time till the plummets be at the ground, and then our motion will cease streight. All which (but th [...]se last spe­cially) are against the automata, the spectra, the puppets of Religion, H [...]pocri [...]. With some spring within, their eyes are made to r [...]wle, and their lipp [...]s to wagg, and their brest to give a sobb: all is but Hero's Pneumatica, a vizor [...]ot a very face;2. T [...]m. 3.5. an outward shew of godlinesse, but no inward power of it at all. It is not Accipite Spiritum.

Spiritum San­ctum.Thirdly, I say it would be knowen further, what Spirit: For, Accipite it may be; somewhat they may have taken; it may be, a Spirit. But, whatsoever it is, it is not yet home, unlesse Sanctum come too. Sanctum it would be, if it be right. To be a man of Spirit (as we call them, that be active and stirring in the world) will not serve heere, if that be all. I have formerly told you, there is a Spiritum without Sanctum; Spirit and holy are two things. Two other Spirits there be besides: and they well accepted of, and in great request.2. Pet. 1.20. 1. Cor 2.12. 1 One, which Saint Peter calls the private Spirit: 1 The other, that Saint Paul calls the Spirit of the world: Which two will consort well together, for their owne turnes, and for some worldly end: but neither of them with this. For, they are opposed to the HOLY GHOST, both.

The private Spirit first. And are there not in the world somwhere, some such, as will receive none,1 Not Spiritum suum. admit of no hand no other HOLY GHOST but their owne ghost and the idoll of their owne conceipt, the vision of their owne heads, the motions of their owne spirits; and if you hit not on that, that is there in their hearts, reject it, be it what it will: that make their brests the Sanctuari [...]; that (in effect) say with the old I [...]a­tist, Quod volumus Sanctum est, That, they will have holy, is holy, and nothing [...] Men (as the Apostle speaks of them) causelesse puft up with their fleshly minde?Col. 2.18. His word is to be marked: [...], there; [...] heere: inflati, they; affla [...]i, th [...]se: They puffed up, these inspired. If it make to swell, then is it but wind; the [...]pirit doth it not; inspirat, non inflat. The word is insufflavit: there is, in s [...]fflavit, a [...] that beareth downeward and carries not up. So, Spiritum Sanctum, is not s [...]iritum suum.

2 Nor Spiritum mundi.Nor Spiritus mundi is not Spiritus CHRISTI. Els doth Saint Paul wrong to oppose them. It is too sure, such a Spirit there is as the Spirit of the world: and that the greatest part of the world live and breath and move by it: and that it doth well som­times, but without eny reference to GOD or CHRIST or HOLY GHOST. For, even the acts they doe of Religion; are out of worldly reasons and respects: He­rods reason, Videns quia placeret populo; saw, the world would that way: Demetriu [...]'s rea­son,Acts 12.3.19.27. Periclitatur portio nostra, It may prove dangerous to their worldly estate: The [Page 695] [...] ▪ Oh sett forward that point of Divinitie; for then; all they have is ours. Gen. 34.23. See [...] no [...], whence this winde, blowes, from what spirit this breath comes? from Spiritus mundi, plainely. And I know not how, but as if CHRIST's mouth were stopped, [...] His breath like to [...]ile him, the world beginnes to fare, as if they had got a new mouth, to draw breath from; to governe the Church, as if Spiritus Praetorij would do things, better then Spiritus Sanctuarij, and mans law become the best meanes to teach the feare [...]f GOD and to guide Religion by. In vaine then is all this act of CHRIST's; He might have kept His breath to himselfe. But, it will not so be. When all is done, the Spirit must come from the Word, and the Holy Ghost from CHRIST's mouth, that must doe this, governe the Church. Thither we must, for Sanctum; even to the Sanctuarie, and to no other place.

And, a certaine note it is (this) to discerne the Holy Spirit of GOD, from the Spi­rit of what you will. From CHRIST it comes, if it be true: He breathes it. It can­not but be true, if it come from Him, for He is the Truth. And as the Truth, so the Wise­dome of GOD: that, if it savor of falshood, or follie, it came not from Him;Ioh. 14.6. 1. Cor. 1.3. He brea­thed it not. But, His Breath shall not faile; shall ever be hable to serve His Church, with­out all, the [...] of the private Spirit, and without all the additaments of Spiritus mundi. And if we gape after them, we make this Accipite more then needs: And if we doe so, I know not what shall become of us.

But the Holy Ghost may be received more waies then one. He hath many Spiramina: [...], in many manners, He comes: And multiformis gratia, He comes with.Which way it is received. 1. Pet. 4.10. He and they carrie the name of their cause: and to receive them is to receive the Spirit. There is a gratum faciens, the saving grace of the Spirit, for one to save himselfe by, recei­ved by each without respect to others: and there is a gratis data (what ever become of us) serving to save others by, without respect to our selves. And there is [...], the grace of a holy Calling: For it is a grace, to be a conduit of grace eny way.2. Cor. 8.4. All these; and all from one and the same Spirit.

That, was heere conferred, was not the saving grace of inward Sanctimonie: they were not breathed on, to that end. The Church to this day, gives this still in her Ordinations, but the saving grace the Church cannot give: none but GOD can give that. Nor, the gratis data it is not. That, came by the tongues, both the gift of speaking diverse languages, and the gift of [...] speaking wisely and to the purpose: And (we know) none is either the holier, or the learneder, by his Ordination.

Yet, a grace it is. For, the very Office it selfe is a grace: Mihi data est haec gratia (saith the Apostle in more pl [...]ces then one; and speakes of his Office and nothing els.Eph. 2.7. &c.) The Apostleship was a grace, yet no saving grace. Els, should Iudas have beene saved. Cleerely then, it is the grace of their Calling (this) whereby they were sacred and made persons publique and their acts authenticall; and they enhabled to do somewhat about the remission of sinnes, that is not (of like availe) done by others, though perhaps more learned and vertuous then they, in that they have not the like mitto vos, nor the same Accipite that these have. To speake with the least: As the act of one, that is a publique Notarie, is of more validitie, then of another that is none, though (it may be) he writes a much fairer hand. And this (lo) was the grace heere, by breathing conferred to them: of Spiritum, a Spirituall; of Sanctum, an holy Calling: and derived from them to us, and from us to others, to the world's end.

B [...]t take heed, we sucke no error out of this word holy; No more then we doe out of the word annointed. When time was, it was shewed, the annointing was no inward holinesse, or hability to governe by, but the right of ruling onely. So, heere, it is no internall qualitie infused, but the grace onely of their Spirituall and Sacred function. Good it were, and much to be wished, they were holy and learned all; But if they be not, their Office holds good though. He that is a Sinner himselfe, may remitt sinnes for all that, and save [Page 696] others he may, though himselfe be not saved? For, it was not propter se, he re­ceived this power, to absolve himselfe; but (as the next word is) quorumcunque, eny others whosoever.

Some adoe we have to pl [...]cke this out: but out it must. For, an error it is, an old worne error of the Donatists: and but new dressed over by some fanaticall Spirits, in our d [...]ye [...], that teach in corners. One, that is not himselfe inwardly holy, cannot be the meanes of holinesse to another. And where they dare too, that: One, that is not in state of grace, can have no right to eny pos­session or place. For, they of right belong to none, but to the true children of GOD: that is, to none but to themselves.

Fond ignorant men! For, hath not the Church long since defined it po­sitively, that the baptisme, Peter gave, was no better then that which Iudas: and exemplified it, that a seale of iron will give as perfect a stamp, as one of gold. That as the Carpenters that built the Arke, wherein Noe was saved, were themselves drowned in the flood: That as the water of baptisme, that sends the childe to heaven, is it selfe cast downe the kennell: Semblably is it with these: And they that by the Word, the Sacraments, the Keyes, are unto other the conduits of grace, to make them fructifie in all good workes; may well so be, though themselves remaine unfruitfull, as doe the pipes of wood or lead, that by transmitting the water, make the garden, to beare both herbes and flowers, though themselves never beare eny. And lett that content us, that what is heere received, for us it is received, that what is given them, is given them for us; and is given us, by them. Sever the Office, from the men: leave the men to GOD, to whom they stand or fall: let the Ordinance of GOD stand fast. This breath, though not into them for themselves, yet goeth into and through every act of their Office or ministerie, and by them conveigheth His Saving grace into us all.

But, lest we grow discontent, that some doe receive it, and that we all doe not so (For, this being the Feast of the HOLY GHOST, and of receiving it, it may grieve eny of us, to goe his way and not receive it:) I will shew, it is not so. For, though as this breath, we cannot all; and, as the fierie Tongues, much lesse: (These are but for some sett persons:) yet I will shew you a way, how to say Accipite Spiritum to all, and how all may receive it.

Matt 26.26.And that is by Accipite corpus meum. For, Accipite corpus, upon the mater, is Accipite Spiritum, inasmuch as they two never part, not possible to sever them one minute. Thus, when or to whom we say Accipite corpus, we may safely say with the same breath, Accipite Spiritum; and as truely every way. For, that Bodie is never without this Spirit; he that receives the one, receives the other; He that, the bodie, together with it, the Spirit also.

And receiving it thus, it is to better purpose then heere in the Text it is. Better (I say) for us. For, in the Text it is received, for the good of others; whereas (heere) we shall receive it, for our owne good. Now, whither is the better remission of sinnes, to be hable to remitt to others, or to have our owne remitted? To have our owne, no doubt. And that is heere to be had. To the sta­blishing of our hearts with grace, to the cleansing and quieting our consciences. Which spirituall grace we receive in this spirituall food, and are made to drinke (I will not say of the spirituall Rocke, 1. Cor. 10.4. Ioh. 15.5· but) of the spirituall Vine that followeth us, which Vine is CHRIST. To that then let us applie our selves. Both are received, both are holy, both co-operate to the remission of sinnes. The bodie, Matt. 26. The Spirit heere evidently.Mat. 26.28. And there is no better way of celebra­ting the Feast of the receiving the HOLY GHOST, then so to doe, with recei­ving the same body that came of it at his birth, and that came from it now at his ri­sing againe.

[Page 697]And so receiving it, He that breathed, and He that was breathed, both of them vouchsafe to breath into those holy Mysteries a divine power and vertue; And make them to us the bread of life, and the cup of Salvation. GOD the Father also sending His blessing upon them; that they may be His blessed meanes of this thrise blessed effect. To whom all, three Persons, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE AT HALYRVD House, in Edenburgh, on the VIII. of Iune A.D. MDCXVII being WHIT-SVNDAY.

LVKE. CHAP. IV. VER. XVIII.XIX.

SPIRITV [...] DOMINI super Me &c

The SPIRIT of the LORD is upon Me, because He hath annointed Me, that J should preach the Ghospell to the poore: He hath sent Me, that J should heale the broken-hearted, that I should preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, and that J should se [...] a [...] l [...]bertie them that are bruised.

And, that J should preach the acceptable Yeare of the LORD.

WE Are fallen heer upon Christ's first Sermon, prea­ched at Nazareth: and upon His very Text. This, I have read you, was His Text, taken out of the Prophet Esai. LXI. Chapter I. Verse. There was no feare. Christ would have ranged farr from His matter, if He had taken none; yet, He tooke a Text, to teach us thereby, to doe the like. To keepe us within; not to flie out, or preach much, either without, or be­sides the booke.

And he tooke his Text for the Day, as is plaine, by his application (ver. 21.) This day, is this Scripture fulfilled in your eares. This day this Scripture. Our Master's Scripture was for the Day: So would ours be.

[Page 699] [...] day: and for the present occasion. For, among the Writers, it is [...], that when our Saviour made this Sermon; that yeare, it was with [...] the yeare of Iubilee. And that therefore, he told them, It was fulfilled in [...] they might heare the trumpets sound to it. If it were so; this Text of [...] yeare, was as apposite, as could be chosen. That (it seemes) he tur­ned the booke purposely to finde it: Out of it, to speake to them of the true Iu­bilee.

[...] it were so (the yeare of Iubilee) it was the last, that ever they held. For, be­fo [...] [...] yeares came about againe, they were swept away: Temple, Sacrifice, Iubi­ [...] [...], and all. The Iubilees of the Law then failing, being come to their periode, [...] Christ with His; with a new Iubilee of the Ghospell, the true one (as, whereof [...] of theirs were but shadowes onely:) which Iubilee of the Gospell, was the accep­ [...] yeare, which Esai heer meant.

Will ye then give me leave now, to say of this Text of our Saviour's,The Summe. This Script [...]re suits well with this day: is fullfilled in it three waies. In the 1 comming of the Spirit: 2 the end for which; To send to proclaime: 3 the matter which, to [...] [...]me a Iubilee: 4 And a fourth, I will add, of a present occasion, as fitt every way.

First, it is of the comming of the Spirit. And, this day, the Spirit came. And the 1 comming of the Spirit, in the Text heer upon CHRIST, was the cause of the com­ming of the Spirit, this day, upon the Apostles. From this comming upon him, came the comming upon them: Super Petrum, super Iacobum, sup [...]r all the rest; [...]pon them, and upon us all, from this super Me. All our annointings are but [...]opp [...] from his annointing: All our missions, and commissions, but quills (as we [...]) out of this Commission (heer) misit Me. Sicut misit Me, Ego mitto vos: Ioh. 201. He sent [...] As He sent Me, I send you. By that, and by no other Commission, did they, or [...] we, or shall ever any come.

That first, and this second: the Misit, and the Ad. Why came the Spirit on 2 Christ? To send Him: send Him, to what? Ad evangelizandum. And why came the [...]pirit on the Twelve, this day, but for the very same end? And it came therefore, for [...] purpose, in the shape of tongues. It is the office of the tongue, to be a trumpet, [...] proclaime. It serves for no other end.

To proclaime, what? The acceptable yeare of the LORD, that is, the Iubilee. Now 3 [...] is the number of the Iubilee; which number agreeth well with this Feast, the [...]east of Pentecost. What the one, in yeares; the other, in dayes. So that, this [...] the Iubilee (as it were) of the yeare (or the yearely memorie of the yeare of Iubi­l [...]e:) That, the Pentecost of yeares; This, the Iubilee of dayes. These three [...]or the Day.

And may we not add a fourth, from the present occasion? I take it, we may; and [...] unfit neither, as peculiar to this very Yeare, rather then to any other. There 4 [...] out (lightly) but one Iubilee in a mans age. 1 And this present yeare is (yet) the the I [...]bilee-yeare of Your Majestie's life and Reigne. 2 And this day is the Iubilee-day [...]f [...]hat yeare. 3 And yet further, if we take not Iubilee, for the time, but for the joy, [...] [...]he word Iubilee is taken, as for the time of the joy, so for the joy of the time;) And so referre it to the late great Ioy and Iubilee, at your Majestie's receiving hither to Your [...] (the Countrie where you were brought up) which then was fulfilled in our [...] eares (I am sure) were filled full with it. So that first and last, the Text [...] [...]ith the Day; and both suit well, with the present occasion.

[...] to our SAVIOVR: Who standing now with His loynes girt, ready [...]o go about the errand, He came for; (as the manner is) He was first to read His [...] This it is (the words, I have read) drawne and ready penned for Him, long [...] by the Prophet Esai heer, who had the honour to be the Register of this, and [...] I [...]s [...]uments, touching CHRIST's Natures, Person, and Offices. And up­ [...] [...] of this, He entered in His Office.

[Page 700] II You [...]ay pla [...]nly know; it im [...]gination (thus,) or first entring on His of­fic [...], by the procl [...]mat [...]on follo [...]ing, o [...] [...]pening the gaole, and letting the Prisoners goe free. so is (ever) [...]he fashion o [...] [...] to make the joy generall, of their comming to their kingdomes;to release tho [...] that stand commited; to graunt free and gene­rall pardons to all, [...] will sue for them; to be at the charge of missilia, certaine new pieces of coyne, to be cast [...]road among the people.

Ac [...]ordingly, were there this day of the Spirit's comming, by one Sermon of Saint Peter's, three tho [...]sand set at libertie, that had beene captives before, under Satan. A largesse of new t [...]gues (as it were missilia) cast downe from heaven. A generall par­don pro [...]laimed, Act. 7.52. even for them that had been the betraiers & murderers of the Sonne of GOD, if they would come in. That it was (indeed) a right day of Iubilee. And this; i [...] the Summe of all.

The Division.The parts as they lie, are these. 1 First, of the Spirit's being on CHRIST: 2 An­nointing I Him: 3 Sending Him. These three.

II 2. Then, whereto He was so annointed and sent; to preach the Gospell, or glad ty­dings (glad tydings, or Gospell, both are one:) and that even to the poore.

III 3, Thirdly, whereof the tydings is: of an excellent Physitian; a Physitian of the heart, one that can cure a broken heart.

IV 4. Of these hearts. 1 How they came broken first, and there are three wayes heer set downe. 1 By being captives: 2 by being in a darke dungeon, where their sight was even taken from them: 3 By being there in yrons, so as they were even bruised with them. Three, hable (I thinke) to breake any man's heart alive.

2. Then, how they came cured. And that is by good newes, Two proclamations, (for [...] to proclaime, is twise repeated.) 1 One conteining a particular remedie of those their three severall maladies. 1 Of a partie, one with a ransome, or redemption for the captives: 2 with an engine, or toole, to knock of their yrons: 3 with the keyes of the prison, to let them out. And this to begin with. Then (to conclude with) a second proclamation, that makes up all; of a yeare of Iubilee; and so, of restitution, of them to their former forfeited estates, by GOD's accepting them to favour, this acceptable time.

This, is the Summe of CHRIST's Commission heer read. And indeed, a briefe of His Offices all three. 1 In preaching the glad newes of the Gospell, of His Prophesie: 2 In granting pardon, and enlarging prisoners, of His Kingdome. 3 In proclaiming a Iubilee, of His Priesthood (for, that, the peculiar of the Priest's Office.) So, all are in, that per­taine to CHRIST. And all, that, to IESVS too: Who sheweth Himselfe IESVS, in nothing so much, as in being the Physitian of a broken contrite heart.

I. Of the Spirit's being on Ch [...]istWE cannot better begin, then with the Blessed Trinitie. In the three first word [...], the three Persons reasonable cleare. 1 The Spirit: 2 He, whose the Spirit (D [...]mini:) He, on whom the Spirit, super Me.

The Spirit, that is, the Holy Ghost. He, whose the Spirit, GOD the Father. He, on whom the Spirit, our SAVIOVR CHRIST. He, the super quem (heer.)

These three distinct: 1 the Spirit, from the 2 LORD, whose the Spirit is: the Spi­rit, that was upon, 3 from Him, it was upon. Y [...]t, all three in one joint concurrence, to one and the fame worke, the Iubilee of the Gospell.

[...]pon Me, is CHRIST's Person. But, His person onely according to one of His [...]; His humane. The Spirit was not upon Him, but as He was man. These thre [...], 1 To be sent, to be ann [...]in [...]d, to have a s [...]per cum, favour of inferioritie (all) to the Sender, Annointer, Superior. And so (indeed) for us, He became lower than, in [Page 701] [...] not. In the similitude of sinfull flesh, had a Spirit, to annoint Him:Rom. 8.3. Phil. 2.7. In formâ [...] [...]ad a LORD, to send Him about the message heere.

[...] CHRIST suffer not in His honor, we supply: that the SPIRIT, who [...] to be Spiritus DOMINI, is elsewhere. said to be Spiritus CHRISTI [...] The Spirit of the Father (Mat. 10.) And the Spirit of the Gal. 4.6. Sonne, Rom. 8.9. Matt. 10.20. both (Gal. 4.) The Spirit that sent Him heere, sent by Him elsewhere, Ioh. 15.26. Whom I will send (Ioh. 15.) This setts Him upright againe. As the one shewes Him, to be Man; so the oth [...]r, [...] GOD. And, as GOD, He hath no Superior. No LORD, to owne Him: [...] to annoint Him.

[...] I mistake not) a kind of ynckling of thus much, is even in the very words. [...] [LORD] in Esay, is plurall; and so, more persons then one, whose the Spirit i [...] ▪ and from whom He proceeds. And, if you would know how many; In Esay the w [...]rda be two: so, not a single proceeding, from one: but, a double, from two, as [...] word is double. Saint Basil saith it short, [...] As GOD, He sends it; as Man, He rece [...]ves it. Vpon Him, as Man: from Him, as GOD.

Of Him then, as Man, three things heere are said, the Spirit 1 was upon Him:2. His annointing. 2 [...]nnointed Him: 3 sent Him. But it is said: the Spirit is upon Me, because He hath [...]ointed me: So as, the annointing is set, as the [...] or cause, why He was upon Him. And then, that, (His annointing) as the cause is first in nature. But it cannot be conceived, but the Spirit must be also upon Him, to annoint Him, the Spirit is the [...]nction: the Spirit then was upon Him, two severall times, for two severall ends. To annoint Him. 2 And, after He was annointed, to send Him; the second. Of [...]his annointing we are to touch, 1 when it was: 2 with what it was: 3 and how it comes to be termed annointing.

When was He thus annointed? Not now, or heere, first: but long before;1 When it was. even from the very time of His conceiving. When the Word became fl [...]sh, the flesh, Ioh. 1.14. with the Word and (by meanes of it) with the whole Deitie, was annointed all over; and by [...]ertue thereof, filled with the fullnesse of all grace. For, this we are to hold: that CHRIST was ever CHRIST (that is) ever annointed, from the very first instant [...]f [...]ll; He was never un-annointed, not one moment.

Annointed with what? I have already told you, with the Deitie, 2 With wh [...]t. by vertue of the Personall vnion of the second Person of the Deitie. Why then is the Holy Ghost called [...] Vnction? Why is CHRIST expressly said to be annointed with the Holy Ghost? [...] not, with the Father as well?

Why not? To reteine to each Person, his owne peculiar, his proper act, in this common worke of them all: or (as the Hebrewes speake) to keepe every word, upon his [...]ght wheele.

[...]ather, is a terme of nature. So, to the Father we ascribe, what the Sonne hath by [...] For, that he is the Sonne, is of nature, not of grace.

[...], that the Man-hood is taken into GOD, that was not of nature, but of grace. [...], what is of grace, is ever properly ascribed to the Spirit. 1. Cor. 12.4. There are diversities of [...]ra [...]s, all from the same Spirit. And the proceeding of grace from it, not as by nature, [...] Vbi vult, Blowes where it lists freely. All then, of grace, Ioh. 3.8. proceeding from the Spi­ [...]it, Accordingly, the Conception of CHRIST's flesh, and the sending it with the ful [...]esse of grace (or annointing it) is ascribed to the Spirit.

[...], this enduring with grace, how comes it to be called annointing? For nothing,3 How called annointing. [...] [...]he resemblance it hath, with an ointment. An ointment is a composition (we [...]) the ingredients of it, oile and sweet odors. By vertue of the oile, it sokes even [...] bones (saith the Psalme:) but, it workes upon the joints and sinnewes, sensibly; [...] supple and lithe, and so the more fresh and active to be stir themselves.Psal. 109 18. [...] of the sweet odors mixt with it, it workes upon the spirits and senses; cheers [...] make [...] him glad, that is annointed with it. And not him alone,Psal. 45.8. Cant. 1.3. but all that are abou [...] [...]nd neere him, qui in odore unguentorum, that take delight in his companie, to go [Page 702] and to runne with him, and all fo [...] [...] swee [...]e sent they feele to come from him.

O [...] which two, the oyle [...] the vertue of the power of the Spirit, piercing th [...]ough (but gently) like [...] Th [...] odors, the sw [...]et comfort of the graces, that proceed from th [...] HO [...]Y [...]OST. 1. Nothing, more like. And this for Hi [...] Annointing.

3. His sending.Now the [...] Spirit, that was thus upon Him, at hi [...] co [...]ception, to annoint Him; was even now upon Him againe, to manifest, and to send Him. When? At His [...] ( [...] l [...]ttle before.) Not [...], as [...]hen at His conception, but in a visible shape [...], before a great concourse of people: (To shew, there ought to be [...] [...]ing:Luk. 3.22.) what [...]ime, the Dove layd that, which in it, is answerable to our [...], [...]pon Him.

Nor, to ind [...]e Him with ought (that, was done before, long:) but, to mani­fest to all, This was He; This, the Partie, before annointed; and now sent, that they might take heed to Him, It was the HOLY GHOST'S first Epiphanie (this:) He was never seene before: But, CHRIST's second Epiphanie. The other, at His Birth, or comming into the world: This now, at His calling, or sending into the world. That first, to inhable Him, to His Office. This, to designe Him to it. By that, furnished for it: By this, sent, severed, and set about the worke, He came for.

But, before we come to the worke, let us first reflect a little upon these: they serve our turne; are for our direction. These (both) were done to Christ, to the end He might reach the Church, that the same were to be on them, who in Christ's stead are imployed in the same businesse, ad evangelizadum. The Holy Ghost, to be upon them; upon them, to annoint them, and to send them, both: but, first to annoint; then, to send them. To be, and in this order to be. Vnlesse they be first annointed, not to be sent; and, though never [...]o annointed, not to start out of themselves, but to stay till they be sent.

The Spirit to be upon them; the same, that upon Christ, though not in the same, [...] in a broad [...]nd [...] large difference or degree of being. Vpon Him, without measure; Not so, on us but, on some, lesse (the measure of the Hi [...];) on some, more (the mea­sure of the Epha:) but every one, his Gomer at least. Some feathers of the Dove (as it were) though not the Dove it selfe; not the whole SPIRIT entire, as upon Him.

On His head, the whole boxe of ointment was broken, which from Him ran downe upon the Apostles, somewhat more fresh and full; and (ever) the further, the thinner, as the nature of things liquid i [...]: but, some small streames trickle downe even to us, and to ou [...] times still.

This on-being, shewes it selfe first, in that which stands first (the Annoin­ting).

I shall not need tell you, the Spirit comes not upon us now, at our conception in th [...] wombe, to an [...]oint us there. No: we behoove to light our lamps oft, and to spen [...] much oyle at our studies, yet we can atteine it. This way, come we to our annoin­ting, [...] This B [...]oke chiefly; but, in a good part also, by the bookes of the A [...]ntient Fat [...]rs, and Lights of the Church, in whom the sent of this ointment was fre [...]h, and the [...] true, on whose writings it lieth thick, and we thence strike it of and gather it safely.

You will ma [...]ke: the annointin [...] is set, for the cause; the Spirit is upon Me, because He hath annointed Me ▪ Then, sublatâ causâ, and a sensu contrario, the Spirit is not [...] Me, because He ha [...]h not an [...]ointed Me. Againe, because He hath annointed Me, He [...] sent Me. And then it followes, because He hath not annointed Me, He hath not s [...]nt Me. No speaking of the spi [...]it's on being; no talke of sent by Him, without it. [...] be th [...]y then, that say, the lesse annointing, the more of the SPIRIT? [...]he more blind, the mo [...]e [...]old; and so, the fitter to goe on some other errand [...] this.

[Page 703] [...]: the Spirit makes none of these drie missions; sends none of these same [...], such as have never a feather of the Dove's wing, not any sparke of the fire of [...] not so much as a drop of this ointment. You shall smell them streight, that [...], [...]he Myrrhe, Aloes, and Cassia will make you glad. Psal. 45.8. And you shall even as soon [...] others. Either they want odor: Annointed, I cannot say, but [...] with some unctuous stuffe (goe to, be it oyle:) that gives a glibnesse to the tongue [...] and long, but no more sent in it, then in a drie stick; no odors in it at all. Father [...] they want (I say:) or, their odors are not layd in oyle. For, if in oyle; you shall [...]ot smell them so for a few set sermons; if they be annointed, not perfumed or [...] for, such Divines we have.) If it be but some sweet water, out of a [...] sent will away soone; water-colors or water-odours will not last. But, if [...] oyle throughly, they will: feare them not. To them that are stuffed (I know) all is one: they that have their senses about them, will soone putt a difference.

But what? If he be annointed, then turne him of hardly with no more adoe, with­out [...] for any sending at all? Nay, we see heer, onely annointing served not Christ Himselfe: He was sent, and outwardly sent besides. Messias He was, in regard of His [...]ointing: Shilo He was too, in regard of His sending. If you love your eyes, wash them in the water of Shilo, that is by interpretation, Sent. Ioh. 9.7. Or (to speake in the style of the [...]ext) as He was CHRIST, for His annointing; So was He an Apostle, for His sending. So is He called (Heb. 3.) the Apostle of our profession, H [...]b. 3.1. with plaine reference to [...] heere, the word in the Text.

Vnction then, is to goe before, but not to goe alone; Mission is to follow: and no [...]an, though never so perunctus, eo ipso, to stirr, nisi qui vocatus erit sicut Aaron, Heb. 5 4. Vnlesse [...] called as was Aaron; unlesse he be sent as CHRIST heer was: for feare of Cur­ [...]ant & non mittebam eos, in the Prophet; Or of, How shall they, unlesse they be sent, Ier 23.21. Rom. 10.15. [...] the Apostle. For his life, he know not (if neither Aaron, nor CHRIST) how any might step up, without calling, sending, ordeyning, laying on of hands: all are one.

And marke well this, that the Holy Ghost came upon Christ alike for both: that there is the Holy Ghost no lesse in this sending, then in the annointing. They very [...] it selfe is a grace expressly so called. Rom. 12. Eph [...]s. 3. and in diverse places els.Rom. 1 [...] [...] ▪ Ephes. 3. [...] Every grace is of the Holy Ghost; and goeth ever, and is termed by the name of the Ho­ly [...]host usually. And, in this sense, the Holy Ghost is given and received in holy Orders, [...] we doe well avow that, we say, Receive the Holy Ghost.

But, we have not all, when we have both these; for, shall we so dwell upon annoin­ [...] and sending, as we passe by the super Me, the first of all the three, and (sure) not the last to be looked after? A plaine note it is, but not without use, this situation of [...]he Spirit; that He is super. For, if He be super, we be sub. That we be carefull then to preserve Him in his super, to keepe him in his due place (that is) above. In signe [...]reof, the Dove hovered aloft over CHRIST, and came downe upon Him: And in si [...]e thereof, we submitt our heads, in annointing, to have the oyle powred upon; we submit our heads, in ordeining, to have hands layd upon them. So, submit we doe, in signe that submitt we must: That, not onely mission, but submission is a signe of one truely called, to this businesse. Somewhat of the Dove there must be ( [...]eede:) meekenesse, humblenesse of minde.

[...]ut lightly you shall find it, that those that be neque uncti neque loti, neither annointed [...] scarse well washed; the lesse ointment, the worse sending, the farther from this submissi [...]e humble mind. That above? Nay any above? Nay, they inferior to none. That [...], and they under? Nay under no Spirit: no super, they. Of all Preposi­ [...]s, th [...]y indure not that, not Super: all aequall, all even at least. Their spirit not [...] to the Spirit of the Prophetts, nor of the Apostles neither (if they were now [...]) but beare themselves so high, do tam altum spirare, as if this Spirit were their [...] and their Ghost above the Holy Ghost. There may be a sprite in them, there is no [...] upon them, that indure no super, none above them. So, now we have all, we should: Vnction, out of Vnxit; Mission, out of Misit; Submission, out of super Me.

[Page 704] II. The [...] whe [...]eto. 1 To bring good tydings.Forward now. Vpon Me. How know we that? Because He hath annointed Me: Annointed, to what end? To send: Send, whereto? That, followes now. Both whe [...]e­to, and whom to. 1 Whereto? To bring good tydings: 2 Whom to? To the poore.

1. Whereto? If the Spirit send CHRIST, He will send Him with the best sen­ding: and the best sending, is to be sent with a message of good newes: the best, and the best welcome. We all strive to beare them; we all love to have them brought. The Gospell is nothing els, but a message of good tydings. And CHRIST, as in regard of His sending, an Apostle, the Arch-Apostle; So, in regard of that He is sent with, an Evangelist, the Arch-Evangelist. CHRIST is to annoint; this, is a kind of an­nointing: and no Ointment so precious, no Oile so supple, no Odor so pleasing, as the knowledge of it;2. Cor. 2.16. called therefore by the Apostle, Odor vitae, the Savour of life unto life, in them that receive it.

2. To the poore.2. Sent with this, and to whom? To the poore. You may know, it is the Spirit of GOD by this. That Spirit it is: and they that annointed with it, take care of the poore. The spirit of the world, and they that annointed with it, take little keep to evan­gelize any such, any poore soules. But in the tydings of the Gospell, they are not left out: taken in by name (we see.) In sending those tydings, there is none excluded. No respect of Persons with GOD:Act. 10.34. None of Nations; to every Nation, Gentile, and Iew: None of Conditions; to every condition, poore and rich. To them, that of all other are the least likely. They are not troubled with much worldly good newes: Seldome come there any Posts to them with such. But the good newes of the Gospell, reacheth even to the meanest. And reaching to them, it must needs be generall (this newes:) If to them, that of all other least likely, then certainly, to all. Etiam pauperibus is (as if He had said) Even to poore and all, by way of extent, ampliando. But, no wayes to ingrosse it, or appropriate it to them onely. The tydings of the Gospell are as well for Act. 16.15. Lydia the purple seller; as for Act. 10.6. Simon the tanner: For the Act. 17.34. Areopagite, the Iudge at Athens, as for the Act. 16.30. Iayler at Philippos,: for the 2. Ioh. 1. elect Ladie, as for widow Acts 9.36. Dorcas: Act 8.27. For the Lord Treasurer of Aethiopia, as for the Acts 3.2. Begger at the beautifull gate of the Temple: Phil. 4.22. for the houshold of Caesar, as for the 1. Cor. 1.16. houshold of Stepharas; yea and (if he will) for Acts 26.28. King Agrippa too.

But, if you will have pauperibus a restringent, you may; but then, you must take it for poore in spirit, Mat. 5.3. with whom our Saviour begins His Beatitudes in the Mount: the poverty to be found in all. As indeed, I know none so rich, but needs these tydings: all to feele the want of them in their spirits:Rev, 3.17. No Dicis quia dives sum; as few sparks of a Pharisee as may be, in them, that wilbe interessed in it.

III. The tydings of a Physitian for broken hearts.Well, we see to whom: What may these newes be? Newes of a new Physician, [...] Medicus cordis, one that can give Physicke to heale a broken heart. And newes of such a one, is good newes indeed. They that can cure parts lesse principall, broken armes or leggs, or limbs out of joint, are much made of, and sent for farre and neere: What say you to one, that is good at a broken heart? make that whole, set that in joint againe, if it happen to be out? So they understood it plainly, by their speech to Him after,Ver. 23. Medice [...] teipsum.

Ecchis. 15.17.The heart (sure) is the part of all other, we would most gladly have well. Give me any griefe to the griefe of the heart (said one that knew what he said:) Omni custodia custodi cor (saith Salomon) keep thy heart above all:Pro 4.23. if that be downe, all is downe: looke to that in any wise. Now, it is most proper for the Spirit to deale with that part: it is the fountaine of the spirits of life, and whither (indeed) none can come, but the Spirit, to do any cure to purpose: that, if CHRIST, if the Spirit take it not [...] hand, all cures els are but po [...]sitive; they may drive it away for a while, it will come [...] then ever. Now then, to Medice cure (as CHRIST after saith) to this [...].

[Page 705] [...] cure, our rule is first to looke to de causis morborum, how the heart can be [...] then after, de methodo medendi, IV. Of the hearts 1 How they came broken. the way heere to helpe it.

[...] comes the heart broken? The common hammer that breaks them, is some [...] crosse, such as we commonly call heart-breakings. There be heere in [...] strokes of this hammer, hable (I thinke) to breake eny heart in the [...].

1. [...]. They be captives first: and captives and caitives, 1 By being captives. Psal. 137.2. in our speech sound [...] one. It is (sure) a condition hable to make eny man hang up his harpe, and [...] by the waters of Babylon. There, is one stroke.

2. Th [...]re followes another worse yet. For, in Babylon, though they were captives, In a darke dungeen. [...] they abroad, had their libertie. These heere are in prison: And in some [...] there, as it might be in the dungeon, where they see nothing. That (I take [...] meant by blind heere in the Text: Blind, for want of light; not for want of [...], though those two both come to one, are convertible. They that be blind, say they are darke: and they that be in the darke, for the time are deprived of sight, have no manner use of it at all, no more then a blind man. Now, they that row in the galleys, yet this comfort they have, they see the light: and if a man see nothing els, the light [...] it selfe is comfortable. And, a great stroke of the hammer it is,Eccles. 11.7. not to have so much [...] that poore comfort left them.

3. But yet are we not at the worst; One stroke more. For,3 And bruised with irons there. one may be in the dungeon, and yet have his limmes at large, his hands and feet at libertie. But so have [...] those in the Text, but are in yrons: and those so heavy and so pinching, as they [...] even [...], bruised and hurt with them. See now their case. 1 Captives; [...] not onely that, but 2 in prison. In prison; not above, but in the dungeon, the [...], darkest, blindest hole there; no light, no sight at all: 3 And, in the hole, [...] many yrons upon them, that they are even bruised and sore with them. And tell [...] now, if these three together be not enough to breake Manasse's, or any man's [...], and to make him have cor contritum indeed?

They be: but what is this to us? This is no mans case heere. No more was it eny [...]heirs, that were at CHRIST's Sermon: yet CHRIST spake to the purpose, we [...] be sure. We may not then take it literally, as meant by the body: CHRIST [...] no such captivitie, dungeon, or yrons. That He meant not such, is plaine. He [...], He was sent to free captives, to open prisons: But, He never set eny captive free, [...] life, nor opened eny gaole (in that sense) to let eny prisoner forth. Another [...] then, we are to seeke. Remember ye not, we beganne with the Spirit? the [...], the Spirit comes about, is spirituall, not secular. So, all these, spiritually [...] understood. As (indeed) they are all three appliable to the case of the Spirit; [...] plaine description of all our states, out of CHRIST, and before He take us in [...].

[...]. There is Captivitie there, wherein men are held in slaverie under sinne and [...] than that we now spake of. Saint Paul knew it: speakes of it,Rom. 7.24. Rom. VII. [...] he hath so, crieth out, Wretched man that I am, who shall rid me of it! Verily, [...] Turke so hurries men, putts them to so base services as sinne doth her captives: [...] one, that hath beene in her captivitie, and is got out of it, & scit quod dico, he [...] it is true, I say.

[...] is a prison too: not Manasse's prison. But aske David, who never came [...]; what he meant, when he said, I am so fast in prison, Psal. [...]8.8. as I know not how to [...] And that you may know what prison that was, he cries,Psal. 142.7. Matt. 4.16. O bring my soule out of [...] A prison there is then, of the soule, no lesse than of the bodie. In which prison [...] of those that CHRIST preached heere to: S. Matthew saith, they sat in [...] and in the shadow of death, even as men in the dungeon doe.

3. [...] are chaines too, that also is the sinner's case, He is even tied with chaines [...] sinne [...] (saith Salomon) with the bonds of iniquitie (Saint Peter: Pro. 5.22. Act 8.23.) which bands [Page] are they,Psal. 1 [...].16. David thankes GOD for breaking in sunder. There need no other bonds, we will say, if once we come to feele them. The galls, that sinne makes in the conscience, are the entering of the yron into our soule. Psal. 10 [...].1 [...].

But you will say, we feele not these neither, no more than the former. No doe? Take this for a rule: If CHRIST he [...]le them, that be broken-hearted; broken-hearted we behove, to be yer He can heale us. He is Medicus cordis indeed; but it is cordis con­triti. It is a condition [...] annexed (this) to make us the more capable; and like­wise a disposition it is, to make us the more curable. That same pauperibus (before) and this [...] they limit CHRIST's cure; His cure and His Commission both: and unles [...]e they be, or untill they be, this Scripture is not, nor cannot be fulfilled in us. In our eares, it may be; but in our hearts, never.

That, as such as come to be healed by His Majestie, are first searched, and after either put by, [...] admitted as cause is: so there would be a Scrutinie of such, as make toward CHRIST. What, are you poore? Poore in spirit? (for the purse, it skills not:) No, but dicis [...]uia dives, in good case: CHRIST is not for you then; He is sent to the poore. What,Psal. 119.70. is your heart broken? No, but heart-whole, a heart as brawne: then are you not for this cure. In all CHRIST's Dispensatorie, there is not a medicine, for such a heart; a heart like brawne (that is) hard and un-yielding.

CHRIST himselfe seemes to give this Item, when He applies it after: Many wi­dowes, Verse 25. Many lepers (saith He:) and so, many sinners: Elias sent to none, but the poore Widow of Sarepta; Elisaeus healed none, but onely Naaman, after his spirit came downe, was broken. No more doth CHRIST, but such as are of a contrite heart.

Verily, the case as before we set it downe, is the sinner's case, feele he it, feele he it not. But, if eny be so benummed, as he is not sensible of this; so blind, as dungeon or no dungeon, all one to him; if eny have this same Scirrhum cordis, that makes him past feeling, it is no good signe: but, it may be, our houre is not yet come, our cure is yet behind. But, if it should so continue, and never be otherwise, then were it a very evill signe.Prov. 7.22. For, what is such a ones case, but (as Salomon saith) as the oxe that is ledd to the slaughter without eny sense, or the foole that goes laughing when he is carried to be well whipped? What case more pitifull?

You will say: we have no hammer, no worldly Crosse to breake our hearts. It may be. That, is Manasse's hammer, the common hammer (indeed:) but, that is not King David's hammer, which I rather commend to you; the right hammer to doe the feat, to worke contrition in kind. The right, is the sight of our owne sinnes. And, I will say this for it: that I never in my life saw eny man brought so low with eny worldly calami­tie, as I have, with this sight. And these, I speake of, were not of the common sort, but men of spirit and valor, that durst have looked death in the face. Yet, when GOD ope­ned their eyes, to see this sight; their hearts were broken, yea even grownd to powder with it; contrite indeed.

And, this is sure; if a man be not humbled with the sight of his sinnes, It is not all the crosses or losses in the world will humble him aright.

This▪ is the right. And, without eny worldly crosse, this we might have, if we loved not so to absent our selves from our selves, to be even fugitivi cordis, to runne away from our o [...]ne hearts; be ever abroad, never within: if we would but sometimes re­di [...]e ad corEsay 46. [...]. returne home thither, and descend into our selves; sadly and seriously to bethinke us of them, and the danger we are in, by them; this might be had: And this would be had, if it might be. If no [...], in default of this (no remedie) the common hammer must come; and GOD send us Manesse's hammer, to breake it; some bodily sick­nesse, some worldly affliction, to send us home into our selves. But sure, the Angel must come downe and the [...]ater be stirred;Io [...]. 5.4. els we may preach long enough to un-con­trite hearts, but no goodwill be done till then.

[...] beene too long in the Ca [...]se: but, the knowledge of the Cause, in every dis­ease [...] halfe the cure. To the healing, now.

[Page 607] [...] for heale; in Esay (where this Text is) signifies to bind up. The cure [...], the most proper cure, for fractur [...]s, or ought that is broken. Nay, [...] and all, as appeareth by the Samaritan. The [...] is so stayed,Luk. 10.34. which if it [...] r [...]nning on us still, in vaine talke we of eny healing. It is not begun, till that stay [...] no longer. The sinne that CHRIST cures, He binds up, He stayes (to be­gin with: If he cover sinne, it is with a plaister. He covers and cures together, both un­der o [...]e.

[...] [broken-hearted] the Hebrewes take not, as we doe, we broken for sinne; they, [...] of, or from sinne: And we have the same phrase with us; To breake one of [...] fashions, or inclinations, he hath beene given to. So, to breake the heart. [...] must it be broken, or ever it be whole. Both senses: either of them doth well; but both together best of all.

[...] done, now to the healing part. The Heathen observed long since:2. How they are cu [...]ed. Act. 10.6. [...], the soules cure is by words: And the Angell saith to Cornelius, of Saint P [...]ter, He shall speake to thee words, by which thou and thy houshold shall be saved.

And by no words sooner, then by the sound of good tydings. By good ty [...]ings. Good newes is good physiq [...]e sure (such the disease may be:) and a good message a good medicine. There is power in it both waies. Good newes, hath healed; evill newes hath killed many. The good newes of Ioseph's welfare, we see, how it even revived old Iacob. And, the evill,Gen. 45.27. [...] the arke of GOD taken, it cost Eli his life.1. Sam. 4.18. Nothing workes upon the heart [...]ore forcibly, either way.

What are these newes, and first how come they? By [...] they come: No secret,Proclaimed. [...]hispered newes, from man to man, in a corner: No flying newes. They be proclai­ [...]ed, these; so, authenticall. Proclaimed: And so they had need. For, if our sinnes [...]nce appeare in their right forme, there is evill newes certainely: let the Divell alone with that, to proclaime them, to preach damnation to us. Contraria curantur c [...]ntrarij: we had need have some good proclaimed, to cure those of his.

Two proclamations heere are, one in the neck of another. Of which the former, in [...] three branches of it, applieth in particular, a remedie to the three former maladies; I [...] the topique medicine (as it were:) the later is the panacea, makes them all perfectly [...] and sound.

The first proclamation. To the Captive first, That there is one at hand with a ransome, [...] redeeme him. This will make him a whole man.1 The first Pro­clamation.

[...]. To them in the dungeon; of one to draw them forth thence, and make them [...]work [...] see the light agine.

[...]. To them in chaines; of one to strike of their bolts and loose them, to open the [...] doore, and let them goe: [...], to make Apostles of them, and send them [...]road into the wide world. It is the fruit of Christ's [...], this [...]; Christ's A [...]os [...]eship was, and is, to make such Apostles.

Now, this is nothing but the very summe of the Gospell: 1 Of one comming with a ransome in one hand,Revel. 1.18. to lay downe for us the price of our redemption from Sa­th [...]n [...] captivitie. 2 And with the keyes of hell and death in the other. Keyes of two [...]: One to undoe their fetters and loose them; 3 the other, to open the dungeon and prison-doore (both the dungeon of despaire, and the prison of the Law) and let [...] out of both. There can be no better newes, nor kindlier physique in the world, Th [...]r [...]ord of redemption, to captives: Then to see the light againe, to them in the [...]imber Then of enlargement, to them in bands: but specially, then of a dismission, [...] prison, dungeon, irons and all. And this is proclaimed heere, and publi [...]hed by [...] in His Sermon at Nazareth: and was after performed and accomplished [...], at His Passion in Ierusalem.

[...] good newes indeed: but, heer comes better.2 The second Proclamation. It is seconded with another [...], that makes up all. For in very deed; They that by the first proclama­ti [...] [Page] [...] leased, for all [...] and [...] all that, what were they, but a sort of poore sp [...]kes, turned out of the [...], but have nothing to take to? Comming thither, they were t [...]ned out of all that [...] th [...]y had. That, their case, though it be lesse miserable, y [...]t i [...] miserable still: the [...] still hangs upon them.

We lack sor [...]e [...] for that. He are comes (now) physique, to cure that and make them perf [...]ctly well▪ A second [...]: that they shall be restored, to all that ever they had. How so? For harke: heere is the acceptable yeare; that is a Iubilee proclaimed. And then, even of course they are (by force of the Iubilee) so to be. The [...] of the Iubilee was so, you know. Then, not onely all bond sett free; all [...] (for [...]) set open; but beside, all were restored then, to their former mort­gaged, f [...]rfe [...]d, or any waies [...]li [...]ned estates, in as ample manner, as ever they had, or held them, at any time before.

A restitution in integrum; a re-investing them in what they were borne to, or were any waies possessed of: that, if they had sold themselves out of all, and lay in execution for huge summes (as it might be, ten thousand talents;) then, all was quitt; they came to all againe; in as good case, as ever they were in all their lives. There can be no more joyfull newes, no more cordiall Physique, then this. The yeare of Iubi­lee? why, that time, so acceptable, so joyfull, as it hath even given a denomination to joy it selfe. The height of joy is Iubilee; the highest terme to expresse it, is jubilate: that goes beyond all the words of Ioy whatsoever.

And this comes well now: for, the Iubilee of the Law drawing to an end, and this very yeare being now the last, CHRIST's Iubilee (the Iubilee of the Gospell) came fit­ly to succeed. Wherein, the primitive estate, we had in Paradise; we are re-seised of anew. Not the same, in specie, but as good; nay better. For, if for the terrestriall Pa­radise by the flood destroyed, we have a coelestiall, we have our owne againe (I trow) with advantage.

A yeare, it is called (to keepe the terme still on foote, that formerly it went by.) Only this difference: the yeare (there) was a definite time; but heere, a definite is put for an indefinite. This yeare is more then twelve moneths. In this acceptable yeare, the Zodiaque goes never about. On this day of Salvation, the Sunne never goes downe. For in this, the Iubilee of the Gospell passeth that of the Law: that, held but for a year, and no longer: But, this is continuall; lasts still. Which is plaine: in that, diverse yeares after this of CHRIST's, the Apostle speakes of it, as still in esse: Even then, makes this proclamation still,2. Cor. 6.2. Behold this is the day, Behold now is the acceptable time. Where­by we are given to understand, that CHRIST's Iubilee, though it began, when CHRIST first preached this Sermon, yet it ended not with the end of that yeare (as did Aaron's) but was Evangelium aeternum: As also perpetui Iubilai; Everlasting good newes of a perpetuall Iubilee, Revel. 4.6. that doth last; and shall last, as long as the Gospell shall be preached, by himselfe, or others sent by him, to the end of the world, the time of resto­ring all things. Act. 3.21:

It is called acceptable, by the terme of the benefit, that happened on it, which was, our acceptation. For then, we and all mankind were made (not [...], that is accepta­ble, but a [...] the word is) [...] that is actually accepted, or received by GOD. Out of whose presence we were before cast. And being by Him so received, we did ourselves receive againe, the earnest of our inheritance, from which, by meanes of the transgres­sion, Ephes. 1.4. we were before fallen.

There is much in this terme [accepting.] For, when is one said to be accepted? Not, when His ranso [...]e is paid, or the prison sett open; not, when he is pardoned his fault, or reconciled, to become friends: but when he is received with armes spread, as was the lost child, in the Gospell; ad stolam primam (as the terme is, out of that place.) Three d [...]grees there are in it,Luc. 15.20.22. 1 Accepted to pardon, that is [...]: 2 Accepted to reconciliat­tion, that is [...]: and further, 1 Accepted to repropitiation, that is [...], to as good gr [...]ce, and favour as ever, even in the very fulnesse of it. They shew it, by three [...] [...]grees in Absalon's receiving: [...]. Sam. 13.39.14. [...]. Pardoned he was, while he was yet in Geshur: Rec [...]ciled, when he had leave to come home to his owne house: 3 Repropitiate, when [Page 709] [...] to the King's presence and kissed him. That made up all [...]hen he [...]. And that is our very case.

[...], that is not all. It is more than so: [...] (heer) is in the Text of Esai [...] that imports more. For, that word, is ever turned by [...], and that is [...] owne acceptation (In whom I am well pleased) and the very terme of it.Mat. 17. [...]. And [...] accepted, I know not what he would have more.

[...] the Benefit that fell at this time: and for this, that fell on the time, the time [...], it fell on, is, and cannot be but acceptable; even eo nomine, that at such a time, [...] a Benefit happened to us. And in this respect, it ever hath and ever shall be [...] [...]eptable welcome time, this; and holden as a high feast: like as the Benefit is [...] that befell us on it. Festum, a feast, for the pardon: Festum duplex, for the reconciliation: Festum magis duplex, for the being perfectly accepted to the favour of GO [...], and by it re-accepting againe our prime estate.

Nay (last) it is called not onely Annus acceptus, but Annus Domini acceptus, or acceptus Domino: Not onely, the acceptable yeare; but, of the Lord, or [...]o the Lord; (for so the Hebrew reads it, with the signe of the Dative; as if to GOD Himself, it were so.) And, to Him, so it is, and to His holy Angels in heaven, so it is. For, it the recei­ving any one contrite sinner, by repentance, be matter of joy, Luc. 15.10. to the whole Court of hea­ven; if the receiving of but one; what shall we thinke of the generall receiving of the whole masse, which this day was effected?

Now, if to heaven, if to GOD Himselfe it be so; To earth, to us, shall it not be much more, whom much more it concerneth (I am sure?) GOD getteth nothing by i [...]; we doe: He is not the better for it; we are: Ever, the receiver, then the giver. The giver, more glorie; but the receiver, more joy. That if it be the joy of heaven, [...] cannot be but the Iubilee of the earth; Even of the whole earth: Psal. 66.1. Iubilate Deo om­ [...] terra.

The Iubilee (ever) it began with no other sound, but even of a cornet, Levit. 25.9. Ios. 6.4. made of the hornes of a Ram. Of which hornes, they give no other reason, but that is was so, in re­ference to the hornes of that Ram, that in the thicket was caught by the hornes, Gen. 22.13. and sa­ [...]ficed in Isaac's stead, even as CHRIST was, in ours. To shew, that all our Iubilee [...]th relation, to that speciall sacrifice, so plainly prefiguring that of CHRIST's. Which Feast of Iubilee began ever, after the High-Priest had offered his sacrifice, and [...] been in the Sancta sanctorum. As this Iubilee of CHRIST also tooke place, from [...] entring into the Holy places made without hands, Heb. 9.11. after His propitiatorie Sacrifice [...] up for the quick and the dead, and for all yet unborne, at Easter. And, it was [...] tenth day, that: And this (now) is the tenth day since.

The memoriall, or mysterie of which sacrifice of Christ's, in our stead, is ever Caput [...], the top of our mirth, and the initiation of the joy of our Iubilee. Like as [...] Calicem salutaris, our taking the Cup of Salvation, Psal. 116.13. is the memoriall of our being accepted, or received and take againe to Salvation. Wherewith let us also crowne [...] I [...]ilee of ours. That so, all the benefits of it, may take hold of us: specially the [...] of the favour of GOD, and the assurance or pledge of our restitution to those [...], and that Iubilee, that onely can give content to all our desires, when the time s [...]all come of the restoring of all things.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KING'S MAIESTIE AT Greenwich on the XXIV. of May, A. D. MDCXVIII. being WHIT-SVNDAY.

ACT. CHAP. II.

Sed hoc est, quod dictum est &c.

VER. 17. But this is that, which was spoken by the Prophet IOEL.

16. And it shalbe in the last dayes (saith GOD) I will powre out of my SPIRIT upon all flesh, and your sonnes and your daughters shall prophesie, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dreame dreames.

18. And, on my servants, and on mine hand-maids, I will powre out of my SPI­RIT, and they shall prophesie.

19. And I will shew wonders in heaven above, and tokens in the earth beneath, bloud, and fire, and the vapor of smoke.

28. The Sunne shalbe turned into darkenesse, and the Moone-into bloud, before that great and notable Day of the LORD come.

21. And it shalbe, that whosoever shall call on the name of the LORD, shalbe saved.

THese words may well serve for a Sermon, this day: they were a patt of a Sermon, preached as this day. The first Whitson-Sermon, that ever was: the first Whit-Sunday, that ever was. S. Peter preached it. And this was his Text, out of the second Chapter of the Prophet Ioël. As CHRIST, the last yeare, out of Esai: so Peter, this, out of Ioël. Both tooke Texts: both, for the day, & for the present occasion.

The occasion of this heer, was a lewd surmise gi­ven out by some, touching the gift of tongues, this day sent from heaven.

It shalbe my first note. That looke, how soone G [...]D from heaven ha [...] [...] fiery tongues upon His Apostles; the Devill from hell presently sent for his fiery tongues, and put them in the mouthes of his Apostles, to disgrace and scoffe at those of GOD's sending.

[Page 711] [...] may heare them speake (at the thirteenth verse:) Well fare this same good new [...] th [...]se good fellowes have been at it, and now they can speake nothing but outlandish: [...] broken Greek or Latine they had, and now out it comes.

Thus, that which was indeed grande Miraculum, they turned into grande ludibri­ [...]. Of the great Mysterie of this day, they made a meer mockerie. Those, that were baptized with the Holy Ghost, they traduced,Mat. 3.11. as if they had sou [...]ed themselves in new wine. Heer is the Holy Ghost's welcome into the world. This use doth the Devill make of some men's wits and tongues, to powre contempt on that, which GOD powreth forth, all that ever they can; even to worke despite to the Spirit of Grace. Heb. 10 29. T [...]e Summ [...].

Being to make an apologie for himselfe, and the rest, (and indeed, for the Holy Ghost) Saint Peter first prayes audience (at the XIV. verse.) Then tells them sober­ly, they misse the matter quite (at the XV.) It was too early day, to fasten any such suspition, upon any such men as they were (to be gone, before nine in the morning.) But, this he stands not on, as not worth the answering.

Heer (at this Verse) he tells them, it was no liquor, this: specially, no such as they surmised. If it were any, if they would needs have it one, it was the Prophet Ioë's, and none other. Something powred on, nothing powred in. Nothing, but the effusion of the Holy Ghost. This is it, that was spoken by the Prophet Ioël.

So, habemus firmiorem sermonem propheticum: and this,2. Pet. 1.19. which seemed to happen thus on the sudden, it was long since foretold; and alleadges for it this text of the Pro­phet, that such a thing there should come to passe, an effusion of the Spi [...]it, and that a strange one. And this they would find it to be; this Prophesie (of the Spirit powred) this day fulfilled in their eares.

Of which Text, the speciall points be two. 1 Of the Spirit's powring: The Division. 2 Of the end I whereto.

The first, I reduce to these foure. 1 The Thing: 2 the Act: 3 the Partie by whom: the Parties upon whom. 1 De Spiritu meo, is the thing 2 Effundam, the act. 3 Dicit Dominus, the partie by whom. 4 Super omnem carnem, the parties upon whom it is powred.

Then, the end whereto. And in that, foure more. The last end of all, in the last II word of all, salvabitur. That, is the very end: and a blessed end, if by any meanes we may attaine to it. Then are there three other conducting to this. Two maine ones; and one accessorie, but yet as necessarie as the other. 2 Close to it, in the end, there is [...] on the Name of the LORD: He, that calleth on the Name of the LORD, shalbe saved. 3 And farthest from it, at the beginning, there is prophetabunt, to call upon us to that end: And my servants shall prophesie. 4 And, between both these, there is a Me­ [...]randum of the Great Day of the LORD. Which is not from the matter neither, nor more then needs. For then (at that day) we shall stand most in need of saving: if we perish then, we perish for ever. And the mention and memorie of that Day, will make us not despise prophecying, nor forget invocation; but be both more attentive in hearing of prophesie, and more devout in calling on the Name of the LORD. So, it may well go for a third conducting meanes, to our salvation.

Now, to bring this to the Day. This (it is said) shalbe in the last daies. Which with Saint Peter heer; and with Saint Paul (Heb. 1.1.) yea, and with the Rabbins themselves, are the dayes of the Messiah. So, of our Messiah CHRIST (to us) and of none other. Of whose dayes, this is the very last. For, having done his er­rand, He was to goe up againe, and to send His Spirit downe, to doe His, another [...]hile: which is the worke of this day. As his first then, the taking of our flesh, so his [...], the giving of His Spirit ▪ the giving it abundantly, which is the effundam heere.

It remaineth, that we pray to Him, who thus, of His Spirit powred forth this day, [...] would vouchsafe on the same day to powre of it on us heer: that we may so [...] Feast (the memorie of it) and so heare the words of this prophesie, as may be to His [...] [...]cceptance, and our owne saving in the great Day, the Day of the LORD.

I. Of the Spirit's powring. De Spirit [...].OF the thing powred first. De Spiritu meo, the Spirit of GOD. First of Him, to give Him the honour of His owne Day.

The Spirit, is of himself Author of life; and heer is brought in, as Author of prophesie. They both are in the Nicene Creed: 1 the Lord and Giver of life, 2 and who spake by the Prophets. Life and speech have but one instrument, the spirit or breath, both. Of it, these foure.

1. Prophesie can come from no nature but rationall: The Spirit then, is natura rati­onalis. And determinate it is, distinct plainly heer two wayes. 1 The Spirit, from Him, whose the Spirit is; Him that sayes, de Spiritu meo. 2 That which is powred, from Him, that powreth it; Fusus à Fusore. Being then natura rationalis determinata, He is a Person (for, a person is so defined.)

2. Secondly, effusion is a plaine proceeding of that, which is powred: as spiration is so too, in the very body of the word Spirit. So, a Person proceeding.

3. Thirdly, being a Person, and yet being powred out, He behoves to be GOD. No Person, Angell or Spirit, can be powred out, can be so participate. Not at all: but not upon all flesh, not dilated so farre. GOD onely can be that. So, the Person, the Proceeding, the Deitie of the Holy Ghost (all) in these words. And not a word of all this mine: but thus deduced, by Saint Ambrose, and before him, by Dydimus Alexan­drinus Saint Hierom's Master.

4. But fourthly, you will marke: It is not my Spirit, but of my Spirit. The whole Spirit, flesh could not hold: not all flesh. And parts it hath none. 1. Vnderstand then, of my Spirit, that is, of the gifts and graces of the Spirit. Beames of this light: streames of this powring. Other where, others: heer, the gift of p [...]oph [...]sie and tongues.

Luk. 4.18. The text of the last yeare2. Which de Spiritu is also said, to keep the difference between CHRIST and us. Vpon Him the Spirit was: The Spirit of GOD upon Me, last yeare. Vpon us, not the Spirit: but, de Spiritu, of my Spirit onely, this year.

2. The Act, Effundam.The next is the Act, effundam: In it, foure more. 1 The qualitie, in that it is compa­red to a thing liquid, fusil, powred out. This seemes not proper. Powring is, as it had been water; He came in fire. It would have been kindled, rather then powred. True, but Saint Peter, in proper termes, makes his answer referr, to their slaunder: and that was, that it was nothing but new wine, a liquor. Their objection being in a thing li­quid, his answer behoved to be accordingly. And well it might, so: CHRIST had so expressed it:Cap. 1. [...]: both lately in His promise, Ye shalbe baptized with the Holy Ghost within few dayes: And formerly, under the termes of waters of life (Ioh. VII.) where Saint Iohn's exposition is,Ioh. 7.39. This He spake of the Spirit. Not (then) given, but to be given, streight upon CHRIST's glorifying, which is now this very day. The Holy Ghost then, is not all fire.

And this qualitie falls well with the two graces, of 1 prophesie, and 2 invocation, heer given. 1 Prophesie: Moses (the great Prophet) likened it, to the dew falling upon the herbs, Deut 32.2. or the raine powred on the grasse (Deut. XXXII.) And that likening is so usuall, as [ [...] Moreh] the word in Hebrew for raine, is so for a Preacher, too; that it poseth the Translators, which way to turne it: and even in that very Chapter of Ioël, whence this Text is taken.

And, invocation is so too; a powring out of prayer, and of the very heart in prayer.

Ver. 23. 3 And, the third of the later Day may be taken in, too. Then there shalbe a pow­ring forth also of all the phialls of the wrath of GOD.

2. The qualitie then first: the quantitie; no lesse. For, powring is a signe of plentie: [Page 713] [...]ndum, not aspergam (the first prerogative of this day.) For, the Spirit had beene [...]iven before this time: but never with such a largesse. Sprinkled but, not poured. Never till now, in that bounty, that now. This was reserved for Christ. For, when there was c [...]usa sanguinis effusio on His part, there was likewise to be, copiosa Flaminus effusio, on the Holy Ghost's. He, as liberall of his grace; as Christ of his blood. Psal. 103.7. That there might be to us copiosa redemptio, betweene them both, it is effundam copiose in both.

3. Eff [...]dam tells us further, the Spirit came not of himselfe: not till He was thus poured out. It is not effluet, but effundam. Sic operter implere, That so,Luk. 22.37. order might be kep [...], in Him (in the verie Spirit) and we by Him taught to keepe it. Not to start out, till we be sent; nor to goe on our owne heads, but to stay till we be called. Not to leake out, or to runne over; but, to stay til we be poured out, in like sort. Seeing CHRIST would not goe un-sent, Misit me, last yeare: Nor the HOLY GHO [...]T run un-poured, this yeare: it may well become us to keepe in, till we be poured and sent, eny yeare. And yet, the S [...]i [...]it is no lesse ready to runne, then GOD is to poure it. One of these is no barr to the other. Ecce ego, Esay. 6.8. mit­te me. Ecc [...] ego, Behold I am readie (saith Esai;) and yet, mitte me, Send me, for all that. Effluence, and Effusion; Influence and infusion will stand together well enough.

4. Lastly, effundam is not, as the running of a spout. To poure, is the voluntarie act of a voluntarie Agent, who hath the vessell in his hand, and may poure little, or much; and may choose wither he will poure eny at all, or no. As, shut the heaven from rai­ning: So refreine the Spirit from falling on us.

2 And when He poures, He strikes not out the head of the vessell, and letts all goe: but moderates his pouring and dispenses his gifts. Poures not all, upon every one; nay, not upon eny one, all: but upon some in this manner, upon some in that: Not to each, the same. And to whom the same, not in the same measure, though: but,1. Cor. 12. to some, five; to some, two; to some, but one talent. The Text is plaine for this.Matt. 25.15. There are diverse assignations in it: 1 To diverse parties; Sonnes, se [...]vants, old men, and young men: 2 Of diverse gifts; prophesies, visions, and dreames. 3 And them,1. Cor. 12.11. of di­verse degrees: one cleerer then the other; the vision, then the dreame. Singulis [...]rout vult, at the Pourer's discretion, to each as pleaseth him best.

The Party Pouring is Dicit Dominus, the Lord that said. But, Dixit Dominus, 3 The Party powring. Dicit Dominu [...]. Psal. 110.1. D [...]mino meo, The Lord said to my Lord: Which of these: The later (Domino meo) My Lord, D [...]vid's Lord and ours; Dominum nostrum, in our Creed (that is) CHRIST. How appeares that? directly at the thirtie three verse after. He being now exalted by the right hand of GOD, and having received the promise of the Holy Ghost from the Fa­ther, He hath poured out this, that ye now see and heare. CHRIST then. And not the Father? Yes, He too: For, of Him, Christ is said to receive it. Not onely Dixit Do­minu [...] Domino meo; but, dedit Dominus Domino meo. And so, as in the nineteenth of Genesis, Pluit Dominus à Domino: From the Lord, the Lord poured it. Gen 19.24. And but one Effundam, with but one effusion both; as, with one spiration, He came from both. Both, with one effusion poure Him: Both, with one spiration breath Him. It is expresly so set downe, Revelation, Chap. 22.Revel. 22 1 The fountaine of the water of life issued from the seat of GOD and of the Lamb. So have you heere the whole Trinitie: 1 Quis, 2 Quid, 3 à Quo; the Father, by the Sonne, or the Sonne from the Father, pouring out the HOLY GHOST.

2 And may we not also finde the two natures of Christ heere? Effundam is fundam ex. I will poure, out: Out of what? what the cisterne into which it first comes, and out of which it is after derived to us? That, is the flesh or humane nature of Christ: On which it was poured at His conception, fully to endow it; For in Him the fullnesse of t [...]e God-head dwelleth bodily (marke that, bodily. Col. 2.9. Ioh. 1.16.) And it was given to Him without me [...]s [...]re, and of His fulnesse we all receive. From this Cisterne, this day, yssued the Spi­rit, by so many quills, or pipes (as it were) as there are severall divisions, of the gra­ces of the Holy Ghost. And so now we have both à Quo, and ex Quo. The Divinitie, [Page 714] into His Humanitie, pouring the Spirit, which from His flesh, was poured downe, this day, super omnem carnem, upon all flesh. Which fitly brings in the next: Super omnem carnem.

4. The [...]arties upon whom. Super omnem carnem. 1 Cor. 9.9. Ioh. 1.14.On whom this pouring is (which is the last point:) Super omnem carnem. In which there are three points, as the words are three. 1 Carnem first (that is) men. For doth GOD take care for oxen (saith the Apostle) or for eny flesh, but ours? No, not for eny flesh; but the flesh which the Word did take. And, for that He doth.

But we are Spirit too, as well as flesh: and, in reason, Spirit on Spirit, were more kindly. There is neerer alliance betweene them.

Yet you shall finde the other part (flesh) is still chosen.

1. Super carnem.1. First, to magnifie his mercie the more, that part is singled out, that seemeth fur­ther removed; nay, that is indeed quite opposite to the Spirit of GOD heere poured out.Esay. 40.6. For, what is flesh? It is proclaimed (XL. of Esay) It is grasse. And not gramen, but foenum, that is grasse withering and fitt for the Scithe. Is that the worst? I would it were: But caro peccati, sinfull flesh setts it further of, yet. Vpon sinfull flesh, He should have poured somewhat els, then his Spirit.

So, two oppositions. 1 Flesh and Spirit absolutely in themselves. 2 Then, sinfull flesh, and the Holy Spirit. All which commends his love the more, thus combine things so much opposite. This first.

And withall (that, which right now I touched) to shew the introduction to this conjunction of these so farre in opposition either to other, Even Verbum caro factum that made this symbolisme. Hos. 2 15. By which, a gate of hope was opened to us (by his incar­nation) in spem, of our inspiration, which this day came in rem. For, his flesh exalted to the right hand of GOD remembred us,Ver. 33. that were flesh of his flesh, and derived downe this fountaine of living water to it, saliens in vitam aeternam; Springing, and raising us with it,Ioh. 4.14. whence it came (for, water will ever rise as high as the place from whence it came) that is, up to heaven, up to aeternall life.

2. Super.2. Super, upon it: Vpon it, is without, on the outside of it. Had not fundam in, been better then fundam super: Into them, then upon them? Not a whit.

Indeed, both waies, I find the Spirit given. At CHRIST's baptisme, the Dove came upon him. Luk 3.22. Ioh. [...]0.22. At his resurrection, insufflavit, He breathed it into them. And so hath He parted his Sacraments: Baptisme is effundam super, upon us, from without: the Holy Eucharist, that is comedite; that goeth in. Vpon the matter, both come to one. If it be poured on, it sokes in, pierces to the very center of the soule (as, in Baptisme, sinne is washed thence, by it.) If it be breathed in, it is no sooner at the heart, but it workes forth, out it comes againe: Out at the nosthrills in breath; Out at the wrest in the beating of the pulse. So, both (in effect) are one.

1. But it is Super heere, for these reasons. First, that we may know, the graces of the Spirit, they are [...] from without. In us, that is in our flesh, they grow not: neither they nor any good thing, els. And not onely [...], from without; but Saint Iames his [...] too,Iam. 1.17. from above, from the Father of lights. Both these are in super: and but for these we might fall into a phansie, they grew within us and sproong from us; which (GOD knoweth) they doe not.

2. Another reason is, for that [upon] is the Praeposition proper to initiation, into eny new Office. So is the manner, by some such outward caeremonie upon, to initiate. By annointing, or pouring oyle upon. By induing [induemini] putting some robe or other ensigne upon. By imposition or laying hands, upon. All upon. Baptisme (which is the Sacrament of our initiation) is therefore so done. So, the Dove came upon CHRIST.Verse 3. The tongues (heere) upon these, to enter them, either, into their new offices.

3. A third (last but not least) to enure them to this Praeposition super, which ma­ny can but evill brook. No super, no superioritie they; all even, all aequall; fellowes and fellowes. Gal. 29. The right hands of fellowship, if you will; but, not so much, as imposition of hands, super. For, if super, then sub followes: if upon, then we under; if above, then [Page 715] [...] [...]eath. But, no sub with some: submitt neither head, nor spirit to any. Yet, s [...]per Me, said CHRIST last yeare: and it may become any that became Him: it ma [...] well become sup [...]r carnem. Super then must stand, and be stood upon: Confusion will come, if it be not.

S [...]per carnem, super omnem carnem. Vpon flesh, and upon all flesh. Not, some one:2. Super omnem carnem. not [...]ewe's flesh alone: In regard of whom, this omnem is heer specially put in. For, they had in a manner engrossed the Spirit before, by a Non taliter omni. And yet, upon them too; for, upon their sonnes and their daughters (as it followeth:) but upon them, now,Psal. 147.20. no more th [...]n upon any other. This is a second prerogative of this Day. The first, [...]ffun­dam, th [...]t is.) 1 Before, sparingly sprinkled; now, plentifully powred. 2 Now againe, super omnem: Before, upon but some; now indifferently, upon all.

For so, when we say all, we meane, none is excluded, but now may have it. He hath put no difference between them and us (saith Saint Peter. Acts 15.0. Rom 10.11. Eph 2.14.) Non est distinctio (saith Saint Paul.) The partition is throwne downe now. Go but to the letter of the Text, All fl [...]sh. 1 No Sexe barred; upon sonnes and upon daughters: so either Sexe. 2 No ag [...]: upon young men and upon old: The one, visions; the other, dreames. 3 No condition: on servants, as well as sonnes; on handmaids, no lesse then daughters. 4 No Nation: for (if ye marke) the Spirit is powred twise: Vpon their sonnes, in this; And again, Vpon his servants in the next verse. His servants, whither they be their sonnes or not;Ver. 18. whose sonnes soever they be: though the sonnes of them, that are (perhaps) strangers to the first covenant. (And yet, even then, GOD had ever His servants, as well, out of that Nation, as in it.)

Now, in signe that thus [upon all flesh;] they heard them speake the tongues of all flesh, even of every Nation under heaven. That, where before, a few in Iewrie;Acts 2.5. Psal. [...]6 1.67.2. now many, all the world over: No longer now, Netus in Iudaeâ DEVS; His way should be knowne upon earth, His saving health among all Nations.

Yet, not promiscuè though, without all manner limitation: No: the text limits i [...]. I must againe put you in mind, of the two powrings mentioned in it. One, the super omnem carnem, in this the XV. verse: The other, the second, super se [...]vos meos, in the next (the XVIII.) And super servos meos is the qualifying, of super omnem carnem. V [...]n all flesh (that is) all such as wilbe my servants; as will give in their names to that e [...]d, as will call upon me: Quicunque invocaverit, so concludes Ioël. As will beleeve and be [...]aptized, so concludes Saint Peter, heer, his Sermon. This gives them the capaci­tie makes them vessels meet to receive this effusion. By which, all Turks, Iewes, Infidels, are out of the omnem: and counterfeit Christians, too; that professe to serve him, b [...]t, all the world sees whom they serve. And by this, much flesh is cutt of from om­ [...]em carnem. But so with this qualifying, upon all. For any other, I know not. And this for the powring.

And now, Vtquid [...]ffusio haec? To what end, all this? For it is not to be imagined,II. The end, whereto. Salv [...]bitur. this powring was casuall, as the turning over of a tub: nor, that the Spirit did run wast [...]: then it were, Vtquid perditio haec? An end it had. And that followes now: And yo [...]r Sonnes &c. The Spirit is given to many ends; many middle, [...]ut one last; and that last, is in the last word, salvabitur. The End then of this powring, is the salvation of m [...]kind. Mankind was upon the point to perish, and the Spirit was powred, as a precious balme or water, to recover and to save it. So, the end of all is (and marke it well) that the Spirit may save the flesh, by the spiritualizing it. Not the flesh destroy [...]he Spirit, by carnalizing it. Not the flesh weigh downe the Spirit, to earth, hither: [...] the Spirit lift up the flesh thither to heaven, whence it came.

To this last, heer are three middle conducing ends more. 1 Prophesie first:Meanes to that end 1 Prophesie. 2 Prayer. Invo­ [...]atio [...] ▪ l [...]st: both which are well heer represented; three waies. 3 In the tongues (the symbol [...] of the HOLY GHOST, this day:) The one, Prophesie, being GOD's tongue [...]o us: [...]he other, invocation, being our tongue to GOD In the Spirit (Both being [...] of the S [...]irit, or breath:) Prophesie breathes it into us: Prayer breathes it out again. [Page 716] 3 In the pouring: Both, pourings (after a sort:) that, which Prophesie doth infuse, poure in at the eare; Invocation doth refundere, or powre forth back again in prayer, out of the heart.

And beside these two, a third there is, which is wedged in between them both, as stirring us, first and last, both to heare Prophesie more attentively, and to practise invo­cation more devoutly (which I wish may never depart out of our minds) the memorie of the later day. 3. Memorie of the later day.

Thus they stand, subordinate. That men may be saved, they are to call upon the Name of the LORD (that, at least.) That they may so call to purpose, they are to be called on to it, & directed in it, by & Prophetabunt. And, that they might performe this, to all flesh, they were to speake with the tongues of all flesh; which was the gift (heer) of this day (without just cause scoffed at.) But, tongues are but as the caske, wherein Prophesie (as the liquor) is conteined: I will set by the empty caske, and deale with Prophetabunt, the liquor in it onely.

Prophesie, stands first in the Text, Without which (saith Salomon) the people must needs perish. 1 Prophetabunt. Pro. 29.18. Esai. 32.14.15. That saying (of Esai) is much used by the Fathers; Tenebrae & palpa­tio, donec effunderetur super nos Spiritus de excelso. All is darke: men doe but grope, till the Spirit be powred on us from above, to give us light, by this gift of Prophesie.

This terme is kept by Ioël, as well, when he speakes of GOD's servants (that is) of us, as when of them and their Sonnes: And ever after, in the New Testament, it is reteined still as an usuall terme, by the Apostle, to the Corinthians, Ephesians, Thessalo­nians, all his Epistles through.

But not in the sense of foretelling things to come. For, so can it be verified one­ly upon Agabus, Saint Philip's daughters, and upon Saint Iohn: which are too few, for so great an effusion, as this. That (indeed) was the chiefe sense of it, in the Old Testament: And well, while CHRIST was yet to come. CHRIST He was the stop of all Propheticall praedictions. Then, it had his place, that. But now, and ever since Christ is come, it hath in a manner left that sense (at least, in a great part) and is not so taken in the New.

The sense, it is there taken in (to expound this place of Peter, by another of Paul, ci­ting this very same Text of the Prophet, Rom. 10.13.14. Rom. 10.) is & Prophetabunt (heer) by quo modo Praedicabunt there, Prophesying (that is Preaching.) Whereby, after a new man­ner, we doe Prophesie (as it were) the meaning of Auncient Prophesies: not make any new, Exo. 34.33. [...]. Cor. 3.13. Revel. 19.10. but interpret the old, well; take of the veile of Moses's face. Finde CHRIST, finde the Mysteries of the Gospell, under the types of the Law; applie the old prophe­sies, so as it may appeare, the spirit of prophesie, is the Testimonie of IESVS: And, he the best Prophet now, that can doe this, best.

This sense, we prove by these in the Text. The Spirit was powred on them, and they did prophecie. What did they? How prophecied Saint Peter? He foretold nothing: All he did,Ver. 31. Psal. 16.10. Ver. 34. Psal. 110.1. Ver. 11. was, he applied this place of the Prophet, to this Feast. And a little beneath, the passage of the XVI. Psalme to CHRIST's Resurrection. And after that, the place of another Psalme, to His Ascension.

And the rest (on whom it was poured, too) how prophesied they? All (we read) they did, was loquebantur magnolia Dei, they uttered forth the wonderfull things of God, but foretold not any thing, that we finde. So as, to Prophecie (now) is to search out, and dis [...]lose the hidden things of the Oracles of GOD, and not to tell before hand, what shall after come to passe.

But, what say you to Visions and Dreames heer? Little: they pertain not to us. The Text saith it not. You remember the two powrings: 1 One upon their sonnes: 2 The other upon His servants. This later, is it by which we come in. We are not of their [...]; we claime not by that, GOD make us His servants; for, by that word, we hold.

[...], in this later powring, on His servants (which onely concernes us) visions and dr [...]mes are lef [...] out quite. If any pretend them now, we say with Ieremie (Cap. XXIII. [Page 717] Ver. XXVIII.) Let a dreame go for a dreame, and let my word (saith the LORD) be spo­ken as my word: Quid paleae ad triticum, What mingle you chaffe and wheat? We a [...]e to lay no point of religion upon them, now: Prophesie, preaching is it, we to hold o [...]r selves unto now. As for visions and dreames, transeant; let them go.

But then, for prophesie in this sense of opening or interpreting Scriptures; is the Spirit powred upon all flesh, so? Is this of Ioël, a proclamation for libertie of preaching; that all, yong and old, men-servants and maid-servants, may fall to it? Nay: the shee­sexe, Saint Paul tooke order for that betimes; cutt them of, with his Nolo mulieres. 1. Cor. 14.34. But, what for the rest? may they? For, to this sense hath this Scripture been wres­ted by the Enthusiasts of former Ages; and still is, by the Anabaptists now. And by mistaking of it, way given to a foule error, as if all were let loose, all might claime, and take upon them (forsooth) to prophecie.

Nothing els this, but a malitious devise of the Devill to powre contempt upon this gift. For (indeed) bring it to this once, and what was this day falsly surmised, will then be justly affirmed, musto pleni (or cerebro vacui, whither you will; but musto ple [...]i) drunken Prophets then, indeed:Esa. 1 21. howbeit not with wine (as Esai saith) but with another as heady a humor, and that doth intoxicate the braine as much as any must, or new wine: Even of selfe-conceited ignorance, whereof the world growes too full. But it was no part of Ioël's meaning, nor Saint Peter's neither, to give way to this phren­sie.

No? Is it not plaine? the Spirit is powred upon all flesh. True, but not upon all, to prophesie, though. The text warrants no such thing. In the one place it is: And your sonnes shall: In the other, and my servants shall: But, neither is it, all their sonnes: nor all his servants shall. Neither (indeed) can it be. There must be some sonnes, and some servants, to prophesie to: to whom these Prophets may be sent: to whom this prophesie may come. All flesh may not be cutt out into tongues; some left for cares: some auditors, needs. Els a Cyclopian Church will grow upon us, [...]. where all were spea­kers, no body heard another.

How then, shall the Spirit be powred upon all flesh? well enough. The Spirit of prophesie, is not all GOD's Spirit; He hath more beside. If the spirit or grace of pro­p [...]esie upon some: the Spirit of grace and prayer (in Zacharie) upon the rest. So,Zach. 12.10. be­ [...]ween them both, the Spirit wilbe upon all flesh, and the proposition hold true: Pro­p [...]e [...]abunt must not make us forgett invocaverit. All the Spirit goes not away in pro­ [...]cying; some left for that too: and there, is the quicunque (Quicunque inv [...]caverit) and no where els.

But, if Saint Peter will not serve, Saint Paul shall: He is plaine,1. Cor. 14.31. Ye may all prophe­s [...]e one by one: What, the shippers of Holland and all? I trow not. But (all) there, is plaine. All, that is, all that be Prophets. And, I wish, with all my heart (as did [...]oses) that all GOD's people were Prophetts: but, till they be so,Num. 11 29. I wish they may not prophecie; no more would Moses neither. Now, in the same Epistle, Saint Paul holds it for a great absurditie, to hold, all are Prophetts. With a kind of indignation, he asks it, What, are all Prophetts? No more, then all Apostles; as much t'one as t'o­ther. Then, if all be not Prophetts; all may not prophecie (sure.) For,1 Cor. 12.29 with the Apo­stle in the same place, the operation (that is, the act of prophecying) the administrati­on (that is, the office or calling) and the grace (that is, the enhabling gift) these three, [...]re ever to go together. No act in the Church lawfully done, without them all. Then the Apostle's [you all may] is, all you may, that have the gift.

And not, you that have it neither (the gift) unlesse you have the calling too: For, [...] GOD sent gifts, so He gave men also, some Apostles, some Prophetts. 1. Cor. 12.28. Men for g [...]fts; as well, as gifts for men. Misit, in CHRIST, as well as unxit (last yeare.) [...], in his servants, vocavit, as well as Talenta dedit. Not to be parted, these.Mat. 25.14.

[...]clude then. Et prophetabunt: but such as have been at the doore of the Taberna­cle, [...] [...]ave been the sonnes of the Prophetts; men set apart for that end. And yet even they also, so, as they take not themselves at libertie, to prophesie whatsoever takes [...]em in the tongue; the dreames of their owne heads, or the visions of their owne hearts; [Page 718] but remember their super, and know, there be Spirits also, to whom their spirits be sub­ject. 1. Cor. 14.32. So much for the seventeenth and eighteenth Verses.

2. The Meane betwene both, The later Day.But now how come we thus suddeinly, to the signes of the later day, and to the da [...] it self? For they follow close (you see.) It is somewhat strange, that from Et Prophetabunt, he is streight at Doomes-day, without more adoe.

The reasons which I finde, the Fathers render of it, are these. First, the close joyning of them, is to meete with another dreame that hath troubled the Church, much. And that is, that it may be, there wilbe another powring yet, after this, and more Prophets rise still. Every otherwhile, some such upstart spirits there are, would faigne make us so beleeve. Heer is a discharge for them.

No (saith Ioël) looke for no more such daies as this, after this: Therefore to this day, he joynes immediately; from this day, he goes presently to the later day (as if he said, you have all you shall have.) When this powring hath run so farr as it will, then commeth the end; when this is done, the world is done: No new spirit, no new ef­fusion; this, is the last. From CHRIST's departure, till His returne againe; from this day of Pentecost (a great Day and a notable) till the last great and notable Day of all, between these two dayes, no more such Day. Therefore, in the beginning of the Text, he called them the last dayes, because no dayes to come after them. No pouring to be looked for, from this first day, of those last. No other but this, till dies novissi­mus novissimorum the very last day of all; till He powre downe fire to consume all flesh, that, by the fire this day kindled by these fiery tongues, shall not be brought to know Him, and call upon His Name.

A second, is Being to speake by and by of salvabitur, that we should be saved, He would let us see, what it is we should be saved from. That helpeth much, to make us esteeme of our saving. Saved then from what? From blood, and fire, and the smol­der of smoke; that is, from the heavy signes heer: And from that (which is after these, and beyond all these farr) the Great and terrible Day of the LORD. This sight of undè, from whence, will make us apprize our saving at a higher rate, & thinke it worth our care, then, in that day to be saved.

And last, it is set heer, per modum stimuli, to quicken us, Vt scientes terrorem hunc, saith Saint Paul, 2. Cor. [...].11. that entring into a sad and sober consideration of it, and the terror of it, we might stirr up our selves by it, to prepare for it. And set it is betweene both, to dispose us the better to both. To that which is past (& prophetabunt) to awake our attention to that: and to that which followes (invocaverit) to kindle our devotion in that; and so by both, to make sure our salvation.

The day of the Lord, the Prophet calls it (dies Domini;) as it were opposing it, to dies servi to our dayes heer. As if he said, These are your dayes, and you use them (in­deed) as if they were your owne. You powre out your selves into all riott; and know no other powring out but that: you see not any great use of prophecying; thinke, it might well enough be spared: you speake your pleasures of it, and say, musto pleni, or to like effect, when you list. These are your dayes. But, know this, when yours are done, GOD hath His day too, and His day will come at last; and it will come ter­ribly when it comes.

When that day comes, how then? Quid fiet in novissimo, the Prophet's ordina­rie question;Ier 5.31. What will ye doe at the last, How will you be saved, in Die illo, in that Day?

We speake sometime of great dayes heer: alas, small in respect of this. There is matter of feare sometime in these of ours: Nothing, to the terror of this. Great it is, and notable, as much for the feare, as for any thing els in it. This, a terrible one indeed, & quis potest sustinere, Who can abide it? saith Ioel in this very chapter. Looke to it then. On whom He powreth not His Spirit heer, on them He will powre some­what els there, even the Phials of His wrath: possibly before, some; but then all, certeinly.

And that you may not onely heare of this day, but see somewhat to put you in [Page 719] minde of it, Ecce Signa: Terrible signes shall come upon earth, Sword and fire: from the sword, pouring out of bloud; from fire, a choking vapor of smoke, or (as the He­ [...]re [...] is) a Pillar of smoke: which then doth palmizare goeth up streight like a pillar or a p [...]lme-tree, when the fire encreaseth more and more: for when it abateth, it bow­eth the head and decaieth; which this shall never doe.

Nay further, wonders in heaven. For these tongues of heaven thus despised, heaven shall shew it selfe displeased, too; the lights of heaven (as it were) for a time put out, for contempt of the heavenly light, this day kindled. The Sun darke, as if he hid his face: the moone red as bloud, as if she blushed, at our great want of regard, in this, a point so neerly concerning us.

For (indeed) these Eclipses, though they have their causes in nature, as the rain­bow also hath: Yet what hinders, but as the rainbow, so they may be signes too, and have their meaning in Scripture, assigned; and even this meaning heer. This I see, that all flesh are smitten with a kinde of horrour and heavinesse, when they hap­pen to fall out: as if they portended somewhat, as if, that they portended, were not good: for dies atri, they have been and are reckoned, all the world over.

But these are but the beginnings of evills, scarse the dawning of that day: But,Mat. 24.8. when the Day it selfe commeth, the Great Day, then it will powre downe, and who (saith Ioël) may abide it? A faire Item for them, that despise Prophecies; and so doing, make voyd the Counsell of GOD, against their owne soules.

I have much marvailed, why on this Sunday (Whit-Sunday, as we call it) the day of the White Sunn, the Prophet should present the Black Sunn thus, unto us. But the Prophet did nothing, but as inspired by the HOLY GHOST: which makes me thinke, he thought the fire of that day, would make the fire of this burne the cleerer: and, that powring downe make this powring passe the readier: that he thought that day, a good meditation for this, and for such I commend it to you, and so leave it: And come to Invocaverit, the onely meanes left us now, to escape it.

I dare not end with Prophetabunt, or with this; I dare not omit,3. Quicunque in­vocave [...]it. but joyne invoca­verit to them. For what? From Prophetabunt, come we to Salvabitur streight, with­out any medium betweene? No, we must take Invocaverit in our way; no passing to salvation, but by and through it. For what? is the powring of the Spirit, to end in pr [...]aching; and preaching to end in it self (as it doth with us; a circle of preaching & in effect nothing els) but poure in prophesying enough, and then all is safe? No: there is another yet, as needfull, nay more needfull to be called on (as the current of our Age runns) and that is Calling on the name of the Lord.

This, it grieveth me to see, how light it is sett; nay, to see, how busy the devill hath beene, to powre contempt on it, to bring it in disgrace with disgracefull termes: to make nothing of Divine Service, as if it might be well spared, and invocaverit (heer) be stricken out.

But marke this Text well, and this Invocation, we make so sleight account of, stickes close, is locked fast to Salvabitur: closer and faster, then we are aware of.

Two errors there be, and I wish them reformed: One, as if Prophesying were all 1 we had to doe; we might dispense with Invocation, let it goe, leave it to the Queer. That is an error: Prophesying is not all; Invocaverit is to come in too: we to joyne them, and joyntly to observe them, to make a conscience of both: It is the Oratorie of Prayer powred out of our hearts, shall save us; no lesse then the Oratorie of preach­ing p [...]wred in at our eares.

The other is, of them that doe not wholy reiect it; yet so depresse it, as if in compa­ [...]son 2 of Prophesying, it were little worth. Yet (we see) by the frame of this Text, it is the higher end: the calling on [...]s by prophecie, is but, that we should call on the Na [...]e of the Lord. All prophesying, all preaching, is but to this end. And indeed Prophecie is but gratia gratis data: and (ever) gratis data is for gratum faciens; a part [...]nd a [...] part whereof is invocation. There is then, as a conscience to be made of [...]; so a like conscience to be made of both: not to set up the one, and magnifie it, [Page 720] and to turne our backe on the other, and vilifie it. For, howsoever we give good words of invocation; yet what our conceit is, our deeds shew.

I love not to dash one religious duty against another; or (as it were) to send cha­lenges between them. But, as much as the Text saith, so much may I say: And that is, that it hath three speciall prerogatives, by this verse of the Prophet.

1. First, it is effund [...]m (ours) properly; and effundam Spiritum meum, the powring out of our Spirit (to answer that of GOD's Spirit in the Text.) Prophetabunt is not ours, none of our act but the act of another. The streame of our times tends all to this, To make Religious nothing, but an auricular profession, a matter of ease, a meer sedentarie thing: and our selves, meerly passive in it; sitt still, and heare a Sermon, and two An­thems, and be saved: as if, by the act of the Queer, or of the Preacher, we should so be (for, these be their acts) and we do nothing ourselves, but sit and suffer: without so much as anything done by us, any effundam on our parts at all; not so much as this, of calling on the Name of the LORD.

2. The second: This hath the quicunque. We would faine have it, quicunque pro­phetiam audiverit, he that heares so many Sermons a wecke, cannot choose but be sa­ved: But it will not be. No: Heer stand we preaching, and hearing Sermons; and neither they that heare prophecying, nay nor they that prophesie themselves can make a quicunque of either.Mat. 7.22. Luke 13 26. Witnesse, Domine, in nomine tuo, prophetavimus, and LORD thou hast preached in our streets, and yet it would do them no good: Nesciovos, was their answer for all that.

And yet how faine would some be a prophecying? It would not save them, though they were: and is it not a preposterous desire? we love to meddle with that, pertaines not to us, and will do us no good: that, which is our duty, and would do us good, that care we not for.

Tongues were given for prophesie. True: but, not quicunque there, for all that: but to whom none are given to prophesie, to them yet are there given to invocate. And there comes it in, the quicunque lies there: de Spiritu meo super omnem carnem, heer it comes in, at invocation not at the other. Let it suffice; It is not quicunque propheta­verit heer, Quicunque invocaverit is. The Prophet saith it, the Apostles say it both, [...] Peter, heer; Paul, Rom. X. XIII.

Last, this is sure; invocaverit is [...]. it stands neerest, it joines closest to sal­vabitur: Both one breath, one sentence: the words touch, there is nothing between them. Salvabitur is not joined hard to prophetabunt; it is removed farther of. To Invocaverit it is; a degree neerer at least. Nay, the very next of all.

The Text shewes this (in a sort) but the thing it self more: for when all comes to all, when we are even at the last cast, salvabitur or no salvabitur, then, as if there were some speciall vertue in invocaverit, we are called upon, to use a few words or signes to this end, and so sent out of the world with invocaverit in our mouthes. Dying, we call up on men for it; living, we suffer them to neglect it. It was not for nothing it stands so close, it even touches salvation: It is (we see) the very immediate act next be­fore it.

And yet I would not leave you in any error concerning it. To end this point; shall invocaverit serve then? needs there nothing but it? no faith, no life? Saint Paul an­swers this home:Rom. 10 14. 2. Tim. 2 19. He is direct (X. Rom.) How can they call upon Him, unlesse they be­leeve: So, invocation presupposeth faith. And as peremptorie he is, II Tim. II. Let every one that calleth on (Nay, that but nameth) the name of the LORD, depart from ini­quitie: so, it presupposeth life too. For, if we incline to wickednesse in our hearts, GOD will not heare us. Psal. 66.18. No invocation (that) not truly so called; a provocation rather. But pu [...]t these two, faith and recedit ab iniquitate to it, and so, who so calleth upon Him, I will put him in good Sureties, one Prophet, and two Apostles, both to assure him, he shalbe saved.

4. Salvabitur.And that is it, we all desire, to be saved. Saved, indefinitely. Applie it to any dan­gers, not in the Day of the LORD onely, but even in his our Day: For, some terrible [Page 721] dayes we have even heer. I will tell you of one; The signes heer sett downe, bring it to my mind: A day we were saved from (the Day of the Pouder-treason) which may seen in a sort heere to be described, blood and fire, and the vapor of smoke: a terrible day sure, but nothing to the Day of the LORD.

From that we were saved: but we all stand in danger, we all need saving from this. When this Day comes, another manner of fire, another manner of smoke. That fire never burnt; that smoke never rose: but, this fire shall burne and never be quenched; this smoke shall not vanish but ascend for ever. I say no more, but, in that, in this, in all, Qui invocaverit, salvus erit: Invocation rightly used is the way to be safe.Rev. 19.3.

This then I commend to you. And of all invocations, that which King David doth commend most, and betake himselfe to, as the most effectuall and surest of all: and that is, Accipiam calicem salutaris, et nomen DOMINI invocabo: Psal. 116.1 [...]. To call on His Name, with the Cup of Salvation taken in our hands. No invocation, to that. That, I may be bold to add (which is all that can be added) Quicunque calicem salutaris acci­piens, nomen DOMINI invocaverit. salvus erit. Another effundam yet, this.

Why, what vertue, is there in the taking it, to helpe invocation? A double. For 1 whither we respect our sinnes; they have a voice, a cry, an ascending cry, in Scripture assigned them. They invocate too, they call for somwhat; Even for some f [...]arefull judgement to be powred downe on us: and I doubt, our owne voices are not strong enough, to be heard above theirs.

But, bloud that also hath a voice: specially innocent blood, the bloud of Abel, that cries loud in GOD's eares: but nothing so loud as the bloud whereof this cup of blessing is the communion; the voice of it, wilbe heard above all: the cry of it, will drowne any cry els. And, as it cries higher: so it differs in this, that it cryes in a farre other key; for far better things then that of Abel: not for revenge, but for remission of sinnes; for that, wherof it is self the price and purchase, Heb. 12.24. for our salvation in that great and terrible Day of the LORD, when nothing els will save us, and when it will most import us; when if we had the whole world to give, we would give it for these foure syllables, sal­vabitur, shalbe saved.

But it was not so much for sin, David took this cup; as to yeeld GOD thanks for all 2 His benefits. In that case also, there is speciall vse of it: and both fit us. As the for­mer, of drowning of our sinn's crye; so this also. For, to this end, are we heer now mett, to render publikely and in solemne manner, our thanksgiving, for His great fa­vour this day vouchsafed vs, in powring out His Spirit; and with it, His saving h [...]alth upon all flesh, all that call upon Him: then, to take place, when we shall have speciall use of it, in the Great Day, the Day of the LORD. And very agreeable it is, per hunc sangui­nem, pro hoc Spiritu, for the powring out of this his Spirit, to render Him thanks with the bloud, that was powred out to procure it [And this is our last effundam, and a reall [...]ffun­dam too:] For this effusion, of both, the one, and the other, and for the hope of our salvation, the worke both of the one, and of the other.

To the finall atteinment whereof, by His holy word of prophesie, by calling on His Name, by this Sacrament of His bloud powred out, and of His Spirit powred out with it, He bring us. &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KING'S MAIESTIE AT Greenwich on the XVI. of May, A. D. MDCXIX. being WHIT-SVNDAY.

ACTS. CHAP. X. VER. XXXIV. XXXV.

Aperiens autem PETRVSOS suum, dixit: In veritate comperi, quia non est personarum acceptor DEVS.

Sed, in omni gente, qui timet Eum, & operatur justiti­am, acceptus est Illi.

Then PETER opened his mouth, and sayd: Of a truth J perceive, that GOD is no accepter of persons:

But in every Nation, he that feareth Him, and worketh righ­teousnesse, is accepted with Him.

I Forget not, that we celebrate, to day, the Com­ming of the HOLY GHOST: and I goe not from it. You shall finde in the next Chapter, at the fifteenth, that, to this Text, belongeth a Com­ming of the Holy Ghost.

For, at the uttering of these very words, as Saint Peter began to speake them, the Holy Ghost fell upon all that heard them. It is (indeed) the second solemne comming of the Holy Ghost: That, in the second Chapter, was the first; and this, the second that ever was.

Of which twaine, this is the Comming that comes home to us: and that, two waies. 1 One, in respect of the Parties, on whom: 2 The other, in respect of the Time, when. The 1 Parties: For, those, whom the Holy Ghost came on before, were Gentiles indeed, but yet Pr [...]selytes, that is halfe Iewes: Out of every Nation under heaven;Act. 2.5. Act. 8.27. but that came to Ierusalem to worship: And the same was the case of the Eunuch in the eight Chap­ter, [Page 724] and [...]ot a right Gentile among them all. But heere now, are a sort of very Gen­tiles indeed, in pu [...]is naturalibus, such as we and our fathers were: No Proselytes, ever. This Centurion, the Antesignanus, the standard bearer to us, and to all that were meere Heathen men indeed; and this Comming, our Comming properly. Never, in kind; never, to very Gentiles indeed, till now.

It is well sorted (you see:) On the Iewes and Proselytes, at Ierusalem, their City: On the Gentiles, Verse 1. at Caesarea, Caesar's Citie, of all the Cities in Palaestine, fitting the Gen­tiles best.

Well observed it is, about the calling of the Gentiles, That that, in the Old, and this,1. Ion 1.3. Verse 5. in the New Testament, they came (both) from one place; from Ioppe, both. Thence, loosed Ionas to Ninive: Thence, sett out Peter to Caesarea.

Secondly: that, Caesarea is the Ninive (as it were) of the New Testament. Ni­nive, 2. Esay 36.13. was the Citie of the Great King of the Gentiles, at that time: Caesarea, Caesar's citie, as great a King over the Gentiles, at this; from whom went a commandement that the whole world should be taxed. Luk. 2.1.

Thirdly: that, was performed, by Ionas; this, by Bar-jonas: So, is Saint Peter cal­led by our SAVIOVR;3. Matt. 16.17.13. when he made his confession, that CHRIST was the Sonne of GOD: And that was at Caesarea. Where, what he confessed, then, he comes to preach, now. That of Ionas, an Omen (as it were) of this (heere) of Saint Peter. Ionas, and Bar-jonas, from Ioppe, they went both: Both, from one place; both to one end;Act. 11.18. both, to convert the Gentiles; to shew, that GOD had given them also repentance to life.

Allway, this, the better. For, Ionas at Ninive, he ends with Ninive shall be destroy­ed. Ion 3.4· Bar-jonas, at Caesarea, with Acceptus est illi: that, the end of the Text. Or, if you will goe to the end of the Sermon,Verse 43. the end is, shall obtaine remission of sinnes, as good as it, every way.

So, the Parties fitt well: The Time, as well. The Holy Ghost heere came upon 2 them, as they were at a Sermon, even as we now are. Peter opened his mouth; they stood attentive; the HOLY GHOST came downe. That, to be heere, is a dispositi­on to receive the Holy Ghost. And, it may please GOD, the like may befall us, be­ing occupied now, as they then were.

The Summe.Of that Sermon, these are the first words. Of which words, what can be said more to their praise, then that which the Angel saith of them, the next Chapter at the four­teenth verse: That Peter being sent for, should at his comming, speake words to Cor­nelius, by which both he, and his houshold should be saved. Those words, the Angel there spake of, that Peter should speake, are these, I have read: GOD of his goodnesse send them the same effect.

In veritate comperi, shewes, they are a compertum est; and that, is authenticall with a Teste: So is this; Teste Cornelio & totâ familiâ, witnesse he and his whole familie and friends. Such are most prai [...]ed; for they are animatae exemplo, have a soule put into them by an example. Specially, when they be so reduced to a singular, as that singular afterward is reduced to a generall: Both which are in this. Best preaching of a Text, when the Commentarie stands before it, as heere: For, what is in the Text propounded, was fulfilled in the auditorie, yer they went.

As fulfilled in them in particular, so extended to all in generall: for, it hath an om­nigente put to it: that, nothing was done to him there, but the same shall be done to any other. Eny, of eny nation, that shall be found in like sort disposed, as (we finde) he was: that is, whose prayers and almes shall come up into remembrance before GOD. GOD shall not be wanting to them,Ve [...]se 4. but provide them of further meanes requisite to their salvation.

It is a thing well befitting the providence of GOD; all his creatures, when He hath made them, to see them provided of such things, as are needfull for them. As he doth (saith the Psalme) for the young ravens;Psal. 147.9. Matt. 10.39. (saith the Gospell) for the poore sparrowes valued two of them, at a farthing: Naturas verum minimarum non destituit Deus, [Page 725] the smallest things that be, He leaves them not destitute.

If not them, His halfe-farthing creature, much lesse men (as He is pleased to speake with the least) more worth then many sparrowes. So, GOD argues with Ionas; if he made such adoe for his gourd, which sprung up in one night and withered in another, should not GOD spare Ninive, wherein there were so many thousands, Ion 4.10.11. that knew not their right hand from their left, Gentiles though they were?

And if His care extend to all men, and he make his raine to fall, Matt. [...].45. and his sunne to shine upon the evill and unkinde, Deut. 32.2. Mal. 4 2. shall He not bring the raine of his Word (as Moses calls it, Deut. 32.) to fall on them, and make his sunne of righteousnesse (as Malachie calls it) to arise upon them that feare him? A view whereof we may take, in this familie heare even of the Sunne of righteousnesse, the White sunne, rising upon one that feared GOD with all his houshold, gave much almes and prayed to GOD daily.

Written by him, this: but not written for him onely, that it was Whit-sunday with him, but for us also, to whom it shall likewise be, if we be de gente Corneliâ, expresse and follow him in that, which was accepted of in him.

Two points we have to proceed on. 1 The first,The Division heere is a point newly perceived by Saint Peter. 2 The second, What that was. A point newly perceived, in these, 1 In veritate comperi, Of a truth I perceive. 2 What the point was in these, that in every Nation, &c.

In that Saint Peter saith, Truely I now perceive, as if before he had not (as indeed I he had not: For, he was in the mind before, that but in unâ gente; but now he per­ceives, that In omni gente is the truer tenet:) That, even to Saint Peter, there were some things incomperta, something not perceived at first, that came to be perceived after.

Then, an instance: What that was. And it was, about GOD's accepting. Both II waies: Privativè, what GOD accepts not; Positivè, what He accepts. Accepts not Per­sons, that is once: But, accepts of such as feare Him and worke righteousnesse, of what Nation soever (be he an Italian;) of what condition soever (be he a Centurion:) All is one.

Of which two, the one [feare] is an affection within, of the heart. The other [wor­keth righteousnesse] is an action without, of the hand. Cornelius's heart, and Cornelius's [...]: these they be. Whence we shall learne three points more: 1 One, how we may be accepted to GOD, if we be, as Cornelius heere was; and I would, we so were: 2 The other, that, when all is done, all is but accepting though. Except He could, to our feare and workes both, and so, is not bound; but accept He will though, of his grace and good­nesse, and (as it followes immediately the next verse) for His word's sake, which he sent, preaching peace, by Iesus, who is Lord over all.

The last, Whereunto accepted: and that (as appeareth in the XLVII. verse) was to III the Sacrament, and by it, to the remission of sinnes, and to the receiving the Holy Ghost in a more ample measure. Opus dici, the proper of this Day.

OF a truth I perceive. He that saith, Of a truth I perceive now, in effect (as it were) saith: before, he did not so. For, I perceive now, I. A Point newly perceived. Comperi. Matt 16.18. Luk. 22.32. Ioh. 21.16. is the speech of one that is come to perceiving of that, which before he perceived not.

On this we pitch first. That so great an Apostle, for all Tu es Petrus, and Rogavi [...] and Pasce oves meas, doth ingenuously confesse, that (now) he had found that; [...] now, he had not. For, since the beginning of the Chapter, he had not. So that all [...] comperi's were not yet come in. By like, his chaire was not yet made, or he had not yet taken handsell of it. But, how it comes to passe after, at Rome; I know not: at [Page 726] Caesarea, Chap. 11.2. we see, it was not so. And they, that in the next Chapter, called him corâm, to answer this Sermon: sure, they seeme (as then) not to have beene fully perswa­ded, that Saint Peter could perceive all things, and not misse in any.

IOB, though in miserie, yet in scorne saith to some in his time, Indeed you, you are the onely men, Iob. 12.2. you perceive all. Moses did not so: There was a case, wherein he was nesciens quid de eo facere deberet, Num. 15 34. Moses knew not, what he should doe, Num. 15. There was a case, whereof Elisha was feigne to say, Et Dominus non nunciavit mihi, GOD had not shewed it him (2. Reg. 4.) But,2. King. 4.27. when GOD did, might not Moses and he both have said, as Peter doth heere, Of a truth, before, I did not, but now I do perceive? Yea, but this is Old Testament.

Ioh. 11.49.And, was it not so in the New? There, Caiphas he saith, Tush, you perceive nothing: He perceived all. But Cephas he saith, he perceived not all: For, heere he now saith, he perceiveth something, and all his comperi's came not at once. So saith Peter; and so Paul, 1. Cor. 13.9. All our knowledge is in part, and so is all our prophesying too, and putts himselfe in the number.

Of a truth then we perceive, Saint Peter comes nothing neere his Successor (that would be.) He perceives all that is to be perceived, at once: can have nothing added to his knowledge, from the first instant, he is sett downe in cathedrâ; can have no new comperi; his comperi's come in all together; getts Caiphas's knowledge by sitting in Cephas's chaire.

(They beginne to scorne this themselves, now, and pray him to get a good Generall Councill about him, and he shall perceive things never the worse.)

But, it is not this onely, they differ in: In something beside. For, Peter tooke Cor­nelius up from the ground;Verse 26. His Successor let Cornelius's Lord and Master, ly still hard­ly. Not a Captaine of Caesarea, he; but even Caesar himselfe. Of a truth we may per­ceive nothing like Cephas in this neither.

The woman, at the well-side, said, the Messias, when He comes, He will tell us all. Yet, when He came,Ioh. 4.25. Ioh. 13.7. Ioh. 16.12. He told them not all at once. Even to Tu es Petrus, He said, Tu nes­cis modò, scies autem posthaec; and of those Posthaec's, this heere was one. As they should be hable to beare (for, all, they were not then hable:) And, as it should be for them;Act. 1.7. for, it was not for them to know all, Not the times and seasons, and such other things as the Father had put in his owne power.

I speake it for this, that even some, that are farre enough from Rome, yet with their new perspective, they thinke, they perceive all. GOD's secret decrees, the number and order of them cleerely; are indeed too bold, and two busy with them. Luther said well, That every one of us hath by nature a Pope in his belly, and thinkes he perceives great matters. Even they, that beleeve it not of Rome, are easily brought, to beleeve it of themselves. And out they come with their Comperi's, and with great confidence pro­pound them. But, Comperi is one thing: In veritate comperi, another. Comperi, they may say, and that may be doubted of: but, in veritate comperi, that, is it.

We may take up the Text a point further. In veritate comperi will beare two sen­ses. 1 One, I perceive that, I did not, before: 2 The other, I perceive that, the contra­rie whereof, I did conceive before. Not to perceive, is but to be ignorant: But Saint Peter, in this, had not onely beene ignorant, but had positively held the quite contrarie; ad oppositum, Quod non ex omni gente at any hand. At the fourteenth verse before, for the Iewish meats (we see) he contests with GOD: Not I Lord; No heathenish meat; I never eate any: and at the twentie eight, No lesse unlawfull to eate with heathen men.

Ignorance is but privative: this, is positive, and so, an error. An error in the great Mysterie of Godlinesse, a part whereof was preached unto the Gentiles; that they also had their part in CHRIST. And, this is not this error alone: The Apostles and Brethren seeme to have beene in the same; they convented him for this new Comperi, and he was seigne to answer for it. That, for the time, generall it was (this error;) and (for ought we know) Saint Stephen, that was stoned before this, departed the world, in the opinion of In una, not omni gente: for, then (sure) this truth was not perceived, not re­ceived publiquely.

[Page 727]Then is not every error repugnant to GOD's election. Why every error, more then [...] sinne? GOD is hable to pardon and not to impute error in opinion, Pro. 14.22. Levit. 5.1 [...]. 1. Cor. 1.30. as well as [...] practise; and Nonne errant omnes qui operantur malum (saith Salomon) Doe not all [...] that doe evill? yes sure. Did not the High Priest offer, as well for the errors, as for the transgressions of the people? And is not CHRIST made to us, by GOD, Wise­dome against the one, as well as Righteousnesse against the other? It was Saint Peter's case heere.

This onely we are looke to; that with Saint Peter, we be not wilfull, if there come a cleer comperi: but as ready ro relent in the one, as to repent of the other. That, when we be shewed our error, we open our eyes to perceive it; and when we perceive it, with Saint Peter heer, we open our mouthes to confesse it. And that we doe it with an open mouth, and not betweene the teeth, but acknowledge it plainly, it was otherwise then we thought. I verily thought (saith Saint Paul) I ought to doe, Act. 26.9. that which now, all the world should not make me to doe. This is Saint Paule's. I now comprehend, Phil. 3.12. or rather am comprehended (for [...] will beare both) of which be­fore I could not. This is Saint Peter's retractation. Conclude then, if we happen to be in some points otherwise minded, GOD will bring us to the knowledge, even of them. Onely in those wherto we are come, & whereof we are agreed on all sides, that we proceed by one rule, make a conscience of the practise of such truths, as we agree of, and those we doe not, shall soone be revealed unto us, and we shall say even of them In veritate comperi.

What was this, that Saint Peter formerly had not, but now did perceive? II. What that Point is, Priva­tive. 1 God is no accep­ter of persons. what is meant by Persons. That GOD is no accepter of Persons. Let us take with us, what is meant by Persons. For, he that feareth GOD is a person; Cornelius was a person; so were all the persons in his houshold. The word in all the three tongues, is taken, as we take it, when we set Per­sonall against Reall, oppose the cause to the person: under it comprehending what­soever is beside the matter or cause. The Greeke and Hebrew properly signifie the face; that (we know) shewes it selfe first, and if it shew it self well, is muta commendatio, carries us, though it say never a word; as in Eliab, the goodlinesse of his person mo­ved even Samuel. Vnder the face then, we understand (as I may say,1. Sam. 16.6. and as we use to [...] it in apparell) the facing: under the person, all by respects that doe personate, attire or maske any, to make him personable; such as are, the Countrie, Condition, Birth, Riches, Honour, and the like. And this person thus taken, of a truth we daily perceive, that i [...] omni gente men accept of this, and in a manner, of nothing els but this: all goes by it. Well, with GOD, it is otherwise; and with men, it should be: GOD ac­cepts them not, nor of any men, for them. This is the comperi.

And is this it? Why, this was no newes. Was Peter ignorant of this? It is not possible; I will never beleeve, but he had read the five bookes of Moses:Deut. 10.17. Iob. 34.19. 1. Sam 16.7. [...]. Chro 19.7 why there it is expressly set downe (Deut. 10.) totidem verbis. Why, by the very light of nature Elihu saw it, and set it downe too, Iob. 34. No not the person of Princes. In Samuel's choise of David, there it is. 1. Sam. 16. And King Iehosaphat gave it in his charge 2. Chron. 19. and in other places beside: and how could he but know this?

You will say: Saint Peter knew it before; but not with a comperi, as now he doth. And (indeed) many things we know, by booke, by speculation (as we say) and in grosse, which when we come to the particular experience of, we use to say, yea now I know it indeed, as if we had not knowen it, at least not so knowen it before. The experimen­tall knowledge is the true comperi in veritate, when all is done. Was this it?

No: for, had he not experience of this, and lay away his booke? Have not all ex­perience daily? That GOD, in dealing his gifts of nature: Outward, Beauty, Stature, Strength, Activenesse: inward, Witt to apprehend, Memorie to reteine, Iudgement to [...], Speech to deliver: that he putts no difference, but without all respect of persons, bestowes them on the child of the meane, as soone, as of the mighty? So is [...] wealth and worldly preferment; He lifts the poore out of the dust. Psal. 113.7. Nay (you will [Page 728] beare with it, it is the Holy Ghost's owne terme) the dunghill, to set him with Princes. So is it, in his judgements; which light as heavy, yea more heavy otherwhile, on the great, then on the small; and shew, that that way and every way, there is with Him no respect of persons. And, no man had better experience of this, then he that spake it, then Peter himselfe, that without any respect, of a poore fisherman, was accepted to be an Apostle, Gal. 2.2. the chiefe of the Apostles. Saint Paul saith well: What they were in times past, Gal. 2.6. it makes no matter, GOD accepts no man's person, This they are now.

What shall we say then? That, though he could not but know the generall truth of this; yet was he once of the minde, that this generall truth might admit of some exceptions; one at the least. Not, of persons, true: but Nations are not Persons; It held not in them. Of one Nation, GOD accepted before others, and that Nation was the Iewes. Amos. 3.2. Psal. 148.20. You onely have I knowne of all the Nations of the earth (saith GOD in Amos.) And Non taliter fecit omni Nationi: which non taliter, they tooke to be of the nature of an entaile, to Abraham's seed; that GOD was tyed to them, and so to accept of In unâ gente, before and more then of all the rest.

This had runne in Saint Peter's head, and more then his. But now, heere comes a new Comperi: He perceives, he was wrong: And, if you aske, how he perceived it? By relation of Cornelius's vision of the Angell; and by conferring it with his owne. He saw, his vision was now come to passe: Mose's uncleane birds and beasts are become cleane all; all, to be eaten, now: and the Gentiles, whom he held for no lesse uncleane, to be eaten with, and to be gone in unto. All in one great sheet; omni gente and all. That the Nation also comes to be understood under the word Person, no lesse then the rest; and none to be respected or accepted of GOD, for being in one corner of the sheet, (that is, of one countrie) more then of another; that, in CHRIST, neither Iew nor Gentile; all is one: and the blacke Act. 8.27. Aethiopian, or the Ver. 1. white Italian; Act. 17.34. the Areopagite in his long robe; [...]or the Centurion in his short mantell or militar habit; all conditions, all Nations, are in all persons. GOD hath shut up all in unbeliefe, that he might have mercie upon all. Rom. 12.32. And good reason for it, if it be but that of the Apostle's own framing (Gal. 5.17.) If the Law which came foure hundred yeares after, could not disannull the covenant made with▪ Abraham so long before; by the same, nay by a better consequence, neither could the Covenant with Abraham make the promise of GOD of none effect; the promise, that was made in Paradise more then foure times foure hundred yeares before that of Abraham's, to the woman and to her whole seede.

The vision, Saint Peter saw, was at Ioppe: he was gone as farre from Iewrie, as there was any land; hard to the Sea-side, to the very parting place, where they loosed usually, when they went to the lands of the Gentiles. Ionas loosed thence. And, in a Tanner's house it was: That, as to Simon the Tanner it was all one, he made leather indifferently, of the badger, as well as of the sheeps skinne; as the skinnes were to Simon the Tanner, so the meat should be to Simon the Apostle. And it was a linnen sheet; which very linnen shewed, they were all cleane: For, in linnen the Iewes wrapped the first-borne of their cleane beasts, if any happened to die before they came to be offered, and so buried it: but, at no hand, any uncleane beasts ever in linnen. But now, in linnen, all: that, if one cleane, all: And so, no Person, Calling, Countrie excepted to, or accepted of, more then another.

2 Positivè: Whom God accepteth, In every Nation, be that feareth &c.Well then, no person. But, we like not this destructive Divinitie, that tells us what He doth not, and tell us not, what He doth accept. If not the person, nor the person's Nation, what? Accepts He of nothing? Yes: In every Nation, if any person there be, that feareth GOD and worketh righteousnesse; He that brings these with him, is (to GOD) a person acceptable; Such, He will not let ly, but take them up, and lay them up, where ever He findes them.

Salomon, in effect, said as much long before, at the end of his long Sermon, the book of the Preacher: Will ye (saith he) heare the Summe of all Sermons? Feare GOD (therein in,Eccles. [...]2.13. he that feares him) and keeps his commandements (that is, he that workes [Page 729] righteousnesse) Hoc est totum hominis (read some) there is all, man hath, that GOD will [...] of; Or Hoc est omnis homo (read other, and inferre, Si hoc est omnis homo, [...], quòd sine hoc nihil est omnis homo:) This, is man, all that he is; For, [...] besides this, he is, is as if it were not: This is all things, for without this, with all his person and personablenesse, he is nothing, in GOD's sight. This preached Salo­mon, at Hierusalem, to the Iew; and this, Peter, at Caesarea to the Gentiles: Hoc est omnis [...], this is for all men, saith Salomon; Omni gente, for every Nation, saith Peter.

That feareth GOD, and worketh righteousnesse: Both these,Feareth and worketh, jointly and not the one with­out the other. Neither feare, which is dull and workes not; for, of such He accepts [...]. Nor workes, if they come not from within, from our hearts, from his true feare in our hearts, but be personate onely, as were those of the Pharisee. We beginne then there within: For, any thing that is personate in Religion, and proceeds not from thence ( [...], Saint Paul's maske or vizor of godlinesse, 2. Tim. 3.5. 1. Pet. 2.16. Saint Peter's [...], cloke of Christian libertie) GOD pluckes them of: He is so farre from accepting them, as He casts them from him, He cannot abide them.

I forgott to tell you, why not the person: GOD himselfe tells Samuel, that He lookes not as man lookes; Man lookes upon the outside, the face and the facing;1. Sam. 16.2. GOD lookes to that which is farthest from the person; to that which is within, at the center (that is) the heart. The inwards were GOD's part, in every sacrifice, reserved ever to Him alone. By reserving them, He shewes what it is, He chiefly ac­cepts of. We must then looke to that, first. He first lookes at the heart, and in the heart, to the affection; (for, the heart is the feat of affections:) and of all affections, that of feare; and, of all feares, to the feare of GOD.

Of GOD; why, how comes GOD to be feared? Feare is not, but of some evill; and, evill, in GOD, there is none. Not, for any evill in Him; but for some evill, we may ex­pect from Him, if we feare not to offend Him, by doing that, which is evill in his sight. Which punishment yet, is not evill of it selfe; for, punishment, is the worke of justice: but, we call it, as we feele it, malumpaenae: And, it we feare; and Him, for it; or any that can inflict it.

Power and Iustice are of themselves, fearefull: Power, to all men; Iustice, to evill men. But, Iustice armed with power, that, keeps all in aw. Now, in GOD, there is power: GOD's power is manifest even to Heathen men. It is a part of the [...], that which maybe knowne of GOD (His Power) and goe no further but to the worke of Creation, saith the Apostle (Rom. 1.20.) Every man feares the mighty: for, what he will do, we know not; what he can doe, we know, and that ever presents it selfe first.

And, in GOD, there is Iustice; and the voice of Iustice, If thou do evill, feare. Rom. 13.4. Which Iustice of GOD, is manifest likewise without Scriptures, by the Law written in our hearts, the hearts even of the Heathen themselves, saith the same Apostle (Rom. 2.15.) whereby, they are either a law to themselves (the better sort of them, Cornelius, heere) or, if not, their owne thoughts accuse them for it, and their consciences beare witnesse against them, and, at a Sessions holden in their hearts, they condemne themselves. Which Sessions is a fore runner of the great generall Sessions that is to ensue.

Scientes igitur terrorem hunc (saith Saint Paul still.2. Cor. 5.11. 2. Cor. 5.) Knowing then this feare­full judgement, we perswade men, and men are perswaded, either to eschew evill yet un­done, or to leave it if it be done, that it be not found in our hands, not taken about us.

This feare, to suffer evill for sinne (malum paenae) makes men feare to doe the evill of sinne (malum culpae:) what they feare to suffer for, they feare to do. Keepes them from do­ing evill at all, makes them avoid it: or keeps them from doing evill still, makes them [...]sake it. It prevailed not only with Iob in the Old; but, with the Ninivites:Ion 3.5. It prevai­led not onely with Cornelius, in the New, but even with Foelix; made him tremble, though it had not his full work, for he was not so happy, as to heare Paul out, Acts: 4.26. but put it of [...] other time, which time never came.1. Feare, first: He that feareth Him.

First feare: and why feare, first? Because it is first. It is called (and truly, for so [Page 730] truly it is) the beginning of our wisedome, Pro. 9 10. when we beginne to be truely wise. In Adam, it was so. The first passion we read of; that was raised in him, that wrought upon him after his fall was,Gen. 3 10. I heard thy voyce in the garden, and I was afrayd. There begann his wisedome, in his feare. There began he to play the wise-man, and to fore­thinke him of his folly committed. Feare is [...] (as it is well called) of the nature of a bridle to our nature, to hold us into refraine from evill, if it may be: if not, to check us and turne us about, and make us turne from it. Therefore, Feare GOD, and depart from evill (lightly) goe togither,Pro. 3.7. as the cause, and the effect; you shall seldome finde them parted. So then, because it is first, it is to stand first, and first to be regarded.

Another reason is, because it is most generall. For, it goes through all, heathen and all. It goes to omni gente; For, in omni gente, there is qui timet. For, that they have so much faith as to feare, appeares by the Ninivites plainly. Nay, it goes not onely to omni gente, but even to omni animante too, to beasts and all; yea to the dul­lest beast of all,Num. 22.23. to Balaam's beast: he could not get her (smite her, spur her, do what he could to her) to runne upon the point of the Angels's sword: that, they are in worse case then beasts that are voyd of it. So, first it riseth of all, and furthest it reacheth of all.

And, this feare, I would not have men thinke meanely of it. It is (we see) the be­ginning of wisedome; and so, both Father and Sonne, Psal. 111.10 David and Pro. 1.7. Salomon call it. But, if it have his full worke, to make us depart from evill, it is wisedome complete, and the from GOD'S owne mouth, Iob 28.28. Iob. 28. Therefore Esai 33.6. Esai bidds us make a trea­sure of it, and Pro. 28.14. Blessed is the man, that is ever thus wise, that feareth alwaies: It is Salo­mon, Proverb. 28. For, howsoever the world goe; Eccles 8.12. this I am sure of (saith he) it shall goe well with him that feareth GOD, and carrieth himselfe reverently in His Presence.

Rom 8.15.And, care not for them that talke, they know not what, of the spirit of bondage. Of the seven spirits, which are the divisions of one and the same Spirit, this day heere sent downe; the last, the chiefest of all, is the Spirit of the feare of GOD. Esai. 11. So, it is the Alpha, and Omega, first and last, beginning and end. First and last (I am sure) There is sovereigne use of it.Esa. 11 2.

Not regard them not, that say, it perteines not to the New Testament; phanfying to themselves, nothing must be done, but out of pure love. For, even there it abideth, and two sovereigne uses there are still of it, those two which before we named; One, to beginn; 2 the other, to preserve.

1. To beginn: We sett it heere as an introduction, as the dawning is to the day. For on them, that are in this dawning, that feare His Name, on them shall the Sunne of righteousnesse arise. Mal. 4.2. It is Malachi saith it: it is Cornelius heere sheweth it. As the base Court, to the Temple: Not into the Temple, at first stepp; but, come through the Court first. As the needle, to the threed (it is Saint Augustine:) that, first enters, and drawes after it the threed; and that sewes all fast togither.

Where, there happens a strange effect, that, not to feare, the next way is to feare. The kinde worke of feare, is to make us cease from sinne. Ceasing from sinne brings with it a good life; a good life, that, ever carries with it a good conscience; and a good conscience casts out feare. So that, upon the matter, the way, not to feare, is to feare: and, that GOD, that brings light out of darkenesse, and glorie out of humilitie, He it is, that also brings confidence out of feare.

2. This, for the introduction. And ever after, when faith is entred and all, it is a sovereigne meanes to preserve them also. Ther is (as I have told you) a composition in the soule, much after that of the body. The heart, in the body, is so full of heate, it would stifle it selfe and us soone, were it not, GOD hath provided the lungs, to give it coole [...], to keepe it from stifling. Semblably in the soule, faith is full of Spirit, ready enough of it selfe to take an unkind heate, save that feare is by GOD ordeined, to coole it and keepe, it in temper, to awake our care still, and see, it sleepe not in securitie. It is good against saying in ones heat, Psal. [...]. Non movebor (saith the Psal.) Good against [...] 33. Et­s [...] r [...]nnes, non ego: S. Peter found it so. Good (saith S. Paul) against Rom. 11.2 [...]. Noli altum saepere. [Page 731] And these would marr all, but for the humble feare of GOD: by that, all is kept right.

Wherefore, when the Gospell was at the highest,Phil. 2.12. 1. Pet. 1.17. worke out your salvation with feare and trembling (saith Saint Paul:) passe the time of your dwelling heer in feare (saith Saint Peter.) Yea, our Saviour himselfe (as noteth Saint Augustine) when He had taken away one feare, Ne timete, Feare not them that can kill the body, Mat. 10.28. and when they have done that, have done all, and can do no more; in place of that feare, putts another, But sent Him, that when He hath slaine the body, can cast soule and it into hell fire: and when He had so said once, comes over againe with it, to strike it home, Etiam dico vo­bis; [...] say unto you, feare Him.

So then, this of feare, is not Moses's song onely, it is the song of Moses and the Lamb [...]. Made of the harmonie of the ton'e, as well as t'other. A speciall streign,Apoc. 15.4. in that song of Moses and the Lamb, Apoc. XV. you shall find this: Who will not feare thee ô Lord? He that will not, may sibi canere, make himselfe musique; he is out of their queer, yea the Lamb's queer; indeed, out of both.

This have I a little stood on; for that, me thinks, the world beginns to grow from feare too fast: we strive to blow this Spirit quite away; for feare of carnificina conscien­tiae, we seeke to benumme it, and to make it past feeling. For these causes, feare is, with GOD a thing acceptable, we heare: And, that the Holy Ghost came downe, where this feare was, we see. So it is, Saint Peter affirmes it, For certaine, of a truth: So it is, Saint Peter protests it. Let no man beguile you, to make you thinke other­wise: No, no; but Fac, fac vel timore paenae, sinondum potes, amore justitiae: Do it man, I tell thee, do it, though it be for feare of punishment, if you cannot yet get your selfe to do it for love of righteousnesse. One will bring on the other,Esa. 26.18. Ver. 6. A timore Domi­ni concepimus Spiritum salutis: (It is Esai.) By it, we shall conceive that, which shall save us: There very words shall save us, said the Angel, and so they did: Heer, in Cornelius, we have a faire precedent for it. And so, now I come to the other.

For, I aske, Is GOD all for within: accepts He of nothing without? Yes,2. But workes withall; And worketh righte­ousnesse. that He doth. Of a good righteous worke too, if it proceed, from His feare in our hearts. Feare is not all, then: No, for it is but the beginning (as we have heard,) GOD will have us begin, but not end there. We have begun with qui timet Eum; we must end with et operatur justitiam, and then comes acceptus est Illi, and not before. For, neither feare, if it be feare alone; nor faith, if it be faith alone, is accepted of Him;Gal. 5.6. but timet & ope­tatur (heer) with Peter; and fides quae operatur (there) with Paul: feare and faith (both) that worketh, and none els. If it be true feare, if such as GOD will accept, it is [...] timor piger a dull lazy feare: His feare, Mat. 25.18.30. that feared his Lord and went and digged his [...]ent into the ground, did nothing with it; Away with his feare and him into utter darknesse. GOD will have his talent turned, have it above ground. He will not have His religion invisible within. No; shew me thy faith (saith Saint Iames;Iam. 2.18.) thy feare (saith Saint Peter heer) by some workes of righteousnesse: Els, talke not of it. He will have it made appeare, that men may see it, and glorifie Him for it, that hath such good and faithfull servants.

And they observe, that it is not [that doth] but [that worketh righteousnesse;] Not facit, but operatur. And, what manner of worke? Saint Peter's word is [...] heer: and for [...] will not serve; it must be [...], which is a plaine trade. Esa. 1.17. Discite bene agere (saith Esai) learne it, as one would learne an handicraft, to liue by: Learne it, and be occupied in it; make an [...] that is, even an occupation of it. CHRIST's owne occupation, who (as Saint Peter tells us streight after) pertraensijt bene faciendo, Ver. 38. Went up and downe, went about doing good, practising it, and nothing els: for, that i [...] [...].

Worketh righteousnesse. This righteousnesse, to know what it is (beside the com­mon duties of our calling, either as Christians in generall; or particular, as every mans [...] lyes) we cannot better informe our selves of it, then from this partie, he spea [...] of (from Cornelius) and what the workes were, he did. And they are set downe at the second verse: where, after Saint Luke had said, he feared GOD, to shew his works [Page 732] of righteousnesse he adds, 1 he gave much almes, and 2 prayed to GOD continually; and at the thirtieth verse, that he was found 3 fasting at the ninth houre (that is) three, at af­ter-noone. In these three 1 Almes, 2 Prayer, and 3 Fasting, stood his workes of righteousnesse: In these three; for besides these, we find not any other. They be the same, and in the same order, as they were figured in the three Oblations of the Magi, the first fruits of the Gentiles, there in the Gospell, as the Fathers allot them: 1 Gold, that is, for Almes; 2 Incense, that is Prayer; and 3 Myrrhe, bitter myrrhe, for Workes of Mortification, as Fasting and such like; as bitter to the flesh, as myrrhe to the taste: both bitter, but, wholesome, both. But (without all figure) they are the same three, and stand just in the same order, that heere they doe, where our SAVIOVR teacheth them literally,Matt. 6.1.5.16. and that, under the name of Righteousnesse (Mat. 6.) 1 Almes, first: that, He beginnes with at the first verse, and so heere, it is first: 2 then, to Prayer next, at the fifth verse: 3 and after that, to fasting, even as it is heere too. Cornelius's workes were these three:Verse 2.3. 1 gave almes, 2 prayed duely, 3 was found at his fast by the Angel. This is all we finde; more we finde not specified: and these are enough, these would serve, if we would doe them. These, in him, were; the same, in us, will be accepted.

II. Of Gods ac­ceptation. He &c. is ac­cepted.And now, of GOD's acceptation. Accepting is but a queint terme borrowed from the Latine. It is no more then receiving or taking. 1 First then, cleere it is, He will take them; but, where they be to take: But, where they are not, take them He cannot. In vaine shall we looke for acceptation of that, which is not. We are then to see, there be some given; some, for Him to take. Take us He cannot, if there be not Cornelius's hand to take us by: Come up in remembrance they cannot, if none were done to remember: For, memoria est praeteritorum, and all ours are yet to come (I feare:) in phantasiâ rather then in memoriâ. Our almes, alas they are shrunke up pitifully: Prayer, swallowed up with hearing Lectures: and for the third, feast (if you will) continually; but, fast, as little as may be; and, of most I might say, not at all. The want of these, the bane of our Age. He stretcheth out His hand, to receive almes; He boweth downe his eare to receive prayer; He beholdeth with his eyes, to take us fasting: There is none to give them, and so He cannot receive them. But, by this acceptus est (heere) we see, how we might be accepti.

Heb. 11.6.It is beside the Text; yet if ye aske, Heere is feare, and heere are workes, where is faith all this while, without which it is impossible to please GOD, or to be accepted of Him? Had he no faith? Yes; he would not have spent his goods, or chastened his body with­out some faith:Rom. 10. at least, call upon GOD he could not, on whom he bel [...]e [...] not.

Therefore he beleeved, sure: The Gentile's Creed at least, That a GOD th [...]re is; that sought He will be; that, He will not faile them that seeke Him, but both regard and reward them.

The Ninivite's Creed at least: in whose feare, there was faith and hope too: Quis scit, Who can tell, whither GOD may not turne and spare, and accept of a poore Gentile? There is nothing knowen to the contrarie, and there be precedents for it.

And so he turned, and set himselfe to seeke GOD, by the three waies we remembred. And thou LORD never failest them that seeke Thee, Psal 9.10. but acceptest them, not according to that they have not; but according to that they have, though it be but a willing mind, they have.2. Cor. 8.12. GOD forbid, but concupiscence should be of aequall power to good, that it is to evill. If you will reach it further, to faith in CHRIST: living in garrison among the Iewes, he could not choose but have heard somewhat of Him, to move him, to throw himselfe downe before Him, and He tooke him up, Acceptus est Illi.

The flaxe did but smoke, CHRIST quenched it not. Crackes there were in the reed, but He brake it not though;Esay. 42.3. but kindled the one, and bound up the other: and in that little strength he had, tooke him, as He found him; and tooke order, thus to bring him neerer the waies of his salvation.

[Page 733]But now, lest one error beget another, and the last prove worse then the first,And, but ac­cepted. take this with you. When all is said that can be said, all is but accepting for all this. That he w [...]s, and we shall be accepted, that gives us some heart: And, that it is but accepted, that takes away all selfe-conceit of our selves. For, I know not how, if we be but accepted, we take upon us streight, and fall into a phansie, that, well worthy we were, or els we should not. Altum sapere comes, and we swell streight; insomuch as we cannot be gotten to accept of this acceptus est, to accept of any acceptation, but grow to a higher streine of merit and condignitie, and I wot not what. To pricke this bladder, all is shut up with this [...]. Out of which word, we are to take notice of this: it is neither our feare, nor our workes; all is but GOD's gracious acceptation.

And, it is not, as they well observe, [...], but [...]: not [...], acceptandus, is to be accepted of Him; as if GOD could neither will nor choose: No, it is [...] on­ly, that is, but acceptabilis, at most, but a capacitie that he may be; layes no necessitie, that he must be accepted.

The Schoolemen expresse it well, at times, By non deerit Deus, GOD will not be wanting to such, will accept them. But, non tenetur Deus, He is not so bound, but, if He would, he might refuse; and that He doth not, it is but of his meere goodnesse: All are but accepted.

The Fathers, thus; (I name Saint Augustine for the Latine:) Hoc habet, non pon­dus humani meriti, sed ordo consilij divini: That thus it is, it is no weight or worth of mans merit; it is but the very order and course of GOD's dealing: His favourable dealing, that and nothing els, that there is any accepting at all. The Greeke Fathers, thus; (I name Chrysostome for them:) It is [...], not [...], (that is) dig­natio, not dignitas: dignatio Acceptantis, not dignitas operantis. Digni habebuntur saith the Gospell, and the Epistle both; the Gospell, Luk. 20. the Epistle, Luk. 20.35. 2. Thess. 1.5. 2. Thess. 1. GOD counts them worthy, and His so counting makes them worthy: makes them so, for so they are not of themselves, or without it; but, by it, so they are. His taking our workes of righteousnesse well in worth, is their worth.

There was another Centurion (beside this in the Apostle) the Centurion in the Gospell; the Elders of the Iewes were at dignus est, about him;Luk. 7.4. dignified him high­ly: but, he indignified himselfe as fast, was at his non sum dignus twise,Verse 6. neither wor­thy that CHRIST should come to him, nor that he to CHRIST. And even thus it was ever with all from the beginning: Iob (another timens Deum, Iob. 1.8. his like was not upon earth, yet thus, he) Etsi justus fuero non levabo caput, All were he just, 10.16.9.15. he would downe with his creast for all that; and what? Et deprecabor Iudicem meum, and ple [...]d nothing, stand upon no termes, but deale onely by way of Supplication; and that is the safest way. And why so?9.28. For Verebar omnia opera mea (saith he) he durst not tru [...] any of them. And why not? For, the continuall dropping of our corruption, up­on the webb of our well-doing, steines it so, as if he would stand streining them, he that now doth accept them, might justly except to them, for many exceptions there ly against them. He that takes them, might let them lie, as not worth the taking up; For, if he should ransack them they would scarse prove worth the taking up; but yet take them up He doth, and reward them; Both,Ephes. 1.6. for the praise of the glorie of His grace: To the glorie of the praise of which grace be all this spoken.

All which tends to this (for our worke is this, our labour this, this is all in all, to get men to doe well, and yet not ween well of their well-doing:) To joine first, timet and operatur, to feare, and yet to doe good; and when we have done good, yet to feare, with Iob, for David's reason, Cognoscimus imperfectum nostrum. Then, to joine againe Ope­ratur, and acceptus est. For, that is it, if we could hitt on it: we cannot; but, that is it, though. For, thinke you, we can get men to this? No: doe we evill, we will not know it, we excuse, we lessen it. Do we well, we know it streight; Nay we over-know, and over-prise it. No remedie, merit it must be, and hire it must be: Reward, we can­not skill of; Acceptus est is nothing, Accepted will not serve: we will know, how we shall be accepted, of merit or of grace. Fond men! so we be accepted, though of [Page 734] grace, are we not well? What desire we more, but to be taken and not refused? The Law, Deut. 9.4. Ezek. 16.22. Rom. 10 3. that saith: Say not, It is for my righteousnesse: The Prophets say, It is not for your sakes: The Apostle saith, If you seeke to establish your owne righteousnesse, you are gone. Yea, CHRIST himselfe saith, If you talke much of it (with the Pharisee), LORD, this I am, Luk. 8.11. and this I do, there is not the poorest Publican that goes by the way, but, he shall be Iustified before you. 14. And therefore be entreated, I pray you, to accept of acceptus est: that setts all safe; that, brings all to GOD, and there leaves it.

For, if this fearer, this worker be accepted, and not in himselfe, in whom then? who is it?Ephes 1.6. The Apostle tells us directly, He hath made us accepted in His beloved, His beloved Sonne: So Paul. And Saint Peter immediately in the very next words (that follow upon these) You know the word, the word of the Word, that was in the beginning and made all, Psal. 107.20. and that in the fullnesse of time was sent and healed all; Misit Verbum & sanavit eos. In Him and through Him all are accepted, that have had, or shall have the honor and happinesse ever so to be. In whom then, we are accepted, we see.

To what end accepted.Now lastly, to what; and so an end. That being so accepted, or received (whither you will, both are one) you may receive, what? plaine it is, it followes, the Sacrament. But they, to receive the first Sacrament, that of Baptisme; for, they were yet in their Pa­ganisme, un-baptized. But, they that are Christians already, and past the first, there re­maineth for them to receive, none but the second. And that then, is it. And, that, bound they are to receive. For, though by speciall priviledge some are aspersi Spiritu quos aqua mystica non tetigit, Sprinkled with the HOLY GHOST, before they had [...] Sprinkling of water; of which number was Cornelius, and these in the Text: though, while they were at the Sermon, the HOLY GHOST came upon them: yet, to the Sacrament they came though, we see. That, was to them, and is, to us all, the Seale of GOD's acceptation. That first, was theirs; but the chiefe and last, is this of ours.

For, this is indeed the true receiving, when one is received to the Table, to eat and drinke, to take his repast there: yea ad accipiendum in quo acceptus est, to take, and to take into Him, Heb. 10.10. Ephes. 1.7. that body, by the oblation whereof, we are all sanctified, and that blood, in which, we have all remission of sinnes. In that, ended they: in this , let us end.

And this accepting we desire of GOD: and desiring it in an acceptable time, He will heare us; and, this is that acceptable time. For, if the yeare of Pentecost, the fiftieth yeare, were the acceptable yeare, as Luk. 4.21. then, the day of Pentecost the fiftieth day, this day, is the acceptable day for the same reason. Truely acceptable, as the Day, where­on the Holy Ghost was first received; and whereon we may receive Him now againe: Whereon, acceptus est is fullfilled both waies: we, of Him, received to grace; and He of us, His flesh and blood, and with them, his Spirit. He receiveth us to grace; and we receive of Him grace, and with it, the influence of His Holy Spirit, which shall still follow us, and never leave us, till we be accepti indeed, that is, received up to Him, in his king­dome of glorie. Whither, blessed are they that shall be received.

A SERMON Preached before the KINGS MAIESTIE AT VVHITE-HALL, On the IV. of Iune A. D. MDCXX, being WHIT-SVNDAY.

I. IOHN. CHAP. V. VER. VI.

Hic est, qui venit per aquam & sanguinem, IESVS CHRISTVS: non in aqua solum, sed in aqua & sanguine. Et Spiritus est, qui testificatur, quoniam SPIRITVS est veritas.

This is that IESVS CHRIST, that came by water & blood: not by water onely, but by water & blood. And it is the Spirit that beareth witnesse; for, the Spirit is truth.

THIS is IESVS CHRIST; and it is the Spirit. So, the verse (you see) lin­keth CHRIST and the Spirit togither; is a passage, from the one to the other. Linketh them, and so (consequently) lin­keth this Feast of the Spirit present, with those of CHRIST that are gone before; and under one, sheweth the convenience of having the Spirit, an article in our Creed; and of having this day, a feast, in our Calendar.

For, though CHRIST have done all, that He had to doe; all is not done, that is to doe, till the Spirit come too. We have nothing to shew; we want our teste; a speciall part of out evidence is lacking: that when all is done, i [...] th [...]s be not, nothi [...]g is done. CHRIST without water, water, [Page 736] without bloud; His water and bloud, and He, without the Spirit, availe us nothing. The Spirit we are to have: and, this day we have it: and, for the having it this day, we keep a Feast. As those hitherto, for Christ complementum legis; so, this, for the Holy Ghost complementum Evangelij, which was not complete, donec complerentur dies Pentecostes, till the dayes of Pentecost were fulfilled: till this day was come and gone.

Saint Iohn is every where all for love. Heer, in this Chapter (I know not how) he it hitt upon faith. Which, with him, is rare: so, the more to be made of. Specially in this age, wherein it is growen the vertue of chiefe request. And indeed [...], an excellent vertue is faith, if it be faith. For, as there is (saith Saint Paul) [...] a knowledge falsly so called,1. Tim. 6.20. so is there a faith: for, faith is it selfe but a land of knowledge.

How shall we then make faith, of our faith? Of it selfe, it is but a bare act (faith) a thing indifferent: the vertue, and the value of it is, from the obj [...]ct it beleeveth in; if that be right, all is right. And, that is right, if it have for his object, not IESVS CHRIST barely; but (as Saint Iohn speaketh) That IESVS CHRIST. That IESVS CHRIST, is somwhat a strange speech, as if there were another. Is there so? Yes (II. Cor. XI.V.) ye have alium IESVM, and (Gal. I.VII.) aliud Evangelium; Not that; but, another IESVS: Not this; but, another Gospell.

And as, not that, but another IESVS; So CHRIST himselfe tells us, you shall have, not that, but another CHRIST. Another, nay many other: yet there is but one true, Mat. XXIV.XXIV. Lo heer is CHRIST, lo there He is. Go into the de­sert, there you shall have Him: Get you to such a conventicle, and there you shall not misse of Him. Go but to one Citie, I could name, you shall have Christs enough; and scarce a true one, among them all.

Well then, what shall we do, to sever the precious from the vile; That IESVS CHRIST,Ier. 15.19. from others; sett the Hic est ille, upon the right CHRIST? This (saith Saint Iohn:) These two wayes. 1 That IESVS CHRIST, that comes in water and blood jointly; not, in either alone, Hic est Ille: If, but in one, he is another IESVS.

2 That Iesus that hath the Spirit to bear Him witnesse, is the true; this Witnesse if he want, Hic non est Ille. Vnder one, we shall learne CHRIST aright. For, as one may learn a false CHRIST, so may he the true CHRIST falsly. You have not so learned CHRIST saith the Apostle (Ephes. 4.20.) that is, not amisse, you have not; mea­ning, some other had. And, as learne CHRIST aright, so learne to doe the Spi­rit his right: not to shoot him of, but know, he is to have a chiefe Holy-day, in our Fasti, as He hath a part, and a principall part, in the Teste of whosoever shall bee saved.

The Summe.The Summe is, three Items we have. 1. That we take not Pseudo-Christum, pro Christo: the false CHRIST for the true; that is, one that comes in His name, but is not He.

2. Neither, when we have the true one, that we take not Semi-Christum pro Chris­to, a moity or part of CHRIST, for the whole.

3. When we have the whole, that we take Him not, without His Teste (and that is the Spirit:) For, as good not take Him at all.

The DivisionThree parts I would lay forth. 1 There is CHRIST's part. 2 There is the Spi­rit's I part. 3 There is the Sacrament's part. CHRIST's part, His double com­ming, in 1 water, and 2 bloud. In it, these: 1 That Christ was so to come. 2 That Christ did so come. 3 Not onely did, but doth so come dayly to us. 4 As He comes to us in both, so we to come to Him for both; and (ever) to take heed of the error, of either a­lone, of turning non solum, into solum.

II Then the Spirit's part. 1 Of His witnesse. 2 Of the truth of it. 1. Of His witnesse, 1 That a witnesse there is to be. 2 That a witnesse there is. 3 Nay, not one, but three. 4 Of which, the Spirit is one and the chiefe witnesse: His witnesse to 1 Iesus, to 2 Christ that [Page 737] came, 3 to the water, to the 4 bloud, He came in. This, of His witnesse. Then, of the Truth of it; and withall, how to discerne the Spirit, that is, the Truth.

And last, the reversall to this. That, as not these, without the Spirit; So, not III the Spirit, without these (that is) not without the Sacraments, which are the monu­ments, and pledges of these. And so, that we indeavour, that the Spirit, on this day (the day of the Spirit) may come to us, and give His witnesse, that CHRIST is come to us, and come to us in them; in them both; to our comfort both heer, and aeternally.

THus it is written, and thus it behoved, that he that was to come,I. Christ's Part: 1. That He was to come in water and bloud. Mat. 1 21. Esa. 27.9. Iesus the Savi­our of the world, when He came, should come in water and blood. His name was so called (Iesus) saith the Angell, to shew He should save His people from their sinnes. To save us from them, by taking them away: For, Hic est omnis fructus (saith Esai, and it is a ground with us,) All the fruict we have, is the taking away of our sin. Take that away, the rest will follow of it selfe: that (indeed) is all in all.

To take away sinne, two things are to be taken away. For, in sinne, are these two: 1 Reatus, and 2 Macula (as all Divines agree) the guilt, and the soyle or spot. The guilt, to which Punishment is due: The spo [...]t, whereby we grow loathsome in GOD's eyes, and even in mens, too. For, even before them, Shame and Reproach follow sinn. Take these two away, and sinne is gone. And there is no people, under heaven, but have sense of these two; and no religion is, or ever was, but laboured to remove them both.

To take away soyle, water is most fit: To take away guilt, blood. No punish­ment, for any guilt, goes further then blood. Therefore had the heathen their lustrati­ous, for the soyle; which were ever by water (—donec me flumine vivo, Abluero;) and their expiations for the guilt, by shedding of blood ever (sanguine pla [...]âstis;) without which they held no remission of sinnes.

The Iewes, they likewise had their sprinkling water for the uncleannesse:Nu [...] 8.7. Exod. 12 22. had their slaine sacrifice, the blood whereof done on their posts, the destroyer passed by them, the guilt by it, being fi [...]st taken away.

But the Prophet tells us, No water (no, not snow-water, Ier. 2.22. and put to it nitre and Borith and fullers sope, never so much) can enter into the soule, to take away the steins of it. And the Apostle he tells us: It was impossible, Heb 10.4. the bloud of bulls or goates should satisfie for the sinnes of men. The water had not the vertue, to get out those spotts: nor the bloud, the value, to make satisfaction to GOD, for mans trespasse.

Donec venit qui venturus erat, Till He came that was to come; Shilo, with a bloud, Gen. 49.10. and a water, which (because it was the bloud and water of the Sonne of GOD, and so of GOD) by his divine power infused into both, gave the water such a piercing force, and gave the bloud so inestimable high a value, as was hable to worke both: to put an end to that, which neither the washings, nor offerings of Nature, or of the Law could ridd us of. Thus, in water and bloud was He to come, that was to take sinne away.

Thus was He to come, and thus did He come: did come diverse wayes. In bloud, 2. That He did so come. the bloud of His Circumcision; In water, the water of His Baptisme. Began so, and so en­ded: In water, the water of His strong crying and teares, whereby He made supplicati­on to GOD for us; in bloud, the bloud of His passion, the bloud of Gethsemane, Mat. 26.36. Ioh. 19.13.17. His bloudy sweat; the bloud of Gabbatha, of the scourges and thornes; the bloud of Golgotha, of His hands and feet digged. Thus came He.

Yet is it none of these, Saint Iohn pointeth to: (these were at severall times:) but, he points to his comming in both together at once. This place of the Epistle, referrs to that place of the Gospell, where at once, with one blow, his side being opened, there [Page 738] came forth blood and water both. Bloud, Sanguis Testamenti saith Zach. 9. the Blood of His Testament, Ioh. 19.34. Zach. 9.11. Zach. 1 [...].1. whereby He set His guilty prisoners free. Water (saith the same Za­charie c. 13.) fons Domui Israel; a founteine which he opened to the House of Israel, for sinne, and for uncleanesse. The one, blood; the [...], the ransome or price of the taking away the guilt; the other, water, the [...], laver of our new birth, from our originall corruption.

Haec sunt Ecclesiae gemina sacramenta (saith Augustine.) These are (not two of the Sacraments; so, there might be more, but) the twin-Sacraments of the Church. So, but two of that kind; two famous memorialls left us; in Baptisme, of the water, in the Cup, of the New Testament, of the blood, He then came in.

3. That he comes so still.Thus did CHRIST come: did and doth still. For the word is not [...], referring to the time past, but [...], which respecteth even the present also. Came not once; but, still and ever commeth so. The water still runnes; for, He opened a founteine never to be drawen dry;Heb. 13.20. And His massa sanguinis is not spent neither; For, it is san­guis aeterni foederis, and so aeternus: of the everlasting Covenant; and so, it selfe last­ing for ever.

And that, this His comming to us, he meanes, the order sheweth. For, when it came from Him, it came in another order; bloud came first, and then water: see the Gospell. But heere in the Epistle, when He comes to us; water is first, and then bloud. Bloud and water, the order quo ad se: Water and bloud, quoad nos. Ever to us,Ioh. 19.34. in water first.

But what meanes this, not in water onely, but in water and bloud? To say [in wa­ter and bloud] was plaine enough, one would thinke. Our rule is in Logique, Non sufficit alterum, oportet utrumque fieri in Copulativis. Our rule in Divinitie, What God hath joyned, no man presume to sever. Yet, when He had sayd, in water and blood, He comes over with them againe, with his non in aquâ solùm, Not in water onely, but in water and bloud. Mat. 19.6. What meanes this, but to make it yet more plain, that there might be no mistaking, no slipping of the collar; that one of them will not serve our turne; but, as once He came, so still and ever He is to come in them both.

4. That we are to come to Him for both.And as He to come to us, so we to come to Him. He to us in both, we to Him for both. He not to us, in either alone; we not to Him, for either alone. For, if for either alone, we make superfluous His comming in the other; we question His wise­dome, as if He came in more then needed, as if any thing He came in, might well enough be spared. No, we need both, we have use of both, and so to come to Him for them both.

Apoc. 2.24.Among the profunda Satanae, this was one; when he could not [...] keepe Him out: by a new Stratagem, he sought [...] solvere Iesum (as the Fathers read the verse of the Chapter next before) that is, to take Him in peeces. When he could not prevaile in setting up a false; he set some on worke, to take in sunder the true.

Was it not thus? Did they not solvere, dissolve, take in sunder His Natures: made Him come as onely man; as Samosatenus: made Him come, as onely GOD; as Sabellius? Dissolved they not His person; made Him come in two, as N [...]sto­rius? And, is not this (heer) a plaine dissolving also? He comming intirely in both, to take Him by halves, take of Him what they list, what they thinke will serve their turnes, and leave the other, and let it lye? So take pars pro toto, a peece of I [...]sus for the whole, as if they meant to be saved by Synecd [...]che.

Which very taking Him in peeces, makes Him, that he is not the true. For if the comming in both twaine, make Him Hic est ille; the taking away of either, turnes him into alium IESVM; and so, Hic non est ille. This you may call IESVS CHRIST but this is not that IESVS CHRIST, Saint Iohn his [...] taught us. There was a sort of Haeretiques, in the Primitive Church, were so all for water, cared so little for his comming in blood, as they ministred the Communion in nothing but water, and are therefore called Hydropocaslatae, or Aquarij. There were others; But it were a world to rake up old errors: what need we? Have we not now, that frame to them­selves a CHRIST without water, or a CHRIST without bloud, and so seem to hold [Page 739] [...] sola, or solus sanguis, against Saint Iohn's, non in solâ (flatt.)

See you some, that powre out themselves into all riott,I. Eph. 4.19. and follow uncleannesse even with greedinesse? CHRIST in water would do well for such; and they care least for it; by their good will would have none come upon them; would not be clean, would be as they are, as swine in their wallow all their life long. No water, they; but bloud, asmuch as you will. Frame to themselves a CHRIST without water, all in bloud.

This is that CHRIST, that commeth: How comes He? what brings He? Comes He in bloud, brings He good store of that, that we may strike of the guilt of our old score? He is welcome comming so. But He comes with water too. Nay, they can spare that (with the Gergesites, to pray him to be gone,Mat. 8.34. to depart from their coasts) they love bloud without water, are all for comfort (as they call it) nothing for clean­nesse of life. In solo sanguine, these.

See you some other (not many, yet some) carefull to their weake power, to con­teine themselves, yet through humane frailty overtaken otherwhile: CHRIST in 2 bloud comes for these, for these in speciall, and alas they dare not come neer it (not his bloud) as utterly unworthy of it. These are but few, in comparison of those other, the soli-sanguines. Yet, some such there are, and for them hath Saint Iohn directed the let­ter of this Text in this order which it stands; that CHRIST came not in water alone, but came in bloud, too.

Timorous trembling consciences: think, they have never water enough: if they find about them any unclean thing, they are quite cast down, utterly dejected streight: as if that CHRIST were Iohn Baptist, that came in water alone: nay, were turned into Moses, that had his name of being taken out of the water; as if He came all in water, nay were all water, had not a drop of bloud in him. These seem to hold in aquâ solâ; whereas CHRIST hath both water and bloud, of each alike much, no lesse of the one, then of the other: Came in bloud, and came in it for them, and to them doth most readily applie it, that make most spare of it.

But, the greater number by farre are those, in the other extreame, that are nothing timorous, farre enough from that; dissolute, and care not how many foule blotches they have, so they may have the guilt and punishment taken away: hear, there is re­mission of sinnes in His bloud; so, lye at his veines continually like horse-leeches, so as if it were possible, they would not leave a drop of bloud in Him. As for his water, they have no use of it, nor desire not to have any, let that run wast; are all for bloud, would not care, if all the water were dreined from him, nay if (as the waters of Aegypt) all his were turned into bloud. Forgiven, that they would be; Cleane they care not to be: asmuch bloud, as little water as you will. Both these would be looked to, but this la­ter more, as the predominant errour of our age, wherein the water is even at the low-water-marke. Now, for these, we turne the non solum (as by good warrant we may) both wayes; It is aequally true, Not in bloud alone (hear you) but in bloud and water. Will you have no water? then must you have no CHRIST: For CHRIST came in water. And further we add, that as in water and bloud both, so in water first (for so it lieth in the Text) and that which stands first, we to passe thorough first; wa­ter, quoad nos, is the first before bloud: There to beginn in GOD's name. Take that with you too.

They then, that haue learned CHRIST aright are to come to Him for both. With the woman of Samaria, LORD give us of this water: Ioh 4.15.6 34. 1. Cor. 11.25. with them of Caperna­um, LORD, give us of this bread, of this Cup of the New Testament in Thy bloud. To come to Him for bloud, for the forgivenesse of our sinnes through faith in His bloud. To come to Him for water aswell, for the taking out of the steynes. Yea (even as Esai sayd) Haurietis aquas cum gaudio de fontibus Salvatoris, even with joy to draw waters from the fountaines of our Saviour: with more joy to draw water, Esa. 12.3. then to draw blood from Him.

But (indeed) to looke well into the matter, they cannot be separate; they are mixt; either is in other. There is a mixure of the bloud in the water; there is so, of the water [Page 740] in the blood: we can minister no water, without blood: nor blood, without water. In baptisme we are washed with water: That water is not without blood. The blood serves instead of nitre. He hath washed us from our sinnes in His blood (Apoc. 1.5.) washed.) They made their robes white in the blood of the Lamp (Apoc. 7.14.) No washing, no whi­ting, by water, without blood. And, in the Eucharist, we are made drinke of the blood of the New Testament: but, in that blood, there is water: for, the blood of CHRIST pu­rifieth us from our sinnes. 1. Ioh. 1.7. Now, to purifie, is a vertue properly belonging to water, which yet is in the blood: and purifying referrs to spotts, not to guilt, properly. So, either is in other; Therefore, the conceit of separation, let it alone for ever.

To take heed then of dreining CHRIST's water from his blood; or abstracting his blood from his water; of bringing in the Restringent (sola) into either. Every one of us, for his owne part, thus to doe. But howsoever men frame phansies to them­selves (as frame they will, doe what we can) that our doctrine be looked to; we are not to teach IESVS CHRIST, but That IESVS CHRIST, that thus came in both. That our Divinitie then, on the one side, be not waterish, without all heart or comfort; presenting CHRIST in water onely, to make fe [...]re, where none is. Nor, on the other, that we frame not our selves a Sanguine Divinitie, voyd of f [...]are quite, and bring in CHRIST all in blood, blood and nothing els; with little water, or none at all; for feare of Ex nimiâ spe desperatio.

Faith, as it justifieth (saith Saint Paul;) there is blood: So it purifieth the heart (saith Saint Peter;Gal. 3.8. Acts 15.9. Rom. 8.20. 1. Ioh. 3.3.) there is water. Hope, as it saveth (saith Saint Paul;) blood: So it cleanseth (saith Saint Iohn;) water. In vaine we flatter our selves, if they doe the one, and not the other. Doe we make grace of none effect? that, we may not (Gal. 2. vlt.) Doe we make the Law of none effect, by faith? that, we may not, nei [...]her (Rom. 3.10.) not, this day specially, the Feast of the Law, and Spirit, both: but rather esta­blish it.Apoc. 15.4. Best, if it could be sett right, the Song of Moses and of the Lamb: it is the harmonie of heaven.Rom. 15.34. 1. Ioh. 2.1. Ioh. 5.14. If we teach Ne peccetis (water;) To teach also (blood) Si quis au­tem peccaverit (with Saint Iohn.) If we say Salvus factus es (blood;) to say Noli ampliu [...] peccare (water) withall, with CHRIST himselfe.

This is that IESVS CHRIST, and the true doctrine of Him: neither diluta, and so evill for the heart; nor tentans caput, and so fuming up to the head: Neither Scammoniate, tormenting the conscience; nor yet Opiate stupifying it, and making it senselesse. And so much, for CHRIST's double comming.

II. The Spirits pa [...]tWell, when CHRIST is come, and thus come, may we be gone, have we done? Done! we are yet in the middst of the verse; before we make an end of it, it must be Whitsontide. The Spirit is to come too. So, a new qui venit; that comes in both those, and comes in the Spirit, besides. And a new non solùm; not in water and blood onely, but in the Spirit withall.

Not, that CHRIST said not truly, Consummmatum est, that he hath not done all. Yes,Ioh. 19.30. to doe that was to be done, CHRIST was enough; needs no supplie: The Spi­rit comes not, His witnesse. to doe; comes but to testifie. That, inter alia, is one of his Of­fices.

A witnesse there is to be.And, a Witnesse is requisite. There is no matter of weight with us, if it be sped au­thentically (especially a Testament) but it is with a Teste. And GOD doth none of His great workes, but so: of which, this Comming is one, even the greatest of all. Neither of his Testaments, Acts 14.17. without one. As GOD in nature left not himselfe with­out witnesse (saith the Apostle:) So neither CHRIST, in Grace. As then, in the Old Testament,Esay 8.20. Ad Legem & testimonium (saith Esay 8.) So, in the New, Ad Evangelium & testimonium, to the Gospell, to CHRIST and the testimonie, calls Saint Iohn heere. CHRIST also to have his Teste: We to call for it; and if it be cal­led for of us, to be hable to shew it.

[Page 741]A witnesse there needeth then, and a witnesse there is. One, nay three. A witnesse, there is: nay, three. Deut. 17.6. In ore duo­rum; that is, in every matter, nothing without two at least. But in this, so maine, so high a matter, God would enlarge the number; have it in ore trium, have it full; no fewer then three: three, to His part; three, to ours.

At the ordering of it in heaven, [...]hree there were, the 1 Father, the 2 Word, and 3 the Spirit: that the whole Trinitie might be aequally interessed in the accomplishment of the worke of our salvation, and it passe through all their hands. And at the spee­ding it in earth, three more: 1 The Spi [...]it, and 2 Water, and 3 Bloud to answere them, that all might goe by a Trinitie, that Holy, Holy, Holy, might be thrise repeated The truth heerin answereth to the type. For, under the Law, nothing was held perfectly hallow­ed, till it passed three, the 1 cleansing wat [...]r first; the 2 sprincling of bloud second; 3 and last, that the holy oyle were upon it too (the Holy oyle, the Holy Ghost's type:) but when eny thing annointed with all three, then had it his perfect halydome; then it was holy indeed. And, even so passe we through three hands, all. 1 God's, as men: Water notes the Creation: the heavens are of water, and if they, the rest. God's, [...]s men; 2 Christ's, as Christen men, Bloud notes the redemption: 3 And the Spirit's, as Spirituall men, which perteines to all. If any be Spirituall, he knowes this:Gal. 6.1. Iud. 19. and you t [...]at be Spi [...]ituall doe this (saith the Apostle.) For, Christians that be animales S [...]i [...]itum non habentes, Saint Iude tells us, there is no great reckoning to be made of them.

To let the other goe. The Spi [...]it is a witnesse, to IESVS CHRIST,Th [...] S [...]i [...]it a [...] 1 [...]. that came in water and bloud: Witnesse, to IESVS CHRIST, that came: Witnesse, to His water and blood; He came in. In a witnesse it is required, He be T [...]is idoneus: will you see, quàm idoneus, how apt, how every way agreeing? The S [...]irit and Iesus agree: Iesus was conceived by the Spirit. The Spirit and Christ agree: in the word Christ, is the Spirit; For [CHRIST] is annointed. Annointed with what? To the wa [...]r and [...], He c [...]me in. G [...]n 1.2. L [...]vit 19.11. With the Holy Ghost, the true Vnction, and the truth of all unctions whatsoever. The Spirit and water; agree: the Spirit moved on the face of the waters. The Spirit and bloud agree. The Spirit of life is in the bloud; the vessells of it, the arteries, runne along with the texture of the veines, all the body over.

To His comming, this Spirit agreeth also. When He came, as Iesus, To His com­ming. the Spirit con­ceived Him. When He came, as CHRIST, the Spirit annointed Him. When He came, in water, at His Baptisme, the Spirit was there: came down in the shape of a Dove, rested, abode on Him. When He came, in blood, at His Passion, there too:Ioh 1.32. It was the aeternall Spirit of GOD, by which He offered Himselfe without spott unto God (Heb. 9.4.) So, the most fit that can be, to beare witnesse to all; Praeseas interfuit, & vidit & au­devit, was present, heard, and saw, was acquainted with all that passed: none can speake to the point so well as He.

The Spirit is a witnesse, is true every way: But, why is it said,The Spirit the c [...]efe witn [...]ss [...]. It is the Spirit that beareth witn [...]sse, seeing they both (water and bloud) beare it too; it is water, it is blood, that beare witnesse also. They (indeed) are witnes [...]es: but, it is the Spirit, He it is that is the principall witnesse, and principally to be regarded, before the rest, Heere, he comes in last; but He is (indeed) first; and so as first, is placed at the eight verse, where they are orderly reckoned up. And good reason. He is one of the three, both above in heaven, and beneath in [...]arth: third, there above; first, heer beneath: a witnesse, in both Courts; admitted ad jus testis in both, for his speciall creditt in both: the medius terminus (as it were) between heaven and earth, between God and man.

Besides it is sayd, It is He, He it is that b [...]areth witnesse. For, it is neither of the other, will doe us any good without him: the whole weight lieth upon him. Not the water without the Spirit, it is but nudum & egenum clementum. [...]al. 4.9. Ioh. 6. [...]3. Not the bloud without the Spirit, no more then the fl [...]sh without the Spirit, non prodest quicquam (as said He, whose the fl [...]sh and bloud was, CHRIST himselfe.)

Will you see a proof without it, CHRIST came to Simon Magus in water, Act. 18.1 [...]. Mat. 26. he was baptized: CHRIST came to Iudas, in bloud, he was a communicant: but Spirit there came none, to testifie: they were both never the better. The better? nay the worse: Simon perished in the gall of bitternesse; Iudas bibit mortem de fonte vitae, Act 8.2 [...]. [Page 742] from the cup of blessing drank downe his owne bane. All, for want of Et spiritus est. So is it,1. Cor. 10.1 [...]. with the word, and with eny meanes els.

Ioh. 4.14. Ioh. 6.17.But, let the testimonie of the Spirit come, the water becomes a well springing up to aeternitie; the flesh and blood, meat that perisheth not, but endureth to life everlasting.

And, even in nature, we see this: Water, if it be not aqua viva, have not a spi [...]it to move it, and make it run [...]e, it stands and putrifies: and bloud, if no spirit in it, it congeales, and growes corrupt and foule, as the bloud of a dead man. The spirit hel­peth this, and upon good reason doth it. For, CHRIST being conceived by the Spirit, it was most meet, all of Christ should be conceived the same way. That which conceived him, should impregnate His water, should animate His bloud, should give the vivificat, the life and vigor, to them both. It is the Spirit then, that giveth the witnesse.

Now, in a Witnesse, above all it is required, he be true: the Spirit is so tr [...]e, as he is the Truth it selfe. 2 The truth of His witnesse. Ioh. 14.6. The Spirit, the truth? Why CHRIST saith of Himselfe, I am the truth. All the better: for, Verum vero cònsonat, one truth will well sort with, will uphold, will make proofe one of another, as these two doe prove either other reci­procally. The Spirit, CHRIST's proofe: CHRIST, the Spirit's. CHRIST, the Spirit's: Every spirit that confesseth not CHRIST, is not the true spirit. The Spirit CHRIST'S:1. Ioh. 4.3. CHRIST, if He have not the Teste of the Spirit, is not the true CHRIST. Alwaies, the Truth is the best witnesse. And, if He be the Truth, on His teste, you may beare your selfe. Not so, on water, or bloud: without Him, they may well deceive us, and be falsa and fallacia, as wanting the Truth, if He, if the Spirit be wanting.

That truth to be knowen.It will then much conc [...]rne us, to be sure, the Spirit, on whose testimonie we are thus wholy to relye, that that spirit be the truth. And, it is the maine point of all, to be hable to discerne the Spirit, that is the truth: because, as there is a Spirit of truth, so is there a Spirit of error abroad in the world;1. Ioh. 4.6. 2. C [...]r. 11.4. yea, many such Spirits: and the Apo­stle who tells us of altum IESVM, in the same verse tells us of alium Spiritum, too. We be then to trie, which spirit is the truth; that so the spirit on whose witnes [...]e we rest our selves, be the truth. How take we notice of the Spirit? How knew they the Angel was come downe into the poole of Bethesda, but by the stirring and mo­ving of the water?By His spiritu­all motions. Ioh. 5.8. So by stirring up in us spirituall motions, holy purposes and de­sires, is the Spirit's comming knowen. Specially, if they doe not vanish againe. For if they doe, then was it some other flatuous matter, which will quiver in the veines (& unskilfull people call it the life-bloud;) but the Spirit it was not. The Spirit's motion, the pulse, is not for a while, and then ceaseth; but is perpetuall, holds as long as life holds, though intermittent sometime, for some little space.

Yet hold we it not safe, to lay overmuch weight upon good motions, which may come of diverse causes,By newnesse of life. and of which (good motions) there are as many in hell, as in heaven. The surest way is to lay it on that, our SAVIOVR and His Apostles so of­ten lay it,Ioh 6.63. 2. Cor. 3.6. that is, on Spiritus vivificat. The life is ever the best indicant signe of the Spirit. Novum supervenisse Spiritum, nova vitae ratio demonstrat, that a new Spirit is come, a new course of life is the best demonstration.

The notes of that life. Ioh. [...].8. 2 Tim. 4.1. 1. Cor. 1 [...].11. 1 Breath.Now, life is best knowen, by vitall actions. Three the Scripture counteth: 1 Spi­ritus ubi vult spirat, by breath: 2 Spiritus manifestè loquitur, by speech: 3 Omnia haec operatur unus idemque Spiritus, by the worke: (these three.)

1 The neerest and most proper note of the Spirit is spiration, or breathing. In brea­thing there is a double act: 1 there is a Systole a drawing in of the ayre (and that is cold) agreeth with CHRIST in water: there comes a coole breath ever from the water. 2 And there is a Diastole a sending forth of the breath; and that (we know) is warme, and agreeth with CHRIST in bloud. For, bloud is it, that sendeth a warme vapor into all the limmes.

Agreeable to these two, have you the two Spirits, which upon the matter, are but the two acts of one and the same Spirit: 1 Inspired, the Spirit of feare Esa. 11.2. The feare of GOD. 2 Out-breathed, the Spirit of faith 2. Cor. 4.12. Faith in CHRIST. Feare comes in water: so saith Salomon; the Feare of GOD is fons vitae, the welspring [Page 743] of life (Pro. 14.27.) that is water. Faith comes in bloud; per fidem in sanguinem Ip­sius (Rom. 3.25. through faith in His bloud. So, is every one that is borne of the Spirit. And to blow out faith still, and never draw in feare, is suspicious, is not safe. The true spiration, the breathing aright, consisting of these two, is a signe of the right Spirit. 2. Speech. Ioh. 3.8.

The next signe in the same verse too: And you heare the noyse of it. For, so the Apostle saith, the Spirit speakes evidently; that is, His noise and speech is evidently to be distinguished, from those of other spirits. His comming in tongues this day, sheweth no lesse. Which signe of speech doth best and most properly sort heer, with a witnesse. For, a witnesse, what he hath to testifie, speakes it out vocally.

What noise then is heard from us? What breath we? What speakes the Spirit manifestly from our mouthes? If cursing, and bitternesse, and many a foule oath, If this noyse be heard from us: If we breath minas & caedes, bluster out threatning and s [...]aying (that noyse:) If [...], rotten, corrupt,Act. 9.1. E [...]hes 4 29. Ma [...] 14. [...]0. obscaene communication come out of our mouthes; we are of Galilee, and our very speech bewrayeth us. This, is not the breath of the Spirit; this, He speakes not: evidently He speakes it not. It is not the tongue of heauen, this: Not sicut dedit Spiritus eloqui, no utterance of the Spirit's giving.Act. 2.4. Some of Christ's water would doe well to wash these out of our mouthes. The speech sounding of the Spirit, is a signe of the true Spirit. 3. Action 1. Cor. 1 [...]. [...].

The l [...]st (but the surest of all) omnia haec operatur Spiritus. And the wo [...]ke is as cleerly to be distinguished, as the speech. Each Spirit hath his proper wo [...]ke▪ and is knowen by it. No man ever saw the workes of the Devill come from the S [...]i [...]it of GOD. Be not deceived, the workes of uncleanesse come from no Spirit, Mat. 12.43. Iam. 4.5. 1. Cor. 2.12. but th [...] un­cleane spirit. The workes of Cain, from the spirit of envie: The workes of Demas, from the spirit of the world. All the grosse errors of our life from the spirit of error. But this, this, is the Spirit of Truth: And the breath, the speech, the operati­ons of him, beare witnesse, that He is so. Now, if He will depose, that the wa­ter and bloud, CHRIST came in, He came in, for us; and we our parts in them: in them, and in them both: and so deposing, if we feele His breath, heare His speech, s [...]e His workes according, we may receive his witnesse then: For, His wit­nesse is true.

Now, that upon this day, the day of the Spirit, the Spirit may come and beare this witnesse, to Christ's water and bloud; there is to be water and bloud, for the Spirit to beare witnesse to. So was there (ever) as this day, in the Church of Ch [...]ist. Water: a solemne Baptisme in memorie of the first three thousand, this day,Act. 2.41. baptized by Saint Peter. And bloud: never a more frequent [...]uc [...]a [...]ist, then at Pent [...]c [...]st, Act. 20.16. in honour of this Spirit, to which Saint Paul made such hast with his almes and offerings. Wi [...]nesse the great workes done by Pent [...]costall oblations: which very oblations remaine in some Churches to this day.

So are we now come to the R [...]versall, to the last non solum; and heer it is.III. The R [...]v [...]sall Not in the Spirit alone, but in water and bloud, reciprocè. As not these, wi [...]hout the Spirit: so neither the Spirit without these, that is, without the Sac [...]am [...]nt, wherein th [...]se be. So have we a perfect circle now. Neither in water, without bloud; nor in bloud with­out water; nor in them alone without the Spirit; nor in the Spirit alone, without them.

This day, Christ comes to us in bloud, in the Sacrament of it (so.) But (as we said before) either is in other: Bloud is not ministred, but there is an ingredient of the purifying vertue of water withall, in it: So, he comes in water, too. Yea, comes in water first; so lye they, in the Text: water to goe before, with us. So did it, at the very institution it selfe, of this Sacrament. The pitcher of water, Mar 14 13. and he that car­ried it, was not in vaine given for a signe: went not before them, that were sent to make ready for it, for nothing.

It had a meaning, that water; and it had an use. Their feet were wash [...]d with it, and their feet being clean, they were clean every whit. Many make ready for it,Ioh. 13.10. that see nei­ther [Page 744] water nor pitcher; It were well, they did: their feete would be washed; so would their hands, Psal. 26.6. in innocencie, that are to goe to His Altar. In innocencie, that is, in a steadfast purpose of keeping our selves cleane: So, to come. For, to come and not with that purpose, better not come at all. To finde a feeling of this purpose before, and to marke well the successe and effect, that doth follow after. For, if it faile us continu­ally, Christ did not come. For, when He comes, though it be in bloud, yet He comes with water at the same time. Ever, in both: never, in one alone.

His bloud is not onely drinke, to nourish; but medicine, to purge. To nourish the new man, which is faint and weake (GOD wote;) but to take downe the old, which is ranke,Heb. 9.14. in most. It is the proper effect of His bloud; it doth cleanse our consciences from dead workes, to serve the living GOD.

Which if we finde it doth, Christ is come to us, as He is to come. And the Spirit is come, and puts His Teste. And if we have His Teste, we may goe our way in peace; we have kept a right Feast to Him, and to the memorie of His comming.

Even so come LORD IESVS, and come O Blessed Spirit, and beare witnesse to our spirit;Zach. 13.1. Mar. 14.24. that CHRIST's water, and His bloud, we have our part in both; both, in the fountaine opened for sinne and for uncleanesse, and in the bloud of the New Testament, the Legacie whereof, is everlasting life in thy kingdome of glorie. Whither, CHRIST that paid the purchase; and the Spirit, that giveth the seisin, vouchsafe to bring us all.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KING'S MAIESTIE AT Greenwich on the XX. of May, A. D. MDCXXI. being WHIT-SVNDAY.

IAM. CHAP. I. VER. XVI. XVII.

Nolite itaque errare fratres mei dilectissimi,

Omne datum optimum, & omne donum perfectum desursum est, descendens a PATRE luminum, apud quem non est transmutatio, nec vicissitudi­nis obumbratio.

Erre not my deere brethren,

Every good thing and every perfect gift is from above, and commeth downe from the FATHER of lights, with whom is no variablenesse, neither shadowing by turning.

AND, if every good giving and every perfect gift, what giving so good, or what gift so perfect, as the gift of gifts, this dayes gift, the gift of the HOLY GHOST? There are in it, all the points in the Text. It is from above; It descended visibly this day: and from the Father of lights; so ma­ny tongues, so many lights; which kindled such a light in the world on this day, as to this day is not put out, nor shall ever be, to the world's end.

First, the HOLY GHOST is oft styled by this very name or title, of the gift of GOD. If you knew the gift of GOD (saith our SAVIOVR) to the woman at the well's side.Ioh· 4.1 [...]. What gift was that? It is plaine there, the water of life. That water was the Spirit: Ioh. 7.39. This He spake of the Spirit (saith Saint Iohn, who knew his mind best) as then, not yet given; but since (as upon this day) sent into the world.

[Page 746]Secondly, This gift is both good and perfect: so good, as it is de bonis optimum, of all goods, the best: and of all perfects, the most absolutely perfect: the gift of perfection, or perfection of all the gifts of GOD.Act. 8.20. 2. Cor. 9.5. What should I say? Not to be valued (saith Saint Peter;) not to be uttered (saith Saint Paul;) as if all the tongues that were on earth before, and all that came downe this day, were little enough, or indeed were not enough, not able any way to utter or expresse it.

Thirdly, Nay it is not one gift among many (how complete soever) but it is many in one, so many tongues, so many gifts; as, so many grapes, in a cluster; so many graines,Psal. 68.18. in a pomgranate. In this one gift, are all the rest. Ascending upon high, do­na dedit, He gave gifts: all these dona were in hoc Dono; all those gifts in this Gift ▪ every one of them folded up as it were inclusivè. The Father, the fountaine; the Sonne, the Cisterne; the HOLY GHOST the conduit-pipe, or pipes rather (for they are many) by and through which, they are derived downe to us.

Fourthly, and lastly, not onely in him and by him, but from him too. For, He is the Gift and the Giver both.1. Cor. 12.4. There is great varietie of gifts (saith Saint Paul) b [...]t it i [...] o [...]e and the same Spirit, that maketh distribution of them to every man severally, even as himselfe pleaseth. Both the thing given, and the Party that giveth it, all d [...]rived to us from him, wrought in us by him, and by us to be referred to him.

At the time of eny of GOD's gifts sent us by Him, to speake of Scriptures of this nature, cannot seeme unseasonable: but, of all other, at the time of this g [...]t, [...] [...]ro­perly. Dona dedit hominibus: what day was that? even this very day. Dies [...] hic; so many tongues , so many gifts. This day (I say) whereto Do [...]um Dei, and Donum Diei fall together so happily. We have brought it to the Day.

The Summe. 1. Ioh 2.7.It will not be amisse, to touch the end a little, which the Apostle aimeth at in these words. It is the old, it is the new Commandement, Mandatum vetus & novum, to make us love GOD. The point, whereto the Law and the Prophets drive; yea, the Gospel, and the Apostles, and all. We cannot love Him well, whom we thi [...]ke not well of. We cannot thinke well of him, whom we thinke, evill comes from. Then, to thinke so well of GOD, as not to thinke any evill: not any evill; no, but in­stead thereof, all good commeth to us, from Him. So thinking, we cann [...]t choose but we must love Him.

And to this end (at the thirteenth verse before) Saint Iames had told us plaine, GOD is not the Author of evill: Not tempted himselfe, not tempting any to it. As at that verse, not the Author of evill: So at this, the Author of all; and every good. Men when their braines are turned with diving into GOD's secrets, may conceipt as they please: but, when all is said that can be, No man can ever entirely love him, whom he thinkes so evill of, as to be the author of evill. We are (with Saint Iam [...]) to teach, and you to beleeve that, will procure you to love GOD the better; not that, will [...] your minds, or make you love Him the worse. That therefore, Saint Iames denies peremtorily: No evill; Nemo dicat, Let no man speake it, let it not once be spok [...]n. But let this be hardly, That all the good we have or hope for, descends downe from Him. And that, Saint Iames (heere) affirmes as earnestly: Erre not my deere bret [...]ren. It is to erre, to thinke otherwise: for that absolutely, Every good giving, and againe over, Every perfect gift, there is not one of them all, but from Him they come. And so, we in all duty to love Him, from whom all, and all manner good proceedeth. This is his end, Love; and that falls fitt and is proper to this Feast, the Feast of Love. For, Love is the proper attribute and proper effect of the Spirit (Per chari­tatem Spiritus;Rom. 15 30. the love of GOD is shedd abroad in our hearts, by the Holy Ghost, this day given unto us.

The DivisionThe verse, to the Chapter, is a cleere and a strict proposition, but hath in it the force or energie, to make a complete argument. For, if all good from GOD, then no evill. Iam. 3.11. Saint Iames layes it for a ground: Salt or bitter water, and sweet, canno [...] i [...]ue both from one fountaine; Nor the workes of darknesse, from the Father of lights, never.

[Page 747]But we take it onely as a proposition, with a little Item, at the end of it. If we aske the questions of Art concerning it, Quae, Quania, Qualis? Quae? It is Categoricall: Q [...]anta? It is universall: Q [...]alis? First it is affirmative: then, true; [Erre not] [...] before it: So true, as to thinke the contrarie, is a flat error.

The Rules of Logique divide a proposition to our hands, into the fore-part (in I Schooles, they call it Subjectum:) and into the after-part, which they call Praedicatum. 1. The subjectum heere is Omne datum, &c The praedicatum, Desurs [...]m est &c The Subject is double: 1 Datum bonum, and 2 Donum p [...]rf [...]ctum, with an universall note to either: Every good and every perfect, to be sure, to take in all, to leave out none. 2. The praedicatum, that stands of three points: 1 Wh [...]ce: 2 How: and 3 from whom: from the Father of lights.

Then comes the Item (I told you of) provisionally, to meet with an objection, a II thought that might rise in our hearts peradventure: That is, it may be, as the lights of the world, or the children, have their variations, their changes, so the Father also may have them. But, that he putts us out of doubt of too, with as peremptorie a ne­gative: Be it with the lights as it will; with the Father of lights, with GOD, there is no variation, no change; No not so much as a s [...]adow of them. In effect, as if he should say: from the Father of lights, which is unchangeable; or from the u [...]cha [...]g [...]able Fath [...]r of lights: and so, it shall be meere affirmative; but that, there is Major vis in nega­tione, Deniall is stronger.

And all these he brings in, with a Nolite errare: and that not without just cause. For, about this verse and the points in it, there are no lesse then s [...]ven sundry errors. I shall note you them as I goe, that you may avoid them. Together with such matter of dutie as shall incidently fall in from each. Specially, touching the gift of the day, the gift of the Holy Ghost.

TO take the Proposition in sunder. The Subject first: and that is double;I. [...] 1 [...]he Su [...]j [...]t th [...]eof [...], 1 D [...]tum, and 2 Donum. 1 Da­tum, and Donum: and either of them his proper Epith [...]t; 1 Good, and 2 per­fect. Iointly, of both together first: after, severally of either apart.

Datum, and Donum, they both come of Do; Given they are both. Where (first) because it is the Feast of Tongues, to sett our tongue right. For, the world, and the 1 Holy Ghost speake not one language: Not with one tongue both.Of D [...]tum and D [...]num jo [...]nt [...]y There should not els have needed any to have beene sent downe. The world talkes of all, as had: the Ho­ly Ghost, as given. Looke to the Habendum (saith the world) the having: that is the Spirit of the World's. Religion; looke to Donum and Datum, the giving: that is his. The Heathen calls his vertue [...] a [...]abet; that, comes of habendo. The Christi­an (by Saint Iames heere) [...], datum and donum; all which come of Dando. Thus doth the Holy Ghost frame our tongues to speake, if we will speake with the to [...]gu [...]s of this Day. They t [...]at doe not, they are of Galilee, and their speech bewrateth them streight.

Will you heare one of them? You know who said, Soule thou hast enough (hast: Luk. 12.19. 1. Cor 4 7.) and you know who spake otherwise, Quid habes quod non accepisti? What but that you have received. Receiving and giving (you know) are r [...]latives; which, the other lit­tle thought of. You may know each, by their dialect.

From the beginning: Esau he said, Habeo bona plurima frater mi, I have goods enough: that is his phr [...]se of speech; that, the language of Edom. Gen. 33 9. What saith Iacob at the same time? Esau asking him, what were all the droves he met, They be (saith he) the good things that GOD hath given me. Have (saith Esau: Gen. 33.6.) Given me (saith Iacob.) Nonne habeo? Have not I power to crucifie thee, Ioh. 19.10. and have not I power to de­liver thee? You may know it, it is Pilate's voice. But our Saviour he tells him: [Page 748] Non haberes potestatem;Ioh. 19.11. Power should he have had none, if it had not beene given him, and given him from above: Saint Iames his very phrase (heere from CHRIST's owne mouth. So must we speake, if we will speake, as CHRIST spake.

The I. Error.This then is the first error. To have our minde runne and our speech runne, all upon having. Men are all for having, thinke and speake of what they have; without men­tion or whence, or how, or from whom they receive it, or that it is given them at all. Nolite errare, Be not deceived; for, all that you have, is datum or donum, all; and they both are of free gift; given, all. Thus the tongue that satt this day on Saint Iames's head taught him to call them. Thus farre jointly; now severally.

Of each seve­rally: 1 Datum.For there is a cleft in these tongues. The cleft is Datum and Donum. Would not wrapp them all up in one word, but expresses them in two. Somewhat there is, in that. We may not admit of any idle Tautologies in Scripture. Two severall sorts then they be (these two) not opposite, but differing onely in degree, as more and lesse. Eve­ry gift is a giving: Not every giving, a gift: Every perfect, good; not every good, perfect. We are not to thinke, either all our sinnes, or all our gifts to be of one size. Saint Matthewe's talent is more then Saint Luke's pound; Caesar's penny, then the Widowe's two mites, yet good money all, in their severall values. Of these two 1 Datum, and 2 Donum; 1 Bonum, and 2 Perfectum; one is greater of lesse then another.

1 Datum.He beginnes with the lesse, Datum. Weigh the word, it is but a Participle: they, have tenses, and tenses, time. So, that, is onely temporall.

2 Donum.But Donum imports no time: so, a more sett terme; hath more substance in it, is fix­ed or permanent. One (as it were) for terme of yeares: The other, of the nature of a perpetuitie. A datum, that which is still in giving; that, perishes with the use, as do things transitorie;Iob 1.21. and be of that sort, that Iob spake, GOD hath given, and GOD hath taken away. Donum is not so, but of that sort, that CHRIST speakes, in Ma­rie's choise, so given, as it should never be taken from her. So, one referrs to the things which are seene,Luk. 10.42. which are temporall: the other, to the things not seen, that are aeternall. One, to the body, and to this world: the other to the soule rather, and the life of the world to come.

1 Bonum.We shall discerne it the more cleerly, if we weigh the two Adjectives, 1 G [...]od, and 2 Perfect: 1. Tim. 1.8. Heb 7.19. they differ. Every good is not perfect. We know, the Law is good (saith the Apostle:) but we know withall, the Law bringeth nothing to perfection; so, not per­fect. Nature (quà natura) is good, yet unperfect: and the Law, in the rigor of it, not possible; through the imperfection of it. Nature is not, the Law is not taken away; good both: but grace is added to both, to perfect both: which needed not, if either were perfect. 1. Ioh. 3.17. Matt. 7.9.10. This world's good; so doth Saint Iohn call our wealth. Nay, bread, fish, and eggs, we give our children, our SAVIOVR himselfe calleth good gifts. But what are these? not worthy to be named, if you speake of Donum Dei aeter­num, and the perfections there.

2 Perfectum. 1. Cor. 13.10.Before I was aware, I have told you, what is perfect. The glorie, the joyes, the crowne of heaven. For, when that perfect is come, all this unperfect shall be done away. But Saint Iames seemes not to speake of that: he speakes in the present, and of the present, what now is, what perfect in this life. And this (lo) brings us to Donum Diei, the gift of the Holy Ghost. For, to be partakers of the Divine nature, is all the perfection, we can heere attaine. No higher, heere. Now, to be made partakers of the Spirit, is to be made par­takers of the Divine nature. 2. Pet. 1.4. That, is this daies worke. Partakers of the Spirit, we are, by receiving grace; which is nothing els but the breath of the Holy Ghost, the Spirit of grace. Grace into the entire substance of the soule, dividing it selfe into two streames: 1 One goes to the understanding, the gift of faith; 2 The other to the will, the gift of charitie, Col. 3.14. the very bond of perfection. The tongues, to teach us knowledge; the fire, to kindle our affections. The state of grace is the perfection of this life, to grow still from grace to grace, to profit in it. As to goe on still forward, is the perfection of a travailer, to draw still neerer and neerer to his journeye's end.Luk. 13.32. To worke to day and to morrow [Page 749] as CHRIST said, and the third day to be perfect, perfectly perfect.

Now, as we are to follow the b [...]st gifts (it is Saint Paul's counsaile) the b [...]st, 1 Cor 12.31. Omne Datum, as well as Omne Da [...]um. the most perfect: so are we to take notice too of the good, though not all out so perfect, as Saint Iames adviseth us: knowing this, that be it giving, or be it gift; be it good, or be it perfect, he putts an Omne to both; comes over twise, 1 Every good; 2 Every perfect: both we receive, both are given us. Sett downe that. There was among the Hea­then, one that went for wise, that said, To become rich, he would pray and sacrifice to Hercules; but to be vertuous or wise, he would do neither, neither to Hercules, nor to any GOD of them all; he would be beholden for that, to no [...]e but himselfe. Looke, in this cleft, he took to himselfe the more, left GOD the lesse. This was a grosse er­rour: so grosse, I will not bid you take heed of it. But there be, [...]. that will not stand with GOD for the greater: but for the lesse, that they may be bold with, and take those to themselves. This is an errour too: Erre not this. No: datum hath his omne, as well as donum; the good, no lesse then the perfect; given both, one as well as the o­ther. Saint Paul putts us to it with Quid habes? that is, nihil habes: Wh [...] have you? 1. Cor 4 7. that is, you have nothing, but you have received it, but it hath beene given you, [...] and [...] are relatives, one inferres the other.

Away then with this second error. He that made the Elep [...]ant, made the A [...]t; He, that the Eagle, the Flie: He that, the most glorious Angel in heaven, the poo­rest Worme, that creeps on the earth. So, He that shall give us the kingdome of [...]aven, He it is, that gives us every p [...]ece of bread and meat, and putts us to acknowle [...]ge it: In one and the sam [...] prayer making us to sue, f [...]r regnum tuum, and for [...]. Be not deceived to thinke otherwise And hear you, you are to begin with datum; Not to despise the day of small things: It is the Prophet's counsaile: [...] 4. [...]0. [...] 22.12▪ to learne to see GOD in them. Caesar's image, not onely in his come of gold, but even upon the poore penny. See GOD in small, or you shall never see Him in great; in good, or never in perfect. This for the subject. There is a cl [...]f [...]: all are not of one sort: some lesse, some greater: Greater or lesse, both are given. Not lesse had, and great given, but given both. And every one of both kinds, of the one kind a [...] well as of the other.

We have talked long of good; Ps [...]l. 4 6. Who will shew us any good, 2. The [...] they [...]. there be many that will say, nay there is not any but will say. That, will Saint Iames heer. And first to shew us, turnes our eye to the right place, whence it co [...]s. That is [...] from above. There are two in this [...]: 1 [...] from, 2 and [...], above. From. that is, from some where els, not from our selves: From without; and not out of us, from within. Aliunde [...]: and that aliund ▪ is from [...] above, not from [...], those lower parts upon the earth.

Erre not then, either of these two wayes. 1. First not to reflect upon our selves;The III and IV. Errors to looke like swanns into our owne bosomes. It growes not there, out of your selves: It is the gift of GOD (saith Saint Paul.) The very giving gives as much. Of our owne we haue it not.Eph 2. [...].

2. If we looke forth, let it not be about us, either on the right hand, or on the left, on any place heer below. Looke up, turne your eye thither. It is an influence; it is no vapour; an inspiration, no exhalation: thence it comes, hence it rises not: our spirit lusts after envie, Luke 24 38. and worse matter (Iames. IV. V.) Why should thoughts arise in your hearts (saith CHRIST?) If they arise, they are not good; if they be good, then they come downe from above. Saint Iohn Baptist is direct:Iohn 3.27. A man can receive nothing, unlesse it be given him, and given him from above. And, of all other, not the gift of this Day: The Dove, the tongues came from on high, both. From our selves, is one errour: from any other beneath heer, is another. Erre not then, the place is desur­sum, without and above us.

Next, the manner, how; that it descends: for, even that word wants not his force.2 How they come: De [...]cenden [...]. Descending is a voluntarie motion: it includes the will, and the purpose of him, that so descends. It is no casualtie; it falls not downe by chance: It comes downe, because it so will; a will it hath: Et ubi vult spirat, it blowes not, but where it will:Iohn 3. [...]. and it distri­butes [Page 750] to every one (the Spirit) but prout vult, as it pleaseth Himselfe, not other­wise.

And this you may observe: the Scripture maketh choise (ever) of words soun­ding this way. He gives it; he casts it not about, at all adventure. He opens his hand, it runns not through his singers. Sinum habet facilem, non perforatum. His bosome is open enough, yet hath no hole in it, to drop through against his will. He sent his Word (it came not by hap,Acts 10.36. Ioh 15 26. Ver. 10.) that is, CHRIST. And I will send you another Comfor­ter, that is, the Holy Ghost. Nor He neither. Of his owne will begatt He us: they be the words that follow.

The V. Error.It is the fift error, to ascribe to fortune either datum or donum. Err not then: as the place is from above, so the manner, descendens, not decidens; they come, they are not lett fall.

3 From whom. A Patre luminū Whence, we see, and how: Now, from whom. The partie in a word is GOD. He had said as much before (Verse V.) If any lack wisdome, let him aske it of GOD; How comes he (heer) to use this somwhat unusuall terme, the Father of lights? It had been (to our thinking) more proper,Why luminum of light. to have said, from GOD the Author of all good things. No; there is reason for it. For say; they are, they came down from above: when we cast up our eyes thither, we can see no further, our sight can reach no higher then the lights; then the lights there above. And so, some you have, that hold, they come from them, de luminibus, from the lights: that such a conjunction or aspect of them, such a constellation, or horoscope, such a position of such and such planets, produce very much good. This is in Astrologie, but not in Theologie. [...] (of which word come the Planets) saith Saint Iames, Wander not after the wandring starrs: de lu­minibus is not it; de Patre luminum, is the right. So, the Father of lights was pur­posely chosen, to draw us from the lights. That, not they, they are not (not, the chil­dren;) The Father, He it is, from whom they come. The lights: No, them He made to do service.Heb. 1.14. The VI. Error. Nay, the Angels above them, he made to be ministering Spirits for our good. Be not deceived, with this neither: To lift up your eyes to the host of hea­ven, and no further, but beyond them, to the Father of them all, and then you are where you should be.

This may be one reason. But further if you ask, Why not rather of all good, as he be­gan; why is he gone from that term, to this of light? The answer is easie. If we speak of gifts, Gen. 1.3. light it is princeps donorum Dei, the first gift GOD bestowed upon the world, and so will fitt well. If of good; the first thing of which it is said, vidit Deus quòd be­na, 4. was light: and so, fitt that way too. If you speake of perfect; so perfect it is, as it is desired for it selfe, we take comfort in seeing it, we delight to see it, though we see nothing by it, nothing but the light it selfe (observed by Salomon, Eccl. XI.V.)

And for good: such is the neernesse of affinitie, such (I may say) the con-naturalitie between light and good, as they would not be one without the other. All that good is,Ioh 3.21. Mat 5.15. loves the light, would come to the light, would be made manifest, desires no bushell to hide it, but a candlestick, to shew it forth to all the world. That they might be sear­ched with lanternes; to have the secretts, the hidden corners of their hearts looked in­to, that the Father of lights would grant them so to be.

For perfect: so perfect a thing is the light, as GOD himselfe is said to be light: I. Ioh. I.V. His Sonne our Saviour, Ioh. 1.9. to be light of lights, the true light that lighteneth every one that commeth into the world. His Spirit, light; so is our Collect: GOD which as upon this day hast taught the hearts of thy faithfull people, by sending to them the light of thy Holy Spirit. The Angels that be good, be Angels of light. Yea whatsoever heer on earth is perfect:2. Sam. 21.17. Mat. 5.24. the King is called, the light of Israël; The Apostles called Luces mundi; and the Saints of GOD, where ever they be in the world, shine as lights in it. That upon the matter, Father of good, and Father of light, is all one.

Why [...] not [...]. Paeter luminis would have served, if we respect but this; but the nature. What say you to the number? It is luminum: why, of lights in the plurall? That is, to give light to that we said before, of the diverse degrees of the givings and of the gifts of GOD. In the firmament, there is one light of the Sun, another of the Moone, and [Page 751] [...] of the Starrs: and, in the starrs, one differeth from another in glorie. 1. Cor. 15 41. Good [...], though not so perfect, one as another. He that made the bright Sunne in [...] glorie, he made the dimmest starre: all alike from Him; He alike the Father [...].

Bes [...]des, he setts them downe in the plurall [lights] for that the opposite (tenebrae) [...] plurall word (and indeed hath no singular) for, they are many, and so need many lights to [...]atch them. There is the sense's outward darknesse, there is the darknesse of the [...] man; both the darknesse of the understanding by ignorance and error, and the darkenesse of the will and heart by hatred and malice, 1. Ioh. 2.9. There is the darknesse of adversitie in this world, the hither darknesse; there is some little light in it: And there is the blacknesse of darknesse, the utter darkenesse of the world to come;Iud. 13. No [...]anner light at all. Nothing to be seene; but, to be heard: nor to be heard,Matt. 8.12. but weeping and wailing and gnashing of teeth.

To match these so many darknesses there behoved to be as many lights; and so, Pate [...] luminum comes in, not luminis. As, to match the many miseries of our nature, there were as many mercies requisite; and so He, Pater misericordiarum, 2. Cor. 1.3. not misericordiae (with the Apostle) of many, not of one alone. We need the number, as well as the thing; to have a multitude, a pluralitie of mercies, to have plenteous redemption, to to have [...] great varietie of grace, and that over-abundant grace, Psal 130.7. 1. Pet. 4 10. 1. Tim 1.14. that we might rest assured, there is enough and enough, in the Father of lights, to master and to overmatch any darknesse of the Prince of darknesse, what or how many soever.

Shall I shew you these lights? Not the visible, of the Sunne, Moone, and Starrs, or fire or candle; I passe them. Besides them there is two in us; 1. The light of Nature, for rebelling against which, all that are without CHRIST suffer condem­ [...]ation.Pro. 20.27. Salomon calls it the candle of the Lord searching even the very bowells (Pro. 20.) which though it be dimme and not perfect, yet, good it is: though lame, yet (as Me­phi [...]sheth) it is Regia proles, of the blood Royall. 2. There is the light of GOD's Law: Lex, lux (saith Salomon) totidem verbis, Pro. 6. and his Father, Pro. 6.23. Psal. 119.105. a lanterne to [...] feet. Nay in the nineteenth Psalme what he saith at the fourth verse, of the Sunne, at the eight, he saith the same, of the Law of GOD; lights, both.2. Pet. 1.19. 3. The light [...] prophesie, as of a candle that shineth in a darke place. 4. There is the wonderfull light of His Gospell (So Saint Peter calls it:) the proper light of this day. 1. Pet. 2 9. The tongues that descended, so many tongues, so many lights; For, the tongue is a light, and brings in light what was before hid in the heart. 5. And, from these other, is the inward light of grace; whereby, GOD which commanded the light to shine out of darkenesse, 2. Cor. 4.6. Be it is that shineth in our hearts; by the inward annointing (which is the oile of this [...]) the light of his Holy Spirit, chasing away the darknesse both of our hearts and [...]. 6. There is the light of comfort of His Holy Spirit, a light sowen for the [...]ghteous heere in this life. And 7. There is the light of glorie, which they shall reape, the light where GOD dwelleth and where we shall dwell with him: Even the inheritance of the Saints in light, when the righteous shall shine as the Sunne, Col. 1.12. Matt. 13.43. Exod. 25. [...]2. in the king­dome of their Father, the Father of lights. Moses's Candlestick with seven stalkes and lights in each of them. Of all which seven lights GOD is the Father, acknow­ledges them all for his children, and to his children will vouchsafe them all in their order.

Now, this onely remaineth, why He is not called the Author, 3 Why Pater: not Author. but the Father of these? In this, is the manner of their descending. And that is, for that, they proceed [...] Him per modum naturae, as the child from the Father; per modum emanationis, as the beams from the Sunne. So, both Father, and light, shew the manner of their com­ [...]ing. Proper and naturall for Him it is, to give good. Good things come from Him as [...], as doe they: therefore said to be, not the Author, the Lord and giver, but [...] the very Father of them. It is against His nature to doe otherwise; to [...] send forth ought, but good: his very loines, his bowells are all goodnesse. [...] darknesse He cannot be, being Father of lights, nor of ought that is evill. For th [...] two (darke and evill) are as neere of kinn, as light and good. This is the mes­sage [Page 752] (saith Saint Iohn) that we heard of him, and that we declare to you, that GOD is light, 1. Ioh. 1.5. and in Him is no darknesse at all. N [...]ither in Him, nor from Him: Nemo dicat, let never any say it; Let it never sinke into you, Tempted He is not with evill, Tempt He doth not to evill. Verse 13. Ascribe it not to Pater luminum, but to Princeps tenebrarum; to the Prince of darknesse, not to the Father of lights. But, ascribe all good, from the smallest sparke to the greatest beame,Ephes. 6.12. from the least good giving to the best and most perfect gift of all, to Him, to the Father of lights. So we see, 1 why light; 2 why lights; 3 why the Father of lights. So much for the Praedicate and whole Proposition.

II. The Item.And all this may be: and yet all this being (it seemes) some replie may be made, and stand with the Apostle's terme of lights well enough, That, what befalls the lights, the children, The VII. error. may also befall the Father of them. The great and most perfect light in this world, is the Sunne in the firmament; and two things evidently befall him, the two in the Text: [...], variation He admitts, declines and goes downe and leaves us in the darke; that is his parallaxe, in his motion from East to West. And, turning he admitts; turnes backe, goes from us, and leaves us to long winter nights; that is his [...], in his motion from North to South. One of these he doth every day: the other, every yeare. Successively removing from one hemisphere to the other; when it is light there, it is darke heere. Successively turning from one Tropique to another; when the dayes be long there, they be short heere. And, if we shall say any thing of the shadow heere, that way we lose him too in part, by interposing of the clouds, when the day is over-cast. So, the night is his parallax; the winter his [...], darke weather his shadow at least. Shadowes doe but take him away in part, that is not good. But darknesse takes him away cleane; that, is perfectly evill.

That it may be even so with the Father of lights, as with this it is. Good and evill come from him alternis vicibus, by turne; and as darknesse and light successively, from them. That it may fare with Him as with the Heathen Iupiter: who had (say they) in his Entrie, two great fatts, both full, one of good, the other of evill; and that he served them out into the world, both of the good and of the evill as he saw cause; but com­monly, for one of good, two of evill at least.

It was more then requisite, he should cleere this objection. So doth he; denieth both (all three if you will.) That though of man, it be truely said by Iob, He n [...]ver con­tinues in one stay: Iob. 14.6. though the lights of heaven have their parallaxes: yea the An­gels of heaven, Iob. 4.18. Exod. 3.14. Mal. 3.6· He found not stedfastnesse in them:: Yet, for GOD, he is subject to none of them. He is Ego sum, qui sum: that is (saith Malachie) Ego Deus, & non mutor. We are not, what we were a while since, nor what we shall be; a while after, scarce what we are: for every moment makes us varie. With GOD, it is nothing so. He is that He is, He is and changeth not. He changes not his tenor, he changes not his tense; keeps not our Grammar rules, hath one by himselfe: Not, before Abraham was, Io. 8.58. I was; but, before Abraham was, I am.

Yet are there varyings and changes, it cannot be denied. We see them daily. True, but the point is per quem, on whom to lay them. Not, on GOD. Seemes there any recesse? Ierem. 2.17. It is we forsake Him, not He us. It is the ship that moves, though they that be in it think, the land goes from them, not they from it. Seemes there any variation, as that of the night? It is umbra terrae makes it; the light makes it not. Is there any thing re­sembling a shadow? A vapour rises from us, makes the cloud; which is as a pent-house betweene, and takes Him from our sight. That vapour is our lust: There, is the apud quem. Is any tempted? it is his owne lust doth it; that, entises him to sinne, that brings us to the shadow of death. It is not GOD. No more then He can be tempted, no more can he tempt any. If we finde any change, the apud is with us, not Him; [...]. 39.6. we change, He is unchanged. Man walks in a vaine shadow: His waies are the truth. He cannot denie himselfe.

[...]

[Page 753]Every evill, the more perfectly evill it is, the more it is from below: Either rises [...] the steame of our nature corrupted; or (yet lower,) ascends as a grosse smoke, [...] the bottom lesse pitt, from the Prince of darkenesse, as full of varying and tur­ [...]g into all shapes and shadowes, as GOD is farre from both, who is uniforme and constant in all his courses.

Shall we now cast up all into one summe, the errors by them, and the verities by them [...]elves, and oppose each to each. The first error: to be all for having; never speak of it. The veritie: that all is giving, or gifts; to be for it. The second er­ror: to think, great matters onely are given; the meaner we have of our selves. The veritie: Perfect, as well as good; and good as perfect; they be given both. The third error: to thinke, they are from us; not elswhere from others. The veritie: they are [...], they grow not in us, we spinn them not out of our selves. The fourth error: they be from below; we gather them heer. The veritie: they be from [...], that is above, not heer beneath. The fifth error; to think, that from thence they fall promiscuè, catch who catch may, hap-hazard. The veritie: they fall not by chance; they descend by providence, and that regularly. The sixt error; they descend then from the starres or planets. The veritie; not from them, or either of them, but from the Father of them. The seventh and last errour: to think, that by turnes, He sends one while good, otherwhile bad, and so varies and changes. The veritie; He doth neither. The lights may varie; He is invariable: they may change; He is vnchangeable: constant alwayes and like Himselfe. Now, our lessons from these.

1. And is it thus? And are they given? Then, quid gloriaris? The Duet [...]. let us have no boas­ting. Are they given, why forgett you the Giver? Let him be had in memorie▪ He is worthy so to be had. 2. Be the giving as well as the gift; and the good, as the per­fect, of gift, both? Then, acknowledge it in both, take the one as a pledge, make the one as a stepp to the other. 3. Are they from somwhere els, not from our selves? Learne then to say, and to say with feeling, Non nobis Domine, quia non à nobis. Psal. 115.1. 4. Are they from on high? Look not down to the ground then, as swine to the a­c [...]rnes, they find lying there, and never once up to the tree they came from. Look up: the very frame of our body gives that way. It is nature's check to us, to have our head beare upward, and our heart grovell below. 5. Do they descend? Ascribe them then to purpose, not to time or chance. No Table, to fortune (saith the Prophet. [...]sa. 65.11. Ier 10 2. 6. Are they from the Father of lights? Then never go to the children: A signis coeli nolite timere: Neither feare, nor hope for anything from any light of them all. 7. Are His gifts without repentance? Varies He not? Whom He loves, Rom. 11.29. Ioh. 13.1. doth He love to the [...]? Let our service be so too, nor wavering. O that we changed from Him, no more then He from us! Not from the light of grace, to the shadow of sinne, as we do f [...]ll often.

But above all, that which is ex totâ substantiâ; that if we find any want of any giving or gift, good or perfect, this Text gives us light, whither to looke. to whom to repair for them: To the Father of lights. And even so let us doe. Ad Patrem luminum, cum primo lumine. Let the light every day, so soone as we see it, put us in mind to gett us to the Father of lights. Ascendat oratio, descendet miseratio, let our prayer go up to Him, that His grace may come [...]me to us: so to lighten us in our wayes and workes, that we may in the end, [...] to dwell with Him, in the light which is [...], light whereof there is [...]o even-tide, the Sunne whereof never setts, nor knowes tropique, the onely thing we [...]sse, and wish for in our lights heer, primum & ante omnia.

But, if we sue for any, chiefly for the best, the most perfect gift of all, which [...] day descended and was given. This day was, and any day may be, but chiefly thi [...] [...]ay wilbe given to any, that will desire, Luke 11.13. as our Saviour promiseth (Luke XI.) and wilb [...] [...] good as His word.

Within us there is no Spirit but our owne, and that lusts after envie, Iam. 4.5. and [Page 754] other things as bad: from beneath it cannot be had: It is donum coeleste; Simon, if he would give never so largely for it, cannot obtaine it. It descended ad oculum this day, it was seene to descend, and so will.

Which descents from on high, from the Father of lights (there) in the tongues of light, light on us, to giue us knowledge, a gift proportioned to light: and to give us comfort, a gift pro­portioned to light: By faith, to lighten, By grace to stablish our hearts.

A SERMON Prepared to be Preached on VVHIT-SVNDAY, A. D. MDCXXII.

I. COR. CHAP. XII.

Divisiones verò gratiarum, &c.

VER. 4. Now, there are Or Divi­sions. Diversities of Gifts, but the same SPIRIT.

5. And there are Diversities of administrations, but the same LORD.

6. And there are Diversities of operations, but GOD is the same, which worketh all in all.

7. But the manifestation of the SPIRIT is given to every man, to profit withall.

A TEXT readd at this Feast, of the Churche's owne choise: who (I will ever presume) best knoweth, what Text will best fitt every Feast; and so this. It beginnes (you see) and it ends in the Spirit, whose proper Feast this is. The Spirit is in the first verse; and againe, the Spirit is in the last: first, and last, heere we finde him.

And if we will looke well into it, we shall (in effect) finde that, which happened this Day, though in other termes. Heere have you in this Text, gifts, as it might be the tongues, which came from heaven, this Day: For, what were those tongues, but gifts? And heere have [...]ou againe divisions, as it might be clefts, in the tongues: For, what is to cleave, but [Page 756] to divide? And, if you lacke fire: heere have you in the last verse, manifestation, which is by light. For, the use of light, is to make manifest. So have you the HOLY GHOST in cloven tongues of fire, in some more generall termes: the gifts, the tong [...]es; the division, the c [...]eft; the manifestation, the fire. Those gifts, first divided, then made manifest, and that by the Spirit, amounting to the substance of the Feast: that there can be no ques [...]ion, but the Text suits to the time, fully.

The Summe.The Vse we have of the whole Text, is; that in all humble thankfullnesse; we are to acknowledge the great Goodnesse of the whole Deitie entire, and of every Person in it; So seriously taking to heart the Churche's (that is, all our) good, as (we see) they doe in a [...]ort meete heere, and assemble themselves, all three, each for his part to contribute, one, gifts; another, callings; a third, workes. And then commit over the manifestation of all to the Spirit, ad vtilitatem, to the profit (that is) to the ge­nerall good of the Church, in whose good, is the good of us all.

Now albeit, to authorise and to countenance the Feast the more, the whole three Persons doe heere present themselves, in a joynt concurrence to this worke of distribu­tion; yet (you see) the HOLY GHOST hath heere a double part, and in that re­spect a prerogative above the other twaine. For, the Spirit is in, at both. In, at the division; and so are the rest. And againe, in, at the manifestation; so are none of the rest. But, He there; and He alone. For, the tongues are His; and they are to manifest: So, to Him alone we owe the manifesting. So, His; and so His the ho­nour of the day, which is Festum linguarum, the Feast of tongues, or (if you will so call it) the Feast of Manifestation. In very deed, the HOLY GHOST's Epiphanie; allowing, as CHRIST, one, so Him another.

The Summe of all, is: That CHRIST's errand being done, and He gone up on high, the Spirit, this Day, visibly came downe, for Him and in his name, and stead, to take the charge, and to establish an order in the Church: which order or establish­ment is heere set downe. And thinke not, it holds in the Church alone, but that in it is represented unto us, a true patterne or mould of every other well composed Govern­ment. For, happie is the governement, where the Holy Ghost bestoweth the gifts, CHRIST appoints the places, and GOD effecteth the worke, workes all in all.

And as, Rectum is index sui & obliqui, A streight rule will discover as well what is crooked, as what is streight, both: So under one, have we heere, as the lively image of a well ordered Societie (for, the preserving of these three aright, makes all well;) So withall, the manifold obliquities and exorbitances in the Church, in the Common-wealth, every where; which arise from the errors about these three, 1 the gifts not regarded, 2 the places not well filled, 3 the workes, not work-man-like performed. The not looking to of which three, hath brought, and is like more and more, to bring all out of course.

The DivisionThe Text (if ever eny) is truly tripartite, as standing evidently of three parts: every one of the three, being a kind of Trinitie. A Trinitie 1 Personall 2 Reall, and Actuall.

I 1. Personall, these three; 1 the same Spirit, the same Lord, 3 the same GOD. 2. Reall, these three: 1 Gifts, 2 administrations, or offices, 3 operations, or workes. II 3. Actuall, these three; 1 Dividing, 2 manifesting, 3 and profiting. Three divisi­ons III from three, for three. The three reall, they be the ground of all, the 1 gifts, 2 offices, and 3 workes. The three personall; 1 The Spirit, 2 Lord, and 3 GOD, are but from whence those come. The three Actuall, are but whether they will: 1 Divided; 2 So divided, as made manifest; So made manifest, as not onely 1 to make a shew, but [...] to some end; That end to be, not [...] the hurt or trouble; but [...], the good; 1 The good, not private, of our selves; but common, of all the whole bodie of the Church.

FIRST, and before all things, we finde heere, and finding we adore the holy, The Trinitie Personall. bles­sed I and glorious Trinitie: the Spirit in plaine termes, the other two in no lesse pl [...]ine, if we looke to but the VI. verse of the V. Chapter before, where the Ap [...]le saith: To us there is but one GOD, the Father, of whom are all things, and we [...] and one LORD IESVS CHRIST, by whom are all things, and we by Him. So, by GOD, is intended the Father, the first Person: by Lord, the Sonne, the second: by the Spirit, the third, the vsuall terme or title of the Holy Ghost, all the Bible th [...]gh. These three, as in Trinitie of Persons heere distinct; So, in Vnitie of Esse [...]ce, one and the same. For, though to each of these three, there is allowed a [the same;] yet come to the Deitie, and they are not three [the sames] but one [the same;] one, and the same God-head, to be blessed for ever.

1 Once before, are these three knowne thus solemnly to have met; at the creating of the world. 2 Once againe, at the Baptisme of CHRIST, the new creating it. 3 And heere now the third time, at the Baptisme of the Church, with the Holy Ghost. Where, as the manner is at all baptismes, each bestoweth a severall gift, or largesse, on the partie baptized (that is) on the Church; for whom, and for whose good, all this dividing and all this manifesting is. Nay, for whom and for whose good, the world it selfe was created, CHRIST himselfe baptized, and the Holy Ghost, this Day visibly sent downe.

The Trinitie personall I deale with first, that we may know, where and from whom, all the rest issue, and proceed. All errors are tolerable, save two; about Alpha, the first letter, and Omega, the last; about primum principium, and vltimus finis; the first beginning, whence all flow, and the last end, whereto all tend. We erre against the [...]irst, when we derive things amisse: we erre against the second, when we referre them amisse. Divide them right, and referre them right, and all is right. And the right deri­ [...]ing is (as heere) to b [...]ing all from the blessed Trinitie.

From this Trinitie Personall, comes there heere another (as I may call it) a Trinitie [...]ll, of 1 gifts, 2 administrations and 3 operations. I will tell you, what is meant by [...]. 1. By gifts, is meant the inward indowing enhabling, qualifying, where­by one, for his skill, is meet and sufficient for ought. A particular whereof to the num­ber of nine, is set downe, at the VIII.IX. and X. Verses after. 2. By admini­ [...]ations, is meant the outward calling, place, function, or office, whereby one is au­ [...]orised lawfully to deale with ought. Of these likewise you have a list to the number of eight, at the XXVIII. verse after. 3. By operations, is meant the effect, or [...]o [...]ke done, wrought, or executed by the former two (the skill of the gift, and the powe [...] of the calling.) But, these are infinite (works:) no setting downe of them; onely so to be ranged, as every calling to know his owne proper worke, and so to deale with it.

So have you three Quotients from three Divisors: 1 gifts, 2 offices, 3 workes, [...] the 1 Father, 2 Sonne, and 3 Holy Ghost, referendo singula singulis. 1 Gifts, they [...] the Spirit: 2 Offices, they from CHRIST the Lord: 3 Workes, they from GOD the Father. The Spirit, He gives wherewith: CHRIST, He appoints [...]: The Father, He workes where-about. The Spirit gives all to all: CHRIST, [...] all for all: GOD the Father workes all in all.

You are not (heere) to thinke these three so limited, as that all and every of them, [...] of the three, come not from all and every Person of the Trinitie. They come, all, [...]. Our rule is, the workes of the Trinitie (all, save those that reflect upon and [...] themselves inwardly) all outward, to any without them, are never divided. [...] doth, all doe.

[Page 758]To make it plaine in these. Gifts heere are ascribed to the Spirit: But Saint Iames saith,Iam. 1.17. Ephes 4.8. Every one of them come from above, from the Father: and Saint Paul, he [...]; CHRIST, when He [...] up on high, He gave gifts unto men. So, the gifts come from the other two Persons, no lesse then from the Spirit. Offices are heere as­signed unto the Lord (that is) CHRIST: yet, by and by (at the XXVIII. verse) it is said of GOD the Father, that He ordained Apostles, and so goes on there, with other Offices of the Church. And in Act. XX.XXVIII. of the Holy Ghost it is said, Posuit v [...]s Episcopos, that He placed them Bishops: and they are chiefe Offices. So that, Offices are from the other two, as well as from CHRIST. Workes, they are heere appropriate to GOD (that is) the Father: Ioh. 5.17. yet in Iohn V. with one breath, CHRIST saith, My Father worketh hitherto, and so doe I worke as well as He: and in this Chapter, straight after (at the eleventh verse following) thus we read, All these things worketh one and the same Spirit. So, workes, as they are from the Father, so are they from the other two. And so, all and every of the three Persons, aequally interessed, in all and every of the three.

How is it then? How come they thus to be sorted? Sure, rather in a kind of apt congruitie then otherwise; onely in a fitt and convenient reference to the peculiar, and (if I may so call it) the personall Attributes, which most properly suits with each Person whence they flow: As thus. The Spirit is the essentiall Love of the Father, and the Sonne. Love then, is his personall propertie: and love is bounteous; and from bounty come gifts. So, the gifts, they, from the Spirit. CHRIST, He is the essen­tiall Wisedome of the Father: and Sapientis est ordinare; that, is Wisedome's office (saith the Philosopher:) So, the ordering of Places, or Offices falls to Him. GOD, we call Him the Father Almightie; which sheweth, Might or power is His proper Attribute; and power it is, that worketh: So, the worke is His peculiar. And thus come they, thus sorted. And so, well we may repaire to each severally for his severall: Yet, with no exclusive to the rest; but to all, for all jointly, for all that. This needs not trouble any.

No more needs their order in standing: The Holy Ghost, first; and the Father last; otherwise then in Baptisme, or in the Doxologie. The workes appropriate to the Father, though they be in execution last; yet are they in intention first. It is (as in a solemne traine) novissimi primi, the last goe first, and primi novissimi, the first come last: and yet, are first in order, though last in place. It is sure, the worke is the end of both the rest, and of all. Vnumquodque propter operationem suam: Eve­ry thing, be it what it will, gift or place, is and hath his being for the worke it hath to do. So, the worke is the chiefe of the three, and He the chiefe, whose the worke is let His standing be where it will.

II The Trinitie Reall.To the doing whereof, there be required three things. And where there be more then one required, our books teach us, ever to consider them, first conjunction, joyntly, altogether; then, seriatim each in order, as they stand; and lastly, seorsim, every one asunder by it selfe.

1. Of them joint­ly. Ioyntly then. To the doing of ought there is requisite, habilitie of the partie, authoritie for the partie, 3 and diligence in the partie. 1 Meet, and sufficient men; they, orderly calld and placed; 1 diligent and paynfull at their businesse. To supply these, heer are, A gift wherewith, 2 a place wherein. 3 a work whereabout to imploy both: and none to take on him the worke, except first in a calling; nor to take on him a calling, except he first have a gift meet for it. The Spirit is free of His gifts; by which, habilitie: CHRIST, He invites us to some calling; wherein, authoritie: GOD, He calls upon us to be at worke; wherein, diligence is to be shewed.

Our duty it shall be to come, to be at these three doles, or divisions; to have our [...] in them. Out of the first: Every one to get himselfe furnished with some gift. Out of the second: to see himselfe bestowed in some calling. Out of the [Page 759] [...]: having both these, to apply himselfe to some worke; and namely, that worke, [...] to his calling. In a word; every one to find himselfe with a gift, in [...] [...]bout a worke. Not having the gift, not to affect or enter the calling; nor [...] calling, not to venture upon the worke.

[...] [...]ll meanes we are to avoide to frustrate this meeting of the Trinitie. To do [...] honour, to think all the three absolutely needfull, and not any of the three [...] needs. The wisdome of GOD, as it is never wanting in any thing that [...] so neither is it lavish in any thing more then needs. And indeed, to hold any [...] superfluous, is (in effect) to call in question, whether some person in the [...] be not superfluous; namely, that person, whose division we seeme to sett so [...]. All three then are to be had: We cannot misse any of them. If we misse [...] all wilbe done unskillfully: if the calling, all disorderly: if the worke, all [...], and to no purpose. Then, not to leave out, or to leap over the gift; that [...] [...]tempt of the Spirit: Nor the calling; that, is a trespasse against CHRIST: [...] the worke; that is an affront to GOD Himselfe. So much for conjunctìm: now [...].

A [...] to be had, and in this order to be had, as heer they stand marshalled.2. Of them seria­tim in their order. The gift [...]; then the calling to authorise; then, the worke to make up all. But the gift, be­fore the calling; and the calling, after the gift: the gift and calling both, before we be allowed to take any worke in hand. The number not abated, the order not inverted. Neither the calling, before the gift; nor the worke, before the calling and gift both be had. But every and each, in his order, and turne. This order kept, the Church will flourish, the Common-Wealth prosper, and all the world be the better. We have done with conjunctìm, and seriatìm;; and now we fall to seorsim, to the severall [...]visions. And first, to the Spirit's, (that is) the gifts, and the nature of [...].

The word is [...]. It is a word of the Christian style;3. Of each severally. 1. [...] The Gifts. you shall not read it in a­ [...]y Heathen Author. We turne it, Gifts. Gifts is somwhat too short: [...] is [...]ore then a gift. But first, a gift it is. It is not enough with us Christians, that a [...]ing be had: with the Heathen man, it is; he cares for no more: he calls it [...]. S [...]re he is, he hath it; and that is all he lookes after: The Christian adds further; [...] he hath it: hath it not of himselfe, spinns not his threed, as the Spider doth, out [...] himselfe; but hath it of another, and hath it of gift. It is given him: Vnicuique [...] (it is the XI. verse.) To every one is given. So, in stead of Aristotle's [...], [...] habite, he putts Saint Iame's word, [...] or [...]: it is a gift, Iam. 1.17. with [...].

And how a gift? Not do, ut des; gave him as good a thing for it,Free gifts. and so was [...] worthie of it. No; but of free gift. And so to Saint Iames his word [...], which [...] more but a gift, he adds Saint Paul's heer, [...], wherein there is [...] (that is) grace, and so a grace-gift, or gift of grace. This word, the pride of our nature digests [...]: [...] and [...] touch neer: Nature is easily puft or blowne up: but, [...] [...] prick in it for the bladder of our pride: as if, either of our selves we had it, and [...] it not; or received it, but it was because we earn'd it. No:Mat. 10.8: it is gratis [...] on our part; and gratis data, on His: freely given of Him, freely received by us; [...] [...] right.

[...] given by Him; Who is that? The Spirit. The naturall man feeles,Give by the Spirit. he [...] soule; and that is all the Spirit, he takes notice of, and is therefore called [...] (that is) nothing but soule: that, is all his Spirit. Iude 19. The Christian takes [...] of another Spirit, that is not his owne; (that is) GOD's Spirit, the Holy [...] and that he i [...] beholden to Him, who is one and the same Spirit. Els, so many [...] many spirits. But, this is but one and the same Spirit. Ver. 11.

[...] one, and the same Sp [...]rit makes also against Paganisme. For, they had nine [...], and three Grac [...]s, and (I wot not how many) Gods and Goddesses besides. We [Page 760] goe b [...]t to one. All ours come from one from the same Spirit. All our multitude is from Vnitie. All our diversitie is from identitie. All our divisions from integritie; from one and the same entire Spirit. A free gift, from the free Spirit; a gift of grace from the Spirit of grace. So, from GOD, not from our selves: for CHRIST, not for our selves: by the Spirit, not by [...]ither our nature, or industrie, not alone: For, without the Spirit all our natu [...], [...]nd industrie will vanish, and nought come of them.

Thus it stands. The Heathen man thankes his owne wit and study, for his learning; and we see [...] do them not: But, this we say: When all is done with all our parts na­turall, and all our [...] habituall, if the Holy Ghost come not with His graces spirituall, no good will come of them. Therefore, we to seeke after spirituall gifts, and [...] (it is the Apostle's word) zealously to seeke them.1 Cor. 14.1. For, though the Spirit give; yet we must sue and pray for them. Zacharie makes but one Spirit of these two,Zach. 12.10. 1 Grace and 2 Prayer. Prayer, as the breathing out: Grace, as the drawing in: Both make but one breathing. To pray, then: and (more then to pray) to stirre them up; the word is [...], to blow them, and make them burne, as is used to be done to fire; and as is to be done to the fierie tongues of this day: Els you will have but a blaze of them; and all els, but cinders, cold and comfortlesse geere (God knowes.) But so, all are to be suiters, and to labour, to have a part in this dealing.

By way of Di­vision.From the Spirit then they come: but, by way of division. Not so, as some, all; some, never a whit: but by way of division. The nature whereof is, neither all gifts, to one;Verse 7. nor one gift, to all: But (as it followes) [...], vnicuique, to each some: nei­ther donum hominibus, one gift to all men: nor dona homini, all gifts to one man: but dona hominibus, gifts to men: Every one his part of the divident; For, such is the law of dividing.

Which division is of two sorts: 1 either of the thing it selfe in kind, 2 or of the mea­sure: 1. The kind;In kind. which the Apostle speaks of in the seventh Chapter, and seventh verse; To every one is given his speciall, and proper gift; to one in this kind, to another in that, GOD so tempering, As the naturall body, that in it, the eye should not have the gift to go [...], but to see; and the foot not to see, but to goe: And as the great body of the world; In it, Hir [...]m's country should yield excellent timber and stone, and Salomon's Country,1. King. [...].2.11. good wheat and oyle, which is the ground of all commerce: So, the spirituall body; that in it, Paul should be deepe learned, Apollo should be of better speech: one need another; one supplie the need of another; ones abundance, the other's want.

In measure.But division is not of the kind onely, but of the measure also. Diverse measures there be in one and the same kind. Every one (saith the Apostle Ephes. 4.7.) according (not to the gift, but) to the measure of the gift of CHRIST. For, to some gave He talents (saith Saint Matthew;Matt. 2 [...].15.1 [...]. Luk. 19.13.) To some, but pounds (saith Saint Luke:) Great odds. And of either, to one gave He five, to another three, to a third but one: in a different de­gree sensibly. To each, his portion in a proportion: His Ghomer the law calls it; the Gospell, his demensum. And remember this well. For, not only the kind will come to be considered, but the measure too, when we come to see, who be in, and who be out at the Spirit's division. And so much for the Spirit.

If we have done with the gifts we come to the places: For where the Spirit ends, CHRIST beginnes. The Places or calling. So as, if no gift, stay heere and goe no further; never meddle with the calling, or worke. But what if we have a gift; may we not fall to work straight? Not but [...] calling is first to be had, yer we put forth our hand to it. Which memo sibi sumit, nisi qui vocatus, No man, to take on him, unlesse he be called: Though a gift then, though a good gift, Heb. 5.4. not (eo ipso) to thinke himselfe sufficiently warranted to fall a wor­king. There goes more to it, then so. We must passe CHRIST's hands too, and not leape over his head. For, after the Holy Ghost hath done with us, CHRIST will [...]ppoint every one of us his calling.

Which are di­ [...]i [...]ed for [...].Of which division the ground is, That every man is not, hand over head, confusedly to meddl [...] with every matter, but all is to be done [...] orderly. Each to know [...].1. Cor. 14.40. The very word [division] implieth order. Where we read divisions, [Page 761] [...] diversities. But it is not so well (that.) Things, that are diverse, may [...] confusedly on heapes: But each must be sorted to his severall ranke and [...]; els are they not divided. So as, division is the better reading: and division is [...].

And order is a thing so highly pleasing [...]to GOD [...] as the three Persons in Trinitie (we s [...]e) have put themselves in order, to shew how well they love it. And order is a thing [...] neerly concerning us, as breake order once, and breake both your staves (saith GO [...] [...] Zacharie) both that of Beauty, and that of Bonds. The staffe of Beauty: For,Zach. 10.7. [...] [...], no manner of decencie or comelinesse without it; but all out of fashion. Th [...] [...]affe of Bonds: For, no [...], no kind of steadinesse or constancie; but all loose [...] it. All falls back to the first Tohu, and Bohu. For, all is Tohu (empty, Gen. 1.2. [...] and [...]) of the Spirit fill not with his gifts: And all is Bohu (a disordered rude Chaos of con [...]sion) if CHRIST order it not by His Places and Callings. Every body falls to [...] with every thing, and so nothing done: nothing well done, I am sure. Eve­ [...]y man therefore, what ever His gift be, to stay till he have his place and standing by CHRIST assigned him. It is judged needfull (this) even in secular matters. Write one never so faire a hand, if he have not the calling of a publique Notarie, his writing is not authenticall. Be one never so deepe a Lawyer, if he have not the place of a Iudge, he can give no definitive sentence. No remedy then: there must be division of pla­ces, of administration, no lesse then of gifts.

Will you know what those places be?What the [...]. Eight of them are reckoned up at the 28. Verse. Not to trouble you with those, that were erected, as needfull at first, but were not to endure but for a time: Those that were to endure, are reduced to three, and stand togither, 1 Teachers, 2 Helpers, 3 Governours. A threefold division, taught even the heathen by the light of nature, in their Religion. They had them all three in theirs: [...], their Teachers; 2 [...], their Helpers; 3 [...], their Gover­no [...]rs. The very same prescribed by GOD to His people: 1 their T [...]achers, the Priests: 2 their Helpers, the Levites: 3 their Governours, the Sonnes of Aaron, called Nessjm, as true and proper Hebrew for Praelates, as Praelati is Latine. [...] The same is know­ [...]n in the Church of Christ through all antiquitie: 1 Presbyteri, to teach: 2 Diaconi, to help: 3 Episcopi, to governe: And never any other.

All these three heere goe under the name of [...], the proper terme of the lowest, o [...] the three. We turne it Administration: It is (indeed) ministerie or service; and that on foote, and through the dust: For, so is the nature of the word. An ill word for pride; who had rather heare of words sounding of dominion, then of service; spe­cially this service: For, it is but the order of Deaconship; and pride would be at least more then a D [...]acon. Yet, so we are all styled heer, and no other name for any. The very highest are but so. The King himselfe, twise made a Deacon (Rom. 13.Rom. 13. [...]. Act. 13.36.) God's Deacon: no other title. The best King that was (David) is said but to have served his time Act. 13. Served, that was all.D [...]ut. 4.19 Heb. 1.14. The glorious lights of heaven are said (Deu. 4.) to be created in ministerium, but for our service. The Angels of heaven are but ministring spirits, Heb. 1.Rom. 15.8. Nay CHRIST Himselfe is styled no otherwise (Ro. 15.) but that He was a Minister of the Circumcision. He that is LORD of all, and gives all the offices, calls His owne but so.

These places we sayd before, are divided for order. Now I add further;D [...]vided they be; not scatte­red. they are [...]ivided, not scattered, or let fall: For, that is casuall. Dividing is not so: but (as it is in the XI. ver.) prout vult; a voluntarie act. He that distributes, knowes what, and to whom He doth it. Places therefore are to be divided by knowledge: not scattered or scambled for, by hap and hazard. The Winde is to blow no man to preferment (Psal. LXXV.) It is the LORD, that is to dispose of them.Psal. 75.6.

And how to dispose or divide them? According to the former divisions of the [...]. That these should first take place: the second depend upon those first: none [...] to the second, till he have past the first. For, Christ's Places, are for the Holy Ghost's [...] Without inspiring with the grace, no aspiring to the place there should be. The Holy Ghost is by His gifts, to point out those, that should be taken into these ad­ministrations. [Page 762] And where Christ placeth, so it is. For He placeth none, but whom the Holy Ghost commends.Ioh. 10.7. Christ is the door: of which door the Holy Ghost is the Por­ter. No man passeth through the door, but whom the Porter openeth to. No man to CHRIST, but by and through the Holy Ghost: nor to the calling, but by and through the gift. They that come not that way (by the door) get in by some other back way; per Pseudothyrum, by some false posterne: That marrs all. This, is the true or­der;Mat. 25.15. Vocavit servos, et talenta dedit: so is the Ghospell: whom He calls, He gives talents to. If He have none given Him, he came un-calld; at least by CHRIST; He cald him not: he came un-sent; at least by GOD; He sent him not. Though he answer, Heer I am, CHRIST spoke not to him. Though he came running never so fast, GOD sent him not. Esay asketh two quaestions, Quis tu hic? or Quasi quis tu hic? Esa. 22.16. Quis, if by CHRIST; Quasi quis, if otherwise. And many a Quasi quis (GOD wott) have we among us.

Each one to have a calling.What is then to be done, that CHRIST be not neglected, and His call? That every one betake himselfe to some calling, or other. In the Ministerie, all: All Ministers; Ministers, either of the Church, or of the State and Common-Wealth: But, all Ministers. Those that are not, that dispose not themselves so to be, to be hol­den for superfluous creatures,Luke 13.8. for inutilia terrae pondera, that cumber but the ground, and keep it barren: with whom the earth is burthened, and even groanes under them.Psal. 58.4. Deafe Adders they are, at CHRIST's call they stop their eares, who calls every one to a Calling, to do some service some way.

According to his gift.To be in some calling: but withall, to have a gift meet for that calling. But, if not at the first dole (the Spirit's) not at the second (CHRIST's:) no gift there, no place heer. Can any man devise to speake with more reason, then doth the Apostle (in the XIV. Chapter following?1. Cor. 14.38.) If any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant; (that is) hold himselfe for such, and not take on him the place, or worke of the skilfull. It is against GOD's will, if he do. Have you refused to gayne knowledge? then have I refused you for being any Priest of mine. Hosea 4.6. It is GOD himselfe in Hosea IV. Have you not used the meanes? Have you mis-spent the time, when you should have laboured for the gift? CHRIST hath no place for you. Whom the Spirit furnisheth with gifts, for them it is, CHRIST provideth places: for them, and none els.

1. And yet, not every place for every gift, neither: But to have a calling proper to his gift. In Kind. Proper to it, for the kind; not to be mis-sorted into a place no waies meet: his gift lying one way, his place another. But putt the right gift in the right place.

In Measure.2. Proper for the kind, and proper for the measure also. For, as there be measures in gifts, so there be degrees in places, to answer them. And one is not to thrust him­selfe into a place disproportioned to the portion of his gifts (The Apostle calls it [...],1. Cor. 10.14. is to extend, to stretch himselfe to the full of his measure: [...], is to stretch himselfe beyond it; to tender himselfe farre beyond his scantling:) But if a meane gift, a meane calling to content him. Durus sermo; for, there is none so meane in gift, that he undervalues his gift, for any place, yea even of the best worth. You may see these two:2. Chro. 26.16. (1 the kind, and 2 the degree:) The kind, in Vzziah: He had no calling to his worke of incense, of burning incense; not at all. What became of him? You may reade in his forehead.2. Sam. 6.7. The degree, in Vzzah: He had a calling; was of the Tribe: went onely beyond his degree; pressed to touch the Arke, which was more then a Levite might do, and was strucken dead for it by GOD. GOD no lesse an­gry with him, that went beyond the degree of his calling, then with Vzziah, that had no kind of calling at all. None that is in therefore, to over-reach or presume above his degree, but to keep him within compasse.

Now the gifts be dealt, and the places filld: the Spirit's gifts put into CHRIST's (that is) into right places. Now fall we to the third, to GOD's division, to sett them to [...]rke. Every thing (we said) hath his being, for the worke it is to do. Gifts, cal­li [...] and all, for the worke. For, if the work follow not, the gift is idle; you may cast it away; the calling is idle, you may cast it off. A vacation it might be; a vocation [Page 763] [...]. The gift is for the calling: the gift and calling (both) are for the [...].

And will you observe the proceeding heer of the Spirit first? The Spirit is neerest [...] led to breath: Spiro, whence it comes, is to breath. Breath (you know) is in the [...]: they be two; through, and from them both, the Spirit proceeds. To answer these, GOD the Father, CHRIST the Lord, are two; from them both, by way of [...] comes the Spirit, the sacred Breath of them both.

No [...] then secondly, as the Father doth begett the Sonne, and from them both pro­ceeds [...] Holy Spirit; So, the gift to begett the calling (of right so it should) and [...] to produce the Worke. And as no man comes to CHRIST, but by the Holy Ghost: So, no man to the calling, but by the gift. And as no man comes to the Father, but by Christ: so no man to the work, but by the calling.

[...]ow to the worke. The very word worke ( [...]) at once condemnes three,3 The Worke. [...] 1. Not [...] [...] first. Such as are idle bodies; doe no worke at all: spend their daies in vanitie; consume whole yeares, in doing just nothing. This (of workes) is GOD's division: who is not (himselfe;) would not have us, idle.Ioh 5.17. Vsque opera­tur, still He workes; still He would have us so to doe. Not as Ionas: gett us a gourd, and sitt under it, and see what will become of Ninive;Ion 4.6. but stirre not a foot to helpe it. Not to lye soaking in the broth (as Ezekiel said of the great men in his daies:Ezek. 11.3.) The Citie is the caldron, the wealth, is the broth, and in the broth they lye soaking, and all is well. Saint Paul calls them the Lolligoe's of the land. His word is [...]; The six daies, and the seventh, to them both alike; Holie-day Christians. 2 Cor. 11.9 [...] The Poet said [...]: ev [...]ry day is Holyday with idle people. Out of this division, out of operations, they.

The next sort, they will not be idle; but it were as good they were.Not [...]. They will be doing, but it is [...] all they doe: Nothing to any purpose; from and beside it quit [...]. Opus quo nihil opus, some needlesse-worke; quae nihil attinet, as good let alone: leaving undone, that they should and are to doe, and catching at somewhat els, and mightily busying themselves about that; and all to no end. Anni eorum medi­tati sunt sicut aranea, saith the Psalme: Very busy they be;Psal 90.10. but it is about weaving [...]webs: no body shall weare them, or be the warmer for them: to no profit in the [...]orld.

And as these deale with quae nihil attinet; So the last ( [...]) with those,Not [...]. quae nihil ad eos attinet, that concerne not them at all. That will be doing; but it is with that, they have nothing to doe. There are divisions of workes, and they worke o [...]t of their division: love to be busy; to be dealing with any bodies worke, save their o [...]ne. Which is lightly the busie-bodies occupation, condemned by the Apostle, not [...] men only (2. Thess. 3.) but even in the other sex, too (1. Tim. 5.2. Thess. 3.11. 1. Tim. 5.13.) For they also will be medling: [...] is of both genders.

I [...]old you before, the callings were founded upon order, and to keepe them so, have thei [...] [...] limitts, or bounds. And they do all [...], walke out of order, disor­derly break the pales, and over they go; that leaving their owne, become (as S. Peters word is) [...], Bishops of other mens Dioceses: Do no good in their own, spend their time in finding fault with others. A thing not to be endured in any body.1. Pet. 4.15. Take the naturall body for example, wherein the Spirit, bloud, choler, and other hu­ [...]ore are to keepe and containe themselves, to hold every one in his owne proper [...]sell: as, bloud in the veynes; choler in the gall: And if once they be out of t [...]e [...], The bloud out of the veyne makes an Aposteme; the choler out of the gall [...] a Iaundise all over the body. Beleeve it, this is an evill sicknesse under the [...], that the division of workes is not kept more strictly. They are divided [...] to the callings: Every worke is not for every calling. For then, what needs any [...]? But as the calling is, so are the works to be: every one to intend his owne, [...] (it is presumed) his skill lyes; and not to busie himselfe with others: For, that [...]. And these are the three errors about operations.

[Page 764]It will not be amisse, if we looke yet a little further into this word. For, it is [...], which is more then [...]. For [...], is not every worke: it is an in-wrought worke. A worke wrought by us so, as in [...]s also. And both, it may be. For [...] and [...] take not away, one the other. So then by our selves, as by some other beside our selves; and that is GOD, who is said heere to worke all in all.

All in all. If we take it at the vttermost extent, it will reach, then we must be well aware to sever the defect, or deformitie of the worke from the worke it selfe; as, well we may▪ [...] Moving, is the worke; halting, is the deformitie. Moving, that comes from the so [...]e, is wrought by it: halting (the deformitie) not from the soule, whence the moving comes; but that is caused by the crookednesse of the leg. So is the evill of the worke: The defect, from us; the worke, from GOD, and that His.

But, of all our good, all our well wrought workes, of them, we say not onely, Sine Me nihil potestis facere, Io. 15.5. We can doe none of them without Him: But further, we say with the Prophet, Domine, omnia opera nostra operatus es in nobis: In them, He doth not only co-operate with us from without;Esay 26.12. but, even from within (as I may say) in-ope­rate them in us;Heb. 13.21. [...], working in you. Then, if there goe another Workeman to them besides our selves, we are not to take them wholy to our selves. But, if that other Workeman be GOD; we will allow Him for the principall Workman, at the least. That, upon the whole matter, if our habilitie be but of gift; if our calling, be but a service; if our very worke, but [...], a thing wrought in us; cecidit Babylon, pride falls to the ground: these three have layd it flat.

But besides this, there are three points more in [...]. I will touch them first. 1. In us they are said to be wrought; to shew, our workes should not be skrewed from us; wound out of us with some wrinch from without, without which nothing would come from us by our will, if we could otherwise choose: [...], these properly. But [...], from within: hath the principium motus, there, and thence: And so, are naturall and kindly workes.

2. Next, from within: To shew, they are not taken-on-works, done in hypocrisie: So the outside faire, what is within, it skills not. But, that there be truth in the inward parts;Psal 51.6. that there it be wrought, and that thence it come.

3. And last, if it be an [...] it hath an energie (that is) a worke-manship; such as that the gift appeares in it. For energie implies, it is not done vtcunque, but work­manlike done. Els there is an aërgie, but no energie in it. And even the very word [of division] comes to as much. Dividing, implies skill to hitt the joynt right: For, that, is to divide. To cut at adventure, quite beside the joynt, it skills not where, through skin and bones and all; that, is to choppe, and mangle, and not to divide. Divis [...]on hath art, ever. And this for GOD's division, the division of workes. And so now you have all three.

We have sett downe the order. Will you now reflect upon it a little, and see the variation of the compasse, and see how these divisions are all put out of order; and who be in, and who be out at every one of them? First, whereas the gift and the calling are (and so are to be) Relatives, neither without the other; There are men of no gifts (to speake of) that may seeme to have come too late, or to have beene away quite, at the first of the Spirit's dealing: No share they have of it; yet what do they? Fairely stride over the gifts; never care for them; and step into the calling over the gifts, and so over the Holy Ghost's head. Where they should beginne with the gift, the first thing they beginne with, is to get them a good place. Let the gift come after, if it will: or if it doe not, it skills not greatly. They are well: they lye soaking in the broth, in the meane time. This neglect of the gift, in effect is a plaine contempt of the Spirit, as if there were no great need of the Holy Ghost.

Thus it should be: As one speeds at the first division, so he should at the second. If no grace from the Spirit; no place with CHRIST: If some one, but a meane one, let his place be according. He with the two mites, not in the place of him with the [Page 765] [...]: (or as one well exprest it) not little-learned Aurelius, Bishop of great [...], and great-learned Saint Augustine Bishop of little Hippo. This is a tres­ [...] sure, against the first division: which respecteth not onely the gifts in specie, [...] in measure too. Proportion the places, to the proportion of the gifts: which propor­ [...]: (we know) is both waies broken, whether a low gift have a high place, or a rich [...] be let lie in a poore place; contrarie to the minde of CHRIST, who would h [...]ve the degree of the place, as neere as could be, to the measure of the gift.

[...] should be but one GOD. In the Text, there is no more. But heere is ano­ther▪ The Apostle calls him, the GOD of this world: who hath his [...], who [...] too: and his workes tend to deface, and damnifie the Church ▪ all he may.2. Cor. 4.4.

[...]or, there is but one Lord heere, to divide places. But by a jure patronatus, other Lords there are, that make divisions, and subdivisions of them: Of whom the poore [...] divided places may say (with Esay) O Lord, Esay, 26.10. other, Lords besides thee have had the [...] of us!

So, there is but one Spirit. But, another Spirit there is abroad in the world. He that carried CHRIST up to the top of the mountaine, and talkt of Tibi dabo, as if he had gifts too.Matt. 4.9.

I shall be sory to make any other division of gifts, then those of the Holy Ghost. B [...]t, made it must be, which the world hath made, and makes daily; and makes more accompt of them, then of these heere in the Text. And indeed, such accompt, as the Holy Ghost may sitt still, and keepe his gifts undivided well enough. The other Spirit divides other manner gifts, then the Holy Ghost hath any. The gifts of the Holy Ghost are dona pectoris, come out of the breast: You would thinke, the others come out of the breast too; but they come but out of the bosome. And in speculation we say, the Holy Ghost's gifts are farre above these; but, in practise, they are daily found to be farre above them in power. For, the Wise-man saith, Dilatant viam hominis, Prover. 18.16. these gifts have a power to make a way through never so thicke a prease; power, to make any doore fly open afore them. They speake of graces: They make any, that come with them, more gracious, then these of Saint Paul. Nay, they will disgrace them, and marre their [...]shion quite.

But then those gifts hold not of this Feast; not of Pentecost; but hold of the Feast of Simon and Iude, they. The Church hath joyned those two Saints, in one Feast: And the Divell (in many things els, GOD's ape) hath made a like joyning of his too, in imitation of the true. His Simon, is Simon Magus, not Simon Zelotes; and I [...]de, Iudas Iscariot, not Iudas the brother of Iames; no kin to him. Simon, he came of roundly, [...], offered frankly, would come to the price. And Iudas, Act. 8.18. he would know what they would give, how thankfull they would be; and it was done, a [...]d there goeth a bargaine. These two are like enough to agree.Matt. 26.15. And thus is the Ho­ly Ghost defeated: bought out, He and his gifts by Simon still. And thus is CHRIST betrayed in his places; and that, by Iudas still. This wicked fraternitie of Simon and Iude, are the bane of the Church, unto this day. Iudas, that sold CHRIST, like enough to make sale of CHRIST's places. Simon, that would buy the Holy Ghost (had he beene to be sold) as like to buy out the Holy Ghost's gifts, as the Holy Ghost himselfe. And this fault in the first concoction, is never after amended in the second. For with such as these GOD will never co-operate: never comes there any fruit of s [...]ch. Enough, if any thing were enough. But thus CHRIST's places goe against CH [...]IST's will.

Thus have yee a calling without a gift. What say you now to a gift without a calling? 2 T [...]se, are not for the Holy Ghost: These, care as little for CHRIST. Some such [...]c [...]re; no man must say, but gifts they have, such as they be: But they care not [...] for troubling themselves with any calling. They are euen as well without. Hop [...] downe as grashoppers, hither and thither, but place they will have none; yet their [...], and they cannot hold them; doing they must be: and if they have got but [...] end of a gift, have at the worke; be doing they will, of their owne heads [...] by any so, that have right to call:) And for default of others, even make no [Page 766] more adoe, but call themselves: lay their owne hands upon their owne heads; utterly against CHRIST's mind, and rule. And so over CHRIST's head they come, from the gift to the worke, without any calling at all.

3 Well, in these two they have somewhat yet: Either a calling without a gift, or a gift without a calling. What say you to them, that have neither; but fetch their run for all that, and leape quite over gift and calling, CHRIST and the Holy Ghost (both) and chop into the worke at the first dash? That put themselves into businesse, which they have neither fitnesse for, nor calling to? Yet no man can keepe them, but meddle they will, and in Church matters specially: there, soonest of all: And print us Catechismes, and compose us Treatises; set out prayers and new Psalmes, as if eve­ry forreiner were free, and might set up with us. Good LORD, what the poore Church suffers in this kind!

4 Yet have you a fourth no lesse ill then any of these. And these be such as have gifts and callings both, it cannot be denied; yet fall short at the worke: Worke not at all.Luk. 19.20. Wrap up their talent: fold it up fairely in a napkin, and lay it by them. Let their calling lie fallow: get them into Ionas's gourd, and sit gazing there; or into Ezekiel's caldron, Ion. 4.6. Ezek. 11.3. and lie soaking there. Worke who will, and worke GOD in whom He will; in them He shall worke nothing: Nothing (so) to any publique good. These have great accompt to make to GOD, for thus treading under their foot His division. Nay, to all three: To CHRIST also for the contempt of His calling; and to the Holy Ghost too, for burying His gifts.

So have you 1 a calling and no gift; 2 a gift, and no calling; 3 neither gift, not calling, but worke for all that; 4 both gift, and calling, and no worke not for all that. All awry; all in obliquitie, for want of observing the order heere established. These obliquities to avoid.

III The Trinitie actuall.It is the will of GOD, that this Trinitie Reall should meet, and grow into Vnitie, as the Personall it selfe doth: that so this heere, on earth beneath, may grow, and be conformed to that there,1. Dividing. in heaven above. The former three divisions, in the for­mer three Verses, all meete in the Vnitie, and manifestation, in this fourth Verse: which is the Spirit's Vnitie. And so come we now about to the Spirit againe. For, all this dividing is not enough: But, when the doles and divisions of all three is done,2. Manifesting. then beginnes the Spirit anew. For, these must not be conceald, but be all manifested. And that must be by the tongues of this day. Which is it, that giveth the Holy Ghost a more speciall interest then the rest, and makes the Feast to be His. For hitherto, they, had as good a part as He.

If you marke it, dividing and giving, is a kind of inspiring, or breathing in; ut­tering and manifesting, a kind of breathing out againe of that was inspired. And these two are two naturall and kindly acts of the Spirit in us, By breathing in, to re­ceive; by breathing out, to utter it out, or manifest it.

And it hath good coherence, and followes upon the worke well (this manifesta­tion.) For, every mans worke is to make him manifest. No better way to take true no­tice of eny, then by it. It is not Loquere; it is Operare, ut te videam. CHRIST saith not,Ioh. 10.38. auribus or sermonibus; but Operibus credite (that is) oculis credite. For, works be manifest and may be seene.

It followes well likewise upon division. For, 1. First division doth make manifest. Things that are propounded in grosse, eo ipso are obscure; and are therefore divi­ded, that they may more distinctly, and plainely appeare. 2. And second, manifesta­tion it selfe is nothing but dividing. For, what is divided unto us by the three Persons, it is required, that we should divide unto others; and our dividing it among others, is that, which heere is called manifesting. That which we receive, when we make ma­nifest, we are said to divide, and to distribute that which came unto us from the former three divisions.

1. Pet. 4.10.But this is sure; without manifesting, all divisions availe nothing, all the [...] [Page 767] [...] the manifold varietie of the graces are to no purpose, no more then a treasure [...] never so many bags, if it be hidden and not manifest, is to any profit, or any th [...] [...]e [...]ter for it. Nay it holds in all three. 1. In the gifts. We are not to rake the [...] up, but to stirre them up, and make them burne. 2. In the calling. We are [...] to be ashamed of it, but to professe it manifestly, as he did,Rom. 1.16. Non me pudet Evangelij. [...] the worke. We are not to worke inward, in a back-roome; but to open our shop, [...] out on [...] wares, and utter them. Divided and not manifested (that is) the tongues are [...] but they have no fire; nothing to give light by. And light it is that ma­keth [...]ifest. Which light is not to be hid under a bushell, Matt. 5 15. but to be sett upon a can­dle stick; [...]or (as this Feast gives) not to be kept in the shadow, but brought out into the [...]; the bright and White Sunne of this Day.

Ma [...]fested then. And why? For [...], nothing is to be done in vaine:3. Profi [...]ng. but in vaine, if to no end. To some end then. For [...]: and [...] is heere in the Text. It fall [...]ot into a wise man (much lesse, into the onely wise GOD) to keepe all this divi [...]ing and manifesting, and all to no end. To know that end then, that we runne not in vaine, labour not in vaine, have not the gifts, take not on us the calling, do not the workes in vaine, receive not the grace of GOD in vaine, nay receive not our owne soules in vaine. Els, we fall upon the other capitall error, about Omega, 2. Cor. 6.1. about our vltim [...] finis. To know our part then. For, Ignoranti quem portum petat, nullus secun­du [...] est ventus, He that knowes not whether he is bound, no wind in the skie is good for him. To know our end then, whether to referre all. The gift is for the calling, and they both for the worke, and they all three are for manifestation.

But then take heed of making manifestation, the end of it selfe, and goe no further. There are that make that their end; that do it, [...] (the Apostle's word) to make a faire shew: to spread their feathers is all the vse some have of their division. CHRIST's kindred would have made it CHRIST's end, and shouldred him for­ward to it: If you can doe, as they say you can doe, then get you up to Hierusalem, Ioh 7.3. seeke to manifest your selfe there, that you may be knowne for such: Winne credit, and be­come famous. But CHRIST came to another end. And the Christian's rule is, No­thing for vaine-glorie, either by provoking, or by emulation. It is but Omicron, this: it is not Omega,

Wherefore then are we to manifest? [...]: heere is our part; this is our end, to profit withall. Whither Paul, Apollo, or Cephas; whether gifts, places, or works, all are for this. This, is the end of all.

Farre they are from this end, that have use of all three, but [...], not [...] (that is) not to doe good, but to doe a shrewd turne withall, now and then. Nay, that will not sticke to boast (one there was that did so; of whom the Psalme, Quid gloriaris? Psal. 52 1. was made) how they are hable to doe one a displeasure by their place, and pay him home, if need be. As if officium came of officiendo, of standing in another mans light, of doing other men hurt. Otherwise (I trust) themselves take no hurt by their offices. But take this for a rule, the Apostle gives it two severall times: There is no power given to any to destruction, or to doe harme; for edification it is, all that is;2. Cor. 10.8. 2. Cor. 13.10. to doe good with, and therein to be made manifest. We may not hatch cockatrice egg [...] to doe mischiefe unto any, as they doe, to such as eate them.Esay. 59.5.

But all [...]. It is a compound word, and we will take it in peeces. First, [...], which is to 1 bring, to 2 bring in, to 3 bring forth, to 4 bring with. To bring in, what? What profit is there (saith the Psalme?) To bring in some profit. Psal. 30.9. Rom. 6.21. To [...] fort [...] ▪ what? What fruit had you (saith the Apostle?) To bring forth some fr [...]it. To bring with it, what?Luk. 19.23. That I may receive mine owne with advantage (saith he that gave the Talents:) To bring with it some advantage. Away with all (saith Eli [...] in Iob) of which it may be said, it did me no good, no good came of it. Iob. 33.27. [...] 1. Sam. 12.21. Esay 48.17. These same vana & non profutura away with them (saith Samuel) never looke after them. But [...]hat saith GOD by His Prophet? Ego sum Deus tuus docens te vtilia: He tea­cheth [...] nothing, but that which will doe us good. And what by the Apostle? Tit. [...].8. These [...]hings are good and profitable for men, when he was in the Theame of good works. For, [Page 768] as we are forbidden to hatch cockatrice eggs, things that will doe harme: so are we also in the same place,Esay. 59.5. to weave spider's webbs, things very finely spun, but for no bodies wearing; none the better for them. Our [...] must be [...], works tending to profit with, els are they not the right works.

Prov. 30.51.But [...] is not enough; to bring in. Bring in, Bring in, cries the horsleeche's two daughters, till their skin crack: But it is onely for themselves; and that is not the right. For, it is not singulare commodum (this profit) our owne private gaine. Heere is yet another part. Heere is [...] (that is) con, which ever argues a communitie; a profit re­dounding to more then our selves. For, [...] properly is collatitium, where there be a great many; bring every one his stocke, and lay them together, and make a com­mon bank for them all. Iust as doe the members in the naturall body. Every one con­ferrs his severall gift, office, and worke, to the generall benefit of the whole. Even as they did in the Law. Some offered gold; others, silke; others, linnen; and some, goate's haire; and all to the furniture of the Tabernacle. And semblably we to lay together all the graces, places, works, that we have, and to imploy them to the advancement of the common faith, and to the setting forward of the common Salvation.

For, the common Salvation, is the profit heere meant. The Apostle himselfe saith it plainely;1. Cor. 1.33. not seeking mine own profit or benefit, but the profit of many. And how? that they may have lands or leases? No: But that they may be saved. Which is the true profit, redounding of all these, and which in the end will prove the best profit: which if any attaine not,Matt. 16.26. What will it profit him, if he winne the whole world? To which port we be all bound: to which port, GOD send us.

And into this, as into the maine Cisterne, doe all these divisions, manifestations and all run and emptie themselves. All gifts, offices, workes are for this. Yea the blessed Tri­nitie it selfe, in their dividing, do all aime at this. And, this attained, all will be to Pax in terris, the quiet and peaceable ordering of things heere on earth; and to Gloria in excelsis, the high pleasure of Almighty GOD.

So come we about, and returne againe to the first point, we began with (that is) to the blessed Trinitie. From them are these: and if from them, for them; if from their grace, for their glorie: the glory of them that gave, ordered, and wrought: Gave the gifts to us; ordered the places for us; wrought the workes in us. If we, the profit; they, the praise: the rather, for that even that praise shall redound to our profit also: the highest profit of all, the gaining of our soules, and the gayning of them a rest in the heavenly kingdome with all the three Persons.

Printed for RICHARD BADGER.

SERMONS OF THE GOVVRIES Conspiracie, PREACHED VPON THE FIFT Of August.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT RVMSEY, ON THE V. OF AVGVST. AN. DOM. MDCVII.

II. SAM. CHAP. XVIII. VER. XXXII.

Cui respondens CVSHI, &c.

And CVSHI answered, The enimies of my Lord the King, and all that rise against Thee, to doe Thee hurt, be as that yong man is.

THAT yong man was Absalon: And he was now hanging upon an oke, with three darts through him. Like him doth Cushi wish, all may be, that doe as he did (that is) be the King's enimies, and rise up against him. For, I finde in the text a dangerous treason plotted against King David: plotted, but defeated; and Ab­salon the author of it, brought to a wret­ched end. Good news thereof brought by Cus [...]i that saw it. And that good newes heere concluded with this wish, That all the King's enimies may speede no better, no otherwise then he spedd. For all the world, like glad tydings doth this Day affoord us, in a like memorable exa [...]ple of GOD'S just proceeding, against a couple of like treacherous wretches. [Page 774] A barbarous and bloudy treason they imagined against our Sovereigne. GOD brought their mischiefe upon their owne heads, Et facti sunt sicut Absalon. And we are heere now, to renewe with joy, the memorie of these glad tydings; and withall, to pray Cushi-his prayer, and all to say Amen to it, That the like end may ever come to the like attempts. Last yeare, we changed but one word; David into Iames: we change no more now, but the number; one, into two. The enimies of my Lord, be as that young man, saith Cushi. Say we, The enimies of our Lord, be as those two young men were; those two brethren in mischiefe: I will not doe them that honor, to name them; no more then Cushi did him,Gen 49.5. heer.

The words we reade, as a prayer; they may also be read as a prophecie: Either, Let them be; or, They shall be as that yong man is (for, the verbe is the future tense.) They have no other way, in Hebrew, to expresse their Optative but so: that hard it is, many times, to say whither it be a prayer, or a prediction, that so runnes in the future; and, for ought I know, it must be left to the discretion of the Translator, to take which he will, since it may be both. As, Psal. 21, either the King shall rejoice, by way of fore­telling: or, Let the King rejoyce, by way of wishing. The sure way is, to take it both wayes: so, we shalbe sure not to misse Cushie's meaning. And so will we doe (for so we may doe) even take it both waies; for it is both: both a good prayer, and a true prophecie. And prayer and prophecie sort well togither: [...] (saith the Philosopher:) Affections facile faciunt opiniones (saith the Schoole-man.) Our wishes we would alwaies have ominous, and our prayer turne into the nature of a prediction; what we pray for rightly, we would gladly perswade our selves, shalbe certeinly.

The DivisionOf this propheticall prayer then. 1 As a prayer, first: 2 then, as a prophesie. Pray­er is of two sorts:I 1 for, or 2 against. As, 1 for good: so, 2 against evill; both, things and persons. This is against, a kinde of prayer; indeed, an imprecation. Two things give forth themselves in the prayer. 1 The parties, against whom it is; 2 and the wishe it selfe, what it is. The parties, are 1 first the King's enimies: 2 then, those that rise up against him (that is) the King's rebells. Ver. 10. Two diverse kinds: neither, superfluous. For, there be no tautologies, in Scripture: no doubling the point there, but with some ad­vantage, ever.

The wish is, that they may be as Absalon. And two things are in that wish (if we mark them well:) 1 Be, as he; (that is) not perish onely (that, is not all) 2 but perish, and so perish as he did. How was that? Vidi Absalon pendentem; and so hanging yet alive, thrust through with three darts. As he, in his end: as he, in the manner of his end. That the heads that contrive, may hang as high as his: and the hearts that affect, be thrust through as his was: thrise through, though once would serve.

II And when we have done with it, as a prayer, then will we beginn with it, as a prophe­cie. That, so he wished: and that, as he wished, so he foretold: and as he foretold, so it came to passe. All that rose after, fell as fast as they rose: Et facti sunt sicut puer iste.

III Last of all, that this prayer or prophecie, is not pent or shutt up in David's dayes: not to end, with him. It reacheth unto these of ours; hath his force and vigor still; hath and shall have, unto the world's end. GOD heard him praying, & inspired him pro­phesying. As it came to passe in Absalon, so did it in those that rose after him: that rose against David, that rose against many others since David, and namely against ours. So it hath beene hitherto: and so ever may it be. Cushi, not onely a Priest, to pray, that so they be; but a Prophet, to foretell, that so they shall be.

FIant sicut Absalon, is a prayer (& which more is) an imprecation. Before we pray it,I Of the Text as a prayer against or cursing. it will not be amisse, to enquire, whither we may lawfully pray any such, or no. I move it, because of some so tender-hearted men, that they can by no meanes broad or endure any imprecation; to wish any so evill, as to pray they may come to an evill end. It is nothing fitting (as well saith Saint Iames) that with the tongue we should blesse GOD, and with the same, wish evill to man. It is Balaam's office,Iam. 3.9. Num. 22.6. Chap. 16.13. Veni & [...]; and who would succeed him in his office? It is Shemei's practise; & who would be like him? And this is Cushie's prayer, like himselfe: Some would have him an Ethiopian; but, some black swart fellow, as his name giveth.

Againe, these were Iewes all; we are Christians: we have a charge given us, by Saint Paul not to doe it: not to them, that doe us hurt; Blesse them that persecute you;Rom. 12.14. 1. Pet. 2.23. blesse (I say) and curse not. We have a patterne sett us, by Saint Peter; of him, qui cum malediceret non &c, that wished not their evill, that both wished, and did him all the evill they could, both in deed and in word.

All this I know: yet is not all this so peremptorie, but that, notwithstanding e­ven all this, against some, in some cases, such prayer hath beene, and may be used. May be? nay ought to be, otherwhile. For, such may the persons be,2. Pet. 2.14. D [...]ut. 27 13. as Saint Peter calleth some, maledictionis filij: and their facts so execrable, as GOD Himselfe commaunded Moses, to goe up into the mount Ebal, and there, against twelve sun­dry sorts of such, pronounce maledictus. Even as we see, the Serpent's sinne was so ex­orbitant, as it drew a maledictus, even from GOD's owne blessed mouth..Gen. 3.14. It is not good then, to be nice or tender in this point; nor I would not wish men to be more tender or pitifull, then GOD: whose doing of it sheweth us, it ought to be done. For, to beginne with the last (of Christians;) He that gave us the charge (Saint Paul) for all his charge given, we know what he did to Elymas. Act. 13.10. And he that set us the patterne (Saint Peter) for all his patterne set, we know he used it against Simon Magus. Act. 8.20. And for the other: it is not Balaam onely but even Moses, as milde a man, as ever the earth bare, you may read, that he came to it though, Num. 16.Num. 12.3.16.15. Neither was it Shemei onely, but Dauid too (though a gratious and gentle Prince, may Shemei well say: yet) what a Psalme of imprecations hath he penned! I meane the CIX. Psalme. It was thought, by our Fathers, that there was not a more heavy or bitter curse could be wished to any, then to say Deus laudem upon Him, which is the beginning of that Psalme. Neither was it Cushi with his swart colour onely, but an Angel as bright as the sinne, even the Angel of the Lord, that curseth (himselfe) and giveth an expresse war­rant to curse the inhabitants of Meroz. But what speake we of Saints, or Angells? Iud. 5 23. Luc. 11.43. CHRIST Himselfe doth it in the gospell, as appeareth by His many [...]. Yea, GOD Himselfe (we see) Gen. 3. against the Serpent, and his whole brood.Gen 3.14. What the Saints, Angels, GOD Himselfe have done, may be done, I trust. It may be done then, licet; and ought to be done sometimes, oportet; and in this very case, it ought and must; a necessitie lyeth upon us, we cannot choose but doe it. For pray we must for the King's safety; Cushi, and all good subjects: but, for his safety we can­not pray, but we must (withall) for the overthrow of his under-miners. Pro inclu­deth Contra; if for him, then against his foes. If wish him to rise, and stand upright, then, them to fall and become his foot-stoole. Psal. 110 1. So that (if all be well weighed) it is not volun [...]arie; it is even wroong from us.

And that indeed is the only caveat, that it be not voluntary: that we be drawn to it hardly, and use it not, upon every slight, and trifling occasion, against every thing that cro [...]th our humor; but, when the foulness of the fact seems to exact it: and that caveat is not amisse. I like well of the Hebrew proverb: (Garizim is the mount where they [Page 776] blessed; Ebal, where they gave the curse:) they say, We must creepe into Ebal, and leape into Garizim (that is) be swift to one and slow to the other. We are then not to for­sweare going into mount Ebal utterly; but to be well advised, yer we goe into it. To doe it,Num. 22.12. but not to doe it, where God blesseth: which Balaam was still itching to doe. The cause it is, which maketh the curse fall; otherwise, if it be causelesse, it will not light, but flye over, as a bird. Therefore, to know well, both men and matter, against whom we let it flye. And we cannot better know them, then if we take our light from GOD: if we doe it, but where, and when, and for what, GOD doth it, we need not be scru­pulous: never feare to follow, where He goeth before us. And, by the grace of GOD, we wilbe well ware, not to wish ought to any, in this point, but such, as shall have warrant even from GOD'S owne mouth.

1 The Partie [...] cursed.The speciall point of advise thus being, to know the parties well, against whom we send it forth, it will concerne us (and our next point it must be) to take perfect notice of these men. They offer themselves to us, in two termes. 1 The enimies of the King; 2 They that rise against Him: joined heere, and as heere, so in sundry other places: Psal. 3.1. Psal. 59.1. Psal. 44.5.

1 The enimies of the King.The wordEnimie is, by David himselfe, glossed Psal. 55.12. Psal. 55. It was not an enimie did it to me (meaning, a knowen, open, professed enimie;) for then (saith he) I could have beene provided for him: so may we take it.

2 Those that rise against him.The other of rising against, the phrase is first used of Cain (and lightly, the first phrase is the key of the rest) when Abel and he were in the field togither walking, it is sayd, Cain rose up against him, and knocked him on the head: So is meant, of such as keepe their malice secret,Gen. 4.8. to doe one a mischiefe suddenly. And the next time it is used,Num. 16.2. is of Core, and his Complices: of them, it is sayd (Num. 16.) They rose up against Moses. In the former of Cain, it is trecherie: in this latter of Core, it is plaine re­bellion. In a word: all that rise against, are enimies; but, not backward. For, enimies may be such, as stand on even ground; as one King, or State, with another. Rising, in proprietie of speech, is of such, as are of inferiour place, and yet lift them­selves up, against their lawfull Superiours. In the end, both prove enimies, an [...] do the part of enimies: but, the former have many times no bond of allegiance; the latter ever have.

1. Pet. 4.12.We may not [...] (to use Saint Peter's owne phrase) thinke it strang [...]; that both these sorts, Kings have them; Yea, though they be good Kings (as was David) yet that they have them.Psal. 3.1. Heare David himselfe speake: How are mine enimies i [...]crea­sed! many are they that rise against me. Neither the place of a King, nor the vertue of a good King, could quit him, but he had both. He had enimies: Is [...]bosheth, Ha­nun Hadadefer, the States of the Philistins. He had those that rose against him: Ab­salon, Achitophel, Amasa, heere: Sheba, Adonia, Ioab, afterward; he had both. And let us not [...], thinke this strange, since CHRIST Himselfe; yea, since GOD Himselfe hath them too. For, lo Thine enimies ô LORD, lo Thine enimies, & those that rise up against Thee (it is XCII. Psal.) That we may cease to mervaile,Psal. 92.9. that Kings have them; or thinke, it is, because it is not as it should be. Be they ne­ver so, as they should; be they, as David, according to GOD's owne heart; nay, be they as CHRIST,1. Sam. 13.14. as GOD Himselfe; both these they shall have. Let not this make us stumble, but that we may goe forward.

Of these two then, if we shall fitt our selves to the present, we shall not need to speak of the one sort, of enemies. The King hath none: No King, nor State, professe themselves for such; nor never may do. The latter, it shall not be amisse to stay a little, and look better on, who they be. This day's perill was; all his peri [...]l, both in Au­gust, and November, is from them, that (like Cain) rise up against him. A Kin [...] by na­ture is Rex Alkum, Pro 30.31. [...] Heb. 13.17. saith Salomon, Pro. XXX. One, against whom there i [...] no rising: So GOD would have it. Subjects (saith the Apostle) to ly downe before them: ri [...]ing up against, is cleane contrarie to that; and so, contrarie to GOD's will: He would have no rising. The thought to rise (voluerunt insurgere in Regem) is sayd, of Bigthan and [Page 777] Thares, two of Ahashuerus's chamber (marke that voluerunt insu [...]gere) was enough,Esth. 2.21. to attaint them: the rising but of the will, to bring them to the gallowes. Nor the tongue is not to rise, or lift up it selfe: Core did but gainesay; his tongue was but up, and he, and all that took his part, perished in their gainsaying, the gainesaying of Core. Iude 11. Ioh. 13.18. Gen. 3. But chiefly none, either (with Iudas) to lift up his heele, to betray; or (with Cain) to lift up the hand to do violence. No partie, no part of any partie, to rise against the King. Yet, rise they will, and do: both the thought swell;Acts 20, 10. and exurgent è vobis (saith the A­postle) pervers è loquentes, yea and perversa facientes; lewd speech used, and worse then speech, presumptuous deeds too.

Now of these, that thus rise, two sorts there be: For, either they rise against the ve­ry state it selfe of Kings; the very authoritie, they exercise (that is) would have no Kings at all; saying with them,Psal. 12.4. Quis est Dominus noster, Who is Lord over us (as much to say as, by their good will, none: Or such, as onely rise against their persons, as he in the XX. Chapter, that sayd, We have no part in David; and they in the Gospell, that say, Nolumus hunc, We will not have this man. Rule, Ch [...]p. 20.1. Luke 19.14. they would not have quite taken away, but not this person, to rule over them.

Of the first sort of these risers, are the Anabaptists of our age; by whom, all secu­lar jurisdiction is denied. No Law-makers they, but the Evangelists: No court [...], but Pres [...]yteries: no punishments, but Church-Cens [...]res. These, rise against the very estate of Kings: and that should they find and feele, if they were once growen enough to make a partie.

A second sort there be, that are but bustling themselves to rise; not yet risen; at least, not to this stepp: but in a forwardnesse they be; proffer at it, that, they do. They that seek to bring paritie, not into the common-wealth by no meanes; but one­ly into the Church. All parishes alike, every one absolute, entire of it selfe. No de­pendencie, or superioritie, or subordination. But, this once being had, do [...]e not know their second position? Have they not broached it long since? The C [...]urch is the house; the Common wealth, but the hangings. The hangings must be made fitt to the house, that is, the Common-Wealth fa [...]hioned to the Church: not t [...]e [...]ou [...]e, to the hangings: No, take heed of that. And when they were taken with it, and charged with it, how sleightly in their answer do they slip it over? These, when they are go [...]t thus farre, may rise one step higher: and as Aaron, now must not; so (perhaps) n [...]i­ther must Moses, then, exalt himselfe above the Congregation,Num. 16.3. [...]eeing that All GOD's peopl [...] are holy, no lesse then he.

These two rise against their States. Against their persons, two other sorts of per­sons, both discontented. 1 But the one was, of ambition: as Absalon heere,Chap. 15.2. that thought it was wonderfull great pitie, that all causes were not brought before him, considering how able a man he was for it, and the King being negligent in looking to his Subject's griefe. But, when he spread a tent aloft, and did you know what,Ch [...]p 16.22. not to be told, and that in the sight of all Israel; Sure, he that could commit that villanous act, in the eyes of all Israël; He, that could charge Husai, as with a foule fault,Chap. 16.1 [...]. for forsa­king his friend, himselfe then being in armour against his owne Father, was not so very fitt a man to do justice. No matter: so he tooke himselfe; that, was enough, to rise. 2 The other, out of revenge: the case of Bigthan and Thares (and of our two,E [...]ter. 2 21. as is thought.) They were angrie a [...] somwhat, it is not said what, nor it skills not what, but, voluerunt insurgere, rise they would for it (that they would.) These did not wish government quite taken away: onely the King's person they heaved at; Him, for some purpose, they must needs have out of the way.

By this time we know these parties reasonable well. Be these they, whom GOD, Angels, and Saints hold for execrable? They, whom Cushi may pray against, and we with him? These be they. It was Core, one of the crue, against whom Moses prayed, they might be visited with a strange visitation, and not by the common death of other me [...]. No more he did. It was Achitophel, another of them,Num. 16.29. against whom David penned the Psalme of bitter imprecations. They of Meroz, whom the Angell giveth warrant, and charge both, to curse; wherefore was it? Because they came not to [Page 778] helpe the LORD, that is, Debora the Lord's Lievetenant, against the forces of Madi­an. If to be cursed, because they layd not their hand to helpe Him; much more (I trow) if they would seek to lay their hands on him, to mischiefe and make him away. It was Iudas, Mar 14.21. Gen. 3 14. he was one of these, against whom CHRIST cryed Vaeper quem. And it was the serpent, whom GOD cursed: and why, what was his fault? What, but that he sought to withdraw our parents from their due subjection; to rise against GOD, to be GODS themselves, and never acknowledge Him, or any, for their Superiour. These be they (certainly) against whom (GOD, Angells, and Saints approving it) we may say Cushi-his prayer, every syllable of it. May? nay, ought; are even bound to it. Yet, to give full satisfaction, that there be no striving, but that all may say Amen to it; it shall not be amisse, if I may, with your good favour, lay before you some rea­sons, and those so enforcing, that we shall hold our selves so bound, as that we cannot avoyd, but yeeld to it. I care not much, if I keep the number of Absalon's darts: they are three.

The reasons of this cursing.First, I hold it for cleere, if we knew any were GOD's enemie, we would none of I us make any question, but say (with Cushi, we need not, it is sett downe to our hands) So perish all thine enemies ô LORD.Because the e [...]emies of God. Iud. 5.31. So? how? Even as Sisara: little difference, in ef­fect, between him and Absalon. Sisara perished with a nayle driven into his head: Absalon, with a dart thrust through his heart. To the enemies of GOD, you see, we have warrant. But, they that rise against the King, are GOD's enemies: for, GOD and the King are so in a league, such a knott, so streight between them, as one cannot be enemie to the one, but he must be to the other. This is the knott. They are, by GOD,Exod. 4.20. Iud. [...].20. 1. Chro. 29.23. Psal. 82.6. of or from GOD, for or in stead of GOD. Moses's rodd, GOD's; Gideon's sword, GOD's; David's throne, GOD's. In His place, they sitt; His Person, they re­present: they are taken into the fellowship of the same name; Ego dixi, He hath said it, and we may be bold to say it, after him, They are GODs: and what, would we more? Then, must their enemies be GOD's enemies. Let their enemies know then, they have to deale with GOD, not with them; It is His cause, rather then theirs: they, but His agents. It standeth Him in hand; it toucheth Him; in honour, He can no lesse, then maintaine them, then hold their enemies, for his owne. Saint Paul is plaine, He that resisteth them, resisteth God: he that, the regall power, the divine ordinance. Rom 13 2.

The enditement was rightly framed (in judgement of all Writers) though it were mis-applied,1. Reg▪ 21· 13. Naboth maledixit Deo & Regi; Naboth did neither, therefore it was evill applied; But, if he had done the one, he had done the other: and so it was truly fra­med. Even as he, in the new Testament framed his confession aright, I have sinned a­gainst heaven and against thee. For, no man can trespasse against a lawfull superiour, but withall he must do it against heaven first;Luke 15.18. and so he must confesse, if ever he have his pardon for it.

But, there is no more praegnant reason to prove, God's enemies they be, these that rise against Kings, then this; ye shall observe still, they are called the sonnes of Beli­al, Chap. 20.1. Belial God's professed enemie. Sheba is so called in expresse termes, in the next Chap­ter save one, that rose up against David. And indeed, what was the drift of the first tentation, but onely to have made Adam and Eve the adopted children of B [...]lial, that is, to be under no yoke? not GOD's; much lesse, mans; to brooke no superior. They are all his, by adoption, that carrie such minds. It cannot otherwise be. And if it were the Spirit of GOD,1 Chro. 12 18. that fell on Amasa when he sayd, Thine are we ó David, and on thy side thou sonne of Isai: what spirit could it be but of Belial, or whose sonne She­ba but his, that cryed, We have no part in David, nor any portion in the Sonne of Isai? If it were the finger of GOD that touched their hearts that went after Saul, their law­full Liege Lord: whose claw must it be, the print whereof was in theirs, who rose and went against him?1. Cor. 2.15. Whose but Belials? Et quae conventio CHRISTI et Belial? CHRIST and Belial so out, so at odds, that no hope of ever agreeing them: Now then, being the sonnes of Belial; and they, and Belial their father, GOD's enemies; make we any doubt, but we may say after the Holy Ghost, So perish all thine enemies O Lord?

[Page 779]This one might be enough. But there were three darts, in Absalon's heart,2. The enemies of Mankind. one would have served the turne; so, this one would suffice, but I will cast yet a second, and third at them. If then secondly we knew any, that were not onely Hostis Dei, but hostis humani generis, would we yet doubt to pray, he might be as Absalon? I trust not: especially, seing we should therin but follow GOD's own example. He curseth the Ser­pent, even for this cause, that he was enemie to the woman and all her seed, Gen. 3.14.15. and sought the utter ruine of both. Those that are such, well may all men pray against them; for, at all mens hands, they well deserve it. Now thus reasoneth Saint Paul. Ru­lers not onely come from GOD, but they come from Him in particular;Rom. 13.4. Tibi in bo­num, for thy good, whosoever thou art. Thy good, thou Nobleman, thou Gentle­man, thou Church-man, thou Merchant, thou Husbandman, thou Tradesman: Thy good: (that is) for our good they come, and are sent for all our good, for the generall good of us all. Vs all: nay, even of all mankind. Mankind should be as a Forest (saith Moses) the strong beasts would devoure the weake;Gen. 10.9. Hab. 1.14. as a fish-poole (saith Abakuk) the great fish devoure the small, were it not for these. Without these, mankind could not continue. They then, that are enemies to them, mankind's enemies: and so, of the serpent's seed certainly, to be cursed with the serpent's curse, conteratur caput eorum.

Now then, of this great Monarchie of Mankind, of the whole world, the severall Monarchies of the world are eminent parts. What the estate of Kings is, in the whole; that, is the person of every particular Prince, in his severall soveraigntie: Da­vid, in his of Iurie: Ours, in His of Great Brittaine: the health and safety of the Kingdome, fast linked with the King's health and safetie.1. Sam. 15 17. 2. Sam. 21.17.5.2. Psal. 118.21. The Head of the Tribes (so is David called;) The Light of Is [...]aël; Tu pasces, The Shepheard of the flock; The Cor­ner-stone of the building. I will content me with these. If the Head be deadly hurt, I would faine know, what shall become of the body? If the Light be putt out, is ought but darknesse to be looked for in Israël? Smite the Shepheard, must not the flocke be in perill? If the Corner-stone be shaken, will not both the walls feele a wrack? Verily, all our weale and woe dependeth on their well-fare, or decay. Therefore blesse we them, and they that blesse them, be blessed; and they that set themselves against them, accursed, even with the capitall curse, the serpent's, all our enemie; as the first of all, so the chiefe of all, as from GOD's owne mouth.

To these two I add yet one more, and that by good warrant,3. The Ene­mies of the Church. Psal. 125.5. Gal. 5.12. both of the Old and New Testament. Let them be confounded and turned backward (sayth the Prophet) so ma­ny as have evill will at Sion; Vtinam abscindantur (sayth the Apostle) qui vos contur­bant. Against them well may we pray, that maligne the peace and prosperitie of the Church: in which and for which we and all the world to pray; as that, for which, all, world and all was made, and is still upholden; For, were the Church once gathered, the world dissolves streight. GOD is too high (as for any our good, so) for any our evill or enmitie to come neere Him. He reckoneth of no enemies but His Churche's. They, that persecute her, persecute Him; they that touch her, touch the apple of His eye. Now they that are enemies to David, are enemies to Sion: so neer neighbourhood be­tween David and Sion, the King and the Church, as there is between his Palace and the Temple, both stand upon two topps of one and the same hill. Esa. 49.23. The King is Nutri­tius Ecclesiae: If enemies to the Nurse, then to the Child; it cannot otherwise be. Ex­perience teacheth it daily, when the child hath a good nurse, to take such a one away, is but to expose the Child, to the evident danger of sterving or pining away. I know not, men may entertaine what speculations they will; but (sure) in praxi, how much the Ch [...]rche's welfare hath gone by the good and blessed inclination of Kings, it is but too plaine. Socrates long since truly observed it, in the beginning of the fifth booke of hi [...] storie. Consider me, in the Common wealth of the Iewes, these foure Kings imme­diately succeeding each the other; Iotham, Ahaz, Ezekia, and Manasses: Consi­der these foure Emperours in the Primitive Church, likewise in succession; Constan­tine, Constantius, Iulian, and Iovinian: Consider me heere at home, the foure last Princes before His Maiestie, and the waxing and waning, the alteration and alterna­tion [Page 780] of religion, under them; forward and backward, backward and forward againe: and tell me, whither the King and the Church, have not reference, as I sayd; and whi­ther the Church have any greater enimies then such as alien the minds of Kings and make them heavy friends to hir welfare and well-doing. Of such then, safely may we say, Be they confounded; Be they, as the grasse upon the house top, which withereth before hey-time (that is) let them come to untimely ends;Psal. 129.16. let them be as Absalon; or (as another Psalme wisheth such kinde of People) like them that perished at Endor, Psal. 83.10. and became like doong upon the earth. So then, being 1 GOD'S enimies; 2 mankind's, and the 3 Churches; against the enimies of any one of these, the prayer were warran­table: how much more against them, that are enimies to all three? One nayle served Sisera, in his head: so would one speare Absalon, in his heart; but he had three: not without a meaning. A morall allusion they make of it: Three were the faults he made: three the parties he highly offended, 1 GOD, 2 the State, 3 the Church. Enimie to all three: for every one, a dart. Each, deadly alone; but he had them all, to shew, He deserved them all: and so they doe, that sinne Absalon's sinne. The prayer (sure) is good: Cushi prayed well: all are bound to say Amen to it.

II. Of the Text, as a prophesie.But besides that it is a prayer, Let them be; it is a prophecie too, They shall be. The tenor of the prayer we have heard: Let us see the successe of the Prophecie, what became of it; whither Cushi were a true Prophet, or no. So true, as from Moses to Malachi, never any of the Prophets more true, in his foretelling, then he in this. All the enimies, all that rose against him, erant sicut, were even so indeed.

Pitie it i [...], but that a good prayer should be heard, and (as we sayd) turne into the na­ture of a prophecie. They were three good prayers, we heard: there is none of all the three, but hath a prophecie (that so it should be) answering to the prayer, that so it might be. 1 Against GOD'S enimies: The prayer, So perish &c The Prophecie, For Lo Thine enimies ô LORD,Iud. 5 31. Psal. 92.9. Lo Thine enimies shall perish; as if he saw it with his eyes, called others to see it with him; pointed at it with his finger, Lo; twise, once and againe; (one Lo, not serve;) so sure he is, that so it shal [...] be. 2 Against the enimies of mankind:Gen. 3.14.15. Psal. 1 [...]9.5. The wish, Cu [...]sed be thou above every beast of the earth; the prophecie followeth in the neck of it, Ipse conteret Caput, one there is, sha [...]l bruise his head all too peeces. 3 Against the maligners of Sion [...]: Let them be confounded, &c That is the prayer: The Kingdome or nation, that shall maligne Sion shall perish, and utterly be destroyed; there is the prophecie. Now, that that is propheticall, in each of those, is no lesse veri­fied in the King's enimies, in whom they all meet.

Doe but, after this prophecie, enquire what became of them: aske but the ques­tion. The King doth (heere;) in the forepart of the verse: Is Absalon safe, how doth he? He doth, as he deserveth to doe. Aske, how the rest, that after rose against him:Chap. 20.22. 1. King. 1.2. within a chapter after, Sheba riseth; how did he? Before the end of the Chap­ter, his head came over the wall. After him, Adonia was up and spake even broadly, Regnabo. What became of him? His end in blood. And (that which is strange) with him rose Ioab:2 25. he that tooke of Sheba's head; he that threw these darts; and he that was the true man heer, How sped he. He was even drawen from the altar; (that,1. King. 2.34. is no Sa [...]ctuarie for traitors) and executed by Benajia. Could not take heed by Absalon's example, but came to Absalon's end. They all that sought, that rose to pluck him downe,Psal. 62.3. whom GOD had exalted, they were slaine, all the sort of them; were all, as a tottering wall, or as a broken hedge, which every man runns over.

But this judgement of GOD, was in none more conspicuous, then Absalon. A streight charge was given by the King himselfe, to have him saved: It would not serve; he was slaine for all that. And slaine by Ioab: one, before, that had highly favoured him, and beene a speciall meanes to restore him to grace; even, by him, was he slaine, notwithstanding the King's charge; and then slaine, when he made full account of the victorie.Chap. 18.9. For, els he would have beene better horsed. He was on his Mule, now: he never doubted the event, and yet was slaine. Sure, GOD'S hand was in it, to ridd the world of a traytor.

[Page 781]Neither was this a peculiar prophesie to King David alone. The prayer is sayd,The Prophesie perpetuall. and III the prophesie taketh hold of other, as well before, as since. Aske of Core, he rose a­gainst Moses: How spedd he? He went to hell quick for it. Aske of Baana and Re­chab, that rose against their Lord: Looke over the poole of Hebron; there,Num 16.23. 2. S [...]m. 4 12. [...]ith. 2.23. stand their quarters on poles. Aske of Bigthan and Thares; what of them? Fairely hanged at the Court-gate. Time will not serve, to enquire of all. The short is: all that were as Absalon, came to his end. Some hanged, and their heart opened being yet alive (So was Absalon:) and their bowels pluckt out, to make them like Iudas. Some their head strooken of, so was Sheba. Some quartered, Act. 1 [...] 18. 2 Rom. 20. 2 Sam. 4.12. and their hand seete and head set up on poles, that the Ravens might plucke out their eyes, as Baana and Rechab; that, upon them might come, all the punishments due to them, that rise with Absalon. For, all the punishents of traytors, as now they are in use with us, may seeme to have beene collected and drawen togither, from those severall examples, that stand in the booke of God.

All to shew, that a King is Alkum, no rising against him: Or, if any rise, [...] 30 31. [...] he had better sit still. For, no sooner rise they up, but our Prophet streig [...]t crieth: Rise up, rise up, and putt on strength, thou arme of the Lord, rise up as in old time, in the ge­nerations of the world. Art not thou the same that didst smite Absalon by Ioab;Es [...]i. 51.9. and art not thou the same that didst smite Ioab by Benaia? That set [...]est thy selfe still to bring them downe, that rise up against Alkum, against whom there is no rising?

For, Kings being from God (saith Gamaliel) we cannot set our selves against them, but we must be found (even) [...] to fight against God. Being ord [...]i [...]d of God (saith Gamaliel-his Scholar, Saint Paul) to resist them, is to resist the ordinanc [...] of God;Rom. 13.2. and as good put our selves in the face of all the ordinance in the Tower of London, as withstand God's ordinance. None might better say it, then he: it was told him from heaven, when he was about such another businesse; p [...]rse [...]uting Ch [...]ist in his Ch [...]c [...] (and Christ is persecuted in His chiefe members, as well as His inferiour) he was told plainly, in so doing, he did but kick against the prick. His heels might ake and runne of bloud;Act. 9.5. the pricke not remove, but stand where it did still. Therefore, as heer Cushi, in the Old▪ so Saint Paul, in the New, falleth to prophesie;Num. 16 29. they that resist shall [...] to themselves damnation, is Saint Paule's prophesie. And, a true prophesie, even as was Moses's of Core: That they should not dye the death of other men, but be visited with some stra [...]ge extraordinarie visitation; but have their end in bloud. All, as Cushi prayed they might, and prophesied they should. And his prayer was heard, his prophesie came to passe, not a word or either fell to the ground.

Having now dealt with it as a prayer first; and then, as a prophecie; let us now see how it suiteth with the businesse in hand,And rea [...]eth to our t [...]mes. and whither the force or vigor of these have reached to us and our times.

It is with God no new thing (this) to reward such as rise up against Kings. Of that which is with him no new, but old (as old, as David; nay, as Moses) [...]e giveth us new examples, every other while, to shew, His eare is still open to his prayer; and that His arme is stretched out to reach them still. Yea, I dare be bold to say, there is no one of His promises hath so many Seales hanging at it, by way of con­firmation of it, as this hath: No one, so many judgements, upon record, as it. In every storie, of every land, there is still standing some jebit or other, and their quar­ters hanging on it there still, to put us in mind of the truth of Cushie's prophesie.The A [...]plicati­on to the Day.

This very day yeeldeth us one of fresh memorie (but seven yeares since) wherein, in our Soveraigne, GOD hath given a memorable example, of the hearing Cushie's prayer, and the accomplishing his prediction, not in one, but in a couple of Absalons. A couple of Absalons, I may well terme them; In many other points like him, but namely in these two. 1 Like, in their rising: and 2 like in their fall. For, that Absalon was a sonne, and these but subjects, it altereth not the case much: Sonnes and subjects, [Page 782] are both under one commaundement, as Pater and Rex, both in one name Abimi­lech] the name of the first Kings of Canaan. If under one, then under one curse: If they doe but speake evill, Deut. 27.15. Pro 30.17. 1. King. 15.1. [...] Iud. 5.7. under Moses's curse, in mouth Ebal; if but looke upon them with a scornefull eye, under Salomon's curse, that the Ravens pick those eyes out. The same, against a father, to reach much more to Abiam, Pater populi. (So did Salomon name his nephew;) Abiam, a father of Iuda; even as Debora, was a mother in Isra­ël. G [...]n. 9.25. 2. King 5.27. In a word: what Noah might wish to a badd sonne (Cham;) and Elisa wish to a badd servant (Geezi;) no cause in the world, but Cushi might wish the same to a bad subject. All is one case. This then breeds no unlikelynesse; and in all the rest, ex­ceeding like.

1 As that yong man (to keepe the words of the text.) For, those were yong men, too. Their yeares, not many. Not many: nay so few, so greene, as it may well seeme strange, that there could such inveterate malice and mischiefe be hatched, in so yong yeares. As he, in that (first.)

2 As in yeares, so in malice; bloudy-minded both. Sayd not Absalon, to his Assa­sines, 2. Sam. 13.28· When I give you a signe, see you smite, kill him, feare not, have not I commaunded you? Sayd not they the same to him, whom to that end, they had armed, and placed to doe that wicked act? In that like, second.

3 As in this malicious bloudy minde; so in raking it up, and keeping it close, diverse yeares togither. Not onely (as Absalon in this) to say neither good nor bad: but in this too; to entreat the King, and all his companie to their house; to entertaine and feast him, and besides promise and pretend, I know not what, and all to cover and con­ceale their divelish entent. In this like, thirdly: this yong man, and these.

4 And not in this kind onely of outward dissembling; but in a worse kinde of religi­ous hypocrisie.2. Sam. 15.8. He made a religious vow; it lay on his conscience, he could not be quiet, till he had got leave to goe pay it; and then, even then, went he about all his villanie, And was it not so heer? He, so holy, as to a sermon he must needs; to GOD'S word; no remedy, he might not be from it in any wise: and that, when he trusted, the deadly blow should have beene given. In this, like.

5 And yet fifthly, the same man, like Absalon, when he was in Gessur. Absalon in Gessur, and this in Italie, as devout at his masses then, as he was heer zealous for his ex­cercise of the word. Alike at both, as they served his turne. Like in this, too.

6 And, last of all, in this too: that for all this goodly maske of religion, when he saw his treacherie was discovered,Chap. 15.10. as Absalon blew his trumpet, so he was content to uncase himselfe, and to rush forth and appeare for such as he was. In which act, he peri­shed, as Absalon: got in his heart, that Absalon got in his: onely that was a dart, and this was a dagger.

7 For (sure) being thus like in their conditions, and in so many circumstances besides, pittie but they should be like in their ends too: And they were. And, that so they were, is the matter of the publique gratulation of this day, of the day of the weeke all the yeare long; of this, the day it selfe, specially above all: that the prayer and prophe­sie of Cushi tooke place; his prayer heard, his prophesie fulfilled, no lesse in these yong men, then in that; no lesse in the enimies of our King Iames, then in his Lord King David.

In the treasons, little difference or none: in the Deliverie, some difference; but, all for the better. For first, in farr greater perill was His Majestie, farr greater then ever was David. 1. David was but pursued: but He was even caught, and with­in (I know not how many) locks and doores. 2. David was all the while without the reach of any blow: how neer the blow was to His breast, it is hable to make any man chill, but to thinke. 3. David had his Worthies still about him: The King, was in torculari solus, in the very presse alone, & vir de gentibus, and not one of his people to stand by or assist Him.Esai. 63.3. 4. That David was delivered, it must be ascribed to the providence of GOD; but, in that it was a fought field, his armie must take part of the praise. It was another manner of providence, that was shewed heere; of a more nere regard, of a more strange operation. I dare confidently affirme it (I may [Page 783] well I' [...]m sure;) GOD'S hand was much more eminent in this, then in that: pray­ [...] His name for it. 5. And last of all, David (heere) heard of his delivery by [...]. Ours saw it himselfe: and yet (I cannot tell well, what to say) the danger was so g [...]eat, and the feare must needs be accordingly, whither it had not beene to be wish­ed▪ that some Cushi had rather brought tydings of it, then He seene it Himselfe. But [...] it pleased GOD, so from heaven to shew Himselfe in it (if ever He did, in any) and though with some feare, yet without any harme, dulcis laborum praeteritorum memoria.

David heard his; Segnius irritant: Ours saw his, oculis subjecta fidelibus; the im­pression of joy was the greater, and did worke both the stronger and the longer. The stronger, in a votive thanksgiving then undertaken: The longer, in the continu­all ren [...]wing it, not onely from yeare to yeare, but from weeke to weeke all the yeare long.

And what shall we say then? What but as Ahimaaz before, at the 28. Ver. Blessed be the LORD his GOD that hath this day given sentence for him, upon those, that rose up against him. And then secondly, with Cushi, So be it to all the rest, as it was with these. Though it be to goe into mount Ebal, let us not feare, GOD goeth before us, and sayth it before us; let us not make danger, to goe after, and to say after Him. 1 They be His enimies, so proved: say we boldly, So p [...]rish all thine enimies ô Lord. 2 They be enimies of mankind, in being enimies to them, by whom order and peace is kept in mankinde, and without whom, there would in mankinde be nought but confusion: The Serpent's curse be upon them, and let their heads be trodd to peeces. 3 They be Sion's malignant enemies: Let them be as grasse upon the house-top, as those that perished at Endor, and became dung for the earth. Let them be as stubble scattered, as waxe mel­ted, as smoke driven, no man can tell whither. Let them perish; perish, as Siscra, and Oreb, as Absalon. Iael's hammer, on their heads; Gideon's axe, on their necks; Ioab's dart in their hearts. One, nay three: one, for the enimies of GOD; ano­ther, for the enimies of mankinde; a third, for the enimies of Sion. Let Cushi be both Priest and Prophet; this his prayer never returne empty, this his Prophesie never want successe.Psal. 21.1. And Let the King ever rejoyce in thy strength (ô Lord) Let Him be excee­di [...]g glad of thy Salvation. Ever thrust Thou back his enimies, and tread them downe that rise up against Him. Let their swords goe through their owne hearts, and their mischiefe light upon their owne heads. Let His eare still heare His desire upon His enimies, and His eye still see the fall of the wicked that rise up a­gainst Him. Be He as David; we, as Cushi: they, as Absa­lon. GOD, by whom this prayer was allowed, re­ceive and graunt it: GOD, by whom this prophesie was inspired, make it good, and fulfill it, as this day, so for ever: Even for ever and ever, for His CHRIST's sake.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT HOL­DENBIE, on the V. of AVGVST, A. D. MDCVIII.

I. SAM. CHAP. XXVI. VER. VIII. IX.

Dixitque ABISAI ad DAVID &c

Then said ABISHAI to DAVID: GOD hath closed thine enemie into thine hand this day: now therefore, J pray thee, let me smite him once with a speare to the earth, and J will not smite him againe.

And DAVID said to ABISHAI, Destroy him not: For who can lay his hand on the LORD's Annointed, and be guiltlesse?

The Summe THERE is sombody heer, in this text, in danger to be destroyed; and the partie is the LORD's An­nointed, King Saul. The matter is come to hard hold: Destroy him, and destroy him not. Abisai would have it done: David at no hand; he cries Ne perdas. But the end was, Saul was saved. Thus lyeth the case heer in the text.

And, was not the very same, the case of this day? There was sombody in as great danger to be de­stroyed, this day. It was Christus Domini, God's Annointed heer before us. The case was come to the very same plunge: Perdas, ne perdas; a King, or no King. Some were of Abisai's mind: GOD was faine to supplie David's; there was none els. But blessed be GOD, all ended in Ne perdas. And againe blessed be GOD, who then also verified the latter part of the verse, that Non [...] shall seek to lay hands [Page 785] on the Lord's Annointed; but they shalbe found, and handled, as guilty persons. For, so they were; and their blood was upon their owne heads. Both cases suiting so well, [...] might well serve for this day.

[...]ere is, in the former verse, a motion made by Abisai for a blow at Saul, thus:The Division. See &c. There be three perillous motives in it: 1 Inimicum, He is your enemie; I 2 Conclus [...], heer is an opportunitie; 3 Sine me, the act shall not be yours, lett me alone, I will take it upon me.

There is in the latter, David's utter dislike of the motion, thus: Destroy not &c.II Wherein, first there is a double charge to the contrarie: 1 One ad oculum; Destroy him not. 2 The other rising out of the reason, yet plaine enough. He had sayd, Destroy him not: Not that; Quis enim misit manum? for, a lesse matter then that, you may not do, [...] lay your hands, not so much: which is (as it were) a surcharge to the former; or (if I may so say) a second edition of Ne perdas. No talke of destroying: so farre from that, as no stirring the hand toward it.

1. Then upon this double charge, followeth a double reason; two retentives (as it were) against the first motion. 1 He is the Lord's Annointed: that, may stay you, if you be a good subject.

2. Be you good subject or no, if that will not, this must; You shall not be guiltlesse. If not guiltlesse, then guiltie: and what becomes of them that be guiltie, we all know. That is, do it not; if you do, it shall bring you to guiltie or not guiltie: if you lay your hand, you shall hold up your hand for it: it is as much as your life is worth.

3. Thirdly, it is not indeed, Non eris insons. For, if it had been so, it might have been thought to have reached to Abisai, to this particular, and no further. But he chose rather, to utter it by Quis? For, by asking Quis? Who shall? He plainly im­plyeth Ne quis unquam, that none ever may: Not he, not Abisai; nay, not any. So, there is a double charge: 1 Destroy not, 2 lay not your hand. A double retentive: 1 He is God's Annointed; 2 You shall not be guiltlesse: 3 and a Quis upon all, to bind all, and to shew, the charge is generall without exception.

1. In all which, there is a protection for Saul the first King, and all after him, not onely from perditio, destroying, giving of the blow; but from missio manus, stirring of the hand.

2. There is a neck-verse for Abisai, and all undertakers in that kind; they are all cast, they are all found guiltie, ye [...] they come to the barre; they are attainted, every one.

3. There is an Euge for David: who sheweth himselfe through all. 1 In his charge (destroy not) a good subject: 2 In his reason (He is God's Annointed) a good Divine: 3 In his sentence (Non cris insons) a good Iudge: 4 In his challenge (Quis mit­ter? a stout champion, to any that shall maintaine the contrarie.

4. But [...] that, besides this reason in the text (of inimicum tuum,) there have been oth [...] [...]asons framed in our dayes, to the same end; and all of them in Saul, the partie in the text: we will take them in too, to rule this case once for all. For, Saul's case will be found to have in it, all that can be alleadged, why any King should be, if any King might be touched. All (I say) wilbe found in him: But he, for all them, may not be touched: therefore none may.

5. And this done, we will come (as the duety of the day requireth) to lay these ca­ses, case to case; ours of the day, to this in the text. Where we shall see, that we have as great cause: nay, of the twaine, the greater cause of gratulation, for the hap­py Ne perdas of this day.

I. Abisai's Motion.THis is Abisai's motion. There be three motives in it. 1 The partie is your enemie. 2 GOD hath sent you opportunitie. 3 I will take it upon me. Enmitie makes us willing to take revenge; opportunitie, able; and if another will do the act, the rather for that; for, then we shall beare no blame: Three shrewd motives, where they meet: and heer they meet all in one. Let us weigh them: which I do the more willingly, because all three meet also in this day's attempt. 1 Enmitie, that was the colour, an old wrong; so, there were in both, the same pretense. 2 And the same advantage in both. For, the King was shutt up indeed, and that literally. 3 And he that was at Church, he should not have done it, not he: Abisai should have done it, he in the chamber. Of these motives then.

1. The first mo­tive: Inimicum tuum. 1 A deadly ene­mie. Chap. 18.15. He is an enemie. But not every enemie is to be destroyed, but they that would de­stroy us. All enmitie is not deadly feud: Saul's was; nothing would serve him but David's life; and many wayes he sought it indirectly. 1 By matching him with his owne daughter, and laying on him, for a dourie, so many fore-skinns of the Philistines, so he might fall by their hands. 2 That would not doe: he went to it directly: 1 at three severall times cast his javelin at him, to have [...]ayled him to the wall. 2 When he escaped him so;Chap. 18.11.19.20. then gave he expresse charge openly to all men, to kill him, where­ever they mett him. 3 When that would not be, sent to his house for him; when word came,Chap. 19.1.19.15. he was sick in his bed, bad bring him bed and all, that he might see him slaine in his owne presence. Was there ever the like? who would not haue been quit of such an enemie?

2 An enemie without cause. Psal. 7.3.It may be, there was cause why: and then it holds not. Nay, no cause. To GOD he protests, Saul, without any cause, was his enemie. For, no cause he gave him to be his enemie; He never hurt him: But great cause to have been his good Lord, he had many wayes done him good service. Not to speake of his harpe (wherewith he had ridd him of many a furious fitt of melancholie,Chap. 16 23. or a worse matter:) with his sing, it can­not be denied, he did him, and the whole realme good service, in the overthrow of Ge­lias, Chap. 17.49. Chap. 19.5. and took away the rebu [...]e from Israel. Yea many times after, put his soule in his hands (as Ionathan pleaded for him) that is, ventured his life to do him service in his warrs, and ever with good successe; and yet for all this, sought his life. And who would save the life of such an enemie?

1 An enemie not to be w [...]on as out of envy Chap. 18.6.Yes, there may be hope to winne an enemie, and in that case he would not be de­stroyed. Nay, no hope of ever winning Saul. He was an enemie out of envie, and they will never be woon more. From the time, the fond women made that foolish rime of a thousand and ten thousand he could never abide to looke right on him. Envie was the matter; that, is the dangerous enmitie, that never wilbe pacified. Well saith Salomon, Pro. 27.4. Anger is fierce, and hatred is cruell, but who shall stand before envie? As who should say, there be meanes, to satisfie both those: But the enemie from envie, no appeasing him, no hope ever to do it. If ought would, when he saved his life at the caveChap. 24 18.20. and shewed by cutting a shred from his mantle, he might have gone further if he would; Saul himselfe confest, it was a great favour: yet that would not winne him; he sought his life still: And even after this heer, yet he sought it still. There was no hope to appease him. And who then would not make sure of such an enemie? Verily if any enmitie might have served, heer it was.

An enemie to his rising. Chap. 16.20.But there is yet a worse enmitie then all these. Saul was not onely an enemie to David; but Saul's life, an enemie to David's rising. David was, in reversion (we know:) So, Saul stood in his way. There was not onely the sting of revenge; but the edge of ambition, Matt. 21.18. to helpe this motion forward. It was but occîdamus cum; heer [Page 787] [...], kill him and the inheritance is ours, all is ours. Any other enemies spare, and [...] not; but, these that stand in our light, away with them.Iud. 9.5. 1. Sam. 15. 2. King 11.1.It made Abime­lech not to spare his owne bre [...]hren; nor Absalon, his Father; nor Athalia, her chil­dren. Sure, he that weighs it well, that at one blow he might have ridd himselfe of such an enemie, and withal [...] have gained the crowne, will wonder, he let not the blow proceed. Now, lay them together: 1 An enemie, such an one, so deadly; 2 so without cause; 3 so without all hope of appeasing; 4 such a stop to his fortunes: who would have stayd Abisai's hand?

This is enough to give his appetite an edge: but, we lacke opportunitie to doe it;2. The II. Mo­tive, Conclusit Deus. and want of opportunitie saves many an enemie's life. Men must deale wisely, and for­beare, till they find him handsomely, at some good advantage. Nay, it is now growne to be good Divinitie, rebus sic stantibus, to be as gentle as David; and Neperdas is good doctrine. But, as soone as time serves and strength, if we get him once within locks, penned up, and in our power, then doe as we see cause, destroy him and spare not. So that, upon conclusit eum ever stayeth our conclusion. Why heer now, conclusit eum. It was night: Saul lay all wearie asleepe, in a dead sleepe, he and all about him.1 It was night, a faire opportu­nitie. Da­vid and Abisai came and went; said what they would; tooke what they would; none waked or knew of it. It might have beene done safely, there was none to resist them: and been carried closely, none to descrie them▪ An opportunitie it was, and a faire one.

And (as it might seeme) of GOD's owne sending. 2 Of Gods sen­ding (as it might seeme.) It was perillouslie put in (that) of Abisai, Conclusit Deus; that it was GOD's doing, sure: it was the sleepe of GOD was fallen on them: none awake; all asleepe; watch and all. They might stay all the daies of their life, and GOD never send the like againe. What now?

Though David wanted no courage to be revenged on an enemie,3. The III. Mo­tive. Sine me. nor wisedome to discerne this opportunitie; yet, for his reputation, he must not soile his hands: but possibly, if some other would take it upon him, he would not be much against it. Why, it was undertaken by Abisai, that too: he shall goe his way, and doe nothing to it: Sine me, you shall beare no blame, let that be upon me; You shall goe to Church and sing Psalmes, and heare the Sermon, and never appeare in it. What now? I know not what can be required more. Thus you see the motives: Now, what saith David?

Nay first, what saith Saul? Can we have a better Iudge then him in this case?II David's dislike. Et inimici nostri sint judices, an enemie to be iudge in his owne cause? If you will know, what he saith; He it is, that (in the XXIV. Chapter XX.) saith thus: Who shall finde his enemie at such an advantage, and let him goe free? As much to say, Not any; Sure, not he. But if he, or many an other had found David, as David did him, in the Cave, he would have cut his skirts so close, as he would have made him have bled in the reines of his backe; or, if he had taken him (as he did Saul heere) asleepe, he would have set him out of that sleepe, into another, a perpetuall sleepe, and made him sure enough for ever waking more. This is Saul's doome, from his owne mouth. And indeed, haec est Via hominis, with flesh and blood these motives would have wrought. They did not with David: what saith he? these motives move him not.

For all this, all this notwithstanding, Ne perdas, saith he. And first, marke;1. The first charge: Ne perdas. he denieth none of his three motives, 1 that Saul was his enemie; 2 or that the [...] served fitly; 3 or that the colour was good: but, granting all these, for all our en [...]itie, for all this opportunitie, for all your colourable offer to save mine honestie; for all this, Destroy him not.

Secondly, marke, it is not negando, a bare deniall, Non est faciendum: but, with an [Page 788] imperative, with authoritie, Ne feceris; streightly charging and commanding him, not to be so hardie, as to doe it. Et est efficacior vetandi ratio quam negandi; by Ne, then by Non: The imperative negative is most effectuall.

And thirdly, that this is not the first time: once before, he had done the like: an [...] Iteratio praesupponit deliberationem. And indeed, there is a mysterie in this same [Sin [...] me] of Abisai. They had had him once before at like advantage, in the Cave; (and will you but observe, how it went then; it is well worthy your observing.) Then, they were at David, to have done it himselfe, Destroy him you: What was his an­swer? Who I? GOD forbidd, never move it, I will never do it. Now then, heere at this, Abïsai, knowing by the former, it was in vaine to move him to doe it, he offers to be the doer: It shall be none of your act; Sine me: What answer now? No nor you; See you doe it not. Perdas (saith Abisai) before: Non perdam saith Da­vid. Perdam (saith Abisai) now: Ne perdas, saith David. So, he will neither doe it himselfe, nor suffer it to be done. The short is: Neither waking, as at first; nor sleeping, as now: neither by day, as in that; nor by night, as in this: neither by him­selfe, nor by other, will David endure to doe it, or to have it done. But, in the one and the other, first and last, still and ever, Ne perdas (saith David:) Saul must not be destroyed.

4. Yea, so farre was he after this, from forethinking this speech, or wishing it unsaid, that he pleased himselfe in this Ne perdas so, that not content to have said it, he made a Psalme of it, to sing himselfe, and all Israel with him; and by singing it, to sing their dutie in this point, into all their mindes and memories. A signe, the words were good, he would bestow a dittie and tune upon them, as if he gloried in them. Yea, to make them the more memorable, that they might never be lost, he hath framed di­verse other Psalmes to the same tune. You may turne to the LVIII. LIX. LXXV. You shall finde all their titles, to the tune of Ne perdas; that so, all that then were, and all that were to come might know, how good a speech, he tooke it to be; how meet to be said, and sung, of all ages.

5. And, what would ye more? Not these two only, said, and sung; but in the verse following, takes his oath, and sweares to it: As the LORD liveth (saith he) GOD's hand may, but mine shall never be upon him: and his day may come; but, not a day sooner for me. So that, he said no more in this, then he meant to sweare to.

2. The Reason, or II. charge, Ne manum mittas.But now to come to looke into the reason: we shall finde, he goeth further then so, then Not destroying. For, being to give a reason of Ne perdas, keeping the rule, he should now have gone on with it, as he begunne, and said, Quis enim perdidit? For who ever destroyed a King? He doth not so: That (as it seemeth) would not serve his turne: he changeth his verbe now, and saith, Quis enim manum misit; Who hath but putt forth his hand? As if he had given too much scope, in saying no more, but de­stroy not. Indeed, it was well spied; it must be stopped, before it come to destroying. If it come to the deed once, we are all undone: Ne perdas is not enough. Much mis­chiefe may be; at least much feare, and fright (as this day there was) and yet, no de­struction.

To make sure worke then, so farre is he from perdas, as he will not allow manum mittas. By which denying the latter, the former is put past all doubt. If the hand be stayed, no blow can be given: if order be taken for one, the other will follow of it selfe. You may not destroy; for, you may not stirre your hand, is a good conse­quent.

And sure, GOD's care, in this point, is worthy all observation; it descendeth to such minutes: heere in this place we have two restraints together, 1 Destroy not; 2 and (which is more) lay no hand. In another place, he goeth yet further, Touch not mine Annointed;Psal. 105.15. there needs no hand to that, the finger will serve. And yet further in another place,Prov. 30.31. Ne Surgas, Rise not out of your place; or (as the Psalme express [...]th it) lift not up your heele: (that is) stirre not hand nor foot, to any such end.Psal. 41.9. Men may stirre their foot and not rise; and rise, and not touch; and touch, but [Page 789] l [...]y no hands; and lay the hands on, and not destroy. But, GOD's meaning is, from [...]he first to the last, to restreine all: To have all so farre from destroying, as not to lay your hand; nay, not touch with your finger; nay, not so much as rise, or stirre the foot: b [...]t keepe every joynt quiet, from any the least quetching in this matter of Ne perdas. To goe about to doe it, is as much as to doe it.

We heare his charge: but all this while we see not the Retentive, that holds him, so,1. The first Re­ [...]entive: Christum Do­mini. that all Abisai's motives could not move him. He tells us now, what it was: CHRISTVS DOMINI. In which word, is the solution of Abisai's argument, thus. That his militarie Maxime (destroying an enemie) which he and many one els in the world take to be universall, is not so. It admits exceptions div [...]rse; but, among the rest. and above the rest, this; if the partie be CHRISTVS DOMINI, it holds not. There is more retentive force in CHRISTVS DOMINI, to keepe him alive; then there is motive in Inimicus tuus, to destroy him. This is his answer. And it is under one, both a solution of Abisai's argument; and a new one propoun­ded by David, to conclude his part, thus. The Lord's Annointed is not to be touched (GOD's own expresse words, Touch not mine Annointed:) But Saul, what termes soever he stand in of amitie or enmitie, GOD's Annointed he is: Therefore, no tou­ching him. And I observe this, that he maketh choise of CHRISTVS DOMINI, for his medius terminus, rather then Dominus Rex, or any other; rather of GOD's Annointed, then of his Liege-L [...]rd the King. (Yet there is force in them too; but nothing such, as in this.) To the Sa [...]ctuarie he goeth, as to the surest place, and from thence fetcheth this terme of the Lord's Annointed, and so makes the matter surer, as he thinketh. For, when all is done, from that place it commeth, that ma­keth both their Callings, and Persons sacred, and holy: therefore, not without sacri­ledge to be violated; nay, not to be touched. For, such is the nature of holy things, not to be touched; I say, not by any enemie; no, not in warre. For, so we see, Da­vid is displeased with the Philistims, for so dealing with Saul, Agg. 2.13: 2. Sam. 1.21. as if he had not beene annointed with oyle; as who say, it was their duties to have spared him, even in that re­spect.

And sure, a high terme it is, and not slightly to be passed over. In another place he calleth them Gods; heere, CHRISTOS DOMINI: So,Psal. 82.6. they participate with the name of GOD, and with the name of CHRIST, Annointed; and if they be [...]n [...]o [...]nted, it is with the Holy Ghost and power from above. Act. 10.38. Which all shew a neere allia [...]ce betweene GOD and them, CHRIST and them, the Holy Ghost and them, so as, the [...] are not to be harmed, the least way, if GOD, or CHRIST, or the Holy Ghost can keepe them from it.

And this Retentive is strong enough, where there is any sense of Religion. But,2. The II. Re­ten [...]ive: Non e [...]it insens. it is to be doubted, Abisai, and some besides him, have no great feeling that way, and so not ca [...]able of t [...]is. What care they for Samuel or his horne of oile. It must not come out of the Sanctuarie, it must come from the Barre and the Bench, that must pre [...]aile with them. Tell them of Non eris insons, Guiltie or not guiltie, and then you say something. We said before, there is no more effectuall way to denie, then to for­bidd; and, it is as true, Nec efficiacior vetandi ratio, quàm paenâ propositâ, No way of more force to forbidd, then set a penaltie on it: specially, the great penaltie of all, [...]. And yet, death a Soldier careth not so much for neither, except it be mors son­tica, a malefactor's death, and the chiefe malefactor's, the traitor's death, to be drawen and dragged from his place, as 1. Reg. 2.2 [...]. Ioab; hanged, as Est. 2. [...] Bigthan; His bowells pulled out (to suite him to Act. 1.18. Iudas, whose gushed out of themselves;) To have his heart opened, yet being alive, as 2 Sam 18 14 Absalon; His head chopped of, as 2. Sam 20.22. Seba; and it and his quarters hanged up, as 2. Sam 4.11. Baana, and Rechab's were: To have [...]sal. 109.11. their lands and [...]vely-hoods seazed on, and given to strangers; 10. Their issue miserable for their sakes: 13. To be damnatae memoriae, their name, and memorie as a curse: (which three are set do [...]e in the hundreth and ninth Psalme, the Psalme against trecherie.) Tell Abisai of [...], and this may perhapps stay him.

[Page 790]And to say truth, this was no more then needfull; without it, all that was said, might have beene thought to have had but rationem consilij & non praecepti; to have beene spoken by way of good honest advise, but to have beene no penall or capitall law. Gently said of David, Ne perdas; And well done of Abisai, to forbeare; but, no necessitie in it. Therefore he tells them, These words [Ne perdas] are a binding pre­cept: and that so, as if they be transgressed, they will beare an action; yea, an endite­ment; that who so breaketh them, Non erit insons. And Non erit insons are judiciall words, and this they import: That, not onely they may be arraigned; but, that no Quest can acquitt them, or finde them not guiltie: that by no Booke, they can; that by this Book, they cannot be saved. But, if they stretch forth their hands against the Lords Annointed, their necks must stretch for it; and being found guiltie, they must be dealt with as those that are so found; and upon them must come all that is written in this booke, which yer-while we recounted.

And yet, Non erit insons goeth further. For, suppose some of them should happen not to be brought to the barre, it shall not serve; for all that, Non erit insons, still. GOD will not hold them guiltlesse; He will not so leave them; but (rather then there should none be holden) hold an Assise himselfe, and bring them to the end of guiltie persons, all the sort of them. Heaven shall doe it by lightning Psal 144.6. (as Psal. 144.) or the earth doe it by swallowing up (as Num. 16 32. Core;) or their owne friend shall do it (as 2. Sam. 18 14. Ioab; or their owne beast (as 9. Absalon;) or their owne selv [...] hang themselves (as 2. Sam 17.23. Achitophel;) or burne themselves (as 1. King 16.18 Zimri.) If they will not say Ne perda [...] to Christus Domini, Christus Domini shall say perdas to them, and send them all to their owne place, the pit of perdition, so many as will not say Ne perdas, to the Lord's Annointed. It was not for nought, that David said to him (II. Sam. 1.) How wast thou not afraid to doe it? 2. Sam. 1.14. There is (sure) matter of feare in it, every way, to stay them: feare of GOD, in Christus Domini, to move David; feare of the Gallowes, in Noa eris insons, to move Abisai.

3 Abisai's owne conf [...]ss [...]on. Verse 9.But, upon all this, would it not do well, if we had Abisai's owne confession given in evidence against himselfe? That (I suppose) would take up the matter quite. We have it, 2. Sam. 16. There, in a case only of loosenesse in the tongue, where Shemei let goe certaine railing speeches against David, could Abisai say, What shall this foule-mouthed curre thus be suffered to speake against the Lord's Annointed? and no remedie, he would needs have gone and fetch'd his tongue and head and all. Yea, after their returne in peace, when King David had, upon Shemei's submission, gi­ven him his pardon, Abisai pleaded hard, to have it called backe, and would needs have him die for it; and well worthie he was. And all was but for misit linguam: and Abisai himselfe is heere laying hands, violent hands, on the Lords Annointed; a worse matter by farre. So that, upon the matter, Abisai is judged out of his owne mouth, and David justified by him, in his Non eris insons. There are your two Retentives: 1 the first for good Subjects; 2 the latter for whomsoever.

3. The generalitie of the charge: Quis erit insons?Now, lest any might conceive, this is but a case of instance; holds in this particular, but extends not to all; somebodie, in some case, may doe it for all this: therefore is it, he carieth it along through all, with his Quis? to tell us, his meaning is, That not onely Abisai, but that Nequis perdat, Ne quis manum mittat; that, none at all destroy, none lay hands at all: that his Ne, is generall, without exception of any.

And in this, even his manner of denying, his figura dictionis, the tenor of his speech is such, as I dare make a note of it. There be diverse wayes of denying, one more full and forcible then another: but of all, the way by interrogative, is holden the fullest, and most of force. To have said, None did ever attempt it, which was not guiltie; this had been a deniall, but a calme one. But to say: Who ever went about it▪ but he was found guiltie? there is more life and vigor in it, by a great deale. Indeed, of all Ne­gatives, the strongest, the most peremptorie, is by Quis? For it is not a bare Neg [...]tive; but a Negative with a challenge: sending a challenge to any, if he can for his life, to [Page 791] shew one, that was holden innocent in that case. They call it the triumphant Nega­tive; as bearing it selfe confident, that none can rise up against it: Who? (that is) shew, if ever any such had peace, if ever any were reputed innocent; As much to say as, Never was there any, never. If there were, name him, bring him forth; but that you cannot: therefore Quis fuit insons? maketh the case cleere and past all question. So you see, David told us of Christus Domini, as it were in his Ephod, as a Prophet: Then went he into his long robe, and told us Non erit insons, as a Iudge: And now he is in his armor, as a Challenger, with Quis unquam? to challenge any, that holdeth the contrarie.

And his challenge wilbe taken; and there be, that hold the contrarie, in our age; and that dare step forth, and make a question of it for all this: or rather, make no question at all of it, but can tell David, both who may lay his hand on, to destroy GOD's Annointed ; and who shall acquitt, absolve, and make them innocent, that so do.

Who shall? Quis? marrie Quisquis, any whosoever, being warranted. And who shall warrant him? That shall the High Priest, by his last censure.

These fellowes would not stick to tell Abisai, a cleane contrarie tale, to that of David's. Destroy not, saith he: Go to, say David what he will, or what he can, we say, Destroy him: what, if he be—? Yea though he be the Lord's Annointed. You shall be guiltie then certainly, saith David. What say they? Say they thus: You shall not be guiltie, you may do it, we will absolve you? (that were too much:) No; but you shall merit by it; you ought to do it: we will Sainct you for so doing. This is not matter of talke; we know, it hath been done.

Quis, who? A Iacobine lay his hand: Yea, hand and knife, and thrust it into the body of GOD's Annointed: Yea, annointed with the oyle that came downe from hea­uen (as they tell us) sent purposely to annoint the French Kings and make them GOD's Annointed [...]. What, and not guiltie? Not guiltie: yea, and hardly scaped from being a Saint, if the Cardinall's faith had failed as well as the Pope's did, and if they had not kept Saint Peter's successor from erring. Be not we fallen into strange times, wherein David must be driven to recant, and Abisai proove the Prophet? and in which (as if there were no such verse as this, in the Bible) the illusion of error is growne so strong with some, as they will rather themselves be destroyed, then say, the Lord's Annointed is not to be destroyed.

I will do them no wrong: They will say, This text is enough,Saul's case, a ruling ca [...]e for Ne p [...]r [...]as. to condemn this day's attempt; it commeth full home to that case. It was upon Inimicum tuum: in which case of private revenge, themselves hold it cleere, quòd non, as well as we. But, when they dispense with Ne perdas, it is upon other grounds: upon misgovernment, or (to speake as they do) tyrannie; upon usurping power in matters ecclesiasticall; upon bloudy persecution, and that of GOD's Priests; and these are not in the text. Yes they are in him in the text, concerning whom, this Ne perdas was given, every one: and yet Ne perdas stands, for all that. And this I say, howsoever Abisai did looke up­on Saul, but with a Soldier's eye, and saw nothing in him but an enemie, to move him, to destroy him; if some of these quick and sharp-sighted Ab [...]saies had had the loo­king into him, they would have spied in him other manner of matter, to have resolved him meet to be made away: they would have found him, not David's enemie onely, but an enemie to GOD, and all goodnesse; and returne him culpable of all those faults, which they use to insist on, when they write their bookes to that end.

And I verily think, God, in this first example, of his first King over his owne peo­ple, hath purposely suffered them all to fall out, and to be found in him; even all that should fall out in any King after him, to inforce their position: that so we might find them answered to our hands.Notwithstan­ding HIS [...]s­government & Tyrann [...]e.

To touch them in order. They would easily have quarrelled at Saul's misgovern­ment. Not at the first: he then, was a mild, and a gratious Prince. Never came [Page 792] there from any Prince's mouth, a more princely speech, then the first speech, he is re­corded to have spoken,Chap. 11.5. Quid populo quòd flet? What ayles the people to complaine? A speech worthie everlasting memorie, so they complaine not without cause. But with­in a while, he grew so sterne and fierce, as no man might speake to him. Vpon euery light occasion, nay upon no occasion at all, his javelin went streight to nayle men to the wall:Chap. 20.33. Not David onely, but Ionathan his Sonne and Heire apparant, and no cause why. In the XIII. Chapter it is said, Saul had then been King a yeare, and raig­ned two yeares in Israël:Chap. 13.2. yet it is well knowne, his raigne was forty yeares: Their own Writers resolve it, thus: how long soever he raigned, he was a King but two yeares. All the time after, he was somwhat els, or somwhat more then a King. And they lett not to tell what;Psal. 54 3.57.1. applying to Saul that of the Psalme, Tyrants that have not God before their eyes seek after my soule. And that: Vnder thy wings shall be my refuge, till this tyrannie be over past. Yet for all this tyrannie, Ne perdas saith David.

2 Vsurping the Priest's office.Yet for all this he fell not into the sinne of all sinnes, which they stand so much on, Vsurping power in things spirituall. Yes: and that would they have found too. Why? did he call himselfe Head of the Church? Indeed no: Samuel did that for him; He it was,Chap. 15.17. that said: When thou wert little in thine owne eyes, the Lord made thee Head of the Tribes of Israël (of which, the Tribe of Levi was one:) for that, Samuel must answer. But Saul went further a great deale; yea further then Oza: For he tooke upon him to sacrifice in person himselfe;Chap. 13.19. to offer burnt offerings upon the very Altar, the high­est part of all the Priest's Office: that is, usurped further then ever did any. And all this David knew, yet it kept him not from saying Ne perdas.

3 Shedding the Priest's blood. Chap. 22.18.They never have done with persecuting and shedding Priest's bloud: was Sau [...]'s f [...]n­ger in that too? In that, he passed: He putt the High Priest himselfe and LXXXIV. more, all in one day, to the sword: and all but upon the single accusation, but of [...]o­ëg; all protesting their innocencie, in the fact; and all, loyalty to him: and all but for a douzen of bread given to David. This could not but grieve David exceedingly: it was for his sake; yet he saith, Ne perdas though▪ for all that.

4 Being posses­sed with an evill spirit. Chap. 16.14.And one case more I give in for advantage. It is well knowne, he was a Daemoniak, one actually possessed with an evill spirit; which is a case beyond all other cases: Yet destroy him not Abisai, though. So that, if Abisai, in stead of inimicum tuum, had said, GOD hath shut up 1 this Tyrant, 2 this Vsurper, 3 this Persecutor, 4 this [...] partie, this what you will; David would have said no other then he did, N [...]perdas, still. I would faine know, which of all their destructive cases is heere wanting: They be all heere; all, in Saul; all, in him, at the time of this motion: yet, all alter not the case: David saith still, as he said. If then all be in Saul, all incident, all eminent in him; nay if his case be beyond all; said it must be, that David heer saith. Though he be any of these, though he be all these, destroy him not; or destroy him and b [...] de­stroyed, destroy him and be the child of perdition.

5 There was an High Priest, Abiathar.I would be loth to deceive you: There may seem yet to want one thing. Heer was no High Priest to excommunicate him, or give warrant to do it: yes, that there was too. For Abiathar scaped that great massacre of Priests by Saul: and now, he was lawfull High Priest. Now he fled to David thence, and brought the Ephed with him.Chap. 22. last. So as by good hap, the High Priest was with David now in the Camp, and the Ephod too. There wanted no just cause (you see) to proceed against Saul. There wanted no lawfull authoritie; the High Priest we have. There wanted no good will in Abiathar, Chap. 23.6. ye may be sure, his father and brethren having been murthered by Saul. So heer was all, or might have been, for a word speaking. All would not serve; Da­vid is still where he was; saith still, Ne perdas; knew no such power, in the High Priest's censure, was not willing to abuse it: cannot see Quis, any person to doe it; nor any cause, for which it is to be done. Enough, to make a ruled case of it for ever. That Abisai may not do it, nor Abiathar give warrant to it. His charge is honest, Ne perdas: His reason good, Christus Domini: His sentence just, Non erit insons: His challenge un-answerable, Quis mittet manum?

[Page 793]And, this being cleered, come we now to the principall cause of our comming,The Text and Day compared. Which is, in this publique manner, to render our yearly solemne thankes to Christus Dominus, for the deliverance of our Christus Domini, this day (a deliverance like this in the text;) even for his Ne perdas, at Perth. For it, and for both points in it 1 That His Annointed was not destroyed. 2 That they, that put forth their hand to doe it, carried it not away, but found the reward due to guilty persons. The two cases, 1 this in the Text, 2 and that of this day; are both like in the maine: if in circumstances, dislike; this of ours hath the advantage. The fact more foule, the deliverance more famous.

To speake then of malitia diei hujus, the malitious practise of this day. Had the King beene an enimie; yea, such an enemie as Saul, it had beene no warrant. But, he was no enemie: No, but many wayes, a gratious Prince to them both. I know, pretence there was, of a wrong. Say it had beene one; what was done, was done by others, in the King's minoritie. And though done by others, yet justly done: and no wrong was it at all, but wrongfully so called.

Secondly, the King was shut up, it is true; but not as in the text, by GOD; but by wicked men, who found him not casually (as Saul was) but trained him guilefuly to the place, and there shut him up treacherously. It was not suddaine, it was a long plott: the malice, the more; the fact, the fowler. And there he was conclusus & derelictus both; shutt up by Abisai, forsaken of David.

Thirdly, And it was not night, nor the King asleepe, that he might have passed away without any fright or terror. No: it was daemon meridianus this, a noone-day devill. He was broad awake,Psal. 91.6. and the feare of death (worse then death it selfe) I know not how oft and many times, before his eyes.

Fourthly: And as beyond it in these; so, in the Principall beyond it too. Both of them lift up: Abisai, his speare; this, his dagger, to have giuen, the fatall blow. Abi­sai, but once: This, twise. And certainly, neerer it came the King, then David would suffer it come to Saul: So, the danger neerer, & the deliverie greater. And yet, there was a Ne perdas in this too; and that a strange one: Not by David, no: Iudge, if it may not seeme a miracle, that GOD then shewed. When there was none to say destroy not, els; GOD opened, his mouth that was there set, himselfe to be the de­stroyer, to say once and againe, ô destroy him not, destroy not the King. The voyce was David's; the hands, Abishai's. It calls to my minde, what long since I read in He­rodotus: that at the taking of Sardi, when one ranne at Croesus the King, to have slaine him, that a little boy borne dumbe, that had never spoken word in all his life, with the fright and horror of the sight, his tongue loosed, and he broke forth and cried [...] &c. O man destroy not the King, and so saved his life. So writeth he, as of a won­der: and see, if this were not like it. But so we see, if there were no body els to say it, they that are borne dumbe shall say it; yea, the destroyer himselfe shall say it, rather then Ne perdas shall not be said. This would not serve (though it did to Abisai;) but they were worse then Abisai, that were heere. That GOD therefore might have the honour of the day, he passed over to the latter part of the verse; and when there was none els to doe it, He tooke the matter into his owne hands; Himselfe held the as­sise, found him guilty, gave order for his excecution, sent up one to doe it; and one, that formerly had beene his speciall friend, and (if I be not deceived) sworne brother, as I [...]ab, to bring Absalon to his end; that destroyed him, for not hearing destroy not.

And yet the goodnesse of GOD stayed not heere, neither; but, where in the text, in Saul's case, there was but one blow, one danger, one delivery: In this, there were no lesse then three, one after another. First came Abisai; he and his armed man: GOD delivered him. Then came the other, the Master of the mischiefe, then bewrayed, and (as one bewrayed) desperately set: GOD againe delivered him. Then last of all (and that was worst of all) came the popular tumult, whose rage knowes [Page 794] no reason, who, as they Num. XVI. called Core and Dathan, the people of the Lord: so these (little better:) and even then also did God by his mighty providence turne away the destruction. This in the text was soon done; a few words, and away: This of the day, it was long first, and much adoe, yet it was done: the longer, and the more, the more is God to be magnified for it.

And when all was done there, he that was saved was but Saul: but heer (envie flatters not, but) if envie it selfe should speak, it would say, Major Saule hîc, a greater then Saul eny: (For, the territorie of the least of your kingdomes was greater then that of his:) And melior Saule hîc, a better then Saul was heere saved; better, without all comparison. So, the beginning was (as they made account) Conclusit Deus ini­micum nostrum: The end was, as it prooved, Conclusit Deus inimicos Domini Regis, GOD made a conclusion of their wicked premisses and their wretched persons all at once. So, the conclusion was Ne perdas to the King, and Non insons to the children of perdition.

Now, to that, GOD, that when You were shutt up, forsooke You not, but delive­red You à malitiâ diei hujus & à Daemone meridiano; that in the depth of all Your dan­ger, when there was no tongue on earth could say Ne perdas, said it from heaven, and sayd it thrice over: for that His threefold deliverie, render we threefold thankes and praise; thrice blessed be His holy Name for it. And He grant, that this lesson of David's, may take deep root in all our hearts, that there may never be a Quis in Israël to lift up his hand, to the like action; all may be quit, none found guiltie ever of so foule a crime. None, on Abisai's side, to make any such motion; all of David's mind, to mislike it, to say Ne perdas: Ne perdas, though it be Saul. But, for David, Neperdas is not enough. To Him, and such as He is, let us with one voyce crie Hosanna; not onely, not destroy, but Hosanna, Lord save, Lord prosper, Lord add dayes to his dayes, that his yeares may be as many ages. And as this day thou didst, so still and still prepare thy loving mercie and truth, that they may preserve Him, even for ever and ever.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT HOL­DENBIE, on the V. of AVGVST, A, D. MDCX.

I. CHRON. CHAP. XVI. VER. XXII.

Nolite tangere Christos meos.

Touch not mine Annointed.

HEERE is a Speech: but we know not Whose, nor to Whom, nor yet (well) concerning Whom: onely concerning certaine Persons, whom the Speaker (whosoever He is) calleth His An­nointed. It behooveth us, to know these three, who they be.

The person, whose the speech is, Persona lo­quens, 1 He that saith Meos, Him we finde at the foureteenth verse. Ipse est Dominus Deus noster, He is the Lord our GOD: GOD it is, that spea­keth heere; He, that challengeth them for His, by calling them, Mine.

The persons to whom: in the verse before, Non 2 reliquit hominem, He leaveth not a man. So, it is, to all in generall: but specially to some, more quicke of touch then the rest, whose fingers are never well, till some way or other, they be touching, whom GOD would not have touched.

The persons, concerning whom (whom, He stileth, His Annointed) will fall out 3 to prove, the Princes of the earth. We must not say it, but proove it (say it now, proove it anon.)

Now, as if some body were about to offer them some wrong; heere commeth a voice from heaven, staying their hands, and saying, See you touch them not. Quos Deus unxit, homo ne tangat. Whom GOD hath annointed, let no man presume to touch.

Of which, it may well be said, as the Psalmist saith to us, every day, Hodiè si vocem: [Page 796] To day, if ye will heare His voice, harden not your hearts, and ye may: For, as this day (now ten yeeres) from the same Person, and the same place, a like voice there came, concerning His Annointed, in whose presence we stand. That GOD would not have His Annointed touched, this Text is a witnesse, and this Day is a witnesse: The Text, dixit; the Day, factum est.

Referred unto the Text next before, 1. Sam. 26.9.Touching the same point, when time was, in this place you heard, Ne perdas: you shall heare it againe now, but, from an higher person, under a streicter charge, and with a larger compasse.

1 The person higher: for, that was David: Sedecce major Davide hîc, but behold, a greater then David is heere. This, is no voice on earth (neither of Prophet nor Apostle) we now heare: Audivi vocem de coelo, We heare a voice from heaven: And thence, nei­ther of Saint, nor Angell, but of GOD himselfe. To shew His care of them (His Annointed) He would have none give the charge about them, but himselfe; Himselfe in person Non alienae vocis organo, sed oraculo suae; from none other, but from His own mouth.

2 The charge streicter: for, there it was, Destroy not, the worst that could be: Heere it is, Touch not, the least that may be; and so, even that way, amended much.

3 The compasse larger: That, was to Abishai, but one man; and it was, concerning Saul, one King onely; and therefore it was in the singular, Ne perdas: This is, Nolite, and Christos: the number altered, of a larger extent farre, even to All men, concer­ning All his Annointed. Nolite, in the plurall, that is, None of you: Christos in the plurall, that is, None of them. Them, not touched, not Any of them; You, not touch, not Any of you. Non reliquit hominem: He leaveth not a man, but forbiddeth All. Now, out of this plurall, you may deduce any singular; Out of Christos, any King; Out of Nolite, any party: Out of Tangere, any hurt: and so, not any man, to doe any hurt, to any His Annointed.

This Text, the first and great Commandement concerning this point.A Commandement it is, and I may safely say, Primum & magnum mandatum, The first and great Commandement, touching the safeguard of Princes.

The first: For (as the verses before shew) it was the first given, in this kinde, and that before all other, in the Patriarch's time, long before Moses, under the Law of Nature.

The greatest, not onely because it is of the greatest in heaven, and concerning the greatest in earth: but for that it is the originall maine precept, touching Princes and their safety, or (as the phrase is) the fundamentall Law, upon the which all the rest are grounded, unto the which all the rest reduced, and from the which all the rest deri­ved. David's Destroy not, is but an abstract of this Touch not. Aske him what Text he had for his Ne perdas: hither he must come, this must be it, and none other. This No­lite tangere is the maine wing of protection: Ne perdas, or any other particular, is but a feather of it.

The DivisionTo see that parts of it. A Precept it is, and negative; and the negative precept is of the nature of a fence, and the fence leadeth us to the thing fenced. First of all then, we take it in sunder, in the midst: meos, whose the fence is; and then Nolite tangere, as it were a circle or fence round about them.

I Christos meos hath in it, two things: Not only the parties, whom they should not: but the reason why they should not touch them. Not touch? Whom not touch? His Annointed. And why not touch? Even because, His Annointed.

In Christos meos taken together, are the parties non tangendae: Againe, in Christos meos taken in sunder and weighed apart, are two reasons couched, de non tan­gendo.

Why not touched? first, they be His: And secondly, what of His? His Annoin­ted. These two, be two severall: His Annointed, is more then His: for, all that be His be not Annointed.

[Page 797]1. His alone, were enough; that they be His, they pertaine to Him, and so, He to see them safe.

2. But then besides, they be the very choise and chiefe of His, His Annointed, and so, [...] more speciall care of them, then the rest.

And then (from the nature of the word) not onely His Annointed, Vncti Eius: but CHRISTI Eius, His CHRISTS, which is the highest degree of His Annoin­ted: for higher then that, ye cannot goe.

And last, what that is, that maketh them thus, His Annointed: to know whether they may be stripped of it, or no.

Then come we to the Circle or Fence, and that we may divide too: for Nolite tan­gere, II: is a double fence; 1 from the act, 2 and from the will. Touch not (so we read) where the touch, the act, is forbidden. Nolite tangere (so read the Fathers) where the will to touch is forbidden likewise. Nolite, that is, Have ye not the will, not so much as a [...] inclination to doe it. So, both the act and will of touching is restrained: the act, in tangere; the will, in Nolite.

In the former, we are to take the extent, of Tangere, and Christos: 1. To what matters Tangere will reach: 2. In how many points, to Christos. And in the latter, to what persons, in Nolite.

And so, see we the summe of the Text, which is sufficient enough to keepe Kings from touching, if it selfe might be kept untouched: but as the times are, the Text it selfe is touched, there needs a second Nolite tangere for it. To that end then, to see the Text safe and well kept, the three persons in it, all to ioyne together: Kings, touching whom; and Subiects, to whom; and GOD himselfe, by whom it is given in charge. And if the two former doe their parts, GOD will not faile in his.

Let me add one thing more. That this Text, besides that it is a Commandement, it is also a Thankesgiving; But both have but one errand, the King's safety.

A Commandement it is from GOD: the very stile, the moode (Nolite) giveth it for no lesse.

And a Thanksgiving it is to GOD; for it is a verse of a Psalme, of a Halleluja-Psalme, of the first Halleluja-Psalme: (there be twenty of them in all, this is the first of them all.)

A Commandement it is; for it is proclaimed with sound of trumpet, and that by Banaiah and his companie: And a Thankesgiving it is; for it is sung with solemne mu­sique by Asaph, and the Queere, at the sixth and seventh verses before. It is both, and both waies we to have vse of it.

First, as of a Commandement from GOD, to teach us this duty towards GOD's Annointed. I trust, we will performe better duties to them then this: but, whatsoe­ver we do besides, what good we doe them, Ne noceat, not to touch them, to do them no hurt.

And, never so much need of this doctrine, as now, when by a late heavy accident, we see, wretches there are, dare attempt it: And other (and they the more wretches of the twaine) that did dare to avow it: Did dare (I say;) for, now they would seeme to disavow it; but so poorely, and faintly, as all they say, may hold, and yet another like act be done to morrow.

And then secondly, as a Thankesgiving to God, who hath set the print of this com­mandement, upon this day; in cutting short this day, two wicked Imps, that went about to breake it, by touching, and more then touching, the Lord's Annointed.

And never were we so much bound to doe it, as this yeare: For that, this yeare, up­on this fresh occasion, truly we may say, He hath dealt thus with us,Psal. 147.20. Non taliter fecit omni Nationi, He hath not so dealt with all Nations, nor hath every King found Him so gracious. Others, have not in theirs; I speake it with compassion: we have in ours; I speake it to our comfort, and to the praise of God. Both these waies.

Christos meos.

Christos meos, who [...]hey be.AN honourable Title to beginne with: and beginne with it we must: the very Grammar Rules lead us to it. Annointed, is but an Adjective, we are to seeke the Substantive for it. But besides, we are to find who they be, whom we are not to touch, lest we touch them unawares. And as well, that we may know the right, and do them their right; as, that we may discerne them from the wrong: for, wrong [...]here be, that call themselves Christos Domini, whom the Holy Ghost never christned by that name.

Marke 13.21.As, of CHRIST himselfe, many come and say, Ecce, hîc est CHRISTVS, ecce illîc: Heer is CHRIST, and there is CHRIST, and deceive many: So, of these Christs heer likewise; See, heer is Christus Domini, and there he is, and no such mat­ter. Our first point then is to know, who they be.

Patriarchs, Christi Domini.These in the Text heer, were the Patriarchs, it cannot be denied. They be set downe by their names, Abraham, Isaac, Iacob, touching whom, primâ intentione, this charge is given, that they be not touched.

And let not this seeme strange: For in the first world, the Patriarchs were princi­pall persons, and (as I may safely say) Princes in their generations, and for such, hol­den and reputed by those, with whom they lived. I may safely say it: for of Abra­ham it is in expresse termes sayd by the Hethites, Gen. 23.6. Audi Domine, Princeps Deies inter nos, Thou art a Prince of God (that is, a mighty Prince) heer among us: As indeed, a Prince he shewed himselfe, when he gave battell and overthrow to foure Kings at once. Of Isaac no lesse may be said,Gen. 25.16. who grew so mighty, as the King of Palestine was glad to entreat him to remoove further off, and not dwell so neer him: and then, to go after him in person,Verse 28. Gen. 48.22. and sue to him, there might be a league of amitie betweene them. And the like of Iacob, who by his s [...]ord and bow, conquered from the Amorite (the mightiest of all the nations in Canaan) that countrie, which by will he gave to Ioseph for his possession. It was neer to Sichar, well knowen; you have mention of it, Iohn 4.5.

Great men they were certainly, greater then most conceive: but be their great­nesse what it will, this is sure, they were all the Rulers the people of GOD then had, and besides them, Rulers had they none. And that is it we seeke; Pater was in them, and [...] too, father-hood and government: and these two made them Patriarchs, & Vnctos ante unctionem (saith S. Augustine) Annointed before there was any mate­all Annointing at all.In Psal. 140.

Princes, Christi Domini.In them then this terme beganne, and in them it held so long, as they had the go­vernment in them. But, Patriarchs were not alwaies to governe GOD's people; but Kings, in ages following, were to succeed in their places. And so did succeed them; succeed them in the word Pater, and in the word [...] both, both in the right of their fatherhood, and the rule of their government, as Fathers of their Countries, and Go­verners of their Common-wealths. Where the Patriarchall rule expired, the Regall was to take place, being both one in effect. For, Abraham the Patriarch is termed a Prince, (Gen. XXIII.VI.) and to make even, David the Prince is termed a Patriarch; Let me speake boldly unto you of the Patriarch David, saith Saint Peter (Acts II XXIX.) So that two things we gaine heer: 1. That jus Regium commeth out of jus Patri­um, the King's right from the Father's, and both hold by one Commandement. Then 2. That this Text bindeth, as a Law of Nature, being given for such, to the old world, long before the Law came in any Tables.

Now, that, as in other things, so in this terme of Christi Domini, Kings do succeed [Page 799] the Patriarchs, we have (first) our warrant from the Holy Ghost, applying this terme heer, after, to 1. Sam. 12.3.4 Saul, to 2. Sam. 19 21. David, to 2. Chro 6 42. Salomon, to Abac. 3 3. Ezekias, to Lam 4.20. Iosias, to Esai 4 [...] [...]. Cyrus: Kings all. Secondly, from the Councells: The third generall Councell of Ephesus; the g [...]eat Councell of Toledo the fourth; the great Westerne Councell of Francford. Thirdly, from the consent of Fathers. To dispatch them at once,Append. ad Tom 4. pag. 1097. can. 74. pag. 649. Edi [...]io Ve­ [...]et. so saith the Coun­cell of Francford, B. Hieronymus & caeteri S. Scripturae tractatores, &c. S. Hierom and the rest of the Writers on Scripture (all) understand it not of o [...]hers, but of Kings: Ye [...], lastly from their owne Writers, Caietan, and Genebrard, who themselves so apply it, upon this very place.

Nay, Kings, they will grant (they can neither will nor choose:) But then,Princes onely in Sc [...]ipture [...]ve th [...] ti [...]le of Christi [...]omi­ni. they would hemme in others likewise, to enter common in the Title; as the Pope, as the Cardinalls, and as any els, save them that be indeed. But that they must doe then without booke: For, in this booke warrant have they none. For, this terme [Chri­sti Domini] heere, originally ascribed to the Patriarchs, is ever afterward, without variation, continually appropriate to Kings, and to Kings onely, all the Bible through. The question is, whither we will speake, as the Holy Ghost doth, or no? If we will, then upon a just survey taken of all the places, where the word Christus Do­mini is to be found in Scripture, three and thirty they be in number. Of which one onely is in the New, and that is of our SAVIOVR Himselfe: the rest,Luc. 2.26. all [...]n the Old. Foure times by GOD, Mine Annointed; Six times to GOD, Thine Annointed: Ten times of GOD, His Annointed: Twelve times, in termes ter­minant, GOD'S Annointed: Of which, twice it is sayd of the Patriarchs; Heere, and in the c v. Psalme (which two places are indeed but one.) All the rest are sayd either of CHRIST, or of Kings, all: and never applied to any other,Ver. 15. but to them onely. And heere we joine issue: if to any other, the Scripture apply Christos Do­mini, we yeeld: if to none but them, we carry it. For, what reason have we, if the Scripture appropriate it to them, and none but them; to take it from them, and give it to others, to whom the HOLY GHOST never gave it.

Yet have I no meaning to deny, but that others, not onely persons, Though other persons annoin­ [...]ed ▪ yet no [...]e called the Lo [...]ds annointed. but (if they will) even things too, were annoynted under the Law. Pe [...]sons, as Priests and Pro­phets: Things, as the Tabernacle, and all the Vessells of it, even to the very fire-forkes, [...]shpans and snuffers. But though they were so, yet none of the things, nay nor any of the persons, have ever the name given them, of Christus Domini. No Prophet, of all the fellowship of the Prophets; no Priest, no not the high Priest himselfe, ever so called. It may be, Annointed; but not the Lord's annointed: It may be Vncti, not Christi: or, in a corner of one chapter of the Maccabees [Christi] once, but not with his full Christendome, not Christi Domini. Still they fall short: and Christus Domi­ni followes the King, and him onely.

Yea, this ye shal observe in their own old translator: that the same word in Hebrew and Greeke, when he speaketh of the Priest, he ever turneth it Vnctus; when of the King, Christus ever: as if of purpose he meant by this word, to make a partition be [...]weene them. Any will thinke, there was surely meant them some speciall pre­rogative more then the rest: that from the rest it is given them, and ever to them, and to none of the rest.

We may well conclude this point then, with the Apostle: They are made so much the more excellent then the rest, by how much they have obtained a more excellent name then the rest. For unto which of all the rest at any time sayd He, Thou art mine Annointed? Enough to settle this terme upon Kings. The Holy Ghost attributes it to them,Heb. 1.4.5 and none but them. We to understand it of them, and none but them. It is, and so let it be, their owne due stile, their proper denomination. Touch not mine An­nointed: Who be they? If we [...]oe by the booke, Princes: why then, Touch not Princes.

[Page 800] Meos, the claim whose they be. Christos meos, who they be, we see. But in these words (we sayd) there are not onely the parties, whom they should not: but the reason, why they should not touch them. And not one reason, b [...]t two at the least. Now then, let us take the words in [...]under, and weigh either by it self, seeing either word is a reason, de non tangendo. First, whose they be: His, Meos. Then what of His: His Annointed. And His Annointed, is Christi [...]: Which (it may be) will amount to two reasons more. Meos is His claime: Christos, His character, or speciall marke.

Lay no title to them. Meos, His [...]la [...]me: which word is not slightly to be passed by. It is to the pur­pose. To claime, is to touch. He that saith Meos, He that claimes them, toucheth them: tou [...]heth their free hold (as we say.) He that saith, touch them not; saith, claime them not. Some question there is growen, whose they be. Two claimes there are put in, and layd to them, besides. Meos, saith the Pope; and Meos, say some for the People; but neither say true: GOD, He saith Christos meos, and He onely hath the right so to say.

1 Meos, the Popes claime. Meos, saith the Pope. For he, or some by his commission, used to annoint the Empe­rours, and because he was master of the ceremony, he would be master of the substance too: and his they were. The Pope, he was Gods; and they were his annointed, and of him had their dependence, and he to depose them and to dispose of them, and to doe with his owne what he list. And this claime, is not yet given over. For, he that shall marke the Pope's faintnesse, when some Kings are sought to be touched; nay, are touched indeed, out of his Meos; will easily thinke, he is well enough content they be touched, though they be GOD'S Annointed, if they be not his too: Touch not his: Not his, as for others, it skilleth not, touch them, who will.

But this claime by the ceremony, is cleane marred, by this text: for when these words (heere) were spoken, there was no such ceremony instituted, it was Non eus, no such thing in rerum naturâ. That came not up, till Moses: Now these heere in the Text, were in their graves long before Moses was borne. No Meos then; no claime by the ceremonie.

2 Esai. 45.1.And after it came up, no Priest went out of Iury to Persia to carry the ceremony to Cyrus: yet of him, saith Esay, Haec dicit Dominus, Cyro Christo meo, Thus saith the Lord, to Cyrus mine Annointed, and yet never came there any oyle upon his head. So that even after it was taken up, yet the ceremony and the claime by it, would not hold. The truth is, the ceremony doth not any thing; onely declareth, what is done. The party was before, as much as he is after it: onely by it, is declared to be, that he was before, and that which he should have beene still, though he had never so been de­clared. The truth may and doth subsist, as with the ceremony, so without it. It may be reteined, as with some it is, and with us it is: and it may be spared, as it is with others: Spared, or reteined, all is one; no claime groweth that way.

3 But last of all, where it was used, as by Samuel to Saul, by Sadoc to Salo­mon: yet they claimed nothing in the parties they annointed, but called them still GOD'S, and never their owne annointed. They knew no claime lay by it: Nay, if it had beene a Sacrament, as it was but a ceremony: he that ministreth the Sacra­ment, hath no interest in the party by it, but GOD alone; and then much lesse he, that performeth but a ceremony, is to plead any Meos. So that every way, this claime vanisheth, of Christi Pontificis.

Meos. the Peo­ples claime.Now then, a second claime, another Meos, hath of late begunne to be buzzed of, as if they were Christi populi, and held of them. And whatsoever the matter is, the Cardinall himselfe waxeth very earnest for it;Bellarmine. (I thinke, because he seeth the Popes arme groweth short, and loth he is, but that there should be still some hands to touch them;) He will not so much, as give God leave to appoint Saul or David of Himself, but he taketh upon him, to suspend them both, untill the people with their suffrage come in and ratifie GOD'S doing.

But this claime likewise falleth to the ground, even by this verse: then must we go [Page 801] mend our Text heer. For if so: GOD was properly to have sayd, Nolite tangere Christos vestros, Touch not your Annointed; for to the people, he speaketh. Of all o­th [...]s, Meos cannot be theirs, unlesse we will glosse it thus, Meos (id est) non meos; Mine (that is) none of mine, but your owne. And then sure, He should have done them some wrong, to have forbid them to touch that, which was their owne. The Pope saith, He can make CHRISTVM DOMINVM, CHRIST the LORD himselfe: if he could so do indeed, it were not altogether unlike, he might make Christum Domini. But GOD help, if the people fall to make Gods, or make Christs, if they shall take GOD's verse from Him, and say Nos diximus, Dij est [...]s, We have said, ye are Gods: yea,Ps [...]l. 82.6. Ioh. 19.11. and Christs too, and change it, Thou shouldest have no power unlesse it were, Data desuper, Given from above, saith He; They, unlesse it were data de subter, unlesse it were given you hence from beneath: then, must we go change all our Texts that sound that way. Enough to let you see, they both claime that, is none of theirs, but God's.

To give in evidence now, for God's right; That His Meos is the onely true claime, 3. Meos, Gods c [...]aime Chap 4.14. Verse 22. Ve [...]se 29. Ve [...]se 14. that His onely they be. Three times over, it is told us by Daniel in one Chapter, that the Kingdomes be God's, and that He giveth them, to whom He will, as having the sole property of them. And it is said there, that this is Sententia Vigilum, & Sermo Sancto­rum. And, if it be Sententia Vigilum, they are scarse well awake▪ that thinke otherwise; And if it be Sermo Sanctorum, they talke prophanely, that speake otherwise. And this verily was the divinity of the Primitive Church concerning Kings, which of all, had least cause to favour them. Cujus jussu nascuntur homines, ejus jussu constituuntur Prin­cipes; By whose appointment they be borne men (and that is, neither [...]y pe [...]ple's, nor by Pope's) by his appointment, and no other, are they made Princes, saith old [...]raeneus. lib 5. Inde illis potestas, unde spiritus; Thence have they their power, whence they have thei [...] breath, saith Tertullian: And that is from neither (I am sure) but from God alone.Apolog. pag. 6. [...].

His they be: for, His their Crowne, Diadema Reg [...]s in manu Dei, Verse 3. Verse 4. Esai LXII. And as if he saw a hand come from heaven with a Crowne in it, so speaketh he in the XXI. Psal. Tu posuisti, thou hast sett a crowne of pure gold upon his head. His, their scepter, or rod: Virga Dei in manibus Ejus, God's rod in his hand, Exod. XVII. of Moses. Verse 9. Verse 21. His their throne: Sedebat Salomon in throno Dei, Salomon sate upon God's throne, I. Chron. XXIX. Nay, long before, in the Law of Nature, saith Iob, Reges in solio collocat in per­petuum: He takes them by the hand, and placeth them in the Throne, Iob 36.7. and that in per­petuum, there to sit, in themselves, and their succession for ever. His, their Annointing: Psal. 89.21. Oleo sancto Meo, with Mine holy oyle: The Annointing His, therefore the An­nointed. And if all these, their Crowne, their Scepter, their Throne, their Annointing His; then His they be, Christi Domini. And of Christi Domini, we shall shew twelve faire evidences in expresse termes, God's Annointed. And ten more, we shall bring forth, with an Ejus, a plaine reference to Him, His Annointed. Christi Pontificis, Samuel's or Sadoc's Annointed: Christi populi, Iuda's or Israel's Annointed, non legitur, we shall not find. His they be then.

Now inferre. His: therefore hand of, what have you to do with that, is none of yours? what to claime or to touch, that is His? Nolite tangere meos. This onely, and no more but this, in very aequitie were enough, Touch not Mine. This, for Meos: Now to Vnctos.

His then: but not as All are, by a generall tenure; but His, as his Annointed, Annointed. Vncti. by a more speciall and peculiar kind of interest. His Annointed, is more then His, for all His are not annointed: for if all were annointed, there should be none left to touch them: we might strike out this verse, the charge were in vaine, there were none to [...]eceive it. If all be Vncti, where should be Tangentes? We must then, needs leave a difference between Christiani and Christi. For, holding all that are Christians, all God's people annointed and holy alike; it will follow, why should M [...]ses then,Num. 16. [...]. or any take upon him to be their Superiour? And so we fall into the old contradiction of Core: which is all one with the new paritie and confusion of the Anabaptists, Iude 11. or those that prick fa [...] towards them.

But the very Ceremonie it selfe serveth to shew, somwhat is added to them, by [Page 802] which they be His, after a more peculiar manner then the rest, to whom that is not added. Oyle it selfe designeth Soveraignty: powre together water, wine, vineger, what liquor you will, oyle wilbe uppermost: And that is added by their annointing. Besides then, this generall claime Mine, heer is His speciall signature, Annointed, whereby they are severed from the rest. His hand hath touched them with his Annoin­ting, that no other hand might touch them. Things annointed, of our selves we for­beare to touch: but specially, if the annointing have the nature of a marke, that we wrong it not: And this hath so, these are so marked, that we might forbeare them. And yet more specially, if we have a Caueat, not to do it, as heer we have. Nolite tangere unctos, Touch not them that I have annointed.

This were all, if it were but Annointed: but, there is yet a further matter then all this.Annointed, yet not Vncti, but Christi, which is more. For it is not Vnctos, but Christos meos: We read it, Mine Annointed, In the Hebrew, Greeke and Latine, it is more full. In Hebrew, my Messiah's; in Greek and Latine, Christos meos, that is, my Christs, which is farre more forcible. Somwhat (we may be sure) was in it, that all the old Writers uniformely forbore to turne it Vnctos, which is enough for Annointed, and all have agreed to turn it Christos, that is, Christs, which is a great deale more. It seemes, they meant not to take a graine from this charge, but to give it his full weight. And it cannot but weigh much with all that shall weigh this one point well, that Princes are taken into the societie of GOD's name,Psal 82, 6. in the Psalme before; and heer now, into the societie of CHRIST's name, in this: and so made Synonymi, both with GOD, and with CHRIST: Specially since GOD himselfe it is, that so stileth them; for He flatters not (we are sure.) GOD himselfe is a King,Psal. 47.8. King of all the earth, and CHRIST is his Heire of all, as appea­reth by his many Crownes on His head, Apoc. XIX.XXII. Those whom GOD and CHRIST vouchsafe to take into the charge of any their Kingdomes, them they vouchsafe their owne names, of GOD and of CHRIST. They two, the first Kings, to these other the after-Kings ruling under them, and in their names.

Annointed, not with every [...]intment, but with holy, and so, Sacri. A third graduall reason then there riseth heer. All annointed are not Christi: for all annointing is not Chrisme. Chrisme is not every common, but an holy annointing, a sacred signature. Psal 89.51. Oleo sancto meo, with mine holy oyle have I annointed them. Meo, to make them His: Sancto, to make them sacred. He might have taken this oyle out of the Apothecarie's shop, or the Merchant's ware-house: He did not, but from the Sanctuarie it selfe, to shew their calling is sacred, sacred as any, even the best of them all. From whence the Priests have theirs, thence, and from no other place the King hath his; from the Sanctuarie, both. The annointing is one and the same. All, to shew, that sacred is the Office whereunto they designed, sacred the Power wherewith they endued, sacred the Persons whereto it applyed. And for such were they held, all the Primitive Church through. Their Writ, Sacri apices: Their Word, Divalis jus [...]io: Their Presence, Sacra vestigia: (the usuall stile of the Councels, when they spake of them.) And when they ceased to know themselves for His (that heer saith meos) and to hold of Him, then lost they their holinesse: He that took from them one, took to himselfe the other. Now then, will ye inferr? Holy they be, their Annoint [...]ng hallowed: therefore Nolite tangere sacros, Touch not mine holy ones. No more touch Moses, Ex [...]d 19 12. Heb. 12.20. then the holy Mount, which neither man nor beast might touch upon paine of death: No more touch David, then the holy Arke. It is not good touching of holy things.Verse 10. In the XIII. Chapter before, Vzza so found it.

Annointed not with every holy oyle, but with a sp [...]ciall above the rest, and so Christi. Psal. 45.8.And yet still me thinks we fall short: for it is not Sanctos neither, it is more then Sanctos, it is Christos: In which word, there is more then in Commune Sanctorum. Om­nes Sancti non sunt Christi, at Reges Christi. We cannot say of all Saints they be Christs, Of Kings we may. Verily, every degree of holinesse, will not make a Synony­mie with Christ. He was Annointed, saith the Psalme, Oleo exultationis supra socios, with an holy oyle, or chrisme above his fellowes. To hold this name then of Christos Do­mini, it is not every ordinarie holinesse will serve, but a speciall and extraordinarie de­gree of it above the rest, which they are to participate, and so do, from Christ whose name they beare, eminent above others, that carrie not that name; as if they did in [Page 803] some kinde of measure partake Chrisma CHRISTI, even such a chrisme as wherewith CHRIST is Annointed. And the inference of this point, and the meaning of this stile of Dij and CHRISTI is, as if he would have us, with a kinde of analogie, as carefull in a manner to forbeare touching them, as we would be to touch GOD, or the Sonne of GOD, CHRIST himselfe. It is not then Meos, nor vnctos Meos, nor San­ctos meos onely; but it is Christos meos, Mine, and that Annointed, Annointed with ho­ly Oyle: So Annointed, and with Oyle so holy, as it raiseth them to the honor of the denomination of the Holie of Holies, CHRIST himselfe. These foure degrees, and from them these foure severall reasons, are in Christos meos.

One thing more of Christos meos: For I should doe you wrong certainely,What this An­nointing is. if I should slip by it, and not tell you what this Annointing is, and leave a point loose, that needeth most of all to be touched. Vpon misconceiving of this point, some have fal­len into a phansie, His Annointed may forfeit their tenure, and so cease to be His, and their annointing drie up, or be wiped of, and so Kings be un-christed, cease to be Chri­sti Domini, and then, who that will, may touch them.

They that have beene scribling about King's matters of late, and touching them with their pennes, have beene fowly mistaken in this point. Because, annointing, in Scrip­ture, doth other while betoken some Spirituall grace; they pitch upon that, upon that taking of the word: and then, annointing it must needs be some grace; some gratia gratum faciens, making them religious and good Catholiques; or some gratia gratis data, making them able or apt for to governe. So that, if he will not heare a Masse, no Catholique, no Annointed. If after he is annointed, he grow defective (to speake their owne language) prove a Tyrant, fall to favour Heretiques; his annointing may be wiped of, or scraped of; and then, you may write a booke De iustâ abdicatione, make a holy league, touch him, or blow him up as ye list. This hath cost Christendome deare: It is a dangerous sore, a Noli me tangere; take heed of it, touch it not.

Before I tell you what it is, I may safely tell you, that this it is not. It is not Religion,It is no spiri­tuall grace. nor vertue, nor any Spirituall grace, this Royall annointing. Christus Domini is said not onely of Iosias, a King truely Religious, by Ieremie; but of Cyrus a meer Heathen,Lam. 4.20. Esay 45.1. 2. Sam. 19.21. 1. Sam. 26.9. by Esay: not onely of David a good King, but of Saul a Tyrant, even then when he was at the worst. Religion then is not it, for then Cyrus had not beene; nor Vertue is not it (especially the vertue of clemency) for then Saul had not beene God's An­nointed. If it were Religion, if that made Kings; then had there beene of old no Kings, but those of Iuda: and now, no Kings but those that be Christen. But by Cyrus's case we see, one may be Christus Domini, and yet no Christian.

Among Christen, if the Orthodox truth were it; Constantius, Valens, Valentinian the yonger, Anastasius, Iustinian, Heraclius, I know not how many, had beene no Emperours: yet all so acknowledged, by the Christians of their times.

Then, if Religion make them not, Heresie will not unmake them. What speake I of Heresie? Harder is the case of Apostasie, yea hardest of all: yet, when Iulian from a Christian, fell away to be a flat Pagan, his annointing held, no Christian ever sought, no Bishop ever taught to touch him. And it was not quia deerant vires, that their hand was too short; it is well knowne, farre the greater part of his Army were Chri­stians, and could have done it, as appeared instantly upon his death, by their accla­mations to Iovian his Successor, Christiani sumus.

Will yee see it in the Patriarchs? These in the Psalme heere, were holy and good men. But, twelve Patriarchs there were presently after, of whom, Simeon and Levi, Gen 49.5.6.7. and 35.22. and 38.16. and 49.14. were two very Tyrants; Reuben, scarse honest; nor Iuda, no better then he should; Issachar, by his blessing, should seeme none of the wisest (as it might be Roboam:) yet were they numbred with the twelve, and were Patriarchs still, no lesse then the other.

And after the Patriarchs, Saul the first King (that there might be no mistaking) with his annointing, there came no grace to him. The Spirit of GOD came indeed [...] him, but he was annointed, and gone from Samuel first:1. Sam. 10.9.10. And the same Spirit as it came, so it went, and left him afterward: and GOD's Annointed he was,1. Sam. 16.14. before it [Page 804] came, and GOD's Annointed he remained after it was gone againe, and that no lesse then before, and is so termed by David ten times at the least.

It is Ius reg­nandi. Vnxit in Regem, Royall unction gives no grace, but a just title onely, in Regem, to be King: that is all, and no more. It is the administration to governe, not the gift to governe well: the right of ruling, not the ruling right. It includes nothing but a due title, it excludes nothing but usurpation. Who is Annointed? On whom the right rests.Gen. 10.9. Who is inunctus? He that hath it not. Suppose Nimrod, who care for no annointing, thrust himselfe in, and by violence usurped the Throne: came in rather like one steeped in vineger, then annointed with oyle; rather as a Ranger over a Forrest, then a Father over a Family. He was no annointed, nor any that so commeth in. But on the other side, David, or he that first beginneth a Royall race, is as the Head; on him is that right of ruling first shed; from him it runs downe to the next, and so still, even to the lowest borders of his lawfull issue.Iob 36.7. Remember Iob, Reges in solio collocat in perpetuum. It is for ever. GOD's claime never forfeits: His character never to be wiped out, or scraped out, nor Kings lose their right, no more then Patriarchs did their father-hood.

Not, but that it were to be wished, both Annointings might goe together, and that there might goe, as there doth, a fragrant odor from the precious oyntment which is shed upon them, at their Crowning: so a like sent from their Vertues, and they no lesse venerable for their qualities, then for their callings; and happy the peo­ple,Cant. 1.4. qui currunt in odore vnguentorum Principis sui, that can trace their Prince by such a savour. This we are to wish for, and pray for daily, and use all good meanes it may be. But, if it be not, ever hold this, Allegiance is not due to him, because he is vertuous, religious, or wise; but, because he is CHRISTVS DOMINI. Let this be still in your minde; GOD saith not, Touch him not, He is a good Catholique; or, endued with this vertue, or that: Touch him not, He deserveth well, or at least doth no harme. No, these would faile, He saw; or be said to faile, though they failed not: We should never then have done, never have beene quiet. But, this He saith, He is mine Annointed. Marke that well, GOD giveth no other reason heere, nor David after, in as evill a Prince as might be. That is the true reason then, and we to rest in it, and let other phansies goe.

Tangere, the act forbidden.Now, by whose appointment they be set, by His Commandement they be fenced: Fenced from touching, and that is the lightest and least; consequently, from whatsoe­ver is greater or worse. What talke you of Non occîdes, or Ne perdas? I tell you, Ne tangas, Touch them not.

Yet, are we not so sillily to understand it, as if one might not touch them at all, not for their good: For how can they be Annointed, but they must be touched ▪ No, the verse before telleth us, it is for their hurt, this touch is forbidden. Non permisit nocere, He suffered no man to doe them hurt; to that end saying, Touch them not. Yea, the very word it selfe, without any glosse, giveth as much, which is [...] properly plaga, and that is tactus noxius, a hurtfull touch, that leaveth a marke behinde it, Qui tangit & angit, as the Verse is. For, it is good yee understand, this phrase is taken from the Divell: and good reason: for whose-soever the fingers be, his the touch is, when GOD's Annointed are touched. He calleth it but touching Iob; but touching, when he did him all the mischeefe he could devise.Iob 1.11. & 2.5. And his nature, and the nature of hurtfull things, is well set out by it. Few things are so good, vt in transitu prosint, as they on­ly touch, and doe good: Evill is farre more operative, if it but touch and away, if it but blow, or breath upon any, it is found to doe mischeef enough.

The extent of Tangere: how many wayes touch.To speake then of this touching, and the extent of it. Where the Scripture di­stinguisheth not, neither doe we: but let the word have his full latitude. Nolite tan­gere is generall, no kinde is limited; then, not to touch any manner of way.

1 There is none so simple, as to imagine there is no touch, but that with the finger's end, immediate. The mediate, with a knife, or with a Pistoll, that is a touch: if we touch that, whereby they are touched, it is all one.

[Page 805]Againe, be the touch so as we feele it, or be it by meanes unsensible, as of poyson, or sorcery, it is a touch still, and these no lesse guiltie: No lesse? nay a great deale more, as the more dangerous of the twaine. One shall be touched and know not how, when, or by whom. Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour secretly, saith the Law.Deut. 27.34. His neigh­bour? much more his Prince, between which two there is as great a distance, as be­tween Non occîdes, and Non tanges. In a word, as it is the lightest, so it is the largest terme He could choose. For, non est actio nisi per contactum (saith the Philosopher) Nothing can be done, but a touch there is, some touch, superficiall or virtuall, immedi­ate or mediate, cominus or eminus, open or privie, and all come under tangere. For it is no Nolite sic tangere, touch not this way or that: but, Nolite tangere, touch not a [...]y way at all; let nothing be done at all, to do them hurt.

And is there no touch, but that of the viol [...]nt hand? The virulent tongue, doth not 2 that much too? and the pestilent penne as ill as both? Venite percutiamus eum linguà, Ier. 18.18. say they in Ieremie, Come let us smite him with the tongue. If smite him, then tou [...]h him (I am sure. There is (saith Salomon) that speaketh (and is not there also,P [...]o 1 [...] [...].) that writeth?) words, like the pricking of a sword. Et qui, quos Deus ungit, eos pungit, commeth not he within the compasse of this charge? Yes, they be Sathan's weapons both tongue: and pennes; have their points and their edges: their points, and prick like a sword, their edges, and cut like a razor; both touch, and with the worst touch that is, tactu [...] dolore cordis; therfore the worst, because of the best part. These, it is GOD's meaning to restraine: you may see it by the verse before: Non dimisit hominem calumniari, saying, Nolite tangere. So that even calumnia is a touch. You may see it exemplarily, in the Pa­triarchs: One of GOD's Nolite tangere's was touching Laban to Iacob, and this it was: [...]. Vide nequid loquare durius: See you give him no ill language, no foule words, for they touch too: Touch him not so. As well to Shimei's tongue, as to Iacob's hand, is this Noli­te tangere spoken.

Is this all? What say you to the touch with the foot? the foot of pride upon the 3 necks or Crownes of Emperours (though no cricke or bodily paine ensued?) Will not Nolite tangere, reach to Nolite calcare? Yes certainely; This Nolite tan­gere, was a stronger Text against it, then Super Aspidem & Basiliscum, was a Text for it.

Yea, I go further: by an undecent and over familiar touch, voyd of the reverence 4 that is due to them, laeditur pietas, duty taketh hurt, and wrong is offred to His Annoin­ted. Marie Magdalen was not about to have done our Saviour any harme, when af­ter His resurrection she offered to touch him; onely because she did it as to one mor­tall (where the case was altered now,) and not with the high reverence pertaining to His glorified estate, she heard, and heard justly, Noli me tangere. The touch which any way impeacheth the high honour of their Annointing, Nolite tangere takes hold of that too.

Touch them not; not them. And when we say, Not them, [...] meane we their persons 1 onely, and not their States? Are not they touched, when those are wronged? They that touch their Crowne and dignity, their Regalia, shall we say they touch them not? Yes, no lesse; nay rather, more. For, then the Annointed are prope [...]ly touch [...]d, when their Annointing is, and that is their State and Crowne, as deare every way, and as precious to them, as their life. Indeed touch one, and touch both. If their State hold not holy, no more will their persons. It hath ever been found, if their Crowne once go, their life tarrieth not long after. And even in this point also, it may safely be said, that the loose and licentious touching their State, with Marie Magdalen's touch, without the regard due to it, as if it were a light matter, that might be lifted with every finger, fal­leth within the reach of this Nolite. I list not dilate it, it would be looked to. These light and loose touchings, are but the beginnings of greater evills.

Againe, Not them. Sathan's motion was twofold: 1 One, that he might touch that 2 was Iob's: 2 The other, that touch himselfe: and in either of these, he reckoned that he should touch him home. They are touched, when that is touched, that is theirs. It was so heer directly. Pharaoh, one of them, to whom originally, nay the very first of [Page 806] all, to whom this Nolite was spoken, touched not Abraham himselfe; it was Sara was wronged: In Sara was Abraham touched. So GOD esteemed it, and gave his first No­lite tangere in that point. So, even unto her wrong, doth this touch extend, take in her too, as being the one half, yea, one and the same person with the LORD's Annointed.

3 Not them. One more yet: For two kinds of Annointed, I find in Scripture: Saul's and David's: the one in esse, the other in fore: one in being, the other to be. If Da­vid had been touched (Saul yet living) though but Annointed to succeed, I make no doubt, this Commandement had been broken: For we are bound by it, to preserve the annointing, not onely upon the head, but even in the streames running downe from it: that with the King himselfe, the whole race Royall is folded up in this word, every one of them in their order, that not one of them is to be touched neither.

Nolite: The will forbidden.This barre then, is set to the touch every way, and to the touch of them, and every of theirs, every way. But, there is a further matter yet. For (if we marke it well) it is not, Ne tangite, but Nolite tangere: Nolite, (that is) have not so much as the will, once to go about it. So that, not onely tactus, the touch is forbidden, but voluntas tan­gends, the very will to do it: For that will is tactus animae, the soule's touch, the soule can touch no way but that. And GOD's meaning is absolute: neither body nor soule should touch; neither the body by deed, nor the soule by will.

And Nolite standeth first, beginneth the Text: for indeed, with that, is the right beginning. The Divell toucheth the will, before the hand ever touch GOD's Annoin­ted: He doth mittere in cor, put a will in the heart, before any do mittere manum, put forth their hand to do it. Therefore, even velle tangere was to be made a crime, and that a capitall crime. Verse 21. And so it is: for, in the attainder of the two Eunuchs (Esth. II.) there was no more in the Inditement, but voluerunt, they would have done it, they would have touched Ahashuerus: that being proved, was enough; they died, and died justly for the will, though no touch followed. Pity it should be otherwise. He touch­eth not alwaies, that hath a will to touch; hath a will to touch the throat, toucheth but a tooth. What though? To breake Nolite, voluit is enough; and voluit, he would have touched, at another place.

They that laid the Powder ready, and lighted the match, it was but voluerunt, (as God would) it touched not any: But righteous and just was their execution. To teach them, or others by them, Ne tangite is not it: Nolite tangere is the charge: and, if you breake Nolite onely, it is enough, though Tangere and it, never hap to meet.

The extent of Nolite, to whom it reacheth.Of which Nolite, I hold it very pertinent to touch the extent also (as I did even now of tangere, the touch it selfe) and of the persons, to whom it may reach; that we may see it, it is true in the verse before, Non reliquit hominem, he leaves not out a man, he 1 exempts not any from it. I will not once speake of Subjects, no question of them: over whom they are Annointed, them it toucheth neerest, and bindeth them fast. 2 But this, I say, that even forreiners, borne out of their Allegiance, are within it. The Amalekite was a stranger, 2. Sam. 1.9.13. none of Saul's lieges, borne out of his dominions; yet died for saying, he had touched Saul: And that sheweth, that even Aliens heer sortiuntur forum ratione delicti, and that they are intended, within this Nolite.

3 Yea, even such Aliens as are in open hostility, even at that time, they are in Camp and in Armes against a King, they are barred by this Nolite, and are to spare him. So saith David in his mourning-song for Saul's death:2. Sam. 1.21. He blames there the Philistims, as if they had done more then they might, in so touching Saul, considering he was a King, with holy oyle annointed, as if they ought, even in that respect, to have spared him. So that this Nolite is a Law of Nations, making their persons so sacred, as even in the battell, they are to be forborne, and their lives saved.

Yea, if we look to the words next before, it is given even to Kings, this Touch not. The parties were Pharaoh King of Aegypt, and the two Abimelechs Kings of Ge [...]ar, and even they in particular charged, Not to touch (for Pharaoh did touch) not to will to touch (for Abimelech went no further.) Kings not to touch them, none but God to [Page 807] [...] them: As if it were another Law of Nations, not one King to touch another; but, by [...] of this Nolite, each to spare, and to save the others life.

And the difference in Religion maketh heere no let: for, these being Aegyptians 5 and Philistims to whom it was given; there can be no greater difference, then between them and the Patriarchs in the worship of GOD: for all that, not to touch them though. Which is ad erubescentiam nostram, to our shame, that Heathen men, and Idolaters, were sent from it by this charge, and now (I will not say) Christians, but holy Religious men,1. Cor. 6.4. F [...]iers, and Priests, yea and Martyrs forsooth, will not be held in by it, but they will be touching.

And last of all, this restraint of will and deed, it is not in the singular, Noli, to this 6 or th [...] private man; it is in the plurall, Nolite, and so reacheth to whole multitudes. Nolite, will serve even people and Countries, to restraine them also. I wonder at it; It is God's manner, to give His precepts in the singular: Witnesse the whole Law, and all the ten Commandements in it. How happeneth it, the number is heer changed? Somewhat th [...]e is in that. He saw, multitudes might assay it, as well as single men, and take liberty to themselves, thinking to be priviledged by their number. To make sure, he putteth it in a [...]mber that encloseth them too. For, be they many, or be they few, Nolite will take them in, all. So, neither Subject, nor Alien, nor Enimy, nor King, nor People; nor one Religion, nor other; nor one, nor many; Non reliquit hominem, None left, none exempt, not any to touch them, not any to will to touch them. For, with Nolite, God tou­cheth the heart: and so many as God toucheth their hearts, will have idem velle, & nolle, make His will, their will, and will obey it. This is the summe of the Charge; Heer is the Double Fense I spoke of. Touch not, By which He raiseth (as it were) an high wall about them, that none may reach over to them. And then, with Nolite, diggeth deep even in profundum cordis, the very depth of the heart; casteth a trench there: and so they be double sensed. Or you may (if you will) call them the Cherubim's two wings spred over His Annointed, to protect them: Touch not, one wing; Nolite, the other, reaching as the Cherubim's wings did, from one wall to the other, covering them from all, that none nay come any way to do them hurt. And by this we see the full of this Text We see it, but we are to feele it also; and see whether the Text be whole, whether it be well kept, [...]nd have taken no hurt.

The Charge is short, yee see; an Hemistichion, but halfe a verse;How this Text is ob­served. Touch not mine An­ [...]i [...]ted: foure words onely, and but six syllables: One would thinke, it might well be caried away, and well be kept. But, as short as it is, we see it is not though; For, the [...]erie Text is touched and broken. And, I speake not of inferior touchings, that every tougue is walking, and every pen busie, to touch them and their rights, which they are to ha [...]e, and their duties which they are to do; And if they do not, then I know not what, no [...] themselves neither. This is too much, but I would it were but this.

[...]ands have been busie of late, and that in another more dangerous manner. Two fearefull examples we have, in two great King's. One, no very long time since; the other, very lately made away: not so farre from us, but that they may, and (I trust) do touch us. What shall I say? I would this were the worst.

Yea, I would this were the worst: for, this hath happened in former times too. This Psalme, he that indited and set it (David) he living, Ishbosheth his neighbour King was slaine upon his bed. The like hath happened then: broken it hath beene, in for­mer ages. But then, upon revenge, or ambition, or hope of reward, or some other si­nister respect: never, upon conscience, and religion, till now. Nolite tangere, was still good Divinitie, till now. The Text it selfe never touched, The Text it selfe touched and a Nolite given to it. never taken by the throat before, and the contradictory of it given in charge, [Touched they may be, Touch them n [...]twithstanding:] Never bookes written, to make men willing to GOD's Nolite, be­fore. Baanah, he upon hope of reward, slew Ishbosheth: Bigthan, upon revenge, would hav [...] d [...]ne the like to his Liege-Lord. Zimri, upon ambition, slew his Master. But, [...] came never forth with the knife in her hand, till now: a King's life was never a Sacrific [...] [...]o expiate sinne, before.

[Page 808] 1 And will ye but consider the great odds betwixt those Touchers, and these of late? They, ever, yet they went about it, [...]st how to escape; and when they had done it, fled and hid themselves, a [...] guilty to themselves of evill they had done: these stirr not an 2 inch, as if they had done that, they might well stand to. Those formerly grew ever contrite, at their end det [...]sting the act, and crying GOD mercie: these now rejoice in 3 it, as if by it they had done GOD a peece of good service. Then yet it was ever a crime, and a greevous crime▪ and they that did it, were generally upon the first report, ever condemned by all men,1. Mariana. Pag. 54. none to defend them: Now it is, multis laudantibus (you know the Booke) it findeth many to justifie, nay to praise it, & immortalitate dignum judicantibus, and thinke them worthy immortalitie, for their worthy act. Yea, write they not further?2. Pag. 60. Praeclarè cum rebus, humanis ageretur, si multi; It were a merrie world,3. Pag. 61. if there would many so exercise their fingers, to keepe them in ure. And to Kings themselves (GOD'S Annointed) dare they not to say? this is salutaris cogitatio, an wholsom meditation for them next their heart, to think se eâ conditione vivere, they live in that case or condition, ut non solùm jure, that they may not onely be slaine lawfully, sed cum laude, & gloriâ perimi possunt; but to the praise and glorie of them that shall doe it. How now! What is become of our Text? Of Nolite tangere with these? Are we not fallen into strange times, that men dare thus print and publish, yea even praedicare peccatum suum, preach and proclaime their sinnes, even these sinnefull, and shamefull positions, to the eyes and eares of the whole world? Whereby, GOD'S Annointed are endangered, mens soules are poisoned, Christian Religion is blasphemed, as a murtherer of her owne Kings, GOD in His Charge is openly contradicted, and men made beleeve, they shall goe to heaven, for breaking GOD'S Com­maundements.

The Censure upon Mariana idle.But now, we have all great cause to rejoice: The Booke is condemned, if we may beleeve it. Whither condemned or no, that we know not: this is too sure, eleven yeares agoe, set out it was, and that authorized, and so went eight whole yeares, by their owne confession, and even the whole eleven, for ought that we know. How went it forth so allowed at the first? How went it so long uncontroled; without an Index expurgatorius at least?

But, now lately we have newes, that some few yeares since, it was censured in a privie Provinciall Councell. But, that was a strange a Censure, as ever was heard of, a Censure sub silentio, kept close, and none knew of it but themselves: fast or loose; Censure, or no Censure, as they pleased. If any such censure were, why made they it not as publique as their Approbation? The Approbation the world seeth: their Censure we but heare of, and peradventure it is but a tale, neither. Why came it never to light, till the deed was done; and it was too late? Why heard we not Ia­cob's voice, till we had felt Esau's hands? But this is all they have to say for them­selves: after so great a losse, this we must be faine to take for payment.

But, I aske, is it condemned? Indeed no; but the matter so faintly carried, as all they say standing for good, he that will give the like attempt againe, may. For, what say they? An Vsurper may be deposed, so they all agree. And is it not in the power of Rome, to make an Vsurper when it will? If he have no right, he is an Vsurper: If he be lawfully deposed, his right is gone: If he but favour Heretiques; nay, though he favour them not, the Pope may depose him, Non hoc tempore, sed cùm judicabit expe­dire: and that done, he hath no right, then is he an Vsurper, and ye may touch him, or doe with him what ye will.

What say they then further? A private man may not doe it, by his owne authority. Not by his owne, but may he by some other? Belike, some other then there is, wher­by he may. Authoritie then there is, and it may be given, and when it is given him, he may doe it. And so we are where we were before. And this is their condemning: indeed the condemnation of the world, if they love darkenesse so well, as to be deluded by it.

[Page 809]First, they will doe it: will doe it? Have done it, touched, touched in the highest [...], against Tangere. It may be against their wills; nay voluntariè, have done it [...]tingly, and willingly, against Nolite. But, it may be, repent themselves: Nor that: [...] they give a charge against this charge, willing men, and making men willing, to doe flat against it, to touch, even the Text, and breake it, and spare not: by holding, They may be touched for all it.

What is then to be done of us? The more busy they,The Text it selfe [...]o be pre­served and kept untouched. to suggest the Devill's [...] Mitte manum, & tange; the more earnest we, to call on GOD'S charge [...], Nolite tangere Christos Ejus. The more resolute they, to be touching; the more [...] we, to looke to their fingers. The more they endeavour to breake down this double fence; the more we to labour to strengthen it. How will that be? Our selves not to touch them? I will not speake of that, for shame. I trust, GOD hath so tou­che [...] all our hearts, as we detest the least thought that way. Never was any, truly p [...]aker of the inward Annointing of a christian man, but he was ever fast and firme to the royall Annointing. That we will doe: and that is not all; (I trust) we will doe more then so, even provide a Nolite tangere for the Text too, keepe that from touching, and that will keepe GOD'S Annointed untouched: Keepe one, keep both.

Three persons there be in the Text. 1. God's Annointed themselves,By the three pe [...]sons in the Text. touch­ing whom it is given. 2. We all, Non reliquit hominem, not leaving a man of us out, to whom it is given. 3. And He that saith Meos, GOD that giveth it. The two first, to do their parts toward it, we to looke to ours; and God will come in at His turne, and not faile with His part, we may be sure.

Let me beginn with Christos Domini, whom it toucheth:1. God's Annoin­ted. that they would be touched with it, and not lay themselves open to this touch, nor carelesly goe where they may be within the reach, or fall into such fingers, as tickle to be touching them: Not to put it upon, what shalbe, shalbe. Non est benae, & solidae fidei, sic omna ad voluntatem Dei referre, & ita adulari, ad unumquemque dicendo: Nihil fieri sine jussione Ejus, ut non in­telligamus aliquid esse in nobis ipsis. It is Tertullian: and most true it is, that it is nei­ther good nor sound Divinity, in these cases, to put all upon the will of GOD, and every one to flatter himselfe or others saying; Nothing can be done without GOD will, but to conceive aright, that withall there is somewhat that belongs to our part. Therefore subordinately to serve GOD'S providence, with our owne circumspect foresight and care, knowing, that His providence doth not alwaies worke by miracle. This day it did: every day it will not doe so.Psal. 91.11. Mat. 4.6. Dan. 5.26. Psal. 20.6. Act. 27.30.31. That He gives His Angels charge over them that tempt him not, that doe not mittere se deorsum, cast themselves wilfully into danger. That Baltazars daie's were numbred, when he forgat his duty, not before. That He hath indeed promised to save His Annoynted: but he promised Saint Paul also his life, and all theirs with him in the ship, and [...]hat by an Angel: for all that, Paul would not let the Mariners goe away with the boat, but cut the rope, and sayd, If these tarry not in the ship, we cannot be saved, for all the Angel's promise. Let His Annoin­ted say and doe the like: keepe your Mariners about you in the name of GOD, keep your selves with that state and guard, that is meere for the Majestie of Princes: and thinke GOD saith to you, Christi mei, nolite tangi, be you willing to keepe your selves from being touched, and I for my part, will not be behind.

This way onely is now left them. Another way there was, that GOD'S An­nointed might not be touched; to set lists about them, as about the holy Mount, Exod. 19.12. that [...]s. Lawes; whereby (that desperate wretches might not touch GOD'S Annointed) GOD'S Annointed might touch them first. I finde Abimelech made a Law to strengthen this Law of GOD made a list about this very Nolite, Gen. 26.11. a Law upon paine of Morte morietur. And this was wont to keepe them from approaching. But, if that which should give strength to the Law, and make it a Law to the conscience, Divi­ [...]itie, if that be corrupted, if it be a matter of the will, as appeareth by Nolite, and the will made wilfull (an horible sinne, being now become an heroicall and holy act:) these lists will not hold them, the Law commeth too late. For, if men grow wilfull, [Page 810] it is well knowen, Vitae alienae Dominus est, quisquis contemptor est suae. And who would not be Contemptor suae, if he may be sure to be Comprehensor aeternae? Then do but once perswade them, that for their touching they shall straight goe to heaven, and no An­nointed shall ever stand before them. Nolite is gone then: take order for Tangere how we can.

2. The Subject.Our part then is (and to us it is spoken, and to us properly doth Nolite belong) Every man in his place to do his best. They that are His Priests, by bowing their knees daily, and lifting up their hands to God: They that in the place of Counsell, by all the waies of wisedome: They that in the Seat of Iustice, by iust and due execution: All, by all the meanes they can, —hanc talem terris avertere pestem, to devise and procure (if it may be) ne velint, that evill disposed hands would not: but howsoever, ne possint, that they may not be able (if they would) to touch His Annointed. It must be in part, by car­rying a continuall eye, and keeping a continuall watch over them; or a shorter way, by removing them farre enough off, that are in any likely-hood to do it: and those be such, as hold, God's Annointed be tangibiles, and may be; nay in some case, be tangendi, and ought to be touched.

GOD himselfe in Core's case and Dathan's (who went about to touch Moses and Aaron, Num. 16.21.24. not in their persons, but estates onely) sheweth us the best way: He gave or­der, that a generall Nolite tangere went out against them and theirs, that no man should come neere them, but all shun them and their company, as having them in a generall detestation. God's course would be followed; that seeing their consciences are seared, and they feare not God's voice here from heaven, they might feele the full measure of His vengeance upon earth, and might assure themselves, upon the least discoverie, of but a will to touch, but a will to do that execrable Act, to incurre an universall detesta­tion, to have all rise against them, to have all the hatred of earth powred upon them and theirs, to be the out-casts of the Common-wealth, and the Maranatha's of the Church; yea, they and their names for ever to be an abhorring to all flesh. No­thing in this kinde is too much: this way, if no way els, to keepe them from it: which is lesse then they should suffer, but all that we can do.

3. GOD himself will ioyne with them.The best is, if we faile not in our duty; though neither we, nor the Annointed, can take perfect order against them, the Annointer can; can, and will, as this day He did. And the rather He will doe it, in the time to come, if we turne to Him, to thanke Him for that is past. To Him then let us turne, that He may take the matter into His owne hand. If His Nolite tangere will not prevaile, His Nolo tangi, will: and if He say, No­lo tangi, have they never so bent a will, do what they can, they shall not (for their lives) be able to doe them hurt.

Two points there be in this Charge, both expressed in the verse next before. Non permisit, He suffered none to attempt it; Sed corripuit, but them that did, He put them to rebuke. Put to rebuke, we turne Corripuit; it is properly to take up short, and that is, by a touch, or rather by a twitch. And so He hath ever done, and so He will ever doe: Tangentes ta [...]gentur, or rather tangentes corripientur, if they touch, they shall be twit­ched, be taken short, and cut short for it (all the sort of them.) Have beene (I am sure.)

By Corripuit.I begin with Corripuit: for that never faileth: for sure, God will not suffer His An­nointed; nor Christ, His Synonomo's, those of His name, to be touched for nought: if not His name it selfe to be taken, neither those that beare it, to be touched in vaine. And there is nothing more kindly, then for them that will be touching, to be touched them­selves, and to be touched home, in the same kinde, themselves thought to have touched others. You may see it in the first, in Pharaoh, the very first that touched and Patriarch Abraham. It is said, GOD touched him for it (and it is the very same word which God vseth heer in willing not to touch:) God touched him, and touched him tactibus maximis, with many a greevous touch: Gen. 12.17. we read, plagued him with m [...]ny plagues. And indeed He toucheth them so, that He pl [...]gueth them that have been busie in this kinde. Gree­vous are the touches they are touched with heere on earth; of pincers red-hot, and boi­ling Lead: but, who knoweth the touches of the place, whither (being unrepentant) [Page 811] they must needs goe? which, besides that they are maximi (in another manner of [...] then these heere) are aeterni withall, and not ended in an howre or two, as these [...] Tactibus maximis tangentur, they shall be touched indeed throughly, as the first [...].

And looke, as He began in the Patriarchs, so hath He ever held on in His Annoin­te [...], the Kings that ensued. The first that ever touched his Kings, Baana and Rechab, 2. Sam. 4.12. wer [...] t [...]ched for it: and cut shorter, both by the hands, wherewith they touched, and the [...]eet, wherewith they went about it. Aske the rest, if it were good touching. 1. Reg. 2.46. Ester. 2 23. Shi­m [...]i t [...]uched, but with the tongue; his neck was touched with the sword. Bigthan and Th [...]rez said nothing, did nothing, but onely with their will their neckes were touched with the halter, tactibus maximis, the greatest touch or twitch that is heere. And so (to make short) were all the rest, even to those two that were this day put to a foule re­b [...]ke, and cut short in their going about it. Besides the Cherubim's wings then, to pro­tect Kings, heere you have, in Corripuit, the blade of a sword shaken, to keepe the way to them.

But what comfort is it, if Corripuit come to the malefactor, if he be cut short,By Non permisit and if the King miscarrie withall? Baana and Rechab, they that killed Ishbosheth, were cut short, shorter by the heads; but Ishbosheth, he died for it. I confesse, there is small comfort in Corripuit, unlesse Non permisit nocere, goe withall; in shortning them, without sa­ving His Annointed. And that is our comfort, the comfort of this day, which we meet to give thankes for, that both these went together, Non permisit nocere, and Corripuit, both.

You know, at the beginning I told you, besides that it is a Commandement, it is also a Thankesgiving. It is so, in that it is a verse of a Psalme of Halleluja, The thanksgi­ving. the first Psalme of Halleluja, of all the twenty.

Now in that He hath placed this duty, and set it in a Psalme, His will is,1. Psal 119.54. men should come to it with pleasure, cheerefully, and as it were singing. When we speake of it, we doe it speculatively; when we sing it, that would be with affection.

In that it is in the first Halleluja of all,2. 1. Tim. 2.1. it sheweth (as I thinke) that GOD's Annoin­ted are the persons, which (saith the Apostle) Ante omnia, before all, we are to pray for: which (saith the Prophet heere) before all, we are to praise GOD for; for them, and their keeping out of evill hands. Their safety we are to put in our first Halleluja.

This Halleluja is a Psalme purposely for the bringing home of the Arke. 3. Verse 1. And that sheweth, His Arke, and His Annointed are allied, and that no sooner is the Arke well come home, but this Commandement goeth forth straight from it, first of all, before all other: That all may know, what account they were to make of this duty, how high regard to have His Annointed in, in that the Arke's welfare and theirs, are so insepara­bly knitt together. And indeed, experience hath taught it; The well setting of the Arke, dependeth much upon the safetie of the Prince.

Now this Psalme, as it was sung with all the musique could be invented, of winde, 4. Verse 5.42. of hand, and of voice, to shew, the preservation of Kings is a benefit extraordinarie, that requireth so solemne a thanksgiving:

So besides, it is ordered every day after,5. Verse 37. to be sung iugiter coram Arcâ (that is) to be the ordinarie Antheme of their daily service: to shew, it is a dutie perpetuall, that needs so daily a remembrance, to wit, the care of their preservation.

For last of all, that all the praise and thankes heere in the Psalme, are for this Nolite, 6. that all the Psalme was set to come to this verse; it is plaine. There be ninetie two ver­ses more in the Psalme it selfe (it is the hundreth and fift Psalme.) But assoone as ever [...]hey once come to this verse, all the rest, all the verses following, are cut of; they go no f [...]rther in the Psalme, then till they come to it; and then breake of all those behind, and str [...]ght go to another Psalme: (for, this is all of the hundreth and fift, and the next verse is the f [...]rst of the ninetie sixt Psalme.) So that, this verse plainely was the end and up­shot of all the Psalme besides.

[Page 812]Of this Verse then, of His Nolite tangere, and of His Nolo tangi, besides of a famous Non permisit nocere in this kinde, this Day is a memor [...]all to us, and to all our posteritie, even to the children yet unborne: In GOD's Annointed, not touched I cannot say, for touched he was, and more then touched: But, in the touch, there is no great mat­ter (we said) but for the hurt; so that in the end, not hurt, is as good, as not touched. As good, nay better, for a Halleluja. For to be touched, as he was, and to take no hurt, is a greater delivery farre, then at all not to be touched. To go through the Red sea, and not wet a thre [...]d. To have been in the fornace, and no sent of the fire; that, is the mi­racle. So, to have been touched, and taken by the throat (that the marke was to be seen, many daies after;) To be thrust at, and throwen downe, as He was, and yet no harme (Hîc est potentia) Heer was the power; and heer was the mercy of GOD; Heer it was certainely, and that so sensible, yee might even touch it.

1 And heer Halleluja first: and we to praise Him, that when Nolite tangere, would not serve in word, made Non permisit nocere to serve in deed: Came forth, first, with Non permisit nocere, as with His shield, and so shielded him, that He suffered him not to take any hurt at all; Annointed the shield, made it slippery, their hands slid off, their touch did him no harme. Non permisit, was as His shield, that he brought forth to save 2 Him. But besides it, he brought forth His sword too, and cut them short: Corripuit eos, was His sword, touched them with it, and twitched them for touching His Annointed, touched them with Pharaoh's tactus maximi, that the markes of it will be seen upon them and theirs, for ever.

3 For either of these severally, a severall Halleluja: but especially, for no [...] severing them, but letting them meet and go together; Eripuit, and Corripuit, both ioyntly arme in arme. Not either alone, this, or that. Not permisit nocere, sed corripuit, suffe­red them to doe hurt, but rebuked them: No, but Non permisit, & corripuit both, suf­fered them not to doe any hurt; and rebuked them, and cut them short too be­sides.

And this happy conjunction of these both, is it, which maketh the speciall encrease of our thankes this yeare, more then the last, or any before. For that, since, and ve­ry lately, GOD, that suffered not Him, hath suffered some other King, to be touched, as farre as his life. True: He that did that execrable act, Corripuit eum, GOD touched him, touched him as he did the Mountaines, Tange montes, & fumigabunt, touched him,Psal. 144.5. till he smoked againe. What of that? In the meane time a great Prince is fallen. But permisit nocere, He suffered the King to take hurt: And as for non permisit nocere, GOD did not Him that favour.

1 Not him, but Ours He did: And did it, for the manner, not without miracle, if we compare the cases. For, He was then sitting in the midst of diverse his Nobles. No likely-hood, that any would come neere Him, to offer but to touch Him: If he did, there was odds, there would have been many a non permisit, he should never have been suf­fered to do it. One man, for all that, one, and no more, did it; Diverse were neere him; None of them, All of them kept Him not from his harme. But Ours, was all a­lone, shut up, and so lest as one forsaken; not many, nay not any, no help at all, neere him. And not one alone, and no more, but three there were to touch him: yet even then, even in that case, GOD non permisit nocere, suffered not, not any of them, nor all of them, to touch him, so as they did him any hurt.

And even in the manner of the Non permisit, GOD shewed himselfe more then marvellous: for, it was not, GOD onely suffered him not to be hurt; but miraculously he made, that of them that came to breake. His Nolite, even of them, one, that was set, that was ready armed to have touched, and to have hurt him, he, even that partie, Non permisit, would not, did not suffer the other to do him any hurt; sed corripuit, but rebu­ked him, gave the Noli tangere to the other, spake this very Text, and stayed his hand, that would have done it. This was a Non permisit indeed, worth a Halleluja, and after it, came there at the least three other Non permisit's more. But I have presumed too much already: I will not enter into them, but end.

[Page 813]The more they were, the more are we bound to magnifie GOD, and to blesse his holy name; yearely, yea weekely, yea daily to sing our Halleluja of praise, and thankes to Him for this day's Non permisit, and for this day's Corripuit, for them both. That, what He speakes in this Text, He made good upon this day: Shewed, He would not have His Annointed touched: Shewed, He was displeased with them, that did touch him: kept Him without hurt, and cut them short: shortned their armes, they could do Him no harme, shortned their lives for attempting to do it: scattered them first, in the imaginations of their hearts; and then after, made them perish in that their wicked Enterprise: And hath made this Nolite, this Precept, to us, Praeceptum cantabile, Psal. 119.54. a Pre­cept Psalme-wise, that we may sing it to Him. There is another, in another place, of another dittie and tune, wherein, he takes up a dolefull complaint, thus:Psal. 89.38.44, 45. But thou hast cast of thine Annointed, and art displeased with him. The daies of his life hast thou short­ned, and cast his Crowne downe to the ground. With them indeed it is, Praeceptum flebile, but with us, Cantabile. Praise we Him for it.

And withall, pray we also, that as this day He did not, nor hitherto He hath not; so henceforth Malignus ne tangat eum, the malignant wicked one may never touch Him:1. Ioh. 5.18. never may any have the will; or if have the will, never have the power to do Him hurt: Suffer Him not to be touched, or, if suffer him to be touched, suffer not their touch to doe him any harme, no more then this day it did: Make all Nolentes, with His Nolite; if not, come with His Non permisit, that he may ever be safe; and straight after, with His Cor­ripuit, that they may ever be taken short, that offer it. This day He suffered them not: nor let Him ever suffer any. This day He cut those short; so may He ever do them all: And ever make this Statute, our Song, all the daies of our Pilgrimage. This is now the tenth yeare, and so these the De­cennalia of it: That as this day it is, so it may still be ce­lebrated, from ten yeares to ten yeares, many ten yeares more. Which GOD grant, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED before the KING'S MAIESTIE AT Burleigh neer Okeham, On the V. of August. AN. DOM. MDCXIV.

PSAL. LXXXIX.

VER. 20. J have found DAVID My servant: with My holy oile have J annointed him.

21. My hand shall hold him fast (or stablish him:) and Mine arme shall strengthen him.

22. The enemie shall not be hable to doe him violence: the sonne of wickednesse shall not hurt him.

23. But, I will smite downe his foes before his face: and plague them that hate him.

WE have found heere a text, wherein (we see) God found David: and wherein, David found God. God, found David His servant: and Da­vid found God, his good and gratious Lord: first, to annoint him, then to d [...]liver him: So to deliver him, as his enemies did him no hu [...]t: Nay so, that the hurt came to themselves; And they (as we read) were smitten downe before him.

And doe not this text and this day somwhat resemble one another? To my thinking they do. For, who is there that hearing in the Psalme this, that violence was offered to David by a sonne of wickednesse; but withall, he shall thinke of the wicked att [...]mpt of this Day. Who, that (for all that) they did David no harme: but Your Majestie's like deliverie, [Page 816] will come into his minde? Who, that David's enemies were smitten downe: but it will lead him straight to the very same end of Yours. And who can doubt, that it was the same hand and arme, and of the same GOD in both? And that He, that did the one, did the other?

King David, He is in Scriptures, not persona Regis onely, the person of a King; but persona Regum, a person representing all Kings to come after him; such sp [...]ci­ally, as with David, serve and worship GOD in truth. We doe safely therefore, what is said to him, applie to them all, since he is the type of them all.

But most safely, to such a King (if any such be) where, there is a correspondence of like events betweene David and him: that, what was Covenanted to the one, is performed to the other. For there, GOD Himselfe is our warrant, and even points us, so to applie it.

As heer now; I finde a prophesie, or a promise. A prophesie of Ethan (his is the Psalme) or a promise of GOD. And I finde this prophesie fulfilled: and this promise made good to Your Majestie. What promised to David, made good to You; and made good this Day: What is said in the text, done on the Day. What doubt we then to applie it to the present? And, since it fell on this day, what better day then this, for me to treat, or You to heare, or for us all to thanke GOD for it.

The Summe.The text hath the name, from the first word of it, I have found. A f [...]nding it is.

Two waies, may a thing be found: One, when a thing is found at first, and never was before: Another, when it is afterward lost, and found againe: Both heer; Da­vid is twise found.

Found first, and annointed at the I. verse. Found againe, and delivered, at the III. GOD found him first among his ewes, tooke him thence, annointed him, and of a Shep­heard made him a King. Psal. 78.71. And being a King, found him after among his enimies, in danger to lose both crowne and life: and so, being as good as lost, found him again. It is hard to say, whither of these, is the greater: We will not strive, both are in the text. And either hath his day (I sought but for one day, but I found two) and both for our turne.

According to which (somewhat strangely, but for our purpose, fitly) I may divide it into the XXIX, or XXV. of Iuly, the day of Your first finding for Your Annoin­ting or Coronation; And the V. of August, the day of Your later finding, for Your deliverance or preservation.

The Verses, are foure: The points in them, eight (two in each.) Of which eight, some be past, some to come in the text: (All past with You.) Past two, 1 Inveni, 2 Vnxi, the finding, the annointing. To come, all the other six; all in the future, shall or will. Two shall's, 1 My hand shall, 2 My arme shall. Two shall not's, 1 The enemie shall not, 2 The sonne of wickednesse shall not. Two will's 1 I will smite, 2 I will plague. And, all sixe comprised in a League or Covenant, which GOD is pleased to make with David, up­on his annointing: and are as so many clauses or articles of it.

Which league is made, pro & contra. Pro, with and for David, in the second: And Contra, against his enemies, in the two last. And that, both defe [...]siv [...], in the third: And offensive, in the fourth. So, a perfect League.

We shall pursue it thus. 1. Of his finding first. 2. Then of his annointing. 3.The Division Thirdly of GOD'S covenant-making with him. 4. And to this of the covenant-making, we will add a fourth of the covenant-keeping. Which, is indeed out of the text, but not out of the day though. And, we preach on the day, as well as on the text. Which keeping of the covenant, I hold to be a part full as necessarie, though it be without, as the making of it, though it be within the text. That then, be our fourth, and this our order.

THe first word, is I, that is GOD. He, is the speaker and be speaker:I. I (that is) GOD. the finder and the annointer: the fast-holder and the strengthener: the rescuer and the re­venger of David, and in him (as the type) of all Kings. Not one of these, but is within the very letter of the Text. For, this first person [I,] goeth cleane through to the end, and (as it were) engrosseth them all to himselfe. Of the finding first.

The points in it are foure. 1. The Pe [...]son first, GOD it is that found. 2. Then the manner, Invent; found by seeking. 3. Thirdly, the cause why He found David; for He found him Servum Meum. All these three are inventio. 4. And, having found him lastly, He proclaimes it heer, cryes [...], I have found (that is) Inventi prae­dicatio. God found David.

All Kings, are found by GOD: But in David, there is somewhat singular. He was not a King onely, but a King (as we may saie) of the first head. For, before he was found, he was a private man: GOD found him, and annointed him (that is) of a private person, made him a King His seed also, were to succeed him, by vertue of the entaile, Verse. 4. But, he was the first King of his race: as in every race of Kings, there was such a one, that at first was found out. In him, in such a one, finding is most needfull: In them that succeed, there shall need no such seeking, they are found to his hand; Onely annoint them, and no more adoe.

This then, we finde first; that Kings were of GOD'S finding at the first. GOD 1 (we see) takes it to Himselfe I have found. They are then, no humane invention, de­vised or taken up by man: but found by GOD. They came not out of mans braine: but ex cerebro Iovis, Inventum Dei, of GOD'S finding forth.

As of his finding, in this verse: So of his exalting, in the very next before. I have exalted one, one chosen out of the people. Looke you, there comes two at once; exalted and chosen. Neither chosen, nor exalted by the people; but by GOD, out of the people. Not they, out of themselves: but GOD, out of them. Marke that point well.

As, for his finding in this, and exalting in that: so (within a verse or two fol­lowing) of his adopting too. There, GOD saith: He (that is) the King shall call Me, Thou art My Father. Where we see, whereto he was chosen; whither exalted: even, to be the Sonne of GOD. And not everie sonne neither: but his heire, his eldest. For, so it followeth, I will make him my first borne. So Filius Dei he is, primogenitus Dei: and what would we more? Then is not David, Filius populi, GOD forbid. Never father him upon them. No adoptive, no foundling of theirs. His finding, choosing, exalting, adopting, GOD takes them all, to Himselfe.

Shall I let you see it ad oculum, this; that it was none, but God? Not the people (no colour for them.) Full little knew they, or any of them;1. Sam 16.4. Not the Elders of Beth­lehem: Nor did ever imagine any such thing in hand, when Sa [...]uel went about it, when David was first found.

Nay nor the Saints found him not neither, till GOD (as it is in the verse next be­fore) spake to them in a vision, and told them of it.Ver. 19.

Nay not he, of whom there is most likelihood, the Prophet himselfe (Samuel:) he found him not, he could not finde him, till GOD did it for him and sayd to him, This is be. All this is, 1. Sam. 16. Thus, GOD, in David, would let us see at first, that it was He that found Kings, and none but He. If Samuel the Prophet had beene let alone,1. Sam. 16.6. it had not been King David, but King Eliah: he would have found him. If Abiathar the High-Priest had had his will, it had not beene King Salomon, but King Adonijah, 1. Reg. 1.7. it is well knowen. So then, neither People, nor Saints; nor Prophet nor Priest; but GOD it was, of Himself and by Himself. He to have the honour of this invention.

[Page 818]And if Kings be the invention of GOD, then are not their inventions of GOD, (these I meane that have beene breched of late) that finde Kings, or found Kings upon eny but GOD: that make Prophet, Priest or People, King-finders, or King-foun­ders, or ascribe this invention to any, but to him in the Text. This for the person, I have found.

2. Found Him inveni.How found (the second?) By hap? No, it is inveni: in that word, is the manner of it. Every tongue hath a proper word to sever things sought and so found; from things found without seeking: you know—Tu non inventa, reperta es. David then, was not; Kings are not reperti, hit upon at adventure, or stumbled on by chance: they are not [...]. No, they are inventi: first sought, and so found upon search. Will ye heare it totidem verbis? Quaesivi mihi hominem sayth GOD of David, I have sought me out a man. 1. Sam. 13.14.

Not, that any is hid from Him, that He need seeke him; It is but in our owne phrase to expresse to our capacities, how GOD stood affected to the having of Kings. So set to have them, that rather then not have them, He would doe as we doe, even take the paines to seeke them out. Now, the endeavour to seeke, is from no vellei­tie, no faint will; No, it is from a desire that faine would finde. And that desire, is from no meane conceit (if it come, so it is; if not, no great matter:) but from some speciall good conceit, we have of that, we seeke for; that we hold it worth the time we spend, worth the labor we bestow about it. All is, but to shew us the worth of this invention. For it is no meane thing (we may be sure) that God will seeke. See­king them, He shewes, He holds them for such, as He would not be without them Himselfe; He would not have His people in any wise, be without them. And that He would not have them thought as good lost as found, but esteemed for such by us, as if we had them not, we would (by His example) sett our selves to seeke them seriouslie, and never leave, till we had found them. This for the manner.

3. Found him his servant.But then thirdly; seeking, why found He David, rather then any other? We finde the reason of that, in Servum meum, because He found him His servant. For a servant He sought, to whom He might committ the highest point of His service, the care of his people. And He found him so zealous for his flocke, to keepe them from being a prey to strange beasts, as He thought him meete, to be made of Pastor ovium, Pastor hominum. He found him so devout at his service, that He set him in such a place, as if he were the Se [...]vant of GOD he might make tenn thousand more, beside himselfe.

These two words then, we may not slip over; the claime of the Covenant (af­ter) lieth by them. And if the Covenant hath not beene kept with any, it hath beene for default of this, that he hath found him; him, but not him, His Ser­vant.

Yea, if any King be found by GOD before he doe, or by course of nature can doe him any service (suppose in his cradle;) yet even to such a one, is not this word, without fruict. It hath his use (this) not onely in making them to be found, but in keeping them from being lost. For the same, that was the way to be found at first: the very same, is the way not to be lost ever after. And it concernes David or any, as neerly, not to be lost again, as it doth at first to be found.

Now, if David looke well to these two words, and lose them not, God will not lose him (he may be sure) but be at hand still, readie to defend him. Vnlesse David lose them, he cannot lose God: and unlesse he lose God, he cannot be lost. Da­vid ever lost them,Num. 31.16. before his enimies could doe him any harme. All Balaam's cur­sing will doe him no hurt; nothing but his wicked counsaile, to unmake him his servant, and so to lose GOD, and so to be lost of GOD, and so to be lost, ut­terly lost. Lay up this then; The way to servari a Deo, is to servire Deo. And lay it up well; It is the onely article of Covenant on David's part: Vpon these two words depends all that followes (upon Servum meum) If they be sure, all is sure. And this for inventio.

[...]od tells it, I have found.But, I find heer, inventi praedicatio besides. To find is one thing, to cry [...] inveni, [Page 819] [...] found another. One may finde, and keep his owne counsaile: (so men doe for [...] most part.) But God heere proclaimes His finding; tells all, He hath found. And [...] doe so, but such as are surprised with joy: as the partie in the Canticles, Inveni [...] quaesivit anima mea, I have found whom my soule fought, and I would the world [...] it, I am not a little glad of it. Commonly, where there is care in seeking, as be­ [...]ore, there is joy in finding. Ioy then: and it is not joy alone (for, one may gaudere in sin [...], keepe his ioy to himselfe) but gaudium cum gloriâ, this. For, he not onely ioyes i [...] his invention, but glories in it, and even boasts of it, that doth inventum pr [...]i [...]re. The word (which he useth) [...], is made famous by Archimedes, who in a great passion betweene glorying and reioicing, first cryed it, when he had found th [...] secret of King Hiero's Crowne. But no lesse famous, by Saint Andrew, Ioh. I.XLI. Who, upon the finding of CHRIST, came running to his brother Saint Peter, with Ar [...]himedes's crie, We have found him (the Messias) we have found Him. Messias in Hebrew, is nothing els but annointed: and, we shall see David annointed straight. A [...]d sure, next to the joy of Christ (Christus Dominus) we may place the ioy of Chris­ [...]s Domini; and take up, our next [...], for him. God's word will well be­come us, to use.

And to whom is this? To his Saints: to them,Ioy to His Saints by it. he tells it (looke the last verse be­fore:) As if they, had their part in this finding, so invites he them, to the fellowship of the same ioy. Tells them, that such a one He had found; and for them, and for their good He had found him. They, to reape speciall benefitt by it, by this find­ing; therefore, they to take speciall notice of it, they specially to reioyce with him for it.1. Ioy of the find­ing. Ver. 15.

And what should I say, but as this Psalme saith a little before, Beatus populus qui scit inhilationem, Blessed are the people that can skill of this joy, that can skill of their own good: What it is to have a King, a King found to their hand, but specially a King, th [...]t is God's servant. Verily, if God's Ioy be our ioy: it is to be with us, as with [...] it was; this [...], the [...] of ioy. And truely, all this Text, both that which is past (his care in seeking, and his ioy in finding) and that which followeth, his honour in annointing, his mercie in making this Covenant, his truth in keeping it: His rescuing them, from; his revenging them, upon their Enemies: all is, but to shew us how much He doth, and (if we will doe, as He doth) how much we are to be, even to set by, even to ioy, and glorie with Him, in Inveni Davidem Ser­ [...]um Meum. And this for his finding. Now no more adoe, but proceed to his annointing.

To what end then, found? To annoint. Very many are found, very few so found, Found to an­noint. scarse one of many millions. But they, that are so found, are eo ipso the greatest per­s [...]ns, and of the highest Calling upon earth. So much is there, in this word annoin­ting. And this also, God takes to Himselfe: unxi, no lesse, then the former, inveni. God the annoin­ter. Finds, and annoints both.

And both the Act His, and the oile His. Vnxi, I did it; and oleo meo, The oyle is God's. My oyle it was I did it with. So finds Kings, and finds oyle, and finds fingers, and all. Nothing goeth to them, but it is God's.

It seemeth otherwise. Samuel could not find him indeed: but we finde, he did [...] him, though. He did so, but not as of himselfe: what he did,1. Sam. 16.13. in the Person of God he did it. And the Law is, what one doth by another, not, that other, but him­ [...]el [...]e▪ is sayd to doe it, to be the Author of the deed. For this must stand true, that God heer sayth Himselfe, That whose fingers soever were used, GOD it was that an­ [...]inted him. And annointed him with oyle, holy oyle, His holy oyle.

Oyle: We can never find Kings in Scripture, but still we find this word with them.1. With oyle. [...] find them in oyle, and oyle is for continuance. The colours of the Crowne [...] water-colours, to fade by and by; they be layd in oyle, to last and to hold out all [...]e [...]thers. So, in oyle, not in water.

[Page 820]And in oile, not in wine. For though the Samaritan have both, and there is use of both,Luc. 10.34. in time and place: Yet heere, onely with oyle. There is no acrimonie, no­thing corrosive, in it: it is gentle, smooth, and suppling. All to teach them, a prime quality of their calling, to put in oyle enough; to cherish that vertue, that the streames of it may be seene; and the sent of it may be felt of all. For, that will make David to be David: that is (as his name is) truly beloved.

2. With holy oyle Oile, and holy oyle. Holy, not onely to make their Persons sacred, and so free from touch or violating (all agree of that:) but even their Calling so, also. For, holy un­ction, holy function.

Now, this holy oyle troubles the Iesuite shrewdly, and all those, that seeke to un­hallow the Calling of Kings. For, if the holy oyle be upon them, why should they be sequestred quite, from holy things, more then the other two, that have but the same oyle? Indeed (as they say) if they were but to deale with common matters, common oile would have served well enough (and so, they would faigne have it;) but this place, choakes them: This holy oyle heere. And their Calling, by vertue of this, being holy, what should let them, in their kinde to deale with those, either persons or mat­ters, that are but as the oyle is, wherewith they are annointed? How fond is it, to imagine them to be annointed with holy oyle, to deale onely in unholy matters, and not to meddle with anything that holy is!

3. With His holy oyle. Holy oyle, and His holy oyle. For, His holy, is more then holy. His, is another man­ner oyle, then the materiall, in the Prophet's horne, or in the Priest's phiall. His dropps immediately from the true Olive, the Holy Ghost (He the true Olive, as Christ the true Vine.) Samuel's, is but a ceremonie: this, the substance of the annointing. It is, in this, as in Baptisme: there, Iohn with water; Christ with the Holy Ghost: And, that is the soule of Baptisme. So heere, Samuel shedds on the oyle of the Tabernacle, God He adds his from heaven; the same, and no other then Christ was annointed with: that oyle is it:Psal. 45.8. Ioh. 3.34. that, the annointing indeed. He indeed above his fellowes, for He had the Spirit above measure: But He so above them, as He with them, and they with Him, with his, with the same annointing, both.

2. Ioy of the an­nointing. Psal. 45.8.And, it is not from the purpose, that His oyle, is by the Psalme called the oyle of glad­nesse: That, as we are glad even now, for his finding: so, may we also now, for his an­nointing. And by and by, glad againe, for his delivering. And so, glad in him, God make us, for them all. It is a day of Ioy: I would not omitt eny thing, that might tend to it. And this for the first verse, finding and annointing, and (if ye will) for the twenty nineth of Iuly. Now to the second verse.

VERS. 21. The League.Having annointed him, the first thing He doth, is to enter a league with him. And, we are glad of that. For, having found him now, we would be glad to keepe him. And, there is no surer way for that, then to joyne him in a league, with the mightiest King (by farr) of the whole world, the King of Kings, God Himselfe.

And, God Himselfe is willing with it, offers it. And sure He hath reason so to doe. Seing He hath found him, He will not see him lost. David serves him, He will servare servum. He annointed him, and made him holy, He will not see him used prophane­ly. But, the eye that found him, shall watch over him: the hand that annointed him, shalbe at hand, to defend him.

So hitherto, GOD found David. Now, David finds GOD, willing to undertake his quarrell:It is a League or Covenant. and even to covenant with him, so to do. For, it is not a bare promise this; it is a Covenant, and so termed expresly, at the III. and XXVIII. verses. And that, a Covenant solemnly sworne, bound with an oath, at the IV.XXXV. And heer now [Page 821] [...] cum eo, He giveth him [...]is hand upon it. His covenant, His oath, and His [...] [...]hat can there be more? [...]his Covenant is made as sure, as can be; And as [...] we shall see anon.

[...] first Article of this Covenant, the article of Inprimis, The first and second articles of the Covenant Pro, for David. is that His handi [...] him fast, or establish: the second, that His arme shall strengthen him: (that is) [...] for the continuall praesence, and assistance of his power, ever to joine with [...] still to be ayding to him.

[...], of it selfe is but one, as God is one: but is sett downe thus, heer and [...] in two words; the hand and the arme, the mighty hand and the out-stretched [...] sett forth two degrees of it. Both great, but one greater. That of the hand, God's hand. God's arme. [...]; as we read, XIII. verse before, yet but ordinarie. That of the arme, is [...] commeth forth, but upon extraordinarie occasion: Every thing, we put [...] the arme's end.

[...], that these degrees of difference are in the power it selfe, which is entire, quoad [...] onely, to proportion it, and make it answerable, to our perills: which are [...] alike, but lesse or more, at one time, then another: and so, seeme to us, to [...] a degree of power, according. For the lesse, the hand seemes enough: [...] the more, the arme; a greater degree of power, as our perill is greater.

No day goeth over our head, but the horse we ride on, the staires we go up and downe by, the very meat we eat, we are in danger, lest it go the wrong way. For, these, for every daye's dangers, we cannot misse the hand; and the hand is enough, if it do but hold us fast.

But this day, the fift of August, and such another, the fift of November, the case is [...] then, Rise up, rise up thou arme of the Lord, rise up and stretch out thy selfe: ano­ther manner of jeopardie, then. So, in a word, the hand for all the yeare:Esa. 51.9. the arme [...] the fift of August. Now there is no jeopardie so great, but the arme, if it stretch it [...] out, will serve to preserve us. And this arme is ever stretched out, when GOD [...] safeth some strange miraculous deliverance: as this day He did. For this, was Diesbrachij: on it, the arme of the Lord was reveiled. Esa 53.1.

Both these: And either hath his proper attribute: the hand, to establish, and the [...], to strengthen.

To establish: (that is) to make steaddy, that he stand fast, and be not mooved.Hand, to stablish him. It is [...] the passive power, to resist: such, as of the anvile, or of the rock.

To strengthen: (that is) when we are further to encounter our perill actively,Arme to strengthen. and are to weake for it; for, that giveth [...], the active power, that strikes them down: at the sword, or halberd in the hand of the mighty.

Both these: and both necessarie, for the performance of this league: Which is, [...] defensive in the next verse, to keepe them, that they take no hurt: And [...], in the last verse, to pay their enemies their due, and to strike them [...].

[...] then, is the summe of the two first articles. The hand shall never be of him, [...] him, all the yeare long, for every daye's danger. But, if further need be, if some [...] great hazard, if the fift of August, then out comes the arme. But so, as both; [...] hand and arme and every sinew in them, are readie still, and at hand as occasion [...] to stablish or strengthen him. This, for the second verse, the league: And all this [...] him: Pro.

Why, what needs all this? this holding, this fortifying? The third and fourth articles Contra, against David's foes. Defensive. Is there any harme [...]? I cannot tell: it was somwhat a suspicious word (in the verse past) of holding [...] holding him fast; as if there were some shoving at him. The Greek is more [...] [...]. For, in that word, there is [...] GOD holds him: and then [...], as it [...] [...]nother plucks at him: and then [...], GOD holds him harder or faster then [...] This was but suspicious. But heer now, it is p [...]st all suspicion: for heer, are a [...] making toward him (1 the enemie, and 2 the sonne of wickednesse:) It is to be [Page 822] doubted, for no good. Heer is now the fift of August: Heer comes GOD's second finding him. For in his enemie's hand now he is, gett out how he can.

The Devill's finding or in [...]ention.I told you before, that Kings were GOD's invention: heer now comes the Devil's invention. For, as GOD [...] Kings, so the Devill finds Traitors. God finds David, the Devill finds Absalon▪ God, your Majestie; the Devill, those of this day.

And (as evill ever is more fertile) for one King, there are two, in the Text: and there were two, on the day: and I would to God, two were all. But this is to be coun­ted of, [...] enemie (so signifies his name) wilbe sure to find Kings, ene­mies. The fa [...]h [...]r of wickednesse, will find his whelps, ready ever for so wicked an [...].

[...] now these are they, contra quos, whom against this league is made: For by [...] of the league, God and David, they have friends and enemies in common. Ene­mie to one (the King;) and enemie to both (God and the King.) 1. Of the par­ties first:1. The Parties. The enemie. The sonne of wickednesse. Sonne exegeticè [...]. Then of their attempt. 3. And last of their successe.

The parties. Two titles they have in the Text, 1 the enemie, 2 the sonne of wicked­nesse. Exeg [...]ticè some take them, both for one; and then, the later glosseth the former: and then the meaning is, that David's enemies are all of them the sonnes of wickednesse. And indeed such they were, and none but such. For God forbid, eny good man should be David's enemie. Pro. 31.3. In this sense it is true. For, all of them Qui vias dant ad perdendos Reges, but much more, qui vias docent; that would have them lost, whom God even now, with such joy found; that seek to deface God's invention: You may boldly pro­nounce of them, they be the sonnes of wickednesse all: as flatt against God, as perdere is against invenire, perdition against invention; and their will, against His will. For His will is, Quos Deus invênit, homo ne perdat: and Quos invênit, homo per dat, say they. And this, if both be for one.

The enemie, the sonne of wicked­nesse two distinct. Ver. 12.But if (as the words give, and the best Writers take them) they stand for a paire, for two distinct: then, by the enemie, is meant he that is so professed: Plaine, by the LV. Psalme, It was not an open enemie: where the word is the same, that heer; (that is) such a one as Golias was. But by the sonne of wickednesse, is meant, the close hollow Tray­tor, such as was his wicked sonne.

They be the sonnes of wic­k [...]dnesse.And it is good, they know their pedigree these fellowes, of what linage, they are. That is, wickednesse's owne sonnes: as if the other, the enemie, were but allyed to it, in some degree; but these, the true of spring, the lively image of the Devill. For, if they be the sonnes, and he the Father, they be as neer of blood, as may be. So, they see their true descent, sonnes of wickednesse.

What wicked­nesse it is. Ioh 15.25. Psal. 109. [...].And it is worth the while to know, of what wickednesse. Evill it is, to be wicked up­on what praetense soever: But, ode [...]unt me gratis is worse; for that is, of meere malig­nitie. But maela probonis, is worst of all. And such are these, such their wickednesse. Sonnes of [...]: which [...] the Hebrewes tell us, is properly the naughtinesse of some evill natur'd children, that bite the nipple, which giveth them milke. That is [...] right: (the worst and most wicked wickednesse of all others.) To bite and sucke, both at once. But such there are, the better they be dealt with, the worse still, ye shall find them.

The Sonne of wickednesse the more dange­rous.Now of the twaine, these are farre the more dangerous: as you may see by the ve­ry course o [...] sta [...]ing of them in the Text. For referendo singula singulis (as we use to do:) the hand before (as the former there) properly referrs to the enemie (as the former heer:) But the arme, the later there, that referrs to the sonnes of wickednesse, even by the course of the two verses. As if, for the enimie, the hand were sufficient: but for these, arme and all, were little enough.

And sure, ye shall obs [...]rv [...], that David, that the sonne of David, CHRIST; that CHRISTVS DOMI [...]VS, and CHRISTVS DOMINI both, hath ever beene [...] in danger of this kind of [...]. David, he was once in danger, and never but [...]. an open [...]. [...]. Sam. 21.16. But his great dangers, were by these heere, the [...], his wicked [...] Abs [...]lon, his wicked Counseilor Achitophel: And indeed, all [...] great▪ were by this second fort.

[Page 823] [...] SAVIOVR CHRIST. His furious enemies,Luk. 4.29. Ioh 8.59.10 31. they that would have [...] headlong downe the hill, they that would have stoned Him, they did Him [...] but, that false harlot Iudas, that sonne of wickednesse, he did. And I pray to [...] may; and I beseech David heartily, He would take this to heart, and take [...]. The danger of these, the sonnes of wickednesse, it was the danger of [...].

[...] ye now see their proceedings and practises? They be in these three words;2. Their attempt. Violence, Wickednesse, H [...]t. [...], 2 wickednesse, 3 hurt. Violence they meane, that is their end, and with [...] they cover it (that is) with one wicked pretense or other, the better to [...], to do the hurt they intend. Alas, nothing but a vow at Hebron (said [...] Absalon) when he vowed indeed, to deprive King David, 2. Sam. 15.8. both of his [...] life. Not lose the Sermon, for eny good (said He of this day;) when he had in [...], violence and hurt, no lesse hurt, then the losse of your Majestie's life. This is [...] of them all: Violence wrapped about, with a vow, or a Sermon, or I wote not [...] that, before it be seene, it may doe the mischiefe, that is meant. This holie [...], is simply the worst of all. O LORD, what dangers are they in, that are [...]! How heere being lost! Now, the Successe.

[...] ▪ at the name of Violence, at but the mention of hurt, every good heart is moved,3. Their Successe. No Violence, No Hurt. [...] running in about David, to see, if eny hurt. But there is no hurt done (GOD [...]) None done: whatsoere meant, none is done. And, he falls (if you marke:) [...]; Nay, not so much, as the least hurt. For they be two, these, violence and [...] hurt, is the more larger. Eny violence done? Nay none: Eny hurt at all? [...] neither. Neither? all is safe then.

[...] ye see, the first use of this hand, and arme; to repell and keepe backe [...] of the blow, that should do them hurt. This is the defensive part. And [...] to their comfort, that this hand so holds them, and this arme is so over them, [...] still betweene them and their harmes: as it lights on GOD's arme and hand, [...] hurt them, before it come at David. But them, it cannot hurt, neither [...], [...]kednesse, nor wicked violence prevaile against them: And so be they safe, from [...] And no way to prevaile against Kings, but to bind this hand first, and pinion [...]. Otherwise, evill men there may be, and evill meaning; but no evill successe, [...] [...]hat.

But, I would pray you, to take good heed, to the Tenor of this Covenant.1. Not, There shall be no enemies, No Sonnes of wic­kednesse. No promise is heere made, but that such he shall have: and shall have of both sorts, open all secret: open, to offer violence; secret, privily to seeke his hurt. No, though he be [...] (that is) lovely, or as lovely, as ever was he, yet he shall have those that hate [...]; hate him gratìs, hate him though favours done them; though they lie in his lap, [...] fed with his milke, yet bite him for all that. No part of the Covenant this, but [...] shall have, but such there shall be.

[...], no promise neither, but as they shall be, so they shall be doing (as we say:2. Not, They shall not be doing.) not [...], but be plotting and practising, ever and anon. It is but, non proficient (so read [...] this verse) the Covenant in the Text: it is not non facient. No, facient, [...] quod suum est iniquitatis filij (saith Saint Augustine well;) the sonnes of [...] be doing, and doe their kind, that is wickedly; Entend Violence, pretend some [...] wile or other. No part of the Covenant, but such there shall be: Nor no part [...] Covenant, but thus they shall doe. Let it not seeme strange: looke for it.

[...] this is the Covenant, and this is all. The former part,3. But, They shall not do it. Be they shall and be [...] shall, sed non proficient in eo, they shall do no good on him (in their sense) that [...] (in ours.)

[...] fit is the word non proficient: that is,Non proficient in eo. though they go to Schoole all their [...] it, yet shall they prove but non proficients, and never proceed so farre, as to [...] in the latter part, non apponent nocere; Not non proponent. Not, shall not have [...] ▪ but, shall not have the [...] purpose. Not, shall not have the will; but,Non opponent nocere. shall [...] power to do hurt. Proffer they shall, but not profit. Devise, but what [...], not be able to performe: Imagine,Psal. 21.11. Luk. 1.51. but be scattered in the imaginations of their [Page 824] [...]. So that, come when they will now, they come a verse too late: David is pro­vided of an hand and arme (in the [...]) that will see him take no hurt: that will be hurt themselves, r [...]ther then [...]e take eny: that will so sence him, as neither furie [...] be hable to [...] him [...], by force; nor wickednesse to doe him eny hurt, [...]y fraud. Neer lost, as [...] as lost, he may be: but quite lost he shall not be, GOD shall finde him againe. And so to the last verse.

VERS. 23. The fift and sixt Articles [...]. Against his enemies Offe [...] ­sive. [...] the [...], David is escaped from their violence and hurt, But shall they escape [...]: there is a further matter in it. All this, is but the defensive part: But the [...] (we find) was not onely so, but offensive too; as well to offend and annoy them, a [...] to defend and rescue him. And heer now, is the active power, we spake of before, of the [...] of the arme. I will smite downe. That, there is not onely worke for the hand to stay him, or hold [...] a shield, to heare of, that so no hurt to him; But for the arme also, to draw out a sword, and lay on, that so all the hurt shall come to themselves. And so, their imaginations not onely scattered, Psal. 7.16. but returned upon their owne heads. For, violence they entended, and were brought themselves to a violent end. Hurt they meant, and they are hurt themselves, and that incurably, smitten downe and perish.

1. Yea, Though no harme done, yet smite downe 2. Sam. 20.21. Psal. 41.9. Ester. 1.21.22.Three points I touch onely. What? smite them downe and no harme done? Yea, no matter for that; downe with them, though. To lift up an hand, or an heele heere, is enough. To offer violence, but to intend hurt, heer enough. That there was none done, thankes be to GOD and the good hand, that held them: Bigthan and his fel­low, [...]ang them up though. Not, quia nocuerunt, No: upon no other enditement, but quia voluerunt, they would have done the King hurt, though they did him none. That is enough, smite them downe.

2. Yea, At the first smite downe.Againe: What? at the very first, smite them downe? Yea; these, at the very first. With others, He proceeds not so roundly: smites them first before he smite them down; smites them a blow with the hand, in mercie; before he smite them downe with the deadly blow of his arme, in rigor. But these, downe with them, at the very first. Wote you why? Abisai he desired, he might have, but one blow, at the King, he would never desire a second. 1. Sam. 21.8. Pay him, with his owne money: let him have but one blow, but the first; and no more.

3. Now smite down.And what blow is it? to astonish him or to fell him, for the time? No: it is [...], say the Seventie. The nature of which word is, not to fell the stemm or the trunke of the tree, but to hew in sunder the very roots, that it never grow againe: So to smite them downe, as they never rise more. I will smite downe.

And plague them.And, as if this were not enough, he followes them yet further. Before, he fell: No violence; nay not eny, the least hurt: Heer, he rises, smite them, nay plague them, [...] is smite them downe with the plague, which is yet more fearefull. And it is truly turned, for [...] is properly, the stroke of the plague.

The plague is a death that we would not die of to choose, if smitten downe, not smit­ten [...] ▪ with that axe. Not, because it is deadly for the most part, and past recove­rie: (that, is not it:) But, because they that be so smitten, there goeth from them, a p [...]stilent [...] vapour, that makes all shun them, or (as the LXXies. word is) [...],Plague them in this life. [...] away, yea and fly away from them. And even so, from these, there goeth a sent, a [...] from a plague sore (you will beare with it, it is the Holy Ghost's [...]) that [...] their blood, corrupts their name, makes them and their me­morie odious,Esay. 66.24. yea, even an abhorring to all flesh. Say what they will, this is the [...] of plague when all is done. And, it is GOD's owne will, GOD himselfe [...] have us, [...] of them. [...] Of Coreh (the first we read of in this kind) [...], Change the people all, that they gett them from about them. [...] from [...] Tents, touch not eny thing that is [...] should say, the [...] [...] the plague, it is infectious. So, GOD [...] of them: [...] (I pray GOD) all may take warning from [Page 825] [...] and so thinke of them, and shun them as persons contagious, that have sores [...] on them.

Now; this is but their plague on Earth (to be plagued in their end, their blood,Plague them in the other life. [...] name;) but all this, is nothing to their plagues in Hell: whither certainely [...] goe, so many as in flagranti crimine, in the very act of treacherie, are taken away. [...] man shall need to wish them, more hurt: They perish, and come to a fearefull end.Psal. 73.19. It is truly said by them, I will plague them.

[...] one more, that makes up all. For (if ye marke) the person is changed.1 (That is) God himselfe will smite. He will plague. The last verse, it was, they shall do no violence, they shall do no hurt: Consequently, he should have gone on, they shall be smitten, they shall be plagued: that had beene enough. It [...] so, but, in the first person, I will smite, I will plague: as if, GOD himselfe would [...] doer of it, and doe it even [...] proprijs manibus, with His owne hands. And [...] so sensible hath beene the demonstration of the hand of his power, in the fall of [...] that (to hold us to the terme of plague) GOD's tokens have beene seene upon [...]: as if He had sent his hand from on high, to plague them indeed. Vpon these, this [...]; upon others since these, GOD hath from Heaven, shewed, how much these [...] displease him, by making even the prints of his hands, to be seene upon the [...]; that men have been even forced to acknowledge, it was no humane or [...], but some supernaturall divine power, that brought it to passe: And that, though other hands were in it, yet GOD it was, that strooke the stroke. This is the end, that in the end, shall come to all these from the LORD, so many as have eny hand in the hurt of the Lord's annointed. He that is the founder of Kings, will be the Confounder of all Conspirators. Carrie it, as closely as they can, His hand shall finde them out, finde them out and smite them, smite them and plague them, plague them [...] for ever. This is the Covenant heere made with David, in the name of Kings.

And (I promise you) this is, a faire Covenant, and a full: but,Application to His Maje­stie. might we see some [...] of it, how it was kept? For that, is Sal foederis, the proofe, the keeping of it. [...], many faire Covenants heere in the World, take wind, for want of this Salt of the Covenant (the true keeping.)

Of David, there is no doubt, it was kept with him, but the time will not serve. And [...] time requireth rather, to shew the proofe of the presents in Your Majestie. That, [...] whole Text (mutato nomine) hath been kept with You, from point to point: and the faithfull mercies of David (as Esay calls them) as faithfull to You,Esay. 5 [...].3. as ever they were to him. Of that, then.

I find then, both these daies, and on them, both these waies, You were found by GOD; found, the twentie ninth of Iulie, and annointed; found, the fifth of [...], and delivered. 1. The twentie ninth of Iuly Found in the Cradle and annointed.

Found first: and that, sooner a great deale then David: for in your cradle: There [...] found You, and annointed You. David was come to yeares of discretion first, to [...] Him service: But you, by his preventing grace found, before You were, or could [...], to doe him eny. An antecedence even in this.2. The twentie ninth of Iuly, and the twen­tie fifth both Twise annoin­ted. 2. Sam. 2.4.5.3.

[...] He found you twise, to annoint you. Once, before you did, or could serve him: [...] after you could, and did, once more. Found you, the twentie ninth of Iulie and the [...] fifth both. David was twise annointed too; but he, but of two pieces of one [...]: but you, of two entire Kingdomes, or (indeed) of three, the least of them, [...] then that of his, when both pieces were together. So an annointing also, more [...].

[...] difference I finde, but with vantage still, on your side. For, in the Text,3. Found in the womb, and de­livered, before ever annointed. [...] first annointed, and after delivered. But you, were delivered, before ever annoin­ [...] [...] before He found you in your Cradle, there to annoint you; He found you in the [...] before ever you came into the world) there to deliver you: Even there, His [...] over you, that, even there, a Sonne of wickednesse did you no hurt. This is more,4. Delivered be­fore annointed: Delivered againe the fifth of August. [...] in the Text; more, then ever David could sing of.

[...] not onely thus delivered you before your birth, and so before your annoin­ [...]: [...], after it also, no lesse: Witnesse this fifth day of this moneth. So, were [Page 826] you delivered first, and then annointed; and then, delivered againe from this day, and from being lost on it.5. Annointed the second time 25. of Iuly, and Delivered after it 5. of No­vember. And thus farr the Text.

But then, were you annointed againe after that, and delivered againe after that, from a fifth day too, though of another moneth. For, either of your annointings, have had a famous deliverie, to second it. So we double the point heere. A deliverance in the womb, an annointing after that deliverance; A deliverance after that annointing; And then, an annointing againe; And then, a deliverance againe, vpon that. So upon the matter, foure findings, with you; Twise to annoint, and twise to deliver: beyond Da­vid, beyond the Text heere. So the Text, kept with you, over and over againe.

Application to the fift of Au­gust, the Day it selfe. Verse 2. Then found & found by GOD.But, to let the rest goe and to hold us to this day. This day, if daies could speake, (and dayes can speake, saith the nineteenth Psalme) would certifie, that this Covenant was kept with you, in every clause of the six, on this your finding-day.

For, your finding-day well may it be called; well may it be said, you were found on it, and found by GOD on it. Found; for sure you were lost: And found by GOD; for men had lost you. They that gladly would, knew not how to find you, or get to you. Great odds then, but you had been quite lost. It was GOD that found you then, and made you to be found of them, not by eny skill of their owne, or by eny direction, but His. By hap, it might seeme: but your selfe do, and we all acknowledge the hand of GOD in it. His providence, that so guided them; His doing it was, that they did it: So that God it was, that found you then, or, we had not now found you heere. It may then truly, be called your finding-day; and God truly say, the second time, [...], I have found. 1. No enemie pro­fessed, but two Sonnes of wic­kednesse for it. Of it then, of this day.

We shall faile a little, in the first point. Heere is an enemie professed: And you had not then, you never had eny, professed. To make amends for that, there is but one sonne of wickednesse in the Text: You found not one, but two; and they found you.

2. A Sonne of wickednesse he was. Sonnes of wickednesse, well might they be called. For, if no Religion, taking Religi­on upon it, be wickednesse, (as it is double wickednesse) a Sonne of wickednesse he was. If witch craft be wickednesse (as it is wickednesse in the highest degree) he was a Sonne of it, it was found about him. If to doe evill gratìs; to do evill for good, be wicked­nesse (and it is the wretchedest wickednesse that can be) you had done them many fa­vours; and, to bite the brest then, that had given them milke, these are they in the Text right, [...] if ever, there were eny.

3. Meant violence, wickedly co­vered it. How neere the doing it.These then, violence they intended, and with wickednesse they covered it. Wicked­ly they entised you and drew you along, till they had you fast shut up: And then vio­lent hands they layd on you (the markes were to be seen many a day after.) And were you not then, within the compasse of the Text, of violence and hurt, that is, of hurt by violence? Yes so neer you was the hurt, that the hurtfull point touched your na­ked brest. Was David ever so neer? Never: He was indeed hart bestead and forced to fly, but he never came in their hands; you did: He never was under lock; you were: He never had the dagger's point at his heart; you had: And when you had, all the world then certenly, would have given you lost.

4. Yet did it not. No [...] proficient.Did they you any harme for all this? Not any (to speake of.) We may take up that before, Fuerunt & fecerunt, sed non perfecerunt; so farr from that, as non profecerunt. Such here were, and doing they were, but it would not do; for it was not done (the violence they intended.No [...] app [...]ent.) Proposuerunt nocere, sed non apposuerunt; a purpose they had, an offer they made, that was all; further they went not: You were not lost, we find you heer now, and we find you serving GOD, safe and well (thanks be to the great Finder of Kings) as ever you were.

5. The cause they did it not. The hand and arme of GOD to [...]. The defensive part of the Covenant.What was it then, that it came so neer you and yet did you no hurt? It was the good hand of GOD, His holy arme that was upon you, held you, held you fast: you fast, from taking hurt; and them fast, from doing any.

Can any doubt that it was the hand of GOD? He that stood there armed for that end when he was so strucken suddenly, as he had neither heart nor hand, to do that he [...], wa [...] it not the hand of God, that so struck him?

[Page 827]When his hand held the others hand, that was ready to give the deadly blow, ut 2 [...] opponeret nocere (they be the very words of the Text:) And was it not the hand in [...] Text then?

That You were so stablished, as to resist; that You were so strengthened, as to [...] 3 the two effects, set downe in the verse both:) And yet was it not the hand there specified.

The Popular tumult that rose after this, enraged by odious surmises, was it not 4 God hand that layed the raging of the waves then, that stayed the madnesse of the People? Psal 65.7.

When the violence was over, the hurt was not: The lewd tongue of Shemei doth 5 hurt, no lesse then the sword of Abisai. It would not be beleeved, that all this was [...], there were that slandered the footsteps of His Annointed (David's case in the end of [...] Psalme:) was it not God then, that so touched the heart of him,Ver. 51. that was [...] [...]nknowne, that he had not the power, to be true to himselfe, to keep it in, but was [...] driven, by remorse, to bewray himselfe (though with evident hazard of his owne [...] was not this digitus Dei?

And since that, by a further strange discoverie, hath He not sett your innocencie in the sight of the Sun? that now the mouth of all wickednesse is stopped, Psal. 63.11. so that neither Abisai's sword, nor Shemei's tongue now, can do you any hurt? And was not the hand and arme of God in this? Yes, the whole arme, and every joint; the whole hand, and all the fingers of it. Yet lack we the last verse.6. The hand and arme to [...] them: th [...] [...]ffen­siv [...] part of the Coven [...]nt. To smite them downe before your face. Psal. 37.15. 1. Reg. 2.32.

Heer was the hand with the shield: but where was the arme with the sword? Heer too; and it smitt them, smitt them down, down it smitt them both, both in the very place where they designed your hurt, and in the very wickednesse of the act: both were smitte [...] down starke dead, and there starke dead you saw them both lie before you (as the verse is) before your face. Non profecerunt: Nay defecerunt, et in ipso scelere [...]: their sword went through their owne heart and their blood was upon their owne, [...]. God found you then, and you found Him, certainly. O, let him ever find you [...] servant, whom you then, found your so gracious good Lord.

But, they must be plagued too (to make the Text up full.) So were they: For, as if they had beene smitten with some pestilent foule disease; so, from them, from their mention, there goeth an odious sent, odious and abhorred of all: Yea, the very house, as if the plague of leprosie had beene in it, razed downe: and, that there might no in­fection come from this plague of theirs, their very name put out, from under heaven. And, all this, so done, and with such circumstances, as all that heare it,This done by God himselfe. Psal 64 9. Psal. 218.23. [...] must acknow­ledge, it was GOD's doing, and that from heaven came the hand that did it; Factum [...], & a Domino factum est, both.

And so, you are found: and they (as the children of perdition should be) are lost. [...] are you: And where are they? gone to their owne place, to Iudas their brother.Acts 1.25. [...] (as is most kindly) the Sonns, to the Father of wickednesse; there to be plagued with [...] for ever. The same way, may they all goe; and to the same place, may they all [...]: all, that shall ever once offer, to do the like. Thus, to the very last sylla­ble, of the last verse, is this Text found true in you; and this Covenant made good to [...]. All the six points of it, all of them in futuro, in the Text; shall and shall be: Comes [...] the day, and puts them all in praeterito to you, changeth shall and shall be, into was [...] did. That, thus we read it now; His hand did hold you fast, His arme did strengthen [...]: the Enemie was not hable to doe you eny violence, no more was the Sonne of wicked­ [...]ess [...] to hurt you. But He did smite downe your foes, and did plague them that hated you. [...], the Covenant was fully kept with you, and sealed, even with the blood of them, that [...] it.

And now, let all them, that tooke eny joy in the first finding and annointing, 3 Ioy for your delivering. heere [...] their joy afresh, for this second, when you were thus in a manner lost, and found [...]. When it was just, as in the Gospell, Perijt et inventa est. Luke 15.6.9. And if he in the [...] for his sheep; and she, for her groat, called all their friends together, and cry­ [...] Congraetulamini mihi: how much greater a Congratulamini belongs to this? Where [Page 828] not a groat, Mar. [...].20. but He that is the Image and superscription of all our groats, yea all our Coyne, silver and gold, is found againe.

To find some praises of God for this find­i [...]g.And what? shall this be all? No I trust: having thus, at the hands of GOD, found the faithfull mercies of David; we will stay a little, and looke out some of the faithfull prayers of David, to render Him, for this, for such a finding. Let us do so I pray you. And we shall not need to go farre, not any further then our owne Psalme, and but e­ven to the very first words of it,The first Verse of the Psalme, Cantabo. Psal. 145.9. Misericordias Domini in aeternum cantabo. Vpon ano­ther, no lesse worthy Deliverance, I well remember, you then tooke up the like, Mi­sericordiae Domini super omnia opera Ejus. Very fitly that, but this agrees rather with us now; For it is the beginning of the Psalme, whereof the text is a part: Made, as it were; the Anthem for this Sermon.

Mercie in ma­king this Cove­nant.Will ye see how it agrees? There was mercie, in making this Covenant, there was truth, in keeping it. See then, how aptly he hath sett it: My song shalbe alwaies of the mercie of the LORD (that made it;) with my mouth will I be shewing His truth (that kept it) from one generation to another. And shall not we sing of His mercie? And shall not we set forth his truth?Truth in keeping it. Sing of His mercie that made this Covenant: shew forth His truth, that made it good, every article, and suffered not one word of it, to fall to the ground?

The second verse of the Psalme, Ego dixi.But, if we cannot well sing it, for lack of a Queere: He hath taken order for that, too. For the very next, the second verse of the Psalme, that he begins with, Ego dixi, I have said: that if we cannot sing it, we may yet say it. And it is but the same over a­gaine: I have said, Mercie shalbe set up for ever: Thy truth shalt thou stablish in the hea­vens. What truth? It followeth in the third verse, this truth of His Covenant, to David. To sing that, and to say this: to make our songs, on this ground; and our sermons, on this theame. He hath said it, to set up His mercie: He hath done it, to exalt His truth.

Ever to do this, in aeternum: In aeternum, is the word of the verse (if our dulnesse could endure it) all the dayes of the yeare.To do it in ae­ter [...]um: speci­a [...]ly this day. Luke 19.19. But, of all the dayes in the yeare, this day not to faile of it. Hodiè salus facta est domui huic, Nay regno huic, Nay Regnis his: This day then, not to faile of it. For, having found this mercie, and felt this truth, this day; shall we not, at the least, this day, thank Him for this day? Shall the Sun of this day a­rise, and go down upon us, and not see us together, to render Him praise, for this so lo­ving a mercie, for this so faithfull a truth? Shall he find hand and arme, to succour and to save us, and shall not we find mouth and lips, to blesse and magnifie Him for it? GOD forbid.

Application to V [...].Let us then, sing that: My song shalbe alwaies of the mercies of the Lord (record it, at least) Or for default of it, say this: I have said, Mercie shalbe set up for ever, thy truth shalt thou establish in the heavens. Be they never so false upon Earth, thou in h [...]aven shalt stablish it.By way of preaching. Say it, per modum Concionis; so we have: Say it then, per modum Ora­tionis; so let us do, and so an end.

Even so LORD so let it be, Set up this thy mercie for ever, for ever stablish the truth of this thy covenant, By way of prayer. with thy Servant our Soveraigne, that it never faile Him, as not this day, so not at any other time. Let thine hand be still upon Him, and thine arme about Him for ever, between Him and His harmes. Violence and hurt, never come neer Him: The sonnes of wickednesse, be ever farr from Him. Let them be non proficients, all the sort of them, that studie or practise this wicked lesson. Never lose thou Him, or suf­fer Him to be lost: Ever find Him (good Lord) to succour and save Him; and let thy right hand find out His enemies, to smite and plague them: with the same blowes, thou didst smite; and w [...]th the same plagues, thou didst powre on these, of this day. The destinie of this day, come on them all.

And, for Him, let His annointing still be fr [...]sh on Him, and His crowne still flourish on His head. Let Him, all the day walke in the light of thy countena [...]ce, and at night, [Page 829] [...] the covering of thy wings ▪ This day, as once it did, and as ever since it hath; [...] let it, long and many yeares, rise prosperous and happie to him. This day, and all daies. That he, that we all may sing of thy mercie, and set forth thy truth, all the daies of our life. Heare us O LORD, and graunt it for thy SONNE'S sake, our SAVIOVR &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, IN THE CA­THEDRAL CHVRCH at SALJS­BVRJE, on the V. of AVGVST, Ann. Dom. MDCXV.

PSAL. XXI. VER. I.II.III.IV.

The KING shall rejoice in thy strength, ô LORD: Ex­ceeding glad shall he be of thy salvation.

Thou hast graunted him his heart's desire: And hast not denied him the request of his lipps. Selah.

Thou hast prevented him with the blessings of goodnesse: and hast set a Crowne of pure gold upon his head.

He asked life of Thee, and thou gavest him a long life: Even for ever and ever.

VPON a day of joy, Heer is a Text of joy. Vpon a day of joy for the King, a Text, of a King in joy. For so, we see, there is in the Text, a King: and he joyfull and glad. Glad first, for strength shew­ed by GOD, in saving him: Glad againe, for goodnesse shewed by GOD, in satisfying, yea (more then satisfying) preventing his desires; and that, in the matter of his crowne, and of his life, both.

This King, was King David (no doubt;) The very Title of the Psalme, sheweth as much: And the Sonne of Syrach (of whom, I reckon as well or better, then of any Commentarie) these very words (heer) he applies to King David, Chap. 47. ver. 7.

[Page 831]Originally then, He: But neither solely, nor wholly He. His meaning was not, to [...]ke this saving, his owne case, alone: Nor to engrosse this joy, all, to himselfe: ye [...] see it, by the very setting it downe. It is not (as, of himselfe) I, will rejoyce: [...] (as of a third person) The King, shall: The King, indefinitely. So, entailing it, [...] to his Office, then to his person: And leaving it at large, appliable to eny other, [...], as well as himselfe.

To [...]ny other King (I say.) Specially eny other such King, that should be as strange­ly saved by GOD's strength; As fairely blessed by His goodnesse, as ever was he. That sho [...]d find the like favour that he did: and be vouchsafed the like gracious delive­ra [...]e that, he was. Eny such King in such wise saved, to be equally interessed, in this [...] with him: And to have this Psalme, serve for a Sermon, or for an Anthem, no lesse [...] He.

[...], by this, we hope in GOD, this rejoycing heer, shall not be shut up, against us. [...]. Cor. 11.10. [...], that, which is heere left indefinite, we suppose, we can definitely applie, to a Ki [...]g (in whose presence we stand) To whom, the same strength, and the same good­ [...]esse ▪ and of the same Lord, have shewed forth themselves, in saving him, saving both his Crowne and life, no lesse then David's.

This, comes well to the Text. But what doth this concerne us now, more then eny other time? Yes; for, heer comes the day, and claimes a propertie, in it: How that? Remember ye, how the Apostle (when he had cited the place out of Esay, 2. Cor. 6.2. Esay. 49.8. I have heard thee, in an accepted time: in the day of salvation, have I helped thee) Behold (saith he) now is the accepted time: Behold, this is the day of salvation. The same (for all the world) saith this day: The King shall be glad of thy salvation: Ecce hodie, dies salutis h [...]jus▪ Behold, this is the Day of that salvation. For, so it is, indeed. The very salva­ti [...] [...]ay, it selfe (this.)

Fo [...] ▪ this day, was his life sought, and he set on, to have been shamefully made away: And, this very day, saved he was; and in virtute mightily saved; and in virtute Dei, by the mightie hand and helpe, even of God himselfe.

Since then, this blessing fell upon this day, If we will take a time (And a time we will take to rejoyce and to give God thankes for it) that, which the day pleads for, is most reasonable; that you will take this day, rather then another: For, if hodie, dies s [...]l [...]tis; If, to day, the day of salvation; No reason in the world, but to day the day of reioycing for it.

But I will forbeare, to take eny notice, or to mention eny but David, at the first go­ing over: The Text (that) requireth a survey of course (first) and shall have it. But t [...]en, if the Day shall pray a review after, I see not how in right, we can denie it.

Be these then the two parts: The Survey, and the Review. And in either of these,The Division [...] principall points present themselves.I

[...]. The joy, 2. and the ground or causes of it. The ioy, in the front of the Text; And II t [...]e causes, in the sequele of it.

The causes are, as the number of the verses; foure. 1 The saving of the King, by th [...] [...]trength of God. 2 The satisfying; yea, the preventing his desire, by the goodnesse [...] God. 3 The setting on his crowne, by the hand of God, Tu posuisti. 4 The prolon­ging his life, by the gift of God. These foure.

Now, every of these (the ioy and the causes, and indeed the whole Text) seemes to [...] upon Triplicities. In the last verse of the Psalme, God is said to exalt His strength. Hi [...] strength in exaltation, makes the ioy, in triplicitie.

[...]he triplicitie of ioy (first.) The King 1 shall reioyce, 2 shall be glad, 3 exceeding [...] shall he be. 1 Laetabitur, 2 exultabit, 3 vehementer.

The like, in all the causes: Why glad? (first) for, the King 1 was saved, 2 saved [...], 3 by thy strengthLord.) 1 Salute, 2 virtute, and 3 Tuâ Domine.

[...]on this, of strength, followeth a new triplicitie of goodnesse. Therein, 1 the desire [...]f [...] heart, 2 the request of his lipps, And besides them, 3 the blessings of goodnesse. Of these three, the first, granted; the second, not denied; and prevented, with the third.

[Page 832]Of which blessings, there are two sett downe in particular. 1 His crowne: and 2 His life.

His crowne: and the triplicitie of it. 1 Corona, 2 Coronatio, and 3 Coronans: the 1 Crowne, 2 the Coronation, or setting it on by another 3 And that, other, God: None, but He, Tu posuisti.

His life: and there another (the last) triplicitie. 1 Life, 2 long life, and 3 life in se­culum, et in seculum seculi. Long life in this world, life for ever in the world to come.

And for this strength, in thus saving; and this goodnesse, in thus satisfying his de­sire, in the safety both of His crowne, and His life; is all this laetabitur, and exultabit: All this ioy and iubilee of the Text.

This Survey done, the day will further pray a Review: trusting, it will fall out (all this) to proove the case of the day, just. That all these causes, will coincidere into it. 1 Salutem misit, 2 Desiderium concessit, 3 Coronam posuit, and 4 Vitam dedit: And if these; then the joy too (without faile.).

And that, two wayes: Vpon two powers, that be in the word (shall.) 1 Shall, the Bond, de praesenti: binding us, to accommodate our selves, to the present occasion to this joyfull season of GOD's sending: 2 And then (shall) the Tense, which is not the pre­sent, but the future: And so (shall) not onely, for this present day; butshall, still; still shall, for many dayes, of many Augusts, in many yeares more; the same laetabitur, the same exultabit, still. So we all wish, it may.

I. The survey. DOmine laetabitur. We begin with joy, Auspicatum principium, a faire front (onward) a luckie beginning.1. The Ioy.

In joy: and that not single, but three in one, a triplicitie of it. We wil but touch at it, now: We shall come to it againe, yer we end. Begin, and end, with joy, to day: So may we begin, and so end ever.

In this triplicitie, two words there be, to expresse this joy: 1 laetabitur, and 2 exul­tabit: and one to give it the sise, or measure, 3 vehementer.

1. Laetabitur. [...]The two former (1 laetabitur, and 2 exultabit) are as it were the body and soule of joy. The first (laetabitur) the soule. For, the nature of that word, and the use, noteth ioy, within: ioy of the bosome (say the Heathen;) ioy of the Spirit (the Scripture) And my Spirit hath reioyced. Luke 1.47. There, in the Spirit, is the fountaine of true ioy. If there it be not, how well soever the countenance counterfeit it, it is but counterfeit, for all that. And no ioy right, if we cannot say the two first words [Domine laetabitur] to GOD; and we cannot say them, to Him, if there it be not, within.

2. Exultabit.There then, to begin: but not there to end. Laetabitur is not all, Exultabit is cal­led for too: Which is nothing but an outlet or overflowing of the inward ioy, into the outward man;Psal. 84 2. of the heart into the flesh: My heart and my flesh, shall reioyce. Not one, without the other. Ioy, to be seen and read in the forehead (the ioy of the counte­nance. Ver. 6. Psal. 118.15.) To sound forth, and be heard, from the lipps (the voice of ioy and gladn [...]sse.) This, doth exultabit add. There, is the bodie and soule of ioy, now.

3. V [...]hem [...]ter. [...]But it is not every meane degree, will content in these. Not any [glad] but excee­ding glad. The Hebrew is, O quam! O Lord, how wonderfull is thy name! saith the VIII. Psalme, ver. I. So heer: O Lord, how ioyfull and glad shall he be! The mea­ning is; so very glad, as he cannot well tell, how to expresse it. Els, asking the questi­on, why doth he not answer it? But that, he cannot. But that he hath never a Tam, for this quàm: But is even faigne to leave it, to be conceived, by us. So doe we; But [...] vehementer, exceeding it must be. So say the translations, all.

[Page 833]Thus have you a briefe of the triplicitie of ioy. 1 Ioy within, 2 Iubilee without, [...]oth mensurâ supereffluente.

And (which is somewhat strange) these, not onely permitt [...]d, but even [...]; given in charge: shall reioice, shall be glad; a necessitie layd on him: but,Luc. 6.38. [...] [...]essed necessitie, to be bound to that, our nature and we (in all our libertie) so well [...], and like of.

And now, to the causes. For, exceeding Ioy, 2. The causes of it Eccles. 7.8. without a cause somwhat su [...]table, is but exceeding folly; but as the crackling of thornes under a pott: great [...]oise, but no great cause (for, all is but a whinbush.) If there be an exceeding in the [...], there would be an exalting in the strength: If excesse in that, no defect in the gro [...]nd. We take measure still, of one of these by the other.

Have we then a good ground? That have we: foure (for failing) every of t [...]em suitable, in each respect. For, a triplicitie in either of them.

The ground of all (the first) is, Salvation or being saved: and that,The Cause. 1 Salvation, or being saved Salus. is ground suf­ficient. For who doth not rejoice, is not glad, exceeding glad, that is so, saved? But specially (wich was David's case heer) saved, from a sodeine and a secret mischiefe, imagined against him. There is no ioy (when all is done) to the ioy of one, so saved. Be it, who it will; even unus de minimis hijs: eny, eny one of the meanest.Salus R [...]gia.

But, the person adds a great weight to the ioy; that, it is Rex in salute: Salus Regia, a Salvation royall; for the saving of a King. For He (by the Scripture's own valuation) is sett at tenn thousand. There be tenn thousand Salvations in one, when a King is saved. That, as Rex is the person, above all: So Salus Regis, 2. Sam. 18.3. is the So­vereigne Salvation, of all.2 Saving by strength.

Saved, then. And secondly how? In virtute: Saved by strength. For, though it be good being saved, by what meanes we can; Yet, if we might be at our choise, we had rather have it, by meanes of strength; rather so, then by craft, or by run­ning away. For, that is not in virtute. Salus in virtute, is ever, the best saving. And a King (if he have his right) would be saved, no other way: Not by slight, or by flight; but in virtute, Rex.

So have you two, Virtus and Salus, strength and salvation: Note them well: for not virtus without salus; nor salus without virtus, neither without other is full: nor both, without Tua Domine

In virtute, is well: so it have in salute after it. For,Virtus in salute. no not in strength is there mat­t [...]r of joy (every way considered.) No, not in God's strength: No ioy in virtute Dei, [...] it have not an in salute, behind it. They, in the latter part of the Psalme found GOD'S strength, but smally to their ioy. This makes it up: that it is not onely, vir­re [...], strength: but virtus ad salutem, strength to save. Strength, not,Ver. 8. as to the King's e [...]emies, to smite them downe, and plague them: But, strength, as to David himselfe, to [...] and deliver him. Strength is indifferent, to both: but in salute following it,Psal. 89.23. de­termines it, to the ioyfull side.

Now then, turne it the other way. For, as in virtute, if it end with in salute, Salus in virtute. is iust cause of joy: So (vice versa) In salute, if it goe with an in virtute, makes the [...] yet more ioyfull. I meane, that as it is virtus in salute, strength to save, might [...] deliver; So, it is salus in virtute, a strong salvation, a mightie deliverance. No pe­tie, common one; but a strong, and mightie one. This reciprocation, sets it higher yet:Psal. 68 28. that, not onely strength set forth; but strength to save, protect, and preserve: Nor that neither, quovis modo; but mightily to save, strongly to protect, & strangely to [...] So as the Salvation may justly be sayd, Tua Domine, GOD'S owne saving.

For, yet we are not, where we would be. It is much to the matter of Ioy, 3 By God's strength Tua Domine. whose [...] strength is, from whom the salvation, who the partie. For, not undecunque, [...] quovis, yields full ioy: not by every one (hand over head). The better the partie per quem, the more the ioy still. The Salvation is made the more precious. [Page 834] [...] of it. That as it is [...] Regi [...], on his part that receives it: So it is [...] Divina, on His that gives it, that i [...] Tua Domine.

[...] this [Domine] there [...]. To virtute and salute, either of [...] Tua; virture [...]: and this doubling of the point, we shall [...] concernes the joy [...].

[...]. Io [...]. 4.10.For, that it may not [...]e, as I [...]nas's ioy in his gourd, up in one night, downe in another (that is) vanishing and [...]sure; but sound and permanent; it is best, our Hosannah be in the Highest: best, that the Hypostasis or substance of this our reioycing, be in the strength of the Lord. Psal. 1 [...].7. [...]. Non in chariots and horses; we see what became of them (the Psalme [...], ceciderunt, Downe they went, and downe went their ioy with them. [...] virt [...]te alien [...].

[...] Psal. 44 6. 2. Sam. 24.1 [...]. [...] his owne bow, or sword, or number of his People (that, prooved not well [...];) that, was in virtute suâ: In virtute Tuà (we shall find) is the safer.

Not, but that, in these humane strengths, we may reioyce in some sort, with some cau­tion:Ion. 4.7. but that, they be all subject to the worme, Ionas's Gourd was (mortall and muta­ble all;) not so soone had, but as soone lost, and sooner, a great deale: there is no hold of them▪ quotidie diff [...]uunt, we find it, we feele it, daily.

Therefore, well fare in virtute Domini, the might of the Almightie. In it, there is the sound ioy. O, it is good reioycing in the strength of the arme, that shall never wither, or wax weake:Psal 36 7. and in the shadow of those wings, that shall never cast their feathers: in Him, that is not there yesterday, and heer to day; but the same yesterday, and to day, and for ever. Heb. 13.8. For, as He is, so shall the joy be. In virtute Tuâ, then: And Salute Tuâ too.

Salute Tuâ.Nay, virtus Tua; but salus sua; the power, that may be GOD's; but the salvation, that is the King's (one would thinke.) And, so it is: But he reioyces not, in it, as it is salus sua (at least, not so much) as, that it is salus Tua, GOD's; of and from GOD, who wro [...]ght it, and brought it to passe. Nay even in salute Tua (it selfe;) not so much in sa [...]ute, as in Tuâ; in the gift, as in the partie, that gave it. So doth no worldly man: he goes no further, then in salute (that he hath it, that safe he is:) cares for no more; for no Tuâ, he. But David's ioy, and the ioy of the Godly, is not so much, that he is s [...]ved, or had strength so to be; as, that it was GOD, sent forth his strength, so to save him. Psal. [...]8.28. Nay, nothing so much in Salute, as in Tuâ; in the salvation, as in GOD his SAVIOVR.Luk. 1.47.

And, why so ioyfull, for this Tua Domine, more then the rest? I shall tell you, why: For, this is the very exaltation, the highest point, of the whole triplicitie.

There was none of the Emperors (upon such an escape as this) but he took to him­selfe presently, as an high honor, the Title of [...], Preserved by GOD; and vsed it ever after, as an addition to his Style, as glorious, as Alamannicus or Parthicus or eny T [...]tle of them all.

A King thus saved by GOD, is more, then a King: (I meane) more then another King, not so respected, by God. More I say, then another: 1. More to be set by, in th [...] sight of his own [...] people: tanquam speculum propitij Numinis, as a mirror of God's favour; when they see him, thus taken into God's speciall protection. The ve­ry [...] are,Verse 5. His honour, is great, in this salvation.

2. A [...] [...] his o [...]ne people: So more esteemed of his neighbours; when they see, their [...] with knives,Psal 20.8. and so cast downe and fall; but him, after he was cast downe, to [...] s [...]and up [...]ight: Hij ceciderunt, helps it much.

3. And [...] of his enemies; when they see, the eye of God's provi­den [...]e, the [...] the [...]ngth of His ar [...]e, still over him; still, set to save hi [...], and doe him [...] they w [...]s [...] [...]raid to plot o [...]ght against him, when they see, [...] God [...] [...]pholds him [...]till: when they see, Tua Domine [...], upon him.

[...], [...]re we come, to [...] [...]ring-head, to [...] laetitiae; Tua, Tua, Domine. [...] brought [...] up, to Him: we turne it loose, let it [...] it. If it be gaude [...]e in Domin [...], Nay [Page 835] [...] dico gaudete (saith the Apostle) Then, to it, againe and againe;Phil. 4.4. double it [...] it, and spare not. Good leave have you.

[...]: for this salus Regia and salus Divina (both) ioyne the triplicities; see, [...] not, this and the first (of ioy.) In vìrtute, God's strength, the very promise, [...] of it, yields ioy within; there is laetabitur. But, made apparant in salute, [...] matter of exultabit (without.) But, Tua, Tua, Domine, to that, belongs [...] there is, his place: O, how greatly, shall David reioyce within, triumph [...] in the Lord; being saved by Him, so mightily, and so mervailously saved by [...] [...]hese two triplicities, are in the first verse (both.)

[...] is new ioy, in the second verse, upon a new ground (the goodnesse of God. The II. Cause. In satisfying the desire. 1 Of his heart. 2 Of his lipps.) [...], and goodnesse doe well together; neither without other saveth. Strength [...] could well; but will not, till goodnesse come to it. Both, did it, heere: For, in [...], saved by strength: and in the seventh verse, In the mercie of the most High he [...] [...]iscarie. By strength; that, by no arme of flesh: By mercie; that, by no merit [...] owne.

[...] His goodnesse, is over all his workes, over strength and all. For,Psal. 145.9. it sheweth it [...] [...]ot in saving onely (which is a matter of necessity;) but ouer and besides that, in [...] his desires (and that is matter of meer bounty.)

[...] indeed, no way doth his goodnesse so shew it selfe, as in sending us, our desires. [...] [...]o [...]hing, is so properly, the matter of ioy, as the desire sent. The denying of our [...] Nay, the but delaying it, is an abatement to our ioy: But the desire accompli­ [...] [...]hat, is the Tree of life (saith Salomon:) And the Three of life, Pro. 13.12. Gen. 2.9. was in the midst of [...]; the very center of Paradise, and all the ioyes there. The satisfying his [...]

[...]tisfie, is one thing: and to satisfie, by prevention, another. Betweene them [...] make up a new triplicitie. For the former, of satisfying the desire, is set [...] either, as conceived in the heart (Desiderium cordis;) or, as expressed with [...] (Prolatio labiorum.) It is much, to satisfie these two; His goodnesse, gives [...] both to the one, and to the other: satisfaction, to the heart, by granting the [...] satisfaction, to the lipps, by not denying the request. And upon these two (in [...]) there is a Sela. For these two (one would thinke) were hable to [...].

[...], this Sela, is no Sela to GOD. He hath a Sela, or an Ela above this Sela. He [...] not onely a satisfying, but a satisfying by prevention: not expecting either, but [...] both: granting that, which neither the lipps ever mentioned, nor the heart [...] [...]magined: never came out of the mouth, nay, never came into the mind. And [...] the praevenisti of His goodnesse.

[...] the heart and the lipps, we will not be curious, nor stand scanning their [...] [...]hich should stand first, the heart, or the lipps. I know,Psal. 45.1. though the tongue be the [...] never so readie a writer, the heart can endite faster, by much. But what skills it [...] first? Both together (I am sure) can desire more, then either alone; and, He [...] them both.

[...]tisfie the lipps: Petite & dabitur, Speake and speed. Satisfie the heart: Matt. 7.7. Ave [...], wish and have. Not onely, open thy mouth: but enlarge thy heart, Psal. 81.10. never so [...] He will fill it. This, is hable, to satisfie David (I thinke) and to make him [...], which is their [...].

[...]; may satisfie David. But this satisfies not GOD, in his goodnesse to David: In preventing both, with His goodnesse. [...]; with Him, but Satis superque. And indeed, both these (make the best of [...] ca [...]) [...]re still, but a post-venisti, the heart and the lippes goe before, and [...] goodnesse comes after. Nay, till His goodnesse get before; till it be, a [...] Him not. And, that is; not when He stayes for us, Esay. 30.18. till we come to [...] p [...]tions; Nor till He meet us; He with his mercie, us with our prayers: [...] He praeven [...]s us, before we stirre a foot: and heares us, not when,Esay. 65.24. Matt. 7.7. but [...] req [...]est; and answers us, not while, but yer even we desire: opening, sen­ [...] [Page 836] [...] givi [...]g; before we seek, kno [...], [...] a [...]ke: that (lo) is the praevenisti; that, the [...] of goodnesse indeed.

The [...] [...] [...]lessing of goodnesse: And [...]spand [...] satisfie, is one thing (quovis modo;) To do it by p [...]v [...]ntion, another: So, to [...] [...]ith goodnesse, in one; and with the blessing of [...], another. For [...] [...]he sett of the sacrifice) the best, the most chiefe, the most choise▪ the mo [...]t [...]lesse [...] [...] of it; blessed it selfe, and making David blessed, to whom He vouchsa [...]e it.

Not, but that th [...] o [...]her (the granting, the not denying) are good blessings, and very good: but in them, though there be the goodnesse of GOD, yet not it alone; there is somwh [...] o [...] David too, his devotion (at least) in making his request. But in this, [...], is all alone; David doth nothing, neither speake, nor think. That, [...] as lied, never thought to aske, before any, without any asking, he is preven­ [...] [...]ith, by this blessed goodnesse: and without any cause els. The Fathers read it, b [...]nedicti [...] dulcedinis, and well: For, while we stand waiting for the postvenisti, our eyes faile many times, our heart pants, we flote between hope and feare: And this relishes not well with us, it is a little bitter. In praevenisti there is none of these. And the cu [...]ting of of these, makes it benedictio dulcedinis indeed, as having none of that unpleasant mixture with it. This is benedicta bonitas.

But (all this while) we see not, what need of this preventing? It is more then needs, sure. The other two, the not denying, but graunting, might serve our turnes well enough. Yes, there is more then need of it, in the matter of saving, many times. The danger comes upon us, and surprizes us so, of a sodein, as we have no time, to ga­ther our selves together; the heart no space to think, nor the lipps leisure, to frame a request. Both faile us.

And this holds chiefly, in secret plotts and practises. No man suspects, or misdoubts them: No man prepares for them: Vnawares on a sodein, they breake out, and even oppresse us, so as they prevent lipps and heart, and all. Such was the danger, in the Psalme: Such, the danger of the day. In these, if it should be put to a postvenisti, we were gone. A praevention must be. In these preventing dangers then, is the time; there, is the place, of this preventing goodnesse of God. Who seeing, what David would do, if he were not taken short: supplieth (of his blessed goodnesse) that defect, and be­fore either of both, relieves and saves him. This is the blessed goodnesse, and Blessed be God for this goodnesse, above all: We all at some times or other, fare the better for it.

Will ye see now, how these three come againe exactly to that of the ioy? The in­ward desire of the heart, for that granted; laetabitur, the inward ioy of the heart: The outward request of the lipps, for that not denied; exultabit, the outward voice of glad­nesse. But thou hast prevented them both (both mentall and vocall petitions) without suit at all: O how glad shall David be, for the other twaine, but for this third especially! For, this is the goodnesse, ô quàm! This exceeds all.

The specialities of that goodnes 1. In his crown 2. In his life.Well: but all this while, we walke but in generalities: might we see some speci­alitie of this blessing of goodnesse thus preventing Him? Yes, we may. There follow more; but heer in the Text, are two particulars, both matter of GOD's preventi­on, both matter of his desire. For, what would a King desire to have saved, or wherein to be blessed, but in 1 his crowne and 2 his life? And heer, they be both. And in either of both, a severall sort of preventing: Granted, and not asked at all (as in his crowne:) more granted, then [...]sked (as in his life.)

[...]ut first: will ye ma [...]ke tha [...] hee [...] C [...]rona praevenit vitam, the Crown takes the place of his life, hath the praecedence of it: that his desire, is carried streight, to his Crowne [...], b [...]fore to his life, a [...] to the blessing (of the twaine) more to be desired. Thus we [...]: and we may not stir [...] them, they are of the Holy Ghost's owne marshal- [...] Thus setts he them down, [...] if his will were, they should so be apprized: the [...] life.

[...] Pos [...]it coronam, an [...] t [...]en vitam pe [...]ij [...]: with his crowne on; so, he [Page 837] [...] Coronam deposuit, take away his crowne, and then vitam non petijt, he will [...] life; he will not thinke it worth the asking. If he would aske it, it would not [...] him: He, that takes away his crowne, will have his life not long after. Fond [...] otherwise: and it is the poorest comfort and conceipt, that ever was; to tell [...] crown they must part with, but be of good cheere, their lives shalbe saved, [...] shall. No: vivis & regnas, take regnas and take vivis too; both, or [...].

[...] is the Crowne. And this crowne in David was a praevenisti, cleer:2 That crowne a praevenisti in David. a posuit [...] eny petijt. For when he followed Psal. 78.71. Psal. 131.2. his ewes great with yong, litle dreamt he [...] [...]wne. It never came into his lipps, it never entred into his heart; His soule (as [...] saith) was weined from eny such matters, from so much as once phansying [...] The crowne was in him a meere prevention.

[...], two crownes (we read) he came to. First Saul's crowne;And his second crowne. 2. Sa [...]. 1.10. the Amalekite [...] him that, and his braceletts. To shew, it was a prevenisti meerly: Not so [...] as an Israëlite, brought it. That was set on, first. Some thirty yeares after, [...] he came to another crowne; the King of Ammon's crowne, 2. Sam. 12.30. at the winning of [...]: a more massie crowne, finer gold, richer stones in it, then his first. That was [...]. This heer in the Verse, was the second (say all the Interpreters:) and this, [...] likewise. If you will but remember what case he stood in, to God-ward, [...] comming of this second crowne (it was presently upon the matter of Vrias and [...]) you will say, he was rather in case of Miserere mei Deus, Psal. 51.1. Psal. 103.4. then of ought [...] GOD crowned him then, in mercie and loving kindnesse. At this second [...] it was veniam petijt, and nothing els.

[...] his first crowne, it was vitam petijt, and nothing els. All he askt then, was [...] it followes straight next verse. And sure, time was, in the daies of his [...] when, partly by Saul's owne jealousie; but much more, by the wicked [...] of Doëg, and such like, he needed to aske it. There was often (to use his [...]) but a stepp, betweene him and death. He asked life, then;1. Sam. 20.3. and so that [...] have beene assured him, would have strained his prayer no further.

[...] must thinke, when he was couped up, one while in such a Cave; another, in [...] wood; put to flye for his life, to Moab, to Gath (I wote not whither:) in danger [...] made away, by one treacherie or another: when, he received every houre [...] [...]tence of death, in himselfe; all his mind ran upon vitam petijt then: then,2. Cor. 1.9. this [...], or the gold of it, or the finesse of the allay, never troubled his head, ye may [...]: life he asked then, and more he asked not, and well had beene him, if he [...] have had but securitie of that; I say, securitie of his life, and let the crown [...]

[...] [...]old then, the blessed goodnesse of GOD, that gave him both. Both,3 The crowne set on by God. that [...], life (we come to it, by and by) and the crown, and another crown too besides, [...] asked not. Satisfied him in that: prevented him, in this: Nay, prevented [...] both; as ye shall see straight.

[...]ut, yer I passe to that: heer is a point or two about crownes, I thinke good not [...]. 1 The first is, against usurpers of the crowne, Nemine ponente, nisi seipso; God [...] it on, none setting it on, but themselves: That, not ipse sibi, sed Deus [...] ipse posuit super caput suum, but Deus super caput ipsius. The second, is against [...] of a power, to take of that, they never set on (deponendi, quod non posuit) [...] intruding upon, Tu posuisti.

[...]irst (the crowne) he raught not at it, caught it not, and clapt it on himself:The imposing God's onely. it [...] him, he came orderly to it; it was set on, not by himselfe, but by [...] And, that other, was the right Setter, Tu posuisti, GOD. Who will never set [...]; never, but on the right head, if it be of His setting: and if it be not of [...], it will never prosper, never flourish (be sure.) Tua Domine, heere too: [...] is in GOD'S hand, saith Esai; and His hand setts it on David's,Esai 62. [...]. set [...] it on [...] heads, that lawfully weare it. It made the Emperours, to stamp their [...] an hand comming out of the clouds, holding a crowne and putting it on [Page 838] [...] And accordingly, to stile themselves, [...], à Deo coronatos, crowned by GOD: as, well they might (this, Tu posuisti, heere, is their warrant.)

A [...]d the d [...]po­s [...]ng.2. S [...]condly, against usurping of [...] power, to depose. GOD alone, is in the Posuisti, at [...]he setting it on. None but He [...]: GOD hath sett it on. Now what GOD hath set [...] not eny presume to take of. Not eny, but He, that sett it on. What, by Him alone done, by Him alon [...], to be [...]n [...]one. The law is; Ad quem institutio, &c. To whom the Institution belongs, to him and none other the destitution. To whom the imposing, to him and none oth [...], the deposing: none to interpose himselfe in that businesse, but He.

And now; [...]here comes a Tu interposuisti; and he, will have to doe with that, this Tu posuis [...], [...] on. Hath not Potestatin ponendi (he confesses, and all the world knowes) [...] would have potestatem tollendi, to take up that, he layd not downe. But, if no [...], no Deponent. If none but GOD, at the Posuisti, at the setting it on; none, but He [...], at the deposuisti, at the taking it of. The Crown, the Coronation, the Coronant (all [...]) blessings of His goodnesse: but the last, the chiefest (the Tua Domine and à Te) the [...] of it of Him, and Him onely.

Now then, to ioygne these three, to the first three. Allow the crowne a laetabitur, and to the Coronation, or setting it on, an exultabit: but ô quam! is for Tu posuisti (the Coronant.) To whom, they owe it; of whom, they hold it, without eny Tu interpo­suisti, at all: And now, to his life.

Gods good­nesse in gran­ting him 1 Life. Vitam d [...]dit But Vitam p [...]tijt first.For, what is coronam posuit, without vitam dedit; a crowne, without life to weare it? Heere is that then: and that, in a new triplicitie, 1 life it selfe, 2 a long life, and 3 a life for ever.

Vitam petijt, It is not, his first vitam petijt, this (we spake of even now, in Saul's time:) it wa [...], after his second crowne was sett on; as is evident, by thus standing, after it. And this vitam petijt, bodes no good matter. For by petijt, it should seeme (by all likelyhoods) he was in case, to aske it, and so in hazard to lose it; it, and crowne, and all (a worse matter, then eny yet.) It was not for nothing (the last verse, before this Text) they crie, O Lord save the King; by like, the King was in some danger, of peri­shing. And so he was, as appeareth by the Sequele of the Psalme: and that, by a Me­zimma, a secret mischiefe, Verse 11. [...] imagined against him: were it, that of Absalon, or some other like exigent. But hard bestead he was, when it touched his life.

In that streight, heere was the summe of the desire of his heart, of the request of his lipps: Psal. 119.175. 2. Sam. 26.21. O let my soule live, O let the soule of thy servant, be pretious in thy sight.

And now, upon this Petijt, as upon a ground, followes streight vitam dedit. And heerein, first appeared the goodnesse of GOD, in granting his desire, in not denying his request: Vitam petijt, and Vitam dedit; life he asked, and life he had: No sooner asked, but obtained. This was satisfying.

But then, he stayed not there; but prevented him further: gave it him, with ad­vantage,A long life. with that he asked not. Life He gave him, So farr his petition, so farre no [...] but he gave him, long, too, long was not in the petition, and so a meere [...] (the second kind of preventing, that before we spake of.) Life, was in the request [...] not; He gave it him, with long too, Dies super dies Regis adijciendo, add [...]ng d [...]ies to the King's dayes, till it was length of daies (that is) a long life, and a long [...] both.Psal. 61.6. Which very point of (long) makes, that this Text will not fall in fitt, with every King, unlesse he have lived and reigned, as long (David's time, that is fourtie yeares:) for, so h [...] must, yet [...] longam, can be said or soong of him.

[...] life [...]But yet, heer he st [...]yes not, n [...]ither: but heapes upon him more still, and goes on [...]o vit [...]m in seculum seculi. For (to say truth) what i [...] long life, yea never so long, if it be not Saint Hierom's l [...]ng, Nihil long [...]m quod finem habet. If ye speake of long, that i [...] [...]nely long, that shall last for ever, that never shall have end. Our long, is but a [...] which goes, but by comparison, of a shorter. Els, what is it, to live [...] compasse of mans i [...]ermost age, if he live not so, in this life, [...], he may live for ever. The mean [...]ng is: what is long life, without it [Page 839] [...] life; without it be, with the true feare and worship of GOD? [...], hath the promise of in saeculum saeculi: without which, a short life is [...] life; and no life at all (but an untimely death) better, then both. [...] Heathen have hitt upon coronam posuit, and vitam dedit, yea and longam [...] be but laetitiae gentium, these. But the life for ever, Mat. 19.11. that is a Non omnibus [...] among the Heathen never had it: that, is laetificans Davidis; that, the blessing [...], the transcendent blessing of all, to have the end of this life the beginning [...] life, that never shall have end: and that by the true service of GOD, in His [...].

[...] this then, instar omnium, even worth all, and the very consummatum est, the [...] perfection, GOD can bestow on David, That God gave him, 1. Chron. 13.15.28.24.25.26. Psal. 84.10. to bring back the [...] pitch a Tabernacle for it, to lay up and leave a great masse of treasure for the [...] Temple, himselfe devoutly to worship, and to make lawes and sett orders for a [...] and seemly worship of God, then he found: He said himself, this was the [...] day, he saw in all his life; that one day, worth a thousand. And for this his care [...] [...]anctuarie, came this help to him, out of the Sanctuarie (see the second Verse of [...] before) that saved him, saved him both his crown and life: and that after [...] him to everlasting Tabernacles, to a crown and life, that shall endure for ever. Luke 16.9. [...] [...]uther then this, we cannot go.

[...] have we the particular of that was sued for and granted: and of that was granted [...] sued for, by the speciall priviledge of God's preventing goodnesse. Himselfe [...] desire satisfied, his crowne fast, his life assured, heer and for ever.

[...] judge now, whither David had good cause to reioyce or not. And whither, we [...] heer againe (for a farewell) once more, over with our first triplicitie of ioy [...] to go to vitam (if you will;) and (if need be) exultabit to longam: [...], to be reserved, for in saeculum saeculi. There it is in kind. So it was never, [...] There it is ô quam! indeed. For there, is a crowne, life, and ioy that exceed all [...] desire; and there he shall receive them, and say O quàm! indeed.

[...] what shall we say now of all this? Truly no more, then must needs be said:II. The Review ▪ or Application to His Maiestie. [...], then the Text it selfe, drawes from us. Heer is, a faire Major (layed forth [...].) A King, that hath in this manner, found the strength of God, shew forth [...] his saving: and felt the goodnesse of God, in thus preveneing his desires, [...] his crowne and his life: Any such King may (for he hath good cause;) Nay [...] (for he is bound) to be exceeding, both ioyfull and glad. The Holy Ghost [...] word; sayes, he shall so be.

[...] be King David, He: If any other, He too. King David's we have surveyed [...] time would give us leave. Shall we now pray a Review, to see, if any other [...] found besides, as deepe in the causes, as he. For, if as deepe in t [...]e causes, [...] in the effect: If the same in virtute, and the same in salute, the same laetabitur [...] grant.)

[...] heer now, choose,Psal 40 9.10. whither we will refraine our lipps and keep back God's mercie [...] from the great Congregation: If we would so, and hold our peace, the day [...] fift of August would not: but would (as the Psalme saith) eructare verbum, Psal. 19.2. [...] sorth and tell us, that such a King there is, and who it is. That if there be, or [...] were a Prince upon Earth, that found and felt this virtutem and salutem Dei, [...] hand and help of God, in saving him, saving him miraculously; Verily, this [...] (not as Nathan, Tu es homo, but) Tu es Rex, You are that King, certenly;2. Sam. 12.7. [...] these foure, in the Text, from point to point.

[...] saving first. This day, you were like to miscarrie:1. In His saving. Ver. 7. Ver. 8. Ver. 11. [...] in danger to perish, to lose [...] [...]nd (that which to you is dearer then you [...] life) your crowne, by some that [...] and had contrived a Mezimma, a dangerous practise and plot, against them [...] on, being then and there, oversett with strength, came this virtus Dei: You [Page 840] [...] b [...]ing upon the point to perish [...] this salu [...] Dei, and saved You strangely. There i [...] the first verse.

2. [...] 16. Mat. 1 [...].30. [...] your desire sati [...]fying. In [...] distresse, I doubt not, but You might and did lift [...] Your soule to GOD in [...] Hosanne; that of Ezekia, Domine vim patior, [...] I am oppressed, [...]: Or, that of the Apostle sinking, Help Lord, I pe­rish. If you [...], granted your desire, He denied not your request: set a Sela then. But if being surprise [...] the extreme sodennesse of the assault, you did not, you could not doe it: Th [...]n did [...]e more, even prevent you, with His goodnesse: His sweetest His bless [...]de [...]t goodnesse of all.

And [...] your s [...]ving (which you had reason to desire) that which you never [...] desired, I dare say; that gave He You too. Exalted His strength, that [...] might▪ [...] Ver. 8 Ver. 12.9.9.10. Your triplicitie. And those same Zamzummims, the contrivers of the [...], His hand found them, and they found it, He set his strings, full against the face of them; destroyed them in his wrath, even in the very place: hath cast them into the fiery [...] (where even now they frie:) rooted out their fruict from the earth, and their [...] from among the children of men. All these, are word for word, every of them in the sequele of this very Psalme. All this, He did: You desired not all this, not their aeternall destruction (I know;) yet even with this also, He prevented You.

3. In the setting on his crowne.For your crowne: this is sure, if ever any were prevented with a crowne, he was, that was so, in his cradle; had it set on his head there: when he was not, as a weined child (morally;) No, nor a weined child (literally;) but indeed a child, not yet weined (not so much;) had neither lipps to speake, nor heart then, to desire eny such thing: he was prevented sure.

4. In giving and [...] his life.Further yet: if eny found favour in, setting on his crown yea crown upon crown: and saving upon saving: After his first crown, in danger to miscarry, and even throwen downe (as upon this day:) And after his second, in danger againe to miscarrie, and to be blowen up (upon another day) and saved in both: He was fairly blessed by His good­nesse (say I) Which very saving (upon the matter) was a second crowning: even a new setting on that, that was sliding of. So that, Tu posuisti the second time, may truly be affirmed of this day.

And, what should I say? If eny, that his crown saved, and his life saved (under one;) Saved and prolonged both; so that now these fifteen yeares togither, you have held this day with ioy: and (which is worth all the rest) besides length of this life, blessed with God's holy truth, the pledge of everlasting life, the best of his blessings: Such a on, this Text doth warrant us to say, hath cause; great cause, exceeding great cause, his soule to magnifie the Lord, Luc. 1.46. and his spirit to reioice in God his Saviour. Such a one, to performe all the three (heer specified:) so many triplicities of favour, would have more then a single reioicing.

And shall not I add this? As to reioice in God, so to seeke and set himselfe, to de­vise and doe somewhat, for which GOD may reioice in him: Somewhat for the Sanc­t [...]rie; from thence came his help, and from no other place: Somewhat I say, that thi [...] [...] [...]ay be mutuall, as of you in GOD, so of GOD in You againe.

Sure, there is a bond, an obligation to it, in Laetabitur; the King shall reioice, shall be glad, still doe it, shall not be dispensed with, not to doe it: Shall not please God, if he do it no [...].

[...]. [...]ut, where are we all this while? excluded from this reioicing? The King [...] (it is sayd) what, and none but he? None is mentioned, but he: We [...]ould not let him (I dare say) doe it alone; there be many thousands of us, that [...] stand by looking on, if we had eny warrant to reioice too. Give me [...], to looke out a warra [...] [...] us: we would be loth to sitt out, and to lose [...].

[Page 841] [...] and the Psalme next before it, are two sister-Psalmes. That, a [...] safety, the last words of it are, Lord save the King: Why, the King [...] have that they prayed for, and shall not then their Hosanna resolve into [...] Their caref [...]ll Hosanna, into a ioyfull Halleluja? Yes, and so it doth, in [...], as the last words of that Psalme are, Lord save the King: so the last of [...] sing; sing for very ioy of it.

[...]omised as much, there (in that Psalme) to reioice at the V. verse. We will [...] Thy Salvation. Laetabitur Rex, heer it is: Laetabimur nos, there. They [...] ther [...]: and they will be as good as their word; and so they are: For even [...] Laetabitur Rex is the first verse; Cantabimus nos, is the last: That, [...], at the first: we come in, at the last. If his at the beginning, ours at the end. [...] no part in David, is the voice of a rebell. All good subjects have a part,2. Sam. 20 1. 1. Reg. 12.16. [...] inheritance in him, or (as the new taken up terme is) a birthright in him; [...] before his Law.

[...] 2. Sam. 19.43. They fall there to share the King among them (the [...] [...]nd to reckon up, what part and portion, each hath in him. Have they a [...] portion in him? Why then, in his griefe; and in his ioy. And if they in [...] , in ours. So that (to use the Apostle's phrase) If he be sorry, 2. Cor. 2.2. who [...] as glad? and if he be glad (to use the Apostle's phrase againe) he may [...] so may every good King, of his people) This trust, have I in you all, 2. Cor. 2.3. that my [...] the ioy of you all. Thus come we to have our part in his ioy. And if (as it [...]) Iuda is in David, the very name of the one (with a very small [...] the others name: if Iuda, in David; then Iuda's ioy, in David's: That [...], laetabitur David; it will also be, laetabitur Iuda, & exultabit Israël, Psal. 53.6. Iuda [...], and Israel be right glad. Looke ye; there is now a warrant, there is [...] for it.

[...] then, if we have Scripture for our reioicing, let us doe it: and doe it [...]; 1 even, by and through all this tripartite joy.

[...] with laetabitur: Reioice in the spirit within. A good signe we doe so; if [...] can but say the two first words heere [Domine laetabitur] unto GOD. [...] whole text, is a speech directed to GOD: He, made witnesse of our ioy. Therefore [...] hearty and true: there is no halting with Him; see it be so, or tel not Him, [...] He will finde you streight, and give you your portion with hypocrites, if you [...], Lord thou knowest thus I am, and yet thus you are not.Mat. 24.51.

[...] very truth, the Psalme seemes to be penned for the nonce, that no dissembler [...] say it. He, to whom it is to be sayd, is not man, but GOD: and He, can tell [...] we speake as we thinke, or not.

[...], all true hearts will say it, and say it with confidence, and that even to GOD [...], that knowes the ground of the heart: Lord, thou knowest, what is [...], thou knowest that I am truly ioyfull, even there within.

[...] within, we must have it first: but there within, we must not keepe it; nay 2 [...] within, it will not be kept, if there be this spirit and life of inward joy, in it. Out [...] with an exultemus: And, even so GOD would have it. No concealed joy, [...] Apocrypha to day. All the seven seales of it opened. Shine out, as a beame; [...] [...]orth as a streame, into a visible and audible exultation: Shew it self as GOD'S joy [...] (in the 6. Ver.) in the joy of the countenance. That if eny tell you, he is glad [...] (that he is) and hath the clowds in his forhead; it will not serve: you may [...], but where is your exultabit? We must see, you are so.Apoc. 5.5. 1. Cor. 5.8. Psal. 118.15. There is some [...] malignitie within, if there be not the voice of ioy and gladnesse, that it may be [...] to, the eare; if there be not the habit, gesture, and other signes of it, to be seene [...]; that it may give evidence, to both senses.3. Luc. 6.38.

[...], these: and both, in no scant measure; no pinching to day: but good [...] cunning over; exceeding is the word of the verse. Exceed first, in this least, [...] all; in the low voice of ioy and gladnesse, in these Panegyriques of praise, [...] acclamations. But, exceed me them: how? by cantabimus, the hymnes [Page 842] and musick of the Church (that is lowder) and to helpe them to exceed, all the Organs and other Instruments of the Queer below. But exceed we them, too: How? with the bells, the Instruments of the Steeple above: and with the sound of the Trumpetts, that wilbe heard further of. And yet exceed them, too: How? With a peale of Ordinance (if it be to be had) that wilbe heard, farthest of all.

Exceeding is the word in the Text. Exceeding to be, in and through all; that our Hosanna may be in the Highest to day. And so for the other senses: in shewes, and Triumphs, Feasts, and Fires and other signes of Iubilee; whatsoever we use, when we use to exceed in gladnesse; when we would shew, we exceed in it: that so, ô quàm! may be said of it, it doth so exceed. All are but due, to this deliverance, to thus many triplicities in it.

We to exceed: for God himselfe (we see) exceeds heer. His ordinarie is, but to give leave, or (at most) to call us, to reioyce. But heer, He doth not give leave, or call us to it, with a jubilate; Nay, shall (heer) is more, then a jubilate: that but exhorts; this binds us: shalbe glad; that is, neither will nor choose, but be so. Yea He makes us, speake to Him, Domine; and makes us promise Him, we will so: and having pro­mised, lookes we should make it good. GOD enjoynes it: And if GOD enjoyn it, the Day doth most justly intercedere, even plead for it, that if ever we will do it, we would now do it, on the salvation-day it selfe. And never may he see day of ioy, that ioyeth not in this day: nor have cause of gladnesse, that for this cause, is not glad. And this, for shalbe glad; and for the bond, de praesenti; that is in (shall.)

But besides it, there is a tense, de futuro, in (shall) too. We may not lose it, for feare of tolletur à vobis. Ioh. 15.22. But, admonished by that Tense, bethink our selves, how to draw it further then the present tense, even into the future (still shall)

Laetetur or laetabitur Rex; the Hebrew will beare both. But ours, and so all transla­tions choose laetabitur rather. Not laetetur: that, is not so well; for, that is true, if it be done now, and but now, for the present, for this once: Laetabitur, is better; for there, the doing it, is in the future still, still to come; still more ioy behind.

For [the King shall reioyce] of this day, wilbe over soon at night. What, shall we end our reioycing then, with this day? No (I trust.) But by vertue of this (shall) shall reioyce next yeare againe; and when that is come, shall the yeare following; and so then againe, the yeare after that: and so from yeare to yeare, donec c [...]g [...]ominetur (shall) so long,Heb. 3.13. as it is called (shall;) so long as we look into our bookes, and find, shall reioyce, there. So long, and no longer.

Now, that the ioy may so continue, the causes must continue too, there is no reme­die. It is they, must keep our laetabitur, still alive: The causes were, salutem masit, desiderium praevenit, Coronam posuit, vitam dedit. To performe our vowes then (Vota publica I trust) to desire, that this chaine of causes, may keep whole still, and not a link of it, be broken, or lost: that they may passe into the future, all: sti [...]l salutem mit­tet, desiderium praeveniet, coronam ponet, and vitam dabit still.

I will not go through them all: onely touch the Alpha and Omega, the first and the last: and so I have done. Laetabitur, and vitam dedit.

Pro. 14.30.16 24. Laetabitur, ioy first: if it be but for vitam dedit. For, ioy is a prolonger of life, dulcedo carnis, et sanitas ossium (as Salomon calleth it:) And even for that cause, we begin with it. But (to say truth) leave out laetabitur, and what is there wish-worthy? Truly, without it, neither saving, nor crowne, nor life, worth the wishing. For, who would be saved to live still in sorrow? And the crowne it self it is not corona desiderij, if it be not corona gaudij. Yea, and who would wish life, but to take some ioy and comfort in it? I will say more:Gen. 3.8.10. let one be in Paradise, as Adam was; Even there, when Adam had lost his joy, Paradise it selfe, was no Paradise: as good in a drie desert, as in it: with­out ioy, Paradise it selfe is not worth the wishing. Ioy is all in all. Let that then be ca­put voti: Psal. 45.7. Psal. 132.18. that the oyle of gladnesse may run down through them all, and over them all: make His saving precious to Him; His crowne flourish; His life, vitam vitalem, and worth the desiring. That, ioy may be the unitie, of this Trinitie, 1 salutis, 2 corona, 3 vitae.

[Page 843]But then, last, because all foure of them hold upon life; to the end, they may hold, that that may hold; hold, and hold long. Some think, it is long enough already (and so, long may they think.) I know not, what to think: For (I cannot tell how) long and short, are said but comparativè: that so, a life may be long, and not long, diversly compared. To stand rating it, as the Law doth, seven yeares to a life; so, seven lives already: so compared, it is (in a sense) long. But, we will none of that. Nor as com­pared with the Princes round about Him: For he hath stood them all, and longer then any of them all: and hath had the honour long,Psal. 89.27. to be Primogenitus inter Reges Terrae, GOD's first borne now of all the Kings of the Earth: and long may He have it. Long, if thus, But then againe; not long, if compared with the desires of our hearts, with the requests of our lipps: Not long, if compared with that, that may be: and whatsoever may be in this kind, we wish, it might be: even as long, as nature possi­bly can draw it out. Let this then, be our Omega, our summa voti; and that in no other words, then the usuall words, of the old Councells, to the Emperours or Kings, then present among them.

IACOBO REGI, à DEO coronato, à DEO custodito, Vitam longam, Annos multos.

To KING IAMES, crowned by GOD, preserved by GOD, Many yeares, Long life. So long, till He change it, for a longer: till there come aeternall salvation, an im­mortall crowne, life in saeculum saeculi, nay in saecula saeculorum, make all consummate. And so I end.

But before I end, in any wise let us not be so ravished, with our laetabitur, but that we remember, Tua Domine withall. He, that sent this salvation, fulfilled this desire, the Setter on of these Crownes, the Giver of this life. So reioyce, as in every of them, our ioy come up to Him. So take calicem salutis (as we tearme it,Psal. 116.13. I pray GOD we so tearme it, and so take it aright:) but, aright we shall do both, if we forget not to call upon His Name, even the Name of the LORD. That He, which saved to day, may so save ever: that fulfilled his desire, may keep it still full: that He that set on His crownes, may hold them on, hold them on fast: and last of all, add to the crowne, life; and to life, long; and to long, for ever and ever.

And even so, conclude we, as the Psalme doth: addressing our speech, to heaven. Be Thou exalted O Lord, in Thine owne strength: Thou wert so, this day: Be so still, againe and againe. So shall we sing and praise Thee for it. We now do so; for this daye's salvation, and all the ioyfull triplicities of it: So may we still: So may we long: So may we ever.

And (Good Lord) exalt Thou this thy strength, and treble these thy triplicities to us; that we may, for these thy exaltations and triplicities, double and treble our thankes and praise to Thee: As this day, so all the dayes of our life. And this with one heart and voice, beseech we Thee, to graunt, &c

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KING'S MAIESTIE AT BVRLEIGH neere Okeham, On the V. of August. A. D. MDCXVI.

ESTHER. CHAP. II.

Eo igitur tempore, &c.

VER. 21. In those daies, when Mardochai sate in the King's gate, two of the King's Eunuchs (Bigthan and Teresh) were wroth, and sought to lay hands on the King Aha­shuerosh.

22. And the thing was knowen to Mardochai, and he told it unto Queene Esther, and Esther certified the King there­of, in Mardochai's name; and when inquisition was made, it was found so, therefore they were both hanged on a tree: And it was written in the book of the Chronicles before the King.

IN those daies; So beginnes the Text: In these daies; so may we beginne. Nay, come yet nee­rer, on this very day. For, on this very day there fell out that, hath made, either beginning may well serve: In those daies, or In these daies. In diebus illis, we read, there was a King, and he in danger: in danger to have hands laid on him; and that by two; two of his owne people: for no cause, but that they were angrie; and, it ap­peares not why. And, the issue was, the King delivered; and they that sought his, brought to a wretched end.

As we have read, so have we seene in diebus hiss. Once of the same condition, a King too; and in the very same danger of hands [Page 845] layd on him, and by the same number, two: and of his owne Subiects and Servants; and for no cause, but they were angrie; and for no cause, that neither. And the issue heere againe, the King preserved, and they also came both (as these heer did) though not to the same, yet to a farr more fearefull end.

I speake, before understanding hearers: and (I know) there was not eny but upon the reading of the Text, his conceipt did lead him presently, who was meant by King Ahashuerus, and withall did even think of the Bigthan and Thares of this day. And so made the comparison, with your owne selves, before I could make it.

We shall gaine, this yeare, by this Text, somewhat onward more,The Summe. then the former we did. Till now, we have beene all in Divinitie; that, a heynous sinne it is, there (this attempting on Princes:) But now shall we goe to the Common Law, what it is there. For, heere is an Assise brought against two, and the matter enquired, and a verdict found, and they had sentence and were executed: For what? Even for Volue­runt insurgere, as the Fathers read it, or (as we) Quaesiverunt mittere manum; for but seeking, for but having a will, to lay hands on the King.

And that, not the Iewe's law. There, we were, in the yeares past: now, we are not in Iewrie, where GOD was knowne; we turne us to the Gentiles;Psal. 76.1. we are in Persia now. And this we doe, by the Prophet's warrant: Get you (saith he) to the Iles of Kittin and behold, send to Kedar and enquire, Ier. 2.10. if there were eny such thing sought there and were not condemned. For if there, Ad erubescentiam vestram dico, I speake it to your shame, [...]. Cor. 5.6. that would be held the People of GOD, if eny such thing should be found with you. They are worse then Pagans, that so seeke; we will empanell no Christian, a quest of heathen men shall serve to attaint them.

This is no law of the braine; it is written: Twise written, 1 written downe, first in the Chronicles of Persia, by direction from the King: 2 After, written out of them and enrol­led heere in this place, by direction from God. Enrolled I say, and properly: For, this of Esther is not called a booke, as others are (not the booke) but, the Roll of Esther. Ori­ginally it was but Persian law (this:) and it had not beene much, if that had beene all; but, by vertue of this enrollment, it is made the law of GOD also. That, from hence­forth, it is cleere at both Lawes, the law of the Iewes, and the law of the Gentiles; the law of man, and the law of GOD; that all seekings of like nature are made criminall, and capitall, and the sentence of suspensi sunt, upon them, holy, and iust, and good.

Lastly, written law and old law. For, of this (whither Divinitie or Law) this we may safely say; It is no new Portugall Divinitie, this, almost three yeare old, taken up in diebus hijs. Nor no new Law of heri and nudiustertius: nay not of Edward the third then, Et à principio non fuit sic. No: it is old this, in diebus illis; in those daies. And,Matt. 19.8. those daies are as old, as the Second Monarchie, the famous Monarchie of Persia: the reports of which Nation are more ancient, then eny save those of the Iewes: no book, but the Bible, so ancient as they.

And this me thinks is not amisse, when we can bring this booke to justifie the justice, or eny way to give strength, to the law of the land: It is pittie, but it should be so; either support other mutually, facultas Iuris, and facultas Theologiae. As heer now, we have the Roll of Esther, and in it a Report of Bigthan's case, long before there were eny Year-books or Reports at the Law. We are willing to bring forth this Roll of ours (which, till an auncienter can be shewed, must be the leading case, to make Voluerunt, trea­son to shew the Country Law, in this, to be no other, then GOD's is: that it is no otherwise, at the one, then at the other: treason, by Law; treason, by Divinitie, by both.

Well may we talke of Law, the Law of the Land; but, when all is done, never do men rest, with that quiet and full contentment, as when they see, it is warrantable by the Word of GOD; hath the ground there: as this hath the ground there. Every word heer, hath in it, his warrant: Quaesitum est, for the tryall; Inventum, for the verdict; Suspensi sunt, for the execution.

[Page 846] The DivisionThe maine points are (as the verses are) two: 1 the King's danger, in the former, the verse of danger; 2 the King's delivery, in the latter, the verse of deliverie.

I In either, the meanes of either. His danger: 1 Of what, 2 by whom, 3 what moving them.

l. Of what? Of having hands laid. 2. By whom? by Bigthan and Thares. 3. What moving? Nothing, but angrie they were.

II His deliverie, 1 by what meanes, 2 of whom, 3 and how. 1. By what meanes? by notice taken and given of it. 2. By whom? by Mardochaeus. 3. How? even ca­sually, as he was sitting in the gate.

But, the Kings deliverie, it is not meet it should goe alone: It is therefore atten­ded with their ruine, that sought his.

That, is (as it were) the traine borne up after it.

His danger by Bigthan and Tharez. In them two things, 1 what they sought, and 2 what they found.

1. What sought they? To lay hands on the King: What found they? One laid hands on them for it; appensus est uterque eorum in patibulo.

2. His delivery by Mordochaeus. In him, two more: 1 His notice ta [...]n, by ca­suall over-hearing them, sitting as he sate. 2 His notice given, by his faithfull discove­rie of the whole to the Queene; and to the King, by her meanes.

Then should follow the legall proceeding, but I will spend no time in it. It is all out of our case this day. Our Bigthan and Tharez had no enquirie: No Iurie went on them, they were not executed in forme of law. No further goeth our case, then the King's danger, his deliverie, and the cutting of those, that sought his life; and no further will we follow it; Not that.

III But this we will, the solemne setting downe and recording all this, 1 in the King's Chronicle, as a memorable accident: 2 in GOD's Roll, as a famous case: 1 Of the treason of the two, to their aeternall infamie : 2 Of Mordochaeus's good service, to his everlasting praise; 3 Of the King's happie deliverie, to the universall joy of all his Subjects.

And there, come we in. For, we may not, nor we will not forget in di [...]bus hijs. And I shall make it appeare (I trust) that, whither we take the Kings, or the parti [...]s; the danger sought, or the deliverie found; diebus hijs, will match and overmatch diebus illis, in all points. And so, the joy of this day (our ioy) to doe the ioy of them accordingly.

I. The Kings Danger.IT is a deliverie, they and we celebrate: No delivery, but from a danger precedent, so was there heere. The King in danger evidently. And he no sooner out of dan­ger of these two, in this Chapter; But, the Queene in danger of Haman, in the next.Chap. 3. So, the estate of Princes is not exempt from danger.

1 Of hands laying on him.And of no small danger neither; no lesse matter, then having hands laiden them, that is, even of being made away. This King heere (saith the Apocryphal booke of Esther, saith Iosephus, say the best Writers) was Artaxerxes surnamed Long-hand. If he: his Father was slaine by Artabanus. The Father was, and the Sonne (we see) was sought to be; neere it, scaped it narrowly.

2 By his owne.And by whom this? neither by enemie, nor by stranger, but by his owne. Of his owne Subiects, of his owne houshold, of his owne chamber, and the chiefe of his chamber then, too.

3 Because they were angry.And why? for no evill of his. He was, for his morall parts (as all write of him) [Page 847] a good Prince. That, would not serve: his life was sought, though. And no cause, but they were wroth; and no cause appeareth. All which sheweth Princes; that, for all their might and greatnesse, for all their innocencie and goodnesse, for all the fa­vours they vouchsafe others, it is not in them, their safetie consists. It is in the mercy of the most High they doe not miscarie: His hand, that holds them fast; His arme, that strengthens them, that the enemie is not hable to doe them violence, Psal 21.7. Psal 89 21.22.23. nor the Sonne of wic­kednesse to hurt them. To looke up to Him, to hold good termes with Him, who in all their danger either by Mardochai (as in the Text:) or without Mardochai (as in the day) can worke their deliverance.

Deliverance from danger: Danger, whereof? deliverie, where-from?The Danger. I. The laying hands on eny, a sinne. Executed wherefore? All lead us to the fact next; which indeed seemes no fact, for nothing was done, sought onely to have been.

To lay hands is one thing: To but seeke to lay, is another. To lay hands is, of it selfe (I know) a thing indifferent, thereafter as the hand is. It may be a helping hand as GOD's is, and then Mitte manum (saith the Psalme) lay it and spare not.Psal. 144 7. Iob. 1 11. But if it be Satan's mitte manum, upon Iob, to doe mischiefe; then stay it, lay it not. And such were these hands heere; For, it is said, they were angrie, and sought to lay hands. An­grie hands, it is well knowne, are bur [...]ing hands. Either Ieroboani's, lay hands on him, to surprise his person; or Herod's lay hands on Peter, to do by him as he did by Iames, 1. King 13.4. Act. 12.3. to murder and to make him away.

So to lay, is a sinne certainely, be it on never so meane a person. But, in Regem, Specially on the King. is a Sinne of Sinnes. For, the sinne (we know) is still by so much the more grievous, by how much the partie is the more eminent, against whom it is. Now, there is not on earth a person more eminent, nay so eminent as the King. A Deo primus (saith Tertullian) post Deum secundus: Count not GOD, he is the very first; Count GOD, and he is second. None so high as he; and so no sinne so high as it. To lay hands on him? it is too ranck that; away with it.

But that is not the case. It is not miserunt heere: none were laid. The seeking to lay hands, is a sinne. No matter for that, it is mittere quaesiverunt, and that is enough. To lay, and to s [...]eke to lay, though one be worse, both be naught, even mis [...]io and quas [...]tio both.

Seeking is a plowing for sinne, and that is sinne (saith Iob;Iob [...].8. [...]s [...]y [...]9 5) Is a hatching of a coc­katrice-egg, and that (saith Esay) is poison, no lesse then that, comes of it.

Sinne, to lay; Sinne, to seeke to lay. As to lay, though you hurt not: so to seeke to lay, though you lay not. Ever, in what degree soever, Assuerus's danger, is Big­than's sinne: the King's danger, their sinne, that se [...]ke it.

But if that be all (sinne;) we shall doe well enough. What care men for sinne, A C [...]pital [...] sinne. if there be no action at the Common Law for it? None but Westminster-hall sinnes do men care for. GOD saw, it would come to this; Men learne no more duty, then pae­nall Statutes did teach them; He tooke order therefore, to bring it within them too. We say further then, by vertue of this Text, besides that it is a grievous sinne, praejudi­ciall to the state of the soule, it is a heinous crime, a capitall crime, amounting to suspensi sunt, as much as their neck is worth to seeke this. It will beare, not an action onely, but an enditement of life and death.

But it must be in Regem then, against Him: Against others, it is not so. This,If upon the King is a prerogative Royall. And, as many other waies, so heereby appeareth, what a King is. That whereas, in other mens ca [...]es, as touching the law of life and death, to seeke to lay, and to lay, are much different: in the King's case, they be all one. Quaesiv [...]runt, if it be no more but so, the Law in that case to eny other, is (I take it) favourable; and for a bare purpose [...]f no hurt ensue, no man shall suffer death. Not so, with the King; voluerunt, against him, is death, if it may be discovered; and quaesiverunt, if he but seeke, though he find it not.

This helps us to understand the Text, Ego dixi, Dij estis. Dij, for other causes;Psal. 82.6. and this for one, that they participate this divine priviledge; that, as against GOD, so against them, the heart is enough. Quaesiverunt, the seeking, whither they find or not. Voluerunt, the will, whither the deed follow or not.Eccles. 10.2 [...] Thou shalt not speake evill of [Page 848] the King: how? not with thy lipps? No, not in thy secret thoughts, saith the Preacher. If not, speake evill in heart; doe evill in heart, much lesse.

Two Commandements (when time was) we said, there were in Nolite tangere, 1 Touch not, Psal. 105.15. the act: 2 Have not the will to touch, the intent. Two cases there be up­on these two: 1 Baana and Rechab's, that did lay hands upon King Ishbosheth (2. Sam. 4.) 2 And Bigthan and Thare'z case heere, that did but seeke it, to King As [...]ucrus. Both guiltie, both suffered. Yea, Baana and Rechab, hang them, and well worthy; they murdered the King: But, Bigthan and Tharez? Nay and them too; hang them, though they found it not, onely for seeking.

This then, I would have all beare away, it is the substance of the Text: distillatio fa­vi (as I may call it) dropps of it selfe without eny streining. We find (heer) in the Bible, a ruled case. Bigthan's case, that held up his hand, not for laying his hand, but for seeking to lay it, Planè suspensus est uterque, put to death they were both. Why? Quaesiverunt; for nothing, but that they sought to do it: they did it not; they might plead, Non est factum, they did it not. It would not serve, they died for it, for all that, upon no other enditement then quia voluerunt. Voluimus is enough to attaint eny: If, that can be proved, no pleading not guiltie.

And this is the Law, not of the Persians alone (which yet was the Law of a hundred twentie seven Provinces;) nor ours alone (and so may seeme to be the Law of Nations) but, that which strikes it home, by vertue of this enrolement heer, is the Law of GOD; GOD by thus recording it, hath made it His owne; that if there were no Law for it, they might be executed by this booke, and this verse of it. Sitt still then, and se [...]k [...] it not: for if you doe, this is your doome, expresly set downe heere, by the pen of the Holy Ghost. Take it as a sentence from GOD's owne mouth; Qui quaesiverunt, sus­pensi; qui quaerent, suspendendi sunt. They that sought, went; they that shall s [...]ke, to go the same way.

2. The Parties, by whom.Yet for all this, sought it was then, and since, even the King's life; Sed vae per quos. And that, per quos, by whom, is the next point. The crime is bad; 1 In Regem makes it worse: But the seekers, worst of all; for they of all other should not have sought it.

Two they were in number: For (I know not how, but) for the most part they go by two's: Two, in num­ber. Gen 34.25. 2. Sam. 4.5. 2. King. 12.21. Simeon and Levi to the murder of Sichem; Baana and Rechab, to that of King Ishbosheth; Iozebed and Iosacar, to that of King Ioas; Bigthan and Tharez to this attempt heere against Assuerus; and the very same number to that of this day. Trea­son is in Hebrew called [...] a binding together: Two there must be, to be bound, at least: Two, to conspire, or put their breaths together, to make a conspiracie. Vpon the point, there is in all, never lesse then three: For, inter duos proditores Diabolus est tertius. All that doe conjure, conjure up a third to them: The Divell makes them up three; for he is one still: he, the faggot-band, that binds them: he the spirit that inspires all Conspirators. For (indeed) these unnaturall treasons do not so much steeme or vapor up out of our nature (bad though it be) as they be immissiones p [...]r angelos malos, s [...]nt into it by some messenger of Satan, or rather by Satan himselfe. Postquam misit Sata­nas in cor Iudae, After Satan had putt it in his heart. For, he it is, that putts in their hearts,Luk. 22.3. to seeke to doe it; and to doe it, if GOD breake not the band, choke not the breath of them; as heere he did choke it in these, with suspensi sunt.

Two in number, what were they? Nobly borne (I doubt not) to be in the place they were.

What place? There be that thinke, Bigthan and Tharez were not their proper names; but the names of the roomes they held. And they have reason for it; Big­than (as the word goes in that tongue) is Dapifer; Tharez, is Pincerna. Those we know) were rowmes ever counted of speciall faith and trust.

Of the Kings Chamber.But plaine it is, they were of his Chamber. Not of his lieges alone, or of his hous [...]old, but (which is more) of his Chamber. It is a wonderfull [...]hing, the State, that the P [...]r­sian Monarchs kept. No man, upon paine of death, to come so neere, as into their [Page 849] inner base Court, uncalled; if he did, he died for it, unlesse the King, Chap. 4.11. by holding forth hi [...] Scepter, pardoned him his life. You will easily then imagine, in what place they were, that had free recourse into his innermost chamber, to go and come thither at their pleasure.

Not onely to do so themselves, but to be those, by whom all others were to go or come: No man to come thither, but by them. For that is meant by Lords of the threshold, or qui in primo limine praefidebant, as the Fathers read it, the very chiefe over his Chamber.

The Septuagint (who should best know the nature of the word) they turne it [...] first, keepers; [...] of the bodie. And many they had (for, many such Kings need have:) But, these two, they were [...], the chiefe, the Arch-keepers: had, if any more then other, the chiefe charge, the very principall of all. GOD do so and so to me (saith King Achis to David) if I make not thee the keeper of my head: 1 Sam. 28.2. and in so saying thought, he promised him as good a place, as he had. He could make him no more. To this place had the King advanced these two: and these two were they, that sought this. That it should be sought at all, evill: that these should seek it, too bad. They, that if others had sought it, should have staid their hands; these to lay on their own, to seek it themselves!

All men know, it was no meane preferment, early and late to be so neer Assuerus's person; They had meanes thereby to do themselves much good. So had they, to do others much hurt, if they were not the better men. But, for others hurt, it skills not, if they had not thereby had the meanes to do Assuerus himselfe; if the Devill so farr prevailed with him as he did. Of his chamber Dapifer, his dish; Pincerna, his cup: Keepers of his body, principall keepers: if they seek to lay their hands, they will soon find what they seek; the more dangerous they, the more his danger by them, a great deale. And is not this heavinesse to death, when they that were so honoured, proove so unkind, when they that so trusted, so untrue; and may we not take up the Wise man's Oh, O wicked presumption, whence art thou sprung up to cover the face of the earth!

Stay a little, and looke upon them, as ye would upon a couple of monsters.Ecclus. [...]7.3. 1 To seek this, in Regem alone, were too much: to breake their Duety to their Liege Lord, if there were no more but that: to lay their hands on him, for whom they should lay downe their lives. 2 Add then: not to a King onely, but to such a King, nor to their Liege Lord alone, but to so good and gracious a Lord, that had done them so great fa­vours, placing them so neer him, trusting them so farre, honouring them so greatly. (For, no honou [...], to trust; no trust, to the chiefe trust of all.) More then heathen [...]sh wickednesse this, to render evill for good; and whose wealth they of all other bound to seek, to seek his ruine. 3 And they came not to that place, but they were sworne: to vilifie their oath then, and to teare in pieces the strongest band of religion: The hands that had taken that oath, those hands to lay on him! 4 To betray their trust to him, that had layd his innocent life in their hands, and to make their trust, the opportunitie of their treacherie! 5 In a word: of the chiefe Keepers of his body, to become the chiefe seekers of his bloud, the chiefe enemies to his body, and life and all! What can be said evill enough of these? Say it were lawfull in any case (it is not lawfull in any; but say, it were) to lay hands on a King: yet they (in all reason) of all others, should not have been the doers: Etsi ille dignus perpeti, at non tu qui faceres tamen. Were not these monsters then? Was not their condemnation just? It grieves me, I have stay­ed so long on them, yet if I have made them and their fact odious, it grieves me not.

What was the matter? What could move them, thus to play the wretches?3. The cause, wherefore. They were angry. Why they should not, many and good reasons we see. Why they did, none in the Text, but that they were angrie: and that is no reason, but a passion, that makes men [...]o cleane against reason many times. Bigthan was angrie, and Thares as angrie as he.

Yet, if it be but a little anger, it will over. Indeed (such it may be) it will. What [Page 850] manner anger was it? The word is a shrewd word; signifies an anger, will not go down with the Sunne, Ephes. 4.25. will not be appeased. What speake we of the word? their deeds shew as much. We see, nothing would satisfie them, but his life: Nothing serve, but lay hands on him. That, they sought; so angrie they were.

What angred them then? No cause is set downe. And, none I thinke there was. If there had, we should have beene sure to have heard of it. For men, to be angrie without a cause, and even with Superiors, it is no new thing.

Well: if no cause, some colour yet: if not that, some shadow at least. Somewhat we are to seek, why they did seeke this.

If there be in the Text eny thing to lead us to it, it is in the first words, or not at all: In those daies. In those, angrie they were: as much to say as, before those daies, they were not; but, in those, then, they were. Els, there is no cause to mention that, of the daies, but to make this difference: Out of the Text, nothing can be picked els.

Angry, for Assueru's choise of Esther.Why what daies were those? That goes immediately before: The dayes wherein Assuerus had made choise of Esther, to match with her, and make her his Queene; and had made a great feast upon it. At the feast (it seemes) they surfeited, they could not brook that match, at eny hand: Some ambitious desire of theirs disappointed by it; likely, that was the cause. This was faine to serve for the occasion, for lack of a better: A bad one (we say) is better then none.

What, the Great King of Persia finde no match in all his owne brave Nation? Ne­ver a Persian Lady serve him, but he must to this vile base people (the Iewes) his cap­tives, his slaves, to picke him a match thence? What a disparagement is this, to all the Persian blood! It would make eny true Persian heart, rise against it.

Nay then, a worse matter: (now, ye shall see them grow godly on a sodeine and wax very zealous, as the fashion is.) Nay then, now we shall have a Queene of a contrarie Religion, we shall now be all Iewes. One that cares, neither for Mithra nor Oromasdes; One by all likely-hood brought in, to be the utter ruine of the Ancient Religion esta­blished in Persia, yer she came there.

This was it (they tell us) and like enough so to be: As (ever) ye shall observe mar­riage-matters are made occasions oft, to serve to many purposes. For, Assuerus may not marrie, but where Bigthan and Tharez appoint. Els, they will be wroth and fall on seeking. If eny be in the Text, this was it. And was not this (trow you) a goodly oc­casion, and a substantiall, to make them quit their allegiance, forget their oath, cast behind them all his favours, betray their trust, truth and all; lose all these? For, all these must they lose, before they could seeke that, they sought.

But, why found they it not? It was not so easy for them to find at first, by reason that, for eny to come there, in the King's presence, with a weapon, nay but having his hands out to be seene, not having them hidd, held close under their garments, it was death: Cyrus put to death two of his kin for it: That so, they might well seeke: and so I leave them seeking that, I pray to GOD they may never finde. But the true cause was, GOD was angrie with this anger of theirs, that their seeking succeeded not.

II. His deliverie.And now are we come to the Catastrophe, or turning about of all. For by this time innotuit res Mardochaeo, Mardochai came to the knowledge of it: forth it came. Nay, if it come forth,1. The meanes of it. By notice given 2 By Mar [...]ochai the King shall do well enough. To discover the treason, is to deliver the King.

This was by Mardochai: what was he? No Persian (to begin with) but a stran­ger by birth, and by Religion; and a captive, besides: One that had better reason to have sought it, then they. He had as great causes, as any are by them alledged, that favour such seekings. For, this King held him, and all GOD's people with him (to use Esther's owne termes) in bitter captivitie, as a Tyrant. And this, worse he was (at least, as evill, as an haeretick) for he was an Idolater. One would thinke, it had been a worke meeter for him (this:) He, to seeke; and they to keepe him, from finding that he sought; they him, not he them.

[Page 851]And how came he to it? It skills not how, but as he sate in the gate, 3 As he sate in in the gate. he came to it. This is all; he stirrd not, but sat still. And sate not in any lurking corner, b [...]t even in the broad gate; and there came he to it, or it to him. This was GOD'S b [...]ing sure. Their anger boyled, so signifies [...] and boyled over, it should seeme, [...]nd brake out into some words: Els how should Mardochai take notice of it? They would never t [...]ust him with it (ye may be sure) being a stranger. A Iew, with their displeasure, at the match with a Iew, never: but, some bigg words came from Bigth [...]n, that by Mardochai were overheard.

What, in the gate, in presence of a stranger? The Targum (the most auncient exposition we have) saith, GOD so tooke away their witts, as they forbore not to take of it, he sitting by, but did it in a forrein strange language. Knew him a Iew ▪ thought, he could speake no language but his own, or a little broken Persian perhapps: not the tongue, they had their conference in. Which (it fell out) Mardochai under­stood, as well as they. And thus all came out, GOD would so have it: who so assor­ted them, to make a way, as to His mercie, for the safeguard of the King; so, to His iustice, to bring that upon their owne heads, they sought to have brought up­on the King's.

And Mardochai, when he had it once, he kept it not: Made it knowne, not to him he next mett with: but discreetly, where he knew he well might, to the Queen. She was, by bloud and bringing up, faithfull to him; and so did she shew her selfe: for, what he brake with her, she told the King, not in her owne, but in Mardochaie's name. The fashion is otherwise with some; to tell it in their owne names, and never speake a word of Mardochai, from whom in truth it came. Well, the issue was, what she told the King, seemed to him no idle phansie of some vaine man, but such as was meet to ground an enquiry upon. So, they were apprehended, and committed, and so to the Law we leave them. Well, by this meanes the danger is over, and the King safe thankes be to GOD.

And many wayes doth GOD give iust cause, to mankind, to admire His high providence, in bringing to light such attempts as this, against his Annointed: such varietie, so diverse strange meanes He hath, to effect it by; as heer, in this, I note foure unto you.2. The strangeness o [...] the mea [...]s

1. The partie first, Mardochai, that by him. That this health should come to the King of Persia, neither by Mede, nor Persian; not by any of his own people, but by a stranger, who was none of his lieges, borne out of his allegiance, a Iew, a meer ali­en; that this should come forth by him, and by no other meanes. But so is GOD, wonderfull in His waies: and will, by an honest stranger sometimes, save that, a badd subject would destroy. That in default of his owne, GOD would have him saved by a stranger, rather then not at all.

2. Observe againe: that, to this stranger it came no otherwise, but as he satt in the gate. We may not passe that; it stands in the front of the Text, as the speciall means of all. That it thus came, and no other way, as he satt still; still, and went not up and downe searching: In the gate, a publique place, not eny privie corner or lobby; he not diving into their bosomes, but onely there sitting, it should thus happen; he should over-heare them talking togither in a strange tongue (though to him not strange:) by a meer casualty, one would thinke (all this:) Indeed by a high and won­derfull disposition of GOD'S heavenly providence, this; that, even as he there sate, it should be brought to him thus.

And very oft doth GOD bewray bad enterprises by such (one would thinke them) meere casuall events. But, in maximè fortuitis there is minimum fortuiti, & quae for­tuna fieri videntur fato fiunt. It seemes chance, that is (indeed) destinie. And never let them looke for other all the Bigthans of them.) One shalbe by a wall, or at a win­dow under the house eaves, neer one cranny or other; GOD will so dispose, somebo­dy shall be with in the hearing, when they full little thinke. For, GOD will have it out certeinly: Rather then not, by some meer accident, some that sitts by chance [Page 852] in the gate, some that goes by the gate shall bring it out, rather then it shall not be brought out.

3. And may I not add this for a third, that all this came out by occasion of that which they pretended for their occasion. That very match, which was so great a more in their eye, that they so maligned at, they must needs sweare the King's death for it; that very match was the meanes that brought Mardochai thither, to the gate: for thither he came to hearken, not for any such matter as this, but how the new Queen (his Neece) behaved her self; what report went of her. And as it fell out, this (which he came not for) there he heard: his thither comming, by this hap, was the happie meanes for this happie discoverie: happie for the King; happie for the whole land. But all came by his resort thither, by meanes of the marriage. So, that, they made their occasion, was made the occasion of their ruine.

4. And let this be the last, that even from their owne selves, He brought it. They that go about the like,Psal. 63.8. Pro 6.2. Luke 19.22. their owne hands shall make them to fall, they shalbe ensnared in the words of their owne lipps: rather then it shall not come forth, it shall come forth ex ore to serve nequam; come out at their owne mouthes, as heer it did. Their owne tongues shall fall on babling, their own penns on scribling: GOD will have it out cer­tenly; even by themselves disclosed, rather then not at all. And this for GOD's mer­cie, he had heer, and still hath to bring such plotts to light, marveilous in our eyes.

Mardocai to be our example.Now of Mardochai, the meanes of all. For, though as this daye's deliverie was, we have no great use of him, there was no Mardochai, no discoverie there; this daye's was another manner of deliverie, of a higher nature then so: yet is there great good use of him for all that. Indeed Mardochaeus, exemplum nostrum, he is our patterne: Ours, that be true men. He set before us a mirrour of a faithfull good subject, one accor­ding to GOD's owne heart. For, this is a perfect Scripture, we have in it both what to flie and what to follow. As there be in it, two bad; so, thanks be to GOD, there is one good. To avoid them: to be like to him.

Like to him three ways. 1 Like him in his innotuit: 2 Like him in his nunciavit: 3 But above all, like him in that which was the ground of all: That he was a faithfull subject to a strange and to a Heathen Prince.

1 In his inno­tuit.Like him first, in his innotuit. Not to turne the deafe eare to Bigthan and Thares, as if we heard them not; nor to looke through our fingers at them, as if we saw them not. None knew, he understood the language they spake in: He might have carried it slily, made as if he had knowen nothing, not knowen that, he knew: nothing to compell him, but his conscience, to take notice of it. But Salomon ran in his mind, Save him that is designed to death, Wilt thou not deliver him that is ledd to be slaine? Any; but the King more then any,Pro. 24.11. If thou saist, I know not of it, He that ponders the heart, doth not He understand? Pro. 24.12. He that keeps the soule, doth not He know the contrarie? And shall not He pay every man (and so thee) according to thy worke? Well, for innotuit, since from the gate it came, good therefore that Mardochai sitt there, or (which is all one) that they which sit there have somwhat of Mardochai in them: Be, if not curious and inquisitive, yet vigilant and attentive. And yet curious and inquisitive I would allow, in the case of a Prince's safety. And the King and the Queen to have their eyes, and their eares abroad (both of them) and all little enough. We see, for all the King's Wise men, that knew the times, never a one of them knew this time. This good (we see) came by Mardochai, came on the Queene's side

2 In his nunci­avit.Like him in his innotuit, to know; Like him in his nunciavit, to make it knowne. Carefull to get notice, faithfull to give notice of it in due time. GOD, whose will it was, it should thus happily come to him; His will it was, it should as faithfully come from him. He knew, by the Law he was bound, if he heard the voice of conspiracie and uttered it not, Lev. 5.1. it should be sinne to him (Leviticus. V.) He knew (by the Psalme) what it was to partake with other mens sinne, what to have his part with a theife or an adulterer;Psal. 50.18. and if with them, with a traitor much more. He knew by the Proverbs, Pro. 24.12. he was now in as deep as they, as good lay his hands on him, and seek [Page 853] it, as lay his hand on his mouth and not seek to prevent it, keep it in and conceale it. He knew (for he told it Esther after) that if he had not bewrayed it,Chap. 4.14. GOD wanted not his meanes to have brought it out some other way. And last, he knew, by the Prophet, GOD would have sett his face against him, for so cloking it, and have rooted him out.Ezek. 14.8. All this he knew: but, the mysterie of the seale of iniquitie (the Seale of Confession) it seemes he knew not. It was not graven then, that seale; nor many hundred yeares after. That shutts up treason, as a treasure, under a sacred seale, at no hand to be broken: no, though all the King's lives in the Christendome, lay on it. This act of Mardochai's marres the fashion of that Seale quite.

And, this may be said of him, he would never have laid eny hands on, himselfe: for then he would have let it proceed, and not hindred it, by his bewraying, as he did. This also: he that did thus disclose, for a need would have taken an oath to disclose: Sure I am, would never have taken oath, or Sacrament, not to disclose it: would never have stuck at the oath of Allegiance (that is once:) but it may be, would have stuck at the Seale▪ of Confession, for ever comming upon his lippes.

This for nunciavit. And all this he did,3 In his loyalty to Assu [...]rus a stranger. yea though himself were no Subject borne to Assuerus, nor he his naturall Prince; but borne out of his dominions, farr of, in Iewrie. Did it, not for Iosias, or Ieconias, or some King of his owne; Did it for Assue­rus King of Persia, one that held him and his Country-men captive and thrall; yet, to him he did it.

Yea more then that yet, this did he, to Assuerus not onely a stranger,A Heathen. but more then so, to Assuerus a heathen man, an Idolater, one that wo [...]shipped the Sunne, and the fire, every day. As, that did not hinder him, that of a diverse Nation: so neither did this, that of a diverse, and that of a false Religion. For, though he were of a diverse Re­ligion from the King, yet was he of GOD's true Religion, that teacheth men to be true to their Prince. Be he Iew, or be he Gentile, Assyrian, Persian, or what he will; Be he a right worshipper, or be he an Idolater; Be his Nation, or be his Religion, what it will be: Though the King be (as Assuerus) a Pagan, though they be (as Mardochai) the onely true Church and people of GOD; to be true to him though. But none of that Religion, that is fast to the Catholique, loose to the Haeretique. If it be Iosias, ô then stay your hand: but, if Assuerus, if Ethnicus, or quasi; if excommunicate, then set Big­than and his hands freer to seeke, and to find, and to lay them on a spare not. This Religion was none of Mardochai's (nor let it not be eny of yours) witnesse this act of his, a holy and good act. For which (though not presently, yet) not long after, he was highly rewarded by the King, and for which, he is sett heere (his name, and his act both) among the Righteous, to be had in everlasting remembrance.

Of the traine now a word. I said I would tell you, what they sought & what they found. The Traine. What Bigthan and Tharez sought and found. That they sought, they found not. Not that: but pirie it is, but they should finde some­what, seeking as they did: and so they did. They found somewhat instead of it, which [...] been better lost then found: they found a halter scarse worth the finding: they found their owne perdition: and the worst kind of it, perditio tua ex te, themselves the authors of it. Ex ore tuo, by that which came from themselves,Osee. 13.9. Luk. 19.22. out of their owne mouthes: the Divell's quaerite & invenietis, right.

And will you see how fitly every thing fell out? They sought, and they were sought into; quaesitum est. They sought, and found not: they were sought into, and found. They were wroth with the King, and GOD with them; the heavy wrath of GOD was upon them. They would have layed hands on the King, hands were laid on them for it: up the jebitt they went, and of they went, and the world was well ridd of a cou­ple of traitors. Before they could finde, they were found themselves, and their fact, [...]ound: the Law was not to seeke; that, was found and founded long before. A law, that now hath received the approbation from GOD: and so now, a right Persian law, Dan. 6 15. [...] to be altered. III. The solemne Recording of this.

Have we done? not yet, this must be entred first, written: Nay written over twise, a [Page 854] Duplicate of it. 1 Written first in the Chronicles. And that before the King: (of such importance the King thought it.) 2 And then this writing heere of the King, is heer written over againe, a new order from GOD. So, two Constat's: One, in the King's Chronicles, the other in GOD's Canonicall Scripture, of this act. Two Copies ex­tant, one in Rotulis Registri, the other in Archivis Ecclesiae; One among the King's Records, the other in the Churche's Monuments. What should this meane? Some­thing there is sure, in the adding of this clause, about the writing it up. I know no meaning, but that GOD liked well of the writing of it in the King's, that he would have as much done in his own Records.

Why the King would have it Chronicled, is easily seene. It was a very memorable event, worthy to be set downe there. But why GOD? Sure He saw, these Chronicles would not last so long, as His will was, this example heere should. And indeed they being now lost, we had beene little the better, if it had beene there onely; He made it therefore to be entred into his owne Chronica Chronicarum, that never should be lost. Well it was, it should stand in the Persian Storie while it did last; but GOD, for failing, provided further, to have a memorandum of it in His own Sacred storie, that last, as long as the world should last. That, that is there, is ad perpetuam rei memoriam, indeed.

Another reason. Being in these Chronicles, it would have spred no further then Persia, or the hundred twentie seven provinces at the furthest GOD's eye looked further: that not Persians onely, but Iewes; Nor both those, but Christians too: Not the hundred twentie seven provinces alone, but all the provinces in the earth should take notice of it. I speake with the Apostle, 1. Cor. 9.9. Hath God a care of Persia? either writt He not this for our sakes? Yes for our sakes no doubt He wrote it, that we also might be the better for it.

The better: two waies. 1 First to know GOD's censure of both these, in diebus illis, for the present: The due praise of him by whom the deliverie, The just condemning of them by whom the danger; that none that so seeke shall be saved by His booke: For, that (we see heere) brings them to the gallowes, and there leaves them. 2 Or rather there leaves them not, but by this Scriptum est setts up their quarters, there to stand and be seene, by all that looke in it, to the world's end. And this is worse then hanging, yea in chaines; for, the carcasses of those, in time will consume and drop away and come to nothing; so shall these never, but remaine as fresh still, as the first day, they were set up, to all generations to come. It is that, that grieveth the noble generous nature (I dare say) more then the execution it selfe, there to hang upon the file in Bigthan and Tharez's infamous blacke roll; their names to be read there, for ever.

But, this was written also for them that come after, and a double use there is of it that way: As the parties, and their facts, be good or bad, that there are registred. If bad, then (as in the seventie eight Psalme) Ne sint sicut, Psal. 78.8. not to be like this Bigthan and Tha­rez. Ne sint sicut, not to be like them in their wicked attempt; Ne sint sicut, that they be not like them in their wretched end.

Not like them; but like Mardochai (A sint sicut there:) that comming to the notice of so wicked a designe, took himselfe bound in conscience to detect it: yea though it were against a stranger to him in nation, a more stranger in Religion to him, yet to do it.Exod. 25.40. Luk. 16.37. Heer, Inspice & fac (saith God, in his Law:) Vade tu & fac simile (saith CHRIST, in his Gospell.) In a word: this was written to the end, to tie up all hands from seeking as they did; And to open all mouthes, to disclose, as he did: To make men loyall to their Prin­ces, though heathen idolaters, such as Assuerus.

And if this were the end; if eny shall go quite crosse (in a manner) in their Scrip­tum est's to this Scriptum est, in all these three: 1 Let loose the hands to that, these (heer) sought and are condemned for it: 2 Stop up the mouthes from disclosing of that, Mar­dochai (heer) did, and is commended for it: 3 And both these, not in the case of Assue­rus, but even of a Christian Prince; what thinke you by them? What doe they say in effect, but Sint sicut Bigthan & Tharez, Ne sint sicut Mardochaeus.

I report me to your consciences: GOD thus skoring up these, that but sought to lay their hands on a heathe [...] King, would He ever approve of such, as under-hand sett on Subjects, to goe past seeking, even to lay their hand on Christian Princes, Most Chri­sti [...] [Page 855] Princes, their owne Princes, Owne by nature and nation, Owne by masse and religi­ [...] [...], as in dicbus hijs we have seene two in France (a Bigthan and a Tharez, both) one [...] another?

And what for Mardochai? They swear men, they give them their Maker upon it, never to disclose that, which Mardochai is (heere) honored for disclosing. Yea, and approve, nay more then approve of some, for doing clean contrarie to that, Mar­dochai, did heere; even for concealing, nay, for sealing up (and that under a holy Signa­ture.) as foule and wicked a treason, as ever was.

This hath been done. But, we are in writing, what say ye to that? Will ye com­pare but the writing of diebus illis, with ours in diebus hijs? Let there be a Booke writ­ten saith GOD (this of Esther) that no man ever doe the like to these two; that no man ever seeke to conceale those that shall so seeke: Let there be a Booke written (saith some bodie els) as it were an Anti-Esther to this booke of Esther, to set men on to [...] that, these heere sought, and to teach them the way how to finde it; to point out, who shall be Bigthan, when and how they shall seeke to lay, and lay both: As it might be a book written by Suarez in defense of Tharez (his name, of the two names, neerest) in some case to license the seeking: and to command the close keeping of such geere as this.

But yet, we have not all: Writing a Record, making up a Roll, is more then writing a booke. Every authentique Record (as is this) is of the nature of a precedent, to do the like; of a copie set for us to write by. So, heere we have further, a warrant, to make up our Records, by this Record: to record all, that lay their hands, for such as Bigthan and Tharez; and all that disclose them, for such as Mardochai. Ever, upon like occasions, to make like entries. Shall we doe it? Write them downe (saith the King) in the Chronicle: Write them downe (saith GOD) in the Bible, for traitors, these [...] ▪ Write me downe some such as did the like or worse, for other manner persons [...] another manner Register, even for no lesse then Martyrs: You know, who [...].

Register me Mardochai (saith the Holy Ghost) for a partie well deserving, for [...]ttering his knowledge of so wicked a treason. Paint me up such a one (saith another Ghost) straw and all, and in the border print me him holy martyr, for not disclosing as soule a treason, nay fouler a great deale.

But trow you this to be GOD's Vicar, that thus makes act against act; checks GOD's Records with counter-Records of his owne; affronts GOD's Chronicle with his New Calendar on this fashion? Or Saint Peter's Successor? Nay not his: of all o [...]hers, his least: He laid his hand on his weapon, for his Master; So would he teach, and not otherwise. Iudas, he indeed laid none himselfe,Matt. 26.57. but he it was gave the watch-word, This is He, lay hands upon him. So that, Iudas's crue (it seemes) they be,Matt. 26.48. that so do; and no better then Iudas himselfe, that so teach. No Apostle bid ever lay hands [...] Iudas; He did: his Disciples they be; his Successors (not Saint Peter's) that [...].

[...]e may and will then, by this warrant, be so bold as to enter them traitors in the [...] before the King: By what warrant, they may register them for Martyrs, in the Calendar before the Pope, let them looke. Ours we shew, let them shew but the [...], and carie it: Els, if he see, allow, and print bookes with priviledge, that tend to the manumising of Tharez's hand, and to the Sealing up of Mardochai's mouth; it under confession he animate Tharez, and with his Seale of confession, muzzle up Mar­doch [...]i; if GOD write one way, and he another, in effect; write King, write GOD, [...] they will, write me him Martyr; We will be so bold as to write him up with Saint [...], for [...], one that opposes himselfe flat against this booke,2. Thess. 2.4. and the Writer [...] ▪ which Booke stayes all hands from laying, and opens all mouthes to the bewray­ [...] such as these.

[Page 856] The compa­ring of Diebu [...] hijs with Diebus illis.I will pray you, I may rather forget my selfe a little, then forget in diebus [...]ijs after all this: we promised to shew, that they match and overmatch In diebus illis. That they match in many points. 1 That Kings both, both in danger, in the same danger, both; by the same number, and by those of the same ranke; and upon the same mo­tive, great anger for little cause. Againe, that both were preserved, and both stran­gely; that the seekers in both, instead of finding that they sought, found their owne confusion.

But, as in many, they match; So, in many more, doth this day overmatch those daies. More degrees in our dyall, then in theirs; the day goes beyond the Text: and not this Text heer alone, but eny other, that ever yet I could find. The more (say I still) are we all bound to GOD for his goodnesse, that hath so magnified his mercies toward his Annointed, and in him to us all, as He hath vouchsafed him such deliveries in diebus hijs, as He never vouchsafed in diebus illis to eny King of his owne peculiar chosen people, or of eny other under the Sunne. Such to be found in our Chronicles, as not the like in the Chronicles of Persia: Nay, not, of the Kings of Iuda or Israël: But are sine exemplo, ours; none comming home, all falling short of them.

Which (me thinks) I can let you see sensibly; and so, that we have greater cause to rejoyce in this of ours. In the Kings first. The King in diebus illis (make the best of him) was but a Pagan, a worshipper of idolls: these be barres in his Armes. The King in die hoc; neither heathen (I am sure) nor that can have the least to [...]ch of Ido­latrie fastned on him: he that shamed not to say [No Christian] and hath been faine since to eat his word, he durst not say an Idolater; that, would soone have rebounded backe upon himself. And no Idolater is a Christian; nor Christian, an Idolater, I am sure.

This first van [...]age then we have heere yet: Alwaies the very state of Kings, in it self, without eny other addition is deere unto GOD (we see.) Assuerus heere doth assure us of that, who was thus preserved, onely because he was a King, and for no cause els. But I hold cleerely, a Christian King to be more then a King; more then a Pagan King: and so Major Assuero hîc, and de majore majus gaudium; and so we, of the twaine, more cause to rejoyce.

Next, as both Kings, yet not both like; so both in danger, and that not like neither. The danger of in diebus illis, was but of hands laying: the danger of this, of hands laid. On Assuerus, no hands were laid: it came not to that. It came to that, heere. O [...] they were; come of how they can. Those in the Text, but sought: They on the day, found what they sought. It was past quaesiverant; it was plaine miserunt. That was the case, this day. No such thing in those daies. Assuerus was not offered the point of a naked dagger; not taken by the throat; not grasped and tugged with, till both lay on the floore. All his danger was but de futuro; sought to have beene, and might have beene; but was not. This was de praesenti, present danger, of being presently made away, in a corner, by the hands of bloudy wretches; that not onely sought to lay, but found that they sought, and did lay. Now, the greater the danger, the greater the joy for the deliverie (ever;) and so our Ioy the greater. For, no comparison betweene the dan­gers: that is cleere.

No more was there betweene the Actors, by whom the danger grew. Bigthan, bad enough (I grant;) but behold a worse, a bigger then Bigthan heer. Bigthan and his fel­low might have gone to schoole to them. They were angrie, and so shewed themselves to be, and the lesse dangerous for that? These were as angrie as they, but shewed it not. They brake forth in termes, that it came to Mardo [...]hai's eare. These had learnt their les­son better▪ not an evill terme came from them, no shew of anger appeared, but faire and false semblant all. So much the more likely to do mischiefe (say I:) so much the more like Iudas's treason, the worst that ever was. For, no betraying, to betraying with a kisse. Give me angrie Bigthan, rather then fawning Iudas: to welcome one kindly, and set one privily, with Iudas's watch-word, This is he, lay hands on him; from such, GOD deliver us.Matt. 26.48. The more the parties such, the more our joy, You escaped out of their hands.

[Page 857]Both Kings were delivered: so farr, aequall. But then againe, great inaequalitie in the manner; very great. That, in those daies, by a Mardochai: All was regular, went the [...]mon ordinary way, upon a discoverie. Quotidiana sunt haec, to be seene, to be read [...] every Chronicle. But on this day, there was never a Mardochai to discover ought: Mardochai failed heer. A conceipt there was, somewhat should have beene discovered in another kind; but the plot it selfe, no discoverie of it, till the very instant; till one appeared in armes, till out went the dagger, till the dagger discovered it selfe. GOD was faigne to be Mardochai, to supplie his part: though he were wanting, GOD was not. By whom (it is true) Assuerus was delivered: but, You delivered, af­ter a more strange manner. (I report me to all.) Now, the more strange the manner, the more the Ioy ever. Then, Mardochai did somewhat toward it: This, came meerly [...] God; neither Mardochai, nor eny els; sitting in the gate, or out of it; there or eny [...] els.

Yet let me add this, that you might be beholden to GOD (even that way too) he hath fitted you that way also. This fifth of August, without a discoverie: the fifth of November, with a discoverie. So, with Mardochai; and without Mardochai, hath GOD wrought for You, in diebus hijs: that we might every way be bound to Him, and that, every way, our joy might be full.

Now, in both, as the hand of GOD was stretched over both Kings to save them; So was the same hand stretched out against both those, that sought their lives, to bring them to evill ends; both which may ever be the ends of such beginnings. There was no wonder in theirs; there, all was done by a Legall course, a faire judiciall proceeding, they indited, convict and executed by course of justice. Good Lord, with what ease was Assuerus delivered, even sitting still! There was no wonder, in this, at all. So was it not heer: Heer was old pulling, and wrestling, and weapons out, and drawing of blood; and a [...]ind of battell fought dubio Marte, a good while, but at last the victorie fell on Your [...]. And this winning of it, as it were, and seeing Your enemies lie dead at your feet, made the delivery the more wonderfull; and so the more welcome; and so Your Ioy the greater. And if one might take joy in the fall of his enemies, the fall of Yours was worse [...]span manner. For, they died not like Subjects, but as open enemies or rebells: Not as penitent sinners, but as damned reprobates; lost not only their lives, but their soules too.

Thus, every way, doth this day go beyond those: the King beyond, as a Prince Chri­stian: the danger beyond; for, the extremitie neerer. The parties that sought, beyond; for, the lesse they appeared, the more perilous they were: the delivery beyond; for, without eny Mardochai at all: And their fall beyond; for, strooken downe in the place, [...] ranke rebels; and tumbled into hell like reprobates, without space or grace, without [...] or signe of repentance. And, if thus many waies beyond, allow for every of these, a [...]egree of Ioy, and I have that, I would.

Of this writing, one speciall end was for Ioy. A double joy: for either verse, one. 1 In the former, Rege incolumi gaudendum; Ioy for the King's safety. 2 And in the later, [...] gaudendum; joy, that his enemies lay where they lay, on the floore.

[...] the King's safety we to reioyce; but without a Mardochai. He parts not with [...] in ours: it is entire without him. So it is not in the Text: God and Mardochai, there; heere, GOD alone, and Ioy in GOD alone.

Then, for Stratis hostibus, in regard of them. First, that they sped not; then, that they were spedd themselves: that their anger was vana and sine viribus; did no hurt: that GOD's anger to them for it, was both sure; paid them home: and swift; did it out of hand. That they fell; and fell before him: He saw them lye slaine at his feet:Psal 92.11. that his eye saw his desire upon his enemies; nay more then his desire, that he was faigne to pray for them, that had not the grace to do it for themselves.

A little after in this Book,Chap. 9.17. for the saving of the Queene from the laying on of Haman's hands, we find, there was great joy and a double feast, the fourteenth and fifteenth of Adar. And can we imagine, but there must needs be as great (nay Festum magis duplex) for the King heer? If for Her, a stranger: for their owne naturall Liege, much more. Was so with them In diebus illis, and with us to be In diebus hijs.

[Page 858]Or rather in die hoc; For (there) it was plurall, more daies went to it then one; ma­ny dayes in doing: heer, it was dispatched sooner. No diebus heer; begun, acted, ended, all in a day; nay, halfe a day, betweene noone and night. And this shall be the first, that it was not long in doing. Short as it was, yet may I take upon me, there is as great odds between this day and them, as is between the fifth of August (ours) and the fifteenth of Adar, that is, December (theirs:) that is, between a long and a short, a Summer's and a Winter's-day.

There is not, in all the Scriptures, a book that expresseth so plentifull joy, for the sa­ving of a Prince, as doth this of Esther: the whole ninth Chapter (in a manner) is spent in it. There is gaudium and laetitia, and hilaritas, and convivium, and tripudium. I can­not tell how many times over;Chap. 9.21. and the day christened by the name of Dies festus, a Fe­stivall day. There is joy in Sufan, the Cittie; there is joy in the villages; there is joy in the hundred twentie seven, every Province of them; joy all over: and all this allowed, nay a Statute made, to keepe it. So, a day of joy to all posteritie, and all this Chronicled so. A joy in the Chronicles; what would you more?

Hence have we warrant for this day of ours; and for all and every of them, on this day of ours; the same joy full out, the same that was for that in every degree, let be for this; and more for this, as this is more (as hath been shewed;) as by the season of the year, the day is longer, the Sunne brighter, the skie cleerer, the weather fairer, in August then December. As this case more famous, GOD's might and mercie more mervailous; More fit for a Chronicle, more worthy to be engrossed in the great roll, ours then theirs.

And in one we shall be above them, that we begin our joy in the House of GOD; whereas they in Persia, had none to begin it in: Heer do we begin it, as GOD would have us begin it, in the House of prayers, with prayers.

A prayer for Bigthan and Tharez, we cannot (either these of the Text, or those of the day:) But, a prayer, that by their examples, both Ruina praecedentium may be admoni­tio sequentium, the destruction of those that are gone before, may be the instruction of all those that shall come after. This the first part; and if this will not be, the second. So may they ever finde, that so seeke; If seeke as they sought, find as they found.

A prayer for Mardochai, that for his so sitting in the gate, he may sit in a better place: that so, many may follow him in his good example.

A prayer for the King. But first a praise (the principall cause we come hither for.) Praised be GOD ever, that saved in Persia, Assuerus from his two: that saved in Scot­land, Your Majestie from your two: the Saviour of Kings, Maximè fidelium. Then, the prayer: That those daies, and these daies may never faile him, nor he ever see other.

No more Bigthans (good Lord) but Mardochai's for them. That Mardochai may ne­ver faile him; but, if he do, that Thou wouldst not (no more then this day Thou didst:) but ever save, ever deliver, ever preserve him, and make them that seeke his ruine, find their owne. Either hang aloft, as these in the Text; or lye on the floore, as those of the day.

And even so, let the end of this, be the beginning of the other, even of the joy of the whole day. For the day, for it, for this happie event on it; for the King, the Subject of it; To the cause of it and of all our joy, GOD the Father by which, and through CHRIST in the unitie of the Holy Spirit, be all blessing, honour, praise, glorie and thanksgiving, this day and all daies, for ever and ever.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT VVIND­SORE, On the V. of AVGVST, Ann. Dom. MDCXXII.

I. SAM. CHAP. XXIV. VER. V.

And the men of David said unto him: See, the day is come, whereof the Lord said unto thee; Behold I will deliver thine enemie into thine hand, and thou shalt doe to him, as it shall seeme good to thee. Then David arose, and cutt of the lappe of Saul's garment privily.

6. And afterward David was touched in his heart, because he had cut of the lapp which was on Saul's garment.

7. And he sayd unto his men, the LORD keepe me from doing that thing unto my Master the LORD'S Annointed, to lay my hand upon him: For, he is the Annointed of the LORD.

8. So David overcame his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. So Saul rose up out of the cave, and went away.

ECCE Dies venit, Behold the day is come: So beginns the text: so say David's men. And Behold the Day is come; so may we beginne, and as truly so say of this Day, as ever did they of that. The first words agree well: So doe the last. Abijt Rex viam suam, the King rose up and went his way: so ends the text, and so ended this day too. And not onely the first and last words, but the middst and all fall out as fitly. For indeed, what is the whole Text, but a report of a King, in danger to have been made away, and that closely in a cave, and a motion made to that end, and a knife drawen, and David's men up against him and all? Yet (see the goodnesse of GOD!) [Page 860] the King did well enough for all that; and went his way, without any hurt done him.

And, comes not this home to the day? Saul at Engedi, in the cave there, may he not seeme (as I may say) a type of His Majestie, at Saint Iohnston, shutt up (to use Saul's words) in the close corner there? Instead of a knife, was there not a dagger drawen there, and somewhat els; and more sought then a corner of his cloake? And, as Da­vid's men rose heer; So, rose there not a popular tumult there?

And yet, being in that extremitie, was he not delivered out of their bloody hands? and did not all end, as the text ends, The King rose up and went his way? And this our meeting now, in this publique solemne manner, is to no other end, but to rejoice to­gither in the presence of GOD, and to render unto him our anniversarie sacrifice of praise and thanks, that Eccedies venit, Behold the day is come, wherein he scaped so faire, and went his way so happily.

And, shall we not withall, put our incense to our sacrifice (that is) add our prayers to our praises; that, as this day there was, so still and ever, a way may be made him to escape all his dangers?

King Saul (heer) in the Text, was the first King, that ever the people of GOD had. In him (the first) would GOD have all succeeding Kings to read their destinie: that as they are placed high; so, their high place is no exemption from danger; a provo­king it, rather. Heere now, Saul is in danger in the vale Engedi. Once before had we him in as great a ploonge;1. Sam. 26.8. and that was in the hill Hachila: Abisai would faine have had a blow at him; and but one blow. But David came then betweene with his Ne perdas.

That did not so well fitt our turne. It was night then: Saul was in his bed asleep. That, was not our case: this heer comes neerer. This fell on the day. Sa [...]l was a­wake: So was His Majestie. We may say Ecce dies, Behold it was day, and that day is now come. Betweene them both, they make up thus much; that sleeping or waking; by night, or by day; in Hachila, the high lands, in Engedi the low valleis, out of danger they goe not, if the hand of God be not over them, as heer over Saul it was.

The DivisionFirst and last, we may recapitulate the whole Text into one word. It is all but a Deliverie. Ecce tradam in manus, a Deliv [...]rie into their hands: Ecce abijt, a Delive­rie out of them. Which two make the two maine parts of the Text. The former the Deliverie into, lasts to the last verse: And, in the end of the last, comes the latter, the deliverie out of; The King rose up out of the cave, & went his way.

I Ecce tradam in manus is of two sorts: 1 Into David's hands, and 2 Into his men's hands. Or thus: Saul's danger heere, is double: 1 One the danger of David's mens motion; 2 the other, of their Commotion (for, rising they were, and David suffe­red them not to rise.)

1. In their Motion. 1 What was moved to David by his men: and 2 what David did upon it. That which was moved, was mittere manum, to lay hands on the King. That, he did upon it, was, he went and layd his hand on Saul's mantle, and cutt of an end of it, and that was all. This, the fact: then, the Censure of this fact.

When David had done this, what he thought of it: 1What he, and 2 what his men. He thought not well of it, he did penance for it, his heart smitt him for doing but so much. His men thought not well of it neither; but ex alio capite they, for not doing more then so.

2. What followed of this? The neglect of their motion, turned his men to a Commotion: they were rising against Saul, if they had not beene stayd. The second danger, this: farr the worse of the twaine: The rising of David's men, then the drawing of David's knife. Thus farr the Epitasis.

II Then followes the Catastrophe. For, the issue was, David's men were stayed by him, and kept from rising: David's victorie. And how? by certaine words speaking. Those words are in the third Verse: David's Spell, I may call them.

[Page 861]And upon all this followed, the King was saved, twise saved, from both dangers (thankes be to GOD) and away he went, safe without any harme. Onely, lost a peece of his mantle: and I would never greater losse might come to him.

Thus lye the parts in this order; which, when all is done, we must crave leave to III reflect upon, and review againe; to shew, that the Ecce of this our Day is farr above the Ecce of that of theirs.

Now, by the speciall providence of GOD, it so fell out, that all this was not passed and done in silence. There was arguing the point, reasoning on both sides. The whole text is but a kinde of Dialogue between David's men and him, what was to be done with Saul their enemie, now they had him in the cave; kill him, or let him goe? And it fell out well, that this point was thus argued. For; out of this their debate, might those two wretched men this day have learned (if they had had grace) and may all true men and good subjects learne, what to doe or not to doe, in li [...] case. For, a cleer resolution heer is, to be held for ever, taken out of David's Absit heer, God forbidd that ever any should lay his hands on the Lord's Annointed. Ye [...], though he should catch him in a cave (or as good as a cave, as this day he was.)

Nay further, GOD so providing, heer falls a matter in upon the By (of Saul's mantle) that removes it from the maine (Saul's person) quite. Saul's person, David touched not; went but to his mantle. And even for going but to that, did his heart smite him. Which (by a minore ad maius) puts this question past all question, as being a protection for the King's robe: and, if for it, for his person much more.

And let me say two things of this text to you. One, that as Saul was the first King; 1 so this the first case that ever was, wherein the making away of a King, was put to the question. So, the leading case (as they call it) to all the rest. Resolved heer by David (and we cannot resolve our selves by a better) and resolved once, resolved for ever. No more Quaere's of it now.

The other, that it is the onely case (this) that ever I read of in Scripture, of Dixit 2 Diminus alledged for killing a King; of killing Kings by Divinitie. The more wor­thy it is your attention, the neerer it comes to the late phrensie of this Age of ours.

And two uses there be of it, as the chiefe persons in it are two. 1 In Saul, to lett Kings see their danger: 2 In David, to let subjects see their duety. To let Kings see their danger, that they may look up continualy to their Deliverer out of evill hands. In David, to lett subjects see their duety, and the extent of their duety, as to themselves, [...]o to others.

Two dangers were like to befall Saul heer. From David first: His men perswaded him to dispatch Saul: perswaded him, but prevailed not; He did it not: So Saul scaped once. Second: when that would not do, they were upon rising (themselves) to l [...]ve done it. David disswaded them: disswaded them and prevailed; They did it [...] neither: There he scaped twise.

In which two, David is two wayes our example, to learne us, the two duties (I sp [...]ke of.) 1Would not do it himselfe: 2 would not suffer others to do it: Would [...] perswaded by others to it: did disswade others from it. I will say with our Savi­o [...], [...]ade tu & fac similiter. Let every good subject go and do likewise. Neither do it, Luc. 10.37. no [...] s [...]ffer it to be done: And he shalbe according to David's, who was a man according [...] G [...]d's owne heart.

I. The first deli­veri [...]: Ecce tradam in ma­ [...].SAVL was now in the cave. What David's men would have had him doe to Saul. Even what was good in his eyes (a good mannerly terme; but even what pleased him.) What is that? What meant they by it? The meaning is, they wo [...]d have had him lay hands upon Saul. Plaine by David's answere: What? lay [...] on him? GOD forbidd. More plaine yet, by David's report of it to Saul (the eleventh Verse) And some badd me kill thee. Lo, there ye have it in plaine English.

To make this motion seeme good in his eyes, they use heere a perilous motive; or rather three in one. 1 Inimicum tuum, the motive of enmitie or deadly feud. 2 Ecce dies venit, now is the time come; the motive of opportunitie. 3 And de quo dixit Domi­nus, the motive of GOD'S word, of doing it by Divinitie.

1. Inimicum tuum In [...]micum tuum: that, is the ground of all: (a motive well beseeming them that make it; even fit for a Souldier's mouth:) he is your enemie, he would kill you; what should you doe but kill him? should not we kill them that would kill us? This goes current in the Campe, this is bonum in oculis, a good motion in their eyes.

Now, if this hold for good, if an enemie be to be flaine; It is sure, Saul was David's enemie: GOD himselfe calls him so, Inimicum tuum: they be GOD'S owne words, one that (even as David saith himselfe) hunted for his soule (Ver. 12.) And, even at this very instant had him in chase, and was so eager on it, as up the rockes he went af­ter him; among the wild goates (ver. 3.) and followed him so hard, he was faine to take a cave (heer.) In which cave, what taking he was in, ye may read in the LVII. Psal. (made, when he fledd into this cave) even at Miserere Mei Deus, miserere mei: One miserere, Psal. 57.1. would not serve him; in a great agonie of feare. For, if Saul had but knowen it, David had never gone his way thence, as Saul did his. It is well knowen, Saul sought his life. That was not all: there was a further matter then so. Will you heare it from Saul himselfe? Looke to the 21. ver. I know (saith Saul) thou shalt be King after me. Yea shall! then was it inimicum tuum (indeed) in another sense; then was Saul's life, an enemie to David's rising. David stands in his owne light, if he doe it not. Doe it then, and besides the assurance of Your life, the crowne is Yours. These two layd togither, any would wonder, what eyes David had, that this seemed not good in his eyes. And, this for inimicum tuum.

2. Ecce [...].But, many an enemie scapes with his life, because we meet not with an Ecce dies a fit time and place to doe it in. Verily, opportunitie it selfe is a shrewd motive. The common saying is, Occasio facit furem: that which one was farr from, would neve [...] have imagined, there will come so farre an offer, such a faire shoote (as they say) as wil make a man doe that, which but for such an occasion, he would never once have thought on. We are all to pray to GOD to take from us the opportunitie of sinning: So fraile we are, it is no sooner offered, but we are ready to embrace it (GOD help [...]s.) What lay they then? Why Ecce heer is a time, and heer is a cave, as fit a place as can be for such a motion. Such an opportunitie, as if you take it not, you shall not meete with againe, all your life long. To have your enemie light into your hands, in a darke cave, where you may dispatch him, and no body the wiser who did it, or how it was done. Well then, wisedome is seene in no one thing more, then in taking opportunitie. Go [...] to, shew your selfe a wise man: you know, what you have to doe.

Ecce tradam.Nay, it is not onely Ecce dies, but Ecce tradam; and there, is an Ecce. For, there is much in tradam; he is even delivered, even taken, and put into your hands: [Page 863] [...] the word tradam. It is one thing to say, Your enemie is fallen; another, to say, [...] [...]livered. Falling is casuall; Deliverie imports a deliberate act of an Agent to [...] to deliver him: So, this is more then chance, more then hap-hazard: It is not [...], it is tradam.

[...]gaine; One thing to say delivered: another,Ego tradam. delivered by God (now I weigh the [...].) Ego tradam; it is God that speaks it. One may be delivered, and by man, by [...] traitor (it was not Saul's case, this, it was the King's.) But heer, God is the [...] [...] the giver. Take him then as Donum Dei. God hath even given you him, [...] given him, would have you take him, and I hope it will seem good in your [...] to do, and not let God give you him for nothing.

[...], yet there is more. (Now, I come to weigh dixit Dominus. 3 De quo dixit Dominus.) For one may [...] [...]livered by God, seeing it, and saying nothing to it, but suffering it: by God's [...]. So are all things. Of many of which (though) God saith nothing, speaks [...]: but of this, God spake to you before, spake to you with his own mouth, [...] it with an Ecce; Ecce tradam: gave you warning of it, gave you His word [...] will deliver him: and is now as good as His word, hath delivered him. See if [...] not.

Will ye collect these three. 1 Not casually fallen into your hands, but purposely [...]: 2 And delivered not by man, but by God himselfe▪ 3 And by God, not quovis [...], at adventure, but plainly prophecying and promising He would so do. Of this ( [...]) God must needes be the Author that He foretells thus, and promises before [...]. So have you (heer) God made accessorie, nay principall to the murther of a [...].

[...] now are we come indeed to the perillous point of all. This (lo) is it. They [...] Saul made away; and for this, they alledge de quo dixit Dominus, as if God [...] a sett day for the doing of it. This, goes to the quick. Inimicum tuum is [...] revelation of flesh and bloud, that; but dixit Dominus, that is the will of our [...] Father. So, not onely lawfull now, but a matter of conscience, to kill Saul. [...] [...] [...]ath said it.

Where, first, you see, it is no new thing, this, to kill Kings by Divinitie. This geer [...] newly raked up from hell againe. It is but the old devill new come abroad, that [...]d been in the world before. For, ever since there have been Kings over God's peo­ [...]e, this hath been aproach; broached first in the cave heer at Engedi, and dixit Do­minus pretended for it (ye see) in the first King's dayes of all.

The griefe is, they were not Saul's, they were David's men, the better side, that [...] this. But David's men all, are not of David's mind:Mat. 9.14. Acts 20.30. Iohn's Disciples sometimes [...] found with the Pharisees; and the Apostle saith, Of our selves, there shall arise [...] speaking perverse things. Therefore never marvaile at it. Go not after the men: [...] after the Master, David himselfe.

Well yet, I must needs say for these good fellowes (heer) they goe roundlyer to [...] [...]oint, then doth Suarez, or any of them that have beene blundering about this [...] of late. They be all triflers to David's men, heer. For, upon the matter, all [...] [...]ave beene hable to say, is; it hath beene done. King Eglon was killed;Iud 3.21. 2. King. 11.16. so [...] Athaliah. Neither of them, a true lawfull Prince (as GOD would have it:) [...] both. So, nothing to the matter. But, say they had beene lawfull: yet all [...] but Homo fecit; it is not Deus dixit. Never a dixit Deus comes from them. [...] but poore Pasce oves: which (sure) is a full unlikely text to perswade a man [...] a butcher, and cut his sheep's throtes. One Absit of David's heere,Ioh. 21.16. One [...] das, One quis erit innocens, hable to dash twenty such, and all they can say, to [...]. Not one of them comes of to the point, as doe these in the text, with dixit [...], GOD'S expresse word for it.

There is no remedie, we must stay a little at this, at dixit Dominus. What He [...] we may: nay we must doe. To his dixit, there is no contradixit. If GOD [...], let all flesh keepe silence. Zach. 2.13.

[...] not trouble you with, when GOD spake this, or where. Extant it is not. [Page 864] Yet seeing David traverses it not, denies not but that GOD spake it, we will take it for good, that they truly alledged GOD. For, it is not unlikely, that at some time when David was in some great distresse, GOD might send to him by the han [...]s of Na­than, or Gad, his Seers, He should take a good heart to him, he should be so farr from being delivered into Saul's hands, as the day should come, Saul should be delivered into his, to do with him what seemed good in his eyes.

Well then, take it, GOD said all this: and all this might GOD say, and yet Saul not touched. Ye shall see as little force in this Dominus dixit, as in their Homofecit. Nei­ther of them, to the purpose they are brought. You shall see withall, what it is when Sword-men will be medling with Dominus dixit, with our profession; what trim conse­quences we shal have, to make, What seems good in David's eyes, and to murther Saul, to be all one. And withall, that it is good for Kings to be learned, and to be learned in GOD's Law. For, had not David been the better Divine, he might well have beene overtaken and made beleeve, there is a way to destroy Kings, even by the word of GOD.

To scan them a little. Dixit Dominus, GOD said. What said He? The day should come: well, it is come: that GOD would deliver Saul into his hands: well, that is done too. And David should do to him, what? What seemed good in his eyes. What is that? To destroy Saul? No indeed: Bonum in oculis, will beare no such matter. We might dispatch all in a word, all is put upon David's eyes, and in his eyes it seemed not good. But to touch them shortly.

Facies ei quod bonum est in o­culis tuis.First, facies ei heer, enjoynes nothing, leaves him but to himselfe: that is all can be made of it. Nay they desire no more, but so to be left. And when one is so left, what then, may he do what he list? Suppose, he list to do that which is evill or forbidden? Adam will tell you, no: That consequence we all payfull deer for. It undid him and us all. GOD's so leaving us, gives not any leave to do any thing that evill is; putts but power in our hands, to try how we will use it. For, when power is so put, Ipsa ratio dictat, even by the rule of reason, we are so to use it, as we take the better, and leave the worse ever, and reach not our hand to the forbidden tree.

When GOD leaves a man to do that which is good in his eyes, he had best wipe his eyes, see they dazle not. If they do, that may be bonum in oculis, which is not bonum in­deed. They be not all one, these two, 1 Bonum in oculis, and 2 Bonum: Take heed of that. That which is evill, may seem good to an evill eye. And no man is so fond, to think, God would have any evill done.

Not, bonum, in oculis: but in oculis tuis.Therefore he saith not, bonum in oculis, and stayes there: but, he adds tuis; in ocu­lis tuis. For, much is, as the partie whose the eyes are. For, as the partie is, so is his eye. And the partie heer, is David. God would not have said this to every one. To David He did, and He knew what He did, and that Saul was safe enough for all that. He knew his eye was single and good, that nothing that was evill in God's eyes, would seeme good in his. He would never have said so much to Saul, of David: nor to David's men, of Saul. Never have said to David, Quod bonum est in oculis tuorum. If it had been what seemed good in their eyes, In oculis tuis, not tuorum. Saul had been gone. No, He had not so good a conceipt of their eyes: of David's He had. To him therefore He said it: and he decei­ved not God's expectation. Pepercit tibi oculus meus (saith he at the XI. Verse.) All then resolving into David's eyes; it seemed good in his eyes to spare Saul. And, this is sure, they have not David's eyes in their heads, to whom it seemes otherwise. For, to do what seemed good in his eyes, was to do Saul no harme. Looke to tuis then, that the eyes be David's, and all is well.

Then, seeing David's eyes are so cleer and so good, how were it to be wished, David would see with no other eyes, but his owne: would still do, what is good in his owne, not in his men's eyes!

So this was their Ele [...]ch. It seemed good in their bloud- shotten eyes, to lay hands on Saul; and they strongly imagined what seemed good in their bloud-shotten eyes, would have seemed so, in his too. The sequele shewes, it did not. Why stand we any longer th [...]n upon it? but leaving the Motion, let us now see how it moved him, what he did upon it.

[Page 865] [...]ome think it moved him, till he came to the very push;What David did upon this motion. and then GOD strook [...] and his heart strooke him, and so his mind changed. Others thinke, that [...] him not a whit (for the blow came, after all was done.) Yet, as if it had [...] he moved upon it. Somewhat to satisfie them, he would seeme to doe [...]. So, up he rose and toward Saul he made, [...], as softly and as secretly as he [...]. And when he came at him, close behind him, out went his knife, as if he meant [...]. (His men, I dare say, hoped, to some other end.) Stay heere. And he that [...] David thus, in this wise, comming close behind the King's back with his [...] drawen in his hand, would he not have taken him for Ravaillac? What [...]. I promise you, this was not Bonum in oculis, no very good sight. And then [...], Saul was his mortall enemie, and even now at this very instant time come [...] to seek his life, and seeing them thus in a blind cave, and David hard at his back [...] a [...]aked knife, would he not have given Saul for dead, past (for ever) abijt [...] suam?

Well: when all came to all. First, it seemed not good in David's eyes, to use [...] sword, but his knife. Why, a knife will doe mischiefe enough. 2. Then, to [...] to worke with it, not punctim, but caesim, not with the point, but with the edge [...]; thrust not, cutt onely. Yet that will hurt too. 3. But cutt, what? Neither [...] nor skinn, not them: Nay, not his shirt or doublet; his mantle onely, and but a [...] of it. 4. And, it was no great peece neither, he cutt no skirt: It was [...], it was not missed. Saul's followers spied it not, till David came after them, [...] them, held it up and shewed it them: and then they looked well, and saw a peece [...] but not before. The word [...], ala, signifieth a wing: and those (we [...] but additionalls, no part of the entire garment. The garment is whole [...]. So, it was not into the whole cloth neither, he cutt. His knife he drew, [...] drew no blood with it; went not to Saul himselfe, his person, but to his mantle; [...] but an edge of that and away he goes: and so may Saul goe his way, for eny [...] David hath done him. And this (lo) is all, came of the motion; and more then th [...] seemed not good in David's eyes.

What, and is it but this? This and no more? No more but a shred of his mantle, His censure of it. [...]nd is that all? All, yea: and too much of that too. For, now it followes, in the se­c [...]nd verse, when David reflected upon what he had done, how, this he had done, seemed [...] his eyes. It seemed good to them to do but thus much, or rather thus little, and after it [...]as done, it seemed not good to him, not this little he had done neither: but it even [...] good to him, to repent when he had done it, as little as it was, or as it seemeth [...] to be. Repent? Yea, that he had done no more. Nay, that he had done thus [...]; had cutt his mantle, had cutt at all. That, which any would thinke, was high­ [...] to be commended in him, he went no further, you shall see him doe penance for it, [...] as i [...] he had gone too farr, as if he should not have gone so farr as that.

Will ye see David doe penance indeed for it? Penance I say, in all the parts, the [...]oo [...]emen make of it. 1 Contritio cordis, in this verse: his heart smitt him for it. Co [...]fessio oris, in the next; The Lord keepe me from doing more, this was too much. [...] [...]octio operis, in the last verse, in making amends, by not suffering his men to rise, [...] converting them from so sinfull a purpose. And besides, in leaving behind him ad [...] rei memoriam, a monument of all this, a Psalme, [...], that is, a golden Psalme [...] calls it) the LVII. Psalme, made as the Inscription shewes, at this his being in [...]. Of it, and there, both in word and deed: of saying destroy him not, which is the [...] the Psalme. Though ye get Saul in a cave, yet destroy him not. Other [...] there be of the same title; but the LVII, that is the first of them all, [...] upon this occasion, and at this time and place.

[Page 866] 1 His contrition. Percussit cor [...].For his Contrition. It is said, after he had done it, his heart smitt him, and told him: why? Even but for making a hole in Saul's mantle. It is strange, that his heart that (one would thinke) should have sp [...]oong for joy, that he did no more but that; falls to strike, and to beat him for doing but that: instead of exultation, that he had done well, done the King no harme; a palpitation, a pang or passion of feare takes him, lest he had done more then he could well answer. And, it is the more strange, the great valiant David, one of the nine Worthies, whom neither the beare daunted nor the lion; who without all [...]eare encountred the giant great Golias, and smitt him downe; whose heart served him, fainted not then: heere, for doing I wote not what, a shredd of Saul's man­tle, it serves him not; but beates and throbbs, as, in feare, it is usuall for the heart to doe.

Bonarum mentium est (saith Gregorie:) Good minds will sometimes feare and acknow­ledge a fault, where none is. Peradventure David doth so; is more scrupulous, then needs. Nay indeed. For, to doe but this, to the garment of any private man, such as our selves, to cutt or to marre it, is a trespasse (I take it) and will beare an action. And if so; then must it needs be a higher, a more heynous offense to offer it, to any the King's robes; to mangle or deface them in any sort. The materiall part of it, cannot (sure) be justified. Onely the formall part (as in Schooles we speake) non tam quid, quam quo animo, that may in some sort seeme to qualifie his act, and helpe to excuse him; that he did it, with no other minde, nor to no other end, but, by the little shredd taken of, to make it appeare, he did not so much as he could have done, if his minde had been so badd to Saul, as Doëg and such as he, would faine make him beleeve: teste vel seg­mento hoc, which he gave in, by way of evidence (verse 12.) When I cutt of this lapp, I killd thee not; as, going a little farther, I might have done: Might have done, but did not. Might have gone otherwise to worke: with a sword and not a knife; with the point, and not the edge; thrust, and not cutt: or, if cutt, taken away a collop of his flesh, as well as a corner of his cloke. Yet, for all this, though his heart were privy to no evill entent, it smitt him though. For, in cases touching the King so neere, it is not enough to say, I meant not that, but this. So, a fault it was; and, as for a fault, his heart smitt him.

There is no smiting, but for a fault. Specially, not of the heart. For, the heart strikes not us, but it is it selfe stricken first. And if you aske, who strikes it? that doth GOD: for, this (of the heart) is nothing els, but the reverberation of GOD's stroke, His knock at our hearts, to fore-thinke us of what we have done amisse, when we have cutt where we should not.

And it is no light fault, the heart suffers for. The heart is the chiefe part, and the blow of it is the greatest blow. Give me (saith the Wiseman) [...], eny stripe any griefe,Eccles. 15.57. rather then the griefe of the heart. Cardiaca passio is the worst passion of all. Ther­fore, as a fault; so, no light fault it was.

2. Sam. 24.10.We may patterne it with the numbring of the people, after. Then, it smitt him, too; and then he cried, Peccavi valdè: and the same reason is of both, as misgiving him in both, he had in both done farre otherwise then he should. But this (heer) was the first blow, Psal. 105.15. the first discipline given him, as if he had gone too neer Saul; as if Nolite tangere did reach further then the person, even to the robes Royall.

Luk. 18.15.And heerein is his contrition. For, we use to strike our brests with the Publican, be­cause we cannot come at our heart to strike it, for not striking us, when we made a fault. But, when the heart needs not be stricken for it, when it strikes us first, when we feele plagam cordis (as Salomon calls it,1. King. 5.38. in expresse words) upon making a fault; that our heart correct us, gives us discipline for it; then is our pennance begun, then is our Contriti­on in a good way.

Now Good Lord, if but for a slit in Saul's cloke, his heart went and came thus; how would it have taken on, how contrite would it have beene, if his hand had happened to swerve a little, and done him any hurt! How many blowes then, what sharp pen­nance for that!

Will ye now lay these together. How scrupulous, how full of feare David was, good [Page 867] [...], in that world: Not his mantle or cloke; not an edge of it. And how [...] a [...]dicious, how past all feare some are growen in this: Not cutt (now) but thrust: [...], cutt through cloke, coat, skin and all. And, their heart never smites them [...]. Nay there be, whose hearts would have strooken them, they had strooken no [...] his, that he had hitt the tooth, and missed the throat: and that, if the knife [...] in their hands, would have cutt his skirts so close, the blood should have [...] downe the reines of his back.

[...]; David (in effect) saith thus. It was a lesse matter farre, that I did, then lay­ing hands on Saul: If you will be ruled by me, meddle not so much as with laying hands [...] mantle: if you had felt such a blow at your heart, as I did at mine, you would [...]. What? not mittere manum in illum? nay, not in pallium illius. Never talke [...] [...]persion: So farre from that, as not to the very corner, but of his cloke.

[...] this is the remove I told you of at first. Thus did GOD suffer this à minore ad [...] to fall out in this first attempt upon a King, that we might inferre thereof a fur­t [...]r matter, and yet no other then our SAVIOVR CHRIST's own inference. May [...] man put a knife in Saul's rayment? by this blow of the heart (heere) it seemes he [...]ay not: May he not? and is not the bodie more worth then the rainment, Matt. 6.25. ô ye of little [...].

Away, this we may compt of and so conclude this point: that, he whose heart did thus smite him for doing this; he would not do that, his heart smitt him for, if it were [...] againe. Not go thus farre, since he felt it at his heart, his going but thus farre; though nothing so farre, as his men would have had him. And so much for percussio [...] David's contrition.

All this while we goe but upon collection; feele but by his pulse,VER VII. 2. David's con­fession. how his heart [...] Will ye have an ore tenus, a full and a flatt confession from him, heare him di­ [...]ctly speake his mind to this very point, of laying hands on Saul; and give you the tree reason, why he did it not; why, neither they, nor any should ever doe it? That [...]llowes now in the third verse.

But first, let me tell you, this cutt of David's was not well taken, of either side.What Davids men thou [...]ht of it. David (we see) thought not well of it: No more did his men. He, that he had done so much: They, that he had done no more. Evidently to be gathered, that his men when they saw, he made no more of their motion then so, that he came backe with his [...]ife in one hand and a snip of Saul's mantle in the other, and his knife had no blood o [...] it; and that he had done as much as he would doe, and no more was to be looked [...] at his hands (for, he looked like one heart-striken, that, if it had been now to doe, w [...]ld not have done that, neither:) they fell into a rage, a mutinie, a plaine rising; as r [...]olved, if he would not, they would: If it were not good in his eyes, in theirs it was. It [...] not an end of a mantle should serve their turne; they would make him sure for ever g [...]ng his way: as knowing, if he went away, he would prove worse then ever, as (in­ [...]eed) so he did. So, when David was downe, his men were up.

Heere now, is there a second danger toward Saul, from David's men, 2. Saul's second danger: David's mens commotion. a multitude ready to rise and runne upon him. Plaine: for, it is said in the next verse expresly, [...] suffered them not to rise. Which could not be said properly, unlesse they were on rising. But, an insurrection there was toward, and at Saul they would have beene, [...] no [...] David interposed, and opposed himselfe, with these words which now follow, [...] with those words overcome them, and stayed them, that they did not rise.

So that, the words we now come to, serve for two purposes. Not so much for an [...]logie for himselfe, that he did it not (though, that they doe too:) as for a Disswasive, David's disswa­sive to them. [...] to them; and in them, to us, and to all, that none should ever attempt it. [...] even now, how evill his heart brooked it: you shall heare (now) his mouth [...] it, ever to hold that for good, that seemed good in their eyes.

[...] a flat denyall it is. But, that is not so much: the manner of it, is all. It is not [Page 868] soberly and coldly. No, I will not doe this thing. No: but it is with very much vehe­mencie, as the manner of men is, when they speake in great passion. If ye marke it, it is with short turnes: GOD forbidd: What, Do this? To my liege Lord? To GOD's An­nointed? lay my hands on him, and he GOD's Annointed? A pawse, at every word; a [...] if he were halfe out of breath, as if his heart did beate still. Weigh them a little: [...]. There is not, in the Hebrew; there is not in any Tongue, so earnest, so pas­sionate an abnegation, abjuration, abrenunciation, as it: It was the word they used, when they rent their clothes at blasphemie. We turne it, as our Tongue will beare, as the poverty of it will suffer us. To turne it to the quick, there is more in it, then can in any one phrase be expressed. So, not being hable to do it in one, the Interpreters have assa [...]ed to do it in more then one. Every one, as their own Idiome will best beare. The Lord keep me from doing this thing (saith ours.) So, it is of the nature of a prayer against it. [...], Out upon it, Away with it, By no meanes; Or [...] (saith the Greek:) ne­ver let me, let any, never let it be done. So, it is an utter detestation. Absit mihi à Do­mino (saith the Latine) Never let me come where GOD hath to do, Accursed be I of GOD, all evill come to me, if ever I do as you would have me. So, is it a bitter execra­tion. It beares all. Vnder one, it is both a hearty deprecation or prayer against it, a deepe detestation, and a fearefull execration, if ever he be brought to do it, to lay hands on Saul. These three will amount to an oath of Allegiance at least.

You will say, heer is passion indeed; but it is reason, and not passion, must carrie things when all is done.The reasons of it. Nay, heere is reason too, and reason upon reason, couched in these words, why not to do it, Domino meo, first; To his liege Lord, or Sovereigne: Not to him.1 Domino meo. Then, if that wil not hold, Christo Domini, To the Lord's Annointed, not to him: That will. Christo Domini. For, two he alledges; Domino, and Christo Domini; The first is from the earth, earth­ly; Domino meo his earthly Lord. The second, Christo Domini; Domini, is the Lord from heaven. The first he stands not on: this second, that, he stands on; that, he iterates once and againe, setts up his rest upon that: as indeed, when we have studied all that ever we can, we shall never be hable, to finde a more forcible. It can never be answe­red, if we care either for heaven or earth, Christus or Dominus, CHRIST or GOD; any thing at all. It cannot be; the Lord of heaven should ever endure (where his hand hath been, to annoint) any hand should be, to violate, to do any violence to that partie. Do but see how he utters it: Lay hands on him? and he GOD's annointed? and so breakes of, as if he held it for a foule indignitie, for a grosse absurdity in reason, once to question it. So, for laying hands but on his mantle, David's heart checked him: But, for laying hands on his person, that is past cor poenitentis, it is vox clamantis that, [...], Absit; farr be it from me; GOD forbid; Never that, never.

Will ye now observe how, in this speech, he returnes upon them & their three mo­tives? God forbidd (saith he) to that, for which they alledged Dixit Dominus. To their God said? he sayes, GOD forbidd: answers Dominus dixit with Dominus interdixit. Of which GOD said, No, no, GOD forbidd, and that [...], forbidd with a curse. And what GOD did then forbidd, he doth forbidd still; what, to him he did forbidd, he doth to us (to every good body, that cares either for his bidding or forbidding it.) They that lay their hands care for neither. Do that, which (as we use to say) is against all GOD's forb [...]dd.

Then, for inimicum tuum, he replies to that with Christum Domini: opposing, as his GOD forbidd, to Dominus dixit; so, the Lord's Annointed, to his enemie, to weigh down that. And so it doth: there is, there will ever be more vertue in Christum Domini, to keepe him alive, then in any inimi [...]um tuum, any enmitie in the world, to destroy him.

Last, where they say Ecce trad [...]m in manus, He is now even putt into your hands; but not mitter [...] manum (saith he) not to lay any hands on him. So that, for all Dominus d [...]xit, or i [...]imicum tuum, or Ecce tradam in manus, David is still where he was, answers with reason, every part of their reason; GOD forbid, for any of them, or for all them, S [...]ul should have any harme, but go his way quietly for him. And this for his Con­fession.

[Page 869] [...], you will remember I told you,3 David's satis­faction. all this was spoken not so much for David's [...] why he did it not; as to let them see a good ground, why they should not do it; to [...] from rising. For, rising they were, Rising (say the LXX.) [...], to have [...] Soul. They starting up (as it were) in a kind of indignitie, that David had thus [...] them, to do that themselves, which they hoped, he would have done, but did [...] for, done it should be, if not by him, by them; that was resolved.

[...], had David had any edge to Saul's making away, heer now was another, a [...] faire opportunitie offered it selfe: as plausible a pretense as he could have [...] [...]ave let Saul been taken away in a militar tumult, a mutinie of Souldiers. As [...], he had refused it, he had good witnesse of it: if they rose rudely and ranne [...] him, what could he do withall? it was their fault, not his; he had no hand in it. [...] in all this, he shewed himselfe a most loyall subject, in thus putting himselfe [...] Saul and them; in taking paines and even striving till he had appeased them▪ [...] sheweth plainly, his heart was upright in all this businesse, in saving the [...] life now secundò. Els, what he listed not to do himselfe, he might have lett [...] do.

So then: do it he will not; nor suffer it to be done, neither: neither per se, nor per [...], by himselfe, or any other: thought it not enough to say, I will have no hand in i [...]; but neither his owne, nor any man's hand els, if he can stay it. Not onely Absit [...], but absit à meis: first and last, Absit (saith David) to both. Not, non faciam one­ly, let not me do it: but [...] ne fiat, let not any, let it not be done. And what? not onely not mittere manum, but mittere de manu or de manibus (rather) send him out of [...] hands, send him away safe. To this second end, were these words spoken by him, [...] (as the Text is) directed to his men; to quiet them, and not onely to cleer himself. [...] to David's victorie.

[...] vicit verbo hoc, and he even overcame them with these words, saith the Text.II. The second deliverie. [...]cce abijt. [...], is David's victorie. But, if he overcame them, then was there a strife. So, he [...] strove to save Saul. And if he suffered them not to rise, then were they bustling up at [...]st, and ready to have risen.

The text-word in the Hebrew, is full of force: [...], it is to cleave properly, or to rive in sunder. So, either they were clustering (as the manner is in mutinies, to runn toge­ther on an heap) and he made them shedd and sever themselves, and returne to their pla­ces againe. Or ye may referr it to their hearts, that with these words were even smit­ten or cleft quite, and broken of their purpose, for proceeding any further in so bloudy in enterprise. Their motion did not so much as enter into him; his, did into them: [...]red into them, and as his heart smitt him, so, he smitt theirs; smitt them, and even [...] them; made them leave, and let go their resolution quite, and let Saul go.

The LXX. say, [...] that is, he perswaded them with these words: (the best overcom­ [...]ng ever, by words, by perswasion.) Overcame them (our Text turnes it;) and so Da­ [...]d had heer a victorie: Nay a double victorie. 1 Over himselfe, one: and that is a great one: Great Victors have failed of it. 2 Over his men, another; He kept them [...]. And so, by these two, saved the King twise. And many victories he had; but of [...] all, none like this: this the greatest. For in those other, he but slew his enemies; [...] in this heer, without a drop of bloud shed, he saved his Prince's life. And now, this victorie obteined, David and his men are agreed; and they are satisfied, not to rise, but [...], and let Saul rise quietly, and go his way. By which, some amends was made him [...] the peece of his mantle. This, for David's satisfaction, and for his Victorie both in [...]. For, this victorie was (in a sort) his satisfaction, and served for it.

And now we have sett the King safe, that he may go when pleases Him, would I begg a little leave to returne to David's words; to his spell (if I may so call it) to this [...] word [...]: that David did not onely smite, but even cleave his men's hearts. [...] what axe did he this? (for, it is the act of an axe properly:) Even with these [...]; (they were David's axe:) Shall we do this? shall we so? lay hands on him? [...] be God's Annointed? and the edge of his axe were these two, Christus Domini; [Page 870] they did the seat; all the force was in them. And (indeed) of great force they see­med to David, Chap. 26.9.11.16. 2. Sam. 1.14.16. and were of great use with him, came from him oft. To his compa­nies, heer. To Abisai (a chapter after.) To the Amalekite (the next Book after. I. Chap.) Twise, heer Thrise, to Abisai: Twise, to the Amalekite. Seven times in all. And still, nothing but Christus Domini; as if they had been a kind of Spell, to charme any from rising, to any such end.

And (sure) a marvelous energie there seemes to have been in these words. David's men (heer) were rising: these words kept them down, they rose not. Abisai after, he was even striking: they stayd his hands, he strook not. David himselfe, he was but thinking a thought that way, they smitt his heart, made it to ake, made him give over.

Now, when I fall to consider what vertue these two words had in those times, to hold men's feet from rising; their hands from striking; yea, their very heart from thinking any such thought; O I am forced to wonder, they should not have in our times the force they then had. David could not overcome some men now: his men would rise, do what he could: feet, hands, and heart, flie loose now, these words notwithstanding. They have not the power to breake men, men have rather the power to breake them.

2. Sam. 23.18. David's men were brave Souldiers; Abisai, one of his three Worthies: Himself more worthy then they all. Power they had, to stay these so many men of armes: and have not now the power to make a seely Frier hold his hands. What is become of their vertue now? Of the cleaving force they then had? It should seem, David's men were other gates men then many (I will not say of our Souldiers, but) of our Iesu­ites and Friers, are of late: had magis subacta pectora, brests of a better mold; had, at times, been brought by David to know what GOD was, what it was to be GOD's Annointed, Psal. 116.15. Chap. 26.9. how precious their bloud was in his sight, how no man could lift up his hand against them, and be innocent. So, they soon tooke an impression of this his absit so passionately, so pithily (withall) delivered by him.

Men's brests are now made of a tougher metall, the words meet with harder hearts in the Cloyster (now) then heer they did in the Camp. Some men's hearts (now) leave not striking them, till they have stricken Saul to the heart. Turne David's Absit mihi à Domino, into Adsit mihi à Domino facere rem hanc: turne his execration into a prayer, nay into many prayers, rosaries, and masses, for GOD's assistance, to an act, which his very soule abhorreth. And this is the reason. The words are not rebated; they have not lost their edge: but, men have instead of hearts now, flint-stones. Els, the words being the same, the same effect would still follow, if the hearts also were the same.

For, the same effect doth still follow, in all, whose hearts God hath touched, on whom the Spirit of God is come. For, where the Spirit of God is, there the word of God will worke: and where it workes not, we may safely say, there is no Spirit to worke on.

1. Chro. 12.18.To trie then, on whom the Spirit of God is come, there comes to my mind a praeg­nant place (it is the XII. of I. Chron.) full to this point, and it will even bring us home to our own text againe: Amasa there, when the question was asked, whom they would take part with, he and his: cried, Thine are we ô David, and on thy side thou sonne of Isai. And it is there in expresse termes affirmed, that the Spirit of God came upon him, that made him thus to crie. If then the same Spirit of God be upon us, that was upon him,1. Sam. 13.14. it will make us take up the same words, Thine are we, and on thy side ô Da­vid: Thou hast a testimonie in holy Writt, to have been a man according to God's own heart: what was in God's heart, was in thine: then are we to think, say, and do, as thou diddest, and so the Spirit of God is upon us, indeed.

Will we then be as David, with him, on his side? (If GOD'S Spirit be upon us, we will:) now come we to our text. For, heer is in this our text, a vive anatomie, of David in each part: his eye, his hand, his heart, his mouth and all.

1. His eye, full of compassion to Saul his Sovereigne. It was not good in his eyes, to [Page 871] [...] any hurt; good to spare him. Pepercīt tibi oculus meus (11. verse.) There [...] eye.

[...]. His hand not hable to stirr, not mittere manum in Christum Domini, to lay eny [...] him. O ne sit manus mea super te, he twise cries (13.14.) Let not my hand be [...] thee. There is David's hand.

3. His heart smote him (we see) for putting but his knife into the edge of Saul's [...]. There, is David's heart.

4. His mouth: from that we heare vox clamantis, Absit mihi a Domino, with great [...] of passion. There is David's mouth.

5. So sayes David: and will ye heare how he sings? Heare it upon his harp? [...] his heart and harp agree; heare him say it and sing it both? Ye may: For, to [...] for ever this day in memorie, he made a Psalme of Saul's being in the cave heer, and of his scaping out of it: And gives it this title, destroy not; no not in the cave: [...] not. By this meanes to sing into his mens minds, their duty in this point. And not into theirs alone, but into the hearts and minds of all posteritie; not to give their wayes to destroy Kings: No, though they have them in a cave, as these had Saul. Even there, to sing destroy him not. Ne perdas, in the cave, is worth all.

So have you David at full: if any be of his side, thus to see, and say, and sing, and thinke, and doe. —Sic ille oculos sic ora ferebat. If you would know, what his heart beleeveth touching this point, percussit eum cor; that, gave him a shrewd check, for bu [...] a shred taken of Saul's cloke: he beleeves, he did not well in it. If what his mouth confesseth, Absit mihi facere rem hanc. Absit, saith his mouth; Ne sit, saith his hand; Ne fiat saith his heart; Ne perdas, saith his harp. All keepe time, all [...] one way; this way, all.

It seemed not good in his eyes to doe it: that, is the text: Nor, to his hand, Let not that be upon him. Nor to his mouth, he spitt it out with an absit. Nor [...] his heart; least of all to that, that for a lesse matter, for but drawing his knife, though without minde of drawing a dropp of bloud, fell on beating, and cast him into a cardiack passion. And eny, who thinking but a thought that way, if his heart smite not him, let him smite it hardly. Els is he not according to David's; and so, not to God's heart.

Thus have our eares heard of a King delivered in the Text And the like may our eyes see, of a King delivered on this day. Sicut audivimus, sic & vidimus, III. The Ecce of this our day. Psal 48.8. is the Psalme: but Plus vidimus quàm audivimus, may it truly be sayd of this day of ours. I report me to You, if it may not: if there be not a greater Ecce; nay, many greater Ecce's on this day, then on that.

Many wayes (I know) the ballance is even. Kings, both: in danger, and dan­ger of Ecce tradam, both. Both, in a cave (for, all caves are not under ground; some above staires.) And, of a knife, or worser then a knife, both. And of a tumultuous rising, both: and yet both preserved from both. Thus farr, even. But then, in other points, they are not: No, nor even in these. For, weigh them well, and Saul wilbe found (as Balthasar was) Tekel, minus habens: too light in the ballance.Dan. 5.27. and this of ours to over-weigh, to weigh him and all his downe, many waies.

To reflect a little on this. I have sayd a great deale; I have sayd nothing, if nothing be sayd of this. It is the life of all. If, of the twaine, the Ecce dies of this day, be the greater, if more Ecce's upon it: The more of them, the more Behold's, the more beholden are we to God: the more mervailous His mercies have beene to us, the more plenteous our thanks to be to Him for them.

The Ecce dies, is as the Ecce diei. Ever, the more remarkeable the day, the [...] the things are so, that happen upon it. The Ecce diei is of two sorts: 1 Ecce [...], 2 Ecce abijt Rex. Tradam, the deliverie into the danger: Abijt, the [...] from it.

[Page 872]And, ever this we hold, the worse the Tradam (that is, the danger;) the better the Abijt, the escaping from it: and the better it, the more is our joy; and the more our joy is, the more our thanks should ever be, Iehova Liberatori. And O that such an Ecce might be on our thanks, as there is on the day, as it and the Ecce's of it do well deserve at our hands.

1. To shew then, the Tradam is worse; I beginne with the Tradent, or Tra­ditor. Ecce tradam, Behold I will deliver him; it is GOD that saith this: this was GOD'S doing, Saul's deliverie into. Heer is no trecherie in the Text. In­to the cave he came of his owne accord; was casually found there, not guilefully drawen thither. So, was it not to day; but the King trained thither most treache­rously. Ecce; Behold then, it is farr worse, when wretched men by wicked alluring meanes, shall those one meaning no harme at all, into a secret corner as evill as Saul's cave every whit; and there set on him. Worse, I say; for heer, the Devill betrayes; GOD delivers not. Suffers, I graunt; but is not agent in it. GOD never co-operates with treason. So then, no day (this) de quo dixit Dominus: rather de quo dixit diabolus, a day (in respect of them and their trecherie) of the De­vill's owne bespeaking. This then the first odds, that A Domino factum est illud, a Diabolo factum est hoc: that of GOD'S; this of the Devill's owne tradam: and so the Traditor worse (I am sure) with an Ecce.

And, who was delivered? Inimicum tuum, an enemie in the Text. Some reason, in that. Saul was so indeed, David's enemie. You were not theirs: they were Yours, without a cause. Nay, cause to the contrarie: Nay, [...]u­ses more then one. And, in that regard, worse. Worse, to deliver an innocent, then a deadly enemie.

And delivered whither? The text is, into a cave. Where Saul (indeed) saith, he was shutt up: but to say truth, simply he was not so: the cave's mouth was open, he might have come forth, his men might have come to him at his call. But, with us, in our cave, the King was secundùm literam in the literall sense, shutt up indeed. Many locks and doores fast upon him, no going out for him, no comming in for others. The worse his case. Nay, a worse could not be. So doth the Holy Ghost describe the hardest case of all,2. Reg. 14.26. by these three. 1 Conclusus, 2 derelictus, 3 & non erit auxiliator. All three, heere: shutt up, quite left, none to help. In farr worse taking, then ever was Saul in the cave.

There is no hurt in a cave, if there be no hurtfull thing in it: But David saith in the Psalme, Psal. 57.4. his was; and sure it is, Your soule was there among Lions. The text is, Tradam in manus tuas: Tradam in manus; I aske, into whose hands? for, in danger, it is ever good lighting into good hands. Into what hands light You? No comparison, there. Saul light into David's hands: His in manus tuas, were David's, and David's were gentle hands. His heart smitt him, for doing but so much, as You have heard. If their heart smit them this day; it was not for doing so much, but for doing no more. David was tou­ched with his duty to his Sovereigne, stricken with the Majestie of Christus Domini: These, they trode under foote, Dutie, and Majestie, and Christus, and Dominus, and all. Nothing like David; quite contrarie, worse with an Ecce.

Nay, not like David's men. For first, in the Text, heer is a dispute between them and David, and the parties divided. Saul the more likely to scape: as he did. Where the enemie is divided, the danger the lesse. But to day, in the King's, no de­bate at all. It was concuslum in causâ, resolved on both sides long before, what to doe with him; if ever they gott him. No way but one, then.

Againe, David's men (how ever evill minded at first, yet) after relented, were overcome. These of the day, of farr another Spirit; their malice invincible. Da­vid's mens overcomming was with words: Heer, it came to blowes and to gripes, and all would not serve. David's men, they were overcome willingly and did yield: These were overcome too (thanks be to GOD) but it was maulgre their wills, they never yielded till they both lay dead on the floor. The more the parties, the more their hands such, the more your perill: the more it, the more the faire grace of GOD, you escaped such parties hands.

[Page 873] [...] & facies illi; what was done. At Saul there was a knife drawne; or rather, not [...] but, at his mantle. A dagger, not at your mantle, but at You. Betweene these [...] dagger and a knife, there is some odds; but certainly betweene a dagger's point, [...] edge, there is. And, this was Your case.

[...] what to do with it? (that setts it further yet.) To do nothing to Saul, and, no [...] to his mantle: left a peece of that behind. His dagger, with farr another [...] at farr another mark, then David's knife. More was sought heere. You to [...] then so. What talke we of a peece? I would a cloke, I would a whole [...] [...]ould have served the turne, would have satisfied them, or excused You. No cloke- [...], heer. Your best blood was sought; Your brest aimed at; and not the edge, but [...] point bent, and too neere You.

[...], to be short, for the last point, Bonum in oculis. No more then a shredd, seemed [...] is his eyes; no lesse then Your life, seemed good in theirs.

Thus every way from point to point, the Ecce still greater, in Tradam, the deliverie [...] In Ecce abijt, in the delivery from, how holds it there?

In his extremitie, Saul found one yet to crie Absit, to deliver him. Never an Absit, [...] Never a one? Yes: one there was, and that a strong one. When that wretched cre [...]ture, that was set to do the fact, in a sort hindered it for once. But, so faint a one it was, as that would not serve, as David's did Saul. GOD was faine to stepp into David's room: And, when there was never a tongue on earth to say it, to say it from heaven; thence to give the true [...], Ne siat, I will not have it done. From heaven He sent You helpe; not by the cave's mouth, but miraculously another way; by them that [...], whither they went, but unwittingly were ledd by GOD, to the place of your [...].

Let me see: at the most, there were but two attempts against Saul. So, he scaped [...]. Two and two against You: Twise and twise escaped Your Majestie, foure times i [...] all; foure distinct dangers, and as many preservations. 1. That of him that stood [...]eady armed: 2. That of the dagger of the first: 3. That of the sword: Nay (more then one) Ecce duo gladij, of the second brother. 4. And, that of the popular tumult, worst of all. These were but upon rising, in the Text; they rose not: They, were not upon rising, but were risen up indeed. So, two Ecce's more in Yours.

And, of all this perill, Saul had no sense at all. Awake he was, but he might even as well have been asleep. Of all that was said, he heard not a word: Of all that was done he perceived nothing; had an easy escape, he. So was it not with Your Majestie. You heard and saw all, and felt somwhat of that, was said, and done; escaped the perill, but [...] the fright and feare, oftentimes worse then the perill it selfe.

Vpon the matter, in Saul's, somewhat was offered to be done, but nothing acted: No doing. Heer, there was doing: doing and suffering, both.

In Saul, it never came to manum mittere, not on his person: hands were laid on his [...] his person, that not touched. Yours was: hands were layd, blood was drawne, [...] on your jaw, the hurt on your hand remained to be seene a good time after. So, Saul's comes not home; falls short in every point. More Ecce's in Yours, Your day, Your danger, Your deliverie: the more of them, the more is GOD still to be magni­fi [...] by You, and by us all.

All fell out well in the end though, with both. It was meant, you should neither have risen; Saul, nor You. You both rose. And, either of you went viam suam: [...], not eorum, but suam; went not the way, they would have sent you, the wrong [...], but viam suam, your owne, the right way, the way of safety and peace. And thus [...] Saul's danger, and thus Yours: Thus the Text, and thus the day.

[...], Yours ended not so. The goodnesse of GOD stayed not there. Yours had a [...] another, a further, a greater Ecce yet, beyond that of Saul. There, as Saul went [...], So did his enemies their way too: He scaped them, and they him. Non sic [...] sic: It was not so with Yours. You scaped them, they scaped not You. Psal. 1.4. Quia [...] [...]imici tui Domine, Ecce inimici tui: For, Lo thine enemies ô Lord, Psal. 92.10. lo thine enemies [Page 874] shall perish (and so they did;) and all the workers of wickednesse shall be destroyed (and so they were:) Misit manum in man [...] mittentes, He stretched his hands against them that stretched theirs against You. And because their hearts smitt not them in this so foule an attempt, they were smitten to the hearts, the sword went through both their hearts. The very place they had designed for Yours, became to them the place of their perishing: perishing heere, and perishing aeternally. The day of which they sayd, Now is the day come, it came indeed; but came, and proved a dismall day to them: the rubrick of it written in their owne bloud, with an Ecce; the last Ecce of all, Behold our fearefull end, and let every one feare to doe the like.

They sayd not Absit nobis à Domino: GOD therefore sayd Absit Dominus à vobis. And so He is; He from them, and they from Him, as farr as the bottome of the nethermost hell, is from the topp of the highest heaven.

And ever the same hand of GOD be so layd on them, that shall offer to lay hands on GOD'S Annointed. So may they all shutt their eyes, as many as it shall seeme good in their eyes, to doe the like. So, may their hearts be smitten, that ever hatch in their hearts eny thought that way tending. And the faithfull mercies of David be upon them,Esai. 55.3. whose eye and hand, heart and tongue, shall see, & say, and thinke, and doe, as he did. And let the King live, live yet many yeares, to see the renewing of this blessed day, and to refresh the memorie of God's mercies, upon it, shewed him; and in him, shewed us all.

And now to returne to the beginning. We may (I trust) now say, Ecce dies ve­nit, Behold the day is come, with a higher accent. A day, in regard of the deliverie into their hands, de quo dixit diabolus: but in regard of the deliverie from them, de quo dixit Dominus, which GOD did bespeake. Bespeake, but in a better sense: not thus; in quo tradam in manus: but rather in quo eripiam de manibus: not de­liver You into, but to deliver You out of their hands. And yet, it is dies in quo tradam too: but the edge turned toward them. Not, in quo tradam te illis; but in quo tradam illos tibi: not deliver you into your enemie's; but deliver your ene­mies into Your hands. The beginning was, they made full accompt, You had been given over into theirs; and that the good should have beene in their eyes. The end, as is happily proved, they were given into Your hands, and the good was in Yours; removed thither: And you have done, and they suffered what was good, not in their, but Your owne eyes: heaven and earth approving it and rejoicing at it.

Now then, as if they had done to You, that was good in their eyes, it had made many weeping eyes, it had been Ecce dies funestus: so, seeing they have suffered what was good in Yours and even in God's eyes, and thereby made many a gladd heart, shall it not be Ecce dies festus;Psal. 118.15.16. a day of ioy and health in the dwelling of the righteous; wherin the right hand of the Lord had the praeminence, the right hand of the Lord brought this mightie alteration to passe? As they meant it, it had beene a day, the devill had marred: Psal. 118.24. as it fell out, this was a day that the Lord hath made, and let us reioice and be glad in it, with the voice of ioy and thanksgiving among such as keepe holy day.

Holy (I say:) for let God have the honour of the day, for setting so many Ecce's up­on it. For which, all daies, but specially as the day it selfe returnes, we to make re­turne of our thanks upon it. Even upon it, upon this day, for this day, for the many Ecce's of this day; to God the Author of them, for the King and his safetie, the sub­iecta materia of them; for the Ecce surrexit è spelanc â, his rising out of the cave, in effect as good as his rising out of the grave, or (as David in this Psalme calls it) his de­livery from the Lyon's den:Psal. 57.4. thence he rose: And for Ecce abijt viam, that a way was made him, that he was not made away, but that his way he went. Then went, and many [...] way since hath gone, and many more may still goe, and the Angel of the Lord take [...] of him to keepe him in all his wayes, Psal. 91.11. and the Lord Himselfe preserve his going [...] and comming in from this time forth, for evermore.

[Page 875] [...] is a Psalme (as I sayd) the LVII, purposely sett (of his being there in the [...] scaping thence:) the Psalme is like the day; represents it fitly. The forepart [...] full of danger and feare: Miserere mei Domine, miserere mei, Psal. 57.1.4. and My soule is [...] Lyons: well befitting You when You were under their hands. But the latter [...] the Catastrophe, full of joy and triumph. When You were gott out of the cave, [...] [...]ere now upon Your way, then it was (I trust) and ever will be as there it [...]: My heart is ready ô GOD, my heart is ready, I will sing and give praise: Psal. 57.7.8.9.10.11. [...] up my glorie, awake Lute and harp, I my selfe will awake up early: I will praise thee among the people, I will sing unto thee among the nations: For, thy mercie is great toward me, it reacheth even up to the heavens, & thy truth a­bove the clouds: Sett up thy selfe ô Lord above the heavens, and thy glorie over all the earth; as this day thou didst indeed. So, ends the Psalme, and a better end there cannot be. So, will we end, with glorie and praise, blessing and thanks, to all the three Persons of the glorious Trinitie: To whom for this day, and the Ecce of this day be ascribed this day all these, Even this day, and for ever.

A SERMON PREPA­RED TO BE PREACHED Vpon the V. of AVGVST, A. D. MDCXXIII.

GEN. CHAP. XLIX. VER. V. VI. VII.

Simeon et Levi fratres, &c

Simeon and Levi brethren in evill, the instruments of cruel­tie are in their habitations.

Jnto their secret let not my soule come; my glorie, be not thou joyned with their assembly: For, in their wrath, they slew a man, and in their self-will (or furie) they digged downe a wall.

Cursed be their wrath, for it was fierce; and their rage, for it was cruell: J will divide them in Iaakob, and scatter them in Israel.

I Have read you a Text, out of a peecè of Genesis: a part of Iacob's last words, before he went out of the world; or (as they call it) a Clause of his last Will and Testament. There is in it, a Censure upon a couple of his Sonnes. In which censure (I take it) I have read the destinie of another couple; in attempting (both) of a like soule de­signe, they as these, and these as they: As Sime­on and Levi, the brethren of the Text; so these two, the brethren of the day.

To open the case heer in the Text; (The day will open it self sufficiently.) You are to ima­gine, You see Iacob, being now about to go out [...] world, lying at the very point of death; lifted up in his bedd (for, so he was) his [Page 877] [...] before him, all twelve in order, according to their severall ages, as [...] [...]he world. He had somewha [...] to say to them (it should seeme:) and [...] these two (his second and third Sonnes) he called to mind a foule [...] [...]ommi [...]ted, upon Hemor and Sichem, and the whole Citie. Of which [...] before, at the XXXIIII. Chapter.

[...] it were done and past many yeares before, that it might seeme to have [...], yet it comes fresh to his mind, and troubles him (now) at the houre [...] The nature is such (ever) of the sinne of blood.

[...] of theirs, he did not thinke good to slipp over in silence; but, even then, to [...] of it; and to tell them his mind about it. No time to keepe it from them now. [...] to GOD; and so, stirred in Spirit, not to leave the world, till he had left [...] of his [...]eep dislike of attempts in that kind. It was the will of GOD: [...] not his eldest sonne Reuben, for a soule fact of another nature (for [...] either did he these two, for another, of blood-guiltinesse. Blood and Incest [...] of them.

[...], it might prove dangerous (he knew) if he did not declare his mind, and sett [...] upon that, and the like attempts; and that he could not discharge his [...] said nothing to it. That others therefore hearing of it, might feare to doe [...], he condemnes their counsell, with a Ne Veniat, Let never my soule come [...] counsell or companie: 2. Then layes his heavy curse on the fact it selfe, and [...] thirst of revenge, the cause of it. 3. And lastly censures them doubly for it: [...] herison, depriving them, and not them onely, but all their posteritie, for ever [...] of inheritance of their owne, as all the other Tribes had: 2 And then [...] t [...]em abroad up and downe all Israël. For, these are two distinct: To dis- [...] thing; and, 2 to scatter abroad, is another.

[...] is, Iacob their Father's curse,The Summe. and the dis-herison of these two brethren [...] [...]nd Levi; for consulting first, and after pursuing so wicked a counsell, as the [...] of Sichem.

[...] Poena will divide the Text; the fault; and the punishment. The Division In it doe but [...], to make the parts three; Simeon and Levi, the Parties, that made the [...] upon whom, the punishment came.

[...], was either the fact it selfe; or two weightie circumstances of it. 1 The I [...] they slew a man, they broke downe the wall. This for this fact, and for the two [...] it; First, that there was a meeting and consulting before, about the doing [...] [...]hen, that there was crueltie after, shewed in the doing of it. Consulting, and [...], before: Rage and fury, after.

[...] punishment, or censure is of two sorts: You may thus reduce them.II [...] one is a Church-censure: 2 The other, a Civill paenaltie, and so the sentence [...] Courts. 1 Maledictus, of one Court, that is Spirituall: And 2 Dispergam, of [...], that is Temporall.

[...] shall observe, all heer stands upon two's. 1 Simeon, and Levi: they, and [...] [...]die weapons. 1. In the Plott, two: 1 Counsell, and 2 Companie: whence [...] two, 1 his soule, and 2 his glory. 2. In the fact, two: 1 Murder, and [...]: done upon two; 1 Vpon the men, 2 and upon the very walls. 3. In the [...], two: 1 Anger, and 2 furie: and they two, two Epithets; the Anger 1 strong, [...]; and the Rage 2 indurate, in pursuing: killed the men; in their [...] downe walls, in their furie. 4. In the censure, two: 1 The Curse, 2 and the [...] One lookes backe; the other lookes forward: One, to the fact, the Curse: [...], to the persons, the Paenall part. In the Paenalty, two: 1 The dividing, and [...]; dividing their persons in the familie of Iacob; Scattering their [...] [...]he commonwealth of Israel.

[...] now the use, we have of it? Fi [...]st, the [...] comming to any such counsells; III [Page 878] [...] of [...] accurs [...], all such outrages, as this [...] se [...]ne it condemned in [...], and no [...] [...] [...]he [...]ea [...]hen: In Iewrie, by Kings [...]. By the Heathen, in the case [...] and [...] Proph [...]s, in the case of Absalon, and [...] in the c [...]se of Simeon and Levi. And all this [...] t [...]e Pro [...]hets, befor [...] the Law, long yer Mo­ses were [...] dayes: and (now) higher then Genesis, further then the [...].

[...] [...]ave heard to day, you shall heare a Patriarch lay his [...], but at the very point of death. All, [...] this i [...]; and how GOD will be sure to require it at [...] [...]re [...] to shedd blood. And, this was a good doctrine [...] bee [...]e [...]ver since,Esay. [...].7. till our [...]nhappie dai [...]; wherein, some that have [...] it, have scaped the Patriarch's Maledictus, and have much adoe to scape th [...] [...] [...]nedictus and being made Saints for it.

I. The Parties: two. SImeon and Levi are the Parties. He joines them together in the Processe, for so they were in the fact: ei [...]her, as deepe as other, and so, their causes proceeded in jointly.

Two they are▪ and two are more then one. It is hand in hand, this; a double-twi­st [...] cord. Pro [...]. 11.22. Hand in hand is the stronger: double, then single iniquitie.

[...].And, this is true of any two: but more yet of these two; for, these two are brethren, And, th [...]t [...] [...]ond of Nature and naturall affection, workes yet more strength. For, strong, [...]rov. 1 [...].19. [...] the barrs of a Palace, so is frater qui à fratre adjuvatur (saith Salomon.)

The first thing, that makes us muse, is, that Iacob calls these two Brethren, as if the rest were not so:Gen. 41. [...]2. were nothing of kinne to them. They were twelve brethren; them­selve [...] say so, [...]o Ioseph. But, not of whole blood, you will say. True: but, six of them (these two [...]ame [...], and foure besides) they had all the same father (Iacob) and the same mother (Lea.) And, why then these two, two brethren, and not they? We must se [...]ke out somwhat, wherein these two were, and the rest were not. And we will not stir [...]e a whit from the Text. They two were brethren (first) 1 in wearing of wea­pons of violence (in this verse:) and (in the next) brethren in wicked counsell: 3 and (third) in the rage of revenge: 4 And (last) in a bloody murder. And, as in these, that make up the fault; so, in the punishment. In all these, were these two, brethren; and these two onely: The other, nothing of kin to them, no fraternitie in these.

If R [...]bbi Salomon be right, that [...] in Greeke be all one with Mechera in He­brew; then it is the swords they were girt with, were weapons of violence. But if (as others take it) Mechera be a tent; then, it must be, the weapons of violence were to be [...]: that, in their tents they had them, though not at their sides. The [...] a more quiet disposition: [...] in wearing weapons. So were not these, but, their swords out, ready [...] upon every occasion. The other had weapons too, but not weapons of [...] they had; but, cruelty dwelt not in them. Weapons of cruelty then, it [...].

Why, [...] need, ha [...]e by his side, or in his house, weapons? Yes: But, [...]hese, [...] were [...]: of violence: and violence implies wrong, ever. [...]. All, even our very hands and members [...]. GOD never entended to arme injustice. [...]. [...] withall. The Law allowes no Chele [...] man to have [...] his hou [...]e, no [...] to weare them by his side. No [...] to p [...]iva [...]e [...] r [...]enge: [...] Mi [...]i vindicta [...], Revenge is GOD's, [...] and no m [...]ns, but whom GOD girdeth [Page 879] [...] of the words in Genesis, By man shall his bloud be shedd. But,Gen. 9.6. that man [...]: that sword hangs not at every mans girdle; nor is, by every hand to [...].

[...] one case onely, where the party would, and cannot stay for the Magistrate's [...] assailant comes on him so fierce and furiously, that either he must use it, [...], and yeild it to the rage of his enemie, being a private man, as himselfe. [...], if he cannot otherwise keep of violence from himselfe, it is lent him pro hâc [...]; and the use of it made lawfull, by the unwritten Law, the Law of Nature, [...] Yet (as we speake) cum moderamine inculpatae tutelae, or (as our Law) Se [...] never, but upon that occasion: and in that case, the sword is but a weapon [...] keep of violence. And out of that case, this one except, not to be allowed. [...] that carry the sword in their name (Gladiatores) we call them Fensers: and [...] themselves, their science, the Science of defense, that is, Skill to use their [...] to that end. For (ever) a Cherethite is eo ipso to be a Pelethite. These two [...]: their weapons, to defend and save: to deliver from wrong, to do none. [...] the sword, the weapon of cruelty, is to abuse the sword: Every abuse is naught: [...] [...]hese two, Brethren, non tam naturâ quàm nequitiâ, not so much in nature, as [...]. As, we know a place, where many such there be: no kinne at all by [...] sworne brethren they call themselves: making Sacramentum pietatis, [...]; binding themselves by the oath of GOD, to serve the Devill: As [...], whose feet are swift to shedd bloud. So, the Patriarch implies thus much:Esa. 59.7. [...] his sonnes, these two were by nature, of a revengefull, of a bloudy disposition. [...] were, so were their weapons. For, who will blame the sword, or lay any [...] weapon's charge? The weapon is, as the man is; as he will use or abuse it. [...], not violent, if he be not so, that weares it. But, these were so: and so, the [...] men, and not in the weapons. Brethren of bloud they were; and not so, but [...] bloud. And so passe we from this point.

[...] ghesse at their dispositions, not so much by their weapons, 1 In counsell. as by their [...] consilium eorum: He tells of a Counsell taken about it, where they met, and [...] to the other, their swords should do violence: their sister was wronged, they [...] revenged: and no revenge serve them, but death and destruction; death of [...], destruction of the towne, yea, of the very walls of it. It was a plot or [...] a very match made between them.

And w [...]at was their counsell? In dolo, deceitfully contrived. Marry they would [...], to Sichem; and all should be well, if they would be circumcised. Whereas, [...] [...]urpose was, when they were sorest of their circumcising, when the wound was at [...] they could not stirr; then, to sett upon them, and make a massacre of [...].

[...], Iacob cannot contein himselfe, but burst out, from such Matches GOD keep [...] very first, at the doing, Iacob misliked it: Misliked it then, and ever after; [...] now, at his death, he cries, Ne veniat, Never let my soule come among them, or [...] with them.

[...]oubled him much, at the time, it was done. He saw, he lost his reputation by it. [...] is the holy Patriarch! Heer be Impes of his breeding, and bringing up! [...] made him even stink (you will beare with it,Chap. 34.30. it is the Holy Ghost's word) [...] Nations round about.

[...] they put him in feare, and hazard of his owne, and all their lives. Very like [...] would all have been over-runn by the bordering people, but that GOD, [...] innocencie, even for his sake, sent His feare into the hearts of the Nations [...], that they pursued them not to death with the like crueltie. These were [...] present: but heer now, so many yeares after, he takes it on his death, [...] party nor privy to it. Never was he, to that; nor ever would be, to any [...] see by his so deeply detesting it, and protesting against it. For, it is, as if [...] say: I heer declare openly hefore GOD and the World, it went against my [...] this counsell of theirs: I had no hand in it, neither art nor part (as they say) [Page 880] [...] had, nor ever meant to ha [...]e: But was, and ever wilbe innocent from all that [...] to it, violence, counsell [...] or ever let [...]ny soule come among such.

And why not come in any such c [...]sell? For, where two or three are at counsell about any such matter, Inter [...] Diabolus e [...]t tertius, where two are consulting of any treachery,Luke 22. [...]. the Devill i [...] [...] third Misit Satanas in cor, was, in Iuda's, is the rule of all [...], the first motion, is (ever) from him: He, the prime Counselor of the [...]. And blame not Iacob, if he would not be one of, or one at any counsell of hi [...], [...] hi [...] soule at the end of any such treaty.

Thi [...]; on [...]heir parts, makes it the more heynous, that they did it not of any sodein pa [...]sion, [...] [...]onsultò, in cold bloud: slept upon it, rose upon it, were in it three [...] Did [...]ll advisedly of malice pretensed: mett about it; tooke counsell, how to [...] it,Psal 1.1. Iacob's twofold abhorring of it. 1 No [...] ve [...]iat [...] ­nima in consitil [...]. 2 Non sit gloria in [...] [...]orum. the [...]o [...]nsell of the ungodly: Putt off the execution, till after three dayes.

On Iacob' [...] part; two things he speaks of. 1 That neither his soule should ever come in such counsell: (So, it is a soule-matter; a counsell, and an act, which brings with it the hazard of the soule.) 2 Nor his glorie, or reputation: (so that, it is a thing which toucheth one's honour and reputation neer; a blemish to the glorie of a man.) As pollutes his soule, so taints his bloud; is the losse of both. To save both these, he doth (we see) and we must disavow all such counsell and Counsellers. All are bound un­der the same paine, to make the same protestation: to say the same Ne veniat anima mea, all that are of the Israël of GOD, Let never my soule come into any such counsell, lett never any such counsell come into my soule. Marke those two words: 1 his soule, and 2 his glorie: the two things of highest regard with all; 1 What shall become of our soules, 2 What Name we shall leave behind us. All, to think, that in such companie, they do but cast away their soules, they do but lose the honour of their name for ever.

And yet, a farther matter there is. For, marke these two words, Counsell, and As­sembly, Sod and Kahal: for, by them, two severall partakings he seemes to sett out. 1 One, [...] of their secret privy meetings, that is Sod. 1 The other is Kahal, which is any publique meeting or assembly of theirs; and namely their Church and Congregation. He speakes to his glorie, never to make one in any such assembly, never to be joyned to any such congregation: so, makes a matter of Religion of it. Never, of that Church, which shall give countenance, that there may be any meetings, to any such end. It is no Kahal, no church, no religion for Iacob, that favours any man that is so minded.

[...]If then we will like or dislike with the King and Prophet David, we must say Chalilali, GOD forbid, I should once lift up my hand to any such act. If we will like or dislike with the Patriarch Iacob, we must say, Ne veniat in consilium anima mea. You observe, the Patriarchs and the Prophetts agree well: Iacob's Ne veniat, with David's Absit mihi à Domino. Not onely to have cleane hands from it, not to lift them up, or stretch them out to the Act; but, a cleere soule: never once to consult, but to detest, not one­ly their consultations, but even the congregations of such consulters, that be that way given. Neither Civilly, nor Ecclesiastically; neither in Church nor Market (as they say) to haue to do with them.

And for a farewell to this point, let me tell you; there be, that interpret Iacob's speech, in this sense. Not, let not me, nor my soule be present, or partaker of any such; but, let not my soule or life, be the matter or subject of any such consultation: Ne trac­ten [...] de animâ meâ in consilio tali, ut sicut Sichemitis fecerunt, sic facerent et mihi: GOD keep my soule, save my life from any such Consultors, for ever comming to be treated or debated of, by any such. Let never any such meet in counsell, about my soule or me. Both will stand well: 1 Neither I, about any mans; 2 nor any, about mine: either, 1 to c [...]nsult about the life of any other; or, my life to be consulted of, by any other like them.

[Page 881] [...] the counsell we come to the fact, to the hatching of it.II. The Fact. There is too much in [...]; that was fault enough, if no fact followed: But, heer followed a fact too, [...] a foule fact. Which is of two sorts: expressed first in two words,1 Murder: Interfecerunt. 1 [...] suffoderunt, that is, Murder, and Burglarie: and two more; killed, whom? [...] a man, virum, in the singular, but one; the number doth but aggravate, the [...] one, one or more, both to be condemned.

[...], Iacob, in saying Virum, a man, meant but, and aymed but at one,Virum. [...] Virum: At quem virum? what man was it? Hemor the chiefe man, the [...] Lord of the Citie, and the territorie about. Of no great circuite [...] That comes all to one: But, being the Sovereigne Ruler and Lord, such a man [...] many men: that, in killing him, they may be said, in one to have killed many. [...] if Iacob thought, they might be quitt of the rest, so they had lett that man (the [...] [...]agistrate) alone.

[...] [...]hey killed more then one: Even every mother's sonne, all the males in the Citie. Chap. 34.25. [...] an outrage: not to leave a man to kill; to kill them all, as if they were but one [...] leave no one alive!

[...] why? what was the offense? Sichem had deflowred their Sister. Say,Gen. 34 2. there was [...] in Sichem: what, no remedie, but kill and slay him? But, if his were the fault, [...] alone be slaine. But, what was his father's fault? He, sought to make amends, [...], for the wrong done, and gave them a blanque for her Iointer, Gen. 34.11. Gen. 34.24. to put in [...] [...]hey would: Agreed to be circumcised, he and all his people: All that ever in [...] could be required. Why was he (then) slaine? For being his father. Nothing [...] alledged. But, all the men in the Citie, the poore people, what had they [...] [...]hey went about their businesse, medled nothing in the matter: Yet, they went [...], too. So, it is murder of many, and those many, innocents all. Innocent and [...] [...]ogether, to be swept away? shall the Iudge of the world doe it? Gen. 18.25. shall any Iudge [...] world do that, which the Iudge of the world would not doe? They said:Gen. 34.31. should [...] our Sister ▪ No: But, should he do it, and all they suffer for it? But, what [...] wives and children deserved, that they should be ledd captive, and all they had, [...] in house or field, taken for a prey, made spoile of, and carried cleane away? [...], what had the walls and houses hurt them, that not onely the house-walls, but even [...] -walls must be laid flat for it? Was there ever heard of a greater havock?

[...], so eager upon it they were, that, to committ the murd [...]r, 2 Burghlarie: Suffoderunt murum. they commit Burgh­ [...]e [...]: First, down with the house-walls, that after, downe with the men. So greedy to [...] breake downe walls, breake up houses, to make their slaughter. For, either it [...], they broke through the houses, to come at the men and kill them: Or, when [...] killed the men, they pulld downe the houses and all. Both (it may well be) [...]: But, one it must needs. And, that one, is too foule and barbarous.

[...], putt to the circumstances, which are ever of importance (specially in a [...] well worthy to be weighed, in a matter of fact. Heer was no warre, wherein [...] are done: (for, the name of warre covers many a foule fault.) But, warre [...] not; but a treaty of peace. So, they shedd the blood of warre (that is, that blood,1 King. 2.5. [...] but in warre should not be shedd:) made spoiles as in warre; razed downe [...] as in warre, and all this in peace.

[...], not onely a treaty of peace, but of a match and marriage, contracting affinitie, [...] league, of amitie perpetuall. Nay, of unitie in Religion, taking upon them [...] seale of the covenant. That, they violated all three, 1 Iura Faederis, 2 Connubij, [...]. And that, in all these, their counsell was fraudulent, Bemerma, [...] without [...] meaning, couloured onely with these three pretenses. Which they did not [...], but [...]bove all abused the holy 1 ordinance of Matrimonie, abused the [...], and made [...]he sacred Seale of righ [...]usnesse, a cloke for their badd and [...].

[...] s [...]eme to pretend [...]: But, [...]ven in justice; the rule i [...], pro mensurâ [Page 882] [...]ccati there should be plagarum modus. Heere was no measure kept. A whole citie [...], a whole Countrey spoild, all the men slaine, all the rest ledd away as prisoners; and [...]ll, for a fault, to which they [...] waies accessorie.

And that, all this they did, with a [...]ied of contempt of Iacob their father, and his au­tho [...]ty: never acquainted him wi [...]h it▪ never consulted him about it. He was bound not to come in their counsell: th [...]y were bound to come to him for his; who, if they had come, would have counsell [...] better.

The conclusion is: Reason they had none, nor colour of reason. Onely, it is said Bir [...]sonam, [...] for their will and pleasure, did they all this. A wretched pleasure, to take delight in so [...]icked a designe.

The Root of these: 1 Anger. 2 FurieTo this, [...] the root of all, sett out in two words, 1 Rage, and 2 Outrage, or An­ger and furie. That their anger shewed it selfe cruell; that their furie shewed it selfe [...]. [...] It was not Aph onely; that is anger; but Gebrath, which is past anger, gone beyond it; indeed, very furie. They did it furiously. And, that furie was hard, hard as stone; cast of all compassion, without pitie or mercie spared none; Not the poore people, that made no f [...]ult; not the women and children, but made booty of them: No, not the walls, but downe with them too. And (which is worst of all the rest) spared not GOD neither: did all these in the very act of Religion. If they had done it, when they were (yet) heathen men, it had been the lesse: but now, in their being circumcised to doe it, as they were comming on to be the people of GOD, and were within the Covenant, by receiving it already: Now to do it, inferreth well, Cursed be the wrath, yea thrise accursed, that outrage; for, the like was never heard. Anger (we know) is furor brevis: And, si gravis, brevis, being so vehement, it should not be long by course of nature: But, this was long too, continued; not to be satisfied, but implaca­ble; Nothing could appease them, or turne them from their outrage, till they saw walls and all lie fla [...] upon the ground. Heer, we looke backe. Their weapons (above) were Chele, [...] which is (properly) vasa, vessells. So as, their passion was not powred out like water, and so let run away, but it was kept or reserved, as liquor in a vessell; bar­relled up, to be breached, when they saw cause. Without reason, in the beginning; without appeasing in the end. Such was the malice of these men: Such theirs of this day.

III. The Censure. 1 A Maledictus, to the fact.Now, such rage, so outragious, justly deserves a Maledictus: Such wrath, so quali­fied beyond all accompt, so exorbitant, so infatiable. On such wrath, Iacob layes his Curse, curseth them heere. Which Curse was (after) by GOD renewed in Mount Ebal: Deut. 27.24.25. Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour secretly; Againe, Cursed be he, that lieth in wait, to shedd innocent blood. The two last, and heaviest curses there, to which all Is­raël was to say Amen.

From Iacob.While it was but in consultation, Iacob cries, Ne veniat, Away with the Counsell, come not at it. But, when it comes into act, then he cries, Maledictus, Cursed be the execution; at no hand, be an Actor in that. Nay, not onely have no part in it your selves, but condemne them that have so, and hold them as people accursed, even by Iacob's own mouth.

Weigh a little this Maledictus of Iacob. Maledictus is a word, we would not heare from the poorest or meanest body, that is. But, there is much in the Party, who is (heere) a Patriarch, and they vertuous, holy, and grave persons. To be cursed of one of them is much: for [...]hem they curse, GOD curseth also. And, not onely a Patriarch, but a Father, Num. 24.9. to whom GOD hath given power to blesse, and to curse; and whose curse ever accompani [...]th a fa [...]her's; especially such a Father, as is like Iacob. So that, this putts them unde [...] GOD's curse ce [...]t [...]inely.

Weigh also the cir [...]stance, th [...] time. Fo [...], this time was the time of blessing: Lying on [...]heir de [...]th-bedd [...], [...] give their last blessings to their children. So did Iacob to I [...]da heer, and so to the rest. At this time (then) to do it, is somwhat yet more [...].then at another; Nay, [...] any other [...]. Blessing time with others, is [Page 883] [...] wi [...]h them. When he blest others, to curse them, and that there, in his [...] For, the curse of the death-bed is of all other the worst: such as are so [...] will come to them.

[...] to ease it. This curse (if you marke it) is not on their persons: their [...] men, is not toucht; but onely by reflexion upon their affection of anger. [...], not on that neither (For, there is good use of them also: for, one may be [...] sinne not:) But, as it was transcendent, too much and too long;Eph 4.26. past the [...] of all reason and moderation. And this was their punishment spirituall.

[...], that goes to the fact: Dispergam to their persons;2 A Dispergam to the Persons. which he [...] fall upon them. And, he doth not this by way of Prophesie, they shalbe [...] scattered: but pronounceth it by way of sentence. Not, it shalbe done: but [...] do it himself. It should be His owne act, and He would never leave it, till he see [...] execution. And, though it were not done in his time, yet it was as good as [...] as certaine and sure, as if, at that time, it had had the performance.

[...] may referre Dividam to Simeon, and dispergam to Levi. Simeon was divided [...]: A piece, in Iudah; a piece, in Dan; a peece, in mount Seir of the [...] Levi was scattered heer and there, up and downe in every corner of the land. [...] [...]ou will referr it to both;) they were divided, while Iacob continued a familie: [...] dispersed, when they after came to be a state.

[...] (if you marke) the punishment is very proper, and well proportioned to the [...] The fault was a bad union: their punishment is a just division. Their fault was [...] in hand, they were too neer: their punishment is, they shalbe sett farr enough [...], for taking any such counsell more. So, whom the Devill hath joyned, GOD [...] sunder. And, a righteous thing it is, it should so be. For, punishments should [...] them the nature of a medicine: They, cure (ever) by contraries: Heat, [...]; drought, by moisture. Even as this doth; an evill joyning, by a just [...].

[...] was great wisdome in this punishment. For, them that be evill, if we destroy [...], we must take order to weaken them: and to separate them, is to weaken [...] Vnited force is the stronger; dis-united, the weaker still. Vndo the faggot-bond, and [...] [...]he stickes be severed, you shall stick by stick, deale with them, and keep them [...] stick will easily be broken; a faggot will not. So as, to scatter them, is to [...] th [...]m.

And so to be, is good for Simeon and Levi themselves. It takes from them, hability to do hurt: pares their nailes, breakes of their hornes, doth them good against their [...]ills. For, if the worst come to the worst, they can hurt but singly or by one. And [...]erefore we say; Consultum est malis, ut à socijs dividantur: they that are ill affected, [...] good for them and their fellowes, to be putt asunder.

And, if it be good for them; certainly, for the other Tribes, much more: They [...] [...]ll live the more quietly. For, if these two should still continue together, they [...] the sooner, the more easily, againe in like sort combine, and confederate [...] together against the other Tribes, if they gave them but the least occasion. [...], they shalbe so scattered, and sett, wh [...]re they shall do no great harme any more: [...] more they did. And so, as it was good for them, so we say, Consultum est [...] ut dividantur socij ad malum. Good for the Common-Wealth, if any be that way [...], to remove them either from other at least. So, they the weaker, and the rest the [...] But scattering will not alwayes serve: for, even scattered, some do mischiefe [...]. And therefore, it is as good policie, to coop them up, if scattering they do [...]; as it is, to scatter them, if they prove the worse for being together.

[...] speake a little of the grievousnesse of the punishment: these degrees are in it.The grievous­nesse of the punishment. 1 Dis-inheriting [...] it includes the disherison of them, the losse of having any lott at all of [...] their owne, as the rest of the Tribes had. It kills not the men, but it pulls down [...], and layes them to the Common, wherein every man had as much right, as [...] And sure, GOD of His goodnesse, not intending to proceed the way Himselfe [Page 884] [...], having shedd mans blood; by man should their blood be shedd (for so, they shou [...] have been rooted out cleane [...] two Tribes had been lost in Israël:) The next was, to let them have no inheritance, entirely by themselves, as had all the rest. As the [...] saith: Slay them not, lest my people forget, any such thing was done, but scatter [...],Psal. 19.11. and so [...] that way, as chaffe is either to be burnt, or the [...] to scatter it, no man can tell whither.

Scat [...]ring.A second degree is, not [...]ely to be dis-inherited, but to be scattered: for, that was Cain's punishment, Gen. 4.12. divided and cast out from GOD's presence, all his life long: To wander up and downe, he knew not whither. That was, for blood too, the blood of Abel. It is the [...] punishment: (and that was for blood too; the blood of CHRIST;) that they [...] all over the earth (as, to this very day they be;) and never could gett [...], to make an entire state, no more then these did.

Even of their posterity.The [...] degree is; That all this did light upon their whole posteritie, rather then upon their owne persons. For, to have all, that came of them, so dispersed abroad, was a more heavy hearing to them, then if it had light on themselves: of that I make no question. It is the course, GOD holdeth in his Law, to visit the sinnes of the fathers up­on the children. Exod. 20.5. But, this is yet heavier: for, there, it is but to the third and fourth, but this is to endure throughout all generations. The father, which is little moved with his owne losse, if it shall turne to the damage of his children, it will move him the rather: As, this ever hath done, and ever shall.

And that, upon record.And let this be the last: That Iacob's Maledictus, and his Dispergam, doe remaine and stand thus of Record, and so shall stand to the world's end. The curse on their heads, a blott on their names, a scattering upon their seed and posteritie for ever.

But, let me add this: That, though it appeares, their nature was none of the best; they were no good natur'd men, as given to blood, and so to be misliked: yet was not their nature exempted from grace though, but place left for grace, and so, they to be re­leeved that way. For, it may well be thought, this so severe a censure, specially at this time now inflicted, and by their owne father, being to goe out of the world; that it wrought upon these two brethren, and wrought in them deep contrition of that their out­rage. Wherewith GOD being appeased, turned their curse into a blessing, Paenam dis­persionis in praemium Sacerdotij (say the Fathers.) For, the curse, which Iacob inflicted, Moses reversed; (not for their dispersing, which came through their father's fault:) Scat­tered they were, but scattered with honour: One having the Office of Priest-hood, and tea­ching men: the other, of Scribes and Schoolemasters, training up their children all the Tribes over.

The Applicati­on of the TextLet us see now, if we can find in these men, the men of this day; and, in this fact, theirs; and so for the punishment likewise. 1 Two they were, this day: So the num­ber agrees. 2 And brethren they were, as neerly allyed. 3 And weapons they had both. 4 And made of the same metall (of violence) that theirs heere. 5 Counsell they tooke, into which Iacob's soule would never have come. 6 And coloured it with false semblance ( [...]) no lesse then these: (One, of discovering of (I wote not what) Secret: the other, of not being from the Sermon in any wise: his Sermon, like their circumcision.) 7 Did [...] in them lay, to execute their counsell: offered to strike, offered to bind, la [...]i [...] hand, g [...]ped, fell to the ground. 8 And, from the same root they came both, from desire of revenge. Their furie no whit lesse, no lesse cruell, no lesse implacable. Thus farre their likenesse ho [...]ds.

But now, in two things, dislike. 1. One, these in the Text had some cause: their Sister was deflowred. Not the least colour, heere. Their Sister was honoured; them­sel [...]es dealt with but too well. No cause in the world, they. Dislike, in this [...].

2. And then, if you come to the [...]ssue, in that, dislike too. It was not interfecerunt [...] thank GOD [...] was not:) Yet they did their good will (Birtson [...]m;) [...] was a judged case in [...] was enough. [...]

[Page 885] [...] when we come to the Virum, there (I am sure) is great odds. Ours, another [...] of Virum, then theirs, and put Hemor and Sichem both together. Many a year [...], there were in that land thirty one Kings, whereof Hemor (at the most) had but [...]: The least of your three Kingdomes, is greater then all the thirty one put [...], there holds no proportion in Virum.

[...] ye see now the punishment: that though hand were in hand, they were not [...]. Iacob's Legacie came on ours too. Vnder Iacob's curse they died, His curse [...] [...]heir soules, under which their soules lie, and so shall for evermore. And upon [...] glorie and honour; for, that is gone and lost for ever, and, as their soules, so their [...] accursed. And upon their Tribe or House; for, that is scattered as dust before [...], and come to nought.

[...] one degree further, wherein ours were dislike. Simeon and Levi, for all this [...] their time; slew, but were not slaine. But, heer this day with these, instead of [...] [...]fecerunt, it was Interfecti sunt. This Simeon and Levi, they lay both dead on the [...], with their weapons of cruelty in their hands, with their wicked counsell and [...] their hearts. Which hearts of theirs, the weapons of just defense went through; [...] [...]heir counsell turned to their confusion.

[...]nd now our Benedictus Deus, to GOD: Blessed be He for this Maledictus [...], for the Patriarch's curse, that light upon them and theirs. And yet our [...] too, to them, their weapons, their counsell, their furie, their soules, and their [...]. And, from such blooud-thirstie cursed men, GOD ever blesse You.

Let me tell you this, for a farewell. Iacob doth heer two things: 1 Delivers us a [...]cument; 2 and denounceth a dreadfull punishment. His Document is, Ne veniat [...]: His punishment is, Maledictus and Dissipabo. And choose, they that will not [...] veniat with him, he will say, Maledictus, his curse be upon them. But, as Iacob [...] so we to say all, all to say after him, Ne veniat both passive, and active. Passive: [...] be their counsell taken about Iacob's soule; or his soule, that is to us, Iacob, even [...] Feeder, the Pastor, and Stone of Israël; never come his soule, to be the subject, or [...] treated of in any such counsell. Active: and never let any true subject's soule [...] in any such counsell; nor ever any good Christian come in that Church, wherein [...] Counsell, or Counselors are harboured and mainteined; or that hold any doctrine [...] favours any such consultations.

But if any will not thus say Iacob's Ne veniat; we to be so bold as to say Iacob's Male­dictus, to him, his soule, his seed, his memorie and all. Let all such inherit the curse, let it be their legacie. Exurgat Deus et dissipentur inimici, Let God arise, Psal. 68.1.2. and these his enemies be scattered; As the stubble before the wind, and as the smoke, let them vanish and come to nothing. Let their lives be for the sword, their names be putt out; their soules for the curse, their houses pulld down and desolate. So perish all thine enemies ô LORD,Iud. 5.31. &c

Printed for Richard Badger.

[...]ERMONS OF THE Gun-pouder-Treason, PREACHED VPON THE FIFT OF November.

A [...]ERMON [...]reached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the V. of November. A. D. MDCVI.

PSAL. CXVIII. VER. XXIII.XXIV.

A DOMINO factum est istud, & est mirabile in oculis nostris.

Haec est Dies quam fecit Dominus; exultemus & laete­mur in ea.

[...] is the Lord's doing, and it is mervailous in our eyes.

[...] is the Day which the Lord hath made; let us rejoyce and be glad in it.

TO entitle this time to this Text, or to shew it pertinent to the present occasion, will aske no long processe. This Day of ours, This fift of November, a day of GOD's making; that which was done upon it, was the Lord's doing. CHRIST's own application (which is the best) may well be applied here: This day, is this Scripture fulfilled in our eares. For,Luk. 4.21. if ever there were a Deed done, or a Day made by God, in our dayes; this Day, and the Deed of this Day was it: If ever He gave cause of mervailing (as, in the first;) of reioycing (as in the second verse) to any Land; to us this day, He gave both: If ever saved, prospered, [...]; this day, He saved, prospered, and (as we say) fairely blessed us.

[Page 890]The day (we all know) was meant to be the day of all our deaths; and we, and many were appointed, as sheepe to the sla [...]ghter; nay, worse then so. There was a thing do­ing on it, if it had been done, we all had beene undone. And, the very same day (we all know) the day, wherein that appointment was disappointed by God, and we all saved, that we might not die but live, Ver. 17. and declare the praise of the Lord: the Lord, of whose do­ing, that mervailous Deed was; of whose making, this joyfull Day is, that we celebrate.

Psal. 111.5.This mercifull and gratious Lord (saith David, Psal. 111.5.) hath so done His mer­vailous Works, that they ought to be had, and kept in remembrance. Of keeping in remem­brance, many waies there be: Among the rest, this is one, of making Dayes; sett, so­ [...]emne Daies, to preserve memorable Acts, that they be not eaten out, by them, but ever revived, with the returne of the Yeare, and kept still fresh in continuall memorie. God himselfe taught us this way. In remembrance of the great Deliverie from the destroying Angell, Exod. 12.3. &c. He himselfe ordained the day of the Passe-over yearly to be kept. The Church, by Him taught, tooke the same way. In remembrance of the disap­pointing of Haman's bloudie lotts, Est. 9.26. they likewise appointed the daies of Purim, yearely to be kept. The like memorable mercie did He vouchsafe us: The Destroyer passed over our dwellings, this day: It is our Passe-over. Haman, and his Fellowes had sett the dice on us, and we by this time had beene all in peeces: It is our Purim day.

We have therefore well done and upon good warrant, to tread in the same stepps, and by law to provide, that this Day should not die, nor the memoriall thereof perish, from our selves, or from our seed; but be consecrated to perpetuall memorie, by a yearly acknowledgement to be made of it, throughout all generations. In accomplish­ment of which order, we are all now heere in the presence of God, on this day, that He first, by His Act of doing hath made; and we secondly, by our act of decre [...]ing, have made before Him, his holy Angells, and men, to confesse this His goodnesse, and our selves eternally bound to Him for it. And, being to confesse it, with what words of Scripture can we better or fitter do it, then those we have read out of this Psalme? Sure, I could thinke of none fitter, but even thus to say, A Domino factum, &c.

The DivisionThe treatie whereof may well be comprised in three points. 1. The Deed or I doing: 2. The Day, and 3. The Dutie. The Deed, in these: This is the Lord's II &c. The Day, in these: This is the day &c. The Dutie, in the rest: Let us &c. III The other two reduced to the Day, which is the center of both. The Doing is the cause; The Dutie is the consequent: from the Day groweth the Dutie.

To proceed orderly, we are to beginne with the Day. For, though (in place) it stand after the Deed; Yet, to us, it is first: our knowledge is à posteriori. The effect ever first, where it is the ground of the rest. Of the Day then first.

1. That such Daies there be, and how they come to be such. 2. Then of the Doing, that maketh them: wherein 1 that this of David's was; and 2 that ours is no lesse, rather more. 3. Then of the Dutie, how to doe it; by rejoycing, and being glad, for so, gaudium erit plenum, these two make it full: How to take order, that we may long and often doe it, by saying our Hosanna, and Benedictus; for, gau­dium nostrum nemo tollet à nobis, Ioh. 16.22. those will make, that our joy no man shall take from us.

[...]HIS is the Day: This? Why, are not all daies made by Him?I. Of the Day: Such daies there be. Is there any daies [...] made by Him? Why then say we This is the day, the Lord hath made? Divide [...] the daies into naturall and civill; the naturall, some are cleere and some are cloudie; [...], some are luckie daies, and some dismall. Be they faire or foule, gladd or sadd; [...] Poet calleth him) the Great Diespiter, the Father of daies hath made them both. [...] we then of some one day, above his fellow, This is the Day, &c?

[...] difference at all, in the dayes, or in the moneths themselves: by nature, they are [...]. No more in November, then another moneth: nor in the fifth, then in the [...]. All is, in GOD'S making. For as, in the Creation, we see, all are the workes; [...], a plaine difference betweene them for all that, in the manner of making: Some [...] with [...] Sit, Lett there be light, a firmament, drie land; Some, with [...]aciamus, Gen. 1.14.26. [...] [...]ore adoe, greater forecast, and framing; as man, that master-peece of His works, [...] therefore, in a different sense, it may be said: This is the Creature, which GOD [...] made (suppose, after a more excellent manner.) In the very same manner, it is, [...] daies; All are His making, all aequall, in that; but, that letteth not, but He may [...] a speciall Faciamus upon some one day more then other; and so that day, by [...] prerogative, said To be indeed a Day, that GOD hath made.

[...], for GOD'S making, it fareth with daies as it doth with yeares. Some yeare [...] the Psalme) GOD crowneth with His goodnesse, maketh it more seasonable,Psal. 65.11. [...], fruitfull, then other. And so for dayes; GOD leaveth a more sensible [...] of His favour, upon some one, more then many besides, by doing upon it [...] mervailous worke. And, such a day on which GOD vouchsafeth some speciall [...] est, some great and publique Benefit; notable for the time present, memorable [...] the time to come; in that case, of that Day (as if GOD had said Faciamus diem [...], shewed some worke-manship, done some speciall cost on it) it may with an [...]ccent, with an emphasis be said, This verily is a Day which GOD hath made, in comparison of which, the rest are as if they were not; or at least were not of His [...]king.

As for blacke and dismall dayes, dayes of sorrow and sadd accidents; they are and [...] be counted (saith Iob) for no dayes: Nights rather,Iob. 3.3.6. as having the shadow of death [...] them; or, if dayes, such as his were, which Sathan had marrd, then which GOD [...] made. And for common and ordinarie daies, wherein as there is no harme, so not [...] notable good, we rather say, they are gone forth from GOD, in the course of nature [...] were) with a fiat, then made by Him; specially, with a faciamus. So, evill dayes no [...] or daies marrd: and common daies, daies; but no made daies: Only those made, [...] crowned with some extraordinarie great Favour, and thereby gett a dignitie, and [...] above the rest; exempted out of the ordinarie course of the Calendar with [...] est. Such, in the Law, was the Day in the Passe over, made by GOD,Exod. 12.2. the head [...] yeare. Such, in the Gospell, of CHRIST's Resurrection, made by GOD, Dies [...]; and to it, do all the Fathers applie this verse. And we had this day our [...] over, and we had a Resurrection or [...], as Isaac had. But,Heb. 11.19. I forbeare to goe [...] in the generall. By this that hath beene said, we may see, there be daies of [...] it may be safely said, This is the day &c and in what sense, it may be said. Such [...] then; that this of ours, one of them; that, if it be, we may so hold it, and [...] that pertaine to it.

[Page 892] II. David's day was such. David's day heere, was one certainely, dictante Spiritu; and they, that are like it, to be holden for such: so that, if o [...]r [...] be as this was, it is certainely dies à Deo factus. Now then (to take our rule from the former verse) Factum Domini facit diem Do­mini. It is GOD's deed, that maketh it GOD's day: and, the greater the Deed, the more GOD's day. There must be first, Factum est, some doing: and secondly, it must be à Domino, He the doer: and thirdly, that somewhat must be somewhat mer­vailous: and fourthly, not, in it selfe, so; but, in our eyes. These foure goe to it; these foure make any day, a day of GOD's making. Let us see then these foure: First, in David's heere, and then in our owne; and if we finde them all, boldly pronounce, This is the Day, &c.

In it there was 1 A factum est, A de [...]eranc [...].First, the factum est, in David's; what was done, sett downe at large in the fore-part of the Psalme. It was a deliverance: all the Psalme runneth on nothing els. Eve­ry deliverance is from a danger; and, by the danger, we take measure of the deliverance. The greater that, the greater the Deliverie from it: and the greater the Deliverie, the greater the Day, From danger. and the more likely to be of GOD's owne manufacture. His danger first:Verse 10.11.12. what should have been done. He was in a great distresse. Three severall times, with great passion, he repeats it, that his Enemies 1 came about him; 2 compassed him round; 3 compassed and kept him in on every side: were, no swarme of bees so thicke: That they gave a terrible lift or thrust at him,Verse 13. to overthrow him; and verie neere it they were. And at last, as if he were newly crept out of his grave, out of the very jawes of death and despaire, he breakes forth and saith, I was very neere my death; neere it I was,Verse 17. but non mor [...]ar, Die I will not now, for this time, but live a little longer to declare the workes of the LORD. This, was his danger: and, a shrewd one (it seemeth) it was. From this danger, he was delivered. This, the factum est.

2. A Domino: By GOD, not by man.But, man might do all this; and so it be man's day, for any thing is said yet. Though it were great, it maketh it not GOD's, unlesse GOD, GOD (I say) and not man, but GOD himselfe were the Doer of it: and, if He the Doer, He denominates the Day. This then was not any mans, not any Prince's doing, but GOD's alone; His might, His mercie, Verse 8.9. that brought it to passe: Not any arme of flesh, but GOD's might; not of any merit of His, but of His owne meere mercie. This was done by His might: Thrise he tells us of it; It was the right hand of the Lord, that brought this mightie thing to passe. This was done by His mercie;Verse 15.16. Verse 1.2.3.4. His ever-enduring mercie: foure times he tells us, it was that, did it. With that he beginnes, and makes it the key of the song. Then, as we have factum est, so we have A Domino: The Deed and the Doer both.

3. [...]t mirabile, and Mervai­lous it was.GOD's doings are many, and not all of one sise. The Prophet Zach. 4.10. Zacharie spea­keth of a day of small things; and, even in those small, must we learne to see GOD, or we shall never see Him in greater. Yet, so dimme is our fight, that unlesse they be great, commonly we see Him not: nay, unlesse it be great Vsque ad miraculum, so great, that mervailous withall, we count it not worth a day, nor worthy GOD: un­lesse it be such.Psal. 72.18. But, if it be such, then it is GOD's, Qui facit mirabilia solus, Who on­ly workes great mervailes: then, man is shutt out; and then, GOD's must the Day be. A Domino factum, & mirabile.

4. [...] nostris, even in our eyes.And yet this is not enough. The truth is, all that GOD doth, all His workes are [...]erfull: Magna, sed ideo parva quia vsitatae. Great, wonders, all: but, not wonderfull; [...] to us, because they be usuall: His miracles are no more mervailous, then His ordinarie workes, but that, we see the one daily, and the other, not. Therefore he ad­deth [In our eyes] for a full period: His doings, all mervailous in themselves; but, not mervailous, in our eyes, unlesse they be rare, and the like not seene before: But then, they be▪ [...] then we say,Exod. [...].1 [...]. Digitus Dei est; It is the finger of GOD; nay, the right hand [Page 893] [...] brought this mighty thing to passe. Then we give the day for God's, [...] adoe. Now then, we have all that goeth to it: 1 A Deliverance wrought; [...], by God; 3 a wonderfull deliverance; 4 and that, even in our eyes. These [...] David's day, a day of God's making.

[...]ll these be found in ours, and then ours shalbe so too? They will,Our Day was such. all of them [...]; and that, in an higher degree, in a greater measure; match David's day, and [...] it in all. 1. We were delivered, and from a danger, that is cleere.These foure in ours. Factum est: 1 A deliverance from a danger, a greater danger [...]? (for, that makes the odds.) Boldly I dare say, from a greater then [...] Thus I shew it, and go no further then the Psalme it selfe.

David called upon GOD in his danger; he knew of it, therefore. We did [...] imagined no such thing; but that, all had been safe, and we might have gone [...] [...]arlia-ment, as secure as ever. The danger never dreamt of, that is the danger [...] His was, by compassing and hemming in; that is above ground, and may be [...] [...]rom a watch-tower. Ours was by undermining, digging deep under ground; [...] could discerne.

One cannot be besett, but he may have hope to breake through, at some part. [...], from this, no way, no means, no possibilitie of escaping. The danger not [...] discried, not to be escaped, that is the danger.

4. His were a swarme of bees (He calleth them so:) they, buzze and make a noise [...] they come. Ours, a brood of vipers, mordentes in silentio; still, Ver. 12. not so much as a [...] till the deadly blow had been given.

[...]. His was but of himselfe alone; so he saith, I was in trouble, They came about me,Ver. 11.13. [...] in, thrust sore at me: But one person, David's alone. Ours, of a farre greater [...]; David, and his three Estates with him. Now, though David himselfe were [...] by them at ten thousand of themselves (and not over-valued neither; for he is [...] more; and all Kings like him, no lesse worth:) yet he and they too,2. Sam. 18.3. must needs [...], then He alone. Not onely King David had gone, but Queen Esther too: and [...] onely they, but Salomon the young Prince, and Nathan his Brother. Nor these [...] not all. The Scriptures recount, David had Iehosaphat for his Chancellor, 2. Sam. 20.24. Adoram [...] Treasurer, Seraja his Secretarie, Sadoc and Abiathar, and twenty two more, the [...]hiefe of the Priests, Admo his Iudge, Ioab his Generall; all had gone:2. Sam. 23. His forty eight [...]orthies or Nobles, all they too. The Principall of all the Tribes in the kingdome: All [...] too; and many more then these; no man knoweth how many. It is out of ques­ [...]n, it had exceeded this of David's heer.

6. One more. His danger (he confesseth) was from man: He goeth no further, [...] not feare what man doeth unto me. This of ours was not: meerly mans, I denie [...] it was the Devill himselfe. The instruments (not as his, a swarme of Bees, Ver. 6. but) a [...], of Locusts, out of the infernall pitt. Not men; No not Heathen men: Their [...]; nay, their Tragoedies can shew none neer it.Apoc. 9.3. Their Poëts could never feigne [...] prodigiously impious. Not men; No, not savage wild men: the Hunnes, the [...] Turcilingi, noted for inhumanitie, never so inhumane: Even among those [...] people, this fact would be accounted barbarous. How then? Beasts: There [...] Ephesus, beasts in shape of men; and [...] brutishnesse is the worst, Philosophie [...] of our nature. This is more then brutish; What Tiger, 1. Cor. 15.32. though never [...], would have made the like havock? Then, if the like, neither in the nature [...] not beasts to be found (it is so unnaturall;) we must not looke to paterne it [...], we must to hell; thence it was certenly, even from the Devill. He was a [...] from the beginning, and wilbe so to the ending. In every sinne of bloud,Ioh. 8.44. he [...]; but, all his clawes, in such an one as this: wherein so much bloud, as [...] made it raine bloud; so many baskets of heads, so many peeces of rent [...] and downe, and scattered all over the face of the earth. Never such a day; [...] of a fearefull day, blo [...]d, and fire and the vapour of smoake. Ioel 2.30. Mar. 9.29. As he is a [...] so we see (i [...] Marke) [...]y his renting and te [...]ring the poore possessed child, [Page 894] [...]; [...] and in this, all his cru [...]lties should have mett together. Pharao's and [...] [...]illing innocent and harmeless [...] children; yet; they spared the Mother: Esau's [...], smiting mother, children and all: Nebuzaradan's not sparing the King, nor his Lords: Haman's not sparing H [...]ster, nor her Ladies: Edom's crueltie not sparing the Sanctuarie nor the walls,Psal. 137 7. Iob 1.18.19. [...]. 2.9.10. Ier. 31.15. [...] with them to the ground: His owne smiting the foure corners and bringing down the house upon the heads of Iob's children. Put to all the cruelt [...]s, in [...] Lamentations, the not honouring the faces of Nobles, Priests, Iudges; the making so many widowes and orphans; the voice in Rama of Rachel com­fortlesse [...] more cruell to them, it spared and left behind, then to those, it took [...] to stand repeating these: That ever age, or land, but that our age, and this land should foster or breed such monsters!

That you may know it for that perfectly, consider but the wickednesse of it, as it [...]ere in full opposition to GOD, and you must needs say, it could not be His doing: GOD forbid (saith Abraham) thou shouldest destroy the righteous with the wicked. Gen. 1 [...].23.25. Exod. 22.6. Psal. 10 [...].15. Mat. 13.29. Kill not dam and young ones both (saith Moses in the Law.) You shall not touch mine An­nointed (saith GOD in the Psalmes.) You shall not pull up the good corne, rather let the tares stand (saith CHRIST in the Gospell.) You shall not do evill, that good may come of it (saith Paul in his Epistles. Rom 3.8.) But, heer is Satan flat contrarie, in despite of Law, Pro­phetts, Psalme, Epistle and Gospell: Hoc est Christum cum Paulo conculcare, to throw downe Abraham, and Moses, and David, and Paul, and CHRIST, and GOD and all, and trample upon them all.

One more yet: that this abomination of desolation (so calleth Daniel; so calleth our Saviour, Dan [...].27. Mat 24.15. the uttermost extremitie of all that bad is: so may we this truly:) that this a­bomination of desolation tooke up his standing, in the holy place.

1. An [...]bomination: so it is; abhorred of all flesh, hated and detested of all, that but heare it named: yea they themselves say, they should have abhorred it, if it had taken effect. It is an abomination.

2. Every abomination doth not forthwith make desolate. This had. If ever a deso­late kingdome upon earth, such had this been, after that terrible blow. Neither root nor branch left, all swept away: Strangers called in; murtherers exalted; the very dissolution and desolation of all ensued.

3. But this, that this so abominable and desolatorie a plott, stood in the holy place, this is the pitch of all. For, there it stood, and thence it came abroad. Vndertaken with an holy oath; bound with the holy Sacrament (that must needs be in a holy place;) war­ranted for a holy act, tending to the advancement of a holy Religion, and by holy persons called by a most holy Name, the name of IESVS. That these holy religious persons, e­ven the chiefe of all religious persons (the Iesuites) gave not onely absolution, but resolu­tion, that all this was well done; that it was by them justified as lawfull, sanctified as meritorious, and should have been glorified (but it wants glorifying, because the event fayled, that is the griefe; if it had not, glorified) long yet this, and canonized, as a ve­ry good and holy act, and we had had orations out of the Conclave in commendation of it. (Now I think, we shall heare no more of it.) These good Fathers they were David's bees heer, came hither, onely to bring us honie, right honie they; not to sting any bodie or (as in the XXII. verse) they (as builders) came into the land, onely for edification;Verse 22. not to pull down, or to destroy any thing. We see their practise, they be­gunne with rejecting this Stone, as one that favoured Heretiques at least, and therefore excommunicate, and therefore deposed, and therefore exposed, to any that could handle a spade well to make a mine to blow him up; Him, and all his Estates with him to attend him: ( [...] Stone being gone, the walls must needs follow.) But then, this shri [...]ing it (such an a [...]mination) s [...]ing it in the holy place, so ougly and odious; making such a treason [...] this [...] religi [...]us; missall, sacramentall treason; hallowing it with [...], and Eucharist ▪ this [...]sseth all the rest. I say no more, but as our [...], when you se [...] such an abomination so standing, quilegit intelligat; [...] GOD send the [...] [...] (not reade of it, [...] but) see i [...], and had li [...]e to have [...] that, they should b [...] it: and so I leave it.

[Page 895] [...] now, if this were not His doing, and if it should not have beene a Day of [...], the Devill's owne making?

[...] should have beene done; this, the danger: what was done? This, the factum [...] [...]hat the factum est? All these were undone, and blowen over; all the [...] [...]ppointed; all this murder, and crueltie, and desolation defeated. The mine is [...], the snare is broken and we are delivered. All these, the King, Queene, Prince, [...] Bishops, Iudges, both Houses alive, all: not a haire of any of their heads [...] not so much as the smell of fire on any their garments. Give thankes ô Israël, Dan. 3.27. Psal. 68.26.27.28. &c. [...] Lord thy God in the congregation, from the bottome of the heart; heere is little [...], thy Ruler, the Princes of Iuda &c that they are heere and we see them heere, [...] the Stone these Builders refused, is still the Head-stone of the corner. That, [...] have been done; this, was done: and we all, that are heere this day, are witnes­ [...] [...]; Witnesses above all exception of this factum est.

[...] by whom, whose doing? Truely, not mans doing this; it was the Lord's. 2 A Domino. A [...] factum est illud, or fictum est illud. It was the Devill's doing, or devising (the [...]) A Domino factum est hoc, This was God's doing (the deliverance.) The blow [...] Devill's: The ward was God's. Not man, but the Devill, devised it: Not man, [...] defeated it. He, that satt in heaven all this while, and from thence looked down [...] all this doing of the Devill and his limmes, in that mercie of His, which is over [...] workes, to save the effusion of so much bloud, to preserve the soules of so many [...], to keepe this Land from so foule a confusion, to shew still some token, some [...] token upon us for good, that they which hate us may see it, and be ashamed;Psal. 86.17. but [...], that that, was so lately united, might not so soon be dissolved; He took the [...] his own hand. And, if ever God shewed, that He had a booke in the Laeviathan's [...] that the Devill can goe no further then his chaine: if ever, that there is in [...] more power to helpe, then in Sathan to hurt; in this, He did it. And, as the [...] Lawes to be seene in the former; so God's right hand, in this mightie thing (He [...] to passe) and all the fingers of it.

To shew it was He. He held his peace and kept silence, satt still, and let it goe on, [...] came neere, even to the verie period, to the day of the lott; so neere, that we [...]ay truly say (with King David) as the Lord liveth, Vno tantum gradu, nos morsque [...], there was but a stepp betweene death and us.1. Sam. 20.3. We were upon the point of [...] to the hill, all was prepared, the traine, the match, the fire, wood and all,Gen. 22.7. and we [...] to be the sacrifice, and even then and there, In monte providebat Dominus, Verse 8. God [...] for our safetie, even in that very place, where we should have been the burnt [...], from heaven, stayed the blow. It was the Lord's doing.

When treacherie hath his course like water, Psal. 58.8. and creepes along like a snaile (it is [...] eight Psalme) then, to make it like the untimely birth of a woman, never to see [...] (not, as in this, arserunt sicut ignis in spinis, was but a blaze, as in a bush of [...]: (nay, if it come so farre, it had gone wrong with us:) but, as in that,Verse 9. [...] intelligerent spinae, or ever the thornes gate heate, or the powder, fire;) then, saith [...], Dicit homo, Vtique est Deus, Men shall say, verily there is a God, Verse 11. and this was [...] doing.

And not onely, that it was bewrayed, but that He made them the bewrayers of it [...];Eccles. 10.20. and even according to the place (Eccl. 10.) made things with feathers to [...] it: When (as in Psalme 64.) their owne tongues (or, which is all one,Psal. 64.8. their [...]) make them to fall: all that consider it, shall be amazed; and then all men [...], This hath God done, for they shall perceive it plaine, it is His worke. They shall [...] in co [...]fession, they shall sweare, they shall take the Sacrament not to doe it; [...], contrarie to all this, it shall come out by themselves. Was not this God's [...].

[...], to shew it was so: This which was written, was so written, as diverse [...] and wisedome, knew not what to make of it. But then commeth God againe [...]) and (as, in the Proverbs 1 [...].10.) puts [...], a very d [...]nation, Pro. 16.10. a very [Page 896] [...] King' [...] lipps, and his [...] [...]issed not the matter; made him, as Ioseph, the revealer of Secretts, to read the riddle: giving him wisedome to make both ex­ [...]lica [...]ion, what they would doe, and application, where it was they would doe it. This was GOD certainely. This, Pharao would say, none could, unlesse he were filled [...]ith the Spirit of the hol [...] ▪ GOD.Gen. 41.38. It was A Domi [...] factum.

3. Lastly, as that, when [...] come forth they were not reclaimed; not then, when they saw, the hand of GOD was gone out against them, and that it was even. GOD, they strave wi [...]h [...]ll ▪ no, but even then, from hidden treacherie, fell to open rebellion, and even [...] in it (if God shewed not a miracle of His mercie on them) perished there, [...] pe [...]ish [...] eternally: as this I say did (that it was factum à Daemone, who never [...] them, till he had brought them thither:) So, that (before they came thither) [...] cast their owne p [...]der in their faces, poudered them, and disfigured them with it; and that their quarters stand now in peeces, as they meant, ours should: It is the case of the CIX. Psalme, Psal. 109.27. [...].29. And hereby shall they know, that it is Thy hand, and that Thou Lord hast do [...] it, How? in that, they are thus clothed with their owne shame, and even [...] their owne confusion; that they fall, as fast as they rise; are still confoun­ded, and still thy servants rejoyce. These five (as prints) shew, it was God's hand: It was the Lord, Psal. 21.13. that made the Day; it was the Day, that the Lord made. Be thou exalted Lord in thine owne strength: It was thy right hand, that brought this mightie thing to passe.

Et est mirabile.This will not serve the turne. His doing makes it not the Day; His doing a mira­cle; that makes it: and, that it is too. I take no thought, to prove this point: by the Law, the Prophets, the Gospell. To put them to it; Moses: Enquire now of the daies, that are past, Deut. 4.32. that were before us, since the day that God created man upon earth, and aske from one [...]nd o [...] [...]eaven to the other, if there came to passe such a thing as this, whither any such like thing have been heard; and, if we cannot iuit it, or sett such another by it, we [...]st needs yield it, for one. By the Prophets: Goe to the Isles and behold, send to Kedar and take diligent heed, Ie [...]. 2.10. and see, if you can possibly finde the like: if not, confesse it fo [...] mervailo [...]. Come hither (saith David) and behold, how mervailous God is! and what is that▪ that such, as are rebellious; are not able to exalt themselves: We need not goe so farre, we have it heere to see; We may say to him, Come hither. By the Gospell: for, so doe they (there) acknowledge our Saviour's for miracles: Sure, we have seene strange things to day: Luk. [...].26. Mar 2.12. Matt. 9.33. We never saw it on this fashion: The like was ne­ver seene in Israel: therefore mervailous certainely. It is now no miracle, no strange thing, to have a King delivered: every other yeare, we see it, and therefore wonder not at it. But, to see King, Queene, their seed, all their Estates delivered, that is mirabile, that is a new thi [...]g created [...] the earth. I conclude: as, that was the Devill's doing, and was [...] in our eyes;Ier. 31. [...]. so, this is God's doing, and it is mervailous in our eyes. And againe, upon all these marks, that, as this was a day, the Devill would have marred; [...]o this i [...] a d [...]y, that the Lord made.

4 In [...], in our eyes. [...]sal. 126.1. [...] [...]hen it is: yet, hath it not (as we say) his full Christendome, unlesse it be so in our eyes. For the time, it was; and that (of the Psalme) fitts us well, When God [...] the captivitie (say we, [...]he destruction) of his people, then [...]. No man, but stood in a ma [...]e, as if he knew not [...]ell, [...] dream [...] of it, it was so strange.

In the eyes of others. Psal. 126.2.And [...] No [...], [...] onely; for (sure I am) that which [...] there, [...] they, inter Gentes) of other nations; The Lord hath [...] we are to bl [...]me, if we answer them not, with the Eccho [...] Lord hath done great things fo [...] us; Verse 1. for which we have cause to re [...]oyce. If strangers thinke it strange, and say, and write, A seculo inauditum, [...] either [...] their [...]yes, it were very [...]

[...] the very [...]. [...] the [...] it is so; and that of the Apo­stle [Page 897] [...]ly be applied to them. Behold ye Despisers and wonder, and vanish, Acts 13.41. for GOD [...] a Worke in your dayes, a Worke which you your selves that were the doers, [...] beleeve, when it shalbe told: that even astonished themselves, to see it go [...] long, and so suddainly cast downe. Nay I go further, to make it a miracle [...]. I doubt not, but it was strange newes, even in Hell it selfe, insomuch as [...] place had never hatched the like monster before. You see the welcome they [...] gave, him of Assur (Esay XIIII:) What art thou come, Esa. 14.16. that makest the earth to [...], and dost shake whole kingdomes? And yet it is well knowne, all his shaking was [...] metaphore: He never made it shake actually, as these would have done: and [...], this of greater admiration, and (I doubt not, but) more wonderfull in their [...] And ours are very dimme, if in all other it be, and be not so in ours.

[...], if such dayes there be, if this of ours be one of them,III. The Duety. if the fore-part of the verse [...] then must the latter also belong to us: If this, the day, the LORD hath made; [...] this, the day, wherein we to rejoyce: When He makes, we to make; and our [...] in it, is our making of it.

To rejoyce, no hard request, nor heavie yoak, let it not be grievous to us. We love [...] it, we seek all meanes to do it in all cases els: then to assay to do it heer. This [...]) the Prophet would not require, nor make it the Office of the day, but that upon [...] dayes, God himself calls us to joy.

And even as, when GOD calleth us to mourning, by black dayes, of famine or [...], or the like; then to fall to feasting or revelling, is that that highly displeaseth [...]OD: so, when GOD, by good dayes, calleth us to joy; then to droop, and not to ac­ [...]modate our selves to seasons of His sending, is that which pleases Him never a [...].

What? (saith Nehemias, upon such a blessed day as this) Droop you to day? Nolite, Nehem. 8.9.10. [...] hand do it, Dies enim festus est, it is a festivall day: What then? why it is es­ [...]iall, it is of the very nature of every Feast (saith GOD in His law) omnino gaudere, Num. 10.10. Deut. 16.11. [...] any meanes, in any wise, therein to rejoyce. And Nehemia's promise is to incou­rage us, that if the strength of the Lord be our joy, the very joy of the Lord shalbe our strength.

To conclude: Sure I am, that if the plott had prevailed, it would have been an high Feast in Gath, and a day of Iubilee in Ascalon;2. Sam. 1.20. The daughters of the uncircumcised would have made it a day of triumph. Let us not be behind them then, but shew as much [...], for our saving, as they would certenly have done, for our perishing. Exultemus and Laetemur both·

Ex [...]ltemus & laetemur. GOD loveth, our ioy should be full; it is not full, except we [...] both these, the bodie (as it were) and the soule of ioy: the ioy outward of the body, [...]nd gladnesse inward of the soule. (So much do the two words signifie, in all the three [...].) Both He will have: for, if one be wanting, it is but semiplenum, halfe [...].

And he beginneth with Exultemus, the outward: Not, to our selves within,Exultemus: the outward joy. which [...] call gaudere in sinu, Ioy of the bosome; but such, so exuberant, as the streames of it [...]ay overflow, and the beames of it shine and shew forth, in an outward sensible [...]. It is a day: so would He have us reioyce, that, as by day light, it might be seen [...] our face, habit, and gesture: Seene, and heard both: Therefore he saith ( [...] the XV. Ver.) the voice of ioy is in the dwellings of the righteous. Ver. 15. And in the dwelling [...] well: But yet, that would not serve his turne; but, open me (saith he at the [...]. Verse) the gates of righteousnesse, that is,Ver. 19. the Church-doore (his house would [...] [...]old him) thither will I go in, and there, in the congregation, in the great Con­ [...]gation, give thanks to the Lord: And that so great a congregation, that it may [...] diem solennem in condensis vsque ad Cornu [...] altaris, that they may stand so thick [...] Church, as fill it from the entrie of the doore, to the very edge of the Altar. [...] ioy, that is neither seen nor heard, there is some levin of malignitie in it; he [...] [...]kill of it. He will have it seen in the countenance, heard in the voice; not onely [Page 898] [...]reaching, but singing forth His praise. And that, not with voices alone, but with in­str [...]ents, and not instruments of the Queer alone, but instruments of the steeple too, bells and all, that so it may be [...] in altissimis, in the very highest key we have. This for exultemus.

[...], the inward joy.But, many a close [...] may do all this, and many a counterfeit Shemei and Sheba did all this, to David; gott them a fleering forced countenance, taken-on ioy: And therefore the other; that God will have his joy, not be the joy of the coun­tenance alone, a cleene face, and a clowdie overcast heart; he will have the gladnesse of the heart too,Psal. 16.9. of the inner man: Cor meum & caro mea; the heart, as well as the flesh, to be joyfull. The ioy of the soule, is the soule of ioy: not a bodie without a soule, which is but a c [...]rcasse. Strange children may (and will) dissemble with me (saith the Psalme XVIII. XLIV.) dissemble a gladnesse, Psal. 18.44. for feare of being noted; and yet within, in heart, you wott what. But, God calleth for his de fontibus Israël, which we reade, from the ground of the heart. Psal. 68.26. Psal. 71.21. That is (indeed) the true fountaine of joy, that our lipps may be faine, when we sing unto Him, and so may our soule, which He hath delivered. Nay, He delivered both: and therefore, both the bodie to rejoyce, and the soule to be glad. This doth Laetemur add, to exultemus.

How to order our ioy.If then we be agreed, that we will do both, I come to the last, how to order our ioy, that it may please Him, for whom it is vndertaken. It is not every ioy, that He liketh. Merrie they were,Hos. 7 5. and ioyfull (they thought) that kept their King's day (Hos. VII.) by taking in boule after boule, till they were sick again. So they, that Malachi speaks of, there came nothing of their feasts, Mal. 2.3. but dung (beare with it, it is the Holy Ghost his own terme) that is, all in the belly, and belly-cheere. So they, that sate down to eate and drink, and rose up to play, Exod. 32.6. and there was all; that is the Calve's feast: a Calfe can do as much. But with none of these was God pleased:1. Cor. 10.5. and as good no ioy, as not to the purpose; as not to please Him.

That it may be to the purpose, that God may take pleasure in it, it must beginne at Hosanna, Ver. 9. at Aperite mihi portas Iustitiae, at the Temple-doore; there it must go in, it must blesse, and be blessed in the house of the Lord. I will first make ioyfull in my house of prayer (it is God by Esay:) the streame of our ioy, must come from the spring-head of Religion. Esa. 56.7.

Well then, to the Church we are come: so farr onward. When we are there, what is to be done? Somwhat we must say, we must not stand mute. There to stand still, that, the Prophet cannot skill of. That then, we may (there) say something, he heer frames,Ver. 25. he heer endites us a versicle, which after grew into such request, as no Feast ever without it, without an Hosanna: it grew so familiar, as the very children were per­fect in it.Mat. 21.9. The summe and substance whereof (briefly) is no more, but (which we all desire) that God would still save, still prosper, still blesse him, that in His name, is come unto us (that is) King David himselfe, whom all in the House and all of the House of the Lord blesse in His name.

And to very good purpose doth he this: for, ioy hath no fault, but that it is too short, it will not last, it will be taken from us too soon. It is ever a barr, in all ioy, [...]olle­ [...]ur à [...]; subject to the worme, that Iona's gourd was. It standeth us therefore in hand; to begin with Hosanna, so to ioy, as that we may long joy, to pray for the conti­nuance, that i [...] be not taken from us: ever remembring, the true temper of ioy, is (exul [...]ate i [...] tr [...]ore) not without the mixture of some feare. For, this day, we see what it is,Psal. 2.11. a ioyfull day▪ we know not (saith Salomon) what the next day will be: and if not what the next day, Pro. 27.1. what the next yeare much lesse. What will come, we know not; what our sins call fo [...] to come, that we know; even that God should call to judge­ment, if not by fire, by somwhat els. If it be but for this, it concernes us neerly, to say ou [...] Ho [...]nna, that the next yeare be as this. It is our wisdome therefore, to make the meane [...], for the continuance of it, that God would still stablish the good worke, [...] [...]ay wr [...]ught in us; still blesse us, with the continuance of the same [...].

[Page 899] [...] this that we may doe, not faintly but cheerefully with the lifting up of our [...] therefore, as farre as art or spirit can do it, he hath quickned his Hosanna, that [...] putt spirit and life in us; to follow him in it, with all fervor of affection: foure [...] twise with Anna, and twise with Na; either of them before, and after;Verse 25. but [...] [...]ords, and foure of them interjections: all to make it passionate; and that so, as [...] originall) nothing can be devised more forcible; and so, as it is hard, in any [...] to [...]gue, to expresse it; which made the Evangelist lett it alone, and retaine the [...] word still. But, this, as neere as I can, it soundeth: Now good Lord save us yet [...] now good Lord prosper us yet still. Be to us, as last yeare, so, this, and all the yeares to [...], IESVS a Saviour, yesterday and to day and the same for ever.

And three things doth he thus earnestly pray for, and teacheth us to doe the like. [...] save, 2 prosper, 3 and blesse.

To save: that should be first with us; it is commonly last: We have least sense [...] soules. To save us, with the true saving health; (it is a word whereof our Saviour [...] hath his name) it importeth the salvation of the soule; properly to that it lo­ [...]geth, and hath joyned to it Hosanna in the Gospell (Hosanna in excelsis) to shew,Matt. 21.9. [...] [...]n high and heavenly salvation.

2. Then, to prosper. If He but grant us the former alone, to have our soules saved, though without prosperitie, though with the dayes of adversitie, it is sors Sanctorum, the lott of many a Saint of His, of farre more worth then we: Even so, we are bound, [...] thanke him, if, even so, we may be but saved. But, if he add also prosperitie of the outward, to the saving of the inward man, that not so much as a leafe of us shall wither, b [...]t looke what we doe shall prosper; and that, whatsoever men of evill counsells do,Psal. 1.3. shall [...]ot prosper against us; if He not only vouchsafe us Hosanna in excelsis, but Hosanna de [...]fundis too, from deep cellars, deep vaults, those that digg deep to undermine our [...]; If He add the shaddow of his wings, to shelter us from perills, to the light of his [...]ntenance, to save us from our sinnes, then have we great cause to reioyce yet more: [...], both with exultemus from without, and laetemur from within, to magnifie His mer­ [...]e, and to say with the Prophet, Praysed be the Lord, that (not onely taketh care for the safetie, but) taketh pleasure in the prosperitie of His servants.

3. Lastly, because both these, the one and the other; our future salvation, by the continuance of His Religion and truth among us, and our present prosperitie (like two walls) meet upon the Head-stone of the corner; depend both, first, upon the Name of the Lord, and next upon him, that in His name, and with His name, is come unto us (that is) the King: (So, do both the Evangelists, Saint Luke and Saint Iohn supplie; and,Luk. 19.38. Ioh. 12.13.15. where we read, Blessed be he, there they read, Blessed be the King that commeth:) so that nei­ther of them sure, unlesse He be safe; that He would blesse him, and make him blest, [...]hat, in His blessed Name, is come amongst us. The building will be as mount Sion, Psal. 125.1. so [...] corner stone be fast; so the two walls, that meet, never fall asunder. If otherwise: [...], I will not so much as put the case; but, as we pray, so trust, it shall never be remo­ [...]ed but stand fast for ever.

This then we all wish, that are now in the House of the Lord; and we that are of the [...]use of the Lord do now and ever, in the Temple and out of it, morning and evening, [...]ight and day, wish and pray both, that He would continue forth His goodnesse, and bl [...]sse with length of dayes, with strength of health, with increase of all honour, and happinesse, with terror in the eyes of his enemies, with grace in the eyes of his [...], with whatsoever David, or Salomon or any King, that ever was happie, was [...] with; Him, that in the Name of the Lord is come to us, and hath now these foure [...] stayed with us, that he may be blessed, in that Name, wherein he is come, and [...] the Lord, in whose Name he is come, many and many yeares yet to come.

And, when we have put this incense in our phialls, and bound this sacrifice with cords, [...] altar fast, we blesse you and dismisse you, to eat your bread with joy, and to drinke [...] [...]ine with a cheerefull heart: for, GOD accepteth your worke; your joy shall please [...] this Hosanna shall sanctifie all the joy, shall follow it.

[Page 900]To [...]nd then. This Day, which the Lord hath thus made so mervailously; so mer­ [...]lously and mercifully; let us reioyce in the Maker, for the making of it, by His do­ing on it that deed, that is so merv [...]il [...]s in our eyes, in all eyes; returning to the begin­ning of the Psalme, Verse. [...]. [...].3.4. and saying with the Prophet: O give thankes to the Lord for he is gracious &c. Lett Israel, lett the house of Aaron, yea lett all that feare the Lord, confesse that His mercie endureth for ever.

Psal. 136.4.23.24.12. Who onely doth great wonders. Who remembred us when we were in danger, And hath delivered us from our enemies, with a mighty hand and stretched-out arme. And, as for them, hath turned their de­vise upon their owne head. And hath made this day, to us, a day of joy and gladnesse. To this GOD of GODS, the LORD of hea­ven, glorious in holinesse, fearefull in power, doing wonders, be, &c.

A [...]ERMON PREACHED [...]FORE THE KING'S MAIESTIE AT WHITE-HALL, ON THE V. of NOVEMBER, Anno Domini, MDCVII.

PSAL. CXXVI.

[...] convertendo DOMINVS captivitatem SION, &c.

[...]ER. 1. When the Lord brought againe the Captivitie of Sion, we were like them that dreame.

Then was our mouth filled with laughter and our tongue with joy: Then said they among the Heathen, The Lord hath done great things for them.

The Lord hath done great things for us, whereof we rejoice. O LORD, bring againe our Captivitie, as the Rivers in the South.

THE word Captivitie is enough to give us light, when and why this Psalme was first indited; namely upon their returne from the Captivitie. Of which returne of theirs, it may truely be said, it was one of the greatest; nay, it was the very grea­test Deliverie, that ever God vouchsafed his people. Their estate no where so miserable as there; witnesse the booke of Lamentations. Their case never so ioyfull, as returning thence; witnes this booke of Psalmes. No benefit so much celebrated: None, so many Psalmes as it. Divide the whole booke into foure parts, one fourt part is, for this returne: either directly of set purpose (as here are [...] [...]gether) or recorded in Psalmes, though made upon other purpose still, as the [...] [...]elivery that ever they had.

[Page 902]Yet, this I confesse unto you, that this Deliverie of theirs (such as it was) falls short o [...] that of ours as on this day [...] shalbe [...]ain to match it. But; this I must tel you before hand: to haue this [...] patterned in all points, we must not look for it. The Scripture hath it not. The [...] had no powder, then, it was not found. If they had [...] they would have used it, but for the murder of persons: they knew no other mur­ther. But, to [...] E [...]ates of a Realme at a clap! Facti sunt sicut somnian­ [...]s, or rather, [...] they neuer dream't of any such. And what then is our case, [...] we, that have received from GOD such a Deliverance, as we can finde no match for it?

But well, though these Psalmes, of the Captivitie, come not fully home, be not al­together [...] ours, yet, because th [...]re be none liker, none that come neerer, we [...] ourse [...]es with these, and either take our Texts hence, or take none at all.

In taking this then, and applying i [...]to the present, there shall need but one word to be altered, that is, the word Captivitie. But for it, all els would runne very cleere and [...]: if we might but change that one word, and in stead of reading, When the Lord turned away the Captivity of Sion, we might thus read, When the Lord turned away the blowing up of Sion: all besides, every word els, would suite well, and keep perfect cor­respondencie.

It is true, it was not a Captivitie, that was turned away from us. And yet it is hard to say, whether it might not have prooved to that too: and whether GOD, in turning it away, did not happily turne away a Captivitie. But, if not a Captivitie, that He turned away from us, was worse then any Captivitie. This Psalme sheweth it; They that are Captives, how miserable soever their case be, yet have hope of returning, as these had and did. But, if this of ours had taken place, we had beene sure enough for ever retur­ning: we had beene (all) past singing, In Convertendo.

This one word being changed (and that without wrong to the Text, for it is for a greater) all els will fall in and follow of it selfe. 1. As that of theirs, so this of ours, for all the world like a dreame. 2. As they, among the heathen, then said of them; So, they, of other Nations, now said of us: that GOD had beene our good LORD, for bringing us againe, if not from the captivitie of Babylon; from Babylon (I am sure) that is, from a horrible and fearfull confusion, which He turned away from this land, and from us all.

The Summe and Division.To set then this Psalme, first for them, and then for our selves. It is a Psalme of Degrees (the title is so:) and two degrees there be in it. No new ones, but the vsuall; which we must still fall upon, if we deale with the Psalmes: (All the Psalmes are redu­ced to them, even to those two words Halleluja and Hosanna, Prayses and Prayers; Halleluja, prayses for Deliverance obtained, Hosanna, prayers for obtaining the like, up­on the like need.) 1. The Halleluja in the foure first verses: 2. The Hosanna in the last. I durst not sever them; they prosper not, where they goe not toge­ther.

I The Halleluja or prayse, hath two degrees, which (as in all other things, so in this make it prayse, worthy.) 1 The Stuffe, and the 2 Workemanship.

The Stuffe (or matter) I call, The turning backe the captivitie of Sion: and two de­grees in it. 1. That Sion is suffered to goe into captivitie. 2. That GOD turneth away the captivitie of Sion. This is Halleluja for the Stuffe.

And againe Halleluja for the Workmanship. That GOD did not deliver Sion Vtc [...]n­gue; but, so deliuer her, as the manner was memorable. The manner is sett downe in two degrees (Which two are, as it were, the [...] of the other:) 1. Tur­ne [...] it so strangely, as, when it was done, it seemed rather a dreame, then a thing done [...] Facti sumu [...], &c. 2. Againe, turned it so memorably, as the Heathen [...] Tum dicebant, &c.

Whi [...] [...] di [...]ides it selfe into the sound amongst the Heathen (in the second [...] Ecch [...] of it in [...] (in the fourth.)

[Page 903] [...] commeth the Conclusion (the best conclusion of all) Facti sumus, &c. This [...].

[...]heir Halleluja is no sooner done, but close upon it commeth their Hosanna. To II [...] knees they get them, and pray Converte Domine. And in this also two degrees. [...] they pray to turne it. 2 And then, so to turne it, as the streames in the [...]. In the South (that is) the wildernesse; likening their captivity to a desert, and their [...] to streames of water. And what more needfull, or what more welcome then [...] the wildernesse? These are the degrees and steppes, in theirs. The same [...] will we tread in our owne; to shew, that we may with good right convert to our [...] vse, this Psalme In Conuertendo.

HAllelujah first for the worke, then for the workemanship: The worke is,VER. 1. I. Hall [...]luja. 1. For the Worke. The LORD turned away the Captivitie of Sion: 1 First of the Captivity of Sion; 2 Then, of the LORD's turning it.

The Captivitie of Sion: I aske first, why of Sion? 1 The Captivi­tie of Sion. why not the captivitie of Ierusa­lem, Iuda, Israel? Ierusalem, Iuda, Israel, were ledd away Captives, no lesse then [...]. They, the greater, and more generall: why not the Captivitie of them; but of [...]? It should seeme, there is more in Sion's, then in the rest, that choise is made of it [...]fore the rest. Why? what was Sion? We know, it was but a Hill in Ierusalem, Psal. 48.2. on the [...]rth-side. Why is that Hill so honoured? No reason in the world, but this; That, [...] it, the Temple was built: And so, that Sion is much spoke of, and much made of, it [...]onely for the Temple's sake. For whose sake it is (even for His Church,) that the LORD loveth the gates of Sion, more then all the dwellings of Iacob. Loveth her more, and so her captivity goeth neerer Him, and her deliverie better pleaseth him,Psal. 87.2. then all [...]cob besides. This maketh Sion's captivitie to be mentioned chiefly, as chiefly regar­ded by GOD, and to be regarded by His. As (we see) it was:Psal. 137.1. When they satt by the wa­ [...] of Babylon, that which made them weepe, was, When we remembred thee ô Sion: that [...]eir greatest griefe. That, their greatest griefe, and this their greatest ioy; Laetatí [...], when newes came, (not saith the Psalme, in domos nostras, We shall goe now eve­ [...]one to his owne house, but) in Domum Domini ibimus, Psal. 122.1. We shall goe to the house of the [...], we shall appeare before the GOD of GODS in Sion.

[...]ion, God loved and fauoured highly: yet, how deare soever Sion is in His sight, for [...] sinnes, propter peccata populi mei, she sometimes is forsaken, and afflicted by Him. [...]ough He take not His mercie utterly from her, nor suffer His truth quite to faile, Psal. 89.33.32. yet [...] visiteth her offences with the rodd, and her deeper transgressions with scourges: and [...] the rest, with this scourge of Captivitie.

To be plagued at home, in their owne land, is but a rodd in comparison: Captivitie [...] a scourge, in respect of it, and a sharpe one. To be bereft of all we have, and of that, which they have, that have nothing els) libertie; to be carried into a strange [...]; to be made bond and thrall to the proud commands of an Enemie, Wo is me for [...] (saith Ieremie.) And no man shall need but to read his Lamentations only. There [...] particular, to be seene, the evill of captivitie, how sharpe a scourge it is. The [...] was made for that end.

[...], of all Captivities, none so evill, as that of Babell: If any other be a scourge, that [...]. In Aegypt, their case was more tolerable: their soules were free there, [...] their bodies in Servitude; they might serve God yet, they were not compelled [...] downe before Isis or Osiris. Onely, the Captivitie of Babell is the captivitie of [...] lesse then bodies. There, they must fall downe before the great Idol in the field [Page 904] Dura, [...]. 3.1.6. or be throwne into the furnace. [...] i [...] the worst place that is, for Sion to be car­ried captive to. And this is the first degree, Sion is afflicted, and that with Captivitie; with the Captivitie of [...]. Now to in Convertendo Dominus.

The Lord's Turning of it. Lamen. 4.9. They that fell by the sword (sait [...] Ieremie) were in better case then they that went into captivitie, save onely th [...], th [...] poore hope they had left, They might returne againe. They might returne, and so they did. Sion went into Captivitie; but her captivitie we [...]t not so farre, but it turnes againe. It is one of the Songs of Sion. Many a time have they affl [...]cted me from my youth up &c. Psal. 129.1.2 And againe, Many a time have they afflicted me &c. [...] is, many and many times more; but yet, they have not prevailed against me finally. Heere is a proofe of it. Though brought to Babell, yet not left there; though [...] into Captivitie, yet restored to libertie. There may be snares, for her, but the end is,Psal. 124.7. Psal. 116.16. laqueus contritus est; there may be bonds, but the end dirupisti vincula, Thou hast broken my bonds in sunder. Sion's captivitie is still turned back.

But who shall turne it▪ In Convertendo Dominus, Cyrus may seeme to have done it: But alas Cyrus is [...] great Monarch, and they a sort of poore Captives. Besides, he is a Heathen man, an Idolater, a stranger to them and their Religion, no waies like to turne or to be turned;Mat. 16.3. Quis revolvet nobis hunc lapidem, what engine shall bring this about? Dominus, the Lord shall. For, though the hearts of Monarchs be as rivers of many streames, Pro. 21.1. yet In manu Domini cor Regis (saith a great Monarch) in His hand their hearts be; Et [...] vult convertit, and He can turne them, as the streames in the South. (This verse referring to that of Salomon.) It is the Lord then, the great [...], the great Turner of the greatest Monarch's hearts, that thus turned Cyrus's heart. Psal. 118.23. Cyrus being turned, his Decree came forth for their returne. A Domino factumest istud, It was His doing; they saw it, they noted it; and they had beene to be noted of great blindnesse, if they had not noted it. But, note it they did. So they beginne one of their Songs,Psal. 124.1.2. Nisi quia DEVS; and againe they repeate it, Nisi quia DEVS, If the Lord had not done it, it had not beene done. But for him, they had beene in Babell, still. Thus much 1 for Sion's captivitie, and 2 the Lord's turning: The Lord turned away the Captivitie of Sion. So have ye the worke: Halleluja for the worke.

2. Halleluj [...]. For [...]he work­manship, or manner.And againe, Halleluja for the Work-manship. To escape a Captivitie, is enough, it skills not now; howsoever, it is well; thankes be to GOD. But, it receiveth encrease, and is made capable of a higher degree, by the Manner: and that greatly. All cap­tivities are grievous; specially, that of Babell: And all returnes joyfull; specially, from thence. Yet is even that made more joyfull, two waies; sett higher by these two degrees. 1. That it was like a dreame. It is ever a signe of a very strange event, when men, at the seeing ought, though they be awake, yet think they are not; though they doe not dreame, yet thinke, they are in a dreame. 2. That they among the Hea­then talked of it. It is ever a signe of a famous accident, when other men (specially, other Nations) speake, and speake magnificè of it.

So strange as like a dreame. 1 Vnlookt for. Faecti sumus sicut somniantes, We were as it were in a dreame, it came so unlook't for. For, so come dreames (we know) without looking for: (Men know not, when they go to bedd, what they shall dreame of.) And it is a benefit, to have a benefit come, like a dreame, [...] waiting longer for it.

Without labour.Then, it came without any labour of our parts: That, that commeth in a dreame, commeth to us sleeping; we doing nothing to it, or toward it, more then if we had been fast asleepe. And, it is a benefit to have a benefit come like a dreame, without paines-taking for it.

[...] Beyond hope.But, neither of these is it: That it was unlaboured for, or that it was unlook't for. But, that it was so strange, as no man would ever have looked for it; so strange, as well might we dreame of some such thing, but (awake) never any saw the like. The nature of dreames is such: Men, in dreames, have such strange things appeare to them, as would never come into the minds of any,Gen. [...]8.12.17.9. [...]an. 2.31.32. that were awake. They see ladders so long [...] will reach up to heaven: They see the Moone and Starrs-worshipping them: They [...] men with head [...] of gold and breasts of silver, and I wott not what things: incredible [Page 905] [...], of the phansie's figuring, but never of the sense's apprehending. This [...], by all likely-hood, to seeme like dreames. And such was their case, at the [...] out of Cyrus's proclamation, for their returne. It was so little looked for, [...] it should come; it was so above all they could hope for, when it did come; [...] with the sodainesse, and what with the strangenesse, for the present, it seemed [...] a dreame of the night, rather then any vision of the day. Well might they [...] sumus, &c.

[...] [...]reame it was. To specifie what kind of dreame. Iacob dreamed,A pleasant Dreame Gen. 28 1 [...]. Dan. 4.5. and was much [...] with it: Nebuchadnezzar dreamed, and was exceedingly frighted with it. [...] (heere) was of the nature of Iacob's; a comfortable, pleasant dreame: You may [...] the effects in the second verse; Tum repletum est &c. And sure, the impression [...] phansi [...], no where sheweth it selfe more powerfull, then in dreames; Men shall [...] [...]ffected, as they shall even laugh out, as they sha [...]l even talke aloud; yea so, that [...] [...]hall even wake with it many times. This heere was such; Ioyfull, it filled their [...] full of joy; so full, as it even brake forth, and ranne over, over into the [...], Os risu; over into the tongue, Lingua jubilo. The face is a mirror, to shew, how [...] [...]inde is affected: The tongue a trumpett, to sound out the secrets of the heart. [...] might see their joy, in their face, as in a mirror; you might heare it from their [...], as from a trumpet. A signe it was, the Fountaine was full, when both the [...] thus runne over.

But, what is it for a dreame, to be pleasant, if it be not true withall? Nay;And true with­all. there is [...] more miserable case, then of him that dreameth the pleasant yvorie-dreame, and [...]hen he awaketh finds it nothing so. Dreames, he is at a feast, and waketh all [...]: dreames, he is rich; and waking, finds nothing in his hands. This, was not such: [...] was per corneam portam, a true one; not to be lett goe for a dreame, for it prooved [...]ore then a dreame, a reall thing indeed. For, when they came out of their dreame, all [...] Countrie about rang of it, Tum dicebant &c.

And, there can be no better way, to come to a true iudgement of what befalleth us, [...] by dicebant, what other men say of it. Men are commonly over-sensible of their [...] joy: a truer estimate would be taken, from them, that are no parties to it. Best, [...]are what they say.

Especially, if it be not onely Dicebant inter Homines, but inter Gentes too; if they be [...]ot single men, but whole Nations. Their Dicebant is yet a degree further. For, ma­ [...]y a deliverance there is, the world never talks of, and yet, great for all that: but, those, [...] fill the eyes and the mouthes of whole Nations, must needs be primae Magnitudi­ [...]: and so was this then. Notice was taken of this, by those inter Gentes; and no other [...] for the time, but of it. This sheweth, it might well be as strange, as a dreame, but [...] no dreame indeed.

The Heathen were either strangers, and regarded them not; or enemies, and [...] them. No feare, that such (especially, the later sort) should dreame too. No; [...] sleepes not. And waking and seeing it; no feare, they will be partiall and [...] more then truth. Commonly, their nature is to abate, diminish, extenuate: [...] feare of amplifying at their hands. If they say, it is great; it is great indeed. And [...], both strangers, and enemies confesse it; therefore, we may be sure, it was no [...] or ordinarie turning.

And truly, great reason they had so to say; So memorable as the Heathen talked of it. It could be no policie (they saw) for [...], to send them backe. He had them now safe, and well broken to service, by [...] yeare's continuance. They might prove slipperie, and revolt; and so he repent [...] them home. Besides, he sent none backe, of all the rest of his Captives, [...] (yet) of his owne Religion, which these were not. They saw (then) no reason for [...] world. Then, to lett them go; and in such sort to lett them go; with so ample [...], with so rich rewards, to build againe: This, when it came to their notice, [...] them muse, it found them talke; it even drew from them this dic [...]bant.

[Page 906] VE [...]. 2. The [...]. Then said they of the Heathen.] And▪ what is it they said? It is to the purpose. In [...] (a [...] in many other) the H [...]a [...]hen's saying cannot be mended. This they say. [...] they were no [...], or common things; but great. 2. Then, these great things the [...] [...] not to [...]ance; that they hapned not, but were done. 3. Then, done by GOD himselfe: they see GOD, in them. 4. Then, not done by GOD at [...]dome, [...] particular ayme; but, purposely done for them. 5. And yet, there is more in magnificavit facere (if we looke well.) For, magna fecit would have [...] But, in saying magnificavit facere, they say magnif [...]cit illos, ut magna [...] He magnified them, or sett greatly by them, for whom He would bring [...] great a Worke. This, said they among the Heathen.

[...] is pitie, the Heathen said it, and that the Iewes themselves spake not these [...]. But, they were so ravished with joy at the first, as they were to be borne with. Bu [...] now, finding the Heathen so saying; and finding, it was all but true, they said; they must needs finde themselves bound to say at least so much: (And more they could not: for, more cannot be said.) So much then, and no lesse then they. And this added a degree to the dicebant. That the sound of it was so great among the Heathen, as it made an Eccho even in Iurie it selfe.

VER. 3. The Eccho of it in Israël.That Eccho then followeth (in the III, verse.) The person onely changed; No­biscum, for Cum illis: ther's all. And indeed, Sion should have been much to blame, i [...] the Heathen should see those things for great, and GOD to be the Doer of them; and Sion should not discerne them for such. If the Heathen should say magnificavit [...], and Sion should not magnifie Him for this so magnificent a worke; if this Confession should even be wroong from the Heathen, and should not come vo­luntarie from the Children of Sion, whom it more neerely concerned a great deale.

But wha [...] shall there be no difference betweene Sion's and the Heathen's dicebant, [...] onely N [...]iscum? Yes: for though the words be the same, there may be odds in the uttering. GOD forbidd, but Sion should say, in another manner key, at the least.

The Conclusion [...] Facti sumus latantes.And yet, there is some amends for Sion: The words are not all out the same. Heer is a hemistic hium more in Sion's; in which, they plainely expresse the odds, betwene their affections and the Heathen's. This it is; Facti sumus laetantes: That is, the [...] say it; but, rather wondring, then reioycing at it. They say it, because they cannot choose but say it, it is so evident; but they bite the lipp when they have done; [...] could have been well content, to have spared the speech; well content, that GOD [...] not done it, that they might not have said it. In a word: they say it without a [...]; But, Sion saith it joying, and joyeth in saying it: saith it, and, in saying it, say [...] the [...]nd of it, Facti sumus laetantes ▪ And this (heere) is true joy, grounded upon [...]he du [...] consid [...]ration of the matter, by occasion of the Heathen's speech. The other (before) was like the laughing in a dreame. But, this, true joy; and, in signe thereof, it was at the first but facti sumus sicut somniantes; but heere, it is facti sumus (not sicut, [...], truely joyfull indeed. And this maketh up their Halleluja.

VE [...]. 4. II. [...]Their Hallel [...]ja thus [...], they come to their Hosanna streight. And why so [...]? They were sicut s [...]m man [...]es; so they say: And, dreames (we know) have [...], qualitie, they are but [...]. And, they were facti laetantes; and, joy [...] of the same nature, [...] not much longer their a dreame, but vanisheth quickly, as a [...] one [...], and joyes, Psal. [...]. [...]. as soone had, so soone lost. That [...] [...]tantes prove not sicut somniantes, to keepe their joy waking, this they [...] way: No sooner [...] make an end of Halleluja, but streight to beginne [Page 907] Hosan [...]; make the next verse to their thankes for In Convertendo, a petition, [...] And that to Him, that granted that; to grant this. In Convertendo Dominus, [...] Domine: (that is, Hosanna to him in the highest.)

[...] Domine: Why how now? But very now,1. They pray to turne it. they praised Him for turning [...], and do they now pray Him, to turne it away? How hangs this together: to [...] to have that turned, that is turned already? They may seeme to be scarce yet [...] their dreame. Not so: These two Converte's, and these two Captivities are not [...]. Saint Augustine saith well (upon solutis doloribus inferni, Acts II.) that, [...] [...]anner of wayes, a thing is loosed: 1 Either, after we are already snared;Acts 2.24. 2 or els [...], that we be not snared with it at all. CHRIST loosed those so [...]rowes, this [...] way, which is farre the better way of the twaine. And even so, two wayes is a [...] (or any mischiefe els) turned away: 1 by an after-deliverie, when it is come: [...] by a fore-hand prevention, yer it do come. The Graecians expresse it, by Prometheus [...] Epimetheus: the Latins, by Antevorta, and Postvorta; The Schoolemen, by [...] and subveniendo: But, prevention is ever the better. Better a good Buckler, to [...] of the blow; then a good Plaister, to heale the hurt of it. Better never see Babell, [...] return from it. The Captivitie of the first verse was come, and is now come and [...]: Who knoweth, whither there be any other to come? If there be, Converte [...], turn it away beforehand; take order there never come any more. So, it is plain, [...] all the former In convertendo, they may well pray this last too, notwithstanding. They may well pray it; and good reason they have, to pray it. The children of Edom, Psal. 137.7. and the rest of their evill neighbours, that shewed their goodwill in this captivitie past, [...] the same men still; still carry the same minds. No yeare, no day goeth over their [...]eads, but they wish and contrive, to bring another, either captivitie, or some mischief [...], I know not what. Therefore Converte Domine is no more then needs.

Now, as Converte Domine is, what they wish done: Sicut torrentes is, the manner, 2. The man­ner of turning it. [...]ow they wish it done. Turne it and so turne it, as the streames in the South. By the [...]outh, understanding the South climate; on which side, lay Arabia deserta. All, South-ward from them, was nothing but a drie and wast wildernesse. It is of the na­ [...]ure of a wildernesse to be without water. Psal. 107.35. And what streames are there then in the [...]ildernesse? None, but such as they call Land-waters. And how are they turned or brought thither? No other way, then by melting the snow on the great high hills there, which being dissolved by the summer-sunne, come down so plentifully, that all the pooles are filled with water so strongly, that they turne the course of mighty rivers. Their meaning then is. 1. They have as great need of deliverie, as the South-cli­mate hath of water. 2. Captivitie is as congeled snow, and they frozen fast in it, [...]at they cannot stirr. 3. They would have it turned, but by no violent way, but [...] onely by thawing and melting the hearts of Princes (Cyrus and the rest) sett a­ [...]ainst them (whose hearts Salomon compareth to these streames:) by that, rather [...] by any other way.Pro. 21.1. 4. That never was water-streame more welcome to the [...]-faring man, in the wildernesse, then this shalbe to them. For, we reade of two [...] of turnings they had. 1 One out of Egypt, in violent and tempestuous [...] The sea fled, Iordan was driven back; Pharao was drowned; Sehon and Og slain:Psal. 136.12. Psal. 114.3. Psal. 136.15·19.20. [...] great adoe there was. 2 And now this, out of Babylon; neither by an armie, [...] by maine strength, but by my Spirit (saith the Lord) breathing upon Cyrus, and in [...] and gentle manner melting his heart: and there was all.Ezra 1.1. 2. Chro. 36.22. A conversion (not as [...] of Pharao, but) as this of Cyrus: not, as the rivers of the North; but, as the [...] in the South, is it they pray for. So pray they, and so will all pray that are well [...]. Thus farre their Hosanna.

[...] to alter the propertie of all this, and to convert it to our own use: and to shew [...] both this Halleluja; and then that this Hosanna, will no lesse agree to us, and [...] (if not more; but certeinly more;) a review must needs be granted, of all the [...]. And in them (there is no remedie, but) we must fall to measuring; [Page 908] that it may appeare, there is great odds, between this of ours, and that of theirs. Con­sequently, that we are bound to give thanks with another manner of Halleluja, then e­ver did they. And that, whither we looke to that which was turned away; ours was worse: to the manner of turning i [...] self; ours was better: to the meanes of this tur­ning; ours to be preferred to the likenesse of a dreame, to the dicebant inter Gentes, to the facti sumu [...]l [...]t [...]ntes; in all and every point, we are still beyond them.

Our turning and delivery the greater fat.That which was turned away, in them, was a Captivitie, for terme of yeares: In us, was an utter desolation: as much odds between them, as between lying in prison, and flying in peeces. Captivitie (as we see by this) is Vox convertibilis, hath hope to turne againe;1. For that which was turned away. [...] desolation being uncapable of in convertendo, past all hope or possibili­tie of [...] [...]e [...]urning more.

And what manner of desolation? For, we may find Captivities to match theirs: For a People to be carried away captive, is no new thing upon earth. But, this deso­lation of ours putts downe all that ever were. What should I say, but as the Apostle of that which passeth the speech of all speakers, Oculus non vidit, &c. The like never was seen, 1. Cor. 2.9. heard, nor entred into the heart of man.

2. For the manner of turning.And our turning, therefore, the better: and not onely therefore; but in it selfe, simply. Two turnings we said there were: 1 By prevention yer it come: and 2 sub­vention after it is come; and prevention the better, and that was ours. Theirs was by Postvorta; light upon them first. Ours came not at us at all; and yet, very neer us it came, as neer as could be, not to hurt us; and even then, away it was turned. So much the better (should I think) we will reckon of it. That the blow, or blowing up was turned, and we not hurt; rather then we hurt, and ly long on the Chirurgian's hand and at last be cured. That of theirs lay heavie upon them for a long time, yet it was turned away: Sevenne yeares full. Ours was turned, in the turning of a hand. And we know, it is a doubling of the pleasure, to do it at once.

3. For the [...].As in the manner, so in the meanes of this turning, we passe them farre. In that of theirs, the immediate cause of their turning, under GOD, was the turning of Cyrus the King's heart, which GOD hath in his hand, and turneth as the streames of wa­ter. And was not ours so too? And yet still, after a more excellent manner. Theirs, a Heathen; ours a Christian Prince: theirs, a stranger; ours, our owne. To the strange turning of whose heart, to turne the letter into a strange construction, next to GOD himselfe, we may all truly ascribe our destruction then turned away. This for the 1 turning, 4. For the like­nes to a dream. Ezra 1.1. the 2 manner, and 3 meanes of it.

Now at the time of this turning, if they were sicut somniantes, we were more. 1. They were delivered by a proclamation: proclamations (we know) come not forth, till it be well on of the day, when the streets are well filled with people to heare them; but never early in the morning. But, the newes of ours came betimes, when a great part of us were not out of our bedds, and scarce well awake: so, it might be affirmed of us literally, we were then in good earnest, sicut somniantes.

Acts 12.7.2. Saint Peter was awake, broad awake, when the Angells made his chaines fall of: he clothed himselfe, shodd himselfe, girt himselfe, went through three gates one after a­nother,Acts 12.9. and after that, through a whole street; yet that that happened, was so excee­ding strange to him, that all this while, he thought he was but in a dreame. Our case was Saint Peter's for all the world; we were truly delivered, and yet many of us got up, and were fully ready, yet we could gett our selves ready to beleeve, but that we did still Vis [...]m videre: Sicut somniantes, et ecce vigilantes.

3. They had sense of their captivitie, their mind ran on it; the more their mind ran on it, the more like to dreame of it. We had not so much: it was the further end of our thought, and therefore more like a dreame, more unlooked for.

4. They were not fast asleep, they did somwhat toward their deliverie; with long, oft [...]n and earnest prayer, they did sollicite GOD; they and their Prophetts for them. We praye [...] not, we knew no cause to pray: nothing at all did we to it or toward it, it [...] into [...], while we were on sleep.

For the [...] of the [...]. [...] I say [...] thing of the joy of the dreame? This I may: that we passed them in [Page 909] [...]word They were in a strange countrie; they must looke more demurely, they must [...] more sparingly. We were in our owne, we might do it the more freely, both [...] and speech. And for the time, so we did.

[...] will ye now see, we passe them in dicebant. Theirs was dicebant; but of ours,6. For dicebant. [...] onely dicebant, but Scribebant and excudebant; said it, writt it, and printed it. And [...] as this heere, Magna? Nay, Magna, Et à seculo inaudita; such, so great, as the like [...] never heard before.7. For Inte [...] Gen­tes.

This for dicebant. And for inter Gentes, we passe them there. For, who talked of the [...]rs? a handfull of nations, in comparison; but those that bordered about. They [...] [...]ffect say as much: Not Gentes, not all; but inter Gentes, some among them. A small part of the World, compared to ours: more tongues a great deale went to our Dicebant. I may safely say, Quae regio in terris, What land is there, whither the fame of it is not gone, where it is not spoken of? and we by meanes of it renouned and [...] famous over all the earth; even to Turks and Infidells (for, thither also it is come, how GOD hath dealt with us.) Yea, even our very Enemies themselves (I doubt not) when it was told in Gath, and published in the streets of Ascalon; even in Rome i [...] [...]elfe, even they in the Conclave, even the P [...]pe himselfe, helped to make up this di­ [...]bant though not aloud, that their voice might be heard in the streets, yet among themselves, in private, were forced to say as much: that, the greatnesse of ours received witnesse from the mouth of our enemies.8. For facti sumus lae [...]antes.

Our dicebant is double to theirs then, and so is our facti sumus laetantes. There is, as a joy for our owne deliverie; so likewise another joy, for the fall of our enemies: They had the former only: We, both former and later. For, in theirs, they to whom they had beene Captives, let them goe, and there was all; and they were gladd of it: but they of Babylon became not Captives to Sion. But in ours, not only the Captivitie was turned away; but we ledd captivitie captive, which is the greatest Ioy of all. They that ment ours, instead of ours, found their owne: were taken in their owne turne, became cap­tives themselves; and as they entended, our members should, so theirs (now) rent, and stretched one from the other. So, in every point, they fall short of us; and we, in all and everie, are still beyond them.

And now let me a little stay, and say as much for our selves, as for the Iewes. If we shall but enter into our owne hearts for a moment, we cannot but think thus: What, doth this our deliverance draw thus much, even from other nations, that are our ene­mies? Why then (belike) it must be some extraordinarie great one. Why (me thinks) it toucheth not them, this; it toucheth us: it is we, that were delivered and not they: and, shall they say all this of us, and shall not we say as much of our selves? Shall we come behind them, or rather, shall we not come behind them, since they are got be­ [...]ore in this Dicebant? The words we cannot mend, they are so full; Great were the things, and very Great: They chanced not; they were done; done by GOD, He was the Doer; He the Doer of these great things, and we the people, for whom these great things were done: And so, a people highly magnified by Him in his mercie; and so, a people deepely bound to magnifie Him for all His mercies, but for this, above all, that [...]ll the World speaks of.

And, though we cannot, with other words then they; yet can, and will (I trust) [...]ith farre other affection. GOD forbid, but facere nobiscum should be sounded in an higher key, then facere cum illis. In dangers (I am sure) it is; never any mens dan­ge [...] touch us as our owne: Never they from the shore, cry so heartily Lord save them, tha [...] they see in danger of drowning upon the Sea; as they in the ship, themselves cry, [...]ord save us. GOD forbid, but we that felt it, should take up our Halleluja in a higher [...] then they, that were but lookers on; heard of it, and spake of it, but were not [...] as we were of it.

Let this be the difference: that we say the same, that they say: but they say [...] Dominus facere cum illis and facti sunt gementes; and we, magnific [...]vit Dominus [...] [...]biscum, & facti sumus laetantes.

And, since our case doth so many waies surpasse this of the Iewes, in all the points [Page 910] along; our Halleluja must needs do s [...] too. It is but reason I will require. Theirs (heere) went no further, then the [...] [...]uth and their tongue, Os & lingua: more they mention not. But, in a certaine [...] the Psalmist, when he would expresse a farr grea­ter joy,Psal. [...].10. thus he saith, All my bone [...] [...]all say, Lord who is like thee? This, I thinke reason, that seeing our bones should have been scattered in every corner like as chipps, Psal. 141.7. when one heweth wood on the earth; (should have, but were not:) Not onely our mouth and tongue (as theirs;) but our very bones should say, Halleluja, Lord who is like thee, who hast ridd us from a danger, the like whereof never was? I add further: that, if we and our bones would hold our peace,Luk. 19.40. the stones should cry it. For, timber-worke, and stone­work, and all had flyen in peeces (we know) then; even (as Abakuk speaketh) that the beame out of the timber-work, Haba [...]. 2.11. and the stone out of the wall, may cry one to another; the beame to the [...]one, Halleluja; and the stone, to the beame againe, Halleluja, To Him, that hath kept them fast, and not made Ierusalem as an heape of stones. Even they, to cry: Every bone to have a tongue; and every stone and beame to have a tongue, to put downe theirs, and to make our dicebant, our Halleluja, our magnificavit the louder.

Our Hosanna.And now, shall we stay heere and end with Halleluja, and cutt of Hosanna quite? I dare not: I seldome see Halleluja hold long, if Hosanna forsake it, and second it not. For I aske; What, are they all dead, that sought our lives? Say, they are: Is the devill dead too? If he be not, it skills not, if they were. His powder-mill will still be going; he will still be as busie, as ever, in turning over all his devises, in turning himselfe into as many shapes as Proteus, and all to turne us to some mischiefe. The more it concernes us, not to be too long at our Halleluja; but, when we have done it, before we stirre, to take up our Hosanna; not to forgett it in any wise. After we have praised Him for in convertendo, that so it is: to returne, to our Converte Domine, that so it may long be. The wheele will stand, it will not turne on still, without it.

Then, in the person of humble suppliants cry we all, Hosanna to the Highest, and Con­verte Domine, Ezek. 1.15. to Him, that is Lord of Ezekiel's wheeles, and of all their conversions. The rather, for that there is no one designe, hath more layd open and let us see the de­fects and weakenesse of all humane wisedome and watchfullnesse, then this There wanted neither, but it went beyond both. No, nor any designe hath lett us see, how dangerous and undiscoverable plotts, the devill is able to possesse his limms withall. All to let us see, what need we have, to turne to him, with our Converte, that can see what they do at mid-night, in the vault, as well as what is done at noone-day, on the house-topp: can see, and discover; discover it, and turne it away. That He would, as many as are comming this way, turne them all away.

And turne them all away, by the way of prevention; not suffering them to light on us (as theirs did) and then after remove it; but averting it, before it come; lest af­ter, it be too late.

And (that we forget not Sicut) that he turne it by such, and no other meanes, then the streames in the South; that is, with no great adoe: not, in boisterous or rigorous meanes, as that of Egypt; but, in mild and calme manner, as this of Babel, and as our own. By the same meanes still; even by the turning of the heart, which is in His hands; which as the streames in the South He now did turne, and so still and ever may. That, from that fountaine (still) may flow the streames, that may give us refreshing in time of our need. That, if it be His blessed will, that may ever be the Sicut, as now it was.

And now, turne our captivitie ô Lord, past and to come; turne both; that, as the streames of the South, they may melt, fall away, and come to nothing; that our future dangers may still be sicut somnia, ever as dreames, but never visions: that, as we have been now matter of praise to the Nations, for our former deliverie, so we never become a by-word to them, for any after calamitie: but that, our conclusion may be ever, facti sumus laetantes, Io [...]. 16.22. still in joy, and this joy may never be taken from us; that we stil may laud and magnifie Thy glorious Name, ever more praysing Thee and saying, Magnificetur Dominus. The Lord hath magnified his power and goodnesse toward us, this day, for which His holy Name he magnified, this day, and for ever.

SERMON [...]reached before the KING'S [...]AIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the V. of November. A. D. MDCIX.

LVKE CHAP. IX. VER. LIV. LV. LVI.

Cum vidissent autem Discipuli, &c

And when his Disciples Iames and Iohn saw it, they said: Lord, wilt thou that we command, that fire come downe from heaven, and consume them, even as Elias did?

But Iesus turned about and rebuked them, and said: Ye know not of what Spirit ye are:

[...]or the Sonne of man is not come to destroy men's lives, but to save them.

WE have heer, in this Text, a whole town of Sama­ria, in danger of being destroyed; of being de­stroyed, by fire: and they scaped it narrowly: so neer it was, there lacked but dicimus, a word speaking. Of the Disciples, some were very for­ward in the motion: but, CHRIST rebuked them: and the end was, the Town was saved. And was not this, under the termes of Iames and Iohn and a Town of Samaria, our very case, this day foure yeare? We were then in danger of destroying; and destroying by the same ele­ment, fire; and so neer it we were, it would have been done as soon, as a letter burnt. There [...], that forwarded these fire-works, with their dicimus, all they could: and [Page 912] [...]. But, IESVS shewed himselfe, to [...]) of [...] And as He was then better, to [...], then the Fathers of His [...] rebuked [...]spant [...] blessed be GOD, as the Text ends, so did the [...] in Non [...] none destro [...]ed, all sa [...]ed.

Finding [...]eer [...] [Non pe [...]dere] in the Text, which amount to as much as [...], that this Text will second well David's Neperd [...]. As, when [...] we had David's Ne perdas, to save a King: so, heer we have now the Sonne of David's (CHRIST's) Ne perdas, to save (a towne in the Text; but with u [...]) [...] mo [...]e worth the [...] Samaria, and all the Townes in it.

[...] Ne pe [...]das o [...] CHRIST; beside the Sabboth it selfe, is to us (this day) matter o [...] a second Sabboth: Luke 6.1. and so, this (like that in the Ghospell) [...], a second besides the [...] two S [...]bb [...]s [...]n one; wherein, the voyce of prayse and thanksgiving is heer, [...] is [...]ll o [...]er [...]he la [...]d, for the happie non perdere, sed salvare, of this day.

The [...].The whole Text is a question, upon a Case: the Case, this. CHRIST was jour [...]ying from G [...]lile [...], to Ierusalem: Being in that countrie upon His way, He sent to this town, to take up lodging: No lodging would be had; a generall restraint; no man to receive Him:Ver. 53. the quarrell, because His face was toward Ierusalem; would not worship with them, in their mount. Vpon this Case, this question: Whither this towne, for not receiving CHRIST, upon pretense He was not of their Religion, might not be consumed? Or make the Case (if you will) blowne up with fire. Some lit­tle difference there is, and but little: Vis, dicimus descendat (say they;) Vis, facimus as­cendat (say ours:) descendat, or ascendat, both end, in consumet eos, destruction of them and us. In this question, we shall divide CHRIST and His companie. For, of them, two heer named were ready to do it, and therefore resolve, it might be done. But CHRIST ruleth the Case, for the Town, that it ought not to be done; No, not for this quarrell, Non receperunt [...]um; No not vpon these parties, Samaritans; No not by that meanes done by miracle.

It was an error (this) of the Disciples; we see it plaine, by Nescitis: but, of it may well be said, that Gregorie saith of another of theirs, O salutaris error, qui totius mundi sustuli [...] errorem. A blessed error it was; for, by it the world was ridd of the like error, ever after. Ridd of the error of this day: What CHRIST answered in this case, He would have answered in ours, a fortiori; If not a poore towne, not such an Assembly. If not, by a supernaturall and miraculous; not, by an unnaturall, and monstrous act. If not, for himselfe; not for Saint Peter. So that, this Daye's case determined heer by CHRIST, before ever it was propounded: and determined quite contrarie, by IESVS, to his Disciples [...]hen; or to His Societie of late. We are all much bound Saint Luke, for recording it, or to the Holy Ghost rather, for inspiring him, so to doe. For, so long as this Verse shall stand in this Ghospell, it will serve for a resolution to this question, Whither upon pretense of religion, CHRIST will allow, the Iew should blow up the Samarit [...]ne? Vpon non receperunteos, any of His Disciples may do that, which they (heer) would have done? This rebuke heer of these, will reach to all under­takers in the same kind. This Non per dere sed salvare, saves all our Townes, Cities, and States, from cons [...]ing by fire, from any of CHRIST's companie.

The [...].To passe then to the [...]ntrea [...]ie. In the former verse, there is a Motive, and a Motion. I The [...]. And when his Disciple [...] Iames and Iohn, saw this, 1. The Motion in these: They said, Lord, wil [...] thou that we &c. Somwhat they saw, to move them: and what th [...] [...], i [...] in the verse before; [...] receperunt Eum: CHRIST's su [...]fering repulse;Ver. [...]. and for no other cause, but [...] his face wa [...] to-Ierusalem-ward: II, [...] w [...]re not affect [...] as they [...]re in religio [...] 2. The [...], 1 to have the [...] for i [...]: destroyed by fire: by [...]: from heaven, one. [...], speaking a [...] this, [...]pon warrant, Sicut fecit Elias, [...]

[Page 913] [...] latter, CHRIST's censure. First, He giveth no leave nor liking any way to III [...]. 1 Magister, vis dicimus (say they:) sed, Magister non vult dicere. So [...] that, as He rebukes them, that mooved it. The rebuke of the movers, is a [...] the motion. 3 Rebukes them not, for some one point, or circumstance in it, but [...] the whole, for mooving to Him, any such thing. 4 Nay, He goeth further: [...] the motion; nor likes not the spring it comes from. 5 In His rebuke, tells [...] Nescitis, they are much mistaken: mistaken themselves, and mistake Him, [...] Themselves, to moove any such matter: Him, to move it, to Him: it being [...] meet for them, to move; nor Him, to grant. Them, to move: for, they [...] of another spirit, if they could hitt on it. Him, to grant: For, He came to [...] [...]nd, then either to heare, or yeeld to motions of that nature: tells them they [...] of Elias's spirit, but of His, if they be His Disciples; and so, must come as He [...] Non perdere sed salvare.

[...] (because we come not now to learne onely; but to give thanks, as the dutie of [...] [...]ay requireth) after this, we will lay the two cases together, case by case; this of [...], to this in the text: by which, it will easily appeare (I doubt not) that we [...] great cause every way, of joy, and thanksgiving; nay of the twaine, the [...] the happie Ne perdas, CHRIST's Ne perdas, of this day.

OR yer we come to the motion, let us begin with that,I. The Motive. that was the beginning of all this quarrell; that is, Dissent in religion, between the Samaritan, and the Iew. We see the fruit of it heer, and what spirit it maketh men of. On the one [...]: Be they Iewes, go they to Ierusalem? let them have neither meat, drink, nor [...]; (that is to say) sterve them. On the other: Be they Samaritans, Sectaries? [...] of their lives; put fire to them, burne them, blow them up. Mutuall and mortall [...]tred breaking forth, upon every occasion. The woman of Samaria expresseth it, by [...]on co-utuntur, They use not, one side the other. She might even as well have said,Ioh. 4.9. co­butunt [...]r, they abuse each the other: so they do; forgetting humanitie and divinitie [...], on either part. Heer is the fruit: this, the spirit it breedeth. And these two, the [...]aritan, and the Iew, they made not an end of this, till it made an end of them. Look [...] [...]osephus, you shall see in the dayes of Claudius (Cumanus then deputie) the very like [...] [...]ell to this (heer) upon the very same occasion, taken wholy by the Zelotae, and [...] hard, opened the way to the Iewe's warrs, which neuer ended, till the utter [...] out and desolation of them both. Thus it was: and thus it wilbe: and by this [...], [...]ee, how necessarie CHRIST's Pax vobis is; and the Peace-maker, that could make [...], how blessed he should be! blessed heer, and blessed everlastingly.Ioh. 20.26. Mat. 5.9.

[...], let me tell you this withall: this spirit was not then, in all; neither all the [...], nor all the Samaritans. Some there were, on both sides, more moderately [...]. The Disciples (I doubt not) did all of them (the other ten, too) much dislike [...] courtesie offered CHRIST: yet, all cried not for fire: Two onely, these two [...] the twelve. On the other side; the Samaritans neither, all were not thus [...]. Though this town received Him not, it is said (in the last verse) they went [...] towne, and there He was received. So all,Ver 56. neither all the Disciples thus [...] all [...]he sonnes of thunder; some the sonnes of rayne,Mar. 3.17. as Bartholomew is [...]: nor all the Countrie of Samaria; GOD provided better, for both. All had [...] a generall combustion, if all had been of this destructive spirit: and all did go, [...] spirits [...] the upper hand.

[...] [...]or their comfort, that are such, this: that our SAVIOVR CHRIST was [...] but shewed himselfe on that side, that enclined to humanitie and [Page 914] peace.Io [...]. [...]7. There was no fault in him. It was still his desire coüti Samaritanis, to use, and be used by them; He would have had water, and asked it of the woman of Samaria: Sent his Disciples to that town, (there) to buy meat; and now, to this towne heer, to take up lodging: shewed himselfe (still) willing, to breake downe this partition-wall. In this very journey,Luke 17.16. after this repulse heer, yet He healed (among others) a Leaper, yea though a Samaritan. Yea so favourable that way He was, and so readie to be used, as He was counted and called a Samaritan for His labour.Ioh. 8.48. Well then, let this towne, and these two Disciples please themselves, in their consuming zeale: that other town, in the last verse, and the other ten were in the right. CHRIST was in the right (I am sure:) and it is safe for us, that the same mind be in us, that was in CHRIST IESVS. And so now to the Motion: But first, to the Motive, And when they saw, &c.

Let me say this, for Saint Iames and Saint Iohn; They saw enough, to move any to indignation. A great indignitie it is, that, which is done by common courtesie, to every ordinarie traveller (harbour for a night) to denie that, to any: Omni animanti­um generi pabulum & latibulum, foder and shelter, they are due to all living creatures by the law of nature.Ver. 58. Within a verse after, CHRIST saith: Vulpes foveas habent, &c. Not to allow a man, so much, as every Fox is allowed, a hole for his head; a very great inhumanitie, to any: who could choose, but be moved?

2. And, if to denie this, to any were too much: it received increase, by the person. It was CHRIST, that was thus repelled: of whose well using, it stood them upon, to be jealous; and not to shew themselves cold, in putting up any disgrace offered to their Master. We must needs allow their zeale, in their Master's quarrell.

3. And, when was this? For, that circumstance adds much, heer. It was even then, when He was newly come downe from the Mount, from His transfiguration: immediatly upon that, came this. Him whom a little before, they had seene glorified from heaven; to see him now thus vilified upon earth, would it not moove any?

4. And, who were they that did it? A pelting countrie towne; and they in it, a sort of Samaritan-heretiques, whom the world were well ridd of; at whose hands, who could endure, to see Him thus used? Comming from hatred of heresie, how can it choose but be a good motion?

5. And now, why was it, they did Him this disgrace? For no other cause, but for His religion: because His back was to their Mount, and his face to Ierusalem. And heer, zeale is in his prime; Never so plausible, as when it hath gotten Religion for his pre­tense, and the Catholique cause for his colour; then they may sett fire on the towne. Put these now together. 1 A barbarous indignitie, harbour for a night denied: and 2 denied Christ: 3 Christ so late in all his glorie: 4 and that by a sort of heretiques: 5 and onely, for that He was well affected in religion. The case is home: when they saw this, it moved them to make a Motion. Never talke of it: the motion cannot be misliked; specially comming commended by the Movers, two of his Disciples: and none of the meanest of them,Gal. 2.9. Ioh. 21.7. two Pillers (as Saint Paul calleth them) and he, whom Iesus so loved, one of the two.

II. The Motion.We see, what moved them. Now, let us see what they move, and upon what war­rant. They move to have them destroyed, by fire, from heaven. Their Warrant, sicut fecit Elias: whom they had seen a little before in the mount, and who (they are sure) would never have endured it.

In their motion (me thinks) two things they take for granted: 1 One, that destroyed they must be: no lesse punishment serve. 2 The other, that it should be by fire. They make no question of these two, nor so much as consult with Christ of them; 1 whither it be meet they were destroyed: 2 then, whither fire were not a fitt kind of death for such. They runne away with these two, and passe sentence upon them. Die they must: die they must, and then limit the kind; being heretiques, best even burne them and make no more adoe.

[Page 915]They onely advise with Christ about the meanes, whence they will have their fire, and [...]ow. Whence, from heaven: how, by dicimus. And hitherto, the case like. [...] to be destroyed: both, by fire: both, upon one pretense, they and we. Now, they [...]eak companie, Iesus's Disciples and Iesus's Societie. For, when it comes to the means, I [...]sus's Disciples will take no indirect course: do it, like Disciples, or not at all. They will go to worke, on GOD's name: call it downe, not conjure it up: from heaven, His owne sphere; not from any infernall place, not rent the earth to bring it up. Saint Iohn (as an Eagle) flyes up to the clouds: not (like a Mold warpe) creeps into a vault, [...]o do it. De coelo do it, like Prophetts; not, like incendiaries, fetch fire the wrong way.

The like may be said, of Dicimus: not, from heaven, by any optique instrument (as some had, before that time, fired whole navies;) no, but onely by Dicimus, saying the word and no more. No powder, but from the clouds: no match, but their tongue: No Vis fodimus, to pickaxes to digg; nor botes to carrie, nor traines to kin­dle it: but, Vis dicimus, by way of miracle, or not at all. This, the motion. Now, to the Warrant.

A good Warrant will do well. Christ without it (they know) likes of nothing done.2 The Warrant. The quo Warranto (to winne Christ to be willing, to obtaine His fiat) they alleadge, one would think a good one: 1 Sicut fecit; so, no noveltie; a precedent for it: 2 and sicut fecit (no lesse Prophet, then) Elias. They had seen him but lately; they did the more easily call him to mind. Moses they saw then too; but, they could not serve themselves of him. He was taken out of the water; No good sicut for them,Exod. 2.5. that were about fire-works. And He was the meekest man on earth: and it was no meek matter;Num. 12.3. and so he no meet man, for the purpose they were about. Elias, is Scripture, as well as be: the authoritie of so great a Prophet is enough, to do no more then he did, upon l [...]ke occasion. Nay, not like; heer, the occasion is greater: behold Plus quàm Elias, a greater then Elias, suffereth disgrace heer; and therefore sicut Elias is but reasonable. And heer againe, our Motioners will fall short too. For, if the motion to Christ had been Vis fodimus? whom would they have alleaged, whose example or authoritie, si­cut fecit? Who, who ever did the like? Which of the Prophetts, or Patriarchs? Their motion must have been without a sicut fecit.

For the matter, all is one (saith Sanders) all one. Elias when he commanded fire from heaven, might even as well have commaunded any on earth: Runne upon them, runne them through; had as great power over the metalls on earth, as over the Elements in the skie. And it is like enough, if Sanders had lived till Anno Domini M D C V. and had been consulted with, he would have said streight: All one, Elias might as well have bidd put fire under the Towne, from be­ [...]ath; as lett fire fall on the Towne, from above. But, by his leave, there is great ends betweene these. For first, Elias must doe, as his Commission was to doe it, [...] heaven: He might not enter-line his Commission, and putt in, by metalls, [...] gun-powder, or what he listed. And againe: who sees not, that Elias's fire; and Samson's Foxes are not all one?Iud. 1 [...].4. Psal. 18.14. Eph 6.16. GOD's arrowes (as lightning from heaven) and these tela ignita Satanae, Sathan's traines and fire-workes, from under the ground. In one, the hand of GOD must needs be: in the other, the paw of the de­vill, the malice of man, the furie or treacherie of forlorne creatures may have to place. No such authoritie, no such feare to touch the conscience, as the act of GOD hath; therefore, that is not sicut Elias. And lastly, if it were, yet is, nothing gained by it: Christ repeales it by and by; and forbidds in this, either the act [...] spirit of Elias.

But now, they that say thus (not Magister dicito tu, but) Magister vis dicimus nos; [...]eele, in themselves (belike) no lack of strength. The Cardinall cannot say of them, Id non fuit, quia deerant vires, that was not done, because ther wanted force. So that, if [...] they lost any of their due, it was not, because they lacked power, to maintaine it. Sai [...] [...]aul denieth it flatly: Having (saith he) in a readinesse, 2. Cor. 10.6. vengeance against all disobe­ [...]ie [...]ce. Had it; had it, in a readinesse; and, against all disobedience. And sure, they [Page 916] that could thus doe,Act. 13.11.5.5. call fire from heaven; strike Elymas blinde; strike Ananias starke dead, in an instant; need not loose their interest, which they had (forsooth) in this same temporall dominion, for lacke of strength. Now, it is well knowne, it was the case, heere in the Text: Discipulus potuit, sed Magister noluit. It was, for want of vis, this in the Text: Vis, of volo, of will in CHRIST: not, for want of vis, or vires, power in them. It went not, by vires aderant, vel deerant: It went, by Magister vis; CHRIST's will was wanting, and nothing els. That was their case (heere:) who therefore (because two things goe to the act, 1 Their power, and 2 CHRIST's will) howsoever they felt their owne power, and themselves able to doe it, yet would not doe it, on their owne heads, without His privitie, or leave: and so now, they aske it; Magister vis dicimus. By which very manner of propounding it, in this confident style, it seemeth, little doubt they made to carrie it cleere; made full reckoning of CHRIST's volo, and that He would be moved with their motion.

III. Christs censure and rebuke of them.And with their motion, He was moved; for, it is said, he turned with it: but, it was, the wrong way. At the turning, it may be thought, they looked for some good turne; that CHRIST should have commended them, and said: I con you thanks, I see you have care of my credit; you are even worthy for it, to sitt one on my right hand, the other on my left, for shewing your selves my Champions: your motion is good; forward with it.

But, it falls out, His turning is the wrong way: He turned on the left side, To re­buke them. This CHRIST did. Now I will tell you, what He should have done. For, according to the new taken up resolution, of the grave Fathers of the societie, He should have taught them first, to take a paire of ballances, and weighed, whether the good that would ensue would over-weigh the losse of the towne: If it would, up with it and spare not. That it would certainely. For, it would strike such a feare (the bur­ning of this towne) into all the townes about, that CHRIST should never after want receiving: and it would salve CHRIST's reputation much, who had been thought too great a favourer of these Samaritans: and it would be much for His credit, that He had Disciples could doe as much as ever could Elias.

But, CHRIST never stands weighing these: but, for all the parties were Samari­tans, parties not to be favoured: for all it is made His quareile, non Eum: for all their meanes should be by miracle, which cannot be misliked: for all this, turnes and re­bukes them. Never thinkes the motion worth the answering, as being evill ex totâ substantiâ: but, rebukes them for moving it, rebukes the spirit, it came from; and rebukes them of ignorance of their owne spirit; Ye know not, what spirit ye are of. As much to say as, If ye did, ye would make no such motions: that you doe make any such, it proceeds from Nescitis. That, would be marked. They are in ignorance; and the worst ignorance (of themselves) that move for fire. They knew not, what spirit they are of; but, whatsoever it is, a wrong spirit it is; for, heere it is rebuked, by CHRIST.

1. For Nescitis.That which CHRIST rebuketh is, Nescitis; that is their fault: There is no word, on which His rebuke can fall, but that. It can be no good motion, that comes from Nescitis. For, from Nescitis commeth no good; without knowledge, the soule it selfe is not good.Matt. 20.23. Ioh. 4.22. Nescitis quid petatis, No good prayer: Adoratis quod nescitis, no good worship; and so ignorant devotion, implicite faith, blinde obedience, all rebuked. Zeale, if it be not secundùm scientiam, Rom. 10.2. cannot be secundùm conscientiam; matter of conceit, it may be; of conscience, it cannot be. It is but [...]: and [...] is not to be allowed (we see) no, not in CHRIST's owne cause.

2. For Nescitis cujus spiritu [...]. Pro. 10.2.And, it is not every ignorance, this: not, of the act; but, of the spirit, he char­geth: which is more. For, Spirituum ponde [...]or DEVS, GOD weighs the spirit: men looke to the acts; He, to the spirit: therefore, try the act; but, the spirit, rather. [Page 917] We may be deceived in any act, if we know not the spirit, it comes fro. One and the [...] act proceeding from diverse spirits, good for one; for another, not so.1. Ioh. 4.1. 1. Cor. 12.10. There­fore, Probate spiritus is ever good counsaile; and discretio spirituum, a principall part of [...]nowledge.

And if this import us, to doe in other mens spirits, not to be deceived in them;3. For Nescitis, cujus spiritus vos. [...]ch more in our owne: that we deceive not our selves, which is the third degree. Nescitis, cujus spiritus; cujus vos; the foule elench of all, ab ignoratione proprij spiritus, [...]o fall into this fallax. For indeed, many blind actions come from men, by reason of ignorance, of this third. And this we are to looke to the rather, for that we see two so great Apostles, like to precipitate themselves into a bloudie act, for mistaking this point.

1. There are (sure) many Nescitis, they were in. Elias (first) did not that, they would doe: that, is one. His fire tooke hold of none but Delinquents; every one as deepe in the same fault, as another. Heere is a great many women, and children in the towne, not accessorie to this.Gen 18.23. Ion. 4.11. GOD would not suffer the wicked and innocent to perish together, no not in Sodome; would not suffer Ninive to be destroyed, be­cause there were in it many, that knew not their right hand, from their left. This did not Elias.

2. Then, it was but quod fecit Elias; not, sicut: there is another. For, what Elias did, he did by speciall inspiration, had a particular Commission, and (as it were) a Pri­vie Seale for it. And, that, we must ever distinguish, in the Prophets, when they proceed by their generall calling (therein we may follow them:) and when an act is executed, and done by them, by immediate warrant: for, such warrant passes not the person; no precedent to be made of it. Els, without their revelation, we may do quod fecit Elias, and not Sicut. And, that is a great Nescitis, and doth much harme: for many a lewd attempt, it is sought; and, if they gett it once over their heads, they think they are safe. For killing of Kings, Sicut fecit Ahud: of Queenes, Sicut fecit Iehoiada: Iud. 3.21. 2 King 11.20. for rebelling, Sicut Libna. No, no: Quod fecit, not Sicut fecit; what they did, they doe: as they did, they doe not.

3. But, if it were Sicut fecit too, it would not serve; It is a Nescitis still; and this is our SAVIOVR CHRIST's, directed to their allegations of Elias. I observe, they aske of the act; and CHRIST answers of the spirit. So that, Sicut fecit Elias, is not enough; is but a weake warrant: you must be of his spirit, as well as doe his act. His Sicut will not beare your act, unlesse you have his spirit, too. It is not enough to say, thus did Elias, unlesse you add, I am of the same spirit.

4. Then, it remaines, they must say, they are of Elias's spirit; and into some such phansie (it seemes) they were fallen: but, that, is another Nescitis. Why, what harme i [...] that? Elias's spirit (I hope) was no evill spirit. No: but, every good spirit, as good as Elias's, is not for every person, place, or time. Spirits are given by GOD, and men inspired with them, after severall manners, upon severall occasions, as the severall times require. The times sometime require one spirit; sometime, another; Elias's time, Elias's spirit. As his act good, done by His spirit: so His spirit good, in His own time. The time changed, the spirit (then, good) now, not good. For both are faultie: the act, without the spirit; and the spirit without the time. And, so it may fall out, that at sometime, one may be rebuked, for being of Elias's spirit well enough, when Elias's spirit is out of time.

5. But, why is it out of time? That is another Nescitis, which CHRIST setts downe plainely, when He renders the reason: For, the Sonne of man is come: (for, we may well make a pause there.) As if He should say: Indeed, there is a time to de­stroy (saith Salomon, Eccles. 3.) that, was under the Law: Ignea lex the fierie law, Eccl 3. [...]. Deut. 33.2. [...] Moses calls it: then, a fierie spirit would not be amisse; then, was Elias's time. [...], now, the Sonne of man is come: ye know not, what manner of spirit ye are of. The spirit of Elias was good, till the Sonne of man came; but, now He is come, the da [...] of that spirit is expired. When the Sonne of man is come, the spirit of [...]l [...]as must be gone. Now specially: for, Moses and he resigned lately, in the [Page 918] mount. Now, no Law-giver, no Prophet, but CHRIST. CHRIST now, and His spirit, to take place. You move out of time: will ye be of Elias's spirit, and the Sonne of man is come? A plaine Nescitis.

6. The Fathers work out another Nescitis, out of the Emphasis [Vos;] Cuius spiri­tus Vos. Vos, is no idle word: it makes a plaine separation, betweene them and Elias. Vos, You: why, you are my Disciples (I trow:) you must answer, to Cujus spi­ritus vos? cujus spiritus Tu. CHRIST's Disciples, and Elias's spirit? that, can­not be. Choose ye now: for, of whose spirit ye are, his Disciples ye must be. If you be hi [...], what doe you heere with me? gett you to his Tabernacle. If ye be mine, of with Elias's mantle and spirit both. The Disciple, and the Master are of one spi­rit. To make a Disciple, is nothing, but to doe, as GOD did, at the doore of the Ta­bernacle;Deut. 31.14. take of the Master's spirit, and put it on the Disciples. But, if ye be of my spirit, Ioh. 1.32. my spirit is in specie Columbae, not Aquilae; not of the Eagle, that carrieth Iu­piter's thunder-bolt; but, of the Dove, that brings the olive-branch in her bill, the signe of Non perdere sed salvare. Gen. 8.11. If this spirit be in you, let all your motions smell of the olive branch, not of the thunder-bolt; come from saving grace and not from con­suming zeale.

7. But yet, the worst Nescitis is behinde. For worse it is, to be mistaken in CHRIST, then in our selves. And Him they mistooke, in that, they would move Him, to that, whose comming was contrarie, quite contrarie to that, they would have Him do. This is a Nescitis, indeed. Verè nescitis, qui petitis à Magistro mansuetudinis licentiam crudelitatis. A nescitis, to seeke at the hands of Him, that is the Master of all meekenesse, a licence to commit such crueltie.

The very title of the Sonne of man, is enough for this. For, whatsoever as the Sonne of GOD, He may doe; it is kindly, for Him, as the Sonne of man, to save the sonnes of men. Specially, being the Sonne of such men, as He was; the Sonne of Abra­ham, Gen. 18.24. who entreated hard, that even Sodome might not be destroyed. The Sonne of Ia­cob, who much misliked, yea even cursed the wrath of his two sonnes, in destroying Sichem. Gen. 44.7· The Sonne of David, who complained much of the sonnes of Zervia that they were too hard for him. 2. Sam. 3.39. (As CHRIST doth heere, of the sonnes of Zebedee: who (as if indeed, they had beene borne of a thunder-cloud, and not of a man) were so readie, to make havock of the lives of men.) It cost the Sonne of man more to redeeme men,Psal. 49.8. then to have them blowen up so lightly. And, if Iames and Iohn were to pay for them, at His price, they would not be so evill advised, as to make such quick riddance of the lives of men.

CHRIST doth heere warrant us, that, to tell cujus spiritus, the way is, by ad quid venit? what spirit is he of, by, to what end comes he; whither blowes it, which way is his face, to salvare, or to perdere? For, to the end of his comming, GOD hath framed his spirit. You may know it, by His first Text. The Spirit of the LORD is upon me, to heale the broken, to deliver the captive; to save that was lost, He sent me: Luk 4.18. therefore He was sent, and therefore He came. You may know it, by His name, IESVS, a SAVIOVR: you may know it, by his Simile's (no destroy­ing creatures;) a Ioh. 1.29. Lamb, no Wolfe; a Matt. 23.37. Henn; no Kite; a Io. 15.1. Vine, no bramble, Iud. 9.15. out of which came fire to burne up all the trees in the forrest. Of His comming, cleane contrarie to this, speakes the Prophet, Psal. 72.6. He shall come downe like the raine; (speakes the Apostle) 1 Ioh. 5.6. Hic est ille IESVS qui venit in aquâ, that came in water, to quench; not, in fire, to consume.

Againe, that He doth not this [non perdere sed salvare] by accident, as it hitts; but, on sett purpose: It was the cause, the finall cause, the very end, GOD sent Him, and He came for.

In which point, to take away Nescitis cleane for ever, he setts it downe positively, and privatively both: wherefore He came not; and wherefore He came: Came not, to destroy; but, came, to save: this, is plaine dealing. But first, not to destroy: that, they, which cannot save, may yet be sure, not to destroy any; but, if they can, not onely not destroy, but save too, as CHRIST doth. But, of these, CHRIST came [Page 919] [...] [...]ne end; hath but one office; came not, to the other; and this would be [...]. The Cardinall beginnes his booke to the Pope, Duplex Petri officium, Pascere & [...]ccîdere: CHRIST had but one; to feed, to save: Another there is,Ioh 8.44. was [...] ab initio. But, if Saint Peter have gotten two offices, he hath one more, then [...]HRIST. CHRIST came to save onely, with a flatt exclusive, of the other.

And, where they move him, in specie, for a destruction by fire; He (not content [...] [...]enie that alone) denieth it in genere, not to destroy at all; neither, by fire, nor any other way. Heere, we have a case of fire: will ye have another, of the sword? Shall [...] it by fire? (say Iames and Iohn, here;) Domine si percatimus gladio? (saith S. Peter, Chap. 22 49. [...]) in a greater quarrell farre then this, when they layd hands on Him, to carrie Him to H [...]s passion. That, He denieth too, and in that quarrell; and saith, Sinite, let alone your sword: Out with your fire, Iames and Iohn; up with your sword, Peter. So that, [...]either by fire, heer: nor by sword, there: neither, by miracle (as heer) nor without mi­racle (as there) doth Christ like of these motions. What then? shall not Christ be re­ceived? yes: He is most worthy▪ so to be. I add, they that refuse it, are worthie any punish­ment: but, that every man is to be dealt with as he is worthie, would prove but a hard peece of Divinitie: hard for all, and even for themselves, too. If, so oft as Christ suf­fers indignitie, fire should come downe from heaven, Domine quis sustinebit? Psal. 129.3. we were all in hard case: Iewes, and Samaritans, and all: yea, Disciples; yea this Iames, and Iohn, and all. The Samaritans, they received not CHRIST; they were gone; burnt all. For Ierusalem's sake, because his face was that way (heere) He was not received. When he came to Ierusalem, how was He received there? Why, there He was mur­thered: worse used then in Samaria. Then, we must call for more fire: Ierusalem must be burnt, too. Now, for the Disciples, Iames and Iohn, how carried they the matter? It is true: they had received Him; but, when most need was, thrust Him from them, renounced Him, utterly denied, that ever they knew Him. Then, we must trouble heaven once more: call for fire, for Iames and Iohn, too. Nay then,Ioh. 1.10.11. the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not, nor received Him not: why then, the world is at an end, facti sumus sicut Sodoma; all, a heape of ashes,Rom. 9.29. if this doctrine goe for­ward. Best, take Phaëton out of the chariot, that he sett not all on fire. Sure, this (I take it) is a Nescitis: For, who receiveth CHRIST, as he should? yea, who refu­seth not one time, or other, to receive him? Who, of the Disciples, who at Ierusalem? Then, all must be turned out and in: Non venit salvare, sed perdere. Then, this will follow; if no place for repentance, then no use of CHRIST. For, whom shall He [...]ve, when Iames and Iohn have consumed all to ashes? But, it will be well to leave CHRIST somebodie, to save: not disappoint CHRIST of His comming, and send him backe without His errand.

Now, out of this Nescitis, to frame our Scitis. Our Scitis, out of this nescitis. 1. By this time we know Christ's spirit (as he teacheth us) by His comming. His comming was not to destroy: they that came a destroying, came not in His companie. 2. Then, our owne spirits: if they doe spirare Christum, they have the same journey's end. 3. We know their [...], that hatched a late this question anew; Vis facimus ascendat ignis? And theirs too, that never turned and rebuked it, but gave allowance to it, both before, and af­ter it was done: yea, bound them to it by oath, and sett it forth, with both [...] 1 of Penance, and of the 2 Altar: and (what should I say?) resolved, flatt [...] Christ, in the very same point; and did not (as He) cast water, but putt oyle to [...] [...]ame.

Can these be the Societie of IESVS, and the spirits blow two contrarie waies, and [...] commings be, to two contrarie ends? His, not to destroy: theirs, to destroy: His, to [...]buke; theirs, to allow of such motives?

[...] know, what spirit they be of, looke what manner of spirits they make choise [...], and by their wills choose, and cherish none other; eager, fierce, boisterous spi­rits. [Page 920] O, Matt. 21.5.11.29. Elias's spirit, is a goodly spirit! but Christ's Ecce Rex tuus venit mansuetus; or Discite à me quia mitis, it is not worth a mite: that spirit is too weake, and too faint, to forward their fire-works.

And, if yet ye doubt, no better way to be resolved, then by Ad quid venit? aske that, and it will resolve you streight. Wherefore came Doctor Morton, a little before the Re­bellion in the North? Wherefore came Doctor Sanders into Ireland? Wherefore Car­dinall Allen, into the Low Countries in LXXXVIII? To what end, came he out of the Arch-duke's campe hither? was it, to save mens lives, or to destroy them? By these markes, we cannot but know, Cujus spiritus.

It sufficeth, that Christ rebuketh this spirit: that if they be the Societie of Iesus, it is Alius Iesus, another Iesus then this in the Text: Bar-jesus, for he, by interpretation, is Elymas, that is a destroyer. Christ likes no destroying: no, though the towne be full of Samaritans, He likes it not: no, though the colour be non receperunt Eum, yet He likes it not: no, though we could miraculously doe it, like Elias, yet likes He it not. It is not GOD's will, in the Old Testament, that Sion should be built in blood: Nor, in the New, that His Church, on the ashes of any estate: Nor, that His not re­ceiving should be pretense, for the extirpation of any towne; much lesse, Kingdome, or Countrie.

Our duty.This we learne. But, we come not onely for that, but to congratulate this poore towne, that scaped the fire, and our selves no lesse, that should have perished by the same element, though not from heaven, yet another way; though not by dici­mus, yet by another meanes: and in publique manner to render our yearely so­lemne thanksgiving, that we also, by the Sonne of man, were delivered, from the powder layd readie to consume, and from the match light to give it fire; that they were rebuked, yea (more then that) destroyed themselves, that sought our de­struction. Every way, our case hath the advantage: and therefore bindeth us, to greater dutie.

Will ye consider it, in the parties. This, was against Samaritans; and, by the Apo­stles: Came commended, by the movers; they were Apostles: aggravated, by the parties, against whom; they were of the Sect of the Samaritans. We are no Samari­tans (I trust:) but, they no Apostles (I am sure:) no Apostles, nor of no Apostolique spirit, which would authorize that, which was rebuked in the Apostles themselves. And, for Samaritans (which falls to our turne;) it may be, they count us and call us so: it is no matter, they called Christ himselfe so, then. This (I say:) had we beene such, as they would have us to be; such, as these (heere) very Samaritans, we were to finde as much favour, at the hands of the Societie of Iesus; as did the Samaritans, at the hand of Iesus himselfe; if their spirit, their comming, their faces stood, as His, to Non perdere.

But we are none. No, if we go by the marks, the Scripture setts downe of them, the Samaritans will light on their side. For, let it be enquired, whither part, in the worship of GOD,2 King. 17.8. Ioh. 4.22. useth more ritus Gentium, they or we (the marke of the Book of the Kings:) of whither of us, it may more rightly be said, You worship, you know not what (which is Christ's own marke.) In a word: let this be the case, Whither Religion have more win­dowes open to Ierusalem: whose face looks more fully that way. No: the looking to Ierusalem, is not the quarrell; the not looking to Rome, that, is the matter.

And sure, this quarrell is much after one in both: That, in the Text, was made a matter in Religion, but, was none: no more was this of theirs. Non receperunt, is no act of heresie: Non crediderunt, that, is. But it is not their misbelieving, moved them in the Text: nor these neither. It was the not-harboring makes all this adoe. So they would entertaine them, they might beleeve as they list. Vpon the matter then, it falls out to prove, not zeale against their heresie, but zeale for their owne entertainement; which will not, but indirectly, be made matter of Religion.

Now, if ye weigh the destruction, ye shall find, though in the maine, they agree (for upward, and downeward makes small difference) yet, ours was the worse.

[Page 921]Worse: for, it should have been sodeine, which is worse for the soule; therefore, simply worse. Worse: for that would have wasted but to the ground, and there left: but, this should have fetched up foundations and ground, and all. Worse certainly: for, that should have consumed but Samaritans onely: but this, for the good of the Ca­tholique cause, Samaritans and Iewes, both. Yea, such as themselves were, Disciples, and Iames and Iohn too, if they had been there, for companie. Worse: for, this had the shew of an example, Sicut fecit Elias: but ours, Sicut fecit who? Not, Sicut fecit Elias: No; Sicut without example. Never the like entered into the heart of any, that carried but the shape of a man. So, still the advantage, on our side.

Now, for the deliverie, when all is done, that which was saved heer, was but a poore towne without a name. I should much wrong that famous Assembly, and flower of the Kingdome, if I should offer to compare it with that, either in quantitie, (alas, like little Zoar to great Ninive) or in qualitie, when, in ours (to say nothing of the rest) One there was, more worth then ten thousand such as they,2. Sam. 18.3. we have good Scrip­ture for it.

These, heer, were rebuked but verbally, on earth: Ours, really rebuked from hea­ven. Really rebuked, in their intention, by miraculous disappointing the execution: And themselves put to a foule rebuke besides: GOD first blowing their owne powder in their faces, to write their sinne there; and after, making their bowells, their mercilesse bowells, to be consumed with fire within the very view of that place, which they had meant to consume with fire, and all Vs in it.

CHRIST came to save us: There be manifest stepps of His comming. Appa­rant first, in that He made them, they could not conteine their owne spirits, but brought them out by their owne dicimus: made them take penn and paper, and tell it out themselves, and so become the instruments of their own destruction, which is the worst of all.

Againe He came, when He gave His Majestie understanding, to read the riddle of [so soon as the letter is burnt:] to construe the dialect of these unknowne spirits, and pick it out of a period, as dark, as the cellar was dark, where the powder lay.

There is but one comming in the text: He came not to destroy, but to save: Heer, were two in ours; both, commings of CHRIST. 1 He came not to destroy, but to save us, in mercie: 2 He came not to save, but destroy them (His second comming) in judge­ment. To conclude: This one notable difference there is, on our side: They should have been destroyed by miracle; and we were saved by miracle: The right hand of the LORD brought it to passe; which is, of all others,Psal. 118.16. the most welcome delive­rance.

And shall I then, upon all this, make a motion? Master, wilt thou, we speake to these whom thou hast delivered, that seing thou tookst order, the fire should not ascend to consume them, they would take order, their prayers may ascend up, and as the odours of the Saint's phialls, burne before Thee still, and never consume, but be, this day ever, a sweet smell in Thy presence? Their fire, they came to put under the earth, CHRIST would not have burne; another fire, He came to put upon earth, Luke 12.49. and His desire is that it should burne: even that fire, whereon the incense of our devotion, and the same fire of our praise burne before GOD, and be in odorem suavitatis. We were appointed,Eph. 5.2. [...]o be made a sacrifice: If Isaac be saved, shall nothing be offered in his stead? Shall we not thank GOD, that he was better to them, then Iames and Iohn: and to us, bet­ter, then those were, that will needs thrust themselves, to be of His societie? That, when this dicimus was said of us too, stayed it at dicimus, and never lett it come to per­ [...]icimus; miraculously made knowne these unknowne spirits: that He turned and re­b [...]ked the motion, and the spirits that made it; that He came, once and twice, to save [...], and destroy them.

If we shall, let us then do it; let our soules magnifie the Lord,Luke 1.46.and our spirits rejoyce in Go [...] our Saviour: that the beginning of the Text and of our case, was fire, to consume them (in the first verse:) that the end was, non perdere sed salvare (in the last.) Such [Page 922] may ever be the end, of all attempts to destroy us. So may He come still; and still, as heer, He came; never to destroy, ever to save us. And, as oft as He, to save us; so oft we, to praise Him.

And GOD grant, that this answer heer of CHRIST may serve, for a determinati­on of this case for ever; and every Christian be so resolved by it, as the like never come in speech more, by any dicimus. But if (as we know not what spirits are a­broad;) that every destroying spirit may be rebuked and every State preser­ved, as this town heer was, and as we all were, this Day. And (ever) as He doth save still, we may praise still; and e­ver magnifie His mercie, that endureth for ever. Psal. 136.1. Amen.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the V. of November. A. D. MDCXII.

LAMENT. CHAP. III. VER. XXII.

Misericordiae DOMINI quia non sumus consumpti: quia non defecerunt miserationes Ejus.

It is the Lord's mercies that we are not consumed, because His compassions faile not.

THE verse is not amisse; The booke suits not so well. For this joyfull day of our great and famous Deliverance, CHRIST's, Luk. 7.32. tibijs cecinimus is more meete, then Iohn Baptist's Planximus; and David's harp, then Ieremie's La­mentations. This (I know) com­meth to your mindes, at the men­tion of this melancholique booke. But yet, if we weigh our case well; not, what it fell out to be, but what it was ment to have beene; the very booke will not seeme so out of season. For, this very day, should it not have beene a day of lamentation to the whole land? was it not so marked in their [...]lendar? And they had had their wills, would they not have given matter of m [...]king a booke of Lamentations, over this State; and that another manner Book, [...] more, and with longer Chapters, then this of Ieremie's? By the mercie of [Page 924] GOD, it proved otherwise. But what? shall we so entend the day, what it is, as we forgett, what it was like to have beene? No: the booke and the verse Iuxta se posita will do well; one sett out the other, as the blacke-worke doth the white. The Booke putt us in minde, but for GOD's mercie, in what case we might have beene. The Verse, by GOD's mercie, what we are. And even to thanke Him, that our lott was to hitt the verse, and misse the booke; to fall within the one, and without the other.

The truth is, I had a desire That Misericordiae Domini might have their day: and this day I thought to dedicate chiefly to them. We have formerly moved and resol­ved the question, out of the Gospell; we have once or twise called to joy out of the Psalme [...]. The barbarousnesse of the act, and the parties to it, hath been iustly inveighed against: A time given to each of these. And shall we not allow one day to the magni­fying of Him, and His mercies, that was the cause of all? It should have had the first day by right,Psal 145.9. and we were pointed to it, by Misericordia Domini super omnia opera Ejus: Well, at last now in this seventh yeare, this annus Sabbaticus, let us make it our Sabboth, rest upon it, and put it of no longer. Be this day dedicated to the celebrating of them.

To this end, though all the Scripture over, GOD's mercie be much spo [...]en of (for, where shall ye light, but ye shall finde it upon one occasion or other?) yet, to fitt this day and our case, as it fell out this day, (in my poore conceipt) none in any other booke, falleth out so just, commeth so home, as this verse to this day, It was the mercies, &c. as upon the opening will fall out. Which though it be in the booke, yet is no­thing of the nature of the booke.

The Summe and Division.The verse is a Recognition or acknowledgement: I may add, a just and joyfull recog­nition. And that double, 1 That we were not consumed and 2 Why we were not. So, it standeth on two parts. 1 That we were not, a happie effect: 2 Why we were not; it was GOD's mercie, the cause of that and all other our happinesse.

I The effect is in these words: Non sumus consumpti. Of which, 1 Consumpti, is the danger; and 2 Non sumus the deliverance.

II The cause in these words, Misericordiae Domini quòd non: And there first, 1 Non, we were not. 2 And then there was a cause quòd non, that we were not: 3 Then, that cause was GOD's mercie. 1 Which we take in sunder: It was GOD first, that did it: 2 Then, it was His mercie that moved Him to it. In the mercie, three things we finde. 1 Misericordiae, more then one, many mercies. 2 Compassions, or (as the native signification of the word is) bowells, the bowells of mercie; that speciall kind. 3 And those have this propertie, they faile not or (which is all one) consume not: not they; and so not we. Their not consuming is the cause, we were not consumed.

III Then last our Recognition. That seeing, His mercies faile not us, that we faile not them; seeing they consume not, nor we, by their meanes; that our thankfullnesse doe not neither, that it fall not into a consumption. But that, in imitation of the three, we render him 1 plurall thankes; 2 and these from the bowells: and 3 that uncessantly without failing. And this, not in words onely, but in some realitie, some worke of mercie, tending to preserve those, that are neere consumpti, pyning away.

Plaine it is, a danger there was: Els, vaine were the Recognition. I. The Eff [...]ct. That danger is sett downe in the word Consumpti: some consuming there should have beene:1. The danger. some such matter was in hand. A word, even (as it were) of purpose chosen, for us; for, i [...] forteth just with our danger as may be.

Consuming may be more waies then one: but, no way so proper,Consumpti, ig [...]. as by the element of [...]ire, Confector & consumptor omnium (saith the Heathen man) that makes away and consumes all things. It is the proper peculiar Epithete of that Element, Consuming fire; and the common phrase of the Holy Ghost is, consumed by fire. This fitts us right.Heb 12.29. Luk 9.54. 2 Con-sumpti. i. Simul sum [...]t [...]. Personally. Fire it was, consuming fire, should have consumed us: it was a fierie consumption.

Then Con-sumpti, in proprietie, is nothing but simul sumpti: Con is simul in compo­sition. All taken, all put together, and an end made of all. And was it not so with us? King and Prince, Lords Spirituall and Temporall; Iudges, Knights, Citizens, Burgesses, and a great number besides of spectators and auditors, that day, out of all the flower of the Kingdome: all couped up together under one roofe, and then blowen up all. This is simul sumpti, and consumpti, both.

Will ye any more for companie? This was but personall; take the reall too: lead, stone, Really. timber, windowes, walls, roofes, foundations and all, must have up too: an universall de­solation of all, both personall and reall. That the stone out of the wall, Habac. 2.11. and the beame out of [...]e frame, if they could speake, might say, and we are in; simul sumpti, and consumpti, too; all layd wast, not one stone standing upon another. This, was right consumpti, Matt. 24.2. spent indeed, where nothing left, person or things, with life or without: utter havock made of all.

Thus farre might Ieremie goe, and match us in these three. I will touch two or three more beyond him, that we may see, our case should have beene more lamentable, then the booke of lamentations it selfe.

1. There was no fire in Ieremie's time; none but of wood and cole, and no consu­ming but that way: and that fire consumes by degrees, peece and peece, one peece fire while one is wood, still; so that one may save a brand's end for a need. But this was a [...], Ieremie never knew of, nor many ages after was ever heard of: takes all at once. No brand heere, no pulling out of the fire, no saving any; heere is quicke worke,Zach. 3.2. all done [...]d past, as soone as the paper burnt.

[...]. Another: In this of the Prophet's they had faire warning. There was a campe [...]ched three severall times in Iehoiakim, Iechonias, Zedechia's daies: they had time to [...]ke themselves readie. But in ours, facti essemus sicut Sodoma, our destruction had b [...]ene like that of Sodome; no camp pitched there, but sodainly, in a moment:Ron. 9.29. to the hazard of many a soule, that were (I doubt me) but evill prepared, if they had beene [...] sodainly surp [...]ised. And that had been a lamentable consumpti (indeed) of both [...]die and soule: the body heer, the soule eternally. A terrible blow indeed, and we [...]uld not have knowen who would have hurt us.

3. Now we doe, as hap is; and therein we leave Ieremie behind againe. It was [...] open enemie offered this: Vsually; destruction commeth from them. So did this, [...] Text: from the Chaldees, not onely strangers, but in open hostilitie with the [...]. But, in ours, they were not so much as strangers, but borne subjects of one and [...] same countrie, tongue, and allegiance. The more lamentable, to be consumed by [...] s [...]lves; to be shott through with an arrow, the feathers whereof grew on our owne [...] So they were, naturally: but, when they fell once to this unnaturall designe. [...]; [...]hen they fell on consuming, they were no longer men, all humanitie was quite [...] in them. And this was the danger.

[Page]To make a danger dangerous, two things are required: 1 The surenesse, and 2 the neernesse. If it be uncertaine, we reckon not of it; nor, though it be certaine, if it be farre away. Let us see, both was it.

The certainty of the danger.To make it certai [...]e, these a [...]e required: 1 It be soundly resolved: 2 surely bound: and seriously put in execution. First upon good resolution, a sentence given quod 1 eramus consumendi, we were to be made away: and rather then we should not, their owne friends, allies, and kindred; yea, their owne deer Catholiques to go the same way, to have been in the Consumpti, as well as we. This was to have it certaine, to make sure worke.

2 Gravely resolved; and fast bound, as funiculus triplex, the three immutable things of their Religion could bind it. 1. Bound by oath: their Sacramentum mi­litare, they ever tooke first, never to discover, never to desist.

2. Bound againe by their Sacrament of Penance. Thither they went in an er­ror, as if it had been some fault; but, they found more, then they went for: went for absolution; received a flat resolution, it was not onely no sinne, but would serve to ex­piate their other sinnes. And, not onely expiate their sinnes, but heape also upon them an encrease of merit. In effect, that our consumption would become their con­summation.

3. Bound last, with the Sacrament of the Altar, and so made as sure, as their Maker could make it. These three; sure now, past starting (I trow.)

3 But go to: Oathes and Sacraments consume nothing. True: It was therefore not onely solemnly bound, but sadly set upon. They fell to their Pick-axes, layd in their powder, by ten and by twenty barrells at once: and I know not how much yron and how many huge stones; Fervebat opus, in earnest they were. Of all which we may say (with Saint Iohn) That which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked vpon, and our hands have handled, 1. Ioh. 1.1. that preach we, in this point. That, very sure it is, we were very farr gone in our consumption.

And all this while, it may be, it was in dies multos, farre enough away; to be done a good while after, The neernesse of it. we know not when. How neer was it? Nox una interposita, but a night (nor that neither: neither a whole night, nor a whole day;) but a few houres we had to spend. The traine ready, and the match; three for failing. They stayed but for the con, for the time, till all were con (that is) simul sumpti; and then consumpti should have come streight upon all.

This was our case, thus dangerous, thus sure, thus neer; Insomuch as, we were even given for dead. The letter shewed as much. Their being together, and waiting for it, at their meeting place, shewed as much. They made full reckoning, we were little better, then even consumpti in the preterperfect tense. And neerer we cannot come. It is well knowne, David was never destroyed indeed finally, yet (often in the Psalmes) he saith,Psal 71.18.9.14.86.13. He was brought back from the deep of the earth againe; from the gates of death: yea even from the nethermost hell: His meaning was, he was exceeding neer it. And so were we: as neer as was possible, and not be swallowed up of it. And this is the mea­ning of consumpti. And thus much for it.

2. The deliverāce.Now are we to put Non sumus to it, and we are safe streight. Which two words conteine our deliverie. So as, though we were destinate as fewell, to this fire; though venerunt filij ad partum, Esa. 37.3. though they were come to the point, to be delivered of that, they had so long travailed withall; though like we were, and sure we were, and neer we were, yet consumed we were not. We were not: for, heer we are, blessed be GOD. Heer, and elswhere (some few except which since be gone to their graves in peace.) The place standeth, the persons still alive. Non sumus consumpti; this is ad oculum, it admitts no further discourse. But this it admitts, that we may stay a little and lay our Non su­ [...]us, to this of Ieremie in the Text; and we shall find ours, another manner of preser­vation, by odds;1. The compa­ring of theirs and ours. 1 In the Person: Chap. 2. [...]1. that so we may provide our selves of another manner of recognition.

Non sum [...] consumpti (saith Ieremie) when for all that, in every corner of the streets, they lay slaine. Onely he, and a handfull more in comparison, were spared. This [Page 919] [...] him to say; yet, we be not all gone: A cold comfort (GOD knoweth.) This [...] persons.

[...]or things. The gates of Ierusalem were burnt with fire, 2 In the things. and a great part of the Citie; howbeit not all. A remnant there was left, though but a poore one (GOD wott:) yet, enough in his sense, to say Non consumpti, all is not consumed. Will ye see now them with us? With them, some few left alive, the most slaine: with us not one slaine, but all still alive. 2 With them, a part of the buildings left, though the farre greater part consumed: With us, neither sticke nor stone touched, nor burnt; nay, not so much as singed. All safe: all, in toto ▪ and all, in qualibet parte. 1 Vpon the matter, thus it is. They were not consumed, that is, not all: We were not consumed; that is, not at all. All were not consumed, with them: None at all, with us. 2 Some were saved there: Both all and some heere; nei­ther person, nor thing miscarried. 3 Ieremie could not say: It is GOD's mercie, we are all safe: He was faine to give it in the negative, We are not consume [...]. We may say it, and putt it in either: both in the affirmative, All safe; and, in the nega­tive, None consumed, no not one.

There be indeed two Non consumpti's. 1 One commeth after,The Difference of ours above theirs. after it is burnt a great while, with water to quench it. 2 The other goeth before, and keepes it from taking fire at all: and that is ours. In which case, Non consumpti is no terme diminuent. Nay the precurrent negative is better by much. Aske the speculative Divine, if it be not so: if Ne nos inducas, be not better, then Libera nos; Lea [...]e us not in, then Deliver us out. Not to Sinne, then, to be forgiven it; not to fall, then, to be lift up againe; And (to insist in this present) not to kindle, then, to quench. For, the later is from Subsequetur me misericordia, Mercie subsequent, which is good;Psal 23.6. Psal. 79.8. the former from Cito nos anticipènt misericordiae tuae, from the anticipation of mercie, which is farre the better of the twaine.

2. One great difference we see betweene the two Non sumus's. Another now, no whit lesse. For the greatest of all their miseries, and which touched Ieremie neerest, was the proud insolencie of their enemies (the Chaldees) over them: worse, then the consuming, was their insulting upon them. This, worse then all the rest. Thankes be to GOD, so did not ours. They had no cause to triumph over us: we, over them, rather. Non sumus consumpti: Non nos, at illi. Will ye observe that? We were not: but our enemies were consumed themselves.Prov. 12.10. Et viscera impiorum crudelia, the cruell bowells of those wicked men, consumed; and that with fire; and that, before, and in the sight of the verie place, to which they had vowed destruction, and, in which, the destruction of us all. That the saying of the Prophet might be taken up over them: Vae qui consumis, Esay. 33.1. Nonne consumeris & ipse? You that will needs be a consuming, shall not you your selves be so served? In the pitt you digged, in the nett you spredd, in the element you made choise of,Psal 9.15. Act. 13.41. your owne bowells burned. Behold ye Despisers and tremble, and feare; your mis­chiefe is turned upon your owne heads, and your consumption lights upon your own bowells. This then doubles the point: that not only we were not, but that they (our consumers) were.

3. Yea I add (for a full triplicitie in this point) even that we were cured of our consumption sleeping (for so we were) and never dream'd of any danger, till we had scaped it. This also is a maine difference, and encreaseth our Non sumus a great deale, above theirs. For, as that, the miserie of all miseries, when a man is, and yet knoweth not himselfe to be miserable: So (say I) that, the deliverie of all deliveries, when we know not our perill, till we be past it: And that was our case. Much trouble of feare, and care, much anguish of spirit is saved by it; which the poore Iewes, were even worne, spent, and consumed withall; and which Ieremie (GOD wott) was in, a long time. We, not a moment.Psal. 30.3. But without heavinesse for a night, we had joy in the morning. Sure, if this be a benefit, So they cried unto the LORD, and He delivered them out of their distresse: what call ye then this,Psal. 107.6. They never cryed unto the LORD; yet He delivered them out of their distresse? [Page 928] Then put these together. 1 We were not consumed at all. 2 There should have been fire: there was not so much as smoke. 3 All should have gone: not a man, that peri­shed. 4 All should have perished, and perished utterly: not a haire of any of their heads fell to the ground. 5 We were not consumed at all; our consumers were consu­med. 6 And we without any care taken, were rid of our consumption: We were not; our enemies were. We without consuming our selves with thought, and anxietie of mind delivered from our danger before ever we knew it. And remember withall (not Non taliter fecit omni populo, Psal. 147. but) Non taliter fecit populo suo: He did not deale so, not with his owne people, as He did with us.

II. The Cause.The effect we have; we were not: what was it, that we were not? First an It there was; a [...], a Quia it had (that is) a cause, 1. It was God. certainly. It was not forte fortunà, by hap ha­zard. No, it was no casualtie (this fire;) no more was the saving us from it: nei­ther casuall;Esa. 65.11. but causall both. We will not then (with those in Esai) libare fortunae, no healths to fortune, but seeke out this It, even the cause that wrought it. In Philo­sophie, they count him a happie man, that can find the cause: But sure, in Divinitie, miserable and unhappie we, if we find it not; but (with swine) feed and fill our selves with the Acornes, and never once looke up to the tree, whence they came. A dange­rous errour, no lesse then the danger it selfe.

2. Our next caution must be, to take heed of Non causa pro causâ. Where let me tell you this. There is a disease under the sunne (and it is one of ours:) as to put all faults from our selves, to others; so, good deeds (as neer as we can) to pluck all to our selves from others. Others (I say:) not onely men; but even GOD himselfe. And that two wayes. 1 If any good be done, it was our owne arme, or our owne head did it: som­thing in us: GOD is left out. But, if it be too evident, He had a hand in it; then it was GOD, 2 but not His mercie, not of himselfe, but something from us there was, that moved him to do it. So, either somthing in us, or something from us: whereof the one is against It was GOD; the other, against It was his mercie: not GOD, or not GOD's mercie; but we or somwhat of ours. Ever our manner is, never to seeke fur­ther then ourselves: there, we would faine find it. And there, if we can find any co­lour of a cause, in any wisdome, or foresight of our owne, it is as a mist, or cloud, to take GOD out of our fights, the first originall true cause, the causa causarum of all such miraculous divine preservations, as this was.

And yet secondarie causes there be (I know:) And even in this, man may seeme to have a part. It was the letter that was sent, it was the King's divination, which I rec­kon the highest cause upon earth. This it was; and that it was: But, GOD it was (I am sure) above both. He, that did infatuate him, that sent the letter: that made them false among themselves; false to their oath, false to their ghostly father, false to their maker. And GOD it was, that inspired that divination into His Majestie: Logique, or Grammar, could not reveale it. GOD onely could; could, and did, di­rect to that most true, but (withall) most strange interpretation. Let God then have that is His:Psal. 115.1. Non nobis Domine, non nobis, sed Nomini tuo da gloriam, Not unto us LORD, not unto us, 2. It was God's Mercie. but to thy Name be the glorie of it given.

God it was: but, what in God? For (we see) it is not enough to ascribe it to Him; but (for some reason) we must go yet further. God may do it, and be bound to doe it, and did us wrong, if He do it not. What then in God? 1. His power may seeme to claime the chiefe place, in a deliverance. But power, and wisdome, and other six (that is) all the rest of the divine Attributes, be but Communiter ad duo (as the Schoole­men terme them:) No prime causes themselves; but, attendants onely, and set on worke by the two Master-Attributes, 1 Iustice, or 2 Mercie. So that, Iustice it was; or Mercie it was. Mercie it was (saith Ieremie) and so may we all, in and by his mouth that streight upon it pronounced, Misericordia Domini super omnia opera Ejus. For, if it had not been that Mercie, Psal. 145.9. nay if (as Saint Iames saith) it had not been Misericordia superexaltat judicium, Iam. 2.13. Mercie had not been above all his workes, even justice and all, it [Page 929] had been evill with us. Mercie it was; Iustice it was not. For then, our owne good deserts might procure it, as due to them; and so we come about againe, to find the first cause in our selves, because we were this or that. All commeth to one: if it were our owne fore-sight, it was not God; and if it were our owne merit, it was not He neither.

But, for this, I appeale to our selves. For (I verily think) if we would but call to mind (and heer now, I would, that every man would call to mind) in what case he was, for his soule to God-ward, at that very time; whither in state of sinne or of grace: Sure, if we did but returne to our hearts, and there (as Salomon speaketh) cognoscere quisque plagam cordis sui, every man feele how his heart beats;1. Reg 8.28. that heart of ours would soon tell us. Best claime not by justice: Best, even confesse (with Ieremie) It was God, and God's mercie, without more adoe.

We were in consumpti, if it were but our consuming sins: 1. If but of what then was and (may I not say) still is consumed and wasted? What huge summs in superfluitie, not, of belly and back, and worse matters! 2. Our time: if but the consuming of it, in ease and idlenesse, and too well knowne fruits of them both. 3. Of the Service of God, that is quite consumed by most of us, now: fallen to, but a sermon, if that; and how little like a Sermon, we heare it, and lesse (I feare) after regard it! 4. Of God's Name, that runns wast; and our blessed SAVIOVR, that is even peecemeale consu­med in our mouthes, by all manner oathes and execrations, and that without any need at all. These, with other sinnes, that fret like a moth, and creep like a canker, to the con­suming of our soules, we should find: that, as it was our enemie's purpose, we should have beene consumed; so, it was our desert, to have beene consumed: and that, it was His mercie onely, we were not consumed. This is the true cause, God's mercie.

In which, note these two: how fitly it answereth and meets both with 1 our consu­ming and 2 with us.

1. As the crueltie of man was the cause, we should have been; so (full against it) the mercie of God, the cause we were not. The true cause of our safetie, God's mercie; as of our destruction, man's crueltie.

2. Again, to provide, that being out of our consumption, we fall not into presumption, and so pluck a worse judgement upon us. The mercie of God, against our desert. Our desert it was, to have been: His mercie it was, we were not. His justice, for our deserts, would have come upon us: It was His mercie turned His justice from us, upon them. His justice would have subscribed the sumus: His mercie it was that gave the Non, and stayed it; Glorie be to God, and to his mercie for it.

Which mercie yeeldeth us three things to be observed. 1 The number, 2 the na­ture; and 3 the propertie.

1. The number: that it is not misericordia but misericordiae; not one, but many,His mercies 1 Their number. even a pluralitie of them: A multitude of them, because a multitude of us; They ma­ny, because we many: We many, and our sinns many more, and where sinnes are multiplied, there a multiplicitie of mercies is needfull, Ne fortè non sufficiant nobis & vobis, lest there be not enough for both Houses, and for all three Estates, in them:Mat 25 9. For so is it to be wished, there may be a representation of all His me [...]cies, as that Assem­blie is the representation of all the Realme: that so there may be enough for all.

2. But then, of mercie, the cause heer is set down; (another cause;) because His com­passions faile not: How hangs this together? Thus: the word,2 Their nature. which heer is turned compassions, in very deed properly signifieth the bowells. It is to shew, that not mer­cies, nor a number of them at large, from any place or any kind, would serve for this worke: but, a certaine speciall kind of choise mercies was required; and those are they, that issue from the bowells: misericordiae viscerum, or viscera misericordiae (which you will.) You shall find them together in some speciall works of God, such as this was.

These are the choise: for, of all parts, the bowells melt, relent, yeeld, yerne soonest. Consequently, the mercies from them, of all other, the most tender, and (as I may say) [Page 930] the mercie most mercifull. The b [...]st, 1 both because they are not drie, but full of af­fection, and come cheerfully: (An easie matter to discerne between a drie mercie, and a mercie from the bowells.) 2 And because to mercie one may be enclined, by somwhat from without; when th [...] failes where are we then? But, the bowells are within Him, and when we have brought the cause within Him, we are safe. Quando causam sumit de Se & visceribus Sui [...] that mercie is best, and yeeldeth the best comfort.

But, in this word of the Prophet's, there is yet more then bowells. [...] were enough for them: [...] are more; are the bowells, or vessells neer [...] the wombe, neere the loynes: In a word, not viscera onely, but parentum viscera, the bowells of a fa­ther, or mother, those are [...] which adds more force a great deale. See them, in the parable, Luk. 15 20. of the father towards his riotous lewd Sonne; when he had consu­med all vitiouslie, his fatherly bowells of compassion failed him not though. See them,2. Sam. 18 8. in the Storie, In David, toward his ungratious ympe Absalon, that sought his crowne, sought his life, abused his Concubines in the sight of all Israël; yet, heare the bowells of a father, Be good to the youth Absalon, hurt him not, use him wel [...] for my sake. 1. Reg. 3.26. See them, in the better harlot of the twaine: Out of her motherly bowells, rather give away her childe quite, renounced it rather, then see it hurt. This is mercie; heere is compassion indeed: ô paterna viscera miserationum! when we have named them, a multitude of such mercies, as come from a father's bowells, we have said as much, as we can say, or can be said.

And, mention of this word is not unfi [...]t, whither we regard them (our enemies) per quos, itum est in viscera terrae (in which place, GOD's bowells turned against them and toward us:) or wither we thinke, that His bowells had pitie on our so many bowells, as should have flowen about, all the ayre over, and light, some in the streets, some in the river, some beyond it, some I know not where.

Now, that which maketh up all, is the propertie last putt; quia non d [...]ficiunt, or (which is all one) non consumuntur;1 Their property faile not, or (as ye may read it) consume not. And so, as we begunne, we end with Non consumpti. There cannot be a more kindly consequence then this; our not failing, from their not failing; we doe not, because they doe not. If they did, we should: But, quia non consumptae illae, non consumpti nos: for, they are not consumed, no more are we. And why doe not they faile? Be­cause He himselfe doth not. He is the same still, He failes not: His bowells are as He is; so, they faile not, no more then He.

And in this [Quia non deficiunt] is all the comfort we have. For, since Ie­remie's time, one would be amazed, to consider (the huge number of foule enor­mities, that have beene committed, and yet the parties that committ them not con­sumed;) where there should be mercie to serve; for them all. One would thinke, by this, they should have beene drawen drie. So they had, but for this [...]. It can never be said, Now, there is all; there is (now) no more left. No: an inex­haust fountaine there is of them: never dry, but floweth still fresh and fresh. And looke, even the next words, Ieremie tells us, they renew everie morning: No mor­ning comes, but a fresh supplie of them. And even this morning, this V. of No­vember, we had a good proofe of it. Yea, they are never perfect, the summe is never made up: There is still added every day; and they shall not be consummate, till the consummatum est of the world.

And but for these bowells, that still melt; and for these compassions ever-flowing and never failing, they (our enemies) had not failed of their purpose. But, because these failed not, they failed; because these consumed not, we were not consumed. They are not onely plentifull, as, in the plurall; and choise, as from the bowells, the bowells of a father; but perpetuall: (what talke we of perpetuall?) they are eternall. These three, their 1 multiplicitie, their 2 specialtie, their 3 eternitie, these three we hold by.

III. Our RecognitionAnd now to our Recognition. To performe it to the full, as it deserveth, that (I know) we cannot. Worthily to celebrate, and set forth His mercies therein, accor­ [...] [Page 931] [...] their merit, what tongue of men or Angells can doe it? But, shall we not [...] [...]fore doe it, as we can? We were not consumed: shall our thankefullnesse fall [...] sumption? His compassion failed us not, shall our recognition faile them? [...]hall we not finde our tongues as well to praise His mercies, as to pray for them? Can we poure out petitions in time of need, and can we not drop forth a few thankes when we have what we would? No, let this be the first: that we answer, Misericor­ [...]on consumptae, with gratiae inconsumptae; that our thankes fall not into an hectique.

Then, that we imitate the three properties of this vertue, that saved us, and to whom we owe our selves; no other, then those, that he expressed in the Text.

1. That we keepe the number, do it plurally. Not single thankes, for plurall mercies: that agrees not. Iterate them over and over, as much as we may. In the weight, we shall surely fall short; let us make amends with the number. Doe it oft, and many times; in hope, that Saepe cadéndo, they shall effect that, which, Vi, by any force in them, they are not able.

This for every one, to give as many as we may, make them many Now, as many, as we are many. As we should have gone altogether, as we should have gone; so, and no otherwise, let us, together, heere, all acknowledge his mercies, this day, shewed us,Psal 148.11.12.13. [...] praise Him all of us for them: Praise him King and Queene, &c.

Yea not onely Dicat nunc Israël, but Dicat nunc pa [...]ies, Psal. 118 2. praise him walls and win­dowes, praise him lime and stone, praise him roofe and foundation, Let them praise the name of the Lord: for He said but a word, and they stood fast; He commanded, 1 Non, Psal. 148.5.6. and they were not stirred. Ieremie speakes to a wall to weepe (Chap. 2.18.) we [...]ay, with as good reason, to reioyce, and give thankes. All, that should have perished together praise Him together.

2. Next: that we put him not of with certaine (I know not what) hollow thankes, that have no bowells at all in them. But do it, De visceribus, De intimis fibris, from the very bowells, from the innermost veines and the smallest threeds of them: with him, Praise the Lord ô my soule, [...] and all my bowells, all that is within me, Psal. 103.1. Psal. 35.10. All my bones shall say, &c. When the bones (the bones that should have beene shivered in sunder) when the bowells (the bowells that should have beene scattered abroad) speake, that is the right speaking. If every one of us, to himselfe, wou [...]d but say the very words of this verse onely, as they stand, It was, &c. It was, &c. even this onward, were worth the while; if it be not for forme, but feelingly spoken: Dic, Dic sed intus dic; say it, but say it from within, let the bowells speake it; though our words faile us, they doe not. And (indeed) the consumption should have been with fire; shall our recognition be fro­zen? no sparke, no vigor igneus, no fervor at all in it? How agree these, a fierie destruc­tion, and a frozen confession? It standeth us upon to be delivered, no lesse from cold [...]hankes, then from a hott fire.

3. And that we never faile to doe it. No yeare to intermitt it, no weeke, and (I would I might add) no day neither. Answer Misericordia Ejus manet in aeternum, Psal. 136.1. Psal. 89.1.2. with Misericordias Domini cantabo in aeternum: and not, mercies that never faile, with short thankes and soone done; specially, seeing, their not failing lyeth upon our not failing them.

Now, it would do well to seale up all with a Recognition reall; that is, the praise of mercie, with some worke of mercie. What was done upon us, this day? our preserving: A worke of mercy it was. This worke can no way so lively be expressed, as by a worke of like nature, nothing so well (saith Saint Iames) by warme breath, as by warme clothes. Erga consumendos, such as are in danger of it, not by fire, but by cold and nakednesse.Iam 2.16.

This, as it is a most kindly way to resemble it: so (withall) is it a most effectuall meanes to procure the continuance and not fayling of it. Magnes est misericordiae Dei [...]rga nos, misericordia nostra in fratres; of GOD's mercie to us, keeping us from consu­ [...]ing, our mercie toward our poore brethren is the loadstone, to keepe them from the like. So, under one, shall we both lett it forth and procure it; procure that, we so much stand in need of, and sett forth that vertue, to which we were so much this day be­holden.

[Page 932]Now to GOD; to Him, and to His mercie; the bowells of His mercie, and the fresh fountaine of them: That [...]uffered us not to be consumed, but delivered us; and that from that fire, and [...] universall, utter, sodeine, unnaturall consuming by it, the decree wherof [...] certainely gone forth against us, come so neere us and we not aware of it: That suffered us not to be consumed, but gave them to be c [...]sumed in our steads; and hath, this day, presented us all alive to give Him praise for it: To Him, for the mul­titude of His mercies, for the paterna viscera misera­tionum suarum, that never faile, nor con­sume themselves, nor suffer us to faile, and be consumed: To Him I say, &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the V. of November. A. D. MDCXIII.

PROVERB. CHAP. VIII. VER. XV.

Per me REGES regnant.

By me KINGS reigne.

THese words may well serve for a Sermon, for they be a piece of a Sermon. For, all the Chapter is a Sermon preached by one standing in the top of the high places, (ver. 2.) The high places, that was (then) their Church; The top of them, that was the Pulpit?

It is the common question, Who Preaches? Ever, we must know that: And though the whole booke be Salomon's; and though he be a Eccl. 1.1. Mat. 12.42. Preacher upon Re­cord; yet Major Salomone hîc, a greater Preacher then Salomon is heer. He was but wise; it is Wisedome it selfe made this Sermon. And we may be bold to preach, what Wisedome preacheth: A sermon ou [...] of such a Sermon, cannot be amisse.

Specially, this Wisedome; the Essentiall Wisedome of GOD: which upon the point, will proove to be none other, but CHRIST: And so, our Text fall out to be de ver­bis [Page 934] Domini, that is de verbis Domini secundùm Salomonem; for, so there be, no lesse than secundum Matthaeum, or Ioannem.

Which though they were uttered by Him, before He was in the flesh, what of that? they be no whit the lesse; but full out as good Gospell, as if they had beene re­corded by any of the foure Evangelists: yea and this we may adde further; even Go­spell, before any Gospell of them all. Thus much for the Author of the speech.

The Summe.The speech it selfe seemes, as if some question there were, Per quem Reges? Or some were about to bring the Writt of Quo Warranto, to know, how they clayme to be Kings; how to hold their soveraigne Authority; by whose graunt?

And let not this seeme strange: It is no new thing, to bring this Writt in like ca­ses.

Exod. 2.14. Mat. 21.23.One was brought against Moses? VVho made thee a Ruler? Nay higher; one a­gainst our Saviour himselfe: By what authority doest thou these things, and who gave thee that authority? Against Moses, Against Christ? and why not then against Salo­mon and his fellow Kings?

And this same Per Me (heer) is an answer to all. Who made you (Moses) a Ruler? He whose Name is I am, Exod. 3.14. Iohn 10.36. sent me. Who gave CHRIST his authority? He, that san­ctified Him, and sent Him to be the Messias of the world. And here now; Kings, by whom, Per Me, by Him too. These words of his, Charta Regia; This, their Charter Royall: And He that gave it them, will warrant it for good, and beare them out against all the Perme's in the world. This for the Nature of the speech.

A point necessary, if ever, at this time to be weighed well, and looked into; where­in, this question is put up, and so vexed, that it cannot rest: Wherein they have set up an Anti-Per and given him this sentence in his mouth,Bellar contra Barcl. Ego facio, ut Rex tuus Rex ne sit, I will make your King no King, this Text Per Me notwithstanding. One, to sever Reges and Regnant, that they shall reigne no longer, than he sees cause to suffer them. And is it not time then, to make good their Tenures?

And that doe this Text, and this Day. The Text, in word; the day, in deed, cum effe­ctu, really.

The Text, the words indeed (as the words of wisedome) are but few, and the sentence short; scarce eny in Scripture so short: In our tongue, but foure words, and they but foure syllables. But it fareth with sentences as with Coynes. In Coynes, they that in smallest compasse containe greatest value, are best esteemed: And, in sentences, those that in fewest words comprise most matter, are most praysed. And such is this.

Exceeding compendious, that we must needs be without all excuse (it being but foure monosyllables) if we doe not remember it.

And withall, of rich Contents: for, upon these foure syllables, depend all Kings and Kingdomes of the Earth: Of such force are they.

Of which foure, the two latter (Reges and Regnant) be two as great matters as any he in the World. One, the Persons themselves, as they be Kings. The other, the Act of their reigning, or bearing rule over Nations. These two latter depend on the two former Per, Me: which are but one in effect; but, He a great One. For, it is heere posi­tively set downe, asserendo, that these two latter, are by this former; By and through Him, that sayes Per Me. By and through Him Kings first setled in their Reignes. By and through Him ever since upholden in their Reignes. By and through Him vouchsafed many miraculous preservations in their Reignes. Thus far the Text.

Luc. 1.7 [...].Then, by the tender mercy of our God comes the Day from on high, and giveth great light unto the Text: This Day, on which a very memorable memoriall of a famous Per Me. One, in great Capitall letters. Even of Per Me Reges; and not of Per Me Re­ges alone, but of Per Me Leges, (and that too followes, here in the verse) and of Per me Greges too: All had gone up, but for this, Per Me. This Day, this Per Me soundeth in your eares, and this day this Per Me was sealed in your eyes, and this question actually d [...]ided.

[Page 935] [...] the Order in treating whereof, our Parts must bee as our words:The Division. Looke how I [...] word [...], so many parts: foure, of either. 1 Of Me first, the Cause: 2 Then of Per, II [...]: 3 After of Per me Reges, the Persons: 4 And last of Per Me regnant, III [...]?IV

[...] Me. It is a Generall Rule, Per dicit causam:I. The Cause, Me. the Nature of this Praeposition (Per) is to note a Cause certaine. And a certaine cause excludeth Chance. First men, Kings and Kingdomes have their Per: they be not fortè fortunâ, 1. Kings and Kingdomes have a Cause. Psal. 75.6. Rom. 13.4. at hap-ha­ [...]rd, ex concursu atomorum. They be no casualties, The wind blowes no man to them ( [...]aith the Psalme 57.) And Non temerè, (saith the Apostle);) where Non temerè, as it is not in vaine, so is it also not at adventure: Causal they are; Casual they are not. A Per there is; a Cause of King's reigning.

What is that cause? Per Me: and Me is a Person; And a person is Naturae rationa­lis individua substantia, 2. That cause is a Person. a single or determinate substance of a Nature indued with rea­s [...]n. It is not Res bruta velmuta, no dumbe thing or without understanding, is cause of them. He speakes (we heare:) saith, Per Me. And His very last words before these,Ver. 14. be I am understanding.

Against those that doe Iovi mensam ponere, ascribe it to the Position of the starres, Esa. 65.11. to this or that Planet in the Ascendent. No; it is not de luminibus (they, be no Persons: Iac. 1.17.) but de Patre luminum (He, is.) So a cause there is, and no impersonall cause, but Per Me a Person. 3. Another person beside them­selves. 1 Reg. 1.5. Psal. 44 6.

What Person? Per Me regnant; and that is not Per se regnant: so, another person it is besides themselves; one different from them. That they reigne, is not, by or from themselves, but by or from some other besides. Regnabo (saith Adonijab) but he fay­led; it would not be: To teach him, it is not Per se, by their owne bow or sword, nor Marte nor Arte, they raigne; And so to sacrifice to them. It is not their owne place, they sit in; nor their owne power, they execute:Abac. 1.16. It is derived from ano­ther person; Ipse est qui fecit nos, & non ipsi nos (may they also say) He it is that made us, Ps. 100.3. and not we our selves. A Person; And another Person.

And who is that other Person? Let me tell you this first: It is but one Person, 4. But one Per­son, not many. not many, Per Me is the singular number. It is not Per nos: so, it is not a plurality; no [...]ultitude, they hold by. That clayme is gone, by Per Me: one single person it is, Per [...]. The other, a Philosophicall conceit it came from, from those that never had [...]eard this Wisedome preach. In this booke, we finde not any Soveraigne power, ever [...] in any Body collective, or derived from them. This we find, that God He is King;Ps. 93.97.99. Dan. 4.14. Ier. 27.5. that the Kingdomes be His, and to whom He will, He giveth them. That ever they came ou [...] of God's hand by any Per Me, eny graunt into the People's hands to bestow, that we fi [...]d not. One Person it is.

I aske then, this one Person who he is?5. That person, neither man nor Angell. this I finde (at the XXIV. ver.) That who­s [...]ver he is, He was, when there were yet no Abyssi, no depths, nor no mountaines vpon the Earth, nor the Earth it selfe: He was before all these. I find againe, (at the XXVII. [...].) When the Heavens were spread, a decree given to the Sea, the foundations of the Earth [...] laid, He was there a Worker together with God: Was at the making of all, was [...]selfe Maker of all. So, neither Man nor Angell; they were not so ancient, they [...] nothing, they were created themselves.

[...] sileat omnis caro, let all flesh keep silence, And Omnis Spiritus (too,Zach. 2.13.) in this point [...] Me. Neither the spirit that said of the Kingdoms of the Earth, All these are mine: [...] he, that though he have hornes like the lambe, yet speaketh words like the Dragon. Mat. 4.9. Apoc. 13.11. [Page 936] These foure syllables are a supersedeas to all bookes or booke-makers for any man's Per Me any man's claime.Acts 10.16. Heb. 5.2. It is no man. And if no man, then no Pope: for he also is a man (as Saint Peter saith, He was:) And Cire [...]ndatus, compassed with infirmities, Saint Paul saith, he is: Sure, he made not the Earth; himselfe is made of earth. The A­byssus, the deep was made, yer he ascended out of it: the seven hills, long before he sate on them.Apoc. 13.1.17.9. He is not this Per Me; they hold not of him: they hold of Per Me, that cre­ated heaven and earth.

And this Per Me will beare no Per alium besides: He that must say Per Me Reges, must also say, Per Me Coelum & Terra. None but he that can say the one, can say the other. Therefore, none with Him, in this Per. None to step forth and rejoyne, Etiam Per me, and by me too: Vnlesse he can say Etiam Per me coelum & Terra. Per alium then hath no place heer.

But, might not the High-Priest claime deputation under Per Me? For that, there is a ruled case of it heer, in him that was the setter downe of this (Salomon.) Had the High-Priest, had Abiathar, ever a Per me for him? It is well knowne, his Per me went with Adonijah, against Salomon: His Per me, if it could, would have deposed Salomon. But so farre was it from him to say Per me Salomon, 1. Reg 1.7. that contrary, Salomon might say and did, Per me Abiathar. Depose Salomon he could not; deposed he was himself. Non nobis Domine non nobis, 1. Reg. 1.27. Psal. 115.1. would he have said: It was Per Me the wrong way with him.

6. But, God.Well then, being neither man nor Angell (since they made not the world:) God it must be of force: There is in the reasonable nature, no other person left, but He: And He it is. He, the partie, that speaks: By Me Kings; I am the Cause, that Kings reigne. Then, Reges quod sunt, per Deum sunt: Kings, what they are, by God they are:In XIII. ad Rō. [...] (saith Chrysostome:) and a speciall dignifying of their states it is, that so they are. It was (we find) wont to be the usuall style (yea even of Popes themselves) writing to Kings, to wish them health in Eo per quem Reges regnant, in Him by whom Kings do reigne: And that was neither Pope, nor People; but God alone, whose proper style that is.

7. God the Sonne.By God then: I aske yet further, by what Person of the God-Head? so farr, we have warrant to go by this Text. It is Wisdome, whose speech all this is: No created wis­dome, but the Wisdome of God creating all things, it selfe uncreate: that is, the Sonne of God. For, whom Salomon heer calleth Wisdome, the same (in the thirtieth Chapter af­ter) he tearmeth the Sonne: What is His name (speaking of God) or What is His Sonn's name? Chap 30.4. By Him, by that Person do they reigne: And now at the last, are we come to the right Per Me.

1 As the mid­dle cause. Per (the praeposition) would teach us so much, if there were nothing els. Per, dicit causam mediam, it designeth a middle cause. And He is the middle Person, of the great Cause, Causa causarum, A Deo (saith Saint Paul;) Per Me (saith Salomon:) from God the Father, Rom. 1 [...].1. by God the Sonne. We may know it, It is CHRIST's praep [...]siti­on, this (ever:) Per CHRISTVM Dominum nostrum.

As man.And by Him, most properly: for, in that He was to be man, all the benefitts which were to come from God, to man, were to come by Him. He, the Per, of all: among which, this one of Regall Regiment is a principall one.

As Wisdome.By Him againe. Because He is Wisdome (which I reckon worth a note) that the Per of Kingdomes, whereby they consist, is not Power so properly (the Attribute of the first) as Wisdome (the Attribute of the second Person:) they stand rather by Wisdome then force. Besides, Sapientis est ordinare (saith the great Philosopher) the proper worke of wisdome, is to order. And what is Anarchie, but a disordered Chaos of Confusion? Or what is Rule, but an [...], a setting and holding of all in good order. This being Wisdome's proper worke, this Per is most properly His.

By Him, yet again, because on Him hath the Father conferred all the kingdomes of the Earth: we read it Psal. II. We see Him Apoc. XIX. with many crownes on his head. [...] As a [...]ing. Psal. 2.8. Apoc 19 12. Psal. 47.7. Psal 1 [...].13. Meet then it was, that the Kings of the severall quarters of the Earth, should be by Him, that is Rex universae terrae. That the Kings of the several Ages of the world, should be by Him, who is Rex saculorum, whose Dominion endureth throughout all [Page 937] [...] a word: Vt utrobique regnetur per Christum: And that all Crownes, both [...] of glory in Heaven, and the Crownes of highest dignitie heer on [...] should be holden of Him, all; as all are. Thus by this time, we see [...] Me, who He is.

Now returne I to Per, There is much in the right taking of this word:The Manner; Per. What Per II [...] There is a Per of permission; as we say in the Latine, Per me licet, You may [...] me; Good leave have you; I hinder you not: Or (as in English,) By Him, 1 Not by Per­mission. that [...] him, they came, and He stopped them not. Is this the Per? Indeed some [...] thing is blundered at, as if God only permitted them, And scarce that.

T [...]us comes one of them forth with the matter, and makes it the very first words of [...]. The Priest, he is à Solo Deo; but, the King, he is ex importunitate populi: [...] people importun'd God, and He yeelded with much adoe, aegrè (his owne word) [...] His Will: And so we must interpret Per Me, that is Contrae me; By me, that is [...] against my mind it is, that Kings reigne, but I beare them or beare with them. Vpon [...] matter, this it is; They would have Kings to be, by Toleration onely; And so, by that [...]er, are all the evils and mischiefes in the world. And, are not Kings much be­holden to these men, thinke you?

But, this Per we reject utterly: It cannot be. For, though the Latin Per will [...]eare this sense, the Greeke [ [...]] the Hebrew [ [...]] will by no meanes; the phrase, the [...]me of the tongue will in no wise endure it. [...] will admitt no permission; nor [...], neyther. Away then with that.

How take we Per then? What need we stand long about it, having another Per, 2 But by Com­mission. Iohn 1.3. a [...]d of the same person to patterne it by: Omnia per Ipsum facta sunt (saith Saint Iohn; [...]nd the same saith Salomon by and by after, in this Chapter.) Then, as By Him, all [...]ngs made there: so, By Him, Kings reigne heer. The World; and the Government of t [...]e world, by the same Per both; one and the same cause institutive of both. That was [...] by bare permission (I trust:) no more, these.

Per Ipsum, they; and if Per Ipsum, per Verbum, quia Ipse est Verbum. For,3. By the Word. how were t [...]ey (the creatures) made? Psal 146.5. Dixit & facta sunt: By the Word, by Him. And how these (Kings?) By the same Psal. 82.6. Ego dixi. Even by the same, that He himselfe Psal. 110.1. Dixit hominus Domino meo. As He then; they.Iohn 10.35. And so doth CHRIST himselfe interpret [...] dixi, [...]. A Word came to them; And what manner word was [...] Rom. 13.2. Saint Paul telleth us, it was [...], an ordinance, a word of high authority; the Imperiall Decrees have no other name but [...]. This now then, is more than a [...] of permission: A Per of Commission it is; A speciall warrant, an ordinance Imperi­ [...] by which Kings reigne.

[...]y Him, then: By what of Him? by His VVill;4 By his Will. Haec est voluntas Dei (faith 1 Pet 2.15. Saint [...]; and tibi in bonum (saith Rom. 13.4. 1 Expr [...]ssed by his Word. Saint Paul,) for thy good. His will then, His good [...] toward men: Expressed by his word: Word of power, (we have heard;) And word of wisedome; for He is VVisdome: And word of Love; for, even 1 Chr. 9.8. 2 By His deed. 1 Cor. 15.10. Because God loved [...], did He set Salomon King over them.

Expressed by His word: His word onely? Nay His deed too, His best deed, His [...] Dedi vobis Regem: Gift of grace; as, even they acknowledge in their styles, that [...] Dei sunt quod sunt. Given by Him, sent by Him, Iob 86.7. Placed in their Thrones by [...] Psal. 18.39. Vested with their robes by Him, Psal. 8 [...].20. Girt with their swords, by Him, Psal. 21.3. Annoynted [...] Crowned by Him. All these By Him's we have, toward the understanding of [...] Me: so By Him, as none are, or can be By Him more.

[...]pressed by His word and d [...]ed onely?3 By His Name. Nay (there is nothing but his Name [...] name too: so by His name, as his very chiefest name (CHRIST) He [...] to them: And, that is not without mysterie: to shew their neer alliance [...] I have said Ye are Gods: which of the persons, that are each of them God? it [...] Filij Altissimi, Sonnes of the most High: Sonne, Psal. 82.6. that is CHRIST's [Page 938] name: He the Person then, to whom they are beholden: He, by whom, they are. To shew, they are Sonnes and haue their descent properly from Him, Apoc. 19.16. Rex Regum is [...] His thigh; and Me [...]hisedek His first King, and his Type, is Heb. 7.3. brought in without Father and without Mother, to shew, that Kings are the Generation of God.

5. By Him, and In Him. By Him: Nay, more than By Him (if you looke better upon the word.) There is no By in the Hebrew; and yet the word is [...]. But, that (in true and exact proprie­tie rendered) i [...] In Me, not By Me: The meaning is, that they are first in Him, and so come foorth from Him.

And y [...]t, so from Him, as still they be in Him; both Esay 62.3. Corona Regis (sa [...]e E [...]y) and Ch. 21:1. Cor Regis (saith Salomon) their Persons and Estates both, in manu Domini.

And in Him, as he saith, Iohn 17.21. My Father in me, and I in Him; so, they in Him, and He in them. For, such is the nature of the Praepositions, the Holy Ghost hath made choise of, as they may be inverted and verified both wayes. For, as it is true, They reigne in, and by Him: so is it likewise true; He reignes, in and by them. They in GOD, and GOD in them; reciproce: He, in them, as His Deputies; they, in Him, as their Author and Authorizer. He, by their Persons; They, by His Power. And so having brought them to Him, even into Him, and lodged them in Him, there let us leave them.

III. The Persons: Reges.This while we have beene in the two former. 1 Per, 2 Me. Now to the two latter: 3 Per Me, Reges; and 4 Per me, regnant.

1 Reges in pro­prijs terminis. Rom. 13.1. Ps. 82.6. Per me Reges. And first, I am glad we have mett with this word Reges, in proprijs terminis: when we meet with some other, there is such pinching at them. The Apo­stle spea [...]es of Higher Powers: ô, it is too generall; it may be Powers Ecclesiastique as well as Civil: (A meer shift.) The Psalmist saith, Ego dixi Dij; that, is not home neither there is mention of Iudges in the Psalme, as well as Princes. But, heer is a word, will hold them; Kings in expresse termes, totidem literis: No evasion heer, no shifting it. This is home, (I trust.)

Rom. 11.36. Per Me Reges. Why, what great matter is that? Per Illum omnia (saith S. Paul, Rom. 11.) All things are by Him.

Iam. 1.17. All things; but all good things specially, (saith S. Iames,) Why, By Him, there can nothing come, but good.

2 Reges specially, above all o­ther creatures.Thirdly then, speciall good things. By a speciall Per, they. And Kings are such, and for such reckoned up heer, in this very Chapter? Even for one of the principallest be­nefits, vouchsafed mankind by God, this By Me Kings: for, will ye but marke this, they have precedence, are reckoned up heer, before the creation it selfe: for, that commeth after, at the XXIV . ver. To shew, it is (as indeed it is) better for us, not to be at all; than, not to be under Rule. Better no Creation, than no Government. GOD is highly to be blessed for this Per me Reges: that He hath given potestatem talem hominibus, Such power unto men. Mat. 9.8.

3 Reges, without qualification. 1 Of Religion.Now, I weigh the word [Reges.] What? eny by Him? eny in grosse without quali­fication? what without any regard of Religion at all? Sure, if none but true Professours had been he [...]r meant, It must have been but Per Me Rex: for, none but one, but this Salomon, was then such, of all the Kings of the Earth. But, in that it is Reges, the Holy Ghost's meaning is, to take in the rest: Hiram, and Pharaoh, and Hadad; they are in too in this Reges. For, where the Scripture distinguishes not, no more doe we. Be their Religion what it will,2 Of Tyrannie. [...]. 63. [...] Hos 13.11. Hos. 8.10. By Him they are.

But, what if they t [...]ke too much upon them (Core's exception?) Then, it is Dedi vo­b [...] Regem in irâ (saith GOD by the Prophet:) Angry I was then I gave Him, but I gave him [...]hough.4 All, By Him, [...] made. Per Me iratum, it is: but, Per Me, it is still; Per Me, though with a diffe [...]ce.

But this [...] Principis (say they in the Prophet) how may we be rid of it? Is there [Page 939] [...] Per Me, to goe unto, to deprive or depose them? Sure, where the worst is [...] that can be of them, Clamabunt ad Dominum is all, I find. No Per, 1. Sam. 8.18. to doe it [...]. By Him, and by none but by Him, they be; By Him, and by none but by Him, [...] cease to be. In Nature, every thing is dissolved by the same meanes, it came [...]. In Law, Institution and Destitution belong both to one. In Divinitie; the [...] in one and the same Verse,Hos. 13.11. saith Dedi vobis Regem (in the fore-part) and with [...] [...]reath, Abfiuli eum in the latter: So, both pertaine to Him; Dominus dedit, [...] abstulit. As for this new Per Me, we argue from the Text: He makes no [...] (we know;) and, as he makes none, so he can un-make none, No right, to [...] Per, more than another.

[...]ll be Kings then, by Him: yet, not all alike. GOD forbid, but there should be [...], Magis and Minùs, one more than another: But we should put a difference, [...] Melchisedek, and Nimrod; betweene Salomon, and Saul.

[...]e say then, All Kings by Him; but, among all, and above all,5. All; but especi­ally good Kings. such as he that [...] downe this, such as Salomon; for he by the great Capitall Per Me: Per Me iratum [...]; Per Me propitium, He: And that is the Per indeed. Thus much he doth [...], by adding in the latter part of the verse (which commonly is the Exegesis of the former) namely, if Iusta decernunt do come too. If he be a righteous King, as M [...]hisedek, King of righteousnesse: If he sow the fruit of righteousnesse in peace, Heb. 7.2. that is [...] a peaceable King, as Salomon: If he Rule Per Me (that is) Per Sapientiam, Ian. 3.18. rule wise­ [...]. Those are Per Me propitium; Those are Kings primae intentionis, Kings of speciall [...]avour.

This for the Person. Now to the Act: Per Me, regnant.

And I make these two, two diverse, because some are Reges, Kings, IV. The Act: Regnant. and yet reigne [...]: (as true Heires defeated.) And some reigne, and are no Kings: (as doe all Vsur­ [...]rs of the throne, per fas nefasque.) Alwaies, one thing it is, to be a King; another [...]o reigne. Ioas was the true King, all those sixe yeares he reigned not; Athalia reigned [...]ll those six yeares, yet true Queene was she never any. Of such, GOD saith,Hos. 8.4. [...] Hosea; Regnaverunt, sed non a Me. Why? for, Per Me Reges regnant, By Me Kings reigne; Kings, of lawfull and true descent, they reigne by Me: These were none such. So, they reigned; but, without any Per from Me. But, when these meet, and [...]hey that be Reges de jure, regnant de facto, then it is as it should be: And Per Me it [...] that they so meet.

This Regnant I consider, as an Act, three waies. 1. As it hath a beginning. [...] As it hath continuance. 3. As it hath Rectitude or obliquitie incident to every act. [...] that they reigne at all: Regnant diu, that they reigne long: Regnant Rectè, that [...] reigne aright. And every one hath his Per. Per, Ianuae, By, the doore; by Him [...] enter their reigne: Per lineae; By, the line, which He stretcheth out over every Governement, longer or shorter; by Him they continue their reigne: Per, [...]; By, the Rule; so reigne, as they swerve not from Him, touch Him [...]; continue with Him, and He with them, and so He will make them to conti­ [...] long.

[...] am ledd to this, because you shall see these three duely set upon every King's head, [...] all the story of the Bible.

[...]. Such a King, was so many yeares old, when he began his reigne: there is his [...], his Regnant, his Doo [...]e of Entrance.

And then: So many yeares he reigned in Ierusalem, or Samaria: there is his [...], his diu regnant, his Per of Line, or continuance.

Then ever followes (if you marke it) either, And he did well, and walked in [...] of his father David; there is the manner, his benè regnant, his Rule, or [...] Or, and he did evill in the sight of the LORD, and turned not from the waies of [...]; there is his obliquiti [...]; out of rule himselfe, and brought all out of [Page 940] rule with him. This holds in all, and in all will hold, after they be once of of the stage.

1. Regnant, Per, janu [...]: The entrance.As it is Actus in [...] ho [...]or they reigne, that is they come to the Crowne, they be­ginne their reignes.

It is generally true, that the maine frame of Government, the first raising of it, could be by none, but this Per Me. But I insist on particulars rather: Wherein, eny that shall but weigh; what difficulties, what oppositions be raised, what plotts and practizes to keepe Reges from regnant, those from it whose of right it is, shall be for­ced to confesse, that even by Him they have their first entrance. Take him that is next hand, Salomon; and he that shall marke, Adonijah's plott, drawing the High-Priest (A [...]i [...]th [...]r) and the Generall of the field (Ioab) into a strong faction against him; shall finde, Salomon was bound to acknowledge, that Per Me he came in. Or if he will not, Adonijah himselfe will, he was forced to doe it: That the kingdome was tur­ned from him, and was his brother's, for it came unto him (even Per Me) by the LORD. This confession of his is upon record, 1. Reg. 2.15. And your Majestie was non ignara mali hujus, was not altogether free from these: It is English I speake. Possibly, from Ioab you were; but, not from Abiathar; His Bulls, they were abroad: And some there were that could not enter by the doore, but were clyming up another way. Yet for all these, you came to your reigne and you came by the right Per, by the doore: And, this (I know;) You are one of the number of those Kings that as­cribe their regnant to this Per Me. This, for Actus inchoatus: Now, they are in.2. Regnant diu, Per, lineae: Their conti­nuance.

But when they are in, they may out againe soone enough; when begunne, end quickly; if-Per Me, as he was the Cause procreant, so He be not also the cause Conser­vant, and make their reigne Actus Continuatus; draw the line out along, keepe and continue them for many yeares in it. Regnant, is true in the first instant. One reignes; if it be but 1. Reg. 1 [...].15. for a sevenight, as Zomri reigned no longer: But what is that? Or what is it to reigne a Moneth, as 2 Reg. 15.13. Shallum; or three, as 2 Reg. 23.11. Ioahaz; or Six, as 2. Reg. 15.8. Zacha­r [...]as did? Nothing: The continuance, propriè loquendo, that is the reigne; and Reg­nant without this Per is as good as nothing. And the Text is for this. The word in Hebrew is not Regnant in the Present, doreigne; but regnabunt in the Future, shall reigne, or continue reigning. And so is the Praeposition [Per] for it too. For, Per addit du­rationem; adds over a continuance; where it is added; as is evident, by, Persist, Perma­nent, Perdurable, Perseverance, Perpetuit.

And this now, questionlesse depends upon GOD alone; even their quick cutting of, or their long preserving in their reignes. He can draw the line longer or shorter; draw it out still, or snap it of. He can take them from their reigne by the Dan. 5.26. hand­writing on the wall, MENE, &c. He can take it from them by Iob. 12.18. Solvit baltheum Regam, taking of their Collar, and Psal. 89 44. casting their throne downe to the ground. He can call in a forreigne enemie, stir up a seditious subject, let loose the sea of popula­ritie in upon them; unlawfully to doe it, but to doe it though. Many such things are with Him.

Now we are at the maine. For, heere comes all the danger: there is such heaving and lifting at them after they be in; such thrusting by force, such undermining by fraud: So many Per me's, Per Me Clement, Castell, Catesby; and they againe so many Per's Per knives, pistoll, poyson, powder, all against this Per of continuance; as be the former how it will, they cannot but confesse heere, that Per Me it is, that they hold out their Reignes.

And, heere fall's in kindly, this daye's designe and the visible Per Me, that hap­ned on it;Lament. 3.22. For, By H [...]m it was, and by His mercie; that King and all were not quite con­sumed. That your Reigne, and your lift were not determined both together: Not that you went not downe (with David) into the pitt;Psal. 30.3. but, that you went not up, up into the ayre in (I know not how many) pieces, and [...] now, after thus many yeares, it is Regnant w [...]h you still: And may i [...] be Per Me regnat (so we all pray:) and not Per Me regnat onely, but, Per Me reg [...]bl [...], many times, many yeares more. I but [Page 941] [...] in minde heere of what I told you right now: It is In me (in Hebrew) not [...] In Him, not By Him, though never so hard by Him (for, that is without Him;) [...] even In Him, and then they be safe.

And in Him You have reigned: for He hath inclosed You (as it were) and compas­ [...] You on every side. As in a fortresse, strong hold, or place of defense; so have You [...] in Him: That, as David oft calleth GOD, so may You; Your Rocke, Psal. 18.2. Psal. 89 22. Your [...], Your Sanctuarie of safe guard: So that the enemie hath not been able to do you [...], not the Sonne of wickednesse had power to hurt You.

And yet, there is more in this Regnabunt, greater grace yet. For,Iam 4.6. For, we may extend it yet further, to a continuance, not in themselves in their persons only; but, in their po­s [...]ritie too. That, when it shall cease with them, and they in their graves, yet it shall be [...]gnabunt still, and they reigne in their race and progeny, when they have done reig­ning themselves. This drawes out the Per longer: for, so reigne they, many ages; not their owne onely. Kings, in themselves; Kings, in their seed; Reges à saeculo in sae­culum, from one generation to another. By Saul, and by David, we may plainely see; one thing it is, to bring one to be King, as Saul was: another, to establish the King­dome in his line, as with David it was. And it is that, he magnifieth so much, 2. Sam. 7. That GOD had not only brought him thitherto (to the Crowne) that was but a small thing: but that also He had spoken of his Servant's House, in longinquum for a long time; for, that is the right Regnabunt. The right Regnabunt is not that (in the Dan. 2.) like an Image, which when it is broken, nothing comes of it: But the right, is that (Dan. 4) where it is like a goodly Tree that hath branches come out of the stemme, which will proove Sients and be new grafted againe, and so successively derive it selfe downe to many generations. This also is, Per Me; and altogether by Him, and in His hand, who can establish succession, as to David; and who can also [...]id Ieremie, Write this man destitute of children, of him there shall none come more to sit upon the Throne of Israël. Ier. 22.30.

This for the Continuance, Diu regnant. I will but touch the third:3. Regnant rectè, Per, Regulae: The manner. I would not have touched it, but that it is a speciall meanes, for the second, of continuance. To Diu, the way is by rectè; To rule long, the way, to rule right: Nay, it is the way to rule for ever: And, without Rectè, the shorter the better; better for them, and better for all parts.

Thus doth one per still lead us to another: for as it is true, Per dicit causam; so is it likewise true, Per dicit regulam. By Him, as a cause; By Him, as a rule: from which Rule not swerving, there is a direct promise, Deut. 17. He shall prolong his reigne, Deut. 17.20. and not his alone, but even his children's too, in the midst of Israel. And, by that Rule, a long line shall be drawne, for the drawing out of his reigne many yeares.

And, this we need not seeke for, any where els; it is even in the body of the word. For Rectitudo and Rectus, and Rectè, Substantive, Adjective, and Adverbe, all come of Rego: so doth Regula too, it selfe: That they need be no strangers one to another; There is an alliance, and there ought to be a reciprocall reference, betweene them and Regere, and betweene Regere and them. Erit apud rectissimum Rex (saith Moses, Deut. 33.5. Deut. 33.) He shall be, as streight, as neere the Rule, as may be.

Now, that Rule is (heere) Me; and Me is Wisedome; and Wisedome is the Rule which GOD himselfe draweth his lines by; And Kings, as in other points, so in this, to be as like, and draw as neere GOD as they may.

But then, care would be had, it be that Wisedome which is Me (indeed.) For, Achi­l [...]phel's, and Ieroboam's goe for wisedome, in the world; but (indeed) such wisedome (as Saint Iames termeth it) is earthly, sensuall, and hath somwhat of the Devill in it. Iam. 3.15. It is not that worldly wisedome, they be Kings by; but that which is from above, and [...] (I told you) is CHRIST. What they are, by Him they are; That they con­tinue, by Him it is: Who is, and will be pro illis qui per Illum; be for them, that be by Him; and will not see or suffer the overthrow of His owne Ordinance.

And, may I not then commend Him (this Per Me) to them? That, since they [...], by that Wisedome (which is CHRIST) they would reigne by that, and by [Page 942] no other VVisedome. And that reciprocation (I touched before;) that, seeing they reign by Him, He may reigne by th [...]m, Regnet, per illos, qui regnant per Illum; since they rule by Him, to be ruled by Him: There cannot be a more reasonable request, than this: Regnet per Reges, per [...] regnant Reges.

Specially, since this Per of the Rule, will bring them to the Per of Persistence; so long as they continue with Him, and He with them, He will continue them and their reignes, and nothing shall stirre them. But, let goe that, and take them to another Per Me, And I dare not promise ought: If any have miscarried, he hath first let his Per goe, and then after was put out of protection: And then, the sonnes of perdition had power over him, and his continuance soone came to an end.

Tak [...], this then, for the farewell of this point. Sever not Reges from Per Me, and you shall never sever Regis from Regnant: But if they have once lost their Per Me, mer­vayle not, if they lose their Regnant not long after.

The Applica­tion to the Peo­ple.But, this Sermon was made for the people: To them then, I turne. For, as if Prin­ces well weigh this Per Me, they will rule the better: so if the people doe the lik [...], they will obey the sooner. This is sure: If Per me Reges regnant, then Per me populi parent; if from Him the Power of Soveraignty, by Him also the Duty of Allegiance; which we do beare them, even for this very Per Me; even therefore because they be of Him. [...] (saith Salomon, 1. Pet. 2.1.3. here) Per Ipsum, by Him: [...] (saith S. Peter) propter Ipsum, for Him, for His sake.

Two points I would commend to you and so end: CHRIST it is, that here spea­keth: Wisedome it is, that heere speaketh. Since it is CHRIST heere speaketh, it is against Christian Religion; since it is Wisedome heere speaketh, it is folly to hold, to say, or to doe the contrary.

For CHRIST: If Per Me Reges be from CHRIST: from whom is the other Per me? Per me rebelles, Per me regicîdae: from whom they? If By Me Kings reigne, be CHRIST's; By me Kings slayne, whose Per is that Per? That Per cannot be the Per of any, but of CHRIST's opposite: Who is that? Quae Conventio Christi & Belial? VVhat agreement hath CHRIST and Belial?2. Cor. 6.15. There he is: You see, whose brood they be, that goe that way, Even Belial's Brood. He, out of his enmity against Per Me, can neither endure Reges nor Regnant; But stirres up enemies against them both, both Reges and Regnant. Against Reges, Regicîdas; to assault their persons: Against Regnant, Rebelles; to subvert their estates.

And, it is He that setts up this Anti-per, who takes upon him, to loose this Scrip­ture;Ioh. 10.35. to sever Reges and Regnant: Nay (which is worse than this) to make Saints and Martyrs of them, Qui vias dant ad delendos Reges, that sett their wayes to destroy Kings, Chap. 31.3. against which there is a speciall Caveat in the last Chapter of this Booke. But (which is worst of all: for, though the Rebell be evill, yet the Rebel-maker is farre worse:) He that rayseth up this new sect of Rebel-makers worse than Rebells themselves: For, if they be the brood of Belial, Qui vias dant, What shall they be qui vias docent? shall not they be Primogeniti Satanae, Belial's first begotten? That score out the way for destroying of Kings; tell, by whom, and in what sort, it is to be proceeded; to make a ve­ry method or Agend of it.

There is a short resolution in this Text for all these: Seeing it is CHRIST, it must be unchristian (if not Antichristian) to take eny such course: CHRIST's disciples they are not; None of His (sure,) that either put their hand to practise it, or their penn, or tongue, to defend it.

And as, if this be CHRIST, it is unchristian; so, if this be VVisedome, then is this their course, folly; And so it is, three wayes.

1. Folly first, to seeke to sever Reges and Regnant, from Per Me: it will not be. To thinke, they can set themselves against Kings, and yet never have to doe with GOD at all. But, Kings (we said) are in God: so, they must goe through Him, before they [Page 943] can come at them: they cannot deale with Kings, but they must beginne with GOD first Gamaliel's Position is sound and good: All one to fight with GOD,Acts 5.39. and that [...] his of GOD: for, they cannot be severed.

2. And, if they cannot; to fight against GOD, to kicke against the pricke, Acts 9.5. that is fol­ly and madnesse (I am sure.) Ye may returne them all for fooles, that go about it. That thinke with their devises to outreach Him, whose folly is wiser than their wisedome. 1. Cor. 1.25. Or by their practises to over-beare Him, whose weaknesse is stronger than their strength: He will be too hard for them, doe what they can.1. Cor. 1.25.

3. Specially (which is the third) having had so often, so certaine experience, that they which have gon about it, still come by the worse. For, extreame folly must it needs be, to beginne that, which none that ever yet began, could bring to good end; Which, all that ever yet began, ever came themselves to an evill end: As, to an evill end have they come, all the packe of them. These foure words have put them all down.

And (as it falls out) this day, of this folly, we have Exemplum sine exemplo: And, in the successe thereof, may all the r [...]st read their destiny. For, by the light of this day, eny (that is not blind) may see, that By and through Him, Kings reigne, in that, by and through Him, they, that would have blowen them up, are come to a shamefull end. Blow them up, they shall not, but blow themselves downe they shall; downe, Num 16 33. after Core, the same way he went: Even to Act. 1.25. their owne place, with Core, and Iudas, to the bottome of hell. That so, it may appeare to all the world, since this Per Me is Wise­dome, if Wisedome sett them up, folly it shall be, in them that seeke or sett themselves to putt them downe; to subver [...], either Reges their persons, or Regna their States.

Let Wisedome then be justified of her Children: And so many, as love Per Me, love and be friends and take part with both their Persons, and States. If they be Per Ipsum, Luk. 7 35. By Him, put our Per to His Per, that they may be, by us, too: We cannot erre (we are sure) if we keepe the same Per, that CHRIST doth.

And (to conclude) let this be our last duty: since we know Whence they be, we know whether to goe; since, By whom they be, to whom to repaire, if we have any businesse concerning them. If we have a good Prince, whom to thanke; if otherwise, whom to appease.

But if a good (for to that case I returne) never to looke upon Him, but to lift up our eyes withall, to this Per quem. As, to thanke Him, that He hath preserved him many other times (but specially and above other, this day; him, and his, that is, him and u [...] all:) so, duely to pray to Him, that He which reigneth thus by Him (that is, by His ap­pointment) may safe, and well, and long reigne by Him (that is, by His protection.) To thanke Him, for Per Me regnat, and to be sutors to Him, for Per Me regnabit; that He would draw out this Per and make it a long Per, Per multos annos. That it may ever be (as, in the Text, it is) Regnabit, still; still, in the future, Shall reigne.

Shall reigne out his owne age himselfe, in person (there is one Regnabit.)

Shall reigne in his Issue and of-spring, and that many ages: (there is another Regna­bit.)

Shall reigne, in the life of memorie, and a blessed remembrance of his time and reigne, and that through all ages: (there is a third Regnabit.)

Shall reigne all these; And, beyond all these, there is another yet, as the last so the best of all; Shall reigne, all these Per Deum, By GOD; and, after all these, Shall reigne, Cum Deo, With GOD, in the glory, joy, and blisse of His heavenly Kingdome, and that perpetually: which Kingdome shall have none end, but be in Saecula Saeculo­rum. To which Kingdome I, &c.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KING'S MAIESTIE AT WHITE-HALL, ON THE V. of NOVEMBER, Anno Domini, MDCXIIII.

PROV. CHAP. XXIV. Fili mi, &c

VER. 21. My Sonne, feare thou the LORD, and the KING: and meddle not with them that are given to change.

22. For, their destruction shall rise suddenly: and [...]ho know­eth the destruction of them both?

23. These things also belong to the wise.

WE begin, this yeare, where we left the last. Then By me Kings reigne: Now, by Me, Pro. 8.15. The Text, An. 1613. rerum nova­rum studiosi, seditious persons, come to ruine and destruction. For, that is the summe and substance of this Text.

It is a fatherly advise given, by Salomon to his sonne;The Summe of the Text. Not to meddle or make with them that are given to changes. And there was a change; such a change, as never was seen, or heard in any age, meant and medled in, this day. So the first verse intenessed in the Day.

And, this is not a bar [...] advise, and nothing els; but, upon a paenaltie. And that paenaltie sett [...]wne by way of a prophesie. And that prophesie fulfilled, and that paenaltie exten­ded; this day, too. So, the second verse likewise. So that, this day, the first verse was [...]; the wisdome of the Counseile, that it is wise and good: And, this day, the [...] verse was verified the event of the prophesie, that it is certaine and sure; for [...] followed them, that followed not it.

[Page 946] The Division.The points in it are, a [...] the verse [...] two. Th [...]re is an advise, in the former: My So [...]ne, feare God and the king, [...] with a paenaltie annexed, in the latter: For, their destruction shall arise suddenly, &.

I There is in the advise, first, a kind of commending of it. 2 Then, the advise i [...]sel [...]e.

1. The commendation stands first: For, Fili mi, I take to be a commendation. That it is a counseile, a Father would give to his sonne: And, that is no evill one, we may be sure. Doe but cast your eye, over the counseiles in this booke, that are given with a F [...]li [...]i, you shall find they be [...]e meliore notô, speciall ones, all; all very well wo [...]th the giving.

2. The advise it self followes: the maine drift whereof is, A Retentive against medling with certaine persons; persons, such as this Day brought forth. To feare, and to forbeare. Feare God and the King: And Forbeare to have to do, or deale, with any such. It consists of two counterpoints: a Fac, and a Fuge. Do this; and eschue that. The Fac is, Feare God, and the King. The Fuge is, Et ne commiscearis, Med­dle not. Follow one, fly the other.

II Now, it is punishment enough for a man, not to follow good counseile, when it is given him: Yet hath GOD so ordered, as there goeth (ever) some further evill, with the contempt of good counseile. As, with the contempt of this, there goeth a paenal­tie, no lesse then destruction and ruine: and that, a sodein destruction, and an unknowen ru­ine. It shall surprise them on the sodeine: And it shalbe such withall, as Quis scit (saith Salomon) Who knowes? (that is) No man knowes; how fearefull. Print well in your minds these foure 1 Destruction, 2 ruine, 3 repentè, 4 quis scit? They be the quatuor novissima of the Text. And, for feare of these, feare to meddle with these spi­rits.

So Salomon sitts heer, as a Counseilour; and, as a Iudge. A Counseilour, to advise: A Iudge, to pronounce. Heare his counseile, then: If not, heare your sentence. And choose which verse you wilbe in. There is no scaping them, both. In one of them we must be, all. Either in the verse of counseile: Feare God and the King, &c Or, in the verse of paenaltie: For, their destruction &c.

III The [...] up of all is, Haec quoque sapientibus: (So read it the Seventie, with this verse;) And so, the Fathers all: And not, as now it standeth, with the verse follow­ing.) The meaning is: that, this is no counseile, for fooles: No man so wise, the wisest man that is, it may well become him to take it. Commonly, they, that meddle in these matters, want no witt; are wise, at least in their owne conceipts: therefore (say the Seventie) [...]: You, that think you are, and would be taken for wise, to you be this spoken.

I. The advise.I Will speake a few words, of the commendation Fili [...]i: It is of a Father, to his Sonne. The commen­dation thereof. From a Father. True and [...] it is the counseile of a F [...]ther, to his [...]hild.

The very force of naturall affection so whe [...] [...] the witt, as oft, even a simple man, will give his child, not simple advise, but found [...] good. But, if it happen not alwaies to be of the best, [...]t i [...] the best he had, you may be sure. There might want br [...]ine [...], the good heart of [...] Father [...] wanting.

And be wise.To sup [...]lie that wan [...], I aske sec [...]dly, who is this Father? I find, that it is Salo­ [...]; tha [...] spe [...]eth. One, [...] wisdome among the so [...]ns of men. One hable to give good counseile, worth the following. And yet (I know not how) they that [Page 947] [...] for wise, other while give not all the best. But it is because they bend not [...]; and they bend them not, because they respect not the parties much, they [...] to. But, were it Fili mi, had they to him the heartie true zeale of a Father, it [...] make them gather their witts together, and help it much. That is, if we could [...] [...]hese two to meet; the braines of a wise man, and the bowells of a Father: if a Fa­ [...] were Salomon; or if Salomon were a Father: if a father were as wise as Salomon, or [...] could be as kind as a Father; that, were like to be good counseile indeed. For [...] [...]ise man, he well could: And, as a Father, he (sure) would give his best. So, [...] to that. Why, heer they be both: This father, is Salomon. The braines of Salo­ [...]; and the bowells of a father, both, in it.

What lack we yet? Somwhat: Wise is not all. We find one wise, Godly wise. that would [...] [...]ve given this counseile, for he gave it not himselfe (as might be Achitophel.) [...] of his wisdome: away with it: It is divelish. No, this is Salomon: not [...], but godly wise, with the wisdome that is from above: and that is the wisdome in [...]eed.Iam 3.17.

In signe it is so; see, his counseile begins with Feare God, Pro. 1.7. the beginning of all true wisdome, when all is done. And ever the counseile right, that is so grounded. If this come to the two former, I see not what can be required more. To the commendation of [...] then, all three meet in it. Heer is a 1 Father; the Father is 2 wise; wise, as 3 Salo­mon, his wisdome from the Spirit of GOD. There can be no more. To such a coun­seile (I trust) we will give eare. And so, I pray you, let us.

The Counseile hath in it a 1 Fac, and a 2 Fuge. The Fac, is Feare God and the King. 2 The Advise it selfe. The Fac: There is in it, a single act, and a double object. The single act 1 Feare: The double object 1 God, 2 the King. We beginne with them, as in nature, first,Feare God and the King. Deum et [...]egem.

Where, at the first, we see (and it is a good sight to see) God, and the King, in con­junction. And no mervaile, if Rex, quem, and Deus, per quem do joyne.1 The obiect God and the King in con­junction. But joyne they do, and joyne they may, and yet be in two severall sentences, or in two severall members of one sentence. Et would couple them, well enough. Ioyned neerer then so, in one and the same sentence: In one, and the same member,Inter se. of one and the same sentence. And in one member they may be too; and yet some word between them, and not immediatly. Heer, so immediate, so hard one to other, as nothing in the world between them, but the Vau, the Et, the very soder (as I may say) that joyns them thus together.

All this is but one: but, I observe no lesse then five conjunctions of these two great Lights, all within the compasse of this Text. 1 First, with one Et. 2 Then in one t [...]me (there is but one Time, between them both.) 3 Thirdly, as with one Et: so with [...] Et ne, both; that, is but one, neither. 4 Fourthly, they have but one partie in opposition to them both, Shonim. 5 Fiftly, the trespassers against them both, have but one end, ruinam utrius (que). [...]

All this, this joyning, thus neere, thus close, immediate thus many wayes; all this is GOD. GOD it is, that thus joyneth himselfe, to the King; and the King, to Him. Not onely heer, by Salomon, under the Law; but even in the Gospell also, by CHRIST. He joynes Caesar and God too; and (in a manner) as neer; with the same Et, Mat. 22.12. and with but one Reddite: and putts them, and their duties, both, in one periode. Heer, God be [...]re Caesar: there, Caesar before God.

Now, the nature of those that be joyned by GOD, is sett down, by our Savi­o [...]r, thus. Quod Deus conjunxit: Quod it is; not, quos, or quae: No more plurall,Mat. 19 6. [...]: No, but coalescunt in unum, they grow together; together into one, one sin­ [...]lar quod. GOD's Conjunction is (ever) of the nature of an Vnion. One Et; One [...]: One feare between them; One opposite against them.

[...] these, thus joyned by GOD, what is our duetie? As we find them close joyned to our hands, so to keep them. First, Homo ne separet; not to sever them at any hand. [...]; Homo ne solvat, not to make the knot more slack or loose. Think, it was not for [Page 948] nought, that our Saviour CHRIST said of this Scripture in particular, Non potest solvi Scriptura. Ioh. 10.35. Not, Non dissolvi: but, non solvi. Dissolvi, the knot loosed quite; but solvi, not made more loo [...]e or slack, then he left it. One is opposed to the joy­ning; the other, to the nee [...] joyning of them. Not to do it, our selves: and not to endure them, that are tampering about it. Not the Anabaptist, that would put out Et regem, clean. Not other (little better) that put it out and put it in, at their plea­sure; a King or no King; to be feared or to feare; fast or loose; to joyne, or to stand aloofe, (as it were in opposition, the whole heaven in sunder:) Timete Reges, the Accusative; or Timete Reges the Vocative, as falls fittest to their turne. Neither to endure them, that would dissolve it cleane: Nor them, that would faine slacken it, to the end, to wring or wedge in a third betweene Deum and Regem. No; let them stand; and stand, as they be left: unloosed, unloosened, Deum & Regem. They that fall to be changers (after) in the Text, begin their change (ever) at this; at transposing, or interposing somwhat, between Deum et Regem. Therefore, look to this well. This, for the first conjunction inter se, between them­selves.

Their con­junction in Time. 2. The Act.Then are they joyned againe in aliquo tertio, in a third: Time. Why, in Time? In­deed, our Saviour CHRIST's Quae Caesaris, is more ample a great deale: many things contained in it, besides. Of those many, this is but one; but, this is one. And this one (heere) is made choise of, because it falls fittest, to the purpose in hand.

The purpose is, to restraine from medling. Now, feare is more restrictive, then honour, or any of the rest. The Philosopher calls it [...], the passion, that holds (as it were) the reignes of our nature, to check us, and keep us back, from that which is hurtfull; to which (otherwhile) we are but too inclineable. As namely, there is a spirit in us:Iam. 4.5. And that spirit (saith Saint Iames) lusts after envie: And envie is, at our Superiours, toward whom (even the supremest of them) men stand not (alwayes) in so good termes, as were fit. Nay, so farr forget themselves, sometimes (witnesse this Day) as they fall to change; change with a witnesse, change them into ashes; put fire to them, and blow up King, and all. Heer needs a Retentive: Feare, is fit for that. Therefore it is feare: Feare God and the King.

Feare God.Of [feare God] we shall soon agree, that he is to be feared: I would to GOD, we would, with as great accord, agree to do it, as we will easily agree, it is to be done: that so, it might be with us, as with holy Iob it was, Vt timor noster, spes nostra, from our feare might grow our hope;Iob 4.6. the true hope, when all is done. Even that, which riseth from feare, which makes us refraine to do evill, and so breeds in us, the hope of all hopes, the hope of a good conscience.

God, And the King. 1. Ioh. 5.6.But feare God is not all. Et Regem, And the King: him we must feare, too. In wa­ter and bloud (saith Saint Iohn:) not in water onely, but in water and bloud. So heer: God and the King: not God alone; but God and the King. Non sufficit unum; oportet utrun­que fieri, in Copulativis.

Hence riseth the second conjunction. As before of God, and the King: so heer now, of the feare of God, and the feare of the King. And even the same benigne aspect that is between God and the King, the same is there between the two feares: the very same, every way.

They be [...], compatible (as we say in Schooles:) they will stand together, goe together, hold together, well. They hinder not one the other. By the grace of GOD, we may do both. Both, be regall and religious too. We shall not feare the King, a whit the lesse, for fearing God: Nor (vice versâ) GOD the lesse, for fearing the King.

Not the lesse? Nay the more. For, they be not onely [...], but [...]: not one­ly, a joint and mutuall consistence between them, but a joint and mutuall assistance, ei­ther of other. Not onely, not hinder, but further; nor endure, but enduce one the o­ther, So that,1. Pet. 2.13. that which is (heer) Et Deum; is (elswhere) Propter Deum. And not onely with God, but for God, we feare the King.

And, though Regem stand last, be (as we say) vltimum in executione, yet is it [Page 949] (heere, in this place) primum in intentione: The sequel shewes it. For, when he co [...]es to the Et ne (marke it well) the point of opposition, He saith not, Medle not [...] irreligious persons, Atheists, such as feare not GOD (so he should, if Time [...] had been principally meant:) No, but Medle not, with the Seditious. Now, they (we know) are most properly opposite, to the King. The feare of GOD hath else­where his chiefe place, many times and oft. But, heere, Time Regem is primae intentio­ [...]is, the very marke, all this Text levells at.

Then, why is it not Time Regem and no more adoe, and leave out Time Deum quite; For, what hath GOD to doe heere, in matter of this kind, of Sedition? Not [...]o: There is reason, Time Deum should be in, and first in. In the point of Allegi­ance, he that will lay his ground sure, it behoveth him (as Gregorie speaketh) arces­sere rivum Fidelitatis, de fonte pietatis, to draw downe the streame of allegiance from the true conduit-head of it, the feare of GOD: If, thence it come not, it is minus ha­b [...]ns, not as it should be. For, if it be right, Time Regem is to come, out of Time Deum.

Marke this methode well: to have Regall duties rightly setled,But, feare God, first. he goes up as high as GOD; beginnes with Time Deum, the feare of GOD. And, thither we must, if we shall go soundly to worke. It is not the Common-Law or eny Act of Parliament, that breeds Time Regem, kindly. If our feare to the King, be taught us by the law of man, it is not yet upon his true base, his right corner-stone. To Divinitie we must; to this Booke, the Booke of the feare of GOD; if it be right, ground it there. And, if that might take place, there should need no law els, to susteine or preserve Kings or States.

Set this downe then for a rule: that, there is no Surer friend, no Surer stay to Kings, and their rights, then Time Deum (that is) true Religion. And sett downe this with it: that, it is a sure signe of a good Religion, if it will joigne with Time Regem (the d [...]tie to the Prince) well. For, if it be a true Time Deum, it strengthens Time Re­gem; it weakens it not.

And on the other; that it is an infallible note of a bad one; if, either it shoulder the King from GOD, or shrinke up the sinnewes of civill obedience.

But, if it make Time Deum, to blow up Time Regem; make the Catholique faith, to overthrow the Catholique feare of GOD (for, both I trust, be alike Catholique;) if they perswade men, that the King, and the whole Parliament must up, or the feare of GOD cannot stand: they are out of this Text quite: they are cleane beside Time De­ [...], as it was in Salomon's time: teach a new feare of GOD, falsly so called, without this Booke altogether.

But, what is become of Time Regem, with them? Sure, they that feare not, to blow [...] the King, I will never say, they feare the King: they that put men, in their Amphi­ [...]atrum Honoris, nay in their Martyrologie, or Kalendar of Martyrs, for not fearing [...]o attempt it, it is a strange feare, they teach; Indeed, rather Time Rex, then Time Regem.

And, another sort there is, not come so farre; with whom (yet) Time Deum & [...]egem is not, as it would be: that feare (I know not how) as if the feare of the King did abate somewhat, from the feare of GOD; and there were no true feare of GOD, without some mixture of contempt of order and government. But, if one can grow somewhat bold, somewhat too bold with Kings, to teach them their duties; and feare not to speake evill of such as are in authoritie, then (lo) he feares GOD aright. And,Iude 8. [...]one of the Clergie feares GOD, but they that use it. Nor none of the Laitie, but [...]ch as beare them in it. And these two are the only Feare-GOD's, in the land. [...]hers, that thinke, they may do both, and would gladly do both, may not be allow­ [...] to feare GOD on the right fashion; They feare the face of man. And thus,Ier. 1. [...]. with [...] new feare of GOD, they put out of countenance the feare of the King. As if, [...] feares cast out one another; and one could not be in at the former, but of necessi­ [...]e, he must be out at the later. What is this, but to make a disjunctive (at the least) [...]tweene them?

[Page 950] Rom. 13 7.But you (beloved) never feare to do as Saint Paul wills you: Cui timorem, timo­rem, to give feare, to whom feare belongeth; and, to the King it belongs, as heere we see.Psal. 82.6. He that said Ego dixi, Dij estis, in so saying, said, Et sicut dij, timendi estis. There­fore, Nemo timeat timere Regem, let no man be afeard to feare the King, and yet feare GOD too. You may do both; you must do both. The Text is short, but full, in this point. For, Time Deum; that is, be a good Christian: and, Time Regem; that is, be a good Subject. And, the better Christian, the better Subject.

But indeed, I have not done well in speaking of them all this while, as of two feares. There is but one Time, in the Text. If you strike it out from Regem, you strike it out from Deum, too. For, there is but one in all, And they consequently to be feared, not with two, but with one and the same feare, both.

This, for the conjunction: which (I wish) we may endeavour by all meanes to maintaine. For, besides the offense to GOD and His feare, It is a preparative to the change (which heere followeth) to sever GOD from the King, or the King from the Kingdome; to force them one from the other, that GOD hath so streightly united together: hath himselfe, and would have us to do the like. And now, after we have done with the Fac, and the conjunction, let us come to the Fuge and the op­position.

The Fuge, And meddle not, &c. Feare GOD then and the King, wherein? In many other points; but (to hold us to the Text) in this namely, that you meddle not with these following. And, even by this, ye may take measure, whither you feare them or no, by your fearing to joigne with such, as this day brought forth. For, if ye joigne with them, ye oppose streight to both those: not to the King alone, but to GOD; to His feare, as well as the King's. Indeed, to the feare of them both. For, to both, are these heere sett in opposition. It is not Feare the King (alone) and medle not with them; but, GOD is in too, as well as the King.

Nor, it is not, feare GOD and the King, and then over againe, with two for two; and medle not, either with irreligious, or seditious persons: but, with seditious, only. Sedition is joyntly opposed to both; and no lesse to GOD, then the King. To either, in aequall opposition.

I note heere, no lesse then foure oppositions besides the Et ne; as before, foure con­junctions beside the Et. 1 Against the King: 2 Against GOD: 3 Against both: 4 Against the feare of both. 1. The King: For, it is (this medling) a trespasse at common Law, against him, his crowne, and dignitie. 2. GOD: for it is a sinne also against GOD's Law, against heaven and him: Not onely, these on Earth, Laesae Ma­jestatis: to GOD's Majestie no lesse then the King's. 3. Both Deum & Regem; For, it is directly against both Tables:Matt. 22.38. And against the two first and great Commandements of both Tables. 4. And, being a sinne against feare, it will pricke fast toward pre­sumption;Psal. 19.13. and, that is a high sinne: If that once get the dominion ever eny, He shall not be innocent from the great Offense. So, against the 1 King, 2 GOD, 3 Both, the 4 Feare of both.

But, by this, cleare it is, who ever they be, that medle with these, eo ipso they feare not GOD. Directly: for, if the Commandement be, Feare GOD, and medle not; one cannot do both; both be a medler, and yet feare GOD, though. He cannot say (with the medlers of this day) Yes, yes: medle with the Powder-plott, and yet be a good Ca­tholique, and feare GOD well enough for all that. Nay, feare GOD the better; and be the better reputed of, you know where, for this very medling.

But, that in this point we may proceed to purpose, we are to see first 1 who be these Shonim, [...]: And then, what it is to medle with them.

What these Changers be.The word in the originall, is very pregnant, and plenteous in signification; which hath made diverse turne it diversly. The Vulgar turnes it Cum detractoribus, such as detract from Princes: and well. Ours, before, was With the seditious: and, it was well so. Now, we read, With them that are given to change: And, that is well too. For, all are in it; and well may so be. For, Detractors, Changers, Seditious, all come to one.

[Page 951] [...]etractors. 1. Detractors. For they that in the end prove to be seditious (mark them well) they be first detractors: Or (as the nature of the Hebrew word is) Biters. It is, of Shen, a [...]; they haue teeth in their tongues. Ever, the first thing that moves to a sediti­ [...] [...] Shemei's tongue. As at first, it did (sedition;) so doth it still, begin in the gain­s [...]y [...]ng, in the contradiction of Coreh. So began he: This Moses, and this Aaron, 2. Sam. 16.7. Iude 11. [...]he [...] take too much upon them, do more then they may by law; they would have som­what taken from them. So Absalon: Heer is no bodie to do any justice in the Land. Num 16.3. 2 Sam. 15.3. So [...]boam; Lord what a heavie yoke is this on the People's necks! Meddle not with these Detractors. 1. Kings 12.4.

Then secondly, when they have made the state present naught, no remedie,2. Changers. we must have a better for it; and so, a change, needs. What change? Why, Religion, or the Church-government, or somwhat (they know not well what) stands awry. Ye shall change your religion (said they of this Day) and have one for it, wherein for your com­fort, you shall not understand a word (not you of the People) what you either sing, or pray: and for varietie, you shall change a whole Communion, for an halfe. Now a blessed exchange, were it not?

What say some other? You shall change for a fine new Church-government: A Presbyterie would do much better for you, then an Hierarchie: And (perhaps) not long after, a government of States, then a Monarchie. Meddle not with these Changers.

Now thirdly, whom you find thus magnifying of changes, 3. Seditious. and projecting new plotts for the People, be sure, they are in the way to sedition. For (marke it) they do sedire, that is seorsim ire, go aside; they have their meetings apart, about their new alteration. Now, of sedire comes sedition, side-going. For, if that be not looked [...]o in time, the next newes is, the blowing of a trumpet, and Seba's proclamation,2. Sam. 20.1. We have no part in David. It begins in Shemei, it ends in Seba. But so, at last, all (ye see) comes to one: Shonim all.

And now to the Meddlers. But first will you observe,What, the Medlers. heer are two sorts in the Text, 1 they that meddle; and 2 they, with whom they meddle. The Seditious (that is) the contriver of the treason; and the Meddlers (that is) his complices. And that it is not, Be not your selfe seditious: but, meddle not with such as be. Be not the author, or ring leader; but, be no fautor of them, have no part or fellowshipp in the businesse, Ne commiscearis, be not a mixt traytor: For, mixt and pure, both are naught.

As for them, that are in it at the maine (as they say) he doth not so much as once speake of them: Of them, there is no question. Onely, directs his speech to them, that are brought in on the By. Tells them, in so being, they are as deep in as the others. No accessorie heer: as is the Seditious, so is the Medler: Author, and Fautor, all alike. Alike, first: For, both without the feare of God and all religion, alike. Alike againe: [...]or, lyable to the same paenaltie after, ruinam utrius (que).

Well now, What is it to meddle, this Commisceri? I would note two things to you out of it: 1 The nature of the word, 2 and the extent.

The nature, I take to be worth a note. Commiscearis, is a mixture;1 The Nature of Ne commis­cearis. What manner of mixture is it? Out of the Hebrew word, it properly betokens that mixture or medley, that is, of the light with the darknesse after the sunset, in crepusculo, in the owle-light (as [...]e call it.) That, is Ereb properly: (Thence commeth the Poet's Erebus: ye know, what that is.) Now this, in very deed, is rather a confusion, then a mixture: and might well have been turned Ne confundaris, Be not confounded together, they and you; or (as Saint Peter speakes) Runne not together with them to the same confusion. So,1. Pet. 4.4. a confused [...]ture it is, or a mixture to confusion.

You shall see, it is a word well chosen. Take it of the persons, and a confused mix­ [...] it, is. For, even the children of light (not alwaies so wise in their generation) that [...] plaine meaning men are sometimes drawne in too, by some illusion or other, to m [...]dle and to joyne with these Sonnes of darknesse. As, some went with Absalon to [...]he paying of his vow in simplicitie, and were in before they were aware. For,2. Sam. 15.11. being [Page 952] there [...]ith him, they must doe as he did. Iust the medley of the Pharisees, and Iohn's Disciples.

2 Or take it, of the plot it selfe. In it also, such a mixture there is; for, they want not some glistering pretenses, as it were a false light, cast on the plot. But, goe to the bottome of it, and there it is [...] tenebrarum, the very dungeon of darknesse: and, well, so; as being wrought in a darke cellar, under ground, by the sonnes of Erebus, in the skirts of Erebus it selfe.

3 Or, looke to the carriage of it: there, shall you plainely discover, a very blending of light with darkenesse, 1. Tim. 3.16. Apoc. 17.5. of the oath of GOD, with the worke of the Devill: the Sacra­ment of godlinesse, with the mysterie in the Whore's forehead, of all abomination; of the loosing from lesser sinnes, with the binding to a greater. Mashing together holy duties, with lewd practises; and not mingling, but confounding oathes, Sacraments, abso­lutions, with the workes of Ereb, or Erebus, of the blacknesse, and of the darknesse of Hell it selfe.

2. The extent of it.Now, of the Extent: Medle not. How many wayes may one be, or be said to be a medler? That may he many wayes; as many, as one may be partaker of ano­ther mans sinnes.1. Kings 1, 7. 1. Kings 12.4. 2. Sam. 20.1. 2. Sam. 16.21. 1. Kings 1.7. 2. Sam. 16.7. 2. Sam. 20.14. 1. By being a Champion or leader for them; as Ioab to Ado [...]ijah. 2. By being Spokesman, or Orator for them; as Ieroboam, to his crue. 3. By blowing the trumpet, animating them, setting them on; as Sheba to his. 4. By giving them shrewd advise, how to manage their matters; as did Achitophel to Absalom. 5. By saying Masse, praying for their successe: that was all, Abiathar could doe. 6. By bruiting infamous speeches or libels of David: that was all, that Shemei. 7. By har­bouring, or receiving them; as the City Abel did Sheba, and should have beene sack­ed for it. 8 By furnishing them with money or supplyee otherwise, (as it might be, contributing to the pouder:Iud. 9.4.) as the men of Sichem, to Abimelech. 9. By that, which Salomon calleth hand in hand, Pro. 11.21. that is, digging with the pickaxe, co-operating with them, in the vault. 10. By being (if not partie, yet) privie to it, and not op­posing;1. Sam. 26.9. as David had beene, to Saul's death, if he had not hindered Abisai: Non ob­stans. Esther 2.22. 11. Or, at the least, privie and not disclosing it; which had beene Mardochai's case, if he had concealed the Eunuch's treason: Non manifestans. 12. And last, (which I take, to be full out as bad, if not much worse then eny of the rest) by speaking or writing, in praise or defense, either of the deed or the doers; their case, Num. 16.47. calling Core, and his companie, the people of the Lord: for sure, if the consenter be in; the commender, much more,

All these make up this medley. To these, or eny of these, well may it be said, Ne commiscearis. Now I know, degrees there be, in mixture; more or lesse: but, heere is no degree. Onely, Ne commiscearis, simply. Not, in no great quantitie: but, not in the least scruple, not at all. It is ranke poyson; the least drop of it is deadly. Never so little is too much.

Therefore, absolutely, Ne commiscearis; Medle not with them at all: not with absol­ving them, not with giving them the oath, not with praying for them; above all, not with offering the unbloody sacrifice, for so bloudy a treason. Iacob's counsel is best: In consilium eorum ne veniat anima tua, Gen. 49.6. not to come once among them. To separate your selves from the tents of Core, touching whom, you know, what GOD gave in charge, and what Moses proclaimed, Away from them, come not neere them, touch not eny thing that is theirs. Num. 16.26. It is infected; they have the plague; if you medle with it, it will bring you to destruction.

II. The P [...]naltie.So are we come to the second Verse, to the penaltie. And, it is not more then needs. 1. For sure, even good counsell enters but slowly into us (we are so dull,) if it have not an edge given it: be not seconded with some forcible reason, to helpe it forward. 2. Now, no reason more forcible, or of better edge to enter us, then that, which is ta­ken from the feare of some great mischief or maine inconvenience, which will surely take hold of us, if we take not hold of the counseile. 3. And, as none more forci­ [...] [Page 953] [...] none more fit for the present counseilc: It is, to feare. Now, to enduce feare, [...] way more fit, then to set before us, some matter of terror, some fearfull object or [...]equent, it will bring us to. And what more fearefull, then of all the five fear­ [...] things set downe by the Philosopher, the most fearfull (that is) the feare of death? [...]? Why it workes with beasts, and even with the dullest of them, Balaam's beast;Num. 22.23. [...] him, strike him, lay on him with a staffe, ye shall never get him to run upon the A [...]gell's sword, upon his own death; that shall ye never. Sure, we are to think: His first c [...]mmandement God headed with the best head, He had; and that was Morte morieris. He thought it the surest, and most likely to prevaile. And, if eny thing hold us, this will. If ye feare neither God, nor King; yet feare this.

1. But yet, if we weigh the word [destruction] there is more in it, then death. 1. D [...]struction. To death we must all come; but this, it will bring you to an untimely end. Not fall of your selfe; but destroyed: even plucked downe, a great while before you would fall.

2. Nay, nor it is not untimely death, neither:2. Nay, Ruine. there is more in it then so (in destru­ction.) All that die before their time, are not destroyed: God forbid. No: there go­eth some evill touch, some shame, some foule uncouth end (ever) with it; that is it, that makes it destruction.

3. But what manner destruction? Some may be restored, and built againe: This is ad ruinam (that, is added in the latter part of the Verse) to ruine: So that, never built again; never repaired more: that is, to utter destruction.

4. And yet, there is more still. For, these two, (1 ruine, and 2 destruction) they be not used of a person, properly: but, as the word gives, of an house, or structure. Add this then, that it will be the ruine and plucking downe, not of your selfe alone, but of your house too. And (indeed) how many great Houses have beene ruined by it?

Then, if this will not hold you from meddling; that it is a sinne, a double sinne, a­gainst both Tables; that it is a sinn of presumption: if this will not; let this, that it is destructorie, a destroying sinne; one of those sinns, that followes them, that meddle with it, hard at the heeles, and never leaves them, till it have brought them to destruc­tion and utter ruine: them, and their whole House, it eradicates; it pulls all up by the roots. Sinne it selfe is a Nimium: yet, is there a Nimium, in sinne too. O be not over­wicked (saith the Preacher) be not too too folish, so very wicked, so over-foolish, as to shor­ten your owne dayes, to make you die tempore non suo, before your time come: yea, to be destroyed utterly, you, your house and all. Sure, if this come of it, he bad you not feare, for nought.

Nay this is not all: he goes further. Of all Retentives, feare; of all feares, the feare of death; death, and destruction. Now, of all destructions, this: (for, all destru­ctions are not of one size neither: some more fearefull, then other.) But this, this, is no common one: it hath two attendants, to make it more fearefull then the ordina­ry destructions or visitations of other men. The former two, as it were manacles for the hands; not to have a hand in it: These latter, as fetters to the feet; not to goe about it. But still it runnes upon two; as it were, one for the King, another for God, still.

This is the first: Their destruction, it shall rise sodenly. 3. And that, so­denly. Everie word hath his weight (if you marke them.) It shall rise: fitly. For, Sedition, we call it a rising: one rising, he punisheth with another. Rise, it is; not Surget, but consurget: as early up, rise as soone, as the Sinne it selfe. From the first moment of sinne, their destruction: rises with it, followeth it at the heeles; is still hard behind it; if they could looke backe, and see it, it is not an ynch from them.

2. Rise, and rise sodenly. Psal. 55.15. Let death come sodenly upon them at unawares (it is David's prayer:) and so shall it come (it is Salomon's prophesie:) come, ab improviso, breake forth, and surprise them in a very sodeine. Fitly, this too: Their meaning was, to have dispat­ched all of a sodein: As soon as the paper burne, the pouder goe of. Quick and sodein sur­prising therefore, doth best befit them: the punishment, in every point comes home to the sinne.

[Page 954]3. Sodein things confound, and are therefore the more fearefull. Fit, this again; these would have brought all to confusion (what a confusion had there been this day?) Meet therefore they should be amazed with the sodennesse of the breaking out; and the confusion they meant, fall upon their owne soules.

4. And eternally Et ruinam eo [...]ū qui [...] scit.4. But, what manner of confusion? The word he uses in Hebrew, sheweth that: It is properly, the confusion they are in, that are in a thick mist or fogg; that, after they have been a while in it, are they know not where; and when they come out of it, find themselves, where they never meant to have come.

This fitts likewise: In a mist they walkt; carried their matters mistily: and at last, lost themselves in it: In darknesse they delighted (dark vaults, dark cellars) and dark­nesse fell upon them for it. And when they were out of their dark vault, found them­selves in a dark prison; which they little thought ever to have come in.

It doth very well (this sodennesse) set out to us, the course and cariage of this sinne. It will flatter one, and draw him on, a great while. All things will se [...]m so subtily con­trived, so cunningly carried, so secretly kept, and so long; commonly, till the very time, it should be done in: And then, even on a sodeine, all breakes out; and that, strangely; and all the goodly cobweb, that was so many moneths in spinning and wea­ving, comes me a broome, and in a minute snaps it down and destroyes it quite: the cobweb, and the spider; the plott it selfe, and the author and all. To have their treason kept in, so many proroguings of the Parliament; their cellar, so fitly chosen; their powder, so safely layd in, and so well couched; and all in a readinesse: and then, [...], in a night, sodenly to have all come forth, so strangely; and all their long con­sultations and often deliberations quashed all, in a moment! Their destruction shall rise sodenly, this is the first.

But this is nothing to the other, Et ruinam eorum quis scit? That, that, is the feare­full one, indeed. For, nothing so fearefull, as that, a man cannot tell what to make of it. Who knowes their ruine? Who knowes? that is, no man knowes. Good Lord! what might that ruine be that no man knowes? No man knowes? Why, do we not all know, what it is they suffer, that come to this destruction? they are drawne, han­ged &c we all know it. It is rather, quis nescit? then quis scit? (this) one would think.

No: Quis scit? (saith Salomon) and he knew well what he said. It is unknowen, their ruine: what then shall we make of it? Sure, no destruction, heer. All heer, the worst is knowne of them. It must be some other where, in some other world, then this. And so it is. And that is quis scit? indeed: That, no man knowes. For, it is as truly said of the paines of Hell, as of the joyes of Heaven, quis scit? Eye hath not seen, nor eare heard, 1. Cor. 2.9. nor hath it entered into the heart of man, what, or how great they be: the one, not so joyfull, but the other as dreadfull: Vnknowne, both: Quis scit? aequally true of both.Apoc. 2.17.For, Nemo scit, nisi qui accepit, no man knowes them, but they that be in them.

And it were well, when they meddle first with it, they would bethink them of this. If a man might know before hand, it were this, or it were that, or it were we know what; then it were not so fearefull. But quis scit? goeth beyond all conceit. But they do, they know not what: and so they suffer, they know not what. The meaning is: they perish heer, they perish everlastingly: that this destruction is aeternall destruction, and no other.

And indeed, the latter word sheweth asmuch: which is not every ruine, but (pro­perly) the ruine, or fall into a fire: it is taken from [...], that is, a burning firebrand. This also is fitt: Fire they meant, and they end in fire; even in Hell-fire. For, so is the nature of the word; and so is the Hebrew Proverb upon it, [...]: It is a ruine, from which there is no redemption. It is a fall, or ruine, from whence no rising. A fall, in­to the bottomlesse pit, into the furnace there: if they once come there, they never come thence. So, it comes sodenly; but, it lights heavily. They know not, when it comes; but, when it comes, it payes home. When the mist breakes up, they find themselves among the firebrands there. And if nothing els will, let this move them.

[Page 955] [...]nd vtriusque we may not leave out. It is added, to make sure worke. For, if it h [...]d not, it might have beene imagined, that these foure novissima had been to come [...]on them onely, that feare not God: That there be no mistaking, in the re [...]erence to whom, it is expresly set downe, vtriusque Horum; it is, upon both of them; one, [...] well as the other: as well of those, that fault in their dutie toward the King; as [...]h [...]se, that are void of the feare of God. And againe, as well those, that medle or make; [...] those, with whom they medle or make, the plotters themselves. Both of them, in [...]he same condemnation: Both come to the same destruction. So, as we finde God [...]nd the King joygned, in one feare, at the first; So, heer, find we againe the trespassers against either, wrapped up in one destruction, at the last. Ruinam one end, vtriusque of [...]hem both. And, such end may ever come of such beginnings.

And thus (now) he knitts up all, [...],III. The Conclusi­on: These things be­long to the wise. Be this spoken even to you that be wise. For, Salomon's owne Sonne (indeed) was no very wise man. So, it might seeme (perhaps) to be given to him (this counseile) and such as he was, none of the wisest: Fooles may not medle; Wise men may. Now (commonly) they be no fooles, want no witt; they thinke, they beare a braine, that medle in these matters. Therefore, is this addition; to shew, that how wise soever they take themselves, or be they never so wise, it may well become them, to take this advise heere. Haec quoque sapientibus: it concernes them too.

There was one, as wise, as ever they will be, whose counsell (in his time) was hol­den as the Oracle of God: Yet, this great wise man, for medling in this,2. Sam. 16 23. contrarie to it, proved but a foole, and made up the number of those that came to this untimely, and unknowen ruine and destruction. And now, where he is, we know; what he suffers, we know not. It was Achitophel, I meane.

And strange it is, that is observed of his name. For, Tophel is a foole: And, Achi is a cousin germain at the least, if it be not neerer. So, as wise as he was, his name was ominous, and gave him to be (as he proved) germanus stulti; a wise man, but, of whom, a foole might have claimed kinred: As, of him, he might; and, of all, he may, that medle as he did. This Achitophel, as wise as he takes himselfe, he shall be the wiser if he take this counsell.

We have done with the Text, now: The Day will hold us yet a little. For,The Applica­tion to the Day. the Day subscribes probatum est to this Text, and setts a seale to it.

Thus it shall be (saith Salomon.) But, was it thus? Aske the Day, and it will aske you, was it not thus? was not this Scripture this Day fullfilled, not in our eares, Luk. 4.21. but in our eyes (indeed in both?) Was there not an execution of this sentence upon it? Did not Salomon shew himselfe to be, not onely a wise man, but a Prophet, and that a true one?

This Day was delivered, and brought forth certaine sonnes: You have heard what the Father hath said to his sonnes; will ye stay a little and heare, what the sonnes will say to their Father; take his counseile or no. No: these sonnes were wiser, then their Father; saw deeper (as they thought) into the matter, then Salomon; thought not him wise enough, to advise them. Not him; but got them an heap of new Fathers, that gave them other manner counseile; even to trie a conclusion with Salomon, upon this Text.

Will ye heare some new Divinitie, how some Fathers heere with us counseiled their ghostly children: the Fathers of the Societie, their sonnes of the Societie, the wicked Societie of this day? You shall see the Text turnd round about, cleane con­trarie.

My Sonnes feare God and the Pope (so is the new edition:) and as for those that would faine change things heere, do, medle with them, say Salomon what he list.Matt. 12 42. Ecce major Salomone, Lo a greater then Salomon (you know where.) He (as, yet, it stands [Page 956] in the glosse to be seene) made this booke of Proverbs authenticall, by citing it: and, as he made it, can unmake it againe at his pleasure. Nothing in it shall bind you. Heer is the counseile crossed.

But then, how shall we doe with the later verse? For that, take no thought: where he tels you (this Salomon) of destruction, it is nothing so: On with your Powder-plot notwithstanding. You shall be so far from this (he tells you) that, if ought come to the plott or you, otherwise then we wish, it shall be no destruction; no, but a holy mar­tyrdome, And quis fit? who knowes the blessed estate you shall come to by these meanes? b [...]t, Martyrs you shall be streight upon it, in print: And who knowes, whe­ther there may not be wrought a straw-miracle, to confirme as much if need be?

But to put you cleane out of doubt, for your medling: you shall have of us the Fa­thers of the Societie to medle in it, as well as you; to make up this holy medly, with you. To confesse you, to absolve you, to sweare you, to houzle you, to say Masse for you, and to keepe your counseile in all holy aequivocation. You see, what worke was made; how the matter was used with this Scripture when time was: how the Fathers of the Societie tooke this Father by the beard, and affronted him and his counseile, in every part of it.

What shall we say of these Sonnes and these Fathers? Sure, their Catholique faith we will not medle with; but, what Salomon saith, we may be bold to say, and pro­nounce, Feare of GOD there was none in them: neither in the father, nor in the sonne. Neither in them, that gave the counseile; nor in them, that tooke it. None of them, GOD's servants; Him, they feared not: None of them, Salomon's sonnes; him, they heard not.

But, of the twaine, the fathers, that gave the counseile, far the worse: who, what Salomon termes destruction, that turned they into aedification: and, what he ruine, that changed they into exaltation; & gloriam vtriusque quis scit? A strange change: that, now become glorious, that, before these daies, was ever damned as detestable! Chan­gers right: change States, and change Churches, so long, till they change Divinitie and all; set up a new feare of GOD, a fearefull one to Kings and to Kingdomes; and that had like, this Day, to have cost many a thousand mens lives.

And needs there not a retentive, when these coine such motives? when that, which by Father Salomon (heere) is so streightly forbidden, is iustified, nay is sanctified, and glorified, by these Anti-paters, Anti-Salomons, Anti-greater-then-Salomon: they?

Well, looke to the end. See, what became of this sanctified Sedition. Sure, heere, Salomon was in the right: readd their destinie truly. For, surprised they were, and blancked all of a sodeine; and that, strangely; and caried away streight to their utter ruine: And their ruine who knoweth? Not their ruine heere, or fall from the ladder; but a greater ruine, and into a deeper place: How low, into what torments, quis scit (saith Salomon?) and so say I. Their end (heer) we saw: their end, without end, who knowes? Or, how they hang in hell for it? And all, for not following this advise.

To draw to an end: their ruine we know not; that, is quis scit? But, by their ruine, who knowes not; that is, quis nescit? For, all men see and know, how highly these medlings displease GOD, who hath so many waies, so strangely, both of old and of late, and still doth testifie to the world plainely, His deepe dislike of them: that a won­der it is, that (still) there are, that dare adventure upon them; save that, GOD, for want of His true feare in their hearts, suffers this efficacie of error, this strange delusion to besott them.

But, let them take this from Salomon; that, toties quoties, so oft as they seeke to build Sion in blood, Mic. 3.10. so oft shall their building end in destruction: and so oft as they rise to that end, they shall rise to their ruine: fathers, and sonns, and sonns-sonnes, to the end of the world.

But, we (Beloved) who have better learned to feare God (I trust) if Salomen shall acknowledge us for his sonns, or GOD for His servants; if we wilbe the children of Wisdome, Matt. 13.9. let Wisdome be justified of her children. Let us do Salomon the honour, to think him wise enough, to give us counseile. And since we see, he is proved a Prophet, and [Page 957] [...] word of all this Text is fallen to the ground; that strange examples there have [...] of it, and that, many; and this day, one Exemplum sine exemplo, an Example per [...] matchlesse one, in this kind: Having these before our eyes, and having in re­ [...]mbrance the foure novissima in the Text, 1 Destruction, 2 ruine, 3 repente, and [...]uis scit? Let us feare those foure; and fearing them, persist as we have done hitherto, in the feare of God and the King; and ever feare, to have to do or to deale with them, that feare neither. So I pray GOD, we may; and that this may be the fruict, even our fruict. And, His blessing upon that, hath beene spoken, that we may live and die Timentes Deum & Regem, ever pure from this mixture: and so GOD make Vs all.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KING'S MAIESTIE AT WHITE-HALL, ON THE V. of NOVEMBER, Anno Domini, MDCXV.

PSAL. CXLV. VER. IX.

Suavis DOMINVS universis: & Miserationes Ejus su­per omnia opera Ejus.

The LORD is good to all: and His mercies are over all His workes.

TEN yeares it is now, since our memora­ble deliverie, as upon this day: And we heere to celebrate, not the Anniver­sarie onely, but the Decennalia of it. Now, in numbering, it is well knowne, that, at ten, we beginne anew at the fi­gure of one; we returne againe (ever) to the first. So do we now. For, this was the first, Misericordiae DOMINI super opera Ejus.

We shall never forget it, so many of us as then heard it, that it was the first, that it was thought (and that, Authore magno) to be the fittest theme of all, wherewith to beginne the first solemne thanksgiving of all, for the great Mercie of GOD, and for the great Worke of that Mercie, this Day, shewed upon us all.

To this then the first (every way, the first) may I crave pardon, to put to my poore cipher, and make it ten, this tenth yeare. So, as it was the first fruits, it may be the tenth. So, they may be, as they should be, Primitiae & Decimae de eodem, both out of one and the same.

[Page 959]It led us at the very first, whither first and last, we must come; to the true Cause of th [...] our Deliverie: of that, and of all other, we have had, or ever shall have, the Super [...] of His Mercies.

That deliverance when it came, it came not temerè, it had a cause. That cause was [...], and, in GOD, His Mercie. It was the mercie of God, we were not consumed: Lamen 3.22. so said [...]e then (out of Ieremie) at the seventh yeare. That mercie of His, that is super om­ [...]: So say we now (out of David) at the tenth. For, this is King David; and, that way, not unfitt neither: As, written first by a King; applied since, by a King; in the case of saving a King, and a Kingdome: Or rather, one King, but more King­ [...]omes then one.

It was then spoken, to the praise. And it is a prayse; and it is out of a praise. For so, is this Psalme intitled: David's Prayse. For howsoever the prayers and the prayses (all) in this Booke, are (for the most part) of David's penning: yet, two there are, he hath singled out from the rest, and set his owne marke on them, as proper to himselfe. The LXXXVI. Psalme, his Tephilla; David's owne Prayer. And this heere, his Tehilla, his owne Praise or thanksgiving. As if, he had made the rest, for all in com­mon: but reserved these peculiarly for himselfe.

With Exultabo te DEVS, it beginnes; He will exalt God; Every day, and for ever: so he vowes, in the two first verses. For what, will He exalt Him? For many high perfections in Him. For the greatnesse of His Nature, which is infinite, at the third; For the greatnesse of His wonderous workes (the fourth:) for His glorious Ma­jestie (the fifth:) For His mightie Power (the sixt:) For His Goodnesse, subdivided into His Iustice and Mercie: For His Iustice (the seventh;) And for his Mercie (the eighth.) And heere now, in the ninth, in this verse, and these very words, He setts the Super om­nia, the crowne and garland (as it were) on Mercie's head; gives it the Sovereigntie [...]ver all. Exaltabo Te; God He will exalt: and Exaltabo in Te, in GOD He will exalt His mercie, above all the rest.

Vpon the matter then; all is (as we said) but a praise of Mercie. And a praise,The Summe. not positivè (that, is not so effectuall) but, by way of comparison (held ever the better.)

In a comparison (ever) three points we looke to: 1. With whom it is made; With the workes of God. 2. How large it is laid; Not with some one or more, but with them all; all commers (as they say.) 3. And, in what? In the point of Super; (in that, there is so much adoe about) the point of Supremacie: whither above, whither Superiour to other.

Two things of God there are sett downe: 1 His Mercies and 2 His Workes; these two compared: Compared, in the point of Super, and Mercie found to carrie it. Her's the Supremacie. All His Workes, high all, great all, all excellent: But major [...]rum Misericordia, the highest, greatest, most excellent of them all, Mercie; that, the Super omnia of them all. Of these then.

First of the words as they stand in order.The Division

Then, of Mercie's Super, and that three waies, 1 Super, above (So, we read it.)I 2 Super, over (So the LXX. [...].) 3 Super, upon; So we pray, Fiat misericordia II super nos, Let thy mercie be upon us. 1. Super, above it may be (as a Spire is) and not reflect downe, and be over. 2. Super, over it may be, and hoover aloft; not descend, or come downe upon us. 3. But, Super, upon, is it; when it lights upon us: that is, Fiat misericordia super nos.

And of these, 1 as well for Mercie's honour, that is over them, 2 as for the good of [...]he Workes, that are under it.

Then come we to a Super in this Super. Vpon some of God's works, more then other III [...]: And so to our selves; And so to this day.

For (sure) this Scripture, if it be well looked unto, doth competere, agree to no case, so, as it doth to ours; Nor to ours, as this day. We are His workes once, and those [Page 960] Mercies of His, heere said to be over all His workes, have beene over and upon us. Vp­on us, in LXXXVIII. and many other times: but, above all other most sensibly, this day; this day, of all dayes. And that with such a Super, in so high a degree, in such, so great a Mercie, so great a Worke of Mercie, as great as ever was eny. In Saving so g [...]eat a number, from so strange and unheard of a crueltie: by a Mercie, super omnia (I may say;) from a crueltie, Super omnia (I am sure.)

IV Then lastly, what we are in Super to GOD, for this Super. Where, 1 of the Super upon the head of all GOD's Workes, for these His Mercies thus over them. 2 And, of all His Workes, and above them all, of the Super remaining upon our heads, for diverse besides, but for this Day and this Worke, Super omnia: Above all the Daies, we ever saw; Above all the workes, He ever wrought for us.

And, it is the tenth yeare, this; And, naturally, Decumana sunt grandiora. A Fluctus decumanus, Psal. 38.4. a deepe floud it was, had like to have gone over our soules: And a Misericordia decumana, A Mercie of a large size it was, that made, it went not then. That we performe then Laudes decumanas, great Praise and large Thankes, now, this Anno Decimo, some way answerable to the greatnesse of our Perill, and to the great­nesse of the Mercie, that made us so well passe it. The numbers of seven and ten are not without their weight. The Seaventh, the Sabboth: The Tenth, GOD's part. Both waies, as the Sabboth day, as the Tenth yeare, sacred to GOD is this Day, and our dutie upon it.

I. Of the words in order. Misericordiae, The Mercies. MIsericordiae DOMINI. Misericordiae. To looke into the nature of the word Mercie: It is best conceived, by the Object, and by the Act. Mercie hath for her Object circa quod, her matter and metall to worke upon, Miserie: the best Vertue, the worst Object of all. It is not so plaine (this) in our English word [Mercie] as in the Latine [Misericordia] for, there, is miserie full out at the length.

Vpon this Object, the proper Act of Mercie, Miseratio, as the Fathers read this Text: Misericordia is the Habit; Miseratio, the Act, which is nothing els but Mise­ricordia eliquata, that which runnes from Mercie, at the melting; the Act that re­lieves us of miserie, and all the degrees that lead to it, necessities, impotencies, d [...]fects, di­stresses, dangers, and whatsoever would make our case miserable, more or lesse.

To relieve these, is the Act: and (this you must take with you) without merit, to relieve them. The opposition, the Church makes, in diverse her Collects, Non nostris meritis, sed Tuâ solâ misericordiâ, with an expresse obstante of all merit. For, the eye of Iustice will relieve all them, that deserve it. Goodnesse, in merentes, that, is Iustice. Goodnesse, in immerentes, yea, and sometimes a degree farther, in malè merentes, that is Mercie properly.Psal. 106.44. Neverthelesse (saith the CVI. Psalme) for all they deserved it (to be miserable) when he saw their miserie (saw that, and nothing els to move Him) that, moved Him, and He heard their complaint, and gave order for their reliefe. This, is Mercie.

Misericordiae Ejus: Mercies in GOD.This Mercie is in GOD; Misericordiae Ejus. Indeed such is the immutable con­stancie of the Divine Nature, as we should hardly conceive it to be in this wise flexible, but that great care is taken of this point (of no one, so great;) that there is Mercie in GOD, there be Misericordiae Ejus.

But what Mercie? From the nature and force of the word [...], which (I am not now to tell you, I have done it heertofore) is properly the bowells; that is, there are tender mercies in God (so we turne it, in the Benedictus.) Not, of the ordinarie sort, flight, and such as pierce not deepe, come not far: but, such as come de profundis, from the verie bowells themselves; that affect that part, make the bowells relent.

[Page 961]And what bowells? Not the bowells of the common man (for then [...] had been [...] word:) but [...] are the bowells of a parent (so, we said, the word [...] and this adds much: adds to Mercie [...], naturall love. To one strong [...]fection, another as strong or stronger then it.

And what Parent? the more pitifull of the twaine, the Mother. For, [...] (the [...]gular of this word) is Hebrew for the Womb. So as this, to the two former, addeth [...] Sexe; the Sexe, holden to be the more passionate, and compassionate of both. Of all mercies, those from the bowells: 2 and of all bowells, the bowells of a parent; and, of the two parents, those of the mother, those from the womb: Such pitie, as the [...]ther takes of the child of her wombe; such, as the wombe, of the child that lay in it. [...]ercies are in GOD; such mercies are in God.

And GOD, willing to set forth unto us the exceeding great tendernesse of His mercie, to have it throughly apprehended by us, Humanum dicit, speakes to us in our owne Puerilis. And, to expresse the efficacie of His action, takes to Him, the affecti­on: and to expresse the affection, takes to him the part of the bodie, the seat of it, the bowells: and, the bowells of a parent; of that parent, whose bowells, in our nature, are the pitifullest of all, the mother. And (if you will) you may add this: that, one mother hath but one wombe, for all her children; but, He speakes (heere) of GOD in the plurall; as if He had the compassion of more wombs then one, the pitie of many mothers put together.

It is good newes for us, these mercies are in GOD: but, better yet,In GOD, with a Super. that they are in Him; with a Super. But, best of all, that that Super, a Super, not Super quaedam, but Super omnia.

Much is said in few words, to Mercie's praise, when this is said, Super omnia. And that super, Super omnia. Nihil s [...]pra were much, None above it: but Super omnia, It above all; he that saith that, l [...]aves no more to say: there is no higher degree; Super omnia is the Superlative.

Super omnia, Above all. For, Opera Ejus, His workes, these two might well be spa­red. All, are workes: and all are His workes. Super omnia opera Ejus, that is, absolute­ly Super omnia. For, workes is no terme diminuent heere: All His workes, that is, all, simply. Beside GOD, and His workes, there is in the wide world, nothing at all.

But yet, with His workes, with them it is laid; and well: Not, with GOD's other Attributes, absolutely; but with them, in the point of workes. His Attributes are all alike; all, as Himselfe is; infinite, all; and one infinite is not more then another. But, take the workes (and Virtus in actione, we know) lay it there; Compare the workes of [...]ny of them, nay of all of them, with the workes of Mercie, and Mercie carries it cleere.1. Sam. 18.7. More workes; more, in number; (If they their thousand, Mercie her ten thousand:) More great, more glorious Workes, of it, then of eny of them all; Nay, then of all [...] them: Super omnia opera, that it is. And now to our Super. And first, Super, above.

Super, above, is said (heere) by way of figure. Properly, Super is of height: II. Of their Super: Height i [...] a dimension, that perteines to quantitie; and quantitie, to bodies;1. Super, above. whereof Mercie is [...]one. The meaning is, it is the chiefest. So, Heaven in the greater World; So, the Head, in the lesse: both of them the highest, both of them the chiefest; chiefest of all, and rule all. As (indeed) of whom is Super said, so rightly, as of the Sovereigne? So doth Mercie: Namely, His Power (which may serve for all) Deus (saith the Church, th [...] [...]inth Sunday after Trinitie) qui Omnipotentiam Tuam parcendo maximè & mise­ [...]an [...] manifestas; GOD, which shewest thine Almighty Power, most chiefly, in shew­ [...]g mercie.

[...], to keepe us to the letter. Super, above, is either 1 reall, or 2 locall. 1. Reall, [...] S [...]ul; above the people, higher by the head and shoulders then any of them. 2.1 Sam. 10.2 [...]. Luk. 19.4. [...] as Zachee; though low in stature, [...]et above in the top of a Sycomore tree.

Mercie is it selfe highest. We will soone end this point, by the heavens,1 Above, really. the upper­mo [...] of all His workes. His mercie (saith the CVIII. Psalme) is [...] above; and that,Psal. 108.4. [...]ith a [...], a great way above the heavens: and, if above them, above all under them. [...] it selfe highest.

[Page 962] 2. Above, locally. 1 In place.And it hath the highest place of all, above all, the precedence before all. The high­est place. The Arke was (on earth) the figure of the spirituall heaven: Over it were the Cherubins; Above, upon the top of their wings, was the Mercie-Seat; there, fitts Mercie in the highest place of all.

2 In praecedence.As the highest place, above all: so the precedence, before all. In GOD's owne stile framed and proclaimed by Himselfe,Exod. 34.6. Exod. XXXIV. consisting of thirteen titles ( [...] measures or degrees) next after the LORD GOD, the very first is this word, heer. And take this withall; that, of the thirteen, nine of them belong to Mercie: that proportion it hath, that so, it may have the super every way.

From this place it hath, over all (and by GOD's appointment; it tooke it not, it selfe) we gather the place it hath, in GOD's esteeme. That, which one most setts by, he setts by himselfe, and next to himselfe: ever, the deerest, the neerest still. GOD, by thus setting it, next to Him (None between GOD and it, in His Style) shewes plain­ly, what vertue it is, He loves above all; and what vertue He commends to us above all. To us all; but specially, to them that are above all: To be super Omnia, in them that be super omnes. As the nobler the Nature, and the neerer to God, the more easie (e­ver) to take the impression of it. To hold you no longer in this first. It is one of God's Titles (Melchisedek first gave it Him) Altissimus. Gen. 14.19. As He, Altissimus: so Mercie, altissima ever: Altissima, in Altissimo, the highest Vertue in Him that is most High, Rom. 9 [...]. which is God, above all to be blessed, and to be blessed for this above all. And this, for super, above

2. Super, Over.But, there is more then so, in it. Super is over; [...], is over all. All that are above, are not over. It is not above onely, as an Obelisk or Maypole, higher then all a­bout them, but have neither shadow nor shelter; no good they do. Mercie hath a broad top, spreading it self over all. It is so above all, as it is over them, too. As the vault of this Chappell is over us, and the great vault of the Firmament over that. The super of latitude and expansion, no lesse then of altitude and elevation.

And this, to the end that all may retire to it, and take covert: It, over them; and they,Esa. 32.2. under it. Vnder it, under the shadow of it, as of Esai [...]s great Rock in the wilder­nesse, Dan. 4.12. from the heat. Vnder it, under the shelter of it, as of Daniel's great Tree, from the tempest.

Super omnia, Over all. Psal. 104.24. Over all his works, now. O Lord (saith the CIV. Psalm) how manifold are thy works! We shall never get through halfe of them, God knowes; Non est pertransire infinitum. We will contract them, thus: take the two Extreames, so shall we take in all betwixt them. Over all, that is, none of them all so high, but as high as they be, they need come under it. Nor none of them all so mean, but as meane as they be, they are not left out: one way or other, within it, under it, all. So we divide His works, into His OPERA, and His opuscula; and Over both it is.

1. All His works, His OPERA. Iob. 15.15. Rom 9.23. Gen 32.10.None so high: None on earth, not his Saints (who of all on earth, have the super, are of highest perfection) In them he found no stedfastnesse (Iob XV.) they be Vasa mise­ricordiae all. If you will take it with Iacob's staffe, he saith minor sum cunctis, he is under them, under them all.

Not in Earth then: No, nor in heaven. Neither heaven it self, nor the brightest part of heaven, the starrs; they are not cleane in His sight, they also need it. Nay not the Angells, Iob 15.15. Iob 4.18. the very brightest of them all: In them He found, Pravitatem, [...], som­what amisse, even in them. So, over them too; they need it. The very Seraphin have somthing to cover. As for the Cherubin, they will sett Mercie a seat upon the top of their wings: So glad and faign are they to have it over them. All the tongues of Saints and Angells must say this Verse with us, Misericordiae Domini super omnia ope­ra Ejus. Both say it, for both need it: And if both they, I would faign know, who needs it not.

2. All His Opuscula.Now▪ as none so high; None of His Opera, His Folio-Works: So, none so meane, none of His opuscula, but over them too. As His art no lesse wonderfull, in making the Ant, then the Elephant: So, His care no lesse over the one, then over the other. [Page 963] Na [...]ras rerum minimarum non destituit Deus: The very minims of the world, [...] Mercie leaves them not destitute. Not the wild Asses, Psalm 104.11.147·9. Mat. 10.29. without a place to quench [...] thirst. Not the young Ravens crying on Him. Not the Sparrow of halfe a far­ [...]hing, letts not them light on the ground without His providence. Even these, even such His mercie is over also. It is not Pallium breve; the Mantle is wide enough, it leaves none out.

None out? What say you to hell and those there? Not them? Nazianzen (that had the honour to be called the Divine, of his time) thinks it may be maintained, Not them: and so do the Schoolemen all, inasmuch as even there, Mercie moderates, too. That it is not, with them there, as it might and should be; but tolerabilius, easier, then they do deserve by much. None, no not in that place,Luke 12.47. though beaten with many stripes; yet not with so many, as the qualitie of his offense, in rigour of Iustice would require. This is sure: Deus praemiat ultra, punit citra: God (ever) rewards beyond, but punishes on this side; short still, of that we deserve: that His very punishment is tempered with mercie: that, even in His wrath, he remembreth mercie. Hab. 3.2.

But we will not stand upon this; we need not, we shall find another Super for these, anon. For many are the Supers of Mercie. Not in any one (possibly;) but in one sense or other, over all. Then (if it go by quò communius eò melius) None so good, for none so common (I am sure.)

And reason, why Mercie should spread the wing of her mantle thus, over all. The Reason in Eius, referred to Mercie. Mercie the Maker of them all. Psal. 136.5.6.7. &c All are Opera Ejus. Opera Ejus: Ejus may be referred indifferently: to Mercie, as well as to GOD. Mercie hath the name from [...], the womb. For, she was the womb (indeed) in which, all were conceived at first, and she delivered of them all. Plaine, by the CXXXVI. Psalme. Who by His excellent Wisdome made the heavens, Who layd out the Earth above the waters, Who made great lights, &c And the cause of every one, at the [...]nd of every one, and of twenty more, For, His Mercie endureth for ever. That, set all on work: His Wisdome, to contrive; His Power, to execute; appointed all, did all.

It was Mercie, and nothing but Mercie, sett the creation in hand. For, it is well knowne, in non ente, there could be no moving cause at all. Nothing we were; We, and all his works: In nothing, there can be nothing to induce, why it should be brought out of the state of being nothing. So that, His Mercie it was, that removed that uni­versall defect, of non entitie at the first.

And having then made them, it is kindly,Mercie the Pr [...] ­se [...]ver of all. that Viscera misericordiae should be over those Opera that came de visceribus; whom it brought from nothing, to be over them and not see them cast away, and brought to nothing againe.Exod 19.4. Mat. 13.37. The Eagle (saith Moses) the poor Hen (saith our Saviour) will do it for their young ones: stretch their wings o­ver them to preserve them, what they can.The Reason. 1. In Eius, his possession. Psal. 119 94.

So that these very two words [Opera Ejus] conteine in them a reason, why Mercie should do no lesse. A reason? Nay two. 1 One, for that they be Ejus, His. I am thine, ô save me; a good reason: His they be, a part of His possession. That alone, is enough with us, to preserve that is ours; onely because it is ours, though we never made it. 2 But, besides that they be His, they be His handiwork. 2. In Opera, his handiworke. Psal. 137.8. Another good in­ducement, Despise not ô Lord the works of thine owne hands. We see then, why over all; quia Ejus, quia Opera; because His, all; because His works, all. And it is well for us, the reason is layd so large. For, what ever we be or do, or what ever become of us, His weare, and His works we are still. So, still His mercie is over us, and we under it.

It made me say at first, This Super as it is highly to the praise of Mercie, Super omnia. 1 For Mercie's praise. 2 For the good of His works. Eccles 8.9. that it is [...] His works: So is it every way, as highly to the good of all His works, which are un­der mercie. The vanitie, Salomon saw (One set over others for their hurt) hath no place, heer. That Mercie is over all, is for the generall good of all, and that is ever a blessed Su­ [...]r. We shall not need to feare eny heart-burning, any aemulation, for this Super: [...] to aske what the works say to it? they all say Amen, Halleluja: glad are they, that M [...]cie is in that place; they would have none other, if they might. It followeth next, Confiteantur tibi Opera, His works are readie all to confesse, to acknowledge this Supremacie without any scruple; to take the Oath to it.Ver. 18.

[Page 964]For Super (over) there is no doubt, that it is as the Cherubim's wings, stretched from one side of the Temple to the other; Over all, for all to flie under, and finde suc­cour there. Tutissimum est (say they, that can say least by it:) when all is done, no­thing, whereto we may so safely commit our selves. And, therefore Super omnia, that Super omnia we might trust in it. But I say, that, even Super (above) it is not, as a bare pole upright; there is a brazen Serpent upon the top of it, for us to looke up to and receive comfort by.1 For, if above all his workes, above his judgement. I will touch two or three: for thus we deduce. First, if it be above all his workes, it followes, then above every one of them: And, One will serve the turne. Of all the works of GOD, there is no worke we are afraid of, but one; that is, His judgement, the work of His Iustice. Above that, it is: for, above all it is. And, that is to our comfort greatly. For which (besides this generall above all, therefore above it) we owe to Saint Iames, that we have it expressed in particular, even in termes terminant, Misericordia Super-exaltat judicium, Iam. 2.13. Mercie is exalted (more then exalted, Super-exal­ted) above judgement, nominatim. That worke of His, we most stand in aw of, over that work by name, Mercie triumpheth. And, in the very Decalogue, there may you see the Super of a thousand to foure, Exod. 20.6. in Mercie over Iustice. Even there, even in the rolle of His Iustice (the Law;) there, would GOD have it extant upon record, that Mercy is above it.

And if mercie be above it, thither (to mercie) we may remove our cause, as to the Higher Court.Heb. 4.16. Ther lieth an Appeale thither, A Solio Iustitiae ad Thronum Gratiae, from the Bench of Iustice, to the Throne of Grace and Mercie. There, we may be relieved. Now, if it be above that Opus, that worke of GOD's, for God's works we seeke no more.

2 Above all our workes, our sinfull works.A second we deduce thus. If it be above all His works, shall it not much more be above all ours? What are we to Him; ours to His? No work of ours then, or to be done by us, but the mercie of GOD is above it; No sinfull worke (I meane;) that we erre not Cain's error,Gen. 4.13. His sinne was above GOD's mercie: No; Mercie, above it. Grande est ba­rathrum peccatorum meorum (it is Chrysostome) sed major est Abyssus misericordiae Dei: Great is the whirl-poole of my wicked workes, but greater is the Bethesda, the wide and deepe gulfe of the mercie of GOD, that hath no bottome. And indeed, it were not true­ly said, It is above all his workes, (all His, and much more then, above all ours) if eny of all our works were above it;Ioh. 1.29. No more then, There is a Lambe, that taketh away the sinnes of the world, if there were eny sinne in the world, He takes not away. And this is the Super indeed,Psal 38.4. that would be looked into by us, by reason of another Super, Iniquitates nostrae supergressae sunt capita nostra, Our sinnes are gone up, over, above our heads; Over head and eares, in sinne. And another Super yet, above them; Even the phials of God's wrath han­ging over our heads, Apoc. 16.1. readie to be powred on us and them, were it not, that mercie is above them, and staies them: Were it not that, Over whom miserie, over them mercie: Els were we in danger to be overwhelmed with them every houre. We see then, the com­parison was well laid in Super. Our sinnes, over us; judgements over them; but mercie over all, Super omnia. Alwaies, where there is Super, there is Satis; Satis superque shewes, Super is more then Satis. Enough then there is, and to spare, for them all.

Above the workes of all His workes.One more: not onely above all ours, but if it be above all His works, then is it above all the workes of them that be His workes: and so (not to hold you) above the Devill and all his workes. For he also, is one of them: Of GOD'S making, as an Angell; of his owne marring, as a devill. Above his works (I say) and above the works, and practises of his limmes, and all they can doe or devise against them, over whom His mercie is. The Sonne of GOD (saith S. Iohn) in mercie therefore appeared,1. Ioh. 38. Vt solveret opera Diaboli, that He might loose, [...]ndoe, quite dissolve the works of the Devill. No worke shall he con­trive, never so deepe under ground, never so neere the borders of his own region, but GOD's mercie will bring it to light; it, and the workers of it. His mercie will have a S [...]per, for their Sub [...]er. There shall be more in Mercie, to save; then in Sathan, to de­stroy:Psal 124 1. More, dicat nunc Israël; more, may this Realme now say. A notorious Work of His, as ever eny, Nay, Super omnia, as never was eny, this day by His mercie brought to light, and dissolved, quite dissolved. We heard it not with our eares, our fathers told it [...] not; our eyes beheld this Super. Psal. 44.1.

[Page 965]So we are come, to our owne case, [...]er we were aware, That is Super, upon. 3. Super, upon: 1 Vpon some, more then others of his workes. Over all [...] yet, not over all alike: at leastwise, not upon all alike; upon some, more then over [...] some. Aequaliter est Illi cura de omnibus, but, not aequalis; Aequally, a care [...]f [...]ll, but not an aequall care, though. No, His mercie over all in generall, is no barre, [...] upon some there may be a speciall Super; and so, some have a Super in this Super too .

For, if the reason, why mercie is over all His workes be, because they be His workes: [...]hen, the more they be His workes, the more workmanship He bestowes upon them, the more is His mercie over them. Whereby it falls out, that as there is an unaequalitie of His workes, and one worke above another; so is there a diverse graduation of his mercie, [...]nd one mercie above another; or rather, one and the same mercie, as the same Planet in Auge, in the top of his Epicycle, higher then it selfe, at other times.

To shew this,2 Vpon Man more then other crea­tures. Gen. 1.26. we divide His works (as we have warrant) into His works of Fiat (as the rest of His creatures:) and the Worke of Faciamus, as Man, the master-piece of His workes; upon whom He did more cost, shewed more workmanship, then on the rest: the very word [Faciamus] setts him above all. 1. GOD's [...]: that He did deliberate, enter into consultation (as it were) about his making, and about none els. 2. GOD's [...]: that Himselfe framed his bodie of the mold, Gen. 2.7. as the pot­ter, the clay. 3. Then, that He breathed into him a two-lived soule, which made the Psalmist Breake out, Domine quid est homo &c. Lord, what is man, Psal. 8.4. thou shouldst so regard him, as to passe by the heavens and all the glorious bodies there, and passing by them, breath an immortall soule, put thine owne image, upon a piece of clay? 4. But last, GOD's setting him Super omnia opera manuum suarum, Over all the workes [...]f His hands. His making him (as I may say) Count Palatine of the world; this shewes plainely, His setting by Man more then all of them. As he then, over them; so, GOD's mercie over him. Over all His workes; but, of all His workes, over this work. Psal. 8.6. Over His chiefe worke, chiefly: in a higher degree. And, not without great cause. Man is capable of aeternall either felicitie or miserie; so are not the rest: He sinnes; so do not they. So, his case requires a Super, in this Super, requires mercy more then all theirs.

Vpon men then, chiefly. They, the first Super in this Super. But, of men (though it be true in generall, He hath shut up all under sinne, that He might have mercie upon all, Rom. 11.32▪ yet) even among them a Super too, a second. Another workmanship He hath yet; His workmanship in CHRIST IESV, the Apostle calls it (Ephes. 2.10.) His new crea­ture (Gal. 6.15.) which His mercie is more directly upon, then upon the rest of man­kind; Servator omnium hominum, the Saviour of all men (saith the Apostle;) marie,1. Tim. 4.10. Au­ [...]em, most of all, of the faithfull Christian men. Of all men, above all men, upon them: They are His Worke wrought on both sides; Creation on one side, Redemption on the other. For (now) we are at the worke of Redemption.

And heere now is Mercie right, in kind, [...], Rahame rahama, the mercie of the bird of mercie, that is the Pelecan's mercie (for, [...] is the Pelecan, which hath her name of mercie, as the truly mercifull bird.) For, heer (now) is not the womb to hatch [...]hem, nor the wings to clocke them, but the Pelecan's bill of mercie, striking it selfe to the heart, drawing blood thence, even the very heart-blood, to revive her young ones, when they were dead in sinne, and to make them live anew the life of grace. This, is Misericordia super omnes misericordias. Shall I say it? (I may truly:) Mercie, in all els, ab [...]v [...] His workes; but, in this, above Himselfe. For, when it brought Him down from Heaven to Earth, to such a birth in the manger, such a life in contradiction of sinners, Luk. 2.12. Heb. 1 [...].3. Phil. 2.8. such a death on the Crosse, it might truely be said then, Misericordia etiam triumphat de [...]. You shall marke therefore, at the verie next words, when he comes to his thanks, [...]is Confitcantur Tibi opera Deus, but Sancti tui benedicant Tibi: Thy workes, let them [...]ay Confiteor; Thy redeemed, Thy Saints, let them sing Benedictus. Thy workes, Verse 10. let them [...] [...]ruth and confesse; But Thy Saints, let them speake all good and blesse Thee; highly ble [...] Thee, for this thy high mercie of all other upon them, as of all other, they have [...]ost cause to doe.

[Page]To elevate it one degree, one Super, more. For (I know not how, but) you shall observe, that, even among the faith [...]ll, even among them, GOD singles out some one People still, from the rest, that He makes of above the rest, and vouchsafes His speciall favour upon, more then the rest, though Christen men, as well as they; and no reason in the world to be given of it, but the Super of His Mercie. It was ever so: Some Na­tion,Psal. 147.20. of whom it might be said, Non taliter fecit omni Nationi, He hath not dealt so with every Nation: Nay Non omni is nulli, He hath not dealt so with eny Nation. Some, of whom it might be said, Of all the people in the Earth I have chosen you, to come nee­rest you, to vouchsafe you my chiefest, my choisest mercies, Super, omnes. Not in mat­ters onely pertaining to the soule, in which all Christians are interessed alike; but, even in the things perteining to the course of this life, secular (as we call them) and temporall: In them, too. And, in both, is better then one alone. In saving that way with the salvation, the King rejoyceth in (21. Psalme.) saving them, from plotts and practises, even against their worldly prosperitie; from Achitophel's plotts, from Ab­salom's Vow and such like.

III. Our Super in this Super.And now to our Super. For, may not we (thinke you) reckon our selves in all, in this last, above all. His workes first: so are all His creatures. His chiefe workmanship: so are other men. His workmanship in CHRIST: so are other Christians. But, above all these, His Non taliter. For, if we be not very dim-sighted, without eny perspective glasse, we may see such mercies and favours of His, Super upon our selves, as (sure) the nations round about us have not seene: and, I think I may say, not eny nation on the Earth seene the like.

Many waies might this be made appeare, and many daies brought, to give us light to it: But, let all els passe in silence: this Day, this fift of November, is instar omnium. Nay, is super omnes, before, beyond, above them all: to elevate to us, this point, of the tender mercies of our GOD,Luk. 1.78. wherby this Day sproong from on high did visit us. This Day (I say) enough and enough, to bring from all our mouthes, that it brought from His Majestie's, and that with admiration, Misericordiae Dei super omnia opera Ejus! And the Confiteantur, and the Benedicant of right belonging to it.

1. The Mercie of Ne inducas.We, right now, divided His workes: we will now divide His Mercies. That do we, according to their Object, which is miserie: And that is double. 1 For, either it is alrea­dy upon us, and we in it: 2 Or but over us, yet so over us, as we are within the shadow of death, Luk. 1.79. at the very pit's brinke (as they say) and even now readie to be tumbled in. To quirt us of these two, there is a double mercie (they follow at the fourteenth verse) 1 Eri­git lapsos, 2 Sustinet labantes: Lifts up them that be down, & Staies them that be going down. There is a Super in these too. 1 One of them, the better (which our Pater-noster will teach us:) Ne inducas first, and then Libera. Better, lead us not in, then deliver us out. If we are in, deliver us: but, better never come in at all. Ionas was delivered; So was Ni­nive: Ninive's was better (they came not in;) then Ionas his: he was in, but got out. That of Libera, GOD send us too, if ever we shall need it: and send it all them, that at this present, do. But yet, give me the mercie of Ne inducas, let it not light, let it passe over; the Passe-over, that, is the memorable Deliverie; that, the high Feast.

And, that was the Super, vpon us. And it behoved so to be. We were not in: It came not to that; thanke Mercie for it. If it had, it had been past with us, past Liberia: that other mercie could have done us no good. If it had not been praevenisti, post-venisti had come too late. For, if in, never out more. This, our first Super.

2. The Mercie of Libera, from a crueltie close to us.But, being not in, we were as neere it, as neere might be, and scape it. Over, it was; nay, it was rather under us, then: but all is one, Super, or Subter; either will serve, heer: that Subter would have ended in a Super, sent us up high enough (I wote well:) there­fore we will keepe the word of the Text [Super] let it goe.

First, when it was contrived, Over us it was: then, when it was set in hand, Over us yet more: but, when it came to par [...]ta sunt omnia, all ready for the match, and the match for it (for, so neere it came) then, it was over us (I trow) hard over us: and, then to [Page 977] [...]ape it, when it was even in a manner ready to seise on us, that, is another Super: for, t [...]en to scape it, that, doth us the more good, ever; and that is ever praised, for the [...]eriour deliverance. The second Super.

Specially, if you add the third: that when it was so neer to us, and we to it,3 And close, from us. it was not so close by us, as close from us; we knew it not. And none so miserable as they that are so, and know not they are so: Nay, think it clean otherwise. The Laodicean miserie, that (we say) is of all other the most wofull: Tu dicis quod, Thou saist, Apoc. 3.17. thou [...]rt this, and thou art that; safe, and sure, and happie: and behold, thou art none of [...]ll these; but, even [...]hen when thou sayest it, miserable and even in the jawes of death. Ier. 6.24. That, is the miserie, that comes as the throwes of a woman in travaile: as the flood, up­on the old world; as the fire, upon the five Cities.

And that was our case right: they, in the dayes of Noe; they, in the dayes of Lot, Mat. 24.37. Luke 17.26.28. never reckoned lesse, of the flood, or the fire, over them; then we, of the powder, under us. And I blame us not: Who would not have thought himselfe safe, in that place; who, that he might not have troden on that threshold, that floore, without danger? If safe at all, if any where, there. It is the Asylum, the surest place (one would think) in all the land. [...]: Where our greatest trust, there our danger most deadly: and that is (ever) the super of all miseries.

Being then so over us, or under us; under us, and neer us; neer us, and we not a­ware of it: so neer,Psal. 124.3. that they made full account (I say not (as the Psalme) to have swallowed us up quick, but) to have blowne us up quick, and in a moment sent us up, shi­vered all to peeces: it was a third, and a principall super (this) more then ordinarie, that made us superesse, to remaine still alive, after so great, so present, so secret a danger.

And yet another super more, against this last; which will serve,4. The super om­nia of this crueltie. as black-worke (I meane, their crueltie) to make this white-worke of God's mercie shew the better to us. It is a Super omnia, too. As our Deliverance, a worke of Mercie super omnia: so, our entended Destruction, a worke of crueltie super omnia.

Super omnia, above all examples (to begin with.) For, the like never seen, nor heard of. Nay, not to be raked out of any storie, in any age, of any countrie, civill or savage, of the like. And Super omnes, over all it would have gone, not spared any; no degree, high or low; no estate, Nobles or Commons; no calling, sacred or civill; no sexe, King or Queen; no age, King, or Prince; no religion, their owne, or others. This is but super omnes: Nay super omnia, it was too. Super, up with lime, and stone, and timber, yron, glasse, and lead; up with floore, windowes, and walls, roofe and all. Yet another super omnia: all bands of birth, countrey, allegiance, nature, bloud, hu­manitie, and Christianitie; tread upon them, trample upon them all, teare them all in pieces. Never such a super omnia, in all senses. So (indeed) a crueltie for the Devill himselfe: To make the opposition perfect, of God's mercie, and Satan's Crueltie. Of whom (to give each their due) it may be said, and no lesse truely said, Crudelitates ejus super omnia opera ejus, His Cruelties are above all his works; then of God, that His Mercies are above all His.

Super omnia opera ejus, it is; and contra omnia opera Dei: Above all His owne, and against all God's works. The enemie of God he is, and so of all God's works; and of those His works most, that God most setts by (that is) mankind: And of that part of mankind most, God hath done most for, and so may be thought, most to favour (that is, Christen men:) And then, of them, if there be a Non taliter in His mercy, a Non taliter too, in his malice, streight. If a super omnes, with God; a super omnes with him, in sensu contrario.

To any creature (onely because it is a creature) is he cruell: he will into the hogstie, to shew it, rather then not to shew it at all.Mat. 5.13.

But, to man; to one man, rather then to a whole heard of Swine.

And among men, his malice is most at Christen men: they are neerer, to the king­dome of God. To keep them from that, himselfe hath irrecoverably lost (that is) hea­ven; and to plunge them into aeternall miserie, whereinto himselfe is fallen, without all redemption.

[Page]And among Christen men, to the best sort; to publique persons, rather then to private meane men.

But, if he could get a whole Parliament together: A King, his Nobles, his Com­mon [...]; that is, a King, Kingdome and all; and up with them all at once, all together: there were none to that: that (lo) he would over sea and land to compasse. For, that were indeed, with him, a super omnia: He never had done the like.

Of this their Father, were those ungodly men of this Day. Vngodly (I say:) For Salomon setts us this signe,Pro. 12.10. to know ungodly men by; Viscera impiorum crudelia, if the bowells be cruell, then ungodly, certenly. No pitie, no pietie, with him. And we find, that mercie is a plant of our nature: So incident to the nature of man, as they are hol­den inhumaine, that are without it. No pitie, no humanitie. Why then, Satanitie it must be, if GOD and man disclaime it: Even of him, cujus crudelitas super omnia ope­ra ejus.

Now GOD cannot abide crueltie at any hand. By what He placeth highest, may we know, what He loves best (mercie:) and by that, may we know, what he can worst away with (crueltie. Mat. 18.28.) Nay, if once he take his fellow by the throte, deale cruelly with him: never beare him more. No crueltie can he endure, at all: specially, no such cruell cru­eltie, as this, that passed all.

And in this case of ours, I make no doubt, GOD was moved both wayes.

One way, by Mercie: for us, that our bones might not be scattered, in every corner; as when one heweth wood, Psalme 141.7. chipps flie about. And againe; for them, we should have left behind,Mat. 9.36. that Videns IESVS turbas, misertus est eis, He looked upon them too, and saw, they should have been [...] and [...], scattered all, and hurried up and downe, like a sort of poore master-lesse sheep: His mercie wrought with Him, in both these respects.

But, on the other side, their Crueltie mooved Him also. And (I am perswaded) GOD, looking upon those in mercilesse-bowel'd men, when in their hearts they hatched that monster of crueltie, even at the sight of that barbarous resolution (yea more then barbarous) His heart even turned against them, His very soule abhorred that devilish intention of theirs. They had thought to have had the Day; but, to the high praise of His mercie; and to the confusion of Satan and all his crueltie, He gave order, Mercie should have the Day: and she had it, that there might be a Mercie super omnia, above this Crueltie super omnia: as there was. Their counseile brought to light; brought to nought; brought upon their owne heads: and both counsell and counseilours brought to a shamefull end.

Nay, would they make men's bowells flie up and downe the aire? Out with those bowells; what should they do in, that have not in them that, that bowells should have. Would they do it by fire? Into the fire with their bowells, before their faces. Would they make men's bones flie about like chips? Hew their bones in sunder. Iust is David's prayer:Psal. 109.17. Their delight was in crueltie, let it happen to them: They loved not mercie, therefore let it be farr from them.

But, how now? We are gone now from mercie quite. No no: there is m [...]rcie e­ven in this severitie. In the Psalme of Mercie (the CXXXVI.) Slaying, is made a work of mercie, Psal. 136.10.15.20. Slew the first borne of Aegypt, cruel Pharao, cruell Og, For His mercie endureth for ever: Mercie, in ridding the world of such. For, they are not worthie to be inter opera Dei, among God's works, that renounce that vertue, that is super opera Dei, over all God's works.

And so now ye see that Super, I told you, we should come to at last; Over hell, and them there. The Super Superantis, the Over of an Over commer; of Mercie a Conqueror. Above His other works, with the Super of a Sovereigne, to protect them: Vpon the de­vill and devilish men and their works, Psalme 91.13. Psalme. 110.1. with Super Aspidem et Basiliscum to tread upon them, to make His enemies His footstoole, and so a Super, Over them too.

[Page 969]And now, we have set Mercie in her Chariot of triumph; In which, if ever she sate,IIII. The Super of our Duety. she sate in the Super omnia of this Day. Let us now come to the last Super, the Super of [...]ety remaining upon the head of all God's works, for His mercie over them all; but, [...]mong them all, and above them all, upon our heads (if it were but for the sovereigne Mercie of this Day) what we are in Super, to GOD, for it.

The Super, upon all GOD's works followes, in the words next ensuing,From his works Verse 10. Confiteantur. Are His mercies over all his works? Why then, Verse 21. O all ye works of the Lord, all flesh, Psal. 150.6. every thing that hath breath; but chiefly his chiefe worke, the sonns of men, Psal. 117.1. the na­tions and the kindreds of the earth, come all to confession: all ow this (to confesse) at least. Confesse? what? Nothing but mercie, and the Super of the Mercie. Nothing, but that it is, as it is: do but as God doth, exalt it, place it, where He setts it. Let the deep say, it is over me; and the drie land say, it is over me; and so of the rest, every one: so many works, so many confessions.

There is a further Super, upon His Saints: they, owe more to Him then His ordinarie works. His works, but to confesse: His Saints, to confesse and blesse, both.From his Sain [...]s. Verse 10. Psal. 65.1. They are double works, needle-worke on both sides: more becomes them. Te decet hymnus in Sion. Both, to confesse, it is above all; and to blesse, and praise it, above all. For, if it be above all, it followes, more praise is to come to Him, for it, then for all. If Mercie, above all; the praise of His mercie, above the praises of all.

There is a further Super yet, upon us that have found and felt the Super of it;From Vt. the Non taliter (say I) above works and Saints both. All are bound: but we that are heer, su­ [...]er omnes; more then all, we. We that should have been Martyrs of Satan's crueltie, it stands us in hand to be Confessors of God's Mercie, as, to which we owe even our selves; our selves, and our safetie; safetie, of soules, and bodies, every one of us.

Then, let the King, Queen, and Prince; let all the three Estates; let the whole Land delivered by it, from a Chaos of confusion; let our soules, which he hath held in life; let our bodies, which He hath kept together from flying in pieces; let all think on it: think, how to thank him for it; say, and sing, and celebrate it above all. We, above all; for it, above all.

For, if ever Mercie were over worke of His; if ever Worke of His, under it directly; it was so over us, and we so under it, this Day. If ever, of any, it might be avowed; or to any, applied: If ever any might rightly and truely, upon good and just cause, say or sing this verse; we of this land, may do both: It will fitt out mouthes best, best be­come us.

For, such a Worke did He shew on us, this Day, as if Mercie have a Super omnia of o­ther, this may claime a Super omnia of it, of Mercie it selfe. His Mercie is not so high [...]bove the rest of His works, as this Daye's Worke, high above the works of it. That, su­preme to all: this, supreme to it. Mercie, in it, even above it selfe.

We then, that have had such a Super in this Super; we, of all others, nay more then [...] others, to have it yet more specially recommended. A bare confession will not s [...]rve; but the highest confession of all, to take the Oath of the Supremaci [...] of it. We, if [...]ver any, to say it, and sweare it: if it had not been in sovereigne manner over some of His works (that is, our selves) we had beene full low yet this, infra infim [...]s, beneath, under all his workes: not (now) above ground, to speake and to heare of this theme.

Let it then claime the supremacie in our Confiteantur, and in our Benedicant, both; [...]bove works, Saints, and all. And that, not mentally, or verbally alone; in heart [...]o to hold, and in tongue so to report it: but, which is worth all, really in worke, so to e [...]presse it. I meane, as our thanks for His mercie above all our thanks; so our works of Mercie, above all our works. But, be they so? His are so: are ours? I would to God, [...] could say they were: but (sure) they are not. His mercie, above all his works: With [...], in this point, it is cleane contrarie: all our works, above our mercie. The least, the [Page 970] last, the lowest part of our workes, are our workes of mercie: the fewest in number, the poorest in value, the slightest in regard. Indeed, infra omnia, with us, they.

But sure: GOD, in thus setting it above all his workes, sheweth, He would have it, with us, so too. That which is Super omnia Ejus, to be Super omnia nostra: as above all His, so above all ours likewise. And CHRIST our SAVIOVR would have it so; His Estote, Luc. 6.36. is, Estote misericordes: and how? not barely, Estote; but, Estote, sicut Pater vester coelestis; Mercifull, as He. And, how is He? So, as, with Him, it is above all. To imitate Him then in this, let it be highest with us; as, with Him, it is highest. Sure, we are not right, till it be with us, so too: As in GOD's, so, in ours: above ours; above them all. That so, it may have the Supremacie, in Confiteantur, in Benedicant, in praise [...]nd thankes, in words, and workes, and all.

To sett of the Super of this day then, and to conclude. If the generalitie of His works confesse Him, for theirs; and the specialitie of his Saints blesse Him, for theirs; what are we to doe, how to confesse, how to blesse for the singular Mercie of this Day (and let all others goe?Psal. 71.8.) Sure, our mouthes to be filled with praise as the Sea, and our voice in soun­ding it out, as the noise of his waves, and we to cover the heavens with praise, as with clouds for it.

But, we are not able to praise Thee ô Lord, or to extoll thy Name, for one of a thou­sand. Nay, not for one of the many millions, of the great Mercies, which thou hast shewed upon us and upon our children. How often hast thou ridd us from Plague, freed us from Famine, saved us from the Sword, from our enemies compassing us round, from the Fleet, that came to make us no more a people!

Even, before this Day, we now hold; before it, and since it, have not Thy compas­sions withdrawen themselves from us. But, this Day, this Day above all daies, have they shewed it Super omnia: and, not over, but upon us.

Wherefore, the powers thou hast distributed in our soules, the breath of life thou hast breathed into our nosthrills, the tongues thou hast put into our mouthes, behold all these shall breake forth and confesse, and blesse, and thanke, and praise, and magnifie, and exalt Thee and Thy mercie, for ever. Yea, every mouth shall acknowledge Thee, Every tongue be a trumpet of Thy praise; Every eye looke up, Every knee bow, Every stature stoope to Thee, and all hearts shall feare Thee. And all that is within us, Even our bowells; Those our bowells, that (but for Thee) had flowen, we know not whether: Even our bones; those bones, that (but for it) had been shivered bone from bone, one from another, all shall say, Who is like unto Thee ô Lord in Mercie? Who is like unto Thee, glorious in holinesse, fearefull in praise; doing wonders, wonders of Mercie, as this Day, upon us all, to be held by us and our posteritie, in an everlasting remem­brance?

Glorie be to thee ô Lord, glorie be to Thee: Glorie be to Thee, and glorie be to Thy Mercie, the Supe [...] omnia, the most glorious of all thy great & high Perfections. Glorie be to Thee, and glorie be to it: To it, in Thee; and To Thee for it. And that by all thy works, in all places, and at all times. And, of all Thy works, and above them all, by us heer; by the [...]earts and lungs of us all, in this place, this day, for this Day, for the Mercie of this day; for the Me [...]cie of it above all mercies, and for the Worke of this day above all the works of it. And, not this day only, but all the daies of our life; even as long as Thy mercie endureth, Psal. 136.1. and that endureth for ever, for ever, in this world; for ever, in the world to come. Per, through the Cisterne and Conduit of all Thy mercies, IESVS CHRIST.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KING'S MAIESTIE AT WHITE-HALL, ON THE V. of NOVEMBER, Anno Domini, MDCXVI.

ESAI. CHAP. XXXVII. VER. III.

Venerunt filij usque ad partum, & virtus non est pa­riendi.

The children are come to the birth, and there is not strength to bring forth.

I Have taken this piece, and no more. More I could not (you see:) It will not fitt our turne, or this day (the fore-end, of the verse.) This is a day of trouble, rebuke, blasphemie, cannot we say. We must say: This is a day, not of trouble, but of joy; not of rebuke, but of praise; not of blasphemie, but of thanksgiving, with us. And so may we say too, and yet keepe these words for our ground, still. Nothing letts, but that one and the same day, may be, both a day of Ioy, and of Sorrow. They that have the day, and they that lose the day, the day is but one: but, to the win­ner, a Ioyfull day; to the loser, not so; but a day [...]f Sorrow, and of blasphemie, otherwhile. And so was this day, a day of Sorrow, to [...]: they might have taken up the whole verse, as it stands: those (I meane) that, do what they can, must be faine to father the children, that this day were comming, but [...] not forth. That they came not forth, the want of strength to be delivered, made it to them a day of Sorrow (some say, of blasphemie, too:) Not so, to us. To us, a day [...] [...]raise and thankes; that they lost their so looked for and longed for children; that th [...]y were not borne, who if they had been borne, would have been the bane of us all [...] then, as this, [...] day; So this a verse of joy.

[Page 972] The Summe.The words are (in Hebrew) of the nature of a Proverbe; and used by them, as a By-word, upon the defeating of eny plott. Not, every defeating; but th [...]n, when a plott is cunningly contrived, and closely followed, and is neere brought to the very point to be done, yet not done though; but defeated, even then: then, take they up this Proverbe and say, Venerunt, &c.

And, two waies take they it up, thereafter as the designe is. If it be bad, yet well layed, and well seconded, and for all that, in the end disappointed; then utter they it cheerefully, Aha, the children, &c but as GOD would &c:: by way of gratulation. But, if good, and for a while come fairely forward, but in the end prove to nothing; then take they it up, with a sigh, Alas, the children, &c.

It [...]annot be denied, but good King Ezekiah whose the words are, spake them heer in some griefe. Griefe, two waies; For 1 first, grieved he was, to heare how Rab­sakeh had raged and raved, and spewed out most horrible blasphemies. Faigne would he, he and his men, rather then their lives, have been at him for it. They were even great with this (as it were) and the children come to the birth; But their strength served them not, they durst not give him a word, for feare of a further mischiefe, if they should provoke him. Now, there is no more hard and grievous case in the world, then when a man shall be forced to heare blaspheming, and not be in case to answer it home.

But, the King of Ashur (his Master) was not far of, with his forces; but at the siege of Libna (not past a doozen mile of;) That Towne, not like to hold out long, and then have at Ierusalem, and they (GOD wote) but meanely provided to welcome him. But a poore remnant, to so huge an host; So huge, as with their very feet they dried up rivers, Verse 25. as they went. Non erant vires, was their case right; and this was heere a second griefe.

For the words, though they found, as if the Queene or some great Ladie, were in child-birth, yet no such matter. All is spoken by Allegorie; and no woman, but the State of the Kingdome, heer meant.

And it is no new thing to sett forth States by women. The Prophets do it oft: Esai's Hephsiba;Esay. 62.4. Ezek 23.36. Hose 1.6. Esay 47.1. Verse 22. Ezekiel's Ahola, and Aholiba; Hosee's Loruhamah, all shew it. Nothing more common with them, then the Daughter of Babel for the State of the Chaldae­ans; the Daughter of Sion for the State of the Iewes.

And not to women onely, but to women with child; then specially, when there comes eny shrewd plunges upon an Estate. Hose. 4.12. Filia Sion quasi parturiens (Hos. 4.12.) Sion is ready to crie out, in the Old: And, in the New, the Church (then) hard bestead, is re­presented by a Woman ready to fall in labour (Apoc. 12.2.Apoc. 12.2.) And States, when they would be delivered of ought (would, and cannot) as it were the throwes of child-birth seeme to be upon them; and this Proverbe, then not unfitly applied to them, Vene­runt, &c.

A Woman, her time is come, and strives to bring forth, and cannot, not having strength for it; this (we know) is a case of great extremitie: we know it by Rachel (Gen. 35.) by Hophni's wife (1. Sam. 4.) both which,Gen. 35.16.17. 1. Sam. 4.19. were in the case heere; at the point to be delivered, and wanted strength, and it cost them both their lives.

Now, as when a woman is so, all about her are at their witts end; know not what to do, or whither to turne themselves: No more did Ezekias; but even turnes to the Prophet Esay: Verse 2. (as, at such times, Prophets shall have their turnes; not oft, besides.) To him they send for Leva orationem: Lift up thy prayer; Prayer, now: for, but in pray­er, no helpe is left, if that relieve us not, we are gone. This spake then Ezekias in griefe.

It grives me, on a day of joy, to hold you so long in a point of sorrow; but, the turning all into present joy, will make amends. To that, I come.

This, for the present, was their case; but this was not their case, long. For within a while after, before the end of the Chapter, the very same words, by the very same persons, were (or might have beene) taken up, in a farre other, more joyfull key. [Page 973] Then, when the King of Assur, he that cast them into this agonie, as he was upon re­m [...]ing to come towards them (and so, the children (as it were) come to the very birt [...], indeed:) GOD put a ring in his nose, turned him about home againe,Verse 29. Verse 9. as fast as [...] he could, upon newes of invasion of his country, by the Aethiopian: When, be­i [...]g so neere come to the birth, he came not, had not the power to come one foot to­ [...]rd them; then (I hope) the case was altered: then might he have said this Text [...] Io paean, with joy, Venerunt &c.

And this (lo) is our very case, this day. For, why are we heer met, But that (as the Text is) a birth there should, this day (the fift of November, this very [...]uesday) have been with us? should have been, but was not: That it was not: This day should have been a Dismall day; that it was not so. A birth was in bearing, and venerunt ad partum (I pro­mise you:) that it was not borne, that it was partus non partus, a birthlesse birth, it is (with us) a day of joy: and as this, a Day; so this, a Text of joy: and thanks be to GOD, it is so. And we say these very words of Ezekias, not as (heer) he did, but, as after he might have, and as we, this day, may speake them, with a cheerefull accent, Vene­runt ad partum, &c.

There be in the Text, two parties, which make us two parts: 1 the Children, The Division and 2 the Mother. The Children, in the very first word: The Mother in the last: Pariendi it is I II heere; Parienti it is in 2. Reg. 19. If there be no strength pariendi, it is,2. King 19.3. because there is none parienti. Of these two, two things are heere said: One affirmed, The other denied.

Affirmed; the children were redie: Denied; the mother not, non erant. The chil­dren not unwilling; for they were come: the mother unhable; for, by that time they were come, her strength was gone. The end is left, for us to gather: For, if no strength to beare, no birth there will be; No more there was. And, that there was not, it is ho­liday with us, to day.

Applying all to our case, I am to tell you first, 1. These children, who they were: 2. and secondly, how neere to the birth they came: 3. thirdly, of the strength to bring them forth, the failing of it, and how it came to faile: Vpon these, two questions 1 One why they were not suffered to come forth. 2 Why they were suffered to come so farre. 4. And last of all, of the Tu ergo, or inference upon all this: Which is not that which Ezekiah inferrs (the next verse) Tu ergo leva orationem: But another ergo, as it were a new birth of ours, Tu ergo leva gratiarum actionem. Yes, yes: That,Verse 2. and leva orationem too: And so let us lift up our prayer, and for nothing more, then that we may raise a good levie of thanks indeed, to send up to GOD, that there was no strength to bring it forth, when it was so neere brought.

THe Children, are the first word, and so offer themselves to be begun with.I. The children. 1. Who they were. And with them, we must beginne: For, on them all depends, whither the Day shall be kept, or the Text uttered, with joy or not. For (indeed) primâ facie, it may seeme to be but somewhat an unkindly joy, to take pleasure in the perishing of children, when they be come to the birth. Yet such may the children be, that are to c [...]me, as it makes no matter. Nay, as we well may wish, they may; and well rejoyce, if they do miscarie there, and come no further.

To beginne, from the beginning. There read we of the Seed of the Woman, Gen. 3.15. and the Seed of the Serpent: we are backe at our Text streight. If it be the woman's Seed, save it alive in eny wise, let it come, not onely to the birth, but, from the birth, well; and Thy eny mischance it do not, say the words of the Text, but say them with griefe. Ve­nerunt [Page 974] &c. On the other side, if it be the Seed of the Serpent, away with it, let it not come to the birth: if it do, let it not be borne, stifle it in the womb, and be gladd when you have done, and say with joy and spare not, Venerunt &c.

And yet I cannot tell neither, whither we may make the rule so generall, as to ex­tend to all the woman's Seed. But, if the children be, as of Moses it is said, Heb. 11. [...],Heb. 11.23. proper sweet children: Nay, if they be but according to kind, regular births, when they be come so farre, it is griefe, if they come no further. But, otherwhiles, there fall out these same [...], Naturae errores, Mishapen monstrous births; And then, in that case, and for such, it skills not when they be thither come, if farther they come not. Yea, I dare say, it will not discontent the unhappy parents that begate and bare them, though this Verse be verified of them, that when they come to the birth, they might not be borne, but have the womb for their grave, and no strength to deliver them.

Since then, upon the matter, all is thereafter as the children be, our first enquitie is to be, what these children were? Where let me tell you this, you shall not looke for such children, as women go with: (the Verse is proverbially, not verbally to be under­stood:) Not of eny womans birth; none there was, at the speaking it. Ezekias meant it of Senacherib's entent, to sack Ierusalem: and we of their attempt or enterpise, this day, to have made a massacre of us all. Of them, that went big with this mon­ster.

To begin with the soule then, of these children. For, there is not onely fructus ven­tris, there is partus mentis: the mind conceives, as well as the womb: the word [concei­ving] is alike proper, to both. Men have their womb, but it lieth higher, in them; as high as their hearts; and that which is there conceived, and bred, is a birth. So, I find, the Holy Ghost in the Psalme calleth it; Behold he travaileth with mischiefe, he hath conceived sorrow and brought forth ungodlinesse. Psal. 7.14. And that is, when an evill man, in the evill womb of his heart, shall hatch or conceive some devilish devise, and goe with it as big as any woman goes with her child, and be even in paine, till he have brought it. This is the birth heer meant: and there, in the heart, is the matrix or conceptorie place, of all mischiefe. Matt. 15.18.19. Thence (saith our SAVIOVR) de Corde exeunt, From the heart they come all.

Vsually they say in Schooles, Conceptus, conceptio; partus, opus: the conceipt is a kind of conception; and the worke, a kind of birth: the imagination of the heart is an embryo, conceived within; the work now brought to passe, is a child borne into the world. Nay, they go further, to more particularities, and cary it along through all the degrees of child-bearing. 1 When a devise is invented, then is (say they) the child, conceived (as it were.) 2 When projected and plotted handsomely; then, the child articulate. 3 When once actuated, and sett in hand, then is it quick. 4 when so farre brought, as all is ready; then, the child is come to the birth. 5 And when, actum est, all is done, and dispatched, the child is borne. 6 But, if it fall out otherwise, then was looked for, no strength to bring it forth; then have you a dead-borne child. 7 And looke, with the naturall mother, what joy there is,Ioh. 16.11. when there is a man-child borne into the world; the same, for all the world, is there with these badd men, when their imaginations prosper. And, what griefe the poore woman hath, at the perishing of the fruit of her body; the like (in a manner) is there with them, when their powder will take no fire. So have you the soule, or spiritu­all part to begin with.

Will ye see the body also, in the birth of this day? You may, even ad oculum, have it laid out before you. In imitation of the naturall womb, wherein we lay, and whence we come all, there is (by analogie) another artificiall, as art doth frame it. Such I meane, as was the Trojan horse, of which the Poet —Vterumque armato milite com­plent, the bellie or womb, when it was full of armed men: and so many armed men as there were, so many children, after a sort, might be said to be in it. And, if that: may we not affirme as much of the vault, or cellar, with as good reason? The verse will hold of it too—Vterumque nitrato pulvere complent. The uterus, or womb of it, cram­med as full with barrells of powder, as was the Trojan horse, with men of armes. This [Page 975] odds onely. Every one of these children, every barrell of powder, as much, nay more for [...] in it to do mischiefe, then twentie of those in the Trojan horse's bellie.

The more I thinke of it, the more points of correspondence do offer themselves to [...], of a birth and comming to a birth, and that in every degree. 1 The vessels first give [...]orth themselves, as so many embryo's: 2 The vault, as the womb, wherein they lay so long: 3 They that conceived this devise were the mothers, cleere: 4 The fathers, were [...] fathers, (as they delight to be called) though, oft, little more then boyes; but heere, [...]ght fathers, in that they perswaded, it might be, why not? might be lawfull; nay, [...]eritorious, then: so, it was they, that did animate, gave a soule (as it were) to the [...]reason: 5 The conception was, when the powder, as the seed, was conveighed in: 6 The articulation, the couching of them, in order, just as they should stand: 7 The covering of them, with wood and faggotts, as the drawing a skin, over them: 8 The Venerunt ad partum, when all was now ready, traine and all: 9 The Mid-wife, he that was found, with the match about him, for the purpose: 10 And, partus, the birth should have been upon the giving fire. If the fire had come to the powder, the children had come to the birth, inclusivè, had been borne. But, Non erant vires (which, I turne) there was no fire given: and so, partus they wanted, as GOD would.

And, that onely wanted: for, all the rest held an haire. Nothing, that could be in a birth, was wanting: all, to be pointed at, from point to point; that, the Text is fitly enough applied to it. By this time, ye see the children, both bodie and soule. Now, when lookes the mother; when reckons she, her time will come?

Will ye now (which is the second point) weigh a little better,2. How neere the birth. what is in these three words venerunt ad partum. 1 First, they were not upon their way, comming; but, [...]enerunt, they were even come. 2 And come; not, versus, towa [...]d; but even, ad, to. Ad, to; not, loca partui vicina, some parts neere, or next to it; but, ad partum, to the very birth-place, the neck, or orifice of the matrice. Or, if you will take partum, for the time; not ad tempora partui propinqua, within some few daies of their reckoning; but, ad, partum, to the very time, the day, and within a very little, to the houre it selfe; it missed not much: (that is) as neere, as neere might be. If ever there were a venerunt ad partum, and no partus upon it, heere it was.

And, if you mervaile, it was ad partum, and not ad parturitionem, first: Mervaile not at that; why, it would have been a very short traveile, that. That of the Prophet (in the sixtie sixt Chapter) Antequam parturiat, peperit, Chap 66.7. would have been fulfilled in it; she would have been delivered, before ever she had fallen in labour. To the birth they came, then. And you will remember, how farre they came, how many degrees they passed, before they got thither. They came, 1 to generation; they came, 2 to c [...]nception; they came, 3 to articulation, 4 to vivification, 5 to full maturitie; and yet, [...]one of all these, our venerunt, heere. Passed all, and every one of these, never staid, [...]ll they came 6 even ad partum, could come no further, unlesse they had come forth: which GOD forbid; and so He will, you shall see. For, thus have we done now, with the first part (the Children.)

Now to the Mother's part. The Children came to the birth, and: The right and, II. The Mother. the kindly Copulative, were, To the birth they came, and borne they were; In a kind con­sequence, who would looke for other? It is heer, Venerunt, & non: Thither they came, and no farther; there, stopped. Ad, in [ad partum] is but usque ad, exclusivè that is, to it they came; through it, they came not.

And, why came they not? By meanes (as is heer sett downe) of a Non erant. Som­ [...]hat there was not, that would have been; somwhat missing: a non erant there was, [...]ha [...]soever it was.

What non erant was that? It was not Non erat ingenium (I am sure:) Pestilent witt they l [...]cked none, as deepe, as dangerous an invention, as ever came into the braine of [...]an. Neither came it thither, or was bredd there, without the Seed of the Serpent. Nor [...] it be fai [...], Non erat, that they wanted will; For, so maliciously were they bent in [Page 976] that wretched will of theirs, as they resolved to know neither friend nor foe, but up with all together. Nor did they want opportunitie, of a place: Got the vault first, and the cellar, after. No, nor meanes: had their iron-tooles; had powder enough, and good stowage for it. These they had all: yet Non erant (saith the Text;) what Non erant might that be? Non erant vires, they had no strength.

3. Her want of strength.To a birth, there goe two things. 1 The children must be come thither, to the birth-place. 2 When the children be come thither, there must be strength, at least as much to deliver them. Ad partum, opus est nixu; ad nixum, opus est viribus: To a birth, there goes a kinde of stresse; to a stresse, there is required some strength. Nixus inanis sine vi­ribus; and nixu inani nihil paritur: To no purpose is the stresse, if there be no strength, but all in vaine: And, if that be in vaine, there will no birth be (No more there was) but the child perish; and if the mother scape, it is well; but (oft) they go both. And so fell it out heere; the children dead-borne, and the Mother died for it too. To speake without allegorie. To the producing of eny effect, two things there goe: 1 Counseile, and 2 Strength: not, counseile alone; but, counseile and strength. For as strength without counseile, will produce but a mola: So counseile, without strength, will prove but an aborcement. We see daily, many excellent devises come to nought; all, because they be not strongly followed to execution. Strength then, there would be.

And, strength they had not. Not strength? yes (sure) that had they. To follow them, in the allegorie; the mother was strong, els would the children never have come so farre, as they did, to be so ripe and ready for the deliverie. And, the children were strong children; strong enough, but with one small sparke, to have sent us all up aloft, if we had been twise as many more. To leave the allegorie: Strength they had enough, to handle the pickaxe, [...]o dig deepe into stone walls; strength enough, to lay in great barrells, and those all full, and a great many of them. Strength enough, to remove them up and downe, as they might stand best for the purpose; and to clap on yron and stones, and wood enough, upon them. And, how then was there no strength?

You will easily marke, Vires is the plurall number; and so, many strengths there be: and, that he saith not [Vires] simply, eny strength at all; but, vires pariendi, strength to bring forth. Vires, is one thing; vires pariendi, another. Vires, they had; vires venien­di, ad partum: Els, had they never come so farr; but, Vires pariendi, that, they had not.

For, partus is opus (we said:) and nothing was done. All the while, till they came ad partum, their strength served them well. At the instant, they should have beene brought forth, it failed them, Strength there was, to carie it along, to bring it so farre: but not pariendi, to bring it to issue.

To bring a thing to issue, that, passes the devill's power. He could give them the counseile (as, no doubt, he did: it was too devilish, to grow in any mans head.) But, the strength to issue, that lieth not, in his hand. Ye may be sure, if it had, they had had that too. He longed, as much as they, to heare the blow, and see the sight. He, that helped them to lay in the powder, would have helped to have put to the fire, had it been in his power. But it was more than he could do: the strength to issue is GOD'S ever, and He tooke it from them.

Domini sunt exitus: The, Issues of all attempts are in the hands of GOD; them He reserves to himselfe,Psal. [...]3.20. as his owne peculiar; yea, even of evill attempts. For, how­soever He be not at the beginning of them; at the end, He must be, or no end will be: Do­mini sunt exitus. Pro. 21.31. Pro. 16.33. The horse may be prepared to the battell; the lotts, cast in the lap; the cellar made ready for the powder; and the powder, for the cellar: And, when all is done, that the witt or malice of the devill, or man, can do or devise, comes GOD, and da­shes all in a moment.2. Sam 17.14. Ester. 7.7. 2. Chro. 20.37. Verse 36. The counsell of Achitophel; Hamans high favour; the great Fleet at Ezion gaber; Senacherib's huge host: defeats them all. For, counseiles may be in the heart of man, and words at his tongue's end, and acts at his finger's end; yet no­thing shall be said or done, unlesse GOD will so have it. He gives or denies successe, as Him pleases. That when the children are upon the point to be delivered, there shall, be strength, or no strength to do it, as pleases Him. And, heer, it pleased Him not: so, [Page 977] [...] b [...]rth there was; but quando filij venerunt, vires abierunt, when the children were come, all the strength was gone.

It seemes, it was somwhat doubted, lest when it came to the pinch, this strength should saile: therefore was ther strength, even the strength of prayers; to leva orationem, they [...] them; but, they sent to the wrong partie: Not to Esai, but to Balaam, to curse, [...]here GOD did blesse; and to blesse that cursed birth of theirs,Num. 23.8. which His verie soule [...]horred. So, many prayers were said, they might have a good heire. They say, there were so, for Queene Marie's child: But, she had no child to come, these had. But, all in vaine: when the time came, for all their Masses, and Pro­cessions, and Rosaries, and Iesus's Psalters, it would not be. No children came; strength there was not.

And will you know, how it came to faile them, this strength? Ye may, and never go out of the Text, or the termes of child-bearing. Or ever the birth was fully come, one of the complices fell to be with child; and, no remedie, but he must needs be delivered before his time; had not the power to keepe his hand from the paper, and so disclosed it. And, disclose a treason, and the neck of it is broken, the strength of it is gone;Iud. 16.18. as Samson's strength soone was, when the Philistines knew once, where it lay. And this was the strength, and none but this, that failed them. An easie strength (one would thinke) to hold ones tongue, or to hold the fingers still. That, had he not: but, for lack of that, must needs be scribling; and that marred the fashion of the birth, quite. His not having the strength, not to bring forth his, made, they had not the strength, to bring theirs forth. His putting his hand to the paper, made, there could be no fire put to the powder; made, the mid-wife was intercepted; and so, the birth, though neere the deliverie, yet never delivered.

And yet, I cannot tell you neither: for, when this work of darknesse was brought to light, the light was so dimme, and the riddle so dark, even then; that, for all that brin­ging to light, the children were comming forward to the birth, still. Till strength was given, to deliver us from this birth, by another travaile. For, a travaile I will call it, the studying, and the bringing forth of the hidden mysterie, of the burning of the paper, the riddling of that riddle. For, so came out, who the Children were, and of what ele­ment they were made; what, and whereabout the womb was, they lay in. So, by a birth, and by that birth, we were delivered, from this. That birth smote all dead. For, it was found, even so: and then came prostratio virium indeed. Then, all strength (indeed) was quite and cleane taken from them. That, being taken from them, they were not delivered; and by their not being delivered, we were all delivered.

To the joy now. Divide the Text: Venerunt ad partum, is their joy: 1. The Ioy of Non eran [...] vire [...]. Non erant vi­res, is ours. That, theirs, for a time: this, ours for ever. To make their griefe the grea­ter, when it came, they were for a while, putt in joy. Glad were they (I dare say) to see it go current, kept close so long. They even itched for joy at it, and fell into a foolish paradise: provided a Protector and all. Comes me Non sunt vires, all their joy was at an end, and with that began their Sorrow. We, by their griefe, shall best conceive our own joy, taking the whole Verse intirely together.

A griefe it was, and it went to their hearts, these children, that they came not. A double griefe that when they held well so long, and were so likely to come, yet they came not; had strength all the while, had it not, then. Venerunt ad partum, & venerunt ad portum are much alike. Eny wrack is a griefe; but no griefe to the griefe of that wrack, that is made, even in the very haven's mouth. To go the voyage well, and arrive well, and then, before the very port to sinck, and be cast away! To bring the game to the upshot, and then to lose it! It trebled their griefe, that so many Ladie's Psalters, and Iesus's Psalters, were said for it; and that neither Iesus nor our Ladie blessed the birth no better. And last, that the children perished; and perished not alone, but the mothers went too, and some of the fathers, for companie. It should have been parientes pepererunt: it was parentes, or parientes (if you will) perierunt.

Now looke, how many waies they were grieved, and said Alas, for venerunt ad par­tum, [Page 978] Alas for non erant vires; so many waies do we rejoyce, and say, It is well, that ve­nerunt ad partum: Thankes be to GOD, that Non erant vires. 1. First, for non erant vires, by it selfe: that, defeated it was. 2. Then, for Venerunt ad partum, & non erant vires, together: that it prospered so long, and yet, defeated it was; this was Gaudete with an iterum dico. 3. Then, that without eny leva orationem on our parts; without eny on ours, and against so great a levie of theirs, of I know not how many prayers, and processions, and all for the prosperous successe of a businesse knowne to none but the Superiors. 4. And, to make it terque quaterque, that we saw them come tumbling downe, that made full account to have seene us flie up.

That we were delivered from a danger so neere; brought to so narrow a point; we not praying, nor so much as once thinking on the matter, but delivered as it were in a dreame: Psal. 126.1. Our selves not onely delivered from, but they that so sought ours, delivered to their own destruction; brought not forth, but were themselves brought forth to Iudas's end, the end of all traitors: and their children, not brought out, but, as [...], pulled out of the womb of the cellar, piece and piece, and never saw the Sunne alive, or the Sunne them; pitie it should.

2. The Reasons of Non erant vires. 3 Why they not suffered to come forth. Gen. 35.18. 1. Sam. 4.21.Shall I now tell you a reason or two, why, Non erant vires pariendi? 1 one out of pariendi; 2 the other, from Non erant vires.

1. This pariendi was indeed pereundi; the bringing forth a quantitie of powder, the perishing of a whole Parliament. They were not; but, put case they had come forth (it is well, we are in case, to put this case) certainely, they had been Benoni's, Sonnes of Sor­row, to this whole land; Icabod's right, Our glorie had beene gone cleane. For, what a face of a Common-wealth had heer beene left? Exclusivè, they came ad partum: if, in­clusivè they had, their inclusivè had been our exclusivè. We had been shot of, and that out of this life and this world, every one. Venerunt, if they had come ad partum; if they, ad partum, we ad perniciem. Non erant vires: If there had, these vires had been virus to us, and their pariendi our pereundi. If those Children had not been lost, many fathers had been lost; many children had lost their fathers, and many wives their husbands. There had beene a great birth of Orphanes and Widowes, brought forth at once. What manner of birth should this have beene, first in it selfe, then to us? In it selfe: we said, for Vipers, there should be no strength, to deliver them. Were not these Vipers? the womb, they lay in, must have beene rent, for them to come forth: were they not the brood of Vipers? What talke you of a Viper, that sometime (it may be) stings a child to death; or an elder body, if it be not looked to in time? What are Vipers, to them, that at once, would not have stoong, but have sent up, and torne in pieces, a King, a Queene, a Prince, and I know not how many of the Nobles, Clergie, Commons; all the Estates of a Realme, a whole Countrie, their owne Countrie, all at one blast? We said, for Monsters, there should be strength to deliver them. These were such monsters, as not in Christendome alone, but, even in Afrique (that mother of mon­sters) the Turkes, and Moores, and all that heard of it, were amazed, that ever the earth should beare such a brood of miscreants. For, they should not (as children) have cried at their birth, but rored as devills; or, as if all the infernall furies had broke out of hell together. Let this serve: it was so out of measure bad, as it was too bad, ever to be brought. What mervaile then, if nature shrunke in and would give no strength, for such a birth as that.

2. Shall I tell you another, why non erant vires? I will: It is somwhat a strange one, but it is raised out of the words of the Text, and it is a birth borne of late, and christe­ned by the name of a Non erant vires, that you may know, they be a kin, this and that: And so (I hope) it comes not out of season, since for that child's sake, this (I hope) fared never a whit the better.

You cannot but remember a clause not long since printed, and so (as it were) a child but lately born, a Cardinal's child it is (I meane the Tenet late taken up at Rome:) That, all is now to go, all Christianitie to stand or fall, by sunt, or non sunt vires.

The old Christians never knew of any such birth as this: Id fuit, quia deerant vires, faith the Cardinall. As much to say as, if they now in these dayes, be so as they were, [Page 979] [...] themselves quietly, it is quia non sunt vires: and to hold no longer, then donec [...]; and then you are like to heare of them, to have them go again with such ano­the [...] birth. (You shall have them as mild as Gregorie the first, when they have no strength; but as fierce as Gregorie the seventh, when they have.)

Nay, and they would beare the world in hand, this child may claime kindred of the [...]athers: that this was the mind of the Blessed Saints, and Martyrs, in the persecuti­ons of the Primitive Church. That, with them, all went by Si adessent vires; and if then they had had strength, never an Emperour should have kept his Crowne upon his head. For, it was neither allegiance, conscience, Christian duety, nor respect, that held them in. Id fuit, quia deerant vires: as (if they had not been wanting) full well they should have understood. That they were gentle and meek, gramercie non erant vires; that and nothing els. O write a booke for GOD's sake, de gloriâ Martyrum (Turonen­sis so hath) of the glorious Martyrs that suffered then; but it was, because they had no strength: els, the Emperours should have suffered, not they.

But, they mightily wrong the Fathers, to father this opinion on them. Two hun­dred yeares after CHRIST, in the midst of the servour of persecution. Tert [...]l [...]ian tells us another tale; that they had strength then, more then enough; and so, suff [...]r [...] then, upon a better quia, then quia non erant vires. Wellneer two hundred ye [...]res after that, the Ecclesiasticall Storie sheweth, under Iulian the Apostat. and under Vale [...]s the Arrian, they wanted no strength then: (the greater part of the Apostat's Armie being Christians; and the chiefe Leaders and bravest Companies, under the Arrian, being Orthodoxe.) And two hundred yeares yet after that, against the Lombards, Gre­gorie saith, there was then strength enough, to have left them neither King nor Duke, if all had gone by vires, then. But, he (good man) might not miscerese, meddle with ought that might be the death, cujusquam, of any one man. And these would have been the death of I know not how many, but that Non erant vires. No such children then, as those, this Day brought forth. It is not the Divinitie of the old Christians, but of the new Iesuits, this. They must take the child to themselves: It is no babe of the Fathers, it is a brat of their owne breed; hatched in these dayes of ours, never heard of before. And such a one it is, as if it be let go, we shall have a generation of monsters come of it soone.

He began with vires: Another since him saith; If ye have not vires, virus will serve as well. And since that, another; if vires, and virus faile too, go to it wit [...] fire­worke: pulvis Serpentis which is worse then virus Serpentis; Serpentine powder worse then Serpentine poyson. Poyson kills one by one; powder, with one puff, dispatcheth all. For poyson, ye may have a counterpoyson: No antidote for powder, if it once take fire. Poyson gives men leave yet, to die with some leysure: Powder, that it doth, it doth at once, in a moment.

To the utter confusion of this errour, that all is to go by sunt vires, was it, that non erant vires, this Day. And do but marke it, that GOD payes them with their own mo­ney. They put all upon this very point; in this point, GOD this Day foyled them. They go all, strength; and that strength, then failed them. All, upon Si essent vi­res: GOD tooke order quòd non essent vires. And GOD never let them have strength, that so resolve to put it; that, can they once gather strength, no King, no State shall stand before them; but blow them up, sink them, poyson them; one way or other, away with them all.

You see the reason, with GOD: but, see you not withall, next under GOD, whereto we are to ascribe our safetie? Even to non erant vires. There is a point hangs by that. For, while that lasts, while ye keep them there, ye shall have the Primitive Church of them; have them lie as quiet, as still, as ever did the barrells in the vault, till vires (like fire) come to them; and then, of go they: then, nothing but depose Kings, dispose of kingdomes, assoile subjects, arme them against their Soveraignes: then, do they care not what. But, if the powder take not fire, then shall you streight haue bookes tending to mitigation; then, all quiet againe. Certenly, thus standing, it were best to hold them in defectu virium, to provide ut ne sint; to keep them at non [Page 980] sunt vires, till time, they be better minded in this point, and we have good assurance of it. For, minded as they are, they want no will, no virus: they tell us what the matter is; strength they want, they write it, they print it; and si adessent vires, they would act it in earnest.

Why they were suffered to come so farr.But yet, why was it suffered to come so farre? Why not taken sooner? Evill (we all know) is best nipped in the budd; best (ever) destroyed in the Spawne. Being then so evill, as it was, why was it let go all the while?

1. Reason on God's part.I will give you two reasons: 1 One on God's part, 2 The other on ours. 1. On God's part: I know not how, but ye shall observe, that He loves, that He takes delight thus to do. It is his play with Liviathan. To suffer his whelps and him to have their course for a time, and for a long time; and then sodenly give them a twitch, and downe they come. Let them go till they come even to the birth, and then come in the neck of them with a non sunt vires, and all is marrd.

Heer in the Text, how many Countries wan Senacherib? How neere was he let come to Ierusalem, even to Libna, within lesse then a dozen mile? Newes came so­denly,Verse 9. of the Blackmoore's invading his Countrie, back he goes, had not the power to stirre one foot further. How farre was the Invincible Navie suffered to come sailing in LXXXVIII. to cast anchor even before the Thame's mouth, every houre ready to deliver her children ashore. In an instant, a fatall faintnesse fell upon them; their strength and courage taken from them; about they turned, like a wheele; fled and had not the power to looke behind them. But, non erant vires pariendi, we all know. God loves thus to do: and then to do it, cum venerunt ad partum. His glorie is the greater, He can let it come so nigh, and then put it by; let it alone till then, and then do it.

2. On our parts.2. There is another on our parts. For, easie account, and but easie, would have been made, if they had been taken at first; no great matter, that. That we might make no easy accompt, we scaped not easily, but hard and scant: so, to make our escape the stranger, and our joy the more, that it went so farre, and came so neere, and yet missed us.

Of it selfe, it is best, Vt malum ubi primùm contingit, ibi moriatur, Evill be crushed at first, the Serpent's head troden, at his first peeping in, or putting it out. But GOD doth not alwaies that, which in it selfe, is best to do: but that, which will best affect us, and we take in best part. And so did He this: thereby to begett in us, and bring forth of us, a new birth of praise and thankes according.

4. The inferēce.For, now we have done with this degenerate birth of theirs, we are to stay a little, and see, if we can gett another, a more kindly birth, come from our selves. For, barren we may not be: this deliverie from theirs, is to make us delivered of another; we to bring forth somewhat, for their not bringing forth.

What is that? The Text will leade us to it, if we looke but over to the next verse. For there, when eny evill travaile threatens us, we find by Ezechia, the kindly birth then,Verse 4. on our parts, is Tu ergo leva orationem, a levie of prayers. Now, that being turned away, and turned away in a manner so miraculous, the naturall kind yssue then, is ano­ther Tu ergò, Tu ergò leva gratiarum actionem, a new levy of thanks: a new leva▪ quia levatus, for His easing of us, of so heavie a chance, like to light so heavie on us.

At the present (sure) while it was fresh, we were ravished with it; for th [...] time, we seemed to be even with child, as if we would bring forth somwhat; and somwhat we did bring forth, even an Act, that we would from yeare to yeare, as upon this Day, bring forth and be delivered of thanks and praise, for this deliverie for ever. And heer we are now, to act that, we then enacted: even to traveile with this new birth. God send us strength, well to be delivered of it.

For, so shall we double our joy: 1 One ioy, for the turning away of that miscreant birth of theirs; 2 another, for the welcomming this of our owne.

This birth, we now traveile with, is a good and a blessed birth. Blessing, and glorie, and praise and thanks, are in bonis all; all, good in us (if any thing be good in us;) [Page 981] [...]he best fruicts of our nature, when it is at the very best. And if they be brought forth, it is as it should be, and as God would have it.

But if (which GOD forbid) they should either not come, or when they be come, our strength faile, and they not brought forth, then are we at an after-deale againe; then would not this day be so joyfull for the mis-going of the other, as sorrowfull for the abortion of this. Our joy (at least) not so entire, but mixt with sorrow: for, there is sorrow even to death, if we goe with so good a fruit and it come to the birth, and there perish; if we shall but make an Act, and doe no act up­on it.

We seeme to sorrow at nothing more, then that many a good purpose there is, and many a vow made in time of need, sicknesse, or adversitie (so many, as it is by Divines held, There be mo good purposes, and that by odds, in hell, then there be in heaven) but, abortive purposes, and vowes all. For, ô that we were but the one halfe of that, we then promise to be, when we want and would have somewhat! O then, how thankfull we would be! how never forget! how fast the children come to the birth, then! And when we have what we would, our vigor quailes presently, our strength is gone from us; & non sunt vires pariendi. For, all the world seeth, nothing we bring forth. Alas how many aborcements are there daily of these Children! No where may this Verse be taken up, No where so oft so fitly applied, No where so used upon better cause then this, upon the failing of good desires and intents.

That this we may doe, to take us to leva orationem: let this be our last. To lift up our prayer first, against such unnaturall births as that was, the Prophet Hosee's prayer, Hosee. 9.14. Give them ô Lord, what wilt thou give them? a barren womb and drie brests. There was no strength for that birth of theirs: It was well, there was not: Thanks be to GOD, there was not: Thanks be to GOD, for non erant vires. And, Ne sint vires (say I) Never let there be strength, for eny like this birth; Never strength, but weake hands and feeble [...]nees, for eny such enterprise. Ne vires pariendi: Nay, ne veniant ad par­tum; not thither, not so farre: Nay, ne ad conceptionem; Nay then, ne ad generatio­nem, if it may be. If it may not, but they scape thither, to the birth; then, lift up your last prayer, and let this be it, and let it come up to heaven; into GOD's presence, and enter in even to His eares, for the aequitie of it; in all such designes, that pariens may be sine viribus, and partus, sine vitâ: the mothers, no strength; and the Children, no life: But child and mother perish both, as this day, they did. And, better so, they pe­rish, then such a number, then a whole countrie perish, by their meanes. This, a Ne veniant and a Ne sint vires, against theirs.

But, for ours, for our praise and thanks, Veniant, Let them come; and Sint, ô sint vires, and let there be strength, when they come; for such, for so good a birth. Ever be there strength, to kindnesse, to thankfulnesse, to the accomplishment thereof, whereto we are in dutie so deeply bound. Strength (ever) to all honest and good resolutions. Pitie, but they should be so; Pitie, there should want strength for them. Well may they be conceived; come well to the birth; when they be come thither, vigor enough, to deliver them; and never, when they be come so farre, to miscarie.

We may take our light from that. It is venerunt filij: and filij is the plurall number. So, more then one: many there would be. And filij falls well with the word gratiae, which lacks the singular. No such phrase, as Agere gratiam. A single thanke was never heard of. And both falls well likewise, to quit the birth, we were quitt of: For, the barrells were many and full, and so would our thanks be.

Againe, they would be filij; that is, such as children be; and children be flesh, blood and bone; I meane, some reall, some substantiall thankes. Not to travaile (as it were) with winde, with a few words onely, which are but aire, and into the aire they vanish againe. Partus opus (ye remember) we said before: some worke there would be, Actio gratiarum, somewhat actually done; leave some realitie behind it, as in a child, there is.

Thus farre, like: but then, a difference. Come it would, not as did theirs, ad partum exclusivè, thither and no farther; but, inclusivè, to the birth, and from [Page 982] the birth; have the blessing of the wombe and of the brests; of the wombe, to bring it forth; of the brests, to bring it up, till it prooved somewhat worth the while.

That so, we may rejoyce as much in the affirmative of this birth of ours, Venerunt et sunt vires; as we did in the negative of that of theirs, venerunt & non erant vires. So doing, GOD shall againe and againe turne away those birthes, if any be in breeding; take away all strength from them being bred, as to Day, He did: And give us new occasions daily to bring Him forth praise and thankes, for His dai­ly continued mercies, in delivering our King, our Land, Vs and Ours all.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KINGS MAIESTIE AT WHITE-HALL, ON THE V. of NOVEMBER, Anno Domini, MDCXVII.

LVC. CHAP. I. VER. LXXIV. LXXV. The VII. and VIII. Verses of Benedictus.

Vt, sine timore, de manu inimicorum nostrorum libe­rati, serviamus, Illi

In sanctitate, & justitia coram Ipso, omnibus diebus nostris.

That we being delivered, from the hands of our enemies, might serve Him, without feare.

Jn holinesse, and righteousnesse, before Him, all the dayes of our life.

THE children were come to the birth, Esay 37.3. The Text the yeere be­fore. and there was no strength, to deliver them. (There we left, last.) Their not being delivered, was the cause, of our being de­livered. (And now I go on.)

And our being delivered, was to this end, That, The end (or Vt) of this dayes delive­rance. we being delivered, from the hands of our enemies, might serve Him, &c. For I demand: Delivered we were (as this day) why was it? Was it, that we might stand, and cry out of the foulenesse of the fact? or stand, and inveigh, against those monsters that were the Actors in it? Was it, that we might blesse our selves for so faire an escape? Or bestow a piece of an Holy-day on GOD, for it? And all these we may do; And all these we have done; and upon good ground, all. Yet, none of these the very Vt: nor we [Page 984] [...]elivered, that we might do these. But when all is said, that can be said, hither we must [...]; and [...] indeed, the Vt finalis; the right, [...] proper [...]hat: [...], we bethink ourselves, how to [...].

[...] the whole [...] first word, Benedictus: There is visited and re [...]med in the [...], or a mi [...]hty salvation, in the next: After, we sa­ve [...] from them [...] you shall see, that all these suspend still, no perfect period, till yo [...] [...]. But at this, there is. Visited, redeemed, saved, mightily saved; why all▪ For no other end, but that being so visited, redeemed and saved, we might wholy addict, and give over our selves, to the Service of Him, who was Author of them all.

Our delivery frō the Grand Delivery by Christ. [...] well, that principally and properly, the whole Song referreth to the delive­r [...] of deliverances, [...] finall deliverance, from our ghostly enemies, and from their fire (the fire of [...]ell) by our Blessed Saviour; which was so great, as it was able to open the mouth, and loose the tongue of a dumb man, and make him breake forth into a Benedictus.

But, inasmuch as in every kind, the chief giveth the Rule (or, as we say heer) the Vt, to all that are from, and under it: And that, ours, and all other deliverances, that have been, or shall be, are from and under that of His: Our enemies, set on by those ene­mies, Ours lighted their match, at their fire (the fire of hell) and so do all others, what­soever:The same Vt. therefore is it, that this Text aptly may be, and usually hath been, ever appli­ed to any deliverance, from any enemies whatsoever: those of LXXXVIII. these of this Day: the same Vt, in all: as comming, all from the same principium à quo: and tending all, to the same finis ad quem, that, heer, is set downe.

1 The same cause From whence.For the principium à quo; we have formerly endeavoured, to set that streight, from whence our deliverance came: Even from the goodnesse of GOD; yet not ex­pressed under that terme, goodnesse, but under the terme of mercie, as elsewhere. As heer (but a verse before) To performe the mercie. And a little after, Through the tender mercies of our God. Verse 5. Verse 11.

Which terme is made choise of, for two causes. One, it includes miserie; The other,Mercie. it excludes merit: and so, fittest for our turne.

1. Goodnesse may be performed to one, though in good case: Not mercie; but to such onely, as are in miserie. In misericordia there is miseri, ever. And this, to putt us in mind of our case, the extreme miserie we had come to, but for His mercifull deli­verance.

2. Againe, Goodnesse, may be shewed to such as may seeme some way to deserve it: So cannot Mercie. Lam. 3.22. The Text An. 1612. Psal. 145.9. The Text An. 1615. For, but where Merit is wanting, Mercie is not pleaded pro­perly. These set us right, in the principium à quo, that we ascribe it not to a wrong cause. Out of Ieremie: It was the mercie of the Lord, that we were not consumed. Out of the Psalme: That mercie of His, that is over all His works.

2. The same end Whereto.And now, to the finis ad quem. For, we are as easily, and no lesse dangerously, mis­taken, in that. By Mercie's meanes, without all merit of ours, we were not consumed, but delivered from so great a miserie, so neere us: Why were we so? Were we libera­ti, to become libertines, to set us downe, and to eate, and to drink healths, and rise up, and see a play? was there no Vt in it? Yes: what was that? Vt serviamus Illi.

The [...] or Substance of the Text.So, there growes an obligation out of it. For, Vt, is a conditionall, and implies ever a kind of contract, at least, that which is not named, but is much used, Do ut des, facio ut f [...]cia [...]. So that, the Text is of the nature of a Bond, or Covenant. And I give it not that denomination, [...] Verse 5. of mine owne head: I find it so called, in expresse termes, but a Verse before, To remember His holy Covenant.

The DivisionA Covenant then, names it. And a Covenant divides it: For, a Covenant is ever between two, the two heer, GOD and Vs.

I The Covenant on GOD's part, is at the fourth verse: That we should be saved from [Page 985] [...]. Which Covenant is heere pleaded, as performed, by Him, under [...].

[...] Covenant on our parts, rests; That, then, we should serve Him for it. His part [...], liberati shewes that: Then may we be put in suit, for ours, that is, for [...].II

On GOD's part, I set forth these.

1. That we were delivered. 2. That, from our enemies. 3. That, from the hands [...] [...]ur enemies. 4. That,God's part, The Covenant. without feare (for so it stands in the verse) Vt sine timore [...]; that, without feare being delivered. So it may be taken; and so it is taken, by [...] of the Fathers.

On ours, I reckon these. Our Service: The matter; and the manner of it.Our part, The Condition. The Matter. The [...] wherein: Serve Him in holinesse, Serve Him in righteousnesse: not holinesse, or [...] alone, but to serve Him, in both.

The manner how (often, no lesse acceptable then the service it selfe.The Manner.) 1. Vt sine [...] ▪ that our service be freely and cheerefully done (now we are out of feare.)1 [...] Vt Coram ipso, That unfainedly, as before Him, not before men (before whom we may and do often halt.) 3. And for the time of it, Vt omnibus diebus, that we faint 2 [...]ot, or give over, but continue in it all our life long. Three qualities of ours, and [...] 3 of every true and faithfull service. That these be done; And that they may be [...]ne; And that, that which shall be spoken may tend to this, that they may be [...]ne, &c

VT liberati. That we being delivered. I. The Aequitie of God's Covenant. 1. Vt, without liberati. To shew the great aequitie on GOD's part of the Covenant, we say first: that we were to serve Him, though liberati were left out; being, or not being delivered. This to be our first point.

The Noble Armie of Martyrs, it was all their case, they served out their ser­ [...]ce, without any Vt liberati, any bond of temporall deliverance. Farre from any li­ [...]rati, were they three, that were upon casting into the fire, and even then, said: Our [...], whom we serve, He can deliver us out of thy hands, and from the fiery fornace. Dan 3.17. Verse 18. But, He will not (not deliver us) Be it knowen unto thee, O King, we will not serve thy gods, [...] worshippe the golden image, which thou hast set up. That is, serve Him, we will, [...]ther He deliver us or no. Will ye heare an Heroicall spirit, indeed? Not, Etsi [...] liberârit, Though He should not deliver me: but, Etsi me occîderit, yea,Iob 13.15. though He [...] kill me, to die for it, I will do my duetie, and serve Him, though. It is Iob. These [...] not upon liberati: But, deliverance, no deliverance, come of it what would, [...] were at a point, would and were resolved to serve Him. And ( [...],1. Cor. 6.5. ad e­ [...]escentiam nostram dico, I speake it not to our commendation) If there were in us, a­ [...]emnant of their generous spirit, God should not need to come in Indentures with [...]. It savours somwhat of a mercenarie, that. Serviamus should hold, and let liberati [...] whither it would: And we, live and die, His servants, though He had not, or should [...] deliver us. This is Vt, without liberati.

[...] then, Vt, with liberati. If God take us, as He finds us, and say with the Apostle; [...] vobis, Go to, I beare with you; and [...] by way of indulgence,2. Vt, with li­berati. 1. Cor. 7.28.6. [...] condition with us, if He come to Vt liberati; shall not that hold us? Our [...] absolute, depending upon no Vt, if upon speciall favour, God will come in [...] and let it runne in this tenor, That being delivered we shall serve Him; els [...] we not then do it? This being done, I marvell what we can alleadge, to [...] duety; unlesse we meane, it should be fast with God, and loose with us; [...] to do all for us; and we free, to do nothing for Him.

[...] yet a third (to magnifie His mercy, yet more,3. Vt, with libe­rati, first, be­fore servia [...]. and to tye us the harder to our [Page 986] [...]) Vt, is not onely with [...], but with liberati, first: GOD is bound, and first bound, to do for us, before [...] ought for Him. It is not, That we should serve [...] first, and then He [...]: But, that he should first deliver us, and after, when we are delivered, the [...] [...] not before, we should do our service. It is not libe­randi, shalbe, or may be, [...]: it is liberati, are already. So we are afore hand with Him. He hath done His, before we begin ours. Liberati, you see, precedes ser­viamus: [...] past; serviamus, but the present (and I would it were the present) I [...] for a great part it is yet to come.

And [...], why He will have it so to precede; is, He would have our service grow out of His favours, our duety, out of His bounty. That is the right, and ( [...] Evangelicall service. If He have us at the advantage, on the hip (as we say) [...] no great matter, then, to get service at our hands. None more servile then we, then. But that, is the Legall, for feare. And that sometimes he hath, but likes it not; He would have it, out of love, out of the sense of His goodnesse, have our hearts bro­ken, with th [...]. That, is the onely acceptable service to Him, that growes out of that root. The servianius that growes out of liberati; delivered and serve: first delivered, and then serve. This for the aequitie of the Covenant on GOD's part.

B. The Perfor­mance of God's Cove­nant.Now come I to plead, that on God's part this Covenant was performed, that libe­rati we were. Heaven and earth would rise against us, and condemne us, if we should not confesse liberati, this day. Heaven saw it, and was astonished: And it is gone o­ver 1 all the Earth,That delivered. the same of it. But that, we do. The keeping of this Day, the mee­ting of this Assembly, are both to acknowledge and professe, that a liberati there hath beene.

Twise delive­red. Psal. 71.20.Nay, not one alone: Two there have been: and two such, as our eyes have seen, but our eares have not heard, neither could our Fathers tell us, of the like. Two such, as no Age ever saw, not can be found in any Story: That of LXXXVIII, This of DCV. (both within the compasse of seventeen yeeres.) One by strand, the other by land (as they say.) From a Fleet by Sea, from a Vault by land, de abyssis terrae (as saith the Psalme) as well▪ Psal. 71.2 [...]. as de abyssismaris: a Summer, and a Winter deliverance: either of them, like this of Zacharie's, able to bring Benedictus from a dumb man.

2 From our ene­mies.So, delivered we were. But a delivery is a thing at large: though it be, but from a mischance, from some heavy accident, it is a delivery. But, if it be from our enemies, it is so much the more: As, in that, there is nothing but casualtie: in these, there is rancour and malice, they hate us: So this the greater danger by farre.

Mortall ene­mies.And there is much in the enemies: Of them, some reach but at our states, lands or livelihoods: Other some, nothing will satisfie, but our lives. Every enemie is not mor­tall, where he is, the danger is deadly. Ours were such, sought to bring utter destructi­on on us: and not on us alone, but on ours: nor on us and ours onely, but on the whole land in generall.

Secret ene­mies. Psalme 74.4.Againe, of such as be deadly, some are roaring enemies (the Psalme so calls them) such as threaten and proclaime their enmitie, like those in LXXXVIII. Others lurke, like vipers, that sting to death, without any hissing at all; as were ours (this day) which are the more dangerous a great deale.

This made it (indeed) to be more then liberati (ours.) Liberati, is properly set free, and freeing is but from Servitude.More then li­berati (which is) set free. This was more. Our death was sought, and we delivered [...], and that a fearefull death, unprepared, suddenly, in a moment, to be shattered to pieces. And yet it was liberati too, in the proper sense: for up­on the matter, [...] it was from [...]. The Prophet's division would have taken place in it; [...] mo [...]em, [...]. 43.11. ad [...]; qui ad servitatem, ad servit [...]tem. They, that had been [...] up, to death; they, that had been lost, to Servitude (to a State more misera­ble, [...] 3.7. then Hath it selfe.) So, in one liberati, we had two. Both from that of Haman's, [...], to death: ( [...] in H [...]brew, this was [...] in Greeke:) And [...] that [...], besides, [...] and confusion. Thus were we [...].

[Page 987] [...] the hands of our enemies, is more, then from our enemies. 3. The hands of our enemies, [...]or our enemies. For let the [...] enemie be what it will, if his hands be weake, or short, or we farre enough [...] [...]hem: the matter is so much the lesse. But if we come within his reach, if he get [...] his hands, then God have mercie on us.

Specially, if there be in his hands, a knife thus engraven; To cut the throats of the En­ [...]sh haereticks, as in LXXXVIII. diverse so engraven in Spanish, were brought from [...]he Fleet, and shewed. Or if there be in his hands, a match, ready to give fire, to XXX. [...]arrells of powder (not so few.) If the hands be such; that is then a delivery, not from [...] enemies onely, but from their hands, or (as we say) from their very clouches. Yee [...] marke, that through all the Psalmes, ever the part is still enforced:Psal. 22.14.12.124.6. Not from the [...], but from the Lion's pawes: from the hornes of the Vnicornes, from the teeth of the [...]: So heer, from the hands, from the bloody hands of our enemies.

[...]rther I say, it is more, to be delivered from their hands, then out of them. For,4. From their hands, not out of them. For ( [...]) then (in) first. They must first be in the hands, that are delivered out of them. [...] from them, that may be from comming in them at all. The better deliverance of the twaine. And that was ours: And that was Christ's: He is said, to have loosed the sorrowes of hell, Non quibus nexus est, sed ne necteretur, saith Augustine. Not, wherewith He was bound; but that He might not be at all bound with them.In Act. 2.24. So [...] not by taking us out, but keeping us from, from their hands, from the hands of our [...]nemies.

Let me yet stay a little. For (me thinks) we may find in this word,Deliver [...]d, the Manner of it, Eruti. not onely our de­ [...]verance, but even the very manner, and the meanes of it. Not in liberati, the Latine: [...], in S. Luke's owne word [...], that will come home to both.

[...], that is, properly, eruti. Eruti, that fitts us, for the manner, two wayes.

Eruere, is de tenebris in lucem educere. From a darke hole. Psal. 7.13. Out of some darke deepe hole (as it might [...] the cellar) to bring sorth something to light (as it might be those same vasa [...]rtis, vessels there couched, and destined to the blowing us all up.) It must be some [...]rke vault or pit, Vnde, from whence: well therefore said of us eruti, that were de­ [...]ered from a pit-danger, a danger under ground, in abyssis terrae, in the deep of the [...]rth.

Secondly, eruere, the compound is, from ruere (the simple) that is, from a ruine. Not as if we should have fallen into the pit, but that,From a ruine or fall. there was there bestowed within [...], that which would have sent us up, that downe we should have come, have fallen [...]owne, all to pieces. Ruina it would have been, and therefore eruti, right. And they [...] of helping incendium ruinâ: Heer, there had been incerdium and ruina both, and [...]ther helped other, but both been past all helpe.

Delivered from a ruine; But eruere is then in kind, when we are so delivered from [...], as with their ruine, that sought ours. So it was, we parted not of even hands;With the ruine of our enemies. [...] from them, and they from us, neither of both, a fall. No: we fell not (no fall with [...] they fell, and had a foule fall. We were so delivered from their hands, Psal. 20.8. as they deli­ [...]red into ours. We eruti: they ruti and caesi both, fell and were slaine. The pit they [...] they fell into themselves: In the snare they layed, was their owne foot taken. Psal. 9.15. The [...] deliverance of all (so much made of in the Psalmes.)

And thus much was before implied, when it was called Cornu salutis, Implied in cornu salutis. Verse 1. Deut. 33.17. a Horne of [...]. The salvation that so comes, comes ever with the perdition of the adverse [...]. So is the Horne expounded in Deut. XXXIII. With these shalt thou-strike thine [...] and push them, as any wild beast. Ventilare is the word, Tosse them up, into the [...], upon the top of their hornes, till they have gored them, and brought them to [...]. Such was our H [...]rne of salvation, or (as we turne it) a mighty salvation, [...] his might no lesse against them, then for us: visited and redeemed us [...] it. His mercie; visited and ruined them as mightily, in His wrath.

[...] [...]gaine, in this, not onely the manner, how, but the meanes whereby. For, Delivered, The Meanes of it By a King. Dan 7.24. Rev. 17.12. he [...] up a horne of salvation. Now to raise up must needs be interpreted of a [...] meanes of the deliverie, Who was that? In Daniel, and the Revelatio [...]. [...] verbis, Decem Cor [...], dec [...]m [...]eget s [...]n [...]: All [...]ding therein as to their [Page 988] [...] power▪ [...]o somwhat to the [...] ther [...] [...]owred on [...]eir heads: [...]. [...].10. that it should [...], and per [...]egem. A deli [...]ery [...] by a King: the King of Heaven to [...], [...]ediante Regi terre [...] [...] divinatio, if ever it were in any's, who [...] [...]hereby eruere that, out of the [...] pr [...]se, by which we all were eruti. And so, [...] [...]he manner [...], bu [...] [...] in it; too, that we were eruendo, eruti.

5. That delive­ [...]ed without [...]re.And last, tha [...] all [...] timore. For in the Verse so it stands, first, vt sine timo­re [...]iberati. And [...] so f [...]t, that we might take speciall notice, and note of it. And though divers [...] draw (sine timore) to servi [...]mus, as if there were an hyperbaton, to serve [...] feare: Yet what should let us, so to take it, as it stands? Specially since [...] o [...] the Ancients take it so: (I name Origen, Titus Bostrensis, Chrysostome, [...], and Theophylact.) But we may well reconcile them both, if we say (which [...] we may say) That, without feare we were delivered, to serve him in a state with­ [...] (or void of) feare.

It is gre [...]t [...]avour, when we are delivered; to be delivered, absque hoc, that we be at all put in any feare. Some, are sometimes saved from their enemies, but it is, with some flight first. It was the Iewe's case, when from Haman: It was ours, in Anno LXXXVIII.Ester 4.3.

They that are so, it cannot be denied, but delivered they are, but not sine timore libe­rati, not delivered without feare. This was without feare. Our case, just. We had no sense, and so, no feare at all, of the danger, till it was past. I cannot better expresse it, then in Theodoret's owne words: Sed si sic dicendam est (saith he) veluti non sentientes [...], nos de periculo transtulit in securitatem. I [...] it may so be said, without any sense or feeling at all, did he translate us, from the depth of danger, into the state of securitie. In which point, ours did come neere to the great delivery of the world, by CHRIST, what time the wor [...]d little thought, either of their owne perill, or of his paines and passion, that delivered it. Yet, in this, ours had more then was in CHRIST's owne deliverie.Without feare, [...] any other passion. That there, though it were without feare, yet not without somewhat as evill, as feare. For, CHRIST's was wrought by His innocent death (a matter of sorrow, and grief [...].) But in ours there was none, neither feare nor griefe, nor any other unpleasant passion. No innocent suffered here; none but they, that had their head [...] in the contriving, or their hands in the digging about it. Without feare it was, without eny thing else, that might taint our deliverie, with the least matter of grie­vance.

So then, 1 delivered we were. 2 And not from the casualtie of any mischance, but from the malice of enemies: The recapitula­tion of all the former. Enemies, and those 3 capitall; And those 4 close hidden enemies: From them; yea, 5 from their very hands: And 6 From their hands, no [...] out of them. And our deliverie was erati, from something in abyssis terrae; And 8 from a ruine too: 9 And that, with their ruine, that sought ou [...]s. 0 Our salvation, Cornu sal [...]ti [...], a Royall deliverance: 11 And yet eruendo it was. 12 And all absque timore, 13 Or [...]bsque any thing else, that might blemish our joy with matter of sorrow in the least degree.

And this for GOD's part, who hath remembred His holy Covenant (I trust) and performed it in every clause; nay, in every word, to us, to the vttermost.

II. Our Covenant, or Co [...]ition.Now, to o [...]r [...] (which we may be put in suit for.) Liberati then, is cleere. But now? absolu [...] [...]? Absque aliquo inde? No condition annexed? No Vt? Yes:Delivered That [...] s [...]ld. take the V [...] with you. Li [...]erati, Vt. Delivered, that we should: Should do som­ [...]h [...]: for, na [...]ralite [...] [...] ad dantem. This Vt is naturall: there groweth a na­ [...]ll [...] anon betwe [...]n [...] [...] doth, and them that receive a good turne: (And a deliveran [...]e, specially [...] a one is a good turne.) The fields we till, the trees we [...]. [...] They [...] the [...]r [...]uit to them, that bestow labour, or cost upon [...] not ho [...] [...], i [...] [...]atter of benefit [...], we be not so [...] we be [...] lo [...]den afresh: nor freed; but [...] l [...]w, the [...], Li [...]erati Vt.

[Page 989] [...]nd that Vt, is Vt serviamus: And this particular, Vt, Should serve Him. groweth out of the Law of [...]. There the Law is, vt victus sit in potestate victoris, the conquered, ever in [...] power of the Conquerour, to take his life, or to save it, at his pleasure. But, if he [...] save it, then comes the voluntary Vt, or Covenant. He that hath his life saved, [...] vow to bestow it, in his service, that did save it. Servi (the very name) came of [...]ervati. They that should have died, and were saved; did willingly covenant, serva & [...]erviam, to serve him, by whom their lives were preserved. This being the Law of Nature, and Nations, why should not the GOD of Nature, the King of Nations, be allowed it? that if our lives have been by him saved; we should, from thenceforth, [...]ome to this Vt, vt serviamus Illi.

Well well, it is past now; if it were to come: It is, that we being delivered; if it were,We would have covenan­ted to serve Him. this we being to be delivered, we would tell another tale then: we would be glad and faine so to covenant, O deliver us (then) but for this once, and we would serve Him (t [...]at we would) and be holy and righteous, and what he would besides. Put any Vt, to liberati; then. We would then seeke it of Him, that now is offered by Him, to be deli­vered, if being so delivered, we will covenant, but to do that, which we were bound to do, delivered, or no.

And, why should we thinke much of this serviamus? All the world knowes,We should have served, If not delivered. And served a worse. For the service, serviamus. if the plott had gone on, and the powder gone off, the whole land should not have scaped vt serviamus: But should have served duram servitutem, been not in service, but in ser­vitude. Their servitude, is changed into this service. A blessed exchange for us Great odds betweene those two: Nay, no comparison at all, betweene GOD'S service, and their servitude; their bondage, thraldome, slavery, tyranny, I cannot heape too many names. GOD'S service is freedome in respect of that: Nay, without any re­spect at all, His service is perfect freedome, we say it, we pray it, every day.

And if no comparison, in Serviamus; None, in Illi (I am sure.) Nay,For the partie. Illi. if there were any thing to mislike in serviamus, amends is made for it, in Illi. For, the service is much thereafter, as the Illi, the partie is, whom we serve. Dignitate Domini honorata fit con­ditio servi. He may be so great a State (we serve) as, it is an honor to serve Him. Now, how great a Lord, the Lord of Lords is, what shall I need tell you?For His Great­nesse. Psal. 145.3. For His Good­nesse. There is no end of His greatnesse. How great, and how good withall, res ipsa loquitur: that appeares, by our delivery, in part: and more shall, by his eternall reward layd up, for them that serve Him. There is, in all the world, no more honorable, nor beneficiall Service, then, this serviamus Illi.

But say, we have no mind to serve Him; if we serve not Him, yet serve we must,If we serve not Him, some other we must. and wo [...]se. Rom. 6.18.20. and se [...]ve we will, if not Him, some other. It is the condition of our life, one or other serve we do. We must hold of some Lord: if free from one, another we serve: And who [...]s that other? when we are free from GOD, from righteousnesse, we serve sinne and Sathan (a worse service, I dare say:) better then, be free from them, and serve GOD in righteousnesse.

But, if we will not serve Him; I aske, what will we do then?Those worse be His enemies. will we serve his ene­mies? for so are these. We were not delivered from our enemies, to serve His enemies (I am sure.) That were a foule shame for us: that were against all reason. But, if we serve not Him, we serve them. Resolve then to serve Him, that hath saved us: Not, His [...]nemies, in a prophane and unrighteous: but Him, in a holy and righteous course of life. And so, am I now come to that, wherein our service lieth.

In holinesse and righteousnesse. In which two, in a sort,The Matter of our service Wherein. are recapitulate the two Ta­ [...]es of the Law: Holy to GOD, Righteous to men. Quòd quis reverenter se habeat ad [...]ivina: Quòd quis laudabiliter cum hominibus conversetur (saith Chrysostome) Reverently to performe holy duties: Laudably to have our conversation among men.

Both these (first:) not either of them. To spend our service but in one,Holinesse and Righteousnesse, Both. is but to serve [...] by halves: in both, then, to serve Him. Neither in an unrighteous holinesse; nor, in an h [...]ly kind of unrighteousnesse. Neither with the Pharisee, to have all our holinesse in [...] Phylacteries and fringes, Matt. 23.5. and frequenting the Lectures of the Law (no matter how [Page 990] we liue: [...] Nor with the Saducee, live indifferent honestly, but neither beleeve spirit, nor look [...] for resurrection: Acts 26.1 [...]. be Christian [...] [...]ike Agrippa, in modico, a little Religion, upon a [...]li [...]e' [...] point, will serve us. Neithe [...] in holinesse then onely, nor in righteousnesse onely, but in both.

Holinesse first.I [...] both; but in their order though, as they stand; And holinesse stands first. So, to reckon of that as our [...] ser [...]ice. For, if there had not been some meaning in it, it is sure righteousnesse might have served for both: Religion, holinesse, all vertues are [...] in it. Suum cui s [...]c (hath righteousnesse) and in that, is quae Dei, Deo. Every one, his due.Matt. 22. [...]1. And so GOD His.

Yet are they ever thus parted, heer, and elsewhere: Partly, to set out GOD'S part by it selfe (as the f [...]r from the sacrifice) for the dignitie of His person:Ecclus. 47.2. Partly, to keepe up [...] distinction, which ever hath, and ever must be maintained, of severing things [...] from common; and holy, from humane duties. And partly also, to c [...]ec [...]e the conceit that runs in the world abroad, O, he is a good man, lives quietly with his neighbours, payes every man his due: Every man his due? and how then? shall GOD lacke His due? I trow not, but have His too, and His first. Reason is, He be first served.

And holinesse is His due: you may read it, in the plate of gold, in the High-Priest's fore-head,Exod. 28.36. Esay 6.3. Holinesse to the Lord: You may heare it, from the mouth of the Seraphim, they mention none of all His Attributes, but that: That they do, and do it, thrise over. Pointing us thereby, what is chiefe in Him, and should be chiefe with us, and whereto we should chiefly direct our service. Holinesse, is His due: and (heare you) so His due, as the Apostle is direct, totidem verbis, without this due payed, without holinesse, shall no man ever see GOD.Heb. 12 14.

But then, you will marke, it is to serve Him, in Holinesse. Holinesse is one thing:To serve Him in holinesse. To serve GOD in Holinesse, is another: Holinesse we may have (at least, thinke our selves to have) but, a stately, surly kinde of holinesse it is, so as in our holi­nesse, we serve Him not. But it is not enough to be holy: a service in holinesse is re­quired at our hands: that we acknowledge a service in holinesse, and as servants, cary our selves, and serve Him, in it.

Our servi [...]e in holinesse in the Congregation Psal. 111.1.Our service in holinesse I divide, as the Psalme doth: Either in secreto Sanctorum, when we are alone by our selves (as, there, in secret, good folks faile not, to serve Him.) Or, in Synagogâ, [...] the open Assembly, with the Congregation.

Our secret holinesse I meddle not with. Abscondita Deo nostro, I leave it to GOD. I hope,Deut. 29.29. Deut. 29.39. it is better, and more service-like, then our outward is. As abscondita Deo, so revelata nobis. Our Church-Service, our Service in Synagogâ, the outside of it (so) that is no secret; all men see what it is, that full homely it is, nay full rude it is (and lightly the meaner the persons, the more faultie in it.) Our holinesse is growen too familiar, and fellow-like; Our cariage there, can hardly be termed service, there is so very little of a servant in it.

When we do not onely serve Him, but do our service before Him (both, are in the Text, Illi, and coram Ill [...]) as, that we do when we come hither, it is to professe our ser­vice, Psal. 97.5. that we come. When we come, before the presence of the Lord, the presence of the Lord of the whole earth (so the Psalme doubles it, to make us think on it the better) then, saith he, worship Him in decore Sancto, in a holy kind of decencie, or (as we read it) in the beautie of holinesse. Psal. 96 9. 1. Thes 4.4. 1. Tim. 2.2. Our holinesse should have a kind of beautie with it. Holinesse and ho­nour, the Apostle ioyneth them together; Godlinesse and gravity, [...], and them too. Now this is that, the world complaines of; there is not that decor, that beautie: not that honour, not that [...], that venerable grave behaviour, in our holinesse, we cary not our selves in His holy Sanctuarie, where our holinesse should be at the holiest, nor at His service there, as servants should, and use to do.

Our service in [...] of Himselfe. [...]We stumble at the very threshold. Our very first service (or rather, the introduction to our service) in the first Table (the Table of holinesse) is there set down to be, adorabis. We turne it, sh [...]lt worship. How th [...]t is, we are told every day in the Psalme, Let us [...] and fall downe, and kneel before the Lord our Maker. It was ever in the Primitive [Page 991] [...], the first voyce was heard, the first thing they did, ante omnia adoremus [...], qui fecit nos, Before we do any thing, let us fall downe and worship the LORD [...] made us. And it shall never be found, that they came in without it. But this [...], that men came to the Temple, purposely to adore; and that, that they did, though [...]eir time or occasions would suffer them to do nothing els. That, they held a service, of it selfe. Now, adoration is layed aside, and with the most, neglected quite. Most [...]ome and go without it; Nay, they scarse know, what it is. And, with how little re­verence, how evill beseeming us, we use our selves in the Church, comming in thi­ther, staying there, departing thence, let the world judge.

Why? What are we to the glorious Saints in heaven?The worship of the Saints in heaven. Rev. 4.10. Of the Saints in earth. Doe not they worship thus? Off goe their crownes, downe before the Throne they cast them, and fall downe themselves after, when they worship. Are we better then they? Nay, are we better then his Saints on earth, that have ever seemed to go too farre, rather then to come too short, in this point? There was one of them, and he was a King (no lesse person) when it was thought, he had done too much, What? uncovered? yea uncovered (saith he) and if that be too vile, vilior adhuc fiam plusquam, I will be yet more vile;2. Sam. 6.22. Why, it is before the Lord, before whom we cannot be too low. To humble our selves before Him, it is our honour, in all eyes, save such as Mical. And I read of none, but of Rabsakeh, that upbraided King Ezekias, for saying to his people, You shall worship before this Altar. No more then, is sought from us, then Kings on earth,Esa. 36.7. then crow­ned Saints in heaven, in their holy service, do before Him.

In Malachie's time, things were growen much to this passe, that now they are,God's disdain [...] or our wor­ship. to this want of regard: to think any service (though never so slight) would serve GOD well enough. When they were come to this, GOD is faine to take state upon Him, and to tell them plainely, He would have them know, He is a King, and a Great King. 1 Great: for He is King of the whole earth; Others, but of some part of it.Mal. 1.14. Psal 47.7. Psal. 10.16. Rev. 1.5. 2 Great: for He is King for ever and ever; Others, but for a terme of yeeres. 3 Great: for He is King of Kings, and they His lieges too, whose lieges we all are. And so falls to termes with them, that He held scorne to be so slighted over, even to these very words, Shall I take it at your hands? And then, bidds them go,Mal. 1.13.8. and do but offer such service as this, to their Prince, do but come before him on that fashion: See, if he will be con­tent with it, or accept his person (that is) give him a good looke, if any should so ap­peare in his presence. No more will GOD: He knoweth no reason, why any King or creature on earth, should be used with more respect, or served with more reverence, then He.

Thus serve we Him, in His holy worship: how serve we Him, in his holy things?Our service in his holy things In the Sacra­ment. Mal. 1.7. how serve we Him, in our holinesse there? I will begin, and take up the same com­plaint that the Prophet Malachi doth. First, Mensa Domini despecta est: The Table of the Lord is not regarded. That Sacrament, that ever hath beene compted, of all Ho­lies the most holy, the highest and most solemne service of GOD; (where are deli­vered to us, the holy Symbols, the precious memorials of our greatest Delivery of all;) why, of all others they speed worst. How are they in many places, denied any reve­rence at all, even that which Prayer, which other parts have? No service then: No servants there: but bidden guests, haile fellowes, homely and familiar, as one neigh­bour with another. And not onely, de facto none they have: but de jure, it is hol­den, none they ought to have. And that, so holden, as rather then they shall have any, some will suffer for it, or rather for their owne proud follie, in refusing it. What [...]ime they take the cup of salvation, they will not invocate, at least not be in specie invo­ [...]entis: as the King the Prophet would. What time they receive the cup of blessing, Psal. 11 6.13. 1. Cor. 10.16. [...]hey will not receive it as a blessing, as children receive it from their parents, and their [...]ildren from them. Both which, invocation and receiving a blessing, were never done, but de geniculis. What shall the rest looke for, if thus we serve Him, when we are at [...] holiest?

Sh [...]ll we now come to the service indeed? [...] the word heer in my Text.Our service of God in the service; that i [...] in prayer. It is no [...]ew thing, for one species to carie away the name of the genus from the rest, as in this: [Page 992] [...] there be other part [...] of [...] service: yet Prayer hath borne away the [...] of [...], from them all. [...] the Hebr [...]wes call their Common Prayer, and [...] service. And the [...] [...]heirs, [...], and that is so, too. And we, when [...] say, At Service time, [...] [...]he Service Booke, and refuse to be present at Divine Se [...]ice, meane so likewis [...] [...], GOD himselfe seemes to go before us, and direct us so to doe.Esay. 56.7. For, His [...], H [...] hath named the House of Prayer. (Observing the Rule, [...] give it the [...], from that which is the chiefest service in it.) As indeed, when all is done, d [...]votion is the proper, and most kindly worke of holinesse: and, in that serve we GOD, if ever we serve Him. Now, in what honour, this part of holi­nesse is; [...] accompt we make of this service, do but tell the number of them that be hee [...]e [...] it, and ye shall neede no other certificate, that in His service we serve Him [...] [...]enderly.

Psal. 138.2. Our service of GOD in the Word. Thou hast magnified thy Name, and thy Word above all things, saith the Psalme. af­ [...] invocation then of His Name; let us see how we serve His Word; that part of His service, which in his Age (I might say, in the error of this Age) caries away all. For, what is it to serve GOD in holinesse? why, to go to a Sermon: All our holiday holinesse, yea, and our working-day too, both are come to this, to heare (nay, I dare not say that, I cannot proove it) but, to be at a Sermon.

The Word is holy (I know) and, I wish it all the honour that may be: but, GOD forbid, we should thinke, that in hoc uno, sunt omnia. All our holinesse, is in hearing: All our Service, eare-service: that were in effect, as much as to say, all the body were an eare. 1. Cor. 12.17.

An error it is, to shut up His service into any one part, which is diffused through all. Another, so to do, into this one. It is well knowne, that, all the time of the Pri­mitive Church, the Sermon was ever done, before the Service begun. And that, to the Sermon, Heathen men, Infidels, and Iewes, Hereticks, Schismatikes, Ene [...]gumeni, Catechumeni, Poenitentes, Competentes, Audientes, all these, all sorts of people were admitted: But, when they went to service, when the Liturgie began, all these were voyded; not one of them suffered to stay. It were strange, that, that should be the onely, or the chiefe Service of GOD, whereat, they which were held no servants of GOD, no part of the Church, might and did remaine no lesse freely, then they that were.

But even, this holy Word (wherein all our holinesse is) how serve we Him, in it? Nay, we serve Him not, we take the greatest libertie there, of all other. We come to it, if we will: we go our waies, when we will: stay no longer, then we will: and li­sten to it, while we will: and sleepe out, or turne us and talke out, or sit still, and let our mindes rove (the rest) whither they will: take stitch at a phrase, or word, and censure it, how we will. So, the word serves us to make us sport: we serve not it. At this part of our service in holinesse, we demeane our selves with such libertie (nay li­centiousnesse rather) that holy it may be, but sure service it is not, nothing like. And truely, it is a notable Stratageme of Sathan, to shrinke up all our holinesse, into one part: and into that one, where we may be or not be: Being, heare or not heare: Hearing, mind or not minde: Minding, either remember or forget: Give no account to any, what we do or not do: Onely, stay out the houre (if that) and then go our way; many of us, as wise as we came: But all (in a manner) hearing (as Ezekiel com­plaineth) a Sermon preached,Ezek. 33.32. no otherwise then we do a ballad sung: and do even no more of the one, then we do of the other. Eye-service GOD likes not (I am sure) no more (should I thinke) doth He eare-service.1. Sam 3. [...]. Speake on Lord, for thy servant heareth (and well if that, but scarce that, otherwhile:) but, speake on Lord, whether thy ser­van [...] heare or no: would any of us be content with such service? Yet this is all: to this, it is come. Thus we serve Him in holinesse: This service must serve him (as the world goes;) for, if this way we serve Him not, we serve Him not at all.

Our ser [...]ice in [...]olinesse out of the [...]But all GOD'S service in holinesse, is not in the Church. Some is abroade. And, when we are forth of the Church, neither Word, nor Sacraments, nor Common Pray­er, [...]. Onely there, we serve Him in His Name.

[Page 993] [...] and reverend i [...] His Name (saith one Psalme,) And,To his Name. Psal 111.9. Psal. 99.3. Great and fearefull is [...] [...]me (saith another.) Now, how unholily, this holy; how unreverently, this re­ [...]end Name is used; upon how small cause, this great; how without all feare, this [...]refull Name is taken up in our mouthes, I must say it againe and againe (which S. Augustine saith) a [...]ros omnium pulse, conscientias singulorum convenio: I speake to the [...]ares of all in generall; I convent the conscience of every one in particular, that hea­ [...]eth it. That, which by Him is magnified above all things, Psal. 138.2. Mat. 6.9. Acts 10.15. is by us vilified beneath all [...]hings. We pray for it first; we regard it last, certenly. For if it be indeed holy, let no man count it common. If not count it so, not use it so: for, what we use as common, eo ipso, [...] make it unholy (quantum in nobis est;) for, common and holy are contradividentia.

1 And to make it so common, that is to profane it: Evill enough that. 2 But in the [...]gernesse of our spirits, to use it to grievous execrations, that is more, even to [...] it: A worse matter farre. 3 But beyond both those, to let it come to this, that we grow unsensible of both, and both passe from us, and we have no feeling of either,Ezek. 39.7. this is worst of all. Call we this to serve Him in holinesse, for this daye's delivery, when we [...]o serve His Name?

But neither is all GOD's Service in holinesse alone: Some is in honest dealing with men, in righteousnesse: GOD is served in that too.Our service to God in righteousnesse. He that hath done a piece of good justice, downward: that hath done his duty to his Superior upward: that hath dealt equally with his even Christen: in so doing, hath not onely dealt well with men, but done GOD good service also. That a man may go from Church, and yet say tru­ly, he goes to serve GOD, if he go about these.

Well, how goes our righteousnesse? how serve we GOD there? Divers errours are committed in that, too.

One is of them, that think holinesse a discharge from righteousnesse quite.Holinesse held a discharge from righte­ousnesse. So they serve GOD, and heare Lectures (as the terme is) they take themselves liberty, to pay no debts, to put their money out to usurie, to grind their tenants; yea, and so they misse not such a Lecture, in such a place, they may do any thing then. Nay, God is ser­ved in righteous doing, as well, nay better, then in holy hearing.

A second kind (which I like not neither) that when men deale honestly,Righteousnes held no service keepe touch, pay their debts; they are so brave, so imperious upon it, so like great Lords, as if righteousnesse were no service, all were meer liberality they did, men were bound to them for doing it, they were not bound to do it: Nay, we serve in righteousnesse too, That also is a service (sure.)

A third, and that very common, of them that make the law of man,Righteousnes measu [...]ed by the Common Law. Esa. 29.13. Mica 6 16. a scantling of their righteousnesse: and further then that will compell them, they will not go, not [...]n inch; nor so farre neither, sine timore, but for feare. Yea, not onely our righteous­nesse to men: but even our feare to God, is taught us by man's precepts: and in both, so the Statutes of Omri be observed all is well. But, whatsoever a man els may make sure, he cannot make sure his soule, by the law of the Land. This righteousnesse heer, goes [...]p to God and his law: and pierces deeper beyond the outward act, even to the in­w [...]rd man: whence, if ours come not, or whither, if it reach not; Man we may (per­haps) but God, in righteousnesse, serve we not.

But even according to man's Law, our righteousnesse goes not well so, neither.Our righte­ousnes too much worke. The Philosopher gives a rule, when a people is just or righteous, according to man's law: (God's he knew not) and that is, when justice wants work, hath little to do. By which rule, ours is in no very good case: Men are so full of suits, so many causes depending before every feat of justice, so much to do: and all, to repaire the wrongs of our un­ [...]ighteous courses, while each one seekes rather, to over-rule men by wrong, then to serve God by right.

An [...], this were not so evill, if all the injustice were below:The Seats of righteousnes faultie. Hos. 5.10. if the Seates which are [...] to do justice and righteousnesse, were themselves right. For, fares it not even with [...], as the Prophet Hosee saith, The Princes of Israël are as they that remoove the land- [...]? Each Seate seeking to enlarge their own border, and to set their meer stones [...] [...]he others ground? A full [...]nna [...]rall thing in a body, that one arme should [...]ever think it selfe strong enough, untill it had cleane shrunk up the s [...]nnewes of the [Page 994] [...] These thing [...], [...]; we shall be so much the more in a [...] serve GOD [...] and righteousnesse: And so, for the [...] service, keepe our [...].

II. The [...] of our service [...]. [...] the manner, [...] 1 sine timore, without feare: coram ipso, be­fo [...]e Him: [...] all the daies of our life.

1. Sine [...]. And so, in a sense we do. So without feare at all, as i [...] men were afraid, [...] to feare GOD. But, this is no part of his meaning. Without feare (hee [...]) [...] witho [...]t feare of Him (of GOD) but, that being now without feare of our [...] we should do it, the rather. For, who being in a bodily feare; who [...] and his host hard at their backes, could quietly thinke of serving GOD? [...] GOD himselfe,Exod. 14. Exod. 20. did rid his people of that feare, before ever He gave them [...] L [...]w, to serve Him by. But when mens minds are quiet from the agonie and [...] o [...] it, when they are setled in tranquillo: they should in all reason then, better intend [...] service.

And, will we (thinke you) if we be so out of feare, intend it the better? without doubt, in experience, we finde it contrary. For, except we be held in feare, we scarse serve Him at all: how soone we are out of feare, we forget our selves, and our ser­vice, yea GOD, and all. True: yet for all that, the service so done in feare, is but a dull heavie service. It likes him not. GOD loves laetus lubens, when being at libertie, with a liberall minde▪ Gen. 47.25. we do that we do. Laeti serviemus Regi (say they in Genesis) and it plea­sed the King: And it pleaseth GOD as well, if the service we do, we do it cheerefully, without mixture of feare, or any servile affection.

Without This feare to serve Him, but not without His feare. Nam, si Dominus, If He be a Lord (as if we be His servants,Mal. 1.6. a Lord he is) vbi timor? where is my feare, saith he in Malachi? As love, to a father: so feare, to a Lord, doth belong most properly. And, this is not Old Testament onely: the Apostle is as direct, in the New; if we will serve Him to please Him (and as good not serve, as serving not please) if we will so serve Him, Heb. 12.28. we must do it, with reverence and feare: [...]. Nei­ther rudely then, without feare; nor basely, with feare: But reverently, with feare; and cheerefully without feare: (that is the meaning.)

That, before Him. Exod. [...]0.3.2. To serve Him, Coram Ipso, before Him. Coram Ipso: for, coram me, is the terme of the Law. As if He were present, and looked on. And it helps much to our service, so to do it. Helps our reverence, not to do it rudely: (we do it before Him.) Helps our sincerenesse, without hypocrisie, to doe it, as before Him: For, these two words, coram Ipso, are the bane of hypocrisie.

All things are before Him: In nothing can we get behind Him, or where He cannot seen [...]. But, some things are before Him and men, both: Those, we call not, before Him, properly. Properly, that is before Him, that is before none but Him. That is the heart. Cor [...]m homine, the service of the eye: Coram Ipso, the service of the heart. Men love no eye service neither, if they could discover it, but they are faine to take it; the heart [...] ipsis; Coram ipso it is. Vpon that, is His eye: and nothing pleases Him, if the heart be away: for that, of all other, is His peculiar Coram Ipso.

It [...] service, if any part; chiefly, if the chiefe part (the heart) be away. It [...], and with all parts, since all are before Him.

It is [...] as if what serves man, would serve Him: as if we could comple­ment it with [...] with faces and phrases, as with men we do.

[...].3. The last, [...] nostris. As s [...]ncere, without faining: So, constant [...] fainting. [...] excludes the [...]haris [...]icall service of the outside of the platter: Omnibus diebus, the Bethulia [...] service, for certaine daies, and no longer.

[...] [...]hall have [...]ew, [...] tim [...]: [...]ave certaine pangs of godli­ [...]ss [...] [...] them at tim [...] [...] the present, with a delivery, grow a little [...] little, is littl [...] [...] GOD compl [...]s in Malachi, That in their [...], [...] and ble [...], [...] of it, and soone out [...], [...] that thei [...] [...] the morning cl [...]d, scattered, and [...] was [...]

[Page 995] [...]o serve Him then, not with usura exigui temporis, some small time: primis diebus, [...] three dayes at the first, and then, defuncti, we have quit our selves well: but from [...] to day, as long as there is a day left to serve Him in; So long to serve Him. To [...] Him to the very last.

The mercifull and gracious Lord hath so done his marveilous acts, Some dayes more then some other, though. Psal. 111.4. that they ought to be [...] in everlasting remembrance; all of them. But some more especially: for some are more then marveilous: As was this of ours. That if quibusdam diebus, would serve for them: Omnibus diebus, is little enough for this: So more then gratious, so more then marveilous, so more then both, in this: as the memorie of it, never to die, never to decay, but our dayes and it, to determine together.

And for all that, though omnibus diebus, all our dayes, and in them all: yet,More The dayes since. not in them all alike. So in all, as in some, more then other some, Suscipiunt magis & minùs. So then to serve: as in our dayes after the deliverie, we do it, more, and better, then before: And upon the day it selfe (that is, as this day) we do it, most of all.And this day, most. It wilbe wise­ly done to keep our Covenant.

Thus, we have layed forth our Covenant, both for Matter and Manner. Wherein, if we will deale as just men, we must keep it: and if deale as wise men, we will keep it. For, who knowes, but we may (perhaps) stand in need of a deliverie againe? If we be­have our selves frowardly in His Covenant, what shall become of us then? How shall we hope for such another at His hands? And if He do not, who can deliver us from such another?

But, such another (we hope) shall never come: And I wish, and hope so, too. But should hope so the rather, if I could see, we did but set our selves to serve Him, We shall be without feare of such ano­ther. as hath been said. Otherwise, the Devill, he is our enemie; (that is once.) And if we had no o­ther, he is enough: An unquiet spirit he is; I trust him not, though ever since, he sleeps the foxe's sleep. For the breach of our covenant, if he be let loose, he is able to do mis­chiefe enough. And we have the amends in our hands. Liberati we had, Serviamus we returned not. Returne it then, and then, we shall be without feare of any more.

And not onely without feare: but we shall be in hope also; and that,We shall be in hope of a reward. not of a new deliverance onely (if need be) but, of a further matter. For though our service be due, without any: but much more due, upon a deliverie, specially such as ours this day was, though no more ever should be done for us: yet that we may know, we se [...]ve a Lord of great bountie, this shall not be all: over and above our assurance to be delivered, toties quoties; we shall not be unconsidered for our service, besides. Let our delivery go, transeat: He desires no service, but for a reward.

And so I returne now to the word of our service, the word of our Text, [...].Reward is in the body of the word [...] (to serve) In [...], there is [...]: And [...], is a recompense or reward. GOD's service is [...]. Deli­vered we were, by Covenant: Of His great bountie, Rewarded we shall be beside. It is in the very body of the word (this.)

So heer is [...] and [...] in our delivery, and [...] in our recompense. Let one of them, [...] or [...]: or, if not one of them, both of them prevaile with us, to see Him served.

And what shall the reward be? I will tell you that, and so end.The r [...]ward. of our service. It shalbe the Grand deliverance in the Benedictus, heer. As ours of the day was a riddance of us, from our bo­dily enemies, for the time; and we set in a state of temporall peace, which we have en­joyed ever since: So,Without feare: the finall reward of our service shalbe a riddance from our ghost­ly enemies, for ever, that come not with a puffe or blast of Powder, but with a lake of fire [...]nd brimstone, the smoke whereof shall ascend for evermore. To be rid of them,Rev 14.11. and so [...]eing rid, to enjoy a State, of perfect, of eternall peace and securitie, without ever fea­ [...]ing more, sine timore, indeed.

And to make it every way correspondent: for coram ipso, heer; it shalbe, coram ipso, Before Him. Psal. 16.12. [...]here. Even in his presence, in whose presence is the fulnesse of joy.

And for omnibus diebus, heer: all the dayes of this transitorie, short life,All the dayes of our life. we shall [...] it all the dayes of heaven. Omnibus diebus? nay omnibus seculis, all the Ages of eter­n [...]ie. And so, for that, which in Law is held but as a lease of seven yeeres, have an everlasting freehold, in His heavenly Kingdome, there to reape the reward of our Ser­ [...]ce, world without end.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KING'S MAIESTIE AT WHITE-HALL, ON THE V. of NOVEMBER, Anno Domini, MDCXVIII.

ESTHER. CHAP. IX. VER. XXXI.

Observantes dies Sortium & suo tempore cum gaudio celebrarent: sicut constituerant Mardochaeus & Esther, & illi observanda susceperunt â se, & semine suo, jejunia & clamores & Sortium dies.

To confirme these dayes of Purim, according to their seasons: as Mardochei the Jew, and Esther the Queene had ap­pointed them, and as they had promised for themselves, and for their Seed, with fasting and prayer.

HEERE have we the making of a new Holyday (over and above those of GOD'S in the Law ▪) And the making it, by Royall authority, and the people's assent; and so, of the nature of an Act or Statute: a good precedent for us, that have made the like. Heere is a joynt concurrence, of Mar­dochaeus advising, Queene Esther authorizing; they (that is, the people) undertaking for them and their Seed, to confirme, what? Purim; there is the day: when? at the appointed times; that makes it a sett day: how? with fasting and cry­ing (that is, prayer) that makes it an Holyday. Vpon what ground all this? That, is in the word [...], the name of the day. It is called Purim: Purim (that is) lotts, as much [...]o say [...] the Lot-holyday.

[Page 998] [...] dismall day comming toward them, [...] to escape. In the remem­b [...] [...] and the like may so be up­o [...] [...].

The Summe. [...] hig [...]est s [...]vour with King Assuerus, had taken a displea­su [...] at [...] as, the strange [...] feud tha [...] hath been heard of: not with all of his kinn, or all of the name; but, with all of the nation, all the Iewes, be­cause Mardochei (forsooth) was a Iew.

His quarrell was at Mardochei alone; none had offended him, but he; yet such was his pride or malice, or both, as I know not how many thousands, men, women, and [...]hil [...]ren m [...]st die al [...] fo [...] no other c [...]se, but that it hapned, Mardochei to be their Countriman. For, other trespasse had they made him none.

We [...], [...] the height of his favour with the King, and by a wrong suggestion, he obtained the lives and goods of all the Iewes in the Land. And, when he had them now in his hand, and might have dispatched them out of hand; that, he would not; (see how men shall be transported and forget themselves!) in a strange kind of insolencie (they call it braverie) fell to make a lotterie of their lives. And Pur, the lot, was cast; what month first; then, what day of the moneth, they should have all their throats cutt. It fell to be the XIIII. of Adar (that is) Februarie: and then, he gott a Proclamation, that upon that day all the Iewes should be put to the sword.

But, before that day came, by the goodnesse of GOD, it was the poore Iewe's lott, to escape for all that▪ And in the meane time, the lott turned upon the lott-caster: and he that intended this great massacre, Chap. 7.10. it fell to his lott, to be hanged himselfe. And, this was the ground of their holy-day. That, in remembrance of this lotterie-day, that shou [...]d have beene, the XIIII. of Adar, as the Eve or Vigil, and the XV. as t [...]e [...]east or holyday it selfe, should religiously be kept for ever; as, to this day, it is.

This comes somewhat to our case. For, as they were in danger then, by a lott; So were we, this day, by a plott, in as great danger as they, and as strangely delive­red; We, from our plott, as they, from their lott; and so, as deepely bound, and by this Text, as perfectly enhabled, to make a day of Purim, as ever were they.

A plott, and a lott, though they sound alike, yet (with us) they differ much. A lott seemes meerely casuall; a plott is laid with great circumspection: but, with GOD, they are in effect all one. The best laid plotts, whith Him, prove no better but even as uncertaine lotts, but even hap-hazard, if He list to disappoint them. So as upon the matter, quoad Deum, lott or plott, no great odds; both come to one. Seeing then, there is no more odds, and that there is in every Text, a praedominant word, and, in this Text, the word Purim is it, we will insist upon that word, and ac­count them lotts both; ours, as well as theirs.

The DivisionTo make a like day, with a like observation, there are required, 1 a like ground 2 and like authority.

To shew the ground like, we are to shew the lot [...]s to be like; theirs, and ours. Like, [...]n the casting in, the intent or danger: like in the drawing out, the event or escape.

I [...]n the casting the lotts, or intent, these foure. 1. The lotts that were cast; their perill, and ours. 2. The parties, on whom they w [...]re cast: the Iewes, and our selves. 3. The [...], by whom they were cast: their Ha [...]an and ours. 4. And the cause or colour; for which they were cast.

In the [...] or event, foure more. 1 The meanes of their and our escape, the [...], the [...], and 4 the issue.

In all these, to match theirs and ours. And, in all these, I make no doubt, this of [Page 999] [...] will more then match that of theirs: the lott of our danger more fearefull, the lott [...] deliverance, more wonderfull.

And if so, then have we as good ground, as they; nay better, then they [...].

This for the ground. But, that alone is nor enough: yet lacke we authoritie. Heer II [...] is: the Queene, by advise, enjoyning it; The people submitting to observe the day, at the appointed time.

We conclude then: the ground being all one, on which (a famous deliverance:) the authoritie the same, by which (the Queene there, the King heere, enjoyning it:) [...]hese being alike, a like bond to us, super animas nostras, for a like day of ours, even [...] day on which it was our lott to escape; at a like time, that is once a yeare; and [...] manner, to be holden, as theirs, with prayer, and crying, though of another [...].

And this Record (heere) in the Roll of Esther, shall be our warrant for so doing aga [...]nst all opposers.

THE lott is cast in the lap, but GOD giveth the hap: It is Salomon, in Proverb. I. The Ground. Chap. 16. ver. 33. We beginne with the lott in the lap, Haman's lap, the dan­ger: And come after, to the hap GOD gave, the happy deliverance. The dan­ger. 1 They and we had but one lott both: to be destroyed quite, utterly.1 The Danger. And we agree in two more: 2 to be destroyed all; 3 to be destroyed at a sett day: these three.

But in all three, our lott the worse, every way. And the worse it is in the lap (the lott) the better it is in the hap, if we scape it.

Vtter destruction to both. But their lott was a sword, to be slaine:Vtter destruc­tion. Our Pur was [...], Our lott, fire and pouder, to be blowen up. Of the twaine, this the worse.

The sword is in a hand, and that hand is guided by the heart, and that heart may relent at the sight of a silly innocent babe, a poore old man, a woman great with child; [...]o, some hope, for some to scape there. But, fire, no hope for eny: Fire cannot relent, t [...]at spares none.

Yet Saint Iude speakes of saving some by plucking them out of the fire: But,Iude 23. not this [...]; no plucking out heere, no scaping for eny; all dispatched in a moment, past sa­ [...]ing all. Facti essemus sicut Sodomae: nay worse. That, came from heaven; this,Rom. 9.29. [...]rom hell: from hel-ward, at least. There, three: heere, not one should have esca­ [...]ed. Lott's case, his lott will end this; his lott, to all intents, better, when he sca­ped the fire of Sodome, then when the sword of the foure Kings in battell. This,Gen. 19.22. Gen. 14.12. the [...]ost destructive destruction of all: if eny more then other, this is it. Might we draw [...] for our death, we would never draw this. And this was our lott.

A generall Lotterie was intended in both.2. Generall des­truction. Truly might His Majestie have [...], as truly as ever did Queene Esther (Chap. 7. verse 4.) Traditi sumus ego & [...] meus, betrayed we are I and my people.

And will ye marke, how like of Haman it is said,Chap. 3.6. Pro nihilo duxit in unum [...] manus mittere, He thought it nothing to lay hands on Mardochei alone, [...] voluit omnem Nationem perdere, No lesse would serve him, but the havock of the [...] Nation: c. 3. v. 6. Said not our Haman the same? What, lay hands on the King? [...] of them offered) Tush, that is not worth the while, magisque voluit omnem [...], Nay, if we shall do it indeed, be right Hamans, up with King, and [...] all; make a generall lotterie of it in eny wise. Haman right (this) in his own [...].

[Page 1000]But, though in this, they seeme to be even, (both our lotts:) yet draw them, ours [...], sensibly. For, though Haman presumed very neere, when he came to the [...], touched the Quee [...]'s [...]. Yet, wel fare Haman (say I) in this, the King [...] not; No harme to Him; the King was out of Haman's lotterie. Heere, [...] was in, too. Ours [...] to▪ Queene, and Prince, Peeres, and Prelates, and Commons, yea King and all. Omnem Nationem, but not Regem, there. Omnem Na­tionem, & Regem, heere. This was universall indeed: And we, in this, beyond them.

3 On a sett day.Their [...] was in diem, against a day. Ours was so, too. So, the lotts even.

[...], Haman, Missa, est sors in urnam, quo die deberent gens interfici; exijt Adar. [...] must,Chap. 3.7. that was resolved; That was not enough. (See whither pride will [...] men!) He would cast the dice (as it were) draw cutts, make a lotterie, of no lesse [...]atter then mens lives. And that, not of a dozen or a skore, but of a whole Nation, which day and which moneth, they should die all. And, in this casting, they went from moneth to moneth, and from day to day, till, at last, there (with Haman) the lott fell on the fourteenth of Adar: and with ours, on the fift of November.

And, take this with you too: Haman's lotterie ▪ was in Nisan (that is March) the first moneth, but it sell not till Adar (that is Februarie) the last moneth: so, a twelve moneth betweene. And, was it not so with us? A yeare before, nay more then a yeare, was our day sett. And first, it was in the moneth Adar, in Februarie (as theirs was, just;) but, by proroguing the Parliament, we scaped, and were reprieved once and againe. But, to it againe they went, and so at last the lott fell on this very day, to be the day of our Purim. Thus farre the lotts Even.

1 But their day [...], Ours not.But then heere againe there fell odds on our parts, two waies. 1. One, the Iewes had notice of their day; It was proclaimed: so, they that could, might have slipped away secretly and so scaped. And they that were watched, that they could not, well; yet▪ they might make their soules ready, and die prepared. And even that, when there is no remedie but die we must, it is good not to be surprized on the sudden, but to have some warning, that so we may make us ready for GOD. But see our case now: We knew not of our day, we. The day was kept as close, as the powder: We had gone of suddenly, to the great hazard (as it may be feared) of many a soule, that for de­fault of this, had perished (indeed:) perished heere, and perished eternally. Against a lingring death we pray not; ab improvisa morte, we do: And mors improvisa had been our lott then. Heere is then the first odds. Both were in diem; but, theirs in diem certum, certainely knowen to them all. Ours (as I may say) in diem certum, and yet incertum: Certaine, to Haman, to them; they knew it perfectly: Vncertaine, to us; We knew not whither eny such day or no: We had gone to it, We had drawen our lott blind-fold. So, ours worse then theirs.

2 Theirs, an or­dinarie, Ours, a Par­ha [...]i [...]-day.Another odds there is (worse yet then this) in the daies. For, what was the four­teenth of Adar, but an ordinarie common day? But, the fift of November (as it fell out) was the first day of a Parliament; a famous day, as comes in many yeares. That, not onely wh [...]n we should have said Pax & securitas; but when we should have beene in all our glorie, then even at that time, Repentinus veniet super eos inte­ritus, 1. Thess. 5.3. the most unseasonable time of all had beene our lott; a heavie lott if it had light.

When men goe to their death, they would goe mourning, all in blacke, as the manner is: But▪ when they are [...]ping in all pompe and magnificence, then to be shott of and flie all in peeces! no man would draw that lott if he could scape it. Yet that was [...], and at that very ti [...]e.

[...] a King to be made away, is a thing not unheard of: but, in this manner, a King to [...]e ma [...] away, in his [...], the imperiall crowne on his head, the Scepter in his [...] the throne of h [...] kingdome, in the midst of all his States, then, and there, [...]; that passes [...], the lott, that never yet hath beene heard [...] be heard of; Let never King have the lot so to perish: Pitie eny [Page 1001] [...] should. Yet this was Your's (Sin) like to have beene. Too much odds this [...] this for the lott, that was cast.

Now for the Parties, on whom this lott cast. There; sure I am,2. The Parties, On whom. we have the van­ [...]ge. The Parties, in the Text, who were they, but a sort of poore scattered Iewes of [...]he captivitie, in a strange country farre from their owne, and in their enemie's hands. Farre otherwise was it with us, heere. No captives we, but a storishing Kingdome, as [...]ny under heaven. Not in eny forreigne part, ours; but, at home, in our owne native soyle.

It had beene somewhat, for Assnerus, to take away so many lives at once; but, [...]is captives they were, he might do with them, what he would, in rigor of Law; so, their end had beene by lawfull authoritie. But, in ours, no colour, no shadow of eny [...]; but, a most barbarous trecherie against all law, both of GOD and man. Alas, the [...]es they had neither Prince nor Peeres, they were no State. What talke I of them? I should wrong our selves much, to stand on this eny longer.

This for upon whom. Now, by whom, the lotts were cast. For,3. The Parties, By whom. it was our lott to have our Haman, too. The lot-master, & the Plot-master, I hold them Hamans, both. But first, where they had but one, we had many. And then, theirs nothing to ours. Haman was, to the Iewes, a stranger in Nation, for he was an Agagite: A stranger in Religion, Chap. 3.1. for he was an Heathen man. Ours were no strangers in nation; the same nation, that we. No Turks, or Infidells, but professing the same CHRIST, that we; and better then we (they say:) for, right Catholiques, they; and not Christians, but (which is more then Christians) Iesuites, some of them. Better, for an Israëlite, to suffer at the hands of an Egyptian, then of an Israëlite his brother, as Moses told them. Better,Exod. 2.13. at the hands of the uncircumcised, then of the people of GOD. The Iewes, they had peri­shed, by the hand of an Alien, and a Pagan; If our lott had beene so, it had beene the lesse unhappy. But, our lott it was, to be shot through with our owne ordinance: IESVS to have blowen up CHRIST; and one Christian man to have commit­ted such a butcherly-barbarous act, upon another (nay, many others) such an act, as never was heard of among the Heathen, to the aeternall steine of all that professe CHRIST.

Wicked Haman is his Epithet: Too good for those, that,Chap. 7.6. not onely as a bro [...]d of Vipers, sought to gnaw out the bowells of their owne damme (which Haman never did;) but, in such sort did it, as all the malice of man, calling to it the malice of the De­vill, could never invent the like. But, a degenerate Christian is the worst man; and the worst man is the worst creature, of all others.

And what might be the cause of all this? It seemes, the same in both. Haman's was,4. The Cause, or colour. Chap. 2.5. [...]ecause that he was not worshipped by Mardochei. And, in ours too, If we aske — quo [...]minedaeso Quidve dolens, we shall finde, it was much to that, Even the not worship­ [...]ing of one no whit lesse proud, then Haman. And heere, they will fall short too. [...]or, in ours, Mardochei must fall downe, and kisse his feet; which, Haman in all his pride never required.

But, it were hard to destroy an whole Nation, for no other cause, but that one [...]han of them would not make him a legg. We must have some other then this, some [...]etter pretense must be had, sure. So have all evill things, one thing for the cause, [...]nother for the colour. In good, one serves for both. Sure, in effect, the same was [...] of ours, that heere was suggested by Haman. Chap 2 8. These same Iewes (saith he) they [...] people with a Religion by themselves: As much to say (with us) as, A sort of Here­ [...]ques they be, the world were well ridd of them; it makes no matter, up with them [...].

But then; heer comes a difference againe, to make ours the worse. Haman made it [...] matter of policie, It is not for the King's profit to suffer them. Ibidem. Ours made it no [...] [...]hen a matter of Religion: Religion was at the stake. A case of meer conscience: not [...] anything, but the Oracle consulted first, the Father Provinciall, who ex tripode [...] [...]olved it for such. And, as if he had had all our lives in his hand, answered in no [...] ▪ then did Assuerus, Chap. III. Ver. XI. De populo fac quod libet, As for [Page 1002] [...] them [...] with [...] and with the King too (which was [...] heer did Haman) [...] up and [...] not. And though there be of [...], for all that: It is for [...] this. [...] all, [...] this lost of theirs h [...]d fallen to our lott.

It had been [...] the [...] of Paris) to have seen men tumbling [...] in the s [...]e [...]s: Nothing to this, to see men torne in sunder, head [...] from sholders, armes from leggs, both from the body; quarters and [...] flie one way, the bowells another; bloud [...], in every corner of the streets, never the like [...] ne [...]e [...] [...] li [...]e lott to this.

[...] destruction (for by powder) 2 more [...] with us:) upon a lesse certaine and upon a more famous [...]ay: Our nation more noble; Our Haman more wicked; Their cause and colour [...]re to be abbo [...]ed; I conclude, our lott was the worse, and the worse the lott, the better the [...]sc [...]pe: the better it, and the better deserving a Holy-day for it. And this for the lott in the [...]ap.

2 The Event.Now to GOD that giveth the hap.

Where, first I note, that the word Pur it is no Hebrew, but a Persian word; yet it was thought meet to reteine it. They give this reason, for that, the same word Pur (in Hebrew) signifieth to disappoint: shewing plainely, that the Hebrue's GOD should give an Hebrew Pur to the P [...]rsi [...]n Pur, disappoint the Persian lott: and though it were cas [...] ▪ ye [...] no [...] suffe [...] it to light, [...]hough.

We [...] at the XXIV Verse, Haman did cast but Pur in the singular, but one sin­gle lott (He needed cast but one, since all were to go one way, none to escape;) yet th [...] Day is called Purim, that is the plurall, as if there were more then one, some other, beside that of Haman's. And so it was fitt there should, that there might be as well a good [...] as an evill. The [...]oth is, there can be no lotterie of one; there behove to be two at least: two diverse. The law is so. The first lotts, we reade of, that ever were cast, were be [...]ween the two Goats, Lev. 16. Whose lot it should be to die, & whose to scape, to be the Scape-goat. Levit. 16.8. Heer was never a scape-goat in Haman's; stain goats, all: so, beside the Law quite. GOD took Haman casting lotts beside the Law, and He took the matter into his own hand; and He did it regularly, made two lotts, to two ends, and for two par­ties. One for Mardochei and the Iewes, them one; for Haman another: GOD put in one, fo [...] him too, by his leave. Mardochei saith it plainly in the Greek Supplement c.I. v.X. that God made two lotts and gave them forth, One for his own People, and one for the wicked meaning wicked Haman.) So have ye Haman's Pur (he cast but one which was disap­pointed and never drawn:) And God's Purim (two of his putting in, and both drawn.) And it is well we have removed it out of Haman's, into a better hand, that we may say, In manibus tuis sortes meae (as saith the Psalme) Not in Haman's hands are our lotts, but in [...].Psal. 31.15.

Two good hopes we have thereby. 1. One that though it was nothing with Haman, to [...]ay h [...]ds on Mardochei, nor with ours, on the King; yet with GOD it wil­be [...] ▪ That God wilbe otherwise minded, then Haman or they. Not [...], n [...]ti [...]nem perdere, but magi [...] (que) voluit omnem nationem servare; [...] Haman [...] such as he, then that a whole Nation should perish in this manner.

2. And then secondly seeing they be now in God's hands, be the lott what it will or [...] will, in [...] (to be sure) yet when it comes to the drawing, [...] give it forth, [...] and with what s [...]ccesse He pleaseth. And when [...] himselfe doth purpose, GOD will dispose; [...] lot, [...] the Lord. And so we come to GOD's [...].

1 [...].Wherein [...] before the [...] a [...] [...]any waies, in the 1 meanes, the 2 [...] [Page 1003] [...] time, and the 4 [...]ssue, all foure. 1. The fewer meanes, the more like a lot: [...] had no meanes. They had, and used means, both to GOD and man. To GOD [...] [...]asting and fervent prayer, which prevailes with Him much. To man, to King [...]; they had the Queen's mediation, which prevailed with him too. We used none, [...] to GOD or man; fasted not, prayed not, suspected no evill to be toward, and so [...] neither: There is no cause, no meanes in a lott, It is Saint Augustine's note, that [...] is therefore termed the Lot of the righteous (in the Psalme) and in the Apostle, Psal. 125.3. Col. 1.12. Sors [...]nctorum, for that, merit or meanes there is none at all; GOD onely allotts it to us. [...]nd such was ones; not by meanes, as they; but, delivered (as I may say) from a lott, by a lott, a meere lott. So, our Purim (we may say) was more pure then [...].

But though no meanes we had to GOD, yet a meanes from GOD we had;The Manner. they 2 [...] we both. For, from a King, it came, in both. But, farre otherwise, in the manner, wi [...]h us, then with them, two wayes. 1. First, with them, the deliverie came from the King, and well might: for, from him came their danger, from his proclamation [...]nder his hand and seale; without which, Haman could have made no lotterie of him­ [...]fe. With us, in a better manner; and so, our lott better. For, from the King came [...] escape; but no danger from him. He, as deep in the danger, as we. Nothing that was evill, nothing that perteined to any perill, from Him: but, our safety solely and wholly from Him, next to GOD.

Another yet. For in theirs, the King that had been mis-enformed by Haman, was set [...]ight by the Queen's more true information: and this, is a regular common way. But [...]urs, by no information of Esther or of any: only, by meer inspiration, immediatly from GOD by making that, come into the King's head, which neither did, nor would have come into any mans head els: the more sure, that it came from GOD, since so great a sal­vation was wrought by it. For, the burning of the paper, if he had taken it in the sense [...]hat others did, or any would have done, we had all been burnt ▪ indeed, as soon as the pa­ [...]er. But, GOD drew from him, a sense beside all sense, even as it were by a lot, since (to all men's seeing) it was rather a casuall, then a rationall interpretation. The drawing of that [...]ense, was even like the drawing of a lot: so that, sorte merâ servati sumus; and never any more true Purim, then this of ours. And though men, when they escape, stand not much on the meanes or the manner (it is well, they are well:) Yet, it cannot choose but do us much good, to see our selves saved, by so Royall a meanes, and in so miraculous a manner. It is a signe quòd respicit nos Deus, GOD respects us, in the manner of whose [...]aving, He would shew so divine a miracle.

But beside the meanes, and the manner, The Time. thirdly the circumstance of time is worth the 3 [...]onsidering: For in both, all came about in a night. Haman had made all sure; so sure, [...] he had sett up the gallowes and all, and meant to move the King, Chap. 5.14. and made no doubt [...] to have Mardochei hanged, the next morning. This was over night. And, that [...] night, did GOD take order, the King could not sleepe. And by that meanes, Chap 6, 1. was M [...]rdochei's good service read to him. Sure, for Saving the King's life, he deserved not to lose his owne. Now, it comes to the drawing. A good lott, a prize: Honor for Mar­ [...]chei. And this good lott, for Mardochei's honor, GOD drew even out of Haman's own [...]outh; he, was by the King, made to be the proclaimer of it.

[...] staid not there. But, the day following, the King being rightly enformed by the [...], Her people were no such people, as Haman made them; one of them had [...] the King's life; with this, forth came there a good lott, for the Iewes: Chap. 8.9.10. the former [...] called in, the Posts sent with all speed to publish another for their [...].

Now comes Haman's lott. GOD took him casting lotts upon his people, and He cast [...] him too. For, when the Queen fell on her knees,Chap. 7.3. and begged her owne life of the [...] was justly displeased with Haman's presumption, that durst come so neer him, [...] her life; and streight allotted him the same death, he had hight Mardochei. Chap. 7.9. [...] the same day in the same place, and even upon the very same gallowes, he had 10 [...] sett up for him, the night before, it came to his lott, to be fairely hanged him­selfe. [Page 1004] [...]. This, is GOD hable to do: to make Ha [...]n, in the lott he cast for the Iewes, [...] to draw his owne [...]; and ma [...]e the day, by him sett for them, the fa­ta [...] d [...]y of his owne des [...]ction▪ To do [...]is, and upon so short warning, to do it: for, a [...] t [...]is was done, in the spa [...]e of [...] and twentie houres. Wherein, we see it verified, that S [...]lomon saith:Pr [...]. 21.1. [...] [...]g's heart is in GOD'S hand, and He turnes it as a wa­ [...]r course; to [...] [...]h [...]ch way He will have it; and other while makes a damm in it, and diverts the [...] quite contrary way, cleane backe upon Haman, to overflow him, and to [...] him. Thus did he with them.

And [...] with us, and more also: and that, in lesse time. For, ours was neerer [...], the neerer it came, the fairer our lott, to escape it.

[...], wi [...]h them, the fourteenth of Adar was not yet come; the Posts, had time [...] and come, before it: but with us, it stayed till the very day it selfe was come. In [...], both: but ours, the night, the next night before; so was not theirs. Ever, the Scripture doth presse this point: Not till the day, Noë entred into the Arke: Not [...]ill that working, Matt. 24.38. Luk. 17.29. that Lot went out of Sodome. So ours, not till the very night immediatly preceding the dismall day it selfe. And then, when powder, and traine, and match and all were in a readinesse,Euk. 12.20. then comes me GOD with his Stulte hâc nocte, and dashes all. They were delivered, before the day came: The day it selfe came, before we were deli­vered; It was hâc nocte (indeed) literally. So, we scaped more narrowly; our lett more neere the drawing. So, ours was poti [...]r tempore.

4. The issue. Psal. 124.7.And potior jure too. For, though the same issue, to both; yet in that also, have we the better. A delivery there is mentioned (124▪ Psalme) Our soule is scaped even as the bird, out of the snare of the fowler; the snare is broke, and we are delivered. And, this is worth the drawing. But, this is but Pur, a single lott: For, if that be all, the bird is escaped, and that i [...] well for the bird: but, the fowler (save that he is a little deluded) he is not hurt; and so, he can so one set another snare againe. This, is but Pur.

But, [...]urim is better; when the fowle scapes, and the fowler scapes not, but comes him­self to a [...]oule end. The snare is broken: No, the snare is whole, and they taken in the snare. It sproong only, and away went the foule; but with the spring, the knott was knitt anew, and Haman and his fellow-fowlers caught, and strangled in it.

And this (lo) is Purim: Purim, after the Hebrew idiom, is the great lott. To scape a snare; and in the same snare, to have (not their foot, but) their neck taken, that set it: There is no greater. The Passe-over is no greater: There, they scaped, and Pharao drowned: heere, they scaped, and Haman hanged.

Will ye looke back to the King's sentence at the five and twentieth verse? This it is: Malum, quod cogitavit contra vos, avertatur in caput ipsius. Not, Avertatur à capitibus vestris;Chap. 7.3. (Esther's first petition was no more, let my life be given me, Turne away my destruction: That, it is too:) but, that is not it. This is it: Convertatur in caput ipsius, The evill, he devised, be it turned away from your heads (that is well;) not a haire fall from any of our heads; But the same evill, they devised, be it turned upon their owne [...], that were the devisers, This, is it: and this is as much, as the King could grant, or [...] Queene could desire.

An [...] t [...]is [...]ame is the lott of this day. They imagined such a devise, as they were neere the performing,Psal. [...]1.11. yet were not hable to performe. The non-performance was well, the scattering of [...] imaginations; we scaped by the meanes. But further, they were taken in their [...], and the evill they devised against us, returned upon their owne heads; their [...] both. To Haman's end they came: Nay, to a worse then Haman's, [...] justly; for, their devise, worse then his. The place, they meant to have done execution upon us in, under the same place, they [...] executed. [...] their eyes, on whom their cruell bowells had no [...]. The heads, from which it came, to have [...]; the [...] blowen up their heads, and so they be Agagites [...] plucked [...] rent in sunder, so their meaning [...] ungodly from the Lord. [...]. Their evill lott, [...], the happy [...] our deliverance.

[Page 1005] [...] so we have done with Purim now. For, by this it is plaine, 1 Ours was [...] without meanes, and so more lott-like: 2 Ours was more miraculous in the [...], and (for all the world) like a lott: Ours was more neere brought in time; and [...] a lott) drawen at the instant: 4 Ours was beyond theirs, in the avertatur; For, [...] without sackcloth or ashes, fasting or crying, at all: And, in the co [...]vertatur; for, [...]ur fowlers came to a fowler and then theirs; and what would we more? Neuer might David more truly say, then we, The lott is fallen to us in a faire ground, Psal 16.6. The Lord hath [...]aintained our lott.

This, GOD hath drawen for us: Shall we now draw for Him againe;II. This lott to have a time of remembrance. Exod. 20.8. and for this [...] a lot, allott Him somewhat of our part? Memento is sett before the great, and so [...]fore all holy-dayes. All, He would draw from us is, but that the lott of this day, or t [...]e day of this lott may never be forgotten. A benefitt would not be forgotten; Not man [...]: GOD's much lesse. Such a benefit especially. For, even in GOD's, there is a difference: GOD hath his daily benefitts, and those to be remembred of course. But, so [...]e other He hath so rare, as the like never seene: Those would have a more then or­di [...]ie regard. For, where GOD is extraordinarie, we to be so too. If He make it a me­m [...]rable day, by some strange deliverie, we to make it memorable, by some rare acknow­ledgement. They seeme willing so to do, heere. Illi sunt dies, quos (say they;) Ille est dies q [...]em (may we say) nulla unquam delebit oblivio: and so let us say: and so said, and so done, is as much as GOD requireth. But our thankfulnesse is not to flie away, like a flash of powder. To fixe it then, fiat volatile fixum; that would be done. And, fixe it, in eny [...]hing els but time, time will eat it out. Best then, fix it in time it selfe: and, that hath been ever thought a wise way; so shall it roll about with the time, and renew as it doth. And so, time, which defaceth all things and bringeth them to forgetfulnesse, shall be made to preserve the memorie of it, whither it will or no. Fix it in time; what part of time? A day; Memento diem saith GOD in His Law, and so points us to the pro­ [...]ortion of it. Sett some day; and let there, then on that day, be some speciall commemo­ [...]ation of it.

But, that day, or time, is to be a sett day. Fixe it in time; but, fixe the time too.2. A sett time, or day. The word of the Text [101] is an appointed day, that comes once a yeare; as Solenne is [...]uod solum in anno. Now this, some will not heare of: No sett dayes, no appointed [...]imes (they) but keep them in memorie, all the yeare long. I like not that. For so, [...]hen time was, it was said by some, they would not have this day nor that day, to fast [...], but keep a continuall fast (they:) and it seemed a prety speculation at first, but pro­ [...]d nothing but a speculation: what their fast is come to, by this time we see. It is to [...] doubted, if other sett times were likewise taken away, their continuall feast would [...]ove to no better passe, then their fast is: Better be as it is, and we do, as GOD and [...] people have done before us.

Provided that it shalbe lawfull for them, to keep the memorie of this day, every day, [...]f they be so disposed. So yet, as they be content to allow some such Day, as this, for [...], that are not of so happy memories; for feare, lest if it be left at large to every [...] daily devotion, it may fall to be forgotten; and where it now hath one day, then to [...] none at all.

And if a sett time, what day can we sett so fitt, as the day it selfe it fell on?3. The day it fell on. With [...], the foureteenth of Adar: with us, the fifth of November. It cannot but be the [...] [...]ay (this) that God tooke himselfe▪ and God tooke this. The same da [...]es, He did [...] act [...] upon, those very dayes, did He order once a yeare solemnly to be kept,Levit. 23.5. [...] f [...]ur [...]t [...]enth of Nisan, did the Destroyer posse over them; that day, from yeare to [...] did He ordein the Passover to be holden. Fifty dayes after,Levit. 23.16. He granted them his [...] [...]e [...]orie of this gift, they to keep yearly the day of Pentecost. Can we go by [...] then this of God's [...].

[...] were not all; but God did as great acts after, as these were▪ for the s [...]m [...] [...]. They the [...], setting before them, this way [...] them out by GOD (for [...]uer [...] [Page 1006] [...], a solemne day:) for [...]ose other benefitt [...] after vouchsafed them, they [...] solemne [...]

[...] in this of [...] and the Prophetts never knew. We [...] in another [...] or Mardochei never knew, the Encaenia, [...] Feast of new dedica [...] [...], after it had been polluted by Antiochus, recor­ded in the X. of the V. [...]. And I would faine know, why it should not be like ac­ceptable to [...] keep the foureteenth of the last moneth Adar, for their deliverance from Ham [...], [...] in Persia; as it was, to keep the foureteenth of the first moneth Nisan, f [...]or [...]eir deliverance from Pharao, by Moses in Aegypt: Quid interest?

[...] being morall, or rather naturall, as reducible to thankfulnesse, which is [...] the Law of Nature: the prime example being God's owne: By warrant of [...] f [...]rm [...] Church having institute others, the Christian Church knew nothing to [...] it from doing the like: so, Holy-dayes she appointed too. It is Saint Augustine [...] Civitate X. 4.) Memor [...]am beneficiorum Dei &c. The memorie of God's benefitts we Christians keep sacred and holy, by holding solemne Feasts for them, least els, by revolution of time, forgetfulnesse might creep upon us, and we prove unthankfull. And do we any o [...]her thing in appointing this day, then all these did? I conclude, with the style of the Co [...]ncells: Sequentes igitur & nos per omnia Sanctorum Patrum vestigia, We, heerin, do but tread in the stepps of our holy Fathers, and follow them that were followers therein of God himselfe.

If it be said, all this while we heare no praecept alledged, we have nothing but exam­ple: No more had Esther, heer; precep [...] had she none. Onely God's example she had; Picked the foureteenth of Adar, out of the fourteenth of Nisan: from Pharao, that; from Haman, this. It is true, Dirigimur praeceptis; By praecepts we take our direction: [...] it is no lesse true, Instruintur exemplis; We receive instruction (in a great part) from examples also. One serves for our rule, the other for our patterne; and we, as to obey the one, so to imitate the other: For, Perfectio inferiorum, assimilatio superio­rum: The inferiour hath no greater perfection, then to become like to them that are his Su­periors. Superiors (I say) and that, in time, no lesse then in place; that is, such as have in former times, laudably gone before us. The Bible sheweth this plaine; there, be­side the Bookes of the Law, that serve for Precepts to direction, God hath caused to be written the Storie of the Bible, to yeeld us examples, for imitation. And those Bookes of Storie are in Hebrew, called the former Prophetts; to shew, before there came any predictions into the world, there was a Propheticall force in them, to guide God's people by. To the [...] ▪ and to the Testimonie: For, the practise of the Saints runneth along with the Law, under the name of Testimonie; their lives having ever borne testimonie to G [...]d, and his truth. And as the Hebrewes say, a barren Divine shall he be, qui nescit [...] legem de Prophetis, that out of the Saint's practise, cannot frame a Law.

The ground then being layd: If this be agreed of, that a day, that a sett day, and that this very day may be appointed: We have two points more, to touch, 1 the [...], by which it is to be injoyned; and the 2 manner, according to which it is to [...].

1. The Authority by which it was en [...]oyned. [...] first. For, be the ground never so good, yet are not we to take up dayes, [...] heads, but by order of authoritie: they are to be enjoyned us. Whose [...]? There be in a Law, but three things, 1 advise, 2 authoritie, 3 and S [...]mission, [...]. It should seeme, at the first, Mardoche [...] did onely by a [...] anno celebrarent honore (Verse 20.) [...], and this, before [...] place. That letter of his, either not taking place, or [...] enough; and they [...]eing either lay [...]d down, or so like to be, heer commeth [...], and this, no advise now, but [...], [...]; of then [...] of a Law, [...] establish them for ever.

[...], nay no [...] both of them do, of themselves, [...] commission from it. Not [...] Province of them, [...] XXV. Verse; and by it [Page 1007] [...] they, to doe all this. What Esther did, she did in the power of Assuerus: [...] Assuerus (it is well knowen) was a Heathen King; yet have we heere a Feast [...]ablished by his authoritie. So was the King of Ninive, a Heathen too;Iona. 3.7. yet have we [...] enjoyned by his. So was the King of Babel, a Heathen King; yet a Law by him [...]ade, upon paine of death not to blaspheme the true GOD. So were Cyrus, Dan. 3.29. Ezra. 5.13.6.12. and Da­ [...]ius; yet the Temple built by their authoritie. Things pert [...]ining to Religion, all. So that there is, in the Regall power, of all, yea even of Heathen Princes, to confirme and to [...]njoyne what may tend to the worship and service of GOD.

Power against the truth, or for falshood, I know none: no Power to destruction, 2. Cor. 13.10. 1. Tim. 2.2. to aedi­ [...]cation, all. And, prayer is to be made without ceasing, for Kings, that they may applie their power to these, to aedifie in the Truth. So they will, if Mardochei may be in place [...] wise them, not Haman. But if they mis-apply it, and not to the end, GOD gave it [...]; (for He that gave it them, is to take accompt of them for it, and He will require [...] at t [...]eir hands;) to Him they be respondent.

But, [...]e this, heere and ever remembred, if by a Heathen Prince's power this was done▪ shall it be denied to a Christen Prince, to one in whom Assuerus's power, and Esther's Religion (both) meet, to take order for daies, or other rites of that nature? Well then, having both our ground, and our authoritie [...] (which word is, three se­verall times repeated in this one verse, 1 Once for Mardochei, that advised; 2 Once, for Esther, that enjoined; and 3 Once for the people that undertook to observe it: It is the Iewe's operative word whereby they enact all their statutes:) Be it then enacted, what? Vt nulli [...] liceat dies hos absque solennitate transigere, Verse 23. That it be lawfull for no man, to passe these dai [...]s, without solemnizing.

To a Law there go two [...], two Caashers, two accordings. Both twaine are heere.

1 According as Esther, with Mardochei's advise, enjoyned it: 2 And, according as they (that is the people) tooke upon them, decreed to observe it.

Which observing is the life of every Law: even the publique approbation, or giving al­lowance of it, by the constant keeping it. The second according is added for the people's commendation: that what was prudently advised, and lawfully enjoyned, was by them as dutifully observed.

And this they not onely did, but bound themselves moreover, and their seed, so to con­tinue. Themselves, and that with the highest bond, super animas suas (which is more then upon themselves, and would not have beene putt in the margent, but stood in the Text) upon theirs, and upon their seeds, never to let them fall. The word is [...] at the 27. Verse: that is, to make a Kabala, or tradition of it. And that is the true tradition in­deed: when a thing orderly, taken up (there, is [...]) is carefully and out conscience kept up (there, is [...]) and delivered over from the Father to the Sonne, and from the Sonne to the Nephew, to all succeeding Ages; none daring to transgresse it, on the charge of their soules. This Kabala made it a perfect Law.

Now, a word of the manner of the keeping them, and so an end.2. The Manner of keeping it. They enacted, to keepe the Purim daies: How to keepe them? It will lead us (this) to the nature of them, whither as holy-dayes or no. For, at this, there be that stick too. A feria they will allow them, a play-day, or ceasing from worke; or a festus dies, if you will, a day of feasting, or increase of fare; but, not dies sanctus, no holyday, no, at eny hand: For, then may Esther make holydaies (they see) it followes. What should one say to such men as these?

For 1 first it is plaine by this verse, they tooke it in animas, upon their soules; a soule. matter they made of it. There needs no soule for feria or festum, play or feasting. 2 Se­condly, the bond of it reacheth to all, that Religioni eorum voluerunt copulari (Ver. 27.) [...]o all, that should joine themselves to their religion: Then, a matter of Religion it was, had [...] that; what need eny joyning in Religion, for a matter of good-fellowship? Thirdly, it is expresly termed a rite, and a caeremonie (at the 23. and 28. Verses) as the Fathers read them: Rites I trust, and caeremonies (as holidaies are no more) perteine to [...]he Church, and to the Service of GOD; not, to merrie meetings; that, is not their place.

Fourthly, they fast and pray heer, in this Verse; fast the Eve, the fourteenth, and so [Page 1008] [...], the [...] following to b [...] holy-da [...] [...]f course. Fifthly, with fasting and prayer (heer) [...] enjoyned (at the 22. [...].) These three will make it past a day of revells or [...]. Lastly, as a hol [...]-day, th [...] Iewes ever kept it, have a peculiar sett Service for [...] [...]hei [...] Seders; se [...] Psalm [...]s [...]o [...]ing, sett Lessons to read, sett Prayers to say (and that at foure severall times [...]. 9. v. 3.) their manner is, on holie-daies) good and godly, all. None, b [...] to [...] th [...]y have used, from all antiquitie. 1 Being then taken on their, soules: res [...]eined to the same Religion: 3 directly termed a caeremonie: 4 being to be held with fasting, prayers, and 5 almes, workes of pietie all: the practise of the Church [...]o [...]ming: theirs was a holy-day cleere, and so ought ours to be. Thus hav [...] [...], upon record, to draw up ours by: the Superiors, to enjoine such a [...] [...]ist [...]iors, to observe it.

And as a warrant to do it; so, a rule how to do it; with fasting and with crying [...] is) prayer, earnest prayer (the last word.) What and must we fast then? That were no good lott in the end of a Text. No: if we will pray, well: I dare take upon me, [...]o excuse u [...] from fasting. Their fasting was, to put them in mind of the fast, their Fa­thers used (Chap. 4.3.) by meanes whereof they turned GOD, and GOD turned the King's heart, and so all turned to their good. But, for us, we have no such meanes to re­member in ours: we used not eny, and so hold ours without eny. They had two daies; their holie-day had a fasting day. Our lott is to have but one; and that, no fasting day; an immunitie from that. So, much the better is our lott: A feast, without any fast, at all.

But though without fasting, not without earnest prayer (meant heare, by crying:) nor, without earnest thanks and praise, neither. For, joy also hath her cry, as well as affliction: Psal. 118.15. The voice of joy and health is in the dwellings of the righteous. But, prayer (sure) will do well at all hands, that a worse thing happen not to us. But, prayer is but one wing: with almes it will do better, make a paire of wings; which is before prescribed, at the two and twentieth Verse. So to eat the fatt and drinke the sweet our selves, as we send apart, Neh. 8.10. to them for whom nothing is provided: Dies enim Sanctus est, saith Nehemias; for (by his rule) that, makes it a right holy-day.

But, prayer is the last word heer; ends the Verse: and with that, lett us end. Even, that all, that shall ever attempt the like, let Haman's lott be their lott, and let never any other light on them, but sors funiculus. Let Queene Esther's prayer, and King Assue­rus's sentence ever take place, Malum quod cogitavit, convertatur in caput ipsius; Ipsius, or ipsorum, Psal. 125.3. Psal. 30.15. one, or many: Let not the rod of the ungodly light, on the lott of the righteous. Let GOD in whose hand our lotts are, ever maintaine this daie's lott to us; never give forth other, but as in this Text, and as on this day, on the fourteenth of Adar, and on the fift of November. And praised be GOD, this day and all our daies, that this day shewed, that He taketh pleasure in the prosperity of His Servants, and from all lotts and plotts, doth ever deliver them.

Printed for RICHARD BADGER.

CERTAINE SERMONS PREACHED At sundry times, upon severall occasions.

A SERMON Preached at Saint MARIE'S HOSPITAL, on the X. of April, being Wednesday in Easter-weeke, A. D. MDLXXXVIII.

I. TIM. CHAP. VI. VER. XVII. XVIII. XIX.

Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high-minded, that they trust not in the uncertenty of riches, but in the living GOD, which giveth us all things to enjoy, plen­teously;

That th [...]y do good, be rich in good workes, ready to distribute and to communicate:

Laying up in store, for themselves, a good foundation, against the time to come, that they may lay hold of aeternall li [...]e.

THE commendation of the Word of GOD is, that Every Scripture is profitable for our instruction. 2. Tim 3.16. Eve­ry Scripture is profitable: yet, not every Scripture, in every place alike. For, the Place and Auditorie have great interest in some Scripture; and a fitt Scripture hath a greater and fuller force, in his owne Auditorie. And GOD, in so excellent a manner hath sorted His Scriptures, as there ly dispersed in them, severall Texts, seasonable for each time, and pertinent to each place and degree; for Prince, for people; for rich, for poore; for each, his peculiar Scripture, in due time and place, to be reached them. This Scripture which I [...]ave read, whose it is, and to whom it speaketh, is at the very [Page] reaching streightway evident: as one saith of the XLI. Psalme (Blessed is he that judgeth rightly of the poor) that it i [...] Scriptura Pauperum, the Poore man's Scripture; So, of this, it may be rightly said, that it is Scriptura Divitum, The Rich mans Scripture. And, if this be the Scripture for rich men; this place, is the place of rich men: and therefore, if this Scripture have his place, no where, so fitt, as in this place. For, no where is there such store of riches, by the Esa. 23.3. Harvest of the water, which farre surpasseth the har­vest of the ground; No where are the like Ezek. 28.12. Summes sealed; No where doe they Deut. [...]3.19. sucke the abundance of the Sea and the treasures hid in the sand, in like measure: No where are the Esay 23.8. Merchants Noblemen's fellowes and able to lend the Princes of the earth, so much, as heer. Therefore when as I gave all diligence to speake, not onely true things but also seasonable, both for this time and this place, I was directed to this Scripture. I need not to say much in this point; to shew, it concerneth this Audience. I will say, as the Fathers say, upon the like occasion; Faxit Deus tam com­m [...]d [...], quàm est accomoda. I pray GOD make it as profitable, as it is pertinent; as fr [...]tfull to you, as it is fitt for you.

The Division1. This whole Scripture hath his name given it even in the first word [...] Charge I(saith he) the rich, &c It is a Charge.

II 2. It is directed to certaine men; namely, to the Rich of this world.

III 3. It consisteth of foure branches: Whereof Two are negative, for the removing of two abuses.

1. The first, Charge them, that they be not high minded.

2. The second, Charge them, that they trust not in their riches.

The reason is added (which is a Maxime and a Ground in the Law of Nature, That we must trust to no uncertaine thing:) Trust not, in the uncertaintie of riches.

The other two are affirmative, concerning the true use of riches.

1. The first: Charge them that they trust in GOD. The reason: Because, He gi­veth them all things to enjoy plenteously.

2. The second: Charge them that they do good; that, is the substance: The quan­titie, that they be rich in good workes: the qualitie, That they be ready to part with (and a speciall kind of doing good) to communicate, to benefit the publique.

And all these are one Charge. The reason of them all doth follow: Because by this meanes they shall lay up in store, and that for themselves, a good foundation, against the time to come. The end: that they may obtaine eternall life.

I. A Charge. PRaecipe divitibus: Charge the rich of this world, &c. Beloved, heer is a Charge, a Praecipe, a Precept, or a Writt, directed unto Timothie, and to those of his Com­mission to the world's end, to convent and call before him; He, the rich men of Ephesus: and we, the rich men of this Citie, and others of other places of the earth, and to give them a charge.

Charges (as you know) use to be given at Assises in Courts from the Bench. From thence is taken this judiciall terme [...], as it appeareth, Act. 5.28. Did not we charge you streightly? saith the Bench in the Consistorie judicially assembled. Whereby, we are given to understand, that in such Assemblies as this is, the Lord of Heaven doth hold His Court, whereunto all men, and (they that of all men seeme least) the rich and mighty of the world owe both suit and service. For, as earthly Princes have their Lawes, their Commissions, their Ministers of the Law, their Courts and Court-daies, for the maintenance of their peace: So hath the King of Kings His Lawes and Statutes, His Precepts and Commissions by authority delegate,Rom. 7. Matth. 28.19. Ite praedicate, Go preach the Gospel; His Counsailors at Law, whom Augustine calleth Divini Iuris Consultos; His Courts [Page 1] [...] [...]culto conscientiae, in the hid and secret part of the heart and conscience, Psal. 7.8. for the preser­vation of His peace, which the world can neither give nor take away; to the end;Psal. 119.165. that n [...]ne may offend or be offended at it.

This we learne. And with this we learne, all of us, so to conceive of, and to dispose our selves to such Meetings as this, as men that are to appeare in Court, before the Lord, there to receive a charge, which when the Court is broken up, we must think of how to discharge.

In which point, great is the occasion of complaint, which we might take up. For, who is there, that with that awe and reverence standeth before the Lord, at His charge-giving, that he receiveth a charge with, at an earthly Barre? Or with that care remem­breth the Lord and his charge, wherewith he continually thinketh upon the Iudge and his charge? Truly, the Lord's Commission is worthy to have as great reverence and re­gard attending on it, as the charge of any Prince; truly, it is. Weigh with your selfe; is not GOD's charge with as much heed and reverence to be received, as an earthly Iudge's? Absit ut sic (saith Saint Augustine) sed vtinam vel sic: GOD forbid, but with more heed and reverence; well, I would it had so much, in the meane time: And (which to our shame we must speak) I would we could do as much for the Bible as for the Statute-Books; for heaven as for the earth; for the Immortall GOD, as for a mortall man. But whither we doe or no, yet as our SAVIOVR CHRIST said of Saint Iohn Baptist, If ye will receive, Matt. 11.14. this is that Eliah which was to come; so say I of this Precept, If ye will receive it, this is the Charge the Lord hath laid on you. And this let me tell you farther; that it is such a Charge, as it concerneth your peace, the plentifull use of all your wealth and riches (in the second Verse of my Text, Which giveth us all things to enjoy plenteously, &c) which may move you. Or, if that will not, let me add this farther; It is such a Charge, as toucheth your estate in everlasting life, the very last words of my Text. That is, the well or evill hearing of this Charge, is as much worth as your aeternall life is worth. And therefore,Matt. 11.5. He that hath eares to heare, let him heare.

It is a Charge then, and consequently to be discharged. To be discharged? where?2. To the Rich. Charge (saith he) the rich. He speaketh to the Rich: you know your owne names; you know best, what those rich men are. Shall I tell you? You are the rich; he spea­keth unto you. It is the fashion and the fault of this world, to exercise their authority on them most, that need it least: For rich men, to feast them that least need it; for mighty men, to preferre them that least deserve it. It is an old Simile, we have oft heard it; that The Lawes are like Cobwebbs: that they hold fast the seely flies, but the great Hornetts breake through them, as oft as they lift. And as there are cobwebb-Lawes, which exempt mighty men; So, the same Corruption, that was the cause thereof, would also make Cobwebb-Divinitie. For, notwithstanding the Commission runneth expresly to the Rich, Charge &c: notwithstanding they be in great danger, and that of many snares (as the Apostle saith in this Chapter) and therefore need it great­ly:Verse 9. Yet (I know not how) it comes to passe, whither, because they thinke themselves too wise to receive a charge, any charge at all; or because they thinke themselves too good to receive it, at the hands of such meane men, as we be (and, if they must needs be charged, they would be charged from the Counsaile, from men more Noble and Ho­norable then themselves) they would not gladly heare it, surely they would not; and because they would not gladly heare it, we are not hasty they should heare it. And great reason, why (as we thinke:) for, as it is true which is in the Psal. 49.18. So long [...] they do good to themselves, men will speake good of them: So, it is true backward too; So long as we speake well of them, spare them, call not on them, they will do good to us. And otherwise, if we spare them not but prosecute our charge, then commeth O di Michaeam filium Iimlae, I hate Michea the Sonne of Iimlah. And who would willingly live in disgrace, and susteine, I say not the fierce wrath,1. Reg. 22. [...]. but the heavie looke of a man in authoritie? That, makes this Office of giving a charge, a cold Office, and there­ [...]ore to decay, and be shunned of all hands: that, makes us, if we cannot of the Eunuch [Page 2] l [...]ne to speake good to the King;Ibide [...]. yet, to follow Balack's counsaile at the least, neither i [...] blesse not curse: Num. 2 [...].25. That makes, tha [...] though for shame of the world, we will not sett up for Vpholsters, and stuffe cushions and pillowes, to lay [...]hem under their elbowes; yet, for fear [...] of men,Esay 58.1. we shunne the Prophet Esay's occupation to take the trumpet and disease them, lest we lose Balack's promotion, or Ahab's friendship, Esau's portion, or I wote not what els, which we will not be without. In a word: this maketh, that Ionah was never more unwilling to deliver his message at Ninive, then is Timothee, to give his Charge at Ephesus.

The Apostle saw this, and what it would come to; and that you may see, that he saw it, you shall understand, he hath besides this of yours, directed another Writ to us, Verse 13. I charge thee &c running in very rigorous and peremptorie termes, hable to ma [...]e any that shall consider them aright, to tremble. Streightly commanding us, in the name of GOD the Father and of the Lord IESVS CHRIST;Verse 13. Verse 14. laying before us the Passion of CHRIST, If there be any grace, and the day of judgement, and there be any feare, that we fulfill every part of our charge; and immediately after nameth this your charge for one. And knowing that we are given to feare Princes and Lords, he telleth us of the Prince of all Princes, Verse 14. Verse 15. and Lord of all Lords: Knowing, that we are given to feare and be dazeled with the glittering of their pompe (which yet a man may abide to looke on) he telleth us of him,Verse 16. whose brightnesse no eye may once abide: Knowing, that we feare honour and power, though it last but for a small time, he feareth us with one,Ibidem. whose honour and power lasteth for ever.

Beloved in the Lord, I beseech you weigh but the place; weigh it, and have pitie on us. For, Nunquid nos recipimus, nunquid nos delere possumus? Si delemus, timemus deleri (saith Saint Augustine.) We writt not this charge, our pennes dealt not in it; it was not we that writ it, and it is not we that can blott it out, unlesse we our selves will be blotted out of the booke of life.

Such is our charge as you see, to charge you: and, but for this charge, but that we are commanded, but that we are threatned, and that in so fearefull manner threatned, we should never do it; of all men, we should never deale with the Rich. For, who would not choose to hold his peace and to seeke his owne ease from this charge, many times chargeable, sometimes dangerous, evermore unsavory, but for this Processe that is out against us? For my selfe, I professe, and that in the same words that Saint Augustine did sometime: Ad istam otiosissimam securitatem nemo me vinceret: In this dis­creet kind of idlenesse, no man should go beyond me, if Saint Paul would be content; if order might be taken, to have these Verses cancelled; if we could deliver (I say not yours, but) our owne soules with silence. But, this standing in force, Cogit nos Paulus iste, we are enforced by this Paul; His Praecipio tibi, I charge you, drives us to our Prae­cipe illis, to charge them: We charge not you, but when we are charged our selves: we terrifie not you, but when we are first terrified our selves. And I would to GOD we knowing this terror might both feare together this day, at the charge-giving, that so we might both rejoice together in the great Day, at the charge-answering. This may serve; and I beseech you, let it serve to stand betweene us and your displeasure in this behalfe: and seeing the Commission is penned too our hand, and that Rich men are in it nominatim (except the levin of affection shew it selfe too evidently in us) to thinke, we cannot otherwise do; and that therefore it is, because the comman­dement of our GOD is upon us, is heavie upon us. The Charge it selfe followeth.

II. 1. The first point of the Charge: Not to be High-minded. Charge the Rich &c. This is the first point of the charge, that they be not high min­ded. 1. First, against that, which if it come with all the riches, yea all the vertues in the world, it spoileth them all; that is, against Pride. 2. Secondly, against that which is the root of this bitter branch, and the prop and stay of a high raised minde, namely, a vaine trust in our riches. Both these forbidden, by meanes of their uncertaintie, [...]: such, as a man cannot tell whereto have them, therefore not to be boasted of, therfore not to be trusted in.

[Page 3]Ever since our first Fathers, by infection took this morbum Sathanicum, this Dive­lis [...] disease (Pride) of the Devill; such tinder is in our nature, that every little sparke [...] us on fire: our nature hath growen so light, that every little thing puffeth us up, a [...]d setts us aloft in our altitudes presently. Yea indeed, so light we are, that many times, when the gifts are low, yet for all that, the mind is as high, as the bramble: low in qualities (GOD knoweth) yet had his mind higher then the highest Cedar in Liba­non. But if we be but of meane stature once,Iud. 9.15. but a thought higher then others our fellowes, if never so little more in us, then is in our neighbours, presently we fall into Simon's case, we seeme to ourselves as he did, to be [...], no doubt some goodly great thing. But if we come once to any growth indeed,Acts 8.9. then presently our case is Haman's case: Who but he? Who was he, that the King would honour more then him? Nay,Ester 6.6. who was there, that the King could honour, but he? He, and none but he. Through this aptnesse in us that we have to learne the Devill's lesson, the Devill's Discite à me, for I am proud; (for so it is, by opposition of CHRIST's lesson, which is Discite à me, quia mitis sum, because I am meek and gentle;Mat. 11.29.) we are ready to corrupt our selves in every good gift of GOD; in Wisdome, in Manhood, in Law, in Divinitie, in Learning or Eloquence, every and each of these serveth for a stirrup to mount us aloft in our own conceipts. For, where each of the former hath (as it were) his owne circuite (as Wis­dome ruleth in Counsaile; Manhood in the Field; Law in the Iudgement seat; Divi­nitie in the Pulpitt; Learning in the Schooles; and Eloquence in Perswasion:) onely Riches ruleth without limitation: Riches ruleth with them all, ruleth them all, and over-ruleth them all: his Circuit is the whole world. For which cause, some think, when he saith Charge the rich, he presently addeth, of this world, because this world standeth altogether at the devotion of Riches; and he may do what he wil in this world, that is rich in this world. So said the Wiseman long agoe, Pecuniae obediunt omnia: all things answer Money; Money mastereth all things; they all answer at his call,Eccles 10.19. and they all obey at his commandement. Let us go lightly over them al; you shall see, that they all els have their severall predicaments to bound them, and that Riches is onely the transcendent of this world.

Wisdome ruleth in Counsaile; so do Riches: for we see,Ezra. 4.5. in the Court of the great King Artaxerxes, there were Counsailors, whose wisdome was to be commanded by riches, even to hinder a publique benefit, the building of the Temple. Manhood ruleth in the warre; so do riches: Experience teacheth us, it is so: It is said, it was they, that wan Deventer; and that it was they, and none but they, that drave the Swit­zers out of France, and that without stroke strooken. Law governeth in the Seat of Iustice; so do Riches: and oftentimes they turne justice it selfe into wormewood, by a corrupt Sentence; but more often doth it turne Iustice into vineger, by long stan­ding, and infinite delayes, yer Sentence will come forth. Divinitie ruleth in the Church and Pulpit; so do Riches: For, with a sett of silver peeces (saith Augustine) they brought Concionatorem mundi the Preacher of the world IESVS CHRIST to the Barre, and the Disciple is not above his Master. Learning ruleth in the Schooles; so do Riches: And indeed, there, Money setteth us all to schoole. For (to say the truth) Riches have so ordered the matter there, as Learning is now but the Vsher; Money he is the Master: the Chaire it self and the disposing of the Chaire, is his too. Elo­quence ruleth in perswasion; and so do Riches: when Tertullus had laboured a goodly flowing oration against Paul, Foelix looked, that another,Acts 24.27. a greater Orator should have spoken for him, namely that Something should have been given him: and if that Orator had spoken his short pithy sentence Tantum dabo, Tertullus his oration had been cleane dasht. Tantum dabo is a strange peece of Rhetorique: Devise as cun­ningly, pen as curiously as you can, it overthrowes all. Tantùm valent quatuor syllabae, s [...]ch force is there in foure syllables. Though indeed, some think (it being so unreaso­nable short as it is, but two words) that it cannot be the Rhetorique of it, that worketh these strange effects, but that there is some sorcerie or witchcraft in them, in Tantum [...]. And surely a great Sorcerer (Simon Magus) used them to Peter: and it may well be so, for all estates are shrewdly bewitched by them. I must end:Acts 8.1 [...]. for it is a [Page 4] world to thinke and tell, what the [...]i [...]h of the world, may do in the world.

So then, [...]i [...]hes seeing they may do so much, it is no marvell though they be much sort by. Et divites cum habeant quae magni fiunt ab omnibus, quid mirum, si ab omnibus ipsi magnifiant; & cum magnifiant ab omnibus, quid mirum si & à se? Rich men ha­ving that which is much sett by, no marvell though of all men they be much sett by; and if all other men sett much by them, no marvell, if they sett much by themselves; and to sett much by a mans selfe, that is to be high-minded. It is our owne Proverb in our owne tongue: Arriseth our good, so riseth our blood. And Saint Augustine saith, that Each fruit, by kind, hath his worme breeding in it: as the Peare, his; the Nutt, his; and the Beane, hi [...]: So, Riches have their worme, Et vermis divitiarum, Superbia; and the worme of riches, is Pride. Wherof we see a plaine proofe in Saul: Who, while he was in a poore estate, that his boy & he could not make five pence between them, was as the Scripture saith,1. Sam 9.21. low in his owne eyes: after, when the wealth and pleasant things of Israël were his, he grew so sterne, as he forgatt himselfe, his friends, and GOD too: and at every word that liked him not, was ready to runne David, Ionathan, and every one through with his javeline. It is very certaine; where riches are, there is great danger of pride. I desire you to thinke, there is so, and not to putt me to justifie GOD'S wise­dome heerein, in perswading and proving, that this charge is needfull for you that be rich;Psal. 62.10. that it was needfull for the Prophet, to preach under the Law, If riches encrease, sett not your heart on the top of them, Let not that rise as they rise: Nor for the other Prophet, Pro. 30.9. Give me not riches, lest I wax proud: Nor for the Apostle Paul under the Gospell, to say: Charge them that be rich in this world, that they be not high-minded. I beseech you, Honour GOD, and ease me so much as to thinke, there was high cause, it should be in charge; and that, if a more principall sinne had been reigning in the rich, this sinne should not have had the principall place, as it hath.

How then? what, are you hable to charge any heere? will some say: It is not the manner of our Court, nor of any Court, that I know. To us it belongeth, onely to deliver the Charge, and to exhort, that if none be proud, none would be; and if any be, they would be lesse: and, if any be not humble, they would be; and if any be humble, they would be more. You that are the Court, your part is to enquire, and to present, and to endite; and that, every one in his owne conscience, as in the presence of GOD, unto Him to approve your innocencie, or of Him to sue for your pardon. You find none (you will say:) I would to GOD you might not.

When a Iudge at an Assize, giveth his charge concerning treason and such like of­fenses, I dare say, he would with all his heart, that his charge might be in vaine, rather then any Traitor or Offendor should be found. A Physitian, when he hath tempered and prepared his potion, if there be in him the heart of a true Physitian, desireth (I know) that the potion might be cast downe the kennell, so that the patient might re­cover without it: So, truly, it is the desire of my heart (CHRIST he knoweth) that this charge may not find one man guilty amongst all these hearers; amongst so many men, not one high-minded man. I wish, it might be in vaine. The best Sessions, and Potions, and Sermons are those, which are in vaine: I say not, in vaine, if there because of reproofe and no amends. But, if there be no cause, and so it be in vaine, I joy therein and will joy. But, if it be farre unlikely, amongst so great riches as is heere, to finde no pride at all; very unlikely: then, hear the charge and present your selves and find your selves guilty heere in our Office, this day, while you may find grace, lest you be tried and found so, in that day, when there shall be no hope of grace, but onely a fearefull ex­pectation judgement.

Which that you may do the better, so many as GOD shall make willing (as, some (I hope) He doth) I will enforme you, how to trie your selves; referring you, to the severall branches, in our Statutes, in the High Court of Parliament in Heaven: laying them out unto you, as I find them in the Records of the Holy Ghost.

[Page 5]The points are three in number. First, if the mind of any man be so exalted, that 1 h [...] [...]keth downe on his brethren, as if he stood on the top of a Leades, and not on the sa [...]e ground they do, that man is high-minded. Saint Augustine saith well: Excipe [...]mpatica haec & volatica, they are the same that you are. They have not vestem com­munem, the same coat; but they have cutem communem, the same skinne: and within a fe [...] yeares, when you die, if a man come with a Ioyner and measure all that you carrie with you, they shall carrie away with them as much: and within a few yeares after, a man shall not be hable to discern, between the sholder-blade of one of them and one of you. Therefore, no cause, why you should incedere instati, insericati, and from a high mind, bewraying it selfe by a high looke, contemne them, as many of you do. I say then, if any of you be a child of Anak, and looke downe so upon another, as in his sight his brethren seeme as Grashoppers; 1 Whither it appeare in the countenance, N [...]m. 33 34. in d [...]awing up his ey-browes, in a disdainefull and scornefull eye;Pro 30.13. such a one as David (though he found no poenall statute to punish it) could never abide (and David was a man after GOD's owne heart, and therefore neither can GOD abide it :) 2 Or whither it appeare, in a proud kind of Dialect of speech, as was that of Saul's;Psal 101.5. Vbi nunc [...]st iste filius Ishai? Where is this Sonne of Ishai? 1 S [...]m. 20.27. that he come to the Pharisee's Non sum sicut: 3 Or whether it be in the course of their life, that they be like to the great fishes (to Pikes) that think,Hab 2.14. all the little fishes in the streame were made for them to feed on. So that, it appeareth, they care not, what miserie, what beggetie, what slaverie they bring all men to, so they may soak in the broth of the cauldron, and welter in their wealth and pleasure: who are in their streets and parishes as Lyons, Eze. [...]1.3. Z [...]h 3 3. a great deale more feared then beloved; as implacable as Lamech to beare any injurie, and will have for one drop of bloud, no lesse then a man's life: what speake I of bearing injurie? which will do injurie, and that for no other reason but this, thus it must be, for Hophni will have it not thus but thus; and except they may do thus (what they will,1 Sam 2.15. to whom they will, when and how they will) forsooth they do not governe, their autority is nothing:1. Reg [...]1 7. in this sort, overbearing all things with their countenance and wealth, and whosoever standeth but up, drawing him before the Iudgement- seats, I [...]c 2.6. and wearying him out with Law. These men who do thus, from a high in-bearing of the head, in phrase of speech, and in the order, or rather disorder of their dealing: over-looke, over-crow, and over-beare their brethren of meane estate, it is certaine, they be high-minded: Enquire and look, whither any be so.

Secondly, if any mind clime so high, that the boughes will beare him no longer, by 2 exalting himselfe above either his abilitie, condition or calling (a fault, which hath like to cost our times deare;) that man's footing will faile him, he will downe; he and his mind are too high a great deale. The late treasons and conspiracies came from such kind of minds. For, when the minds of men will over-reach their abilities, what must be the end, but (as we have seen of late) to prove Traitors? Why? because they have swolne themselves out of their skinne. Why so? because they had lashed on more on their pleasure then they had. For, so doing, when they had over-reached themselves, they became [...], they must take some headdy enterprise in hand. What is that? to become [...]; that, seeing their credit is decaied in this State,2. Tim. [...].4. they may set up a new; and that is by over-turning the old.

And not only this passing the ability is dangerous to the over-turning of a Common-wealth; but the passing of a man's condition too: and tendeth to the impoverishing and at last to the overthrow of the Estate also. 1Whither it be excesse of diet: as when [...]eing no Magistrate, but plaine Master Nabal, 1 Sam. 25 36. his dinner must be like to the feast of a King. 2Or whither it be in excesse of apparell, wherein the pride of England now, as the pride of Ephraim in times past, Hos [...] 5. testifieth against her to her face. 3 Or whither it be in lifting up the gate too high, that is, in excesse of building. 4 Or whither it be in keeping too great a traine (Esau's case) that he go with Gen. 32.16. foure hundred men at his taile,Pro. 17.16. wheras the fourth part of the fourth part would have served his father well enough. 5 Or whither it be in perking too high in their alliance, the Bramble's sonne in Lebanon, must [Page 6] match with the Cedar's daughter. 2. Reg. 14.9. These are evidences and signes set downe to prove a high mind: see and search [...]nto your selves, whither you find them or no.

There is yet of this feather another kind of exalting our selves above that we ought, much to be complained of in these dayes. Saint Paul calleth it a stretching of our selves beyond measure. 1. Cor. 10.14. Thus, if a man be atteined to any high skill in law, which is the gift of GOD; or if a man be g [...]wne wise, and experienced well in the affaires of this world, which is also His good blessing: presently by vertue of this, they take themselves to be so qualified, as they be hable to over-rule our matters in Divinitie, able to prescribe Bishops how to governe, and Divines how to preach; so to determine our cases, as if they were prof [...]ssed with us: and that many times, Tim. 1.7. affirming things they know not, and Iude 10. confu [...]ing things they have little skill of. Now seeing we take not upon us to deale in cases of your Law, or in matters of your Trade, we take, this is a stretching be­yond your line. That in so doing you are Hos. 4.4. a people that controll the Priest: that you are too high, when you 1. Thes. 5 12. set your selves over them that are over you in the Lord: and that this is no part of that Rom. 12.4. sober wisdome, which S. Paul commendeth to you; but of that cup­shotten wisdome which he there condemneth. Which breaking compasse and outreac [...] ­ing is (no doubt) the cause of these lamentable rents and ruptures in the Lord's Nett, in our dayes. For, Only by pride commeth contention, saith the Wise man. Which point I wish might be looked upon and amended. Sure, it will marre all in the end.

3 Thirdly, if any man lift up himselfe too high, any of both these wayes, GOD hath taken order to abate him and take him downe: for, He hath appointed his Prophetts, to Hos 6.6. prune those that are too high; and he hath ordeined his word, to 2. Cor. 10.4. bring downe every imagination that shalbe exalted against it. Now then, if there be any man, that shall seek to set himselfe without the shot of it, and is so high minded, as that he cannot suf­fer the words of exhortation; and where GOD hath said, Charge them that be rich, he cannot abide to heare any Charge (and such there be:) sure, that man without all que­stion is very high-minded; and if he durst, he would teare out this leafe, and all other, where like charge is given through the Bible. Of Naball it is recorded,1. Sam. 25.17. He was so surly, a man might not speake to him: Of 2 Sam 3.7. Abner (a great man, and a speciall stay of the house of Saul) that upon a word spoken, of his adulterous life with one of Saul's mini­ons, he grew to such choler, that he forgat all, and laid the plot that cost his Master Ishbosheth his kingdome. Micheah prophesied good things, that is to say, profitable to Ahab, the event shewed it: yet because he did not prophesie good things, that is, such as Ahab would heare, he spared not openly to professe, he hated him: and whereas the false Prophets were fedd at his owne table, and fared no worse then he and the Queen, he tooke order for Micheach-his diet, that it should be the bread of affliction and the water of trouble;1. King. 22. and all for a charge-giving. These were (I dare boldly affirme) high-min­ded men in their generations: If any be like these, they know what they are. If then there be any that refuse to be pruned and trimmed by the word of GOD, 1 Who either when he heareth the words of the charge, Deut 29.19. blesseth himselfe in his heart and saith, Tush he doth but prate; these things shall not come upon me, though I walk still according to the stubbornesse of mine owne heart: 2 Either in hearing the word of GOD, takes upon him (his flesh and bloud, and he) to sitt on it, and censure it: and say to himselfe one while, this is well spoken, while his humor is served; another while, this is foolishly spoken, now he babbleth, because the Charge sitts somwhat neer him: 3 Either is in the Phari­see's case, which after they have heard the Charge, do (as they did at CHRIST) [...],Gal. 1.16. jest and scoffe, and make themselves merry with it, and wash it downe with a cup of sack, and thatLuke 16.14. because they were covetous: If in very deed Ier. 6.10. the word of God be to them a reproch, and they take like delight in both, and well were they if they might never heare it; and to testifie their good conceipt of the word, shew it in the account of the Ephod, which is a base & contemptible garment in their eyes, and the word in it and with it (this is Micholl's case.) Whosoever is in any of these men's cases, is in the case of a high-minded man; and that of the highest degree: for they lift themselves up, not against earth and man, but against heaven and GOD himself. O beloved, you that be in wealth and authoritie, love and reverence the word of GOD. It is the root that [Page 7] doth heare you; It is the Majestie thereof that keepeth you in your thrones, and ma­ [...]et [...] you be, that you are:Psal. 82.5. But for Ego dixi Dij estis (a parcell-commission out of this [...]mmission of ours) the madnesse of the people would beare no government, but runne [...]adlong, and overthrow all chaires of estate, and breake in peeces all the swords and s [...]epters in the world; which you of this Citie had a strange experience of in Iack Straw and his meiny. and keepe a memoriall of it in your Citie scotcheon, how all had gone downe if this Word had not held all up. And therefore, honour it I beseech you; I say, honour it. For, when the highest of you your selves, which are but grasse, and your Lordship's glory and Worship, which is the flower of this grasse, shall perish and passe away, Esay 40.8. this Word shall continue for ever. And if you receive it now, with due regard and reve­rence, it will make you also to continue for ever.

This is your Charge, touching the first branch. I beseech you, enquire of it, whi­ther there be any guilty in these points: And if there be, suffer us to doe our Office, that is to humble you; or els sure, the Lord will do His, that is pull downe riches and mind and man and all, Patimini falcem occantem, ne patiamini securim extirpantem. GOD will not suffer it certenly: He would not suffer it in a Deut. 17.20. King; He would not suffer it in an Iude 6. Angel; He cannot beare it, to rise, in an 1. Cor. 12.7. Apostle, for the greatnesse of revela­tions; therefore, He will not beare it in any man for any cause whatsoever. Let this be the conclusion of this point.

We shall never have pride well pluckt up, so long as the root of it sticks still; that is,2. The second Point: Not to trust in uncertaine ri­ches. a Vaine confidence in riches. For if we doubted them, we would not trust in them, we would not boast of them. But, we trust in them, and that inordinately, as counter­meanes against GOD: not subordinately, as under-meanes unto GOD: and in so do­ing, we translate GOD's Office unto us, and our homage unto Him, to a plate of silver or a wedge of Gold. And that is (Saint Paul saith) the worldly man's idolatrie. And indeed there is little difference: It is but turning the sentence of the Prophet David;Col. 3.5. Psal. 135 15. of Idolaters, to say thus, their Idols are silver and gold; and of the Worldly men, thus, Silver and Gold are their Idols.

We may examine our selves, in this point of the charge; namely, whither our trust be in our riches, by two waies. For it being a received ground,Pro. 24.22. that our strength is our confidence; where we take our chiefe Strength to lie, that is it certainely, which we trust to. Now, what that is, we shall soone finde. 1 If we can certifie our selves, in our need, among all meanes, what doth first offer it selfe in our intention; 2 And againe, when all meanes forsake us and faile us, what is our last succour in exe­cution.

By course of nature, every thing, when it is assalted, ever rouseth that part first, wher­in his principall strength lieth: if it be in his tuskes, them; or in his hornes, or what­soever it is, that. To a poore man (if he have a cause in hand) there is nothing com­meth to mind but GOD and innocencie, and the goodnesse of his cause: there is his strength, and that is the Horne of his salvation. But,Amos 6▪ 13. the rich (saith Am [...]s) hath gotten him Hornes in his owne strength; and not iron-hornes, as were Zidkiah's, but golden-bornes, with which he is hable to push any cause, till he have consumed it. For indeed, if he be to undertake ought, the first thing that commeth to his head is, Thus much will dispatch it: Such a gift will assure such a man, and such a gift will stop such a mans mouth, and so it is done: Neither is GOD in all his thoughts.

Tell me then, in your affaires, what commeth first to mind? nay, tell your selves what it is. Aures omnium pulso (saith Saint Augustine) conscientias singulorum con­venio. Tell your selves, what it is; and by this, trie and know, wherein your trust is; whither this charge meet with you or no, whither your riches be the strength of your confidence.

Now lightly, what we first thinke of, that we last flie to. It is so. Salomon saw it in 2 his time and said, The rich mans wealth is his castle: that, even as men,Pro. 18.11. when they are soiled in the field, and beaten from the Citie-walls, flie last of all into the Castle, and there thinke themselves safe, as in their place of chiefe strength; So, it falleth out with [Page 8] the rich of this world, in many of their causes, when Iustice and aequitie and truth, and right, and GOD, and goodmen and a good conscience and all forsake them (and yet yield they will not, in the Pri [...]e of a high minde) they know, when all other have forsaken them, their purse will stand to them: and thither, as to their strongest salvation they flie, when nothing els comforts them. So that, when they cannot in heart, say to GOD,Iob 31.24. Mic. 2.1. Thou at my hope, their matter is so badd; they do say ('tis he, in Iob) to their Wedge of Gold; Well yet, thou art my confidence. And surely, he that deviseth or pursueth an un [...]ighteous cause, because his hand hath strength, that man may be arreig­ned of the point. As againe if any say, and say within truly (dic, dic, sed intus dic, faith Augustine) with all my riches, with all my friends and all the meanes I can make, I can do nothing against the truth: when a man is so rich that he is poore to doe evill; so [...]se, that he is a foole to do evill; so trusteth in his riches, that he dare not take an evill cause in hand, no more then the poorest commoner in the citie; I dare dis­ch [...]rge that than the Court for this point. Oh beloved, thinke of these things; and se­cretly betwixt GOD and you, use your selves to this examination: Sure, if GOD be GOD, and if there be any truth in Him, you shall find great peace and comfort in it at the last.

The Reason, The Vncertain­tie of Riches. Charge the rich, that they be not high-minded, nor trust &c. And, why not high-min­ded? and why not trust? Inclusively the reason is added in these words, because of the uncertainty of riches. It is Paul's reason; and it is Salomon's too, who knew better what belonged to riches, Pro. 23.5. then Paul or any other. Travaile not too greedily for them, be­stow not all thy wisedome upon them (saith he:) for they have the wings of an eagle, and will take their flight of a sodein. Such is Saint Paul's word heere, the very same. We behold them, we hold them, they are heer with us; let us but turne our selves aside a little, and looke for them, and they are gone. It is, as if he should say; Indeed if we could pinion the wings of our riches, Pro. 27.24. if we could naile them downe fast to us, then were there some shew or shadow, why we should repose trust in them: But it is otherwise; they are exceeding uncertaine; even the harvest of the water much above all trades. Yea, I take it, the Merchants confesse so much, before they be aware: For, by this, he claimeth to be allowed and extraordinarie gaine, because he ventureth his traffique as uncertaine, and that he is driven to hazard and putt in a venture his goods continually, and many times his person, and (to make him a right venturer) many times his soule too. And, if they be not uncertaine, how commeth it then to passe, that rich men themselves are so uncertaine? that is, that they that were but the other day even a little before, of principall credit, within a while after, and a very short while after, their bills will not be taken? And if riches be not uncertaine, what need they upon a night of foule wea­ther, any Assurances upon the Exchange? What need the Merchants have securitie one of another? What need they, to have their estates sure, and so good? such assurances and conveyances, so strong, yea more strong then the wit of man can devise, if both riches and men be not uncertaine? I know, they pretend the mans mortalitie: but, they know, they meane many times, the mortalitie of his riches rather then him­selfe; or at the least, of the one as of the other. I will be judged by them­selves.

I would have you marke Saint Paul's manner of speech. Before, he called them, not rich, barely; but, with an addition, the rich of this world. Sure, it is thought of di­verse of the best Writers both old and new (I name, of the new, Master Calvin; and of the old, Saint Augustine) that this addition is a diminution; and that it is (as it were) a barre, in the armes of all rich men; and that, even by that word, he meanes to en­ [...]wite them, and (as I may say) to crie them down; so, to make an entrance to his charge, that men should not be too proud of them. For, being of this world, they must needs favour of the soile; be as this world is (that is) transitorie, fickle and deceitfull. And now, he comes in with riches againe; and will not put it alone, but calleth it the uncer­tainty of riches. And I see, it is the Holy Ghost's fashion, not in this place onely, but all along the Scriptures, to speake nothing magnifically of them, as the manner of the [Page 9] world is to do. Saint Paul calleth them not rich, but the rich of this world: Saint Iohn l [...]wise calleth them not goods simply, but this world's goods. 1. Ioh. 3.17. Saint Paul calleth them [...]ot riches, but the uncertainty of riches: Our SAVIOVR CHRIST calleth them [...]ot riches, but the deceitfullnesse of riches. So David: Matt. 13.22. the plate and arras and rich fur­niture of a wealthy man, calleth it of purpose, the glory of a mans house; not his glory, Psal 49.16. but the glorie of his house; (that is Saint Chrysostome's note) And Salomon calleth them (as they be indeed) GOD's blessings of his left hand. For, immortalitie, aeternall life, that onely is the blessing of His right hand. All, to learne us, not to boast our selves, or stay our selves, or (as CHRIST calleth it) to rejoice (I say not, as He to his Disciples, that a few devills, but) that a few mineralls be subject unto us; but that, by our humblenesse of mind, trust in GOD, dealing truly with all, and mercifully with our poore brethren, we are assured, that our names are written in the booke of life. This then is the uncertainty of our riches; because, they are the riches of this world (the world, and they, are all within the compasse of our Text) that is, you must leave them to the world, they are none of yours. Denique si vestra sint (saith Gregorie) tollite ea vobis­cum, If they be yours, why do you not take them with you, when you go? By leaving them behind you to the world, you confesse, they are not yours, but the world's. But, indeed, they are the riches of this world; Hîc enim acquiruntur, hîc vel amittuntur, vel dimittuntur: heere you get them, and heere you may lose them; heer you get them, and heere you must leave them. And in this disjunctive, you have the certainty of ri­ches: the very certainty is losing or leaving, that is, forgoing; so, the very certainty is an uncertainty. Leave them, or lose them we must: leave them when we die, or lose them while we live. One end they must have, finem tuum, or finem suum; thy end, or their owne end. You must either leave them when you die, or they will leave you while you live, this is certaine: but, whither you, them; or, they you; this is uncertaine. Iob tarried himselfe, his riches went: The Rich mans riches tarried,Luk. 12. but he himselfe went. One of these shall be, we know; but which of them shall be, or when, or how, or how soone it shall be, that we know not.

Let us briefly consider this double uncertaintie:

  • 1. Of our riches staying with us first.
  • 2. And then, of our staying with them.

1. In 2. Cor. 11.26. when as he would glorie, he saith, He will glorie in his infir­mitie: which when he would recount, as a principall part of it, he reckoneth, that he had beene in perills of waters, in perills of robbers, of his owne nation, among the Gentiles, in the citie, in the wildernesse, in the sea, and amongst false brethren. If this were frailtie, then (sure) fraile and weake are riches. And sure, if the rich will glorie, they must glorie with Saint Paul: for, they are in all, and in more and greater then the Apostle ever was. He was in perills of water; they in perill both of water and fire: He was in perill of robbers, they in perill of Rovers by Sea, and Robbers by land: He in perill of his owne nation; they are in perill of our owne nation, and of other nations; both remo­ved as the Moore and Spaniard, and neere home, as the Dunkerker: He in perill of strangers; they, not of strangers onely, but of their owne houshold, their servants and factours: He in perill of the Sea; they, both of the tempest at the Sea, and the Publi­can on land: He in perill of the wildernesse, that is, of wild beasts; they, not onely of the wild beast called the Sycophant, but of the tame beast too, called the flatterer: He in danger of false brethren; and so are they in perill of certaine false brethren cal­led wilfull Bankrupts, and of certaine other called deceitfull Lawyers; for the one, their debts; for the other, their estates and deeds can have no certainty.

Musculus on that place (where CHRIST willeth Our treasure to be laid, where no [...]othes come) saith, his Auditors did laugh in conceipt, at CHRIST,Matt. 6. that frayed [...]hem with moths, their maids should deale with the mothes well enough: (Saith he) you think, he meant the seely poore flies: Tush you are deceived, what say you to Tineae urbanae, evill Creditors? You must needs creditt, you can have no vent for your mer­ [...]handizes: and what say you to a second kind of mothes, called Tineae forenses, West­ [...]inster-Hall-mother? (for I trust, I may speake of the corrupt Lawyer, with the favour of [Page 10] the better sort) you must needs credit them with your evidences and estates; it is not certaine what wealth these two mothes do wast, and in what uncertaintie mens riches are, by their meanes.

These are out of Saint Paul's perills; he was free from these mothes. But many rich men might be brought forth in a faire day and shewed, whose substance hath by these moathes been fretted to peeces. Thus little certainty have we, of their staying with us.

2. But grant, Let it be that they were certaine: yet, except we our selves were sure to stay with them also, it is as good as nothing. That there may be a certaintie between two things (as a man, and his wealth) to continue together, they must either of them be s [...]re: els, if the one faile, where is the other's assurance? Grant then, we were cer­taine of them, we are not certaine of our selves; and in very deed, we are no more cer­taine of them, then they of us. Leases of them we have for sixtie yeares; but they have no leases of us for three houres: If they might take leases of us too, it were somewhat. Now, when the Lease is taken, nay when the Fee simple is bought, and the house, and the ware-house filled,Luk. 12. Iames 1.11. and the purse too, if GOD say but Hâc nocte, it dashes all. For which cause, I thinke, Saint Iames (speaking in two severall places of our life and our riches;) our riches he compareth to the grasse, of no certentie; it will either wither, or be pluckt up shortly: but this is a great certaintie in respect of that of our life, which he resembleth to a vapour, which we see now, and by and by we turne us to looke for it, and it is vanished away. To us then that are uncertaine of our selves, they cannot be but riches of uncertaintie.

But, let us admitt, we were sure of both these, what is it to have riches and not to enjoy them? And the enjoying of riches dependeth upon two uncertainties more.

1. First, a mans uncertaintie, which hangeth upon the favour of a Prince; which is many times wavering and uncertaine. I know not, whether I shall make you under­stand it, because of the want of examples in our time, by meanes of the mild and bles­sed governement that we live in. For, a practise it hath been, and many Records do our Chronicles affoord, in the daies of some Princes of this Realme, when a man was growen to wealth, to picke holes and make quarrells against him, and so seaze his goods into the Prince's hand: to use wealthy Citizens as spunges to roule them up and downe in moisture till they be full, and then to wring all out of them againe. GOD wot, an easy matter it is, if a Prince stand so minded, to find matter of disgrace against a subject of some wealth; and then he might fare never a whit the better for his wealth, for fine and forfeiture whereof, rather then any fault els, the businesse it selfe was made against him. We cannot tell, what this meaneth; we may thanke the gracious go­vernment, we live under; so that, I thinke, I do scarse speake so that I am understood. But, such a thing there is, such an uncertaintie belonging to riches, whither we con­ceive it or no.

2. Againe, if the times which we live in, happen to prove unquiet and troublesome, then againe comes another uncertaintie. For, the daies being evill and dangerous, a man can have joy, and indeed no certaintie neither of riches. For, if there fall an inva­sion, or garboile into the State by forren or Civill warre, then (if ever) is Iob's simile verified,Iob. 8.14. that Riches are like a Cobwebb; that which a man shall be weaving all his life long, with great adoe and much travaile, ther comes me a souldier, a barbarous souldier, with his broome, and in the turning of a hand sweeps it cleane away. How many in our neighbour countries, during their miserie have tasted this uncertaintie? How ma­ny have gone to bed rich, and risen poore men in the morning? Great troubles are loo­ked for, and great troubles there must be and will be, doubtlesse. The world now knoweth his Master's will and doth it not, it must therefore certainely be beaten with ma­ny stripes, with many more then the ignorant world was. And therefore this word [of this world] in this Text, we may with an Emphasis pronounce and say, Charge them that are rich in this world, that they trust not in the uncertaintie of riches.

[Page 11]There are but three things in riches. 1 The possessing, 2 the enjoying 3 and last the co [...]eighing of them. Little assurance is there in the two former, and what shall we say of the conveighance? If our pompe cannot descend with us; well yet, if we were certaine to whom we should leave them, somewhat it were for the certainty of them. These considerations oft had in mind would loosen both our assurance in, and our liking of them.

What for the conveighance? do we not see daily that men make heritages, but GOD makes heires; that many sonnes rost not that, their fathers gott in hunting? that they that have been in chiefe accompt for their wealth, their sonnes should be driven even to flatter the poore, and have nothing in their hands, no not bread? that,Iob. 20.10. never snow in the Sunne melted faster, then doe some mens riches as soone as they be gone?

These things are in the eyes of the whole world. O Beloved, these are the judge­ments of GOD. Deceive not your selves with vaine words: say not in your hearts, this is the way of the world, some must gett and some must lose. No, no: it is not th [...] way of the world, it is the way of GOD's judgement. For, to the reason of man no­thing can be alledged, but that considering the infinite number of infinite rich men in this place, the posteritie of them these many yeares should by this time have filled the whole land, were it much bigger then it is, with their progenie, even with diverse both Worshipfull and Honourable Families from them descended: and it is well knowen, it is otherwise, that there is scarse a handfull in comparison. This is not the way of the world; for we see diverse Houses of diverse lines remaine to this day in continuance of the same wealth and worship which they had five hundred yeares since. It is not therefore the way of the world; say not it is so; but it is a heavy judgement from the Lord. And these uncertainties, namely this last, came upon some of them for their wicked and de­ceitfull getting of them: upon some of them, for their proud and riotous abusing them: upon some of them for their wretched and covetous reteining them. And, except ye now heare this the Lord's Charge, looke unto it, howsoever you wrastle out with the uncertainties your selves; assuredly this last uncertaintie remaineth for your chil­dren The Lord's hand is not shortened. I shall never get out of this point,Esay 59.1. if I breake not from it.

There are but three fruits of all your getting 1 the tenure: 2 the fruition: 3 the parting with. See, whither the Lord hath not laid one uncertaintie on them all. 1 Vn­certaintie, in their tarrying with us; and uncertaintie, in our tarrying with them. 2 Vn­certaintie of enjoying, by reason of the danger of the time; 3 Vncertaintie of our lea­ving them, by reason of the danger of our children's scattering. The estate in them, the enjoying of them, the departing with them, all being uncertaine, so many uncertain­ties, might not Saint Paul truly say, the uncertaintie of riches?

There is yet one behind, worse then them all. I will add no more but that: and that is, that our riches and our worship they shall leave us, because they be uncertaine; but the pride of our minds, and the vaine trust in them, them we shall be certaine of, they shall not leave us. And this is grave jugum, a heavie miserie upon mankind: The Goods, the Lordships, the Offices that they gott, them they shall leave heere: the sinne, that they committ in getting and enjoying them, they shall not leave behind them for their hearts, but that shall cleave fast unto them. This is a certaintie you will say: it is indeed a certaintie of sinne, but therefore an uncertaintie of the soule: so doth Iob reckon it amongst the uncertainties of riches. For,Iob. 27.8. what hope ha [...]h the hypocrite when he hath heaped up riches, if GOD take away his soule? where is his hope or his trust then? Never will they shew themselves in their own kind, to be a staffe of reed, as then:Esay 36.6. both deceiving them with leane on them, and besides going into their soules and piercing them. For, very sure it is, many of that calling die in great uncertainty this way; wishing, they had never seene that wealth which they have seen, that so they might not see that sinne which they then see. Yea some of them (I speake it of mine owne knowledge abroad) wish, they had never come further then the shovell and the Spade: crying out at the houre of death, both of the uncertainty of their riches, & of the uncertainty of the estate of their soules too.

[Page 12]This point, this, is a point of speciall importance, to be spoken of by me, and to be thought of by you. I would GOD, you would take it many times (when GOD shall move you) into sad consideration. With a great affection, and no lesse great truth (said Chrysostome) that heaven and earth, and all the creatures in them, if they had teares, they would shedd them in great abundance, to see a great many of us, so care­lesse in this point as we be. It is the hand of the LORD, and it is His gracious hand, (if we could see it) that He in this manner, maketh the world to totter and reele under us, that we might not stay and rest upon it, where certainty and stedfastnesse we shall ne­ver find; but in Him above, where onely they are to be found. For, if riches, being so brittle and unsteady as they be, men are so mad upon them; if GOD had setled them in any certenty, what would they have done? What poore man's right, what wi­dowe's copie, or what Orphane's legacie should have been free from us?

The I [...]I. Point. Trust in God.Well then: if riches be uncertaine, whereto shall we trust? If not in them, where then? It is the third point: Charge them that be rich in this world, that they be not high-minded, neither trust in the uncertenty of riches: but that they trust in GOD. It is the third point of the Charge, in generall; and the first of the affirmative part: and con­teineth, Partly a Homage to be done for our riches, to GOD, and that is, trust in Him: And partly a rent charge layd upon our riches, which is doing good. And in­deed,Psal. 37.5. no other then David had said before, Trust in the Lord and be doing good.

Saint Paul will batter down, and lay flat our Castle, but he will erect us another, wherein we may trust. Yea indeed, so as Salomon did before, setteth up a tower against the tower; the Tower of the righteous, which is the Name of the LORD, against the Rich man's tower, Pro. 18.10. which is as you have heard before, his riches. In stead of the World­ling's saith, which is to make money an article of his faith; teacheth us the faith of a Christian, which is, to vouchsafe none but GOD that honour. Even so doth the Apostle heer; and that, for great reason: Nam qui vult securus sperare, speret in Eo qui non potest perire, He that will trust, and be secure in his trust, let him trust in Him, who himsel [...]e never failed, and never faileth those, that put their trust in him: in whom is no uncertainty, Iam. 1.17. no not so much as any shadow of uncertainty.

Trust in him, by looking to Him first, yer we admitt any els into our conceipt: and by looking to Him last, and not looking beyond him to any, as if we had a safer or trustier then He.

And that, because he is the living GOD: as if he should say, That you pha [...]sie to your selves, to trust in, is a dead idoll, and not a living GOD; and if ever you come to any dangerous disease, you shall find, it is an idoll, dead in it self, not hable to give it selfe life; much lesse to another: not hable to ransome the bodie from the death, [...]uch lesse the soule from hers; not hable to recover life when it is gone, nay not hable to preserve life when it is present; not to remove death, nay not to remove sicknesse, not any sicknesse, not the gout from your feet, not the palsie from your han [...]s, nay not so much as the ache from your teeth: not hable to add one haire to your head, nor one haire's bredth to your stature, nor one houre to your dayes, nor one minute to the houres of your life. This moath-eaten God, as our Saviour CHRIST calleth it, this canker-eaten God, this God, that must be kept under locke and key from a thiefe, trust not in it for shame. O let it be never said, the living trust in the dead. Trust in the living GOD, that liveth himselfe, nay that is life himselfe; in His Sonne, that was hable to quicken himselfe, and is hable to quicken you; of whose gift and inspiration you have already this life; by whose daily spirit and visitation your soule is preserved in this life, in this mortall and corruptible life; and of whose grace and mercie we looke for our other immortall and aeternall life.

Who not onely liveth, but also giveth you, &c:] A living and a giving God: that is, that liveth, and that giveth: of whose gift you have not onely your life and terme of yeares, but even also your riches themselves; the very hornes that you lift so high, and wherwith unnaturally many times you push against Him that gave them. He giveth; [Page 13] for the earth was the Lord's and all that therein is;Psal 24.1.115.16. Ag 2.9. till the earth he gave unto the children of men: And silver and Gold were the Lord's, till, not by a casuall scattering, but by his appointed giving; not by chance, but by gift, He made them thine. He gave them: [...]ou broughtest none of them with thee into the world, thou camest naked. He gave them; and when He gave them, He might have given them to thy brother of low estate, and made thee stand and ask at his door, as He hath made him now stand and ask at thine. He giveth you riches; you get them not; it is not your own wisdome or travaile that getteth them, but His grace and goodnesse that giveth them. For, you see many men of as great understanding and foresight as your selves, want not onely riches, but even bread. It is not your travaile; except the Lord had given them, Eccle. 9.11. all the early up-ri­sing, and late downe-lying had been in vaine. It is GOD that giveth: make your recog­nisance it is so, for feare lest if you denie Dominus dedit, Iob 1.21. you come to affirme Dominus abstulit. GOD teacheth, it was He that gave them, by taking them away.

This is Saint Paul's reason: let us see how it serves his conclusion to the overthrow of our vaine pride and foolish trust in them. If it be gift, Si accepisti quid gloriaris? 1. Cor 4.7. be not proud of it: And if it be gift, He that sent it, can call for it again; trust not in it.

Who giveth us all things &c] All things, spirituall or corporall, temporall or aeter­nall, little or great, from the least and so upward; from the greatest and so downward: from panem quotidianum, a morsell of bread, to Regnum coelorum, the Kingdome of heaven. He giveth us all even unto Himselfe: yea He giveth us himselfe and all, and more we cannot desire.

Why then, if He give all, all are Donatives; all that we hold, we hold in franck al­moigne; and no other tenure is there, at GOD's hands, or in our Law. For,1. Cor. 4.7. quid ha­bes quod non accepisti? What is there? that is to say, name one thing, thou hast, tha [...] thou hast not received; and if there be any one thing, boast of that and spare not. But if that be nothing, then let Cyprian's sentence take place (so much commended and so often cited by Saint Augustine) De nullo gloriandum est, quia nullum est nostrum: and add unto it, De nullo fidendum est, quia nullum est nostrum: we must glorie of nothing, for that we have nothing of our owne; neither must we trust any thing, for that we have nothing of our owne.

That giveth us all things to enjoy:] Not onely to have, but to enjoy. For, so to have them, that we have no joy of them; so to get all things, that we can take no part of them, when we have gotten them; so to possesse the labours of our hands, that we cannot eat the labours of our hands, as good be without them: This is a great vanitie and vexation; and indeed (as Salomon saith) an untimely birth were better, Eccles. 6.2.3. then so to be. But blessed be God, that besides these blessings to be enjoyed, giveth us healthful bo­dies to enjoy them with, the favor of our Prinee to enjoy them under, the dayes of peace to enjoy them in; whereby our soules may be satisfied with good things, and every one may eat his portion with joy of heart.

That giveth all things to enjoy:] that is, dealeth not with you as he hath dealt with the poore; hath given you things not onely of use and necessitie, but things also of frui­tion and pleasure: hath given you not onely Manna for your need, but also Quailes for your lust: Hath given you out of Ophir not onely linnen cloth, and Horses for service,Psal. [...]8.29, but also, Apes, Ivorie, and Peacocks, for your delight. Vnto them he giveth indu­menta, covering for their nakednesse; but unto you ornamenta, clothing for your com­linesse. Vnto them he giveth alimenta, nourishment for their emptinesse; unto you delectamenta, delicious fare for daintinesse. Therfore you above all men, are to rejoyce in Him, there is great cause: that he may rejoyce over you, unto whom He hath given so many wayes, so great cause of rejoycing.

That giveth us all things to enjoy plenteously:] Plenteously, indeed, may Israël now say, Psal. 147.20. (said the Prophet;) may England now say (say I) and I am sure upon as great cause. He hath not dealt so with every Nation, nay He hath not dealt so with any nation. And plen­teously may England now say; for it could not alwayes: Nay it could not ever had said [Page 14] the like. Plenteously indeed, for He hath not sprinkled, but powred His benefitts upon us.Psal. 144 15. Ibid. Not onely Blessed be the People whose God is the Lord (that blessing which is highly to be esteemed, if we had none besides it,) but Blessed be the People that are in such a case. That blessing He hath given vs, all things to enjoy plenteously; we cannot, nay our enemies cannot but confesse it. O that our thankfulnesse to Him, and our bounty to His, might be as plenteous, as His gifts and goodnesse have beene plenteous to us!

To move us from the two evills before, the Apostle used their uncertaintie, which is a reason from Law and the course thereof. So he might now have told us, if we trusted not in God, we should have the table turned, and his giving changed to taking away; our all things, into want of many things, and having nothing neer all; our plenty into penurie; and our enjoying more then we need, into no more then needs, nor so much neither. Thus he might have dealt: but He is now in a point of Ghospell, and therefore taketh his perswasion from thence. For, this indeed, is the Evangelicall ar­gument of God's goodnesse; and there is no goodnesse to that, which the consideration of God's goodnesse worketh in us.

The argument is forcible; and so forcible, as that choose whither this will move us or no: Sure, if this will not prevaile with us, we shall not need Moses nor CHRIST, to sit and give sentence upon us; the Devill himself will do it. For, as wicked as he is, and as wretched a spirit, yet thus he reasoneth upon Iob: Doth Iob feare Thee for nought? As if he should say:Iob 1.9. seeing thou hast dealt so plenteously, yea so bounteously with him, if he should not serve thee, if he should so farre forget himselfe, it were a fault past all excuse, a fault well worthy to be condemned. A bad fault it must be, that the Devill doth abhorre: yet so bad a fault it is (you see) that the Devill doth abhorr it. When men receive blessings plenteously from God, and returne not their homage back againe, unthankfull rich men shall need no other judge but the Devill, and then, as you see, they are sure to be condemned. For, if God will not do it, the Devill will.

Let me then recommend this third part of the Charge to your carefull remembrance and regard. It concerneth your homage, which is your trust in him, that you trust in him with your service of body and soule, who hath trusted you with his plenty and store, and hath made you in that estate, that you are trusted with matters of high im­portance both at home and abroad. For, it is the argument of all arguments to the true Christian, because GOD hath given him (saith Saint Iames) without exprobra­tion;Iam. 1.5. and given all things, without exception of any; and that to enjoy which is mor [...] then competencie; and that plenteously, which is more then sufficiencie; therefore, even therefore, to trust in Him onely. If ther be in us the hearts of true Christians, this will shew it; for it will move us: and so let it I beseech you. Let us not, as men under the Law, be tired with the uncertainty of the creatures; but as men under grace, have our hearts broken with the goodnesse of our GOD. In that GOD to place our trust, who beyond all our deserts giveth: if we respect the quantitie, all things; if the manner, very plenteously; if the end, to joy in them; yet so, that our joy and repose end in Him: a very blessed and heavenly condition.

The IIII. Part. That they do good. Psal 37.3. Trust in the Lord and be doing good, said David: Saint Paul saith the same, Charge the rich of this world, that they do good. The last was a very plausible point, which we have dwelt in with great delight. What? the plentie of all things; that we enjoy, and long may enjoy I beseech GOD: who is not mooved with joy to heare it reported?

But little know they, what a consequent Saint Paul will inferr upon this antecedent. For, thus doth Paul argue. GOD hath done good to you by giving you; you also are bound to do good to others, by giving them. If he hath given you all things, you ought to part with something: (and the more you part with, the liker ye become to Him, that giveth all things.) If he have given you to enjoy, you ought to receive others into the fellowship of the same joy: and not to think, that to do others good, is to do your selves hurt. If plenteously He have given you, you ought to be plenteous in [Page 15] giving; and, not when the Lord hath his Epha great, wherein He hath mete to you, to make your Hin small, whereby you measure to the poore; turning the plentie of heaven into the scarsitie of earth.

Thus doth the Apostle fetch the matter about, and thus doth he inferre your doing good to these little lambes and such like, out of GOD's doing good unto you.

And that which he inferreth, he doth exceeding fitly and sheweth great art and lear­ning in it. For, speaking of enjoying (his very last word) he is carried in a very good zeale and affection to the rich of this world, to desire of GOD, and to entreat of them that they may not have onely [...] of them (that is) enjoy them for a season, Heb. 11.25. but that they may enjoy them for ever; not onely, for a few yeares, or weekes or daies (we cannot tell well which) but from everlasting to everlasting: And that is, by do­ing good. So enjoy that we may do good too.

To say truth: Saint Paul could not better devise, then heere to place it. For, our too much enjoying eateth up our well doing, cleane. Our too much lashing on in do­ing our selves good, maketh that we can do good to none but our selves. Our present en­joying destroyeth our well doing utterly, and consequently the aeternall enjoying we should have of our riches. As Pharao's leane kine d [...]voured the fatt, Gen 41.4. and it was not seene on them, so doth (saith Basil) our [...], our riotous mispending (where we should not) eat up out [...], our Christian bestowing where we should: and a man cannot tell, what is become of it. Very well and wisely said that Father, [...], Pride is prodigalitie's whetstone, and it setts such an edge upon it, in our enjoy­ing, that it cutts so deepe into our wealth; and shares so much for our vaine and rio­tous enjoying, that it leaves but little for our well-doing.

Looke how the trust in GOD, and the trust in riches are sett one against another, heere by the Apostle; so are our high minds, and our doing good. One would not thinke it at the first, but (sure) so it is; we must have lower minds and lesse pride, if we will have more good works and greater plenty of well-doing. You may therefore enjoy your wealth, that is true: but you must also take this with you, you must do good with it, and learne of the Apostle, there be two uses of your riches, and that therefore GOD hath given them, 1 To enjoy, 2 To do good: not, to enjoy only; but, to enjoy and to do good.

Enjoying, is doing good: But, not to our selves onely; but, by doing good, heere, Saint Paul meaneth, to do it to others, that they may be the better for us. The very same two doth Salomon in very fitt termes sett downe: that Water is given into our ci­sterne, 1 that we may drinke of it our selves, 2 that our fountaines may flow out, Pro. 5.15. and they that dwell about us fare the better for them.Matt. 12.42. The very same two doth a greater then Salomon, our SAVIOVR himselfe compt of too: for, of his purse, we read He had these two uses, to buy that He had need of himself, and to give something to the poore. It is good reason, that man consisting of two parts, the soule and body, Ioh. 13.29. the body only should not take up all; but, the soule should be remembred too. Enjoying is the bodie's part; and well-doing is the soule's: your soules are suiters to you to remember them, that is, to remember well-doing, which is the soule's portion.

Remember this second: the other (I doubt not) but you will remember fast enough. This was the use of our SAVIOVR CHRIST's purse, and if yours be like His, this must be the use of yours also. For surely, it is greatly to be feared, that many rich at this day, know not both these: indeed know no other use of their wealth then an Oxe or an Asse, or other brute beasts would know; to have their crib well served, sweet and cleane provender of the best in the manger, and their furniture and trappings fitt and of the finest fashion: No other, then the Glutton did, to go in soft lin­nen and rich silke and to fare deliciously every day. Or then the other, his pew-fellow,Luk. 16.19. that professed, it was all the use he compted of; and therefore we see he saith to his soule, Eat thy fill (soule) and drink thy fill; fill and fatt thy selfe, and enjoy this life;Luk. 12.19. never looke to enjoy any other.

We must learne-one use more, one more out of our charge, and consequently. [Page 16] When we looke upon our sealed summes, our heapes of treasure, and continuall com­mings in, thus to thinke with our selves: This that I see heere, hath GOD given me to enjoy, but not onely for that, but, to do good with, also. The former use of my ri­ches I have had long and daily still have, but what have I done in the other? The rich men in the Gospel, they had the same; they did enjoy theirs; but now (it is sure) little joy they have of them: why? for want of this other. Abraham he did both; he en­joyed his riches heere, and now another, an aeternall joy of them. Yea he received La­zarus into his bosome. Why? he received him into his bosome, and cherished him, and did good heere on earth. And so did Iob, and so did Zachaeus. Now good Lord, so give me grace, so to enjoy heere, that I lose not my endlesse joy in thy heavenly kingdome. Let me follow their stepps in my life, with whom I wish my soule after death. These things are good and profitable for the rich, oft to thinke on.

Well then, if to do good be a part of the Charge, what is it to do good? It is a positive thing (good;) not a privative, to do no harme. Yet, as the world goeth now, we are saine so to commend men; He is an honest man, he doth no hurt: of which praise any wicked man, that keepes himselfe to himselfe, may be partaker. But, it is to doe some good thing: what good thing? I will not answer, as in the Schooles; I feare, I should not be understood; I will go grossely to worke. These that you see heere before your eyes, to do them good, to part with that, that may do them good; use the goods that you have, to do but that, which sundry that have heertofore occupied those roomes where you now sitt (whose remembrance is therefore in blessing upon earth, and whose names are in the booke of life in heaven) have done before you in diverse workes of charitie, to the maintenance of the Church, the benefit of Learning, and the reliefe of the Poore of the land. This is to do good. This, I trust, you un­derstand.

This know; that GOD hath not given sight to the eye, to enjoy, but to lighten the members; nor wisedome to the honourable man, but for us men of simple shallow forecast; nor learning to the divine but for the ignorant: so, neither riches to the wealthy, but for those that want reliefe. Thinke you Timothee hath his depositum, and we ours, and you have none? it is sure, you have. We, ours, in inward graces and treasures of knowledge: You yours, in outward blessings and treasures of wealth. But, both are deposita, and we both are feoffees of trust. I see, there is a strange hatred, and a bitter gainsaying every where stirred up against unpreaching Prelates (as you terme them) and Pastors that feed themselves onely; and they are well worthy: If I might see the same hatred begoon among your selves, I would thinke it sincere. But, that, I cannot fee. For, that which a slothfull Divine is, in things spirituall; that is, a Rich man for himselfe and no body els, in things carnall, and they are not pointed at. But sure, you have your harvest as well, as we ours; and that a great harvest. Lift up your eyes and see the streets round about you, the harvest is verily great and the Labourers few: Matt. 9.37· Let us pray (both) that the Lord would thrust out Labourers into both these har­vests, that the treasures of knowledge being opened, they may have the bread of aeter­nall life: and the treasures of well-doing being opened, they may have the bread of this life, and so they may want neither.

I will tell you it, another as easie a way: Saint Augustine making it plaine to his auditorie (somewhat backward as it should seeme) was faine to tell them thus, thus to define doing good: Quod non vultis facere, hoc bonum est (said he:) that that you will not doe, that that I cannot get you to do, that is to doe good. Shall I say so to you? No indeed, I will not; I hope better things, and partly I know them. But, this I will say: that which the Papists with open mouth, in all their books, to the slander of the Gospell; that which they say, you doe not; nay, you will not doe; that is, to doe good.

One of them saith, that our Religion hath comforted your force attractive so much, and made it so strong, that nothing can be wroong from you. Another, he saith, that our Religion hath brought an hardnesse into the bowells of our Professors, that [Page 17] they pitie little, and the cramp or chiragra into their hands, that they give lesse. Ano­ther [...] our preaching hath bredd you minds full of Salomon's horsleches, that cry [...]ri [...]g in, bring in and nothing els. All of them say, that your good workes come so from you, as if indeed your religion were, to be saved by fai [...]h onely. Thus through [...]ou▪ and through want of your doing good, the Gospel of CHRIST is evill spoken of [...]mong them that are without. They say, we call not to you for them: that we preach not this point, that we leave them out of our Charges. Libero animam meam, I deli­ver heere mine owne soule: I do now call for them; I have done it elsewhere yer now. Heere, I call for them now, I take witnesse, I call you to record, I call heaven to r [...] ­cord, Domine scis quia dixi, scis quia locutus sum, scis quia clamavi: Lord, thou knowest, I have spoken for them, I have called for them, I have cried for them, I have made them a part of my charge, and the most earnest and vehement part of my charge, even the charge of doing good.

Vnto you therfore that be rich be it spoken; heare your charge I pray you. There is no avoiding, you must needs seale this fruit of well-doing, you must needs do it. For,1 having wealth and wherewithall to do good, if you do it not; Inprimis, talke not of faith, for you have no faith in you; if you have wherewith to shew it, and shew it not, Saint Iames saith, you have none to shew. Nor, tell me not of your religion, there is no religion in you:Iam. 1.27. [...] Pure religion is this (as to very good purpose was shewed yester­day) To visite the fatherlesse & widowes: and you never learned other religion of us.

Secondly, if you do it not, I warne you of it, now; you shall then find it, when you 2 shall never be hable to answer the exacting of this charge, in the great Day: where, the question shall not be of the highnesse or lownesse of your mindes, nor of your trust and confidence, or any other vertues, though they be excellent, but of your feeding, clo­thing, visiting, harbouring, succouring, and in a word, of your well-doing onely. This I say to you; beare witnesse I say it.

Now to Them, in your just de [...]ense I say: (for, GOD forbidd, but while I live, I should alway defend this Honourable Citie in all truth:) to them whom the mist of envie hath so blinded, that they can see no good at all done, but by themselves, I for­bidd them, the best of them, to shew me in Rhemes or in Rome or any popish Citie Christen, such a shew, as we have seene heer these two daies. To day, but a handfull of the heape, but Yesterday and on Moonday, the whole heape; even a mightie armie of so many good workes as there were relieved Orphanes, the Chariotts of this Citie,2. King. 2.12. I doubt not, and the horsemen thereof.

They will say, it is but one; so they say: Be it so, yet it is a matchlesse one. I will go further with them; Spoken be it to GOD's glorie Non nobis Domine non nobis, Psal. 115.1. sed Nomini Tuo dagloriam. Not unto us, not unto us O Lord, but unto Thy Name give the praise, for the loving mercie and for thy truthes sake which we professe. I will be able to prove, that Learning, in the foundation of Schooles and encrease of revenues within Colledges; and the Poore, in foundation of Almes-houses, and encrease of per­petuities to them, have received greater helpe in this Realme within these forty yeares last past, since (not, the starting up of our Church, as they fondly use to speake, but since) the reforming ours from the error of theirs, then it hath, I say, in any Realme Christen, not onely within the selfe same fortie yeares (which were enough to stop their mouthes) but also then it hath in any fortie yeares upward, during all the time of Pope­rie: which I speake, partly of mine owne knowledge, and partly by sufficient grave information to this behalfe. This may be said and said truly.

And when we have said this, what great thing have we said? that, time for time, so many yeares for so many; thirtie yeares of light have made comparison with thirtie yeares of trouble. But, this is not as we would have it: We would have it out of all comparison. This, that hath been said, is strange to them (I know) and more, then they reckoned of. But I would have you in these times of peace and truth, so farre beyond them, as that you might [...], snafflle them in this. So,1. Pet. 2.15. that they durst not once offer to enter into this theme with us, or once to mention it more. So it should be, I am sure; so the Gospel deserves to have it.

[Page 18] 2. The Quan­titie: Be rich in good works.You have the substance of that you must do, to do good. Now heer is the quantitie: Be rich in good workes: that seeing you are rich indeed, you would not be poore men but rich in good works.

Good works (Saint Paul saith) not good words. Good, with the goodnesse of the hand; not with the goodnesse of the tongue, and tongue onely; as many now are, (well therefore resembled to the tree that Plinie speaketh of, the leaves of it as broad as any targett, but the fruict is no bigger then a bean:) to talke targetts, and to do beanes. It were better reversed,2. Tim. 3.16. if we were (as Saint Paul saith) perfect in all good workes, then per­fect in certaine curious and queint termes, and sett phrases, wherein a great part of ma­ny men's religions do now adayes consist: plaine speech and sound dealing; plaine speech and good works, best.

And rich in them. The Rich man in the Gospell, would (as he said) build his barnes big­ger to put in them [...], all his goods he had: no good out of his barne. Yes yes, some in good workes too. Saint Paul hath heere within the compasse of this Text two Rich men; his desire is, they may both meet together in every rich man. Rich, [...], in the world that now is; so, ye are: Rich, in the world that shalbe after this; be that too. Rich in cofer; so ye are: Rich in conscience; be so too. Your con­sciences you shall cary with you: your cofers you shall not. Thus you are valued in the Queene's bookes: what are you in GOD's bookes? So much worth in this land of the dying: how much worth in the land of the living? Saint Paul's advise is, that you strive for both: which you shalbe, if ye be rich in good workes. The true riches are the riches of His glorious enheritance. They be the true riches, which except a man can assure himselfe of,Eph. 1.18. after the lease of his life is out, he shalbe in a mervailous poor case, as was the Rich man;Luke 16.24. and begg of Lazarus there, that begged of him heer. Those riches must be thought of, mary then you must be rich in good workes. Not to give something, to sombody, at some time: Why? Who doth not so? That is not to be rich. To give [...], sparingly, a peece of bread, or a draught of drink, and that one­ly; that belongeth to him whom GOD hath sparingly blessed, to the brother of low estate: it is not your worke.

Exod. 35.In the Law, to the building of the Tabernacle, the poore gave Goate's haire, and Badger's skinns; that was for them, and that was accepted: the rich they gave purple, gold and Iewells to the Tabernacle; they were rich in good works. And in the Gospell, to whom much is given, Luke 12.48. of him proportionally much shalbe required: That is, in a word, as you are sessed in the Queene's bookes, so are you in GOD's bookes, each one according to his abilitie. And GOD will looke, that according to that sessement they should be done:Col. 1.10. 2. Cor. 9.8. that you should [...] abound in good works, as you do in wealth, that you should [...] Go before and sit highest, and have a precedence in works, as you have in your places. And in a word, that you should be Lords, Knights, Aldermen, Masters, Wardens, and of the Livery in good works, as you be in your severall Wards and Compa­nies. And indeed to say the truth, to commit so many sinnes, as no Auditor can num­ber them, and to affoord so few good workes, as a child may tell them: to receive such profitts as great compt-bookes will not ho [...]d them; and to yeeld so small store of good workes, as a little paper not so broad as my hand may conteine them: To lash out at a banquet, you know what; and to cast to a Captive's redemption all the world knowes what: To cast your pride with pounds, and your good works with pense; what co [...]ae­rence is there in these? This is not to be rich: But that, is a part of the charge too. I pray you remember it; Remember to be rich: not onely to do good, but to be rich in doing good. That, will make you in case well to die, as now (GOD be thanked) you are well to live.

2. The Qua­litie: Ready to distri­bute.And with the quantitie, take the qualitie too, I pray you: for the quantitie, richly; for the qualitie, readily. [...], with compulsion, not willingly; and [...]. with grudging, not cheerefully, these are the faults contrary to this vertue. GOD must have it done with a facilitie, with a readinesse, easily. And good reason, easily; for easily [Page 19] you may. We that want, cannot without difficultie; we would and we cannot: we have a heart without a hand: though we be willing, nothing is done; why? we are not hable. You are well hable (GOD be thanked) if you be well willing, there is no [...]ore to do; it is done. This readinesse is a necessary vertue in our dayes: where, yer [...]enefitt come (nay many times, yer a debt) so much ingenuitie is spent, so many Ro­ [...]'s, such a Vade & redi, go and come such a time; such a dauncing on the threshold, such [...] failing of the eyes, yer it can be seene; such a cleaving to the fingers,Pro. 3.28. yet it will come of, such instillation by now a dropp and then a dropp: as to a liberall nature, when it commeth, it is like to breadfull of gravell; for hunger a man must needs have it, and out for needs must, a man, had as leef be without [...]t. O beloved, marr not all you do before GOD and man for want of this one thing. You love a faire seed time, all of you: Hilaris datio, serena satio; cheerfull giving is like a faire seed-time. As you, for your seed, to burie it, wish a seasonable time; so and no lesse GOD desireth for His; that His seed may not be sowen with an overcast mind, but with gladnesse of heart and cheerfulnesse of countenance. Even as He doth himselfe; who what He bestoweth, bestoweth so, as He taketh as much, yea more delight in giving, then we in receiving. So do, and then this Charge is at an end: Be ready to communicate.

There is of this word, some difference among Writers; but such, as you may easi­ly reconcile. Some think, the Apostle would have rich men to be [...], easie to be spoken with, and to be spoken to. Some, that he would not onely have them give rea­dily, but lend freely, and not practise the Devill's Alchimistry (as they do) by mul­tiplication in lending. Some, that they should not think their beneficence to be a ta­king from them without receiving back, inasmuch as there is an entercourse of the gi­ [...]er's grace, and the receiver's praier. Some, that his mind is, that they should not do good to some few, but even to a multitude. All are good and godly, and agreeable to the analogie of faith: and you by doing all, may verifie and agree all, and make of a discord in opinions, an harmonie in practise. Saint Hierome (me thinketh) saith best, that Communicare est communitati dare, aut ad aliquid commune, to be beneficiall to a Societie, or to bestow to some common use.

This is the perfection or pitch of well doing, that most plenteous grace by the thanksgi­ving of many, may redound to the glorie of God. 2. Cor. 4.15. The Apostle therefore is a further sui­tor to you that be rich, and will not end his Charge, till he hath laid this on you too, to do good to Societies and Foundations, either necessarie to be erected, or more then necessarie to be maintained, lest through our evill doing, our father's well doing perish. It is not for every man to reach unto them; there is no hope to have them upholden but by you: that you would therefore have them in remembrance, and thinke upon them to do them good.

But alas, what hope is there to heare, that good wilbe this way done, since it is thought, that many may be endicted for seeking to eat up Companies, and to convert that which was the good and making of many, into their owne singulare commodum, by out-buying and out-bidding all besides themselves, that they alone may appropriate civil livings, turne common into private, the whole bodie's nourishment into one forgrow­en member, and in the end dwell alone upon the earth. Ier. 49 3 [...].

That the world is toward an end, other men may be perswaded by other reasons; none more effectuall to perswade me, then this one, that every man doeth what in him lieth to discommon communities, and to bring all to the first privation. For the world being it selfe a maine Society; these men, by dismembring under-societies, seeke and do what they can to dissolve the whole. So that, GOD must needs come to make an end of the world, or els, if this hold on, we should shortly make an end of it our selves.

It is further complained, that whereas there hath been and is given charitably to the poore and their maintenance, that the poore themselves want, and they that have the receiving of the profitts doe yet encrease mightily, Had not these things need to be put in the Charge? Are they not in the eares of the Lord? Is it not a sinne crying to [Page 20] heaven? Shall he not visit for these things? for this discredit of His Gospell, for this un­excusable, unfaithfull dealing, in the eares of Iew and Gentile, of Turke and Christian, of GOD and man? I beseech you still, suffer the words of exhortation: it is good for you to know, what things are said abroad. For my part, in GOD's presence I protest, I know none; and if there be none, present none. It is that I desire; the charge is now given, may be given in vaine.

1 To the Church.Now, if you [...]nquire, to whom your doing good should stretch it selfe? Saint Paul himselfe will [...]ell you. To them that instruct you, they are to Gal. 6.6. communicate with you in all [...] goods, that is, the Church: and to the necessitie of the Saints, or to the Rom. 12.13. Saints that [...] necessitie, that is, to the Poore.

The Church first: Est 4.14. For this end, came Ester to the Kingdome, and Neh. 1.11. Nehemiah to his great favour with the Prince, even to do good to the Church: And for this end hath Ezek. 28.14. Tyrus that rich Citie, that abundance bestowed on her, even to be a covering Cherub to the Church of GOD, and to stretch her wings over it. The Prophet's meaning was, that rich men must be a shadow of maintenance and defense to the Arke, to Di­vinitie, their riches must serve them as wings to that end; they must be covering Che­rubs on earth to the Church militant, if ever they wilbe singing Cherubs in heaven with the Church triumphant.

And much good might be done, and is not, in this behalfe: and that many wayes. I will name but one, that is, that with their wings stretched out, they would keep the filth and pollution of the sinne of sinnes (whereof you heard so bitter complaint both these dayes) of Simonie and Sacriledge, from falling on the Arke, and corrupting and putri­fying it, which it hath almost already done. That seeing the Pope do that he doth (howsoever some have alledged the Papist's great detestation of this sinne, and of us for this sinne, for a motive; it is all but dissembling, their hand is as deep in this sinn as any man's:) I say, seeing the Pope doth as he doth, that is, as he hath dispensed with the oath and duety of Subjects to their Prince, against the fift Commandement: with the murder, both violent with daggs, and secret with poyson of the Sacred Persons of Prin­ces, against the sixt: with the uncleannesse of the stewes, and with incestuous marriages, against the seventh: So, now of late, with the abomination of Simonie, against the eighth; having lately (as it is knowne by the voluntarie confession of their owne Priests) by speciall and expresse warrant of the See Apostolique sent hither into this Land his Licence dispensative to all Patrons of his marke to set up Simonie, and to mart & make sale of all Spirituall livings which they have or can get, to the uttermost penny, even (if it were possible) by the sound of the drumme; and that with a very cleare con­science (so that some portion thereof be sent over to the relief of his Seminaries, which by such honest meanes as this, come to be now maintained.) Seeing thus do the Papists, and we (loth to be behind them in this gain of bloud) make such merchandise with this sinne, of the poore Church and her patrimonie, as all the world crieth shame of it: To redeeme the ord [...]rly disposing them to the Churche's good, were a speciall way for you rich men to do good in these dayes. Neither as these times are, do I know a better service, nor which (I am perswaded) will please GOD better, then this, or be better accepted at His hands.

This for the Church: you must have a wing stretched abroad to cover it. And for the poore, To the Poore. you must have a bosome wide open to receive them. Lazarus in a rich man's bosome, is a goodly sight in heaven; and no lesse goodly in earth. And there shalbe never a rich man with Lazarus in his bosome, in heaven, unlesse he have had a Lazarus in his bosome heer on earth.

The poore are of two sorts: Such as shalbe with us alwayes (as CHRIST saith) to whom we must do good by relieving them:Ioh. 12.8. such is the comfortlesse estate of poore Captives; the succorlesse estate of poore Orphanes; the desolate estate of the poore Widowes; the distressed estate of poore Strangers; the discontented estate of poore Scholars: all which must be suffered and succoured too.

There are others, such as should not be suffered to be in Israël, whereof Israël is full: [Page 21] I meane; beggers, and vagabonds, able to worke; to whom good must be done, by not suffering them to be as they are, but to employ them in such sort, as they may do [...]ood. This is a good deed no doubt; and there being, as I heare, an honourable good purpose in hand for the redresse of it, GOD send it good successe. I am as [...]ne, in part of my charge, to exhort you by all good meanes to helpe and fur­ther it.

Me thinketh it is strange, that the exiled Churches of Strangers which are harboured heer with us, should be hable in this kind to do such good, as not one of their poore is seene to aske about the streets; and this Citie, the harborer and maintainer of them, should not be able to do the same good. Hable it is no doubt, but men would have doing good too good cheape. I know, the charges will be great: but, it will quitt the charges, the good done will be so great. Great good to their bodies, in redeeming them from diverse corrupt and noysome diseases, and this Citie from danger of infecti­on. Great good to their soules, in redeeming them from idlenesse, and the fruit of idle­nesse, which is all naughtinesse, no where so rife as among them; and this Citie from much pilfering, and losse that way. Great good to the Common-wealth, in redeeming unto it many rotten members, and making them men of service, which may heereaf­ter do good in it, to the publique benefit, and redeeme this Citie from the blood of many soules which perish in it for want of good order. Last of all, great good to the whole Estate, in bringing the blessing of GOD upon it; even that blessing,Deut. 15.4 that there shall not be a begger in all Israël. So much for doing good.

Laying up in store, &c.] That is, your worke shall not be in vaine in the end,The last point: The Reason. but receive a recompense of reward: which is a prerogative, the which GOD's Charges have above all other. In mans, there is death to the Offender; but if any have kept his charge, he may claime nothing but that, he hath. Onely the Lord's Charges are rewarded.

So that, besides the two reasons which may be drawen out of the former, 1 one of the uncertaintie, 2 the other of GOD's bounty: 1. Of the Vncertainty, Da quod non potes retinere: That we would part with that, that we cannot keepe long; that we must part with yer long, whither we will or no: 2. Of the Bounty of GOD, De meo peto, dicit CHRISTVS; That GOD which gave, asketh but his owne; but of that, He gave us, a part to be given Him, and we (if there be in us, the heart of David) will say, quod de manu tuâ accepimus. 3. Besides these, a third;1. Chro. 29.40. Though GOD might justly challenge a free gift without any hope of receiving againe, He will not; but tells us, His meaning is, not to empoverish or undoe us, but to receive these, which He gave us and came from Him every one, and those that within a while forgoe we must, to give us that, we shall never forgoe. That is that, he teacheth us: comman­deth not our losse, but commendeth to us a way to lay up for our selves, if we could s [...]e it; not, to leese and leave all, we know not to whom.

Well said Augustine, preaching on these very words: At the very hearing these words [Part with and distribute] the covetous man shrinkes in himselfe; at the very sound of parting with; as if one should poure a bason of cold water upon him, so doth he chill and draw himselfe together, and say Non perdo: he saith not, I will not part with, but, I will not lose; for he counteth all parting with to be losing. And will ye not lose saith Saint Augustine? yet, use the matter how you can, lose you shall: for, when you can cary nothing away of all you have, do you not lose it? But, goe to (saith he) be not troubled, hear what followes, shut not thy heart [...]gainst it.

Laying up for yo [...]r selves.] I know, Iudas was of the mind,Laying up for [...]our selves. that all that went besides [...] bagg, was Vtquid perditio? and so be all they that be of his spirit. But, Saint [...]aul is of that mind, that [...], to lay out to good uses, is to lay up to our owne uses: that, [...]n pa [...]ing thus with it, we do not dimittere but praemittere; not lose it, by leaving it [Page 22] heer from whence we are going, but store it up, by sending it thither before, whither we are going. And indeed, one o [...] [...] two, we must needs, either leave it behind and lose it for ever; or send it befo [...] and have it our owne for ever. Now choose whither you will hold of Iudas's, or Paule's.

For indeed, it is not laying up, Saint Paul findeth fault with; but the place, where: not building or obteining, or purchasing; all which three are specified, and the Apo­stle speaketh in your owne termes, and the things you chiefly delight in: but, the laying up in the flesh, which will rott, and with it whatsoever is laid up with it; or in the world, which is so variable now, and will be consumed all to nought, and with it, what­soever is said up in it. But, he would have us to lay it up in heaven; which (besides that it is our owne countrey, and this but a strange land) is the place, whither we passe leaving this place behind; and from whence we must never passe, but stay heer, and either for ever want, or have use for ever of that, we part with heere. And to say truth, Vt quid respicimus? With what face can we look up and look upon heaven, where we have laid up nothing? or what entertainment can we hope for there, whither we have sent no part of our provision; but for ought of our sending, the place is cleane empty?

You will say; how can one reach heaven to lay any thing there? I will aske you also another question: How can a man being in France, reach into England to lay any thing there? By exchange. And did you never hear of our exchange, Cambium coe­leste? You know, that to avoid the danger of Pirates, and the inconvenience of for [...]in Coine, not currant at home, it is the use of Merchants to pay it there, to receive it [...]eer. Such a thing is there in this laying up. We are heere as strangers: the place where we wish our selves, is our Countrey, even Paradise (if so be, we send our carriage thither before; if not, I feare, we intend some other place: it is not our country.) When we shall take our way thither, through the way of all flesh, through death, cer­tainely we lose all; he stripps every one, he laies hold of: and put case, we could get through with all our baggs; heer it is currant (for it is the coine of the world;) but, there it is base, and goeth for nought; what shall we then do? Quare non facis? why deale you not with exchange, paying heer so much, to have so much repaid you there. Adires trapezitas, you should goe to the Bankers: who be those? Cum quaesiveris, when you have sought all, Pauperes sunt campsores, they be the poore: Da pauperibus & accipies thesaurum. Where is our bill? Quod, vel quantum uni. Who will repay it? Ego resolvam: Nec repetit mercedem sed dat mercedem. What? refuse you to take CHRIST's bill? If you dare trust your servants without feare of losing; if you trust your Lord, feare you to lose? If them, of whom you receive nothing, but, they of you; what, not Him of whom earst you professed to receive all things? If CHRIST be of credit, and heaven be not Vtopia; if we thinke there is such a life after this, we shall ever have to doe there, Lay up heere. Thinke, it is a laying up. Vpon the beleeving of this one word, the weight of doing and not doing, all the Text lyeth.

When we recount our good deeds, we commonly say, For him, and for him, we have done this and that; It is true, saith Saint Paul. That good you doe, you do for them, and for your selves too: but more, for your selves then for them. To lay up, and to do good; yea, to others; Nay to do your selves good, to lay up for your selves. Be­fore, you thought it scattering; it was indeed laying up: Now, you thinke, it is for them; it is, for you, and your sakes, GOD commandeth it.

GOD hath no need of you to feed the poore; No need of the Widow to feed Elias, He could still have fedd him by ravens: and as he fed Elias by one; so could he them, by others, or other meanes, and never send them to Sarepta among you. He could have created sufficient for all men; or so few men, as all should have been suffici­ent for them.Deu [...]. 15.11. He would not: He ordered, there should ever be poore in the land: Why? To prove them; and to prove you by them: that, He which feedeth you, might feed them by you; that your superfluities might be their necessaries: that they of their p [...]tience, in w [...]nting; and you, of your liberalitie in supporting, might both together, of [Page 23] Him that made you both, receive reward. They with you, in your bosomes there, as heere: a good sight in heaven, and a good sight in earth. For sure, there shall ne­ver be a rich man in heaven, without a Lazarus in his bosome. Therefore, we have need of them, as they have need of us; yet, that, we make theirs, remaineth ours still.

It liketh the Holy Ghost, as to terme our preaching our seed, so to terme your wealth, 2 Cor 9.6. your seed. The seed, the husbandman casts it, the ground receives it: Whose is it? the ground's? No, the husbandman's. And, though it be cast out of his hands and rott in the bowells of the earth, and come to nothing, and there becomes of it, no man can tell what, yet, this compt he maketh, it is his still; and that every graine will bring him an eare, at time of the yeare; and so, that he hath, in casting it from him, stored it up for himselfe. Whereas, in foolishly loving it (as many do their wealth) he might have stored it up for wormes and mustinesse, and by that meanes indeed have lost it for altogether. The seed is your almes: The ground is the poore: You are the Sowers. When it is therefore sowen among them, how it is spent, or what becomes of it, you know not: yet, this you know, and may reckon; that at the fulnesse of time, at the harvest of the end of the world, for everie graine of temporall contribution, you shall receive an eare of aeternall retribution. Whereas, storing it up heer, it may af­ter your decease be stored for harlotts and gamesters and rioters, in whose hands it shall corrupt and putrifie, and your selves lose the fruit thereof for ever. By this compari­son you may know, that when you are dealing for the poore, it is your owne businesse, you entend: that, not forgetting them, you remember your selves; pittying them you have pitie on your owne soules, and that your labour shall not be in vaine in the Lord. 1. Cor. 15.58.

Men use to reason with themselves; it will not alwaies be health, let us lay up for sicknesse; it will not alway be youth, for age: and why not (saith Saint Paul) it will not alway be this life, not alway present life, lay up for your selves against the life to come. In this place, heere, we shall not be alwaies, but in another of our aeternall abode. This time, that is, will not be alwaies; but such a time will come, as in which, that we call a thousand yeares, shall be no more then a day, now.Psal. 90 4. That place and that time would be thought of: and good wisedome it will be, for a man to forget what he is, and to weigh what he shall be. Surely for any present matter GOD did not make us; Sed ad nescio quid aliud, to some further matter yet to come. Not yet present: as yet, in promise, not yet in performance; as yet in ho [...]e, not in pos­session. I know, that even in this place the Lord doth reward, and sheweth us plaine­ly, that Date and Dabitur are two twinnes: We our selves have by good tryall found it true; when our carefull Date and provision for the poore last yeare save one, was requited in presenti with a great Dabitur of the last yeare's encrease. But this is but an Etcaetera, making nothing to the maine promise which is to come,Luk 6 24. which our SAVI­OVR would never have out of our eye; Habetis híc, heere you have your comfort, Habete illic have it there too, for heere you cannot ever have it. For the present time, you have officers and servants to wait on you; in the time to come, none will accompanie you, all will leave you, when to the grave they have brought you, save mercie onely; none will wait or make roome, but opera eorum, your workes which you have heere layd up for the time to come.

The Scripture speaketh of this life, and all the faelicitie therein,Heb. 11.9. 2 Cor 5 1. as of a tent or booth, spread for a day and taken downe at night. Even like Ionas's gourd for all the world; fresh in the morning and starke withered yer evening. But, of the life to come, as of a ground-worke, never to remove it selfe, or we from it; but to abide therein, [...] or [...] in the prison or the palace for evermore. We shall not therefore lose but lay up in store: not for others, but for our selves: Not, for a few daies now, but for heereafter: Not a tent to be taken downe, but a foundation never to be removed.

Of all the words in the Text, not one was meet for the teeth of the Rhemists, save this onely: heere you have a perillous note close in the margent: Good workes are a [Page 24] foundation. A foundation, very true: who denies it? but whither a foundation in our graces, as CHRIST is without us, that is the point. The ground whereon every building is raised, is termed fundamentum. The lowest part of the building im­mediately lying on it, is so termed too. In the first sense, CHRIST is said to be the onely foundation: 1. Cor. 3.11. Yet the Apostles, because they are the lowest row of stones,Eph. 2.20. Col. 1.23. are said to be foundations, in the second. So, among the graces within us, faith is properly in the first sense, said to be the foundation: yet, in the second, do we not denie,Eph. 3.18. but as the Apostle calleth them, as the lowest row, next to Faith, Cha­ritie, and the workes of charitie may be called foundations too. Albeit the mar­gent might well have beene spared at this place: for, the note is heere, all out of place. For, being so great Schoolemen as they would seeme, they must needs know, It is not the drift of the Apostle heere, in calling them a foundation, to carry our considerations into the matter of justifying, but onely to presse his former reason of uncertaintie there, by a contrarie weight of certaine stabilitie heere; and so, their note comes in like Magnificat at Matins.

Thus reasoneth, Saint Paul: This world is uncertaine, of a sandy nature; you may reare upon it, but it is so bad a soile, as whatsoever you raise, will never be well settled, and therefore ever tottering; and when the raine, and the wind, and the waves beat against it,Mat. 7.26. it commeth downe on your heads. Therefore to make choise of a faster soile, build upon GOD's ground, not upon the world's ground: for,Chrys. in locum Hom. 18. [...] (saith Chrysostome;) there all is firme, there you may build and be sure, fall the raine upon the top of it, blow the wind against the side of it, rise the waves against the foot of it, it stands irremovable. Wherein the Apostle (saith Chrysostome) doth teach a very goodly and excellent art, how to make of our fugitive riches a trusty and fast friend; how to make Gold of our Quicksilver, and of the uncertaintie of riches, a sure and certaine ground-worke.

Assurance and securitie are two things (we know) that rich men many times buy deare: heere they may be had; not for thus much, or thus long, but for as much as you list, and as long as aeternitie is long, that never shall have end. The meaning is; that if you lay out, or lay on that you have, on these earthly things (the plott, which the world would faine commend unto you) with this life, or at the furthest, with this world they shall be shaken in peeces and come to nought; and you possibly in the houre of death, but most certainely in the day of judge­ment, shall shake, when the world your ground-worke shakes, and be in trembling feare and perplexed agonie touching the estate of your soule: knowing, there is no­thing comming to you but the fruit of this world, which is ruine; or the fruit of the flesh, which is corruption. But, if you shall have grace to make choise of GOD's plot, which He hath heere leveled for you to raise upon, O quanto dignum pretio! that will be worth all the world in that day: the perfect certaintie, sound knowledge, and pre­tious assurance, you shall then have, whereby you shall be assured to be received, be­cause you are sure you are CHRIST's, because you are sure you have true faith, because you are sure you have framed it up into good workes. And so shall they be a foundation to you-ward, by making evident the assurance of salvation: not, naturâ, to God-ward, in bringing forth the essence of your salvation.

Looke you, how excellent a ground-worke heere is! (not for a cotage;) whereon you may raise your frame to so notable a height, as standing on it, you may lay hand on and lay hold of eternall life. O that you would minde once these high things, that you would be in this sense high-minded! Saint Paul's meaning is to take nothing from you, but give you a better to requite it by farre. He would have you part, with part of your wealth to do good; he will lay you up for it, treasure in heaven for your owne use. He would have you forsake the world's sand and uncertaintie, wherein you can­not trust; but therefore, he markes you out a plott out of the rock whereto you may trust. He would not have you high-minded in consideration or comparison of ought on this earth; but he would have your mindes truely exalted to reach up heavenly [Page] things higher then the earth. And last, instead of this world, the lusts and riches there­of, to match that, if you will lay hold of it, he holdeth out aeternall life and the glorie thereof.

To take a short prospect into aeternall life. Life it selfe first (you know) is such a thing, as were it to be sold, would be staple ware; if it stood where hold might be laid on it, some would thrust their shoulders out of joint, but they would reach it. It was a great truth out of a great lier's mouth, Skinne and all. And I meane not aeternall, Iob 2.4. but this life; and therefore some readings have, to lay hold of true life; as if, in this, were little truth. Indeed Saint Augustine saith, it is nothing but a disease: We say of dangerous sicknesses, he hath the plague, he is in a consumption, sure he will die; and yet it failes; diverse die not: whereas (saith he) of life it selfe, it may be said, and never failes: He lives, therefore he will certainly die.

Well yet, this life, such as it is, yet we love it, and loth we are to end it: and, if it be in hazard by the Law, what running, riding) pos [...]g, suing, bribing, and if all will not serve, breaking prison is there for it! Or, if it be in danger of disease, what adoe is there kept, what ill-savoured druggs taken! what scarifying, cutting, searing! and when all comes to all, it is but a few yeares more added; and when they are done, we are where we should have been before; and then, that which is now life shall be then no life. And then, what is it the neerer? What if Adam had lived till this morning, what were he now the neerer? Yet, for all that, as short and fraile as it is, we do, what possibly man can do, to eeke it still; and think our selves jolly wise men when we have done, though we die next yeare after for all that. If then with so great labour, diligence, earnestnesse, endeavour, care and cost, we busy our selves sometimes to live for a while, how ought we to desire to live for ever? if for a time to put death away, how to take death away cleane? You desire life I am sure, and long life; and therefore a long life, because it is long, that is, commeth somewhat neerer in some degree to aeter­nall life: If you desire a long lasting life, why doe you not desire an ever lasting life? If a life of many yeares, Psal. 101.28. which yet in the end shall faile; why not that life, whose yeares shall never faile? If we say, it is lack of witt or grace when any man runnes in danger of the law of man, whereby haply he abridges himselfe of halfe a douzen yeares of his life; what wit or grace is there, wilfully to incurre the losse of aeternall life? For indeed, as in the beginning we sett downe, it is a matter touching the losse of aeternall life, we have in hand; and withall touching the paine of aeternall death. It is not a losse one­ly, for we cannot lose life, and become as a stone, free from either: if we leese our hold of this life, aeternall death taketh hold upon us: If we heape not up the treasure of im­mortalitie, we heape up the treasure of wrath against the day of wrath. Rom. 2.5. Act. 8.20. If your wealth be not with us to life, pecunia vestra vobiscum est in perditionem. We have not farre to seeke for this. For, if now we turne our deafe eare to this Charge, Verse 9. you shall fall into tentations: fear ye not that? Into many foolish and noisome lusts; nor feare ye that nei­ther? yet feare whither these lead; which drowne men inperdition and destruction of body and soule. Feare ye not these? doth the Lord thunder thus and are ye not moved? Qui­bus verbis te curabo? I know not how to do you good. But, let aeternall life prevaile. Sure, if life come not, death comes. There is as much said, now (not as I have to say, but) as the time would suffer: Onely▪ let me in a few words deliver the charge concerning this, and so I will breake up the Court for this time.

And now (Right Honourable, beloved, &c) albeit that according to the power that the Lord hath given us, I might testifie and charge you in the presence of GOD the Fa­ther, who quickeneth all things; and of the Lord Iesus, who shall shew himselfe from heaven with His mighty Angells in flaming fire, rendring vengeance to them, not onely that know not GOD, but to them also that obey not the Gospell of our Lord IESVS CHRIST, that ye thinke upon these things which you have heard, to do them: yet humanum dico, for [Page] your infirmitie. I will speake after the manner of men, the nature of a man best loveth to be dealt withall, and even beseech you by the mercies of GOD, even of GOD the Father, who hath loved you, and given you an everlasting consolation, and a good hope through grace, and by the comming of our Lord IESVS CHRIST and our assembling unto Him, that you receive not this Charge in vaine; that ye account it His charge, and not mine; received of Him, to deliver to you. Looke not to me I beseech you: in whom, whatsoever you regard (countenance or learning, years or autoritie) I do most wil­lingly acknowledge my selfe farr unmeet to deliver any; more meet a great deale, to receive one my selfe, save that I have obteined fellowship in this businesse, in dispensing the Mysteries, and delivering the Charges of the Lord. Looke not on me, looke on your owne soules, and have pitie on them: Looke upon heaven, and the Lord of hea­ven and earth, from whom it commeth, and of whom it will be one day called for againe. Surely there is a heaven; Surely there is a hell: Surely there will be a day, when enquirie shall be made how we have discharged that we have received of the Lord; and how you have dis [...]rged that, you have received of us in the Lord's Name. Against which day, your consciences stand charged with many things, at many times heard.Wisd. 1.12. O seeke not death in the error of your life, deceive not your selves; think not, that when my words shall be at an end, both they shall vanish in the aire, and you never heare of them againe. Surely you shall; the day is comming, when it shall be required againe at your hands. A fearefull day for all those, that for a little riches, thinke basely of others; upon all those that repose in these vaine riches (as they shall see then) a vaine confidence; upon all those, that enjoy onely with the belly and the backe, and doe either no good, or miserable sparing good with their riches: whose riches shall be with them to their destruction. Beloved, when your life shall have an end (as an end it shall have) when the terror of death shall be upon you; when your soule shall be cited to appeare before GOD, in novissimo; I know and am perfectly assured, all these things will come to mind againe, you will perceive and feele that, which possibly now you do not. The devill's charge commeth then, who will presse these points in another man­ner, then we can: then, it will be too late. Prevent his charge, I beseech you, by re­garding and remembring this, now. Now is the time, while you may and have time wherein, and abilitie wherewith; thinke upon it, and provide for aeternall life: you shall never in your life stand in so great need of your riches, as in that day; provide for that day and provide for aeternall life. It will not come yet, it is true; it will be long in com­ming: but when it comes, it will never have an end.

This end is so good, that I will end with aeternall life, which (you see) is Saint Paule's end. It is his, and the same shall be my end, and I beseech GOD, it may be all our ends. To GOD immortall, invisible, and onely wise; GOD, who hath prepared this eternall life for us; who hath taught us this day, how to come unto it; whose grace be ever with us and leave us not, till it have thereto brought us; the Father, the Sonne, and the Holy Ghost, be all glorie, power, praise, and thanks­giving, now and for ever, AMEN.

One of the Sermons upon the II. COMMANDEMENT PREACHED IN THE PARISH Church of St. GILES Cripplegate, Ian. IX. AN. DOM. MDXCII.

ACTS CHAP. II. VER. XLII.

And they continued in the APOSTLE'S Doctrine, and Fellowship, and Breaking of Bread & Praiers.

THere had been two sundrie daies before, Sermons concerning the positive outward worship of GOD, out of this Text, consi­sting of these foure parts:

  • 1. The Apostle's Doctrine.
  • 2. Their Societie or fellowship.
  • 3. Breaking of Bread.
  • 4. Prayers.

The effect of this last, was to acquaint the Auditorie with sundrie Imagi­nations by diverse erected, which many unstable persons do runne after and worship instead of those foure, the Apostle's Doctrine, &c. The order was to beginn with the doctrine first, and so after, through the rest, as they stand.

THat such imaginations there are.I. Ecc. 7. vlt. Salomon com­plaineth of Ratiocinia plurima, whereby men were with-drawen from the simplicitie of their creation. And under the Gospell, S. Paul likewise of Venti doctrinarum, whereby Christian people began to be blowen and caryed about from the stedfastnesse of the truth. Eph. 4.14.

But especially under the Gospell. For that, as S. Augustine saith (De Civit. 18.) Vi­deus Diabolus templa Daemonum deseri & in nomen CHRISTI currere genus [Page 26] [...]. Seeing idol [...]rous images would downe, he bent his [...] devise, in place of them to erect and sett up divers imaginations, that the people, instead of the former, might bowe downe to these and w [...]ship them. Since which it hath been and is his daily practise, either to broach,Heb. 13.9. Apoc. 2.14. Doctrin [...] [...] & peregrinas, new imaginations never heard of before: Or to revive the old and new dresse them. And these (for that by themselves they will not utter) to mingle and to card with the Apostle's doctrin [...], 2. Cor 2.10. &c. that at the least yet, he may so vent them.

And this indeed is the disease of our age, and the just complaint we make of it. That there hath beene good riddance made of images: but, for imaginations, they, be daily stamped in great number, and in­stead of the old Images, sett up, deified, and worshipped, carrying the names and credit of the Apostle's doctrine, government, &c.

Touching these imaginations then, to find some heads of them: They be,1. Tim. 4.1. in respect of the Devill, who inspireth them, called Doctrinae daemoniorum. Matt 16.9.12. Apoc. 2.13. Act. 20.29. In respect of the instruments, by whom he breathes them out, doctrinae hominum: As the doctrine of the Pharisees, The doctrine of the Nicolaitans.

These men were of two sorts, as S. Paul sorteth them, 1 Wolves which from without entered into the Church. 2 Men arising from among them­selves, teaching perverse things.

1. Imaginations from without the Church.1. Those which from without entered, were Philosophers from the Gentiles: Pharisees from the Iewes. Both which bredd many imaginations in Christian Religion.

Col. 2.8.Against them both, S. Paul giveth a double caveat. Not to be se­duced by Philosophie (meaning as he sheweth, the vaine deceit of that profession:) that, is the former. 2 Nor with the humane traditions and rudiments of the Pharisees: 1. Tim. 6.20. that, is the latter. To avoid oppositions of science falsly so called: Tit. 1.14. there is the first. To avoid Iewish fables & traditions: there is the second.Luc. 5. ult. For, from these two forges, came a great part of the ima­ginations which ensued. Each of these Sects, esteeming his old wine good; and consequently brewing it with the new wine of the GOSPEL.

Imaginations by Philosophie. First, by the course of the Ecclesia­sticall Historie it appeareth,1. By Philoso­phie. that Simon Magus (who of a heathen Philo­sopher became a Christian, and was baptized) after, through the gall of bitternesse wherein he was, fell away againe and proved the first of all haeretiques. Act. 8.23. He, first: and after, Valentine; and then, Basilides devised ma­ny strange speculative phansies. And indeed, whosoever they be, that dote about unprofitable curious speculations, from this kind they sprung first.

After these, those two maine heresies, that so mightily troubled the Church: First, that of the Manichee, who brought a necessitie upon all things by meanes of his duo principia: making men secure how they li­ved, [Page 27] because it was ordained what should become of them. Secondly, the other of the Pelagian, who ascribed to mans free-will, an abilitie to [...]epe GOD's Lawe; and thereby made void the grace of CHRIST. Both these were but two bastard slips of corrupt Philosophie: The former, an imagination issuing from the Sect of the Stōiques and their fatall destinie: The latter, from the Sect of the Peripatetiques, and their pure naturalls.

Imaginations by Iudaisme. 2. By Iudaism [...]. As the curious speculations came from the Philosophers of the Gentiles; So whatsoever superstitious observati­ons were imagined, came from the Pharisees and sects of the Iewes. As Simon Magus is reckoned, the first haeretique: So Ebion the Iew, is the se­cond. And from him sprang the opinion of the necessitie of Iewish observances; which was the occasion of the Councell in Acts 15. and the opinion of worshipping Angells as Mediators, as Theodoret testifieth upon Col. 2.18. And for those Caeremonies, as at the first they desired to re­teine those very same that were Iudaicall: So (when it was withstood by the Apostles) they did after but turne them, and new vernish them over into others like, and with them so clogged the Church, as the Iewe's e­state was much more tolerable then the Christian's, Saint Augustine's com­plaint, Ep. 119.

Now from these two sorts of persons proceeded those two severall meanes, whereby (as it were in two moulds) all imaginations have been cast, and the truth of GOD's word ever perverted. 1.Matt. 9 17. From the Pha­risee, That peecing out the new garment with old raggs of traditions, that is, adding to and eeking out GOD's truth, with mens phansies; with the Phylacteries and fringes of the Pharisees, Mar. 7, 4. who tooke upon them to ob­serve many things beside it. 2. From the Philosopher, that wresting and tentering of the Scriptures (which S. Peter complaineth of) with expo­sitions and glosses newly coined, to make them speake that,2 Pet. 3.16 they never meant. Giving such new and strange senses to places of Scripture, as the Church of CHRIST never heard of. And what words are there or can there be, that (being helped out with the Pharisee's addition of a truth unwritten, or tuned with the Philosopher's wrest of a devised sense) may not be made to give colour to a new imagination? Therefore, the anci­ent Fathers thought it meet, that they that would take upon them to in­terprete the Apostle's Doctrine, should put in sureties, that their senses, they gave, were no other, then the Church in former time hath acknow­ledged. It is true, the Apostles indeed spake from the Spirit, and every affection of theirs was an oracle: but, that (I take it) was their pecu­liar priviledge. But, all that are after them, speake not by revelation, but [...]y labouring in the word and learning: are not to utter their owne phan­ [...]es, and to desire to be beleeved upon their bare word: (if this be not do­ [...]inari fidei, to be Lords of their Auditor's faith, I know not what it is:) but onely on condition, that the sense, they now give, be not a feigned [Page 28] sense (as S. Peter terme [...]h it) but such a one, as hath been before given b [...] our fa [...]hers and fore-runners in the Christian faith. Say I this of my sel [...]e (saith the Apostle) saith not the Lawe so too? Give I this sense of mine owne head, ha [...]h [...]ot CHRIST's Church heretofore given the like? Which on [...] [...]o [...] i [...] it were streightly holden, would ridd our Church of many s [...]nd imaginations which now are stamped daily, because every man upon his owne single bond, is trusted to deliver the meaning of any Sc [...]iptu [...]e, which is many times nought else, but his owne imagination. This is the disease of our Age. Not the Pharisee's addition (which is well left;) but (as bad as it) the Philosopher's glosse, which too much a­boundeth. And I see no way but this, to helpe it.

2. From within by Christians. Imaginations from the Christians. Secondly, from among the Christi­ans themselves arose men speaking perverse things, whom S. Paul well cal­leth fratres subintroductos. Gal. 2.4. Who also by their imaginations, mainly cor­rupted the Apostle's Doctrine, which we heretofore divided

  • into the
    • 1 Matter, in which
      • 1 The Substance, and therein.
        • 1 the foundation.
        • 2 the Building upon it.
      • 2 The Caeremonie.
    • 2 M [...]nner.

Concerning all which, imaginations have risen.

1. In the matter and substance. Imaginations touching the foundations. Which are two (so called by the name o [...] foundations, Touching the foundation. Heb. 6.2. Mar. 1.15. Act. 10.20. 1. Repentance. Act. 6. first laid by our SAVIOVR CHRIST, and after kept by the Apostles.) Even 1 Repentance, and 2 Faith.

Imaginations touching Repentance. Nicolas one of the seaven, (as Eusebius testifieth) became a man of imaginations, and began the sect of the Nicolai [...]ans Apoc. 2.15. whom GOD hateth. After whom arose Carpocrates in the same; of whom came the sect of the Gnostiques. A Sect that blew up that part of the foundation, which is called Repentance from dead works. For (as Epiphanius testifieth,) they held; that all other things besides faith, were indifferent, Repentance and all. And that, so a man knew and imbraced certaine dictates and positions, they would deliver him; live how he list, he could not choose but be saved. And of these high points of knowledge they entituled themselves Gnostiques, that is, men of know­ledge. And all other Christians that could not talke like them, Simpli­ces, good simple soules. Such is the imagination in our daies, of carnall Gospellers; That, so he forgett not his Creed, he cannot miscarrie. These be the Gnostiques of our age.

[Page 29] Imaginations touching faith. On the other side, against the other part of the foundation (faith;) Tatianus a Christian and a great learned man cast his M [...]ne, of whom was the sect of the Encratites: who offended at the licentious lives of the Gnostiques, fell into the other extreme, that Non est cur andum quid quis (que) credat; id tantùm cur andum est, quid quis (que) faciat: that the Creed might be cancelled well enough; for, an upright and streight course of life, GOD onely regarded: And in every Sect, a man might be saved, that lived well. These, for their sober and temperate kind of life, termed themselves Encratites, that is, strict livers; and all other Christians that lived not in like austerity, Psychicos (that is) carnall men. Such is in our daies the imagination of the Civill Christian; who, so his con­versation be blamelesse and honest, careth not for Religion and Faith at all, but for the most part lives and dies in brutish ignorance. We may call these the Encratites of our Age.

Imaginations touching the building. Touching the Building. A secondary part of the Apostle's Doctrine, and not of like necessity with the former. Epiphanius writeth (Haeresi 61.) There were a sect, a branch of the old Cathari or Puritanes (as he saith) which called themselves Apostolici, propter exactum disciplinae stu­dium, &c. For an extraordinarie desire they had above other men to have discipline and all things, to the exact patterne of the Apostle's dayes; which is it selfe an imagination.

For, it were cacozelia an apish imitation, to reteine all in use then; see­ing 1 diverse things, even then, were but temporaria. For beside their Canon, Gal. 6.16. in matters of knowledge, they had their dogmata or decreta, not of aequall importance; as was that of eating things strangled, and blood; Act 16.4. which no man now thinketh himselfe bound to absteine from. And, besides their Epitaxes, commandements in matter of practise, they had their Diataxes, Injunctions, not of aequall regard with the former. Such were their Agapae, love-feasts after the Sacrament:1. Cor. 11.10. Iud. 12. 1. Cor. 11 20. and their celebrating the Sacrament after Supper; which no Church at this day doth imitate. Ther­fore, to presse all that was in that time is an imagination.

And, as to presse all; so, of these things that remaine, to presse all 2 alike, or thinke an aequall necessity of them, which was a parcell of the imagination of the Donatists. For, some things the Apostles peremptorily commanded: Some things they had no commandement for, 1. Cor. 7.10. 1. Cor 7.25. 1. Tim. 4.11.6.2. but onely gave counsaile: Some things they commanded and taught: somethings, they taught and exhorted: whereof each was to be esteemed in his owne value and worthinesse: Neither to dispense with the commandement; nor to make a mater of necessitie of the Counsaile. Both which have not a little harmed the Church.

Lastly, to these matters of Counsaile, which for the most part are things indifferent, they also fall upon two imaginations. 1. Some say: [Page 30] Omnia mihi licent: 1. Cor. 10.23. and, so it be not condemned as unlawfull, make no bones of it:Col. 24.21. which tendeth to all prophanenesse. Others say, Touch not, Taste not, Handle not; which speak of things indifferent, as meerely unlaw­full:1. Cor. 7.35. which imagination ends in superstition. A meane way would be hol­den betweene them both, that neither a snare be cast on mens conscien­ces,Gal. 5.13. by turning Non expedit into Non licet: nor our libertie in CHRIST be made an occasion to the flesh, by casting Non expedit out of dores. For the Spirit of CHRIST is the spirit of ingenuitie, which will freely submit it selfe to that which is expedient, even in things of their owne nature lawfull. The not observing whereof with good heed and discretion, hath in old time filled the world with many a superstitious imagination; and in our daies hath healed the imagination and superstition and hypocrisie, with another of riot and licentious libertie, as bad as the former, yea a great deale worse.

2. Imaginations in the caere­monie. Imaginations touching the caeremonie. First, I take it to be a phansie, to imagine, there needs none: for, without them, neither comelinesse, nor orderly uniformity,1. Co. 11.13. will be in the Church. Women will pray uncove­red (an uncomely sight) unlesse the Apostle enjoine the contrary: there­fore,1. Co. 14. vlt. Let every thing be done decently and in order. Now, to advise what is comely and orderly in each Age and Place, is left in the power and dis­cretion of the Governours of each Church, Visum est Spiritui Sancto & nobis. And the custome of each Church is peaceably to be observed by the members of it. In a matter caeremoniall, touching the veiling of women (after some reasons alleadged, which yet a troublesome body might quarrell with) thus doth S. Paul determine the matter definitively: If any list to be contentious, 1. Co. 11.16. Nos non habemus talem consuetudinem nec Eccle­siae Dei. As if he should say: In matters of that quality, each Churche's custome is to over-rule, as from that place S. Hierome (Ep. 28.) and S. Au­gustine (Ep. 86. & 118.) do both resolve.

It hath been ever thought meet (saith S. Gregorie) that there should be In unitate fidei consuetudo diversa: that is, the diversitie of customes, should be in diverse Churches, all in the unitie of one faith, to shew the Churche's libertie in those matters. And therfore, the eating of things offered to Idoles, wholly restreined the Churches of Syria and Cilicia, seemeth in some sort permitted the Church of Corinth, 1. Co. 10.27. in case no man did challēge it.

And as for diverse Churches, this hath been judged requisite; so hath it likewise been deemed no lesse requisite, that every person should in­violably observe the rites and customes of his owne Church. Therefore, those former ordinances, which were not urged upon the Corinthians; upon the Galathians, within the compasse of the Regions where they took place, (as we see) they were urged (as the Fathers interprete those pla­ces) under the paine of Anathema, Gal. 1.9. which censure is due to all those that trouble the Church: as those doe, who for setting light by the customes [Page 31] and orders of the Church, are by S. Paul concluded within the number of persons contentious and troublesome.

Imaginations touching the manner of deliverie. For, even in it also,2 In t [...]e [...] of deliv [...]y. for failing, men must imagine something, that, when they can take no ex­ception to the matter, yet they may itch after a new manner, and heare it, after such and such a sort delivered, or they will not heare at all, and therefore after their owne liking gett them an heape of Teachers. 1.2. Tim. 4.3. They must heare no Latine, nor Greeke; no, though it be interpreted. A meere imagination. For, the Apostle writing to the Corinthians, which were Gre­cians, hath not feared to use termes as strange to them, as Latine or Greeke is to us (Maranatha, Belial, Abba. 1. Co. 16.22. 2 Co 6.15. Rom 8.15.) All which he might easily enough have expressed in their vulgar, but that it liked him to reteine his libertie in this point.

2. Nor none of the Apocrypha cited. Another imagination: For, S. Iude in his Epistle, hath not feared to alleadge, out of the book of Enoch (Iude 14.) which booke hath ever been reckoned Apocrypha. And, by his example all the ancient Writers are full of allegations from them: ever, to these Writings yielding the next place after the Canon of the Scriptures; and preferring them before all forreine Writers whatsoever.

3. Nor any thing alledged out of the Iewe's Thalmud; a third Imagi­nation. For, from their Records, S. Paul is judged to have sett downe the names of the Sorcerers that withstood MOSES, to be Iannes and Iambres;2. Tim 3.8. which in Exodus, or the whole Canon of Scriptures are not named. As many other things in the new Testament, from them receive great light. And the Iewes themselves are therein cleerely confuted.

4. But, especially no heathen example or authority (for, with allega­tion of the ancient Fathers I have often dealt) a matter which the Primi­tive Church never imagined unlawfull. For, Clemens Alexandrinus (in Strom. 7.) by allusion to Sara and Agar, teacheth the contrary. So doth Basil, in a sett Treatise, de legendis Ethnicorum scriptis; and Gregorie Nyssen de vita MOSIS, out of the XXI. of Deut. by the rites touching the marrying of heathen women taken captive: and last of all S. Augustine most plainly, De doctrinâ Christianâ. 2.40. And these all reckoned of the contrary, as a very imagination. Which they did the rather, for that, be­sides divers other places, not so apparant, they find S. Paul, in matter of doctrine, alleaging Aratus a heathen Writer, in his Sermon at Athens. Act. 17.28. And againe, in matter of life, alleadging Menander, a Writer of Comoe­dies, in his Epistle: And thirdly,1. Co. 15.33. in matter of report onely without any urgent necessity, alleaging Epimenides, or as some think Callimachus.

And surely, if it be lawfull to reason from that which Nature tea­cheth, as S. Paul doth against mens wearing long hayre;1. Co 11.14. it is not unlaw­full neither, to reason from the wisest and most pithy sayings of naturall [Page 32] men. Especially, with th [...] [...]postle, using them (as in a manner they only are used) thereby to provoke Christian men to emulation, by shewing them their owne blindnesse in matter of knowledge, that see not so much as the heathen did by the light of Nature: or, their slackness, in matter of conversation▪ that cannot be got so farre forward by GOD's Lawe, as the poore P [...]gan can by his Philosophie. That if Grace will not move, shame may.

II. Touching the Apostle's fellow­sh [...]p. Imaginations touching the Apostle's fellowship. For, this doctrine re­ceived, doth incorporate the receivers of it into a fellowship or Society, which is called the fellowship, or corporation of the Gospell: and they, that bring not this doctrine, are no waies to be receiv'd thereto. Which fellowship is not to be forsaken,Ioh. [...].10. Heb 10.25. 1. Cor. 11.19. as the manner of some is (men of imagi­ntions) in our daies, either because there be haeresies, for oportet esse: Or, for that many at communions, come togither, not for the better, but for the worse, 1. Cor. 11.17. for so did they in Corinthe: Or lastly, for that many and many Christians walke (which S. Paul wrot with teares) as enemies to the Crosse of CHRIST;Ph. 3.18: for so it was in the Church of Philippi.

Now it is plaine, there can no Societie endure without government. And therefore GOD hath appointed in it Governours and Assistants:1. Cor. 12.8. which seeing they have power from GOD,1. Tim. 5.19. 1. Cor 8.12. to reject or receive accusations, and to judge those that are within and of the fellowship; it is an idle imagi­nation that some have imagined, to hold, the Church hath not her Iudge­ment-seat, Matt. 18.17. and power to censure her disobedient children. It hath ever been holden good Divinitie, that the Church from CHRIST received power to censure and separate wilfull Offendors. Both, with the Heathen-man's separation, who might not so much as enter into the Church-door (which is the greater censure:) and with the Publican's separation (which is the lesse) who might enter and pray in the Temple,Act 21.28. but was avoided in common conversation, Luc. 18.10. and in the fellowship of the private table, and there­fore much more of the Altar. Of which twaine, the former, the Apostle calleth cutting off, Gal. 5.12. the later absteining from, 2. Thes. 3.6. The Primitive Church calleth the former excommunicatos, the latter absten­tos. So that, to phansie no government, is an imagination. A Government there is.

Touching the forme of which Government, many imaginations have lately been bredd; in these our daies specially. At the writing of this Verse, Act. 2.42. it is certaine, that the Government of Christian people consisted in two degrees only.Luc 9.1.10.1. (Of both which our SAVIOVR CHRIST himselfe was the Author) 1 Of the twelve, 2 Of the seaventy: both which were over the People in things pertaining to GOD.

These two, were one superiour to another and not aequall. And, that the [...]postles established an aequality in the Clergy, is (I take it) an imagination. No man could perish in the gain-saying of Coreh, under the Gospell (which [Page 33] S. I [...]de saith, they may) if there were not a superioritie in the Clergie. For, Core's mutinie was, because he might not be aequall to Aaron, appoin­ted his superior by GOD, Num. 16.10. Which very humor (observe it who will) hath brought forth most part of the heresies, since the time of the Gospell: that Coreh might not be Aaron's aequall. Now, of these two orders, the Apostles have ever been reckoned the superior to the other, till our times; has having even under our SAVIOVR CHRIST, a power to forbid others, Luc. 9.49. And after, exercising the same power; Silas (one of the seuenty) receiving a commandement ( [...]) from S. Paul an Apostle to come unto him.Act. 15 32.17.15. As the Auditorie had their roome by them­selves, So, among the persons Ecclesiasticall,1. Cor. 14.16. Act. 4.49. the Apostles had a higher seat, as may be gathered; and in the very place it selfe, were distingui­shed. Now in the place of the Twelve, succeeded Bishops; and in the place of the Seventy, Presbyteri, Priests or Ministers, and that by the judge­ment of Irenaeus (l. 3. c. 3.) who lived immediatly upon the Apostle's Age: Of Tertullian (de praescript.) Of S. Augustine (in Psal. 44.) And this, till of late, was thought the forme of that fellowship, and never other imagi­ned.

But, not long since, some have phansied another, that should consist of Lay-elders, Pastors and Doctors, and whither of Deacons too, is not fully agreed yet. Which devise is pressed now upon our Church: not, as a forme of more conveniencie then that, it hath; but, as one absolutely necessary, and of our SAVIOVR CHRIST's own only institution, which maketh it the lesse sufferable. I know, that by vertue of S Peter's wrinch before mentioned, some places may be brought, which may seeme to give it colour: but, that is, if we allow those new glossed sen­ses. But, if we seeke what senses, the Primitive Church gave of them, not one of them, but will suffer it to fall to the ground. And, finding it a stranger to them, I know not how to terme it, but an i [...]agination. To touch it briefly in a word.

If we aske Scripture for it, and where we may finde it, they passe by the two most evident places in appearance; 1. Cor. 12.28. Because, there are no Pastors; and Eph. 4.11. because, there are no Lay-elders; and lay it upon, Rom. 12.6, 7, 8. And there, by a strange and un-heard of Expo­sition, they will find them all foure. But not, except that Exposition be al­lowed them: Nor, if the ancient Writers may be heard, what the true sense of it is. There is no Epistle on which so many of them have writ­ten: Sixe only I will name: Origen, Chrysostome, Theodoret, Ambrose, Hie­rome, Oecumenius; All which, have entreated of it. Let their Commen­taries be looked on upon that place. Not one of them applieth it to the Church-government (which by any likelihood cannot be imagined, but they would, if it [...]ere the maine place for it,) or findeth those offi­ces in those words, which they in good earnest tell us of: as that [...] (in the seventh verse) is not the Deacon; but, the Distributer (in the [Page 34] eighth verse) is he: or th [...]t qui miseretur, is latine for a Widow, or such like.

But, if jointly they find them not; let us see how severally they war­rant their Offices. of [...]lder [...], some both preach and governe: some governe only: and there, they imagine they have found their Lay-elder. 1. Tim. 5.17. by implication, that there are Presbyteri, that labour not in preaching. Heare S. Chrysostome on 1. Cor. 1.17. You shall find a farre other sense: Evangeliz are (saith he) perpaucorum est; baptizare autem cu­juslibet, modo fungatur Sacerdotio. And a little after: Siquidem Presbyteris quidem, qui simpliciores sunt, hoc munus tradimus, ut baptizent; verbum au­tem ut doceant, non nisi Sapientioribus: hîc sapientia est & labor. Quamobrem & alibi inquit: Qui bene praesunt Presbyteri, duplici honore digni sunt, maximè qui laborant in verbo. Whereby it is plaine, that in S. Chrysostome's time, it was not reckoned meet, that every one that ministred the Sacraments, should also preach. That the meaner sort dealt with the Baptizing, and they only that were of the more wise sort, with the Word. And to prove, it should thus be, he citeth this their Scripture, as if in the Apostle's daies, the like had been thought wisdome. But as for lay-elders, He nor any that writeth on it, can finde in this verse; nor any such in all antiquitie ever understood by the name of Presbyter.

2 The Elders Preachers, they divide into Pastors and Doctors: and these they sever in function; limiting the one to his exhortation onely, the o­ther to point of doctrine onely. An imagination, which none of the Fa­thers would ever acknowledge, search their writings. S. Chrysostome upon this Verse, Eph. 4.11. taketh them both for one & maketh no difference. So, S. Hierome, in both his Commentaries upon that Epistle: Omnis enim Pastor Doctor est. But, S. Augustine may serve for all, to shew, how un­knowne this devise was then. Who being purposely written to, by Pau­linus, to assigne a difference betweene them, thus answereth: PASTO­RES autem & DOCTORES, quos maxime ut discerneremus voluisti, eosdem puto esse, sicut & tibi visum est, ut non alios PASTORES, alios DOCTORES intelligeremus, &c. Hos enim sicut unum aliquod duobus nominibus complexus est. Aug. Ep. 59. ad Paulinum.

Lastly, for their Deacons too: that they should be men of occupation and trade, to deale with the Church-stocke and care of the poore only, is also (I doubt not) an imagination: seeing all Antiquity hath ever recko­ned of that Calling, as of a step or degree to the Ministery out of, 1. Tim. 3.13. And, that the Churche's practise hath been alwaies to employ them in other parts and functions besides that, is plaine by Iustine Martyr (who lived in the Apostle's daies) Apol. 2. ad Antonium, namely to distribute the Communion: by Tertullian (de Bap.) to baptize: by Cyprian (Ser. 6. de lapsis) and diverse others. So that, to conclude, these are imaginations tou­ching the Apostle's fellowship, howsoever, a great number of deceived peo­pl [...] bowe downe to them and worship them.

[Page 35] Imaginations touching the breaking of bread:III. Imaginations touching the breaking of bread. which is joyned to that fellowship, as the chiefest badge of that fellowship. For, by it is gathered the communion; as may be gathered by conference with Acts 20.7. and as the Syrian Text translateth it. For that, as by the other Sacrament in the Verse immediatly going before, they are receiv'd into the body of the Church; so, by this, they are made to drinke of the spirit (1. Cor. 13.13.) and so, perfected in the highest Mysterie of this Societie.

Concerning which, as the Church of Rome hath her imaginations: First, in that she many times celebrateth this mysterie sine fractione, with­out any breaking at all. Whereas (as heretofore hath been shewed out of 1. Cor. 10.18) it is of the nature of an Eucharist or Peace-offering: which was never offered but it was eaten, that both there might be a re­presentation of the memorie of that sacrifice, and togither an application to each person by partaking it. And secondly, in that she hath indeed no breaking of bread at all. For, it being broken (ever) after it is consecrated, there is (with them) no bread remaining to breake: and the bodie of CHRIST is now impassible, and cannot be broken; so that they are faine to say they breake Accidents, and indeed they well know not what. Con­trarie to Saint Luke heer, who calleth it fractionem panis; and to S. Paul (1. Cor. 10.16.) who saith Panis quem frangimus. As these are their i­maginations: so we want not ours. For, many among us, phansie only a Sacrament in this action, and look strange at the mention of a Sacrifice: Whereas, we not onely use it, as a nourishment spirituall (as, that, it is too) but as a meane also, to renew a covenant with GOD, by vertue of that Sa­crifice, as the Psalmist speaketh, Psal. 50.5. So, our SAVIOVR CHRIST in the institution, telleth us, Luc. 22.10. and the Apostle, Heb. 13.10. And the old Writers use no lesse, the word Sacrifice, then Sacrament; Altar, then Table; offer, then eate; but both indifferently, to shew there is both.

And again too, that to a many with us, it is indeed so fractio panis, as it is that onely and nothing beside: Whereas, the bread, which we break is the partaking of CHRIST's true bodie (& not, of a Signe, figure or remem­brance of it.) 1. Cor. 10 16. For, the Church hath ever beleeved a true fru­ition of the true body of CHRIST, in that Sacrament.

Further (as heretofore hath been made plaine) it is an imagination, to think, that this breaking of bread can be severed from the other, ver. 46. which is ESAI's breaking of bread to the needie. Whereby,Esa 58.7. as in the for­mer, CHRIST communicateth himselfe with us; so we, in this latter, communicate our selves with our poore brethren, that so, there may be a perfect communion. For, both in the Sacrifice, which was the figure of it, it was a matter of Commandement, Deut. 16.10. insomuch, as the poorest were not exempt from GOD's offerings: Luc. 21.4. And our SAVIOVR CHRIST's practise was, at this feast, to command somewhat to be given [Page 36] to the poore, Iob. 13.29. And last of all, the Agapae or love-feasts of the Christians for reliefe of the poore, doe most plainly expresse that, I meane. In place of which (when they after proved inconvenient) suc­ceeded the Christian Offe [...]torie.

And lastly, whereas we continue in the Doctrine and Prayers of the Church, we do many times discontinue this action a whole yeare togi­ther. These long intermissions (so that, if it be panis annuus, once a yeer receiv'd, we think our duty discharged) are also (no doubt) a second imagination in our common practise. For sure, we should continue also in this part, and the frequenting of it, if not so often as the Primitive Church did (which, either thrise in the weeke, or at the furthest once, did communicate) yet, as often as the Church doth celebrate; which (I thinke) should do better to celebrate more often. And those exceptions which commonly we alleage to disturbe our selves for that action, make us no lesse meet for prayers then for it. For, except a man abandon the purpose of sinne, Psal. 66.18. and except he be in Charitie, Matt. 6.14. he is no more fit to pray, then to communicate; and therefore should ab­steine from the one as well as from the other: Or, to say the truth, should, by renewing himselfe in both these points, make himselfe meet for both, continuing no lesse in the breaking of bread, than in prayers and doctrine.

IIII. Imaginations touching Prai­ers. Imaginations touching prayers. As the former was the most speciall exercise of a Christian, and chiefest in dignitie; So, this is the most ge­nerall and chiefest in use. Therefore he puts it in the plurall number: as if, both in preaching, censuring, and communicating, it had his use; as indeed it hath. Before all things (1. Tim. 2.1.) In all things (1. Thes. 5.17.) After all things (Eph. 6.18. Num. 6. ver. vlt.) And in this also we want not phansies: In this age especially, wherein, an idle conceit is taken up, that never came into the heads of any of the old haeretiques, though never so brain-sicke once to imagine: Our SAVIOVR CHRIST thus wil­leth us,L [...]c. 11.12. When ye pray, say, Our FATHER, &c. A most fond imagina­tion is start up in our times, never once dreamed of before, that telleth us; in no case we must say Our FATHER &c, with which forme (if Saint Augustine be to be beleeved as a witnesse of antiquitie) the universall Church of CHRIST, hath ever used to begin and end all her prayers, Ep. 5 [...]. as striving indeed by diverse other formes more largely to expresse the sense of that prayer, but not being hable to come neere the high art, and most excellent spirit of perfection in that pattern, they alwaies con­clude with it; as being sure, howsoever they may for diverse defects not atteine to the depth of it; in and by it, they shall be sure to begge all things necessarie at GOD's hands. This, I named first, because it is ap­propriate to our times.

Besides, as the Church of Rome hath her imaginations touching Prai­ers: [Page 37] first, against Saint Paule's orabo & mente, in setting the people to pray they wote not what; and so making their understanding unfruictfull, 1. Cor. 14.14. And againe, against our Saviour Christ's Caveat (Mat. 6.7.) in setting them to goe over whole Rosaries and Psalters, as if much bab­ling after the heathen manner, were acceptable to GOD. So likewise, doe others also among us, erre in their imaginations, no lesse and that even a­gainst the same places First, against Orabo spiritu (1. Cor. 14.15.) in the same verse, by finding fault with a sett Liturgie (which they call stinted prayers) and giving themselves to imagine prayers at the same instant: whereby it is plaine, they so occupie their minds, with devising still what to say next, their spirit is unfruictfull, Mat. 23.14. no lesse then the other's understan­ding: And both these, 1 the understanding of the minde, 2 and the affection of the spirit are there, necessarily required. And again, that instead of Rosaries and a number of prayers, they bring in the Pharise's imagination of long prayers (that is) a prayer as long as a whole Rosarie. And this they take to be a great part of holynesse; but indeed it is nothing but the for­mer superstition drawen in backward. In which, who so markes them, shall find, they committ both faults; that of the Pharisee, in taedious length procuring many times nauseam spiritus, a dangerous passion: and the o­ther of the Heathen, in fond repetitions, tautologies, inconsequences, and all the absurdities that may fall into such manner of speech. Saint Cyprian faith, It was ever in Christ's Church counted an absurd thing (which some count their glorie) ventilari preces inconditis vocibus. The absurditie whereof would better appeare, if (seeing under prayers heere, Psalmes, and spirituall songs are conteined, both being parts of invocation) they would have no stinted Psalmes, but conceive their songs too, upon the present out of the spirit, and so sing them. For to say truth, ther is no more reason for the one, then for the other. But GOD's Church hath ever had, as a forme of doctrine, both of faith in the Creed; and of life, in the Decalogue; so of prayer too. Which, from Acts 13.2. the Fathers in all ages have called a Liturgie, or service of GOD.

These are, of many imaginations, some set up and magnified by some, and by others adored and worshipped, under the names of the 1 Apostle's Doctrine, 2 Governement, 3 Sacraments, and 4 Prayers.

Saint Stephen telleth us (out of the fift of Amos) that if we doe thus make to our selves, Tabernacles and figures to worship them, our punish­ment shalbe to be carryed away beyond Babylon (Acts 7.43.) And good reason, for these idle phansies, are not from Christ's Church, from Sion; but from Babylon they came, and if we delight in them, thither shall we be ca [...]ryed.

[Page 38]And s [...]re, we are in a good way thitherward: for of Babel, Saint Au­gustine faith; Civitas illa confusionis indifferent habuit Philosophos, interje diversa & adversa sentientes. In GOD's citie, it was never so; there was ever correction for Coyners. 18. de Civit. Dei But, in Babel (the Citie of confusion) every Philosopher might set up; as now, every Sect-master may broach any ima­gination that taketh him in the head, without punishment. For, in Ba­bel, it is reckoned but an indifferent matter. Sure the Prophets tell us, that if Babylon's confusion goe thus before, the captivitie of Babylon is not farr behinde. From which, Almightie GOD deliver us, and make us carefull, as to continue the Apostle's doctrine &c So neither to engrave, nor to bow downe and worship any of these ima­ginations. Amen.

One of the Sermons upon the III. COMMANDEMENT PREACHED IN THE PARISH Church of St. GILES Cripplegate, Iun. XI. AN. DOM. MDXCII.

IEREM. CHAP. IV. VER. II.

Et jurabis, vivit DOMINVS, in veritate, & in judicio & in justitia.

And thou shalt sweare, the LORD liveth, in truth, in judge­ment, and in righteousnesse.

OF this Commandement, there are two maine Pro­positions: 1 Thou shalt take the Name of GOD: Els, it should have beene, thou shalt not take it at all. 2. Thou shalt take it orderly, and not in vaine. Of the first: thou shalt take it to those ends and uses, to which GOD lendeth it. Of which one is, Thou shalt sweare by it: which is limited by two waies.

First, by what: The Lord liveth.

Secondly, how: In truth, iudgement, iustice: As in the former Commaundements, so in this, there be two Extremes. 1. The one, of the Anabaptists, which hold all swearing unlawful, contrarie to the first, Thou shalt sweare. 2. The other of the licentious Christian, which holds (at least in practise) A man may sweare how, and in what sort he lift: By Creatures &c Contrarie to The Lord liveth &c Falsly, rashly, lewdly, Contrarie to In truth, iudgement, iustice.

[Page 40] I. Thou shalt sweare.That it is lawfull to sweare, it appeareth by the Law, Deut. 6.13. By the Prophets: Ieremie heere. Esai, (Chap. 45. Ver. 23.) more earnest­ly: I have sworne by My Selfe, the word is gone out of My mouth and shall not returne, That every knee shall bow to Me, & every tongue shall sweare by Me. David, Psal. 63. ult. Laudabuntur omnes, qui iurant per Eum. By the practise of the Saints, not only under Moses; but, under the Law of Nature. Abraham sweareth. Gen. 21.24. Isaac sweareth, Gen, 26.31. Iacob sweareth, Gen. 31.33. Now, our Saviour Christ came not to destroy the Law and the Prophets in those things wherin they agree with the Law of Na­ture: Therefore, not to take away an oath.

Whereas, they object first: That it standeth not with Christian profession, but was tolerated, as an unperfect thing, under the Law. We answere: It cannot be reckoned an imperfection, to sweare. For that, not onely Abraham, the patterne of humane perfection, both sware himselfe, Gen. 21.24. and put his servant to an oath, Gen. 24.3. But, even the Angels, neerer then we to perfection, sware both under the Law (Dan. 12.7.) and under the Gospell (Apoc. 10.6.) And, not onely they, but even God himselfe (in whom are all perfections) Gen. 22.16. and Psal. 110.4. So that, it cannot be imagined an imperfection.

Besides, the holy Apostles, the most perfect Christians, have in urgent causes done the like. 2. Corinth. 1.23. I call God for a record against mine owne soule, and 1. Cor. 15.31. By our reioicing which I have in Christ Iesus our Lord: which place cannot be avoided, having in the Greeke, the word (Nη) never used, but in an oath onely.

Whereas secondly, they object our Saviour's saying, I say unto you sweare not at all: The Auncient Writers answere, that our Saviour Christ in the very same place, not reproving the other part, Reddes autem Domino iuramenta tua, meant not to take all oathes away: But must be understood according to the Pharisee's erroneous glosse of this Comman­dement, which he entended to overthrow, by opposing to dictum est an­tiquis, Ego autem dico: Which was of two sorts. 1. For first, it see­meth, they understood it of periurie alone: So that, if a man forsware not himselfe, he might sweare any oath. And so Christ reproveth not onely false, but all rash and unadvised swearing.

2. Secondly, it seemeth, they had this conceipt: So a man sware not by the great Name of God, all was well; He might sweare by any crea [...]ure at his pleasure: and so Christ willeth, not to sweare at all, by any creature.

Though indeed, we hold in Divinitie, that Iurare, of and by it selfe considered, is an act forbidden, no lesse then Occîdere. And that, as it is an absolute countermand, Non occîdes, and yet the Magistrate, by due course of Iustice, executing a malefactor is commended: So is it like­wise [Page 41] Non iurabís; and yet being (as we terme it) vestitum debitis cir­cumstantijs, Laudabuntur omnes qui iurant per Eum, as King David saith, Psal. 63 ult.

Lastly, there is also a barr in the word Iurare. For, God in his Law, ever putting it passively (that is) rather, thou shalt be sworne, or called to an oath, then, thou shalt sweare, actively: our Saviour Christ heere utterly condemneth the active, voluntarie swearing of men, of their own heads: which was indeed never permitted: howsoever the Pharisees glossed the matter; If the ma [...]ter were true, and so it were by Iehova.

So that, an oath is lawfull: but with this condition limited; that the Partie doe therein habere se passivè, come to it not of his owne accord, but pressed (as Saint Augustine well saith) vel autoritate deferentís, vel du­ritie non credentís, as to the lifting of a burden, as to the entring of a bond. Num. 30.3.

Thou shalt sweare, The Lord liveth; I. Limitation. The Lord livet [...] or (as Moses saith Deut. 6.13.) by God's Name. Which clause first doth limit, by what we are to sweare: and doth exclude 1 Swearing by those which are no Godds, Ier. 5.7. Ei­ther Idolls, forbidden in the Law, Exod. 23.13. Ios. 23.7. Either to sweare by them alone, Amos 8. ult. Or to joine God and them togither, Zeph- 1.5. Or creatures, which our Saviour Christ forbiddeth, Mat. 5.34.

And sure, as to sweare by them is derogatorie to our selves, seeing thereby we make them our betters; for that every one that sweareth, sweareth by a greater then himselfe, Heb. 6.16. So it is highly injurious to the Maiestie of God; seeing to sweare by a creature, is to ascribe unto it power, to see and know all things, and to doe vengance on periurie: Which in Divinitie, to thinke or say, is manifest blasphemie.

Howbeit yet, the Fathers (well weighing that speech of Saint Paul, 1. Corinth. 15. [...]1. where he speaketh on this wise, By our reioicing which we have in Christ Iesus our Lord &c, wherin his oath, is not immediatly by the Name of God, but by a secondarie thing, issuing from it:) have thought it not absolutely necessarie, that in every oath, the Name of God should be expresly mentioned; but sufficient, if reductivè. It is ruled in Di­vinitie, that such things as presently are reduced to God, will beare an oath. In which respect, to sweare by the Holy Gospell (considering our reioicing will beare an oath; and that, in the Gospell, our matter of reioi­cing is principally conteined) hath in the Primitive Church been holden lawfull. As in the Councill of Constantinople 6: Act. 13. Especially, see­ing there is no direct contestation used, but rather by way of oppigno­ration, Engaging unto God our Salvation, Faith, Reioicing, part in His Gospell and promises, the Contents &c, if we utter an untruth.

[Page 42] II. Th [...] Manner, or second limi­tation.Secondly, the forme and manner of swearing. Which is of three sorts. 1. Either by contestation as heer, The Lord liveth Before God, Gal. 1.2. Or God knoweth it is so, 2. Cor. 11.11. God is my witnesse, 1. Thes. 2.5.. 2. Or by a more earnest asseveration: As sure as God liveth, Iud. 8.19. 3. Or by detestation and execration, as in other places: and that againe is of two sorts. 1. By imprecation of evill: God be my Iudge, Gen. 31.53. God behold it and rebuke it, 1. Chro. 12.17. God doe so, and so unto me, 1. Sam. 14.44. I call God a record against my soule, 2. Cor. 4.23. 2. Or by oppig­noration or engaging of some good which we would not lose: as Our re­ioicing in Christ, 1. Cor. 15.3. Our Salvation, God's help &c.

Both are oft, and may be joined togither, if it be thought meete. God ís my witnesse, that thus it is, and GOD be my Iudge, if thus it be not. Wherein, as in prayer; when all meanes faile, we acknowledge, that GOD can help, as well without, as with second causes: So we confesse, that He can discover our truth and falshood, and can punish the same by waies and meanes to Him knowen, though no creature in the world beside, know the thing or can take hold of us.

Thou shalt sweare: In Truth, Iudgement, Iustice. The three Enclo­sures and companions of a Christian oath, are

  • In Truth against Falshood the matter.
  • In Iudgement against Lightnesse the matter and manner both:
  • In Iustice against Vnlawfulnesse the end.

1. In truth. In truth: Ye shall not sweare by my name falsly, Levit. 19.12. Which vice forbidden we call periurie. Each action, we say, is to light super debitam materiam. The due and owne matter of swearing, is a Truth. If it fall or light super indebitam materiam (as, falshood) it proveth a sinne.

At all times are we bound to speake truth to our neighbour Eph. 4.5. But because men are naturally given to have their mouth fraught with vanitie, Psal. 144.8. in solemne matters, to be sure, to bring the truth from us, GOD is set before us. If then, when we confesse the truth, we give glorie to GOD Ios. 7.21. So if, when GOD being set before us, we testifie an untruth, it is exceeding contumelious to him: it is to make him one, that knoweth not all things; or that can be deceived; or that, if he know, cannot doe any harme; or (which is worst) which will willingly be used to bolster out our lyes. Peierare, est dicere deo, Descen­de de Coelo, & assere mecum mendacium hoc.

1Of Promise.In an oath of Promise, we are to sweare in Truth. He that sweareth an oath, and by it bindeth his soule with a bond, shall not violate his word, but doe according to all that proceedeth out of his mouth, Num. 30.3. Reades au­tem Domino Iuramenta, Matt: [...].33. Yea, by the very light of nature Pharao willeth Ioseph, goe and bury thy Father, seeing he made thee sweare to [Page 43] do so. Against which oath, men are two waies faulty. 1. If at the swearing, they purpose not (as David saith, Ps. 119.106. I have sworne and am utterly purposed:) Such is the nature of an oath. 2. If they then purpose, but af­ter, a dammage being likely to ensue, they disappoint their former oath, Psa. 15.15. Touching which, we see, that when Iosua and the Israëlites had sworne to the men of Gibeon, though that oath cost them foure great and faire Cities, which should otherwise have come to their possession; they would not breake though. As contrariewise, Zedekias having given his oath of Allegiance to the King of Babylon (2. Chro. 36.9.) when he regarded it not, but rose against him notwithstanding, GOD sendeth him word, he shall never prosper for so doing, Ezek. 17.12. And to say truth, there is nothing more forcible to move us heerin, then to consider GOD's owne practise: Who having sworne for our benefitt, Psal. 110.4. though by many our unkindnesses and hard usages provoked, yet (as Himselfe saith) will not breake His Covenant, nor alter the thing that is gone out of His lipps, Psal. 89.35. Which is it, that keepeth us all from perishing; even the immutable truth of GOD's Oath, that we the rather may take it to imitation.

In an oath of Proofe: the charge ought to be,2 Of Proofe Rom. 9.1. that we speake no­thing but that which is true in the Name of the Lord, 1. Reg. 22.16. That we say the truth and lye not, our consciences bearing us witnesse in the Holy Ghost: which if we doe not, being charged by a Iudge, we beare our own iniquitie, Leviticus 5.1.

Against which oath, men are two waies faulty. 1 If either they swear to that, which they know to be false; as if a man finde, and denie it, swearing falsly, Levit. 6.3. 2 Or if they presume to sweare directly, in a matter, wherein themselves are doubtfull, or have no sure ground of. As If a man sweare, and the thing be hid from him, Leviticus, 5.4.

The breach of these two sorts of oathes, in regard of the truth, is cal­led periurie; and both in old time and now, we greatly complaine of it in two places. 1. The one, they call Iuramenta Officinarum: When men in their shopps, so they may utter to their gaine, care not how untruly they abuse the Name of GOD. Men, which (as the Wise man saith) reckon our life as a market, wherein they must be getting on every side, though it be by evill meanes, Sap. 15.12. Or, as the Apostle saith, 1. Tim. 6.15. That doe in practise seeme to hold, that gaine is godlinesse; for all the world, as the prophane man in the Comedie, Iuramentum, rei servandae non perdendae conditum; that Oathes were made to thrive by. Full little knew those men, that whatsoever is gotten by false swearing, must by GOD's Law, both be restored in the whole Summe, and add an overplus beside: Els no atonement can be made for them, Leviticus 6.5. And if that atonement be not made, that GOD by His Prophet hath denoun­ced, that their game shall not prosper. For he will send the flying booke into their house, a Curse appropriate to those that both sweare and steal, [Page 44] (that is, steale by swearing) which shall consume both the goods, and the very stone, timber and all, of the house it selfe, Zac. 5.4.

2. The other they call Iuramenta Tribunalium, much more fearefull and heynous then the former: when a man (or rather as Saint Augustine cal­leth him, detestanda bellua, no man, but a detestable beast) shall so farr pre­sume, as in the Iudgement it selfe, which is GOD's (2. Chro. 19.8.) before the Magistrates, which are GODDS (Psal. 82.6.) to prophane the oath of GOD, Eccles. 8.2. Even, as it were, to come into GOD'S owne place, and there to offer him villanie to his face. A crime so grievous, as no Nation, were it never so barbarous, but have thought it severely to be punished: Some with losse of tongue; Some, of fingers; Some, of eares; and some, of life it selfe. And howsoever they escape man, the Prophet saith, the very Booke of the Law, which they have touched in testifying an untruth, shall have wings given it, and shall pursue them, and cut them of on this side, and on that side, till they and their name be rooted from the earth. It is a fearfull thing to fall into GOD'S hands on this wise: and of no one sinne, more dreadfull examples. For it is indeed, facere Deum menda­cij consortem. We hold it worse in Divinitie, to lay upon GOD, that evill which we call malum culpae, then the other which we terme malum poe­nae, which hath beene inflicted on many an innocent good man. Conse­quently, a lesse evill, to crucifie Christ by any bodily paine, then to draw him into the societie of Sinne, which every perjured person doth, as much as in him lieth. Yea, we say that the Name of GOD being fearefull to the devills themselves, and bringing them to tremble, that that Partie that treadeth that most glorious and fearefull Name, under his feet, is in worse estate, not onely then the wickedest of all men, the Murderers of Christ, but even then the devill himselfe. And all this, that we con­ceive aright of In veritate.

2. In Iudgement. In Iudicio. For, thus far the Pharisees themselves come; to thinke periurie condemned. But, our righteousnesse is to exceed theirs, Mat. 5:20. and therefore we must seek yet farther.

This Clause (we say) standeth against a double vanitie, 1 as well in matter, if for a vaine, light, trifling matter we swear; 2 as in manner also, if with a vaine, light, unadvised mind or affection. For, both the matter is to be weightie, grave, and judiciall; and we are with due advise and judgement to come to the action.

Against which Iudiciall swearing, we complaine of two evill kinds: 1. The one Iuramenta Platearum, such as going through the streets, a man shall every day heare (yea even out of the mouthes of children;) light, undiscreet, frivolous oathes. 2. The other Iuramenta Popinarum, much worse yet then they. When men in Tabling-houses, at their game blaspheme the Name of GOD most grievously. Not content to sweare [Page 45] by him whole, dismember him and pluck him in peeces, that they may have oaths enough. And that person of the Holy Trinitie, to whom and to his name, for taking our flesh upon him, and performing our redemp­tion, even by GOD's own charge, a speciall regard is due: and that ac­tion of his, which among the rest is most venerable of all others, which is his Death, Passion, and shedding his Blood.

For the Matter: The very words of the Commaundement teach us,1 For the Mat­ter. it is to be weightie; which speake of GOD'S Name, as a thing, to be lifted up with strength, as if it were heavy: and we use not to remove things heavy but upon good occasion.

The nature of an Oath, is as of a bond; which none that is wise will easily enter: it is to be drawen from, or pressed out of a man upon neces­sarie cause. Yea, it is no further good, then it is necessarie. For so is our rule, Necessarium, extra terminos necessitatis, non est bonum: As, pur­ging, blood-letting; which are no longer good then needfull. The Name of GOD is as a strong Castell, which men flye not to, but when they have need. These shew, that for every frivolous matter, and of no impor­tance, we are not vainly to take up GOD'S Name. GOD'S Name is said to be holy, Psal. 111.9. and holy things may not be putt to common and vulgar uses, Numbers 18. ult. And in plaine words, Leviticus 22.32. Ye shall not pollute my Name. Polluting, by GOD'S owne word, being no­thing els, but to make common, Acts [...]0.15. Therefore they to be con­demned, that no man urging them, upon no sufficient ground, make it common.

For the Manner, with great regard, Eccle. 8.1.2 For the Ma [...] ­ner. We must sweare to the Lord, with all our heart. They are highly praised that did so, 1. Chro. 15.15 that is, when they are to take an Oath, they are to call togither the pow­ers of their soule, and with sad and serious deliberation to undertake it; that is, to doe it in Iudicio. Therefore in the Law, GOD maketh it the entrie. Thou shalt feare the Lord thy GOD and shalt sweare by His Name: that is, with due feare and reverence thou shalt sweare. For, as GOD'S Name is holy; not for every common matter: so is it also reverend; not with an unregarding affection to be taken in our mouthes.

To this end is it, that the Church of GOD excludeth such persons from oaths, as are presumed, that in iudgement they cannot, or will take them: as persons already convict of periurie, that they will not; Those that are under yeares, that they can not. To this end also, there have ever been used Ceremonies, that by that meanes, there might be a re­verend regard stricken into the minde of the swearer. Therefore the ve­ry Angels, when they sweare, doe it not without ceremonie, but with lifting up their hands to heaven, Dan. 12.7. Apoc. 10.5. The Patriarchs, under the Law of Nature, not without ceremonie, but laying their hand on the thigh, therein have reference to the incarnation of the Blessed Seed, Gen. 24.3. and 47.29. The People of GOD under the Law, came into [Page 46] the Temple, and before the Altar (1. Reg. 8.31.) and in the presence of the Priest (Deut. 12.8.) uncovered (Numbers 5.18.) so tooke their Oath: all these serving to stir up their reverence, that what they did, they might doe in iudgement.

Therfore, they are to be condemned, that passionately sweare. Eccl. 5.1. (which Passion alwaies bereaveth men, of iudgement:) either in anger, as David, which he repented of, 1. Samuel 25.33. Or in desire, as Saul, which proved prejudiciall to him and his people, 1. Samuel 14.28. And they, that as not of any passion, so without all manner of respect, to avow any idle fond phansie of their owne, even as it were water, powre out the Name of GOD.

And they yet more, that not onely unadvisedly sometimes, but con­tinually (as it were by a custome) make it an interiection of filling, for all their speeches; and cannot utter one sentence without it: yea, which ther­by come to a diabetica passio of swearing, that Oathes runne from them, and they feele them not.

But, above all, they that are come to that pitch, that even in contempt they swear, and will swear, and the rather because they be told of it. These persons the Church of GOD hath so detested, that they are excommu­nicate without sentence of any Iudge or Canon, and Christian people forbidden to have any fellowship with them:

3. In Iustice. In Iustitiâ. As the Matter of the Oath is to be true and weighty; and the Manner, with due advise and iudgement: so is it to be taken also, to a good and iust end. And of this there is to be had chiefe regard, for that diverse times, both false and rash Oathes are not hurtfull save to the swearer onely: but these tend alway to some mischiefe, beside the sinne of the swearing.

An Oath is of the nature of a Bond, & bindeth a man to do that, he swea­reth: Now, it is sinne enough, to doe evill of it self; but to bind him­selfe to doe evill, and to make the Name of GOD the Bond, that is sinne out of measure sinfull. GOD hath ordeined, that onely for truth and right, his Name should be used: to abuse it, to uphold falshood, and to enforce men to evill dealing, is to change a Sanctuarie, and make it a brothel-house. These we call Latronum iuramenta; such Oathes, as theeves and such kinde of persons take one of another: For, they doe not onely ioyne hand in hand (as Salomon telleth us, Proverbs 2 [...].5.) but doe even also by oath bind themselves to doe mischiefe. Nehemiah 6, 28, To­biah the speciall hinderer of the Temple, had many in Iuda his sworne [...]

1 Not of things impossible.That a [...] Oath may be in iustice, It is required that it be of a thing possible. No man ev [...]r required an Oath, to an impossibilitie apparent: So Abraham's s [...]rvant saith [...]enesis 24. What if I cannot possibly get any maiden to com [...] with me? Abraham's answer is, then he shall be free from the oath: [Page 47] So that, if at the present it seeme possible (otherwise not to be sworne to) and after, there doe emergere impossibile, the partie is innocent. The same is observed, touching our knowledge: for, so the Law saith, A man shall testifie that onely, which he hath seene, heard or knowen, and more shall not be required of him. So, the law of Nature,Levit. 5.1. onely de quibus sciam pote­ro (que).

Now, because (as Ioseph well telleth us,Nor unlaw [...]ul­n [...]sse. Genesis 39.9.) that we only can doe that, which lawfully we can, and Christian possibilitie implieth lawfulnesse; that is the second point of In iustitia, and the second Caveat, Ne illicitum. Which is either primâ facie, as Saul's oath, 1. Samuel 28.10. and Acts 23.14. Or it is likewise emergens, as in Herod's oath, at the first no harm being understood; but after the demaund made, it was sinne to keepe it. So saith Ezra in the Law, Secundùm Legem fiat, Ezra 10.5. And Saint Paul in the Gospell, Acts 23.3. They sit to judge secundùm id quod in Le­ge est.

Put these togither, that we be required to sweare nothing but the truth, In v [...]ritate: that we doe it upon due advise and consideration, In iudicio: that we doe it but of those things we know & can tel, and of those wherto Law bindeth us: There is no more required in a Christian oath. This to be remembred, because diverse which will be accounted Christians, re­fuse in our daies, the Oath which hath all her attendants. If the Magis­trate, Mat 26.63. either Civill (Exodus 22.8. Nehemiah 5.12.) or Ecclesiasticall (Num­bers 5.19.) 1 Either by a curse, where the partie is not knowen, as Proverbs 29.24. Iudges 17.2. Leviticus 5.1. Or by tendering an oath; and that againe double: Either by way of adiuration, I. Sam. 3.27. I. Reg. 22.16. 2 Or by way of swoaring them, as Exodus 22.11. Numbers 5.13. I. Reg. 8.31. I. R [...]g. 18.10. Where the party is accused by complaint, detection (Genesis 3.) presumption (Genesis 4.) common fame (1. Corinthians 5.4.) He is bound to purge himselfe, and satisfie the people, in Adulterie, Theft, or any crime.

But what if it tend to his dammage, or to the prejudice of his liberty? Our rule is: Qui potest ad paenam, potest ad quae paena consequitur. There­fore in a matter of life or limme, we admitt not the Oath: because, no man can lawfully sweare, to cast away or maime himself. But a man may directly sweare to his losse, in his goods, as Genesis 25.33. and [...]o become a prisoner, as (1. Reg. 1.43.) Shemei did. Therfore, sweare, and be sworne in those causes and questions, whereto Law doth bind to give an­swere, though Fine and Commitment doe ensue upon them.

This question remaineth, If a man have sworne without those, what he is to doe? when an oath binds, when it doth not?

[Page 48]We hold: No man is so streightened between two sinns, but without com­mitting a third, he may get forth. Herod thought he could not; and ther­fore, being in a streight, betwixt murder and periurie, thought he could have no issue, but by putting Saint Iohn Baptist to death. It was not so: for, having sworne, and his oath proving unlawfull, if he had repented him of his unadvisednesse in swearing, and gon no further, he had had his is­sue, without any new offense.

1. If then We have sworne to be simply evill, the rule is, Ne sit Sacramen­tum pietatis, vinculum iniquitatis.

2. If it hinder a greater or higher good, the rule is; Ne sit Sacramentum pietatis, impedimentum pietatis.

3. If it be in things indifferent, as we terme them, absque grano salis; it is a rash oath; to be repented, not to be executed.

4. If the oath be simply made; yet (as we say) it doth subiacere Civili intellectui: so as GOD'S oath doth, Ieremia 18.8. and therefore those conditions may exclude the event, and the Oath remaine good.

5. If in regard of the Manner, it be extorted from us, the rule is, In­iusta vincula rumpit Iustitia.

6. If rashly, Penitenda promissio, non perficienda praesumptio.

7. If to any man, for his benefit, or for favour to him, if that partie re­lease it, it bindeth not.

A SERMON PREACHED AT VVHITE-HALL, upon the Sunday after EASTER, being March XXX. AN. DOM. MDC.

IOHN. CHAP. XX. VER. XXIII.

Quorum remiseritis peccata, remittuntur eis: Et quorum re­tinueritis, retenta sunt.

VVhose-soever sinnes ye remitt, they are remitted un­to them: and whose-soever ye reteine, they are re­teined.

The Conclusion of the Gospell for the Sunday.

THEY be the words of our SAVIOVR CHRIST to his Apostles. A part of the first words, which he spake to them at his Epiphanie, or first apparition after he arose from the dead. And they contein a Com­mission by him graunted to the Apostles, which is the summe or contents of this Verse.

Which Commission, is his first largesse after his rising againe. For, at his first appea­ring to them, it pleased him not to come empty, but with a blessing, and to bestow on them, and on the world by them, as the first fruicts of his resurrection, this Commission; a part of that Commission, which the sin­full world most of all stood in need of for remission of sinnes.

[Page 50]To the graunting w [...]reof, He proceedeth not without some solem­ni [...]ie or circumstance,The Summari [...]. proceeding in it. well worthy to be remembred.

For first, Verse 21. he saith. As my father sent me, so send I you: which is their authorizing, or giving them their Credence.

Secondly, Verse 22: He doth breath upon them, and withall inspireth them with the Holy Ghost: which is their enhabling or furnishing thereto.

And having so authorized and enhabled them, now in this Verse heer, He giveth them their C [...]mmission, and thereby doth perfectly inaugurate th [...]m, into this part of their Office.

A Commission is nothing els, but the imparting of a power which be­fore they had not. First therefore, he imperteth to them a power, a power over sinnes; over sinnes, either for the remitting, or the reteining of them, as the persons shall be qualified.

And after, to this power he addeth a promise (as the Lawyers terme it) of Ratihabition, that he will ratifie and make it good, that His power shall accompanie this power, and the lawfull use of it in his Church for ever.

The dependence in respect of the time, Why not before. Esai. 53.10. Heb. 9.22. Mat. 16.19.18.18.And very agreeably is this power now bestowed by him upon his re­surrection. Not so conveniently before his death; because till then, he had not made his soule an offering for sinne, nor till then, he had not shed his bloud, without which there is no remission of sinnes. Therefore it was promised before, but not given till now; because it was convenient, there should be solutio, before there were absolutio. Not before he was risen, then.

Why now.And againe, no longer then till he was risen, not till he was ascended. First, to shew that the remission of sinnes is the undivided and immediate effect of his death. Secondly, to shew how much the world needed it, for which cause he would not with-hold it, no not so much as one day (for, this was done in the very day of his resurrection.) Thirdly, But spe­cially, to set forth his great love and tender care over us, in this, that as soone as he had accomplished his owne resurrection, even presently up­on it, he setts in hand with ours, and beginneth the first part of it, the very first day of his rising.

The Scripture maketh mention of a first and second death, and from them two, of a first and second resurrection. Both, expresly sett downe in one verse;Apoc. 20.6. Happy is he that hath his part in the first resurrection; for o­ver such, the second death hath no power. Vnderstanding by the first, the death of the soule by sinne, and the rising thence to the life of grace: by the se­cond, the death of the body by corruption, & the rising thence to the life of glorie.

CHRIST truly is the Saviour of the whole man, both soule and bo­dy, from the first and second death.

But beginneth first with the first, that is with sinne, the death of the soule, and the rising from it. So is the method of Divinitie prescribed by him­selfe.Mat. 23.16. First, to cleanse that which is within (the soule) then, that which is [Page 51] without (the body.) And so is the methode of Physique, first to cure the cause, and then the disease. 1. Cor. 15 56. Now the cause (or as the Apostle calleth it) the sling of death is sinne. Therefore first to remove sinne, and then death a [...]erwards. For the cure of sinne being performed, the other will follow of his owne accord. As Saint Iohn telleth us, He that hath his part in the first resurrection, shall not faile of it in the second. The first resurrecti­on then from sinne, is it which our Saviour Christ heer goeth about, wher­to there is no lesse power required then a divine power. For looke what power is necessarie to raise the dead bodie out of the dust; the very same every way, is requisite to raise the dead soule out of sinne. For which cause, the Remission of sinnes is an Article of faith, no lesse then the Resurrection of the body. For, in very deed, a resurrection it is, and so it is termed, no lesse then that.

To the service and ministerie of which divine worke, a Commission is heere graunted to the Apostles. And first, they have heer their sending from GOD the Father; their inspiring from GOD the Holy Ghost; their commission from GOD the Sonne: that being thus sent from the Father, by the power of the Holy Ghost, in the person of Christ, they may per­forme the Office,2. Cor. 5.1 [...]. or (as the Apostle calleth it) the Embassage of reconciling sinners unto GOD, to which they are appointed. And so much for the Summe and dependence of this Scripture.

The points of speciall observation are three. 1. First,The Division the Power that is graunted. 2. The Matter or Subiect, whereon the power is to be exercised. 3. The Promise of ratifying the exercise of that power.

The Power it self: in which commeth first to be entreated, 1. What I is meant by remitting and reteining. 2. After in generall, that there is a power to remitt and reteine: but first to remit, and after to reteine. 3. Then in particular, of that power as it is set downe in both words, Remiseritis and Remittuntur.

The Matter or subject: which is also two waies to be considered, either II as it is sinne in it selfe, which is the matter at large; or as it is the sinne of some persons (for it is not Quae peccata, but Quorum) which is the im­mediate or proper matter of this power.

The Ratifying or promise of concurrence, to assure the conscience of III the sinner of the certaintie and efficacie of the Churche's act, that what the Apostles doe in the person of Christ, by the instinct of the Holy Ghost, he that sent them, will certainly make good and effectuall from heaven. And of these three in order.

I. The termes how to be understood.THe termes of remitting and reteining may be taken many waies. To the end then, that we may the more cleerly conceive that which shal be said, it will be expedient, that first of all we understand, in what sense especially, and according to what resemblance, those termes are to be taken.

The originall from Christ's Commission.This may we best doe out of our Saviour Christ's owne Commission. For, this of the Apostle's is nothing els but a braunch out of his, which he himselfe (as man) had heere upon earth. For as man, he himselfe was sent, and was annointed with the Spirit, and proceeded by Commission.

His Commission we finde Luc. 4. which he himselfe readd in the Syna­gogue at Nazareth at his first entring on it:Luc. 4.18. Esai. 61.1. Which is originally recorded Esai 61. Wherein, among others, this power is one: to preach [...] (that is) Remission, as it is turned heere; or deliverance, as it is turned there: but the word is one in both places; and that respectively to cap­tives: and (as it followeth in that place of Esai) to them that are bound, the opening of the prison.

Which very terme (of Captives or such as are in prison) doth open unto us,Sinne, an impr [...]sonment with what reference or respect, this terme of remitting, or let­ing goe, is to be conceived. And as it was in his, so must it be under­stood heere in this, since this is but derived from that of CHRIST's.

The minde of the Holy Ghost then, as in other places by diverse o­ther resemblances, so in this heere, is to compare the sinner's case to the estate of a person imprisoned. And indeed, whoso well weigheth the place, it cannot well be taken otherwise. For, not onely heere, but els­where (where this Power is expressed) it seemeth ever, to be with refe­rence (as [...]t were) to parties committed. Mat. 16.19. The very terme of the Keyes (wherein it was promised, and [...]herein it is most usually delivered;) the termes of opening and shutting, seeme to have relation (as it were) to the prison gate. Mat 18.18. The termes of binding and loosing, (as it were) to the fet­ters or b [...]nds. And these heere of letting forth, or still deteining (all and every of them) seeme to have an evident relation, to a prisoner's estate; as if sinne ▪ were a prison, and the case of sinners, like theirs that are shutt up.

Verily, as sinne at the first in committing, seemeth sweete; that men cannot be gott to spitt it out (saith Iob) but hold it close under their tongues,Iob. 20.12. till they have swallowed it downe; but after it is committed, [...]he sinner findeth then,Ier. 2 19. that it is Malum & amarum dereliquisse Dominum (saith the Prophet;) that it turneth to a bitter and cholerique matter, of [Page 53] which there breedeth a worme which never leaveth gnawing:Esai 66. ult. Even so doth sinne at the first also seeme a matter of libertie. For, a libertie it is, not to be restreigned; not to be (as the Apostle speaketh) committed to Moses, to be kept & shut up under the Law;Gal. 3.23. Gen. 3.2. Not to be forbidden any fruict (under which very terme, the serpent did perswade it:) But when it was done and past, then shall a man feel a pinching or streightnesse in his soule, termed by the Apostle [...],Rom. 2.9. which properly signifieth the paine which they suffer, that are shutt up in a narrow roome or some place of litle ease.

So speaketh Salomon of sinne. His own wickednesse shall attach the sinner, & he shall be holden, or pinioned, with the cords of his own sinn. Pro. 5.22. Act. 8.13. So S. Peter, to Simon Magus: I perceive, thou art (to expresse the former resemblance) in the gall of bitternesse (& to expresse the later) in the bond of iniquitie. And S. Paul: that sinners, instead of having Moses to their keeper, 2. Tim. 2. ult. become the Devill's captives, & are of him holden and taken at his will & pleasure.

Truly some have felt as much as I speake of, and have in pregnant termes complained of it. I am so fast in prison (saith David) that I cannot get out. And, bring my soule out of prison & I will praise thee: Psalm 88.8. 142 ult 119 3 [...] And I wil runne the way of thy commandements, when thou shalt set my heart at libertie.

Peradventure all feel not this presently as soone as they have sinned; nor (it may be) a good while after. So GOD told Cain at the beginning: his sinne should lye at the doore; that is, while he kept within,Gen. 4 7. he should not be troubled with it perhaps; but at his comming forth, it should cer­tainly attach him. But saith Moses, let every one that sinneth be sure, that his sinn at last will find him out: Numb. 32.23. For he shall no sooner be under arrest of any trouble, sicknesse, crosse, or calamitie, but he shalbe shut into this [...], and feele it presently. As the brethren of Ioseph, Gene. 42.21. for very many yeares, after they had of envie and without all pitie sold him to be a bond-servant, seemed at libertie: No sooner fell they into danger and displea­sure, in a strange country, but it came to mind and they were served with it straightway. Even as in Iob, it is sayd:Iob. 20.11. The sinnes of our youth shall let us goe up and downe quietly all our youth time, but when we come to years we shall feele them pinch us in our very bones.

Yea though many, even then when they feele this streightnesse in their soule, make meanes to put it away for the time, and seeme merry and light enough (as many times, prisoners be in the goale, till the very day of the Assizes come:) yet when it is come to that, that Iudex est prae foribus, when the terror of death commeth,Iames 5.9. and with it a fearefull expecta­tion of iudgment; then certainly, then without all doubt,Heb. 10.27. the anguish S. Paul speaketh of, shall be upon every soule of every one that doth evill. Then, ther is no man never so wicked, that with his good will would die in his sinns, but would have them released while he is yet in viâ, yet in the way. Ioh. 8.27. Mat. 5.25. Then we seek help at such scriptures as this, & call for the persons to whom this Commission belongeth. And those, whom we have gone by 7. years togi­ther, and never said word to about it, then we are content to speak with, [Page 54] when the counsaile and direction they give, we are scarse able to receive, and much lesse to put in practise. As if, all our life time, we beleeved the permission of sinnes; as if that were the article of our faith all our life long, and the article of Remission of sinnes, never till the point of death.

And this may serve, shortly to sett forth unto us this prison of the soule: which if eny conceive not, by that which hath beene sayd, I must say with the Prophet to them; that sure, there is such a thing, and that In novissimo intelligetis haec plane, Ier. 30. ult. at their latter end (I wish, before; but sure then) they shall very plainly understand, that such a thing there is.

But now, they that have either felt or beleeve, that such an imprison­ment there is,Good tydings that there is Remission. will be glad to heare, that there is a Power, whereby they may be enlarged: And this very tydings in generall, that there is a Remit­tuntur, that men may have deliverance from these fetters, this prison, this streightnesse or anguish of the soule, must needs be very acceptable and welcome tydings to them. For which very point (even that there is a Remituntur) what thanks are we aeternally bound to render unto GOD?Heb. 2.16. For I tell you, Nusquam Angelos apprehendit, the Angels never found the like. For, the Angels, which kept not their first estate, hath He reserved in everlasting chaines of darkenesse, Iud. 6. to the iudgement of the great Day. Their chaines, everlasting; their imprisonment, perpetuall: No commission to be sued for them: No Remittuntur eis. But with man, it is not so. To him, deliverance; to him, loosing of the chaines; to him, opening of the prison is promised. For his sinns, a Commission is granted out, his sinns have a Remittuntur. This, is a high and speciall priviledge of our nature, to be had by us in an everlasting thankfull remembrance. So that no man needeth now,Ier. 18.12. abruptly to say with those in Ieremie, De­speravimus, we are desperate; now, we never shall be forgiven, let us now doe what we list.Ezra. 10.2. No: but (as it is sayd in Esra) Though we have grievously sinned yet there is hope for all that: and (as in Ezechiel) that we may so use the matter;Ezec. 18.30. that Peccata nostra non erunt nobis in scandalum, Our sinnes shall not be our destruction. Which very point is both an espe­ciall stay of our hope, and a principall meanes of manifesting unto us the great goodnesse of GOD.

Remission first, before Retenti­on..Which goodnesse of GOD as it doth shew forth it selfe in this first (that, such a power there is:) so doth it secondly and no lesse, in the or­der, that (where both acts are mentioned, as well reteining, as remitting) He placeth the power of remitting first. Which very sorting of them in that order, doth plainely shew unto us, whereunto GOD of his good­nesse is most inclinable; and which of them it is, that is the principall in His entent. That to remitt, is more proper to him, and that He is more ready to it, and that it is first; first in his purpose, first in his graunt: and that to the other,Esai. 28.21. He commeth but secundarily, but by occasi­on, when, the former cannot take place. For, of remitting sinne, He [...]aketh the ground from Himselfe, and not from any other; and there­fore, [Page 55] that more naturall: but of reteining it, the cause is ministred from us, even from our hardnesse, and heart that cannot repent. And as Him­selfe doth use this power, so giveth He it to them, to aedification and not to destruction. I say, not first or principally to destruction; nor of eny,2. Cor. [...]0.8. save onely of the wilfull impaenitent sinner. Thus much of the remitting and reteining in generall, and of their place and order. Now of the Pow­er it selfe in particular.

Of this Power there is heere in my text twise mention;Of Remiss [...]on in particular T [...]e P [...]w [...]r of it two-fold. 1 One in Re­miseritis, and 2 againe in Remittuntur. Which two words doe plainly lead us to two Acts; of which two acts, by good consequence are infer­red two Powers. Which two Powers, though they be concurrent to one end, yet are they distinct in themselves. Distinct, in person; for, Re­miseritis is the second person, and meant of the Apostles; 1 Remiseritis. 2 Remittu [...]tur. Mat. 10.19. and Remittuntur is the third person, and meant of GOD Himselfe. And as distinct in person, so distinct in place: for, the one is exercised in earth, which is the Apostles; the other in heaven, which is GOD's. Quicquid solverîtis in terrâ, solutum erit in Coelo.

Now, where two powers are, and one of them in GOD, the other must needs be subordinate and derived from it. For, Duo principia, two beginnings there are not. Therefore none other from whence it can proceed, but from GOD and from the power in Him alone.1. Remittuntur (GOD'S pow­er) fi [...]t in or­der.

Of these two then. Remittuntur, though latter in place, yet indeed is by nature and order first, and from it doth proceed the other of Remise­ritis; Which howsoever in the sentence it stand before it, yet without all question it is derived from it, and after it. So that, thus the case stands betweene them: Remittuntur, which is GOD'S power, is the primitive or originall; Remiseritis, which is the Apostle's power, is meerly derived. That in GOD, Soveraigne: This in the Apostles, Dependent. In Him only Absolute: In them, Delegate. In Him Imperiall; In them, Ministeriall.

The Power of remitting sinne is originally in GOD,Esai. 43 25. and in GOD a­lone. And in CHRIST our SAVIOVR, by meanes of the union of the God-head, and Manhood into one person: By vertue whereof, the Sonn of Man hath power to forgive sinnes upon earth. Mar. 2.10.

This Power being thus soly invested in GOD, He might without wrong to any, have reteined and kept to himselfe, and without meanes of Word or Sacrament, and without Ministers, eyther Apostles or others, have exercised immediately by himselfe from heaven.

But we should then have said of the remission of sinnes (saith Saint Paul) Who shall goe up to heaven for it, and fetch it thence?Rom. 10.6. For which cause (saith he) the righteousnesse of faith speaketh thus, say not so in thy heart. The word shall be neer thee in thy mouth, and in thy heart, and this is the word of faith which we preach.

[Page 56]Partly this, that there should be no such difficulty to shake our faith, as once to imagine to fetch CHRIST from Heaven for the remission of our sinnes.

Partly also, because CHRIST (to whom alone this Commission was originally granted) having ordeined himselfe a body, would worke by bodily things, and having taken the nature of man upon him, would ho­nor the nature he had so taken. For these causes that which was his and his alone, he vouchsafed to impart; and out of his commission, to grant a commission, and thereby to associate them to himselfe (it is his owne word by the Prophet) and to make them [...], that is Co-operatores, wor­kers togither with him (as the Apostle speaketh) to the work of salvation, both of themselves and of others.

2. Remiferitis. GOD'S power derived to men, and not to Angels.From GOD, then it is derived: From GOD and to men.

To men, and not to Angels. And this I take to be a second preroga­tive of our nature. That an Angell must give order to Cornelius, to send to Ioppe for one Simeon, to speak words to him, by which he and his houshold should be saved; but the Angel must not be the doer of it. That not to Angels, but to men, is committed this Office or Embassage of reconciliation. And that which is yet more,To sinfu [...]l men. To sinfull men, for so is the truth, and so themselves confesse it. S. Peter· Goe, from me LORD, for I am a sinfull man. S. Iames: In many things we offend all (putting himselfe in the num­ber:) And (lest we should think it to be but their modesty) S. Iohn spea­keth plainly: If we say we have no sinne (what then? not, we are proud, and there is no humilitie in us, but) we are lyers and there is no truth in us. And this is that, which is wonderfull in this point; that S. Paul, who confesseth himselfe a sinner and a chiefe sinner, 1. Tim. 1.15. Quorum primus ego; The same concerning another sinner (the incestuous Corinthian) I forgive it him (saith he) [...] in the person of CHRIST.2. Cor 2.10.

To the ApostlesNow if we aske, to what men? the Text is plaine. They, to whom CHRIST said this Remiseritis, were the Apostles.

In the Apostles (that we may come nearer yet) we find three capacities as we may terme them. 1. As Christians in generall. 2. As Prea­chers, Priests, or Ministers, more speciall. 3. As those Twelve persons, whom in strict propriety of speech we terme the Apostles.

Some things, that CHRIST spake to them, he spake to them as re­presenting the whole Company of CHRISTIANS:Mar. 13. vlt. as his vigilate.

Some things, to them, not as Christians, but as Preachers or Priests: as his Ite praedicate Evangelium, Mat 28.18. Luc. 22.19. and his Hoc fa [...]e; which no man thinketh, all Christians may doe.

And some things, to themselves personallly: as that he had appointed them Witnesses of his miracles and Resurrection, Act. 1.8. which cannot be applied but to them, and them in person. It remaineth, we enquire, in which of these three Capacities, CHRIST imparteth to them this Commission.

[Page 57]No [...] as to Apostles properly. That is, this was no personall priviledge to be in them, and to die with them, that they should onely execute it for a time, and none ever after them. GOD forbid, we should so thinke it. For, this power being more then needfull for the world (as in the beginning it was said) it was not to be either personall, or for a time. Then, those persons dying, and those times determining, they in the ages fol­lowing (as we now in this) that should light into this prison or captivitie of sinne, how could they or we receive any benefit by it? Of Nature, it is sayd by the heathen Philosopher, that it doth neither Abundare in superfluis, nor deficere in necessarijs. GOD forbid, but we should ascribe as much to GOD at the least; that neither He would ordeine a power superfluous or more then needed, or els, it being needfull, would appropriate it unto one age, and leave all other destitute of it; and not rather as all Writers both new and old take it, continue it successively to the world's end.

And as not proper to the Apostle's persons, so neither common to all Christians in generall, nor in the persons of all Christians conveighed to them. Which thing, the very circumstances of the text doe evict. For he sent them first, and after inspired them; and after both these,Ver. 21. Ver. 22. gave them this commission. Now all Christians are not so sent, nor are all Christians inspired with the grace or gift of the Spirit, that they were heere. Consequently, it was not intended to the whole societie of Chris­tians. Yea I add, that forasmuch as these two, both these two, must goe before it; 1 Missio, and 2 Inspiratio: that though GOD inspire some Lay­men, if I may have leave so to terme them, with very speciall graces of knowledge to this end; yet inasmuch as they have not the former of sending, it agreeth not to them, neither may they exercise it, untill they be sent, that is untill they have their calling thereunto.

It being then neither personall nor peculiar to them as Apostles, To them, [...] Minister [...]. nor againe commmon to all as Christians, it must needs be committed to them as Ministers, Priests or Preachers; and consequently to those, that in that Office and Function doe succeed them, to whom, and by whom, this Commission is still continued. Neither are they, that are ordeined or instituted to that calling, ordeined or instituted by any other words or verse, then this. Yet not so, that absolutely without them, GOD cannot bestow it, on whom or when him pleaseth; or that he is bound to this meanes onely, and cannot worke without it. For, Gratia Dei non alligatur medijs, The grace of GOD is not bound but free, and can worke without meanes either of Word or Sacrament; and as without meanes, so without Ministers, how and when to him seemeth good. But spea­king of that which is proper and ordinarie, in the course by him establi­shed, this is an ecclesiasticall Act, committed, as the residue of the mini­strie of reconciliation, to ecclesiasticall persons. And if at any time he [Page 58] vouchsafe it by others that are not such, they be in that case, Ministri necessit [...] ▪ non Officij: In case of necessitie, Ministers; but by Office, not [...]o.

Of God's sove­reigne power still.Now, as by committing this power, GOD doth not deprive or be­reave himselfe of it: For there is a Remittuntur still, and that chief, sove­raigne, and absolute: so on the other side, where GOD proceedeth by the Churche's act, as ordinarily he doth, it being his owne ordinance; there, whosoever wilbe partaker of the Churche's act, must be partaker of it by the Apostle's meanes, there, doth Remiserîtis concurre in his or­der and place, and there runneth still a correspondence betweene both. There, doth GOD associate his Ministers, and maketh them Workers to­gither with him. Zach. 13.7. 1. Cor. 3.7· There, have they their parts in this worke, and cannot be excluded: no more in this, then in the other acts and parts of their function. And to exclude them, is (after a sort) to wring the keyes out of their hands, to whom CHRIST hath given them; is, to cancell and make voyd this clause of Remiserîtis, as if it were no part of the sen­tence; To accompt of all this solemne sending, and inspiring, as if it were an idle and fruictlesse ceremonie: which if it may not be admitted, then sure it is, they have their part and concurrence in this worke, as in the rest of the ministerie of reconciliation.

The act of the Church ordi­narie. Iob. 33.25.Neither is this a new or strange thing; from the beginning, it was so. Vnder the law of Nature (saith Elibu in Iob, speaking of one for his sinns in GOD'S prison.) If there be with him an Embassador, Commissioner, or Interpreter (not any whosoever, but) one among a thousand, to shew unto him his righteousnesse, Then shall GOD have mercie upon him and say, let him go, for I have received a propitiation.

Mal 2.5. Levit. 4.5.6.Vnder Moses, it is certaine, the Covenant of life and peace was made with Levi, and at the sacrifices for sinne, he was ever a partie.

Vnder the Prophets. It pleased GOD to use this concurrence towards David himselfe: Nathan the Prophet saying unto him, Transtulit Domi­nus peccatum tuum.

The necessitie of the Priest therein.Which course so established by GOD, till CHRIST should come; (for neither covenant nor Priest-hood was to endure any lon­ger;) was by CHRIST re-established anew in the Church, in that call­ing, to whom he hath committed the Word of reconciliation. Neither are we (the ordinance of GOD thus standing) to rend of one parte of the sentence. There are heere expressed three persons. 1 The per­son of the sinner, in Quorum; 2 of GOD, in Remittuntur; 3 of the Priest, in Remiserîtis. Three are expressed; and where three are expressed, three are required;Homil 49. de 50. and where three are required, two are not enough. It is Saint Augustine that thus speaketh of this Ecclesiasticall act in his [...]ime: Nemo sibi dicat, occulte ago poenitentiam, apud Deum ago. Novit Deus qui mihi ignoscit, quia in corde ago. Ergo sine causâ dictum est, Quae [...] interrâ, soluta erunt in Coelo, Ergo sine causâ, Claves datae sunt Eccle­siae [Page 59] Dei▪ Frustramus Evangelium Dei: Frustramus verba Christi.

Which may suffice for the distinguishing of these two Powers, the deriving of the one from whom, and to whom, the continuance and con­currence of them.

The Remission of sinnes, as it is from GOD only, Wherein this power consists. so is it by the death and bloud-shedding of CHRIST alone: but, for the applying of this un­to us, there are diverse meanes established.1. Pet. 4.10. There is Multiformis gratia (saith Saint Peter) varietie of graces, whereof we are made the disposers. Now, all and every of these meanes: working to the remission of sinnes (which is the first and greatest benefit, our SAVIOVR CHRIST hath obteined for us,) it resteth that we further enquire, what that meanes is, in particular, which is heer imparted.

For sure it is, that besides this, there are diverse acts instituted by God and executed by us, which all tend to the remission of sinnes. Sinns remitted

1. In the institution of Baptisme, there is a power to that end.1 By Baptisme. Act. 2.38. Be bap­tized every one of you for the remission of sinnes (saith Saint Peter to three thousand at once.Act. 22.16.) Arise and be baptized (saith Ananias to Paul) and wash away thy sinnes. And to be short: I beleeve one baptisme for the re­mission of sinnes (saith the Nicene Creed.)

2. Againe,2 By the [...]u­charist. there is also another power for the Remission of sinnes, in the institution of the holy Eucharist. The words are exceeding plaine: This is my bloud of the new Testament, for the Remission of sinnes. Mat. 26.28.

3. Besides, in the word it selfe, there is a like power ordeined.3 By Preaching. Ioh. 16.3. 2 Cor. 5.19 Now are you cleane, saith CHRIST (no doubt from their sinnes) propter Sermonem hunc. And the very Name giveth as much, that it is entitled, The word of reconciliation.

4. Further, there is to the same effect, a power in Prayer, 4 By Prayer. Iames 6.14. and that in the Priest's prayer. Call for the Priests (saith the Apostle) and let them pray for the sicke person, and if he have committed sinne, it shall be forgiven him.

All and every of these, are acts for the remission of sinnes; and in all & every of these, is the person of the Minister required, and they cannot be dispatched without him.

But the ceremonies and circumstances that heer I finde used,None of these meant heere. prevaile with me to thinke, that there is somewhat heere imparted to them, that was not before. For, it carrieth no likelyhood, that our SAVIOVR be­stowing on them nothing heere, but that which before he had, would use so much solemnitie, so diverse and new circumstances, no new or diverse grace being heere communicated.

1. Now, for Baptisme, it appeareth plainly;Ioh. 4.2. that the Apostles baptized in a manner from the beginning; which I make no question, they did not without a Commission.

2. And for the power of administring the holy Sacrament, it was graunted expresly to them by Hoc facite, before his passion.Luc 22.19..

[Page 60]3. The like may we say of the power of Preaching; which was given them long before; even when he sent them, and commaunded them to preach the kingdome of GOD,Mat 10.7. Luc. 9.2. which was done, before this power was promised, which heer is bestowed; as will evidently appeare, the one being given, Mat. 10. the other after promised, Mat. 16.

4. Neither can it be meant of prayer. There is no partition in prayer. Prayers and supplications are to be made for all men. 1. Tim. 2.2. But heere is plaine partition. There is a Quorum whose sinnes are remitted, and another Quo­rum whose sinnes are reteined.

But the power of Absolution.Seeing then, this new ceremonie and solemne manner of proceeding in this, are hable to perswade any, it was some new power that heer was conferred, and not those which before had beene (though there be, that apply this, others to some one, and others to all of them:) I take it to be a power distinct from the former, and (not to hold you long) to be the accomplishment of the promise made, Mat. 16.19. of the power of the Keyes, which heere in this place and in these words is fulfilled; and have therein for me the joynt consent of the Fathers. Which being a diffe­rent power in it selfe, is that, which we call the Act or Benefit of Absolu­tion; in which (as in the rest) there is in the due time and place of it, an use for the remission of sinnes. Ver. 21. Ver. 22. Whereunto our SAVIOVR CHRIST, by His sending them, doth institute them, and give them the key of au­thoritie: And by breathing on them and inspiring them, doth enhable them and give them the key of knowledge, to doe it well, and having bestowed both these upon them as the Stewards of his house, doth last of all deliver them their Commission to doe it, having so enabled them and authorized them as before. So much for the power.

II. Quorum peccata The subiect of this Power.Every power is not every where to be exercised, nor upon every matter; but each power hath his proper subiect.

The matter or subiect, whereon this power is to be exercised, is sinne. To be considered first in it selfe, as the matter at large. And then, as qua­lified with the person: (for it is quorum, and not quae peccatae;) As the neerer and more proper subiect.

Peccata, at large.First then, the subiect are sinnes. Sinnes in themselves, no waies re­strained or limited. No sinnes at all, either for number or greatnesse being excepted.

Without ex­ception of number Mat. 18.22.Not for number. For Christ teaching us, That we our selves should for­give untill seventy times seven times, doth thereby after a sort give us to understand, that he will not sticke with us for the like number in ours. For GOD forbid, we should imagine, he taught us to be more mer­cifull or of greater perfection then he will be himselfe. That number amounteth to ten Iubilees of pardon: For so many sinnes, may we then [Page 61] hope for pardon at his hands. If those be not enough, we have exam­ple of one, whose sinnes were more in number then the haires of his head and of another,Psal. 40.12. Orat. Manass. whose were more then the sands of Sea: both which give us hope; for they both obteined pardon.

But that which followeth in the place of Matthew, Or greatnesse. Mat. 18 24. maketh both parts plaine. For there, a debt is remitted not onely of five hundred (as Luc. 7.) but of ten thousand, and those (not as in Luke, pence, but) talents: A great and huge summ, yet for that hath he remission in store. So that,Luc. 7.48. no man shall need to say, his sinne is greater then can be remitted, as Cain did, since that assertion is convinced to be erroneus:Gen. 4.13. For, his sinne may be forgiven, that slew Abel though his brother, seing S. Peter saith, that theirs was not greater then might be forgiven, that slew the Sonne of God. Acts 31.15.19. For no man but will conceive, that the betraying and murdering IESVS CHRIST, was farr a more heynous offense then that of Abel's killing: But, that might (saith Saint Peter;) therefore, this much more may be for­given. And to end this point, whereas it is affirmed, and that most truly, by the Apostle, that the weakenesse of GOD is stronger then men, 1. Cor. 1.25. if there were any sinne greater then could be remitted, the weakenesse of man (for of that, commeth sin) should be stronger the GOD; which neither Religion nor reason will admit. In respect of the sinne it selfe therefore there is no exception.

But because it is not quae peccata but quorum, it sheweth,Quorum, The proper immedi­ate Subject. that in the act of remission, we are to respect, not the sinne so much as the person. So that, though all sinnes may be remitted, yet not to all persons, but to a quo­rum, as we see. For, there is another quorum, whose sinnes are retained: so that, this limiteth the former, and sheweth indeed, what is the Mate­ria propinqua, or immediate subiect of this power committed.

Our Saviour Christ himselfe, at the reading of his Commission (where­of this is a braunch) in effect expresseth as much. For he telleth them, There were many lepers in the daies of Elisha, Luc. 4.18.25. and many widowes in the daies of Elias; yet none cleansed but Naaman, nor to none was Elias sent but to the widow of Sarephtha. And so the case standeth heere. Many sinners ther be, and many sins may be remitted, but not to eny, except they be of this Quorum. In which point ther is a special use of the key of knowledge, to direct to whom, and to whom not; since it is not, but with advise, to be applied, nor hands hastily to be layd on any man (as the Apostle testifieth:) which place is referred by the auncient Writers, to the Act of Absolution, 1. Tim. 5.22. Cypr. 3 16. Pacian. in Pa­raen. 16. Aug. de Bapt 5.20.23. and the circumstance of the place giveth no lesse. But discretion is to be used in applying of comfort, counsaile, and the benefit of Absolution.

Whereby it falleth out sometimes, that the very same sinnes to some may be remitted, being of the Quorum, that to some others may not, that are out of it.

To see then a little into this qualification, The Qualifica­tion of the Per­sons. that therby we may discerne [Page 62] who be of [...]ither Quorum. The conditions to be required, to be of Quo­rum remittuntur, are two.

That, in the Church.First, that the partie be within the house and familie, whereto those key's be­long (that is) be a member of the Church, be a faithfull beleeving Christian. In the Law,Exod. 2 [...].34. the Propitiatorie was annexed to the Arke and could not be se­vered from it: to shew, that they must hold of the Arke (that is) be of the number of the people of GOD, or els could they not be partakers of the Propitiation for their sinnes. So saith the Psalmist, in the Psalme of the Church, Psal 87. ult. Psal. 85.1. Omnes canales mei erant in te. All the conduit-pipes of all my spiritu­all graces are conveighed into thee, and are no where els to be had. And n [...]mely, of this benefit of remission of sinnes: Thou hast (saith he) ô Lord beene gratious unto Thy land &c Thou hast forgiven all their iniquitie and covered all their sinne. Esa. 33. ult. But the Prophet Esai, most plainly: The people which dwelleth in her (that is the Church) They shall have their iniquitie for­given. And to end this point, the Angel when he interpreteth the name of IESVS,Mat. 1.21. extendeth it no further then thus, that He shall save His people from their sinnes. To them then is the benefit of remission of sinnes entailed and limited; it is sors Sanctorum, and dos Ecclesiae. And they that are of this Quorum, have their certaine hope thereof. They that are out of it, perteine to the second sort, of them that have their sinnes reteined. 1. Cor. 5.12. The power of the keyes reacheth not to them: What have I to do with them that are without. (saith the Apostle) Them that are without, GOD shall iudge. Therefore, all Pagans, Infidels, Iewes, and Turkes are without the compasse of this Quorum. Iohn [...].24. For whoso beleeveth not in Christ, whoso is not a faithfull Christian, shall die in his sinns.

That, Repentāt.But are all that are within this house, therby partakers of this remis­sion? is there nothing els required? Yes indeed, there is yet another condition requisite, whereby many are cutt of, that are within the Quo­rum of the Church. And that is (as our Saviour Christ himselfe setteth it down) Repentance. Luke 24.47. For, he willeth Repentance and Remission of sinnes to be preached in His name: both these, but Repentance first, and then Re­mission of sinnes to follow after. So that, the sinner, that is a member of the Church, if he want this, is not of the former, but of the latter Quorum.

1 That is, Feele the want of Re­mission, & de­sire it.To Repentance there goe two things (as heertofore hath beene entrea­ted more at large.) To insist upon the resemblance heere made. First, that he feele his chaines and imprisonment and be grieved with them, and therefore would gladly be let loose, and discharged from them. And no otherwise doth our Saviour Christ proclaime it;Mat. 11.28. That none should come to him, but such as are weary and heavy laden. For, sentiat onus qui vult levari, & sentiat vincula qui vult solvi. And no reason there is, meanes should be made for his enlargement, that is wel enough alredy, and had rather be where he is, then at libertie abroad.

Out of which groweth this division of sinners, which make this double [Page 63] Quorum. For, there are sinners, that are weary of their commitment and would gladly be enlarged. Such as he was: O bring my soule out of prison, Psal. 142. vlt. that I may praise thee. And as he: Wretched man that I am, Rom. 7.24. who shall deli­ver me? And to these belongeth the first clause of Remission, even poeni­tentibus & petentibus, to them that are weary of their durance, and that de­sire and sue for deliverance.

Againe there are sinners, which care not greatly for their present estate, but are as it were without sense of their miserie. The pri [...]on grieveth them not; being in it, they reckon themselves well enough, either because they have drunken of the slumbering cup, Esa. 51.22. which is the very dreggs of GOD'S wrath, having their hearts as brawne, Psal. 119.70. 1. Tim. 4.2. and their consciences seared with a hott iron, that is (as the Apostle doth interpret it) being past all feeling or remorse of sinne: Or els a worse sort of people, that not onely have no sense of their present wretched case, but doe even take delight and pleasure in the place, and (to choose) will not be out of it.Pro. 2.14. Quilae­tantur cum malum fecerint, & exultant in rebus pessimis, Deut. 29.19. that scorne the de­nouncing of GOD'S judgements, and when they heare the words of this curse, absolve themselves and say, I shall have peace and doe full well for all that. Of such, Dominus ne ignoscat illis (saith Moses) let not GOD be mercifull unto them. Pitie it is, they should be let goe, or the key once tur­ned to let them out. Sense and sorrow is required of their restraint, and an earnest desire of enlargement, els they perteine not to the first, but to the latter Quorum.

In which very point (of sorrow for sinne) there is an especiall good use of the key of knowledge, for counsaile and direction. 1. For, in-as­much as Repentance it selfe is an act of corrective Iustice,Eze. 33.14. 1 Cor. 11.31. Eze. 36.31. 2. Cor. 7.11. and to repent is to doe iudgement (as the Prophet;) and to iudge our selves, as the Apostle calleth it. 2. To which there belongeth not onely a sentence, but also [...], a revenge, or punishment. And because it is not a fruictlesse repen­tance which must serve the turne; but it must have fruicts (saith Saint Iohn Baptist) & fruicts worthy of repentance: that is, more plainely (as Saint Paul saith,Luc. 3.8. [...]ct. 26.20. Dan. 4.24. he was charged to preach even from heaven) That men must not onely repent and turne to GOD, but also doe workes worthy of Repentance. 3. And for that the works of Repentance, all of them, are not meet and suitable to every sinne, but as the sinnes are diverse,Ion. 3. [...]8. Act. 8.22. so are the workes to be also. 5. For that also, as a man may goe too farr in them (as appea­reth in the case of the Corinthian;) so may one fall too short, as appea­reth in the case of Miriam: and a proportion or Analogie is to be kept,2 Cor 2.7. Num. 12.14. Apoc. 3 [...]. according as the case of the sinne requireth. In both these to advise, both what workes are meete, and also what measure is to be kept, the Key of knowledge will help to direct, and we may have use of it, if we mean to use it to that end.

The other condition which must be joyned to the former, is an un­feigned purpose and endeavour, our selves to remitt or let goe those sinnes, [Page 64] which we would have by GOD remitted. For, it is not enough to be sor­rye for sinne past,Heb. 12.17. or to seeke repentance, no though it be with teares: this will not make us of the first Quorum, if there be nothing but this; if [...]here be in our hearts a purpose, our selves to reteine and hold fast our old sinne still. Esau lift up his voice with a great crye and bitter out of mea­sure, Gen. 27.38.41. and wept: Yet even at the same time, vowed in his heart, so soone as his Father was dead, to make away his brother. And this purpose of minde, for all his bitter crying and teares, cast him into the latter Quorum, and made his sinnes to be reteined still. And such is the case of them, that would be let goe out of prison; but would have libertie to goe in and ou [...] still visit the companie there, when and as often as them list. So doe not the Saints that be of the first Quorum, to whom GOD, as he speaketh peace, Psal. 85.8. so He speaketh this too, that they turne not thither againe, that they fall not againe to their former folly.

But these later would have their sinnes let go by GOD, but themselves would not let them go, but keep fast their end still. They would quoadre­atum, Luc. 7.48. Ioh. 8.11. heare that saying from CHRIST's mouth, Thy sinnes are forgiven thee: but quoad actum, would not willingly heare that other, Goe and sinne no more. But we must be willing to heare them both: willing to have our sinnes remitted by GOD, and willing too (our selves) to remitt our sinning, or from thenceforth remissius peccare, to sinne more remissely, and nothing so licentiously as before. To the former sor­row, sentence, and revenge, we must (saith Saint Paul) joyne a desire, [...]; and to that desire an endeavour, [...]; and that, such an endea­vour,1. Cor 7.11. as may be hable to alleadge for it selfe [...], an honest defense, that we have used all good meanes to do that, which on our part is to be performed, that we may be of the first Quorum.

In which point no lesse then the former, there may be use of the Key of knowledge, to advise and direct our selves, no lesse in the cure of sinne, then in the sorrow for it.Act. 2.37. They in the second of the Acts, which were pricked in their hearts, knew of themselves that somewhat they should do (as by their question appeareth▪) but what it was they should doe, they knew not. Sometimes men have good minds; but know not which way to turne them or set themselves about it. Somtimes they are scrupulous and doubtfull, whether they do as they should, be­cause one may Propitius esse sibi, favour himself too much, and be over partiall in his owne case, neither so carefull to use the meanes to good, nor to avoyd the occasions of evill, as he ought. Wherein, it were good for men to make sure worke, and to be fully resolved. For, most usuall it is for men, at their ends to doubt, not of the power of remitting of sinnes, but of their owne disposition to receive it; and whether they have orde­red the matter so, that they be within the compasse of GOD'S effectuall calling, or as the text is, of the Quorum, to whom it belongeth. So much for the matter, or subiect, whereto this power is to be applied.

[Page 65]And heere I should now speake somewhat of the applying or use of it: but the time hath overtaken me and will not permit it. Now onely a word of the third part, of the Efficacie or (as the Lawyers terme it) of GOD'S Ratihabition, and so an end.

Wherin GOD willing more abundantly,III. Of the Ratiha­bition. to shew to them that should be partakers of it, the stablenesse of his counsaile, he hath penned it ex­ceeding effectually, and indeed strangely to them that deeply consider of it: which he hath so done, to the end, that thereby such poor sinners as shalbe partakers of it, might have strong consolation and perfect assu­rance, not to waver in the hope which is sett before them.

And to that end, even for comfort, I will onely point at foure things in the enditing of it; all expressing the efficacie of it, in more then com­mon manner.

1. The order, in this; that Remiseritis standeth first, and Remittuntur se­cond. It is Sa [...]nt Chrysostome's note, that it beginneth in earth, Super verbis-Esaiae Vidi Do­minum Ho­mil 5. and that hea­ven followeth after. So that, whereas in prayer and in other parts of religion it is, Sicut in Coelo, sic in terrâ; heere it is, Sicut in terrâ sic in Coelo. A terrâ iudicandi principalem authoritatem sumit Coelum. Nam Iudex sedet in terrâ: Dominus sequitur servum, & quicquid hic in inferioribus iudicârit, hoc ille in supernis comprobat, saith he.

2. The Time: in this, that it is Remittuntur in the present tense; there is no delay betweene, no deferring, or holding in suspense, but the Ab­solution pronounced upon earth, Remittuntur, presently they are remitted; that he saith not, heerafter they shalbe, but they are already remitted.

3. The Manner: in setting downe of the two words. For, it is so deli­vered by CHRIST, as if he were content, it should be accounted their act, and that the Apostles were the agents in it, and himselfe but the pa­tient, and suffered it to be done. For, the Apostle's part is delivered in the Active (Remiserîtis;) and his owne in the Passive (Remittuntur.)

4. The Certainty: which in the Identitie of the word, in not changing the word, but keeping the selfe same in both parts. For, Christ hath not thus endited it, Whose sinnes ye wish or ye pray for, or whose sinnes yee declare to be remitted; but whose sinnes ye remit: using no other word, in the Apostle's, then he useth in his owne. And to all these, in Saint Mat­thew He addeth his solemne protestation of Verily Verily, or Amen Amen, Mat. 18.18. that so it is, and shalbe. And all to certifie us, that he fully meaneth, with effect to ratifie in heaven, that is done in earth; to the sure and stedfast comfort of them, that shall partake it.

A SERMON PREACHED AT WHITE-HALL, upon the XXIII of November, AN. DOM. MDC.

IERE. CHAP. XXIII. VER. VI.

Hoc est Nomen quo vocabunt Eum, IEHOVA Iustitia nostra.

This is the Name whereby they shall call Him, The LORD our Righteousnesse.

THE former points, which the Prophet pointeth us to with his Ecce and willed us to behold, we then were so long in behol­ing, that we had no time, to take a view of this last: which I take to be the chiefest part of his Ecce, and the point of all points most worthy our beholding. Hoc est No­men &c.

1. The chiefe, because His Name is gi­ven Him from this and not from any of the rest. For (commonly) from His Cheefest title doth every man take his denomination. In the verse next following, GOD saith; He will no more be called, Their Deliverer from Egypt, Ver. 7. because he will vouchsafe them a greater deliverance from Babylon: And so from thence, as from the greater, have his name given. And as GOD, so men. What title of honour is highest in their style, that of all other, doth each person delight, to be termed by.

[Page 68]Now those (in the former part of this verse) of Salvation, and Peace (which He will procure them) be great and excellent Titles; and they be no lesse verified of him, then this of Righteousnesse: (The Lord is my light and my Salvation, Psalm. 27.1. Ephes. 2.14. by the Prophet: and, He is our Peace, by the Apostle.) Yet, of neither of these doth He take His Name. But, from this of Righteousnesse, He doth. And that, both his former Name, in meta­phore and figure,Verse 5. The Braunch of Righteousnesse: and this his latter, in proprietie and truth, His Royall Name, Iehova Iustitia nostra. This, therefore is Chiefe in His accompt.

2. Againe, the Chiefe: because it is His peculiar. And, every man rec­koneth of that, as his chiefest title, that is not common to him with others, but proper to him alone;) as wherein he hath a prerogative a­bove all. He, and none but he.

Now those in the former verse (of executing iudgement and iustice) are such, as are also given to other Kings. King David is sayd to have exe­cuted iudgement and iustice to all his people:2 Sam 8.15. 1. Reg. 10.9. So is King Salomon likewise; the Queene of Sheba giveth him that title. To doe iustice, is the title also of others (and not many neyther, but yet of some others) But to be ius­tice, to be righteousnesse; that is the name of none, but CHRIST onely. His, and his onely, is that title. Therefore, as well in this regard, as in the former, this is the very chiefe part in the Ecce, The Name of Ie­hova our Righteousnesse.

Which, because it is nothing but a name, may seeme to some, a matter of no great importance.Act. 18.14. The Deputie of Achaia (Gallio) in the Acts, seemeth of that minde: If it were some weighty matter, I would fit the hea­ring (saith he:) But if it be a matter of Names, I take it not worth the while: Heare it who will, for I will not. And to say the truth, if it weare a name of mens giving, he said not much amisse. Their names are not greatly to be looked after. The argument taken from them, the Heathen Phi­losopher confesseth, is [...]; an argument, that setteth a good face upon it, but no great substance in it. The reason whereof is, Because with men, there be Nominalls, and there be Realls: Names and things, are many times two. There is quaedam dicuntur de, & non insunt. There is lear­ning (saith the Apostle. 1. Tim. 6.20. Esai. 32.5.) [...], falsly so called. And as learning; so, many things beside. The Churle is named liberall, and they worshippfull, that have nothing worthy worship in them. Apoc. 3.1. Yea, it falleth out, that some have a name, that they live, and yet are dead: and many things besides, quae dicuntur de, & non insunt in. VVhereof, we need not seeke farre: we have an exam­ple heere in the Prophet, of King Zedeckia, that reigned at the time of this prophecie; one that had neither truth nor righteousnesse in him, a breaker of his league and Covenaunt, a falsifier of his oath; and yet, his name is Zedekia, Ez [...] 17.9. GOD'S righteous one, or the righteousnesse of GOD. Mens names for the most part are false.

2. And when they be true, emptie, and no great weight in them. For, [Page 69] what are mens titles, but mens breath; but a blast of ayre, but winde. If they be popular titles, the wind of a common paire of bellowes: If of those of the better sort (as the heathen man well said [...], the wind of a gilt or wrought payre of bellowes; but both of them, winde.

But, the names of GOD'S imposition, are not so. They ever carry truth in them.Iob 32.2 For seeing GOD cannnot away with those that are title-givers (as saith Elihu) he will give none himself. With him, is not the division, that is with us, of Nominalls and Realls; of quaedam dicuntur de, quaedam insunt in. If we be named the Sonnes of GOD,1. Ioh 3 we are so (saith Saint Iohn:) and therefore, from his Names, a sound and substantiall argument may be drawen, as (we see) the Apostle doth: prooving the excellencie of Christ's Nature, above the Angells, Heb 11.1. from the excellencie of his Name above theirs.

And, as they are free from falshood; so are they not empty sounds, but have ever some vertue in them.Prover. 18.10. Psal. 20.8. The Name of GOD (saith Salomon) is a strong Tower. So that, when some trust in Chariots and Horses; and other some, in the Name of GOD; they that trust in Chariots and horses, they go down; they that in that Name, stand upright. And this, not onely in the dangers of this life; but, there is also, in the Name of GOD, a saving power for the life to come. A power, to justifie: Yee are iustified in the Name of CHRIST (saith Saint Paul.) A power for remission of sinnes:1. Cor 6. Your sinnes are forgiven you, for His Name's sake (saith S. Iohn.) A power to save.1 Ioh. 2.12. Act. 4.12. In this Name, you have Salvation (saith Saint Peter.)

And, such is the Name heere named; Iehova, our righteousnesse. Our righteousnesse, to justifie, to forgive us our sinnes, to give us salvation. Such, is this Name: and there is not under heaven, Act. 4.11. any Name given to men, wherein they may be saved, beside it.

In the Ecce, or beholding whereof,The Division two things present themselves to our view. 1. The Name it selfe. 2. The Calling him by it. The Name in these words; Hoc est Nomen. The calling in these; Quo vocabunt Eum.

In either of which, two others. In the Name, these two; 1. The parts I of it: and the reason of them. 2. The sense of it.

In the calling him by it, likewise two: 1. As it it is our duty, so to call him. II 2. As we have an use or benefit by so calling him. The duty, and the use.

I. The NAME. Psal. 16.2.TO GOD Himselfe (as the Psalmist telleth us) all the service, we can performe, reacheth not. The perfection of His Na­ture is such, as it can from us receive nothing. But, two things of his there are, which he hath left, to expresse that duty, which we ow and beare to himselfe. Which two are in one verse set downe, by the Prophet David:Psal. 138.2. Thou hast magnified, 1 Thy Name, and 2 Thy Word above all things, 1 His Name, and 2 His Word. His Name, for our invocation; His Word, for our instruction. And these two, as they are the highest things, in GOD'S accompt; so are they to be in ours. Not the Word onely (which carrieth all away in a manner, in these daies;) But, His Name also, no lesse. For, in the setting them downe, the HOLY GHOST giveth the first place to the Name. Our very assembling, and comming to­gither, Mat. 18.20. 1. Tim. 2.1. is in this Name. And then, before all things, supplications are to be made in this Name. And the very hearing of the Word it selfe is, that we may call upon His Name: How shall they call upon His Name whom they have not heard?Rom. 10.14. How shall they heare without a Preacher? So that, prea­ching, and hearing of the word, are both ordeined for the calling on of this Name.

Which being so high in GOD'S accompt, of very civilitie, if there were nothing els, we are not to be ignorant, what His Name is, that He is to be called by No man, that maketh any (yea but common) accompt of a partie, but he will learne by what name to call him. And so requi­site doth Salomon hold this,Pro. 30.2. as he affirmeth, There is little more in that man then in a beast; yea, there is not the understanding of a Man in him; of GOD (of Him that stretcheth out the heavens, and gathereth the winds in his fist, bindeth the waters in a garment, establish [...]th all the ends of the earth) not to know what is His Name, or what is his Sonne's Name. That his Name, is Iehova: And His Sonne's Name, Iehova Iustitia nostra.

This, were we bound to get notice of, if it were but civilitie; or as (Salomon reckoneth it) even humanitie. But that is not all. For seeing (as the heathen man confesseth) — [...], we all either have, or may have need of GOD, in our necessities of this life, but specially in our last need; of very necessitie it will stand us in hand, to know how to call unto Him. There is no Client, but will be sure to learne his Advocate's name; nor no patient but will tell his Physition's. Nor (in a word) eny of them, of whom we are to have any speciall use, but we wilbe carefull as to learne his true name, that we misse not in it; [Page 71] so, if he have diverse names, and love to be called by any one rather then other, to be sure to be perfect in it, and ready to salute him by it. And such is this Name heere; and we therefore not to be to seeke in it; seeing not onely Courtesie, but very necessitie commendeth it to us.

Which Name (as you see) is compounded of three words, 1 Iehova, 2 Iustitia, 3 Nostra: all of them necessarie, all of them essentiall. And they all three concurring, as it were three twists,Eccles 4.12. they make a threefold chord (like that which the Preacher mentioneth) that cannot be broken. But except it be entire, and have all three, it loseth the vertue; it worketh nothing. For sever any one of them from the rest, and the other are not of moment. A sound, but not a name; or a name, but not Hoc Nomen this Name; a Name qualified to save them that call on it. Take Iehova from Iustitia nostra, and Iustitia nostra is nothing worth: And, take Ius­titia from Iehova, and though there be worth in Iehova, yet there is not that which we seeke for. Yea take nostra from the other two, and how excellent soever they be, they concerne us not, but are against us, rather then for us. So that, togither we must take them, or the Name is lost.

To see this the better, it will not be amisse to take it in sunder,1. The [...]arts of the Name. and to see the ground of every part in order. Why, 1 Iehova, Why Iustitia, Why Iehova Iustitia, 4 VVhy Iustitia nostra, 5 Both nostra, and Iustitia.

1. Iehova. Touching which word,1. Iehova. and the ground why it must be a part of this Name, the Prophet David resolveth us:Psal [...]1.16. Memorabor (saith he) Iustitiae Tuae solius. Because His righteousnesse, and onely his righ­teousnesse, is worth the remembring; & any others, beside his, is not meet to be mentioned. For, as for our owne righteousnesse which we have without him, Esai telleth us, it is but a defiled cloth; and Saint Paul, [...]hat it is but dung. Two very homely comparisons; but they be the Holy Ghost's owne: yet nothing so homely as in the originall: where they be so odious, as what manner of defiled cloth, or what kinde of dung, we have not dared to translate.

Our owne then being no better, we are driven to seeke for it else­where. He shall receive His righteousnesse (saith the Prophet:Esay 64.6. Phil. 3 8. P [...]al. 24.5. Rom. 5.17.) and the gift of righteousnesse (saith the Apostle.) It is then another, to be given us, and to be received by us, which we must seeke for. And whither shall we goe for it? Iob alone dispatcheth this point.Iob 15.15.4.18.25.5. Not to the heavens or starres: For, they are uncleane in His sight. Not to the Saints: For in them He found folly. Nor to the Angels: For neither in them found He eny stedfastnesse. Now, if none of these will serve, we see a necessarie reason, why Iehova must be a part of this Name. And this is the rea­son, why Ieremie heere expressing more fully the Name given Him be­fore, in Esai (Immanuel, GOD with us) instead of the name of GOD, in [Page 72] that Name (which is El) setteth downe by way of explanation, this Name heere of Iehova. Because, that (El) and the other Names of GOD are communicated to Creatures. As the Name of El, to An­gels, for their Names end in it; Michael, Gabriel &c. And, the Name of Iah to Saints, and their names end in it; as Esaiah, Ieremiah, Zachariah. To certifie us therefore, that it is neither the righteousnesse of Saints nor Angels, that will serve the turne, but the righteousnesse of GOD and ve­ry GOD, he useth that Name which is proper to GOD alone; ever reserved to him onely, and never imparted by eny occasion to Angel or Saint, or eny creature in heaven or earth.

Iustitia: Righteousnesse. Why that? If we aske, in regard of the o­ther benefits which are before remembred (Salvation and Peace) Why Righteousnesse and not Salvation nor Peace? Iustitia. it is evident: Because (as in the verse next before, the Prophet termeth it) Righteousnesse is the Braunch; and these two, Salvation and Peace are the fruicts growing on it.Esai. 45.8. So that, if this be had, both the other are had with it. Of Righ­teousnesse and Salvation, Esai saith, they growe both togither, as it were out of one stalke.Esai. 32.17. And of Peace, that Opus Iustitiae Pax, the very worke or proper effect of Righteousnesse is Peace. For which cause, the A­postle interpreting the name of Melchisedek, King of Salem: first (saith he) King of Righteousnesse; Heb. 7.2. and after, King of Peace. Even as on the contrarie parte, sinne which is nothing els but [...], iniquitie or unrigh­teousnesse, 1. Ioh. 3.4. as saith Saint Iohn, is that roote of bitternesse, from whence shoo­teth forth both perdition of the soule contrarie to Salvation, and unquiet­nesse of the conscience opposite to Peace. And both they, and all o­ther miseries are (as IOB termeth them) sparkes of this brand of hell:Iob. 5.8. as health and peace, and all blessings, are the fruicts of this braunch of righteousnesse. Psal. 60.11. Now, because there is vana salus, a vaine salvation (as saith David;Ierem. 6.14.) and a peace falsly so called, A peace which is no peace (as saith Ieremie:) To the end therefore, that our salvation might be sub­stantiall, and our peace uncounterfeit, it behooved us to lay a sure ground-worke of them both; and to set a true roote of this braunch, which is the Name Iehova. For, such as the roote of this braunch is, such will Salvation and Peace, the fruicts thereof, be. If it be man's righteousnesse which is vaine, it will be also vana salus hominis, vaine and soone at an end; and the peace, like the world's peace, vaine and of no certaintie. But if Iehova be our righteousnesse, looke how He is, so will they be, an everlasting salvation, a peace which passeth all under­standing.

Iehova Iustitia. Iehova, Iustitia ▪ We are now to seeke the reason, why Iehova is in this Name per modum Iustitiae, by the way or under the terme of Righteous­nesse, rather then of some other Attribute, as of Power or Mercie; that it is not Iehova Misericordia, or Iehova Po [...]entia, but Iehova Iustitia. GOD with us (saith Esai:) With us, (saith Ieremie) of all His properties by that of Righteousnesse, cheifly and above other.

[Page 73]Not of Power (as in Esai) by His Name El: which is His Name of power. For, in power there is no true comfort, without iustice be joy­ned to it. For, what is Power, except Righteousnesse goe before? We see, it is a thing very agreeable to our nature, to have that we shall have, by iustice (to choose:) and that way doe even the mightiest first seeke it; and when that way it will not come, they overbeare it with power.

Nor of Mercie; not Iehova Misericordia, Psa. 59. ult. by which Name David cal­eth Him. For though it be a Name of speciall comfort, and Saint Au­gustine saith of it. O Nomen sub quo nemini desperanaum! yet if we weigh it well of it selfe alone, we shall finde, there is no full or perfect comfort in it, except this also be added; For that, we have in us two respects. 1 One, as persons in miserie; the other, as persons convict of sinne. And though Mercie be willing to relieve us, in the one; for her delight is, to help those in miserie. Yet what shall become of the other, how shal that be answered? We have in the Verse before, mention of a King ready to execute iudgement and iustice. Now, iustice is professed enemie to all sinne; and iustice in her proceeding, may not admitt of any respect either of the might or of the miserie of any, to lead her from giving sentence according to law.

Tru [...] it is, Mercie is ours, ours wholly, there is no doubt; but iustice is against us, and except iustice may be made ours too, all is not as it should be. But if iustice if that in GOD, which onely is against, might be made for us, then were we safe. Therefore, all our thought is to be, either how we may get Mercie to triumph over iustice with the Apostle; or,Iam. 2.13. how (at the least) we may get them to meet togither, and be friends in this worke.Psa. 85.10. For, except iustice be satisfied, and doe joyne in it also; in vaine we pro­mise our selves, [...]h [...]t Mercie, of it self, shall worke our salvation. Which may serve for the reason, why neither Iehova Potentia, or Iehova Miseri­cordia, are enough; but, it must be Iehova Iustitia; and Iustitia a part of the Name.

Nostra: And, neither may this be left out. For without this,4. Nost [...]a. Iehova alone doth not concerne us; and Iehova Iustitia is altogither against us. But if he be Righteousnesse, and not only Righteousnesse, but ours too; all is at an end, we have our desires: Verily this last, this possessive, this word of appli­cation is all in all. By it, we have interest in both the former; and with­out it, our case is as theirs, Quid nobis & tibi, Mat. 8.29. What have we to doe with thee, Iehova Iustitia? which is most fearefull, and nothing but terror and torment in the consideration of it. Therefore we must make much of this. For, if once he be Nobiscum with us, and not against us; and not onely Nobiscum with us, but Noster our owne; all is safe. Otherwise it falleth out of [...], there be many Nobiscum, that be not nostri: with us, talke with us, eat with us, sit with us, which yet are not ours for all that.

And in this point also, doth this Name of Ieremie more fully expresse the Name of Esai's Immanuel, no lesse then in the two former, first of [Page 74] IEHOVA, which is more then El: and then of Iustitia, which is more agreeable then that of Potentia: And now in this heere, that there it is Nobiscum (which is well;) and heer it is Noster, which is better, and more surer by a great deale.1. Cor. 1.30. For, if He be (as the Apostle saith) Fac­tus ***nobis, Made unto us Righteousnesse, and that so, as he becommeth Ours, what can we have more?Serm. 3 in Mis­sus est &c What can hinder us (saith S. Bernard) but that we should uti nostro in utilitatem nostram, & de Servatore salutem operari: use him, and his righteousnesse; use that which is ours to our best behoof, and worke our Salvation out of this our Saviour. So that, Nostra may not be spared, no more then the other part of the Name. For all is in suspense, and there is no compleat comfort without it.

5 Iustitia nostra.To which comfort, this may be added for a conclusion of this part, no lesse effectuall then any of the former. That it is Iustitia nostra in the Abstract; and not in the Conrcete, Iustificans, or Iustificator noster: our Iustice or Righteousnesse it selfe; not our Iustifier or Maker of us Righ­teous. For, thus delivered, I make no doubt, it hath much more effica­cie in it; and more significant it is by farr, to say Iehova our Iustice, then Iehova our Iustifier. Rom. 3.26. I know, Saint Paul saith much: That our Saviour CHRIST shed His bloud, to shew His righteousnesse, that He might not onely be iust, but a Iustifier of those which are of His faith. And much more a­gaine, in that, when He should have so sayd, To him that beleeveth in GOD,Rom. 4.5. he chooseth thus to set it downe, To him that beleeveth in him, that iustifieth the ungodly: making these two to be all one; GOD, and the Iustifier of sinners. Though this be very much, yet certainly this is most forcible,1. Cor. 1.30. that He is made unto us by GOD, very Righteousnesse it selfe. And that, yet more, That He is made Righteousness to us, that we be made the righ­teousnesse of GOD in Him. 2. Cor. 5. ult Which place Saint Chrysostome well weigh­ing, this very word [...] (saith He) the Apostle useth, [...], to expresse the unspeakable bounty of that gift, that he hath not gi­ven us the operation or effect of His Righteousnesse, Gal. 1.13. but His very Righte­ousnesse, yea His very selfe unto us; Marke (saith he) how every thing is lively, and as full as can be imagined. CHRIST, one, not onely that had done no sin, but that had not so much as knowen any sinn, hath GOD made (not a sinner, but) Sinne it selfe; as in another place (not accursed, but) a Curse it selfe: sinn in respect of the guilt; a Curse in respect of the punish­ment. And why this? To the end, that we might be made (not righte­ous persons; that was not full enough, but) Righteousnesse it self, and there he stayes not yet, and not every righteousnesse, but the very Righteous­nesse of GOD Himself. What can be further sayd, what can be concei­ved more comfortable? To have him ours, not to make us righteous, but to make us righteousnesse, and that not any other but the Righteousnesse of GOD: the witt of man can devise no more. And all to this end: That we might see, there belongeth a speciall Ecce to this Name; that there is more then ordinarie comfort in it; that therefore we should be carefull [...] [Page 75] honour Him with it; and so call Him by it; IEHOVA our Righteous­nesse.

There is no Christian man that will denie this Name,2. The Sense of this Name. but will call CHRIST by it, and say of him, that He is Iehova Iustitia nostra, without taking a syllable or leter from it. But, it is not the syllables, but the sense that maketh the Name. And the sense is it, we are to looke unto; that we keepe it entire in sense, as well as in sound, if we meane to preserve this Name of Iustitia nostra full and whole unto him. And as this is true; so is it true likewise, that even among Christians, all take it not one sense: but some, of a greater latitude then other.Esai. 45.24. There are that take it in that sense which the Prophet Esai hath set it downe: in Iehovâ iusti­tia mea, that all our righteousnesse is in Him; and we to be found in him, not having our owne righteousnesse, 2. Cor 5. ult. but being made the righteousnesse of GOD in Him. There are some other, that though in one part of our righteous­nesse they take it in that sense; yet in another part, they shrinke it up, and in that, make it but a proposition causal,R [...]m 8.29. and the interpretation ther­of to be, A Iehovâ Iustitia mea. Which is true too,Esai 26.12. 1. Cor. 15.10. 1 whether we respect Him, as the Cause exemplarie, or patterne: (For we are to be made confor­mable to the image of CHRIST.) 2 Or whither we respect Him, as the Cause efficient: For, of all his righteous workes, the Prophet truly protesteth, Domine, universa opera nostra Tu operatus es in nobis: and the Apostle when he had sayd Ego, correcteth himselfe presently and saith, Non ego, sed gratia Dei mecum: Not I, but the grace of GOD. This meaning then,Rom. 3.21. Rom. 4.1. is true and good: but not full enough. For, either it taketh the Name in sunder, and giveth him not all, but a part of it againe: or els, it ma­keth two senses, which may not be allowed in one Name.

For the more plaine conceiving of which point,1 Righteousnesse a [...]compted. 2 Righteousnesse done. Gen. 15.6. we are to be put in minde, That the true righteousnesse (as saith Saint Paul) is not of man's devise, but hath his witnesse from the Law and Prophets; which he there proceedeth to shew, out of the example, first of Abraham, and after of Da­vid. In the Scripture then, there is a double righteousnesse set downe, both in the old and in the new Testament.

In the Old, and in the very first place, that righteousnesse is named in the Bible: Abraham beleeved and it was accompted unto him for righteousnesse. Gen. 18.19. A righteousnesse accompted. And againe (in the very next line) it is mentio­ned, Abraham will teach his house to doe righteousnesse. A righteousnesse done. In the New likewise. The former, in one Chapter (even the fourth to the Romans) no fewer then eleven times, Reputatum est illi ad ius­titiam. A reputed righteousnesse. The latter, in Saint Iohn. My beloved let no man deceive you, he that doth righteousnesse is righteous. 1 Iohn. 3. [...]. A righteous­nesse done. Which is nothing els but our iust dealing, upright cariage, honest conversation.

[Page 76]Of these, the later, the Philosopher's themselves conceived and ac­knowledged; the other, is proper to Christians only, and altogether un­knowne in Philosophie. The one is a qualitie of the partie. The other, an act of the Iudge, declaring or pronouncing righteous. The one, ours by influence or infusion: The other, by accompt or imputation.

That both these there are, there is no question. The question is, whi­ther of these the Prophet heer principally meaneth, in this Name.

This shall we best enforme our selves of, by looking backe to the Verse before: and without so looking backe, we shall never do it to purpose.

There, the Prophet setteth one before us, in his roiall judiciall pow­er, in the person of a King, and of a King set downe to execute judgement; and this he telleth us, before he think mee [...] to tell us his Name. Before this King, thus set downe in his throne, there to do judgement, the righ­teousnesse that will stand and against the Lawe, our conscience, Satan, sinn, the gates of hell and the power of darknesse; and so stand that we may be delivered by it, from death, despaire and damnation; and entitled by it to life, salvation and happinesse aeternall; that, is righteousnesse indeed: that is it, we seeke for, if we may find it. And that is not this latter, but the former onely; and therefore that is the true interpretation of IEHOVA justitia nostra. Looke but how S. Augustine and the rest of the Fathers,Cont. Cres. 4. when they have occasion to mention that place, in the Pro­verbes (Cum Rex justus sederit in solio, quis potest dicere, Mundum est cor meum?) Looke how they interpret it then, and it will give us light to un­derstand this Name; and we shall see, that no Name will serve then, but this Name. Nor this Name neither, but with this interpretation of it.

And that the HOLY GHOST would have it ever thus understood, and us ever to represent before our eyes, this King thus sitting in His judge­ment-seate, when we speake of this righteousnesse, it is plaine, two waies. 1. By way of position. For, the tenor of the Scripture touching our justification, all along runneth in judiciall termes, to admonish us still what to set before us. The usuall joining of Iustice and Iudgement conti­nually all along the Scriptures, shew, it is a judiciall justice we are to sett before us. The termes of 1 A Iudge; 1. Cor. 4.4. It is the LORD that judgeth me. 2 A Prison; Gal. 3.23. Kept and shut up under MOSES. 3 A Barre; Cor. 5.10. we must all appeare be­fore the barre. 4 A Proclamation; Rom. 8.33. who will lay any thing to the Prisoner's charge. 5 An Accuser; Apoc. 12.10. The accuser of our brethren. 6 A Witnesse; Rom. 2.15. Our con­science bearing witnesse. 7 An Enditement upon these; Deut. 27. vlt. Cursed be he that con­tinueth not in all the words of this Lawe to doe them; and again, Iam. 2.10. He that brea­keth one, is guiltie of all. A Conviction, that all may be Rom. 3.19. [...], guilty or cul­pable before GOD. Yea the very delivering of our sinnes, under the name of debts; of the Lawe, under the name of a Col. 2.14. Hand-writing; the very termes of an 1. Ioh. 2.2. Advocate; of a Suretie made under the Lawe: Of a pardon, or Gal. 4.4. being justified from those things which by the Lawe we could not, All these, [Page 77] wherein for the most part this is still expressed, What speake they, but that the sense of this Name cannot be rightly understood, nor what manner of righteousnesse is in question, except we still have before our eyes, This same Coram Rege justo judicium faciente.

2. And againe by way of opposition. For usually, where iustifying is named, there condemning (which is a term meerly judiciall) is set a­gainst it.

In the Law, Deut. 25.1. When there shalbe strife, & the matter shall come before [...]hee and sentence to be given, see the righteous be iustified and the sinner condemned. Psal. 17.15. To iustifie the wicked and condemne the innocent, both are alike abhominable be­fore GOD. 1. Reg. 8.22. If man cannot iudge, heare thou from heaven, condemne the wicked and iustifie the righteous.

In the Gospell. Mat 12.37. By thy words shalt thou be iustified, and by thy words condemned. Rom. 8.34. It is GOD that iustifieth, who shall condemne? Rom. 5.16. Grace, to iusti­fication, as sinne, to condemnation. All these shew manifestly, we must imagine our selves standing at the Barre, or wee shall never take the state of this question aright, nor truely understand the mysterie of this Name.

For it is not in question, whither wee have an inhaerent righte­ousnesse or no: Or whither GOD will accept it or reward it: but whither that must be our righteousnesse, Coram REGE iusto iudicium faciente.

Which is a point very materiall and in no wise to be fo [...]gotten. For, without this, if we compare ourselves wi [...]h our s [...]lves, what heer­tofore we have beene; or if we compare our selv [...]s with others, as did the Pharisee; we may take a phansie perhapps, and have some good conceipt of our inhaerent righteousnesse. Yea, if we be to deale in Schooles by argument or disputation, we may peradventure argue for it, and make some shew in the matter. But let us once be brought and arraigned, Coram Rege iusto sedente in Solio, let us set our selves there, we shall then see, that all our former conceipt will vanish streight, and Righteousnesse (in that sense) will not abide the triall.

Bring them hither then, and aske them heere of this Name, and never a Saint, nor Father, no nor the Schoolemen themselves, none of them, but will shew you how to understand it aright. In their Commentaries, it may be, in their questions and debates, they will hold hard for the other. But remove it hither, they forsake it pre­sently, and take the Name in the right sense. [...]ob. 1.18. Hast thou considered my servant IOB (saith GOD to Satan) how just & perfect he is? This just and perfect IOB, standing heere, I [...]b. 9.15.10.15 Though I be iust (saith he) I wil not hold up my head (or as they say, Stare rectus in Curiâ) will never plead it, or stand upon it, but putt up a Supplication to be releeved by IEHO­VA iustitia nostra.

[Page 78] David hath the witnesse to have been 1. Sam. 13.14 a man according to GOD's owne heart. For all that, he dareth not stand heere: But desireth, GOD would not enter into judgement with him; For that, Psal. 143.2. In conspectu tuo, in His sight, not he, nor any other living (which S. Bernard extendeth, to the Angells) shall be justified. But if he must come (as thither we must come all) then, Psal. 70.16. Memorabor justitiae tuae solius, he will never chaunt his owne righ­teousnesse, but make mention only of this Name, IEHOVAH justitia nostra.

DANIEL, Dan. 9.4. Vir desideriorum (as the Angell termed him) even he, that man so greatly beloved, after he saw the Dan. 7.9. Ancient of dayes sett downe in his Throne, and the bookes open before him, then Dan. 9.7. Tibi Domine justitia, nobis au­tem confusio faciei. 9.18. Non in justificationibus nostris, Not in our righteousnesse; yet was that righteousnesse à Iehovâ, but (heer) it would not serve; he must waite for the MESSIAS, and the Dan. 9.24. everlasting righteousnesse, which he bringeth with him.

And Esai. 6.1. Esay likewise, at the vision of the LORD sedentis super thronum, and the Angells covering their faces, before him, crieth out; Esai. 6.5. Vae mihi: Wo is me, I am a man of polluted lippes: Woe is me, for I have held my peace: and (there) he seeth, the very sinnes of his lipps, and the very sinnes of omission will be enough to condemne him, though he had never in act, commit­ted any.

To end this point: S. Paul, a Vessell of Election (So Act. 9.15. GOD himself doth name him) saith plainly, if it were before the Corinthians, or any Assize of man, he would stand upon his righteousnesse: But seeing, 1. Cor. 4.4. Qui me ju­dicat est Dominus, he will give it over and confesse, that though Nihil mihi conscius sum (and so had justitia à Domino;) yet for all that, in hoc non sum justificatus: it is another righteousnesse, and not that, must acquite him.

Thus do the Saints, both of the Old, and of the New Testament take this Name. And do not the Fathers the like? Saint Augustine's report it is, of S. Ambrose, that being now at the point of death, he alleadged, that the Cause why he feared not death, was, Quia bonum habemus Dominum, and doth he not give this note upon it, that he did not presume De suis purgatissimis moribus, of his conversation, though most holy and cleane, but only stood on the goodnesse of the LORD, the LORD our Righ­teousnesse?

And doth he not, in his owne case, flye to the same, against Cresconius the Donatist. That he shunned not, to have his life sifted to the utter­most by any Donatist of them all. Yet, in the eyes of GOD, Cum Rex iustus sederit in Solio (these very words he alledgeth) he saith plainly, he dare not justifie himselfe; but rather waited for the overflowing bounty of his grace, then would abide the severe examination of his judgement. And Bernard (in his CCCX. Epistle, the very last he wrote a little be­fore his death, to the Abbot of Chartres) concludeth he not, Calcaneum vacuum meritis curate munire precibus? Abandoneth he not then, his justitia à Domino, and confesseth, his heele (meaning the end of his life) is [Page 79] bare of all merits, and desireth to have it, by prayers commended to Ieho­va iustitia nostra. Thus doe the Fathers conceive of it.

Yea the very Schoolemen themselves, take them from their Questi­ons, Quodlibetts and Comments on the Sentences, let them be in their so­liloquies, meditations, or devotions, Anselm. inter­rogat. Bonaventura in Brevi [...]oquio. Gers. in Agone. and specially in directing how to deale with men in their last agony, quando Iudex prae foribus est; then take Anselme take Bona venture, take Gerson, you would not wish to finde Iehova iusti­tia nostra better or more pregnantly acknowledged, then in them you shall finde it. But this is by vertue of this Ecce Rex faciet judicium; out of whose sight when we be, we may fall into a phansie, or (as the Pro­phet saith) we may have a dreame of Iustitia nostra à IEHOVA.Ver. 27.

But, framing our selves as before him, we shall see, it is not that righte­ousnesse, will consist there: but we must come to Iustitia nostra in Iehova. It is the onely way, how to settle the state of this controversie aright: and without this, we may well misse of the interpretation of this Name. And this, they that doe not, or will not (now) conceive, the Prophet telleth them after, at the XX. Verse, quòd in novissimo intelligetis plane, at the end they shall understand, whither they will or no.

And indeed, to doe them no wrong, it is true, that at this Iudgement-seate, so farr as it concerneth the satisfaction for sinne, and our escaping from aeternall death, the Church of Rome taketh this Name aright; and that terme, which a great while seemed harsh unto them, now they finde no such absurditie in it. That Christ's righteousnesse and merits are imputed to us. So saith Bellarmine: Et hoc modo non esset absurdum, si quis diceret, nobis imputari Christi justitiam & merita, cum nobis donentur & appli­centur, ac si nos ipsi Deo satisfecissemus. And againe,De Iustif [...]. 2.20. [...].11. Solus CHRISTVS pro salute nostrâ satisfacere potuit, & re ipsâ ex iustitiâ satisfecit, & illa sa­tisfactio nobis donatur, & applicatur, & nostra reputatur, cum Deo reconcili­amur & justificamur. So saith Stapleton, Illa sané iustitia, quâ satisfecit pro nobis, per communicationem sic nostra est, ut perinde nobis imputetur, De Iustifi. 7.9. ac si nos ipsi sufficienter satisfecissemus: in as full termes, as one would wish. So that, this point is meetly well cleered now. Thus they understand this Name in that part of righteousnesse, which is satisfactorie for punishment; and there they say with us (as we, with Esai) in Iehova Iustitia nostra.

But in the positive Iustice, or that part therof, which is meritorious for re­ward; there fall they into a phansie, they may give it over: and suppose, that Iustitia à Domino, a righteousnesse (from GOD, they graunt, yet) in­haerent in themselves, without the righteousnesse that is in Christ, will serve them; whereof they have a good conceipt, that it will endure GOD'S iustice, and standeth not by acceptation. So, by this meanes, shrinke they up this Name; and though they leave the full sound, yet take they halfe the sense from it.

Now as for us, in this point of Righteousnesse, if we both goe no fur­ther then the former, of taking away sinne, then as much as we strive [Page 80] for, they doe yield us. And therein (we thinke) we have cause to blame them) justly, for not contenting themselves, with that which con­tented the Prophet: Esai 27.9. Hic est omnis fructus (marke that omnis) ut au­feratur peccatum. Mat. 1.21. Which contented Saint Iohn Baptist: Ioh. 1.29. Ecce Agnus Dei qui tollit peccata mundi. Which contented the Angel, Hic serva­bit populum suum à peccatis eorum. Which contented the Fathers, Saint Augustine, De verb A­post. 16. Puto hoc esse iustus sum, quod peccator non sum. Saint Bernard, In Cant. 22 Factus est nobis iustitia, sapientia &c. Sapientia in predicatione, iustitia in peccatorum absolutione. So that, to be absolved from sinne with him, is our righteousnesse. And yet more plainly, in his CXC. Epistle to Innocentius the Pope himselfe, Vbi reconciliatio, ibi remissio peccatorum, Et quid ipsa nisi iustificatio? Which, the very name and nature of a judg­ment-seat doth give, which proceedeth onely in matters paenall.

And as we blame them for that; so likewise for this, no lesse, that (if they will needs have it a part of justice) they allow not CHRIST'S Name as full in this part as in the former. For there they allow imputation, but heere they doe not.

For I aske, what is the reason, why in the other part (of satisfaction for sinne) we need CHRIST'S Righteousnesse to be accompted ours? The reason is (saith Bellarmine) Non acceptat Deus in veram satisfactio­nem pro peccato, De Iustifi. 2.25. nisi iustitiam infinitam, quoniam peccatum offensa est infinita. If that be the reason, that it must have an infinite satisfaction, because the offense is infinite; we reason á pari, there must also be an infinite merit, because the Reward is no lesse infinite. Els, by what proportion doe they proceed, or at what beame doe they weigh these twaine, that cannot counterpeize an infinite sinne, but with an infinite satisfaction; and thinke they can weigh downe a reward every way as infinite, with a merit (to say the least) surely not infinite? Why should there be a necessa­rie use of the sacrifice of CHRIST'S death for the one, and not a use full as necessarie of the oblation of His life for the other? Or how commeth it to passe, that no lesse then the one will serve to free us from aeternall death, and a great deale lesse will serve to entitle us to aeter­nall life? Is there not as much requisite to purchase for us the crowne of glorie, as there is to redeeme us from the torments of hell? VVhat difference is there, are they not both aequall both alike infinite? VVhy is his death allowed solely sufficient to put away sinne, and why is not his life to be allowed like solely sufficient to bring us to life? If in that, the blessed Saints themselves (were their sufferings never so great, yea though they endured never so cruell martyrdome) if all those could not serve to satisfie GOD'S justice for their sinnes, but it is the death of Christ must deliver them; is it not the very same reason, that were their merits never so many, and their life never so holy, yet that by them, they could not, nor we cannot challenge the reward; but it is the life and obe­dience of Christ that de justitiâ must procure it, for us all? For sure it is, that Fini ti ad infinitum nulla est proportio.

[Page 81]Especially if we add heerunto that as it cannot be denied but to be finite, so withall, that the Auncient Fathers seeme further to be but meanely conceipted of it; A reckoning it not to be full, but defective; not pure, but defiled; and if it be judged by the just Iudge, Districté or cum districtione examinis (they be Saint Gregorie's and Saint Bernard's words) indeed, no righteousnesse at all.

Not full, but defective. So saith Saint Augustine: Ne (que) totam, neque plenam, in hac vitâ, iustitiam nos habere, confitendum nobis est. If neither whole, but a part, nor full, but wanting; then unperfect and defective. Now, that which must be weighed in GOD'S ballance, must not be found minus habens; and this is minus habnes, saith S. Bernard in expresse termes.

Not pure, but defiled. Nostra recta forsan, sed non pura iustitia (saith Bernard) nisi forte meliores sumus quàm patres nostri, quorum illa vox, Omnes iustitiae nostrae sicut pannus menstruatae: Mala nostra, pura mala; Bona nostra pura nequaquam, (saith Gregory.) Now [...] (saith S. Chrysostome:) Necessarie it is, that the righteousnesse, that shal present it selfe there, have not a spott in it. As for ours (as Pope Adrian the sixth said) the case standeth thus, that Stillamus quotidiè super telam iustitiae nostrae, sani­em concupiscientiae nostrae, and so it is defiled.

And last of all, if it be streightly examined indeed no righteousnesse. Sancti viri omne meritum vitium est, si ab Aeterno Arbitro districtè iudicetur:Mor 9.1. And againe: Quousque poenâ corruptionis astringimur, veram munditiam nequaquam apprehendimus. And, Omnis humana iustitia iniustitia esse inve­nietur, si districté iudicetur iniusta invenietur omnis iustitia nostra. And thus we see, the conceipt, these Fathers have, of our righteousnesse inhae­rent: That if it be dealt with according to righteousnesse, Mor. 9.11. in illo examine e­tiam Iustorum vita succumbet, in that examination it will sinke and cannot stand before it. Yea, they themselves, of the Church of Rome also, upon better examination, have begunne to crye it downe: and I doubt not, but the longer and further they look into it, the easier accompt they will make of it.

Gregorie de Valentia, after long debating the matter, thus resolveth:Disp 8. Quaest. 6. P. 4. that, Seclusâ promissione divinâ, non suppetit aliquis sufficiens titulus, cur ope­ra nostra debent compensari. And thus he expresseth his meaning, touch­ing their value: That they be like to base monie) as Princes have som­time made leather monie currant) wherewith, plate is bought or other Wares farre exceeding the coyne in value, which is no way in respect of it selfe, but because it pleased the Prince so to allow of it. And what is this but a proclaiming our righteousnesse base, or as I sayd before, a crying it downe?

Stapleton, De Ius [...] 6.8. in his seventh proposition, how the matter standeth in our justification, at length is faigne to resolve thus: Facitque indulgendo, ut perinde simus coram Deo iusti ac si universa, ad amussim omnia mandata eadem (que) perfectissimé fecissemus. Now, indulgence (we know) belongeth unto sinn [Page 82] [...], if it be true, needeth none. Therefore he telleth us i [...] is [...] ac si iusti; it is not i [...]st, as they defend it. So that, he con­fesse [...] their righteousnesse need [...]th an indulgence: and it is but Perinde [...], [...]nd not that neither i [...] [...], but acceptation, which is meer matter of [...] and not of [...] proceeding.

De I [...]tifi. 5.7.And to conclude, Bellarmine after his long disputation, in the end taking upon [...] to answere a ease of conference, Whither a man may re­pose any [...] in that he had so long argued for, and how farre; com­pris [...] [...]he matter in three propositions well worth the noting. 1 For, firs [...] [...] [...]outly he setteth downe: Fiducia non ex fide sold nascitur, sed ex [...] meritis. Then in the second, he falleth somewhat: In meritis ( [...]ne verè talia compertum est) fiducia aliqua collocari potest. Not, unlesse it be compertum, they be talia (a case with them, impossible:) and not in them neither, but onely aliqua fiducia.

And yet, there is some: But after, better bethinking himselfe (it may be, of the Iudge sitting in His throne) he spoyleth all in the third, which is, that Propter incertitudinem propriae iustitiae (against his compertum est) & periculum inanis gloriae, tutissimum est, fiduciam totam in solâ Dei miseri­cordiâ reponere: Marke that same totam in solâ; which is cleane contra­to his aliqua a little before. Marke his misericordia: and that he decli­neth the iudiciall proceeding. And marke his reason; because his righteousnesse is such, as he is not sure of it, nor dare not put any trust in it, nor plead it coram Rege iusto iudicium faciente. Which is enough (I thinke) to shew, when they have forgot themselves a little out of the fervor of their oppositions, how light and small accompt they make of it themselves, for which they spoyle CHRIST of one half of His Name.

This is then the interpretation or meaning of this Name, that as well in the one sense, as the other, CHRIST is our righteousnesse, and as the Prophet ESAY putteth it downe, in the plurall number, in Domino iustitia nostrae, as it were prophesying of these men: All our righteousnesse; this, as that; that one as well as the other, are in the Lord. No abatement is to be devised, the Name is not to be mangled or divided, but entirely belongeth to CHRIST full and whole, and we to call him by it, IEHOVA IVSTITIA NOSTRA.

[Page 83]We to call him by it; this is our duty first:II The Calling Chris [...] by th [...]s Name. and that so to call him by it, as by His name. And a name is a note of distinction, and we therefore so to use it: To apply it to him, and to none other whatsoever,1. Our duty. as the nature of a Name is. The nature of all names: but chiefly of those, which be titles of honour. For, howsoever we dispense with others, those we will not in eny wise divide with eny: Gloriam meam alteri non da­bo (saith GOD by the Prophet; which maketh the Prophet to protest,Esai 42.3. he wil not medle with it.) Non nobis Domine, and againe more vehemently,Phi. 115.1. Non nobis, sed Nomini tuo da gloriam. And such is this Name. For, that very place in the New Testament, where it is sayd, that GOD hath given Him a Name which is above all Names, that in His Name all knees should bow, Psal. 2.10. and all tongues confesse; that place is taken out of the Prophet Esai, where the very same is sayd, that all knees shal bow, Esai. 45.24. & all tongues shall acknowledge this Name; and that thus, by saying, In Iehova Iustitiae meae; & so acknow­ledging concludeth, that all the whole seed of Israël, as they shalbe iustified so shal they glorie in the Lord. It is the very question which the Apostle of purpose doth propound, Vbi ergo est gloriatio tua? as if he should admonish us, that this Name is given with expresse entent, to exclude it from us, and us from it. And therefore, in that very place where he saith, he is made unto us from GOD, righteousnesse: To this end (saith he) he is so made,1. Cor. 1.30. Vt qui gloriatur, in Domino glorietur. All which I put you in minde of, to this end, that you may marke, that this nipping at this Name of CHRIST, is for no other reason, but that we may have some honour our selves, out of our righteousnesse.

Bellarmine doth disclose as much, and doth not sticke in plaine termes to avow it. For, in answere to that argument, which is alledged by us, that after we are acquitt of our sinnes at this barre, and that onely for Christ our onely righteousnesse; we are received into GOD'S favour and made his Children by adoption, and then have heaven by way of inheritance: He answereth directly, Their meaning is, not to content them­selves with that single title of inheritance; but they meane to lay claime to it, duplici iure. That is, not onely titulo haereditatis, De Iustifi. 5 3. but iure mercedis too. And thereof he giveth this reason, Quoniam m [...]gis honorificum est, habere aliquid ex merito: For that it is more for their honour, to have it by merit. For, so (saith he) CHRIST had it, and they must not be­hinde him, but goe even as farre as He did. So that, it seemeth He is resolved, that rather then they will lose their honour, CHRIST must part with a peece of His Name, and be named Iustitia nostra, onely in the latter sense. Which is it, the Prophet after (in the twenty seventh Verse of this Chapter) setteth downe as a marke of false Prophetts; that by having a pleasant dreame of their owne righteousnesse, they make [Page 84] GOD'S people to forget His Name. As indeed, by this meanes, this part of CHRIST's Name hath been forgotten. And so much doth Pighius confesse, Dissimulare non possumus, hanc vel primam doctrinae Christianae par­ [...] obscuratam quàm [...], magis â scholasticís spinosis plerisque questi­onibus, that this, being the very chiefe part of Christian doctrine, hath rather beene obscured, then received any light, by the Schoolmen's ques­tions and handling of it. As much to say as, they had made the peo­ple in a manner to forget this Name.

2. Our Benefit.Now as to call Him by this Name is a Dutie; so to call him by it, is an Vse likewise, and a Benefit there is which we receive by it. For cal­ling Him by that Name, which GOD hath prescribed, and which ther­fore is to him most acceptable, we shall not doe it for nought, for he will answere us; answere us, and answere for us; for us, as an Advocate in our Cause. So calleth Ezekias to him: Domine vim patior, responde pro me. Esa. 38.14. So King David reposeth himselfe: Thou shalt answere for me, O Lord my God. Psa. 38.15. And this shall he, in all things wherein we shall need him: but above all, in that which concerneth his name in particular, to be our righteousnesse against sinne, and that before the righteous judge. And even so doth Ieremie teach us to pray unto him: O Lord our mis­deeds testifie against us, Chap. 14.9. yet deale thou with us according to thy Name; Which is Iehova iustitia nostra. In Thy Name we are justified: deale Thou with us according to Thy Name and justifie us.1. Cor. 6.11 Our sinnes are for­given for thy Name's sake: Deale Thou with us according to thy Name and forgive us our sinnes. Et noli ita reminisci peccatum nostrum, ut velis propterea oblivisci Nomen tuum. Let not the remembrance of our sins make thee forget thine owne Name. And this if we doe, thus if we call on him, Fidelis & iustus est, He is faithfull (saith Saint Iohn) and just to forgive as our sinnes, 1. Ioh. 1.9. to justifie us and to be our righteousnesse. For so is his Name, and he beareth not his Name for nought. And, this if we doe, and if he be our Righteousnesse, as we may say in respect of his other Name with the Prophet, [...]ooke Thou upon us and be mercifull unto us, as thou usest to doe unto those that love Thy Name; so may we in respect of this, goe further and safely say, Es­to Iustata, Psal. 119.132 & fac iustitiam; esto iustitia, & intra in iudicium cum Servo tuo. For with this Advocate, with this Righteousnesse, with this Name, we may without feare, appeare before the King executing iudgement and iustice.

So, for that dutie which we are bound to acknowledge, we have [Page 85] this benefit which we shall be sure to receive; the greatest benefit that can be received for importance in it self; and the greatest in respect of the most dreadfull place and time, wherein we shall need [...]o receive it, wherin heaven and earth and all in them shall not be hable to stand us in stead, but IEHOVA our Righteousnesse only. And this is the view of his Name, wherby we are to call him, as well for our dutie to it, as for our benefit by it, which is that, the Prophet by his Ecce willeth us to behold, and the summe of this Scripture.

A SERMON PREACHED AT WHITE-HALL, upon the XV of November, AN. DOM. MDCI.

MAT. CHAP. XXII. VER. XXI.

Reddite ergo quae sunt Caesaris Caesari; & quae sunt Dei Deo.

Give therefore to Caesar, the things which are Caesar's: and to GOD, those things which are GOD's.

WHich XXII. of Matthew in effect, is no­thing els but a Chapter of Controversies: with the Seducee, Ver. 23. with the Pha­risee, Ver. 22. with the Scribe, Ver. 34. and (heere) with the Herodian. Wi [...]h the Saducees, of the Resurrection ▪ Wi [...]h the Pharisees, of the great Commandement: With the Scribes, of the Messias. All wor­thy to be weighed; and all at other times commended by the Church, to our consideration. This heere in this.

The Herodian was a Politique; and his question according, about a secular point; Licetne solvere? The case standeth not in this, as it did in the other. The Pharisees and Saducees had no further end, but to set him on ground▪ and so, to expose him to the contempt of the people. The Herodians had laid a more dāgerous plot▪ they came with [...] [Page 88] saith Saint Luke, [...]. 2 [...].2 [...]. Vt caperent cum &c to catch him; by catching some­ [...]hat from him, whereby they might lay him fast, and draw him with­i [...] [...] of the state. It stood our Saviour upon, to be well advi­s [...] [...] [...]cape this s [...]are thi [...] [...]ayd for him, which accordingly He doth: leaving them in a [...], and withall under one, leaving us a patterne; that he is no [...], but a friend to Caesar, and a friend, in this speciall point, of his [...]. That there is no duty, no not in this kind, but Christ saith of it, Reddite; willeth and commaundeth it, to be Rendred. That so, k [...]wing what CH [...]IS [...] held, we may make it our Tenet; and both [...] in opinio [...], and hold us to it in practise for ever.

At or about the birth of CHRIST, this came to be first a question: an [...] so from thence, still remained. So that, it was very meere, Christ should resolve it.Luc. 2.1. At his birth, was the great Tax [...] of the world under Augustu [...]: which being a new imposition, and never heard of before, fell out to breed much matter of question: Two sorts of men taking two se­verall parts about it.Act. 5.36.73. There is in Act. 5. mention of Iudas of Galilee, that rose in the daies of tribute. He it was, that held touching the Taxe, Quod non. The people of God, Abraham's seede, free borne, they to be charged with taxes, by a stranger, a heathen, an idolater? No, rather rise and take armes, as Ieroboham did. The People's eares itched after this doctrine. The best religion for the Purse, is the best for them; and they, ready to hold with Ieroboham or Iudas, or any that will abrogate pay­ments. And now, though Iudas was taken, and had as he deserved; and after his execution, pay it they did, though with an ill will; yet the scru­ple of this question remained in mens minds still; they continued irre­solute, touching the right of it. As indeed, in no one thing, men are ever so long in resolving. Still there were, that muttered in corners, Iudas was right: Tribute was but a meere exaction. Men indeed of tomultuous Spirits, but in shevv zealous preservers of the People's li­berties, vvhom they called Gaulonites.

On [...]he other side, Herod and they that were toward him, being all [...]hat they were by Caesar; to make the tribute sure worke, they held, that [...] onely Tribute, but whatsoever els was Caesar's. His quae was quaecun­q [...]: He could not have enough; not till he had quae Dei too. The Roman Monarchie p [...]icked fast toward this point: Divisum imperium cum Iove, was received at this time with great applause. Caesar and Iupiter at halves, halfe GOD. Not long after full out a God; Edictum Do­mini &c the edict of our Lord God Domitian. And this, was not a peece of Poetry: but we finde in the Iewish stone, Petronius in good earnest, sought to bring in Calig [...]la's image, into the Temple of God; and called for, not onely Tribu [...], but sacrifice for Caesar. Now them, that thus in derogation of the People's libertie, held this part, they termed [...] were men for Herod's turne. And thus held this Question: [...] have we both sides, and both their abettours. Of which the [Page 89] People inclined to the Gaulonite, and liked them better: the States­men and Officers tooke part with the Herodian.

Now come they to CHRIST, to receive His resolution, which part He will take to. It is, for them, a very Quodlibet. If, to reteine the Peo­ple's favour, to avoid their out-cry, he speak but doubtfully of Caesar's tri­bute, habetur propositum, they have what they would: It is that, they came for; to bring him in disgrace with the State, and in danger of his life. Thus, would they fain have had it; and therefore, which truly they could not (as, by this answer, it is too plain) untruly, they suggested, We found this man denying to pay tribute unto Caesar. But, if this hitt not,Luc. 23.1. if he be for the tribute; yet will it not be from the purpose: they shall set the people (as good as a wasps nest) upon him; they shall subject him to their cla­mour and obloquie. He that must be their MESSIAS, must proclaime a Iubilee; must cry, No tribute. Otherwise, he is not for them; if he be­tray them to the servitude of Tolls and Taxes, away with him; Not Him, but Iudas of Galilee. So have they him, at a dangerous Dilemma: Imagi­ning, he must needes take one part. But, that was their error. For CHRIST tooke a way between both. For, as neither part is (simply) true: so is there some truth, in both. Therefore, he answers not abso­lutely (as they fondly conceived, he needs must) but with a double Quae, as (indeed) he should; which, was not the answere, they looked for. But, it was such, as they missed their purpose, and knew not how to reprove it.

The summe whereof is: That, CHRIST is neither Gaulonite nor Herodian: Nor no more are Christians, Gaulonites to deny Caesar his Quae; nor Herodians, to grant him GOD's, and leave GOD none at all. But, ready to acknowledge what due is, to either; both, of Faith to GOD, and Allegeance to Caesar; and that in every point, and even in this here, of Licetne solvere?

The substance of which answer, is the maine ground of all Iustice, Suum cui (que), Let every one render to each, that which is his. And, if to every one; then to these two great ones, Caesar and GOD. To Caesar, Caesar's Due; to GOD, GOD's. Vpon which two Dueties, by vertue of this Text, there goeth forth two degrees, for all the world to be taxed. 1. The first taxing, to be for Caesar, and his affaires. 2. The like taxe to be levied, for GOD and for His. For, though many other dutis be due to both, and to be rendred to them both; yet the matter of principall entendment in this place, is Ostende mihi numisma, matter of payment.

These be the two Capitall Points. Wherein,The Division l. Of the joynt and mu­tuall I consistence, of Caesar and of GOD.

2. That there are, among the things we have, certaine of them things II of Caesar's. Certaine others, things of GOD'S.

3. That these things are to be rendred and given. III

4. What these things are that are Caesar's in this kinde: and what those,IV that are GOD'S, that we may pay each his owne.

I. C [...]sar and God j [...]yntly.FRom this happy conjunction of these two great Lights (Caesar and GOD) heere men togither, linked with this Copulative, Caesari and [...]; and both in compasse of one Period; against the Gaulonite of our Age, the Anabaptist (who thinketh, they are in opposition, the whole heaven in sunder; and that GOD hath not his due, unlesse Caesar l [...]y downe his Scepter.) That Caesar and GOD, CHRIST and a Chris­tian Magistrate, are [...], incompatible; that they stand aloof, and wil not one come neer another; Heere is a Systafie, a Consistence: they will stand togither well (both they and their duties:) as close as one Verse, one breath, one period can joine them.

To see then this paire thus neer, thus coupled, thus (as it were) arme in arme togither, is a blessed sight. Not heere onely to be seene; but all the Scriptures through, with like aspect. Heere in one Gospell, Caesar and GOD.Exod. 20. Before in one Law, GOD providing as for his owne wor­ship, so for their honour that are set over us. In one Verse the Prophet joyneth them (Pro. 24.21.) My Sonne Feare God and the King: And in one Verse the Apostle sorteth them (1. Pet. [...].17.) Feare GOD, honour the King. So, GOD and CHRIST, the Law and Gospell, the Prophets and Apostles, fetch not their breath, come not to a full point, till they have taken in both. Sure it is; CHRIST and Belial agree not (2. Cor. 6.11.) and as sure, that they are the children of Belial, that have no part in David (that is, the lawfull Magistrate) by Sheba's case. 2. Samuel 20.1.

This is enough to shew; God impeacheth not Caesar; nor God's due, Caesar's right. Either permitteth others interest; and both of them may joyntly be performed. That as God's Law supporteth the La [...] of Nations; So doth Christ plead for Caesar: His Religion, for Cae­sar's allegiance; His Gospell for Caesar's duty, even to a penny. It was but a penny wa [...] shewed: Not so much as a penny of Caesar's, but Christ will speake, he may have it. This against the Gaulonite, that stepps over Quae Caesaris, the first part, and is all for Quae Dei, the latter. And a­gainst the Herodian too; by whom Quae Caesaris is stood on alone, and Qu [...] Dei slipped over. Two duties are set forth; there is a like regard to be had of both, that we make not Christ's answere serve for either a­lone. I know not how, an evill use hath possessed the world: Common­ly▪ o [...]e du [...]y in singled out and much made of, without heed had of the othe [...]. Quae Caesaris, audibly and with full voice; Quae Dei drowned [Page 91] and scarse heard. And it is not in this alone, but in many others: We cannot raise the price of one vertue, but vve must crye downe all the rest. Not canoni [...]e Preaching, but Prayer must grovv out of request. Not pos­sible, to bring up Almes and workes of mercie, but Offerings and workes of devotion must be layd downe. But by sale of Christ's ointment, no vvay to provide for the poore. Sensible in others, and in this too dull.

GOD is not entire (thinks the Gaulonite) unlesse, Caesar's image and superscription be blotted out. Caesar hath not enough, till GOD have nothing left, thinkes the Herodian.

CHRIST'S course is the best; to hold the meane betvveene both: Either to be preserved in his right. Not to looke so much on one, as we lose sight of the other. Not to give so good an eare to one, as we care not though the other be never spoken of. GOD hath coupled them heere: and since GOD hath coupled them, let not man sever them. To Caesar, and to GOD: Not to Caesar onely, but to Caesar and GOD. And againe, not to GOD onely; but to GOD and Caesar.

Caesar and GOD then, will stand togither: Descend yet one degree further, we may put the Case harder yet. For, I demaund, What Caesar was this for whose interest CHRIST heere pleadeth? To quicken this point somewhat more: It is certaine, it was Tiberius, even he under whom our Saviour was (and knew he was to be) put to death: A stranger from Israel: A heathen man, uncircumcised, an idolater, and enemie to the Truth. So were Augustus and the rest, you will say: But even in morall goodnesse, he nothing so good as they. The Roman stories are in every mans hand: Men know, he was far from a good Prince, of good man either, as good went even among the heathen. Yet even this Caesar, and such as he; any Caesar will stand with GOD, and God with them, for all that.

Not onely, to Caesar, but to this, and such as this, Reddite (saith Christ) Solvite (saith Paul) Subiecti estote (saith Peter) for all that: So was the old Divinitie. Though an evill Spirit sent from God vexe Saul, Rom. 13.7. 1. Pet. 2.13. 1. Sam. 26.9. 1. Chro. 16.22. yet (saith David) destroy not, it is his word; Nay, Touch not the Lord's Annointed. Though Nabuchadnezar set up a great Idoll in the field Dura, and Bal­thazar his sonne rather worse, then his Father; yet,Dan. 3.1. Dan 5. Batuc. 1.11. Pray for Nabucadne­zar saith Ieremie; and for Balthazar his sonne, and for the peace even of that State. From these examples, might Iudas of Galile have taken his directions. Christ did; and his Apostles after him, willed duties to be paid and obedience to be yielded, and yielded it themselves, to such Caesars as Claudius, Caligula and Nero; Dyscolis Dominis (as Saint Peter's terme is) if ever there were any. Which sheweth, they were all of minde,1. Pet. 2.18. that, Caesar (though no better then these) and GOD will stand togither well enough. Yea, that though Caesar gave not GOD His due, as these did not certainly; yet, are we to give Caesar, that his is notwith­standing.

[Page 92]I know, we all know; if this Caesar be Constantine, or Theodosius, the c [...]se is much the stronger; and the duty toucheth us neerer. But whi­ [...]her [...]e be or no, [...]om. 13.1. the Powers th [...]t a [...]e, are ordeined of GOD, though Tiberi­ [...] or Nero have the Pow [...]r. R [...]m. 13.2. It is not the man, it is the ordinance of GOD, we owe and p [...]rforme our subjection to. We yield it not to Ti­berius, but to Caesar; and Caesar is God's ordinance, be Tiberius what he will. This, for the consorting of GOD and Caesar: and even, of this Caesar.

II. Certain things Caesar's. Certain thing [...]od's.That point established, we come to the second, out of these words quae Caesaris & quae Dei. This may we inferre: That among the things we have, we all and every of us, have certaine things of Caesar's and cer­tain other things of God's. That all the things we have, are not our own; inasmuch as out of them, there belong somethings, to either of these. It is, as if CHRIST would make, all we have not to be fully and wholy ours; but three persons to be interessed in them: Caesar to have a right to some; GOD to other some; and the remainder onely, cleerly to be ours. (Weigh the words Quae Dei.) So that, his meaning is every man should thus make accompt with himselfe, of that he hath, that there is in his hands somewhat that pertaineth to either of these two. That there is in our substance, a portion whereto they have as good right and title, as we to the rest. That what we have is ours, GOD'S part and Caesar's part first deducted. Quae Dei & Quae Caesaris (it is the case possessive) doe carry thus much. Therefore saith the true Israelite, when he tendereth his offering to GOD, Sustuli quod Sanctum est e'domo meâ: I had a holy portion due to GOD amongst my goods,Deut. 26.13. I have severed it from the rest, I have brought it and layd it upon the Altar. So, they in 1. Sam 10. to Saul their lawfull Magistrate, presented that was his. They that did so,1. Sam. 10.26. [...]7. Tetigit Deus cor eorum, GOD had touched their hearts. Con­sequently, in their hearts that did it not, there was the print of the Devill's claws, not the touch of the finger of GOD. This may serve for the second of the duety; for we shall strike the same neyle home, in the third of Reddite.

III. These to be rendred.For, from this right thus imported in the words (Quae Caesaris quae dei) without any streigning, naturally doth follow the Re [...]dite.

That theirs it is, and so being theirs, to be payd them. Not of cour­tesie, but of duty; Not, as a free largesse, but as a due debt. Nor Date but Reddite, [...]. As if our Saviour should say, you aske me whither it be [...]awfull to pay, I tell you, it is as lavvfull to pay it, as it is unlavvfull [Page 93] to withold it: you would know whither you may; I say unto you, you not only may, but must answer it. Nor dare, as a matter of gift, but reddere, as a matter of repayment or restitution. Saint Paul maketh this point yet more plaine: indeed past all controversie, where he addeth to [...] the other [...]; to the word of rendring, the plaine terme of debts: Expresly calling them debts, both Tribute and Custome.

Then what is payd to the Prince, or to GOD, is not to be termed a donative, gratuitie, or benevolence, but of the nature of things restored, which though they be in our keeping, are in very deed other mens. And they that reckon of them as matters meerly voluntarie, must alter CHRIST's Reddite needs; and teach him some other terme. But they that will learne of him, must thinke and call them debts; must accompt themselves debters; and that God and Caesar are as two creditors, Rom. 1 [...].7. and they indebted to them both; and thereby as truely bound to discharge them­selves of these, as of any debt, or bond they owe. That, if they render not these duties, they deteine that which is none of theirs: and so do­ing, are not onely hard and illiberall, but unrighteous and unjust men.

This from Reddite: but this is not all. There is yet a further matter in it, which giveth a great grace to this rendring.

For in that he willeth them, [...], his meaning is withall it should not be [...] a forced yielding, but [...] a Rendering, and that willingly; for so the nature of the word doth import, and so the Graecians distin­guish [...], and [...]. Our translation readeth Give to Caesar; no doubt, with reference to this; that it should (though duely) yet so willingly be payd, as it were even a franke gift. In our speech we say What is more due then debt? And againe, What is more free then gift? Yet both these may meete, as in another case, the Apostle coupleth them [...]; Duety, yet Benevolent; Benevolence and yet due; the one respecting the nature, the other the minde: So, both translations not a­amisse, both readings reconciled.

That is not therefore to pay them, because it will no better be. Caesar hath vim co [...]ctivam Hophni hath a flesh-hooke, and can say,1. Sam. 2.13. date vel au­feretur á vobis: and therefore to part with it, as one delivereth a purse, or to beare it as a Porter doth his load, groning under it: that is not the manner of Rendering it, that is heere required. But we must offer it as it were a Gift, voluntarily, willingly, cheerfully, [...]: Not, [...] (saith Saint Peter) [...] (saith Saint Paul:) Even for the LORD, even for conscience sake;Col 3.23. 2. Cor. 9 7. 1. Pet. 2.13. Rom 13.5. though Hophni had no flesh-hook, though Caesar had no Publican to take a stresse.

To pay it with grudging and an evill eye, to say Vade & redicras, Pro. 3.28. to putt of, to pay it after often comming and sending; this is not [...], these the heathen man termeth viscata beneficia, when they hang to the fingers like bird-lime, and will not come away.

[Page 94] Psal. 39.8.Nay, Ecce venio (saith CHRIST;) So to pay it, even with Love and good will:2. Cor. 9.5. An offering of a free heart (as the Prophet;) a blessing and a [...] (as the Apostle ret [...]e [...]o it.) The manner is much, and much to be regarded. The willin [...]esse of the minde, is ever the fatt of the sa­crifice and without i [...] all is: leane and drie. It holdeth heere, which the Apostle saith, 1. Cor. 9. If I preach (saith he, if we pay, say we) we have no grea [...] [...]aus [...] to rejoyce:1. Cor. 9.26. Necessitie lieth on us so to doe. But if we doe it with a goodwill there is then a reward. A reward at his hands, who as his Apostle telleth us,2. Cor. 9.7. Hilarem datorem diligit. Not datorem, an [...] that giveth; but hilarem, him that giveth it cheerfully. That gift best,1. Chro. 9.5. pleaseth GOD; and that fervice, Laeti serviamus Regi, is ever best pleasing and most acceptable.

IV. What are Cae­sar's, what God's. Render then, and give, Quae Caesaris Caesari (that is) the right duty to the right owner: As duetifully and willingly, so to do it wisely. In Suum cuique there is no onely iustice, but wisedome, to know and to preserve to every one, that is his owne; the right quae, to him that of right it belongeth to.

Not to shuffle them togither; Caesar's to GOD, GODs' to Caesar; it skills not which to which:1. Cor. 14.33. GOD is not the Author of confusion: but, to know and discerne, what to each, pertaineth; and what pertaineth, that to be answered.Mat. 19.6. As before we pleaded, What GOD had joined, man should not sever, so now we plead again, What GOD hath severed, man should not confound:Deut. 19.14. The Prophet calleth it removing the Land-marke, which GOD hath set to distinguish the duties, that neither invade the others right, but keep the partition which he hath set up. Not, to stand (as heere they doe,) streining at a pennie, which was Caesar's without que­stion, and do (as after they did) receive the Romane Eagle into their Temple, which was GOD's right, and but slightly of them looked to. Aegerrime pendere tributum, promptissimè suscipere Religionem: with much a­doe to pay any tribute at all, with little adoe to receive one religion after another. GOD forbid, Caesar should so readily receive GOD's duties at their hands, as he might easily have them if he would.

To the end then; we may know, which to render to which, it remaineth we enquir [...], what is eithers due, that we may tender it accordingly. And first, what is Caesar's.

If we aske then, what is Caesar's? Our answere must be; what GOD hath set over to him. For though Quae Dei stand last in place; yet: sure it is, the former Quae commeth out of the later, and Quae Caesaris, is deri­ved out of Quae Dei.

Originally in the pe [...]son of all Kings, doth King David acknow­ledge; that,1. Ch [...]o. 29.19. [...]ll things are of Him, and all things are His. But, the sove­reigne bounty of GOD was such, as he would not keepe all, in His [Page 95] own hands; but as he hath vouchsafed to take unto himselfe a seconda­ry means in the government of mankind, so hath he set over unto them apart of his owne duety, that so one man might be one anothers deb­tor, and (after a sort) Homo Homini Deus. To the conveighance then, of diverse benefits, He hath called to Himselfe diverse persons, and joi­ned them with Himselfe: As our Parents, to the worke of our bringing forth; our Teachers, in the worke of our training up; and many other, in their kindes, with him, and under him, His meanes and Ministers, all for our good. Rom. 13.4.

And in the high and heavenly worke of the preservation of all our lives, persons, estates, and goods, in safety, peace and quietnesse, in this His so great and divine benefit, He hath associated Caesar to Him­selfe: and in regard of His care and travell therein, hath entitled him to part of his owne right; hath made over this Quae, and made it due to Caesar, and so commeth he to claime it.

In which point we learne, if we pay tribute, what we have for it back in exchange: if we give, what Caesar giveth us for it againe; our penny and our penny-worthes: Even this, Vt sit pax & veritas in diebus nostris. This is it, to which we doe debitum reddere, Esai. 39.8. Rom. 13.7. 1. Tim. 5.4. as he calleth it (Rom. 13.) This, to which we doe mutuam vicem rependere, as he speaketh, 1. Tim. 5.4. [...], and even for this cause pay we Tribute. For this,Rom. 13.6. that while we entend our private pleasures and profits in particular, we have them that study how we may safely and quietly doe it; that councell and contrive our peace, while we entend every man his owne affaires: that wake while we sleep securely, and carke and care, while we are merry and never thinke of it. Persons, by whose providence, an happy Peace, we long have enjoyed, and many good blessings are come to our Nation. In which respect, we owe them a large Quae; larger then I (now) can stand to recount.

1. We owe them honour inward, by a reverent conceipt. 2. And outward, by an honourable testimonie of the vertues in them, and the good we receive by them. And sure I am, this we owe, Not to speake evill of them that are in authoritie: and if there were some infirmitie,1 Pet. 2.10. Iude 8. not to blaze, but to conceale and cover it; for, that the Apostle maketh a part of honour, 1. Cor. 12.23. 3. We owe them our Prayers, and dayly de­vout remembrances; For all (saith Saint Paul) but by speciall preroga­tive for Princes. 4. We owe them the service of our bodies, which if we refuse to come in person to doe, the Angel of the Lord will curse us,1. Tim. 2.2. as he did Meroz, Iud. 5.23. And in a word to say with the Apostle, Non recu­so mori. Act. 25.11.

All these we owe, and all these are parts of quae Caesaris, but these are without the compasse of this quae heere. These be not the things heer questioned. It is the coine with Caesar's stamp, it is a matter of pay­ment. Let us hold us to that.

[Page 96]I say then that to be safe from the forrei [...] ene [...]ie, from the wolfe a­broad, is a very great benefit: The sword boldeth him out, propter hoc we owe to the sword. To be quiet from the inward violent in [...]urious oppressors, the fatt and foregrowen rammes within our owne fold, is a spe­ciall blessing▪ The Scepter holds them in; propter hoc we owe to the Scep­ter. That by meanes of Caesar's Sword, we have a free Sea, and safe port and h [...]rbor; Propter hoc we owe to Caesar our custome. That by meanes of his Sword, we have our seed-time to eare the ground, our har­vest, to inne the crop quiet & safe; Propter hoc we owe to Caesar our Tri­bute or taxe. That by meanes of his Scepter, we have right in all wrongs, and are not overborne in our innocencie, by such as never cease to trou­ble such as are quiet in the land: Propter hoc we owe to Caesar, the fees due to His Courts of Iustice.

These are Quae Caesaris; and not one of these but hath his ground in the Word of GOD. The Custome, Luc. 3.13. The Taxe, 1. Sam. 17.25. The Fines, Ezra 7.2 [...]. The Confiscation, Ezra. 10.8.

These then are Quae Caesaris. But these are current and ordinarie. But extraordinarie occasions cannot be answered with ordinary charges. Though, in peace, the set maintenance of Garrisons which is certaine, (the ordinance of Iosaphat) is enough, 2 Chro. 17.3. yet vvhen warre commeth, [...], War admitts no stint, but as occasions call for it, supply must be ready.

There is no safety or assurance of quietnesse, except the Enemie feare. There is no feare without power, except we be hable to hold our owne, maug [...]e the malice and force of the enemies. There is no power, but by preparation of Souldiers and furniture for warre. Nor that, with­out Pay (the Sinnewes of all affaires:) Nor Pay, without Contribution. And Propter hoc, [...], besides those other ordinary, the indictions for warre (which we call subsidies) are part of Quae Caesaris too. And war­ranted by the Scripture: Amaziah, levying a hundred Talents at one time against Edom:2. Chro. 25.6. 2. King. 15.19 20. Menahem levying a thousand Talents, at another, against As­sur (a great contribution of fifty ficles a man.) Indeed so it was, but such were the occasions: and the occasions being such, done; and done lawfully.

Then, as generally we are bound to render all Quae Caesaris: So, in particular, by this Text, and at this instant, this Quae; when the times make it requisite, and it is orderly required.

CHRIST, that willeth us to render it, rendred it himselfe: and ve­ry timely he did it▪ For,Luc. 2.5. Heb. 7.9.10. he went to be taxed, being yet in his mothers wombe (as Levi is sa [...]d to pay tithe in his Father's loynes.) And he was born under the obedience of paying this duty. This may happly be sayd not to be his owne act: Therefore after at full yeares, then also, though he might have pleaded exemption (as he telleth Peter) yet payd he his Stater;Mat. 17.27. though not due, yet to avoyd the offense of refusing [Page 97] to pay to Caesar, Conditor Caesaris censum solvit Caesari. Seeing then, Caesar's Creator payd Caesar his due, will any denie to do it? Especially seeing he payd Caesar his due, yea even then, when Caesar did not render to GOD his due, but to Idolls; and what colour then, can any have to denie it?

So, have we his Example, wherof we have heer his Precept: doing that before us, which he willeth us to doe after him, and calling to us for no more, then he did himselfe. And ensuing his stepps, his Apostle pres­seth the same point; telling us, Custome and Tribute are [...], debts;Rom. 13 7 shewing us, why they be debts, [...], for the good we receive; and willing us therefore to depart with them, even propter conscientiam, for very conscience sake.

Let me add but this one. The fore-fathers of these heere that move this doubt, they forsooke David's House, onely because they thought much of paying the taxe which Salomon had set, and they revolted to Ie­roboam: what got they by it? By denying Quae Caesaris, they lost Quae Dei, the true Religion; and besides enthralled themselves to farr greater exactions, which the erecting of a new Estate must needs require. Even [...]hese, not obeying this advise, this Reddite of our Saviour's, but mutining for the Roman tribute after, under Florus and Albinus Deputies for Caesar; besides that they lost their Temple, Sacrifice, and Service, their Quae Dei; upon this very point, overthrew their estate cleane, which to this day they never recovered. Therefore Reddite Quae Caesaris, is good councell, lest Quae Dei and all goe after it.

To conclude then. 1 Caesar and GOD will stand togither; yea Tiberius Caesar and GOD. 2 To these, so standing, there are certaine things due, of duety belonging. 3 These things so due are to be rendred: Not, given as Gratuities, but rendred as Debts: And againe, with good will to be rendred, not delivered by force: And as willingly, so wisely, Caesar to have his, GOD his; in distinction not confusion, but each his own. 4 Cae­sar, such duties; all such duties as pertaine to him at large; but as this text occasioneth, the duety of Tribute and Subsidie. This is the Summe.

And if Tib [...]rius Caesar, much more that Prince, that every way Christ Himselfe would commend before Tiberius; whom it were an injurie, once to compare with Tiberius: Above any Caesar of them all: who hath exalted Him whom Tiberius crucified; and professed Him, with hazard of her estate and life, whom they persecuted in all bloody manner.

Who hath preserved us, in the profession of His holy Name and truth many yeares, quietly without feare, and peaceably without interruption; and so, may still, many and many times many yeares more. To this, to such a one, by speciall due, Reddite more; and more willingly, and more bounteosly, then to them. The Conclusion is good, the Conse­quent much more forcible. This, for Quae Caesaris now. For Quae Dei, at some other time, when like Text shall offer like occasion.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT HAMPTON COVRT, on SVNDAY the XXVIII of SEPTEMBER. Anno MDCVI.

NVMB. CHAP. X. VER. I, II.

Then GOD spake to Moses, saying, Make thee two Trumpets of silver, of one whole peece shalt thou make them. [...] And thou shalt have them (or they shall be for thee) to assemble (or call together) the Congregation, and to remoove the Campe.

AMong diverse and sundry Commissions granted in the Law,A Grant. for the benefit and better order of GOD's people; this (which I have read) is one. Given (as we see) per Ipsum DEVM, by GOD himselfe: and that vivae vocis Oraculo, From God. by ex­presse warrant from His owne mouth, Then GOD spake to Moses, saying.

And it is a grant of the Right and Power of the trumpets, and with them,Of the power of calling Assem­blies. The Grant of this Power, a matter of im­portance. of assembling the peo­ple of GOD. A Right and Power not to be light­ly accounted of, or to be heard of with sleight attention: It is a matter of great weight and consequence, The calling of Assemblies. There is yeerely a solemne feast holden in memorie of it, and that by GOD's own appoint­ment, no lesse then of the Passover, or of the Law it selfe, Even the Feast of the trum­petts, much about this time of the yeare, the latter Aequinoctiall. Cap. 29.1. And GOD ap­pointeth no Feast, but in remembrance of some speciall benefit. It is therefore one of [Page 100] His speciall benefits, and high favours vouchsafed them, and to be regarded accor­dingly.

In whose hands this Power was before.Thi [...] power hitherto, ever since they c [...]me out of Aegypt, and that GOD adopted [...] His people, unto this very day [...]nd place had GOD kept in His owne hands, as to Him alone (of right) properly belonging. For unto this very day and place, the p [...]ople of GOD, as they had assembled many times and oft; so it was ever (they be the very last words of the last Chapter, Cap. 9. v. 18.20.2 [...]. which serve for an introduction to these of ours) ever, all thei [...] meetings and remoovings were, by immediate warrant from GOD him­selfe. But heer now, GOD no longer intending, thus to warne them still by speciall direction from His owne selfe, but to set over this power, once for all: Heer He doth it [...] is t [...]e pri [...]ary pa [...]ing it from GOD,Exod. 19.13. and deriving it to Moses, who was th [...] firs [...] that ever held it by force of the Law written. For, to this place they came by the sound of GOD's; and from this place they dislodged, by the sound of Moses's T [...]mpet.

The time and place of the Granting.And it is a point v [...]ry co [...]siderable, what day and place this was: for it appeareth, they were yet at Sinai, by the 12. verse: yet, at the very Mount of GOD, by the 33. of thi [...] Chapt [...]r, [...]ve [...] [...]hen, when this Commission came forth: So that this power is as anti [...]nt as the Law. At no other place, nor no other time delivered, then even the Law it selfe when the two Tables were given, the two Trumpets were given: and Moses that was made keeper of both the Tables, made likewise keeper of both the Trumpetts; Both at Sinai; both at one time: As if there were some neere alliance betweene the Law and Assemblies. And so there is: Assemblies being ever a speciall meanes to revive the Law (as occasions serve) and to keep it in life. As if the Law it selfe there­fore lacked yet somthing, and were not perfect and full without them: So, till this Grant was passed, they stayed still at Sinai, and so soone as ever this was passed they presently removed.

To entreat then of this power. The story of the Bible would serve our turne to shew us, who have had the exercise of it in their hands, from time to time, if that were e­nough. But that is not enough. For, the errors first and last about this point, from hence they seeme to grow, that men look not back enough; have not an eye to this, [...]ow it was in the beginning, Mat. 19.4. by the very Law of GOD. Being therefore to search for the Originall warrant, by which the Assemblies of GOD'S people are called, and kept:This the origi­nall Grant of it. this place of Numbers is generally agreed to be it: That heer, it is first so [...]nd, and heer it is first sounded; even in the Law, the best ground for a Power that may be.

In Lege quid scriptum est? quomodo legis? (saith our SAVIOVR) What is written in the Law? Luke 10.26. how reade you there? as if He should say: If it be to be read there, it is well: then must it needs be yeelded to: there is no excepting to it then, unlesse you will except to Law, and Law-giver, to GOD and all. Let us then come to this Commission.

The points of it be three: First, two trumpets of silver, to be made out of one whole peece, The Parts of the Grant. both. Secondly, with these trumpets, the Congregation to be called, and the Camp re­moved. Thirdly, Moses to make these Trumpetts, and being made, to use them to these ends. These three: 1 The Instrument: 2 The End, for which: 3 The Party, to whom.

Now (to marshall these in their right order,) 1. The end is to be the first: Sapiens semper incipit à fine (saith the Philosopher.) A wise man beginns ever at the end: for that (indeed) is Causa causarum (as Logique teacheth us) the cause of all the causes; the cause that setts them all on working. 2. Then next, the Instrument, which applieth this power to this end. 3. And so last, the Agent, who is to guide the Instrument, and to whom both Instrument and Power is committed.

1. The End, for which this Power is conveyed, is double; as the subject is double, whereon it hath his operation, 1 The Camp, and the 2 Congregation. On either of these a speciall act exercised: To remove the Camp: To call together the Congregati­on: One for Warre, the other for Peace.

[Page 101]That of the Camp, hath no longer use, then while it is warr. GOD forbid; that should belong: nay, GOD forbid, it should be at all. The best removing of the Camp, is the [...]mooving of it quite and cleane away. But if it be not possible, if it lie not in us, Rom 12.18. to have peace with all men, if warre must be, heer is order for it. But, the calling of the Congregation, that is it: that is to continue, and therefore that, which we to deale with.

The calling of the Congregation (as in the two next verses) either in whole, or in part; either of all the Tribes, or but of the chiefe and principall men in them. A power for both these. And (in a word) a power generall, for calling Assemblies: Assemblies in warre: Assemblies in peace: Assemblies, of the whole: Assemblies of each, or any part.

2. This Power, to be executed by Instruments; the Instruments to be trumpets: two in number: those to be of silver, and both of one entire peece of silver.

3. This power, and the executing of it by these Instruments, committed to Moses. First, he to have the making of these trumpets: Fac tibi: then; he to have the right to them being made: Eterunt tibi: then, he to use them to call the Congregation, and if need be, to remove the Camp. None to make any trumpet but he. None to have any trumpet but he. None to meddle with the calling of the Congregation, or removing the Camp with them but he, or by his leave and appointment.

Wherein as we find the Grant full; so are we further to search and see, whether this Grant tooke place or no? Whether as these trumpets were made and given to call the Congregation, so the Congregation from time to time, have been called by these trum­pets. And so first of the granting this Power to be executed, and then of the executing this Power so granted.

So have we two Subjects: the Camp, and the Congregation. Two Acts: to Assemble, and to Remove. Two Instruments: the two silver Trumpets. Two Powers: to make them; to owe them being made, for the two acts or ends before specified: First, for cal­ling the Assembly, and then for dislodging the Camp. And all these committed to Mo­ses. The summe of all is: the establishing in Moses, the Prerogative and Power, of cal­ling and dissolving Assemblies about publique affaires.

Then GOD spake to Moses, &c.

IF we be to begin with the End: the End is Assembling. Assembling, is reduced to Motion. Not to every motion: but to the very chiefest of all;Assembling, a motion extra­ordinary: as that which draw­eth together all; and so at once moveth all. For as in the Soule, when the mind summoneth all the powers and faculties together: Or in the body, when all the si­newes joyne their forces together, it is ultimum potentiae: So, in the body politique, when all the Estates are drawen together into one, it is nixus rather t [...]en motus, a maine sway, rather then a motion: Or, if a motion, it is Motus magnus, no common and ordinary, but an extraordinary great Motion. Such a motion is Assembling, and such is the nature of it.

Yet, even this, (great and extraordinary as it is) such and so urgent occasions may,Yet necessa [...]y. and do dayly arise, as very requisite it is, such Meetings there should be: very requi­site (I say) both in Warre and in Peace, both for the Camp and for the Congregation. The ground wherof seemeth to be; that, power dispersed may do many things:For the Camp. but to do some, it must be united. Vnited in consultation: For,For the Congre­gation. that which one eye cannot discerne, many may. Vnited in action: For, many hands may discharge that by parts, which in whole, were too troublesome for any. But, Action is more proper to Warre; that is the Assembly of Fortitude: And Cons [...]ltation rather for Peace; that is the As­sembly of Prudence. And in Peace, chiefely, for making of Lawes: For that, every [Page 102] [...]an is mo [...]e willing to submitt himse [...]f to that, whereof all do agree. The whole Camp, t [...]en [...] it i [...] assembled, will be the more su [...]ely [...]ified: And, the whole Congrega­tion, when it is assembled, w [...]ll be the more soundly advised. And hereby it commeth to pass [...],Especially for this land of Brita [...]ne. Noc aliud adver­sus validissima [...] gent [...]s, pro nobi [...] vtilius, quàm quòd in comm [...]e n [...]n consulunt. Rarus ad propulsandum commune pericu­lum conventus. Ita [...]um singuli [...]ug­ [...]nt, un [...]vers [...] vin­c [...]ntur. In vita Agrie. Necessarie for the Church. that there ever h [...]h, and ever will be, great use of calling Assemblies.

[...] add yet one [...]ing [...]urt [...]er, [...]o bring it home to our selves. There is no peo­ple under heaven, may [...] speake for the use of Assemblies, then we: There was no [...]hing that d [...]d our [...] the Brit [...]inei more hutt (saith Tacitus of them) no­thing that turn [...]d [...]em to greater prejudice, then this one, Th [...]t they met not, they consulted not [...]n common: but every man ran a course by himselfe of his owne head: And, this [...] [...]he greatest advantage the Roman had of them; they were not so wise, as to [...], [...]hat good the [...]e was in publique conventions. Therefore, great use of Assem [...]ies; may we say of all others.

No [...] if they be needfull for the Camp, and for the Congregation, as it is a Civill body; [...] not, bu [...] I may add also, every way as needfull for the Congregation properly so [...] (that is) the Church. The Church hath her Warrs to fight: The Church hath he [...] Lawes to make.

Warres, with heresies: wherein experience teacheth us, it is matter of lesse difficul­tie to raze a good Fort, then to cast downe a strong imagination; and more easie to drive out of the field a good army of men, then to chase out of mens minds a heape of fond [...]pinions, having once taken head. Now, heresies have ever beene best put to flight by the Churche's Assemblies (that is) Councels, as it were by the Armies of GOD'S Angels (as Eusebius calleth them:De vita Con­stantini, lib. 3. cap. 6.) yea it is well knowen, some heresies could never be throughly mastered or conquered, but so.

Then for the Churche's Lawes (which we call Canons and Rules) made to restraine or redresse abuses, they have alwaies likewise been made at her Assemblies in Councels, and not else where. So that, as requisite are Assemblies for the Congregation, in this sense, as in any other. By this then that hath been said, it appeareth, that GOD's Fac tibi heere is no more then needs; but that meet it is, the Trumpets be put to making, And so I passe over to the Instruments, which is the second part.

2. Instruments.Assembling (we said) is reduced to motion. Motion is a worke of power. Power is executed Organicè (that is) by Instrument: So, an Instrument we must have, where­withall to sti [...]e up, or to begin this Motion.

Trumpets.1. That Instrument to be the Trumpet. It is the sound, that GOD himselfe made choise of, to use at the publishing or proclaiming His Law. And the same sound He will have continued, and used still, for Assemblies, which are (as hath been said) speciall supporters of His Law. And the very same He will use too, at the last, when He will take accompt of the keeping or breaking of it;1. Cor. 15.52. which shall be done, In tubâ novissimâ, by the sound of the last Trumpe. And He holdeth on, or continueth one and the same In­strument, to shew, it is one and the same Power, that continueth still: That, whe [...]her an Angell blow it, as at Sinai; or whether Moses, as ever after; it is one sound, even GOD's sound, GOD's voice, we heare in both.

Two.2. They are to be twaine, for the two Assemblies, that follow in the next Verses: Either of the whole tribes, Coagmentativè: or of the chiefe and choise persons of them onely, Representativè. And for the two Tables, also. For, even this very moneth, the fir [...]t day, they are used to a Civill end: the tenth day to a Holy, for the day of Expiation: Of which this latter belongeth to the first; that former, to the second Table.

3. Of silver.3. They are to be of silver: (nor to seeke after speculations) onely, for the Metall's sake, which hath the smillest and cleerest sound of all others.

4. O [...] [...] en [...]ire [...]eece.4. They are to be of one whole peece both of them, not of two diverse: and that must needs have a meaning: it cannot be for nothing. For, unlesse it were for some mea­ning, what skilled it els, though [...]hey had been made of two severall plates? but onely to shew, that both Assemblies are Vni [...] iuris, both of one and the same right: as the Trumpets are wrought, and beaten out; both of one entire peece of Bullion.

3. But it will be to small purpose, to stand much upon the Instrument: I make way the [...]efo [...] to the third point: how they shall be bestowed, who shall have the dealing [Page 103] with them: For on them depends, and with them goeth the Power of calling Assem­blies.

First, to whom these Trumpets, to whom this Power was granted,To whom com­mitted. to call the Congre­gation: And then, whether the Congregation were ever after so called, by this Power, and these trumpets.

1. Where first,Not, to all. it will be soone agreed (I trust) that every body must not be allowed to be a maker of trumpets: nor, when they be made, that they hang, where who that list may blow them: (that is) that every man, hand over head is not to be in case, to draw multitudes together: There will be (saith Saint Luke) Turbatio non minima, Acts 19.23. no small adoe, if that may be suffered. If Demetrius getting together his fellow crafts-men, they may of their owne heads, rush into the common Hall, and there keepe a showting and crying two houres together; not knowing most of them, why they came thither, and yet thither they came. There is not so much good, in publique meetings, but there is thrice as much hurt, in such as this: No Common-wealth, no not Popular Estates could ever endure them. Nay, [...] (say both Scripture and Nature) Let all be done in order: let us have [...], Lawfull orderly Assemblies, Acts 19 36. or else none at all. Away then with this confusion (to begin with:) away with Demetrius's Assemblies.

To avoid then this confusion, some must have this Power, for,But some. and in the name of the rest. Shall it be one, or more? (for that is next.) Nay, but one (saith GOD) in say­ing, Tibi. Where I wish you marke this:Some, not ma­ny, but one. That as at the first He tooke this Power in­to His owne hands, and called them still together Himselfe: So here, He deriveth this Power immediately from Himselfe, unto one: without first settling it, in any body collective at all.

It is from our purpose to enter the question, Whether the Power were in the whole body originally? seeing though it were, it is now by the positive ordinance of GOD otherwise disposed. The reason may seeme to be, Partly necessitie of expedition: The trumpets may need to be blowen sometimes, suddenly, sooner, then diverse can well meet, and agree upon it too. Partly, avoiding of distraction: The two Trumpets may be blowen, two diverse waies, if they be in two hands; and so shall the Trumpet give an uncertaine sound (1. Cor. 14.8.) and how shall the Congregation know, whither to assemble? Nay (a worse matter yet then all that) so may we have Assembly against Assembly: and rather then so, better no Assembly at all.

Therefore, as GOD would have them, both made of one peece: 1. That one, Mo­ses. Moses to be maker of them. so will He have them both made over to one Person; for, Tibi implieth one. Who is that one? It is to Moses GOD speaketh, to him is this Tibi directed: Him doth GOD nominate, and of his Person make choice, first, to make these trumpets. No man to make, no man to have the hammering of any trumpet, but he.

And, there is no question, but for Aaron, and his sonnes the Priests: they are to call the Levites, to call the people together to their Assemblies; How shall they warne them together, unlesse they may make a trumpet too? But, if there be any question about this, GOD's proceeding here, will putt all out of question. For, to whom gi­veth He this charge? Not to Aaron, is this spoken; but to Moses: [...] And owner of them. Aaron re­ceiveth no charge to make any trumpet: Never a fac tibi, to him; neither in this, nor in any other place. To Moses is this charge given. And to Moses: Not, Make thee one (one for secular affaires; that, they would allow him) but Fac tibi duas: Make thee two, Make both.

2. Well, the making is not it. One may make, and another may have: Sic vos non vobis: You know the old Verse. When they be made and done, then who shall owe them? It is expressed that, too; Et erunt Tibi: They shall be for thee. They shall be, not one for thee, and another for Aaron: but Erunt Tibi, They shall be both for thee: They shall be both thine. A third if they can finde, they may lay claime to that; But both these are for Moses.

We have then the delivery of them to Moses, to make, which is a kind of seizin, or a Ceremony investing him with the right of them. We have beside, plaine words, to lead their possession; and those words operative, Erunt Tibi: That as none to make [Page 104] them; so none to owne them being [...] but Moses. And what would we have more to shew us, Cujus sunt Tubae, whose the trumpetts be; or whose is the right of calling Assemblies? It is Moses's certainly, and he by vertue of these, stands seized of it.

To go yet further: But was not all this to Moses, for his time onely; and as it be­gun, in him,That power to conti [...]e after Moses. so to take end with him: Was it not one of these same Privilegia Perso­nalia, quae non trahunt [...]r in exemplum, A priviledge peculiar to him, and so no prece­dent to be made of it? No [...] [...]or if you looke but a little forward (to the VIII. Verse following) there you shall see, that this power which GOD heer conveyeth; this Law of the silver tr [...]mpets, is a Law to last for ever; even throughout all their generations, not that g [...]neration onely. And there is great reason it should be so, that seeing the Vse should never cease, the Power likewise should never determine.

Moses received it as chiefe Magistrate.Being then not to determine, but to continue, it must descend to those that hold Mos [...]s's place. I demand then, what place did Moses hold? Sure it is, that Aaron was no [...] the High Priest, annointed and fully invested in all the rights of it, ever since the eighth Chapter of the last Booke. Moses had in him now, no other Right, but that of the Chiefe Magistrate. Therefore, as in that Right (and no other) He received and held them: So, he was made Custos utrius (que) Tabulae: So, he is made Custos utrius (que) Tubae. But who can tell us better then he himselfe, in what right he held them? He doth it in the third verse of Deuter. XXXIII. (reade it which way you will:) Erat in lishrune Rex, or, in rectissimo Rex, or, in rectitudine Rex, or, in recto Regis, dum congre­garet Principes populi, & Tribus Israël: All come to this; that, though in strict pro­prietie of speech, Moses were no King, yet, in this, he was in rectitudine Rex, or, in recto Regis, (that is) in this, had (as we say) Ius Regale, that he might and did assemble the Tribes, and chiefe men of the Tribes, at his pleasure. Heerin he was, Rex in rec­titudine. For this was rectitudo Regis, A power Regall. And so it was holden in Ae­gypt before Moses, even in the law of Nature: that without Pharao, no man might lift up hand or foot in all the land of Aegypt (suppose,Gen. 41.44. to no publique or principall moti­on:) And so hath i [...] been holden in all Nations, as a speciall Power belonging to Domi­nion. Which maketh it seeme strange, that those men, which in no cause are so fer­vent as when they pleade, that Church-men should not [...], that is, have Dominion; do yet hold this Power, which hath ever been reputed most proper to Dominion, should belong to none, but to them only. Our Saviour CHRIST's Vos autem non sic, may (I am sure) be said to them heere in a truer sense,Mat. 20.26. then as they commonly use to ap­plie it.

The chiefe Magistrate to succeed in it.To conclude then this point, If Moses as in the right of Chiefe Magistrate held this Power, it was from him to descend to the chiefe Magistrates after him over the people of GOD, and they to succeed him, as in his place, so in this right, it being by GOD himselfe setled in Moses and annexed to his place, lege perpetuâ, by an estate indefeizi­ble, by a perpetuall Law, throughout all their generations. Therefore ever after by God's expresse order, from yeare to yeare, every yeare on the first day of the seventh moneth, were they blowen by Moses first, and after by them that held his place, and the Feast of the Trumpetts solemnly holden; as to put them in mind of the benefit thereby comming to them, so withall to keep alive and fresh still in the knowledge of all, that this power belonged to their place, that so none might ever be ignorant, to whom it did of right appertaine, to call Assemblies.

And how then shall Aaron's Assemblies be called? with what trumpet, they? God himselfe hath provided for that in the X. Verse following,Aaron's Assem­blies, how cal­led. that with no other then these. (There is in all the Law, no order for calling an Assembly, to what end, or for what cause soever, but this, and onely this: No order for making any third trumpett: Vnder these two therefore all are comprized.) This order there God taketh, that Moses shall permit Aaron's sonnes to have the use of these trumpetts. Verse 10. But the use, not the property. Num. 31.6. They must take them from Moses, as (in the XXXI. Chapter of this Booke) Phinees doth: But Erunt tibi (God's owne words, Erunt tibi) must still be remembred: His they be, for all that: Moses the owner still, the right remaines in him: their [Page 105] sounding of them deprives not him of his interest, alters not the property: Erunt tibi, m [...]st [...]till be true; that right must still be preserved. It may be, if we communicate with flesh and bloud, we may think it more convenient (as some do) that GOD had delivered Moses and Aaron either of them one. But when we see GOD's will by GOD'S word what it is, that Moses is to have them both; we will let that passe as a Revelation of flesh and bloud, and think that, which GOD thinketh, to be most con­venient.

Now then, if the trumpets belong to Moses; and that to this end, [...] The two duties. that with them he may call the Congregation, these two things do follow: First, that if he call, the Congregation must not refuse to come: Secondly, that unlesse he call, they must not assemble of their owne heads, but keepe their places. Briefly thus: the Congregation must come when it is called: and it must be called yer it come. These are the two duties we owe to the two trumpets, and both these have GOD's people ever duly per­formed.

And ye [...] not so, but that this Right hath been called in question, yea, even in Moses's owne time, (that we marvell not, if it be so, now;) and both these duties denied him, even by those who were alive and present then, when GOD gave him the trumpets. But marke by whom, and what became of them.

The first duty is, to come when they be called:1. To come when they be called. and this was denied (in the XVI. Chapter following, Ver. 12.) by Core, Dathan and their crew: Moses sounded his trum­pet, sent to call them: they answer flatly (and that not once, but once and again,) Non veniemus, they would not come, not once stirre for him or his trumpet, they. A plain contradiction indeed: neither is there in all that Chapter any contradiction veri nomi­nis, true and properly so to be called, but onely that. You know what became of them; they went quick to hell for it: and wo be to them,Iude 11. even under the Gospell (saith Saint Iude) that perish in the same contradiction, the contradiction of Core.

The second duty is, To be called yer they come: this likewise denied,2. To be calleù yer they come. even Moses himselfe, (that they in his place may not think strange of it) in the XX. Chapter of this very book. Water waxing scant, a company of them grew mutinous, and in tumul­tuous manner, without any sound of the trumpet, assembled of themselves. But these are branded too: the water they got, is called the water of Meriba: Cap. 10.13. and what followed you know; None of them that drunk of it, came into the Land of Promise. GOD swore, they should not enter into His rest.

Now, as both these are bad: so of the twaine, this latter is the worse.Called, and came not. Came uncalled. The former (that came not, being called) do but sit still, as if they were somwhat thick of hearing: But these latter that come, being not called; either, they make themselves a trumpet, without ever a Fac tibi: Or els they offer to wring Moses's trumpet out of his hands, and take it into their owne. Take heed of this latter: it is said there, to be adversus Mosen, even against Moses himselfe. It is the very next forerunner to it: it pricks fast upon it. For they that meet, against Moses's will, when they have once throughly learned that lesson, will quickly perhaps grow capable of another; even to meet a­gainst Moses himselfe, as these did.Acts 19.40. Periclitamur argui seditionis (saith the Town-Clark) We have done more then we can well answer: We may be indicted of treason, for this daye's worke, for comming together without a trumpet: and yet it was for Diana, that is, for a matter of Religion.

You see then whose the Right is, and what the duties be to it, and in whose stepps they tread, that deny them. Sure, they have been baptized, or made to drink of the same water (the water of Meriba,) that ever shall offer to do the like, to draw together without Moses's Call.

And now to our Saviour CHRIST's question: In the Law how is it written? How reade you? Our answer is: There it is thus written, and thus we read: That Moses hath the Right of the trumpets: that they to go ever with him and his successors: and that to them belongeth the power of calling the publique Assemblies.

[Page 106] Agreeable to the Law of Nature.This is the L [...]w of GOD; and that [...] j [...]diciall Law, peculiar to that people alone, [...]ot agreeable to the Law of Natur [...] and Nation [...]; ( [...]wo Lawes of force through the whole world.) For even in the little Empire o [...] the [...]ody naturall, Principium motus, the [...] of all motion, is in, and from the head. There, all the knots, or (as they call [...]hem) all th [...] [...]onjugations of fine [...] [...]ve their head, by which all the body is moved. And as the Law of Nature, To the Law of Nations. by secret instinct by the light of the Creation, annexeth the organ to the chiefest part: even so doth the Law of Nations, by the light of Reason, to the cheefest Person: And both fall just with the Law heere written; where (by Erunt Tibi) the same [...]rgan and power is committed to Moses, the principall Person, in that Common [...]. The Law of Nations in this point (both before the Law written, and since, where the Law written was not knowne) might easily appeare, if time would [...] their generall order for conventions so to be called; and in their generall [...] to all conventicles called otherwise.

[...], the Heathen lawes made all such Assemblies unlawfull, which the highest a [...]thority did not cause to meet, yea, though they were [...], say Solon's Lawes: yea, though sub praetextu Religionis, say the Romane Lawes. Neither did the Christian Emperors thinke good, to abate any thing of that Right. Nay, they took more straight order: For, besides the exiling of the person, which was the Law before, they proscri­bed the place, where, under pretence of Religion any such meetings should be. But I let them passe, and stand onely on the written Law, the Law of GOD.

We have Law then for us, That Moses is ever to call the Congregation. But though we have Law, Mos vincit Legem; Custome over-ruleth Law. And the Custome or prac­tise may go another way; and it is practise that ever best bewrayeth a Power. How then hath the practise gone? It is a necessarie question this, and pertinent to the Text it selfe. For, there is a Power granted: and in vaine is that Power that never commeth into act. Came then this Power into act? It is a Power to call the Congregation toge­ther; Were the Congregations called together by it? A grant there is, That Erunt Ti­bi; So it should be: Did it take place? was it so; Erantne illi? Had he it? Did he enjoy it? Let us looke into that another while, what became of this Grant; what place it tooke.The practise or use of this Power, among the Iewes. Deut. 4.32. And we shall not offend Moses in so doing. It is his advice, and desire both; that we should enquire into the daies past, that were before us, and aske, even from one end of heaven to the other; to see how matters have been caried. So that, as our SAVIOVR CHRIST sendeth us to the Law, by His In Lege quid scriptum est? so doth Moses direct us to the vse and practise, by his Interroga de diebus antiquis. I do aske then, These trumpets heere given, this power to call together the Congregation, how hath it beene used? Hath the Congregation been called accordingly, in this, and no other manner? by this, and no other Power? It hath (as shall appeare:) and I will deale with no Assemblies, but onely for matters of Religion.

By Moses.Of Moses, first there is no question: It is yeelded that he called them, and dismissed them.Iosua. Ios. 1.17. And even so did Iosua after him, no lesse then he; and they obeyed him in that Power, no lesse then Moses. And as for that which is objected concerning Moses, that he for a time dealt in matters of the Priest's Office, it hath no colour in Iosua, and those that succeeded him.

The Covenant, and the renewing of the Covenant, are matters meerely spirituall: yet, in that case did Iosua (Iosua, not Eleazar) assemble all the Tribes, Levi and all, to Sichem (Ios. XXIIII.) called the Assembly at the first Verse:Ios. 24 18. dissolved it at the XXVIII. For, if Iosua may call, he may dissolve, too: Law, Reason, Sense, teach, That Cujus est n [...]lle, ejus est & velle. That calling, and discharging, belong both to one power. Nay, Demetrius's assembly, though they had come together disorderly, yet when the Towne-Clarke (that should have called them together) did discharge them; they added not one fault to another, but went their waies, every man quietly, Demetrius himselfe and all: that they are worse then Demetrius, that deny this.

David.But, I passe to the Kings (that Estate fitteth us better.) There, doth David call to­gether the Priests and other persons Ecclesiasticall, and that, eve [...] with these trumpets. And for what matters?1. Chro. 15. Secular? Nay: but first, when the Ar [...]e was to be removed: [Page 107] And againe, when the Offices of the Temple were to be set in order: things meerely pertaining to Religion? And as he calleth them, 1. Chron. 15.4. so he dismisseth them;1. Chron. 23.2 3.6. 1. Chron. 16.43.

The like did Salomon; when the Temple was to be dedicated;Salomon. 2. Chro. 15.14. Called the Assem­bly, 2. Chron. 5.2. dissolved the Assembly in the X. verse of the VII. Chap. follow­ing.

The like did Asa: When Religion was to be restored,Asa. and a solemne oath of Asso­ciation to be taken for the maintaining of it; with the sound of these trumpets did he it.

Iehosaphat used them, 2. Chr. 20.3. Ie [...]u. when a publique Fast to be proclaimed.Ieh [...]sh [...]phat. Iehu used them, Reg. 10.20. Io [...]. when a solemne Sacrifice to be performed. Ioas, 2 Chr. 24.5. Ios [...]as. in a case of Dilapidations of the Temple, a matter meerely Ecclesiasticall. Iosias, 2. Chro. 34.29.30. Ezekias. 2. Chro. 29.15. when the Temple to be purified, and a masse of superstitions to be removed.

In all these cases, did all these Kings call all these Conventions, of Priests and Le­vites, for matters of Religion. I insist onely on the fact of Ezekias. He was a King; he gave forth his precept for the Priests and all their brethren to assemble: Where­fore? Ad res Iehovae, for the affaires of the service of GOD, yea, GOD himselfe. There are f [...]ureteene cheefe men of the Priests set downe there, by name, that by ver­tue of that precept of the King's, came together themselves, they and their brethren, all, ex praecepto Regis, ad res Iehovae, by the King's authoritie, for matters meerely of the Church. I know not what can be more plaine: the Matters, spirituall: the Persons assembled, spirituall: and yet called by the King's trumpet.

Thus, till the Captivitie. In the Captivity,Ma [...]do [...]haus. Hest 9.17. there have we Mardochee (when he came in place of authority) appointing the daies of Purim, and calling all the Iewes in the Province together, to the celebrating of them.

After the Captivity, Nehemias kept the trumpet still: and by it,Nehemias Nehe. 7. [...]4. Nehe. 13, 11. first called the Priests, to shew their right to their places, by their genealogies, and after reduced them also to their places againe, when they were all shrunke away in time of his ab­sence.

These leade the practise till you come to the Machabees: The Macabees· and there it is but too evident: they professe there expr [...]sly to Simeon, made then their ruler, That it should not be lawfull for any [...], to call any assembly in the Land,1 Mac. 14.44 [...] without him. A plaine evidence, that so had ever gone the course of their go­vernment: Else, how should it come to passe, that the altering of Religion, is still ter­med the deed of the King? that his disposition, godly, or otherwise, did alwaies accor­dingly change the publique face of Religion? which thing the Priests by themselves never did, neither could at any time hinder from being done. Had the Priests, without him, been possessed of this power of Assembling, how had any Act concerning Religi­on passed without them? In them it had been to stop it at any time, if they had (of themselves) had this power of Assembling themselves, to set order in matters of Religion.

Thus, from Moses to the Machabees, we see in whose hands this power was. And what should I say more? There was in all GOD's people no one religious King, but this Power he practised: And there was of all GOD's Prophets no one, that ever in­terposed any prohibition against it.

Would Esay (shall we once imagine) have endured Ezekias, him to call, or the Priests to come together, onely by his precept, ad res Iehovae; and not lift up his voice like a trumpet against it, if it had not beene (in his knowledge) the King's right,Esay. 58.1. to com­mand, and their duty to obey? Never, certenly.

What shall we say then? were all these wrong? shall we condemne them all? Take heed. In all that government, GOD hath no other children, but these: if we con­demne these, we condemne the whole generation of His children. Yet,Psal. 73.15. to this we are come now: that either we must condemne them all, one after another; the Kings, as usurpers, for taking on them, to use more Power, then ever orderly they received; and the Prophets, for soothers of them, in that their unjust claime: Or else confesse, they [Page 108] [...] no more, then they might; and exceeded not therein, the bounds of their calling. And indeed, that we must confesse; for that is the truth.

Thi [...] then may serve, for the custome of GOD's owne elect people. But they were Iewe [...], and we would be loth, to I [...]daize: and it may be, this was one of the clauses of the law of commandements, consisting of Ordinances which CHRIST came to abrogate.Ephes. 2.15.

The practise or vse of thi [...] Power among Christians.I demand therefo [...]e▪ When CHRIST came, how was it then? will the like ap­peare in the assem [...]lies since CHRIST? The very like, every way, as consonant to that of the Old Testament, as may be. For CHRIST (Matth. XVIII.) giveth a pro­mise of His [...]ssistance to such meetings: but sets no new order for calling of them, o [...]her th [...]t [...] been taken in the Old. Therefore the same order to be kept still.

A [...] there was (you know) after CHRIST, when they were Infidels; Kings and Kingdomes both. A time there followed, when Kings received Religion: and no soo [...]er received they it, but they received this Power of the trumpets with it. This, to b [...] made manifest. 1. By Generall Councells. 2. By Nationall and Provinciall Coun­c [...]lls; that have been assembled, 3. under Emperours, 4. and under Kings, by the space of many hundred yeares.

In Gen [...]rall Councels.And for Generall Councels, this first (to beginne with:) that if those Assemblies be not rightly called, that by this Power are called; we have lost all our Generall Coun­cels at one blow. The Church of CHRIST hath to this day, never a Generall Coun­cell: Vnâ liturâ, with one wipe, we dash them out all: we leave never a one, no not one. For, all that ever have been, have beene thus called and kept. Yea, those foure first, which all Christians have ever had in so great reverence, and high estimation; not one of them a lawfull Councell, if this new assertion take place. This is a perillous in­convenience: yet this we must yeeld to, and more then this; if we seeke to disable Assemblies, so holden. For sure it is, all the Generall Councels were thus assembled, all; all seven (for more are not to be reckoned: the eighth was onely for a private busi­nesse.) The rest were onely of the West Church alone, and so not Generall: The East and West together, make a Generall: The East and West together never met, but in one of those seven, for publique affaires: unlesse it were once after, in that of Ferrara.

And it is well knowen, that was in hope of helpe, on the East Churche's part, which they never had; and so the Councell never kept, but broken, even as soone as it was broken up.

Briefly then to survey those seven. And I will not therein alledge the reports of Sto­ries (they write things they saw not, many times, and so frame matters to their owne conceits; and many times are tainted with a partiall humour:) but onely, out of au­thenticall Records in them, and out of the very acts of the Councels, themselves, best able to testifie and tell, by whose authority they came together. And it is happy for the Church of CHRIST, there are so many of them extant as there are, to guide us to the truth in this point, that so the right may appeare.

First then, for the great Nicene Councell, the first Generall Congregation of all that were called in the Christian world: The whole Councell in their Synodicall Epis [...]le written to the Church of Alexandria, witnesse, they were assembled (the holy Em­perour Constantine gathering them together out of divers Cities and Provinces. [...].) The whole Letter is extant upon record in Socrates. 1.9. and Theodoret. 1.9. Give me leave to make heere a little stand: For heer, at this Councell, was the pale first broken, and the right (if any such were) heer, it went first away. At Nice there were then to­gether, three hundred and eighteene Bishops, totius orbis Lumina (as Victorinus well ter­me [...] them) the Lights of the whole world; the cheefest and choisest men for holi­nesse, learning, vertue, and valour, that the Christian Religion ever had before or since: Men that ha [...] layd downe their lives for the testimony of the truth: Did any of them refuse to come, being called by him, as not called aright? Or, comming, was there any one of them that did protest against it? or pleaded the Churche's interest, to meet of themselves? Not one.

[Page 109]What was it then? want of skill, in so many famous men, that knew not their own rights? Or want of valour, that knowing it for such, would not so much as speake a word for it, but sit still, and say nothing all the while? There were then and there pre­sent, Spyridion, Paphnutius, Potamon, and diverse besides, (but these I name) that had not long before, for their constancy, had their right eyes bored out, their right ham-strings, and the strings of their right arme-pits cut in sunder. Did these want courage, think we? Were they become so faint-hearted, that they durst not open their mouth, for their owne due?

Verily, that Councell of Nice, (which is, and ever hath been so much admired by all Christians,) cannot be excused before God or men; if they thus conspired (all) to betray the Churche's right, and suffered it, contrary to all equity, to be carried away; leaving a dangerous precedent therein, for all Councells ever after, to the world's end. But, no such right there was: If there had been, they neither wanted wit to discerne it, nor courage to claime it. But, they knew whose the trumpets were: to whom (E­runt tibi) was spoken: And therefore never offered to lay hold on either of them, and say; this is ours.

And yet (to say the truth,) there is no man of reason, but will think it reasonable, if this were the Churche's own peculiar, if appropriate unto it (and so knowne to them to be) there ought to have been plaine dealing, now at the very first Councell of all; that if Constantine would embrace Religion, he must needs resigne up one of his trumpets, and forbeare from thence to meddle with their Assemblies. Was there so? No such thing. Why was there not? Belike, because none were there, that had ever been present at any Assembly, holden under persecution, to know the Churche's order and manner of meeting then. Yes, there was Hosius Bishop of Cordova, who had held the Councell of Elvira in Spaine, even in the time of persecution. Hosius for the West. And for the East, there was Eustathius Bishop of Antioch, Conc. Eliberit. Tom. 1.600. Concil. Ancyra. Tom. 1.446. had held the like at An­cyra then too: (both the Councells yet extant to be seen) and these two, Presidents of them. Yet were these twain, two that came first, and sate formost at the Councell of Nice; and neither of them pleaded or knew of any such right; but that their Power then ceased: and that Constantine's trumpet now took place. Sure, if but this first Councell be well considered, it is able to move much. And the example of this first, was of great consequence; for all the rest followed it; and as this went, so went they. And this for the first. [...].

2. The second Generall Councell at Constantinople; Who called that Congregati­on? Their owne Letter to the Emperour is yet to be seen, professing they were thither assembled by His Writ.

3. For the third at Ephesus; let the Acts of the Councell (now set out in Greek) be looked on: Foure severall times they acknowledge, they were thither summoned by the Emperours [...]. Oracle, [...]. Becke, [...]. Charge, and [...]. Tom, 2.129. Conveniente Conci­lio secund. sacram praeceptionem. Tom. 2.579.2.666. Imperator Iustin. quintam oecumeni­cam Synodum Epi­scopis Ecclesiar [...]m evocat [...] c [...]egis. Tom. 3.237.244. Secundum pijss [...] iussix. [...]m mansue­tudinis vestrae. Iis quae per man­suetiss [...]mae fortitu­di [...]is vestrae Sacr [...] dudum praecepta sunt effica [...]iter promptam obedien­tiam exhibere. Commandement.

4. For the fourth at Chalcedon, looke but upon the very front of the Councell, it pro­claimeth it selfe, to be there assembled, Facta est Synodus, ex decreto pijssimorum, & fide­lessimorum Imperatorum, Valentiniani, & Martiani. And it is well knowen, it was first called at Nice; and then recalled from thence, and removed to Chalcedon, all whol­ly by the disposing of the Emperour.

5. So saith the fifth at Constantinople, Iuxta pium jussum à Christi amati, & à Deo custoditi Iustiniani Imperatoris. They be their owne words.

6. And so the sixth at Constantinople, Secundum Imperialem sanctionem congregata est; And pro obedientiâ quam debuimus. They be the expresse words of Agatho Bishop of Rome in the same Councell.

7. Tim. 3.435. And even so the seventh at Nice, Quae perpium Imperatorum decretum, congrega­ta est (meaning Constantine and Irene.)

And these be all the Generall. In all which the force of the truth presenteth it selfe so clearely, that De Concil. lib. [...]. Cap. 13. Bellarmine is even dazled with it: For, as one dazled, he setts down diverse reasons, why the Emperors were to call them, in that very place, where he ta­keth upon him to prove, the Emperours were not to call them.

[Page 110]2. But it may be, Generall Councels have a fashion by themselves: Those Congrega­tions may be called, In Nati [...]nall and Provinciall, from Cons [...]an­tine to Iustiniā. Euseb. 10.5. thus: But Nationall, or Provinciall (such as ours) how? Even so too, and no otherwise. Constantine began with [...]hem first, before he proceeded to theGenerall at Nice. His Tractoria, or Writ, is extant to be seene, in Eusebius. Where­by he called the first Provinciall Councell in France. For sure, by no Canon could the Bishop of Syracuse in Sicilie, or Restitutus Bishop of London in Britaine, be lawfully summoned, to a Synode in France (which they were) but (as it was indeed) by the Emperour's Writ onely. But this he did at the beginning of his reigne; perhaps, while he was yet an unperfect Christian. Nay, even first and last, he did the same: as at the begin [...]ing he called this; so, in the end of his Reigne, the thirtieth yeare, the yeare be [...]ore his death, called he the Councell at Tyre, and from thence, remooved it to Ierusal [...], and from thence called them to appeare before himselfe in Constantinople. The le [...]ters are to be s [...]ne, by which they were called, Socr. 1.34. The like after him, did Theodor. [...].8. Constans at Sardice, Socrat. 1.34. Sozom. 6.7. Valentinian at Lampsacus, Tom 1.718. Theodosius at Aquileia; [...]. 499. Gra­tian at Thessalonica.

It is too tedious to go through them all: Onely for that of Aquileia, thus much. Saint Ambrose, a man of as much spirit, and as high a courage, as ever the Church had, and one that stood as much as ever did any, for the Churche's right; he was there present, and President both. Thus writeth he from the Councell to the Emperour in his owne name,Qui ad r [...]mo­vendas alterca­tiones congrega­re studuistis Sa­cerdotale Con­cilium. Tom. 1.718. and in the name of all the rest: Iuxta Mansuetudinis Vestrae statuta con­venimus: Hither we are assembled, by the appointment of Your Clemency: And there is no one Councell more plaine, then that of Saint Ambrose for this purpose. Yea, I add this (which is a point to be considered) that even then, when the Empe­rours were professed Arrians; even then did the Bishops acknowledge their Power, to call Councells: came to them being called: sued to them, that they might be called. Came to them, as Hosius, to that of Tom. 1.680. Arimine; Liberius, to that of Socrat. 2.24. Sirmium, and that of Seleucia. Sued for them, as Lucifer oper. Liberius to Constantius: as Leo Epist. 9. Leo to Theo­dosius, for the second Ephesine Councell; Innocentius to Arcadius. And some­times they sped, as Leo: and sometime not, as Liberius, and Innocentius: and yet, when they sped not, they held themselves quiet, and never presumed to draw together of their owne heads.

But it may be, this was some Imperiall power, and that Emperours had in this point more jurisdiction then Kings.Vnder Kings from Iustinian to Charles the Great. Nor that neither: For about five hundred yeares after CHRIST, when the Empire fell in peeces, and these Westerne parts came into the hands of Kings, those Kings had, held, enjoyed, and practised the same power. In Italie, Theodoric at Tom. 2.470. Rome: Alaric at Tom. 2.504. Agatha: In France, Clowys (the first Christian King there) Childebert, Synodu [...] ex prae [...]pto Gloriosissi [...]i Regis Theodorici con­gregata. Theodebert, and Cherebert: At Tom. 2.511. Orleance the first, Tom. 2.558. Anverne, Tom. 2.551. Orleance the second, Tom. 2.817. Tours. And after that againe by Gun­thramn, Clowys, Carloman, and Pepin: At Tom. 2.840. Mascon first and Tom. 2.857. second, Tom. 3.2 [...]8. Chalons: That which is called Tom. 3.437. Francica, and that which is in Tom. 3.43 [...]. Vernis. Twenty of them at the least in France.

In Spaine by ten severall Kings: in two Councels at Tom. 2.825.829. Braccara, and in Tom. 2.547. [...]55. ten at Tole­do, by the space of three hundreth yeares together. And how? under what termes? Peruse the Councels themselves: [...]. 3.67.79. [...]7.181.184.204.216.3 [...]4. their very Acts spake, Ex [...] [...].270. [...] [...].551. Praecepto, [...] 3.67. Imperio, [...] Iussu, Tom. 3. [...]37. Sanctione, Tom. 3.391. Nutu, Tom. 2.391. Decreto, ex Tom. 2.840. Evocatione, Tom. 2.857. Dispositione, Tom. 3.208. Ordi­natione Regis: One saith, Tom. 2.504. Potestas permissa est nobis: Another, Tom. 3.210. Facultas data est nobis: A third, Tom. 3.382. Injunctum est nobis à Rege. See their severall stiles: nothing can be more pregnant. And now we are gone, eight hundred yeares after CHRIST.

[...] Charles the Great, to [...].4. Then arose there a kinde of Empire here in the West, under Charles the Great: and did not he then take the trumpets as His owne, and use them six severall times, in c [...]lling six severall Councels, at To [...]. [...].630. Franckford, [...]. Arles, Tom. [...].632. Toures, Tom. 3.986. Chalons, Tom. 3.6 [...]3. Mentz, [Page 111] and Tom. 3.700. Rhemes? And what saith he in them? Rhemes I named last, take that: In con­ventu more prifcorum Imperatorum congregato à pijssimo Domino nostro Carolo. That he called that Convention by no other right, then as the manner of the ancient Empe­rours had been to do. Expressing under one, both what his w [...]s: and what the usage had ever been before him.

The like after him did Ludovicus Pius, Lotharius, Ludovicus Balbus, Carolus Calvus, Tom. 3.703. Carolus Crassus, and Arnulphus, at the severall Councells holden at Aken, Tom. 3.832. Mentz, Tom. 3.866. Melden, Tom. 3.977. Wormes, Tom. 4.17. Colein, and Tom. 4.28. Tribur; and so held it till nine hundred yeares: For about that yeare (a yeare or two under or over) was holden the Councell at Tri­bur in Germanie, Cum Concilium sacrum continuari decrevisset: and Tom. 4 41. Praesidente pio Principe Arnulpho, By the Emperour Arnulphus's Decree, himselfe then Presi­dent of it.

And if it be excepted; there are of the Councells which carry in their acts no menti­on how they were called: For them, we are to understand, that after the decrees of the first Nicene Councell were by Constantine's Edict confirmed,Nicen. Can. 5. wherein (as likewise in the Councell of Chalcedon) it was ordered,Chalced. Can. 18. Authent. 131. each Province should yearely hold their Synods twice: but specially, after Iustinian had made the decrees of the foure first Ge­nerall Councells to have the nature and force of Imperiall Lawes: (a Law being thus pas­sed from them,) we are to conceive, the Emperour's authority was in all afterward, ha­bitually at least: that is, if not (as in the other) by expresse and formall consent: yet by way of implied allowance, as passed by a former Grant.

Well, thus farre the trumpet giveth a certaine sound. Now after this, there is a great silence in the Volumes of the Councells, in a manner for the space of two hun­dred yeares, untill the yeare MCLXXX or thereabout, when the Councell of Lateran was: and then (indeed) the case was altered.Tom. 4 101. One of the Trumpets got­ten away. By that time had the Bishop of Rome by his skill and practise, got one of the trumpets away, and carried it with him to Rome: so leaving Princes but one: But, so long they held it.

Truely, three times so much time as we are allowed, would not serve for this one point of the Councells; but even barely to recite them, and to cite them, they are so many. You remember how Abraham dealt with GOD for the saving of the five Cities, how he went down from fifty to ten: I might well take a course the other way, and rise from ten to fifty, nay sixty, nay seventy, nay eighty, not so few, of Councells Generall, Nationall, Provinciall, called by Emperours, by Kings: Emperours of the East, of the West: Kings of Italy, France, Spaine, Germany, (as before, from Moses to the Maccabees: So heer, from Constantine to Arnulphus) for so many hundred years together, extant all, to be shewed and seen, all cleer and evident, all full and forcible for this Power: as indeed it is a cause that laboureth rather of plenty, then penury of proofe. And this was the course that of old was well thought of in the Christian world. Thus was the Congregation so long called; neither is there yet brought any thing to force us to swerve from the way, wherein so many and so holy ages have gone before us.

Yes, somthing: For what say you to the three hundred yeares before Constantine? How in the time of persecu­tion for 300. yeares before Constantine. How went Assemblies then? who called them, all that while? For diverse were hol­den that while: In Palestine, about Easter. At Carthage, about Heretique's bap­tisme; at Rome, about Novatus; at Antioch, about Paulus Samosatenus. How assem­bled these?1. As, in Aegyp [...].

Truly, even as this people heer, of the Iew [...]s, did before in Aegypt, under the tyrannie of Pharaoh: they were then a Church under persecution, untill Moses was raised up by GOD, a lawfull Magistrate over them. The cases are like for all the world. No Magi­strate did assemble them in Aegypt. And good reason: they had then none to do it. Pharaoh (we may be sure) would not offer to do it: not for any conscience (I trust) or feare, to encroch upon the Churche's right; but because he hated both Assembly, and Congregation, and sought by all means to extinguish both. But this was no barr; but that when Moses arose, authorized by GOD, and had the trumpets heer, by GOD delive­ [...]ed him; he might take them, keep them, and use them, to that end, for which GOD gave [Page 112] them▪ [...] Congregation. An [...] [...] then but he, could do it, because to none, but [...], [...]as this Power [...]. The [...] could not say to him now, as before [...] made you [...] [...]ver us, to call us together? [...] barre of th [...] [...],Exod. 2.14. and say: Nay, but we will [...]eet still of our selves, even as we did before in Aegypt; we will still keepe our old manner of conven­tio [...] ▪ No: for [...] another order: GOD (I say) had now done it: And GOD shall [...], to translate this Power to the principall mem­ber of the body▪ [...] d [...]spose of it, as it best pleaseth Him.

The [...] out againe after, in the captivity of Babylon; and againe after that [...] persecition under Antiochus, As, under the Captivity. And these three, are all the patternes we [...].3. As, under An­tiochus As before in Aegypt; so, then, they had meetings: but they were all by stealth: yet meetings, then they had. For Moses ceasing, and [...] with him, the Power devolved to the body, to gather it selfe (as is usuall in [...]) [...] when Nehemias after the Captivitie, and Simeon Machabeus [...] the furie of [...] were raised them by GOD; when GOD had set them i [...] Moses place, they might lawfully do, as Moses before had done; and take the sil­ver trumpets into their hands againe. So soone as they had a lawfull Governour, the right returned to him straight: And the Congregation, none of them might then plead: Nay, but as we did in Babylon, or as we did under Antiochus; So, and no otherwise, will we assemble still. No, we see the contrary rather:1. Macc. 14.44. Even of themselves, they professe to Simeon plainely: now, they have a lawfull Governour, no meeting should be from thenceforth in the land, without him, his privitie and permis­sion.

4. So before Con­stantine.And even as these two Nehemias and Simeon: even by the same right Constatine: by [...]ses [...]igh [...], all, all by the Commission heere penned. By it, did Constantine resume the Trumpet, and enjoy and exercise the Power of calling the Congregation: (For even Moses's patterne and practise five sundry times at least doth Eusebius alledge, in the life of Constantine to justifie his proceedings still by Moses's example.) True it is therfore, that before Constantine's time, they mett together as they durst, and tooke such order as they could. They must venture then: there was no Moses: they had no Trumpet: and if they had, they durst not have blowen it. But when Constantine came in place, in Moses's place, it was lawfull for him to do as Moses did: And so he did; and they ne­ver said to him, Nay, spare your trumpet: looke how we have done hitherto, we will do so even still: meet no otherwise now, then in former times we have; by our owne agreement. As before it was said, this had beene plaine dealing: Thus (if rightly they might) they should have done: Did they so? No: But to him they went, as to Moses, for their meetings; at his hands they sought them; without his leave or liking they would not attempt them: Yea (I dare say) they blessed GOD from their hearts, that they had lived to see the day, they might now assemble by the sound of the trumpet.

To conclude this point then. These two times or estates of the Church are not to be confounded: There is a plaine difference betweene them, and a diverse respect to be had of each. If the succession of Magistrates be interrupted, in such case of necessitie, the Church of her selfe maketh supply, because then, GOD's Order ceaseth. But, GOD granting a Constantine to them againe, GOD'S former positive order retur­neth, and the course is to proceed and go on, as before. When the Magistrate and his authority [...] any time wanting to the Church, forced she was to deale with her owne affaires, within her selfe: for then was the Church wholly divided from Princes and they from it. But, when this wall of partition is pulled downe, shall Moses have no more to do then Phar [...]h, or Constantine then Nero? Congregations were so cal­led [...]: must they be so still under these too? No: no more then their man­ner of [...]eting i [...] Aegypt (for all the world like this of the Primitive Church per­secuted) was to be a rule, and to over rule these trumpets heer (in the Text) either GOD for giving them, or Moses for taking them at his hands. This rather: If [...] the C [...]u [...]ch [...]ll into such bloudy [...] they must meet as they may, and come [Page 113] together as they can: They have no Moses, no trumpet to call them. The times of Pharaoh and Nero are then their patterne. But, if it be so happy as to find the dayes of peace, Moses and Constantine are patternes for the dayes of peace; they have a Moses then: from that time forward they must give eare to the Trumpet. In a word, none can seek to have the Congregation so called (as before Constantine) but they must secret­ly, and by implication confesse, they are a persecuted Church, as that then was, without a Moses, without a Constantine.

The times then before Constantine, are no barr, no kind of impeachment to Constan­tine's, no more then the times in Aegypt were to Moses's Right. And indeed no more they were: for, Constantine and his Successors had them, and held them till a thousand yeares after CHRIST, and then one of them (by what meanes we all know) was let go by them, or gotten away from them: It was then gotten away and carried to Rome. But that getting hath hitherto been holden a plaine usurping; and an usur­ping (not upon the Congregation, but) upon Princes and their Right; and that they, in their own wrong, suffered it to be wrung from them. And why? Because not to Aa­ron, but to Moses it was said, Et erunt tibi.

1. To draw to an end, it was then gotten away,The recovery of the Trumpets. and with some ado it was recovered not long since: and what? shall we now let it go, and destroy so soon that which so lately we built againe? You may please to remember, there was not long since a Cler­gy in place, that was wholly ad oppositum, and would never have yeelded to reforme ought: Nothing they would do, and (in eye of law) without them, nothing could then be done; they had encroached the power of Assembling into their owne hands. How then? how shall we do for an Assembly? Then Erunt tibi, was a good text: it must needs be meant of the Prince: He had this Power, and to him of right it belon­ged. This was then good Divinity (and what Writer is there extant of those times, but it may be turned to, in him?) And was it good Divinity then, and is it now no longer so? Was the King but licensed for a while, to hold this power,Now sought to be gotten away. till another Clergy were in; and must He then be deprived of it againe? Was it then usurped from Princes; and are now Princes usurpers of it themselves? And is this all the dif­ference in the matter of Assemblies, and calling of them:1. By the Presby­terie. that there must be onely a change; and that in stead of a forraine, they shall have a domesticall, and in stead of one, many: and no remedy now, but one of these two they must needs admit of? Is this now become good Divinity? Nay (I trust) if Erunt tibi were once true, it is so still: and if (Tibi) were the Moses, it is so still. That we will be better advised, and not thus go against our selves, and let truth be no longer truth, then it will serve our turnes.

2. And this calleth to my mind the like dealing of a sort of men,2. By the people themselves. Penry, Barrow, &c. not long since heer among us. A while they plied Prince and Parliament, with Admonitions, Sup­plications, Motions, and Petitions. And in them, it was: their duty, their right, to frame all things to their new invented plott: And this, so long as any hope blew out of that coast. But when, that way (they saw) it would not be, then tooke they up a new Tenet, straight: They needed neither Magistrate, nor Trumpet, they: The godly among the people might do it of themselves. For confusion to the wise and mighty; the poore and simple must take this worke in hand, and so by this meanes the Trum­pett proove their right, in the end: and so come by devolution to Demetrius and the crafts-men. Now, if not for love of the truth, yet for very shame of these shifting absurdities, let these phantasies be abandoned: and (that which GOD's owne mouth hath heere spoken) let it be for once, and for ever true: That which once we truly held and maintained for truth, let us do so still: that we be not like evill servants, judged (Ex ore proprio) out of their owne mouthes.

Let me not over-weary you; lett this rather suffice.Luke 19.22. The Conclu­sion. 1. We have done as our Saviour CHRIST willed us, resorted to the Law, and found what there is written: (The Grant of this Power to Moses, to call the Congregation:) 2. We have fol­lowed Moses's advise; enquired of the dayes before us, even from one end of heaven to the other, and found the practise of this Grant in Moses's Successours; and the [Page 114] Congregation so by them called. It remaineth, that as GOD by His Law, hath taken this o [...]der, and His people in former ages have kept this order; that we do so too: that we say as GOD saith, Erunt tibi, this Power pertaineth to Moses. And that neither with Core we say, Non vememus: Nor with Demetrius runne together of our selves, and thinke to carry it away with crying, Great is DIANA. But as we see, the Power is of GOD; so, truly to acknowledge it, and dutifully to yeeld it: that so they; whose it is, may quietly hold it, and laudably use it, to His glory that gave it, and their good for whom it was given: Which GOD Almighty grant, &c.

The Edition of the Councells heer alledged, is that of Venice, by Dominicus Nicolinus in five Tomes.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT WHITE-HALL, on the XXIV. of March. A. D. MDCVI.

IVDGES. CHAP. XVII. VER. VI.

In diebus illis non erat Rex in Israel; sed unusquis­que, Vel, Quod rec­tum videbatur in oculis suis. quod sibi rectum videbatur, hoc faciebat.

Jn those dayes, there was no King in Jsraël: But every man did that, which was good in his owne eyes.

THis Chapter (the XVII. of Iudges) is the Chapter, which by the course of the Kalen­dar, is proper to this very day. Not, as now it is: For now, by reason this day, GOD sent us a King in Israel, it hath a select Service, both of Psalmes and of Chapters: But by order of the Church-service, this Chapter is for this day: and so it was this time foure years (I am sure;) we all that then heard it, have good cause to remember it. And though we have got us a new, it will not be amisse, to call our selves back to our old Chapter; being this day come hither, to render our thanks even for this very thing, that In these dayes, it is not with us, as In those dayes, it was with them; but that, to the joy and comfort of us all there is a King in Israël.

[Page 116]This, how great a benefit it is, it is not (it may be) the best way sim­ply to enforme our selves, by Non erat Rex. Not simply; but sure to us as our nature is, to us I say, there is no way better. It is an old ob­servation (but experience daily reneweth it) that of Carendo magis quàm fruendo: What it is to have, no better way, to make us truly to value, then by feeling a while, how great a plague it is to be without. Our nature surely is more sensible that way, and never taketh perfect impression of that we enjoy, but by the privation or want? nor understandeth through­ly (i [...] hijs di [...]bus est) now there is one, but by those (in illis non erat.) And that is our Verse.

Of which, this is the occasion. The Booke of the Iudges, and the [...]state of the Iudges now growing to an end, the Holy Ghost heere begin­neth to make a passage, to the estate and Bookes of the Kings. To which state, this Chapter (and so, to the end of the booke) is a prepa­rative, or introduction: to shew, that now the time was at hand.

That there should be Kings of his race, GOD first told Gen. 17.6. Abraham, by way of promise. That those Kings should come of Iuda, and the Gen. 49.10. scep­ter be his, Iacob foretold, by way of prophecie. The dutie of those Kings, against the time came, was set downe by Deut 17. Moses, by way of pre­vision long before. This shewed, Kings there should be.

But all things have a time, saith Eccle. 3.1. Salomon: and time hath a fullnesse saith Gal. 4.4. Saint Paul. And till that time, it is not onely a folly, but a fault, to presse things out of season. We see, offer was twise made to Iudg. 8.22. Gedeon, to take it: by 9.2. Abimelech, to get it: both came to nothing; the time was not yet come. But still, as the time drew neer, every thing did co-operate, every thing made way, and gave occasion, to the purpose of GOD.

The Summe.And now heere, in this Chapter, is set downe the very first occasion, on which GOD first misseth Kings: that, for all the Iudges, one Mica, a private man of Mount Ephraim, Ver. 2. he and his old mother, it tooke them in the heads, they would have a new Religion by themselves; and that was plaine Idolatrie:Ver. 5. and up with an Idoll they went. And because they lac­ked a Priest, it came into Mica's head, to give Orders; and so he did. Why, could he be suffered? It was, and then commeth in this Verse, This was all for want of a King. And when he had done with this, he goeth to another; and when with that, to a third, disorder upon disorder. And still,Chap. 18.1.21.25.1.19. at the end of every one this commeth in, All th [...]se, because there was no King. Which all is nothing els, but a Preparative against the time came, that GOD should give Kings; that they might with joy receive that his gift, and with thankes celebrate it, from yeare to yeer: doe, as we doe now. And this is the Summe.

[Page 117]Three points there are in it. Two [...] oculum apparent,The Division the thri [...] by necessarie inference. 1. The want of a King. 2. For want of a King what mischiefe ensued; Every man did what he thought good: this in gene­rall. 3. And thirdly, Every man, but namely Mica; he went up with Idolls. For, Mica's fact it was, begat this Verse, and so of necessitie fal­leth into it. Those two, both generall and particular disorder, are linked to the first, as to the efficient cause, or rather deficient. For, evill it is; & Malum non habet efficientem, sed deficientem causam; Evill hath a deficient, but no efficient cause. Ever the want of some notable good (as heere, a King) is the cause of some notorious evill; as greater evill cannot pos­sibly come to a people, then to be in this case, every one to doe what he lists.

For the handling of these, though in nature the cause be first (and so standeth it ever) to us, the effect first offereth it selfe; and through it (as through the veile) we enter into the cause; and so, erunt novissimi, primi, the last shall be first. 1. First then, of Fecit quisque. 2. And then, of Non erat Rex.

In the former of these we have two parts. 1 The Eye, Rectum in oculis, 1 The Hand, Fecit quisque: 3 And then togither, that what seemed to the I eye, the hand did; and that was mischiefe enough.

In the latter likewise three. 1 There was no King (in opposition to o­ther estates; they had Iudges and Priests, but there was no King.) 2 No II King in Israel, with reference to other Nations. Not in Canaan, nor in Edom; but not in Israel: Even there, it is a want, to want a King.

3 And then out of these, Quid faciat nobis Rex, what a King hath to per­forme. To represse all insolencies, not onely in generall; but parti­cularly this of Mica. Where will fall in, that the good or evill es­tate of Religion doth much depend, on the having, or Not having a King. For, it is as if he should say; Had there beene a King, this of Mica had never beene endured. Now because there was not; Religion first; and after it, all went to wrack.

And last, we shall see, how farr all this doth touch us, in III matter of our bounden duery of thankes to GOD, for this day.

[Page 118] I. Of the effect: fecit quisque &cIN Those d [...]es when &c. What dayes were those? were they good or e­vill [...]? And this whole Verse, is it set downe by way of liking, or [...]? At the first, one would thinke, that it were a merry world, if [...]ery man might doe what he listed: that there were no harme in the world: they be faire words all. Right, and doing right, and the Eye, the fairest member; not an evill word amongst them.

But yet sure, those dayes were evill. This, a complaint. Quasi inge­miscit su [...]er hac Scriptura, the Scripture doth (as it were) fetch a deepe sigh, so oft as it repeateth this verse, and saith thus in effect: Tanta mala conciliat non habere Regem, so much mischiefe commeth there in Israël, or any where, where there is no King (saith Theodoret.)

1 Quod rectum in oculis: The eye.To let you see then, what a monster lurketh under these smooth terms, doing that which is right in our eyes. Two parts there be, 1 the Eye, 2 and the Hand. To beginne with the eye, and that which is right in the eye. There, begann all evill, in the first tentation: even from this perswasion, they should need no direction from GOD, or from any; their owne eye should be their director to what was right, they should doe but what was right in their owne eyes.

Three evills in it. 1 Quod in oculis.Three evills are in it. It is not safe, to commit the judgement of what is right, to the eye: and yet (I know) it is our surest sense, as that which ap­prehendeth greatest varietie of differences. But I know withall, the Optiques (the Masters of that facultie) reckon up twenty severall waies, all which it may be, and is deceived. The Object full of deceipt: things are not as they seeme. The Medium is not evenly disposed. The Or­gan it selfe hath his suffusions. Take but one: that of the Oare in the water. Though the Oare be streight, yet if the Eye be judge, it seemeth bowed. And if that which is right, may seeme crooked; that which is crooked, may seeme right: So, the eye, no competent judge. The Rule is the judge of right: If it touch the Rule, and runne even with it, it is right; if it varie from the Rule, let it seeme to the eye as it will, it is awry. GOD saw,Deut. 12.18. this was not good: an expresse countermand we have from him in Deuteronomie; You shall not doe every man, that which is right in his eyes: that is, you shall have a surer Rule of right, then your eyes.

2 Quod quisque.But admit, we will make the eye judge, yet (I hope) not Quisque, not Every man's eye, that were too much. Many weake and dimme eyes there be; many goggle, and mis-set, many little better then blind: shall all, and every of these be allowed, to define what is right? Some, [Page 119] it may be (perhapps, the Eagle:) but shall the Owle and all? I trow not. Many mishapen kinds of right shall we have, if that may be suffered: yea, other while, diverse of them contrarie one to the other.

To goe yet further. Say we would allow every eye his priviledge;3 Quod in suis. (it were great folly to doe it, but say we should) if we would allow it eve­ry one, yet not every one In suis. Not his owne eye, to direct his owne doings, or (as we say) to sit judge in his owne right. No not the Eagle, not the best eye to be allowed to right it selfe. The Iudge himself com­meth downe from the Bench, when his owne Right is in hearing. We all know, Selfe-love, what a thing it is, how it dazeleth the sight; how e­very thing appeareth right and good, that appeareth through those Spec­tacles. Therefore, 1 Not right, by the eye. 2 At least, not every man's eye. 3 Nay, not any man's right, by his owne eye.

We shall never see this so well in the generall, as if we looke in some few examples upon it, In individuo. And that can we no where better, then in this Chapter, and those that follow it to the end of the Booke. They be nothing els, but a Commentarie at large upon these words, Right in every man's eyes &c.

1. What say you to making and worshipping a graven image? Lay it to the Rule: the Rule is, Non facies, non adorabis: then, it is crooked and nought. Yet, to Mica's eyes, and his mother, a goodly graven image sheweth faire and well.

2. Goe to the next Chapter. What say you to Burghlarie, robbing, and rifling of houses; yea whole Cities, of harmelesse poore people, and cutting all their throats? Fie upon it, it is crooked. Put it to the men of Dan, they saw nothing but it was right enough.

3. Goe to the next to that. How thinke you by ravishing of wo­men, and that to death? How? away with that: Let it not be once na­med. No man will thinke that right. Yes, they of Gibea (in the XIX. Chapter) did; and stood to it to maintaine it. You see a good Glosse of this Text. Vpon the matter, there are no worse things in the world then these were; If these seemed streight, there is nothing but will seeme so to the eye. There is no trusting In oculis.

But this is not all. I now passe to the next point;2. Fecit quisque: The hand. Heere is a hand too; Fecit quisque. Fecit is but one word; but there is more in this one, then in all the former. For, heer at this, breaketh in the whole Sea of confusion, when the hand followeth the eye, and men proceed to doe as lewdly, as they see perversly. And sure, the hand will follow the eye, and men do as seemeth right, to them, be it never so absurd that so seemeth. To dye for it; Eve, if her eye like it, her hand will have it: and Eve's children, that have no other guide but their eye, if their eye rove at it, their hand will reach at it: there is no parting them. Therefore, if a bad eye light upon an hand that hath strength, and there be not Rex, or the [Page 120] [...] barr, it will be done: You may see it in all the former. 1. Mi­ca [...] an idoll well; Mica h [...]d a good purs [...]; he told out two hundred si­cles, a [...]d so up went the idoll. [...] ▪ The men of Dan liked well of spoyling: they wer [...] well appoi [...]ed, [...]he [...] swords were sharp; Fecerunt, they did it. 3. They of Gibea: t [...] their lust, Rape seemed a small matter: they were a multitude, no resisting them; and so they committed that abhominable villanie.

By th [...] [...]ime we see, what a masse of mischiefe there is in these few words. For sure, if these all seemed right; and so seeming were done, Th [...] are we come to Quidlibet à quolibet, any man doe any thing; which is [...] next doore to confusion, nay confusion it selfe. For so, no mans s [...]ule shall be safe, if idolatrie goe up. Alas, what talke we of the soule! they have least sense of it, talke to them of that they have feeling. No mans goods, or wife, or life in safety, if this may goe on thus. If robbe­rie, rape and murther be right, what is wrong?

See then now, what a woefull face of a Common-wealth is heere! Idols and murther seen and allowed for good; done and practised for good. Againe, Mica, a private man; Gibea, a Citie; Dan, a whole Tribe: Tribes, C [...]ties, Families all out of course. Out of course, in Religion; and not in religion alone, but in morall matters: And so, that the like never heard of, no not among the heathen.

Last, this was now not in a corner, but all over the land. Mica was at Mount Ep [...]raim, in the middst; Gibea, was at one end, and Dan at the other. So the middst and both ends, all were wrapped in the same con­fusion.

But what, shall this be suffered and no remedy sought? GOD forbid.

First the Eye, error in the eye, is harme enough; and order must be taken even for that. For, men doe not erre in judgement but with ha­zard of their soules; very requisite therefore, that men be travailed with, [...]hat they may see their owne blindnesse. Then, that the councel be fol­lowed (Apoc. 3.) that eye-salve be bought of him and applied to the eyes,Revel. 3.1 [...]. that that may seeme to them right, that is so indeed. This, if it may be, is best.

But, if they be strong ly conceited of their owne sight, and marveil at CHRIST (as they, Iohn 9.40., What, are we blind trow?) and will not endure any to come neere their eyes: if we cannot cure their eyes, what shall we not hold their hands neither? Yes, in any wise. So long, as they but see, though they see amisse, they hurt none but themselves; it is but suo damno, to their own hurt, (and that is enough, nay too much; it may be as much as their soules be worth.) But that is all, if it stay there; and goe further then the eye. But, when they see amisse and that grossely; what, shall their hand be suffered to follow their eye? [...]heir hand to be as desperate, in mis-doing, as their eye darke, in mistaking, to the detriment of others, and the scandall of all? That may not be.

[Page 121]We cannot pull mens eyes out of their heads, nor their opinions nei­ther; but shall we not pinion their hands, or binde them to the peace? Yes, whatsoever become of rectum in oculis, order must be taken with fecit, or els farewell all. Foule rule we are like to have; even (for all the world) such as was heere in Israel.

We see then the maladie;II. The cause: 1 Non erat Rex. more then time we sought out a remedie for it. That shall we best doe, if we know the cause. The cause is heere sett downe; and this is it, Non erat Rex. Is this the cause? We would (perhapps) imagine many causes besides, but GOD passeth by them all, and layeth it upon none but this, Non erat Rex. And, seeing he hath assigned that onely for the cause, we will not be wiser then he, but rest our selves in it. The rather, for that, Ex ore inimici we have as much. For, these miscreants, whom He sets on worke, to bring Realmes to con­fusion, and to root out Religion, that every one may do that, is good in their own eyes; to this point they all drive, Vt ne sit REX. Away with the King, that is their only way. Heaven and hell both are agreed, that is the cause.

To make short worke then: If the cause be, [There is no King;] Let there be one, that is the remedie: A good King will helpe all. If it be of abso­lute necessity, that neither Mica, for all his wealth; nor Dan for all their forces; nor Gibea, for all their multitude, doe what they list: And if the misse of the Kings were the cause, that all this were amisse; no better way to cease it, no better way to keepe Religion from Idolatrie, mens lives and goods in safety, their vessells in honour, then by Kings. No more effectuall barr to fecit quis (que) quod rectum in oculis, then Rex in Israël.

This will better appeare, if we take it in sunder: There was no King. He doth not charge them with a flat Anarchie; that there was no Estates, no kind of government among them: but this onely, there was no King. What then? there were Priests: would not they serve? It seemed, they would not. Phinees was to looke to their eyes: But, somewhere there be some such, as Hosee speakes of, Populus hic quasi qui contradicit Sacerdoti, Osc. 4.4. This People will looke to Phinee's eyes: Set their Priests and Preachers to Schoole; and not learne of them, but learne them Divinitie. The Iud­ges are to looke to their Hands: But, there are too somewhere such, as he speaketh of (CHAP. VII. VER. VII.) Devorabunt Iudices; such,Osc. 7.7. as (if it take them in the head) will not sticke to supp up, and swallow downe their Iudges; specially, inter arma. How then, shall we have a Militarie Government? Nay, that is too violent: and if it lye long, the remedy proves as ill, as the disease. To me, a plaine evidence; that, though all these were, all these were not perfect. There was one yet mis­sing, that was to do this to better purpose, then yet it had been done: and till he were had, they were not, where they should be.

[Page 122]This is then GOD's meanes. We cannot say, his onely meanes; in that (we see) there are States that subsist without them. but this vve may say, His best meanes. The best (saith the Philosopher) for Order, Peace, Strength, Steadinesse; and proves them all, one by one. But, best (say the Fa­thers) for that, had there beene a better then this, GOD would not last have resolved on this. This is the most perfect, he last brought them to. Hither til they came, He changed their governement: From Iosua a Cap­taine, to the Iudges; From the Iudges, to Eli and Samuel, Priests: But heer when he had settled them, he changed no more. And this Act of GOD in this change, is enough to shew, where it is not, there is a defect certain­ly▪ & such a State we may repute defective.

Besides, you shall observe: Of those three estates, which swayeth most, that in a manner doth over-topp the re [...]t, and like a foregrowen member depriveth the other of their proportion of growth. The world hath seene it in two already, and shall dayly more and more see it in the third. Requisite therefore, there be One over all, that is none of all, but a common Father to all, that may peize and keepe them all in equilibrio; that so, all the Estates may be evenly ballanced.

This Act then of GOD in this change, is enough to teach, that this Non erat Rex is a defect certainly: and where there is not one, we may report the estate for deficient. At least, thus farr; that GOD yet may change it into a more perfect, as he did his owne. And againe this: that it is not conformed to the governement simply the most perfect of all, the governement of the whole: when, as the inferior bodies are ruled by the Su­periour, so a multitude, by unitie; that is, all by one. Thus farr on these words, There was no King, howsoever other States there were.

2 Non Rex in Israel.The next point is, No King in Israel. That this is not noted as a de­fect in grosse, or at large; but, even in Israel, GOD'S owne chosen peo­ple. It is a want (not in Edom, or Canaan, but) even in Israel too, the want of a King. Truely Israel, being GOD'S owne peculiar, might seeme to claime a Prerogative above other Nations, in this, that they had the knowledge of His Lawes, whereby their eyes were lightened, and their hands taught; and so the most likely to spare one: Others had not like light: yet this, non obstante their light and their law, and that they were GOD'S owne people, is no super-sedeas for having a King. Of which there needeth no reason but this; that a King is a good meanes to keepe them GOD'S Israel. Heere, for want of a King, Israel began and was faire onward, to be no longer Israel, but even Babel. When Mi­ca (and by good reason any other as well as he) might set up Religions, and give Orders themselves; as it were in open contempt of GOD and his Law. So that, the people of GOD can plead no exemption from this; Since it is His owne Ordinance, to make them and keepe them the people of GOD.

[Page 123]Was it thus heere, in the Old Testament, and is it not so likewise in the New? Yes, even in the New too. For there, Saint Peter willeth them that they be subject to the King, as to the Sovereigne, or Most excellent. 1. Pet. 2.13. And Saint Paul goeth further, and expresseth it more strongly, in the style of Parlament, and (like a Law-giver) saith, [...]: Be it enacted, that they submit themselves. And when Saint Paul there, had in his Act said,Rom. 13.1. Omnis anima; that this Act reacheth to every soule, which was enough: yet, because that seemed too generall, Saint Peter came after, and goeth to the very point, and saith, Gens sancta must doe thus too:1. Pet. 1.9. that is, there must be a King even in GOD's Israel. And, what would we more?

I come to the third part. And to what end a King?Quid faciat no­bis Rex. Quid faciat nobis? What will a king doe unto us? It hath beene said already: He will looke, that every one doe not that which is good in his owne, and evill in GOD'S eyes. He will in his generall care looke to both parts, the Eye, and the Hand. The Eye, that men sinne not blindly, for want of directi­on. The Hand, that men sinne not with an high hand (that is wilfully) for want of correction. He will, there be good Ophthalmists, with right Eye-salve, that the sight may be cured, and things seeme as they be, and not be as they seeme. At the hardest, Si noluerunt intelligere, but the eye will rove and runne astray, that the hand be bound to the good abearing. That they doe it not: or if they doe it (as doe it they will, yea though there be a King) yet that they may not doe it impunè; doe it and no­thing done to them for it, and scape the punishment due unto it. For, that is the case, when there is no King in Israel. And if, when there is one, that be the case too, where have we beene all this while? For if so, Etiam non est Rex, cum est Rex: Then, when there is a King, there is no King; or one in name, but none indeed. Which as it is not good for the state, so neither is it safe for themselves. To this, speciall rega [...]d wilbe had. Non enim frustra (saith S. Paul) for they beare not the sword in vaine.

Rom. 13.4.

2. That every one doe not thus. Every one, but namely (which is the occasion of this text) that not Mica. For, Mica's fact brought forth this first sight: that they were now come to this passe, that he or any such as he was, might set up in his house any Religion he would, and no man controll him for it. To looke to every one therefore, but specially to Mica: and to care for all, but above all, the matter of Religion. Ne quisque videat quod rectum est, there; that every one be not allowed to see visions there: At least Ne quis (que) faciat, that, see what they list, they be not sufferd to set them up: but if the eye will not be rectified, the hand be restreined.

And sure, no where doth the eye more misse, nor the hand swerve, then in this: and therefore no where more cause to call for a King, then for this. One would think, this were impertinent, and we were free enough from Mica. We are not. Even to this day, do men still cast images or ima­ginations (all is one) in the mould of their conceipts, and up they sett [Page 124] them; at least for their owne houshold to adore. And then, if they can get such a fellow as is heer after described, a Levite, for ten sicles and a suite; (or because now the world is harder, t [...]n pound;) they are safe: and there they have and hold a Religion by themselves.

3. For, evident it is by this text: setting up of false worship, is the cause why kings were missed; and the redresse of it, the cause, why they were placed. The cause I say, and the first cause of their placing: and therefore this a part, and a prinicipall part of their charge. I will touch them seve­rally. [...]. A part, to looke to Mica, and his false worship. Why, this is mat­ter Ecclesiasticall? It is so, and thereby it appeareth (I thinke) that kings have, and are to have a hand in matters of that nature: If Religion were at a fault, because there was no king; and that one there must be, to set it right again. For, is it once to be imagined, that the cause of corrupt Re­ligion is layd on the want of a king; and yet when there is one he should not meddle with it? Rather the consequence is strong one the other side. Mica thus did, because there was then no king: therefore when there is one, he will looke better to it, that never a Mica of them all shall doe the like. Thus it went, when there was no king: after, when there was one, I finde againe, the not taking away the High places (which were places meer­ly religious, where the people did sacrifice) imputed still to the king, as his fault; And yet, shall he have nothing to doe with high places, or sacrifi­cing, either there or any where els?

Very strange it were, that they who are by GOD Himselfe, by an ex­presse Ego dixi, Psal. 82.6. termed GODS, should yet have nothing to doe with GOD'S affaires! Esai. 49.23. And no lesse, that being termed by Esai, Nutritij, Foster-fathers, to whose care the Church is committed, to cherish and bring up, should yet be forbidden to intermeddle with the Church, in that [...]hich is of all fostering the principall part! Verily, when the Apostle speaketh of the service that Kings doe unto GOD, he doth not onely use the terme of [...] (that is) Publique Officer, but [...] too (as it were GOD'S Dea­con, Rom 13:6.4. or Servitor) by a name peculiar to the Church-Offices: and this he u­seth twise, for one other. It can therfore neither be denied, nor doub­ted of, in that Idolatrie came up by defect of kings, but that kings were pla­ced, to pull downe Idolatrie, and to plant and preserve the true Service of GOD. In a word: There is a King in Israel, that there may not be a Mica in Israel.

But this is not all; the Text carieth us yet further: That it is not onely the charge of the King; but the very first and cheife article in his charge. For, this marke I pray you: [...]at this, is the first place in all the Scripture, where; and the first cause, why Kings were missed; this the very first occasion, that drew this complaint from GOD. Being to set downe the disorders, tha [...] then multiplied, other there were, besides this; yet, this he beginneth with (not with the outrage of Gibea, or the rio [...] of Dan, but) with Mica's idolatrie: as that, which he chiefly mis-liked, [Page 125] and therefore would have first and chiefest care to see it reformed. This with GOD is first; and GOD was not well pleased, it was not so with them. It is that,Hos. [...]0.8.9. wherwith GOD upbraideth them (Hosee X.) with their hot taking the matter of Gibea. Why, were they to blame for it, being so villanous an act? No indeed, it was a good peece of Iustice. This on­ly it is, GOD findeth fault with, that they could be so forward and fer­vent, in the case of wrong offered to a woman; and so cold and carelesse, when his worship received so great a wound: so sensible of their owne wrong, so past all feeling in His. For when injurie was offered one of their concubines, they crie; The like was never seene in Israel. They were all up in armes, and upon the point to roote out the whole tribe of Benja­min. Iud. 19.30. But when Idolatrie was set up, first heere in an house, after in a whole Tribe, even as it were in open defiance of GOD and His Law, no man drew a sword: Nay, no man so much as spake a word in reproofe of it; not crie then, the like was never seene in Israël. Their Fathers were more tender in this point. They, upon the erecting of a thing but like an Altar (but no Altar indeed) were all readie to have bidden battaile, till they were sufficiently satisfied, that no such thing was meant. Heer there is not a shew of an Altar, but (past a shew) very Idolls, an whole house full of them, and no man saith to Mica so much as, what doest thou? This is that, he blameth them for, there. This, it, which he taketh in evill part; and saith, he will trust them no longer with his worship: He will have one, who shall looke better to his worship, then they had done.

One, that seeing, that was the first cause, that made GOD thinke of setting up Kings, will therefore thinke it his first duety, primùm & ante omnia to have regard of that point.

To conclude, if the want of Kings, Kings in Israel, be evill (as evill it is, being the cause of so much evill) it is GOD's will, there should be a re­medie for it: That remedie is a King; I [...] is GOD's will therefore, there be Kings. Saint Peter speaketh it totidem verbis:1. Pet 2.15. This is the will of GOD that yee be subject to your Kings.

Then secondly; being evill, it is GOD'S will, that Israël be not onely kept from it at sometime, but at all. Evill is not to be allowed any, though never so short a time; but it agreeth well with his pleasure, that once and ever, it be kept from Israel. Consequently, that there never be a time wherein it may be sayd, Non erat Rex. That there be not only Kings, but a Succession of Kings: Not onely Rex, but sanguis, semen, stirps Regis; they be all in Scripture. a The Bloud, 1. King. 11.14. b The Seed, Ieremi. [...]1.1. c The Race, 2. Chro. 22.10. It is among other, one of the differences of the State of Kings, and Iudges; and a maine in­convenience of the state of Iudges (and so is it of all Elective Kingdomes) the Inter-regna, as we terme them; times betweene the old Iudge's death and the raising up of a new: in which times, all rann to riott, and much disorder got head. To the end then there be no such inconvenience, no [Page 126] I [...]terreg [...]a at all, not so much as a minute of time, wherein it may be said Non est Rex in Israel, it agreeth with his will, there be not onely Kings, but a Race of Kings; that so soone as the breath is gone from one, in­stantly it may be rested in another; that so, the good may ever be, and the evill never found in Israel.

III. Our duety.Thus have we gone through the matter of instruction; and now come to the matter of our owne Thanksgiving rising out of it.

A [...] there cannot be a greater Plague to a Land, then to be in that case; so is [...]here not a higher benefit, that GOD bestoweth on any people, to be fairely blessed from it, then for the removing from us so many mischiefs and for the preserving to us the opposite blessings. For freeing us from that miserie, and not onely conveighing, but intailing to us and ours, this happinesse. For this, are we all now mett heere, in His presence every man to put in his thankes, into one common stock, and so all joyntly to offer it up unto GOD, that (as this day) sent us a King in Israel.

VVe come not for this alone to thank him; (yet well might we come for this, if there were none but this:) But there is more besides: And even seven times are we bound, this day to praise GOD, for so many be­nefitts, and yet go not out of the Text.

1. Our first thanks then shalbe for this first, the ground of all the rest: For a King. This very thing, that there is one: and that this defect Non erat Rex hath not taken hold on us.Num. 23.21. The shout of a King is a joyfull shout, was a true saying out of the mouth of a false Prophet (Balaam) but forced thereto by GOD. That a joyfull shout and this a woefull crie, Hos. 10.3. Nonne ideo nobis nullus Rex, Hosc. 10.3. quia non [...]memus Dominum? Are we not there­fore without any King at all, because we feared not GOD? And, our feare to God, was not such, but he might justly have brought us to that miserable plight. The more cause have we to thanke him, that we have one. And when I say one;Ier. 29.7. Osc. 13.11. I meane first, have any one. For, be he Nabuchodonozar, yet must we pray for him: Or be it Ieroboam, him though God gave in His wrath, yet He tooke away in His furie, that worse wrath of the twaine, Or, He who He will, to haue one, though but such a one, is a mat­ter of thanksgiuing. For, better any, then an Anarchie: Better, any one a King, then every one a King: and every one is more then a King, if he doe what he lists. It calleth to minde the crye of the Beasts in the fable, when they were inconsultation, to submit themselves to the Lion, as to their King. For when it was alleged; it was like enough he would doe they knew not wel what, what he listed which they had cause to feare: they all cried, Praestat unum timere quàm multos; Better one Lion doe so, then all the Beares and VVolfes and wild b [...]asts of the forest, as before they did. First then, for this; that there is a King.

Secondly, for this: That, a King, not many. (For, to have many, is a [Page 127] plague for the people's sinnes). Not many; Nay, not two as of late: But now, Rex indeed, one King over all Israel. We know, when there were two Kings, one in Iuda, and the other in the Ten Tribes; two in one terri­torie; it was a maime and a blemish, both: That there was not: Rex, one entire King, but two diverse Kings (as it were) over two halves of a Country. The like imperfection was it, even the dividing of this one Island, under two Sovereignes. The reducing of both those under one, was promised Israël, as an high favour. The same, to us performed, can be no lesse:Ezek. 37.22. e­ven, that (now) there is a King indeed. REX, one KING: One (and no more) absolute, entire King over all the Tribes, over all Israel. Let this be the Second.

And this our third. That not only over Israel: but (as the words are) In Israel. These are two different things. To speake (as the Prophet doth) that, this King is not Assur. For this cause Assur shall be your King, is a fearfull threat, GOD useth to his people,Hos. 11.5. for their unkind­nesse. To have a meere Alien, one from beyond the water, as Nebuchodo­nozor was; out of a people, whose speech they did not understand. One, not in, but extra Israëlem; that is, over Israel, but neither in it, nor of it. That this is not our case, as (it is well knowen) some would have had it. Therein then, must we also acknowledge, GOD hath dealt gratiously with us, sending us such an one, as, by more then one or two, before this very last of all, is come of the Race Royall, and is by due and undoub­ted right a King, not only over, but in, and of Israel. Is not this a third?

And sure, this fourth. That, as He sent us not Assur a stranger: so, neither sent He a Ieroboam. No stranger, in birth, he; but one addicted to a strange worship: a stranger in Religion. (And, it was even Mica's reli­gion just: As, Mica's Countriman he was; for, both were of Ephraim.) Who did that which was evill in GOD's eyes, by doing that, which was good in his owne, and so, made Israel to sinne. 1. King. 15.2 [...] Such an one He hath not sent us; but one that knoweth GOD: doth neither favour Mica, nor Mica's worship; since, that was a principall cause, why there is a King in Israel, that Mica's Idolls might not be set up.

And then fiftly. As not a Ieroboam favouring Mica, not a Rehoboam neither; who was (indeed) well for his Religion, but otherwise not hable to advise himself, and so ready to be advised to the worse. One,2. Chro. 10.14. that was ful of great words, but so faint-hearted, as not able to resist ought: that under him, every one did what he would, for all the King. It was (as in another) case the Prophet speaketh) Rex Rex, & non est Rex. It is otherwise,2. Chro 13.17 where Princes are intelligent, learned, and (as David was) both religious and wise; wise as an Angel of God, to discerne good & evill. Such a King as David, a special blessing: not omnibus data, not given to every people; Nay,2. Sam. 19.27. ma­ny times, not to Israel it selfe. May we not report this for a fifth.

And for a sixth, this. That not as David neither, though he were both gentle and wise, which Rehoboam was not. For, though he were both, [Page 128] yet was he so entangled wi [...]h w [...]res all his time, and forced still by con­tinuall [...]usion of bloud, f [...]st to recov [...]r, and then to maintaine his right, as that he vvas rather Dux, then Rex in Israël, a Generall of an armie ra­ [...]her then a King. No, but (that which addeth stil to the heap of our bles­sings) like Salomon, more happy then his father; as one that procured to his people, peace with all the Nation [...] round about. Of him, of such an one as h [...], saith the Queene of Saba▪ Because the Lord thy GOD loved Israel, [...]o [...]s [...]ablish it for ever, therefore hath he set thee King over them, to bring [...]hem to, and to preserve them, in the happy dayes of peace. That is indeed, the right King, to be as Melchisedech King of Salem, that is, King of peace. Heb. 7.2. Esai. 9.6. To be, as the great King of Israel, whose Style is Princeps pacis.

And last of all, which is the complete perfection of all; that in and by Him GOD hath not onely sent us a King, but a Race and Succession of Kings. A blessing yet further, a greater hope by blessing him, and in him us all, with an issue of such hope, and with hope still of more. Who shall, (we trust; and pray, they may) stretch their line to the world's end; and e­ver keepe this Land, from this plague heer mentioned; from dayes, whereof it may be said, Non erat Rex in Israel. Even so Lord Iesus, so be it.

And thus seven times this day, praise we GOD, for this his sevenfold goodnesse. 1 For a King, 2 an absolute entire King, 3 a King both in, and of Israel, 4 a King neither favouring, nor favoured by Mica, 5 a King too wise to endure Feeit quisque quod rectum, 6 a King of peace, 7 a King, who hath already by himselfe, and shall for ever by his seed, preserve this Land from the evill daies, wherein Israël was, without a King. There is not any one of these Seven, but we owe our speciall thankes for it: But for them all, all that ever we have or can make.

And these now we offer and present, to the Divine Majestie, all: and togither with our thankes, a commixtion of prayers, that this blessing of a king in Israel, and of this King in Israel, may, to us, and our posteritie, long and many yeers, yea many times many be continued, and we or they often see the renewing of this blessed day. Which Almightie GOD graunt &c.

A SERMON Preached before the KING'S MAIESTIE, AT GREEN­VVICH, Anno D. MDCVII.

IAMES. CHAP. I. VER. XXII.

Estote autem factores Verbi, & non auditores tantum, fallentes vosmetipsos.

And be yee doers of the Word, and not hearers onely, decei­ving your owne selves.

AN advise or Caution of S. Iames, to those that receive the word ingrafted. And that so necessary an advise, as without which, all our receiving the word, or hearing Ser­mons, is nothing els (saith he) but a very coosening or deceiving our selves.

Which I therefore thought very meet to attend upon the former verse, so late­ly handled. That, being a commaunde­ment to doe it: This, a caution to do it well.

There is not any time, but this caution of Saint Iames is needfull: But, the speciall time for it is, when hearing of the word is growen into such request, as it hath got the start of all the rest of the parts of GOD'S ser­vice. So as, but that sure we are, the world will not like any one thing long, it might justly be feared, lest this part eating out the rest should grow indeed the sole and onely worship of GOD: which Saint Iames by no meanes would have it.

[Page 130]Now, if this be a proper Text for such times, our times are such: This wa [...] our Age is affected; now, is the world of Sermons. For proofe where [...]f (as if all godlinesse were in hearing of Sermons) take this verie place, [...]he House of GOD, which now you see meetly well replenished: Come at any other parts of the Service of GOD (parts, I say, of the Ser­vice of GOD, no lesse then this) you shall find it (in a manner) desolate. And, not heere onely; but, goe any whither els, ye shall finde even the like.

And t [...]is (to speake with Salomon) is an evill disease under the Sunne, which hath possessed the world;Eccles. 5.12. or (with S. Iames) a strong illusion of our ghostly [...]nemy. Who when he cannot draw us wholly from the Service [...]f GOD, maketh us single out some one part of it from all the rest, and to be superstitiously conceited of that part; to make much of it, and to magnifie it highly, nay onely; with neglect, and (even as it were) with some disgrace to all besides it.

Of which I may well say with S. Iames (the III. Chap. following at the X. Verse) My Beloved, these things ought not so to be: nor they cannot so be, without manifest impeachment of the wisdome of GOD, vvho hath appointed all the rest, as well as this; and would have us make a conscience of all the rest, no lesse then of this. And, vve cannot so sever out one (as we doe) but this will follow; that, GOD did well and vvise­ly in appointing that one, but not so in the rest. For, as for them, they might well have been spared: we can serve GOD without them, well e­nough.

Truely, though we cannot turne the streame or Torrent of the Time (for that men will not heare of ought against hearing;) yet, sure it is, this is utterly a fault:1. Cor. 6.7. Hearing is not the only thing: And, so much we must, and do testifie unto you, though our witnesse be not received.

Ioh. 3.32.But, this is not properly Saint Iames his only: This rather; That, in hearing, when we have made it the onely thing, we so carie our selves, as, when we have heard, and heard only, though we do nothing els, but heare, and onely heare, we thinke we have done enough; we stand discharged before GOD; no further thing can be required at our hands. This (saith S. Iames) is (certainly) an illusion, or deceiving our selves. For, if all other parts be neglected for this; and then, in this, so great an error be com­mitted; if all we doe, be hearing, and even in that, we be deceived too, what shall become of us?

The Summe.For remedy (then) of this, doth S. Iames give us this Item: See that ye be, &c. In effect, as if he should say: You are swift to heare you receive the word with all gladnesse;Ver. 19.21. you will not misse a Sermon: all this I allow of, and like well. But then, See, (that is) do it not blindly: To heare the word, is not a blind-man's worke: He had need, not only have his eares, but [Page 131] his eyes too, that shall do it to purpose: Yea, both his eyes; for there is worke for both: Videte, quid audiatis, to see, what he heares: videte quo­modo audiatis, to see how he heares. In any wise, to see, Mat. 4.24. Luc. 8. [...]8. he be not a hearer onely, and nothing but bearer, and when he hath done that, thinke he hath nothing els to doe.

Yet, such there were in Ezechiel's time (which place in the Old Te­stament, matcheth this in the New) that called one to another, Come, let us go to the Sermon: Et audiunt (saith he) sed nihil faciunt, and heard, Eze. 33.31. but did nothing.

Such in Saint Iames's time: els was his Caution without cause. And such, in our time: not, In [...]ogmate, for they maintaine it not; but their practise plainly discovers as much; that, so they heare, they care, neither what, nor how: Ipsum audire, very hearing serves their turne.

Well whosoever so doth, how sure soever he makes himselfe, how wel and wisely soever he thinks he carries the matter, it is sure (saith Saint Iames) if he see not to it, he is fallen into deceptio visus. And if he heare no otherwise, into deceptio auditus. His receiving of the word, is no­thing but a deceiving himselfe.

So have we two principall Parts of this text. l. First his advise, The Division or caution: See that ye be doers of the word, and not hearers onely. 2. And se­condly, that which giveth an edge to this advise, which is a maine in­convenience, we fall into, if we follow it not: Lest we deceive our selves.

The former of the advise, thus we put in order: Be not hearers onely I of the word, but doers; So is the true placing of the words, though it stands otherwise in the text. Now, he that saith, Be not hearers one­ly, saith two things. 1. Be ye hearers: 2. But, not hearers onely. So that the points grow to be three. 1. An allowing us, to be hearers (first.) 2. But not hearers onely, but somewhat els (the second.) 3. Third­ly, what that is: Namely, to be doers of the word: which is nothing els, but the fruict of that graft, which so lately ye heard of.Ver. 21. And this is the Caution.

Then secondly, he giveth it an edge, by saying, If we follow not his Caution, we fall into a flat Paralogisme, we make a false conclusion, or II fallacie. Yea, a double edge: 1 First, that we are deceived: 2 The second, that we deceive our selves.

[Page 132] I. The Advise. 1. Be hearers.WE beginne with this, that Saint Iames, in saying, Be not hearers onely, this he saith: Be hearers, but not onely hearers; be ye doers too: but, be hearers still.

For, in dealing with Scriptures that consist of Negatives by compari­son (not hearers, but doers; and such like) we had need walke warily: and (as the Schoolemen say) resolve them cum grano salis, lest we cast out one Devill with another, Mat. 12.24. as the manner of some is: the devill of hearing on­ly, with the devill of not hearing at all: And so, the last error prove worse then the first. Mat. 27.64. We must take heed we preserve both, both hearing and do­ing; each, in their severall right: and so doe the former, that the latter we leave not undone.

Mat. 23.23.For, Saint Iames, by opening our hands to doe, hath no meaning to shut our eares to heare: by wishing us to fall to doing, he willeth us not to give over hearing: by bringing in the latter, taketh not away the former. But (as I sayd) to hold on our hearing still: onely with this caution, that we reckon not that for all, or to be the thing soly or wholly to be intended by us. This being seene unto, to heare on, as we did.

Ver. 19.For, he that had (two Verses before) willed us to be swift to heare; he that (the very next Verse before) meekely to receive the word:21. he could not possibly so soone forget himselfe, as to have any such meaning. No certainly, he had given it the honour of the first place, and his purpose is nor to take it away againe.

Deut. 4.1. Mat. 17.5.GOD from heaven so begann His Law with hearing: Heare Israël. GOD from heaven too, so begann his Gospell; This is My beloved Sonne, Heare him. So GOD begann, and so must we beginn, or els we beginn wrong.

And, not beginne onely, but continue still hearing: For, so doth the Apostle comment on the place of the Psalme (To day if you will heare his voyc [...]) that,Psal. 95.7. Heb. 13.3. by to day, is meant Donec cognominatur hodie, while it is called to day. And, to morrow, and every day (when it comes) is called to day: so that, to day is all the dayes of our life.

The reason of which our continuall being hearers, is the continuall necessitie of hearing of the Word of GOD. Which necessitie our Sa­viour CHRIST Himselfe setteth downe, in expresse termes, speaking of Marie's choise,Luc. 10.34. to sit and heare His words, Vnum est necessarium; One of the necessarie things it is, and for such we may boldly affirme it.

What that necessitie is He tells us, when he calls it the key of knowledge. Luc. 11.52. That, there is a doore shutt; this is the key: no opening, no en­trance without it;Rom. 10.14. none at all. For Quomodo possunt (saith Saint Paul) [Page 133] How can they possibly be saved, except they call upon GOD;Act. 9.6. or call upon Him ex­cept they heare? It seemes, he knew not how: and if not he, not any man els. For, if we must be doers of the word (as, by and by he tells us we must) we must needs heare first, what to doe, before we can doe it.

At the first, we are in his case, that sayd, Domine quid me vis facere? we know not what to do: then it is necessarie to teach us.Ioh. 14.6.

After we know, we forget againe. Then, it is necessarie to call us to remembrance.

When we remember, we grow dull in our duety: Then, it is necessarie to stir up and quicken us. So, every way it is necessarie;2. Pet. 3.1. and we cannot be quitt of it donec cognominatur hodie, while it is called to day.

As the Philosopher sayd, of the Caelestiall bodies and lights, that they were dignum & idoneum spectaculum, si tantùm praeterirent (it is Sene­ca;) if they onely passed by over our heads: and we received not the be­nefit of their motion and influence (which we doe;) yet were they a spectacle worth the beholding. So may we justly say of the Word: though it onely disclosed the high and admirable treasure of Wisedome & Knowledge (it doth;) yet were it worth the while to heare it. For the Queene of the South, came a great long jorney, onely to be partaker of Salomon's wisedome, and for nothing els: & Ecce major Salomone hic, Mat. 12.42. and He that was the Author of this VVord, is greater then Salomon.

How much more then, when besides this excellencie, we have further so necessarie use of it? It serves us first, as a Key, or speciall meanes, wher­by we may escape the place of torments. So saith Abraham to him that was in them: if your five brethren would not come where you are, they have Moses and the Prophets, Audiant ipsos, Let them heare them:Luc. 16.29. that shall quitt them, for ever comming there.

And it serves us, not onely as a Key to lock that place, but to open us an­other, even the Kingdome of heaven. For,Luke 11.52. not so few as twenty times in the Gospell, is the Preaching of the word, called the kingdome of Heaven. as a speciall meanes to bring us thither. It is that, which Saint Iames, in the Verse before saith: It is hable to save our soules. Verse 21. The very words which the Angel used to Cornelius, that when Saint Peter came, he should speake words, by which he and his houshold should be saved. Acts 11.14. Such and so ne­cessarie is the use of hearing the word both waies.

I conclude then with Saint Peter; Cui bene facitis attendentes, that ye doe well in giving heed to it; as Saint Iames heere saith,2. Peter 1.19. not as [...] bare hearers; but, as [...], attentive hearers: that in so doing, you doe well.

But Saint Paul is so far carried, with this desire to have us heare, that he saith. Let the word be preached, and let it be heard, be it sincerely, Philip 1.18: or be it pretensedly, so it be done, it is to him, and should be to us, matter (not only of contentment, but also) of rejoycing. As much to say, as let them come and be hearers, though it be but to mock: let them come and be hearers, [Page 134] though it be but to carpe, so they come and be hearers. And it is not amisse.Acts 2.6. They, that came to mock the Apostles, as men gone with drinke, were caught by their h [...]ring. They that came to take our SAVIOVR CHRIST,Iohn 7.32. were taken themselves by their hearing. Therefore, Quocun (que) modo (saith S. Paul ▪ and though it be more then S. Iames seemes to war­rant, say we) howsoever, and with what condition soever it be, Be ye Hearers of the word, still▪

Hearers: but hearers of the Word. For, it should be the Word, we heare. Words we heare every foott but I dare not say,Hearers: but, of the word. the Word, alwaeis. Much chaffe is sowen, instead of right graine: Many a dry sticke ingrafted, instead of a Sient with life and sapp in it. That was it, our SAVIOVR CHRIST willed us to looke to; Quid, Marke 4.24. Luke 8.18. what we heard; as well as Quomodo, how. And indeed, for all our hearing, few have exercised senses, to discerne this point. Whatsoever it be, that we heare out of the Pulpit, it serves our turne, it is all one: There is much deceit in this point. But, a point it is, that would not be saluted a farre off, or touch [...]d lightly, but the very coare of it searched, if it were dealt with, as it should. But indeed, it is not so pertinent to S. Iames-his purpose in this place; therefore, I will not enter into it, but goe on to the second.

2. Not hearers onely. Hearers of the word: But, not hearers only. For, all the matter is in the word [Onely.] The more hearers, the better: the more hearers on­ly, the worse. We cannot say so much good of hearing, as we must speake evill of such as content themselves with hearing onely.

And, why not onely? Because, to heare, is somewhat; but, it is not all. A part it is; but, in no wise the whole. It is one thing; but, not the only one thing. And therefore we must not stay in it; there is a plus ultra: when we have done hearing, somewhat els is to be done.

This appeareth plainly, from our SAVIOVR CHRIST's owne mouth, even in that very place, where He so much commendeth hearing, and so setteth out the necessity of it. He commendeth it, by saying, Mary hath chosen the better part: Luke 10.4 [...]. The better part is but a part, yet: therefore, not the whole then. He setteth out the necessity of it by saying; Vnum est necessarium: Vnum, he saith, not unicum: That, one thing it is; but not the onely one thing, that is necessary, nor so to be reputed.

But, of all other, S. Paul doth best shew the absurdity of them, that so esteeme it.1, Cor. 12 17. What (saith he) is all the Body an Eare? Is all hearing? As if he should say: That is too grosse. Yet thither they must come, even to make all the senses hearing, and all the Body an Eare, that place all reli­gion in Lectures and Sermons.

This then being but a part only, being but one thing, we must not stay heere: VVe must not stay; for, the Scripture it selfe (marke it where you will) never maketh a stay at this of hearing. Ever, the sentence is suspended; ever, there followeth a Copulative, an [And] in the neck [Page 135] of it. It never commeth to a pawse, or full point, till somewhat els be supplied.

This people hath well sayd (saith GOD in Deuteronomie:Deut. 5.28.) What was that, that we may say so too? This it was, they said to Moses: Bring thou GOD'S word to us, and we will heare it, and doe it. Not heare it onely (for then it should not have beene commended) but heare it, and doe it. And so, it is well said; and not otherwise I will tell you (saith our Sa­viour CHRIST) who is a wise builder: Mat. 7.24. He that heareth my words (and no period there, but) and doth them. And, to the woman, that heard his words with a great passion; Blessed are they that heare the word of GOD,Luc. 11.28. and keepe it. And not to trouble you with many allegations, so conclu­deth he in the Revelation: Blessed is he that readeth, Revel. [...] [...]. and they that heare the words of this prophesie, and keepe the things written therein. Marke it well: Never a pawse, a breath, a full point, or stay at hearing; but still an And: and doe, and keepe, and fulfill; and somewhat els. To shew, it is neither the sole, nor the whole thing: There remaineth still for us some further duety behinde.

Inasmuch then, as it is never put alone, but still coupled with some other: And, it is a Rule (not onely for marriage, but for all things els) What GOD hath coupled, let no man put asunder: Let us see,Mat. 19.6. what that o­ther thing is, which GOD hath coupled, and Saint Iames supplieth to be joyned with it.

What is that? Is it to be moved a little with that we heare? 3. But doers of the Word. Vp­on our hearing, to say with Act. 26.38. Agrippa, [...] somewhat I was; I was a little moved with it? No: this is to suffer, not to doe. Saint Iames spea­keth of doing.

What is it then? Is it to crye, Luc. 20.29. Magister bene dixisti, Sir you well said, you have made us a good sermon? Nay then, what say you to Ioh. 7.46. Nunquam quisquam, we never heard a better: Is not that it? No: for, this is to say, and not to doe. Saint Iames speaketh of doing.

What say you to conferring of it, by the walles of our house, and ma­king that we have heard matter of discourse or question? I can tell what I would say, if our questions and discourses tended to that of Saint Iames (heere) to doing: that then, we were in a good way. But, ye shall ob­serve, for the most part, they be about some prety speculative point, some subtill objection; Somewhat (ever) tending to curiositie of know­ledge, rather then conscience of practise. But if we did so, yet it were but to talke of doing, not to doe. Still we are short of Saint Iames: who, whatsoever we doe, to satisfie him besides, will not leave us, till we be do­ers of it. And (sure) eny that observeth it, shall find, that those I have named (To heare, 2 to be moved with i [...] a little, to commend it, 4 to spend a little talke about it) this is all. And that all these be but by-waies, which the enemie of our soules seeketh to lead us into, so to divert us from the [Page 136] [...] conclusion, and [...] of [...] [...]he point indeed) to be [...].

[...] to heard, [...] we may doe; to [...], that we [...] [...]ctifie.

[...] that [...] according, I add; that this is not [...] part of the [...] wai [...]e▪ For, though Marie's [...]: (Maries, [...] in hearing; then Martha's, in [...] (that is) in annointing CHRIST, [...] CHRIST, and hath a greater praise [...] own mouth, This that she hath done [...]. [...] It is our Rule; Vnumquodque [...] that doing is the Propter quid, the End of [...], what to doe, that we may do, what we heare: In [...] S [...]hoolemen say) Sc [...]re est propter ire; We know the way, to goe [...] must needs be the worthier of the twaine: Worthier in it selfe; and consequently worthier our care and intendment.

To make it plaine, doe but take them in sunder, and sever them: Saint P [...]ul saith plainly, Then, Non auditores, Hearing is nothing; sed fac­ [...]res [...] is all▪ [...]And, when they be joined, still there is a marke [...] to shew it for the chiefe. As heere (at the XXV. Verse following) he saith plainely, Beatus erit in opere suo; he that shalbe blessed, shall be blessed in his worke; not in any thing els. Our Saviour [...] selfe saith the same in expresse termes:Io [...]. 13.17. If ye know these things: how the [...] [...]lessed shall ye be if ye doe them: Marke; Blessed, if ye doe them. Othe [...]wis [...], if ye know them never so much, never the more blessed. Never the more blessed?Iam. 4. ult. Nay scienti & non facienti (saith S. Iames) Knowing and [...]ot doing is an [...]crease of our sinne, and consequently a greater heape [...]. This therefore is the principall part, to be doers.

[...] would faign [...] be doer's, and aske what that is? It is a [...] to know. There are the kinds of doers: 1 [...], and 2 [...], [...] expresseth, in Agere, & Facere: Agere, as in [...] where, [...] have done singing or playing, nothing [...] as [...] after we have done, there is a thing [...], they are Saint Iames his doers. But [...] in the English tongue: Actors, as in a Play: [...] (Whe [...] the Pl [...]y [...]s done, all the Actors doe, [...] there is a gaine, a reall thing [...]

[...] saith well) Convertere [...], into a VVorke [...] a VVorke which i [...] [...]

[Page 137]Or rather, not to change it, but ( [...]n Saint Augustine saith) Accedat ad [...]ver [...]m, unto the word, that we beare, let there be joyned the Element of the Worke (that is) some reall elementall deed, Et sic fit magnum Sacramen­tum Pietatis, 1. Tim. 3.16. and so shall you have the great Mysterie or Sacrament of Godlinesse. For indeed, Godlinesse is as a Sacrament: hath not onely the mysterie, to be knowen, but the exercise to be done; not the Word to be heard; but the Worke also to be performed: Or els,1. Tim. 4.7. if it be not a Sacra­ment, it is not true godlinesse.

Which very Sacrament of godlinesse is there said to be the manifesting of the word in the flesh: which it selfe is lively expressed by us, when we are doers of the Word; as it is well gathered out of our Saviour CHRIST's speech, to them which interrupted him in his Sermon, and told him, his mother was without: Who is my mother (saith he?) These heere,Mat. 12.50. that heare and doe my words, are my mother: They travell of me till I am fashioned in them. Hearing, they receive the immortall seed of the word;Gal 4.9. by a firme purpose of doing, they conceive; by a longing desire, they quicken;1. Pet. 1.23. by an earnest endeavour, they travell with it; and when the Worke is wrought, Verbum Caro factum est, they have incarnate the word. Therefore to the woman's acclamation, Blessed be the wombe that bare thee;Ioh. 1.14. true (saith CHRIST) but that blessing can extend but onely to one, and no more;Luc. 11.27. I will tell you, how you may be blessed too; Blessed are they, that so in­carnate the written word, by doing it, as the Blessed Virgin gave flesh, to the aeternall word, by bearing it.

It is that which Saint Iames meaneth in the next Chapter, Cha. 2. Ver. 18. Rom. 20.17. where he saith, Ostende mihi fidem: Faith commeth by hearing; shew me thy faith, and thy hearing (saith he, in the person of an heathen man.) The Christian faith is, Quando creditur quod dicitur: the heathen faith, Quando fit quod dicitur (for, so they define it in their Bookes of Offices.) Ye shall never shew them your faith, cum creditur quod dicitur; but by that they under­stand (that is) their owne faith, cum fit quod dicitur, by doing the word. E­nough to shew, what is meant, by doers of the word.

And least we excuse our selves by this, that all Sermons are not de The­ologiâ, practicâ, entreat not of matters of action, and so not to be done: By this that hath beene saide of the Sacrament of godlinesse, we may easily understand, that there is no Article of Faith, or Mysterie of Religion at all, but is as a key to open, and as a hand to lead us to some operative vertue. Even those mysticall points, being by the Holy Ghost's wisedome, so tem­pered, that they minister every one of them, somewhat to be doing with, somewhat pertaining to the exercise of Godlinesse, 1. Tim. 4.7. no lesse then the morall points themselves. So that, if we would dispose our selves, to keepe Saint Iames his Caution, I make no question, we might well doe it through all. At least, when the points are plainly practique, meere Agends, then to make a conscience of doing them, and to call our selves to accompt of what we have heard, what we have done, till as Saint [Page 138] [...], we [...] to be doers of the word: till as [...] terme [...], the ingrafted word have his [...] in a worke suitable to the fee [...] or fient, it came of. And this is th [...] [...] of his Caution

II The [...] of the c [...]tion, or the Incon [...]ni­ [...]nce. 1 Deceiuing.What if we doe thus, what then? so doing saith Saint Iames, we shall doe wisely, and make sure worke; in saying that, Not doing so, we sh [...]ll [...] be guile our selves. For indeed, those are the onely hearers, tha [...] [...] too: The other, that are hearers onely, as good not heare; [...] all is done, doing must doe it. That is plainest, that Scripture [...] thus, how it shall goe at last: They that have done good, shall goe in­to life everlasting;Ioh. 8.29. and they that have done evill, goe (I need not tell you) you know whither well enough.

This very thing had David sayd long before of the word; A good understanding have all they that do therafter. Ps [...]. 111.10. And so had our Saviour CHRIST, who saith of him that heareth and doeth, that he approveth himselfe,Mat. 7.24. for a wise builder. Which is that and nothing els, which S. Iames heere implieth, that they make a sound conclusion, or true syllo­gisme.

As, on the other side, supposing they doe it not, they be foolish buil­ders, foolish virgins (saith CHRIST:Mat. 7.26. Mat. 5.23.) saith Saint Iames, they fall into a flatt fallacie, or Paralogisme: are deceived by a peece of the Devill's so­phistrie.

And the Apostle could not possibly devise, to speake more fittly, or to give his caution a better edge. For, these great hearers, nothing so much ne [...]tles them, as to be compted men deceived, unwise or overseen. Men are deceived for want of knowledge: They reckon themselves the onely people, as if knowledge should die with them. And, being men of knowledge, consequently freest from error, of any men alive. They pitie much the blindnesse of the former times: but, as for them, they see light cleerly, and are not deceived you may be sure. Therefore this seemeth very strange to them, and in evill part they must needs take it, to be [...] for men deceived. The more it moveth them, the liker it is to worke with them; and therefore Saint Iam [...]s the rather chooseth it.

[...] is the course, the Holy Ghost still keeps with them. For such were, in our [...], the Pharises. None, such men of knowledge, as they: They were knowled [...] all over: In their for-head, at their wrists, down to the very s [...]inge & [...] of their garment. Notwithstanding, upon this very point of [...] faci [...]nt, our [...] Christ le [...]ts not to call them fooles and blind, though [...] [...]hemselves to be the onely Fagles of the world. Even so were [...] [...]salme, when they had heard the Law, Sabboth after Sab­b [...]th [...] yeares togither, y [...]t (saith he) it is a people that doth erre in [...] for all that▪ and th [...]gh they have heard so long, yet they [...] my waies. And euen so Saint Paul, with some in his time, whom [Page 139] though he termes alwaies learning, continually hearing, still at Sermons; yet for all that he saith, they never came to the knowledge of the truth: Not the true knowledge, which consisteth in the practise;2. Tim. 3.7. but a kinde of jang­ling knowledge, and holding of opposition, which he calleth knowledge falsly so called. Therefore, for all their Sermons, and all their Lectures, 1. Tim. 6.20. a deceipt there is, certainly.

For, let us examine it. If that which is heard, be therfore heard that it may be done, and it be not done, a deceipt there is, somebody there is deceived, light where it will. Now, there be but three in all, that be parties to it: 1 GOD, 2 the Preacher, 3 and the Hearer. One of these it must be.

Be not deceived (saith the Apostle) GOD is not mocked:Gal. 6.8. No deceiving of him. It is not he, sure.

Then it is we: So one would thinke; so thought Esai: Alas (saith he) I have laboured in vaine, I have spent my strength in vaine, Esai. 49.4. I finde I am de­ceived. But he receives answere of GOD, it was not so. That neither he had preached the word, nor the word he had preached, had beene, or should be in vaine. For himselfe; that his reward was with GOD,Ver. 5. whi­ther the hearer profited or no For the word; that, as the raine or snow, Esai. 55.11. going forth, it should not returne empty without his effects.

Which answere to Esai, was it which put comfort in Saint Paul: that were his preaching the savour of life, or of death; both waies, it was in him a sweet smelling savour, accepted of GOD. And if neither GOD,2. Cor. 2.15. nor the Preacher, then must the deceipt fall on the Hearer: and he it is that is deceived.

Deceived? Wherein, or how? Many waies. 1 And first, in grossly mistaking the very nature of Sermons. Vpon Audiunt & non faciunt, Ezechiel saith plainly of those in his daies, they seemed to reckon of Sermons, no otherwise then of Songs: to give them the hearing, to com­mend the aire of them, and so let them goe. The Musique of a song, and the Rhetorique of a sermon, all is one. A foule error, even in the very na­ture of the word: for, that is a Law, a Testament, and neither song, nor sonnet. A Law, enacted to be done. For,Dan. 3.8. it shall not serve the three chil­dren, to say of Nabuchadnezar's Law, They had heard it proclaimed from point to point: but doe it they must, or into the furnace; for such is the nature of a Law. A Testament: which,Gal. 3.15. though it be but a mans (as Saint Paul saith) must be executed; and we are compellable to the exe­cution of it: and to GOD'S much more.

To speake but according to the Metaphore in the Verse before: It is a plaine mistaking of the word (which is, as Seed in a soile, Ver. 21. or as a Sient in a stocke) to take it for a stake in a hedge, there to sticke and stand still, and bring forth nothing. Or,Ver. 23. according to the Metaphore in the Verse next after; where it is termed a Gl [...]sse, which we should looke in, to doe somewhat by; to take away some spott, to mend somewhat amisse, [Page 140] [...] And [...] to mistake it to looke in it, and look [...] our chief [...] [...] to [...]

[...] [...] manifest mi [...]taking in th [...] [...]; So is there a like in the [...] [...]here as th [...]y [...]; and to doe, is the End, why they [...] these Auditore [...] [...] doe (even as Saint Paul saith) requiescunt in lege, [...] 19. make the La [...] their Pillow, lay them downe upon it, and there take their rest: [...] se [...]ke farther, and so misse their marke quite.

But, a [...] error yet then this is, that they which when they have heard, [...], seeme to thinke that hearing and doing is all one: in-as- [...] they doe, is onely that they heare: and so, grossly con­foun [...] the two parts, that are plainly distinguished. For, hearing is a [...] and sense is in suffering: but, the hearing of the Word is so easy a su [...]fering, as if we looke not to our selves, we often fall asleepe at it. Now, suffering, and doing are plainly distinguished: and not onely plainly distin­guished, but (as we see) flattly opposed (by Saint Iames in the Text) either to other.

Nor, to hold you over long: seeing the Apostle borrowed his terme of Paralogisme from the sc [...]oles, to speake in schoole-termes. In hea­ring onely, and not doing, there is (first) the Elench, A sensu compositi ad divisum: which they fall into, that where two things are required, rest in one. And again, the Elench, A dicto secundùm quid, ad dictum simpliciter: wher­with they are deceived, that having a part, thinke that part shall serve them, instead of the whole. Which two, are a peece of the Devills sophistry; and so you see, both 1 that they are deceived; 2 and how they are deceived that rest upon hearing onely.

Deceiving your selves.But, to be deceived simply, is no so great matter; wise men (many of them) are so, and any of them may be. This is that which edgeth it yet more, which giveth it a double edge: that they deceive themselves.

1. In which point first certaine it is, there is no man, that willingly would be deceived, can endure to be deceived himselfe. Saith the first and great est Deceiver, to live, even then, when he came purposely to de­c [...]e her;Gen. 3.1. [...] Is it for a troth, that God hath forbidden you to eate of all the [...]. As if he should say: I would not have you deceive me, tell me true, [...] be so or no. Lo, he would not be deceived himselfe, though he [...] about deceipt.

2. But [...]. If deceived we must be, of all men we would not be deceived of [...]uch, as we nush: that greives us exceedingly. Saith [...]. He hath [...] whom I [...]; my Guide, my Counselor, my [...]. [...] He can never [...]ay [...]nough of it, for it is a griefe above all griefs [...].

[...], if not by [...] trust, lea [...] of all, by that [...] of all we [...]) by our selves; for, we trust [Page 141] none better, I suppose. If we must be deceived; of another, of any o­ther, rather then of our selves. For, he that deceiveth himselfe, is both the deceived and the deceiver too. The deceived may be pitied: the de­ceiver is ever to be blamed: Therefore, he is utterly without excuse, that is the author of his owne deceiving. And there is no man pitieth him, but every one mocketh him, and takes up Proverbes over him, of selfe doe selfe have, and I wot not what. So that, this of all other, is the worst. 1 To be deceived: 2 To be deceivers: 3 To be their owne deceivers.

Will ye see an example of this, that they doe but deceive themselves, that build upon Auditores tantùm? You may, Luc. 13. where you shall see some, that upon their bare hearing, bare themselves very confidently, as if they could by no meanes be deceived in it, and yet they were. Christ saith to them, Nescio Vos. They thinke very strange of that speech, and replie, Lord, why hast not thou Preached in our streets, Luc. 13.26. and have not we heard thee duly, and never missed? Well for all that, for all their hearing, He telleth them againe, Nescio vos. Though he had seene them at never so many Sermons, he taketh no notice of them, by their being, or hearing there; but by their doing afterward. By which it appeareth, that upon this very point, they promised themselves very much; but found at last, they had but deceived themselves.

And (which is word of all) found it then, when it was too late; when no VVritt of error could be brought; when it was past time, and they no way to be relieved.

And yet to goe further. If this deceipt of themselves were in some light matter, of no great importance, it were so much the more tolera­ble; but so it is not, heere. The last words of the last Verse, are (as you remember) salvare animas vestras: so that, it is a matter of saving our soules; a matter as much as our soules or salvation are worth. Life or Death; Heaven, or Hell; no lesse matters depend upon our being decei­ved heer. Things, which most of all, it concerneth us, not to be deceived in.

One point more, and so an end. They wilbe hearers of the word, and not doe it: what say you to this, that when they have been hearers onely all their life long, they shall in the end, be forced to be doers; and doers of that word, which least of all others they would doe: Is not this evi­dently ro deceive themselves? In the Prophet Ieremie, they say:Ier. 18.18. They will give GOD the hearing, but not doe any of his words: But, they shall not go away with it so. For, when they have done what they can, they shall finde themselves deceived in that too. A word there is, they shall not heare onely, but heare and doe, whither they will or no. And, what is that word? Even Discedite maledicti in ignem aeternum. For,Matt 25.41. they that will doe none els; that, they shall doe: and fulfill that commandement that breake all the rest. And, who is hable to fulfill, nay to abide that word? Who can endure to go whither that will send him? Of all words, Ioh. 6: [...]0. that is durus ser­mo, nay durissimus, the hardest to do of all: better do any, yea better do all, then do that.

[Page 142] [...], [...]hat an edge [...] [...]ath set upon his advise: how [...] they [...] [...]emselves into, that be hearers only: [...] it be intolerable (as [...], it is) [...] will import us, to take heed to the [...], that so we may [...] double edge.

[...], that [...], beare still. For, Bene facitis [...].

Yet, not [...] away with the common error, that Sermon-hearing is the [...] est of all Christianitie; and so we heare our Ser­mons [...] safe, more needs not. But, to resolve with our selves, that only [...] do [...] it▪ Somewhat there must be besides. And when all is [...] be Factores verbi.

[...], that we may (if we please) entertaine other opinions touch­ [...] this point; but they will deceive us, and we in holding them, be de­ceived. And that, in a matter of great weight and consequence: which then we shall find and feele, when it will be too late to help it.

Then, that hearing, and not doing, we shall in the end be forced both to heare and to doe a word, the heaviest to be heard, and the worst to be done, of all others. Therefore, that we see to it in time, and keepe the Caution, that we may avoyd the paenaltie. Which Almighty GOD open our eyes, that we may see &c.

A SERMON Preached at the opening of the PARLIAMENT, An. Dom. MDCXXI.

PSAL. LXXXII. VER. I.

DEVS stat in Synagoga Deorum: In medio Deos judicabit.

The Greeke, word for word, the same.

The Psalter. GOD standeth in the Congregation of PRINCES: The Geneva. or, in the Assembly of the Godds, The New Translation. or, of the Mightie,

Jn the middst will He judge the Godds.

Which was the Psalme for the day, vz. the XVI. day of the moneth, on which day the Parliament was first begun.

GOD standeth in the congregation of Princes, &c. Of a Congregation of Princes is this Psalme (as you have heard.) And behold, heer, such a Congregation (And GOD, I trust, standing in it.) And who then can doubt but this Psalme is for this day?

The words (sure seeme to favour it: The use much more, vvhich hath ever gone with it.

For, standing the Policie of the Com­mon-wealth of Israel (their Writers tell us) when ought was to be done, [Page 144] [...] [...]ulers, for [...] [...]hem and giving them their charge: [...] there was any [...] of them, in their Synnagogâ [...] great Congregation, this was [...] [...]he Psalme before they sate [...] [...]urposely set (as it [...]) for the Assembly, to set them in [...] that end [...] end ever used.

[...] Moses [...] of GOD, that by speciall direction from GOD Himselfe, Deut. 19. begann and brought up this order first, of making mens duety into [...]; putting it into their mouthes, that so, with the sweetnesse of [...] be conveighed into their minds. And David since [...] it, and brought it to perfection, as having a speciall grace and [...] He for a song, and his Sonne Salomon for a Proverb: By which [...] the unhappy Adage, and a wanton song) Satan hath ever breathed most of his infection and poison, into the minde of man.

Now in this holy and heavenly use of his harp, He doth by his tunes (as it were) teach all sorts of men, how to tune themselves. And there is no estate whatsoever, but in this Booke He sweetly singeth their duety in­to them. Into his Court, Psal. 101. and so severally, into the rest. And heere now, in this Psalme, hot to preserve harmonie in a Congregation.

The Division.Of which Psalme this is the first verse, the key, and the Compendium of the whole. And thus we divide it. 1. Into two Parties, first. 2. Into two Acts, second. Two Parties, 1 the first word of it is GOD, GOD in the singular: 2 the last is Gods, Gods in the plurall: these two Parties are distinct, 1 one from another, 2 one above another.

1. GOD that standeth, from the Congregation He standeth in. 2. GOD that judgeth, from and above the Gods whom he will judge.

The Gods we consider two wayes, as the word is twise repeated; 1 Deorum and 2 Deos. 1 In Synagogâ Deorum, and 2 In medio Deos. 1 Deo­rum, in the Congregation; 2 Deos out of it. If you will, thus: Into the 1 Godds of the Congregation, and the 2 Congregation of the Godds.

Now, of the first GOD, in and upon the last Godds, and in and upon the Congregation of them, two acts there are set downe, 1 His standing, 2 His Iudgement.

1. In the Congregation, He stands: Stat in Synagogâ Deorum.

2. Out of it, the Godds He will iudge: Deos judicabit (that is) call them to accompt (every God of them:) and even upon this very point, how they carried themselves before Him standing in the Congregation. 1 This He will doe: and [...] it in medio, not in a corner, but bring them forth into the middst, and doe it in the view of all. In medio Deos judicabit.

The Order lieth plaine. Of the Gods, first. 2 Then, of the Congre­g [...] [...] them. After, of GOD; 1 His standing, and 2 His judging: Stand­di [...]g, [...]; Deus stat: [...], heerafter; Deus judicabit. Iudging, 1 even [...]he [...] themselves. And [...] medio, that all the world may see it. [...] the whole course of our lives, we may have good use of these two. [Page 145] But th [...] Psalmist seemeth [...]o thinke, Not at any time so good; as at this?

[...]herefore what ever els slip you, my desire is, these two may sticke with you, and be ever in your minds all the Session long. Two they be; and short ones, and plaine ones they be (but two words a peece) 1 Deus stat, 2 Deus judicabit: 1 GOD doth stand, and GOD will judge. 1 Doth stand for the present. 2 And will iudge, will take a time to call each party to a reckoning, for every thing shall heer passe.

1 The taking to heart; a true impression, there, of these two, cannot but doe much good, keepe all in true measure, time, and tune. 2 The ig­norantibus or non recordantibus of it (as it is at the fourth Verse) like e­nough to put all out of course: while men runn on and carry things away before them, as if there were no judicare in the Creed, as it they should never come to accompt againe.

It hath been thought, there needeth no more to make a good Par­liament, but the due recording of this Verse. It will serve as a wrest to tune, and to set all right. To set GOD, 1 First standing, and then 2 judging, be­fore our eyes.

But specially standing: For, if we shall regard Him well, when He stands, we shall never need to feare Him, when He judges; and then I shall never need to trouble you, with that part. The regard then of GOD's standing, to be our onely care for the present, and we to com̄end it to your care, and so to conclude.

OF the Godds first. And first on our parts that be men: After,The two parties The Godds of the Congregation on theirs, that be the Godds. The duety of inferiors to the Godds.

On our parts: When we read, and weigh well with our selves, this high terme and title of Godds, given to them that are in authoritie; we learn, To hold them for Godds, to owe and to bear all reverend regard to their Places and Persons. And above all, highly to magnifie such Assem­blies as this. So taught by the Prophet heere; who once and twise, over and over againe, so stileth them, their persons themselves, Deos, their Assembly, Synagogam Deorum. In the Congregation they are so: Out of it,Ver. 6. they are so. Add to these two a third yet, more authenticall (and it is in this Psalme, too:) The Prophet speaketh heer; GOD himselfe, there, Ego dixi Dij estis. This saith our SAVIOVR (Io. 10.35.) is sermo Dei. The other two may seeme to dropp out of the Prophet's penn, but this came from GOD's owne mouth: the more (say I) to be regarded. And this is not Old Testament (as say our Anabaptists.) Our blessed Saviour, in the New, comments upon these words (the best Commenter, that ever was) and [Page 146] [...] One, we [...] Psalm [...], He tells us it is a [...] scriptum est in [...] it the [...]orce of a Law. [...] 10.34▪ [...]. 10.25. Th [...] [...], that it is a binding [...] binding, that Non potest solvi (they be [...] own words) it canno [...] [...]e [...]. Was not by him; nor can, by any [...] And so, i [...] [...] still.

1. Pet. 2.18.These them [...], and Deos are not S. Peter's [...], swelling words [...]. This is not to give titles, but of GOD'S own giving: No [...], [...] say one syllable more then GOD hath sayd before us. [...] must be, that GOD hath said, who never gives titulum sine Re. [...] by him intituled: and so they are.

Yet not to hold all the Godds aequall. [...] I take it my duety not to keepe from you, that all that are [...] heere under, Dij, De [...]rum, and Deos, are not all Godds alike. No: in this God-head, Some are before or after other, Some are greater and lesser then another. There are some higher then other (saith Salomon, Eccles. [...].12.) And there are others yet higher then they. Rom. 13.2. 1. Pet. 2.13. For the Powers that are, are by GOD, both ordeined, and set in order (saith Saint Paul.) So in order, (saith Saint Peter) as there is one [...], and that (he saith) is the King by name, super­eminent above the rest, and the rest ab eo missi, have their mission, and com­mission from him. Many Superiors, but one Sovereigne.

Ego dixi, was said to all; but not to all at once. To some one, before the rest, even to David, to whom before the writing of this Psalme, 1. Sam. 23.3. God (saith he) even the stre [...]gth of Israel spake to me, and sayd, Thou shalt beare rule over men. Nor did all the sonnes of the most High (as they are after called at the sixt Verse) come into the world, at one time. There was Primogenitus inter fratres: Of whose primogeniture or birt [...]right, this was a part, Gen. 27.29. Be Thou Lord over thy brethren, and let thy mothers sonnes bow unto thee. And take even the word Syna­goga: Never was there Synagogue heard of, but there was an Archisynago­g [...]s, a Ruler of it.

Nazianzen speaking of Magistrates as of the images of GOD, and sor­ting them; compareth the highest to a picture drawen cleane through down to the feete; The middle sort, to halfe pictures drawen but to the girdle; The [...], to those same Idytha, no further but to the neck and sholders. But all in some degree, carry the image of GOD, as all have the honour to be called by His Name. This for our parts. Now for theirs, the Godds.

The duety of the Go [...]ds: To be as they be called, Godds [...]. Heb. 1.4. 2. Pet. 3.11.What inferr we of this? Nothing, but that, what they are, they would be: having obteined so excellent Name, they would be even what their name bodeth. They that weare GOD'S name, hold GOD'S place, repre­sent His person, [...] persons ought they to be? Chosse persons they would be; taken, as the fa [...] from the sacrifice; having more sparks [...], a larger portion of the spirit of GOD, more lively [...] was made, [...] 1.26. then the rest. If [...], [...] 1 [...].11. as [...] be said in the Lycaonian tongue, [...] [...]o us, in th [...] [...] men. [...], they that are styled [...] [Page 147] somwhat more then men they would be; as like, come as neer rem nomi­nis, the truth of that they are named, as humane frailty will permitt.

But have they beene ever so? I cannot say it.Yet have they not [...]lwaies beene such. Assemblies there have beene, Iud 9.4. Abimelech had one; and 1. Reg. 12.8. Roboam his; and Ieroboam his. But A­bimelech, with his needy indigent Sichemites: Roboam, with his youthe, that never stood before Salomon: 2. Chro. 13.7. Ieroboam, with his crue of malcontents, Sonns of Belial; shall I call any of these Synagoga Deorum? I cannot, I see no lineaments, no resemblance at all, nothing, for which this name should once be vouchsafed them (of Godds.) Nay, nor scarse of Synagoga nei­ther; as deserving, not onely to be left out of the list of Godds, but even to be put extra Synagogam. Scarse a Synagogue, much lesse of Godds.

After, in this Psalme, at the V. Verse, they are told as much, when by their ignorantibus, or non intelligentibus, things were growen out of course. And told it by GOD Himselfe, and that with a kinde of indignation, that he had said they were Godds, and they carried themselves scarse like men: gone from their names quite.

But I leave them, and come to this of ours.But ours we wish to be such There is not in the world a more reasonable request then this, what you would be, that to be: what you would be in name, that to be indeed; to make good [...]our name. Every one to be Homo homini Deus, by doing good: Specially, that good which is the good of all, that is, the good of this Assembly. This the time and place for it. And, so my wish is you may, and my trust is, you will. And so I leave Deorum, the Godds of the Congregation: and come to Synagoga, the Congregation it selfe.

For when we consider these Godds each apart, they are as in Ezechiel, II. The Congregati­on of the Godds Eze. 1.20. Every spirit on his wheele, and every wheele in his owne course, when they are at home in their severall countries. But when as in a Congregation, then are they to come & to be togither.

And this (if cause be) GOD alloweth well of.God alloweth such congregati­ons, when there is [...]ause. 1. For he hath to that end left with his Lieutenant, a power Num. 10.34. to blow the trumpetts, one or both, to call togither a part, or the whole Congregation. By the Trumpetts, while they were all within the Trumpett's sound: But after, when they were settled all Canaan over, to call them by the penn of the writer (that is by VVrit:) Of which we have a faire example, Iud. 5.14. 2. For second­ly, He hath willed the Angels of his Church, by the Angel's, example (Iud 5.23.) to lay Meroz's curse to them that come not to it. 3. For thirdly, He heere calleth their meeting by the name of a Synagogue, which is a Holy place, a Sanctuarie, a High place, or Court of refuge, ( [...] signifies all these.) 4. For fourthly, He hath to that end spared them a peece of his owne Temple, to have their meetings in, 1. Chro. 16.15 On the south side of it, called twise by the name of Asuppim (which was to them, as the Parlament-house is to us) that so, their feete might stand on holy ground. And they knew [...] [Page 148] [...] common or [...], but [...] a sacred Assembly to him. [...] he hath set them [...] a Monitorie Psalme of this, to put them [...] how to beare themselves in i [...], like Godds (that is) Divinely. [...] For last, when they are togi [...]her▪ He comes himself in person and stands [...]mong them. All which she [...], he favours and likes well such Assemblies as this.

The caus [...] of the meeting of such Congre­tions.But then, there must be a Cause: And indeed, els it is Concursus ato­morum, rather then Congregatio Deorum. Thus many, so goodly a Compa­ny to [...] to no end, GOD forbidd. If the Apostle had not, Nature doth [...],1. Cor. 11.17 When we come togither, to come togither for the better not for the [...]. And nothing is worse, then to come togither for nothing. [...] (as Dehora saith well) Iud. 5.16. stay at home, and heare the bleating of their [...]. This be farr from any Assembly; specially the Assembly of the Godds, who are heerin to imitate GOD, who doth nothing in vaine, or without a cause.

This cause double. 1 One from Synagoga. The other frō Deorum.If you aske me the cause, the two words themselves, Synagoga and De­orum, conteine either of them a cause of it. As a Congregation, for the good of the Congregation: As Godds, Caetus Deorum Caetus Dei (saith Saint Hierom) the Congregation of Godds is GOD'S Congregation: As his, for him, for his honour, who gave them theirs; to the high pleasure of that GOD, whose Ego dixi Godded them all. And so (as I remember) it is written In capite libri, the first page, or front of your acts, To the high plea­sure of almighty GOD (there, lo, is GOD) and for the weale publique (there is the Congregation:) Not this onely heere, the Congregation of Godds, but the Congregation of men (I know not how many) all the Land over, even the g [...]at Congregation.

1. From Syna­goga when it is in danger.Learne a parable of the Naturall Body. If there be no other cause, each Member is left to looke to it selfe; but if there be any danger to­ward the whole body, presently all the parts are summoned (as it were) to come togither, and every Veine sends his bloud, and every sinnew his strength, and every arterie his spirits, and all draw togither about the heart for a while, till the safety of the whole be provided for; and then returne back, every one to his place againe. So is it with the Body Civill, in case of danger;The danger of two sorts. 1 Ordinarie. Or upon speci­all occasion. Ordinary, By Synagoge vitio­r [...] and never but in it.

But is there any danger then towards? There is, and that to both. To the Synagogue first, and that from a twofold Synagogue, and of two sorts. 1 One continuall or ordinarie: 2 The other not so, but speciall and upon occasion. The danger, this Psalme expresseth thus (Ver. V.) That things are brought out of course, [...] yea foundations and all. Thus: there be (I may cal them a synagogue, for they be many) of these same mali mores, that like [...] shoot out dayly, no man knowes whence, or how; never heard of before: These if they be suffered to grow, will bring all out of course. And grow they doe; [...] for even of them, some that have paenalties [...]ready set ( [...] know not how) such a head they get, as they outgrow their [Page 149] punishments: that if this Congregation grind not on a new & a sharper edge, they will bring things yet further out of Course.

Besides, those that should keep all in course,Ex legibus de­pravatis. the Lawes themselves are in danger too. There be a sort of men (I may well say, of the Synagogue of Satan) that give their waies, and bend their witts to nothing, but even to devise, how to fret through the Lawes, as soon as they be made; as it were in scorn of this Congregation, and of all the Gods in it. These go to the foun­dations (for, so are the Lawes;) undermine them, and in a sort, though after another manner, seek to blow up all. Great pitie, but this Congregation heere should looke well to the foundations of all. Great pitie, that it should be overcome of their evill, Rom. 12.21. but that their evill should be overcome of our Good, and this of yours goe beyond them.

It is not to goe through all. Generally, Quid populo, quòd flet? 1. Sam. 11.15. what the congregations of men have just cause to complaine of, the Congregation of Godds sit to redresse. Whatsoever Synagoga Satanae per malos mores, These to be helped with good lawes. doth put out; Synagoga Deorum, per bonas Leges, is to set in joint againe. And that is the proper worke of this Assembly, to make Lawes. And that is properly the worke of GOD: His worke, at Sinai, and at Sion both. And in truth, There is but one Lawgiver, and that is GOD (saith S. Iames, Chap. 4. Ver. 12.) As, till Ego dixi, till then, there was but one GOD: but togither with His Name, He imparted also His power; and made you a Congregation of Lawgivers, and of Godds, both at once. A high Power; the highest in earth, save one. Next to the Scepter in Iuda's hand, is the Lawgiver betweene his feete, even with Iacob. Gen. 49.10. And so with Salo­mon: After Per me Reges regnant, Pro. 8.15. presently followes Et Legum conditores justa decernunt. To this so high a worke, a whole Synagogue of wise­dome is little enough; to bring into course that is out, to set the founda­tions fast, against this Synagogue of Satan. And this lo, is the ordinarie and continuall danger, I spake of.

But for all this danger,2 Vpon special occasion, By Synagoga inimicorum. we might well enough stay a longer time and not come togither; ther is no such present hast to meet with that. There is another (I take it) more pressing, as I sayd before, upon a more speci­all & present occasion. Will you but looke over into the next Psalme following, into the beginning of it? there, you shall find another Congre­gation, a second, casting their heads and confaederate togither, Psal. 83.3. Ver. 6. hable to putt foundations and all out of course. And then he reckons up a rabble of them. Edomites: the Edomites first, and you know what they cried, Psal. 137.7. Exinanite us (que) ad fundamenta, Vp with all, foundations and all: the Edomites, and Ismae­lites, and Moabites, and Agarenes, Gebal, and Ammon, and Amalek. And at last, Assur also was joyned with them: (Assur, that even then, purposed; and after, did eat them all up one after another; yet he was then joined with them.) Such a Congregation (it is said) there is now abroad, and what will they do? No harme; bring nothing out of course (they say.) But it will be the wisedome of this Congregation, to be provided for them [Page 150] the [...] should not do as they saye ▪ This Psalme stands before that, that this Congregation may be before hand, with that.

[...] [...]nd perfect [...] to be wished before all: (no man doubts of [...] If it be possible is [...] us lieth, [...]. 12.1 [...]. peace with all men. But, Peace wilbe had, with ne [...]e [...] lesse assurance, and with never the worse con­ditions, if the C [...]egation be well appointed, that seeke it.

And this i [...] the second worke of this Congregation (if not the first.) Therefor [...] (it may be thought) at this time called togither, that there may [...] Consilij, soundly to advise of it; and Multitudo Auxilij, [...] go through with it. The Text intends this of helpe specially; [...] some translations, it is the Congregation of the Mighty; but howso­ [...]ver, the very name is taken from [...], that Name of GOD, that is given Him for His Strength and Power. Of those that are Mighty and so can shew themselves, of those is this Congregation. Ever remem­bring this, that they who assemble for an End, assemble also to de­vise how to furnish meanes to compasse that End: (and indeed, of the End, properly, we consult not, but of the meanes rather.) Our SAVIOVR CHRIST,Luc. 14.31. spoke with His owne mouth, Who will ever resolve upon Warre, but they will sit downe first, and set downe what forces wilbe needfull? and how much they will stand in? and how that is to be had or levied, that (as the wise [...] saith) Respondit omnibus; Answers, takes order for all.

Eccles. 10.19. From Deorum.Thus for the Synagogue: What for GOD? There is no doubt (bles­sed be GOD for it) but what Moses said of Iuda [His owne hands shalbe sufficient for him, Deut 1 [...].7. if thou LORD helpe him against his enemies] may be said of this our Land: If GOD helpe us, sufficient enough. And He will helpe Vs, if we helpe Him. Helpe GOD? what a word is that? Even the very word,Iud. 5.23. the Angel used, when he laid a curse upon Meroz, for not comming to helpe the LORD: againe, lest we might thinke it scaped him, upon de­liberation he saith, to helpe the LORD against the mighty, that is, Sisara and Iohn's mighty preparations. Ever, where the right is, there GOD is; when that in Danger, GOD in danger: they that helpe that, helpe Him; and He will help them. If the congregation, GOD; GOD, the congre­gation. Iud. 5.20. They will fight from heaven (then) the starrs in heaven will fight in [...] courses for us, And then it will be an Auxiliarie warr right. And in signe▪ that he will so, when they are mett togither about these matters, GOD [...] him selfe heere in person, and stands among them. GOD, in the Congregation of Godds, what more proper and kindly? And so much for the Godds ▪ and for their Congregation.

III. [...] [...] for the two acts of GOD: in and upon this Congregation: His [...] Iudging:1. [...] [...] [...]ointly, After, apart: 1. Iointly: They [...] first (these two) as two Correctors of the two former, [...] lest the [...] of the Congregation should be exalted [Page 151] above measure with this deifying revolution. Secondly,2 To put a dif­ference betwen them and God. as two Markes of differen [...]e betweene the first GOD, and the last Godds; so to let them see what manner of Godds they be indeed, how differing from Him.

GOD stands: This may well referr to that in the sixth Verse. But you shall fall. A standing GOD; He who onely stands, and will stand, God s [...]ands: they fall. when they all shall fall, and fall even to dust, every God of them. And this could not be told us in a fitter place: the place where we stand, is compassed about with a Congregation of these fallen Godds, these same Dij caduci; with Monuments of the mortalitie of many a great Elohim in their times. And let me tell you this, that in the Hebrew tongue the Grave is called a Synagogue as well as the Church. All shall be gathered, even the Godds, even the whole Synagogue of them, into this Synagogue at last. So this first shewes them, Their Godshipps give them no immor­talitie. Godds: but mortall, temporall Godds they be.

The other is of judging. That as they have no exemption from the first statute, Heb. 9.27. Statutum est omnibus semelmori: So neither from the second, God Iudges: they are called to accompt. Et post mortem judicium. They be Dij sub Iudice: They be not Godds, absque aliquo computo reddendo. When they have done Iudging others, they shall come to be judged themselves. Dij caduci, Dij judicandi: Godds that shall fall, Godds that must come to judgement. From neither of these shall their Godhead excuse them.

These two then, sever them from the first GOD; the Aeternall GOD; and the Sovereine Iudge of all And shew (the one, their judging) that their Glorie is not aequall; (the other, their falling) that their M [...]jestie is not co-aeternall, that so they may understand themselves aright.

And now to standing and judging, either of them apart by it self. 1. Severally. The first Act. The Metaphor of standing. Stan­ding, first. The members of man, the eye, hand, and foot; and the acts of them, seeing, doing, standing, are not in GOD (to speake properly) only by them, is noted in GOD, the officacie of those acts and members. By the eye, his knowledge: by the hand, his Power: by the foot, his Presence. 1 God's presence. The meaning then is first, that GOD is present. It is not enough for him to looke downe from heaven, and behold us afarr of, but he comes and stands heere. And not (as in the Canticles.) Behind the wall, Cant. 2.9. and lookes in by the grates: but it is even in the Assembly it selfe, even in the place where the Godds are.

Present? Why what great matter is that? Where is He not present?Not as every where. Ierem. 23.24 Heaven and earth he [...], the earth is his footstoole, where then stands He not? Indeed GOD is present in all places; yet, not in all a like.Esai. 63. [...]. But in a more speciall man [...]r. In some by a more speciall pro [...]ence, therein other some: And among all, and a­bove all, there is here the Godds [...] togither.

For, though GOD be both in [...] and earth, yet we say which are in heaven: intending that there he is [...] a for more high & glorious prefece. And so, heer is He in) [...] sort. For, no where on earth doth [Page 152] [...], and shew forth i [...] s [...]lfe, a [...] in a well ordered Assembly. [...] Two or three [...] Christians be togither in his name, [...] [...]iddst of the [...] ▪ when th [...]ee or foure hundred, and those [...] ordinarie persons, but of Hi [...] owne name [Godds] even a whole C [...]n [...]gation of them; (Of Hi [...] Na [...]e, and in His Name too;) are to­gither, in most solemne manner assembled; and to doe His worke: sh [...]ll [...]e not much more be there, and in a much more excellent man­n [...]r of presence t [...] [...]ssist them? Yes sure: it toucheth his providence in the highest de [...]r [...]

Godd [...] Atten­t [...]. [...] [...]hen: And secondly the manner of his presence: standing. And [...] a word of Site. Standing is a a site, and it is the site of Atten­ti [...] [...] [...]hen we sit and heare ought, that we would listen better to, up [...] and leave sitting: So doe we (without the occasion) usually; [...]en to stirr up our selves: For, sitting we may fall on sleepe. This, to shew we shall not neede to say to him heer, as in another Psalme, they doe,Psal. [...] Vp Lord why sleepest thou? For he stands, and they never sleepe. The truth is: to be present, as good be absent, if we doe not intend. This then sheweth GOD is so present, as he is also attentive: nothing passes but Deo astante & attestante; but he is an eare, nay an ey-witnesse, nay more then that, a heart-witnesse of all.

1 God's Perseve­rance. Stands then: and thirdly, the manner of his standing. Which is (as is observed) [...]; and that is not the ordinarie word for standing, when one flitts; so stands, as he will remove: no, but as one fixed, not to start. It is Statio militaris this, that pitch about their standard, not to remove thence; but still to mainteine and keep their standing. So he, where you leave him, you shalbe sure to find him. He makes it his rest, means to stand it out to the very last.

These three, 1 Presence, 2 Attendance, 3 Perseverance, be in this standing of his. Present, for he stands, and standing marks: marks, and will marke from the beginning to the end. So, we not to conceive of him, 1 as if he were away, 2 or here stood and noted not, 3 or did for a time, but would leave off and give o [...]er, and nor stand it out. This, for standing.

IV. 2. The latt [...]r Act. God's judging. He not onely [...]and [...].And so long as it is but Standing and no more, it is no great matter; So [...] them to go on quietly & trouble them not. And indeed so long as GOD doth no more, he may be said to stand: and but even to stand. But (sait [...] [...]) when he hath done standing, he hath not done. Stay a while, you sha [...] [...] so stands as he will judge also before he have done.

[...]The Congreg [...]i [...] will not alwai [...]s si [...]; nor GOD alwaies stand. VVhen [...]hat is over and past the Proph [...]t he [...]r begins to set him up a State, to erect Him a Throne to sit downe and j [...]dge in. And then (lo) the courses will [...] sitt, now, [...]nd he st [...]d, [...] will sit then, and we all shall [...] his Iudgement-seat. [...] His first [...] (judicabi [...]) to have his

[Page 153]But [...]y this we see (as before I told you) while he stood, So while he stood, he stood attentive. Dan. 5.25. he stood atten­tive: He stood not like an idol: was all the while no idle stander by, or loo­ker on, but as the Writing was on the wall, Mene, Mene, he told and numbred; and Tekal, Stetit cum staterâ, He weighed and pondered well, every Mo­tion that was made, every Bill that was read, every Consent or otherwise passed upon it. And weighed withall, whence every of them procee­ded, whither from a dutifull regard of him and his Presence; or otherwise, for some by-respect of our owne. Stetit ut testis, as a Witnesse, he stood: Sedet ut Iudex; Now sitts as a Iudge, and will give his doome according­ly. And upon whom will he give it? Not upon the meaner sort,The Persons. He will judge the Godds. Deos. up­on inferior persons, but even upon the greatest: Vpon Deos, the Godds themselves. For even to them, doth this his judgement extend. They that sit and judge others, shall then stand and be judged themselves. They be Godds; but he is Deus Deorum, Psal. 50.1. They are Iudges; but he Iudex judicum: Iudex judicum and judiciorum, both; Iudge of judges, and of Courts; and even of this High Court and all. Men may not; GOD may and will convent even the Conventions themselves, if they forget themselves. Yea even the rather, for that they are Godds, shall he judge them. And namely, how they used themselves in their Deitie, when they sat in his place, and went under his Name.

And not for any fault they ever have made, as for those they have made heere, in Synagogâ. Above all, for them: for not regarding His Presence and standing heere.

And because there is heere a double mention of Deorum, and Deos;The difference of the Persons; Deorum in Sy­nagoga, and De­os judicabit. Deorum in Synagogâ, and Deos in judicio: It will not be amisse to set them before us both at once. Now when they sit in Synagogâ, how glori­ous! But when in judicio, they shall stand to be judged, how poore then! When GOD but stands and lookes on, how secure! when he shall sit downe to His Sentence, how full of feare then! Specially, when he shall take, and they shall give accompt of abusing His Presence heere. For a speciall judicabit belongs to that, and remaines for them that so doe. They that despise GOD'S long suffering, when he stands heer, shall finde and suffer his severity, and suffer it long, when he sitts to judge there.

But I cannot say, this will be presently, or out of hand. It may be, it will be deferred yet, for a while: it is not Iudicat in the present; but ju­dicabit in the Future, He will iudge; Cum accepero tempus (as he saith Psal. [...]5.3.) He will take a time for it.

But take a time he will, and judge he will. Even the heathen, The time. This judgement wil not be pre­sent. It is judi­cabit the future. that have written de serâ Numinis vindictâ, are cleere for this point; That you may well accompt of it, He that stands, will sit, and sitting, judge: Iudge, and never a God of them all shall escape Him.

And in medio he will doe it; in the middst, it shall be. The middst, The place. He will judge in medi [...]. 1 Of themselves either Inwardly of the Godds owne selves, even of their owne hearts ( [...] will beare it, and so it is taken; Ierem. 3 [...].33.) There in the middst, in [Page 154] [...] conscience [...] them, and a S [...]orme there gnawing, [...] see the e [...]il; tha [...] [...] follow of thei [...] carrying matters [...] [...]ny foundation shaken by i [...].

O [...], [...]n the middst (that is) ope [...]ly as, openly he hath ever made it ap­p [...],Of the [...]. that evill counsell, for [...], shall prove worst for them that gave it.

Or, in medio, refer [...]ing it to the Parties: that is; in the middst between them both.1 Of them that r [...]g [...]rd, and thē that regard [...]. Tho [...] [...]hat regard: and those other, that never looked af­ter, nor ear [...]d for him not his standing.

The future ju­dic [...]i [...], and in medio, are two favours to us.And it is well for us, it is Iudicabit: for so we have a time to be­thin [...] [...], and to prevent it. And againe it is well for us, that it is [...]: For so, we may yet choose our side, which side we will fall on: [...] indeed, Iudicare is Actus in medio; it may be for, and it may be [...]inst. It is not necessarie it should be against: GOD forbid. we may not prejudice it then.

All is, as we carry our selves heere. For, as we heere, so He there. They that saw him standing and demeaned themselves accordingly, a ju­dicabit for them. Those other, that rann on their owne courses (His standing there, notwithstanding) a hard judgement will they have, they will be loth to endure it. And this for GOD, His standing, and His judging.

V. Our owne du­ty to the Text.And now to our selves, and to our duety to GOD, thus standing and judging.

T [...] regard God's standing.To avoyd GOD'S judgement (the Apostle tells us) there is but one way: 1. Cor. 11.31 To judge our selves. And heere now in this, not upon many, but up­on this one Point onely of GOD's standing (for, I will be bold to cut of the other, His judging:) Regard His standing, and you shall never need to feare His judging.

Foure things to be done.To regard that, doe but these foure. 1 Set downe this and beleeve it, that He is present. So behave your selves, as if you did so beleeve. To doe that, shew your selves well affected to His standing. 4 To shew that, Procure but those meanes, that He may take pleasure in his stand­ing. These foure.

To belee [...]e God is present.First, never imagine this, that GOD is farr enough of, or hath other­wis [...] to busy Himselfe, then to have a hand or foot in these assemblies: But (with Iob) beleeve, Iob. [...].11. He is hard by us, though we perceive him not: Or (as the [...] said of CHRIST) Medius vestrûm stetit, Ioh. 1. [...]0. quem vos nescitis; He stande [...]h i [...] the [...]iddst of us, though we know not so much. To see him [...] standing with th [...] e [...]es of faith, with which (the Apostle saith) Moses saw him that was in [...].Heb. 11. [...]7.

2 [...]Then [...]ill it follow of it selfe, To do all we do, Tanquam DEO stante & [...] and beh [...]ld us. This we behove to think: [...] thu [...] to stan [...] [...]; He will say as mu [...]h for himselfe, [Page 155] as He did for his Sonne in the Gospell, Certè reverebuntur Me, Mat. 21.17. Surely they wil yet reverence Me; my standing, my being there, will make them the more carefull: If I come and stand among them, all wil go the better, if it be but because I am there. Not eny thing at all shall (I trust,) but if ought should be moved against His good liking, shall not our owne hearts smite us, and tell us streight, What? GOD standing, and looking on, shall we offer this? What, give Him an affront in his own presence, to his owne face? Nonne judicabit super hoc? what, will He never judge for this geare? And when He doth, shall it goe for nought? Thus, to behave our selves as in His presence.

But yet (I know not how) this is not it; To do it for feare of Him, 5 To stand well affected to Gods standing. or of His judicabit: but to do it willingly, that is it. For, as if some were not willing to allow Him a place, not so much as to stand in, with a kind of Ironie (some think) he saith: Well yet howsoever, GOD stands in the Congregation, though against somebody's will, that would be content (if they durst) to say with them in Esai 30.11. Cause the HOLY-ONE of Israel to cease from us, Get Him away; Or with them in the Gospell (the Gergesites) not onely give CHRIST good leave, but even to pray Him faire to be gone, Mat. 8.34. and take his ease somewhere els, their matters would speed better, if he were out of the way.

Never speake of that: There He stands, and there he will stand; he ought not, will not, cannot be excluded. To endure Him, that is not it: The point is, how we stand affected to His standing: Whither we be wil­ling with it: whither it be the desire of our hearts, that he should; and the joy, that he doth stand, and will stand there:

Put case he stood not: VVould we earnestly intreat him to vouchsafe us His presence, to take up his standing among us? If He made as if He would be gone (as Luc. 24.29.) would we be instant with Mane nobiscum Do­mine, Stay with us still good Lord? MOSES said, If Thou go not with us, carry us not hence; would we say, If thou Lord stay not with us, Exod. 33.15. what do we here? If GOD be gone, migremus hinc, let us be gone too; And never hope for good of that Assembly where He is not.

Now fourthly, if we be willing and glad,4 To procure the means that God may be willing to stand. if we take comfort in His standing, hereby shall we be tried; if we use all meanes, as will procure Him to stay in our Assembly the more willingl [...]; as will make his standing pleasant and not grow tedious to Him. And such things there are:Those be foure. And these they are.

One speciall thing that gives him content,1 To be of one minde is a Place where there is Concord and Vnitie. Psal. 76.2. At Salem (that is) where peace is, In pace factus est locus Ejus (So read the Fathers) there is His Tabernacle: And that Taber­nacle is the Tabernacle of the Congregation: His feet, and our feet, and both stand willingly in the gates there. (The reason:) Psal 122.3. For, it is at unitie within it selfe. There loves he to stand: and there, His Spirit, where Act 2. [...]. they were all, with one accord, in one place. Psal. 68.6. Qui facit unanimes habitare in domo, if he [Page 156] [...] that are in [...], if brethren to dwell togither in [...] how pleasing [...] to Him! [...] It passes Aaron's [...] is nothing [...]o the the delight of it.

[...] deed, if we consid [...]r [...] well, it is the vertue (this of [...] that is most proper [...]ay ess [...]iall (then) to a Congregation: with­o [...] [...] gregation it [...] no Congregation. The Con is gone: a [...] rather. [...]no [...]gh [...]o make Him to be gone (that.) For, if there Heb. 1 [...].15. spring vp a [...]: If the [...]. 9.23. evill spirit get in, that was sent vpon Abi [...]lech and the men of Sichem: [...]. 5.1 [...].16. If the divisions of Reuben do make great thoughts [...]: there, God stands vpon thornes. But, where [...]. [...].14. the hearts of [...] [...]gregation are bowed as the heart of one man, there stands God, and [...] delights to stand.

To use no cun­ning but plai [...] ­dealing. Psal. 51.6. [...]nother: He takes pleasure to stand among them, that are good and [...] of heart. Where He finds truth in the inward parts: Where, without art or artificiall glosing or cunning carrying of things vnder hand, men go plainly to worke, everie one in the sinceritie and singlenesse of an honest vp­right meaning. And the more plainesse, ever the more pleasure God takes, there to stand. Truth, as it is the mightiest, so is it the wisest thing, when all is done. They that love it not, but to cover, and color, and carrie all by cunning, Psal. 15.1. they shall never stand in God's Tabernacle. Neither they in his, nor he in theirs.

To looke to Idipsum.One more. There is a word, and it is a great word in this Booke [...] In idipsum; that is, to looke to the thing it selfe, the verie point, the prin­cipall matter of all; to haue our eye on that, and not of it, vpon alia omnia, any thing but it. So say I (againe) upon the thing it selfe, not vpon some persons or personall respects:Neither to by-matters. Nor to personall respects God accepts no person nor loves them that do▪ The verie first thing, that in the verie next Verse, he finds fault with, and charges them with, is this: when men are for, or against a thing (be it what it will be) and neither, for it selfe; but onely, because it pro­ceeds from such or such persons: Neither of these is in medio. Idipsum, that is the center that the middle: That place is God's place. To go to the point, drive all to that; as also to go to the matter reall, without declining from it, this way or that, to the right hand or to the left for any personall re­gard.

To do th [...] [...] do, cheerefully.And last of all, that which pleaseth him best of all: And that is, where He finds [...] willing mind, his heart is vpon such. And where his heart is, ever his feet stand at ease: Calcat rosas, he treads vpon roses there. In the Song of [...] it is thought, there is sett downe a patterne of the Vertues or [...] of [...] Assembly. In that Song, there are two Halleluja's, two Benedici [...]'s for it [...], at the verie beginning, Halleluja, Praise the [...] for the [...] that cam [...] of, Iud. [...].2. and offered themselves so willingly. [...] verse af [...]r, My heart is upon the Governors, [...]that offered [...] the [...] willingly, Halleluja, Praise the Lord. [...] Halle [...] [...] the people; Blessed be God, for both.

[Page 157]Then have you againe after those, two verses togither: In the one, Meroz cursed for their back wardnesse; And Iael, for her forwardnesse, Iud. 5.23.24. bles­sed and blessed againe. For, this indeed is the marrow of the Sacrifice, the fatt of the offering: and, without this, all is poore and leane.And redily.

This is sure: GOD loves not to dwell in Mesech: that is interpreted, Psal. 120.5. Mat. 25.21. prolongatus est. And His Sonne calling one, Serve nequam & piger, shewes, He loves piger as evill, as he does nequam. And His Spirit cannot skill of these same tarda molimina. In a word; none of them to be wearied, with standing I know not how long.

And see: The very next word of all, the next that followes these immediatly, is How long! So he beginns His complaint, the first word of the next Verse: which shewes, he loves it not.

Not, that he can be weary. It is an infirmitie (that) and so is griefe, and so is repentance; and they cannot fall into GOD: They are attri­buted to him though. And GOD is said as to Gen. 6.6. repent, and Eph. 4 30. to be grieved, so to be stark Ier. 6.11. wearie. In no other sense, but this: That if he be not wea­rie, no thankes to us: For, if it were possible, if the divine Nature were or could be subject to it, if GOD could be weary, if his feet were not of brasse (Apoc. 1.5.) we would put him to it: we do even what in us lieth to tire him out right, to make him crie vsque quo, How long!

But, 1 where there is accord without Reuben's divisions; 2 where plaine meaning, and dealing, without (as Esai calls them) these same deepe dig­ged devises; 3 where the eye is upon idipsum, and no ipsum els;Esai. 29.15. 4 where GOD is not constreined to dwell in Mesech, but the People and their Go­vernours offer willingly; there stands GOD, and there will he ever stand. Of that place he saith, haec est requies mea, This is my rest, heere will I stay, Psal. 132.14. for I have a delight therein.

Thus doing then, thus procuring, our Assembly thus qualified, we per­forme our duty to GOD, and to his standing: And this done, we shall never need to feare judicabit, come when it will.

And now to conclude. Mine unfeined hearty prayer to GOD is, and dayly shalbe, that if ever in any, he would stand in this Congregation: And if ever any used the meanes so to procure him, we may use them. The rather, that Ecclesia malignantium, the malignant Synagogue may not aske with derision, Where was then their GOD? Where stood he?To have regard what wilbe said a­broad. Psal. 26.5. Behind the wall (sure) not in the Assembly: Such proceedings, and His standing will never stand togither.

But rather, that all may say, Verily GOD was among them, Of a truth GOD stood in that Congregation; where, with so good accord,1. Cor. 2.14. so good things, so readily were passed. CHRIST was in the midst of them, His holy Spirit rested on them.

Yet I know, what men say of or on, is not it; what GOD saith, that is all in all. To men we doe not; To GOD, we stand or fall, whose judi­cabit we cannot scape, either the one way or the other: but have a judica­bit [Page 158] [...] us, that we may, if we yield his standing all due respect, Even Euge [...], [...] [...].23. intra in gaudium Domini, which in the end will be worth all.

But i [...] any shall say, O the time is long to that (peradventure not so long though, as we reckon:) well yet in the mean time, now for the pre­sent, it stands us in hand to use him well, and our selves well to him. For it he stand not to us, we shall not subsist, we shall not stand, but fall before our enemies. This time is now, this danger is a [...] hand.

[...] our [...] use of [...] [...]gainst our [...].Vse him well then: Stand before Him thus standing, with all due reverence and regard: that as by His presence, he doth stand among us; so he may not onely doe that, but by His Mercie also stand by us, and by His Power stand for us. So shall we stand and withstand all the adverse forces: and at last for thither at last we must all come) stand in His judgement, Stand there upright: To our comfort (for the present) of His standing by us; And to our endlesse comfort (for the time to come) of his judging for us.

A SERMON PREACHED AT CHESVVICK IN THE time of Pestilence, AVGVST XXI. An. Dom. MDCIII.

PSAL. CVI. VER. XXIX. XXX.

Thus they provoked him to anger with their owne inventions, and the Plague was great (or brake in) among them.

Then stood up Phinees, and prayed (or, executed iudge­ment) and so the Plague was ceased (or, stayed)

HER is mention of a Plague: of a great Plague; For, there died of it,Num. 3 5.9. four & twen­ty thousand. And we complaine of a Plague at this time. The same axe is layd [...]o the root of our trees. Or rather, because an axe is long in cutting downe of one tree, the Rasor is hired for us, Esai. 7.20. that sweeps away a great number of haires at once (as Esai calleth it) or a Scithe that mowes downe grasse, a great deale at once.

But heere is not onely mention of the Breaking in of the Plague, in the XXIX. Verse; but of the staying or ceasing of the Plague, in the XXX.

Now, whatsoever things were written aforetime, Rom. 5.4. were written for our lear­ning; and so was this Text. Vnder one, to teach us how the Plague comes, and how it may be stayed.

[Page 160] [...].The Plague is a disease. In every disease, we consider the Cause, and the C [...]re. Both which are heere set forth unto us in these two Verses. In the former, the Cause how it comes. In the latter, the Cure how it may be staid. To know the Cause is expedient; for if we know it not, our Cure will be but palliative, as not going to the right. And if knowing the Cause, we add not the Cure, when we are taught it, who will pity us? For, none is then to blame, but our selves.

Of the Cause first▪ and then of the Cure. The Cause is set downe to be [...]wofold: 1 GOD'S anger, And 2 their inventions.

GOD'S anger, by the which: and their inventions, for the which, the P [...]ague brake in among them.

The Cure is likewise set downe: and it is twofold, out of two signifi­cations of one word, the word (Palal) in the Verse. Phinees prayed (some read it:) Phinees executed iudgement (some other;) and the word beares both. Two then, 1 Phinees's Prayer, one: 2 Phinees's executing judge­ment, the other; by both which the Plague ceased. His prayer refer­ring to GOD'S anger: His executing judgement, to their inventions. GOD's wrath was appeased by his prayer: Prayer referrs to that. Their inven­tions were removed by his executing of judgement: The execution of judgement referrs to that. If his anger provoked doe send the Plague; His anger appeased will stay it. If our inventions provoke his anger, the punishing of our inventions will appease it. The one worketh upon GOD, pacifieth Him: [...]. The other worketh upon our soule, and cures it. For there is a cure of the soule, no lesse then of the body, as appeareth by the Psalme, [...]. Heale my soule, for I have sinned against thee.

We are to beginn with the Cause of the plague, in the first Verse: And so, to come to the Cure in the second.

I. [...] Cause.OF the Cause. 1 First, that there is a Cause. 2 And secondly, What that Cause may be.

[...] ther is1. That there is a cause (that is) that the plague is a thing causall, not ca­suall; comes not meerly by chance, but hath somewhat, some cause that procureth it.

Sure, if a Sparrow fall not to the ground without the providence of GOD, of which two are sold for a farthing; [...] 10.2 [...]. much lesse doth any man, or wo­man, which are more worth then many Sparrowes.

And if any one man comes not to his End (as we call it) by casualtie, but it is GOD, [...]. 21.13. that delivers him so to die: How much more then, when [Page 161] no [...] on [...], [...]u [...] many thousands are swept away a [...] once? The Philistins, in their plague, put the matter upon triall of both these waies. Whither it were God's hand, 2 Or wither it were but a chance. And the event shewed, it was no casualtie, but the very handy-worke of GOD upon them.

And indeed, the very name of the Plague doth tel us as much or Deber in hebrew sheweth, there is a reason, there is a cause, why it commeth.1. Sam. 6.9. And the english word Plague, comming from the Latine word Plaga, which is properly a stroke, necessarily inferreth a Cause. For where there is a stroke, there must be One that striketh. And in [...]hat both it, and o­ther evill things (that come upon us) are usually in scripture called Gods judgements; If they be iudgements, it followeth, there is a Iudge they come from. They come not by adventure; by chance they come not. Chance and Iudgement are utterly opposite. Not Casually then, but Iudicially. Iudged we are; For when we are chastened, we are judged of the Lord. 1 Cor. 11.32.

There is a Cause: Now, what that Cause is. Concerning which,1. That Cause is 1. Naturall. if you aske the Physitian, he will say, the cause is in the aire. The Aire is infec­ted; the Humors corrupted: the Contagion of the sicke, comming to and conversing with the sound. And they be all true causes.

The Aire. For so we see, by casting The aire in­fected ashes of the furnace towards hea­ven in the aire, the aire became infected, and the plague of botches, and blaines, was so brought forth in Egypt. Exod. 9.8.

The Humors. For to that doth King David ascribe the Cause of his disease: (that is) that his moisture in him was corrupt, dried up, 2 The Humors corrupted. Psal. 32.4. turned into the drought of Summer.

Contagion. Which is cleare by the Law: where, the leprous person,3 Contagion. Levit. 13.45.46 52. for feare of contagion from him, was ordered to crie, that no body should come neere him; To dwell apart from other men. The clothing he had worn to be washed, and in some case to be burnt: The house-walls he had dwelt in, to be scraped; and in some case, the house it self to be pulled downe.

In all which three respects, Salomon saith,Pro. 14.16. A wise man feareth the Plague and departeth from it, and fooles runne on and be carelesse. A wise man doth it, and a good man too. For King David himselfe durst not go to the Altar of GOD at Gibeon, to enquire of GOD there, because the Angel that smot the people with the plague, stood betweene him and it:1. Chro. 21.30 (that is) because he was to passe through infected places thither.

But as we acknowledge these to be true, that in all diseases, 2 Supernatu­rall. By which. GOD. and even in this also, there is a Naturall cause: so we say, there is somewhat more, something Divine, and above [...]ature. As somewhat, which the Physitian is to looke unto, in the plague: so likewise something for Phinees to do, and Phinees was a Priest. And so some worke for the Priest, as well as for the Physitian, and more, then (it may be).

It was King Asa's fault. He in his sicknesse, looked all to Physitians, and looked not after GOD at all. That, is noted as his fault. It seems [Page 162] [...] ▪ It seemes, his conc [...]it was, there was nothing in a disease, but [...], nothing but bodily: which is not so. For, infirmitie, is not only [...] bodily; there is a Spirit of infirmitie, we finde, Luc. 13.11. And some [...] spirituall there▪ is, [...] infirmities; something in the soule to [...] [...]ealed. In all▪ [...]ut specially in this: Wherein that we might kno [...] it to be spiritu [...]ll, we finde it oft times to be executed by spirits. We see an [...] destroying Angel, [...] 12.13. in the Plague of Egypt: another in the Plague in Swa [...]rib' [...] Campe: [...] [...]7.36. [...]. 21.16. [...] 16.2. a third in the Plague at Ierusalem under Da­vid: [...], pouring his phiall upon earth, and ther fell a noysome plague upo [...] [...] and beast. So that no man looketh deeply enough into the Cause of this sickenesse, unlesse he acknowledge the Finger of God in it, over [...] [...]bove any causes naturall.

[...]GOD then hath his part. GOD; But how affected? GOD provo­ked to a [...]ger: so it is in the Text: his anger, his wrath it is, that bringeth the plague among us. [...] The Verse is plaine; They provoked him to anger, and [...]he plague brake in among them.

[...]Generally, there is no evill (saith Iob) but it is a sparke of GOD's wrath. And of all evills, the Plague by Name. There is wrath gone out from the LORD, [...]. 21.7. and the plague is begunn (saith Moses, Num. 16.46.) So it is said, GOD was displeased with David, & he smot Israël with the plague. So that if if there be a plague, GOD is angry: and if there be a great plague, GOD is very angry. Thus much for By what; for the anger of GOD, by which the plague is sent. Now for what.

[...] [...]hich. [...] general.There is a cause in GOD, that he is angry. And there is a Cause, for which he is angry. For he is not angry without a cause. And what is that cause? For what is GOD angry? What, is GOD angry with the wa­ters when he sends a tempest? (it is Habacuk's question. [...]) Or is GOD angry with the earth, when He sends barrennesse? Or with the aire, when he makes it cōtagious? [...] 5. 6. No indeed. His anger is not against the Elements, they provoke him not. Against them it is, that provoke him to anger. Against men it is, and against their sinnes, and for them commeth the wrath of GOD upon the children of disobedience.

And this is the very Cause indeed. As there is Putredo humorum; so there is also putredo morum. And putredo morum, is more a Cause, then pu­triedo humorum. 1 The Corruption of the soule, the [...]. 7. [...]. 2 corrupting of our waies, more then the [...] 6.12. corrupting of the aire. The [...] 8.38 Plague of the Heart, more then the sore, that is seene in the body. [...]. 5.32. The cause of Death (that is) sinne, the same is the cause, of this [...]. 38.5. kinde of death, of the plague of mortalitie. And as the [...]pan [...]. Balme of ilead, and the [...]. 48.46. Physitian there, may yield us helpe, when GOD'S wrath is removed: so, if it be not, no balme no medicine will serve. [...] us with the Woman in the Gospell, [...]. 5.26. spend all upon Physitians, we shall bee never the better, till we come to CHRIST, and he cure us of our sinnes, wh [...] is the onely Physitian of the diseases of the soule.

[...] [...].2.And wi [...] CHRIST, the cure beginns ever withi [...]. First, Sonne thy [...] be for giventhee; and then a fier, [...]ake up thy bed and walke. His sinnes [...] [Page 163] first, and his limbes after. As likewise when we are once well, CHRIST'S councell is, sinne no more, lest a worse thing come unto thee. As if sinne would certainely bring a relapse into a sicknesse.

But shall we say, the wra [...]h of GOD for sinnes indefinitely? Particular sinn. That were somewhat too generall: May we not specifie them, or set them downe in particular? Yes, I will point you at three or foure.

First, this Plague heere, as appeareth by the XXVIII. Verse, 1 Fornication. the Verse next before, came for the sinne of Peor (that is) for fornication (as you may read.) And not every Fornication, but fornication past shame; as was that Zamri there, with a daughter of Moab. Num. 25.1. And indeed if we marke it well, it fitts well. For, that kinde of sinne (fornication) doth end in Vlcers and sores; and those as infectious; as the Plague it selfe: A proper punishment; such sore for such evill.

Secondly,2 Pride. David's plague of seventy thousand (which we mention in our Prayer) that, came for Pride, plainly:1. Chro. 21.14. His heart was lifted up to number the People. And that seemes somewhat kindly too, and to agree with this disease. That pride, which swells it selfe, should end in a tu­mor, or swelling; as for the most part this disease doth.

Thirdly,3 Baptisme. Esai. 37.36. Zenacherib's plague (it is plaine) came from Rabshakeh's blas­phemie: Blasphemie hable to infect the aire, it was so foule. In which re­gard, Aaron's act might be justified, in putting odours into his Censer, Numb. 16· 46. to purifie the Aire from such corruption.

And last, the Apostle setts downe the Cause of the plague at Corinth:4 Neglect of the Sacrament. 1. Cor. 11.30. For this Cause (saith he) that is, for neglect of the Sacrament: Either in not caring to come to it; or in comming to it, we care not how: For this cause, is there a mortalitie among you; and many are sicke, and many are weake, and many are fallen asleepe. And this is no new thing.Exo. 4.24. Moses him­selfe, his neglect of the Sacrament, made him be striken of GOD, that it was like to have cost him his life. And he saith plainly to Pharao: If they neglected their sacrifice, GOD would fall upon them with the Pestilence:Exo. 5 3. which appea [...]eth by this, that the Sacrament of the passeover, and the bloud of it, was the meanes to save them from the plague of the destroying Angel in Egypt.

A little now of the Phrase;The phrase for sinne, Thei [...] in­ventions. that their sinnes are heere called by the name of their inventions. And so (sure) the yare: as no waies taught us by GOD, but of our owne imagining or finding out. For indeed, our inventions are the cause of all sins. And if we look wel into it we shal find our inventions are so. By GOD'S injunction we should all live, & his injunction is:In matters of R [...]ligion. Deut. 12.8. You shall not do every man what seems good in his own eyes (or finds out in his own braines) but, whatsoever I commaund you, that only shall you do. But we, setting light by that charge of his, out of the old disease of our Father Adam (Eritis sicut Dij, scientes bonum & malum) thinke it a goodly matter to be wittie, and to find out things our selves to make to our selves, to be Authors, and inven­to [...]s [Page 164] of somewhat, that so we may seem to be as wise as GOD, if not wi­s [...]r: and to know what is for our turnes, as well as he, if not better. It was Saul's fault: GOD bad destroy Amal [...]k all; and he, would invent a better way, to save some (forsooth) for sacrifice, which GOD could not thinke o [...]. And it was Saint Peter's fault, when he perswaded CHRIST from His passion, [...]. and found out a better way (as he thought) then Christ could devise.

This is the proud invention, which will not be kept in, but makes men even not to forbeare in things perteining to God's worship; but there, to be still devising new tricks, opinions and fashions, fresh and newly ta­ken up, which their Fathers never knew of. And this is that, which makes men, [...] 17. that have itching eares, to heape to themselves Teachers, according to their owne lusts, [...] 3. which may fill their heads full, with new inventions.

[...]And this is that, that even out of Religion, in the common life, spoiles all. The wanton invention, in finding out new meats in diet, in inventing new fashions in apparel, which men so dote on (as the Psalme saith at the 39th Verse) as they even goe a whoring with them, with their owne inventi­ons, and care not what they spend on them. And know no end of them: but as fast as they are weary of one, a new invention is found out; which whatsoever it cost, how much soever it take from our Almes, or good deeds, must be had, till all come to nought. That the Psalmist hath chosen a very fit word, that for our inventions, the plague breakes in among us: for them, as for the primarie, or first moving cause of all. Indeed for them, as much, and more then for any thing els.

We see them. 1 First, that a Cause there is. 2 That that cause is not on­ly naturall, but that God Himselfe hath a hand in it. 3 God as being pro­voked to anger. 4 To anger for our sinnes in generall (and for what sinns in speciall) For our sinns proceeding from nothing, but our inventions. Which cause if it continue, and yet we turne not to the Lord (as, Amos the 4.) then will not his anger be turned away, but his hand wilbe stretched out still (as, Esai the 9.) And no way to avoyd the one, but by appeasing the other.

[...] Cure.For the cure now. One contrarie is ever cured by another. If then it be anger, which is the cause in God; anger would be appeased. If it be Inven­tions, which is the cause in us, of the anger of God, they would be punished and removed. That so, the Cause being taken away, the effect may cease. Take away our inventions, Gods anger will cease. Take away God's anger, the plague will cease.

Two Readings (we said) ther were: 1 Phinees prayed, or 2 Phinees exe­cuted judgement. Palal, the Hebrew word will beare both. And both are good. And so we will take them both in.

[...] Prayer is good against the plague, as appeareth: Not onely in this plague in the Text, [...] 25.6. [...] 24.17 wherein all the Congregation were weeping, and praying before the dore of the Tabernacle: But in King b David's plague also; where we see, what his prayer was, and the very words of it.

[Page 165]And in Esai. 38.3. Ezekia's plague, who turned his face to the wall, and pray [...]d unto GOD (and his prayer is set downe:) GOD heard his prayer, and healed him. And (for a generall rule) 1. King 8.37.38.39. If there be in the Land any pestilent disease; Whatsoever plague, whatsoever sicknesse it be, the prayer and supplication in the Temple made by the people, every man knowing the plague of his own heart, God in heaven will heare it, and remove his hand from afflicting them any fur­ther.

And it standeth with good reason. For, as the Aire is infected with noisome sents or smell [...], so the infection is removed by sweet odours, or in­cense: which Aaron did in the Plague (put sweet odours in his Censer, Num 16, 48. & went betweene the living and the dead.) Now ther is a fit resemblance be­tween Incense and Prayers: Psal. 141.2. Let my Prayer come before thy presence, as the Incense. And when the Priest was within, burning Incense, Lu. 1.10. the people were without at their prayers. And it is expressly said,Rev. 5.8. that the sweet odors were nothing els, but the prayers of the Saints.

Prayer is good, and that Phinees's prayer. Phinees was a Priest, 2 Phinees pray­er, as a Priest. the sonne of Eleazar, the Nephew of Aaron. So as, there is Vertue, as in the prayer, so in the person that did pray: in Phinees himselfe.

As (we know) the Office of a Sergeant being to arrest; the Office of a Notarie to make acts; the act that is done by one of them, is much more autenticall, then that which is done by any common person. So every Priest being taken from among men, and ordeined for men, Heb. 5.1. in things perteining to God, that he may offer prayers; the prayers he offereth, he offereth out of his Office, and so even in that respect there is (caeteris paribus) a more force, and energie in them, as comming from him, whose Calling it is to offer them; then in those, that come from another, whose Calling it is not so to doe.

To this end, God saith to Abimelech: Abraham is a Prophet, and he shall pray for thee and thou shalt live. So that, the prayer of a Prophet, Gen. 20.7. in that he is a Prophet, is more effectuall

And in the Law, you shall finde it all along: When men come to bring their sacrifice for their sinnes, it is said, the Priest shall make an at­tonement for them before the Lord, and their sinnes shall be forgiven them.

And in the Prophetts, we see plainly, in time of distresse, Ezekia sent unto the Prophet Esai, to entreat him to lift up his prayer for the remnant that were left: and so he did, and was heard by God.

And in the New Testament, Saint Iames's advise is, In time of sicknesse to call for the Priests, and they to pray over the partie, and that Prayer shall worke his health; and if he have committed sinnes, they shallbe forgiven him. For, where the Grace of prayer is, and the Calling both, they cannot but availe more, then where no Calling is, but the Grace alone.

The praier of Phinees, and of Phinees standing. What need be there any mention of Phinees's standing? Was it not enough to say Phinees praied? It skills not whither he sate or stood; for praying it selfe was enough?

[Page 166]No, we must not thinke, the Holy Ghost sets down any thing that is super fluous. Somwhat there is, in that he stood. Of Moses it is said before in this Psalme, that he stood in the gap to turne away the wrath of God. In Ie­remie it is said, [...] though Moses & S [...]muel stood before me: So, there is menti­on made of standing also. And the Prophet himself puts God in mind, that he stood before him, to speake good for the people, & to turne away his wrath from them (that is) put God in minde of the very site of his body.

[...]For, though God be a Spirit, and so in Spirit to be worshipped; yet inas­much as he hath given us a body, with that also are we to worship him, & to glorifie him in our body & spirit, [...] which both are God's; & to present (or offer) our bodies to God, as a holy & acceptable sacrifice, in the reasonable service of him.

[...]And to present them decently. For that also is required in the service of GOD. Now judge in your selves, Is it comely to speake unto our betters, sitting? Sedentem orare, extra disciplinam est (saith Tertullian) to pray sitting or sit praying, is against the order of the Church. The Church of GOD never had, nor hath any such fashion.

All tendeth to this, as Cyprian's advise is, Etiam habitu corporis placere Deo, even by our very gesture, and the carriage of our body, to behave our selves so, as with it we may please GOD, Vnreverent, carelesse, undevout behaviour pleaseth him not.

It is noted of the very Angels, Iob. 1.6. Esai 6.2. Dan. 7.10. that they were standing before God. If them, it becomes; if Phinees, if Moses, if Samuel, and Ieremie, it may well become us to learne our gesture of them.

Praier is available to appease God's wrath, and so consequently to re­move the Plague: [...] But not prayer alone. For though it abate the anger of God (which is the first) yet it goeth not high enough, takes not away the second cause (that is) our inventions, which are the cause of God's anger. We see it plaine, in Num. 25.6. they were all at praiers, and Phinees among them, [...] 25.7.8. he and the rest. But yet the plague ceased not for all that: till (in the Verse following) Phinees took his javelin, wherwith in the very act of fornication, he thrust them both through, Zamri and his woman, and then the plague was staied from the children of Israë. For, as praier referreth properly to anger: so doth executing judgement to sinne, or to our inventions, the cause of it.

Praier then doth well: but praier and doing justice, both these togi­ther (jointly) will doe it indeed. And if you disjoine or separate them, nothing will be done. If we draw neere to GOD with our mouthes, and ho­nour him with our lipps, it will not availe us, if judgement be turned back, or justice stand afarr of. [...]

There are two persons. Both of them were in Phinees. For, as he was a Priest; [...] so he was a Prince of his Tribe. So then, both these must ioyne togither, as well the devotion of the Priest in praier, which is his Of­fice: as the zeale of the Magistrate in executing Iudgement, which is His. For, Phinees the Priest, must not onely stand up, and pray: but Moses the [Page 167] Magistrate also) must stand in the gap, to turne away the wrath of God, that he de­stroy not the people. No lesse he, then Aaron with his golden Censer, to run into the middst of the Congregation, to make attonement for them, when the plague is begun. Moses, he gave in charge for the executing of them, that were joined to Baal-Peor, Num. 25.4. Phinees, he executed the charge: Moses stood in the gap, when he gave the sentence: Phinees stood up, when he did the execution. And these two are a blessed conjunction. One of them without the other may misse; but both togither never faile. For when Zamri was slaine; and so when Rabshakeh perished; and so when the incestuous Corinthian was excom­municated; in all three, the plague ceased.

But what if Moses give no charge: what if Phinees doe no execution, 3. By every man upon himselfe. as oft it falleth out? How then? In that case, every private man is to be Phinees to himselfe; is not only to pray to God, but to be wreaked, do judgement, 2. Cor. 2.11. 1. Cor. 9 27. 1. Cor. 11.3. chasten his own body; and so judge himself, that he may not be judged of the Lord. For, eve­ry one, for his part, is a cause of the judgements of God sent down; and so may be, and is to be, a cause of the removing them. Somewhile the King, as David by the pride of his heart. Otherwhile the people, by their murmuring against Moses, and Aaron. So that, King and people both, must judge themselves; every private offender, himselfe. Zamri, if he had judged himselfe, Phinees should not have judged him. The incestuous Corinthian, 1. Chr. 21.1.8. if he had judged him­selfe, S. Paul had not judged him. For, either by our selves, Num. 16.3. or by the Magis­trate; or if by neither of both, by GOD himselfe. For, one way or other sinne must be judged. Zamri, by his repentance; Phinees, by his Prayer or do­ing justice; or GOD, by the plague sent among them.

Now then, these two; 1 Phinees stood up & prayed, 2 and Phinees stood up & executed judgement, if they might be coupled togither; I durst undertake, the conclusion would be, and the plague ceased. But either of them wanting, I dare promise nothing.

To conclude then. 1. The plague comes not by chance, but hath a Cause. 2. That Cause is not altogither naturall, and perteines to Physique; but hath something supernaturall in it, and perteines to Divinitie. 3. That superna­turall Cause is the wrath of God. 4. Which yet is not the first cause. For, the wrath of God, would not rise, but that he is provoked by our sinnes (and the certaine sinnes, that provoke it, have been set down) 5. And the cause of them, our owne inventions. So, our inventions begett sinne; sinne provokes the Wrath of God: the Wrath of God sends the Plague among us. To stay the plague, God's Wrath must be stayed: To stay it, there must be a ceasing from sinne: That sinn may cease, we must be out of love with our own inventions and not goe a whoring after them. Prayer, that asswageth anger: To execute justice, that abateth sinne: To execute justice, either publikely, as doth the Magistrate; or privately, as every man doth, or may doe upon himselfe. which joyned with prayer and prayer with it, will soone ridd us of that we complaine: and otherwise, his anger will not be turned away, but his hand stret­ched out still.

A SERMON PREACHED at …

A SERMON PREACHED at the FVNERAL of the Right Honoble. and Reverend Father in GOD LANCELOT late LORD BJSHOP of VVINCHESTER.

In the Parish Church of St. SAVIORS in SOVTH-VVARKE.

On Saturday being the XI. of November, A.D. MDCXXVI.

By the Right Reverend Father in GOD, IOHN (then) L. Bishop of Rochester, now, L. Bishop of ELY.

ANCHORA SPEI

LONDON, Printed by G. Miller for Richard Badger. MDCXXIX.

A SERMON Preached at the FVNERALL of the R. R. Father in GOD, LANCELOT late Lord Bishop of WINCHESTER.

HEB. CHAP. XIII. VER. XVI.

To doe good, and to distribute forget not: for with such sacri­fices GOD is well pleased.

IN the tenth Verse the Apostle saith, We have an Altar, of which they have no right to eate, that serve the Tabernacle. Habemus Altare, We have, that is, Christians: So it is proprium Christianorum, proper to Christians: not com­mon to the Iewes together with Christians; they have no right to communicate, and eate there, that serve the Tabernacle. And yet it is com­mune Altare, a common Altar to all Christians, they have all right to eate there. And so it is externum Altare, not onely a spirituall Altar in the heart of every Christian; then Saint Paul should have said habeo, or habet unusquis (que), I have, and every Christian hath in private to himselfe: but We have an Altar, that is, all Christians have; and it must be Externall, els all Christians cannot have it.

Our Head CHRIST offered his Sacrifice of himselfe upon the Crosse; Crux Al­tare CHRISTI; and the Crosse of CHRIST was the Altar of our Head, where he offered the unicum, verum, & proprium Sacrificium, the onely, true, proper sacri­fice, propitiatorie for the sinnes of mankind; in which all other sacrifices are accep­ted, and applicatorie of this propitiation.

1. The Onely Sacrifice, one in it selfe, and once onely offered, that purchased aeter­nall redemption: and if the redemption be aeternall, what need is there, that it should be offered more then once, when once is all sufficient?

2. And the True Sacrifice: All other are but Types and Representations of this sacrifice; this onely hath power to appease GOD's wrath, and make all other Sacri­cers, and sacrifices acceptable.

[Page 2]3. And the Proper Sacrifice: As the Psalme saith, Corpus aptasti mihi, thou hast fit­ [...] me with a Bodie; the Deitie assume the Humanitie, that it might accipere à nobis q [...]od [...]fferret pro nobis; being the Deitie could not offer, not be offered to it selfe, he tooke flesh of ours, that he might offer for us.

Now as CHRIST's Crosse was his Altar, where he offered himselfe for us; so the Church hath an Altar also, where it offereth it selfe: not CHRISTVM in capite, but CHRISTVM in membris, not CHRIST the Head properly (but onely by com­memoration) but CHRIST the Members. For, CHRIST cannot be offered truly, and properly, no more but once upon the Crosse: For he cannot be offered againe, no more then [...]e can be dead againe: And dying, and shedding bloud, as he did upon the Crosse; [...]nd not dying, and not shedding bloud, as in the Eucharist, cannot be one Action of CHRIST offered on the Crosse, and of CHRIST offered in the Church at the Altar by the Priest, by Representation onely, no more then CHRIST an [...] the Pri [...]st are one person: and therefore though in the Crosse and the Eucharist t [...]ere be Idem sacrificatum, the same sacrificed thing, that is the Body and Bloud of CHRIST, offered by CHRIST to his Father on the Crose, and received and partici­pated by the Communicants in the Sacrifice of the Altar; yet Idem sacrificium quo­ad actionem sacrificij, or sacrificandi, it is impossible there should be the same sacrifice, understanding by sacrifice the action of sacrifice. For then, the Action of CHRIST's sacrifice, which is long since past, should continue as long as the Eucharist shall en­dure, even unto the world's end; and his Consummatum est is not yet finished: And dying and not dying, shedding of bloud and not shedding of bloud, and suffering and not suffering cannot possibly be one Action: and the Representation of an Action cannot be the Action it selfe.

And this conceipt was unknowne to Antiquitie. All the Fathers held it a sacri­fice, onely because it is a Representation or Commemoration of the True sacrifice of CHRIST upon the Crosse; even as our Saviour commanded, Do this in remembrance of me. Contra Faustum, lib. 20.21. Saint Augustine saith, Hujus Sacrificij caroet sanguis▪ ante adventum Christi, per victimas similitudinum promittebatur: in passione Christi, per ipsam Veritatem red­debatur: post ascensum Christi, per Sacramentum memoriae celebratur, &c. And Saint Chrysostome, Ad Hebr. Hom. Hoc est exemplar illius &c. And Thomas Aquinas giving the reason of the diverse Names given to this Sacrament saith, that it hath a triple signification. 1. Respectu praeteriti, one in respect of the Time past, inasmuch as it is commemorative of the LORD's Passion, which is called a true sacrifice; and according to this, it is cal­led a sacrifice. 2. Respectu praesentis, in respect of the present, that is, of the Vnitie of the Church, unto which, men are gathered by this Sacrament, and according to this it is named a Communion, or Synaxis, because by it we commu­nicate with CHRIST, and are partakers of his Flesh and Deity. 3. Respectu futuri, in respect of that which is to come, inasmuch as this Sacrament is prefi­gurative of the fruition of GOD, which shalbe in heaven; and accordingly it is called viaticum, because it heer furnisheth us in the way, that leades us thi­ther. Againe it is called the Eucharist; that is, bona gratiae, the good grace, because [...]ternall life is the grace of God, Rom. VI. or els, because it really conteines CHRIST, who is full of grace. It is also called Metalepsis, or Assumptio, because by it we assume the Deite of the Sonne. All this, Part. III. Q. LXXIII. Artic. IIII. In corpore. And in his Answer ad III m. he addeth. That this Sacrament is called a Sacrifice, inas­much as it doth [...]epresent the Passion of Christ; it is likewise called Hostia, an Host, in­asmuch as it conteyneth Christ himself, who is Hostia salutaris, Ephes. V.

Heer is a Representative, or Commemorative, and Participated Sacrifice of the Passion o [...] Christ, the True sacrifice that is past, and heer is an Eucharisticall sacrifice: but for any Ext [...]nall Proper sacrifice, especially as sacrifice doth signifie the Action of sacrifi­cing, heer is not one word. And the [...]fore this is a new conceipt of later men, since Tho [...]a [...] his time, unknowne [...]o him, and a meer Novellisme. And the Cure is as bad as the Disea [...]e: Though Thomas gives no other reasons, why it is called a sacrifice, yet (say they) Thomas denieth it not. For, that is plainly to confesse, that this is but a [Page 3] patch added to Antiquitie. And yet when he saith, it is a Representative or Comme­morative Sacrifice respectu praeteriti, in respect of that which is past, that is, the Passion of Christ, which was the true Sacrifice, he doth deny by consequent, that it is the true sacrifice it selfe, which is past. And if Christ be sacrificed daily in the Eucharist, accor­ding to the Action of sacrifice, and it be one and the same sacrifice offered by Christ on the Crosse, and the Priest at the Altar, then can it not be a Representation of that sacrifice which is past, because it is one and the same sacrifice and Action present.

Therefore Saint Paul proceeds in the XV. Verse: by him therefore let us offer the sa­crifice of praise to GOD continually, that is, the fruit of our lipps giving thanks to his Name. Let us offer up to GOD; Christians then have an offering: and let us offer up to GOD continually; this is the ground of the daily Sacrifice of Christians, that an­swereth to the daily sacrifice of the Iewes. And this Sacrifice of praise and thanks may well be understood the Eucharist, in which we chiefly praise and thank GOD for t [...]is his chief and great blessing of our Redemption. And this and all other Sacrifices of the Church externall or spirituall must be offred up and accepted per Ipsum, in, by, and through Christ. S Paul saith not, Ipsum offeramus, Let us offer him (that is) Christ; but let us offer and sacrifice per Ipsum by him, in whom onely we and our sacrifices are ac­cepted. And Rom. XII.I. Offerte corpora, Offer your bodies living sacrifices, holy and ac­ceptable to God, which is your reasonable service: It is not Corpora sine Ammis, not bodies without soules; For in them without soules, there is no life, no holinesse, no accepting: and this is mans reasonable service; all els is without reason. And Saint Peter (the first Pope, as they reckon him, who I am assured had infallibility) saith I. Pet. II.V. Ye also as lively stones are built up a spirituall house, an holy Priesthood, to offer up spirituall Sa­crifices acceptable to GOD, Per Iesum Christum, by Iesus Christ. And Saint Iames (Chap. I. Ver. XVIII.) tells us, that to this end GOD begat us by his word of truth, that we might be primitiae creaturarum: not offer to GOD the first fruits of our fields or cattle, but that we might offer up our selves as first fruits to GOD. So all the Offe­rings of the Church are the Church it self; and Christ the Head offered corpus natura­ [...]e, his naturall Body, his soule and flesh for a sacrifice, for the ransome and price of our sinn, thereby purchasing eternall redemption, Heb. X.XII. and by this one offering he perfected for ever them that are sanctified, Verse XIII. Neither doth Christ there (that is) in heaven, where he now appeares in the presence of GOD offer often, or any more for us, but this once; there is appearing, but no offring. And the Apostle gives the reason of it. For then he must have often suffered since the foundation of the world, Heb. IX. 24.25.26. He appeares in heaven as our High Priest, and makes intercession for us; but he offers his naturall body no more but once, because he suffers but once. No offering of Christ (by Saint Paul's rule) without the suffering of Christ: the Priest cannot offer Christ's naturall bodie without the suffering of Christ's naturall bodie.

So likewise the Church, which is Christ's mysticall bodie, offers not Christ's naturall bodie: it hath no power to offer the naturall bodie, which is proper to Christ onely, Pono animam & nemo tollit; not the Church, nor they that are not the Church. And there is no such thing in Scripture, nor I presume can easily be shewed out of any of the probable and undoubted Fathers, but the Church offers corpus mysticum, Christ's mysticall bodie (that is, it self) to GOD in her daily Sacrifice.

First, all sacrifice is proper & due only to God. Be men never so venerable, never so wor­shipfull, yea adorandi to be adored also, yet no man ever offered sacrifice to any, unlesse he knew him, or thought him or feigned him to be a God. Saint Aug de Civ Dei. l 10. c 4. Et cont. Faust. l. 20.21. True Angels would never ac­cept Sacrifice: & wicked Angels only sought it, because they also affected to be deified.

In which respect, never any Priest at the Altar, even super corpus Martyris, over the bodie or sepulcher of any Martyr, prayed thus, Offero tibi Sacrificium, Petre, Paule, Cy­priane, I offer sacrifice to Thee, ô Saint Peter, Saint Paul, or Saint Cyprian. All cele­brities towards them, whether praises to GOD for their victories, or Exhortations to their imitation, are onely Ornamenta memoriarum, the Ornaments of their memories, not S [...]cra no [...] Sacrificia mortuorum, tanquam Deorum, not the sacred things or Sacrifices of the dead, as if they were GODS, Lib. VIII.C.XXVII.

[Page 4] [...] Sain [...] Augustine [...] Temples, Altars, and Sacrifices inward [...] outward, visible and invisible to all Martyrs and Saints, as being proper and pe­culiar to GO [...] on [...]ly. And I [...], Prayers and Invocation be in this number. For as Grantes & Laudantes, praying [...] praising [...] direct our signifying words to him, to whom we offer the things [...] in our hearts: so sacrificing, we know, the visible sacrific [...] is to be offered [...] to him, whose invisible sacrifice in our hearts we our selves ought to [...] debemus, Lib. X. Cap. XIX. And then it followeth in the XX. Chapter: The true Mediator inasmuch as taking upon him the forme of a servant, the Man [...] a CHRIST became a Mediator of God and Man; whereas in [...]he forme of GOD He takes sacrifice with his Father, yet in the forme of a servant, Mal [...]i [...] [...] sumere, He chose rather to be a Sacrifice, then to receive Sacrifice; lest even [...] [...]ccasion any man might think he might sacrifice to a Creature, by this [...] is a Priest, the same the offerer, and the same the thing offered: Cujus rei [...], of which thing he would have the daily Sacrifice of the Church to be a [...], quae cum ipsius capitis corpus sit, seipsam per ipsum discit offerre: which Church [...] the bodie of our Head himself, doth learne to offer it selfe (that is, the Church) by him, that is, by Christ. Heer the Bodie of the Head, is the mysticall bodie of Christ: and therefore the daily Sacrifice of the Church is not the Naturall Bodie of Christ, but the Mysticall Bodie that offers it selfe to GOD by Christ. This made Saint Au­gustine to say of Angells, and Elect and Glorious Saints, Nec illis sacrificemus, sed cum illic sacrificium Deo simus, Let us not sacrifice to them, but let us be a sacrifice to GOD together with them, Cap. XXV.

But a singular and full place we have in the same Xth. Booke and VI. Chap. Where having shewed what Sacrifice is, that is, every worke which is performed, that we may cleave to GOD in an holy Societie, being referred to that end of good, by which we may be truly blessed: (as a man consecrated to the Name of GOD, and dying to the world, that he may live to GOD, is a Sacrifice; as the bodie chastned by temperance, is a Sacrifice, such as the Apostle calls for, Offer up your Bodies to be a Living Sacrifice, Rom. XII. I. And if the bodie, the servant and instrument of the soule, much more the soule it selfe is a sacrifice; As likewise works of mercie and the like:) Hence (saith he) it commeth to passe, Vt tota ipsa redempta Civitas societas (que) sanctorum universale sacrifici­um offeratur DEO, &c [That the whole redeemed Citie and societie of the Saints is offe­red up an universall sacrifice to GOD, by our great Priest; who also offered himselfe in his passion for us, that we might be the bodie of so great an Head, in the forme of a servant. For this he offred: in this he was offred, because according to this he is our Mediator, in this our Priest, in this our Sacrifice.] And then urging againe the Apo­stle's words, Rom. XII. I. of offring our bodies a living sacrifice, holy and acceptable to GOD, which is our reasonable service of him, he adds, Quod totum sacrificium ipsi nos su­mus [All which whole sacrifice we are:] We the Members are this whole sacrifice, not Christ the Head. For as in the body there are many members, and many offices of those members; so we being many, are one Bodie in Christ, and every one members one of another, having diverse gifts according to the grace given us. Hoc est sacrificium Chri­stianorum, multi unum Corpus sumus in Christo, [this is the sacrifice of Christians, ma­ny are one body in Christ.] This must necessarily be the mysticall body of Christ; the naturall body it cannot be: Quod etiam Sacramento Altaris Fidelibus noto frequentat Ecclesia; ubi ei demonstratur, quod in illâ oblatione quam offert, ipsa offeratur: [Which Sa­crifice the Church [...]lso frequents in the Sacrament of the Altar, well knowne to the f [...]ithfull; in which it i [...] demostrated to the Church, that in that oblation which the Church offers, the Church it selfe it offered.] I hope, the Church is the mysticall body of Christ, not the natur [...]ll. Lib. XX, cap. X. Ipsum verò sacrificium Corpus est Christi, quod non offertur ipsit, quia hoc sunt et ipse; denying Temples, Altars, and Sacrifices to Mar­tyrs and Saints he saith [The sacrifice it selfe is the Bodie of Christ, which is not offered to them, because they are also this sacrifice.] This may suffice to satisfie any reasonable man of the sacrifice of the Church, in S [...]int Augustine's judgement. Yet give me leave to add one place more, because it may stand for many, and that is Lib. X. [Page 5] cap. 31. Nec iubent &c. [Neither do they command, that we should Sacrifice to them, but onely to Him, whose Sacrifice we together with them ought to be a Sacrifice, Vt saepe dixi, & saepe dicendam e [...]t, as I have [...] said, and [...]ust often say.]

This then is the daily Sacrifice of the Church in Saint Augustines [...]solute iudge­ment, even the Church it selfe, the Vniuersall bodie of CHRIST, not the Naturall Bo­die; whereof the Sacrament is an Exempla [...], and a Memoriall onely, as hath beene shewed. And when they shall prove the Churche's Sacrifice to be the Naturall [...]odi [...] of CHRIST, and the same Sacrifice with the Sacrifice of the Crosse, [...]s it deno [...]eth the Action of Sacrificing, because the Fathers often use the word Corpus CHRIST, The Bodie of CHRIST; they shall be further answered.

In the meane time the Church of England in her reformed Liturgie [offering [...] selves, our soules, and bodies to be a living Sacrifice, holy and acceptable to GOD, which i [...] our reasonable service of him] may truly and boldly say, that in this [...] [...] their Canon of their Masse, in which there is not one syllable, that [...] the Sacrifice of our selves and soules and bodies, which is the onely thing tha [...] GOD lookes and calls for at our hands, and in CHRIST our Head is most pleasing; nay more, onely pleasing to him, and in our power to offer properly.

We denie not then the daily Sacrifice of the Chu [...]ch (that is, the Church it selfe) [...]ar­ranted by Scriptures and Fathers. We take not upon us to Sacrifice the naturall Body of CHRIST otherwise then by commemoration, a [...] CHRIST himselfe; and Saint Paul doth prescribe. They rather, that take a power never given them over the na­turall bodie of CHRIST, which once offered by himselfe purchased etern [...]ll redemp­tion all sufficient for sinne, to offer it againe and often, never thinking of the offering of CHRIST's mysticall body, the Church, that is, our selves, our soules and bodies, they (I say) do destroy the daily Sacrifice of Christians, which is most acceptable to GOD.

Now then that which went before in the Head CHRIST on the Crosse, is daily performed in the members, in the Church. CHRIST there offered himselfe once for us; we daily offer our selves by CHRIST, that so the whole mysticall body of CHRIST in due time may be offered to GOD.

This was begun in the Apostles, in their Liturgie, of whom it is said (Acts 13.) Ministrantibus illis, while they ministred and prayed, the Holy Ghost said unto them &c. Erasmus reads it Sacrificantibus illis, while they Sacrificed and prayed. If they had offered CHRIST'S Naturall body, the Apostles would have made some mention of it in their writings, as well as they do of the Commemorative Sacrifice. The word is [...], so it is a Liturgicall Sacrifice; or a Sacrifice performed or offered in our Liturgie or forme of GOD'S Worship: so the offering of our selves, our soules, and bodies, is a part of Divine worship.

Now as it is not enough to feed our owne soules, unlesse we also feed both the soules and bodies of the poore; And there is no true Fast, unlesse we distribute that to the poore, which we denie to our bellies and stomache; And there cannot be a perfect and compleate adoration to GOD in our devotions, unlesse there be also do­ing good and distributing to our neighbours; therefore to the Sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving in the Eucharist, in the Church, mentioned in the fifteenth Verse, we must also add beneficence and communication in this Text: For, Devoti [...] debetur Capiti, Beneficentia membris, the sacrifice of devotion i [...] due to our Head CHRIST, and pietie and charitie is due to the Members. So then, offer the Sacrifice of praise to GOD daily in the Church, as in the fifteenth Verse; and distribute and communicate the Sacrifice of compassion and Almes to the poore out of the Church, as in this Text.

Shall I say extra Ecclesiam, out of the Church? I do not say amisse, if I do say so: yet I must say also, intra Ecclesiam; this should be a Sacrifice in the Church, the Apo­stles kept it so in their time; P [...]imo Die, the first day of the weeke, when they came to­gether to pray and to [...]reake bread, Saint Paul's rule was, Separet unusquisque, Let every one set apart, or lay by in store, as GOD hath prospered him, that there be no [Page 6] [...] tenders her, Prayers and [...] Service of that day, [...] observed among us. For [...] [...] Cor. [...]. 12. [...], [...] [...]he [...]e is the word Liturgie [...] not on [...]ly▪ supplyeth the [...] of the [...] thanksgivings unto GOD. So, the Lord's day [...] observed▪ when to our Pra [...]ers and Prayses and [...] [...] and Bodies, we also add the Sacrifice of our Goods and Almes, and oth [...] [...]orkes of [...] to make it up perfect and compleate, that there [...] of the day in the proper day there of, and these two [...] ioyned he [...]re by GOD and his Apostle, may never be [...] [...] first preached in the Mount, and then [...] [...] when we have offered our selves, our soules, and [...] [...] in the Church unto GOD, by our High Priest CHRIST, we must not rest these, but [...] offer our goods and almes, whither in [...] to the [...] of the poore member of CHRIST, [...]. And [...] the [...] 1 the s [...]crifice of Praise, 2 and the sacrifice of [...] to be [...] ins [...]parable, insomuch that he that will give [...], and body to [...], will never spare also to give his good [...] to those [...], an [...] thirs [...] [...] nakednesse; See how our Apostle ioynes these [...] By CHRIST our High Priest. Let us offer our [...] should be thought, to be all the whole sacrifice, that man is to [...] he adds this second, with a Nolite oblivisci, by a kind of Negative, which is many times more forcible then an ordinary Affirmative: To do good, and [...]: f [...]aring as it were▪ left: when man had done his homage and [...] he holds in chief [...] ▪ he might thi [...]e, that were enough to [...] [...] Church on the Lord's day, and then forget his Brother all the weeke after, and never to take compassion on him: whereas the truth is, Vn [...]s amor, bu [...] [...] the love is but one, wherewith we love GOD for himselfe, and [...] for his sake, [...]s there be two eyes, yet but one visuall [...] no purpose to learne our duty at [...]he mouth of GOD'S [...] [...] to put it in practise all our weeke, or life following, a [...] i [...] it, were a ma [...]er onely for the braine and understanding; whereas in truth▪ first it s [...]o [...]ld [...] f [...]ith, and [...]hen fructifie in our lives: So it is a very short love to pro­fesse [...] love GOD, whom we have not seene▪ and sterve [...]ur poore brethren, who lye at our gates in such sort, that we cannot choose but see them.

[...] containe,Divisi [...]. first an Act, Beneficentia & communionis; to do good, 1 [...] and that [...]ust needs be a great worke, for it is to do good, and [...] 2 is truly [...], but that which is good. 2. A Caveat, Nolite oblivisci, it is a [...] very important to our salvation, it may not be forgotten. 3 [...] it may seeme in it selfe, yet it is of a high rate and great esteeme: [...]; they are sacrifices, and sacrifices of much price, though they [...] of bread, or dropps of water: And so much the more preci­ [...] becaus [...] [...] gratefull to GOD; Delectatur, or placatur Deus, God is pacified, or God is well [...] and all the world is well given to appease and pacifie his wrath, [...] gaine his [...].

Now the worke is comprised in two words, Beneficentia & communicatio: benefi­cence and distribution. Beneficence or bounty, that is, Affectio cordis; the affection and [...] heart▪ And [...] and distribution, that is Opus manuum; [...] h [...]nd. And th [...]s [...] two maybe no more divided, then the two other [...] in the sacrifice of our selves, and Charity in the Reliefe of the [...]. For [...] is [...], as the fountaine and spring or cisterne, whence all [...] of Compass [...] do [...] arise; and Distribution is ut Rituli, as the Rivers or [Page 7] channells or pipes, by which the waters of comfort and goodnesse are carried to hun­gry soules.

Beneficence is as the Sunne, distribution is as the light that proceeds from the Sunne: At the beneficence of the heart there we must begin, and by the distribution and commu­nication of the hand, there is the progresse. And it is not enough that our heart is chari­table, & full of compassion, if we be cluster-fisted, and close-handed, and give nothing: Goe and be warme, and goe and be fedd, and goe and be clothed, they be verba com [...]a [...]ssio­nis, words of compassion: but if we do not as well feed and cloth, as our tongue blesseth, we may have gentle hearts like Iacob's voice, but our hands will be cruell and hayry like Esau's, that vowed to kill his Brother.

And true Religion is no way a gargalisme onely, to wash the tongue and mouth, to speake good words: it must root in the heart, and then fructifie in the hand; els it will not clense the whole man.

Now, God onely is good, and the universall good of all things, and goodnesse it selfe: If there be any good in man, it is particular, not universall, and it is participatum: Man is not good in himselfe, but onely by participation: Goodnesse in God is Essentia, essence and being: and he is so goodnesse, that he cannot be but goodnesse, good in himselfe, and good of himselfe.

In man goodnesse is Accidens, an Accident; and such an accident, as most com­monly he is devoid of it, but onely by the grace and likenesse of GOD: So that man is good solâ similitudine bonitatis divinae, onely by the similitude and imitation of the divine good: the neerer to God, the neerer to goodnesse; and the further from God, the more removed from all goodnesse. So that as in every good, the greatest good is most desired: so in doing good, that is ever best, that joynes us most to our greatest good.

All Creatures are said to be good, by the goodnesse of God, Vt principio, as the prin­ciple,1 and efficient cause of all good. 2. Vt Exemplari, the patterne and exemplar,2 and Idea, according to which all good things are fashioned. 3. Vt fine, as the end and 3 finall cause for which all things were made.

And the like is in this beneficence and doing of good. For first, it must be good à causa, 1 in regard of the first and efficient cause, which is God: as the good fruit proceeds from the good tree, and the tree owes his goodnesse to God that transplants and waters it. 2. It must be good in fundamento, in respect of the foundation: as the house, and the li­ving 2 stones and spirituall buildings are therefore good, because they are built upon the immoveable foundation, the Rock Christ. And 3. it must be good à fine, from 3 the end to which it is referred: it takes beginning from the Holy Ghost, and the riches of grace, and it must be directed onely to the supreame and grand end of all things, God's glory, and the reliefe of the poore members of Christ.

And these two, Beneficence and Communication, the eminent and imperated Acts of 1 true Religion, the Mother of all vertues, they are also the Acts of many other particu­lar vertues. For first, they are the Acts of Charity, because they proceed from the love of GOD: 2. they are the acts of Iustice, because Reliefe and sustentation is the 2 due debt, that is owing to the poore: 3. they are the acts of Liberality and Bounty, be­cause 3 the free gift of men, not the merit of the needy: 4. they are the acts of Mercy, 4 because they participate with the wants and miseries of the afflicted.

So that as impendere, is Bonitatis: to do good, and distribute, and bestow is the act of goodnesse; so likewise rependere, to pay them, where we owe them, is Iustitiae, the worke of justice. And therefore our goods, they are not properly ours, in such sort that we can carry them with us, when we go hence: but they are bona pa [...]perum; so our goods, that they are also the goods of the poore, whereof we are rather Stewards, then Proprietaries and Lords: and he that so keepes and boords them, that he doth not ex­pend them, to buy the kingdome of heaven with them, at the hands of the poore (Apso­rum est Regnum) he doth indeed detinere [...]lienum; he de frauds the poore, and deteines that which is anothers. And therefore the Psalme saith, Dispersit dedit pauperibus, Iustitia Ejus manet in eternum (Psalme 112.9.) He hath dispersed and given to the [Page 8] [...] his righteousnesse endures for eve [...], not his mercy onely, but his Iustice also.

Where, by the way observe, that there i [...] i [...] first, Dispersit, dedit; he dispersed and gave to the poore: heer, in the text that ly [...]s before me this day, it is Dedit, dispersit; He gave it, and then he dispersed it, to the poore, in such sort, that he did as it were study how to disperse it to all sorts of poore, even as many kinds of poore, as he could devise and find sit to receive it, learned, old men, widowes, children and prisoners, and the like.

And this goodnesse whither we understand it plainely, as the Intention of the heart, that [...]oth the good▪ and the works of the hand, that distributes and divides it: or whi­ther we understand it, as some do, that there is Beneficentia in ijs quae dantur; benefi­cence in those [...]ngs that are given: and Communicatio in ijs quae servantur; Com­munication [...] those things that we give not, because in these times, Omnia erant com­munia, [...] things were in common, and so they did communicate even those things which [...]ey did not communicate and distribute: This goodnesse I say, hath two pro­per [...]es 1 of true goodnesse: First it is diffusivum sui; diffusive of it selfe, it imparts it self to [...]s many as it can, it heapes not all upon one, as those do that robbe all others, that 2 they may enrich their heire: Secondly it is unitivum Deo, et proximo; it is unitive, and unites us to God, for whose sake we do it, and to our Neighbour to whom we doe it.

And surely as in civill States, Quid leges sine moribus vanae proficiant? what will the best lawes profit us, if there be no obedience, no manners? are they not altogether vaine, of lesse force then Spider's webbs? and in Christianitie, Quid fides sine operibus? what will faith and knowledge profit us, if it fructifie not in life and works? what can Devotion and Iustice profit, if Almes follow not? He that will send an Embassage to GOD, that shall surely speed, he must send sighes from his heart, teares from his eyes, prayers from his mouth, and also almes from his hands, and they will prove of that force, that GOD cannot denie them.

And if we will take with us the resolution of the learned, out of the forme of the last Iudgement, it will amount to thus much; that not onely Peccata commissionis, sinnes of commission or sinnes committed will condemne us, but also Peccata omissi­onis, sinnes of omission, or omission of doing good, as not feeding and clothing the poore, will cast us into hell: and auferre aliena & non dare sua, to take other men's goods from them, either by force or fraud; and not to give our owne to the poore, both are damnable, though not in same degree. And therefore our Saviour's counsayle is well worth the learning (Luke XVl.) Make you friends of unrighteous Mammon, that when you shall faile, they may receive you into everlasting Tabernacles. And these externall gifts they are the viaticum, or viands to carry us to heaven: for though Non hîc Coelum, heaven be not heer in this life; yet Hîc quaeritur Coelum, heer in this life heaven is to be sought, and heer it is either found or lost: So then, shall we fast from meat, and not from sinne? shall we pray, and robbe the poore? shall our tongue praise charitie, and our hands spoyle those that need our charitie? God forbid.

And now, most glorious Bounty, and Communication, and Distribution, what shall I say of thee? but that thou art Vita Sanctorum; the very life, and joy, and delight of all Saints: and when Saints must leave this life, and all things els leave them, and they leave [...] y [...]t thou leavest them not, but art Comes defanctorum, the unseparable companion of the dying. For of all that a man hath, there is nothing that shall accom­pani [...] him to the T [...]ibunall of the great Iudge [...]f the quick and the dead, but Peccata et [...] opera, Sins and good work [...]: and then it will appeare, that the voice of a few good works, done [...]or Christ's [...], will speake lowde [...] and plead harder, and more effectually for us, then all our glorious words and professions.

[...] [...]o [...]ng good and distributing, is not onely profitable, but admirable also. [...] and wants of others, it selfe is bettered; and it becomes beautifull, [...]span; it is enriched by others poverty, by [...] strong; the hearing of burdens a [...]olls and lifts it up: and [Page 9] therein of all other it is happie, de spin [...]s colligit [...]rvis; it does that, which Christ denies to be feisable, it gathers grapes of thornes, and sweetest consolation out of greatest miseries; and that which is contrary to all Nature, and Naturall reason, ex agro sterilissi­mo pau [...]ertatis, messem copiosissimam [...]lligit, ou [...] of the most barren field of poverty, it reapes the most plentifull harvest. And heerin are these two Vertues most to be admi­red: Misericordia miseriam ali [...]rum facit nostram, Mercy makes other men's miseries and calamities to be our owne: and Charitas facit b [...]na nostr [...] proximorum, Charity makes our goods to be our Neighbour's.

If a traveiling man were heavy loaden, were it not a great and happy ease for him, if his fellow traveilor would beare part of his burden? And Divitiae, on us: Riches is a heavy load, it presses downe many so much, that they are never able to clime up to heaven. What is then to be done? Da partem comiti: give thy companion (the poore man) a part with thee, thou shalt refresh him that is weary of his w [...]ts, and thy selfe shalt run most lightly and nimbly to heaven gates.

And now if thou wilt do as my Text teacheth (that is to do good, and distribute) yet take these few rules in thy way, they will make thee to make the more and better speed. First do it Voluntariè, willingly: not by compulsion, as if it were a grievous taxe or 1 ceaze: for GOD more regards thy affection, then thy gift; the widowe's two mites more then great heapes of treasure: and why? GOD is Ponderator spirituum, non panis aut monetae: GOD is a weigher of spirits, rather then of bread and mony. 2. Do it hila­riter, cheerfully: for thou well knowest what GOD loves most that is, a cheerf [...]ll gi­ver. 2 He doth not respect Quid, what it is that thou givest but Ex Quanto, the cheerfull heart it comes from. 3. Do it Affabili [...]er, with kind words and faire language: Not of a wearinesse to be rid of a beggar, as the unjust Iudge righted the importunate 3 widow; but out of compassion to relieve him. And certenly, when there is Pietas in re, Compassion and piety in the deed, non sit in verbis contumelia: though thou give him good counsaile, yet load him not with reproaches and contumelies; upbraid him not with his wants or diseases; for GOD might have turned the tables, and made him as rich as Abraham, and thee as poor & infirme as Iob or Lazarus. 4. Do it Festinanter, spee­dily: for Blessed is he that considers the poore and needy, and prevents his petition: For,4 this is indeed to give twice, to give quickly; to have his mony or his bread prepared and ready at his hand, as more ready to give then they to ask: And this is indeed Quaerere pauperes, quibus benefacias, to seek and search for poore, to whom thou maist do good: and know withall that Abraham's speed to entertaine CHRIST, and his Angells, made sinum Abrahae receptaculum Lazari: Abraham's bosome to be the receptacle and place of Rest to Lazarus, as well as Lazarus's patience advanced him to Abraham's bosome. And 5. Do it Humiliter, in all humilitie: Vt eluas peccatum, non ut cor­rumpas 5 Iudicem: to Redeeme thine owne sinnes by thine Almes, as Daniel said to Nebu­chodonozor; but not to corrupt thy Iudge, that thou mayst sinne more freely, more se­curely. For, GOD is like to heare the lowdest cry: and it may be the cry of thy sinne, may decry or cry downe thine Almes; and the scale of sinn may make thine Almes to be found too light.

Againe, take I beseech you these things into your consideration. First, Quis petit? Who it is, that asks an Almes of thee. Thou takest it to be the poore man, but thou 1 mistakest it: It is Deus in paupere, & Christus in paupere: GOD thy Creator, and Christ thy Redeemer in the poore man: and doest thou hoard up for thy wife, or thy child, or thy servant, that will spend it in ryot; Et negas Creatori, vel Redemptori, and doest thou deny to GOD thy Creator, and Christ thy Redeemer, that bought thee with His owne bloud and life?

Secondly, Quid petit? what it is that he doth aske: in short, Suum non tuum: He 2 asks not thine, thou hast onely the use, and dispose of it, but he asks his owne, and what hast thou, that thou hast not received, even to thy selfe, thy soule, and thy body, all the gifts of Nature, and all the gifts of grace? And when all is said, this is indeed all, Da quod dedi: give me that I first gave thee, a fruit of mine own tree; I bestowed it on thee: Da et Reddam, give me but some crumms, some dropps out of thy heape, out [Page 10] of thy fount [...]ine, I will repay it [...] [...]bitor er [...]; give me any part, I will [...] to thee upon my [...] promise, to repay it in heaven.

3 [...] Ad Quid, To what [...] doth GOD aske thee by the poore man? to [...] himselfe? No: [...] borrow of thee; and be assured, he [...] paymaster, he will restore to the [...] a [...] hundred fold. And wilt thou lend to a [...] for ten or right in the [...]dred; Et Deo non accommodas, and wilt thou [...] to thy Creator and [...], who will give an everlasting waight of glory for thy crummes and [...]

4 And fourthly, [...], qui petit; what will he give thee, that now beggs of thee? For thy [...] b [...]ead and meate, he will make thee partaker of the Feast of the Lamb; and [...] dropps of water, he will crowne thee in the kingdome of glory: pro [...]; torrens v [...]luptatis; for a cup of cold water (water the common elemen [...] [...] water; that cost thee not the charge of fire to warme it) there is a [...], [...]ay a very sea of all pleasures provided for thee for all aeternity.

[...] good then and distribute: but do [...] Manibus praprijs with thine owne hands, if [...] canst spare it not by other men [...] hands, which may die so one after thee, or els [...] thy trust. Lucerna in manibus, non a tergo; hang not thy light at thy backe, to shine after thy death, but carry it in thy hand; be Executor of thine owne will. And doe it Secreté; in secret, without a trumpet: The seed must be buried or harrowed un­der the earth, els it neither rootes nor multiplies: which though perdi videtur, it seeme to be lost, yet unlesse it be thus sowed and buried, reverà perditur, it will be lost indeed: And the more thou sowest the more thou shalt reape, for he that sowes spa­ringly, shall reape sparingly.

Pars II.And now in the second place, marke the Caution; Nolite oblivisci: To do good, and to distribute forget not. Offer the sacrifice of praise daily: and if daily, it is likely enough to be remembred, because it is never forgotten, never omitted in the Church, whether thou art put, as to the Schoole of Memory. This is but a lipp-labour, or at the most, but an heart-labour, it costs nothing but breath: but to give Almes, to do good, and to distribute, that costs more; it will put thee to the charge of bread, and water, and clothes, and the like, which is chargeable and burdensome. Any thing but our purses: No, that must not be left out neither: To do good and to distribute, to robbe thine owne backe and thy belly, to feed the hungry and cloth the naked, Nolite obli­visci; forgett not to add this Sacrifice of Almes, to that other of devotion and praise.

And surely, I may call this the Chapter of Remembrances, or the Remembrancer's Chapter. In the second Verse: Memento hospitalitatis, forget not to be hospitable: Abraham entertained Angels, yea the Sonne of GOD, the Lord of Angels by his hospitalitie. In the third Verse: Memento vinctorum, & afflictorum laborantium; Remember those that are in bonds, and afflicted, being your selves in bonds and adversi­tie together with them: for, as CHRISTVS pascitur in ijs, so incarceratur; as CHRIST is fedd in the poore, so he is imprisoned with them that are in bonds, and exiled with his exiled members, and condemned to the Mynes with those that are chai­ned in the Mynes: and it is an impossibilitie to banish the Head from his members, in whom he lives, and they in him. In the eighth Verse: Memento Praepositorum, Re­member your Governors, that have the Rule over you: you owe much to them that have sowen in you the Word of GOD, whose faith is a light or example to you. So heer, To do good, and to distribute forget not. The rest are particulars, Hospitalitie to strangers, Visitation to prisoners, Comfort to the persecuted, and Sustentation to our spi­rituall Governours: but this is generall and extends to all; strangers, prisoners, persecu­ted Governors, and all other men in need, in generall; though with a precipuè, chiefly to the h [...]shold of faith. For, every man is our neighbour, to whom charity is to be ex­tended, b [...]t they are more neerely o [...]r neighbours, to whom we stand bound by a dou­ [...] obligation and fraternitie, of Nature, and Grace.

[Page 11]Why then is our Apostle so solititous, that we forgett not this doing good and di­stributing? A man would thinke, the precept need not be so strictly urged and inculca­ted, and that in the negative which binds Semper & ad semper, and therefore never to be forgotten. The Moralist gives a good Rule, Homo in homine calamitoso misericors, meminit sui: That man that is mercifull to a man in misery and calamitie, remembers himselfe: he might have been in miserie and need, as well as his afflicted neighbour, if GOD had so disposed. Is it such a matter, to be so much and so often inculcated? Can a man forgett himselfe? or can any man thinke, that that which falls to another man, might not fall upon him? Aequall in Nature and Grace, may also be aequall in mi­serie, if GOD will: Yes surely there is need; for, he that beheld his face in the glasse, Iames 1.24. he went away, & statim oblitus est; straightway he forgetteth his owne shape, his owne spotts and deformities, amends none of them, never thinks on them more, till he comes to the glasse againe: be the glasse never so true, never so pure, even as pure as the Word of GOD it selfe, yet so often as he comes, so often he forgetts, therefore nothing is more needfull then this not forgetting.

And the truth is, most men are like to the young man, that said to our SAVIOVR CHRIST: All these things, the commandements of GOD, custodivi ab adolescentiae, Matt. 13.20. have I kept from my youth: but yet he had not so strictly kept GOD's commande­ments, but that withall, custodivit bona omnia à pauperibus; he had more strictly kept all his goods from the poore: and because he had great substance, and loved it greatly, he had need to be remembred with Nolite oblivisci, Forgett not to do good, and di­stribute: for he was Custos pecuniae, potius quam praecepti; he was a keeper, but a keeper of money; and no keeper, but a breaker of the commandements.

The Rich man, and all his followers, Luke 16. have need of this, Forgett not: He saw Lazarus full of sores, from the crowne of the head, to the soale of the foot, and the very sight of him, was conflatorium pietatis; the very bellowes and Anvile of compas­sion: and he lay at his gate, he could neither go in, nor out, but he must looke upon him, yet obliviscitur quod vidit; he forgott him that he saw, and could not choose but see him: Nay he saw the doggs more mercifull in licking his sores then himselfe was, in curing or feeding him: and therefore non accipit guttam aquae, he received not one dropp of water to coole his tongue. (He was a great, but a most miserable professor, and therefore his tongue was most tormented, because therein consisted all his Religi­on.) And the reason is, because Non dedit micam panis, he would not give him so much as he gave his doggs, not one crumme of bread.

There be some that say, Matt. 25.37.44. Quando Te vidimus esurientem, nudum &c? When did we see thee hungry or naked? peradventure they never saw him, in his owne person, in capite, as a particular man, the Head; but they could not but see him, in membris; in his members, the poore: Vident pauperem, but CHRISTVM in pau­pere non vident; they saw the poore man, but CHRIST they saw not in the poore man: Heer is great need of this Nolite oblivisci, Forgett not, to put them in mind, that they flatter not themselves with this ambiguitie. Te & Te totum: they see not the man IESVS, the Head alone, but they cannot choose but see whole CHRIST, that is CHRIST the Head, and the poore His members.

There is one, and I would there were but one, that received a talent and hidd it in a napkin under the earth: he was worthy to heare Serve nequam, Evill servant:Matt. 25.18.27. For he knew his Master's will, that gave his talents to receive them with increase; his memorie failed and had need to be rubbed with oblitus tradere usurarijs; he forgott that which he did not forgett; he forgott not to take usury for his money, and use upon use, but he forgott the true and lawfull usury to give it to the poore, and so to lend it to the Lord, who would surely have paid both principall and interest also; both the substantiall re­ward of aeternall life, and also the accidentall degree and measure of glory.

How many are there that forget the Preacher's precept, Cast thy bread upon the wa­ters? How many are there that say My barnes are too little, Eccles. 11.1. Luk. 12. I will pull them downe and build bigger? who have been at the Schoole of forgetfullnesse, and do not remember, Quod ventres pauperum capiunt, quod horrea non capiunt; that the bellies of the poore are [Page 12] [...] then the greatest barnes, and [...] receive and consume all that which the grea­ [...]est ba [...]es cannot hold; yea the poore do so multiplie, that the rich are not able to feed them.Luk. 12.18.19, The foolish Rich man said in the Gospell▪ Soule thou hast much goods laid up in store for many yeares: but when he said so, he had not many houres to reckon, to eate and drinke and take his pleasure. Malè recondita, meliùs erogata; they were ill layed up, they had been much better distributed and scattered abroad. It may be they may passe all the degrees of compassion. Malè parta; ill gotten by oppression, and fraud, and Rapine: And [...] detenta, worse kept and deteined; that which is ill gotten may be worse kept, and so that is, that is scraped and extorted from all others, is denied to all others, and most of all to himselfe, and GOD, and CHRIST: And Pessimè erogata expended [...]orst of all, in ryott and excesse, in pride and vanitie, in crueltie and re­bellio [...] [...] denying maintenance to the King and Countrey, or to the poore.

But howsoever ill gotten, worse imprisoned and debarred the light of the Sunne: and worst of all so spent, that with them, the soule, and life, and heaven it selfe is spent and lost: yet the truth is, they are then best kept, when they are well expended, and ne­ver better, then on the poore afflicted members of CHRIST, then in buying of heaven. But if you will make a true conjunction indeed, they are then bene recondita, when bene erogata; well stored and layd up, when they are well laid out. Reconde in sinu paupe­rum; The best house to lay them up, is to put them into the box and bosome of the poore: for, that indeed is the safest and surest Treasurie, safer then the Temple it selfe, the living Temples of GOD: A Treasurie Sine fure, sine verme; without thiefe with­out worme; whatsoever is put there, defertur Deo; the poore man will carry it to GOD, out of whose hands it can never be taken.

And, this is indeed the Art of Arts. Not the gold-making Iuggling art, which under the name of gold-making, is the consumer of gold: but the Art of turning earth into heaven, and earthly almes into caelestiall riches; dando, coelestes fiunt, these transitorie earthly things procure us the unspeakeable riches and treasures of heaven. And now consider,Acts 11. Cornelius's Almes and prayers ascended as a memoriall to GOD, and procu­red the great grace of the knowledge of CHRIST, and the gift of the Holy Ghost: And Dortas's almes obtained her Resurrection to life: GOD remembred them both, and shall we forgett to doe good and distribute our almes, which have that force, that GOD will never forgett them?

Pars III.GOD cannot forgett them, if we do remember and performe them: Nay GOD holds them at a great rate, he accepts them as sacrifices, and such sacrifices as both pa­cifie and please him. Talibus sacrificijs, with such sacrifices God is pleased; talibus, with these of Praise and Almes; and with all those that are like, or of the same nature with these. Not with the sacrifices of Nature and Moses's Law: such are both Mortua, and mortifera; dead in themselves, and mortiferous and deadly to all that shall use them: These had their time, and were accepted as types and figures, of the true sacrifice of CHRIST upon the Crosse, in whom all sacrifices were accepted; In which they were partakers of CHRIST, and did eate the same spirituall meate, and drinke the same spi­rituall drinke, that we now eate and drinke by faith, and the Rock that followed them was CHRIST.

No more then to doe with the sacrifice pecoris trucidati, of the slaine beasts; that is past: but cordie contriti, with the sacrifice of a broken and contrite heart: that was from the beginning; and so shall continue acceptable to God even to the end: the spi­rituall sacrifice, or the sacrifice of the soule and spirit, that is it, which God ever accepted in the sacrifice of his Sonne CHRIST, even from the first Adam, to the last Sonne of Adam, the last man that shall live at the last day. And God hath been and is weary of carnall and externall sacrifice, and neglected yea rejected it, for default and want of the in­ [...]ard sacrifice, but of this inward and spirituall sacrifice God will never be wearied with it.

In vocall prayer and fasting, and outward Almes, and the like, there may be Nimium, [...] much; but of inward prayer and fasting from sinne, and compassion and mercy, there [Page 13] can never be nimium, too much; nay not satis, not enough; for GOD calls for all, and all we are not able to performe which we owe. So then, the sacrificia must be ta­lia: such sacrifices, that is, spirituall.

And they be sacrificia, in the plurall number, sacrifices: the sacrifice representative, or memoriall of CHRIST's sacrifice, the Eucharist, which is truly the sacrifice of praise; and the daily sacrifice of our selves our soules and bodies in devotion and adora­tion to GOD. And the sacrifice of Mercy and Almes (both heer recorded) these be the sacrifices heer mentioned that please GOD: and all others not heer mentioned, that are included in the talibus: in such like sacrifices, GOD is pleased.

And be the number of them as great as any man please to make them, yet because they are all reducible to three, I will comprise them in the number of three. First,1 Sacrificium cordis contriti, the sacrifice of the contrite and broken heart, as before, which we tender to GOD in our Repentance, and sighes and teares for our sinnes. The second, Sacrificium cordis grati, the sacrifice of the thankfull heart; in praise and thanksgiving to GOD, called heer, the sacrifice of praise. The third, Sacrificium cordis 2 pij, the sacrifice of a pious and mercifull heart, in compassion and works of Mercy, and 3 Almes-deeds, called heer, doing good and distributing.

All these, and every one of these, which are indeed but the variations, or diverse af­fections of one and the same heart, they are the talia sacrificia: such sacrifices which GOD accepts. S. Bernard was a skilfull confectioner, he made three rare and most odori­ferous Ointments of them, most pleasing unto GOD himselfe: The first, Vnguentum 1 contritionis, the oyntment of Contrition, made of the sighes of the heart, and the teares of the eyes, the confession and prayers of the tongue, the revenge, the judgement, and ex­ecution done upon our owne soules, for our sinnes: And this compunction of heart, though it be all made of bitter and sharpe poynant ingredients, yet the more sower it is, the sweeter and more welcome it is to GOD. The second is Vnguentum Pietatis: the oyntment of Piety and compassion, made up of the miseries and the wants of the 2 poore; wherein the greater is the misery, the greater is the mercy; and the more fellow­feeling and compassion of the pressures of the poor, the more odoriferous is this sacri­fice to pacifie GOD's wrath. The third is Vnguentum devotionis, the oyntment of 3 Devotion, which spends it selfe in praise and thanksgiving, by the remembrance of his manifold blessings and graces; which cannot but be acceptable to GOD, because though praise and glory be nothing unto GOD, who cannot be increased by the breath of a mortall man; yet because it is all the Rent and tribute that man can render to his GOD, whereof to robbe God is the greatest sacriledge, it is an oyntment most welcome to God; the rather, because man ever did himselfe the most hurt, when he kept glory back from God and ascribed it to himselfe. In the LI. Psalme, The Oynt­ment of Contrition is accepted of God, with a Non dispicies: the sacrifice of the broken and contrite heart, God will not despise. The Oyntment of compassion in this place, is accepted of God, with delectatur Deus: with such sacrifices God is pleased. The Oynt­ment of Praise goes somwhat higher with an Honorificat me: he that offers me praise he honoureth me, Psal. L. So the contrite heart, the mercifull heart, and the thankfull heart; Talibus sacrificijs, with such sacrifices God is pleased: all of these together, and every one of these severally, and all others like unto these, they do pacifie, and please, and delight God himselfe.

Placatur or conciliatur, God is pacified or reconciled, as some read: Delectatur, Pars IIII. God is pleased or delighted. Hilarescit, or pulchrescit, God is cheered or lookes upon us with a serene or pleased countenance: But the Vulgar will have it Promeretur Deus, God is promerited, in favour of merits. I will not much stand upon the word; be it promeretur, in the Father's sense, in which, merit is via obtinendi, the way and means of obteyning, the matter is not great.

But the word in the proper sense, signifies no more but this, that God is pleased, or at most pacified with such sacrifices: and this is remarkable, that the same word, Heb. XI.VI. [Page 14] signifies onely, God is well pleased, when it is spoken of faith. For, without faith it is impossible to please God, [...]: but heer, [...], must be Promeriti, as if works were more meritorious then faith: when all the merits of workes proceedes from grace and faith, as the goodnesse of the fruit is from the root, and the sapp thereof. And so, God may be both pacified and pleased, and yet no merit in us, but acceptation in God: for the best works and sacrifices and righteousnesse in man, are so farre from true merit, out of any dignity, or condignity of the worke, that they cannot stand before God without mer­cy and grace. The best and most laudable life of the best man, hath a Vae, or Wee, ly­ing upon it, Si sine misericordiâ discutiatur, if it come to be discussed without mercy: and in the district judgement of God, no man, no not the man after God's owne heart dares enter, but prayes against it, Ne intres injudicium cum servo tuo, Enter not into judgement with thy servant O Lord (Psalme CXLIV.III.) and why? For, no fl [...]sh is righteous in thy sight: no fl [...]sh, no man righteous or justified, then surely no [...]ue merit.

Brasse or copper money may be made currant by the King's Proclamation, but still it is but brasse and copper, and wants of the true value of gold and silver: and good works, and to do good and distribute, may go for current, by God's promise, and receive a reward out of justice, but Iustice with mercy: for, there is Iustitia in reddendo, Iustice in giving the Crowne according to his promise: but there is Misericordia in promittendo, Mer­cy that triumpheth over justice, in promising to give an infinite reward, to a finite worke, as heaven for a Cup of cold water, or bread, or drinke or clothes and the like: and be­tweene the kingdome of heaven, and the crowne of glory, and aeternall life, which is i [...]fi­nite, and a few crummes or dropps, or raggs, which are scant so much as finite, there is no aequality. Inter finitum, et i [...]finitum nulla est proportio: there is no proportion be­tween that which is finite, and that which is infinite. So that as much as infinite doth exceed that which is finite, so much do God's infinite rewards, exceed the best finite works, of the best men. And the Rule of the Schoole in this is true: God punishes ci­tra condignum, lesse then we deserve; so there is mercy in God's Iustice and punishments: and God rewards ultra meritum, beyond our merit or desert; and so aeternall life is the grace and free gift of God.

Insomuch that we may thus resolve: First, Non tenetur Deus: God is not bound 1 to give us any reward for any dignitie or worthinesse of our works. Secondly, Non Me­remur 2 nos, we deserve nothing, but are unprofitable servants, and our best workes are unperfect, and fall short of that perfection that Law and Iustice do require. And thirdly, Non deerit tamen Deus: though God be not bound, and man merits not, yet 3 God never failed any man, that did do any good worke, but he was sure of his reward. For, though we be bound to good works ex debito, of duty: God commands them, and requires an account of them: yet God is not bound to reward them ex debi [...]o, out of any debt owing to us for them; but onely ex pacto, out of his promise, and agree­ment. For, aeternall life is not a reward which man may exact and require in Iustice at God's hands, for his labour and hire; but it is His free gift: and therefore he calleth it not tuum, thine, but Meum, mine owne, May I not do what I list with mine owne?

What is the reason the Prophett saith (Psal. LXXI.XVI.) O Lord Memorabor Iusti­tiae tuae solius, I will remember thy righteousnesse onely, but because there is no other righteousnesse worth the remembring, but onely thy righteousnesse onely: that righ­teousnesse that is à Domino, Esa. 64.6. inherent in us by sanctification of the gifts and graces of the Lord, is not worth remembrance, for it is a defiled cloth, and dung in it selfe; and were it never so good, God hath no need of it; nay being offered to God, he is no­thing increased by it. If thou do all good works, Deus meuses, et bonorum meorum non indiges: Thou art my God (saith David Psal. XVII.II.) my goods, and therein are his good works also, are nothing to thee: God is not increased or inriched by them. If thou do commit all manner of sinnes with all manner of greedinesse, thou canst not de­file God, nor take any thing from him; thy evill cannot decrease or diminish him. But it is Iustitia in Domino, Righteousnesse in the Lord (that is) Christ's righteousnesse com­municated, [Page 51] or imputed to us; for Christ is made to us wisdome from God, and Iustice, 1. Cor. 1. or righteousnesse and sanctification and redemption, and he doth not say, fecit nos, he made us righteous in the concrete; but factus est nobis, he was made righteousnesse to us in the abstract, because he communicates his righteousnesse to us and thereby covers our nakednesse, as Iacob clothed in his elder Brother's garments received the blessing. And therefore the name of the Sonne of GOD is IEHOVAH Iustitia nostra, The LORD our righteousnesse.

Besides, no man is accepted or well pleasing to GOD for his work's sake,Ier. 23.6. but rather the worke is accepted for the workeman's sake: as GOD first Respexit Abelem, he respected or accepted of Abel's person; and then followes et sacrificium ejus, and then his sacrifice: For, GOD cares not for Abel's lambe, but because Abel the lamb offered it; his heart and willing readinesse to offer a lambe, was pleasing and he ac­cepted the sacrifice. As in the Father of the faithfull, GOD could not accept the sacrifice of Isaac, because he was not sacrificed facto, sed voto or voluntate; not in deed, but onely in vow, and will and purpose: in him, Voluntas reputatur pro facto, his will was accepted for the sacrifice.

And in Cain's sacrifice, God made no difference betweene the lambe and the sheafe of corne, both which were after commanded aequally in the Law, and the Panes propositionis were ever joyned with a lamb. The difference was, he offered his eares of corne, but not himselfe: and therefore the words be, Ad Cain vero, et ad munera ejus non respexit, But to Cain and to his offering God had not respect: he accepted not his person, and therefore he regarded not his sacrifice. And therefore the Antient say:Rupert. in Gen. Lib. 4. C. 2. That either of them offered parem cultu et religione hostiam, an aequall sacrifice in respect of Religion, and the worshipp of God: Sed non rectè uter (que) divisit: Cain made an ill division, he offered the fruits of the earth to God; Cor retinuit sibi, seipsum non obtulit; he reserved his heart to himselfe, and he offered not himselfe to God: but Abel first offered himselfe to God, and then his lambe.

And so Saint Paul's words are true; Abel offered a greater sacrifice to God then Cain. Greater first, Quia hostia copiosior; because he offered a double sacrifice, him­selfe and his lambe: but Cain onely offered his corne. Secondly, Quia excellentior: he offered a more excellent sacrifice, better chosen, because de adipibus, of the fattest, and best of the flocke: Cain carelesly tooke that came first to hand; de fructibus, of the fruict, and no more. Thirdly, Quia ex fide: by faith he offered it; and that faith justified him and his sacrifice, because he believed in the Seed of the Woman, that should bruise the serpent's head. And so it is true, Dignitas operantis, the faith and piety of the sacrificer, and worker, dignitatem confert operi, conferrs all the worth to the worke. For if an Heathen or Turke do the same worke of Almes or mercy that the faithfull Christian doth, it shall passe without all regard; whereas the faithfull heart and person makes the worke of the hand acceptable to the LORD.

So then, sacrifices of goodnesse and Almes or distribution there must be, they are necessary to Salvation in them that have time and opportunity and meanes: and therefore sufficit ad paenam meritis carere, It is sufficient to punish us, if we want good works. But there can be no trust or confidence placed in them; for, they are un­perfect and defective, and therefore merit nothing at God's hands out of justice, but onely are accepted out of God's mercy, and the infinite Merit of CHRIST, which is aequall to his Person that is infinite, as he is the aeternall Sonne of God: and therefore, Sufficit ad praemium, de meritis non praesumere; the greatest part of the dignity of the best workes, of the best men, is to renounce all trust and confi­dence in our selves, and our best workes, and to repose all our hope in the mercy and merits of CHRIST.

Now to returne to the use of the word [Promeretur:] in Antiquity, I remember, Saint Cyprian useth it not for the dignity and merit of the best worke, but onely for the way or meanes of obteyning. For, reading that place of Saint Paul, I. Tim. I.XIII. [But I obteined mercy because I did it ignorantly in unbeliefe:] he reads it thus: Sed Misericordiam merui: But I merited Mercy: what was Merui, [Page 16] in [...] Cyprian's sense,Epist 73 [...] N. [...].1. but I obtained mercy, and so the Vulgar reads that place.

Ag [...]ine, speaking of those that were baptized, and signed in the fore-head with the [...]gne of the Crosse, he saith of Ozius the leper, that he was maculated with leprosie, in that part of his body in which they are signed, qui Dominum promerentur, which [...] the Lord; so would our Rhemists read it: But the true understanding is, they that promerited the Lord, that is, they that enter covenant with the Lord in Bap­tisme (De vnitate Ecclesiae, Num. 16.) And I presume, rather the keeping the Cove­nant; then the entring should be meritorious, if there be any merit at all.

And Saint A [...]g [...]stine (De gratiâ & libero arbitrio, Cap. 5. & 6.) speaking of Saint Paul, saith, Me [...]itum fuit in Paulo, sed malum; In Paul, there was merit, but evill merit, when he persecuted the Church, and received good for it. And after; Let us returne to the Apostle, whom we find without any good merits (Sine vllis bonis [...], imo cum multis malis meritis) yea with many evill merits, to have ob­tai [...] the grace of GOD: and then he adds, Vt post bona merita consequatur coronam, [...] post mala merita consecutus est gratiam; that after his good merits obtained the 1 crowne, who after his evill merits had obtained grace. 1. Here, first it is plaine, 2 merit is joyned in both, with obtaining. 2. Againe, Merits are good, and Merits 3 are bad: the word is common to both. 3. Merit signifies in Saint Augustine's sense, no dignity of work, but only a meanes of obtaining. For, it is impossible, that evill merit (that is, sinne) out of the dignity of the work should merit grace; and by the same proportion and forme of speech, it is as impossible, that the dignity of the work should merit a crowne; since Saint Augustine in the same place doth say, There would be none unto whom GOD the just Iudge, redderet coronam; should render a crowne, unlesse first, as a mercifull Father, donâsset gratiam, He had given His grace: And then He adds Do­na sua coronat Deus, non merita tua; GOD crownes not thy merit, but His owne gifts: His reason is, for, if they be such (that is thine) they are evill, and if they be evill, GOD crownes them not; if they be good, they are GOD's gifts, and he crownes them not as thy merits, but as his owne gifts. Cap. 7.

But I have troubled you too long with this Schoole-doctrine and pulpit-divinitie of magnifying mans merits, before men, since their death-bed-divinitie recants it all; and then, they are all forced, learned and ignorant, utterly to renounce it, and put all their trust in CHRIST's mercy and merits, as their sure Anchor-head: Of which I have onely this to say; that merit may have some place in their science, but their owne consciences, unlesse they be seared, tells them, there is no true merit, but CHRIST's onely.

I have now done with my Text:Applicatio. and now I apply my selfe and my Text to the present Text, that lies before us: Vir nec silendus, nec dicendus sine curâ, A man whose worth may not be passed over in silence, whom all ages with us may celebrate and ad­mite; nor to be spoken of without great care and study: Of whom I can say nothing, but his worth and vertues will farre exceed all mens words. Heere I desire neither the tongue of man, nor Angells: if it were lawfull, I should wish no other but his owne tongue and pen, Ipse, ipse quem loquar, loquatur: let him speake of himselfe, none so fitt as himselfe was, of whom I am to speake this day. Et jam loquitur, And he now speakes: He speakes in his learned Workes and Sermons, and he speakes in his life and workes of mercy, and he speakes in his death: And what he taught in his life and works, he taught and expressed in his death. He is the great Actor and performer, I but the poore cryer, Vox clamantis, He was the Vox clamans: he was the loud and great crying Voice, I am but the poore Eccho: and it is well with me, if as an Eccho, of his large and learned bookes and workes, I onely repeate a few of the last words.

No man can blame me, if I commend him at his death, whose whole life was eve­ry way commendable: Iustus sine mendacio candor, apud bonos crimini non est; Iust [Page 17] commendation without flattery, is no fault in the opinion of the best men: And the an­cient custome of the Church, did celebrate the memories of holy men, to the praise of GOD that gave such eminent graces to them, and to stirre up others by their exam­ple to the Imitation of their vertues.

I speake my knowledge of him in many things: I loved, and honored him for above thirtie yeares space. I loved him I confesse, but yet Iudicio meo non obstat Amor, qui ex Iudicio natus est; My love doth not blind or outsway my Iudgement, because it proceeded from Iudgement. Of whom what can I say lesse, then that he was, vitâ in­nocentissimus, Ingenio florentissimus, & proposito sanctissimus: In his life most innocent, in his knowledge and learning most florishing and eminent, and in his purpose and life most holy and devout: whose carriage was so happy, Quem nemo vituperat, nisi etiam laudet; no man could ever discommend him, but will he nill he, he must withall com­mend him. And no mans words were ever able to disgrace him: Vera, necesse est, be­nedicat; falsam vita morésque superant: They that spake truth of him, could not but speake well of him; and if they spake falsely of him, his life and manners did confute them.

And if this Text were ever fully applied in any, I presume it was in him; for, he was totus in his sacrificijs; he wholly spent himselfe, and his studies, and estate in these sacrifices, in prayer and the praise of GOD, and compassion and workes of charitie, as if he had minded nothing els, all his life long, but this, to offer himselfe, his soule and body, a contrite and broken heart, a pitifull and compassionate heart, and a thankfull and gratefull heart, a living sacrifice, holy and acceptable to GOD, by IESVS CHRIST, which is our reasonable service of Him.

He was borne in this Citie of LONDON, of honest and godly Parents; who be­sides his breeding in learning, left him a sufficient patrimony, and inheritance, which is descended to his heire, at Rawreth in Essex. It is true: Senum vita composita, the lives of old men, many times are orderly and well composed and disposed, and stayed; whereas in youth, many things that are in true judgement not altogether decent, are not so indecent in them, but that they well enough become their younger yeares: In this, he was happy, Hujus vita composita à pueritiâ, His life was well composed and ordered even from his child-hood. I may well say of him, as the Prophet doth; Bonum est portare Iugum Domini ab Adolescentiâ: herein was his happinesse, that he tooke up, and did stoutly beare the yoke of the Lord even from his youth.

In his tenderest yeares, he shewed such readinesse and sharpnesse of witt and capaci­tie, that his teachers and Masters foresaw in him, that he would prove Lumen literarum & literatorum: The burning and shining Candle of all learning and learned men. And therefore, those two first Masters, that had the care of the first elements of his lear­ning (Master Ward of Ratcliffe, and M [...]ster Mulcaster of the Merchant-Taylor's Schoole) contended for him, who should have the honour of his breeding, that afrer be­came the honour of their Schooles, and all learning. Master Ward first obtained of his parents, that he should not be a prentise: and at length Master Mulcaster got him to his schoole: And from this time, perit omne tempus, quod studijs non impenditur, he accounted all that time lost, that he spent not in his studies; wherein in learning he outstript all his aequalls; and his indefatigable industrie, had almost outstript him­selfe: He studied so hard when others played, that if his Parents and Masters had not forced him to play with them also, all the play had been marred. His late studying by candle, and early rising at foure in the morning, procured him envie among his aequalls, yea with the Vshers also, because he called them up too soone: Not like to our moderne scholars, qui nondum hesternam edormiverunt crapulam; who at seaven and eight of the clocke, have their heads ad stomachs aking, because they have not yet slept out their last night's surfetts and fullnesse.

Their paines and care, he so carefully remembred all his life long, that he studied alwaies how to do good to them and theirs. In which gratefullnesse he promoted Doctor Ward to the Parsonage of Waltham: and ever loved and honored his Master [Page 18] Mul [...]aster during his life, and was a continuall helper to him, and his Sonne Peter Mulcaster, to whom he gave a legacy of twenty pound by his Will: And as if he had made Master Mulcaster his Tutor or superviser, he placed his picture over the doore of his Studie: whereas in all the rest of the house, you could scantly see a picture.

From Master Mulcaster he went to Cambridge, to Pembroke Hall, and was there ad­mitted one of Doctor Watts Schollers: a notable Grammarian, well entred in the La­tin [...], Greeke, and Hebrew tongues, and likewise in Geometry, and some of the Ma­thematicks: and after a Fellow there, in which he passed over all Degrees and Places in such sort, Vt majoribus semper dignus haberetur; he ever seemed worthy of higher and greater Places, and would in the end attaine the highest: Virtutes enim ejus maturae erant; For his abilities and vertues were mature, and ripe for greater imployments.

And in this he owed little to his Tutors, but most to his owne paines and studie. In which, give me leave to remember one thing which he hath often lamented himself to me and others, that he never could find a fitt opportunitie to shew his thankfullnesse to Doctors Watts, his Patron, nor to any of his posterity: Yet he did not utterly forgett him in his Will, having ordered that the two Féllowships to be founded by him in Pem­broke hall, should alwaies be chosen and filled, out of the Scholars of Doctor Watt's foun­dation, if they were found fitt, of which himselfe had been one.

Being in holy Orders, he attended the Noble and zealous Henry Earle of Huntingdon, President of Yorke, and was imployed by him in often preaching, and conference with Recusants, both of the Clergy, and Laitie; In which, GOD so blest his endeavours, that he converted some of the Priests, and many of the Laitie with great successe; brin­ging many to the Church, and seldome loosing his labour; none ever converting so ma­ny as he did.

After this, Master Secretarie Walsingham takes notice of him, and obteined him of the Earle, intending his preferment, in which he would never permitt him to take any Countrey-benefice, lest he and his great learning should be buried in a Countrey-Church. His intent was to make him Reader of Controversies in Cambridge, and for his maintenance he assigned to him (as I am informed) the Lease of the Parsonage of Alton in Hampshire, which after his death he returned to his Lady, which she never knew, or thought of.

After this, he obtained the Vicaridge of Saint Giles without Cre [...]plegate, London, and a Prebend Residentiarie's place in Pauls, and was chosen Master of Pembroke Hall; and afterward was advanced to the Deanerie of Westminster: and all this without all ambition or suite of his owne: GOD turning the hearts of his friends to promote him for his great worth.

When he tooke the degree of D. D. in Cambridge, one of his questions was, that Decimae debentur jure divino: which he betrayed not, as some have done, but made it good by Scriptures, and divine and naturall reason, as will appeare to the Reader, when that, among other of his Workes, shall enrich the English Church, with a happy treasure of learning.

He was, as all our English world well knowes, a singular Preacher, and a most fa­mous Writer. He was so singular a Preacher and so profound a Writer, that you will doubt in which he did excell: whose weapons in the mouthes of the adversarie proved as stones in the teeth of doggs; while they thought to withstand or answer them, they bitt the stones and brake their owne teeth: and so it is true of him, Responsa ejus sine responsionibus, His answers were answerelesse: Never durst any Romanist answer him; as their common use is, that which they cannot answer and consute, they sleight it, and let it passe without any answer at all.

His admirable knowledge in the learned tongues, Latine, Greeke, Hebrew, Chaldee, Syriack, Arabick, besides other moderne Tongues to the number of fifteene (as I am informed) was such and so rare, that he may well be ranked in the first place, to be one of the rarest Linguists in Christendome; In which, he was so perfect and absolute, both [Page 19] for Grammar and profound knowledge therein, that he was so perfect in the Grammar and Criticismes of them, as if he had utterly neglected the matter it selfe; and yet he was so exquisite and sound in the matter and learning of these Tongues, as if he had ne­ver regarded the Grammar.

Scientia magna, Memoria major, Iudicium maximum: his Knowledge was great and rare, his Memorie greater, and his Iudgement profoundest and greatest of all; and over and above all these, Industria infinita, his paines and industry was infinite: For, in the things, the world hath seen, he used no man to read for him; as those great Clarks, Bellarmine, and other's fashion is, to imploy whole Colledges and Societies to study and read for them, and so furnish them; he onely used an Amanuensis, to transcribe that, which himselfe had first written with his owne hand.

So that now I may propose him, Vt exemplum sine exemplo maximum, as a great Example examplelesse: Nec ante eum, quem ille imitaretur; nec post eum, qui eum imi­tari et assequi possit, inventus est: There was none before him, whom de did imitate, nor none will come after him, that will easily overtake him: Insomuch that his great gifts may well be taken, a little to cloud and over-shadow and obscure all men of his Age and Order: and surely the fame of this singular Bishop will become such a light to all posterity, Vt nec bona eorum, nec mala latere patietur, it will not suffer neither their good, nor their evill to lye hid.

Was his fame great? Major inventus est, He was ever found to be greater, then fame made him. In which as he was a wonderfull Mirror of learning and learned men, so he was a singular Lover and encourager of learning and learned men: which appeared in his liberality & bounty to Master Causabon, Master Cluverius, Master Vossius, Master Grotius, Master Erpenius, whom he attempted with the offer of a very large stipend, out of his owne purse, to draw into England, to have read and taught the Orientall tongues heer: even as one well said, 0mnes quod in se amant, in alijs venerantur: those gifts and knowledges, which he loved in himselfe, he honoured and rewarded in others.

When the Bishopricks of Elye and Sali [...]bury were void, and some things were to be pared from them, some overture being made to him to take them, he refused them utterly: If it please you to give me leave, I will make his answer for him; Nolo Epis­copari, quia nolo alienare, I will not be made a Bishop, because I will not alienate Bishop's lands.

After this, by some perswasion he accepted of Chichester; yet with some feare of the burden: and after that, of Elie; and last of this of Winchester; whence GOD hath translated him to heaven: in which he freed himselfe and his Successor of a pension of foure hundred pound Per annum, which many of his Predecessors had paid. He was Almoner, Deane of the Chappell, and a Privy Connsaylor to King IAMES, and King CHARLES: In which he spake and medled little in Civill and temporall affaires, being out of his profession and element: but in causes that any way concerned the Church and his Calling, he spake fully and home to the purpose; that he made all know, that he understood and could speake, when it concerned him, as by those few speeches which are preserved, you may judge, ex ungue leonem, a wise man by his words and deeds.

And herein he was like the Arke of GOD: all places where it rested, were blessed by the presence of GOD in it; so, whersoever he came and lived, they all tasted, and were bettered by his providence and goodnesse. Saint Giles was reduced to him by a Rate toward the better maintenance of the place, and the house repaired. He found nothing in the Treasury in Pembroke Hall; he left in it, in ready money a thousand pound. Being Prebend Residentiary in Pauls, he built the House in Creed-lane, belonging to his Prebend, and recovered it to the Church. He repayred the Deane's lodging in West­minster. When he came to Chichester, he repayred the Palace there, and the house in Aldingbourne. At Elye, he spent in Reparation of Elye-house in Holborne, of Ely-Palace, at Downham, and Wisbich Castle two thousand pound. At Winchester-house, at Farne­ham, at Waltham, and Wolvesey, likewise two thousand pound.

[Page 20]It seemes plainely, he loved the Churches in which he was promoted and lived, bet­ter then he did his money, or his owne gaine. For, if we consider these expenses in his Episcopall Houses, and his most magnificent enterteynement of his most gracious Soveraigne King IAMES at Farneham, wherein in three dayes he spent three thousand pound; as great and bountifull enterteynement as ever King IAMES received at a Subject's hand: besides he refused to make some Leases in his last yeares, which might have been very beneficiall to him, for the good of his Successor; his reason was, Many are too ready to spoile Bishopricks, and few enough to uphold them: Add to these the ma­ny Almes he gave in his life, and now at his death, and we shall see, he was free from all avarice and love of money. In him, is true that word of Saint Iohn, Nolite diligere mun­dum: he doth not say, Nolite habere, but Nolite diligere, Love not the world: he doth not say, have not, possesse not the world, or goods of the world; but love them not: He had them, but he loved them not: Vt dispensator ut Erogator; he had them but as a Steward to dispose and expend them, to procure an everlasting Tabernacle in the highest heavens.

He medled little with them, but left the taking of his accounts from his Officers to his Brothers: and when he began his Will at Waltham an yeare before his death, he understood not his owne estate; nay till about six weekes before his death, when his Accounts were delivered up and perfected, he did not fully know his owne estate: and therefore in his first draught of his Will, he gave but little to his kindred, doubting he might give away more then he had, and therefore in a Codicill annexed to his Will, he doubled all his legacies to them, and made every hundred to be two hundred, and eve­ry two hundred to be foure hundred: And yet notwithstanding this increase, he gave more to the maintenance of learning, and the poore, then to his kindred: His charitie and love of GOD and the poore, was greater in him, then Naturall affection; and yet he forgott not his naturall affection to them.

It was said of him, that in his time was held to be Deliciae hominum (Titus,) Ab­stinuit alieno, ut si quis unquam: If ever any man absteined from that which was not his owne, he was the man. This is as true of this most Reverend Prelate: he never tooke any mans goods, or right from him. Give me leave to add a little more of him: Distribuit sua, ut si quis unquam; If ever any studied to disperse and distribute his own, either to kindred or to the poore, surely this is the Man.

Neither did he stay to doe good and distribute till his death, that is, then gave his goods to the poore, when he could keepe them no longer: The first place he lived on, was Saint Giles; there, I speake my knowledge, I doe not say, he began; sure I am, he continued his charity: his certaine Almes there, was ten pound per annum; which was paid quarterly by aequall portions, and twelve pence every Sunday he came to Church, and five shillings at every Communion: and for many yeares, since he left that Cure, he sent five pound about Christ-masse, besides the number of gownes gi­ven to the poore of that Parish when he was Almoner. And I have reason to presume the like of those other parishes mentioned in his Will, to which he also gave Legacies: to Saint Giles a hundred pound, where he had been Vicar. To Alhallowes Barking, where he was borne, twentie pound. To Saint Martins Ludgate, where he dwelt, five pound. To Saint Andrewes in Holborne where Ely house stands ten pound. And to this Parish, of Saint Saviours in Southwarke where he dyed, twentie pound: which Parishes he hath remembred, for his Almes to the poore, when the land shall be purchased for the reliefe and use of the poore.

When he came to Oxford, attending King IAMES in the end of his progresse, his custome was to send fiftie pound to be distributed among poore Scholars. And the like he did at Cambridge, in his Iourney to Ely. And lest his left hand should know what his right hand did, he sent great Almes to many poore places, under other mens names; and he stayed not till the poore sought him, for he first sought them (as his servants imployed in that service can witnesse) as appeared at Farneham, at Waltham and Winchester: And in the last yeare of great Sicknesse, he gave in this Parish of Saint Saviours, an hundred Marks. Besides, since the yeare one thousand six hundred and [Page 21] twentie, as I have my information from him, that kept his bookes of Accounts, and delivered him the money, he gave in private Almes to the summe of one thousand three hundred and fortie pound.

The totall of his pious and charitable workes mentioned in his Will, amounts to the Summe of six thousand three hundred twentie six pounds. Of which, to Pembroke-Hall, for the erection of two Fellowshipps, and other uses mentioned in the Codicill, a thou­sand pound, to buy fiftie pound land per Annum, to that purpose. Besides a Basen and Ewer, like that of their Foundresse, and some Bookes.

To buy two hundred pound per Annum, foure thousand pound: Viz. for aged poore men, fiftie pound per Annum: for poore widowes, the wives of one husband fiftie pound: for the putting of poore Orphans to prentise, fiftie pound: to prisoners, fiftie pound.

He was alwaies a diligent and painefull Preacher: most of his Solemne Sermons he was most carefull of, and exact; I dare say, few of them, but they passed his hand, and were thrice revised, before they were preached: and he ever misliked often and loose preaching, without studie of Antiquitie: and he would be bold with himself, and say, when he preached twice a day at Saint Giles, he prated once: And when his weakenesse grew on him, and that by infirmitie of his body he grew unable to preach, he be­gan to goe little to the Court, not so much for weakenesse, as for inabilitie to preach.

After he came to have an Episcopall house with a Chappell, he kept monethly Com­munions inviolably; yea though himselfe had received at the Court, the same moneth. In which, his carriage was not only decent and Religious but also exemplary: he ever offered twice at the Altar, and so did every one of his Servants, to which purpose he gave them money, lest it should be burthensome to them.

Now before I come to his last end, give me leave to tell you, that privately he did much find fault and reprove three sinnes, too common, and reigning in this later age. 1. Vsury was one, from which, what by his Sermons, what by private conference 1 he withdrew many: 2. Another was Simony, for which he endured many troubles 2 by Quare Impedit, and Duplex querela: as for himselfe, he seldome gave a Benefice or preferment to him that petitioned or made suit for it: he rather sent for men of note, that he thought wanted preferment, and gave them Prebends and Benefices, under Seale, before they knew of it; as to Master Boys, and Master Fuller: The 3. and 3 greatest was Sacriledge, which he did abhorr, as one principall cause among many, of the forraine and Civill warres in Christendome, and invasion of the Turke. Where­in even the reformed, and otherwise the true professors and servants of CHRIST, be­cause they tooke GOD's portion, and turned it to publique prophane uses, or to private advancements, did suffer just chastisement and correction at GOD's hand: And at home it had been observed, and he wished some man would take the paines to collect how many Families, that were raised by the spoyles of the Church, were now vanished, and the place thereof knowes them no more.

And now I draw to an end. GOD's House is truly called, and is indeed, Domus Orationis, the House of prayer, it accompanies all acts done in GOD's House: Of this Reverend Prelate, I may say, vita ejus vita orationis, his life was a life of prayer: A great part of five houres every day, did he spend in prayer and devotion to GOD. After the death of his Brother Master Thomas Andrewes, in the sicknesse time, whom he loved deerely, he began to foretell his owne death, before the end of summer, or before the beginning of winter. And when his Brother Master Nicolas Andrewes died, he tooke that as a certaine signe and prognostick, and warning of his owne death, and from that time till the houre of his dissolution, he spent all his time in prayer; and his prayer-booke, when he was private was seldome seene out of his hands: and in the time of his feaver and last sicknesse, besides the often prayers which were read to him, in which he repeated all the parts of the confession and other petitions, with an au­dible voice, as long as his strength endured, he did (as was well observed by certaine tokens in him) continually pray to himselfe, though he seemed otherwise to rest or [Page 22] slum [...]er: And when he could pray no longer voce, with his voice, yet oculis & manibus, b [...] lifting up his eyes and hands he prayed still: and when nec manus, nec vox officium f [...]ciunt; both voice, and eyes and hands failed in their office; then Corde, with his he [...]rt, he still prayed, untill it pleased GOD to receive his blessed soule to him­selfe.

And so, hujus mortalitas magis finita, quam vita; his Mortality had an end, and he died peaceably and quietly in the Lord, but his life shall have no end: yea, then his life did begin, when his Mortalitie made an end; that was Natalis, his birth-day, Sep­tember XXV. being Moonday about foure of the clocke in the morning. So dyed he ali [...]rum majore d [...]no, quàm suo; with greater dammage to others, even to all this English Church and all Christendome, then to himselfe: And GOD grant that ma­ny Ages may be so happy to bring forth and enjoy such a Prelate, so furnished with all endow [...]ents of learning and knowledge, with innocence and holinesse of life, and with such pitt [...]e and charitie, as he shewed in his life and death.

[...]y conclusion is short. I have spoken somewhat of this most Reverend Prelate, but much short of his graces and worth. In summe thus much: In his life he was Concio­nator & Scriptor potentissimus; a most powerfull Preacher, and Writer: in his deeds and actions he was potentior & diuturnior, more powerfull and lasting. Death hath be­reaved us of him; but his life, and his works of learning, and his workes of piety and charity, I doubt not but GOD in his goodnesse will make them Monumentum aere perennius; a Monument more lasting then brasse, and stone, even to the comming of our LORD CHRIST.

For no doubt, while he lived, he sowed the sincere Word of life in the soules of men; and in his life and death, posuit cleemosynam in sinu pauperis; he put his Almes into the bosome of the poore: and shall I say, Oravit pro eo; it prayed for him, and by it he procu­red himselfe a strong Army, and bellatores fortes, valiant soldiers, whose many prayers and blessings GOD could not resist, the rather because they knew him not? that is too short, and the Text goes further, Exoravit; it shall pray and prevaile too: and he and they have prevailed, and he is now at rest and peace in heaven, and followes the Lambe wheresoever he goes.

And after him let us al send this blessing which the voice from heaven uttered, Write, Blessed are the dead, Apoc. 14.13. which die in the Lord. For the Lord, there was no cause he should die; but he died in the Lord, because he alwaies lived to the Lord, and a happy death must needs accompanie and crowne such a life. From henceforth saith the Spirit, they rest from their labours, all teares are wiped from their eyes, and all sighes from their hearts, and their workes follow them; Opera sequuntur, & opera praecedunt; their works go before them:1. Tim. 25. so no doubt, but his workes have done, as the prayer and Almes, and fasting of Cornelius did; they have procured a place for him in heaven, and his workes shall follow him, and the fame of them shall stirr up many to follow his example.

And so I end, beseeching GOD, to give to us all, as he gave to him, our parts in the first Resurrection, from sinne to grace: And to grant to him, and all the faithfull, and Saints departed, and us all with him, a joy­full Resurrection to everlasting life and glory in IESVS CHRIST, AMEN.

FINIS.

Faults escaped through the whole Impression.

Page 99. Line 50. for Misericordiam, Reade Misericordiam. p. 137.10. hambers, r. chambers. p. 341. l. 6. Conjunction, r. Conjugation. p. 533. l 43. [...]ehind, r. behind. p. 543. l. 8. savours, r. favours. p. 544. l. 11. sel [...]e r. selfe. l. 45. tonch, r. t [...]uch. p. 5 [...]9. l. 13 have we should, r. we should have. p. 618. l. 10. toubled, r. troubled. 631. ult. CHRIST, r. CHRIST. p. 675. l. 37 baatisme, r. baptisme. prryes, r. prayes. In mar­gine, exeeuted, r. executed. p. 709. l. 34. Saerifice, r. Sacrifice. p. 712.29. feemes, r. seemes. 715.52. represented, r. [...]e [...]resented p. 759. l. 29. Gift. r. Gift p. 80. l. 7. hoth, r. both p. 879. l. 54. hefore, r. before. p. 890. l. 23 throughuot, r. throughout p. 921. l. 44. same fi [...]e, r. sacrifice. p. 57. l. 29. commmon r. common. p. 94. l. 15 no, r. nor. p. 117. ult due [...]y, r duety. p. [...]24.15. one, r. on p. 163. l. 10. that Zap [...]rs, r. that of Zamri.

Faults escaped in some Copies.

Page 93. Line 48. for Vices, Reade vites. p. 102. l. 6. adaeaegation, r. adaequation. p. 116. l. 37. cördinate, r. coördinate. p. 129.4. Sun­da [...], r. Moonday. p. [...]55. l. 47. as, r. is. p. 167. in margine, [...]. r. [...]. p. 233 34 t [...]m, r. them. p. 283.19. sling, r sting. l. 33. Natus, r. Notus. p. 331.37 Apostollus. r Apostolus l. 52. convertemur, r. converteremur. p. 427.13. faith, r. saith. p. 447.12. [...], r [...] p. 449. l. 5. is, r. us. l 24. limbe, r. limme. p. 501. l 46. either, r. neither p. 619. l. 51. majora, r. major p. 628. in the Text, abier, r abiero p. [...]37. l. 55. Asperui, r. aperui. p. 665. l. 45. dele and. p. 671. l. 36. but this, r. end but this. p. 736. l. 9. lege [...]. p. 751. l. 18. dele to p. [...]61. l. 23. endu [...]e for, r. endure but for. l. 26. [...]. p. 806.49. if the [...] &c r a [...] if they &c p. 824. l. 39. could, r would. p 838. l. 10. po [...]estatm, r. potestatem. p. 956. l. 18 Exultabo, r. Exaltabo. p. 977. l, 4. strength, even, r. strength sought, even. p 989 l. 19. scaped, r. scaped. p. 50.11. importeth, r imparteth p. 109. in the margent, evocatis, r. evocatus. p. 110. Tous, r. Tom. Tm, r. Tom. praecpto, r. praecepto. p. 140. l. 19. com­positi, r, composito. p. 142. l. 2. Synnagoga, r. Synagoga. p. 167. l 18. Kinp, r. King.

In some few Copies.

Page 599. Line 12. for surely, Reade scarsely. p. 605. l. 3-supplie [...]. p 670. l. 2. names, r. meanes. l. 16. your all, r. all your. p 527. l. 2 [...]. er­ceive, r. perceive. p. 788. l. 32. went, r. meant. p. 872. l. 46. concuslum, r. conclusum. p. 867. l. 27. de [...]e it p. 908. l. 33. dele and p 915. l 54, 55 Having such in a readinesse (vengeance against all disobedience.) had it &c. r. Having (saith he) in a readinesse vengeance against all disobedience. Had it &c. p. 921. l. 36. of Lord, r. of the Lord. p. 126. l. 32. Or, he whose, r. Or be he &c.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.